《Behind the Scenes in Naruto World》


 Chapter 1

    In the dark cave.


    The sound of water droplets is sparse and endless.


    A sound of footsteps splashing water suddenly appeared, echoing in this secluded cave, a man and a woman hidden in this cave suddenly became vigilant.


    "Pain, someone is coming!"


    The woman frowned, and her palms instantly turned into sheets of origami, with chakra attached to them, which looked extremely sharp, and her voice was a little calm: "Apart from the two of us, only Madara and Jue know this place... Are they here? "


    "No, it''s a strange ninja."


    The man raised his head, staring at the entrance of the cave with a pair of strange eyes, looking at the figure that appeared, his voice sounded cold and heartless: "Xiao Nan, go and kill him!"


    Even though twelve years ago, because of the death of their old friend, they abandoned the idea of ??the first generation Xiao organization here, it does not mean that they are willing to see the place where the old friend lived is entered by strangers.


    Killing a strange ninja who set foot in this undefiled land, no matter whether it is a man or a woman, has no burden on his heart.


    They are used to killing.


    "Excuse me, is this... the base of the Akatsuki organization?"


    Before they could do anything, the figure who appeared in the cave spoke to a man and a woman standing in the cave, "I am Uehara Nochu''s son, Uehara Naraku, who told me twelve years ago His mother, he joined an organization called Akatsuki to follow Yahiko-sama, but he never came back after that.¡±


    "..."


    The movement of the woman waving the paper shuriken stopped, and the expression on the man''s face was hard to conceal. They heard a somewhat unfamiliar name.


    No, or rather, it is considered familiar.


    At least for women, it is still familiar.


    Because the ninja named Uehara Nochu once died under the enemy''s knife in order to protect her. It was a meaningless sacrifice.


    As the figures at the entrance of the cave gradually walked in, a man and a woman could clearly see the appearance of the people coming.


    This is a young man with a crooked ninja forehead. He is wearing a wide sleeved robe, which is obviously a bit big for his age.


    The uniforms of the first generation of Akatsuki organization now look a bit crude, because Akatsuki at that time was really too poor.


    However, it still makes people feel a little nostalgic.


    "Are you Uehara Nochu''s son?"


    The man turned his strange eyes, stared closely at the young man in front of him, saw that the young man and his father looked quite similar, and said in a deep voice, "There has never been such a person in our organization, you go!"


    "..."


    The woman opened her mouth as if she wanted to say something, but when she raised her head and glanced at the man next to her beseechingly, she only saw him shaking his head slightly.


    The woman bit her lip and fell silent after all.


    The young man held a kunai tightly in his hand, as if he was trying to pretend to be calm, but when he stopped and wanted to turn around to leave, he saw the looks of this couple inadvertently, and suddenly he took the kunai away. Wu put it away and took out his pocket.


    The man and woman in the cave looked at each other with a little surprise on their faces. When the vigilance in their hearts grew, the boy took out a photo.


    "..."


    The teenager lowered his head and looked at the photo.


    He raised his head again, looked at the man, looked at the woman.


    Afterwards, the boy raised the photo towards them and said softly, "Excuse me, are you Lord Xiaonan and Lord Yahiko?"


    "..."


    The man and woman fell silent.


    That photo was the only photo taken by the first generation Akatsuki organization, and there were many latecomers missing in it. At that time, because everyone thought that Akatsuki organization was a peaceful organization and did not pay much attention to the information of members, many people sent it to their families .


    Moreover, the Yahiko mentioned by the young man was the first-generation leader of the Akatsuki organization, and it was also the source of their depression.


    The man looks exactly the same as Yahiko, because the man''s body was originally Yahiko''s corpse, which was made into a powerful puppet by him.


    The person behind the puppet is the red-haired boy in the photo.


    "Master Yahiko doesn''t appear to have changed."


    The boy rambled and said, "Although Lord Xiaonan is a bit older, he can still see the outline of his youth..."


    "..."


    The woman''s face darkened.


    The man calmly stared at the young man in front of him, and suddenly said: "Your father is dead, he died in battle twelve years ago, and now I have forgotten his name, the weak are not worthy of being remembered .¡±


    "Payne!"


    A look of panic flashed across the woman''s face!


    In any case, she never expected that a man would tell the truth in such a straightforward manner, at least this is after their old friends!


    The boy''s face drooped, and he forcefully retorted: "Since you don''t remember his name, why do you say he died in battle?"


    "because¡­"


    The man looked at the young man, and said coldly, "Twelve years ago, only two people survived in the entire Xiao organization."


    "...he can survive!"


    The woman suddenly said something loudly, and continued to add: "If it wasn''t for me, many people would have survived."


    "..."


    The man beside her seemed to want to say something to comfort her, but seeing the woman''s depressed face, he finally stopped talking.


    "I see."


    The young man''s expression collected in an instant, and he waved his hands indifferently: "Since he died twelve years ago, then I won''t blame him."


    After speaking, the boy turned and left.


    However, Uehara Naraku hadn''t taken two steps, a strange gravitational pull pulled him back, and the man grabbed his collar with his palm!


    "Although your father doesn''t have much power, he is also an admirable ninja. Do you have no affection for him?"


    "Payne, let him go!"


    The woman stretched out her palm anxiously and grabbed the man''s arm, trying to make him loosen the boy''s collar.


    Naraku Uehara tugged Payne''s palm, looked up at the man''s strange eyes, and a sneer flashed across his face: "I''m so sorry, I was only born twelve years ago, except for this photo at home and I don''t have any impression of him with this dress."


    From his mouth, the image of a man who abandoned his wife and son jumped out.


    In any case, it sounds a bit weird that the ninja named Uehara Nohata left his wife and newborn son to follow an inexplicable Akatsuki organization.


    "¡­Sorry."


    The woman next to him murmured an apology.


    The corners of Xiaonan''s eyes were moist. Twelve years ago, they were only fifteen years old. They couldn''t understand how much sacrifice those ninjas who followed them had made.


    Now they know the tip of the iceberg.


    "There''s no need to apologize, that''s his choice."


    The boy shook his head, pulled away the man''s hand, and said softly, "I came to look for Akatsuki''s base just because my mother always wanted to know about him before she passed away."


    Xiao Nan looked at the young man and said nervously, "Your parents are both dead, so where are you... going now?"


    "Of course I''m going to join Lord Hanzo!"


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands and explained aloud: "I have been a wandering ninja for the past few months, looking for news about Akatsuki and my father''s trace... Now that I have my wish, of course I will go to Lord Hanzo and become an official ninja. "


    "..."


    Payne and Xiaonan looked at each other, a descendant of the first generation Xiao organization members, going to defect to his father-killer?


    This kid named Uehara Naraku doesn''t know the truth. How can they, especially Xiaonan, tolerate this kind of thing when they know the truth?


    "no."


    Xiaonan reached out and grabbed his shoulders, squatted in front of him, and said with a cold face: "Your father Shang Yuanye joined Akatsuki, so his child is also a member of the organization!"


    "Your organization... is a bit like a pyramid scheme!"


    Uehara Naraku looked back and forth between Xiaonan and Payne, couldn''t help but blinked his eyes, and subconsciously complained.


    but¡­


    He finally achieved his true goal.


    There was a ding in Uehara Naraku''s brain, side mission: join an organization (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward: [Justice Colossus Galio] psychic contract.

 Chapter 2

    Naraku Uehara is actually a time traveler.


    Likewise, he is a systematic hooker.


    There are so many ninjas who like cheating in the ninja world in the future, and many of them will be banned for cheating. It''s just that there are more of them and one less, which is still very different for the ninja world.


    A month ago, he was called Uehara, and he was an ordinary person.


    When going out to press the road, Uehara met a weird book seller. After chatting a few words, Uehara felt that he and the boss had similar interests.


    Everyone is old in the second dimension, and you can pick up any topic you want.


    Before leaving, Uehara felt a little embarrassed, so he bought a book at the small book stand of the boss, just a random one.


    The ancients once said that there is Yan Ruyu in the book, a house of gold in the book, and a thousand millet in the book. Reading more is always harmless, right?


    The ancients were honest and did not say anything wrong.


    Sometimes the book also comes with its own system.


    The boss was actually weird. He obviously just set up a bookstall, but he sold the book to Uehara at the price of the book''s cover!


    Wouldn''t it be clear that he wanted to scam him for money?


    Now it seems that not only cheated his money, but also cheated others.


    After Uehara returned home, the moment he opened the book, he was bound to a system called [2D lovers all over the world will surely realize their wishes], referred to as the 2D Wishing System.


    This system is a bit rough and shoddy. Not only does it have no artificial intelligence, but it can only issue tasks in a rigid manner.


    After the system was turned on, big data analysis was performed on Uehara''s preferences, and then he was sent to the ninja world, and he became Uehara Naraku.


    Uehara Naraku''s life experience is indeed rather bizarre.


    His father was indeed the first-generation member of the Akatsuki organization, but he followed Yahiko after creating a child with his mother, and there was no news about it after that.


    It is difficult for orphans and widows to survive in a war-prone place like Yuyin Village. Uehara Naraku had to be taught by his mother to refine chakra since he was a child, and became a wandering ninja, but later he was killed by a rock hidden.


    Uehara became Naraku Uehara.


    His main task is unique: to realize the wish of the book stall owner and become the biggest boss in the ninja world, with 0% progress.


    What a simple and crude system!


    But why not let him realize his desire to be an ordinary person? Instead, to fulfill the wishes of others?


    Isn''t the system afraid that one day in the future, if someone wants to become a crow and change his species, he will also fulfill that person''s wish?


    Of course, in addition to the task of becoming the biggest boss in the ninja world, the system will release many random side tasks from time to time, with varying degrees of difficulty.


    Strictly speaking, these tasks are more like the wishes of some two-dimensional lovers.


    Because there are all kinds of strange things.


    After all, no matter how mentally handicapped the system is, it''s unlikely that it will release some tasks that are obviously opposite at the same time, right?


    For example, there is a side mission to make Uzumaki Naruto black; another side mission to keep Uzumaki Naruto warm forever; there is also a side mission to make Uzumaki Naruto and Sasuke together...


    What the hell is this!


    According to Naraku Uehara''s judgment, the publishers of these tasks are very strange, and the rewards they give are also different.


    For example, most of the rewards given by side quests now come from League of Legends. Sometimes some hero skills are given away, sometimes heroes are given away as summoned beasts, and sometimes money is also given away.


    The money is not ninja money, but real gold coins, which can be used to buy some weird equipment.


    Uehara Naraku opened his own panel, because this is the first exhibition, it is estimated that it will take a long time to open the property panel again in the future.


    Name: Naraku Uehara


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Sex: Male


    Birthday: April 4, 44 in the Konoha Calendar


    ID number: (Mosaic)


    Life energy: 698 (Standard Chunin stamina 500~1000)


    Chakra energy: 1350 (standard johnin level chakra 1000-3000)


    Life regen: 2/sec.


    Chakra Recovery: 1.5/sec.


    Available skills:


    Dance in the Air: Can use Chakra to fly in the air, consumes 3 Chakra points per second, no cooling.


    Command ¡¤ Shockwave: By releasing a chakra puppet, it releases a space-time gravitational force to gather the enemies around the puppet in the direction of the puppet. The range is equivalent to the chakra value used, with a minimum of 100 points and a cooling time of 110 seconds.


    Wind Barrier: By releasing Wind Chakra, a wall of air flow is formed to block the enemy''s attack. The range is equivalent to the value of using Chakra, with a minimum of 50 points and a cooling time of 26 seconds.


    Wan Lei Tian Prison: By releasing the Thunder Chakra, a circular lightning storm is formed around the side. The range, power and duration are equivalent to the value of using the Chakra, with a minimum of 75 points and a cooling time of 120 seconds.


    Card Trick: You can use a powerful card throwing technique. Every time you throw a fourth card, the power will increase and there will be no cooling.


    Equipped with:


    Tears of the Goddess: Chakra +250, Chakra accumulation +750, every time you use ninjutsu, return 10% of Chakra.


    Psychic contract:


    Galio, the Colossus of Justice, consumes 3000 chakra points.


    Gold remaining: 1320.


    For Uehara Naraku, the only thing to be thankful for is that his current skills are not bad, not some orphan skills that are moving forward.


    Except for Wukong, which was a skill he got when he first started practicing Chakra control to tread water and climb trees, the others were all obtained from combat missions.


    As for the Tears of the Goddess, it was the Tears of the Goddess that he obtained some money through some side quests, and bought them from the mall that popped up from time to time in the system. He knew how important Chakra was in the Ninja World, and it could be used in the Ninja World. help...


    The system gave him two side tasks before, one of which was to create an organization, and the other was to join an organization.


    If he was twenty-two years old, of course he would choose to take the initiative to create an organization, but he is only... only twelve years old this year!


    With his acting skills just now, if the dove occupies the magpie''s nest, there should be no problem, right?


    The identity of this body is so convenient, wouldn''t it be too wasteful if you don''t make good use of it?


    As for who will become the real behind-the-scenes manipulator of the Akatsuki organization and become the biggest BOSS in the ninja world, Nagato, Uchiha Obito, Uchiha Madara, Kuroze, let''s all compete fairly together!


    Such a fun matryoshka game, why not participate?


    Uehara Naraku is actually not picky.


    His purpose is to become the last nesting doll, and it is enough to be able to nest Kaguya Otsutsuki, so as to complete his main task.


    The current Akatsuki organization is still a bit down and out, equivalent to half a grass-roots team.


    Later, only half of the members of the Xiaozhitian Group, the organization''s secret base is located in a river canyon, and the members are still carrying out their own tasks.


    There are also people staying in the base.


    Two big spenders in the Akatsuki organization, one of them is Dashewan, who likes human experimentation; the other is called Red Sand Scorpion, who likes body art.


    "Are there any new members?"


    Orochimaru saw Uehara Naraku behind Payne and Xiaonan, subconsciously stuck out his tongue and licked the corner of his mouth: "Or, are these experimental materials prepared for me?"


    "..."


    Payne shook his head, and said calmly: "He will be the new intern in the organization, Naraku Uehara."


    "Please take care of me."


    Uehara Naraku''s smile is very sunny, but in this dark cave, his youthful vigor seems out of tune with the environment here.


    "Humph!"


    The others just sneered at him and ignored it.


    Uehara Naraku''s smile disappeared immediately.


    a bunch of bastards...


    It''s rare for him to smile so heartily on his own initiative!


    Could it be that his well-practiced smile could only be used against people like Matt Kay and Rock Lee?


    Xiao Nan reached out and patted the boy''s head, the woman lowered her body and whispered in his ear: "Uehara, can you find a place to practice by yourself?"


    "Oh oh oh...of course!"


    Uehara Naraku took half a step back and nodded.


    The iris flower was shaking gently on top of the woman''s head, and Xiao Nan strolled into the cave. Even though the light was lacking, a giant could be vaguely seen inside the cave.


    Looks, very ugly.


    Power, very strong.


    The body of the ten tails, the golem of the heretics is hidden here, obviously the members of the Akatsuki organization don''t know what this big guy can be used for...


    "Ahahaha, you are also an intern of the organization!"


    Just when Uehara was in a daze, a funny voice came out.


    A hand patted Uehara''s left shoulder, and when Naraku Uehara turned his head, he saw nothing.


    Immediately afterwards, Uehara felt that someone patted his right shoulder, obviously that person ran to the right again, this kind of old but boring prank.


    If this person is also an intern of the Akatsuki organization, then he must be Uchiha Obito, Uehara Naraku''s future colleague, and the opponent who competes for the mastermind behind the scenes!


    Naraku Uehara frowned, clasped his hands together, and activated the skill instantly: "Thunder Dungeon Ten Thousand Thunder Sky Prison!"


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    New book, please recommend tickets, please collect!

 Chapter 3

    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "Thousands of thunder and heaven prison guide!"


    A storm of thunderclouds suddenly appeared beside Uehara Naraku, and a thunderbolt fell in an instant, and that thunderbolt quickly struck the man behind him!


    "Wow ah ah ah... it hurts!"


    The man standing behind Uehara Naraku didn''t take any measures, but let the thunder fall on him, his body swaying to and fro.


    The wooden mask on this man''s face was also smoking, and the red cloud and black robe uniform on his body also showed signs of being scorched by lightning, and there were even small sparks flying.


    The first impression this guy gave was that he was an idiot with an IQ of only two, and he didn''t threaten at all.


    It is his usefulness to bring some joy to others.


    However, if anyone thinks this way, he will be very wrong, because he has been bringing pain enough to make people in the ninja world break down.


    Naraku Uehara raised his head, narrowed his eyes slightly, and stared closely at the masked man in front of him. The days to come probably won''t be particularly boring...


    However, don''t be too relaxed.


    But in the next moment, Uehara Naraku''s face turned solemn, because he saw a young man in a tight uniform standing not far from the masked man.


    The young man had tears on his face, a swirl-shaped ninja forehead on his head, and a serious and upright face. It seemed that his tutor was very good.


    Uehara Naraku''s complexion was a bit ugly: "..."


    Is this Uchiha Itachi from the Anbu period?


    No, since he appeared in the Akatsuki organization, it proves that he is no longer Konoha Anbe ninja, but an S-rank rebel ninja who killed the whole clan and escaped from Konoha.


    Compared with other S-level rebels, Uchiha Itachi''s methods are more fierce.


    Kakuzu just killed all the high-level officials of Longyin Village, and Longyin Village is just a vassal Shinobi Village of Konoha, and there are not many strong people;


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion only killed a third Kazekage, which is not unusual, Kazekage always played the role of being killed.


    Itachi Uchiha killed all of his own kind!


    That is a ninja family that has been passed down for thousands of years, and the Uchiha Sharingan who has always been known as the number one family in the ninja world!


    "Hey! Brat, show some respect to me, a senior intern!"


    The masked man pointed at Uehara Naraku angrily, but when he saw Uehara''s gaze, he immediately raised his thumb and pointed to the young man behind him.


    The masked man laughed and said: "Hey, I have recruited a powerful member for the organization, and I will soon leave my status as an intern and become a regular student!"


    Even when he was angry, the masked man still pretended to be crazy in front of Uehara Naraku, and had no intention of revealing another hidden identity.


    After saying this, the masked man introduced triumphantly: "Do you know who he is? Although he is about the same age as you, he has already killed the entire Uchiha clan, and he is strong enough to become the leader of the organization." Official member now!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara looked at the masked man like an idiot. How could he have the nerve to perform in front of him and Itachi Uchiha with such exaggerated acting skills?


    This guy really thinks his acting skills are outstanding?


    Naraku Uehara standing in front of him, and Itachi Uchiha standing behind him, these two are all characters who can compete for the best actor!


    Well, the mask man''s acting is also very good.


    Uehara Naraku had just gained Konan''s trust, and perhaps Penn''s trust as well; Uchiha Itachi played with his younger brother in the palm of his hand, and did not show any clues until the end of the Pacific naval battle.


    The masked man remained hidden until the future Fourth Ninja World War, and his identity was never discovered until his mask was knocked down.


    Even if someone doubted his identity, he would be refuted by more people.


    If Uehara Naraku didn''t know his true face, there is a high probability that he would only guess that his identity is someone like Uchiha Quanna.


    It''s really interesting!


    Three characters who are confident that they can compete for the level of actor, and now they are here to compete with each other''s acting skills, trying to think that they can deceive each other.


    Honestly, it feels kind of silly.


    One day, the identities of the two of them must be revealed, so that everyone can be honest.


    The masked man suddenly patted Uehara on the shoulder, bewitching him affectionately: "Little devil, do you want to compete with Uchiha Itachi? If you can kill him, you will definitely be able to take his official member position!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the masked man like he was looking at an idiot again: "Since you want to become a full member so much, why don''t you kill him and take his place?"


    "Hahahahaha, of course it''s because, it''s because..."


    After laughing and laughing for a while, the masked man said his answer dejectedly: "My strength is too weak, and it is very likely that I will be killed by him!"


    "But my strength is also very weak..."


    Uehara Naraku blinked with an innocent expression.


    According to his current strength, unless Galio, the colossus of justice, can be psychically produced, it will be quite difficult to defeat the S-level rebellion of the Akatsuki organization.


    If Naraku Uehara uses chakra sparingly, he can use his skills more than a dozen times, and he can hit Loquat Juzo or something. It is probably no problem, but facing a Uchiha Itachi who is proficient in all aspects, it is not easy to say.


    Ninjutsu, Taijutsu, Illusion, and Hitomijutsu are proficient in all aspects, which also makes his fighting methods extremely diverse. The most troublesome thing is that this guy''s IQ is quite high. He will not be careless when facing any enemy. Be careful! Carefully decipher the enemy''s spells and adopt a counter-attack fighting method.


    "Then you can only blame yourself for being too weak..."


    The masked man spread his palms, turned his head and looked at the young man behind him: "Hey, Itachi-kun, if you want to gain a foothold in the organization, then kill someone! Interns in the organization are not protected. !"


    "..."


    The thirteen-and-a-half-year-old Uchiha Itachi glanced at the masked man, then slowly looked at Uehara Naraku, finally nodded, and pulled out the ninja sword behind him.


    He was brought in by the masked man.


    In Uchiha Itachi''s impression, the masked man claimed to be Uchiha ''Blade'', a mysterious and powerful man who assisted him in slaughtering the entire Uchiha clan not long ago, and then introduced him to join the Akatsuki organization.


    The masked man mentioned on the way that Akatsuki is his organization, and this intern should be the one he wants to get rid of.


    Prior to this, their agreement had just been reached. The masked man offered him to join the Akatsuki organization on the condition that he would not attack Konoha or hurt Sasuke.


    Now, what the masked man said inside and outside the meaning is nothing more than asking him to help find the trouble of another intern of this organization.


    It doesn''t matter.


    Itachi Uchiha doesn''t mind helping him with his little troubles as long as the guy keeps the agreement.


    "interesting¡­"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Itachi Uchiha holding a ninja sword, and remembered that there had been two side missions.


    Defeat Uchiha Itachi once (0/1), the reward is unknown.


    Defeat the mysterious masked man once (0/1), the reward is unknown.


    Uchiha Itachi slowly closed his eyes, and nodded to Uehara Naraku to express his apology: "Sorry, I have a reason to do this."


    As soon as the voice fell, his figure disappeared in place!

 Chapter 4

    So fast!


    Uchiha Itachi''s figure appeared behind Uehara Naraku in an instant, waving the ninja knife in his hand, and mercilessly chopped down towards Uehara''s neck.


    He looked very familiar, as if he had killed hundreds of people.


    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin!"


    Even though Naraku Uehara hasn''t noticed the traces of Itachi Uchiha, it doesn''t delay him to activate Wan Lei Tian Prio Yin, a skill that can be used for both defense and offense!


    Fortunately, the time they discussed before was just long enough for the skills to cool down.


    Groups of thundercloud storms appeared in the sky above Uehara Naraku, and a bolt of lightning fell down, forcing Uchiha Itachi to use a substitute technique to avoid it.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Countless lightnings wandered back and forth in the thundercloud storm, and it seemed that they might fall again at any time!


    After leaving the range of Wan Lei Tian Prison, Uchiha Itachi frowned: "This guy... only needs to form a seal, and he can release a powerful thunder escape ninjutsu. The interns in the Akatsuki organization are all Is this a monster?"


    clack clack clack clack...


    The masked man slapped his hands vigorously, and exclaimed repeatedly: "Wow, wow, wow, wow, wow... It''s really wonderful! Whether it''s Itachi-kun''s substitute technique or the kid''s thunder escape ninjutsu, it looks really amazing!"


    "idiot¡­"


    Uehara Naraku finally couldn''t help cursing inwardly, such a flamboyant way of boasting is really without the slightest sincerity!


    Looking at Uchiha Itachi''s position, four cards suddenly appeared in Naraku Uehara''s hands, and shot them in his direction!


    Stab it!


    The ear-piercing sound of gold and iron rubbing against each other resounded!


    I saw that the ninja sword in Uchiha Itachi''s hand blocked four cards one after another. Those cards seemed to be made of steel, and they were extremely sharp.


    "My cards are not something ordinary people can play."


    Uehara Naraku said with a light smile, his eyes lowered, and as his voice fell, a burst of explosion suddenly came out!


    One of the cards exploded instantly!


    Uchiha Itachi fell and flew out, half kneeling on the ground!


    This Konoha Renin was in a bit of a panic at the moment, because he had just used the substitute technique, even if he reacted in time, he was still affected by the explosion after all.


    "Well, well, well... so scary!"


    The masked man put his legs together nervously, holding his head with both hands, and looked almost too frightened to hold himself: "A card is even more powerful than the detonation talisman... It''s too scary!"


    "There should be a lot of chakra attached to it..."


    Uchiha Itachi bowed his head in thought, half-kneeled on the ground and raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku. Is the strength of this organization too strong?


    Although he hasn''t tried his best to fight yet, the two techniques mastered by the intern right now are so powerful that he should at least have the fighting power of a johnin level.


    "A twelve-year-old Jonin?"


    Uchiha Itachi closed his eyes, then slowly opened them, revealing a fierce light, his eyeballs had turned red, and three black jade marks were around.


    call out!


    Uehara could almost hear the sound of the wind!


    He didn''t look directly at Uchiha Itachi''s Sharingan, but just watched the moment when his toes disappeared.


    The loud explosion just now should be able to attract Xiaonan and Payne...


    Otherwise, he can only try to use gold coins to buy some rare items from the system that can win.


    Anyway, his main purpose is to get skill rewards. By the way, he wants to take the opportunity to show his strength. This organization has always had no integrity in attracting powerful members!


    "Ah, this brat, does he even know how to deal with Sharingan? It''s really amazing!"


    The masked man chirped to explain the battle again, which really made Uehara a little impatient.


    If it weren''t for the need to be vigilant against Uchiha Itachi''s surprise attack, Uehara must find a way to give him a ruthless move!


    "Art fire escape ho fireball!"


    A huge flaming fireball spewed towards Uehara Naraku!


    The Uchiha clan''s signature fire escape ninjutsu, as the proud son of heaven, Uchiha Itachi is naturally good at it, opening his mouth is a huge fireball.


    I have to say that Uchiha Itachi''s seal is very fast!


    Form six handprints in one second, release the fireball technique in one second, Uehara Naraku''s handprints are faster.


    Naraku Uehara folded his hands symbolically, and released his defensive skills without hesitation: "Wind Barrier!"


    The flaming fireball landed on a wind wall and dissipated invisible, leaving only the air heated by the flames.


    Whether it is the masked man or Uchiha Itachi, their thoughts are a little dignified, because Uehara Naraku released ninjutsu with another handprint.


    But Uchiha Itachi did not give up this opportunity!


    Almost instantly, this rebellious ninja appeared behind Naraku Uehara, and swung his ninja sword violently!


    "...Is it coming?"


    A puppet ball appeared in Uehara Naraku''s palm. According to his guess, Uchiha Itachi was definitely using the fireball to launch a feint attack. After all, that is a ninjutsu that has never killed anyone in anime!


    "Command Shockwave!"


    The space around Uehara Naraku instantly distorted!


    A gravitational force attracted Uchiha Itachi''s figure to his side, and even the dizziness of space distortion made Uchiha Itachi unable to fight back at all!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t hesitate, pinched Uchiha Itachi''s neck with one hand, and pushed him to the ground: "...you lost!"


    If he cut Uchiha Itachi''s neck with a card instead of a palm, he would definitely be able to kill him.


    But this is not Uehara''s purpose.


    Uchiha Itachi, although Xinzi is a Konoha spy, is actually a model worker of the Akatsuki organization. It would be too wasteful to kill him here.


    What''s more, if he really uses cards, maybe Uchiha Itachi will activate Susanoo to resist!


    In Uehara''s mind, there was a ding. He subconsciously thought that when the first side mission was completed, he saw that a side mission closed in a corner had been completed.


    Mission completed: defeated by Itachi Uchiha once (1/1), reward gold coins +100.


    What a joke, there are still people who wish to be tortured like this?


    No, the key now is that he clearly has the upper hand, why does the system think he has lost?


    "You lost..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes finally met Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and the three black hook jade''s writing sharing eyes were so captivating that he fell into them involuntarily.


    Even if he was caught off guard by the command shock wave, Uchiha Itachi still found an opportunity to counter in this situation.


    Although he didn''t know why Uehara Naraku was merciful, but this did not delay his decisiveness!


    Only by subduing the enemy can we win the final victory!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly fell into the illusion. In his senses, huge copper nails were embedded in his body, making him unable to move!


    Illusion¡¤Golden Binding Art!


    It''s just that in Uehara Naraku''s mind, another side mission that was thrown into the corner after crossing to the ninja world was finally completed.


    Mission completed: Experience the power of Sharingan once (1/1).


    Reward: Lifeform Disintegration Ray.


    Life form disintegration ray: Release a powerful ray through the eyes, analyze the life characteristics of the enemy, and disintegrate the enemy''s body for 2.5 seconds. The chakra value is related to the duration, the minimum is 100 chakra, and the cooling time is 120 seconds.


    This skill is indeed very powerful, the problem is, Uehara wants to release the illusion immediately!


    This is really an unprecedented crisis, and it is a blunder at such a juncture. Isn''t it said that the soul energy of the traverser is powerful and can resist illusions?


    How should I cancel the illusion now?


    Just when Uehara Naraku was going to use the life-disintegrating ray to attack indiscriminately, someone slapped him on the head, and used this way of beating a child to help him release the illusion.


    "What are you doing?"


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Today is also the day to ask for recommendation tickets! In the new book period, don''t raise it, everyone help to make it to the list!

 Chapter 5

    Xiao Nan interrupted their battle.


    The woman with light blue hair held Naraku Uehara by the collar, put him beside her, and said coldly, "What are you doing?"


    "call¡­"


    Naraku Uehara breathed a sigh of relief. After seeing Akatsuki''s members coming out, he pointed at the masked man and Itachi Uchiha, and opened his mouth to put on a big hat: "Master Konan, these two want to kill me..."


    "No no no no¡­"


    The masked man stepped forward, shook his hands, and explained exaggeratedly: "We are just testing the combat power of the interns of the organization, but we didn''t expect him to defeat someone who is enough to become a full-fledged member!"


    Although Uchiha Itachi did not use the kaleidoscope writing wheel eye pupil technique, under normal conditions, Uchiha Itachi''s strength is not something that ordinary ninjas can defeat.


    Unexpectedly, this kid relied on his weird spells to suppress Uchiha Itachi, and even had a chance to almost kill Uchiha Itachi before he used his hole cards!


    If the masked man thinks he saw it right, the last spell used by that brat is likely to be of the time-space type, and he saw that the space was distorted.


    This kid is really amazing!


    Instead, he can be regarded as a powerful combat force capable of collecting tailed beasts for the Akatsuki organization. Akatsuki''s members have been replacing back and forth, each group has been in a vacant stage, and the manpower has never been gathered. Occasionally, some members will take their teammates To exchange money.


    As for the threat that Uehara Naraku might bring, the masked man only considered for a second before choosing to give up.


    This kid doesn''t seem to have any heirs, and the Chakra seems to be slightly more, so he is not considered a promising figure at all.


    However, his talent is really good, and he was able to develop a ninjutsu that can be released by an Indian style, but it can only go so far.


    He knew very well that only with a powerful blood successor could he go further.


    As for Uehara Naraku''s way of using space that only distorts space, there is still a certain time delay, as long as you know his information, you can easily avoid it.


    Just now Uchiha Itachi was hit by the command shock wave because it was too sudden.


    If Uchiha Itachi did not hesitate to expend his pupil power at the beginning and directly launched the kaleidoscope pupil technique, the battle might have ended long ago!


    Fortunately, he didn''t do that.


    Otherwise, the Akatsuki organization may lose a powerful combat force in the future, and it may arouse Xiaonan''s resentment.


    "Ok?"


    Xiaonan''s eyes were slightly puzzled, she looked down at Uehara Naraku who was standing beside her, stroked his hair, and asked aloud: "Is this true?"


    I don''t quite believe it, how could a twelve or thirteen-year-old boy, who is still a wandering ninja, have the power to fight against Akatsuki''s official members?


    However, at the meeting just now, Jue mentioned a piece of information that Uehara seems to be indeed a very talented child.


    "Some are true and some are false."


    Naraku Uehara''s face was extremely serious, he stared closely at Itachi Uchiha who stood up, and said softly: "I fought him with the secret technique I studied, but this guy didn''t take it seriously at all, his Sharingan ...very strong!"


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and continued to add: "After he used Sharingan, I immediately fell into the illusion, and I couldn''t break free..."


    "I see."


    It is indeed easy for ordinary ninjas to fall into a disadvantage in the face of blood successor ninjas.


    Especially the Uchiha clan, there are even rumors of one-on-one invincibility.


    Xiao Nan nodded and believed his words.


    When she first met Uehara Naraku, she had doubts about Uehara Naraku''s identity and who he was a spy sent by.


    But at the meeting, Jue provided them with information about Uehara Naraku. That little guy, his father was indeed a ninja named Uehara Hatsumi, and his hometown was in a small village in the country of rain.


    Uehara Nochu''s information was also inquired by Jue.


    That person was an ordinary member of the first Xiao organization.


    Uehara Naraku has always lived in the small village of his father''s hometown, and occasionally claimed to be a ninja to pick up some villagers'' tasks. He didn''t leave the small village until his mother passed away more than a month ago.


    Since there is no problem with identity, then everything is not a problem.


    Konan patted Uehara Naraku''s shoulder lightly, and said: "Naraku, you go to rest first, we still have something to talk about with Mr. Uchiha Itachi..."


    In any case, twelve was too young.


    When they were twelve years old, they had no choice but to survive. Now that the Xiao organization has the conditions, it will take good care of the next generation of the organization.


    "etc¡­"


    Jue interrupted Xiao Nan''s words, and said with a sinister smile: "Xiao Nan, I think this little guy can become a full-fledged member of the organization..."


    Uehara Naraku''s father died when he was protecting Xiaonan. The murderer was Konoha''s root, and Konoha Hokage assisted the team led by Shimura Danzo.


    Now it seems that his talent is not bad, as long as he is guided a little and let him fall into darkness, he will become an excellent fighting force.


    "He''s too young, isn''t his fighting power a bit weak?"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Xiaonan retorted, she had other arrangements for Uehara.


    A woman''s feelings are inherently softer than a man''s. Xiao Nan still wants to hide the dark things about Xiao Nan''s organization for a while.


    "But his fighting power is not bad."


    Never agreeing with her opinion, his smile was a bit cold: "And if I remember correctly, the new member we welcomed today should be only thirteen years old, right?"


    Yes, Uchiha Itachi is only thirteen years old this year.


    I have to say that people in the ninja world are too precocious.


    What is it to fight at the age of twelve? Uchiha Itachi followed his father to watch the Ninja World War when he was four years old, and took the life of a Iwagakure ninja on the battlefield.


    After pondering for a moment, Payne said, "Xiao Nan, let him join in! Even with Uchiha Itachi''s supplement, there is still a vacancy in the organization..."


    Xiao Nan suddenly lowered his head and said in a low voice: "Payne, we are going to attack Yuyin Village soon to avenge...they...I want Naluo to join in."


    "..."


    Payne frowned, and the reincarnation eyes in his eyes were a little hesitant, but he finally nodded and accepted his friend''s opinion.


    Over the years, he has been secretly developing the pupil technique of the eyes of reincarnation, just to wait for revenge against the leader of Yuyin Village, Sanjiaoyu Hanzo.


    Now that the six paths of Payne have been made, it''s time to go to Yuyin Village and taste the fruits of revenge.


    Originally, only he and Xiao Nan were the ones taking revenge, but now that there is one more person, that''s fine.


    "Then, be absolutely responsible and continue to find suitable people for Kakudo!"


    Payne glanced at the people present, and his eyes stopped on Uchiha Itachi. He already knew the information about Uchiha Itachi before.


    In Payne''s cognition, this is a cruel young man, a person who killed his own kind, his pain, his darkness, there must be a lot.


    After a brief conversation with Uchiha Itachi, Payne took out a ring from his sleeve: "Welcome to join Akatsuki, your code name is Suzaku, and from today onwards, you will be Akatsuki''s Uchiha Itachi. ...you will act in the name of Akatsuki!"


    "..."


    Itachi Uchiha nodded slowly, reached out to take the ring, took off his ninja forehead, and made a neat notch on it while holding Kunai.


    Konoha''s swirl forehead is like a mirror, reflecting Itachi Uchiha''s somewhat ferocious cheeks. I don''t know what he thought of when he was staring at the forehead.


    Uehara Naraku stood beside Xiaonan watching all this, he suddenly raised his head and said, "When I give him a uniform later, can you give me one?"

 Chapter 6

    Akatsuki''s school uniform is very handsome.


    Perhaps it was because Uehara Naraku''s acting skills were too strong, which directly led to Xiaonan''s unwillingness to let him be contaminated with the darkness of the Akatsuki organization, and wanted him to have a bright future.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t get any new clothes, so he could only watch Uchiha Itachi put on the red cloud and black robe with a little envy.


    Xiao Nan glanced at the young man with eyes full of envy, and reached out to ruffle his hair: "Naruo, your future will be very bright."


    "Actually, that''s pretty good."


    Uehara curled his lips and muttered casually.


    However, when he saw Xiaonan took out two more bottles of purple nail polish and handed it to Uchiha Itachi, he couldn''t help but twitch.


    Does Akatsuki''s makeup have to be so thick?


    Do men wear nail polish too?


    Konan watched Uchiha Itachi take the nail polish calmly, and suddenly said to him: "Uchiha Itachi... stay away from Uehara in the future, if I see someone who wants to hurt him, I will not show mercy."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head and glanced at Naraku Uehara who was standing beside Konan, and nodded his head slightly.


    "Senior Xiaonan, reasonable fighting can also make children grow faster!"


    The masked man standing next to Itachi Uchiha looked at Uehara with great interest, and said, "I feel that this kid''s card throwing is very similar to Konan-senpai''s paper escape technique, so he must be Konan-senpai''s younger brother or something." ?¡±


    "..."


    The woman with light blue hair frowned, neither answered nor denied, and drove them away with a voice: "If you have nothing to do, you can leave."


    "Okay! Let''s go, I''m going to buy meatballs!"


    The masked man held his head, whistled and left.


    As for Uchiha Itachi, he has just joined the organization and will temporarily live in the organization''s secret base, waiting for Payne to assign him to which combat team.


    Because of what the masked man said just now, Konan suddenly became interested in Uehara Naraku''s abilities.


    She also wanted to know that Uehara''s current strength was able to tie with a well-trained Konoha Renin in a sparring match that left room.


    When Xiaonan saw the card in Naraku Uehara''s hand, he reached out to take it, and looked down at the pattern on the card.


    It was a king of hearts.


    "Are these the cards used in casinos?"


    Xiaonan''s face turned cold slightly, she looked at Uehara gradually dissatisfied, and said coldly: "Are you...tainted by gambling?"


    "¡­no."


    The boy spread his hands and explained: "Because my family couldn''t afford shuriken when I was young, I could only use cheap cards to practice shuriken throwing. Now I''m used to it, and I have also developed a technique that can use cards to fight. .¡±


    Other than that, it''s hard to explain!


    After all, the card master''s throwing technique is quite practical, aside from that, the effect of the card explosion alone is equivalent to the power of the detonating symbol explosion.


    "Is that so? Naraku, you will be my disciple from now on!"


    Xiao Nan spread out her palm, and pieces of origami paper floated out of her palm, turning into paper butterflies, dancing around them.


    Xiao Nan manipulated a paper butterfly to land on her own fingertips, and said softly: "My paper escapism is similar in nature to your playing cards. It just so happens that I can teach you many ways to fight with paper."


    Not only to teach him to grow, but also to inherit Xiaozhi''s will.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was a little dazed, was there some misunderstanding in this matter, with his strength, does he need any teacher?


    It''s just that if he wants to stay in the Xiao organization, it seems inappropriate for him to refuse Xiaonan.


    "Then, please take care of Master Xiaonan!"


    Another weird side mission completed in Uehara Naraku''s head, he didn''t go through it carefully.


    Mission completed: become Xiaonan''s disciple (1/1), gold coins +150.


    Just such a small amount of money, do you think he is a beggar?


    According to Uehara Naraku''s understanding of the system''s side tasks, he barely understood the system''s operating mechanism. The more accepted tasks by the public, the richer the rewards for completion.


    Xiaonan squatted in front of Uehara Naraku, helping him arrange his clothes, his voice gradually softened: "Naraku, from now on...call me teacher."


    "...Yes, Teacher Xiaonan."


    Uehara Naraku blinked his eyes, doing good deeds.


    In fact, Xiaonan didn''t have any talent for being a teacher. After much deliberation, this woman didn''t know what kind of ninjutsu to teach Uehara in the first class, so she decided to rely on her former teacher''s teaching method to conduct a combat test.


    Although Xiaonan''s teacher is a Konoha ninja, she did not go through any bell snatching test, but worked with her teammates to defeat the teacher''s shadow clone.


    Apparently, she intends to do the same.


    Xiaonan brushed the hair on his forehead, and explained softly: "In a few days, I will test you, let my paper clone fight with you, decide which ninjutsu to teach you, and judge whether you can Join us on our next mission..."


    "Task?"


    "right."


    Xiaonan nodded, put his palm on Uehara''s shoulder, and said in a low voice: "Our mission to avenge Akatsuki''s former members and your father... I don''t want you to live in hatred, but I think these things are still Needed to let you know because some things shouldn''t be left in the dust of time."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded awkwardly.


    In fact, he knew all those things, and even the truth he knew was more, deeper and farther than what Xiaonan and Nagato saw.


    So, is it time to test your acting skills again?


    Xiaonan''s face slowly sank, his expression gradually became a little cold, and he said word by word: "Twelve years ago... the people who killed the other members of Akatsuki were the leader of Yuyin Village, Sanjiaoyu Hanzo, and the leader of Konoha Village. Senior Shimura Danzo."


    "what?"


    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a hint of surprise just right: "So...are we going to attack Konoha or Yuyin?"


    Payne heard this, came over and stood beside them, and said in a deep voice: "Xiao Nan, tell him the mission directly! Uehara Naraku must participate in this mission, this is his destiny."


    "No, it may be dangerous for Naraku''s strength to participate..."


    For the first time, Xiaonan had a direct conflict with Payne: "I must test him first to ensure that he can survive the mission."


    "If he died in this mission, it''s because his strength is too weak to survive in this world!"


    "Payne!"


    Xiaonan raised her head abruptly, stared at him fearlessly for a while, finally lowered her head, and said softly: "I still remember Teacher Jiraiya''s teaching that young children are the fire of the future... and Naraku is also only one."


    Since Yahiko died in battle, this was the first time she had defied Payne''s will, and this kind of thing hadn''t happened for a long, long time.


    The appearance of this young man is like a light, illuminating their past.


    Let Xiaonan know from now on that she still bears a kind of responsibility on her body, and she wants to let the dawn''s will, which once wanted to illuminate the ninja world, be inherited to Naraku Uehara.


    "..."


    The orange-haired man was silent for a while, then turned and left, leaving only one sentence in the rain: "You can do whatever you want! We have been preparing for this war for twelve years. Whether or not a brat participates has no effect on the result."

 Chapter 7

    The surface of the lake was calm.


    The ninja stepped on the lake, causing ripples.


    Naraku Uehara walked up to the lake step by step, followed Xiaonan''s footsteps, and slowly settled his position. After resting for two days, the test on him was officially conducted today.


    I don''t know what Payne is thinking. He was a little displeased with Xiaonan''s decision two days ago, but today he came to watch the battle between master and apprentice.


    Xiao Nan closed her eyes, folded her palms together, and said in a low voice, "Na Luo, don''t be careless thinking this is just a test, my paper avatar is not weak..."


    Xiaonan''s voice gradually dropped.


    Countless origami floated from her body, and these origami danced in the air and gathered into a human form, forming a paper avatar that could be comparable to the main body.


    This paper clone is different from the ordinary shadow clone technique.


    Although the ordinary shadow clone technique is also an entity, once it is hit by an attack, it will be forced to disband; the paper clone is quite different. When Xiaonan''s paper clone is attacked, it can even be broken down into smaller pieces of paper and fly to Distant reconvergence.


    In addition, the paper clone can also release any ninjutsu that Xiaonan can use. Even an ordinary piece of paper, under the control of her chakra, has the sharpness that does not belong to a shuriken, let alone countless pieces of ninjutsu. A detonator concealed among the pieces of paper.


    "It''s a pity if even a paper clone can''t be defeated..."


    Naraku Uehara raised his head, and a smile appeared on the corner of the young man''s mouth, looking very confident: "Then I''m too useless, right?"


    He had worked hard for a month, accumulating all the Chakras presented by the Tears of the Goddess, and only then did he have a Jonin-level Chakra.


    Before losing to Uchiha Itachi, it was because he was too careless, fell into the illusion of Sharingan, and was terminated by Konan.


    Now, Uehara knows Xiaonan''s information, whether it is her ninjutsu or her shortcomings, Uehara Naraku knows it clearly in his heart, plus those special skills...


    If this still fails to defeat Xiao Nan''s paper avatar, he will eat the cards in his hand on the spot!


    "Then we have to wait until the test is over!"


    Xiaonan''s paper avatar stepped on the lake and rushed towards Uehara Naraku, reminding him loudly: "Naraku, the official start... paper shuriken!"


    Dozens of pieces of paper flew in!


    The sharpness of a paper shuriken is almost the same as that of an iron one, and even the flying speed and throwing angle can be made even weirder!


    Uehara Naraku held four cards in each hand, and quickly threw them in the direction of the paper shuriken!


    boom! boom!


    Eight cards flew out, two of which were automatically strengthened by Chakra exploded instantly, changing the direction of the paper shuriken!


    The other six cards flew towards Xiao Nan!


    "Well done..."


    The water rippled again!


    Xiaonan was very satisfied with Uehara Naraku''s method of solving the paper shuriken. Her paper avatar folded on the back and formed a pair of wings, driving her body into the air to avoid the card attack, and launched an attack with the help of wings again!


    Shiki Paper Dance!


    Paper rain!


    A piece of origami paper turned into dense sheets of sharp-edged paper, and shot obliquely at Uehara Naraku''s position, making it impossible for people to hide on the ground!


    "Wind Barrier!"


    Naraku Uehara folded his palms together symbolically, making a handprint, and a wall of wind floated on the surface of the water, blocking the attack of the paper rain.


    It''s just that the crisis has not been resolved...


    Even if the Wind Barrier can block it for a few seconds, it is impossible to block it forever. Xiaonan''s paper rain is recyclable, and she releases paper rain almost endlessly!


    The wind wall slowly disappeared...


    Paper Rain hits Uehara again!


    Uehara Naraku dodged to the side to avoid another wave of paper rain, but this could not resolve the crisis at all!


    "Is that the only way to use it?"


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists tightly, the chakra in his body flowed rapidly, his toes stepped on the water, and flew into the air out of thin air, avoiding the dense paper rain!


    It is the flying skill Wukongshu!


    "Naru...can you fly?"


    Xiao Nan''s brows suddenly frowned. Flying skills are not uncommon, but it''s really unexpected to fly into the sky like this.


    The next moment, Xiao Nan saw Uehara rushing towards him!


    "high speed!"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Xiaonan''s paper avatar quickly stopped the rain of paper that was shooting downwards, and countless papers overlapped to form a paper spear, which shot out in the direction of Uehara!


    However, Uehara Nao''s movements in the air were surprisingly flexible, even the same as on the ground, just dodging to avoid the paper spear.


    "Can the body be so flexible in the air?"


    The woman''s brows were first furrowed, and then stretched: "This little guy, Naraku...can''t be underestimated!"


    boom!


    The two finally confront each other!


    It''s just that Uehara''s physical skills are a bit poor. Even if he can move freely in the air, he still can''t beat Xiaonan in physical skills!


    This is also impossible...


    His life energy is only over 600, and his life energy is linked to his physical fitness, strength, and speed. From the data alone, it is almost only the value of Chunin.


    But it doesn''t matter anymore, as long as you rush to Xiaonan''s side, the battle will be over, right? Thundercloud storms have begun to accumulate around him!


    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin!"


    Thunderstorms rained down lightning one after another, splitting the paper avatars in front of him into pieces of origami, and even some of the origami had lightning flashing on them, but this scene surprised Uehara.


    Only on the origami with water stains, the electric light will appear! But these wet papers have the function of conducting electricity, so it is almost impossible to be destroyed by lightning...


    "Mr. Xiaonan, did you soak the paper avatar in advance?"


    "good."


    Xiao Nan nodded and did not deny it: "If I don''t do this, it will be very difficult for my paper clone to resist the fire escape ninjutsu..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara helped his forehead helplessly, Xiaonan actually guided the lightning through the soaked origami...


    Countless origami flew to the other side to form Xiaonan''s body again, and said softly: "Naraku, apart from sticky oil, there is hardly any other technique that can completely destroy my paper avatar... If you have no other way , you are not allowed to participate in that dangerous mission."


    "Understood, then I can only use another secret technique!"


    The boy nodded and looked at Xiaonan seriously, with messy handprints in his hands. He has always been Uehara, a symbolic seal, Naraku... because his skills are all instant, and the seal is just a way to confuse.


    Looking at this scene, Xiao Nan paid more attention to it.


    However, she did not stop Uehara''s approach. The exchange between master and apprentice should allow the disciple to display his true strength, right?


    And Xiao Nan also wanted to see what kind of powerful ninjutsu this disciple who clapped his hands for whatever he wanted suddenly released such a serious seal.


    "Life form disintegration ray!"


    After Uehara Naraku finished making messy handprints, she finally closed her palms suddenly, and looked at Xiaonan''s paper clone with her eyes!


    A purple energy surged out in an instant!


    After being attacked by the purple energy, Xiao Nan''s paper avatar didn''t even have time to split again, and it disappeared instantly, turning into nothingness!


    At the same time, there was another sound in Uehara Naraku''s brain, and another weird side mission was completed...


    Mission completed: Defeat Xiaonan, Angel of Dawn once (1/1), and reward the angel skill Moment of Judgment.


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 8

    At the moment of the Holy Judgment, a skill that descends from an angel.


    After Uehara Naraku noticed the effect of the Holy Judgment''s Moment skill, he finally felt a little relieved, and he didn''t have to worry about dying instantly in the future.


    Moment of Judgment: Add an invincible shield to yourself or others for 3 seconds; at the same time, a purification blade will appear around the invincible person, and the purification blade will cause huge damage to the surroundings.


    The Chakra consumption is related to the duration, the minimum skill consumption is 100 Chakra points, and the cooling time is 160 seconds.


    "Naraku!"


    Xiaonan''s body waved at Uehara Naraku who was in the air, and waited until he landed before asking, "Here, Naraku, was the technique just now blood succession limit?"


    The power of life-disintegrating energy rays is stronger than she imagined!


    When the purple energy first touched the paper clone, it didn''t feel very good; but not even a second later, a burning pain came out of the body!


    It''s like erasing the body abruptly!


    "Well, I don''t know."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and opened his mouth to push the question out: "I''m not sure if it''s ninjutsu or blood succession, if my father is still alive, I can ask him, is there any strange blood succession in our family?" ..."


    "..."


    Xiao Nan shook his head, but did not continue to ask.


    Maybe it''s because there are too many weird ninjutsu in Akatsuki''s organization, such as Kakuto''s Earth Resentment, Scorpion''s Immortal Puppet and so on.


    But Payne stepped forward and said in a cold voice: "His physical skills are too bad, not even as good as yours, Xiao Nan, this will become a fatal flaw in battle..."


    Xiaonan: "..."


    Payne discredited both of them with one sentence.


    And Payne was still saying before that no matter how strong Uehara Naraku is, he must participate in the mission of Akatsuki''s revenge battle. Why is he picking and choosing now...


    It''s just that what Payne said is indeed reasonable. Uehara Naraku''s taijutsu is full of mistakes and omissions. Even a ninja who is not very good at taijutsu can see it.


    Naraku Uehara scratched his head a little.


    His physical skills are indeed a bit poor, but as long as the value of life energy is superimposed in the future, it will naturally improve.


    "All right."


    Payne glanced at Uehara Naraku, then turned to look at Xiaonan: "Now you have tested it, he is strong enough to participate in that mission!"


    Naraku Uehara raised his head and looked at the woman with light blue hair obediently: "Mr. Xiaonan, what kind of mission are we going to participate in then?"


    "Attack the Yuyin stronghold, force Sanshoyu Hanzo to summon his henchmen, and finally execute them all!"


    When Xiaonan mentioned the name of that person, his face became icy cold: "Twelve years ago, that Sansho Hanzo, known as the ninja demigod, broke his promise, colluded with Konoha Shimura Danzo, and killed Liaoxiao''s leader and most of the members..."


    She remembered everything that happened that day in her heart day and night!


    The Akatsuki organization, which was thought to be on its way to the light, was destroyed overnight. Except for her and Nagato, everyone else was killed!


    Among them is Yahiko, the leader of Akatsuki.


    That is the companion they grew up with, leading her and Nagato to survive the harsh war, and leading those who trusted him to pursue the dream of peace...


    He did not die on the way to stop the war, but died in that conspiracy, leaving a huge shadow on the psychology of the two close friends.


    In addition, Nagato''s legs were also injured by the detonating talisman, and he has lost his ability to move since then, and even reached an agreement with those two evil guys, leading the Akatsuki organization on a path of terror.


    For revenge, but also to commemorate, Nagato chose to keep Yahiko''s body, making it the strongest Tendou among the Six Paths of Penn, and making Tendou Penn in front of him the eternal leader of the Akatsuki organization.


    twelve years.


    Xiaonan and Nagato endured it for twelve years. When Penn Six Paths was fully produced, the two of them had a sliver of confidence and decided to go to Yuyin Village for revenge.


    Since it is revenge, of course it cannot be interfered by other people.


    It''s just that who would have thought that before attacking Yuyin Village, they wanted to go to the old place to reminisce, and they happened to meet another boy who should join their ranks of revenge.


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head in thought. They should have done nothing wrong with attacking Yuyin Village this time. According to Rokudo Payne''s strength, it is not difficult to take down Sansho Hanzo. In other words, this is a trip of pure soy sauce. trip.


    The main purpose is to complete several tasks.


    For example, a certain series of tasks that Uehara Naraku had neglected for a long time.


    Advanced task 1: kill ten wandering ninjas (10/10), reward 100 points of life energy, 100 points of chakra energy, the task has been completed.


    Advanced task 2: kill ten official ninjas (3/10), the reward is unknown.


    According to Uehara''s guess, the future tasks should be a series of low ninja, middle ninja, and high ninja, and maybe there will be kage-level characters in the end.


    Well, it is estimated that there will be.


    According to his current strength, there is nothing he can do in the face of Kage-level powerhouses, and based on the mission personality released by the system, those Kage-level powerhouses must be Kage from Ninja Village of the five major ninja countries, not rebels like Kakuto. Tolerate.


    Naraku Uehara''s only hope now is that the advanced tasks of the system in the future should be some ordinary ninjas, not those full of bugs such as Maitkai and Kakashi, which would be a bit fatal.


    If you just want to improve your strength, advanced tasks must be done. Uehara Naraku estimates that these tasks are gifted life energy and chakra energy.


    The reward shouldn''t be too low.


    At the beginning of Naraku Uehara''s journey, he encountered some wandering ninjas who were not very strong. With his few skills, it was more than enough to kill them.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    However, most official ninjas have their own ninja villages, and they still move in groups. Even Uehara Naraku, during those days of wandering, only occasionally met a team of Yanyin who was rampant in the land of rain.


    If you want to complete the number of advanced tasks, you must find a ninja gathering place, and there is no more suitable place than Ninja Village.


    It is rare to be able to complete a large number of advanced tasks at one time, thereby greatly strengthening one''s own strength.


    During the next preparation time, Naraku Uehara felt that the situation was a little weird.


    According to the Naruto World information he knows, Nagato will store Payne when he doesn''t need to use them in order to save his Chakra.


    Who would have thought that during the period before the war, instead of returning to the place where he should be, Payne frequently appeared at the practice place where he and Xiaonan were practicing, commenting on Uehara Naraku who was training in gymnastics, and proposed A bunch of questions.


    "The arm strength is too weak to crush the enemy..."


    "The kick speed is too slow, and the enemy will catch your flaws..."


    "That''s too bad, brat, are your fists here to tickle the enemy?"


    The orange-haired man was standing on the edge of the practice field, making judgments from time to time, which really damaged the image of Tiandao Payne with background music.


    Uehara Naraku was not good at refuting.


    Xiaonan was a little unbearable, and defended aloud: "Payne, Naraku is only twelve years old, he is still very young, and he still has a long time to grow up..."


    "I''m just caring about the members of the organization."


    The orange-haired man was eloquent, and what he said was somewhat taken for granted.

 Chapter 9

    Uehara Naraku was forced to train Taijutsu for a week, and his life energy increased by 3 points. This efficiency is really distressingly low.


    Fortunately, this training will soon be discontinued.


    The civil war in Yuyin Village is about to start soon. No one would have thought that only the combination of Payne Rokudo, Konan and Uehara Naraku would overthrow the rule of Sanshoyu Hanzo.


    For the time being, the main forces in the war are Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku.


    Due to Nagato''s physical inconvenience, Payne can''t continue to fight for a long time, so Konan and Uehara will cut off the ninja outpost in the country of rain and the ninjas outside the rain hidden village, and force Sanjiao Hanzo to gather him All power.


    As long as Sanjiao Hanzo summons all the ninjas to return to Yuyin Village to protect themselves, Pain Liudao will collectively dispatch to destroy those ninjas who gathered to resist them.


    Those innocent teenagers who were deceived by Sanjiao Hanzo and Shimura Danzo back then finally grew their brains.


    Uehara Naraku received a task to clean up the ninja stronghold, as well as a piece of related information. There were two ninja squads stationed in that stronghold, a total of eight ninjas, including two Zhongnin captains.


    And his task is to kill seven of them, let one of them go on purpose, and let the Yuyin ninja pass the news of the start of the war to Yuyin Village.


    It would be best if it could cause panic in Yuyin Village.


    This is a bit of a test of acting skills.


    However, since Uehara Naraku considers himself one of the four major actors of the Akatsuki organization, if he wants to compete with Kuroze, Obito, and Uchiha Itachi for the best actor, the most indispensable thing is acting skills.


    The eastern part of the Land of Rain.


    A stronghold hidden under the cliff.


    There are two Chunin and six Genin stationed in the cliff stronghold. Their usual task is to monitor whether there is a large-scale army entering the country, whether there are wandering ninjas, and whether anyone dares to resist Lord Hanzo.


    Ameyakure Chuunin Kamakura swayed slowly to the entrance of the stronghold, looked at the torrential rain outside, and said with a dazed expression: "Every day is bad weather, I don''t know when this ghostly weather will stop..."


    boom¡­


    bang bang bang...


    A strange voice came in.


    This sound is not like a crashing rainstorm.


    Yuyin Zhongren stopped his words and listened carefully to the sounds from the outside world. Those who grew up in the Land of Rain could easily tell that it was the sound of rainwater hitting the bamboo umbrella.


    Kamakura quickly turned his head to look at his teammates, and quietly signaled with his fingers that an enemy is coming!


    After all, the rainstorm is such a bad weather, but someone came to the Yuyin stronghold for no reason, so he must not be traveling, right?


    "That... are you ready?"


    In the rainstorm, came a childish and shy voice.


    Just when these Yuyin ninjas were a little speechless, a purple energy ray cut the entire cliff in half, and the majestic rain fell...


    Regardless of the rain falling on their faces, the Yuyin ninjas looked at the slowly collapsing cliffs on both sides. This shocking scene shocked their minds...


    "...What kind of spell is this...?"


    "With just one blow, the entire cliff was instantly cut apart..."


    When the situation came to an end, only Kamakura Chunin was still a little rational, and he flew behind the rock on one side, and reminded loudly: "The enemy is very strong, everyone pay attention to be careful and dodge!"


    While reminding his subordinates, Kamakura raised his head cautiously, observing the enemy who destroyed their stronghold...


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    It was a young ninja holding a bamboo umbrella.


    Kamakura subconsciously wanted to veto the picture he saw. How could such a powerful enemy appear so young?


    However, this is the truth.


    Naraku Uehara walked in step by step, looked at the many Ukakure ninjas with a smile on his face, and said softly: "So, can we start?"


    "Little devil, what is your purpose here!"


    Kamakura tightly held the kunai in his hand, his nerves became more and more tense, and now he couldn''t even tell whether it was rain or sweat on his forehead.


    "What nonsense are you talking about?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his umbrella and showed his smiling face, but said in his mouth: "I came here...of course to kill you!"


    Obviously that immature face was smiling, but bloody words were spoken in his mouth, as if Kamakura saw the devil.


    This brat must be an out-and-out evil person!


    "Asshole, kill him!"


    Kamakura waved the kunai in his hands and rushed up, calling his subordinates to swarm up. Under the command of their captain, a group of Uragakushi ninjas rushed up with ninja swords, chain blades and shurikens in their hands!


    Uehara Naraku held his bamboo umbrella, lowered his head and sighed: "Life is so short, why do you still like to take shortcuts?"


    A flash of golden light appeared on his body!


    It was a golden dome that wrapped him up and blocked the attacks of many ninja tools for him!


    A pair of golden virtual lightsabers appeared around the protective cover, and as Naraku Uehara waved his palm, the lightsabers fell in an instant, piercing all the bodies of those Uegakure ninjas who were close to him!


    "..."


    Kamakura is inexplicably horrified!


    In his line of sight, no matter shuriken, kunai or ninja chain blade, they can''t pierce the seemingly thin golden mask, which makes people desperate.


    That boy killed most of the ninjas in the entire stronghold with every move, and now only he and another Chunin are left!


    Fortunately, the other Chunin did not lose his mind, quickly formed a mudra in his hand, and a stream of water shot out: "Water escape, water chaos!"


    Obviously, this C-level water escape ninjutsu did not cause any trouble to the enemy. Uehara Naraku just avoided the turbulent water flow by twisting.


    A splash of water suddenly turned into a water whip, wrapping around Uehara''s body!


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Whip!"


    Kamakura tightly wrapped the other side of the water whip, his mind had calmed down, and he softly shouted to his companion: "Go back to the village and report the information here, I''ll stop him..."


    "..."


    The other Amane Chunin didn''t hesitate, and after nodding his head, he quickly ran to the distance. He didn''t think Kamakura could beat that boy either.


    But... at least send out the information here.


    As long as Kamakura Chunin can hold that boy for a while, he can use the rainstorm to integrate himself into the environment and escape from this battlefield!


    "Ha, it''s not good to just escape like this without your companion?"


    A card appeared at Uehara Naraku''s fingertips, and it was twirling deftly at his fingertips, and he threw it at the fleeing Ameyakure chunin!


    Even though it was just a card, it appeared to be sharper than a shuriken.


    I saw that card quickly passed by the rainstorm, and inserted it into the body of that Yuyin Chunin, and immediately there was a dull explosion sound...


    There was no bones left of the escaped Yuyin Zhongren.


    Uehara Naraku broke free from the water whip technique with one hand, raised the bamboo umbrella in his hand, raised his head and looked at the only remaining Kamakura chuunin: "Even if you want to escape back and report to Sanshoyu Hanzo, you should let me do it." Let¡¯s pick and choose which one to leave alive?¡±

 Chapter 10

    "asshole!"


    Kamakura watched the last of his comrades die in battle, and in a fit of rage, he punched the ground, splashing mud and rain on his body: "Another idiot who wants to challenge Lord Hanzo..."


    Decades ago, Sansho Hanzo was hailed as a ninja demigod by the ninja world, and became the ninja closest to the first generation of Hokage, the god of ninjas. Therefore, he also encountered many assassinations and challenges.


    The ninjas in Yuyin Village are used to it.


    Kamakura also met many young men who thought they would be invincible after mastering a few ninjutsu. They wanted to take off Hanzo¡¯s head when they entered Ukage Village, but most of them would be killed by Mr. Hanzo¡¯s right and left hand. die.


    Kamakura suddenly thought that the boy holding the bamboo umbrella in front of him was also an idiot who didn''t know the heights of the sky and the earth, and wanted to make a name for himself by defeating Lord Hanzo.


    Instead of denying it, Uehara Naraku walked towards Kamakura Chunin and said with a light smile, "You''re only half right. I want to take off Hanzo''s head, and I also want to use his head as a memorial to those killed by him. People... That old guy, has he lived long enough?"


    "Bastard! How dare you insult Lord Hanzo!"


    Kamakura gritted his teeth. As a Ukakushi ninja, he absolutely couldn''t bear someone insulting the ninja demigod whom they considered proud.


    Just when Uehara Naraku thought that this guy was going to fight for his life, Kamakura quickly threw out the Kunai in his hands, and joined hands to make a seal: "The art of hidden rain!"


    A cloud of smoke rises from the rain...


    Kamakura, as a ninja from Hidden Rain Village, is very familiar with how to fight and escape in the rainstorm!


    This guy wants to escape!


    Facing a formidable enemy who killed all the ninjas stationed in the Yuyin stronghold, Kamakura knew his strength well.


    That brat easily dealt with six Genin and one Chunin, even during the battle, he didn''t even let go of the bamboo umbrella in his hand!


    "We must send the information back to the village..."


    Kamakura''s figure twirled, blocking Uehara''s sight with the help of rising smoke, while he himself flew into a crevice of rocks, a position he had long been optimistic about.


    As an ordinary ninja, once you encounter an unsolvable enemy, you should send as much information about the enemy as possible to the upper echelons of the village.


    This is the law of ordinary ninjas.


    It rained harder.


    Ukakushi Chuenin Kamakura didn''t dare to show his breath, but cautiously hid in the cracks of the rocks, listening to the sound of rainwater falling on the bamboo umbrella gradually getting quieter.


    That boy, has he left?


    Kamakura breathed a sigh of relief, he waited for a while, and only after he was completely sure that the boy had left, he poked his head out cautiously and observed the surrounding environment.


    Except for the splashes of the pouring rain, there was no sign of anyone on the ground.


    Kamakura, the chuunin captain of Yuyin Village, finally felt relieved, and slowly walked out of the cracks in the rocks, and then he noticed that the rain seemed to be a little light.


    The sound of rain hitting the bamboo umbrella came to my ears again...


    People haven''t left yet!


    That boy is still here!


    Kamakura suddenly raised his head and looked into the sky!


    I saw a dark figure in the sky, and that figure was floating with a bamboo umbrella, making Kamakura''s eyes tighten unconsciously...


    Can that kid actually fly in the air?


    Naraku Uehara landed with a bamboo umbrella, so that he could look straight into Kamakura''s eyes, he tilted his head, and asked, "Hey, even if you want to escape, you should ask me for my opinion, right? "


    "..."


    Kamakura was so horrified that he couldn''t help himself, he stared at the bamboo umbrella boy in front of him with wide eyes, and just said in a murmur, "You... have already sensed my position..."


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, squeezed out a card in his hand, and inserted it into the Amane Gakure ninja forehead on Kamakura''s forehead.


    The card was obviously only a thin one, but it cut through the iron ninja forehead with unusual sharpness, and inserted it slowly.


    Kamakura watched his movements tremblingly, facing an enemy that could not be deduced by common sense, he did not dare to move at all.


    Kamakura could clearly feel a thin wound on his forehead, and blood trickled down from the gap in the forehead.


    Just when Kamakura thought he was going to be killed, Uehara Naraku stopped and said softly: "Okay, remember to tell Sanshoyu Hanzo that he escaped twelve years ago, but this time, he can''t escape." gone."


    Kamakura murmured dumbly: "...why...why didn''t you kill me... you guy, who the hell are you..."


    "Well¡­"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, raised a finger, and explained with a serious face: "Maybe... I am a kind person?"


    If it was more than a month ago, when Naraku Uehara first came to the ninja world, he might indeed be a kind person; but after living in the land of rain, a kind person cannot survive in the ninja world, so he can only do A different kind of guy.


    When a person has seen the collapsed world with his own eyes, the flower of evil will begin to bloom, and the malice hidden in human nature will drive him to become a human being who cannot distinguish between good and evil.


    "...good...kind?"


    Kamakura couldn''t help lowering his head, and looked at the body of Urenin lying on the ground around him, what kind of kindness is this!


    Uehara Naraku waved his bamboo umbrella and landed on the ground, and walked step by step into the rainstorm. Halfway through, he suddenly stopped, turned his head and chuckled, "It''s better to kill all of you than to kill all of you." Leaving you alone to spread the fear from us to Sansho Hanzo would be more effective, right?"


    "you!"


    Kamakura was terrified.


    Naraku Uehara waved his hands instead and said, "Go, go back and tell Sanshoyu Hanzo that the avengers from twelve years ago are coming back to demand his life!"


    After speaking, the boy holding the bamboo umbrella slowly disappeared from Kamakura''s sight, leaving a mess on the ground.


    "What happened twelve years ago..."


    Kamakura knelt down in the rain, thinking of an old incident in Yuyin Village.


    Twelve years ago, Sanshoyu Hanzo led many of his confidantes, Amane Ninjas, out on missions, but the specific missions are unknown.


    However, except for Hanzo, the other ninjas never came back; since then, Hanzo has also issued an order to hunt down the Akatsuki organization; Still nothing.


    Now, are members of the Akatsuki organization coming for revenge?


    The rainstorm is getting bigger and bigger...


    Naraku Uehara had just finished her task when she saw pieces of rain-wet paper fluttering towards her and gathered into a woman with light blue hair. The temples of the woman were wet by the rain and were tightly attached to her face. superior.


    It was his teacher.


    Xiaonan reached out and took the bamboo umbrella from Uehara Naraku''s hand, and took him to her side, letting the two share a bamboo umbrella to keep out the rain.


    "I saw it all just now."


    Xiao Nan looked down at Uehara Naraku, put his arms around his shoulders, and softly praised the young man beside him: "Naraku, you did a good job."


    "No, it''s Mr. Xiaonan who teaches well."


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 11

    The first mission was executed perfectly.


    Uehara Naraku was extremely arrogant, which was exactly what Payne wanted.


    Akatsuki''s revenge is to be upright, and he will use god-like power to destroy the rule and will of Sanshoyu Hanzo in an upright manner.


    As two people whose life and death enemies are Sanshoyu Hanzo, Xiaonan and Payne both know the personality of the ninja demigod, and his cautious and suspicious personality will definitely make him gather all his cronies to protect his safety.


    No matter how you think about it, Sanshoyu Hanzo would never have imagined that after Senju Hashirama and Uchiha Madara in the Warring States Period, someone could destroy a ninja village by himself.


    It was cloudy and rainy.


    Xiaonan took Uehara Naraku to hide in a cave to avoid the rain.


    In front of the two of them was a fire with two grilled fish on it, because neither of them knew how to use fire escape ninjutsu to cook quickly.


    Xiao Nan stretched out his hand to stir the grilled fish, then carefully gathered the fire, and said softly, "It will take a while..."


    "It''s okay, I''m not too hungry."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care, just watched her concentrate, and asked in a low voice: "Mr. Xiaonan, do you like grilled fish?"


    "..."


    The woman fell silent.


    After a long time, Xiaonan nodded and said, "At the beginning, when Yahiko and Nagato and I were still practicing under Master Jiraiya, because the war between the Land of Rain and the Land of Wind was not over yet, and food was in short supply, we often Satisfy your hunger with grilled fish..."


    "Is it Jiraiya, one of the Konoha Sannin?"


    Uehara Naraku saw that she was very interested in bringing up the past, and took the initiative to provoke the topic: "That is a very famous ninja, I have heard of his name..."


    In fact, more than just heard his name.


    Even Naraku Uehara knew all about his life. Of course, he was more interested in those well-known masterpieces of Jiraiya.


    It''s a pity that most of the bookstore owners in the ninja world are more honest, and they are resolutely unwilling to sell the book "Kind to Heaven" to a twelve-year-old boy. In fact, they have no stock in their hands.


    Bookstore owners, however, don''t mind promoting another book, "The Tale of Perseverance and Endurance" by the same author Jiraiya.


    As we all know, this is a slow seller.


    Naraku Uehara also bought this book out of curiosity.


    After reading a few pages, Uehara Naraku realized that this book is actually a chicken soup article in the ninja world, and his original intention was to comfort those who have experienced the pain of war.


    Unfortunately, ninjas don''t like Chicken Soup for the Soul.


    Compared with "Strong Perseverance and Endurance", "Kindness to Heaven" with some colors is more popular with those ninjas who lick blood on the tip of their knives.


    A generation of great writers has embarked on the road of no return in the intimacy series.


    Of course, compared to the Intimacy series, Jiraiya¡¯s name is even better, one of the Konoha Sannin, the toad fairy from Mt. Miaomu, the disciple of the third Hokage, the teacher of the Fourth Hokage, etc...


    That white-haired old man had a great influence on the ninja world.


    "Mr. Jiraiya is indeed very famous."


    Xiaonan took down a grilled fish, handed it to Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "He is not as arrogant and cruel as Orochimaru, we just heard about his deeds, so we went to find his traces and became his disciples. "


    "and after?"


    "later¡­"


    Xiao Nan frowned, recalling the past bit by bit, and said in a low voice: "We spent three years together, until Teacher Jiraiya left, every day was very interesting. "


    "It seems that Teacher Xiaonan misses those days very much!"


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he lowered his head and took a bite of the grilled fish.


    Xiao Nan said with an unusually serious face: "Because that is really worth remembering."


    If possible, Xiaonan would rather Nagato not have such a powerful power now, and would rather not have the emergence of the Akatsuki organization, and hope to continue to live those ordinary days.


    "If there is a chance, I would also like to meet that Lord Jiraiya."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and added: "I hope he won''t be as difficult to get along with as Orochimaru in the organization."


    That white-haired hero is worth seeing.


    And among his side quests, there are quite a few about Jiraiya.


    Although it is difficult to find traces of Jiraiya now, but in a few years, when Konoha joins the Chunin for the exam, Jiraiya will appear in Konoha Village.


    As long as you go to Konoha, you will be able to complete many tasks!


    "Well, stay away from Orochimaru in the future, he is not a good person."


    Xiao Nan patted Uehara on the shoulder, looked straight into his eyes, and told him earnestly: "Except for me and Payne, you must never trust anyone else."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku blinked, complained inwardly, looked at Xiaonan and nodded, "Well, I see, teacher."


    "Okay, after eating, go to bed early."


    Xiao Nan rubbed his hair and said in a low voice: "Tomorrow we are going to attack another stronghold, and we may encounter a few troublesome guys."


    Naraku Uehara was a little surprised. With regard to the level of combat power of the rain hidden ninjas he encountered, what could be so difficult?


    Even if there are a few jounin, can they defeat Konan?


    Uehara''s thinking was still too one-sided.


    Yuyin Village has always been among the top ninja villages in the ninja world, second only to the five major powers. When it was the most powerful, it even dared to declare war on the surrounding powers. Although it was finally pushed to the ground and rubbed back and forth, its strength remained the same. Not to be underestimated.


    The second Yuyin stronghold that Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku are going to attack is on a deep mountain ridge. The terrain is easy to defend and difficult to attack, and there are a large number of ninjas, and their vigilance is higher than ordinary ninja strongholds.


    When Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan climbed the mountain, they looked at the barren mountain with puzzled faces: "Teacher, is there any use for them to build a ninja stronghold here?"


    "Because a salamander is raised here."


    Xiao Nan raised her finger, and a paper butterfly landed on her fingertips, turning into a piece of white paper again and blending into her body.


    "Sanjiao fish?"


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Naraku Uehara raised his head in surprise, and scanned the inconspicuous barren mountain: "Isn''t that the psychic beast of Hanzo, the leader of Yuyin?"


    As a Ninja Beast lurking deep in the mountains of the Land of Rain, the Salamander has become a nightmare on the battlefield with its strong physique and the poison in its body.


    Salamander is a kind of ninja beast that does not belong to the three holy places of the ninja world, but can compete with it in strength. Many ninjas died because of the poison of salamander, and Konoha Sannin was once suppressed by it and Hanzo.


    "That''s right."


    Xiao Nan nodded, took out a scroll, and said in a low voice: "The toxin of the salamander is very strong. During the Second Ninja World War, if the ninja did not have a gas mask, he would not be able to survive on the battlefield at all..."


    "Sealing technique, solution!"


    After finishing speaking, Xiaonan took out two ugly gas masks from the seal scroll, and handed them to Uehara Naraku: "Put them on, neither of us are medical ninjas, we must ensure that we will not get hurt."


    "¡­it is good."


    Naraku Uehara took it with a strange expression.

 Chapter 12

    After Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan entered the deep mountains, they could see purple poisonous gas wandering in some areas with the naked eye, and withered bushes could be seen everywhere.


    Those areas have been polluted by the poisonous gas emitted unconsciously by the salamander.


    This place is so poisonous, no wonder no one sets foot.


    Xiao Nan frowned, and said in a low voice: "Sanjiao fish has a poisonous sac growing in its body. Once it leaks out the toxin in it, if it is accidentally inhaled by someone, it will almost immediately die from the poison."


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded.


    The poison of the salamander is very strong, and even Hanzo, who has the highest poison resistance, may be poisoned. It is said that except for Tsunade from Konoha and Chiyo from Sagaku Village, no one else can quickly detoxify the poison from the salamander.


    "Let''s talk about our plan first."


    Xiao Nan observed the surrounding terrain, and began to tell Shang Yuan about her tactics: "I will first detect the location of the salamander, attract its attention, and take it to a distance to kill; you are responsible for delaying the actions of the stronghold ninjas. , or simply kill them."


    "clear."


    Uehara nodded.


    There are no downsides to this plan.


    The only troublesome part of this mission is the poison sac of the salamander. If it causes a flood of poison before dying, the ninjas on both sides will have to withdraw from the battlefield.


    Because the ninja is in battle, the cover of the gas mask is very unfavorable for observing the battle situation or finding the trace of the opponent.


    Moreover, the mask itself is relatively fragile, and it is easy to be easily destroyed by the enemy in the ninja''s life-and-death fight.


    A jinnin who failed to observe the shuriken of a jinnin because of a problem with his perspective, and if his gas mask was cut as a result, would also be killed by the jinnin.


    Before Xiao Nan took the lead, he turned his head and told the boy in a low voice: "Nailuo, I''m here for everything, and there will be no problems with the mission. Remember, you must protect yourself."


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously, perhaps because he was the child of the first generation of Akatsuki members and received more care from Xiaonan.


    The battle plan or something is going very well.


    Xiaonan followed the spreading area of ??the toxin, and quickly found the hiding place of the salamander, buried a few detonating symbols on the ground, and quickly detonated it.


    Boom!


    The deep mountain shook a few times.


    A huge salamander jumped out from the ground, with a brown body covered with bumps, and looked a bit ugly and stupid.


    But its movements are not sluggish at all!


    Facing Xiao Nan''s attack, the salamander fish opened its huge mouth and ejected a purple poisonous mist, forcing Xiao Nan to spread the paper wings on its back to avoid the attack of the poisonous mist.


    It''s just that the movement was so loud just now, the Yuyin ninjas stationed here quickly reacted, and rushed out of their stronghold fully armed.


    At least twenty Yuyin ninjas came out.


    These Yuyin ninjas stood densely on a tall rock, and they quickly found the enemy who was attacking. It was a ninja wearing a red cloud and black robe, and was attracting the sanjiao fish to leave this area.


    "Someone is attacking Lord Hanzo''s psychic beast!"


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    "No, he wants to lure the salamander away!"


    "Quick, stop him!"


    The Yuyin ninjas rushed down quickly, trying to chase Xiaonan and Sanjiaoyu, but a few cards blocked their way!


    First, three cards shot through the bodies of the three Urenin, and the last card fell to the ground and exploded, forcing the other Umino ninjas to stop their pursuit plan.


    "Pay attention to concealment, there are other enemies!"


    The leader, Yuyin Ninja, waved his hands to signal his subordinates to disperse, and turned around to see a boy wearing a gas mask: "Hmph, so it''s a brat..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was still recalling the sound of a ding in his brain, that was the sound of the task being completed. He killed three rain ninjas just now, so he should have completed the advanced task.


    Advanced task 2: kill ten official ninjas (10/10), reward 500 points of life energy, reward 500 points of chakra energy, and reward 500 gold coins.


    This reward is a bit generous.


    Naraku Uehara frowned. In the previous month, he killed many wandering ninjas who were harmful. After completing the advanced task 1, the system only rewarded 100 points of life energy and chakra energy.


    Now, he completed the advanced task 2, but the system rewarded him with 500 points of life energy and chakra energy, and even an extra 500 gold coins.


    If his guess is correct, the value of 100 points of life energy and chakra energy should correspond to the promotion of ordinary ninja students to become genin; the value of 500 points of life energy and chakra energy should correspond to the promotion of genin to zhongnin.


    In other words, as long as he completes advanced tasks, such as killing ten official jinnin, even if he doesn''t complete those weird tasks, the system will 100% promote him to become a chunin in terms of numerical values.


    It''s just that after the advanced task 2 is completed, there is an extra reward of 500 gold coins, which should be regarded as an additional reward. It is probably to let him buy some upgraded equipment in the mall, and not to let him disappear from the crowd.


    Now his stats are finally interesting.


    Life energy: 1201


    Chakra energy: 1850


    Life regen: 2/sec


    Chakra Recovery: 1.5/sec


    The number of gold coins has also increased a lot. He got 100 gold coins when he was defeated by Itachi Uchiha, and 150 gold coins when he became Xiaonan''s disciple, plus he got 500 gold coins today.


    Gold remaining: 2070


    It''s a pity that these gold coins can only buy some useless junk equipment in the mall. Uehara Naraku is still planning to save money honestly, because he wants to buy a powerful equipment that can increase life energy, called the Zealot Armor.


    Uehara Naraku hid in the mask and licked his lips. Now that his life energy has been greatly enhanced, his strength, speed and physical strength should be able to meet the standards of an ordinary Jonin.


    Although, it is only possible to be the minimum ninja.


    For example, in Konoha Village, there is a Konoha female J¨­nin named Yuhihong, who is listed as the minimum standard for J¨­nin by these two-dimensional fans.


    The young man''s eyes moved a little bit, and stopped on the group of Umino ninjas who dismissed him. There are more than a dozen of them left, including at least four or five Chunin captains, and maybe even more.


    Advanced task 3: Kill ten official Chunin (2/10), the reward is unknown.


    Uehara Naraku''s advanced task 3 is to kill ten Chunin. In the month before he traveled through time, he had wiped out a team of Yuyin and killed a Chunin captain; During the mission, another Zhongnin captain was killed.


    "Hey, that brat, if you''re willing to obediently catch him, tell me where the guy in black went and why you attacked the salamander, maybe we''ll give you a happy ending, or save your life..."


    The leader of the Yuyin ninja looked at the boy who stood there without moving, and continued contemptuously: "If you still dare to resist, when we catch you, I will show you the cruelty of Yuyin''s thorn. !"

 Chapter 13

    Hidden Rain Thorn.


    He sounds like an amazing guy at first glance, however, the ninja world''s name is actually not very valuable.


    At least Uehara Naraku knew that there was a ninja in Hidden Sand Village, and he even gave himself the names of Red Sand and Kaze no Daimaru.


    The strength is not very good, and the name is quite bluffing.


    The headed Ugakure ninja in front of him is really not purely bluffing. He is an official J¨­nin of Ugakure Village, named Hattori Hirakawa.


    Hattori Hirakawa felt that he had a bit of strength and a bit of a second-year personality, so he gave himself the title of "Rain Hidden Thorn".


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked at Hattori Hirakawa, muffled his voice in the gas mask: "Is it the thorn of Uehiro, seems to be a powerful person?"


    "Hmph, good to know!"


    Hattori Hirakawa was a little complacent.


    Uehara Naraku helped his gas mask, and said sternly: "Okay, I won''t tease you, I was just joking... because of the name "Rain Hidden Thorn", it sounds like a piece of trash!"


    "Asshole!"


    Hearing the kid''s disdain for him, the pride on Captain Uehara''s face instantly faded, he pulled out his ninja sword suddenly, and rushed towards Naraku Uehara.


    At the same time, he didn''t call out to his subordinates: "Hey, I''m here to deal with this brat, you guys go after the enemy who lured the salamander fish away!"


    "Yes, Captain!"


    A group of Yuyin ninjas stepped on their toes and turned around to chase Xiaonan and Sanjiaoyu in the direction they were moving.


    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin!"


    Naraku Uehara made a symbolic handprint, stretched out his palm to the sky, and the thundercloud storm accumulated above his head.


    As Uehara Naraku released the chakra in his body to strengthen his ninjutsu, a circle of lightning radiated from around his body quickly, and the area of ????the thunderstorm became larger and larger.


    When the thundercloud storm covered the Ninja Amagakure, a bolt of lightning suddenly fell from the sky and struck Hattori Hirakawa straight!


    Hattori Hirakawa split a body of water in an instant, blocked the blow instead of himself, and said with lingering fear: "That kid, did he release such a powerful thunder escape ninjutsu with only one handprint?"


    If he hadn''t created a water body, he would even feel that he couldn''t avoid the lightning strike at all. Even though the lightning strike looked extremely small, out of awe of the natural thunder, he would not dare to try it himself!


    However, this is just the beginning.


    As the thundercloud storm completely covered the area, thunder and lightning fell from time to time, and every rain ninja couldn''t tell whether he was the victim or not.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Some people can only use stand-in technique to avoid lightning, and some hide in the bunker to guide the attack of lightning... But no one can be sure when this ninjutsu will end.


    Who will the next thunderbolt fall on?


    Uehara Naraku was secretly thinking in his heart: "The duration of Wan Lei Tian Prison is 3 seconds, and the thunder falls every 0.5 seconds. The minimum is 100 points of chakra. Now I use 1,000 points of chakra, and the range increases ten times. Lasting The time increases tenfold, within half a minute, sixty thunderbolts will fall on everyone''s head..."


    It doesn''t even take half a minute at all.


    A moment later, the first ninja who couldn''t hold on appeared, and a bolt of lightning fell every 0.5 seconds. Finally, he could no longer resist, and was hit by a bolt of lightning that fell from the sky, knocking him down to the ground!


    Perhaps because the ninja was still alive, the thunder and lightning shot down one after another until he was completely reduced to a coke.


    Immediately afterwards, the second, third, fourth... In just a few seconds, half of the dozen or so Urenin were killed or killed!


    "The attack interval of lightning is about 0.5 seconds!"


    Hattori Hirakawa tried his best to avoid the attack of lightning, while commanding loudly: "Hurry up, everyone gather together, cover me and use earth escape ninjutsu to defend!"


    He was right.


    No matter which ninja it is, 0.5 seconds is not enough to complete a mudra, or even a second to make a defensive ninjutsu mudra.


    If everyone gathers together, as long as someone can use the water wall to help everyone block the next attack, then they can use defensive ninjutsu in rotation!


    The three Urenin, who knew they were bound to die, chose to sacrifice themselves, one by one helping Hattori Hirakawa block the lightning, giving him time to complete a seal!


    "Earth Dungeon Dungeon Hall!"


    Hattori Hirakawa shouted loudly, and rocks flew towards him quickly, surrounding him and the remaining subordinates, forming a safe house made of rocks.


    Originally, this earth escape ninjutsu was used to imprison the enemy, but now it can only be used to protect himself and his teammates.


    Four or five bolts of lightning fell!


    Sparks fly from the rock house!


    The rocks were also split into pieces by lightning!


    Hattori Hirakawa hastily released his own chakra, restoring the thickness of the rock house, and his subordinates also swarmed in, inputting the earth attribute chakra into the rock house.


    However, this doesn''t keep them going for very long.


    With the strength of the lightning, even if they still have a lot of chakra left, it is impossible to rely on the thickness of this stone house to block the attack of lightning!


    Sooner or later it will be broken...


    Hattori Hirakawa turned his head and looked at his subordinates with a sad expression. Just now there were four complete ninja teams, but now there are only five of them left...


    "The captain of the service unit..."


    "The captain of the service unit..."


    A pair of eyes full of trust looked at Hattori Hirakawa, and one of them, Urenin, whispered: "Captain, let us cover you and escape!"


    "I can''t escape."


    The man named Yuyin''s Thorn shook his head, and explained in a deep voice: "I observed just now, every lightning bolt comes from the thundercloud in the sky, if you want to survive this ninjutsu, there are only two ways ..."


    The first way, of course, is to find a way to escape from the coverage of the thundercloud storm by all means. This distance is at least several hundred meters, which is very difficult.


    The second way is to rush up and kill the boy who released ninjutsu with all his strength. The distance between them and the boy is only tens of meters.


    The Yuyin ninjas have no time to waste.


    Hattori Hirakawa quickly formulated his own strategy, and quickly said: "Let''s rush out and kill that brat!"


    As soon as his words fell, the entire safe house was struck by lightning and completely collapsed!


    The five Uegakure ninjas rushed towards Uehara Naraku quickly, and each ninja was also throwing large and small stones uninterruptedly, each performing a substitute technique to resist the attack of thunder and lightning, and at the same time shorten the distance with the enemy.


    "ah?"


    Naraku Uehara looked at the Ninja Amane who charged in surprise, came so angry, did he want to kill him?


    It''s so sad...


    As long as they hold on for another second, Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin''s skills will end, and if they disperse and escape, there is a high probability that they will be able to escape.


    However, they made the wrong choice.


    The thundercloud storm in the sky gradually dissipated, and Uehara Naraku condensed a puppet ball with chakra in his hand, the expression on his face was hidden in the mask, and he said in a low voice: "You are looking for your own death!"

 Chapter 14

    "Earth Dungeon Earthquake Core!"


    A rain ninja quickly joined hands to form a mudra, clapped his palms on the ground, and a chakra quickly swam from the ground towards Uehara Naraku.


    This is a ninjutsu capable of changing terrain!


    "Ok?"


    Before Naraku Uehara could react, he felt his feet sink, and his whole body slipped and sank, falling into a big square pit.


    It''s just that the big pit created by Yu Ninja using the earthquake nuclear technique is a bit narrow, and Naraku Uehara can even reach the rock walls on both sides as long as he stretches out his hands.


    The rain ninjas next to them saw that the ninjutsu of their companions worked, and the connection was almost seamless. At the same time, they released the ninjutsu with seals: "Water escape¡¤Shui Chongbo!"


    Three waves of water spurted out from their mouths, and quickly merged into a long river, gushing towards the big square pit that Uehara Naraku fell into!


    Uehara Naraku stepped on the bottom of the pit, stood in the air with the help of Wukong, and easily avoided the water waves on the ground. After that, he applauded softly: "Your cooperation is really good, I almost have the possibility Buried by you..."


    "..."


    His applause is undoubtedly a humiliation to Yuren!


    The leader, Hattori Hirakawa, didn''t care at all, he just joined his hands together to make his own handprints, and he was forcing himself to make his handprints faster!


    Hurry up!


    Because the ninjutsu he releases now requires a lot of handprints, and it may even be the technique that needs the most handprints in the ninja world.


    He wants to use the technique of water escape and water dragon bullet.


    After all, his companions have created such a favorable environment for water escape ninjutsu, of course he must use this powerful water escape ninjutsu!


    Hattori Hirakawa wanted to greet the Second Hokage of Konoha Village, why did he invent such a complicated water escape ninjutsu that required 44 handprints!


    Uehara Naraku stood in the air and scanned the crowd on the ground, his eyes slowly settled on Hattori Hirakawa, who was crazy about making seals: "Hey, if you release a ninjutsu, you have to make such a seal, are you still a serious ninja?"


    "..."


    The rain ninjas had question marks all over their heads.


    Hattori Hirakawa ignored Uehara''s provocation, but continued to lower his head and make the water dragon bomb handprint, wait another six seconds, and make eighteen more handprints, and he will be able to complete the technique.


    Uehara Naraku frowned, looked at the ninja who was concentrating on forming seals, and threw the chakra puppet ball he had just condensed: "Command...shock wave!"


    So many handprints, wouldn''t they be those weird forbidden techniques?


    For safety, interrupt him directly!


    The small Chakra puppet landed at the feet of a group of rain ninjas, and suddenly started to spin, and the space around them was even distorted...


    A group of rain ninja was pulled together by the distorted space, bumping into each other staggeringly, and everyone felt dizzy in their brains.


    Hirakawa, the Ninjutsu Hattori who had been interrupted, scolded Konoha''s Second Hokage in his heart. Why couldn''t that guy improve the way of knotting when he invented ninjutsu?


    Forty-four handprints, even if he can make three handprints in one second, it will take about fifteen seconds!


    Uehara Naraku stepped on Hattori Hirakawa, grabbed the ninja sword from his body, stabbed it beside him, and said softly, "Come and make a bet with me?"


    "Pooh!"


    Hattori Hirakawa opened his mouth and was about to spit out a mouthful of blood!


    Uehara Naraku avoided the blood foam, and couldn''t help but chuckled at him: "This world is already rotten enough, you are so irritable, can you still live?"


    "..."


    Hattori Hirakawa gritted his teeth for a while, and suddenly said: "You little brat, you don''t look like your age at all!"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands and said helplessly, "Isn''t it because you guys have done too much evil in the Land of Rain, forcing me to become precocious!"


    "..."


    Hattori Hirakawa was stunned for a while, then said in a deep voice: "Everything we are doing now is to make Yuyin Village and the Land of Rain even greater. The pain of some people is just the price that must be paid!"


    "Well, I''m not interested in your dreams."


    Uehara Naraku pointed to the four rain ninjas next to him: "Let''s talk about the immediate future! Which of you are Chunin?"


    The four Yuren looked at each other.


    Uehara Naraku had already identified them in an instant based on their gazes. Among them, the two ninjas who received the most attention must be the Chunin Captain.


    Suddenly, two cards popped out from between Uehara''s fingers, and shot into the chests of two Chunin captains, blood flowed from their hearts!


    Hattori Hirakawa, who was stepped on by him, saw this scene, and could only feel powerlessness and hatred in his heart, and immediately cursed: "Bastard! I must kill you!"


    There are only four ninja teams under his subordinates, three of which are the standard chunin captain + genin members, and the other is the three chunin directly under him.


    What Naraku Uehara killed just now were the two subordinates directly under him, who had accompanied him in more than ten years of battles, and they were teammates who could rely on life and death!


    "Don''t be too anxious to die!"


    Naraku Uehara pressed Hattori Hirakawa hard under his feet, pointed to the remaining two Urenin, and asked: "In the future, there will be more companions who will go to the underworld to accompany them. What we want to say is that the remaining Two ninja...here, do you want to gamble with me?"


    "What bet?"


    Hattori Hirakawa''s face was icy cold.


    Naraku Uehara looked very interested, and said softly: "Now you tell a story that makes me happy, and I will let you go, how about it?"


    This bet sounds very bizarre.


    What does it mean to tell him a joke that makes him happy? What is his standard of happiness?


    Hattori Hirakawa''s mind couldn''t turn around for a while, his idea was not to resist, but what kind of stories did this teenage boy like to hear?


    Hattori Hirakawa was silent for a while, looking at Uehara with a puzzled expression: "I have indeed encountered many things, but... at least you have to tell me, what kind of stories do you like?"


    "If I tell you, this bet will be meaningless, so I pray that the story you tell will make me happy, so that those two ninjas and yourself can be saved..."


    Uehara Naraku squatted down slightly while talking, his voice gradually became cold and piercing: "If your story doesn''t satisfy me...then pray that your death can be normal!"


    "..."


    Hattori Hirakawa''s face was extremely ugly, but he glanced at the two trembling kinsmen, lowered his head and said in a low voice, "You really will keep your promise and won''t humiliate me?"


    "of course not."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and suddenly said: "By the way, you are not a Chunin, are you? If it is a Chunin, we don''t have to go through the process. I will send you to the underworld directly..."


    Hattori Hirakawa couldn''t figure out Naraku Uehara''s emotions, so he quickly said, "No, I''m the jounin of the village."


    "Oh, then deposit your life first."


    Uehara Naraku was very satisfied that Hattori Hirakawa is a J¨­nin, clapped his hands and said: "Then, next, please J¨­nin-sama tell me some romantic stories about men!"


    "..."


    Hattori Hirakawa nodded numbly, his brain spinning for a while.


    Why did they encounter such a psychopath?

 Chapter 15

    Hattori Hirakawa was still thinking.


    Because Naraku Uehara only gave him one chance, but there was also a hint that this twelve-year-old boy wanted to hear some romantic stories about men.


    However, men''s romances fall into many categories.


    As a ninja who was born and died, Hattori Hirakawa''s favorite story is of course the story in "Kindness to Heaven"!


    It''s just that the stories in it are not suitable for children.


    Hattori Hirakawa pressed his brows firmly, maybe at this kid''s age, he probably still doesn''t understand the beauty of "Kind to Heaven"?


    Do you want to ask tentatively?


    After thinking about it for a long time, Yu Yinzhi looked at the young man who seemed to be getting impatient, and asked first, "Well, have you heard of "Kind to Heaven"?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara''s impatient expression disappeared immediately, and he raised his head slowly, his eyes were full of curiosity, puzzlement and longing.


    Even through the gas mask, Hattori Hirakawa could see the thirst for knowledge in his eyes. For some reason, he felt that he and the two kinsmen would definitely survive.


    "Give me the book, get out of here."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm.


    In fact, he was really not particularly curious about what was written in "Intimate Paradise", mainly because there were several side missions related to the "Intimate Paradise" series.


    There are many side missions for books.


    It''s just that the rewards for these side quests are unknown.


    When Uehara Naraku had just crossed over, he bought the best-selling book "Strong Perseverance and Forbearance", and after reading it, he was rewarded with 100 chakra points.


    Perhaps this also proves that there are quite a lot of people who like to read books in their second dimension, so there is such a side task in the system.


    Hattori Hirakawa gritted his teeth, took out an orange book from his ninja bag, and handed it to Uehara Naraku: ""Intimate Paradise" is very popular in Yuyin Village, and I also queued for a long time to get it. Bought this one."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku reached out and took the treasure.


    When Uehara took the book "Intimate Heaven" in his hand, the system in his brain made a ''ding'' sound. He really didn''t expect that just by getting a book, he had already completed a side mission?


    Side task: Get a copy of "Kindness to Heaven" and reward 100 gold coins.


    There is still such a simple task, which also shows that there are really people who want such a simple wish. This book...is it so interesting?


    Naraku Uehara subconsciously opened the title page of the book, glanced at it casually, and said softly: "Well, this book is interesting..."


    Hattori Hirakawa clutched his chest and stood up slowly: "So, can we leave now?"


    "random."


    Uehara Naraku stopped to flip through the books in his hands, looked up at Hattori Hirakawa leaving with two renown, suddenly called him, and said with a smile: "Wait, when you return to Yuyin Village, don''t forget Tell Sansho Hanzo, we killed Sansho today, and it will be his turn soon!"


    "..."


    Hearing that brat insulted his leader, Hattori Hirakawa just gritted his teeth, didn''t look back, and just led his two subordinates away.


    There was no communication between the three ninjas who escaped by chance. Some random words came along the wind and were also heard by Naraku Uehara.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    "Captain of the service unit, that guy looks so young, but he already has such a strong strength..."


    "Well, judging by his size, he is only twelve or thirteen years old!"


    "However, have you started watching "Intimate Paradise" at such a young age? This kid will definitely be useless in the future, right?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t bother to care, he left the lives of these two Ninja and Hattori Hirakawa, just following his own mood, anyway, they didn''t dare to disturb the battle between Xiaonan and Sanjiaoyu.


    Sending away the group of Urenin, Uehara Naraku reviewed the harvest this time, the advanced task 2 has been completed, and the advanced task 3 only has two Chunin left to complete the task.


    In addition, there is also a precious copy of "Massiveness in Paradise".


    Based on the principle of not wasting resources, Naraku Uehara began to search the system panel for tasks related to "Intimate Paradise", and soon Uehara found a few relatively simple ones.


    Side task: Collect two volumes of "Intimate Heaven", the reward is unknown.


    Side task: Read the full text of "Intimate Paradise", the reward is unknown.


    Side task: read "Intimate Heaven" with emotion, the reward is unknown.


    When Uehara Naraku saw the third side mission, the corners of his eyes couldn''t help twitching: "...how come there is such a shameful mission?"


    But it''s not impossible to do such a simple task, it''s just that you must choose a suitable location, and it must be in a quiet place.


    A light wind blows.


    Naraku Uehara felt his hand was empty.


    When the boy looked up again, he only saw sheets of origami overlapping to form Xiaonan''s appearance. It was very easy for Xiaonan to kill a sansho fish ninja beast without the command of its master.


    Xiao Nan was holding the book "Intimate Heaven" in his hand, his brows were tightly frowned, and his expression was ugly.


    Naraku Uehara quickly opened his mouth to explain: "Mr. Xiaonan..."


    "No need to explain."


    When Xiaonan came back, she saw the cover of "Intimate Heaven" at first glance, which made her feel a little familiar. She seemed to have seen it on the advertisement at the entrance of a bookstore. It was a very popular book. Of course, she has also heard of the master''s masterpiece.


    Out of curiosity, Xiaonan also secretly lined up to buy a copy, but was naturally disappointed with the content, and even thought that someone had used the name of Jiraiya.


    After all, Ziraiya has been a single dog for so many years, how could he write a normal love story? As a result, it was confirmed that it was really written by Zi Lai, and the things in it were more exciting than love stories.


    Because she knew it was not a serious book, she snatched it from Naraku Uehara just now.


    "This kind of book is not something you should read at your age."


    The light blue hair covered the woman''s side face, she looked down at Uehara Naraku, and continued seriously: "No, you can never read this kind of book."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara looked at "Intimate Heaven" in Xiaonan''s hand turning into countless scattered papers, as if seeing countless gold coins going away from him.


    Xiao Nan stretched out his palm and took off Uehara''s gas mask, looked at the boy''s immature face, and asked softly, "Naraku, where did you get the book?"


    This teacher is a bit too strict!


    Uehara Naraku took a deep breath, and quibbled: "I let go of a few people just now, and they gave me this book. I originally wanted to give it to you. Teacher Xiaonan should want his own teacher very much." Works, I heard they said that it is not easy to buy..."


    "I see."


    Xiao Nan sighed, and rubbed his hair with his palm: "If someone gives you this book in the future, then kill him directly... Remember?"


    "yes."


    Naraku Uehara agreed with a tender face.


    Obviously he was speaking so gently, but he was talking about bloody things.


    And I thought it was a series of side missions in the "Intimate Paradise" series, which were very simple missions. Now that I think about it, this mission is really not so easy to complete.


    The "Intimate Paradise" series has always been very popular. It is estimated that he will not be able to buy them until those publishers find Jiraiya and agree to reprint "Intimate Paradise" on a large scale, right?


    "All right."


    Only then did Xiao Nan ignore this matter with satisfaction, and mentioned their mission: "Now Sanjiao Hanzo should have known about our revenge, let''s go back to the base and hide for a while, to prevent him from setting traps... and there are also some people in the organization. There are a few things that I need to deal with."

 Chapter 16

    Revenge needs rhythm.


    Xiaonan knows that Sanshoyu Hanzo has always been scheming, with vicious and evil thoughts, and he is likely to set traps at other ninja posts.


    Although any traps are nothing more than chickens and dogs to Xiaonan now, their purpose is to let Sanshoyu Hanzo call all his cronies back to Yuyin Village to protect his safety, and not let him be afraid of the enemy''s strength. Run away quietly.


    In the following time, Xiaonan decided to return to Akatsuki''s base temporarily to take care of some business, and then continue to selectively attack the rain ninja stronghold.


    A mere Yuyin Village can be resolved with care.


    The Xiao organization is different, it is related to their future and dreams.


    There are often some messy problems within the organization, and this time the problems they face are particularly troublesome. During the time Xiao Nan left the base, three teams of Akatsuki''s organization had problems and lost three members.


    First of all, another partner of Kakuzu died in battle.


    During the execution of the mission, the poor teammate was killed by Jiaodu''s fire escape along with the enemy, and his body was also taken to the gold exchange and exchanged for a box of money.


    This incident wasn''t too surprising. Akatsuki''s members were already used to Jiaodu''s operations, but for the sake of money, everyone didn''t want to talk about it.


    But the newcomer Uchiha Itachi in the organization, his partner Loquat Juzo died in battle, and died in his hometown of Wuyin Village!


    According to Uchiha Itachi''s report, when their team was performing tasks in Wuyin Village, they encountered the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura and his ninja chasing troops.


    As one of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen who defected from Wuyin Village, Loquat Juzo knew very well what would happen if he fell into the hands of Mizukage and the Ninja Chasing Force. Even if they tried their best to escape, they were still surrounded by Yakura and his men.


    Yagura is both the fourth Mizukage and the three-tailed Jinchuriki.


    During the battle, Yagura entered the state of half-tailed beast, Loquat Juzo took the tailed beast jade with a beheading sword, and saved Uchiha Itachi... But Tenzang himself was not so lucky, the broken The beheading knife pierced the chest and abdomen.


    These are just trivial matters. For Payne, the death of a member in a mission can only show that he is not strong enough.


    The last thing is absolutely unbearable.


    Orochimaru attacked the returning Uchiha Itachi, and was defeated by Uchiha Itachi''s one-eye illusion. Perhaps because he was worried that he would be liquidated, the snake defected directly.


    When Konan brought Uehara Naraku back to the base, the remaining members of the Akatsuki organization were discussing hunting down Orochimaru and replenishing manpower.


    "Xiao Nan, you are back."


    Payne glanced at Xiaonan and the young man beside her, and said softly: "We are discussing the issue of replenishing manpower in the organization, and we have definitely found two suitable manpower, as the partners of Kakuzu and Uchiha Itachi, just in need of manpower. Go get them."


    "clear."


    Xiaonan frowned and nodded.


    "The first one is a cultist of Tang Ninja Village. His name is Hidan. It is said that he has an immortal body, which allows him and Kakuzu to act together."


    After Payne finished telling the information about the first person, he turned his head and looked at Xiaonan: "Xiaonan, you take Uchiha Itachi and Kadoto to win Hidan..."


    "yes."


    "Jeez, tell me about the next person!"


    "The second person''s name is Ganshi Guixie."


    After Jue brought up the information about the first person, he turned his head to look at the mysterious masked man, and continued with a hoarse voice: "He is a member of the Ganshi clan in the country of water, known as the Wuyin weirdo, and he is the same as Loquat Shizang. , is also one of the seven ninja swordsmen in Wuyin Village..."


    "Hey, I found the ghost shark!"


    The mysterious masked man suddenly interrupted Jue''s words, waved his hands, and volunteered to speak: "Just let me recruit him to join the organization, and he can be Itachi''s partner!"


    "..."


    Payne pondered for a while, then raised his head and looked at the masked man suspiciously: "I remember hearing this name before, isn''t Ganshi Guisame a traitor now?"


    "You can lure him to defect at any time!"


    The mysterious masked man giggled and waved his hands: "Ganshi Guisame''s mission in Wuyin Village has always been to slaughter his companions. He must have wanted to defect a long time ago!"


    Payne nodded, and didn''t doubt his methods, but just assigned him a task according to his request: "Then go and recruit dried persimmon ghost sharks!"


    "Hee hee hee... good!"


    After the mysterious masked man agreed with a smile, he twisted his fingers and said a little embarrassedly: "Well, there may be some troubles in this mission, can you let another intern from the organization go with me?"


    "..."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    There''s a fart in trouble!


    Isn''t dried persimmon ghost shark your subordinate?


    Naraku Uehara, another intern of Akatsuki''s organization, had an alarm in his heart. Why did this sinister and despicable guy pull him along?


    Before Uehara Naraku had time to respond, Xiao Nan took the lead in rejecting him: "No."


    "Huh?"


    The masked man waved his hands again and again, and said, "But if I go to carry out the task, there will be a shortage of manpower! Wuyin Village is a very dangerous place..."


    "He is my disciple."


    Xiao Nan frowned, and looked at the masked man who coveted her disciple, his eyes were a little cold: "I don''t think it is necessary for him to carry out missions with you... If you think Wuyin Village is dangerous, I can win over Qiangshiguixiu instead of you !"


    The masked man hesitated and said: "Senior Xiaonan, he is also a member of the organization, we are all interns...why can''t he go with me to carry out the mission?"


    "..."


    Xiao Nan''s face suddenly became impatient.


    Because she knew that the mysterious masked man was the extremely evil Uchiha Madara, and she didn''t want any intersection between her disciples and the masked man at all.


    It''s not just the mysterious masked man, except for her and Payne, Xiao Nan doesn''t want anyone in Uehara and Akatsuki''s organization to have an intersection.


    It''s just that at this moment, everyone''s eyes came over one after another, and they looked at Xiao Nan in surprise, with strange expressions on their faces.


    Although a group of S-level rebels are not afraid of danger, but Xiao Nanming pretends to be so eccentric, not letting her own disciples go on dangerous tasks, let them do it?


    It doesn''t feel fair.


    Payne glanced at everyone present, and made a final decision: "Xiaonan, you and Kakuzu and Uchiha Itachi are going to win over Hidan... As for Uehara, let him and Afei go to meet Kanshikisame!"


    Xiao Nan looked at Payne unwillingly, and saw that he shook his head slightly, so he could only bow his head and agree: "...Yes."


    "It''s actually not that troublesome."


    Naraku Uehara looked up at everyone present, and said softly: "Since senior is worried about danger, why not go to Wuyin Village by myself! It''s just to recruit someone to join the organization, it''s not a particularly dangerous task."


    "Huh? Good!"


    The mysterious masked man suddenly applauded, and said loudly: "In that case, I can spare time to help Senior Xie find his partner with Jue..."


    "Can."


    Penn agreed.


    On the contrary, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion had some different opinions, and a hoarse voice came from among the puppets: "You guys go, I don''t like looking for people aimlessly..."


    After finishing speaking, the Red Sand Scorpion turned to look at Payne: "Now Orochimaru has defected, so can I kill him now?"


    When Orochimaru was still in the Akatsuki organization, the two of them always quarreled over issues of philosophy and funding. Now that Orochimaru has defected, the Red Sand Scorpion naturally wanted revenge and went to kill him!


    "of course can."


    Payne asked softly, "Do you have any clues?"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion nodded, and said in a gloomy voice, "I have planted a spy by his side, and I will soon find out about him."


    "Then I will leave it to you to track down Orochimaru."


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    It''s Monday, please recommend some tickets

 Chapter 17

    After the meeting, everyone left the base one after another.


    Konan looked at Naraku Uehara worriedly, and blamed him aloud: "Naraku, as I said, you should not participate in the affairs of Akatsuki''s organization."


    "Teacher Xiaonan..."


    Naraku Uehara looked a little lonely and lowered his head.


    Payne shook his head and dissuaded softly: "Xiaonan, we must be fair. Uehara is a member of the organization, and there are no exceptions."


    "But he''s still a child..."


    Konan looked down at Naraku Uehara, and said, "At this age, we were just following Mr. Jiraiya and didn''t learn any ninjutsu. Although Naraku''s strength is not weak, what he''s going to do is Loquat Juzang died there in the water country that has been closed to the outside world for a long time, in case something happens to Naraku there..."


    "No, teacher."


    Uehara Naraku calmed her emotions and prevented her from saying any more unlucky words.


    "Okay, there''s no need to worry."


    A small black stick appeared in Payne''s palm. He gently broke the black stick and walked up to Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, have you learned spiritism?"


    "Uh, not yet..."


    The young man''s expression was slightly embarrassed. He hadn''t learned the authentic psychic art of the ninja world, but his own psychic skills could be completed with just one thought.


    At present, he only has one psychic contract, Galio the Colossus of Justice, but Galio''s psychic needs 3,000 chakra points, and his value is far from enough.


    "I will now teach you the art of necromancy."


    After Payne finished speaking, he began to demonstrate the hand seal gesture of the psychic art, explaining while making the seal: "The psychic art is the simplest space-time ninjutsu. Before the seal seal, you need to use your own blood as a contract to summon A thing of the contract."


    After Payne demonstrated the psychic seal gesture to Shang Yuan Naraku, after seeing him nodding to mark it down, he handed over the small black stick in his hand: "If you encounter danger in Wuyin Village, use the checker Insert the carat sensor into your body, and then use the psychic technique directly, understand?"


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a strange expression, because at this moment there was a ''ding'' in his brain.


    The side mission is completed: learn the art of necromancy (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward is the psychic contract: Nautilus, the deep sea titan.


    Psychic Contract: Summon Nautilus, the deep-sea Titan, consuming 2000 chakra points.


    Uehara Naraku felt that the system''s psychic contract was a big pit. Whether it was the Colossus of Justice or the Deep Sea Titan, his Chakra was not enough, so he could only find ways to complete advanced tasks, or pool money to buy some Chakra-enhancing equipment.


    Fortunately, he was able to channel other things.


    Uehara Naraku took over the Chakra sensor in Payne''s hand. This Chakra sensor exists on everyone in the six paths of Payne, and the Nagato hidden behind Payne uses these sensors to input the Chakra sensor to Payne. carat and manipulate their actions.


    In addition to these functions, there is another use for psychics.


    And Xiao Nan beside them is an example, because the small lip stud under Xiao Nan''s mouth is also a chakra sensor, so she can be channeled by the beast Dao Payne or she can get Six Dao Payne through channeling herself.


    Because of the existence of the Chakra sensor, in addition to being powerful, Liu Dao Payne is actually a psychic thing equivalent to a ninja beast.


    Uehara Naraku has always had this kind of speculation in his heart. Now that he sees Payne handing him the black stick, he understands everything. This chakra sensor can help him channel Payne, no matter which one it is, it can save him. Life.


    Payne is not as gentle as Xiao Nan, and his attitude towards him has always been bad. Who would have thought that this guy is still a tsundere?


    Naraku Uehara sighed secretly, looked at the two people present, and asked seductively: "Mr. Xiaonan, Master Yahiko, do you feel that the senior intern wearing a mask just now is a little strange..."


    In order to maintain the character design of the Akatsuki organization''s heir, Uehara Naraku can only continue to call Payne Yahiko; on the contrary, Konan generally calls Payne Nagato.


    Payne nodded, glanced at Xiao Nan, and explained aloud: "His identity is a little different from other people. Just like Xiao Nan, I also suspected that he would be bad for you...so wait for you to go to the water. When he is in the country, I will warn him and not let him do unnecessary things."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara had a delicate expression.


    Twelve years have passed since Yahiko died in battle, why are you still so naive? You are twenty-seven years old this year!


    If the mysterious masked man wants to do something unfavorable to him, he doesn''t need to do it himself at all, as long as he manipulates the fourth Mizukage, Kanshi Kisame and others in Wuyin Village, he can achieve his goal.


    Xiao Nan and Payne never thought about this.


    This is also due to lack of intelligence.


    Uehara Naraku is not very afraid of the tricks of the masked man. Now that he has the short-term invincible skill of the Holy Judgment and the flying skill of Wukong, he naturally runs away when he wants to.


    If the mysterious masked man still wants to make trouble behind his back, Naraku Uehara doesn''t mind translating for the masked man what surprise is!


    However, Xiaonan immediately gave Naraku Uehara a surprise. She took out a few psychic scrolls from her body and handed them to Uehara.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Just as the boy was looking at the scroll with some doubts on his face, Xiao Nan rubbed his hair and explained softly: "There are 100 million detonating symbols inside..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Even if he understood Xiaonan''s technique, he was still shocked by the concept of 100 million detonating symbols. When will he use this number of detonating symbols?


    Moreover, the system''s "ding" sound in the brain is also ringing non-stop, which seems to be a sign of a crash.


    When Uehara Naraku checked the system panel in his brain, he only saw a bunch of completed tasks, which made him dumbfounded.


    Side task: collect a ninja detonating talisman (1/1), the task has been completed, the reward skill: multiplication detonating talisman technique.


    Side task: Collect 100 ninja detonators (100/100), the task has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.


    Side quest: Collect 10,000 Ninja Detonation Talismans (10000/10000), the task has been completed, reward 150 gold coins.


    Side task: Collect 100,000 Ninja Detonation Talismans (100000/100000), the task has been completed, reward 200 gold coins.


    Side task: Collect 1 million ninja detonating charms (1000000/1000000), the task is completed, and the reward is 250 gold coins.


    Side task: Collect 10 million detonating charms (10000000/10000000), the task is completed, reward 300 gold coins.


    Side task: Collect 100 million detonating symbols (100000000/100000000), the task is completed, reward 350 gold coins.


    In addition to the above-mentioned rewards, Uehara Naraku observed again. There are four or five follow-up detonating talisman missions left, and the final mission is to collect 600 billion detonating talismans.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at Xiaonan, his teacher was too generous, he gave him a few scrolls and asked him to complete a bunch of tasks...


    Xiao Nan thought he was frightened by the number of detonating symbols, so he reached out to help him put the scroll of the seal into the ninja bag, and said softly: "I can make my own detonating symbols, 100 million pieces is not a particularly large number, everything depends on your safety For the most important."


    "¡­is teacher."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, but in his mind he remembered the technique of mutual multiplication and detonation talisman that the system rewarded him. Unfortunately, this is a system skill and there is no way to pass it on to Xiaonan.


    But this skill comes from the ninja world.


    Uehara couldn''t help but think of Xiao Jiujiu, if there is a chance, he must go to the Konoha Forbidden Art Room, and help Xiao Nan get the practice method of mutual multiplication of detonating charms...


    If this woman who has the most detonating talismans in the ninja world can get the technique of mutual multiplication detonating talismans, I don''t know if the mysterious masked man wants to be unfavorable to Xiaonan, can he bear it...

 Chapter 18

    The number one richest woman in the ninja world, she is so rich that it doesn''t make sense.


    Uehara Naraku carried 100 million detonating charms and a chakra sensor that summoned Payne, and left Akatsuki''s base while Xiaonan waved goodbye.


    In addition to him, the other ninjas also have to perform their own tasks.


    The woman with light blue hair stood at the gate of the base, watching Uehara''s figure gradually disappear, and the worry on her face had not faded.


    The expressions of Kakudu and Uchiha Itachi next to him are a bit subtle.


    Jiaodu is the oldest person in the Akatsuki organization, and he has the widest knowledge. Seeing Xiaonan''s appearance, he couldn''t help but said: "Hmph, can a ninja live his life without encountering danger?"


    After Xiao Nan glanced at him, he frowned and said: "Nai Luo is different from us, he is only twelve years old this year, and he is still a child..."


    "I''ve been doing missions on my own since I was twelve!"


    Kakuzu''s face was even more dissatisfied, and he glanced at Itachi Uchiha again: "Hey, little ghosts of the Uchiha clan, the graduation age of your Konoha ninjas is also twelve years old?"


    "Ok."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded. He graduated from the ninja school at the age of seven, became the captain of the dark section at the age of eleven, and became Konoha''s S-rank rebel at the age of thirteen because of the genocide incident.


    Seeing Xiaonan''s appearance, Uchiha Itachi decided to say a few words beside him: "Xiaonan, he is only one year younger than me, but he is very strong... If we met for the first time, it was not because of his carelessness , maybe I will lose too."


    "Well¡­"


    Xiaonan''s eyebrows immediately calmed down, nodded and said: "Okay, then let''s go to Tangren Village now!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi closed his eyes and sighed.


    Sure enough, no matter what age or character a woman is, as long as she follows their wishes, she can achieve what she wants.


    Xiaonan left the base with Kakuto and Itachi Uchiha, and went to Tangnin Village to find Hidan''s traces. A space vortex appeared where they were originally standing.


    The figure of the mysterious masked man emerged from the vortex of space, and said to the empty air, "Heijue, I''ll go and see the intern in the organization, how to win Guixier to join the organization..."


    His voice was no longer funny and laughing at the Xiao organization meeting, but a little heavy, and there seemed to be some gloom and majesty in his voice.


    A pitcher plant drilled out of the ground, and a half-white, half-black monster appeared on the ground, and said in a hoarse voice: "Obito, don''t pay so much attention to a brat, right? His existence won''t hinder us. plan, and will become a thug who collects tailed beasts in the future."


    "That kid named Uehara has no dark past!"


    The mysterious masked man sneered, looked down at Jue on the ground, and continued: "Will he agree with our philosophy in the future? Ever since Payne and Xiaonan found him, they have been protecting him. If they don''t do anything this time, they can do it next time." There may not be such a chance!"


    "Huh? What do you want to do to him? If you kill him, Xiaonan and Payne will definitely suspect us, Obito, this is not in line with our plan."


    Jue shook his head, everything is going according to their plan now, and it doesn''t want the mysterious masked man in front of him to have any troubles.


    "Don''t worry, I won''t kill him!"


    The masked man reached out and grabbed the patterned mask on his face, and said in a low voice: "I will manipulate Uehara Naraku into darkness just like I manipulated Itachi Uchiha in the past...


    You have seen it before. He was only twelve years old, and he easily defeated a Jnin mixed team. Now he has at least the strength of a Jnin, and he may become even stronger in the future. He must not be loyal to Nagato dedicated! "


    When Konan and Uehara Naraku were attacking the Yuren stronghold, Heijue and the masked man were secretly observing Uehara''s situation.


    When they saw Uehara Naraku using the Lightning Ninjutsu to easily defeat the team of more than 20 people, Hei Ze was in a good mood because he had seen too many big scenes.


    There was some doubt in Heijue''s hoarse voice, and it looked up at the masked man in surprise: "Twelve years old has chakra and power at the ninja level, it seems that there is nothing worthy of attention, such as Hatake Kakashi in Konoha Village ..."


    "He''s not the same as Kakashi''s trash."


    The masked man interrupted Heijue''s words in a cold voice, and casually scolded Konoha, the genius ninja who was promoted to Jnin at the age of twelve.


    If there is no accident, Uehara Naraku will definitely be able to reach the strength of the shadow level in the future. Unlike Kakuto, Uchiha Itachi and Scorpion of the Akatsuki Organization, he belongs to the neutral faction of the Akatsuki Organization, but belongs to the help of Nagato and Konan.


    The existence of Uehara Naraku may cause the masked man to directly control the Akatsuki organization on the bright side in the future. This is a small hidden danger.


    but¡­


    The masked man suddenly realized that if he instigated Uehara Naraku, it would allow that brat to play a wider role.


    The masked man can even reversely use Uehara Naraku, making him a spy who penetrates between Konan and Nagato, and steals information about Konan and Nagato; he can also use Uehara Naraku to influence the actions of Konan and Nagato.


    For example, in the future, when the time is right, Nagato can be induced to directly attack the major ninja villages, causing both him and the five ninja villages to suffer!


    "It''s not easy to change that brat..."


    Hei Jue whispered the information he collected: "Uehara Naraku''s father died in battle protecting Xiaonan twelve years ago; his mother also died of illness a few months ago... Except for Nagato and Xiaonan, his There is no bondage on him."


    Breaking the fetters of a ninja and letting the ninja fall into darkness is the fastest way, and they also have some practical experience.


    The problem is, Naraku Uehara is an orphan!


    From the current point of view, Uehara Naraku and Konan have the deepest bond, but if something happens to Konan, Nagato may give up collecting tailed beasts and directly become the World Destroyer Demon King.


    In case something goes wrong with Nagato''s Samsara Eye, it would be too monotonous to describe it as more harm than good...


    Not to mention Heijue, the mysterious masked man would not allow this to happen, so he planned to use another method to guide Uehara: "Useless things like bonds can be cultivated."


    Hei Jue looked at the masked man and felt that he had heard something extraordinary: "Obito, do you want to arrange a friend for that brat? It''s easy to destroy a bond, but it''s much more difficult to cultivate it... "


    "Hmph, there is always a way."


    The mysterious masked man squeezed his palm, and said in a low voice, "Help me prepare a Baijue, and I will prepare a suitable identity for it!"


    Hei Jue nodded helplessly: "Okay, as long as you are happy."


    Anyway, it''s not an important thing, it''s in their interest to succeed, and it doesn''t matter if they fail.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that someone wanted to arrange a friend for him, and he got into another trouble. Since he had never left the Land of Rain in the past, he was not very familiar with the geography of the ninja world.


    And his task is to go to the country of water to recruit dried persimmon ghost shark.


    Not only to go abroad, but also to go to sea.

 Chapter 19

    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    The door of the bookstore.


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the ninja world map he had just bought in his hand, and couldn''t help complaining: "Boss, your map is quite abstract..."


    "Ahahahaha..."


    The owner of the bookstore scratched the back of his head and said with an embarrassed smile: "There is no way to do this. The most detailed map can only be drawn by Daikoku Ninja Village. This kind of map will not delay your travel!"


    All the lifelines of the ninja world are actually controlled by ninjas. Except for Ninja Village who is willing to send ninjas to collect terrain information, how can others be willing to pay a high price to make more sophisticated maps.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at him speechlessly, and tapped the location of the country of water on the map with his fingers. There was only a circle on the sea in the picture. He finally couldn''t help but said: "But isn''t the country of water a bit bigger? ?¡±


    "Brother, are you going to the Land of Water?"


    The owner of the bookstore became tense instantly, leaned down and whispered in Uehara''s ear: "Don''t go to that place, I heard that many businessmen went there and never came back! No matter who goes to the country of water, they will definitely be killed The ninja there killed it!"


    "...Okay, I see."


    Naraku Uehara put away the rough map without saying a word.


    The Mizukage village in the country of water is still in power for the fourth generation of Mizukage Yakura. This is a puppet Mizukage who is manipulated behind the scenes. He still implements the policy of blood mist and isolates the country of water from the outside world for a long time. Any outsider enters the kingdom of water.


    Hidden in the blood mist, Wuyin Village not only does not prohibit ninjas from fighting in the same village, but also encourages ninjas to do this kind of behavior from the side.


    The person behind the scenes manipulating Yakura seems to be afraid that Kirigakure Village will not perish, and through the blood mist policy, the vitality of Kirigakure Village is exhausted little by little, torturing all Kirigakure ninjas.


    Treating your own people so harshly, let alone treating outsiders?


    Uehara Naraku looked at the abstract map in his hand, planned his route to the country of water, and chose the fastest and safest route.


    The fastest way at present is to go all the way east from the Land of Rain to the Land of Fire, from the Land of Fire to the Land of Waves, and take a sea boat from the Land of Waves to the Land of Water.


    There are also benefits to this route.


    Although you may encounter Konoha ninjas in the middle, there is no need to worry about being in danger. Except for the third generation of Hokage and Maitekai, the others seem to have nothing to fear...


    Except Hatake Kakashi.


    If there is a way to infiltrate Konoha with other identities, you can go to Konoha Village to complete many messy side quests.


    Among the side quests released by the system, the quests about Konoha''s many ninjas are the most, which is not surprising, because that is where the protagonists of the ninja world are located!


    Naraku Uehara considered the most because this route goes directly to the land of waves.


    If the Land of Waves is now occupied by Kado, the smuggling tycoon must know how to get to the Land of Water, and he must have some kind of connection with Hidden Mist Village.


    Uehara can completely control Kado and use him to enter the Land of Water, or he can also use Kado to see if he can get information about the dried persimmon ghost shark.


    The task of Akatsuki''s organization is really troublesome, just to recruit Ganshi Guisame to join the organization, it will consume so many brain cells.


    The system doesn''t even know how to fart, it just keeps sending missions, if only he had a Baijue by his side, Baijue is the best at detecting intelligence...


    This thought only flashed in Uehara Naraku''s mind.


    If there is really a Bai Jue by his side, it means that the mysterious masked man and Hei Jue must be trying to harm him, and Uehara must wrench that Bai Jue''s head off on the spot.


    At this time, someone suddenly reached out and patted Uehara on the shoulder.


    When Naraku Uehara turned his head, he saw a sweet girl with an exaggerated smile.


    Seeing Uehara turn around, the girl blinked her eyes curiously, and opened her mouth to ask, "Hello...do you know what it feels like to poop?"


    "..."


    What a devil''s question!


    It just so happened that Naraku Uehara thought of Bai Zee just now, and now he heard the girl''s strange question, he instantly remembered those Bai Zee who Uchiha Obito met in the sealed underground base with strange brain circuits!


    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly turned cold, he grabbed the girl''s neck with one hand, pressed her against the wall, and said in a low voice, "Hey, are you Bai Jue?"


    "..."


    When the girl heard Uehara''s words, her face froze for a moment, her eyes rolled around, and she hissed: "What are you talking about, I don''t understand..."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t believe her at all.


    Because the system in his mind beeped, reminding that a side mission had been completed.


    Side task: See through Baijue''s disguise (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill is Natural Phantom Charm.


    Natural Phantom Charm: Can pretend to be all living beings, and will break the disguise when receiving damage or using skills, consumes 100 chakra points, and cools down for 2 seconds.


    Uehara Naraku''s brows suddenly relaxed.


    After seeing through Bai Jue''s disguise, he unexpectedly obtained a skill similar to Bai Jue''s miraculous transformation technique, even more miraculous.


    The skill of Natural Phantom Charm comes from the survivor of the Misttail Clan, the talent skill of Wanhua psychic Nicole, who can use this skill to make him look like any creature in the ninja world.


    Like being a kitten.


    Now Bai Jue, who has turned into a young girl with the transformation technique, doesn''t know it, and it is still pretending to be frightened, trying to get away with it: "Let go of me, I don''t know what you are talking about, I just want to talk to you say hi¡­"


    "So many people, you just came to find me!"


    Uehara Naraku pinched her neck and broke her neck, unable to hold back his emotions, he cursed: "Damn, why are you pretending to me here!"


    Has he already received all his system rewards?


    The residents of the small town widened their eyes in panic when they saw Uehara Naraku killing people in the street. One of them seemed to be brave enough to ask, "Hey, that brat, why did you kill her?"


    "Because she insulted my IQ."


    Naraku Uehara replied without looking back, just watching the girl''s body turn into a hideous white humanoid monster.


    It was exactly what Bai Jue looked like.


    Ding¡­


    The system in Uehara''s brain rang out.


    Side task: kill a ninja Baijue (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward is Mayfly Art.


    Mayfly Art: Integrate yourself with the grass and trees on the ground, so that you can move between the grass and trees underground, cut off all breath during the ninjutsu activation, and consume 3 points of chakra per second on the ground.


    "Wow ah ah ah!"


    The villagers in these small towns saw such an ugly monster for the first time, and saw such a bloody scene, screaming and scrambling to run away!


    Uehara Naraku ignored it, but took out a scroll of sealing, and sealed the corpse in the scroll, whether it was given to Xiaonan and Payne to slander Zehe masked man, or kept as a sacrifice for the future reincarnation of the dirty soil. Can.


    After Uehara Shinbo left the small town, a time-space vortex quietly appeared on the roof, and the mysterious masked man pressed his mask with a headache: "Those Bai Jue are really trash that can''t be changed! , let¡¯s find another guy who is suitable to be a spy..."

 Chapter 20

    Bai Jue is really a dog who can''t change his eating...


    When this group of guys came into contact with Obito Uchiha more than ten years ago, they were so curious. After more than ten years, they still haven''t improved at all.


    One sentence inexplicably revealed a flaw in front of Uehara.


    Meeting Bai Jue who pretended to be a girl and struck up a conversation made Uehara Naraku completely affirm one thing, the masked man has been monitoring his tracks.


    After leaving the town, Uehara immediately searched for a hidden corner, used the mayfly technique he had just learned to sneak into the ground, and quietly ran to the distance.


    After the mysterious masked man lost the trace of Uehara Naraku, he was not in a hurry, because he knew the mission location of Uehara Naraku, as long as he waited by the side of Kisame Kisame, he would be able to wait for someone.


    "What trouble, that brat."


    The mysterious masked man helped the mask on his face, thinking about the next step: "The woman in the country of locks who always misses Kakashi is a good-for-nothing. Let''s use it... hum!"


    That woman''s name is Hualing.


    The reason why I knew about that woman was because of Hatake Kakashi.


    When he was a teenager, Kakashi was a little late returning to Konoha on a mission, and he mentioned by the way that he saved a little girl on the way.


    By chance, when the mysterious masked man was digging for secrets in the ninja world, he discovered that Hualing, a spy woman cultivated by Suo Nation, was quite talented because she was never allowed to return to her hometown. Useful.


    However, after observing Hualing for a few days, the mysterious masked man discovered that Hualing was the little girl Kakashi had rescued when he was a teenager, which instantly made him lose interest.


    Without him, this woman has bad eyesight and doesn''t know how to look at people.


    In his opinion, Kakashi Hatake, whom Hualing likes, is an out-and-out waste, so he gave up recruiting Hualing.


    Now the masked man needs a qualified spy candidate. Originally, his first thought was Yaoshidou, but Yaoshidou is a man, and he is still lurking beside Orochimaru, and he is somewhat involved with the red sand scorpion, which is not suitable.


    That woman named Hua Ling, who barely catches the eye, and has some womanly tricks, should make Uehara Naraku accept her?


    The masked man quickly worked out a perfect plan.


    He was even a little excited when he confirmed his plan: "Hee hee hee... I am the genius!"


    The heavy voice of the mysterious masked man faded away, and the words turned into a funny clown again: "Let Guixie educate that little ghost, and let that woman named Hualing risk her life to save her when she is dying. he!"


    He even admired himself a little, if this strategy was not formulated by himself, even he himself would not be able to tell the truth from it!


    A space-time vortex appeared behind him, engulfing him entirely, leaving only his nervous voice: "Go find that woman named Hualing first, and use the Kingdom of Locks as a bargaining chip to threaten her!"


    In the land of fire, in a dense forest.


    Uehara Naraku''s head got out of the tree, looked at the surrounding environment, and only when he noticed that there was no one, he quietly appeared.


    Traveling through the underground vegetation is very fast, but it is a bit of a waste of chakra. In order to be able to travel to the country of fire, Naraku Uehara also upgraded his equipment.


    Equipment: Seraph''s Embrace.


    Chakra energy increases by 1400 points, skill cooldown reduction increases by 20%, and Chakra consumption decreases by 25%.


    Originally completed a series of side missions through the advanced missions and the detonating charm given by Xiaonan, and accumulated more than 3,000 gold coins, but now there are only more than 1,000 left...


    Uehara Naraku felt a little heartbroken. After spending so much money, he only added 400 chakra points, which would only allow his chakra to break through 2000 points. If his chakra remains at full value, he can channel a deep-sea titan once. .


    However, Uehara doesn¡¯t care about accumulating Chakra value with equipment, because advanced tasks will reward a lot of life energy and Chakra energy. Now he cares more about the Chakra recovery and life energy recovery brought by equipment, and the reduction of skill cooldown. etc.


    Life energy: 1201/1201


    Chakra energy: 133/2250


    Life regen: 2/sec


    Chakra Recovery: 1.5/sec


    Gold remaining: 1070


    Because of the long time traveling underground, the chakra on his body was almost exhausted, and he needed to rest here for more than 20 minutes to recover his own chakra.


    Twenty minutes is not too short.


    Uehara Naraku thought he had found a secluded place, but he forgot that this was the fastest shortcut from the west of the Fire Country to Konoha, so many people were destined to pass by.


    For example, the two Konoha Anbe who came back from the Kawa no country, a white-haired ninja wearing a mask was walking on the road, holding an orange comic book in his hand, reading it while walking, a little obsessed with it.


    Walking beside him was a purple-haired female ninja wearing a mask. The Anbu uniform was on her body, making her tall and graceful.


    "Let''s take a break around here."


    The voice of the purple-haired female ninja was like an oriole, and it was heard in the silent forest: "Senior, after returning to the village this time, are you going to quit Anbu?"


    "Ah? That''s right."


    The white-haired ninja lowered his head and said softly: "The third generation hopes that I will be the instructor of Jonin, and guide the graduating class in the village..."


    "What a pity!"


    The female ninja lowered her head, her purple hair was scattered on her chest, she sighed and continued: "I hope to have the opportunity to perform missions with Senior in the future."


    "Well, you don''t need to be so depressed. If I''m not wrong, your next partner is actually a very gentle guy..."


    The voice of the white-haired Anbe ninja suddenly stopped, and his footsteps also stopped. He slowly turned his head and looked into the depths of the forest. He saw a man with a patterned mask sitting under a big tree resting.


    The purple-haired female ninja stopped involuntarily. Following his gaze and seeing the masked man under the tree, the woman subconsciously pulled out her ninja sword.


    This is the instinctive reaction of an Anbu ninja.


    The population in this area is somewhat scattered. This is because it is close to Sand Hidden Village and Yu Hidden Village. The pain caused by several ninja wars is too great. Most of the civilians who settled nearby have migrated to the area near Konoha.


    What''s more, this masked man was dressed strangely and appeared in a somewhat dangerous forest for no reason. He must be a dangerous person!


    "..."


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku, who has turned into a mysterious masked man with his natural phantom charm, is also calming down his mind. This is his first grand performance in the Land of Fire.


    When he heard them talking just now, Naraku Uehara observed them secretly for a while, and recognized the identities of the white-haired ninja and the purple-haired female ninja just through the mask.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Hatake Kakashi, Uzuki Xiyan.


    Therefore, after Uehara Naraku recovered his chakra, instead of using the mayfly technique to avoid it, he thought of a brilliant idea.


    This time, he was going to give the masked man a big trouble.

 Chapter 21

    Bonds are the most complicated relationship in the ninja world.


    Naraku Uehara and the mysterious masked man don''t know each other now. The gifts they plan to prepare for each other are actually exactly the same in nature, and they both use people''s emotions to achieve their desired goals.


    The mysterious masked man wants to use Hua Ling as a spy to form a bond with Uehara Naraku, so as to break the bond again and let Uehara fall into darkness.


    Uehara Naraku thought that instead of letting the mysterious masked man secretly track him and arrange conspiracy, it would be better to bring him a big trouble.


    People, sooner or later they have to face their past.


    Moreover, Uehara Naraku and the mysterious masked man have sufficient self-awareness and believe in their IQ very much. Both of them think that their plan is impeccable.


    Now that the entire ninja world knows the identity of the mysterious masked man, it is impossible to count more than one palm.


    The mysterious masked man would never have imagined that Uehara could cross the border with the mayfly technique and quickly rush to the Land of Fire; secondly, as long as Uehara did not reveal his true colors, the mysterious masked man would not be able to find out that he did it.


    Hatake Kakashi stepped forward, looked at the mysterious masked man under the tree, and asked aloud, "Who are you? What''s the purpose of sneaking into the Land of Fire?"


    "This is my home country."


    The masked man in the form of Uehara Naraku spread out his palms and said softly: "Master Anbu of Konoha, can I go back to my hometown?"


    Uehara felt that his acting skills were somewhat perfect, and he vividly interpreted the thoughts of a wanderer who had been away from home for many years.


    It''s a pity that there are only two spectators around him who don''t know the truth, Konoha''s Anbu ninja doesn''t like this at all, Uzuki Yugao pointed at him with a ninja knife, and said in a deep voice: "Hey, take off your mask first! "


    "I''m afraid that''s not fair."


    Uehara Naraku touched the patterned mask on his face, raised his head to look at the white-haired ninja, and said softly: "If old friends meet, we should each take off each other''s masks, what do you think, Hatake Kakashi ?¡±


    clang clang!


    The white-haired ninja pulled out his ninja sword suddenly, arched his waist, and put on a fighting posture, but he said casually: "Well, I know that I work in Anbu, and I can recognize me Come on, it seems that he is indeed a familiar person!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s brain was thinking quickly!


    The masked man in front of him hides his identity, which means that his identity is not visible, and he is most likely Konoha''s rebellious ninja or Danzo''s root ninja.


    However, after Konoha''s Uchiha clan was destroyed not long ago, Shimura Danzo was inexplicably imprisoned by the third Hokage, and the entire root was completely broken up.


    Then, it can only be Konoha''s rebellion.


    As it happens, Kakashi does know a suitable candidate.


    The man who destroyed his own family and became Konoha''s S-class rebel was none other than Kakashi''s former teammate in Anbe, Uchiha Itachi.


    But in Kakashi''s cognition, Uchiha Itachi''s tutor has always been very good, whether facing the enemy or his companions in the village, he has always been very polite.


    The mysterious masked man in front of him is acting like this, Uchiha Itachi should not be able to do such a thing, but the Uchiha clan is all crazy, who knows what he will become?


    Besides Uchiha Itachi, he couldn''t think of anyone else.


    Kakashi Hatake clenched his ninja sword tightly, staring at the masked man with scarlet sharing eyes, took a deep breath, and asked in a deep voice, "Are you Itachi Uchiha?"


    "..."


    After a moment of silence in the air, the masked man stretched out a finger and shook his head: "You guessed wrong...Kakashi!"


    After hearing his words, Hatake Kakashi was silent for a while, then suddenly rushed up holding the ninja knife in his hand, and said coldly: "Since you are still playing tricks, let me help you take off the mask now." !"


    "..."


    The mysterious masked man seemed to be frightened, he hurriedly dodged Kakashi''s attack, jumped onto a tree, and his voice gradually became gloomy: "As expected of you, Kakashi...killed your teammates Still so merciless!"


    Kakashi Hatake froze instantly!


    At this moment, he once again thought of the Lin who he would dream of every night, the girl who died under his thunder with a face full of pain and blood dripping all over her body.


    Uzuki Xiyan glanced at Kakashi who was frozen in stature, and loudly argued: "Asshole! What nonsense are you talking about, senior is not that kind of person..."


    "Hmph... Really, isn''t it?"


    The mysterious masked man looked down at the two people underground, and slowly took off the mask on his face, revealing a face that was half intact and half full of scars.


    This is the true face of Uchiha Obito.


    The natural phantom used by Uehara Naraku can imitate and pretend to be any person, and naturally it can also imitate the appearance of Uchiha Obito.


    Uehara Naraku held the mask in his hand, and a mocking smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Kakashi, do you still recognize me?"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi''s palms were full of veins, and he was holding his ninja sword hard, as if he wanted to smash the ninja sword into pieces!


    He couldn''t believe his eyes.


    Even after so many years, Uchiha Obito''s appearance has changed a long time ago, but Kakashi can still recognize his outline, but how could the person he buried with his own hands many years ago be resurrected?


    Hatake Kakashi took off the mask on his face, and his eyes widened in disbelief: "You are... Obito?"


    "Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Uchiha Obito of the Uehara Naraku brand laughed loudly, and said loudly: "I never thought that Sharingan Kakashi could still remember me as the tail of the crane. It''s really rare!"


    "Bring soil..."


    Hatake Kakashi''s voice was a bit dry, he didn''t know how to face the ridicule from his old friend, and he couldn''t utter many words in his throat.


    Yugao Uzuki stood beside Kakashi, and said solemnly: "Senior, is he the hero Obito who died in the battle? Is he defecting now?"


    Uzuki Xiyan''s words instantly brought the two of them back to reality.


    Nearly ten years have passed. Since Obito Uchiha is still alive, why didn''t he return to Konoha? Is it because of Lin''s death in battle?


    "Obito, why didn''t you go back to the village at that time... If Sensei and the others knew that you were still alive..." Hatake Kakashi paused again. Their teacher Namikaze Minato was eight years ago. Died in battle.


    "Sensei Minato and Mrs. Kushina, I killed them!"


    Obito Uchiha, who was disguised by Naraku Uehara, lowered his head, looked at Kakashi Hatake''s stiff face, and said with a smile, "Unexpected, right? I opened the seal of Kyuubi, and I controlled it with Sharingan... You have also noticed that the gift I gave you to become a Jonin that day hides amazing power, right?"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi''s brain was in chaos.


    Because what Obito said was too shocking, his originally calm thinking became chaotic, and even what Obito said now seemed to be auditory hallucinations.


    "Okay, Kakashi, cherish that Sharingan, it has power beyond your imagination, I want to avenge Lin, goodbye!"


    Uehara Naraku beckoned, jumped up and down a few times and jumped towards the distance. Before Kakashi and Uzuki Yugao could react, his figure had already disappeared.


    Naraku Uehara hid in the dense forest, sneaked onto a big tree with the help of the mayfly technique, glanced at Kakashi who was frantically looking for traces of Obito, and sank quietly into the ground.


    Today, he did a good person and a good deed.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]

 Chapter 22

    After the Uchiha Obito disappeared, Kakashi Hatake pursued for a long time to no avail, so he could only lean on a tree by himself, and gradually regained his ninja calmness.


    Hatake Kakashi frowned, and first confirmed that Uchiha Obito''s identity was true, because Obito said before he died that Sharingan was a gift to congratulate him on becoming a Jonin.


    Only he, Nohara Lin, and Uchiha Obito knew the name of this Jonin gift. Lin was dead, so the only people who knew were the two of them.


    As for other things Uchiha Obito said, such as killing Minato-sensei and Kushina-sensei, Hatake Kakashi''s first thought was not to believe it. After all, Namikaze Minato and Uzumaki Kushina treated Uchiha Obito very kind¡­


    However, there were indeed many doubts about the Nine-Tails Rebellion that year.


    Hatake Kakashi gritted his teeth, and slammed his fist on the nearby tree: "As long as you find Obito again, you can find out the truth of the year... If Obito wants to avenge Lin, he didn''t kill me, then He must have gone to the country of water, or has been lurking in the country of water!"


    According to what Obito Uchiha deliberately left behind, Hatake Kakashi quickly deciphered the information he wanted.


    Hatake Kakashi clenched his fist, his IQ has always been much higher than Obito, and he quickly thought that he had judged Obito''s whereabouts.


    Obito Uchiha was in a bit of grief and anger just now, and he kept poking their scars inside and outside the words, without realizing that he had already leaked his information.


    "Obito, it''s still the same old way of forgetting things..."


    Hatake Kakashi put on his mask again. He has already determined the location of Obito. As long as he goes to the land of water, he will be able to find Obito. At that time, he will be able to unravel all the dusty truths.


    "Senior... Shall we go back to the village?"


    Uzuki Xiyan came up with a troubled expression on her face. She seemed to know some terrible secrets today, and the purple-haired female ninja was still in a trance.


    "Hmm... wait!"


    After Hatake Kakashi nodded, he looked at Yuzuki Yuyan and suddenly said: "No matter who we encounter today, please keep it a secret. This may cause turmoil in Konoha. Before I find out the truth , must not be known by others..."


    Uzuki Xiyan said in a deep voice: "Senior, do you also include Hokage-sama among the other people you mentioned?"


    "That''s right, there are many hidden secrets about Obito."


    Hatake Kakashi rubbed his forehead, and said in a low voice: "The turmoil of the Uchiha clan''s destruction is not over yet, so keep it a secret from the third generation for now! After I find out the truth, I will report everything to him."


    "¡­yes."


    Uzuki Yugao stared closely at Hatake Kakashi, and seeing his frustration on his face, she nodded and agreed to his request.


    Because he was worried that Obito Uchiha would encounter uncontrollable dangers when he took revenge on Kirigakure Village, Kakashi Hatake led Uzuki Yugao to make a simple repair, and rushed back to Konoha Village, and then hurried to Hiru Sarutobi. He asked for leave and went out.


    Unknown to Uehara Naraku, he did a good deed, which directly contributed to Kakashi''s early withdrawal from Anbu.


    At this moment, Uehara has arrived in the country of Waves.


    This small neighbor close to the country of fire is really poor, and he has never heard of Kado''s name. It seems that the rich man Kado has not set his sights on this small country yet.


    Uehara Naraku suddenly lost interest in this country, walked all the way to the wharf of the country of waves, looked at the rows of fishing boats, and asked aloud: "How much is it for you to go to the country of water?"


    "..."


    The boatmen looked left and right, and shook their heads. One of the leading boatmen replied, "Guest, the country of water is a closed country, and Lord Ninja doesn''t allow us to approach it."


    Uehara Naraku looked at them curiously, and said softly: "Well, how much will I pay you to take me to the country of water?"


    "No matter how much money you give, we won''t go!"


    "You can earn money, but you only have one life!"


    "How could you lose your life for a sum of money!"


    A group of boatmen are more honest than Uehara imagined, born in a poor country, the consumption level is not high, and the pressure of life is low. They will not kill their lives for money.


    Amidst the din, a voice suddenly came out: "Little devil, how much are you willing to pay? If the price is right, I don''t mind taking you for a ride."


    "..."


    A group of boatmen suddenly fell silent.


    Everyone''s eyes moved slowly, and they saw a small boat on the edge, and a stranger with a bandage on his face was sitting on it. This person didn''t seem to be from their country of Waves.


    But the man who spoke looked a bit fierce and not easy to provoke, and the group of boatmen from the Kingdom of Waves didn''t dare to speak to persuade him.


    After Uehara Naraku saw the man talking, he couldn''t help but smile, and a stack of detonating charms landed on his fingertips: "Is the price enough for one hundred detonating charms?"


    "..."


    The corner of the man''s eyes froze, it seemed that after seeing the detonating talisman, he was stunned for a while before slowly nodding his head: "Yes."


    Ninja detonators have different prices.


    In some places, due to wars, production and other issues, the price of a detonating talisman is as high as tens of thousands of taels; in some places, because of prosperity, the price of a detonating talisman can be as low as 2,000 taels.


    Uehara Naraku''s move is not inappropriate. One hundred detonating charms can easily be sold for one million taels in a place like the country of water.


    Of course, only ninjas are willing to accept detonators.


    Naraku Uehara jumped onto the boat, looked at the bandaged man in front of him, a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, it seemed that he was lucky this time, first he met Kakashi Hatake, and then he met one of Kakashi''s old enemies , The peach field will not be cut again.


    Now Taodi Zabuzhan is still wearing the uniform of Wuyin Village, maybe he hasn''t chosen to defect and leave, because he doesn''t have that beautiful tool man by his side.


    But this cannot be judged.


    But when Naraku Uehara lowered his head, he saw a broad ninja knife on the boat, and couldn''t help but take a look at Momochi before he cut it.


    Loquat Juzo in the Akatsuki organization died in Wuyin Village not long ago, and the beheading sword was also recovered by the fourth Mizukage, and then it fell into the hands of Taodi.


    Momochi Zabuza noticed his gaze, and seemed not to care about his peeping, but just started the motor on the boat and left the wharf of Namanokuni.


    The little boat was soon out on the open sea.


    Momochi looked at Uehara Naraku again, and finally asked, "Little devil, do you know this knife?"


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and said softly: "One of the seven ninja knives in Wuyin Village, the beheading sword, no matter how it is broken in battle, it can be restored to its original shape by absorbing the iron in human blood."


    "..."


    Tao Di Zai Bu Zhan heard more and more startled, his eyes gradually became a little cold: "Little devil, it seems that you know a lot of things!"


    "It''s just a little bit more than ordinary people."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand modestly, looked at the indifferent peach ground and continued with a smile, "Well, let me think about how to call you? One of the new seven ninja swordsmen in Kirigakure Village, Kirigakure Ghosts and peaches will not behead Mr.?"


    clang!


    Momochi grabbed the beheading sword in his hand suddenly, and suddenly put it across Uehara''s neck: "Since you recognize my identity, you dare to go to the country of water with me, kid, what is your purpose! "


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for some recommendation tickets, the data is terrible!

 Chapter 23

    "Don''t be impulsive."


    Naraku Uehara held a card lightly.


    The thin card in his hand blocked the sharp edge of the beheading knife. This scene was so heartbreaking, how can a mere ordinary card block the beheading knife?


    Uehara waved his hand and threw the card at Taodi and never cut it again!


    Tao Di Zabuzhan hastily withdrew the sword for defense, only to see that the card had penetrated the sword and got stuck on the blade!


    Naraku Uehara raised his head, and continued slowly: "Mr. Buzhan, if a person knows too many secrets, most of them won''t live long..."


    In fact, these words can only coax ordinary people.


    Looking at the entire ninja world, the more you know, the longer you live, such as Heijue; foolish ghosts like Momochi Zabuzhan die young instead.


    "Humph!"


    Zai Bu Zhan snorted coldly, and said haughtily, "Who do you think you are? Brat, tell me your identity and the purpose of going to the Land of Water now, so you can save yourself some trouble!"


    "Are you sure you want me to explain?"


    Naraku Uehara drew a mysterious smile on the corner of his mouth, looked at Momochi with a sarcasm, and said word by word: "The purpose of my going to the country of water is to guide a group of seven ninja swordsmen from Wuyin Village to assassinate them Mizukage, this... is what you want?"


    "..."


    Momochi didn''t cut his mind for a while, his body overflowed with murderous aura, staring at Naraku Uehara, his sharp gaze seemed to cut the boy into pieces!


    Because Naraku Uehara just said what was on his mind.


    Every aspiring ninja in Kirigakure Village can see how harmful the blood mist policy implemented by the Fourth Mizukage Yagura is to the village, and they all want to change this situation.


    Taodi no more cut is one of them.


    When he was in the ninja school, he had the consciousness to change the village of the blood mist, and even brazenly killed all his contemporaries in the cannibalistic graduation exam, so that the senior management of Kirigakure had to abolish this possibility. The assessment method of Kirigakure Ninja Fault.


    After Momoji Zabuzhan became an adult, he joined Kirigakure Anbe, and his strength became stronger and stronger. He was hailed as Kirigakure ghost in the ninja world. Not long ago, he just took over the returning beheading sword and became the second generation of the seven ninja swordsmen. .


    Ever since he got the beheading sword, Momochi no longer had a new idea in his heart. He thought that his strength was enough, so he has been planning to assassinate the fourth Mizukage Yakura these days and change the entire Kirigakure Village. .


    If the plan is successful, everything will naturally go smoothly.


    If the plan fails, then prepare to flee.


    This time Momochi no Zhan appeared in Nami Country, just looking for a way out, and after he returned, he planned to find a chance to assassinate Mizukage.


    The young man in front of him seemed to have read his mind! Obviously this plan has been hidden in his own heart, and he has never mentioned it to anyone.


    Momochi was very panicked, wanting to chop off Uehara Naraku with a single blow, and also wanted to find out from his mouth which of the Ninja Swordsman this kid was trying to lure to assassinate Mizukage.


    If Uehara Naraku said his name, Momochi would cut off his head if he didn''t risk his life...


    If Naraku Uehara tells the name of another person, Momochi will test that person if he doesn''t return to the village, and see if everyone can act together...


    Of course, regardless of whether they succeed in assassinating Mizukage in the future, Naraku Uehara''s head will be chopped off in the end. As for whether it can be chopped off, we will try it at that time.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    He is such a ninja who is happy to be kind and hateful.


    Thinking of this, Momochi stared at Uehara, and said contemptuously: "Hmph, the Seven Ninja Swordsmen are the seven strongest swordsmanship masters in our village, and the most loyal ninjas to Mizukage-sama, how could they You kid assassinated Mizukage?"


    Turning the topic around, Tao Di''s eyes suddenly filled with murderous intent: "Or, you brat has long been in collusion with one of the traitors... brat, tell him his name, maybe I''m willing to spare your life!"


    "I can''t tell Mr. Zabuzhan the name yet."


    Uehara Naraku sat leaning against the cabin, shook his head slightly, and put a mocking smile on his face again: "Whether the Seven Ninja Swordsmen are loyal or not, Mr. Zabuzhan himself already knew the answer?"


    The seven members of the first generation of ninja swordsmen were kicked into three auspicious treasures by a Konoha ninja, the black hoe Leiya and the loquat tenzang defected, and the only remaining watermelon mountain puffer ghost had other thoughts.


    There were only four members of the second generation of Seven Ninja Swordsmen. Guideng Manyue and Lin Zhiyu Liuliu died of serious illnesses. Kisame Kisame and Momochi Zabuzhan both chose to defect.


    There are only two of the third-generation Ninja Swordsman, Onito Mizutsuki was born a rebellious ninja, and Chojuro still stays in Kirigakure Village.


    Among the seven ninja swordsmen in Wuyin Village, the defection rate is not generally high.


    "Looks like we need to use some means..."


    Momochi no longer cut and raised his fingers.


    The second group of Seven Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village, there are only three of them now, namely Ghost Lantern Manyue, Ganshi Kisame, and Taodi No Cut; They all seem to be loyal to the four generations of Mizukage.


    Since Kisame Kisame killed Suikayama Fuguki, he seems to have taken control of the real power in the village; Mizukage Kisame is a member of the second generation of Mizukage, who can use all ninja swords, and is also a genius that everyone has high hopes for.


    Momochi Zabuza didn''t dare to gamble, he wanted to get a name from Uehara Naraku and determine an alternative partner.


    "Ninjutsu: Fog Concealment Technique!"


    A cloud of mist appeared on the sea, gradually covering the small boat.


    Tao Dizai stepped back a few steps, and his tall figure disappeared into the mist. His voice came from all directions in the mist: "Little ghost, is there any part of your body that you don''t want? I can help you." You chop them off..."


    "idiot¡­"


    Uehara Naraku cursed secretly, slowly closed his fingers, and said softly: "If you don''t cut it, there are some people in the ninja world that you must never provoke, but you just like to provoke those people!"


    For example, he''s a jerk.


    For example, Konoha Mirai''s team is ninja.


    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin!"


    A huge thundercloud storm appeared in the fog on the sea, and a thunderbolt accurately struck at Taodi''s position. Fortunately, he escaped through the fog in time!


    However, within a second, two lightning bolts fell in succession!


    "This brat is actually good at lightning escape ninjutsu..."


    Tao Di gritted his teeth, quickly closed his palms, and caught a bolt of lightning with all his might, creating a spell: "Water Escape¡¤Water Prison Art!"


    The water waves on the sea surged up, forming a hollow water ball, wrapping the peach ground, and a thunderbolt fell, and the electric light fell on the sea along the water ball.


    After hiding in the dungeon, Momochi Zabuzhan breathed a sigh of relief, but his expression was very ugly. The little guy just used a ninjutsu, and his position was directly exposed.


    Uehara Naraku stepped on the sea water, and walked step by step to the position where Taodi Zabuzhan was. The boy''s voice sounded a little immature: "Toast, don''t eat fine wine..."

 Chapter 24

    "asshole!"


    Being insulted by a young man like this, Taodi in the water prison cursed secretly, but he was not fooled. Instead, he quietly waited for the thunderstorm to dissipate in the water prison.


    In just a few seconds, Momochi had already sensed the frequency of Thunder''s attack if he didn''t cut it. As long as he poured Chakra into the dungeon, he could guarantee himself to last for a long time.


    But that kid has already followed the traces of thunder and lightning to find it!


    Uehara Naraku held a stack of detonating talismans in his hand, and threw them on the water prison eloquently, and said softly: "This is the one hundred detonating talismans that the two of us agreed in the land of waves before. I will pay you now!"


    Taodi will not cut again: "..."


    This is where the payment method came from!


    A hundred detonating talismans, roughly equivalent to a hundred J¨­nin-level fire escape ninjutsu, explode together, and can directly evaporate the water that condenses the water prison technique!


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, raised his finger, and shouted seriously: "Art is explosion... drink!"


    "¡­idiot!"


    Taodi will no longer be able to help his forehead.


    Boom! Boom! Boom!


    A series of explosions resounded across the sea, and the defensive water waves were smashed by the bombardment of hundreds of detonating talismans in an instant. Taodi in the water prison had a flash of horror in his eyes, and his whole body was hit head-on by the explosion!


    A splash of water flew up!


    That''s the water body!


    Tao Di Zai Bu Zhan in the water prison turned into a body of water. As for his real body, he has long since disappeared. The thunderstorm in the sky gradually dissipated, and the location of Tao Di Za Bu Zhan''s real body could not be traced anymore.


    Uehara Naraku frowned, watching the surrounding fog vigilantly, when he suddenly heard Momochi Zabuzhan shouting violently!


    "Water Escape ¡¤ Water Dragon Bullet Technique!"


    The chakra that did not cut again quickly became thicker, a huge monster broke through the fog with its head raised, and a huge water dragon rushed towards Uehara Naraku''s position!


    "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Barrier!"


    Uehara Naraku didn''t panic when he saw this, and after symbolically closing his hands together, he released a wall of wind. He only watched the waves splashed by the water dragon hitting the wall of wind, and said softly: "Forty-four seals are enough The resulting technique is very hard, right?"


    "..."


    A red light was reflected at Uehara Naraku''s feet!


    Tao Di Zai Fu Zhan''s body was almost blood-colored, it was the Chakra airflow emanating from his body, he fell from the sky, and the beheading sword in his hand also slashed down with determination!


    Was the trick of water dragon bullet just now used as a feint attack? The current silent killing technique is the real killing move against Uehara Naraku!


    The beheading knife in Momochi''s hand fell on Uehara Naraku''s arm only a second away, and this was also his purpose. As long as Uehara Naraku lost his arm, he would no longer be able to successfully form a seal, and could only be slaughtered by him.


    Click!


    The golden mask floated on Uehara Naraku''s body, and the huge impact force cracked the beheading knife inch by inch!


    Several golden chakra lightsabers floated around the mask, and they quickly pierced into Momochi Zabuzhan''s body!


    It''s the moment of the angel''s ultimate skill, the Holy Judgment!


    Tao Di Zai Bu Zhan was stabbed bloody by the Chakra sword. He looked at the unscathed young man in astonishment, with a trace of unwillingness in his eyes: "Bastard, it turned out to be a trap. You little brat hid it so deep!"


    "You were the one who attacked me first!"


    Uehara Naraku twisted Zabuzhan''s wrist with one hand, took the beheading sword that fell from his hand, kicked Zabuzhan''s chest, and kicked him onto the boat.


    Side task: Defeat the Ninja Seven (1/7), the reward is unknown.


    Side quest: Defeat Momochi and Never Cut (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill is My Flow Profound Art - Kasumi Formation.


    My Flow Profound Art: Xia Formation: release a smoke area, become invisible in the smoke and recover 40% of the chakra, the invisible state will not be hit by the enemy''s attack, lasts for 5 seconds, appears when attacking or using skills, no Consumption, cooldown time 20 seconds.


    This skill made Uehara Naraku look full of question marks.


    this one? this one?


    What he defeated was Tao Di Never Cut!


    Throughout the timeline of the entire Naruto world, only three people have ever put the complete seventh class of protagonists in danger. The first is Momochi no Zhan, the second is Rokudo Uchiha Madara, and the third is Otsuki Kaguya.


    However, the reward of this skill is not bad, it can be regarded as a life-saving skill, not to mention that this skill also restores chakra.


    Naraku Uehara returned to the boat, sat down calmly, looked at Zabuzhan who was holding his wound, and said softly: "A word of advice, don''t provoke people you shouldn''t provoke."


    "Humph¡­"


    Tao Di Bu Zhan couldn''t help grinding his teeth when he heard that, this kid said this again, is he still boasting about his own status and strength?


    Uehara Naraku heard his cold snort, and said with a smile on his face: "Mr. Zabuzhan, I am a kind person by nature. Even if you wanted to attack me just now, I would still let you survive. After all, you are also a barely capable person." People with a little use..."


    "..."


    Tao Di was so angry at his words that he was furious. He suppressed his anger forcibly, and said sarcastically, "It sounds like I''m really lucky!"


    "yes."


    Uehara nodded seriously, looked at him and said, "After all, if I want to meet another Seven Ninja Swordsmen, I have to rely on Mr. Zabucho!"


    Tao Di didn''t cut his body and slowly relaxed, and glanced at the young man on the opposite side: "Since you need my help, why don''t you tell me who you want to see?"


    "Dried persimmon ghost shark."


    Uehara Naraku said the name without hesitation.


    Throughout the history of the ninja world, there are very few people who can be called true ninjas, and Kisame Kisame is undoubtedly a qualified ninja.


    If possible, Naraku Uehara would even try to instigate Kisame Kisame, that man with a shark face is a rare helper, only for his dedication to the task of the superior, it would be a bit violent to let him go.


    How to instigate rebellion is a big question.


    If there is no accident, Kisame Kisame must now be the pawn of the mysterious masked man, and he may even have been convinced by the Moon Eye plan promised by the mysterious masked man, and he still maintained enough loyalty until he died in a vigorous battle.


    Apart from the fact that he has to form seals no matter what ninjutsu he releases, he really can''t pick out any shortcomings of Kisame Kisame.


    "what!"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Momochi Zabuza heard the name of Kanshi Kisame, couldn''t help but sneered, looked at Uehara Naraku contemptuously and said: "If you say another person''s name, maybe I will still have some doubts, but Kanshi Kisame That guy will never betray Mizukage Fourth!"


    Kisame Kisame is the fourth generation Mizukage Yagura''s confidant.


    When Yakura wanted to seize the power of Anbu, he ordered Kisame Kisame to kill the previous leader of Anbu, Suikayama Fuguki, and promoted Kisame to become the new Seven Ninja Swordsmen, and gave him the muscles.


    The entire Kisame Village knows Kisame''s loyalty to the Fourth Mizukage Yakura, except that Yakura''s order can move Kisame, he will not care about anything else, even if someone invites him privately to propose abolishing the unreasonable blood mist system.


    If the fourth Mizukage Yakura was overthrown in Kirigakure Village, the last person standing in front of him to protect him was definitely Kisame Kisame.


    How could such a person betray?

 Chapter 25

    The ship arrived in the land of water.


    Along the way, Momochi tried Naraku Uehara many times, but he was still not sure whether the name Kanshikisame he said was true or not.


    If it wasn''t dried persimmon and ghost shark, could it be the full moon with ghost lamp?


    But that fellow, Ghost Lamp Full Moon, is an out-and-out genius and the most promising person in the village to succeed the fifth Mizukage. Would he be willing to take the risk to assassinate the fourth Mizukage?


    There are currently three ninja swordsmen in Wuyin Village. Momochi still believes that he is the only one who wants to assassinate the fourth Mizukage Yakura. The ghost lantern full moon and the dried persimmon Kisame seem to be very loyal. In case something slipped up, it would hinder his plan.


    After they set foot on the land of the country of water, Momochi Zabuzhan took the initiative to make a request to Naraku Kahara: "I can only provide you with the action route of the dried persimmon ghost shark once, and I will not take you to meet him; and if I bring you You go to see him, you won''t believe me, will you?"


    "Well, the reputation of Mr. Zai Bu Zhan is really worrying."


    Naraku Uehara frowned and nodded, disregarding Momoji''s sudden and ugly face, he continued softly: "Then let''s make an appointment for the next meeting! The time is set in three days, and the location is still set at Here it is!"


    "Can."


    Zabu Zhan agreed to his proposal.


    The reason why Momochi Zabuzhan was willing to help, not to show his will by death, was because he also saw Uehara''s strength and wanted to take advantage of Uehara Naraku.


    Kisame Kisame is the ninja who is most loyal to the fourth generation of Mizukage in Kirigakure Village. He is stronger than him in a serious battle. If Naraku Uehara can delay Kisame Kisame, Momochi Zabuza can immediately start the assassination of Mizukage.


    In the entire Kisame Village, only Kisame Kisame is willing to protect that idiot Mizukage Yagura, who else dares to approach him?


    A rare opportunity.


    "Then wish us a happy cooperation."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Momochi and stretched out his palm.


    Taodi didn''t stare at him again, and instead of shaking hands to make peace, she said in a cold voice: "We are not cooperating, I am just providing you with news."


    "That''s really a pity..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and said with a faint expression: "Before parting, I want to remind you that although I like to lie to people, I don''t like others to lie to me."


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    "¡­I see."


    Tao Di didn''t cut her mouth to respond, and secretly cursed again in her heart, this brat is not very old, but he is not too airy!


    Uehara Naraku really wasn''t worried that Momochi wouldn''t kill him anymore, even if this guy brought a group of Mist Ninjas to encircle him, Uehara was confident enough to escape, as long as he gave himself the invincibility of the Holy Judgment, and then used Mayfly It is enough to sneak into the ground and escape.


    There are still three days before the exchange of information between Taodi and Zhanbuzhan. Since they have come to the Land of Water, there is naturally no reason to go to Baoshan and not return.


    Among the maps of the Land of Water, the two most popular characters are Terumi Mei and Shiro. Naraku Uehara did not expect to meet the future Five Generations Mizukage, he wanted to try to find Shiro who has the Ice Escape Blood Successor.


    The current Bai should be wandering and begging in the streets and alleys of the country of water, carefully hiding his identity as the descendant of the ice escape blood.


    His range of motion is a bit wide.


    Naraku Uehara looked eagerly at the few simple tasks related to Shiro on the system panel, insisted on searching for three days in the dirtiest, messiest, and worst places in the country of water, but finally found no trace of Shiro.


    Uehara Naraku left the garbage dump feeling disappointed, and decided to temporarily give up looking for Shiro and wait for Momochi''s further information, when a wisp of brown hair appeared in his sight.


    The boy slowly raised his head along the strand of brown hair, and saw a gentle brown long-haired young female ninja. She looked at Uehara with a smile on her face, and suddenly spread her palm as if by magic. A packet of cookies.


    The woman bent down, spread out the biscuit in her hand and stretched out her hand: "Little guy, eat quickly, this is for you!"


    "Ok?"


    Uehara Naraku''s head was full of question marks.


    This young woman with long brown hair is the future Terumimei Mizukage, and Uehara never expected to meet her at this time and this place.


    The question is what does Terumi Mei mean by giving him cookies?


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head, and looked at the two ninjas who followed Terumi Mei, one of the ninjas blushed, and looked at the female ninja with admiration: "Ah ah... you are indeed Terumi Mei-sama, it really makes me feel gentle. People are excited!"


    The other ninja''s face was a bit indescribable: "If it weren''t for Terumi Mei-sama''s techniques that are always too scary, there should be many people in the village who admire her!"


    The air suddenly fell silent.


    "Shut up, it''s so noisy!"


    Terumi Ming, who was originally gentle and soft like water, heard one of her subordinates slander her, her face became furious instantly, she turned around and kicked him out with a knee bump!


    Terumi Mei coldly glanced at another ninja who had become sweaty, snorted coldly, fiddled with her long hair, and turned her head to look at Naraku Uehara, her face returned to the original expression. The gentle and pleasant appearance.


    Her face-changing speed is so fast, it really makes people feel ashamed!


    The brown-haired female ninja seemed to feel that her actions just now were a bit out of style. She walked towards Naraku Uehara with a tall figure, pulled Uehara''s arm, put the biscuit in his palm, and rubbed him affectionately. head.


    "Little brother, don''t be afraid, sister is a good person!"


    Terumi Mei showed a warm smile like a mother''s love, squatted down and said softly: "Have you been hungry for a long time? These are for you, eat quickly!"


    "..."


    Listening to her urging, Naraku Uehara stuffed a biscuit into his mouth dumbly, his mind went blank. Could it be because he was so handsome as a young man that attracted Terumi Mei''s attention?


    Seeing the young man biting the biscuit, Terumi Mei nodded in satisfaction, and continued softly: "Little guy, do you...have a home now?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head silently, and then he nodded again. It seems that Akatsuki Organization is also his home, right? Both Xiaonan and Payne are very good to him.


    "I see."


    Terumi Mei patted his forehead, not knowing what to make up in his mind, sighed and said: "If you have difficulties in the future, you can go to Wuyin Village to find me, don''t pick up food in the garbage dump, I will It''s Kamino Terumimei from Kirigakure Village, remember?"


    "¡­remember."


    Naraku Uehara took a bite of the biscuit, and his complexion gradually turned ugly.


    How did this woman figure out that he was picking up food in a garbage dump? He is a rich man with 100 million detonating charms!


    "That''s good."


    Terumi Mei nodded in satisfaction, turned around and left with her subordinates: "Okay, let''s go."


    One of the ninjas praised: "I have never seen Terumi Mei-sama so gentle! If Terumi Mei-sama is half as gentle as he was to that little guy just now, no, one tenth, there will be a lot of people in the village. Many people are willing to court Terumi Mei-sama!"


    "Hmph, there isn''t a single good man in the village!"


    Terumi Mei raised her head disdainfully, her voice gradually faded away, and could still be heard vaguely in Uehara Naraku''s ears: "Don''t you think that little guy is very interesting? He is obviously a vagrant looking for food in a garbage dump. The clothes on her body are so rough but they are kept very clean, even if they are so down-and-out, they still have self-motivation..."


    "..."


    Click!


    Naraku Uehara clenched her palm tightly, and suddenly squeezed the biscuit in her palm into pieces. That woman with such poor eyesight, how did she find out that the fourth Mizukage had fallen into the illusion, and how did she become Mizukage in the future? movie?


    Whoosh!


    When Uehara Naraku''s depression was still in his heart, a figure suddenly jumped in front of him, grabbed the broken biscuit in his palm, and ran away quickly!


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was stunned for a moment, then glanced at the voracious vagrant not far away from him, the corners of his eyes couldn''t help twitching.


    Are people in the Land of Water so blind?


    Someone still dared to steal his things!

 Chapter 26

    Terumi Mei donated a pack of biscuits to Uehara, so angry that Uehara was so depressed that he couldn''t say anything; but the bag of biscuits in his hand was robbed, and Uehara''s mood became even worse.


    Uehara Naraku walked towards the waif who snatched the biscuit, perhaps because he was so hungry, he chewed two or three bites and swallowed it in a hurry.


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "Hey¡­"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, wanted to say something, but didn''t know how to say it, after all, he was not short of biscuits, and he was a rich man with a net worth of 100 million detonating charms.


    "I''m done eating."


    The waif hurriedly stuffed the biscuit crumbs into his mouth, curled up into a ball, carefully raised his head and looked at Uehara: "Sorry, I have been hungry for three days, and there is no biscuit. Now, if you want to hit or kill me, it¡¯s up to you!¡±


    "you¡­"


    Uehara Naraku saw the unconcealable beauty of that dirty face, and the words "beauty embryo" subconsciously came to Uehara''s mind.


    Is the appearance of the ninja world so high?


    Even a waif on the side of the road looks so cute?


    Uehara Naraku saw that the waif lowered his head again, and decided to forgive her in his heart. He stood beside her and asked in a low voice, "Hey, what''s your name, are you still hungry?"


    "My name is Bai."


    The waif shook his head shyly, and hugged his knees tightly. Maybe this little guy is really afraid of being beaten?


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara looked up at the sky.


    What luck today!


    He searched hard for three days in the land of water, but he didn''t find any trace of Shiro. He happened to meet Terumi Meimei who gave him a pack of biscuits, which attracted Shiro who was hungry.


    In fact, Bai has been hiding here, but he was afraid that the ninjas would find him, and he didn''t dare to show his head until he saw Terumi Mei and the two ninjas leave.


    Naraku Uehara looked at the vagrant who was squatting in front of him, but he still wanted to confirm again: "Well, do you have the blood of the ice escape? It can be turned into ice or something..."


    "..."


    Bai''s body trembled, he got up and staggered a few steps, and quickly rushed into the alley in the town.


    Because he knows that in this country, people who own blood successors are evil, and Uehara Naraku may be the one who advocates eliminating blood successors.


    "Hey, don''t run!"


    Uehara Naraku had already confirmed Bai''s identity in his heart, and hurriedly chased after him, grabbed Bai''s collar, frowned and said in a low voice: "You guy just want to escape?"


    Bai lowered his head and hesitated for a while, then said softly: "Then... If I can pick up something to eat tomorrow, can I return it to you? It may take the day after tomorrow or the day after tomorrow to pick up the food, and I will only be able to do it in about three days." Picked up something to eat..."


    "I didn''t want to eat!"


    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little ugly.


    Bai glanced at him cautiously, and said in a low voice: "But I secretly saw that you were looking for food near the garbage dump for a day..."


    "I didn''t come to the dump to find food."


    Uehara Naraku looked helpless, looked at the dirty white in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "I''m here to look for you, I need your ice escape ninjutsu...it''s your ability to condense ice and snow."


    Bai raised his head curiously, frowned, and asked softly, "But I don''t know, what can I do?"


    "Let me think."


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin for a while and thought for a while, and made his own suggestion: "Well, you can help me make iced juice in summer."


    "Hey?"


    A light flashed in Bai''s eyes, he grabbed Uehara by the corner of his clothes, and said softly, "Then shall we look for food at the garbage dump together?"


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Damn, is this messing with junkyard food?


    Uehara Naraku suppressed the helplessness in his heart, patted Shiro on the shoulder, and sighed: "We don''t go to the garbage dump to find food... No, we don''t need to go to the garbage dump to find food, you can follow me from now on, you''re welcome Delicious and spicy!"


    "Ok."


    Bai nodded seriously, tugged Uehara''s clothes again, and whispered: "Then...where are we going to find food now?"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his cheeks, and put on a gentle face: "In short... just follow me, less nonsense!"


    "what?"


    Bai subconsciously covered his lips.


    Although both of them are of the same age, Uehara Naraku still feels that the communication between him and Shiro is a little bit, probably because he received the biscuits given by Terumi Mei before, which made Shiro always think that Uehara and himself are of the same kind.


    When Bai saw Naruto Uehara sitting on a rock by the sea, holding a new self-made fishing rod, fishing leisurely, a flash of surprise flashed in Bai''s eyes, and he praised: "Can you actually fish? That''s amazing. !"


    "...Basic skills, no need to boast."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was numb, and he felt a little strange in his heart. It felt a little strange that he brought the current white to see Taodi and never cut him off.


    The fishing line suddenly shook violently!


    Bai looked at the stable Uehara, gently pushed Uehara''s shoulder, and urged repeatedly: "Uehara, the fish is hooked!"


    "Slow down, wait a little longer."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a smile, and was about to talk about the poor fishing knowledge he had learned from Xiaonankou when he saw a cold light come into his eyes!


    Bang!


    A shuriken suddenly shot through the fishing line, and even with its lingering power, it was deeply embedded in the rock next to it!


    The appearance of that shuriken made Bai''s mind flustered, and he wanted to back away nervously, but out of concern for his little friend, he grabbed Uehara''s sleeve tightly and said in a low voice: "Uehara, you are a ninja from Wuyin Village , let''s go!"


    "No, he''s looking for me."


    Uehara Naraku patted Shiro''s arm, motioned him to calm down, looked at the broken fishing line with regret, and said softly: "If you don''t cut it, let go of the fish I want to catch, but you will have to pay the price!"


    "Humph!"


    Behind a rock, someone snorted dully, and threw a scroll towards Uehara Naraku''s position!


    Naraku Uehara took it in his hand, opened it and glanced at it. There was a map of the country of water drawn on it, and a red line was scribbled on it. It was a traveling route. A red circle was drawn at the end of the route. destination of arrival.


    Momochi Zabuzhan appeared from behind a rock, looked at Uehara Naraku and said in a cold voice: "This is the information you want... Tomorrow morning, the person you are looking for will lead a group of ninja chasing troops to set off to the water. The sentry point in the north of the country."


    Uehara Naraku nodded and asked his own question: "Is this their route? Can you be sure?"


    Momochi Zabuzhan explained with disdain on his face: "This is the territory of our country of water, and the ninja pursuit troops will definitely choose the fastest route."


    This is basic common sense in the ninja world.


    A ninja in his own country even has to choose the safest route in his own country, so this ninja village is too useless, right?


    After seeing Naraku Uehara put away the scroll, Momochi Zabuzhan looked at Shiro who was beside him, and accused Uehara in a cold voice: "Little devil, we two agreed to a place and a secret deal, why don''t you bring this little girl here?" Are you worried that she will leak the secret?"

 Chapter 27

    "Don''t worry, Bai will not leak the secret."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, glanced at Shiro who was trembling with fright, and chuckled lightly at Zabuzhan: "Zenbuzhan, your observation skills are also very poor! Bai looks so cute, he must be a boy what!"


    Even if it is said to be out of date, Bai is still a man.


    Momochi glanced at the thin Bai again, and said in a deep voice: "Hmph, don''t worry, this little guy is Bingdun Xueji, and he will definitely not be an ordinary person in the future. He will become a ninja sooner or later!"


    "Do you know Bai?"


    "Although Blood Mist can''t tolerate the existence of blood successor ninjas, for us ninjas, blood successors are incomparably precious tools, even if this kid only has ice escape blood successors in his body, it''s no exception."


    Tao Di Zai Bu Zhan cursed his own Mizukage inwardly, and continued in a deep voice: "At the beginning, this little brat''s ice escape erupted and killed many people. After he was found out by the village, I was responsible for dealing with him. Has all his intelligence.


    Mizukage is still there, and the Kirigakure Village cannot protect him. The upper ninjas in the village can only turn a blind eye to him and let him wander in the land of water. "


    "Hahaha¡­"


    Naraku Uehara laughed a few times, looked at the handsome young man beside him and said in a young voice, "Well, it looks like this, my luck is pretty good."


    "Hmph, I hope your luck will last forever."


    Taodi turned around and was about to leave here. I don''t know what he thought of, and he added: "One last thing to remind you, don''t underestimate the guy you are looking for. The previous owner of the shark muscle faced him. At that time, there was no way to fight back."


    "You don''t have to worry about that."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Zabuzhan''s leaving figure, and said loudly to him: "Hey, Zabuzhan, if what you want to do fails, you can go to me in the future, at least you can save your life."


    "Hmph, idiot!"


    Momochi Zabuchi scolded Uehara in a low voice.


    According to Momochi Zabuza''s knowledge of Uehara Naraku, he believes that this young man must not have any intersection with Kanshi Kisame, and maybe Uehara may be killed.


    This time Kisame Kisame led a team to capture the invading Konoha ninja Hatake Kakashi. In order to ensure safety, Kisame Kisame took away several powerful jounin in the village.


    For a period of time from tomorrow, the defenses in Kirigakure Village will be unprecedentedly empty, and Momochi will have the courage to carry out his plan to assassinate the Fourth Mizukage if he doesn''t kill him.


    The north of the country of water.


    In order to find the trace of Obito Uchiha, Kakashi Hatake set foot on the land of water alone. He judged that Obito must be lurking in this closed country for revenge.


    Unexpectedly, Kakashi hadn''t found Obito yet, but he was first found by the ninjas of Kirigakure Village who were entrenched in the country of water. Facing Sharingan Kakashi, who is known as a copy ninja, the Kirigakure ninjas didn''t even notice him at all. Not daring to be careless, he quickly asked his superiors for support.


    This is really a bad start.


    While Hatake Kakashi was still having a headache about what he should do next, the mysterious masked man also got news from Kakashi, and his head hurt even more.


    The mysterious masked man wanted to target Uehara Naraku, and specially used Kakashi as a bait to lure out the spy Hualing cultivated by the country of locks. Unexpectedly, his goal has not been achieved yet, but the bait jumped out by itself.


    Fortunately, the mysterious masked man is imprisoning Hualing. This female spy ninja doesn''t know about Kakashi yet. As long as the operation is done properly, there shouldn''t be any trouble.


    It''s just that the four forces formed a perfect closed loop.


    Uehara Naraku wants to find Kakisame and bring him back to the Akatsuki organization; Kakisame wants to find Hatake Kakashi and bring him back to Wuyin Village to torture Konoha''s information; Hatake Kakashi wants to find Uchi Obito Uchiha and bring him back to Konoha Village to reveal the truth; Obito Uchiha wants to find Uehara Naraku and let him fall into darkness.


    Most of these people are just pawns.


    Uchiha Obito thinks that everyone is a pawn he manipulates, including Uehara Naraku; Uehara Naraku also thinks that everyone is a pawn he guides, even Uchiha Obito.


    The battle between the two of them depends on who stands on the higher floor.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    the next day.


    After Uehara Naraku followed the route of Kisame Kisame, he wanted to rush to the northern outpost of Kirigakure in the country of water to ambush.


    Uehara didn''t take Shiro with him, but let him stay in the Water Country Daming Mansion. Instead, he asked Shiro to kill Momochi when he failed to assassinate Mizukage and was wanted by Wuyin Village. take away.


    The northern outpost of Wuyin Village is bound to be a bit lively.


    There are four ninja squads led by a jounin who are stationed in the outpost all the year round, with a total of 16 people, according to the combination of 1 j¨­nin leader + 3 zhongnin and 1 chunin leader + 3 lower ninja.


    If there is only one J¨­nin, if you want to catch Kakashi Hatake, you really have more than enough energy, because the captain of this Kirigakure J¨­nin has seen the power of Kakashi Hagi, and he will not go there. Take the initiative to give away the head.


    However, if Kakashi is allowed to escape, it is not in line with Kirigakure''s temperament. This Kirigakure J¨­nin implements the wartime strategy very seriously, leading his subordinates to entangle and surround Kakashi, and wait until the reinforcements sent by the village .


    This is Sharingan Kakashi.


    Hatake Kakashi is the most popular ninja in Konoha in the past few years. If he is caught, he will be able to collect a large amount of Konoha information, which will be of great benefit to their dream of defeating Konoha in Wuyin Village.


    "Class 13, take charge of the left side!"


    "clear!"


    "Class 15, take charge of the right side!"


    "clear!"


    "Squad 20, responsible for checking for leaks and filling vacancies in the rear!"


    "clear!"


    "Squad 11, all attack with me. When encountering Kakashi with a shuriken, remember, you must never look directly at his Sharingan!"


    "Yes, Captain!"


    The four teams of Wuyin Village are still entangled with Hatake Kakashi in this area. Their actions delayed Kakashi''s escape, forcing Kakashi to think of a way to fight back and get rid of this group of people. Mist ninja.


    When Hatake Kakashi was hiding his plan, Uehara Naraku had already arrived in this area, and quickly discovered their traces using Wukong.


    The young ninja landed floatingly in front of many Mist Ninjas. Under the astonished and vigilant eyes of many Mist Ninjas, Uehara put on an innocent smile and asked, "Are you interested in playing a game of cards with me?" ?¡±


    "..."


    After hesitating for a second on Kirigakure''s face, he clenched the ninja sword in his hand, and loudly commanded the subordinates present: "Accord with the original plan, don''t let this brat interfere with our affairs, kill him!"


    Killing decisively is the true nature of Mist Ninja!


    Following the command of the Jonin captain, the Mist ninjas did not hesitate, and simply threw a dozen shurikens at Uehara Naraku without any hesitation!


    "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Barrier!"


    A wind wall blocks all incoming shurikens!


    The smile on Naraku Uehara''s face remained undiminished, he slowly closed his palms, and continued in a low voice: "Although you were very unreasonable to me at first, I still choose to forgive you... because the dead are the greatest!"

 Chapter 28

    The dead are the greatest.


    After Naraku Uehara said these words, the faces of the Wunin were very exciting. The little guy in front of him blocked the shuriken''s wind escape ninjutsu, but he was only one person, so he was confident that he could kill their four teams?


    "...What an arrogant brat!"


    Whether it''s Kakashi Hatake hiding in the dark or the Mist Ninjas, their first thought is that Naraku Uehara''s attitude is too arrogant!


    Even a ninja like Kakashi, who has been famous for a long time, dare not go head-on into this established team of mist ninja troops, but the talking kid is provoking him face to face. Is he looking for death?


    Hatake Kakashi poked his head out slightly, quietly watching Uehara Naraku who was forming a mudra with his hands, and his mind was instantly attracted.


    Uehara Naraku is slowly making seals, and he can see his movements clearly without using Sharingan, but the order of seals is something that even Kakashi has never seen before. Could it be that the kid wants to use a method he has never heard of? Ninjutsu?


    Hatake Kakashi immediately concentrated on it, carefully wrote down the order of Uehara Naraku''s seals with Sharingan, and wanted to secretly copy Uehara Naraku''s ninjutsu!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know all of this, but he didn''t care either. After making a bunch of messy handprints casually, he stretched his palms to the sky, looked at a group of fog ninjas and smiled: "See you by fate, if you can If you survive... Thunder Dun Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin!"


    A cloud of thunderclouds floated around Uehara, and bolts of lightning suddenly burst out of the thunderclouds, scattered and landed on the heads of the group of Mist Ninjas!


    A few Mist Ninjas were split into coke by lightning in an instant. After the other Mist Ninjas avoided the first lightning, the second lightning and the third lightning...


    Lightning fell one after another!


    One of the Mist ninjas had no time to dodge and defend, and was struck by a bolt of lightning and fell to the ground, and then he had no chance to stand up again!


    The frequency and speed of lightning attacks were not something they could easily deal with. The Mist Ninjas finally realized the plight of being under the thunderstorm.


    Under the crisis, human nature is suddenly exposed.


    The Jonin captain jumped to the side of one of his subordinates, grabbed his body, and threw him into the air, stopping two bolts of lightning, and his subordinates turned into coke; the other Chunin captains saw After this scene, they grabbed the bodies of their subordinates and companions as shields for their escape!


    If it weren''t for the high frequency of Lightning''s attacks, the ninjas of the Mist Ninja Troop might even start a civil war against each other!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kirin in the thunderstorm, and the smile on his mouth gradually faded away. In the face of the threat of life, Kirin''s performance was really bad enough, far worse than the ninjas in Yuyin Village up.


    Wuyin Village''s blood mist policy of not prohibiting cannibalism and even encouraging it for many years is finally showing its evil results. No one dares to trust their companions easily!


    Uehara Naraku fought the most comfortable battle, he didn''t use the second powerful skill, he just threw the cards casually, and completed a one-sided massacre.


    Hatake Kakashi, who was watching all this, was sweating profusely!


    That boy only used one ninjutsu move and killed four Mist ninja teams, including an elite team led by a Jonin!


    However, Hatake Kakashi was a little bit secretly happy. Not only did he escape the entanglement of Mist Ninja, but he also copied a powerful Thunder Ninjutsu. It happened that Hatake Kakashi himself was best at Thunder Ninjutsu.


    Advanced task 3: Kill ten official Chunin (10/10), reward 1000 points of life energy, reward 1000 points of chakra energy, reward 1000 gold coins, reward life energy recovery increased by 100%, reward chakra energy recovery increase 100%.


    Advanced task 4: Kill ten official J¨­nin (1/10), the reward is unknown.


    Uehara Naraku observed in amazement that he had completed the rewards of advanced task 3. In addition to the regular life energy, chakra energy rewards and gold coin rewards, there were additional life energy recovery and chakra energy recovery.


    Life energy: 2201 (standard jinnin 1000~3000)


    Chakra energy: 3250 (standard movie level 3000~10000)


    Life recovery: 4 points/second


    Chakra recovery: 3 points/second


    Gold remaining: 2070


    Equipment: Seraph''s Embrace, increasing Chakra energy by 1400 points, increasing skill cooldown reduction by 20%, and reducing Chakra consumption by 20%.


    After observing his own attributes, Naraku Uehara breathed a sigh of relief. In addition to his increased physical strength and stamina, his chakra energy broke through 3,000 points, and he finally had a place to survive in this ninja world.


    In addition to these regular rewards, there are life energy recovery and chakra energy recovery, especially the increase in chakra energy recovery, which allows Uehara Naraku to use Wukong and Mayfly without restrictions, at least safe and worry-free.


    All that remains is to wait for the arrival of the dried persimmon ghost shark.


    Naraku Uehara thought of several ways to attract Kisame Kisame, but he was worried that Kisame Kisame''s loyalty to the mysterious masked man, Uehara didn''t want to expose it easily.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    In the end, Naraku Uehara still decided to beat the dried persimmon Kisame to serious injury, and then forcefully bring Kisame back to the Land of Rain. Is this considered as the completion of the mission?


    Outside the mountains.


    A young man with a shark face led a team of more than 20 people to pursue Kirigakure and appeared at the foot of the mountain. In addition to them, a brown-haired woman also led three teams of ninjas, including a powerful scout ninja .


    green.


    Ao is the only white-eyed blood successor who is not from the Hyuga clan. Because of a coincidence during the war, he got a white-eyed ninja, and thus became the ninja with the strongest investigative ability in Wuyin Village.


    The high-end combat power Terumi Mei and Kisame Kisame from Kirigakure''s upper echelon appear here together, and we can know how much they value Hatake Kakashi and Kirigakure Village''s desire for Konoha information.


    Kisame Kisame glanced at the high mountain, and said softly, "Senior Qing, let''s start! Our group of guys can only talk with ninja swords, so we need to trouble Senior when searching for the enemy!"


    "Understood... Roll your eyes open!"


    Qing suddenly raised her two fingers together, opened her white eyes, and carefully searched for traces in the mountains and forests, looking for figures in them.


    After a while, Qing had finished searching, his face suddenly became ugly, and he said in a deep voice: "All the ninjas at the northern outpost have been killed! There are still two living people on this mountain, and one of them is a small brat , the other one is Hatake Kakashi, he is in the eastern forest!"


    "Ha, it looks like we''re in luck!"


    Kisame Kisame took off the samamushi broadsword on his back, looked at Terumi Mei and said, "Then we will capture Kakashi Hatake next, and Terumi Mei-dono will assist us in encircling him. Is this arrangement okay?"


    "casual."


    Terumi Mei waved his hand indifferently, covered his lips and smiled lightly: "Our purpose is to catch that copy ninja, it doesn''t matter who is in charge of attacking and who is in charge of encircling."


    "Then please!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame jumped into the forest dragging the shark-muscle broadsword in his hand, followed by the ninja chasing troops.


    Terumi Mei led his subordinates to set up a blockade along Kakashi''s position in the forest, forcing Kakashi to move in the direction of Kisame Kisame.


    As for Naraku Uehara in the forest, they didn''t care.


    There is only one person who really cares about Uehara Nai''s strength.

 Chapter 29

    A vortex of time and space appeared at the foot of the mountain, and the figure of the mysterious masked man was revealed. A moment later, a very cute girl jumped out of the vortex of time and appeared beside him.


    The mysterious masked man glanced at the Kirigakure ninjas jumping in the forest, and then turned to look at the girl beside him: "The kid will be seriously injured in a while, and you have to save him even if you risk your life. do you understand?"


    "yes."


    The girl lowered her head, and continued softly: "As long as I make him fall in love with me, you promise to spare my hometown and let me go to see Kakashi..."


    "certainly."


    The mysterious masked man tapped his arm, and said in a gloomy voice, "I will never break my promise, but it''s really incomprehensible that there are still women who like Kakashi''s useless ninja."


    "Mr. Kakashi is not a waste!"


    The girl bit her lips with white teeth, she was obviously afraid of the masked man beside her, but she still tried her best to muster up the courage to refute his words.


    The mysterious masked man snorted and ignored her.


    Of course, the mysterious masked man will not tell Hua Ling that Hatake Kakashi is also in this mountain forest and is being hunted by a group of fog ninjas, and this time the crisis is not the same as in the past, and someone will come to rescue him in time Already...


    In the forest.


    Kisame Kisame''s Kirigakure chasing ninja troops had just entered the forest, and they were still tracking Hatake Kakashi''s location.


    Click!


    A card nailed to the tree!


    Just as many ninjas were vigilantly avoiding and looking at the source of the card, another card flew towards them. The target of this card was the leader of the ninja chasing force, Kisame Kisame.


    Even if Kisame escaped the card''s attack in time, he was inevitably wiped by the card on his face, creating a long and narrow wound, and a few drops of blood slowly dripped out.


    That card''s lingering power remained undiminished, and it actually cut off a wild tree that was as thick as the mouth of a bowl!


    Kisame''s face was still very calm, and he waved his hands at his subordinates and said, "Huh? Has someone set their sights on me? Go and tell Your Excellency Terumi Mei that I have a small matter to deal with here, and you all go to help Terumimei-dono, capture the target."


    "Yes, Captain!"


    The Kirigakure Chasing Ninja Troop accepted the order in a deep voice, and each jumped into the distance, not worried about their captain encountering the enemy at all.


    Ever since Kanshi Kisame took over as Xiguashan Puffer Ghost, they have become Kisame''s subordinates, and they have also witnessed the horror of the Kirigakure monsters. So far, Kanshi Kisame has never missed anything when leading them to perform missions!


    What they don''t know is that Kisame Kisame has long been the subordinate of the mysterious masked man standing behind Mizukage.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    On the bright side, Kisame Kisame received the task of arresting Kakashi;


    In fact, what Kanshi Kisame really wanted to do was to beat Uehara Naraku seriously, the worse the better, and let a little girl rescue him.


    Although Kanshi Kisame didn''t understand why the mysterious masked man gave him such a weird task, but as long as it was a task, he would firmly carry it out.


    "Come out, brat!"


    Dried persimmon ghost showed a mouth full of shark teeth, and put on a terrifying smile: "Little ghost, I haven''t fought with all my strength for a long time. If I can enjoy myself today, I can choose a comfortable way to die for you."


    "Dried persimmon ghost shark."


    The figure of a young man appeared in front of Kisame, his body was floating in mid-air, and he was dexterously turning a few cards with his fingertips.


    Naraku Uehara looked down at Kisame Kisame, and said softly, "Well, although we all know the result, the process still needs to go through. I invite you to join a justice organization that maintains peace in the ninja world. Are you interested?"


    "of course not."


    Kisame Kisame smiled contemptuously, put down the shark muscle sword in his hand, and said coldly: "Little ghost, I am a ninja who likes to kill!"


    "That''s really unfortunate, I''m a peace-loving person!"


    The corners of Uehara''s eyes narrowed slightly, and the cards in his hand suddenly shot at the dried persimmon ghost on the ground. The speed of each card was so fast that it even brushed the air to create waves of air!


    Because of the reward blessing of Advanced Mission 3, Uehara''s body has been greatly strengthened, and the power and speed of card throwing are far more than before!


    Dried persimmon and ghost shark are even faster!


    The moment he saw the cards being released, he dodged to avoid the attack of the cards, but one of the cards suddenly exploded like a detonator!


    The dry persimmon ghost shark had no time to defend himself, and his whole body was blown out, not only his clothes were also destroyed by the explosion, but also there were several wounds on his body, but the action of the shark muscle endowed him with super self-healing power, and soon ghost shark died The injury returned to normal.


    "Hey, how are you feeling?"


    Uehara Naraku flew around the air and said softly: "If you die, our organization will have to find a suitable person again!"


    "...If you want to kill me, these are far from enough!"


    Dried persimmon ghost ghost ghost shark responded coldly, and stuck the shark muscle sword in his hand on the ground, and he also fully recognized the difficulty of the enemy!


    If Uehara has been flying in the air, it will undoubtedly make his attack much more difficult. At least his physical advantage and the characteristic of absorbing chakra with shark muscles will be difficult to use.


    Then change the terrain!


    "Water Escape¡¤Big Explosion Water Shockwave!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame joined hands quickly to make a mudra, and a monstrous wave spewed out from his mouth. The waves under his feet were almost at the same height as Uehara Nai''s falling in the air.


    Immediately afterwards, Gui Shar''s movements did not stop at all, one after another, he joined his hands together and made seals, and bit his own finger: "Water Escape ¡¤ Water Shark Bullet Technique!"


    A water shark appeared beside Kisame Kisame, wrapping his body and jumping out of the water, it was actually rushing towards Naraku Uehara in the air nimbly!


    This guy actually came up with this way to let himself attack the enemies in the air. As long as he can shoot down Uehara Naraku from the air, he can immediately take advantage of his powerful physical skills.


    When Kisame Kisame approached Uehara Naraku, he also saw panicked handprints on Uehara''s face, and even one of the handprints was not quite standard...


    "Hmph, brat, your psychic handprints are wrong!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame sneered, his wrist suddenly exerted strength, and he was about to grab Uehara''s neck and bring him to the ground!


    "Ninjutsu, psychic technique!"


    However, with a low shout from the young ninja, a tall monster appeared among them. The monster threw out the iron anchor in his hand, hit the body of Kisame Kisame accurately, and dragged him down again. go down!


    The dried persimmon ghost shark only felt an irresistible force, and he fell from the air, and returned to the lake he created together with the monster.


    After Kisame reacted, he finally saw clearly what the monster that the little ghost channeled looked like...


    A monster that is almost three times his height, its whole body is tightly sealed by iron armor, only its two eyes glow with yellow light, it holds a huge anchor in its hand, the chain at the bottom of the anchor is tight connected to it.


    To the astonishment of Kanshi Kisame, this monster can also do the same as him, not only can breathe freely in the water, but even move without hindrance.


    Naraku Uehara folded his hands, landed around the lake, and said with a light smile, "Mr. Kisame, let me introduce you. This is the opponent I specially prepared for you in the water, the Deep Sea Titan Nautilus." S..."


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    New week, please recommend tickets, please reward!

 Chapter 30

    Kisame Kisame had never seen such a weird psychic ninja beast as the Deep Sea Titan, so he could only stare at the huge anchor carefully, so as not to be hit by the anchor again.


    After experiencing the attack of the anchor just now, Kisame Kisame has already personally felt the terrifying power attached to it! As a member of the persimmon tribe, Kisame''s physical fitness is far superior to that of ordinary people, but compared with the deep sea titan, it is also far behind!


    "Speed ??looks clunky..."


    The dried persimmon ghost grabbed the shark muscle sword, glanced at the deep-sea titan swinging the anchor, a light flashed in the shark''s eyes: "Good opportunity!"


    I saw the dried persimmon ghost shark in the water rushing towards Uehara''s psychic ninja beast like an arrow from the string, the shark muscle sword in his hand protruded vigorously, and the handle of the knife suddenly extended and turned into a chain to wrap around the neck of the deep sea titan!


    "The sea is boundless!"


    A dull voice came from underwater!


    Just when Kisame Kisame was still a little surprised, he saw the deep-sea titan raised its foot, the iron nails on it were clearly visible, and then that huge foot stomped hard on the bottom of the water .


    Dried Persimmon Kisame instantly felt a tremor in the water, like an earthquake, the water waves surged outward under the force of this tremor, sending him flying with his knife!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kisame with a light smile after he was frustrated, and said, "Hey, Mr. Kisame, are you having fun? If you figure it out, you can tell me the answer directly, so you can survive too! "


    "Hmph, naive brat!"


    Dried persimmon ghost stubbornly wiped the blood foam from the corner of his mouth, but his face became extremely solemn.


    The blow from Deep Sea Titan just now was not easy to bear, and his internal organs were also damaged.


    Originally, he thought that this mission was just a lesson to a brat, but he didn''t expect that after the battle, he was seriously injured before fighting the real enemy!


    Dried persimmon ghost shark didn''t dare to hold back his hands any longer, quickly joined his hands together to make a mudra, his palms suddenly slapped on the water surface: "Water escape five food shark!"


    Five water escape sharks quickly appeared in the water and swam towards the deep-sea Titan, biting its armor with open mouths!


    It''s just that their teeth were not sharp enough, but they were all smashed into splashes by the anchor in a moment.


    Every time a water shark is smashed, a new shark will appear beside the dried persimmon ghost shark, swarming around the deep sea titan!


    Repeatedly.


    The regenerated water sharks were killed one after another.


    Kisame''s complexion is getting worse and worse, and the ninjutsu, which has always been invincible, seems to have met its nemesis.


    This ninjutsu was originally intended to save Chakra and torture the enemy, but now it seems to be wasting his Chakra in vain!


    "Shark muscle, it''s time to go!"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark grasped the shark muscle broadsword with one hand, leaned over and rushed towards the deep sea titan, the barbs on the shark muscle body came out in an instant, revealing its whole appearance.


    This is a ninja sword with a mouth.


    In the lake, the steel monster was not afraid at all, and the anchor in his hand suddenly pointed at the dried persimmon ghost, and a shock wave was driven into the ground by it, and the lake below was like a volcanic eruption, with thick waves of water gushing out!


    There is no way to avoid this deep-sea shock!


    Whether it was the surrounding water sharks or dried persimmon ghost sharks, they were all hit by the water waves brought by the shock wave!


    The dried persimmon ghost shark was thrown out of the lake before he could even react, and he lay on the ground in a state of embarrassment!


    The young man with the shark face opened his mouth and spat out a stream of blood, and there were uncontrollable pain all over his body, but he just gritted his teeth and endured it.


    Dried persimmon ghost shark didn''t rest, just looked at an anchor flying towards him, if he resisted this blow again, he might lose his life!


    "I can only try that trick!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame quickly joined hands to form another seal, he glanced coldly at Uehara Naraku on the tree, and said in a deep voice: "Little devil, I pray that you can find a stronger psychic beast in the future! Water Dungeon ¡¤The technique of the big shark bomb!"


    A huge shark was formed beside him, and after circling the ghost shark for a week, the whole shark gradually became extremely huge, bigger than the deep-sea titan. Swim in the direction of the deep-sea Titan.


    In order to allow the shark to swallow the deep-sea Titan, Kisame Kisame did not hesitate to use his own chakra as offerings, making it grow to a large enough size!


    I saw that water shark bit the deep-sea titan and swallowed it into its belly, but the whole water shark exploded in an instant, stirring up waves of waves!


    A puff of smoke dispersed in the water.


    The tall deep-sea titan that Uehara Naraku channeled disappeared without a trace. It just so happened that its psychic time had reached its limit. Ninjutsu restraint.


    Water Escape: Big Shark Bullet Art is a ninjutsu that grows stronger and bigger by devouring the enemy''s Chakra, which can restrain almost any enemy with sufficient Chakra.


    Although Kisame Kisame defeated Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast, his own image is not very good.


    In order to destroy a psychic beast, Kisame''s chakra was almost exhausted, and his body was also severely injured, with countless bones broken all over his body.


    "Shark muscle, come here!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grabbed the handle of the Shark Muscle, greedily felt the remaining Chakra in the Shark Muscle, and tried his best to recover from his injuries, but this Chakra was far from enough!


    "Ninjutsu, psychic technique!"


    Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark quickly joined hands to form mudras, psychic out sharks one by one, and ordered Shark muscle to swallow sharks one by one to replenish chakra and heal wounds.


    At the beginning of the battle, Kisame wanted to kill Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast and teach this kid a profound lesson, but now he has to rely on devouring his own shark to recover his body and chakra.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t stop him either, but watched Kisame''s movements with great interest, and even said kindly: "Mr. Kisame, do you need help? I can bake shark fin for you. Learned the art of grilling well¡­¡±


    "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark ignored his humiliation, just clenched the shark muscle broadsword, stood up slowly, and as the sharks were devoured by the shark muscle, the wounds on his body were gradually healing.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    At least it can support him to fight for a while.


    The battle is not over yet!


    "Water Escape Thousand Food Shark!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame''s palm quickly formed a seal, and he slapped it on the water surface. Thousands of water sharks jumped out of the water and rushed in the direction of Uehara Naraku!


    "It''s a pity, I''m not good at fire escape ninjutsu..."


    The corner of the young ninja''s mouth was still smiling, he just threw out a few detonating symbols with his hands, slowly raised his fingers, and said in a low voice: "Ninja Mutual Riding Detonating Talisman!"


    A series of explosions sounded in the air!


    Each detonating talisman is equivalent to the fire escape ninjutsu of the ninja level. Thousands of detonating talismans were detonated one after another, and the scorching fire wave instantly evaporated the thousand food sharks into water vapor!


    Dried Persimmon Kisame swallowed involuntarily: "..."


    This guy, did he burn a lot of money...


    Tens of thousands of detonating talismans can be sold for hundreds of millions of taels in a place like Wuyin Village, which is scarce.


    Before the smoke and water vapor dissipated, Kisame Kisame felt a pain in his shoulder, and a card pierced through the smoke and stuck on him!


    "Little ghost, do you think you can escape my sight!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame waved the shark-muscle sword in his hand, and slashed towards the strange place in the smoke. He could tell at a glance that there was someone there!


    boom!


    The Shark Muscle Broadsword seemed to have been hammered on a steel plate!


    The tiger''s mouth of the dried persimmon ghost was so painful from the shock, and the shark muscle also let out a cry of pain!


    A childish voice came from the smoke: "Mr. Kisame, it''s better not to be too arrogant in front of me?"


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Continue to ask for recommendation tickets, collections, and rewards!

 Chapter 31

    Uehara Naraku''s body emerged from the smoke, and his body was wrapped in a golden mask to block the attack of the shark muscles. It was the moment of the ultimate skill holy judgment.


    A pair of golden chakra lightsabers hovered beside him, vaguely reflecting the invincible posture of the young ninja.


    Uehara suddenly stretched out his palm, grabbed the barb on Shark''s muscle and turned his body with force, kicked Kisame''s neck, kicking him to the ground, followed by the golden chakra lightsaber, Nailed the dried persimmon ghost shark to the ground!


    "How is this possible¡­"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark fell on the ground and couldn''t move, looking up at the young man who had no wound after being hit by the shark muscle, the surprise on his face could no longer be concealed.


    "Nothing is impossible."


    Uehara Naraku kicked away the shark muscle blocking the road, looked down at the shark''s face on the ground, pinched a card and drew a line on his Kirigakure''s forehead: "From now on, you are the persimmon of the Akatsuki organization." Ghost shark, do you have any comments?"


    Just at this moment, the system had determined that Kisame Kisame was no longer capable of resisting, and issued skill rewards.


    Side task: Defeat the Ninja Sword Seven (2/7), the reward is unknown.


    Side quest: Defeat Kisame Kisame (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward skill: Giant Shark Strike.


    Giant Shark Attack: Remotely summon a giant void shark to attack the target area from the ground. After 2 seconds, the shark will jump out of the ground and devour the souls of all enemies in the area. Chakra consumption is 100 points, and the cooling time is 80 seconds.


    Uehara Naraku accepted the system reward, and was still forcing Kisame Kisame to surrender. The mysterious masked man who had been observing the battle couldn''t sit still.


    Why did the Kisame Kisame lose to Naraku Uehara out of nowhere?


    Standing beside the mysterious masked man, Hualing watched the battle between Kisame and Uehara Naraku with a face full of astonishment. She never thought that there are ninjas who can be so powerful!


    Hualing opened her mouth slightly, and asked in a low voice, "That boy seems to have won... What should we do now?"


    "..."


    The mysterious masked man fell silent. Since Naraku Uehara won, his plan was naturally bankrupt. The most important thing now is to save Kisame Kisame from Uehara''s hands!


    If Kisame Kisame stubbornly refused to surrender, Uehara Naraku would never shy away from killing a Kirigakure ninja.


    That would be the loss of one of his carefully selected subordinates!


    The mysterious masked man didn''t hesitate when he thought of this, and his whole body turned into a vortex of time and space, appearing beside Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame, suddenly appeared and grabbed Uehara''s arm, and said with a smile: "Ah, it seems that there is a relationship between you two." The battle is over!"


    Uehara Naraku''s mind was shocked by the sudden appearance of a mysterious masked man!


    Sure enough, this guy has been secretly following him?


    "Senior Ah Fei."


    Uehara Naraku hastily shook off his arm, and said in a deep voice, "If I remember correctly, your mission should be to find a partner for Senior Scorpion, shouldn''t you appear here?"


    "This..."


    The mysterious masked man scratched his head embarrassingly, and explained brazenly: "I was actually worried about your safety, so I planned to help you persuade Qianshi Guixier to surrender in advance, but I didn''t expect that I came too late, ah, fortunately, you didn''t what happened..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became a little subtle.


    I met an opponent, this guy has a thick skin when wearing a mask!


    If Kisame Kisame fought to the death with him just now, it wasn''t from the order of the mysterious masked man, Naraku Uehara made this shark muscle into a sashimi on the spot and fed it to Kisame Kisame!


    The mysterious masked man didn''t know what Naraku Uehara was thinking. After explaining to Naraku Uehara in a hurry, he squatted down to check on Kisame''s injury.


    After confirming that Kisame''s body was fine, the mysterious masked man laughed and said, "Hehehe, Mr. Kisame, Uehara and I are both members of the Akatsuki organization. You must be willing to join our organization now, right?"


    "Hmph, do I have any other options?"


    Kisame Kisame was surprised for a second when he heard the name of the Akatsuki organization. After a sudden sneer, he followed the masked man''s words and nodded slightly, officially agreeing to join the Akatsuki organization.


    "No, you can still choose to die!"


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head with a smile, and shook his head at Kisame Kisame, choking on a single sentence that made the shark''s face speechless, and even the masked man next to him was a little confused.


    A few words from the mysterious masked man are more effective than a fight?


    This is too disrespectful to him!


    Uehara turned his head to look at the mysterious masked man, and continued: "Senior, this is my task... I think I should kill Kisame Kisame here, invite another person to join the organization, and then go back to tell Teacher Xiaonan, who is also me. My business!"


    "Hey, hey, that''s not okay, brat!"


    The mysterious masked man naturally objected: "Inviting Kisame to join the organization is a decision we made after secretly observing him for a long time! There is no more suitable candidate than Kisame in the entire Wuyin Village!"


    "There are no suitable people in Wuyin Village, but it doesn''t mean that there are no suitable people in the current Water Country!"


    Naraku Uehara looked at the mysterious masked man with dissatisfaction, pointed to the depths of the mountain forest, and said loudly: "Kakashi Hatake, the copy ninja of Konoha, has infiltrated the land of water, and he is now surrounded by a group of ninjas. , we can save Kakashi and recruit him to join the organization..."


    This is purely a joke.


    In fact, Kakashi Hatake''s reputation is much greater than Kisame''s. If Uehara Naraku really invites Kakashi to join the organization in a rescue way, then the Akatsuki organization will definitely only gain another one from Kisame. Leaf''s spy.


    The mysterious masked man didn''t take Uehara''s words as a joke. His attitude was extremely firm, and he objected loudly: "That guy Kakashi Hatake is even worse than trash. Our organization can''t tolerate that guy who kills his companions!"


    "I can bear it!"


    Naraku Uehara spread his hands innocently and said, "Senior Ah Fei, you forgot that Kakuzu-senior in our organization, every time he leaves the base, he will go on a mission with a team of two, and when he comes back, he will carry a box of money by himself..."


    "I think Kakashi and Kaku are different."


    The mysterious masked man felt that this brat Uehara Naraku was very annoying, and he regretted his hastily implemented plan. If this continues, maybe this brat will really give up Kisame Kisame and pull that bastard Kakashi into the Akatsuki organization. !


    "It''s nothing different, is it?"


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head, and explained softly: "I heard that Hatake Kakashi still has Sharingan, which is just right for him to partner with Itachi!"


    It is really reasonable to say this, Naraku Uehara couldn''t bear the idea of ??the devil himself, at this moment he actually had the idea of ??recruiting Kakashi and letting him partner with Itachi!


    It''s a pity that if Hatake Kakashi, who now knows the identity of the mysterious masked man, is really recruited, there is a high probability that the Akatsuki organization will explode on the spot and split up.


    "Bring soil!"


    Just at this time, an unbelievable voice came to everyone''s ears, it was Kakashi Hatake that they had been discussing.


    Konoha''s copy ninja was covered in scars, but he didn''t care about his injuries. Instead, he rushed towards Naraku Uehara and the masked man excitedly!


    Hatake Kakashi staggered a few steps, fell beside the mysterious masked man, murmured in a dazed voice, "Obito...I finally...found you."


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Even though it''s Tuesday, I keep asking for referral tickets!

 Chapter 32

    Hatake Kakashi passed out.


    There is still a burn mark on this man''s arm, and his clothes also look corroded. He should have been attacked by Boiling Dun and Rong Dun ninjas.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    In the entire country of water, there happened to be one woman who possessed these two kinds of blood inheritance.


    When Hatake Kakashi was evading the pursuit, Ao found his traces, and encountered Terumi Mei''s ambush head-on. With a huge disadvantage, Kakashi still pulled back a victory, and even made a draw.


    It''s a pity that he met not only Terumi Mei, but also many fog ninjas.


    In desperation, Hatake Kakashi thought of the Thunder Dun Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin he had just secretly copied, and wanted to use this move to directly defeat all the fog ninjas!


    However, when Kakashi made his handprints, he felt that something was wrong. Fortunately, he had an idea and chose his own Rachel, which made him a way out...


    Just after escaping from birth, Kakashi met his target person who came to the country of water. When he met a group of Mist Ninja, he would definitely die. When he met his old teammate Uchiha Obito, there might be hope of survival.


    Kakashi''s tense mood finally relaxed.


    The mysterious masked man was not in a good mood, he looked at Kakashi Hatake under his feet in shock!


    Ahhhhh!


    Who will tell him, how did Kakashi know his identity?


    And since he even called out his name, it must not be Kakashi''s random guess!


    Which bastard is leaking his identity!


    Obito Uchiha is going crazy!


    Uehara Naraku next to him showed a hint of surprise at the right time, and said with some doubts in his eyes: "Senior Ah Fei? The name Kakashi just said..."


    "..."


    The mysterious masked man regained his sobriety in an instant, and turned his head to look at Uihara Naraku with a fierce look in his eyes, but he still restrained himself: "I don''t know what he''s talking about..."


    "He said Obito."


    Naraku Uehara repeated it innocently, and he even added: "Senior A Fei, are you old acquaintance with Konoha''s Kakashi?"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku''s eyes were still bright: "That''s right! You and Itachi have a very good relationship. It turns out that Senior A Fei is also a ninja from Konoha..."


    "..."


    The mysterious masked man was in a bit of a broken mood, Uehara, a brat, actually analyzed his identity so seriously!


    Doesn''t he know that if a person knows too many secrets and pokes at other people''s privacy, life will become very short?


    Now the mysterious masked man knows that his identity cannot be revealed to others, especially Nagato and Xiaonan.


    They will recognize Uchiha Madara, not necessarily an ordinary Uchiha ninja.


    Since Uehara Naraku seemed to be aware of this secret, the mysterious masked man''s first thought was to block the news!


    A gloved palm suddenly protruded and grabbed Uehara Naraku''s neck. The mysterious masked man said in a sullen voice: "Little ghost, I was still very optimistic about you, but in order not to affect the judgment of Nagato and Xiaonan, I can only kill you here!"


    "senior¡­"


    Naraku Uehara gasped for breath, tightly grasped the wrist of the mysterious masked man, tried to break free from his restraint, and begged in a low voice: "Senior, I will not reveal this secret!"


    "yes?"


    The eyes of the mysterious masked man gradually turned scarlet, and a trace of bloodthirsty madness flashed inside: "But I want to kill you now!"


    "no, do not want!"


    Uehara Naraku panicked and grabbed the detonating talismans one by one, and tried his best to stick them on the mysterious masked man. He said decisively: "Senior, if you don''t agree, then die with me!"


    At this moment, Naraku Uehara planned to give 100% to his acting skills.


    The mysterious masked man didn''t notice the difference at all, perhaps because of his strong self-confidence, he let Uehara Naraku stick the detonating talisman on his body.


    Is this guy not enough brains?


    Or a little too bloated?


    The mysterious masked man didn''t feel anything strange at all, and sneered at Uehara Naraku: "Hmph, are you worthy of dying with me?"


    "senior¡­"


    The pain on Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly faded away, and a strange smile appeared on his face: "Why do you feel that you are not worthy to die with me? You are just an intern in the organization!"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku broke free from Obito''s shackles and flew into the air with a little effort. The young man looked coldly at the mysterious masked man on the ground, and said contemptuously: "Since you don''t want to die together, then you go die!"


    "What a naive brat!"


    The mysterious masked man smiled instead of anger, just when he wanted to continue talking harshly, the sound of detonating symbols exploding interrupted his words!


    boom!


    One by one detonating symbols suddenly exploded!


    Hatake Kakashi and Kisame Kisame who were unconscious on the ground were all blown away by the aftermath of the detonating talisman on the masked man!


    The face of the mysterious masked man remained calm, allowing the detonating talisman bombing to penetrate his body, but he couldn''t hurt him at all, but his right eye turned into a windmill-shaped kaleidoscope Sharingan, where there was a Weird divine power space.


    Through the ability of the kaleidoscope sharingan, the body of the mysterious masked man can be blurred at any time and hide in the space, so as to avoid being hurt by external attacks. This is why he can proudly face most ninjas in the ninja world.


    Within the divine power space.


    The body of the mysterious masked man has already hid in this space, intending to use this to avoid the bombing of the detonating talisman, and also let Uehara Naraku realize the gap in reality.


    Unexpectedly, just after his body entered the Shenwei space, detonating talismans appeared one after another following his body!


    Boom!


    The entire Shenwei space seemed to be celebrating the new year, and the bombardment of the detonating talisman could be heard endlessly!


    And no matter whether the mysterious masked man hides outside or in the divine power space, there will always be a detonating talisman following him inexplicably, causing him to burn out...


    "What the hell is going on! What ninjutsu is this!"


    The mysterious masked man looked up at Naraku Uehara in the air, with a hint of anger in his eyes, he was played by a little ghost in the applause!


    Naraku Uehara raised a finger and said softly, "Shhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh, don''t worry, I only used 100 million detonation symbols, and this fireworks feast will end soon."


    "Bastard brat!"


    The mysterious masked man spat out a mouthful of blood. His clothes had been destroyed, the mask on his face had become tattered, and his body had become dilapidated, but the bombardment of the detonating talisman continued...


    His divine power space, there is no way to get rid of the pursuit of those detonating symbols!


    Naraku Uehara watched the flames of explosions of detonating talismans leisurely. The technique of multiplying detonating talismans is actually a kind of time-space technique, and its invention principle is the simplest psychic technique.


    As long as there is a detonating talisman attached to the target''s body, a single detonating talisman can channel up to trillions of detonating talismans to continuously bomb the target until the target''s body is blown to pieces!


    Even if the mysterious masked man can hide in the divine power space, the detonating talisman will follow him into the divine power space and continue channeling a large number of detonating talismans, which makes him very uncomfortable...


    If he could use the Divine Might Pupil Technique to dodge, the 100 million Detonating Talismans would be just a feast of fireworks; now even if he could use the Divine Power Pupil Technique, he would still be unable to escape the explosion of the Detonating Talisman.


    That''s the only way to use it!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the tragic situation of the mysterious masked man being bombed by the detonating talisman, and said softly: "Okay, if senior dies here, then blame senior for his bad luck!


    If senior is lucky enough to survive my ninjutsu, then return to the organization as soon as possible, and confess your identity to Mr. Konan and Mr. Yahiko! "

 Chapter 33

    "asshole!"


    The mysterious masked man ignored the pain caused by the explosion, looked at Uehara Naraku in the air, and slowly closed his fingers: "I must use Izanagi... must kill everyone present!"


    The mysterious masked man was a little thankful that he and Uchiha Itachi participated in the genocide operation, and collected enough Sangouyu Sharingan from the Uchiha clan, allowing him to use Izanagi''s consumables.


    As long as Izanagi is used, all the damage he receives can be transformed into dreams, and he is a Uchiha himself, so Izanagi''s duration benefits will be maximized.


    "When all your 100 million detonating charms are blown up, it will be your death date, brat!"


    The fire and sound of the explosion of the detonating symbol attracted the attention of other people in the mountain forest, such as the girl Hualing, and the mist ninjas who were chasing Kakashi.


    After Hualing saw Kakashi Hatake, she ran out of the dense forest, and Kakashi Hatake, who was seriously injured on her back, fled the scene quickly.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the strange girl going away in surprise, picked up the dried persimmon Kisame''s neck and flew into the air, and left here with a shark face.


    The detonator roared continuously.


    The mask on the face of the mysterious masked man completely peeled off, revealing his true face. He didn''t care about the damage from the detonating talisman, but just stared at the distant shadow in the air, and said in a hoarse voice: "Little ghost, you can''t escape... "


    "..."


    After the ninja troops from Wuyin Village rushed out, they looked at the man who was still being bombarded by the detonating talisman with some surprise.


    This man is a ruthless character!


    But now neither the traces of Hatake Kakashi nor the captain Kisame Kisame were able to be rescued. The ninja team decided to stay, and planned to take Uchiha back to the village for interrogation after the bombing of the detonator was over. .


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    After the repeated explosions of the mutual detonation charms ended, the transplanted Sangouyu Sharingan in Uchiha Obito''s left eye completely turned gray.


    Even if it is a guided psychic with a detonating talisman, the bombardment time of hundreds of millions of detonating talismans is too short, and Izanagi can easily convert all the damage Uchiha Obito received during this time into a dream.


    It was with this in mind that Naraku Uehara disappeared in front of Obito Uchiha. He is not absolutely sure that he can defeat this guy yet.


    Obito Uchiha glanced at the Kirinin who were present, and under the surprised eyes of these ninjas, his body gradually dissipated in place... Just when the Kirinin were confused, a hoarse shout woke them up!


    "Wood escape¡¤cutting technique!"


    The figure of Obito Uchiha suddenly appeared behind a kirigin, holding a wooden thorn in his hand and inserting it into kirigin''s heart.


    Wooden thorns grew out of Wu Ninja''s body, piercing his body!


    Uchiha Obito pushed away the body of Kirin in front of him with his hands, looked at the other Kirin, and another wooden thorn popped out of his palm... These guys, just let him temporarily vent the pent-up anger in his heart!


    Obito Uchiha felt as if he had returned to the past, back to the night when Nohara Linlin died in battle, that night he was as angry as he is now, killing blood like a river!


    The screams are endless...


    When the head of the last ninja chasing Wunin was twisted off, Obito Uchiha gradually regained his composure and reconsidered his next plan.


    First of all, the crisis of identity exposure was all because of Hatake Kakashi. If Kakashi hadn''t revealed his identity before he fell into a coma, Naraku Uehara would not have known that he was Obito Uchiha...


    So how did Hatake Kakashi know that he is Obito?


    This problem must be found out.


    Obito doesn''t quite believe that Kurogetsu will confide his information to Hatake Kakashi, because it won''t help their plan in the slightest.


    This is even more terrifying.


    If there are still people who have known his identity long ago, wouldn''t they have been secretly aware of all his plans? This is the biggest trouble.


    Second, the crisis of identity exposure must be resolved as soon as possible.


    For all the people present who knew his identity just now, Hualing and Uehara Naraku were on the must-kill list, but before killing Uehara Naraku, they had to learn from him why those detonating symbols kept channeling spirits from his side Come out, is that technique Xiao Nan researched to target him?


    As for how to crack those detonating talismans of infinite psychics, Uchiha Obito has already made plans. As long as the detonating talisman is not attached to the body to lock the body, the fatal situation just now should not happen again.


    In addition to Uehara and Hualing, there are dried persimmons and ghost sharks.


    However, Kisame has always thought that he is Uchiha Madara, and he can test it a little later. If Kisame Kisame is still loyal to him, he can stay.


    As for the bad guy Kakashi Hatake, he definitely cannot be killed, because he still needs to ask who told him the news...


    The last question, if his identity is completely exposed, what should Xiaonan and Nagato do to regain their trust after they learn that he is not Uchiha Madara?


    A Uchiha Madara successor?


    No, as long as it is a powerful Uchiha is enough!


    Anyway, Obito didn''t want to be Uchiha Madara''s puppet for a long time, and live in his name, that old man is already dead!


    Obito Uchiha clenched his fists tightly. After all, only powerful ninjas can have the right to speak in this ninja world.


    If Nagato can''t crack his Kamui ability, he can only continue to execute according to his plan.


    As long as he still has the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, he can still control everything in the dark.


    "Now go find Hatake Kakashi first, take this opportunity to extract the most important information from him, and ask who is behind my back!"


    Uchiha Obito grabbed the turban of a Mist ninja, wiped the blood from his hands casually, and threw the bloody turban on the body of Mist ninja.


    Then he stepped forward step by step over the corpse, stepping on the plasma on the ground, and a space-time vortex appeared beside him, taking him into the space of Kamui, leaving only the horrifying mist ninjas all over the place.


    When Uchiha Obito slaughtered Kirinin, Uehara Naraku had already flown to a secluded barren mountain with dried persimmon Kisame, and threw the shark''s face on the ground with his hands.


    Kisame Kisame didn''t mind at all, staring at the young man standing in front of him, he even smiled and said, "Ha, I thought you would kill me..."


    "That would be too much of a waste of resources."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the samascule sword that climbed onto Kisame''s body, and continued softly: "I advise you to give up the idea of ??resisting, and tell me about the mysterious masked man."


    "You actually want to ask for information from me?"


    Kisame Kisame threw away Sharkis'' handle, and asked Uehara Naraku with a smile: "You are obviously members of an organization, but you want to ask me an insignificant person, don''t you think it''s a little unwise?"


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head silently, looked at the small eyes of the dried persimmon Kisame on the ground, suddenly smiled and said: "Mr. Kisame, when did you like to talk nonsense?"


    In the next second, Uehara''s smile faded instantly, and he said indifferently: "Okay, don''t waste our time with each other, Kisame Kisame, do you think what you saw is the truth of the ninja world?"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame looked calm, as if he was used to seeing life and death, he asked softly: "What do you think is the truth? You are just an ignorant person, you want to get some incomprehensible information from me!"


    When he was talking, he took advantage of Uehara''s unpreparedness and unknowingly put his fingers together, trying to make a seal secretly.


    Naraku Uehara kicked his palm away, stared straight into Kisame''s eyes, and said in a deep voice, "Kissimmon Kisame, don''t do such little tricks in front of me... Let me find out again, and I''ll kill you!" Chop up the shark muscle and feed it to the dog!"


    "..."


    The dried persimmon ghost subconsciously let go of the handle when he heard the words, and the shark-muscle sword moved his body shyly and hid to the other side.

 Chapter 34

    "Okay, I don''t want to waste time."


    Uehara Naraku picked up dried persimmon Kisame and sat up, looked straight at him and said, "If Momochi doesn''t cut it, he should go to assassinate the fourth Mizukage now, but he never imagined that the fourth Mizukage of Wuyin Village has already been killed by someone." Controlled with illusion, right?"


    Naraku Uehara refused to continue talking nonsense, and directly punctured the biggest secret in Kanshi Kisame''s heart. By the way, he also sold Momochi, and there was no one else around here anyway, and no one knew what Taochi was going to do.


    In the entire Wuyin Village, only Kisame Kisame knew the truth about Yakura Fourth Yakura being controlled by illusion, and he even served the person who controlled Mizukage.


    Naraku Uehara looked at Kisame Kisame word by word, and continued in a low voice: "That guy claims to be Uchiha Madara... right?"


    "..."


    Kisame''s eyes bulged, and he looked at Naraku Uehara in disbelief. He couldn''t imagine that Naraku Uehara knew so many things. The person who controlled the fourth Mizukage did indeed call himself Madara Uchiha to Kisame.


    Now that Uehara has mentioned Madara''s name, it is basically confirmed that he actually knows everything about Wuyin Village well.


    Ganshi Guixia restrained his expression, and said calmly: "Since you already know so much, what do you want from me? It sounds like your Excellency knows the identity of that person?"


    "That''s right."


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and said in a low voice: "He has been lying to you, you heard it just now, his real name is Obito Uchiha, before he was just a Chunin of Konoha!


    After awakening the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, he relied on his pupil technique to call himself Uchiha Madara, cheating everywhere in the ninja world, and promoting his evil ideas... such as the Moon Eye Project? "


    "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark''s heart skipped a beat, and immediately fell down a little bit.


    Now that the true identity of the mysterious masked man has been exposed, the so-called Moon Eye Project can''t be hidden from other people''s eyes.


    Ghost Shark felt a little frightened in his heart.


    When he saw Uchiha ''Madara'' appear for the first time, showing that he had been secretly controlling the Fourth Mizukage, Kisame knew that he was the biggest black hand in Kirigakure Village.


    However, Uehara Naraku in front of him knew all this well!


    This twelve-year-old boy seems to be more like the real mastermind behind the scenes than the fake Mr. Madara.


    Dried Persimmon Kisame feels that the world is not worth it, the world is always deceiving him.


    Whenever he thinks he has learned part of the truth, another layer of fog will be lifted, allowing him to clearly realize his ignorance and weakness.


    But now, another chance to reveal the truth!


    Although there must be countless hidden things behind Uehara''s so-called truth!


    Kisame Kisame pondered for a while, raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku firmly, and opened his mouth full of shark teeth: "Then can you tell me, what is the truth about the Moon Eye Project?"


    "Do you really want to know?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at him with a half-smile, bought a piece of Dark Spear equipment from the system store in his brain, and threw it on the ground: "If you really want to know, pick up this Dark Lance , sign a soul contract with me!"


    Dark Spear: Propose to others to sign a cooperation agreement through the Dark Spear. If they accept the agreement, the Dark Spear will enter their bodies and bind their souls. If they betray the contract, the betrayer''s soul will be It will be included in the Spear of Darkness to strengthen its power. (Only one person can be bound, and can be undone voluntarily)


    "If it allows me to see the true face of this world, death is just a trivial price for me."


    Kisame Kisame let out a low laugh without any hesitation. When he leaned over to hold the spear of darkness on the ground, a dark green energy wrapped around his body, and the other end of the dark green energy was connected to Uehara Naraku''s body.


    After the two of them were enveloped by the dark green energy, a haughty female voice came to their ears, sighing like a god: "The oath has been signed."


    When the soul contract was completed, Uehara Naraku found that a state and a skill automatically appeared on his system panel.


    Dark Spear (contracted):


    Life energy of both parties +10% (activated)


    Chakra energy of both parties +10% (activated)


    Call of Destiny: If the contract is near you, you can pull the contractor to your side. The contractor is invincible and cannot be selected. It lasts for 4 seconds. The duration is related to the consumption of Chakra. After the skill ends, you can throw the contractor to In any direction, the skill consumes a minimum of 100 chakras and has a cooldown of 120 seconds.


    Whether it is the increase of life energy and chakra energy or the skill of calling of fate, Uehara Naraku suddenly felt that this wave of money was a bit too much!


    Uehara Naraku felt that the call of fate was more like he was born to protect Kisame Kisame, and now he wanted to cancel the soul contract with Kisame Kisame, and let Xiaonan bind the contract of Dark Spear in the future.


    Kisame Kisame naturally didn''t know all of this, if he knew Naraku Uehara''s thoughts, he might tear up the contract on the spot...


    In addition, there are several side missions.


    Side task: have the first subordinate (1/1), the task is completed, reward 100 gold coins.


    Side quest: A subordinate (1/1) with a shadow-level chakra power, the quest has been completed, and the reward is 1,000 gold coins.


    After Uehara Naraku saw the rewards of the mission, he wanted to praise the system a little bit, not only let him get fat directly, but also let him know one thing.


    Kisame Kisame should have resolutely chosen to be his subordinate, so he would be judged as his subordinate by the system. In this way, he can judge who is his real one only by relying on the task panel of the system.


    After all, Bai, who Uehara thought he was close to, must not have regarded him as a boss in his heart, maybe Bai still regarded him as a begging partner!


    This feeling is kind of weird...


    Uehara Naraku glanced at his gold coin balance, suppressed the ecstasy in his heart, and quickly bought a piece of equipment he had wanted for a long time: that piece of madman armor worth 2,850 gold coins.


    Outlaw Armor:


    Life energy +800


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Base Life Regeneration +200%


    Skill Cooldown Reduction +10%


    Passive skill: When the life energy reaches 3000 points, the effect of the madman''s heart will be activated automatically. If no damage is received within 6 seconds, 5% of the maximum life energy will be restored every second. (activated)


    After getting this piece of equipment, Uehara Naraku breathed a sigh of relief. Although he has the invincible skill of the moment of divine judgment, this skill has a cooldown time, and the existence of the madman''s armor still makes him feel more secure.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at his own attributes, feeling inexplicably that he had reached the pinnacle of his life.


    Life energy: 3301 (standard shadow level 3000~10000)


    Chakra energy: 3575 (standard movie level 3000~10000)


    Life energy recovery: 6 points/second


    Chakra energy recovery: 3 points/second


    Gold remaining: 320


    After reading his own attributes, Naraku Uehara was in a good mood, and his attitude towards Kisame Kisame became friendly. He looked at the first subordinate he recruited with a gentle face: "Okay, what do you want to know? I can answer you!"


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 35

    This moment.


    The dry persimmon ghost shark''s face was also very shocked.


    He obviously just signed a contract, but he actually got a lot of chakra and body energy boosts from that dark green energy!


    Therefore, the first question Kisame raised was about his new power: "I want to know what kind of spell this is, it can actually improve my strength and chakra..."


    Naraku Uehara got stuck at the very first question that Kisame Kisame asked.


    Embarrassment appeared on the young ninja''s face, he quickly waved his hands and explained casually: "This is a gift from the Dark Spear to you, let''s talk about the Moon Eye plan proposed by that liar Uchiha Obito! "


    Kisame Kisame nodded, and said seriously: "This is what I want to know the most, whether the Moon Eye Project can achieve peace in the ninja world..."


    "cannot."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and explained in a deep voice: "The Moon Eye Project is a huge conspiracy. Behind it are many conspirators who use this plan to deceive people. Heijue used this plan to deceive Uchiha Madara into its use. Uchiha Madara used this plan to deceive Uchiha Obito, Uchiha Obito is using this plan to deceive my teacher..."


    "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark just listened to the general idea, and felt a little bit numb. Isn''t this month''s eye project just a set of dolls?


    Sounds a bit like a pyramid scheme...


    The Uchiha Obito who lied to him was also a target of being deceived!


    Kisame Kisame''s eyes widened, and he said in a low voice, "Then what will the Moon''s Eye Project eventually lead to?"


    "Well¡­"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his hands, and said helplessly, "Maybe I will resurrect an old woman who has lived for more than a thousand years and gave birth to two sons, but still looks a little cute!"


    "..."


    Kisame couldn''t understand at all, he finally realized a question, in fact, he shouldn''t have asked so many questions, because there were too many things he couldn''t understand.


    The so-called truth of the ninja world is too complicated, and Naraku Uehara and him cannot figure it out in a short time.


    Kisame thought for a while, then asked aloud: "Then what can I do? Kill that Uchiha Obito and stop this plan?"


    "No."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and said softly: "What you have to do is to join the Akatsuki organization, lurk down, pretend to be a spy sent by Uchiha Obito to monitor Uchiha Itachi, and when I need it, I will ask you about Uchiha Obito Information about soil and Uchiha Itachi."


    "..."


    Kisame Kisame after a while, figured out what Uehara Naraku meant, and said with a smile: "Actually, I am the spy you sent, but I want to pretend to be the spy of that liar Uchiha Obito monitoring that Genocide Itachi, yes Bar?"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    "You are very wise."


    Uehara Naraku praised Kisame Kisame, and then added: "When we return to the Akatsuki organization, don''t be too polite to me. For some reason, I am still just an intern in the organization."


    "How many interns does the Xiao organization have?"


    Kisame Uehara looked at Naraku Uehara a little speechlessly: "When that guy called Obito found me and ordered me to beat you to serious injuries, he also told me that he is just an intern of the Akatsuki organization now."


    "I''m not like him."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, and explained softly: "Uchiha Obito just used the name of an intern to hide himself, and secretly monitored every move of the Akatsuki organization, and I am the real intern of the Akatsuki organization, the kind that is rooted in Miaohong. "


    Dried persimmon ghost shark shook his head and remained silent.


    Of course he couldn''t tell his new boss bluntly that this boss was much more hidden than Obito Uchiha.


    I don''t know why this Xiao organization has so many spies or conspirators with different ideas, but it has not been disbanded until now...


    What an organization whose vitality is as tenacious as a miracle!


    Naraku Uehara was thinking to himself, besides the matter of Momochi and Shiro, there was nothing else to do in the Land of Water. Thinking of this, Uehara asked Kisame aloud: "What else do you have in the Land of Water?" Anything to deal with?"


    "No, shall we leave the kingdom of water now?"


    Gan Shi Gui Sha shook his head, he was carefree in the first place.


    After a while, Kisame Kisame seemed to have thought of something, and said with a smile, "Just now I heard that Momochi is going to assassinate the Fourth Mizukage, so why don''t we give Obito Uchiha a gift before we leave... kill How about that Mizukage-sama who is controlled by him?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, remembering the bloodthirsty nature of Kisame Kisame, couldn''t help but said: "Wuyin Village is your hometown..."


    "That''s why I helped them end the Blood Mist before defecting!"


    Kisame Kisame put the sambar sword on his back, and said softly: "As a ninja who has killed many comrades in the village, I know the pain of killing companions very well... Master Mizukage the Fourth Mizukage issued so many orders to kill companions, really He''s already in pain, right?"


    Who can bear the pain of killing a fellow man?


    Even Kisame, who is now numb in his heart, has felt this pain before. When he was the loneliest, he met a female ninja who was friendly to him, but he killed the female ninja with his own hands because of the order of his boss. .


    If the Fourth Mizukage Yagura was released from the illusion, knowing that the cannibalism in Kirigakure Village is due to his order, this Mizukage-sama will definitely commit suicide in grief, right?


    Naraku Uehara looked at Kisame Kisame who was full of excitement, and felt that he could not dampen the enthusiasm of his subordinates: "Okay, do whatever you want!"


    After killing the Fourth Mizukage Yakura, Obito Uchiha, who secretly controlled Yakura, probably vomited blood in his heart. This is actually a good thing.


    However, Kisame Kisame shook his head instead, showing his mouth full of shark teeth, and said with a light smile: "No, I can''t do this matter... because I still have to lurk in the camp of Uchiha Obito, if I kill Losing Mizukage-sama will arouse his suspicion."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku immediately understood the meaning of Kisame Kisame, who wanted to use his hand and the opportunity to assassinate Mizukage again, and make some contributions to their hometown.


    If it weren''t for what Kisame said made sense, Uehara Naraku felt that it would not be easy to tell who is the boss between him and Kisame...


    Naraku Uehara frowned and said, "It''s not that easy to assassinate the Fourth Mizukage, especially since there is a tailed beast in his body, let''s find out his information first..."


    "Don''t worry, I know the whereabouts of Mizukage-sama."


    Kisame Kisame shook his head with a light smile, and provided information to his new boss: "Since Yagura was seriously injured by Uchiha Itachi and Loquat Juzo, he has been living in his original residence, which is the forbidden area of ??Wuyin Village. Only his henchman ninjas can get close."


    "Understood."


    Uehara Naraku sighed.


    Anyway, when he went to assassinate the Fourth Mizukage, he could complete several side quests in addition to blocking that Uchiha Obito guy.


    The reward for assassinating Mizukage might be a little bit richer, right?


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 36

    "Is this where the fourth Mizukage lived?"


    When Naraku Uehara and Kisame Kisame rushed to the lakeside residence of the Fourth Mizukage, they only saw a pile of Kirinin''s corpses lying on the shore, and the clear lake water was also scarlet.


    Kisame Kisame nodded, looked at the surrounding environment, and said in admiration: "If you don''t kill that guy, he killed so many Mizukage Guardian Shinobi, it seems that he has not been short of time to prepare!"


    Judging from the traces of the battle at the scene and the temperature of the blood, it has not been long since Momochi Zabuken assassinated the Fourth Mizukage Yakura, maybe he is still hiding nearby.


    As for the outcome of the battle between them, neither Naraku Uehara nor Kisame Kanaki is very optimistic that Momoji Zabuza can kill Yakura, and the three-tailed Jinchuriki cannot be resolved through those assassination methods.


    Suddenly there was a wave of waves on the water!


    An ugly behemoth sprang out, the thorns and thorns on its back were dripping with water droplets, three tails as hard as steel swayed back and forth behind it, and a pair of strange eyes stared at the two people on the bank.


    "Ah?"


    Instead of seeing the fear of the giant beast on the face of the dried persimmon ghost, there was a smile on his face: "You can force Mizukage-sama to turn into a tailed beast, and if you don''t kill that guy, you really can''t underestimate his strength! "


    This giant beast is Sanwei Isofu of Wuyin Village.


    The next moment, after the tortoise-like monster glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark, its figure turned into a puff of smoke and disappeared within the sight of the two.


    A ninja who looked like a boy suddenly stepped out of the smoke. There was a suture-like scar on his face, but it didn''t look scary, but rather cute.


    It was the fourth Mizukage Kutachi Yakura, his eyes were a bit cold and he said: "Hmph, I''m just a coward if I don''t kill that guy, I don''t need to use Isofu''s power at all, I just let Isofu come out to breathe..."


    Kisame Kisame spread out his palm, looked at Naraku Uehara, smiled lightly and said, "If you are going to face Master Uehara next, please Master Mizukage not to be stingy with using Mizuo Isofu''s power, otherwise it will be very difficult It¡¯s hard to let Uehara-sama have fun!¡±


    "Is that so?"


    Goju Yagura took a look at Uehara Naraku, nodded seriously and said: "I know, I won''t hold back."


    "Hey, hey, don''t listen to ghost shark''s nonsense!"


    Naraku Uehara glared at his new subordinate, then turned to Yagura Kudachi and said, "After all, if you use Mitsuo Isofu, you will die in pain... Why don''t you let me kill you in this form? It is more convenient for everyone.¡±


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s words made Goju Yagura''s face look ugly, why is this brat so arrogant?


    The fourth Mizukage didn''t look at him, but instead looked at the shark-faced ninja: "Kikisame, it seems that you also want to assassinate me? Is this kid the helper you found?"


    "No, Mizukage-sama, don''t misunderstand."


    Kisame Kisame shook his head, denied Yagura''s accusation, and continued with a light smile: "I will not intervene in this battle, because now I am just an innocent person who was threatened to assassinate Mizukage-sama! "


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    According to his plan with Uehara Naraku, he will not participate in this battle.


    Because he also wanted to see Uehara''s strength.


    Defeating or killing people at the Five Kage level is also a measure of strength.


    "Then I''ll deal with you after I kill him!"


    Yakura looked at Uehara Naraku, his palm suddenly turned over, and the green flower iron rod weapon behind his back fell into his hand, and he was the first to attack Uehara Naraku!


    Uehara Naraku grabbed his weapon with one hand. Since his life energy increased to over 3000 points, both his strength and speed have been greatly enhanced. It is still easy to block Yagura''s attack!


    "Strength, not bad."


    Naraku Uehara sighed, not knowing whether he was praising himself or Yakura, but what he said undoubtedly angered the fourth Mizukage in front of him.


    Yakura''s palm suddenly turned blood red, and he slapped Uehara Naraku''s chest suddenly, a clump of coral quickly solidified Uehara''s body!


    This is the ability from Sanwei Isofu, Coral Palm!


    Only Jinchuriki who can borrow the power of the three tails can use the coral palm. Once hit, the body will quickly grow coral.


    Yakura, who is a perfect jinchuriki, can turn any part of his body into a half-tailed beast at any time. Borrowing the ability of Sanwei Isofu, this technique is almost caught off guard, and many ninjas are inexplicably planted in this style of ninjutsu. superior.


    As expected, the Fourth Mizukage did not break his promise, he promised not to hold back, and immediately used Mitsuo''s ability directly on Uehara Naraku!


    "It''s quite troublesome..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the ever-growing coral on his body, which covered his whole body almost instantly, and whispered: "I just had a face-to-face meeting, so do you use this kind of power?"


    The moment of the Holy Judgment!


    A golden light mask emanated from Uehara''s body, instantly dispelling the coral palms on his body, and a chakra lightsaber swung with Uehara''s palm, all stabbing at Yakura!


    Yagura''s iron rod flipped, and a stream of water fell from his green flower, turning into a mirror and suddenly lying in front of them!


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Mirror Technique!"


    A ninja exactly the same as Naraku Uehara emerged from the mirror, and the chakra lightsaber pierced Uehara, another water incarnation, almost instantly.


    Yagura turned over to avoid Uehara''s attack, frowned, and said with a disconcerted expression, "Did the copying of the water mirror technique fail?"


    A ninja that is exactly like the enemy will appear in the water mirror technique, and can even use the enemy''s ninjutsu. The copy just now obviously failed.


    Uehara Naraku punched Yagura''s jaw, knocking him flying, then twisted his wrist and said, "Well, the reason why I can''t copy it may be because this world can only accommodate one me." ?¡±


    "Little devil, you are really brazen!"


    Yagura was knocked to the ground by Uehara Naraku, he turned over abruptly, and quickly started to join his hands together to make a seal: "Water escape, water dragon...!"


    Uehara Naraku stepped on the ground, and the gravel splashed!


    Uehara''s speed was too fast, forcing Yakura to give up the knot seal. Unexpectedly, the fourth Mizukage was not surprised at all, but a thick tail came out from behind him!


    That''s the tail of three tails!


    Yakura flicked the tail behind his back suddenly, slammed Uehara''s body fiercely, and sent him flying. This guy was using the knot seal to lure Uehara to attack!


    Naraku Uehara, who was flying upside down in the distance, patted the mud on his body and stood up again. He saw that his life energy dropped by more than a thousand points, which means that the blow just now by Yakura was powerful enough to Easily kill an ordinary ninja...


    Kisame, who was watching the battle, shook his head, looked at Naraku Uehara, and sighed: "There are more ways to break the seal, but I chose the most dangerous way, but it is no wonder that I am so confident... "


    "I wanted to fight you as an ordinary ninja, but you used the power of the tailed beast..."


    Naraku Uehara squeezed her fingers, and calmly began to join hands together to make a handprint, looked at Yagura and said softly: "Your Excellency, Fourth Mizukage, I forgot to tell you, I really hate others cheating in front of me..."

 Chapter 37

    Fourth Mizukage Yakura couldn''t understand what Uehara meant, but he could see Uehara''s palms forming seals, and Yakura couldn''t tell whether the boy in front of him was seriously forming seals or trying to lure him forward to attack.


    After all, Uehara Naraku''s handprints were in a messy order, and some of the handprints were not in place at all...


    But his expression when he made the seal was extremely serious.


    The dried persimmon ghost who stood watching the battle is a ninja who is extremely persistent in the seal. He couldn''t stand Naraku Uehara''s seal, and corrected him: "Master Uehara, your hand seal is wrong again, and the Seal of Hai is formed like this words are invalid..."


    "shut up!"


    Uehara Naraku''s face turned red, and he retorted aloud: "What is the seal of Hai that is effective and invalid? What''s the use of the knot seal? It is enough to release ninjutsu..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku raised his palm towards the sky in order to verify his words, and shouted sharply: "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prio Yin!"


    The thundercloud storm covered the sky in an instant!


    Lightning bolts drifted in the thundercloud storm, and one of them burst out suddenly, falling towards the fourth Mizukage Yakura!


    The thick tail behind Yakura blocked the lightning attack, and he glanced at the scorched tail with a little doubt in his eyes.


    This... how to release the thunder escape ninjutsu?


    Yakura still hadn''t figured out why Naraku Uehara in front of him inexplicably released the Thunder Escape Ninjutsu, and another bolt of lightning fell down on his tail!


    "Ok?"


    Yagura regained his composure, and watched another bolt of lightning burst out of the thunderstorm. His face finally became serious: "Will this technique attack twice in one second?"


    This time interval is too short!


    Not to mention letting Yagura release a ninjutsu, even rushing to Uehara Naraku and using taijutsu to interrupt his ninjutsu is not enough time.


    "Little devil, no wonder you dare to assassinate me..."


    Kuju Yagura clenched his palm tightly, and a mass of scarlet chakra emerged from his body. The mass of chakra contained evil and rage, and covered his body almost instantly. It''s the three-tailed chakra!


    "But this power is far from enough!"


    In the roar of Yakura, the red chakra completely covered his face, and at this moment Yakura''s body formed a layer of tailed beast coat, with a frightening and uneasy aura.


    The dry persimmon ghost shark who was watching the battle also showed a trace of solemnity on his face, and he had already grasped the shark muscle sword that wanted to jump out of his palm.


    This is the power of the Tailed Beast!


    For thousands of years, the power of the nine tailed beasts has symbolized destruction and rage, and each of the Jinchuriki who can use the power of the tailed beasts can easily become a shadow-level powerhouse.


    The next moment, the ground under Yagura''s feet shattered instantly!


    The half-tailed Yagura almost ignored the lightning attack, and turned into a red monster, rushing towards Naraku Uehara, his speed was so fast that Uehara could hardly see his movements clearly!


    In the next second, Yagura had already rushed in front of Uehara, and the fist wrapped in Tailed Beast Chakra was about to hit Uehara''s chest!


    "Command Shockwave."


    A puppet appeared in Uehara''s hands, and the puppet suddenly opened, and the surrounding space was quickly pulled and distorted visible to the naked eye!


    Yagura was pulled into a ball by the space distortion in embarrassment!


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Yakura''s body indifferently, a purple energy ray shot out from his eyes, and the chakra coat on Yakura''s body was burned instantly!


    "Ahhhhhhhhhh..."


    The severe pain and the disappearing pain on the surface of his body made Yagura howl uncontrollably, and scales slowly emerged from his body, using the power of the three tails to try to resist the attack of the energy rays.


    Finally, a huge monster suddenly appeared!


    The complete Mio Isofu appeared in front of Uehara Naraku again, but right now his body was extremely miserable, with pitted wounds all over his body.


    "Roar!"


    The life form disintegration ray continues!


    Even when Sanwei appeared, he was struggling to endure the pain that eroded his soul. There was a boundless wave of water under his body, rushing towards Naraku Uehara!


    The energy rays in Uehara''s eyes kept coming, and he just stretched out his palm casually, summoning a huge wind wall: "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Barrier!"


    The chakra that appeared on the wind wall overturned Sanwei''s water escape ninjutsu, and the water waves rolled and slapped Sanwei''s body!


    "¡­what?"


    Kisame Kisame, who had always been quite calm, looked at this scene, his expression completely collapsed: "It''s fine to release ninjutsu without seals... Lord Uehara, he can release two different kinds of ninjutsu at the same time. Attribute ninjutsu?"


    The shark face scratched his head and couldn''t figure out what the reason was!


    The only thing Kisame Kisame can be sure of is that if Sanwei is still under the attack of purple energy rays, its death is only a matter of time.


    The purple energy released from Uehara''s eyes is really domineering!


    However, a splash of water under Sanwei''s feet suddenly surged and turned into a huge water man, and he punched it into the air, saving it from the attack of the energy rays!


    Immediately afterwards, the huge water man turned his head and stretched out a finger in the direction of Uehara, and a crisp voice resounded in everyone''s ears: "Water escape, the art of water iron cannon!"


    A gushing torrent shot at Uehara Naraku!


    Uehara Naraku was hit by a water iron cannon head-on, and his body flew upside down. The purple energy rays swept everything around him uncontrollably, and the weak creatures like trees and weeds turned into nothingness out of thin air!


    "When did this guy come?"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark''s expression changed, he picked up the shark muscle sword in his hand and stood up, his eyes slowly looked at the huge water man.


    The huge water men slowly gathered together, turning into a young ninja full of sharp teeth, appearing in front of their eyes.


    "Senior Ghost, what''s going on?"


    The young ninja glanced at Kisame Kisame, who was standing on the sidelines, and Naraku Uehara, who was standing up again, frowned and said, "That guy...is he here to assassinate Mizukage-sama?"


    "yes!"


    Kisame Kisame grasped the ninja knife in his hand, looked at the young ninja in front of him with a light smile and said, "Could it be that you came to assassinate Mizukage-sama just like Zabuzhan? As the future hope of Wuyin Village, you defected." It''s not so good...the ghost lamp is full of the moon."


    Now able to perform the jutsu of hydration and the family-inherited ninjutsu of the ghost clan, with such a strong strength, it can only be another of Kirigakure''s seven ninja swords, the ghost lamp full moon.


    He is also the youngest in Wuyin Village and one of the most powerful Seven Ninja Swordsmen in history.


    The Seven Ninja Swordsmen have always selected members based on their strength and compatibility with the ninja swords, but the Ghost Lamp Clan has always been able to easily get the favor of the Seven Ninja Swords.


    In addition, the ghost full moon also has extraordinary ninjutsu talent and the rich family background of the ghost clan, and has always been considered by ordinary Kirigakure ninjas as a man who can guide Kirigakure''s revival in the future.


    Guideng Manyue didn''t answer Ganshi Guixie''s words, but frowned and looked at the bandaged wound on Qianshi Guixie''s body, and asked aloud: "Senior Guishui, please answer me first, why are you here? Otherwise, I will put You are listed together as enemies that need to be eliminated."


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!

 Chapter 38

    "So which side are you on?"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame looked at Ghost Lantern Moon with a playful smile, and held the shark-muscle sword on his shoulder: "Little fellow of the Ghost Lantern Clan, I remember that you were never allowed to approach this place, right? You came to Mizukage-sama''s residence, Do you want to rescue Mizukage-sama, or do you want to kill Mizukage-sama and the assassin together?"


    "..."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon fell silent.


    Dried persimmon and ghost shark''s words pierced the illusion of peace of the ghost lantern full moon.


    The Ghost Lantern Clan in Wuyin Village is a wealthy family in the village, and the most prosperous period was undoubtedly when Ghost Lantern Huanyue became the second generation of Mizukage. Since then, the status of the Ghost Lantern Clan in Wuyin Village has also been established.


    However, since then, the Ghost Lantern Clan has hardly been compatible with the previous Mizukages, and their status is too detached.


    These ghost lamp clan ninjas who can use the technique of hydration are powerful. They have been in charge of seven ninja swords, and they are the leaders of the seven ninja swords. They are responsible for managing this powerful ninja team that is not very obedient to Mizukage.


    The Ninja Seven, a ninja team that is not very convinced by Mizukage, is very friendly to the Ghost Lamp Clan, because the Ghost Lamp Clan can freely channel seven ninja swords.


    Isn''t this a crazy temptation on the verge of death?


    The status of the ghost lamp clan is very similar to that of Konoha''s Uchiha clan.


    No, the status of the ghost lamp clan is much stronger than that of Konoha''s Uchiha clan. At least their clan once produced a Mizukage, but the head of the Uchiha clan can''t even get a high-level position in Konoha.


    In any case, the relationship between the Ghost Lamp Clan and the Ninja Seven is doomed for them to be unable to live in harmony with the high-level ninjas headed by Mizukage.


    After many years of war, the members of the Ghost Lantern Clan suffered heavy losses on the battlefield, and their talents were gradually withering.


    Coincidentally, only Uchiha Itachi and his younger brother Uchiha Sasuke are left in the Uchiha clan of Konoha, and the ghost lamp clan in Wuying Village is now only the ghost lamp full moon and his younger brother ghost lamp water moon.


    Looking at the silent ghost lantern full moon, Kisame Kisame chuckled and continued: "If you kill Mizukage-sama here, even if you are only thirteen years old this year, you are still very likely to be elected by many people as the successor of the village. The Fifth Generation Mizukage..."


    "..."


    On the contrary, Guideng Manyue shook his head, stretched out his hand to hold the ninja knife behind his back, raised his head to look at the dried persimmon Kisame and said in a deep voice: "Then I can only disappoint Senior Kisame, I will not betray the village, let alone seek revenge. Ni killed Mizukage-sama."


    "Then what are you talking about here!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice came out, and his body turned into a black shadow and appeared in front of the ghost lamp full moon, and he punched the ghost lamp full moon on the head, splashing a large amount of water!


    The splashing water gathered again and turned into the head of the ghost lamp full moon. The hydration technique from the ghost lamp family can completely prevent physical attacks at this level.


    Naraku Uehara watched Ghost Lantern Moon''s head being hit hard, but seemed to ignore it, and couldn''t help but exclaim: "Tsk, is the technique of hydration? It''s really amazing..."


    "Your Excellency is more terrifying."


    Ghost Lantern Moon''s face gradually became serious, and he stretched out his hand to hold the ninja knife behind him, and said softly: "A person who has suffered a blow from the frontal water iron cannon without being injured...even I have never seen it. "


    "Well, now you see it."


    Uehara Naraku was a little thankful that he bought the lunatic armor early, and the recovery speed of life energy was far faster than before. It''s just that during the time when the ghost lamp full moon and the dried persimmon ghost were talking, his life energy had already recovered seven or eighty-eight.


    Just when they confronted each other.


    Mizukage in the lake suddenly turned into smoke and dissipated, Fourth Mizukage Yakura climbed up, clutching his arm tightly, blood dripped from his fingers.


    As a three-tailed jinchuriki, Yakura also has a strong recovery ability, but the wound left by the purple energy released by Uehara Naraku is surprisingly weird, and the tailed beast chakra can''t repair his wound at all.


    Everyone''s eyes shifted separately, and slowly looked at the seriously injured Fourth Mizukage, Yagura looked coldly at everyone present, and opened his mouth to order: "Ghost Lantern Moon, I order you to kill this little ghost and dried persimmon Kisame! "


    Guideng Manyue glanced up at the people present, and suddenly pulled out the double-knife flounder on the back, and replied in a deep voice: "I see... Mizukage-sama!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara quickly raised his finger, and just as he was about to face the full moon of the ghost lamp, Kisame Kisame suddenly waved his shark muscles to stop him.


    Just when Uehara was surprised, Kisame Kisame chuckled and said, "Lord Uehara, don''t worry... The situation in Wuyin Village is much more complicated than what you have seen. In this village, the so-called companions are just the souls of the slaughtered ..."


    Kisame Kisame watched Kisame Kisame as Kisame Kisame slowly move the ninja knife in his hand, and the smile on his face became wider and wider: "A seriously injured Mizukage is a serious threat to every ninja who wants to kill Mizukage. A huge temptation..."


    As Kisame''s voice fell, Guideng Manyue really grasped the flounder in his hand, turned around and slashed at Yakura behind him!


    Naraku Uehara frowned, watching another Seven Ninja Swordsmen betray Yakura, he couldn''t help asking, "What''s going on?"


    "If it is a full-strength Mizukage-sama, naturally no one would dare to attack, and only Momochi will not kill that crazy guy who will take the initiative to attack..."


    Kikisame grinned, looked at the ghost lights full moon and Yakura who were fighting fiercely, and continued with a smile: "But if it is a seriously injured Mizukage, then it''s a different matter... After all, every Kirigakure ninja Everyone has a heroic dream of changing the blood mist!


    Our fourth Mizukage-sama has never paid attention to his subordinates. He can barely restrain the ninjas in the village by relying on the power of the three-tailed Jinchuriki.


    What''s more, the four generations of Mizukage-sama standing in front of us have really contributed to the decline of the Wuyin wealthy ghost clan! "


    Since Kirigakure Village became the village of blood and mist, the fourth Mizukage Yakura has long lost the support of Kirigakure''s high-level officials, not to mention the rules he made by himself, so that Kirigakure ninjas have long lost respect for him.


    Moreover, the gradual disappearance of the ghost lamp clan in Wuyin Village is really inseparable from the four generations of Mizukage who implemented the blood mist policy.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the figure of the ghost lamp full moon, and said with some doubts: "If his purpose is also to kill the fourth Mizukage, why did he stop me from killing Yakura just now?"


    "Because he wants revenge too!"


    Kisame Kisame chuckled and explained: "The relationship between the Onito Clan and the Fourth Mizukage is like fire and water. Since I joined Anbu, I have seen many missions to eliminate the Onito Clan ninjas!"


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "Well, that''s all Uchiha Obito..."


    Uehara Naraku just wanted to speak, shouldn''t everything that happened in Kirigakure Village be blamed on Uchiha Obito?


    But thinking about it carefully, Ghost Lantern Full Moon really didn''t know anything about it.


    Kisame Kisame shook his head, and said in a low voice, "Master Uehara, it has long been a practice for Mizukage to suppress the ninjas in Wuyin Village in the past, but the person who manipulated Mizukage for four generations behind the scenes completely intensified the conflict."


    "..."


    Uehara nodded thoughtfully.


    Does every ninja village have such a bad thing?


    With so much hatred and hatred, it doesn''t seem strange that Ghost Lantern Moon wants to kill Shui Ying!


    The Uchiha Fugaku patriarch who died not long ago, if one day he met the seriously injured Shimura Danzo and Sarutobi Hiruzane in private, would he think that even the ashes would be collected for them?

 Chapter 39

    "But, this guy wants more."


    The expression on Qianshi Guixier''s face gradually became a little dignified, and then suddenly stretched out: "Unless Guideng Manyue wants to defect, otherwise, he must want to silence us two insiders!"


    "One person can''t do two things at the same time... Tsk, there are helpers."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, a card was active at his fingertips, his body flew into the air with the help of Wukong, suspended in the air to observe the surrounding situation.


    "It seems that you have guessed it!"


    Ghost Lantern Moon slashed the Fourth Mizukage Yakura flying with a single knife, while showing his sharp teeth, he said with a smile: "No matter who it is, they can''t escape!"


    The nature of the ghost lamp family has always been bloodthirsty, if the ghost lamp full moon is a gentle ninja, how can he be worthy of his sharp teeth!


    Now that Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame guessed it, Ghost Lantern Moon didn''t try to hide it, but said loudly: "Come out, don''t behead senior!"


    "..."


    There was a moment of silence in the air.


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was slightly weird, and he even wanted to laugh.


    If he heard correctly just now, the name that Ghost Lantern Full Moon yelled sounds a little familiar!


    Naraku Uehara twisted his neck stiffly, and looked at Kisame Kisame: "Are you ninjas in Wuyin Village doing things so hastily? Why does he think that if he doesn''t cut the peach ground, he can stop the two of us?"


    "..."


    Qianshi Guixier shook his head, expressing that he didn''t know about it, but he would not underestimate Taodi and not cut it.


    Guixie said in a low voice: "Zai Buzhan is proficient in the art of concealing the fog, and indeed has the ability to stop me, but I don''t think he can beat Uehara-sama."


    "Incomprehensible."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the ghost full moon who was still suppressing the fourth Mizukage Yakura, and asked with a frown, "Before you look for a helper, don''t you want to ask about the combat effectiveness of the helper? Momochi won''t kill that guy again..."


    "Hey, kid, don''t look down on people!"


    A figure suddenly jumped out, and after swearing, he jumped into the air with his strength, and swung the big knife in his hand to slash at Uehara Naraku, who was looked down upon.


    Uehara didn''t panic, he was far more flexible in the air than Zabuzhan, he just lowered his head slightly to avoid the beheading knife, and put his wrist across Zabuzhan''s chest and suddenly exerted force!


    boom!


    Tao Di fell from the air to the ground in embarrassment again!


    Uehara Naraku looked at No Cut, shook his head and sighed: "If you don''t cut again, I won''t see you in three days, your strength is getting weaker and weaker!"


    "Pooh!"


    Zabuzhan spat out a mouthful of blood foam, although there was also the reason for the serious injury from the previous assassination of Yakura, but Zabuzhan clearly felt that Uehara Naraku''s strength had become stronger again.


    How long has it been since they met again, Uehara Naraku, the brat''s strength seems to have grown exponentially, what''s going on?


    Guideng Manyue couldn''t help turning her head to look at Tao Di Zai Bu Zhan, and said softly: "Zi Bu Zhai Senior, do you know each other?"


    "..."


    Taodi was no longer silent.


    He was defeated by Uehara Naraku before, which is not a glorious thing.


    Uehara Naraku slowly landed beside Zabuzhan, seemed to understand Zabuzhan''s thoughts, and smiled lightly: "Mr. Zabuzhan, don''t be afraid of our relationship... After all, there are many people who have been defeated by me, but I can let you go." There are very few people."


    "..."


    Hearing these words, Guideng Manyue couldn''t help showing a bit of surprise on his expression, the current situation seemed to be a little out of his control!


    six hours ago.


    Thinking that the time has come to assassinate Yakura, Momochi Nozachi quietly came to Yakura''s residence and wanted to assassinate the Fourth Mizukage.


    Unexpectedly, his strength was far from enough to match, and he was beaten by Yagura and fled, and the news leaked out.


    Ghost Lantern Moon, who was in charge of the village''s defense, was the first to get the news that Mizukage had been assassinated by Zabuju. He didn''t choose to send support directly. Instead, he killed the Mizukage guard ninja who came back to the village to ask for help, and immediately blocked the news.


    Guideng Manyue found Taodi Zunbuzhan, and after getting Yagura''s information from him, he planned to come here to look for opportunities.


    If Yakura is still intact, Onito Manzuki is still the seven Ninja Swordsmen who are loyal to Mizukage-sama; if Yakura is seriously injured, Onito Mantsuki doesn¡¯t mind giving him a ride, their Onito clan has never had any pacifism idea!


    However, when the ghost lamp full moon arrived here, he didn''t know that as long as Uehara Naraku had a little time, he could kill Yakura directly.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Ghost Lantern Moon only noticed the seriously injured Yakura.


    Therefore, the current young patriarch of the ghost lamp clan decided to take action immediately, planning to kill Yakura and Uehara Naraku.


    It''s just that the current situation is obviously out of control.


    "Okay, let''s sort out the current situation!"


    Naraku Uehara clapped his hands, pointed to Yakura who was seriously injured in the distance, and said softly: "It seems that our goals overlap, everyone wants to kill this fourth Mizukage-dono directly, you should have no objection to this point, right?" ?¡±


    "..."


    The three Ninja Swordsmen and Seven looked at each other, Momochi Zabuzhan gave a cold snort, Ghost Lantern Moon nodded, and a smile appeared on Kisame''s face.


    What a tragedy of the times...


    The strongest ninja team in Wuyin Village, the second-generation ninja seven, now only has three members, and they all want to kill their immediate boss.


    Fourth Mizukage Yagura''s eyes changed, he looked at everyone present, and smiled sadly: "I didn''t expect you guys..."


    "Sorry, I almost forgot, Lord Mizukage is still alive!"


    Uehara Naraku didn''t turn his head at all, still looking at Momoji Zabuza and Guideng Manyue, he just snapped his fingers in the direction of Yagura!


    When everyone was still a little surprised, they saw a strange-shaped shark suddenly sprang out of the ground under Yakura''s feet, opened its mouth and swallowed him!


    A moment later, the shark plunged into the ground again, leaving only the body of Shidai Mizukage Yagura lying on the ground alone...


    The weird skill of giant shark attack, if it can sneak attack successfully, the effect is unexpectedly powerful!


    Naraku Uehara just snapped his fingers and summoned a strange shark to kill the fourth Mizukage Yakura. Seeing this scene, Momochi Zabuza and Ghost Lantern Moon both had a flash of horror on their faces!


    Kisame Kisame chuckled and said, "Sure enough, Master Uehara is best at Muji Ninjutsu, right?"


    Whenever Kanshi Kisame saw Uehara Naraku''s seal, he always felt weird, because he would make some small mistakes from time to time.


    Thinking about it now, those were just a disguise for Uehara Naraku to show weakness, right?


    As an excellent seal ninja and loyal subordinate, Kisame Kisame suggested in a very considerate manner: "If Master Uehara is willing, I can help you compose some beautiful seal gestures."


    Dried persimmon and ghost shark are good at things like knotting seals.


    Naraku Uehara nodded with some emotion, then shook his head and said: "Forget it, we will talk about the matter of learning seals later... Let''s deal with the matter in front of us first! I don''t want anyone to kill the fourth Mizukage Yakura. I know Kisame is involved!"


    "Then what a coincidence we thought."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon slowly grabbed the scroll on her body, and said softly: "Besides not beheading Senior, I don''t want more people to know that I want to kill Yakura."

 Chapter 40

    The scene fell into a stalemate again.


    Yagura''s death doesn''t change their rivalry.


    Except for Momoji Zabuzhan, an outsider, Uehara Naraku and Ghost Lantern Moon both wanted to keep their respective secrets.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t want Uchiha Obito to have any channels to know about Kisame''s betrayal. He needed Kisame to be a spy.


    Onito Mitsuki doesn''t want anyone to know that he tried to kill Yagura, because he is from the Onito family and wants to inherit Mizukage''s position.


    Kisame Kisame flicked out the big sword with shark muscles on his back, and said with a light smile, "Master Uehara, if I need to kill them, I should be able to do it, right?"


    "Not in a hurry."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, he wanted to see the reward for killing Yakura first.


    Hidden task: Remove Uchiha Obito''s conspiracy control over the Fourth Mizukage Yakura (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill purification.


    Purification: Remove all negative effects of the self, cooldown time 210 seconds, no consumption.


    Uehara was puzzled for a while. He never noticed that there was a hidden mission, and he felt a little inexplicable to complete it. Could it be that killing Yagura was also considered to be the release of control?


    However, the skill reward of purification is really rich!


    From now on, he doesn''t have to worry about being controlled by the illusion of Sharingan, and he won''t be killed in a flash like Orochimaru and Kakashi.


    In addition to this, there are two common side missions.


    Side quest: Defeat Sanwei Isofu (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill Spike Defense.


    Spike Defense: When you enter a defensive posture, your life energy will be doubled. During this period, if you are attacked by the enemy''s physique, half the damage will be reflected back to the enemy. The defensive posture lasts for a minimum of 6 seconds and consumes 40 Chakra points. Related to consuming chakra, cooldown is 4 seconds.


    Giving a tortoise a skill for defeating a tortoise?


    Why not just give him a psychic contract! However, the existence of the spike defense has greatly enhanced his physical combat strength!


    The skill given in the last mission can be called the most useless skill, because the dried persimmon Kisame next to Uehara Naraku also has similar ninjutsu skills.


    Side mission: Defeat the Fourth Mizukage Yakura (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill is Roaring Waves.


    Roaring Waves: Summon a wave from your feet, sweeping all the enemies in front, the skill range is related to the consumption of Chakra, the minimum consumption is 100 Chakra points, and the cooling time is 100 seconds.


    Isn''t this a water escape ninjutsu?


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and Kisame Kisame, who was standing next to him, could spit out the water escape ninjutsu that destroyed the dam in one breath. This skill can only be said to be better than nothing.


    "Hey, ghost lamp full moon, what do you want to do?"


    Tao Di didn''t cut her head and stuck her beheading knife on the ground, and said in a low voice: "Only the dead can keep secrets, but these two guys in front of me are hard to deal with!"


    "We must keep them."


    Guideng Manyue held a scroll in his hand, and said, "Shuiyue is still in the village, I don''t want my younger brother to be a traitor."


    "That brat Shuiyue..."


    When Tao Di Bu Zhan mentioned Ghost Lantern Water Moon again, his expression was a bit uneasy, because that brat was always clamoring to take away the beheading sword.


    Isn''t this directly proclaiming that he will kill him when he grows up?


    If it weren''t for the protection of an older brother like Ghost Lantern Moon, that unabashed Ghost Lantern Moon would have been killed countless times!


    Kisame Kisame recognized the scroll in the hands of the ghost lantern full moon, and sighed: "Is it really the child prodigy who is loved by the seven ninja swords? Even the shark muscle in my hand recognizes you, the ghost lantern full moon!"


    "Is that the scroll that can channel the seven ninja knives?"


    Naraku Uehara looked curiously at the scroll in the hand of the ghost lantern full moon, and asked curiously: "How many ninja swords can he use now?"


    "At present, it should be four."


    Kisame Kisame knew all about the Seven Ninja Swords like the back of their hands, and replied: "The Shark Muscle is in my hands, the Beheading Sword is in the hand of No Slash, and the Thunder Sword is still in the hands of the black hoe Leiya who defected from the previous generation. All available."


    "what¡­"


    Naraku Uehara immediately became interested: "I heard that there is a ninja knife called Explosive Sword Spray, which can channel countless detonation symbols... Is this knife also in it?"


    Although Uehara doesn''t know the mechanism of this ninja sword, there may be an engraving or a psychic detonation symbol in it, but its ability alone is enough to attract people.


    This ninja knife can be used in conjunction with the mutual detonation symbol!


    Naraku Uehara possesses the ability to multiply detonating talismans, no matter how many detonating talismans there are, it is actually not enough for him.


    If it doesn''t work, can you give it to Xiao Nan as a decoration?


    Kisame Kisame didn''t know what Naraku Uehara was thinking, so he nodded and said, "That''s right, the explosion ability of Explosive Knife Droplet is also very troublesome..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face immediately became serious, hugging his arms, staring at the ghost lantern Manyue who was untying the scroll, and said coldly: "Then let him hand over the explosive knife and spray! That ninja knife, I like very much!"


    "..."


    Kisame Kisame''s expression was a bit strange, as if he thought of the fear of being dominated by Naraku Uehara''s detonating talisman array, but now that he was in Uehara''s camp, he smiled and nodded: "That ninja knife is indeed Suitable for Uehara-sama."


    "It''s a pity that he doesn''t want to hand it over to me directly!"


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his wrist, walked step by step to the position of the ghost lantern full moon, and softly told Kisame: "I''ll go and take the ghost lantern full moon, Mr. Kisame won''t kill that guy after taking it, is it okay?"


    "certainly."


    Kisame Kisame smiled confidently, tore off the bandage on the Shark Muscle Broadsword, and continued with a smile: "It would be great if Master Uehara was willing to deal with the full moon of the ghost lamp... After all, I have no confidence that I can take down the sword in the village." A genius ninja!"


    Among the current three ninja seven in Wuyin Village, although they have never talked about their real strength, they more or less know in their hearts that if it is a frontal fight, the strength of not cutting should be the worst.


    As for Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark and Ghost Lantern Full Moon, the two of them have very little contact with each other, and Ghost Lantern Full Moon, who is only 13 years old this year, has never had any defeats so far.


    Because Ghost Lantern Full Moon has never really faced the enemy seriously in every mission, but no matter how strong the enemy is, he can easily win it.


    Therefore, Ghost Lantern Full Moon is also known as the most mysterious genius in Wuyin Village, a child prodigy whose strength will never be known!


    As for the opponents that Ghost Lantern Full Moon will face, it is also very interesting.


    Kisame Kisame has never seen clearly how much power Uehara hides, because no matter whether Naraku Uehara is facing Obito Uchiha or Yakura Fourth Mizukage, he will always be so confident and calm.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Kisame Kisame turned his head with a smile, and looked at the opponent he was assigned: "Over there is a duel between two ninjas whose true strength has never been tested by others. Who are you supporting? Do you want to kill them?"


    "Hmph, the person I support has always been myself!"


    Momochi Zabuza brandished the beheading sword and rushed towards Kisame Kisame, and a civil war between the Seven Ninja Swordsmen began!

 Chapter 41

    The sword fight between Momochi Zabuzhan and Kanshi Kisame was far less intense than the battle between Uehara Naraku and Ghost Lantern Moon, and it was not like a fight between twelve or thirteen-year-old boys.


    The flounder flounder in Guideng Manyue''s hand cut off with a single knife, leaving a deep trench in the ground with a murderous aura, but the blade was hitting a yellow circular defense net!


    It is Uehara''s defensive posture, it wraps Uehara''s body tightly, and there are even spikes protruding from the intersection points formed by the grid!


    "Is it only to this extent?"


    There was a smile on the corner of Uehara''s mouth. The defensive posture of the reward skill Spike Defense just obtained by defeating Sanwei was enough for him to resist the enemy''s sword technique in this battle.


    As long as he didn''t meet Maitekai from Muye Village, his taijutsu could be 50 to 50 with most of the current ninjas.


    Seeing the smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, Ghost Lantern twisted her wrist, and a puff of gas emanated from the eyes of the flounder ninja knife, covering the whole ninja knife!


    "Plaice, Liberation!"


    Ghost Lantern Moon shouted coldly, and the flounder flounder patted Uehara!


    As his words fell, a chakra light ball suddenly condensed from the flounder flounder knife, hit Uehara Naraku''s body, and instantly sent Uehara flying!


    Just this type of knife technique is not enough!


    Ghost Lantern Moon quickly withdrew his palm, tore open the psychic scroll beside him, and raised his fingers: "Spiritual art, blunt knife, pocket cutting!"


    The blunt sword, Dougi, has a very strange appearance. One end is a ninja sword that looks like an axe, and the other end is a hammer!


    Ghost Lantern Moon flew forward, grabbed the ninja sword with one hand and slashed at Uehara Naraku''s body; with his other hand, he picked up the hammer and slammed it on the back of the sword!


    The blunt knife Doucut is said to be enough to break through all defenses, precisely because when it falls on the enemy, two kinds of power will be superimposed.


    clang!


    The blunt knife, Doucut, slashed at the yellow circular defense grid again!


    It''s just that this time Uehara Naraku''s body flew upside down with his strength, and the superimposition of the double power made him a little overwhelmed!


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon''s body was also injured by the spike defense shock, a mouthful of fresh blood was on the corner of his mouth, and slowly flowed out from the gap in the corner of his mouth...


    "This ninja knife...is it too noisy?"


    Uehara Naraku stood up, patted the dirt on his body, ignored his own life energy consumption, and pointed to the pocket in the hand of Ghost Lantern Moon: "Hammers and axes are not very suitable. It should be paired with a sickle to be king!"


    "what?"


    Ghost Lantern Moon looked at Uehara in amazement, ignored his crazy words, and was still shocked by the defensive technique Uehara used just now.


    What the hell is that yellow ball grid?


    Can''t even the blunt knife and the cut cut destroy his defense?


    The pocket in Ghost Lantern Manyue''s hand turned into smoke and dissipated. He quickly flipped over the scroll in his palm, and another ninja sword came out from the psychic spirit!


    Long knife and sewing needle.


    "This is not what I want!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice came into the ears of Guideng Manyue, and he rushed to the enemy''s side in an instant, and was about to kick the ninja sword in his hand away.


    The long knife in Ghost Lantern Moon''s hand suddenly raised, and after dodging Uehara''s attack, the steel wire behind the long knife and sewing needle suddenly entangled Uehara''s ankle!


    "Hmph, this time, you can''t escape!"


    The ghost lamp full moon waved and threw the long knife and sewing needle in his hand, and the sharp and slender ninja knife pierced deeply into a big tree. The steel wire on the handle wrapped around Uehara''s body and bound him tightly. Tied to a tree!


    As expected of a genius ninja proficient in seven ninja swords.


    Every kind of grotesque ninja knife, Ghost Lantern Full Moon can almost play flowers, and use the most suitable time.


    The ghost lamp full moon looked at the restrained Uehara Naraku, stretched out his left hand, and shouted in a low voice: "Water escape, the art of Haoshui wrist!"


    The arm of Ghost Lantern Full Moon became thicker visibly to the naked eye!


    This is the secret technique of the ghost lamp family, which can concentrate the water of the whole body on the arm, thereby enhancing the strength of the wrist.


    Ghost Lantern Moon glanced at the battlefield on the other side. Momochi Zabuzhan was lurking in the fog and entangled Kisame Kisame. It seemed that he didn''t need to use the Ninja Sword now.


    "If you don''t want to behead senior, lend me the beheading knife!"


    After the ghost lamp full moon quickly joined hands to form a seal, she spread out her palms: "Psychic art... Broken knife, beheading sword!"


    "Bastard kid, take it first!"


    Taodi, who was hidden in the mist, cursed again, but he still didn''t object after all. He also secretly observed the battlefield between Uehara and Ghost Lantern Moon.


    Although these two twelve or thirteen-year-old boys did not use powerful ninjutsu, the confrontation between them was extremely tragic!


    Every time Momochi never cuts, he thinks that Uehara Naraku is going to die, but every time Uehara uses a defensive technique to resist hard, he pats his butt lightly and stands up again...


    On the contrary, it was the ghost full moon who took the initiative to attack, and had already suffered a lot of internal injuries. That kid named Uehara Naraku, his defensive technique was simply outrageous!


    How afraid of death is this brat?


    The offensive ninjutsu can''t pick out a few powerful ones, but the defensive ninjutsu is very skillful!


    Now that Ghost Lantern Manyue has another chance to win, Taodi will definitely support him, let alone borrow him to use a beheading sword once.


    Only by beheading with a big sword can everything be cut off!


    but¡­


    Momoji Zabuza recalled Naraku Uehara''s weird technique, and said loudly: "Be careful, this guy seems to be able to use a defensive ninjutsu that is completely invulnerable, stronger than the yellow defensive technique just now..."


    However, it is too late to remind you not to cut!


    After Ghost Lantern Moon borrowed the beheading sword through psychic techniques, she didn''t want to miss the rare opportunity, so she held the beheading sword tightly and slashed at Uehara Naraku''s head!


    A dazzling golden mask floated out from Uehara''s body.


    That golden light came into the sight of Ghost Lantern Full Moon, and was reflected into the sight of Kisame and Zabuzhan through the sharp and smooth beheading sword...


    As ninjas who have fought against Uehara Naraku, Kisame Kisame and Zabuza know how powerful the defense of this golden mask is...


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    A thought involuntarily popped up in the brains of the two of them: that little ghost of Ghost Lantern Moon is going to be worse, will the Ninja Sword Seven lose to Uehara?


    Uehara Naraku was bathed in the golden light, and faced the beheading sword calmly.


    In addition to the invincible mask of the moment of the Holy Judgment, Uehara laid out another layer of yellow spikes for defense, and just like this straightly met the blade of the beheading sword.


    boom!


    Countless blades fly around!


    The moment Ghost Lantern Full Moon touched Uehara Naraku''s first layer of defense while holding the beheading sword, he encountered a huge rebound force, and the entire blade of the beheading sword was completely destroyed!


    Even with the sharp beheading sword, Ghost Lantern Manyue''s body was even worse. The whole body was injured by the shock force. The genius ninja of Wuyin Village spurted out a mouthful of blood, and how many bones on his body were broken...


    Uehara Naraku opened his eyes, looked down at the seriously injured Ghost Lantern Moon lying on the ground, tilted his head and said, "Ha, I haven''t made a move yet, why did you fall down?"


    "..."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon turned his head and looked down, only the hilt of the beheading sword in his hand left him, making him wonder if he had been hit by an illusion.


    It''s just that the situation doesn''t allow him to hesitate.


    "Water Escape¡¤Hydration Healing!"


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 42

    After the full moon of the ghost lamp and the finger seal, his body suddenly turned into a ball of water, and he quickly melted into the lake next to him using the secret technique of hydration passed down from his family!


    In just a short moment, he walked out of the lake again.


    In no more than a few seconds, Ghost Lantern Moon had already returned to her original appearance, with no wounds or blood left on her body.


    Except that the consumption of chakra is a bit huge, the body of the ghost lamp full moon at this moment has completely healed, and the secret technique of hydration healing is amazing!


    This secret technique turned out to be a kind of ninjutsu similar to Orochiyu Substitution Technique. By consuming a large amount of chakra, he could directly recover all the injuries on his body.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the full moon of the ghost lamp, and couldn''t help but admire: "If you have the top blood in the ninja world in your body, maybe you can also become a genius ninja that can compete with Uchiha Itachi!"


    This sentence is Uehara''s true thoughts.


    Guideng Manyue is only thirteen years old this year, and he has already mastered the secret technique of hydration handed down by the Ghost Lantern family. He can use the hydration secretary to be immune to physical attacks and heal himself. He is also very good at swordsmanship.


    Moreover, every ninja sword with special abilities in Wuyin Village is as good as an arm. In terms of combat power alone, the ghost lamp full moon has surpassed the ordinary ninja in the ninja world.


    It should be said that he is indeed the eldest son of a wealthy ninja clan?


    In some respects, Ghost Lantern Full Moon and Uchiha Itachi are very similar. They are both thirteen years old this year, and they are both heirs of a powerful family in a big Ninja Village. He was seriously ill and died prematurely.


    "Is Konoha''s S-rank rebellious ninja itachi?"


    Ghost Moon gave Uehara a surprised look, not quite understanding why this guy suddenly mentioned Uchiha Itachi''s name, that Konoha S-class rebel is indeed powerful.


    Some time ago, when Uchiha Itachi and Loquat Juzo dived into the land of water, it was said that they severely injured the fourth generation of Mizukage who turned into a half-tailed beast, which caused an uproar in the village.


    It is precisely for this reason that Yakura left Wuyin Village to hide here to recuperate from his wounds, and it was because of this that Momochi would not be cut again, which was why he wanted to assassinate Yakura.


    Therefore, Wuyin Village is also quietly collecting his information.


    Ghost Lantern Moon recalled the description of Konoha''s arrest warrant in the ninja world, as well as some rumors he had heard, and shook his head and said: "I will not kill my own clan and torture my younger brother like him!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and didn''t answer too much, but thought it was a bit amusing. Are all ninjas with younger brothers in the ninja world severely controlled by younger brothers?


    When Uehara Naraku thought of this, a smile appeared on his face, and he said tentatively: "If you are willing to surrender now, I will consider sparing your brother''s life."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku pressed his temple in a decent manner, and continued with a chuckle: "Well, let me think about it... His name is Ghost Light Water Moon, and he should be eight years old this year, right?"


    "..."


    A flash of anger instantly appeared on Ghost Lantern Moon''s face!


    This seldom moved Wuyin genius, now he is clenching his fists and creaking!


    Ghost Lantern Moon looked at Uehara Naraku with a serious face, and issued his own warning: "If anyone dares to mention hurting Suigetsu...I will do my best!"


    "Looks like I guessed right!"


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was even wider. He seemed to have found a way to store the ghost lantern full moon. This guy is indeed a ninja controlled by his brother!


    For such a genius ninja, to prevent him from joining the Akatsuki organization of Love and Peace, and to let him stay in Wuyin Village and die of serious illness sooner or later, isn''t it a waste of money?


    It''s funny just thinking about it!


    During the meeting at Akatsuki''s organization base, Uehara Naraku vowed that he could also recruit Kisame to join the organization. Xiaonan also advised him not to care about the mission and to protect his own safety.


    Now if he pulls back the only three ninja sword seven remaining in Wuyin Village, this is almost the maximum amount of mission completed, right?


    At the very least, you have to give me a beating, right?


    When Payne and Xiaonan started their business again, how did they recruit people? Didn''t they beat them up first and intimidate them, and then slowly established a ninja heavenly group.


    The smile on Uehara''s face was even stronger, full of provocation: "But even if you try your best, it won''t help. I will kill you first, and then I will kill your brother..."


    In order to increase his persuasiveness, Naraku Uehara continued to analyze on his own: "If the news of the death of Mizukage Yakura the Fourth Mizukage gets out, the Kirigakure Village should be in chaos, right? In this case, those who want to kill you Brother doesn''t seem to be such a difficult task!"


    "asshole!"


    The ghost full moon knew that the young ninja in front of him wanted to provoke him, but when it came to the ghost light, he still showed his anger: "Give up your unrealistic ideas! I will kill you here!"


    After the ghost lantern full moon finished speaking angrily, his body turned into a huge water man, and he punched down at Uehara Naraku''s position!


    Boom!


    Splash!


    The water man''s fist hit Uehara Naraku''s body, and the huge force caused the earth to collapse almost instantly, and the monstrous water immediately turned into a flood and submerged the ground!


    "Could it be possible to achieve this level with just the technique of hydration?"


    Uehara Naraku floated up from the water, floated in the air, looked directly at the huge water figure, and slowly opened his arms: "Unfortunately, there is no unbreakable ninjutsu in the world, and every technique has its shortcomings, such as The hydration secret technique of your ghost lamp clan is very afraid of thunder escape ninjutsu..."


    "..."


    Hearing Uehara''s words, the water man incarnated by the ghost lamp full moon paused, and his huge palms began to join hands to form a seal. The water waves on the ground surged up the water man''s body, and then fell from the water man''s fingers with a clatter. like a waterfall...


    The voice of Ghost Lantern Full Moon came from the water man, and he shouted coldly: "You have no chance to release the water escape ninjutsu...Shui escape¡¤Big explosion water blast!"


    A stream of water spurted out from the mouth of the water man, and hit in the direction of Uehara Naraku. The waves rushed and splashed, forming a huge water ball-shaped lake, trapping Uehara!


    Naraku Uehara glanced at his wet clothes, and when he was about to float out of the water polo, he suddenly felt that the density of the surrounding water suddenly became smaller, and it was actually squeezing his body!


    The ghost lamp full moon guy completely melted into the water!


    In the ninja world, every water escape ninja uses a ninjutsu that can change the terrain, but consumes a lot of chakra, because they have matching attack methods.


    For example, after Senju Tobema uses the Big Explosive Water Shockwave, he will use Wave Riding Strike to attack the enemy from underwater; after Kisame Kisame uses the Big Explosive Water Shockwave, he will enter the fused shark muscle form and attack the opponent hard in the water.


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon uses the Big Explosion Water Shockwave to cooperate with the technique of hydration. In the huge round water polo they are in, every drop of water is a part of his body!


    Every drop of water will be manipulated by him!


    Ghost Lantern Moon was able to fully develop his family''s hydration secret technique, no wonder he dared to appear here, just in his current state, it is more than enough to defeat Jinzhuriki, right?


    "Unfortunately...you found the wrong opponent."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly turned cold, and he raised his palm: "Then let you see my Thunder Tunjutsu! Thunder Tun - Wan Lei Tian Prison!"

 Chapter 43

    A thundercloud storm emerged!


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, the chakra in his body quickly flowed into the thunderstorm in his hand, and the volume of the thunderstorm expanded almost instantly.


    "Let me see where you are!"


    As soon as Uehara Naraku''s words fell, the area of ??the thundercloud storm had already covered a huge water polo, and lightning bolts were floating in it...


    A bolt of lightning quickly broke away from the clouds and struck a certain position in the water, where the face of the ghost lamp full moon was looming!


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon could only bear the blow stiffly, his head was slowly exposed, and his face was still a bit incredulous: "I didn''t see any seal gestures..."


    However, time cannot allow the ghost lamp full moon to be distracted!


    Beyond the thundercloud storm caused by Wan Lei Tian Prison, a layer of circular arc lightning swam outside, converging into an isolated cage, and within this cage, lightning fell continuously!


    One after another, lightning strikes on the body of Ghost Lamp Full Moon!


    "Ninjutsu is not very powerful."


    Ghost Lantern Moon passively endured the lightning attack, lowered her head and continued to analyze: "But is this technique continuous? And the attack frequency is very high..."


    In just a few seconds, Ghost Lantern Moon was forced out of the hydration state.


    This is the defect of the ghost lamp family''s hydration technique. Once encountering lightning, the body cannot be fully hydrated, and it will be forced to appear.


    Due to the complete loss of the ghost lamp full moon''s chakra, the huge round water ball turned into water waves and flowed into the lake, revealing the figures of Uehara Naraku and ghost lamp full moon.


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Prison Technique!"


    When the huge water polo was about to dissipate, the ghost lamp full moon began to form seals quickly, releasing its own defensive ninjutsu.


    The accumulated water on the ground surged up quickly, forming a hollow water prison just enough to wrap the full moon of the ghost lamp, resisting the lightning falling in the thunderstorm for him.


    A series of lightning strikes on the water prison one after another!


    Naraku Uehara walked towards the full moon of the ghost lamp step by step, watched his expression through the water prison, and finally decided to try to persuade him to surrender: "Do you want to save your brother''s life? As long as you surrender to me now and join our organization, I will Let you and your brother live together."


    "..."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon raised his head, looking at the vast thundercloud storm in the sky, his mood gradually sank, and he fell into a long silence.


    If he died here, it would be impossible for his eight-year-old younger brother Guideng Shuiyue to survive in this cannibalistic Wuyin Village.


    But he still bears the last wish of revitalizing the family!


    After a while, Ghost Lantern Moon slowly raised his head, and looked at Uehara Naraku: "The Ghost Lantern Clan is a ninja who participated in the establishment of Wuyin Village, and the ancestor of our clan, Ghost Lantern Huanyue, has become the second Mizukage of Wuyin Village. ..."


    "Oh, I know him."


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands and said, "I heard that the second Mizukage led the Kirigakure troops to attack the Land of Fire and failed, so they turned around and attacked the Land of Earth, and ended up dying together with the second generation of Tsuchikage..."


    Not only that, but their bodies were buried together before they died.


    Later, they were all dug out by a tomb robber named Yaoshidou.


    Uehara Naraku suddenly smiled, and said softly: "Is there any relationship between your family background and your surrender? There are also ninjas from the Uchiha clan in our organization. The ghost lamp clan doesn''t seem to be particularly noble, right?"


    "Not noble."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon frowned, and said with some hesitation on his face: "Shuiyue and I are the only ones left in the Ghost Lantern Clan. I still bear the important task of revitalizing the family. I can''t become a traitor..."


    Not only can''t, but dare not.


    Once his elder brother becomes rebellious, how will his younger brother Guideng Shuiyue survive in Wuyin Village?


    He must be killed!


    When Ghost Lantern Full Moon was talking, he proposed another solution: "If possible, I am willing to reach a cooperative relationship with your Excellency, and I can even send you some information about the village."


    Ghost Lantern Moon is really worried about his younger brother, so he even goes against his own ninja rules and becomes Uehara Naraku''s spy in Wuyin Village.


    Once the ghost lantern full moon becomes Mizukage, Uehara may replace Uchiha Obito as the new behind-the-scenes controller of Wuyin Village, but the ghost lantern full moon is destined to not survive the age of seventeen, leaving him to die in Wuyin Village?


    Moreover, Uehara Naraku himself doesn''t know illusion, what can he use to restrain the ghost lamp full moon?


    This guy only cares about his younger brother and the Fuxing family, and Ghost Lantern Moon must not care about other things at all!


    Wait, brother?


    Uehara Naraku suddenly thought of another pair of brothers who had a strange relationship in the ninja world. Looking at the ghost lamp full moon, he chuckled and said, "Do you believe that your brother will become stronger than you? I have a way here, do you want to hear it?"


    "any solution?"


    Ghost Lantern Moon raised his head subconsciously. As an older brother, he certainly believed that his younger brother would definitely surpass him!


    "You feel like making your little brother a ninja to take revenge on you..."


    There was a malicious smile on Uehara Naraku''s face: "Will he become stronger at an unimaginable speed and become a member of the revival ghost lamp family? Maybe he will have a chance to become the Fifth Mizukage in the future!"


    "..."


    After a moment of confusion, Guideng Manyue shook his head and said: "Shuiyue is the only one left to live in the blood mist, and it is impossible for him to survive... There are many people in the village who are hostile to the Guideng family."


    "Then entrust him to someone who can be trusted."


    Uehara Naraku thought of the brown-haired female ninja who gave him cookies, and suggested softly: "Now that I kill Yakura, the Blood Mist will end soon! Find a way to entrust your brother to Wuyin Village That ninja named Terumi Mei, do you think she will take good care of your brother?"


    Terumimei, the woman with bad eyes, seems to like to take care of the younger generation of Kirigakure Village, and Chojuro, the third-generation successor of Ninja Sword Flounder, is deeply cared for by her.


    "Senior Terumi Mei?"


    Ghost Lantern Moon''s eyes suddenly lit up, but he hesitated and said: "Senior Terumi Mei really takes care of the village''s back, but she is already twenty-three years old this year, and she should be married soon..."


    "Oh, are you only twenty-three years old?"


    Naraku Uehara remembered that when Terumi Mei gave him biscuits, she looked a little youthful and beautiful, but this did not delay Uehara''s next words: "Don''t worry about this! Don''t say she is only twenty-three years old, even if she is At thirty-two years old, she can''t get married either!"


    In order to increase his persuasiveness, Uehara Naraku continued: "Terumi Mei''s double blood succession limit is very vicious, no one in Kirigakure Village would dare to marry her, right?"


    "...Your Excellency is right."


    The ghost full moon nodded unconsciously, and many ninjas who admired Terumi Mei gave up their pursuit of her after seeing Terumi Mei''s fighting style.


    Now Terumi Mei has no suitors.


    Some men with bad mouths in the village said that instead of expecting Terumi Mei to get married, it is better to expect her to become Mizukage!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Ghost Lantern Moon didn''t think too much about Terumi Mei, he paid more attention to his younger brother.


    Guideng Manyue looked at Uehara solemnly, and pleaded: "Please tell me now, how can Shuiyue become stronger! Now he is aiming at not beheading his predecessors again, his vision is a bit short-sighted..."


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 44

    What Guideng Manyue is most dissatisfied with her younger brother Guideng Shuiyue is that Guideng Shuiyue actually aims to surpass Taodi.


    Guideng Manyue believes that as long as Guideng Suigetsu inherits a ninja sword, his strength should be able to surpass Tao Ji.


    This goal is simply a shame.


    Although this is the truth, it is a bit inappropriate to say it on this occasion.


    Because the other party that Ghost Lantern Man Yue spoke of was still at the scene.


    Tao Di Zai Bu Zhan was still relying on the technique of concealing the fog to entangle with dried persimmons and ghosts. After hearing the words of the ghost lamp full moon, he finally couldn''t help but said: "Hey, the ghost lamp full moon, what do you mean!"


    "caught you!"


    Before Ghost Lantern Full Moon could respond, the corner of Ginseng Ghost Shark''s mouth grinned, and the hilt of the Shark Muscle Sword in his hand stretched and flew towards a position in the fog: "Shark Muscle ¡¤ Flying Chain Slash!"


    "asshole!"


    Tao Di didn''t have a beheading sword in his hand, so he could only be cut out of the fog by the shark muscle sword, and fell to the ground in embarrassment, spitting out a mouthful of blood!


    There was a hint of embarrassment in the air.


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon watched this scene, spread her hands helplessly and said: "Sorry, I don''t mean to offend you if you don''t kill Senior, but your strength is indeed a bit weak."


    "..."


    Tao Di Zabu Zhan gave him a vicious look, then looked at the large beheading knife on the ground with only the handle left, and cursed in a cold voice: "It''s not that you borrowed my beheading knife!"


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon retorted: "Even if you don''t behead senior and have a beheading sword, the chance of defeating Senior Ghost Shark is no more than 30%?"


    "asshole!"


    "I''m just stating the facts."


    "Little ghost, do you think I can''t kill you!"


    "Even if I don''t have flounder, the chance of defeating me is very low if I don''t kill my predecessors!"


    In just a few words, the fragile alliance between Ghost Lantern Moon and Tao Di Zai Bu Zhan broke down, and the two began to quarrel impatiently.


    "stop fighting!"


    Naraku Uehara interrupted them impatiently, looked around at all the people present, and his eyes stopped on the ghost lamp full moon and Zabu Zhan: "You two have already lost, do you choose to join Akatsuki with me, or let I will bury your corpses in your hometown..."


    Everyone present knew in their hearts that Tao Di Zai Bu Zhan and Ghost Lantern Full Moon had no choice but to surrender decently.


    Momochi wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth, snorted coldly and said: "My purpose is to kill Yakura and end the Blood Mist. Anyway, now that the purpose has been achieved, I will go with you to that organization called Akatsuki. Look!"


    This is really euphemistic.


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon is not like Taodi, who is no longer careless. He directly put forward his own request: "If Your Excellency can do what you said, let Shuiyue revitalize the Ghost Lantern clan, no matter what you ask me to do, I will agree to it." you!"


    "¡­Can."


    Uehara Naraku''s smile could hardly be restrained, and he didn''t take it all in, but just said: "If your brother is really the kind of waste that can''t be helped..."


    "Shuiyue''s talent is stronger than mine."


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon confidently promised: "As long as he can guide him, Sui Yue will definitely surpass the previous generations and become the strongest ninja among the Ghost Lantern clan!"


    It''s better not to say this.


    As soon as he said it, Uehara felt a little confused.


    Because Uehara knew well that the ghost lamp clan did not have powerful blood successors in the body, and the ninja world was precisely a world that valued the theory of blood...except for Konoha, the liver emperor.


    Naraku Uehara sighed, looked at the full moon of the ghost lamp and said: "Then try my method first, and the rest depends on fate... At least you can set a more ambitious goal for your brother and let him work hard Go after your brother!"


    "¡­I see."


    Ghost Lantern Moon clenched her teeth, as if she had made up her mind.


    This year his younger brother Onito Suigetsu is eight years old. He is doing very well in the ninja school in Wuyin Village, and he can even apply for graduation early.


    Guideng Manyue has always been very worried. If he can''t guide Shuiyue well, it is estimated that he will always be unwilling to make progress and go down the wrong path that Taodi will never cut.


    This can''t be said now, otherwise I''m afraid it will kill people.


    Uehara Naraku turned over and sat on a tree trunk: "Since you have surrendered to me sincerely, then I will accept it mercifully!"


    Hearing Uehara''s words, Momochi Zabuzhan and Guideng Manyue''s complexions darkened visibly to the naked eye. The guy they were going to rely on was so powerful that it was frightening...the IQ was also frighteningly low!


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku''s face was not very good-looking, and he glanced at Ghost Lantern Moon helplessly, because he had received the worst defeat reward ever.


    Side task: Defeat the ghost lamp full moon (1/1), reward 100 gold coins.


    It is obvious that the ghost lantern full moon is a super powerful ninja, Uehara thinks that it is even more difficult for others to defeat the ghost lantern full moon than the four generations of Mizukage!


    Perhaps it was because of the untimely death of Ghost Lantern Manyue, and his few appearances in the ninja world, so that not many people paid attention to him, the system directly issued the minimum task rewards.


    This is the real beggar, right?


    However, the reward for defeating the ghost lamp full moon is not only one hundred gold coins, because Uehara Naraku saw the completion of another task of his own.


    Side task: Defeat the Ninja Sword Seven (6/7), the reward is unknown.


    Uehara didn''t expect that the task of defeating the Seven Ninja Swordsmen on the system panel would be directly counted as four heads because of the four ninja swords held in the hand of the ghost lamp full moon.


    The last Seven Ninja Swordsmen that need to be defeated in this side mission should be the black hoe Raiya mentioned by Kanshi Kisame, the first generation Seven Ninja Swordsman who defected with Raito Kisame.


    When Uehara saw another task by the way, his eyelids couldn''t help shaking, and his expression was a little unsightly.


    Side quest: Have three subordinates (2/3), the reward is unknown.


    Now the three ninja seven in Wuyin Village are nominally Uehara''s subordinates. Kisame Kisame is the first ninja who chooses to be loyal to him, so what about the second one?


    No, it should be said that the peach land in front of him will not be cut and the ghost lamp will be full of the moon. Who doesn''t really want to take refuge in him?


    Uehara Naraku is not particularly concerned about who the second subordinate who sincerely surrendered to him is, what he really cares about is who is the person who refuses to surrender sincerely...


    This is actually easy to find out.


    Because Uehara Naraku saw the last mission.


    Side quest: The quest has been completed for subordinates with two Kage-level Chakra powers, and 1,000 gold coins will be rewarded.


    This mission also directly proved that the second person who chose to join Uehara Naraku was a ninja with Kage-level Chakra.


    Do you need to think too much about it?


    Who is the weakest present!


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes swept across the ghost lamp full moon, and he couldn''t help but admire in his heart, he is indeed a person who can''t even see through dried persimmons and ghosts...


    At the age of thirteen, he has a ghost lamp full moon with movie-level chakra!


    No wonder he died so early, because it must be too much drama to be alive!


    Naraku Uehara''s eyes slowly stopped on Momochi Zabuza, a man who has always had his own ambitions.


    He also has a strength that doesn''t match his ambition.


    Uehara tilted his head and looked at the peach field and didn''t want to kill him. Now, should he be brought back to be a boss, or should he just dig a hole on the spot and bury him?

 Chapter 45

    "Little devil, your eyes are dangerous!"


    Seeing Naraku Uehara''s gaze, Momochi''s heart rang alarm bells, and he subconsciously reached out to touch the kunai on his waist.


    Why did Uehara Naraku look at him with such dangerous eyes inexplicably, as if he wanted to bury him in the soil at any time!


    "No."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, retracted his gaze, looked at Yakura''s body on the ground, and said softly: "I was just wondering who should be blamed for the trouble of killing the fourth Mizukage, just now your ideal is Kill Yakura, right?"


    "Are you still afraid of these?"


    Momochi Zabuzhan glanced at him contemptuously, and said coldly: "If you are worried about the pursuit of Wuyin Village, I can tell others that I killed Yakura..."


    Just as Uehara Naraku expected, Momochi chose to obey Uehara Naraku without cutting his mouth, and he was naturally unwilling to accept a brat as his new boss.


    As for killing the Fourth Mizukage, it was not a troublesome thing for Momochi Zabuza, and it was even very useful.


    Because Yagura managed Kirigakure Village into the Blood Mist Village, his reputation in Kirigakure Village has not been very good. Many ninjas are afraid of his Mizukage identity and powerful strength, and hate the blood mist policy he implemented. To the bone.


    In the eyes of these people, Momochi Zabuza will be a real hero.


    Uehara Naraku also thought of this, looked at Momochi with a smile and nodded and said: "This is not a pure trouble, when the news of you killing Yakura spreads, there will definitely be many ninjas in Kirigakure Village Secretly support you?"


    "Humph¡­"


    Momochi snorted again and didn''t answer, and he didn''t expect that his little thoughts would be pierced by Naraku Uehara so quickly.


    To be honest, he really planned to return to the Land of Water with the title of "Killing Yakura, Unlocking the Village of Blood Mist" in the future, and he might be able to secretly control the power of Wuying Village.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about it.


    Kisame Kisame didn''t care, only he and Uehara knew that Yakura was just a puppet controlled by others.


    "Master Uehara."


    Guideng Manyue frowned, looked at Taodi with some displeasure, and said in a low voice: "If you don''t cut off your body and carry too much burden, will it affect our plan? Shuiyue is looking forward to his beheading now." big knife..."


    Naraku Uehara asked suspiciously, "What do you mean?"


    "It''s better to kill Taodi and not cut it!"


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon was full of murderous intent, showing a fierce posture on her sharp teeth, and said coldly: "It just so happens that I can also use the beheading sword!"


    "Bastard, you think you can kill me!"


    "If you don''t behead your predecessors, it''s not a difficult task."


    "..."


    The two loose former allies are at loggerheads again.


    Uehara didn''t know whether Guideng Manyue was jealous of his position in Guideng Shuiyue''s heart, or whether he wanted the beheading sword in his hand.


    But he was so anxious to attack his companions... The average moral lower limit of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen is a bit low!


    Only dried persimmon and ghost shark are trustworthy.


    "All right."


    Kisame Kisame kicked the beheading sword with only the handle left in front of Zabuzhan, and said with a light smile: "Zenbuzhan, go and repair your ninja sword, and pick up Mizukage-sama''s body... Uehara-sama, our next stop where to?"


    "Hidden Fog Village."


    Uehara Naraku glanced around the crowd, and said in a deep voice: "If you don''t cut it off, go and announce to Wuyin Village that you killed the fourth generation of Mizukage; Ghost Lantern Moon will arrange your own affairs. Tonight, Kisame and I will meet in Wuyin Village The hidden village is waiting for you."


    "understood."


    "clear."


    Momochi Zabuzhan and Guideng Manyue each agreed, and disappeared in front of Uehara Naraku in an instant, leaving only Kisame standing behind him.


    Kisame Kisame looked at Uehara Naraku''s back, and praised: "The power shown by Master Uehara seems to have become stronger today!"


    "well enough?"


    Naraku Uehara is embarrassed to admit that he is a cheating party, and honest people like Kisame Kisame cannot understand the existence of cheating.


    Of course, it is also difficult for him to understand the liver emperor of the ninja world.


    Kisame Kisame smiled, pretending that Uehara was being modest, and continued following his words: "At the age of Lord Uehara, he will become stronger in the future, and maybe he can surpass that ninja demigod in Yuyin Village in the future! "


    "Sanjiao Hanzo?"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help laughing and said: "Hey, Kisame, using him as an example is mocking me for not being strong enough!"


    Kisame Kisame shook his head with a smile, and then said seriously: "No, the power of the lord is beyond my knowledge, and I don''t know what that guy named Uchiha Obito thinks, dare to fight with Uehara adults as enemies."


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    "him?"


    Uehara Naraku heard what Kisame said, and whispered: "Kisame, don''t underestimate him just because he is not the real Uchiha Madara! To some extent, Uchiha Obito is more difficult to deal with than Uchiha Madara too much!"


    "Is that so?"


    Kisame Kisame pondered for a while, then suddenly smiled and said: "I probably know how to regain his trust...but how should I explain that Master Uehara is willing to spare my life?"


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and found a reason: "Just treat me as an intern who is working hard to become a full-fledged member of Akatsuki. After all, my mission when I came to the country of water is to recruit you to join Akatsuki."


    "clear."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned.


    "Let''s go, go pick someone up with me first."


    Uehara Naraku remembered that he had arranged to wait for Shiro to be picked up before he would not kill him. Now that he didn''t need to meet Taodi and would not kill him anymore, he would naturally take Bai away.


    Uehara''s trip to the Land of Water was pretty smooth, and everything he wanted to do has been completed, and even a little overrun.


    The only trouble is, where is Obito Uchiha?


    That guy won''t be chasing Hatake Kakashi all the time, right?


    Naraku Uehara guessed right, Obito Uchiha had indeed been chasing Hatake Kakashi and Hanabin before.


    It was getting late.


    Hatake Kakashi and Hualing hid in the forest outside Wuyin Village.


    Kakashi thinks that Obito Uchiha must still be near Kirigakure Village, planning to avenge Lin; Kakashi thinks Obito Uchiha is a conspirator and definitely wants to kill them, and has been persuading Kakashi to escape The land of water.


    However, how could Hatake Kakashi, who wanted to get the truth from Obito Uchiha and bring people back to Konoha, could give up. After analyzing the information he got from Huasuzu, he felt that his best friend''s IQ had improved a lot.


    Do people really grow up?


    Hua Ling pushed Kakashi''s shoulder, pointed at the Wuyin Village under the mountain where there were flames everywhere, and said loudly: "Kakashi, something happened to Wuyin Village!"


    The sound of fighting in the village even spread to the mountain!


    Hatake Kakashi''s expression suddenly became tense, and regardless of his own injuries, he was about to go to Wuyin Village to investigate information: "It may be made of soil! I have to go and see!"


    "He will kill you!"


    Hua Ling grabbed his arm.


    Hatake Kakashi was silent for a while, then he broke away from Hanakin''s arm little by little, lowered his head and said, "Even if Obito wants to kill me, I will get the truth from him."


    Even if Obito refused to return to the village because of Rin''s death...then why did he kill Namikaze Minato and his wife?

 Chapter 46

    There was a fishy smell in the air.


    The fight in Wuyin Village shocked many people.


    The four generations of Mizukage Yakura and Ninja Seven were not in the village, which directly led to the fall of Kirigakure Village, and a group of ninjas with bone spurs rushed in to kill!


    This group of ninjas comes from the Kaguya clan in the land of water. They have the bones and blood on their bodies, and they also have a cruel and bloodthirsty nature. They have always wanted to capture Wuyin Village.


    It was no accident that the Huiye clan attacked Wuyin Village tonight.


    Before they received the news that the fourth Mizukage Yakura was seriously injured by Uchiha Itachi, and tonight they received the news that the fourth Mizukage Yakura was assassinated. The patriarch of the Kaguya clan finally couldn''t hold back, and led the whole clan to launch a confrontation The attack on Hidden Fog Village.


    However, the Kaguya clan''s attack was quickly blocked, and Qing quickly organized the ninjas in the village to strangle the Kaguya clan.


    Facing the huge number of ninjas in Wuying Village, the Kaguya clan with only a few hundred people couldn''t win at all, and they couldn''t even break through in the end.


    The entire Kaguya clan was quickly killed by Kirigakure ninjas. Except for a little guy named Kaguya Junmaro, the bodies of all the ninjas of the Kaguya clan were piled together.


    The Kirigakure ninjas finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Just as the Kirigakure ninjas were about to bury these corpses, another small corpse fell on the corpse pile like a rag!


    The Kirigakure ninjas were still a little surprised. When they looked at the short corpse carefully, their faces changed drastically, and they screamed in panic!


    "Master Mizukage!"


    "It''s Master Fourth!"


    "Someone killed Mizukage-sama!"


    "Quickly report to Elder Master Yuan that someone killed Mizukage-sama!"


    Regardless of whether the Kirigakure ninjas support or resist the blood mist policy, respect or dislike the Fourth Mizukage, Yagura is the leader of Kirigakure Village after all.


    However, the body of this Mizukage was thrown out in front of a group of Kirigakure ninjas, which undoubtedly made every Kirigakure ninja shocked and angry!


    Is this shaming them?


    "Shut up, don''t make too much noise!"


    An indifferent voice interrupted the babble of the Kirigakure ninjas, Momochi jumped onto the pile, picked up the beheading sword in his hand, picked up Yagura''s body, and said coldly: "I killed Yakura, you guys Any comments?"


    "Don''t behead your lord again!"


    "If you don''t kill Master, it will be Mizukage-sama!"


    "If you don''t want to kill Master, why did you kill Mizukage?"


    Hearing a group of Kirinin''s questioning, Momoji Zabuza glanced at the surrounding group, pulled out his ear and said, "Because I hate this village full of blood mist, so I killed Yagura, that trash..."


    "No more cuts!"


    A blue-haired ninja broke through the obstruction of the crowd, looked up at the peach field on the pile of corpses, and said through gritted teeth, "Are you trying to defect?"


    "Yes indeed¡­"


    Momochi Zabuzhan sneered, looked at the ninja who questioned him, and suddenly asked: "Qing, the group of mindless monsters from the Kaguya clan attacked the village, who do you think leaked the news to them?"


    This news was really sent out by Taodi.


    Moreover, it was Momochi who leaked the news of Yakura''s assassination to the Kaguya clan before he assassinated the Fourth Mizukage Yakura, mainly for the purpose of allowing himself to escape the pursuit of Kirinin after the assassination failed.


    It doesn''t matter now, the Kaguya clan''s ninja attack just happened to gather Kiri ninja, and Momochi no longer made a high-profile announcement that he had succeeded in assassinating Yagura.


    As for whether he can escape smoothly...


    In the village, there is also a defected Ninja Sword Seven who is about to break out, and there are Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame outside the village to support them!


    "...You leaked the news?"


    Qing''s complexion changed suddenly, he clenched his fists, and commanded loudly: "All ninjas, grab Momochi with me and don''t kill him, this guy will never be allowed to escape Kirigakure!"


    "Hmph, it''s up to you?"


    Tao Di looked contemptuously at the people below, jumped to a tall building, and said loudly: "Qing, do you think I''m the only one who defected?"


    As soon as Zabuzhan''s voice fell, the turbulent river suddenly rushed in from a tall building, and instantly washed away all the fog ninjas!


    Taking advantage of the opportunity created by someone, Momochi Zabuza quickly disappeared from the sight of many Wunin and fled his hometown.


    And on the tall building that released the water escape ninjutsu.


    Guideng Manyue stood by the window, withdrew her imprinted fingers, turned her head and said softly, "Senior Terumi Mei, after I left the village, Suigetsu has been taken care of by you."


    "Does it have to be like this?"


    Terumi Mei lowered her head to look at the unconscious ghost lamp Suigetsu in her arms, and continued in a low voice:


    "If you do that, he will hate you forever, right?"


    Just now, Ghost Lantern Moon suddenly pulled her here, and handed her the Ghost Lantern Shuiyue that he had knocked unconscious, and revealed his plan to defect and become a spy.


    Now that he has made all the plans and ravaged his younger brother, Ghost Lantern Moon''s defection is actually a foregone conclusion.


    "There''s no turning back."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon shook his head, and said in a low voice: "For the safety of Wuyin Village, I must join that evil organization and find out who is behind the assassination of Mizukage by Taodi. I will find a way to deliver it to you."


    "I see."


    Terumi Mei sighed, and immediately said with a serious face: "Then tomorrow I will apply to Mr. Genshi for issuing you and the S-class traitorous ninja warrant that will not be killed. In that organization, you must pay attention to protecting your own safety." .¡±


    "yes."


    Ghost Lantern Moon gave a respectful salute, and then added: "By the way, Senior Terumi Mei, and Senior Kanshi Kisame''s S-rank warrant for traitorous ninja."


    Terumi Mei, who originally had an unattractive complexion, turned even uglier at the moment, raised his head in shock and said, "Wait, did Kisame Kisame also defect?"


    What''s happening here?


    There are only three members of the second-generation Ninja Sword Seven reorganized in Wuyin Village, but now they all defected overnight?


    What the hell!


    Terumi Mei''s whole person is not well!


    Can the Ninja Sword Seven be declared disbanded?


    Ghost Lantern Moon pondered for a while before organizing his speech: "I suspect that Kisame Kisame may have been a member of that evil organization long ago, and has been secretly instigating Lord Mizukage to massacre ninjas from the same village... I will also do this matter. Find a way to find out."


    "..."


    Terumi Mei clenched her fists tightly, her nails almost sinking into her flesh. Her body stiffened for a moment before she said helplessly: "I see, you should leave here first! People in the village should I started hunting you down... When we have the strength to destroy that evil organization, I will find a way to resolve the matter between you brothers."


    "yes."


    The ghost lamp full moon disappeared in front of Terumi Mei in an instant.


    After leaving Wuyin Village, Guideng Manyue couldn''t help feeling a little bit emotional, the new boss he turned to really knew Terumi Mei!


    The brown-haired beauty heard the half-truth and half-fake plan he made up, not only agreed to him to take care of the ghost lamp and water moon, but also tried to find a way to mediate for him in the future.


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon still feels a little guilty...


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket and a reward!

 Chapter 47

    The sound of fighting in Wuyin Village disappeared.


    Hatake Kakashi didn''t have time to rush over to search for traces of Obito Uchiha, because he and Hanakin happened to meet another person blocking the way.


    Hatake Kakashi protected Hanakin behind him, clenched his ninja sword, and looked at the ninja who blocked their way vigilantly: "Oshemaru..."


    "What a coincidence, Kakashi-kun!"


    The corner of Orochimaru''s mouth couldn''t help chuckling. Ever since he completed his reincarnation and defected from the Akatsuki organization, he began to search for suitable containers in the ninja world.


    Therefore, he used Shimura Danzo to send Yakushidou back to Konoha, and asked Yakushidou to find some young genius ninjas by constantly taking the Zhongnin Exam.


    In addition, Orochimaru himself also came to the country of water, wanting to find some teenagers who have the limit of blood successors here.


    Orochimaru would not miss the excitement of Wuyin Village today.


    It just so happened that Orochimaru also met a young man who was suitable to be a reincarnation container, because that young man''s eyes were lovable, and he also had bones and blood on his body.


    If this young man with a bone vein can be killed from Wuyin Village and come back alive, Orochimaru intends to bring him back to his base as an alternative container.


    As a result, while Orochimaru was waiting here eagerly, he actually saw Kakashi Hatake who appeared near Wuyin Village.


    It''s a mess...


    It''s rare to see a ninja from his hometown when he''s away from home. Orochimaru feels like it''s unreasonable not to say hello!


    Orochimaru looked at Hatake Kakashi and the flower bell behind him, remembering that Kakashi had saved Yamato in front of him, a smile flashed in his eyes: "Oh, Kakashi-kun, this is another rescue Is there anyone?"


    Hatake Kakashi ignored him, with sweat dripping down his face, he asked nervously, "Oshemaru... why are you in the Land of Water now!"


    "Should I ask Kakashi-kun this sentence?"


    Orochimaru spread his hands, and chatted freely: "This is the country of water, and it shouldn''t be the place where Konoha Ninja should appear!"


    Hatake Kakashi stared at his movements, his heart sank, and he stretched out his hand to push his ninja forehead: "No matter which country this is, but I have encountered the most dangerous traitorous ninja in the village, I seem to be unable to let go. I passed you!"


    This man is simply his demon!


    Since Orochimaru''s defection, Hatake Kakashi has been following his trail, and encountered many things in the middle, which made Kakashi even more disgusted with Orochimaru.


    "Ha, shouldn''t the most dangerous traitor in the village be Itachi-kun?"


    Orochimaru laughed out loud, staring at Kakashi Hatake and said: "If we fight here, it will attract Mist Ninja, I don''t care, but the little girl behind Kakashi-kun will be very difficult. survive?"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi was silent.


    Because Hualing had saved him before, it was impossible for him to abandon Hualing''s desperate fight, and he could only passively cast the mouse.


    Now for Hualing, Kakashi must find a way to escape first.


    Orochimaru seemed to have noticed Kakashi''s thoughts, and said with a smile: "Don''t worry, I won''t do anything to you here. Before the container I want comes back, why not chat with me here!"


    Hatake Kakashi: "..."


    Orochimaru is still that crazy!


    One of them is Konoha Ninja and the other is Konoha Renren. How can they chat peacefully in such a dangerous place near Wuyin Village?


    Orochimaru glanced at Kakashi, then continued to look at the gradually calming Wuyin Village below. The boy he wanted to take away seemed to have no chance of coming back.


    Orochimaru didn''t know that the container he was thinking of was in Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame first received Shiro, and then received Taodi Zabuzhan and Ghost Lantern Moon outside Wuyin Village. However, they also met another white-haired boy who fled Wuyin Village in the chaos.


    The young man held a bone spur tightly in his hand, and looked nervously at the large group of people.


    Uehara Naraku frowned, looked at the somewhat familiar young man in front of him, and asked in a low voice, "Was it the Kaguya clan who attacked Wuyin Village just now?"


    "That''s right."


    Momochi Zabuzhan nodded, and looked at the white-haired boy with a sneer: "Is this kid a slippery fish of the Kaguya clan? Let me kill him!"


    "..."


    When the white-haired boy heard Tao Di''s words that he would not cut him off again, his face suddenly changed color, and instead he rushed forward holding the bone spur in his hand!


    It''s just that with his strength, it''s really not enough to defeat Taodi Zabuzhan, not to mention that he just came out of Wuyin Village, and his physical strength and chakra are far from enough.


    If Taodi didn''t cut him off, he quickly cut off the bone spur of the white-haired boy with a large beheading knife, and was about to decapitate him with a single stroke of his hand!


    "etc¡­"


    Uehara Naraku stopped Momochi from slashing, walked up to the white-haired boy, and asked aloud, "What''s your name?"


    "Kaguya... Junmaro."


    The white-haired boy seemed to speak very little, and he spoke slowly.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes lit up, he didn''t expect to meet Kaguya Junmaro when he was about to leave the water country, he thought Junmaro had been taken away by Orochimaru long ago!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the white-haired boy and said softly: "Now that all your people have died in Wuyin Village, where are you going?"


    "I¡­"


    Kaguya-kunmaro lowered his head, hesitated for a while before replying in a low voice: "I don''t know, I... have nothing now."


    Kaguya Junmaro had been living alone in his clan, and was imprisoned by the clansmen as weapons, but Junmaro always believed that the cage where he was imprisoned was his home, and the clansmen responsible for guarding him were also his. family.


    Now all the Kaguya clan died in the battle in Wuyin Village, and Kaguya-kun Maro got his freedom, but lost everything, even the meaning of life.


    Uehara Naraku thought of Kaguya-kun Maro''s short life and his blood-infected disease, subconsciously said: "You don''t have nothing, you still have a disease, right?"


    As soon as he said this, Naraku Uehara regretted it himself.


    When everyone heard Uehara Naraku''s words, they all cast puzzled eyes on Uehara. What kind of devil''s words are these?


    Kaguya-kunmaro reacted differently from them, and looked at Uehara Naraku in astonishment: "You...how did you know?"


    "that¡­"


    Naraku Uehara looked slightly embarrassed.


    Fortunately, Shiro next to Naraku Uehara tugged at his arm, for fear that he would say something inappropriate again.


    As a vagrant from the land of water, Shiro understood Kaguya-kunmaro a little bit. He looked at Kaguya-kunmaro and invited him: "Kunmaro, then you can come with me and Uehara, and we can go to the trash together. Pick up food in the market, we can go to earn money and live together..."


    The confusion in Kaguya-kunmaro''s eyes gradually faded away, and he looked at Shiro with some fiery eyes and asked, "Can I... stay with you?"


    Bai, who looks quite cute, is really very friendly.


    At least when Jun Ma Lu sees Bai''s appearance, he will have a sense of trust in him.


    "certainly¡­"


    Shiro, who was about to answer, stopped, and turned to look at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, can we take Kimomaro with us when we leave here?"


    Fortunately, he also knows who is in charge of this team.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, then sighed and said, "Of course, but please don''t say that we live in a garbage dump in the future..."


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket and a reward!

 Chapter 48

    Naraku Uehara glanced around his team, there were three Ninja Sword Seven members, two Tuoyouping with blood successors, one of them was a seriously ill patient.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kaguya-kun Maro, and asked softly, "Did you see any weird people on the way here? For example, with a pair of snake eyes..."


    There is an unwritten law in the ninja world.


    Orochimaru, the No. 1 human trafficker in the ninja world, will appear next to those talented teenagers who are displaced. He will drive a big brown snake to abduct these children.


    "Have."


    After Kaguya-kunmaro gave the answer, he lowered his head and recalled for a while, and began to describe the person''s appearance with his own lack of language: "That person is very strong, stronger than many people I have seen a lot, and he looks good. It''s also pretty."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was a little dazed.


    Is this really Orochimaru? Why do you use good looks to describe Dashewan, has he changed from Uncle Snake to Aunt Snake?


    Kaguya-kun Maro continued to add: "I remember that person said before that if I can come back alive, he will take me out of here..."


    There was a smile on the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth, nodded and said: "Then let''s go and have a look, I also want to know what the meaning of life is in his mouth!"


    If you can meet Orochimaru, then take back Orochimaru''s Kongzhi Ring by the way, because that ring symbolizes the status of a full-fledged member of the Akatsuki organization, and you can also use the Kongzhi Ring to perform the magic lamp body technique.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help rubbing his hands when he thought of returning to the base of the Akatsuki organization with the three ninja swordsmen and the ring of space. After returning this time, he might be able to become a full-fledged member of Akatsuki. robe?


    As for something as coquettish as nail polish, don''t put it on.


    Uehara Naraku wanted to put on the red cloud black robe, not only because it would make him look more handsome, but also because there was a corresponding side mission.


    According to Uehara''s understanding of the same kind, there must be many two-dimensional fans who want to wear Hongyun black robe clothes, and the rewards must be very generous!


    It''s a pity that Xiaonan hopes that Uehara''s future will have a bright future, and he doesn''t really want Uehara to get involved in the current Akatsuki organization.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Every time Uehara and Xiao Nan mentioned Akatsuki, what Xiao Nan said inside and outside the meaning was to keep him away from Akatsuki''s members.


    This is the sequelae of acting too hard.


    Naraku Uehara''s identity and the talent he displayed directly made Xiao Nan raise his mind to train him to become the successor of Dawn and Dawn...


    However, Uehara Naraku just wanted to secretly play matryoshka.


    In the forest outside Wuyin Village.


    Thanks to Kaguya-kunmaro as the leading party, Uehara Naraku and his party quickly found Orochimaru, as well as Hatake Kakashi and Hanabin who were still in a stalemate.


    When Orochimaru turned his head and saw Kaguya-kunmaro, he couldn''t help showing a smile on his face: "It seems that the alternative container I wanted came back alive..."


    The next moment, the smile on Orochimaru''s face gradually became stiff.


    Because there are a few more people behind Kaguya-kun Malu, it is obvious that this brat is not here to join him, but to lead someone to clean him up!


    Three of the men stood at the end of the team, each carrying a strangely shaped ninja knife on their backs. It was the seven ninja knives of Wuyin Village, the ghostly lantern full moon, and the dried persimmon ghost. Personal Orochimaru has also heard of it.


    Just when Orochimaru was about to complete a few sentences, a childish voice came out: "Everyone, take a good look at our seniors, this is Orochimaru, one of the Konoha Sannin, you can''t see it even if you want to see it in normal times." of!"


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s face couldn''t help turning black.


    Who is saying this here?


    Does it mean to treat him like a monkey?


    Momoji Zabuza and Onigiri Mangetsu moved away from their positions, and stood up surrounded by Uehara Naraku. This scene made Orochimaru''s eyes tighten.


    He has recognized Uehara Naraku!


    As one of the only two interns in the Akatsuki organization, especially Naraku Uehara is the youngest member of the Akatsuki organization, so Orochimaru still has some impressions of him.


    Uehara Naraku walked in front of the crowd, his eyes were fixed on Dashemaru, the smile on his face gradually disappeared, and turned into a fierce face: "After seeing the demeanor of the senior... the next step is to treat this ninja well." Senior!"


    "..."


    A flash of anger flashed in Orochimaru''s eyes, and he looked at Uehara Naraku with a face full of sarcasm: "A mere brat also thinks he is qualified..."


    "Senior Orochimaru!"


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Dashemaru''s words: "You who have been defeated by someone with a look, what right do you have to speak nonsense in front of me, do you think I am easier to bully than others?"


    Uehara himself summed up the way to get along with a strong enemy, that is to pierce his scars desperately and reduce his compulsion!


    Thus¡­


    Uehara''s own momentum will rise relatively.


    "Damn brat!"


    Orochimaru was defeated by Uchiha Itachi''s eyes, which was the thing he hated the most during this time, so it also made him seriously obsessed with the power of Sharingan.


    Otherwise, he wouldn''t take the initiative to stop Kakashi...


    However, as a ninja who has experienced many battles, Orochimaru has a good psychological quality. After he just cursed sullenly, he restored the smile on his face: "Ho ho ho... Forget it, after all, thank you for putting Send back the person I want!"


    "Are you too old to see the situation clearly?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Orochimaru and Hatake Kakashi behind him and said, "So there is Mr. Kakashi from Konoha here..."


    Hatake Kakashi was a little nervous. When Orochimaru and Naraku Uehara were fighting each other just now, he couldn''t distinguish the situation and would not speak easily.


    Kakashi had also witnessed Uehara''s unique Raidun ninjutsu that could not be replicated by Sharingan to wipe out many Wunin. The boy who was surrounded by everyone was very strong!


    And this boy seems to have something to do with Obito...


    Hatake Kakashi finally couldn''t help but asked, "Who are you? What''s the relationship with...that masked person?"


    Now that Orochimaru is by his side, Kakashi doesn''t want to talk about Obito.


    Naraku Uehara was different, but he wanted to expose the truth forcefully: "Mr. Kakashi is asking about Senior Obi...Now I should call him Senior Obito, right?"


    "Bring soil?"


    After hearing this name, Orochimaru couldn''t help but change his face. He knew how Hatake Kakashi got that Sharingan!


    Orochimaru glanced at Hatake Kakashi with a half-smile, then at Uehara Naraku and said, "It turns out that funny A Fei is the hero who died in the battle of Konoha..."


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi''s expression is a bit ugly, if other people know about Uchiha Obito, it''s fine, but Orochimaru is a crazy guy who likes to get involved in everything!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care what Kakashi thought, and said to himself: "I don''t know why Obito-senpai concealed his identity. As for the relationship between me and him..."


    Naraku Uehara hesitated for a while, thinking about what to say to cause trouble for Obito Uchiha without leaking his information.


    "Hua Ling has already told me that the two of you fought a battle."


    Hatake Kakashi frowned, continued to pass over the topic of Uchiha Obito, and continued softly: "Who are you?"


    "There are some secrets, it''s better not to delve into them."


    Uehara Naraku took a deep look at Hatake Kakashi, and brought the topic back to Uchiha Obito: "If I didn''t know the identity of Obito Senior, maybe there wouldn''t be such a big incident between me and him. conflicts..."

 Chapter 49

    "So, who are you?"


    Hatake Kakashi reached out to touch his ninja bag, and continued softly: "Why does he have to find a way to kill you after you know his identity?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was a bit ugly.


    This Hatake Kakashi must be retarded, right?


    Why don''t you ask about Obito, and keep asking about his identity? Doesn''t this make Uehara Naraku have a heart to make up stories for nothing!


    The reason Uehara Naraku didn''t want to do anything to Hatake Kakashi was because he wanted to hide behind the scenes, and through Hagi Kakashi, who knew the identity of Uchiha Obito on the surface, he would make some trouble for Uchiha Obito, so that Everyone knows that Obito is still alive.


    If possible, he would also like to reveal Obito''s ability by the way...


    In this way, how can Uchiha Obito compete with him, and he can be a ghost behind the scenes, and directly let him out of the game with Konoha''s identity on his back!


    It''s a pity that Hatake Kakashi didn''t cooperate!


    This white hair is really annoying when he talks, doesn''t he understand a truth, a little is enough for a person, if you know too much, you will be killed!


    Orochimaru''s eyes flickered, and he looked at Uehara Naraku and Kakashi playfully, and suddenly an idea came to his mind, and he said beside him: "Kakashi-kun, do you need me to introduce you?"


    "If you don''t speak, no one will treat you as dumb!"


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Orochimaru''s words in a cold voice, patted his palm, and told the people behind him: "You guys treat Senior Orochimaru well, and save his life!"


    "clear!"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    "Yes, Lord Uehara!"


    "Got it, brat!"


    Kanshi Kisame and the others flew out, pulled out each other''s ninja swords, surrounded and attacked Orochimaru in a zigzag shape!


    "The Seven Ninja Swordsmen of Wuyin Village..."


    Orochimaru rolled his eyes back and forth to look at the three ninja swordsmen, and couldn''t help but sneered: "Your hands are so long!"


    "Senior Orochimaru''s hands are longer."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Orochimaru, and told Kanshi Kisame and others: "Don''t let him disturb my communication with Mr. Kakashi."


    "Yes, I understand!"


    Kisame Kisame and Manyue Kisame each brandished ninja swords and charged forward first, Momochi Zhabuzhan snorted coldly and followed closely behind!


    After seeing Orochimaru being forced back by Kisame and others, Naraku Uehara glanced at Kakashi and the girl beside him, and said softly: "Mr. Kakashi, we hope we can be honest."


    "This¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi was a little hesitant, he didn''t know much about anything, he only knew that his friend was still alive.


    The only information I got from Hualing was that Obito wanted to use Hualing to control the life of the young man in front of him, and it failed.


    Hatake Kakashi calmed down his mind, restrained his cynical look, and assumed a negotiating posture of Konoha Anbe: "Sorry, I can''t disclose information about the ninjas in the village."


    After finishing speaking, Hatake Kakashi continued: "But I can tell you that you are in extreme danger now, if you are willing to cooperate with Konoha, tell me all the information, and I will find a way to protect you life."


    This is very official.


    Generally, most of the time, Konoha Ninja would talk in this way when they met people who asked them for help. After learning about what happened in detail, Konoha Ninja would decide whether to help, and the results were often very smooth.


    It''s a pity that Kakashi met Uehara today.


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but twitched the corners of his mouth when he heard that, Kakashi Hatake is trying to gather information from him with his empty teeth?


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked at the fake Hatake Kakashi, and sneered: "But your strength is not as good as mine, right? Konoha''s copy ninja..."


    "Behind me is Konoha."


    Hatake Kakashi''s face was calm, and he continued softly: "I know that Obito has a conspiracy against you. If we can cooperate, tell me about you, and I can help you defeat his conspiracy."


    "That''s it..."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead, and secretly glanced at the fierce battle on the other side, Momochi no longer cut, always felt that Kakashi''s routine was a bit inexplicably familiar.


    If Uehara is really helpless against Uchiha Obito...


    If Uehara really doesn''t understand Hatake Kakashi''s strength...


    Maybe Uehara really believed it.


    "It''s really insincere, Mr. Kakashi..."


    Naraku Uehara sighed in disappointment, and he glanced suspiciously at the girl who came out behind Hatake Kakashi.


    Because she walked to Kakashi''s side and looked directly at Uehara.


    Hua Ling''s eyes trembled slightly, she looked at Uehara Naraku carefully, silently, she wanted to invade Uehara Naraku''s memory.


    This is her unique skill.


    Hua Ling can make seals through the eyes, so as to use the mysterious technique to capture the information in the target''s brain. She wants to help Hatake Kakashi in this way.


    Unfortunately, she picked the wrong person.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly exploded, and he quickly punched Hua Ling''s lower abdomen, sending the girl who had sealed her eyes flying out!


    Hatake Kakashi pulled out a kunai and stopped Uehara Naraku''s next move: "Hey, what do you mean?"


    "That''s where you have to ask her."


    Naraku Uehara ignored Hatake Kakashi''s Kunai, tapped the flower bell lying on the ground, and said indifferently: "Mr. Kakashi, your companion''s eyes are wrong..."


    Hualing exit retorted: "I didn''t..."


    "Shut up!"


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Hualing''s words, and said with cold eyes: "Do you think I don''t know how to make seals with my eyes?"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku blinked his eyes suddenly, his eyelashes moved slightly, and a huge wave floated from under his feet out of thin air, rushing towards Hatake Kakashi and Hanabin''s position!


    This is his water escape skill Raging Waves!


    "Earth Dungeon Earth Flow Wall!"


    Hatake Kakashi flew back to Hana Ling''s side, and joined hands in mudra to release a wall of earth in front of them.


    A naive dog''s head is carved on the wall.


    However, the wave at Uehara''s feet set off wave after wave of furious waves, rolled and quickly broke down the earthen wall, sending Hatake Kakashi and Hanabin far away!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Hatake Kakashi and Hanabin who were swept away by the waves, and said coldly: "Did you see it? Do you think that you are the only one in the ninja world who can make seals with your eyes?"


    "..."


    However, Hualing, who was blown away by the roar of the raging waves in the distance, had no time to answer his words, and she and Hatake Kakashi were swept away by the waves!


    Wave after wave hit their bodies!


    It wasn''t until Hatake Kakashi and Hanabin were washed into the forest by the waves and grabbed a big tree tightly that they managed to stabilize their bodies.


    Uehara Naraku''s body floated up out of thin air, and slowly flew to Kakashi and Hualing''s side, and said contemptuously: "Do you think I don''t know how to make seals with my eyes?"


    Uehara lowered his body, pinched Hualing''s cheek with one hand, and continued in a cold voice: "Idiot, you dare to show off your skills in front of me, and want to probe my memory, who do you woman think you are? "


    "Well¡­"


    Hualing pouted her lips after being pinched by him, she looked a little cute.


    Hatake Kakashi next to him was afraid that something would happen to Hualing, so he rushed up, trying to save Hanabi from Uehara.


    Naraku Uehara moved his palm down, grabbed Hanakin''s throat first, and looked at Kakashi Hatake coldly: "Mr. Kakashi, it seems that we don''t need to continue talking..."

 Chapter 50

    The hesitation in Hatake Kakashi''s eyes was fleeting, and he first persuaded: "Don''t do anything wrong! You want to get information about Obito because you are afraid that Obito will kill you, right?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara suddenly changed color.


    Seeing Uehara Naraku''s expression, Hatake Kakashi gradually calmed down, and put on a relaxed attitude: "Then I advise you to release the flower bell, because now only I can help you!"


    After finishing speaking, in order to ensure the quality of his conversation, Hatake Kakashi even began to take the initiative to praise his old friend: "Obito is the most talented ninja in Konoha''s history. Without my help, you must have escaped." But the pursuit of Obito!"


    "..."


    The expression on Uehara Naraku''s face collapsed again, he looked at Hatake Kakashi and was a little speechless: "Mr. Kakashi, do you think I look like a fool?"


    "Do not impulse!"


    Hatake Kakashi saw Uehara''s fingers move slightly, afraid that he would kill Hualing on impulse, he kept persuading him: "You let the flower bell go first, we can discuss slowly..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku hesitated for a while, but still tightly pinched Hualing''s neck, and asked in a deep voice: "If Senior A Fei is the Obito of your Konoha Hidden Village, he is a spy sent by Konoha, isn''t that true? "


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi shook his head violently, and said in a deep voice, "That''s not the case, Obito is now a...rebel in the village, he left the village twelve years ago."


    "I do not believe you."


    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth and continued: "But whether he is Konoha''s spy or Konoha''s rebellion, Konoha must take him back!"


    "That''s what I''m going to do too."


    Hatake Kakashi immediately agreed, and asked aloud: "But you always have to tell me where he has been active recently?"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and said confusedly: "I don''t know... Senior Obito just wanted me to perform a mission to lure a ninja from Hidden Mist Village to rebel. I suspect that he may have been active in the country of water."


    Hatake Kakashi asked for information in a persuasive manner: "Then why did Obito let you lure a Kirigakure ninja to rebel? Is it because he hates Kirigakure Village? Why did you let you come? What is your relationship?"


    And you were asked to lure a Kirigakure ninja to betray, but you seem to have lured three ninja seven to betray!


    "I''m from a...small village."


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, scolded Kakashi a few words, and whispered his own story: "Because I want to become a person with a relatively high status in the village, I have to complete a very difficult task."


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi was a little stunned. Listening to Uehara''s words, he probably guessed Uehara''s identity. He must be the next leader of a small ninja village?


    Uehara Naraku checked that there were no loopholes in his words, and continued: "Senior Ah Fei recommended me to the village leader to carry out this kind of task. My teacher, an elder in the village, did not want me to be in danger, but the leader did agreed¡­"


    "I see."


    Hatake Kakashi nodded, and continued softly: "Why did the leader of your village agree with such a dangerous opinion put forward by Obito?"


    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth, with a look of grief and anger on his face: "Maybe it''s because the leader of the village doesn''t want me to get that position... and the relationship between Senior A Fei and the leader is very good, and the leader listens to his words. We once doubted The leader is controlled by illusion, but there is no clue."


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head slowly, and said with a sad expression: "Actually, before me, only senior A Fei in the village could get that position, but then I..."


    This is very cryptic.


    In a sense, this is not wrong.


    After all, there are only two interns in Akatsuki''s organization, Naraku Uehara and Obito Uchiha, and both of them apparently want to become full members of Akatsuki.


    And even if Kakashi Hatake confronts Uchiha Obito in the future, will Obito still take the initiative to leak Akatsuki''s information?


    "I already roughly understand what you mean."


    Hatake Kakashi sighed in his heart, and in Uehara Naraku''s secretive and mixed words, combined with the information he knew, he began to analyze the information he had obtained.


    More than ten years ago, in the Battle of Kannabi Bridge, Uchiha Obito did not die in battle, and he did not know how to escape from the predicament; later Obito witnessed Lin''s death in his own hands, and he was angry at Wu Ninja''s pursuit, It''s always been about revenge.


    Later, Obito joined a small ninja village in order to hide, and used illusion to control the leader of that ninja village.


    This is not troublesome.


    If the pupil power of Obito''s Sharingan is greatly increased, it will not be difficult to control the leader of a small ninja village, and even tailed beasts can be controlled!


    Hatake Kakashi remembered the first time he saw Obito take off his mask, and he personally admitted to killing the Namikaze Minato couple...


    Perhaps, that thing is true.


    Since Uchiha Itachi was able to kill his parents and the whole family for power, why couldn''t Uchiha Obito kill his teacher?


    Hatake Kakashi thought he had finished analyzing the information he got, and wanted to get one last piece of news: "So, your Excellency... which ninja from Ninja Village?"


    Since Uehara Naraku has been hiding his identity, Hatake Kakashi is still a little unwilling, and he added from the side: "If I want to take him out of your ninja village, I still need your help in this matter."


    "Mr. Kakashi."


    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, looked at Hatake Kakashi and said coldly: "Don''t ask me this question anymore, I can tell you so much is the limit... Even if you see me again in the future, I will not Admit that I have leaked to you about Senior Ah Fei."


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku''s face flashed a touch of contempt: "With all due respect, this matter should be handled by others from Konoha''s Third Hokage Sect. With Mr. Kakashi''s strength, it is a bit bad... "


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi''s eyes flickered.


    Their three generations of Konoha Hokage Hiruza Sarutobi still don¡¯t know about Uchiha Obito, at least for now Kakashi doesn¡¯t want to tell Hiruza Sarutobi; A character who is good at dealing with dark troubles comes out.


    For example, Shimura Danzo, the leader of Konoha Roots.


    Not long ago, the leader of the root, Shimura Danzo, was imprisoned for no reason. Now if Obito is leaked, wouldn''t it make Shimura Danzo come out again?


    "Let''s go."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, turned around and walked towards the battlefield between Orochimaru, Kanshi Kisame, Ghost Lantern Moon and others: "I just met Orochimaru who stole our village''s treasure here. I want to take the treasure back from him."


    "etc¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi glanced at Orochimaru, and suddenly said: "Your Excellency, Orochimaru is Konoha''s traitor, I can help..."


    "Hatake Kakashi!"


    Uehara Naraku turned his head abruptly, looked at Kakashi Hatake with cold eyes, and a murderous aura emanated from him: "Do Konoha''s ninjas still want to covet the treasures of our ninja village? Get out! Don''t force me to kill you!" It''s you!"

 Chapter 51

    If there is only Hatake Kakashi himself here, he must find a way to get involved in the matter of Orochimaru, not to mention whether it is a treasure or not.


    But now he still has Hualing who saved him by his side.


    After Uehara Naraku opened his mouth to drive people away, he put on a look of desperately trying to cover up the treasures in the village, resolutely refusing to let Konoha Ninja covet them.


    Hatake Kakashi frowned, picked up the flower bell on the ground, and left the place step by step, seemingly not interested in the treasure that Uehara Naraku said.


    Undoubtedly, after Kakashi settles down with Hualing, he will not give up investigating information on Uehara and Orochimaru easily.


    Uehara Naraku also thought of this, and when he saw Kakashi Hatake disappearing, he immediately wanted to get rid of Orochimaru.


    "what happened?"


    Uehara Naraku flew to stop beside the nearest ghost lantern full moon, and asked in a deep voice: "Can the strength of the three of you not defeat Orochimaru?"


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    "..."


    Ghost Lantern Moon couldn''t help but glanced at Uehara Naraku, did this new boss have too high a view, how much he looked down on Konoha Sannin!


    Orochimaru is not so easy to deal with!


    At the end of the Third Ninja World War that year, Orochimaru and Namikaze Minato led the Konoha ninjas and drove their Kirigakure ninjas back to the country of water...


    Can''t this boss ask the dried persimmon ghost next to him?


    That guy was a witness back then.


    Even if the three of them are in the period of rising strength, it is impossible to defeat Orochimaru in such a short time, right?


    To be rational, I''m not really sure I can win...


    Ghost Lantern Moon sighed Uehara Naraku was ignorant of the world, but he could only explain: "My lord, Konoha Sannin''s power is beyond our prediction, Orochimaru''s ninjutsu is quite weird, and the three of us haven''t tried to cooperate yet." fight..."


    The first generation of Ninja Sword Seven in Wuyin Village fought in groups, but they were wiped out later; the second generation of Seven Ninja Swordsmen like Guideng Manyue basically fought alone, and never cooperated to attack the enemy.


    To be honest, not only did the combat effectiveness not reach the effect of 1+1+1=3, on the contrary, it might not be as enjoyable as fighting alone!


    Especially Ghost Lantern Full Moon faintly feels that the dried persimmon ghost is paddling, and the other peach will be very hard if he doesn''t cut it, but his strength is just like that...


    Uehara Naraku looked at the ghost full moon with a puzzled face: "He is Orochimaru, can you even deal with him?"


    Orochimaru has always been very strong in Konoha Sannin''s civil war, but in foreign wars, he has always been reduced to a background board to set off the strength of other people...


    Ghost Lantern Moon''s expression was even more incomprehensible than he was, and he even couldn''t believe it: "Do you think we should be able to easily defeat Orochimaru?"


    Ghost Lantern Moon did witness the power of Uehara Naraku with his own eyes. He snapped his fingers and killed the fourth Mizukage Yakura, but Orochimaru is not as easy to deal with as Yakura!


    To be honest, Onito Manzuki doesn''t think Yakura can defeat Orochimaru...


    And compared to the four generations of Mizukage Yakura, Orochimaru has really been famous for ninjas like them for a long time.


    "Master Uehara..."


    Seeing them discussing, Kisame guessed something, took the opportunity to retreat, and whispered beside Uehara: "There are other enemies hidden nearby...it might be him."


    Relying on sensory ninjutsu, Kisame Kisame noticed that there were other enemies near this battlefield, most likely Obito Uchiha...


    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly sank.


    No wonder the dried persimmon ghost shark has been paddling!


    However, just a few seconds after Kisame Kisame withdrew from the battlefield, Orochimaru took the opportunity to release a group of snakes with Kusanagi swords in their mouths!


    "Array of Ten Thousand Snakes!"


    Momochi Zabuza, who was still fighting, was pierced through the shoulder by a Kusanagi sword... This guy is really an iron waste that cannot be lifted up!


    Seeing that the situation was not going well, Ganshi Guixier hurriedly rushed forward again to stop the formation of Wansheluo, but because of the prying eyes of outsiders, he still paddled obediently.


    The person who snooped is most likely Obito Uchiha.


    And Kisame Kisame knew in his heart that placing a spy beside Obito Uchiha was the most important thing.


    Uehara Naraku frowned subconsciously when he heard Kisame''s words, and scanned everything around him. Now he is not very confident that he can defeat Obito.


    Of course, Uehara himself can easily escape, as long as the moment of holy judgment is activated, he can hide underground to escape Obito''s pursuit by using the mayfly technique.


    However, the Seven Ninja Swordsmen he worked so hard to recruit in the Land of Water, and Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, how could Uehara easily abandon them?


    Uehara Naraku rolled his eyes and looked at Orochimaru in the center of the battlefield, with a smile on his face: "Tch, Orochimaru, you are lucky this time..."


    The center of the battlefield.


    Orochimaru dealt with this group of seven ninja swords boredly. His ninjutsu and genjutsu might not be good against Uchiha Itachi, but he consciously dealt with three seven ninja swords more than enough.


    Just as Orochimaru was about to defeat the dried persimmons Kisame and others in front of him one by one, he suddenly felt uneasy, and then he heard a shout: "Senior Orochimaru, as long as you give me the information of Senior A Fei and the Ring of Sora, I don''t mind letting you go..."


    "Is it up to you?"


    Orochimaru gave an evil laugh, squinted at Uehara Naraku, and then glanced at Kisame and the others who were holding strangely shaped ninja swords. He suddenly spit out a Kusanagi sword with a length of more than 100 meters from his mouth, sweeping away everything around. !


    Although Orochimaru didn''t know what danger Uehara Naraku and the others would bring, the feeling of palpitation just now made him decide to immediately get rid of Uehara and the others and leave the land of water to avoid any danger.


    Snakes are always very sensitive to crises.


    "Stand back, you guys!"


    Uehara Naraku walked up, grabbed the 100-meter-long Kusanagi sword with one hand, and said coldly, "I''ll have a good chat with Oshemaru-senpai."


    "Yes, my lord."


    Guideng Manyue and Ganshi Guishui looked at each other, Tao Dizaibuzhan covered the wounds on his body, and the three retreated from the battle group.


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s snake eyes froze for a second, looking at Uehara Naraku who was approaching, the sharpness of the Kusanagi sword couldn''t help the kid in front of him!


    Sure enough, there is no ordinary ninja who can join Akatsuki!


    Even though Uehara Naraku is just one of the interns.


    "Senior Orochimaru, don''t be so impulsive..."


    Naraku Uehara approached Orochimaru, raised his head to look at the cold snake eyes, and said with a light smile, "Don''t underestimate me because you think I''m Akatsuki''s intern... as long as you tell me about Obito Uchiha , hand over the empty ring, I don''t mind saving your life!"


    Orochimaru glanced at Uehara disdainfully, and said with a cold snort, "Hmph, if you want to threaten me, call Payne to come!"


    A member of the entire Akatsuki organization counts as one.


    Except for Payne and Uchiha Itachi, Orochimaru doesn''t look down on any other members, because he has suffered a lot in the hands of those two.


    "Then follow the advice of Senior Orochimaru!"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and Orochimaru''s words were exactly what he wanted.


    A black stick suddenly appeared at Uehara''s fingertips, and he stabbed into his arm suddenly with the black stick, with a painful seal on his face: "Ninjutsu¡¤Spiritual Technique!"


    A psychic spell formed under his palm!


    After the black chakra stick entered his body, Uehara felt a wave of other people''s chakra enter his body in an instant, probing his position!


    Making six chakra sensors is extremely domineering!


    As the abnormal chakra in Uehara''s body gradually dissipated, the smoke of psychic techniques rose, and a figure appeared in front of everyone from the psychic array!


    It is Heaven Payne!


    Payne''s eyes of reincarnation slowly lifted, and his cold voice fell into everyone''s ears: "Uehara, are you in any trouble?"

 Chapter 52

    The moment he saw Payne, the smile on Orochimaru''s face froze instantly!


    Obviously he just wanted to mock Uehara Naraku just now, so why did he really summon Payne?


    How is this going?


    Orochimaru''s first thought turned out to be why Payne was psychic out. Is it the ability of the reincarnation eye or Payne is no longer a real human being...


    If ninjas can communicate with each other, how much impact will it have on ninja information transmission and technology?


    Orochimaru himself is really not sure that he can defeat Tiandao Payne, especially since he just performed reincarnation and abandoned his body...


    "Master Yahiko."


    Naraku Uehara''s words interrupted Orochimaru''s wild thoughts, the boy raised his palm and pointed at Orochimaru, and said to Payne, "We have met Akatsuki''s traitor."


    "Orochimaru?"


    Payne raised his eyes and stretched out his palm towards Orochimaru: "Then solve it quickly, I don''t have much time to appear... Wanxiang Tianyin!"


    A strange gravitational force pulled Orochimaru towards Payne''s position!


    Orochimaru refused to sit still, he spit out a long snake again from his mouth, spit out a Kusanagi sword from the snake''s mouth, and stabbed in the direction of Payne!


    "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    A repulsive force erupted violently, knocking Orochimaru out at a faster speed!


    This crushing battle was over. Orochimaru had no power to fight back, and was seriously injured by Tiandao Payne''s two spells!


    Whether it''s the ghost lantern full moon, the dried persimmon ghost shark or the peach ground, they all looked at the figure of Tiandao Payne with some horror.


    Orochimaru, who the three of them were unable to defeat just now, was defeated by this man in the red cloud and black robe in a few seconds, and there was not even room for resistance!


    "All right."


    Tiandao Payne withdrew his palm calmly, ignored the tattered Orochimaru in the distance, turned his head to look at the surrounding dried persimmon ghosts and others, and finally looked down at the young man beside him: "These are also enemies ?"


    "..."


    The expressions of Ghost Lantern Man Yue and the others suddenly became tense.


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and explained softly: "They are all the Seven Ninja Swordsmen from Wuyin Village, and they are the people I recruited when I came to the Kingdom of Water this time."


    "..."


    It was Payne''s turn to be speechless.


    Obviously the task assigned to Uehara was just to recruit a dried persimmon ghost, why did he recruit other people as reserve members after the death of the dried persimmon ghost?


    Xiao Nan''s disciple is surprisingly capable!


    The Akatsuki organization has been losing manpower, and Uehara has recruited so many backup candidates, which saves them the trouble of finding a way to recruit new members...


    "Other than these..."


    Uehara Naraku considered his words, and continued softly: "Does Yahiko-sama know the true identity of Senior Ah Fei?"


    "Uehara, what are you asking these for?"


    Payne''s expression changed, he actually didn''t really want to leak the fact that A Fei was Uchiha Madara, because there were a lot of involvement in it.


    But after thinking for a while, Payne spoke again to appease Uehara: "Xiaonan has returned to the base. When you come back, let your teacher tell you!"


    "etc¡­"


    How can this work!


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    If it is purely for dealing with Orochimaru, there is no need to psychic Tendo Payne, Uehara''s main purpose is to deter Uchiha Obito who is spying secretly.


    In this way, as long as Uehara tells Payne the information in advance, there is no need for the team that Obito wants to assassinate them to conceal the news.


    Uehara Naraku quickly explained: "Master Yahiko, a few days ago I met Konoha''s Hatake Kakashi by chance. Kakashi had contact with Senior Afei, and Kakashi called Senior Afei Obito..."


    After finishing speaking, when Uehara Naraku saw that Payne still didn''t take it seriously, he continued to add: "Senior Ah Fei wanted to kill me after hearing this name, but fortunately Teacher Xiaonan gave me 100 million detonating charms to escape successfully... "


    "He''s going to kill you?"


    Payne couldn''t help frowning: "Because his name was leaked out, do you want to kill you?"


    This is where things get complicated.


    Scenes from the past appeared in Payne''s mind. The mysterious masked man Kazue appeared in front of them, claiming to be the Ninja Shura Uchiha Madara, and he was the one who guided the eyes of the immortals.


    Exactly, at that time.


    Shimura Danzo and Sanshoyu Hanzo conspired to encircle and suppress the growing Akatsuki organization, including the leader Yahiko, all died in battle, and only Nagato himself and Konan survived.


    If the real name of the mysterious masked man is Obito, and he is a Konoha ninja, then there must be some conspiracy hidden in it!


    Konoha''s Shimura Danzo united with Hanzo to encircle and suppress them;


    Another Konoha ninja showed up to guide Nagato. If these two things have nothing to do with each other, no one thinks it is impossible, right?


    Especially just before the mysterious masked man and Zeus appeared, Yahiko rejected their proposal, and then Akatsuki was encircled by Shimura Danzo and Yuyin Village!


    After Payne stood there thinking for a while, his face suddenly turned cold, and he suddenly said, "That guy...could be a spy sent by Danzo?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t quite understand Payne''s brain circuit, and his face was a little overwhelmed: "This is just information I got by accident..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku saw Orochimaru on the ground from the corner of his eye, and suddenly added: "Wait, I remembered... Orochimaru mentioned just now that Obito is a Konoha hero who died in battle. Orochimaru must Know his information!"


    "Well done!"


    Payne''s eyes lit up, he praised him approvingly, stretched out his palm to stroke Naraku Uehara''s hair, and said softly: "Uehara, the country of water is too dangerous for you now, get out of here immediately!"


    "Then shall I take Orochimaru back?"


    Naraku Uehara nodded and looked in the direction of Orochimaru. The tattered Orochimaru seemed to be flattened a lot...


    Payne shook his head, and stopped Uehara''s plan in a cold voice: "That guy just ran away while we were talking!"


    "I''m going to chase him!"


    Uehara Naraku flew and was about to rush out.


    Tiandao Payne grabbed his clothes and said in a deep voice: "Don''t worry, another member of Akatsuki is also a Konoha ninja, and he and Xiaonan have also returned to the base, just in time to find out if he is also a Konoha spy ..."


    Payne can''t use too much chakra in the country of water.


    If he was in Akatsuki''s base, Payne would have nothing to fear. He only needed to control another rebel member from Konoha in their organization and get information about Obito.


    "Mr. Itachi?"


    Uehara Naraku had a look of surprise on his face.


    That guy is really a Konoha spy!


    If Uchiha Itachi wanted to free himself from being suspected of being a spy, would he spit out all the information about Uchiha Obito?


    Once Uchiha Itachi knows that the true identity of the mysterious masked man is Uchiha Obito, how will he treat this ninja who assisted him in killing his fellow clan?


    Uehara Naraku really wants to see the two film kings turn their faces!


    Madara Uchiha can be scary...


    As for Obito Uchiha... If it wasn''t because he died in battle and became the hero of Konoha, he would probably be ashamed of Uchiha!

 Chapter 53

    "I''ll go back to the base first."


    After Payne finished talking with Uehara Naraku, he said in a cold voice: "Uehara, you should go back to Akatsuki''s base immediately, and don''t let your teacher worry."


    After speaking, Payne dismissed the channeling as the smoke dissipated.


    Since Tiandao Payne is too far away from the main body Nagato, the chakra in Tiandao Payne''s body has actually been almost exhausted after releasing two pupil techniques.


    If you can''t get Nagato''s Chakra transmission, Tendo Payne won''t be of much use, and it doesn''t make sense to stay here.


    It''s better to go back as soon as possible and inquire about information from Itachi Uchiha.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t stop there either. He channeled Penn, only to let Obito Uchiha, who was hiding and spying in the dark, recognize the fact that his actor status had been stripped.


    Obito Uchiha should have recognized the facts now, right?


    The only pity is that Orochimaru sneaked away.


    Now that the matter was over, Uehara Naraku left the country of water with Kisame Kisame, Moon Moon and Shiro and others, and set foot on the way home.


    After everyone leaves.


    In the shadows of the mountains.


    The figure of the mysterious masked man appeared, and he muttered to himself with some melancholy: "I miscalculated, can that kid actually channel Payne..."


    The identity is about to be completely exposed!


    But the mysterious masked man had already prepared for the worst.


    If Nagato wants to kick him away and start collecting Tailed Beasts alone, it is simply impossible, because only Zetsu can collect information about Tailed Beasts.


    The identity exposure this time only affects his status and image, and does not prevent him from continuing the Moon Eye project.


    The mysterious masked man is not all for nothing.


    He suspected that Orochimaru had noticed his identity and leaked it to Kakashi. Who made Orochimaru appear in the country of water for no reason?


    In terms of emotion and reason, Orochimaru is the most likely candidate.


    "Forget it, I can only give up blocking the news..."


    The light in the eyes of the mysterious masked man flickered, and a space-time vortex appeared behind him, pulling him into the vortex.


    The country of rain.


    Akatsuki''s base.


    Payne lifted Uehara''s psychic technique, and just returned here, and saw Xiaonan with a worried expression head on.


    Konan, Kakuto, and Itachi Uchiha recruited Hidan before returning to Akatsuki''s base in the past two days.


    "Nagato, is there something wrong with your main body?"


    "No, it''s Uehara."


    Payne shook his head, and said with a gloomy expression: "Maybe we can find out the truth twelve years ago, go and control Itachi Uchiha first, and absolutely not let him escape!"


    "what happened?"


    "The man who calls himself Uchiha Madara is a ninja called Obito, and he is very likely a Konoha spy who wants to use us!"


    Payne''s face was ugly, and he continued in a deep voice: "Uehara has discovered his true identity and is being chased by him!"


    "I''m going to save Uehara!"


    The paper wings on Xiao Nan''s back opened, and he was about to leave here.


    Tiandao Payne stopped her, and explained in a low voice: "Don''t worry, Uehara happened to meet Orochimaru, and I have already helped him solve it; there are three Ninja Swordsmen around him to protect him, so there should be no problem..."


    "Then go see Uchiha Itachi first!"


    Pieces of origami fluttered all over Xiao Nan''s body, and he said in a cold voice, "Ask for information from him!"


    Since Uehara has not returned yet, Uchiha Itachi has no new teammates, so he can''t go out to perform tasks, but just sits by the lake outside the base and thinks about life.


    A group of paper butterflies suddenly landed in front of him, and gathered into a blue-haired woman standing on the lake, causing ripples.


    Xiao Nan looked at him, frowned lightly and said, "Is there any trouble for the famous Weasel of Extermination?"


    "Senior Xiaonan, is there something wrong?"


    Uchiha Itachi''s mood was a little depressed, he just wanted to sit quietly for a while, and didn''t really want to talk to the woman in front of him.


    Xiaonan didn''t care about his mood, but asked in a cold voice: "Uchiha Itachi, you are Konoha Rebellious Ninja, have you heard of the name Obito when you were in Konoha?"


    "Bring soil?"


    Uchiha Itachi remembered a funeral he had attended a long time ago, raised his head in doubt, and added the complete name in Konan''s mouth: "Uchiha Obito?"


    Konan frowned slightly, carefully observing Uchiha Itachi''s expression, and was a little surprised to see that he didn''t show any abnormalities.


    Itachi Uchiha doesn''t know the identity of the masked man?


    Xiaonan continued to ask in a deep voice: "You are all of the same family, you should know that person named Uchiha Obito?"


    "Ok?"


    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head, just looked at the lake and replied softly: "Uchiha Obito was already killed in the third Ninja World War, because his body could not be found, he was also the only one who was not buried in the Konoha Memorial Monument hero."


    "Oh?"


    Xiao Nan nodded with great interest: "Keep talking!"


    Judging from Uchiha Itachi''s words alone, the probability of the mysterious masked man being Uchiha Obito is at least eighty-nine percent.


    But judging from Uchiha Itachi''s expression, it seems that he still doesn''t know the true identity of the mysterious masked man?


    If you think about it this way, Uchiha Itachi may not be a Konoha spy, after all, he killed the entire Uchiha clan.


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi looked at Konan with some puzzlement, the Uchiha Obito had died a long time ago, what should he say?


    What else is there to say!


    Are you going to tell me about Obito''s life?


    Why would a person who died long ago arouse Xiao Nan''s interest?


    Uchiha Itachi carefully observed Xiaonan''s voice, and continued softly: "It is said that Uchiha Obito''s grades are not very good, maybe it is for this reason, when Konoha Ninja graduated and assigned, Obito was arranged to be the same as the last one at that time. The genius ninja Hatake Kakashi was divided into a team and became a disciple of the Fourth Hokage..."


    A story about the tail of a crane is narrated from the mouth of Uchiha Itachi.


    Uchiha Itachi heard the news from other people in his family, coupled with his own understanding and polishing, created a story of positive energy growth in which the tail of the crane eventually became the hero of Konoha.


    Xiaonan couldn''t help but look sideways when she heard it. She didn''t expect Itachi Uchiha to have a talent for telling stories.


    Uchiha Itachi''s ninja stories are much more beautiful than Jiraiya''s.


    The "Strong Perseverance and Endurance" written by Jiraiya is nothing, it is so obscure that people can''t read it, it is really not as good as Uchiha Itachi''s story.


    "...In the end, Obito Uchiha became the hero of Konoha, who died in a foreign country, and the genius ninja Kakashi Hatake, who carried the will of his comrades in arms, also achieved Sharingan Kakashi with the Sharingan presented by his old friend. honor."


    This story is not a leak, much of it is well known, and it is a story of spreading the will of fire.


    After Uchiha Itachi told this story, he was even moved by the Obito in the story. He slowly turned his head and looked at the female ninja who was in full swing, feeling a little puzzled in his heart...


    Isn''t his story a good one?


    Didn''t the will of fire spread to Xiaonan''s heart?


    "Finished?"


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Xiao Nan frowned, if she hadn''t known that the mysterious masked man was Obito Uchiha, she might have really admired him.


    "Ok¡­"


    Uchiha Itachi''s expression was a bit ugly, feeling that this woman was a little hopeless: "Senior Xiaonan, why are you interested in Uchiha Obito?"


    Xiao Nan didn''t answer his words, but just opened the paper wings behind her, and said coldly: "Come with me, Payne wants to see you!"


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 54

    In Xiao''s cave.


    Payne on the heretic golem overlooked Uchiha Itachi who walked in, and said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Itachi, you are a member brought by A Fei, you should know A Fei''s true identity, right?"


    Payne didn''t hide Uchiha Itachi, or he didn''t care about Uchiha Itachi''s thoughts, because in the face of real strength, there is no need to play tricks.


    Uchiha Itachi''s expression didn''t change much, but his heart was already in a turmoil. Based on the conversation with Xiaonan just now, he had already guessed what Payne was going to say.


    The mysterious masked man has always claimed to be Uchiha Madara, but Payne and Xiaonan seem to have found some evidence now that the masked man is Uchiha Obito!


    "He lied to me and claimed to be Madara Uchiha."


    Payne looked at Itachi Uchiha, and continued in a deep voice: "In fact, his real identity is Obito Uchiha, a spy sent by Konoha''s Shimura Danzo..."


    "..."


    Itachi Uchiha fell silent.


    All kinds of past experiences appeared in front of Uchiha Itachi, and he began to reversely analyze Uchiha Obito''s true identity based on what Payne said.


    The first time he saw the mysterious masked man, the masked man killed his teammates and induced him to open Sharingan;


    Later, after Uchiha Itachi grew up, the masked man was willing to cooperate with him to kill the entire Uchiha clan, leading him to join Akatsuki.


    The mysterious masked man knew in his heart that he was the spy of the third Hokage, but he still told him his plan and was willing to continue to cooperate with him.


    No matter when Uchiha Itachi sees the mysterious masked man''s every step, he can see a strong dark style, which is exactly like Shimura Danzo''s handwriting!


    Besides Shimura Danzo, who else would want to destroy the Uchiha clan?


    After Uchiha Itachi finished the reverse analysis, he couldn''t help but panic!


    If they can really confirm that the mysterious masked man is not Uchiha Madara, and is indeed Uchiha Obito, then he is almost 100% Danzo''s subordinate!


    Because Uchiha Obito has a good reputation in Konoha, and he has no other relatives except a grandma, so the sense of existence is not particularly high;


    It is impossible for Obito to do so many dark things in a subjective sense, he can only be manipulated by Danzo''s command!


    This also makes sense.


    There are not many ninjas from the Uchiha clan who entered Anbu. Uchiha Shisui and Uchiha Itachi were all assigned to Danzo''s subordinates. There was also a ninja named Uchiha Obito in Danzo''s hands, which couldn''t be more normal.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Uchiha Itachi frowned slightly. He didn''t expect that every step he took was under the arrangement of Shimura Danzo. Danzo really lingered.


    "Uchiha Obito is Danzo''s spy."


    A yin and yang black stick floated out of Payne''s hand, and he stared at the young man below: "Itachi Uchiha, what is your real identity? You who killed all the Uchiha people in Konoha are also a spy, right? "


    Uchiha Itachi looked up at Payne, shook his head slightly and said: "I just want to find a place to live, he claimed to be Uchiha Madara, and he also deceived me...


    Now that I know he is a spy sent by Konoha to spy on me, I will kill him next time. "


    Uchiha Itachi did not tell the truth that he and Uchiha Obito cooperated to destroy the Uchiha clan.


    Once he speaks out, it is possible to clear the suspicion of Obito, and it is more likely to drag himself into the water.


    The current Uchiha Itachi doesn''t want to be used by Danzo, nor does he want to be in danger!


    As for Uchiha Obito, when they meet next time, Uchiha Itachi will definitely find a way to deal with it, he can''t stand Danzo still watching him!


    "very good."


    Payne nodded, looked at Xiaonan next to him and said, "Xiaonan, the next step is to find out its true identity from Jue''s mouth, and kill it immediately if there is a problem!"


    Definitely Akatsuki''s intelligence personnel.


    Because Jue has provided Akatsuki with a lot of information, Payne doesn''t want to kill Jue directly, but instead wants to try to find out Jue''s identity and find out whether it is a spy or someone who was deceived by Obito Uchiha.


    When Zejue got the news, both Heijue and Baijue were half confused. They couldn''t figure out how Obito''s identity was detected.


    And why do you say that Obito is a spy of Danzo?


    Who told Uchiha Obito to contact Yahiko first, but Yahiko just rejected them, and then Yahiko was killed by Shimura Danzo and Sansho Hanzo...


    Whether it is in terms of time or motivation, it is indeed very reasonable.


    After Xiaonan and Payne''s simple reasoning, if they didn''t know the truth absolutely, they might have believed it too!


    Bai Jue''s mood was a little melancholy: "Although it''s just Nagato and Xiaonan''s guess, it sounds like solid evidence. If we defend, it will also attract Nagato''s suspicion..."


    "Ok."


    Heijue is in a good state of mind, and it is still thinking of a remedy: "In short, keep Nagato and Xiaonan steady, and make sure they won''t have doubts about the plan to collect tailed beasts."


    "Then shall we go see Obito to discuss countermeasures?"


    Bai Jue said in a low voice: "Just now, I took the soil back to our secret base, and asked a Bai Jue clone to help him re-transplant a Sangouyu Sharingan..."


    "what happened?"


    Heijue asked with some doubts: "Has he used Izanagi? How can someone force Obito, who has the space-time kaleidoscope, to use Izanagi?"


    "It''s Uehara Naraku."


    Half of Bai Jue''s face was incomprehensible: "Obito''s explanation is that he was too careless, and was plotted against by Uehara Naraku with the detonation talisman, so he had to use Izanagi to escape...and he is very anxious to see us now."


    "..."


    Hei Jue was also in a bad mood.


    Didn''t Uchiha Obito say to control Uehara Naraku? In the end, the car overturned on top of that twelve-year-old brat?


    Sure enough, except Uchiha Madara, the other Uchihas are trash!


    An absolute secret base.


    This place used to be Uchiha Madara''s hiding place in his later years, and there are still a few white zealots inhabiting it to guard it.


    With the help of a Baijue clone, Uchiha Obito transplanted a Sangouyu Sharingan, and he has taken off the mask on his face.


    From today onwards, there is no need for him to use Madara''s identity to bluff.


    Jue''s figure emerged from the ground.


    Hei Jue looked at him sullenly and said, "Obito, because you refused to follow our advice at the beginning, now Nagato has identified you as a spy sent by Danzo."


    Bai Jue blamed softly: "And this incident has involved us. In order to make Nagato trust us again, we have to bother to help him collect information about Sanjiao Hanzo."


    "Is there no way to save it?"


    Obito Uchiha frowned. This news was a bit bad for him, and it was not good for him to be unable to control Akatsuki''s actions in real time.


    "At least not now."


    Hei Jue shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Now that Nagato has confirmed your identity, we can only wait until his anger dissipates in the future, and then slowly clear your suspicion."


    Bai Jue softly put forward his own suggestion: "We must find a way to install new people in Akatsuki as soon as possible, so as to prevent Akatsuki''s actions from getting out of control... and monitor Uchiha Itachi who has just joined Akatsuki not long ago."


    "This is no problem."


    Uchiha Obito''s brows stretched out, and he said with a smile: "Because that kid Uehara wasn''t paying attention, I communicated with Kisame in secret, and he still believes in the Moon Eye Project, and will continue to act as a spy I planted in Akatsuki to help I monitor Uchiha Itachi."

 Chapter 55

    "Wait, Naraku Uehara is still alive?"


    Heijue looked at Obito Uchiha with some incomprehension on his face, what the hell is going on with this bastard, even a twelve-year-old kid can''t solve it?


    Uchiha Obito shook his head and said: "That kid Uehara can channel the heavenly Dao Payne, I can''t confront Payne face to face... What I''m going to say next is the most troublesome thing!"


    Obito Uchiha''s face became extremely serious, and he coldly looked at the white clones around Juewa, always looking at them a little confused and puzzled.


    "Someone leaked information about me to Hatake Kakashi."


    As soon as Uchiha Obito opened his mouth, a big thunder exploded. He expressed his doubts: "I guess these things were leaked by Orochimaru, because he happened to appear in the water country with Kakashi."


    Bai Jue immediately grasped an important point: "Hatake Kakashi?"


    Hei Jue also grasped another key point: "Oshewan?"


    "That''s right."


    Obito Uchiha nodded seriously: "After all, Kakashi has never shown any abnormalities, maybe Orochimaru found some clues from some channels and told Kakashi my information.


    If it weren''t for Kakashi''s sudden exposure of my identity, I wouldn''t have rushed to kill Naraku Uehara to silence me, but was suddenly plotted against by that brat.


    The kid Uehara channeled Payne again, and told Payne about it!


    It''s a pity that I was identified as Danzo''s spy by Nagato before I had time to prepare to communicate with Nagato! "


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Speaking of this, Obito Uchiha even punched himself beside him bitterly. He still can''t figure out how things turned out like this!


    Obviously everything is moving in a good direction, but he is still diligently trying to bring in a helping hand for Akatsuki, but unexpectedly, he is kicked out of Akatsuki''s organization.


    that is¡­


    Quite suddenly.


    If you just think about it in another direction, maybe this time it¡¯s not a bad thing. Obito Uchiha at least knows that someone has secretly monitored his information. It¡¯s better than being noticed after collecting tailed beasts in the future. many.


    Orochimaru didn''t know that he had been blamed.


    Orochimaru also knew the true identity of the mysterious masked man for the first time, and he already had a calculation in his mind that this information could be used for trading.


    As for the transaction object, it is naturally his close partner.


    In Leaf Village.


    In the root base.


    Due to the brutal and cruel methods of Shimura Danzo in the handling of the Uchiha clan, the roots of his subordinates were banned by Sarutobi Hiruzen, and he was also imprisoned.


    Even if Danzo Shimura was dissatisfied, he could do nothing about Hiruzaru Sarutobi''s resolute handling, so the old man could only hide here quietly, secretly contacted his old department to collect information, and by the way cultivated those youngsters in his possession ninja.


    "Believe me, be serious!"


    "Take the root, well done."


    "Sai, you just graduated this year, next year I will find a way to arrange for you to take the Chunin exam, and I will work harder."


    Shimura Danzo looked at the group of young ninjas below, and judged their training one by one, as if he was really a teacher who carefully cultivated the younger generation.


    It''s just that this group of young ninjas didn''t dare to look at him at all. Whenever Danzo''s eyes fell on them, every boy would shrink back unconsciously.


    These teenagers are deeply afraid of the old man in front of them.


    A small white snake suddenly came out of a pipe, spitting out its snake core, crawled to Shimura Danzo, and opened its mouth.


    "Huh? Go down first!"


    After Shimura Danzo saw the little snake, his expression changed, he waved his hand to repel the group of teenagers, and then took a scroll from the mouth of the little white snake.


    This little white snake is Orochimaru''s communication tool.


    Since Orochimaru''s defection, Shimura Danzo has kept in touch with Orochimaru. He thought that Orochimaru made an unreasonable request to him this time, but he didn''t expect that Orochimaru just sent him a copy intelligence.


    "Obito Uchiha is still alive..."


    Shimura Danzo''s eyes tightened suddenly, staring at the information scroll that Orochimaru gave him, which contained information about the mysterious masked man.


    Shimura Danzo didn''t know that because of the mysterious masked man, he had a few more blames in the eyes of Payne and Uchiha Itachi.


    Now Danzo just wants to use this information, make a good operation, and regain the power he lost from Sarutobi Hiruzen!


    "Hi Zhan, the teacher is right..."


    Shimura Danzo slowly closed the scroll in his hand, threw it into the brazier next to him, and continued softly, "The Uchiha clan are all born evil people...even the disciples of the Fourth Hokage, It will also fall!"


    Although he has obtained information about Uchiha Obito, Shimura Danzo also needs to wait for an opportunity for Hatake Kakashi to return to the village before confronting Sarutobi Hiruzen.


    This opportunity is not difficult.


    the other side.


    Uehara Naraku looked at his system panel and fell into deep thought.


    Main task: realize the wish of the book stall owner and become the biggest boss in the ninja world. The progress is 3%, and the task has been completed.


    Uehara took his team out of the country of water and on the way back to the country of rain, the progress of the main task began to advance inexplicably, until it suddenly stopped when it jumped to 3%.


    According to Uehara''s judgment, this progress may be related to his uncovering the identity of the mysterious masked man. More and more people know the true identity of the mysterious masked man, but ignore him, the real mastermind behind the scenes.


    Because there is a side mission that is rather peculiar.


    Side task: reveal the true identity of the mysterious masked man in public, the task has been completed, and the reward skill is Distorting Space.


    Perhaps it was because Uehara Naraku revealed Obito''s identity for the first time before, using the transformation of a natural phantom charm, not exposing Obito''s identity with his true face, or it may be because Hatake Kakashi was not very good at that time. believe.


    Now someone believes it.


    As for the skill of this reward, Uehara was a bit aggrieved.


    Distorted space: After a delay of 0.5 seconds, a distorted space that can last for 3 seconds can be released in the target area. The area will be isolated from the outside world. People who try to pass through the space barrier will be stunned by the space barrier. Escape through space-time ninjutsu.


    The maintenance time and area of ??the distorted space are related to the chakra consumption coefficient, the cooling time is 15 seconds, and the minimum chakra consumption is 100 points.


    This skill has a ghost!


    Not as powerful as the puppet command shock wave!


    Unless the space barrier happens to control Obito Uchiha, there is no way to sanction his divine power pupil technique, and even the flying thunder god technique can be easily escaped.


    What is this skill used for?


    Could it be used as a space cage?


    Seems pretty good too.


    Although Distorted Space is a space technique, it is not actually aimed at time-space ninjas. Using it to target regular ninjas is almost invincible.


    In the entire ninja world, except for a few ninjas who are good at time and space techniques such as Uchiha Obito, Fourth Hokage, and Otsutsuki Kaguya, basically any other ninja will be imprisoned by the distorted space.


    It''s a bit like the four red sun formations and the four purple inflammation formations.


    It''s just that the strength of the space barrier far exceeds these barriers.


    The voice of dried persimmon and ghost shark interrupted Uehara''s thoughts: "Master Uehara, we are already approaching the coast of Tango Country."


    "Oh?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his head, watched their sea ship enter the harbor of the most peaceful country in the ninja world, and said softly: "After fighting for so long, just enjoy it here!"

 Chapter 56

    Since Uehara Naraku had to take five people on the return journey together this time, it was naturally impossible to borrow a route from the Land of Fire to avoid any trouble, so they chose a relatively safe route.


    After leaving the port.


    Uehara Naraku turned his head and looked at the people present, and assigned tasks to them: "Ghost Lantern Moon, go to Tangnin Village to book a hot spring hotel; Mr. Zabuza, you take Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to continue ninja training or go to San relax..."


    "..."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon and Tao Di Bu Zhan were full of confusion.


    The two of them, one is a genius ninja, who became a genius housekeeper in the mouth of Uehara Naraku; the other is a murderous mist ninja, who was regarded by Uehara as an enlightenment teacher and nanny.


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro couldn''t help turning their heads to look at Uehara, and said softly, "Uehara-kun, won''t you go with us?"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and said softly: "Well, Kisame and I will practice seal seals. In the afternoon, we will meet at Tangnin Village... the busiest place!"


    Tangnin Village is the most famous tourist attraction in the ninja world.


    Tangnin Village is famous for their unique hot spring soup pool, which is the most comfortable place in the ninja world and the most suitable place for enjoyment.


    Even ninja wars rarely reach here.


    Uehara and his party took a boat across the sea all the way, and it happened to be here to rest for a day.


    After everyone else left, Naraku Uehara and Kisame Kisame had a space to be alone and began to discuss their plans.


    What Naraku Uehara is most concerned about is undoubtedly the last private meeting with Kisame Uchiha before leaving the country of water: "How is it? Have you gained Obito''s trust?"


    "Ha, almost."


    Kisame grinned at the corner of his mouth, and said with a light smile: "I told him that as long as his Moon Eye plan will continue to be implemented, after I become Uchiha Itachi''s teammate, I will continue to help monitor Uchiha Itachi and pass on the news to him. Uchiha Itachi''s information."


    Before they left the country of water collectively, Obito Uchiha secretly communicated with Kisame Kisame once again. Kisame''s performance won him the trust of Obito again.


    In other words, Obito Uchiha has always believed in Kisame.


    Kisame Kisame originally prepared a bunch of information about Uehara, but Obito Uchiha didn''t bother with these trivial matters.


    After all, in the past few years, Kisame Kisame has been serving Obito behind the scenes and controlling the four generations of Mizukage, and the relationship between them is extraordinary.


    And Kisame''s character is also very trustworthy...


    As long as Kanshi Kisame believes in someone, he will give 100% loyalty, including his own life.


    "It seems that the plan is going well."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that due to the deterioration of the situation, Kisame''s status in Uchiha Obito''s heart rose sharply, and Kisame would soon become an important source of information.


    Uehara Naraku simply comforted his subordinates: "After you and Uchiha Itachi become partners, you can enjoy a leisurely day."


    Kisame Kisame smiled heartily, nodded slightly and said, "Ha, it sounds like the Itachi who wrote Sharingan has a pretty good personality."


    "I believe you can get along well with Uchiha Itachi."


    Uehara Naraku was quite confident about this, he turned his head to look at Kisame and said, "By the way, how many sets of hand seal gestures have you prepared for me?"


    "Thirteen sets..."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame took out a scroll and handed it to Uehara with a chuckle: "The seal gestures in it are half true and half false, most of them are seal gestures related to Water Dungeon and Earth Dungeon."


    "Thank you."


    Uehara Naraku shook the scroll and put it in his ninja bag with satisfaction.


    Of course, Uehara doesn¡¯t need seal seals to release skills. He wants to practice seal seals mainly for fun and to confuse his opponents, so as to relax the enemy¡¯s vigilance...


    In the future, he will also be a serious ninja who can make seals.


    Uehara Naraku was talking about Uchiha Itachi while practicing knot seal: "Uchiha Itachi is still very easy to get along with, as long as you don''t violate his bottom line, he will unconditionally tolerate anything you do..."


    "Bottom line?"


    "His younger brother Sasuke Uchiha."


    Because the two signed a contract, Uehara Naraku also trusted Kisame Kisame, and told Uchiha Itachi''s information: "As long as he doesn''t hurt his younger brother, Uchiha Itachi is a ninja that can be easily used. "


    "...Another elder brother who is like a father?"


    Hearing this, Qianshi Guixier couldn''t help but chuckled and said: "The Weasel of Extermination of the Clan has exactly the same weakness as Ghost Lantern Moon!"


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly and said, "It''s the world''s fault, the brother''s love for the younger brother is always a little sick."


    Who told the person who created this world to be a brother-in-law?


    Tang Ninja Village.


    After Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame stepped into this Ninja Village, they followed the agreement to find the most lively place here, and take a look at the customs of Tangnin Village.


    The busiest place in Tangren Village today turned out to be a gambling house.


    Why is it a casino!


    When Uehara Naraku got the news, his expression was slightly subtle: "It can''t be such a coincidence, can it? I always feel that if we go there, we will meet a great person!"


    "Do you think Uehara-sama is a great person?"


    Qianshi Guixia''s face suddenly became curious, and the smile became stronger: "If it''s not particularly dangerous, shouldn''t we go see that big man?"


    Naraku Uehara nodded without saying a word: "What you said... makes sense, the big man is indeed less dangerous."


    If in this ninja world, once you talk about gambling, you will inevitably mention a woman.


    A woman famous in the ninja world.


    One of Konoha Sannin, the strongest female ninja Tsunade.


    Almost no ninja in the ninja world is willing to take the initiative to hurt her.


    Tsunade was born in Konoha''s most noble Senju clan. She was the first to advocate medical ninjas as a must-have member of a regular ninja team. Because she is proficient in all medical ninjutsu in the ninja world, she has also been respected by countless ninjas.


    The ninjas all think that Tsunade is the most powerful medical ninja in the ninja world, but it has to be mentioned that they all know that Tsunade is also very powerful.


    The prestige of Konoha Sannin is not only based on curing diseases and saving lives!


    In the entire ninja world, except for the leaders of the major ninja villages, other ninjas are not enough in front of Tsunade.


    Whether it''s appearance, family background, strength and fame, Tsunade can be said to be excellent without dead ends, but she has a well-known shortcoming.


    He is addicted to gambling.


    Unfortunately, her luck has never been very good.


    Since Tsunade left Konoha and began to travel in the ninja world, a strange name began to spread in the ninja world.


    The legendary fat sheep.


    "Has the legendary fat sheep come?"


    "It''s already started!"


    "She has already lost two hundred thousand taels!"


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    "Big Sheep''s shot is really extraordinary..."


    "She''s big too..."


    Today''s gambling shop is extremely lively, the gamblers from the entire Tang Ninja Village gather here, and some men who are trying to fish in troubled waters want to take the opportunity to make a little money.


    Uehara Naraku picked out his ears, subconsciously ignored those strange words, looked at the people around the gambling house, and looked for his subordinates.


    "Uehara!"


    A crisp voice stopped him.


    Kaguya-kunmaro squeezed through the crowd, walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, and explained softly: "Mr. Onigiri Mitsuki and Mr. Zabuzhan are already at the hot spring hotel... They said it was too dangerous here, so they sent me here to wait for you. "


    "Master Uehara, this place is indeed dangerous..."


    Kisame''s small eyes blinked, he was tall enough to see the scene in the casino, and naturally he could also see the blond female ninja sitting in the middle of the gaming table.


    As a ninja, how could you not know Konoha Sannin?


    Naraku Uehara looked at the fair body of the blond female ninja, and sighed, "But this is interesting, isn''t it?"


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 57

    "Let''s go first!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hands at Kanshi Kisame and Kaguya-kun Maro, and suddenly said, "Wait, leave me some money."


    "Master Uehara is not yet of age, is he?"


    Kisame''s eyes were a bit subtle, just when he wanted to continue to say something, seeing Uehara''s urging look, he could only throw a sealing scroll at Naraku Uehara.


    What the hell is this boss?


    He even asked the employees for money!


    Naraku Uehara took the scroll, and couldn''t help but glance at the blond female ninja on the gaming table and her domineering figure.


    As a minor currently in the ninja world, Uehara didn''t think about those messy things, he just wanted to complete two relatively simple side tasks.


    Side quest: Outperform Tsunade (0/1) at the gaming table, reward unknown.


    Side task: Lose to Tsunade (0/1) at the gambling table, the reward is unknown.


    With such two simple tasks, no matter what, one can always be completed, right?


    Although the task is relatively simple, the reward may not be called generous.


    Just when Uehara was about to enter the casino, two janitors pushed him out, cursing and grinning: "Little brat, you haven''t even grown your hair yet, are you here to learn to be a prodigal? Get out of here!" "


    "..."


    The customs and order of the ninja world are a bit strange.


    People here will ignore the fact that underage ninjas go to the battlefield to kill people, set fire to them and throw explosive charms, but they absolutely prohibit underage ninjas from entering gambling houses, taverns and custom places.


    Even bookstore owners will actively refuse to sell bad books to underage ninjas.


    Maybe this is the last moral of the ninja world.


    Of course, this is just the attitude of ordinary people in the ninja world. There are always some exceptions for so many people in the ninja world, such as the blonde female ninja Tsunade sitting at the gambling table.


    Tsunade learned to gamble under the precepts and deeds of the ninja god Senjujuma since he was a child, and eventually he learned that he was bankrupt and debt-ridden.


    at dusk.


    Tsunade lost all the money on his body, and left the gambling house with his disciple Jingyin unsteadily, planning to find a place to have a drink.


    Shizune hugged a pink piggy, frowned and blamed her: "Master Tsunade, I lost too much today..."


    "Jing Yin, I know you must still have living expenses hidden..."


    Tsunade waved her hand and was about to continue to say something, when she noticed a card flying from the corner of her eye, her upper body suddenly leaned back to avoid it!


    Tsunade stood up straight, looking at a card that suddenly appeared on the wall.


    This card that flew out inexplicably cut off one of her hairs, and it was deeply embedded in the wall beside her!


    "who!"


    Tsunade turned his head abruptly and looked in the direction where the cards were coming from, but only saw a boy playing with cards in the corner.


    The card in Uehara Naraku''s hand was dexterously beating at his fingertips, and he slowly raised his head to look at Tsunade, showing a pure smile: "Hey, do you want to come and play? The legendary...fat sheep. "


    "..."


    Tsunade''s face was suddenly furious, and the veins on her forehead were bulging. She squeezed her fist hard, bit her teeth and said, "Where did you come from, dare to speak boldly in front of me! Jing Yin, give me some money!" !"


    It''s okay to lose for an afternoon, but now even a teenage brat dares to mock her, this brat is here to seek death!


    Konoha Sannin has always had no morals, bullying children or something is commonplace, and Jiraiya would secretly spend all the money Naruto saved, and Orochimaru wanted to take Sasuke''s body openly.


    The bet between Tsunade and Uehara Naraku is simply childish.


    after an hour.


    In a hotel room.


    Tsunade wiped the corners of his mouth refreshedly, looked at Uehara Naraku, with some unsatisfactory expression on his face: "Your skills are not bad, brat, but there is still a lot of room for improvement..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the satisfied Tsunade with a confused face, and then at the smiling Shizune, feeling that something went wrong in this world.


    Tsunade grabbed the dice cup triumphantly, and glanced provocatively at the boy across the gambling table: "Little devil, do you want to continue playing?"


    After finishing speaking, Tsunade smiled heartily and continued: "I can allow you to be in debt! Shizune, prepare some IOUs for him!"


    "Yes, Tsunade-sama!"


    Jing Yin didn''t refute, and put away the last stack of money in front of Uehara with a smile, and turned around to look for pens and paper in the room.


    Uehara Naraku woke up, shook his head quickly, and waved at Tsunade repeatedly: "No...no need...today is enough..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara hurriedly put on his shoes and was about to leave here.


    Because in the gamble just now, Uehara lost to Tsunade for an hour in a row, and lost all the money Kisame Kisame gave him.


    Uehara lost so much that he began to doubt his life.


    Could it be that Tsunade''s luck is not as bad as the legend says, or that Uehara''s own luck is actually worse?


    "etc¡­"


    Just as Uehara was about to leave, Tsunade picked up a banknote between his fingers, threw it in front of Uehara, and the banknote got stuck on the wooden door in front of Uehara!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade at the table in puzzlement.


    Tsunade picked up the teacup on the table, took a sip of tea, and said slowly, "Little devil, are you a ninja from outside? You already lost all the money for staying in the hotel to me tonight, right?


    Take it, it''s for you, that little money can at least allow you to choose the worst hotel in Yuenin Village for one night. "


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku blushed.


    Is this woman pitying him or humiliating him?


    Is Tsunade a little bit drifting, just won a little money from him, and forgot his identity as the number one ninja world?


    "Tsk, I won more than three million taels tonight!"


    Tsunade kissed the money on the table flatteredly, and couldn''t help laughing and said, "I won back everything I lost in a few days in one hour!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku gritted her teeth for a while.


    A mere three million taels is only one-tenth of the bounty on Asma''s head, she just won this little money, look how proud she is!


    Don''t even think about it, is such a small amount of money enough for her to pay off the debt?


    And Naraku Uehara was just a little depressed in his heart, after all, losing to Tsunade in the game of gambling, it is not an ordinary embarrassment to say such a thing.


    "Little ghost, welcome to play with me again in the future!"


    Tsunade blinked at Uehara Naraku, and blew him a kiss: "Remember to prepare enough money! Hahahaha... I lost so much in the afternoon, I didn''t expect to win back at night, is today my lucky day?" ?¡±


    "Idiot woman..."


    Uehara Naraku covered his forehead, took down the banknote, and opened the door, the gloom on his face gradually faded: "Today is obviously my lucky day!"


    Although he lost a lot of money, he also got something more precious.


    Side quest: Lose to Tsunade (1/1) at the gaming table, the quest has been completed, and the skill Fate will be rewarded.


    Destiny: You can spy on the location of everyone within a radius of 100 kilometers, including ninjas who use hidden ninjutsu, transformation and clone, for 6 seconds; after activating the destiny skill, you can use the power of time and space to teleport to a radius of 50 kilometers after 1.5 seconds By anyone''s side.


    The skill range of fate is related to the use of chakra coefficient, the minimum consumption is 100 chakra points, and the cooling time is 150 seconds.


    Calculated in this way, as long as Uehara has enough chakra, the fate skill can spy on the entire Ninja Continent!


    This skill can be called the strongest escape skill that Uehara has obtained, and it can also be used to chase and kill enemies.


    No matter who it is, they can''t escape his palm!


    Uehara Naraku showed a slight smile at the corner of his mouth, and the gloomy dissatisfaction of losing to Tsunade dissipated a lot. He turned his head and glanced at the hotel he left.


    Tsunade''s laughter and laughter continuously flowed into the night sky from the window, and Uehara thought of Tsunade''s bright and moving smile again. This woman has never been so happy as today, right?


    "Tch, if it wasn''t for the mission, who would be willing to gamble with that woman..."


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for recommendation tickets, ask for rewards, ask for everything!

 Chapter 58

    "Hey, brat!"


    Tsunade suddenly opened the window, looked at Uehara Naraku outside the hotel and asked loudly: "I almost forgot to ask, which village are you a ninja from? What''s your name!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression turned ugly.


    Does this woman still want to catch him and pluck the wool?


    Tsunade leaned over the window, her chest was squeezed out of shape, she smiled with great interest: "I''m just a wandering ninja, and it won''t hinder your mission..."


    Uehara Naraku finally raised his head, looked at Tsunade and said softly, "Is Tsunade-senpai, one of the legendary Sannin, also a wandering ninja...Then Konoha''s Third Hokage is a bit blind?"


    Tsunade was not angry at all, but nodded in agreement and said: "Yes, the old man is getting old, not only his eyes are not good, but his brain is not good either!"


    Tsunade has never had much respect for the Third Hokage.


    If the third Hokage Hiruzaru Sarutobi was right in front of Tsunade, she could say a few more ugly words.


    "So, Konoha will have a new Hokage soon?"


    Naraku Uehara looked up at Tsunade, showing a mysterious smile: "Why don''t we take a gamble, I am very optimistic that Tsunade-senpai will become Konoha''s next Hokage!"


    "Ah¡­"


    Tsunade breathed out a hot breath, looked down at Uehara Naraku and smiled lightly: "Little devil, at least you have to guess a reliable candidate, how could I be interested in things like Hokage...and do you still have money?"


    "..."


    The confident smile on Uehara Naraku''s face froze. Sure enough, he couldn''t speak forcefully if he didn''t have money in his hand!


    "Losing to you is the choice of fate."


    Uehara sighed, looked up at Tsunade with a spring face and said, "Forget it, when fate comes, no one can resist its will."


    Of course, except for Uehara himself who controls his destiny.


    After saying this, Naraku Uehara hurriedly waved goodbye to Tsunade, and his figure disappeared into the night.


    Tsunade''s face by the window was depressed, she just looked at the night outside the window, her body slipped to the ground little by little.


    "...Fate?"


    There were tears in the corners of Tsunade''s eyes, and she clutched her chest hard, her face was a little sad and sad: "Mute, pack your things, we leave here tomorrow."


    "Huh? Tsunade-sama?"


    Shizune came over in surprise, saw Tsunade sitting on the ground slumped, and stepped forward to help her up: "Master Tsunade, what happened?"


    "No."


    Tsunade stretched out his palm, stroked Shizune''s cheek, and said softly: "I''m worried that something bad will happen, go and pack up!"


    After learning to gamble since she was a child, Tsunade has always lost every gamble, even when facing a rotten gambler like Senju Zhuma, her luck is astonishingly bad.


    She also wins once in a while.


    Whenever she wins, something bad happens.


    However, in the gamble just now, Tsunade almost won consecutive battles, winning Uehara Naraku''s doubts for a lifetime.


    Who knows what will happen to her if she stays in Tang Ninja Village?


    Uehara didn''t know that his one sentence successfully made Tsunade''s good mood disappear without a trace, he only knew that fate was a very magical skill.


    When he activated his destiny, individual figures turned into small faces and appeared in his brain, and the positions of everyone within a 100-kilometer radius were under his control.


    Uehara quickly found the location of Ganshi Guishui, Guideng Manyue and others, and cards appeared at his feet one by one...


    The teleportation function of fate, start!


    The most luxurious hot spring hotel in Tangnin Village.


    Dried Persimmon Kisame was sitting on the upper floor of the hotel, repairing his shark muscles. From time to time, he looked down at his companion in the hot spring bath, and suddenly there was a sound of card cutting in his ear.


    The dried persimmon ghost grabbed the shark''s muscle and turned his head, just in time to see the scene that made his little eyes almost fall out of shock!


    Cards appeared out of nowhere on the floor of the room, and each card overlapped alternately to form a circular area of ??about half a meter.


    In the next second, Naraku Uehara appeared on the card.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    This is the teleportation function attached to Uehara''s new skill Destiny, as long as Kisame Kisame is within the range covered by Destiny, he can teleport it directly.


    Kisame Kisame suddenly breathed a sigh of relief, his face became more curious, and he asked with a light smile, "Master Uehara, is this a time-space technique?"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t deny it either, and handed Kisame a banknote, which Tsunade felt pitifully gave to him: "This is what''s left of the money you gave me."


    "...Only five hundred taels?"


    Dried persimmon and ghost shark''s face is extremely wonderful.


    Even if Kisame hadn''t deliberately calculated the entrustment fee for completing the task, he still had a rough figure, but it was several million taels!


    Dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help but said: "Did Uehara-sama lose a few million taels today? It sounds more like the legendary fat sheep..."


    "Shut up!"


    Hearing the title belonging to Tsunade, Uehara Naraku''s face darkened, and his mood was a little gloomy. He asked in a muffled voice, "Which one is my room?"


    "The one next door is the biggest."


    Kisame Kisame hurriedly skipped the topic of wasting his money, and said with a light smile, "Master Uehara, why don''t you go to the hot spring for a while? This is the most luxurious hot spring hotel in Tangnin Village. Ordinary Shangren would not be willing." It¡¯s easy to come here to spend!¡±


    "No, I''m in a bad mood."


    Uehara Naraku''s body sank into the wall as if diving.


    After the surprise on Kisame''s face subsided, Uehara had already used the mayfly technique to pass through the thick wall and arrived at the room where he was resting.


    The magic of teleportation of fate and the art of mayfly completely overturned Kisame Kisame''s cognition of ninjutsu, adding a bit of awe in his heart.


    However, Kisame Kisame thought of Uehara Naraku''s depressed expression and the loss of several million taels, and couldn''t help but smiled and said to himself: "Ha, it seems that our new boss is not so perfect!"


    Kisame Kisame was not angry because Naraku Uehara lost all his money, on the contrary, he felt that Uehara had a little more breath of life, unlike the intimidating mystery of strangers when they were getting along.


    A cloud of waves splashed into the room, Ghost Lantern Moon looked at the smiling dried persimmon ghost, and asked doubtfully, "I heard someone talking just now, did your lord come back?"


    "Well, I just went to rest."


    "Well¡­"


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon couldn''t help but frowned, and his face was a little unsightly: "My lord went to rest so early, are you dissatisfied with the hotel I booked?"


    "No, it''s just a simple bad mood."


    Dried persimmon ghost spread out his hands, looked at the ghost lantern full moon and smiled lightly: "After all, no matter who loses a few million taels a day, they won''t be in a good mood, right?"


    Ghost Lamp Full Moon: "..."


    Finally, Ganshi Guishui and Guideng Manyue looked at each other, each suppressing their own laughter, revealing an inscrutable smile.


    Damn, I still want to laugh!


    I thought that everything in the ninja world was under Uehara''s control...


    Unexpectedly, Uehara himself is still a big fat sheep walking!

 Chapter 59

    Naraku Uehara tossed and turned all night.


    After losing several million taels in one night, no one could fall asleep.


    Obviously he just wanted to complete the two side quests by the way, but in the end he lost all his money and lost face, and what was even more embarrassing was that the person who lost the money was Tsunade.


    Talking about this will ruin his character.


    In the future, he will become the big boss behind the first scene in the ninja world. When Tsunade found out, he opened his mouth and came. Isn''t that guy named Naraku Uehara the one who lost millions to me at the gambling table?


    Does this... still have an image?


    "Forget it, no one is perfect."


    "Senju Zhuma is still a brain-dead, Uchiha Madara has prostatitis, this little thing is irrelevant, and Tsunade still has a few weird side missions, the mission rewards are not too low, and he looks a little Feminine¡­"


    In the middle of the night, Naraku Uehara murmured a few words in a daze, inexplicably dreaming of Xiao Nan wearing a red cloud and black robe.


    In sleep.


    Xiao Nan''s face was no longer as gentle as before, but cold, and he scolded him with a black face: "Nailuo, have you learned how to gamble?"


    Standing behind Xiaonan was Payne who was stirring up the flames: "Mr. Jiraiya taught us that we must never stay with people who gamble."


    "And this kid named Uehara still gambled with Tsunade. He was either seduced by Tsunade''s beauty, or he wanted to cheat Tsunade''s money... Don''t you wonder why Tsunade is so beautiful and still single? It''s because she is a Gambler!"


    It was the tall man standing behind Payne who was speaking. Uehara couldn''t see his face clearly, so he could only judge from his voice and outline, it should be Ziraiya.


    "..."


    At the end of this dream, Kami no Kamijutsu, Earth Explosion Star and Senfa Goemon collectively attacked Uehara. Finally, with the support of Tsunade, the Great Demon King Uehara defeated Konan, Payne and Jiraiya. justice mix.


    Really dreaming!


    It was still a messy dream, mixing elements of nightmares, sweet dreams and erotic dreams.


    early morning.


    Uehara Naraku got up from the bed, wiped his mouth and wiped the cold sweat from his forehead.


    "Master Uehara."


    Someone knocked on the door, and the voice of dried persimmons and ghosts came from outside the door: "Shall we continue our journey today, or stay in Tangren Village for another day? I will prepare another five million taels for you..."


    "... hurry up today!"


    Naraku Uehara opened the door abruptly, and looked at Kisame Kisame with a displeased face: "No one else knows about my loss to Tsunade yesterday, right?"


    "...I know everything I need to know."


    Ginseng Kisame tilted his head, and a row of his own people stood beside him, including Ghost Lantern Full Moon, Tao Di Za Bu Zhan, and Kaguya-kun Maro.


    Bai covered his mouth in shock.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists violently, and looked at the people present: "What happened in Tangren Village, you must not let other people know, especially my teacher, do you understand?"


    "¡­yes."


    Kisame Kisame smiled and nodded, and the others also agreed, not understanding what wrong Uehara had committed.


    Of course Naraku Uehara couldn''t tell them.


    He must act as a perfect disciple in front of Teacher Xiaonan, and there must be no stain on his body that makes Xiaonan unhappy, so that he can become a full member of Akatsuki.


    The village entrance of Tang Ninja Village.


    Naraku Uehara and his team had just come over when they happened to meet Tsunade, Shizune and their pet Pink Pig who were about to leave Tangnin Village.


    Tsunade''s eyes narrowed slightly, looking at the group of strange-looking people behind Uehara, and suddenly smiled: "Morning, kid! Are you leaving Tangren Village too?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Tsunade''s cool clothes, turned his head and passed by Tsunade, ignoring the blonde female ninja.


    The others followed behind Uehara, passing Tsunade tremblingly.


    "Hey, brat!"


    Tsunade was a little unhappy and wanted to call Uehara to stop. Seeing that he didn''t respond, he smiled lightly and said, "When I was with me last night, I behaved like a cat. Why do you turn your face and deny people now after one night? ?¡±


    "Master Tsunade!"


    Shizune waved his hand with a flushed face, wanting to stop Tsunade''s words: "Don''t say such misleading words! That little guy is still underage!"


    "OK OK¡­"


    Tsunade patted Shizune on the shoulder, and pushed her aside, but his eyes were a little dignified: "If I read correctly just now, among the people who followed that kid, some of them are the Seven Ninja Swordsmen of Wuyin Village. Everyone?"


    "Hey?"


    Mute is a little puzzled.


    Tsunade patted her on the head, and smiled confidently: "The identity of that kid seems very difficult, maybe we can win him another fortune and use it as travel expenses!"


    "What if we lose?"


    "That kid looks like a baby at first glance, how could I lose?"


    "Don''t say such things! And it''s too dangerous. Didn''t Tsunade-sama say that he was surrounded by the Seven Ninja Swordsmen from Wuyin Village? If they turn their faces..."


    "Don''t worry, I''m absolutely sure."


    Ever since Tsunade came into contact with gambling, except for winning Senju Hashirama once, she has never met anyone who can make her win money. How could she be willing to let it go easily?


    Anyway, she has to leave Tang Nin Village today, no win is no win!


    And Tsunade didn''t tell Shizune a word, she could feel that the kid who gambled with her was very interesting, he didn''t look like a normal gambler at all!


    That feeling is very similar to her own style...


    That little guy really wants to win in his heart, as long as he can win once, it doesn''t matter how many times he loses!


    Tsunade took out a banknote, and continued to shout at Uehara Naraku: "Hey, brat, do I need to give you a few hundred taels for travel expenses?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s complexion was ugly to the naked eye.


    Seeing this, the dried persimmon Kisame grabbed Sharkis'' handle, and Uehara waved his hand to stop him: "...don''t pay attention to her."


    "Brat!"


    Accompanied by Tsunade''s light drink, a banknote was shot towards Uehara Naraku''s direction quickly, and he easily caught it with his fingers!


    Uehara Naraku finally couldn''t help turning his head, and looked at the blond female ninja who was standing at the entrance of Tang Ninja Village.


    Tsunade''s fist rested on his chin, looked at Naraku Uehara with a smile and said, "Is there no money to play with me today? I don''t mind the IOU!"


    After finishing speaking, Tsunade licked the corner of his mouth.


    The femininity is so vividly displayed on Tsunade''s body that people are embarrassed to look directly at her.


    What the hell is this woman doing!


    He''s just a kid of twelve!


    "Wait for me for a while..."


    Uehara Naraku finally couldn''t take it anymore, he is not a serious ninja, he only wants to get rewards from the system''s side missions.


    "Master Uehara!"


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Dried Persimmon Kisame is not feeling well, and there are big doubts in his small eyes!


    However, seeing Uehara Naraku''s outstretched palm, Kanshi Kisame still put a sealing scroll on Uehara''s hand.


    Uehara was a little suspicious that Tsunade was cheating!


    According to common sense, defeating Tsunade at the gambling table should be the easiest side task, why now it feels harder than killing her!


    Ghost Lantern Moon raised her head and said hesitantly, "My lord, Tsunade-sama is the legendary Sannin, no matter her identity or strength, she is not suitable to conflict with her..."


    Ninjas respect Tsunade very much.


    In a sense, Tsunade promoted the establishment of a full-time medical ninja, which greatly reduced ninja casualties. She has surpassed the narrow identity of Konoha ninja.


    "But she''s provoking me!"


    Uehara Naraku clenched the scroll in his hand tightly, and looked coldly at Tsunade in the distance: "Kimaro stay here, you guys go first, don''t let this woman get too proud, I''m not a rich boy!"

 Chapter 60

    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro were a little confused.


    Kisame couldn''t help chuckling, it sounds like Uehara is still a boss who values ??his subordinates very much!


    Only Zabuzhan and Manyue were a bit puzzled.


    Did Uehara even bother to treat Kaguya-kun Maro, a young ninja who has not yet formed combat effectiveness, when he is seriously ill?


    Those ninjas from the land of water have always been ruthless, and a young man like Jun Malu has to die if he is seriously ill...


    Fourth Mizukage Yakura wished that they would all die!


    However, the ghost lamp full moon remembered a rumor, and had to hit Uehara Naraku''s mind, he said softly: "But I heard that this Tsunade-sama, who is known as the strongest medical ninja, has retired. Since the end of the war, there has been no Saved someone..."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, looked at the blond female ninja who was smiling happily in the distance, and sighed: "Maybe it''s because of something wrong with her own psychology!"


    Tsunade, this woman, suffers from hemophobia!


    Who would have thought that a medical ninja would suffer from hemophobia, and she is still recognized as the strongest medical ninja in the ninja world.


    Uehara Naraku asked the other members to continue on their way, while he took Kaguya-kun Maro to Tsunade and Shizune.


    Tsunade greeted them in their direction, stopped beside Uehara, bent down and exhaled like blue on his shoulder, tilted his head and said, "How about it, kid? I still can''t forget me, let''s find him now a place..."


    "Master Tsunade!"


    Shizune nervously pulled Tsunade''s shoulder beside him: "Pay attention to your image! Don''t tease him like this, this is still a child!"


    Tsunade ignored it, just quietly listening to Uehara''s gradually accelerating heartbeat.


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his hand helplessly and pulled Tsunade''s head aside, sighed and said, "...If you want my money, just say it, don''t you need to do this? Tsunade-senpai."


    "Cut, you little brat!"


    "I have five million taels here..."


    Uehara Naraku raised the scroll in his hand and said softly: "I can bet with you, but I have a request."


    The carelessness on Tsunade''s face suddenly subsided, he just looked down at Naraku Uehara and frowned: "What request?"


    "Help check him."


    Uehara Naraku pointed to Kaguya-kun Maro next to him, and said softly: "He is the last Kaguya clansman, Tsunade-senpai should have heard of it, right?"


    "The Kaguya Clan of the Water Country?"


    Tsunade has not only heard the name of the Kaguya clan, but also heard some secrets about this ninja clan: "If I remember correctly, even in peaceful times, the Kaguya clan has never had a long-lived ninja. Will be berserk due to Blood Inheritance..."


    Tsunade didn''t pay much attention to Kaguya-kun Maro''s affairs, she was more interested in Uehara Naraku, she mentioned a few things about Kaguya''s clan, and then shifted the topic to Uehara.


    "Imp."


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Tsunade''s fingers picked the scroll in Uehara''s hand, and the corner of his mouth was drawn: "Obviously we are here to gamble, but you asked me to help treat the disease?"


    Uehara Naraku heard the dissatisfaction in her words, helped his forehead and said: "If you want, someone will be willing to give you money... But at the gambling table, you probably haven''t won much money, have you?"


    "..."


    A cross tendon was visible to the naked eye on Tsunade''s forehead, because what Uehara Naraku said was indeed true.


    The anger on Tsunade''s face dissipated suddenly, and he ordered softly: "Jing Yin, you go and check that kid from the Kaguya clan, I''ll go play with this little guy!"


    "Yes, Tsunade-sama!"


    Jing Yin breathed a sigh of relief, and nodded respectfully.


    Tsunade and Uehara Naraku followed behind them and found a rest area with seats nearby. Tsunade took out the dice from his pocket, and Uehara Naraku unlocked the scroll seal and took out piles of money.


    While checking the body.


    On the one hand, a gamble was opened.


    clatter clatter...


    The dice cup rang.


    "one."


    "pair."


    "I won."


    Tsunade''s face suddenly lit up, and after reaching out to take away the pile of money in front of Uehara, he asked, "Little devil, what''s your name?"


    "Uehara Naraku."


    The boy was silent for a while, not hiding his name.


    Tsunade raised his eyebrows, and continued to shake the dice cup: "I don''t seem to have heard of any ninja or big shot named Uehara in Wuyin Village..."


    "It''s normal."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed: "How could there be a little ninja like me in a village as big as Wuyin Village? Mr. Kisame and the others are just helping me complete the task..."


    This is not wrong.


    It''s just that the task that Uehara completed was to pull Ganshi Kisame and others into Xiao''s organization.


    "Ah¡­"


    Tsunade suddenly pressed the dice cup, raised her head and looked at Uehara Naraku, a hint of playfulness flashed across her face: "Obviously she said such words in her mouth, but she was so proud in her heart that none of the Ninja villages of the five major countries were accepted You little brat puts it in your eyes..."


    "Senior Tsunade."


    Uehara Naraku looked back at her not to be outdone: "I heard that Konoha''s Third Hokage is very old, and you can succeed him as Hokage when you go back, but you are still traveling outside... The status of the strongest ninja village does not care, You are the proudest person, right?"


    But Tsunade does have the capital to be proud of!


    Regardless of her family background, appearance, strength and ability, every item of her would make people proud if she appeared on any other woman.


    "Hokage?"


    A trace of confusion flashed in Tsunade''s eyes.


    The two stopped talking and continued their betting.


    It seems that Uehara Nana''s luck on the gambling table is really worse than Tsunade''s.


    No matter what he guessed, he has never guessed it right once, and the side mission to win Tsunade on the system panel seems to be in the foreseeable future...


    Forget it, just pretend that task doesn''t exist.


    Uehara Naraku forced himself to comfort himself. According to the perception of Tsunade''s luck by fans of the second dimension, the rewards for betting on Tsunade must not be too generous!


    Tsunade picked up the stack of money in front of Uehara again, and said softly: "Little devil, I haven''t won a few times in my life. Every time I win a bet, something bad will happen. I have been winning against you for the past two days." money..."


    "Oh?"


    Naraku Uehara knew about the curse.


    He is also a little curious now that Tsunade has won him so many times, will there be a big earthquake in Konoha Village...


    Or Jiraiya and Orochimaru are in danger?


    Naraku Uehara thought of his identity again.


    Maybe it was his unstoppable luck that overwhelmed Tsunade''s curse?


    As an intern of Akatsuki, as the last matryoshka of the ninja masters behind the scenes, perhaps the current Tsunade met him and did not eliminate his threat...


    In fact, it is her greatest misfortune and regret!


    Of course, the current Tsunade wants to kill him, and it is impossible...


    Even Tsunade would never have imagined that the boy sitting in front of her possessed Kage-level power in his body.


    Tsunade''s mind was more active, and he suddenly laughed and said, "Hey, brat, will you become a member of some evil organization in the future? It seems that your identity is not very simple..."


    "how is this possible?"


    Naraku Uehara categorically denied Tsunade''s accusation, and said softly: "A ninja like me, who was born in a small ninja village, hopes for peace in the ninja world more than anyone else... I guess this one!"


    "Then let me guess double!"


    Tsunade untied the dice cup with a confused expression, and took a stack of money from Uehara: "Peace is something more precious than money and life..."


    "Master Tsunade!"


    Shizune appeared in front of them with white gloves on her hands, and her examination of Kaguya-kunmaro''s condition was over.


    Jing Yin glanced at Jun Ma Lu who was standing beside him, his face was full of apology and exhaustion: "Sorry, his condition is very complicated, I''m sorry I can''t do anything..."

 Chapter 61

    Hearing Shizune''s words, Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but look at the woman sitting opposite him: "Senior Tsunade is the most prestigious medical ninja in the ninja world, can there be no way?"


    "Mute''s medical skills are no different from mine."


    Tsunade shook his head, glanced at Kaguya-kunmaro, and said softly: "If Shizune is helpless, it is impossible for me to come up with an effective medical plan."


    Because of her current special situation, she cannot see a doctor.


    Uehara Naraku nodded, stood up and bowed seriously to Shizune: "Although I have been mentally prepared for a long time, I still want to thank Miss Shizune..."


    Uehara did not have high expectations for Tsunade.


    The future Orochimaru is a great scientist who integrates ninjutsu, forbidden jutsu, medical treatment, physics, biology, theology and chemistry, and is still helpless against the blood-inherited disease in Junma Lu''s body.


    It is unlikely that Tsunade, a ninja who specializes in medical ninjutsu, can cure him.


    And the current Tsunade is still a patient with phobia.


    Sure enough, in case the odds are too low.


    After Kaguya-kunmaro saw Uehara''s actions, he also bowed respectfully to Shizune: "Thank you, Miss Shizune, I am very grateful..."


    There should be respect for doctors who save lives and heal the wounded.


    Jing Yin stopped their movements with embarrassment, and said softly: "Please don''t do this, it is our medical ninja''s negligence to fail to propose a treatment plan, I can only make one suggestion, let him supplement the necessary nutrients in the human body Bar!"


    "Okay, I made a note."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, pointed to the pile of money left in front of him, and said softly: "Leave these and use them as Miss Shizune''s consultation fee!"


    Jing Yin quickly shied away: "How embarrassing..."


    Tsunade punched it down, and said with dissatisfaction on his face: "Hey, brat, this is the money we need to gamble!"


    Tsunade''s brain circuit is really incomprehensible!


    In order to enter the casino, he always borrowed money to avoid debts. Now that Uehara gave her the money, she insisted on dragging Uehara to continue gambling, and lost the money to her openly.


    "Sorry, Tsunade-senpai, we have to hurry."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and looked at Shizune and said: "Senior Tsunade always loses money, life will be very tight, right? Ms. Shizune will keep it to offset the living expenses of the two of you!"


    When Tsunade heard this, her face was full of anger: "Hey, Uehara kid, do you think we are here to beg?!"


    Mute: "..."


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked at Tsunade with a sullen face, and explained seriously: "My teacher also received the favor of Tsunade-senpai during the war, and now it is our feedback!"


    Tsunade''s expression was a little stunned.


    She didn''t expect Uehara to have such remarks.


    Do you want to ask who is the teacher of this little devil? If he teaches such a disciple who knows how to repay his kindness, if he meets Uehara''s teacher one day, can she borrow some money or something...


    Sometimes Tsunade is more honest than anyone else.


    Sometimes there''s just no morals at all.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    "Farewell."


    After Naraku Uehara greeted politely, she turned around and left with Kaguya-kunmaro.


    Tsunade looked at their distant figures with regret, and sighed: "Except for Grandpa, this is the first person who can have fun with me..."


    "Master Tsunade, I am not yet of age!"


    Shizune collected the money Uehara left behind with black lines all over her head.


    Shizune really liked Uehara''s generosity: "That little guy is really nice, he probably wanted to repay Tsunade-sensei''s kindness to the teacher who saved him before, so he deliberately lost to Tsunade-sama these two days. ?¡±


    "what?"


    Tsunade was immediately dissatisfied with Shizune''s words, and punched Shizune''s head with a fist: "What are you talking about, I just won from him!"


    Jing Yin covered her head and echoed a few words: "Yes, yes, yes..."


    "But that kid is really interesting..."


    Tsunade touched the corner of his own lips, and said with a light smile, "Shizune, do you think that those who give you money are all good people? Orochimaru used to lend me money a lot, and he never took the initiative to ask for debts!"


    "..."


    An hour and a half later.


    Uehara Naraku and Kaguya-kun Maro followed the team again.


    Everyone in the team already knew the result of the bet between him and Tsunade just by looking at Uehara''s face, and Kisame Kisame and Moon Moon Kisame tactfully did not speak.


    Taodi would be desperate if he didn''t kill him again, he looked at Uehara and sneered, "Little devil, have you lost all your money again?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyes and glanced at Taodi, and then secretly wrote down his name. So many people didn''t speak, so you talk too much?


    However, seeing everyone''s eyes focused on him, Uehara explained aloud: "I thought that woman was really pitiful, so I gave her a little money. Back then, my teacher also received her favor and watched her live a poor life." Not too good."


    This is as true as it is said.


    It does seem to be true.


    Regardless of the money lost to Tsunade or the living expenses left to Shizune, it can be regarded as repaying Xiaonan''s favor for taking dry bread back then.


    Momochi Zabuza originally wanted to say a few more mocking words, but seeing Naraku Uehara''s unfriendly eyes, he closed his mouth.


    Bai''s face was a little nervous and uneasy, he glanced at Kaguya Junmaro who was a bit lost, and asked softly: "Uehara, can Junmaro''s illness be cured?"


    "There''s nothing Tsunade can do either."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, glanced at the lonely Kaguya-kun Maro, and said softly: "But I guess he may be lacking in calcium? Calcium, iron, zinc, selenium, vitamins, maybe all?"


    "... what is missing... what is missing?"


    Shiro and Kaguya-kunmaro''s eyes were filled with great perplexity.


    "Anyway, it''s a lack of nutrition!"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, recalled those strange advertisements in his previous life, sighed and said: "There is no new calcium in the lid here, let him drink more milk first! I will think of a way in the future... "


    The blood inheritance of the corpse bone vein is to gather calcium in the bones of the human body, so that the bones become abnormally hard, and Uehara is not clear about the nature of the blood inheritance disease.


    But he didn''t panic.


    There are many things in the ninja world that cannot be solved by science, so they can only be solved with chakra. If chakra can''t be solved, then let''s see if the system can solve it!


    Maybe some weird skills will be drawn in the future?


    If even his cheats can''t solve Jun Malu''s condition, then Jun Malu can only ask for blessings.


    Uehara Naraku sighed in his heart, and glanced at the two side tasks of his system, neither of which could be completed so quickly.


    Side task: Let Bai survive (0/1), the reward is unknown.


    Side mission: Keep Kaguya-kun Maro alive (0/1), the reward is unknown.


    According to Uehara''s guess, as long as he let Shiro and Kaguya-kunmaro live through the catastrophe of fifteen years of life, it can be completed. Bai is only eleven years old this year, and Kaguya-kunmaro is only ten years old.


    Don''t worry about Bai''s problem.


    There is no need to worry about Jun Ma Lu''s affairs.


    As long as Uehara Naraku carefully looks for tasks that may bring healing skills in the system panel during this period, there should be hope to solve Junmaro''s condition, and also solve the diseases that Ghost Lantern Moon may suffer from.


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but glanced at the full moon of the ghost lamp in front of him again. This 13-year-old Ninja Sword Seven can''t even get along with this kind of side mission. The popularity is too low in the second dimension, right?


    Compared with Tsunade, it''s a world of difference!


    If it weren''t for the fact that he brought a group of Ninja Swordsmen to return to his mission, Uehara Naraku really wanted to stay with Tsunade and complete a few side quests that are hard to say...


    Maybe there are medical skills in it!

 Chapter 62

    There were no troubles in the small countries that passed by along the way, Uehara Naraku finally returned to Akatsuki''s base with a team of people he had recruited.


    "destiny¡­"


    Naraku Uehara looked at Akatsuki''s base, and quietly activated his fate skill, intending to see who was in the base.


    Unexpectedly, before Uehara Naraku went to see the characters in the base, he saw a woman who was very close to him in the display of fate skills.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help showing a smile on the corner of his mouth, and said loudly: "Teacher, I have completed the task and returned, can I become a full member of Akatsuki?"


    "..."


    Just when Kisame Kisame, Moon Moon and others saw Uehara Naraku talking to the air and felt that the boss was out of his mind, the air suddenly blew a breeze.


    The hidden paper escape ninja is not something ordinary ninjas can detect!


    "What do you think?"


    A woman''s indifferent voice suddenly reached everyone''s ears.


    Countless paper butterflies suddenly flew in the air, forming a figure of a woman eloquently, with a faint seriousness in her eyes: "Because I was competing with Obito Uchiha to perform a mission, I let myself go to the country of water, and ended up in danger ...How many times have I told you not to have anything to do with Akatsuki now!"


    "Hey, hey, Teacher Xiaonan!"


    Naraku Uehara stretched out a palm, supported his forehead and sighed: "Mr. Xiaonan, but I overfulfilled the task assigned by Lord Yahiko!"


    Xiaonan''s face suddenly darkened, and he landed in front of Uehara from the air, looking at him coldly: "Don''t you think you should be proud?"


    "No pride at all."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, shook his head and said, "It is because of the psychic object and the detonating talisman that Yahiko-sama and Konan-sensei gave me, that I can be sure that I will return safely..."


    Just when Uehara Naraku was about to say something, Xiao Nan''s palm suddenly covered his head, and sighed: "Forget it, just come back safely."


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara smiled awkwardly, he said, "Didn''t Mr. Xiaonan give me 100 million detonating symbols? And Lord Yahiko also gave me a psychic thing..."


    "But... I''m still a little worried about you."


    Xiao Nan lowered his head and stroked Uehara''s hair.


    Now she has more power than before, and she can want to protect her cherished companions, but unfortunately, she can no longer make up for the regrets of the past.


    The dry persimmon ghost shark, the ghost lantern full moon, Tao Dizabuzhan and others next to them listened to their exchange, and the expressions of everyone could not help but change.


    Is that well-behaved boy really the lawless Uehara Naraku?


    The atmosphere became a little weird.


    Their new boss is obviously rampant in the country of water, even the fourth generation of Mizukage dared to kill, and even instigated the three ninja sword seven people in Wuyin village to defect, and now he looks like a child in front of that woman Just as well-behaved and obedient...


    But after hearing the conversation between them, Kanshi Kisame and the others looked at each other, and the shock in their hearts could not be added.


    It seems to understand why Uehara is so obedient...


    This blue-haired woman in a red cloud and black robe is a character who casually gives her disciples 100 million detonation charms. It seems that she is not easy to provoke!


    No wonder this woman can be the teacher of this guy Uehara.


    "By the way, I brought a gift for Teacher Xiaonan."


    Uehara Naraku casually took out a scroll of sealing, and pulled out a ninja sword wrapped in a detonating talisman from the scroll.


    On the way back, Uehara Naraku tried the detonating talisman in the psychic explosive knife, but unfortunately the detonating talisman in the explosive knife spray seemed to be sealed in another form, and there was no way to psychicize the detonating talisman.


    However, from the mouth of the ghost lamp full moon, Uehara knew the power of this exploding knife, spray. When encountering the most dangerous situation, he could directly destroy this ninja knife. The power of detonating it was enough to destroy the strongest ninja in the ninja world!


    Xiaonan likes detonating charms so much, he should like explosive knives and droplets, right?


    However, when Xiao Nan saw the spray of explosive knife, her expression gradually became a little stiff: "Naruo, what are you holding..."


    This thing looks so ugly!


    Why didn''t she realize that her disciple was such a straight man?


    Doesn''t Uehara, a kid, know that his teacher actually cares about the beauty of art?


    Uehara Naraku grasped the handle of the knife and explained softly: "This is the explosive sword, Spray, which has been passed down from generation to generation in Wuyin Village. It is said that there are countless detonation symbols hidden in it. I think Mr. Xiaonan should like this ninja knife, right?"


    "I actually don''t lack detonating symbols..."


    Xiao Nan sighed, stroked Uehara''s forehead, and said softly: "There is no need to prepare a gift for me, as long as you can grow up safely."


    "is teacher."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Xiao Nan suspiciously, and threw the explosive knife spray in his hand to the ghost lamp full moon, which was regarded as returning it to its original owner.


    This ninja sword is too ugly to fit his image!


    Akatsuki''s base has not changed much.


    It''s just that the membership changes are a bit big.


    Except that Jiaodu has an immortal partner, Fei Duan, so he doesn''t have to worry about selling his teammates for money in the future, and the mysterious masked man A Fei was kicked out of the Akatsuki organization.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku has countless shit in her heart!


    Originally, he was still thinking about how to continue to slander Obito Uchiha, but Payne and Konan simply drove Obito Uchiha out of the Akatsuki organization!


    This shit...


    The main creative planner of Dawn of Darkness was fired!


    When Uehara heard the news, he felt like the general manager of a company had fired the chairman of the group and put him on the cooperation blacklist!


    Is it still necessary for Kisame to be a spy?


    Since then, Uchiha Obito was unilaterally kicked out of the ranks of the four major actors, and this person is no longer qualified to compete with him for the position of the behind-the-scenes man!


    However, when Uehara Naraku saw that Jue was still in Akatsuki''s base, he suddenly felt that it was necessary for Kisame to be a spy.


    Although Obito Uchiha is gone, his ghost is still active in the sky above Akatsuki...


    Perhaps because Jue''s information is very important, and Hei Jue''s acting skills are more realistic, Payne and Xiaonan think that Jue is also a victim of being deceived by Obito.


    "Xiao Nan''s disciples are really scary!"


    Jue''s voice was still so cold.


    Seeing Naraku Uehara and a group of people behind him, Dangjue continued with a chuckle, "The three ninja seven from Wuyin Village, as well as the two little ghosts... have attracted so many people in one go, there shouldn''t be any fog inside." A spy from Hidden Village?"


    After finishing speaking, Jue opened his mouth and continued to add: "The fact that Uchiha Obito is a spy of Shimura Danzo has just passed!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression became a little unfriendly, what exactly does this guy want to do?


    Why are you talking about Uchiha Obito in front of him!


    What is Obito Uchiha''s identity, you, the instigator, don''t know yourself?


    "All right."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Payne stopped Jue''s provocation, looked at Uehara Naraku and the group of people behind him, and said softly: "Uehara, let me introduce the newcomer you recruited!


    It seems that three of them should be mature fighters. It just so happens that neither Scorpion nor Uchiha Itachi have their own partners. After the introduction, I can help them assign them. "


    "I reject."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion hid in his puppets, and said in a low voice: "These guys are too ugly, even if I make them puppets, they are not qualified! Only the two little devils behind Uehara still look like puppets. personal..."

 Chapter 63

    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion is really a master at instigating war.


    Although I have to admit that his body is indeed handsome, but now he is wearing an ugly scarf, isn''t this also an insult to his own aesthetics!


    Tao Di was furious immediately, grabbing the beheading sword and glaring at the red sand scorpion: "Bastard, what are you talking about!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion sneered, "I said you guys are too ugly..."


    "scorpion!"


    Payne, who was standing on the finger of the heretic golem, interrupted the Red Sand Scorpion loudly, and he continued in a cold voice: "Every member must have his own partner, this is not something you can refuse!"


    "..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion heard Payne''s words and stopped talking.


    "Hum hum¡­"


    Jue said gloomily at the side: "It doesn''t matter if Xie really doesn''t want to, I also found a newcomer who is suitable to be his partner."


    During this period of time, he was not idle.


    Even if the Akatsuki organization fired Uchiha Obito for such a big matter, it would not affect Jue''s dedication.


    In order to be able to realize the Eye of the Moon plan, Akatsuki must replenish enough manpower, so Jue has been trying to find a powerful ninja.


    Coincidentally, Jue found a genius ninja who had been expelled from Yanyin Village. Apart from being a little irritable, his strength was really strong.


    "Then after the team is assigned, send a team of members and Scorpion to go!"


    Payne nodded in agreement with Jue''s suggestion, and looked at Uehara Naraku again: "Uehara, let''s introduce the newcomer to everyone!"


    "it is good."


    Uehara Naraku stopped the irritable Momochi no more chopping, and said softly: "This is the Seven Ninja Swordsman of Wuyin Village, the current owner of the beheading sword, the previous holder of the beheading sword was Itachi Mister''s partner, Loquat Juzo-senpai."


    After hearing the name of Loquat Juzo, Uchiha Itachi slowly raised his gaze, looked at the beheading sword in Momochi Nozachi''s hand, and lowered his head again.


    Just because of the two identities of the holder of the beheading broadsword and the person who killed the fourth generation of Mizukage, Uchiha Itachi would not be very repulsed to become his partner again.


    After all, the previous holder of the beheading sword, Loquat Juzang, sacrificed himself and saved his life.


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger, pointed to the ghost full moon behind him, and continued softly: "This is the ghost full moon. This year, he became the Seven Ninja Swordsman of Wuyin Village at the age of 13. He is as rare as Mr. Itachi. Genius ninja..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku laughed a little mischievously: "What''s interesting is that there are only two clansmen left in the wealthy Ghost Lantern clan in Wuyin Village, and Man Yue also has a younger brother who hates him deeply..."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    "Oh?"


    Everyone present was immediately interested.


    Jiao Du even asked without hesitation: "Did this little ghost called Ghost Lantern Man Yue kill his entire clan?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said, "That''s not true. The demise of the Ghost Lamp Clan is due to the persecution of the Fourth Mizukage Yakura."


    Payne raised a question that he was most concerned about: "Uehara, can you be sure that he is not a spy of Hidden Fog Village?"


    "Won''t."


    Uehara Naraku took a look at the ghost lamp full moon, and after seeing the ghost lamp full moon nodded, Uehara smiled and said: "What the full moon wants most is to revive the ghost lamp family. When his younger brother grows up, he will use his younger brother to treat the ghost lamp." His hatred, he became the sharpening stone on his younger brother''s growth path..."


    While saying these words, Uehara looked at the expressions of everyone, and continued softly: "This secret is enough to make him dare not betray us, and I don''t think the seniors will hurt the ghost, and I don''t want to miss a brother-in-law fight." It''s a good show, right?"


    "Hmph, interesting."


    Kakudu hugged his arm and nodded.


    Others also nodded. These people would not be interested in a story about the revival of a declining ninja clan.


    If one day in the future they encounter ghost lights and water moons, they will not choose to kill them.


    A brother-in-law drama...


    Still well worth a look.


    Only Uchiha Itachi''s expression changed slightly, and then returned to normal.


    If it is possible, Uchiha Itachi wants to curse people very much now, why does it sound like the story of the ghost lamp full moon is a bit similar to what he wants to do?


    Soon someone also found this problem.


    Xiaonan walked over, looked at Itachi Uchiha and said, "Why do I feel that the story of this newcomer is somewhat similar to Itachi Uchiha''s story?"


    "Itachi is different."


    Jue quickly shook his head, and explained on behalf of Itachi Uchiha: "He killed all his clansmen with his own hands!"


    "..."


    Itachi Uchiha was a little worried about being exposed, so he stretched out his palm to touch his eye sockets, and said in a deep voice, "I''m not the same as this Mr. Ghost Lamp, I just wait for my younger brother to grow up, and use his life to test mine. strength."


    Ghost Lantern Moon originally had a good impression of Uchiha Itachi, but after hearing his words, he suddenly looked dissatisfied: "Is there anyone who wants to kill his younger brother?"


    Damn this heresy!


    He wanted to kill such a cute creature as his younger brother!


    "It''s normal for us to think differently..."


    Uchiha Itachi raised his head coldly, stared at the ghost full moon with scarlet eyes and said: "I hope that I can have more powerful power, even if I have to give up everything I have."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    It''s almost enough to make sense, why is Uchiha Itachi still acting?


    If one day in the future, someone really kills Uchiha Sasuke, why don''t you try your best to kill everyone?


    Ghost Lantern Moon glanced at Itachi Uchiha in disgust, and said in a deep voice, "I don''t want to team up with this kind of person!"


    "It just so happens that I don''t want to either."


    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head, hiding his eyes.


    From the true feelings in the heart, Uchiha Itachi actually prefers Ghost Lantern Moon as his partner, and the two brothers must have a lot in common when they are together.


    However, Uchiha Itachi was worried that after getting along for a long time, Ghost Lantern Moon discovered his secret.


    After all, everyone is a younger brother, even if he looks at his younger brother, it may reveal his true attitude.


    Just when Naraku Uehara wanted to introduce Kisame Kisame, Jue suddenly interjected: "If that''s the case, then let Kisame Kisame be Uchiha Itachi''s partner?"


    This is what it and Obito are for.


    We must find a way to make Kisame Uchiha and Itachi Uchiha form a team, so that Kisame Uchiha can monitor Uchiha Itachi''s every move.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Jue in surprise, and said softly: "Mr. Kisame was originally the teammate that the traitor Uchiha Obito was looking for for Uchiha Itachi. I have some doubts about his loyalty, so I would like to suggest that he come with me first." Be an intern for a while..."


    If Heijue still insists on Kisame and Itachi Uchiha partnering, then he will choose to agree.


    "Kikisame is the newcomer I''m looking for for Akatsuki."


    Jue quickly interrupted Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice: "Obito Uchiha must have lied to Kisame too, and Kisame Kisame will never want to see that person Uchiha Obito again now, right?"


    "That''s right!"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark showed his mouth full of shark teeth, and said with a light smile: "If I meet that masked guy next time, I will let him know the price of deceiving me!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, raised his head to look at Payne, and suggested aloud: "Then according to the meaning of the senior, directly arrange Mr. Zabuza and the ghost lamp full moon to be a team, and Mr. Kisame and Uchiha Itachi to be a team." ?¡±


    "Can."


    Payne didn''t care, and glanced at Kaguya-kun Maro and Bai behind Uehara, and said softly: "Uehara, as for the two little ghosts you brought..."


    Xiaonan put his palm on Uehara Naraku''s shoulder, and suggested: "It seems that these two little devils don''t have much combat power, so let them act with Naraku temporarily!"

 Chapter 64

    Naraku Uehara watched Xiao Nanxiang distribute the red cloud black robes, rings and nail polish to the dried persimmons, ghosts, moons, and peaches, and couldn''t help feeling envious.


    He wants it too!


    Side task: Put on Xiao¡¯s uniform of red cloud and black robe, bear Xiao¡¯s title (0/1), the reward is unknown.


    How popular is Akatsuki?


    Known as the first day group in the ninja world!


    Such a task of high reward is in front of him, as long as Konan gives him a uniform and agrees him to become a member of Akatsuki, Uehara can get the reward.


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t hold back anymore, and moved to Xiao Nan''s side and said, "Mr. Xiao Nan, I have recruited three new recruits for Xiao Nan, can you give me a uniform?"


    "Don''t think about such nonsense."


    Xiaonan tapped Uehara Naraku''s forehead: "Pain told me that you used the detonating talisman to force Uchiha Obito back. Have you used up all the detonating talismans I gave you before?"


    Before Uehara Naraku realized what it meant, Xiaonan took out a few scrolls and stuffed them into his arms, rubbing his head: "There are one billion detonating symbols inside, just as your reward for completing the mission... "


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Side task: Collect one billion detonating symbols (1000000000/1000000000), the task is completed, reward 400 gold coins.


    How could his teacher be like this...


    This is trying to fool him with the Explosion Talisman!


    Kisame Kisame, Manyue Kideng and the others saw Konan casually throwing the scroll containing one billion detonation symbols to Uehara Naraku, their jaws were almost frightened!


    What kind of fairy teacher is this!


    Send out detonating symbols in units of 100 million casually!


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Xiaonan doesn''t seem to care about her big hand. In normal battles, she doesn''t use a lot of detonating talismans. Generally, she uses a larger number of detonating talismans when she uses the God''s Paper Art to hide the detonating talisman array in advance.


    Uehara Naraku took the scroll in aggrieved manner, unsealed it, and took out a pile of detonating charms from it, and handed it to Kisame Kisame: "The money owed to you has been paid off."


    "..."


    Kisame persimmon took the detonating talisman from Uehara Naraku''s hands in a daze, and distributed some to Ghost Lantern Moon and Momochi Zabuzhan.


    They really don''t care about returning the money.


    It''s fine if it''s money, but it''s a detonating talisman!


    Even in the cheapest country, the detonating talisman can be sold for two thousand taels, and it is not easy to buy.


    Relying on the teacher is rich and powerful!


    When Xiaonan heard what you said, Uehara, he couldn''t help but frowned, looked at Uehara and said, "Why do you owe them money?"


    "¡­this¡­"


    Naraku Uehara began to think of a suitable excuse.


    Kisame Kisame was understanding, and immediately helped him out: "We met Konoha''s Tsunade-sama before, and Uehara-sama made two bets with her, and lost several million taels..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara turned his head slowly, stared at Kisame Kisame closely, and cast a desperate look at him, what happened to Kisame Kisame?


    Mingming told him before that he should not reveal the fact that he lost money in Tangren Village, and didn''t he already return the money to him?


    The next moment, Uehara felt a cold gaze on him.


    Xiao Nan stretched out her palm, and slowly turned Uehara''s head to look at herself. Her face was gloomy, and Yuan was a little flustered.


    The woman''s palm moved down slowly, stroking the young ninja''s cheek, and her fingers stopped by Uehara''s earlobe.


    Xiao Nan''s voice became extremely cold, with a bit of anger that hated iron and steel: "Naruo, have you learned how to gamble?"


    "I''m not, I didn''t, don''t think about it..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head again and again, and explained: "I just see that Tsunade-senpai is living in a difficult life. After all, she is Jiraiya-senpai''s teammate, and my main purpose is to let Tsunade-senpai help Junmaro see a doctor..."


    In fact, he just wanted to complete a task!


    Could he have any other thoughts?


    Xiaonan''s death stare lasted for a long time before finally softening: "You can''t gamble in the future, understand? And Jiraiya also... said... Senior Tsunade is hopeless, no matter how much you give her money, she will become impoverished from gambling."


    "¡­Yes, I understand."


    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously.


    I really didn''t expect that Zilai also secretly blackmailed his old teammates more than ten years ago. What he said is also true.


    Is it useful for that Tsunade woman to win so much money from him?


    In the end, not all will lose!


    Dried Persimmon Kisame had already put on the red cloud and black robe, he took a look at Uehara''s embarrassment, and smiled lightly: "Master Uehara, then I will go out to meet my teammates first."


    "... let''s go!"


    Uehara Naraku squeezed out two words from between his teeth.


    Obviously Kanshikisame was a spy he was planning to install, but the first thing Kanshikisame joined Akatsuki was to ''inadvertently'' reveal his affairs to Xiaonan.


    This guy is not as honest as he imagined!


    Do you understand if you keep your mouth shut!


    If it wasn''t for Uehara''s cleverness and finding a barely tenable reason, Xiao Nan wouldn''t give him a good face for several days!


    "Don''t blame me, Uehara-sama."


    Kisame spread his hands, and the smile on the corner of his mouth was even more intense: "I just think that Lord Uehara shouldn''t do things that he shouldn''t do at his age. Senior Xiaonan should discipline his disciples well!"


    "I see, thank you for reminding me."


    After Xiao Nan nodded, he looked up at Qian Shi Gui Sha with a hint of friendliness and trust in his eyes.


    After leaving the logistics base.


    Momochi couldn''t help but look at Kisame Kisame with a light smile and said, "Hmph, you guys offended that kid Uehara badly this time!"


    "yes?"


    The smile on the dry persimmon ghost''s face remained undiminished, he glanced at the peach ground, as if he was looking at a mentally handicapped person: "Then I really didn''t notice it!"


    Guideng Manyue glanced thoughtfully at Ganshi Guishui, and said softly: "Actually, my lord should respect his teacher very much, right? When we came back, he seemed to often mention his teacher inadvertently."


    "It seems that there are not too many idiots among us!"


    Gan Shi Guixie gave a chuckle at the corner of his mouth, and said contemptuously, he separated from them to meet his new partner.


    by the lake.


    Uchiha Itachi is thinking about life here again.


    Now Uchiha Itachi''s mood is a bit regretful and strange, there is actually a similar person like Ghost Lantern Moon in the ninja world?


    If he had the chance, would he think of a way to understand how Ghost Lantern Man Yue manipulated his younger brother?


    The sound of the shark muscle sword piercing the ground disrupted Uchiha Itachi''s thinking, Kisame Kisame stood behind him and said softly, "What are you thinking about? The famous Itachi who exterminated the clan..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi closed his eyes and didn''t want to answer.


    Kisame Kisame walked towards Uchiha Itachi step by step, approached him and said, "Do you need me to help you guess? For example, how should you prevent others from noticing... You are actually the same as that little ghost who wants to protect yourself. younger brother?"


    Uchiha Itachi''s face remained unchanged, but he stretched out his hand and slowly brushed his hair that was blown by the wind, and said softly: "If you just say these meaningless words..."


    "meaningful."


    The smile on Kisame''s face was exceptionally kind: "I just want to make sure, if you really don''t care about your brother, I can plan to kill him now, so that I can have a pair of sharingan. My chakra is very abundant, writing The consumption of wheel eyes should be negligible to me."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s fingers trembled involuntarily.


    Perhaps this new teammate with a shark face is the most difficult test since he came to Xiao.


    Akatsuki''s members are all extremely mentally ill, Uchiha Itachi can''t judge the truth of what he said after listening to Kisame''s words.


    Kisame Kisame vaguely noticed Uchiha Itachi''s fingers, and the smile on his face became more and more intense. It seemed that the judgment of his boss Uehara Naraku had been fulfilled again!


    When Uchiha Itachi finally couldn''t hold back and wanted to say something, Kisame Kisame stopped him first.


    The smile on the shark''s face became a bit ferocious: "Okay, I''m just joking... I''d rather watch a duel between brothers than just a pair of Sharingan."


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 65

    "boring."


    Itachi Uchiha gradually relaxed his mind, skipped the topic about his younger brother, and said in a deep voice: "Tomorrow we will go to Yanyin Village with Xie, I hope you will not die there."


    "Itachi-san is really a dangerous person..."


    Kisame grinned, and continued: "We are both members of Akatsuki before Obito-sama defected. If I die, who will be Mr. Itachi''s next teammate?"


    "Obito... my lord?"


    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes suddenly changed.


    This spy from Konoha Anbe immediately guessed the true identity of Kisame Kisame. This guy was inserted by Obito Uchiha!


    Then it''s not easy to play tricks...


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uchiha Itachi got up and left the lake.


    Kisame Kisame stopped in place and stared at his back, the smile on his face never stopped: "It''s really sad... Even if you have Sharingan, how far can you see?"


    Akatsuki''s base.


    After Uchiha Itachi returned to his room, Jue''s figure appeared: "Itachi, what information do you need to tell Obito during this time, I can pass it on."


    Uchiha Itachi frowned, looked at Jue coldly, and asked, "Is this Shimura Danzo''s order?"


    "???"


    Hearing Uchiha Itachi''s words, Jue''s expression was very happy.


    During this period of time, they have really considered making mistakes and asking Uchiha Obito to contact Shimura Danzo to see if Danzo can be blamed.


    It''s just that after Hatake Kakashi returned to Konoha, Shimura Danzo was busy arguing with Kakashi, and he probably didn''t want to take over the hot trouble of Obito.


    And Obito Uchiha didn''t even bother to cooperate with Danzo.


    Damn it, even though I was so mixed up that I was fired by Nagato, I still have to pick and choose?


    It''s a pity that this person was chosen by Uchiha Madara.


    Heijue could only smile slyly and open his mouth to correct Itachi Uchiha''s thoughts: "Itachi, are you also influenced by Payne and Konan? Obito obeys Madara''s will!"


    Bai Jue sighed faintly and said: "It''s just that the idiot Obito was too impatient at the beginning, so that they mistook him for Danzo''s spy, we will clear up this misunderstanding soon, and Obito will come back and regain control of Akatsuki. "


    "I see."


    After Uchiha Itachi nodded, his face suddenly became serious and he said: "I want to see him after we return from the mission of Yanyin Village."


    "Ho ho ho ho... yes."


    Hei Ze agreed to Uchiha Itachi''s request.


    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes flickered, and he said in a low voice: "I''m very curious about how Uchiha Obito cleared the suspicion... If he still can''t regain control of Akatsuki, my situation in Akatsuki will be very dangerous, and Payne and Xiaonan will suspect sooner or later onto me."


    "Do not worry!"


    Bai Jue replied with a light smile: "We have received news that Sanshoyu Hanzo has sent someone to contact Danzo in order to wipe out the resurgent Akatsuki;


    It just so happens that Xiao Nan is leading her team to attack the Yuyin Ninja, as long as Xiao Nan finds out the truth by taking advantage of this..."


    This is the advantage of intelligence.


    As long as they can take the first step and find a way to pass some information to Xiao Nan.


    For example, Shimura Danzo is planning to assassinate the reappearing Uchiha Obito and the "truth" that Uchiha Obito betrayed Konoha back then.


    When Konan attacked Yu Ninja and Konoha Ninja, he would get part of the ''truth'', and the suspicion of Obito would naturally be cleared.


    It has always been Uchiha Obito who guided Nagato to develop the power of the Eye of Reincarnation. As long as Obito''s suspicions are cleared, he can return to Akatsuki with a little manipulation.


    As for the information that Xiao Nan will get at that time, it is naturally half-truth and half-false, and it must be added.


    However, it is indeed true that Sanshoyu Hanzo made an appointment to meet Shimura Danzo.


    Shimura Danzo has also used Uchiha Obito''s information to take back the root leader position from Sarutobi Hiruzen. He also wants to reconnect with Hanzo, trying to get Hanzo''s support and get involved in the position of Naruto.


    After leaving Akatsuki''s base.


    Hei Jue asked in a gloomy voice, "When will the people from Danzo and Hanzo meet?"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    "According to our surveillance, it''s just these two days."


    Bai Jue shook his head, his expression was a little confused: "But this time Xiao Nan brought two more brats, and their moving speed is very slow, so they should be able to catch up, right?"


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Heijue snorted coldly and said, "As long as she discovers the confluence of Konoha Ninja and Urenin, she will definitely be unable to restrain herself from attacking them, and then she will get the truth."


    This time Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku''s action speed was indeed a bit slow.


    With the return of Uehara Naraku and Konan, their mission to attack the Ukakure Ninja began to restart, but this time there were two more people.


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro.


    When he learned that they were going to go out to carry out the mission together, Kaguya-kunmaro looked a little startled and said, "Can we also go to carry out the mission together?"


    "I didn''t want to take you with me."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Xiao Nan helplessly, and sighed, "But Mr. Xiao Nan thinks I should have two teammates..."


    This is the prejudice of the ninja world.


    Or maybe it''s a legacy left by Jiraiya.


    Konan is now teaching Uehara exactly as Jiraiya did.


    She herself is the leader of the Jonin, and a small team is formed by Uehara Naraku, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro.


    Konan hopes that Naraku Uehara can lead a normal ninja life, instead of thinking about becoming a full member of Akatsuki and messing around with that group of neurotic rebels...


    "Uehara, have we dragged you down?"


    Bai''s eyes were a little puzzled, and the question was a little serious.


    Even though he is a young man, he is surprisingly good-looking, cuter than a girl, especially Bai is very sensible, always giving Uehara the illusion that Bai is the "big sister" in that kind of family.


    It is clear that the age is not too old!


    This is how homeless children headed home early...


    "Oh, not really."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, touched Shiro''s head, and said softly: "It is also a very happy thing to be able to form teammates with you..."


    Even though his original intention was to recruit a few lovely subordinates, the rewards given to him by the system were too generous!


    Who would have thought that this simplest task would actually reward a space-time skill?


    In other words, the essence of the system is to let him complete tasks from easy to difficult. It seems that some simple tasks have very high rewards, which made him move towards Long Aotian mode from the very beginning.


    As a result, instead of joining any ninja village, he joined the Akatsuki organization and started the hell mode and junior disciple mode.


    Side Quest: Join a ninja team (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill Secret Art ¡¤ Compassionate Soul Fall.


    Mystery: Soul of Mercy: After providing your teammate with a shield that can withstand a fatal blow, it will be teleported to the teammate regardless of the distance of time and space. The cooldown time is 160 seconds, and Chakra consumes 100 points.


    Whether it is support or escape, this skill is a bit interesting!


    However, because Uehara lost to Tsunade before, he obtained the teleportation function of fate. He didn''t care much about the teleportation function of Mercy Soul Fall, and he preferred the shield that could withstand a fatal blow.


    Xiao Nan, who was walking at the front of the line, turned to look at the faces of the three teenagers, especially Naraku Uehara. This disciple didn''t seem to resist her arrangement very much.


    According to Mr. Jiraiya''s description, there are usually two men and one woman, which stimulates the fighting instinct of the boys, and the girl will reconcile the relationship between the two teammates, thus forming a unique bond.


    It''s a pity that there are no girls in this team.


    Right now, he can only make do with Bai who looks like a girl.


    Xiaonan fiddled with her blue hair, looked at Uehara Naraku who was talking with Junmaro and Shiro, a smile appeared on her face.


    The three forbidden ninjas have money, alcoholism and sex.


    It doesn''t seem like a bad thing to keep Naraku from touching girls now, right?

 Chapter 66

    It started raining again.


    The rain ninjas are hiding in a stronghold.


    Just when they heard footsteps outside the stronghold, a voice suddenly penetrated the sound of rain and reached the ears of the group of Yuren.


    The voice sounded like a little guy, and there was some amusement in the words: "Have you hidden it well? If you have hidden it well, we will start looking for it."


    "..."


    Just as the other ninjas were surprised, the expression of the Jonin captain who had just been stationed by Yuyin Village suddenly changed.


    This Jonin captain is none other than Hattori Hirakawa, who holds the title of Uren''s Assassin.


    Since the sansho fish that Hattori Hirakawa was in charge of taking care of and protecting died in Xiaonan''s hands some time ago, several ninja teams were also killed by Uehara.


    Because of this incident, Hattori Hirakawa was considered to have made a big mistake, and was exiled to this small stronghold by Sanshoyu Hanzo.


    "The people outside are Akatsuki!"


    Hattori Hirakawa clenched his ninja sword tightly. When that kid Uehara Naraku appeared here, it meant that this stronghold was over.


    During this period of time, news of the revival of the Akatsuki organization has spread in the Land of Rain.


    Although according to the news of Yuyin Ninja, there is only one woman and one boy who have appeared so far, but their strength is extremely strong.


    As a witness, Hattori Hirakawa, his feelings are more intuitive.


    That boy alone is not someone they can defeat!


    Hattori Hirakawa turned his head to look at his subordinates, and said in a deep voice, "Let''s escape separately and meet up in the east canyon at night!"


    "But this will be gradually broken, right?"


    One of them, Urenin, suggested, "Captain, why don''t we garrison here, as long as we can hold on for a day, Hanzo-sama''s right hand will come soon, and at that time we can eliminate this group of guys!"


    "idiot!"


    Hattori Hirakawa opened his mouth and scolded: "If we are stationed here, we won''t be able to last long. Don''t think so much, retreat immediately!"


    "yes¡­"


    A few rains reluctantly accepted Hattori Hirakawa''s order.


    It''s just that just after these ninjas left the stronghold, bone bullets suddenly flew in and shot into their chests and abdomen, blood splashed out!


    Several rain ninjas had already disappeared.


    Only Kami Ninja Hattori Hirakawa held the ninja sword in his hand and barely blocked the impact of a bone bullet. Even so, he was injured by the impact of the bone bullet.


    Hattori Hirakawa looked up and saw a blue-haired woman in a red cloud and black robe, surrounded by three little ghosts, one of whom was pointing at him with a white-haired kid.


    Obviously, it was this finger sneak attack that destroyed this Urenin team!


    "Leave him alive, Junmaro!"


    Uehara Naraku stopped Kaguya-kunmaro''s movement with a wave of his hand, jumped down, looked at Hattori Hirakawa with a light smile and said, "Ha, this is an old friend of mine!"


    "yes."


    Kaguya-kun Maro withdrew his fingers and stepped aside humbly. It was he who directly killed several rain ninjas with his ten finger piercing bullets.


    Xiaonan frowned, looked at Yuyin Jominin below in doubt, and asked softly, "Naraku, have you seen him?"


    "Well, last time we met..."


    Naraku Uehara introduced a few words to Hattori Hirakawa.


    Last time, when he and Xiaonan went to kill the salamander, they happened to meet the ninja troops led by Hattori Hirakawa, and they were easily defeated by Uehara.


    This Jonin, who has the title of Ume Hidden Assassin, exchanged the lives of himself and two lower ninjas from Uehara with a copy of Intimate Heaven.


    "Is this the man who gave you that bawdy novel?"


    Xiaonan''s eyes flickered, she worked so hard to arrange a bright future for Uehara, but she didn''t want to see any stains on her disciple!


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but looked up at Xiaonan, a little bit wanting to remind her that it was written by your teacher!


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    The sullen Xiao Nan had obviously ignored the question, looked down at them and said softly, "Kill him, Naraku!"


    "Well¡­"


    Naraku Uehara sighed helplessly, squatted down and looked at Hattori Hirakawa and said, "Sorry, my teacher is here, I''m afraid your luck this time..."


    Hattori Hirakawa interrupted Naraku Uehara''s words, and whispered: "I have a set of Intimacy Paradise here, and there are two volumes!"


    The atmosphere suddenly became a little weird.


    The Jonin-sama of Yuyin Village wanted to use a set of kiss heaven in exchange for Uehara Naraku to let him go.


    It''s a pity that he was hasty this time!


    If it was just Naraku Uehara himself, Naraku Uehara would really spare his life and let him go back to continue intimidating Hanzo if it had nothing to do with the overall situation.


    But this time...


    Xiao Nan is still staring at the cliff!


    Naraku Uehara was in a bad mood: "What do you mean? Who do you think I am?"


    "..."


    Hattori Hirakawa gave Naraku Uehara a veiled look. The series "Kindness to Paradise" is a treasure that ninjas always have, and everyone understands it!


    Uehara suddenly fell into hesitation. There are still a few side missions in the "Intimate Paradise" series, but both volumes must be collected, and Hattori Hirakawa happens to have them here.


    If Hattori Hirakawa is killed, the book will definitely be confiscated and destroyed by Konan...


    Uehara Naraku took a deep look at Hattori Hirakawa, and said softly: "If you want to spare your life, the price is not enough. If you have information about Sanshoyu Hanzo..."


    "I will never betray Lord Hanzo..."


    Hattori Hirakawa resolutely rejected Uehara''s request, but at the next moment he seemed to think of something, lowered his head and said in a deep voice: "If you are willing to do one thing, I can tell you about Hanzo-sama''s right-hand man Sanshoyu Mitac. intelligence¡­"


    "We''re not interested in little shrimps."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand. Except for Sansho Hanzo, the other ninjas in Yuyin Village are nothing to worry about. They are just small fish and shrimp.


    Hattori Hirakawa was silent for a while, then whispered: "What if this matter is related to the survival of your Akatsuki organization?"


    "what?"


    Uehara Naraku burst out laughing immediately: "Is it related to Akatsuki''s life or death? You think too much, those who have the ability to destroy Akatsuki are still in the ninja school!"


    "..."


    Hattori Hirakawa didn''t understand what Uehara Naraku meant. After all, according to common sense, shouldn''t it be said that those who can destroy Akatsuki have not yet been born?


    It''s just that Hattori Hirakawa didn''t have the time to think about it, he just lowered his head and said, "What if I say, Lord Hanzo wants to join forces with Konoha''s Shimura Danzo?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes tightened, he slowly lowered his head to look into Hattori Hirakawa''s eyes, and said coldly: "My teacher and I are very interested in this information...but I want to know why you leaked this information to me ?¡±


    So far, the Uehara ninjas Naraku Uehara has met are all loyal to their leader Sansho Hanzo, even if they sacrifice their lives.


    The information about Shimura Danzo and Sanshoyu Hanzo''s re-collusion should be a top secret in Yuyin Village, right?


    Hattori Hirakawa''s eyes were red, and he gritted his teeth and said, "Because my parents were killed by Konoha ninjas during the Ninja World War! Master Hanzo can kill you easily, but he wants to collude with Konoha!"


    "Sorry¡­"


    Uehara Naraku automatically ignored the second half of the sentence, sighed and said: "But I want to know what evidence you have, can you prove this?"

 Chapter 67

    War always leaves some scars.


    Back then, Konoha Village, Rock Hidden Village, and Sand Hidden Village regarded the Land of Rain as their battlefield, and many innocent people died. Nagato''s parents died at the hands of Konoha Ninja.


    After so many years, even after Jiraiya''s teaching, Nagato still can''t forget the hatred of his parents, let alone Hattori Hirakawa, an ordinary Ameyakure jonin.


    "If Hanzo-sama wants to destroy the Akatsuki organization, I will give my life for his order; but he chose to unite with Konoha Ninja!"


    Hattori Hirakawa clenched his fists bitterly, and continued in a deep voice: "When Hanzo-sama and Konoha''s Shimura Danzo jointly wiped out the Akatsuki organization, I left the village and gave up following him because I It is unacceptable to cooperate with Konoha Ninja!"


    "Fortunately you didn''t go at that time..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed slowly.


    If Hattori Hirakawa had participated in the extermination of the first Akatsuki organization back then, he might not have escaped the fate of being slaughtered by the furious Nagato, right?


    "but¡­"


    Naraku Uehara suddenly looked at the furious Hattori Hirakawa, and said in a low voice: "You have said so much, do you have any evidence?"


    "Of course there is."


    Hattori Hirakawa nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "Sanjiao Yuda is known as the right hand of Lord Hanzo, that bastard will arrive at the eastern valley tomorrow, where he will contact the ninja of Konoha, I just wanted to attract You go there and get rid of their..."


    "interesting¡­"


    Naraku Uehara twitched the corner of his mouth, patted Hattori Hirakawa on the shoulder and said, "I hope what you said is true! If there is any conspiracy...it''s useless."


    "Tomorrow I will meet them."


    Hattori Hirakawa shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "This matter is not a special secret, but only the Jonin team knows this news, because Master Hanzo asked us to be responsible for protecting that bastard Sanshoyu Shenda and Konoha Ninja. Safety."


    "Um¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and said in a low voice: "Then wait until this matter is over, and then give me the set of kissing heaven."


    "¡­I know!"


    Hattori Hirakawa suddenly showed a wretched smile.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help curling his lips, you know what a fart!


    After Xiaonan learned the news from Uehara Naraku, although she was still a little entangled, under the persuasion of her disciples, she reluctantly agreed to keep Hattori Hirakawa. By.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    No matter what Hattori Hirakawa said is true or false, there are things that can be manipulated.


    If what Hattori Hirakawa said is true, Konan and Nagato are still very interested in killing Shimura Danzo and Sanshoyu Hanzo in one fell swoop;


    If what Hattori Hirakawa said is false, even if he hides some conspiracy, it will be useless in the face of absolute strength.


    Konan and Uehara Naraku finalize their plan.


    Since Hattori Hirakawa''s subordinates have all died in battle, their team will pretend to be Hattori Hirakawa''s subordinates to attend the meeting.


    The only problem is...


    Xiao Nan looked around at the members of his team, frowned and said, "Naruo, what do you think we should do?"


    Can this group of puddings pass off as adult ninjas?


    Naraku Uehara, twelve years old, 165cm tall.


    Bai, eleven years old, 150cm tall.


    Kaguya-kun Maro, ten years old, 155cm tall.


    After all, maintaining the transformation technique for a long time is a technical task. Uehara Naraku''s body shape is not bad, what if Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro are exposed?


    "Then only me and the teacher can go..."


    Uehara Naraku smiled, looked at Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, and said softly: "And if something goes wrong, the teacher and I can escape at any time."


    East Canyon.


    This is the meeting place for Yuyin Ninja and Konoha Ninja.


    One after another, Yuyin ninjas rushed here one after another. At noon, more than 30 ninjas had gathered here.


    There are seven or eight Jonin alone.


    Naraku Uehara and Konan wore hoods and gas masks specially made by Yuyin Village, followed behind Hattori Hirakawa, and looked at the situation present.


    Even if no definite news was obtained, just killing all the missions loyal to Sanshoyu Hanzo could still be called a successful operation.


    As the time approached, the rain ninjas who gathered here also started to make noise, and the leading jonin captains were obviously a little anxious and impatient.


    "Why is that bastard Mitac still here?"


    "That waste must have arrived here at the last moment!"


    "Hmph, if it wasn''t because that bastard is a member of Lord Hanzo''s clan, I would definitely chop that bastard into seven or eight pieces!"


    "Who made Lord Hanzo trust him?"


    Most of this group of Yuyin jinnin cursed directly angrily, regardless of whether the person they wanted to protect was a high-level person in Yuyin village.


    Uehara Naraku heard that someone had already started greeting the wife named Sanshoyu Shenda, and couldn''t help asking: "Hirakawa, isn''t Sanshoyu Shenda Hanzo''s right hand? How do you feel that his reputation in Yuyin Village is not good?" Great?"


    "not too good?"


    A gloomy look flashed across Hattori Hirakawa''s face, and he said in a cold voice: "They are too polite to scold, that trash of Mitac holds great power, and he will raise his hand to kill innocent ninjas and civilians in the village in the name of Yu Yin. Framed them as spies, the Jonin captains here basically have their relatives, friends and close friends died under his butcher knife..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku blinked suspiciously, isn''t this Sanshoyu Mitachi a ''Shimura Danzo''-like figure from Ukage Village?


    Hattori Hirakawa continued to add: "If that bastard is really for Yuyin Village, that''s fine, but everything he does is actually to make money for himself, so that he can enjoy a luxurious life..."


    The guy with feelings is not as good as Shimura Danzo!


    Xiaonan asked curiously from the side: "Is that fellow Hanzo just sitting back and watching his fellow clan harm the interests of Yuyin Village?"


    "So what?"


    Hattori Hirakawa shook his head and sighed softly: "Because he is the most outstanding ninja among Lord Hanzo''s clan, so the person Hanzo-sama trusts most is him."


    This is also normal.


    After all, when the three generations of Hokage of Konoha, the country of fire, arrange personnel, they also first arrange their own people in the most critical positions.


    It is said that Konoha''s Anbe leader is the eldest son and daughter-in-law of the third Hokage, and the Hokage assistant and Hokage advisor are old friends who grew up with Hiruzaru Sarutobi...


    Sanshoyu Hanzo probably couldn''t pick out a suitable and trustworthy person to do some secret private affairs, so he could only stand taller among the dwarves and pick out a Sanshoyu Mio from his own clan.


    Hattori Hirakawa continued bitterly: "It is said that the matter of continuing to unite with Konoha''s Shimura Danzo this time is the proposal of that idiot Mitac... Master Hanzo is a ninja and demigod, why should he unite with Konoha''s bastards!"


    "¡­Well¡­"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his hands, and said helplessly, "Maybe you guys are overestimating Sanshoyu Hanzo, maybe it''s because Hanzo knows it well..."


    In order to avoid Hattori Hirakawa''s fury from disrupting the plan, Uehara Naraku did not say a word, Sanshoyu Hanzo, a demigod, actually has moisture!


    Because not many people in this era have really seen the strength of Senjujuma, everyone thinks that the strength of Sanju Hanzo is the ninja closest to Senjujuma, and calls Sanju Hanzo the ninja demigod.


    Because not many people in this era have really seen Uchiha Madara''s Susanoo, so Raikage was also regarded as the strongest defense and the strongest offense...


    Even Sarutobi Hiruzen can be called the strongest Hokage.


    When Uehara Naraku was still thinking wildly, Xiao Nan suddenly stretched out his palm and grabbed his fingers, reminding him in a low voice: "Uehara, they are here!"

 Chapter 68

    After hearing Xiaonan''s reminder, Uehara Naraku calmed down and raised his head to look at the two teams of ninjas that appeared in the canyon.


    One of the teams was wearing the Ameyin forehead protection, and the ninja headed by it had a red mark on his face. He looked a little ferocious and ferocious.


    The other team of ninjas uniformly wore animal masks and standard equipment, which looked more orderly than the Yuyin ninjas.


    Is that the root of the leaf?


    Uehara Naraku quietly activated his fate skill, wanting to check if there was anyone he knew among these Konoha ninjas.


    When the fate skill was activated, Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly changed.


    There is a familiar head in Konoha Genbu Ninja, it seems to be called Shan Zhongfeng?


    But why did this guy also appear in this area?


    This guy has a conspiracy...


    Underneath the negotiating area.


    Hei Jue said in a dark voice: "Xiao Nan has brought that kid Uehara to ambush them, as long as they have a fierce battle, we will take this opportunity to secretly hide information on a certain ninja..."


    "Is there going to be no problem?"


    Bai Jue hesitated and said, "What if Xiaonan can''t defeat them? Or we were accidentally discovered..."


    "..."


    Black never wants to care about it.


    It''s a pity that the two of them share the same body. Even if the other half of the body is mentally handicapped, Hei Jue still wants to comfort him: "Don''t worry, Xiao Nan''s strength is not too weak!"


    What''s more, even Naraku Uehara can psychic Payne, how could Xiaonan not learn how to psychic Payne?


    Hei Jue even had a faint feeling in his heart that Xiao Nan didn''t care about the other members of the Xiao organization all the time. Perhaps it can be guessed that Xiao Nan believed that his strength surpassed these people!


    According to Hei Jue''s own analysis of Xiao Nan''s intelligence, this blue-haired woman doesn''t seem like that kind of arrogant person!


    If even she herself thinks that she has been able to defeat the other members of Akatsuki, it means that she really has that kind of power.


    Hei Jue''s guess is good.


    Xiaonan is indeed very confident in his own strength.


    When Xiaonan saw Uehara Naraku''s expression changed, he patted his arm lightly and comforted him: "Naraku, what''s the matter? Don''t be afraid, I''m here for everything..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head speechlessly.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Why on earth did Xiao Nan think he would be afraid?


    Anyway, he is also a ninja with a little strength!


    Does his teacher still think that he was able to escape from the mission in Wuyin Village because of the 100 million detonating charms?


    He, Uehara Naraku, is very strong now!


    However, seeing Xiao Nan''s actions to comfort him, Naraku Uehara still reluctantly moved to Xiao Nan''s side and whispered: "Teacher, let''s take a look at the results of their negotiations first! I feel that this group of ninjas are a bit weird..."


    "Ok."


    Konan nodded.


    To be honest, Xiaonan really thought that Uehara was frightened by so many ninjas gathered, after all, the enemies they faced were different from the past.


    Compared with the fishing ninjas in those strongholds, most of these are elite ninjas, and there are many captains of ninjas.


    Jonin happens to be the vaguest concept in the ninja world.


    Back then, Konoha Sannin had golden glitter, who would dare to treat them as ordinary Jnin?


    One hit seven? One dozen?


    Golden Flash was able to defeat fifty J¨­nin alone without any injuries!


    Hattori Hirakawa lowered his head to see the arrival of the root ninja, held the ninja sword in his hand, and asked aloud, "Aren''t you going to do it now?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku and Konan looked at Hattori Hirakawa as if they were mentally retarded.


    I''m a little sorry for Hattori Hirakawa, but Konan should be the one who most wants Hanzo and Danzo to unite among all the people present.


    In this way, she and Nagato can wipe out the enemies of the past.


    The development of things obviously did not go as Xiaonan hoped.


    As time went by, the negotiations between Sanshoyu Mitachi on the Yuyin Village side and Konohagen''s troop commander Shan Zhongfeng seemed to be at an impasse.


    After a while, the two actually quarreled.


    The quarrel between the two became louder and louder. Sanjiaoyu Shenda and Shanzhongfeng backed away respectively, and said loudly: "Everyone be alert!"


    clang clang!


    The sound of ninja sword being unsheathed is endless!


    One by one, Urenin appeared and stood on the canyon!


    However, a group of Konoha ninjas suddenly emerged from the opposite side of the canyon, watching this place vigilantly, and confronting the rain ninjas!


    Neither side particularly trusted the other.


    Shan Zhongfeng looked at Sanjiao Yu Shenda and shouted sharply: "Yuyin Village has lost its faith, and you don''t have the slightest sincerity of the alliance!"


    "It''s clear that you Konoha ninjas are trying to shirk responsibility!"


    Sanjiao Yu Shenda did not show any weakness, and loudly criticized: "If it weren''t for the fact that Shimura Danzo and Konoha Ninja escaped in front of the battle, the current Akatsuki would have been wiped out!"


    "..."


    The two quickly and fiercely accused and prevaricated.


    In fact, this is just a basic routine when the two parties negotiate. They want to hold the other party accountable for the last cooperation, so as to gain an advantage in this negotiation as a victim.


    The condition put forward by Konoha root ninja is: Sansho Hanzo must first support Shimura Danzo to become Konoha Hokage, then he will send a ninja troop as Konoha Hokage to support Sansho Hanzo to eliminate the Akatsuki organization of the Land of Rain.


    The condition put forward by Amayashi Ninja is: Shimura Danzo must send someone to support the Sanjiao Hanzo to destroy the Akatsuki organization first, and then discuss how to support Danzo to become Hokage.


    Everyone is a bit like a white wolf with empty hands.


    The Konoha root ninja suffered from the loss of the last cooperation. Shimura Danzo obviously brought someone to help out, but Sanshoyu Hanzo refused to admit it...


    Therefore, Danzo instructed his subordinates that the premise of this cooperation is that Sanshoyu Hanzo must first show his attitude and stand for himself.


    As long as Yuyin Village and Konoha reach a friendly alliance, use the influence of a ninja demigod to try to change the attitude of Konoha''s senior management...


    Yuyin ninja is naturally not very happy.


    Who knows when Shimura Danzo will become Hokage?


    Is it not the same as the last cooperation?


    Konoha Genbu came forward to assist Yuyin Village to destroy the Akatsuki organization. After the Akatsuki organization is successfully eliminated, Lord Hanzo will naturally support Danzo!


    The first round of talks between the two sides will definitely not be reached so easily.


    Looking at the two sides who were blaming each other, Xiao Nan was in a bad mood, and asked, "Naruo, what''s going on? Are they... talking about it?"


    "obviously."


    Uehara Naraku nodded.


    Xiao Nan couldn''t help frowning, his face darkened slightly, and he asked, "Is Shimura Danzo not coming anymore?"


    "Are you not coming?"


    Uehara Naraku was also a little confused.


    According to his memory, it seems that Shimura Danzo and Sanshoyu Hanzo cooperated only once, until later Sanshoyu Hanzo was killed by Payne, and Danzo was never seen.


    "What are you waiting for!"


    Xiao Nan''s face darkened, and he gritted his teeth and said in a low voice: "Then let''s kill everyone present and charge a little interest!"


    "what?"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at his teacher in confusion.


    However, this did not affect Uehara''s judgment. Seeing that Xiao Nan was about to rush out, Naraku Uehara quickly grabbed Xiao Nan''s wrist and pulled her back to his side!


    "Teacher, don''t be impulsive!"


    Uehara Naraku hurriedly pressed Xiao Nan, looked at her puzzled eyes, and explained softly: "Teacher, observe the situation first, maybe we can try other plans."


    Among other things, at least not because of charging a little interest, the conspiracy of Heijue lurking outside cannot succeed!


    Although Uehara still doesn''t know what conspiracy Heijue has...


    but!


    As a person who wants to seize the position of Akatsuki Film King and the man behind the scenes, disrupting the rival''s plan is the most important thing!

 Chapter 69

    Two people who can''t make decisions will certainly not be able to negotiate a result.


    Sanjiaoyu Shenda and Shanzhongfeng couldn''t make decisions for their behind-the-scenes people, and the two sides quickly decided to temporarily end the meeting.


    The meeting between Konoha Genbu and Yuyin Village seems to have collapsed.


    "Naraku, Konoha''s people are leaving."


    Xiaonan lowered his head and glanced at the Konoha ninja who was retreating in an orderly manner, with a look of uncontrollable anxiety on his face.


    The one hidden underground is also a little impatient.


    Uehara Naraku secretly turned on the cooled Fate skill to observe the surrounding situation... That guy is still squatting!


    Test that insidious guy?


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the root ninja who was going away, and said in a low voice: "Teacher, let''s hunt down Konoha''s root ninja first!"


    If he and Xiao Nan are still following them after he and Xiao Nan leave, then there is something wrong!


    If there is no problem at all...


    Then, by the way, complete a few tasks for root ninjas!


    As the darkest organization in the ninja world, Shimura Danzo and Genbu Ninja obviously won''t get too little malice, so there are also many tasks...


    This wave shouldn''t be too bad.


    "¡­it is good."


    Xiaonan agreed with Uehara''s opinion, and told him: "When chasing them down, leave one alive and see if you can get information about Danzo..."


    "But¡­"


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and said hesitantly: "These Konoha ninjas are all elites, and I don''t think they will betray their boss..."


    "Ok."


    Xiao Nan nodded and said softly: "But it''s okay, I''ll explain to you after I catch them."


    She must want to channel Payne out of the world.


    Human World Dao Payne possesses the technique of subconscious mind, which can often collect all the information in a person''s brain, and Human World Dao is only so useful...


    If it wasn''t for collecting information, he could only serve as a close-up human shield for the dead ghost just like Shura Dopayne...


    "I''ll go with you!"


    Hattori Hirakawa quickly grabbed the ninja sword and followed them.


    Hattori Hirakawa would definitely put on an attitude that would rather die than surrender if he attacked the Amane Ninja; but Hattori Hirakawa would be willing to cooperate actively in ambush and kill the Konoha Ninja together.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan couldn''t help but glanced at him again. Did this guy think he was strong enough to be useful in battle?


    Hattori Hirakawa understood their eyes, and muttered dissatisfiedly: "Anyway, I''m also a Jonin!"


    "Junin..."


    Uehara Naraku grumbled quietly: "I just wanted to test my strength with a few jounin..."


    Hattori Hirakawa: "..."


    Xiao Nan tapped the back of Uehara Naraku''s head with his fingers, and said with a light smile, "Okay, then take him with you!"


    After all, it is rare to meet a rain ninja who is willing to cooperate.


    Xiaonan and Nagato want to kill Sanshoyu Hanzo, in addition to revenge, they also want to rule their hometown, the Land of Rain, and make their hometown better.


    Those ninjas who are loyal to Hanzo will therefore become a big problem for them to govern the Kingdom of Rain in the future.


    It is precisely for this reason that Xiaonan led Uehara to attack the Yuyin stronghold all the time, creating terror for Akatsuki, forcing Hanzo to call his cronies to protect him, and wipe them all out.


    Hattori Hirakawa is not very strong, but he is also suffering from pain, and there are already signs of dissatisfaction with Hanzo...


    It can save his life.


    After all, the Land of Rain is a small country, and there are not many Junin.


    Konan and Nagato both know very well that the country of the rain is weak and has few talents, and the ninjas of other countries obviously look down on the ninjas of the rain hidden.


    For example, Konoha Ninja who just evacuated from the canyon.


    Yamanakakaze led his subordinates to hide in a stone cave. He was writing the process of his first contact with the Yuyin ninja, and planned to send someone to Konoha after a while.


    "Hmph, what do those Yuren think they are?"


    A root ninja finally couldn''t hold back, and cursed aloud.


    Although Genbu has never been well-known, the power in Konoha is quite large, and even the Anbu ninjas dare to attack and kill them.


    Yuyin Village is just a small ninja village. During the war years, it was used as a battlefield by big countries. The group of Urenin wanted to reach a cooperation with Genbu, but they still wanted them to take a step back?


    "The leader of Yuyin Village is Sanjiao Hanzo after all..."


    Shan Zhongfeng paused the pen in his hand, and persuaded softly: "Danzo-sama can''t leave the village for the time being, the task of meeting can only be entrusted to us, bear with it for a while, and put the task first."


    "Yes, Captain."


    "Except for necessary patrol and investigation personnel, others avoid going out."


    Shan Zhongfeng tapped the table lightly with his fingers, and ordered softly: "We are waiting here for the order of Lord Danzo during this time. You should not provoke in the land of the rain country, and you must not lose the big because of small things..."


    "Enemy attack!"


    A panicked voice came in from the hole!


    Before Yamanakakaze and the group of Konoha ninjas had time to react, the deafening bombing sounded!


    Boom!


    The whole mountain seemed to be destroyed by blasting!


    Shan Zhongfeng felt the ground tremble under his feet, and the falling rocks rolled down, forcing them to have nowhere to hide!


    "Earth Dungeon Rock Pillar Prison!"


    Several root ninjas quickly formed seals and released earth escape ninjutsu, supporting the cave from collapsing.


    One of the perceptual ninjas observed for a while, then said in a deep voice, "Captain, the mountain''s walls are not thick, you only need to open a gap to escape!"


    "Wind Escape¡¤Vacuum Chopper!"


    There are also a few ninjas who are good at wind escape and seal to release wind escape ninjutsu, opening a gap to the outside world.


    After a group of root ninjas jumped out, the outside environment had changed drastically, and the surprise on their faces could no longer be concealed: "This...what the hell is going on?"


    "If I remember correctly..."


    Shan Zhongfeng''s eyes were slightly stagnant, he looked at the scattered sand and stones, and drops of cold sweat gradually appeared on his forehead: "When we came here just now, this place should be a mountain, right?"


    Now where is there any mountain here!


    Except for the cave where they settled down just now, which was turned into ruins, the whole hill was blown up inexplicably!


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    "Captain, someone!"


    Several figures stood on a rock.


    A woman with blue hair stood on a rock, beside her were several teenagers of different heights, and at the very end was an ordinary Urenin shivering.


    It was Xiaonan, Uehara Naraku and others.


    Looking at the appearance of the group of Konoha ninjas, Uehara Naraku sighed: "There are so many people who survived the bombing of a million detonating symbols... Is this the strength of Konoha ninjas?"


    "Ahem..."


    Xiao Nan coughed a few times, and couldn''t help but blushed.


    Because she just spread a layer of detonating talismans randomly, the coverage was too wide, the detonating talismans were too scattered, and the power of the detonating talisman array was not exerted at all.


    The whole mountain was indeed blown away...but the Konoha ninja hidden in the cave survived.


    But what they originally wanted was the life of Konoha Ninja.


    Xiao Nan spread out her palm calmly, and the two paper wings slowly gathered behind her, and the paper wings drove her into the air: "Okay, Naluo, let''s start!"

 Chapter 70

    This was the first time Uehara Naraku saw Konan make a move.


    Xiao Nan in the air is like a dancer floating on the battlefield, each piece of origami turned into paper rain, flying out from the paper wings behind her!


    Several of the root ninjas were unprepared, and were shot through the body by the paper rain in an instant, and blood splashed out in an instant!


    "Earth Dungeon Earth Flow Wall!"


    An earthen wall rose from the ground and hurriedly stopped Zhiyu.


    It''s just that the thickness of this earth wall doesn''t seem to be able to withstand the paper rain for a long time, and it may be directly destroyed by the paper rain in just a few seconds.


    "Scatter!"


    Shan Zhongfeng snarled and jumped to the side!


    The other ninjas also followed his orders, each looking for a safe location, and the next moment Tuliubi''s defense was completely destroyed by Zhiyu!


    "Fire Escape¡¤Big Fireball Technique!"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    "Wind escape, the technique of great breakthrough!"


    The two root ninjas took the lead in launching a counterattack against Xiao Nan!


    The combination of wind escape ninjutsu and fire escape ninjutsu set off a burst of flames that soared into the sky, forcing Xiao Nan to fly upwards to avoid the fiery waves of fire.


    Shan Zhongfeng looked at Uehara and the others who were rushing forward, and pointed to Xiaonan in the air: "Squad 17, Squad 18, and Squad 20, I will be responsible for dealing with the enemies in the air, and Squads 15 and 16 will deal with the group Brat!"


    The Konoha ninjas did not hesitate when they heard the order, and immediately dispersed to meet their target: "Yes, Captain!"


    "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Blow Cut!"


    "Wind Escape¡¤Vacuum Jade!"


    "Wind Escape ¡¤ Vacuum Slash!"


    The root ninjas took turns to release ninjutsu. In just a few seconds, relying on the number of ninjutsu, they briefly suppressed Xiaonan''s offensive.


    Seeing that the timing was right, Shan Zhongfeng folded his palms and aimed at Xiao Nan''s figure little by little, intending to use the family secret technique of turning around with his heart to get rid of her.


    While their side was still barely able to support it, the other side was in charge of solving Uehara Naraku''s two teams of ninjas and fell into a catastrophe!


    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin!"


    Uehara Naraku spread out a storm of thunderclouds in his hands, opened up his most proficient skills, and crashed into the two teams of root ninjas head-on!


    The two teams of ninjas from Squad 15 and Squad 16 who were attacking Uehara separated from each other in the face of Naraku Uehara''s Lightning Escape Ninjutsu.


    They didn''t care about it at the beginning, they just used stand-in technique or avatar technique to counteract the thunder and lightning''s attack. There was even a ninja who couldn''t dodge was hit by lightning, and he still disdained the power of lightning.


    "Don''t worry, the power of the spell is very small..."


    The strong root ninja had just opened his mouth when another lightning strike landed on him. He continued: "Don''t worry, the power of the technique is very small..."


    Stab it!


    The third lightning struck him!


    The tall ninja fell to the ground in an instant, his whole body stiffened and unable to move!


    The person who was still arrogant now has no power to resist, and can only let the thunder and lightning strike him one after another, and after a few seconds, there is no sound...


    Everyone: "..."


    What''s the situation?


    Arrogant for less than three seconds?


    If the root ninja knew that his teammates would not betray, and they also experienced Naraku Uehara''s lightning escape ninjutsu, they would have suspected that guy was a spy at this moment...


    Passing false information on the battlefield is an apology with death!


    Especially this kind of deadly information!


    "Don''t underestimate any enemy!"


    Uehara Naraku stood under the thunderstorm, looked down at the two teams of Konoha ninjas, and continued with a chuckle: "A ninja as powerful as me was never careless when fighting you, so why do you underestimate me?"


    What a strange statement!


    It''s just that Konoha''s root members don''t have time to argue with Uehara Naraku, they are still avoiding the attack of Wan Leitian, trying to get out of the predicament.


    "Earth Dungeon¡¤Heavenly Falling Gai!"


    "Earth Dungeon Rock Pillar Prison!"


    A huge weird pot cover appeared out of thin air on the heads of many root ninjas, and several thick rock pillars supported the pot cover, helping them block the thunder and lightning attack!


    "As expected of Shimura Danzo''s subordinate, he is so proficient in carrying the blame..."


    There was a smile on the corner of Uehara''s mouth, and the next moment his smile disappeared, and he folded his palms together to form a set of beautiful handprints: "Water Escape ¡¤ Roaring Waves!"


    The monstrous waves are coming!


    "Earth Dungeon Earth Flow City Wall!"


    A thick earth wall suddenly rose to stop the waves!


    The two root ninja teams fought back and forth with Uehara Naraku. Facing Uehara Naraku''s surprise attack, they finally felt that they had stabilized the situation.


    However, that immature but devil-like voice resounded in their ears again: "There is no dog''s head carved on the earth flow wall...I must give a bad review."


    Boom!


    The sound of detonating symbols exploding resounded in my ears!


    The original thick earth wall cracked inch by inch!


    The monstrous waves immediately swept all the root ninjas, and thunder and lightning fell on them one after another, and the two teams of root ninjas were instantly wiped out!


    After these root ninjas were completely silent, the huge pot lid of the Heavenly Capping Technique fell to the ground, stirring up countless mud...


    After Uehara Naraku solved his enemies, he began to look at his system panel, and the progress of several tasks had been updated.


    Advanced task: Kill ten official J¨­nin (3/10), the reward is unknown.


    Side mission: Eliminate a team of Konoha root members (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill is Speechless Fear.


    Wordless Fear: Use Chakra to create a nightmare and implant it into the brain of the enemy, allowing an enemy to experience the most frightening nightmare in life within 2 seconds. Consumes 60 Chakra points and cools down for 10 seconds.


    Naraku Uehara was a little surprised when he saw the skill of Wuyan Fear. Did he get an illusion control skill?


    It''s kind of weird...


    Just by looking at it, I feel that this skill may have a higher mental damage to the enemy than Uchiha Itachi''s Tsukiyomi, and it has a wider scope of application and personnel!


    After all, Uchiha Itachi only knows what his younger brother is most afraid of, so in addition to bullying his younger brother and letting his younger brother go through nights of extermination again and again, when facing other people, Uchiha Itachi can only tie people to the cross. Knife on...


    But the wordless fear that Uehara Naraku just got is to open the deepest wound in a person''s heart and sprinkle salt on it!


    No matter who you are, there is always something to fear, right?


    For example, Obito Uchiha, what he fears most is the death of Rin Nohara? For example, Heijue, what he fears the most is that he cannot save Kaguya Otsutsuki...


    Uehara Naraku felt a little comfortable, and when he met the Uchiha clan who dared to use Sharingan to release illusions on him, he would give them a nightmare just by changing hands!


    The skill of wordless fear doesn''t really mean much in combat, it''s actually just used to torture people...


    Next comes the last mission that pops up out of nowhere.


    The task font is even purple, indicating that this task is not easy.


    Hidden inheritance task: If the light is so fast, why can''t it shine on the ninja? Say a correct name (0/1)


    Apparently this clue has something to do with ninjas.


    This was the first weird mission Uehara had ever seen.


    When Uehara Naraku saw that sentence, the first thought that came to mind was the similar sentence that Danzo said: [You are the Konoha bathed in the sun, and I am the root buried in the darkness] .


    "Shimura Danzo!"


    Uehara Naraku said the name confidently.


    He is even ready to accept the ninjutsu that Shimura Danzo is good at. Even if there is no such thing as Izanagi, he must at least have a set of wind escape ninjutsu, right?


    The system is unresponsive.


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, then opened his mouth in a different way of thinking: "Zed, the master of Shadow Stream, Shen, the eye of Twilight, the black sheep..."


    When he said the second name, the system panel gave a hint.


    The task is completed, and the hero inheritance starts.


    Four skills appeared in the task list.


    Profound meaning! Dusk Blade: Summons a Chakra Soul Blade, and can manipulate it to attack, consuming 2 Chakra points per second.


    Profound meaning! Soul Blessing: activate a defensive barrier through the soul blade, teammates in the defensive barrier will not be harmed for 2 seconds, consume 40% of your own chakra, and cool down for 15 seconds.


    Profound meaning! Shadow Binding: Launch an unstoppable sprint in a certain direction, consumes 150 chakra points, cooldown time is 15 seconds.


    Secret meaning! Compassionate Soul Lost: The skill acquisition is repeated, and it has been collapsed.


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket!

 Chapter 71

    "Profound Truth! Dusk Blade..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out his palm, and a wide purple chakra light blade appeared beside Uehara, looking crystal clear but extremely sharp.


    Kind of flattering.


    A group of resolute Konoha root ninjas died under the hands of Uehara Naraku, but a inheritance task with rich rewards was drawn out for him.


    What is a surprise?


    This is called a surprise!


    It''s just that now is not the time to celebrate, because Xiaonan''s battle is not over yet, although Uehara thinks it is not far from the end of the battle.


    How could this group of Konoha root ninjas compete with Konan?


    "destiny¡­"


    Uehara Naraku murmured in a low voice, on the panel of fate, Jue''s avatar really appeared here.


    Sure enough, he is still following them!


    What is this guy''s conspiracy?


    It''s a pity that this guy is still hiding underground, I don''t know what he wants to do, is it just to monitor them?


    Under the ground.


    Sensing the battle above, Bai Jue said faintly: "That little guy Uehara Naraku ended the battle too quickly, he killed two teams of ninjas in less than half a minute... If he gets out now, he will find out Bar?"


    "Not in a hurry."


    Hei Jue sighed and said, "Wait a little longer, when the battle becomes a little chaotic, I will secretly stuff the information scroll into a corpse."


    Since he never showed his head, Uehara Naraku couldn''t directly penetrate the ground to pick them up, so he could only turn his head to watch Xiaonan''s battle.


    Xiao Nan''s figure fluttered in the air, dodging one by one ninjutsu and long-range ninja tools, and floated down towards Konoha Ninja''s position!


    Uehara actually thought it looked a little nice.


    No wonder Uchiha Madara shouted and danced every day...


    Some ninjas look better when they fight than when they dance!


    "The Art of Turning Hearts!"


    Just at this time, Shan Zhongfeng, who was hiding in the corner to observe the battle situation, suddenly found an opportunity, his hand closed, and suddenly aimed at Xiao Nan who flew down!


    Time seems to freeze at this moment!


    In the next second, the situation reversed.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    There will always be some weird secret techniques in the ninja world, which can complete a shocking reversal in a desperate situation, and can complete a counter-kill with the upper hand.


    Xiao Nan in the air suddenly fell straight down!


    The heart-turning technique of the Shanzhong clan, as long as it deprives the enemy of control of the body immediately after hitting, a person with strong mental energy can also control the enemy''s body.


    "The teacher overturned..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t laugh or cry when he saw this scene, his body rose into the air and rushed towards Xiaonan, trying to catch her from the air.


    Unexpectedly, when Uehara hugged Xiaonan, Xiaonan opened his eyes, looked directly at Uehara Naraku and roared: "You guys, don''t underestimate Konoha''s ninja!"


    A paper spear suddenly jumped out of Xiaonan''s hand and stabbed at Uehara''s chest!


    Xiao Nan was controlled by the heart turning technique!


    Uehara was taken aback, and subconsciously wanted to block the sneak attack by the invincible who had activated the Holy Judgment, and knocked out the blue-haired woman beside him with another punch!


    He has too many skills to deal with the situation.


    However, I remembered Xiaonan''s attitude towards him...


    Uehara felt the warmth and softness of Xiaonan''s waist with his palm, gritted his teeth to avoid the deadly part of the paper spear, and let the paper spear pierce his shoulder.


    Even if he hurt him unintentionally during the battle, a teacher would definitely not refuse his disciple''s request under the influence of guilt, right?


    Since ancient times, affection can''t be kept, only routines can win people''s hearts.


    Uehara Naraku sighed in his heart, who made Xiao Nan control him so strictly?


    Taking the injury on the shoulder, is he going to change into a red cloud and black robe?


    Or in exchange for the right to freely watch and make love to heaven?


    Children only do multiple-choice questions, so of course Naraku Uehara has to choose all of them!


    Shan Zhongfeng''s heart-turning technique can''t last for too long, especially the power of Xiaonan he chose to control far exceeded his expectations.


    Xiaonan quickly woke up.


    After the woman''s eyes regained clarity, her body didn''t move at all, letting Uehara Naraku hug her and land on the ground.


    After the two of them landed safely, Xiaonan''s eyes moved slowly, past the forced smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, and landed on the wound made by the paper spear on Uehara''s shoulder.


    The eyes of the blue-haired woman gradually became complicated.


    Is it guilt?


    Distressed?


    No, it''s fear!


    The next moment!


    "Who told you to take the risk to save me!"


    Xiao Nan suddenly raised his palm!


    Seeing that she was about to slap Uehara on the face!


    "Teacher Xiaonan?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan''s actions in a daze and in a trance. How could he not understand the development of this plot?


    Obviously he risked his life to save her!


    Don''t talk about giving him a comforting possession, at least you should comfort him with gentle words!


    In the next second, Xiaonan stopped what he was doing, and slowly knelt down and hugged Uehara Naraku''s shoulders, tears from the corners of his eyes fell on his shoulders: "I''m sorry..."


    "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Blow Cut!"


    "Wind Escape ¡¤ Slashing Kongbo!"


    The Konoha ninjas did not give up the chance at all, shurikens and ninjutsu flew towards Naraku Uehara and Konan.


    Xiao Nan''s body instantly turned into sheets of white paper, and quickly formed a paper shield, blocking all incoming wind escape ninjutsu and shuriken.


    The paper shield quickly spread out again!


    Countless sheets of white paper fluttered as if being swept by a strong wind!


    Konoha''s root ninja was instantly surrounded by a circle of white paper!


    "Die!"


    Xiaonan''s angry voice was faintly visible in the white paper, and countless sheets of paper were folded and turned into paper shurikens, which were shot at the group of root ninjas densely.


    In the ring, every Konoha ninja tried to defend in horror, but there were paper shurikens in all directions, and there was no room for evasion or defense at all.


    After each paper shuriken is attacked, it will return to the ring, and the cycle will go round and round.


    Paper shurikens pierced through the blood stains stained on the enemy''s body, and soon turned the entire circular paper array into blood red!


    After a while, the ninjas fell silent.


    No, there is one more person alive.


    mountain wind.


    The captain of the Konoha Nebu ninja, the confidant of Shimura Danzo, looked at the origami fluttering around him with fear and anxiety.


    "How should I kill you?"


    Xiao Nan appeared in front of Shan Zhongfeng with a gloomy voice, a paper spear reappeared in her hand, and firmly nailed Shan Zhongfeng to the ground!


    Shan Zhongfeng glanced at the corpses of his companions around him, fear and anger flashed across his face, his first thought was to bite his tongue and kill himself.


    Click!


    Shan Zhongfeng''s jaw was shattered by Xiao Nan''s kick!


    "Teacher... information..."


    Uehara Naraku in the distance noticed this scene and stopped the angry Xiaonan.


    Now Uehara is asking Bai to help him bandage the wound symbolically. If Bai is slower, maybe his injury will heal.


    After all, the life energy of the madman armor recovers very quickly.


    After hearing Uehara''s words, Xiaonan''s hands stopped, and her sanity gradually began to recover.


    "I see."


    Xiaonan breathed a sigh of relief, the anger and worry in her heart gradually dissipated, and her palms quickly closed and began to form a seal: "Ninjutsu, psychic art... the way of the world!"


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    (A new week is coming, please recommend tickets!)

 Chapter 72

    After Ren Jiandao Payne came out, he looked around the surrounding environment, glanced at Xiaonan, and then at Uehara Naraku, first to confirm the safety of the two of them.


    "Huh? Uehara is injured?"


    Payne, the human being, saw the wound on Uehara''s shoulder, and he frowned immediately, and said in a dark voice, "Xiao Nan, what''s the matter? There are not many chakras in this body, so let''s channel the Heavenly Dao first." Bar¡­"


    "fine."


    Xiao Nan shook his head and pointed to Shan Zhongfeng on the ground: "We have wiped out the enemy, now we need to get information about Danzo from his brain."


    "okay, I get it."


    Human Dao Payne nodded, and picked up the mountain wind on the ground.


    After the human Dao Payne extracted the memory of Shanzhongfeng with the technique of submergence of the heart, his face was a little unsightly, so he drew Shanzhongfeng''s soul and killed him directly.


    Xiaonan asked softly: "Is there any information about Danzang?"


    "Yes, Danzo... will not come to Yuyin Village anymore."


    Human Dao Payne whispered the information he got: "Hmph, I''m afraid Sanshoyu Hanzo doesn''t know that Danzo doesn''t intend to cooperate with him sincerely.


    The third Hokage of Konoha forbade him to leave Konoha for half a step, and Shimura Danzo could only send his own subordinates to act.


    Shimura Danzo did want to unite Sanshoyu Hanzo recently, but his actions were limited, so he handed over all the negotiations and alliances to this man named Yamastroke. "


    "It seems that there is no joy."


    A trace of frustration flashed across Xiaonan''s eyes, and he said in a low voice, "I thought we could get rid of Sanshoyu Hanzo and Shimura Danzo at the same time this time."


    "No, there is something else to gain."


    Renren Dao Payne said in a deep voice: "In addition to uniting with Hanzo, these ninjas are also responsible for searching for traces of Uchiha Obito and trying to capture him back to Konoha... Although Uchiha Obito hides his identity, he is indeed A traitor."


    "Then there is no need to recruit him again!"


    Xiaonan''s face was a little annoyed, she turned her head and glanced at Naraku Uehara who was coming, and continued: "I warned them to stay away from Naraku, but that guy Uchiha Obito wanted to kill Naraku just because his identity was exposed, I''m going to kill him sooner or later!"


    "Teacher, I don''t care."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a little subtle, he looked down at the land under Xiaonan and Renjian Dao Payne''s feet, and said softly: "As long as the teacher and Yahiko-sama need to do what the teacher and Lord Yahiko want to do, no matter what he does, I don''t really care. ..."


    This is a bit of green tea.


    Because absolutely is hidden under this land.


    Those underground will definitely be able to hear their conversation.


    After hearing Uehara''s words, the underground Jue felt a little relieved. In their opinion, Nagato and Konan would probably push the boat along and accept Uchiha Obito''s return.


    Unexpectedly, Xiaonan''s face changed instantly, and his voice was a little cold: "Nagato, we shouldn''t accept that guy who tried to hurt Naraku... Naraku is our family!"


    Human Dao Payne: "..."


    He hasn''t said anything yet?


    And he didn''t think about accepting Uchiha Obito again!


    However, in order to appease the irritable friend, Renren Dao Payne sighed and said: "Forget it, after our mission is over, let Jue find a way to recruit Uchiha Obito, and then we will secretly ambush him and kill him, okay? ?¡±


    "Can."


    Xiao Nan''s face softened a lot.


    Uehara Naraku secretly praised himself.


    The one under the ground secretly scolded the three people above.


    Fortunately, they hid underground and eavesdropped for a while, otherwise how could they know that Nagato and Xiaonan had such vicious thoughts?


    Is this still the two gullible people?


    Absolutely can''t figure out what went wrong.


    This must be Uchiha Obito''s fault, he shouldn''t have shot Uehara Naraku casually!


    Knowing that the little guy was Xiao Nan''s disciple, he still wanted to kill him to silence him, but in the end he was almost killed by that kid!


    It is indeed the rare crane tail of the Uchiha family...


    There is no need for Jue to stay here any longer. Hei Ze and Bai Ze complained about Nagato and Konan before going to report the bad news to Uchiha Obito.


    above the ground.


    After Renjian Dao Payne and Xiaonan resolved their differences about Uchiha Obito, they mentioned another piece of information, which was about the next meeting time with Sanshoyu Mio.


    Konan intends to take this opportunity to get rid of Hanzo''s right-hand Sanshoyu Mitachi and the Ninja Rain Hidden brought by him.


    Human Dao Payne nodded, looked at Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku and said softly: "If you are in danger, call Heavenly Dao directly, and I will always be ready to agree to your psychic."


    "I see."


    After Ren Rendao Payne left, Xiao Nan''s eyes slowly turned and stopped on Naraku Uehara: "Naraku, come with me, I have something to tell you."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked confused.


    Kaguya-kunmaro, Shiro and Hattori Hirakawa and others saw the master and apprentice walking towards the distance, and they stayed where they were blankly.


    This is a group of soy saucers.


    Xiaonan seemed a little absent-minded when walking.


    She walked in front of Uehara without saying a word, even when a new heavy rain came and the rain fell on top of her head, Xiao Nan didn''t react much.


    A bamboo umbrella appeared above Xiao Nan''s head.


    Naraku Uehara called out to her, held the bamboo umbrella in his hand and pushed it, looked at her seriously and said, "Teacher, it''s raining."


    "Is it raining again?"


    Xiao Nan raised her head slowly, watching the raindrops getting bigger and bigger falling on the ground, she finally said: "I''m not leaving, just talk here."


    "it is good."


    Uehara was obedient.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Xiaonan''s face was a little displeased, she looked at Uehara hesitantly and said: "Your fighting style is very problematic today... When I am in danger, what you should do is not to save me, but to run away to save your own life .¡±


    "How is such a thing possible?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly.


    Uehara probably understood what Xiaonan was thinking. It was many years ago that Yahiko and Nagato tried their best to save her. As a result, Yahiko committed suicide and Nagato''s legs were disabled.


    Did he go a little too far today?


    So is Xiao Nan actually afraid?


    Yes, Xiao Nan was indeed scared.


    The irises on Xiaonan''s head trembled slightly, and his expression gradually became a little cold: "Nailuo, I am your teacher, and what I teach you is the most correct choice!"


    "That''s it..."


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth was bent, and in this chilly heavy rain, he put on an innocent and warm smile: "I see, teacher."


    After seeing Xiao Nan nodding his head, Uehara Naraku''s smile remained undiminished, and he sent out a soul torture: "If one day I encounter danger and even lose my life, what will Teacher Xiao Nan do?"


    "I won''t let this happen again."


    Xiao Nan frowned, but did not answer the question directly.


    Naraku Uehara continued to ask reluctantly: "What if this kind of thing must happen? We can''t guarantee how dangerous an enemy we will encounter."


    "..."


    Xiaonan''s face turned pale for a moment, and he stretched out his palm, and took the umbrella away from Uehara''s hand little by little.


    Xiao Nan turned his head and left with a bamboo umbrella, letting Uehara drench in the rain.


    The blue-haired woman walked in the rain with an umbrella, and said loudly: "If that happens, I will leave you and escape alone."


    Uehara Naraku stood in the rain, watching Xiao Nan go away step by step.


    Uehara could understand that Xiao Nan was speaking in anger, but why did he take away his bamboo umbrella and let him soak himself in the rain?


    The rain dripped down Uehara''s hair and wet his clothes.


    Uehara raised his head slowly, his voice was a little low, and he was gradually submerged in the heavy rain: "If there is such a day, I hope you can really escape by yourself...but teacher, will you really do this?"


    "..."


    It rained harder.


    A piece of origami butterfly flew through the rain quickly, and gathered beside Uehara to form Xiaonan''s figure.


    The woman stretched out her arms and hugged Uehara''s neck in pain.


    Uehara Naraku sighed, acting as if he had used too much force.


    Uehara could only embrace Xiao Nan''s body obediently, stretched out his hand to pat her on the back, and comforted her: "Mr. Xiao Nan... where is our umbrella?"

 Chapter 73

    Xiaonan moved her chin away from Uehara Naraku''s shoulder, her eyes were a little puzzled and puzzled, and she didn''t quite understand the brain circuit of her disciple.


    Her eyes seemed to be asking Uehara:


    What should be said now, is it about the umbrella?


    Uehara Naraku stood on tiptoe and stretched out his palm to put on Xiaonan''s head, covering her from the raindrops falling in the air: "Teacher, it''s raining too hard, let''s find a place to hide first?"


    "¡­it is good."


    Xiao Nan could only nod his head.


    There is something very magical about the ninja world.


    If a ninja appears in the wild, the chances of finding a cave are very high, especially in a country that often experiences wars like the Land of Rain.


    Kaguya-kun Maro, Shiro and Hattori Hirakawa and others hid in the cave, while Uehara Naraku and Konan sat at the entrance of the cave grilling fish and chatting about the story of the first generation of Akatsuki.


    Konan told Uehara Naraku the truth for the first time.


    "...When the Akatsuki organization was at its peak, there were even more than a hundred ninjas. At that time, we just wanted to use Akatsuki''s power to eliminate wars in the Land of Rain and even the entire ninja world, and let people understand the preciousness of peace.


    However, this force is too weak for the entire ninja world, and we are all unknown little ninjas, few people are willing to listen to our persuasion.


    At that time, there was a person who was also working hard to eliminate the war between the five major ninja kingdoms. In order to spread Akatsuki''s beliefs, we decided to join him. "


    When Xiaonan said this, there was a flame in her eyes, making it hard to tell whether it was anger or the reflection of the fire


    While continuing to talk, Xiaonan gathered the fire in front of him: "His name is Sanshoyu Hanzo, and he was also the most famous ninja at that time."


    "The title of ninja demigod is indeed amazing."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and softly echoed Xiaonan''s words: "If I hadn''t met Lord Yahiko and Teacher Xiaonan back then, I would probably have joined Yuyin Village, right?"


    "We don''t want you to be deceived by his illusion, so we force you to join Akatsuki."


    Xiaonan shook his head, and continued to talk about the past story in a soft voice: "In the beginning, our negotiation with Sanshoyu Hanzo went smoothly. The ninja demigod is a strong man who defeated Jiraiya-sensei, and we believed him without reservation.


    Until the negotiations, when I was patrolling the border with other people, I encountered a premeditated ambush, and the others all died fighting to protect me...


    Among them, your father is also included. "


    Xiaonan turned his head slowly, looking at Naraku Uehara, with guilt and distress flashing across his eyes.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Uehara Naraku stopped turning the palm of the grilled fish, and looked directly at Xiaonan: "So Mr. Xiaonan doesn''t want me to take the risk to save you?"


    "yes."


    Xiao Nan nodded, and continued softly: "But that battle was just the beginning...the beginning of the destruction of the first generation Xiao organization."


    Xiao Nan did not hide what happened next.


    It is precisely because Xiaonan himself was captured by Sanshoyu Hanzo that Akatsuki and Sanshoyu Hanzo were controlled everywhere in the talks between Akatsuki and Sanshoyu Hanzo.


    In order to save Konan, Yahiko was forced to commit suicide on the spot.


    In order to save Konan, Nagato used the power of the heretic golem, which almost drained his vitality and chakra, and his legs were blown up by the detonating charm of Sanshoyu Hanzo.


    "The one who should die there is me..."


    Xiao Nan''s fingers tightly held the wooden stick in his hand, and the sound of the cracking wood merged with the crackling sound of the flame burning.


    "Nobody deserves to die."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, slowly stretched out his hand to grab Xiaonan''s palm, and said softly: "The evil deeds committed by the criminals are not the reason for us to feel guilty for that disaster here."


    "..."


    Xiao Nan lowered his head silently.


    Obviously her spirit will not improve because of Uehara''s comfort.


    Uehara Naraku sighed, rubbed his forehead, and said softly: "If Nagato-sama and Konan-sensei are willing, maybe we can try...let Sanshoyu Hanzo experience the despair of being deceived?"


    "what?"


    Xiao Nan raised her head and looked at Uehara Naraku, she didn''t quite understand what her disciple''s words meant.


    Uehara Naraku continued to explain softly: "Yuyin Village and Sanshoyu Hanzo didn''t know that Shimura Danzo could not leave Konoha to come to the meeting... Then can we become Konoha ninjas and ask him in the name of Shimura Danzo meet?"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku raised a sword in his hand: "If it''s such a big deal with Shimura Danzo, Hanzo should come forward by himself, right? Let''s take this opportunity to surround and kill Sansho Hanzo!"


    "How is this possible..."


    Xiaonan shook his head, very disapproving of Uehara Naraku''s plan: "Samshoyu Hanzo is very suspicious, he won''t show up easily, if he finds a flaw..."


    "We have nothing to lose anyway."


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands and looked at his teacher helplessly: "If he doesn''t come, we just wasted a little time."


    Xiao Nan asked another question: "What if Sanshoyu Hanzo takes advantage of this opportunity and orders a group of ninjas from Yuyin Village to besiege us?"


    "teacher¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s mood was a little broken, but he still forced himself to explain: "We have arranged hundreds of millions of detonating symbols at the negotiation place in advance, so it is no problem to destroy a group of enemies, right?"


    A gleam of light flickered in Xiaonan''s eyes, she nodded after thinking for a while and said, "In order to deal with Obito Uchiha, I used 200 billion detonating symbols and 400 billion detonating symbols to test the power of God twice. Paper Art..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes froze for a second.


    Xiaonan''s expression gradually became serious: "This time, I can just use them to experiment with the God''s Paper Technique with 600 billion detonating talismans, to determine how long it will take for 600 billion detonating talismans to detonate..."


    Uehara Naraku Takayama looked up at Konan, watching 600 billion detonating symbols in anime and seeing it in reality is definitely a completely different concept.


    Especially today when he saw that Xiao Nan had used a million Detonation Talismans to blow up a mountain.


    Uehara Naraku swallowed, and said in a somewhat obscure voice: "Teacher... Would it be too wasteful to have so many detonating symbols?"


    "No waste."


    Konan touched Hara Naraku''s head, and said softly: "The purpose of the experiment with the 600 billion detonating talisman this time is to deal with Obito Uchiha. After I confirm the results of the experiment, I can find a way to ambush that guy."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara sighed secretly in his heart. In the original history, the 600 billion detonating symbols did not actually kill Obito Uchiha.


    "Naraku, I am your teacher."


    Xiaonan stretched out her palm and stroked Naraku Uehara''s cheek: "So, I will not allow anyone to hurt you."


    "Teacher Xiaonan..."


    Uehara Naraku grabbed Xiaonan''s palm and said in a low voice: "I will not let those who hurt the teacher go!"


    Hearing a twelve-year-old boy speak in such a tone, Xiao Nan couldn''t help chuckling and said, "Okay, we may not be able to ambush Sanjiao Hanzo..."


    "That can also scare him and let the teacher vent his anger!"


    Uehara Naraku was a little aggrieved, he was obviously talking serious.

 Chapter 74

    As the saying goes, one person is short in wisdom, and three people are long in wisdom.


    Konan told Nagato that they tried to use the name of Shimura Danzo to lure Sansho Hanzo out for a meeting, and then ambushed him.


    Nagato not only approved of their plan.


    He even plans to show up himself.


    If Uehara Naraku''s ambush plan for the talks can be successful, this can be regarded as their perfect revenge for Sanshoyu Hanzo.


    After all, Hanzo ambushed them in the name of talks back then.


    Because the plan this time was too dangerous, Konan ordered Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to take Hattori Hirakawa to another remote stronghold to perform the mission.


    Konan didn''t want too many people to know Nagato''s secret.


    "Master Nagato is here?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Nagato sitting in the wheelchair strangely, Tendao Payne stood beside Nagato, and the other five Paynes stood behind them.


    This was the first time Uehara saw Nagato.


    Nagato''s red hair was a bit dull, his cheeks were deeply sunken, his lips had no color, and his skinny body looked extremely thin.


    What is frightening is that there are several black sticks stuck behind Nagato.


    That was left over from the chakra and life force that the heretic golem extracted from his body, and now it is also used by him to manipulate Liudao Payne.


    Xiaonan looked at Nagato worriedly, and dissuaded in a low voice: "Nagato, you should rest in the base..."


    "Cough cough cough...don''t worry."


    Nagato coughed a few times, waved his hand to stop Xiaonan who wanted to persuade him, looked up at Uehara and said, "Uehara, your teacher and I both agree with your plan, this time I''m just here to make a supplement helper."


    Nagato might be worried about Xiaonan''s rebuttal, so he continued softly: "After all, Akatsuki''s real members are only a few of us present, and I don''t want to miss this matter."


    After Nagato finished speaking, he manipulated the Heavenly Dao Payne to stand up again: "This time, it will also be a battle where God descends on the Land of Rain!"


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    What I said earlier was fine, but why did I go to secondary school again later!


    Anyone who claims to be a god in the second dimension will have no good results... You can be high-key in doing things, but you must remember to be low-key in life!


    Naraku Uehara wondered if he should turn around to persuade Nagato, lest he encounter Zuidun in the future and just give it to him for nothing?


    Uehara Naraku patted his forehead, and said softly: "Master Nagato, Teacher Xiaonan, let''s discuss the plan first!"


    According to the information obtained by Renjian Dao Payne, Yamanakakaze did not disclose to Yuyin Village that Shimura Danzo could not leave Konoha, and all negotiation matters were decided by Yamanakakazu.


    Now Shan Zhongfeng and several squads of root ninjas have all died in battle, and the news channel has been temporarily blocked.


    "We don''t have much time."


    Uehara Naraku said in a deep voice: "We only have five days at most to complete this plan, maybe even three days, because Danzo Shimura can''t get news of the mountain apoplexy, so the next group of people should be sent here soon."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan and Nagato and nodded, then continued: "Next we will be able to become the Konoha ninja named Yamanakakaze, and continue to negotiate with the Sanshoyu God of Yuyin Village to fight for the Sanshoyu Hanzo''s meeting."


    Xiaonan hesitated and asked a question: "It''s hard to hide the ninja''s ordinary transformation technique, and it''s easy to be exposed by the other party, right?"


    "Anyway, our plan is just to try."


    Even though he said so, Uehara himself was very confident.


    Naraku Uehara can transform into the appearance of Shan Zhongfeng, and his natural phantom skills are stronger than Bai Jue''s transformation technique.


    The natural phantom skills are far more realistic than the ninja''s transformation technique. As long as he does not use the skills or is attacked, it is impossible for ordinary ninjas to see through his skills.


    The battle plan was determined very smoothly.


    The whole program is divided into three parts.


    Nagato and Konan went to the designated meeting place to arrange a sea of ??detonating symbols;


    Uehara Naraku went to meet Sanshoyu Mio;


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro went to the northern stronghold to make a surprise attack, making the people of Yuyin Village think that Akatsuki''s members were not in the eastern valley, reducing their suspicion and increasing the probability of success.


    After they determined the steps of the plan, Xiao Nan was a little confused: "Our plan...isn''t it a bit too hasty?"


    "This is also impossible."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and after looking around at Six Paths Payne, he continued softly: "Our number is really too small. Fortunately, there is Nagato-sama''s Six Paths Payne who can help to pretend to be the root follower ninja..."


    Xiaonan: "..."


    Nagato: "..."


    It is estimated that they have never thought that the first mission of the Six Paths Payne''s collective appearance is to pretend to be the root follower ninja.


    Isn''t this layout a bit low?


    However, if the plan proposed by Uehara Naraku can be successful, the blow to Sanshoyu Hanzo will definitely be fatal, and it will also be a very pleasant process for Nagato and Konan.


    Destroy the enemy by the way of the enemy.


    It is simply the best way to interpret revenge.


    Nagato sighed faintly, and could only manipulate Rokudo Payne to put on the hidden uniform of Konoha Root Ninja.


    the next day.


    Uehara Naraku transformed into the appearance of Yamanakakaze, and brought Rokudo Payne to the negotiation site of Sanshoyu Mitachi, trying to lure Sanshoyu Hanzo to participate in a real meeting through the right hand of Hanzo.


    This is the time agreed by Konoha Ninja and Ukakure Ninja.


    As for the location, it was still the Eastern Canyon where they interviewed last time.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    It just so happened that Naraku Uehara followed Hattori Hirakawa to this place.


    "You guys are a minute late."


    Sanjiao Yu Shenda took a look at Shanzhongfeng on the opposite side, and then glanced at the Konoha ninjas wearing cloaks behind Shanzhongfeng, and snorted coldly: "We are with you in the sincerity of uniting Konoha. Contact!"


    "Uh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku Paishan got stuck for a second after suffering a stroke, and said: "This is because we just received a new order from Danzo-sama, and he doesn''t think there will be any results in the negotiation between the two of us."


    "What does it mean?"


    Hearing what the other person said, Sanjiao Yu Shenda''s face instantly became furious: "Is Konoha here to trick us! It''s obvious that you first brought up the alliance!"


    In front of Sanshoyu Hanzo before, Sanshoyu Shentac insisted that Hanzo promised Yuyin Village and Konoha''s roots to continue to unite to destroy the Akatsuki organization.


    Now Konoha suddenly told him not to play?


    "Don''t be so excited."


    Uehara¡¯s Yamanakakaze shook his head, glanced at the Urenin on the opposite side, and said in a low voice: ¡°We really want to unite with Lord Hanzo, but the two of us can¡¯t decide in this negotiation, right? "


    "What do you mean?"


    "Literally."


    Shan Zhongfeng in Uehara¡¯s version couldn¡¯t help but look at Sanjiao Yu Shenda with regret, and continued in a low voice: ¡°I respect your steadfastness for the interests of Yuyin Village, but I am no longer qualified to participate in negotiations. The candidate has been chosen."


    Sanjiaoyu Shenda was a little satisfied with Shanzhongfeng''s words.


    The Hanzo''s right hand raised his eyebrows, with a ferocious smile on his face: "If you say that, it seems that Konoha is going to send a big shot!"


    "good."


    Uehara¡¯s version of Yamakakaze nodded deliberately, and said in a deep voice: ¡°Master Danzo will arrive at the Land of Rain the day after tomorrow, and he hopes to have a personal interview with Lord Hanzo the day after tomorrow to discuss the alliance between Konoha and Urenin and the alliance we sent The number of ninjas assisting you."


    "I can''t promise this..."


    Sanshoyu shook his head with some hesitation, and said in a deep voice: "After Hanzo-sama and Konoha''s Danzo-dono joined forces last time, there were some disputes in the village... After all, there will be some left over from the ninja war... Some grievances."


    After considering his own words, Sanshoyu Shenda continued: "This time our negotiation is secret, and the people present are all Hanzo-sama''s confidantes... If more people know about this kind of thing, it will be very difficult for Hanzo-sama. Prestige is not very good."


    After Sanshoyu Shenda finished speaking, the six Konoha root ninjas standing nearby obviously moved a little bit, and these movements soon aroused the vigilance of the rain ninjas.


    This is Liudao Payne manipulated by Nagato. He can''t sit still!


    Since the plan can''t be successful, then kill these people and collect some interest!


    Uehara¡¯s version of Shan Zhongfeng quickly waved his hand to signal them to stop, and looked at Sanjiao Mio with an ugly expression: ¡°The reputation of a ninja demigod is of course important...but our Master Danzo also took a huge risk to come to the Rain Land country!


    Your Excellency might as well go back and tell your demigods, if it wasn¡¯t because our Danzo-sama has been trying every means to advocate the alliance of Yuyin Village at the top of Konoha, Konoha¡¯s Anbu has been active in your country of rain to steal information without scruple! "


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    I wish you all a happy Tanabata!


    Anyway, I''m not happy, so I ask for some recommendation tickets and rewards, so that single dog writers can also be happy?

 Chapter 75

    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    A group of rain ninja suddenly became furious.


    The sound of ninja knife being unsheathed came and went.


    The Konoha ninja on the opposite side actually humiliated them in Yuyin Village, how could this group of Urenin who are loyal to Hanzo stand this kind of stimulation!


    The anger on Sanjiao Yu Shenda''s face disappeared in a flash. He waved his hand to stop the movements of other subordinates, and said coldly, "Are you humiliating our Yuyin Village?"


    "Come if you want to do it!"


    Uehara''s version of Yamanakakaze looked at the many Ugakure ninjas coldly, and said in a deep voice: "It doesn''t matter if I am humiliated, but I am representing Danzo-sama now!"


    As soon as these words were spoken, the other Yuren stopped.


    Generally, those who die for the humiliation of their superiors will be respected by them. This is also the culture of the ninja world, especially Yuyin Village also has some samurai atmosphere.


    Yamanaka Fukun is not afraid of death, but he just wants to win a chance for his boss to meet with Lord Hanzo, so that his boss will not return without success.


    It''s a bit admirable!


    Sanjiaoyu Shenda didn''t feel anything, he frowned and asked in a deep voice: "I''m in favor of letting Lord Hanzo meet with His Excellency Danzo...but the time and place..."


    "We''ve thought about it."


    Uehara¡¯s version of Shan Zhongfeng immediately hit the snake with a stick and put forward his own idea: ¡°If Danzo-sama appears in Yuyin Village, it will be very detrimental to Hanzo-sama¡¯s prestige and Danzo-sama¡¯s safety¡­¡±


    When talking about this, Naraku Uehara paused for a moment, and continued: "So Danzo-sama plans to arrange the meeting place for this meeting to the place where we cooperated to wipe out Akatsuki last time, and discuss how to completely solve Akatsuki''s trouble."


    "..."


    Sanjiao Yu Shenda was silent for a while, nodded and said: "I will find a way to facilitate this meeting, and I will reply to you as soon as possible tomorrow... If Master Hanzo agrees, I will also tell you the meeting time tomorrow!"


    "Can."


    Uehara''s version of Shan Zhongfeng nodded.


    Now that the negotiations are over, there is no need for them to stay here.


    "etc¡­"


    Just as Uehara Naraku and Rokudo Payne turned around and were about to leave, Sansho Yushinda suddenly called out to them again: "If Your Excellency Danzo cannot satisfy Lord Hanzo''s conditions, this meeting may end unhappy..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku stopped his footsteps, with a smile on his lips, he turned his back to Sanshoyu Mita and said softly: "Don''t worry! Since Danzo-sama is willing to come here in person, he will definitely give Hanzo-sama a satisfactory answer. "


    A very satisfying answer.


    Well, maybe some people will not be satisfied with the answer, but at least Konan and Nagato are very satisfied, and that''s enough.


    Naraku Uehara is willing to guarantee it with his integrity.


    It''s just that this sentence obviously gave Sanshoyu Mitac a reassurance. He believed that Shimura Danzo''s concession would definitely satisfy Sanshoyu Hanzo.


    Some idiots are really hopeless.


    In order to reach a cooperation as soon as possible, Sanjiaoyu Shenda hurriedly took people back to Yuyin Village, reported their negotiation results to Sanjiaoyu Hanzo, and showed off his ability by the way.


    It was precisely because of his argument that Konoha Ninja backed down a step.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo didn''t bother to pay attention to him, he just frowned and pondered: "Is Shimura Danzo still willing to cooperate with us?"


    After the last time they worked together, he let Danzang pigeons go!


    Shimura Danzo sent someone to urge him every once in a while, but Sanshoyu Hanzo didn''t want to be involved in Konoha''s Hokage dispute at all, he just wanted to use Danzo.


    Sanjiaoyu Hanzo really looks forward to Danzo''s coming to power.


    But if he really supports Shimura Danzo publicly, in case Hiruzaru Sarutobi''s anger is aroused, the current strength of Ugakure Village may not be able to withstand it.


    As the saying goes, a dying camel is bigger than a horse.


    Even if Konoha''s Uchiha clan perished not long ago, when their vitality was seriously injured, it was not a Ninja Village that their Yuyin Village could compete with.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo is getting old, and he is a little afraid of death.


    Now he just wants to maintain his ninja demigod title and protect his existing power and prestige.


    It¡¯s a bit embarrassing to say it, but this time if Hanzo and Shimura Danzo continue to cooperate, he would like to release Danzo¡¯s pigeons again.


    Anyway, this guy Danzo is over 60 this year, and he doesn''t look like he can sit on the position of Hokage, and if he cheats him, he won''t invite Konoha''s full retaliation...


    Moreover, Shimura Danzo acted in a dark and cruel way, and sooner or later he would not end well.


    If it weren''t for the resurgence of the Akatsuki organization, Sanjiaoyu Hanzo really didn''t want to continue to collude with Danzo, so as not to cause any disaster.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo remembered what he was most concerned about, and asked in a deep voice, "Is there any movement in the Akatsuki organization? Is another stronghold attacked by their members?"


    "Have."


    Sanjiao Yu Shenda nodded, and said in a low voice: "When I came back today, I just got a news that the northern stronghold encountered a surprise attack. Two strong little ghosts suddenly attacked them and killed most of the people. .¡±


    "..."


    Sanshoyu Hanzo was silent for a while, then lowered his head and said, "Has the Akatsuki organization started to recruit those talented ninja brats... Mitac, promise Konoha Ninja! I want to meet Shimura Danzo."


    After seeing Sanshoyu Shenda nodding his head, Hanzo added another sentence: "On the day of the meeting, remember to bring more people, and make sure everything is safe."


    "yes."


    Sanjiaoyu Shenda respectfully agreed.


    After Hanzo nodded in satisfaction, he continued to ask: "Where will we arrange the meeting place?"


    "The place where Lord Hanzo besieged Akatsuki."


    Sanshoyu Shenda replied in a low voice: "This is also the position proposed by Konoha Ninja and I, because they don''t want Shimura Danzo to enter the village, so as not to encounter any danger; Damage the prestige of adults."


    A trace of fear flashed in Sanshoyu Hanzo''s eyes, and then he quietly hid it. The dying old man clenched his fist and slammed it on the table: "Okay, let''s set it at that position! This time Akatsuki must be wiped out!"


    Everything was as Naraku Uehara expected.


    Sanjiaoyu Shenda agreed to their request, and sent someone to agree on the meeting and the official place for the meeting the day after tomorrow.


    That place was exactly where Yahiko committed suicide.


    Xiaonan was a little excited, her nails tightly clenched her palm: "So, is our plan successful?"


    "At least half the battle."


    Nagato nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "If Sansho Hanzo really appears there the day after tomorrow, we must not let him go this time!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the two of them, chuckled and said, "Perhaps that ninja demigod will be very surprised?"


    "This time, it will definitely surprise him!"


    Nagato clenched his fists bitterly, and after a while he looked at Uehara Naraku with some doubts: "Uehara, why do you think that Hanzo would choose to contact Danzo there?"


    "Because Konan-sensei and Nagato-sama think it''s a meaningful place."


    Uehara Naraku raised his head slowly, and continued softly: "Hanzo will also think that it is a place of unique significance for him to destroy our Akatsuki next step, so he will definitely agree to choose to meet there."


    Maybe this is metaphysics, right?


    People in the ninja world are actually very superstitious!


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku added another sentence: "It''s like if I don''t see Teacher Xiaonan one day, I will go to the cave where we met for the first time to find her, because I know that there is extraordinary significance to Teacher Xiaonan."


    "Is that right?"


    Xiaonan''s eyes were a little puzzled, and after thinking about it, she actually thought that what Uehara Naraku said made a lot of sense.


    After thinking for a while, Xiao Nan asked back: "Naruo, where is the place that is meaningful to you?"


    Uehara Naraku stared at Xiao Nan''s curious eyes, looked at her and said, "I''m still looking, maybe Teacher Xiao Nan will find the answer before me?"

 Chapter 76

    Konan actually didn''t quite understand what Uehara Naraku meant.


    But as a delicate woman, Xiaonan could hear the loneliness and loneliness hidden in Naraku Uehara''s words, what''s wrong?


    It was a feeling of no support.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Xiao Nan walked slowly to Uehara Naraku''s side, stroked his head and hugged her chest, and said softly: "Naruo, if you have any concerns in the future, you can tell me directly..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku felt that Akatsuki''s uniform was not very good, and the zipper was a bit awkward.


    Xiaonan inserted his fingers into his hair, and gently rubbed it: "You can stop thinking of me as your teacher... Naluo, I''m also your family member, do you understand?"


    "is teacher."


    Naraku Uehara broke away from Xiaonan''s embrace dumbfounded.


    Nagato, who was sitting next to him, coughed a few times symbolically covering his lips, and said softly: "Ahem cough cough... Uehara, I am the same."


    Although Nagato didn''t quite understand Konan''s actions, but he probably understood that he should go along with Konan at this time, and Nagato did regard Uehara Naraku as his descendant.


    Due to the heavy burden of Samsara Eye, Six Dao Payne and the Golem of the Outer Way, Nagato knew in his heart that his lifespan would not be particularly long.


    If Xiao Nan was left alone, how could he be at ease?


    Now Xiaonan has accepted Uehara Naraku as a disciple, he is still a well-behaved and obedient boy, he should be suitable to be the leader of the future Xiao organization.


    No.


    It''s not just the Akatsuki organization.


    A light flashed in Nagato''s eyes. If they can successfully ambush Sanshoyu Hanzo this time, they will also carefully train Uehara to become the future leader of Yuyin Village.


    Whether it is the dawn generation, or the will of the dark dawn...


    In the future, it will be passed on to the little guy Uehara Naraku.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know what they were thinking, but just smiled helplessly: "Why do Nagato-sama and Konan-sensei seem weird, let''s go hide in that valley first, and wait for Sanshoyu Hanzo!"


    "¡­it is good."


    Xiao Nan fiddled with her blue hair.


    They soon reached their destination.


    A valley where the Akatsuki organization was almost wiped out.


    The majestic torrential rain in the Land of Rain does not seem to have washed away the terrain of this valley too much. There are still remnants of the battle here, which makes people feel a little embarrassed.


    Nagato manipulated Tendo Payne to push his wheelchair to the open space below the valley, a look of grief gradually appeared in his expression: "Yahiko, you said that your dream is to become the god of this world... I will soon Helped you do it."


    When Nagato used Yahiko''s corpse to make Tendo Payne, it was to kill Sansho Hanzo today and come to the world in the name of God!


    With God''s will, destroy all darkness in the world!


    With the power of God, execute the tyrants who do not value peace!


    Uehara Naraku was in a very complicated mood.


    At this depressing time, Uehara has some empathy for Nagato. Realizing other people''s dreams sounds a bit loyal, but in fact it is a bit sad.


    These wishes should be allowed to come true in person!


    For example, the bookstall owner who sold a book to Uehara...


    "That''s where Yahiko committed suicide..."


    Xiaonan raised his head and stared at a damaged hill not far from them, his eyes were a little red: "I was held there by Hanzo back then, and watched Yahiko crash into Kunai in Nagato''s hands."


    Obviously, the two of them have been here once before, and they still inevitably fell into sadness when they came here again.


    "teacher¡­"


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, and finally decided to wake them up: "After all, our manpower is too small. If we fight fiercely here, perhaps Hanzo may escape..."


    "There will never be such a possibility!"


    Xiao Nan was the first to wake up from the memories, her palms floated slightly, and layers of tiny cracks suddenly appeared on the entire ground and rock walls!


    Xiaonan said indifferently: "Yesterday, I arranged 600 billion detonating symbols here, and everything here was reconstructed by me using the paper of God..."


    Speaking of this, Xiaonan clenched his fists a little bit: "At that time, neither Sanshoyu Hanzo nor his trusted ninjas could leave alive!"


    "That...teacher..."


    There was a little cold sweat on Uehara Naraku''s forehead: "If something goes wrong, we will be killed here too, right?"


    "Don''t worry about that."


    Heavenly Dao Payne pushed Nagato''s wheelchair and walked over: "This battle will be mainly carried out by Heavenly Dao, Hungry Ghost Dao, Human Dao, and Asura Dao will be responsible for supporting us, and Hell Dao and Animal Dao will use psychic techniques to support us from a distance. retreat."


    Nagato and Konan had already prepared drafts on how to target Sanshoyu Hanzo.


    Since it is a battle of revenge, it is reasonable that Heavenly Dao Payne will lead the battle, while Hungry Ghost Dao, Human World Dao and Shura Dao are responsible for providing vision and support for Heavenly Dao.


    In order to be safe, Nagato placed the full-time psychic Beast Road and the Hell Road responsible for repairing Payne in a safe place to ensure that they can retreat safely.


    Whether the battle is successful or not, they will blow up the place.


    Nagato looked at Uehara Naraku, and said seriously: "Uehara, Xiaonan and I are very worried that Sansho Hanzo will jump over the wall when he is in danger. After the battle starts, you will leave the battlefield first, understand?"


    "Uh¡­"


    Naraku Uehara hesitated for a moment.


    Because there are several tasks related to Sansho Hanzo in his system panel, some of which are definitely impossible to complete.


    For example, the task that was given the title by the ninja demigod.


    However, Uehara Naraku still wanted to try the task of killing the ninja demigod.


    After all, the rewards given by the system have never been judged. It is possible to give a hundred gold coins as a beggar, or it may give a series of super high skill rewards like the previous two days. That is the real surprise. !


    "I can take care of it by the side..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan and Nagato, and said softly: "If something goes wrong, I can choose to fly away at any time."


    "Can''t."


    Xiao Nan rejected his proposal, she seemed to feel that her attitude was a little stiff, and adjusted her attitude again: "Naruo, this is our revenge..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a little aggrieved, as if he was hurt by Xiaonan''s words: "But I said just now that we belong to family... and I can protect myself. I can escape against such a difficult enemy as Obito Uchiha."


    While Uehara was talking about the current affairs, he smeared Obito again.


    Obito Uchiha has become a must-kill red list in Xiaonan and Nagato''s list, and he will have no chance to compete with him in the future.


    Xiao Nan refused to agree, and was still trying to persuade: "It is precisely because we are your family that we don''t want to see you get hurt..."


    "Let Uehara stay..."


    Nagato interrupted Xiaonan, and said in a deep voice: "Uehara will carry the burden of Akatsuki and Yuyin Village in the future. We can''t keep him under our wings forever. The young eagle must learn to fly by itself after all."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was confused when he heard it.


    The first sentence Nagato said was okay, what the hell are those who carry the burden of Akatsuki Organization and Yuyin Village behind, and what do these two people want to arrange for him?


    "Also."


    After hearing Nagato''s words, Xiaonan nodded regretfully and said, "Then let him stay. With the current strength of the two of us, we can also protect our family."


    "Ok¡­"


    Nagato couldn''t help a long cough, and he grabbed the wheelchair with his palms little by little: "Let that guy Hanzo experience the pain we experienced back then, and let the world feel the pain!"

 Chapter 77

    Sansho Hanzo was more cautious than expected.


    Even for Shimura Danzo''s invitation, he led a large number of people.


    Just after arriving in the valley, the investigative ninja team of Yuyin Village became active, and Uehara Naraku also quickly found their traces and hurried forward to greet them.


    After all, if you do it, you have to do the whole set.


    Naraku Uehara, led by a group of Aminin reconnaissance teams, met Sansho Hanzo.


    This man, known as the apex of ninjas in this world, is said to be the ninja closest to the original Naruto Senjujuma.


    "Master Hanzo, I didn''t expect Your Excellency to bring so many subordinates."


    Uehara¡¯s version of Yamanakaze went up to him, looked around at the Amane Gakure ninjas, and said softly: ¡°To show our sincerity, our leader Danzo Shimura only brought a team of ninja guards to the negotiations this time.¡±


    This is also true.


    At least there were apparently only four Penns in that valley.


    Sanjiao Yu Shenda retorted contemptuously at the side: "Hmph, no matter how many ninjas you bring with you, it won''t help Master Hanzo!"


    "Well, what Your Excellency Mitac said makes sense."


    Uehara''s version of Kaze Yamanaka showed an awkward yet polite smile: "If the number of people is small, you can avoid being noticed by the third generation."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s explanation, Sansho Hanzo felt relieved.


    The old man turned his head and chatted with Kaze Yamanaka in front of him with great interest: "If the Third Hokage is under strict control, when we cooperate, how many Anbu and us can you Danzo-dono mobilize to jointly attack Akatsuki?"


    "I''m just a tool in the hands of Master Danzo, and I don''t know about it."


    Uehara¡¯s version of Shan Zhongfeng did not answer the promise directly, but said in a deep voice: ¡°But please believe in Danzo-sama¡¯s sincerity. After the two adults discuss it, Hanzo-sama will definitely have a satisfactory result.¡±


    The corners of Sanshoyu Hanzo''s eyes froze slightly, and after staring at the mountain wind for a long time, he said, "You Konoha ninjas are really loyal to Shimura Danzo..."


    "Master Hanzo is overrated."


    Uehara''s version of Shan Zhongfeng humbly bowed his head.


    Uehara Naraku''s acting skills are good this time, Sanshoyu Hanzo looks at him with a hint of envy in his eyes, who doesn''t want Shimura Danzo those ninjas who only obey his orders?


    Sanshoyu Hanzo casually asked some questions about Shimura Danzo, Uehara Naraku answered fluently, and even praised Hanzo cryptically.


    Sansho Hanzo tagged the root ninja in front of him again.


    These ninjas also speak nicely.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo looked up at the four figures standing on the cliff, and couldn''t help frowning. Why didn''t Shimura Danzo come down to meet him?


    Naraku Uehara was a little displeased when he saw this ninja demigod, and quickly said: "Master Hanzo, I''m really sorry, we didn''t have a good communication process..."


    "What process?"


    Sanshoyu Hanzo was a little confused, he had an intuition that something was wrong.


    The Uegakure ninjas, who were originally dissatisfied with Shimura Danzo''s disrespect, also pricked up their ears to listen to Uehara Naraku''s words.


    "Our process..."


    Uehara Naraku blinked, and suddenly stood on tiptoe and flew into the air: "It''s just how to put on a good show before killing Your Excellency!"


    Uehara Naraku slowly rose into the sky, and his figure gradually changed, revealing his original appearance. This scene made the faces of Yuren changed drastically.


    Uehara looked down at the Yuyin people on the ground, spread his hands helplessly and said, "Unfortunately, it seems that this process can only be omitted!"


    One thing to say, Uehara was a little disappointed.


    Sansho Hanzo''s mood changed drastically!


    He raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara in the air with a stern look in his eyes, and thought of a few portraits: "That kid, is that Akatsuki''s kid who was very active a while ago!"


    "¡­It''s him!"


    Sanjiao Yu Shenda nodded quickly.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo''s face became even more ugly, and he said coldly, "Where is Dan Shimura hiding? Did he betray me? Or...is this Akatsuki''s conspiracy?"


    Either way, it''s not good news for Hanzo.


    Naraku Uehara landed next to the four figures on the cliff, overlooking the Sansho Hanzo and the many rain ninjas below: "Yes, Konoha Ninja told us yesterday that you are going to meet here, I hope we kill Get rid of you."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the tense expressions of the Urenin and continued with a chuckle: "His Excellency Shimura Danzo of Konoha has put forward generous conditions. As long as we can kill you, Konoha will support us as the leader of Yuyin Village !"


    Heaven Payne: "..."


    Why did he feel a little proficient in listening to Uehara''s nonsense?


    But such an obvious lie, no one would believe it!


    "Akatsuki''s brat..."


    Sanshoyu Hanzo looked uncertain, looked up at Uehara Naraku and the four shadows beside him: "Does that bastard Shimura Danzo think he can use them to kill me? Do you think the ninjas in the village will support you?"


    Others didn''t believe it, but Sansho Hanzo did.


    Because when the first Akatsuki organization was encircled and suppressed, many Ugakure ninjas and Konoha Genbu ninjas present were killed by the heretic golem, and Sanshoyu Hanzo was only spared.


    Obviously in that confrontation, Hanzo was at a disadvantage.


    Perhaps it is for this reason that Danzo wants to change his partner?


    No, it is also possible that Shimura Danzo, the bastard, wanted to provoke the ninja demigod and reincarnation eye ninja of Yuyin village to kill each other!


    No matter who wins or loses, it is beneficial to Konoha.


    Shimura Danzo is known as the darkness of the ninja world. No matter what incredible actions he makes, it seems that it will not be surprising. While seducing Yuyin Village and Akatsuki Organization, Danzo must be able to do such an unscrupulous thing!


    Sanshoyu Hanzo suddenly looked up at Uehara Naraku, and asked in a low voice: "You Xiao organization has never guessed, is this Konoha trying to provoke the two most powerful organizations in the Kingdom of Rain to kill each other?"


    "That''s an interesting question..."


    Uehara Naraku smiled, looked at Sanshoyu Hanzo and asked, "Back then, Your Excellency Hanzo led people to besiege the three high-level members of our Akatsuki, didn''t you think about the same problem?"


    "..."


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Sanshoyu Hanzo choked suddenly.


    Naraku Uehara spread his palms and said softly: "Okay, Hanzo, we don''t need to say these high-sounding words... We just want you to know how it feels to be standing in your current position back then."


    "..."


    Sansho Hanzo''s expression became even uglier.


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth drew a smile: "Almost I have said enough, it''s time for the real Avenger to come out and meet..."


    "..."


    There was a trace of panic in Sanshoyu Hanzo''s eyes, he thought of Nagato and the heretic golem who almost killed him at the same time, if it was really Nagato who ambushed him...


    Then how can I escape?


    At this moment, the sound of the wheelchair gradually sounded.


    The figures of Nagato and Xiaonan appeared on the edge of the rock, they calmly watched the sansho fish Hanzo on the ground, this scene made Hanzo''s heart tremble!


    "Long time no see, Sansho Hanzo."


    What frightened him even more was that Tiandao Payne walked over slowly, took off his disguise, and revealed his true face.


    That is a person who has been dead for many years!


    Sanshoyu Hanzo squeezed his fingers tightly, and looked at the orange-haired figure in horror: "You were the kid who... died at that time..."


    "Except for Shimura Danzo, everyone who should arrive has arrived."


    Nagato coldly interrupted Sansho Hanzo, turned his head and glanced at Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku: "Xiaonan, Uehara, can we start?"


    Xiao Nan separated her fingers and raised them slightly: "...then let''s start!"

 Chapter 78

    A revenge that has been endured for many years.


    It was not until today that there was some hearty meaning.


    Previously, Sanshoyu Hanzo''s expressions from discovering being deceived to ignorance, anger and fear were just the foretaste of this feast of revenge.


    A group of Yuyin ninjas obviously experienced too little. After their confusion and anger at the beginning, they even wanted to laugh a little bit.


    "Are you kidding me!"


    "Just a few people want to attack Lord Hanzo!"


    "Hanzo-sama is a ninja demigod, the only ninja who can stand up to the legendary ninja god Senju Hashirama for decades!"


    "Let''s make a bet? How long can this group of Xiao guys last?"


    "Half an hour? An hour?"


    "It''s a bit short, isn''t it?"


    "How long will it take? Do you think they can fight Hanzo-sama for a day and a night like Konoha Sannin?"


    Whenever the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo is mentioned, it is inevitable to mention those ninjas he bestowed the title of Konoha Sannin.


    As time goes by, Konoha Sannin''s power becomes stronger and stronger.


    Even though the current Konoha Sannin have parted ways long ago, their legends are still circulating in the ninja world, which also reflects from the side how powerful Sanshoyu Hanzo, who was bestowed the title of Sannin, is.


    In fact, that time was the pinnacle of Hanzo''s life.


    Listening to the communication of the surrounding subordinates, Sanshoyu Hanzo''s face became more and more serious. He was not as confident as the group of Urenin said.


    Hanzo himself is really old.


    He was already afraid of death.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo looked around at the surrounding subordinates, and quietly raised his finger, he wanted to quietly use the instant body technique to leave here.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    As long as they return to Yuyin Village, there is still hope for everything.


    If you stay here, who knows how powerful that red-haired ninja with the eyes of reincarnation will become, and there is also that orange-haired boy who committed suicide a long time ago...


    Probably the most inconspicuous one is the woman with blue hair.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo secretly thought in his heart that if there was any chance, he might be able to hold Xiaonan hostage and continue to try the routine of luring Yahiko to commit suicide.


    Unfortunately, this time he was destined to be disappointed.


    "Don''t try to escape."


    Konan looked down at Sanshoyu Hanzo, as if he had guessed what Hanzo was thinking.


    Xiaonan''s fingers slowly bent, and he said with a serious expression: "Back then you ambushed the detonator on the ground and blew up Nagato''s legs... Today I will return it to you a thousand times. All the land here belongs to me. Camouflaged with a detonator!"


    With the movement of her palm, the ground cracked open in an instant!


    Layers of detonating talismans protruded from the cracks, and the scalps of the Urenin felt numb. How many detonating talismans are hidden here?


    Detonating symbols floated out one by one in an instant, and stuck to each of the Yuyin ninjas when the group of Yuyin ninjas were terrified!


    "I used 600 billion detonating symbols to disguise myself as the earth!"


    Xiaonan pointed at the people on the ground like piercing flowers, and her eyes were fixed on the salamander Hanzo: "Hanzo, today you will not be able to escape no matter what!"


    "..."


    Sansho Hanzo gritted his teeth involuntarily.


    Hanzo turned his head slowly, and quietly surveyed the surrounding environment. There were detonating talisman flying shadows everywhere in his sight. It was not an ordinary difficulty to escape with his instant body technique.


    Damn, is Xiao Organization so rich?


    It''s really six reincarnations, and the retribution is not good.


    Back then, Sanshoyu Hanzo played with the three leaders of the Akatsuki organization, and now it was his turn to be cornered by Konan and Nagato.


    Nagato coughed a few times, manipulated Tiandao Payne to fly into the air, and said softly, "Xiaonan, let''s deal with those miscellaneous fish first."


    "it is good."


    Xiao Nan nodded, a gloomy look flashed across her face.


    With the movement of her palm, countless detonating symbols suddenly exploded!


    "Run away!"


    "Substitution!"


    "Bastard, hurry up!"


    A group of Urenin were terrified and wanted to flee, but they couldn''t escape the coverage area of ??the detonating talisman at all, and could only be stuck on their bodies by detonating talismans one by one...


    One of them, Yuren, watched desperately as the detonating talisman wrapped around his body, with a smirk on his face: "How could it be that... there are so many detonating talismans?"


    Boom!


    Uehara Naraku stood in the air, silently watching that Ukakushi ninja was completely submerged by the detonating talisman, and then turned into a rain of blood.


    "Master Hanzo, save me!"


    "Master Hanzo!"


    "Master Hanzo!"


    Explosions and cries for help one after another!


    The ninjas who were still struggling scrambled towards the direction of Sansho Hanzo, because only the detonating talisman under Hanzo''s feet had not yet been revealed.


    Apparently, Konan and Nagato wanted to keep Hanzo for last.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo also guessed this matter. After thinking for a few seconds, he decided to save his own life first. As for his subordinates, they can only depend on their luck.


    The only thing this ninja and demigod can do is release a large-scale water escape ninjutsu in joint mudra: "Water escape¡¤big explosion water wave!"


    Huge waves gushed out of Hanzo''s mouth!


    Naraku Uehara had to admit that just because of his water escape ninjutsu skills, the ghost lantern full moon and the dried persimmon ghost are far inferior to this ninja demigod, let alone Momochi who can only paddle!


    I saw an oval lake appearing on this land!


    Some Yuyin ninjas finally had a glimmer of hope of escape, and the remaining people scrambled into the lake, avoiding the tracking of the detonating talisman.


    Sansho Hanzo stood in the water, as if standing in an open space!


    As one of the masters of water ninjutsu in the ninja world, Sanshoyu Hanzo can also live freely and move at high speed in the water like some people.


    Hanzo hid in the water and stared at Nagato, Xiaonan, and Payne for a while, when his palm suddenly started to move, and he yelled: "Water escape, the art of water dragon bullet!"


    A huge water dragon winds out!


    Just talking about the size and the chakra contained in it, Hanzo''s water dragon bullet technique should be the strongest water escape that Uehara has ever seen!


    Nagato looked at the water dragon swooping towards them, calmly stretched out his palm, and said softly, "The hungry ghost."


    The huge water dragon turned into chakra and entered Nagato''s body!


    As the body of Samsara Eye, Nagato can release all the ninjutsu of Rokudo Payne, and he used it without any concealment.


    After all, from the moment he appeared, in order to block the information, except for Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku, no one else present could have any chance to escape.


    "This is your return gift."


    Nagato''s finger pointed towards Hanzo.


    The next moment, Tiandao Payne suddenly appeared in the sky above the oval lake, and suddenly spread his palms forcefully: "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    Just when Sanshoyu Hanzo was vigilant, a majestic repulsion rolled down!


    In a few seconds, the entire lake was destroyed by Shenluo Tianzheng in an instant!


    The rain ninjas hidden in the lake were all killed in an instant!


    "Ninjutsu, psychic technique!"


    A huge salamander appeared beside Hanzo!


    This salamander was covered in brown, completely different from the one Xiao Nan killed. There seemed to be quite a few of this unique psychic beast that lived in the Land of Rain.


    Hanzo hurriedly hid under his psychic beast, ordering the salamander''s body to bear the repulsive attack, he didn''t dare to be seriously injured at the beginning of the battle!


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but frowned and said, "Isn''t it too courageous? Do you want to damage a powerful combat force in order to save your own life?"


    "Because he never thought of winning."


    Nagato looked at Hanzo who was lucky enough to survive, his face was full of contempt and disdain: "He has betrayed his belief, and he is no longer the ninja demigod who can protect the country of rain... Only the real god can protect this country now. god!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually changed.

 Chapter 79

    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Sansho Hanzo really just wanted to escape.


    Facing Tiandao Payne''s weirdness and the combination of Nagato and Konan, this ninja demigod knew in his heart that his odds of winning were pitifully low.


    Instead of using salamanders to fight back, it is better to avoid getting hurt, so as to keep yourself with more energy and chakra to escape.


    Taking advantage of the chaos created by Shenluo Tianzheng, the figure of Sanshoyu Hanzo suddenly disappeared in place, and he used the substitute technique and the instant body technique alternately to flee towards the distance!


    It''s just that every time Sanshoyu Hanzo takes a step to escape, the horror in his heart increases.


    Because every inch of land he stepped on was formed by stacks of detonating symbols, how big is the area of ??the detonating symbols!


    "Vientiane Tianyin!"


    Following Tendao Payne''s soft shout, Hanzo suddenly found that his body was out of control, and flew backwards in the direction of Tendao Payne!


    Sanshoyu Hanzo quickly made his handprints, and opened his mouth to spew out a huge wave of water: "Water escape, water rush!"


    He wanted to use the power of the water waves to repel Payne, or at least find a way to get rid of this inexplicable gravitational force.


    However, a fat orange-haired man appeared in the middle of them, with a ball of white light emerging from his body, he just stretched out his palm and sucked up the chakra of the water.


    It was Hungry Ghost Dao Payne.


    "Are ninjutsu attacks ineffective?"


    Sanshoyu Hanzo tore off the sickle on his back, and flew into the air with the power of Wanxiang Tianyin!


    Tendo Payne ignored Hanzo''s scythe, looked at him expressionlessly and said, "Hanzo, I will never forget Yahiko''s pain..."


    "...the resurrected dead...why do they have another pair of reincarnation eyes?"


    A trace of fear flashed across Sanshoyu Hanzo''s eyes, he held the sickle in his hand and slashed at Tiandao Payne in front of him in surprise!


    "He is indeed dead."


    Tiandao Payne''s stature was short, and he avoided Hanzo''s sickle with his strength, and his palm fell on Hanzo''s chest: "The one standing in front of you now...is the real god in this world!"


    Click!


    A black stick emerged from Payne''s palm!


    This yin and yang escape black stick pierced Hanzo''s body violently!


    Taking advantage of the moment when Sansho Hanzo''s Chakra was frozen, Tendo Payne flew up and kicked Hanzo in the head, kicking him to the ground!


    Boom! Boom! Boom!


    Four black sticks shot out one after another!


    Sansho Hanzo was nailed to the ground!


    Yin Yang Dun''s black stick not only restricted his chakra, but also restricted his movements. Now he was completely unable to move and could only be slaughtered.


    Tiandao Payne walked in front of him and stepped on the head of Sanshoyu Hanzo: "I thought I would enjoy a hearty revenge, but I didn''t expect that there was only boundless disappointment left. You are really weak, Hanzo ..."


    Sanshoyu Hanzo raised his head and glanced at Tiandao Payne who insulted him, a mouthful of blood suddenly spewed out from his mouth, he didn''t know whether he was hurt or angry.


    "Just kill him!"


    Xiaonan glanced at Sanjiao Hanzo with some displeasure, and raised his palm: "There is no point in humiliating such a person!"


    Nagato was silent for a while, then turned to look at Naraku Uehara beside him: "Go, Uehara, kill this trash who has lost his faith, he is not worthy of Payne''s hands."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    What do you mean by that?


    Is it not worth Payne''s shot to let him shoot?


    Every time you can humiliate two people with one sentence, you really deserve it, Nagato!


    Not to mention Naraku Uehara, even Konan felt that Nagato''s words were a bit too much.


    Uehara really understands their feelings. This feeling is like planning for a long time to murder a big boss, but they threw a shuriken...


    Then the BOSS hangs up.


    As early as when Sanshoyu Hanzo was bewitched by Shimura Danzo, in order to consolidate his power, he tried to murder the Akatsuki organization and was almost killed, his heart was already dead.


    Or, from then on, Hanzo only thought about living.


    Who can blame this?


    I can only blame Shimura Danzo.


    In this ninja world, few people who got involved with Shimura Danzo, or were brainwashed by Shimura Danzo, would end well.


    Sansho Hanzo, Yakushi Nonou, Uchiha Shisui, Uchiha Itachi...


    Of course, there are also people who specifically restrain Shimura Danzo.


    That is Konoha''s third Hokage Sarutobi Hiruzen. With the will of a mouthful of fire, he forcibly re-brainwashed those who were almost led astray by Danzo.


    This has to praise Hatake Kakashi.


    Konoha''s white-haired ninja survived the dark youth, survived Danzo''s brainwashing, survived the brainwashing of the will of fire... until Kakashi bumped into a yellow-haired kid Zui escape, and finally failed to survive.


    Uehara Naraku withdrew his brain circuits flying all over the sky, walked towards Sansho Hanzo step by step, and took the black stick handed to him by Tendo Payne.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo''s gas mask came off, and he gritted his teeth and looked at Naraku Uehara who was coming: "Little ghost, do you think you can kill me?"


    To be honest, Nagato and Konan terrified him.


    Uehara Naraku, who had been lying to him all this time, looked hateful!


    This little ghost deceived Sanjiaoyu Shenda, deceived their feelings in Yuyin Village, and even directly killed him!


    Since Sanshoyu Hanzo decided to accept the meeting with Shimura Danzo that day, and even got the news that Danzo might give in, he was still a little happy, thinking that he could use Konoha''s power to solve his threat again.


    Who would have thought that this turned out to be a complete scam!


    Akatsuki''s bastard, and led him to this place for execution!


    "Farewell, Your Excellency Hanzo."


    Uehara Naraku grasped the Yinyang Dunhei stick, stabbed at the Sansho Hanzo on the ground, and said softly, "If you have any complaints, go to Shimura Danzo!"


    After hearing Uehara''s words, Sanshoyu Hanzo''s mind was even a little dull.


    But when life and death were at stake, Hanzo finally reacted!


    "You go to die first! Brat!"


    Sansho Hanzo suddenly spewed out a mouthful of poisonous gas, which was the poisonous gas of the Sansho venom sac in his body, a poison that even he himself could not bear!


    It''s just that Hanzo secretly hid a small bottle of antidote between his teeth, biting it casually could allow him to temporarily relieve the toxin.


    This is his real killer move.


    While Uehara Naraku was close to Chichi, while Nagato and Xiao Nanyuan were on the cliff, and Tendao Payne was standing beside him before he had time to react, the poison of the sansho fish was released instantly!


    As long as these guys are hindered by the poison, he has a certain chance to escape!


    As long as you can survive, everything is possible in the future!


    "Uehara!"


    "Naraku!"


    The expressions of Nagato and Konan changed drastically.


    In their line of sight, the proud and innocent young ninja who had been following them all the time, didn''t care about the poisonous attack of the salamander fish, held the Yin Yang black stick in his hand, and stabbed Hanzo''s back!


    Side quest: The fall of a demigod (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the skill Star Infusion is rewarded.


    Star Infusion: Consume 10% of the current life energy and chakra energy to replenish the corresponding percentage of life energy and chakra energy for allies. Cooldown time is 6 seconds.


    Side task: Collect a new type of super poisonous (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill is to grow mushrooms.


    Mushroom: Use Chakra to generate an invisible poisonous mushroom, which can be placed in the target area to provide a small range of vision in the target area; when a target steps on the mushroom, the mushroom will explode and cause poisoning, each The size of the mushroom is related to the chakra value, and the minimum consumption is 100 chakra points.


    Uehara Naraku stood in the poison of the salamander, glanced at the two skills rewarded by the system, and felt that participating in the assassination of the salamander Hanzo this time made a profit, and he can also be a medical ninja in the future...


    Just want to find a way to explain.


    Why don''t you find a way to learn some medical ninjutsu some time.


    The salamander is highly poisonous, and Uehara really didn''t take it to heart.


    He has purification skills on him, as long as he leaves the highly toxic area, he can use purification to remove it.


    As for how to explain to Nagato and Konan?


    There are so many corpses of Yuyin ninjas in this place, can''t they not find an antidote to the poisonous salamander fish?


    Naraku Uehara was very accurate.


    Everything should not be as he expected.


    This time he still miscalculated one thing.


    Regardless of his own safety, Xiaonan hurriedly flew into the poisonous mist of the salamander, grabbed Uehara''s arm, and pulled him away!


    "Xiao Nan, don''t worry..."


    Asura pushed Payne on Nagato''s wheelchair, and appeared beside them nervously: "I can let Payn Liudao enter the poisonous fog and rescue Uehara''s."


    "It''s okay, let''s find the antidote first."


    Xiaonan hugged Naraku Uehara tightly, and urged in a low voice: "Nagato, hurry up... I said, protect Naraku!"


    "..."


    Uehara could only hide in her arms.


    I was a little happy, but also a little worried.

 Chapter 80

    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but smile bitterly, he said cautiously in Xiaonan''s arms: "Teacher, don''t do such irrational things in the future."


    Xiaonan spoke calmly, her cheek pressed against Uehara Naraku''s forehead: "Don''t talk, save your energy."


    "¡­it is good."


    Uehara Naraku''s face turned slightly red.


    Feeling a little hot in Xiaonan''s arms.


    After a while, Nagato came over with a wheelchair, and Tiandao Payne stood beside him, holding out his palm with a potion on it.


    "Xiao Nan, this should be the antidote to the poisonous salamander fish, but there is only one."


    This antidote is still on Sanshoyu Shenda.


    Even though Tiandao Payne searched all the corpses of the Yuyin ninjas, he did not find a second antidote that seemed to be able to remove the sansho toxin.


    "Give it to Naraku!"


    Xiao Nan''s face brightened, but he couldn''t help coughing a few times, and his body suddenly weakened.


    Obviously, her impulsiveness just now also contaminated her body with the poison of salamander fish.


    Now there are two people poisoned, but there is only one antidote.


    A light flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, he looked at the antidote and shook his head, "Master Nagato, leave this antidote to Teacher Xiaonan!"


    "Naraku, be more obedient!"


    "teacher!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the dissatisfied Xiaonan, and said seriously: "Teacher, as long as I am still alive, I will not let Teacher Xiaonan suffer... If Teacher Xiaonan encounters misfortune, I can''t accept my fate of living alone! "


    "I''m your teacher¡­"


    At the critical moment of life and death, Xiao Nan naturally wouldn''t listen to him.


    The woman gently lifted Uehara''s face, and softly persuaded, "Naraku, my dream is about to come true, but you still have a long way to go..."


    "Teacher Xiaonan!"


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Xiaonan''s words, and wanted to explode his acting skills in his heart.


    He planned to use the salamander poisoning incident to feign death to escape.


    This way, you can hide yourself better.


    Uehara even thought about the time and method of returning to the Akatsuki organization.


    However, a sentence from Tiandao Payne interrupted all his calculations: "I suggest that none of you use it, and wait for the red sand scorpion to check whether this potion is the real antidote. He still has one in his hand. The real antidote."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Xiaonan: "..."


    Tiandao Payne turned the ring in his hand, and continued softly: "Itachi Uchiha, Kisame Kisame and Scorpion succeeded in attracting Didara, and they are heading back to the Land of Rain, and I have asked them to speed up. "


    "That''s good."


    Xiaonan breathed a sigh of relief when he heard Xie''s name: "After Dashewan left, Xie is the best at detoxifying. He once researched the antidote for the severe poison of salamander in the organization."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku felt a little depressed.


    If he wasn''t still lying on Xiao Nan''s lap, he might not be able to hide his disappointment.


    Back then, Granny Chiyo of Sand Hidden Village had fought against Sansho Hanzo, and she had researched an antidote to remove Sansho toxin.


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion learned from his grandma, whether it is a puppet or a poisonous person, they are always better than blue, and it is not uncommon to find out the antidote.


    Nagato came over with a wheelchair, and said in a deep voice: "Heavenly Payne will stay and guard you. My body will leave here first. After the toxins in your body are eliminated, I will take Hanzo''s body to receive Yuyin Village."


    "it is good."


    Konan nodded.


    After Nagato finished speaking, with the exception of Tiandao Payne, the other Payne had fallen by Nagato''s side and took him away from here.


    After a while.


    A large white bird landed on the ground.


    An arrogant voice came to everyone''s ears: "Ahahaha... how can there be a rookie who can be poisoned in this Xiao organization! Is it really a waste?"


    Naraku Uehara and Xiaonan''s complexions turned dark at the same time.


    The two of them have already guessed that this strange voice is Didara, a new recruit recruited by Akatsuki.


    "Shut up!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion manipulated Fei Liuhu to get off the big bird, reprimanded Didara in a low voice, and then moved over step by step.


    Scorpion threw out an antidote, and said in a cold voice, "I happen to have one here for the antidote to the highly poisonous salamander fish. It''s to prevent encountering that old fellow Sanzho fish Hanzo..."


    As a member of Akatsuki, he often travels around the Land of Rain, and the Red Sand Scorpion is also more worried about meeting people like Sanshoyu Hanzo.


    The title of ninja demigod still has a certain deterrent ability.


    Tiandao Payne took the potion, handed the potion in hand to the red sand scorpion to check it, and said in a cold voice: "In the future, there is no need to prepare this antidote."


    "Oh?"


    The Red Sand Scorpion looked down at Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku who were hugging each other, and looked curiously at a corpse not far from them and many Urenin corpses.


    Tiandao Payne said expressionlessly: "From today onwards, Yuyin Village and the Country of Rain belong to us."


    "Could it be that¡­"


    Scarlet Sand Scorpion''s Fei Liuhu''s eyes widened suddenly, and he looked at Hanzo''s corpse with a hint of greed: "Is that the corpse of the ninja demigod Salamander Hanzo?"


    "Did the leader kill the legendary ninja demigod?"


    A slightly surprised voice came over, and two figures landed on the big white bird, it was Itachi Uchiha and Kisame Kisame who went to assist Xie.


    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes turned scarlet, he stared at Hanzo''s body, a flash of horror flashed in his eyes, and then he quietly covered it up.


    In the entire ninja world, who doesn''t know the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo?


    I didn''t expect Hanzo''s body to be here now!


    "Don''t let this matter out."


    Tiandao Payne looked at the people present coldly, and said in a deep voice: "Although Sanshoyu Hanzo is a waste, his reputation can also be used to deter and paralyze other Ninja Villages of the great powers, and buy enough time for us to complete our goals. "


    "..."


    Everyone looked at each other and nodded.


    Facing a leader who can kill ninja demigods, it seems that it is not an exaggeration to obey his orders, and even Didara briefly curbed his arrogance.


    Almost all the ninjas living in the Land of Earth, Land of Wind, and Land of Fire are not shocked by Sansho Hanzo''s reputation!


    Now Hanzo''s body is lying not far away!


    Kisame''s small eyes turned around, looking at Naraku Uehara, who was taking the antidote with a bitter face, chuckled and said, "Ha, it seems that the interns in our organization also came out to kill the salamander Hanzo A little bit of strength!"


    This sounds a bit sarcastic.


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but glared at his number one spy bitterly.


    Ever since Kisame Kisame became his subordinate, why does it feel like he has let himself go more and more? Doesn''t he know not to offend his boss easily?


    Even acting is not necessary!


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    It''s just that Kisame''s finger flicked lightly, giving Naraku Uehara a signal that he had important information to report to Naraku Uehara.


    Only then did Uehara Naraku reluctantly suppress the thought of rectifying Kisame.


    Tendo Payne glanced at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "Uehara personally made a plan to assassinate Hanzo, and killed Sanshoyu Hanzo himself."


    "Huh?"


    A hint of just-right exclamation flashed across the face of Qianshi Guixia: "I didn''t expect Senior Xiaonan''s disciple to become stronger and stronger!"


    Dry persimmon ghost shark was not surprised at all.


    It''s just that he was curious about how much strength Uehara had exposed this time.


    "Hmph, I would have let Xiao Nan''s disciple be my partner if I knew it earlier."


    When the Red Sand Scorpion heard Payne''s words, he glanced at Didara next to him with some distaste: "This brat is really too noisy!"


    Didara shouted dissatisfied: "Hey, hey, Xie Danna, no matter how you say this, it''s too rude! I respect you a lot on the road!"


    "Don''t waste your useless time making noise here."


    Tiandao Payne stopped them in a cold voice: "Go back and clean up, and move Xiao''s base to the vicinity of Yuyin Village tomorrow."


    After finishing speaking, Tiandao Payne turned his head and glanced at Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku again: "Xiaonan, Uehara, bring Hanzo''s body, and we will take over Yuyin Village."


    "Ok¡­"


    "Ok?"

 Chapter 81

    In Yuyin Village.


    For a while, people were panicked.


    The body of their leader Sanshoyu Hanzo was hung on the tallest tower in the village. Many ninjas were terrified, fearing that Yuyin Village would be destroyed.


    "From today, we take over here."


    A young ninja was sitting on top of a high tower, and Yu Yin Kami Ninja Hattori Hirakawa and two little ghosts stood behind him, posing in a posture of submission.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo took away most of his cronies, and the remaining cronies chose to flee after seeing Hanzo''s body, and the rest were ordinary ninjas from Yuyin Village.


    These ordinary Yuren looked at the boy on the tower in horror.


    Was it this brat who killed Lord Hanzo?


    This¡­


    what is the problem?


    A blue-haired woman walked up to the young ninja and tapped his head: "Naraku, don''t get caught in the rain here, go and see the room I arranged for you..."


    "..."


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro couldn''t help laughing.


    Even Hattori Hirakawa next to him covered his lips.


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead helplessly, grabbed Xiaonan''s palm and stood up: "Teacher, don''t always treat me as a child who needs to be taken care of!"


    "Okay, I have something to say to the ninjas here."


    Xiaonan spread out the paper wings on his back, flew into the midair, and looked down at the many rain ninjas underground: "That was my disciple Naraku just now, what he said just now is right, starting today, Yuyin Village Yuxiao took over.


    From the Second Ninja World War until now, the Land of Rain has always been the battlefield of great powers, and Sanshoyu Hanzo has never changed this situation!


    But starting today, Lord Payne decided to change the status of Hidden Rain Village. He will let the big country experience the pain of war, and will not let ninjas from other countries fight in the Rain Country...


    Lord Payne is a true god...


    From now on, the Land of Rain will never be bullied again..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku listened to Xiaonan''s speech for a while, glanced at Xiaonan who looked a little holy in the air, turned his head and walked into the tower.


    After today, Xiao Nan will be the angel of Yuyin Village.


    Nagato is hiding in this high tower, and he is setting out to arrange the sleeping place of Liudao Payne to save his Chakra.


    Now, except for the Tiandao Payne who hunted down Hanzo''s cronies and blocked the news, the other Paynes are all placed here.


    "Uehara, why are you here?"


    Nagato frowned, coughed a few times and said in a low voice: "Didn''t I ask you to follow Xiaonan to learn how to manage Yuyin Village in the future?"


    This person seems to really want Uehara Naraku to be the village head of Yuyin Village!


    Uehara Naraku felt that his acting skills were too strong, so he just scratched his head and said, "Forget it, Nagato-sama, we are short of manpower now, I''d better go out and perform the mission first!"


    "..."


    Seeing that Uehara Naraku was about to leave, Nagato suddenly thought of something, and called Uehara again: "Wait, take this!"


    Nagato suddenly threw a ring over!


    An original word is clearly engraved on the ring.


    It appears that the ring was never seen and seems to have been made by Nagato on purpose.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes lit up, and he reached out to take the ring: "Isn''t this the official member''s ring? Did Mr. Xiaonan admit that I am an official member? Where do I get the uniform? I don''t need nail polish..."


    "Cough cough cough...Xiao Nan didn''t agree."


    Nagato coughed a few times, and said softly: "This is the ring Akatsuki used to communicate. As long as you enter chakra in the ring, I can sense your contact information through the eyes of reincarnation..."


    "It turned out to be just a ring!"


    Uehara Naraku was a little dissatisfied and said: "And I can also use Nagato-sama''s black stick to psychic Six Paths Payne at any time, right? It doesn''t feel very useful..."


    "If you don''t want it, you can return it to me."


    "of course yes."


    Uehara Naraku stepped away.


    Nagato stretched out a redeeming hand, watching Naraku Uehara''s wind-like figure disappear like a widowed old man: "Wait, you haven''t learned the magic lantern body technique yet..."


    "The Magic Lantern Body Technique?"


    Naraku Uehara turned around.


    "Forget it, you don''t need to contact other members of Akatsuki."


    Nagato waved his hand at Uehara and said, "If you only need to contact me and Xiaonan, you don''t need the Magic Lantern Technique, go and perform the mission and drive out those who invaded the Land of Rain!"


    The entire Yuyin Village is a waste of time.


    What they have to do now is to hunt down and kill Sanshoyu Hanzo''s cronies, but also to block the news in Yuyin Village, expel and assassinate the enemy ninjas who are active in the Land of Rain.


    But Uehara''s mission was just a pretext.


    The most important thing is that when they left yesterday, Ganshi Guixier winked in private, and passed on important information to him.


    After leaving Yuyin Village, Naraku Uehara used his destiny skill to teleport directly to Kisame Kisame, who happened to be waiting for his arrival.


    "what happened?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned.


    If there is no particularly important information, he will beat Qianshi Guixier to death.


    Kisame Kisame was also unambiguous, and said in a deep voice: "Mr. Itachi wants to meet with Obito Uchiha in private. Does Uehara-sama want to ambush Obito Uchiha in private? You can follow Mr. Itachi secretly, and you can find Obito Uchiha."


    "It''s only been a while, and I''ll call him Mr. Itachi..."


    Uehara Naraku spit out, he really didn''t intend to ambush Uchiha Obito, and he would not touch Uchiha Obito until he was absolutely sure.


    Of course, this information is not unimportant.


    It just so happens that you can also find some trouble for Obito Uchiha.


    "Okay, I see."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, and when he was about to leave, he suddenly added: "Usually when the two of us meet in Akatsuki, we can treat me with a little respect, at least we should treat everyone equally, right?"


    "Huh? Shouldn''t you be yelling at interns?"


    Kisame''s small eyes were full of doubts, and his expression made Uehara unable to tell his true thoughts.


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    There is really no way to meet such a straight man.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    If it wasn''t for the rapid movement of Uchiha Itachi''s head on the fate panel just now, Naraku Uehara would have had a hard time with Kanshi Kisame...


    "Okay, I''ll go first."


    Uehara Naraku offered symbolic condolences to Kisame Kisame: "You are a spy, you must learn to protect yourself."


    "it is good."


    Kisame Kisame nodded, and asked again: "Wait a minute, Lord Uehara, I invented another set of beautiful seal gestures..."


    "Don''t study, don''t study, my hands are cramping after practicing seal seals."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly, and the whole person slowly dived into the earth like a dive, and quickly chased after Uchiha Itachi''s trajectory.


    No matter how fast Uchiha Itachi moves, it cannot compare to the Mayfly Art.


    In a grove, Naraku Uehara managed to get in front of Itachi Uchiha. After he lowered his head and pondered for a moment, he turned into a Konoha Anbe wearing a mask.


    This time, Uehara wanted to give Obito another gift.


    Uchiha Itachi''s perception is very keen. When he just stepped into the forest, he saw the birds in the forest flying out of the forest.


    A kunai fell into his palm in an instant.


    Just when Konoha Anbe found the trace of Itachi Uchiha and was about to show up, crows suddenly appeared in front of him, forming a vague shape of Itachi Uchiha.


    "Uchiha Itachi!"


    "Are you Anbu from Konoha Village?"


    There was a flash of red light in Uchiha Itachi''s eyes, his body turned into a solid body, and the Kunai in his hand fell on the shoulder of the person in front of him: "Did Konoha send you to hunt me down?"


    "No!"


    Konoha Anbe ninja shook his head quickly, and quickly explained his identity: "Because Konoha has encountered a very urgent situation, Your Excellency III hopes that you can collect some information about Obito Uchiha!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s heart froze.


    Not many people in the entire ninja world know that he is a Konoha spy.


    The only one who might believe that he is still working for Konoha is Konoha''s third Hokage Hiruza Sarutobi, right? The old man thinks he still believes in the will to fire...


    More importantly, Sasuke Uchiha is still in Konoha!


    But even though Konoha Anbe in front of him claims to be Konoha Anbe sent by Sarutobi Hiruzaru, Uchiha Itachi still wants to use illusion to test it out.


    Let''s see if we can find out his true identity!


    What if it was someone sent by Shimura Danzo?


    Uehara Naraku''s version of Konoha Anbe felt a little anxious, was he too hasty this time, and came here in a hurry just to make trouble for Uchiha Obito!


    Once he is attacked by Uchiha Itachi, he will definitely show his original shape. At that time, he can only find a way to kill Uchiha Itachi...


    Or threatened with his brother?


    Just as the Sharingan in Uchiha Itachi''s eyes began to turn, this Konoha Anbe suddenly lowered his head and said, "Please don''t release illusions on me, because I have a special spell mark in my brain and cannot withstand any illusion attack.


    Before I die, please allow me to give you important information. "


    "..."


    The Sharingan in Uchiha Itachi''s eye sockets stopped slowly, and he said in a somewhat obscure voice: "It sounds like... is senior a Shikama?"

 Chapter 82

    "Is it dead?"


    Konoha Anbe smiled sadly, and said softly: "This statement is also true. It is precisely because my life is about to come to an end that the three Hokage masters sent me to carry out this most dangerous and secret mission."


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    After finishing speaking, Konoha Anbe pointed to his head again, and added: "And I specifically asked Lord Hokage of the third generation to implant a forbidden spell seal for me. As long as I want, I can detonate my brain at any time." .¡±


    "Senior, it''s really admirable."


    Itachi Uchiha sighed and put away his Kunai.


    Although Uchiha Itachi still has a little doubt about Konoha Anbe in front of him, but he is also breaking up a little bit.


    Whether it is Shimura Danzo or Sarutobi Hiruzen, there is no reason to tell an ordinary Anbu the most important secret in the village.


    So maybe Konoha Anbe in front of him is really dying?


    This Konoha Anbe listened to Uchiha Itachi''s words, but shook his head, took a deep look at Uchiha Itachi, and praised: "Compared to me, Uchiha Itachi is actually more admirable. "


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head sadly.


    Apparently he thought that the dying man in front of him knew all his secrets, and the catastrophe of extermination was naturally beneficial to the stability of Muye Village.


    For him, a genocide, it was a nightmare that would accompany him forever.


    "Sorry, I talked too much."


    This Konoha Anbe shook his head, and said softly: "Now I have something important to tell Your Excellency Uchiha Itachi first, because this may subvert some of your views."


    "Speaking."


    Itachi Uchiha suppressed the sadness on his face.


    Konoha Anbe looked at Itachi Uchiha, suppressed his voice, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency the Third Hokage suspects that the conflict between the village and Uchiha has intensified over the years, and Obito Uchiha is behind the scenes.


    It is reported that in the Kyuubi Rebellion that year, it was Uchiha Obito who used the Sharingan to control Kyuubi, and caused the death of the Fourth Hokage and his wife. "


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi suddenly raised his head, looking at Konoha Anbe in disbelief: "Senior...what did you just say?"


    "Need I repeat that?"


    "No...I want to take it easy."


    Uchiha Itachi rubbed his brows with his fingers: "Uchiha Obito...Why did he kill the Fourth Hokage-sama, that was his teacher! And Obito''s age..."


    "Three generations of Hokage-sama have no way of knowing."


    This Konoha Anbe also said somewhat helplessly: "This is the loss of Konoha as a whole. Hokage-sama also got the news from Uchiha Obito''s former teammate Hatake Kakashi."


    Uchiha Itachi: "..."


    If the information from Konoha Anbe in front of me is true, then the contradictions between Konoha and Uchiha over the years are all controlled by Uchiha Obito behind the scenes...


    This man is simply terrible!


    Uchiha Itachi remembered that when he went to find Uchiha Obito and invited him to destroy the Uchiha Clan, this guy was waiting at Nanga Shrine early on. It turned out that Uchiha Obito had been waiting since the Kyuubi Rebellion It''s that day!


    Uchiha Itachi clenched his fist tightly, and his nail-painted fingers dug deep into the flesh. Now he can only forcefully maintain his sanity.


    If Uchiha Obito appeared in front of him, Uchiha Itachi really wanted to kill him immediately!


    Konoha''s fourth-generation Hokage is also a person who has been working hard to ease the relationship between Uchiha and Konoha after he came to power. Even his wife has a very good relationship with Uchiha Itachi''s mother, Mikoto, and it is time for a turning point.


    As a result, Obito Uchiha murdered his teacher, and used Sharingan to control Kyuubi in public, making the rift between Uchiha and Konoha almost irreversible!


    that bastard!


    After a long time, Uchiha Itachi''s eyes slowly eased, and he continued in a deep voice: "Senior, please continue talking!"


    "Are you OK?"


    Konoha Anbe looked at Itachi Uchiha hesitantly, as if he was a little worried about his state: "Master Hokage ordered me to tell you, don''t rush to deliver information."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded and said, "I understand."


    "That''s good."


    Konoha Anbe breathed a sigh of relief, and continued in a deep voice: "Master Hokage has not yet found out the motives of Uchiha Obito killing the fourth Hokage couple and provoking conflicts between Konoha and Uchiha. The village must catch him and find out the motives. the truth...


    Some time ago, Hokage-sama ordered Shimura Danzo to send several teams of ninjas from the Anbu training class to search for traces of Uchiha Obito in the Land of Rain, but there was no news from them afterwards.


    Now as a last resort, Hokage-sama can only pin his hopes on His Excellency Uchiha Itachi. "


    "yes."


    After Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while, he looked at Konoha Anbe in front of him and said: "I have indeed found some information here...and please go back and tell Mr. Hokage, it is best not to startle the snake, because the power of Uchiha Obito is very strange. "


    "We do have some information about Obito..."


    Konoha Anbe hesitated for a while, then said in a deep voice, "This is what Hokage-sama asked me to tell you about Obito Uchiha''s Kaleidoscope Sharingan because he was worried that His Excellency Itachi would be in danger!


    When Hatake Kakashi went to the country of water, he met Uchiha Obito and had some conflicts with him. Hokage-sama privately speculated about Obito¡¯s pupil skills, hoping to help you .


    Uchiha Obito''s kaleidoscope technique is very strange, it seems to be able to protect his body from any attack, but this technique should exist for a certain period of time, about five to eight minutes. "


    After finishing speaking, Konoha Anbe sighed again and said, "It''s a pity that Obito Uchiha''s whereabouts are too weird, and the battle information is too short, and the only abilities Hokage-sama can deduce are these..."


    "These are enough."


    Uchiha Itachi didn''t mind at all.


    For him, any information about Obito Uchiha is very important, even if these are just speculations of Sarutobi Hiruzen.


    Itachi Uchiha sighed softly: "Master Hokage is worthy of being a ninjutsu professor. I just barely know his ability, but I can''t find out his duration yet."


    Uchiha Itachi really admires Sarutobi Hiruzen.


    When he met Uchiha Obito for the first time back then, he knew the strangeness of Uchiha Obito''s own spells.


    However, Hiruzaru Sarutobi was able to guess the specific time. As expected of a ninjutsu professor, he could even calculate the duration of the Kaleidoscope Sharingan technique.


    Konoha Anbe continued: "Besides, Hokage-sama also suspects that he may have stolen Izanagi."


    "Izanagi!"


    Uchiha Itachi was really shocked.


    This technique is a technique that can protect Uchiha''s people from any harm in a short period of time, but the price is the permanent blindness of a Sharingan.


    Konoha Anbe looked at Itachi Uchiha, nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "Since the night of the genocide, all the ninjutsu of the Uchiha clan have been sealed in the forbidden art room.


    Hokage-sama mentioned that when he was looking for Uchiha Obito''s pupil technique information, he found that the forbidden surgery room had been tampered with.


    Hokage-sama speculates that the Konoha Barrier Class briefly reported an unknown intruder during a certain period of time, and it is possible that Obito Uchiha stole Izanagi''s spell. "


    "I''ll keep an eye on that."


    Itachi Uchiha frowned more and more.


    The current Uchiha Obito is tricky enough just for the weird pupil technique of Kaleidoscope Sharingan, but he also hides that he can use Izanagi.


    This is not so easy to solve.


    After saying this, Konoha Anbe said softly: "Does Your Excellency Itachi Uchiha have any message to pass on to Hokage-sama? Please rest assured, when I go back, these will be buried with my body in the Memorial Monument. "


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s palm gradually relaxed.

 Chapter 83

    "I will definitely find a way to find out the truth about Obito Uchiha''s murder of the Fourth Hokage couple, and collect information on all Akatsuki members. Now I have a little clue..."


    Uchiha Itachi frowned, and talked about Obito: "Uchiha Obito is not the kind-hearted Konoha ninja that was rumored in the past.


    After he has the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, his power is very different from the past, please don''t send innocent people to sacrifice. "


    "..."


    Konoha Anbe nodded dully.


    Although it seems that Konoha Anbu came to ask Uchiha Itachi for information and pass orders, but in fact Uchiha Itachi got more information.


    Perhaps it was for this reason that Uchiha Itachi didn''t particularly doubt it.


    However, Uchiha Itachi didn''t particularly trust Anbe in front of him.


    In other words, Uchiha Itachi doesn''t trust the high-level Konoha.


    After all, his younger brother is still living in Konoha, Uchiha Itachi still understands the truth of raising a bandit''s self-respect.


    Therefore, Uchiha Itachi did not disclose information about Akatsuki, but rather shirked: "After I have collected important information, I will find a chance to return to Konoha and report to Hokage-sama in person."


    "OK."


    Konoha Anbe looked up at him, and said softly: "Since I met Your Excellency Uchiha Itachi, my mission is now complete, and I must rush back to Konoha immediately!"


    "Predecessors cherish it."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded respectfully.


    When this Konoha Anbe was about to leave, he suddenly turned his head to look at Itachi Uchiha and said, "By the way, Hokage-sama specially asked me to explain at the last time that Uchiha Sasuke''s grades are still the first in the ninja school. .¡±


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while, with a slight smile on the corner of his mouth.


    The younger brother who is still in Konoha Ninja School is his only softness in this world, and also the last warmth he left in this world.


    Uchiha Itachi smiled, but his eyes showed uncontrollable pain and sadness.


    Immediately, the sadness on his face turned into anger.


    Uchiha Itachi clenched the kunai in his hand, and firmly stuck it on the tree trunk. The anger on his face was no longer hidden: "Uchiha Obito!"


    Uchiha Itachi and his fathers Uchiha Fugaku and Uchiha Shisui have put in so much effort to resolve the conflict between Uchiha and Konoha, and they even do not hesitate to associate with sinister villains like Shimura Danzo.


    Turns out Obito Uchiha ignored all their sacrifices!


    The news that Konoha Anbe said just now came from Kakashi, and Uchiha Itachi believed in Hatake Kakashi''s judgment.


    If Hatake Kakashi can be sure that it was made by Uchiha Obito... then it must be made by Obito!


    As Kakashi''s teammate in Anbe, Uchiha Itachi knows Kakashi''s bondage to Uchiha Obito, and it is impossible for the white-haired jounin to damage his teammates in terms of reputation.


    After a long time.


    Uchiha Itachi''s sanity gradually recovered, and he leaned against the tree and fell into deep thought.


    He wasted too much time talking with that senior Anbe from Konoha just now, it''s time to meet Uchiha Obito!


    It''s just that Uchiha Itachi''s mood has changed when he wanted to meet.


    After Uchiha Itachi pulled out his Kunai and left, a figure quietly emerged from the ground, it was Naraku Uehara.


    "I''m such a genius..."


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin.


    After knowing the results and then making up the process, Uehara felt that he was really a genius, and he was the best person to be behind the scenes.


    Originally, neither Konoha nor Uchiha Itachi knew the identity of the mysterious masked man. Uehara Naraku used his innate phantom skills to leak Uchiha Obito to Hatake Kakashi, and through Hatake Kakashi to the Akatsuki Organization everyone.


    Now Konoha and Uchiha Itachi don''t know Uchiha''s ability to Obito, Uehara Naraku made it out of nothing, and leaked Obito''s Kamui information to Uchiha Itachi.


    Moreover, Uchiha Itachi''s future will always be under the surveillance of Kisame Kisame, and it is impossible for him to reveal any secrets.


    Even if Uchiha Itachi wants to go to Hatake Kakashi in the future to verify whether Uchiha Obito is the murderer who killed the Fourth Hokage couple and provoked Konoha and Uchiha to fight against each other, it is impossible to point out the wood he met today. Ye Anbu.


    If this goes on, Obito Uchiha will sooner or later be the enemy of the world.


    In other words, the current Uchiha Obito is already shouting for beating.


    And Uehara also admired his emergency wit a little bit.


    If it weren''t for the nonsense that he just made up that there was a spell in his head, he would be fighting Uchiha Itachi''s brains now!


    Now Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito must turn against each other...


    Naraku Uehara looked at the fate skill panel, the two heads of Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito, who were converging, showed an elusive evil taste on their faces.


    But in addition, Uehara has some unexpected gains.


    Main task: to realize the wish of the book stall owner and become the biggest boss in the ninja world. The progress is 5%, the task is not completed, and the reward is unknown.


    Just leaked part of Obito''s information, and got 2% of the progress. What is the criterion for judging this mission?


    "Forget it, let''s go and see the excitement first."


    Uehara Naraku''s body gradually sank to the ground.


    If Uchiha Itachi got the information he gave and still refused to give him a satisfactory result, then he would have to find a way to use Konoha.


    Two days ago, they killed Shan Zhongfeng and a group of root ninjas.


    According to Shimura Danzo''s temperament, he must find a way to send another group of people to investigate, why not take this opportunity to secretly give Konoha a copy of Uchiha Obito''s information.


    As for identity...


    Just can borrow Uchiha Itachi''s identity.


    Uehara Naraku felt a little swollen, except for the unrealistic thoughts of Konan and Nagato, he felt that everything in the ninja world was about to be under control.


    On a barren hill.


    Uchiha''s encounter is being staged as Uehara Naraku expected.


    Obito Uchiha took off his mask. Anyway, people who shouldn''t know now already know his identity, and there is no point in continuing to hide it.


    Half of his face was intact, and the other half was covered with hideous scars.


    When Uchiha Obito saw Uchiha Itachi coming, he squeezed out a smile on his face: "Itachi, I thought you would never want to see me again!"


    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes gradually turned scarlet, he walked towards Uchiha Obito step by step, and asked coldly: "Because I also want to know why the most enthusiastic senior in the clan became what he is now..."


    "No particular reason, just tired of this boring world."


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Uchiha Obito spread his hands, smiled lightly and said, "Create a new world, where there is no fight or dispute, isn''t it good?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi frowned, somewhat unable to understand Obito''s thoughts.


    However, this did not hinder the plan in his heart, a red glow suddenly flashed in Uchiha Itachi''s eyes, and a dark flame appeared on Obito''s body!


    Kaleidoscope Sharingan Pupil Art, Amaterasu''s Flame!


    Unpredictable attack position, the strongest fire escape that will never fade away!


    Uchiha Obito stood in the flames of Amaterasu, looking at Uchiha Itachi calmly: "Itachi, do you think that I am not Uchiha Madara, so you think you can kill me? The kid is still too naive! "


    Uchiha Obito''s mouth was hard, but he was shocked in his heart!


    Fortunately, he had already taken precautions and activated the penetration of Shenwei in advance, otherwise he would be caught off guard by Amaterasu, and even if he hid in the space of Shenwei, it would be difficult to get rid of it!


    "No, I''m just trying to see if you still have the qualifications to continue working together..."


    Uchiha Itachi didn''t care about his ridicule, but he didn''t take back Amaterasu, just looked at Uchiha Obito quietly, and began to estimate the burning time of Amaterasu in his heart.


    According to the information provided by the senior Konoha Anbe, the penetration time Uchiha Obito can support is about five to eight minutes.

 Chapter 84

    Amaterasu is still burning.


    Uchiha Obito left the spot and took half a step forward.


    It''s just that Uchiha Itachi also manipulated the flames of Amaterasu to follow Uchiha Obito''s movements, and began to spread the range of Amaterasu outward.


    Although Uchiha Itachi is sure that Amaterasu did not attack Uchiha Obito, what he wants now is to find out accurate information about Obito!


    "Itachi, do you want to continue testing me?"


    Obito showed some dissatisfaction on his face, looked at Itachi Uchiha and said, "If you continue to test, you may lose your life!"


    Uchiha Itachi stared closely at Obito''s movements, and said in a cold voice: "The power of Uchiha Madara and Obito-senpai is definitely not at the same level, so it''s understandable for me to think carefully, right?"


    Judging Obito''s actions based on the known results, you can find out that it is reasonable. This guy can''t maintain this state of virtual penetration for a long time!


    Obito didn''t know Uchiha Itachi''s thoughts, and even continued chatting in a leisurely way: "Uchiha Madara is not as powerful as we imagined, time has passed too long, and the ability of Kaleidoscope Sharingan is only touted by the clan. It''s too much..."


    "yes?"


    Uchiha Itachi followed his words and continued to delay time.


    But there is one thing Uchiha Itachi can be sure of, this Obito still has a problem with his IQ, or there is a problem with his mentality.


    Does a weak person who has obtained the power of the kaleidoscope Sharingan feel that he is really invincible?


    A fool who claims to be an absolute strongman!


    Sooner or later, he will be beaten up by other strong men!


    Uehara Naraku hid in a certain corner, watching Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Itachi from a distance. Obito, who hadn''t noticed Uchiha Itachi''s conspiracy, was still strolling in Amaterasu.


    This is too confident, right?


    Did Obito forget that his Kamui can only last for five minutes?


    Of course Uchiha Obito has not forgotten, but he is now riding a tiger.


    In order to make Uchiha Itachi still willing to be used by him, Obito can only continue to put on a posture of not being afraid of the flames of Amaterasu, so that Uchiha Itachi can see the power gap between them!


    "Itachi, put away your Amaterasu!


    Kamuy''s nihility penetration time is getting shorter and shorter, and Uchiha Obito finally couldn''t help but persuade: "Itachi, it is completely meaningless to waste the precious kaleidoscope pupil power to test an enemy that you can''t guess."


    "Maintaining Amaterasu will not waste too much pupil power."


    Uchiha Itachi knew it well, he didn''t listen to Obito''s persuasion, blood and tears still flowed slowly from the corner of his eyes, and continued to delay time: "Senior''s pupil technique is really amazing, I can''t even see Amaterasu for the first time. hurting people."


    "..."


    Uchiha Obito''s face gradually became ugly, whenever he wanted to leave Amaterasu''s range, Amaterasu Kuroyan would follow his steps and refused to leave.


    Does this Uchiha Itachi not understand human language?


    If this continues, his Kamui penetration time will end.


    This hole card is also easy for Uchiha Itachi to see clearly!


    Facing a ninjutsu genius like Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Obito does not believe that once Uchiha Itachi discovers the flaws in his own technique, will he not be able to think of a way to crack the technique?


    Uchiha Obito''s gaze gradually became unfriendly: "Don''t consume my patience, even a ninja''s patience is limited after all... Uchiha Itachi!"


    However, this threat to Uchiha Itachi...


    That''s Uchiha Obito in a hurry!


    He''s in a hurry, he''s in a hurry, he''s in a hurry!


    Sure enough, according to the information sent by senior Anbu, Obito Uchiha''s nihility penetration state should only last for about five to eight minutes.


    The duration of Obito is about to reach its limit!


    Uchiha Itachi maintained Amaterasu Black Flame to surround Uchiha Obito, counting the time in his heart little by little, every second must be accurate.


    Uchiha Itachi tapped each other''s fingers little by little, and said silently in his heart: "Four minutes and thirty-five seconds, thirty-six seconds, thirty-seven seconds..."


    "What a bad boy!"


    Uchiha Obito''s figure flickered, and he floated into the ground little by little. With the help of the virtual state of Kamui Space, he can sink into any place and walk.


    It''s just a little embarrassing to do so.


    Especially leaving the range of Amaterasu like this, it will also give Uchiha Itachi a signal that his divine power blurred state cannot deal with the spell of continuous attack for a long time.


    After Uchiha Obito sank to the ground, he began to think that he had to be careful in the future so that Uchiha Itachi wouldn''t sneak up on him.


    "Four minutes and forty-nine seconds..."


    Uchiha Itachi frowned, he had lost the target Uchiha Obito within his sight, and it was meaningless to continue using Amaterasu.


    I didn''t expect Obito to be more troublesome than imagined!


    Obito Uchiha''s figure suddenly floated out of the ground, and a wooden thorn sprang out from his palm, stabbing towards Itachi Uchiha''s face!


    "Itachi, don''t easily test those who are stronger than you..."


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Array Wall!"


    Uchiha Itachi''s palm quickly formed seals, the speed was almost visible, and the next moment a stream of water spewed out of his mouth, forming a defensive ninjutsu!


    However, Obito pierced through the water wall like nothing!


    Uchiha Itachi frowned, and truly realized the tricky part of fighting Uchiha Obito. The three hooked jade in his eyes turned wildly, looking directly at Uchiha Obito who was rushing.


    Kaleidoscope Sharingan Pupil Art...


    Monthly reading, start!


    The next moment, the figures of the two stagnated at the same time!


    Before the Tsukiyomi pupil technique of the left eye was reflected in Uchiha Obito''s eyes, Uchiha Itachi quietly formed another handprint, leaving a clone.


    Uehara Naraku watched the battle here, and raised his vigilance towards Uchiha Itachi: "Uchiha Itachi is so insidious..."


    That avatar may become the key to victory!


    A second later, Uchiha Itachi covered his left eye, and a streak of blood flowed from between his fingers: "It seems that senior''s pupil technique can''t stop illusion..."


    Just now they confronted each other in the illusion space of Yuedu, and no one took advantage of it. Itachi Uchiha is very good at illusion.


    However, Obito Uchiha seems to know some information about Tsukuyomi, he was able to endure the endless pain in Tsukuyomi, and even found an opportunity to break Tsukuyomi!


    Even so, Obito''s spirit was hit hard!


    Uchiha Obito knelt on the ground with one knee, and covered his eyes at the same time, his voice gradually became more dignified: "Is it the illusion of Tsukuyomi just now? It seems that after Uchiha Shisui died, you are this The strongest phantom ninja in the world..."


    It''s just that Uchiha Obito''s voice hadn''t finished yet, Uchiha Itachi''s crow clone suddenly appeared behind him, and easily pierced Obito''s body with a kunai!


    Obito Uchiha looked down at Kunai who pierced his chest in disbelief!


    "It seems that I guessed right."


    Itachi Uchiha looked at Obito Uchiha, and said softly: "After experiencing the pain of illusion, it seems that senior has never thought about continuing to use his pupil art..."


    "asshole¡­"


    Obito Uchiha could only look at the calm junior opposite, gritted his teeth viciously, and hurriedly dragged his seriously injured body back!


    The two of them lost in the confrontation of illusion.


    Uchiha Obito''s mental backlash has serious sequelae. How could he have thought that after the end of the illusion confrontation, he would continue to use the kaleidoscope Sharingan to maintain his virtual state.


    Uchiha Itachi was obviously mentally traumatized because of the deciphering of Tsukuyomi, how could he release a crow clone to attack as if nothing had happened?


    Or is this arranged before using the Yuedu pupil technique?


    Genius ninjas are indeed sinister and cunning guys!


    Hatake Kakashi is like this, and so is Uchiha Itachi.


    At any time, they will not give up the opportunity to test and attack.


    Uchiha Itachi clearly had the advantage, but he didn''t dare to take it lightly. Facing a weird kaleidoscope Sharingan speller, Uchiha Itachi was not absolutely sure.


    After all, Uchiha Obito can still use Izanagi, and only Izanami wants to crack Izanagi. Uchiha Itachi thinks it is too uneconomical.


    And he also needs to preserve his strength.


    He must preserve his power until Sasuke grows up.


    Uchiha Obito didn''t know Uchiha Itachi''s plan, and only Izanagi was left in his hand.


    Obito looked at Itachi Uchiha fiercely with his eyes, and his previous superior attitude disappeared: "Itachi Uchiha, are you going to betray me too?"

 Chapter 85

    Obito Uchiha thought he had guessed what Itachi Uchiha was thinking, and said sarcastically, "You deserve to be a traitor who wants to destroy your own family for the sake of Konoha! Betrayal is already a habit for you!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi clenched his fingers tightly, looked at Uchiha Obito coldly and said: "Senior, when the outcome is not decided, it is not a rational behavior to anger one''s enemies."


    Even though Uchiha Itachi wanted to kill Obito in front of him immediately, he still maintained his rationality and politeness.


    However, this attitude undoubtedly angered Obito!


    As a behind-the-scenes person who thinks he is superior, Uchiha Obito thinks he can play everything in his own palm, how could he be willing to see Uchiha Itachi''s arrogance?


    After the Genocide Night ended, he led Uchiha Itachi to join Akatsuki!


    It was he who gave Uchiha Itachi a place to stay!


    Uchiha Obito covered his wound, blood seeped from his fingers.


    Even if he has the superb resilience provided by the inter-pillar cells in his body, it can''t stop Uchiha Itachi''s piercing position is too deadly!


    Uchiha Obito''s expression gradually became vicious, and he said coldly: "The only bond you have left now is Konoha and that younger brother who is still in school, right?"


    "random."


    Uchiha Itachi''s face was calm, and he acted calmer than Uchiha Obito: "Senior, the only spies you lurk in the Akatsuki organization are Zetsu and Kanshi Kisame, I think you must miss your own The chess piece has been completely removed, right?"


    "asshole¡­"


    The two poked at each other''s sore spots.


    The Nagato in the Akatsuki organization is the most important chess piece of Uchiha Obito.


    Although this chess piece is no longer in control, and even wants to secretly assassinate him, Obito still doesn''t want to give up, and wants to continue to use Nagato through other methods.


    After all, the most important Tailed Beast Project hasn''t started yet...


    "Senior, let''s have a good talk!"


    Uchiha Itachi''s Sharingan gradually disappeared, and he took the lead in proposing a reconciliation: "I hope my predecessors can tell me why you became what you are now, why you want to replace Uchiha Madara''s name, and your real purpose...


    I once heard Mr. Kakashi mention that Senior is the kindest person and the only Uchiha in the village who targets Hokage. "


    "Hmph, that trash Kakashi is so talkative!"


    Uchiha Obito sneered, his knuckles cracked, which was a metaphor for his furious emotions: "Because this world is hell, and the current Konoha ninjas are all rubbish that I don''t like, you are satisfied with this answer ?"


    "..."


    This answer is not bad.


    Uchiha Obito refused to be controlled by Uchiha Itachi, and he also had Uchiha Itachi''s handle in his hands, so he just vented his anger and didn''t want to leak any information.


    Including his own past.


    Uchiha Itachi was a little worried that Obito would go crazy when he heard it. If Obito invaded Konoha and killed Sasuke when he was not prepared, it would be too much to lose.


    Uchiha Itachi can only still propose to maintain the previous agreement.


    Uchiha Obito promised not to invade Konoha and harm Konoha Ninja, Uchiha Itachi will continue to stay in the Akatsuki organization, help Obito collect information, and help Akatsuki collect tailed beasts.


    However, both of them knew in their hearts that their relationship with each other would never return to the way it was before, and maybe they would turn their faces because of a fuse.


    At least compared to the past, Uchiha Itachi finally has a handle with soil.


    The two stood on equal footing.


    Just as Uchiha Itachi once threatened Shimura Danzo to hurt Sasuke, he would leak Konoha information;


    Once Uchiha Obito hurt Konoha Ninja, Uchiha Itachi would leak all the information about Obito Clique to Payne and Konan.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was dumbfounded.


    Uehara couldn''t help touching his chin.


    If he turns into Obito Uchiha now and goes to Konoha to bully Uchiha Sasuke, will Uchiha Itachi leak information to Konan?


    Wouldn''t it be possible to drive Jue and Kisame out directly?


    This matter seems to be a bit tricky!


    It''s just that it''s easy to confront the truth about this kind of thing. At that time, they could find out that someone pretended to be Uchiha Obito to commit crimes after a little conversation...


    What if he followed the clues and found out that he was a person who made something out of nothing?


    Could it be that Uehara himself can still be dumped on Shimura Danzo''s head?


    It does seem to work.


    "Forget it, if you carry out the task too late, it will inevitably show flaws."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Itachi''s back and sighed: "Really, I gave you so much information for nothing, and I can''t even kill a Uchiha Obito."


    In fact, Uehara himself knew in his heart that even if Uchiha Itachi''s combat power was at full strength, he might not be able to take down the seriously injured Uchiha Obito.


    But I still want Uchiha Itachi to try.


    After all, Uchiha Itachi lost to the future Uchiha Sasuke by suicide, it seems that he has the power to fight against anyone.


    It can even be forcibly defeated.


    Just don''t go too far.


    Perhaps it is for this reason that the enemies Uchiha Sasuke encountered were a bit puzzling, how did this little guy kill Uchiha Itachi...


    Naraku Uehara was on his way to perform the task of expelling and destroying the enemy Anbu and ordinary ninjas, but he didn''t know that someone began to miss him.


    It was Obito Uchiha who had just reached a superficial agreement with Itachi Uchiha.


    Uchiha Obito rushed back to the underground base guarded by the Baijue clone, wasted another Baijue clone, replaced the damaged organs, and repaired his injuries.


    "How is this going?"


    Heijue asked in surprise: "Obito, didn''t you go to meet Uchiha Itachi? Did you have a conflict?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Obito Uchiha nodded, and continued: "Itachi Uchiha is no longer worthy of our trust. He is threatening me with his status as an official member of Akatsuki. Once we have a conflict, he may inform Xiaonan at any time!"


    Bai Jue couldn''t help but said, "Then why didn''t you kill him?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Obito was silent for a while, concealing the truth that he was almost plotted against by Uchiha Itachi, and whispered: "After all, he is also a rare man."


    Recently, because of the leak of his identity, Hei Jue faintly revealed his dissatisfaction with him.


    Now if he said that he almost never beat Uchiha Itachi, wouldn''t he be ridiculed by Hei Ze and this group of stupid Bai Ze again?


    However, Hei Jue feels that the situation is getting more and more difficult. He doesn''t think it''s time to be soft: "A person who may detonate a crisis at any time is very bad for us!"


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uchiha Obito knocked on the table and made his own request: "As long as Nagato and Konan''s trust is regained and Akatsuki is regained control, Uchiha Itachi''s threat is not worth mentioning."


    "..."


    There was something strange in Heijue''s eyes: "But what Nagato and Xiaonan want is to ambush you, not really win you back to join Akatsuki."


    It''s really sympathetic to say this.


    If I had known that I shouldn''t have bothered to provoke that kid named Uehara Naraku, I wouldn''t have fallen into the current situation where I couldn''t figure out the direction.


    "I heard Xiao Nan dotes on her little disciple recently..."


    Obito Uchiha stopped tapping his fingers on the table, slowly raised his head and said: "That little guy is a bit arrogant in front of outsiders, he looks like he has no brains, he doesn''t seem to care much about what I did to him thing?


    That brat thought I had been plotted against by him, and I was defeated by him, and he didn''t dare to provoke Nagato, so he probably didn''t pay attention to me all the time, right? "


    Hei Jue''s eyes flashed: "You mean..."


    "If we can convince Uehara Naraku, that kid with the Moon Eye Project, we should be able to get Konan and Nagato to accept me into the plan again."


    Uchiha Obito''s eyes were gloomy, and a hint of arrogance gradually emerged on his face: "Those ignorant people in the ninja world always like to indulge in some useless feelings, Uehara Naraku is the new bond between Konan and Nagato .¡±


    "..."


    Can do what you can!


    Hei Jue and Bai Jue were a little speechless.


    Didn''t Obito consider scolding himself when he said these words?


    Who is that guy who risked being discovered by Konoha every time to comfort the memorial monument and sweep the grave?


    Can''t figure it out on your own head?


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a recommendation ticket, a new week!


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!

 Chapter 86

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know Obito''s plan.


    Uehara just used some simple green tea words, but Obito Uchiha really believed that he didn''t care about it. This EQ must have never been in love, right?


    Now Uehara Naraku stands in front of a group of ordinary sand ninjas, and loudly reads the order of Yuyin Village: "By the order of Lord Hanzo, all ninjas from neighboring countries must leave the country immediately, and we will start to exterminate the wandering ninjas in the land of rain." .¡±


    "But our task..."


    Sand hidden ninjas are a little bit reluctant.


    Because there are fewer and fewer entrusted tasks in their village, and now the village''s finances are maintained by the four generations of Kazekage Rasa alone. cherish.


    After all, customer resources are getting less and less.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and acted very politely: "Sorry, compared to your mission, I am worried that if you suffer disaster and trigger a war between Yuyin Village and Sand Hidden Village, there may be greater losses. "


    "..."


    The sand ninjas looked at each other.


    If Uehara Naraku hadn''t stepped on one of their companions, maybe they really planned to bully others and refused to back down.


    It''s a pity, I can''t beat it!


    The most important thing now is to send back the news of the Civil War in the Land of Rain.


    This is exactly what Uehara wanted. Facing ordinary ninjas on missions, the main purpose was to expel them and let them spread the news of the Land of Rain outside.


    If you face a spy like Anbu...


    Then there is only another way to get along with each other. The purpose of these spies is to detect the most secret information, and they will definitely be killed when they encounter spies.


    When the situation in the Land of Rain stabilizes and all of Sanshoyu Hanzo''s cronies are wiped out, the entire Yuyin Village will be sealed off by Payne''s Yuhu Free Art.


    Uehara Naraku looked at several sand ninjas and continued to ask: "By the way, by the way, do you have any jonin?"


    "..."


    The gazes of several sand ninjas turned around, and they stopped at the one that Uehara Naraku was stepping on.


    The guy on the ground who couldn''t pass a few tricks in Uehara Naraku''s hands is the Jonin captain of their team.


    "Are you sure this is a J¨­nin?"


    Naraku Uehara looked curiously at the ninja he was stepping on, with some doubts in his eyes: "Is the standard of ninja in Sand Hidden Village so low?"


    Sand hidden shinin raised his head stubbornly, and looked at Uehara Naraku: "Little devil, do you want to humiliate me? I am the wind blade of sand hidden village!"


    "That''s it? That''s it?"


    "You bastard, I''ll fight you!"


    Enraged by Naraku Uehara''s words, Sagakushi Kaminin gritted his teeth and pulled his finger, and one of his subordinates rushed towards Naraku Uehara!


    No, that''s not his subordinate.


    It was the puppet of this J¨­nin who was disguised as an ordinary sand hidden ninja by him.


    The Jonin captain of this Hidden Sand Village is a precious puppet master!


    No wonder he can become the captain of the upper ninja of Hidden Sand Village. A puppet master who can have excellent puppets is indeed much stronger than ordinary ninjas in Hidden Sand Village.


    That is, after the puppet master is approached, basically he can only wait for death...


    Just now, after Sagakushi J¨­nin fought with Uehara Naraku, before he had time to use his own puppet to fight, he was knocked down by Uehara Naraku with three punches and two kicks close to him.


    Now, he wants to fight back for the reputation of Hidden Sand Village!


    Click!


    Uehara Naraku casually summoned a purple chakra broadsword, and split the attacking puppets into a pile of parts!


    Uehara kicked the scattered parts: "Is this the end?"


    "You brat..."


    Seeing this scene, Sagakushi Kaminobu looked mournful and looked at Uehara with resentment on his face: "This is the puppet that Mr. Ebino gave me!"


    Hai Laozang is the consultant of Sand Hidden Village, and has always been highly respected.


    Of course it is not because of his strength, but because of his mind, so Ebino Zang is also called the Old Man of Sand by the people in the Land of Wind and Hidden Sand Village.


    In fact, this is a character similar to Danzo Shimura.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Hai Laozang used to have all the spies in Hidden Sand Village. Even though he is now in retirement, there are still many hidden threads willing to follow his orders.


    It''s just that the fourth Kazekage Rasa of Sand Hidden Village is relying on his gold panning skills to flourish, and not many people in the current ninja world have heard of the name Ebizo.


    This is also the fault of someone from the Akatsuki organization.


    The Red Sand Scorpion.


    Because the red sand scorpion left the hidden sand village, Chiyo, the grandmother of the red sand, was disheartened and chose to retire on her own.


    Hai Laozang is also in a state of retirement in order to accompany his sister.


    Naraku Uehara blinked his eyes. He had heard of the name of Ebizo, but he didn''t have much impression of the old man who didn''t appear much in the original novel.


    Uehara Naraku held the purple chakra broadsword in his hand, pointed at the sand puppet master on the ground and said, "Then do you know where Ebizo and Chiyo are?"


    Uehara was only a little moved by the news of Chiyo''s mother-in-law.


    Because he has several side missions about Grandma Chiyo, according to Uehara Naraku''s guess, the rewards of these missions will not be much worse.


    Most importantly, there is also a task of collecting reincarnations of one''s own life!


    This involves a technique that can resurrect the dead. Maybe the task reward is a chance for Naraku Uehara to be resurrected out of thin air.


    Preferably an ancient skill called Rebirth.


    Of course, if the system rewards Uehara Naraku with a resurrection armor that is not displayed in the store, Uehara will definitely be willing to accept it.


    As for how to collect the reincarnation of oneself, of course it is to sell the news of the red sand scorpion, or just pretend to be the red sand scorpion?


    Is this not so good...


    Pooh!


    He, Naraku Uehara, is a man who is going to be the man behind the ninja world, how can he be someone else''s grandson!


    "How do you know Chiyo-sama?"


    The sand ninja puppet master showed surprise on his face, and then he figured out something, and laughed to himself: "That''s right, Chiyo-sama once repelled Sanjiao Hanzo, and you Yuyin Village is afraid of Chiyo-sama coming Here it is!"


    "Why do you talk so much nonsense?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the foul-mouthed Sand Ninja captain with displeasure, and a flash of anger flashed across his face at the right time: "No, how dare you humiliate Lord Hanzo!"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku lifted his ninja forehead with a sword: "When I ask a question, you''d better concentrate on answering my question!"


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Captain Sand Ninja laughed wildly, and looked at Naraku Uehara with disdain on his face: "Master Chiyo is behind our team, she will rush here soon, take off the head of Sansho Hanzo, and kill everyone in Yuyin Village! "


    "Hey, hasn''t Mrs. Chiyo retired yet?"


    Naraku Uehara was surprised for a while, he quietly opened the panel of fate.


    Uehara Naraku swung the purple chakra sword in his hand violently, inserted it into the chest of the sand ninja captain, and opened his mouth to curse: "How dare you lie to me? Do you know who I am?"


    In the entire ninja world, only he can deceive others!


    Hearing this, the surviving sand ninjas looked sideways. Such a small ninja has such a strong strength, it seems to be a remarkable figure!


    One of the more courageous ninjas stared at the blood dripping from the chakra broadsword in Uehara''s hand, and whispered, "Your Excellency, who is it?"


    "I''m just a little guy."


    "..."


    How could the sand ninjas believe his words!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care whether they believed it or not, but there was a young man''s ferocity on his face: "Does anyone else know about Chiyo?"


    "we do not¡­"


    The sand ninjas were about to shake their heads immediately.


    Uehara Naraku interrupted their words and raised the Chakra sword in his hand: "A liar will swallow a thousand needles!"


    What kind of punishment is this!


    Sand ninja listened to Uehara Naraku''s threat, and they dared not swallow their saliva.


    One of the Sand Shinobi raised his palm and replied hoarsely, "Chiyo-sama and Ebizo-sama live in seclusion in an oasis outside the village."

 Chapter 87

    As expected of a sand ninja.


    Sand ninjas have won the spirit of their high-level people, and they always surrender so quickly.


    Throughout the past dynasties, Fengying and Shayin Village''s high-level officials seized the opportunity to gain benefits and launched a war, and quickly surrendered on their knees if they could not win.


    Naraku Uehara got the information he wanted, waved his hand at them with satisfaction and said: "Hurry up and pass the news to your Kazekage-sama, and withdraw your people as soon as possible."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and added: "Otherwise, when we wipe out the wandering ninjas in the Land of Rain, we will treat all other ninjas who are still active in the Land of Rain as spies!"


    "..."


    Several sand ninja looked around.


    Soon they looked at Uehara Naraku vigilantly, and slowly retreated step by step, and when the distance between them became farther away, they quickly fled towards the distance.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t care about their escape either.


    I don''t know what the hell is going on in Sand Hidden Village in the Kingdom of Wind next door. Apart from the ordinary ninjas expelled by Uehara, there are also a large number of Anbu lurking in the Land of Rain.


    He is still busy!


    In the following time, Naraku Uehara worked very hard.


    By a small river.


    A sand hidden Anbe ninja stretched out his palm, followed by an eagle that descended from the sky, and carefully took a roll of information from the eagle''s claws.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    When this Anbu saw the content of the information, he couldn''t help but change his face: "Master Kazekage sent an order to let us leave the Kingdom of Rain immediately."


    "Are you kidding me?"


    His companion immediately said with displeasure on his face: "Master Kazekage can''t always change his orders like this, we only sneaked into the Land of Rain a few days ago!"


    "Yes indeed!"


    Another sand ninja said dissatisfiedly: "The village always calls for a war against the land of rain, and every time it always fails halfway..."


    "This is also impossible!"


    The commander of the sand ninja army sighed, and explained in a deep voice: "Perhaps it was the ghost of Konoha Shimura Danzo. In the past few years, whenever we did something about the country of rain, Konoha would stall us."


    After finishing speaking, the leader of the dark army slammed his fist on the nearby tree: "The Konoha bastards just want to stop the rise of our Hidden Sand Village!"


    Since Hidden Sand Village was defeated in the Third Ninja World War, it has reached an alliance treaty with Konoha, but it is actually Konoha''s vassal ally.


    The Hidden Sand Village ruled by each generation of Kazekage has almost been a vassal ally of Konoha, because they always lose in the war.


    It is absolutely impossible for Fengying to accept failure willingly.


    Especially the fourth generation of Fengying Luosha, who can also be called a talented and generous leader, relied on the gold panning technique of magnetic escape to grasp the real power in the village, and began to make small moves.


    Not long ago, the news of the demise of Konoha''s Uchiha clan came out, which meant that Konoha''s strength had dropped a lot, and it was when they were at their weakest.


    The fourth Fengying Luosha wanted to take this opportunity to take a piece of fertile land that could bring benefits to Shayin Village.


    Of course, if Luo Sha took the initiative to attack Konoha and snatch the land of the Fire Nation, he would definitely not dare to do so. What if Konoha slapped them down with a backhand?


    Luo Sha set his sights on the Land of Rain.


    Although Hiruzaru Sarutobi was not very satisfied with this, he was definitely not good at expressing his opinion. After all, there can be an alliance between a big country and a big country, doesn''t it depend on the betrayal of the interests of small countries?


    However, Luo Sha''s actions against the Land of Rain several times in a row were either because of the strength of the leader of Yuyin Village, Sanjiao Hanzo, or because of Shimura Danzo''s resistance, so he had to give up.


    Now Luo Sha took advantage of Konoha''s serious injury and planned to be tough on the Land of Rain, but Yuyin Village''s attitude seemed to be tougher than theirs!


    "Yuyin Village has sent a powerful kid who is trying to expel the ordinary ninjas in our Shayin Village. Perhaps it is he who is intercepting and killing our Anbu everywhere. Of the eleven Anbu teams, the only ones that can be contacted are The next three..."


    The border between the Land of Wind and the Land of Rain.


    In the forward command position of Sha Yin Village, Luo Sha''s confidant Maji Jonin is diligently reporting the news he has received, and reporting his handling method: "I have sent people to order all other Anbu teams to withdraw temporarily... "


    "An imp?"


    After hearing Ma Ji''s report, Luo Sha laughed angrily: "Has the strength of ninjas in the village dropped to this level? I haven''t reduced my financial support to you at all!"


    "Master Kazekage..."


    Ma Ji lowered his head tremblingly, not daring to look at Luo Sha.


    The ninja training in Hidden Sand Village adopts elite education, but now they have handed in an ugly answer.


    Several ninja captains who entered the Land of Rain to perform missions were killed, and all ordinary ninjas were expelled; the eleven Anbu teams that sneaked in may only have three left now...


    "A bunch of trash..."


    After cursing, Luo Sha sighed and said, "Forget it, let''s take them all back first! I''ll go and see for myself what kind of genius ninjas have emerged from Yuyin Village!"


    "Master Kazekage, this is not a particularly sensible behavior."


    Ma Ji frowned, and persuaded in a deep voice: "Your safety is more important than any actions in the village. I don''t suggest that Master Fengying take the initiative to take risks..."


    "What danger can a mere kid be in?"


    Luo Sha waved his hand. He knew the situation in his ninja village. Since he was severely injured by Konoha during the ninja world war, he really couldn''t pick out many powerful ninjas.


    It is for this reason that, in order to encourage the ninjas in the village to make progress, Luo Sha has lowered the promotion standards of the ninjas several times, and he has almost always supported some special ninjas with the training funds of the ninja treatment.


    Luo Sha glanced back at Ma Ji, and suddenly said: "Bring Gaara here, I just want to see if our ultimate weapon is qualified..."


    "..."


    After a second of silence, Markey was frightened and uneasy. He took a deep look at Luo Sha and nodded at him.


    Gaara is an Inchuriki from Sand Hidden Village.


    For a long time, due to Gaara''s emotional instability, sand hidden villages often caused casualties due to one-tail outbreaks, which made the village''s attitude towards Injuriki more and more disgusting.


    It is for this reason that Gaara, a child who should enter the ninja school, can only be taught ninjutsu by Luo Sha himself.


    Last year, Gaara killed the Chunin Yashamaru who had taken care of him since he was a child in a fit of rage, and he was able to control Kazuo.


    Yet Markey knew part of the truth.


    At least Maji Jonin knew that Yashamaru who assassinated Gaara and the subsequent Sand Nin Anbe were all sent by Rasa.


    Now the Iltail Jinchuriki of Sand Hidden Village has finally become completely bloodthirsty, violent and cruel, like a wild beast that may be on the hunt at any time.


    Even Maki couldn''t believe the way an eight-year-old should look when he saw Gaara''s eyes.


    Gaara looks like he might kill someone at any moment.


    And he didn''t seem to care at all who he was killing.


    Among these incidents of cultivating renzhu power, what Majishang fears the most is not the power of Izuo, but the relationship between Gaara and Luo Sha.


    The two of them are father and son.


    "Gara, Kazekage-sama wants to see you..."


    Maji Shinobi walked to a simple training ground, and looked at the little red-haired boy sitting alone on the training ground, which made people feel a little soft-hearted.


    Gaara, however, does not need sympathy.


    "I see."


    Gaara stood up slowly, and the yellow sand on the ground gradually began to gather, forming a sand gourd behind him.


    The yellow sand on the ground gradually dissipated, but a bloody smell wafted out.


    Markey looked down at the scarlet blood on the training ground, and couldn''t help asking: "Is someone coming to assassinate you again? Are you kid not injured?"


    "Are you worried about releasing that monster after I get hurt?"


    Gaara raised her head slowly, giggling: "Hahahahaha... How could someone hurt me in this village!"

 Chapter 88

    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that his actions had attracted the attention of Sand Hidden Village, and he didn''t know that Fourth Kazekage wanted to use him to test Gaara''s combat effectiveness.


    If Nagato and Konan find out about this...


    Presumably they thought it was a delivery tailed beast.


    Now Uehara Naraku''s self-confidence has swelled to the extreme, because his advanced task has been completed again.


    Advanced task 4: Kill ten official J¨­nin (10/10), the task has been completed, reward 3000 points of life energy, reward 3000 points of chakra energy, reward 3000 gold coins, reward life energy recovery by 100%, reward Cha Carat''s energy recovery is 100%, and the passive skill is rewarded.


    Uehara Naraku took a look at his system panel. It was the task of killing Gokage, and perhaps the last advanced task, so he didn''t have to think about it in a short time.


    Just looking at the more than 4,000 gold coins on the system panel, Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, and casually tried to buy the second Seraph''s Embrace in the mall.


    Grass can be bought.


    There is no purchase limit for this thing?


    No, it really is still limited to purchase.


    The next moment Uehara saw Seraph''s Embrace was taken off the shelves. It seemed that only two of the same piece of equipment could be bought.


    But this is also normal.


    According to the attributes of Seraphim''s Embrace, the chakra consumption is reduced by 25%, and the cooldown is reduced by 20%. If you save enough money to buy five or six of them in one go, wouldn''t it mean that every time you use a skill, the skill has to be owed to his chakra ?


    However, after the purchase, Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, feeling that the matter was not simple, because the more than 4,000 gold coins on the panel had disappeared.


    There are more than 4,800 gold coins, and there are only 20 gold coins left.


    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly looked a little ugly, because the store clearly stated that the price of the equipment for Seraphim''s Embrace was 3,200 gold coins.


    The garbage system will end sooner or later.


    It is indeed a gift from the profiteer of the book stall owner. Everyone else is half the price of the second cup, and the second piece of equipment here in the system will increase the price by half.


    The advanced task has reached the limit, and the gold coins saved by hard work have been spent, and it is impossible to make much improvement in a short time.


    After such a long time, you can also carefully check what you have obtained.


    Name: Naraku Uehara


    Sex: Male


    Birthday: April 4, 44 in the Konoha Calendar


    ID number: (Mosaic)


    Life energy: 6601 (standard shadow level 3000~10000)


    Chakra energy: 8415 (standard movie level 3000~10000)


    Life regen: 9/sec.


    Chakra Recovery: 4.5/sec.


    Skill Cooldown Reduction: 50%


    Gold remaining: 20


    Available skills:


    [Dancing in the Air]: Can use Chakra to fly in the air, consumes 3 Chakra points per second, no cooldown.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    [Command Shockwave]: By releasing a Chakra puppet, it releases a time-space gravitational force, and gathers the enemies around the puppet towards the puppet. The minimum consumption is 100 Chakra points, and the cooling time is 55 seconds.


    [Wind Barrier]: By releasing the wind escape chakra, a wall of air flow is formed to block the enemy''s attack. The minimum consumption of chakra is 50 points, and the cooling time is 13 seconds.


    ¡¾Introduction to Ten Thousand Thunder Heaven Prison¡¿: By releasing the thunder escape chakra, a circular lightning storm will be formed around you, with a minimum consumption of 75 chakra points and a cooling time of 60 seconds.


    [Card Deception]: You can use a powerful card throwing technique. Whenever you throw the fourth card, the card will explode without cooling down.


    [Life form disintegration ray]: Release a powerful ray through the eyes, analyze the life characteristics of the enemy, and disintegrate the enemy''s body for 2.5 seconds, with a minimum consumption of 100 chakra points and a cooling time of 65 seconds.


    [The Moment of Holy Judgment]: Add an invincible shield to yourself or other companions, which lasts for 3 seconds; Chakra purification blades will appear around the invincible person, and the purification blades will cause huge damage to the surroundings, with a minimum consumption of Chakra 100 points, cooling time 80 seconds.


    [Mutually multiplying detonating talisman technique]: Use one detonating talisman to channel countless detonating talismans infinitely, blast the target at a fixed point, consume 500 chakra points, and have no cooldown.


    [Natural Phantom Charm]: It can disguise itself as all creatures, until it is damaged or when using a skill, the disguise will be broken, consuming 100 chakra points, and the cooling time is 1 second.


    [Mayfly Art]: Integrate yourself with the vegetation on the ground, so that you can move between the underground vegetation at high speed, cut off all breath during the ninjutsu activation, consume 3 points of chakra per second.


    [I''m going to share the secrets! Kasumi array]: Release a smoke area, become invisible in the smoke and recover 40% of the chakra, the invisible state will not be hit by the enemy''s directional ninjutsu, last for 5 seconds, appear when attacking or using skills, no Consumption, cooldown time 10 seconds.


    [Giant Shark Attack]: Remotely summon a giant void shark to attack the target area from the ground. After 2 seconds, the shark will jump out of the ground and devour the souls of all enemies in the area. Chakra consumes 100 points and the skill cools down for 50 seconds.


    [Call of Destiny]: If the target of the Dark Spear contract is near you, you can pull the contractor to your side. The contractor is invincible and cannot be selected for 4 seconds; after the skill is over, you can throw the contractor to any one Direction, the minimum consumption is 100 chakra points, and the cooling time is 75 seconds.


    [Purification]: Remove all negative effects of the self, the cooling time is 105 seconds, and the consumption is 0.


    [Spike Defense]: You enter a defensive posture, and your life energy is doubled. During this period, if you are attacked by the enemy''s physique, it will reflect half of the damage to the enemy for 6 seconds. The minimum consumption of Chakra is 40 points, and the cooling time is 3. Second.


    [Wrath of Raging Waves]: Summon a wave from under your feet, sweeping all the enemies in front, with a minimum consumption of 100 Chakra points, and a cooldown of 60 seconds.


    [Distorted Space]: After a delay of 0.5 seconds, a distorted space that can last for 3 seconds can be released in the target area. Leaving through the technique of time and space, the minimum consumption of chakra is 100 points, and the cooling time is 9 seconds.


    [Fate]: Can spy on the location of everyone within a radius of 100 kilometers, including ninjas who use hidden ninjutsu, transformation and avatar, for 6 seconds; after activating the fate skill, you can use the power of time and space to teleport to Around anyone within a radius of 50 kilometers, the minimum consumption of chakra is 100 points, and the skill cools down for 90 seconds.


    [Speechless Fear]: Use Chakra to create a nightmare and implant it into the brain of the enemy, allowing an enemy to experience the most terrifying nightmare in life within 2 seconds, 60 Chakra points are consumed, and the cooling time is 7.5 seconds.


    [Profound meaning! Twilight Blade]: Summons a Chakra Soul Blade, and can manipulate it to attack, consuming 2 Chakra points per second.


    [Profound meaning! Soul Blessing]: Activate a defensive barrier through the soul blade, and teammates in the defensive barrier will not be harmed for 2 seconds, consume 40% of your own chakra, and cool down for 9 seconds.


    [Profound meaning! Shadow Binding]: Launch an unstoppable sprint in a certain direction, consumes 150 chakra points, cooldown time is 9 seconds.


    ¡¾Secrets! Compassionate Soul Fall]: After providing a shield that can withstand a fatal blow for one''s teammate, it will be teleported to the teammate''s side regardless of the distance of time and space. Chakra consumption is 100 points, and the cooling time is 100 seconds.


    [Star Infusion]: Consume 10% of the current life energy and chakra energy to replenish the corresponding percentage of life energy and chakra energy for allies. Cooldown time is 4 seconds.


    [Growing Mushrooms]: Use Chakra to generate an invisible and highly poisonous mushroom, which can be placed in the target area to provide a small range of vision in the target area; when a target steps on the mushroom, the mushroom will explode and cause people to be poisoned. A mushroom consumes at least 100 chakra points.


    [Heart of the Madman]: Passive skill, if no damage is received within 6 seconds, 5% of the maximum life energy will be restored every second.


    [Concentration]: Passive skill, whenever you kill an enemy unit, restore 20% of your maximum life energy and chakra energy.


    equipment:


    Seraph''s Embrace (two pieces):


    Chakra energy +1400 points, skill cooling reduction +20%, chakra consumption reduced by 25%.


    Outlaw Armor:


    Life energy +800


    Base Life Regeneration +200%


    Skill Cooldown Reduction +10%


    Passive skill: When the life energy reaches 3000 points, the effect of the madman''s heart will be activated automatically.


    Psychic contract:


    Galio, the Colossus of Justice, consumes 3000 chakra points for psychic.


    Nautilus, the deep-sea titan, consumes 2000 chakra points for psychic.

 Chapter 89

    Naraku Uehara watched with satisfaction.


    Although he doesn''t master thousands of ninjutsu like Hatake Kakashi, his skills are much stronger than Kakashi''s ninjutsu.


    "Next, randomly check a group of cuties!"


    Naraku Uehara activated his destiny skill, but only saw the three groups of Sagakure Anbu retreating rapidly towards the border.


    Apparently during this period of time, Uehara crazily intercepted and killed Sagashi Anbu, which has attracted the attention of Sagashi Village. In order to avoid innocent losses, they began to order Sagashi Anbu to retreat.


    "It''s really interesting!"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku was about to turn off the display of his destiny skills, and when he reported to Nagato and Konan, he saw the brigade sand ninja entering the range of his destiny display.


    Uehara observed carefully for a while, and saw a few familiar people inside, the most familiar ones were Fourth Kazekage Rasa and his son Gaara!


    Sand ninjas are not going to retreat!


    They want to concentrate their efforts to invade the Kingdom of Rain!


    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly turned a little ugly, he shook his head and sighed: "I just upgraded and bought equipment here, so you are here to give away the head?"


    Now is the time when Uehara''s confidence is strongest!


    As a result, the fourth Kazekage Rasa stretched out his head... By the way, he also gifted Akatsuki a young human Zhuriki as a friendly gift.


    Luo Sha only led dozens of sand ninja guards and Gaara into the Land of Rain. He simply wanted to test whether Gaara was qualified as the ultimate weapon of Sand Hidden Village.


    If Gaara can play a role in actual combat, Luo Sha doesn''t mind throwing his eight-year-old son on the battlefield to deter Yuyin Village.


    This is the courage of the four generations of Kazekage.


    In order to protect the interests of Sha Yin Village, Luo Sha sacrificed everything he had.


    Luo Sha led his own guard ninja team, while searching for the missing Anbu, and at the same time hunted down the little ghost who expelled their ordinary sand ninja.


    Soon they found the trail.


    In other words, the body was found.


    The eight Sand Ninja Anbe teams all died in the Land of Rain.


    Such a big loss is not insignificant, almost one-third of the number of Anbu trained by the fourth generation of Kazekage.


    Moreover, most of the injuries on these Anbu ninjas were caused by thunder tunnels or beheaded by huge ninja swords, obviously all died by the same person.


    In front of Luo Sha, Ma Ji whispered, "Master Kazekage, according to the information we got from some Jonin corpses, these Anbu should all have died in the hands of that Urenin boy."


    "Is it really him?"


    Luo Sha supported his forehead, glanced at the corpse on the ground, and a flash of anger flashed in his eyes: "All teams search with all their strength, once they find his trace, immediately fire a signal flare!"


    "Master Fengying."


    Ma Ji knelt on the ground with one knee, gritted his teeth and persuaded, "We have a large number of people entering the Kingdom of Rain, and it is very likely to cause a war between Hidden Rain Village and Hidden Sand Village... Konoha may also intervene in the Kingdom of Rain."


    "Don''t worry."


    Luo Sha waved his hands confidently, and said in a deep voice, "After the Uchiha clan perished, the current Konoha has no deterrent power."


    Markey: "..."


    Their shadows are too floating, right?


    At that time, Hidden Sand Village poured all the power of the country, but was beaten up by Konoha ninjas in Kikyo Mountain, and a large number of young ninjas were captured, which caused the subsequent talents of Hidden Sand Village to weaken. Until now, they have not recovered .


    "rest assured."


    Luo Sha seemed to have noticed the disrespectful eyes of his subordinates, and explained in a cold voice: "The power of Sha Yin Village is not strong enough, and I don''t want to start a war with Konoha for the time being... But we can exchange interests in the Land of Rain from other aspects. .¡±


    "yes."


    Mackey could only nod.


    As the Fourth Kazekage, Luo Shaken was willing to explain to him, which was enough respect for him as a confidant.


    Luo Sha twisted his wrist, and said softly: "Didn''t someone get the news of Orochimaru before? Go back and tell Konoha that we are willing to assist them in capturing Orochimaru!"


    This news is enough.


    Orochimaru is Konoha''s S-level rebel ninja, and he has been in Konoha''s senior management for many years, and knows a lot of information about Konoha.


    Konoha has been tracking him down all these years.


    Using a traitor who has a lot of information about Konoha in exchange for Konoha''s concession in a small country, Konoha is actually not losing money.


    clatter clatter...


    Someone suddenly walked over by stepping on the river.


    It was a teenager.


    In this way, the boy walked towards the sand ninja''s camp dignifiedly, and slowly stretched out his palm towards the group of sand ninjas: "Water escape ¡¤ roar of the raging wave!"


    A wave appeared out of thin air!


    As the young ninja released more and more chakra, the turbulent waves became bigger and bigger, almost hundreds of meters high, and quickly swept towards the group of sand ninjas!


    "who!"


    "Enemy attack!"


    At the critical moment, the two sand-kage jonin standing next to the Fourth Kazekage Rasa stood up, and each released their own wind escape ninjutsu!


    "Wind Escape¡¤Tornado Hurricane!"


    "Wind Escape ¡¤ Scythe Itachi!"


    The gust of wind instantly rolled up the waves and rushed towards the sky!


    However, this is only a temporary solution, not the root cause at all, and even the waves are too big, so that the two junin can barely last for a few seconds.


    The other sand ninjas also began to release their wind escape ninjutsu to help them block the waves coming one after another!


    Apparently, in the face of such monstrous waves hundreds of meters high, their ninjutsu could barely break through a wave of spray, but they couldn''t stop the ensuing waves.


    Luo Sha raised his head slowly, and looked at the young Yuren who was flying above the waves.


    The boy Yu Ren stretched his hands and stopped in the air, and the boundless waves rolled forward under him, making him look like a god!


    Luo Sha frowned and thought for a second, then reached out and patted his son standing by his leg: "Go, Gaara, use your strength to solve all this."


    "¡­I see."


    The eyes of the red-haired boy gradually became fierce, strands of yellow sand seeped out from the gourd on his back, and he walked towards the direction of the waves step by step.


    As Gaara walked, the land under his feet gradually turned into yellow sand, and the area of ??yellow sand spread outward little by little.


    When Gaara stopped in front of the waves, he finally flipped his palms and released his ninjutsu, but there was a trace of blood in the childish voice of the kid: "Quick sand waterfall!"


    Boundless sand waves rise into the sky!


    Wave after wave of yellow sand began to pile up and rush towards the direction of the waves, accumulating in front of the waves to form a defensive wall built of yellow sand.


    A group of Sand Ninja backed away with ugly expressions on their faces!


    When Gaara released ninjutsu just now, he obviously didn''t care about their life and death. It seemed that he didn''t mind burying them under the yellow sand at all.


    "Is this trying to kill us?"


    "At least take a look at your companions?"


    "Stand back, you bastards."


    Gaara glanced at them with a slight tilt of his head, and said fiercely: "Don''t hold me back, or I will kill you together!"


    "..."


    Many Sand Ninja looked at each other in blank dismay.


    Even though he was only an eight-year-old kid, he seemed to be trampling an ant to death when he talked about killing his companions. No wonder this kid has never been likable.


    "interesting."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled in the air, stared at Gaara below and said, "You actually use quicksand to resist the impact of the sea, you are really a stupid kid!"


    Just after Uehara finished speaking, a higher wave broke the wall of yellow sand, and the boundless sea flooded towards the sand ninjas again!


    This is a raging roar that consumes a standard movie-level chakra, how could it be blocked so easily!

 Chapter 90

    The monstrous waves rolled down.


    Gaara''s body looked extremely small, a trace of fear flashed in his eyes, and he quickly wanted to manipulate the yellow sand under his feet to escape from the spot.


    Luo Sha stood in the distance and loudly stopped his thoughts: "Gara, don''t run away, use all the power in your body to summon that monster Shouhe!"


    "..."


    Gaara''s movement of trying to escape stopped.


    The order of the fourth Kazekage is something he cannot disobey, not because of Luo Sha''s identity, but because of Luo Sha''s power and the prestige accumulated over the years.


    Gaara tried his best to raise his head, looking at the oncoming waves, his eyes were surrounded by dark circles caused by long-term insomnia, he just bit his lips and said: "...I see, Father."


    "Master Kazekage!"


    Looking at the fourth Kazekage beside him, Maji said with gritted teeth, "The power of this ninjutsu may not be something that Gaara can resist, even if Kazekage-sama doesn''t consider him to be your youngest son, at least you should consider it." He''s the Ichijuriki of the village, right?"


    "Maki, there''s no need for that!"


    Luo Sha interrupted Maji''s persuasion with a wave of his hand, but looked at Gaara''s figure dodging left and right in the waves, and said coldly: "If Gaara can''t use the power of the crane, then he is just a A failed experiment has no meaning in existence."


    After finishing speaking, Luo Sha added: "First of all, he is Izuo Jinchuriki in the village, the ultimate weapon that can be used by the village, a ninja who needs to sacrifice his life for Sand Hidden Village, and finally my son. "


    "..."


    It was hard for Markey to continue persuading immediately.


    As a Kazekage staff officer, he cannot make any decisions on behalf of the Fourth Kazekage, and can only make appropriate suggestions at certain times for the Fourth Kazekage to choose.


    "Quicksand burst!"


    Gaara is still desperately resisting the roar of the raging waves.


    Wave after wave of yellow sand slowed down the attack of the waves under his control, but the defense was overwhelmed by wave after wave.


    Boom boom boom!


    The huge waves completely destroyed Gaara''s defenses. The little red-haired boy drifted in the waves and even choked on a few mouthfuls of water.


    When the waves continued to move forward and wanted to drown the group of sand ninjas, Luo Sha couldn''t hold back anymore, and finally took the initiative: "Magnetic Escape¡¤Golden Sand Waves!"


    All the placer gold and yellow sand in the earth were swept up!


    A wave of golden sand slammed into the waves controlled by Uehara Naraku head-on, and defeated the momentum of the waves!


    The yellow sand mixed with placer gold quickly sank to the ground, forming an indestructible golden cuboid dam, blocking the attack of the raging waves.


    Uehara Naraku could only stop his attack, the water splash on the ground lost the support of Chakra and slowly scattered away, and the water surface gradually fell.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    The magnetic escape of the fourth Kazekage is a bit interesting.


    Gaara finally stood firm, and re-manipulated the yellow sand to gather into a sand gourd.


    "Someone in the ninja world said that the Fourth Kazekage loves his youngest son very much, so he always keeps him by his side. Why doesn''t it seem like that!"


    Uehara Naraku leaned over and rushed down, glanced at Fourth Kazekage Rasa, and then at Gaara, who was still a little weak, and couldn''t help but clicked lightly: "Tsk, the subordinates will act when they are in danger. It doesn''t look like a father''s behavior to not save his son!"


    When Uehara Naraku heard this rumor, he was a little speechless. He wouldn''t have traveled to the dream of Gaara Infinite Moon Reading, right?


    Uehara once thought that he had come to a fake ninja world, but now that he saw Luo Sha treat Gaara so cruelly with his own eyes, he was finally relieved a little.


    Gaara ignored Uehara''s words, and he didn''t care how his father treated him, he just raised his hand and manipulated the yellow sand into the sky!


    "Sand bound coffin!"


    The yellow sand swept towards Uehara Naraku!


    This is Gaara''s best technique, and one of his favorite techniques!


    Uehara Naraku deftly passed through the strands of yellow sand with the help of the Wukong technique, and swooped down in the direction of Gaara: "Profound meaning! Mu Ren!"


    A purple chakra broadsword appeared beside Uehara!


    A cloud of yellow sand also appeared beside Gaara, and quickly formed a shield wall to resist Uehara''s attack!


    These yellow sands are left by Gaara''s mother, Galio, who protects him all the time, so that Gaara will always be under the defense of the sand shield.


    Crash!


    The purple chakra broadsword slashed on the sand shield!


    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the falling momentum and broke the sand shield with one blow!


    "How could someone break the sand''s defenses?"


    Gaara''s small mouth was slightly opened, and he stared at Uehara who fell down in amazement. He stepped back nervously, but it aroused Luo Sha''s dissatisfaction.


    Sidai Kazekage stood in the distance, and reprimanded displeasedly: "Gara, don''t back down, quickly force out the power of guarding the crane in your body!"


    "..."


    Gaara fell silent.


    The eight-year-old boy lowered his head slowly, making his expression hard to see clearly, but it made people feel a suppressed loneliness and sadness.


    Especially Naraku Uehara knows Gaara''s information.


    Gaara lost his mother since he was a child. His father, Luo Sha, forbade everyone from contacting him, and ordered Gaara''s uncle Yashamaru to assassinate him.


    Yashamaru was the only one who took care of and cared for Gaara, but in the end he had to perform an assassination mission under Kazekage''s order, and finally died under Gaara''s attack.


    This directly makes Gaara completely black...


    According to one of the laws of ninja, blackening is three times stronger, and whitewashing is free.


    Since then, Gaara has become a bloodthirsty and powerful Jinjuriki.


    However, Gaara''s father, Luo Sha, is still tirelessly sending people to assassinate Gaara, making it look like this son is not his own...


    Compared with Gaara in Sand Hidden Village, Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki''s life is actually pretty good, at least Uzumaki Naruto will not be assassinated for no reason, and he has a few friends.


    "There is still such a father in the world..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and a smile flashed across the corner of his mouth: "If it weren''t for my age being inappropriate, I would really like to say something to you."


    The yellow sand gathered quickly and blocked Gaara again!


    The little red-haired boy poked his head out from behind the sand shield''s defense, his fierce eyes were somewhat restrained, and there was a hint of curiosity: "What do you want to say?"


    "Well... be my son!"


    Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out a hand!


    After finishing this weird action, Uehara touched his chin and said, "Little guy, do you think I have affinity when I say this?"


    "I''m going to kill you!"


    Gaara''s face was instantly furious, and Huang Sha attacked Uehara Naraku again under his control: "Sand bound coffin!"


    The Urenin boy in front of him looks like the freshly graduated Genin in the village, probably about the same age as his older sister Temari.


    This is deliberately mocking him!


    "Don''t worry, I can''t bear to kill you!"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, swung the purple chakra broadsword in his hand, waved the yellow sand with the sword and raised it high!


    Crash!


    The sand shield in front of Gaara was split by a sword again!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t stop, and before the yellow sand gathered again, he held the chakra sword in his hand and slammed on Gaara''s body.


    Gaara flew upside down, and the cracks on his face were clearly visible.


    The armor of sand that was quietly condensed close to his body was split into yellow sand scattered all over the sky by Naraku Uehara!


    A burst of blood froth flew out of Gaara''s mouth.


    "Ahem...you pissed me off!"


    Gaara raised her head abruptly, revealing a half-human, half-monster face!

 Chapter 91

    Naraku Uehara looked at Gaara in surprise.


    Because Gaara enters a state of possession.


    In this state, half of the body is Gaara, and the other half is a one-tailed crane, which is equivalent to the half-tailed beast of other tailed beasts.


    Gaara raised his head slowly, staring at Uehara Naraku''s direction, he suddenly raised his paw on the other half of his body towards Uehara Naraku!


    "Sand bondage!"


    With a shout, Uehara felt a shadow covering his back.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    A ball of yellow sand gathered in the air, forming an extremely huge claw, which suddenly wrapped Naraku Uehara in it!


    This is the attack of Sand Binding.


    Its range of spells is larger than that of Sand Bind.


    "Don''t provoke anyone you can''t afford..."


    The voices of Gaara and Shuhe came out mixed together, his claws tightened suddenly, and he yelled loudly: "Sand waterfall funeral!"


    Huang Sha quickly began to squeeze under his manipulation!


    Gaara''s favorite use is the sand waterfall funeral.


    Under the pressure of the yellow sand, the bound ninja inside would instantly shatter, turning into a cloud of blood and seeping into the yellow sand, turning the sand manipulated by Gaara into blood.


    Gaara finally felt that he had the chance to win, and a sick smile appeared on his face: "Ahahahaha...die! Bastard!"


    At this moment, a golden light suddenly shines!


    The yellow sand that restricted Uehara Naraku in the sky collapsed in all directions, spilling profusely from the sky on the ground, and the gorgeous golden light dazzled people''s eyes.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure stood in mid-air like a god, with a few golden Chakra lightsabers hovering around his body, it was fascinating to watch!


    "Your sand is too dirty..."


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers moved slightly, and a golden lightsaber suddenly flew down from his side, deftly bypassing the sand shield''s defense.


    laugh!


    The golden lightsaber suddenly shot through Gaara''s shoulder!


    The golden lightsabers around Uehara flew out after him, piercing Gaara''s body in an instant.


    "asshole¡­"


    Gaara gritted his teeth and looked at Uehara Naraku, half of his face was Shukaku''s face, which looked extremely ferocious.


    Regardless of the injury on his body, Gaara forcefully raised his fingers, and put them on his chest little by little: "The technique of feigning sleep... Substitution!"


    When Gaara uttered the last two words, it seemed to be squeezed out of his throat, and his voice had all changed into that of Shukaku.


    The yellow sand completely wrapped up Gaara!


    The next moment, a huge monster appeared!


    Watch the crane with one tail!


    Maki Kazuo stared nervously at Kazuo who appeared, and said in a deep voice: "Master Kazekage, this is not the Land of Wind, if Kazuo takes this opportunity to escape..."


    "It can''t escape."


    Luo Sha looked at Shuhe calmly, his eyes stopped on Gaara, who was dozing with his head down in front of Shuhe, and frowned: "Gaara... until now, I haven''t been able to use a tail directly. power?"


    He is still a bit disgusted with Gaara''s progress.


    Because the previous generation of Yiwei Jinjuriki Fenfu monk in Sand Hidden Village is a perfect Renjuriki, who can fully display the power of guarding the crane, and even suppress the runaway Yiwei.


    If you compare people, you will die, if you compare goods, you will throw them away.


    When Luo Sha disliked Gaara, Shou He also disliked Shayin Village.


    The one-tailed crane that had just appeared on the stage ignored it and slammed its tail at Luo Sha''s position. In its eyes, it was an enemy!


    "Asshole!"


    Luo Sha''s face suddenly became sullen, and a ball of gold dust wrapped in yellow sand quickly knocked Shouhe''s body into the air: "Now you can''t even tell the difference between the enemy and us?"


    "Heh heh heh... Wind Escape¡¤Practice Empty Bullets!"


    Shuhe recklessly spewed out Fengdun Ninjutsu, and after breaking up the gold dust that continued to envelop, another empty training bullet spewed out!


    Just when Shouhe was about to fight Luo Sha, a purple chakra broadsword slammed on its head, and Shouhe''s huge body fell to the ground immediately, splashing countless yellow sand and flying dust!


    "Look what I see?"


    Uehara Naraku stopped on top of Shukaku, and even looked at the tall Shukuru on the ground with some playfulness, with a faint smile on the corner of his mouth: "A cute little civet cat!"


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head and glanced at Luo Sha who flew over, grinned and said: "Your Excellency Fourth Kazekage, I still like to keep pets, are you willing to sell this little civet cat to me as a pet in Shayin Village? Maybe I can spare your life!"


    Today''s harvest is really full.


    Unexpectedly, the current Gaara has already used the technique of dozing to summon the Shukaku in his body.


    One end of the task can not be easily missed.


    If Luo Sha snatched his mission, Uehara Naraku would definitely not cry, but he would have to wait a few more years until the Konoha Chunin exam to have a chance!


    Luo Sha looked at Uehara angrily, and before he could speak, a shrine crane underground was irritated by Uehara''s words.


    "What did you say?"


    Shuzuru turned over and got up, its claws split instantly, and it grabbed Uehara Naraku suddenly, its speed was not inferior to its wind escape ninjutsu!


    Uehara swung his purple broadsword and defeated the flying claws. His current life energy is not weak at all.


    Naraku Uehara threw his Chakra Broadsword with a flick of his hand, manipulating the wooden man to slump down suddenly, and nailed it hard to Shuzuru''s body!


    Seeing Shuhe screaming in pain, Uehara put a finger on his mouth: "Shh, the civet cat who is not well-behaved will be abandoned by others..."


    "..."


    The anger on Izuo Tsuru''s face was even stronger!


    It was the first one thrown to the Land of Wind by the Sage of the Six Paths. When the Sage of the Six Paths left the Land of Wind, Nine Tails laughed at it; country lived alone.


    "Little brat...I''m going to tear you apart!"


    "As a pet, you have to learn to be well-behaved."


    When Naraku Uehara was talking, his eyes changed, and his hands suddenly stretched out in the direction of Shukaku, and the two chakras quickly converged into Shukaku''s brain: "Illusion ¡¤ Wordless Fear!"


    Wordless fear, able to condense a nightmare with the help of chakra.


    In two seconds, Ichio Shukaku will experience the most fearful thing in his life, which is enough time for Uehara to find a way to defeat it.


    Luo Sha looked at Uehara Naraku in surprise after releasing the silent fear, Shukaku on the ground quickly fell into a deep sleep, his eyes suddenly became fiery!


    This technique can easily suppress the Tailed Beast!


    If they had this technique in Hidden Sand Village, they would be able to easily suppress Shuhe who ran away without any cost, and they would no longer have to worry about the trouble of Renzhuli.


    After two seconds.


    Shouhe woke up from the fear, and suddenly let out a loud roar towards the sky: "Nine Lamas, you bastard, I will tear you up sooner or later..."


    Boom!


    Profound meaning! Shadow binding!


    Uehara Naraku''s body slammed into Shuzuru''s body, and Yiwei was knocked to the ground by the blow without any resistance. Perhaps it was because Gaara''s head touched the ground and woke up. Started to shrink into Gaara''s body.


    Uehara looked at Gaara on the ground, showed a harmless smile, and gently squeezed his wrist.


    Side quest: Defeat Ichio Shukaku (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill Sand Soldier appears.


    Sand Soldier Appears: A sand soldier is summoned in the target area. The sand soldier can charge and attack freely. Each sand soldier lasts for 9 seconds. The minimum consumption of summoning a sand soldier is 40 chakra points. The duration and consumption of sand soldiers are checked. The carat value is related, and the skill has no cooldown.

 Chapter 92

    "interesting."


    The Fourth Kazekage Rasa watched Uehara Naraku''s battle, puffed up his palms, and praised: "As expected of the new generation of genius ninjas in Yuyin Village, just because of the smooth battle just now, he is qualified to take over as the leader of Your Excellency Hanzo position..."


    "What do you say as soon as you open your mouth?"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Luo Sha speechlessly, and couldn''t help but sarcastically said: "Your Excellency Kazekage, have you heard of my name?"


    "..."


    Luo Sha''s blood surged up when he heard it, and felt that Uehara could not speak.


    Luo Sha was very stingy in praising his enemies.


    Facing a genius ninja like Uehara, his praise just now was not without scheming.


    Because Luo Sha knows very well that the succession system of Xiaonin Village is a family hereditary system, and it is not as decent as the inheritance of master and apprentice like Daguo Ninja Village.


    Naraku Uehara in front of him was not wearing the unique protective mask of the Sanshoyu clan, so he was obviously not a member of Hanzo''s clan, so he definitely had no chance of succeeding the leader of Yuyin.


    As long as Uehara Naraku denies that he is not qualified to inherit Yuyin Village, Luo Sha will take advantage of the victory to lure Uehara Naraku to defect and join them in Shayin Village.


    After all, this brat has already shown its usefulness.


    How can an ordinary ninja in a small ninja village compare to the position and training resources available in a five major ninja village?


    The problem is that Luo Sha doesn''t know that Sanshoyu Hanzo is dead, let alone Uehara Naraku''s recent concern. Nagato and Konan appointed him to be the sole heir of Yuyin Village!


    Uehara is worrying about such things!


    And even if he really defected, he would definitely look down on Sha Yin Village


    May I ask which coward has become a traitor and would be willing to join a blood-successful ninja who betrayed his own village, and surrendered faster than anyone else in Sand Hidden Village?


    "I haven''t heard of your name, isn''t it because you were too quick to kill many Anbu in our village?"


    Luo Sha''s face gradually turned cold, he no longer concealed his covetousness for Uehara, and said bluntly: "Let me just say it, a genius ninja like you living in Yuyin Village is impossible for a long time, sooner or later you will be killed by that one-hearted Sansho Hanzo, who wants to maintain his position, is plotting!"


    "..."


    When Uehara Naraku heard this, he couldn''t help but glance at Luo Sha. The Fourth Kazekage''s vision was sharp, and he could see through the essence of the old Hanzo at a glance.


    However, as an Ureninja, Uehara Naraku certainly cannot allow others to insult Hanzo, this is the ethics of an Urenin!


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Uehara looked at the Fourth Kazekage, and a burst of anger appeared on his face at the right time: "How dare you insult Lord Hanzo!"


    "That''s the kind of person he was!"


    Luo Sha waved his hand, as if treating an immature child, and said coldly: "If I want to sign a five-year peace agreement with Yuyin Village now, and the request is to kill you, Sanjiaoyu Hanzo will definitely not show mercy!"


    After finishing speaking, Luo Sha opened his mouth and continued to add: "Don''t refute me, you should be clear about the weight of Sand Hidden Village and the weight of an ordinary ninja, which is more important in Sanjiao Hanzo''s heart."


    Four generations of Kazekage is right.


    If killing a person can be exchanged for a five-year peace covenant in Hidden Sand Village, Sanshoyu Hanzo will definitely not be lenient, and may even send someone to send that person''s head to Sidai Kazekage''s table.


    It''s a pity that he faced Uehara Naraku.


    A man who personally killed Sansho Hanzo.


    Now Uehara Naraku has no problem walking sideways in Yuyin Village.


    The Fourth Kazekage Luo Sha looked at Uehara''s face and showed his fox tail: "Leave this weak country and join Sand Hidden Village! Only Sand Hidden Village can accommodate your talent, and I will provide you with enough Resources and money!"


    "...Just you?"


    A sneer appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face.


    Who is the Fourth Kazekage Luosha, I don''t know in my mind?


    This guy is a Kazekage who betrayed Zhuo Dun Yecang to Wuyin Village in exchange for shame and peace!


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and a purple chakra broadsword floated beside him, and he said, "And as long as I kill you now, you won''t be able to make Hanzo-sama betray me, right?"


    "Don''t you understand what I mean?"


    Luo Sha frowned again, and said with an ugly face, "Even without my existence, sooner or later you would be murdered by Sanjiao Hanzo! Yuyin Village is not a place for a genius!"


    "No!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Luo Sha mockingly, stretched out his hand to grasp the purple broadsword, and said word by word: "Master Hanzo will definitely believe in my loyalty..."


    "..."


    Luo Sha looked at Uehara''s actions and felt a little bit like cursing.


    Grass, this kid is a lunatic!


    No, this kid is mentally retarded!


    "Wait until I catch you, then find a way to get what I want!"


    Luo Sha manipulated the gold dust on the ground to fly up, and said coldly: "Idiot, you just rushed to fight with Shuhe, your chakra and physical strength are running out, right?"


    "Or... guess what?"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure riots!


    The purple chakra broadsword drew an arc in his hand, and slashed towards the fourth Kazekage in front of him!


    A cloud of gold dust quickly intercepted Uehara''s attack.


    Compared with the sand manipulated by Gaara, the placer gold manipulated by Gaara is heavier in quality and stronger in defense.


    The overwhelming gold dust rushed towards Uehara!


    Whether it''s attack, defense, or action, Magnetic Dungeon Dust Gold has an incomparable advantage over other Blood Successors in battle, and this is also the source of the fourth Kazekage Luosha''s confidence.


    "It''s a little flexible!"


    Uehara Naraku dodged to avoid the attack of gold placer, but saw the gold placer scattered in the sky and surrounded him in strands.


    After it was too late to dodge, Uehara could only waved the Chakra Broadsword in his hand helplessly, knocking away strands of gold dust!


    It''s just that no matter how Uehara breaks up the placer gold, they will still be chased back by Luo Sha''s Chakra after all.


    Luo Sha stood proudly on the sand mat, looking at Uehara Naraku who was rushing left and right: "Little devil, you can''t escape the shackles of gold dust, so obediently surrender!"


    Luo Sha is almost sure of winning.


    He is the fourth generation of Kazekage of Sand Hidden Village, and he has the magnetic escape handed down from the third generation of Kazekage, how could he not be able to take down a teenage kid?


    "I flow profound meaning! Xia array!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Luo Sha, and a puff of smoke suddenly appeared around him, hiding his figure in the smoke, and also made Dust Gold lose its target.


    The chakra that Uehara consumed just now is also quickly refilling.


    "Thank you, Your Excellency Fengying, for being willing to chat with me just now..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes stopped on his skill panel, whether it was the moment of the holy judgment or the roar of the raging waves, the two skills with a long cooldown time, now they are all lit up again.


    If you encounter an enemy that is difficult to deal with, then chat with them.


    There is no harm in practicing a few words in this ninja world.


    "Hiding in the smoke?"


    A trace of doubt flashed in Luo Sha''s eyes, the gold dust was surrounded by smoke, but he couldn''t accurately find the location of Uehara Naraku.


    Luo Sha instantly discovered the weirdness of the smoke. The smoke array released by Uehara was even more exquisite than the Wuyin Village''s Wuyin Village, and it could perfectly hide people''s positions.


    "Hmph, then I''ll just let the placer gold surround the entire smoke!"


    The gold placer all over the sky quickly gathered around the smoke, forming a ball under the control of Luo Sha, and the gold placer quickly penetrated into the smoke.


    Just at this time.


    A purple energy ray pierced through the placer gold!


    This purple energy ray is like cutting, cutting the placer gold ball into pieces!


    Fourth Kazekage Luo Sha was also caught off guard by the purple energy ray, and a burning sensation appeared in the area touched by the energy ray.


    At this moment, a palpitation appeared in Luo Sha''s heart.


    At that second, Luo Sha even felt that she would be obliterated!

 Chapter 93

    Uehara Naraku flew out of the gold dust ball, and the purple energy in his eyes slowly faded, as if he had just vented his anger.


    In the next second, a purple broadsword appeared beside Uehara.


    Naraku Uehara rushed towards Luo Sha suddenly, raised the evening blade in his hand, and suddenly split the thin layer of gold dust defense in front of Luo Sha.


    clang!


    Luo Sha was sent flying by the purple broadsword!


    However, regardless of the injuries on his own body, the Fourth Kazekage just wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth, and a frenzy flashed in his eyes: "Is that... pupil technique?"


    Unexpectedly, there are unexpected gains!


    Originally, Luo Sha just took a fancy to Uehara Naraku''s illusion that could control the tailed beast, but now he found that this little guy seemed to have such a strange blood-succession limit as the pupil technique.


    There are not many Hitomijutsu blood successors in the entire ninja world.


    There is no doubt that the effect of pupil technique blood inheritance is very powerful.


    The two former wealthy clans in Konoha Village were Hitomi Kagetsuji, while the shadows and leaders of the other ninja villages could only drool while looking at them, but they couldn''t do anything easily.


    Now, a pupil ninja appeared in front of Luo Sha.


    "Boy, I want you even more."


    Fourth Kazekage suddenly raised his palm, and the gold dust began to gather again. He declared loudly: "Even if I can''t easily capture you now, I will let Sanshoyu Hanzo send you to Sand Hidden Village!"


    "Do not worry."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his arms slowly, looked at Luo Sha with a little sarcasm and said, "If I can''t even kill you, how can I have the nerve to gain a foothold in the ninja world?"


    Looking at the fourth Kazekage Luo Sha''s intention to take him down firmly, Uehara felt a little bit too low-key?


    How come everyone thinks he can beat him?


    People like Kazekage who are always being killed also feel that they can beat him. He is a member of Akatsuki, and there are many craftsmen who are good at killing Kazekage!


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    The third Kazekage died in the hands of Scorpion; the fourth Kazekage died in the hands of Orochimaru; the future fifth Kazekage died in the hands of Didara.


    The murderers mentioned above have all been in the Xiao organization.


    "Water Escape ¡¤ Roar of Raging Waves!"


    A group of hundreds of meters high waves rose under Uehara Naraku''s feet, and he poured his chakra into his skills without reservation.


    If the enemy you are facing has a wide range of defensive ninjutsu and offensive ninjutsu, if you want to defeat them, you must use ninjutsu that is more powerful than the enemy!


    If you use Ten Thousand Thunder Heaven Prison, the power of hundreds of thunderbolts falling in batches may not be able to break through the gold dust''s defense, and it is far inferior to the power of the roar of the raging waves.


    The roar of the current raging waves is enough to crush a ninja village!


    Even a high mountain will be destroyed by this wave!


    At this moment, Fourth Kazekage Luo Sha''s face finally changed color!


    Luo Sha looked at the rising waves, and a drop of cold sweat broke out on his forehead: "To be able to use this level of water escape ninjutsu, even Mizukage of Wuyin Village may not be able to do it!"


    "Ha, Mizukage?"


    Uehara Naraku thought of Yakura who died under his hands, and laughed loudly: "This ninja who is the strongest in the ninja world is not Mizukage of Kirigakure Village!"


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, both palms turned violently!


    Hundreds of meters high waves roared and rushed towards Luo Sha''s position!


    Such a high wave can easily submerge a ninja village, and its impact force is enough to pass through the gold dust defense and break through all obstacles!


    Unless Luosha can conjure up a Three Gorges hydropower station on the spot...


    Uehara Naraku hurriedly passed this idea, and concentrated on manipulating the waves to rush towards Luo Sha.


    "Magnetic Escape Sand Cushion!"


    Luo Sha looked at the subordinates who were frantically trying to escape, his palm shook, and balls of gold dust turned into sand cushions, and flew up with his subordinates.


    The placer gold that he can refine and manipulate now cannot be condensed into a dam to withstand hundreds of meters of waves, so he can only find a way to bring his subordinates to a high place.


    With their flying speed, it is impossible for them to fly above the heights of the waves before the waves hit.


    "Magnetic Escape ¡¤ Placer Gold Burial!"


    The gold dust on the ground shone, and a deep pit appeared!


    The waves submerged the deep pit in an instant, and it seemed that they were not hindered at all. The waves rushed forward and involved the sand ninjas at the end.


    "Hey, hey, don''t run away so fast!"


    Uehara Naraku followed the waves and flew in the air, chasing and killing Luo Sha and a group of sand ninjas, and tried to attract their attention: "Hey, hey, aren''t you happy to see such a grand water escape ninjutsu?


    It is also the first time that I have released such a powerful ninjutsu with all my strength. You are the first to see it. Wouldn''t you praise it?


    Hey, let''s celebrate my ninjutsu!


    At least applause, right? "


    "..."


    The sand ninjas frowned at the same time when they heard Uehara Naraku''s nagging words.


    Even though they were already mature ninjas, their emotions were stimulated to be a little irritable. If it wasn''t for the rush of water escape ninjutsu, they would have wanted to turn around and scold others.


    "Ignore him."


    Luo Sha''s expression has gradually calmed down, he held some wisdom beads and said: "The chakra of that kid has been exhausted, as long as we can defend against this attack, he can only be slaughtered by us..."


    After finishing speaking, he ordered again loudly: "Everyone take a deep breath now, I want to build a pyramid defense tower made of gold dust!"


    "yes!"


    All the sand ninja immediately obeyed Rasa''s order, and even Gaara knew that the situation was urgent, so he took a deep breath.


    However, streaks of green light rose from the waves and flowed into Uehara''s body. It was the sand hermit ninja who was killed by the roar of the raging waves just now, which triggered the recovery effect of calmness.


    In an instant, Naraku Uehara recovered 80% of the large amount of chakra consumed by releasing the roar of the raging waves with all his strength.


    This can also make Uehara more and more courageous.


    Even if he is besieged by tens of thousands of people like the third generation of Raikage in the future, he can continue to fight instead of dying from exhaustion.


    Of course Uehara can''t be so hopeless...


    He is the man behind the scenes. If tens of thousands of ninjas really besieged him, Uehara would at least dance in the circle of tens of thousands of ninjas like Uchiha Madara.


    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Gold Placer!"


    Countless placer gold flew in the air under the control of Luo Sha.


    A triangular vacuum pyramid made of placer gold descended from the sky, covering a group of sand bears on the ground, and the waves swept past!


    Luo Sha''s stupid method is indeed good.


    These concentrated placer gold and yellow sand are more than ten meters thick, and the impact of the bottom of the water is not particularly strong, allowing them to survive the raging waves.


    A group of sand ninja squatted on the sealed pyramid, feeling the tremor of the earth and the whistling waves, waiting for the waves to flow by.


    After the waves passed by outside the gold placer, Luo Sha slowly evacuated the placer gold, and these ninjas who were buried deep under the placer gold saw the light of day again.


    "saved¡­"


    "As expected of Master Kazekage..."


    The group of Sand Ninja escaped, and slowly breathed a sigh of relief.


    When they were admiring the power of the Fourth Kazekage, Luo Sha''s eyes suddenly changed, and he quickly reminded loudly: "Be careful!"


    However, after all, not all ninjas could maintain their original high vigilance after the catastrophe, and Huangsha quietly gathered behind them to form a human form.


    Sand soldiers holding long spears emerged quietly from under the feet of these sand ninjas, and then stabbed out the long spears in their hands!


    Stab it!


    Sand guns pierced the chests of each sand ninja!

 Chapter 94

    The sudden burst of sand soldiers is too deadly!


    Except for a few sand ninjas who have been wandering on the edge of life and death for many years, most of the sand ninjas were killed on the spot by the sand soldiers who suddenly appeared and launched an attack.


    Due to Huangsha''s defense, Gaara escaped another catastrophe. He looked at the sand soldiers who appeared in surprise: "Is this the art of manipulating sand?"


    "Maybe it''s also a puppet technique."


    Ma Ji waved his ninja knife with a serious face, splitting a sand soldier, and within his sight, there was a wisp of yellow sand behind each sand soldier implicating them.


    These end points involving the yellow sand are in the hands of Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and looked at the surviving people on the ground, and suddenly said: "Hey, what do you think of me being called the Emperor of the Desert in the future?"


    "not so good!"


    The fourth Kazekage Rasa''s face was very ugly. He spent chakra to create a placer gold pyramid, which saved the lives of his subordinates in the tsunami just now.


    Unexpectedly, they had just escaped the life-and-death crisis from the tsunami, and these subordinates were easily attacked and killed by Uehara Naraku.


    "Well, is it because my name has poked your sore spot?"


    Uehara Naraku hammered his palm, and seeing Luo Sha suddenly realized, his mouth showed a trace of contempt and disdain: "No, it''s because you people are too backward, and you don''t even know what the emperor means?"


    "What a stubborn brat!"


    Luo Sha stepped on the sand pad and flew into the air, and a ball of gold dust turned into a golden spear under his control: "Magnetic Escape¡¤Gold Place Spear!"


    The golden spear flew towards Uehara!


    Under the action of the magnetic escape chakra, the golden spear spun and accelerated like a drill bit, shooting towards Uehara''s body.


    The golden spear was so fast that Uehara could only see afterimages!


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm in a hurry, and he didn''t have time to form a seal in an emergency, so he could only quickly release defensive ninjutsu: "Wind escape ¡¤ wind barrier!"


    The golden spear was instantly blocked by a wind wall!


    Luo Sha manipulated the countless placer gold that followed the golden spear, and was easily stopped by the wind wall in front of Uehara.


    Fourth Kazekage looked at Kazeka with a hint of surprise in his eyes: "Defensive wind escape ninjutsu?"


    This is really unheard of!


    No wonder Uehara Naraku is so proud, the ninjutsu he has mastered seems to be amazing, and he is very proficient in using it.


    This did not delay Luo Sha''s previous plan.


    Now one-third of the Anbu members and more than half of the guards in Shayin Village are dying in the hands of Uehara. Luo Sha thinks that if Uehara Naraku cannot be caught and stopped in time, the sacrifice of these ninjas will not be in vain.


    Group after group of placer gold surged up from the ground!


    Luo Sha''s aura soared, he actually wanted to do his best here: "Since you won''t leave me obediently, then I''ll break your hands and feet first!"


    "Are you still wishful thinking?"


    A purple chakra broadsword suddenly appeared beside Uehara Naraku, automatically helping him resist the gold dust attack!


    Uehara looked at Luo Sha, and the smile on his face gradually piled up: "Your Excellency Fengying, have you forgotten? I''m going to kill you here!"


    "Little devil, you don''t have much Chakra left!"


    "rest assured."


    Naraku Uehara closed his eyes slightly, and clusters of green energy rose from the sand ninjas killed by the sand soldiers on the ground and entered his body.


    Uehara Naraku opened his eyes and smiled slowly: "Compared to Kazekage-dono, my Chakra is more abundant than ever!"


    "Is that... some kind of forbidden technique?"


    Luo Sha''s brows suddenly frowned, watching Uehara''s rising momentum, his heart sank little by little.


    He made a mistake.


    This rain ninja boy has too many strange powers.


    Luo Sha thought that Uehara Naraku''s chakra was about to run out, but he didn''t expect Uehara to have this kind of forbidden technique that can collect chakra from dead people.


    "We must save Chakra..."


    Before the battle started, Luo Sha had wasted a lot of chakra to resist an attack from the roar of the raging waves.


    Just now, in order to save his subordinates, Luo Sha used a bunch of chakra-consuming techniques such as gold dust burial, pyramid defense, and golden waves and sand waves.


    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Gold Placer!"


    Now Luo Sha didn''t dare to surround Uehara directly with placer gold, but instead manipulated placer gold to try to grab Uehara''s limbs bit by bit.


    However, the purple broadsword beside Uehara Naraku was flying around, defeating the small strands of gold dust that came in one after another, and it seemed a bit easy.


    From beginning to end, Uehara still had great confidence on his face.


    "Your Excellency Kazekage, how long can your Chakra last?"


    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, and a golem poked out from his hand: "I don''t think you can hold on for two seconds, command the shock wave!"


    The puppet suddenly opened!


    A distorted force appeared in everyone''s sight!


    I saw that Luo Sha lost control of the placer gold in an instant, and was pulled by the command shock wave into a spiral golden ball.


    "not good!"


    Luo Sha looked up at the huge golden ball, and his face suddenly became a little frightened. After losing the gold dust controlled by the magnetic escape, the battle situation is not very good.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    The only thing that can give Luo Sha confidence is his magnetic escape ninjutsu.


    Fortunately, just a second later, Luo Sha felt that he had regained the control of the placer gold, and he was barely relieved.


    However, a voice suddenly entered his ears: "Is it enough to do anything in one second?"


    Luo Sha turned his head suddenly, but saw an afterimage appearing in front of him, and then a purple broadsword hit his chest hard!


    Luo Sha fell from the sky!


    Even though he hastily used the sand pads under his feet to turn them into defensive gold dust to cover his chest, he was still unstoppably hit by a heavy blow.


    What made Luo Sha even more horrified was that cards flew down from Uehara Naraku''s palm one after another, and shot towards his position!


    Boom!


    There was an explosion of fireworks in the sky!


    The few surviving people looked at the fourth Kazekage falling from the sky in horror, and Luo Sha''s body was covered in bloody wounds.


    Ma Ji looked at this scene in disbelief, and frowned tightly: "Your Excellency Fengying... you lost?"


    "..."


    Rosa didn''t answer.


    Sidai Kazekage struggled to get up, just now his magnetic escape gold dust was inexplicably confiscated for a second, and then he was knocked down to the ground by Uehara''s sword in the second second.


    The battle is not over yet!


    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm and pointed it in the direction of Luo Sha, and the cards were shot out of his hand again and again.


    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Gold Dust!"


    All the cards were stopped by gold dust!


    From time to time, a card exploded and splashed thick smoke, but it couldn''t break through the gold dust''s defense. Luo Sha immediately understood the danger of the situation.


    Losing the control of Dust Gold in that second directly caused him to lose the battle.


    Coupled with the serious injury just now and the depleting chakra, death may not be far away... The current Luo Sha is not the infinite chakra of the reincarnated man!


    While manipulating the placer gold defense, Luo Sha looked down at the sunken wound on his chest, and said coldly, "Maki, take Gaara first!"


    "Master Kazekage!"


    "Shut up!"


    In an instant, Luo Sha analyzed the most suitable way.


    Now that he is seriously injured, he may not be able to escape very far, and if the few sand ninja guards left behind, he may not be able to stop Uehara Naraku for a long time.


    Unexpectedly, just trying to test whether Gaara can successfully use Ichibi, they almost wiped out the entire army here...


    Luo Sha turned to look at Gaara, looked at his son and said loudly with no expression on his face: "The last Kazekage order, bring Gaara back to the village!"

 Chapter 95

    Luo Sha''s choice was not wrong.


    If Gaara falls into the hands of this Urenin boy, and Uehara has enough ways to subdue Izuo, then the situation of Sand Hidden Village will not be so good.


    Before he died, Luo Sha seemed to have finally seen his own destiny clearly, and unexpectedly exploded with unprecedented strength.


    Everyone present knew that it was very difficult for Luo Sha to survive. His chest was sunken and blood had seeped into his clothes.


    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Golden Realm Law! Hurry up!"


    A sharp gold placer snaked out from the ground.


    Under the control of Luo Sha, these placer golds continued to extend one by one, trying to limit Uehara Naraku''s movements.


    The Fourth Kazekage is too naive!


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckled, dodged the sharp gold dust, and slowly landed: "Your Excellency Kazekage, how long can you last?"


    A gleam of light flashed in Luo Sha''s eyes, and the balls of gold dust became extremely small and sharp, and they shot towards Naraku Uehara quickly: "Little devil, don''t underestimate people, I am the fourth Kazekage of Sand Hidden Village!"


    The purple broadsword floating beside Uehara easily repelled the dust gold!


    Uehara Naraku blinked, and said softly: "Don''t you know that Kazekage is the easiest to kill in the ninja world?"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku did not hesitate.


    The purple broadsword fell into his hands and rushed towards Luo Sha!


    Luo Sha also did not choose to respond to Uehara''s sarcasm, but concentrated on manipulating the placer gold defense.


    Even in order to persist for a longer time, Luo Sha attached a layer of placer gold armor to his body.


    Even so, Luo Sha still had a disadvantage in the battle with Uehara.


    In just a few seconds, Naraku Uehara cut off several sharp gold dust spears one after another, and continued to charge towards Luo Sha.


    A sand ninja finally couldn''t hold back, gritted his teeth and said, "I''m going to support Kazekage-sama! Maki-sama, Kazekage-sama''s orders can only be relied on you!"


    "I''ll go as well!"


    "Let''s go together!"


    A group of sand ninja rushed towards Uehara Naraku crazily, maybe they wanted to delay time, or maybe they wanted to gain a chance.


    "Aren''t we going?"


    Gaara ran and ran beside Maki, his body trembling a little, and he couldn''t help but look back at Luo Sha who was still fighting to the death with Uehara Naraku.


    "Let''s go back, that''s the best choice!"


    Maki shook his head, his most important task now is to send Gaara, a one-tailed Jinchuriki, back to Hidden Sand Village safely.


    With the loss of one tail, Sha Yin Village is likely to be completely reduced among the five great powers.


    Ninjas always have to sacrifice.


    Even a shadow is no different from an ordinary ninja.


    If the fourth Kazekage hadn''t been seriously injured, Markey would definitely choose to replace him to delay the time, but unfortunately, the fourth Kazekage''s injury would definitely kill him.


    When Maki and Gaara escaped, the battlefield has come to an end.


    A few sand ninjas couldn''t affect the battle situation at all, but Luo Sha counterattacked a little fiercely before dying, and even knocked out several hundred points of Uehara''s life energy.


    This level is really worthy of Kazekage!


    Uehara Naraku had already chopped down several sand ninjas to the ground, and he walked step by step towards the fourth Kazekage who finally couldn''t hold on.


    Uehara stuck the purple broadsword in his hand on the ground, looked at Luo Sha who was lying on the ground, and said softly: "Do you think they can escape?"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    "What... what?"


    Luo Sha struggled to lift it up, the corners of his mouth were covered with blood.


    "They can escape only if I want them to escape!"


    Naraku Uehara smiled a little tactfully, the purple chakra broadsword suddenly bounced from the ground, piercing Luo Sha''s body from behind!


    Sub-quest: Defeat the Fourth Kazekage Rasa (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill Golden Body Stasis.


    Golden body stagnation: Use Chakra to condense the body into a golden body, ignoring any attack and defense, and unable to perform any actions. The duration is 2.5 seconds. The skill consumes a minimum of 100 Chakra points, and the cooling time is 60 seconds.


    This skill has pros and cons.


    Once it is used well, it is invincible, and if it is not used well, it is waiting for death.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the skills rewarded by the system, and frowned: "Forget it, at least I saved a sum of money to buy equipment..."


    Uehara put away the body of Sidai Kazekage.


    The corpses of ninjas must not be thrown away, at least they will be dug up for information, and at worst they will be stolen by Yaoshidou and Dashewan.


    As for the scattered gold dust all over the floor, Uehara didn''t waste it either.


    Using the command shock wave to gather a large amount of placer gold, but there is some mud and yellow sand mixed in, and he is not interested in dealing with it.


    Panning for gold is delicate and troublesome work.


    Why don''t we wait until we find an opportunity to give it to Jiaodu and let him dig for gold in it?


    This job won''t be too embarrassing for the elderly, right?


    After careful calculation, Jiaodu is also in his eighties.


    Now that we have dealt with Rasha''s problem, we will continue to deal with Gaara''s troubles. After arresting them first, ask Nagato and Xiaonan if they need to take them back.


    By the way, Uehara also had to go to the oasis near Sand Hidden Village, trying to find a way to get the art of self-reincarnation in Chiyo''s hands.


    According to Uehara''s guess, Nagato and Xiaonan don''t want to disturb the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations for the time being, so as not to arouse the vigilance of the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations. surgery.


    It''s just that this thing is not easy to manipulate.


    It would be great if he could fight when he was born with phantom charm.


    Uehara can transform into a root ninja at any time, and he can throw any trouble directly on Shimura Danzo.


    "Let me see if fate favors you..."


    Uehara Naraku quietly activated the Fate skill, glanced at the escape route of Maki and Gaara, and showed regret on his face: "Is luck so bad? Goddess of Luck really wants you to die!"


    Although due to Luo Sha''s desperate resistance, Uehara wasted a little time and allowed them to cross the border and return to the Land of Wind.


    However, in the display panel of the destiny skills, according to the escape route of Maki and Gaara, they will most likely bump into a few people who are not easy to provoke.


    The Red Sand Scorpion, Didara.


    Orochiwan, pharmacist pocket.


    Orochimaru and Yaoshidou should have appeared in the desert of the Land of Winds, and the Red Sand Scorpion happened to find him, so Scorpion and Didala chased him.


    The art duo''s mission is to destroy Orochimaru.


    This is really no coincidence.


    Uehara Naraku opened the teleportation panel of fate, and his figure quietly disappeared in place.


    In the desert.


    Two people are confronting each other.


    The red sand scorpion took out the three generations of Kazekage puppets that were treasured, and Orochimaru also took out his own test product, the three generations of Kazekages reincarnated from the dirty soil.


    Just when they were about to start a big battle, Deidara, who was patrolling on a big bird in the air, found Gaara and Maki, as well as Uehara Naraku who was chasing them.


    Didara immediately informed the Red Sand Scorpion: "Xie Danna, someone is coming!"


    "who?"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion was immediately displeased.


    On the contrary, Orochimaru on the opposite side had a slight smile. According to his guess, the ninja who is active in this generation should be the Sagan ninja, and it is very likely that it is the fourth Kazekage Rasa.


    If Luo Sha met the Red Sand Scorpion, maybe he would still have a chance to fish in troubled waters, and even saw the Red Sand Scorpion being besieged by the Sand Ninja with his own eyes.


    "A sand ninja and a red-haired kid..."


    Deidara rested his forehead, stared at the figures flying behind Gaara and Maggie in the distance, and said loudly: "Wait... It seems that the intern kid in our organization is chasing them!"


    After finishing speaking, Didara even commented leisurely: "Tsk, what a rookie ninja, it takes so long to chase and kill a child!"


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s smile subsided, but he had seen that little fellow Naraku Uehara summon Payne directly when he disagreed.


    How did that brat come here?

 Chapter 96

    Deidara is a little ignorant.


    Naraku Uehara heard this guy despising himself from a distance, and subconsciously frowned: "Don''t be too lively, it''s easy to die."


    "Is this the attitude of interns towards regular members?"


    Didara proudly stepped on the giant white clay bird, slowly flew to Uehara''s side, hugged his shoulders and said, "If you beg me, maybe I will help you catch that bird on the ground. Two people, interns!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head.


    Did this Didara not wake up?


    The last time they were next to the dead body of Sanshoyu Hanzo, Didara offended him and Xiaonan by saying something. Seriously, if it wasn''t because Didara was a new member, the weeds on his grave should have sprouted by now.


    A person who will be killed by Uchiha Sasuke in the future, dare to provoke him?


    "Shut up, Deidara!"


    The red sand scorpion loudly stopped their conflict, he knew the relationship between Uehara Naraku and Xiao Nan, and the scorpion knew how much that woman doted on her little disciple...


    He didn''t want his new teammates to offend anyone.


    Although Deidara is a bit rambunctious verbally, he is still very qualified as a teammate.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion looked up at the two people in the air, and asked softly, "Uehara, why is Xiao Nan willing to let you come out to take risks?"


    "... Hey hey, I''m a ninja!"


    Uehara Naruto glanced at the red sand scorpion with black lines all over her head, her eyes moved slowly, and stayed on Orochimaru and Yaoshidou, as if she saw a rare treasure.


    There was some despair in Maji''s eyes on the ground.


    Unexpectedly, they ran around and met the enemy again.


    Along the way, Naraku Uehara followed behind them like a cat and a mouse, and Maggie could only take Gaara to rush all the way, ready to fight to the death.


    When Maggie saw people fighting in the desert, he thought they might have encountered the ninjas of the village, and immediately rushed over hoping to get support.


    It turns out that the ninjas here are also enemies.


    Is there anything more hopeless than this?


    However, when Maki saw the filthy soil reincarnation standing next to Orochimaru, his face suddenly became surprised and happy: "That''s the third Kazekage-sama!"


    Although I don''t know why the third Kazekage-sama, who has been missing for many years, appears here, but there is at least a glimmer of hope for Maki to escape, and the third Kazekage is very likely to be one of his own!


    And if the three generations of Kazekage can really return, it will be very lucky for them to escape and for Hidden Sand Village!


    Just after the death of the fourth Kazekage, Sand Hidden Village will soon face a situation where even Kazekage has no suitable candidates.


    Unexpectedly, the third Kazekage showed up.


    This is the ninja known as the strongest Kazekage, maybe there is hope for the revival of Hidden Sand Village?


    After the fourth Hokage of Konoha in the neighboring country died in battle, the third Hokage Sarutobi Hiruzane took over temporarily. They must be able to do the same in Sand Hidden Village.


    "Is it a ninja from the village?"


    Sandai Kazekage heard Maki''s voice, looked up and saw the ninja forehead guard on Maki''s head, and saw the red-haired little boy beside Maki, with a strange gray face.


    On one side is the rebellious ninja scorpion in the village.


    On one side is Orochimaru, one of Konoha Sannin.


    Although they don''t know why they fought, Sandai Kazekage still knows why the city gate caught fire and the fish in the pond were affected.


    Maybe Orochimaru and the Red Sand Scorpion won''t be able to tell the difference in a short period of time, but it''s still very easy for them to deal with a passing sand ninja.


    "Orochimaru."


    Sandai Kazekage''s eyes turned slightly, looked at Orochimaru and said: "Let''s make a deal! I don''t need to get rid of your control for the time being, but you have to help cover this sand ninja and his child to leave..."


    Originally, the Three Generations of Kazekage didn''t want to get involved at all.


    As a result, now that Ma Ji and the children in the village were being hunted down, he couldn''t stand by and watch.


    "This difficulty is not low."


    Orochimaru looked at Sandai Kazekage, and said with restraint: "But you must protect me and Kabuki, and take them out of here together."


    When seeing Naraku Uehara, Orochimaru didn''t want to stay here at all. The experiment of reincarnation in the dirty soil still has out-of-control defects. What should I do if I meet Payne?


    But the third generation of Kazekage actively chooses to cooperate, so it can be manipulated.


    Orochimaru also wants to see what kind of powerful combat power the three generations of Kazekage after the reincarnation of the dirt can display. What if they have a chance to fight Payne by relying on their immortality?


    Three Kazekages became a little more stable.


    Sandai Kazekage''s eyes moved, looked at Gaara beside Maki, and said in a deep voice: "Hey, why did you bring a child with you when you came out to perform the mission? After the battle starts later, you take the child and leave immediately. I will cover you!"


    "Three generations of Kazekage-sama!"


    Maki rushed over with Gaara, hesitantly did not answer Gaara''s identity, but instead opened his mouth and said, "Won''t the third Kazekage-sama go back with us?"


    "I''m already dead."


    Sandai Kazekage shook his head, his voice was a little low, and he continued: "Now I am a dead person who was resurrected by Orochimaru, and I may be controlled by him. This time I can still help you, maybe next time I will be the enemy."


    Hearing Sandai Kazekage''s explanation, Machi was a little desperate.


    The third Kazekage didn''t know Maji''s thoughts, but continued to ask: "How is the current situation in the village? Who is the fourth Kazekage?"


    "The situation in the village is okay now..."


    Maji''s face is a little heavy, and the life of Hidden Sand Village will probably last for a while, but with the death of Shidai Kazekage, the future will definitely not be easy.


    However, when the topic of the Fourth Kazekage was brought up, Machi finally gritted his teeth and said, "The Fourth Kazekage is Master Luosha... two days ago, he died in battle in the Land of Rain to protect us."


    Three generations of Kazekage: "..."


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    This news is super big news.


    Maybe it is very likely to detonate the Fourth Ninja World War!


    "Hey, don''t be so bitter and bitter."


    Naraku Uehara landed beside the Scorpion of Red Sand, looking at the few people opposite, the smile in his eyes could hardly be restrained: "I have Luo Sha''s body in my hand, why don''t you take it out and miss it?"


    How many side missions can these few people complete!


    Even Maji has a side mission!


    Not to mention important characters like Orochimaru and Yakushidou, each Konoha Sannin has more tasks than others.


    Maji raised his finger and pointed at Uehara Naraku, and explained in a deep voice: "Three Kazekage-sama, this is the guy who killed Luo Sha-sama..."


    "No way, this intern can also kill Kazekage?"


    Didara fell from the sky, his face was a little surprised, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth after a while: "Ha, really everyone should not be underestimated, it seems that everyone in Akatsuki is a monster! One day I want to try..."


    Didara is a dog, right?


    How did the face change so quickly?


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Gaara pointingly, and said softly: "If you want to kill Kazekage, it''s relatively simple, and sooner or later you will have a chance."


    "Uehara, did you really kill Luo Sha?"


    The Red Sand Scorpion was a little surprised, he slowly manipulated Fei Liuhu to look at Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "Give me Luo Sha''s body after the battle is over."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said, "Give me a reason."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion snorted, a little dissatisfied in his heart, but after thinking about the two people behind Uehara, he couldn''t beat any of them.


    Xie paused, but still opened his mouth to explain: "His magnetic escape gold dust can provide us with a lot of money, and Xiao Nan will agree."


    "Tsk..."


    Uehara Naraku clicked his tongue and threw the sealing scroll to Scorpion.


    The red sand scorpion''s reasons are really sufficient, and even he is a little hard to refute. After all, apart from the reincarnation of the dirt, only the puppet of the scorpion can be used to the greatest extent.


    The most important thing is that Xie took what he gave, how dare he turn his face and prevent him from chasing and killing Orochimaru?

 Chapter 97

    The Red Sand Scorpion took the scroll contentedly and put it away, and his attitude towards Uehara Naraku improved a lot, and he even cared a lot: "Luo Sha died in the Land of Rain, aren''t you afraid of causing trouble for Yuyin Village? ?¡±


    "Won''t."


    Uehara Naraku suppressed the smile in his heart, and said: "Senior Xie was born in Shayin Village, why don''t you tell me who is in charge of Shayin Village after Luo Sha''s death, so I can kill him again? "


    "Hmph, is that rotten village..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion snorted contemptuously, expressing his dissatisfaction with his hometown, but when he was thinking, an image of an old man suddenly appeared in Scorpion''s heart.


    His grandma, Chiyo.


    Shayin Village has long since had no successors, so they can only choose from the older generation.


    In terms of identity, Chiyo is one of the founders of Hidden Sand Village and has been serving as a high-level consultant for Hidden Sand Village. She is also the wife of the first Kazekage.


    In terms of strength, Chiyo should be the strongest ninja in Hidden Sand Village, and even he dare not underestimate the ten puppets of Kinmatsu in Chiyo''s hands.


    No matter how you look at it, Chiyo is likely to stand up when Hidden Sand Village is most dangerous.


    However, facing Naraku Uehara, who has the support of Payne and Konan behind him, Chiyo''s strength is still not enough after all, and the probability of escaping the assassination is very low.


    After pondering for a while, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion snorted coldly: "Hmph, you don''t need to deal with this matter, I''ll help you solve it! You are so far away from the Land of Rain, your teacher will be very worried about you if he finds out, right? "


    "It''s okay, I can do it."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Fei Liuhu, and felt a little like laughing, everyone really wanted to jump out and compete with him for Akatsuki''s best actor!


    Is that to help him deal with trouble?


    Uehara was too embarrassed to break Scorpio''s mind!


    What''s more, the relationship between the red sand scorpion and Chiyo''s mother-in-law is grandma and grandson, how could Uehara have the heart to watch them fight?


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion picked another reason: "After all, Hidden Sand Village is a ninja village of the Five Great Nations. If you are besieged by them, you may be in danger..."


    "How dangerous is a place like Hidden Sand Village?"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and shook his head, Sand Hidden Village is not Konoha, nor does it hide a super physical ninja like Maitkai.


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to stop Xie''s words, pointed at the people on the opposite side, and said, "Okay, Senior Xie, let''s deal with them first!"


    When they communicated, Sandai Kazekage and Orochimaru had reached an agreement.


    The Third Kazekage will rely on the advantage that the reincarnation of the dirty soil will not die, and as the main combat force, come forward to stop the red sand scorpion, Didara and Uehara Naraku.


    Maki and Gaara will run away immediately.


    Orochimaru and Yao Shidou don''t matter, they have plenty of ways to escape, and Orochimaru also wants to see for themselves the fighting advantages of the reincarnated from the dirty soil.


    "The reincarnation of the dirt has infinite chakra."


    Orochimaru stretched out his hand towards the third Kazekage, and said with a light smile: "Now let us experience the power of the strongest Kazekage in its heyday!"


    "I see."


    Sandai Kazekage nodded at Ma Ji, signaling them to run away when the battle started, and he slowly raised his palm: "Sand Iron Realm Law!"


    Because of the support of infinite chakra in his body, Sandai Kazekage released his strongest ninjutsu without hesitation.


    Sharp black sand iron sprang out one by one!


    Countless sand and iron turned into sharp blades and spread towards the enemy one after another, the speed is far faster than the throwing of shuriken!


    "Shooting is the strongest killing move?"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion manipulated the third Kazekage puppet to lay down a sand-iron shield, and said in a cold voice: "Didara, Uehara, you two, be careful, the third Kazekage can move freely in the sand-iron barrier." !"


    In an instant, a black sand-iron barrier has been set up.


    Maggie took this opportunity and took Gaara to sneak out of an empty space in the sand-iron barrier. After the two left, a piece of sand-iron spread and fell again, completely sealing the barrier.


    In this way, it is impossible for anyone to chase them.


    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Sand Iron is the Wing!"


    The third Kazekage quickly flew over the barrier, sand and iron wings quickly condensed around his body, and dense black feathers shot out from the wings!


    Surprisingly, these feathers bypassed the defense under the scorpion cloth, and seemed to have a tracking function, flying towards Uehara and the others!


    The red sand scorpion could only hastily deploy sand and iron defenses.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    However, the enemy''s attack is not over yet.


    A giant black triangular pyramid gathered in the air.


    The third Kazekage took a deep look at the Red Sand Scorpion and the others, and waved his palm violently: "Magnetic Escape Sand Iron Spinning Top!"


    The triangular pyramid spun and fell down quickly!


    No matter in terms of size or ninjutsu characteristics, it seems that it is very likely to destroy the sand and iron defense arranged by the scorpion.


    "Endless."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion glanced at Uehara Naraku and Didara secretly, and said coldly: "If it wasn''t for taking care of you two..."


    Deidara waved his right hand violently: "Xie Danna, hurry up and take down the defense, let me use art to blow him to pieces!"


    "Let me come!"


    Uehara Naraku quietly estimated the position of the third Kazekage, and slowly began to form the handprint: "Is that how the handprints of psychic techniques are formed?"


    Red Sand Scorpion: "..."


    Didara: "..."


    What are the disciples of Xiao Nanjiao?


    Why does it feel like Uehara Naraku''s psychic seal is not proficient.


    Orochimaru saw Uehara Naraku''s seal gesture every second at the edge of the sand-iron barrier. This time he didn''t panic, but had some fun: "If you come out of Penn through psychic, maybe I still have a chance to get A pair of reincarnation eyes..."


    "Ninjutsu, psychic technique!"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm fell to the ground with a slap!


    It''s just that the ground is empty, and even the seal of the connecting spirit does not appear.


    Didara''s face darkened suddenly.


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion glanced at Uehara speechlessly: "Little devil, how did you kill Sidai Kazekage?"


    "Don''t worry..."


    As soon as Uehara Naraku''s words fell, a strange-looking giant shark suddenly jumped up from the ground under Sandai Kazekage, and opened its mouth to bite Sandai Kazekage.


    The sand iron quickly turned into a defensive armor and appeared on Sandai Kazekage''s body, helping him resist the shark''s giant teeth. He didn''t take the shark to heart.


    The anticipation and tension on Orochimaru''s face dissipated immediately, and he said out of boredom: "I thought he would summon Payne, but I didn''t expect to use an ordinary shark to deal with the third generation of Kazekage. A psychic beast of this level can''t even make up medicines." Can''t be called..."


    In the entire ninja world, Konoha Sannin is absolutely qualified to judge psychic beasts.


    Their psychic beasts come from the Three Holy Lands, which are far superior to most psychic beasts in the ninja world.


    However, in the next second, the giant shark bit through the sand-iron defense in an instant, swallowed the dirty soil reincarnation of the third generation of Kazekage, and then sank back to the ground.


    Slap!


    The body of an ordinary ninja fell to the ground.


    The third Kazekage has long since disappeared, and the surrounding sand and iron barrier has lost the support of his magnetic escape chakra, and is also rapidly dissipating.


    Orochimaru raised his fingers nervously, with cold sweat dripping on his forehead: "It''s not right, I lost the connection with Sandai Kazekage in an instant, and his soul is gone! That shark just now was weird, it swallowed Sandai Kazekage soul!"


    He worked so hard to successfully experiment the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil, and he happened to have a nemesis just after he came into this world?


    Didn''t this cheat him!

 Chapter 98

    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Naraku Uehara used a weird psychic technique to instantly kill the third Kazekage. This wave of operations was completely incomprehensible.


    Not only Orochimaru didn''t understand, but Red Sand Scorpion and Didala were also confused.


    The Red Sand Scorpion asked directly: "What''s going on?"


    "I do not know."


    Naraku Uehara also shook his head in confusion: "Kisui gave me a psychic contract back then, saying that his shark psychic beast is very strong, and he can summon it to kill any enemy he encounters, but it only attacks Once it''s gone."


    "Is this the psychic beast of Ghost Shark?"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion thought for a moment.


    Didara next to him also had some lingering fears: "Isn''t that shark face a follower of Uchiha Itachi? He still has such a strong psychic beast?"


    "Yeah, I didn''t think of it either."


    Naraku Uehara nodded following Didara''s words.


    Just now, he just wanted to use the giant shark attack to try to solve the problem of reincarnation.


    After all, the reincarnation of the dirty soil is immortal and has infinite chakra. Unless someone can seal him, there is nothing to do with him.


    Even a small fly buzzing and flying around is annoying, let alone someone as big as Sandai Kazekage.


    Unexpectedly, after summoning the Void Shark, the Void Shark directly swallowed the soul of the Third Kazekage just like killing the Fourth Mizukage Yakura.


    As for why the black pot was thrown to the dried persimmon ghost... Who made the ghost grow a shark face and speak badly?


    Uehara Naraku secretly glanced at the system panel.


    Sub-quest: Defeat the Three Kazekages (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.


    The one who defeated was the third generation of Kazekage known as the strongest Kazekage, so why only 100 gold coins were rewarded? Three generations of Kazekage so no face?


    This is really a bit shabby.


    However, a fifteen-year-old red sand scorpion can kill three generations of Kazekage, so there is really nothing to mention.


    "The ugly guys in Wuyin Village really can''t be underestimated..."


    The scarlet sand scorpion''s astonishment subsided slowly, looked up at Orochimaru and Yaoshidou on the opposite side, pulled the three-generation Kazekage puppet in his hand and rushed up: "Hmph, now that the three-generation Kazekage is gone, what else do they have?" Qualified to fight with us!"


    "¡­Walk!"


    Orochimaru pulled the pharmacist''s pocket and quickly backed away.


    A smoke bomb was dropped on the ground by the pharmacist, splashing a large amount of dust, and the two of them took this opportunity to quietly disappear from sight.


    "Did they escape?"


    Didara quickly jumped onto a giant white clay bird, staring at the barren sand dunes, trying to find the traces of the two.


    Uehara Naraku opened the display panel of fate, only saw Orochimaru and Yakushidou running away quickly, he analyzed softly: "It should be the technique of hiding the earth dragon, right?"


    "That''s not easy to find..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion frowned, looked at Naraku Uehara and said, "Why don''t you and Didara go after Orochimaru, I''ll go after that Sand Ninja and that red-haired brat, and help you get rid of Sand Hidden Village. trouble."


    "Let me go myself!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said with a stubborn look: "That red-haired brat is a Jinjuriki from Sand Hidden Village. I want to take him back and give him to Mr. Xiaonan as a gift."


    "One tail Jinchuriki?"


    The Red Sand Scorpion waved away the puppet of the third generation of Kazekage, and persuaded in a loud voice: "If you catch a Jinchuriki rashly, it will easily attract the covetousness of other big Ninja villages. Payne will not agree with you to do so." of."


    After the red sand scorpion finished speaking, he continued: "There is no one in Xiao who is more familiar with the senior management of Sha Yin than me. Killing a Luo Sha will at most cause hostility in Sand Yin Village. Tirelessly sending people to harass the Land of Rain.


    Under the current situation, the information from Renzhuli from the Ninjutsu village of other big countries has not been fully obtained, and it will definitely hinder Akatsuki''s plan. "


    "Senior Scorpion."


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly, and said in a deep voice: "I will leave the matter of Sand Hidden Village to seniors, but Akatsuki''s official members must act in pairs, let Didara and seniors go together! I will go Go after Orochimaru!"


    "Are you going to hunt down Orochimaru?"


    The Red Sand Scorpion slowly turned his head, looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "That guy even finds it difficult for me, if you die in his hands, I will be in a little trouble..."


    "Do not worry!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and continued softly: "I''m just going to try it out...and if the situation is unfavorable, I will immediately flee to the direction of Sand Hidden Village to join you."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and added: "I got a piece of information from Sand Shinobi, and they are likely to invite a consultant named Chiyo from Sand Hidden Village to come out of the mountain.


    That Chiyo lives in the oasis outside Sand Hidden Village. If Senior Scorpion wants to negotiate peace in the name of the Land of Rain, you can contact her first. I guess the old man should be relatively weak, right? "


    The Red Sand Scorpion tilted his head to look at Naraku Uehara, then nodded suddenly and said, "I see, I hope you can survive from Orochimaru''s hands."


    His grandma has a weak leg!


    If they want to contact Chiyo about the peace talks, it is estimated that it will not take long for the Land of Rain to be invaded by sand ninjas all over the mountains and plains.


    They are going to use a one-tailed jinzhu force to threaten Sand Hidden Village to reach a peace agreement, forcing Sand Hidden Village to give up pursuing the trouble of Uehara Naraku killing Sidai Kazekage.


    It''s fine if it''s an ordinary high-ranking sand hidden, but Chiyo-grandmother is the most staunch ninja in sand hidden village!


    As one of the founders of Hidden Sand Village, Chiyo has never been weak to the outside world. What she has always implemented is to control violence with violence. At worst, Hidden Sand Village will be broken up by people. The big deal is to eat sand and drink northwest wind again .


    Uehara is so young!


    The red sand scorpion already had a plan in mind.


    The next thing he has to do is to detain the people of Shayin Village first, and then use the spies he has planted in Shayin Village to get the spies to suggest that the high-level officials of Shayin should focus on the overall situation and give up pursuing Yuyin Village so as not to cause more damage. Loss.


    According to Red Sand Scorpion''s understanding, if his grandma Chiyo came out of the mountain at such a critical moment, his great-uncle Ebizo would definitely follow.


    Ebizo would definitely agree to this more sensible proposal.


    The group of people separated, and Uehara Naraku left them to hunt down Orochimaru alone.


    Looking at Uehara Naraku''s leaving figure, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion made a handprint of the Magic Lantern Body Technique with his hands together, and injected chakra into his ring.


    Tiandao Payne on the other side received the message.


    After a while, the phantom figures of Tiandao Payne, Xiaonan, Red Sand Scorpion and Didala appeared in a secret room.


    Xiaonan was a little puzzled and said, "Xie, what''s the matter?"


    "There''s a little problem."


    The Red Sand Scorpion briefly reported the situation, including that Uehara Naraku had killed the Fourth Kazekage, tried to capture Izuo Jinchuriki, and that he was about to go to Sand Hidden Village to deal with the troubles left by Uehara.


    After the Red Sand Scorpion finished talking about everything, he opened his mouth and added: "I was a little worried that he would go after Orochimaru alone, but that brat Uehara decided to do it..."


    "Don''t worry."


    After listening to Tiandao Payne, he nodded and said: "It''s hard work for you to solve the troubles in Hidden Sand Village. It''s really not the right time to catch Yiwei before you get all the information about the tailed beasts. You and Mr. Didara carry on!"


    After the exchange, Payne turned off the Magic Lantern Body Technique.


    Didala looked at the Red Sand Scorpion with some puzzlement: "Xie Danna, you are very worried about that intern!"


    "Hmph, you''re still too young."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion shook his head, and manipulated Feiliuhu to climb up Didara''s giant clay bird: "That kid finally gave me an expensive material.


    But that brat was a little too pushy, and he wanted to become a full member of Akatsuki.


    But the most important thing for him to do now is to return to the Land of Rain to ensure his own safety.


    After all, Orochimaru is not something he can easily solve. "

 Chapter 99

    Just when the Red Sand Scorpion was lamenting that Uehara Naraku and Didara were too young, Uehara Naraku was lamenting that the Red Sand Scorpion was too old to turn his head around.


    Originally, chasing and killing Orochimaru belonged to the Red Sand Scorpion''s task, and he never wanted anyone to intervene, even his teammate Didara.


    As a result, Uehara mentioned a few words about the hidden sand village, and briefly tried it out.


    However, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion seemed to have really taken the bait.


    Perhaps Xie was worried that his grandma would provoke the Akatsuki organization, so he took the initiative to take over the trouble of Sha Yin Village, and agreed to Uehara''s pursuit of Orochimaru alone.


    Obviously, for him, Chiyo is undoubtedly more important than Orochimaru.


    When his relatives might be in danger, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion was obviously not calm, and he was the first member of the Akatsuki organization to release water on the enemy.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    After all, Chiyo personally raised him and taught him the art of puppetry. Even the Red Sand Scorpion, who is recognized as the strongest puppet master, has always called his grandmother the strongest puppet master.


    Family affection, for Scorpio, is indeed more important than everything else.


    "Maybe we can use Chiyo to gather the Red Sand Scorpion."


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, sighed again: "But it feels a bit like digging the corner of my teacher!


    Forget it, let''s hunt down Orochimaru first, we must complete a few tasks from him, get something, and make up for the loss! "


    At this time, the ring on Uehara''s hand suddenly felt strange.


    Judging from this situation, it seems that Nagato wants to contact him, and he needs to enter chakra into the ring to feed back.


    However, after the chakra of the ring was connected to Nagato''s ring in Yuyin Village, it was Xiaonan''s voice that came from inside.


    "Naraku."


    Xiaonan''s first sentence was to blame: "Why didn''t you pay attention to avoiding danger when you went out to perform the mission? After you met the Fourth Kazekage of Sand Hidden Village, you should report to us immediately instead of dispatching by yourself."


    Naraku Uehara patted his forehead, pointed at the ring on his finger and said, "Mr. Xiaonan, I didn''t expect Sidai Kazekage to be so weak."


    Xiaonan quite agrees: "Kazekage is really weak, even that guy Scorpio can kill the third generation of Kazekage who claims to be the strongest..."


    After finishing speaking, Xiao Nan added: "But it won''t be killed by you, right? Have you run out of detonating charms?"


    "...there''s a lot left."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a little subtle.


    The feeling he is talking with Xiao Nan now, why does it sound a bit like a parent calling to ask if the child who is going to school has run out of living expenses?


    "Be right back."


    Xiao Nan was a little relieved, but she still ordered in a deep voice: "The problem of Orochimaru can be left to Xie to solve. It is too dangerous for you to be active in Shayin Village."


    "Mr. Xiaonan, I can solve it."


    Uehara Naraku quickly assured: "And if I encounter danger, I can directly use the black stick to channel the heavenly Dao Payne..."


    These words are only used to comfort Xiaonan.


    According to Naraku Uehara''s current strength, even if he meets Obito Uchiha, he doesn''t need to psychic out of Heaven Payne at all.


    He was alone, he fought when he wanted to, and he walked when he wanted to.


    The ninja world is so big that no one can stop Naraku Uehara from fleeing.


    "no."


    Xiao Nan interrupted him, not wanting him to continue taking risks: "You''ve been away for too long this time, I''m still a little worried about you, that guy Orochimaru is not so easy to deal with."


    Although Xiaonan believes that Tiandao Payne will be able to defeat Orochimaru, according to the information she knows, Orochimaru has been hiding his strength.


    You must know that when Konan Ting Zilai also praised Nagato for learning ninjutsu quickly, he vaguely mentioned that Nagato''s talent for learning ninjutsu is comparable to his friend Orochimaru.


    Who knows if Orochimaru will have any dangerous forbidden techniques?


    "Hey, hey... Teacher Xiaonan..."


    Uehara Naraku knocked on his ring and said softly: "Can you hear it? Can you hear it? The signal here is not very good..."


    Xiao Nan said repeatedly: "I can hear it, you say..."


    "Hey, hey, can you hear me? Teacher? Can you hear me?"


    After Uehara Naraku repeated a few more words, he closed his mouth and quickly cut off the supply of chakra to the ring.


    This is Uehara''s magical skill in another world.


    The only problem is that Nagato may know the truth, but Uehara also has his own unique way to deal with it. He can say that he has been flying for too long and his chakra has been exhausted.


    Anyway, it''s just a harmless little trick.


    After a while, the ring vibrated dully a few times, as if it didn''t receive enough chakra, it finally stopped.


    In Yuyin Village.


    Xiao Nan''s expression was not very good, he clenched his fist and said, "Uehara has lost contact with him, I''m a little worried about him..."


    "Cough cough cough..."


    After Nagato coughed a few times, he suppressed the smile on his face, shook his head and sighed, "Maybe the child has grown up."


    Konan didn''t quite understand what Nagato meant.


    However, Nagato didn''t explain too much to her.


    As the producer of the ring, Nagato is also the link connecting the chakra of the ring. Does he not know if there is any problem with the ring?


    "Okay, let''s contact him again after a while!"


    Nagato lowered his head slowly, desperately suppressing the smile on his face, and continued: "Anyway, Uehara can psychic out of Heavenly Dao Payne, and I will wait for his psychic here."


    Wait until Xiao Nan leaves.


    Nagato quietly entered the chakra into the ring, and he said softly to the ring: "Uehara, if your chakra is exhausted, go find a safe place to rest.


    If your chakra is not exhausted, remember to tell your teacher when you come back, it is your own chakra that is exhausted this time, understand?


    If you encounter any danger, immediately channel the Heavenly Dao Payne, and you don¡¯t need to be too persistent to prove to us that your strength has become stronger.


    You want to become an official member of Akatsuki, I will find a way.


    Also, your teacher has been worried about you being out there by yourself.


    If there is really no way to catch Orochimaru, go back to the Land of Rain immediately, you still have a lot to learn.


    I have also experienced your age, a little rebellious and confused in my heart, and want to prove to my teacher that I have become very strong.


    But, Uehara, you have to remember that your safety is the most important thing to us. "


    The country of the wind.


    Naraku Uehara was a little confused when he heard Nagato''s words.


    He seems to have passively accepted an adolescent-style educational talk just now?


    Can this ring on his hand still leave a unilateral message? It seems that Nagato had ordered them through Payne when Hidan and Kaku were both on mission.


    What was wasted inside should be Nagato''s own chakra.


    Naraku Uehara was a little touched when he heard what Nagato said.


    He had the idea of ??healing Nagato before, and after obtaining the star infusion skill, there is basically the possibility of extending Nagato''s life or reducing the burden on the eyes of reincarnation.


    Now he must hurry up to obtain a scroll of the Palm Immortal Art, or find a way to explain the source of the star infusion?


    It seems that it can be blamed on Orochimaru?


    "Then go clean up Orochimaru first, and help them manage Yuyin Village when you get back! It may not be good to be a village head or something, but it shouldn''t be a problem to be an accountant in the village, right?"


    Naraku Uehara quietly opened the fate panel, watching the direction in which Orochimaru and Yakushidou fled. Their destination should be a secret base.


    "Go to the base and wait for them!"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure quietly disappeared into the air, and his voice gradually dissipated on the sand dunes: "When Orochimaru and Yakushi go home, you will be very surprised to see me, right? Go and search for a healing scroll!"

 Chapter 100

    In the ninja world, Orochimaru''s bases are everywhere.


    Perhaps Orochimaru has a unique economic method. Each base he builds has relatively complete facilities, and many instruments are worth a lot of money just by looking at them.


    Uehara Naraku suddenly became a little interested.


    At this moment, Uehara seemed to have returned to his school days.


    Although Orochimaru''s laboratory looks a little more advanced than a middle school physical, chemical and biological laboratory, it does not prevent Uehara Naraku from messing about here.


    It''s a pity that there are no ninjutsu scrolls here, only a few experimental diaries of Orochimaru, which list a bunch of messy things.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t quite understand either.


    After a while, it was a bit boring to sit and wait for someone.


    Uehara Naraku dug out a bunch of test tubes and beakers, and started his first journey as a ninja scientist, and it may be the last time.


    As for whether there would be any fatal danger, Uehara didn''t care.


    Anyway, Uehara might not be able to beat some people in a fight, and when it comes to saving his life, it is estimated that Orochimaru is not as good as him.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    After a while, the laboratory in the base opened.


    When Orochimaru and Yaoshi came in, they saw a scene that made them both frowned at the same time.


    Uehara Naraku was holding a test tube in his hand, and was about to pour liquid into a beaker, and there was an alcohol bottle under the beaker that was heating.


    The surprise and anger on Orochimaru''s face gradually faded, and he said happily, "Ha, I didn''t expect that there are still people who would be interested in this..."


    The next second, when Orochimaru saw the test tube in Uehara Naraku''s hand, his voice stopped abruptly, and his face changed involuntarily.


    Pharmacist Dou quickly interrupted Uehara with a loud voice, instead of asking why Uehara Naraku was here, he said in a deep voice, "Please put down the experimental equipment in your hand."


    "Shh, don''t make a sound."


    Uehara Naraku raised a finger, and said cautiously: "I''m doing an experiment now, don''t disturb my interest, and store your lives for a while."


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    This kid is crazy!


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses and said coldly: "I suggest you don''t do this, the thing in your hand will explode, and with the speed and power of its explosion, none of the three of us can escape."


    "Don''t worry, it won''t kill me."


    Uehara Naraku''s words made Orochimaru and Yakushi''s foreheads jump violently, and he poured all the contents of the test tube into the heated beaker without hesitation.


    Orochimaru scolded Uehara Naraku in his heart, and hurriedly closed his hands together to seal: "Tudun¡¤Tuliubi!"


    Originally, when Orochimaru saw Uehara Naraku, he felt a little flustered.


    Later, when Orochimaru saw Uehara Naraku doing experiments in his laboratory, Orochimaru panicked even more.


    When Orochimaru determined that Uehara Naraku was operating blindly, especially to use this messy and extremely simple experimental procedure to waste the precious chemicals he refined, Orochimaru was almost driven crazy by Uehara.


    The rigor of a scientist absolutely does not allow him to tolerate Naraku Uehara.


    This brat is really not afraid of death!


    Boom!


    The deafening explosion sounded instantly!


    The entire laboratory was almost immediately collapsed by the huge explosion!


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t deceive Uehara Naraku, the liquid in the test tube he was playing with just now was unstable, if it touched the beaker and the messy materials inside, it would be strange if it didn''t explode!


    It''s just that the power of the explosion is too great.


    The effect alone is far more powerful than the C-level Hao fireball technique.


    Orochimaru hastily used the earth flow wall technique to defend, and inevitably suffered some disasters. When they stood up from the ruins, Orochimaru and Yaoshidou were a little embarrassed, and they lost their image in disgrace.


    Uehara Naraku was relieved from the stagnant state of the golden body, without even a single hair injury, and he even commented on himself a little leisurely: "Well, a successful blasting experiment, it seems that I have the talent to become a scientist."


    "You think too much..."


    Orochimaru looked at Uehara Naraku with a ferocious and irritable face, skipped talking about Uehara''s simple and naive little experiment, and said coldly: "You little brat, you managed to find this place."


    "Yeah, I''m here to experience the life of Oshemaru senior."


    Uehara Naraku kicked a stone blocking the way away, and said with a light smile: "It turned out that I found the life of Senior Orochimaru quite interesting. Does Senior Orochimaru have any other experimental bases? I still have a few interesting little experiments I want to try." try¡­"


    "..."


    Pharmacist looked at Uehara Naraku speechlessly, and then at the whole ruins.


    At first glance, Naraku Uehara still likes science, but for the messy little experiment he just did, this guy has no scientific roots at all!


    Orochimaru stretched out his long tongue and licked his lips. After scanning around, he saw no sign of other people.


    Orochimaru''s eyes gradually became a little cold: "You are so brave, you came to chase us alone... Do you really think that you can summon Payne and do whatever you want?"


    "Feel sorry."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm, looked at Dashemaru with a little sarcasm and said, "With Mr. Payne, you can do whatever you want like this."


    But Uehara Naraku added again: "But I thought about it again, if it''s just facing Senior Orochimaru, there is actually no need to call Master Payne at all."


    "Brat!"


    Orochimaru gritted his teeth, and suddenly stuck out his palm, and the brown pythons opened their mouths and bit at Uehara: "Who do you think you are? There are many snake hands in the hidden image!"


    "Twilight Blade!"


    A purple chakra broadsword suddenly appeared beside Uehara Naraku, cutting off the heads of a group of pythons head-on, and he even waved the purple broadsword and shot it towards Orochimaru!


    The purple broadsword slammed into Orochimaru''s body!


    In the next second, Orochimaru''s body shattered instantly, turning into pieces of mud and falling to the ground.


    Earth Dun ¡¤ Earth Substitute.


    "Ninjutsu, psychic technique!"


    Orochimaru''s voice suddenly sounded on the other side, and a huge python crawled out of the psychic spell under his palm, opened its bloody mouth and rushed towards Uehara Naraku!


    Naraku Uehara flew into the air, punched the python head-on and knocked it to the ground!


    Naraku Uehara landed on the body of the boa constrictor, sighed and said: "Senior Oshemaru, don''t play with snakes in front of me, it''s not interesting... You don''t need some advanced ninjutsu, it''s hard for people to mention it to you. What interest."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku seemed to have remembered something, with a sneer on his face: "Oh, I forgot, Oshemaru-senpai only knows how to play with snakes."


    "¡­idiot!"


    Orochimaru didn''t care about Uehara''s ridicule at first, his psychological quality far surpassed most ninjas in the ninja world, but he couldn''t help Uehara''s mouth was too poisonous.


    Orochimaru is a rare full-attribute chakra physique in the ninja world, and he is determined to learn all ninjutsu in the ninja world. Basically, he is good at ordinary ninjutsu recorded in the ninja villages of the five major countries.


    What do you mean you can only play with snakes!


    Just listening to Uehara Naraku''s mocking tone, Orochimaru''s eyes couldn''t help twitching: "I really don''t know how to respect my seniors... In this case, let you, a frog in a well, see how big the ninja world is!"


    After the words fell, Orochimaru threw a shuriken with his hands!


    The shuriken suddenly flew towards Uehara Naraku with a detonating talisman.


    At the same time, a long snake appeared at Da Shewan''s feet, pulling Yao Shidou back to his side, obviously he didn''t want Yao Shidou to suffer.


    Just when Uehara Naraku was a little surprised, Orochimaru suddenly raised his head and stared at Uehara, his eyes suddenly became a little dignified, and his palms suddenly closed to seal!


    The moment Orochimaru completed the seal seal, a sneer flashed across the corner of his mouth: "Since you are looking for death, then I will use your master and apprentice''s favorite ninja tools to destroy you! Ninja... the technique of multiplying the detonating talisman!"

 Chapter 101

    Boom!


    The entire ruins set off a vigorous explosion!


    Orochimaru and Yaoshidou stood in the distance looking at the center of the explosion, with a smile on the corner of their mouths: "Using the serial psychic psychic of the detonating talisman, 10,000 detonating talismans can be channeled in an instant, which is enough to kill any enemy directly."


    When Orochimaru was learning the technique of filthy reincarnation, he naturally didn''t give up the technique of researching the technique of mutual multiplication detonating talisman used in combination with filthy reincarnation.


    For a ninjutsu genius like Orochimaru, it is not difficult to learn the mutual detonation symbol.


    The only trouble is that the price of the psychic detonating talisman is a bit expensive, and for Orochimaru, tens of millions or even hundreds of millions of money are spent in a fight.


    This fight was too wasteful.


    Except when he was learning the detonating talisman, Orochimaru deliberately kept 10,000 detonating talismans, and he never thought of using the detonating talisman technique at other times.


    After all, the most important psychic condition for the mutual detonating talisman is to stick the first detonating talisman on the enemy to trigger the psychic.


    If an enemy can be attached to the body by the detonating talisman, then the enemy is too weak to waste the detonating talisman; if an enemy is very powerful, then he must not be assassinated by the detonating talisman.


    This is a false proposition in the research of Orochimaru.


    Therefore, Orochimaru doesn''t like the ninjutsu that is a waste of money and not very effective.


    However, for Orochimaru, using the detonating talisman to kill Xiaonan''s disciple has a special meaning.


    Orochimaru doesn''t mind giving the intern a funeral.


    By the way, when Xiaonan finds Uehara Naraku''s body, let her recognize the real usage of the detonating talisman, and by the way recognize the gap between him and the strong.


    Orochimaru glanced at the fog of the explosion, and he didn''t choose to check Uehara Naraku''s body, but said: "Okay, Kou, let''s go!"


    "Yes, Oshemaru-sama."


    Before leaving, Yao Shidou took another look at the smoke from the explosion, and a trace of awe flashed in his eyes: "As expected of Master Orochimaru''s ninjutsu, even the detonating talisman can exert such a strong power."


    "I didn''t invent this."


    Orochimaru stopped, smiled lightly and shook his head, "This was researched by Konoha''s second-generation Hokage-sama."


    When Orochimaru mentioned the Second Hokage, he had a rare admiration on his face.


    Uehara''s voice suddenly came from the huge cloud of explosion smoke: "Senior Orochimaru must have a cultivation method of mutual multiplication detonation charms in his hands?"


    "I do have it in my hand, but the shortcomings of this technique are too..."


    After Orochimaru replied subconsciously, he heard that something was wrong with the voice, and he turned his head suddenly to look into the smoke.


    Naraku Uehara was coming out step by step from inside.


    Uehara patted the dust off his body, and said nonchalantly, "Since Oshemaru-senpai has what I want, I can''t let you go easily."


    This is said as if it is commonplace.


    Naraku Uehara seemed a little defiant.


    "whispering sound!"


    The corner of Orochimaru''s mouth couldn''t help but twitched, and he said coldly: "The technique of mutual multiplication detonation talisman didn''t kill you. It seems that even the forbidden technique developed by a genius like the second-generation Hokage has flaws!"


    "No, no, no... His technique is flawless."


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku quickly waved his hand, and explained aloud: "I believe that both myself and my teacher should like this technique very much... I think the one with the flaw should be Senior Orochimaru himself?"


    "How dare you speak disrespectfully to Master Orochimaru!"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and suddenly put down his hands.


    A pale green light suddenly flickered on the palm of Pharmacist Dou''s hand, adding the blessing technique of the Chakra scalpel to himself.


    After the words fell, Yakushidou rushed up in the direction of Uehara Naraku first, his palm with light green chakra was about to slash Uehara''s neck!


    This is how medical ninjas fight.


    The Chakra scalpel can be used not only for healing, but also for fighting. It is even sharper than Kunai!


    However, there are very few medical ninjas who really use the Chakra scalpel in battle, and only an all-round ninja like Yakushidou can be ingenious.


    After all, the job of a medical ninja is to save people.


    The duty of the pharmacist is an all-round spy.


    "Twilight Blade!"


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm calmly, and a purple chakra sword fell into his hand, and then he slashed at the oncoming pharmacist''s pocket!


    Slap!


    Pharmacist stepped on the ground and jumped into the air. The next moment he appeared behind Uehara, and the chakra scalpel in both hands was about to cut into Uehara''s body.


    Uehara Naraku just turned around to borrow strength, and the broad sword cut across the pharmacist''s pocket and flew away!


    Uehara looked at the pharmacist''s pocket with his fingers, and popped out one card after another, cutting the pocket''s body into bruises, and even two cards exploded, hitting the body of the pharmacist''s pocket head-on.


    The pharmacist rolled over and fell to the ground.


    Orochimaru didn''t seem to be worried about his subordinates, only to see that Yao Shidou slowly took off his clothes, his injuries were recovering quickly, and he didn''t even seem to be seriously injured at all.


    Pharmacist took a look at the other wounds on his body, and said in a deep voice: "Master Oshemaru, please be careful, my whole body is almost within his attack range.


    This brat''s strength surpasses any boy I''ve ever seen. Even if he uses Yinshang Yumi in advance, he still has no time to guard against some attacks. "


    Yin wound healing is to predict the location of the enemy''s attack, so as to heal the part that may be injured in advance, so as to minimize the injury.


    It''s just that Uehara''s attack was too comprehensive.


    "Of course."


    Orochimaru licked his lips, and said solemnly: "None of Akatsuki''s members is a simple character, even an intern can''t be underestimated..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Medicine Master Dou, and waved to him friendly: "Mr. Dou, come here, don''t worry, I will kill you at most."


    "..."


    The pharmacist''s whole body is not good.


    Does this little guy still speak human language?


    "Of course, if you are willing to surrender now, I will not kill you."


    Uehara Naraku supported his Chakra Broadsword, and said softly: "It would be a waste of talents to kill you now, and what our Akatsuki organization has always valued most is talents!"


    "yes?"


    A flash of light flashed through the glasses in the pharmacist''s pocket, he stood up and walked towards Uehara Naraku step by step: "If I seek refuge with Your Excellency, what can I get?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at him and said, "You can survive."


    "The price seems to be not bad?"


    Yao Shidou nodded in agreement, walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, then turned to look at Orochimaru: "I''m sorry, Master Orochimaru, I have to..."


    However, when Uehara Naraku was not paying attention, Yao Shidou quietly took out a small scalpel in his hand, and stabbed him in the back of the neck!


    boom!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly shorted his body and hit the chest of Medicine Master Dou with an elbow, which made the spy genius cough up a mouthful of blood.


    Naraku Uehara ignored Yakushi Dou''s cry of pain, turned around and grabbed Dou''s wrist, took the scalpel from his hand, and thrust it into his shoulder!


    Under the pressure of Uehara Naraku''s strength, Yao Shidou couldn''t help but kneel down on the ground, staring at Uehara who was full of indifference with his eyes wide open!


    "Do you think I''m a fool?"


    Naraku Uehara kicked the pharmacist to the ground, snorted coldly and said, "I knew a long time ago that a traitor like Orochimaru is not a good person!"

 Chapter 102

    One sentence can scold two people.


    Nagato will be very pleased that Uehara has really grown up.


    It''s just that Orochimaru, who was being scolded, didn''t care about it, but puffed up his palm instead: "Kill decisively, as expected of Xiaonan''s disciple..."


    "I haven''t killed him yet."


    Naraku Uehara glared at Orochimaru angrily, and said in a cold voice, "Why, do you want to redeem your most loyal subordinates with the training scroll of mutual multiplication detonation talisman?"


    "His value is not that high."


    Orochimaru shook his head, rejecting Naraku Uehara''s proposal.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed: "Actually, I think this guy''s value is higher than that of Oshemaru-senpai..."


    Throughout the ninja world, ninjas are divided into many types.


    Among them, two people can be said to have climbed up from the bottom. They neither have the powerful blood inherited from the family nor the superb ninja talent, and they only rely on themselves.


    The first one is called Maitkai, who is a fighter who can do extreme one-for-one changes; the other is Medicine Master Dou, who climbed to the top of the ninja step by step by relying on his own IQ.


    The stories of both men are inspiring.


    "Sometimes I envy you for your hard work and struggle..."


    Naraku Uehara shortly grabbed the hair of Yao Shidou, shook his head with emotion and said: "It''s a pity that my talent is too poor, and I can only maintain my life by becoming a coward."


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Although he couldn''t understand what Uehara Naraku meant, Yao Shidou could clearly feel the regret and pride in Uehara Naraku''s words.


    sorry understandable...


    But what does it mean to be a little proud?


    "Forget it, some things can only be obtained in the future, let''s collect a little interest from you now, which is better than nothing!"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head self-consciously, punched Yao Shidou in the face, and watched as Yao Shidou passed out completely.


    After all, there is still a series of side quests that need to be answered from Pharmacist Dou, especially the cultivation method of the three holy land immortal models.


    However, there is also a task to complete.


    Side task: see through the spy identity of Pharmacist Dou (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward is 300 gold coins.


    Side quest: Defeat the medical ninja pharmacist (1/1), the quest has been completed, the reward skill Cell Split.


    Cell division: After death, the body will directly split into 4 pieces of cells. After 8 seconds, these split cells will start to gather again to resurrect the body. Each piece of surviving cells will resurrect 10% of life energy and chakra energy. The cooling time is 150 seconds , Chakra consumption None.


    "This¡­"


    Uehara Naraku was surprised and delighted, he had never thought that he could get a rebirth skill, although this cell division might allow the enemy to kill four Uehara Naraku with one blow.


    The possibility of using this skill should be very small, right?


    "Okay, the pre-dinner snack is over."


    Uehara Naraku kicked the tool man Yao Shidou aside, twisted his shoulders, turned and looked at Orochimaru: "Now we can eat dinner!"


    "I really underestimated you all the time, Uehara-kun..."


    Orochimaru''s eyes gradually became serious, his fingers gradually closed, and in the next second he threw a shuriken towards Uehara Naraku.


    Orochimaru''s palms were quickly closed to complete the seal, and he shouted coldly: "Ninjutsu Shuriken Shadow Cloning Technique!"


    The shuriken flying in the air quickly split into a group of shurikens!


    Orochimaru didn''t stop at all, just continued to join hands together to make mudras, bursting out bursts of flames: "Fire Escape¡¤Fengxian Fire Art!"


    Every ball of raging flames quickly attached to the shuriken and flew towards Naraku Uehara.


    Even if the flame is extinguished, the shuriken can still cause cutting effects.


    "Isn''t this Uchiha Itachi''s Impatiens Claw Red?"


    Uehara Naraku opened his eyes wide and looked at the flying shuriken flames, and quickly began to seal and release ninjutsu: "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Barrier!"


    A wall of wind blew up, stopping the shuriken flames.


    Orochimaru just regarded this combination of ninjutsu as a feint attack, the real killing move was still underneath, and there was a coldness in his eyes: "Ninjutsu - To play Lu Jia!"


    Two pythons suddenly flew out from the ground on both sides of Uehara!


    Uehara Naraku summoned the purple chakra broadsword, waved and chopped off two pythons, and his face was a little unhappy: "Senior Orochimaru, don''t play snakes in front of you? This will reduce my favor with you. "


    "Little devil, don''t talk nonsense."


    Orochimaru snorted coldly, and when he saw him, he started shouting and killing, as if Naraku Uehara had a crush on him.


    Orochimaru leaned over and lay on the ground, and countless long snakes spewed out from his mouth: "Ninja Formation of Ten Thousand Snakes!"


    A group of long snakes rushed towards Uehara Naraku''s direction!


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    Just looking at the number of them made Uehara feel his scalp go numb!


    Ordinary people would subconsciously not want to touch a snake when they saw a snake, but now there are thousands of snakes hissing towards him.


    Halfway through, each snake spit out a sharp sword from its mouth, which made them look much more pleasing to the eye...


    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin!"


    Naraku Uehara raised his right hand, a cloud of wind and storm quickly gathered, and lightning bolts fell down quickly, and these long snakes turned into cokes in a few seconds.


    Orochimaru didn''t care about his ninjutsu being cracked by Uehara Naraku, he just looked at Uehara Naraku with some doubts: "Is that... Muji Ninjutsu?"


    This is amazing!


    There are very few Muji ninjutsu in the ninja world. Like the powerful thunder escape ninjutsu just now, there must be at least a dozen handprints.


    "Oh, did you forget to seal it just now?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, closed his palms, and continued in a deep voice: "Now I''ll make a beautiful handprint for you to see..."


    "Do you think I''m an idiot?"


    After Orochimaru cursed angrily, his neck stretched suddenly, and he said softly: "But now, to me, you already have a different value..."


    A slender neck flew over with Orochimaru''s head!


    According to the chakra theory of the ninja world, the more chakra a ninja can use, the fewer auxiliary seal gestures they can use when using ninjutsu.


    Except for some blood ninjas.


    There was a flash of madness in Orochimaru''s flying head, and four of his teeth gradually became sharper: "Before I get the body I want, I will use you as a spare... If you can survive Words! Illusion, the art of seeing Naraku!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly fell into confusion.


    However, the next second of purification, the control of the illusion was released, and Naraku Uehara kicked Orochimaru with his body!


    Boom!


    Orochimaru''s neck was kicked by Uehara!


    The soft neck presents an incredible angle, as if flying Orochimaru''s head and body out at the same time like a slingshot!


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a bit unsightly, looking at Orochimaru who retracted his neck again, he said coldly: "Don''t come near me, dirty."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru smiled and twisted his neck, his body stretched rapidly, his head gradually became a bit hideous, and small white snakes began to emerge from his body, and the whole person slowly turned into a big white phosphorous snake !


    Orochimaru''s voice was a little rough, spitting out a long snake core: "Little ghost, don''t worry, we will merge into one after a while..."


    "Shut up, go Duskblade!"


    Uehara Naraku threw out the purple broadsword in his hand!


    The Chakra Broadsword drew an arc in the air, and while Orochimaru was still talking, it slammed into his neck, nailing the white phosphorous snake to the ground.


    Naraku Uehara stepped on Orochimaru''s body, and said coldly: "Senior Orochimaru, if you still use ninjutsu, maybe I will find it troublesome... But who are you looking down on with the white phosphorous Orochi?"


    Even Sasuke can''t deal with this snake!


    Obviously insulting his strength!

 Chapter 103

    The white phosphorous serpent seemed to be motionless.


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and his expression was a little unsightly. He kicked the head of the white phosphorous snake: "Isn''t it just like this?"


    In the next second, Uehara Naraku''s face changed suddenly, he pulled out the purple chakra broadsword abruptly, and the white phosphorous snake turned out to be just an empty shell!


    What are you kidding?


    Orochimaru directly turned into a white phosphorous snake, leaving such an empty shell, is it for escape?


    A hand suddenly stretched out from the ground, tightly grasping Uehara Naraku''s ankle: "I''ve got you, brat! Earth Dungeon Heart Beheading Technique!"


    "It''s too insidious!"


    Uehara Naraku was caught off guard and was pulled underground by such a C-level ninjutsu, leaving only one head still on the ground.


    Damn, there is such a thing.


    He actually got a heart beheading technique.


    Naraku Uehara almost spat out a mouthful of blood. He had only seen the insidious genius ninja like Itachi Uchiha some time ago. How could he forget it when he was fighting Orochimaru?


    This guy is much more sinister than Uchiha Itachi.


    "I''m not willing to kill you, brat!"


    Orochimaru just chuckled, and after licking his lips, his whole body suddenly turned into countless little white snakes, swarming towards Naraku Uehara on the ground.


    Orochimaru wants to absorb Uehara Naraku.


    In the next second, the white snakes swarmed up, and Naraku Uehara was nowhere to be seen on the ground, and the group of white snakes could only gather again to take the shape of Orochimaru.


    Orochimaru''s palm quickly slapped the ground, sensing the Chakra in the soil, and his brows couldn''t help but frown: "...What''s going on? Can''t you sense that kid''s Chakra?"


    A purple light suddenly caught Orochimaru''s eyes!


    A purple chakra broadsword jumped out of the ground and slashed at Orochimaru''s neck. After being narrowly avoided by him, a thick and long wound was cut on his chest, and the blood was almost gushing. out!


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his hand and stuck a detonating talisman on Orochimaru''s wound. At first glance, he thought it was a large band-aid.


    "Boom!"


    Naraku Uehara reappeared in front of Orochimaru, and even opened his mouth to dub the explosion of the detonating symbol.


    Boom!


    The detonating talisman exploded instantly!


    Orochimaru was blown out of the body, blood and flesh flying around!


    However, after one detonating talisman was detonated, ten detonating talismans were psychically produced.


    When Orochimaru saw the appearance of ten detonating talismans, he opened his eyes wide in disbelief, and a trace of fear flashed inside: "This is... the technique of multiplying detonating talismans?"


    "I don''t know about the technique of using detonating talismans with each other, but this is my own trick for playing detonating talismans."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm, with a very magnanimous look: "Senior Orochimaru gave me 10,000 detonating charms just now, we Xiao people never owe favors in doing things, now I will pay you back ten times, we The two evened out."


    Ten detonating talismans channeled another hundred detonating talismans, and in an instant, 100,000 detonating talismans were psychically produced in this area, sticking tightly around Orochimaru.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Orochimaru sighed helplessly: "I thought I overestimated you enough, but I didn''t expect..."


    At this moment, even the Serpent Flow Substitution Technique couldn''t protect him!


    Then there is only the last technique that can never die!


    "The Art of Eight Qi!"


    Orochimaru''s figure swelled instantly, turning into a Yamata no Orochi tens of meters high, with eight huge heads shaking constantly, and they neighed back and forth on one body!


    This is the ultimate forbidden technique of Orochimaru!


    The power of the Eight Qi Art is comparable to that of the Tailed Beast. As long as there is still a head, it will not die.


    At this moment, Orochimaru is Yamata no Orochi.


    After the explosion of the detonating talisman resounded, the heads of Yamata no Orochi fell to the ground one by one, and the body of Orochimaru spit out from one of the heads.


    It''s just that Orochimaru seems a little weak now, and this life-saving ninjutsu has consumed a lot of his chakra and physical strength.


    Uehara Naraku said with great interest: "I thought Senior Orochimaru would use such a powerful technique to attack me!"


    "Humph¡­"


    Orochimaru just gritted his teeth and didn''t answer, he folded his palms together and started the psychic seal: "Ninja, psychic art!"


    Now he is not able to skillfully use the Eight Qi Technique, which can easily cause his body to lose control and cause internal collapse. Instead of using the Eight Qi Technique forcibly, it is better to summon another big guy!


    "Come out! Ten Thousand Snakes!"


    Orochimaru stared at Uehara Naraku coldly, slapped his palm on the ground, and a huge psychic spell appeared on the ground.


    A huge monster jumped out of the psychic spell seal!


    The huge Ten Thousand Snakes spit out snake cores and scanned the battlefield, with a hint of fierceness and cruelty in their eyes: "Oshemaru, what''s the matter with calling me out? If it doesn''t satisfy me, I''ll kill you right now." drop you!"


    Among Konoha Sannin and their psychic beasts, only Orochimaru has a very bad relationship with his psychic beast Wanshe.


    This is also related to the nature of snakes.


    They have little loyalty in themselves.


    "Hahahahaha..."


    Before Orochimaru could say anything, Naraku Uehara laughed loudly: "Senior Orochimaru, it seems that your psychic beast is not very obedient!"


    "Ok?"


    Wan She lowered her head slightly, saw the tiny Uehara Naraku, swallowed her snake core and said, "Little devil, what are you? How dare you say such things in front of me..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly flew into the air, staring at Wan Snake''s disdainful eyes, his palms slowly began to join hands and form a seal: "What are you!"


    "Is this kid calling Payne again?"


    Orochimaru''s face was a bit ugly, he hurriedly sat on top of Wanshe, began to recover his chakra, and prepared for the battle with his best posture.


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and stared at Orochimaru standing on the head of Ten Thousand Snakes recovering Chakra, the corners of his mouth hooked slightly and said: "Don''t worry, Senior Orochimaru, since you want to choose the psychic beast duel, as a junior trainee, I naturally To fulfill your wish."


    Orochimaru frowned, and murmured in a low voice: "Is it that shark that can solve the soul again? Wanshe should be able to solve that shark..."


    "Ninjutsu, psychic technique!"


    Uehara Naraku completed his psychic seal.


    A ray of light appeared from his hand, dazzlingly shooting into the air.


    Naraku Uehara was a little dumbfounded: "Why does this guy have animation effects when he comes out?"


    Just when Orochimaru was a little surprised, he suddenly saw an unimaginable spell appearing on the ground!


    The range of this spell is enough for several kilometers, so what kind of monster does Uehara Naraku want to psychic out?


    Is there really such a big psychic beast in the world?


    "The hero... debuts!"


    A dull voice resounded in everyone''s ears like thunder!


    A tall figure flew over like a meteor falling. It didn''t look particularly tall, but it made people feel full of power!


    When it landed heavily on the center of the mantra, the mantra of several kilometers shattered in an instant!


    No, it wasn''t the spell that was shattered, but the whole earth!


    On several kilometers of land, no matter whether it was forest trees or giant stone beasts, they were all thrown into the air by the force of this tall humanoid creature hitting the ground!


    The shattered earth turned into countless clods and was blown away!


    Wan Snake was not immune to being sent flying, and before it even had time to make any movements, its body was already out of control.


    There was a hint of fear in Wan She''s eyes, and he said loudly in panic: "Oshemaru, what the hell is that guy? What kind of monster did you provoke!"


    "I do not know either¡­"


    Dashewan shook his head solemnly, but when he saw that Yaoshidou''s body was also blown away, he still stretched out his arm and rescued Yaoshidou back.


    Fortunately, at this time, Yaoshidou had already been awakened by the shock, but there was a sense of fear and panic in his expression: "Ahem...Master Orochimaru, what''s going on?"


    Orochimaru didn''t answer, but watched Uehara Naraku''s body flying towards the tall figure on the ground, and said in a deep voice, "What the hell is that brat''s psychic beast...?"


    The dust from the shaking on the ground gradually dissipated.


    Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast also revealed its true colors.


    Naraku Uehara stood on top of the psychic beast he had summoned, with a bright smile on his face, and he said loudly in the direction of Orochimaru and Wanshe: "Let me introduce to you, its name is Galio. "

 Chapter 104

    Galio the Colossus of Justice.


    It was the first time Uehara summoned this psychic beast.


    It''s really because Galio''s psychic consumption is too much chakra, even now it needs to consume nearly half of the chakra.


    It was not until now that Uehara was able to recover Chakra freely, so he chose to summon Galio, the Colossus of Justice, in this battle against Ten Thousand Snakes.


    However, when Uehara summoned it, he realized that he summoned it too late.


    Creatures like Galio are really handsome!


    It is difficult for any adjective to describe how powerful Galio was at the moment of his debut.


    The sense of security brought to people at that moment even made Uehara feel that this is what a psychic beast should look like, and this should be the colossus that changed the situation of the battle by itself.


    Go to the side of the deep sea titan or something!


    It only takes Galio to keep him safe.


    When Uehara Naraku stood on it, Galio''s body also stood up slowly, and the copper wings behind his back slowly opened, as if he could protect everything under his wings!


    Orochimaru frowned tightly, staring at the tall giant stone statue: "It looks a bit like something made by the guys in Yanyin Village with earth..."


    "Then there is nothing to be afraid of!"


    Wan Snake surged his body, rushed towards the tall stone statue, and said contemptuously: "Oshewan, solve this guy, remember to prepare a hundred living people for me..."


    "Be careful¡­"


    Orochimaru hastily interrupted Wan She, and watched nervously as the tall colossus suddenly rushed towards them, much faster than Wan She.


    Boom!


    Wan Snake''s body instantly flew up!


    No, it was the stone statue that knocked its body away!


    Orochimaru pulled Yaoshidou''s body and brought him down from Wanshe''s body. His eyes were a little frightened: "That brat Uehara''s psychic beast is so powerful!"


    This stone statue surpasses any psychic beast recognized by Orochimaru!


    Even compared to the power of the Tailed Beast, it''s nothing to worry about!


    The battle was not over yet, when Wan Snake had nowhere to borrow strength in the air, Galio''s wings slammed into two gusts of wind.


    The two strong winds swept over everything around them, leaving only a vast expanse and then gathered together. The wind suddenly increased and turned into a continuously circling hurricane!


    It''s just that the strong wind stopped, tearing Wan She''s body!


    A smear of blood gradually appeared in the wind, it was the scales on Wan Snake''s body being torn out by the strong wind, and the blood flowing out of the wound was constantly blown by the wind and spiraled upward.


    "asshole¡­"


    Wan Snake screamed in pain and crawled out from the wind, and opened its mouth to bite the head of Galio''s stone statue. Wan Snake''s attack was not limited to this, its tail also suddenly stuck out, and wrapped around Galio in a circle body of!


    The huge stone statue stretched out its arms and grabbed Wan Snake''s body, and slowly raised its head to reveal its dark eyes, staring closely at Wan Snake''s head.


    Those dark eyes made it impossible to detect its thoughts.


    But this kind of unknown, but out of thin air, gave birth to a touch of fear in people''s hearts.


    Wan Snake''s body trembled for a moment, and without showing any sign of weakness, it began to squeeze Galio''s stone body with its hands, and shouted: "Bastard, I will turn you into a pile of rubble immediately!"


    Click!


    Galio swung his fist violently, with a little white light on it, and hit Wan Snake''s seven inches.


    In the next second, countless cracks appeared on Wan Snake''s body!


    This psychic giant snake, which had left many vicious names in the ninja war, was instantly beaten into countless pieces of meat, and turned into a mountain of corpses and rained blood and fell on the ground.


    The fishy smell filled the air, and people couldn''t help covering their noses.


    Whether it was Orochimaru or Uehara Naraku, their faces couldn''t help but change color, and they were greatly surprised by Galio''s strength!


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    One punch smashed Wan Snake.


    And it still looks like an unremarkable punch.


    "Wan Snake died a bit hastily..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became strange, and he couldn''t help but look down at the psychic beast under his feet: "This guy''s power...can''t be one punch Galio?"


    The huge stone statue slowly withdrew its fist, and a dull voice came out: "Excuse me, I just woke up, am I fighting?"


    Uehara Naraku''s face froze: "It''s over."


    What the hell is this psychic beast!


    Could it be possible to fight while asleep?


    It''s just that this Galio can still communicate, so it couldn''t be better.


    Naraku Uehara pointed in the direction of Orochimaru, and saw the copper wings on Galio''s back fluttering slightly, took it up slowly, and landed in front of Orochimaru.


    Galio looked down at Dashewan and Yaoshidou, nodded Dashewan with his finger, and said in a low voice, "Can I hit him once? Just once."


    "¡­no."


    Uehara Naraku flew from its body and landed in front of Orochimaru, but seeing the gloomy eyes of Orochimaru made people feel chills.


    Uehara turned his head and added to Galio: "If he doesn''t agree to my request later, you will kill him, understand?"


    "clear."


    Galio nodded.


    Naraku Uehara also nodded, and touched his chin thoughtfully: "It seems that Galio should be quite honest..."


    Boom!


    Before Uehara could finish his sentence, Galio punched him down!


    The huge fist was glowing with white light, and it hit the side of Orochimaru, and the ground suddenly cracked a gap!


    Galio looked down at Orochimaru, stretched out his huge finger and pointed at Uehara Naraku: "You will agree to his request? Otherwise, I will kill you now."


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    Watching Orochimaru fall into silence, Galio clenched his palm again, and it said softly: "You see he didn''t promise you, I''m in a hurry, let me kill him now? I''ll just hit him."


    "¡­Shut up."


    Uehara Naraku is not well.


    Why does he think that honest and honest characters are not very honest?


    Orochimaru gritted his teeth, and said with a gloomy face, "Naraku Uehara, what exactly do you want?"


    "Ninjutsu, forbidden technique."


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Orochimaru, and stretched out his palm towards him: "I don''t dislike your poor technique, hand it all over!"


    Orochimaru''s expression suddenly became a little subtle, he said coldly: "Ninjutsu is the essence of knowledge, I can''t just give it to you for nothing..."


    "kill him."


    Naraku Uehara was unequivocal.


    In front of him, he seemed to be a little boss in the society.


    Standing behind Uehara Naraku, the tall and tall Galio suddenly clenched his fist, and was about to hit Orochimaru''s head with his short body!


    "etc!"


    Orochimaru quickly raised his palm, and said in a deep voice: "I am good at thousands of ninjutsu, it is impossible to waste a lot of time telling you all the ninjutsu, at least you have to list a few important ninjutsu ?¡±


    This is just a little bit of caution.


    The kid in front of me knows what a fart!


    This ninja in the ninja world has learned a little bit of ninjutsu all his life. Many ninjutsu have never heard of their names. Most of the ninjutsu that have been popularized are D-level or even C-level ninjutsu. This kid in front of him can name a few ninjutsu names That''s fine.


    "I understand what you mean, and I won''t make excessive demands."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his fingers, and said softly: "First of all, the technique of mutual multiplication detonation talisman, palm fairy technique, dirty soil reincarnation technique, corpse reincarnation technique, shuriken shadow clone technique..."


    Every time Uehara Naraku mentioned a name, Orochimaru''s heart couldn''t help but jump.


    How could this brat hand over all the ninjutsu proposed by this brat? How could he gain a foothold in the ninja world without those unique ninjutsu!


    "Wait... I can give you the other spells."


    Orochimaru interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words in a cold voice, and explained aloud: "I haven''t researched and perfected the reincarnation of the dirty soil and the reincarnation of the dead body. When we meet next time, if I complete these two techniques, I will hand them over to you." How about here?"


    "¡­OK."


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes, and looked at Orochimaru with an innocent smile.

 Chapter 105

    Orochimaru wants to delay.


    Uehara Naraku will definitely do what he wants.


    Judging from this point in time, the two techniques of Orochimaru are indeed not perfect, and there are still big loopholes. Uehara can wait for a while.


    After Orochimaru perfects the technique in the future, he will come to collect debts.


    After a while, Orochimaru took out a few scrolls and threw them to Uehara, they took advantage of the Detonation Talisman Technique, the Shuriken Shadow Clone and the Five Elements Seal; Pharmacist Dou also handed over the scrolls of the Palm Immortal Technique, he was A serious medical ninja.


    Orochimaru stared at Uehara Naraku coldly, watched Uehara pulling those scrolls, and said in a deep voice, "Can we go now?"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head and stared at Orochimaru with an ugly face: "Senior Orochimaru, don''t have this expression, be happy!


    Also, don''t say what you shouldn''t say to the outside world in the future, you have seen it before, I can find you at any time, Oshemaru-senpai. "


    "¡­rest assured."


    Orochimaru gritted his teeth, took off the ring of sky from his finger, and was about to throw it to Uehara Naraku: "I don''t want to see you Akatsuki again!"


    "I won''t let you meet Master Payne and Teacher Xiaonan."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hands nonchalantly and said, "But it doesn''t matter if you meet other people, you can escape from their hands."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head, and asked again: "By the way, I heard that Oshemaru senior is good at the Orochi-ryu substitute technique, and he can use Chakra to recover his injuries. Is that right?"


    "Do you want to learn this technique too?"


    Orochimaru''s face became gloomy again in an instant, but he seemed to have thought of something, showing a smile: "This technique requires..."


    "I''m not someone who likes to take away other people''s knowledge."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and told Galio behind him: "Before you leave, break off the two legs of Senior Orochimaru, this is the price for his betrayal of Akatsuki; I am Akatsuki''s intern, I can''t ignore a traitor and slip away .¡±


    "Little devil, are you kidding me?"


    Orochimaru''s expression suddenly became furious.


    Orochimaru clenched his teeth tightly, and slowly raised his fingers together, looking like he might fight desperately with Naraku Uehara at any time.


    Nao Uehara retorted without raising his head: "I didn''t kill you, and it''s not like you can''t recover?"


    There is nothing wrong with saying these words.


    But for Orochimaru, it was a bit too humiliating.


    boom!


    "Shadow Clone Technique!"


    Orochimaru''s fingers closed suddenly, and another shadow clone appeared beside him.


    There was a flash of sharpness and madness in the eyes of the two Orochimaru, and they each started to join hands to form seals, the speed was dizzying.


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Dragon Bullet!"


    "Thunderbolt Thunderbolt!"


    After Orochimaru and his shadow clone released two ninjutsu seals, they looked a little proud: "Thank you for giving me enough time and opportunity to reply to Chakra...Go to hell, Thunder Dragon Ball!"


    Amidst a thundercloud storm, a huge water dragon jumped out of the storm. Lightning kept floating around the water dragon, making people afraid to approach it!


    Thunder dragon bomb.


    This is a combined ninjutsu that Orochimaru learned from the Third Hokage.


    Although Orochimaru is not very good at the fire escape series of ninjutsu, and can''t release the level of ninjutsu of the five escape Dalian bullets at the same time, but the dual-attribute combined ninjutsu of Thunder Water Dragon Bullet, Oroshemaru is still very skilled in using it.


    The thunder and lightning water dragon jumped out boldly and rushed down in the direction of Galio!


    However, the tall stone statue suddenly spread its wings, and a gust of wind emanated from its body, gradually extending its range outward.


    The strange thing is that this gust of wind seems to be moving from the outside to the inside.


    The Thunder Dragon Bullet entered the range of the strong wind in an instant, and then turned into a cloud of water and fell to the ground. The brewing Chakra entered Galio''s body along the strong wind.


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and glanced at the water stains on the ground: "Is it forbidden to use Chakra?"


    "No, it''s forbidden magic."


    After the tall giant stone statue retorted, it smashed the legs of Orochimaru with a punch, and said in a loud voice: "Then my task has been completed, can I go back and rest?"


    "random."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand.


    The tall giant statue turned into a puff of smoke and dissipated.


    Seeing the disappearance of the giant stone statue, Yao Shidou breathed a sigh of relief, and hurriedly fled further away with Dashewan on his back, at least their lives could be saved.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t go after them either. Sometimes you can''t uproot leeks all at once, you have to cut them according to the season. After all, the rewards given by Orochimaru and Yaoshidou are already too much!


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Much more than he imagined.


    If it wasn''t for Orochimaru''s poor character, Uehara Naraku really wanted to make friends with him.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Ten Thousand Snakes (1/1), the task has been completed, and reward Cassiopeia (Soul Blossom), the Embrace of the Snake with the Psychic Contract.


    Psychic Contract: Cassiopeia (Soul Blossom), Embrace of the Demon Snake, psychic consumes 3000 chakra points.


    When will the psychic contract be able to psychic snake people?


    Uehara Naraku remembers that the Embrace of the Demon Snake is a human mutation, and it is said that her eyes can instantly petrify anyone who sees her.


    Unfortunately, the Serpent''s Embrace never seemed to be able to petrify Galio.


    Originally, Uehara Naraku didn''t like this psychic contract very much, but if it is a Japanese-style soul lotus snake girl, it seems that it is not unacceptable?


    Side quest: Defeat Orochimaru (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the skill Petrifying Gaze will be rewarded.


    Petrified Gaze: Release a petrified light through the eyes, and the enemies facing you will be directly petrified. The duration is 2 seconds, the minimum consumption is 100 Chakra points, and the cooling time is 60 seconds.


    This skill is derived from Cassiopeia.


    But the control effect of this skill is strong enough!


    Side quest: Obtain Shuriken Shadow Clone Jutsu (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill is My Way! cold shadow.


    I flow profound meaning! Cold Shadow: Shoot five sharp chakra kunai in a cone shape. After the kunai hits, it will temporarily reduce the enemy''s mobility, consume 120 chakra points, and cool down for 0.75 seconds.


    "This skill...doesn''t seem to be useful?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, except for throwing kunai, which would make him look like a serious ninja in the future, this skill is not particularly powerful.


    Barely counted as a group attack skill, the cooling time is very short, and it can be cast almost infinitely instantly, but he also has card deception skills.


    It can only be said that talking is better than nothing.


    Side task: Obtain the Five Elements Seal (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward is 100 gold coins.


    This five-element seal is so unpopular, can''t even get a high reward?


    Fortunately, there is one last task.


    Side quest: Acquire Palm Immortal Art (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward skill Healing Art.


    Healing: Immediately restore 15% of life energy for you and the surrounding allies, consume chakra no, cooldown time is 120 seconds.


    This introduction is really simple and crude.


    Naraku Uehara turned a few scrolls in his hand and put them in his ninja tool bag. From then on, he can also call himself a medical ninja.


    In addition to these, he can also use the Palm Immortal Art, Shuriken Shadow Clone Art, and the Five Elements Seal directly. I didn''t expect the system to have such a hidden function!


    Probably this function should be called compatibility?


    If Uehara discovered this function early, wouldn''t he still be able to pretend to be a ninjutsu genius? It''s just that Uehara''s own strength has already taken shape, and it is difficult for ordinary ninjutsu to bring about improvement.


    As for the next itinerary, I will go to Hidden Sand Village to meet up with Scorpion of Red Sand and Didala, and ask him how he is handling the matter in Hidden Sand Village.


    "After solving these troubles, you can go back!"


    Uehara Naraku touched his ninja bag, with a somewhat smug expression on his face, and went back to give Xiao Nan the Interaction Detonation Talisman. His teacher will definitely like this gift this time, right?

 Chapter 106

    The country of the wind.


    The wind and sand outside Shayin Village is still very strong.


    The red sand scorpion used subconscious manipulation sand to control the two ninjas of Maji and Yura in the hidden sand village. Since then, the scorpion can almost be said to know the news of the hidden sand village like the back of the hand.


    Moreover, using the influence of Maki and Yura, it was proposed that after the death of the Fourth Kazekage, there would be no successors in Sand Hidden Village temporarily, and the investigation of U Hidden Village would be abandoned, so as not to cause war.


    The most important thing is that Scorpion can also use Maji to control Gaara''s news.


    One day in the future, when the Akatsuki organization collects all the information on the Tailed Beast, Scorpion will be able to capture a Jinchuriki Gaara directly through Maki.


    "Go back!"


    The red sand scorpion''s fingers moved slightly, controlling Ma Ji and Yu Liang to turn back to the direction of the hidden sand village, sealing the memories in their brains.


    "As expected of Xie Dan!"


    Didara was full of praise for the technology of the Red Sand Scorpion: "Although it is not as good as my explosion art, it still has some merits."


    "...shut up if you can''t speak."


    The Red Sand Scorpion glared at Didara dissatisfied.


    Now that the problem of the Fourth Kazekage''s death in the Land of Rain was perfectly solved, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion and Didala did not hesitate to leave here and report back to Payne.


    By the way, let Payne pass on the news to Uehara Naraku, so that the kid can go back to the Land of Rain by himself, so he doesn''t have to come to Sand Hidden Village to make trouble.


    "ok, ok, I got it."


    Didara touched the back of his head embarrassingly, and blinked at the red sand scorpion: "Respect the elderly and seniors, I still understand it very well."


    "..."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion was stuffy in his stomach.


    Didara seemed heartless. After choking Scorpion to death with one sentence, he threw his big white bird with his hands: "Xie Danna, let''s go!"


    "¡­Humph!"


    The red sand scorpion snorted coldly, and slowly climbed up Didara''s big white bird. The two sat on the big white bird and flew into the air, slowly disappearing outside Shaying Village.


    After they left.


    A figure quietly appeared from the ground.


    Uehara Naraku watched the big white bird disappear, and frowned: "Scorpion, why doesn''t this guy go to see his grandma?"


    I didn''t expect the Scarlet Sand Scorpion to be so capable.


    Uehara Naraku went to clean up Orochimaru, and the red sand scorpion had already solved the troubles of Sand Hidden Village, which was a bit bad.


    This directly disrupted Uehara''s plan.


    "If this is the case, then someone can only be blamed."


    Naraku Uehara tapped his arm with his fingers, looked up at Sand Hidden Village, and sank back into the ground.


    late at night.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Uehara Naraku secretly found out the situation in Sand Hidden Village.


    With the death of the fourth Kazekage, there are no ninjas in the entire Hidden Sand Village who can carry the heavy beam. In addition, they suffered heavy losses in the Land of Rain, so the Sand Ninjas can only ask Chiyo and Ebizo to come out of the mountain again.


    Grandma Chiyo''s prestige is still there, and she will take charge of Shayin Village as an elder advisor for the time being, and she will choose Wudai Kazekage in the future.


    As the staff officer who assisted Kazekage in managing the Anbu of Sand Hidden, Ebizo also got his original position and became the top executive of Sand Hidden again.


    The night is getting darker and the moonlight is getting brighter.


    The moonlight entered Hai Laozang''s room, and a palm quietly floated out from the wall, placing a note on his desk.


    However, when the palm retracted to the wall, a pen was thrown out, which woke up the sleeping old man.


    Even though Hai Laozang was getting older, his mind was still extremely vigilant.


    In the next second, the old man stood up, and a handle of kunai fell into his palm, and his eyes that had been slightly squinted looked extraordinarily energetic at this moment.


    "who!"


    After a while, Hai Laozang looked around his room vigilantly, his eyes stopped on the note on the table, his expression changed instantly.


    Who the hell sneaked into his room?


    And without anyone noticing, he left a note on his desk, if it was a ninja in his own village, there is still room for negotiation...


    If it''s an enemy...


    That would be too dangerous for the high-level Sand Hidden!


    The world is not what people want.


    When Hai Laozang opened the note, his expression became extremely ugly, and a drop of cold sweat appeared on his forehead, because there was a simple swirl mark drawn on the back of the note.


    That is the sign of Hidden Leaf Village.


    Hai Laozang was silent for a while, and decided to follow the words on the note. He put on his own clothes, and decided to rush to the secret meeting place on the note.


    In the oasis outside the hidden sand village.


    This was originally the retreat of Ebizo and Chiyo.


    Since they returned to live in Hidden Sand Village, this place will probably be sealed off soon, and they will return here to live in seclusion after Chiyo and Ebizo retire for the second time.


    We have an unexpected visitor here today.


    When Hai Laozang came from the village, he saw an old man with half of his body covered in bandages sitting in the room.


    Shimura Danzo, the leader of Konoha Roots.


    Shimura Danzo was Ebizo''s biggest opponent in the past, and he was also the darkness of the ninja world who had trapped Sand Hidden Village in crisis several times.


    Hai Laozang slowly sat down at the table, and said in a gloomy voice, "Long time no see, Danzo, I didn''t expect you to have the guts to ask me to meet in private."


    "Hidden Sand Village is very weak."


    Danzo Shimura poured a cup of tea slowly, and put it in front of Ebizo: "If the fourth Kazekage hadn''t died, even if the people I sent could send the invitation to you silently, I''m afraid it would be too late here now." Will it be surrounded by Anbu?"


    Hai Laozang looked down at the tea, but did not choose to take it.


    Shimura Danzo seemed to have sensed what he meant, and smiled and said: "Don''t doubt, I''m here to cooperate with you this time... Those young people in the ninja world are too irritable and always think that cooperation will harm their interests. Cooperation is the only way to achieve win-win.¡±


    "..."


    Hai Laozang was silent for a while, then sighed and said, "If you have something to say, just say it. I''m getting old and can''t stay up late."


    "very good."


    After Shimura Danzo nodded, he said in a deep voice, "I want a copy of the self-reincarnation technique that Chiyo has researched."


    "How do you know..."


    "It''s impossible to know."


    Shimura Danzo raised his head and glanced at the surprised Ebizo, and said leisurely, "Okay, the fourth Kazekage has died in the Land of Rain. I have confirmed this information. I am very clear about the amount of tasks, if you want to maintain Hidden Sand Village, you can only rely on Konoha to give you the tasks of the Kingdom of Wind."


    Ebino shook his head, rejecting Shimura Danzo''s proposal: "Don''t you have this ability? The old man Sarutobi Hiruzen is still there, so it''s not Konoha''s turn to make the decision!"


    "As long as Hiruzaru Sarutobi is dead, Konoha will naturally be in charge of me."


    Shimura Danzo showed a secret smile, as if everything was under control: "And Kazekage died in the Land of Rain, you must have had a bad relationship with the Land of Rain, do you need me to make peace for you, me and That Hanzo-sama has a good relationship."


    "..."


    Ebizo''s finger tapped slowly on the table leg.


    Sand Hidden Village just passed a resolution today, intending to make representations to U Hidden Village regarding the death of the Fourth Kazekage in the Land of Rain, and try to try to threaten Hanzo and get some benefits by the way.


    As for the war, it is definitely impossible for Sand Hidden Village to start.


    However, it depends on whether Sanshoyu Hanzo agrees to their negotiation, and Hanzo may even take advantage of Kazekage to die and attack Sand Hidden Village.


    After all, the hidden sand village is now weaker than ever before.


    "If you want the art of reincarnation, I can give it to you."


    Ebizo slowly raised his head and looked at Shimura Danzo, saying word by word: "Konoha will support our negotiations with the Land of Rain, return the mission entrusted by Konoha to the Land of Wind, and support the Land of Wind A certain amount of food..."

 Chapter 107

    Ebizo put forward a lot of conditions sparsely.


    Shimura Danzo still had a smile on his face, and after Ebizo finished talking, he said, "Your asking price is too high, why don''t we part here, and when Konoha supports Yuyin Village to attack the Land of Winds?" when will we talk again?"


    "...You won''t counter the price?"


    After Hai Laozang finished speaking, his expression became very ugly.


    If the Fourth Kazekage hadn''t died in battle now, he wouldn''t bother to pay attention to Shimura Danzo!


    He really deserves to be the most insidious and despicable villain in the ninja world. He is so proficient at taking advantage of the fire to rob. This guy Danzo will die sooner or later.


    "First of all, let me tell you about Yuyin Village."


    When Shimura Danzo said this, his face flushed slightly, but it was not so obvious in the night, and he continued: "A genius ninja who defeated the fourth Kazekage and his guards came out of Ukage Village. They The war sentiment is very high, and it is not easy for you to get peace."


    Ebizo was a little dissatisfied and said, "Danzo, you Konoha are allies of Shayin Village, so you just stand by and watch like this?"


    Danzo Shimura snorted coldly and said, "When the Fourth Kazekage invaded the Land of Rain, did you ever think that Konoha is an ally of Sand Yin? Anyway, I can only guarantee that war will not happen!"


    "..."


    Ebizo fell into deep thought.


    After a while, he finally nodded helplessly.


    Sand Hidden Village at this time cannot experience any turmoil, as long as it can get peace, it is already satisfied.


    Since they can''t get any results, it''s better to rest and recuperate for the time being, and when Hidden Sand Village becomes stronger again in the future, they can use the excuse of the fourth Kazekage''s death to invade the Land of Rain.


    "As for the task entrustment of the Kingdom of Wind..."


    Danzo Shimura obviously mentioned a topic that Ebizo was very concerned about. After all, without the gold rush of Shidai Kazekage, Sand Hidden Village can only rely on mission entrustment in exchange for funds.


    Danzo Shimura glanced at Ebizo, and continued: "Is the funds of your Hidden Sand Village going to last for a while? After a while, when the time is right and I become Konoha''s Hokage, I will return your mission entrustment. "


    "..."


    Hai Laozang immediately cast a heavy look of distrust.


    Almost none of the ninjas who dare to trust Shimura Danzo will end up in a good end. Ebizo is his old opponent, so naturally he will not believe Danzo''s verbal promise.


    "Well, how about I give you some information first?"


    Danzo Shimura tapped his fingers on the table, and said softly: "The Jonin Yura in your village is a spy controlled by others. He should be controlled by subconscious manipulation. As for the person who controls Yura behind the scenes, I don''t need to Say it?"


    "..."


    Hai Laozang''s face changed drastically.


    Yura is the ninja who is responsible for the peripheral defense in their Hidden Sand Village. If Yura is controlled by someone, it is almost equivalent to Hidden Sand Village being undefended.


    Moreover, the art of submerging the mind to manipulate sand has always been the secret skill of the puppeteer in Hidden Sand Village.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Ordinary genius puppet masters cannot come into contact with these things, and there are very few puppeteer masters who can learn the art of submerging the mind to manipulate sand, but Hai Laozang happens to know two of them.


    One of them is his older sister Chiyo.


    Obviously, it is impossible for Chiyo to use this ninjutsu to treat people in the village, so it can only be the grandson, the red sand scorpion, who was taught by Chiyo at the beginning.


    "Take this news as a bonus!"


    Shimura Danzo stood up slowly, and said softly: "If you agree with our deal, you can put ninjutsu on the table tomorrow, and I will send someone to pick it up."


    Shimura Danzo walked to the door, opened the door, and added: "If you don''t agree with our deal... No, I believe you will, because everything we do is for each other''s village."


    "I agree to your deal."


    Ebino turned his head, looked at Shimura Danzo''s old body, and asked curiously, "But when will you become Hokage?"


    "Do not worry."


    Shimura Danzo held his arm, and said seriously: "I should be sixty-five years old this year, and I should be ready soon."


    Ebizo: "..."


    This fucking is about to fall into the ground!


    At this age, what the hell is going on!


    It''s just that the news he got from Shimura Danzo was enough to pay the price of his own reincarnation, and Ebizo didn''t bother to care about the entrustment later.


    Anyway, sooner or later he will have to negotiate with Konoha.


    Instead of doing this, it''s better to listen to how Danzo is Hokage, just take it for fun!


    Shimura Danzo didn''t take it seriously at all, and continued: "The martyr is old and full of ambition. Even if I am in my seventies, I will definitely become Konoha''s Hokage!"


    Ebizo: "..."


    How come you still have a whole set?


    How could this old stuff like Shimura Danzo become Hokage!


    The initial success of the negotiation, Shimura Danzo seems to be in a good mood, he continued softly: "Of course it is not easy to be accepted by others at my age, so I can only rely on my own strength."


    Hai Laozang shook his head.


    To be honest, he still couldn''t believe it.


    Danzo Shimura seemed to know what Ebino was thinking, and suddenly said, "If Your Excellency Chiyo is willing, she will now become the Fifth Kazekage of Hidden Sand Village, right?"


    "I probably...understand what you mean."


    Ebizo''s voice suddenly became a little low and said: "Even if the third Hokage died in battle like the fourth Kazekage, Konoha has a lot of talents..."


    "I''ll kill the competitors."


    Shimura Danzo''s words seemed extremely solid and powerful. He looked at Ebizo and said, "If one day someone invites you to participate in a Konoha collapse plan, then participate; I will return it to you."


    "..."


    Ebizo was a little confused.


    "Okay, I''ll go first."


    Shimura Danzo stepped out of the room slowly, and said coldly: "If someone deceives me, I will let him realize that Konoha''s power cannot be resisted by a weak Ninja Village."


    "rest assured."


    Hai Laozang shook his head and said, "We all have some integrity."


    The two old men who each controlled the dark side of the village parted, and the negotiations between them seemed to be successful, and both got what each other wanted.


    Ebizo found Yura when he went back that night, and asked his sister Chiyo to undo the submergence technique, and learned about Scorpion from Yura.


    In addition, Ebizou strongly advocates a deal with Danzo Shimura.


    the next day.


    A hideaway in this oasis.


    A young ninja stepped into the door, picked up a scroll from the table, and a mysterious smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "I didn''t expect that Shimura Danzo''s identity is quite easy to use, and there is no psychological barrier to use it. Anyway, he can''t wash it clean anymore, so it doesn''t matter if he takes a few more scapegoats!"


    Yes.


    The person who negotiated with Ebino last night was Shimura Danzo after Uehara Naraku transformed into a natural phantom. He conquered Ebino with his superb acting skills.


    "Sure enough, I''m a genius."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face became more and more intense.


    Side quest: Obtain reincarnation (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill is Back in Time.


    Back in time: Cast a time spell for protection on the target, which lasts for 5 seconds; if the target dies within 5 seconds, the target''s life state will be reversed to revive, the skill consumes 125 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 60 seconds.


    This skill is not a real time reversal, but a resurrection skill prepared in advance, which can be called a real magic skill.


    It is a pity that the dead cannot be resurrected.


    The resurrection can only be prepared for the living in advance.


    "The golden body freezes, the cells divide, time goes back..."


    Uehara Naraku himself couldn''t help but smiled wryly: "Now with so many life-saving skills, it''s really hard to die!"


    The most important thing is that this skill can be used to protect other people, so that Uehara Naraku is helpless when Konan and Nagato are in danger.


    Uehara Naraku touched the ring on his hand: "Well, I have gained enough this time, it''s time to go back to Yuyin Village and become my village accountant."

 Chapter 108

    Yuyin Village.


    The heavy rain in the village is still majestic.


    Since Xiaonan became an angel in the village, he began to carry out drastic reforms to Yuyin Village, building an orphanage and a ninja school.


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro just caught up with the last train of age, even though they have gradually learned to develop blood succession ninjutsu, under Xiaonan''s order, the two had to enter the ninja school to set an example for their juniors.


    Today, Xiao Nan happened to be supervising the ninja school. By the way, he guided the students to practice. Xiao Nan discovered that one of the girls was quite talented in time and space.


    This little girl is named Hydrangea.


    A piece of paper engraved with a seal emerged from Xiaonan''s palm, and he handed it to Hydrangea: "You try to unlock the seal and take out the contents."


    "Yes, my lord Angel."


    Hydrangea''s voice sounds soft and waxy.


    Obviously Hydrangea is speaking seriously and firmly, but it makes people feel that the little girl is acting like a baby. Even when she releases ninjutsu, it sounds a little cute.


    "Unsealing Technique¡¤Kunai!"


    Hydrangea caressed the white paper, and took out the kunai inside from the sealed spell on the white paper, which attracted a burst of exclamation from the surrounding students.


    Xiao Nan raised his eyebrows, glanced at Hydrangea, nodded at her and praised, "Well done, you have a talent for practicing spiritism..."


    Boom boom boom!


    Someone knocked on the window of the ninja classroom.


    Many ninja students in the classroom and Xiao Nan couldn''t help turning their heads to look at the same time, only to see a young ninja wearing a special black ninja uniform.


    "Naraku!"


    There was a smile on the corner of Xiaonan''s mouth, and just as she was about to go out to meet her returning disciple, she saw Uehara Naraku opened the window and jumped in.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Hydrangea inexplicably, and then turned to Xiaonan and said, "Teacher, I''m actually very talented in practicing spiritism!"


    "you¡­"


    Xiaonan was about to speak, but when she thought of Naraku Uehara entering a dangerous situation alone again, the smile on her face suddenly subsided: "Do you still know that I am your teacher?"


    "Uh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku looked embarrassed, and quickly took out a scroll from the ninja bag, and handed it to Xiaonan: "When I come back, I prepared a gift for Teacher Xiaonan, teacher, you will definitely like it."


    "This is... a ninjutsu scroll, right?"


    Xiao Nan looked at his disciple with some hesitation.


    Does this little guy Uehara Naraku know what gift to give? Where would someone give a gift like a ninjutsu scroll? The teacher Jiraiya back then couldn''t do such a thing that made people suffer from cerebral hemorrhage!


    "Wait to open it after you go back, it''s not suitable here."


    Just as Xiaonan was about to open it, Naraku Uehara grabbed her palm, shook her head slightly, and continued to smile: "But I believe, Teacher Xiaonan, you will like it!"


    The technique of multiplying detonating symbols is the most suitable ninjutsu for Xiaonan.


    As long as you have learned the technique of riding the detonating talisman, if Uchiha Obito wants to hurt Xiaonan, you must first think about how to escape from the detonating talisman formation.


    "Okay, I won''t delay the teacher''s business."


    Naraku Uehara let go of Xiao Nan''s palm, and jumped out of the window, leaving behind his voice: "I have to go and give the gift to... Lord Payne."


    The ninja students watched Uehara Naraku fly into the sky, envy showing in their eyes.


    Only Ziyanghua pondered for a while, and suddenly said: "Master Angel, is that ninja-sama just now your disciple?"


    "Yes, he is my only disciple."


    There was some warmth in Xiaonan''s eyes. She put the ninjutsu scroll into her ninja bag with great care. At least this time, the gift looked more normal than the explosive sword spray.


    It is the aesthetics and emotional intelligence of this disciple, which still needs to be studied hard.


    Hidden Rain Tower.


    Nagato lives here.


    When Uehara came in quietly, Nagato was polishing a chakra sensor, he turned his head and smiled as if aware of it: "Your teacher can''t wait to leave the village to arrest you and come back. If I don''t come back, I will be nagged by her soon." crazy."


    "Ha, does Nagato-sama also feel that the teacher is nagging?"


    Uehara Naraku smiled, walked in front of Nagato, and looked down at this man who should be a man in his prime but could only sit in a wheelchair, living his life with a skinny image.


    Nagato''s mood seemed to be getting better gradually, he shook his head quickly when he heard Uehara Naraku''s words, and said, "I don''t dare, by the way, how about the mission you performed outside?"


    "Oshemaru has escaped."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, sighed and said: "I had a big battle with Orochimaru, and his body seems to be a little bit wrong. Unfortunately, my chakra is exhausted, so I can only let him escape."


    "..."


    Nagato was silent for a while, and continued to polish the Chakra sensor in his hand: "That''s not bad, that guy Orochimaru is useless anymore, and it''s his luck to use him to prove that you have become stronger."


    "But it''s not without other gains."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm and put it on Nagato''s back, a warm chakra and life energy entered Nagato''s body.


    In just a moment, Nagato''s face was flushed with a blush.


    Nagato turned his head in disbelief, looked at Naraku Uehara in disbelief and said, "What kind of ninjutsu is this? Is it healing ninjutsu? How can it be possible to recover Chakra?"


    "Well, almost!"


    Uehara Naraku explained softly: "I collected a few scrolls from Orochimaru, some of which involved medical ninjutsu. I researched a ninjutsu from two techniques, which is barely a ninjutsu experiment."


    "What kind of ninjutsu are those two techniques?"


    Nagato''s gaze suddenly changed, and he could clearly feel the changes in the strength and life energy in his body, which is not something ordinary ninjutsu can do.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Even medical ninjutsu can only accelerate human cell division and heal injuries!


    In his situation, it is impossible to be cured by ninjutsu.


    "Well, these are two useless spells."


    Uehara Naraku patted his forehead, and said softly: "Anyway, I''m only using it superficially, how does Nagato-sama feel?"


    Nagato didn''t answer Naraku Uehara, but just looked at him coldly and said, "Uehara, this is a forbidden technique to transfer life!"


    As a ninjutsu genius, after thinking for a while, Nagato immediately understood the essence of this technique, the transfer of life energy must be a forbidden technique.


    One lives, one dies.


    "no."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head hastily, and explained aloud: "It can only be done by using Chakra, and I will recover soon."


    Nagato stretched out his palm, not believing his words: "Give me the spell you learned."


    "cannot."


    Uehara Naraku just shook his head.


    However, looking at Nagato''s stubborn face, Naraku Uehara took out two scrolls and put them on the table helplessly: "I have developed some superficial applications, which can only heal others, but not bring them back to life. "


    "...Self-life reincarnation, Palm Immortal Art."


    After looking at the scrolls for a while, Nagato tore them into pieces with a wave of his hand.


    Nagato slowly turned his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "This is the transfer of lifespan. You must not use this technique in the future. I don''t need it."


    "But we need to."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Nagato firmly, and said in a deep voice: "Master Nagato, we still have many enemies, Uchiha Obito, Shimura Danzo, Konoha, Iwagakure, Sand hidden, Kirigakure, Cloud hidden, Akatsuki''s ideal has not yet been realized!"


    Inside and outside the words, Naraku Uehara secretly brought private goods with him.


    When he was free, he put eye drops on Obito Uchiha.


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and added: "I found someone to experiment on the road, and all I wasted was my chakra. Even if my body is a little weak, I will regain my vitality the next day."


    Nagato frowned and asked, "Then what is the operating principle of your technique?"


    "Well, it''s not easy to describe."


    Uehara raised his palm and covered Nagato''s body: "Probably so, so, so, and so on, it can heal others, but it wastes a lot of chakra, and even I can only use it a few times before it will be exhausted." Chakra."


    "Speak slowly first."


    Nagato still didn''t agree, but said coldly: "You can''t try these dangerous spells in the future, and study hard with your teacher for a while."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands helplessly, and sent Chakra and life energy into Nagato''s body with star infusion, making Nagato''s face even more annoyed, and waved him away.


    However, Nagato''s body did look better.


    At least it is no longer in a state of dying at any time.


    Uehara Naraku''s gaze suddenly became a little wandering. If his guess is correct, the Chakra in Nagato''s body must have exceeded 10,000 points, right?


    Are the descendants of the Uzumaki clan so terrifying?

 Chapter 109

    After returning to Yuyin Village, Uehara Naraku''s life gradually became more regular.


    Every day, apart from practicing with Xiaonan, Uehara occasionally sneaks to Nagato to help him secretly get the star infusion a few times, and the rest of the time is spent as the accountant of Yuyin Village.


    This kind of life is quite leisurely.


    From time to time, he would meet a hydrangea who wanted to challenge his status. Uehara could tell that hydrangea wanted to become Xiaonan''s disciple.


    Uehara Nana really can''t dispel her enthusiasm.


    Since helping to manage the accounts of Yuyin Village, the people Uehara Naraku met the most were Kakuzu and the Red Sand Scorpion, because Kakuto always had channels for incoming money, and the Red Sand Scorpion successfully produced Luo Sha man puppet.


    The Red Sand Scorpion threw out a sealing scroll, looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "I''ll pay the gold dust and get my experimental funds."


    Kadotsu walked into Naraku Uehara''s office and put a box of money on the table: "I''ll pay the money and get the gold dust for selling money."


    "Fine."


    Uehara Naraku took Kakutsu''s money, took about half of it, and handed over the rest to the red sand scorpion, who took the scorpion''s gold placer scroll: "Senior scorpion, the experimental funds you want."


    Naraku Uehara took Scorpion''s gold placer scroll again, and handed it to Kakutsu: "Senior Kakuzu, this is the gold placer you want, remember to exchange it for more money."


    The job made Naraku Uehara feel like he was working as a middleman.


    Both the Scarlet Sand Scorpion and the horn looked at Uehara Naraku''s operation and were really speechless. Even if this guy is a middleman, doesn''t he know how to avoid it?


    Once these two people started to deal privately, Uehara Naraku might be passively unemployed. Fortunately, they still obeyed the rules.


    After Kakuzu and the Red Sand Scorpion left, Naraku Uehara began to practice the knot seal gesture again, and an unexpected visitor came to the door.


    Jue''s body floated out of the office.


    Hei despaired Uehara Naraku, and said in a dark voice: "Uehara, it seems that Xiaonan trusts you very much!"


    "After all, I am Teacher Xiaonan''s disciple!"


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head, looked at Jue''s figure, and said, "Senior Jue, did you come here to apply for funding?"


    "No."


    Heijue shook his head, looked at Uehara Naraku with a sinister smile and said, "I want to talk to you about Akatsuki''s future."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara''s eyelids twitched, and he looked at Jue speechlessly: "I''m just an intern of Akatsuki, and senior Jue is just Akatsuki''s intelligence agent, so we don''t need to care so much, right?"


    "No, it''s necessary."


    Hei Jue slowly stood in front of Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "It seems that Xiao Nan has something to hide from you, it''s time to tell you the truth about the existence of the Akatsuki organization...Uehara, have you heard of the Moon Eye Project?"


    "..."


    There was a drop of cold sweat on Uehara Naraku''s forehead, feeling that something was wrong.


    If I remember correctly, what Nagato and Xiaonan did was to resurrect the super weapon of Juwei, and only Hei Zehe, Obito, and Kisame Kisame knew about the Moon Eye plan extended after Juwei.


    Is Hei Jue trying to win him over to join Moon Eye''s clique?


    Now, how should he answer?


    ten minutes later.


    half an hour later.


    after an hour.


    After Uehara Naraku and Hei Ze finished talking about the Moon Eye Project, they sighed unsatisfactorily: "I didn''t expect that the Moon Eye Project that can create a new world is the true meaning of peace..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho... A peace maintained by force cannot last forever."


    Heijue looked like a teachable child, nodded at Uehara Naraku and said: "Although Madara-sama has passed away, I will still inherit his will and let the ninja world realize this kind of peace without any regrets..."


    "I will support the supreme master."


    Naraku Uehara nodded firmly, with a frenzy flashing in his eyes: "After the Moon Eye Project is completed, there will be no more wars in this ninja world, and Akatsuki''s dream inherited from Yahiko-sama''s time will be in our hands." Make it happen!"


    This is really a test of acting skills.


    Because Naraku Uehara was afraid that he would burst into laughter if he was not careful.


    Jue''s mouth bent, showing a hint of a smile: "Uchiha Obito was also a participant in the Moon Eye Project before, and he was too stupid to be liked by everyone."


    I mean it.


    Kurogetsu really doesn''t like Obito Uchiha who is always doing bad things.


    These Uchiha people always like to be self-centered, thinking that the ninja world is under their control, and what has become of it now?


    He was kicked out of the game directly!


    Heijue noticed Uehara''s surprised gaze, and continued: "But Obito is also a powerful man who can help us collect tailed beasts in the future.


    Recently, I checked his information and found that he didn''t seem to be living well. Akatsuki might be able to reuse his knowledge of the Moon Eye Project and the Eye of Reincarnation. "


    "I think so too."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and said helplessly, "Although Obito-senpai has an extreme personality, he is at least a powerful ninja... But among Akatsuki''s members, not everyone looks at Obito-senpai the way I do."


    Naraku Uehara bowed his head and pondered for a while before continuing: "Senior Jue, we can only wait for the time to mention to Teacher Konan about Senior Obito."


    "Ok."


    Heijue didn''t think Uehara Naraku could do it right away.


    As long as it is subtle, it will be able to hold Akatsuki in its own hands again. At least now it has convinced Naraku Uehara, no matter how you look at it, it is a big progress.


    Since then, Uehara Naraku has added another item to his daily life, which is to pick a suitable opportunity to apply eye drops to Uchiha Obito in front of Konan and Nagato.


    Occasionally, Hei Jue also secretly observed.


    Unfortunately, without exception, Naraku Uehara''s green tea-style speech aroused Xiaonan''s dissatisfaction even more, making Heijue a little skeptical of life.


    Until one day, Hei Jue finally couldn''t hold back anymore, and took the initiative to ask, "Uehara, is that guy Obito really so annoying?"


    "how could be?"


    Uehara Naraku showed a habitual smile: "Although he attacked me as a companion because of his identity leaking, I still think Obito-senpai is not bad, and I have already forgiven him.


    Even if he killed me by accident, it doesn''t matter, as long as the Moon Eye Project succeeds and the ninja world enters true peace, even if I sacrifice it, I won''t hesitate. "


    "..."


    Heijue''s expression was slightly weird, he looked up at Uehara Naraku, sighed and said: "That idiot Obito is really annoying."


    "Nope!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said with a smile: "Actually, except for the fact that he almost killed me by accident, he is still a very lively senior at other times, and I think he should be easy to get along with."


    "No, that''s talkative."


    Hei Ze''s face was a little indifferent, and he scolded Uchiha Obito bloody in his heart.


    Uehara Naraku was so easily persuaded by it, and Obito didn''t even think about it at the time, and wanted to kill it directly. He really was an idiot.


    After Heijue left, Uehara Naraku went to see Ghost Lantern Manyue.


    Uehara Naraku directly assigned a task to Onigiri Mitsuki: "Find a chance to go to Kirigakure Village and tell Terumi Mei that it is Uchiha Obito who has been controlling the fourth generation of Mizukage to implement the blood mist policy."


    "It''s really him?"


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    There was some surprise on Ghost Lantern Moon''s face.


    So far, Ghost Lantern Full Moon still doesn''t know the truth.


    Only Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame knew about this news.


    "It''s really him, Kisame also knows about it..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Obito has the legendary Kaleidoscope Sharingan that Uchiha Madara once owned, and it is very easy to control a single Churiki."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku handed another note to Ghost Lantern Moon: "This is the information of Uchiha Obito, you can say that you spied it all by yourself."


    "clear."


    Guideng Manyue agreed, with a smile on his sharp teeth: "Then I can just take this opportunity to meet Shuiyue."


    He had been away from Wuyin Village for a while, and he really missed his younger brother.


    However, Uehara Naraku glanced at him, and poured cold water down: "Don''t forget your plan, after you go back this time, you can make your brother hate you a little more."


    "¡­it is good."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon nodded dully.

 Chapter 110

    The wave of death of the fourth generation of Kazekage in Sand Hidden Village has not yet faded away, and another news completely detonated the entire ninja world. This news came from Kikage Village far overseas.


    Kirigakure Village issued a wanted notice about Obito Uchiha.


    Not only that, Kirigakure Village also released information about Obito Uchiha, such as age and photos, as well as his kaleidoscope sharingan ability.


    In addition to these, Kirigakure Village simply blamed Uchiha Obito on Sandai Hokage to negotiate with Konoha.


    Wuyin Village believes that Uchiha Obito should be ordered by Konoha. After the Third Ninja World War, he controlled the fourth Mizukage of Wuyin Village, mainly for the purpose of seizing Sano Isao in the body of the Fourth Mizukage. .


    There was a panic in Konoha Village.


    As a last resort, Sarutobi Hiruza finally stopped supporting Kakashi Hatake and announced the S-rank arrest warrant for Obito Uchiha.


    Overnight, everyone in Daguo Ninja Village was in danger.


    Ever since they knew the ability of Uchiha Obito, Hinjuriki had no power to fight back against Uchiha Obito alone, and several ninja villages began to become alert.


    Obito Uchiha has truly become a ninja with no place to stand.


    In Bai Jue''s small cave.


    Uchiha Obito''s face was very ugly. He had expected this day for himself, but he didn''t expect this day to come so soon.


    Originally, he wanted to declare war on the entire ninja world aggressively when everything was under control in the future, but now he has been listed as an enemy by the ninja world.


    "How did Wuyin Village get the information?"


    Obito Uchiha grabbed his hair, thinking about where he had leaked his flaws: "Bai Ze, could it be Kisame who also betrayed me?"


    After Obito Uchiha finished grabbing his hair, he looked at Jue next to him with cold eyes: "Or... did you betray me too? Hei Ze."


    "..."


    Hei Jue''s complexion was a little ugly.


    The word "also" in Uchiha Obito is used very well.


    Is it really necessary for Obito to continue to cooperate with him now? Suspicious at every turn, is indeed a ninja from Uchiha.


    Obito Uchiha is much worse than Madara Uchiha in this regard.


    Uchiha Madara completely believes that Hei Ze is his own will.


    But things have developed to this point, Uchiha Obito is so angry, it is normal to doubt this and that, after all his photos have been printed on the arrest warrant.


    One with a mask and one without a mask.


    I don''t know which bastard provided these two photos.


    "The problem of tracing the source of the intelligence leak can only be done slowly..."


    Heijue sighed, glanced at Obito Uchiha and said, "From now on, you will be unable to move an inch in the ninja world, and you can only lurk in the future to help me collect information."


    "Humph!"


    Obito slammed his fist on the table bitterly, and said in a deep voice: "This information came from Wuyin Village. All three of Akatsuki''s ninja swordsmen may be traitors. If not, let the three of them Let them all be executed!"


    "Obito, Akatsuki is no longer yours."


    Heijue shook his head, looked at Obito Uchiha in a bad mood, and sighed: "The ninja villages of the five major countries are all looking for your whereabouts, and your arrest warrants are everywhere outside."


    "They can''t catch me."


    "But it is very likely that it will hinder our plans."


    There was some dissatisfaction in Hei Jue''s words, and he said in a hoarse voice: "Obviously the opponent is here for you this time, they may not know the truth about the Moon Eye plan, we must hide and slowly investigate the information, lest all of us Everyone is exposed."


    After Heijue reprimanded Obito, he finally decided to use his trump card: "In case your activity implicates the Akatsuki organization and my exposure...Obito, don''t do impulsive things, and you must not destroy Madara-sama''s plan. "


    "I see."


    Obito Uchiha nodded with a gloomy face.


    After Hei Jue left, his hand moved to his chest little by little. Inside this heart was a spell that controlled him.


    This spell can only make Obito temporarily endure.


    In Leaf Village.


    In Naruto''s office.


    Kakashi Hatake is in a worse mood than Obito Uchiha.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi was sitting on his seat, smoking a pipe non-stop, the smoke covered his face so that people could not see his expression clearly.


    "Kakashi, I understand your thoughts."


    The slightly old voice of the Third Hokage flowed in Hokage''s office, and his tone was full of regret: "Obito still went the wrong way after all, we can no longer indulge him."


    "I see, Hokage-sama."


    Hatake Kakashi pushed his ninja forehead, and said softly: "I apply to track down the traces of Obito and arrest him..."


    "I have assigned other people to track down Uchiha Obito."


    Hiruzen Sarutobi shook his head, took a puff of his pipe and said, "Take a good rest for a while, I have arranged a new task for you, we can no longer dwell on the past, but should focus on the future of Konoha."


    "I¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi had some hesitation on his face.


    "Kakashi."


    Sarutobi Hiruzen interrupted Hatake Kakashi, and said softly: "I have already listed you in the list of mentoring ninja for next year, don''t let me down."


    "¡­I see."


    Hatake Kakashi stood up helplessly and left Hokage''s office. Before leaving, he suddenly turned around and said, "Master Third, if the students do not meet the ninja standards..."


    Hiruzen Sarutobi looked up at him and said, "Kakashi, you are the mentor of the Jnin, and you have the right to decide whether they graduate and become qualified ninjas."


    When Hatake Kakashi left Hokage''s office, he bumped into a bandaged one-eyed old man head-on, which made Kakashi feel even more depressed.


    Shimura Danzo has been active in Konoha again since he was released from confinement. According to Kakashi''s guess, Shimura Danzo should be the person in charge of Sarutobi Hiruzen''s investigation of Obito.


    When Shimura Danzo and Hatake Kakashi passed by, he suddenly stopped him: "Kakashi, don''t feel sorry for your old friend, a traitor in the village, it''s not worth picking up a wooden Ye Shangren''s future."


    "What do Danzo-sama''s words mean?"


    "I mean very simple."


    Shimura Danzo turned around slowly, looked at Kakashi''s back and said, "I hope you didn''t have anything to do with Obito Uchiha before."


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi was silent for a while, did not answer Shimura Danzo''s words, and left Hokage directly. He needed to find a place to think about it.


    Kakashi has reason to suspect that Shimura Danzo may frame him because of Obito in the future, and seek to seize Sharingan.


    A new darkness is about to fall.


    Not long after the peace of the entire ninja world started, it has fallen into chaos again, and no one can easily escape from this vortex.


    Konoha Consolation Monument.


    When Kakashi Hatake came here, he happened to see several people digging up Obito Uchiha''s grave and removing his tombstone.


    Since he is not a Konoha hero, he is naturally not qualified to be in the memorial monument.


    Hatake Kakashi sighed inwardly, put a bouquet of flowers in front of Nohara Lin''s tombstone, knelt down and supported his forehead: "Lin...what should I do now?"


    Just when Kakashi wanted to be quiet here for a while, a loud noise interrupted his thinking, as if someone had a dispute.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    "roll!"


    "This is too much!"


    "roll!"


    "Everyone is dead!"


    At some point, a yellow-haired little boy who watched the excitement suddenly appeared here. He should often play at the comfort monument, and he is not afraid of the environment here.


    It''s a pity that those ninjas who were in charge of digging the grave with soil didn''t want to see him, and pushed the little boy away, still cursing.


    "Go away!"


    "Hey, how can you do this!"


    The little boy with yellow hair waved his arm vigorously, and said a little indignantly: "How can you dig up other people''s graves!"


    "roll!"


    The gravediggers are succinct.


    Someone finally couldn''t bear it and pushed the little yellow-haired boy to the ground.


    Hatake Kakashi frowned, walked to the little boy''s side, stopped the dispute between them, and finally calmed down the land.


    The little boy with yellow hair sat beside Kakashi, and muttered with some dissatisfaction: "How can they dig the graves of dead people!


    Hatake Kakashi didn''t answer, but just looked at the little boy with yellow hair and said, "The kids of this age should all go to ninja school, right?"


    "I skipped class! Teacher Iruka''s class today is very boring!"


    The little boy with yellow hair seemed to be quite complacent about skipping classes, and didn''t realize the seriousness of skipping classes at all.


    Hatake Kakashi choked, patted his forehead, and said helplessly: "You can escape from Iruka''s class...you are really amazing!"


    Except for his appearance, this kid really doesn''t look like his father at all. The yellow-haired kid''s father is known as the perfect ninja.


    "You think I''m amazing too!"


    The little boy with yellow hair turned his head to look at Kakashi Hatake with a smile on his face and said, "Senior, my name is Uzumaki Naruto, what''s your name!"


    "...you''ll know later."


    "Oh."


    The young Uzumaki Naruto suddenly became a little sleepy, he just watched those people smashing the tombstone with soil hard, and couldn''t help but feel a little dissatisfied: "Senior, why did they dig here!"


    Hatake Kakashi touched the little boy with yellow hair, took a deep breath and said, "Because that person doesn''t deserve to stay here."

 Chapter 111

    Yuyin Village.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know what happened to Konoha.


    As a qualified behind-the-scenes manipulator, what Uehara Naraku has to do is to check his own results, and now it seems that the results are not bad.


    A wanted storm against Uchiha Obito led by him behind the scenes directly made his main task progress jump to 12%.


    Unfortunately, it can only stop there.


    This is Uehara Naraku''s last attack on Obito Uchiha this year.


    Moreover, the ninja villages of the five major countries in the ninja world condemned Uchiha Obito vigorously, but after all, no trace of Obito was found. This storm gradually dissipated as time went on.


    Time is advancing little by little.


    Uehara Naraku also has Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro as teammates, and the Ugakure team formed by the three of them has gradually become active in the ninja world.


    Uehara Naraku is also growing up day by day, becoming a naive and kind young ninja; Kaguya-kun Maro''s body is also getting better day by day; only Shiro in their team is getting more and more delicate and lovely .


    Four years passed in the blink of an eye.


    For four years, the ninja world was like a pool of stagnant water.


    It is normal for the ninja world to be so peaceful. After all, Uehara Naraku, the mastermind behind the scenes, was also trapped in Yuyin Village by his teacher.


    Except for Uehara Naraku, Uchiha has the final say on whether the ninja world is chaotic or not.


    It''s a pity that both Obito Uchiha and Itachi Uchiha seemed to be staying in a corner very quietly, and didn''t make much noise.


    But this year there will be a new Uchiha who will become a ninja.


    It is Sasuke Uchiha of Konoha Village.


    In addition to Uchiha Itachi, perhaps only Uehara Naraku will pay attention to the situation of Sasuke and the seventh class. After all, the seventh class will replace others as the first batch of leeks he harvested.


    Everything was staged as Uehara Naraku expected.


    When the seventh squad led by Kakashi Hatake performed the mission of Namikoku, the ninja they encountered was still Momochi Zabuchan''s squad.


    It''s a pity that Momochi Zabuzhan''s partner has changed.


    This time, Zabu Zhan''s partner is that fellow Ghost Lantern Full Moon.


    Taodi Zabujian + Ghost Lantern Full Moon, the two official members of Akatsuki, this is a combination that is enough to make the seventh class despair.


    Because there are few tasks in Yuyin Village, Naraku Uehara couldn''t find a suitable excuse to go out for a while. As he grew older, Xiaonan gradually began to strictly prohibit him from contacting Akatsuki''s members. The reason was that he was worried that he would be led by those traitors. Bad.


    Fortunately, there are Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro.


    Xiaonan didn''t care about the two members who were in contact with Xiaonan.


    Uehara Naraku sat on the cement pipe in Yuyin Village, reached out to take a glass of frozen juice from Bai''s hand, and asked curiously: "Will the ghost lamp full moon and Taodi not come back again? How are they performing missions in the land of waves?" Sample?"


    "From the results point of view, it''s not bad."


    Kaguya-kunmaro nodded, and said in a deep voice: "They killed Kado, and transported Kado''s money to Akatsuki''s base, but there was a small problem in the middle, the two seniors met Konoha''s Hatake Kakashi, both losers."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but shook his head and sighed: "Tsk, that guy is really 50-50!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s balance is really outrageous.


    Both of Akatsuki''s official members were defeated by him. Could it be because of Uchiha Obito that Hatake Kakashi became stronger again?


    The incident in the Kingdom of Waves has passed, and Shiro survived his death.


    Naraku Uehara completed a side mission while lying down.


    Side mission: Let Bai survive (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill Ice Barrier.


    Ice Barrier: Create a huge ice wall by freezing the air, lasts for 5 seconds, consumes a minimum of 75 Chakra points, and cools down for 10 seconds.


    Uehara no longer cared much about this kind of skill.


    During the four years, the hard work of cultivating with peace of mind in Yuyin Village finally paid off. Uehara finally made himself stronger through his own cultivation and time accumulation.


    Well, mostly growing up.


    After all, Uehara Naraku is already sixteen years old this year, and too many changes have taken place in both height and body shape. With the addition of a few side mission rewards, his strength has increased a little.


    Life energy: 8321 (standard shadow level 3000~10000)


    Chakra energy: 10045 (not within the normal standard)


    Life regen: 9/sec


    Chakra Recovery: 6/sec


    Skill Cooldown Reduction: 50%


    Gold remaining: 2730


    Just as Uehara Naraku was about to leave after listening to Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro''s report, a girl climbed up the cement pipe where they were.


    Her name is Hydrangea, and she is a ninja who just graduated from Yuyin Village this year.


    Hydrangea walked up to Naraku Uehara step by step, and said softly: "Master Uehara, Master Angel asked you to be in charge of receiving Konoha Envoy."


    "Konoha Messenger?"


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help raising his eyebrows.


    Yuyin Village has been closed all the time, and it was announced that they are still in a civil war. Generally speaking, neighboring countries have long been too lazy to meddle in Yuyin Village''s affairs.


    However, the arrival of Konoha Messenger this time is really important.


    Their purpose is to invite the Yuyin ninjas to participate in the joint Chunin exam. According to ninja theory, the Chunin exam is equivalent to an arms race in the ninja world.


    If Yuyin Village is willing to participate, they can directly send a leader of the ninja and the lower ninja who took the exam to the border of the country of fire.


    After Konoha Ninja registration at the border, a temporary pass for Konoha Village will be issued uniformly to avoid unnecessary conflicts.


    After Konoha Messenger left, origami butterflies appeared beside Uehara Naraku, and they gathered to form Xiaonan.


    Four years passed.


    Xiaonan hasn''t changed much, but has a more mature charm.


    Xiaonan raised his head and looked up at his taller disciple, with a slight frown on his brows, and asked softly, "Will there be any conspiracy in the Chunin exam held by Konoha?"


    "Shall we show how talented the Great Ninja Village is?"


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Naraku Uehara smiled at the corner of his mouth, and continued softly: "Mr. Xiaonan, help me prepare three registration certificates for chunin. Shiro and I are going to take the chunin exam."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Xiao Nan''s eyes were full of confusion: "Naraku, why do you want to take the Chunin exam?"


    Is this disciple overthinking it?


    Uehara is the future leader of Yuyin Village!


    "I want to find out about Shimura Danzo."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan who looked worried, shook his head and said in a low voice: "Teacher, there is no need to worry about safety."


    The Chunin exam is also considered a big event, and Uehara actually plans to take the opportunity to sneak out and play around, and harvest the leeks cultivated many years ago and the new ones.


    If you can¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes were dark and bright, he really wanted to try, could he use this opportunity to lure Uzumaki Naruto into blackness, and even lead him to join the Akatsuki organization.


    There are a lot of Naruto''s blackening tasks in the side missions!


    For example, a side quest where Payne and Uzumaki Naruto sit side by side in the ruins of Konoha and smoke, the rewards are definitely beyond imagination!


    It''s just that the difficulty of completing it is also very high.


    After all, minors in the ninja world are prohibited from smoking and drinking, and it is impossible for Nagato to manipulate Payne to smoke, right?


    This is very bald.


    While Uehara was still thinking hard, Xiaonan was also thinking about the feasibility of his disciples taking the Chunin Exam. It seems reasonable to take the Chunin Exam at the age of sixteen?


    If Naraku Uehara''s statement about investigating Shimura Danzo''s intelligence is discarded, it feels more like Naraku Uehara is bullying a group of children.


    As for safety issues, there is no need to worry.


    Under Xiaonan''s careful training, her disciples'' strength is not much different from that of Akatsuki''s official members, and she can also summon Tiandao Payne.


    This disciple has also been raised, it seems that he can be released to fly around?


    After pondering for a while, Xiaonan asked a question: "You need a jonin to lead the team, but it''s not convenient for me to come forward..."


    "This is easy."


    A smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face: "Why don''t you let Senior Hattori Hirakawa go with us, he is our old friend anyway."

 Chapter 112

    Hattori Hirakawa.


    A dedicated tool man.


    Since Sanshoyu Hanzo was killed, Hattori Hirakawa was the first to be surrendered, and gradually began to be entrusted with important tasks by Konan and Uehara Naraku.


    Today, he got another special task, to act as a Jonin leader and lead Uehara Naraku, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to take the Chunin exam.


    Hattori Hirakawa couldn''t understand this task.


    The future leader of Yuyin Village still needs to take the Zhongnin Exam?


    However, Hattori Hirakawa is just a tool man, he can only be responsible for performing tasks.


    In addition to Uehara Naraku''s team, there are no other ninjas in Yuyin Village who participated in the Chunin exam, because Uehara Naraku knew that the Chunin exam would not be peaceful.


    Even if the Fourth Kazekage is killed by him, the Konoha collapse plan is likely to be staged as scheduled. After all, Uehara himself is also the black hand who promoted the Konoha collapse plan!


    Back then, when Uehara Naraku traded with Ebizo under the guise of Shimura Danzo, he specifically reminded Ebizo that the Konoha collapse plan was an action to promote Danzo to become Hokage.


    Coupled with Chiyo''s mother-in-law''s hatred for Konoha...


    No matter who wants to make Konoha collapse, the current Chiyo mother-in-law will definitely bring sand ninja to help the place, this is the debt left by Kakashi''s father.


    "This is your ninja registration certificate."


    Xiao Nan handed Uehara Naraku a registration certificate and helped him sort out the Amino Ninja forehead: "How did you convince Nagato to allow you to take the Chunin Exam?"


    "Uh."


    Naraku Uehara patted his forehead and explained softly: "Master Nagato told me that he will keep Six Paths Payne on standby at any time, and he can directly channel Six Paths Payne whenever he encounters an unsolvable danger."


    This is also related to the gradual recovery of Nagato''s body.


    Liudao Payne needs Nagato to provide Chakra, but now Nagato can fully support Liudao Payne''s long-term actions under the treatment of Uehara Naraku, and there is no need to put Liudao Payne in the secret room to reduce Chakra consumption.


    Hearing Uehara''s words, Xiao Nan nodded, feeling relieved.


    However, she was still a little dissatisfied and said: "Recently, Nagato has become more and more laissez-faire with you. If you continue like this, you will spoil people. Tsunade, one of the Konoha Sannin, was infected with it because he was spoiled by the elders when he was young. bad habits..."


    "Teacher, I have grown up."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Xiaonan a little speechlessly.


    Because in the past four years, as Naraku Uehara grew up, his relationship with Nagato gradually became better and better. Generally, if you have anything to do, you can go to Nagato directly, and if you want to go out to play secretly for a while, Nagato is also needed to cover.


    How should Uehara explain this to Xiaonan?


    Under normal circumstances, the younger boys are curious about women, they prefer to play with girls; as boys get older, they realize that they are more willing to play with boys.


    Nagato seldom disturbs Uehara Naraku, only when he encounters happy things worth sharing, he will ask Uehara Naraku to find him.


    For example, the weapon modification of Shura Dao, Nagato likes to pull Uehara to test the actual combat effect every time the modification is successful. Guns and cannons are the romance of men.


    So every time Uehara saw Nagato, he was very happy.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    It''s a pity that these can''t be shared with Xiaonan.


    Xiaonan is a woman who likes to fold different paper flowers and put them in Uehara Naraku''s room as decorations, but Uehara Naraku doesn''t even understand the flower language of each bouquet.


    Compared with those beautiful paper flowers, Uehara actually prefers Xiaonan to use detonating symbols to make him a simple version of the grenade for fun.


    If it doesn''t work, it''s okay to make a dynamite bag.


    This wish is of course impossible.


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and glanced at his ninja registration certificate. The photo inside showed him squinting and smiling. He looked very friendly, and he was really a good person.


    Career advancement task: Become an official jinnin (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 100 points of life energy, 100 points of chakra.


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara doesn''t feel very good. He is already sixteen years old this year. How come there is still an advanced task? Isn''t it a big loss in the past few years?


    "Okay, the weather is getting colder, be careful at night..."


    Xiaonan babblingly instructed Uehara Naraku to pay attention, and after he walked to the meeting place with him, the gentle expression on the woman''s face suddenly dissipated.


    Konan glanced at Kaguya-kun Maro and Baihe leading the team at the meeting point to go to the Ninja Hattori Hirakawa, and said in a cold voice, "In this kind of Chunin exam, protect Naraku, understand?"


    "Yes, Lord Angel!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but patted his forehead. If something really happened during the Chunin exam, he should protect these guys!


    The tall tower in Yuyin Village.


    Tendao Payne pushed Nagato''s wheelchair and appeared by the window, looking down at the back of Uehara Naraku and his party leaving Yuyin Village, his eyes were heavy with anticipation: "Little guy, shouldering the future of Yuyin Village and Akatsuki , fly out!"


    Tiandao Payne stood behind Nagato, and calmly began to join his hands together, releasing the Magic Lantern Body Technique to summon the two members of Akatsuki who were active near the Land of Fire.


    Dried persimmon ghost shark and Uchiha Itachi.


    These two people were still a little puzzled when they received the call from Payne, and Tiandao Payne directly explained their next task.


    "Uehara went to the Chunin Exam to collect information."


    Tiandao Payne''s eyes slowly settled on Uchiha Itachi''s body, and said softly: "Your mission is to lurk in the Land of Fire, and once something happens in the Chunin Exam, immediately respond to Uehara and leave the dangerous situation."


    If Uehara is in danger, it''s not good for Payne to be exposed to Konoha now.


    Then you can only send one team member.


    Dried persimmon ghost shark was a little speechless.


    If Uehara Naraku is in danger, what is the use of him and Uchiha Itachi in the past?


    Is it to give away the head?


    Ghost Shark''s teeth are a bit sore, his boss is too good at hiding, right? Four years have passed, why did Payne still think that the intern in the organization was weak?


    "clear."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded indifferently, anyway, he also wanted to take the opportunity to go back to Konoha, to secretly meet Sasuke who had become a ninja.


    Some time ago, Momochi Zabuza was injured by Hatake Kakashi, and that guy claimed that he would kill Hatake Kakashi and Class 7 the next time he met them.


    Uchiha Itachi was a little worried about his younger brother.


    After Dried Persimmon Kisame nodded, his eyes moved slightly and fell on Uchiha Itachi, obviously he knew Uchiha Itachi''s thoughts in his heart.


    Dried persimmon ghost shark will not pierce Uchiha Itachi.


    Yuyin Village is in the light, and the Xiao organization is in the dark.


    Naraku Uehara crossed the border of the Land of Fire under the protection of light and darkness, and arrived at Konoha Village where the Chunin Exam was held.


    This is also the first time he has come to Muye Village.


    Whether it is the environment or the scenery, Hidden Leaf Village, which is located in the most fertile area in the Ninja World, is obviously much better than Hidden Sand Village, Hidden Rain Village, and Hidden Fog Village.


    "The air is not bad."


    Naraku Uehara landed on a high-rise boiler, and he had a panoramic view of the entire Konoha scenery. Under the Hokage Rock was a small red Hokage building.


    Side quest: Arrive at Konoha (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.


    Side quest: Find the best view point of Konoha in Shippuden (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward 500 gold coins.


    "This kind of mission is too attractive!"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but clenched his fingers, it is indeed the most popular place in Naruto, how many treasures are waiting for him to dig here!


    Just when Uehara was in a happy mood, Bai suddenly jumped up along Uehara''s footsteps, and said in a low voice, "Uehara, the ninjas from Hidden Sand Village are here too!"


    "I see."


    Naraku Uehara glanced down at the large number of sand hidden ninjas.


    The leader of the Jonin is still Maji, and it seems that Maji''s status has not declined too much after Chiyo-grandmother took over.


    Gaara, Temari, and Kankuro are still following behind Maki, and the rest are insignificant people.


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, smiled lightly at the corner of his mouth and said: "Tsk, it seems that I want to say hello to my old friend, lest he say something wrong here, and delay my enjoyment of this peaceful trip! "

 Chapter 113

    On Konoha Street.


    The sand ninja team who came to take the Chunin exam stopped.


    There was disbelief on Maki''s face, and he stared at Naraku Uehara standing on the side of the street with his eyes wide open, his eyes were full of disbelief.


    Uehara''s appearance has changed a bit, and Maji can still recognize his appearance from the outline of Uehara''s face. The image of that incomparable young man has long been engraved in his mind, because he killed the fourth Kazekage, and almost let him die. Sand Hidden Village fell into collapse.


    "Long time no see, Mr. Mackey."


    Naraku Uehara walked towards Ma Ji slowly, and whispered next to him: "What should be said and what should not be said, remember to be measured, understand? Otherwise, I can''t guarantee that I will let it go this time. You and Izuo Jinch¨±riki."


    Ma Ji''s body trembled slightly, and he asked in a deep voice, "You guy...what do you want to do when you come to Konoha?"


    "Of course I''m taking the Chunin Exam."


    Naraku Uehara bypassed Maki, walked up to Gaara, looked at the fierce red-haired boy, and reached out to stroke Gaara''s hair.


    Kankuro''s face changed suddenly, for fear that Gaara would run amok here, his sister even stopped him in panic: "Don''t!"


    In the past four years, Gaara''s temper has become more and more irritable.


    Even if Kankuro and Temari are relatives of Gaara, they will inevitably be afraid of their younger brother, for fear that Gaara will kill him.


    But Gaara didn''t move at all.


    The yellow sand gradually leaked from the gourd on Gaara''s back, slowly appearing to block Uehara Naraku''s palm.


    Boom!


    The yellow sand was scattered by Uehara and fell on Gaara''s body.


    Naraku Uehara patted the yellow sand on Gaara''s body lightly, and said in a low voice: "Little guy, if you also come to take the Chunin exam, then we are opponents, I hope you don''t run away too fast this time... "


    Gaara raised his head gloomyly, stared into Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and said coldly: "Let go of your dirty hands!"


    "Then why don''t you kill me now?"


    Uehara Naraku pressed his head, and smiled slightly at the corner of his mouth: "Because you know that you are weak, you can''t match me at all, right?"


    "Sooner or later I will kill you!"


    Gaara gritted her teeth.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    "Then you have to be careful."


    Naraku Uehara patted Gaara on the head, and continued with a smile: "Death is allowed in the Chunin Exam, so come on, Gaara!"


    "..."


    Gaara watched Naraku Uehara leave with a gloomy face.


    Although Gaara is becoming more and more bloodthirsty and cruel, she still has a little self-knowledge.


    Even Ichio Morikaru, who was attacking with all his strength, was hoisted up and beaten by Uehara Naraku, not to mention that he is not particularly strong now.


    This time, the Chunin exam has not yet started, and it has cast a shadow.


    "Is that guy a ninja from Hidden Rain Village?"


    Kankuro looked at Uehara''s leaving back with displeasure, and was about to untie the crow puppet behind him, but was stopped by Maki with a wave of his hand.


    Temari''s expression was also a little dignified: "That guy is too arrogant, will he be very strong?"


    "That bastard..."


    Gaara''s body gradually began to tremble, the veins on his face were exposed little by little, and a madness gradually appeared in his eyes: "Very...very strong!"


    A look of worry appeared on Ma Ji''s face, he shook his head and said: "You guys go to the hotel first, I will go to discuss with other people first, and report to Lord Chiyo."


    I didn''t expect that this Chunin exam would attract ninjas like Naraku Uehara to participate. Are the people in Konoha Hidden Village crazy?


    A character who can kill four generations of Kazekage is actually let in to take the Chunin exam?


    It couldn''t be more ridiculous!


    However, when Maki reported it to Chiyo and Ebinozo of Sand Hidden Village, Ebinozo thought that there was no big problem with this matter, and everything was still given priority to the Chunin exam plan.


    As for the fact that the guy named Uehara Naraku might wantonly massacre in the Chunin exam, Ebizo knew very well that Konoha would never allow this to happen. If it did happen, it would just turn Yuyin Village and Konoha against each other.


    In addition to Maki, someone in Konoha also discovered Naraku Uehara.


    In fact, apart from him, no one would care about a guy named Uehara Naraku on the list of ninja sent by Yuyin Village to take the Zhongnin Exam.


    It was Kakashi Hatake, the instructor of the seventh class.


    Yile Ramen.


    Naraku Uehara drank very happily.


    Now Uehara is in a very good mood. It is always easy to do tasks in Konoha, and these tasks are so easy to complete. There is a task reward for drinking a bowl of ramen.


    If there is no Hatake Kakashi next to him, he will probably be happier.


    Hatake Kakashi sat beside Uehara Naraku, holding a glass of white water, and asked aloud: "So you are a ninja from Yuyin Village... It seems that the guy with the soil has been hiding in the rain since the end of the ninja war." In the hidden village, right?"


    They met before when they were in Wuyin Village.


    At that time, Hatake Kakashi learned from Naraku Uehara that Obito Uchiha had been hiding in a small ninja village, competing with Naraku Uehara for the position of the heir to the leader.


    It''s a pity that Kakashi didn''t expect that Obito Uchiha was hiding in Yuyin Village, and he was still under the command of the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo.


    "He defected after his identity was revealed."


    Uehara Naraku put down the bowl, picked up the ramen in the bowl slowly with chopsticks, and said softly: "I don''t know anything about what happened later, and Mr. Kakashi didn''t need to ask me. An S-level traitor who dismantled it into eight pieces."


    "Uh...we''re not going to mention that."


    Hatake Kakashi frowned, clenched the water glass in his hand, and turned his head to talk about another thing: "I met two people in the wave mission..."


    While saying these words, Hatake Kakashi''s eyes were fixed on Uehara Naraku''s movements, and his voice gradually became a little dignified: "Just before that, I also met them and saw them obey your orders with my own eyes. order..."


    Hatake Kakashi was talking about Ghost Lantern Full Moon and Momochi no more cut.


    Apparently, during the wave mission, these two people caused a lot of trouble for him and the seventh class. If it wasn''t for the thunder escape ninjutsu that happened to restrain the ghost lamp full moon''s hydration technique, the seventh class would have to explain everything to the wave. country.


    "They are not our Yuyin ninjas!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, his face sullen and said: "It''s better for you to ask your S-rank rebellious ninja, ask Uchiha Obito, what he did himself!"


    "They took refuge in Obito?"


    Hatake Kakashi almost crushed his water glass, and he guessed in his heart why Uehara Naraku lost his temper through Uehara Naraku''s words.


    "Well, your Konoha''s Uchiha Obito is really amazing."


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Hatake Kakashi, and said with a half-smile: "Thanks to that Uchiha Obito, our losses can be described as very heavy, and the years of hard work in Yuyin Village were stolen by him and paid for it." .¡±


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi''s expression was a little embarrassed, he was probably sure of his thoughts, but forced to explain: "Didn''t the two children you abducted in Wuyin Village have joined your Yuyin Village?"


    "Kimaro and Shiro are not Kirigakure ninjas, they are vagrants from the Land of Water."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and after explaining seriously, he looked at Hatake Kakashi with a slightly mocking look and said, "Obito Uchiha must be your Konoha spy. Ye¡¯s situation is not so good, right? Now that he has caused us Yuyin Village to suffer heavy losses, you Konoha seniors must be very satisfied!¡±


    "How could it be? There is a peace covenant in Konoha and Yuyin villages."


    Hatake Kakashi''s eyes were subtle, but he suddenly thought of something, staring at Uehara Naraku''s face and said: "The purpose of your Excellency coming to take this Chunin exam...is to promote the power of Yuyin Village?"


    Hatake Kakashi has seen Uehara Naraku''s strength with his own eyes. When this guy was twelve years old, when he killed a group of jonin chunin in the country of water, it was like slaughtering chickens and dogs.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s strength, why would he need to take the Chunin Exam?


    "yes."


    Naraku Uehara took this opportunity to directly explain why he came to take the Chunin exam: "Because the defection of Uchiha Obito caused too much loss, the situation in our village is not very good, Master Hanzo is worried about the neighbor''s treatment of us. covet.


    Since I graduated, I have been the secret weapon of the Chunin Exams, the arms race preparation, and now I can only come and participate in the games of these brats. "


    Listening to Uehara Naraku''s words, she felt a little lost.


    A sense of the hero''s frustration emerged spontaneously, and Hatake Kakashi couldn''t help but lament the difficulty of survival in the small and medium-sized ninja village.


    If Naraku Uehara was their Konoha ninja, he would not need to prepare for the Chunin exam at all, and he would definitely be able to sit as the captain of the dark part.


    It¡¯s just that if Naraku Uehara takes the Chunin Exam, it seems that this Chunin Exam will be a bit dangerous. Kakashi Hatake wants to give up the idea of ????letting the seventh class participate.


    Hatake Kakashi sighed and said: "If you come to participate, there is no need for those little devils in my class to participate, lest they be hit too hard... Originally, I wanted them to practice in the Zhongnin Exam. Fantastic."


    "do not!"


    Naraku Uehara almost spit out a mouthful of water. If Class 7 did not take the Chunin exam because of him, what would he do with those side missions?


    Naraku Uehara''s strength has stagnated for a while, and he is waiting to harvest the leeks of Class 7 and Konoha Twelve Xiaoqiang!


    "This is Konoha, and I can''t do anything too dangerous."


    Naraku Uehara put Hatake Kakashi on the shoulder and showed a hearty smile: "How about this, Mr. Kakashi, let''s have a match between the two of us to test my current strength, and I will take special care of it whether I win or lose How about playing a good show with those little devils in your class?"


    "It''s not necessary, is it?"


    Hatake Kakashi was dumbfounded.


    "I have come from afar."


    Naraku Uehara was very determined, and he even took the initiative to propose: "Mr. Kakashi can also call your friends, and let''s discuss together.


    Whether it is Master Hanzo or Hokage-dono Konoha, they are already old, and the tasks or exchanges between the two ninja villages in the future will be carried out by us people, right? "


    "I think it''s a good idea."


    The old voice suddenly fell into the ears of the two.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi walked into the Ichiraku ramen shop with a pipe in his mouth and a Hokage hat. When he looked at Naraku Uehara, a kind old man''s smile slowly appeared on his face: "Kakashi, don''t ask me Shall I introduce your friend?"

 Chapter 114

    "Master Hokage!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s eyes froze when he saw the third Hokage, and his expression slowly eased, pointing to Uehara Naraku and said: "This is Mr. Uehara Naraku from Ugakure Village. We met by chance when we were performing missions outside. Been there once."


    "Huh? So unfamiliar?"


    Uehara Naraku draped Hatake Kakashi''s shoulders, and said with dissatisfaction on his face: "I told you a lot of information for free, is this how I treat my old friend?"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi couldn''t help but smile bitterly.


    Why is this ninja named Uehara Naraku so familiar?


    Sarutobi Hiruzen and Hatake Kakashi were in a different mood. He already knew Uehara Naraku''s willingness to take the Chunin exam, but it was just a small ninja village wanting to promote the genius in the village.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi felt a little more at ease in his heart.


    As long as there is no major trouble in this joint Chunin exam, then it doesn''t matter.


    What makes Sarutobi Hiruzen even more rewarding is that the way Uehara Naraku and Hatake Kakashi get along seems a bit eclectic.


    According to Sarutobi Hiruzen''s observation, this Uehara Ninja named Uehara Naraku seems to have a good impression of Konoha.


    A genius Amane ninja who has a crush on Konoha, if he can inherit the position of Umegashi''s leader in the future, it can''t be better for Konoha.


    When thinking of this, the smile on Sarutobi''s old face grew stronger: "Welcome to Konoha, what do you think of the scenery of our village?"


    "It''s beautiful, a scenery I''ve never seen before."


    What Naraku Uehara said was half-truth and half-false, because it was the first time for him to see the scenery that he had seen countless times in the animation, and he could complete side missions by looking at the scenery.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi knowingly asked: "Is your Excellency the J¨­nin who led the team to participate in the Zhongnin Exam in Yuyin Village this time? I have long heard that there is a genius ninja in Yuyin Village..."


    "Uh, I''m just a ninja."


    Uehara Naraku showed an embarrassing expression at the right time: "And you have to take this Chunin exam held by Konoha before you can be promoted to Chunin."


    "True strong people are often not distinguished by their positions."


    Sarutobi Hiruzen still smiled very kindly: "There are some very powerful Genin in our village, in fact, their strength is comparable to that of the J¨­nin..."


    This sentence is indeed true.


    The title of Shinobi Konoha is really not something everyone can do.


    Not to mention Kosuke Maruhoshi and Matt Dai who died in battle, just Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha right now, the future achievements should not be too scary.


    There was a smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he didn''t pick up the words, but said softly: "Yes, I just didn''t expect that Lord Sandai Hokage is as approachable as the rumors say."


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi was more and more satisfied with Uehara Naraku, and he winked at Kakashi seriously, and said softly: "Kakashi, since your friend is here, take him around the village more. Take a turn!"


    "Yes, Hokage-sama."


    Hatake Kakashi nodded, watching Hiruzaru Sarutobi''s back go away.


    After the old man left, Kakashi Hatake didn''t say a word about Naraku Uehara''s proposal for the previous discussion, and quietly changed the topic.


    "You guys have changed a lot. When you were in the country of water a few years ago, you suspected that I coveted the treasures of your ninja village and told me to get away?"


    "You were young and frivolous back then!"


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and said with some nostalgia: "Sometimes you have experienced too many things, you will have to become smoother, and I really think that the friendship between Konoha and Yuyin Village is beneficial to both of us. .¡±


    Hatake Kakashi nodded, feeling a little sympathetic to Uehara Naraku: "Peace is hard-won, and everyone really needs to cherish it..."


    After all, when he was in the country of water, Uehara Naraku was so arrogant, he unscrupulously commanded a group of rebels from Wuyin Village to besiege Orochimaru, and waved him, Konoha Kamijou, to go away...


    It''s just that I didn''t expect that in just a few years, the edges and corners would be smoothed.


    But for Konoha, this is also a good thing.


    Only by truly possessing the heart of a fearless strongman and not being afraid of any difficulties and dangers can one become stronger.


    In Hatake Kakashi''s view, Uehara Naraku is actually squandering his talent, and soon his strength will reach the upper limit, and he will disappear among many ordinary ninjas.


    "Slap the boss, and the money is on the table."


    After Naraku Uehara yelled, he took out a detonating talisman and pressed it on the table, and was about to pull Kakashi Hatake away: "I heard that Konoha has a lot of delicious food, take me to see it! "


    For example, three-color meatballs, sweet chestnut juice, etc...


    These are common foods, but they cannot support the meaning of their existence.


    When Hatake Kakashi was about to leave obediently, he saw the detonating talisman left by Uehara Naraku, and his eyelids jumped in fright: "What do you mean by leaving a detonating talisman here? You want to destroy this Is it a store?"


    "Get used to it."


    Naraku Uehara took out his body, looked at Kakashi Hatake again, with an innocent look on his face: "I don''t bring any money with me when I go out, I spend it on my teammates'' money, usually on explosive charms, Kakashi Do you have any money, sir?"


    Because Xiaonan is very strict with his education.


    Uehara is absolutely not allowed to touch every item of Konoha Sanban, even if Naraku Uehara is the accountant of Yuyin Village, he doesn''t have much pocket money.


    "hiss¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi glanced at Uehara Naraku with a complicated look, and after dropping a note, he sighed and said, "I seriously suspect that you are here to eat..."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    "If I remember correctly, you took the initiative to deliver it to your door, right?"


    Uehara Naraku winked and said: "Let''s go, take me to Shueisha to have a look, and help me pay for a set of books by the way! Then let''s go and learn!"


    "what book?"


    "A set of divine books passed down among ninjas."


    Uehara Naraku sneaked close to Hatake Kakashi, suppressed his smile, and said next to Kakashi: "Dear Heaven, have you heard of this book?"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi''s eyes became more and more strange. Now he wants to show off the signed collector''s edition he owns, and then take Hara Naraku to buy the regular edition.


    Just looking at Uehara Naraku''s still a little green face, Hatake Kakashi frowned and said, "Are you eighteen years old?"


    "sixteen."


    "Minors are not allowed to read romance books."


    Hatake Kakashi restrained Naraku Uehara''s thoughts in a polite manner, and used himself as an example: "On my eighteenth birthday, I received a gift from Master Jiraiya."


    The limited autographed collector''s edition of "Intimate Heaven" in Kakashi''s hand was Jiraiya''s birthday present to him.


    Uehara Naraku sighed: "Is there really no way to discuss it? This book is very difficult to buy. If you can''t buy it in Konoha, I don''t know when I can buy it..."


    "no way."


    Hatake Kakashi tugged on his mask, and said softly: "Maybe when you are eighteen, I can help you apply for a set of Jiraiya-sama''s signature."


    "Tsk..."


    Naraku Uehara sighed.


    If there are no accidents, maybe he really has a chance to meet Jiraiya during this Chunin exam.


    "Fine."


    Uehara Naraku patted Kakashi on the shoulder and touched his chin: "The scenery of Konoha is almost seen, let''s go meet some little guys in your class and let them know my opponent in advance? "


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Hatake Kakashi looked a little uneasy, shook his head and rejected Uehara Naraku: "Let''s talk about it when you take the exam, lest they see you in advance and lose the opportunity to take the Chunin exam." confidence."


    Uehara Naraku is too strong.


    What if Uchiha Sasuke, the strongest Uchiha Sasuke in the seventh class, saw Uehara Naraku and wanted to challenge him, but he was beaten all over the place?


    The seventh class probably doesn''t have the confidence to take the Chunin exam.


    "Actually, I don''t have much confidence."


    Uehara Naraku reached out and hugged the back of his head, and sighed faintly: "This Chunin exam should be the largest in these years, right? The whole village''s hopes are placed on me. Get good grades in exams¡­¡±


    "Don''t be miserable!"


    Hatake Kakashi couldn''t help but helped his forehead and said: "Although there may be many interesting newcomers in this Chunin exam, no matter how strong they are, they may not be able to defeat you, a monster!


    Four years ago, after Hualing and I left, I reckoned my own battle with you, and even my chances of defeating you were pitifully slim. "


    "impossible."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head quickly, and analyzed seriously: "The probability that you want to defeat me is at least 50%?"


    "You guys are really rude."


    The corners of Hatake Kakashi''s eyes couldn''t help shaking.


    It has to be said that Naraku Uehara''s liveliness can easily make people feel close, and Kakashi Hatake gradually reduced his vigilance towards Naraku Uehara.


    Facing a harmless opponent like Naraku Uehara, Hatake Kakashi, who had been hesitant to decide, made a complete decision to let the three little guys in his class really experience the horror of the Chunin exam.


    It''s just that after the two of them chatted for a day, and after the two separated in the evening, Uehara Naraku looked at Hatake Kakashi''s leaving figure, and the corners of his mouth curled up slightly.


    "Kakashi''s vigilance is too strict. If you want to get in touch with Uzumaki Naruto, you really have to wait until the Chunin exam..."

 Chapter 115

    The night was getting darker.


    The lights in Naruto''s office were always bright.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi sat on a chair with a pipe in his mouth, glanced at Kakashi Hatake who was kneeling in front of him, and said, "Kakashi, how much information about that Urenin did you find out?"


    "A lot, this person is still too young after all."


    Hatake Kakashi nodded, and said in a deep voice: "According to the information I have analyzed, the civil war in Yuyin Village must have caused a great weakening, so they had no choice but to send Naraku Uehara to take the Chunin Exam. arms race."


    After finishing speaking, Kakashi opened his mouth and added: "There is no doubt that Naraku Uehara is very strong. Four years ago, I saw him smash through a border post of Wuyin Village with his own strength."


    "What about his personal tendencies?"


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi took a puff of cigarette.


    The border of the Kingdom of Rain is connected to the Kingdom of Wind, the Kingdom of Fire, and the Kingdom of Earth.


    The attitude of Yuyin Village determines whether Konoha can maintain its defensive advantage on the northwest border. If there is a chance, Hiruzaru Sarutobi would not mind supporting a leader of Yuyin Village who is inclined to ally with Konoha.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi overheard Naraku Uehara''s words today, Sanshoyu Hanzo is indeed very old, and the next generation leader of Yuyin Village is imminent.


    "Hard to say."


    Hatake Kakashi shook his head and explained aloud: "Although from the current point of view, Uehara Naraku has a good sense of Konoha, but before Orochimaru and... Obito should have done indelible damage to Yuyin Village .¡±


    Those two guys are the traitors of Konoha.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi glanced at Hatake Kakashi, and said slowly: "It''s okay, we can fight against the rebellion together with Yuyin Village... What he said today is right, our generation is getting old after all, The future will be handed over to you young people.¡±


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi lowered his head and did not answer.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi has been in charge of Konoha for about 40 years, and he is 69 years old this year, but the candidate for the fifth generation of Hokage has not yet been determined.


    If the remaining two of Konoha Sannin come back, they are the most suitable candidates; if they refuse to come back, Konoha''s group of ninjas will not be able to pick out a few who can convince the crowd, and even the major ninjas can''t stand it. uneven.


    Unless the dwarf pulls out the tall one, just pull out a Sarutobi Asma.


    After all, Asma Sarutobi''s disciples are the three major ninja tribes of Ikabuta, which is also normal. During the Warring States Period, the Sarutobi and Ikabute tribes were allies.


    "You go down first."


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi turned around slowly, stood at the window of Hokage''s office, and said softly: "By the way, Kakashi, help me find the shininmaru Hoshi Kosuke in the village!"


    "yes."


    Hatake Kakashi quit the Hokage office.


    the next day.


    Uehara Naraku handed over all the mess to Hattori Hirakawa, Shiro, and Kaguya-kunmaro, and wandered around Konoha Village by himself, planning to meet some prominent people.


    Unexpectedly, after Uehara Naraku turned on the display of his destiny skills, he discovered that today''s Konoha''s guidance johnin seems to be having a small meeting.


    "I really don''t give a chance at all!"


    In this case, Naraku Uehara can only wait for the official start of the Chunin exam before he can begin to reap his rewards.


    In just two days, Uehara Naraku gained a lot.


    Originally, he worked so hard to save two thousand and seven gold coins in Yuyin Village. He just took a look at the scenery, drank some ramen, ate a few three-color meatballs and a series of ordinary tasks in Muye Village, and he actually harvested it. About fifteen hundred gold coins.


    Moreover, the task of Yile Ramen is very outrageous. For example, in the task of Big Stomach King, after Uehara Naraku tried his best to drink twelve bowls of ramen, he got 600 points of life energy from the system. This reward made Uehara''s intestines regret blue.


    If I had known that a bowl of ramen in the Big Stomach King Challenge would award 50 points of life energy, Naraku Uehara would desperately want to eat a few more bowls!


    Damn, I can really become stronger by eating noodles...


    This place in Konoha is really outrageous.


    If calculated according to the degree of difficulty, Yuyin Village belongs to the doomsday man-machine opening, and Konoha is a simple man-machine daily routine.


    It is indeed the home of the ninja.


    And as the host of the Chunin Exam, Konoha sent a total of seventy-five people to participate in the Chunin Exam, which is more than all other ninja villages combined.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that this number was one more team than the number of people that Konoha Village should have participated in.


    After Konoha confirmed the list of Chunin exams and all the ninja villages who took the exam arrived, the Chunin exams officially kicked off.


    When Uehara Naraku brought Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to the assembly point of the examination room, all the ninja who participated in the Chunin examination gathered here.


    To Uehara Naraku''s surprise, the nine new recruits who graduated from Konoha Village this year also took the exam.


    Class Seven: Uzumaki Naruto, Uchiha Sasuke, Haruno Sakura.


    The eighth class: Inuzuka teeth, Yume Shino, Hinata Hinata.


    Class Ten: Shikamaru Nara, Choji Akimichi, Ino Yamanaka.


    Perhaps it was their first time to take the Chunin Exam. These newcomers were talking around a senior, as if they wanted to get some news from the senior.


    From their exclamations, it is obvious that they have received a lot of news.


    It just so happened that Uehara Naraku also knew the so-called senior, and he was also one of the leeks that Uehara was about to keep for harvest.


    Orochimaru''s spy, Yao Shidou.


    After Orochimaru and Yakushidou escaped from Uehara Naraku, they arranged for Yakushidou to sneak into Konoha, take part in the annual Chunin exam, and collect some talented ninjas.


    "Senior Dou."


    The pink-haired girl Haruno Sakura suddenly said, "I want to ask another person for information. He should be a ninja from Yuyin Village, and his name is Uehara Naraku."


    "..."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s name, Yakushi stopped involuntarily, and subconsciously pushed his own glasses.


    Yao Shidou hadn''t heard this name for a long time.


    Whether it was him or Orochimaru, they tacitly did not mention Uehara Naraku''s name, and the two of them lost too embarrassingly that time.


    Pharmacist lowered his head, not wanting others to see the expression on his face: "How do you know this name?"


    "Ms. Kakashi mentioned..."


    Haruno Sakura frowned. Hatake Kakashi specially told them the name of Ugakushi Kakashi, and especially reminded those who need to be treated with caution.


    Even though Kakashi Hatake thinks that Uehara Naraku will not hurt the killer, it is inevitable that these little guys don''t know the heights of the sky and the earth.


    Uchiha Sasuke stood beside Haruno Sakura, and said coldly: "Just right, I''m also a little curious about this person''s information, after all, Mr. Kakashi will think that he is the strongest opponent we will face in this Chunin exam. .¡±


    "Your instructor, Jonin, was right."


    Medicine Master Dou''s voice was a little dark and deep, his fingers gradually stiffened: "If it''s the person I know, he should be enough to kill everyone present..."


    "Are you kidding me!"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly looked displeased.


    No matter how powerful the guy Kakashi was talking about, could he kill hundreds of ninjas by himself?


    However, after listening to Yakushidou''s words, the faces of Haruno Sakura, Uzumaki Naruto, Yamanaka Ino and Nara Shikamaru became more serious.


    "You don''t have to worry, maybe it''s just the same name..."


    After finishing speaking, Yao Shidou slowly raised his head, looking at the arena where the Chunin exams were held, to see if there were traces of Uehara Naraku here.


    When Yao Shidou found out that there was no Uehara Naraku in the examination room, he felt a little relieved, maybe it was just the same name?


    Da da da¡­


    A burst of footsteps fell into Pharmacist''s ears.


    The group of Konoha newcomers raised their heads involuntarily, staring blankly at a young ninja wearing Yuyin''s forehead guard standing behind Medicine Master''s pocket.


    Naraku Uehara looked down at the pharmacist''s pocket on the ground, and said with a light smile, "Dou, turn around and look at the Naraku Uehara you know, is it me?"

 Chapter 116

    The pharmacist does not need to look at it.


    Because his body has a sense of crisis involuntarily, the chakra in his body will not lie, and the person behind is Uehara Naraku.


    Cold sweat broke out uncontrollably on Yaoshi''s face, and he whispered in his mouth: "I didn''t expect Master Naraku to take part in this Chunin exam..."


    This guy!


    To this day, Yaoshidou still remembers how tragically they were defeated by Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast, and they were instantly defeated in just half a minute.


    Later, Oshemaru-sama personally mentioned that Uehara Naraku is the hidden monster among the group of monsters organized by Akatsuki!


    Absolutely...absolutely...not to be easily provoked!


    "Yuyin Village is too boring, so I want to come out and have a look."


    Uehara Naraku squatted down, and casually opened a ninja card on the ground, couldn''t help but chuckled and said, "Why, don''t you have any information about me here? Is it because I don''t deserve you to waste a ninja card? "


    "No."


    Yao Shidou slowly recovered from his nervousness. His years of spy career have made his psychological quality very good, and he has his own way of dealing with any crisis.


    Uehara Naraku came to Konoha to take the Chunin Exam, and it was definitely impossible to kill on the spot, which meant that the crisis had not yet come.


    Pharmacist heaved a sigh of relief in his heart, and said in a low voice: "Master Naraku is too powerful, and Ninfa Tie is not worthy of recording your information..."


    "You''re still so funny."


    Uehara Naraku finally couldn''t help laughing.


    Listening to their conversation, Sasuke Uchiha felt a little upset, and he simply expressed it on his face: "You are Naraku Uehara? But it''s just a ninja of Yuyin Village..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Sasuke''s nonsense, and secretly made a note of him in his heart. Sooner or later, Uchiha Itachi would pay his life for the debt owed by his brother.


    The next moment, someone suddenly appeared behind Sasuke!


    Kaguya-kunmaro pinched Sasuke''s throat with one hand, and his movements were so fast that the people around him couldn''t see clearly.


    "So fast!"


    After Naruto Uzumaki exclaimed from the side, he realized that his teammate was restrained, and immediately flew forward: "Hurry up and let go of Sasuke! Hiss...it''s so cold!"


    Uzumaki Naruto lowered his head slowly, but a mass of ice appeared under his feet, freezing his feet, making him unable to support Sasuke at all.


    "Let them go!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, looked at the newcomers in Konoha Village, with a smile on the corner of his mouth: "There is still a long time for the Chunin exam, so I will have fun with them at that time, but when we see you next time, don''t let me see you." If you are careful... you will lose your life!"


    "... bastard... bastard!"


    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly burst into anger.


    Just when Sasuke was about to continue to rush forward, an old man with a strong hand stopped Sasuke''s movement, and softly dissuaded him: "Okay, don''t make trouble anymore, the first Chunin exam is about to start... If you make trouble again , will be expelled from the examination room."


    "Yes, yes, we know."


    Haruno Sakura hurriedly pulled Sasuke away, she was a little worried that Sasuke would suffer.


    The others also dispersed one after another, so as not to cause any further trouble. If they were directly expelled from the examination room without taking the first exam, it would be a waste of opportunity.


    It''s just that when they dispersed, Inuzuka Fang was still a little curious: "That old man also came to take the Chunin exam, didn''t he?"


    Uzumaki Naruto also took a peek at the old man who was confronting Uehara Naraku, and he was a little confused: "Can the old man come to take the Chunin exam? After so long, he didn''t pass the exam. How difficult will the Chunin exam be?" !"


    "..."


    The innocent words of the young man added a bit of embarrassment to the air.


    The ninjas at the test meeting point heard Naruto Uzumaki''s words, looked at the old man, and the whole test room burst into laughter.


    Only Uehara Naraku didn''t smile.


    There was not even the slightest happy expression on his face.


    Because this old man''s name is Kosuke Maruyoshi, and he is Konoha''s Ten Thousand Years Ninja, a person who must not be underestimated.


    According to common sense, Kosuke should not take the Chunin Exam.


    Maruyoshi Kosuke definitely wants to be a jinnin for the rest of his life. If he wants to be promoted, he can be directly promoted to a jonin. Why take the Chunin exam?


    At least Sarutobi Hiruzen once promoted him, but he rejected him.


    As a result, Kosuke Maruyoshi is now participating in the Chunin exam as an old ninja. It''s no wonder there is no problem in it! It must have been sent by Sarutobi Hiruzen to protect them Konoha Shita Shinobi, right?


    This is a bit shameless...


    Outside the meeting point.


    Kakashi Hatake heard that the inside gradually quieted down, and he felt a little more relaxed: "Did the third generation arrange senior Kosuke in this exam? I really shouldn''t say whether these little guys are lucky or not. so bad¡­"


    after awhile.


    As time gradually elongated, when the shinobi at the meeting point gradually began to lose their temper, a man with a hideous scar on his face walked in.


    "It''s been a long time, everyone."


    The man with the hideous scar nodded slightly, and said in a deep voice, "I am the chief examiner of the first Chunin exam, Ibiki Morino."


    The commotion of the ninja finally stopped.


    One by one, they walked into the examination room according to the team.


    The first part of the Chunin Exam is a written test, nominally to test the knowledge of the ninja, but actually to test the ability of the ninja to detect intelligence.


    Coincidentally, the person in the seat next to Naraku Uehara was Kosuke Maruyoshi, and Uehara felt that the old man seemed to come to stare at him specially.


    Bai walked to Uehara Naraku''s seat, holding a glass of juice and put it on his table: "Master Naraku, it''s been frozen for you."


    Uehara Naraku picked it up, pointed to the old man next to him and said, "Bai, give this old man a cup too."


    "yes."


    Another glass of juice was placed on Kosuke Maruhoshi''s table.


    "thanks."


    The elderly shinobi stretched out his hand tremblingly to grab the juice, squinted his eyes and watched after Bai left: "Ice Escape Blood Successor? I haven''t seen it for a long time... If it''s just used to chill the juice, it''s really a waste of money!"


    Naraku Uehara took a sip of the juice and looked at Kosuke holding the cup carelessly, feeling a little unhappy.


    Wherever he went, there were people competing with him for Best Actor?


    Kosuke Maruyoshi is different from others, he has pretended to be a ninja all his life, and he is also a real old drama player.


    The written test process was not too turbulent.


    A group of ninjas showed their special abilities and tried their best to get answers from the answerers'' papers. The examination room was full of cheaters.


    While the other ninjas were writing and answering the questions, Naraku Uehara and Kosuke Maruhoshi were drinking juice slowly without even looking at the paper.


    "Suck and suck..."


    "Suck and suck..."


    When some ninjas were disqualified from the exam and kicked out of the exam room because they were found cheating, Naraku Uehara and Kosuke Maruhoshi were still sipping the glass of juice.


    In fact, there is only a little bit of juice left, almost empty, but the two are still competing there.


    "Suck and suck..."


    "Suck and suck..."


    After seeing this scene, Hibiki Mori''s face twitched uncontrollably. He was about to be blown away by the way the two behaved. How dare someone despise the Chunin exam in front of him!


    Is this provoking him?


    Seeing that the other ninjas were influenced by them, Morino Ibiki finally couldn''t help throwing two shurikens at the cups of Naraku Uehara and Kosuke Maruhoshi.


    Whoosh!


    Naraku Uehara and Kosuke Maruhoshi stretched out their fingers almost at the same time, and caught Morino Ibiki''s shuriken as easily as if they caught a ball of paper.


    "..."


    Moribixi was angry and anxious.


    If it weren''t for the orders of the third Hokage, he would definitely drive them out now!


    The final assessment of this written test lies in fearless courage. As long as you persist in taking the test under the interrogation and persecution of the chief examiner, you can pass the written test directly.


    The answer to the question is really not that important.


    Naraku Uehara and Kosuke Maruhoshi, who were sitting firmly on the Diaoyutai, sat in their seats without saying a word, watching Ibiki Morino perform as if they were watching a monkey show.


    In this written test, the two passed with a blank paper.


    They can actually answer the questions and cheat, but there is no need for that.


    No, it should be said that three people passed the test with a blank paper.


    In addition to Uehara Naraku and Maruhoshi Kosuke who have been drinking juice slowly, there is also Uzumaki Naruto who wants to answer questions but can''t answer them, and wants to cheat but can''t cheat.


    After the exam, Morino Ibiki finally couldn''t suppress his temper. He said in a deep voice, "Some people got away with it this time, but when you become Chunin captains to steal information in the future, you will regret what you did today." thing!"


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "As long as you kill all the enemies who protect the information, you will naturally get the information. I can fight ten enemies like the chief examiner."


    "It''s not necessarily the right approach."


    Maruhoshi Kosuke nodded in deliberation, and added: "The method of the strong does not apply to the weak. Everything must be based on the mission and the safety of teammates. But enemies like the chief examiner, I am old, and I can only fight against them." nine."


    "..."


    After hearing this, Ibiki Morino really wanted to hit someone.


    Fortunately, he was only in charge of the first exam. Anyway, in the second exam, these two guys would have no way to cheat through tricks.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Kosuke Maruhoshi turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku and said, "If I remember correctly, the second round of the Chunin exam should be a five-day battle for the heaven and earth scrolls, which involves survival exercises. You have to act with me Is it? My cooking skills are not bad."


    "No, I don''t have such high requirements for food."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head.


    As expected, Kosuke Maruyoshi was in charge of monitoring him.


    Now that he knew about this, how could Naraku Uehara still be willing to act with Kosuke Maruhoshi?

 Chapter 117

    "It''s delicious."


    Naraku Uehara and Kosuke Maruhoshi sat around a large iron pot, each eating the cooked vegetables inside with their bowls and chopsticks, attracting the attention of the people around them.


    It is against common sense for a genin teacher and a young genin to behave so arrogantly despite their seemingly incompetent appearance.


    Kosuke Maruyoshi was also helpless.


    Because of mistakes made many years ago, Kosuke just wanted to be a ninja for the rest of his life, but this time it came from the orders and requests of his old friend and immediate boss Hiruzame Sarutobi, and Kosuke Maruyoshi was forced to be ordered to monitor Uehara.


    And in the face of Uehara Naraku''s provocations from time to time, Maruho Kosuke can only show his strength, hoping that he can restrain himself.


    "Are you really not going to form a team with me?"


    After the two finished eating together, Kosuke Maruhoshi cleaned up the cooking utensils and explained softly: "Although the Chunin Exam prohibits temporary formation of teams, there are no particularly rigid rules. After all, the final results still depend on the scrolls obtained by each team. "


    The second rule of the Chunin exam is to snatch the heaven and earth scroll.


    Each team will distribute a scroll of sky or scroll of earth, and if you want to pass the level, you must collect both scrolls of heaven and earth, and then reach the tower of the death forest before you can pass the level.


    Now there are about 20 squads that have passed the Chunin exam this time, which means that at least half of the squads will be eliminated.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head firmly and said, "My teammates don''t want to have an old man by their side, not to mention Bai''s craftsmanship is also very good."


    "yes?"


    Maruyoshi Kosuke could only leave here with a sigh.


    After a while, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro came back after receiving the scroll, Uehara Naraku didn''t care, and just asked Shiro to put away the scroll.


    "Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist Doudou came over suddenly, pushed his glasses, and said respectfully: "What kind of scroll does Master Naluo need? What we got is the Scroll of Heaven."


    Before the game even started, the scrolls were delivered to the door.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist pocket speechlessly, waved his hand and said, "I prefer to get what I want with my own hands."


    "Is that so?"


    Pharmacist sighed, shook his head and said, "That''s really a pity... These little guys are probably about to go through a nightmare-like Chunin exam, right? I hope they won''t lose confidence from now on."


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    "Hmph, they will definitely experience nightmares. After all, a guy who owes me has already entered the examination room, right?"


    Naraku Uehara quietly opened the display panel of fate, and the head of this guy Orochimaru was impressively near them.


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses and said, "This... I don''t know."


    "Then you tell that person!"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure flickered, and suddenly appeared in front of Yao Shidou, and he grabbed his collar tightly: "What you owe to others must be paid back immediately, otherwise interest will be incurred!"


    "¡­yes."


    Pharmacist''s forehead was covered with sweat.


    Just now, the murderous aura coming from Naraku Uehara scared him.


    Uehara Naraku frowned, unable to tell whether Yao Shidou was acting or was really scared, after all, this guy is an old spy.


    Uehara thought for a while, then threw the pharmacist to the ground with his hands!


    "Hey, you two, private fighting is forbidden here!"


    A female ninja saw the movement on their side and rushed over quickly, looked up at Naraku Uehara and said, "If you want to fight privately or even kill people, just enter the death forest, and you can solve it yourself!"


    After finishing speaking, a cruel smile slowly appeared on the female ninja''s face: "But if you make trouble here, I will chop you up, understand? You little brats!"


    This female ninja is Mitarai Red Bean, the chief examiner of the second exam.


    "understand!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Mitarai Anko who was still a child, nodded and bowed, "But this guy has been provoking me before, I really couldn''t hold back..."


    "Is that right?"


    Mitarai Hongdou looked at Yakushidou with displeasure.


    The pharmacist glanced at Naraku Uehara, then nodded and said, "That''s what he said."


    This is really full of grievances and nothing to say!


    If it wasn''t that he couldn''t beat Uehara Naraku, Yao Shidou would like to screw Uehara Naraku''s head off to see why his brain is so shameless!


    "Hmph, save yourself if you want to provoke your opponent. When the battle starts, it doesn''t matter if you fight privately or even kill someone!"


    After Mitarai Anko snorted, she grinned, and said with a sweet smile to Uehara Naraku and Yakushi Tou: "But don''t die in it easily, I like you handsome boys very much!"


    "That''s really a coincidence."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face became a bit thicker, looked at Mitarai Anko and said, "I also like sweet and lovely girls like the chief examiner..."


    "Then do your best!"


    Mitarai Anko patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, turned and left.


    It''s just that after Mitarai Anko left Uehara Naraku, the smile on her face gradually became a little cruel: "Another hot-blooded idiot who won''t live long!"


    The most important thing for a ninja is patience.


    Uehara Naraku was provoked by the enemy just now, isn''t he afraid of being disqualified from the Chunin Exam?


    Yao Shidou''s eyes gradually became a little strange, he stared at the back of Mitarai Hongdou, his heart was full of doubts, was that woman just now really a disciple of Orochimaru?


    Why do you look so stupid!


    She actually believed Uehara Naraku!


    Orochimaru also hid in the corner, observing the movement here, he lightly pressed his bamboo hat, and couldn''t help cursing secretly: "That idiot Hongdou!"


    Sure enough, he was right to give up Mitarai anzuki.


    He didn''t see through that guy Uehara Naraku''s devilish nature!


    It''s just that he has to be more careful in his plan for the Chunin exam this time, and he has to find a way to let the pharmacist find out Uehara Naraku''s purpose.


    Mitarai Anko didn''t notice the two hateful gazes, she looked at the watch on her wrist, and said loudly: "All the ninjas, rush to your entrance immediately, and wait for the exam to officially start!"


    When Uehara Naraku led Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to their entrance, they happened to meet the oncoming seventh squad.


    When they passed by, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly said: "Hey, that one named Uehara Naraku, don''t die in it easily, I will challenge you!"


    Hatake Kakashi specifically reminded not to provoke Uehara Naraku for no reason, but Uchiha Sasuke intends to take Uehara Naraku as a challenge.


    Anyway, he has many opponents to challenge.


    The stronger the opponent, the greater the help to him.


    Hearing Sasuke''s words, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but bend the corner of his mouth, showing a kind smile: "Oh? Welcome, if you can defeat me, as a reward for you, I can tell you a part about Uchiha Itachi intelligence."

 Chapter 118

    "etc¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke called Uehara Naraku loudly.


    The original confidence and arrogance on Sasuke''s face gradually faded, and his face became cloudy: "Do you know Uchiha Itachi?"


    "I know."


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes and smiled: "I narrowly escaped from his hands! So I have a lot of information about him in my hand. If you want to get his information, you must defeat me in the death forest." Bar!"


    There is nothing wrong with that statement.


    After all, when Naraku Uehara first joined the Akatsuki organization, he was indeed defeated by Itachi Uchiha''s Sharingan, but Naraku Uehara was a little soft at that time, and his strength was only one-tenth of what he is now, or even less .


    "very good!"


    Uchiha Sasuke clenched his fist, and there was a fighting spirit in his chest. He looked at Naraku Uehara with a sneer and said, "Since you cooperate so well, after I defeat you, I can spare your life."


    "Then look forward to seeing us again."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand friendly and took Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro away.


    Just after he separated from Class 7, Bai couldn''t help but ask, "Uehara, why do you feel that Senior Itachi and his younger brother have very different personalities..."


    "Ok."


    Kaguya-kun Maro also nodded in agreement.


    Whatever Bai proposed, Jun Malu hardly disagreed.


    After Kaguya-kunmaro nodded, he continued to add: "Senior Itachi is very humble, and he can be polite to almost everyone he meets, but why does his younger brother always look very arrogant..."


    "Because I owe a beating!"


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, and said indifferently: "Self-righteous geniuses are always a little arrogant. After beating them, they will become much more honest."


    afternoon.


    half past two.


    The entrance to the forest of death opened.


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked at the forest under the sunlight, and walked in slowly step by step: "Kunmaro, Shiro, you go to the tower to ambush, and no one is allowed to enter the tower until I arrive at the tower, just right It also allows you to experience the thrill of bullying children."


    "clear."


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro nodded seriously.


    No matter what the task is, Bai will carry it out seriously.


    As for Kaguya-kun Maro, whatever Bai asked him to do, he would do.


    After the two left, Naraku Uehara rubbed his palms excitedly: "There are so many treasures here, which mine should I dig first? Then let fate choose, let me see which team of cuties Where is the closest?"


    Destiny, let''s start!


    dead forest.


    Hyuga Hinata, Inuzuka Kiba, and Yume Shino from the eighth class relied on their super perception ability to set up a dangerous situation in advance through Yume Shino''s insect manipulation skills, easily eliminated a group of enemies, and gathered them together scroll of heaven and earth.


    Looking at the group of enemies defeated by them, Inuzuka said triumphantly: "We have a great advantage in survival exercises!"


    "..."


    Hinata Hinata is not used to saying arrogant things.


    Although her status is high enough, but because of being reprimanded by her father since she was a child, she looks a little inferior, and now she just bows her head to her little finger.


    Yume Shino stretched out his palm, and a small black bug trembled on it, which made him frown uncontrollably.


    "Ya, Hinata, let''s go to the tower!"


    Oil girl Shino suddenly raised her head and looked at her two teammates: "My worms told me that it would be dangerous to stay here any longer. The worms in the forest are very scared!"


    "Ah, didn''t we find no one else?"


    Inuzuka Ya raised his head in surprise, reached out and hugged his puppy in his arms: "Hey, what''s wrong with Akamaru?"


    "Wow!"


    Akamaru let out a nervous cry, and shrank into Inuzuka''s arms.


    Hinata Hinata''s face was a little nervous, and she whispered: "I also feel a sense of crisis, let me observe with the vision of Baiyan... Baiyan Open!"


    The moment Hito Hinata''s white eyes opened, her expression changed suddenly, because there was a young ninja sitting on the big tree behind them at some point.


    Hinata Hinata suddenly turned her head to look at the big tree behind her!


    "As expected of Konoha''s supercilious eyes..."


    A young ninja flew down, holding a wild fruit in his hand, took a bite out of boredom, and said hello to the three children in the eighth class: "Good afternoon, my name is Uehara Naraku, then the next Three seconds, please give me your advice."


    "Three seconds?"


    Inuzuka tooth looked suspicious.


    The next moment, his eyes widened!


    A huge force hit Inuzuka Ya''s body, knocking him flying, and hitting a tree heavily!


    Hinata Hinata''s eyes had long noticed Naraku Uehara''s movements, and she waved her palm and shouted loudly: "Soft Fist¡¤Bagua..."


    Slap!


    The little white-eyed girl was also kicked away!


    Yume Shino flew to try to avoid Uehara Naraku''s attack, but Uehara Naraku stretched out a palm to grab his throat, and threw him to the ground neatly.


    "Three seconds, just right."


    Naraku Uehara threw away the half-eaten wild fruit, and walked slowly to Inuzuka Fang, reaching out to take the scroll of heaven and earth from his body.


    Akamaru bravely jumped off Inuzuka''s body, opened his mouth and barked at Uehara Naraku: "Wow, woof, woof..."


    "Oh, I almost forgot about you."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his hand and grabbed Akamaru, the puppy, and grabbed his fist to knock him unconscious.


    "etc!"


    Inuzuka Ya held his chest, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t hurt Akamaru, we have already lost, I can give you any scroll you want!"


    "no."


    Naraku Uehara knocked Akamaru out with a punch, and threw it on Inuzuka Ya''s body, and found two scrolls of heaven and earth from his bag: "I not only want to hit your puppy, but also your scrolls." Take it!"


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara grabbed the scroll, turned around and disappeared.


    The three little guys in the eighth class looked at each other ignorantly, their eyes full of bewilderment and astonishment.


    After inspecting Akamaru''s injuries, Inuzuka Koba cursed viciously: "That bastard is too vile! It''s okay to bully a girl like Hinata, but even Akamaru won''t let her go!"


    "..."


    Hinata Hinata subconsciously nodded.


    Yume Shino is very rational, he whispered: "This will directly make us lose our combat effectiveness, but at least he didn''t kill us, which means that in these five days, we still have the opportunity to collect scrolls again .¡±


    "It''s just a matter of starting over."


    Inuzuka Ya sighed, struggled to stand up, and said in a deep voice: "The next time you meet him, you must be careful, and you must not be as helpless as before!"


    "¡­Ok."


    Hyuga Hinata rubbed her belly and nodded cautiously.


    the other side.


    Naraku Uehara was in a good mood, the reward for defeating Class 8 was much higher than the reward for defeating a Kazekage.


    If Konan and Nagato hadn''t been kind to him, Uehara would really regret not choosing Konoha to start the game.


    Side task: Collect Chunin Exam Scroll (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 300 gold coins.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Side quest: Defeat Inuzuka Kiba (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward skill Hunting Rhythm.


    Hunting Rhythm: It enters the stealth-stealth-acceleration state, and at the same time can directly perceive the precise position of all enemies within 2 kilometers around, the duration is 20 seconds, the minimum Chakra consumption is 20 points, and the cooling time is 55 seconds.


    This skill is simply a must for survival in the wild.


    Although Destiny''s detection range is very high, the Chakra consumption is also very large. Even if it is only to locate the enemy for a few minutes and observe the enemy''s movement, it will consume thousands of Chakra points, which is far inferior to the perception of hunting rhythm.


    After all, the chakra consumption of the hunting rhythm skill is too low, and Uehara Naraku can continue to open the hunting rhythm perception without any scruples.


    Not to mention that this skill also has its own stealth and invisibility effect.


    Side task: Defeat Akamaru (1/1), the task has been completed, reward the psychic pendant magic cat Yuumi.


    Psychic Contract: Summon the magic cat Yuumi, consume 1000 Chakra points, and consume 1 Chakra point per second to make Yuumi continue to exist.


    Side quest: Defeat Yume Shino (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the skill Void Swarm is rewarded.


    Void Swarm: A group of Void Swarm can be summoned, each Void Swarm will consume 40 Chakra points, and the skill cooling time is 4 seconds; when the Void Swarm kills a unit, it will sacrifice the corpse to summon a New void spirits; void swarms cannot move further than 10km from the summoner.


    Uehara Naraku fell into deep thought.


    If he is stimulated into madness in the future and turns into a villain who destroys the world, he can directly summon the void insect swarm and try to kill all life in the ninja world, but he does not know whether these void insect spirits can resist beating...


    If an ordinary ninja can kill him with just three punches and two kicks, that would be just for fun.


    After all, no matter how many ordinary ninjas there are in the ninja world, they can''t hold back Uchiha Madara''s summoning of meteorites.


    Side task: Defeat Hinata Hinata (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s mind was filled with question marks.


    That''s right, this is Hinata Hinata, the super popular heroine in Hokage, why is she rewarded with 100 gold coins? 100 gold coins is the worst reward!


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but pull the system panel again, and looked at the tasks about Hinata Hinata inside, a bunch of mess, which made him a little blind!


    "Is there no serious mission?"


    Naraku Uehara tapped his forehead, sighed and said, "Forget it, let''s cut other leeks first!"

 Chapter 119

    Deep in the dead forest.


    Gaara, Kankuro, and Temari of Sand Hidden Village are moving very fast. Ordinary ninjas are not their opponents, and Gaara is unwilling to meet Uehara Naraku.


    Temari vaguely knew that Gaara might be afraid of that guy named Uehara Naraku, but she didn''t dare to ask in detail, for fear of arousing Gaara''s anger.


    While searching along the death forest, they encountered a group of Takigakure ninjas, and Gaara immediately started killing them: "Sand waterfall funeral!"


    Clouds of yellow sand mixed with rain of blood flew around!


    Once wrapped in Gaara''s yellow sand, there is absolutely no chance of counterattack, and this team of Takigakure ninjas died.


    clap clap...


    A burst of applause appeared in the forest.


    Naraku Uehara clapped his palms and appeared in the sight of Gaara and the three of them, with a light smile on the corner of his mouth, "Ha, you''re still so weak, Gaara..."


    "What are you doing here!"


    Gaara''s face suddenly became more and more indifferent, and he manipulated the yellow sand to appear at his feet, and said coldly: "Do you want to seize the scroll in our hands?"


    Gaara knew very well in his heart that his chances of winning against Uehara Naraku were very low. Even if he summoned Izuo, the possibility of defeating Uehara Naraku was very slim!


    Some enemies cannot be dealt with by bloodthirsty rage.


    Gaara is very sensible sometimes, he knows in his heart who can be messed with and who can''t be messed with, this guy Uehara is a ruthless person who killed the fourth Kazekage!


    "I''ve got the scrolls together."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, his eyes slowly moved, he glanced at Kankuro, then at Temari: "I''m just interested in your brother and sister... why don''t I give you a chance, in ten seconds I will Attack and see who you can protect?"


    "Hmph, you think they can do whatever they want!"


    Gaara snorted coldly, and said nonchalantly: "Anyway, you have already killed Luo Sha, so it doesn''t matter if you want to kill them."


    "What did you say?"


    Temari looked at her younger brother in disbelief, she pointed at Uehara Naraku: "Gara, is this person the murderer who killed my father?"


    "Hmph, yes!"


    Gaara glanced at Teju with displeasure and said: "Maki has never let me tell you, and now you have seen it too, if you want revenge, go kill that man! Anyway, I have no interest in helping Luo Sha get revenge! "


    "It''s so ruthless!"


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and suddenly stretched out his palm in the direction of Temari and Kankuro: "Come out, Sand Soldiers!"


    A sand soldier suddenly appeared behind Temari!


    Just as the sand soldier''s spear was stretched out, Temari suddenly removed the three-star fan on his back, blocked the sand soldier''s attack, and smashed the sand soldier to pieces with another blow!


    It''s a pity that Kankuro was not so lucky. A sand soldier''s spear pierced his crow puppet directly from behind and injured his lower abdomen.


    The figure of Naraku Uehara appeared behind Kankuro in an instant, and kicked him to the side with a whip kick. The speed of these ninjas was pitifully slow!


    Kankuro didn''t do anything, just passed out.


    "Kankuro!"


    Temari''s face was suddenly full of anxiety, and she suddenly opened the huge three-star fan: "Feng Dun ¡¤ Kama Itachi!"


    "The speed is too slow and the power is too small."


    Uehara Naraku jumped into the air and avoided the wind-tunning ninjutsu. He looked down at Temari on the ground with a tense expression, and suddenly stretched out his palm: "Profound meaning! Mu Ren!"


    A purple chakra broadsword appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hands!


    Temari didn''t care how strong Uehara Naraku was, just looked up at Uehara Naraku in the air, a flash of madness flashed in his eyes, and he raised the three-star fan in his hand again!


    boom!


    Uehara Naraku''s speed is significantly faster!


    The purple broadsword in Uehara''s hand slashed at Temari''s Samsung Fan with the momentum of the fall, and sent the fifteen-year-old girl Sand Shinobu flying with one blow.


    Just as Naraku Uehara was walking towards Temari step by step, a strand of yellow sand suddenly wrapped around Naraku Uehara''s ankle!


    "That''s pretty much it!"


    Gaara looked at Uehara Naraku coldly, and stopped Uehara Naraku''s plan to continue attacking Temari: "You can go and kill Kankuro, Temari is still worth living!"


    Temari raised his head drowsily, suppressing the instinct of wanting to vomit blood after his body was seriously injured, and looked at his younger brother with complicated eyes: "Gara..."


    Although it is a bit gratifying to see that Gaara is willing to protect her in life and death, but just supporting the enemy to kill his brother Kankuro...


    Is it a little too much?


    "I can understand that you want to stop me?"


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes with a smile, and the next second his figure suddenly disappeared in place, using the shadow binding to rush in front of Gaara, and punched Gaara flying: "Who gave you the courage, or Who do you think you are?"


    "¡­cough!"


    The sand armor on Gaara''s body shattered instantly, and he spurted out a mouthful of blood. A thought popped up in his mind, Naraku Uehara is stronger than before!


    Gaara has no memory, and didn''t know that Uehara''s charge could directly defeat Shukaku!


    After Naraku Uehara knocked Gaara down, he picked up Temari''s collar, knocked the woman unconscious with a punch, and then slowly turned and left the scene.


    Gaara watched his back, gritted his teeth and manipulated Huang Sa to move himself to Temari''s side to check Temari''s injuries.


    Finding out that his sister''s life was not in serious danger, Gaara heaved a sigh of relief. After a while, he pulled Kankuro to his side again, and took away the yellow sand left in Kankuro''s body after he was pierced by sand soldiers. Cleaned it up.


    Fortunately, none of their team died.


    It''s just that Gaara doesn''t quite understand what Uehara Naraku wants to do, just to beat them up and show his strength?


    It''s a pity Gaara never thought of the answer.


    Now Uehara Naraku is checking his harvest again.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Side mission: Defeat Temari (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill Hurricane Howling.


    Howling Hurricane: Release a hurricane by accumulating Chakra energy, destroying everything in the way of the hurricane. The minimum cost of the skill is 60 Chakra points, and the cooling time is 6 seconds.


    Side task: Defeat Kankuro (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.


    Uehara Naraku''s brows suddenly frowned. Before he defeated Gaara, he rewarded Sand Soldiers to show up. It is a very useful group attack skill. Just now, he rewarded Hurricane Howling for defeating Temari. Why is it Kankuro''s turn to get 100 gold coins?


    The difference between the three brothers and sisters is too big!


    "It seems normal, after all, Kankuro is too weak."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, started the new hunting rhythm, and quietly disappeared in place: "The next team is also very weak, shouldn''t we just reward one hundred gold coins?"


    In the bushes of the dead forest.


    Shikamaru Nara, Ino Yamanaka and Choji Akimichi are hiding here.


    Whether it''s their attitude or way of thinking, the three of them think that they should hide in advance, and after all the dangerous people leave, they plan to find a team weaker than themselves.


    After a while, Nara Shikamaru confirmed that it was safe outside, turned his head to look at Choji Akimichi who was staring, wiped the sweat from his forehead, and nodded to him.


    Choji Akimichi immediately felt relieved, picked up his potato chips contentedly, and ate them happily. His stomach was hungry.


    A young ninja suddenly appeared from the air, stood beside Choji Akimichi, and asked softly, "You potato chips, are they delicious?"


    "Mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm..."


    Choji Akimichi nodded and stuffed potato chips into his mouth desperately. The next moment he suddenly realized that the voice was a little strange!


    "Shikamaru, there are enemies!"


    "Hey, hey, I got it, please be quiet!"


    Nara Shikamaru grabbed Akimichi Choji, so that they would not lose a combat power before the official battle, and patted the frightened Ino Yamanaka to wake her up.


    To be honest, with such teammates, Nara Shikamaru is a little tired.


    It''s a pity that Zhuludie has always been inseparable from each other. This is an inheritance that has been passed down from the Warring States Period to the present, because their secret arts work together very well, and it is definitely not something he can easily change.


    Otherwise, Nara Shikamaru wanted their good friend Uzumaki Naruto to replace the pig. After all, Ino is a very troublesome woman.


    "Compared to other Genin I met, your performance is very sensible."


    The young ninja stretched out his palm towards Nara Shikamaru, looking polite. He looked at Shikamaru with admiring eyes: "Let me introduce myself, my name is Uehara Naraku, and I will be your next opponent."


    Naraku Uehara likes opponents like the Inoka Butterfly trio very much.

 Chapter 120

    The expression on Nara Shikamaru''s face was very calm.


    It''s just that his heart has already begun to quickly analyze the information that Uehara Naraku said, and analyze the information that can be used from those few words.


    Haruno Sakura mentioned before the exam that Uehara Naraku is an opponent that Kakashi Hatake reminded before the game that she must not provoke easily.


    And the enemy in front of him named Uehara Naraku must have fought with other ninjas before. Judging from his state, he should be able to win easily.


    This guy was alone, and the situation when he came out was very strange, proving that he can win against a small team by himself...


    This is a very dangerous enemy.


    Nara Shikamaru grinned at the corner of his mouth, and smiled confidently at Uehara Naraku: "What scroll do you need? Maybe we don''t need to fight?"


    "Did you just give up like this?"


    Uehara Naraku sighed with some regret.


    Just when Nara Shikamaru thought they could negotiate, Uehara Naraku''s fist suddenly hit him in the lower abdomen!


    Naraku Uehara watched Nara Shikamaru fall down with his belly in his arms, shook his head and said, "It''s a pity that what I need is not a scroll, but a battle."


    "Shikamaru! Meatball Chariot!"


    When Akimichi Choji saw Nara Shikamaru fall down, his cowardly expression suddenly changed, a flash of fighting spirit flashed in his eyes, the whole person instantly shrunk his body into a ball, and rushed towards Uehara Naraku!


    Boom!


    Choji Akimichi was kicked flying!


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head slowly and looked at Ino Yamanaka, who was trembling all over, and saw a flattering smile on the face of the little blonde girl: "Our strength is very weak, so there is no point in fighting us, right?"


    "But it will give me some pleasure."


    Uehara Naraku squatted in front of Yamanaka Ino, and said softly: "You are a girl, I have to be modest, you can have the right to choose..."


    "I choose to surrender!"


    Yamanaka Ino raised his hands.


    The current pig deer butterflies are too immature, they don''t realize the meaning of their fighting at all, and their strength is too weak.


    "No."


    Naraku Uehara clenched his fist and placed it in front of Ino Yamanaka: "I mean, you can choose whether I will knock you out with my fist or my foot."


    "..."


    Yamanaka Ino turned his head and glanced at Nara Shikamaru who had fallen beside him and Akimichi Choji who was not far away, and lowered his head in despair, "Can you be lighter?"


    "certainly!"


    Uehara Naraku showed a kind smile.


    In the next second, Yamanaka Ino''s eyes darkened and he lost consciousness.


    After a while, when the three of Zhuludie were lying here waiting to die, an old man finally found this place, and he set up his own big pot and started cooking.


    "What enemy did you encounter?"


    The old man slowly stirred the cauldron with a spoon, and said softly, "Is it a ninja named Uehara Naraku?"


    "yes."


    Nara Shikamaru took a meaningful look at the old man, and replied directly: "He didn''t kill us, he didn''t take away our scrolls, he just knocked us down."


    The old man nodded, and said slowly: "It seems that after he has snatched all the scrolls, he is only interested in ravaging you little fellows."


    The old man had been following the trail of Uehara Naraku before, but he couldn''t find it all the time. He just met the defeated eighth class and the Sagakushi Gaara team, and now he met the Inoka butterfly team, and finally he was able to confirm Uehara''s identity. Purpose.


    To put it simply, it is relying on one''s own strength to beat newcomers in exchange for pleasure.


    The nature is a bit bad!


    The old man sighed and greeted them: "After eating this pot of food together, you can continue with the exam!"


    "Yes, senior."


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Nara Shikamaru nodded seriously.


    the other side.


    Uehara Naraku got three skills.


    There are still many people like the Zhuludie trio!


    Side quest: Defeat Choji Akimichi (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward the skill Power Sprint.


    Power Sprint: Shrink your body into a ball for a quick impact, greatly increasing your movement speed for 6 seconds, the skill consumes a minimum of 60 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 8 seconds.


    The moment he got this skill, Uehara Naraku decided to block it. After all, using this skill would be too damaging to the image!


    Side quest: Defeat Yamanaka Ino (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward skill Hypnosis Bubble.


    Hypnosis Bubble: Kick out a hypnosis bubble, and after hitting the enemy for 1.5 seconds, it will put the enemy into a deep sleep state for 3 seconds; if you fail to hit anyone after kicking out the hypnosis bubble, a hypnosis zone will be formed in the target area ;The skill consumes a minimum of 80 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 10 seconds.


    Uehara Naraku was numb for a while, and the probability of using this skill is estimated to be very low, after all, the possibility of him hitting is too low.


    Then there is only the reward for defeating Nara Shikamaru!


    Side Quest: Defeat Nara Shikamaru (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill Shadow Profound Art! Doppelg?nger.


    Shadow Profound Truth! Clone: ??Release a shadow clone of yourself. Every time the main body releases a skill, the shadow clone will release the same skill. At the same time, the main body and the shadow clone can exchange positions. The skill consumes 40 chakra points and has a cooling time of 10 seconds.


    Uehara Naraku frowned suddenly: "Why does it feel a bit like a ninjutsu that stops water instantly, forget it, it doesn''t matter."


    If it weren''t for being able to exchange positions with each other, this so-called shadow mystery! The avatar is not as good as the ordinary avatar technique in the ninja world!


    A dark shadow stood there stupidly...


    If this TM is in the ninja school, it is impossible to pass the graduation, okay?


    "The next step is to find Hinata Neji...huh?"


    After Naraku Uehara activated his fate skill, his face suddenly changed, because under his observation, the last big meal left was about to be robbed!


    Naraku Uehara slammed his fist on the tree bitterly, and quietly disappeared in place: "I almost forgot about the bastard Orochimaru, so don''t let him get it first... That''s the leek I want to keep for harvesting! "


    The two guys from Class 7 must not be coveted by others.


    If under the operation of Orochimaru, Uchiha Sasuke becomes black first, the probability of Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s blackening will definitely be greatly reduced. According to Naraku Uehara¡¯s guess, the reward for Naruto¡¯s blackening and becoming a traitor is definitely very high !


    The fetters of the ninja world are very outrageous existences!


    In the outer circle of the death forest.


    Squad 7 only encountered an enemy who was being investigated along the way. Sasuke Uchiha was in a good mood after solving it easily, and his self-confidence increased a bit.


    Uchiha Sasuke is looking for Uehara Naraku''s location everywhere. After all, in order to get Uchiha Itachi''s information, Sasuke is willing to do whatever it takes.


    What''s more, Uehara Naraku sent it up on his own initiative!


    Uchiha Sasuke confidently said to his two teammates: "According to my guess and observation, we will search for traces of Uehara Naraku all the way north, and try to intercept a copy of the Earth Scroll..."


    "But Sasuke-kun..."


    Haruno Sakura''s face was a bit worried: "Ms. Kakashi told us not to provoke that person named Naraku Uehara for no reason!"


    Uzumaki Naruto waved his hand and persuaded with a smile on his face, "Sakura, but it''s more meaningful to challenge powerful talents!"


    "Naruto is right."


    Uchiha Sasuke rarely agrees with the opinion of the crane tail in the team. He folded his fingers together and said in a deep voice: "And if I want to kill that man Uchiha Itachi, I must get his information."


    That was the genocide and blood feud he bore!


    Since the night of the genocide four years ago, what Uchiha Sasuke thinks about most every day and night is to kill that bastard Uchiha Itachi!


    The worry on Haruno Sakura''s face was still there, but the two teammates agreed. She could only agree: "Then I hope we can find that person named Uehara Naraku as soon as possible... Sasuke-kun will definitely be able to defeat him and get what you want!"


    "thanks."


    Sasuke nodded, and thanked his teammates for the first time, Haruno Sakura''s face suddenly flushed.


    Just at this time, a gloomy voice appeared around them: "Do you want to defeat Uehara Naraku just because of your current status?"


    A tall and slender man emerged from the ground and appeared in front of Class Seven.


    The man pressed his hat, stretched out his long tongue and licked his lips, looked at the three little guys in the seventh class and said: "What a bunch of innocent and cute little devils, they always like to talk about irrelevant things. daydream¡­"


    Uehara Naraku is a man who even the current him dare not speak lightly to defeat!


    This group of little guys who don''t know the heights of the sky dare to challenge Naraku Uehara. This kind of behavior is no different from sending them to death.


    Instead of letting them die in the hands of Uehara Naraku, it is better to let him test the power of the Uchiha orphan and see if he is qualified to be a container.


    The long and narrow eyes under the man''s bamboo hat fell into the sight of Class 7, making people feel cold for a while. Just the murderous aura emanating from this man caused Naruto Uzumaki and the others to collapse to the ground in fright!


    The thin and tall man frowned, watching Class Seven''s performance, his eyes showed some displeasure: "Is it only this level?"


    "Asshole, don''t underestimate Uchiha!"


    Uchiha Sasuke grabbed Kunai and stuck it on his leg, standing up from the murderous fear, and rushed towards the tall and thin man!


    When Squad 7 and the tall and thin man just started fighting, another figure quietly landed near them.


    The second visitor was Uehara Naraku.


    Uehara watched the tall and thin man transformed by Orochimaru ravaging Class 7, with a look of impatience on his face: "Oshemaru, if you dare to spoil my good deed, I will kill you!"


    It is simply a fantasy for the current seventh class to defeat Orochimaru.


    It didn''t take long at all, both Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto were easily defeated by Orochimaru, and even Sasuke''s desperate counterattack was just an adjustment.


    "Not bad, Shuanggouyu Sharingan, very handsome, dare to resist when encountering a real strong man."


    After Orochimaru finished speaking, his neck stretched suddenly, driving his head to fly in the direction of Sasuke Uchiha, and bit the back of Sasuke''s neck with his mouth open!


    There was some madness in Orochimaru''s voice: "But in order to prevent you from going to Uehara Naraku to die, you should accept my gift obediently! If you want to use this power in your body, go to me! Remember my name , My name is Orochimaru!"


    Click!


    Orochimaru''s teeth suddenly bit a person''s arm!


    A young man suddenly appeared beside Uchiha Sasuke, stretching out his arm to help him block the mouth of Orochimaru.


    Orochimaru looked at the man''s face, a flash of surprise and flinched in his eyes: "Uehara Naraku, why did this guy appear here? With his strength and speed, shouldn''t he be in the tower now?"

 Chapter 121

    "I can go wherever I want!"


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his arm tightly, punched Orochimaru''s head back, looked at Haruno Sakura and Uchiha Sasuke gently and said, "Fortunately, I arrived here in time, are you all okay?"


    "fine."


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, his body collapsed for a while, but he looked at Uehara Naraku stiffly: "Why did you come here?"


    Haruno Sakura hurriedly supported Sasuke, and nodded politely to Naraku Kamihara: "Thank you for saving Sasuke-kun just now."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes and looked at Sasuke with a smile: "Just now I heard that there was a fierce battle here, so I wanted to come over and have a look. It turns out that you have encountered an enemy of this level. I don''t want someone who can help me The little genius who killed Uchiha Itachi died here."


    Uehara Naraku certainly did not come to do charity.


    It''s just that he didn''t expect that after being bitten by Orochimaru on his arm, he also opened a new attribute template and completed a hidden task.


    He added a new natural energy attribute.


    Hidden task: Obtain the power of the curse seal (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward fairy mode status: Ascend to the gods.


    Ascension to God: When the chakra energy and natural energy values ??are the same, you can enter a new combat mode by synthesizing fairy chakra, which is currently the first form of frenzy mode.


    Uehara feels that his sage mode is not very authentic, and it is different from the ninja sage mode. After all, the ninja world needs the same mental energy, physical energy and natural energy to synthesize sage chakra to enter the sage mode.


    The correct formula for Xianju Chakra should be 1+1+1=3.


    His magic chakra formula is 2+1=3.


    Doesn''t seem to make a difference?


    Forget it, anyway, he was a jerk in the first place.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and looked down at the place where he was bitten by Orochimaru. It had turned into a sharp blade with wings, and it was also the place where he stored natural energy, a bit like a Yin seal.


    Uehara took a peek at his attribute panel again. The current natural energy is full, and he must slowly absorb it after using it.


    Life energy: 9091 (standard shadow level 3000~10000)


    Chakra energy: 10145 (not within the normal standard)


    Natural energy: 10145 (not within the normal standard)


    Life regen: 9/sec


    Chakra Recovery: 6/sec


    Nature Power Drain: 6/s


    Skill Cooldown Reduction: 50%


    Gold remaining: 4430


    After becoming Genin, Uehara Naraku''s chakra increased a bit, after eating a few bowls of Ikraku Ramen. Life energy has also increased by several hundred points.


    As for the current high gold coin increase, it was rewarded by a bunch of ordinary small tasks in Konoha.


    Damn, I feel a little regretful again.


    Konoha''s start is the natural choice!


    Uehara Naraku sighed, the most important thing now is to solve the troubles of Orochimaru and Class 7.


    After Sasuke was rescued by Uehara Naraku, he felt a little ashamed and awkward, and couldn''t help but snorted coldly.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about Sasuke''s attitude, just looked up at Orochimaru, smiled and said: "Uchiha Sasuke, if you can''t even defeat Orochimaru easily, you are still far from Uchiha Itachi!"


    "What did you say!"


    Of course Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t bear this kind of stimulation, and said coldly: "I will definitely kill that man!"


    Haruno Sakura raised her head and looked at Uehara Naraku suspiciously: "Wait, that... do you know this person named Orochimaru?"


    "Well, the former Orochimaru can be ranked among the legendary Konoha Sannin, and now it is also one of the three S-level Konoha rebellious ninjas in the ninja world."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face became stronger, and he continued softly: "I have to mention that Orochimaru is Konoha''s weakest traitor, this guy is a waste who was directly defeated by Uchiha Itachi with a single look..."


    "..."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Uchiha Sasuke was shocked, and turned his head to Orochimaru involuntarily. He couldn''t believe that Orochimaru, who had just ravaged their seventh class, was defeated by Uchiha Itachi''s eyes .


    The gap between them is too big...


    Orochimaru heard Uehara Naraku''s taunt to him, and he didn''t seem to care about this kind of thing. It''s very normal for ninjas like them to interact with each other. Orochimaru feels that Uchiha Itachi seems to restrain him very much.


    Orochimaru tore off his fake face little by little, revealing a sharp-edged face, he said slowly: "Naraku-kun, do you want to disturb my good business?"


    "I''m just here to save people."


    Uehara Naraku protected Sasuke and Haruno Sakura behind her, and said with a light smile: "It seems that I can still recover a foreign debt."


    Orochimaru raised his head in doubt, "What do you mean?"


    Has this guy completely forgotten what happened four years ago!


    No, it''s not that I forgot.


    As far as Orochimaru''s character is concerned, he doesn''t remember who he owes or what, this bastard must only remember what others owe him!


    "Orochimaru!"


    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and said coldly: "Oshemaru, do I need to remind you?"


    "asshole!"


    Orochimaru''s face changed suddenly, and he continued in a deep voice: "I haven''t completely succeeded in researching it yet, and when we meet next time, I''ll give you what you want!"


    After speaking, he turned around and was about to slip away.


    Uehara Naraku loudly stopped Orochimaru''s movement, and reminded behind him: "If you dare to lie to me, I will let you swallow a thousand pieces!"


    "no problem."


    Orochimaru slipped away without looking back.


    I don''t know if Orochimaru said it''s okay, whether it''s okay to swallow a thousand roots, or it''s okay to give Uehara Naraku the two scrolls.


    Uchiha Sasuke looked up at Naraku Uehara and said, "You have a deal with that Orochimaru, are you with him? He seems to be very afraid of you..."


    "Oh, he''s afraid of the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo behind me."


    Uehara Naraku casually threw a scapegoat at Hanzo''s body, and continued: "Besides, this guy stole two scrolls of spells from our Ninja Village before, and I have been tracking him to get back the scrolls of spells he took away." .¡±


    This is not wrong.


    This guy Orochimaru perfected Undead Reincarnation and Dirty Earth Reincarnation during the Akatsuki organization period. If he was a bit of a hooligan, the ownership of Undead Reincarnation and Dirty Earth Reincarnation should belong to the Akatsuki organization.


    What''s more, four years ago, Orochimaru personally agreed to him.


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned and said: "You have many enemies! Uchiha Itachi is your enemy, and Orochimaru is also your enemy..."


    "Uchiha Obito is also my enemy."


    After Uehara Naraku finished helping him, he continued with a chuckle: "It''s a coincidence, all three of your Konoha''s S-rank rebels have a problem with me... I am looking forward to your help to kill Uchiha Itachi And Uchiha Obito those two guys!"


    "Itachi Uchiha, I will definitely kill him!"


    Uchiha Sasuke expressed his determination again and again, and he raised his head curiously and asked, "Do you know the information about Uchiha Obito? What kind of person is he?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Sasuke Uchiha with a strange gaze. This little guy may have been alone for too long, and was even interested in a Uchiha Obito who suddenly appeared from the ninja world. Sasuke thought that the same family was his Same kind?


    Uehara Naraku made a decisive decision and cut off Uchiha Sasuke''s fantasy: "I can tell you a piece of news, Uchiha Obito brought Uchiha Itachi to kill the whole village and defected to Konoha, what kind of person do you think he is? "


    "That''s a bloody bastard!"


    Uchiha Sasuke lived up to Uehara Naraku''s expectations, and clenched his fists: "Whether it''s Uchiha Itachi or Uchiha Obito, I will never let them go!"


    "..."


    Uehara nodded, looking like a child can be taught.


    Although Uehara hasn''t heard about Uchiha Obito for a long time, it doesn''t prevent him from continuing to take eye drops.


    Uehara Naraku clearly saw that his progress in the main quest has increased by 1%. It seems that as long as he carefully fools Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, it will be very helpful for his main quest.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the unconscious Uzumaki Naruto, and a smile of unknown meaning flashed across the corner of his mouth.


    If someone notices Uehara Naraku''s eyes, he will find that his eyes are like a miner digging out a diamond mine.


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Thank you, is there no nickname that can be used? Become the rudder owner and monthly ticket benefactor of this book!

 Chapter 122

    Naraku Uehara has a good relationship with Class 7.


    Because Uehara rescued them under Orochimaru, he also helped Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto to treat them. Although Uehara was very arrogant before, Class 7 now feels that Uehara Naraku is a very kind person.


    Sure enough, sometimes we have to see the essence through the phenomenon!


    "I didn''t expect you to know medical ninjutsu..."


    Sasuke Uchiha watched Naraku Uzumaki helping Uzumaki Naruto heal, and couldn''t help but said: "I remember that medical ninjas must be protected by combat ninjas, right? Where are your two companions, why aren''t they by your side?"


    While saying these words, Sasuke''s heart suddenly became vigilant again. What if Uehara Naraku and his teammates attack their seventh class?


    "Don''t worry, I''ve arranged for them to go elsewhere."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, he patted his ninja bag, and said softly: "And I have already collected all the scrolls of heaven and earth, so I won''t have any plans for you, it''s just because you are Kakashi''s disciples, Help out."


    "Oh, do you have a scroll on you?"


    Uchiha Sasuke, who had just been cured, rekindled his fighting spirit in an instant: "Why don''t we add another one to our agreement, as long as I defeat you, in addition to Itachi''s information, you also give us the scroll in your hand! "


    Haruno Sakura looked up puzzled, "Sasuke-kun..."


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Even though Haruno Sakura is weak as a ninja, she can still feel that Uehara Naraku''s strength is very strong based on the previous events! How could Sasuke be an opponent for a ninja who wanted to avoid even Orochimaru?


    "good."


    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes and smiled: "I am very optimistic about you. Even if you know you are not an opponent, you must have a heart that never gives up. I believe that you will defeat Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito sooner or later."


    Uchiha Sasuke heard Uehara''s admiration, and said proudly: "Hmph, actually I know my strength is not enough, but I also want you to tell me now, how far is there between me and Uchiha Itachi!"


    "Ok¡­"


    After Naraku Uzumaki treated Uzumaki Naruto, he stretched out two fingers and gestured: "Although we haven''t fought yet, the gap between the two of you must be seven or eight Kakashis, right?"


    "???"


    Uchiha Sasuke was full of question marks.


    Where did this unit of measurement come from?


    "Well, it''s too late today."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the sky and said softly: "You guys rest here! I''ll catch some fish for dinner."


    "Ah, are you working too hard?"


    Haruno Sakura looked up at Naraku Uehara in surprise and said, "Why don''t I catch fish, after all, I can''t do anything special, and you''ve helped us so much, and you''ve helped Sasuke and Naruto heal..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes flickered. He didn''t volunteer to take over the job of catching fish. After all, Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura have no fighting power now, and he still has to stay to protect his teammates.


    In fact, the most suitable person to catch fish now is Naruto Uzumaki!


    "No need."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and said with a light smile, "I''ll be back soon. By the way, I''ll go and see if there are any enemies around. If Dashewan is still nearby, you will be in danger if you meet him."


    After speaking, he didn''t wait for Haruno Sakura to refuse, and left here.


    After Uehara Naraku left, Uchiha Sasuke breathed a sigh of relief, and said in a deep voice: "At first I thought that guy was here to snatch our scrolls or have some conspiracy, but now it seems that he really wants to help us? "


    "Maybe it''s because of Kakashi-sensei?"


    Haruno Sakura thought for a while, then said softly: "My feeling is that Kakashi-sensei should have a good relationship with him. Maybe it''s because of Kakashi-sensei that he will help us?"


    "There is such a possibility."


    After Uchiha Sasuke nodded, he continued: "But we must not let our guard down. In this forest, everyone is our enemy."


    The seventh class is still reasonable.


    It''s not that they haven''t thought about the fact that Uehara Naraku has been madly showing off his acting skills to them, but some kindness is released, which can easily erode their attitude slowly.


    Who would refuse a person''s kindness?


    Even Sasuke Uchiha was too embarrassed to refuse.


    As for Uzumaki Naruto lying on the ground and sleeping, this guy is actually a passionate idiot. As long as someone shows kindness to him, the current Naruto will almost believe it 100%!


    After all, apart from Class 7, Hiruza Sarutobi, Shikamaru, Choji, Hinata Hinata and others, Naruto Uzumaki hasn''t seen many people give him good looks...


    Evening came.


    The sun gradually went down.


    As Naraku Uehara expected, Orochimaru was still lurking near Class 7, because he had already taken a fancy to Sasuke''s body.


    Although Uchiha Sasuke''s strength and talent are still a bit behind Uchiha Itachi''s, it is Orochimaru''s best chance to get Sharingan Blood Successor.


    However, when Orochimaru saw Uehara Naraku leaving, he wanted to secretly launch another surprise attack on Class 7 regardless of his face as Konoha Sannin. Orochimaru still wanted to plant the curse of the sky on Sasuke.


    A long snake suddenly jumped out, opened its mouth and bit Orochimaru, and stopped Orochimaru from attacking Sasuke!


    "Ok?"


    Orochimaru''s face changed slightly, he grabbed the long snake with one hand, and also pulled out the person who manipulated the long snake to attack him. After he saw the person coming, a smile appeared on his face: "Hongdou, you are still using me!" Do you want to teach you ninjutsu?"


    "It really is you, Orochimaru!"


    Mitarai Anko flew to Oshemaru''s side, pushed him to the side of a tree, and tightly restrained his movements: "No matter how far away, I can smell your scent..."


    At this moment, the smile on Hongdou''s face no longer existed.


    At this moment, the female ninja who liked to run around with three-color balls in her mouth looked at her old teacher with extremely complicated and painful expressions on her face.


    Just when Orochimaru was about to tease and say a few words, Mitarai Anko stabbed a kunai in Orochimaru and her own palms: "Oshemaru, I will never let you escape this time! Use your left hand!"


    "Do you want to use the ninjutsu I taught you and let the two of us die together? You are my disciple, why can''t you ever get rid of this impulsive habit?"


    Orochimaru in front of him suddenly turned into a ball of mud and disappeared.


    Another Orochimaru quietly appeared, looking at Mitarai Anzuki who had a somewhat horrified face, stretched out his palm, and stroked her cheek: "Are you sad? Are you sad that I left you at the beginning?"


    "..."


    Mitarai Anko''s complexion was extremely gloomy and complicated.


    Hongdou really hated the teacher for defecting, leaving her alone in Konoha, and meeting the pointing eyes of others, which made her life extremely painful.


    "Cough cough cough..."


    The figure of a young ninja stood above Orochimaru and Mitarai Red Bean, looking down at Orochimaru''s somewhat intimate gestures towards the red bean, and couldn''t help saying: "Master-student love? A S-rank traitor and his little apprentice''s sadomasochistic love? Teacher Teach me, I want to learn too!"


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Orochimaru''s expression changed, why is this bastard so haunted!


    Seeing other people, the depression on Mitarai Anko''s face faded away in an instant, she clutched the faintly painful curse mark on the back of her neck, and pulled away from Orochimaru suddenly!


    She must have the persistence of her Konoha ninja!


    What''s more, she is also the chief examiner of this Chunin exam.


    "Am I not supposed to be here?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Mitarai Anko, chuckled and continued: "It turns out that our chief examiner has such a close relationship with Konoha''s S-rank rebellious ninja Orochimaru, no wonder he can sneak into this exam and attack us low-ranking ninjas." Woolen cloth!"


    "Don''t talk nonsense!"


    Mitarai Anko raised her head coldly and looked at Uehara Naraku, and said coldly: "Idiot, this place is very dangerous, you get out of here quickly, I can''t protect you! Wait...you are just Ameyakure, how can you know the big snake?" pill?"


    When Mitarai Anko recalled that Orochimaru called out Uehara''s name in one mouthful, she fully reacted, and turned to look at Orochimaru, only to see herself, the former teacher, looking at just now with a gloomy and vigilant face. Come out of the rain hidden under the tolerance!


    Who is this passionate idiot who was at the assembly point just now!

 Chapter 123

    Mitarai Anko raised her eyebrows.


    Obviously she should be the weakest party now, but she was the first to ask: "Oshemaru, do you know this guy?"


    "Still so stupid! Red Bean."


    Orochimaru didn''t answer the question, but just glanced coldly at Uehara Naraku, then at Mitarai Anko, a cruel smile flashed across his face.


    "I''m very glad I abandoned you, idiot. After such a long time, you haven''t changed a bit. I finally realized that some people''s stupidity is incurable..."


    "asshole!"


    Mitarai Red Bean was furious immediately!


    Uehara Naraku flew and landed beside Mitarai Anko, and suddenly choked Mitarai Anko''s movement, pushing the woman behind him.


    Uehara Naraku felt that Orochimaru''s words were a bit tricky.


    Throughout Orochimaru''s dealings with people, he rarely initiates personal attacks on the weak. This kind of behavior that deliberately provokes Mitarai Anko seems to be unlikely to happen.


    Naraku Uehara touched his chin, smiled lightly and said, "Oshemaru, do you really hate our examiner? Such a cute girl is rare..."


    "But she''s so stupid!"


    The smile on Orochimaru''s face became more and more cruel: "You, me and that old man Maruhoshi Kosuke were put into the death forest..."


    "Yeah, it''s too inappropriate."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, patted the Mitarai red bean next to him who was faintly erupted by the curse mark and couldn''t resist, and said softly: "I don''t mind it, I am a chunin who wholeheartedly wants to become a chunin, but that old man and Orochimaru can''t stand it." None of them came here to pass the Chunin exam, they have a conspiracy!"


    "..."


    Mitarai Anko''s forehead twitched violently, she gritted her teeth and looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "Who the hell are you!"


    "An ordinary Ukakushi Shinobi."


    After Naraku Uehara introduced himself, he squinted his eyes and smiled, "Okay, examiner, get out of here first! I''ll help you deal with Orochimaru!"


    Naraku Uehara looked at Mitarai Anko as if he didn''t want to leave, he glanced at Anko''s neck and said, "You don''t have much fighting power if you stay here, your strength is still so weak, why don''t you hurry up and help me apply to the Third Hokage-dono and Kakashi?" reinforcements..."


    Whether it is the third Hokage or Hatake Kakashi, they all know the tip of the iceberg of Naraku Uehara, and think that he is a genius of the rain who has a crush on Konoha.


    Mitarai Anko obviously didn''t believe it, but she really can''t exert much power now, and staying here is just waiting to die.


    Naraku Uehara patted Hongdou''s shoulder, and a green light entered Hongdou''s body from his palm.


    This is Star Infusion Healing and Chakra Restoration.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s chakra amount and life energy, ten percent of the amount would almost fill Mitarai Anko''s body.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Uehara chose to treat Hongdou, on the one hand, to improve his goodwill, and on the other hand, to let Mitarai Hongdou say a few nice words for him.


    "This kind of chakra!"


    Mitarai Anko felt the Chakra in her body, her face was both surprised and happy, and with the help of Chakra, she suppressed the power of the curse seal again.


    Mitarai Anko''s eyes instantly became firm, she turned her head to look at Orochimaru and said, "Hey, I''m not leaving, I must kill Orochimaru..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Damn, this red bean is a passionate idiot!


    Orochimaru''s expression was a bit ugly, but his expression quickly regained his composure. He quietly raised two fingers, and a giant yellow snake suddenly appeared, swimming towards the distance with Mitarai red beans in its mouth!


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was somewhat meaningful, staring at Dashewan and said: "Oshemaru, are you afraid that I will kill her?"


    Orochimaru chuckled and asked back: "Didn''t Naraku-kun help her heal just now? What if I want to kill her?"


    But at this moment, Orochimaru felt that he had been seen through.


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, and skipped the topic of Mitarai Anko: "Okay, let''s not talk about that woman, I came to warn you, I won''t interfere with what you want to do in Konoha, but you don''t either Come and disturb my Chunin exam."


    "Naraku-kun..."


    Orochimaru''s expression gradually became a little dangerous, and he clenched his fingers tightly: "You should know my desire for Sharingan, you have interfered with my plan..."


    "Oh?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Orochimaru suspiciously and said: "I accidentally disrupted your plan just now, what do you want to do? Kill me?


    Friendly reminder, although I am not as restrained as Uchiha Itachi, I am very good at destroying my enemies directly from the soul level..."


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    This fucking restrained him better than Uchiha Itachi!


    Orochimaru began to think about whether he should study some spells that could protect the soul. For example, he remembered that there seemed to be a forbidden spell that could keep the soul in the body even if the body died.


    Uehara Naraku leaned on the tree trunk, looked at Dashemaru and said, "Oshemaru, I have given you enough tolerance... As for that little fellow Sasuke, after I finish using him, you can deal with him whatever you want."


    "How long will this take?"


    "Are you in a hurry?"


    When Uehara Naraku looked at Orochimaru, a smile suddenly appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Oh, I understand, you want to use Undead Reincarnation to change your body again, right?"


    Akatsuki''s members basically know the reincarnation of corpses researched by Orochimaru. After all, this is a forbidden technique that can prolong people''s lifespan just like Scorpion''s human puppets.


    "That''s right."


    Orochimaru did not deny it, and said in a deep voice: "I need a body that suits me and allows me to exert my full strength and even go further. Uchiha Sasuke has the most top kekei sharingan in the ninja world, Naraku-kun, If it were you, would you miss this opportunity?"


    "I really won''t miss it."


    Uehara Naraku laughed, looked at Orochimaru and said: "Then what can you do? Stretch out your neck and let me cut it off? I believe you will definitely not leak Akatsuki''s information, let me chase you from the ends of the earth ?¡±


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    "Okay, that''s it!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Orochimaru, chuckled and said, "Pay attention to your own sense of proportion, you are just a traitor I let go on purpose, don''t think about going against our will, I think you will not anger someone bigger than you." Enemies ten times and a hundred times stronger, right?"


    "¡­I see."


    Seeing that Uehara Naraku seemed to have signs of turning his face, Orochimaru admitted without hesitation. He didn''t want to be interrupted by Uehara Naraku right now.


    Konoha''s collapse plan is the core.


    If you want to get Uchiha Sasuke, you must continue to endure. Orochimaru doesn''t believe that Uehara Naraku can still stay in Konoha after the Chunin exam is over.


    A ninja is one who can endure pain that ordinary people cannot bear.


    Naraku Uehara watched Orochimaru''s figure disappear quietly, a look of worry flashed across his face, he was really worried that Orochimaru would turn his back on him, and it might disrupt his plan at that time.


    Just for a moment, Naraku Uehara remembered that there seemed to be another person who could be used in the death forest.


    Pharmacist pocket.


    Uehara finally decided to take a gamble.


    The current Yaoshidou is really an insignificant pawn. If he can make Yaoshidou his subordinate, he can use Yaoshidou to guide Da Shewan, so as not to delay his plan, and he can also insert a nail by the way.


    If Pharmacist Dou refuses to agree, then simply kill him!


    Hey, it seems that there are other ways to try?


    Naraku Uehara remembered his two skills, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth. If he kills Yaoshidou and revives him, and repeats the cycle several times...


    Will Pharmacist Dou agree?


    After experiencing the terror of death a few times, maybe he will recognize himself?

 Chapter 124

    It was getting late.


    The pharmacist squatted and rested under a tree.


    Taking this kind of Chunin exam according to his strength is simply a child''s play. He has participated in many Chunin exams, but this time the Chunin exam suddenly became more dangerous.


    Pharmacist Dou felt a little restless.


    The overlapping sound of one card after another appeared beside Yao Shidou, just when the alarm bell was ringing in his heart, he saw the figure of Uehara Naraku appearing on the cards.


    This is a space-time technique!


    Yao Shidou immediately wrote down the information, Uehara Naraku also has hidden time and space ninjutsu, so you must be careful of this guy''s surprise attacks in the future.


    "Yaoshidou, are you willing to be my spy?"


    Uehara Naraku didn''t talk nonsense, and directly opened his mouth to plan to show off first: "Be loyal to me wholeheartedly and become my nail in ambush beside Dashewan."


    "..."


    Pharmacist pondered for a while, isn''t Uehara Naraku''s approach exactly the same as the purpose of the Red Sand Scorpion trying to manipulate him?


    Fortunately, the red sand scorpion''s submerged brain manipulation sand technique was cracked by Master Orochimaru, and now he doesn''t have to be controlled by the scorpion.


    But now that Naraku Uehara asked this question, Yao Shidou didn''t dare to refute him face to face, instead he thought that he could take the opportunity to be a double agent and get information from Naraku Uehara later.


    Thinking of this, a smile appeared on Yao Shidou''s face: "Of course I am willing. It is my honor to be the spy of Master Naraku."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head to look at the pharmacist''s pocket, looked at his system panel, and suddenly threw a golden chakra light spin at the pharmacist''s pocket.


    It''s time to go back in time.


    The function of turning back time is that as long as Yao Shidou dies within 5 seconds, he will be resurrected after death.


    Click!


    Just as Pharmacist looked at the golden light spin on his body in surprise, Naraku Uehara snapped his neck sharply!


    After a while.


    Medicine Master Dou, who was lying on the ground, quickly came back to life. He touched his neck, raised his head in disbelief and said, "This is... the reincarnation of the filthy soil? No, my body is normal, this is resurrection!"


    There was a flash of enthusiasm in the eyes of the medicine master, he raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said with a trembling voice: "...Master Naraku... this is really... have you really mastered the ninjutsu that can bring people back from the dead? "


    "more or less."


    Naraku Uehara frowned and interrupted Medicine Master''s words, waiting for his skills to cool down, and said softly: "You didn''t really want to be my subordinate just now, this is a warning to you, I can make you live, and I can make you die. "


    "yes."


    Pharmacist Dou suddenly became more honest.


    Uehara Naraku stared at him closely, and said coldly: "I know your respect for Orochimaru, I let you be my nail beside Orochimaru, not to harm him, but to help him."


    "..."


    The pharmacist glanced at Uehara Naraku in confusion.


    Is there something wrong with his ears?


    One person puts nails in another person''s side to help him?


    In particular, the relationship between Uehara Naraku and Orochimaru can''t be said to be like fire and water, but at least they are enemies with hatred. How could Uehara Naraku help Orochimaru!


    Is this bullying him that the pharmacist is out of his mind?


    But the pharmacist thought for a while, and said firmly: "I believe in Naraku-sama, I will become Naraku-sama''s most loyal subordinate."


    "Ok¡­"


    Naraku Uehara looked at a certain task on his system panel, frowned slightly, and said softly, "Wait a minute."


    "???"


    The pharmacist had question marks all over his face.


    Let him wait for a while, what is it to make him wait?


    Of course, wait for the time-back skill to cool down!


    Naraku Uehara waited until the time flow had cooled down, then put a layer of golden chakra light spin on Yaoshidou''s body, and broke Yakushidou''s neck again!


    After a while, Pharmacist Dou was revived again.


    This time, Yao Shidou seemed to be mentally prepared for the resurrection, and he didn''t have any fear of death, but felt that his neck hurt.


    The mood is also a little bad.


    Pharmacist raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku with more fear and horror in his eyes. He felt that if he really refused to turn to Uehara Naraku, he would not be tortured by Uehara Naraku all the time, right?


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist pocket boredly, and said softly: "Have you figured it out? If you don''t think it through, just wait a little longer."


    "I''ve figured it out."


    Pharmacist looked at Uehara Naraku seriously, and said in a deep voice, "I am willing to be Master Naraku''s pawn, to monitor every move of Orochimaru for you, and I will never betray you."


    Wait a minute?


    What are you waiting for?


    Wait to die!


    "Then wait a little longer."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the task of recruiting subordinates on the system panel again, and continued: "While waiting for a while, let''s chat for a while, Orochimaru is looking for a suitable container for reincarnation, right?"


    "¡­yes."


    Yao Shidou didn''t open his mouth to refute, but subconsciously touched his neck, he didn''t understand why Uehara Naraku didn''t believe him.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the action of Yakushi Dou, feeling a little impatient in his heart, and directly explained what he meant: "According to the part of my research on the reincarnation of the undead that I left over from Akatsuki''s base, I suspect that Orochimaru actually went the wrong way. "


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    This is not a nonsense.


    Since Orochimaru hastily defected, all the materials he left in Xiao base were locked in the forbidden surgery room of Yuyin Village.


    And Konan and Nagato did not forbid him to learn any spells.


    Uehara Naraku had indeed seen it, but he couldn''t understand it a bit.


    Yao Shidou couldn''t help chuckling immediately, looking at Uehara Naraku with a hint of suspicion in his eyes, can you understand Orochimaru''s notes with your blind operation that blew up the laboratory back then?


    Some pharmacists can''t even understand it!


    What''s more, the notes left by Orochimaru must be some wrong ideas, and Orochimaru has already abandoned the ideas in those research notes.


    Thinking of this, Yao Shidou''s eyes flashed a trace of admiration for Orochimaru, because Orochimaru has definitely perfected the technique of reincarnation without corpse!


    Moreover, Orochimaru has confirmed that the reincarnation was successful.


    Just when Yao Shidou was still admiring Orochimaru, Uehara Naraku directly lost the golden light spin that turned back time, stretched out his hand again and broke Yao Shidou''s neck: "The time is up, we will talk again after you revive. "


    After a while.


    Pharmacist Dou is not well.


    What time does this time refer to!


    Why Uehara Naraku still refused to believe him, twisted his neck if he disagreed with him, can he die in another way, it will make people feel psychologically shadowed!


    In just a few minutes, he had died three times!


    Slap!


    When Yaoshidou was revived again and got up from the ground, Uehara Naraku threw a scroll on Yaoshidou.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist''s pocket and said: "Here is the corpse of Baijue, Baijue is a magical creature in the ninja world, they can imitate anyone''s chakra.


    I have conducted fusion experiments on Bai Jue''s body in private, it should be able to perform fusion experiments with any blood successor, even some powerful blood successors..."


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku stared at the medicine master''s pocket tightly, and said softly: "This also means that it can fuse with Mu Dunxueji, do you understand what I mean?"


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou''s breathing became constricted instantly.


    Although he doubted Uehara Naraku''s biological science skills, what if?


    If the Bai Jue in the scroll in his hand can really fuse with any blood successor, wouldn''t it be possible to obtain any blood successor limit in the ninja world through Bai Jue, or even eliminate the blood successor!


    "Don''t overthink it."


    Naraku Uehara patted his palm, bringing the pharmacist back to his senses: "There is a Baijue corpse inside, but you and Orochimaru can study it...


    If Orochimaru really wants to reincarnate without a dead body, he can capture a Baijue, and reincarnate into Baijue''s body after it is successfully cultivated, and Baijue will not resist reincarnation! "


    This method is simply killing two birds with one stone.


    It can not only solve Orochimaru''s coveting of Uchiha Sasuke, but also make Orochimaru fight with the group of black and white monsters.


    As long as they fight, Uehara Naraku can quietly use the name of Orochimaru to create something out of nothing, reverse cause and effect, and expose Heijue''s true face!


    Damn, he really is a genius behind the scenes!

 Chapter 125

    Time passed bit by bit.


    Yao Shidou fell into thinking again, did he really want to seek refuge with Uehara Naraku?


    Just relying on Bai Jue''s corpse and a blood succession experimental idea with huge doubts to seek refuge with Uehara Naraku?


    No, Bai Jue''s corpse and experimental ideas are for Orochimaru!


    Damn, he actually got nothing!


    If it wasn''t for the spy''s good psychological quality, Yao Shidou would have scolded Uehara Naraku to the sky now. If this guy wanted to manipulate Orochimaru secretly, he would go directly to Orochimaru for trouble. Why did he come to him!


    "Time is up."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice interrupted Yaoshidou''s train of thought, and when Uehara was about to throw a chakra golden light spin, Yaoshidou hurriedly stopped him.


    "Master Naraku!"


    Pharmacist raised his head and stared at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "When Mr. Orochimaru recruited me, he gave me some truth and the opportunity to see the truth of the world; if I take refuge in you, can you give me what?"


    "what do you want?"


    Naraku Uehara asked a rhetorical question, and added: "What I''m talking about is what you really want in your heart, not what other people make you want."


    "certainly."


    Pharmacist smiled and pushed his glasses, thinking that he had finally grasped the initiative, he opened his mouth and raised his opinion: "I want...I want...what..."


    The pharmacist is stuck.


    Yao Shidou suddenly fell silent.


    To this day, he seems to have been working hard, but he doesn''t know what he really wants!


    "Well, let me help you recall?"


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, and the blue Chakra slowly entered the brain of the medicine master: "My illusion can let you see what you fear most in your heart, maybe you can get the answer from there."


    Wordless fear.


    It can make people experience the most terrible nightmare in life in one second.


    A second later, Yao Shidou suddenly woke up from the nightmare!


    Pharmacist knelt down on the ground uncontrollably, his glasses were wet with tears, he suppressed his pain in his voice: "Dean...don''t die, I will save you...I will definitely save you ...Dean...I am...Yao Shidou! Danzo lied to you, Dean!"


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the distressed Pharmacist, and asked with some majesty: "Now do you know what you want?"


    "¡­Ok, Ok¡­"


    Pharmacist''s face was unusually agitated and he said: "Can the principal really be resurrected? Master Naluo, I was resurrected just now, you can definitely do it!"


    Medicine Master''s voice became louder and louder, and his throat was already screaming: "Master Naraku, you can definitely do it! You can definitely do it! Master Naraku!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku felt that he had lifted a rock and hit his foot. The resurrection back in time was actually just to avoid death.


    Naraku Uehara knew that the dean that the pharmacist was talking about was Nonoyu the pharmacist, but the dean of the orphanage had been dead for many years. If he wanted to revive the pharmacist Nonoyu, he had to reincarnate with the dirty soil first, and then use reincarnation to reincarnate him. resurrection¡­


    This is really not impossible.


    It''s just a little troublesome.


    Uehara Naraku sighed, looked at the pharmacist and said, "Then you will have to wait for a while, you can find her body, and use the dirty soil to reincarnate that person in advance, anyway, we will resurrect her sooner or later, don''t worry would desecrate the soul..."


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou''s body suddenly became stiff.


    In the next second, Yao Shidou took a few steps back and sat down on the ground: "The principal''s body was secretly sent by Danzang to dispose of it..."


    Yakushi Nonoyu is Konoha''s most successful spy.


    How could Shimura Danzo let Yakushi Nonoyu''s body be left out? That would have a great possibility of revealing Konoha''s secrets!


    All hope is wiped out in an instant.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the depressed pharmacist pocket, and couldn''t help asking: "Then do you want to consider killing Danzo, avenging her or fulfilling her last wish?"


    "..."


    A gleam of light suddenly flashed in Yao Shidou''s eyes!


    At this moment, he seemed to have regained the hope of life!


    Pharmacist clenched his fist tightly and slammed it on the tree: "I will definitely kill Danzo, and then return to the orphanage in the village to inherit the director''s will!"


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes, and spread his hands helplessly: "...If you don''t trust me, then your two ideas can''t be realized."


    "..."


    The pharmacist glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly, and said in a deep voice, "If I seek refuge with Naraku-sama, will you help me kill Danzo?"


    "It''s okay..."


    Uehara Naraku patted himself on the forehead and said: "But there are many people who want to kill Danzo, because he has done too many evils, you have to wait for a while."


    Konan and Nagato are still waiting for the information he collected on Danzo!


    "I can wait."


    Pharmacist continued in a deep voice: "After I finish your mission, can you let me leave Master Orochimaru and return to Konoha''s orphanage? I want to adopt the orphans who were displaced in the ninja war with peace of mind..."


    "Why don''t you consider setting up an orphanage in Yuyin Village?"


    Uehara Naraku pressed his forehead with his fingers, and said with some embarrassment: "I believe that your dean must have the same deep love for all orphans in the ninja world. A village as dark as Konoha can really Can you accommodate the person who has a heart of great love?"


    When it came to the end, Uehara Naraku couldn''t make it up: "Well, to tell you the truth, Konoha is not safe."


    "..."


    Pharmacist nodded speechlessly: "In the future, I can go to Yuyin Village to open an orphanage, but I will accept all war-displaced children, whether it is the country of fire, the country of wind, or the country of earth... This may require a lot of money money."


    Because Yao Shidou himself is a boy from the Land of Wind.


    Presumably, pharmacist No Naoyu really has a loving heart, and he has the same great love for all children.


    "money is not the problem."


    Uehara Naraku said softly: "My teacher also established the orphanage in Yuyin Village, trying to find a way to gather the war orphans in the Kingdom of Rain. It just so happens that you can help her in the future."


    "I have no other objection."


    The pharmacist looked at Naraku Uehara, and put on a look of eagerness to kill: "If you believe me, I will take care of everything and guide Master Orochimaru to study this kind of creature, but I hope the experiment is true. ..."


    "Don''t worry, Bai Jue is definitely the most suitable reincarnation container."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the system panel, and a task that had not been moved for a long time was finally completed, and there were even a few side tasks.


    Sub-quests: With three subordinates (3/3), the mission has been completed, rewarding 1,000 points of life energy, 1,000 points of chakra energy, and 1,000 points of natural energy.


    This reward is not common, Uehara Naraku''s life energy, chakra energy and natural energy have all broken through 10,000 points.


    Hidden task: Help the pharmacist recognize himself (1/1), the task has been completed, and the passive skill is rewarded.


    Transcendence: Get 10% skill cooldown reduction.


    This is barely useful, but it just interrupts Uehara Naraku''s plan to buy equipment. If there is a reduction in skill cooling in the future, wouldn''t it be a waste of gold coins?


    Now Uehara''s cooldown has been reduced by 60%. Sooner or later, all his skills will not need any cooldown time. I just don''t know if the system will limit it...


    Side quest: Recruit Medicine Master to be your spy (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill is Mirror Flower and Water Moon.


    Mirror Flower Water Moon: After being invisible for a second, you can create an identical clone on the spot, making it impossible to tell the truth from the fake.


    Uehara Naraku was stunned for a while, isn''t this an advanced avatar technique!


    This is too bad!


    But Uehara Naraku didn''t care anymore, anyway, he had just harvested the leeks of Zhuludie and the eighth class, and now Konoha Twelve Xiaoqiang still had half of the leeks left.


    He has gained a lot from these little Konohas.


    It doesn''t matter if the pharmacist is here.


    "Okay, I''ll go to work first."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, and said softly: "It is definitely Akatsuki''s intelligence officer, and all the white zealots in the ninja world are their subordinates. How can you mention this matter to Orochimaru, don''t you need me to guide you?"


    "certainly."


    Pharmacist chuckled lightly and said: "Master Naraku, don''t worry about this matter, I will take care of it. What are you going to do now?"


    "I''m going to bully newcomers."


    A happy smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face: "Let me tell you, it''s fun to bully newcomers!"


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Is this new boss mentally handicapped?


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    What about the prestige that forced him just now? Turn around and bully the newcomers?


    Pharmacist Dou was a little skeptical, did he get on the wrong boat?

 Chapter 126

    The night was getting later and later.


    The moon is in the sky looking down on the ground.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure shuttled through the death forest, he did not choose to fish, but quietly appeared in a hidden corner, observing several figures under the moonlight.


    third shift.


    Ningji Hinata, Tiantian, Rock Lee.


    The plan of their ninja team is very interesting. They pretend not to do things during the day, but wait until night falls before starting to act.


    I don''t know what they think.


    Didn''t their instructor, Junin Maitkai, teach them some strategy?


    The leader, Ningji Hinata, threw a shuriken on the ground with his hand, and said in a deep voice: "Now all the opponents are resting, and we will go out in the dark, and we will separate and go to various directions to investigate intelligence. After dawn, we must meet here and disband. !"


    "it is good!"


    "yes!"


    The three of them each chose a direction and jumped away from the spot.


    Neiji Hyuga chose to face the high tower. The enemies he might encounter in this direction are all moving fast, and the chance of encountering danger is relatively high.


    It''s just that Ningji Hyuga thinks that he is the strongest in this team, so he naturally assumes the responsibility of the strong, and he can also use white eyes to scout.


    What''s more, he was the strongest rookie in the previous session!


    The nine newcomers in Konoha this year are really bad, even Uchiha Sasuke can''t do it, Sasuke was even hung up by Rock Lee and beaten.


    Therefore, among the candidates for the Zhongnin Examination, Ningji Hyuga does not think that any one person can defeat him, and a team of ninja may not necessarily be able to defeat him.


    When Ningji Hyuga was running, he suddenly saw a figure on a big tree in front of him, and that figure seemed to be looking at his position.


    Hyuga Neji frowned, which means he has been exposed!


    However, Hinata Neiji estimated that he should be the strongest person in this Chunin exam, so he was not particularly panicked.


    In the next second, the figure on the big tree suddenly disappeared.


    "White eyes open!"


    Hyuga Neji opened his white eyes, watching a figure running towards him at high speed, but the huge chakra on that figure made Hyuga Neji''s face change suddenly!


    That person''s Chakra strength is stronger than Neji has ever seen!


    When Neiji Hyuga saw that person''s face clearly, his expression changed a bit: "It''s that guy named Uehara Naraku!"


    That guy who was very arrogant in the written test!


    Ningji Hinata also commented that it is impossible for an arrogant ninja like Uehara Naraku to pass the second level of the death forest. He did not expect that the reason for his arrogance is because of his arrogant capital.


    "hello!"


    Uehara Naraku said hello, and slammed Hinata Neiji''s chest with his arm head-on, and knocked Hinata Neiji away with a powerful blow!


    The white-eyed genius held his chest and spat out a mouthful of blood. He watched the enemy walk towards him weakly, and could only make a desperate question: "Did I... lose? How could it be that the gap is so big that even one of the enemy''s I can''t resist the blow..."


    "In the face of someone as powerful as me, if you can withstand one move, doesn''t that mean there is something wrong with my strength."


    Naraku Uehara chuckled, picked up Neiji Hinata''s collar, and threw Neiji Hinata back to the assembly point set by their third class.


    Looking at the desperate look of the white-eyed genius boy, Naraku Uehara smiled lightly and comforted him, "Don''t worry, I''ll send your teammates to accompany you soon."


    The despair on Hyuga Ningji''s face deepened, he gritted his teeth and said, "You bastard...have you been watching us all this time?"


    "Should, perhaps, seem?"


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head and disappeared in front of Neji''s eyes.


    After a while, Uehara Naraku turned back again, carried the fainted Tiantian to Hinata Neji''s side, and then disappeared again.


    Neiji Hinata: "..."


    This is a bit shameless, right?


    Uehara Naraku just beat him up as a boy, but why did he even bully a little girl like Tiantian?


    Neiji Hyuga sighed in his heart, probably Rock Li would be brought here by Naraku Uehara in a short time!


    Before the third squad found any information, they were split up!


    It''s kind of embarrassing...


    It''s just that after waiting for a long time, Ningji Hinata didn''t wait for Rock Li''s arrival.


    Uehara Naraku failed to catch Li Luoke because Li Luoke happened to meet Maruhoshi Kosuke, an old ninja who was inquiring about him everywhere.


    Even Kosuke is still talking bad about him.


    "This is a guy with a very bad character."


    When Kosuke Maruhoshi was chatting with Rock Lee, he described Uehara Naraku''s bad deeds in a somewhat subjective way: "I suspect that he may have his eyes on you little guys, and he may just want to gain spiritual pleasure by defeating you .¡±


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    How did Mr. Gu Jie come to the conclusion? Although bullying Konoha''s rookie is really enjoyable, but he is mainly for the task!


    "what?"


    Li Luoke quickly made a gesture: "Facing any strong enemy, I must face up to it! Especially this kind of bad character and powerful enemy, if I meet him, I will definitely tell him something with youth and enthusiasm That''s the way of the ninja!"


    "It''s so beautiful..."


    Kosuke Maruhoshi looked at the tights on Rock Li and sighed softly: "Seeing you, little guy, reminds me of a guy like me who has been a ninja for many years!"


    It''s a pity that the next ninja named Matt Dai died in the war.


    It is said that before he died, he broke out his power and defeated the strongest team of Wuyin Village, the Seven Ninja Swordsmen in one fell swoop.


    "Youth is all about being passionate!"


    Locke Li clenched his fists tightly, and said in a deep voice, "Senior, I can no longer delay my youth!"


    "Are you leaving?"


    Maruyoshi Kosuke nodded with emotion and said: "Alright, be careful on the road, if you meet that ninja named Uehara Naraku, you can use this signal flare..."


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    After finishing speaking, Kosuke Maruhoshi handed Rock Lee a flare.


    However, before Locke Li took over the flare, a card that came at high speed suddenly cut the flare!


    "Senior, be careful!"


    Locke Li''s face instantly became vigilant!


    Maruyoshi Kosuke''s expression also became serious, he suddenly pulled out a shuriken, and threw it in the direction where the card came from: "Shuriken Shadow Clone Art!"


    Countless dense shurikens floated in the air, almost covering a large area. If they stayed in that area, absolutely no one would survive!


    Locke Li looked at the countless shurikens that appeared in an instant, and couldn''t help but praise: "Senior''s ninjutsu is really powerful!"


    Before Maruyoshi Kosuke could answer, a young man''s voice sounded: "The shuriken shadow clone technique is the ninjutsu studied by Konoha III Hokage Lord, of course it should not be underestimated."


    A figure came out from the depths of the forest, with a kind smile on his face, he reached out and greeted the two of them: "Old man, I treat you so well, and you just like to speak ill of me behind my back? ?"


    Kosuke Maruyoshi shook his head, sighed and said, "Although I know that your nature is not bad, what you did is indeed not very authentic... The nine newcomers from Konoha and the three newcomers from Sand Hidden Village should be Is there only one Class 7 left that survived the incident?"


    "They, I have other arrangements."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a smile, stretched out his finger and pointed at Li Luoke, and said softly: "Senior Kosuke, can I fight this kid first?


    I have always heard that Konoha''s Maite Kai is a master of taijutsu, and he is the strongest taijutsu master in the ninja world, so I really want to challenge him.


    It''s a pity that I have never had this opportunity. It is also very lucky for me to challenge his disciple now. Rock Li, are you willing to accept my challenge? "


    Kosuke Maruyoshi frowned, and said in a deep voice, "Naraku Uehara, let''s go to the tower..."


    However, Kosuke Maruhoshi hadn''t finished speaking when he saw Rock Li, who was guarded by him, jumped up high, turned 360 degrees in the air and landed in front of Naraku Uehara!


    Locke Li suddenly stretched out his thumb, his eyes almost burst into flames, and he showed a hearty smile full of confidence, his teeth were faintly shining in the moonlight!


    "Okay, let me accept your challenge on behalf of Teacher Kai! Before you fight with Teacher Kai, let me experience your youth first!"


    After saying this, Rock Li even stretched out a slap.


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t bear to look straight at this smile, his forehead couldn''t help jumping, and he slapped Rock Li''s hand, reaching an agreement to fight.


    Thinking back when he himself first joined the Akatsuki organization, he was smiling so brightly just like Locke Li is now. No wonder none of Akatsuki¡¯s traitors liked him...


    Damn, it looks like a hot-blooded idiot!

 Chapter 127

    "It''s really embarrassing for me, an old man..."


    Kosuke Maruyoshi patted his old waist, staggered to the side, and muttered, "Ensuring that the Chunin Exams are held normally is indeed a troublesome task!"


    It''s just that Gu Jie''s voice was a little broken. Neither Uehara Naraku nor Li Luoke heard what he said clearly, and they didn''t have time to pay attention.


    "Whirlwind of leaves!"


    As a pure physical ninja, Rock Lee is much faster and stronger than other rookie ninjas Uehara saw who wanted to resist him!


    His kick was able to hit the wind!


    It''s just that this is still not enough.


    Naraku Uehara kicked Rock Li on the waist, knocked him to the ground, and followed him with another palm, which slapped him on the neck, knocking out the little guy in an instant.


    Uehara Naraku, whose life energy exceeds 10,000 points, is not an enemy that Xiaomengxin like Li Luoke can deal with!


    Kosuke Maruhoshi frowned, and glanced at Rock Lee on the ground.


    Shouting so happily, but losing so quickly?


    Just now he saw with his own eyes the gap between Naraku Uehara and Rock Lee. This gap-like gap can no longer be made up by skills.


    In terms of physical skills alone, the enemy Uehara Naraku is dangerous enough!


    Sarutobi Hiruzen really arranged a big trouble for him!


    "Senior Gusuke."


    After Naraku Uehara defeated Rock Lee with two moves, he rubbed his wrist and showed a harmless smile to Maruhoshi Kosuke: "I''ll send this little guy to their meeting point? Are the two teammates still there?" Waiting for him there!"


    "..."


    Kosuke Maruyoshi had some doubts on his face, and the corners of his eyes couldn''t help twitching after a while: "Did those two little guys be knocked down by you too?"


    "Hey, it''s just to learn from each other."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand modestly.


    Uehara Naraku picked up Rock Lee''s collar, took the guy in the green tights, and threw him to the meeting point where Neiji Hinata and Tiantian met.


    Hyuga Neji''s eyes were a little strange: "What do you want? You defeated us, and didn''t take our scroll..."


    "I don''t want anything"


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and decided to be a villain again. With one sentence, Hinata Ningji flew into a rage: "I just saw that you are too weak and easy to bully."


    Of course you can''t say anything about system tasks!


    Sub-quest: Defeat Neiji Hinata (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward is Crane Fluid Technique fighting skills.


    Side quest: Defeat Rock Li (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward Guixian Fluid Technique fighting skills.


    Naraku Uehara scratched his head a little, unable to figure out the system''s routine.


    Ningji Hinata represented the soft fist of the physical arts department, and Rock Li represented the rigid fist of the physical arts department. The third class actually accommodated two schools of physical arts in one small team.


    The problem is to defeat these two guys, why is the reward for fighting skills?


    With the strength of his life energy, just relying on pure strength, can''t he still crush his opponent? Where and what fighting skills are needed?


    Was it because he was worried that after defeating Rock Lee and Neiji Hinata, Maitekai would directly come to him and beat him to death, so he specially gave him some fighting skills?


    It''s outrageous!


    However, these martial arts fighting skills may be a bit unsightly in actual combat. They are nothing more than shouting da da da da da da, and poking their hands and feet at the enemy...


    It''s just that the side mission rewards of the system actually have such fighting skills, so can we look forward to the rewards for defeating Maitekai in the future?


    Better take a serious punch!


    There is one last mission reward left.


    When Naraku Uehara saw the task reward for defeating Tiantian, his face finally became a little weird. This girl really deserves to be Kishimoto''s favorite character!


    Side quest: Defeat Tiantian (1/1), the quest has been completed, and a hidden inheritance quest will be rewarded.


    Hidden inheritance mission: I have made my choice. Say a correct name (0/1)


    "The Ominous Blade, Katarina."


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, and glanced at the unconscious Tiantian again, a blazing light flashed in his eyes, there are still many tasks related to Tiantian in his system list!


    If the rewards for each mission are so generous... It doesn''t seem to matter if you sell your integrity or something!


    The task is completed, and the hero inheritance starts.


    Ejection Blade: Throw a chakra dagger and hit two enemies around the target one after another, then it will fall behind the target, with no cooldown time and no skill consumption.


    Waiting for an Opportunity: Throw a Chakra Dagger, no skill cooldown time, no skill consumption.


    Shunpo: You can instantly flash to the nearby positions of allies, enemies and any daggers, with no skill cooling time and no skill consumption.


    Death Lotus: Turn into a hurricane of blades, quickly shoot countless chakra daggers at the surrounding enemies, no skill cooling time, no skill consumption.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes flickered slightly, it just didn''t look like these skills were very good, but in fact the combination was far more than that.


    At least one Shunpo can almost be regarded as a low-profile version of the Flying Thunder God Art!


    And in the battlefield, Shunpo can almost make Uehara Naraku appear beside any enemy, which is simply outrageous!


    Maybe it''s because of a certain reason that the system thinks that this hero''s inheritance is not strong?


    As expected of the Great Demon King Tiantian!


    The set of skills rewarded after defeating her includes the dagger ninja attack method and time and space spells!


    There is no cooldown time for these skills. Naraku Uehara can use only these four skills to chop from the east end of Konoha Village to the west end of the village without blinking an eye!


    Well, it''s time to experiment with the results.


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Kosuke Maruyoshi, who had been watching him nearby, and said in a deep voice: "Senior, now it''s our turn to talk about the things between us...Since you are here, you might as well follow me Let''s play a game!"


    "Is there no room for negotiation?"


    Maruyoshi Kosuke could only dodge and grab the hilt of his ninja sword: "If you lose, you will rush to the tower immediately. Is this condition okay?"


    "of course can."


    A purple chakra broadsword appeared in Naraku Uehara''s hands, and he smiled lightly and said, "If senior loses, it''s okay to give up this Chunin exam immediately, right?"


    Kosuke Maruyoshi sighed, shook his head and said, "This condition is not very reciprocal...but I agree!"


    The voice fell!


    The old man suddenly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and suddenly formed three handprints with his hands together: "Water Escape ¡¤ Water Dragon Bullet Technique!"


    Maruyoshi Kosuke''s direct attack is a big move.


    It''s nothing more than why he chose to do this. After all, he is really old. He is also aging to a certain extent in terms of speed and strength alone. The physical combat is definitely not as good as Uehara Naraku.


    Moreover, Maruhoshi Kosuke discovered the Chakra Broad Sword in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and he judged in his heart that Uehara Naraku''s swordsmanship might not be weak.


    Then you can only rely on ninjutsu!


    The technique of water escape and water dragon bullet generally requires forty-four handprints, but Maruyoshi Kosuke has been taught by the second generation of Hokage Senju Fukena, and only four handprints are needed to produce it.


    So caught off guard, Uehara Naraku must be too late to avoid it!


    Sure enough, Uehara Naraku''s expression froze, and almost at the same time he quickly joined hands to make his own fingerprints, and even made some mistakes in his panic.


    He wants to use water escape ninjutsu!


    It''s just a water escape ninjutsu competition, who is afraid of whom!


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Maruhoshi Kosuke''s face was a little relaxed, he finally discovered Uehara Naraku''s weakness, that is, the little guy''s seal speed is not fast!


    This is really good news.


    Kosuke Maruhoshi has a plan in mind, he can use ninjutsu to fight, so that Uehara Naraku can make mistakes in his busy schedule, this kid is not very old, maybe he is not particularly good at ninjutsu that requires delicate control of chakra!


    After all, Naraku Uehara''s body skills are strong enough. If his ninjutsu is also strong, are there any other ninjas alive?


    In an instant, Kosuke Maruyoshi''s technique was completed.


    A huge water dragon soared into the sky from Maruyoshi Kosuke, opened its mouth and slammed towards Naraku Uehara''s position!

 Chapter 128

    The water dragon is roaring!


    Naraku Uehara was still making seals, and he was still cursing: "Damn it! Why is there so many seal gestures invented by Kanshi Kisame? What kind of ghost seals are these? It''s so troublesome, it shouldn''t be a problem to miss a few, right? "


    After finishing speaking, Uehara simply gave up and continued to make seals, and closed his palms with a snap: "Water Escape ¡¤ Roaring Waves!"


    Huge waves soared into the sky, instantly crushing the attacking water dragon!


    A trace of horror flashed in Maruhoshi Kosuke''s eyes. Although Uehara Naraku, a kid, seems to have flaws in ninjutsu seals, his techniques are very powerful.


    Looking at the swooping tsunami, Kosuke Maruyoshi joined hands quickly again and made a seal: "Water escape, water formation wall!"


    Kosuke''s water wall is obviously different from other ninja''s water wall.


    His water formation wall, like the water formation wall between the second generation of Hokage Senshou, quickly turned into a hollow cylinder, surrounding him firmly!


    The waves are receding...


    After Maruyoshi Kosuke lifted the water formation wall, he looked coldly at Uehara Naraku who was not far away, and joined hands again to make a mudra. He was going to have a ninjutsu battle and defeated Uehara Naraku who was not good at making mudras.


    "Water Escape ¡¤ Water Shockwave!"


    This time it''s Kosuke Maruhoshi''s turn to counterattack!


    With the help of the surrounding waves that have not completely receded, Kosuke Maruhoshi completed the seal of the water surfing technique, and a wave swept away against Uehara Naraku!


    What''s more, this time, Gu Jie took advantage of the opportunity of the water barrier receding and began to seal directly, avoiding Naraku Uehara''s sight.


    By the time Uehara reacted, the waves of the water had already swept in!


    Uehara Naraku continued to curse and symbolically formed a few handprints: "Damn it, sooner or later, I will make the shark muscle of Kisame into sauerkraut fish! What are the handprints invented by this guy, why are they so troublesome to use!"


    Uehara hastily completed a few handprints symbolically, and released his skills before the waves approached: "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Barrier!"


    A wind wall appeared in front of Naraku Uehara in an instant, directly blocking the waves of the water, and the sea water was even blown away by the wind wall!


    Gu Jie strengthened his confidence even more.


    However, his complexion was still a little unsightly: "Although this guy''s seal gesture is much worse than others, his spells are very powerful... Maybe this is a kind of fair exchange?"


    This should be confirmed.


    Because Maruhoshi Kosuke always has a little impatience on his face when he sees Uehara Naraku''s knot seal, it seems that he really doesn''t like knot seal.


    This is also normal.


    After all, Uehara Naraku''s physical skills are already strong enough. If he can use physical skills alone to blow up the enemy, why waste chakra?


    Think carefully about Uehara Naraku''s bad behavior of bullying them Konoha kid...


    Apparently Naraku Uehara has been fighting people who are weaker than him. Before he met someone who was evenly matched or even stronger than him, he was used to bullying the weak.


    Gu Jie looked at Naraku Uehara and sighed: "He is really an excellent genius, but he lost his mind because of his talent..."


    A sigh is a sigh, a pity is a pity!


    Taking advantage of this opportunity, Gu Jie still continued to seal, his eyes tightened, looking at Uehara Naraku who finally rushed impatiently, and said coldly: "Shui Dun..."


    In the next second, Maruhoshi Kosuke suddenly saw Naraku Uehara disappearing from his field of vision, and he couldn''t help being terrified. He finally gave up the seal and touched his ninja sword!


    A palm suddenly grabbed Gu Jie''s wrist!


    This made Gu Jie''s heart suddenly go cold!


    In the close physical confrontation, Kosuke Maruhoshi thought his odds of winning were appallingly low, not to mention that he was taken first by Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared in Kosuke''s ears like thunder, and his voice sounded extremely gloomy: "Senior, you have never finished releasing ninjutsu, have you?"


    "It''s just two ninjutsu..."


    While procrastinating for time softly, Maruyoshi Kosuke quickly dodged to break free from Uehara''s restraint, and quickly pulled out his ninja sword!


    It was only the next second that he realized that Uehara Naraku had disappeared before his eyes again.


    Another palm tightly grasped his wrist from behind, and even snatched his ninja sword directly!


    Maruhoshi Kosuke widened his eyes in disbelief, and slowly turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara and said, "Your Excellency''s teleportation technique is faster than you can imagine!"


    "it''s common!"


    Uehara Naraku inserted Kosuke''s ninja sword back into his scabbard, and continued softly: "Our leader is a ninja demigod, Master Hanzo personally taught me the teleportation technique."


    The ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo''s teleportation technique is really fast.


    What else can Maruhoshi Kosuke say about the instant body art taught by the ninja demigod himself?


    The old man''s body gradually relaxed, and his body was a little bent for a moment: "I admire it, it seems that this old man can only give up the chance to be promoted to Chunin..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s forehead jumped.


    The old man Gu Jie even gave up, why is he still acting here!


    Uehara Naraku was also unambiguous, and said in a deep voice: "I just don''t think it''s necessary for seniors to take the Chunin exam. I guess seniors will be promoted to Konoha''s jounin soon! If no one in Konoha finds out the strength of seniors, I will find This is an opportunity to mention to Mr. Kakashi the wish of the senior who wants to be promoted, and let him help convey it upwards."


    "No, no, no."


    Gu Jie quickly waved his hand and patted his old waist: "When you get older, just do ordinary entrusted tasks that Ninja can do..."


    "Ok¡­"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t continue to mock, after all, he won a big prize!


    Hidden task: Defeat a real Konoha Shinobi (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 3000 points of life energy, 3000 points of chakra energy, and 3000 points of natural energy.


    This hidden mission is not outrageous.


    After all, Maruhoshi Kosuke and Matt Dai created the first generation of Konoha Shinobi legends!


    Since then, Konoha Shinobi has become more and more out of control, until Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke opened up a great era called Genin, which is actually Six Paths.


    "By the way, there is one more thing."


    Naraku Uehara grabbed Kosuke Maruyoshi who was about to leave, and said softly: "After leaving here, please report to the senior management of Guicun immediately, the S-rank rebellious Ninja Orochimaru is haunting the Death Forest!"


    "Orochimaru?"


    Kosuke Maruyoshi''s expression changed.


    This name is not something he can handle!


    "That''s right, I have temporarily used the name Hanzo-sama to scare him away."


    Uehara Naraku opened his mouth to talk nonsense, and he continued: "Oshemaru is trying to attack Mr. Kakashi''s seventh class, I scared him off!


    I met Orochimaru who wanted to assassinate our chief examiner before. I used the name of Master Hanzo to scare him away, but I can''t guarantee whether he will show up again!


    I will rush to Class 7 to join them immediately, and protect them from being attacked by Orochimaru again. I hope that after Mr. Kosuke leaves, he will declare to the senior management who organized the Chunin exam that I did not intentionally violate the rules. "


    "I see."


    Kosuke Maruhoshi nodded with a serious face, the Orochimaru attack is such a big deal, the Chunin exam is simply a child''s play, maybe it will be suspended soon!


    Kosuke bowed to Uehara Naraku solemnly: "With my strength, I can''t deal with Orochimaru. I entrust the safety of the many ninjas in the Death Forest to Your Excellency for the time being. I will report to Lord Sandai Hokage immediately!"


    Originally, according to Kosuke''s observation of Uehara Naraku, he thought that this is a ninja with not too bad temperament, but some evil tastes and bullying the weak.


    Now it seems that Uehara Naraku is still a good person.


    Just because Uehara dares to protect the weak ninja, it shows that he still has some positive energy in him, and he seems to have a good impression of Konoha.

 Chapter 129

    The camp of the seventh class.


    When Uehara Naraku came back, he caught a few fish.


    Perhaps it was because the three little guys in the seventh class were so hungry that Naruto Uzumaki woke up from starvation. They took care of the food by themselves and left a portion for Uehara Naraku.


    When Sasuke Uchiha saw Uehara Naraku, he raised his eyebrows and asked softly: "You are finally back, I went around and found no trace of you."


    "I met Orochimaru again."


    The expression on Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became a little heavy. Seeing the expressions of several people in the seventh class suddenly changed, he chuckled inwardly for a while, and then continued: "Just now he was bullying the chief examiner of our Chunin exam around you... "


    Haruno Sakura''s face turned pale with fright, swallowing her saliva nervously: "...Didn''t the chief examiner beat him?"


    The faces of Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke next to him were also not good-looking.


    Obviously, the shadow that Orochimaru brought to them is a bit big.


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "Oshemaru is the legendary Sannin, who used to be one of the few people who stood at the top of Konoha, and the chief examiner of our Chunin exam, Mitarai Kodou, is just his student .¡±


    Naraku Uehara remembered the performance of Mitarai Anko, and added: "I guess he is the most incompetent student..."


    "..."


    Class Seven fell silent.


    Haruno Sakura and Uchiha Sasuke subconsciously turned their heads to look at Uzumaki Naruto, obviously Uzumaki Naruto has always been the most ineffective student in their group.


    Uzumaki Naruto immediately looked back furiously: "Hey, hey, Sasuke, Sakura, what do you two mean!"


    "Means nothing."


    Uchiha Sasuke and Haruno Sakura slowly withdrew their gazes, and after speaking in unison, they shook their heads lightly, their movements surprisingly consistent.


    "Okay, okay, let''s rest first!"


    Uehara Naraku smiled, patted Naruto Uzumaki on the head, and said softly: "Tomorrow you will continue to snatch the enemy''s scrolls! Who will be on duty tonight? I am in good spirits, and I can accompany him at night."


    As Naraku Uehara expected.


    Uzumaki Naruto slept all afternoon, and volunteered to raise his hand: "I, I, I... Let me come! I have rested for a long time, and I can stay up for a long time!"


    Just when Naraku Uehara smiled, Haruno Sakura shook his head and rejected his proposal: "Naruto, you and Sasuke-kun may have to fight tomorrow, let me do it!"


    After finishing speaking, Haruno Sakura still clenched her fists somewhat restrainedly: "And I couldn''t do anything for you when I fought today..."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face gradually stiffened.


    What happened to the little girl Haruno Sakura, now she has learned to consider her teammates?


    Sasuke Uchiha patted Naruto on the shoulder, winked at him, and said softly, "Naruto, let Sakura stay on duty for the night..."


    Sasuke was a little worried about Haruno Sakura''s guilt. Anyway, instead of letting Sakura form a team with guilt, it''s better to let her do what she can to feel at ease; after Naruto Uzumaki nagged for a while, he could only agree to Haruno Sakura''s request .


    Uehara Naraku looked at Haruno Sakura with a puzzled face.


    Don''t stand out when you should stand out, and come out when you shouldn''t.


    What''s the use of him watching the night with Haruno Sakura?


    Naraku Uehara really wanted to talk to Naruto Uzumaki about life, but was interrupted by Haruno Sakura who wanted to take some responsibility!


    It was a little quiet at night.


    Haruno Sakura would like to chat with Uehara Naraku a few more words, after all, as a rookie ninja, Haruno Sakura is quite willing to gain some experience from her seniors.


    Uehara didn''t want to talk to her very much, because she ruined her own good deeds.


    Besides, what is there to talk about with a little girl with pink hair? It would be great if I could have a heart-to-heart talk with Uzumaki Naruto, even Uchiha Sasuke!


    Haruno Sakura may have a problem with her emotional intelligence. She didn''t notice Uehara Naraku''s indifference, but thought that powerful ninjas are a bit arrogant. Sasuke is the strongest newcomer this year, and he usually ignores his classmates .


    "Senior Uehara, what does your Yuyin Village look like?"


    "It rains every day..."


    "I love rainy days!"


    Haruno Sakura''s face was slightly red, and there was some longing in her eyes: "If I can walk in the rain with the same umbrella with Sasuke-kun every day, it will be very romantic, right?"


    Uehara Naraku responded weakly: "I looked at the drainage of your Konoha, and it is estimated that Konoha will be flooded in the next week of rain..."


    "..."


    Haruno Sakura''s expression froze for a moment.


    But she was not discouraged, and quickly changed another topic: "Does Senior Uehara have someone he likes? I saw that your team also has a very cute senior..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised her eyelids, staring at Haruno Sakura, the little girl shrank back subconsciously in fright.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Haruno Sakura, and his tone gradually became a little strange: "Although he looks prettier than you, he is a man. Is your brain circuit in a different dimension?"


    "I''m sorry."


    Haruno Sakura hastily wiped the sweat off her forehead, and continued in a low voice: "Then where did the two teammates of Senior Uehara go?"


    Hearing Haruno Sakura''s words, Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became strange, as if he could see through Haruno Sakura''s mind: "When the three of you get the scroll and rush to the central tower, you will see them."


    "Is...is it?"


    Haruno Sakura nodded cautiously.


    Uehara Naraku had a rare smile on his face, and narrowed his eyes friendly: "Is it you who want to inquire about my information? It seems to be a bit like a ninja, Ms. Haruno Sakura!"


    "No...not."


    Haruno Sakura quickly shook her head, and explained nervously: "I just think that if the teammates are not around, will senior be a little uncomfortable? Besides, senior also saved us, how could I doubt senior!"


    "Is that right?"


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Haruno Sakura and moved her fingers lightly.


    It seems that he can try it from the side of Haruno Sakura?


    After Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, he immediately planned to start the topic: "Hey, Ms. Haruno Sakura, when I saw Uzumaki Naruto fighting with Orochimaru today, he was in a bit of a bad state."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    "Ok."


    A look of worry appeared on Haruno Sakura''s face, she lowered her head and continued, "I don''t know what happened to Naruto either."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s topic immediately stuck.


    He has a vague feeling that Haruno Sakura''s current state of being ignorant of the world and ninja seems to be able to perfectly disrupt his rhythm.


    I worked so hard to come up with a bunch of routines, but when someone said that I didn''t know anything, I was immediately stunned by one sentence!


    Damn, what a genius!


    He is a genius ninja, and when he meets Haruno Sakura, who doesn''t know what to ask, unless he directly leaks information, this pink-haired girl will not think about going in other directions at all.


    Uehara Naraku felt that she was going to be pissed off!


    "Senior, what''s wrong with you?"


    Seeing that Uehara Naraku was in a bad mood, Haruno Sakura continued softly, "Did I say something wrong?"


    Naraku Uehara suppressed his urge to curse, turned his head and showed an elegant and polite smile: "No, I want to be quiet now."


    Uehara Naraku felt a little worried in his heart.


    According to the IQ of the people in the seventh class, if you want to use some tricks on them, it may not be easy.


    Except for Uchiha Sasuke, who is easy to be tricked, Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura are likely not to be hooked.


    Not because they are too smart.


    It''s because they are too stupid now.


    Fortunately, there are some other adjustments tonight.


    Uehara Naraku quietly turned on the display function of fate, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro have not had any problems, and no one has broken through their defenses so far.


    Even Gaara, who is the strongest, stays away and takes his brothers and sisters to rest outside the tower, as if waiting for an opportunity.


    Dashewan and Yaoshidou had a secret meeting in private.


    Other than that.


    Sarutobi Hiruzen personally led a large number of Anbu ninjas and jouninjas to station outside the Death Forest, gathering almost most of Konoha''s elite ninjas.


    Mitarai Anko and Maruyoshi Kosuke, who fled, reported the situation to Sarutobi Hiruzen successively, and praised Uehara Naraku a wave, which made Sarutobi Hiruzen feel a little relaxed.


    "It seems that this kid from Yuyin Village has helped us a lot!"


    When Sarutobi Hiruzen came, he had already taken off his Hokage suit and put on a battle robe. His expression was still a little dignified: "There are many allies participating in this Chunin exam, and it cannot be stopped now. Anbu and the enchantment class Always monitor the abnormal situation in the Death Forest, and report to me every hour!"


    Mitarai Anko said in a deep voice: "But Hokage-sama, if we don''t go in and round up Orochimaru at this time, he will escape soon!"


    "Compared to Orochimaru, maintaining the stability of the allies is the most important thing."


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi frowned, glanced at Mitarai Anko, and said in a deep voice: "After the Chunin exam is over, I will send people to continue hunting for him."


    "Master Hokage."


    Morinoi Hibiki also followed, and he also asked, "What about Uehara Naraku? He is an uneasy factor that interferes with the Chunin exam!"


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi shook his head, and said softly: "According to Kakashi''s news, that little guy should be the future leader of Yuyin Village, and also the genius that Yuyin Village wants to promote in this Chunin exam. Let''s deal with him."


    What''s more, this is the only person who took the initiative to show kindness to Konoha, not only his identity is important, but also his strength is very strong.


    As far as Konoha is concerned, they only need to wait until Uehara Naraku comes to power, and Yuyin Village will become Konoha''s natural ally. How can they easily offend? Konoha is also counting on Yuyin Village to help withstand the pressure from Yanyin Village in the northwest!


    Hibiki Morino turned his head to look at Kakashi Hatake, and said in a deep voice, "Kakashi, do you think that guy is reliable?"


    Because Yibixi was betrayed by a Konoha who defected to Yuyin Village, he really didn''t like Yuyin Village.


    "It''s not very reliable in character."


    Hatake Kakashi thought for a while, thought about Uehara Naraku''s every move in Konoha, and said softly: "Should you be reliable in character?"


    "Cough cough cough..."


    After coughing a few times, Maruyoshi Kosuke responded aloud: "This little guy''s character is indeed very bad, but he is still okay."


    "A nice guy."


    Mitarai Anko took over the conversation: "If it wasn''t for him, I might have died in the hands of Orochimaru."


    What Mitarai Anko didn''t know was that within the Forest of Death, Orochimaru and Yakushidou were secretly scolding her again after they had exchanged their plans.


    Before leaving, Orochimaru left and carefully told the pharmacist Dou: "Du, stay away from that guy Uehara Naraku, don''t be like that idiot Hongdou, if you get too close to him, that guy depends on his strength and his mood is uncertain." , if you are not careful, you will die..."


    "Yes, I made a note, Oshemaru-sama."


    After Yao Shidou smiled and nodded, he watched Dashewan gradually disappear, he pushed his glasses, and the smile on his face became more intense.


    My new boss, I still don''t understand?


    When Yao Shidou thought of Uehara Naraku now, he still felt a faint pain in his neck.

 Chapter 130

    early morning.


    Three days passed.


    Uehara Naraku chatted with Uzumaki Naruto many times.


    It''s just that every chat will be interrupted, Uehara Naraku encountered the same dilemma as Haruno Sakura again and again with Uzumaki Naruto.


    Because Uzumaki Naruto is the purest passionate idiot, it is really difficult to blacken him, after all, Uehara cannot easily leak too much information.


    Now Naruto Uzumaki only cares about two things.


    He must become Hokage and how to surpass Sasuke Uchiha.


    For this reason, Naruto Uzumaki gave an impromptu speech to Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku sometimes even felt that he was almost convinced by Uzumaki Naruto. Since he has great power, why did he take the Chunin exam here?


    Fuck movie king, go fuck side quests, just turn into the big devil who destroys the ninja world, and just rush forward towards a goal!


    Who cares what Uchiha Madara Otsutsuki Kaguya, if you can''t beat him, just go all out, and if you can''t beat him desperately, then you have to keep fighting!


    Fortunately, he still remembered Xiaonan and Nagato from Yuyin Village.


    So Uehara Naraku secretly ordered the pharmacist to search for a female ninja named Xianglin in the Death Forest, and take it away with Uehara when he returned to Yuyin Village.


    Nagato should be happier if he sees Kaorin, right?


    After all, Xianglin is also a descendant of Uzumaki, and can be regarded as the same family as Nagato.


    As for what gift to bring to Xiaonan, Naraku Uehara hasn''t made up his mind yet. If it doesn''t work, he will take Shimura Danzo away, or kill Danzo, and take his body back to Yuyin Village.


    Xiaonan and Nagato will definitely like this gift.


    But there is no rush on this matter.


    There is still some time before the end of the Chunin exam.


    This period of time is the time for Uehara Naraku to lure Naruto to become black, or to lure Naruto to become a traitor.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at Uzumaki Naruto not far away, and the expression on his face became more and more incomprehensible: "Damn, why do you feel that the task of blackening a protagonist is as difficult as betting to win Tsunade?"


    This task seems very easy, after all, Naruto Uzumaki''s life has been in a trough before defeating Payne, but in practice, it is much more difficult than imagined.


    To be honest, Uchiha Sasuke is quite easy to deceive.


    The current Uchiha Sasuke is very interested in Uehara Naraku, and from time to time he wants to get some information about Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito from him.


    If Uehara Naraku wanted, he could quietly slander Kakashi''s weakness, and then lure Sasuke to defect.


    Damn, what is this all about!


    Now that the entire death forest is under the surveillance of Konoha Anbe, Naraku Uehara doesn''t want to ruin his character design.


    If you want to lure Naruto into blackness, you have to find another chance.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Naruto Uzumaki, who was laughing and laughing in the distance. It seemed that he had to wait until the second exam was over to see if he could use Shimura Danzo''s identity to tell Naruto Uzumura the truth.


    It is also possible to use the identity of Uchiha Obito.


    Or you can try it as Sarutobi Hiruzen, or as Unino Iruka, but it''s easy to leave flaws in this way.


    "What a hassle!"


    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly: "If it really doesn''t work, it seems that I have to find an opportunity to change my character design into a little villain."


    Just a minor villain who should go unnoticed.


    Moreover, a little villain can be easily exonerated, for example, he accepted the order of Sanshoyu Hanzo or something.


    As a performance artist, Uehara Naraku felt that it was actually quite simple to whitewash himself.


    On the way to the depths of the forest.


    After Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto defeated a hostile ninja together, they found a complete set of scrolls from this team of ninjas.


    Uchiha Sasuke asked slightly surprised: "You guys obviously gathered all the scrolls, why didn''t you go to the tower?"


    "Hmph, you''ll know when you get here."


    The ninja of this team didn''t care, just looked at the seventh squad with a sneer and said: "I wish you good luck! I hope you can break through the defense of those two guys!"


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    After speaking, they left.


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, the doubts on his face hadn''t dissipated, but Uzumaki Naruto next to him happily put away the heaven and earth scroll.


    Every step Naruto took was heading in the direction of Hokage.


    Naruto''s happiness is as simple as that.


    Uzumaki Naruto patted Sasuke on the shoulder, laughed and said, "Okay, don''t worry, Sasuke! Don''t we know if we rush to the tower now? Anyway, no matter what enemies are ahead, they will never stop us from completing the exam! "


    "Ok."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s brows suddenly stretched, but he didn''t mention rushing to the tower, but turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "Hey, is it time to complete the agreement between us?"


    "Ok?"


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes and squeezed his wrist: "It seems that Sasuke thinks he has become stronger, is it enough to challenge me?"


    Why every time Uchiha Sasuke becomes stronger, he likes to challenge an enemy that he can''t defeat at all, this is really a big mystery in the ninja world.


    "If even you can''t win..."


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly took out a kunai from his ninja bag, and rushed towards Uehara: "How can I have the strength to kill that man!"


    A palm easily grabbed Sasuke''s wrist!


    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the opportunity to hit a knee on Sasuke''s chin, knocking him flying in an instant, looked up at the sky and said slowly: "Oh? What should I say now? The sky is clear and the rain has stopped So, Sasuke thinks he''s okay again?"


    "asshole!"


    After Uchiha Sasuke heard this sentence, he was furious instantly.


    Uehara Naraku''s attack wasn''t too heavy, Sasuke jumped up, his eyes instantly turned scarlet, and two black jades were reflected in his pupils!


    "Art fire escape ho fireball!"


    A ball of flames rushed towards us!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the flames, stretched out his hand to grab the air, and whispered in his mouth: "Profound Truth! Twilight Blade!"


    The purple chakra broadsword appeared in Uehara''s hand.


    The next moment, the chakra broadsword suddenly stretched forward, splitting the flames of Hao Huoqiu into two, Uehara Naraku stood in the flames as if nothing existed!


    "Just fire escape ninjutsu, you are far behind Uchiha Itachi."


    Uehara Naraku leaned on the purple broadsword casually, watched Sasuke and continued: "Uchiha Itachi''s fireball technique, I need to use defensive ninjutsu to resist."


    Uchiha Sasuke was not discouraged either.


    Obviously he has long known the gap between himself and Itachi Uchiha, how could it be so easy to catch up with Itachi Uchiha after four years of hard work?


    Even if Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth late at night with hatred, he must admit that he has been chasing Uchiha Itachi since he was a child, and even his father Uchiha Fugaku never thought he could catch Uchiha Itachi.


    "I will prove that I will not catch up with him, but will definitely surpass him!"


    The veins on Uchiha Sasuke''s forehead were all exposed, a young man''s ferocity flashed across his face, and two fingers stood on his lips: "No, I will definitely kill him! Huo Dun¡¤ Phoenix Immortal Fire Art!"


    Balls of raging flames spewed out from Sasuke''s mouth and shot towards Naraku Uehara. The temperature of Fengxianhuo was obviously lower than that of Haohuoqiu, but it only relied on the number to be fierce!


    Uchiha Sasuke anticipated the shortcomings of this technique, he was just using this technique to feint!


    While Uehara Naraku picked up the purple broadsword and slashed the fire ball, Sasuke threw a few kunai with his hands.


    Each kumara is wrapped with a slender silk thread.


    People can''t detect the existence of these silk threads at all, and they will fall into Sasuke''s trap if they are not careful!


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and glanced at Sasuke Uchiha: "Oh? Is this trying to deal with me with the same moves that I used to deal with Orochimaru?"


    During the battle a few days ago, Orochimaru was attracted by such a wise Sasuke, so he focused on Sasuke''s body.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, Shunpo appeared behind Sasuke, kicked Sasuke''s calf, knocking him down instantly!


    Uehara Naraku stretched out the purple broadsword in his hand and put it on Sasuke''s body: "You use the tactics you used against Orochimaru to deal with me, don''t you look down on me too much?"


    "Then you guessed wrong!"


    Uchiha Sasuke drew an upside-down swing on the ground, kicked Uehara Naraku''s body, trying to use his strength to kick Uehara Naraku into the air!


    It was Rock Lee''s taijutsu, Kagemaiha, that Sasuke copied.


    They fought against each other before the Chunin exams, and although Sasuke was defeated in a terrible way, he still learned something.


    Uehara Naraku''s body was as motionless as Mount Tai, and there was even a slight confusion on his face: "What are you doing?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face changed, and he was about to fly away subconsciously.


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku disappeared in front of him in the next second, reappeared behind him, and slammed his palm to knock Sasuke down!


    "you lose."


    Uehara Naraku announced the ending expressionlessly.


    Side mission: Defeat Uchiha Sasuke (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill Fragmentation Fire.


    Fragmentation Fire: Release a group of directional fireballs, the skill consumes 40 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 1.6 seconds.


    Side task: Tucao Uchiha Sasuke (1/1), the task has been completed, reward a hidden inheritance task.


    Hidden Inheritance Mission: Reborn in Pain! Say a correct name (0/1).

 Chapter 131

    Reborn in pain!


    I have to say that this sentence is really in line with Sasuke''s life.


    Uehara Naraku hadn''t woken up from this generous reward yet, his first thought was which hero said this sentence?


    He hadn''t heard it at all.


    Uehara Naraku calmed down and thought about it. According to the previous rewards, Sasuke Uchiha''s current mission rewards should be related to fire ninjutsu, that is, heroes with fire attributes.


    If not, then it is a hero with the thunder attribute.


    Uehara Naraku tentatively read two names: "Annie, the Daughter of Darkness, Brand, the Soul of Vengeance..."


    The task is completed, and the hero inheritance starts.


    Uehara Naraku has long been used to all this, but when he saw the four skills, he still had some uncontrollable happiness on his face.


    Flame Brand: Shoot a group of fast fireballs forward, the fireball will detonate the enemy and the surrounding area, the minimum consumption of the skill is 50 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 3 seconds.


    Pillar of Flame: After a delay of 0.6 seconds, a pillar of flame will appear in the target area, burning everything in the area. The skill consumes a minimum of 60 Chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 4 seconds.


    Burning Fire: It can trigger a burst of intense flames from the enemy out of thin air, burning the enemy''s body. The minimum consumption of the skill is 70 chakra points, and the cooldown time of the skill is 4 seconds.


    Flamestorm: After releasing a very destructive flame seed to attack the target, the enemies around the target will perform a bounce attack, with a minimum of 5 bounces, the skill consumes a minimum of 100 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 40 seconds.


    Starting today, Uehara Naraku can call himself a Fire Ninja.


    In the heroic inheritance he just obtained, every fire escape skill is very powerful, especially in the raging fire, which can produce flames out of thin air, and even has a bit like Amaterasu''s attack method!


    Of course, the most terrifying thing is the flame storm. As long as Uehara Naraku has enough Chakra, the flame storm can spread throughout the battlefield!


    The only problem is...


    This technique is likely to be blocked by the water barrier.


    "Forget it, go back and find dried persimmon ghost shark to experiment."


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Uchiha Sasuke who was knocked down by him, his face became kind again, and he waved his hand to heal Sasuke''s injuries.


    Haruno Sakura next to him saw that Uehara Naraku healed Sasuke''s injuries with a wave of his hand, and bit his lip: "Medical ninjutsu should be easy to learn, and it can also help Sasuke-kun and Naruto..."


    It''s just that Haruno Sakura doesn''t know that not everyone''s medical ninjutsu can be as easy and effective as Uehara Naraku, even the current Tsunade is not as good.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t pay attention to Haruno Sakura, he just looked at Sasuke with a smile, his attitude obviously changed from the coldness in the battle to warmth: "Sasuke, although your strength is still a bit weak, but your talent and hard work are not lacking. I believe you will surpass Uchiha Itachi soon."


    Anyway, it doesn''t cost money to say something nice!


    As for the messy Uchiha Itachi immortal Sasuke can only be a younger brother in this life, there is no need to say these words, so as not to cause another life.


    Uchiha Sasuke is the leek seedling that Uehara really wants to keep, and he can cut a few more crops in the future.


    "..."


    Sasuke was obviously not used to the speed of Uehara Naraku''s face-changing, his emotions quickly faded, and he even felt a little inferior: "But I can''t even defeat you..."


    "Isn''t it normal that I can''t win?"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, patted Sasuke on the shoulder and said, "Ha, actually I was only twelve years old when I lost to Uchiha Itachi, and now even if Uchiha Itachi is standing in front of me, he dare not say that he can do it easily." Fight with me!"


    "You are sixteen years old..."


    Although Uchiha Sasuke knew that Uehara Naraku was motivating him, Sasuke still began to lower his head to estimate, he said in a deep voice: "It is absolutely impossible for me to spend four years to defeat Uchiha Itachi, I can''t wait that long!"


    "..."


    The expression on Uehara Naraku''s face froze for a moment.


    Four years later, whether Sasuke can defeat Uchiha Itachi is still a question, and he opened his mouth to ridicule Uehara Naraku. Uchiha Sasuke deserves more beating than Uehara imagined!


    "Okay, let''s not talk about this."


    Uehara Naraku turned his head to look at Uzumaki Naruto, with a more kind smile on his face: "Naruto, do you need me to give you some advice?"


    "Hey, really?"


    The expression on Uzumaki Naruto''s face was a little joyful for a moment.


    Just after Uzumaki Naruto agreed, Haruno Sakura next to him punched Naruto on the head: "Naruto, we are still taking the exam! The Chunin exam will end soon, challenge Uehara-senpai You can wait until the exam is over!"


    Naruto Uzumaki felt aggrieved immediately: "But Sasuke..."


    Haruno Sakura punched down again angrily: "Sasuke-kun asked Uehara-senpai for something important! Don''t waste time!"


    Haruno Sakura is really an old double standard.


    Under the pressure of this pink-haired girl, Uzumaki Naruto temporarily gave up the idea of ??competing with Uehara Naraku, and rushed to the central tower to complete the second exam.


    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became a little weird. After getting along these few days, Haruno Sakura has ruined him a lot. This account will have to be settled sooner or later...


    Of course, Haruno Sakura must not be able to bear his settlement, how about counting on Haruno Sakura''s future teacher?


    dead forest.


    Center tower.


    Now a lot of teams have gathered here, and there are battles happening all the time, because the team that got the scroll cannot enter the tower, and the team that didn''t get the scroll will start to grab it directly!


    Even though this test forbids forming an alliance at will, the ninjas in the same village can only stay together temporarily in order to avoid being besieged separately.


    Perhaps it was because Konoha ninjas formed the most teams and formed alliances, which happened to allow them to temper themselves, and no one from Konoha sent them out to stop them.


    As newcomers of similar ages, Konoha''s third, eighth, and tenth classes naturally gathered together and became one of the two most powerful forces near the death forest tower.


    As for another powerful force, it is naturally the Gaara team of Hidden Sand Village, because Gaara''s yellow sand defense is a bit weak, and it has become the strongest genin recognized by the genin.


    No, Gaara is not the strongest yet.


    The strongest ninja should be the white-haired boy who forbids them to enter the tower. His speed and strength are so strong that even Gaara''s sand armor cannot defend him!


    That young man is the genius Ugakure named Kaguya-kun Maro!


    How to defeat Kaguya-kunmaro to enter the central tower to complete the exam, this question has been bothering Gaara for the past few days, and it also bothers Hinata Ningji, Nara Shikamaru and Yume Shino and a group of Konoha Shinobi.


    "Is that Kaguya-kun Maro a born fighting machine?"


    Inuzuka Ya''s expression was very puzzling, he slammed his fist heavily on the ground, and said coldly: "It''s the last day, and his spirit hasn''t let up yet!"


    "He''s also very fast."


    Hinata Neji glanced at Hinata Hinata who was sitting in the corner, and continued in a low voice: "Even if I see through his movements with my white eyes, it''s hard to keep up with his movements...and that guy has an Ice Escape Blood Heir companion."


    ''This is not the most troublesome. ''


    Nara Shikamaru covered his face, and a wry smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "If we remember correctly, Uehara Naraku, who defeated us on the first day of the exam, is also their companion, right?"


    "Ok."


    Locke Li nodded with a serious expression, a thin layer of sweat appeared on his forehead, and said in a deep voice: "Facing that white-haired guy, I still have the confidence to fight him...but facing that Uehara Naraku, I''m almost helpless!"


    Yume Shino spoke slowly in the corner: "I have the same opinion, but I set up traps with poisonous insects on the outside, hoping to prevent Uehara Naraku from joining them."


    Ino Yamanaka expressed his opinion in a rare and serious way: "Why don''t you wait for the people from class 7 to come over! With the strength of Sasuke-kun and Neji-senpai, the two strongest rookies should be able to defeat that handsome white-haired guy, right?"


    "..."


    Neiji Hyuga was silent for a while, then shook his head lightly and said, "Even Sharingan Xuetsui can see through his movements, but at Sasuke''s speed..."


    There is more to this sentence.


    After all, Rock Lee beat Sasuke while hanging him, and Neiji Hinata often beat Rock Li while training and sparring!


    Li Luke glanced at Ning Ci from the side, and said hesitantly: "Actually, there is no hope of breakthrough. I still have a move specially reserved for Ning Ci, which should be able to defeat him..."


    "plum!"


    Tiantian abruptly interrupted Locke Li''s words.


    "That move will cause a lot of damage to the body, right?"


    The oil girl Zhi Nai next to him looked at this scene thoughtfully. After he exposed Rock Lee''s thoughts, he glanced at everyone present and said softly: "Everyone seems to cooperate, but in fact they are just fighting each other. Shall we hone each other''s spells?"


    This is also a half-truth.


    Bai''s ice escape blood follower is simply a long-range attack weapon.


    Kaguya-kun Maro''s corpse blood blood successor showed unrivaled strength in physical combat, and it is not inferior in long-range attacks!


    It''s not all fake that they couldn''t easily break through Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro''s defenses, but it''s true that they improved their strength by fighting the ninja team near the tower.


    "Let me remind everyone."


    Shino Yuu pushed her little sunglasses, and said in a low voice: "Standing opposite us are two blood-successor ninjas, and an enemy who may attack us from the front at any time."


    Inuzuka Ya sighed and said: "But if there is no new increase in combat power, we may not be able to really break the defense of the two guys in front of us! We can''t contact the three guys in Sand Hidden Village, right?"


    "If you can use them, I have no objection."


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Nara Shikamaru chuckled, and leaned against a tree: "If I can easily pass the Chunin exam and use sand ninja, why not do it?"


    Nara Shikamaru is a lazy person.


    The key is that Ino Yamanaka and Choji Akimichi next to him are still nodding their fucking nods!


    I''m afraid this generation of Zhuludie is going to die!


    It''s a pity that these newcomers seem humble, but in fact they are not convinced by anyone now.


    They discussed for a long time without any results. Instead, they were attacked by two teams of other ninja villages.


    They planned to rest for a while to recover their strength before going to face Kaguya-kun Maro.


    It''s just that during the battle, the eighth squad, which was in charge of scouting outside, came back. They brought back two news, one not particularly good news, and one very bad news.


    There was a bit of a bittersweet smile on Inuzuka''s face, just like his mood: "Ha, we have brought two news, which one do you want to hear first?"


    "Then let''s hear the good news first!"


    Nara Shikamaru chuckled and said, "It can''t be Sasuke Naruto from the seventh class who rushed over?"


    "That''s right."


    The smile on Inuzuka''s face gradually faded, and he just continued, "Hey, Shikamaru, do you want to guess the second message?"


    "Even you guys are scared."


    The smile on Nara Shikamaru''s face suddenly turned into a wry smile: "Hey, that guy Naraku Uehara is also here, right?"

 Chapter 132

    Naraku Uehara is coming to the Central Tower!


    The news brought by Inuzuka Ya made everyone present a little nervous. It was a man who counted their battle time in seconds.


    All of them present, after encountering Uehara Naraku, none of them could resist Uehara Naraku for a round, and all of them were directly defeated in an instant.


    Only Locke Li, who still had a trace of fighting enthusiasm, was also affected by everyone''s dull atmosphere, squatting in the corner alone.


    After staying in frustration for a while, Rock Li suddenly said excitedly: "Wait... If Class 7 encounters Uehara Naraku, wouldn''t Sakura be in danger!"


    "Hey?"


    A group of people looked at the suddenly excited Rock Li in surprise and inexplicable.


    Rock Li stood up abruptly, clenched his fist tightly, and said loudly: "I''ve figured it out! I''m going to save Sakura!"


    "Don''t be impulsive, Li!"


    A group of people had no time to stop Rock Lee.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    the other side.


    Squad 7 and Uehara Naraku rushed to the vicinity of the high tower step by step. There are too many teams gathered here, and the traps are almost impossible to guard against.


    "Konoha Goriki Whirlwind!"


    A strong wind suddenly kicked Uehara Naraku''s head, and a passionate voice fell into everyone''s ears: "I won''t let anyone hurt Sakura!"


    Boom!


    The person who came flew back at a faster speed!


    Naraku Uehara slowly withdrew his fist, and looked at Locke Li who attacked him speechlessly: "What''s the matter with you guy?"


    The other ninjas also rushed over.


    Seeing this scene, Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help raising his eyebrows: "Didn''t you guys collect the complete scrolls? Why don''t you go to the tower?"


    Uzumaki Naruto scratched his head, and said with a smile: "Hahahaha, it seems that only our team can pass this exam!"


    "..."


    The nine people ignored them, but turned their heads to look at the young man Yuren next to them, and everyone swallowed involuntarily.


    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes, waved at them kindly, and greeted them friendly: "Long time no see, miss me?"


    "..."


    There was still silence in the air.


    Only Akamaru whimpered a few times in Inuzuka''s arms.


    The figure of Naraku Uehara appeared beside Inuzuka Ya in a short time!


    A look of surprise flashed across everyone''s faces, Hyuga Neiji''s fist tightened instantly, Uehara Naraku''s speed was so fast, even he didn''t see it clearly!


    Naraku Uehara stroked Akamaru''s head affectionately, looked at the trembling little dog, and said with a chuckle, "I took the initiative to say hello to you, if you are a little happier, just take it as a way of showing me face!"


    "...you... how are you!"


    Inuzuka took a few steps back holding his dog with a grin on his face.


    The expressions of the others were very ugly. On the first day of the exam, Uehara beat them all to pieces. How could he make them happy?


    "Okay, I won''t tease you anymore."


    Naraku Uehara twisted his wrist, looked at everyone present and said: "Now you can go to the tower to complete the exam. I hope that we will have a lucky little cutie to meet me in the third exam."


    When it came to the end, the smile on Uehara Naraku''s face became more and more kind, but in the eyes of others, it seemed like a devil''s evil smile.


    Nara Shikamaru lowered his head slowly, hiding the expression on his face: "Is this guy really directing all the Chunin exams behind the scenes?"


    Locke Li was the most straightforward, he asked directly: "Hey, can I ask, why did you do this?"


    "Of course it''s for fun!"


    Naraku Uehara turned his head and glanced at Locke Li, and what he said was very straightforward: "It''s rare that you don''t think it''s interesting to defeat a genius through your own efforts?"


    Locke Li''s expression froze, and he suddenly gave a thumbs up, with a hearty smile on his face: "You''re right, trying to surpass a genius is the most interesting thing!"


    "yes!"


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face became even stronger.


    It''s just that the people next to him looked at Locke Li as if they were looking at an idiot. No, this guy really seems to be an idiot!


    After Naraku Uehara left in the direction of the tower, the hearts of everyone in Konoha slowly relaxed, and each breathed a sigh of relief.


    Uehara Naraku had already finished harvesting this crop of leeks, so he didn''t stay for long, so Uehara didn''t know that the seventh class behind him was desperately trying to clear him up...


    Yes, Class Seven is helping him clean up.


    Whether it is Uchiha Sasuke or Haruno Sakura, after knowing that Uehara Naraku had beaten all the contemporaries except them, they thought that Uehara Naraku had no malice, but just wanted to make them more vigilant so that they would not die after encountering Orochimaru.


    Otherwise, why didn''t Uehara kill them?


    As for Uzumaki Naruto, he still couldn''t tell who was right and who was wrong. In the end, he chose to trust his teammates and joined the ranks of whitewashing Uehara Naraku.


    I don''t know if the three little guys in Class 7 will get hurt after seeing a part of Naraku Uehara''s true face in the future...


    In short, with Uehara Naraku taking Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro away, the second Chunin exam finally ended smoothly.


    The high-level Konoha outside the death forest also breathed a sigh of relief.


    In the past few days, Anbu and the examiners who are responsible for monitoring the examination room of the Death Forest are probably the most nervous. Apart from being wary of Orochimaru, they also worry about the result of the battle for the heaven and earth scrolls.


    After all, the existence of Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro greatly reduces the possibility of other ninjas completing the exam. In case there are only three chunin promotion battles that need to be performed against daimyos and ninja village leaders in the third round, there are only three rain ninjas left. Konoha has no face!


    Luckily these guys have a bit of sense.


    After Naraku Uehara entered the tower, the teams entered the tower one after another to complete the exam and advance to the next individual battle.


    It was just because there were too many fierce battles these days, only six teams entered the next round in the end.


    Yuyin Village, Uehara Naraku, Kaguya-kun Maro, Bai.


    Konoha Village, Ningji Hyuga, Rock Lee, Tiantian; Naruto Uzumaki, Sasuke Uchiha, Sakura Haruno; Shikamaru Nara, Ino Yamanaka, Choji Akimichi;


    Sand Hidden Village, Gaara, Temari, Kankuro.


    Among them, only Shayin Village and Yuyin Village were promoted purely by strength. Gaara almost defeated all the enemies who coveted them by himself.


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Bai of Yuyin Village blocked all the ninjas who wanted to enter the tower directly in the tower for four days, and their fighting power was stronger than that of Shayin Village.


    Not to mention that they also have Naraku Uehara, a guy who is half paddling and half abusive.


    The new members of Konoha''s promotion rely on their excellent team cooperation to resist the coveting of many enemies.


    Pharmacist Dou did not advance.


    Because the pharmacist has multiple jobs, he not only has to help Orochimaru deliver information, but also helps Naraku Uehara to take away Kaorin. He doesn''t have enough time, so how could he waste time on the Chunin exam?


    Outside Konoha Village.


    The Kusanagi ninjas who were eliminated in the second test left this sad place cursing, they shirked responsibility from each other, and finally blamed it on Xianglin.


    Who made Xianglin the lowest?


    "Bastard, it''s all your fault!"


    "Keeping her is a waste of food in the village!"


    "We failed the Chunin exam because this woman is a waste, and the village must execute her as the culprit!"


    A grass ninja grabbed Xianglin''s hair, slapped her on the face, and said coldly: "You will die if you go back, if you lose you here, maybe you, a woman, can save your life Woolen cloth!"


    "Hey hey, do you really want to throw her away? Why don''t we..."


    A shuriken shot out suddenly, and hit this somewhat wretched Kusanagi!


    A white-haired ninja with a hood came out of the grass. He pushed his glasses on the bridge of his nose, looked at Xianglin who was covered in scars, and said with a trace of regret: "What a waste of money!"


    It was Medicine Master Dou who intercepted the grass ninja.


    As a graduate student under Orochimaru, Yaoshidou is very aware of the value of the descendants of Uzumaki. Their chakra is very abundant and their physical fitness is very strong. When they grow up, they can easily learn the sealing technique.


    Especially Xianglin, a ninja with super medical attributes, is especially precious!


    "who are you¡­"


    The Kusanagi panicked and questioned Yakushidou''s origin, but before they could finish a complete sentence, Yakushidou''s figure passed through their team, and the turquoise chakra crossed the Kusanagi''s throats!


    After killing everyone, Yao Shidou walked up to Xiang Lin and stretched out his palm: "Come with me, an adult ordered me to pick you up, from now on no one will dare to bully you. "


    "..."


    Xianglin''s body was trembling slightly, and she slowly raised her head to look at the pharmacist''s pocket, as if she saw a beam of light behind the pharmacist''s pocket.


    Xianglin''s face turned red, seeing the warm smile on Yaoshidou''s face, she slowly stretched out her hand and put it on the palm of Yaoshidou''s.


    "thanks."


    "It''s okay, I''m just following orders."


    Yao Shidou smiled and patted Xiang Lin''s red hair, and said softly, "Don''t worry, we have no malicious intentions."


    "I know¡­"


    Xianglin nodded and wiped the tears from his cheeks.


    Xianglin didn''t tell Pharmacist Dou, in fact, this moment was the first time in her life that she received someone''s kindness towards her.


    Although many people later said that Yaoshidou was a spy and a performance artist, Xianglin still stubbornly believed in the warmth that Yaoshidou gave her at this moment.


    "Where... is that adult you speak of?"


    Xianglin carefully wiped off the dirty marks on his face, and said softly, "Do you want to take me to see him now?"


    "not needed for now."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and a bright light flashed through the lens: "He is probably participating in the third qualifier of the Chunin Exam!"


    "Take the Chunin Exam?"


    Xiang Lin''s eyes were slightly surprised, and her teeth bit her lips lightly, that is to say, the one who arranged for someone to save her from the clutches of evil was actually just a ninja?


    Yaoshidou seemed to have seen through Xianglin''s thoughts, and there was a hint of longing on his face.


    "Don''t underestimate that lord, he is the one who can overthrow the world by himself!"

 Chapter 133

    Pharmacist Dou is very familiar with the Chunin exam process.


    As an undercover agent of Orochimaru, he participated in the Chunin Exam for three consecutive years, looking for a suitable container candidate for Oroshemaru. The rules of the Chunin Exam are almost fluent.


    No matter how many of these ninjas pass the second world scroll battle, Konoha will streamline the candidates for the exam in the third exam, select powerful ninjas, and try every means to make the battle wonderful.


    After all, there will be many big names and dignitaries watching the main match of the third exam.


    If the main match is held in a procrastinated manner, and there are some situations such as pulling hair, pinching face and twisting mouth on the scene, I am afraid that the audience will have some prejudice against the profession of ninja.


    "Cough cough cough cough..."


    A Konoha ninja with a pale face and somewhat vain eyes held a notebook, coughed a few times, and then said: "I''m here to announce the rules of the qualifiers... cough cough cough... everyone will be divided into one-on-one The team conducts actual combat."


    After speaking, the guy coughed a few more times, looking as if he was dying of illness.


    This Konoha ninja is Moonlight Hayate, the chief examiner of the third exam.


    After the Moonlight Gale came to his senses, he continued: "The battle will not prohibit you from using any means. Only when one party falls, dies or admits defeat, a battle will end; In case of any situation, we will take the initiative to intervene in the battlefield to avoid innocent casualties."


    However, the ninjas below have a sense of distrust towards Moonlight Gale.


    The chief examiner clearly looked as if he was so ill that he might collapse at any time, and he would die before them!


    Bai glanced at Uehara Naraku''s playful eyes in surprise, and asked softly: "Uehara, you seem to be very interested in him. Is this examiner strong?"


    "maybe."


    Naraku Uehara smiled and shook his head.


    No one can judge whether Moonlight Gale is strong or not, but everyone agrees that his girlfriend Uzuki Xiyan is very beautiful.


    What Uehara Naraku cared about was not Uzuki Yuyan''s appearance.


    What Uehara is more concerned about is that Moonlight Haykaze''s girlfriend Yuzuki Yuyan knows the truth about Uchiha Obito, but she doesn''t seem to have revealed any secrets.


    For example, Uchiha Obito killed the Fourth Hokage couple.


    At the beginning, Uehara Naraku personally impersonated Uchiha Obito and blew himself up, but the most critical murder case was not detonated.


    This secret was covered up by Konoha or Kakashi.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes slightly skipped the crowd, he hummed softly, and a new plan was quietly formed in his heart.


    However, before Uehara Naraku secretly planned how to use Konoha, the Konoha ninja gave him a trick first!


    Moonlight Hayate glanced at the battle screen, and read aloud the contestants of the first Chunin exam: "The first match, Kaguya-kun Maro vs. Uehara Naraku!"


    "..."


    Everyone''s eyes involuntarily stopped on Kaguya-kun Maro and Uehara Naraku. These two Urenin are undoubtedly the two most powerful single-player fighters among all the candidates for the Chunin Exam this year!


    Does that make them straight up killing each other?


    The leader of Yinyin Village, Jonin, watched all this, and a trace of contempt flickered on the corner of his mouth: "Hmph, you did it before I did it!"


    The gazes of the other Jonin were also slightly surprised.


    The strongest two started fighting in the qualifiers. If it is purely a coincidence, the probability is too low, right?


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    "I surrender!"


    Kaguya-kun Marobo calmly announced that he had surrendered.


    If it is facing Uehara Naraku, Kimomaro cannot participate in this battle, no matter in terms of identity or strength.


    As for Uehara Naraku himself.


    Uehara''s body has remained motionless since Moonlight Hayate announced the two sides in the battle. Obviously, he already knew Kaguya-kun Maro''s choice.


    Only Bai Bai comforted his teammates with some regrets: "It''s a pity, if Jun Malu hadn''t met Uehara, he would have been able to advance."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Kaguya-kunmaro didn''t care.


    The qualifiers for the Chunin Exam were proceeding in an orderly manner. Except for the first round, the other two sides seemed to be back to normal.


    "Second match, Temari vs Tenten."


    There was almost no suspense in this battle. Every day, all the ninja tools accumulated by the rich man in the ninja world were blown away by Temari''s wind escape ninjutsu, and he was almost powerless to fight back. Temari won easily, and even had a few words to tease Konoha .


    It''s a pity that Temari''s expression suddenly changed in the ensuing battle.


    "The third match, Kankuro vs Sasuke Uchiha!"


    This battle was a lot more exciting, but it''s a pity that after Uchiha Sasuke directly used the fire escape ninjutsu to burn off the puppet thread, Kankuro was unable to fight back.


    "In the fourth match, Yume Shino will face Yamanaka Ino."


    Shino didn''t even need to do much in this fight, each bug forced Yamanaka Ino to abstain.


    "Fifth match, Akimichi Choji vs. Nara Shikamaru!"


    As soon as the two sides came out of this duel, before Shikamaru Nara raised his hand to admit defeat, Choji Akimichi sacrificed himself first, and shouted loudly: "I surrender!"


    "Sixth match, Naruto Uzumaki vs. Inuzuka Kiba."


    This is a tasteful battle.


    When Inuzuka Ya had the upper hand, because of his overly sensitive sense of smell, he smelled a bad smell, and was easily defeated by Uzumaki Naruto.


    "Seventh match, Hyuga Neiji vs Hyuga Hinata."


    Perhaps because they formed a team together in the Forest of Death, Hinata Neji didn''t do anything harsh to Hinata Hinata, but he still defeated his little cousin mercilessly.


    Naraku Uehara watched Hinata Hinata being carried down, and then sighed regretfully at Hinata Neji, how many of those who beat Hinata survived?


    Uehara suddenly remembered what he had done in the Death Forest.


    Anyone who defeated the other Konoha Twelve Xiaoqiang will undoubtedly be rewarded very generously. Only when they defeated Hinata, the system only gave one hundred gold coins.


    It''s okay, he won''t die.


    Even if he dies, he still has resurrection skills.


    "Eighth match, Haruno Sakura vs. Shiro!"


    The sound of Moonlight Hayate interrupted Naraku Uehara''s thinking, he glanced at Shiro beside him, nodded meaningfully at him and said: "Don''t waste time, solve it faster, I want to watch the next game. "


    "clear."


    Bai turned over and jumped onto the field.


    Just the flexibility of physical skills alone can make people see his skills, coupled with Bai''s pretty and cute appearance and Bingdun Xueji, it attracted someone in the corner of the arena to lick his lips.


    Orochimaru, who pretended to be Otogakure Jominin, licked his lips, and looked enviously at the young ninja below: "Whether it''s this kid named Shiro or that little guy named Kaguya-kunmaro, both Excellent container!"


    Both the Ice Escape Blood Successor and the Bone Vein Blood Successor are qualified to be his containers.


    It''s a pity that it is more difficult to capture the body of Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro than the body of Uchiha Sasuke.


    After taking the stage, Haruno Sakura was a little unconfident. Even though her two teammates tried their best to encourage her, she was still sadly defeated by Shiro.


    The qualifiers for the Chunin Exam have finally come to the final highlight!


    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly shifted, looking at the two ninjas who had been beaten by him, Gaara and Rock Lee, the corners of his mouth couldn''t help grinning.


    The last battle is the most exciting!


    Perhaps only the battle between Uehara Naraku and Kaguya Junmaro who failed to fight normally can be comparable to this battle.


    Locke Li, who opened the Dumen, penetrated Gaara''s sand armor forcefully, and finally lost because of his physical fitness unable to keep up.


    From now on, Rock Lee should be titled.


    No one expected that when Naraku Uehara brought Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro back to the hotel, and was planning to discuss how to spend the month before the start of the Chunin Exam, the two came to the door.


    Hatake Kakashi knocked on the door, leaning against the door and looking at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, I just heard from those little guys and Hongdou that your medical ninjutsu is very good, can you help treat the one in our village? child?"


    If it wasn''t really helpless, Kakashi wouldn''t have come to him after hearing that Mitarai Anko and the little fellows from Class 7 praised Uehara''s medical ninjutsu.


    "please!"


    Maitekai quickly flashed out from behind Hatake Kakashi, bowed deeply to Uehara Naraku, and begged tearfully: "Please save that child Li, we are grateful! "


    "But¡­"


    Uehara Naraku hesitated.


    He was a little unsure whether his treatment was working or not.


    After all, Locke Lee injured a bone or something. It is said that even the woman Tsunade is helpless, so what role can he play?


    Although Uehara did have a side mission to help with treatment.


    And the most troublesome thing is that Naraku Uehara is a little worried that after curing a Rock Li here, a Bamen Xiao Li will fly out in the future and kick him back.


    Luckily he still has several resurrection and invulnerability skills...


    Anyway, as long as you make sure your layers are high.


    Hatake Kakashi looked at Uehara Naraku and sighed, helped his forehead, and said softly: "As long as you agree to help, a set of Kiss Paradise Signature Collector''s Edition, as well as the latest series of Ninja limited release series of Kiss Violence¡­"


    "Who do you think I am?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Hatake Kakashi, frowned and said, "Okay, take me to see the situation first, I can''t guarantee that he can be cured..."

 Chapter 134

    Naraku Uehara accepted Kakashi''s gift first.


    Because Naraku Uehara has no guarantees about whether he can cure Rock Lee. He is a ruthless medical ninja who can only instill life energy.


    After they arrived at Konoha Hospital, Naraku Uehara frowned while watching Li Luoke on the hospital bed, and said in a deep voice: "I can only guarantee his life. If there are any sequelae, I can''t Sure."


    The sequelae of Bamen Dunjia state affect the body, it cannot be solved by simple treatment, it must be done by surgery.


    But Uehara Naraku knows how to operate!


    It''s just that if you want Rock Li to heal, Uehara Naraku really can''t help it.


    Just set Xiao Li back in time, and then kill him with a knife, maybe he will recover after resurrection.


    This method of treatment is of course not available at present.


    If it''s just to complete the task, you can try to sneak in sneakily. If it is really successful, the credit must go to yourself who is currently treating Xiao Li.


    After all, Uehara Naraku saved Konoha, a genius ninja in Taijutsu.


    Among other things, it is not too much to ask Maitekai to compete with him in the normal state, the six-door scene state, the seven-door startled state and the eight-door dead state state, right?


    These are four tasks!


    Uehara Naraku thought of this, looked at Hatake Kakashi with serious eyes and said: "Okay, I will try to use the medical ninja to restore his body''s vitality temporarily, and I will come back to see the results after tomorrow..."


    "clear."


    Kaka Hatake nodded, patted the dejected Maitkai, and sighed: "Kay, the burden of Bamen Dunjia is too great, in fact, saving Li''s life now is already a good result. "


    "I see."


    Maitkay nodded dejectedly, and crouched to one side.


    As one of Konoha''s rare ninjas who specializes in body arts, Matt Kay has a deep affection for Rock Lee, who has the same ambition, and can almost be said to treat him like a parent.


    Now he is in a bad mood.


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, glanced at Hatake Kakashi who was still standing beside him, and understood that this guy didn''t believe in his skills, wanted to monitor his every move when he was treating Xiao Li, and might even want to write Wheel eye stealer.


    Doesn''t Kakashi, the bastard, learn a lesson?


    Uehara Naraku threw the Intimacy Paradise to Hatake Kakashi from his ninja bag, and said softly: "Since you have nothing to do, please help me read the contents of the book!"


    "What... what?"


    Hatake Kakashi couldn''t help but widen his eyes, holding Tiantian in his arms at a loss, he stared closely at Uehara Naraku, his eyes full of doubts.


    One normal eye, one red Sharingan.


    Both of Kakashi''s eyes seem to be questioning Uehara Naraku, are you crazy? Where did someone read the content of intimacy in heaven in public!


    Ordinary people can make people blush just by watching Kissing Heaven once, who can be ashamed enough to read the content of Kissing Heaven!


    Is this a fucking human thing!


    Uehara Naraku gave him a serious look, and said softly: "This is a request from a medical ninja, is there a problem?"


    Hatake Kakashi: "..."


    What kind of weird requests are these!


    Where would a medical ninja make such a request? Naraku Uehara was clearly here to deliberately humiliate him.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes were very determined.


    Originally, he didn''t intend to complete a certain task, but Hatake Kakashi took the initiative to send it to his door. Wouldn''t it be a waste if he just let him go?


    Side quest: Listen to Kakashi Hatake read about Intimacy Heaven (0/1), the quest has not been completed, and the reward is unknown.


    Hatake Kakashi regretted his attempt to monitor Naraku Uehara, this person is still in Konoha, what can he do in the process of treating Rock Lee?


    Even if his medical ninjutsu is really extraordinary, is it something that ordinary people can learn?


    Back then in the Land of Water, he almost died in the hands of Terumi Mei when he tried to copy and use the ultra-wide-range Thunderbolt Ninjutsu. Isn''t the lesson not profound enough?


    Maitekai noticed that the atmosphere between the two was somewhat tangled, and immediately looked at his friend with pleading faces: "Kakashi..."


    "I read!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s heart sank, he gritted his teeth and opened the comic book, a blush suddenly appeared on his face, and he faltered and began to read: "... her... her toes are dripping... little by little The ground moved to my body...breathing...lips...moaning between the teeth..."


    Hatake Kakashi blushed as he read.


    Naraku Uehara blushed when he heard that, and his palm finally landed on Xiao Li''s forehead, and the star infusion poured part of his life energy and chakra energy into Xiao Li''s body.


    "Aha¡­"


    Rock Lee groaned in comfort on the bed.


    After the state of Bamen Dunjia and Dumen ended, Rock Li had never felt so comfortable as now. Pure and huge life energy entered his body, quickly repairing his external injuries and restoring his vitality.


    Such treatment can only save lives.


    If you want to really make Rock Lee heal and continue to be a ninja, you must perform surgery on the bones in his body.


    Uehara Naraku endured his impatience and listened to Kakashi Hatake read a whole set of kissing heaven before announcing the end of his treatment.


    "Okay, let''s wait and see tomorrow!"


    "..."


    After Hatake Kakashi finished listening, he immediately put the book away.


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm slowly: "Kakashi, return my book to me, this book is mine now."


    "..."


    A trace of reluctance flashed in Kakashi Hatake''s eyes, he gritted his teeth and handed the two copies of Intimacy Heaven to Naraku Uehara. This is an eighteenth birthday gift from Mr. Jiraiya!


    Naraku Uehara was about to take it with a smile on his face.


    The next moment, a handle of ice suddenly pierced through the set of kissing heavens, nailing them to the wall in an instant!


    Bai''s figure appeared next to the wall in an instant, and he brushed the two books of Intimacy Heaven with his palm, turning them into a string of icy slags. He said in a deep voice, "Uehara, my lord told me that you are absolutely not allowed to touch the three forbidden ninjas and This kind of pulp fiction."


    "..."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly froze.


    After so many years of getting along, instead of choosing to be his subordinate, Bai and Kaguya-kun Maru became the spies placed by Mr. Xiaonan by his side.


    Even Hattori Hirakawa didn''t dare to buy books for him, for fear that something might go wrong.


    What a pain!


    As a person who aspires to be the man behind the ninja world, Uehara has always planted spies around others, when will it be someone else''s turn to plant spies around him!


    It''s a pity that he didn''t dare to provoke the person who planted the spy.


    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku once got this set of books.


    Side mission: Own a set of Intimate Paradise (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward is 300 gold coins.


    Side quest: Listen to Kakashi Hatake read Intimate Paradise (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward passive skill enlightenment.


    Enlightenment: Gives you an additional 270 life energy.


    This task actually rewards basic attributes!


    The basic attribute has always been the most important thing for Naraku Uehara. I didn''t expect that just letting Kakashi read the kiss of heaven will increase more than 200 points of life energy.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly turned to Hatake Kakashi, the seventh class who is the protagonist of the ninja world, in fact, everyone is a treasure!


    As long as you dig, you will be able to dig out treasures!


    late at night.


    The moon is full.


    A figure quietly emerged from the ground of the hospital bed, slowly stood beside Rock Li, and put a chakra light spin on his body.


    Back in time!


    Immediately afterwards, this figure broke Rock Li''s neck in an instant!


    After a while, Rock Lee was resurrected.


    Just when Rock Li was waking up, a pair of palms suddenly pressed on his head, two balls of blue chakra entered his brain, endless fear emerged in Rock Li''s mind, he experienced a life worst nightmare.


    The next day, early morning.


    Naraku Uehara rushed to the hospital early. After observing Rock Lee''s condition, he used Star Infusion for him again, and asked softly, "How do you feel?"


    "I felt like I had a terrible nightmare last night..."


    There were big drops of cold sweat on Locke Li''s forehead, and he said in a deep voice: "I have experienced that nightmare before. By the way, I still felt like my neck was broken, but after waking up, I was sweating all over my body, and my body was also broken." Nothing unusual, I feel like my youth can be rekindled!"


    "Then congratulations on your recovery."


    Uehara Naraku patted him on the shoulder.


    This time, the treatment plan using time travel was still very successful.


    According to the collected data, Naraku Uehara can try to plan a treatment plan for Nagato later, after all, star infusion is a temporary solution, not a permanent cure.


    The only problem was that after Nagato was healed, the eyes of reincarnation that did not belong to him would no longer exist.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Naraku Uehara chatted with Rock Lee for a while, and thoroughly washed what happened last night into a nightmare, and waited until the arrival of Matt Kai and Hatake Kakashi.


    In addition to them, there are all members of Konoha Twelve Xiaoqiang.


    After Naruto Uzumaki learned that it was Naraku Uehara who treated Locke Li, he said to his classmate triumphantly, "I''ve already said that Senior Uehara is a good person!"


    "Ok."


    Ningji Hinata walked up to Uehara Naraku, and bowed gratefully to Uehara Naraku: "Thank you senior for saving Li! As long as senior needs help, we are willing to do our best for senior."


    "That''s it, Neji!"


    Maitekai came over, patted Neiji Hinata on the shoulder, and smiled generously: "This is the attitude you should have when facing your teammate''s lifesaver! Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku, as long as you encounter any trouble in Konoha, Konoha''s blue beasts and blue beasts will not hesitate!"


    Healing Rock Lee''s injury brought a lot of benefits.


    In addition to the collective gratitude of the third class, the other Konoha ninjas have also become a lot more reverent towards Uehara Naraku, and Uehara Naraku has received a bunch of good person cards.


    A ninja with superb medical ninjutsu is so respected, just like that woman Tsunade has traveled all over the ninja world, and every ninja village dare not offend her easily.


    Respect for medical ninjas is what Tsunade spread throughout the ninja world.


    As a result, the woman Tsunade herself was the biggest beneficiary of this idea.


    However, Uehara Naraku did not use the promise made to him by the third squad, and everyone just talked about it.


    What kind of favor is the most precious?


    A favor that will never be used, but will always make people feel grateful.


    Uehara Naraku was just joking and made an appointment with Matt Kai, and before the start of the Chunin Exam, the two of them would find a chance to practice martial arts.


    There is still one month left until the Chunin Exam.


    During this period of time, Uehara Naraku still has a lot of things to do. It is rare for Konoha to wear a good human skin. Of course, he has to do something that is not human.

 Chapter 135

    In the middle of the night, Konoha Yakiniku restaurant.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    The party celebrating Rock Lee''s recovery is over.


    These little guys made an agreement with each other to practice hard, and a month later, they had a showdown in the main match of the third exam, and a few brave ones even challenged Naraku Uehara.


    After Naraku Uehara said goodbye to them cordially, he returned to the hotel where he lived. After pouring a cup of tea slowly, he turned his head and looked at a figure in the dark corner: "Dou, how is the matter handled? Find the man named Xianglin Is there a woman?"


    "yes."


    Pharmacist came out from the darkness, and answered, "I temporarily placed her in a small town near Konoha."


    "Protect her well, that''s a gift I want to give to the elders."


    After Uehara Naraku softly instructed the pharmacist, he continued: "When the Chunin exam is about to end, you and I will go and capture Shimura Danzo together. If we can''t capture him, we will kill him on the spot."


    "yes."


    Yao Shidou chuckled and pushed his glasses and said: "Master Naraku, I have been in charge of the connection between Master Orochimaru and Shimura Danzo, at that time I could invite him to meet him in the name of discussing Konoha''s collapse plan." .¡±


    "It doesn''t matter, he can''t escape anyway."


    Naraku Uehara clenched his fists tightly, looking like he was holding the winning ticket: "Danzo Shimura was a gift carefully prepared for the teacher when I returned to Yuyin Village. Even if I saw his dead body, the teacher would be happy of."


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou feels that his new boss is unreliable again.


    When he was working as Dashewan''s assistant in the Akatsuki organization, Yaoshidou met Xiaonan once, and he didn''t think that cold blue-haired woman would be happy when she saw Shimura Danzo''s body!


    No, no woman would be happy to see a dead body as a gift from her!


    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku looked so swearing, that Yao Shidou couldn''t change his decision without authorization.


    What''s more, killing Shimura Danzo was also what Yao Shidou wanted to do.


    "Okay, that''s it!"


    After Naraku Uehara waved his hand, he finally ordered a few words: "The next thing you have to do is to monitor the movement of Orochimaru, monitor the smooth progress of his Konoha collapse plan, and guide him to study Bai Ze by the way."


    "clear."


    Pharmacist put on his hood and disappeared into the night.


    After Yao Shidou left, Naraku Uehara began to plan his own plan. He had to continue to think of ways to make Naruto black and defect.


    This task is too difficult!


    Seriously, it would be easy to get Sasuke to defect.


    Today Uehara Naraku felt that as long as he hooked his fingers, the little guy Sasuke would follow him and leave Konoha and become a rebel.


    Damn, Sasuke is so easy to lie!


    As long as he has hatred with Uchiha Itachi and can help him become stronger so that he can kill Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Sasuke is willing to join.


    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku didn''t want it at all.


    In comparison, Uzumaki Naruto''s hard-headed guy is a headache for Uehara Naraku. He really has no way to guide Naruto to blacken, unless he uses someone''s identity to leak information.


    In a month or so, Naraku Uehara will definitely kill Shimura Danzo, so use Danzo''s identity based on the principle of using and cherishing?


    After all, after Uehara Naraku killed Danzo himself, the ninja world lost a backer.


    No, there is another person who is about to die.


    Three generations of Naruto Sarutobi Hiruza.


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth curled up slowly, instead of using Shimura Danzo''s appearance to show flaws in Konoha''s actions, it is better to use Sarutobi Hiruzane!


    After all, the market for the third-generation Hokage conspiracy theory is going well in the second-dimensional world, and there are a lot of scapegoats on his body, and some of them can''t be washed clean!


    Naraku Uehara nailed the plan almost immediately.


    Waiting until the night before the main competition of the Chunin Exam, pretending to be Sarutobi Hiruzen, let Uzumaki Naruto discover that his respected Grandpa Hokage has always been a conspirator, and a dark Hokage will definitely collapse Uzumaki Naruto''s faith!


    Mistake!


    Such a simple and straightforward plan, why bother to think hard and look forward and backward.


    Naruto Uzumaki wants to become Hokage, and once he sees that Konoha''s third Hokage has such a dark mind, he will definitely abandon Konoha completely!


    All my dreams have been shattered, so what are you still holding on to?


    The only trouble is that no flaws can be exposed.


    Uehara Naraku needs to find a way to find someone to act in a scene, so that Uzumaki Naruto inadvertently discovers that "Three Generations of Hokage" is a dark person, so that he will definitely believe it.


    And after the start of the race, when Orochimaru launches the Konoha collapse plan, people will throw dirty water on Sarutobi Hiruzen''s body, completely confirming that Sarutobi Hiruzen is a conspirator, Uzumaki Naruto still How can you doubt it?


    After Orochimaru kills Sarutobi Hiruzen, wouldn''t this kind of thing be dead without proof?


    After all, Sarutobi Hiruzen did have a lot of darkness on him. As the leader of a big Ninja Village, how could he not be involved in anything at all!


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his hands excitedly, and directly drew up the plan: "As long as the plan is successful, it will almost 100% make Naruto black, I am indeed a genius!"


    Now that this plan has been confirmed, all that remains is how to pour dirty water on the Third Hokage. By the way, think about what black material Sarutobi Hiruzen has...


    First, start with Uzumaki Naruto''s life experience.


    In fact, during the Kyuubi Rebellion, Anbe first reported to Sarutobi Hiruzen instead of going to Namikaze Minato, which means that Anbe''s power may still be in the hands of Sarutobi Hiruzen.


    This seems a bit greedy for power.


    After Uehara Naraku thought for a while, he planned to adapt this matter as Sarutobi Hiruzen. In order to be greedy for power, he instigated Uchiha Obito to launch the Nine-Tails Rebellion, assassinate the Fourth Hokage couple, and regain the power of Konoha.


    Second, start with the growth of Naruto Uzumaki.


    It has to be said that Sarutobi Hiruzen has been paying attention to Uzumaki Naruto''s growth, for fear that he will be affected by Nine-Tails'' Chakra, so he has been instilling the will of fire in him.


    Moreover, Sarutobi Hiruzen nominally prohibited others from talking about Uzumaki Naruto being Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, but he did not prohibit the villagers from rejecting Uzumaki Naruto.


    This is blatant PUA.


    This is mental brainwashing.


    Uehara Naraku thought about it for a while, and planned to adapt this matter into Sarutobi Hiruzen. In order to cultivate a war weapon loyal to himself, he secretly ordered other people to reject Naruto, but he himself guided Naruto to accept the will of fire. I just want Renzhuli to be used for myself.


    Third, start with the fetters of Uzumaki Naruto.


    Hiruza Sarutobi personally arranged Hatake Kakashi to be the instructor of the seventh class Jonin. It should be because of the fit between Kakashi and the seventh class. After all, Kakashi has both Sharingan and the Fourth Hokage. His disciples will definitely protect the teacher''s son and educate Uchiha''s orphan well.


    This is restrained by fetters.


    Naraku Uehara thought about it again for a while, and planned to adapt this matter into Kakasili Sharingan, the Hiruzaru Sarutobi, who can monitor and control Naruto at any time, so as to prevent Kyuubi from going berserk; Teammates leak out.


    In addition to these, Sarutobi Hiruzen secretly led Uchiha Itachi to rebel against the family and ordered him to slaughter the Uchiha family.


    After all, Danzo has helped Hiru Sarutobi get blamed so many times, and it should be the other way around!


    After Uehara Naraku thought about it all night, he barely perfected his plan.


    Now that he has made the plan to this extent, he will definitely be able to guide Naruto to blacken and defect. If he still fails, then he will not fucking do this task in the future!


    Hehe, how could it fail?


    After returning, I applied to Mr. Xiaonan for two sets of Akatsuki''s uniform.


    One set for twelve-year-old Naruto Uzumaki, and one set for sixteen-year-old myself.


    He can bring Kyuubi Jinchuriki back soon, isn''t it worth a uniform and full member status?


    However, after Uehara Naraku made Naruto''s defection plan, a variable appeared in his plan.


    An old man returns to Konoha.


    One of Konoha Sannin, Toad Immortal Ziraiya.

 Chapter 136

    Konoha Village.


    Yile ramen shop.


    When Naraku Uehara was sitting here snoring and eating ramen, someone suddenly patted him on the shoulder, smiled heartily at him and said, "What a coincidence, Uehara, I didn''t expect to meet you here!"


    "Naruto?"


    When Naraku Uehara saw Naruto Uzumaki''s little yellow hair, he thought of his plan, and couldn''t help showing a smile on his face.


    Just when Naraku Uehara wanted to say something to Naruto by the way, he saw another tall figure opened the curtain and walked in.


    This tall man was wearing a red robe, his long white hair was tied behind him, and he glanced at Uehara Naraku with a threatening look: "Huh? Yu Shinobu?"


    "That''s right! Uehara is a genius ninja from Hidden Rain Village!"


    Uzumaki Naruto introduced Uehara Naraku to the tall man with a smile all over his face, and then introduced the tall man to Uehara Naraku: "This is a lecherous fairy who likes to peep. Recently he is guiding my cultivation..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly became a little strange.


    Ever since he made Naruto''s blackening and defection plan, he hasn''t paid much attention to Konoha''s every move. He even forgot that Jiraiya will return to Konoha during the Chunin exam!


    And now Jilai has begun to guide Uzumaki Naruto to practice, which means that he has been back for a few days.


    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku saw Jiraiya the first time, and didn''t think that there would be any changes in his Naruto defection plan.


    Uehara Naraku only realized one problem, and it was time for his disciple to repay the debts of Konan-sensei and Nagato... By the way, he could also complete a few small tasks.


    The only question is, how to hook up with Jiraiya?


    At this time, the name of Xiaonan''s disciple must not be used, so he can only use the well-known identity of another Konoha ninja!


    "Master Ziraiya!"


    Uehara Naraku stood up quickly, looked at the tall Jiraiya excitedly and said, "Master Jiraiya, I am your fan! The Intimate Paradise series is super beautiful!"


    "Huh?"


    Jiraiya looked at Uehara Naraku who was full of excitement with a confused face, touched his face in embarrassment and said, "That... do you need an autograph?"


    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly collapsed: "The Intimate Paradise and Intimate Violence series in my hand have been confiscated."


    "Then buy it after you turn eighteen!"


    Jiraiya patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder in a friendly manner, laughed and told him, "Although I know that book sells well, it is banned after all!"


    Jiraiya knows a lot about the books he has written.


    But it seems that Jilai also seems to have some natural affection for people who have the same lovers. After all, the hobbies between men are easy to understand each other.


    The host and guest enjoyed the meal.


    Jiraiya even took the initiative to ask Uzumaki Naruto to pay for the meals of Uehara Naraku''s Ichiraku Ramen. He pretended that this was a benefit he gave to fans.


    This operation made Hara Naraku dumbfounded.


    However, Uzumaki Naruto did not resist paying the money, and even praised Uehara Naraku''s medical ninjutsu very powerfully. Even the doctors at Konoha Hospital were helpless, and Uehara Naraku could easily help treat injuries.


    "Oh, still a good medical ninja?"


    Hearing Uzumaki Naruto''s praise, Jiraiya became more and more interested in Uehara Naraku, he drank a glass of water slowly, and said with a little nostalgia on his face: "I also know a very powerful medical ninja! "


    Uehara Naraku immediately thought of a certain woman, and his face suddenly turned a little ugly: "Hehehehe...is it Tsunade-sama, one of the Konoha Sannin?"


    "yes."


    Jiraiya also nodded, his expression was a little emotional, but he noticed that Uehara Naraku''s face was different, and couldn''t help but said: "Huh? Little guy, do you know Tsunade too?"


    "Hehehe...Of course."


    Uehara Naraku pinched his fingers, his face gradually darkened: "I lost to her a few million taels, how could I forget her?"


    That woman in Tsunade has the face of an angel, but her voice is as seductive as a devil, her temperament is particularly arrogant, and her character is extremely bad.


    "puff!"


    Jiraiya squirted out a mouthful of water, pointed at Uehara Naraku and couldn''t help laughing: "Hahahahahahahahahaha... You can lose to that fellow Tsunade!"


    Jiraiya slapped the table and laughed wildly, not caring about his own image at all: "Hahahahaha, there are still people in the ninja world who would lose to Tsunade!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became strange.


    Is it unusual to lose to Tsunade now?


    What''s more, Uehara only lost a few million taels. If Uehara didn''t show up, Jiraiya would lose to Tsunade after a few years, but he lost his life.


    I have to say that Jiraiya has a bad personality.


    Konoha Sannin, none of them are serious people.


    "Okay, okay, I won''t laugh anymore."


    Jiraiya suddenly stretched out his arm and hooked Uehara Naraku''s shoulder: "Since you are a medical ninja, why don''t you come and do me a favor? I''m your idol, you will definitely help me, right?"


    "Please do as you command."


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku sighed and nodded seriously.


    Regarding Jiraiya''s request, Uehara Naraku was not only embarrassed to refuse, but even took the initiative to ask what he could do. Who made this a debt owed by Konan-sensei and Nagato?


    Uehara Naraku''s face was extremely solemn: "No matter what request Jiraiya-sama makes, I will seriously help Jiraiya-sama to complete it!"


    The current Uehara does have this confidence.


    As long as you don''t mention those unscrupulous things, other things such as killing Orochimaru and finding Tsunade are quite easy to do.


    "Oh?"


    Jiraiya also touched his chin, and looked at Uehara Naraku curiously, feeling that his fans seemed to admire him very much.


    Jiraiya thought for a while, made a serious look, and said in a deep voice: "Then I want eternal peace in the ninja world!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku raised his head slowly, is this request serious?


    If you really want the ninja world to be peaceful forever, it can only be done if you have unlimited monthly reading, let everyone enter the illusion, and make the whole ninja world lifeless!


    "Okay, okay, I was joking."


    Jilai also patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, and whispered: "I just need you to do me a favor, because Naruto is going to practice a very dangerous technique in a while, if he is seriously injured, Can you help bring him back?"


    "very simple."


    Uehara Naraku immediately agreed.


    What Jiraiya wants to do is to let Uzumaki Naruto learn to use the chakra of Kyuubi to perform psychic skills, so he intends to throw Uzumaki Naruto into the most dangerous situation, so that Uzumaki Naruto can be at the limit of life and death. Toad Bunta from Mt. Miaomu was channeled through the chakra of Nine Tails.


    The issue is¡­


    Everything happens.


    Now that they got to know a powerful and simple medical ninja, Zirai didn''t mind secretly adding a layer of insurance for this practice.


    At any time, the ninja world will always lack medical ninjas.


    Especially those medical ninjas who are strong and compassionate.


    According to Uzumaki Naruto''s description, coupled with Jiraiya''s senses, it seems that Uehara Naraku should be this kind of person.


    Konoha Houshan.


    Jiraiya dragged Uzumaki Naruto to the edge of a valley. The valley was full of dense stone guns, which made people dizzy.


    "Just here!"


    Jilai also lowered his head and stared at Uzumaki Naruto, who was a little astonished, and his voice gradually became a little cold: "I have given you the technique you want to practice. If you don''t want to die, you should do everything you can to survive. !"


    After finishing speaking, his finger flicked on Uzumaki Naruto''s forehead!


    The next moment, Uzumaki Naruto''s body flew upside down like a cannonball, screaming and falling into the valley, and a series of horrified voices came from the valley!


    "Is it really okay to do this?"


    Uehara Naraku walked over slowly, his existence is the insurance of Uzumaki Naruto''s practice this time, the problem is such a deep valley, what if Uzumaki Naruto falls to his death?


    "This is his fate."


    The expression on Jiraiya''s face was still indifferent, only when he saw Uehara Naraku''s worried eyes, he slowly showed a smile: "Don''t worry, there is a small river in the depths of the valley, even if he fails, he can use the check Carat absorbs rocks and slides to the bottom."


    "Psychic art!"


    A struggling yet extremely firm young voice came out of the valley!


    A huge chakra instantly appeared within the perception range of Jiraiya and Uehara Naraku, Uzumaki Naruto really psychic out a huge monster!


    Toad Bunta of Mt. Miaogi!


    "Well, it seems that Naruto guy succeeded."


    Jilai also hooked the corner of his mouth, turned and left here, and greeted Uehara: "Let''s go, I will take you to enjoy the most beautiful scenery in the ninja world."

 Chapter 137

    On the cliff.


    Jiraiya and Uehara Naraku sat on it, and there happened to be a big tree blocking their figures, allowing them to hide themselves and observe everything around them.


    Jiraiya and Uehara Naraku looked down at the girls in swimsuits playing in the stream below, and they were observing the daily life of ordinary people in Konoha.


    In the stream, one of the girls was laughing, and suddenly rubbed the chest of another girl, and a soft laughter like a silver bell came up.


    "Oh ho ho ho ho ho ~"


    Hearing the sound coming from the stream, Jiraiya''s eyes and voice gradually became abnormal. He even took out a telescope from his ninja bag: "Tear off your clothes a little bit, come on, come on, come on... yo hoo Ho ho ho ho!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was expressionless like a saint. He slowly turned his head to look at the other side of the cliff, where there was a huge toad jumping up and down, trying to throw something down. The towering tree was easily smashed by its body. run down!


    That toad is none other than Toad Bunta from Mount Miaomu.


    Ever since Uzumaki Naruto channeled Gama Bunta, and refused to get off Gama Bunta''s back, the two guys started arguing, and they seemed to be still angry there.


    This is very dangerous!


    In case Uzumaki Naruto is thrown off by Toad Bunta...


    Of course Uehara Naraku is not worried about this, he is just trying his best to maintain his personality: "Master Jiraiya, do you really not need to help Naruto?"


    "No need to."


    Jiraiya held the binoculars in his hand and did not move at all, but the smile on the corner of his mouth was getting bigger and bigger: "After the two guys, Gama Bunta and Naruto, are done tossing, you can go and help Naruto heal. It¡¯s time to talk about these unpleasant topics.¡±


    After answering Naraku Uehara''s question, Jiraiya even took out a telescope from his ninja bag and handed it to Naraku Uehara friendly: "Look, look, they seem to be taking off each other''s swimsuits!"


    What a mess!


    Jiraiya really thinks that Uehara is his book fan?


    Naraku Uehara frowned, took the telescope in Jiraiya''s hand impatiently, and lowered his head to see what was below.


    Side mission: Participate in Jiraiya''s material collection (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the passive skill will be rewarded for excessive growth.


    Overgrowth: Life energy increased by 300 points.


    Until after the sun goes down.


    Jiraiya and Uehara Naraku retracted the binoculars with endless enthusiasm.


    As it was getting late, several girls also put on their clothes and went home, so their material collection this time ended.


    "Okay, Naruto''s side is probably about the same?"


    Jiraiya also took a scroll from his body, handed it to Uehara Naraku, touched the back of his head, and said a little embarrassedly: "Help me take this scroll and give it to Wentai, and take Naruto from Wentai. Take it back!"


    "it is good."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded, he glanced at Jiraiya who suddenly jumped away in surprise, and couldn''t help asking loudly: "Master Jiraiya, where shall we meet later?"


    "That depends on whether we have a chance!"


    Jilai also waved at Naraku Uehara. He has helped Naruto sign the psychic contract of Mt. Miaomu, and taught Naruto the art of chakra control and psychic.


    Moreover, during this period of time, Jilai did not find any traces of Orochimaru, so he decided to leave Konoha temporarily and search around for traces of Orochimaru.


    Wait until Jiraiya leaves.


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the large scroll in his hand, and couldn''t help raising his eyebrows. Is this the psychic contract scroll of Mount Miaomu?


    Forget it, this scroll is useless.


    Uehara Naraku sighed, flew to the position of Gama Bunta, and threw the scroll in his hand at it: "Master Jiraiya asked me to hand it over to you."


    "Oh?"


    After Hamowen took the scroll too slowly, he took down Uzumaki Naruto who just fainted on it, and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "Where''s Jiraiya that guy?"


    "I don''t know that."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, took Uzumaki Naruto''s body, waved his hand and used a star infusion on Uzumaki Naruto.


    According to Uzumaki Naruto''s super huge physique, one-time star infusion treatment is definitely not enough, it can only wake him up.


    Uzumaki Naruto slowly opened his eyes, and after seeing Uehara Naraku, he showed off a little happily: "Uehara, I just got a super powerful psychic beast, and I will wait until the main competition of the Chunin exam." I will definitely defeat you!"


    Just the size of Toad Bunta alone has overwhelming strength!


    If Uzumaki Naruto can really channel Toad Bunta all the time, he can really get a good result in this Chunin exam.


    However, it is only good.


    Uzumaki Naruto turned his head and saw Toad Bunta next to them, and immediately waved his hands excitedly at the giant monster: "Hey, Boss Toad, I won! When I summon you in the future, I will come out! "


    "Smelly brat!"


    Toad Wentai sprayed a huge smoke ring with a pipe in his mouth, and slowly put away the psychic scroll of Miaomu Mountain: "Okay, take this kid back, let me spend a day with a kid today, sooner or later Find that guy Jiraiya to settle the score!"


    After finishing speaking, Toad Bunta was about to leave.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    "etc¡­"


    Uehara Naraku called to Toad Bunta, slowly raised his head, showing a kind smile: "Before I leave, I have a question to ask your Excellency."


    "Huh? Ask me?"


    Toad Wentai slowly lowered his head and looked down at Uehara Naraku, looking at the young ninja on the ground, and exhaled a huge smoke ring: "Little thing, who do you think you are?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes.


    Originally, for the mission, he wanted to provoke Toad Bunta.


    If you don''t beat it up this time, you don''t know when it will be next time.


    Taking advantage of Jiraiya''s absence, it doesn''t matter if you beat Toad Bunta, not to mention that many Konoha ninjas know that Uehara Naraku has strong real combat strength in addition to medical ninjutsu.


    It is estimated that only Jiraiya would think that he is just a book fan.


    I didn''t expect Gama Bunta to be so cooperative. As soon as Uehara Naraku said a word, Gama Bunta''s irritable temper broke out.


    Isn''t this sent to your door for a beating?


    Naraku Uehara raised his head slowly, and showed a kind smile at Toad Bunta: "You will know who I am soon!"


    After the voice fell, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place!


    In the next second, Uehara kicked Bunta Toad and sent the huge toad flying. Countless towering giant trees were knocked into the air by it!


    "Uehara, you... what are you doing?"


    Naruto Uzumaki looked at this scene in shock.


    After Uehara Naraku finished all this, he turned his head and looked at Uzumaki Naruto with a sluggish face with a smile on his face, and said, "It was looking down on me just now! Did you see, Naruto, even if you have this psychic beast, you will still be able to do so." You can''t be arrogant and think that you have become stronger, understand?"


    "But¡­"


    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Toad Bunta who was on all fours in the distance speechlessly. Is this still the domineering boss Toad just now?


    He just thought he got a powerful psychic beast, and since then, his strength has skyrocketed, beat Sasuke and married Sakura, and embarked on the road of Hokage...


    As a result, all fantasies were slapped by Uehara Naraku.


    "Okay, but its strength is not bad."


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his wrist, glanced at Toad Bunta who got up again, and walked towards him step by step: "Naruto, let me help you teach your psychic beast a lesson, and let it obey you obediently in the future Is it not good?"


    "There''s no need for that..."


    Uzumaki Naruto hurried forward and stopped Uehara.


    "It''s very necessary, if you don''t believe it, let''s ask it."


    Naraku Uehara watched Toad Bunta rushing towards them, and shouted at it loudly: "Hey, that ugly monster, if Naruto needs you to fight, will you obey his call?"


    "Hmph, that kind of brat is not even qualified to be my younger brother!"


    Hearing Uehara''s words, Gama Wentai couldn''t help but cursed back loudly, touched the huge short knife at his waist, jumped into the air with his hind legs, and rushed towards Uehara Naraku!


    How could it be subdued!


    As the giant psychic beast with the strongest combat power in Mount Miaomu and the most powerful subordinate of the Great Immortal Toad, the pride of Toad Bunta can be imagined.


    Umehara Naraku took advantage of the opportunity to push Uzumaki Naruto aside, with an air of pride: "Naruto, there is no other way. If Master Jiraiya is not here, let me help you train the little pet!"


    "Who do you call a pet!"


    Toad Bunta slashed down at Uehara Naraku''s position!


    Uehara Naraku crossed his arms and stood in front of him. The spike defense posture was opened, and a mass of orange grid defense wrapped his body.


    The moment the huge dagger fell, it was blocked by the grid defense!


    A huge counter-shock force entered into Toad Wentai''s body along the palm of his hand, and the counter-shock damage of the spike defense was completely able to use force to attack.


    Half of the power used by Toad Bunta will bounce off its body, especially as it rises into the sky and uses the momentum of its fall to strengthen its own strength.


    For Uehara, Toad Bunta is looking for death!


    The next moment, Toad Bunta''s body flew upside down, and his whole body was shaken by a huge force, causing countless wounds, and he couldn''t help but spit out a mouthful of blood from his mouth.


    Naraku Uehara appeared above Toad Bunta, kicked down from the air, and completely knocked down the huge psychic beast to the ground!


    When Toad Wentai was covered with scars, Uehara Naraku slowly landed beside it: "Ugly guy, remember your identity, you are just a psychic beast, and you will obediently listen to Naruto''s words ,Right?"


    "..."


    Toad Bunta refused to answer.


    At this moment, it thinks Uehara Naraku is mentally retarded.


    Where would someone subdue a psychic beast in this way, wouldn''t they be afraid that their psychic beast would become a bastard like Ten Thousand Snakes, who might betray their master at any time?

 Chapter 138

    "Little ghost, don''t let me help you fight in the future!"


    Toad Wentai didn''t dare to look at Uehara Naraku, but after angrily yelling at Uzumaki Naruto, he directly dismissed his psychic.


    "Hey?"


    Uzumaki Naruto scratched his head in confusion, then turned his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku again: "Boss Toad, what''s going on with it?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and said a little ashamedly: "Could it be because I lost to me and became angry? Did I do something wrong?"


    "No, how could it be!"


    Uzumaki Naruto waved his hands hastily, and said repeatedly: "Anyway, you wanted to help me at first, maybe it felt that its strength was too weak!"


    Although Naruto feels that something is not right...


    But thinking about it carefully, Uehara Naraku did nothing wrong.


    It''s just that the result is a bit unsatisfactory. What went wrong?


    Uehara Naraku has received his own mission reward, this time he defeated Gama Bunta, so Uehara got a psychic contract.


    Side task: Defeat Toad Bunta (1/1), the task has been completed, reward the psychic contract river king Tam.


    Psychic Contract: Summon the River King Tam, consuming 1000 chakra points.


    This contract is a bit indescribable.


    Anyway, talk is better than nothing.


    Konoha''s life gradually calmed down.


    It''s just that in this calm, there are deeper waves, especially after the invigilator of the third exam, Moonlight Gale, died mysteriously.


    In order to investigate the conspiracy of the major allies and Orochimaru, Konoha sent a large number of Anbu to various countries to investigate.


    Yuyin Village has become Konoha''s only trustworthy ally.


    According to Kakashi''s information, Orochimaru once stole the treasures of Yuyin Village, which caused the pursuit of Yuyin Village, and Uehara Naraku and Orochimaru have been tit-for-tat, disrupting Orochimaru''s plan many times.


    The night before the Chunin Exam.


    In Uehara Naraku''s hotel room, he was wearing a replica imperial robe and bamboo hat. Although he could use the natural phantom to transform, this was also to prevent his true face from being discovered in the event of a battle.


    This dress and the Hokage hat were obtained by Medicine Master.


    Uehara Naraku stood in front of the mirror and turned over the collar of the imperial robe: "I just like the small collar of Hokage''s imperial robe. It is indeed the clothes worn by the leader of Muye Village. Compared with the uniforms of ordinary members of our Akatsuki organization , but also a little more freedom and comfort.¡±


    "yes."


    Yakushi was wearing Anbu''s clothes, standing beside Uehara Naraku and helping him drag the fake Hokage hat.


    Due to the lack of manpower that Uehara Naraku can trust 100%, he can only temporarily let Yakushido play the supporting role tonight.


    "Have you memorized all the lines?"


    Uehara Naraku took the Hokage hat and asked a casual question.


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said with a low laugh: "I''ve memorized everything, I''m just curious why Naraku-sama is targeting Uzumaki Naruto with such a big fanfare, it''s better to abduct him directly when Naraku-sama leaves Konoha..."


    "No, I have to let him take the initiative to go with us."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and said with a light smile: "Naruto Uzumaki''s power is far beyond your imagination, just wait and see, he will surprise you!"


    "Master Naraku means..."


    "Just saying that."


    After Uehara Naraku put on the Hokage hat, he said softly: "After he leaves Konoha, I will take him to Akatsuki''s base. The gift of Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, Mr. Konan will definitely like it!"


    "Understood."


    Pharmacist nodded and put on a black hood.


    Inexplicably, he felt that his new boss had lost his mind again!


    In the past few days, Uehara Naraku has already investigated, and there is no surveillance Anbu around Naruto Uzumaki''s house, perhaps because he has become a ninja, and Konoha has not continued to waste power to protect him.


    late at night.


    When the moon is bright.


    Uzumaki Naruto had a rare insomnia, because tomorrow he wanted to defeat his opponent in public and gain the approval of the villagers.


    Just when Uzumaki Naruto was suffering from insomnia, a voice suddenly came into his ears: "Third Hokage-sama, Uzumaki Naruto has fallen asleep, are you here to check his seal?"


    "No, I''m just here to see."


    An old voice came into Naruto''s ears, this voice has always been familiar, it is the voice of Sarutobi Hiruzen of the Third Hokage.


    However, what Hiruzaru Sarutobi said at the next moment made Naruto Uzumaki a little uncomfortable: "How is Naruto Uzumaki? Tomorrow is the Chunin exam that many famous and powerful people will come to watch. There must be no mistakes because of him."


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Uzumaki Naruto bit his quilt corner tightly, could it be that he has always been a troublesome child in Sarutobi Hiruzen''s impression?


    Obviously he has already started to learn to be a real ninja.


    In the next second, the unfamiliar Anbu voice continued to enter Naruto''s ears: "Don''t worry, Hokage-sama, once his Chakra is leaked, I will report it immediately; but if his Chakra is so abnormal that I think it cannot be handled ..."


    "You have the right to kill him on the spot."


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi''s old voice sounded indifferent: "Many years ago, when I ordered Obito Uzumaki to deal with Minakaze Minato and Kushina Uzumaki, Obito Uchiha made a mistake and unsealed Kushina Uzumaki." The nine tails in his body caused heavy losses in the village."


    Anbu couldn''t help but said happily: "Fortunately, the Fourth Hokage-sama didn''t notice at that time, and sealed the Nine-Tails into his son''s body, so that Konoha survived..."


    "That''s why I sent you to spy on Naruto."


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi sighed with emotion slowly: "Twelve years have passed, and Naruto Uzumaki, a brat, still has no way to use the power of Kyuubi. He is worse than his mother Kushina Uzumaki. Undeductible little trash..."


    "..."


    Anbu Ninja was silent for a while before answering: "But Naruto Uzumaki will be loyal to Hokage-sama, and his mother is only loyal to his husband Minato Namikaze."


    The two people outside the door fell into silence for a while.


    Naruto Uzumaki, who was eavesdropping in the room, tightly covered his nose, not daring to make any sound, his tears fell drop by drop and wet the bedding.


    Naruto Uzumaki never imagined that the first time he heard about his father and mother, he heard it from someone he had always respected!


    Uzumaki Kushina, the name is his mother.


    Namikaze Minato, the name is his father.


    But both of these two people were killed by Sarutobi Hiruzen!


    Uzumaki Naruto''s throat was suppressed, and he didn''t dare to make any sound, for fear of being noticed by outsiders, but his emotions were gradually becoming a little angry!


    But now Naruto Uzumaki knows very well that he is forcibly enduring his grief, because as long as he makes any movement, even if there is any change in Chakra, Hiruzen Sarutobi and that stranger outside will immediately appear and kill him.


    After the outside was quiet for a while, Hiruzaru Sarutobi''s voice sounded again: "Are you persuading me to save Uzumaki Naruto''s life for so many years, are you showing mercy?"


    "No."


    Anbu ninja whispered: "I just think Uzumaki Naruto is the most suitable container for Kyuubi. If you kill him rashly, it''s not easy to find a new container..."


    "Yeah, the descendants of the Uzumaki family are not easy to find."


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi said something in a low voice, and sighed softly: "There was a little girl of Uzumaki descendants in the team of Caoyin Village who participated in the Zhongnin exam before, but unfortunately I heard that the girl defected from Caoyin Village and went to Yuyin Village gone."


    After finishing speaking, Hiruzaru Sarutobi said with emotion: "If I had known this before, when Uzumaki Kushina asked us to save her hometown, I should have sent someone there to take a few little guys from the Uzumaki clan as An alternative to the nine-tailed container."


    "..."


    Anbu outside the door was silent for a while, as if he didn''t know what to say.


    After a while, he said: "It seems that some people in the village have begun to recognize Uzumaki Naruto during this time. Your plan may be hindered. Do you need to get rid of them?"


    "That''s not necessary."


    Hiruzen Sarutobi shook his head, his voice was a little indescribably gloomy: "I forbade other people from contacting Uzumaki Naruto back then, just to let him be loyal to me wholeheartedly, now he is very dependent on me, this order doesn''t matter anymore .¡±


    "What about Kakashi?"


    The Anbu continued to ask: "Before Hokage-sama asked Kakashi to leave Anbu to monitor Uzumaki Naruto''s every move, now he seems to be very concerned about Naruto."


    "Don''t worry."


    Sarutobi Hiruzen''s old voice was full of confidence: "Hatake Kakashi and Uchiha Obito are teammates, he just felt guilty for Uzumaki Naruto."


    There was a hint of a smile in Anbu Ninja''s voice: "What Naruto-sama said is that after all, Kakashi knew about Obito killing Naruto''s parents, but he has been secretly hiding it..."


    "Well¡­"


    Just after Anbu finished speaking, Naruto Uzumaki in the room couldn''t hold back anymore, tears couldn''t stop flowing on his face, and a syllable couldn''t help coming out of his throat.


    When Naruto Uzumaki realized that he was at a loss, he immediately yawned big, wiped away his tears, and hid in his quilt.


    The voices outside suddenly fell silent.


    After a while, the window in the room was opened quietly, and then closed quietly again soon, obviously someone came to check on his situation.


    After a while, Hiruzaru Sarutobi''s voice sounded again: "Since there is nothing going on here, you should monitor him carefully here. Tomorrow is the main competition of the Chunin Exam. All the big names and dignitaries will be present. We must not let Naruto Uzumaki appear in the slightest." Flaw."


    "Yes, Hokage-sama."


    Anbu outside the door agreed in a low voice.


    Soon, the outside suddenly became quiet.


    Uzumaki Naruto in the room was biting his quilt tightly, crying but he didn''t dare to make a sound, because he knew that there were ninjas watching him outside.


    Twelve years of dream.


    Totally destroyed tonight.


    Uzumaki Naruto pinched his thigh fiercely with his fingers, and there were wounds all over his leg. He tried his best to suppress his emotions and prevent himself from showing any abnormalities.


    Over the years, it''s no wonder that he tried desperately to gain the approval of the villagers, but in exchange for alienation; whenever he was hurt in his heart, Sarutobi Hiruzen would appear in front of him and teach him to learn to endure pain.


    All the light and darkness in life.


    It turned out that it was just the old man from Hokage Building who was manipulating it.


    Uzumaki Naruto''s body trembled slightly, recalling the scene where he channeled Toad Bunta, his mind suddenly sank into the boundless sealed water prison.


    Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes were filled with darkness, and he walked slowly to the edge of the water prison, raised his head to look at the huge figure inside the water prison, and said in a gloomy voice: "Smelly fox, your name is Nine Tails, right? You want to figure it out, Right?"


    "Roar!"


    Kyuubi opened his bloody mouth, looked at the young figure beside the water prison, and suddenly laughed loudly: "Hahahahaha... brat, if you let me out now, I will help you get that old thing and the whole wooden Leaves torn to shreds!"


    Obviously, what Naruto Uzumaki heard just now, Kyuubi also heard everything.


    Some of these secrets are not particularly clear to Nine Tails.


    But this is a good opportunity for Kyuubi, the darker Naruto is, the easier it is to manipulate Naruto!


    Kyuubi didn''t expect that a village like Konoha would be so dark, it''s worthy of being a ninja village created by Senju Hashirama and Uchiha Madara, two bastard bastards!


    People in Konoha are always so good at killing each other!


    "No, it''s not enough for them to pay back."


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Kyuubi and shook his head slowly, the blackness on his body became more and more intense: "Tomorrow is an important day, let''s make a big fuss with me!"


    There was a ferocious smile on Kyuubi''s face: "Little ghost, I never thought you would be enlightened the second time we met! Little ghost, you are much smarter than that woman Uzumaki Kushina!"


    That stinky woman obviously has such a powerful power, instead of thinking about how to use it, she only wants to suppress it.


    He even finds it to lose his temper when he encounters angry things outside!


    Damn, karma reincarnation, retribution is not good!


    Now it''s her son''s turn to suffer. As Uzumaki Kushina''s tenant, Kyuubi thinks it should guide Uzumaki Naruto well!


    Tomorrow is its departure time!


    "Naruto."


    Someone knocked on the window of the room.


    Uzumaki Naruto turned his head and saw Haruno Sakura standing by his window.


    The pink-haired girl said nervously, "I haven''t seen Sasuke-kun these days. He will have an exam tomorrow, and there is still no one at Sasuke-kun''s house. Can you accompany me to find him?"


    "it is good."


    Hearing Haruno Sakura''s request, Uzumaki Naruto immediately let go of his worries, and flew out of the window: "Sakura, why are you going to Sasuke''s house at night?"


    "Because I think he should go home anyway at this time."


    Haruno Sakura frowned, and said anxiously: "But until now he still hasn''t appeared... Well, Naruto, your face, you were just now..."


    Uzumaki Naruto covered Haruno Sakura''s mouth, nervously raised his fingers, for fear that the so-called Anbu who had been monitoring him all the time would know the situation.


    Uzumaki Naruto grinned, wiped his face, forced a smile and said, "Okay, I''ll accompany you to find Sasuke first! That guy is probably hiding somewhere and secretly working hard!"


    Some people, even though their hearts have already become riddled with holes, still hide their wounds in front of the person they like.

 Chapter 139

    The night grew darker.


    Uzumaki Naruto followed Haruno Sakura and left the residence.


    There is no Anbe watching Naruto Uzumaki at all, and the man pretending to be Anbe is going to another location with his new boss.


    Pharmacist took off his Anbu attire, and praised softly: "As expected of Master Naraku, you are indeed very thoughtful. The news that is overheard by one person is always more credible than the news that is told to him by others."


    To be honest, Yao Shidou was a little scared when he accompanied him in the performance.


    He always thought that Uehara Naraku was a pro-Konoha faction, but he didn''t expect Uehara Naraku to act so simply, directly luring Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki to go berserk!


    This new boss, apart from his low emotional intelligence, is really top-notch in terms of resourcefulness and tolerance.


    If the entire ninja world undergoes drastic changes in the future, Yaoshidou has no doubt that his new boss is the black hand behind all this!


    "Hehe... basic operation."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, took off the Hokage hat on his head, and took off the imperial robe on his body. He didn''t know that Uzumaki Naruto left with Haruno Sakura later.


    Because they still have one big thing to do.


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his fingers, and said softly, "How is it, Dou, have you made an appointment with Shimura Danzo tonight?"


    "certainly."


    Yaoshidou nodded with a smile, and explained in a low voice: "Right now, Shimura Danzo is still waiting for Mr. Orochimaru to take the position of Konoha''s fifth Hokage tomorrow after he kills the third Hokage! He is more right than anyone else." Take care of Konoha''s collapse plan!"


    "interesting¡­"


    Uehara Naraku smiled, and raised the corners of his mouth: "Then let''s go and see this Konoha''s Five Generations and a Half Hokage!"


    Konoha Village.


    The root organization''s secret base.


    This place is far away from the hustle and bustle of Konoha, and has been hidden on the edge of Konoha, so that Shimura Danzo can do some scandals in the dark.


    Tonight, Shimura Danzo was a little nervous.


    Not because of other reasons, but because tomorrow, once Konoha''s collapse plan succeeds, that will be the time when he is most likely to aspire to the position of Hokage.


    So tonight, Yao Shidou temporarily invited him to discuss, and Shimura Danzo came here specially, for fear that something might happen to tomorrow''s plan.


    He is already sixty-nine today!


    If he still can''t sit in the position of Hokage, as he grows older, this chance will become more and more slim.


    Slap!


    The sound of heavy objects falling to the ground came from the empty base.


    It sounded a bit like a dead body fell to the ground!


    Shimura Danzo suddenly raised his head, glanced at his trusted subordinates, and said in a cold voice: "Take the root and go see what happened!"


    "Yes, my lord!"


    The oil girl took the root and flew towards the direction of the sound, and then his body flew back upside down in the next second, and someone hit him flying!


    Younu Qugen''s body suddenly hit the stone pillar in the base, spurting out a mouthful of blood, and there was no sound after a while.


    The visitor casually raised his head and looked at Shimura Danzo: "I have admired your name for a long time! Master Shimura Danzo of Konoha!"


    "Rainin!"


    Shimura Danzo frowned, and after looking at the person who came, he instantly recognized his identity: "You are Uehara Naraku who is here to take the Chunin Exam!"


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    "This identity is correct."


    Uehara Naraku took out a ring from his ninja tool bag and put it on his hand, and said softly: "Now allow me to introduce my other identity personally! I am Akatsuki''s intern, Uehara Naraku! "


    After the voice fell, Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared behind Danzo in an instant, waving his hand to wring Shimura Danzo''s head off.


    Shimura Danzo suddenly set up his ninja sword and blocked Uehara''s attack. His voice was a little low and said: "It''s so fast... No wonder you dare to assassinate me."


    "Your movements are not slow, Danzo-sama!"


    Uehara Naraku''s knee suddenly raised and hit Danzo''s chest. Watching the dying old man spit out a mouthful of blood, the defense collapsed instantly.


    Naraku Uehara kicked him down in the air!


    "Is it still a master of individual skills?"


    Shimura Danzo''s face became extremely ugly. He felt that his bones had been broken by Naraku Uehara, and he couldn''t fight like this.


    Shimura Danzo pulled out a knife suddenly, and cut off the iron seal on his arm with one knife, revealing a white arm densely inlaid with Sharingan.


    A Sharingan on the arm quietly closed its eyes.


    "Is this activated?"


    Uehara Naraku raised the corners of his mouth, watched Shimura Danzo on the ground turn into a phantom, and said softly: "Then let me feel again, what it feels like to kill one person in a row!"


    Shimura Danzo used Uchiha''s forbidden technique Izanagi.


    This forbidden technique can be called a divine skill, which allows the caster to transform the unfavorable reality into an illusion, thereby avoiding any harm.


    Even death.


    The price is naturally the blindness of Sharingan.


    However, Shimura Danzo has an arm full of Sharingan!


    The next moment, Shimura Danzo''s figure suddenly emerged from the air, and slashed at Uehara Naraku''s throat!


    Click!


    The Ninja Sword was interrupted by Uehara Naraku Yokote!


    The broken ninja knife was held by Naraku Uehara in an instant, and he inserted it into Shimura Danzo''s throat with a wave of his hand, wanting to kill Danzo''s life again!


    It''s a pity that Danzo seems to be still in the duration of Izanagi, this move did not cause any damage, Uehara Naraku could only fly back a few steps.


    "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Blade."


    Shimura Danzo also retreated at the same time, pulled out a kunai, and recreated a sharp blade with his wind escape chakra.


    Originally, he wanted to use Izanagi''s duration to kill Uehara Naraku, but it was a pity that Uehara Naraku directly cracked it with hard power.


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "Can you still not get any damage for the duration? What a coincidence, I also have similar skills!"


    The next second, Uehara''s figure appeared behind Danzo again, and said in a gloomy voice, "But we are different!"


    A huge force hit Danzo''s back, almost causing Shimura Danzo''s body to assume a bending state that a human body cannot do!


    Apparently he had a broken spine!


    Shimura Danzo gritted his teeth, and closed the Sharingan on his arm again.


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and said, "There are still nine Sharingans on your arm, plus the one hidden in your eye socket is ten. I just want to think about how to kill you or take you away." .¡±


    "go to hell!"


    The figure of Shimura Danzo reappeared from the air again, the wind blade in his hand was only a hair away from Uehara Naraku, and he wanted to use Izanagi''s remaining time to kill Uehara!


    However, a figure blocked Danzo''s movement.


    It was the pharmacist pocket who appeared.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist pocket that appeared, and said softly: "Shimura Danzo has ten Sharingans left, and Izanagi, which lasts up to ten minutes, I can give you an invincibility spell that lasts ten minutes, and the rest I''ll leave it to you."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara raised his hand and added a mask of the Moment of Holy Judgment on Medicine Master''s body, and then Uehara himself released a smoke screen and disappeared without a trace.


    The invincibility of the Moment of Judgment lasts for 3 seconds and consumes a minimum of 100 Chakra points, but two pieces of Seraph''s Embrace can reduce this Chakra consumption to 50 points.


    Uehara Naraku spent 10,000 points of chakra to release the holy order, which was just enough to provide Medicine Master with ten minutes of invincibility.


    "Thank you, my lord."


    Pharmacist watched Uehara Naraku gratefully as he disappeared into the smoke screen.


    Shimura Danzo''s face suddenly became extremely ugly. He looked at Yao Shidou and gritted his teeth, "Is it you who want to kill me, or that guy Orochimaru who wants to kill me?"


    "No one in the ninja world doesn''t want to kill Danzo-sama, right?"


    Pharmacist lowered his head and pushed his glasses, his smile gradually became a little sinister: "I just want to kill Danzo-sama to pay homage to the dean..."


    "Are you for the pharmacist No Naoyu?"


    Shimura Danzo looked coldly at Yakushi''s pocket, and at the golden mask that could not be broken through anyway, flew back and released a cloud of wind escape ninjutsu: "Wind escape, big breakthrough!"


    He wants to use the wind escape ninjutsu to blow away the smoke and find out the location of Uehara Naraku!


    As long as Uehara Naraku is killed, the invincible spell on Medicine Master Dou will naturally be disbanded.


    However, after the cloud of smoke dissipated, the expression on Uehara Naraku''s face became a little unsightly: "Dou, don''t make me wait too long, and don''t let him bother me."


    "clear."


    Pharmacist nodded, and the green chakra scalpel appeared at his fingertips.


    Although Yaoshidou does not have strong strength, it is difficult to kill Shimura Danzo, but he has taken refuge in a powerful boss!


    Sometimes, a person''s vision can be very important.


    Shimura Danzo''s vision is a bit narrow, Konoha opened his mouth and Hokage closed his mouth, and he never really recognized the changes in the ninja world in his life.


    Yao Shidou got the promise of Uehara Naraku and naturally dared to go all out, not to mention that even if he died, he thought he could be resurrected.


    Shimura Danzo is different...


    Sharingan is to use one less one!


    Ten minutes later.


    It wasn''t until Yakushi Douju ??used his life-threatening style of play within ten minutes to close all the remaining nine sharing eyes on Shimura Danzo''s arm.


    As a last resort, Danzo Shimura looked at the cells between the pillars that exploded on his body, and had no choice but to cut off his arms with a knife to survive!


    At this moment, Shimura Danzo only has one other god that he took from Uchiha Shisui back then, and this is his last chance.


    "Hoo... hoo... hoo..."


    Panting heavily, Shimura Danzo tore off his bandage, revealing the Bietenjin Kaleidoscope Sharingan, and now he had to make a choice.


    Who is using the technique of other gods?


    However, Yakushidou''s next sentence made Shimura Danzo''s face change drastically: "Master Naraku, I suspect that the sharingan is the other god''s sharingan of Uchiha Shisui, after all, Shimura Danzo will not just transplant Sangodama... "


    "How do you know..."


    Shimura Danzo''s face was very ugly.


    Yao Shidou smiled lightly and continued, "This is the news that Da Shewan told me to pay attention to. We came to kill you just to snatch this Bie Tian Shen!"


    "Did Orochimaru tell you to do this?"


    Shimura Danzo''s face suddenly calmed down, he slowly untied his clothes, and sighed softly: "If you conspire with a snake, you will definitely suffer backlash!"


    "Do you want to activate the four-element sealing technique?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Shimura Danzo, and said slowly: "Fortunately, Oshemaru-sama has studied this forbidden technique, and taught us a way to break the four-element seal technique, so that other gods, Sharingan, will not be destroyed by you."


    "..."


    Shimura Danzo''s expression changed.


    The next moment, the old man''s face turned pale, he gritted his teeth and reached out to grab his eye socket, and forcibly snapped off the other god''s Sharingan!


    Immediately afterwards, Danzo Shimura crushed the Sharingan into pieces.


    For a ninjutsu genius like Orochimaru, it''s not surprising that he has developed a method that can break the Risixiang seal technique. Shimura Danzo doesn''t want other gods to fall into the hands of Orochimaru!


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his hand in a hurry, watching Shimura Danzo''s movements nervously, and said dissuadingly: "Hey, don''t!"


    However, after Shimura Danzo crushed Bettenshin Sharingan, Uehara Naraku said slowly, "Oh, I lied to you just now, but I''m actually not Orochimaru''s subordinate."


    "..."


    Danzo Shimura''s teeth were about to crack, and he opened his mouth to curse.


    How could this bastard Yuren do this? Then why does he know so much information, as if he is really a subordinate of Orochimaru!


    Shimura Danzo, who self-destructed his grave, almost wanted to vomit blood.


    Damn it, how painful it was for him to forcefully close his eyes just now, do these two little bastards know?


    The most important thing is that these two guys combined are much stronger than him, and they still have to lie to him!


    They are not serious ninjas, they have no heart.


    Shimura Danzo gritted his teeth resentfully, and comforted himself: "Forget it, as long as the other gods don''t harm Konoha, I will die without regret."


    "Hey?"


    Uehara Naraku suddenly smiled and said: "Then don''t you know who owns the other Beetenjin Sharingan? That person is a great danger to Konoha!"


    "..."


    Shimura Danzo suddenly raised his head and stared at Naraku Uehara. After a while, he shook his head and said, "You two guys tried your best to assassinate the old man, so what if I know the news?"


    "Danzo-sama is wrong."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, seeing Shimura Danzo''s eyes suddenly had a glimmer of hope, he chuckled and said, "Actually, we didn''t take any effort to assassinate you..."


    Yao Shidou nodded, and there was a smile on his face: "Yeah...Danzo, we just wanted to kill you, and then we came."


    This is true.


    To formulate a plan to assassinate Shimura Danzo, the two of them said a total of two sentences.


    The first sentence is, I want to kill Danzo.


    The second sentence is to lure Danzang out for a private meeting.


    This is the disadvantage hidden in the dark department. If you are not strong enough, you may be assassinated at any time.


    Uehara Naraku changed the subject, and suddenly said: "But it''s not easy. Outside Konoha Village, there are countless people queuing up to kill you, and they don''t have the opportunity like us!"


    "You...you..."


    Shimura Danzo was so angry that he spat out a mouthful of blood.


    Originally, his psychological quality was very high, but it was only because his life and death were in the hands of other people, and Naraku Uehara and the pharmacist poked his sore spots every sentence...


    Uehara Naraku played with the ring on his hand, a light flashed in his eyes: "Don''t worry, your old friend Sandai Hokage will accompany you tomorrow."


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared behind Danzo, and whispered in his ear: "Tell you a secret, since four years ago, I have been promoting your Konoha collapse plan."


    "what?"


    Shimura Danzo tried hard to turn his head away.


    However, a purple broadsword protruded from his chest!


    Shimura Danzo, with countless resentments hidden in his eyes, slowly fell to the ground.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the old man who was close to dying, he squatted down slowly, sighed and said, "Oh, yes, we actually have no way to break the four-element seal...I just want you The whole body of the body was given to others as a gift."


    "..."


    The only thing Shimura Danzo can move is his one eye.


    That eye seemed to be bloodshot, looking at Uehara Naraku viciously.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly and said: "Don''t look at me like that, I''m timid, why don''t you look at the pocket, this guy always has a smile on his face, but his heart is the darkest..."


    "..."


    The pharmacist put a smile on his face, but didn''t say anything.


    If it wasn''t for this boss who just made him feel good, killed Shimura Danzo nine times in a row, and his strength was too strong, Yao Shidou really wanted to have a good fight with him to see who had the darkest heart.

 Chapter 140

    Danzo Shimura is dead.


    It was a very humiliating death.


    Originally, he could have died vigorously, but in the teasing of the two not-so-familiar Uehara Naraku and Yao Shidou, who were full of lies, Shimura Danzo''s psychology completely collapsed.


    The two guys Uehara Naraku and Yakushidou are too irritating.


    Forget it, the ninja world is not worth it, their lives are up to them.


    Even if Shimura Danzo wanted to activate the Risixiang seal before his death and destroy his body, but later he had no strength.


    Uehara Naraku opened a seal scroll and sealed Shimura Danzo''s body: "It''s a bit difficult to bring back the living Danzo, so I can only bring back his body. I hope Mr. Xiaonan won''t care about this." !"


    "..."


    Pharmacist looked at Uehara Naraku''s movements in silence, and after deliberating for a while, he proposed: "Master Naraku, why don''t you give Master Xiaonan another bouquet of flowers when you go back?"


    What woman would like a dead body!


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, shook his head, and sighed: "Ordinary women, such as Konoha''s Haruno Sakura and Yamanaka Ino, might like flowers, but Konan-sensei is different, she doesn''t like these things. "


    Xiao Nan can fold paper flowers with secret techniques, how could he like flowers?


    In the past four years, when Xiaonan helped Uehara Naraku clean up the room, every time she left behind a paper flower that she folded by herself, there were all kinds of them.


    Uehara himself was a little tired of seeing flowers.


    Yao Shidou could only look helplessly at Naraku Uehara, who put away the scroll contentedly, and felt that his new boss had already started to imagine how happy Xiaonan would be when he received Danzo''s corpse...


    What else did the pharmacist say?


    As long as the new boss is happy!


    Uehara Naraku is of course very happy. He didn''t expect that the progress of the main task would also increase. Is this because of killing Shimura Danzo, or is it a reward for replacing him as the promoter of Konoha''s collapse plan?


    Main task: realize the wish of the book stall owner and become the biggest BOSS in the ninja world, with a progress of 17%.


    It is estimated that after the Konoha collapse plan is completed, this progress will increase further.


    In addition to this, there is another reward.


    Side mission: Defeat Shimura Danzo (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill Time and Space Breaks.


    Time-space break: Use time-space spells to break the timeline of the body, enter a state where no one can be harmed, and return to the position and state 4 seconds ago, making yourself more advantageous in battle. When you return to the predetermined position, you will Let the space around the position burst to damage the enemy, the skill consumes a minimum of 100 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 55 seconds.


    This skill can be regarded as a life-saving skill.


    Strictly speaking, this is also a skill that can kill the enemy instantly, as long as the time and your position are calculated.


    You can even develop some showy operations.


    For example, using the fate skill to teleport to a distance to fight, and then returning to the original position in an instant time-space break, it is cool to think about it.


    This skill is much easier to use than Izanagi.


    Side mission: Completely kill Shimura Danzo (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the passive skill Dark Harvest will be rewarded.


    Dark Harvest: Passive skill, each time you defeat a ninja, you will get a part of the power from the enemy, each time increasing life energy by 10 points, chakra energy by 10 points, and natural energy by 10 points.


    Uehara Naraku immediately felt that Shimura Danzo was a good person.


    Now that he has Dark Harvest, what skills do he need?


    As long as enough people are defeated, his strength will increase rapidly. Who else is his opponent in the entire ninja world? The opportunity to become stronger has arrived!


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help turning his head to look at his subordinate with the highest IQ: "Dou, you said that I am launching a ninja war now, is it reliable to declare war on the ninja villages of the five major countries?"


    "...Why would Naraku-sama think so?"


    Pharmacist''s face changed suddenly, and he subconsciously wiped the cold sweat on his forehead, and explained softly: "Even if you can mobilize Xiao''s power, it''s easy to capture a small country, but you don''t have the imagination to destroy a big country." It''s so simple, let alone the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations..."


    After finishing speaking, Yao Shidou opened his mouth and added: "However, during this period of time, I will continue to improve and study the technique of dirty soil reincarnation with Master Dashemaru as soon as possible. As long as we have enough dirty soil reincarnation army, we will have the power to compete with the five great powers." !"


    "..."


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist speechlessly.


    He really just said it casually, why did Yao Shidou take it seriously?


    No, this guy Yakushidou seems to be one of the culprits involved in the Fourth Ninja War!


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, sighed and said, "Okay, then I will endure for a while, but you have to work harder!"


    "Yes, my lord."


    Pharmacist Doudou responded respectfully, but he asked again: "I really want to know why your lord wants to start the ninja world war?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, planning to find an excuse for himself: "Wait a minute, let me think of a reason... Forget it, I''ll tell you when I think about it!"


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Damn, the new boss is really crazy!


    It''s just that as a qualified subordinate, Yao Shidou couldn''t embarrass his superior. He smiled lightly and said, "Master Naraku wants to destroy the old order and take this opportunity to resolve all the repressed conflicts and wars in the ninja world, is that so?"


    There is nothing wrong with this statement.


    To establish a new order, you must defeat the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations.


    "Yes, yes, yes, yes."


    Naraku Uehara nodded hastily, and after giving the pharmacist an appreciative look, he continued: "Okay, let''s clean up this scene first, and destroy it with fire ninjutsu, so that people think it''s Uchiha Itachi or Uchiha Made with soil."


    "yes."


    Yakushi Todo also looked at Uehara Naraku with approval.


    Killing Shimura Danzo is such a big matter, how can we not deal with the aftermath?


    Obito Uchiha and Itachi Uchiha are undoubtedly the most motivated candidates.


    If Uchiha Sasuke was not too young, Yakushido even thought it would be more appropriate for Uchiha Sasuke to take the blame, so that Sasuke could be forced to defect.


    Because of inherent prejudice, Yakushido believes that a genius ninja like Uchiha Sasuke is the most suitable candidate to join Akatsuki.


    After Uehara Naraku and Pharmacist Dou left the base, a huge flame shot out from Uehara Naraku''s hand, instantly detonating the base of this root organization!


    In the entire ninja world, there are very few ninjas who are good at fire escape ninjutsu.


    Since the death of Uchiha Madara, the Sarutobi and Uchiha clans have been competing for the title of the strongest fire ninja.


    It is definitely impossible for the Sarutobi clan to kill Shimura Danzo, so it can only be a member of the Uchiha clan.


    Uehara Naraku beckoned and said: "Okay, let''s leave here first, and someone will come to investigate soon, I hope it will not affect tomorrow''s plan."


    "Certainly not."


    Yaoshidou was very confident about this, he explained softly: "If the third Hokage died tonight, the Chunin exam might be postponed; but the one who died was Shimura Danzo, not many people in Konoha know about this root organization leader."


    This is another downside of hiding your identity.


    Not many people remember Shimura Danzo at all, and no one in Konoha villagers knows what achievements he has. How could he sit on the position of Hokage?


    "By the way, help me prepare a covenant book, and hand it to me during the exam tomorrow."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, and continued softly: "The content of the covenant is the alliance treaty between Konoha and Yuyin Village, including Konoha''s support for the Sanjiao Hanzo of Yuyin Village to become Umage, and support for the Kingdom of Rain to annex the Country of Grass. country¡­"


    After speaking for a while, Naraku Uehara patted his forehead troublesomely and said: "You can read and write, always write something that is beneficial to the country of rain, but don''t go too far... If you sign the name, write Shimura Danzo!"


    "I see what you mean."


    Yakushidou nodded seriously. He wanted Shimura Danzo to take the blame again. Doesn''t that mean that Tian Uehara Naraku would also do it himself and participate in the Konoha collapse plan?


    "Okay, that''s it for tonight!"


    Uehara Naraku quietly activated his destiny skills, and was about to return to his hotel room, but when he saw the heads of Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura wandering around Konoha, his whole face couldn''t help but change!


    Damn, there is something wrong with this woman Haruno Sakura, right?


    How many times is this?


    Why do you spoil his good deeds every time!


    This little girl won''t ruin his business again, will she?


    Uehara Naraku returned to his residence with a gloomy face, even if it was just to get revenge on Haruno Sakura, after the end of the Chunin exam, he would take Uchiha Sasuke away!

 Chapter 141

    The next day, the sun rose as usual.


    Because of a little incident last night, many people stayed up all night.


    After the root organization base exploded, Sarutobi Hiruzen and Anbe Ninja went to investigate, but found no trace of Shimura Danzo, only saw Danzo''s broken ninja sword.


    A living person can''t just disappear like this, can he?


    According to the preliminary judgment, Shimura Danzo should have had a fierce conflict with a fire escape ninja, and it is not known whether he escaped, disappeared, or was killed.


    It''s a pity that I didn''t have a clue all night.


    After Shimura Danzo disappeared, Hiruzaru Sarutobi''s heart was empty, and he could only temporarily believe that it was Uchiha Itachi or Uchiha Obito who did it. This means that this Chunin exam, it is difficult to be three Konoha S-level Will rebellion always appear?


    It''s a pity that the daimyo dignitaries and the leaders of the Xiaonin village will all arrive in Konoha today, and today''s Chunin exam must continue.


    Hiruzen Sarutobi could only restrain his complicated emotions, put aside Danzo''s affairs, and set off for the Chunin Exam venue, waiting for the high-level personnel from Sand Hidden Village to come to watch the battle.


    In the auditorium on the high stage of the main competition of the Chunin exam.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi looked at the two Sagakure guards who were protecting an old woman coming over, his eyes could not help but change a little: "Your Excellency Chiyo, it''s been a long time, I didn''t expect to see my old friend again one day."


    It really is this old woman!


    With no successors in Sand Hidden Village, Grandma Chiyo can only step forward.


    Grandma Chiyo sat down slowly in her seat, and then she said, "Your Excellency Hokage, you seem to have aged a lot..."


    "yes?"


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi chuckled, and said with a smile: "Our generation is getting old, and I wanted to retire a few years ago, but when I saw Your Excellency Chiyo taking charge of Sand Hidden Village again, I suddenly felt my blood boil again. Get up!"


    After finishing speaking, Hiruzaru Sarutobi turned his head and continued: "If Your Excellency Chiyo can be promoted to the Fifth Kazekage of Sand Hidden Village at the age of sixty-nine, I will definitely go to congratulate you personally and attend the succession ceremony of Your Excellency Chiyo. "


    "..."


    Granny Chiyo pondered for a while before she said: "I''m already old, I''m not as greedy for power and position as Lord Hokage, let the young people take the position of Goshiyo Kazekage!"


    "I can recommend a candidate for you..."


    Sarutobi Hiruza didn''t care about Chiyo''s mother-in-law''s secret sarcasm at all, and continued with a smile: "I used to have an ineffective student named Orochimaru, who was good at wind escape ninjutsu. Do you think he is suitable to be the Kazekage of your village?"


    "Has the game started yet?"


    Granny Chiyo gritted her teeth and changed the subject. She suddenly understood why after so many years, the outside world still hates this bastard named Hiruzaru Sarutobi!


    The mouth can really speak!


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi looked at the several players who arrived one after another, and said softly: "It should start soon! There are many excellent little guys this time!"


    Yuyin Village, Uehara Naraku, Bai.


    Sand Hidden Village, Gaara, Temari.


    In Konoha Village, Yume Shino, Hinata Neiji, and Uzumaki Naruto.


    There is also Sasuke Uchiha who has not arrived at the scene for some unknown reason, and Naruto Uzumaki and Sakura Haruno have been looking for him all night but have not found him.


    Uehara Naraku stood beside Uzumaki Naruto, seeing his complexion, and asked softly, "What''s the matter, Naruto, did you stay up nervous last night?"


    "Hey, isn''t it?"


    Nara Shikamaru also looked at Uzumaki Naruto and grinned: "Naruto, in fact, this is just a small scene, don''t be so nervous that you can''t play it out later!"


    "I''m fine."


    Uzumaki Naruto was a bit unexpected, he just shook his head lightly, looked at Uehara Naraku and Nara Shikamaru, the smile on his face was a little strangely calm: "Shikamaru, Uehara, this time my performance will definitely surprise you .¡±


    "That''s good."


    Uehara Naraku patted him on the shoulder friendly.


    Just when he was still about to say something, the chief examiner of their third test came to them.


    "Sasuke Uchiha hasn''t rushed over yet, but our exam must be carried out first. Everyone else returns to the preparation area, and the two from the first exam stay."


    Shiranui Genma held a thousand books in his mouth, and read out the name of his opponent aloud: "The first individual battle of the Chunin Exam... Naruto Uzumaki, Neiji Hyuga!"


    This opponent has already been determined.


    Others stepped aside one after another, leaving the main stage to Uzumaki Naruto and Hinata Neiji, waiting for their results.


    Uzumaki Naruto slowly raised his head and looked at Neiji Hinata: "I said it during the qualifiers, I will definitely win this round."


    "yes?"


    Neiji Hyuga didn''t care about Uzumaki Naruto''s attitude, and said rather arrogantly: "When you see the reality, you will know your downcast appearance..."


    "You talk too much nonsense!"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    The figure of Uzumaki Naruto appeared in front of Hyuga Neji at an unstoppable speed, and swung his fist and hit Neji''s lower abdomen!


    This scene almost made people''s jaw drop!


    No one thought that he would succeed in one blow at the beginning!


    Bai looked at this scene with a surprised face: "Uehara, that little yellow-haired guy spent a month... It feels like he''s been completely reborn!"


    "Isn''t that normal?"


    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his mouth, and said with a light smile: "Hehe, the blackness is three times stronger, so where is it now! Just wait and see, the good show will begin soon!"


    on the field.


    Uzumaki Naruto almost completely suppressed Neiji Hinata.


    "White eyes open!"


    Neiji Hyuga opened his eyes, watching in horror that the Chakra in Uzumaki Naruto''s body became more and more, and even saw a touch of red Chakra flowing from Uzumaki Naruto''s body, what kind of power is that? what¡­


    Looking at Uzumaki Naruto who flew towards him again, Hinata Neji simply activated the technique he had mastered in advance: "Baguazhang¡¤Huitian!"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s body was instantly sent flying by Huitian!


    The battle becomes more intense!


    Uzumaki Naruto was like a stubborn beast, attacking Hinata Ningji one after another, even if he was repelled every time, he kept moving forward!


    As the battle intensified, Uzumaki Naruto''s mood gradually became irritable!


    Naruto Uzumaki''s eyes suddenly turned red!


    In an instant, a red chakra coat appeared on his body, and a red chakra tail appeared behind Naruto. This scene changed the faces of all the senior executives present!


    On the high platform.


    Grandma Chiyo looked at Naruto Uzumaki who was wearing a red chakra coat, gloating on her face, "Is that Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki? I didn''t expect that Konoha, who was the first to master the technology of Jinchuriki, would also run away with Renchuriki. risk!"


    After finishing speaking, Grandma Chiyo continued on her own: "That''s right, after all, Konoha suffered heavy losses during the Nine-Tails Rebellion..."


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi ignored Chiyo''s taunt, but immediately called Anbe behind him, and said in a deep voice: "Go, let the seal squad dispatch to stop this battle from continuing! Find out why Kyuubi''s seal was blocked. Give way!"


    Sarutobi Hiruzen believes that if Naruto is not sure whether he can use the power of the Nine Tails, he should not be allowed to have any accidents.


    If it was just the power of one tail, Sarutobi Hiruzen thought that he didn''t need to use it, and only a few jounin should be able to suppress Uzumaki Naruto.


    What Hiruzaru Sarutobi never expected was that the Anbe ninja he sent out completely irritated Naruto Uzumaki!


    A few Anbu had just stopped the battle, and when they were about to go forward to grab Naruto Uzumaki, the yellow-haired boy suddenly raised his head, his eyes became gloomy!


    "Grandpa Hokage finally couldn''t stand it anymore, did he want to kill me? But now I can use the power of Nine Tails as he wished?"


    "Uzumaki Naruto, calm down!"


    "Why calm down?"


    Uzumaki Naruto stretched out his palm little by little, looked at the red coat on his palm, and showed a fierce smile: "Isn''t this power exactly what Grandpa Hokage wants? Now I''m showing it to him what!"


    The next moment, the tail on his back suddenly forked!


    The second red chakra tail appears!


    Article 3!


    Article 4...


    Uzumaki Naruto''s body was completely covered by Nine-Tails'' Chakra, and the crimson Tailed Beast coat made him look like a Half-Tailed Beast, and even his voice had become the roar of a wild beast!


    "Roar!"


    Uzumaki Naruto in the four-tailed state instantly disappeared in place!


    Several Anbu ninjas who tried to control him were easily beaten away with his claws!


    There was a commotion in the audience of the entire arena.


    The survivors of the Nine-Tails Rebellion are still vivid in their minds, and now even if Uzumaki Naruto has not revealed the full state of Nine-Tails, the four-tails alone made them feel the evil and terror of that chakra!


    "not good!"


    When Sarutobi Hiruzen saw Naruto Uzumaki''s state, the old man finally couldn''t hold back in the stands, and was about to rush towards the arena in a hurry.


    However, at this moment, a guard behind Grandma Chiyo suddenly appeared behind Hiruzaru Sarutobi!


    The guard stretched out a kunai and put it on Sarutobi Hiruzen''s throat, revealed a long tongue and licked his kunai, and said in a hoarse voice: "Your Excellency Chiyo, I didn''t expect the timing to be faster than we imagined." It''s even more perfect, and the Konoha collapse plan can be launched!"


    "Orochimaru!"


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi immediately recognized the voice of the person behind him, a flash of anger flashed in his eyes, but he forcibly suppressed his emotions, and looked at Granny Chiyo: "Your Excellency Chiyo, as a one-tailed Jinchuriki The person in charge of the plan should understand the danger of Renzhuli''s rampage, and the ninjas in Hidden Sand Village will not be spared..."


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi continued in a deep voice: "It is very dangerous to start a war rashly before negotiations are carried out, especially in the current situation..."


    "Lord Hokage, I know what you said."


    Grandma Chiyo stood up slowly, looked at Naruto Uzumaki who was running away, and said softly: "Although we may die if we start a war now... But if we don''t start a war now, Hidden Sand Village will die!"


    Puppets suddenly appeared around Chiyo, and she ordered her subordinates in a cold voice: "Sign up the signal flare and tell them that the plan is launched in advance and the war has begun!"


    "Yes, Master Chiyo!"


    A ball of red flares flew into the air!


    Chiyo turned around and looked at Orochimaru who was holding Hiruzaru Sarutobi, and said in a deep voice: "According to our agreement, Your Excellency Orochimaru, you are responsible for eliminating Konoha''s highest combat power, right?"


    "certainly."


    Orochimaru chuckled: "My most important purpose is to see my teacher for the last time!"


    The high stands instantly became a mess!


    With the launch of Chiyo and Orochimaru, the ninjas of Sand Hidden Village also started to attack the ninjas of Konoha Village in an instant. Caught off guard, Konoha Ninja suffered heavy damage for a while.


    On the field on the ground, the four-tailed Uzumaki Naruto was still raging, and for a while the whole Konoha really showed a tendency to collapse!


    Bai hid in a corner, watching the battles erupting everywhere, couldn''t help asking: "Uehara, what should we do now, who should we help?"


    "Let''s watch the show first!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the chaotic arena, and saw that his progress on the main line had increased from 17% to 20%, and said softly: "As a real villain, you have to wait until the end to make an appearance!"

 Chapter 142

    War situations often change in an instant.


    Originally, the sand hidden ninjas had an advantage at the moment of launching the surprise attack, but the Konoha ninjas on the field fell into a disadvantage for a while, and even the sand hidden ninjas ambushing outside the village broke through the Konoha defense line and entered the Konoha village.


    Konoha''s highest combat power, Sarutobi Hiruzen and Orochimaru, were imprisoned in the Four Purple Flame Formation by the four Otonin who sneaked in, and the game battle between the master and apprentice broke out completely!


    However, as the strongest ninja village in the ninja world, Konoha''s profound heritage is not something these people can compete with. Under the leadership of a group of ninjas, Konoha ninjas successfully launched a counterattack.


    On the field, the arrival of the two also changed the situation of the battle.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Kakashi Hatake and Sasuke Uchiha finally finished their training and rushed to the arena of the Zhongnin Exam. They also saw the raging Nine-Tails.


    And Granny Chiyo, who was assisting the sand hidden ninja in the killing, saw Setsu Hatake Kakashi, immediately abandoned her enemy, and manipulated her puppet to rush towards Hatake Kakashi!


    Konoha White Fang, but her most hated enemy!


    Hatake Kakashi''s face remained unchanged, while facing Granny Chiyo, he deployed his combat power: "Kai, don''t waste time saving Hokage-sama, go and control Naruto immediately!


    Rock Lee, Sasuke, you two go to rescue the people below the arena, and face the sand-fucking brat in Hidden Sand Village!


    Tiantian, Sakura, go to organize the companions in the audience to arrange rescue, and ask the patriarch Hinata to protect the audience!


    Xuanjian, Leitong, Aoba, don''t waste time to crack the four purple flame array, immediately lead other guard ninjas to launch a counterattack, and send people to the Anbu base to dispatch reinforcements! "


    "yes!"


    "clear!"


    "Leave it to me! The Eight Gates Dunjia, Jingmen Open!"


    Since Hatake Kakashi''s arrival, everything has been going on in an orderly manner. When he is willing to take responsibility, he seems to have convincing power.


    This also made Uehara Naraku a little surprised.


    This situation, which was originally more severe and dangerous than in history, has been stabilized under the command of Hatake Kakashi, and it seems that it only takes a little time to resolve this crisis.


    After Konoha''s reinforcements arrive, everyone can almost foresee the ending of Sand Hidden Village and Orochimaru.


    The only difference is.


    The Third Hokage really couldn''t be saved this time.


    Within the Four Purple Flame Formation, Orochimaru''s dirty soil psychic out of the first Hokage Senjujumama and the second Hokage Senjumama, which directly put Sarutobi Hiruzen at a disadvantage.


    However, outside of the Four Purple Flame Formation, the Konoha ninjas have gradually gained the upper hand. The battle between Kakashi Hatake and Granny Chiyo was divided against each other, and it was impossible to tell the winner for a while, but the others achieved good results. .


    The only troublesome place is the battle between Maitekai and Uzumaki Naruto.


    to be honest¡­


    It was really difficult for Mitekai. He estimated that it would be easier for him to kick Kyuubi to death, but it was a bit difficult to control it.


    But soon Matt Kay needn''t worry about it.


    Because of Uchiha Sasuke and Li Luoke, under the joint attack of the two, Gaara was hit by a hammer, and finally stimulated by blood, forcing out the power of a crane in his body!


    "False sleep technique!"


    Gaara''s eyes closed instantly.


    A huge monster slowly emerged from his body, and a guard crane showed his real body: "Hey, my uncle has finally come out!"


    Just when the ninjas in Hidden Sand Village thought Shukaku was their reinforcement, the first thing this fat tailed beast did was to open its mouth and shoot an empty bullet and knocked the four-tailed Uzumaki Naruto into the air: "Just came out! I can smell the stink of foxes!"


    "..."


    Maitekai was a little confused about the situation for a while, he didn''t know which tailed beast he should attack: "Hey, Kakashi, which one is your own!"


    "Neither!"


    Hatake Kakashi avoided the attack of the puppet in Chiyo''s hands, and said loudly: "No, Naruto is our village companion, as long as you don''t kill Naruto, you can attack whatever you want, I believe you can solve it, Kai! "


    To be honest, Konoha seems to be lucky.


    Who would have thought that after the ultimate weapon of Hidden Sand Village, Ichio Shukaku, appeared, the first thing he did would be to help Konoha attack the out-of-control Nine-Tails Jinchuriki?


    "This kind of luck, there is really no place to reason!"


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, flew up to the auditorium, stretched out his palm, and said softly, "It''s time to go out!"


    Haruno Sakura, Tenten, Yamanaka Ino, Hinata Hinata and other girls maintaining order looked at Uehara Naraku who appeared in surprise.


    There was a hint of joy on Haruno Sakura''s face, and she couldn''t help asking, "Hey? Senior Uehara, are you here to help too? We have many wounded here..."


    "..."


    Help your sister!


    I get angry when I see you!


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Haruno Sakura speechlessly.


    When Uehara just appeared in the auditorium, a figure in a hood walked up to him and handed him a scroll.


    With this scroll, Uehara Naraku has the possibility of doing things in the Chunin exam.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist''s pocket hidden under the hood, and said softly: "You send Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro out of Konoha, and I will solve the problem here."


    "Yes, my lord."


    Pharmacist jumped out of the auditorium.


    As the hooded man left, the eyes of Konoha''s newcomers looking at Naraku Uehara gradually changed. The eyes of Haruno Sakura, Tenten and Hinata Hinata couldn''t help showing a trace of worry. They were afraid This friendly senior is also an enemy.


    As an elder, Hyuga Hyuzu had already recognized the facts, and he quickly took out several attacking sand hidden ninjas, and jumped in front of these newcomers.


    Hinata Hinata waved his hand, signaling these little guys to leave immediately, then slowly raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku and said: "The ones who appear here are either friends or enemies."


    "I am a friend and an enemy."


    Naraku Uehara smiled lightly and raised the scroll in his hand, Shunpo appeared behind Hinata Hizuru, and said softly: "I also want to be a kind person, but the rest of you Konoha have given too much. !"


    "Baguazhang ¡¤ Huitian!"


    Hyuga Hyuzu''s movements are extremely fast!


    A high-speed rotating chakra airflow mask appeared beside him, and Uehara Naraku was sent flying with one blow!


    Uehara Naraku cared a little bit, and slowly put away his scroll, patted the dust on his body, and said slowly: "Well, as expected of the patriarch of the Hyuga clan, the speed of palming is really fast... But, you Have you heard of da da da da da?"


    "what?"


    Hinata Hizuru frowned.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared in an instant, and Shunpo appeared behind Hinata Hyuzu, loudly saying: "This is it!"


    Countless fist shadows flew up!


    When Hinata Hizuru was still horrified that Uehara Naraku disappeared and used not an ordinary blinking technique, but a blinking technique similar to time-space ninjutsu, countless fists fell on him!


    The contemporary patriarch of the Hyuga Clan could only barely stretch out two palms to try to resist one or two, and was immediately knocked down by the countless fist shadows of Uehara Naraku.


    "Father!"


    Hinata Hinata and her younger sister Hinata Hanabi watched this scene in panic, just as they were about to rush over, a figure stopped them.


    It was Hyuga Neiji who was almost killed by Uzumaki Naruto just now.


    "Hurry up and go."


    Hyuga Neiji looked at Hyuga Hinata lying on the ground with a complicated expression, but he scolded Hyuga Hinata in a cold voice: "That guy is not something you two little trash can handle!"


    "Brother Ning Ci..."


    "hurry up!"


    Ningji Hyuga was obviously a little impatient.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t go after him, but just looked at Ningji Hyuga slowly, and asked, "I''ve heard your rumors, but I didn''t expect you to protect them both. Why? Don''t you hate your clan anymore?"


    "Hmph, it''s none of your business!"


    Neji Hyuga frowned in displeasure.


    Boom!


    Naraku Uehara kicked Neiji Hinata!


    However, Hinata Hinata on the ground suddenly got up and flew in front of Uehara Naraku, who happened to be kicked on his lower abdomen by this kick.


    Hinata Hyuzu tightly hugged Uehara Naraku''s calf, took out a letter in one hand and threw it to Hinata Ningji, and said loudly: "This is the letter your father left you, go! Hurry up and protect Hinata and Fire them up!"


    "..."


    Hinata Neji gritted her teeth.


    This genius who was born in the Hinata Branch family grabbed the letter full of doubts, and chased in the direction of Hinata and Hanabi.


    "Want me to fulfill you?"


    Naraku Uehara looked at Hyuga Hizuru who was standing in front of him bravely, shook his head and sighed regretfully, stepped on Hyuga Hizuru with one foot and used his strength to rise into the air, and kicked Hyuga Hizuru with the other foot neck!


    Hyuga Hyuzu''s body was kicked by Uehara Naraku, and fell to the ground from the high auditorium!


    Slap!


    Hinata Neiji and Hinata Hinata sisters who just left the auditorium were startled by Hinata Hinata falling from the sky.


    Hyuga Ningji gritted his teeth, pushed them to another position, and said in a deep voice, "You two go, I will take the patriarch to the hospital!"


    "But¡­"


    "No but."


    Neiji Hyuga interrupted Hinata Hinata''s words, shook her head slightly at her and said: "Hanabi is still young, Mr. Hinata, you are a sister, you must calm her down, Mr. Patriarch..."


    "I see."


    Hinata Hinata covered Hinata Hanabi''s eyes and took her out of here.


    Neiji Hyuga leaned over against the dying Hinata Hizuru, and led him to Konoha Hospital quickly!


    Hyuga Hyuzu grabbed Hyuga Neiji''s shoulders firmly, and said in a low voice: "...Ningji, the prestige of the Hyuga clan, the future depends entirely on you!"


    "Master Patriarch."


    Hyuga Neiji lowered his head slowly.


    Hyuga Hyuzu lowered his head and said in a low voice: "Ningji, I know my injuries. Even if I''m still alive, it''s impossible to fight as a ninja."


    Neiji Hinata just ran towards the hospital: "Please don''t say such depressing words, Hinata and Hanabi are still very young!"


    "..."


    Hyuga Hyuzu was silent for a while, and said softly: "If I can survive, I will engrave myself the curse mark of the caged bird."


    The patriarch of the Hyuga family is very aware of his injuries. He has broken countless bones. Even if he survives, he will not have any fighting ability.


    In this way, there is a possibility that the Zong family''s Baiyan Xueji will be taken away.


    As a father, he can live for Hinata and Hanabi; as the patriarch of the clan, he also has to engrave a protective bird in a cage seal for himself in order to protect the descendants of the Hyuga clan.


    Is this the cycle of karma?


    in the audience.


    Many people have seen it all with their own eyes.


    Rock Lee, who had just left the Ichio battle area, stood in front of Uehara Naraku, and the chakra on his body began to explode little by little: "Senior Uehara, why did you do this, aren''t you our friend?"


    "Sorry, Lee."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and slowly clenched his fists: "For the greater good, I must kill Lord Hokage Three Generations, and you will understand me after all this is over."

 Chapter 143

    Rock Lee''s IQ is clearly incomprehensible.


    Just when Naraku Uehara thought there was another hearty battle, Rock Li gritted his teeth and fell to the ground: "Senior Uehara, I don''t want to hurt you, please stop!"


    This guy kowtows first?


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, and suddenly said: "We are all in our own villages, Li, you should know that I have no way out."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Li, who was sobbing with his head down, and softly persuaded: "Li, stand up! I know that you have been able to reopen the forbidden technique, and fight desperately for our mutual villages, so that we can be worthy of our original intention of becoming ninjas."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at one of his side quests, and said loudly: "Li, if you keep your hand, I will feel that you are looking down on me! Stand up! Stand up now, if you dare to keep your hand, I will I despise you!"


    Locke Li slowly raised his head and gritted his teeth. The chakra on his body erupted like a substance, and the momentum instantly blew away the seats in the auditorium: "Sorry, Uehara-senpai, I will do what you wish... Shimura Danzo Then you can use all the resources of Konoha to secretly support the research of Orochimaru.


    Now that this goal has been achieved, Orochimaru really has no reason to stay here. He intends to directly betray the ally of Sand Hidden Village and leave Konoha.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Orochimaru strangely, and said softly: "Didn''t you hear what I said to Sandai Hokage just now?"


    "what?"


    "nothing!"


    Uehara Naraku gave Orochimaru a weird look. This guy has a strong psychological quality, and he should not collapse after learning the news of Danzo''s disappearance in the future.


    The Konoha ninjas in the distance surrounded them from all sides, obviously not planning to let the two murderers who killed Hokage go.


    There was a gleam of coldness in Orochimaru''s eyes, and he directed the four Otonin, Senju Hashirama, and Senju Tobeken to fly into the air and fled the scene.


    Uehara Naraku seemed to have thought of something, and said loudly: "Wait, Orochimaru, you haven''t given me what you owe me!"


    Naraku Uehara almost forgot that Orochimaru hadn''t given him the scrolls of Undead Reincarnation and Dirt Reincarnation!


    "Naraku-kun..."


    Orochimaru shook his head with a chuckle in the air, and responded: "Next time I can show you how to swallow a thousand roots... As for now, you should ask for more blessings!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, Orochimaru didn''t know at all, and he and Shimura Danzo were ultimately to blame for killing the third Hokage.


    As for Uehara Naraku himself, he is just a good guy who was innocently deceived by Urenin.


    Even if Muye Village wants to blame them, they have to see if they have the strength!


    So even if Uehara wanted to display his actor-level acting skills, he had to fight first.


    Unbelievable, after Uehara Naraku defeated everyone, he could turn around and ask Konoha''s senior management about the fact that the root leader of Konoha Village deceived them about Yuyin Village!


    Whoever has the biggest fist is right!

 Chapter 144

    "I have no intention of making Konoha an enemy..."


    Uehara Naraku faintly felt that something was wrong after saying this sentence, the body of the third Hokage was still lying beside him, and he felt embarrassed when he said this.


    One of them, wearing a mask, Anbu scolded coldly: "Do you still want to deceive us by uniting Orochimaru to kill the third Hokage-sama?"


    "Kill him and avenge Lord Hokage!"


    The Konoha ninjas suddenly became angry.


    Uehara Naraku had no choice but to make a move, punching a Konoha ninja. On the one hand, it was for the benefit of the dark harvest, and on the other hand, it was quietly waiting for a turnaround.


    In fact, it is waiting for the opportunity to explode acting skills.


    After all, this is just a group of Anbu and ordinary ninjas. It''s a bit fake that someone took away the hidden alliance book scroll as soon as they fought.


    After waiting for a while, find an opportunity to sell a flaw, and the scroll is snatched away logically, that''s when his acting skills explode.


    This opportunity did not come easily.


    Soon, someone attacked Naraku Uehara in a surprise attack, kicked Naraku Uehara flying out, and a scroll fell down as Naraku Uehara flew backwards.


    Uehara Naraku''s face changed drastically, and he was about to rush over just as he stood up!


    However, it was too late, an Anbu had already snatched the scroll, and saw the words of the alliance book on it.


    "not good!"


    Uehara Naraku flew towards that Anbu, but with his strength, it seemed that he could not "break through" the defense line of this large group of people. He could only watch helplessly as Anbu took the scroll to find his boss.


    Anbu, who was in charge of besieging Uehara Naraku, commanded loudly: "Stop him, what this guy desperately wants to snatch must be important information!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku showed helplessness, and finally began to desperately, making tricks and tricks.


    At the same time, the overall situation on the field has gradually changed.


    Although Sarutobi Hiruzen of the third Hokage has died in battle, Konoha has completely taken advantage of it, and the hope of Sand Hidden Village is not reliable.


    The one-tailed crane and the four-tailed Naruto Uzumaki were in a fierce fight, and Maitekai would add chaos to the side from time to time.


    The ninjas in Hidden Sand Village couldn''t get the support of Tailed Beasts, and their ambushing and reinforcements were also repelled one after another, as well as the withdrawal of Orochimaru, the sand ninjas could no longer support them.


    Grandma Chiyo had no choice but to take down Hatake Kakashi for a while, so she could only give an order to find a way to recover one tail, and then retreated immediately.


    As for Grandma Chiyo herself, she no longer intends to leave alive, but plans to risk her life to stay here and kill Hatake Kakashi!


    It is a pity that the arrival of one person completely despaired the sand ninjas present.


    One of Konoha''s three ninjas, Jiraiya, also rushed back to Konoha. After defeating the sand ninjas from the outer sources, he surrounded the entire arena with reinforcements.


    "Seal Nine Tails first!"


    The first thing Jiraiya did was to seal the runaway Kyuubi first.


    After all, sand ninjas are just turtles in an urn, and once the nine tails make a mistake and show up completely, it will be a devastating disaster for the entire Konoha.


    Of course, before sealing Nine Tails, one must be suppressed first.


    "The art of psychic art, the art of house collapse!"


    After Jiraiya joined hands quickly to form mudras, a toad carrying a huge ninja sword descended from the sky, sat on Izuzuru''s body, and crushed Izuzu to the ground!


    It is Toad Hiroshi from Mt. Miaomu!


    Even if Shukaku roared and wanted to escape, he couldn''t escape Hama Hiroshi''s restraint for the time being, which temporarily stabilized the situation and allowed Jiraiya to have time to control Kyuubi.


    "Earth Dungeon Huangquan Swamp!"


    Jiraiya quickly joined hands to form a mudra, and a huge swamp appeared beside the four-tailed Uzumaki Naruto, and the hair around him shot out and entangled Uzumaki Naruto''s body: "Ninjutsu¡¤Lion Hair Art !"


    The four-tailed Uzumaki Naruto couldn''t move at once!


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Just when Jiraiya was carefully planning to step forward to apply a seal, the technique of messing with lion hair disintegrated in an instant!


    Uzumaki Naruto, who originally turned into four tails, has another tail behind him!


    And this tail is getting more and more!


    five tails...


    six tails...


    Nanao¡­


    eight-tail¡­


    "Is it too late?"


    Jiraiya''s eyes changed slightly, and now Naruto Uzumaki has more and more Nine-Tails Chakra in his body, and it is completely impossible to simply apply a seal if this continues.


    Just when Jiraiya was also a little desperate and was about to seal it with death, the Nine-Tails Chakra on Naruto Uzumaki''s body suddenly began to fade rapidly.


    It''s just unbelievable!


    It''s like Kyuubi''s finishing touch when he wanted to come out, and was suddenly sealed again!


    Within the sealed space.


    When Uzumaki Naruto was about to tear off the seal in a daze, an arm grabbed his palm, and a gentle voice fell into Naruto''s ears: "Naruto, you really want to untie this seal. Seal it?"


    "Then what can I do..."


    Uzumaki Naruto turned his head slowly, and saw a gentle blond ninja, a light flashed in his eyes: "You are..."


    The eyes of the blond ninja smiled and bent, like a little sun: "If I''m not wrong, I should be your father."


    It is the fourth generation of Naruto Namikaze Minato.


    After seeing Uzumaki Naruto, Namikaze Minato didn''t hide anything, but simply talked about the Nine-Tails Rebellion before Uzumaki Naruto was born: "When you were born, there was a mysterious masked man who attacked your mother. ..."


    "The mysterious masked man is Obito Uchiha."


    Uzumaki Naruto directly revealed the secret, and he even added: "The one who ordered Uchiha Obito to attack his parents back then was Konoha''s third-generation Hokage grandpa. He wanted to regain his power..."


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato was completely dumbfounded.


    After a while, Namikaze Minato immediately frowned and said: "Impossible, the third Hokage-sama is not greedy for power, wait, Obito attacked us, this is even more impossible, Obito is the kindest person... "


    "At the beginning, I also thought that the third generation grandpa was very kind."


    Uzumaki Naruto interrupted Namikaze Minato, and said in a low voice: "The container of the previous generation of Kyuubi is the mother, right? Grandpa Hokage of the third generation wants to use the power of Kyuubi, but you can''t do it, so he ordered Obito Uchiha murdered you."


    Uzumaki Naruto opened his mouth and continued to add: "One more thing, Uchiha Obito is already the S-rank rebel in the village."


    "but¡­"


    Namikaze Minato''s frown was getting tighter and tighter, his eyebrows were about to be furrowed, and he couldn''t say some words by himself.


    Now it seems that if Obito Uchiha has become an S-rank rebellious ninja, it means that he is powerful and seriously harmful. This fact cannot be shaken off.


    Sarutobi Hiruzen did not look like a person greedy for power.


    but¡­


    If you think about it carefully, some places are very obvious.


    Namikaze Minato suddenly remembered that the reason why he ascended to the position of Hokage back then was because the third Hokage Hiruzen Sarutobi was forced to abdicate voluntarily due to a mistake in the third Ninja World War.


    However, Sarutobi Hiruzen did not choose Orochimaru who was close to Shimura Danzo, but chose him, Jiraiya''s disciple.


    Since then, Sandai Hokage has still assisted in the governance of Konoha as a consultant, and Namikaze Minato has been following his guidance.


    "I always thought that Grandpa Hokage was the only person in the village who took care of me..."


    Uzumaki Naruto''s expression was ugly, and he murmured: "But he told everyone in the village not to touch me, so he took care of me and visited me from time to time, because he wanted me to rely on him."


    "Four generations."


    Kyuubi in the cage showed his sharp teeth, looking at the father and son outside the door, he laughed loudly and said, "This brat heard all of this secretly, Fourth Generation, don''t be kind to this dark village anymore. It''s..."


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato didn''t bother to pay attention to Kyuubi, just supported his son''s shoulders, and quickly told his son: "Naruto, go find Jiraiya-sensei! He is my teacher and the only person I trust, go find him Him, tell him what you know, and he will definitely find out the truth! If Konoha falls into darkness, Jiraiya-sensei will definitely not sit idly by!"


    "Is it a lecherous fairy?"


    The darkness on Uzumaki Naruto''s body gradually faded, and he remembered the white-haired old man: "Isn''t that a super old pervert?"


    "Uh... don''t pay attention to these."


    Namikaze Minato''s face was a little embarrassed, he touched his son''s head, and said softly: "Your name comes from his book! Jiraiya-sensei is the most righteous ninja, after leaving here, go to him immediately !"


    "Yes, I understand!"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s figure quietly disappeared.


    After Uzumaki Naruto left the sealed space, Namikaze Minato''s figure slowly dissipated.


    He is dead and can only hope for his teacher.


    The truth is always so coincidental.


    When Naruto Uzumaki woke up, the first thing he saw was Jiraiya, the white-haired man tearing off his clothes worriedly, checking the seal of Kyuubi.


    "The lecherous fairy!"


    Uzumaki Naruto hugged Jiraiya violently, tears slowly streaming down his cheeks: "Father told me to come to you, he said that if Konoha has fallen into darkness, only by finding you can we change everything! "


    "what?"


    Jiraiya was also stupid.


    When did Konoha fall into darkness?


    And what about Uzumaki Naruto''s father?

 Chapter 145

    Konoha really fell into darkness.


    After Uzumaki Naruto finished talking like beans in a bamboo tube, Jiraiya''s face became more solemn, and even Jiraiya himself had seen a lot of darkness.


    However, the Nine Tails Rebellion was instigated by Hiruzaru Sarutobi.


    This news is too shocking. If it is leaked carelessly, it will cause chaos in Konoha. Jiraiya also waved to call a Konoha Anbe, and asked in a deep voice, "Where is the old man now?"


    "Master Hokage has been killed!"


    A dark troop leader rushed over quickly, the first sentence made Jiraiya''s face change again, what''s going on today?


    After the dark troop leader finished speaking, he handed over another scroll: "Master Jiraiya, the murderer who killed Hokage has been surrounded by us. We snatched this from the murderer''s side. Please handle it!"


    Fortunately, Jiraiya''s prestige is high enough, otherwise the dark army leader would not know what to do, after all, the news on the scroll is too shocking.


    Jilai also took a look at the situation and the situation had stabilized, and then he slowly opened the scroll with the letter of alliance written on it, and read it carefully bit by bit.


    The amount of information today is a bit large.


    Shimura Danzo actually secretly reached this kind of humiliating alliance with Yuyin Village, even including recognizing Sanjiao Hanzo as Rain Shadow, supporting the war between the Land of Rain and the Land of Earth, and supporting the Land of Rain''s invasion of the land of the Land of Grass. Support Yuyin Village to encircle and suppress Xiao organization...


    As for why he did it...


    This reason is readily available, and it has already happened.


    If Danzo didn''t sign this alliance, why would a Urenin take the risk of war to assassinate the third Hokage Hiruzen Sarutobi?


    "But this is really in line with Danzo''s temperament? Didn''t that guy keep his mouth shut just for Konoha? How could he sign such an alliance..."


    Jiraiya frowned, and when Ziraiya had some doubts, Hatake Kakashi finally tried his best to defeat Chiyo Granny and came in front of Jiraiya.


    After coming over, Hatake Kakashi crucified Danzo''s charges in one sentence: "Maki, the high-level staff of Sand Ninja, has confessed that it was Shimura Danzo and Orochimaru who invited them to participate in the Konoha collapse plan. Return the mission of Kingdom of Wind to Hidden Sand Village..."


    After finishing speaking, Kakashi Hatake added another sentence: "By the way, Master Jiraiya, there is another news. There was a fierce battle last night at Nebuki. Shimura Danzo is suspected to be missing or killed. The murderer may be Uchiha Itachi or Uchiha Obito..."


    "I have a message here too."


    Jiraiya raised his head with an ugly expression and said: "Twelve years ago, Uchiha Obito was probably ordered by our Hokage-sama to launch the Kyuubi Rebellion... Kakashi, it is said that you are also one of the insiders? "


    Hatake Kakashi: "..."


    Why would you know about this?


    This news was also told by Naruto Uzumaki to Jiraiya.


    Naruto Uzumaki overheard a lot of information last night, and told Jiraiya all of it.


    Naruto Uzumaki would not be suspicious when facing a person whom his father promised to be trustworthy.


    Jiraiya just heard the news that this Naruto was brought in, and he still didn''t believe it, but seeing Hatake Kakashi''s expression, it was obvious that Jiraiya already had the answer in his heart.


    "The position of Hokage is really a big trouble..."


    Zilai also rubbed his forehead, and said in a deep voice: "Let''s not talk about the past, now that the two old men are dead, they have left us with so many problems."


    After Hatake Kakashi nodded, he said softly: "But now the sand ninjas who attacked the village have been brought under control, the leader Chiyo has also been arrested, and Izuo Jinchuriki''s rampage has also been stopped..."


    "It seems that there is only the rain ninja who assassinated the old man?"


    Jilai also stood up slowly, looked at Uehara Naraku who was still killing all directions in the distance, and said in a deep voice: "I remember that kid had a good relationship with Konoha before, right? Send someone to tell him, Shimura Danzo Already dead, his battle has lost its point."


    "Then let me and Kay go!"


    Hatake Kakashi pulled out a kunai with a wave of his hand, and said softly: "I have a good relationship with that guy Uehara, so try to persuade him to surrender as much as possible, but he killed three generations of Hokage-sama, how should we deal with him?"


    "Control the people first, and contact Yuyin Village for negotiation!"


    Jiraiya gave an order in a deep voice, but he still didn''t take Naraku Uehara to heart.


    On the high platform of the Chunin test arena.


    Uehara Naraku had defeated waves of Konoha ninjas, and his Dark Harvest piled up quickly, and his measurement attributes had increased by four to five hundred points in a blink of an eye.


    Hatake Kakashi and Maitekai jumped onto the high platform, and waved their hands to repel the Anbe ninjas who besieged Uehara Naraku, lest they be harmed innocently.


    After everyone backed away, Kakashi Hatake persuaded: "Put down your weapons, Uehara, you have already lost!


    And we saw the alliance between Yuyin Village and Shimura Danzo privately, but last night Shimura Danzo was dead, your alliance is invalid..."


    "Dead? Is Shimura Danzo dead?"


    Uehara Naraku''s face turned a little gray instantly, he clenched the purple chakra broadsword tightly in his hand, and pointed it at Hatake Kakashi!


    Uehara Naraku''s lips trembled a little, and his voice gradually became agitated: "I have reported the good news to Lord Hanzo in advance, and now you tell me that the alliance letter is invalid, how can I explain to Lord Hanzo!"


    Naraku Uehara clenched his arms tightly, and his arms gradually became trembling: "Kakashi Hatake, I came to Konoha to take the Chunin Exam, just to tell everyone that Yuyin Village cannot be bullied !


    In order to make Hidden Rain Village stronger, and for the Kingdom of Rain to survive among you big nations, I did not hesitate to sell my conscience and signed an alliance with Shimura Danzo, and now you tell me that the alliance agreement is invalid!


    I will never accept it!


    I will never accept it!


    Hatake Kakashi! That was the alliance letter signed by Danzo Shimura himself! His Excellency Shimura Danzo promised that he will support us, and Konoha will support us!


    He promised me! "


    What he said in the past few minutes, the movements and expressions he made made Naraku Uehara think that he might never have such a realistic performance in his life.


    He, a Yuyin genius ninja.


    In these few minutes, the image of Yu Shinobi who is looking forward to his hometown becoming stronger and on the verge of collapse is vividly interpreted.


    Uehara Naraku felt that he might not be able to suppress the laughter in his throat, so he simply looked up to the sky and let out a wild laugh: "Hahahahahahaha... Kakashi, how can the alliance agreement signed by your high-level Konoha be invalid? You are here Are you kidding me?"


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became a little scary: "Kakashi, we are friends, Kai, we are also friends, are you kidding me? I just got the alliance letter today, for which I violated my conscience and assassinated an elder , and you told me that the alliance agreement is invalid!"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi and Maitekai fell silent.


    They understand Uehara Naraku''s collapsed mood very well, and even feel a little sorry. This is a genius ninja, not only powerful, but also good at medical ninjutsu.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    During the month when Uehara Naraku was in Konoha, the Uehara Naraku they saw was always polite and treated everyone very kindly.


    Now Uehara''s face is full of crazy smiles!


    "Uehara, calm down."


    Hatake Kakashi was even a little ashamed for a moment when he wondered whether Uehara Naraku was pretending to be kind. He slowly stretched out his palm, signaling Uehara Naraku to calm down for the time being.


    Hatake Kakashi continued to persuade: "Calm down first, this matter cannot be reversed, and you are likely to be deceived by Danzo!"


    "Yes, Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku!"


    Maitekai imitated Kakashi''s persuasion with a serious expression: "Calm down first, everything is still open for discussion. Although the alliance letter is invalid, Konoha and Yuyin Village are still friendly allies!"


    "Ha ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Uehara Naraku flipped his palms and smiled coolly: "Has Lord Shimura Danzo deceived me? Then what am I? Do you know what it is for an Urenin to deceive Master Hanzo? It is not my own death." To counteract Lord Hanzo''s anger!"


    When Uehara Naraku said these words, he even felt that Sansho Hanzo was still alive, he gritted his teeth and continued: "My teacher, my elders, will be implicated because of this matter, you know they treat me meaning!"


    "I can understand how you feel."


    Hatake Kakashi sighed.


    Shimura Danzo is indeed a big pit, whoever jumps will die.


    When Kakashi was still young, when Shimura Danzo lured him to assassinate Sarutobi Hiruzen, Sarutobi Hiruzen should have executed him.


    Otherwise, such a tragedy would not have happened today.


    Even Sarutobi Hiruzen himself was killed by the enemies lured by Danzo.


    Uehara Naraku clenched the purple chakra broadsword in his hand tightly, and a touch of madness gradually appeared in his eyes: "Mr. Kakashi, Mr. Kai, the alliance letter must not be invalidated, and I will never accept it!"


    Uehara Naraku swung the chakra broadsword in his hand violently: "If Konoha refuses to admit it, then I will use my own strength to get what is in the alliance book!"


    "..."


    Kakashi Hatake pulled out his Kunai helplessly, and sighed softly: "Forget it, catch him first! Kai, be careful, this guy Uehara is not easy to deal with!"


    "Kakashi, do we have no room for relaxation?"


    Maitekai tightened the bandage on his hand little by little, and said in a deep voice, "It would be a shame to let me fight Li''s savior!"


    "After we catch him, let''s find a way for him!"


    Hatake Kakashi flew towards Uehara Naraku: "Uehara''s mental state is not right, so we can only take him down first. For Konoha, calming down the chaos is the most important thing!"


    "Kakashi, do you think you can defeat me?"


    Naraku Uehara swung his purple broadsword and fought with Kakashi, his voice gradually became a little hoarse: "Now I will take your life in exchange for Konoha to admit our alliance letter!"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi was helpless.


    This guy with a nervous breakdown doesn''t even look at the situation?


    The entire Konoha has returned to calm. All the enemies either fled or surrendered or were captured. There is only one Urenin left, so what kind of storm can it cause?


    However, some people still have expectations for Uehara Naraku.


    in a corner.


    After sending Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro away, the pharmacist came back here quietly. Looking at the crazy Uehara Naraku on the roof of the high platform, he couldn''t help but sighed faintly.


    "You really worked hard... Naraku-sama."

 Chapter 146

    The moment Hatake Kakashi and Uehara Naraku met in battle, he immediately found Uehara Naraku''s flaw: "This guy''s swordsmanship is very poor...it''s an opportunity!"


    Hatake Kakashi wielding Kunai was about to take advantage of the flaws exposed by Uehara''s swing of the sword, and directly stepped forward to try to restrain Uehara Naraku with one move.


    However, Uehara Naraku suddenly inserted the purple broadsword on the ground, and quickly joined hands to form seals, releasing a barrier defense: "Profound Truth! Soul Blessing!"


    This enchantment directly protected Uehara Naraku.


    Even though Kakashi and Maitkai tried desperately to attack, they were blocked outside the barrier, and could only helplessly look at Uehara who continued to seal in the barrier.


    After two seconds, the barrier collapsed.


    Two seconds later, Uehara Naraku completed the seal.


    "Lei Dun¡¤Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin!"


    With a shrill cry, a thundercloud storm was formed above Uehara Naraku''s head, and lightning and lightning swam in it, attacking Hatake Kakashi and Mitekai!


    Hatake Kakashi and Maitekai are faster!


    Compared with other ninjas Uehara encountered, their fighting instinct drove them to easily avoid the first lightning strike.


    It''s just that Hatake Kakashi was a little confused.


    What''s going on with this guy Uehara Naraku''s Thunder escape ninjutsu? He remembered that the Thunder Dunninjutsu was not sealed like this, right?


    As a ninja who had personally witnessed Uehara Naraku Raito''s ninjutsu, Kakashi clearly remembered those messy knot gestures.


    It''s a pity that it''s too late to think about it now, Hatake Kakashi hastily taught Matt Kai how to defend against this kind of lightning attack speed intensive: "Kai, don''t stay in one position for more than 0.5 seconds!"


    "clear!"


    Matt Kay nodded quickly.


    Many ninjas were caught off guard and careless. After avoiding the first lightning attack, they would be hit by the second lightning. Once hit by one lightning, the remaining countless lightnings would never escape.


    So every lightning strike must be dodged!


    Soon, Uehara Naraku just used a few hundred points of Chakra to release the Thunder Dungeon Prison, and it was over. He originally just wanted to use this to test Kakashi and Mitekai.


    "Power Prelude!"


    Taking advantage of his fast speed, Maitekai smashed a piece of concrete ground with his strength, and kicked Naraku Uehara with a flying kick!


    Uehara Naraku raised his arms in front of him, activated the spike defense state, and an orange-yellow grid-shaped defensive cover appeared around him.


    Obviously, this is the most suitable move for Taijutsu ninjas.


    However, at the next moment, Maite Kai suddenly turned around, brushed past Uehara Naraku, and forcibly interrupted his own attack.


    Maitekai flew to the ground and said in a deep voice: "I have been watching the battle between you and Li just now, this move will bounce back our physical attack, right?"


    "Ok?"


    Uehara Naraku''s face changed, and he turned his head suddenly to look at Hatake Kakashi on the other side, only to see that under the cover of Maitekai''s feint attack, Kakashi had already completed the seal!


    "Art fire escape ho fireball!"


    A ball of flames rushed towards Uehara, especially Kakashi was very close to Uehara Naraku, this ball of fire was almost impossible to avoid, and it was too late to block it.


    Naraku Uehara gritted his teeth, closed his palms abruptly, and shouted in a low voice: "Water escape ¡¤ roar of raging waves!"


    Huge waves rise into the sky!


    In an instant, Hao''s fireball technique was submerged by the waves!


    "Earth Dungeon Earth Flow Wall!"


    This wave was crushing towards Hatake Kakashi with plenty of strength, but was blocked by the mud flow wall technique he had prepared in advance.


    Hatake Kakashi''s nose slowly seeped a layer of sweat, and he couldn''t help being a little startled and said: "The last time I met this guy Uehara, he could use a powerful water seal with his eyes. Ninjutsu escape... can it be completed with only one handprint now?"


    Fortunately, he still has teammates.


    After Uehara Naraku and Hatake Kakashi''s wave of ninjutsu duel ended, Matt Kai''s physical attack came again!


    And when Maitkai''s physical skills cannot be used, Hatake Kakashi will use Maitkai''s cover to release ninjutsu.


    There is almost no gap between the two of them.


    "Then there''s no way."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his palms, and after quickly joining hands to form a seal, he looked towards Maitekai and shouted in a low voice: "Distort the space!"


    Five grotesque pillars rose from the ground!


    A space cage was quickly formed around Maitekai relying on five pillars, restraining him in it and being unable to move!


    The time of this cage was set to 20 seconds by Naraku Uehara.


    This time is enough for him to defeat Kakashi first!


    Uehara Naraku himself appeared behind Kakashi in a blink of an eye, and was about to hit him with a punch!


    click...


    A piece of rock is torn apart.


    This guy Hatake Kakashi even prepared a substitute technique at any time.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure was erratic, and appeared behind Kakashi again. Just as he was about to continue attacking, Hatake Kakashi turned around, grabbed Kunai and stabbed him up!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t want to activate the invincible defense of the moment of the Holy Judgment, this Kunai, because he still had to keep his invincible skills to face the six-door, seven-door or even eight-door status Maitekai.


    Blood spattered on Uehara''s body!


    However, his recovery ability is very strong, and this injury does not matter.


    Just when Hatake Kakashi thought he had succeeded, Uehara Naraku grabbed his hair and slammed his knee into his face!


    Stab it!


    A burst of lightning entered Uehara Naraku''s body.


    At some point, Hatake Kakashi actually gathered a group of thunder clones. These ninja geniuses are always so insidious when using various clones. This time, Naraku Uehara was caught off guard and suffered a bit.


    "You genius ninjas always have some weird tactics."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, inexplicably thinking that Uchiha Itachi had slapped Uchiha Obito, and it turned out that it was his turn to be slapped by Kakashi.


    Can this be tolerated?


    Naraku Uehara joined his hands together quickly, and a group of small hurricanes appeared beside him. This group of hurricanes began to expand in an instant, covering the entire high platform in an instant!


    "Wind Escape ¡¤ Howling Hurricane!"


    This is not enough!


    Uehara Naraku spread out his hands suddenly, a group of waves rolled out from under his feet, and the torrential waves flowed into the hurricane.


    The hurricane engulfed the waves and instantly sucked Hatake Kakashi in!


    This group of hurricane waves moved along the playing field in a straight line, instantly destroying a large number of buildings underneath, and everything passing along the way was completely destroyed!


    Naraku Uehara watched Hatake Kakashi''s figure drifting back and forth in the hurricane waves, as if he had lost any ability to resist, he was relieved in his heart.


    However, at the next moment, Hatake Kakashi unlocked the Sharingan under his mask, and the three hook jades on it crazily turned into a kaleidoscope, and he slowly sucked the hurricane waves into an inexplicable mysterious space!


    "You can really hold on, Kakashi..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, Kakashi Hatake always surprises his enemies when he is on the verge of the limit.


    "Hoo hoo hoo hoo..."


    Hatake Kakashi fell to the ground panting heavily. He almost exhausted the chakra in his body just now in order to prevent the hurricane waves from destroying the arena.


    He even used the ability of this Sharingan rarely.


    I have to mention this. When Kakashi Hatake met Uchiha Obito in the original version, he mentioned a question about Sharingan by the way. Kakashi Hatake studied it obediently, and finally The ability to absorb is activated.


    "There is almost no chakra in the body..."


    Hatake Kakashi half-kneeled on the ground with one knee, leaned on the ground and looked at Uehara Naraku, and saw that the guy was still very energetic.


    Whenever this time, Kakashi will envy the enemy''s chakra.


    Cards shot towards Kakashi one by one!


    "Shenwei!"


    Kakashi Hatake exhausted the chakra in his body to the limit, trying to absorb the cards that were shot at him one by one.


    "Kakashi, I said are you finished?"


    However, at this moment, Uehara Naraku Shunpo appeared and punched Kakashi on the head, knocking him unconscious on the ground.


    Side task: Defeat Hatake Kakashi (1/1), the task has been completed, and a hidden inheritance task will be rewarded.


    Hidden inheritance mission: use the way of the other, return it to the other, seize power, nothing more. Say a correct name.


    Hatake Kakashi is worthy of being the teacher of the seventh class, and his rewards are really generous enough.


    That''s the bad line...


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and said coldly: "Gusu Murong Fu...Forget it, Silas the Liberator."


    mission completed.


    The legacy of heroes begins.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Energetic Chain: A new chakra weapon that consumes 3 Chakra points per second for the duration of its existence. Whenever the Energetic Chain is used to touch or bind an enemy, it can absorb the Chakra from the enemy for its own use.


    His way of life: Stretch out an energy chain in the direction of an enemy, steal the enemy''s ultimate ninjutsu for his own use, use this ultimate ninjutsu once without consumption, and the skill cooldown time is 40 seconds.


    Earn it!


    Although the number of skills has been reduced by two due to the attack method inherited by the hero, these two skills are undoubtedly very powerful.


    Energetic chains can steal the enemy''s chakra, and his way of life can steal the enemy''s ultimate ninjutsu, and it can even be used once without consumption.


    Uehara Naraku''s gaze slowly turned to Maitekai, waved his hand to disband the cage of the twisted space, and said with excitement on his face: "Next is Maitekai!"


    "Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku, can you let Kakashi go first?"


    Pointing at Kakashi Hatake who passed out next to Uehara Naraku, Maitekai said in a deep voice: "In this case, the battle between the two of us may affect his..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Is his image of a good guy too deep?


    How come even Maitkay thinks he is easy to talk to?


    Naraku Uehara sighed, and kicked Kakashi Hatake towards Maite Kai: "Sorry, Kai, I was forced to help..."


    "Yes, I understand."


    Mitekai handed Hatake Kakashi to Anbu, then turned around and looked at Naraku Uehara and said, "Since I heard what Li, Tiantian and Neji said about you, I actually really want to fight you , but I never thought that in this case..."


    "I haven''t thought about it either."


    Naraku Uehara looked a little sad.


    Maitkai clenched his fist violently, and said in a deep voice, "We must always know why we fight, at least I want to know your wishes..."


    "I just want Konoha to agree to all the agreements in that alliance letter!"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was extremely firm, as if he would do anything for the benefit of Yuyin Village.


    "Then there is no way..."


    Maitekai shook his head, his feet suddenly crushed the stone slab, and said in a serious voice: "Then please teach me next, this is the trick I plan to keep to defeat Kakashi... Eight Doors Dunjia Seventh The door, startled, open!"


    Maitekai directly opened the seventh door!


    The surging blue chakra instantly caused a wave of anger!


    How strong is Matt Kay in the seventh-door state? At least he has no problem hitting a dried persimmon and ghost shark!


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth couldn''t help twitching: "This is your trick to defeat Hatake Kakashi... You want him to die!"

 Chapter 147

    Matt Kay has the same character as his disciple Rock Lee.


    Mitekai prepared the seventh door, Shocking Gate, for Hatake Kakashi, and Rock Lee prepared the fifth door, Dumen, for Hinata Neji, claiming to practice to defeat the opponent of fate.


    In fact, after one move, it is estimated that there will be no one...


    At least now, the battle of Maitekai is beyond the reach of ordinary people, and the Konoha ninjas retreated from the high platform one after another.


    Facing Maitekai, who burst out with surging momentum after the opening of the seventh door, the shocking door, they will only get in the way if they stay here.


    Shiranui Genma held his own Senbon in his mouth, looked up at Maitkai and Uehara Naraku who were fighting on the high platform on the roof, a wave of white punches from Maitkai suddenly passed by his side, and a stone pillar was instantly shattered into pieces !


    The thousand books at the corner of Shiranui Genma''s mouth fell to the ground...


    He slowly sat up with his body and began to doubt life.


    As a ninja of the same period as Maitkai, Shiranui Genma has never seen Maitkai in such an explosive state. For a long time, everyone thinks that Maitkai is only good at physical skills.


    Now that I think about it, it was a huge misunderstanding.


    What does it mean that Maitekai knows only gymnastics?


    Obviously Konoha is the only one who knows physical skills by Maitekai!


    Shiranui Xuanma thought of Matt Dai who rescued their team back then, and couldn''t help frowning: "If I remember correctly, there is also the last door of the Eight Dunjia... Now the seventh door has such a powerful force, Kai This guy has surpassed Senior Dai!"


    Shiranui Genma thought of Maitkai''s opponent again, and couldn''t help but said, "But that little Amano, can he still block Kai''s attack?"


    Some people worry too much all the time.


    Naraku Uehara was not only able to resist Matt Kai''s attack, but even launched a counterattack. He had never experienced such a hearty battle.


    Every punch and kick is extremely exciting!


    Fighting with bare hands can be called the romance of blood!


    The fighting skills displayed by Uehara Naraku are novelty that Maitkai has never seen before. Uehara''s punching speed is extremely fast!


    Even in the face of countless fists flying in, Maitkai can only fight and block according to the attack rhythm of Naraku Uehara.


    boom!


    Naraku Uehara slammed Kai''s lower abdomen with his right fist, and he was thrown into the air with one punch. The whole person jumped into the air with his strength, and his knee hit Kai''s lower abdomen again!


    This is a pure martial art duel!


    Uehara Naraku relied on his extraordinary life energy, coupled with the fighting skills of the two schools, abruptly confronted Maitkai who was in a startled state!


    The seventh door, startling door, is not enough to see!


    At most, he barely beat one of Uehara''s subordinates, Kisame Kisame!


    "Konoha bad rock rise!"


    Maitekai hit Uehara''s chest with an elbow, and after barely getting out of the predicament, he shot down Uehara Naraku from the air with a whip kick!


    The entire high platform was completely collapsed by the falling Uehara!


    A huge cloud of smoke flew up, and everyone was stunned watching their fight from a distance. In just a few minutes, the two had exchanged offense and defense for several rounds!


    "too strong¡­"


    "Is this the power of Kai Shangnin?"


    "Now I finally defeated that rain ninja..."


    Just as the group of Konohas finally breathed a sigh of relief, they suddenly saw a figure flying out of the smoke and dust after the collapse of the high platform!


    Uehara Naraku flew out like a cannonball, and when Maitekai had nowhere to borrow strength in the air, he punched Maitekai to the ground again!


    Not to be outdone, Maitkai fought back the pain and climbed up, closed his fists suddenly, looked at Uehara Naraku in the air and said loudly: "This is my strongest move, I hope you can survive... Day Tiger!"


    A group of air cannons compressed by Maitkai''s fist attack instantly shot towards Uehara Naraku''s direction. The surging air cannon was like a white and transparent tiger, and it opened its mouth to bite Uehara Naraku!


    Uehara Naraku does not retreat but advances!


    A group of golden chains suddenly passed between him and Maitekai, and Uehara Kage used his own way to steal the strongest magic formula that Maitekai could release.


    next moment.


    Naraku Uehara clenched his fists and made the same gesture towards Maitekai!


    A white tiger-shaped air cannon was pushed out from his hand at the same time!


    The two white tigers collided instantly, and a violent shock wave swept across several kilometers of land in an instant, and countless buildings were destroyed by the shock wave.


    The people nearby couldn''t resist the impact of the air wave at all. They were just hit by the air wave, and their bodies couldn''t maintain their standing posture. Some people even hit the air wave and were blown away.


    The entire arena of the Chunin Exam was instantly razed to the ground!


    Uehara Naraku stood in the air and looked down at everything on the ground. He frowned and glanced at his fist: "Could it be that the current Maitkai has not cultivated the eighth door, so he can only steal the strongest existing enemy. Is it a technique?"


    Seems like this is normal too.


    Wouldn''t it be abnormal to steal Indra''s Arrow directly from the current Uchiha Sasuke with his own way!


    After all, Uchiha Sasuke may not be able to learn Indra''s Arrow 100%, what if Sasuke learned Uchiha Madara''s sword slash because of Uehara Naraku''s guidance?


    Just being able to steal the current strongest technique is already surprising enough!


    Faced with the huge shock wave, Maitekai looked up at the man in the air, and said in disbelief, "How is it possible? This is a physical technique that can only be used when the startled door is opened. How could he be able to use it?"


    "Nothing is impossible!"


    Uehara Naraku leaned over and rushed down, and punched Metkay''s blocking arms. Even though he blocked in time, the huge force still smashed his whole body into the ruins!


    Anyone with a discerning eye could see that Naraku Uehara gradually gained the upper hand.


    The confrontation between the two day tigers cost Metkai a lot, but Uehara Naraku still maintained a high level of stamina and chakra as if nothing had happened!


    This is also related to Uehara''s strong recovery ability.


    Maite Kai violently overturned the ruins, and his aura surged again: "A bloody battle, this is the taste of youth! Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku, I approve of you!"


    "..."


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, is he going through the process now, learning from Uchiha Madara and boasting that Maitkai is the strongest in physical skills?


    Forget it, this guy can''t even remember his name!


    Moreover, Maitekai didn''t give him time to brew his emotions. He rushed towards Uehara''s position immediately after recovering!


    Seeing that the two monsters of human body arts began to fight on the ground, the leaders of the dark troops finally couldn''t sit still and shouted for their subordinates to leave.


    "Everyone get out of here!"


    "Stay away for now! Don''t disturb their battlefield!"


    "Specially Jonin stays nearby, ready to support Kai at any time!"


    The Konoha ninjas had to retreat again and again. There was a wave of air in the ruins, and the dust brought up by the two people''s high-speed movement was everywhere, making it impossible for people to get close.


    Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto were also observing the battlefield. After he patted Uzumaki Naruto''s head to appease the little guy, he looked at the battlefield with a worried expression and said, "It seems Kai It may not be possible to win, so let me come!"


    "A lecherous fairy?"


    "Look, little guy!"


    Jilai also tapped Naruto Uzumaki on the forehead, closed his palms abruptly, and said in a low voice, "I''m going to use the Immortal mode later, and you will learn it in the future, have you written it down?"


    "Is it a new ninjutsu?"


    "Much stronger than ninjutsu."


    The corner of Jiraiya''s mouth revealed a look of color, and he chuckled lightly: "The power of fairy art is much stronger than ninjutsu! When we solve the problem here, I will take you out to practice!"


    Taking advantage of the time when Maitkai and Naraku Uehara were fighting, Jiraiya also thought about accumulating natural energy directly, and dealt with Naraku Uehara in one go.


    If he, Konoha Sannin, comes on the stage later, and his performance is not as good as that of Matt Kai, it may be difficult to deal with Uehara!


    No matter what, Konoha must not end in defeat.


    "I never expected that my little book fan would be so strong..."


    Jiraiya''s expression became more and more solemn, and he even analyzed a certain skill of Naraku Uehara: "When the little guy and Kai used the same move just now, it should be a copy or extraction technique, right? Similar to the water mirror the nature of the technique?"


    This ninja world is full of wonders.


    Some strange spells are not uncommon.


    However, whenever they see this kind of technique, people are still unavoidably surprised, after all, it is too weird to be noticed.


    During the fierce battle between Uehara Naraku and Maite Kai, Jiraiya was extracting natural energy while observing their fighting methods. Within a few minutes, Jiraiya saw a chain-like thing between Uehara Naraku and Maite Kai. Kay is fleeting!


    Jiraiya''s eyes suddenly lit up, and he felt that he had collected information from Uehara: "Is that a technique for copying the enemy''s ninjutsu? After using this technique, he should be able to use Kai''s ability again!"


    Jiraiya''s guess was correct.


    Naraku Uehara and Matt Kai fought nervously for a while.


    Uehara Xunji once again stole Riuhu, and blasted out neatly: "Out of respect for a strong physique master, then let me use your technique to defeat you... Riuhu!"


    Uehara Naraku''s fists blasted out!


    A ball of white air cannon turned into a white tiger, roaring towards Maitekai, and completely defeated Maitekai, who was already on the verge of limit, with one blow!


    Side task: Defeat Maitekai (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill is Endless Rage.


    Endless Rage: If a person is eager to fight, so he should not fall in battle, immune to any lethal damage for 5 seconds, no consumption, cooldown time 55 seconds.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Maitekai in the state of Jingmen (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill is Thunderbolt.


    Sky Thunderbolt: Slap the ground with your palm, creating a super shock wave on the ground, the skill consumes 50 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 5 seconds.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Maitkai in the startled state (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill is Deliberate Punch.


    Deliberate punching punch: Throw a punch in one direction, and all enemies within the range will be hurt by the punching intent. The chakra consumption of the skill is related to the range, the minimum consumption is 100 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 9 seconds.


    What a reward!


    Except for one Endless Rage that can be kept, the remaining two skills can really enter the skill melting pot.


    After this incident is over, Uehara Naraku plans to organize his skills and only keep some useful ones.


    Just as Naraku Uehara was receiving his reward for defeating Maitekai in the startled state, he saw Maitekai, who was horribly covered in blood, still stood up firmly!


    Matt Kay, does he have no limit?


    Couldn''t the system''s rewards completely determine his victory?


    Even if you have already lost, can you still stand up and fight?


    Maitkai clenched his fist and gave Uehara Naraku a thumbs up: "Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku, you are really strong! But I don''t know if my body can withstand that move, but I I want to try it out and let you have a look..."


    "Kay, you''ve already done it, leave it to me!"


    Jiraiya suddenly appeared beside Maitekai, and patted him on the shoulder lightly, but this little force made Maitekai stagger and almost fell down. Obviously, this blue beast has really reached its limit .


    "Then please, Master Ziraiya!"


    Maitekai let out a sigh of relief immediately, and lifted his eight-door armor state. He collapsed to the ground, and others rushed over to take him away from the scene.


    Jiraiya watched Maitekai being taken away, turned around and looked at Uehara Naraku, and said loudly: "Little devil, I never thought I would fight you one day..."


    "Master Ziraiya, I don''t want to..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually turned serious.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Now Jiraiya''s face is covered with immortal oil paint, and on his shoulders sit two short toad immortals from Mt. Miaomu. These two immortals provide him with natural energy.


    This is the Myogi-san sage mode.


    Jiraiya in this state is his strongest stance.

 Chapter 148

    Zilai in the fairy mode is also very strong.


    If he wanted, he could escape under the encirclement and suppression of Liu Dao Payne''s top combat power, and if he had enough information, he could even kill a few Payne back.


    Fukasaku Sage and Shima Sage sitting on Jiraiya''s shoulders now seem to be short in stature, but they are actually the highest combat power that Mt. He fights together.


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku''s self-confidence has been greatly improved after defeating Matt Kay who was in a startled state, and he is sure that he can win.


    If Uehara Naraku is willing to work hard, Jiraiya should not be his opponent without any information, right?


    After all, if it really doesn''t work, Uehara can still channel Galio.


    It''s just that the relationship between Jiraiya and Akatsuki is complicated.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t want to fight too fiercely, he just wanted to take away the rewards for defeating Jiraiya, after all, these rewards would definitely not be too bad.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Zilai and shook his head, sighed softly: "I respect you very much, my teacher and elders respect Zilaiya-sama very much, if they know that I am against you, they will be very unhappy of."


    This sentence is true.


    Even though the master and apprentice parted ways, Xiaonan always respected Zilaiye in his heart.


    "Oh?"


    Jilai also raised his own eyebrows, as if he had some interest: "It''s a pity that I didn''t know many friends in Yuyin Village... Many years ago, I took in three disciples in the Land of Rain, but unfortunately they later They all died in the Third Ninja World War."


    "Little Zilaiye."


    Immortal Shen Zuo suddenly interrupted the communication between them, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t waste the psychic time, Mrs. Wen is still lying on the hospital bed! Let''s solve it quickly, the old lady and I have to take care of him!"


    "Ha, is Tai Wen injured? What''s going on?"


    I also have some old friends who care about me.


    Immortal Fukasaku nodded, and explained in a low voice: "Well, Wen Tai said that a friend of Naruto injured it, it seems that he called...something..."


    "Uehara Naraku."


    Uehara Naraku said his name and explained aloud: "Actually, I just want to help Naruto subdue his psychic beast. After all, Master Jiraiya asked me to help at that time. I happened to see that big toad named Bunta. It smells too bad, and it''s a bit uncomfortable."


    One person and two toads stared straight at Uehara.


    Zilai couldn''t help but patted his forehead and said, "Hey, kid, I didn''t mean that at the time..."


    Immortal Fukasaku suddenly felt dissatisfied and said, "This brat is really troublesome! The psychic beast is a ninja''s partner, not a ninja''s servant..."


    Immortal Zhima couldn''t help but began to roll up his little sleeves, and echoed: "Little Ziraiya, this kind of brat really should be taught a lesson... Don''t waste the time of psychic communication, and resolve this battle immediately!"


    "clear."


    This battle is impossible to avoid.


    The Leaf Rebellion must be quelled immediately.


    "Earth Dungeon Huangquan Swamp!"


    Jiraiya joined hands quickly to form a mudra, turning Uehara Naraku''s feet into a swamp in an instant, trying to limit Uehara Naraku''s speed.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    However, after the spell was over, Jiraiya looked at Uehara Nana''s empty feet in surprise, not even a little bit of mud...


    This guy has been maintaining the flying state!


    "An enemy that can fly in the air?"


    Immortal Shima frowned immediately, opened his mouth and spit out a slender tongue towards Uehara Naraku, trying to restrain his actions: "Tongue fight!"


    "Profound Truth! Dusk Blade!"


    A purple chakra broadsword appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hand in an instant, trying to cut off the slender tongue with one sword, but the tongue attached to the chakra was extremely tough, tightly entangled his purple broadsword.


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Slash!"


    A slender stream of high-pressure water spewed out from Fukasaku Immortal''s mouth, and cut across Uehara Naraku''s body, as if he wanted to split him into two parts with one move!


    Uehara Naraku simply let go of the purple broadsword in his hand, Shunpo appeared behind Jiraiya, and punched Fukasaku Senjin in the head!


    "I have been wary of this move for a long time!"


    Jiraiya turned around abruptly and clenched Uehara''s fist, only feeling a huge force coming. If Jiraiya hadn''t turned on the fairy mode now, he even felt that this punch would be a bit difficult next time.


    But this still doesn''t stop Jirai from praising him: "Just your Blinking Technique, it''s faster than Sansho Hanzo, and it''s not even inferior to that little guy at Minato!"


    Yes.


    Uehara Naraku''s instant body was very fast.


    If he didn''t know that Uehara Naraku hadn''t left any mark of Flying Thunder God, Jiraiya would even have some doubts that Uehara Naraku had learned Flying Thunder God.


    However, since he caught Uehara Naraku''s broken formation, Zilai certainly would not give up. The other palm quickly opened, and the palm was about to pat on Uehara Naraku''s body: "Xianfa¡¤Spiral Pill!"


    Snapped!


    Uehara Naraku grabbed his palm with the other hand, feeling the spiral pill rubbing against the air waves, he slowly raised his head to look at the tall Jiraiya, and said softly: "Muji Art? It¡¯s really amazing, Master Ziraiya!¡±


    However, the next moment, the Helix Pill suddenly dissipated!


    An invisible attack sent Naraku Uehara flying!


    Miaomushan''s physical secret technique, frog group hand, this ability can mobilize natural energy to attack the enemy, and it cannot be noticed at all.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the damage caused by the frog hands, his brows could not help but wrinkled, his palms quickly formed handprints, and a huge hurricane vortex appeared beside him: "Wind escape ¡¤ Hurricane whistling !"


    The hurricane quickly moved in the direction of Jiraiya, wrapping Jiraiya and others in the hurricane.


    Jiraiya frowned, he had no choice but to attach Chakra to his feet to stabilize his body so as not to be caught in the hurricane.


    In this way, they can only face the attack of Uehara Naraku.


    as expected.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t miss this opportunity, a group of monstrous waves emerged from under his feet, and the waves rushed towards Jiraiya in an instant!


    "not good!"


    Ji Lai also looked at the huge waves, his expression changed drastically, and he could only put his hands together to defend: "Tu Dun ¡¤ Tuliu City Wall!"


    A tall earthen wall appeared in front of him!


    Jiraiya''s feet were covered with chakra, and he climbed up the earth wall, looking down at the surging waves, which quickly submerged the surrounding area of ??the earth wall.


    After a while.


    As the hurricane dissipated, so did the waves.


    Immortal Shen Zuo persuaded in a deep voice: "Little Ziraiya, I understand that you may want to save this little ghost''s life, but you can''t just play tricks like this, it will waste our psychic time!"


    "yes."


    Immortal Zhima also persuaded him, "Use the powerful magic immediately! This brat is not easy to deal with!"


    "clear!"


    Jiraiya flew down on the ground, his long hair spread out in an instant, turning into hard Senbons, and shot towards Uehara Naraku''s direction: "Xianfa Hair Needle Senbon!"


    "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Barrier!"


    Naraku Uehara immediately formed a wall of wind to block Chimoto''s attack, and the two of them started a ninjutsu competition across the wide ruins!


    For Jiraiya, this clearly entered his rhythm!


    After the wind wall disappeared, Jiraiya quickly launched his own attack: "Ninja method: the art of chaotic lion hair!"


    A ball of white hair stretched out in an instant, and after tightly bound Uehara Naraku''s body in the sky, Jiraiya opened his mouth and spewed out a stream of fire oil: "Senfa Goemon...toad oil bomb!"


    Following Jiraiya''s movements, Fukasaku Senjin next to him opened his mouth and spewed out a stream of wind ninjutsu, and Shima sage spewed out a stream of fire ninjutsu!


    The flame quickly burned the fire oil!


    Wind fuels the fire, oil fuels the fire!


    In an instant, a group of overwhelming flames rushed towards Uehara Naraku, and the land was also burned by this monstrous fire wave, and even the kerosene caused an explosion!


    The speed of the fire wave was too fast, and he couldn''t even find a chance to dodge it!


    And this is a completely irresistible technique!


    It is impossible to extinguish these flames except with foam waves.


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and a golden mask appeared on his body. At the same time, his body rose rapidly and escaped from the burning area.


    It is the invincibility at the moment of the Holy Judgment.


    This is the first enemy that can force him to use invincibility since his life energy and chakra energy broke through 10,000 points!


    Sure enough, you can''t underestimate Zilaiye!


    If you don''t pay attention, it may overturn!


    Jiraiya''s face suddenly changed, looking at Uehara Naraku who was unharmed in the air: "What kind of spell is that? Is it similar to the defensive spell of the water prison technique?"


    "I''m sorry, Ziraiya-sama."


    Naraku Uehara raised his palm, and golden chakra lightsabers floated around the mask, he looked down at Jiraiya on the ground, and said in a deep voice: "I must tell you, this time you lost. "


    A pair of golden lightsabers flew towards the ground!


    Ji Lai also hastily turned over to avoid it, only to see a pair of golden lightsabers shot into the ground, causing cracks in the ground, obviously powerful.


    However, after all, two lightsabers narrowly brushed past the bodies of Fukasaku Sage and Shima Sage, almost killing the two Toad Sages!


    In other words, these chakra lightsabers were originally aimed at them!


    Boom!


    The two toads turned into smoke and dissipated!


    The natural energy in Jiraiya''s body was gradually insufficient, and he had to retreat from the fairy mode. This battle was a bit difficult for him.


    Now that the sage mode has been cracked, Uehara Naraku doesn''t hesitate anymore, he has already taken the victory, and the reward for defeating the sage mode Jiraiya has already been obtained!


    The next step is to defeat Jiraiya with the fiery momentum of the battle with Maitkai just now!


    Uehara Naraku flew and landed in front of Jiraiya, clenched his fists, and punched Jiraiya fiercely!


    Boom!


    This punch went down, but it only hit a shadow clone!


    Then Naraku Uehara was kicked away by another Jiraiya who came out!


    Uehara Naraku slowly got up, patted the dust on his body, and began to curse inwardly, why is he always being manipulated by the enemy''s shadow clone show recently?


    Ever since Uehara saw Uchiha Itachi showing a wave of Uchiha Obito with the crow avatar, he seems to have started to get unlucky. Today, he himself was overshadowed twice by Kakashi''s thunder avatar and Jiraiya''s shadow avatar .


    Jiraiya also looked at Uehara Naraku who got up from a distance, the corners of his mouth curled up slightly, and he said in a low voice: "Little devil, I''m a little curious, you were able to copy Kai''s ability just now, why didn''t you use that spell on me? Obviously you The kid still has a lot of chakra, right?"


    Naraku Uehara patted Jiraiya silently, and replied softly: "Because Master Jiraiya''s ability is not worth wasting my precious spells."


    This is of course nonsense.


    Naraku Uehara believes that Jiraiya''s power lies in the psychic beast, what if he steals a psychic technique?


    Jiraiya''s expression suddenly choked, he squeezed his wrist, and his expression gradually became a little more serious: "What a troublesome little guy..."


    After losing the sage mode, Jiraiya didn''t actually feel that his strength would be reduced. As an orthodox ninja, his battles were not limited to a certain method.


    The method of fighting is far more important than strength.


    The sage mode is indeed very powerful, but because the two toad sages, Fukasaku and Shima, were psychic, it also restricted Jiraiya''s various fighting methods, making him unable to summon other psychic beasts.


    Even letting Zilai participate in the martial arts duel, he must ensure that no one can hurt the two immortals who help him absorb natural energy.


    Facing a genius ninja like Uehara Naraku who is unconventional and possesses many rare ninjutsu, Jiraiya also thinks that he must use some unconventional fighting methods.


    "Ninja method, psychic..."


    "Master Ziraiya!"


    Just as Jiraiya was trying to seal a toad, several Anbu appeared around them and interrupted the battle between them: "Master Advisor wants you to see him immediately, we will take over here !"


    Dozens of Anbu ninjas jumped around them densely, and surrounded Uehara Naraku in an instant!


    Obviously this time it was Konoha Anbe who made a big move!


    The leader of the dark troop came to Jiraiya''s side, and explained in a low voice: "The third generation of Hokage has died in battle. In order to appease the hearts of the people in the village, the advisors believe that Konoha''s next generation of Hokage can no longer be defeated. Next, we I will take over the affairs here... Sorry, please consider the overall situation, just leave it to us to deal with it."


    This matter was just decided by two Konoha senior advisors.


    Because Jiraiya has been unable to defeat Uehara Naraku for a long time, the two high-level advisers, Koharu and Mitomon Yan, in order to appease people, can no longer let Konoha''s top combat power suffer defeat.


    Strictly speaking, after the current Konoha died Sarutobi Hiruzen, only Jiraiya, a top powerhouse with both prestige and strength, remained.


    Now Jiraiya has been fighting Uehara Naraku for a long time. If Jiraiya also capsizes in the gutter, the blow to Konoha''s prestige will be serious.


    Therefore, Zhuanzhu Xiaochun and Mito Menyan decided to interrupt this battle, and they would no longer have to fight against powerful enemies alone.


    It has to be said that for the sake of Konoha as a whole, the actions of the two high-level consultants are understandable. They are just a little cautious, but they can be said to be reasonable.


    After the three generations of Hokage died in battle, they urgently needed a top-notch combat power that would make the villagers confident and the enemy country fearful.


    In case the fifth generation of Hokage Jiraiya they believe is also defeated in the hands of a rain ninja, wouldn''t Konoha lose his prestige?


    How can this maintain the dignity of the First Ninja Village?


    Especially Konoha now has other troubles.


    "I will never do something like Hokage!"


    Jilai also shook his head, he didn''t like Hokage before, and he hated it even more after today.


    Jiraiya solemnly rejected Anbu''s proposal: "Go back and tell them, I will help them find a suitable Hokage candidate!"


    "Feel sorry."


    The leader of the dark army rejected Jiraiya''s order, and continued: "Master Jiraiya, for Konoha''s sake, please obey the orders of the higher-ups."


    "Back off!"


    Jiraiya also looked at Uehara Naraku who was surrounded by a group of Anbu, and said in a deep voice: "Wait until I finish this brat, he is not something you can easily deal with, step back!"


    However, how could the arrival of the captain of the dark army be unprepared.


    The dark troop leader threw a scroll at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice: "Master Advisor has heard that you want Konoha to form an alliance with Yuyin Village at all costs, and Konoha decided to agree to sign Yuyin Village''s agreement." The book of alliance..."


    After finishing speaking, the dark troop leader opened his mouth and added: "As long as you agree, we will immediately send someone to contact Yuyin Village to sign an offensive and defensive alliance..."


    "..."


    Konoha would actually give in like this?


    Why did they give in to Yuren so much!


    Uehara Naraku was a little confused, and didn''t understand why things had developed to this point.


    He felt as if he had lifted a rock and shot himself in the foot!


    Jiraiya was a little incredulous about these concessions: "What the hell is going on?"


    The captain of the dark troop leaned close to Jiraiya''s ear, and whispered: "Master Jiraiya, the perception team found traces of two S-rank rebels around the village, and one of them is Itachi Uchiha!"

 Chapter 149

    Konoha is now in an unprecedented period of weakness.


    With the death of the third Hokage and the disappearance of Shimura Danzo, Hatake Kakashi and Matt Kai were hospitalized successively. Konoha couldn''t even pick out a few people who could compete with the S-class rebellion, and even couldn''t deal with the S-class Infiltrate rebelliously.


    The previous S-rank rebel ninja Orochimaru had just made a mess of Konoha, and two new S-rank rebel ninjas appeared around Konoha, which was simply the straw that broke the camel''s back.


    As a last resort.


    Konoha high-level officials can only temporarily sign the alliance under the castle.


    As for whether this covenant will be abided by, there will be discussions in the future!


    And according to the speculation of Zhuanzi Xiaoharu and Mitomonyan about the Sanshoyu Hanzo, if Sanshoyu Hanzo was asked to sell Uehara Naraku in exchange for a covenant between Konoha and Yuyin Village, the ninja demigod would definitely agree to exchange.


    "Konoha are you sure you want to sign that alliance?"


    Uehara Naraku''s face showed both surprise and joy, but in fact, he himself hadn''t had time to read the above content, who knows what the pharmacist wrote on it!


    As a result, Konoha agreed completely?


    Even a big ninja village can''t agree!


    The captain of the dark troop nodded, and said in a cold voice: "Master Konoha is waiting to meet you in the Hokage Tower."


    "pity¡­"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Jiraiya with some regret.


    According to the popularity of Jiraiya, there is almost no difference from the seventh class, at least there will be a hero inheritance task in the reward.


    However, Konoha has already claimed to agree to his conditions. If he continues to turn his face at this time, it is equivalent to standing up to the present and exposing himself as a villain!


    He is obviously just a good Yuren for Yuyin Village.


    Fortunately, the reward for breaking the fairy mode of Mount Miaomu has already arrived.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Sub-quest: Defeat Mt. Miaomu in Immortal mode (1/1), the task has been completed, upgrade the Immortal mode to the god level.


    Immortal Mode Ascension to God: When the natural energy and chakra energy values ??are the same, you can enter a new combat mode by synthesizing immortal chakra, which is currently the second form of ascension.


    Jilai also looked at Naraku Uehara under the surveillance of a group of Anbu escorts, and felt a little uneasy: "Okay, I''ll go meet them with this little guy!"


    "...Don''t worry, Ziraiya-sama."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was neither sad nor happy: "Everything I do is for Yuyin Village and Rain Country, and I will not change anything."


    Even if Konoha lays traps, he will not be afraid.


    If Konoha really wanted to assassinate him, would he just let the pain come in advance?


    After the ruins here were finally quiet, the Konoha Rebellion had completely subsided, and the corners of a man wearing a hood curled up: "I hope Lord Naraku will not blame me too much! After all, I also want to end up decently." Ah! But I didn''t expect Konoha to fully agree to the conditions in the alliance letter."


    It is the pharmacist pocket.


    According to Yakushido''s guess, if the fight continues like this, Uehara Naraku and Konoha will tear their skins apart, and in the end it will even lead to a catastrophic battle.


    So Yaoshidou forged two traces of S-level rebellious ninja to attract Konoha''s attention, and by the way pursued a decent and peaceful ending. He has lived in Konoha for so long, and he is still a little soft on this place.


    Hokage upstairs.


    When Uehara Naraku saw the alliance letter, his whole head grew big: "Well, I support Lord Hanzo to become the rain shadow, and support the land of the rain to annex the land of the land of the grass..."


    The first two are fine.


    Anyway, it is estimated that Yuyin Village will not realize the first two. The bones of Sanshoyu Hanzo have already been cold, and Uehara did it himself!


    It''s just that when he saw the back, Naraku Uehara almost exploded!


    "Support Yuyin Village to eliminate the civil strife Xiao organization? Support Yuyin Village to build a large orphanage? Support Yuyin Village to build a biological science laboratory?"


    What the hell is this!


    Damn, sometimes you really should check the work of your subordinates in advance, otherwise you will never know what trouble he will bring you...


    In particular, each of Uehara''s subordinates has their own ideas!


    It''s okay to have Ganshi Guishui''s brainless and messy thoughts, but why is it that Yaoshi has brains like this?


    Is this a fucking alliance book?


    This is clearly the wish list of the pharmacist pocket!


    Looking at this alliance letter now, Naraku Uehara feels that he has been used.


    Uehara Naraku suddenly remembered that last time after he recruited Kisame Kisame, Kisame persuaded him to kill the Fourth Mizukage, and now that he thinks about it, he must have been used...


    "These are agreements signed between you and Danzang."


    Turning to bed Xiaochun slowly poured a cup of tea, and said softly: "Your Excellency Uehara, you don''t need to look at the details in the back, Konoha will support you... As for the first three..."


    Mito Menyan took over the words softly: "Our Konoha has already agreed, but when you are in Yuyin Village, you must always be alert to the possible invasion of the Land of Earth. Konoha does not want to take into account the northern border issue for the time being."


    Turning to bed Xiaochun waited until his partner had finished speaking, and then continued: "And after Konoha settles down, we will help send troops to help wipe out the Akatsuki organization that is entrenched in your country."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was a little speechless on his face.


    What the hell are the conditions!


    Some even if Konoha agrees, he is not willing to agree, what Konoha sent troops to help wipe out the Akatsuki organization, the Kingdom of Rain is now the territory of the Akatsuki organization! Moreover, Konoha Ninja entered the Land of Rain, so there is no guarantee that they will not be able to find out anything tricky...


    Yao Shidou is not reliable at all, he wants to use this kind of thing to restrain Xiao, so as to save them from the trouble of finding Orochimaru!


    Can he change one of them?


    No, everything on it has to be replaced!


    Uehara Naraku squeezed the teacup in his hand, Shen Sheng planned to turn his face and said: "No, this is not a contract between me and Your Excellency Danzo, he deceived me!"


    Turning to the bed Xiaochun put the two scrolls with the alliance book on the table, and said softly: "This is the original alliance book, are you planning to blackmail? Do you still want Konoha to bow down to Yuyin Village? "


    After finishing speaking, Zhuanzhu Xiaochun even introduced: "The one on the left is the alliance book we found from you, and the one on the right is the original copy of the alliance book we found at the root organization base. The two copies are exactly the same, there is no mistake .¡±


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his water glass tightly.


    The pharmacist is really impeccable with this bastard''s affairs!


    In order to let Shimura Danzo take the blame, he even prepared two copies, and directly confirmed the matter!


    Turning to bed Xiaochun sighed, and said in a low voice: "Although Shimura Danzo has been listed by us as Konoha''s criminals in private, this is a document he signed when he was a Konoha executive, and we will still recognize it. "


    Jiraiya said in a deep voice: "But the first few items are not easy for Konoha to achieve, and it will easily affect Konoha''s reputation..."


    "That''s all."


    Uehara Naraku picked up a pen with a wave, looked up at the people present, and said in a deep voice: "Today, for the benefit of the village, I violated my conscience and killed an elder, hurt several friends, and even He is also an enemy of Master Jiraiya..."


    "Ok?"


    Zilai was also faintly surprised.


    Even Koharu and Mitomon Yan were a little puzzled, wanting to see what this stubborn Umino wanted to do.


    "Sorry, I am willing to make amends to Master Jiraiya with this."


    Uehara Naraku picked up the pen and wrote down the first few items, and said in a deep voice: "Please delete the few items that caused trouble to Konoha, because I have the right to make my own decisions on the alliance letter. As for the consequences of this matter, I will Take the initiative."


    Jiraiya tapped the table lightly with his fingers, and asked in a serious voice: "This alliance letter was obtained after you fought with your life..."


    Slap!


    Turning to bed Koharu slapped Jiraiya on the shoulder!


    Naraku Uehara ignored all of this, and said softly: "I respect Lord Hanzo, but I respect the peace of the Land of Rain even more. I know that some clauses will bring endless battles to Hidden Rain Village. We have endured too much pain. It''s..."

 Chapter 150

    Konoha executives felt that Naraku Uehara might not be mentally handicapped.


    The clauses in the alliance between Konoha Village and Yuyin Village can be done if you have money in the latter part. Those conditions in the former Konoha¡¯s recognition of Hanzo as Rain Shadow and support for the annexation of neighboring lands cannot be done no matter how much money is spent. arrived.


    In essence, the title of Rain Shadow means that Konoha recognizes that the Country of Rain is one of the great powers, and the Country of Rain already has the same status as Konoha in terms of prestige and diplomacy.


    This is about the same as the five hooligans of later generations.


    If a certain country is recognized by the five hooligans as being eligible to join the hooligan club, they will rack their brains to jump up and down to join.


    If Sansho Hanzo knew that he had a chance to be recognized by Konoha Village as a matter of Ukage, and was disturbed by a ninja in their village, he would definitely chop this ninja into pieces!


    Xiaochun and Mitomonyan showed a strange smile behind their backs, and the two old men playing politics secretly scolded Uehara Naraku as an idiot who wanted to die.


    After Naraku Uehara leaves Konoha, they will find a way to make Hidden Rain Village give up the title of Hidden Rain. The news of this spread to the five major countries, and they will sit back and watch Sansho Hanzo kill Naraku Uehara, the rising star of Hidden Ume Village.


    "Okay, let''s do what you want!"


    Turning to bed Xiaochun slowly took the alliance letter in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and softly ordered Anbu next to him: "Go and prepare a new agreement, just follow the above."


    "yes."


    Darkness turned and left.


    "Your Excellency can bring back the funds from the orphanage first."


    Turning to bed Xiaochun slowly sat down again, and said softly: "As for the equipment for the establishment of the biological science research laboratory, we will make preparations in the near future, and we will deliver it when the messengers of Yuyin bring back the agreement signed by His Excellency Sanjiaoyu Hanzo .¡±


    hehe¡­


    At that time, the head of the little bastard named Uehara Naraku in front of him will also be sent by Hanzo as an apology!


    After Uehara Naraku nodded, he looked like he was negotiating with Mengxin Xiaobai, and even said a little cautiously: "I''m sorry, it''s really troublesome."


    "you are welcome."


    Turning to bed Xiaochun played with his teacup slowly: "It has always been our Konoha''s responsibility to support Zhongxiao Ninja Village."


    Obviously this is a fake big talk.


    After a while, the agreement was sent back, and after Zhuanju Koharu and Mito Menyan asked Jiraiya to sign it, they obviously wanted to treat him as the fifth Hokage of Konoha.


    Uehara Naraku got the agreement, took a sum of poverty alleviation money for the establishment of an orphanage, and left directly. He wanted to go to the pharmacist to settle the score!


    This bastard actually took the opportunity to seek personal gain for himself, although the orphanage and biological science research laboratory are indeed what Yuyin Village needs...


    After Uehara Naraku left Hokage Tower.


    The smiles on the faces of Xiaoharu and Mito Menyan suddenly became thicker.


    Mito Menyan pressed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "It seems that we will receive the head of this brat soon..."


    "Samsho Hanzo has been dazzled by the title of ninja and demigod. He has been wanting the title of Ameyage for decades. This brat is still too young!"


    Turning to bed Xiaochun sighed faintly, and said softly: "Let him taste the feeling of being betrayed by his Ninja Village before he dies..."


    It is not uncommon to exchange the life of a ninja in the village for peace. This kind of thing is not uncommon in ninja villages in large countries, let alone small countries.


    Apparently Jiraiya also realized this.


    So Jiraiya also took the initiative to leave Hokage Building, and when Uehara Naraku left Konoha, he whispered a word of persuasion: "Little devil, take care!"


    "Thank you, Mr. Ziraiya."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, turned and left.


    Uzumaki Naruto suddenly came out from the corner of Hokage Tower, and said loudly: "Immortal Immortal, let me bid farewell to Uehara!"


    "..."


    Ji Lai was also silent for a while, then nodded.


    On the way out of Konoha.


    Many people cast hatred towards Naraku Uzumaki and Naruto Uzumaki. Some people hated Naraku Uzumaki for killing the third Hokage, but couldn''t understand why the high-level officials let him go;


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the yellow-haired boy beside him, sighed and said, "Naruto, are there still so many people in Konoha who are hostile to you?"


    "no problem."


    Uzumaki Naruto scratched his head, with an awkward smile on his face: "I already know why this kind of problem occurs, and I will let them recognize me."


    This time the Nine-Tails runaway incident made Konoha look at him more and more.


    However, Uzumaki Naruto no longer cares about this kind of thing. Anyway, Sarutobi Hiruzen has already died in the battle. He believes that these things will change in the future.


    Even if there are still many people who hate Uzumaki Naruto, he may not betray him in the future. As long as Uzumaki Naruto still has a little bond and warmth in the village, he will try his best to get closer to that warmth and let himself go to the light.


    Naraku Uehara stared quietly at Naruto Uzumaki, who turned a blind eye to everyone''s hateful eyes. This time, it was Chakra from Minato Namakaze who came to the rescue...he wanted to see who would come forward next time!


    Forget it, this time the harvest is enough.


    After leaving Konoha.


    Uehara Naraku appeared in front of Pharmacist Dou at the first time, took out the agreement and threw it on him: "Do you know how much trouble it has caused me! Nothing else, let Konoha support the civil war in the rain country, assist Encircle and suppress the Akatsuki organization!"


    "Please listen to my explanation, Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist sighed, lowered his head and explained: "I thought this kind of agreement was impossible to reach, and Konoha would not bow to a Ninja Village who made such a condition..."


    "Then why this time?"


    "I don''t know, but I will stay near Konoha to investigate for the time being."


    Pharmacist pushed his eyes, and said softly: "If Konoha is really in some serious trouble... maybe we have a chance to capture Uzumaki Naruto, the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki."


    "Don''t think about it, this task is temporarily abandoned."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and whispered: "How about this, you go and induce Orochimaru to make Uchiha Sasuke defect, and I will cut Sasuke halfway."


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Why does this new boss always try to trick his old boss!


    Pharmacist bowed his head and thought about it: "If I remember correctly, Uchiha Itachi is also in the Akatsuki organization, right? Will there really be no trouble?"


    "rest assured."


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his wrist, and said in a low voice: "We will talk about the future, and it is also good for me to take Sasuke away, so that Orochimaru will not stare at Sasuke''s body every day and force him to take the initiative to study it." Absolutely."


    The Chunin Exam has come to an end.


    The next main job is to provoke Heijue and Dashewan to fight each other.


    Naraku Uehara would use the name of Orochimaru to spread the news about Heijue, so that everyone in this ninja world would shout and beat Heijue.


    "I see."


    Pharmacist sighed and nodded.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist and said in a deep voice: "The action on this matter can be a little slower, because Uchiha Itachi and Kisame Kisame are near Konoha, and they will start to act after they leave Konoha."


    "yes."


    "Let Bai and Junmalu take Xianglin back to the Land of Rain first, it''s too troublesome for them to stay here, please help me prepare a hidden place!"


    Uehara Naraku said softly: "During this period of time, I was waiting for the news of Sasuke''s defection in the country of fire. By the way, you can help me sign the name of Sansho Hanzo on the agreement. I am also waiting to ask Konoha for the biological science laboratory. Equipment, take them back to Yuyin Village together."


    Pharmacist Dou finally showed a smile on his face, pushed his glasses, and said unceremoniously: "Master Naluo has been running around."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help glaring at him.


    These subordinates are more and more bastards!


    If the pharmacist hadn''t put up these messy conditions for this bastard, why would he bother so much!


    The pharmacist took out a scroll indifferently, and said empathetically, "Does Naraku-sama need money? I heard that in Konoha, the lord has been using the detonating talisman to spend, and Kakashi pays for the occasional going out, living outside. It''s kind of inconvenient after all..."


    "No need to."


    Uehara Naraku frowned and said: "I just got Konoha''s funds to support the construction of an orphanage. It should be fine to spend a little..."


    "Public funds should not be moved lightly."


    Pharmacist shook his head solemnly, and even took the initiative to use his scroll to replace the scroll that Uehara Naraku held the money in: "I''ll let you secretly hand these to Bai to His Excellency Xiaonan! This is my private savings, and it should be enough for Naraku-sama to spend." gone."


    Uehara Naraku opened the seal scroll in the pharmacist''s pocket, and his eyebrows were furrowed in anger: "Your private savings? Five hundred taels? Is this worth sealing with a scroll? Pou, are you asking me to drink the northwest wind and eat Guanyin soil to sleep in the land of fire?" Straw mat..."


    "Cough cough cough..."


    Pharmacist coughed a few times, and explained: "Recently, I have been helping orphans, and I have spent all the funds Master Dashewan gave me, and my money is a little tight."


    "never mind."


    Naraku Uehara sighed, and said in a low voice: "I''ll find a chance to borrow some money from others! I hope that guy Kisame Kisame has more money!"

 Chapter 151

    In the land of fire, undercurrents are surging.


    After Konoha''s high-level officials resolved all foreign enemies by peaceful means, they immediately freed up their hands to clean up the internal strife. On the surface, they were the spies who were chasing down Orochimaru.


    In the dark, Jiraiya also went out in person, and began to supervise and investigate the confidant of Sarutobi Hiruzen of the Third Hokage, looking for the Anbu who claimed to have been monitoring Naruto Uzumaki all the time, so as to prevent the dark privacy of the Third Hokage from being used by others.


    This information must not be leaked out!


    It''s okay if they are thick-skinned guys like Fengying, Tuying and Leiying. They don''t care whether they can see people or not, as long as it is beneficial to the village, they will do it.


    However, Sarutobi Hiruzen''s character design is different.


    It''s just that no matter how Jiraiya tracked down those Anbu who were responsible for protecting Uzumaki Naruto, this person has never been found, and Jiraiya can only temporarily define him as missing.


    Not so coincidentally, Jiraiya also found out a lot of dark secrets of Sarutobi Hiruza, such as secretly supporting Orochimaru and Shimura Danzo to carry out Konoha human experiment research and so on.


    These dark secrets directly completely disintegrated the image of Sarutobi Hiruzen as a good old man. At the same time, there is also an anbu information that is responsible for the dark affairs of Sarutobi Hiruzen.


    These materials are written in great detail.


    Oddly enough, the code name of this Anbu is Orphan.


    Jiraiya and Konoha''s high-level officials believe that Anbu, code-named Orphan, may belong directly to Sarutobi Hiruzen himself, and has been acting alone without any companions.


    After all, the code name is Orphan!


    A small river in the wild.


    The pharmacist passed the grilled fish in his hand to Uehara Naraku: "Master Naraku, during this time Konoha has been chasing Anbu who reported to Uzumaki Naruto outside the window that night, it seems that the small gift I left for them when I left should be soon. will be discovered."


    "what gift?"


    "Some dark history of the three generations of Naruto-sama."


    Pharmacist Pushed his glasses meaningfully, and said softly: "I always think that as a qualified spy, we must never let people notice that there are two more people who shouldn''t appear in one incident.


    Otherwise, it is easy to suspect us, even if there is a trace of suspicion, it will bring hatred in front of those Anbu who don''t need to talk about evidence.


    Both Oshemaru-sama and Naraku-sama have attracted too much hatred in Konoha''s collapse plan, and I can just use this to make Konoha fall into even greater chaos. "


    Yakushi told this guy that he wanted to use a series of factual evidence to confirm that the people who blew themselves up by Naruto Uzumaki''s window that night must be Hiruzen Sarutobi and an Anbe ninja.


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t hide his plan.


    Now that Konoha has started to investigate this matter, he will soon arrange for an orphan named Konoha Anbu to defect, directing the Kyuubi Rebellion and assassinating the Fourth Hokage with Sarutobi Hiruzen The news of the couple told more people.


    After Yao Shidou finished talking about his plan, he added a very philosophical saying: "Since we are going to do a show, we must do everything."


    "You are really talented!"


    Uehara Naraku sighed, Yakushidou is worthy of being the real behind-the-scenes man in the ninja world in history, and he will arrange everything carefully.


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows suddenly, and asked curiously, "Does the Third Hokage really have such a dark history?"


    "There are more compilations than Master Naraku."


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    After Yao Shidou nodded, he said in a low voice: "How could Hokage, who has been in charge of the Konoha power for nearly forty years, be a kind old man? Some people will whitewash peace with a benevolent face when they are old."


    As a spy, the pharmacist knows a lot.


    It''s just that such a subordinate with high IQ faintly sets off Uehara, the man behind the scenes, who is not qualified. With so much information, Uehara is not as careful as Pharmacist Dou!


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and the grilled fish in his hand became a little boring, he couldn''t help but frowned and said: "I don''t want to eat it, Mr. Xiaonan cooks grilled fish every day in the village, and you can cook grilled fish for me here too!"


    "Uh¡­"


    Pharmacist Dou''s face suddenly became a little embarrassed: "It''s too late, tomorrow I''ll go to a nearby town to buy some meatballs?"


    "No, I know a place that sells it."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said softly: "I''ll go directly to that guy Kanshi Kisame, you do your own thing, don''t let me down."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist bowed his head respectfully, watching a stack of cards slowly appear at Uehara Naraku''s feet, and then disappeared in front of him in an instant.


    After a long time, Yao Shidou slowly raised his head, held the grilled fish in his hand, and said with some regret: "Master Naraku seems to be a little ignorant of the world... The vagrants in the Land of Fire can only live in the garbage dump because they don''t know how to fish. Pick up something to eat!"


    However, the pharmacist touched the scroll of his ninja bag, and Uehara Naraku really did not take away the funds used to build the orphanage.


    Yao Shidou couldn''t help but sighed and said, "It''s just that compared to Master Da Shewan, Master Naraku seems to be more pure!"


    In the silent jungle.


    Kisame Kisame and Itachi Uchiha walked in the direction of Konoha.


    They heard the news of the Chunin Exam Rebellion in the Land of Fire, and also learned of Sarutobi Hiruzen''s death, but Uchiha Itachi didn''t know about Danzo''s death.


    Therefore, Uchiha Itachi intends to return to Konoha to warn Danzo, and by the way, he also wants to see if his younger brother Uchiha Sasuke is safe and sound.


    When passing by a small roadside shop, Gan Shi Guixie saw a wolfish young man sitting on the steps of the shop, with a ball in his mouth in a very unappetizing manner.


    "Mr. Itachi."


    Kisame grinned, looked at the young man with a light smile and said, "Do you think that down-and-out guy looks a lot like an intern from our organization..."


    "It''s really similar."


    Uchiha Itachi raised his head and looked carefully for a while, his face suddenly became a little unsightly: "Huh? That''s Naraku Uehara, right? Why is he here?"


    This seems unlikely.


    It is said that this guy had just assassinated Konoha''s third Hokage in Konoha, and even used the reputation of the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo to force Konoha to sign an alliance agreement that recognized Hanzo as Amayage.


    Konoha is really not a good thing.


    The real agreement is only known to Yuyin Village and Muye Village.


    After the news came out, if Sanshoyu Hanzo was really still alive, it is estimated that Naraku Uehara, the person who signed the agreement, would have his head screwed off.


    Whoosh!


    A bamboo stick stuck at the foot of the dried persimmon ghost shark.


    Naraku Uehara looked at Kisame Kisame with a dark face, and stretched out his palm: "Senior Kisame, Mr. Itachi, money is a little tight recently, please borrow some money."


    "To be honest, I dare not borrow."


    Kisame Kisame shook his head quickly, disregarding that he was actually Naraku Uehara''s identity as a spy, and explained in a low voice: "If something goes wrong with you, Senior Xiaonan asks, I can''t take the responsibility here."


    Kisame grinned, and continued: "I heard that Tsunade, one of the Konoha Sannin, is very active in the Land of Fire recently. I dare not let my money go to waste..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku muttered a coward, turned his head and looked at Uchiha Itachi, if Uchiha Itachi wasn''t here, he would definitely cook a grilled shark''s fin for Kisame.


    However, once in private, Kisame Kisame will be very respectful to Naraku Uehara, perfectly interpreting the life of a spy.


    But when they meet on the surface, the bastard Kisame always likes to mess with his mentality, pretending to be unfamiliar with everyone.


    Uchiha Itachi directly avoided the trivial matter of borrowing money, and instead asked, "Uehara, why are you still here and haven''t returned to Yuyin Village?"


    "I have no travel expenses!"


    Uehara Naraku smiled lightly at the corner of his mouth.


    What the hell is your reason for not having travel expenses!


    After being silent for a while, Uchiha Itachi untied his collar, took out his wallet, and changed the subject abruptly: "You just said to borrow money, how much do you need to borrow?"


    "One million taels?"


    Uehara Naraku said a big number and continued: "Next time I can give you an extra 1.5 million taels of activity funds."


    "not that much."


    Itachi Uchiha took out a stack of money and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "I only have one hundred thousand taels here, don''t tell Senior Xiaonan that I lent you."


    "I understand."


    Naraku Uehara put away the money in a kind manner: "How about you, did Master Payne give you any tasks? Is there anything I can do to help you two?"


    "As expected of the financial officer of the organization, it''s really easy to talk after taking the money!"


    Kisame Kisame glanced at Uchiha Itachi pointedly, and laughed in a low voice: "Hohohohoho... We want to take advantage of Konoha''s chaos to investigate Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki and see if he can Take him away."


    "This task is quite simple..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the two people, lowered his voice and said: "The whole Konoha is a mess now, if you have exposed Akatsuki''s existence, if you still can''t bring back Nine-Tails Jinchuriki for Akatsuki, does it mean that there is no more?" What is the value of existence?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes moved slightly, and he sighed: "This is the order of the leader, we can only do it with our own lives."


    "Xiao will not tolerate incompetent people."


    Uehara Naraku blinked his eyes, and said softly: "If you fail, the organization should submit a new candidate intern competition, but don''t worry, this person is much weaker than you."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued: "If Mr. Itachi wants, he can kill that new member at any time. I believe that people in the organization will not blame you."


    "Thank you very much."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded.

 Chapter 152

    Itachi Uchiha was fooled.


    If he knew who the new intern who was about to join Akatsuki''s organization was, he would definitely regret lent Uehara Naraku a sum of money today.


    In the days to come, Uehara Naraku, as the green tea movie king, continued to instigate Uchiha Itachi to kill the new intern in the name of being good for Uchiha Itachi.


    The current Uchiha Itachi doesn¡¯t know anything. After he sneaked into Konoha with Kisame Kisame, he only felt that Konoha¡¯s guard was a bit strict. people noticed.


    After a fierce battle, the two had no choice but to retreat.


    During this battle, Kakashi Hatake suffered another disaster. Facing the Tsukuyomi illusion that he had never seen before, Kakashi Hatake who had just been discharged from the hospital was admitted to the hospital again.


    But Konoha also learned about Akatsuki''s plan to capture Konoha Kyuubi.


    After Sasuke Uchiha knew about this incident, his first thought was to go to find Uzumaki Naruto, lest he encounter any danger.


    As a result, Sasuke went too late and learned that Uzumaki Naruto had been taken away by Jiraiya.


    Because Jiraiya also wanted to find Tsunade and come back to serve as the hot potato of the Fifth Hokage. As for taking Naruto Uzumaki with him, it was also for the convenience of protecting Naruto and teaching him how to practice.


    It''s all right now.


    Uchiha Sasuke hurried to catch up, hoping that Uzumaki Naruto could escape the tracking of Uchiha Itachi and Kisame Kisame, but was caught by Uchiha Itachi.


    Uchiha Itachi sent his younger brother a monthly reading comprehension, and Sasuke was also hospitalized.


    It''s just that Jiraiya also forced Uchiha Itachi and Kanshi Kisame back with his own strength, and the two had to give up the task of capturing Nine Tails.


    Uehara Naraku watched all this happen, and the corners of his mouth couldn''t help curling up slightly: "It''s really you, Uchiha Itachi! Didn''t do anything, but rashly leaked Akatsuki''s information to Konoha, the spy will be punished of¡­"


    "..."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses speechlessly, and walked out from behind Uehara Naraku: "So is this why Naraku-sama wants to get Uchiha Sasuke? Is it because Uchiha Sasuke can defeat Uchiha Itachi? ?¡±


    After finishing speaking, Yao Shidou didn''t wait for Uehara Naraku''s answer, and took the initiative to continue: "With all due respect, I don''t think Uchiha Sasuke can beat his brother... According to my understanding, Uchiha Itachi is the most talented Uchiha clan His talent is only inferior to that of the ninja who is still in the water."


    "Don''t worry, I''m pretty sure."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and continued softly: "Are you ready? What is Orochimaru doing now?"


    Pharmacist bowed his head respectfully and said: "Master Oshemaru is studying Bai Jue''s body, but his body is about to fail. The four Otonin have accepted the order and will arrive in the Land of Fire soon. , take Uchiha Sasuke away."


    "It looks like everything is going well with our plan."


    Naraku Uehara took a look at Itachi Uchiha and fled with the support of Kisame Kisame, covering his eyes, and said in a low voice: "Because Jirai is not here, Kakashi Hatake was seriously injured and hospitalized, and tomorrow I will re-enter Konoha and take Use the instruments of the bioscience lab to avoid any trouble."


    "thank you very much."


    Pharmacist Dou nodded, and said with a light smile, "After I finish the task of Master Orochimaru, I will rush to Yuyin Village to give back to Master Uehara enough experimental results."


    "That''s good."


    Uehara Naraku patted the shoulder of the pharmacist, looking very optimistic about him: "You can rush to the side of Orochimaru now and help me keep an eye on him. I will visit you secretly on a regular basis."


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou nodded helplessly.


    Is this visit a serious visit?


    Naraku Uehara did not hesitate when he went to Konoha to take away the biological science laboratory equipment required in the agreement this time. Now Konoha is weaker than before, and the only Kageichi-level strongman in the village who can still fight is Matt Kay was left alone.


    When Koharu and Mitomonyan saw Uehara Naraku coming to exchange the alliance letter, they were a little surprised why Uehara Naraku could come back alive, even as the messenger of Uehara.


    Is it because Sansho Hanzo is too old to lift a knife?


    "Your Excellency the Advisor seems surprised that I''m still alive?"


    There was a smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he said softly: "Master Sanshoyu Hanzo was really furious when he learned that I gave up his condition to become Rain Shadow, but unfortunately the civil war in the Land of Rain has not been resolved, so Master Hanzo allowed me to take the blame and make meritorious service .¡±


    "yes?"


    Mitomonyan rubbed his forehead and said, "We are very happy to see such a genius ninja..."


    Happy ghost!


    The two Konoha advisors were probably thinking of the envoy of Yuyin Village who was in charge of exchanging alliance letters, so let''s bring his head back by the way!


    "I''m here to exchange alliance letters."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t bother to pay attention to them, put down the alliance letter in his hand, and said softly: "And take away the biological science experiment equipment that Konoha supports Yuyin Village."


    "There are some problems with Konoha."


    After Zhuanzhu Xiaochun took the alliance letter, he said softly: "Our side may still need the signature of the new Fifth Hokage to ensure its long-term effect. It''s just that she has something to do outside and hasn''t returned to Konoha Village to succeed her. She may need Your Excellency Wait for a while."


    Uehara Naraku immediately frowned and said, "Are the signatures of the two Hokage advisors and Jiraiya-sama also insignificant?"


    There is no need to turn to Koharu to talk about it, Uehara Naraku has already guessed that Konoha''s Fifth Hokage must be that woman Tsunade!


    He didn''t want to see Tsunade that woman!


    What if Tsunade held him by the hand and prevented him from leaving Konoha?


    What''s more, at that time, Konoha will have two Sannin members, maybe they will dare to turn their backs and deny it, so the sooner Konoha''s matter is resolved, the better.


    "No, we just think that after the Fifth Hokage signs the alliance, the alliance between us can be longer."


    Turning to bed Xiaoharu said slowly, putting on a look of being very considerate of Yuyin Village and Konoha Peace: "What if in the future when both of us retire, Fifth Hokage thinks that our alliance is unreasonable... "


    "I''m sure that''s not going to happen."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Koharu''s words, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency, the night is full of dreams, who knows what will happen in the future? In case Konoha''s Fifth Hokage refuses to sign the contract, how should I explain to Lord Hanzo?" !"


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists and continued to speak: "And recently I heard that there is a rebellious ninja code-named Orphan, who is publicizing the deeds of the third generation of Hokage in your village. I don''t think many ninjas dare to believe in Hokage. Credibility, right? Compared to me, I would rather trust Master Jiraiya."


    "..."


    Xiaochun''s complexion suddenly changed when he turned to bed.


    That Anbu, code-named Orphan, is Sarutobi Hiruzen''s confidant and the person they have been investigating secretly. How could Yuyin Village know about this?


    Did that guy defect?


    This fellow Sarutobi Hiruzen really left behind a big trouble!


    Turning to bed Xiaochun calmed down in an instant, and said in a low voice: "How did you get this news... Those are all slanders against the Third Hokage!"


    "Whether it''s slander or not, I don''t know..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and continued: "But this will greatly reduce our trust in Guicun, and I must go back as soon as possible to participate in the civil war in the country of rain, and I can''t delay here for a day!"


    "I see."


    Turning to the bed Xiaochun sighed, and said softly: "If Yuyin Village encounters that traitor, please help us arrest it or pass on the corresponding information. We will give Yuyin Village enough feedback and support."


    Now Konoha can no longer be messed up.


    First of all, we must not allow that Anbu traitor named Orphan to flee or seek refuge in the hostile Ninja Village. If Konoha''s many dark secrets are exposed, the blow to Konoha will be greater than the death of the third Hokage!


    I''m afraid there will be a big problem inside Konoha.


    Before the news spreads, Anbu must be dispatched immediately to search and arrest that traitorous ninja. That guy is a bigger threat than an S-ranked traitorous ninja!


    Since Koharu and Mitomon Yan had more important matters, they no longer entangled with Uehara Naraku, and directly gave a set of biological science laboratory equipment.


    Yao Shidou knew Konoha too well, he was just a rebellion made out of nothing, which made the two Konoha executives panic...


    Who knows if there is such a person?


    When Uehara Naraku left Konoha, he couldn''t help raising his eyebrows at a piece of news. This is a weird hidden mission...


    Hidden task: Hinata Hyuga became the patriarch of the Hyuga Clan (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill Golden Bell Cover.


    Golden Bell Cover: Quickly rush to the side of the friendly army, and bless the main body and the friendly army with a layer of shield. The skill consumes 50 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 7 seconds.


    Compared with this reward, Uehara Naraku was even more amazed at the fact that Hinata Hinata succeeded as the head of the clan. This world is really getting more and more exciting...


    Hyuga Soujia.


    As today''s protagonist, Hinata Hinata dressed up, this white-eyed girl was very calm in this succession ceremony.


    There was less cowardice on her face and more tenacity.


    If she hadn''t seen Hinata Hinata''s appearance with her own eyes, no one would have noticed that she was a cowardly ninja more than half a month ago.


    Sitting next to her was Hinata Hinata who was paralyzed on the chair, but the former head of the clan had a curse mark of a bird in a cage on his forehead.


    What I have to say is that because Hinata Hinata was unable to protect his white-eyed Xueji, he took the initiative to carve a caged bird on his head as the last protective barrier, and won the loyalty of many ninjas for his daughter.


    Hinata Hinata flicked her robe, sat upright, and waited for the last step of the succession ceremony.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    A row of white-eyed ninjas kneeled respectfully on the ground and saluted the twelve-year-old girl patriarch. Their voices echoed throughout the huge mansion of the clan.


    "See Hinata-sama!"


    "Please...please get up."


    The white-eyed girl Nuo Nuo''s voice obviously does not match her identity, it is not particularly majestic, which makes people feel a bit contrasted and cute.

 Chapter 153

    When Hinata Hinata took over as the head of the clan and accepted the worship of many branch ninjas, Uehara Naraku hid in a small cave and sneezed loudly.


    "A lot of people have been offended recently..."


    Naraku Uehara wrapped the black ninja suit around her body, and sighed in a low voice: "I cut a bunch of leeks from Konoha, and I will act in a low-key manner in the future. I can''t stand being scolded every day."


    Uehara Naraku guessed right, someone was indeed scolding him.


    The Land of Fire, on Pamphlet Street.


    Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto finally found Tsunade, and told her about the death of Konoha Rebellion and Sarutobi Hiruzen, and invited her to be the Fifth Hokage.


    Tsunade''s attention was quickly put on the murderer who killed Hiruzaru Sarutobi, and she smashed her wine glass: "Wait... the guy who killed the old man with Oroshemaru to create the Konoha Rebellion is called Uehara Naraku?"


    This name is still fresh in her memory!


    In the past few years, whenever Tsunade lost completely, he would miss the boy Yu Ninja who gave her money. How much fun they had at that time!


    Unexpectedly, when the name was heard again, that shy kid had become an accomplice of Orochimaru''s Konoha Rebellion!


    Tsunade slammed his fist on the table, and his silver teeth clenched: "I should have killed him at the beginning! No wonder I kept winning when I was at the gambling table with him. At that time, fate reminded me that I should kill him. Brat!"


    Judging from Jiraiya''s words, the little guy named Uehara Naraku has grown at an amazing speed, and he can already fight with Jiraiya at the Sannin level.


    If she had killed Uehara Naraku back then, Konoha might not have suffered such a big loss now, and Sarutobi Hiruzen might not have died either.


    "Uh¡­"


    Jiraiya also sighed, and explained to Uehara Naraku aloud: "Actually, he was out of helplessness! After all, that little guy was also instructed by Hanzo..."


    It is not appropriate to elaborate on this occasion.


    When the two of them got along in private, Jiraiya told Tsunade about the nasty things about Shimura Danzo and Sarutobi Hiru beheading the two old men.


    The blond female ninja punched Jiraiya away in anger: "The current Konoha is a mess, let me be the fifth generation of Hokage?"


    "There is no one more suitable than you."


    Jiraiya sighed faintly, rubbed his chest, and explained in a deep voice: "Even if I serve as Hokage, Konoha is in danger of falling apart... Tsunade, only you are the most suitable person."


    Because Tsunade is the granddaughter of the first Hokage and the second Hokage, and a well-known medical ninja in the entire ninja world.


    "OK!"


    Tsunade suddenly rolled two dice and said with a light smile, "As long as you lose to me, I will agree to your request!"


    "..."


    He never spoke to her.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Tsunade frowned, smashed the two dice into pieces, and muttered displeasedly: "It''s not as courageous as that brat Uehara Naraku... What a pity for a gambler. When we meet again, he will be an enemy." !"


    "Don''t think too much about it."


    Jiraiya also interrupted Tsunade''s words, and said in a deep voice: "Unless there are no accidents, you will never meet again!"


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that Tsunade and Jiraiya were also talking about him.


    When Naraku Uehara was hiding in a small cave lamenting that life was difficult, a communication came from his ring, and Nagato sent him an alarm: "Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro are back, Xiaonan wants to talk to you, she is now Looked so angry, I couldn''t stop her."


    "Master Nagato, I''m in a cave."


    Naraku Uehara stroked the ring in his hand, and after inputting Chakra into the ring, he whispered: "The signal here is not very good, can Chakra be transmitted?"


    However, Nagato soon heard nothing.


    After a while, Xiao Nan suppressed his furious voice from the ring: "Nai Luo, where are you now? Go back to the village immediately!"


    "Teacher, I still have some things to deal with..."


    "Don''t say those useless and perfunctory words. After you grow up, you have become more and more courageous. How dare you join forces with Orochimaru to assassinate Konoha''s third Hokage!"


    Xiao Nan didn''t listen to his explanation at all. Even from a long distance, Uehara Naraku could imagine that Xiao Nan''s expression must be very cold now, as if he was indifferent to everything.


    And this is exactly the state where she is most angry.


    "teacher¡­"


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head, sighed and told a little lie: "If I don''t assassinate the third Hokage, I won''t be able to meet Shimura Danzo, who led the Chunin exam chaos behind the scenes, just before I met Shimura Danzo and Killed him."


    Shimura Danzo''s definition in Konoha is disappearance.


    This kind of thing can be fabricated by Naraku Uehara.


    After hearing these words, the other side of the ring suddenly fell silent. Obviously, both Nagato and Xiaonan were a little shocked by the news.


    Xiaonan''s voice seemed to have softened a lot, she whispered: "Naraku, come back first! It''s too dangerous for you outside now, although Konoha is in trouble for a while and has no time to hunt you down, but when they recover, The murderer who killed Hokage will not be easily let go."


    "Teacher, but there is a problem on my side."


    Naraku Uehara explained in a deep voice: "Itachi Uchiha and Kisame Kisame went to Konoha to snatch Kyuubi and failed. Akatsuki''s information may have been leaked in Konoha..."


    Xiaonan heard the heaviness in Uehara Naraku''s words, and comforted his disciple in a low voice: "It is impossible to have an organization hiding behind the scenes forever, let alone we will handle Akatsuki''s affairs, what you have to do now is to return to the Land of Rain immediately. "


    "Xiaonan, Uehara has grown up."


    After Nagato persuaded Xiaonan on the other side, he said: "Don''t worry, Uehara, you can do whatever you want, Liudao Payne is your backing, and if you encounter danger, immediately summon Liudao Payne, I will be in heaven. Sufficient chakra is prepared in the body."


    "Nagato, don''t spoil him too much."


    After Konan reprimanded Nagato in a cold voice, his voice suddenly became a little cold: "I heard that Konoha''s Hatake Kakashi gave you a few books?"


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Why is that guy Bai so talkative?


    Can this kind of thing be reported to Xiao Nan?


    "Pay attention to the three prohibitions of ninjas."


    After Xiaonan warned in a cold voice, he continued: "Remember to be cautious when making friends in the future, that Hatake Kakashi who tried to bring you down, when we go to Konoha to capture Kyuubi, I will not let him go. "


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    What else can he say?


    Of course, let Hatake Kakashi ask for more blessings!


    "Okay, I made a note."


    After Uehara Naraku nodded seriously, he promised softly: "I found a kid who is suitable to be an intern. I will take him back after I find him in a few days."


    "Pay attention to your own safety."


    After Nagato gave a warning, he suddenly said in a low voice: "Uehara, thank you for helping me find the tribe."


    After saying this, Nagato cut off Chakra''s connection.


    On the high tower in Yuyin Village, Xiaonan frowned, his face was as cold as ice, and he looked at Nagato with some dissatisfaction: "I still have a lot to tell him..."


    Nagato shook his head, and dissuaded him in a low voice: "Uehara is at an adolescent age, if you talk too much, he will have a rebellious mentality."


    Seeing Xiaonan''s suspicious gaze, Nagato continued to explain: "Actually, Uehara is willing to take the initiative to do something. This is also a kind of training for him. At least we don''t have to worry about Yuyin Village and Akatsuki''s future."


    Xiao Nan lowered his head and pondered for a while, then suddenly raised his head and said, "Then when Naraku comes back, let him be the leader of Yuyin Village and manage the entire Yuyin Village and the Kingdom of Rain, so that he won''t leave us all the time."


    "..."


    Nagato doesn''t want to communicate with Konan anymore.


    Xiaonan always wanted to tie Uehara Naraku to him like a child, for fear that something would happen to him, but how would a man know that life is difficult if he doesn''t go out and experience some hardships, and how would he know that home is the warmest harbor?


    Of course, Nagato will not really put Uehara Naraku in danger.


    After Xiaonan left, Nagato immediately asked Tendo Payne to use the magic lantern body technique to issue an order to let Kisame Uehara and Itachi Uchiha go to assist Naraku Uehara to complete a task of recruiting new members, which is actually to protect Naraku Uehara''s safety.


    This is simply outrageous.


    It is a pity that this order could not be refused.


    In a few days.


    Naraku Uehara saw Kisame Kisame and Itachi Uchiha who came to him, and the three of them nestled in this small cave and stared at each other.


    Uchiha Itachi opened his mouth and wanted to tell the routine information: "Is the new member we recruited Konoha Ninja? Is it the Konoha Rebel Ninja code-named Orphan?"


    In the past few days, Konoha Renin named Orphan has been making a lot of noise. Even Uchiha Itachi and Kanshi Kisame have heard about him. Many people in the ninja world are paying attention to this matter.


    "no."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and explained softly: "But it''s about the same. The ninja we recruited this time is also an orphan whose parents died when he was young..."


    And you are the one who made him an orphan!


    Itachi Uchiha nodded, and began to think about who he was recruiting. After all, the Akatsuki organization always prioritized strength, and there were very few Konohas who could meet the conditions.


    "Could it be Mr. Kai? Or Mr. Kakashi?"


    There are a lot of orphans in Konoha, Uchiha Itachi thought of these two in a moment, after all, only these two people''s strength still meets Akatsuki''s standard.


    This is not so good.


    It''s okay if it''s Maitkai, but if Hatake Kakashi betrays Konoha, the blow to Konoha will be fatal.


    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku kept keeping it secret and insisted on refusing to disclose the news, which made Uchiha Itachi feel a little uneasy.


    "Do not worry."


    Naraku Uehara smiled lightly: "Mr. Itachi, if you have any conflicts with the new members, I will help you."


    "Thank you."


    Uchiha Itachi began to think again.


    If this traitor is harmful enough to Konoha, then kill him directly under the title of contradictory!


    Naraku Uehara quietly activated his destiny skills, and tickled the corner of his mouth: "Okay, let''s go to the Valley of the End! Just wait for our new members there!"


    Valley of the End.


    Everything is playing out as expected.


    When Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Itachi, and Kisame Kisame arrived at the Valley of the End, the canyon was still very calm. The huge statue between Uchiha Madara and Senjuzhu stood in this Valley of the End, looking majestic.


    Just arrived here, Uehara Naraku has 500 gold coins in the account, and it turns out that the country of fire or Konoha is the correct way to start!


    "What''s the point of us coming to the Valley of the End?"


    "Because this is where old friends broke up!"


    Uehara Naraku pointed to a figure flying from a distance, who was still chasing him behind, and chuckled, "Did you see it? That''s our new member."


    The person fleeing ahead is Uchiha Sasuke.


    The person chasing him behind is Naruto Uzumaki.


    History was forced into the established track by him, and the woman Tsunade returned to Konoha to succeed the fifth generation of Hokage. Not long after, the four Otonin appeared in the middle of the night and took Uchiha Sasuke away. out.


    In order to cover Sasuke''s escape, the four Otonin were fighting fiercely with Konoha Ninja, and Uzumaki Naruto also caught up with Sasuke under the cover of his friends.


    In the valley of the end, a scene where former teammates broke up was staged.


    Uchiha Itachi looked at the two teenagers who were fighting at the end of the valley, and his face suddenly became ugly. Whether it was his younger brother Uchiha Sasuke or Konoha''s Kyuubi Jinchuriki, no matter who was captured by the Akatsuki organization What a good thing!


    "How about it?"


    Naraku Uehara looked down at Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha in the fierce battle on the lake, chuckled and said, "Mr. Itachi, please choose one! Should we take your younger brother or Konoha''s Kyuubi?" What about Renzhuli?"


    Kisame grinned and offered different opinions: "Oh? Little intern, is there any special order from the leader? Can''t you take both little ghosts away?"


    "of course can."


    Uehara Naraku smiled happily: "This way your team can complete the task of capturing Nine-Tails Jinchuriki!"


    Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame sang together here, which disturbed Itachi Uchiha''s mind. He felt that he had encountered the biggest test since he joined the Akatsuki organization.


    Uchiha Itachi gritted his teeth, his eyes suddenly turned scarlet, he said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Sasuke''s strength is too weak, and he still has a deep hatred with me..."


    "Then kill him."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Itachi Uchiha with a half-smile, and continued softly: "Senior Kisame, kill Sasuke, capture Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki... It''s okay to leave it to you, right?"


    "I am glad to."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame picked up his shark-muscle sword, smiled heartily, and acted very realistically: "This kid was not respectful enough to Mr. Itachi before, so he just let me vent my anger on Mr. Itachi with his head!"


    Uchiha Itachi: "..."


    Damn, need your shark face to be troublesome?


    Are Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame trying to force him to death on the spot?

 Chapter 154

    Uchiha Itachi was not forced to death.


    Instead, he was literally driven crazy.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Since Uchiha Itachi solved the threat of Uchiha Obito, he thought that he could wait for his younger brother to grow up and become stronger. Who would have thought that his younger brother would be targeted by the group of psychopaths from the Akatsuki organization before he grew up? up?


    Now when Kisame Kisame was about to rush down to kill Sasuke Uchiha with his sword in his hands, Itachi Uchiha finally couldn''t hold back and called to his teammates.


    "Ghost shark."


    Uchiha Itachi stopped Kisame from moving, and said softly: "After their battle is over, go and deal with them!"


    "..."


    The corner of Kisame''s mouth twitched immediately, and he turned his head slightly to glance at Naraku Uehara next to him: "Hey, intern, what''s your opinion?"


    "Then let''s take a look!"


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto who were fighting on the ground, with a mysterious smile on his face: "I heard that the more intense the emotions of the Uchiha clan, the Sharingan will evolve. Eye level is the highest, is that right?"


    Itachi Uchiha was silent for a while before responding: "That''s right, the highest level of Sharingan is the Sangouyu Sharingan."


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Dried persimmon Kisame stood next to Uehara Naraku with a big sword in his hands, and praised: "That''s just a conventional saying, Mr. Itachi''s Sharingan is the legendary kaleidoscope Sharingan, and it is the ninja Shura under our feet." The eyes that Uchiha Madara has!"


    "Oh?"


    Uehara Naraku was quite curious, but he shook his head slightly and said: "I don''t dare to ask for a kaleidoscope Sharingan, but I am very interested in a pair of three-shaped jade Sharingan.


    Since Uchiha Sasuke and Mr. Itachi have a life-and-death feud, after killing Sasuke in a while, Kisame-senpai will goug out his eyes by the way!


    How do you say that? This should be called waste utilization? "


    When Naraku Uehara was talking, he looked at Itachi Uchiha with a smile on the corner of his mouth: "Mr. Itachi won''t mind this kind of thing, right? After all, Obito Uchiha and Mr. Itachi are people I dare not offend as an intern. .


    If I want to get a pair of Sharingan as a gift for Teacher Xiaonan, I can only dig out Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi squeezed his fingers tightly, and the next moment he slowly relaxed, and said softly: "I don''t think a woman would like such a bloody and evil gift. If you want to please your teacher, you might as well go Buy a bunch of flowers."


    "Honestly, I think so too."


    Kisame Kisame accepted the words smoothly, nodded in agreement and said, "After all, the spray of explosive knife you gave Mr. Xiaonan last time is really hard to describe..."


    "That''s why you are wrong!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a chuckle, and explained softly: "The last time I gave Teacher Xiaonan a gift, she should actually like it in private. After all, Teacher Xiaonan has a different personality from other women in the ninja world."


    "as long as you are happy."


    Kisame Kisame nodded speechlessly.


    Time is passing by little by little.


    The night is getting darker and the moonlight is getting brighter.


    Under the illumination of the moonlight, the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto was completely over, and Sasuke finally won with the blessing of the Sangouyu Sharingan.


    It''s a pity that he lost the energy of the curse seal in history. Uchiha Sasuke fought extremely hard in this battle. Not only did it take longer than in history, he even almost lost.


    Even after winning, Sasuke''s body was almost collapsed.


    As the loser of the battle, Naruto Uzumaki simply fell into a coma.


    Naraku Uehara, who was spying on their battle on the statue of the Valley of the End, stretched his waist, and softly ordered: "Okay, Senior Kisame, you can act now!"


    "very good!"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark showed his mouth full of shark teeth, and when he was about to rush down with the shark muscle sword in his hand, he was stopped by a palm!


    Kisame''s heart became more vigilant, but his secret boss, Uehara Naraku, was by his side, and Guisame didn''t panic in his heart, he just smiled and said, "Does Mr. Itachi have a different opinion?"


    "someone is coming."


    Uchiha Itachi looked at several black shadows flying towards him in the distance, and said in a deep voice, "It looks like Konoha Ninja, maybe our actions have to be temporarily stopped."


    The two teenagers who end Tanishita, one is his only relative Uchiha Sasuke, and the other is Konoha''s most important Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, no matter what, there can be no mistakes!


    Fortunately, when Uchiha Itachi had no choice but to plan a sneak attack and tried to kill Kisame and Uehara Naraku, those Konoha ninjas who chased to the Valley of the End finally let Uchiha Itachi breathe a sigh of relief, at least he didn''t have to expose it.


    Facing the cooperation between Naraku Uehara and Kisame Kisame, even if Itachi Uchiha wanted to choose a sneak attack, he couldn''t guarantee that he had a 100% chance of winning.


    Especially Naraku Uehara.


    As an intern who has been hiding in Yuyin Village, no one can find out the real information of Uehara Naraku, only know that this guy has a brilliant record in the Chunin exam.


    Uehara Naraku really did not disappoint Uchiha Itachi''s expectations, and said with great self-confidence: "Don''t worry, the leaders are only Hatake Kakashi and Matt Kai. Even if Konoha Sannin chases after us, we must continue to act and catch them. Go Nine-Tails Jinchuriki!"


    "Then shall I kill Uchiha Sasuke?"


    Kisame Kisame asked in a timely manner.


    Naraku Uehara looked at Kisame Kisame as if he was looking at an idiot: "Since Mr. Itachi doesn''t agree with Sasuke becoming a member of our Akatsuki, anyway, this brat chose to defect and can''t stay in Konoha any longer, so of course he is going to kill him! "


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi finally couldn''t bear it anymore, he took back the kunai in his sleeve little by little, Uehara Naraku was right, since Sasuke defected, if he returned to Konoha, only punishment and prison awaited him.


    Uchiha Itachi has seen the methods used by those in the Anbu torture class, especially that Morino Ibiki who was tortured by rebellion. It is said that he likes to torture the captured Konoha rebel.


    "Forget it, let Uchiha Sasuke join Akatsuki!"


    Uchiha Itachi slowly closed his eyes, as if he had made an extremely difficult decision, he continued to add: "In the ninja world, only the power of Sharingan can fight against illusions, and it happens that I can use his Sharingan to train me According to what Uehara said, treat him as a worthless waste!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame looked at each other.


    As the two of them who know the truth about the relationship between Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke brothers, everything goes without saying.


    "very good."


    Naraku Uehara raised his head and stared at the figures chasing from a distance, and said softly: "Senior Kisame, Mr. Itachi, go entertain the ninjas who hunted down Sasuke! I''ll clean up the mess!"


    "Okay, it''s really that rare beast Maitekai!"


    Kisame Kisame held the shark muscles in his hand with a light smile, jumped off the tall statue, and rushed in the direction of Kakashi Hatake and Maitekai.


    "I''m going to stop Hatake Kakashi."


    Uchiha Itachi frowned, he had already figured out Uchiha Sasuke''s situation, and had no choice but to dive in the direction of Hatake Kakashi.


    Apparently Uchiha Itachi didn''t seem to make a full shot this time, but after he rushed up and entangled with Hatake Kakashi for a while, he deliberately let go of a masked Anbu ninja and rushed towards the bottom of the Valley of the End.


    Uchiha Itachi knows every powerful Anbe ninja in Konoha, and the code name of that Anbe seems to be Yamato.


    It is said that Yamato''s mission completion rate in Anbe is very high.


    As a Konoha spy, Uchiha Itachi can''t do much.


    If too many Anbes are let go, maybe Naraku Uehara can only be slaughtered. I hope that Anbe named Yamato can live up to his expectations, at least to get back Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki.


    Uehara Naraku has been paying attention to the battlefield. He glanced at an Anbu who was rushing over, and couldn''t help chuckling and said: "A spy is a spy, and he still knows how to release water!"


    After Naraku Uehara laughed a few times, he suddenly stretched out his palm and shouted in a low voice, "Shadow Profound Truth! Clone!"


    As Uehara Naraku''s voice fell, a jet-black shadow suddenly separated from his body, flew down the statue, and landed beside Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto.

 Chapter 155

    under the moonlight.


    Uchiha Sasuke barely supported himself to stand up, looking at the black shadow falling beside him, Sasuke couldn''t tell that this shadow was a ninja at all.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    However, Orochimaru has a lot of talents under his command, and each of his men has a variety of unique skills. Sasuke Uchiha simply asked directly, "Are you sent by Orochimaru to pick me up?"


    "Is it that important who sent you?"


    This black shadow doesn''t seem to have a mouth, it just said in a low voice inside its body: "As long as it can make it stronger, it''s enough, right?"


    "Ok?"


    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly became suspicious, and a cruel smile flashed across his face after a while: "You''re right, as long as it makes me stronger."


    "Then come with me!"


    The black shadow nodded slowly, then looked at the unconscious Uzumaki Naruto not far away, and walked over step by step: "This kid seems to have extraordinary power in his body, but it can be used by us."


    "Don''t touch him!"


    However, Sasuke suddenly took out a kunai, and flew into the heart of the black shadow, but Sasuke felt as if his kunai had pierced into the air!


    This couldn''t help but make Sasuke''s heart tremble!


    The body of this guy in front of him is really a corpse without any sense of existence. How could there be such a person?


    Kuroying turned around slowly, stretched out his arm, pinched Uchiha Sasuke''s neck, and lifted the boy up: "You want to kill me?"


    "No...not..."


    Uchiha Sasuke desperately tried to tear off Somiko''s arm, but he was only able to catch it. The ninja who came to meet him really seemed to be composed of pure shadows!


    What exactly is going on?


    Obviously this guy can stretch out his arms and grab his neck, but his palms can''t touch this guy''s body no matter what!


    In the next second, the black shadow threw Sasuke to the ground!


    Sasuke Uchiha breathed a sigh of relief, and explained after coughing repeatedly: "Ahem...I just want to test whether you are qualified to let me join..."


    "yes?"


    The voice of this group of black shadows suddenly became a little elusive, with a bit more majesty: "The power of the two of us is like the clouds in the sky and the mud on the ground, don''t use your life to test the temper of a strong man, remember Yet?"


    "I see."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded bitterly.


    It''s just that even though his current strength is weaker than the person in front of him, Uchiha Sasuke still wants to talk about the conditions: "The person you need is me, not this yellow-haired boy? Leave him here, and I will go with you !"


    "..."


    After being silent for a while, Soi Ying suddenly giggled and said, "It seems that even if you betray Konoha for the sake of power, your feelings are still inclined..."


    "no!"


    Uchiha Sasuke turned his head away, looked at the unconscious Uzumaki Naruto and said coldly: "I will kill him in the future, but now I will save his life, just use him to test the power I can get from you, let I know joining you guys was not a wrong choice."


    After being silent for a while, Kuroying looked at Sasuke Uchiha and nodded, "Hohohohoho...I hope you kid can do this in the future."


    "Humph!"


    Sasuke snorted coldly, and urged in a low voice: "Let''s go! It won''t be long before Konoha will be chased by someone!"


    Heiying raised his head and looked at a figure that was running towards their position, and smiled lightly: "They have already chased them..."


    "Wood escape ¡¤ tree boundary wall!"


    Just as they were leaving here, wooden vines suddenly blocked their way, and a masked Konoha Anbe stopped in front of them!


    It is Yamato.


    Yamato looked at the black shadow and Uchiha Sasuke, and said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Sasuke, follow me back to Konoha immediately, don''t go further and further down the wrong path!"


    "Wood escape?"


    After Uchiha Sasuke glanced at the tree boundary wall blocking them in surprise, he turned his head to look at Anbe blocking the way, his face gradually turned cold, he pointed at the black shadow and said, "Okay, as long as you kill this Guy, I will return to Konoha with you."


    "The brat is trouble..."


    After Yamato frowned, he suddenly stretched out his palm towards the black shadow, and shouted in a deep voice, "Wooden Dun¡¤The Art of the Great Forest!"


    In an instant, his arm turned into countless planks and rushed towards the black shadow!


    However, those wooden boards passed through the black shadow in an instant, but did not cause any damage. Dahe was shocked when he saw this scene, he had never encountered such an enemy before!


    The next moment, the group of black shadows slowly stretched out their palms and grabbed the wooden boards, and said in a low voice, "We shouldn''t stop a man from making a choice, are you right? Fire Escape ¡¤ Flame Storm!"


    A scorching flame quickly ignited the wooden board, and spewed towards Yamato, forcing Yamato to dodge!


    However, the flame was like a tarsus, chasing closely behind Yamato, the scorching fire wave was almost close at hand, forcing Yamato to retreat!


    "Wood escape ¡¤ wooden ingot wall!"


    A thick and curved wooden pillar emerged from the ground, tightly wrapping Yamato in it, and the flame storm directly hit the wall of the wooden ingot, and the flames splashed!


    "Is the chakra used too little?"


    The black shadow flipped over his palm, stretched out his palm towards the defensive Yamato, and shouted in a low voice: "Fire Escape ¡¤ Pillar of Flame!"


    A ball of flames spewed out from the ground!


    Yamato, who was hiding under the defense of the wooden pillar, never thought that there was such a fire escape ninjutsu, and the flames gushing out from the ground hit his body directly!


    Yamato, who was covered in scorched black, had burn marks all over his body, and lay down on the side of the road with an ugly face, watching the black shadow lead Sasuke away.


    "This guy... is so strong!"


    Yamato gritted his teeth. Fortunately, the Mutun Xueji in his body brought a strong recovery ability and the ability to resist damage, otherwise he would have been directly killed just now.


    It''s just that it''s impossible to bring Uchiha Sasuke back now.


    Yamato slowly turned his head and looked at the unconscious Uzumaki Naruto, he was barely relieved, at least he could save Uzumaki Naruto.


    Compared with Uchiha Sasuke, Uzumaki Naruto''s identity is more important.


    After Uchiha Sasuke followed Kurokage for a long time, he finally couldn''t hold back and asked, "Who are you? Is it under Orochimaru, or is it someone from Ninja Village?"


    "Really..."


    The black shadow suddenly turned into a young ninja, he slowly turned his head to look at Uchiha Sasuke, with a smile on his face: "You are still so anxious, Sasuke!"


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression changed drastically, and his face suddenly became extremely ugly: "Why is it you?"


    If I remember correctly, Naraku Uehara is from Yuyin Village.


    Although Uehara Naraku''s strength is indeed strong. After assassinating the third Hokage, he can even fight Hatake Kakashi, Maitekai, Jiraiya and other powerful Konoha ninjas, but his name is not as loud as Orochimaru!


    "Why can''t it be me?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Sasuke, his smile was extremely kind: "Sasuke, only by joining us can we hope to kill Uchiha Itachi!"


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara tilted his head and said with a chuckle, "Hey, do you think I''m right? Mr. Itachi?"


    "what?"


    When Uchiha Sasuke was a little puzzled, two figures suddenly walked out of the darkness, it was Uchiha Itachi and Kisame Kisame who had just left the battle.


    Uchiha Itachi slowly raised his head, looked at his younger brother and whispered, "We meet again, Sasuke."


    "Uchiha Itachi!"


    Even though Uchiha Sasuke was exhausted, he still mustered up the courage to prop up his body and attacked Uchiha Itachi: "I will kill you!"


    Boom!


    Uchiha Itachi punched Uchiha Sasuke in the lower abdomen with a short body, kicked him to the ground again, and said in a cold voice: "I still haven''t made any progress, I really don''t understand why the leader wants to recruit such a waste as you to join us!" We know."


    "asshole!"


    Sasuke Uchiha could only clutch his lower abdomen, powerless and furious!


    "As expected of Mr. Itachi, he is so ruthless to his younger brother!"


    The dry persimmon ghost shark standing next to him spread his palms and said with a light smile: "Since Mr. Itachi thinks this brat is useless, why don''t we just kill him now!"


    After finishing speaking, Kisame Kisame explained complacently: "It just so happened that Mr. Itachi died a powerful enemy, and my shark muscles can taste fresh blood, and Naraku Uehara, an intern, can get a gift for senior Xiaonan ..."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his chin, nodded at Kisame Kisame and said, "I think what Senior Kisame said makes sense, what do you think, Mr. Itachi?"


    "not so good."


    Uchiha Itachi just stared at Uchiha Sasuke on the ground, frowned and said: "Okay, let''s take him back to the base first!"


    To be honest, Uchiha Itachi really doesn''t want to stay with these two bastards Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame any longer!


    Both of them opened their mouths and shut their mouths to look good on you...but you know what I''m thinking?


    It''s so irritating!


    Uchiha Itachi was afraid that he couldn''t bear it!


    "Tsk..."


    After Uehara Naraku sighed, he squatted down and patted Uchiha Sasuke on the shoulder, and said with a light smile, "How is it? Am I right? Just join us, you have a lot of opportunities to kill Uchiha Itachi!"

 Chapter 156

    "Uehara Naraku, what the hell is going on!"


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at the people present, and finally decided to focus on Uehara Naraku, because he thought Uehara Naraku should be the weakest of the three.


    "Let me introduce you."


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm towards Sasuke Uchiha in a friendly manner, and explained kindly: "Sasuke Uchiha, on behalf of the Akatsuki organization dedicated to maintaining peace in the ninja world, I formally extend an invitation to you to recruit you to be one of us." An intern."


    "You don''t look like a good thing!"


    Uchiha Sasuke stared at Uehara Naraku with a gloomy face and said: "I thought you were a good person in vain, so you and Uchiha Itachi are accomplices!"


    "I''ve always been a nice guy."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face remained undiminished, and he was even a little proud: "You will know when you get along with me for a long time... Tell me now, are you willing to join? Although the Akatsuki organization prohibits internal fighting, it does not prohibit brothers from fighting each other. !"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke was silent for a while, then turned to look at Uchiha Itachi: "What is Uchiha Itachi''s identity in your organization!"


    "Itachi-san is an official member of Akatsuki!"


    Uehara Naraku pointed at himself with a chuckle, and pointed at Uchiha Sasuke: "We are just interns in the organization. When we are strong enough, the leader will allow us to become full members."


    The explanation is very easy to understand.


    Uchiha Sasuke immediately understood his status, he couldn''t help but snorted at Uehara Naraku, "I thought you were so arrogant during the Chunin exam, but I didn''t expect you to be just an intern .¡±


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s smile suddenly froze on his face.


    Obviously Uchiha Sasuke''s words hurt his heart.


    Over the years, Naraku Uehara has applied to become a full member quite a few times, but was rejected by Konan every time, even Nagato couldn''t plead for mercy.


    Whenever Naraku Uehara saw the red cloud and black robe school uniform, he couldn''t help but think of the side mission with generous rewards.


    However, the side mission of becoming an official member of Akatsuki is as difficult as betting against Tsunade and blackening Naruto, which has become Uehara''s heart disease.


    This is too nonsense!


    Where is the problem?


    Obviously Uehara himself has worked very hard, in order to let Xiaonan see that his strength is getting stronger and stronger, Uehara Naraku will make an appearance of practicing hard almost every day.


    No matter what Xiao Nan asks him to do, he will try his best to complete it.


    As a result, every time Xiao Nan mentioned becoming an official member of Xiao, Xiao Nan would only coax him to practice obediently in the village, and learn to manage Yuyin Village with her.


    It''s almost like coaxing a child.


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was filled again, but he turned his head to look at Uchiha Itachi, and asked softly: "Mr. Offended other seniors."


    "random."


    Uchiha Itachi casually turned his head.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Click!


    There was a crisp cracking sound!


    Uehara Naraku violently twisted off Sasuke''s arm!


    "Ugh..."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but let out a miserable cry.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s cry was too painful, causing Uchiha Itachi to turn around involuntarily, staring at Sasuke''s wound, frowning slightly.


    Uehara Naraku''s palm was green, and while healed Uchiha Sasuke''s wound, he smiled and persuaded him: "Although I am also an intern, you joined Akatsuki after me. Remember to call me senior in the future. understand?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke just gritted his teeth and remained silent.


    Just when Uehara Naraku was about to continue to fight, a large knife wrapped in bandages fell beside him, preventing him from moving.


    The corner of the dry persimmon ghost''s mouth smiled, and said softly: "After all, we must give Mr. Itachi a little face. Although the two of them are life and death enemies, they are still brothers after all..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi looked at Kisame Kisame with a hint of gratitude in his eyes.


    Naraku Uehara looked at Kisame Kisame with a hint of danger in his eyes, what happened to this spy? Is it too far away, and my heart is a little drifting?


    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t appreciate it at all, and even said in a cold voice: "Who is his brother, since he killed his parents and all the clansmen, he is my enemy who I can''t wait to chop him into meat!"


    "Mr. Itachi, look..."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame immediately put on a helpless look.


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and said in a low voice: "Don''t pay attention to him, Uchiha Sasuke has been vulnerable since he was a child, and he can only use his mouth to be arrogant, I said..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s words stopped suddenly, because he felt that if Uchiha Sasuke was not suitable to be a member of Akatsuki, Kisame Kisame and Uehara Naraku would probably say that if Sasuke is not suitable, then kill him and other cruel words.


    This is really sad.


    Itachi Uchiha didn''t know what to say.


    Uchiha Itachi gathered up his collar little by little, and said softly: "Forget it, let''s go, hurry up and go back to the organization''s base, so as not to be chased by Konoha again!"


    Up to now, Uchiha Itachi can only enjoy himself while suffering.


    After Uchiha Sasuke joined the Akatsuki organization, he was able to see Sasuke often and personally protect Sasuke''s safety. Things didn''t seem to be particularly bad.


    The only pain was Sasuke''s hateful eyes.


    It''s just that this time won''t be too long. When Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto broke up and fought just now, they have evolved from double-god jade sharingan to three-goku jade sharingan.


    Uchiha Itachi began to think in his mind, what opportunity would he choose for Sasuke to open the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, and then he would be able to die safely.


    Even Uchiha Itachi didn''t mind using his own death to let Sasuke relieve his knot.


    It''s just that Sasuke''s life must be arranged well before he dies. If Sasuke was still in the Akatsuki organization at that time, he would be bullied all the time.


    Unfortunately, this is just Uchiha Itachi''s wishful thinking.


    When passing by a dessert shop, Kisame Kisame proposed to have lunch in this shop, Sasuke Uchiha immediately expressed his dissatisfaction: "I hate natto and sweets."


    "But Mr. Itachi really likes sweets."


    Kisame Kisame''s mouth curled up, looking at Sasuke Uchiha with a vicious smile, he seemed to be helping Itachi Uchiha, so he especially liked to bully Sasuke.


    Uchiha Itachi looked helplessly from the side, and could only turn his head to look at an outsider: "What would Uehara want for lunch?"


    Uehara Naraku casually glanced at Kisame Dried Persimmon: "The taste is a bit strange recently, I want to eat shark fin."


    "..."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Kanshi Kisame''s expression suddenly turned ugly, and he obviously became much more honest.


    After a group of people eat and drink enough.


    Uchiha Sasuke saw the opportunity for Uchiha Itachi to drink water, a flash of lightning suddenly flashed in the palm of his hand, and he rushed towards Uchiha Itachi: "Chidori!"


    Boom!


    Uchiha Sasuke was kicked to the ground by Uchiha Itachi!


    After Uchiha Itachi stepped on Sasuke''s wrist tightly again, he said slowly: "Uehara, this injury should be fine, right? I don''t want to drain Sasuke''s remaining use value. Turn him into a complete piece of trash."


    "rest assured."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and waved his hand to heal Sasuke''s wound: "As long as you don''t twist Sasuke''s head off, I can heal him."


    On their way back to the Land of Rain, before they even left the border of the Land of Fire, Uchiha Sasuke attacked and assassinated Uchiha Itachi more than three times a day on the way, and was easily defeated by Uchiha Itachi every time.


    Along the way, Uchiha Sasuke failed to assassinate once, but in exchange for the alienation of Kisame and Uchiha Itachi''s uneasiness.


    Itachi Uchiha felt that Sasuke didn''t know how to endure.


    Kisame felt that Sasuke really had a lot to do.


    When the Akatsuki organization disliked Sasuke Uchiha very much here, another ninja in the ninja world who liked to adopt orphans was furious.


    In Yinyin Village.


    After sacrificing the four Otonin and yet to receive any news from Sasuke, Orochimaru''s temper became visibly irritable: "What''s going on? My body is about to reach its limit now. Bring Sasuke back!"


    "Perhaps there are some deviations in our plan."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and persuaded him helplessly, "Master Orochimaru, why don''t you perform an undead reincarnation first! Besides, Uchiha Sasuke''s Sharingan Blood Tsui may not be the best choice for Oshemaru-sama..."


    "But now he is the most suitable!"


    Orochimaru slammed his fist on the experimental table. Due to excessive force, he could only lie tremblingly on the chair next to him: "Go and help me prepare for this undead reincarnation! A new body can still It lasted for three years, and during these three years, I was asked to arrest and study Bai Jue..."


    After finishing speaking, Orochimaru slowly turned his head, a pair of snake pupils mixed with danger and gratitude: "Du, thank you for bringing back a white corpse, allowing me to find a new kind of possible."


    When Yaoshi turned around and was about to leave, he suddenly stopped in his tracks, and his face became more respectful: "No, I want to thank Mr. Orochimaru, because of your existence, I saw the most suitable path for ninjas."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru smiled slowly and supported his forehead, and said in a low voice: "That''s right, I found a new way, as long as we can catch enough white zealots, the dirt reincarnated... the undead reincarnated... still It can be improved further!"


    Orochimaru turned his head slowly, and looked at a coffin with the first character engraved beside him, a trace of obsession flashed in his eyes: "As long as I get Bai Ze, I will soon have the power of the first Hokage!"


    Since Orochimaru began to study Baijue''s corpse, he quickly discovered the wonderful structure of this creature. This creature is not like a ninja at all, and their bodies seem to be compatible with the existence of any Chakra.


    This is pretty amazing.


    As long as it can be compatible with Chakra, it means that it can accommodate any blood successor limit. For Orochimaru, the blood successor he hopes to get can be integrated into Bai Jue''s body.


    As long as he gets a living Baijue, as long as that Baijue can hold Mutunxueji, Orochimaru thinks that he can gain a foothold in the ninja world with Mutun''s power!


    Most importantly, Bai Jue''s body structure is very unique.


    Orochimaru discovered that a creature like Bai Zee might be able to be used as a sacrificial container for the reincarnation of the filth, and it might be able to make the dead exert great power. The only problem is that the powerful reincarnation of the filth is not easy to control.


    And where should I find Bai Jue?


    Orochimaru tapped his fingers lightly, his cold pupils narrowed slightly, and he slowly murmured: "I remember that guy Zee has always been Akatsuki''s intelligence officer, these Bai Ze should be its clones, but Jue''s whereabouts are erratic on weekdays, it seems that he has to find a way to get information about him from a member of Akatsuki..."

 Chapter 157

    Akatsuki''s base.


    Because Xiaonan''s management is too wide, Uehara Naraku has not been to Akatsuki''s base for a long time, and he still has a faint sense of intimacy for this place in his heart.


    This dangerous idea was immediately suppressed by Uehara.


    Could it be that he has been a villain for a long time recently, and he is a little addicted?


    After entering the base, Uehara Naraku and his party realized that there were a lot of people today, and it seemed that all relevant members had gathered here.


    Official members: Payne, Xiaonan, Red Sand Scorpion, Deidara, Ghost Lantern Moon, Momochi Never Cut, Kakuzu, Hidan, Jue, plus Kisame Uchiha and Itachi Uchiha who just arrived, the official members are pretty much It''s all here.


    Naraku Uehara is the only intern, and perhaps Sasuke Uchiha will also become Akatsuki''s intern from today on.


    As for the non-staff liaison staff, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro are also here, and there is an extra Xianglin in their team today.


    Wait, something is wrong!


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but glanced at the clothes of Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, why did they both put on Akatsuki''s uniform?


    In terms of strength, apart from Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, it should be impossible to be eligible to become Akatsuki''s official members, right?


    Could it be that Akatsuki''s uniforms are being given away, and official members are open?


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help showing a hint of joy on his face. Even Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro can join. Doesn''t this mean that he is also eligible to become an official member of Akatsuki?


    Uehara walked slowly to his seat, couldn''t help chuckling and said, "Why, is the organization going to do team building today?"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion raised Fei Liuhu''s head, and said coldly: "What team building? Didn''t you say that a new member is welcome today?"


    "It can''t be this brat, can it?"


    Didara looked at the unfamiliar Uchiha Sasuke with a grin on his face: "It seems that this kid''s strength is not very good, is he qualified to stand with us?"


    Kakuzu glanced at Sasuke Uchiha with a dissatisfied face: "Akatsuki is not something that cats and dogs can join in! Don''t always recruit these teenagers, are you going to turn our place into a kindergarten for little ghosts?" ?¡±


    When he heard this, Didara immediately became unhappy, and opened his mouth to refute him: "That''s better than turning into an activity center for the elderly!"


    After all, Didala joined the Akatsuki organization when he was twelve years old, and this year he is only about fifteen or sixteen years old, and the generation gap with old men like Jiaodu is too big to get along.


    After finishing speaking, Didara even kindly wooed another of his peers: "Hey, Uehara, am I right?"


    "...cough cough cough cough..."


    Uehara Naraku coughed a few times, and when he was about to say something, he raised his eyes and glanced at Xiao Nan beside him, and saw Xiao Nan''s cold face getting colder and colder, which made him close his mouth subconsciously.


    Since Uehara entered Akatsuki''s base, Xiaonan has not said a word, which is quite different from her attitude towards Uehara.


    Moreover, silence is usually a precursor to Xiaonan''s anger.


    This is really normal, after all, Xiaonan has always disliked Naraku Uehara''s participation in Akatsuki''s affairs, but Nagato and her opinion are completely opposite.


    Seeing Xiaonan so rarely angry, Uehara Naraku felt a little abnormally happy, is it because he is going to become Akatsuki''s official member today?


    "All right."


    Payne interrupted everyone''s noise, shifted his gaze to Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "Uehara, can you introduce the new member you recruited for Akatsuki?"


    "Instead of letting me introduce, why not let Mr. Itachi introduce?"


    Uehara Naraku suppressed the smile on the corner of his mouth, for fear of arousing Xiaonan''s anger, he slowly raised his head to look at Itachi Uchiha, and said softly: "Perhaps in the entire ninja world, no one knows our new member better than Mr. Itachi?"


    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while, turned his head to look at Sasuke, and said softly: "This is Uchiha..."


    "I''m Sasuke Uchiha!"


    Sasuke interrupted Uchiha Itachi''s words in a cold voice, and said loudly: "The only member of the Uchiha clan, the purpose of my joining Akatsuki is to kill Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito!"


    "..."


    Didara immediately dissatisfied: "What! It''s another Uchiha! Are you Uchihas going to Akatsuki?"


    As the defeat of Uchiha Itachi, Didara is undoubtedly the one who hates Uchiha the most, and it just so happens that the Akatsuki organization has a relationship with Uchiha.


    A few years ago, a man named Uchiha Obito was forced to defect, and I heard that he still wanted to join in; now he has added a Uchiha Sasuke, so counting, the only few Uchihas in the ninja world, They are all inextricably linked to the Akatsuki organization.


    Akatsuki''s members shifted their gazes to Sasuke, everyone frowned involuntarily, and after a while, they fell on Itachi Uchiha, as if they wanted to see his reaction.


    However, Uchiha Itachi''s face was calm, and he didn''t seem to care what Uchiha Sasuke was talking about in his dreams. This is the confidence of an absolute strong.


    The enthusiasm for watching a good show on the faces of Akatsuki''s members faded away, and then they turned to look at Uehara Naraku.


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but ask first: "Uehara, what the hell are you doing, recruiting enemies who are regular members to join Akatsuki?"


    "Hey, hey, senior scorpion, this is not my idea."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head hastily, with a smile on his face: "Mr. Itachi personally mentioned this. He took the initiative to solicit Uchiha Sasuke, who has just become a rebel. Kisame-senpai and I strongly oppose it!"


    "Ok."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded, and responded: "My illusion needs to be practiced by a person with huge spiritual energy. It just so happens that Uchiha Sasuke opened the Sangouyu Sharingan, which has a certain value."


    "Oh? Seems like a little genius!"


    The red sand scorpion immediately changed his attitude, and slowly taught Sasuke in the tone of a senior: "Hey, kid, remember not to be too arrogant in front of people in the future, if you are like Didara next to me, you won''t live long. of!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t bother to talk to him.


    On the contrary, Didara was furious: "Hey, hey, hey, Xie Danna, I have always respected you!"


    "But you guy also blew up a lot of my puppets!"


    "This proves that my art is one level above Sittanna''s!"


    "Do you want to die?"


    "Didara, Scorpion, stop arguing."


    Payne interrupted their quarrel with a cold voice, and said in a deep voice: "Let me announce the formation of the new members of the organization! Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro will become Akatsuki''s official members from today, code-named Bone and Snow! "


    "yes."


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro agreed seriously.


    After Payne nodded in satisfaction, he turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, but when Payne saw the expression on Xiaonan''s face next to him, he suddenly fell silent, as if he was a little stuck.


    After a long time, Payne seemed to have made up his mind, and said in a deep voice: "Originally, I wanted to delay for a while, since Uehara has recruited Uchiha Sasuke, let''s work with Uchiha Sasuke as an official member in the future! "


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    "I don''t agree."


    Xiao Nan slowly raised his head, looked directly at Payne and said, "Naruo has more important tasks, and he almost got into a catastrophe when he went out this time..."


    "I also object."


    Uchiha Itachi said in a deep voice: "Although Uehara Naraku is very strong, I suspect that he may have some connection with Orochimaru in this Chunin exam, and he should still be under the supervision of Senior Xiaonan."


    After saying this, Uchiha Itachi opened his mouth and added: "And I need to bring Uchiha Sasuke with me during this time, on the one hand, I can use him to practice, on the other hand, it is convenient to monitor him, lest this guy and Uchiha defected like Obito."


    These words could not have been more reasonable.


    Kisame Kisame''s mouth hooked up and said with a light smile: "Actually, I also object to this, but I am not against Naraku Uehara becoming a full member, but I think Sasuke Uchiha is not qualified to form a team with him."


    "I think so."


    "I don''t agree either!"


    Kakuto looked at Uehara Naraku coldly, and said in a deep voice: "I think Uehara Naraku, a brat, will just obediently be an accountant counting money in Yuyin Village from now on! Akatsuki already has enough people!"


    To be honest, after Naraku Uehara left, Kadotsu still missed him a little bit.


    Although Uehara Naraku is always quick to collect money, but every time he allocates funds for activities, he is also very straightforward, which is much better than his teacher Xiaonan...


    "I agree with Senior Kakuzu''s opinion!"


    "I also think what Senior Kakuzu said makes sense!"


    "I also agree with Senior Kakuzu''s opinion!"


    For a while, several teams expressed their agreement with Kakudo''s opinion. It seems that there are not a few victims who were tortured by Xiaonan''s allocation of funds for activities.


    After all, Xiaonan, who had a difficult life since childhood, naturally doesn''t like other people spending money lavishly.


    Xiao Nan naturally didn''t care what they thought.


    Hearing a group of people supporting her opinion from the side, Xiaonan showed a little smile on her cold face, her palm fell softly on Uehara Naraku''s shoulder, embraced her disciple, and said softly: "Then Let Naraku study with me for a while longer!"


    Tiandao Payne was silent for a while, looked at the people present, nodded slowly and said: "Then let Uehara continue to learn from you, and temporarily let Uchiha Sasuke follow Uchiha Itachi and the Kisame team to act together!"


    "???"


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head, looking at Tendao Payne with a trace of doubt in his eyes, you said so much today, but you are playing me again?


    Xiaonan took Uehara Naraku''s palm, the smile on her face faded slowly, and she regained her cool look.


    "Naraku, come with me, I have something to talk to you about."


    Xiaonan is still angry.

 Chapter 158

    lake shore.


    Konan raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara. This disciple was already taller than her, and he couldn''t help but reminded Konan of Nagato''s persuasion and Jiraiya''s teachings.


    The anger in Xiaonan''s chest slowly subsided, and he reached out to help Naraku Uehara straighten his clothes: "Naraku, tomorrow I will arrange a succession ceremony for you to become the leader of Hidden Rain Village. You are a ninja from the Land of Rain, first slowly learn to shoulder the responsibility. The responsibility of a leader!"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression drooped suddenly, he shook his head feebly and said, "Mr. Xiaonan, Payne is the most suitable leader of Yuyin Village."


    Naraku Uehara knew it already.


    Konan doesn''t want Uehara Naraku to mix with the current Akatsuki, but to become the leader of Yuyin Village according to the established route she set. This is also the difference between Uehara Naraku and Konan, and also the difference between Nagato and Konan.


    Maybe it''s because of too many sufferings, Xiaonan always wants to arrange a bright and smooth path for him, but what Uehara Naraku wants is not these!


    In the future, he is bound in a small ninja village every day, protected by Xiaonan and Nagato under his wings. Is this what he should do as a mastermind behind the scenes?


    Uehara Naraku grabbed Xiaonan''s palm, and said in a deep voice, "Teacher, I have practiced in the village for four years, and I have researched a lot of ninjutsu. This time, I did not lose even in the battle with Master Jiraiya."


    "I know, your guts are too great."


    Xiaonan slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "And you actually assassinated the third Hokage in Konoha this time, in case something happens to you..."


    "Isn''t there a problem..."


    Naraku Uehara patted his forehead helplessly, and said in a deep voice, "Anyway, I refuse to succeed the leader of Yuyin Village."


    Xiaonan slowly stretched out her palm, caressing his cheek, her hot breath fell on Uehara Naraku''s neck, her voice became lower and lower: "Naraku, we want to give you the best, Why do you always refuse?"


    "Maybe there is a generation gap in our ideas?"


    Uehara Naraku blinked and stared at Xiaonan''s eyes that were close at hand. The orange pupils were a little beautiful. He changed the subject softly: "That... teacher, I brought you a gift, you will definitely like it !"


    "Ok?"


    There was some doubt in Xiao Nan''s eyes.


    Uehara Naraku quickly took out a scroll from his ninja bag and put it in Xiaonan''s palm. He chuckled and said, "Didn''t I tell you before? After assassinating the Third Hokage, I got in touch with you." Danzo..."


    This is of course a lie.


    In fact, the assassination of Danzo has to go further.


    It''s just that other than Pharmacist Dou, no one else knows the truth.


    Xiaonan''s eyes suddenly hesitated, and she looked at the scroll in her hand with a rather indescribable expression: "So what''s inside is..."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, with a smug smile on his face: "That''s right, it''s Shimura Danzo''s body."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed, and continued to explain: "Shimura Danzo seems to have mastered a forbidden technique. His body has transplanted a bunch of Sharingan, and every time you close a Sharingan, you will not be affected by anything for a period of time. Injury, it took a lot of effort..."


    This is also for vaccination.


    When Konan or Nagato meet Uchiha Obito in the future, they must know that having Sharingan means a period of Izanagi''s invincibility.


    Naraku Uehara said with a little regret on his face: "It''s because of this that I didn''t capture him alive, but brought back his body."


    "..."


    Xiao Nan''s expression was slightly in a trance.


    At this moment, her mood was particularly complicated, and she didn''t know what to do.


    Every time this disciple went out, he would bring her some weird gifts when he came back. Although these gifts were somewhat in line with his wishes, they always felt a little weird.


    Yes, she did hate Shimura Danzo.


    But more important than Shimura Danzo is Uehara Naraku''s emotional intelligence.


    In any case, Naraku Uehara took a dead body as a gift, is it because her EQ is a little lower, and her education has gone wrong?


    "Okay, I''m going to treat Nagato-sama first."


    After Naraku Uehara waved his hand, he just took this opportunity to interrupt the chat with Xiao Nan, turned around and left here.


    Xiao Nan nodded hesitantly, and her eyes fell on the scroll in her hand again.


    A trace of hatred flashed in Xiao Nan''s eyes, and he saw that there was an extra detonating talisman on the scroll.


    Xiao Nan threw the scroll with the detonating talisman into the lake, and quickly closed his palms: "Psychic ¡¤ Mutual use of the detonating talisman technique!"


    Countless detonating symbols instantly blew up the scroll to pieces!


    Obviously, both the scroll and the corpses inside were all reduced to pieces!


    After doing all this, a trace of relief flashed slowly in Xiaonan''s eyes, and a pair of wings spread and landed on her back, driving her slowly into the sky.


    In Yuyin Village.


    above the tower.


    Nagato was still working on Shura Dopayment, and when he heard the sound of the door opening, he turned his head with a smile on his face and said, "How is it? Is Xiaonan still angry?"


    "What''s going on today?"


    After Naraku Uehara waved his hands helplessly, his eyes immediately turned to Shura Dao: "Oh? Do Shura Dao have any new ideas?"


    "Well, didn''t you persuade me before? I have now made Shura Dao a one-time puppet that can self-destruct in a crisis. By self-destruction, it can directly destroy everything within a radius of tens of kilometers, as Payne''s last resort. "


    Nagato casually put Shura Dao Payne away, and said softly: "From now on, you should take Shura Dao with you when you go out! If Shura Dao has no chakra, you can also use your own healing method to input chakra into its body. carat."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head speechlessly, and brought up the previous topic again: "What happened today? How did Junmaro and Shiro become official members of Akatsuki? Hey, hey, Nagato-sama, you promised me before." Mine, I want to wear a uniform too!"


    "Those two children were brought up by Xiao Nan, so they naturally obey Xiao Nan''s orders more. Didn''t I happen to help you get rid of the two people who were spying on you?"


    Nagato glanced at him, sighed, and said, "Uehara, if you hadn''t assassinated the third Hokage this time, you would be able to become an official member of Akatsuki when you come back..."


    "..."


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s eyes couldn''t help but twitch: "But I assassinated the third Hokage, doesn''t it mean that I have become stronger?"


    "But your guts are too great!"


    Nagato shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "The Ninja Village of the Five Kingdoms is not as simple as we imagined. Don''t do such a dangerous thing in the future. Even if you want to do it, you must channel Liudao Payne in advance!"


    "understood."


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and said, "Why are you now the same as Mr. Xiaonan, Nagato-sama, we are in the same camp!"


    "It''s too dangerous to be in the same camp as you."


    Nagato glanced at Uehara Naraku, continued to shake his head dullly and said, "If I had known you were so courageous now, I would have..."


    "Hey, it''s okay, it''s almost done."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Nagato''s words in a hurry, and said loudly: "Anyway, you promised me during the Chakra communication that I would wear Akatsuki''s uniform and become an official member of Akatsuki!"


    "It''s just a little thing."


    Nagato patted Uehara Naraku''s arm, and said in a deep voice, "After I deal with everything, you will be Akatsuki''s new leader..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    The thoughts of Xiaonan and Nagato are outrageous. One wants him to be the leader of Yuyin Village, and the other wants him to be the leader of Akatsuki. He just wants to wear a uniform to complete a task!


    "Hurry up and give me a task."


    Uehara Naraku patted Nagato''s arm, and hurriedly urged: "I''m worried that Mr. Xiaonan will force me to succeed the village leader tomorrow. If it succeeds, it may be difficult to leave the village in the future. I will go out today." Hide for a while."


    To be honest, Uehara was a little afraid to come back. Konan and Nagato had placed too many high hopes on him, but he only wanted to be a mastermind behind the scenes.


    Of course Nagato refused to agree, and shook his head to reject him: "If Xiaonan can''t find you, she will trouble me..."


    "Can you help?"


    Naraku Uehara put his arms around his shoulders.


    Nagato helped his forehead, and said in a low voice: "Okay, I just have a mission here, you go to attack the village of destroying Caoyin, this mission was originally intended to be handed over to Xie and Didala, and now it will be taken as a task." It''s your test..."


    "Is there a reason?"


    "Yes, for good reason."


    Nagato nodded, and explained in a deep voice: "The area of ??the Land of Grass is just connected to the Land of Earth and the Land of Fire. After the destruction of Caoyin Village, there will definitely be disputes between the two countries over the ownership of the Land of Grass. ;


    And after the Country of Grass has no armed forces, the people from Konoha and Hidden Village who sneaked into the Country of Rain will also be sent to the Country of Grass to reduce our chances of being exposed. "


    Nagato slowly closed his palms, and continued in a deep voice: "The last reason, Tiandao Payne heard something from Xianglin, her mother was also a descendant of Uzumaki, but died in Kusakashi Under the abuse of the village..."


    Perhaps this reason is the most important.


    As the relationship between Naraku Uehara and Nagato got better and better, Nagato gradually became more and more human. He gradually relearned tenderness and anger.


    Xianglin and her mother are descendants of Uzumaki, and in a sense, they are also members of Nagato''s clan. He naturally has some thoughts to recover this debt.


    "Fine!"


    Naraku Uehara nodded solemnly, he glanced at Shura Dao in the room again, and said softly: "After I pass by, I will channel Shura Dao to act together!"


    "it is good."


    After Nagato nodded seriously, he added: "I heard that Caoyin Village has been at war with foreign countries recently, maybe you can find evidence that they are trying to launch a war against Yuyin Village, and you can also make Xiaonan feel that you are doing it. business..."


    "Understood, come back and bring you gifts!"


    Naraku Uehara left Nagato''s room instantly, only to see that his face had become serious!


    If he remembers correctly, there should be a hidden base of Uchiha Obito in the country of grass, where Uchiha Madara lives. I wonder if there are still some white entrants?

 Chapter 159

    After Naraku Uehara left.


    A piece of origami flew into the tower of Yuyin Village, landed in front of Nagato''s room, and Xiaonan appeared. After she opened the door and walked in, she frowned and said, "Nagato, why don''t you?" Only you are here, where is Naraku?"


    "Cough cough cough cough..."


    After Nagato coughed violently a few times, he said softly: "Didn''t you get the news of the change in Caoyin Village some time ago? I let Uehara handle it."


    "..."


    Xiaonan frowned a little displeased.


    Just as Xiaonan was about to turn around and leave, Nagato persuaded him: "Xiaonan, don''t push him too hard, Uehara at this age wants to do something big by himself."


    "Yes, I understand."


    Xiao Nan nodded, and said softly: "I just want to tell him that I allow him to become a member of Akatsuki, but he must cover up his identity, because the future leader of Yuyin Village cannot be contaminated by darkness."


    After finishing speaking, Xiao Nan added: "Forget it, since he left, let''s tell him after he comes back!"


    Nagato''s face was wonderful, and there was a hint of pity in his eyes: "It seems that Uehara''s luck is not very good, I hope that little guy Uehara will not cause any trouble."


    Destiny will always be magical.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know anything about Yuyin Village.


    He was still looking for the secret base where Uchiha Obito and Zetsu hid. As a result, not long after he left Yuyin Village, he met Jue who was waiting for him.


    Hei Jue stopped Naraku Uehara in a gloomy manner, and asked, "Uehara, after going to Konoha, did you find any information about Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki?"


    "Well, I already have information about Nine-Tails Jinchuriki and One-Tails Jinchuriki."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and his face slowly became serious: "But I also got another piece of information here, I believe that Jue Senior should have also received the news code-named Orphan Rebellion, right? Obito Senior Is it really not Konoha spy?"


    "how is this possible?"


    Hei Jue shook his head, and said with a sinister smile, "Obito is very concerned about the Moon Eye plan, how could he be a Konoha spy?"


    "I can rest assured that."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, of course he wasn''t talking nonsense in a serious manner, but logically put a precaution in Hei Jue''s heart in advance.


    Although Obito Uchiha is not a Konoha spy yet.


    But when Uehara Naraku returns from Caoyin Village, it is estimated that Kurojue will believe that Uchiha Obito will become a "Konoha spy", and maybe Uchiha Obito will also be a spy of Orochimaru!


    At that time, Uchiha Obito, Hei Ze, and Orochimaru would soon start a big fight. Uehara Naraku dared not say otherwise, but Hei Ze must be a loser.


    Hei never knew that Naraku Uehara in front of him wanted to sell its information. Instead, he nodded appreciatively: "Very good, as long as we collect enough information, we will be one step closer to getting the Moon''s Eye plan."


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara nodded with a serious face, and continued softly: "Senior Jue, we are working on the Moon Eye Project behind the scenes, so don''t disclose it to others."


    "Don''t worry, I will pay attention."


    Jue''s body slowly retracted to the ground.


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth curled up slightly, if we don''t reveal the news, then Obito Uchiha can only reveal the news!


    It''s just that this thing needs to be done well.


    It would be nice to be able to schedule it earlier.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s last experiment of the Shadow Mystery Clone skill, and his innate Phantom Charm skill, he can find ways to reveal the information in a subtle way.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    It''s just a pity that Obito Uchiha.


    Naraku Uehara always felt that Obito Uchiha was under pressure he shouldn''t have.


    Now on Konoha Ninja''s side, Uchiha Obito is a black-handed ninja who assassinated four generations of Hokage couples and created the Nine-Tails Rebellion for Hiruzaru Sarutobi.


    On Nagato and Konan''s side, Uchiha Obito is a murderer who murdered his juniors, and there is still a certain suspicion of Konoha spies, which has not been cleared yet.


    In the future, Obito Uchiha will become a whistleblower, a despicable Uchiha, a traitor to Moon Eye, and so on.


    "Let''s do business first!"


    Naraku Uehara''s body slowly floated in the air, flying slowly towards the country of grass, and by the way, he also checked the reward for defeating Yamato.


    Side quest: Defeat Yamato (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the hidden inheritance quest will be rewarded once.


    Hidden Inheritance Quest: There are many surprises in the forest, name it correctly.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t hesitate too much, after all, there are very few heroes with similar wood attributes: "Jira the Thorns..."


    Mission accomplished.


    The legacy of heroes begins.


    Deadly Bloom: After throwing a group of thick vines in the target area, the vines will explode in the area and release countless wooden spikes. The minimum cost of the skill is 70 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 3 seconds.


    Entangling Roots: Release vines in front to quickly restrain the enemy''s actions. The skill consumes a minimum of 70 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 5 seconds.


    Strangled Vine: Summons the wrath of nature and releases dense vines in a wide area. The vines will automatically attack the targets in the area. The skill consumes a minimum of 100 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 45 seconds.


    These all belong to the category of Mu Dun.


    Uehara Naraku is actually looking forward to the genuine Mutun.


    After going to the Country of Grass this time, if you have a chance, you can find trouble with Orochimaru, and see if you can get a more powerful Mutun skill after defeating Orochimaru''s reincarnated Senju Hashirama.


    In addition to Senjujuma, there is also the second-generation Hokage Senjuma who is known as the strongest water escape, plus the two powerful forbidden techniques that Orochimaru needs to hand in, Dirty Soil Reincarnation and Undead Reincarnation. Precious chives!


    How long has it passed, and the leeks of Orochimaru can be harvested again!


    Of course, we can''t just know how to harvest, but also learn how to cultivate. By the way, let''s see if Medicine Master can find a way to learn the immortal mode of Longdi Cave.


    According to Uehara''s guess, the way to advance to the gods in his immortal mode should be to defeat the immortal mode of the three holy places.


    "Immortal mode, on!"


    Uehara Naraku''s finger landed on the spell of the winged sword on his arm, and the natural energy contained in it almost poured into his body quickly, and he felt the power in his body expand rapidly in an instant. Come!


    There seems to be something suppressed behind it, which is a little itchy!


    After a while, two pairs of white wings grew out of Naraku Uehara''s back!


    In an instant, Uehara Naraku felt a qualitative change in the power in his body, and all the chakra in his body had been converted into celestial chakra!


    Immortal Mode ¡¤ Ascension to the second form of God''s Long Stage!


    With the fairy mode turned on, Uehara Naraku was a little surprised. After the fairy mode was turned on, his status improvement was unbelievable.


    The second form of ascension (enabled): Chakra is automatically converted to Xianshu Chakra, the cooling time of all skills is reduced by +100%, life energy is increased by 400%, life energy recovery effect is increased by 400%, and fairy energy recovery effect is increased by 400%


    Life energy: 57124 points (immortal mode)


    Senshu Chakra Energy: 14765 points (Sage Mode)


    Life energy recovery: 36 points/second (in fairy mode)


    Senju Chakra recovers 24 points/second (Sage Mode)


    Minimum Chakra Consumption in Sage Mode: 10 points/second


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and glanced at his skill panel. Except for the disappearance of the cooldown time, the skill consumption has not changed. This means that if he uses some powerful skills to bombard wildly, it is estimated that the fairy mode will last. Not too long.


    "It seems that it can be used for flying? Can it also be used for physical combat?"


    Naraku Uehara manipulated the two pairs of white wings on his back to fly up, and his speed almost quadrupled, which made him feel as if he had been strengthened.


    It would be nice if the two pairs of wings on the back could be folded away...


    In this way, wouldn''t he be able to maintain the state of immortal mode?


    However, these two pairs of white wings are the symbol of Naraku Uehara''s celestial being mode, just like the toad''s pupils in the sage mode of Mt.


    Apart from being handsome, these two pairs of wings are useless...


    Wings are actually a human dream!


    Because the ground stands under our feet, human beings have always longed to fly.


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and flew towards Caoyin Village at a super high speed, almost drawing an afterimage in the air!


    After Uehara Naraku flew for a while, he suddenly realized a problem. He seemed to think things too narrowly.


    In the state of Immortal Mode, his skills have no time at all. Not only can they be used to bombard the enemy, but they can also be used to speed up the journey. For example, the fate that has a cooldown time has no cooldown now. time...


    "destiny!"


    There was an elusive smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, and then his body suddenly disappeared into the air, and a continuous long-distance march and investigation finally began.


    After a few minutes.


    Naraku Uehara scoured the entire Country of Grass and the border near the Country of Grass, and finally locked on the location of a person and a group of Baijue.


    Uehara Naraku stood on a big tree, overlooking a closed cave.


    Uehara''s gaze was faintly golden, it was the perception skill of hunting rhythm that had been activated, he looked carefully at the ground under the cave, and the smile on the corner of his mouth could hardly be concealed: "It''s been a long time, Senior Uchiha Obito ..."

 Chapter 160

    Naraku Uehara is very busy.


    Now Uehara Naraku is squatting on the outskirts of this secret base, eagerly waiting for Bai Jue''s avatar to come out and be caught by him, and by the way, use his very rough drawing skills to draw the map mark of this base.


    The map drawn by Uehara Naraku himself is more abstract than the map he bought in some small shops. Basically, he wrote a rough orientation data and drew a few iconic hillsides.


    When mapping the geographic location, Naraku Uehara would alternately turn on the hunting rhythm and fate from time to time to check whether Bai Ze appeared.


    After a long time, a clone of Baijue appeared under the base of this hidden base. It used the mayfly technique to swim towards the distance. According to the observation, the destination of this Baijue should be the direction to the nearby town.


    When this white scorpion just got out of the ground and turned into an ordinary person, someone suddenly patted it on the shoulder and put a scribbled map in front of it: "Friend, take this Can the map find my home?"


    "Ok?"


    Bai Jue frowned suddenly, but when he turned his head to see an unfamiliar face, he lowered his head to look at the map with peace of mind.


    "What is this painting?"


    "Map!"


    "What I''m asking is where is this sign painted?"


    Bai Jue glared at the strange man behind him with displeasure, and began to spray at the scribbled map: "What are you? A mountain? What is this? A lake? What is this, a forest? This map is drawn in a mess, who can find a small hillside in the forest? It also marks about a few kilometers..."


    As Bai Jue spoke, his voice gradually lowered. It seemed that he had thought of where this place was. This was the secret base where they and Obito Uchiha were hiding!


    Bai Jue turned his head to look at the stranger in an instant, and saw a mysterious smile on the stranger''s face, which made him feel chills!


    Bai Jue suddenly felt bad, and the next moment he planned to break free and run away. When he rushed back to the base to report the news, his body was tied up by vines!


    Bai Jue''s face suddenly changed, and he asked in a deep voice: "Mu Dun? Who are you? How could you be Mu Dun in Qianshou Zhujian?"


    "Oh, I''m just a painter."


    The stranger''s face changed again, returning to Naraku Uehara''s original appearance. He chuckled and said, "Well, it seems that there is nothing wrong with the map I drew..."


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    This white zealot immediately recognized this person who is often circulated in the base, and it even secretly monitored Uehara Naraku in Yuyin Village for a period of time. It is said that every quarrel between black zealot and Uchiha Obito is because of this guy .


    This person should be their ally!


    This white zealot saw Uehara Naraku speak good words for Uchiha Obito in front of Konan and Nagato a few years ago, but Konan and Nagato were very stubborn and refused to accept Obito again.


    The white one tried to comfort himself, and asked in a low voice: "Uehara Naraku, what do you mean? Why did you arrest me and write down the location of our secret base? Could it be that Nagato and Xiao Nanan planted around us? spies?"


    "Is Bai Jue as nagging and annoying as you are?"


    Uehara Naraku''s back suddenly spread two pairs of white wings, and he flew up into the sky with the white sword that was tightly bound by vines in his hand.


    Because this white bird has been living underground, it seems to be a little afraid of heights, and has been cursing in the air.


    Uehara Naraku thought he was of high quality, and he knew that Bai Jue would not live for long, so he didn''t care about Bai Jue''s scolding.


    This white bird was given to the pharmacist.


    Naraku Uehara spread his wings like this, and flew all the way to the vicinity of Yinyin Village, taking Bai Jue who scolded him along the way.


    After landing, this Bai Jue said in a deep voice: "This is Yinyin Village, Uehara Naraku, what did you bring me here for?"


    "You''ve been to a lot of places."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, started to activate the fate skill, and soon found the location of the medicine master''s pocket, but Orochimaru is not in the village now.


    Since Konoha''s collapse plan, Orochimaru doesn''t seem to care much about the existence of Yinyin Village. The number of ninjas in this village has become less and less, and even the guards are not sound.


    This is also normal.


    After all, Konoha has been following Orochimaru all along, and they were only held back by the so-called Anbe Rebellion codenamed Orphan recently. When they recover, they will definitely find a way to send someone to destroy Yinyin Village.


    At least nominally, Yinyin Village is to be eliminated.


    Orochimaru doesn''t care about Konoha''s actions either. The foundation of Oshemaru is Oshemaru himself. As long as Orochimaru is still alive, he will be able to build a new Otoyin Village in the future.


    Uehara Naraku found Yaoshidou with little effort, and it happened that Yaoshidou was carefully doing experiments in the laboratory.


    When Yao Shidou saw Uehara Naraku, he was not particularly surprised. He had seen the magic of this new boss many times before.


    But what does Uehara Naraku''s curious baby eyes staring at the test bench mean? Is he still planning to do an explosion experiment?


    "Cough, cough, cough... Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist interrupted Uehara Naraku''s thoughts hastily, he looked down at Bai Jue who was beside Uehara Naraku, his eyes lit up immediately: "Is this Bai Jue?"


    "Well, if it''s alive, it''s still caught."


    When Uehara Naraku talked about Bai Jue, it seemed like he was talking about a fish. He took out a map from his ninja bag and handed it to the pharmacist: "This is the map I drew, and it shows Bai Jue''s entrenched base. , You have to find a way to guide Orochimaru to catch them."


    "clear."


    The pharmacist looked at the map for a while. He was a spy and had seen all kinds of scribbled maps, but the map that Naraku Uehara gave him was really hard to describe.


    Fortunately, Yao Shidou knew most of the topography of the ninja world, he obediently accepted the map, did not say anything rude, but instead focused more on this living Bai Jue.


    After these days of research, Yaoshidou and Dashewan have become more and more eager for Bai Jue. The role of a creature like Bai Jue is too great!


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and a thirst for knowledge flashed in his eyes: "I''m going to use this white cockroach to carry out the human experiment of intercolumnar cell transplantation now!"


    "There are interstitial cells here?"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes lit up immediately: "You help me prepare a copy of intercolumn cells, I want to transplant intercolumn cells to a descendant of Uzumaki!"


    Originally, Uehara Naraku wanted to give Nagato a try of the inter-poster cells. Since there are inter-poster cells here, why not just take a copy from here!


    "Is it Xiangphos?"


    Yao Shidou frowned suddenly, and his brain seemed to have figured out something: "Yes, the whirlpool family is born with strong vitality, and they are also the easiest carrier to carry the cells between the columns, and there is even a great possibility of awakening Mu Dunxueji''s It''s a pity that the Uzumaki descendants are scattered all over the ninja world, it''s really hard to find, and it''s too wasteful to use for experiments..."


    "Forget about the theories."


    Naraku Uehara glared dissatisfiedly at the pharmacist pocket, and said softly: "This white zealot has seen my true face, I can''t let this guy survive, after a while you hurry up and finish the experiment on the cells between the columns and twist its head off !"


    "Uehara Naraku, you bastard, you despicable, shameless bastard!"


    Bai Jue immediately started a series of scolding. In just half a minute, this Bai Jue used all the curse words he knew in his life to describe Uehara Naraku.


    The pharmacist felt ashamed when he heard this.


    In fact, Oshemaru occasionally scolds Uehara Naraku secretly.


    However, compared to this Baijue, Orochimaru''s cursing words seem to be very quality, and back and forth are just a few villains who take advantage of others'' dangers and Akatsuki''s inhuman monsters...


    Naraku Uehara listened all the way, picked his ears, ignored Bai Jue, just looked at the pharmacist who was going to help him take the interstitial cells and asked: "Dou, where did that guy Orochimaru go? What is the conspiracy?"


    "no."


    The pharmacist took a closed bottle, sealed it with a scroll, and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "Master Orochimaru and Caoyin Village have a deal to deal with..."


    Over the years, many of the experimental funds earned by Orochimaru have come from transactions with Xiaonin Village, small country daimyo, and rich and powerful.


    Caoyin Village is also one of his partners.


    "Oh, let''s hope he ends sooner."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said with emotion: "After I leave later, I will go to destroy Caoyin Village. If Orochimaru fails to get enough money from the transaction, he will have a permanent income in the future." Debts that don¡¯t come back.¡±


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Oh, isn''t this going to be tricked again?


    A few days ago, Orochimaru occasionally researched a tool that seems to be used in war. In order to make a fortune from Caoyin Village, Orochimaru went to negotiate prices and collect data these days, but now it is estimated that this transaction will be directly Yellow off!


    Orochimaru didn''t even take the advance payment from Caoyin Village this time, because he was too confident in his own strength, and Xiao Rencun didn''t dare to repay the debt of Orochimaru.


    But if this small ninja village is destroyed by Uehara Naraku, it is a real force majeure factor, even Orochimaru has nothing to do...


    Yao Shidou glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly, and didn''t know what to say. Why does Uehara Naraku, the new boss, always try to cheat his old boss?


    Uehara Naraku put away the seal scroll, kicked the living Bai Ze, and said softly: "As for how to lure Orochimaru to attack the base occupied by Uchiha Obito and Bai Ze, I don''t need to help you think of a reason." Bar?"


    "Of course not."


    Pharmacist chuckled quickly and shook his head: "I can easily solve this small matter by myself, after all, I have enough reasons."


    After finishing speaking, Yao Shidou glanced at the Bai Jue regretfully again and said, "It''s a pity that this Bai Jue is here. If Master Orochimaru is around, he can use it more..."


    "Okay, I will catch more later."


    Naraku Uehara patted the shoulder of Medicine Master Dou, as if I admired you very much: "You stay hidden here in Orochimaru, he is just a tool man, your potential is infinite, try to reincarnate the dirty soil and Ryuchi Cave Learned the Immortal Mode, do you understand?"


    Throughout the history of the ninja world, only Yaoshidou has learned Ry¨±ji-dong''s sage mode. If Uehara Naraku wants to evolve his own sage mode, he can only pin his hopes on Yakushidou for the time being, otherwise he will have to try to kill him. White Snake Immortal...


    Moreover, Yaoshidou can also master the skillful Dirty Earth Reincarnation, which is a potential stock, and Yaoshidou is also the one with the highest future achievements among Uehara''s three subordinates, much stronger than Qianshi Guisha and Ghost Lantern Moon.


    "clear."


    Yao Shidou nodded hesitantly. To be honest, Uehara Naraku placed high hopes on him, and Yao Shidou didn''t even dare to think about it!


    "Oh, yes, there are a few more things."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly turned his head, grabbed Yakushi''s shoulders, and asked softly: "I want to blame Uchiha Obito for the leak of the Baijue base. Anyway, he is alone now, as long as it falls on him, it will be fine." No one will believe him, what can you do about this?"


    "¡­Can."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "I will take care of this matter, Master Naluo, just rest assured."


    "Besides these, there is also information about Jue..."


    Uehara Naraku patted the shoulder of the pharmacist, and continued to ask: "There must be black and white, and white is just a bunch of waste, with low combat effectiveness;


    But Hei Ze claims to be the will of Uchiha Madara, and its existence is for a huge plan. As for this plan, I will tell you after I figure out how to make it up.


    But you can find a way to leak it to Orochimaru in advance. This is also leaked by Obito Uchiha. This matter is also entrusted to you. Is there a problem? "


    Uehara Naraku found out that it would be really good to have a spy beside Orochimaru, so that he could directly hand over the information to Yaoshidou, and let Yaoshidou find a way to leak it to Orochimaru.


    In this way, there is no need for him to rashly use the identity of Orochimaru to make troubles, so as not to reveal any flaws in the middle.


    Yao Shidou looked at Uehara Naraku speechlessly, thinking about how to make it up, don''t you just want to pour dirty water on Hei Jue?


    However, the literacy of a subordinate allows the pharmacist to know when to ask and when not to ask, when to answer and when to shut up.


    After being silent for a long time, Pharmacist turned his eyes to the Bai Jue who was about to die on the experimental table beside him: "Master Naluo, I want to know more about creatures like Bai Jue, do they have human thoughts or belong to What about Heijue''s appendages?"


    "You mean to ask, is this white zealot better with Uchiha Obito, or better with black zealot?"


    Naraku Uehara touched his chin, looked at the increasingly irritable Bai Jue, and said softly: "Bai Jue should have no brains, they can do whatever they want, maybe their brains are full of water. Woolen cloth?"


    "You bastard has no brains!"


    Bai Jue who insisted on cursing next to him was angered again: "Uehara Naraku, you are a despicable villain, shameless and obscene, your brain is full of water!"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses slowly, and said softly: "It seems that we can use this Bai Ze as the envoy sent by Obito Uchiha to cooperate with Lord Orochimaru. If they really cooperate, will they Is there any threat to Naraku-sama?"


    "rest assured."


    Naraku Uehara smiled confidently, and spread his palms: "I can''t pick a few people in the whole ninja world to be my opponents. I can have any countermeasures..."


    This is the self-confidence after fairy mode!


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    When you are strong, you will be strong, and if you are stronger, you will be stronger!

 Chapter 161

    Orochimaru has not come back yet.


    Naraku Uehara simply sat in the corner of the laboratory to rest, and by the way observed the human experiment that Yao Shidou carried out the intercolumnar cell transplantation on Bai Jue.


    If Orochimaru comes back, Uehara Naraku will definitely slip away directly. Now is not the opportunity for him to meet with Orochimaru, because the main purpose now is to frame Uchiha Obito and pour dirty water on Heijue.


    This ninja world is always so magical.


    Uehara Naraku, the creditor, can''t wait to collect the debt at Orochimaru''s house. Thinking about it, he feels uncomfortable. He can only wait until he sees Orochimaru again, and add more interest to his debt.


    In addition to the filthy soil reincarnation technique and the undead reincarnation technique that were agreed to be taken away, there is also a psychic Rashomon and ghoul sealing technique...


    "Uehara Naraku, you bastard! You are a bird shit! Sooner or later you will die! When I leave here, I will suffocate to death in the desert..."


    Bai Jue on the test bench was still cursing, and a series of cursing words from various countries in the ninja world spewed out of its mouth. It seemed that this guy had stayed in many places.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the busy pharmacist''s pocket on the experimental table, and pulled out his ears: "Can you plug its mouth..."


    "Sorry, I''ll figure it out."


    After Yao Shidou nodded, he hurriedly grabbed the plastic glove on the laboratory table and stuffed it into Bai Jue''s mouth, blocking that broken mouth.


    The time for Yaoshidou is actually very urgent, because according to Uehara Naraku''s instructions, he must kill this white beast before the arrival of Orochimaru, but in line with the principle of waste utilization, Yaoshidou will do another round of experiments, simply collect Look at the data.


    Pharmacist pocket carefully took out a bottle of intercolumnar cells, while chatting softly about homework: "By the way, Master Naluo needs me to help with the transplantation of intercolumnar cells at that time?"


    "Don''t worry, some people can operate on themselves."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, thinking of Nagato and Rokudo Payne, and said in a low voice: "It should be possible? After all, he has done a good job in machinery and human puppets..."


    However, Uehara Naraku was still a little worried, and added: "I''ll ask again when I go back! Before that, find an opportunity to perform a transplant on Xianglin, which should make her stronger a lot."


    "clear."


    Pharmacist nodded, picked up a scalpel and cut open Bai Jue''s arm, stuffed the intercolumnar cells into Bai Jue''s body and started suturing.


    Time was running out, and he didn''t have time to do too many operations.


    As expected by Uehara Naraku, Baijue is the most suitable creature for intercolumn cell transplantation, and Baijue''s wounds fused quickly.


    In the next second, countless wooden thorns suddenly grew out of this Bai Jue''s body!


    A trace of madness flashed across Yaoshidou''s eyes: "Even the most difficult Mudun Xueji can be awakened, maybe we can try to transplant Sharingan for it?"


    "Forget it."


    Naraku Uehara twisted Bai Jue''s neck with one hand, and saw that Bai Jue''s body instantly turned into a clump of trees, which caused the pharmacist to be amazed!


    Uehara Naraku added softly: "Except for the kaleidoscope sharingan, the other sharingans are of no value. That''s fine, that''s it. You all prepare well. After breaking through that base, be careful of those Baijue who escape!"


    After all, the mayfly technique is very troublesome.


    Before Uehara Naraku left, he took another shot of prevention: "By the way, Uchiha Obito''s ability has spread throughout the ninja world, right?


    In case you encounter Uchiha Obito who counterattacked, you can try to let the second-generation Hokage Lord who was reincarnated from the dirt try to crack his ability.


    Anyway, in the entire ninja world, there is no one who hates Uchiha more than Senshou Feima. Maybe Senju Feima, the reincarnation of the dirty soil, will take the initiative to cooperate? "


    "Yes, thank you Naraku-sama."


    Pharmacist nodded respectfully.


    Uehara Naraku lightly smiled and patted Yao Shidou''s shoulder and said: "Okay, I can''t get in touch with Orochimaru yet, so as not to show any flaws.


    After Orochimaru came back from Caoyin Village, you just told him the good news that he was able to catch Bai Jue, and made Orochimaru happy for a few more days.


    After all, when I meet Dashemaru next time, his mood may become very bad. "


    "¡­yes."


    Pharmacist''s expression was very helpless.


    Why did he feel very bad after you met Orochimaru? Isn''t it clear that you want to bully him?


    Isn''t it good to be a good person?


    Yaoshidou really hoped that Naraku Uehara could cooperate sincerely with Orochimaru once, so that he wouldn''t have to worry too much about it.


    Neither of them seemed to be able to bow down to others.


    And there can only be one person behind the entire ninja world.


    Country of Grass.


    In Caoyin Village.


    Orochimaru is actually not just here to negotiate a deal, he also wants to get information about Jue from Caoyin Village, because Jue Zaixiao''s identity is a traitor from Caoyin Village.


    Except for Xiaonan, Nagato, and Uchiha Obito, the other members think that it must be the rebellious ninja from Caoyin Village. After all, all the members of Akatsuki are S-level rebellious ninja, so it is natural that Jue made up such a rebellious ninja identity.


    Unfortunately, nothing was found.


    According to the information Orochimaru got from the leader of Caoyin Village, it is definitely just that after joining Caoyin Village halfway, he quickly quit Caoyin Village and became a traitor.


    It''s definitely a bit like putting on a layer of grassy and rebellious identity for myself.


    Then its true origin is very worthy of scrutiny.


    After Orochimaru left Caoyin Village, he couldn''t help but frowned: "It seems that we can only find a way to get the absolute information from the members of the Akatsuki organization. This body can last up to three years, and we must catch one as soon as possible." Bai Jue conducts experiments..."


    The question is, which team members can he easily deal with?


    The members of the Akatsuki organization are not weak, each member has their own unique abilities, and even their own intelligence is well hidden.


    "never mind."


    Orochimaru sighed faintly, and shook his head self-consciously: "Although we didn''t get the absolute information here, we also got an order from Caoyin Village, which can replenish funds and scarce resources."


    Orochimaru didn''t know that someone was watching him from the ground, and after he left Caoyin Village, a figure slowly emerged, it was Uehara Naraku.


    After Naraku Uehara left the ground, he looked at the direction in which Orochimaru left and sighed: "The creditor hides a debtor, is he still a person without adding some interest?"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku slowly spread out two pairs of wings from behind, and slowly drove him into the air of Caoyin Village.


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head and stared at the brightly lit Caoyin Village below, and slowly spread out his palm, a fireball appeared in his palm!


    Just as the ninjas in Caoyin Village looked up at the sky in surprise and shouted loudly about the enemy attack, a dull voice rang in their ears!


    "Drinking the blood of a little girl for your own life will bring your life to an early end. This is God''s will... to destroy you!"


    Naraku Uehara threw the huge fireball down with one hand, and after watching the fireball detonate a tall building, he touched his chin: "It feels too shameful, how did Mr. Xiaonan bear it..."


    Boom!


    The ball of fire detonated the tall building, and the flames were bright!


    This flame opened the prelude to the destruction of a ninja village!


    The Kusanagi ninjas and the villagers screamed and ran around. Some Kusanagi captains directed their subordinates to put out the fire and attacked Uehara Naraku in the air.


    "Attack that winged birdman above!"


    "It''s just in time! Take out the weapon that Orochimaru sold to us just now, just to test his weapon!"


    A strange cart was pushed out by the Kusanagi. On the cart was a bunch of strange warhead weapons. Hara Naro couldn''t help shaking his eyelids when he saw it.


    funny right?


    Is this guy a missile or a bazooka?


    This kind of thing is not tolerated at all!


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, thinking of Shurado Payne, who Nagato was messing with in the room every day. It seemed that Shurado had a bunch of missiles on his body, and he almost installed modern individual weapons all over him. laser weapon.


    These things are indeed in line with common sense in the ninja world.


    After all, the ninja technology tree has always been crooked.


    The advanced modern weapons on the ground use the most primitive carts in the ninja world.


    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his arm, looking at Caoyin Village on the ground, his voice gradually became lower and lowered: "Fire Escape ¡¤ Pillar of Flames!"


    The underground flames suddenly erupted!


    Uehara Naraku''s skills in the fairy mode did not have any cooling at all, one after another underground flames spewed out, and in just a few seconds, the entire Caoyin Village was turned into a sea of ??flames!


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Whether it is the so-called weapons or the ninjutsu resistance of the grass ninjas, they were completely defeated under the advantage of air supremacy and fire escape ninjutsu!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the Kusanagi ninja who was running away under the light of the fire, a larger group of flames appeared in front of him, and fell down suddenly, completely detonating the entire Kusanagi Village, and the Chakra in his body also tended to to exhaustion.


    Side task: Destroy a Ninja Village (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill is Arcane Comet.


    Arcane Comet: When attacking, a comet can be summoned in the target area. The minimum consumption of the skill is 100 Chakra points, and the cooldown time of the skill is 15 seconds.


    Uehara Naraku took a look at this skill, which is roughly equivalent to Uchiha Madara''s Sky Shocking Star, but it seems that a lot of chakra needs to be wasted to reach the level of Sky Shocking Star.


    However, compared to the harvest of this mission, Uehara Naraku valued the huge benefits brought by the dark harvest after the destruction of Caoyin Village.


    Dark Harvest: Passive skill, every time you defeat a ninja, you will get part of the power from the enemy, each time increase life energy by 10 points, chakra energy by 10 points, natural energy by 10 points, and provide a total of 13420 life energy points and 13420 chakra energy Points, 13420 points of natural energy.

 Chapter 162

    The flames burst into the sky.


    Uehara Naraku stood on top of the flames, casually took out a ring and put it on his hand, and after the ring entered chakra, he whispered: "My task here is completed, and there will be no grass in the future." Hidden village."


    "Then come back!"


    Nagato''s voice sounded a little relaxed, and he whispered persuasion over there: "When we come back, Xiaonan and I have arranged a surprise for you."


    "Hehe...surprise..."


    Naraku Uehara smiled coldly, and whispered into the ring: "I found out that they had some collusion with Orochimaru in Caoyin Village. I want to see if I can find the trace of Orochimaru again. My Chakra is fast!" Exhausted, go back and talk!"


    What is a surprise?


    Do Nagato and Konan know what a surprise is?


    According to his knowledge of Nagato and Xiaonan, after returning, he might not only succeed the leader of Yuyin Village, but also the leader of Akatsuki.


    It''s rare for him to come out now, isn''t it fun to honestly plan things between Orochimaru, Hei Ze and Uchiha Obito?


    What''s more, Caoyin Village is now extinct.


    It won''t be long before Yanyin Village and Konoha get the news, they should send a large number of ninjas into the country of grass, Uehara Naraku can still cause some trouble here, doing something is better than going back to Yuyin Village and sitting every day Giving people money for activities is much more interesting.


    Uehara Naraku retracted the wings behind him and reopened his attribute bar. The Dark Harvest allowed him to increase his basic attributes by more than ten thousand points this time, which was much more than what he got when Konoha collapsed the plan.


    Life energy: 27101 (normal state, not within the normal standard)


    Chakra energy: 27585 (normal state is not within the normal standard)


    Natural energy: 27585 (normal state, not within the normal standard)


    Life energy recovery: 9/second (normal state)


    Chakra recovery: 6/second (normal state)


    Natural energy recovery: 6/second (normal state)


    Skill Cooldown: 60%


    Gold remaining: 4830


    Although the strength and chakra have become stronger, the basic recovery is not enough. According to the current speed, it will take at least an hour for Uehara Naraku to slowly recover his own chakra.


    "I flow profound meaning! Xia array!"


    A mist instantly covered Uehara''s surroundings, and Uehara Naraku''s Chakra quickly recovered.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Naraku Uehara quietly activated the fate skill, staring at the whereabouts of Orochimaru above, and hooked the corner of his mouth: "This guy Orochimaru moves so fast, then get ready to receive the good news I gave you!"


    In Yinyin Village.


    After Orochimaru rushed back, he immediately announced a piece of good news to Pharmacist Dou: "Dou, I have reached an agreement with Caoyin Village. Recently, we can manufacture some weapons in exchange for the resources and money we need."


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou''s expression was a little uneasy.


    If there is no mistake in Yao Shidou''s own time calculation, it is estimated that Naraku Uehara has already arrived at Caoyin Village, and that Ninja Village should have disappeared.


    Orochimaru-sama is really miserable!


    He had just negotiated a big deal, and before he could make a deal, his party A was completely destroyed by Naraku Uehara.


    Pharmacist sighed faintly in his heart, and instead of answering Dashewan''s words directly, he led him to the experimental table and changed the topic of Caoyin Village: "Master Dashewan, let''s see what this is..."


    "this is?


    "Bai Jue."


    Yao Shidou slowly raised his head, stared directly at Dashewan and said in a deep voice: "A man named Heijue suddenly sent a white zebra, and asked me to use this live white zebra to perform an inter-column cell test." transplantation experiments.


    I fought it once, and there was nothing I could do with it.


    That black zealot seems to know what experiment we are doing. It invited us to kill Uchiha Obito here, and gave me a map, telling me that there are many white zealots hidden here for us to use. "


    Pharmacist pointed at Bai Jue''s corpse on the experimental table, and said in a low voice: "So I can only conduct an intercolumn cell transplantation experiment in advance at its invitation..."


    "The results of it?"


    Orochimaru''s expression was a little anxious, but when he saw the wooden thorns on the experimental table, a cold-blooded smile suddenly appeared in the snake''s eyes: "It seems that the experiment should be successful, right?"


    "That''s right."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and untied his sleeve. There was a sharp wooden thorn on it, and he whispered: "Wood Dun''s recovery ability is very powerful, and ninjutsu is also very strange and terrifying..."


    "Ha ha ha ha ha¡­"


    The smile on Orochimaru''s face was unusually strong: "After awakening Mu Dun just now, does he have a combat power comparable to yours? It seems that our research did not make any mistakes... It is a pity that we lost a living Baijue."


    "That black monster has already given us information."


    Yaoshidou slowly took out a scribbled map and a precise map. The former was left to him by Uehara Naraku, and the latter was redrawn by Yaoshidou. This is probably the rigor of a scientist.


    Pharmacist put the two maps on the table, and said in a low voice: "This is the place where Hei Zee invited Lord Orochimaru to attack and kill Uchiha Obito. As long as we solve Uchiha Obito, we should be able to get Bai Zee''s map." intelligence."


    After finishing speaking, Yao Shidou opened his mouth and added: "It''s just that I can''t judge whether there is any conspiracy in it, after all, we don''t know who Heijue really is, whether it wants to cooperate or borrow Ambush you... After all, the location above is a bit secret."


    Orochimaru smiled suddenly: "Du, how many people in the whole ninja world can defeat me now?"


    "nobody."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses and echoed: "Since the end of Konoha''s collapse plan, every powerful ninja in the ninja world should know that Oshemaru-sama has perfected the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil, just the first Hokage and the second Hokage The existence of it can make Orochimaru''s combat power at the pinnacle of the ninja world."


    "Now I can even attack the Land of Rain, kill Akatsuki''s Payne, and take his reincarnation eye! Let''s go to this location and see!"


    Orochimaru licked his lips, and said with a light smile: "Even if someone wants to cooperate with me to kill Uchiha Obito, I just want to ambush him and take his Kaleidoscope Sharingan! Plus there are For something we need in vain..."


    "clear."


    Medicine Master nodded with a serious face: "But Uchiha Obito''s ability is too weird, we may reveal Hei Ze, on the one hand, try to obtain information about Hei Ze from Uchiha Obito, and on the other hand, find an opportunity to attack and kill him !"


    "Hehe, maybe I guessed who Hei Jue is."


    Orochimaru touched his arm, thinking of the Akatsuki organization, he lowered his head and smiled lightly: "But this proposal is good. If you want to fight against time and space ninjutsu, only time and space ninjutsu can work."


    Bai Ze''s attraction is simply not too great for Orochimaru, whether it is the reincarnation of the dirty soil or the reincarnation of the undead, these all require the use of a creature like Bai Ze.


    After Orochimaru learned of Bai Jue''s location, he couldn''t take it anymore, and planned to go to the marked location on the map with Yaoshi.


    Although Obito Uchiha has strange abilities, but Orochimaru has some forbidden techniques on hand, plus the first Hokage and the second Hokage, he doesn''t hesitate at all.


    Creatures like Baijue are related to immortality and science, but Orochimaru dared to risk his life to get them!


    He has many lives anyway.


    Orochimaru and Yaoshidou didn''t need to make too much preparation. They only brought two coffins that sealed the first Hokage and the second Hokage, and went directly to the marked location on the map.


    Baijue''s base.


    Obito Uchiha is still living in seclusion here.


    Except for visiting Nohara Rin on occasional festivals, Obito Uchiha didn''t bother to take care of those troubles, all he had to do was wait.


    Simply wait.


    Uchiha Obito will leave here when the Moon Eye Project starts to capture the tailed beast, trying to find a way to cooperate with Hei Zee to let Akatsuki''s people capture the tailed beast.


    Uchiha Obito looked at a pair of scrolls in his hand. Beside him was a flower pot with a thorn planted in it, and a white flower blooming on top of the thorn.


    How could there be white flowers in the base buried deep in the ground?


    This was raised by Uchiha Obito when he was practicing Wooden Ninjutsu. I have to say that the seclusion of the past few years is not without benefits, and Uchiha Obito''s strength has become stronger.


    "Obito, something went wrong."


    A Bai Ze got into the room of Uchiha Obito, and whispered: "We just sensed two chakras approaching here, and one of them is Orochimaru!"


    "Ok?"


    Obito Uchiha slowly raised his head, and asked curiously, "How did he find this place? Are you sure he didn''t pass by here?"


    "No, because his direction is our base."


    Bai Ze immediately shook his head, because there are still many Bai Ze who are sleeping and have not been awakened, and the combat power of this base is only Uchiha Obito alone.


    Uchiha Obito raised his eyebrows, and slowly put down the scroll: "It''s okay, I will deal with him, but you guys go find a way to find out why Orochimaru found our base."


    Just when Obito Uchiha was about to get up and leave the base to go out to fight, another Baijue came in: "Wait, someone sent another message just now, it seems that someone behind Orochimaru is following him, it seems to be Naraku Uehara Brat!"


    "Uehara Naraku?"


    Uchiha Obito''s face suddenly became a little more complicated.


    Back then, because he wanted to kill Uehara Naraku, he was kicked out of the Akatsuki organization by Nagato and Konan, and even Hei Ze couldn''t stand his lack of brains.


    Later, I heard that the little guy Uehara Naraku often praised him, and said many times that he had forgiven Obito for murdering him for the Moon''s Eye Project.


    Judging from Uehara Naraku''s various actions, this kid seems to be easily persuaded, and judging from his performance, he doesn''t seem to have any opinions of his own.


    So for Uchiha Obito, he has no hatred for Uehara Naraku.


    Of course Uchiha Obito doesn''t like Uehara Naraku either, because he thinks Uehara Naraku is just an idiot with no brains and good luck.


    Well, even with a little cleverness and ninjutsu talent.


    After all, even Hei Jue has praised Uehara Naraku''s talent many times. You must know that a little guy without any blood inheritance and secret skills has the strength to kill the shadow of a village!


    Moreover, Naraku Uehara was only twelve years old when he killed the fourth Kazekage that year; now that he is sixteen years old, he dared to assassinate the third Hokage brazenly, and he succeeded!


    These don''t matter to Uchiha Obito.


    If he wants to do it, he can do it.


    After all, the Fourth Kazekage has always been an iron waste, and the Third Hokage is also old, and it is said that after the fierce battle between Orochimaru and the Third Hokage, Uehara Naraku picked up a leak.


    Obito Uchiha suddenly turned his head and said, "That kid Uehara Naraku belongs to us, right? Why is he following that guy Orochimaru?"


    "He is indeed one of us."


    Bai Jue thought for a while, then seriously responded: "Could it be Akatsuki''s mission? After all, Orochimaru is Akatsuki''s traitor!"


    "It may indeed be so."


    The other Bai Ze also nodded, and took over the conversation: "It should be that after the Konoha Chunin exam, Uehara Naraku discovered the trace of Orochimaru, so he was secretly tracking him."


    "The current Orochimaru is not easy to deal with."


    The previous Baijue shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "I heard that Orochimaru has completed the filthy soil reincarnation technique and revived the first Hokage and the second Hokage. This is probably the reason why Uehara didn''t dare to make a move?"


    "That¡­"


    The two Baijue turned their heads to look at Obito Uchiha together: "Obito, will you help him?"


    "It just so happens that they''re around here."


    Uchiha Obito sighed faintly, and slowly put on a light black coat.


    Uchiha Obito adjusted his clothes, sighed and said: "Then I will help him once! After all, I have been explaining to Nagato and Konan before, and I haven''t seen this lucky man for a long time." the brat..."


    above the ground.


    Uehara Naraku did not hide his whereabouts.


    Uehara Naraku not only let Bai Jue find him on purpose, but even greeted a Bai Jue who came out cordially, as if they were old friends.


    "where is this place?"


    Uehara Naraku looked lost, and asked softly, "Why did Orochimaru come to this place?"


    This Baijue thought for a while, and then decided to say stupidly: "This is our secret base! Obito Uchiha is here too, do you want to see him? He almost killed you once, you Still hate him?"


    "At the beginning, I will be afraid, and then I will hate him."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head with a smile, and continued: "But Jue-senpai mentioned that we are also working together for the Moon Eye peace plan. For the success of the Moon Eye, even if he kills me, it doesn''t matter."


    "..."


    This Bai Jue was stunned for a while, then sighed and said: "You are really... very nice, unlike that guy with soil, his mind is too small."


    In fact, this Bai Jue wanted to say that Naraku Uehara was really stupid.


    Uchiha Obito just wanted to kill Uehara Naraku for his own selfish desires. It doesn''t matter if his identity is exposed. As long as the Eye of Reincarnation is still there, there will be no problems with the Moon Eye Project.


    Just at this moment, another Bai Jue jumped up, patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder and said, "That guy Obito wants to see you, he seems to say he wants to help you..."


    "yes?"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes were a little surprised, and he looked at the previous Bai Ze with a light smile: "Actually, Senior Obito is not what you said, he is the same as when he was codenamed A Fei in Akatsuki, and he is still very enthusiastic. what!"


    "..."


    The two Bai Jue didn''t know what to say.


    This Uehara Naraku in front of me is a fool, right?


    Forget it, as long as they are happy.


    Creatures like humans are really too stupid.


    In the underground base.


    When Naraku Uehara came in, Obito Uchiha was picking out his weapons on the wall. He hadn''t fought for a long time, so he planned to take this opportunity to test his strength.


    Uehara Naraku greeted with a smile on his face: "Senior Obito, it''s been a long time. I didn''t expect you to live here all the time."


    "Is it coming?"


    After Uchiha Obito frowned, he took down the round fan on the wall, and said loudly: "Are you chasing and killing Orochimaru? It just so happened that this guy came to my site, and now I''m going out to help you kill him." Him!"


    "Thank you, senior."


    Naraku Uehara nodded hastily, and breathed a sigh of relief: "Oshemaru''s dirty soil reincarnated the first Hokage and the second Hokage, and I really can''t do anything about it."


    "rest assured."


    Obito Uchiha hooked the corner of his mouth, revealing a confident smile: "In this world, no one can defeat the power of Sharingan."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the confident Uchiha Obito, and simply didn''t know what to say. The first generation of Hokage Senju Hashirama, who was reincarnated from Orochimaru''s dirty soil, wasn''t the one who blasted your Uchiha clan once?

 Chapter 163

    The plan went more smoothly than expected.


    Since Obito Uchiha chose to take the initiative to play, of course Naraku Uehara would not stop him, and even seemed quite grateful.


    Before leaving the underground base, Uehara Naraku''s face revealed a look of worry at the right time: "Senior, is there really no problem? I saw with my own eyes that they suppressed the third Hokage. !"


    "It''s a normal thing."


    Uchiha Obito slowly opened the stone gate, and explained softly: "The first Hokage and the second Hokage may be the two strongest Hokages in history, and the third Hokage is old and weak, and even you can sneak attack and kill him. Bit Hokage suppression is also normal."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled, feeling that the shame he had always felt towards Obito Uchiha dissipated immediately, this guy really can''t speak!


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his fingers, and said in a low voice: "No wonder I think it is easy to kill the third Hokage, his power is indeed much weaker, and even feels that it is not as troublesome as fighting Mr. Kakashi, his Sharingan You can actually put away my ninjutsu..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Obito''s body stiffened for a second, and after taking a step forward, he interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words in a cold voice: "Okay, I''ll go out first, you wait here for me, so as not to drag me down! "


    Obito Uchiha felt that Uehara Naraku really couldn''t speak. Didn''t Hatake Kakashi give him that eye?


    Since Kakashi learned to use the kaleidoscope Sharingan, that eye has brought him a lot of trouble, and there are always more inexplicable things in the Kamui space.


    The last time when Uchiha Obito entered the Kamui space, he unexpectedly produced several cards in vain, and some of them even exploded!


    Damn, send all kinds of messy things inside!


    Naraku Uehara didn''t seem to care about Obito Uchiha''s violent temper, a smile appeared on his face, he watched Obito Uchiha stepping out of the stone gate calmly, and said softly: "Then please, senior..."


    above the ground.


    Dashewan and Yaoshidou slowly watched the stone door in the cave open, and a figure walked out of the stone door. This scene made Dashewan a little bit elated.


    Because the person who came out was Uchiha Obito.


    Orochimaru saw the round fan in Obito''s hand, and a faint smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Dou, go and talk to him! Although I don''t care, Uchiha Obito''s space-time ninjutsu is still very good. Trouble!"


    "yes."


    Pharmacist''s body froze for a second.


    Obviously Orochimaru''s attitude is to let him die.


    This is the nature of Orochimaru. When in danger, he will stand in the safest position and push those who are willing to sacrifice their lives for him into danger.


    Until there is no one who is willing to give his life for him.


    Suddenly there was an explosive talisman in Yaoshidou''s hand, he couldn''t help turning his head slowly to look at Orochimaru who handed him an explosive talisman, and saw Orochimaru smiling mysteriously at him.


    Obviously, Orochimaru also thought of a way to restrain the divine power space by using the mutual detonation talisman. As long as it can be infinitely psychic, the mutual detonation talisman technique is still very useful.


    Hundreds of detonating symbols sent out by psychics are enough to make Uchiha Obito nowhere to escape.


    Pharmacist sighed in his heart, stepped forward step by step to meet Uchiha Obito, and said softly: "Mr. Uchiha Obito, we are here to seek cooperation, not to seek war. I believe that cooperation will always come. More beneficial than war..."


    "Is it up to you?"


    Obito Uchiha grabbed Yakushidou''s neck with one hand. Since he got the kaleidoscope Sharingan, except for Uchiha who is also a kaleidoscope, Obito Uchiha has never looked down on other people in the ninja world.


    However, the pharmacist did not dodge or dodge, and whispered something that made Uchiha Obito''s figure freeze immediately: "Mr. Uchiha Obito, don''t you wonder who has leaked your identity since four years ago?" and intelligence?"


    After finishing speaking, Yao Shidou added in a low voice: "And this time we got your hiding place, don''t you wonder who gave us the news?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Obito''s eyes gradually revealed a trace of fierceness, and he squeezed out a sentence between his teeth: "Isn''t it you?"


    "Where can we get the news?"


    Yakushi made Obito Uchiha fall into silence with a few words, and he continued to add: "I don''t know if Mr. Obito has heard of a person who claims to be Madara''s will and has been guiding us to act. This time it To guide us to work with you..."


    "..."


    Obito Uchiha''s first thought was that Yakushi was cheating, how could Heijue betray him?


    Wait, how could it be impossible for Hei Jue to betray him?


    Since four years ago, no, even earlier, Hei Ze began to complain that he acted too recklessly, such as directly claiming to be Uchiha Madara to Konan and Nagato, instead of hiding their identities and joining Akatsuki''s secret guidance.


    But what is Hei Jue''s reason for betraying him?


    "Forget it, catch you first, and then go to Heijue to question him!"


    Just when Obito Uchiha was about to put the pharmacist into the Kamui space, he saw that the pharmacist was neither dodging nor dodging, so he suddenly took out a detonating talisman and stuck it on his body.


    This scene made Uchiha Obito''s eyes twitch uncontrollably!


    The next moment, Obito Uchiha suddenly stopped absorbing Kamui. He seemed to have thought of some bad things, such as a firework four years ago...


    "Master Orochimaru!"


    The pharmacist backed away and said loudly, "Mission accomplished!"


    This plan is also in line with Yao Shidou''s intentions, but he feels a little uncomfortable. After all, the biggest hobby of a spy is to lie to people first and then reveal the truth. Watching the enemy feel the despair of betrayal, so that people can get double happiness.


    It''s a pity that Orochimaru wants to do it directly.


    Orochimaru outside the cave was also unambiguous, and quickly closed his palms to complete the handprint: "Ninja method, the technique of mutual riding and detonating charms!"


    The bombing of the detonating symbol sounded again!


    It''s just that this time it''s different from the past.


    Uchiha Obito learned a lesson once, and was fed up with the pain of being treated as hundreds of millions of firecrackers. He had long been mentally prepared, and saw an ordinary Sangou jade writing wheel eye in his eye socket immediately faintly glowing, He activated Izanagi simply and neatly.


    Taking advantage of the unharmed time brought by Izanagi, Uchiha Obito rushed in the direction of Orochimaru. Anyway, this is the secret base, and Sharingan can be replaced at any time.


    "Don''t even think about running away!"


    Obito Uchiha glanced at Orochimaru who was in the hand seal, and turned into a space-time vortex and appeared beside Orochimaru, wanting to deal with his threat first!


    However, Orochimaru''s arm was like a mollusk, and the arm fell softly to the ground to avoid this move, which made Uchiha Obito''s face a little hard to say.


    Damn, how could there be such a creature as Orochimaru in the ninja world?


    Although Uchiha Obito''s sneak attack never hit, he didn''t panic. After all, Izanagi could provide him with five minutes of invincibility!


    At this time, it is enough to kill anyone!


    However, the next moment, a coffin appeared beside Orochimaru, and a trembling person walked out of the coffin!


    It is the second generation of Hokage Senshou Feijian.


    This is also Dashemaru''s trump card for daring to deal with Uchiha Obito.


    Senshou Feijian slowly raised his head to look at Obito Uchiha, his eyes were a little dull, and he unconsciously said: "Well, this is... Uchiha''s group of evil guys?"


    "yes."


    Orochimaru''s smile is very proud: "This is Konoha''s traitorous ninja. It is said that he is the culprit who killed Konoha Fourth Hokage and caused Konoha to weaken!"


    "Hmph, between the doors of a thousand hands!"


    Uchiha Obito looked at Senju Token with disdain, just as Senju Token couldn''t understand Uchiha, not many people in the entire Uchiha could get used to Senju Token!


    Even though Uchiha Obito has already betrayed Uchiha, but he has been nurtured in the clan for so many years and taught by Uchiha Madara, so naturally he doesn''t have a good impression of Senju Feima!


    The next moment, Obito was about to reach out and grab Senshou Feijian into his divine power space!


    However, the figure in Senshou''s door turned and disappeared, and he used the Flying Raijin Technique to escape, causing Uchiha Obito''s palm to fall into the empty space.


    A war between Uchiha and Senju is here again!


    On one side, Uchiha Obito has Kamui Hitomijutsu and Izanagi¡¯s five-minute invincibility time, while the other side has the immortality and infinite chakras of Senshoubanjian with Flying Thunder God Jutsu and Dirty Reincarnation.


    If the fight continues like this, I don''t know when there will be results, but Orochimaru added next to him: "Second Hokage-sama, I have a lot of information about Uchiha Obito here!"


    "¡­Give me!"


    Qianshou Pai paused, and immediately accepted everything.


    Of course, after receiving Uchiha Obito''s information, Senshou Banjian still cursed Orochimaru: "You evil little ghost is not a good thing!"


    "Ha ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Orochimaru''s mentality is very good, he didn''t care about the scolding between Senshouban, he just looked at Uchiha Obito and said: "Obito, let me remind you, even if the caster is killed, the filthy soil will be reincarnated. Keep going!"


    "Don''t worry, I will deal with the old thing called Qianshoubeijian first!"


    Uchiha Obito looked at Orochimaru coldly, he understood what Orochimaru meant in his heart, but said coldly: "I will come to you after I finish him!"


    Five minutes later.


    Izanagi''s invincibility time ended, Uchiha Obito still didn''t touch Senju Tomonama''s body, cold sweat gradually began to appear on his forehead.


    Obito Uchiha finally realized a problem. It¡¯s not unreasonable for Uchiha Madara and the Uchiha clan to always scold Senju Tomona. This guy is really disgusting!


    Especially after the reincarnation of Dirty Earth, the Qianshoubeijian is probably a hundred times more difficult than when he was alive!


    Ten seconds later.


    Obito Uchiha finally found an opportunity, and grabbed Senju Tobima''s shoulder at a Flying Thunder God''s foothold, and the Kamui Kaleidoscope frantically launched, trying to bring Senju Tobema into the space!


    "Little devil, do you know why the old man developed the reincarnation of dirty soil?"


    Qianshou Feijian was fearless, and a detonating talisman fell from his body: "Because only the immortal body reincarnated from the dirt can cooperate with the use of the detonating talisman technique!"


    Boom!


    A heaven-shattering explosion resounded in everyone''s ears!


    Even Orochimaru can''t avoid it, even if he was on guard, he was injured by the aftermath of the detonation charm.


    When Yao Shidou looked at the shock wave of the explosion in horror, a golden mask appeared on his body, which made him feel a little relieved. It seemed that his real boss had no intention of abandoning him.


    How could Uehara Naraku give up such a useful chess piece as the pharmacist pocket.


    As for the frontal Uchiha Obito, even if he interrupted the Kamui space in time and turned himself into a virtual state, half of his body was still blown up by the first wave of detonating talismans.


    The most troublesome thing is that this time he doesn''t have Izanagi!


    After a long time.


    The entire land was blasted into a big hole by the detonating talisman between the thousand-handed doors, exposing the densely packed sleeping Bai Jue underground, and even some Bai Jue''s corpses.


    After all, under such a powerful explosion, even Uehara Naraku used a life-saving skill, how could some Bai Jue who watched the excitement survived?


    The body of Senshou Banma is slowly recovering, Uchiha Obito fell to the ground covered in scars, it seems that the defeat has been decided, even if he can barely use the divine power, he can''t launch any attack, he can only stay in place and wait. die.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Orochimaru, who was seriously injured, also opened his mouth to spit out another self, and recovered all his injuries with the Orochi-style substitute technique.


    Now that the victory has been established, Orochimaru inevitably smiled triumphantly and said: "It seems that everything is not beyond my control..."


    "It was a battle that exceeded expectations!"


    A familiar voice made Orochimaru''s eyes tighten!


    Orochimaru''s eyes suddenly looked at a ruin, and the pride just faded away instantly, and the expression on his face gradually became a little dignified: "Uehara Naraku, why are you here!"


    "If it wasn''t for me, why would you be here?"


    Uehara Naraku pushed away the collapsed gravel in the cave, slowly climbed up, looked at a deserted battlefield, and his eyes slowly stopped on Uchiha Obito: "By the order of the senior, kill Konoha spy Obito Uchiha..."


    There was a chill in this sentence, which shocked everyone present!


    "What Konoha spy!"


    Uchiha Obito, who was lying on the ground, changed his eyes, looked at Uehara Naraku and asked in a deep voice: "Uehara Naraku, is this really a conspiracy by Hei Ze? Why did Hei Ze betray me!"


    It''s over!


    Obito Uchiha''s heart fell!


    The reason why he didn''t choose to activate Izanagi with his Kaleidoscope just now is because he knew that Uehara Naraku was nearby, and maybe Uehara Naraku would come forward to save him!


    Unexpectedly, Naraku Uehara came to kill him!


    "Maybe it''s because you always succeed more than you fail?"


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, grinned at the corner of his mouth and said with a light smile: "Senior Obito, the times have changed, and you are no longer of any use value."


    Uehara''s main quest progress has never been advanced because of targeting Uchiha Obito, which means that Uchiha Obito is no longer useful.


    Obito Uchiha can die.


    However, the identity of Obito Uchiha can be kept and used.


    A kunai suddenly shot at Uehara Naraku!


    "Flying Thunder God Slash!"


    The figure in the door of the thousand hands followed Kunai and appeared next to Uehara Naraku, grabbing Kunai and about to pierce Uehara Naraku''s body!


    Although the Second Hokage didn''t know the specific identity of Naraku Uehara, but he had seen Naraku Uehara assassinate Hiruzaru Sarutobi with his own eyes, so he must be Konoha''s enemy!


    Click!


    Senshou Feijian''s head was smashed by Uehara''s punch and turned into countless dust and debris!


    "Don''t use this trick in front of me, right?"


    Uehara Naraku patted the ashes in his hand, looked at Dashemaru with a chuckle and said: "Mr. Dashemaru, take care of your things, after all, there is still a debt between us that has not been repaid, don''t add too much to yourself. Interest!"

 Chapter 164

    too fast!


    Uehara Naraku''s speed is too fast!


    Even Orochimaru could clearly see Naraku Uehara''s speed just now, which seemed to be twice as fast as before, and he couldn''t even catch the afterimage, and saw that the head between Senshoubei was beaten into dust !


    Orochimaru backed away slowly step by step, and just when he was about to leave here, Uehara Naraku suddenly called him again: "Mr. Bar!"


    After a while, these Baijue will be cleaned up by Uehara. What Baijue will be needed in the future ninja world war, he can hit 100,000 by himself!


    However, these Baijue will not perish, as long as the Baijue body can still use the spore technique, new Baijue can be split again.


    "..."


    After Dashewan nodded, he glanced at Yaoshidou who was still alive in surprise, slightly surprised why this guy survived the explosion.


    But Naraku Uehara suddenly said: "By the way, Orochimaru, I like your pharmacist pocket very much, why not treat him as the interest of my debt, after all, I saved his life just now!"


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    After Dashewan chuckled, he glanced at Yaoshidou meaningfully, and saw Yaoshidou nodded unobtrusively, expressing his loyalty to Dashewan.


    After finishing this action, the pharmacist pushed his glasses and replied aloud: "If it is to serve Lord Naraku, I have always been very willing..."


    "hehe¡­!"


    Naraku Uehara laughed noncommittally, and waved his hand to signal them to go about their own business. Orochimaru was also very sympathetic, and directly put away the filthy soil reincarnated body between the Thousand Hands.


    After all, Uehara Naraku is a typical guy who eats soft but not hard.


    Orochimaru thinks that he has already seen the essence of Uehara Naraku. Now he wants to learn from Zilai and know how to endure like that idiot. When he becomes stronger in the future, he will take away all the hardships he suffered in the past from Uehara Naraku. return!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t bother to pay attention to Orochimaru, and flew to Uchiha Obito''s side, checked his injuries, it seemed that Obito''s body had been damaged twice, and if he couldn''t re-transplant Bai Ze, he couldn''t recover.


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm and grabbed the Sharingan in Obito Uchiha''s eye socket, but saw his palm landed in the empty space!


    Obito is still trying to maintain the ambiguity of Kamui.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Obito''s unyielding gaze, and a slight smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "There is no need to resist, Senior Obito, you won''t last long with this kind of injury, why don''t you obediently give me your Sharingan ..."


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Obito Uchiha had blood seeping from the corner of his mouth, he gritted his teeth and looked at Uehara Naraku: "Did Heijue choose you?"


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, and after thinking for a while, he decided that it was absolutely impossible for Uchiha Obito to escape from his palm.


    After all, he has the skill of destiny, and he can detect the location of Uchiha Obito at any time. Now even if the Fourth Hokage Kazumon is reborn, Uchiha Obito cannot be saved!


    "You''re wrong, Senior Obito."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said softly: "It''s not that Heijue chose me, but I chose it!"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    There was a hint of doubt in Uchiha Obito''s eyes.


    Uehara Naraku frowned, looked at Uchiha Obito with some distaste and said, "Your IQ is not good, Obito senior!"


    "asshole!"


    Obito Uchiha was furious immediately.


    He has always been insulted for his IQ all his life, but he never thought that he would be insulted by a kid for his IQ before he died!


    "I actually figured everything out a long time ago."


    Uehara Naraku squatted down and asked word by word: "But why should I tell you? If I tell you Hei Jue''s real plan, will you take the initiative to hand over Shenwei to me?"


    "Do you think I have any other choice?"


    "Yes, I have!"


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and said with a light smile, "You can launch Izanagi to escape, and then I will catch up and kill you, so that your eyes will be destroyed."


    "Tell me the truth!"


    Uchiha Obito slammed the ground violently, and gradually there was a trace of madness in the only one eye: "Even if I activate Izanagi, I can''t escape too far...I want to know the so-called truth!"


    "The truth is... everything is false."


    Uehara Naraku slowly approached Uchiha Obito, chuckled and said: "Everything that Kurojue said is false, and what Uchiha Madara said is also false... The Moon Eye Project is not used to create the world, but to completely Destroy this world and erase everything in this world.


    See those white ones on the ground? That''s what humans used to be like! The Moon''s Eye Project will turn everyone into a white man, make them forget all their past, and degenerate into such mindless weapons of war.


    There is no such thing as sleeping in a dream world forever, but gradually dying in a dream and turning into a soulless white man. "


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku added: "Oh, there will also be an old woman who looks a little bit."


    "..."


    Uchiha Obito fell into silence, what a mess, he barely understood some of it, but the last sentence was somewhat incomprehensible.


    There is no doubt that both Kuroze and Uchiha Madara lied to him.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    In other words, Heijue lied to him and Uchiha Madara.


    In any case, the Moon Eye Project is an illusory dream, and it is impossible to bring permanent peace to the ninja world, but permanent extinction.


    So what''s the point of everything he did?


    Then why does he still stay in this world!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Obito''s expression, and didn''t care, just let him think, anyway, he had already told Obito the truth.


    In order to fear that Uchiha Obito would go back on his word, Uehara Naraku threatened again: "By the way, Obito senior, don''t lie to me, otherwise I will let Orochimaru reincarnate Nohara Lin dirty soil, so you go to the pure land of the underworld?" Can''t you touch her? Orochimaru is a very well-behaved guy, and he will definitely be willing to listen to what I say."


    "what?"


    Uchiha Obito''s complexion suddenly changed drastically, Nohara Rin was his reverse scale, and Uehara Naraku''s words hit his Achilles'' heel.


    After a long time, Uchiha Obito said slowly: "Hei Ze trusts you very much, has he told you everything?"


    "no."


    Naraku Uehara fiddled with his fingers, and said softly: "Hei Ze never trusts anyone, whether it is you, Uchiha Madara, or me, we are all the same, even if we squeeze in, we are just outsiders. "


    "Then where did you know the truth?"


    Obito Uchiha raised his head again, with a hint of hope in his eyes: "Is your purpose to destroy Hei Ze''s plan?"


    "If it''s the ultimate goal, you can understand it this way."


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile, and continued: "Senior Obito, there is no need for us to waste any more time, right?"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Obito Uchiha''s eyes, and said softly: "Your eyes are very beautiful, I will let people make good use of this eye, so as not to insult your reputation."


    Perhaps this eye can be handed over to the pharmacist.


    As long as Yakushido performs inter-hashita cell surgery and Sharingan transplantation on himself, he can also use the power of Kaleidoscope Sharingan to pretend to be Obito Uchiha.


    Uchiha Obito slowly asked: "I have one last condition..."


    "Don''t make too many conditions."


    Naraku Uehara raised a finger and shook it, and said softly: "I don''t care about your Sharingan, and I don''t even need to care about your opinion at all, if you refuse to give me your Sharingan , and I don''t care."


    "This condition is very simple..."


    Uchiha Obito looked at Uehara Naraku, his voice gradually weakened, and he could only hear it when Uehara Naraku approached him: "That''s... you go to die!"


    Uchiha Obito''s remaining palm slammed close to Uehara Naraku''s body, about to put him in the Kamui space!


    Before dying, Obito Uchiha had already figured it out.


    Uehara Naraku, who let Heijue do his thing, obviously has a bigger conspiracy hidden than Heijue. This kid''s acting skills have always been very good, and he has fooled everyone!


    The harm Uehara Naraku can bring is greater than Heijue!


    Before he died, he wanted to get rid of Naraku Uehara, the brat, even if it was because of the threat of Rin Nohara being reincarnated in the dirt, he would use his last strength to get rid of Naraku Uehara!


    Click!


    Uehara Naraku slowly looked at the crazy smile on Uchiha Obito''s face, and let Uchiha Obito take him into the Kamui space.


    In the divine power space.


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and launched his own space-time ninjutsu: "Time-space break!"


    This is the reward he got when he defeated Shimura Danzo. Its function is to return himself to the position and state four seconds ago, and form a space explosion.


    The next moment, his body turned into a light blue light, which suddenly flashed out of the divine power space, and returned to the previous position.


    Obito Uchiha looked at Uehara Naraku who reappeared in disbelief, his body was almost shattered into a mass of rotten flesh by the time-space explosion!


    Uchiha Obito held on to his spirit, his face slowly darkened: "Even Kamui can''t limit your power, you brat can really hide your power!"


    "I never thought of hiding myself, but I just didn''t expect you to be so useless that you can''t even beat Qianshoufeijian..."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his hand and grabbed Uchiha Obito''s neck, ignoring Uchiha Obito''s furious eyes, twisted his neck with one hand, and shook off the blood on his palm.


    After finishing all this, Uehara Naraku looked at Obito''s corpse and smiled: "I almost forgot to tell him that although I promised not to resurrect Nohara Rin, I didn''t promise not to resurrect you with dirty soil reincarnation. Enjoy it for a while! When I launch the Ninja World War, I cannot do without the help of my seniors!"

 Chapter 165

    Obito Uchiha is dead.


    Although his body is dead, his spirit will live forever in the ninja world, and continue to make trouble in the ninja world and ruin his reputation.


    Obito Uchiha will continue to be active in the ninja world like a ghost, popping up from time to time to take a scapegoat.


    This is karma, right?


    Uchiha Obito used to bear the name of Uchiha Madara, and he did all kinds of bad things.


    Now it was the turn of others to do bad things in his name.


    Uehara Naraku sealed Uchiha Obito''s body, and planned to hand it over to Yakushi Dou in a while, and let Yakushi Dou choose whether to transplant his kaleidoscope.


    Now is the time to receive your rewards!


    Obito Uchiha played as a villain much more times than the last two villains Uchiha Madara and Otsutsuki Kaguya!


    The only four remaining Uchihas in the ninja world are not low in popularity, and the task rewards should be very generous.


    Side mission: Defeat Obito Uchiha (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill is Reincarnation.


    Reincarnation: Create an absolutely closed space field, exile the target and yourself into the space field, and engage in one-on-one battles, which can be canceled actively. The skill consumes 100 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 56 seconds.


    This skill is a bit like Kaguya Hime''s Tianzhi Yuzhong, it seems to be specially aimed at those who use the time and space spells. In the future, he will finally have ninjas who can limit the flying thunder god spells.


    It''s a pity that the ninjas who are good at flying Thor are all dead.


    This makes people feel very subtle.


    If one day Orochimaru gathers two Flying Thunder Gods, the Second Hokage and the Fourth Hokage, to attack Uehara, he will definitely give Orochimaru a big surprise!


    However, compared to this reward, the next reward obviously made Uehara Naraku''s eyelids tremble. How much hate is Obito Uchiha...


    Side quest: Kill Uchiha Obito (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the hidden inheritance quest will be rewarded once.


    Hidden Legacy Mission: Justice will be served. Say a correct name.


    Uehara Naraku''s mood gradually became a little excited, and his palms even trembled slightly. After seeing this line, he had already guessed what the reward he was going to get was.


    "Voidwalker Kassadin!"


    Uehara Naraku said the name almost without hesitation, because he already knew how rich he would be rewarded!


    Mission accomplished.


    The hero''s inheritance starts, Voidwalker Kassadin.


    Void Ball: Launch a void ball to the target, prohibiting the target from using any ninjutsu within 3 seconds, the skill consumes 70 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 4 seconds.


    Void Blade: Obtain a Void Blade that condenses Chakra. Every time you use the Void Blade to attack the target, it will absorb 20% of the existing Chakra energy in the enemy''s body. The skill cooldown time is 0, and the skill consumes 0 Chakra.


    Void Walking: Instantly teleport to the target area through space. The longer the teleportation distance, the higher the chakra consumption. The minimum chakra consumption of the skill is 50 points, and the skill cooldown time is 2 seconds.


    From now on, throw away other skills that should be thrown away, such as Profound Truth! The trash skills of the Dusk Blades, all of them should be thrown into the trash can!


    What kind of immortal inheritance is this!


    Damn it, from today onwards, no one can speak loudly to him!


    Now that Obito Uchiha has been resolved, it is natural that another person present needs to be resolved. As long as Orochimaru is willing to surrender a few of his ninjutsu, then ask Yakushido if he can get the power of Orochimaru...


    If possible, Naraku Uehara would have dealt with Orochimaru on the spot!


    From then on, let Yakushido take on the position of the head of Orochi-ryu and the responsibilities of Uchiha Obito alone.


    There''s another nuisance to tackle before then.


    Hundreds of thousands of Baijue sleeping under the ground.


    Naraku Uehara landed next to Orochimaru and Yaoshidou. These two people had already got a few white zebras, but they still felt that they didn''t get enough, and they obviously showed some unusual greed.


    This is also normal.


    When a scientist discovers a treasure that can change the progress of science in the world, he naturally wants to keep it all in his pocket and use it to do all kinds of messy experiments.


    "Okay, don''t pick."


    Naraku Uehara landed in the middle of them, chuckled and said: "It''s not like there is no chance in the future, you can take a few of them casually, and after you go back and activate them with Chakra, they will wake up from their deep sleep."


    "yes?"


    Orochimaru''s palm suddenly couldn''t bear it anymore, a light blue chakra rose in his palm, which made people a little addicted.


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara watched Orochimaru''s unbearable temptation, and continued to add: "Don''t revive them now, or I will work hard to get rid of them. If they are killed too easily, And maybe we''ll get rid of you..."


    "¡­Ok."


    Orochimaru stopped his palm, turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku and smiled: "Naraku-kun, it seems that both of our goals have been achieved, you killed Uchiha Obito, I got Bai Ze, happy cooperation, So farewell."


    "what are you thinking?"


    Uehara Naraku patted Orochimaru''s shoulder, and suddenly squeezed Orochimaru''s shoulder tightly with his palm, and said with a light smile, "Have you forgotten what you owe me?"


    Uehara Naraku continued to increase his strength little by little, and his smile gradually became a little scary: "No one in this ninja world can not pay me what I owe! If you still want to default, I will kill you now, Sage of the Six Paths I can''t save your life either!"


    "Master Naraku, please let go of Master Orochimaru immediately, we can discuss any problems!"


    Pharmacist stretched out his palm nervously, the light green color of the chakra scalpel floated in his palm, he seemed to want to rescue Orochimaru urgently.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the pharmacist Dou next to him, and said with a light smile, "Du, with your little strength, you can''t save your Oshemaru-sama, if you want to save him, hand over all his spells, otherwise, today''s day You two will die here!"


    "Dou, stop!"


    Orochimaru waved his hand to stop Yaoshidou''s movement.


    Orochimaru knew very well in his heart that trying to counter Uehara Naraku with the power of Yaoshidou was almost like a dream.


    However, Orochimaru felt a little relieved in his heart.


    At least Yaoshidou is still willing to work hard for him.


    The smile on Orochimaru''s face remained the same, he let Naraku Uehara pinch a trace of blood on his shoulder, looked at Uehara and said softly: "But I was a little anxious when I came out, I didn''t bring the spells you wanted..."


    "Then start writing now!"


    Uehara Naraku let go of his palm, and said slowly: "Didn''t I prepare the materials for you? Just start writing with your own blood!"


    "..."


    No matter how good Orochimaru''s self-cultivation is, his gaze has become somewhat unfriendly, forcing him to use his own blood to write ninjutsu scrolls...


    Can Uehara Naraku, a little bastard, be a human being?


    He is Konoha Sannin, how could he be bullied like this!


    Most importantly, Undead Reincarnation and Dirty Earth Reincarnation are the foundation of Orochimaru''s foothold in the ninja world, how could they be taken away so easily!


    Orochimaru didn''t expect to fool Uehara Naraku by writing a fake scroll.


    Orochimaru''s fingers were quietly closed in the wide sleeves, intending to directly summon the first Hokage and the second Hokage to follow Uehara Naraku desperately.


    "Want to work hard?"


    Uehara Naraku twisted his fingers, rubbed his wrist, and pressed his palm on Orochimaru''s head, with a gloomy voice: "Hey, don''t make trouble, or I''ll pull out your head, and put it on Mitarai red beans killed..."


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    What is the logic?


    Uehara Naraku''s first sentence is very easy to understand, what does the latter sentence mean, what is going on between them, this person wants to kill Hongdou?


    Unless Naraku Uehara, a bastard, knows the secret...


    "Heaven''s Curse Seal."


    Naraku Uehara approached Orochimaru a little bit, and said with a chuckle: "I found out a very interesting secret when I met her last time, there are fragments of your soul in her Heavenly Seal, am I right? "


    "..."


    Orochimaru slowly closed his eyes.


    Although Orochimaru has always shown that he doesn''t care much about Mitarai Anko''s disciple, this is just his disguise. No one wants Anko to live for a long time more than Orochimaru.


    Because Hongdou has his heavenly curse seal on his body.


    The power of the Heaven''s Curse Seal cannot be completely sealed by the sealing technique.


    In addition to allowing him to reincarnate without corpses, the curse seal of the sky can also allow him to slowly accumulate enough chakra through the curse seal of the sky after death, so that he can be resurrected again.


    This time may be very long, but it is the safest way.


    Everyone thought that the curse seal of the sky was a symbol of Orochimaru''s evil power, but in fact it was his proud resurrection method.


    When Mitarai Anko saw Orochimaru, she wanted to tear up her former teacher, but she didn''t know that she was carrying the key to Orochimaru''s resurrection.


    This is Orochimaru''s biggest secret.


    The next moment, Orochimaru slowly opened his eyes, looked at Uehara Naraku next to him, his eyes gradually became a little cold: "Uehara Naraku, you know too much..."


    A person who knows too many secrets cannot live for too long!


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, hooked the corner of his mouth, and said with a light smile, "Yes, but what can you do with me?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru clenched his teeth, thinking about the possibility of him killing the bastard Uehara Naraku. Although the strength of the first Hokage and the second generation Hokage is strong, but the strength has not reached its peak. He wants to kill Uehara Naraku directly here. The possibility of it is very small.


    Even though the Second Hokage has the Flying Thunder God technique and can hunt down and kill Uehara, his performance just now is a bit hard to describe...


    As for the suicidal method of multiplying detonating talismans, Uehara Naraku has personally proved that it is ineffective against him.


    And the little bastard Uehara is much more proficient in using the detonating talisman than them.


    In addition, Uehara Naraku also has a psychic beast that devours souls in his hands, especially restraining the reincarnation of the dirty soil. If you are not careful, the first and second Hokage may be swallowed...


    Orochimaru''s expression gradually relaxed.


    Even if Uehara had a slight chance to escape or even fight back during the battle, he could not choose to turn his face.


    Of course, if Orochimaru really tries, maybe he will find that the possibility of the current Senju Hashirama and Senju Fumama defeating Uehara Naraku is very slim.


    After a while, Orochimaru squeezed out a smile again: "Naraku-kun, what ninjutsu did you say you wanted?"


    "Tsk, Orochimaru, do you know what I like most about you?"


    Naraku Uehara knew that Orochimaru had agreed to compromise, so he slowly stretched out his palm and patted Orochimaru''s cheek, like a bully, and praised with a smile: "It''s just knowledgeable, more interesting than anyone else."

 Chapter 166

    Orochimaru lived for over fifty years.


    Over the years, he has suffered a lot of humiliation.


    Orochimaru once considered the most humiliating time when they were awarded the title of Konoha Sannin by Sanzho Hanzo back then. However, compared to the little bastard Uehara Naraku, Sanzho Hanzo is too gentle.


    But now that I have made a choice in my heart, all the shame I have suffered now doesn''t matter, Dashewan is right to treat it as a child who is ignorant and owes discipline...


    Tolerate.


    Must endure.


    Orochimaru slowly stretched out his palm towards Yaoshidou, causing Yaoshidou to tear off his clothes and use them as materials for making scrolls.


    "You owe me a total of three ninjutsu and two contracts."


    Uehara Naraku slowly watched Orochimaru making a blank scroll, and said softly: "The five forbidden techniques are clearly the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, the technique of reincarnation of the corpse, the contract of psychic contract of Rashomon, the technique of Baqi and Ryuji Cave. Psychic contract."


    "Wait, Naraku-kun."


    Orochimaru''s movements stopped immediately, and the expression on his face became a little unsightly again: "I remember that the only thing I promised you is Reincarnation of Dirty Earth and Reincarnation of Undead, right?"


    "Yo, you remember it very clearly!"


    Naraku Uehara squatted in front of Orochimaru, and said with a light smile, "Then why didn''t you know to give it to me? Orochimaru, you are Tsunade''s friend. Haven''t you heard from her that the debt is not repaid, and you want to pay it back?" Does it pay interest?"


    Orochimaru said slowly: "Our nature should be a gift, right? What''s more, I can''t make the psychic contract scroll you want..."


    These spells and psychic contracts are basically all his property.


    If all these spells are handed over to Uehara Naraku, wouldn''t it mean that all his combat weaknesses will be controlled by Uehara Naraku?


    Then is there any room for him to stand up in the future?


    Could it be that we have to wait another few decades to develop a new powerful forbidden technique?


    Even if you can choose to forbear, if Uehara Naraku, the little bastard, came to blackmail him with this secret every now and then, that would be too much for me personally!


    After returning, Orochimaru decided to find a way to put the curse of the sky on more people, and absolutely can''t accept blackmail like this again!


    Moreover, we must continue to study the forbidden art of the soul, and find ways to prevent the reincarnation of the dirty soil from being restrained by Naraku Uehara.


    Orochimaru said slowly: "I can give you the technique of reincarnation of the filthy soil, the technique of reincarnation of the undead, and the technique of Baqi... As for the psychic contract, I really can''t do anything, I can only tell you how to obtain the psychic contract."


    Orochimaru agreed very readily, even surprising Naraku Uehara.


    These ninjutsu are all his housekeeping skills, so they are given so easily?


    Surprises are surprises, of course things are still needed.


    "Can."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, with a good-spoken look, and said gently: "Of course, I hope that the difficulty of obtaining the psychic contract is not too high, otherwise, I may turn my face at any time..."


    "The psychic contract in Longdi Cave can''t be without difficulty, and the scroll of the psychic contract is beside Immortal White Snake."


    Orochimaru shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "And Ryuji Cave is one of the three holy places in the ninja world. If you want to obtain the psychic contract of Ryuji Cave, you must accept the test of the White Snake Immortal."


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin and asked a question: "Do you think that after I defeat the White Snake Immortal, will it give me a psychic contract?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru choked immediately, and after a while he replied angrily: "At that time, if you ask to be its master, it will not object!"


    Damn, what a wishful thinking!


    With a little bit of strength, how arrogant is it!


    Orochimaru claims to be powerful, and dare not challenge the authority of the White Snake Immortal rashly, but that means making an enemy of a holy place!


    Does Naraku Uehara, a little thing, know what a fairy means? Know what it means to be a fairy? Have you heard of Senju Chakra? Have you seen how strong the fairy mode is?


    Naraku Uehara nodded indifferently, with a simple look: "Okay, just tell me the location of Ry¨±ji Cave. You are welcome to visit Ry¨±ji Cave in the future. Maybe it will be my place in the future."


    "OK."


    Orochimaru smiled kindly.


    Orochimaru just likes these arrogant little ghosts to be arrogant, and then challenge those unpredictable enemies, and then add something to the scroll after a while, and send Uehara Naraku directly to the underworld.


    Orochimaru didn''t know that Uehara Naraku really planned to challenge the authority of Ry¨±ji Cave.


    The three holy lands of the immortals in the ninja world, except Miaomu Mountain, have always been the mystery of the ninja world, and even his side missions have several to explore the holy lands of the immortals.


    "As for Rashomon''s psychic contract..."


    Orochimaru frowned suddenly, and he slowly explained: "This contract scroll should be in Konoha''s Forbidden Art Room, it was left by the early Hokage, if you want to get it, you can only go to Konoha .¡±


    Uehara Naraku stared at Orochimaru, a smile slowly appeared on his face: "I don''t care about that, I just care about what you want, since you know the place, then help me get it back."


    "..."


    Orochimaru glanced at Naraku Uehara inexplicably: "With your strength, it shouldn''t be a problem to take out the psychic contract scroll from Konoha, right?"


    "I don''t know the way!"


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands as a matter of course.


    Although there are many forbidden techniques in the Konoha forbidden technique room, there is no doubt that those forbidden techniques should have flaws, even if they are as strong as dirt reincarnation and undead reincarnation, Orochimaru has perfected them bit by bit.


    Uehara Naraku was not curious.


    He didn''t like those messy forbidden techniques very much either.


    No matter how strong the forbidden technique is, can it be stronger than his skills?


    "Okay, I''ll find a way to get it for you!"


    Orochimaru gritted his teeth, thinking of Konoha''s new fifth-generation Hokage Tsunade, this is his old friend.


    Tsunade, an old friend, has been targeting him purposefully since he came to power, sending people to investigate Yinyin Village, as if attacking him at any time;


    In addition, Tsunade''s strength is not weak, it is not an easy task to get the psychic contract scroll from Konoha under Tsunade''s protection!


    After Uehara Naraku saw that Orochimaru agreed, he made an even more excessive request: "By the way, Orochimaru, I heard that Konoha has a book of seals, and all generations of Hokage will write their ninjutsu in it. Do you want it?" By the way..."


    "Don''t overdo it."


    Orochimaru squeezed his fingers tightly, and said in a deep voice: "The difficulty of stealing the sealed book is about the same as the difficulty of destroying Konoha. In fact, that book is the powerful foundation of Konoha, not some ridiculous book of fire. will."


    Among them, there are countless ninjutsu researched by the second generation of Naruto Senju Tomona, and the third generation of Hokage Sarutobi Hiruzen is also known as the professor of ninjutsu and the doctor of ninjutsu. Ye has a huge reserve of ninjutsu.


    As long as every ninja reads the book of seals, he can find the ninjutsu he is good at, and powerful ninjutsu happens to be the fastest way to change the combat power of an ordinary ninja.


    It is precisely because of the existence of the sealed book that Konoha can stand upright.


    "Fine."


    Uehara Naraku blinked and nodded slowly: "When you go to get the psychic contract scroll, I will go with you to protect your safety."


    "Hmph, if you want to die, you can do whatever you want!"


    Orochimaru snorted coldly, obviously he saw through Naraku Uehara''s mind.


    This little ghost really doesn''t know the severity at all. Konoha is very different when he is in power in Tsunade and when he is in power in Hiruzaru Sarutobi, but it doesn''t matter, this little ghost who escaped can''t live long!


    Naraku Uehara didn''t care either.


    This sealed book must be stolen.


    When Uehara Naraku was in Konoha before, she had never found the location of the sealed book, not to mention that the protection of the Hokage Tower was very tight, and it was not easy to do anything.


    Since Orochimaru is going to steal things from the Forbidden Art Room, it¡¯s just a good time to sell him, and search carefully for the location of the sealed book... Anyway, no matter whether you can get it or not, the blame will definitely be on Orochimaru¡¯s head !


    Orochimaru of course didn''t know that Uehara Naraku was so shameless, he put down his bloody fingers, and handed the scrolls to Uehara Naraku one by one: "Okay, here are the three forbidden techniques you want, I hope you Don''t appear in front of me in the future..."


    "okokokok¡­"


    Naraku Uehara nodded perfunctorily while putting away the three scrolls, waiting for the system to give him a response.


    The system did not disappoint him.


    After Uehara Naraku got the scroll, he gave him a hint directly.


    Side quest: Obtain the Art of Two Snakes Killing Each other (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward is 100 gold coins.


    Side task: Obtain Li Sixiang Sealing Technique (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward is 300 gold coins.


    Side task: Get the Ghoul Sealing Technique (1/1), the task has been completed, reward the psychic contract soul lock warden Thresh.


    Psychic Contract: Summon Thresh, the warden of the soul lock, and consume 3000 chakra points.


    very good.


    As expected of Orochimaru.


    Sure enough, there was no falsification on the scroll.


    These are all genuine forbidden techniques, but there is no doubt that they are not what Uehara Naraku wants.


    That''s all it takes...


    What''s even worse is that each of them is a suicide skill!


    That is to say, no matter which forbidden technique Uehara Naraku wants to experiment rashly, he may die if he uses any forbidden technique on the scroll!


    The two snakes fought each other, and they died together with their opponents.


    Risixiang sealing technique, Shimura Danzo''s proud ninjutsu, directly using his own body to seal everything, is almost equivalent to self-destruct.


    Not to mention the technique of sealing ghouls, as long as you dare to use it, the god of death will dare to come out to harvest your soul.


    Except for Orochimaru, a ninja who can get stuck in the God of Death BUG, ??other people who dare to use this ninjutsu can basically declare that the reincarnation of the dirt can''t be saved...


    If you want to save it, you still have to rely on Orochimaru.


    Damn it, this bastard Orochimaru really wants him to die!


    Every forbidden technique is to kill oneself!


    "Come, come, Mr. Orochimaru."


    Holding three scrolls, Uehara Naraku waved at Orochimaru friendly, and said softly: "I don''t know much about these, can you introduce them..."


    Orochimaru pointed to the first scroll of two snakes fighting each other, and explained with a serious face: "Mr. Naraku, this is the technique of Yaqi, which can directly transform into Yamata no Orochi, immortal, and it is something I have always been proud of." Prohibition."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the serious Orochimaru, and couldn''t help but praise in her heart, damn, talent, this can also be made up!


    "What about this one?"


    "This is the art of reincarnation."


    Orochimaru pointed to the second scroll of the Sixiang Sealing Technique, and continued to explain with a serious face: "Naraku-kun, the reincarnation of corpses is also the basis for my eternity. I need to write the curse seal on my body in advance, and then prepare A suitable container, after directly using Chakra to activate the seal, your body will disintegrate after success, and your soul will enter the container."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at Orochimaru again, saying that he was really underestimated as a talent, this is obviously a genius!


    Orochimaru can introduce such a cheating ninjutsu very attractively, and introduces the spell of the Sixiang Sealing Technique in a decent way.


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face became more intense, and his eyes slowly narrowed: "It seems that the last one is the reincarnation of the dirt?"


    "good."


    Orochimaru''s face suddenly became serious, pointing at the god of death on the ghoul sealing technique, and introduced in a deep voice: "This is the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, the performer uses his own chakra to communicate with the god of death in the underworld, and let the god of death guide him. When the dead return to the present world, the dead can be resurrected."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Orochimaru''s expression and couldn''t help but applaud him. I didn''t expect that Orochimaru could still justify himself!


    Under his explanation, the technique of sealing ghouls is really like reincarnating from the dirt!


    If someone was uneducated, he might really believe it. After all, none of us knew how to use these forbidden techniques.


    "okokokok¡­"


    After Naraku Uehara nodded with satisfaction, he handed the three scrolls to the pharmacist''s pocket, and smiled slightly at the corner of his mouth: "Dou, come and see if there is anything missing..."


    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, the smile on Orochimaru''s face broke for a moment, but he looked at Yakushidou with trusting eyes.


    Yao Shidou looked at the three scrolls slowly, with a gradually surprised expression on his face, because he had touched some of them.


    At least the two snakes fighting each other and the Li Sixiang seal are sure to die!


    After a while, the pharmacist looked at Naraku Uehara''s smile, slowly pushed his glasses, and said in a deep voice: "Sorry, I have never been exposed to these forbidden techniques, but I believe that Master Orochimaru will never lie to you of!"


    Orochimaru nodded in satisfaction.


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and understood the subtext of Yakushidou, because everyone in this world can believe it, but Orochimaru absolutely cannot!


    What a pity!


    In such a small place, there are actually three film kings playing.


    Orochimaru looked at Uehara Naraku, chuckled and said: "Naraku-kun, didn''t you kill Uchiha Obito just now? It just so happens that here are the most suitable materials for the reincarnation sacrifice of dirty soil, why don''t you experiment here? "


    Up to now, Orochimaru is still acting!


    If Naraku Uehara is really greedy and directly seals up the ghouls and reincarnates them as filthy soil, it will be really fun to watch...


    Uehara Naraku turned his head to look at him and said, "Mr. Orochimaru, can''t you demonstrate it?"


    "..."


    The smile on Orochimaru''s face remained unchanged, and he continued: "Does Naraku-kun really want me to get another powerful scumbag? You must know that the dead who are resurrected by the filthy soil are all controlled by the caster..."


    "You, you just like to come up with some new tricks for me..."


    Naraku Uehara sighed, turned his head to look at Orochimaru who was full of smiles, and then looked at Yaoshidou with a serious expression, and swept them both away with a sudden kick!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared next to Orochimaru at the next moment, grabbed his throat suddenly, and dangled in front of him with the scroll that said the ghoul was sealed!


    "Come, come, show me a demonstration, let me see how you fucking let the god of death, who harvests souls, extradite your souls!"

 Chapter 167

    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Be seen through.


    Orochimaru''s first thought was this.


    This is a bit unreasonable. After all, these forbidden techniques have been sealed in Konoha''s forbidden technique room for a long time. No one has ever seen them. Uehara Naraku is just a little ninja from the land of rain. How did he see through it?


    Just when Orochimaru began to suspect Medicine Master Dou, Medicine Master Dou suddenly said: "Master Naraku, Master Orochimaru has given you the forbidden technique, if you doubt us, you shouldn''t make this transaction..."


    "I have no doubts!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Orochimaru and smiled lightly: "I just asked Mr. Orochimaru to help me experiment, is there any problem?"


    "never mind."


    After Orochimaru''s pupils showed a hint of ferocity, he slowly raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "But there is a problem with the reincarnation of the dirty soil. Some powerful ninjas will show their stronger combat power after the reincarnation of the dirty soil. With my Chakra can''t control them."


    The expression on Uehara Naraku''s face was stunned, and he suddenly smiled and said: "It''s okay, I can kill Dou now, and let you perform the dirty soil reincarnation technique on him. Until now, you are still stubborn, so let me demonstrate it." Bar!"


    "I can do it myself!"


    The pharmacist glanced at Naraku Uehara, pushed his glasses, and held his chakra scalpel, ready to cut his throat at any time.


    "Stop it, Dou!"


    Orochimaru stopped Yao Shidou with an extremely ugly expression.


    Because the one on the scroll was originally fake, once he really used the ghoul-sealed seal gesture to perform the dirty soil reincarnation, it would eventually reveal his truth.


    If Orochimaru chooses to turn his face at the last moment, it will still be a waste of Dou''s life, and he will lose a very talented medical ninja.


    "Act, continue to act!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Orochimaru with a light smile, and continued: "Didn''t you tell me that this is the reincarnation of the dirt?"


    While talking, the smile on Uehara Naraku''s face instantly retracted, and he punched Orochimaru''s side, smashing the ground under him to pieces!


    Uehara Naraku''s face was like ice that could not be melted, and he said coldly: "Oshemaru, the most important thing for a person is reputation! How can you gain a foothold in the ninja world without the spirit of contract! Even a young man like me lied to you, are you still human! "


    "..."


    Orochimaru looked at Uehara Naraku speechlessly.


    How could this little bastard have the face to say such a thing?


    Obviously it was Uehara Naraku, the bastard, who wanted to kill him, an old man!


    Orochimaru looked at Uehara Naraku coldly and said, "If you hadn''t forced me to ask for my research results, I wouldn''t have chosen to lie to you."


    The expression on Uehara Naraku''s face froze for a second before he said in a deep voice, "I can kill you at any time and prevent your resurrection!"


    This sentence directly choked Orochimaru to death.


    After a while, Orochimaru shook his head, and said with some sentimentality: "Naraku-kun, a proud ninjutsu is more important than his life for a ninja..."


    Orochimaru''s voice even trembled a little at the end.


    At this time, Orochimaru felt helpless like an old man dying.


    Uehara Naraku even felt that he had been forcing Orochimaru too tightly all this time, would this be a bit too much...


    After a long time.


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, pulled Dashemaru to stand up, and helped him pat the dirt on his body: "Okay, okay, isn''t it just three forbidden techniques and two psychic scrolls? Whether you want to hand it over or not Give it to me, I can kill you anytime anyway."


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    Can this guy really not speak human words?


    But it sounds like things are turning around...


    Just when Orochimaru was a little rejoicing that he could still make Naraku Uehara soft-hearted by saying something in his heart for a while, Naraku Uehara continued: "It''s just that you give me the scroll now. If you are obedient in the future, you can still live and continue. Research; if you don''t give me the ninjutsu scroll, you will die now, and die badly."


    "..."


    Orochimaru didn''t know what to say anymore, is Naraku Uehara, the little bastard, a heart of stone?


    Now it seems that there is no need to talk about it.


    If you fight, you have to bear the risk.


    After all, Naraku Uehara has a lot of cards in his hand, and he can even fight with the psychic Payne, and there is also a psychic beast that can kill ten thousand snakes with one punch.


    Orochimaru sighed faintly, looked at Yao Shidou, and said in a low voice: "Dou, help me prepare three scrolls again!"


    "Yes, Oshemaru-sama."


    Pharmacist Dou also looked helpless.


    Orochimaru''s fingertips slammed hard and cut his finger again. One day, he must get back the humiliation he suffered today!


    after an hour.


    Three scrolls fell into the hands of Uehara Naraku.


    Side task: Obtain the Art of Eight Qi (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward is 100 gold coins.


    Side task: Get the technique of reincarnation (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.


    Side quest: Obtain the Art of Reincarnation (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill is Son of Death.


    Son of Death: Apply a death mark on the target''s head, slowly harvest the target''s life energy until the target dies; after the target dies, enslave the target''s soul and body to continue fighting for 45 seconds, the skill consumes 100 chakra points, and the skill cools down Time 60 seconds.


    Orochimaru''s own ninjutsu seems to be really unpopular, and the system only gives a minimum reward.


    As for the Son of Death, this skill seems a bit tasteless.


    But if what is enslaved is the body and soul of the target, it is possible to make the target fight with all its strength!


    However, Naraku Uehara already possessed Dirty Earth Reincarnation, so this skill seems to be really useless!


    Naraku Uehara pulled out a white zealot casually, and the chakra in his hand was injected into the white zealot''s body, which revived the white zealot.


    Immediately afterwards, Uehara Naraku pulled out Uchiha Obito''s body, and took off the Kamui Kaleidoscope Sharingan on Obito''s body.


    Obviously, it was self-evident what he was going to do.


    There was a hint of envy in Orochimaru''s eyes. He likes to collect any powerful ninjas. Although Obito Uchiha did not perform well, no one would deny a Uchiha who has a kaleidoscope Sharingan.


    "Oh, right."


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Orochimaru and said, "Mr. Orochimaru, can you support me with a coffin? By the way, give me a pillar cell?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s expression suddenly became even more ugly. What did Uehara Naraku think of him, and kept giving him what he wanted?


    After half a minute.


    After Uehara Naraku''s revived Baijue was injected with Oshemaru into the cells between the columns, it immediately successfully awakened Mu Dun. This scene made Orochimaru ecstatic!


    It''s a pity that Bai Jue, who has awakened Mu Dun, won''t live for long.


    Orochimaru knew in his heart that Uehara Naraku wanted to use this white sword as a sacrifice for the reincarnation of the dirty soil, and he said with regret on his face: "Don''t you think it''s a pity to use it as a sacrifice for the reincarnation of the dirty soil?"


    "Only in this way can the power of the filthy soil be brought out to the greatest extent!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, slowly closed his palms, and continued softly: "If the power of the scumbag is too strong, it will easily lose control. Of course I don''t care, but Mr. Orochimaru, your strength ..."


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    This issue does require attention.


    But Uehara Naraku obviously verbally attacked him again, and he would give him whatever he wanted. Why did he humiliate him like this?


    "Ninja Law: The Art of Reincarnation!"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly fell to the ground, and a string of spells quickly formed and appeared on the ground, and Uchiha Obito''s body quickly turned into a mass of ashes, covering the body of Bai Ze!


    In the pure land of the underworld.


    When Uchiha Obito''s soul was still admitting his mistake to the short girl Nohara Rin, his soul suddenly flew away and returned to the Yang world!


    A moment later, Uchiha Obito was resurrected with the help of this white zealot!


    It''s just that there are still a few cracks on his face, which are a bit different from the first Hokage and the second Hokage who were reincarnated and resurrected before Orochimaru...


    Pharmacist Doudou softly asked his own question: "Is Bai Jue still not qualified as a sacrifice for the reincarnation of the dirty soil?"


    "No, it''s good enough."


    A flicker of frenzy flashed in Orochimaru''s eyes.


    Because the previous sacrifices were not qualified enough, the first Hokage and the second Hokage could not exert their full power, and their power was limited by the reincarnation of the dirt.


    However, Bai can definitely let them exert enough power, if the power they can use is too large, some cracks will appear on their faces.


    These cracks show that their strength is huge enough, and even the most qualified materials cannot restore their heyday!


    Obviously, Uchiha Obito is not weak.


    The emotion on Uchiha Obito''s face after the reincarnation of the dirt is obviously irritable, maybe because he has never owned the twin kamui kaleidoscope sharingan, he still only has the one kamui sharingan and the ordinary three-mark jade sharingan Eye.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but feel a little regretful.


    Obito Uchiha looked at everyone present coldly, and clenched his fists: "Bastard, how dare you use the dirty soil reincarnation to disturb my reunion with Lin! You promised me!"


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, Uchiha Obito''s will is so amazing, he almost broke free from the shackles of reincarnation!


    As expected of the Ten Tails Jinchuriki in history!


    Unexpectedly, just relying on his unrequited love for a little girl, he can make his will strong to such an extent!


    Naraku Uehara suddenly raised his finger, concentrated on using his powerful Chakra to control Obito Uchiha and walked into the coffin, ignoring Obito''s angry expression the whole time.


    If the filthy one wants to get out of control, he must either be strong enough to break free, or have a strong will to break free.


    However, these preconditions are that the caster does not compete with the filthy for control of the body.


    If it is changed to Orochimaru now, perhaps Obito Uchiha is very likely to break free with his own will and strength, but it is a pity that it is Uehara Naraku who controls him.


    Naraku Uehara covered the coffin board, and Obito Uchiha fell into a deep sleep. He patted the coffin and sighed: "What kind of love are we people talking about? Wouldn''t it be good to concentrate on being a ninja man behind the scenes? ?¡±

 Chapter 168

    "Well, a very successful reincarnation experiment in dirty soil."


    Uehara Naraku waved and put the coffin away, showing a playful smile, and stretched out his palm towards Orochimaru: "It seems that Mr. Orochimaru didn''t lie to me, so I wish us a happy cooperation."


    "Hmph, this is not so pleasant."


    Orochimaru''s expression turned bad again. Although he gained a little this time, he obviously lost a lot. No matter how you look at it, only Uehara Naraku earned the most.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Orochimaru and said with a smile: "Don''t say that, isn''t your life saved? Come on, be happy, have a smile?"


    "..."


    Laugh at your head!


    Orochimaru didn''t bother to pay attention to him, and turned around to leave here.


    Anyway, his main goal has been achieved. After obtaining Baijue, Orochimaru still needs to start a lot of experiments to speed up the improvement of his undead reincarnation and filthy soil reincarnation.


    Now Orochimaru has a draft.


    That is to use Bai Jue''s characteristics to cultivate a powerful body, and then use this body as a blueprint to try to clone or copy it.


    Just as Orochimaru was about to take the pharmacist around, Naraku Uehara suddenly called out and stopped him again: "Mr. Is it a psychic contract?"


    "Now is not a good time."


    Orochimaru shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "The Konoha Rebellion has not passed for a long time, and Konoha''s vigilance will be very high!"


    "Rest assured, they will soon have to let their guard down."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Orochimaru''s serious expression, and couldn''t help looking at him with a squinting smile: "During this period of time, Konoha and Yanyin Village may confront each other in the country of grass, so the defense may be empty, we can take advantage of this Some time passed..."


    "If it was Tsunade who succeeded Hokage, they might have conflicts, but after Tsunade took office, Onogi of the two scales should not be so unwise..."


    Orochimaru spoke in a low voice, and after thinking for a few seconds, looking at Uehara Naraku''s mischievous smile, he seemed to have thought of something, and the whole person was not very well.


    Orochimaru said with a gloomy face, "Uehara Naraku, you won''t destroy Caoyin Village, will you?"


    "You guessed it right!"


    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes and smiled very kindly: "That village is full of crimes, why should Mr. Orochimaru cooperate with them? A high-quality partner like me is the most suitable partner!"


    Good quality ghost!


    You are purely sucking the blood of your partner!


    Orochimaru couldn''t help but want to curse again. After the Konoha Rebellion ended, all countries were worried that they would be retaliated by Konoha and dared not have anything to do with him.


    Under such circumstances, only Caoyin Village has no choice but to cooperate with him, which has been in a state of border war. Orochimaru rarely found a new source of resources and sources of funds, and was destroyed by Uehara Naraku.


    Damn, I really want to kill someone!


    Orochimaru hardly concealed his murderous intent and disgust towards Uehara Naraku, except for getting a few white zebras today, all he got was bad news!


    "Oshemaru, look at your eyes..."


    Uehara Naraku paused, walked slowly in front of Orochimaru, chuckled and continued to provoke: "I really like the way you hate me but can''t kill me..."


    "Dou, let''s go."


    Orochimaru really didn''t want to talk to him.


    Naraku Uehara shouted loudly again: "What about the psychic contract of Ry¨±ji Cave and Rashomon''s psychic contract? If I can''t do what I promised, I will charge interest!"


    Orochimaru paused, and said without looking back: "Three days later, we will gather at the southern town on the border of Tianzhi Country and Fire Country, and I will take you to Ryuji Cave first, if you can survive , let¡¯s go to Konoha together.¡±


    "very good."


    Uehara Naraku nodded in satisfaction, and when Yao Shidou came to his side, he suddenly stretched out his arm and stopped Yao Shidou''s footsteps.


    After seeing Yao Shidou''s surprised gaze, Uehara Naraku''s eyes lowered slightly, and he ordered in a low voice: "This mission has been completed beautifully. After you go back, you can guide Orochimaru to study the ghoul seal. But there is a strong soul!"


    "clear."


    Pharmacist Dou nodded calmly, the expression on his face remained unchanged.


    After the two briefly exchanged a word, Yao Shidou strode forward, catching up with Orochimaru.


    After Orochimaru and the pharmacist walked for a distance.


    Orochimaru suddenly looked at the pharmacist and asked, "I seemed to see you stop just now, what did Naraku Uehara say to you?"


    "hehe¡­"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and a fake smile appeared on his face: "Naraku-sama wants me to monitor Oshemaru-sama, once you have the power to threaten him, let me report to him immediately."


    Orochimaru also showed a smile: "Then you will?"


    "Of course I will report to Master Naraku."


    After Yao Shidou nodded, he continued with a smile: "But I will take Mr. Dashewan to find him, and then kill him with you."


    This answer made Orochimaru extremely satisfied.


    On Yaoshidou''s body, there are always layers of spy coats, and everyone thinks that Yaoshidou will become their spy.


    Dashewan believes that Yaoshidou is the most loyal to him.


    At least compared to others.


    After Dashemaru nodded in satisfaction, he continued to move forward: "Let''s go, we still have a lot of work to do."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist Dou nodded respectfully.


    After the two of them left, Naraku Uehara was the only one left. He was doing a new experiment, which was to kill Bai Jue to see if he could trigger the Dark Harvest.


    Unfortunately, the system does not seem to have this bug.


    Only people called ninjas can trigger the Dark Harvest. Obviously, creatures like Baijue are not within the scope of ninjas. After all, ordinary people will become Baijue through the cultivation of the sacred tree. This should be a monster!


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Bai Jue, who was sleeping thousands of people below, and slowly spread his palm: "Wood Dun¡¤Strangling Vine!"


    Countless vines with spikes spread out from the ground!


    Every vine quickly penetrated Bai Jue''s body, killing them completely!


    "Immortal mode, on!"


    Uehara Naraku''s back directly spread a pair of white wings, and vines emerged from the ground one after another!


    With the support of Uehara Naraku''s huge chakra, within a short while, the hundred thousand white vines under the ground were completely covered by vines, making them die completely in their sleep!


    These monsters created by Otsutsuki Kaguya thousands of years ago were completely destroyed by Uehara Naraku overnight!


    However, this does not mean that Baijue is extinct.


    Because Hei Jue and Bai Jue share the same body, the one that moves with Hei Jue is exactly Bai Jue''s body, and it is also the strongest Bai Jue.


    It can plant spores on powerful ninjas, and the spores will absorb chakra and reincarnate into Baijue.


    After Uehara Naraku destroyed one hundred thousand white zealots, he looked at the thorns on the ground and patted his palm with satisfaction: "This looks like Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru did it... I hope that black zealot guy Don''t go crazy!"


    There are not many wooden escape ninjas in the entire ninja world.


    There are currently only four known Mutun ninjas, Jue from Akatsuki, Senju Hashirama who was reincarnated from the dirt, Obito Uchiha, and Yamato from Konoha.


    As long as Heijue sees this scene, he should lock the murderer on Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru, right?


    Nothing is reliable in this ninja world.


    Only ninjutsu will not lie.


    Who can believe that the wooden escape used to kill Shiwan Baijue was actually used by Uehara Naraku, a ninja with no blood inheritance?


    Under this iron-clad evidence, nothing works.


    Uehara Naraku used the wood escape skills and fire escape skills to create some traces of battle on this land, trying to make the battlefield more realistic.


    This is also impossible.


    After all, he still needs to continue to deceive Heijue to monitor the whereabouts of Jinchuriki, and by the way, to let Heijue help find Uchiha Madara''s body, otherwise who will be the body of Otsutsuki Kaguya''s resurrection?


    After doing all this, Naraku Uehara disappeared quietly, hiding his merit and fame deeply.


    early morning.


    The sun broke through the fog.


    A pitcher plant drilled out of the ground, showing Jue''s face, it glanced at Bai Jue who was completely dead under the ground, and a surge of anger suddenly rose in its heart.


    These Baijue were all saved by Otsutsuki Kaguya little by little!


    Whether it is to use these whites as intelligence investigators, or to use them as combat power, they are all excellent materials!


    After Jue got out of the ground, looking at the traces of thorns and vines underneath, it walked a few more steps and looked at the wounds on Bai Jue''s body.


    no doubt.


    These fatal wounds on Bai Jue''s body were all caused by Mu Dun, and there were no other wounds except Mu Dun''s ninjutsu.


    after awhile.


    Heijue slowly raised his head.


    The level of secrecy of this base will never be discovered by others.


    Even if someone notices it, the Bai Jue people near the base will report it in advance to avoid the arrival of outsiders as much as possible.


    Obito Uchiha betrayed them!


    This question is elusive, and it is likely that he thinks that he cannot control the initiative of the Moon Eye project. After all, the Uchiha clan is a group of second-five boys.


    It is also possible that Obito Uchiha has lost his way and returned, and is going to be a Konoha ninja again?


    In short, the death of Baijue is definitely related to Obito Uchiha!


    Hei Jue said in a gloomy voice: "Obito Uchiha has already betrayed us. Over the years, we have only seen his wooden escape ninjutsu improve rapidly. We didn''t expect him to use wooden escape to deal with us..."


    "Not necessarily?"


    Shiro still had some good feelings for Uchiha Obito, and explained softly: "Maybe it is the Senju Bashirama reincarnated from the dirty soil of Orochimaru? It can kill our 100,000 companions in a short period of time. There is also Senju Bashirama ability."


    "Do you think it is possible for Orochimaru to discover this base!"


    The IQ of Hei Absolute and Bai Jue is somewhat resentful: "How many of your kind are entrenched around this base, who can hide from their perception, and can kill all Bai Jue, except Obito they trust?" Who else can do it!"


    This is due to the self-confidence in Bai Jue.


    After all, unless someone arranges or even finds out everything in advance, it is impossible to kill all Bai Jue lurking near this secret base anyway.


    Who else could do that but Obito Uchiha?


    "What shall we do now?"


    Bai Jue was a little confused, and seemed to have lost confidence in the Moon''s Eye project.


    "Don''t worry, none of this is beyond my expectations."


    Hei Jue''s mood gradually calmed down, and there was more confidence in Zhizhu''s grip in his voice: "Didn''t we plan to give up Uchiha Obito a long time ago?


    Except for Madara, most of the Uchiha clan are unreliable people.


    The same is true for Uchiha Obito, as is Uchiha Itachi, because they are all descendants of Uchiha who despicably betrayed Madara back then.


    When we chose Obito Uchiha as our partner, we thought he wanted to change the ninja world as much as we did. Now it seems that Obito Uchiha cannot be used by us at all.


    His betrayal will not disrupt any of our plans, the only trouble is that the Moon Eye plan may be leaked out, and the operation to capture the Tailed Beast must be prepared in advance! "


    Bai Jue raised his own question: "But the information collection has not been completed yet, if we rashly start collecting tailed beasts, it is likely to arouse the vigilance of other ninja villages... If Jinzhuli hides deliberately, it will be difficult for us to find their traces what!"


    "Then hurry up and gather information first!"


    Hei Jue said in a gloomy voice: "However, all the Bai Jue here have been killed, and we can only rely on your spore technique to create Bai Jue..."


    After saying this, Hei Jue suddenly realized something: "In this way, it seems that our ally is only left with that brat Uehara Naraku!"


    After Uchiha Obito''s betrayal, Naraku Uehara has become the only person in the ninja world who still believes in them... and the one with the highest value!


    Before finding out the truth, this little guy must be protected!


    In case he makes a mistake, the possibility of the end of the Moon Eye Project will be greatly increased if no one else is secretly pushing Akatsuki to implement it.


    This pawn is very important.


    There was a trace of tension in Bai Jue''s voice: "Uehara is an important person for us to influence Konan and Nagato, we must remind him that Uchiha Obito betrayed us, and Uehara will not fortify Uchiha Obito at all! "


    "yes¡­"


    Heijue''s voice was also a bit more complicated, and it said in a deep voice: "Uehara has always thought of Uchiha Obito as a companion in the past few years, and if Obito attacked him, he would succeed almost 100%!"

 Chapter 169

    Uehara Naraku thought a lot.


    But I never thought that after he judged Uchiha Obito''s betrayal, the first thing he did was to look for his traces and remind him of the news of Uchiha Obito''s betrayal.


    Uehara, the spy, did it successfully.


    To let Hei Ze, a behind-the-scenes man who has been hiding in the ninja world for thousands of years, treat him as the only one of his own now, and I don''t know if Obito Uchiha in the coffin will fall down after hearing Hei Ze''s criticism. tears...


    On the border of the country of fields and the country of fire.


    Heijue found Naraku Uehara here, and told him that Obito Uchiha had betrayed them and reminded Naraku Uehara to be careful of Obito''s attack.


    Naraku Uehara looked down at the yin and yang face of Jue in the pitcher plant on the ground, suppressed his own smile, and listened to what Jue reminded him of.


    "I see."


    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a little hesitation and confusion: "Senior Jue, I never thought that Obito-senpai would abandon us. He has always been a warm-hearted person!"


    "This is not abandonment!"


    Hei Jue darkened his voice, and reminded again: "This is betrayal! Uehara, you must be careful with the soil, Uchiha is usually a narrow-minded person, you made him suffer a lot before, he must I won''t let you go!"


    Uehara Naraku''s face was even more puzzled: "Senior Obito wanted to kill me, but he didn''t kill me. Will he hate me because of it? What''s the reason for this!"


    "This is normal."


    Heijue''s voice was full of contempt, and he sneered and said: "Uehara, the Uchiha clan is a group of narrow-minded, selfish and arrogant guys. We will find out the location of Uchiha Obito as soon as possible and solve his problem." Dangerous."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and thanked Heijue very respectfully: "Thank you for the news from senior, I will be careful."


    "That''s good."


    Hei Jue looked at Uehara Naraku with satisfaction, and said softly: "Uehara, we don''t have many companions left, and you will have to bear a lot of responsibilities when the Moon Eye Project is implemented in the future."


    After finishing speaking, Hei Jue continued: "I still want to find Kisame Kisame and Itachi Uchiha to find out who they are loyal to. If they choose Obito Uchiha, they will be expelled from the Akatsuki organization! "


    "Senior!"


    After Uehara Naraku stopped Hei Ze, he hesitated and reminded: "I vaguely discovered that Uchiha Itachi may not particularly hate his younger brother. His situation seems to be somewhat similar to the ghost lamp full moon..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho...then you''d be wrong."


    Heijue chuckled, looked at Naraku Uehara and said, "You thought you discovered Itachi Uchiha was secretly protecting Sasuke Uchiha, right? In fact, Itachi Uchiha just wanted Sasuke to open the kaleidoscope Sharingan and win Sasuke''s Sharingan enhances his pupil power, this is the truth of the Uchiha brothers."


    All of a sudden, Kuroshi''s trust in Naraku Uehara improved a lot.


    It''s also possible that Hei Ze really couldn''t understand the Uchiha clan, so he simply told the bloody truth.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know what to say.


    Hasn''t this black man discovered that the Uchiha brothers are both brother-in-law and brother-in-law for a thousand years? How did Itachi Uchiha make Kuro absolutely believe in him?


    Damn it, you are indeed the best actor in the Pacific!


    It is estimated that Uchiha Itachi is protecting his younger brother for this reason! It''s really good to use the method of making the best use of the situation.


    It¡¯s just that if Hei Jue wants to meet Kisame with dried persimmons, he needs to be on guard in advance. Naraku Uehara is faintly envious of Samsara Eyes. At least Samsara Eyes can make ultra-long-distance calls, unlike him who has to run by himself every time he sends a message. go.


    Fortunately, the dried persimmon ghost shark is not far away.


    By the way, I also went to quietly take a look at the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi. It must be interesting for these two brothers to be together.


    Now Kisame Kisame, Uchiha Itachi, and Uchiha Sasuke are helping a noble in a small town to deal with the invasion of wandering ninjas. This is almost equivalent to a war mission, and it usually pays a lot of money.


    The dried persimmon ghost shark is drinking tea now.


    Since Uchiha Sasuke temporarily joined their team, Uchiha Itachi has obviously become more diligent, often taking the initiative to fight with Sasuke, presumably to hone his younger brother on the battlefield.


    If a ninja wants to become stronger, fighting is the most training.


    After Dried Persimmon Kisame took a sip of tea leisurely, a familiar sound of playing cards suddenly sounded in his ear, and the next moment he turned his head and saw his boss.


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, looked at Kisame Kisame with some displeasure, and said, "Your life is going well!"


    "It''s not what I want."


    Ginseng Kisame shook his head and smiled lightly: "It''s just that Mr. Itachi wants to create an opportunity for his younger brother to practice, how can I have the nerve to intervene?"


    "Hey? How''s Sasuke?"


    Naraku Uehara was really curious.


    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke, brothers who have a deep hatred in name, are now getting along day and night. Thinking about it, their lives must be very interesting.


    "Very hard."


    Kisame Kisame praised softly, and sighed again: "It''s a pity that for ninjas, hard work happens to be the most indispensable thing. If that brat Sasuke wants to chase Mr. Itachi, the difficulty is too high..."


    yes.


    For a strong ninja, the most indispensable thing is hard work.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s efforts can''t bridge the gap between him and Uchiha Itachi, especially Uchiha Itachi is a harder-working and more talented person than him.


    The battlefield outside the town.


    Under Uchiha Itachi''s supervision and protection, Uchiha Sasuke finally killed all the wandering ninjas, panting half-kneeling on the ground holding the ninja knife in his hand.


    Boom!


    Sasuke, who had just rested for a while, was kicked by Uchiha Itachi and flew out!


    Uchiha Itachi looked down at Sasuke who was full of hatred, and said coldly: "Sasuke, it will take so long to solve a bunch of garbage, as always, he is a dragging waste..."


    "Bastard, I''ll kill you sooner or later!"


    Uchiha Sasuke clenched his fist tightly.


    Sasuke was not without gains in this battle. He relied on his Sharingan copying ability to secretly copy the sword technique used by Uchiha Itachi and a fire ninjutsu.


    Even so far, Sasuke Uchiha has to admit that the bastard Uchiha Itachi is an all-rounder.


    Regardless of any ninjutsu, any taijutsu and illusion, he can do it at will. During this period of time, Sasuke has been secretly learning Uchiha Itachi''s taijutsu, ninjutsu and swordsmanship with Sharingan. He does it with ease.


    but¡­


    The corners of Uchiha Sasuke''s mouth are slightly bent, except for the pair of so-called kaleidoscope sharing eyes, Uchiha Itachi is nothing more than that!


    As long as he has learned all the sword skills, body skills, and ninjutsu, and finds a way to find the flaw in the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, he will immediately kill Uchiha Itachi and take his place in Akatsuki!


    In the tall buildings of the town.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help chuckling and said, "Is Itachi always treating his younger brother like this?"


    "Mr. Itachi is already very gentle today."


    Kakisame grinned, showing his sharp teeth: "Mr. Itachi rarely used swordsmanship today, which is really eye-opening! Of course, if he really wants to kill that group of trash, if he doesn''t use any ninjutsu , it should only take thirteen to seventeen seconds."


    When Ganshi Guixie said this, he put on a meaningful smile again: "Today he only killed a few of them, but it took fifteen minutes."


    "interesting."


    Uehara Naraku nodded and smiled.


    In fifteen minutes, even a pig can use Sharingan to copy Uchiha Itachi''s swordsmanship!


    Uchiha Itachi''s elder brother is really hard. Under the supervision of Kisame Kisame and the hatred of Uchiha Sasuke, he can only use this little trick to teach his younger brother.


    The issue is¡­


    Uchiha Itachi is not afraid that one day, Sasuke will think that Uchiha Itachi is nothing more than this based on his observations on weekdays, will he think that he will surpass Uchiha Itachi soon?


    "Don''t talk about their brother''s mess."


    Uehara Naraku was serious, and said softly to Kisame Kisame: "Okay, let''s get down to business! Hei Ze will come to you soon, because Obito Uchiha betrayed him, and he probably hopes that you will no longer be loyal to Obito Uchiha. , so have you figured out how to answer?"


    "Oh?"


    Kisame Kisame showed surprise at the right time, and after a while he suddenly blinked his small eyes: "May I ask, why did Obito Uchiha betray you?"


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    "Oh, he didn''t betray, he was just killed by me."


    Facing a subordinate like Kisame who is so clear about priorities, Uehara Naraku will not doubt his loyalty.


    Kisame Kisame nodded, and said in a deep voice, "Understood, I will continue to lurk beside Heijue and investigate his information."


    Isn''t it just letting him be a spy?


    How simple it is!


    However, after Uehara Naraku left, when Hei Ze really came, Kanshi Kisame felt that his thinking was too simple.


    Hei Ze revealed Uchiha Obito''s betrayal.


    Kisame Kisame said that he is only loyal to the Eye of the Moon project.


    Heijue expressed that he was very satisfied with Kisame''s attitude, and told him that he was not alone: ??"Don''t worry, Akatsuki''s intern Uehara Naraku is also our partner, and you must unconditionally support any of his actions in the future."


    "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark was completely dumbfounded.


    Naraku Uehara, what kind of magic operation is this?


    There are only two people in the ninja world who support the Eye of the Black Moon, one is Naraku Uehara and the other is Kisame Kisame. Does this still require him to continue to be a spy?


    The entire Moon Eye headquarters has been emptied, right?


    "Don''t think that Uehara underestimated him because he was young."


    Hei Jue looked at the startled Kisame Kisame, and softly persuaded him: "In the future, in the organization, don''t always bully Uehara. He is a simple-minded little guy. He only knows how to study ninjutsu in the past few years. His power is far away. Beyond your imagination."


    "Oh, I see."


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned at his mouth full of shark teeth, how strong his boss is, can he not know as a subordinate?


    Gan Shi Guixie sighed inwardly, mourned for Hei Jue for a few seconds, nodded calmly and said: "Then I will cooperate with him well in the future."


    Uehara-sama, it''s really outrageous!

 Chapter 170

    Uehara Naraku didn''t care what Kisame Kisame thought, why should he care about what his subordinates complained about him when he was a man behind the scenes?


    Uehara Naraku is more concerned about the actions of Muye Village and Yanyin Village.


    Not surprisingly.


    The destruction of Caoyin Village broke out after two days of brewing. Konoha ninjas and Iwagakure ninjas frantically moved around the country of grass like wolves smelling fishy, ??trying to seize more territory.


    After losing the intermediate zone of Hidden Grass Village and the Country of Grass, the two superpowers, the Land of Earth and the Land of Fire, are directly bordering each other, and it looks like a war may break out at any time.


    Even though the three generations of Tsuchikage, the two scales Onogi and the fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade tried their best to contain the atmosphere of war, they still inevitably had to deploy too many ninja troops in the country of grass to rob a share of the interests of their respective countries.


    In this situation, the most suitable opportunity to sneak into Konoha has come.


    A small town on the border of Tianzhi Country.


    Uehara Naraku sat in the busiest restaurant in this small town, ordered a large table of dishes, and ate here slowly, looking like the last meal of his life.


    After a while, after drinking the juice and having a full stomach, the restaurant owner came to collect the money with an anxious look.


    Naraku Uehara raised three fingers and said with a soft smile: "Don''t worry, someone will pay the bill in three seconds... Three, two, one!"


    Uehara Naraku had already used his destiny skill to observe everything around him, and the head of the nearest Orochimaru was walking towards this restaurant, just enough to help him pay the bill.


    After counting the numbers, Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at a man wearing a bamboo hat who came in from the restaurant, and said loudly, "Hey, can you help me pay for this meal?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru, who was pretending to be an ordinary person, cursed a few words in his heart, probably knowing that Uehara Naraku had recognized his identity, so he had no choice but to take out a few banknotes.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    After the two meet, the first destination is Longdi Cave.


    Orochimaru''s idea is to let Uehara Naraku go to see the White Snake Immortal. With this brat''s arrogant attitude, he will definitely be killed by the White Snake Immortal.


    Anyway, Konoha''s Forbidden Art Orochimaru has learned everything that should be learned, and he has learned as much as he can. He personally has no demand for the drop of the copy of Konoha Forbidden Art Room.


    Naraku Uehara did not object either.


    "Mr. Oshemaru, it seems that you have great confidence in Immortal White Snake!"


    Of course Uehara Naraku also saw through Dashewan''s thoughts, and just smiled lightly: "Are you so confident that the White Snake Immortal can kill me?"


    Orochimaru also tacitly understood this, with a mysterious smile on his face: "Naraku-kun wants to find a tomb, so naturally I will do my best."


    The two partners looked like they could turn their faces at any time.


    It''s just that the location of Longdi Cave is a bit weird.


    Uehara Naraku followed Orochimaru for a long time, and after two or three days, they finally saw a weird little ruined temple.


    This is a temple arranged by illusion.


    When Uehara Naraku and Orochimaru entered it, the system panel prompted Uehara Naraku to discover Ryuji Cave, one of the three holy places.


    Side mission: Find the location of Longdi Cave (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 1000 points of life energy, 1000 points of chakra energy, and 1000 points of natural energy.


    As the three unknowable sacred places in the ninja world, Ryuji Cave has always been mysterious, and many people are probably curious about its location.


    Such generous rewards are also normal.


    After Uehara Naraku entered, he suddenly received a new reward.


    Side quest: Enter the Longdi Cave (1/1), the Holy Land of Immortals, the quest has been completed, and reward natural energy extraction recovery effect +100%.


    Naraku Uehara took a look at his natural energy extraction speed, and it has become 12 points per second, which has exceeded the recovery speed of life energy.


    Interesting.


    It is indeed a place of treasure.


    He was already very satisfied with the rewards just for signing and punching a card. After he defeated the White Snake Immortal, what else would he be rewarded with?


    Uehara Naraku looked at the small snakes on the ground pacing and circling on the ground, and then they burrowed into the cave one by one. These should be the animals on guard outside Ryuchi Cave.


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help being curious: "Hey, Orochimaru, is there a kind of snake that can suddenly turn into an ancient beauty singing a song?"


    "Hmph, you think too much."


    Orochimaru looked contemptuously at Uehara Naraku, smiled and said: "It''s too late to regret it now, after a while after seeing the White Snake Immortal, it''s too late for you!"


    "Tsk..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head.


    Until now, he will not back down.


    In case it is really as scary as Orochimaru said, at worst, he can just drive invincible and leave!


    However, this dragon cave seemed to have no specific length, until they walked for a long time, and saw another ruined temple!


    Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head and looked at Orochimaru: "What''s the situation? Or is it disguised with illusion?"


    "I am not sure as well."


    Orochimaru shook his head inexplicably.


    It shouldn''t be like this in the past!


    After he came here before, he saw the White Snake Immortal when he entered the ruined temple, and occasionally he had to go through the long Longdi Cave.


    However, judging from the current situation, they seem to have come to the lower cave of Longdi Cave. Is the White Snake Immortal unwilling to see them?


    Orochimaru thought of this, and explained softly: "The White Snake Immortal may think that Naraku-kun is not qualified to sign a contract, so he refuses to meet you..."


    After finishing speaking, Orochimaru shook his head lightly and said, "It''s not that easy to obtain the qualifications for a psychic contract in the Immortal Holy Land. Naraku-kun, let''s go!"


    "Are you serious?"


    Uehara Naraku stared at Orochimaru closely, and raised his eyebrows: "You promised me this, if I didn''t get the psychic contract of Ry¨±ji Cave, if you have been in debt, you have to pay for this It pays a lot of interest!"


    "..."


    Orochimaru wanted to curse again.


    The White Snake Immortal in Longdi Cave doesn''t want to see you. They made it clear that they don''t want to sign a psychic blood contract with you. Why are you bothering me?


    Is it because he is easy to bully?


    Damn, do you have any brains to catch a person and bully him to death?


    The rabbit is in a hurry and bites!


    What''s more, he is a sinister and vicious poisonous snake!


    Dashewan''s body stiffened for a while, and he wanted to blame the White Snake Immortal again. I brought all the people here, why didn''t you come out to do it!


    If Uehara Naraku fails, he will send out a powerful snake to swallow people up. Maybe the snake sent out may be a bit weak and will be killed by Uehara Naraku, but let''s show Ryujidong''s attitude anyway!


    "Let''s go, let''s go deep underground!"


    Uehara Naraku was not idle either, but quietly activated his destiny skills to check for the traces of the White Snake Immortal, but a huge white snake head was close at hand, but there were no snakes here!


    "Fire Escape ¡¤ Flame Storm!"


    Uehara Naraku waved his palm and summoned a flame storm, trying to destroy the weird and dilapidated temple in front of him, but after the flame storm passed through the temple, it just turned into a cloud of smoke and dissipated.


    "I didn''t expect Naraku-kun to be good at fire escape ninjutsu!"


    The corners of Orochimaru''s eyes froze for a second, this was the first time he had seen a powerful fire ninjutsu, even Jiraiya and Sarutobi Hiruzen might not be as good!


    Fire escape in the ninja world has only B-level ninjutsu at most.


    No one has ever seen a forbidden technique at the level of fire escape.


    Even Jiraiya only relied on the combination of fire, oil, and wind to make Huodun far more powerful than others.


    "Let''s go!"


    Uehara Naraku did not explain too much.


    Dragon Cave.


    In a deep temple.


    A thick giant snake was entrenched on the seat of the main hall of the temple, and a psychic blood contract scroll was hung above its head. A group of thick and long snakes circled around the floor, spitting out a snake core from time to time.


    A puff of smoke floated above the main hall of the temple, and it showed the traces of Uehara Naraku and Orochimaru.


    Obviously the White Snake Immortal has been monitoring everything here.


    "Why haven''t they left yet?"


    The White Snake Immortal slowly rolled up his body, looked at Uehara Naraku shown in the smoke with some hesitation, and said in a urn voice: "Obviously there are other types of powerful natural energy on his body, why do you want the psychic contract of Ryuchi Cave? "


    That young ninja is a little weird.


    Immortal White Snake was a little reluctant to see him.


    And a fairy like it, who has been active for thousands of years, has long been able to deduce some unknown possibilities from the current events.


    That youth ninja is also dangerous.


    It would be dangerous to meet him rashly.


    This is the keen intuition of Immortal White Snake for thousands of years!


    Immortal White Snake spat out the snake core, and said coldly, "Da Shewan, what on earth do you want to bring this man here? Doesn''t he know the rules of the Three Great Sacred Lands!"

 Chapter 171

    Things are getting a little weird.


    The White Snake Immortal has always avoided Uehara Naraku.


    During the journey of the two, there were only small white snakes in the empty cave, not even a long snake that was bigger enough to make snake soup.


    A ball of fire suddenly shot out from Uehara Naraku''s hand, and it shot forward to illuminate the road, and also drove back a group of little white snakes who were spying on them.


    "White Snake Immortal, what does this mean?"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression became more and more ugly, his eyes revealed a touch of gold, and instantly started the hunting rhythm to observe everything nearby.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the little white snakes swimming into the depths of the cave, and said coldly: "Even if Ryuchi Cave doesn''t welcome me, at least send a snake to say something? If there is no reason, how dare I turn my face directly!"


    "..."


    Orochimaru frowned slightly.


    To be honest, Orochimaru is also very curious about this question.


    However, at this moment, a little white snake suddenly emerged from the ground, crawled along Dashewan''s legs and onto his shoulder, and the snake core kept spewing out as if saying something.


    Dashemaru looked at the little white snake on his body with a puzzled expression, the expression on his face was a bit uncomfortable, obviously he understood the snake language that the little white snake said.


    "Let me drive this kid out of Longdi Cave?"


    Orochimaru slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku next to him, the corners of his eyes twitched slightly, if he had the ability, would he still bring Uehara Naraku in!


    Immortal White Snake is clearly confused about the situation!


    Click!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly reached out and pinched the little white snake on Dashemaru''s shoulder, looked at the shivering little thing with cold eyes, and said softly: "Go and tell the white snake fairy that it didn''t come out to greet me, and it doesn''t respect me very much. Burn this place!"


    "hiss!"


    The next moment, the shivering little white snake grew up instantly!


    Just in the blink of an eye, the white snake with long and short chopsticks just now turned into a giant python with a length of tens of meters, and swallowed it down at Uehara Naraku.


    This is really not scientific at all!


    Boom!


    Uehara punched it on the head, punching the white python''s head out of a huge pit, killing it instantly!


    Naraku Uehara shook off the blood on his hand, and raised the corner of his mouth: "Mr. Orochimaru, you saw that it was the members of Ryuji Cave who attacked me first."


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    What the hell is this?


    A guy who speaks so arrogantly, humiliating the White Snake Immortal, and talking about burning down the Longdi Cave, why didn''t he attack you?


    After Uehara Naraku finished his sentence, a cloud of mist suddenly rose from the cave, rushing towards Uehara Naraku and Orochimaru.


    "Go and kill him."


    An old voice came to Uehara Naraku''s ears from the mist.


    The next moment, three stout boa constrictors sprang out of the mist, rushing towards Uehara Naraku, each of which was almost as big as ten thousand snakes!


    The figure of each boa constrictor seems to be fragmented, sometimes dissipating and sometimes appearing, which makes people a little dumbfounded!


    Obviously, the identities of these three pythons are not ordinary, they should be thugs similar to the three brothers Hamo Wentai in Longdi Cave, right?


    "It''s invisibility... the blade of the void!"


    A mysterious smile appeared on the corner of Naraku Uehara''s mouth, and he slowly stretched out his palm, and a blade of nothingness with an extremely irregular shape appeared in his hand.


    "Walking in the void!"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared, and suddenly appeared on the head of one of the giant pythons. He swung the blade of the void in his hand violently, and pierced the giant python''s head!


    Uehara Naraku was slightly surprised to see that the scales on the giant python''s head were extremely hard, and even the blade of the void could only penetrate a little.


    The other two giant pythons found his trace, and after disappearing in an instant, one of the giant pythons appeared next to Uehara, and opened its mouth to swallow Uehara into its belly!


    "I flow profound meaning! Smoke screen! Immortal mode is on!"


    After the cloud of smoke dissipated, Uehara Naraku quickly replenished his own chakra, and when the chakra energy was consistent with the natural energy, he instantly turned on the fairy mode!


    Two pairs of white wings appeared from behind Uehara Naraku, and his life energy was bursting directly, no matter the strength or speed, it was far beyond what these giant pythons could capture!


    boom!


    Blood rained down all over the sky!


    A boa constrictor was punched in the head by Uehara Naraku!


    Juli caused the inside of the python''s body to collapse directly, and cracks appeared in the scales all over its body. Blood flowed out from the cracks and wrapped its whole body, turning it into a blood python. It seems that it will not live long.


    "hiss!"


    The remaining two giant pythons almost went mad and rushed towards Uehara Naraku again, but their bodies were still invisible and visible from time to time!


    "Stop."


    The old voice came from the mist again.


    The two giant pythons looked back at the mist unwillingly, and then at Uehara Naraku who was carrying four wings in front of him, after all, they swam away reluctantly.


    Seeing this scene, Orochimaru chuckled and said, "I thought Naraku-kun would kill them all! When I was in Ry¨±ji Cave, I suffered a lot from them..."


    "Tsk, these are my future subordinates."


    Uehara Naraku''s wings were hanging by his side, and he said with a light smile, "Mr. Orochimaru, didn''t you say that as long as I defeat the White Snake Immortal, it will recognize me as its master?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s face froze suddenly.


    However, the fog in the cave suddenly changed drastically, and everyone knew that the owner of the cave must be very angry now.


    Just don''t know who it''s aimed at.


    After a while, the mist finally stabilized and gradually spread outward, slowly wrapping around Uehara Naraku and Orochimaru.


    Immediately afterwards, the fog slowly dissipated.


    Uehara Naraku looked up and looked around, and saw that they were already in an old and tall temple, and a huge white phosphorous snake was entangled on the seat above the temple.


    The body of this white phosphorous serpent is unusually large, and the huge seat can only accommodate a part of its body, and its entire body spreads across the entire temple, and even protrudes outside the temple. It is impossible to see its real body. how long.


    Above the head of this white phosphorous serpent is a terrifyingly huge beast face with a huge scroll in its mouth.


    The name of Longdi Cave is written on the scroll.


    The White Snake Immortal on the seat glared at Uehara Naraku, slowly crawled towards him, and said in a low voice, "A new Immortal? A newly born Immortal clan? Do you want to challenge the power of Ryuji Cave?"


    For thousands of years, there have been battles in the three holy places.


    Strictly speaking, the wet bone forest is listed separately. It is estimated that except for the white snake fairy in Longdidong and the big toad fairy in Miaomu Mountain, no one would dare to go to the wet bone forest of the slug fairy.


    Only the toads in Mt. Miaomu and the snakes in Ry¨±ji Cave often fight.


    They are mainly to snatch the rich natural energy territory. For example, Toad Bunta once killed a snake that entered Miaomu Mountain.


    The white snake sage saw Uehara Naraku''s sage mode, and it probably thought that Uehara Naraku was here to snatch Ry¨±ji Cave, a blessed place rich in natural energy.


    The white phosphorous Orochimaru sitting on the seat slowly straightened up again, looked down at Orochimaru on the ground and said: "Oshewan, I gave you the opportunity to sign the Ry¨±ji Cave Blood Pact when you were young, but you But it attracted other immortal clans to attack Longdi Cave..."


    "Let me explain."


    Orochimaru spread his palms with a smile, hiding the shock in his eyes.


    Originally, he thought that he had overestimated Uehara Naraku''s strength enough, but unexpectedly, he still underestimated it by a large margin. This little ghost has cultivated into a fairy mode!


    It''s even a certain ethnic group outside the Three Holy Lands!


    This seems normal, after all, Uehara Naraku has many powerful psychic beasts in his hands!


    Orochimaru calmed down his emotions, and continued the plan of misfortune: "White Snake Immortal, that''s just a joke. The Uehara Naraku next to me is a genius ninja who really wants to challenge White Snake Immortal, so I brought him here to here."


    "No, I just want the psychic contract of Longdi Cave."


    After Naraku Uehara chuckled, he slowly raised his head and looked at the psychic blood contract on the head of Immortal White Snake. The reward for getting the psychic contract is definitely not low!


    "???"


    Orochimaru''s smile froze on his face.


    What does Uehara Naraku, the little bastard, mean? Is it because he feels that he can''t beat the White Snake Immortal, and he wants to trick him when the situation comes to an end?


    Is it interesting to always cheat him?


    Uehara Naraku saw that Orochimaru''s expression was a little broken, and after a chuckle, the expression on his face gradually became serious: "Okay, I''m just kidding, I want the contract scroll of Ryuji Cave, a psychic like the White Snake Immortal Beast, I want it too!"


    "Newborn brats are always so brazen...well..."


    The White Snake Immortal slowly returned to his seat, its voice gradually lowered, and it didn''t seem to respond.


    In the next second, the terrain of the entire area changed drastically!


    Uehara Naraku raised his head suddenly, only to see that the temple had produced countless sharp thorns, and they rushed towards them at a fast speed. The most important thing is that this small area cannot accommodate other original settlements. point!


    this is¡­


    A blade of void appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hand instantly, and cut off a piece of sharp thorns suddenly, but still couldn''t stop the formation of these sharp thorns!


    Even Orochimaru was completely controlled by Rithorn.


    Even Immortal White Snake was surrounded by dense thorns.


    It''s just that its body can change at any time, sometimes getting bigger and sometimes getting smaller, shuttling through this dead jungle created by sharp thorns!


    "Immortal Law: Inorganic Reincarnation."


    Immortal White Snake opened his mouth in a low voice, opened his eyes again, and said slowly: "Everything here is under my control, and you have no advantage in fighting here, brat, tell me your ethnic group!"


    This statement is not without basis.


    Longdi Cave was originally the residence of the White Snake Immortal.


    This is the most suitable area for it to fight, no one can defeat it here, not even the slug fairy who restrains it!


    "Fire Escape ¡¤ Flame Storm!"


    A blazing flame appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hands, burning the sharp thorns that came one after another, but these sharp thorns could not be burned, and they still could not change the situation of the battle!


    It''s a bit careless!


    If I remember correctly, in history, Pharmacist Doudou could also use the Immortal Method Inorganic Reincarnation, but it didn''t seem to show such a powerful power at all. Now it seems that Pharmacist Doudou was too good at himself, and it was too different from the Inorganic Reincarnation of the White Snake Immortal. too much.


    The inorganic reincarnation used by the White Snake Immortal made Uehara Naraku unable to even find a foothold. Even if the sharp thorns made by these inorganic substances were destroyed, they would be regenerated at a faster speed.


    Naraku Uehara quickly opened the moment of the Holy Judgment, and the golden mask instantly resisted a group of sharp thorns attacking densely, and couldn''t help frowning.


    Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his palm towards the White Snake Immortal, and a chain passed between a person and a snake. Uehara Naraku simply used his own way to steal the White Snake Immortal''s spell to see if there is a way to break it .


    However, after Uehara Naraku saw the stolen technique, he almost scolded the skills for nonsense. Why did he steal the White Snake Immortal because he stole a skill to observe the history of the past thousand years in the ninja world.


    There''s a fucking use for this!


    In the millennium history of the ninja world, Hara Naraku didn''t say anything about it, but the most important thing about the Otsutsuki family was that Uehara was very clear.


    Void walk!


    Uehara Naraku''s body disappeared in an instant, and the next moment he appeared in the cave outside the temple, but the entire cave was covered by dense thorns!


    Uehara Naraku could only wave the Void Blade to find a foothold for himself, and he finally got a glimpse of the whole picture of the White Snake Immortal.


    A white phosphorous snake with no end in sight!


    Moreover, the body of this white snake is swimming among the sharp thorns very quickly, its body sometimes expands and sometimes shrinks, and even when it cannot pass through the sharp thorns, it will turn into a cloud of mist!


    How can I fight this?


    Uehara Naraku is not well.


    The battlefield was already against him. The White Snake Immortal could walk through the jungle made up of sharp thorns in Ryuchi Cave without hindrance, but Uehara Naraku still needed to use the Void Blade to carve out a foothold for himself.


    Even he can''t cancel the invincibility at the moment of the holy judgment, otherwise he will be pierced through the body by countless sharp thorns in an instant!


    The White Snake Immortal didn''t use his full strength at all, he just used a trick called Inorganic Reincarnation to endow inorganic objects with life and manipulate them to attack, putting Uehara Naraku directly at a disadvantage.


    Damn, changing the battlefield is too annoying.


    "Surrender, brat."


    The White Snake Immortal''s body was slowly wrapped around a sharp thorn, and he persuaded in a loud voice: "Little ghost, tell me the name of your group, and I can spare your life for the sake of a new group."


    "Hehe...it''s just a long worm."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head to look at the White Snake Immortal, folded his palms and shouted in a low voice: "Ninjutsu, psychic art!"


    This time he still tried to channel Galio out.


    The White Snake Immortal shook his head, and sighed softly: "The natural energy of Longdi Cave is too rich, and there is a psychic restriction enchantment that I set up. Except for snake creatures, it is impossible for any ninja beast to get here through psychic..."


    as expected.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help frowning, wasting chakra for nothing, but didn''t see Galio, how strong is the White Snake Immortal, even spirit beasts can''t travel here!


    Fortunately, he does have a snake-like psychic beast.


    Well, if snake people can be considered snakes.


    "Ninjutsu, psychic technique!"


    Uehara Naraku was not in a hurry, but quickly cast his psychic spell again: "Then let me see how beautiful the skin of the soul lotus is!"


    There was a sound of smoke.


    A beautiful white tail slammed a piece of sharp thorns, and a charming female voice suddenly appeared in Longdi Cave: "The environment here is really suitable for me!"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but look up, only to see a lavender graceful robe, wrapped in a delicate and seductive body.


    A woman hooked the corner of her mouth and showed an evil smile. Her face made people involuntarily want to find a word to describe it, sexy, seductive, alluring?


    It''s a pity that her lower body is a snake''s tail!


    Cassiopeia (soul lotus) embraced by the magic snake!


    Uehara Naraku looked at her body and couldn''t help feeling a little regretful, but he couldn''t help thinking of two men, one surnamed Xu and the other surnamed Li.


    How can you blame others for this kind of thing?


    But it''s good to be able to get out of the psychic now.


    Uehara Naraku finally breathed a sigh of relief. It seems that Cassiopeia, a psychic beast, should not be too weak. After all, it is only a chakra that consumes as much as Galio can psychic.


    In the next second, Uehara Naraku''s expression collapsed!


    The White Snake Immortal just glanced at Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast, and instantly manipulated countless barbs to penetrate Cassiopeia''s body, directly turning the newly psychic snake girl into a puff of smoke to dissipate.


    Naraku Uehara watched the seductive figure of the snake girl disappear, and his face suddenly darkened: "So many chakras come out without any decent resistance, and they can''t help you at all in the battle. Let you Can you come out and do something?"

 Chapter 172

    Damn, it''s outrageous!


    Uehara Naraku scolded the snake girl in his heart, and he swore that he would never use the snake girl''s psychic contract again, and now he can only rely on himself.


    A golden mask surrounded Uehara Naraku''s body, resisting the attacks of sharp thorns for him, barely allowing him to survive in the Ry¨±chi Cave.


    Void walk!


    Uehara Naraku''s body suddenly appeared beside the White Snake Immortal, and he grabbed the blade of the void and slashed towards the White Snake Immortal''s body!


    In essence, Yuan didn''t expect physical attacks to be effective at all. The White Snake Immortal, a power that can manipulate all terrains in Longdi Cave, has too many countermeasures.


    However, the White Snake Immortal may have allowed Uehara Naraku to cut it down, perhaps to show his strength, and saw that the part attacked by the Void Blade turned into a puff of smoke.


    What the hell!


    Are physical attacks actually ineffective against the White Snake Immortal?


    Uehara Naraku stayed for a while, his mood gradually became heavy, and he began to release endless ninjutsu towards the White Snake Immortal: "Fire escape, flame storm! Fire escape, pillar of flames! Wind escape, hurricane whistling! Thunder escape, ten thousand thunder prison lead !"


    In the blink of an eye, almost all of Uehara Naraku''s attack skills were released towards the White Snake Immortal, and endless flames, lightning, explosions and hurricanes enveloped the White Snake Immortal''s body!


    However, at this moment, the attacked body of the White Snake Immortal still turned into a puff of smoke, avoiding all ninjutsu attacks, and Uehara Naraku''s brows twitched.


    Even the giant shark attack was used by Naraku Uehara.


    A giant void shark bit a section of the White Snake Immortal''s body and then disappeared, but it still had no effect on the White Snake Immortal.


    As if it was unharmed, it reappeared its own figure.


    "Is the soul attack also ineffective?"


    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became extremely ugly.


    Is there something wrong with this White Snake Immortal?


    Naraku Uehara quietly used his purification skills. He thought he had been hit by an illusion, but everything in front of him remained unchanged.


    Damn, Immortal White Snake is too strong!


    Why does the Toad Immortal of Miaomu Mountain look very weak, and looks like he can make a roasted frog at any time? How come the White Snake Immortal is so strong when it is his turn!


    Uehara Naraku felt that he had really kicked the iron plate!


    "If you just use the Moment of the Holy Judgment, Chakra can last for a while. If you don''t see a turning point after another five minutes, Chakra can still recover. If the natural energy recovery speed can''t keep up, you must release the immortal. The mode uses the normal state..."


    Uehara Naraku was thinking about his physical condition, staring at Immortal White Snake more and more solemnly, and his brain began to work rapidly.


    However, Uehara Naraku couldn''t figure this out anyway.


    Why wouldn''t the White Snake Immortal''s body suffer any harm?


    Unexpectedly, Orochimaru, who had been trapped by the White Snake Immortal all this time, suddenly burst into laughter and said, "Hohohoho... Naraku-kun, I seem to understand it!"


    "what?"


    Naraku Uehara frowned, looked at Orochimaru and said, "Hey, Orochimaru, what do you guys understand?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s smile stiffened suddenly. He did understand a little bit, but he really didn''t want to tell Naraku Uehara that he was probably the only one in the ninja world who could understand the fighting style of the White Snake Immortal, right?


    No, or you can understand the real body of Immortal White Snake!


    Orochimaru turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said with a light smile: "Naraku-kun, do you want to know? But I just won''t tell you..."


    Orochimaru even said triumphantly: "I just want to see the picture of you who want to know and want to ask me but know that I won''t tell..."


    Orochimaru felt so refreshed!


    Damn, this feeling is really cool!


    Uehara Naraku, the little bastard, had been humiliating him so much before, and he was unhappy with the reincarnation of karma. Now it''s his turn to humiliate Uehara Naraku!


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but frowned. Orochimaru''s expression of vengeance to avenge the villain''s success really made him a little unaccustomed...


    After a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly said: "White Snake Immortal, I think Orochimaru may really know your secret, and I may force him to tell me after a while, do you think he will tell me?"


    "..."


    Immortal White Snake didn''t answer.


    Obviously it has considered this issue long ago.


    The next moment, I saw sharp thorns piercing Dashewan''s body in an instant!


    No matter whether Orochimaru really sees through its secrets, it must not leave any disasters behind. This is the character of snakes, harming others to benefit themselves, vicious and cunning!


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    And Orochimaru''s reaction was also very fast. He felt bad after hearing Uehara Naraku''s words. He hated himself for talking too much. In an instant, he spit out another person with a snake''s head in his mouth, and fled along the gap of sharp thorns. !


    However, the White Snake Immortal did not intend to let him go, one sharp thorn after another quickly blocked Da Shewan''s way!


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes, looked at Oshemaru and smiled lightly: "Mr. Oshemaru, remember not to be mean in the future, and don''t say what you shouldn''t say..."


    "asshole!"


    Orochimaru glanced at Uehara Naraku with hatred!


    Now he is also being chased and killed by the White Snake Immortal. Although part of the reason is that he is too proud, it is not because of the little bastard Uehara Naraku''s words to provoke him.


    Fortunately, the two are standing on the same front.


    At least in Uehara Naraku''s view, Orochimaru was in the same camp as him, so Uehara Naraku was not ambiguous, and asked directly: "Mr. "


    "Brat!"


    Orochimaru stared fiercely at Naraku Uehara, gritted his teeth and said, "Naraku Uehara, are you begging for help now?"


    "I gave you face!"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression turned cold in an instant: "I can leave here at any time, but Mr. Orochimaru, you may not be able to? After I leave here, I will go to Konoha to report to Tsunade that you left something on Mitarai Anko''s neck! "


    "..."


    Orochimaru suppressed his urge to swear, glanced at the golden mask on Uehara Naraku''s body, and couldn''t help showing a hint of envy in his eyes.


    After thinking for a while, Orochimaru gritted his teeth and said, "Okay, I can tell you, but you must agree to one condition!"


    Damn, what kind of development is this!


    Obviously he should have the initiative right now, but he has become the doormat between Uehara Naraku and White Snake Immortal, both guys are bullying him!


    Now being threatened by Uehara Naraku again, Orochimaru is a bit reluctant, and wants to see if he can get Uehara Naraku''s lure...


    "You talk about the conditions first."


    Uehara Naraku smashed a sharp thorn with a punch, rescued Orochimaru from a dangerous situation, and even patted the dust on his body kindly: "We are old friends, the most important thing is fairness trade."


    "..."


    Orochimaru cast him a suspicious look.


    Naraku Uehara might not even believe this, right?


    This guy always trades his life to make a deal with him, acting like if I spare your life, you owe me a lot of favors.


    Isn''t it blackmail?


    However, seeing that Uehara Naraku did not expressly object, Orochimaru also planned to temporarily forget the past, and said softly: "Then my condition is..."


    "Immortal Technique: The Technique of Baiji!"


    The White Snake Immortal suddenly opened his mouth and spit out a virtual giant bead-holding snake, and saw the white snake twirling crazily in the air, bursting out a dazzling glare!


    For a split second, Naraku Uehara and Orochimaru couldn''t see anything clearly, and couldn''t even hear anything said to each other!


    Uehara Naraku thought of the various effects of the white shock technique, saw the painful Orochimaru beside him, and stretched out his palm helplessly: "Reincarnation is desperate!"


    Only in the desperate situation of reincarnation can we temporarily escape from the predicament in front of us!


    By creating an absolute space field, Naraku Uehara and Orochimaru can have a space to talk, and it also allows them to avoid the attack of the white shock technique.


    It also happened to let Uehara Naraku save Chakra a little bit.


    The next moment, an absolute spatial field pulled Uehara Naraku and Orochimaru into it, and this scene couldn''t help but slightly shocked Orochimaru.


    In this space field, it is completely barren!


    As far as the eye can see, there is almost no hope, and the area that catches the eye is full of lifeless colors!


    "Is this the pure land of the underworld?"


    "Yes, we are all in the underworld."


    Naraku Uehara hugged his arm, looked at Oshemaru and said, "Oshemaru, we have all been killed, can you tell me the secret of the White Snake Immortal now?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru suddenly turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara, and giggled: "Mr. Naraku, do you want to use this method to extract information from me? This is not in line with the fair trade you advocate. !"


    Uehara Naraku''s face darkened, and he said in a cold voice: "Hey, Orochimaru, I saved your life in the attack of the white shock technique, at least you should know how to be grateful, right?"


    "Ok."


    Orochimaru looked at Uehara Naraku slowly, and said softly: "My condition is that if one day Naraku-kun practices the reincarnation of the corpse, please allow the two of us to exchange bodies for three years, so that the two of us may It can achieve cyclical longevity!"


    This condition cannot be more lenient.


    It''s just that Dashewan was a little tender when he said it.


    This is really normal, Orochimaru is indeed envious of Uehara Naraku''s body, although there is no blood succession, but he can practice the immortal mode!


    But Orochimaru has something in his heart.


    No matter what method he uses, it is impossible to get Uehara Naraku''s body, so it is better to lure Uehara Naraku to practice immortal reincarnation.


    When the three-year period is up, the two of them can try to use each other''s shells. In this way, wouldn''t they be able to live forever without any effort?


    Uehara Naraku''s body trembled, a little disgusted, subconsciously raised his arms, and shook his head hastily.


    "Let''s change the conditions! I don''t know how to practice undead reincarnation, and I won''t tell other irrelevant people about the weakness of the soul that will become fragile if I reincarnate too many times, and I''m afraid of illusions. Now I can tell the white snake fairy Is it a secret?"


    "Ok?"


    Orochimaru''s eyes twitched. This little bastard is really a ninjutsu genius. He didn''t even pass any experiments to judge his physical condition.


    Da Shewan covered his lips and coughed a few times, then said softly: "Forget it, at least we are in the same camp, the biggest secret of the White Snake Immortal is that its body is also composed of inorganic substances, what we see is not the true face of the White Snake Immortal. "


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help digging out his ears: "Sorry, my academic performance is not very good, can you say something that I can understand..."


    "Do you understand inorganic matter?"


    Orochimaru''s forehead jumped, suppressing his anger.


    Naraku Uehara shook his head obediently and honestly: "I don''t understand, I only heard of organic matter, organic vegetables, etc..."


    "Then let me put it another way."


    Orochimaru rubbed his forehead, and said in a deep voice: "The body of the White Snake Immortal is covered by a layer of material that can change shape at any time with the magic chakra. It can be scales, it can be air, or it can be soil. , do you understand what I mean?"


    Naraku Uehara barely understood the meaning of Orochimaru: "Isn''t this just a layer of armor added to the outside? The real White Snake Immortal is wrapped in its body? That is to say, the White Snake Immortal is always using the immortal technique of inorganic reincarnation to maintain the appearance Body?"


    "perhaps."


    Orochimaru shook his head dully: "White Snake Immortal is the most mysterious Immortal in the ninja world, who knows where it will hide itself?"


    Uehara Naraku nodded along the way: "Yes, snakes should be as afraid of death as Mr. Orochimaru, they can escape from danger at any time and even have a chance of resurrection."


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s expression turned ugly again.


    Although he really cherished his life, he always felt a little ashamed when he said it from Uehara Naraku''s mouth. Can''t this little bastard speak well?


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out a Void Blade in his hand, and said in a deep voice: "Now that we know its information, it''s not that difficult to deal with it..."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara glanced at Orochimaru again, this guy''s wisdom is indeed amazing.


    Uehara Naraku turned his head and said seriously: "Mr. Oshemaru, I hope we can cooperate sincerely in the future. Look how good the two of us are when we cooperate. Why do you have to fight against me?"


    "...I am against you!"


    Orochimaru gritted his teeth, and looked at Uehara Naraku viciously: "Don''t you, kid, keep troubling me!"


    "Okay, okay, I forgive you!"


    "But I will never forgive you!"


    Orochimaru turned his head angrily, and every time he communicated with Uehara Naraku, Orochimaru felt that he would be half-dead by him.


    Uehara Naraku waved away the impasse of reincarnation, and Dashemaru reappeared in the Ryuji Cave again, and slowly set his eyes on the White Snake Immortal, hooking the corner of his mouth: "Very well, the next step is to collect It''s time for spirit beasts!"

 Chapter 173

    Orochimaru guessed right.


    The White Snake Immortal has a huge amount of magic chakra in his body, coupled with the rich natural energy of Ryuji Cave, it is enough for it to compose its own body with inorganic substances at all times, which means that Naraku Uehara has never attacked the real body of the White Snake Immortal .


    Orochimaru chuckled and said: "The inorganic matter on the body of the White Snake Immortal is both matter and pure life. Fire escape ninjutsu is useless..."


    "Understood, then destroy all of its body!"


    Uehara Naraku took a deep breath and looked at the snake body of the White Snake Immortal. Even now, he couldn''t see the end of the length of the White Snake Immortal''s body. Is it true that the length of the Longdi Cave is the length of the White Snake Immortal''s body? ?


    Life form energy rays!


    Naraku Uehara quickly closed his palms, and a purple energy ray shot out from his eyes. This skill, which he hadn''t used for a long time, showed great power this time!


    Inorganic reincarnation can give life to inorganic objects, and Uehara Naraku''s energy rays can directly decompose all life!


    When the purple energy shot into Immortal White Snake''s body, it actually began to disintegrate the fog on its body. This scene made Immortal White Snake froze!


    "What an amazing kid!"


    In the next quarter of an hour, the White Snake Immortal turned into countless tiny white snakes in an instant and swam into the depths of Longdi Cave. No matter how powerful the purple energy ray was, it could not kill all the white snakes, let alone find out who the White Snake Immortal was. Real body.


    Just when Naraku Uehara was planning to use life-form energy rays to destroy the entire Ryuji Cave and dig out traces of the White Snake Immortal, all the sharp thorns in the Ryuji Cave faded away!


    A scroll suddenly rolled out.


    Obviously that is the scroll of the psychic contract in Longdi Cave.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Seeing this scene, Hara Naraku and Orochimaru''s eyelids twitched.


    What the hell is this? When it saw a chance to defeat the White Snake Immortal, it actually gave up? How can it admit cowardice!


    The pants are all off here!


    No, here Uehara Naraku was about to start preparing for a protracted battle, but the White Snake Immortal just gave up?


    What about the majesty of one of your three holy places!


    "The psychic contract scroll you want."


    An old voice came from the cave sticking out.


    After Uehara Naraku opened the scroll of the psychic contract, he raised his eyebrows and suddenly asked, "The psychic beast I want is not a waste like Wan Snake!"


    "I know."


    The White Snake Immortal hidden deep in the cave responded with a urn voice: "If it is your psychic, I can use my real body to help you fight."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    This is too outrageous!


    One of the three great sages in the ninja world just chose to agree to become Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast. Don''t you want your dignity?


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    The sinister laughter of the white snake fairy came out: "Aren''t snake creatures always seeking advantages and avoiding disadvantages? Since you little devil has the means to hurt me, I don''t need to waste my energy and continue fighting with you."


    Obviously the White Snake Immortal doesn''t care about dignity or anything like that.


    Since it was unable to defeat Uehara Naraku, and even Uehara Naraku had the means to counterattack it, it chose not to resist anymore.


    As long as it doesn''t endanger its life, it doesn''t care about becoming Uehara''s psychic beast. This is also very similar to Orochimaru. Should it be said to be of the same kind?


    The most important reason is that the body of the White Snake Immortal has been wrapped in inorganic substances for thousands of years of practice, just for a psychic contract, and there is no need for it to waste its own celestial chakra.


    In case the crisis of the ninja world''s extinction comes one day, a little bit of strength may help it escape from birth.


    This is the thinking instinct of snakes.


    "interesting."


    Uehara Naraku bit his own fingertips, wrote his name on the scroll of the psychic contract, and continued with a chuckle: "Okay, don''t refuse when you need something in the future."


    This matter, of course, is the matter of the pharmacist coming to Longdi Cave to learn the immortal mode.


    Side task: Obtain the psychic contract of Longdi Cave (1/1), the task has been completed, and reward the ancient dragon for the psychic contract.


    Psychic Contract: Summon the ancient dragon and consume 10,000 points of celestial chakra.


    This reward made Naraku Uehara frowned. Is this ancient dragon the one he understood? Is it the kind with wings that can fly around a few times?


    This is the first time Uehara Naraku has seen a psychic beast that can only be psychic with the magic chakra. Among other things, at least there will be a psychic beast that will be more handsome than Galio in the future!


    The strength must be unimaginably strong!


    When catching tailed beasts in the future, just pull people from the Xiao organization, and everyone sits on the ancient dragon together, and directly destroy the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations?


    The only regret is that Uehara Naraku''s sage mode has not been advanced, but there is no rush, wait until Yao Shidou successfully cultivates Ryuchidong sage mode.


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Orochimaru contentedly: "Mr. Orochimaru, since the matter has been settled, let''s go!"


    "¡­it is good!"


    Orochimaru glanced at the depths of Ryuji Cave with a puzzled expression.


    Although he was also worried that the White Snake Immortal would kill him before, but now that the White Snake Immortal is acknowledging his cowardice, Da She Wan is really uncomfortable.


    Because he remembered that the purpose of bringing Hara Naraku to Longdi Cave was to let the White Snake Immortal kill Uehara Naraku!


    Why is Immortal White Snake so cowardly!


    You are a thousand-year-old python, can''t you just be reckless?


    Orochimaru is a little uncomfortable, why is the White Snake Immortal more cowardly than him, at least he still wanted to resist...


    Damn, the snake creatures in the ninja world have such a cowardly sage, when will the snake creatures stand up!


    Orochimaru shivered with anger!


    Uehara Naraku saw that Orochimaru''s expression was wrong, and secretly smiled inwardly, but said: "Mr. Alright..."


    "No need."


    Orochimaru''s expression is very ugly.


    Why did he stay here to talk about the old days! If he stayed, he would probably be swallowed alive by the White Snake Immortal!


    It''s done.


    Anticlimactic, a little uncomfortable.


    Orochimaru felt a little panicked when he thought about the White Snake Immortal in Ry¨±ji Cave. If even the White Snake Immortal couldn''t solve Uehara Naraku, what else could he do with this little guy?


    Do you want to be threatened and blackmailed by him all the time?


    "What''s the matter, Mr. Orochimaru?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Orochimaru''s uncertain face, and said with a smile: "Are you disappointed that I was not killed by the White Snake Immortal?"


    "how could be?"


    Orochimaru said something that he didn''t believe, and he changed the subject softly: "Okay, during this time, all the ninjas that Konoha transferred to the Kingdom of Grass should have been transferred, and we just went to Mu Ye, you got Rashomon''s psychic contract for you, and from now on, the two will not owe each other, nor communicate with each other!"


    Naraku Uehara smiled and ticked the corners of his mouth, looked at Orochimaru''s serious expression, and nodded gently: "You can say whatever you want."


    Anyway, how to do it is his business!


    Orochimaru obviously understood what Uehara Naraku meant, and his complexion darkened a few layers. When he met such a little bastard, he was strong, shameless and clingy...


    Is this because he did too many crimes in the first half of his life?


    Is there really karma in this ninja world?

 Chapter 174

    Konoha Village.


    During this time, many things happened to Konoha.


    The aftermath of the Konoha Rebellion has just passed, and the fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade hastily ascended to the position. Before he even took the position of Hokage, he was caught off guard by Anbu''s rebellion code-named Orphan. calm.


    However, the news of the destruction of Cao Yin Village came again not long ago, and Tsunade had to urgently send Anbu to the Country of Grass to investigate the news, and dispatched a group of ninjas to the Country of Grass to confront the Iwa Ninjas, and also to find a way to fight Iwa Yin The village reached a carve-up agreement.


    Since the land of grass is somewhat condescending to the land of fire, the negotiations between Konoha and Yanyin village on some strategic points, bridges and other control areas are pending, and it looks like a ninja war may start at any time.


    Tsunade has been so busy recently that even her new disciple Haruno Sakura was brought in to fight her.


    Compared with these things, the news of Uchiha Sasuke''s defection is equivalent to a wave in the sea, which dissipated as soon as a ball of bubbles was set off.


    Except for Konoha Twelve Xiaoqiang and others who are still paying attention to Sasuke''s news, other people in the village have long since ignored a traitor.


    However, because of Uzumaki Naruto''s insistence, the fifth Hokage Tsunade did not issue a warrant for Sasuke, and she also accepted Uzumaki Naruto''s idea, and brought Sasuke back to Konoha after Konoha destroyed Orochimaru.


    What I never expected was that when Konoha got news from Sasuke again by accident, she found that Sasuke had joined the Akatsuki organization and was with Itachi Uchiha.


    This is a bit magical.


    Fortunately, Uzumaki Naruto was taken by Jiraiya to leave Konoha to go out to practice, and he probably didn''t know the news yet.


    Konoha Yakiniku.


    Yamanaka Ino squeezed his chopsticks in confusion: "Why is Sasuke and his brother together? They should be the biggest enemies between them!"


    "Who knows!"


    Nara Shikamaru sighed and shook his head.


    There have been too many changes in Konoha recently, Nara Shikamaru can only analyze from some clues he knows, maybe Uchiha''s demise is tricky.


    It''s a pity that this kind of darkness cannot be told to Ino.


    The conversation between Class Ten was not too secretive, and two people at the table eating near them also heard the news.


    They are Orochimaru and Uehara Naraku who sneaked into Konoha.


    As a former high-level Konoha, and had placed some spies in Konoha, Orochimaru naturally knew the Konoha enchantment well, so the two of them entered Konoha quietly.


    After entering, the two changed faces.


    After hearing the conversation between Nara Shikamaru and Yamanaka Ino, Orochimaru''s expression was very ugly, he suddenly stopped his chopsticks, and looked at Uehara Naraku fiercely.


    It''s just that there are so many people in the Konoha Yakiniku restaurant, Orochimaru lowered his voice: "Naraku-kun! Sasuke has nothing to do with you, right?"


    "Hehe, how could it have anything to do with me?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a chuckle, even raised his chopsticks, and eagerly picked up a piece of barbecue for Orochimaru: "Mr. Itachi very strongly stated that Sasuke Uchiha would join the Akatsuki organization, but everyone else disliked Sasuke''s strength. So Mr. Itachi took Sasuke by his side, saying it was used to hone his illusion..."


    Uehara Naraku said the truth.


    Even Uchiha Itachi couldn''t find anything wrong with it.


    Of course, if Sasuke Uchiha doesn''t join the Akatsuki organization, Naraku Uehara or Kisame Kisame will screw Sasuke''s head off and kick it as a ball.


    This kind of thing belongs to Akatsuki''s organizational secrets, so there''s no need to tell Dashemaru too much.


    What if you get sick with Orochimaru?


    After eating, the two rushed directly to the Konoha Forbidden Art Room, Da Shemaru was a little surprised: "Naraku-kun, you already have a psychic beast as powerful as the White Snake Immortal, do you still need the psychic contract of Rashomon? "


    "Hehe, the more things like this, the better."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and said, "Mr. Orochimaru has also mastered a lot of ninjutsu? He is still learning new ninjutsu until now!"


    "This is my ideal."


    Orochimaru had a serious expression on his face.


    Uehara Naraku smiled, with a frivolous expression on his face, and said, "Similarly, my dream is to collect some weird psychic beasts..."


    Because of the emptiness inside Konoha Ninja.


    There were no Anbu ninjas around the entire forbidden room, only a few ordinary ninjas guarding the place, Uehara Naraku and Orochimaru sneaked in easily.


    However, when Orochimaru opened the door of the Konoha Forbidden Surgery Room, he suddenly smelled a smell of alcohol emanating from it, mixed with the scent of a woman.


    This is the forbidden surgery room!


    How could there be wine smell and aroma?


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Could it be that Tsunade''s woman slept in the forbidden surgery room after drinking too much last night?


    Orochimaru''s expression changed, and when he was about to close the door again, a white palm suddenly caught the crack of the door and opened the door of the forbidden surgery room!


    The strong alcohol smell hits the face!


    "Didn''t you say yesterday, don''t bother me today?"


    A woman with a beautiful face and a plump figure appeared from behind the door. Her voice was slightly dissatisfied, and there was a little sleepiness in it. It was obvious that her attitude wanted to be tough, but she seemed a little soft because of sleepiness.


    Sounds a bit like an order at first glance.


    It sounds a bit like coquettish.


    Naraku Uehara and Orochimaru looked at each other, and then they both looked at the woman inside the door. They both really knew this woman.


    Konoha''s Fifth Hokage, Tsunade.


    Why did Tsunade appear in the forbidden surgery room!


    According to Orochimaru''s understanding of her, this woman should not appear here anyway. After all, Tsunade has never been interested in such messy things as the Konoha Forbidden Surgery Room. She only likes to study some medical ninjutsu.


    But in fact, this incident is actually to blame Orochimaru.


    If Orochimaru hadn''t mastered the reincarnation of the filth, and the reincarnation of the filth had resurrected the first and second Hokage, Tsunade would not have time to spend time in the forbidden room looking for a way to break the reincarnation of the filth.


    And it is necessary to find a technique other than the ghoul seal. After all, Tsunade has just succeeded the fifth generation of Hokage. If she sacrifices herself to capture Orochimaru, Konoha may collapse directly.


    So every night or in his free time, Tsunade would appear in the Konoha Forbidden Surgery Room holding the wine bottle, looking for a way to undo the reincarnation of the dirty soil left in the Thousand Hands Gate.


    Suddenly seeing two strange ninjas, Tsunade frowned, his drunkenness suddenly subsided, and he asked coldly, "Which class are you from?"


    "Master Tsunade."


    Orochimaru is worthy of being a master of role-playing, the next moment his face became serious, and he responded in a deep voice with a fake face: "Master Advisor, please go to the meeting, we are here to inform you!"


    The current costumes of Orochimaru and Uehara Naraku are no different from Konoha''s ordinary ninja. At first glance, they look a bit like Konoha''s subordinates.


    Tsunade raised his eyebrows, looked at the two of them suspiciously, and suddenly hooked the corners of his mouth: "I see, you two clean up here."


    "yes!"


    Orochimaru bowed his head and agreed.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade''s playful expression, sighed faintly and said: "Master Orochimaru, Master Tsunade has already seen our flaws."


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku flew back, his face slowly changed into that of a medicine master, and people could tell that he was just a small follower of Orochimaru.


    One is Orochimaru.


    One is a small follower.


    Who will Tsunade choose to attack first?


    Even with a Metkai, Tsunade would definitely prefer to entertain old friends!


    Sure enough, the moment Tsunade lowered his head, his knee slammed into Orochimaru''s face, and the blow sent Orochimaru flying backwards, and the mask on his face shattered!


    After seeing Orochimaru''s face clearly, the woman Tsunade''s expression instantly became fierce: "Oshemaru, you bastard, how dare you come to Konoha!"


    "Why don''t you dare to come?"


    Orochimaru slowly wiped off the blood from the corner of his mouth, looked at Tsunade and smiled lightly, "You''re still so irritable, Tsunade..."


    Orochimaru slowly spread his palms, looked at his old friend''s ugly expression, and continued with a smile: "Tsunade, we sneaked into Konoha just because we didn''t want to cause trouble, do you think I didn''t destroy Konoha a second time?" power?"


    Orochimaru''s expression instantly became ferocious and cruel, and he said confidently: "Since you have discovered it, then I will kill you directly and take the things away from the forbidden surgery room... What a pity, Konoha''s prestige will be destroyed again." Swept the floor!"


    "Big words!"


    Tsunade squeezed his fist hard.


    "It''s a pity that your opponent is not me."


    Orochimaru shook his head with a smile, then turned to look at Uehara Naraku: "I will leave this woman to you, I will look for it..."


    Orochimaru''s voice suddenly froze, and his whole figure froze!


    Wait, what about people?


    With just a few words, Uehara Naraku is gone?


    Why did Uehara Naraku run away? Although they are in Konoha, with the strength of the two of them, there is a high possibility of wanting to grab the scroll!


    Orochimaru''s heart sank gradually.


    On the way they came to Konoha, the little bastard was still full of sincere cooperation, and Orochimaru even thought about whether to trust Uehara Naraku.


    After all, Uehara is very strong, and he can help with many things in private, and it can also save him from being hunted down by the Akatsuki organization.


    Before stealing Rashomon''s psychic contract, Orochimaru even thought about whether to win Uehara Naraku and secretly attack Uchiha Itachi!


    Facts have proved that Orochimaru thinks too much and goes too far.


    Orochimaru trusted the wrong person again, and that little bastard Uehara Naraku tricked him again.


    Tsunade didn''t care about that much, and flew towards Orochimaru, calling for support loudly: "Convey my order, let the elite team come quickly, surround Orochimaru, and absolutely don''t let him escape !"


    Tsunade''s voice was very loud, and soon the surrounding Konoha ninjas came to support them.


    After seeing the support, Tsunade added another sentence: "Arrange other teams to search for the whereabouts of Yakushidou, and never allow that spy to escape from Konoha!"

 Chapter 175

    "Nothing went beyond my expectations."


    The figure of Naraku Uehara was in an alley in Konoha, watching groups of Konoha ninjas rushing towards the forbidden room, with a mysterious smile on the corner of his mouth.


    After Naraku Uehara showed his face in front of Tsunade in the form of a pharmacist just now, he immediately hid himself and used void walking to change a position.


    Now the entire Konoha must be focusing on rounding up Orochimaru as an important task, so the Hokage building should be empty, right?


    Obviously Uehara Naraku was thinking too much.


    Hokage Tower is always guarded by Anbu.


    Naraku Uehara quietly activated his fate skill, and he appeared on the Hokage Rock, looking down at the Hokage Building below.


    After Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms and made a seal, he shouted in a deep voice: "Ninjutsu, psychic art!"


    A bottle of coffin slowly emerged from the ground.


    The figure of Obito Uchiha emerged from it.


    Naraku Uehara looked at Obito Uchiha, who was reincarnated from the dirt, with a smile, raised his finger and said, "Go, bring me back the sealed book!"


    "asshole!"


    After Uchiha Obito cursed, his whole body uncontrollably turned into a space-time vortex, and the next moment he appeared on the top of the Hokage Tower on the ground.


    With the power of Uchiha Obito, it is very simple to solve a few Anbu.


    Even though these Anbu knew about his ability, they still couldn''t change their ending.


    Obito also knew in his heart that the Anbu guarding Hokage would surely die, but he still leaked information about Uehara Naraku to them, obviously hoping that Konoha''s Yamanaka clan could use secret techniques to obtain the information he secretly leaked.


    At this moment, his IQ has improved a lot.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Obito''s movements, and raised the corners of his mouth: "IQ has increased a lot, Mr. Obito, it seems that death is still good for you..."


    next second.


    Under Uehara Naraku''s manipulation, Uchiha Obito''s Kamui Sharingan crazily absorbed several Anbe corpses on the ground, and his eyes suddenly revealed a touch of despair.


    The corpses are all lost, how can the information be leaked!


    After a while, Obito Uchiha appeared beside Uehara Naraku holding the scroll of the sealed book, and handed the scroll to Uehara Naraku with his own hands.


    Uchiha Obito gritted his teeth and looked at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara Naraku, you bastard hides so deeply that no one has insight into your ambitions! Before I killed them, these Anbu didn''t believe what I said!"


    "hehe¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a smile, and said softly: "The ninjas of Konoha love, hate and regret me, this is the charm of personality... If it wasn''t for the third generation of Naruto Sarutobi, maybe they hate me There will be a little more."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the whole Konoha, and the smile on his face gradually became richer: "It''s a pity that Lord Hokage of the Third Hokage is ruined, and some Konoha ninjas may still be glad that I killed him? After all, this can be regarded as repaying Konoha''s Qingming!"


    "asshole!"


    Obito Uchiha gritted his teeth and clenched his fist.


    However, under the control of the reincarnation of the dirty soil, his movements were forced to stop again.


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Obito Uchiha and smiled, and said softly: "Okay, Senior Obito, do you want to take this opportunity to see Rin Nohara? If you miss her, I can help you get her The dirt is reincarnated!"


    "don''t want!"


    Obito Uchiha shook his head violently, and said in a deep voice, "Don''t disturb Lin''s peace, this is what you promised me at the beginning!"


    "Huh? Don''t you want to be with her?"


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin and said with a smile: "I can still put you two in the same coffin!"


    "No!"


    Obito Uchiha shook his head quickly.


    Because his soul left the underworld in a hurry, he still doesn''t know if Lin has forgiven him for the wrong things he did. Maybe she will never forgive him?


    If Nohara Lin didn''t forgive him...


    Doesn''t that mean you have to see her disgusted expression every day?


    What''s more, if Nohara Rin is under the control of Uehara Naraku, he may even be used by Uehara Naraku to attack Kakashi...


    That angelic girl, her heart will be broken, right?


    "Okay, I get it now."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Obito Uchiha and nodded, his voice suddenly became indifferent: "Now go and rescue Orochimaru! Remember not to leak my information in the future, otherwise I don''t guarantee that I will make any impulsive actions thing¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became a little illusory: "Maybe I will resurrect Nohara Rin''s dirty soil, and then dismiss your dirty soil to reincarnate, and let her do things for me?"


    "..."


    Obito Uchiha raised his head abruptly, looked at Naraku Uehara with scarlet eyes, spat lightly and said, "Naraku Uehara, you bastard is really despicable!"


    "Each each other."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Obito''s appearance of being at odds with him, he smiled and said, "Senior Obito has done a lot of bad things over the years, right? Compared with the actions of seniors, I am actually far worse. far!"


    Naraku Uehara approached Obito Uchiha, and said coldly: "For example, kill the previous generation members of our Akatsuki, and lure Nagato-sama and Konan-sensei to create a dark Akatsuki!"


    "..."


    A look of shock flashed across Uchiha Obito''s face: "Did Hei Ze even tell you such a thing?"


    "Let''s not talk about that."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the expression on Uchiha Obito''s face, and a wonderful arc appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Go, senior! Let the whole ninja world know that Konoha''s S-rank rebellious nin Uchiha Obito reappeared after four years. Already alive!"


    "Asshole!"


    Uchiha Obito clenched his fist, and his figure once again disappeared into a space-time vortex, appearing near Orochimaru.


    The battle in the Konoha forbidden surgery room has become intense.


    Faced with the siege of Tsunade and a group of Konoha ninjas, Orochimaru had no choice but to psychic out the first and second Hokages again.


    When the two sides were fighting, Obito Uchiha quietly appeared behind Orochimaru, and said in a cold voice: "Mr. Orochimaru, we no longer need to fight Konoha, retreat."


    The next moment, Oshemaru''s body was brought into the Shenwei space by Obito.


    The dirty reincarnated bodies of the first Hokage and the second Hokage also followed his movements into the Divine Might Space.


    Obito Uchiha glanced at a group of Konoha ninjas looking at him with hatred, and slowly included himself in the Kamui space.


    Because Uchiha Obito is the first ninja in the ninja world who was reincarnated from the dirt and resurrected to his heyday, others did not realize that he was a body of dirt.


    After Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru left, Tsunade looked at the tragic battlefield with an ugly expression, clenching his fists and hitting the ground, he said in a deep voice, "Have these two guys teamed up?"


    The combination of two Konoha S-class rebels is not so easy to deal with.


    Especially Uchiha Obito''s magical pupil technique and a bunch of forbidden techniques mastered by Orochimaru, their combination may be a disaster for the ninja world.


    "Send someone to clean up the battlefield immediately."


    After Tsunade gave a loud command, he turned around Hokage Tower and told Shizune beside him: "Send someone to inform the other J¨­nin that I want to hold a J¨­nin meeting to discuss the covenant between Konoha and Mizugakure Village. Go to Wuyin Village to help us suppress the pressure on Yanyin Village, and I will send people to encircle and suppress Orochimaru!"


    "yes!"


    Jing Yin hurriedly bowed his head in response.


    Recently, the Kingdom of Water has been very quiet in the ninja world.


    However, this does not mean that their strength is weak. After all, they have the background of the Great Ninja Village, and it is said that the woman named Terumi Mei who recently took power in the country of water is said to have two kinds of blood succession limits.


    What''s more, Kirigakure Village has been closed for too long, and has always wanted to cooperate with Konoha, and wants to have contact with the Ninja Continent. When Terumi Mei chose allies for Kirigakure Village, he first thought of Tsunade of the new Fifth Hokage .


    Perhaps Terumi Mei also thinks that women are easier to talk to?


    This is the woman thinking too much.


    Both Wuyin Village and Konoha have some willingness to reach a covenant, but Tsunade has been holding on to seek greater benefits, and now she obviously doesn''t want to procrastinate.


    When Tsunade returned to the Hokage building, she saw the messy Hokage office and the empty cabinets. She knew in her heart that the sealed book had been stolen!


    This is smack!


    No, this is also Tiaohulishan!


    In short, the purpose of Orochimaru is not Konoha Forbidden Art Room at all, what that bastard wants to steal is Konoha''s sealed book!


    Tsunade was so angry that he grabbed the desk and threw it down through the window. His voice became more violent: "Send someone to contact the old woman in Shayin Village again! Let her perform her duties as an ally and force Yanyin to the north. The village is withdrawn from the country of grass!"


    Tsunade turned around murderously, and said loudly: "Tell that old lady Chiyo! As long as Konoha takes over the entire Kingdom of Grass, I will return them the mission of Daimyo of the Kingdom of Wind!"


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "¡­yes."


    Shizune was so frightened by Tsunade that she trembled, and even the porpoise at her feet was so frightened that she stuck to Shizune''s calf, not daring to move.


    Even in the rage, Tsunade still has enough reason.


    The first female Hokage in Konoha''s history, she showed her superior political qualities and a temper that was too violent to be provoked.


    Although Tsunade is a big fat sheep who loses money, even she herself can''t count how much money she owes, but now Konoha is really not short of funds.


    Because Tsunade and the fire country daimyo have a good relationship, and there are some close relatives, the fire country daimyo naturally fully supports her.


    Konoha is not short of money.


    Even because there are too many entrusted tasks, there are not enough manpower.


    Now, using those mission entrustments of the Daimyo of the Kingdom of Wind, in exchange for the land of the entire Kingdom of Grass, how much money is it for Konoha.


    Tsunade slammed her fist against the window, ignoring a crack on the wall, and said in a deep voice, "Jingyin, can you contact Jiraiya?"


    "I... think of a way."


    Shi Jing trembled but did not dare to refuse.


    Tsunade waved his hand in boredom again and said: "Forget it, don''t go looking for him, that guy Jiraiya is unreliable in the first place."


    After a pause, Tsunade said again: "I heard Hatake Kakashi say that Yuyin Village and Orochimaru seem to have some old grievances. Let''s see if we can get some information about Orochimaru from them."


    After finishing speaking, Tsunade added: "Send someone to contact Yuyin Village! Also see if they are willing to assist us in targeting Yanyin Village. After all, it will also benefit them."


    "yes¡­"


    Muting nodded weakly.


    Tsunade clenched his fists tightly, and said in a low voice: "I hope Yuyin Village will send that little brat Uehara Naraku over! I haven''t seen you for a few years, let me see how courageous that brat becomes when he grows up!"

 Chapter 176

    Uehara Naraku is really courageous.


    Who in the entire ninja world dares to play Orochimaru like a monkey?


    Uehara Naraku not only dared to do this, he also played like this over and over again. Orochimaru has been wronged so many times and has not turned his face. It is really because of his high quality.


    It may also be because the strength is not as good as Uehara.


    Maybe Orochimaru will jump out in the next moment and try his best.


    Uehara Naraku was still a little worried that Orochimaru would be driven mad by him, so he manipulated Uchiha Obito into the coffin, sighed and said: "Let''s read the book of seals first, as for Orochimaru, let''s shut it up in the Kamui space to calm down first! "


    Uehara Naraku was a little happy looking at the sealed book, and couldn''t stop his smile: "Tsk, the sealed book! Teacher Xiaonan will definitely like this gift very much. When I go back, I will say that I stole it from Orochimaru." !"


    Side Quest: Obtain the Sealed Book (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the time-limited redemption function has been activated for rewards.


    Time-limited exchange function: After any ninjutsu, skills, and psychic contracts are exchanged, the system will rate and recycle them, and give back corresponding gold coins, life energy, chakra energy, natural energy, and various recovery effects.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitched.


    What''s going on with this system, last time there was a skill melting pot, but Naraku Uehara didn''t use it, and now the system is doing this exchange again?


    Could it be...the system memory is not enough?


    "Then redeem the ninjutsu in the Book of Seals first!"


    Uehara Naraku was also unambiguous, directly opened the thick sealed book, and began to browse the ninjutsu in the entire sealed book.


    The Book of Seals seems to cover all of Konoha Ninja''s spells, except for some absolutely forbidden spells like Reincarnation of the Unholy Earth, almost all of them are included.


    It even includes the Flying Raijin Art of the Second Hokage and the Fourth Hokage.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care too much, and he also stuffed the Flying Thunder God Art into the exchange function to prevent the system from crashing directly.


    Among them, he also got two skills.


    Side quest: Obtain the Art of Flying Thunder God (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the reward skill flashes.


    This skill was stuffed into the exchange list by Uehara Naraku without even looking at it. After all, he has void walking, so why do he need a flash with an extremely long cooling time?


    Side quest: Obtain Helix Pill (1/1), the quest has been completed, and reward skill Galaxy Surge.


    Galaxy Surge: Create a chakra star core, the star core will quickly absorb the surrounding natural energy and move forward. With the absorbed natural energy, the volume and skill power will continue to expand, and it can be detonated at any time. The minimum cost of the skill is 60 chakra. point, the skill cooldown time is 5 seconds.


    This is a skill similar to Spiral Pill.


    It''s just that the power is a bit different compared to Helix Wan. In short, it is equivalent to a skill that needs to keep moving forward and absorb natural energy to become stronger.


    Naraku Uehara thought about it for a long time, and began to slowly choose his own skills. The first one is of course the life-saving skills that need to be kept.


    Life-saving skills: the moment of the Holy Judgment, endless rage, turning back time, stagnation of the golden body, cell division, and my secrets! Smoke screen and group invincibility skills mystery! soul bless.


    Passive skills: Dark Harvest, Overgrowth, Enlightenment, Transcendence, Calmness, and other passive skills must be kept. These are the foundations of Naraku Uehara.


    Wind escape skills: howling hurricane, wind barrier.


    Fire Escape Skills: Pillar of Flame, Flame Storm.


    Water escape skills: roar of raging waves, and water escape ¡¤ water dragon bomb in the book of seals, water escape big explosion water blast.


    Thunder Dungeon skill: Only Wan Lei Tian Prison Yin is left, after all, it has been used for a long time, and the feelings are also very deep.


    Tudun skill: Tudun ¡¤ Tuliubi, he will carve a cat on the wall later.


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Wood escape skills: root of entanglement, vine of strangulation.


    Functional skills: psychic art (summoning), mayfly art (earth escaping), air dance (flying), innate phantom charm (transformation), human way (stealing skills), life form energy ray, Blade of the Void (stealing Chakra''s swordsmanship), Null Ball (silence), Multiply Detonating Talisman Technique (bombing), Reincarnation of Unholy Earth, Shadow Mystery ¡¤ Clone, Purification.


    Time and space skills: reincarnation, walking in the void, time and space break, fate, secret meaning, mercy and soul fall.


    Illusion Skills: Wordless Fear, Hypnotic Bubbles.


    Physical skills: Spike defense, Guixian style fighting skills, Crane style fighting skills.


    Perception Skill: Hunting Rhythm.


    Healing Skills: Healing, Palm Immortal and Star Infusion.


    Throwing skills: card deception (card shuriken, card detonator)


    Immortal Skill: Galaxy Surge.


    Immortal Mode: Ascension to God and Ascension.


    Psychic contract: Deep Sea Titan (sea), Galio (land), ancient dragon (air), magic cat (hanghook), soul lock warden (soul), dragon hole (local account).


    Uehara Naraku didn''t expect for a while that even if he eliminated many rarely used skills, he was still an all-around ninja. Ninjutsu, physical technique, illusion, fairy technique and swordsmanship can be said to be all-rounders. ?


    As for the remaining skills, ninjutsu and psychic contracts, they were naturally listed by Uehara Naraku on the exchange list. Even the enchanting soul lotus posture of the magic snake''s embrace a few days ago was also thrown in by Uehara Naraku .


    As a hooker, of course the speed of progress will be fast.


    And there is really no need to keep some skills and ninjutsu.


    The system panel clearly listed all the items exchanged by Uehara Naraku, and after a while, everything was given the corresponding value.


    Among them, only six to seven thousand gold coins were given, which was enough for Uehara Naraku to change his clothes.


    As for the three-dimensional attributes such as life energy, chakra energy, and natural energy, there has also been a substantial increase, and almost every item has increased by tens of thousands of points. As for the recovery effect, almost all of them have shown a multiple increase.


    Damn, the sealed book is really a treasure!


    After all, how much Uehara''s own skills are!


    The first thing Uehara Naraku did was to choose to buy a Frost Heart and a Frost Fist.


    Heart of Frost: Increase life energy by 800 points, increase chakra energy by 400 points, increase natural energy by 400 points, increase cooldown reduction by 20%.


    Fist of Frost: Increase life energy by 600 points, increase chakra energy by 750 points, increase natural energy by 750 points, increase cooldown reduction by 20%.


    In this way, his skill cooling reduction has finally reached 100%, and it is estimated that no one will continue to criticize this matter in the future.


    For a ninja to become stronger, he has to work hard step by step!


    Uehara Naraku''s original attributes have already far exceeded 10,000 points, plus the superimposed points of Dark Harvest after the elimination of Caoyin Village, and the skills, ninjutsu, and psychic contracts that have been exchanged for so many painstaking efforts today.


    Name: Naraku Uehara.


    Life energy: 52311 (regular state)


    Chakra energy: 51980 (regular state)


    Natural energy: 51980 (regular state)


    Life energy recovery: 32 points/second


    Chakra energy recovery: 48 points/second


    Natural energy recovery: 96 points/second


    Skill Cooldown Reduction: 100%


    Gold remaining: 6430


    Uehara Naraku looked at his three-dimensional attributes contentedly, wondering how it compares to Nagato''s life energy and chakra energy...


    After all, the chakras of these blood descendants should not be too outrageous!


    According to Naraku Uehara''s speculation, Kakashi Hatake''s total Chakra should probably exceed the Kage-level Chakra threshold, and it must be above 3000 points. It''s a pity that he can''t refine and restore Chakra all the time, but because of the constant sharingan drain.


    And that Uzumaki Naruto, who uses most of his chakra to suppress the Nine-Tails, has four times the size of Kakashi Hatake in a small part of his body, which directly exceeds the normal Kageru standard...


    It''s just that it''s one thing to have so much chakra in the body, but it''s another thing to be able to use these chakras.


    After all, they still need to learn to control and guide chakra.


    Uehara Naraku is a pure hooker, he doesn''t need to learn to control Chakra.


    "The gift for Nagato, the cells between the pillars; the gift for Mr. Xiaonan, the sealed book; the gift for the pharmacist''s pocket, Kamui Sharingan..."


    Naraku Uehara thought about what he had obtained recently, so he simply took the opportunity of Orochimaru being imprisoned in the Shenwei space, and went directly to find Yaoshidou.


    The base of Yinyin Village.


    Pharmacist felt a lot of pressure in his heart.


    During the daytime, Yaoshidou works for Dashewan at the base of Yinyin Village. In the middle of the night, Yaoshidou will think about Uehara Naraku''s orders, and think about how he should work during the next day.


    Recently, Dashewan was not in the base, and Yao Shidou was slowly learning, and by the way, he was also thinking about how he should induce Dashewan to break the ghoul seal after Dashewan came back.


    Pharmacist flipped through a scroll about Ghoul Sealing in his hand, sighed lightly and said, "I hope the things arranged by Mr. Naraku can be normal! Ghoul Sealing is a forbidden technique that involves death, how can you?" It might be that easy to crack!"


    "Orochimaru will definitely be able to crack it."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Yao Shidou out of thin air, sat on his table, and said with a light smile: "As long as you find a way to guide him to find the death mask of the Uzumaki clan''s ancestral hall, you can undo the seal of the dead ghosts. But death will reap a man''s soul."


    "Master Naraku!"


    "Okay, okay, listen to me continue."


    Naraku Uehara patted the shoulder of the medicine master, motioned him to sit down, and continued with a smile: "When the god of death harvests the soul of the practitioner who summoned it, Orochimaru can use the Orochi Substitution Technique and Undead Reincarnation to directly make your own The soul escapes."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara tapped his fingers on the table with a light smile: "Of course, when Orochimaru untied the ghoul seal, he was the weakest person, do you understand what I mean, Kou?"


    "¡­clear."


    Pharmacist Dou''s expression was a bit ugly.


    Isn''t this just taking advantage of others?


    Obviously Uehara Naraku is so strong, why does he always cheat Orochimaru?


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku looked like I was very optimistic about you, and patted Yao Shidou''s shoulder with a light smile: "After Orochimaru breaks the ghoul seal, you can improve your strength yourself! I will arrange for you to learn from the immortals of Ry¨±chi Cave. mode, I will give you Uchiha Obito¡¯s Kamui Kaleidoscope Sharingan, if you have a Kaleidoscope Sharingan, maybe you can also try to transplant interstitial cells..."


    "¡­yes."


    Medicine Master nodded, and asked curiously, "Didn''t Master Orochimaru go to Konoha with you to snatch Rashomon''s psychic scroll?"


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara showed a rare embarrassment on his face: "I lied to him again, now I am afraid that he will fight me desperately, let him calm down in the Shenwei space!"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku told the pharmacist about his actions this time, and asked the pharmacist to check for omissions and fill in the gaps.


    After all, Yaoshidou is the one with the highest IQ under his command.


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t say anything, but he was a little bit unwell.


    It turns out that Uehara Naraku also knows that such a trick, others will fight with you, this new boss is really testing on the verge of death every day, he is really not afraid of death!


    "Okay, don''t talk so much."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and said softly, "I''ll go and ransack his base first to see if there are some ninjutsu I haven''t seen before."


    "what?"


    Pharmacist adjusted his glasses subconsciously: "But if this is the case, will you and Mr. Dashewan have a chance to reconcile in the future?"


    The front foot just lied to Orochimaru, and the back foot ransacked Orochimaru''s base.


    Not to mention a person like Orochimaru who wants revenge, even a selfless saint like the Immortal of the Six Paths will be forced to become a deadly enemy by him!


    "He can''t live that long, and I have no way of turning back."


    Naraku Uehara sighed, patted Yao Shidou on the shoulder, looked at him helplessly and said, "And think about it, when did Dashewan and I have a good relationship?


    When I first joined the Xiao organization as an intern, he said that I was a material for human experiments. Is this enough reason to bully him?


    People, there are some things that must be thought through clearly. "

 Chapter 177

    Naraku Uehara didn''t care too much, and under the guidance of Yaoshidou, he searched for a bunch of snake ninjutsu researched by Orochimaru, and took advantage of the limited exchange time, and threw them all into the exchange list.


    Besides, Yao Shidou was not idle either.


    Yao Shidou also asked Uehara Naraku to dispose of a batch of experimental instruments that Orochimaru didn''t use very much. These are all used by him to set up a biological science laboratory in Yuyin Village in the future.


    This guy always likes to insert his own personal affairs into the boss''s affairs.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care, and even wanted to go further: "You say, or I will take them away! Anyway, this time Orochimaru attacked Konoha again, and Tsunade will probably send people to encircle Otogakure soon!"


    "..."


    Pharmacist glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly, and pushed his glasses. He had a little suspicion that Naraku Uehara had been planning this base for a long time!


    First, they went to attack Konoha together with Orochimaru with the idea of ??stealing the scroll of the Rashomon psychic contract, and then let Orochimaru take the blame in the process. Sora Orochimaru''s base.


    After all, in the past few years, Orochimaru''s main energy has been in this base.


    Some scientific experimental instruments here are made by Oshemaru himself, and the ninja world can''t buy suitable ones, and they can''t even find someone who can reproduce them.


    "Okay, then I''ll take them all away."


    Uehara Naraku took a lot of seal scrolls, and after evacuating Orochimaru''s experimental base, he waved goodbye to Pharmacist.


    Before leaving, Uehara Naraku channeled Uchiha Obito and asked him to release all the dirty reincarnations of Orochimaru, the first Hokage and the second Hokage.


    "asshole!"


    Orochimaru gritted his teeth and looked at Uehara Naraku''s back, and clenched his fists: "Uehara Naraku, I haven''t settled with you yet!"


    "Let''s count together next time!"


    Uehara Naraku looked back at Orochimaru with squinted eyes, and after showing a friendly and kind smile, he disappeared in front of Orochimaru in an instant.


    "It''s time and space ninjutsu again!"


    Orochimaru frowned, and said with an ugly look: "No wonder this guy always appears suddenly, and he just walks away as soon as he says it!"


    "Master Orochimaru..."


    Pharmacist picked up Orochimaru, and said with a bit of embarrassment: "Master Naraku has completely emptied this experimental base."


    Only then did Dashemaru notice that the secret base in Yinyin Village was empty, and a surge of anger suddenly surged up, and he couldn''t suppress his anger again!


    It''s a pity that he can''t lose his temper at the pharmacist.


    After all, Yao Shidou didn''t have the strength to stop Uehara Naraku.


    "I...forget it."


    Orochimaru clenched his fists and gradually let go, and said in a deep voice: "This time I went to Konoha and exposed my whereabouts again. It is estimated that Tsunade will send people to encircle Yinyin Village soon. This base can''t be kept anyway. Let''s go Northern base!"


    Orochimaru has predicted the coming of the crisis.


    In order to mobilize enough manpower to encircle and suppress Orochimaru, Muye Village has decided to end the confrontation with Yanyin Village in the Country of Grass at any cost.


    In order to avoid the eruption of the ninja world war, Tsunade began to use political and diplomatic means to resolve it, and decided to initiate an alliance talk.


    In addition to the Land of Wind and the Land of Water, the Land of Rain and the Land of Taki, two small countries close to the Land of Earth, also received Tsunade''s invitation.


    This Fifth Hokage''s method is stronger than her teacher Sarutobi Hiruzen, and all the methods of coercion and temptation are used. This woman Tsunade is really shameless, and these countries really have nothing to do, they can only be ashamed complied with her request.


    The leader of Konoha Hidden Village, the most powerful country in the ninja world, is shameless. There is really no place to justify such a thing.


    In Yuyin Village.


    It was still pouring rain.


    When Uehara Naraku returned to the village, Xiao Nan was flipping through an invitation letter sent by Konoha Messenger, her face was a little complicated and hesitant.


    When Xiaonan heard Uehara''s movement and raised his head, the hesitation on his face disappeared, his brows and eyes could not help but bend, and he smiled lightly: "Naruo, you came back just in time."


    "teacher?"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was slightly puzzled, he was still not used to it, this was the first time Xiao Nan was not angry when he returned to the village.


    Why don''t you strike while the iron is hot?


    Uehara Naraku took out the sealed book neatly, squinted his eyes and handed it to Xiao Nan with a smile: "Teacher, I brought you a gift this time!"


    The smile on Xiaonan''s face gradually faded away, leaving only a trace of doubt and incomprehension: "Whose...is this corpse again?"


    "no!"


    Naraku Uehara patted the sealed book, and explained softly: "This is the sealed book of Konoha Village. Didn''t Orochimaru attack Konoha a few days ago? That guy should have snatched the sealed book at that time. It happened that I Infiltrated his base and found this."


    "Huh? Did you secretly go after Orochimaru again?"


    Xiaonan frowned suddenly, and when he was about to speak to Uehara Naraku, he subconsciously closed his mouth again.


    After a while, the expression on Xiaonan''s face eased a little, and he sighed softly: "Since Orochimaru has mastered the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil, he has attacked Konoha twice unscathed, his strength is different from the past, don''t Put yourself in danger so easily."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded obediently.


    Xiaonan slowly stood on tiptoe, stretched out his palm to help Naraku Uehara straighten his forehead hair, and continued softly: "Didn''t you say before that you would become an official member of Akatsuki? Nagato and I have already agreed, It just so happens that there is a relatively busy mission that needs manpower recently, but when you go out to perform missions, you must wear a hood to hide your identity."


    "Okay. What mission?"


    "Konoha Anbe attacked the country of grass."


    Xiaonan put down the scroll in his hand, took out another scroll, and said softly: "Third Tsuchikage Onogi proposed a high-priced commission to Akatsuki, asking our members of Akatsuki to help them attack Konoha Anbe and destroy the alliance talks initiated by the Fifth Hokage." .¡±


    This is the largest single task Xiao organization has received.


    However, this mission requires a lot of manpower. After all, it is necessary to launch a comprehensive attack on Konoha Anbu in all parts of the Country of Grass. In one day, all Konoha Anbu will be driven out of the Country of Grass. Not a small team can easily Completed.


    What''s more, in the follow-up, we must find ways to disrupt the alliance talks composed of the fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade, the high-level and actual power holder Terumi Mei of Kirigakure Village, the elder Chiyo of Sagakure Village, and Shiki, the leader of Takigakure Village.


    In the simplest way, the Akatsuki organization''s manpower needs to be scattered to various places to attack the teams of Tsunade, Terumi Mei, and Chiyo, and kill or repel them.


    The danger is also much higher than past missions.


    "Allied talks?"


    After Uehara Naraku was finally happy that he could become Akatsuki''s member, he became a little curious. He really didn''t receive any news recently.


    "This was initiated by the Fifth Hokage Tsunade."


    Xiaonan picked up the scroll that had been placed on the table before, and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "The location is at the Daimyo Mansion in the Country of Grass, and the time is two weeks later. Konoha also invited our Yuyin Village to participate, let alone they I want you or Sansho Hanzo to participate, but you are going to carry out Akatsuki''s mission..."


    Xiaonan slowly raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "To be honest, I would like to let you participate in this meeting, just enough for the ninja world to admit that you are the future leader of Yuyin Village, but Nagato said let you make a choice¡­"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara subconsciously held the scroll.


    After a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head and smiled lightly: "I''m going to attend this alliance meeting, and by the way, let''s go to perform the task together!"


    "Ok?"


    "If you just look at the map, whether it is Yanyin Village or Konoha who has obtained all the land of the Country of Grass, it is very dangerous for us who are close to the Country of Grass. In this way, almost half of our borders have to be with the country. They''re tied together."


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, thought for a while, and slowly raised his head and said: "The members of the Akatsuki organization will attack Konoha Anbu first, and drive all the Anbu of Konoha Village out of the country of grass. It is impossible to give up, and the Allied talks will definitely continue, right?"


    Naraku Uehara squeezed his fingers, and said with a light smile: "Then I will go to the Allied talks to see if I can reach some terms with Konoha, such as getting a part of the defense."


    This is equivalent to eating at both ends.


    It''s just that on the one hand, it is using the task entrustment of the Akatsuki organization and Yanyin Village to put Konoha at a disadvantage in the competition for the Kingdom of Grass; and then using the identity of the Ninja of the Umegakure to help Konoha seize the land of the Country of Grass, and counterattack Iwagakure by the way village.


    Naraku Uehara knew very well.


    The Country of Grass is no smaller than the Country of Rain, and it is already good for Yuyin Village to get a part of it, and it is impossible to get too much.


    "..."


    After being silent for a while, Xiaonan suddenly took his palm, and stroked his cheek with the other hand, the corners of his lips were bent, and he said with a light smile: "Nagato is right, Naraku is really tall. It''s big!"


    "Uh, okay!"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Uehara suddenly felt a little hot on his face, and gently rubbed Xiao Nan''s fingers with his fingertips, only feeling that Xiao Nan''s fingers were a little slippery.


    The rain outside the window is getting heavier.


    A girl with a bun on her head, Xia Ren, suddenly shouted out of the window: "Master Angel, we just patrolled here and found that someone has invaded..."


    "Huh? Hydrangeas?"


    Xiao Nan subconsciously withdrew his palm, slowly turned his head to look at the girl who came in, and explained softly: "No one invaded, it was Naraku who came back."


    "Has Senior Naraku returned?"


    Hydrangea stopped outside the window for a while, squeezed her little fist, then bowed to Xiao Nan and backed away.


    "Well, do you have to patrol in such heavy rain?"


    Naraku Uehara looked at the figure of Hydrangea stepping into the rain with some curiosity: "Isn''t it the perception defense that has always been performed by Yuhu''s free technique?"


    Xiao Nan shook his head, and said in a low voice: "It is always necessary to cultivate the habit of ninjas in the village. Sooner or later, Yuyin Village will rely on you young people."


    "how could be?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, smiled lightly and shook his head, "Ms. Xiaonan is only thirty-two years old this year! She''s still very young!"


    This is the truth.


    Around the age of thirty is the most mature time for a woman.


    Xiao Nan''s face turned cold in an instant, and he said softly: "Okay, since you''re back, let''s go and see Nagato, he must miss you very much."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and said softly: "I also brought him a gift, which just happened to be able to help him."


    "etc¡­"


    Seeing Uehara Naraku opened the door and left, Xiao Nan''s palm suddenly moved lightly, and each piece of origami turned into a paper umbrella, and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "It''s raining heavily outside, don''t wet your clothes anymore. "


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the paper umbrella with some inexplicable words, and said that it is raining so much outside, is the paper umbrella really useful?


    What''s more, with his physique, how could he be afraid of rain!


    After leaving Xiaonan''s office, Naraku Uehara looked around, and glanced at a group of Ninja squads that were patrolling in the rain.


    Three people hold two oil umbrellas.


    The hydrangea among them walked in the middle, looking a little pitiful.


    Hmm, since he left, has the budget of Yuyin Village become so tight?


    "Here, take it!"


    Naraku Uehara handed his paper umbrella to the hydrangea in the middle, and said softly: "You guys will continue to patrol. I will go to the central tower to meet Lord Payne. I don''t need an umbrella very much."


    "yes."


    Hydrangea stretched out her palm restrainedly, and said politely: "I don''t want your things, but I know this umbrella was made by Angel, so I will take it."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    So you like Xiaonan and don''t like me?


    What''s wrong with all the ninja girls!


    But when Hydrangea reached out to take the paper umbrella in Uehara Naraku''s hand, the chakra on that simple paper umbrella suddenly dissipated, and the whole paper umbrella fell apart, turning into pieces of white paper and falling into the water .


    Hydrangea slowly raised her head, with a trace of grief and anger gradually showing in her eyes: "Senior Naraku, did you do it on purpose?"


    Who in the entire Yuyin Village doesn''t know that Hydrangea worships Xiaonan!


    What Uehara destroyed was the paper umbrella made by Xiaonan!


    Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head to look at the window of Xiaonan''s office, there was a tall figure standing there watching here, there was no other person except Xiaonan.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the sad and angry little girl, shook his head and sighed: "To be honest, you may not believe it, but I also want to ask my teacher."

 Chapter 178

    central tower.


    In Nagato''s laboratory.


    Naraku Uehara''s ninja tool bag was like a treasure chest, from which he took out a series of inter-pillar cells, one by one filled with scrolls of experimental instruments.


    "This is the intercolumn cells, and the rest are experimental equipment."


    Naraku Uehara patted his palm and said softly: "I emptied the base of Oshemaru in Yinyin Village, and I brought these back from there to build a biological science laboratory in the village. .¡±


    "Let''s not talk about that first."


    Nagato shook his head, lowered his head and pondered for a while, then asked hesitantly, "Umm... Naraku, have you found a girl you like recently?"


    "Ok?"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Nagato in surprise, and raised his eyebrows suspiciously: "Why did you ask such a question suddenly? What do you know?"


    "Cough cough cough..."


    Nagato covered his lips and coughed a few times, lowered his head and said, "I just saw through Payne''s eyes that you handed you an umbrella to a girl, but that girl seems to be very young, this kind of thing is wrong... "


    "Hey, hey, what do you mean!"


    Uehara Naraku hugged his shoulders, leaned against the table and said dissatisfiedly: "I worked so hard to find you materials that can heal you, you ask me this? Don''t care about your body, care about some messy things?"


    "I''m not, I''m not."


    Nagato shook his head, and quickly skipped the topic: "Okay, okay, let''s not talk about this, first congratulations on becoming an official member of Akatsuki!"


    "Hehehehe..."


    Naraku Uehara suddenly smiled from ear to ear, waved his hands and said, "I didn''t expect Mrs. Xiaonan to suddenly agree, and I will leave here to do a task in half a month. I will accompany you here for the first half of the month." Do an experiment."


    "it is good."


    Nagato nodded, blinking his eyes.


    Wasn''t the reason why Xiaonan agreed to it because he had been persuading him behind his back?


    The little guy has grown up, and now he doesn''t even tell him who he likes. Have you forgotten that the two of them belong to the same camp?


    The way Nagato and Uehara Naraku get along is very unique. There is a fifteen-year age difference between them.


    When Nagato was still manipulating Tiandao Payne to dictate to Uehara Naraku, he was really dissatisfied. Since he killed Sanshoyu Hanzo a few years ago, his heart knot seemed to be untied, and he began to care about this little guy silently again.


    Half a month''s time.


    The culture of cells between columns is very fast.


    Of course, this kind of thing cannot be transplanted directly on Nagato''s body, so Xianglin became the first beneficiary.


    According to the well-known conclusions in the ninja world, the Uzumaki clan and the Senju clan are distant relatives, and there is a certain connection in the blood. The chakra and physical strength of the two clans are very abundant.


    Therefore, the whirlpool family is also the most suitable for transplanting intercolumnar cells.


    Xianglin has been absorbed by the Kusanagi ninjas for a long time. Transplanting interstitial cells for her is also beneficial, and it can also increase her strength, so that she can only be used as an unusable mobile blood bag in the Akatsuki organization.


    On the experimental platform in Yuyin Village.


    The transplantation of intercolumnar cells was presided over by Payne, and Uehara Naro watched by, planning to cut off a certain piece of Xianglin''s body at any time, and then use star infusion to save her life.


    Fortunately, the surgical transplant was a success.


    The only pity is that Mu Dun still cannot be awakened.


    And on her shoulders, faces grew.


    "What''s happening here?"


    Payne''s samsara eyes were a little dazed, he stared at the face growing out of Xianglin''s arm, there shouldn''t be any mistakes in his operation!


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and said softly: "Maybe the intercolumnar cells are too pure, or wait for another operation for a while?"


    "No need to."


    Payne shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Since the experiment is successful, it proves that it works, Xianglin, how do you feel?"


    "I don''t feel anything..."


    Xianglin sat up slowly, clenched his fists, and said softly: "No, the Chakra in the body has increased a lot, and the strength of the body has also increased a lot."


    After finishing speaking, Xianglin glanced at his left arm subconsciously: "It''s just that this face feels a bit weird..."


    "This is the face of the first Hokage Senju Hashirama."


    Naraku Uehara tapped that face, spread his hands indifferently and said: "It''s okay, this is a normal reaction of transplanting interstitial cells. After all, they used other people''s cells, why don''t they leave a mark on their body?"


    Xiangphos: "..."


    Payne: "..."


    It''s all a mess.


    Now that the operation is successful, the transplant operation of Nagato''s body can also be carried out, and it will still be performed by Tiandao Payne.


    In essence, you are performing surgery on yourself.


    I don''t even know what it feels like.


    Uehara Naraku intends to turn around and ask Yaoshidou, anyway, Yaoshidou has to rely on himself for the transplantation of Shenwei Shulunyan and Zhujian cells.


    Nagato''s surgery is more troublesome.


    His operation required the shape of two legs to be grown in advance with intercolumnar cells, and then these intercolumn cells were transplanted into his legs.


    Nagato was lying on the operating table, feeling the weight of the cells between the columns, his body gradually filled up, obviously the effect of his transplant was far better than that of Xianglin.


    "I want to transplant more."


    Nagato frowned, and manipulated Tiandao Payne to prepare the inter-column cells. Obviously he thought he might need more inter-column cells.


    If there are too many, he can even fully exert the power of the reincarnation eye.


    "no."


    Uehara Naraku stopped Payne, looked at Nagato on the operating table, and said in a deep voice: "You can''t transplant too many, you can only measure according to the amount of the fragrant phosphorus transplant."


    Nagato doesn''t know the truth, Uehara Naraku knows better.


    The reason why Nagato can accommodate enough intercolumnar cells is because he has the existence of reincarnation eyes, which can restrain all power.


    However, this pair of reincarnation eyes is not owned by Nagato, but belongs to Uchiha Madara.


    What''s more, under the control of Uehara Naraku and Hei Ze, the two behind-the-scenes masters, Uchiha Madara will almost certainly be resurrected in the ninja world.


    Heijue is for its mother.


    Uehara is for the progress of the main task.


    At this time, if Nagato hastily transplanted too many intercolumnar cells, it would be very detrimental to Nagato in the future.


    Nagato has one advantage, that is, he can listen to people''s persuasion.


    This is also his shortcoming. When someone persuades him, he listens.


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head and watched Nagato sit back in the wheelchair, clicked his tongue, and shook his head lightly: "You are always used to listening to people''s persuasion, you have to change it in the future, you can''t always be persuaded by others In other words, you changed your plan."


    Nagato frowned and pondered for a while, then climbed back onto the operating table again: "Then I will re-transplant the intercolumnar cells now..."


    "Wait, I didn''t mean that!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head hastily, and pushed him hard on the wheelchair: "From now on, you only need to listen to what I say to Mr. Xiaonan, and don''t listen to what other people say, especially the little yellow hair like Didara. ..."


    "..."


    Nagato couldn''t help but glared at him, and after a while, he suddenly pushed Uehara Naraku away, and tried to stand up step by step.


    Although Nagato was a little staggering, he was still walking step by step.


    Nagato walked step by step with some surprise, looked up at Uehara Naraku and said, "Uehara, I can stand up again..."


    With the help of the energy of Hashirama''s cells, Nagato was finally able to stand up again, but a Senju Hashirama''s face grew on his calf.


    The first generation of Hokage is too shameless!


    This is where you want to grow your face!


    Uehara Naraku helped the trembling Nagato to sit down, and glanced at him speechlessly: "Okay, okay, I saw it, I saw it, put on your pants quickly!"


    Nagato: "..."


    What kind of weird words are you talking about!


    If Xiao Nan heard about it, I don''t know what he would think of them!


    But it is indeed good news that Nagato can stand up and walk. As long as he goes through simple exercises, he will soon be able to resume normal actions.


    Just when Nagato was going to tell Xiaonan in person, Uehara Naraku suddenly held Nagato, muttered something, and the two of them concealed the news again.


    ten days later.


    Uehara Naraku finally put on Akatsuki''s official uniform, and by the way, also received a set of hood and bamboo hat to conceal his identity, and Konan also restricted him from using his favorite ninjutsu during the battle.


    Because the future leader of Yuyin Village must not have anything to do with Xiao''s organization until Xiao''s plan is successful.


    On this point, Uehara Naraku also thinks so.


    Uehara Naraku touched the Xiangyun black robe on his body, feeling a little happy.


    Side task: Put on the red cloud black robe and become an official member of the Xiaozhi Tiantuan (1/1). The task has been completed, and the S-level rebellion certification will be rewarded.


    S-level rebellion certification: increase life energy by 10,000 points, increase chakra energy by 10,000 points, increase natural energy by 10,000 points, increase life recovery effect by 50%, increase chakra energy recovery effect by 50%, and increase natural energy extraction effect by 50%.


    After seeing the rewards on the system panel, Uehara Naraku''s eyes were obviously resentful. If he had been recognized by Xiaonan as an official member after joining the Akatsuki organization back then, he would have become a Kage-class powerhouse long ago!


    Before Uehara Naraku got the Dark Harvest, Uehara Naraku''s attribute points were only equal to the reward for wearing this red cloud black robe!


    Now that Uehara Naraku''s attribute points have exceeded 50,000 points, it is obviously impossible to be too excited.


    "All right."


    Xiaonan stretched out his palm to help Naraku Uehara tidy up his clothes, looked at him with a chuckle and said, "Naraku, this time I will be your teammate and go out with you to perform missions. We haven''t performed missions together for a long time, aren''t you happy? "


    "Happy¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes twitched, he glanced at the person behind them, and said in a deep voice: "But, teacher, I have found a new teammate for myself..."


    "what?"


    Xiaonan couldn''t help raising his head, and looked at him with some surprise: "Do you want Uchiha Sasuke, that brat, or Xianglin to be your teammate?"


    Xiao Nan quickly shook his head and said, "I can''t agree to this matter. This mission is very dangerous, and someone must protect you."


    "No, his new teammate is an old-timer in the organization."


    Nagato wore the same Xiangyun black robe, lifted the hat on his head, and stood beside them: "I, a senior, should be his teammate, right?"


    "Nagato..."


    Xiaonan looked at Nagato who walked to her side in shock, and couldn''t help covering her lips, with tears in her eyes: "You...can you stand up?"


    There were many things Xiaonan felt guilty about back then.


    In addition to the death of many members, Nagato''s legs were disabled.


    Now suddenly seeing Nagato walking in front of her, Xiao Nan subconsciously took a few steps back, somewhat disbelieving everything in front of her.


    "Cough cough cough..."


    Naraku Uehara reached out to help Xiaonan wipe the tears from the corners of her eyes, held her cheeks and comforted her softly: "Okay, okay, teacher, in fact, Nagato-sama had a successful operation ten days ago and was able to stand up, but I think we should I have a surprise for you!"


    "asshole!"


    "Okay, okay, teacher..."


    Nagato watched them sniggering from the side, and after Naraku Uehara comforted him for a while, Xiaonan''s mood stabilized.


    After a while, Xiao Nan suddenly said, "So, you two have discussed it long ago, let me stay in the village, and you go out to perform tasks together?"


    "yes!"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Nagato, and the two of them nodded as a matter of course: "Ten days ago, the two of us decided to go out to carry out the mission together this time."


    "Let''s go."


    Uehara Naraku grabbed Nagato''s shoulders, waved at Xiaonan and said, "Teacher, Nagato-sama and I are leaving first! We have to go to the organization''s base to gather!"


    After finishing speaking, the two of them didn''t dare to look at Xiaonan''s stunned expression, and walked out of Yuyin Village side by side, discussing something, and Akatsuki''s identity as a novice member was undoubtedly exposed.


    After all, the members of any group will not maintain a friendly relationship on the surface like Naraku Uehara and Nagato.


    Nagato looked at Uehara Naraku, and suddenly asked curiously: "By the way, have you figured out the code names for the two of us in the organization?"


    "Not ready yet."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and touched his chin: "What do you think of the red-haired and black-haired Reapers?"


    "not so good¡­"


    Nagato glanced at Uehara Naraku inexplicably.


    Uehara Naraku scratched his chin, and made a new suggestion: "What about the red hair and the night demon?"


    "It''s even worse..."


    "What about the red hair and the night angel?"


    "What''s so messed up, are you having trouble getting through the threshold with Hongmao?"


    "Then Little Red Riding Hood and the Black Emperor?"


    "Can''t you be normal?"


    "Hey, hey, it''s not okay to be so domineering. Could it be that my code name is Black Dog?"


    "..."


    The two rushed to Akatsuki''s base muttering all the way. Obviously, the two guys wearing bamboo hats attracted the attention of all the members, and they all looked over curiously.


    Nagato naturally needs to hide his identity.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t have this need at all, and simply lifted his hat, showing a sinister smile: "From today on, I would like to ask my seniors to give me a lot of advice, and please call me by my code name by the way."


    "Oh, right."


    Uehara Naraku slowly looked at all the people present, and his voice gradually became a little cold: "When you are away from home, just call me Bailian, don''t forget to call me the wrong name, otherwise, I will kill you!"


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Before the others said anything, Kisame Kisame suddenly laughed a few times, and said softly: "Our first Lord Mizukage''s name seems to be Bailian?"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression collapsed in an instant, and then he spread his hands indifferently and said: "Then you can call me green tea from now on, and the one standing next to me, just call him black tea!"


    Nagato: "..."


    Don''t give him such a random code name!


    Sure enough, Uehara Naraku''s actions immediately aroused Didara''s dissatisfaction: "Hey, little guy, it''s so casual, do you think the mission is to drink afternoon tea?"


    "With our strength..."


    Uehara Naraku embraced Nagato''s shoulders, and squinted at everyone present: "Actually, performing a mission is no different from going to drink afternoon tea, right, black tea?"


    "right¡­"


    Nagato nodded subconsciously.


    In the next moment, Nagato''s expression hidden under the bamboo hat changed instantly, that''s right, damn it! Why did he ask Naraku Uehara to come up with a code name!


    It''s not that he himself is not good at naming names!


    After all, he personally took the entire member code name of Akatsuki!


    Jiao Du frowned, and said coldly: "Little ghost, being a full member doesn''t mean you have the right to be so arrogant!"


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead and said softly: "Quick, black tea, show them your hand!"


    "..."


    Nagato glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly. Of course, Nagato would not choose to show it to everyone, because he had a better solution.


    "Okay, stop arguing."


    Under the control of Nagato, Tendo Payne said: "They are new members of Akatsuki, one is Uehara Naraku, code-named Dongjun, and the other new member, code-named Guiyi..."


    Uehara Naraku immediately raised his hand and said loudly: "Master Payne, I think my teammates don''t like this code name very much!"


    Many members gave Uehara Naraku a surprised look. Obviously, it was the first time they saw someone dare to oppose Payne''s opinion.


    What lesson will Uehara Naraku learn?


    Instead of teaching him a lesson, Payne retorted, "No, he likes it very much. I told him that before."


    "..."


    Nao Uehara closed her mouth in dismay.


    Both Nagato and Payne''s fingers were clenched subconsciously. He really regretted supporting Uehara to become a full member all the time, and now he wanted to expel Uehara a little bit.


    This is too naughty!


    But there are still some things to say.


    Payne looked at the people present, and continued in a deep voice: "In addition, anyone who dares to disclose the identity information of the members of the organization will be hunted down endlessly by Akatsuki!"


    Obviously, this point is emphasized for Uehara Naraku.


    Payne looked at the expressions of everyone present, nodded seriously and said: "The specific actions of this mission will be in charge of Uehara Naraku!


    After all, Uehara single-handedly destroyed the people in Caoyin Village, and it was he who provoked the confrontation between Yanyin Village and Konoha. "


    After hearing Payne''s words, everyone had different expressions on their faces.


    It is true that many people present have attacked a country and destroyed a town, but a medium-sized ninja village like Caoyin Village, in addition to the five major countries, can also rank in the forefront in terms of combat power.


    It is not that simple to destroy Caoyin Village.


    That intern kid has always been really strong, but no one has ever known how strong he is. This time, maybe he can see...


    Naraku Uehara twisted his wrist, looked at the different expressions of everyone present, and raised the corner of his mouth: "Then this way, please take care of me, seniors!"

 Chapter 179

    When the lineup of members of the entire Akatsuki organization was confirmed, Uehara Naraku really didn''t know how to do this mission to fail.


    If this lineup is taken out, it is possible to eliminate Konoha.


    Uchiha Itachi, Dried Persimmon Kisame, Red Sand Scorpion, Didara, Kakuzu, Hidan, Peach Land Never Cut, Ghost Lantern Full Moon, Shiro, Kaguya-kun Maro, Absolutely.


    And Uehara Naraku and Nagato.


    Oh, and there''s also an extra head named Sasuke Uchiha.


    After all, Itachi Uchiha was worried about his younger brother staying alone in the Akatsuki organization.


    With it came countless troubles.


    The members of the Akatsuki organization are basically dissatisfied with everyone. Those who came out of Wuyin Village know the strength of Uehara Naraku, and they basically follow Uehara, especially the strongest dried persimmon ghosts and ghosts full moon are hardcore confidant.


    Didala, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion, Kakudu, and Hidan, these two teams would quarrel when they were together, and they would quarrel every now and then to show each other some color.


    Just as Didara and Hidan were about to make a move, Uehara Naraku suddenly said loudly: "Hey, hey, seniors, come and see, the volcano has erupted!"


    "what?"


    Everyone looked at Uehara Naraku in surprise, and then looked in his direction, where is there any volcanic eruption?


    Didara glared at Uehara Naraku with dissatisfaction: "Where is it! Hey, Uehara, you bastard, don''t lie to people casually!"


    "I didn''t, look clearly! Change!"


    Uehara Naraku suddenly snapped his fingers and released his Pillar of Flame skill.


    Just when everyone was a little confused, a powerful flame erupted suddenly from an area with a radius of several kilometers in the distance!


    That raging flame almost went straight into the sky thousands of meters high, even dyed the blue sky red, and the blazing fire waves almost hit the face!


    Even though everyone in Akatsuki was still some distance away from the center of the flames, they still felt the burning sensation from the air.


    "..."


    Everyone''s jaws almost dropped!


    No one in the room underestimated Uehara Naraku''s strength, but he casually released a burst of fire escape ninjutsu that could destroy the world, which still made people feel a little frightened.


    Whether it''s the distance or range of releasing ninjutsu, as well as the extremely fast release speed, everyone''s heart shuddered.


    Can this level of ninjutsu be avoided?


    Of course you can''t escape.


    No wonder Uehara Naraku could easily destroy Caoyin Village.


    Even Didara and Hidan, who were the most jumpy, became a lot more honest after seeing Naraku Uehara''s ninjutsu.


    Uehara Naraku turned around slowly, looked at all the people present who suddenly closed their palms, and smiled at the corner of his mouth: "I believe everyone will cooperate sincerely for this mission, right?"


    Everyone glanced at Uehara Naraku, then looked at the flames behind Uehara Naraku that were slowly falling from a height of several kilometers, and frowned subconsciously.


    Uchiha Itachi lowered his head, suppressing the horror in his heart, this level of fire escape ninjutsu obviously exceeded his cognition.


    In the Uchiha clan of all dynasties, there has never been such a powerful fire escape ninja!


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes were faintly shining, he glanced at his brother, and couldn''t help chuckling, is this brother afraid?


    Hmph, their Uchihas have Sharingan.


    As long as he finds an opportunity, Uchiha Sasuke is confident to use Sharingan to copy Uehara Naraku''s ninjutsu. This is a powerful ninjutsu that can destroy the world, and even Uchiha Itachi is afraid of it!


    "It''s become stronger again!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned.


    He has long been familiar with Uehara Naraku''s power.


    Uehara Naraku is good at even the most mysterious time and space skills, so what is the simplest fire escape skill?


    Nagato pressed the bamboo hat on his forehead, and raised the corners of his mouth: "This little guy Uehara is really much stronger than before!"


    "Hmph, Xiao Nan really taught a good disciple!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion snorted coldly. In fact, he hated this super-wide-range ninjutsu the most, because this powerful ninjutsu was too restraining for a puppeteer like him.


    "As the teacher''s disciple, of course you can''t embarrass her!"


    Naraku Uehara landed beside Nagato, and asked in a low voice, "How did I behave just now? Are they scared?"


    "..."


    Nagato nodded speechlessly.


    Apparently, Uehara Naraku''s revealing effect was very significant, and everyone present took his words seriously, and the journey to the Country of Grass went much smoother.


    The intelligence personnel definitely sent a piece of information.


    On the border between the Land of Rain and the Land of Grass, there is an Anbu ninja team of Konoha active, and about five ordinary Konoha ninja teams stationed there, apparently to guard against Yuyin Village.


    "Surround them, keep one alive, and kill all the others."


    Uehara Naraku''s strategy is very simple and rude.


    The Akatsuki organization is almost fully mobilized. Isn''t this how to fight and how to win?


    The members of Akatsuki are also very satisfied with Naraku Uehara''s strategy.


    After all, most members of the Akatsuki organization like to rely on their own strength to go directly to Mang, and they don''t worry about the enemies they encounter at all, and it is impossible to defeat them anyway.


    The canyon on the border of the country of grass.


    The members of Konoha''s Anbu team gathered and exchanged information with each other, confirming that the ninjas of Yuyin Village were not concentrated in the country of grass.


    "Hello, friends of Konoha, how are you?"


    A voice suddenly fell into the ears of the members of the Anbu team, and the four ninjas reacted quickly, holding the weapons in their hands and looking around vigilantly.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    I saw a ninja wearing Xiangyun black robe appeared on a rock.


    Since Uchiha Itachi and Kisame Kisame once invaded Konoha, these Anbu also received orders from Hokage, and they retreated immediately after meeting Akatsuki''s members to collect information.


    After all, a mercenary organization composed of a group of S-level rebellious ninjas, each member of which cannot be handled by an Anbu ninja.


    According to Tsunade''s assessment of the combat power of rebels.


    Konoha needs at least three Anbu teams to contend.


    "People from the Xiao organization?"


    The leader of the dark army changed his face, and immediately assigned a task: "Toyokawa, the fastest among us, will bring the information back, and the others will cover him with me, and everyone will concentrate on retreating temporarily!"


    However, the next moment, the face of the dark troop commander suddenly became extremely ugly, because ninjas wearing Xiangyun black robes appeared around them.


    At least ten members of the Akatsuki organization.


    Among them are Uchiha Itachi and Kisame Kisame who once invaded Konoha.


    Not to mention that the Konoha team wanted to escape, it would be nice to leave a whole body, not even enough heads.


    "Am I directing well?"


    Naraku Uehara turned his head and smiled at Nagato beside him. He calculated the movement direction of this Konoha Anbe by relying on his fate skill, and successfully surrounded the team.


    Nagato nodded helplessly.


    Konoha Anbu''s team rushed towards the weakest direction with some tragic and heroic spirit. In their opinion, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, the two little guys, should be the easiest to deal with!


    Kaguya-kunmaro slowly charged up against the charging Anbu team, and bones came out of his body one by one: "Bone Meridian Dance of Tang Song!"


    The other members watched Kimaro perform as if they were watching a monkey show.


    five minutes later.


    Kaguya-kunmaro carried a half-dead Anbu, threw it in front of Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "Uehara, this guy is the strongest, he should be their captain."


    "Then I can only ask you to find out the information in his mind."


    Naraku Uehara spread his hands and looked at Nagato next to him.


    Nagato nodded, stretched out his palm and patted the head of Konoha''s dark troop commander, and shouted in a low voice: "The way of the world, the technique of submerging the heart!"


    After finding out the information, Nagato suddenly pulled out the soul of the dark army leader, and said softly: "Konoha has sent a total of thirteen Anbu teams to the Kingdom of Grass, scattered in various places in the Kingdom of Grass. There are about 300 ordinary ninja troops."


    "Our mission is to eliminate Anbu, right?"


    "That''s right."


    Nagato nodded and said: "Perhaps Onoki didn''t think we could handle a large number of ninja troops, so he only entrusted us to eliminate Konoha Anbu, probably because these Anbu have been attacking and killing the scout ninjas in Iwagakure Village. Bar!"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help sighing: "Tsk, it''s not easy to find the remaining twelve Anbu teams from a place as big as the Country of Grass!"


    Hiduan walked over with his sickle on his shoulders, and licked his lips: "Killing all the Konoha ninjas is not enough to complete the task?"


    "I still think how much money should be spent on how much to do."


    Kakudo glanced at Hiduan contemptuously, and said in a deep voice, "If we also help them kill all the Konoha ninjas stationed in the Kingdom of Grass for free, how will we do business in the future?"


    Kakuto snorted coldly and continued: "Hmph, if we want to kill the Konoha ninjas who are entrenched in the country of grass by the way, we must ask Onogi to add money!"


    Add money is an excellent use of the word.


    It can be seen that Jiaodu is indeed a businessman.


    Among other things, one yard to one yard is quite accurate.


    "I agree with Senior Kakuzu''s opinion."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, he said softly: "I thought that Konoha''s Fifth Hokage only sent a bunch of Anbu to investigate, but I didn''t expect that she also sent so many ninja troops..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion knocked on his ring, and said in a low voice, "Should I ask Xiaonan to see if Ohnoki is willing to add money, or if I just look for some Konoha Anbe, the journey will be very boring." of!"


    "yes!"


    Didara raised his head and glanced at the corpse on the ground: "This task is not worth dispatching by all our members. Senior Scorpion and I will solve it!"


    I thought it was an epic-level difficulty, but I didn''t expect it to be an ordinary-level task. If you act carefully, it probably won''t take long to complete.


    "It may not be that easy."


    After Nagato covered his lips and coughed a few times, he opened his mouth and added: "According to the information I got, the person in charge of directing the operation in the Country of Grass is Konoha''s copy ninja Hatake Kakashi, and there is another important person who is ready to support you at any time." he."


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned subconsciously, he heard the name of his teacher: "Hatake Kakashi?"


    "Big man?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said, "I guess it''s Jiraiya, one of the Konoha Sannin! I''ll ask Mr. Xiaonan first to see if Yanyin Village is willing to pay more."


    Soon, news came from Xiaonan.


    Onogi, the two-day scale, was willing to add a sum of money to expel or kill all Konoha ninjas in the Kingdom of Grass.


    If there is a head-on conflict between Yan Yin Village and Konoha, Iwa Ninja''s losses will definitely not be low, and it may even trigger a war in the ninja world. It would be cheaper to use the Akatsuki organization.


    "Pity¡­"


    Jiao Du frowned, sighed, and said, "If we have the cooperation channel from the Kingdom of Thunder, we can charge another fee for cleaning up this group of Konoha ninjas."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Xiao''s people: "..."


    This guy Jiaodu is really out of money''s eyes!


    One task collects money from two great ninja villages, let''s see what you can do!


    "Let''s go! Let''s meet that copy ninja of Konoha!"


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi, and said with a light smile: "Mr. Kakashi is an old friend of the few of us here!"

 Chapter 180

    Country of Grass.


    Konoha Ninja Command.


    In order to train Hatake Kakashi, Tsunade specially arranged him to the position of commander, and even sent the previous generation of Ikacho as his assistant, Hyuga Clan, Yume Clan, Inuzuka Clan and Sarutobi Clan, etc. And so have joined.


    Although the number of this ninja troop is not large, it can be said to be a pocket version of the Konoha Ninja Army, with perception troops, surprise troops, combat troops, and medical troops, which can be said to be complete.


    late at night.


    The top brass of the force are in a meeting.


    Hatake Kakashi''s eyes showed a trace of worry: "Tonight, three Anbu teams and fifteen teams stationed in the fortress lost contact, but according to our spy report in Yanyin Village, the Yanyin troops still did not make any moves. "


    "This loss is not small."


    Nara Shikahisa played with the pen in his hand, and said in a low voice: "Almost one-fifth of the manpower was lost directly, and even the enemy''s intelligence was not obtained."


    "Let me report to Master Tsunade urgently!"


    Yamanaka Haiyi shook his head and sighed, and raised his finger: "It is obviously the most critical moment of the alliance talks, but we encountered a surprise attack in the country of grass. Confederate talks."


    "Will it be the Land of Rain?"


    "No, Yuyin Village sent a message that they will send people to participate in this alliance meeting, so we will send people to meet them when the time comes."


    "That would be too bad!"


    Nara Shikahisa slowly circled the location of the attack on the map with a pen, and said softly: "Judging from these activity trajectories, it seems that the raid force of Yanyin Village is doing, because they happen to be able to move forward as a whole, but The two sides have no coordination at all¡­¡±


    While Shikahisa Nara was analyzing it, a series of loud flares suddenly came to mind outside the camp, which was the signal of enemy attack from patrolling ninjas nearby!


    "All alert!"


    Hatake Kakashi immediately suspended the meeting, and loudly ordered the captains of each class: "Each class returns to its own position, and all Anbu gather and dispatch with me!"


    Not far from the Konoha Camp.


    The members of the Akatsuki organization spread out, Kisame Kisame was standing beside him with a big sword in his hands, Itachi Uchiha frowned, and Sasuke Uchiha was full of displeasure.


    Just now, their team took the initiative to take over the task of killing Konoha patrolling ninjas, but unfortunately, there was something wrong with the life that was supposed to be reserved.


    Before the victim had time to be detected for intelligence, he suddenly released an enemy attack flare, even if Uchiha Itachi killed him in time, it was too late.


    Uchiha Itachi frowned, looked at the corpse on the ground and said, "Is there anyone else who can escape the illusion of Sharingan?"


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Naraku Uehara took a deep look at Itachi Uchiha, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Anyway, we have already rushed under the eyes of Camp Konoha, and the possibility of launching a surprise attack without being discovered is actually very low..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the people present, and then glanced at the Konoha Camp, which was a little bustling in the distance, and said loudly: "If this is the case, then attack directly! Drive all Konoha Ninjas out of the Grass Country tonight !"


    As long as Konoha''s camp is expelled, those Konoha ninja teams stationed in other fortresses are worthless, and they will definitely withdraw after losing their backup.


    Boom!


    A clay bird appeared at Didara''s feet.


    The red sand scorpion slowly took out the puppets of the third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage, and the two generations of magnetic escape ninjas from Sand Hidden Village fell into his hands. Use the corpse of the leader of your hometown.


    Jiaodu''s body swelled rapidly, slowly splitting into three ground grudges, obviously he is also a good player in strong attack, as for Fei Duan, he can only rush forward to die.


    The three ninja swordsmen of Kirigakure Village each pulled out their own ninja swords. Several bone spurs slowly grew on Kaguya-kun Maro''s body, and Shiro and Uchiha Itachi were in charge of side support.


    As for Sasuke Uchiha, he is mainly responsible for picking up leaks...


    "Then come and say hello to them first!"


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm, and a star core appeared in his palm, the surrounding natural energy and his chakra continuously flowed into it, and the star ring around the star core expanded rapidly!


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at Uehara Naraku''s ninjutsu in surprise: "Is that Naruto''s spiral pill?"


    At first glance, Galaxy Surge does look like a spiral pill.


    Uehara Naraku slowly threw out the star core, and saw that the galaxy was continuously absorbing natural energy from the outside, and the range of the spell became wider and wider!


    After the star core quickly entered Konoha Ninja''s field of vision, its outer coverage reached hundreds of meters!


    A few Konoha Shangren rushed out quickly, and at the same time joined hands to form seals, and shouted in a deep voice: "Tu Dun¡¤Tu Liu Cheng Bi!"


    A tall city wall rose from the ground quickly!


    It''s just that when the cluster of star cores touched the city wall, a gap was blown in the defense of the earth flow city wall, and countless gravels and mud flew around!


    A whistle came suddenly.


    A giant white clay bird flew in the air and dropped a string of clay bombs. Didara stood excitedly on the giant clay bird and raised his finger: "Drink!"


    boom!


    The continuous explosions made Konoha Ninja panic!


    Just as Hatake Kakashi was trying to target Didara in the air, one after another figures in black robes of auspicious clouds came out from the gap in the Tuliu City Wall.


    "dawn!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s eyes suddenly tightened!


    More than ten members of the Akatsuki organization, which also means more than ten S-rank rebellious attacks!


    At this moment, Hatake Kakashi figured out why so many teams disappeared, because they met the Akatsuki organization.


    There are more than fifty ninja squads and nine Anbu ninjas around their camp, and they may not be without a fight against these rebellious ninjas.


    Hatake Kakashi was even a little lucky.


    If these Akatsuki guys kept harassing the Konoha Ninja camp, maybe they would have no choice but to cut off their tails to survive, but now they dare to storm this camp, wouldn''t they give Konoha a chance in vain?


    Uehara Naraku, who was in charge of commanding the battle, knew of this mistake, but the surprise attack was obviously not enough for Konoha to remember, and the use of strong attacks could quickly defeat Konoha Ninja''s mind.


    What''s more, they took money from Onoki!


    Now that the money has been collected, of course the performance has to work harder!


    Tonight they drove all the Konoha ninjas out of the country of grass. Tomorrow, the news headlines in the ninja world will be that their Akatsuki organization has been hired by Yanyin Village to attack the Konoha camp!


    Uehara Naraku found a stone and sat down, raised his Erlang legs: "I can''t show any flaws, so this battle can only rely on the seniors."


    Uehara''s sitting posture really looks like an idiot conductor.


    "whispering sound!"


    Hi Duan carried his sickle, and held a straw in dissatisfaction: "Hey, Uehara, can''t we kill them all?"


    "If they want to die, of course they can."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Hidan, chuckled and continued: "If Konoha''s loss is too great, if they dare not fight in the country of grass and Hidden Rock Village in the future, will Onogi still hire us?"


    "You little devil is really evil!"


    Fei Duan spat out the straw from his mouth, waved the sickle in his hand and rushed towards the Konoha camp: "Then let''s make a big fuss!"


    He was going to die anyway.


    The others didn''t move too slowly, and followed quickly!


    Kakuto stood outside the camp, and Kuanyu stood next to him one by one, spraying ninjutsu crazily towards the Konoha camp!


    "Fire Escape Head Hard!"


    "Wind Escape ¡¤ Suppressing Harm!"


    "Thunder Escape¡¤False Darkness!"


    The gust of wind swept through the flames and instantly opened a breakthrough from Konoha Ninja''s defense line. Hidan, Kisame Kisame, Momochi no Zhan, Moon Moon and Kaguya-kun Maro rushed in along the gap, and began to kill !


    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke brothers released the fireball technique next to them. It seems that the momentum is not small, but it always makes people feel that the two of them are paddling.


    In this fire-based attack, Bai''s Bingdun Xueji could really only paddle and help sprinkle ice thousand books and so on.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Nagato beside him, and said softly, "Aren''t you going to play? It''s rare to come out to fight!"


    "It''s fine here too, Shura Dao!"


    Nagato stood beside Uehara Naraku, an arm slowly grew out of his back, and the arm flipped quickly and turned into an exquisite mechanical cannon!


    A group of dazzling lasers shot into the Konoha camp, triggering a huge explosion, and a figure was blown away by the explosion!


    Under the collective attack of a group of Akatsuki members, even Kakashi Hatake and Shikahisa Nara had outstanding combat experience and command ability, they could not stop the decline. Today they fully realized why some people are defined as S-level rebels!


    Yamanaka Kaiichi stood beside Nara Shikahisa, conveying Shikaku''s order: "Water Dungeon team gathers, seals at the same time, water wall defense!"


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Array Wall!"


    More than a dozen water escape ninjas joined hands quickly to form mudras, releasing a tall wall of water to stop the flames that kept coming.


    However, someone is stronger than their water escape ninjutsu!


    "Leave it to us!"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark, Tao Di Zabu Zhan and ghost lantern full moon joined hands at the same time, and suddenly spewed out a huge wave of water: "Water Escape¡¤Water Dragon Bullet Technique!"


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    The three water dragons quickly broke through the water wall''s defenses and knocked a group of Konoha ninjas into the air!


    After Nara Shikajiu frowned, he quickly adjusted his tactics again: "The earth-dun ninja releases the earth-flow wall to surround them, and the other ninjas continue to release water-dun and thunder-dun ninjutsu!"


    "Earth Dungeon Earth Flow Wall!"


    "Lightning Escape ¡¤ Inducing Lightning!"


    "Water Escape ¡¤ Water Shockwave!"


    "Thunder Tunnel, Earth Walk!"


    "Water Escape¡¤Shui Yi Na Yuan!"


    With Yamanaka Kaiichi freely passing on everyone''s information, the Konoha ninjas quickly began to change tactics according to orders.


    Earth walls quickly appeared on the battlefield, quickly surrounding the members of Akatsuki who rushed in, waves of water rushed into the earth walls, and lightning flashed in the spray!


    The ninja army has this kind of advantage, and can rely on the superiority of numbers at any time to make some small ninjutsu exert extraordinary power.


    Hatake Kakashi was also watching the battlefield closely to see if he could find a flaw and kill one of Akatsuki''s members. He knew very well that these people could only be defeated one by one!


    "Opportunity... Lei Dun Leiqie!"


    Hatake Kakashi really found an opportunity. Hidan, who rushed to the front, went deep alone, and was out of touch with the people behind him. A string of electric lights came alive in Kakashi''s hands, piercing Hidan''s heart!


    Just as Kakashi Hatake breathed a sigh of relief, a strange smile suddenly appeared on the face of the enemy who was pierced by him!


    "Ahahahahahahahaha..."


    Hiduan laughed wildly and waved the sickle in his hand, regardless of the big hole in his chest, he was about to cut off Kakashi''s head directly!


    "Shenwei!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s complexion changed suddenly, and Sharingan instantly turned into a kaleidoscope, trying to suck Hidan''s head into the space first!


    However, a string of clay bombs falling in the air interrupted Kakashi''s pupil technique, as if he wanted Kakashi and Hidan to die together.


    Hatake Kakashi was also unambiguous, and immediately decided to retreat, only the flying section was ravaged by the clay bomb dropped by Didara.


    "Hey, do you want to kill me too!"


    Even after experiencing the blasting of the clay bomb, Hiduan slowly stood up again, cursing at Didara, unaware that Didara saved his life.


    After Hatake Kakashi quickly retreated, a shuriken flew towards him, and Sasuke Uchiha rushed towards his teacher with a dagger in his hand!


    This pair of former master and apprentice finally fought against each other!


    Hatake Kakashi was surprised to find that this disciple had made rapid progress, but it still made him feel very heavy: "Uchiha Sasuke, did you really join Akatsuki with Uchiha Itachi?"


    "Shut up, I just wanted to kill that man to join them!"


    Sasuke Uchiha approached Kakashi Hatake with a ninja knife, and said in a cold voice: "The Akatsuki organization has accepted the employment commission from Yanyin Village to expel all Konoha ninjas from the Country of Grass. This is the last time, so please do it yourself." !"

 Chapter 181

    Ninja bonds are always weird.


    Sasuke Uchiha joined the Akatsuki organization, but he didn''t know the truth about the extermination of the genocide, and he still had a fetter to Konoha Hidden Village.


    However, he didn''t think he had a chance to go back, so he just casually told Kakashi Hatake some unnecessary information.


    After Sasuke finished the information, he broke up with his former teacher immediately, and then went to other battlefield locations.


    This scene fell into Uchiha Itachi''s eyes.


    Uchiha Itachi looked at his younger brother with some confusion, he probably knew what Sasuke and Kakashi said, but he was a little nervous.


    Although this is a battlefield, everything is under the surveillance of Naraku Uehara in the distance. Sasuke doesn''t know how to be a spy at all, right?


    Did he really think that the symbolic battle would get rid of the suspicion?


    Fortunately, besides Uchiha Itachi, there are other sensible people on the battlefield.


    Hatake Kakashi glanced at Sasuke who was about to leave, and a ball of lightning quickly gathered in his hand, piercing Sasuke''s shoulder.


    This idiot disciple!


    Hatake Kakashi looked at Uchiha Sasuke''s incredible eyes, slowly approached him, and whispered in his mouth: "Sasuke, don''t leak information to others casually, remember, protect yourself inside Akatsuki, Naruto Still waiting for you!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke immediately realized his mistake.


    After Uchiha Itachi saw that Sasuke was injured, he jumped over, grabbed Sasuke to protect him behind him, and kicked Hatake Kakashi flying out!


    The Akatsuki organization completely took advantage.


    Kakashi Hatake couldn''t start the situation, he couldn''t fight it head-on, and he couldn''t handle the surprise attack in the air, so the Konoha ninjas had no way to resist.


    Nara Shikahisa finally gave the order to retreat helplessly: "Tell everyone, collectively retreat to the south to the border and regroup, leaving behind the three Anbu teams!"


    Seeing that the Konoha ninjas retreated one after another, the people in Akatsuki''s organization were no longer confused. After quickly eliminating Konoha Anbu, they chased after Konoha''s large army.


    The Konoha ninjas were completely defeated.


    Nagato pressed the bamboo hat on his head, and said softly: "That big man from Konoha, didn''t choose to go out until he completely collapsed?"


    The information obtained by Nagato using the technique of submergence in the inner world shows that Konoha has arranged a big man here, but now that big man has not appeared.


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and said with a light smile: "Of course the big shots can''t be dispatched casually, probably on the border side!"


    At the border of the Land of Fire and the Land of Grass.


    Indeed, a great man was near.


    Uehara Naraku''s guess is not wrong, that big shot is Jiraiya, one of Konoha Sannin, but it''s just a coincidence.


    After Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto heard about the destruction of Caoyin Village, they hurriedly changed the direction of travel and rushed to the vicinity of the Country of Grass. They planned to wait until the talks of the Allied Powers were over before continuing their journey eastward to Tangren Village.


    It is a pity that the Allied talks are destined to not be held as scheduled.


    The original meeting place was the Daimyo Mansion of the Country of Grass, but now that the Konoha ninjas have been kicked out of the Country of Grass by the Akatsuki organization, how can this meeting be held?


    Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto soon saw the ninja squads that were routed to the border of the Land of Fire, and they also saw Hatake Kakashi, Nara Shikoku and others.


    "Kakashi, what''s going on?"


    "Yanyin Village employs the Akatsuki organization."


    Hatake Kakashi wrapped around the wound on his palm, and said in a deep voice: "The Akatsuki organization has assembled more than a dozen S-rank rebels to launch a strong attack on us. With insufficient combat power, there is no way to form resistance."


    "Ok?"


    A hint of surprise flashed across Jiraiya''s face, and he said with some doubts: "Akatsuki''s members should all act in pairs, right? Are you sure it''s them?"


    "Sure."


    Hatake Kakashi lowered his hand while clutching his forehead, and said softly: "The most troublesome thing now is the allied talks that Hokage-sama is going to hold. We have lost the country of grass, and the upcoming meeting can''t go on as usual..."


    "That¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto frowned, and asked aloud: "Mr. Kakashi, since there are so many members of Akatsuki, have you seen Sasuke?"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi fell silent.


    Is this the time to ask Sasuke?


    Well, it is indeed time to ask Sasuke.


    Hatake Kakashi nodded, looked at Uzumaki Naruto and said, "Sasuke is getting stronger and stronger, Naruto, should be much stronger than you now..."


    "Well, I see."


    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists.


    Hatake Kakashi looked at this scene, wondering if he should tell about the information that Sasuke leaked to him. After all, if Naruto Uzumaki rushed back to persuade Sasuke to come back, Sasuke would die.


    This matter can only be buried in my heart first.


    Nara Shikahisa suddenly came over, and explained softly: "Kakashi, Master Jiraiya, it would be fine if Yanyin Village hired Akatsuki just to drive us out of the Country of Grass. What about the members?"


    "what?"


    "Would the Akatsuki organization have the guts to attack the top leaders of various countries?"


    "As long as they are given enough money, they even dare to attack a country. Just attacking and assassinating high-level officials seems to be the task they are best at."


    "If i remember correctly."


    Hatake Kakashi rubbed his temples, and said in a low voice: "Your Excellency Chiyo and Terumimei will arrive in the Country of Grass this afternoon! I will send someone along the route to support and remind them immediately!"


    "it is good."


    Nara Shikahisa nodded and continued: "Master Hokage has already heard the news of our withdrawal from the Country of Grass, let us stay where we are and wait for her next order."


    "What about the Confederate talks?"


    "Master Hokage means that it must be held in the Daimyo Mansion of the Country of Grass! Even if the time passes, it must be held there, otherwise it will easily disintegrate the already loose alliance!"


    Shikajiu Nara shook his head, sighed softly, and said, "In addition to the Hokage guards, Hokage-sama also brought us a group of support troops. I thought it was also for the long-term garrison. Let¡¯s counterattack first.¡±


    "Akatsuki is not such an easy character to deal with..."


    Hatake Kakashi sighed faintly.


    If the members of the Akatsuki organization were not scattered and destroyed, the power they gathered together would be too terrifying!


    However, Hatake Kakashi''s worries are unnecessary.


    Because according to the agreement between Akatsuki and Yanyin Village, they only need to drive Konoha Ninja out of the Country of Grass, allowing the Yannin to take the opportunity to occupy the entire Country of Grass.


    This task was completed very quickly.


    From the time Akatsuki''s members entered the Country of Grass until they left, Konoha Ninja was completely wiped out in less than a day.


    Since the Country of Grass is occupied by Iwagakure, Tsunade must not be able to hold alliance talks in the Daming Mansion of the Country of Grass today.


    Onoki of Yanyin Village probably felt that hiring the Akatsuki organization was really cheaper than fighting the war himself. After paying the final payment readily, he sincerely invited the Akatsuki organization to withdraw from the country of grass.


    After all, these S-level rebels captured the Country of Grass in one day and defeated hundreds of Konoha Ninja Army overnight, Ohnoki was also a little uneasy.


    After Jiaodu finished counting the money carefully, he sighed a little: "Is the mission over so soon? This money is really easy to earn."


    If it was him and Hidan, they might not be able to repel Konoha Ninja.


    However, members of the entire Akatsuki organization gathered together, and even Uehara Naraku and Nagato were wearing bamboo hats, and they didn''t do much.


    While relaxing, Jiaodu even felt a little bit regretful: "It would be great if we could make a few more such large commissions."


    "Don''t worry, there will be opportunities in the future."


    Naraku Uehara took out his Ninja forehead protector from his ninja bag and put it on his head: "I''m going to attend the alliance meeting held by Konoha Fifth Hokage, maybe she will invite me to watch Konoha''s counterattack against grass country!"


    "..."


    Many members of Akatsuki looked at Naraku Uehara inexplicably.


    How good is this person''s mentality? Yesterday he ordered them to drive Konoha Ninja out of the Country of Grass, and today he watched Konoha Ninja attack.


    On one side are the dark members of the Akatsuki organization.


    On one side is the messenger of Yuyin Village.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    What kind of brain circuit does Uehara Naraku have to have in order to be able to play two roles at once?


    Can''t you be a good person?


    Do you have to mess up your life?


    The members of Akatsuki watched Uehara Naraku leave with high mountains and straight eyes. Everyone had different thoughts, especially Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi, whose expressions were very complicated.


    noon.


    A border town in the Land of Fire.


    Tsunade arrived here with a large number of reinforcements.


    Under the command of Tsunade and Jiraiya, two war veterans, Konoha Anbe took the lead in making a sneak attack, followed by ordinary ninja troops, re-invaded the territory of the country of grass, and occupied the Daimyo mansion of the country of grass.


    Although there are still several fortresses stationed by Yannin around this Daming Mansion, the Daming Mansion has at least returned to Konoha''s control.


    Most of the high-level members of the Allied Ninja Village have received the news. Originally, after Konoha was kicked out of the country of grass, when everyone thought Konoha was going to lose face, the two Konoha Sannin fought a beautiful counterattack and fought back. Take back the territory of the country of grass.


    afternoon.


    All the Konoha allies rushed to the agreed place.


    Wuyin Village, Terumi Mei.


    Hidden Sand Village, Chiyo.


    Longyin Village, Shimu.


    Yuyin Village, Naraku Uehara.


    Life is always full of surprises and surprises, and the ninja responsible for welcoming Naraku Uehara happened to be his old friend Kakashi Hatake.


    Under the guidance of Kakashi, Naraku Uehara entered the gate of the Daimyo Mansion in the Country of Grass with lingering fear: "It''s really scary! I didn''t expect Konoha to have such a powerful force. In one day, he captured a village from Yanyin Village. Small country!"


    "Well¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi didn''t know how to answer.


    Konoha has such a powerful military power that is indeed something to be proud of, but the reason why the Country of Grass was lost was purely because of his negligence that the Country of Grass was captured by the Akatsuki organization.


    But Hatake Kakashi just happened to have something to ask: "Hey, Uehara, what about Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro that you took to Konoha to take the Chunin exam last time?"


    During the battle last night, Hatake Kakashi felt that the two guys looked familiar, so he took it to heart, and wanted to take the opportunity to get some information from Uehara today.


    "Defected."


    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly collapsed, and he said coldly: "Mr. Kakashi, your friend is really amazing! While I was going to Konoha to sign the treaty, I lured two of my companions to defect and join Akatsuki!"


    "Ok?"


    Hatake Kakashi twisted his fingers.


    Hatake Kakashi pressed his forehead again, and asked aloud, "Why, do you know about Akatsuki?"


    "Hehe, are you here to ask me?"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was very ugly, and there was even some sarcasm in his eyes. Obviously he was really angry: "Isn''t it your friend Obito Uchiha who created the Akatsuki organization and gathered the S-level rebellious ninja?"


    "Ok?"


    Hearing the news about Obito suddenly made Hatake Kakashi a little stunned. After all, he hadn''t received any information about Obito for some time.


    "Did the Akatsuki organization be created by Obito?"


    "That''s right."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at him, and said in a deep voice: "Back then, he proposed to use the Akatsuki organization to collect money for Yuyin Village. Master Hanzo approved his proposal and sent many people to help him, but he betrayed Hanzo My lord, I took everyone into my hands and left Yuyin Village."


    A woman stood in front of Uehara Naraku, and said coldly: "No wonder I saw you with three ninja seven from Wuyin Village. Didn''t you lure people to defect? ??It''s also strange You bring the blame on yourself and trust others too much!"


    The voice sounded very strong.


    With such a tough attitude, it must be that woman Tsunade.


    Before Naraku Uehara could respond, another woman''s voice fell into his ears: "Huh? Did you lure the three traitors in our village to defect?"


    "Ok?"


    Uehara Naraku raised her head slowly, and what caught her eyes was the large white area on Tsunade''s chest, followed by a sullen face, obviously she was very unhappy.


    Standing beside Tsunade was another brown-haired woman.


    Naraku Uehara had also seen this woman before.


    It was Terumi Mei from Kirigakure Village.


    Terumi Mei''s face was originally questioning, but when she saw Naraku Uehara''s face clearly, her face changed color: "It''s you, little devil! If you don''t kill me, Kisame, you were the one who lured Moon Moon''s defection?"


    Although Naraku Uehara has grown up, he can still see the outline!


    Isn''t this the little guy she thought was picking up garbage in the country of water?


    It turned out that this little guy didn''t pick up garbage to eat, but he was going to lure the Seven Rendao people in their village to defect?


    In vain, she gave Uehara Naraku a pack of biscuits!


    Terumimei himself even said swearingly that if Uehara can''t survive in the country of water, he can go to Wuyin Village to find her!


    And she told him her name.


    Damn, just thinking about it makes me feel ashamed and angry!


    Terumi Mei''s eyes instantly became murderous, she raised her head and looked at Naraku Uehara, who was about the same height, stretched out her fingers to pinch his chin: "Little devil, you did such an excessive thing to Kirigakure Village, why don''t you Do you dare to appear in front of me?"


    "It was all caused by Uchiha Obito."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, looked down at Terumi Mei''s collarbone, and hurriedly moved his eyes away, explaining softly: "Uchiha Obito controlled the fourth Mizukage-dono of your country, and used the fourth Mizukage to force the third There are seven ninja swordsmen, I know all these things clearly."


    Anyway, this is also true.


    What''s more, Obito Uchiha is dead, and now even the corpse and the coffin are in his hands, so what can I say?


    Terumi Mei gave Naraku Uehara a vicious look, resenting him for exposing the embarrassment of Kirigakure Village to the public.


    In the next second, Terumi Mei suddenly turned his head and looked at Tsunade: "Hokage-dono, I have something I want to talk to this person alone, is that okay?"


    "Please."


    Tsunade nodded casually, turned around and left with Hatake Kakashi, and after a while she turned her head again, and took a focused look at Uehara Naraku: "This is the messenger of Yuyin Village, Terumi Mei-dono, please don''t make a fuss." Just fine."


    "rest assured."


    The brown-haired beauty covered her lips with a chuckle: "Our Wuyin Village just has an old score to settle with him."


    After seeing Tsunade leave, Terumi Mei pulled Uehara Naraku''s body and pressed him against the wall by the street!


    The brown-haired beauty slowly clung to Uehara Naraku, her lips pressed against his ears, and she breathed out a mouthful of heat: "Little devil, do you still think you are a victim? You were still lying to me in the country of water..."


    "The bag of biscuits you gave me was taken away."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression looked a little innocent, the bag of biscuits was indeed snatched by Shiro.


    Terumi Mei asked coldly, "Who took it away?"


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands and said, "A vagrant looking for food at the garbage dump."


    "etc¡­"


    Terumi Mei subconsciously rubbed the center of her brows, and said in a cold voice, "Bastard, do you think I''m here to settle accounts with you for that bag of biscuits?"


    "At least wait a little longer..."


    Uehara Naraku also slowly approached Terumimei''s ear, and said in her ear as if intimately: "Don''t move easily, we are our own people, and Mr. Ghost Moon Moon and I are friends. You definitely don''t want him to be exposed. Think of a way to cover him up?"


    "..."


    Terumi Mei fell silent for a moment.


    It has to be said that the Ghost Lantern Full Moon lurked very successfully.


    For Terumi Mei, Ghost Lantern Full Moon is a necessary spy lurking in the Akatsuki organization to investigate the Blood Mist Rebellion, and it is even the hope for rebuilding the Seven Ninja Swordsmen in the future.


    His safety is indeed very important.


    And since Ghost Lantern Moon has informed Uehara Naraku''s identity and become friends with him, obviously he also thinks Uehara Naraku is a trustworthy person.


    But it still needs to be tested.


    After all, Terumi Mei is the only person in Wuyin Village who knows the identity of the ghost lantern full moon, and she doesn''t feel that the ghost lantern full moon will leak her information.


    "Ah¡­"


    Terumi Mei''s red lips gradually approached Uehara Naraku''s ears.


    Just when Uehara felt that Terumi Mei''s breathing sound was getting closer, the woman suddenly stretched out her tongue and licked Uehara''s earlobe lightly, her voice turned into hot wind and entered Uehara Naraku''s ear: "Little devil, what do you mean?" , does the traitor Ghost Lantern Moon want to go back to the village?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, pressed Terumi Mei''s back of the head, and asked softly like a fool, "Hey, aren''t you his senior? Didn''t he entrust his younger brother to you to take care of him?" ?"


    "..."


    Terumi Mei was a little silly.


    Well, the docking was successful, and Uehara was considered one of his own.


    But who can tell her what happened to the ghost lamp full moon? As a spy, why would he tell a rain hidden ninja everything about himself!

 Chapter 182

    Uehara Naraku and Terumi Mei left the corner.


    After walking to the street, the two subconsciously arranged their respective clothes, then subconsciously looked at each other, and the corners of their mouths twitched at the same time.


    Uehara Naraku finally spoke first: "Hey, hey, Terumi Mei-dono, don''t make us seem like we''ve done something shameful!"


    "..."


    Terumi Mei gritted her teeth resentfully, and then suddenly smiled: "You really have grown up! Kid, if you feel good just now, you must contact me!"


    After finishing speaking, Terumi Mei ignored the eyes of the people around him, blinked his eyes at Uehara Naraku, turned around and walked towards the venue of this negotiation.


    Obviously, Terumi Mei really wanted Uehara Naraku to contact her.


    It''s not convenient here, she wants to have a good talk with Uehara Naraku.


    Because the matter of the full moon of the ghost lamp is very important, and it even affects the future of Wuyin Village. After all, that guy has brought four ninja knives and defected to become a spy!


    Even if he left one behind at the time!


    No, at least two must be kept!


    In addition to the younger brother of Guideng Suiyue in Wuying Village, there is also a good seedling who can take the position of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen.


    "Tsk..."


    Uehara Naraku picked out his ears, followed Terumi Mei out of boredom, and walked into the negotiation venue.


    After a while, Grandma Chiyo from Shayin Village also arrived at the Daming Mansion and walked tremblingly into the meeting place. The leader of Longyin Village had arrived very early.


    Now all the negotiating members of the five ninja villages have arrived.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Uehara Naraku looked at all the people present, and it seemed that the three big Ninja Villages had a bit of grudges with him, and even Takiyin Village had some grudges.


    After all, in order to detect Nanao''s information, Xiaonan once installed a Takiin traitor to snatch the position of the leader of Takiyin Village. It was only because of Konoha''s support that the success fell short, but it is estimated that the Shiki leader did not dare to hold grudges.


    As for the three big ninja villages, needless to say, Uehara Naraku killed all the leaders of these big ninja villages.


    The Fourth Kazekage of Hidden Sand Village was killed by him.


    The fourth generation of Mizukage of Wuyin Village was killed by him.


    The third Hokage of Konoha Village was killed by him.


    Uehara Naraku admired her courage a little bit.


    With so many enemies gathered here, he dared to come to the meeting.


    This is why Terumi Mei didn''t know that he had killed the fourth Mizukage.


    Tsunade is probably too embarrassed to bring up the fact that he assassinated the third Hokage in person, after all, it involves Shimura Danzo''s attempt to seize the position of Hokage.


    Once the words are spoken, Muye Village will definitely lose face.


    Chiyo didn''t have so many scruples.


    Since the fourth Kazekage Rasa''s death in battle, Sand Hidden Village has become more and more impoverished and declining. Naraku Uehara, who killed the Fourth Kazekage, is the murderer of the decline of Sand Hidden Village.


    Chiyo glanced at Uehara Naraku slantingly, and closed his palms together: "Your Excellency Tsunade, this is a meeting of the Great Conference. I don''t think Yuyin Village is qualified to participate, and what role it can play in our next plan..."


    "No one can insult our Yuyin Village!"


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes and said softly, "Hehe, is a village whose leaders are killed like dogs, is it qualified to sit at the same table with us? Our leader Yuyin But the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo-sama!"


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara looked at Chiyo again and said, "Hey, old lady, tell me when the fifth generation Kazekage of your village succeeds to the throne, and I will kill him right away!"


    "What did you say!"


    As Chiyo flipped her palm, a scroll landed in her palm: "You bastard, I''ll kill you right now!"


    "Then come!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Chiyo, sneered and said: "Hehe, your grandson Akasashi Scorpion was beaten by my teacher to beg for mercy and surrender, that boy cried and begged for the body of Sidai Kazekage from me, you guys That''s what the puppeteer is capable of!"


    What Uehara Naraku said was a bit vicious.


    I don''t know if the Scarlet Sand Scorpion will fight him desperately after hearing about it.


    Anyway, even if Scorpion were to try his best, he would definitely not be able to defeat Uehara.


    Tsunade slammed his fist on the table, and said in a cold voice: "We came here for the same goal. This is not a place to quarrel. Only by letting go of past grievances can we cooperate sincerely."


    "That''s right."


    Terumi Mei stroked her cheek and glanced at Uehara Naraku, nodded lightly and said: "We are willing to sit here because we already have the willingness to cooperate, so why bother to care about the poison left over from the past war?"


    The land of fire, the land of water, the land of wind, and the land of rain, after the three ninja world wars, the grievances and grievances are so entangled that it is impossible to find out and count them.


    Only Sheki, the leader of Taki Country, is better.


    This immature young man smiled awkwardly to smooth things over: "Yes, yes... Hokage-dono is right, Terumi-sama is right!"


    Chiyo and Uehara Naraku snorted coldly at each other, and turned their heads away, but they followed the advice of Tsunade and Terumi Mei, and the two stopped arguing in court.


    Tsunade finally breathed a sigh of relief, unlike her great-grandfather, who kowtowed to the leaders of other ninja villages as soon as they met!


    To be honest, Tsunade kind of hates Chiyo.


    Mingming Shayin Village is as weak as anything, and even took the initiative to provoke Uehara Naraku, aren''t you afraid that Yuyin Village will invade you someday?


    "Okay, let''s get down to business now!"


    Tsunade stood up slowly, walked to a wall with a ninja map hanging, and said softly: "Today''s main topic is the distribution of benefits after the destruction of Caoyin Village.


    About a month ago, Caoyin Village was destroyed by the powerful fire ninjutsu. We think it may be Konoha''s S-level rebellious nin Uchiha Obito or Uchiha Itachi, with the purpose of provoking a new ninja war .


    In order to avoid wars and disputes caused by the land of the Land of Grass, we have decided to place the Land of Grass under the jurisdiction of the Land of Fire, under the jurisdiction of the Daimyo of the Fire Land and under the protection of Konoha.


    The daimyo of the country of grass has agreed to be canonized as a nobleman of the country of fire. "


    "..."


    Everyone present couldn''t help looking up at Tsunade.


    How thick-skinned this woman is to say the above words!


    In order to avoid wars and disputes over a piece of land, we took that piece of land as our own, why are we so shameless!


    It''s a pity that the Land of Wind and the Land of Water are beyond their reach, and the only people present who have objections to the land of the Land of Grass are the people from the Land of Taki and the Land of Rain.


    Shiki, the leader of Longyin Village, naturally dared not say a word.


    Naraku Uehara raised his palm and said softly, "What about the disputed land between the Land of Rain and the Land of Grass?"


    Tsunade frowned, and said in a deep voice: "Konoha will decide whether to divide this point after investigation. As for the return, we still need to wait for our arbitration."


    "Please feel free."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and did not argue with reason: "If the result does not satisfy us, we will neither support nor oppose it."


    "Please hear me out."


    Tsunade didn''t look at him, and continued to say: "Konoha has always advocated the balanced development of all countries in the ninja world. It is precisely because of this that the first generation of Naruto distributed the tail beasts to the major ninja villages, so that the wars between ninja villages are mutually exclusive. The scale of the war was restrained.


    So this time after Konoha gets the land of the country of grass, he will cede his own other interests to other countries to achieve a balance between the big countries. "


    Tsunade stood by the table again, leaning on the table with his hands, revealing a large area of ??white snow on his chest, which made people dizzy.


    "Of course, this is not just given to countries."


    Tsunade looked at the people present, and said slowly: "Ninja villages from all over the world must cooperate to test pressure in the direction of Yanyin, and force Yanyin to give up his attempt on the country of grass.


    Once Yanyin Village retreats and the Fire Country and the Grass Country are successfully merged, Konoha will reach an economic and political alliance and cooperation treaty with Wuyin Village, and open markets and ports to each other; Return it to Sand Hidden Village. "


    These have already been said.


    Both Chiyo and Terumi Mei nodded implicitly. The purpose of the two of them coming is precisely for this, and this is exactly what they Ninja Village urgently needs.


    Tsunade turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara, who was bored, and said slowly: "If Longyin Village and Uyin Village are willing to contribute to this, Konoha will not begrudge the interests of allies..."


    "Well, we just hope for a lasting peace."


    Shibuki looked at Tsunade and shook his head gently: "Although Konoha and we have been allies for a long time, I am sorry that we cannot participate in this cooperation."


    The country of Taki is a small country.


    Long Yin Village dared not offend Konoha, nor Yan Yin Village.


    Shibuki''s considerations are also reasonable, Tsunade nodded lightly in agreement, and then looked at Uehara Naraku: "What is the idea of ??Yuyin Village?"


    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, walked to the edge of the map, and said softly: "We need to use the original site of Caoyin Village as the dividing line, and all the land south of it will be included in the border of the Kingdom of Rain."


    "wishful thinking."


    Chiyo couldn''t help shaking her head.


    "hehe¡­"


    Tsunade laughed angrily: "That''s more than half of the land, and even the west is mountainous. It''s not easy to invade even Yanyin Village. It''s the richest place in the Country of Grass!"


    "Neither the Konoha nor the Land of Fire lacks rich land."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head gently, and continued softly: "What Konoha lacks is a strategic point that can form an absolute advantage over Yanyin Village. Obviously, the land north of Caoyin Village is mostly bridges, fortresses, and canyons, which are the most suitable The land of Konoha."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tsunade, who was still somewhat disdainful, and said softly: "If Konoha agrees to this division, Yuyin Village can cooperate with Konoha to launch a surprise attack on Iwagakure, and wipe out the Iwagakure ninjas entrenched in the country of grass."


    "Sorry, Konoha can do it by himself."


    Tsunade shook his head, and turned to look at the people present: "If Your Excellency Chiyo and Your Excellency Terumimei agree, please go back to the country and start mobilizing manpower, initiate suppression of Iwagakure Village, and force them to evacuate the Country of Grass!"


    After seeing Chiyo and Terumi Mei nodded, Tsunade looked at Uehara Naraku again, and said with a soft smile: "If you want, why not play with me, if you win, I may be able to share it with the Kingdom of Rain A village?"


    "No need to humiliate me."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and turned around to leave the venue, but before leaving, he suddenly turned his head to look at Tsunade, squinted his eyes and smiled slightly.


    "Our Hidden Rain Village has been tracking down Akatsuki''s group of traitors who betrayed the Land of Rain and Lord Hanzo. Those traitors will not easily let go of the opportunity to provoke a war between Konoha and Hidden Rock Village. Please cherish this peaceful time, Your Excellency Hokage. Bar!"

 Chapter 183

    Tsunade didn''t care about the threat that Uehara Naraku said.


    She believes that as long as Sand Hidden Village, Konoha Village, and Wu Hidden Village force and suppress Yan Hidden Village at the same time, they will definitely be able to force the three generations of Tukage Ohnoki to make concessions.


    The Akatsuki organization is just a mercenary hired by Onogi.


    As long as the third generation of Tsuchikage Onoki voluntarily gave up the country of grass, Konoha can morally occupy this land, so why care about the attack of the Akatsuki organization?


    "Uehara Naraku, wait."


    When Uehara Naraku was about to leave, Tsunade stopped him.


    The woman stood upright in front of Uehara, with a smile on the corner of her mouth: "In addition to the matter of the country of grass, we still have many things to discuss, such as information about Orochimaru and Akatsuki organization, I am very interested in these."


    "Oh, we''re not interested in that."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly, and said softly: "Yuyin Village is guarded by the ninja and demigod Hanzo-sama, the Akatsuki Organization and Orochimaru dare not be active in our Rain Country."


    The name of Sanjiao Hanzo is really easy to use.


    Although the sansho fish Hanzo has been dead in Uehara Naraku''s hands for four or five years, but Uehara Naraku''s words are beyond words, making people think that Hanzo is still alive and kicking in Yuyin Village.


    Tsunade looked at Uehara Naraku, and suddenly revealed a slight smile: "Sansho Hanzo is already very old, right? Don''t you think he can protect you forever?"


    After finishing speaking, Tsunade slowly approached Uehara, and whispered: "If Sanshoyu Hanzo''s strength is still at its peak, why did he let you, a brat, come out? I''m curious why that old guy let a brat replace him make any decisions..."


    As a ninja that Tsunade has fought against before, she admits the strength of Sansho Hanzo, after all, that guy defeated Konoha Sannin and a large number of Konoha elite ninjas by himself.


    However, human life has an end.


    Even powerful ninjas are no exception.


    Even if Sanshoyu Hanzo is a ninja demigod, his body will age and his strength will decline, which is irreversible.


    Over the years, Sanjiao Hanzo has never left Yuyin Village.


    Even from four or five years ago, Hanzo began to entrust all the work such as the diplomatic attendance of Yuyin Village to the little guy Uehara Naraku.


    Tsunade has reason to suspect that Sansho Hanzo''s strength can no longer maintain the reputation of a ninja demigod, and his body may even be plagued by diseases caused by the toxin of Sansho, otherwise Naraku Uehara would not be allowed to attend this level of meeting on his behalf.


    Although Chiyo is not the Kazekage of the Sand Village, and Terumi Mei is not the Mizukage of the Kirigakure Village, but their actual status and power are not different.


    This is a meeting at the level of the Five Kages Conference!


    "Don''t doubt Master Hanzo''s reputation."


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head slowly, looked down at Tsunade''s cheeks, and said seriously, "Hokage-dono, don''t forget that the title Konoha Sannin is a reward from Master Hanzo, and you should respect his strength. I know it well."


    Uehara Naraku looked into Tsunade''s eyes, and continued in a deep voice: "Everything I do is ordered by Master Hanzo. What Yuyin Village wants is peace, but we will never be afraid of any war provocation."


    "Hehe, if he really can..."


    Tsunade looked up at Uehara Naraku, the smile on her face remained unchanged, and she suddenly said, "Then, in the first draft of the treaty between Konoha and Yuyin Village, why did it ever mention asking Konoha to assist Hanzo in encircling and suppressing the Akatsuki organization?" ?¡±


    That first draft is still in Konoha''s Hokage office.


    It is said that it was a treaty signed by Danzo Shimura who invited Ukage ninjas to assassinate the third Hokage, and Konoha lost a lot of money, one of which was to assist Ukakure Village in eliminating the Akatsuki organization.


    At that time, Konoha should really pay attention.


    "Oh, that kind of thing doesn''t matter what you think."


    Uehara Naraku certainly couldn''t say that it was written by the pharmacist in a random manner.


    Uehara Naraku tapped his forehead and said: "Under Hanzo-sama''s command, we have driven out Uchiha Obito and his group, and destroyed their secret base in the Land of Rain."


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, he looked at Tsunade and smiled and said, "I heard a news that Akatsuki and Orochimaru have started cooperation again... I hope you can ask for more blessings! Those guys are very annoying!"


    "..."


    Tsunade''s expression was slightly ugly.


    The next moment, Tsunade slowly lowered his arm that blocked Uehara, and let Naraku Uehara walk out of the venue.


    Seeing that young man Yuren walking down the steps step by step, Tsunade suddenly said again: "Uehara kid, you have really changed a lot!"


    "..."


    Hearing Tsunade''s words, Naraku Uehara stopped, turned his head to look at Tsunade and smiled lightly, "People always change."


    "Bigger than I thought."


    Tsunade sighed faintly, and said in a low voice: "From your body now, I can''t see the boy I met back then!"


    "..."


    Everyone cast puzzled looks at Tsunade and Naraku Uehara.


    Naraku Uehara clutched his forehead in embarrassment, turned and left the venue.


    After seeing Naraku Uehara leave, Shizune walked up to Tsunade and said softly, "Master Tsunade, is this the end of this negotiation?"


    "if not?"


    Tsunade frowned, and said with a sneer: "Now that the power of the three great powers has been assembled, does that old guy Onogi still dare to insist and refuse to give in?"


    Through a series of diplomatic means, Tsunade allowed the three major powers to form a short-lived alliance, which is the most powerful alliance in the history of ninja world.


    Even Onoki dared not take the risk!


    Unless someone gives him enough courage.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    After Uehara Naraku left the Daimyo Mansion in the Country of Grass, he folded his palms together and shouted in a low voice: "Ninjutsu, psychic art!"


    A coffin emerged from the ground.


    Obito Uchiha lay expressionlessly in the coffin, looked at Naraku Uehara coldly, and then channeled him out again.


    What on earth does this little bastard want to do?


    "There is a task for you."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Obito Uchiha, and the smile on his face became slightly evil: "Help me to attack the Daimyo Mansion in the Country of Grass, so that Konoha''s losses will be as great as possible. By the way, remember to wear Iwagakure Ninja''s clothing."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued to add: "In this case, you are like a shameless villain who provoked the war between Konoha and Yanyin Village."


    "asshole!"


    Obito Uchiha was furious instantly, and clenched his fists: "Naraku Uehara, who do you think you are? Do you think you can really control everything!"


    "Of course I can''t control everything."


    Naraku Uehara approached Obito Uchiha slowly, chuckled and said: "Senior Obito, I just need to be able to control you!


    It seems that I need to warn you again!


    By the way, the one who is still in the underworld is called Nohara Rin, right?


    I know she definitely doesn''t want you to do too many things that hurt Konoha, so if you secretly leak my information to others, maybe Nohara Rin will forgive you? "


    When Naraku Uehara said this, he saw that Obito Uchiha¡¯s face was slightly moved, and he suddenly continued: "But if this is the case, the woman Rin Nohara will be resurrected by me, and then I will suffer. I''m in control..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the change in Uchiha Obito''s face, smiled slowly and said: "Now you have two choices, one is to revive Nohara Rin and attack Konoha under my control, the other is Go attack Konoha yourself.


    Obito-senpai, as a man, I guess you don''t want to torture that poor little girl''s soul any more, right? "


    It was a bit embarrassing to say this.


    If Uchiha Obito''s filthy reincarnated body chooses to leak Uehara''s information, he may feel a little relief in his heart, but that would require Nohara Rin to come back and suffer.


    How would he choose?


    Do you even need to think about it?


    Uchiha Obito walked out of the coffin, and looked at Uehara Naraku seriously: "Uehara Naraku, my soul is already dirty, I will let you drive me, I will no longer have any will to resist, but you have to promise to be absolutely It won''t disturb Lin''s tranquility..."


    "rest assured."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Uchiha Obito''s words, and said with a chuckle: "A little ninja from Rin Nohara, a strong man with a kaleidoscope Sharingan, everyone knows who to choose?"


    "it is good."


    From this moment on, the transaction between them is established.


    In the future, Obito Uchiha will be under the control of Uehara Naraku, and become the black hand who disturbed the ninja world again, without a trace of will to resist.


    After Naraku Uehara reminded him this time, Obito Uchiha recognized his heart clearly. His pursuit was no longer Rin Nohara''s forgiveness, but Rin Nohara''s soul peace.


    The former Uchiha Obito did everything he could to re-create the new world; the current Uchiha Obito, in order to allow Nohara Lin to be peaceful underground, has to fall into the darkness of the past.


    Uchiha Obito looked at Uehara Naraku''s smile, and gritted his teeth bitterly: "Uehara Naraku, you are really a devil, even scarier than Heijue..."


    "Thank you for the compliment."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand at Obito Uchiha and said, "Okay, let''s go! Go and attack the Konoha ninjas in the Country of Grass!"


    After watching Obito Uchiha disappear into the vortex of time and space, Uehara Naraku raised the corner of his mouth and chuckled: "It just so happens that you can also meet your friends... I hope this time, I won''t be disappointed, Ka Mr. Cassie, Senior Obito!"

 Chapter 184

    The Daming Mansion of the Country of Grass.


    Although the high-level alliance talks of Ninja Village have ended, Terumi Mei, Chiyo and others have returned to the village, but Konoha''s fifth Hokage Tsunade stayed temporarily.


    There are still many things that need to be dealt with in the Country of Grass.


    For example, the future strategy of Konoha in the Country of Grass needs to be decided by Tsunade, the struggle between Konoha Ninja and Iwa Ninja, and the possibility of reducing the possibility of a ninja world war.


    These are troublesome questions.


    And Tsunade is also responsible for appeasing the emotions of his subordinates.


    "Kakashi."


    Tsunade sat on the seat of the Daimyo of the Country of Grass, glanced at Kakashi Hatake who was kneeling on one knee, and said softly: "You are the only jonin in the village who has no subordinates for the time being, and you are the only one who has served as the captain of the Anbu team. position, you should be stationed in the Country of Grass during this period of time!"


    Since the three little guys in the seventh class went their separate ways, only Hatake Kakashi was left relatively leisurely. Coupled with his previous experience, Tsunade did not replace his position.


    After finishing speaking, Tsunade opened his mouth and added: "The fall of the Country of Grass last night was a surprise attack by the Akatsuki organization. Lu Jiu mentioned it to me, and all your handling is beyond reproach."


    After all, no one can benefit from encountering more than ten S-rank rebels.


    Hatake Kakashi, Nara Shikahisa and others minimized the loss of Konoha as much as possible, and he has done a very good job.


    Hatake Kakashi lowered his head, still blaming himself in his heart: "But I don''t think I''m competent..."


    "Kakashi, take responsibility!"


    Tsunade glanced at Kakashi Hatake, and said in a deep voice: "Naruto is still in the Land of Grass! You don''t want to be a deserter in front of your disciples, do you? At least give me this time!"


    "Yes, Hokage-sama."


    Hatake Kakashi could only reluctantly agree.


    Only then did Tsunade nodded in satisfaction and said, "After Yanyin Village retreats, I will transfer you back to Konoha to participate in an important mission..."


    "yes¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi finally felt a little relieved.


    Just as he was about to continue reporting, there were a few hurried shouts from outside the room, and the atmosphere suddenly became tense.


    "Enemy attack! Enemy attack!"


    "Everyone be on alert! It''s a rock ninja spy sneaking in!"


    "Squad 16, Class 19, protect Hokage-sama, the others go round him up!"


    After a short period of panic around the Naruto temporary office, it quickly calmed down. Obviously, the Konoha ninjas stationed outside were sure to deal with the enemy.


    It''s a pity that the enemies of this invasion are not ordinary people.


    five minutes later.


    The cries of the ninjas fighting and the screams before death broke the silence again. Tsunade and Hatake Kakashi finally couldn''t talk anymore. After the two flew out of the room, they were attracted by the enemy in front of them look.


    An Iwanin wearing an Iwagakushi uniform and a mask wielded a ninja sword in his hand, and stabbed the last Konoha ninja in the neck!


    In just a few minutes, more than a dozen Konoha ninjas stationed outside this temporary office were slaughtered by the enemy!


    The iwa ninja pulled out the ninja sword in his hand again, threw off a string of blood beads, pointed at Tsunade and Hatake Kakashi, and said in a loud voice: "The Fifth Hokage Tsunade, copy the ninja Hatake Kakashi, it seems that this time the harvest is not small..."


    "court death!"


    Tsunade clenched his fist, and slammed down on that Iwanin, only to see a big gap in the ground instantly, and countless bricks and stones flew under the impact of the fist!


    It''s just that Yannin didn''t seem to be affected at all. After flying away, he joined his hands and began to seal his palm and slapped it on the ground: "Earth Dungeon, Crack the Earth and turn the palm!"


    A crack clearly appeared from the ground, and the crack gradually expanded, rushing towards Tsunade and Kakashi Hatake!


    Hatake Kakashi frowned, and at the same time combined his hands into mudra, and even completed his spell faster: "Earth Dungeon Cracking Earth and Turning Palm!"


    The two rifts of the earth collided together, causing an explosion in an instant!


    "Hokage-sama, leave this to me! Please go and command everywhere! I suspect that he is not the only one who sneaked into the Daimyo''s Mansion in the Country of Grass!"


    Hatake Kakashi stopped Tsunade who wanted to rush up, and after a deep persuasion, he pulled out his Kunai and rushed up.


    Tsunade nodded without hesitation and ran away.


    Anyway, she''s just a mere Iwanin spy, and she believes that Kakashi Hatake can easily deal with the enemy.


    This time, Tsunade was wrong.


    The enemy Kakashi encountered this time is not weak in sword skills!


    For a while, he was able to fight on par with Hatake Kakashi, until Hatake Kakashi used a little trick to pierce the enemy''s defense with kunai!


    Hatake Kakashi flipped the kunai in his hand, swung his hand and punched the enemy''s chest, and untied his ninja sword!


    "you lose!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s kunai stabbed at the enemy''s throat, but was kicked in the lower abdomen by the enemy''s short kick, kicking him out, and quickly resolved the predicament.


    "Sure enough, I''m still not good at knife skills!"


    This Yannin slowly shook his head, and after closing his palm seal, he opened his mouth and spewed out a stream of flames: "Fire Escape¡¤The Art of Fireball!"


    "Earth Dungeon Earth Flow Wall!"


    A flash of surprise flashed in Hatake Kakashi''s eyes, and he joined his hands together to make a mudra almost at the same time, releasing a wall of earth to resist the attack of the flames!


    Soon the earth wall became dilapidated under the burning of the flames!


    "Earth Dungeon Earth Dragon Yin!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s figure disappeared under the earth wall in an instant, and the next moment he got out from the ground under the enemy''s feet, and punched the enemy in the chin.


    boom!


    This move was something Iwagakure Ninja had never thought of. After being hit hard on the face, his body flew out involuntarily!


    Hatake Kakashi flew towards the Iwagakure ninja, reaching out and trying to take off the mask on his face: "You are so skillful in using the fireball technique, you can''t be..."


    "That''s right, Kakashi!"


    The crimson Sharingan suddenly appeared in the mask of this Iwa ninja. Taking advantage of the horror in Hatake Kakashi''s eyes, he suddenly grabbed Kakashi''s shoulder and hit Kakashi with a knee. chest!


    The situation turned almost instantly.


    This Yannin slowly took off his mask, revealing Uchiha Obito''s somewhat broken face: "Kakashi, your sword skills are getting stronger and stronger!"


    "Bring soil!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s face suddenly changed.


    This is the third time Kakashi and Obito Uchiha have met.


    To be precise, it is the Uchiha Obito who came back to life more than ten years ago.


    No, strictly speaking, this is the second meeting. After all, the first time Hatake Kakashi knew that Uchiha Obito was still alive, he met someone else who was fake.


    Four or five years ago, Hatake Kakashi finally saw Uchiha Obito was still a mysterious masked man, and Kakashi passed out completely after only saying a word.


    Now, it''s time for real old friends to meet.


    It''s just that they have already stood in different positions, even separated by life and death.


    Hatake Kakashi stood up slowly, his face no longer had the joy of seeing his old friend, but his eyes were full of vigilance and vigilance: "Obito, why did you appear here to attack the ninjas in the village!"


    "..."


    Obito Uchiha fell silent.


    A moment later, a light flashed in Uchiha Obito''s eyes, as if he had received someone''s instruction, the corner of his mouth grinned, showing a slight smile: "Yesterday, my group of subordinates didn''t kill you, today I will come Make up for this mistake!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s expression changed again, and he clenched his fingers tightly: "That fellow Uehara Naraku is right, you are really the person behind the Akatsuki organization!"


    "..."


    A bit of bitterness flashed in Uchiha Obito''s heart, how much scapegoat this bastard Uehara Naraku made him!


    The thought was fleeting.


    In the next second, Obito Uchiha showed a smile on his face, and said softly: "No, those people are all my companions! After all, they won''t kill their teammates!"


    This is pure nonsense.


    Jiao didn''t know how many teammates he had killed.


    Obito Uchiha just sprinkled a handful of salt on the wound in Kakashi''s heart, and added a pepper by the way: "How can a ninja like you who only knows how to complete tasks know the value of companions? Don''t use that Look at me, Kakashi!"


    "Bring soil..."


    A drop of cold sweat gradually appeared on Hatake Kakashi''s forehead.


    At this moment, he didn''t know what to say.


    Even if he said something, Kakashi felt that it was all wrong.


    Because Nohara Lin died on his Rachel, this is irrefutable, and even his hands are stained with Lin''s blood.


    As long as you do something wrong, everything you say is a sophistry.


    However, this time is definitely not the time to be silent!


    Hatake Kakashi slowly clenched the kunai in his hand, and whispered: "Obito, what do you want to do? Kill me and avenge Lin?"


    "No."


    Obito Uchiha slowly raised his finger, and looked at Kakashi Hatake coldly: "I just want to revive Lin..."


    "resurrection¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi''s eyes tightened instantly, and his voice gradually became a bit bitter: "Could it be resurrected like Orochimaru?"


    Obito Uchiha shook his head and spread his palms: "No, it''s the real resurrection, living freely and enjoying the fresh air!"


    Uchiha Obito slowly stretched out his palm, said with a chuckle, "Kakashi, are you willing to join my organization?"


    Apparently Obito Uchiha knows the answer.


    Obviously Naraku Uehara, who manipulated Obito behind the scenes, also knew the answer.


    Obviously Hatake Kakashi in front of him also knew his answer.


    "Resurrection..."


    Hatake Kakashi sighed faintly, and put his kunai on his chest a little bit: "Then can you resurrect everyone who died because of you? Minato-sensei! Kushina-senpai! And Countless people died because of you!"


    Namikaze Minato and Uzumaki Kushina undoubtedly became the reason for Kakashi to refute Uchiha Obito, after all, those two are also the most important members of the Minato class.


    "All I need is Lin!"


    A trace of guilt flashed in Uchiha Obito''s eyes, and after a while he regained his temper, and laughed maniacally: "Hahahahahahahahahahahahahaha... Sure enough, I am the only one in this world who still loves Lin!"


    "Do you know Lin?"


    Hatake Kakashi looked at Obito Uchiha who seemed crazy, and said word by word: "If Lin knows everything you are doing now, she will only want to kill you more than me now!"


    "It''s okay, I don''t care."


    Uchiha Obito slowly took off Iwagakure''s clothes, his voice gradually became emotionless: "It just so happens that we both want to kill each other..."


    Uchiha Obito raised his head again, looked at Hatake Kakashi in front of him, and slowly formed a handprint: "Then let''s fight for life and death here! Kill you first, and then kill Konoha''s The fifth generation of Hokage, let Yanyin Village and Konoha never have a peaceful day!"


    That is Konoha Ninja''s seal of opposition!


    Hatake Kakashi''s face became extremely ugly, he slowly raised his finger, and said through gritted teeth: "Obito, you are really crazy!"


    "Oh, then you just think I''m crazy!"


    Uchiha Obito''s palms closed suddenly, and the kaleidoscope Sharingan in the eye sockets shot out a stream of air quickly, and a flame entered the air stream, rushing towards Kakashi Hatake!


    "Fire Escape¡¤Blast Wind Flurry Dance!"


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Array Wall!"


    Kakashi Hatake put his hands together to make a mudra, and the wall of the water formation was evaporated by the flames in an instant, and the smoke formed by the water vapor instantly surrounded the two of them!


    A fight between old friends broke out completely!


    Just when this fierce battle broke out, Uehara Naraku, who was spying on the battle with the help of Dirty Reincarnation, hooked the corner of his mouth: "About ten minutes later, Konoha''s reinforcements will arrive at your battlefield, and you can retreat gone."


    While fighting, Obito Uchiha asked aloud: "What is your purpose? I thought you would let me kill Hatake Kakashi..."


    "If you want, if you can, do whatever you want."


    Uehara Naraku reached out and touched a wild fruit, and said softly: "As for the purpose? I just want to leave Tsunade with the impression that Obito Uchiha led the Akatsuki organization to try to provoke the war between Konoha and Iwagakure."


    "Is it useful? People from the Akatsuki organization will not cooperate with my actions!"


    "Of course it works."


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, took out a ring, and said with a kind smile: "They will cooperate with your actions, who will let that woman Tsunade not agree to my conditions, she will pay a heavy price of!"


    ten minutes later.


    The Daming Mansion of the Country of Grass.


    The battle between Uchiha Obito and Hatake Kakashi is coming to an end. Both of them have a Kamui Sharingan, but Uchiha Obito is even better!


    What''s more, he still has the infinite chakra of reincarnation from the dirt!


    This time, Hatake Kakashi was beaten extremely terribly, and Obito didn''t even touch Uchiha Obito''s body, he was severely cleaned up once by Obito.


    Because the divine power of the two would cause a space response, Uchiha Obito did not dare to use the divine power to bring Kakashi into the space.


    Finally, after the Konoha reinforcements arrived, Obito had no choice but to retreat.


    A wave of green chakra brewed in Tsunade''s hand and landed on Kakashi''s body, healed his wound, and asked, "Kakashi, what''s going on? Who was that enemy just now..."


    "He''s Obito."


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Hatake Kakashi looked at the sky absent-mindedly, with some pain and confusion in his eyes: "Last night, Obito directed the Akatsuki organization to attack us."


    The fact hammered.


    Uchiha Obito has become very different from the past, he has unprecedented power, and he doesn''t bother to lie to him.


    "that guy!"


    Tsunade clenched his fist, and asked in a deep voice, "Is he here to instigate Konoha and Yanyin to fight?"


    "Ok."


    Kakashi Hatake closed his eyes, and said in a low voice: "That guy Obito is completely insane... Hokage-sama, I will stay in the Country of Grass and continue to fight him, and I will definitely catch him next time." Stop him!"


    It seems that Uchiha escaped with the natives, and he still took a scapegoat.


    "..."


    After Tsunade nodded in silence, he continued: "After we force Yanyin Village to retreat, we will start to encircle Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito!"


    "yes."


    Hatake Kakashi sighed.


    How did his old friend become what he is now?


    If Obito Uchiha knew what Kakashi was thinking, he would definitely feel wronged in his heart. Fortunately, Naraku Uehara did not manipulate him to kill Kakashi Hatake.


    Obito obviously let go of the water in the battle just now, leaving Kakashi Hatake''s life.


    Uehara Naraku saw that when Uchiha came back with soil, he was sitting on the coffin with soil and eating wild fruits, which seemed very rude.


    "Obito, how does it feel to see an old friend?"


    "Hmph, it''s still the same, that guy is still so stupid."


    Uchiha Obito frowned, and got into the coffin on his own. At this time, he was in a very bad mood and didn''t want to talk to Uehara Naraku.


    Uehara Naraku sighed, helped Uchiha Obito cover the coffin, and said with a light smile: "Then you have to adapt, there are still many opportunities for you to meet in the future!"


    "..."


    Obito Uchiha lay in the coffin dully and closed his eyes.


    Hehe, let him deal with Hatake Kakashi?


    Damn it, can''t Uehara Naraku, a bastard, do some human affairs!


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a monthly ticket!

 Chapter 185

    Uehara Naraku''s plan succeeded.


    In half a month, the Country of Grass turned back and forth seven or eight times.


    Faced with the fact that Yanyin Village may hire Akatsuki to attack the Country of Grass at any moment, Tsunade believes that it is very irrational to entangle with a group of S-rank rebels in this land.


    After much consideration, Tsunade urged Wuyin Village and Sandyin Village to collectively threaten the safety of Yanyin Village, and at the same time contacted Yuyin Village to discuss their joint attack on Akatsuki.


    Tsunade finally realized what was tricky.


    After all, Wuyin Village and Shayin Village won''t get involved in this kind of thing.


    And those who have the willingness to jointly attack the Akatsuki organization and can join forces with Konoha, only Yuyin Village can become their ally.


    After all, in Tsunade''s cognition, the group of guys from the Akatsuki organization once took refuge in Sansho Hanzo, and later they betrayed Hanzo under the instigation of Uchiha Obito.


    So Xiao Nan was shocked when he received Tsunade''s invitation in Yuyin Village!


    How did her disciple operate?


    Why did Yuyin Village and Muye Village jointly attack the Akatsuki organization?


    So Xiaonan quickly contacted Nagato and asked what her good disciple was doing! She has just become a full member of Akatsuki, so why do she do some gaudy things again!


    "It''s just a play."


    Naraku Uehara sat among a group of Akatsuki members, and said with a chuckle, "It just so happens that we can get the commission from the third generation of Tsuchikage Onogi, and we can also take this opportunity to let Konoha give up part of the land of the Kingdom of Grass."


    All Konoha wants is to contain Iwagakure.


    Even if Yanyin Village is threatened by Wuyin Village and Sandy Village, Ohnoki doesn''t care about Konoha''s troubles. As long as they still have money to hire Akatsuki, they don''t have to worry about the war in the Country of Grass.


    As long as Onoki is willing to pay, he can occupy the country of grass at any time.


    "Little devil, you are really evil!"


    Jiaodu snorted softly, and frowned, "I didn''t expect there to be such a way to make money. Can we provoke a war between Konoha and Hidden Sand Village next time?"


    Who would have thought that in just half a month, the money he got from Onoki alone exceeded the funds that could only be collected for missions in the past year.


    It''s just that the money is a little hot.


    Kakudo doesn''t care whether the money is hot or not, and whether it conforms to the ninja rules. This old man only wants money, and counting it can make him happy.


    Therefore, Kakuzu immediately diverged his thinking, and thought of the country of Kawa, which is mixed between Konoha and Hidden Sand Village, but there is no Ninja Village in that country, and not many people want it.


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion shook his head, and said in a low voice, "The land of Sichuan is not good, and after Sidai Kazekage was killed by Uehara, Sand Hidden Village is very poor!"


    "Wouldn''t Konoha be willing to pay us to hire us?"


    Kakuto''s mood is a bit not pretty, for a money-oriented person like him, Konoha is really an ideal big client!


    After all, Konoha is the richest ninja village in the ninja world.


    "Konoha is very proud."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and smiled lightly: "And I heard that Obito senior... no, it seems that Uchiha Obito is also attacking Konoha Ninja, and the Fifth Hokage probably regards our organization as a rebellious ninja organization against them Come on!"


    This is what he does behind the scenes.


    In Tsunade''s eyes, the Akatsuki organization is an evil organization founded and led by the village''s S-class rebel Uchiha Obito, whose purpose has always been to provoke wars between great powers.


    If the Akatsuki organization only used money to do things, Tsunade might really consider hiring them.


    But this Akatsuki organization is instigating war, and Tsunade will definitely not believe them.


    "This kind of easy and refreshing task is estimated to disappear soon."


    Didara sighed, and looked towards the direction of the Land of Earth: "If this goes on like this, the stingy old man will hardly be able to part with the money!"


    Didara is a disciple of Onoki.


    Didara still knows his teacher very well.


    The third generation of Tsuchikage Ohnoki loves both people and money. This time, he will soon be unable to bear the cost of hiring Akatsuki in the fight for the land of the Country of Grass.


    Maybe Yanyin Village will negotiate with Konoha soon.


    "Then let''s see who can''t hold on first."


    Uehara Naraku played with the ring in his hand slowly, and said with a light smile: "Tomorrow I will transfer to the Land of Rain to negotiate with the Fifth Hokage. If I still fail, then please come to my seniors!"


    "..."


    The members of Akatsuki nodded.


    The faces of Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke are still complicated.


    Obviously, the negotiation between Uehara Naraku and Tsunade went much smoother this time.


    After seeing Uehara Naraku, the Fifth Hokage-sama of Konoha put forward his own conditions directly and neatly.


    "The first thing is, I agree to give up part of the land of the country of grass, but Yuyin Village must form a military alliance with Konoha to counter the second invasion of Yanyin Village at any time. Of course, this alliance is limited to the affairs of the country of grass. "


    Tsunade still behaved very rationally.


    The Land of Fire does not lack fertile land. Konoha only needs land that can resist the invasion of Yanyin Village and invade Yanyin Village at any time.


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and he didn''t think Tsunade would only propose one condition: "I agree with this condition, Hokage-dono, please continue to talk about other conditions!"


    Tsunade nodded, and continued: "The second thing is that Yuyin Village must cooperate with Konoha to attack Akatsuki''s actions, and the two sides will share the information about Akatsuki that they have obtained."


    "no problem."


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, smiled and said, "Master Hanzo is also very happy to have someone help eliminate Akatsuki."


    After Tsunade finished speaking, he hesitated to say his third condition: "The third thing, you need to assist Konoha with information on Orochimaru."


    "That''s even more of a problem."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was even brighter. He really didn''t feel burdened about selling information about Orochimaru in exchange for the benefits of Yuyin Village.


    It¡¯s just that Uehara Naraku still made his own request: ¡°If Konoha encircles Orochimaru, a treasure in our Yuyin Village will also be stolen by Orochimaru. I hope it will return to the original owner.¡±


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    This thing is pure nonsense.


    Bringing up this matter is mainly to gain Tsunade''s trust.


    Because Uehara Naraku knew in his heart that if Konoha encircled Orochimaru, he would at most encircle and suppress the evacuated base in Yinyin Village.


    And that base was evacuated by him.


    That guy Orochimaru had already fled away.


    "Can."


    Tsunade naturally didn''t know this, she nodded lightly and agreed, bearing a debt for the future Konoha.


    After talking about these business matters, the smile on Tsunade''s face suddenly piled up, and she slowly took out two dice from her chest: "The last request is to play a few games with me, this request is not too much Bar!"


    "... not too much."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.


    How much does this woman love to gamble!


    ten minutes later.


    Tsunade slowly picked up the dice on the table, squeezed them into pieces little by little, and said with a light smile, "I won again!"


    Then she slowly raised her head to look at Uehara Naraku, the smile on her face became colder a little bit: "Last time I won you a lot, but the third Hokage was assassinated by you! This time I won again, didn''t I?" Does that mean Konoha''s Fifth Hokage will also die in your hands?"


    "Sorry, I don''t want to either."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed.


    If you woman mess around in the future, let alone Konoha''s Fifth Hokage, even Konoha''s Sixth Hokage and Seventh Hokage may die in his hands!


    Tsunade restrained the smile on his face, stopped mentioning those bad things in the past, reached out and patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder: "Let''s go, brat! I won''t believe in fate anymore!"


    Ever since she met Uzumaki Naruto, she no longer believed in these things.


    There is no fate in the ninja world, it''s just an excuse!


    "Then wish us a happy cooperation."


    "hope so!"


    Although she has won a lot of Uehara''s IOUs, Tsunade''s face is still a little unhappy, perhaps because she is used to being domineering, and this is the first time she has invited others to share the fruits of victory.


    The land of the Country of Grass was eventually divided into three parts.


    The Land of Rain has obtained a part of relatively fertile land, and Konoha has obtained some strategic points, such as the area around the Shenwubi Bridge back then, and Yanyin Village has obtained a little leftovers, which can be regarded as barely saving some face for itself.


    For Konoha, they already got what they wanted.


    And after Konoha encircled and suppressed Oshemaru''s Yinyin Village, although they did not find any trace of Oroshemaru, they successfully destroyed Yinyin Village.


    Tian Guoguo returned to Konoha''s embrace.


    Although it is not considered the territory of the Kingdom of Fire, it is also under the jurisdiction of Konoha.


    For Yuyin Village, their harvest is bigger than Konoha. In addition to the land, there is also a large commission brought by Xiao''s employment.


    Only Onoki almost died.


    After the countries divided up the Country of Grass and the border was re-established, although there were occasional frictions between the three parties, the ninja community believed that the Country of Grass incident had completely ended.


    When the ninja world gradually calmed down.


    Heijue quietly found Uehara Naraku.


    Hei Jue couldn''t hold back anymore, and wanted to start the Moon''s Eye project in advance: "Some tailed beasts can already be captured in advance."


    "etc¡­"


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and asked in a deep voice: "If you attack Churiki from the Five Great Nations rashly, there is a high probability that it will cause a backlash? And it wasn''t the news that was investigated not long ago. Has Mitsuo of the Water Country not been reborn yet?"


    Hei Jue nodded, and said in a deep voice: "But some guys won''t stay where they are, we can catch those less well-behaved guys first, such as Four-tailed Jinchuriki and Six-tailed Jinchuriki. But not many people know."


    "Didn''t you say to start from the end?"


    "That''s right."


    There was some worry in Heijue''s eyes: "But Obito Uchiha is very active in the Country of Grass. I suspect that he may have his eyes on Konoha''s Nine Tails. I am very worried that he may capture a certain tailed beast in advance to threaten us. The Eye of the Moon project..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    How did this start?


    Well, it''s his fault too.


    Obito Uchiha ran around in the Country of Grass, but did nothing. It really seemed like he was trying to get Konoha Nine-Tails Jinchuriki who happened to be practicing in the Country of Grass...


    "rest assured."


    Heijue seemed to sense that Uehara Naraku was worried, and said softly: "Except Sanwei, everyone Churiki is under my monitoring."


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a heavy face: "I remember the action of the Yinyang Dunhei stick that can imprison the tailed beast, and it is also possible to capture some neglected renjuriki in advance... But I don''t seem to be a good suggestion for this matter."


    "certainly."


    Hei Jueyin nodded with a smile and said: "I will propose at Akatsuki''s meeting that you and I form a team to investigate Siwei''s information. If the time is right, you can directly channel Payne, and we will directly arrest him." Stop him!"


    "it is good."


    Uehara Naraku nodded.


    Wait, why did he team up with Heijue?


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead. If he teamed up with Hei Ze, did he take the behind-the-scenes script of Obito Uchiha?

 Chapter 186

    Hei Jue was very pleased.


    Fortunately, it lured Naraku Uehara early. Compared with Obito Uchiha, who has been unwilling to obey and domineering and even defected, Uehara is simply a good baby.


    And every time Bai Jue reported secretly monitoring Uehara Naraku''s information, this little guy was always concentrating on practicing ninjutsu and trying to make himself stronger.


    the most important is.


    Heijue doesn''t have to worry about Uehara Naraku standing on his own.


    After all, this kid doesn''t have any blood successors or some high-level bloodlines. He is just an ordinary civilian genius ninja who can be replaced by others at any time.


    In the future, he will not compete with Uchiha Madara for the control of ten tails.


    If Uehara Naraku knew what Kuroze was thinking, he would probably lament that the life script he got was not as good as Uchiha Obito!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t have time to think so much, what he thought of was Hei Ze''s brain circuit, this old guy was worried that Obito Uchiha wanted to collect the tailed beasts first, so he simply made it a fact, anyway Obito Uchiha The soil is pinched in his own hands.


    If Obito Uchiha can catch a few tailed beasts and lock them in the Kamui space, Uehara can precisely control the time of how and when the ten tails will be resurrected in the future.


    as expected.


    After Hei Ze left, Uehara Naraku psychically summoned Uchiha Obito. Since he successfully threatened Uchiha Obito, Uehara suddenly discovered a problem.


    Obito is really useful!


    Among other things, taking the blame is simply top-notch.


    And Uehara doesn''t have to worry about Obito Uchiha being caught or seen through, because of the existence of Kamui Kaleidoscope Sharingan, no one can catch Obito no matter what.


    Uehara Naraku knocked on Uchiha Obito''s coffin board: "Obito-senpai, do you know the whereabouts of Four-Tails Jinchuriki?"


    "have no idea."


    Uchiha Obito shook his head, and said softly: "It''s hard to know the whereabouts of Jinchuriki, but the identity of Jinchuriki''s identity has almost been found out."


    "Hei Jue must have lied to you."


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, and continued softly: "Hei Ze told me just now that it has already grasped the whereabouts of some of the Jinchurikis. This guy used to hide the whereabouts of the Jinchurikis from you, probably because he was worried that you would catch them early."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Obito Uchiha with a smile on his face: "Hehe, it seems that Heijue has never trusted you, this guy is not a good guy!"


    "..."


    Obito Uchiha didn''t want to talk to him.


    It''s as if Uehara is a good guy himself!


    From Obito''s point of view, that guy Hei Zee is already insidious enough. To be able to deceive Uehara Naraku who is Hei Zee, how insidious is his character.


    Uehara Naraku leaned on the coffin board with soil, and asked aloud: "Do you want to take revenge? Do you want to snatch the Four-Tails Jinchuriki in front of Hei Ze?"


    "Is there a chance?"


    "Of course there is."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly and said: "You go to the border of the Land of Land to lurk first. When we act tomorrow, I can tell you the location of the Four-Tails Jinchuriki through the control of the reincarnation of the dirt at any time."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm was held in a void, and he slammed down vertically: "Wait until I go to beat Four-Tails Jinchuriki to death, and then you will use Kamui to appear in front of me and snatch Four-Tails away!"


    "Are you sure Hei will never suspect?"


    Uchiha Obito suddenly had deep doubts, and said coldly: "Only you and it know the whereabouts of the Four-Tails Jinchuriki, if it leaks..."


    "What about your IQ?"


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Uchiha Obito''s words, and frowned: "At that time, it would be nice if you were a little bit arrogant? And wouldn''t you say that you found the position by quietly following us?"


    "¡­Fine."


    Obito Uchiha nodded.


    Uehara Naraku was a little worried that Obito Uchiha would reveal his flaws, and continued to instruct him in a soft voice: "Remember to wear your patterned mask, so that the dirt will not be reincarnated to reveal flaws..."


    "Ok."


    Uchiha Obito''s expression was a little displeased.


    Do you need to explain this little thing? In any case, he is also a behind-the-scenes man who has hidden the ninja world for many years!


    Naraku Uehara murmured again that Uchiha had a lot of Obito before letting him leave with Kamui and go to the border of the Land of Earth to hide.


    This time he can only use Uchiha Obito first.


    After Orochimaru''s ghoul seal cracking is over, Uehara Naraku intends to kill Orochimaru, and immediately supports Yakushi Dou on the stage, and asks Yakushi Dou to transplant the cells between the pillars and Kamui Sharingan to cooperate with his actions.


    Naraku Uehara secretly controlled Obito Uchiha all the way to the border of the Land of Land, relieved in his heart, and flew to Akatsuki''s base.


    Because today is a plenary meeting.


    This is a triumphant assembly.


    This is a summary meeting.


    This is also the meeting where Akatsuki''s work moves to the next stage.


    Tiandao Payne, as the titular leader of the Akatsuki organization, took the lead in speaking: "The conflict between Konoha and Yanyin Village during this period, let us gain enough from participating in it to pay for Akatsuki''s future expenses. Next, we can use this time to Go into hibernation, Xiao Nan, some irrelevant commissions can be temporarily postponed."


    "yes."


    After Xiao Nan nodded, he said softly: "Anyone who needs funds to practice or study ninjutsu can come to me and apply. We will have about two years to practice quietly."


    "This time doesn''t seem to be the time to practice."


    Shaking his head gloomily, he said in a deep voice, "Obito Uchiha''s defection is very active in the Land of Grass, and I''m worried that he is Jinchuriki who wants to secretly capture Konoha.


    I think we should arrest the Jinchuriki outside of the Five Great Nations before Uchiha Obito reacts. "


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    "But the tailed beast is a big trouble when it runs wild!"


    Didara frowned, and said in a low voice, "I''ve seen Jinjuriki go berserk before, without any rationality at all, and their strength should not be underestimated..."


    If one Zhuli goes berserk, it''s not easy to solve. With so many strong people in Xiao''s organization, most of them can easily solve this problem.


    The trouble is, there''s a good chance that the news will be leaked.


    After all, it is difficult to hide the rampage of Jinzhu Riki. If someone lurks near the base of the Akatsuki organization and uses powerful sensory ninjutsu, they will be able to find the whereabouts of Jinzhu Riki.


    "I will solve this problem."


    Tiandao Payne hooked his fingers, and said in a deep voice, "I will use the sealing technique to temporarily seal Jinzhuriki''s Chakra."


    This problem is a problem for others.


    It is really not a big trouble for Nagato who is manipulating Payne behind the scenes, because in the book of seals brought by Naraku Uehara, there are some sealing techniques about their Uzumaki clan.


    Xianglin has recently cultivated two vajra blockades. Nagato is more talented and powerful than her, and learning is even more effortless.


    tail beast or something...


    The Uzumaki clan is simply heavenly.


    "However, the arrest of Renzhuli in advance must not be leaked."


    Tiandao Payne took a look at the people present, and ordered in a low voice: "It''s best to be able to secretly arrest Renzhuli without the possibility of being noticed in other big country ninja villages..."


    "cut!"


    Didara puffed his mouth in dissatisfaction.


    Didala felt that Heaven Payne was targeting him.


    What''s wrong with his technique being a bit louder?


    Doesn''t it look lively if the movement is louder!


    Apart from Didara, Red Sand Scorpion, Ghost Lantern Full Moon, Kakudu and Hidan are also not suitable for arrest, not to mention Momochi, Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, these three people are in the Akatsuki organization Kind of like making up numbers.


    "Then go investigate first."


    Hei Jue turned his head and glanced at the people present. When his eyes fell on Uehara Naraku, he paused indiscernibly, and then continued to look at the others: "If there is a chance, we will arrest again, so we must have A combatant went with me."


    "Let me go!"


    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes became scarlet, and he asked actively, "Sharingan''s illusion is also very restrained to tailed beasts, so there shouldn''t be too much noise."


    This person has the same thoughts as Uehara Naraku.


    Since Xiao Xiao couldn''t stop the process of catching the tailed beast, he had to control the progress within his range, so that he could adapt accordingly.


    "Let me go!"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Payne, then at Xiaonan, and said softly: "After all, it''s the first time I''ve fought against Jinchuriki. If something goes wrong and I''m surrounded by people, I can still fly away. Mr. Itachi''s words are more troublesome." right?"


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uchiha Itachi slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, the blood in his eyes was a little heavy: "If I am surrounded by people, I can directly kill all the people who surround me."


    This is really domineering.


    Hei Jue glanced at Uchiha Itachi bleakly, and said in a dark voice: "But this time we mainly focus on investigation, and we will only do it if there is a chance, so I must bring a man who can move easily. Good to be able to fly."


    Only a few people in the entire Akatsuki organization can fly.


    Deidala definitely can''t participate, because he is always bluffing, and it seems that he is not reliable in his work; Xiao Nan will definitely not go, this woman has been in Yuyin Village recently, and basically does not participate in any tasks.


    "Then let Uehara accompany you!"


    Tendo Payne nodded at Uehara Naraku, and continued: "Anyway, no matter what enemy you encounter, Uehara can easily deal with it."


    Because Naraku Uehara can psychically come out of Six Paths of Payne, and can even infuse Chakra for Six Paths of Payne through his own medical ninjutsu.


    At least in the ninja world of this era, no matter what enemy Uehara Naraku encounters, Liu Dao Payne can solve it.


    "As for the others."


    Payne looked around at the different people around him, and continued softly: "During this time, you should rest or practice at Akatsuki''s base temporarily! Konoha is still chasing Akatsuki''s news, so no one can go out easily, lest it leak Akatsuki''s information!"


    After seeing everyone present nodding in agreement, Payne looked at Uehara Naraku again, and told him: "If you are in danger, don''t hesitate..."


    Don''t hesitate to mean...


    It is to let Uehara immediately summon Liudao Payne when he encounters danger.


    Uehara Naraku nodded oddly.


    To put it bluntly, with Shang Yuan''s strength, it should be difficult to encounter danger.

 Chapter 187

    On the way to find Four Tails.


    It is estimated that Uchiha Obito''s betrayal dealt a big blow to Bai Jue.


    Bai Jue''s body has been saying bad things about Uchiha Obito all the way, which is completely opposite to Uehara Naraku, who has always said that Uchiha Obito is friendly.


    "If it wasn''t for the traitor Obito Uchiha, we wouldn''t have acted ahead of time. The safest way is to wait until Mitsuo is completely reborn, and then assign people to capture all Jinchuriki in one fell swoop."


    Bai Jue sighed faintly, quite helplessly: "I really don''t know why that guy Obito betrayed us..."


    "Okay, let''s not mention that traitor."


    Hei Jue''s voice interrupted Bai Jue''s words, and he said in a deep voice: "The most important thing now is to first arrest the four-tailed and six-tailed Jinchuriki who are active in the ninja world, so that they don''t fall into Uchiha Obito. hands."


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara nodded beside him, with a serious expression on his face: "Although the ability of Obito-senpai has been known by most people, not many people can easily decipher it, and Jinjuriki may not be his opponent."


    "That''s right."


    After Hei Ze nodded, he comforted Naraku Uehara with a sinister smile: "But Obito Uchiha doesn''t know the whereabouts of Jinchuriki, so he can only wait for the opportunity slowly.


    The chance of that traitor trying to take Renzhuli from the hands of the Five Great Nations without any information is very slim. "


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara responded casually.


    While Uehara Naraku dealt with Hei Ze with his mouth, he secretly manipulated Obito Uchiha in his heart, telling him to set off from the border of the Land of Earth immediately and follow in their footsteps.


    Because of sufficient intelligence support, Uehara Naraku and the others did not encounter any enemies along the way, and easily reached the current position of Four Tails Jinchuriki.


    It is said that the name of Four-Tails Jinchuriki is Lao Zi. This guy has an extremely violent temper, and his personality is as stubborn as a stone in Yanyin Village. Because of his disagreement with the third generation of Tukage Ohnoki, Lao Zi simply left the village and became a cloud traveler monk.


    The life of a wandering monk...


    In fact, it is still a bit bitter.


    Now Lao Zi is sitting by a small stream, grilling some fish carefully, because he has no money in hand, these few fish are his lunch.


    "Monkey King, don''t you like grilled fish?"


    "Don''t you like it? There''s nothing you can do about it."


    "I can''t find any peaches in the barren mountains here, and that kind of thing can''t fill my stomach, so I can only eat as much as I can."


    While grilling fish, Lao Zi babbled and whispered to Siwei in his stomach. Although he was traveling outside, he did not delay his practice.


    In addition to practicing melting ninjutsu, he is also communicating with the four tails in his body.


    Over the years, the relationship between Lao Zi and Monkey King has become closer and closer, and he can already mobilize part of the power of the four tails to fight.


    rustle...


    rustle...


    A young ninja stepped on the stream and walked towards Lao Zi. He looked at Lao Zi''s grilled fish with a fierce expression on his face: "Hey, old guy, your grilled fish tastes good, I like it very much, here''s a treat for you." Zhang Detonator, give me your grilled fish!"


    The young ninja flicked a detonating talisman, but it flung out millions of momentum, with an air of arrogance, as if giving a gift.


    This young ninja is Naraku Uehara.


    Lao Zi didn''t know Uehara Naraku, and didn''t take him seriously. He just turned the grill unhurriedly, and said slowly, "This is the wilderness here, and detonating charms are useless..."


    According to Lao Zi''s observation, this young ninja should come out of a small ninja village to perform tasks. After all, the ninja villages of the five major countries will basically record people like him.


    Lao Zi only regarded this young ninja as an ignorant and rude guy.


    According to the law of the ninja world, the stronger a ninja is, the more he can endure. Obviously, such a rude guy will not live long.


    If it is on the battlefield, Lao Zi thinks that he can kill dozens or even hundreds of such ninjas who look arrogant but have extremely low strength.


    Now, Lao Zi is too lazy to talk to him.


    "I''m a ninja-sama!"


    The young ninja slowly bent down, stared at Lao Zi in front of him, and said angrily, "Hey, do you dare to resist the will of the ninja?"


    Lao Zi shook his head calmly, and said calmly, "Ninjas are nothing special, and you don''t look like a serious ninja..."


    How can a serious ninja be so arrogant?


    When a ninja sees a person in the wilderness, what he should do is to carefully investigate whether it is an enemy, and then decide whether to fight, instead of rushing out so rashly, arrogantly grabbing grilled fish from others!


    "How dare you insult me?"


    The young ninja was furious, and punched Lao Zi with one punch!


    Lao Zi stretched out his palm, wanting to grab the young ninja''s fist, and there was even regret on his face: "Have all young people become like this?"


    The next moment, the young ninja''s fist suddenly accelerated!


    When a flash of surprise flashed in Lao Zi''s eyes, that fist evaded his defense and hit him in the face!


    boom!


    Lao Zi was sent flying out!


    The young ninja twisted his wrist, looked at Lao Zi with disdain and said, "Hmph, this is the fate of offending Mr. Ninja! For the sake of your skill in grilling fish, I will spare your life today." !"


    Lao Zi stood up, patted the dirt on his body, touched the scars on his face, and looked at the young ninja with serious eyes: "The power is so strong, no wonder he dares to be so arrogant... But strength does not determine the outcome! "


    After finishing speaking, Lao Zi rushed towards the direction of the young ninja!


    After a fierce fight of punching and kicking, Lao Zi was knocked down by the young ninja again, lying on the ground in embarrassment!


    The young ninja kicked him on the waist, and said cursingly, "What? How dare you fight me? I''m a ninja!"


    It sounds like he''s very proud of his ninja status.


    If it was not Lao Zi, but an ordinary person, he would probably regard this young ninja as a person who relied on his ninja status to bully civilians everywhere.


    However, Lao Zi herself is a Four-Tails Jinchuriki.


    This time, Lao Zi finally noticed something was wrong.


    How could an ordinary young ninja have such strong physical skills!


    And Taijutsu must be mastered after many years of practice. How can a ninja who can spend a long time honing the seemingly useless Taijutsu be a person who snatches grilled fish?


    This teenage ninja has a problem!


    Damn, and there are big problems!


    Gradually seriousness appeared on Lao Zi''s face, he flew away from the young ninja''s beating, looked at the frivolous young man seriously, and his voice gradually became gloomy: "Little devil, which village are you from? "


    "Do you want to ask my village to file a complaint?"


    The young ninja picked out his ears and said casually: "It doesn''t matter if you go to sue, my teacher is the real power in the village, and I will soon become the next leader of the village!"


    After finishing speaking, the young ninja looked at Lao Zi contemptuously and said, "Before I bought your grilled fish with a detonating talisman out of good intentions, but I dared to refuse me. A wandering monk, how dare you fight with me, a ninja?"


    "Stop pretending!"


    Lao Zi is not well.


    If it wasn''t for the confrontation of physical skills just now, Lao Zi didn''t take advantage of it at all, maybe now he really believed that the young ninja in front of him was just an ignorant, rude and arrogant little guy passing by.


    A young man who looked like he was only in his teens was able to surpass him, the Iwagakushi J¨­nin who had been training for many years, in martial arts!


    Stop talking nonsense!


    Lao Zi slowly closed his palms, and said in a deep voice, "Who on earth sent you? Is it that old fellow Onoki? Or from another village..."


    "Onoki... the name sounds familiar..."


    The young ninja touched his chin, his face changed drastically in the next second, and he stammered: "Isn''t that... Isn''t that the name of the third generation of Tsuchikage of Yanyin Village in the legendary Five Great Ninja Villages? Are you Who... how dare you call Mr. Onogi by his name!"


    After hearing Onogi''s name, the young ninja obviously became timid, as if he was afraid of the name.


    This behavior is normal.


    The ninja villages of the five major countries are giants for little ninjas.


    However, Lao Zi gritted his teeth, feeling that the young ninja in front of him was full of signs of acting, so angry that he cursed loudly: "Little devil, don''t act! If you don''t say anything now, you may die later. !"


    The next moment, Lao Zi suddenly closed his palms, and spewed lava balls out of his mouth: "Melting Escape ¡¤ Burning River Rock Art!"


    "Fire Escape ¡¤ Flame Storm!"


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    A ball of flames spewed out from the hands of the young ninja.


    The endless flame storm swallowed lava balls one by one in an instant, the violent explosion resounded in the ears of the two, and the shock wave swept everything around!


    In the thick gray smoke.


    The figure of the young ninja came out slowly, his face still had the same arrogant expression, but he was a little more surprised: "Huh? No wonder you dare to resist me, you are also a ninja!"


    The young ninja sneered, closed his palms, and said with disdain: "Then remember, there are differences between ninjas and ninjas!"


    "etc¡­"


    Lao Zi hastily stretched out his palm, stopped the young ninja''s next move, and looked at him with a strange expression: "Don''t you know me?"


    "Who do you think you are, why should I know you?"


    The young ninja grinned at the corner of his mouth and said with a sneer, "No matter who you are, you dare to fight with me, hum, do you know who I am?"


    "..."


    Lao Zi''s expression was a little broken.


    Damn, is he really thinking too much?


    Why does it feel like the young ninja in front of him is actually an idiot!


    Lao Zi''s mind instantly began to recall everything that happened between him and the young ninja. Obviously, the young ninja really didn''t care who he was.


    Maybe it''s a genius from a small ninja village.


    And it looks like he was spoiled by the elders.


    This is also normal.


    After all, it is not easy for some talented ninjas to come out of Xiaonin Village. The leaders of the village must hold them in their mouths for fear of melting, and hold them in their hands for fear of flying.


    "Isn''t it an enemy..."


    Lao Zi heaved a sigh of relief, slowly clenched his fists again, looked at the young ninja and said in a deep voice: "It seems that I will give you a good education for the elders in your village, you ignorant brat!"


    Just when Lao Zi''s vigilance had just gone down, the Monkey King in his body reminded: "Hey, Lao Zi, don''t relax! The Chakra in that kid''s body is beyond your imagination. I think his Chakra is very dangerous!"


    "Well, don''t worry."


    Lao Zi fully agreed.

 Chapter 188

    Some things really can''t be said too much.


    One second, Lao Zi told Four-Tails Monkey King to let him rest assured, but the next second, he was beaten by a series of body skills confrontations and almost couldn''t recover.


    It''s like a face-slapping live broadcast.


    Boom!


    The young ninja punched Lao Zi in the chest, and after sending him flying, he slowly shook his wrist: "Hey, you should take good care of yourself when you get older, understand?"


    "asshole!"


    Lao Zi wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth, closed his palms suddenly, and hot breath came out from his body: "Melting chakra mode!"


    This is his unique ninjutsu.


    The chakra melting mode transforms chakra into lava and blesses it on the body, which can not only improve Lao Zi''s defense power, but also its defense power is so strong that it can almost ignore some ninjutsu attacks.


    Moreover, the hot lava on the surface of Lao Zi''s body will also burn the attacker''s skin, preventing Lao Zi from falling into a disadvantage in physical combat.


    When the melting chakra mode was completed, Lao Zi had turned into a steaming lava man, and he jumped towards the young ninja: "Little ghosts should stay at home honestly, not at home." Make trouble outside!"


    "Tsk...it looks scary!"


    The young ninja stretched out his palm, and a blade of void appeared in his palm, and slashed towards Lao Zi''s body!


    Void Blade is the best choice for enemies whose Chakra is strong enough to bless him with Chakra Mode.


    The Void Blade can absorb the chakra from the enemy for its own use, which is similar to the shark muscle sword in the hands of Kisame Kisame in this respect.


    Compared with the shark muscle broadsword, the blade of the void is also very obedient.


    Regardless of whether it''s lava or anything else in front of you, the Netherblade just cuts right!


    Crash!


    The young ninja leaned low to avoid Lao Zi''s attack, the void blade in his hand cut a hole in his lava body, and instantly he felt a wave of chakra entering his body!


    "this is¡­"


    Lao Zi''s complexion changed drastically!


    The next moment, the void blades in the hands of the young ninja fell on him one after another, and after a while, seven or eight wounds were cut on the originally indestructible lava body!


    What shocked Lao Zi even more was that under the attack of that strange ninja sword, his Chakra rapidly decayed, and now he can''t even maintain the chakra melting mode...


    "It looks right."


    The young ninja slowly raised the Void Blade in his hand, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "In the future, you don''t have to worry about encountering enemies with more Chakra..."


    The only pity is that the blade of the void absorbs the chakra of the human body, not the chakra of the tailed beast.


    Lao Zi clutched his wound weakly, with the help of the Chakra gifted to him by Monkey King with Four Tails, he slowly regained his senses, and a tail appeared behind him!


    This is the state of borrowing Tailed Beast Chakra.


    Similarly, this tail is also equivalent to Lao Zi''s body, and he can also use this tail to fight!


    It''s just that Lao Zi''s face didn''t relax at all. Instead, he looked at the ninja knife in the young ninja''s hand with some anxiety. That ninja knife could absorb his chakra!


    That ninja sword is very restrained for Jinzhu Riki!


    The young ninja looked at the tail growing out of Lao Zi''s back, with a look of horror on his face: "Weird...monster...you...you are not human!"


    Lao Zi''s complexion suddenly turned ugly. He remembered what he had experienced in Yanyin Village, and slowly clenched his fists.


    "I''m not a monster."


    Lao Zi looked at the young ninja, and explained word by word and in a low voice: "Little devil, I''m not a monster!"


    "..."


    The young ninja didn''t answer.


    In the next second, the young ninja suddenly disappeared from Lao Zi''s sight!


    A figure suddenly appeared behind Lao Zi, and at the same time, a sharp blade pierced through Lao Zi''s lower abdomen!


    The young ninja pushed Lao Zi''s body, pushed him to the ground, and slowly pulled out the Void Blade from Lao Zi''s belly.


    Looking at Lao Zi''s wagging tail, the young ninja sighed and said, "Oh, is it finally revealed?"


    The next moment, the young ninja violently swung the ninja knife in his hand, and cut off the tail behind Old Zi directly!


    "Who the hell are you!"


    Lao Zi slammed his fist on the ground, and the red chakra gradually spread all over his body, and now he wants to use this to transform into a half-tailed beast.


    However, the young ninja still waved the Void Blade expressionlessly, absorbing most of the Chakra on Old Zi''s body after a few consecutive strikes.


    The ninja sword that can absorb chakra made it impossible for Lao Zi to enter the half-tailed beast state, and even his body injuries could not be recovered with the help of four-tailed chakra!


    "My ninjutsu experiment is complete."


    The young ninja squatted down leaning on the sharp blade in his hand, looking at the weak old Zi, his face became gentle, just like the two of them just now!


    "Introduce yourself."


    Looking at Lao Zi''s face, the young ninja narrowed his eyes and smiled, "My name is Uehara Naraku, a ninja dedicated to peace in the ninja world. This is the first time we have met. Please give me more advice in the future, Four-Tails Jinchuriki." .¡±


    "asshole!"


    Lao Zi moved his chin a little bit, looked up at the appearance of the young ninja, and said fiercely: "Little devil, you already knew that I was Jinzhuriki, so you deliberately lowered my vigilance?"


    "I''m just doing a ninjutsu experiment, and I think it''s interesting by the way."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and explained calmly: "It seems that my ninjutsu experiment is very successful. Let me remind you that even if I directly expose my purpose, you will not be able to defeat me."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara glanced at the ground around him, and said softly, "Senior Jue, can it be considered that the four-tailed Jinchuriki has been successfully captured?"


    "Hmph...Of course."


    A pitcher plant emerged from the ground, revealing an extremely yin and yang face.


    Hei Jue glanced at Uehara Naraku, then at Lao Zi, and said with a dark smile: "According to our information, Four-Tails Jinchuriki Lao Zi can''t enter the complete Tailed Beast... Now he can''t continue to borrow Four-Tails'' Chakra, it should be considered a success."


    "..."


    Lao Zi clenched his fists tightly, looked at the two people present, and suddenly grinned and said: "Hmph, you finally showed your feet! Then your information is out of date!"


    The next moment, the Chakra on Lao Zi''s body expanded rapidly!


    His body turned into a huge red ape almost instantly, and the rich chakra on the ape showed its identity!


    Four tails, Monkey King.


    No one would have thought that in the years since Lao Zi left Yanyin Village, he had already reached a tacit understanding with Siwei through spiritual communication. They may not have 100% trust between them, but they are also friends who can rely on each other in times of crisis!


    Lao Zi obviously believed in the Four-tailed Monkey King more, so he simply gave it control over his body, and directly released the full body of the tailed beast!


    "It can turn into four tails directly!"


    Hei Jue''s voice was a little unhappy, and he said in a deep voice: "Uehara, if this happens, the movement will be insignificant..."


    Bai Jue nodded, and continued to add: "If this is the case, the ninjas in Yanyin Village will easily detect the disappearance of the Four-Tails Jinchuriki, and it will be very troublesome for our future plan to collect the Five-Tails."


    "I didn''t expect him to be able to transform into a perfect body."


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, glanced at Jue next to him, and said in a low voice: "Senior Jue, don''t worry, it''s just a tailed beast, I will find a way to deal with it, you should stay away first!"


    "it is good."


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Jue nodded, and slowly drilled into the ground.


    After a while, Jue''s figure disappeared in place.


    As an intelligence officer, it doesn''t want to be affected by the fierce battle.


    Naraku Uehara raised his head, looked at the huge four tails, and raised the corners of his mouth: "My psychic Monkey King was replaced by Chakra... I hope that after defeating you this time, I can get a new Monkey King !"


    "Little devil, then you will draw the lottery!"


    Looking down at Naraku Uehara, the Monkey King with Four Tails swung his fist violently, and smashed it down towards Naraku Uehara''s area!


    Uehara Naraku disappeared in the same place in an instant, and the next moment he appeared in the distance of Monkey King, and suddenly closed his palms together: "No, you are the one who drew the lottery! Water escape ¡¤ roar of the raging waves!"


    A wave emerged from the feet of Uehara Naraku, pushing Uehara Naraku higher and higher, and the height instantly surpassed the surrounding mountains, which were thousands of meters high...


    A moment later, a huge wave swept away, submerging the body of Monkey King with Four Tails in an instant, and a wave directly overturned it and submerged it into the sea!


    "Is this the Tailed Beast?"


    Naraku Uehara watched the Monkey King with Four Tails bobbing and sinking in the waves and was constantly overturned by the waves, and frowned: "It''s really funny!"

 Chapter 189

    Monkey King with Four Tails is a bit weak.


    Uehara Naraku felt that he could hang it up and hit it.


    Naraku Uehara was a little confused, are all monkeys afraid of water?


    Now that it is confirmed that he can easily defeat the Four-tailed Monkey King, it is time to explode a wave of acting skills. It is understandable that he can easily win with a four-tailed Jinzhuli...


    But if beating a full body with four tails is like beating a child, it''s a bit difficult for Heijue to understand!


    Now it''s just a water escape ninjutsu that has been strengthened with Chakra, and it has already exhausted Monkey King of the Four Tails.


    In the past, Uehara Naraku relied on skills, recovery ability, and intelligence that had never been detected to fight; now Uehara can completely rely on his own chakra to strengthen those ordinary ninjutsu to fight.


    The Monkey King with Four Tails couldn''t maintain his body balance in the sweeping waves at all, he got up in a panic, and was knocked over again.


    Until the waves of the roaring waves were completely over, and the sea water slowly receded, Monkey King of the Four Tails finally climbed up again, and opened his mouth to gather his strongest ninjutsu!


    Yin attribute chakra and yang attribute chakra gather quickly!


    This is the ultimate ninjutsu unique to Tailed Beast, Tailed Beast Jade!


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised his arm, stretched out his palm towards Monkey King Four Tails, and shouted in a low voice: "Null Cannon Ball!"


    A group of black and purple spheres hit the Four-tailed Monkey King first, directly interrupting its tailed beast jade, and even blocked the flow of chakra in its body!


    Monkey King of Four Tails sensed the chakra in his body, and tried desperately to make the chakra work, but in the end it was all futile.


    Fortunately, this time is only 3 seconds.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the Four-tailed Monkey King with some playfulness: "It seems that this technique is not bad, can it even interrupt the Tailed Beast Jade? Then in the future, Uzumaki Naruto''s pile of spiral pills can also be interrupted?"


    In this way, Monkey King with Four Tails would never dare to use the Tailed Beast Jade again.


    After all, Four-Tails'' strength is limited, it can''t achieve the same speed as Nine-Tails Condensing Tail Beast Jade, that fox is almost as fast as opening its mouth!


    If Four Tails uses the Tailed Beast Jade again, the cohesion process will be interrupted directly, so how can it fight?


    Relying on melting ninjutsu? But the water escape ninjutsu released by that kid is much stronger than its melting escape ninjutsu!


    "Then I''ll blow you away with one punch!"


    Four-tailed Monkey King borrowed strength from his hind legs and punched Uehara Naraku with a punch!


    Uehara Naraku dodged the flying fist, sighed and said: "Others can knock you down in a few seconds, do I need a few more minutes? But it doesn''t take a few minutes, it seems that there is something wrong with me ..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly understood the actor''s pain.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Uchiha Madara defeated the Nine Tails in a few seconds because he was too strong; Uehara Naraku defeated the Four Tails in a few seconds, probably because of a human problem.


    The most important thing is that Uehara Naraku must make himself look extremely weak in order to create opportunities for Uchiha Obito to take away the four-tailed Jinchuriki.


    At the beginning of the battle, Uehara Naraku saw that Lao Zi was so good, he only used a blade of nothingness to beat Lao Zi without any resistance.


    At that moment, Uehara Naraku had already thought up the script for himself and Obito Uchiha to "fight" and finally "lose".


    Now it is estimated that Lao Zi really gave his best.


    After all, Monkey King with Four Tails has come out, and he doesn''t have any stronger ninjutsu.


    "Troublesome..."


    The dull voice of the Four-Tails Monkey King echoed in the mental space between it and Lao Zi: "This time it seems to be a formidable enemy!"


    The two sides started a game again!


    It''s just that this time Uehara Naraku''s chakra seemed to be a little insufficient, and he was no longer able to release any powerful ninjutsu, and was punched several times by Monkey King with Four Tails.


    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku hurriedly found an opportunity to fly into the sky.


    "Water Escape ¡¤ Water Dragon Bullet Technique!"


    Nao Uehara folded his palms in the air, and the technique could be completed with a few handprints, but he made forty-four handprints in a daze!


    It wasn''t until a huge water dragon with a length of more than several hundred meters whizzed and crashed into the four-tailed Monkey King that it subdued the head-tailed beast.


    Uehara Naraku also collapsed and fell to the ground.


    above the ground.


    The pitcher plant came out again, and Heijue sighed quietly: "No matter how good the talent is, if you rarely develop or learn a few powerful ninjutsu, the commoner ninjas are still far inferior to those descendants... "


    After all, Heijue has seen Uchiha Madara subduing Kyuubi with a single glance, and also seen Senju Hashirama manipulating Zhen Qianqian''s hands to pinch Kyuubi like a chick, and also seen Uzumaki Kushina directly use countless King Kong to block Nine-Tails'' chains bound him so that he could not move...


    Now Uehara Naraku beats the Four-Tails Monkey King, it looks like he is desperate, it looks really distressing.


    Bai Jue sighed softly: "However, the ninjutsu power of this little guy Uehara is not small, but unfortunately his Chakra is far from enough to support him in battle... Even so, the current Uehara has already surpassed his attainments in water escape ninjutsu. Has it surpassed the Second Hokage?"


    "Ok."


    Heijue nodded in praise: "There is no lack of talent and hard work. For thousands of years, everyone who has left his name in the ninja world is like this kid Uehara. The only pity is that he lacks a suitable blood." following..."


    "Senior!"


    Naraku Uehara struggled to stand up, sat on a rock, looked at Lao Zi who had reappeared in the distance, and said softly, "It''s finally resolved."


    "Well done, the capture of the four tails is complete."


    The yin and yang faces of Hei Jue and Bai Jue showed a smile, and they didn''t hold back their compliments against their own will. Anyway, it doesn''t cost money to say a few nice words.


    Now the only ones who are willing to obey their orders are Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame, so naturally they need to appease them.


    But the next moment Hei Jue''s smile froze on his face.


    A space-time vortex suddenly appeared beside Four Tails Jinchuriki!


    That is the iconic ninjutsu of Uchiha Obito, whether it is Hei Ze or Uehara Naraku, there is a little panic on their faces.


    as expected.


    The figure of Obito Uchiha appeared from the Kamui space, with his past patterned mask on his face, looked at the surrounding battlefield, and said with a chuckle: "It''s just to solve a four-tailed so desperately, Uehara Naraku, your The strength is really weak!"


    "Senior Obito..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was full of disbelief, and his face became a little expectant after a while: "Now you, what are you looking for us again? You once attacked me with Orochimaru, are you here to apologize now?"


    "Little ghost, you really are still so naive!"


    Obito Uchiha stroked his mask, and smiled up to the sky: "Hahahahahaha...Heijue, have you seen it? Such a naive brat, even if he treats the person who once attacked and killed you, he still has such expectations!"


    "Uehara, don''t have to hope for Obito."


    After Heijue scolded Uehara Naraku, he looked at Obito Uchiha with a gloomy voice, and said coldly: "Obito Uchiha, what are you doing here? Why on earth did you betray the Moon Eye Project!"


    "Because I want to get the power of the tailed beast myself."


    Obito Uchiha slowly raised his head to look at Heijue, and put his hand on his heart: "Heijue, I don''t want to be Uchiha Madara''s pawn forever, so I asked Orochimaru to help me lift the spell on my heart." , As for why you came here..."


    After saying this, Obito Uchiha reached out and pressed Lao Zi''s body, and laughed wildly again: "Hahahahahaha...Since I want to gather the power of the tailed beast by myself, how could I let it go?" A chance to capture Injuriki."


    The figure of Lao Zi was quickly taken into the Kamui space by Uchiha Obito!


    This scene made Heijue and Uehara Naraku both shocked and angry!


    Except for Obito Uchiha himself, there is no possibility for others to enter the Kamui space, and it has not even figured out the specific ability of Obito Kaleidoscope Sharingan until now!


    It''s just that Hei Ze himself is a non-combatant, and the real combatant Uehara Naraku just collapsed in order to capture Siwei, and they can only watch helplessly as Obito puts away Siwei Jinchuriki.


    Uchiha Obito chuckled and continued: "By the way, thank you all for helping me defeat Four-Tails Jinchuriki, although I can easily do it myself."


    "Uchiha... Obito!"


    Hei Jue''s face gradually became ferocious.


    Obviously at this moment, it has reached its peak of anger.


    "Speaking of which, it''s really easy to collect tail beasts from your hands!"


    Uchiha Obito scratched the back of his head, chuckled and said, "Heijue, although I can''t find your location, I can follow other people..."


    Uchiha Obito beckoned, and the whole person disappeared into a vortex of time and space, leaving only a burst of arrogant laughter: "Hahahahahaha... See you next time, I hope that when we meet next time, you will help me prepare A different tailed beast!"


    "¡­asshole!"


    As a black hand of a thousand-year-old man, Obito Uchiha took advantage of his loopholes. Heijue''s anger can hardly be contained!


    Just as Heijue was thinking about how to solve Uchiha Obito''s problem, Obito''s space-time vortex reappeared!


    This scene made Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitch, and the next moment he couldn''t help but raise his fingers to control Uchiha Obito, a jumping guy, to get out of here immediately.


    However, Obito Uchiha just appeared in front of them again, laughing and saying, "Oh oh oh, I almost forgot to tell you one thing... Remember to keep an eye on your heretic golems!"


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Obito disappeared again.


    At this moment, the image of Uchiha Obito has become extremely bad in Heijue''s heart, and he can''t wait to kill him immediately.


    "This idiot!"


    Hei Jue cursed in a gloomy voice, and said in a low voice: "Except for Nagato who has the eyes of reincarnation, no one else can manipulate the Golem of the Outer Way..."


    "Oh My God¡­"


    The space-time vortex appeared for the third time.


    Just when Uchiha''s figure was just revealed, Uehara Naraku threw a card and shot him in the body!


    Damn, this idiot, Uehara can hardly stand it!


    Uehara''s attack is to make Uchiha Obito realize one thing, his appearance can be over, and sure enough Uchiha Obito has had enough lessons and never reappeared.


    Uehara Naraku scolded Uchiha Obito several times in his heart, turned his head and looked at Heijue with apologetic expression on his face: "I''m sorry, Senior Jue, I couldn''t stop him..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fist again: "If I hadn''t wasted too much chakra in a hurry to solve the four tails, I would never let Obito-senpai be so presumptuous..."

 Chapter 190

    Naraku Uehara did his best.


    Even if it is black, there is nothing wrong with it.


    Chakra was exhausted in order to capture Four Tails, facing Uchiha Obito''s cynicism, but he still tried his best to throw a sharp card.


    Facing Uchiha Obito''s pursuit, Hei Ze really had nothing to do.


    After all, not everyone has the technique of mayfly, which can avoid the tracking of Uchiha Obito, and other people in the Akatsuki organization will become the tracking target of Uchiha Obito.


    "Uehara, it''s not your fault."


    Hei Jue shook his head, and said in a loud voice: "Let''s go back and report this first, we must find a way to get rid of Obito Uchiha, this guy is the hidden danger of our Moon Eye Project!"


    There are so many S-level rebels in the Akatsuki organization. If you brainstorm, you can always find a solution to Uchiha Obito. After all, Obito¡¯s ability is on the bright side now, and it was spread everywhere by Wuyin Village a few years ago. .


    Within the divine power space.


    Obito Uchiha felt a little uncomfortable.


    Not because of anything else, but because of Naraku Uehara''s speech.


    What a thick-skinned Uehara Naraku, that bastard, it was obvious that Uehara Naraku joined Orochimaru to sneak attack on him, even took the opportunity to kill him, and controlled him to do evil with the fetters of Dirty Soil Reincarnation and Nohara Rin!


    However, in front of Heijue, Uehara Naraku looked innocent and generous, and even showed a look that I would forgive you even if you attacked me secretly...


    In the end, Heijue instead opened his mouth to persuade Uehara Naraku...


    Fuck, where did Naraku Uehara learn his acting skills!


    It''s okay to just reverse black and white, it''s obviously a murderous bastard, and he still puts on a fucking face of a victim...


    Obito Uchiha finally understood.


    Why did Nagato and Xiaonan never forgive him these years!


    A guy like Uehara Naraku has been saying ''good things'' for him for many years, it''s no wonder Nagato and Konan can accept him!


    Four-tailed Jinchuriki Laozi in the Shenwei space also woke up from a trance, and said with an ugly face: "Who are you guys?"


    "You don''t need to know much."


    Obito Uchiha didn''t dare to provoke Uehara Naraku, but he was still able to handle the Four-Tails Jinchuriki, his voice was very arrogant: "All you need to know is that I am a person who can dominate you. .¡±


    The future Four-Tails Jinchuriki Lao Zi will stay in his Kamui space for the time being, and it is estimated that Obito will take care of his eating and drinking during this period.


    But it just so happens that Obito Uchiha can also get some freedom...


    At least it''s much better than sleeping in a coffin in the past.


    Moreover, Obito Uchiha also faintly showed a hint of joy. He took the opportunity to scold Uehara Naraku just now, and he felt a little refreshed.


    No, it''s very cool!


    Even if it''s acting, let Obito vent his depression.


    Obito Uchiha was looking forward to the next encounter.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t bother to talk to him, and was watching his reward.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Four-Tails Jinchuriki (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 100 gold coins.


    Ha ha, no surprises.


    After all, in the world of Naruto, appearance and strength are the most important things. This guy Lao Zi doesn''t have any strong strength to show at all, and he can''t even beat the dried persimmon ghost...


    Sub-quest: Defeat Monkey King with Four Tails (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the reward skill King Kong is not bad.


    King Kong is not bad: Passive skill, increase life energy by 1800 points, all life energy recovery effects increased by 50%.


    Another passive skill.


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows. His current life energy is more than 60,000, and he does not lack these 1,800 points of life energy, but what he lacks is the recovery effect of life energy.


    At least 72 points / second of life recovery effect.


    In just a few minutes, Uehara Naraku recovered from the damage caused by the four-tailed Monkey King''s attack just now.


    Since the Four-tailed Monkey King was captured by Uchiha Obito, Heijue was not in a good mood. He was thinking hard about how to deal with Uchiha Obito...


    To be honest, Hei Jue really has no clue.


    If you want to deal with Obito Uchiha, you must catch the traces of Obito Uchiha, but Obito who has Kamui Sharingan wants to hide, and no one can find him.


    No, there was still someone who could find him.


    "Senior, I remember Kakashi Hatake has a Sharingan."


    "I remember Kakashi Hatake has a Sharingan..."


    The two spoke almost in unison.


    Uehara Naraku and Kuro must not help but look at each other.


    A light flashed in Hei Jue''s eyes, that Sharingan was their opportunity, maybe that eye was the way to restrain Obito.


    Heijue said sadly: "It''s a pity that Hatake Kakashi is not a ninja of the Uchiha clan, so he can''t display his true power..."


    What makes Heijue even more regrettable is that the remaining Uchihas in the ninja world are all a group of second-five boys, even if it gets Kakashi''s Sharingan, it will be useless!


    Can this ninja world still work!


    Heijue took a peek at Uehara Naraku next to him, but he didn''t say the next thing he wanted to say, which was to resurrect Uchiha Madara, and it was a real resurrection!


    It must be Uchiha Madara at his peak!


    At this point, we must find a way to use the dirty soil to reincarnate.


    Heijue plans to find an opportunity to see the progress of Orochimaru''s research, and see if Oroshemaru can resurrect the body of Uchiha Madara at his peak.


    Now he still needs to go back and report the situation to Payne.


    Since the four-tailed Jinchuriki has not been captured, and even the members of the Akatsuki organization are at risk of being monitored and tracked by Uchiha Obito, we can only temporarily give up collecting Jinchuriki, lest more tailed beasts fall into Uchiha Obito hands.


    Losing a four-tailed beast is no different than losing all tailed beasts.


    The Akatsuki organization has entered a stage of dormancy for all members.


    Others basically stayed in the base to rest or practice, and Uchiha Sasuke''s progress during this period was so fast.


    Boys will gradually develop faster after the age of thirteen, and Sasuke''s rapid progress is also very normal, and he is also stimulated by Uchiha Itachi.


    Only the intelligence officer Hei Jue is still active outside.


    It''s just that Heijue didn''t pay attention to the information of Jinzhu Riki, and focused more on monitoring Orochimaru, trying to see how far Orochimaru has perfected the reincarnation of the dirty soil.


    It''s a pity that for some unknown reason, Orochimaru is currently studying to crack the ghoul seal, and has no interest in continuing the experiment of reincarnation.


    Because Orochimaru wants to get the dirty soil body of the Fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato.


    Only when he got Namikaze Minato, who is good at the flying thunder god technique and has a fast speed, and has two flying thunder gods, Senju Banma and Namikaze Minato, Orochimaru thinks that he has the possibility to resist Uehara Naraku.


    Because Orochimaru has been obsessed with cracking the technique of sealing ghouls for a long time, the matter of collecting powerful ninja corpses is handed over to the pharmacist.


    And Orochimaru also realized that his control power was not strong enough, so he simply asked Yao Shidou to learn the reincarnation of the dirt and help him control some powerful ninjas.


    Anyway, he got enough for himself!


    The first generation of Hokage Senju Hashirama, the second generation of Hokage Senju Tomonama, and after breaking the ghoul seal, you can also get the fourth generation of Hokage Namikaze Minato.


    These are the real powerful ninjas!


    The shadows of other villages are a bunch of trash.


    Yaoshidou didn''t dislike the trouble left by Orochimaru. While studying the reincarnation of the dirt, he dug graves everywhere to collect the corpses of powerful ninjas.


    The time in the ninja world passed slowly in peace.


    More than a year has passed slowly like running water.


    The Akatsuki organization is still dormant, because they only accept big business and generally don¡¯t show up in the ninja world. Everyone is waiting for the resurrection of Sanwei and Hei Zee¡¯s promise to solve Obito Uchiha and bring back Siwei.


    During this period of time, several major events occurred in the ninja world.


    The first thing is that the fifth-generation Kazekage of Sand Hidden Village has been selected. Only Jinchuriki Ichio and Gaara of Sand Waterfall are the most suitable for him.


    In fact, Grandma Chiyo originally wanted to choose Kankuro as a puppet master. Unfortunately, Kankuro is a bit incompetent. He only repairs and cleans up the puppets left by her every day, and never thinks about what puppets to make...


    Damn, can a puppet master rely on others to equip him every day? Will there be things in this world that drop equipment out of thin air?


    A real puppeteer must learn how to be a puppet himself!


    Even if Grandma Chiyo urged Kankuro to make a few puppets, it was really horrible to look at, and she couldn''t do it at all...


    If Kankuro gives a little more strength, Chiyo will really establish Kankuro as the fifth Kazekage, but this guy is still timid and too weak. What if the grandson, the red sand scorpion, killed him with the excuse of insulting the puppet master?


    In desperation, Chiyo could only pinch his nose and make Gaara the fifth Kazekage, who is also the youngest Kage ever in the ninja world.


    A fourteen-year-old Fengying.


    Since Kazekage succeeds to the throne, it is natural to show it to the ninja world.


    Gaara, the fifth generation of Kazekage of Hidden Sand Village, sent invitation letters to the entire ninja world, inviting them to participate in the Chunin Examination hosted by Hidden Sand Village. Yuyin Village, a village that has a feud with Hidden Sand Village, also received the Chunin Exam. invitation letter.


    This is true fearlessness.


    The invitation letter naturally fell into the hands of Uehara Naraku. He was looking at the very polite wording in the invitation letter of Sha Yin, and there was an attitude of starting over from the past.


    Sand Hidden Village doesn''t care about Uehara Naraku killing the Fourth Kazekage.


    In other words, the new Fifth Kazekage Gaara does not care about Uehara Naraku killing the Fourth Kazekage. After all, although the father-son relationship between Gaara and Rasa is deep, it can almost be described as a life-and-death enmity deep.


    "Unfortunately, it would be shameful for me to take the Chunin exam again."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his chin. He is eighteen years old this year and has become the pillar of the new generation in Yuyin Village. According to the customs of the ninja world, he can get married at this age.


    Too bad he''s still single.


    If love is not going well, career will develop more vigorously.


    Every Urenin thinks in his heart that Uehara Naraku must be the next generation leader of Yuyin Village after Mr. Payne, because there is no one more suitable than him.


    And now Uehara Naraku has also started to take Xiaonan¡¯s place in handling the matter of Yuyin Village, and even started to frequently appear in Akatsuki¡¯s base to assign tasks on behalf of Payne. The identities of Nagato and Xiaonan are gradually a bit like Konoha¡¯s two old consultants .


    Uehara Naraku tapped the table lightly, turned to look at Xiao Nan who was drinking tea, his brows couldn''t help but twitch, why does he feel that his teacher''s life is getting more and more leisurely!


    "Teacher, do you have anything to say?"


    "No."


    Xiao Nan sipped his tea, with a slight smile on his brows and eyes: "No matter what decision you choose to make, I will support you unconditionally."

 Chapter 191

    Konan hasn''t changed much.


    No, there are still some changes.


    Xiao Nan''s feminine demeanor has become more mature.


    It''s just that Xiaonan''s mood is still the same as before, even when she is smiling at Naraku Uehara, she always frowns inadvertently, hiding a touch of sadness.


    "Give me some advice!"


    Naraku Uehara approached Xiao Nan slowly, stretched out his palm to take the teacup in her hand, and handed her a glass of goji berry water: "Teacher is getting old, so I have to learn to drink more of this in the future, it''s good for your health."


    "..."


    Xiao Nan''s forehead jumped.


    Xiaonan watched Uehara Naraku sit down on his own, almost crushing the water glass in his hand. This disciple who was brought up by himself is getting more and more uncutable...


    Xiao Nan held the cup soaked in wolfberry water in his hand, and whispered about the business: "Let Ziyanghua and the others go there! By the way, let them collect information about Injuriki."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly hesitated: "Uh, Hydrangea has the strength to collect information on Jinchuriki, in case something goes wrong..."


    It''s really not that Naraku Uehara underestimated hydrangeas.


    It''s that the little girl''s strength is really a bit weak.


    Naraku Uehara was lucky enough to guide the cultivation of hydrangeas once, and he was in charge of conducting a battle practice with the little girl. As a result, without using any ninjutsu, he beat the hydrangeas all over the ground with only physical skills...


    Obviously Hydrangea has a strong talent for time and space ninjutsu, but it is only a psychic breakthrough, and a pile of white paper is used by the psychic to block Uehara''s sight!


    What a mess that little girl has learned!


    "Have you finally learned to love the little girl?"


    Xiaonan raised his eyebrows, and glanced at Uehara Naraku meaningfully: "Don''t think that all the ninjas are as powerful as you used to be..."


    Yuyin Village really couldn''t pick out any suitable candidates, and there was no one else suitable to participate except the hydrangea team.


    If Uehara Naraku is shameless, of course he can also participate, but I don¡¯t know if Sand Hidden Village dares to let him participate...


    "Then follow the teacher''s advice!"


    Naraku Uehara sighed, turned his head to look at Xiao Nandao: "Oh, by the way, I''m leaving the village tomorrow."


    "What to do?"


    Konan immediately frowned, as if Naraku Uehara was going to do something bad.


    But this time Uehara Naraku is going to do good deeds, so he is also a little confident: "Some time ago, Xianglin talked about the Uzumaki clan, and Nagato-sama hoped that I would accompany Xianglin to find out if there are other descendants of Uzumaki."


    This statement is also a half-truth.


    After all, the reason why Xianglin brought up the matter of the Uzumaki Clan was entirely because of Uehara Naraku''s instruction to her, and this little girl was also regarded as his subordinate.


    Yaoshidou finally sent the news to Xianglin quietly. After more than a year, Orochimaru finally succeeded in finding a way to break the ghoul seal. The props that must be used are the death mask of the Uzumaki clan ancestral hall.


    Therefore, Orochimaru plans to rush to Konoha''s Uzumaki Clan Namian Shrine in the near future to directly crack the technique of ghoul confinement, so as to reincarnate the fourth generation of Hokage Namikaze Minato in the belly of the god of death.


    Uehara Naraku intends to join in the fun.


    This reason is not easy to find.


    Xiaonan looked at Uehara Naraku for a while, then lowered his head and said, "Nagato never made any request, so you can go with Xianglin!"


    "okay!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded hurriedly.


    The distance from Yuyin Village to the Namian Ancestral Hall left by the Uzumaki Clan in Muye Village is not too short.


    Uehara Naraku and Xianglin spent two or three days quietly lurking near Konoha Village.


    Because there used to be ninjas from the Uzumaki clan living in this ninja world, it is said that Uzumaki Ashina, the village chief of Uzumaki Village, was the founding father of Konoha Sealing Technique. Ye still has traces of the existence of the Uzumaki Clan, and these should all be left by Uzumaki Mito, the princess of the Uzumaki Clan.


    Xianglin didn''t care much about everything in front of her eyes, because she was born and raised in that sinful Caoyin Village, and only when she was rescued by Medicine Master Dou did she think that she had been redeemed.


    And Yao Shidou looks a bit handsome...


    Xianglin slowly tidied up her hair that was a bit messy due to the rush: "Master Naraku, when will Master Dou come over?"


    "According to their itinerary, about a day or so!"


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin and said in a low voice: "According to your perception of Chakra, after they arrive, you can easily find their traces, right?"


    "Ok."


    Xianglin nodded, and said with a serious face: "I have a very keen sense of Master Dou''s chakra. If they arrive around us, I will immediately find out where they are."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and said softly: "Don''t be impulsive, we will do it directly after Orochimaru cracks the technique of sealing the ghouls!"


    "¡­it is good."


    Xianglin glanced at Uehara Naraku with a strange expression on his face.


    Xianglin is not an ignorant girl, she is far smarter than most female ninjas in the ninja world, and she is especially good at analyzing information.


    As for the incident between Uehara Naraku and Orochimaru, Xiang Lin was not only clear about it, but also able to analyze it.


    Uehara Naraku, this guy could obviously press Orochimaru to the ground and beat him violently, but he placed Yakushidou next to Orochimaru as a spy, using the Yakushidou to secretly guide and control Orochimaru''s every move.


    This boss is really insidious.


    When everyone mentioned Orochimaru, it was that guy was a sinister and cunning guy, but Orochimaru was played by Uehara Naraku in the palm of his hand...


    The water in the ninja world is too deep.


    Because of the related interests, Xianglin didn''t dare to think about it any longer.


    Few people came to such a deserted place as the Namian Hall of the Uzumaki Clan, so after spending the night quietly, they also waited for the arrival of Dashewan and Yaoshidou.


    For more than a year, Orochimaru has become much more confident than before, perhaps because of the self-confidence brought about by his own cracking of the ghoul sealing technique.


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru was the first to see the ancestral hall of the Uzumaki clan, and licked his lips: "As long as I can prove that I can use the substitute technique and the reincarnation of the corpse to break the technique of sealing the ghoul, it also means that I can use the power of the god of death at any time in the future. Next time I meet that brat Uehara... hehe..."


    As long as Orochimaru confirms that the method of cracking the Ghoul Sealing Technique is feasible, from now on, he can use the Ghoul Sealing Technique to fight without restriction if he has a living Baijue as a substitute body.


    This is almost equivalent to getting stuck in the BUG of Reaper.


    As long as the god of death cannot harvest his soul, Orochimaru can use his soul to summon the god of death infinitely to fight.


    The god of death is the untouchable god in the legend!


    Orochimaru believes that as long as he can control the god of death, he can kill all enemies in the entire ninja world, whether it is Naraku Uehara, the scorpion of red sand or Payne!


    Those people he could not afford to offend, from now on, he will take their lives back one by one!


    Orochimaru stretched out his tongue, looking for the mask of the god of death in the ancestral hall of the Uzumaki clan, and quickly rolled off a terrifying and hideous mask with his tongue.


    "Are you ready? Pocket."


    Orochimaru turned his head to look at his trusted subordinates.


    Yaoshidou nodded, and took out two Hakujue from his pocket, one of which was used as the body after Orochimaru summoned the god of death, and the other was used as a sacrifice for the reincarnation of the filthy soil and the resurrection of the Fourth Hokage.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Now both of these two white genie have passed the experiment of transplanting cells between columns, and both of them have awakened Mu Dunxueji.


    "very good."


    Orochimaru''s tongue slowly stretched out, wrapped in a mask and put it on his face, a strange and sinister smile emanated from his throat: "Ho ho ho ho... From today on, the god who will make everyone the scariest Use it for me!"


    The next moment, Orochimaru jumped up with all his teeth and claws, and became a god!


    A tall phantom floated out from behind Orochimaru. This phantom held a huge short knife in its mouth and had a pair of sharp horns on its head. It looked extremely terrifying!


    This is the god of death in the ninja world!


    Even if it just appeared as a phantom, people couldn''t help feeling a little scared, because its appearance meant that someone was destined to die.


    But today is different.


    Not only will no one die, but some will even be resurrected.


    Orochimaru cut open his lower abdomen violently, and the wound was dripping with blood!


    The phantom of the god of death floating behind Orochimaru also slashed open his lower abdomen, and a soul suddenly emerged from the wound in his lower abdomen!


    That is the soul of the Fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato!


    In order to seal Nine Tails, Namikaze Minato used the power of death sealed by ghouls to split Nine Tails into two halves, one half was sealed in his own body, and the other half was sealed in Uzumaki Naruto''s body.


    In the end, Namikaze Minato and half of Nine-Tails were also swallowed by the god of death, as a sacrifice for performing the ghoul seal!


    Seeing that the phantom of the god of death is about to dissipate after cutting the lower abdomen to release the soul, its claws volley towards the soul of Orochimaru, and it is about to swallow the soul of Orochimaru as a sacrifice to summon it to appear!


    "Dou, hurry up!"


    Orochimaru''s body suddenly withered!


    I saw Orochimaru suddenly opened its big mouth, and when the claws of the god of death approached, a small white snake suddenly jumped out of his mouth, and rushed into the mouth of the white snake next to the medicine master, wanting to directly Occupy that white body.


    This is the magical effect of the big snake flow substitute technique.


    As long as he can jump out in time, the god of death will not be able to catch him.


    From then on, not only was he able to obtain Namikaze Minato''s dirty soil reincarnated body, but he was even able to master the entrance and exit of Shinigami.


    This is Orochimaru, a person who dares to use even the god of death.


    This is really fatal!


    Sure enough, the next moment a sudden change happened!


    Before the little white snake could jump into Bai Jue''s mouth, it was nailed to the ground by a shuriken!


    clap clap clap clap...


    A burst of applause sounded in the ancestral hall.


    A young ninja walked in clapping his palms, and praised softly: "As expected of Mr. Orochimaru, even the god of death can use it..."

 Chapter 192

    Naraku Uehara really admires Orochimaru.


    If in the fourth Ninja World War in the future, Orochimaru is not exonerated, but uses the god of death to fight, at least it will be more than three times stronger.


    Uehara Naraku gently puffed his palms, looked at the big snake pill that had turned into a skin, and then glanced at the pinned little white snake.


    "Mr. Orochimaru, don''t you recognize me?"


    Uehara Naraku touched the little white snake''s head, watched the furious little white snake open its mouth to bite him, and quickly retracted his palm: "Hey, how can you bite someone!"


    "Hiss..."


    This little white snake is the body of Orochimaru.


    Obviously it has recognized Uehara Naraku, and naturally it will not be in a better mood, especially now when it is the weakest.


    So, how would you feel when you met your greatest enemy when you were the weakest and most helpless?


    Probably life is worse than death!


    Throughout the second half of Orochimaru''s life, he has been bullied by Naraku Uehara almost all the time.


    During the time after betraying the Akatsuki organization, Orochimaru was caught by Uehara Naraku when he was surviving, and blackmailed a bunch of ninjutsu.


    When the Konoha Rebellion just ended, Orochimaru held the first Hokage and the second Hokage in his hands. It was the time when his strength was the strongest, and he was forced by Uehara Naraku to hand over his proud ninjutsu Dirty Earth Reincarnation and Undead Reincarnation.


    Now that Orochimaru has just figured out how to effectively use the forbidden technique of ghoul sealing to fight, and by the way, when he wants to revive Namakaze Minato and replace himself with a body with Mudun Xuetsui, Naraku Uehara has another popped out.


    damn it!


    Did Naraku Uehara come to restrain him?


    How could this guy always bully him alone?


    "Hiss..."


    The little white snake roared and broke free from the shuriken.


    It scrambled towards Bai Jue who was in Yaoshi''s hands, and Da Shewan knew that he had to get a body before he could change the current situation!


    However, just when Orochimaru was about to rush into Bai Jue''s body, Uehara Naraku grabbed his body with one hand and threw him to the ground with his hands.


    "Hiss..."


    "I don''t understand snake language."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, glanced at the little white snake on the ground, and showed a smile on his face: "But I know, you definitely want this, right?"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku pointed to Bai Jue who was in the hands of the pharmacist.


    The little white snake nodded hastily: "Hiss..."


    "Okay, I get it now."


    Naraku Uehara twisted off that white snake''s head violently with his palm, this scene made the little white snake go crazy!


    It''s just that it obviously still has a trace of reason.


    In order to be able to reincarnate and revive the fourth generation of Hokage, they brought two white zealots, and the other white zealot can also allow it to occupy the body and recover!


    Obviously Uehara Naraku will not give it this chance.


    Naraku Uehara kicked the little white snake away with a kick!


    Immediately, Uehara stretched out his palm again, took a kunai from Kaorin''s hand, threw it violently and nailed the small white snake of Orochimaru''s body to the wall!


    Orochimaru was furious!


    The chakra in that little white snake''s body was about to expand rapidly. He could actually use the Eight Qi Technique to fight for his life, but this was the last killer move, and it was obviously not enough to deal with Uehara Naraku!


    "Speechless fear..."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, and two light blue chakras landed on the little white snake. In an instant, the little white snake lowered its head powerlessly.


    Facing the powerful illusion, it is difficult for Orochimaru to resist.


    This is the sequelae of undead reincarnation.


    In just two seconds, Orochimaru experienced the most terrifying nightmare in his life.


    That nightmare was that he had just escaped from the claws of death, and when he was about to change his body, he was hit with a shuriken by a bastard called Uehara Naraku!


    It was just a nightmare...


    Orochimaru''s body, Little White Snake, struggled to wake up in a decadent spirit, and slowly looked at everything around him. The man at the head was so familiar, he seemed to be Naraku Uehara...


    Damn, that wasn''t a nightmare!


    That''s reality!


    When Orochimaru was furious again, and wanted to reactivate the Eight Qi Jutsu, Uehara Naraku once again imposed a super illusion of silent fear!


    "Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist Doudou hesitated and asked, "Is this some kind of illusion?"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and glanced at Orochimaru, who had just experienced an illusion nightmare, and saw that it became violent again after waking up.


    Naraku Uehara had to apply the illusion to Orochimaru over and over again, and said curiously: "The effect of this illusion is to make people experience the most terrifying things in life within two seconds. What do you think Orochimaru is afraid of?"


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t dare to say anything.


    In fact, the pharmacist was thinking in his heart, maybe Orochimaru is afraid of you?


    Until Orochimaru''s body, the little white snake, had no more resistance and seemed to finally accept his fate, Uehara Naraku put down his arm and gave up continuing to torture Orochimaru with illusion.


    Naraku Uehara turned his head and looked at the medicine master beside him: "Where are the body materials of the Fourth Hokage and the other Bai Ze?"


    "it''s here."


    The pharmacist handed the things to Naraku Uehara respectfully, and said softly: "Master Naraku, Master Orochimaru has an advantage in scientific research that no one in the ninja world can match, even the tailed beast Chakra can bred..."


    Yaoshidou wanted to intercede for Dashewan.


    Anyway, Orochimaru is also his guide, and the benefactor who once rescued him and rescued him from Danzang.


    And the pharmacist pocket is not wrong.


    Orochimaru is almost unmatched in scientific research. This guy even cultivated the eight-tailed chakra with only the organs obtained from the eight-tailed body.


    If Orochimaru is given enough time, he may even breed a whole tailed beast, maybe without a tailed beast soul, but the chakra of a tailed beast is definitely possible!


    "Lock him up first!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, signaling to Yao Shidou to deal with it at will: "Now you are the successor of Orochimaru, how to deal with him is up to you."


    "Yes, I see."


    Pharmacist nodded seriously.


    Yao Shidou opened a small pocket, took down the little white snake from the wall, and softly persuaded: "Master Dashewan, please come in! After we leave here, I will prepare a new body for you."


    "Hiss..."


    The little white snake shook its head and tail at Yaoshidou, probably scolding Yaoshidou for being a traitor, but in the end it got into Yaoshidou''s pocket.


    Orochimaru''s mentality is really a bit broken.


    Fortunately, Yaoshidou is a person who knows how to be grateful.


    Uehara Naraku looked at this scene, sighed and said, "Hey, you won''t die from beating a snake, but you will be bitten by it instead!"


    "Hiss..."


    The little white snake spit out its own snake core.


    Is this bastard afraid that he won''t die?


    Now is the time to lure the pharmacist to kill him?


    But any individual, even if he doesn''t understand snake language, now knows that Orochimaru must be spitting out a lot of swear words.


    Uehara Naraku speculated in his heart that the little white snake of Orochimaru''s body should be scolding him. After all, he was about to kill Orochimaru. Could Orochimaru still be kind enough to say goodbye to him next time?


    Slap!


    Uehara Naraku slapped the little white snake into the small pocket of the pharmacist''s pocket, raised his head slowly and said: "Dou, put your pet away."


    "..."


    The little white snake shrank into the pocket, not daring to say anything.


    Although Xiaobai Snake didn''t dare to say anything, Da Shemaru had scolded Uehara Naraku from head to toe in his heart.


    Pharmacist nodded with a complicated expression.


    Although Yao Shidou also knew that what Uehara Naraku said was reasonable, he still wanted to save Orochimaru''s life, but he had to wait until the time was right before he could restore Orochimaru to his original appearance.


    After all, even if Orochimaru recovers now, it will only be exploited by Uehara Naraku, and maybe he will be pissed off...


    Uehara Naraku looked at the materials on the ground and a living Hakuzai, and slowly rubbed his palms: "Just let me reincarnate the Fourth Hokage with the dirty soil, and let Uchiha Obito and Namikaze Suimen master and apprentice Let''s get along with each other!"


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Hehe, his boss is not a human being again!


    How complicated is the relationship between Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito, and how deep is the grievance and hatred? Does this new boss really not know?


    It''s really not a big deal to watch the excitement!


    It''s a pity that Yao Shidou didn''t dare to refute, so he could only say that he was worthy of being his new boss? How others eliminate disputes, Uehara Naraku creates disputes...


    "All right."


    A flash of determination flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, he closed his palms, quickly made a handprint of reincarnation, and slammed his palm on the ground!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the runes being born in his hands, and a smile of unknown meaning appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Let me see how powerful the legendary golden flash is, ninjutsu, the art of reincarnation!"


    Countless soot debris wrapped Bai Jue''s body!


    The next moment, a blond man wearing a Konoha forehead guard and wearing a white imperial robe emerged from the smoke and dust debris, and the ninja world shone with golden light Namikaze Minato...


    Resurrection!


    After Namikaze Minato was revived, he immediately frowned, slowly raised his head to look at the people present, and asked in confusion, "Where is this..."


    "Welcome Fourth Hokage-dono to return to the world."


    Naraku Uehara patted his palm, expressing a warm welcome to Namikaze Minato''s resurrection, Yakushidou and Karin helplessly raised their palms and patted them.


    There was really nothing they could do about meeting such a boss.


    Even if Uehara Naraku is a second grader, they have to follow.


    Namikaze Minato looked at Naraku Uehara, and then landed on Yakushidou and Xianglin who were behind him, and there was a little curiosity on his face: "You are..."


    "We are all peace-loving people."


    Naraku Uehara waved his own palm, and ordered the pharmacist Dou beside him: "Dou, please prepare a sleeping coffin for Lord Hokage Fourth Hokage. You must use good materials. Only a luxurious coffin is worthy of Mr. Hokage." identity!"


    Namikaze Minato: "..."


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Xiangphos: "..."


    This man is really sick!

 Chapter 193

    People who are generally nervous are easy to get along with.


    Namikaze Minato, who had just been reincarnated and revived by the dirt, thought so too, with a gentle smile on his face: "That... can you tell me what''s going on first?"


    "Let''s go!"


    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly hesitated and said: "After all, even if I tell you what''s going on, you can''t solve the problem!"


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato was almost choked to death by a sentence, and it took a long time before he recovered his gentle look: "Maybe I still have some ideas, I still have some research on some ninjutsu, Konoha suffered a crisis ?"


    "yes!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a sad face, and explained softly: "I resurrected the Fourth Hokage Lord with the forbidden technique developed by the Second Hokage. The purpose is to control you to endanger the ninja world and destroy Konoha. I have told you the truth. Can you change everything in front of you?"


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato''s expression turned cold in an instant.


    It turns out that the guy in front of him is an enemy!


    Namikaze Minato first saw Uehara Naraku talking in a nice voice, he really thought it was Konoha''s friend!


    Obviously using the gentlest attitude, but speaking the cruelest words, this way of speaking is really familiar...


    Namikaze Minato''s figure disappeared instantly, and the next moment he appeared behind Uehara Naraku, a spiral pill was formed in his palm, and it was about to fall on Uehara Naraku''s body!


    Uehara Naraku raised one of his fingers almost at the same time, manipulating Namikaze Minato to stop, his face was full of admiration for the golden flash: "Even if you didn''t use the Flying Thunder God technique, Your Excellency''s speed Soon!"


    "How is this going¡­"


    Namikaze Minato''s body couldn''t move, he could only watch helplessly as his palm manipulated the spiral pill and pressed it against the wall!


    Uehara Naraku turned around and looked at Namikaze Minato with a puzzled face: "What should I say? If I don''t have the confidence to control you, then why should I revive you? Go, take a coffin to put people Put it on!"


    "¡­yes."


    Pharmacist Doudou calmly pushed his glasses.


    Xiang Lin, who was standing next to Pharmacist''s pocket, also pushed his glasses subconsciously.


    Xiang Lin felt pretty good in her heart, she and Yao Shidou both wore glasses, so they looked like a good match at first glance!


    However, a look of surprise suddenly flashed across Xianglin''s face at the next moment, and she suddenly raised her head to look at Uehara Naraku and Pharmacist Dou: "Master Naraku, Master Dou, someone is coming in this direction, it is a team of four !"


    "Ok?"


    A golden light flashed across Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and he instantly started the hunting rhythm, and saw the signs of four people appearing in his field of vision.


    This team should be Konoha''s daily patrol team.


    It is not a problem for them at all, even if the fifth generation of Naruto Tsunade came here in person, there is no big problem.


    "Du, stop!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist pocket who had just unsealed a coffin, then turned to look at the immobile Namikaze Minato, and hooked the corner of his mouth: "You have just revived the Fourth Hokage Lord, and someone came to help us Want to test his fighting ability?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his finger again, controlled Namikaze Minato to the door, and said with a light smile, "Then let me see the battle of the golden flash!"


    A Kunai with the sword of Ninja Love written on it was stuck on the wall by Namikaze Minato, and then Namikaze Minato disappeared in front of everyone!


    Three seconds later.


    Namikaze Minato reappeared on the Kumbai of the Sword of Ninja Love, his face obviously showing some pain. In these three seconds, he easily killed the ninja team who came to investigate.


    The ninja team didn''t even have time to observe his figure, and was immediately defeated by Minato Namikaze, and all the members were killed!


    "So fast!"


    There was a flash of shock in Xianglin''s eyes, and when she sensed again, a drop of cold sweat left on her cheek: "The enemy''s Chakra has disappeared..."


    "Huh, it''s really scary..."


    Pharmacist Dou also subconsciously pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose, and a relaxed smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "In just a few seconds, before even blinking, the members of a ninja team were easily killed!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded at Namikaze Minato with satisfaction.


    Well, this wave is not a loss, and since then he has another hole card.


    clap clap...


    Naraku Uehara clapped his hands and praised loudly: "Come on, applaud! Celebrate our fourth Hokage Lord''s good start!"


    "..."


    Yaoshidou and Xianglin clapped their hands in embarrassment.


    Namikaze Minato looked at Uehara Naraku coldly, gritted his teeth and said, "Who the hell are you..."


    This is an extremely dangerous enemy!


    Although Namikaze Minato and Uehara Naraku spent a short time together, the Fourth Hokage Lord has already realized the danger of Uehara Naraku.


    Not only is his strength dangerous, but his mental state is even more dangerous.


    Where can anyone applaud after the death of an enemy, shouldn''t everyone bemoan the death of the innocent?


    "Well, strictly speaking, there is still some relationship between us."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and sighed softly: "My teacher is also a disciple of Master Jiraiya, so we are still our own people!"


    If counted according to time, Xiao Nan and the others are still the first batch of disciples that Zi Lai also accepted! Even Namikaze Minato was accepted later.


    "Who the hell are you!"


    Namikaze Minato shook his head, and said with an extremely ugly expression: "If your teacher is Jiraiya''s disciple, he can''t teach such an evil person like you!"


    "Oh?"


    Uehara Naraku suddenly showed a playful smile on his face, he looked at Namikaze Minato and smiled and said: "In this way, Lord Fourth Hokage knows what the disciples taught by Jiraiya''s disciples should be like. Woolen cloth?"


    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and continued to smile: "I remember that Lord Fourth Hokage is also a disciple of Jiraiya-sama! Then let us see what kind of disciples you have taught! "


    Uehara Naraku quickly closed his palms and slapped them on the ground. A coffin emerged from his psychic circle: "Ninja, psychic art, reincarnation of dirt!"


    The coffin lid slowly opened.


    Uchiha Obito''s voice came out first: "Hey, Uehara Naraku, if you don''t let me out, the four-tailed Jinchuriki locked in the Kamui space will starve to death!"


    "this is¡­"


    Namikaze Minato looked at the coffin suspiciously.


    I saw the coffin lid slowly fall down, revealing the figure of Uchiha Obito.


    Obito Uchiha didn''t see Uehara Naraku at first glance, but instead saw a familiar blond figure, his cynical attitude instantly restrained.


    "Teacher? Minato-sensei?"


    Uchiha Obito was furious immediately.


    Hey hey hey, what the hell are you doing!


    Why did Naraku Uehara, the bastard, want to resurrect Minato Dirt!


    Doesn''t this guy know that he has no face to meet this teacher?


    The shock on Namikaze Minato''s face disappeared in a flash. He looked at Uchiha Obito in disbelief, and he hesitated for a moment before recognizing it: "Are you... Obito?"


    "¡­is teacher."


    Obito Uchiha lowered his head in embarrassment.


    Uehara Naraku knocked on Uchiha Obito''s coffin board, chuckled and said: "How about it, Lord Hokage, this is the disciple you taught. I won''t introduce what kind of person he is. You can use it in the future." talk!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and pulled down Obito Uchiha''s coffin board again, patted his forehead and said: "Don''t worry, I believe you will have a lot of topics to talk about!"


    "Hey, hey, Naraku Uehara, let me out!"


    Obito Uchiha slapped the coffin desperately, obviously a little angry: "I have already promised to work for you, why do you bastard bother the soul of Minato-sensei!"


    "What''s wrong?"


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face remained unchanged: "Didn''t you create the Nine-Tails Rebellion and kill your own teacher? I just resurrected him... Shouldn''t you thank me!"


    "Asshole! Asshole!"


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "Minato-sensei, I''m sorry!"


    "Teacher! Teacher! Teacher..."


    Uchiha Obito slapped the coffin board and cursed, and wept sadly to apologize, but his will was powerless to resist Uehara Naraku, so he could only allow his coffin to gradually sink into the psychic circle on the ground.


    "see it?"


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm towards Namikaze Minato: "That is the disciple taught by Hokage-dono himself, we should all be regarded as Jiraiya-sama''s disciples, do you think he is evil? Or am I evil? "


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato is still digesting the news he has received.


    The Nine-Tails Rebellion is a key word, and he immediately thought of Konoha, who lost a lot that night, and himself, whose family was ruined that night...


    Why did Uehara Naraku say that Uchiha Obito created the Nine Tails Rebellion?


    And just now Obito Uchiha hasn''t denied it?


    "Well, you can think about these questions slowly."


    Naraku Uehara manipulated Namikaze Minato into the coffin step by step, and covered the coffin board for him, and knocked on the coffin with his fingers with a chuckle: "Don''t worry, what you saw today is only the first one, and you will see you again in the future." To many old friends!"


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou and Xianglin dare not speak.


    These two people somehow understood Uehara Naraku''s method of controlling others, no, or the method of torturing others.


    That is the bond of emotion.


    This happens to be completely different from Konoha.


    Konoha cultivates the feelings of ninjas little by little, allowing them to establish bonds of friendship or love, so that they cannot abandon their friends, teammates and hometown.


    Uehara Naraku is also taking advantage of this bond.


    It''s just that he will use this bond to torture the enemy.


    Xianglin subconsciously wiped the sweat off his face, and used the enemy''s feelings to torture and defeat the enemy. Isn''t this method too cruel?


    If Uehara Naraku manipulates Namikaze Minato to fight Jiraiya in the future, will it be a nightmare between master and apprentice...


    This boss is simply a real devil!


    If Uehara Naraku knew Kaorin''s thoughts, he would definitely dismiss it. How could a subordinate of Namikaze Minato''s level be used against Jiraiya!


    Can it be used against Uzumaki Naruto?


    In the future, Naruto Uzumaki will participate in the Ninja World War in Ninja Mode, but when he meets his father, he will also fight in Ninja Mode...


    Hiss, the picture is here.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, turned his head and looked at the medicine master pocket: "Okay, clean up here, and then throw the snake skin that Mr. Orochimaru sloughed off on the corpses of the group of Konoha ninjas, and make it into Mr. Orochimaru again." The appearance of sneaking into Konoha once..."


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Could his new boss really not be a good person?


    Orochimaru has already been forced by you to the point where only the little white snake is left to survive. It looks like this, do you still want to pour dirty water on him?


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the stiff pharmacist''s pocket, raised his eyebrows immediately, and urged dissatisfiedly: "Hurry up and work! Why are you standing still! After solving the matter here, I have other tasks Let me tell you!"


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    Ask for a monthly ticket!

 Chapter 194

    Late at night, Konoha Tavern.


    It was rare for Tsunade to be free for a while, and when she was drunk here, an Anbe appeared beside her and whispered.


    "Master Hokage, Anbu just got a report that a patrol team was all killed, only the human skin left by Orochimaru at the scene..."


    "..."


    Tsunade shattered his wine glass violently.


    The evidence for this kind of thing is conclusive and cannot be denied no matter what.


    After hearing Anbu''s report, Tsunade''s drunkenness immediately sobered up, and he gritted his teeth with a gloomy face and said, "It''s that bastard Orochimaru again... Send two teams of Anbu over immediately, and hunt him down with me!"


    "yes!"


    After the Anbu agreed, he hesitated and said: "But Captain Yamanaka Kaiichi of the Intelligence Department reported that the four ninjas who were killed died in an instant. Nara Shikahisa guessed that Orochimaru might have revived the fourth generation of Hokage. grown ups¡­"


    "..."


    Tsunade slammed his fist on the table.


    That table obviously couldn''t bear her huge force at all, and instantly turned into a pile of pieces, scaring the drinking guests into foolishness!


    A smile quickly appeared on Tsunade''s face, and he said a little embarrassedly: "Ahahahaha...It''s okay, everyone continue to drink, I''m just too happy..."


    "Oh ho ho ho!"


    The atmosphere in the tavern suddenly became lively again.


    After Tsunade borrowed Anbu''s money to compensate for the loss, she left the tavern, and her face immediately became gloomy: "Is it certain that the fourth Hokage was reincarnated from the dirt?"


    "cannot."


    Anbu shook his head, and said in a low voice: "But according to Nara''s analysis, only the Fourth Hokage should have that kind of strength. Without revealing their identities, they killed four ninjas in just an instant. Nara and Yamanaka The captain is waiting for you in the Hokage office."


    "...that bastard!"


    Tsunade gritted his teeth bitterly.


    At this moment, she hated Dashewan to the extreme.


    In fact, Orochimaru, who was inexplicably responsible, is now gnashing his teeth with hatred, but he hates Yao Shidou and Uehara Naraku so much.


    Through the gossip exchange between Uehara Naraku and Yakushidou, Dashewan finally knew that Yakushidou had been a spy arranged by Uehara Naraku by his side.


    Even Orochimaru went to find Baijue and crack the ghoul seal, it was Uehara Naraku who instructed Yao Shidou to guide him to do so behind the scenes.


    Isn''t this... playing with his life?


    Orochimaru''s body, the little white snake, hid in the small bag in the pharmacist''s pocket, and fell into deep thinking. Was he being manipulated by Uehara Naraku all this time?


    I thought I was the one who really pursued the truth in the ninja world, but I didn''t expect that the truth I worked for was under the control of others...


    I thought I had become strong enough.


    Unexpectedly, he turned out to be just a pawn secretly controlled by Uehara Naraku.


    Is this ninja world not worth his life, why not fight with Uehara Naraku?


    This thought flashed in Dashemaru''s mind.


    Forget it, life is worse than death.


    As long as people are still alive, they can still chase their dreams.


    As for the guy named Yao Shidou, although he has always been a spy of Uehara Naraku, he also secretly helped him, and even pleaded for him...


    Orochimaru''s thoughts gradually became complicated.


    Uehara Naraku, Yakushidou, and Xianglin didn''t pay attention to Orochimaru. After they left Konoha, they found a secluded place.


    Uehara Naraku was also unambiguous, and took out a scroll from his ninja bag and handed it to the pharmacist pocket: "This is Uchiha Obito''s Kamui Kaleidoscope Sharingan, you can transplant yourself with the cells between the pillars. "


    "clear."


    Yao Shidou nodded seriously, and took the scroll in Naraku Uehara''s hand.


    The Sharingan of the Uchiha clan and the cells between the pillars can restrain each other. Yakushido has also participated in the research in this area. Even Shimura Danzo''s arm full of Sharingan was sent there by himself.


    It''s just that Yao Shidou didn''t expect that Naraku Uehara would give him a kaleidoscope Sharingan. Such precious materials are hard to find!


    Uehara Naraku watched the pharmacist put away the scroll, and continued to speak: "I met the White Snake Immortal of Longdi Cave before, you can go to Longdi Cave and report my name later, so that I can teach you the Immortal Mode of Longdi Cave. "


    "yes."


    Pharmacist Dou nodded again.


    Although Yao Shidou''s face was still extremely calm, there was already an uproar in his heart. Is this the benefit of standing in the right line?


    The power of the kaleidoscope sharingan is clear to them.


    Especially Uchiha Obito''s Kamui Kaleidoscope, its weird ability almost makes most people in the ninja world have nothing to do with him!


    And following Dashewan for such a long time, Yaoshidou has also heard of the immortal model of Longdi Cave. It is said that Dashewan has been seeking for so many years but has not been able to obtain the teaching of the White Snake Immortal...


    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku arranged for him like this.


    This new boss is much more generous than expected.


    Let alone the pharmacist carrying him, even the Orochi pill in his pocket, he is so envious at this moment!


    Why can''t people trust each other and cooperate sincerely?


    If Uehara Naraku uses this method to make a deal with Orochimaru, Orochimaru will definitely agree to cooperate with Uehara 100%!


    Pharmacist''s rewards are too rich!


    The Orochi pill in Yaoshi''s pocket was so envious that he wanted to drool, and what Yaoshi got in his pocket were all the treasures he had dreamed of!


    Uehara Naraku was a little worried that there would be a problem with Yao Shidou''s cultivation in the immortal mode, so he patted Yao Shidou''s shoulder again, and said softly: "Tell the White Snake Immortal, you are my most trusted subordinate now, don''t let you go out when you are practicing in the immortal mode. A bug turns into a snake."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist nodded hastily, and a trace of excitement gradually appeared on his face: "I will not disappoint Master Naluo!"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku was very satisfied with his attitude, and continued to ask: "From now on, I will arrange for you to use two identities, one is the heir of Orochimaru, and the other is Uchiha Obito. I have worked hard for you for a while."


    Since he ordered his subordinates to do the task, rewards were also indispensable.


    After Uehara Naraku finished the task, he spoke to appease the pharmacist, "The orphanage in Yuyin Village has started to run smoothly. Now Xianglin is assisting Mr. Xiaonan in this matter. The orphans in the entire Rain Country have been collected by the orphanage." up.


    Moreover, the biological science laboratory you want has already been set up. It is usually taken care of by Xianglin, and the equipment is even more complete than you imagined. "


    "Yes, thank you Naraku-sama."


    After listening to it, the pharmacist raised his head and said, "By the way, there is one more thing... Master Oshemaru was always worried that he would not be able to control the first Hokage and the second Hokage in his heyday, so he never performed the dirty soil reincarnation on them."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses and looked at Uehara Naraku fanatically: "If Naraku-sama reincarnates in the dirt, he must be able to control the first Hokage and the second Hokage in their heyday!"


    "Do you collect Hokage?"


    Naraku Uehara touched his chin, and suddenly became interested: "Do the materials of the first Hokage, the second Hokage, and the third Hokage, are there in Orochimaru''s base?"


    Pharmacist Doudou nodded, and said with a light smile, "Yes, and Mr. Orochimaru''s collection is even richer than Mr. Naraku imagined."


    "Go and have a look!"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku was a little excited, and asked repeatedly: "Aside from those, are there other dirty materials?"


    "Have."


    Medicine Master nodded, and said softly: "Some time ago, I got the materials of the second generation of Mizukage, the second generation of Tukage, and the third generation of Raikage, just because Master Orochimaru was still letting them fall asleep because he was worried about his lack of control. "


    "Keep those for yourself!"


    Uehara Naraku waved his hands indifferently and said: "I am only interested in collecting hokage, if you have learned the reincarnation of the dirt, then resurrect and control them!


    As the person who will succeed Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito in the future, you can''t fight alone, you must always have some combat power in your hands! "


    In the fourth Ninja World War in history, Yaoshidou revived many kage-level powerhouses one after another. It can be seen that he already has the power to control these kage-level characters.


    If the souls of the first Hokage and the second Hokage were still there at that time, maybe Yakushidou would also reincarnate them.


    However, Yaoshidou may not be able to control them!


    After all, the strength of the first generation of Hokage is enough to suppress all other Kage-level characters with one person''s power, and it doesn''t even take too much effort!


    The strength of the second generation of Hokage is only lower than that of the first generation of Hokage!


    Even Uehara Naraku himself can only confirm that he can control the second generation of Hokage. For the first generation of Hokage at its peak, Uehara Naraku is still a little unsure.


    The strength of the first Hokage Senju Hashirama and the reincarnation eye Uchiha Madara is only below the fighting power of the Six Paths.


    Naraku Uehara suddenly felt that his strength was not enough...


    Unless a ninja war is started, let Uehara Naraku fight with one enemy and ten thousand, and use the dark harvest to speed up his three-dimensional attribute superposition.


    "correct."


    After Uehara Naraku remembered Uchiha Madara, he grabbed Yakushi''s shoulder and said in a deep voice: "If one day you find Uchiha Madara''s body, you must never try to revive that guy without my permission. !"

 Chapter 195

    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Running around for days.


    Uehara Naraku and the others finally arrived at the northern base of Orochimaru, which is also the largest base created by Orochimaru, with complete facilities and advanced equipment.


    After the pharmacist placed Orochimaru''s body, Little White Snake, he found a pile of Orochimaru''s collections and placed them in front of Uehara Naraku.


    Medicine Master pointed at a piece of meat that was moving back and forth, and said softly, "This is cultivated from the cells of the first generation of Hokage. It can be directly used as a material for the reincarnation of the dirty soil, and it can even be used as a sacrifice for the reincarnation of the dirty soil."


    "Well¡­"


    Naraku Uehara and Karin frowned at the same time.


    How can Uehara Naraku make complaints about this?


    The cells of this guy from the first Hokage Senju Hashirama are almost like cancer cells. As long as there is chakra and nutrients, they will proliferate indefinitely. His cells have many uses. As long as people are willing to use their brains to study, they can study the cells of the Hashirama cells. Many uses.


    "This is the material of the second Hokage-sama."


    Yao Shidou pointed at a bone again, and said in a low voice, "Even if it''s just this, it''s enough to reincarnate and revive the second Hokage-sama."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    I thought he didn''t do much anymore.


    Now think about it, there is still a long distance between him and Orochimaru!


    Orochimaru actually dug out the bones of the Second Hokage, and kept them as materials for reincarnation. Is this still a person!


    "Let me try to control the second generation of Hokage first!"


    Uehara Naraku pointed to the bone, then pointed to the pile of meat, and softly ordered: "Help me put away the cells of the first generation of Hokage, and let him reincarnate when I feel that I have enough strength. "


    "yes."


    five minutes.


    Yao Shidou quickly arranged everything for Uehara Naraku, except for part of the second Hokage''s skeleton, which was completely white, and even prepared a beautiful coffin.


    Uehara Naraku closed his palms together, quickly sealed his seal and shouted in a deep voice: "Ninja Law, the technique of reincarnation!"


    The next moment, the bones of the Second Hokage turned into ashes, tightly surrounded the living Baijue, and turned it into a resurrection sacrifice!


    Uehara Naraku quickly closed his fingers, for fear that the second-generation Hokage Senshou, who was close to his peak, would burst into flames and smash the base.


    It has to be said that the Chakra between the Thousand Hands is indeed huge.


    Naraku Uehara is even a little troublesome to manipulate, and he can only barely control it.


    "Little devil..."


    After recovering from Qianshou Feijian, he looked at Uehara Naraku with an ugly face: "Did you, the brat, bring this old man back to life this time?"


    Senshou Feijian still had a slight impression of Uehara Naraku.


    After all, the last time they met, Naraku Uehara was able to blow his head off with one blow at the speed of his Flying Thunder God!


    That kind of speed and strength is no ordinary ninja!


    "Do you still know me?"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and patted the luxurious coffin: "Okay, my purpose of resurrecting Your Excellency is different from Orochimaru. I brought the Second Hokage Lord to deal with Uchiha Madara, who is very likely to be resurrected from the dead. Risen!"


    "Hmph, Uchiha Madara?"


    After Senshou Feijian snorted coldly, he looked at Uehara Naraku: "Little devil, then tell me all the information about Uchiha Madara! I will deal with that guy!"


    "So confident?"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead with a headache, sighed and said, "Your Excellency the Second Hokage, shouldn''t you be a little bit aware of your own strength?"


    "Don''t worry, the power of my resurrection this time is very close to my life."


    Senshou Feijian may have a little more confidence because of the reincarnation of the dirty soil: "Although the strength of Uchiha Madara is far better than mine, I have a set of tactics that are specially matched with the reincarnation of the dirty soil..."


    After Senju Tobima finished speaking, he continued to add: "What''s more, that set of tactics was originally researched for Uchiha Madara''s Susano!"


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Although Senshou Bojian said that he was extremely confident, Uehara Naraku still didn''t believe him at all...


    This guy in Senshou Feima speaks so loudly that he can''t even beat a Uchiha Madara who doesn''t have any eyes!


    Uehara Naraku was too lazy to continue talking to him, but slowly manipulated Senshou Feijian into the coffin and fell asleep.


    In the future Ninja World War, if the father-son battle between Uzumaki Naruto and Namikaze Minato causes Naruto''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki to explode, Uehara can also arrange Senjumonu to cooperate with Namikaze Minato.


    In addition to the second generation of Hokage, there are also three generations of Sarutobi Hiruzen.


    Medicine Master directly took out a corpse, and said softly: "After collecting the corpses of the three generations of Hokage-sama, Master Oshemaru has been thinking about whether to reincarnate in the dirt. Maybe he hasn''t figured out how to face the old teacher. .¡±


    "Oh, I don''t have so much burden."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and said slowly: "I have a reason to control this third Hokage in my hands, after all, he knows my true face!"


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku suddenly closed his palms, and shouted sharply: "Ninja, the art of reincarnation!"


    Compared to controlling the second-generation Hokage Senju Tomonama, it is much easier to control the third-generation Hokage Sarutobi Hiruzane, even simpler than controlling Namikaze Minato!


    "Ok?"


    After the Third Hokage Hiruzaru Sarutobi woke up, he slowly opened his eyes, with a look of death on his face: "Oshemaru, are you blaspheming the soul of the dead again?"


    "Yeah, who else would do that except Orochimaru!"


    Naraku Uehara raised his finger, chuckled, and was about to manipulate Hiruzen Sarutobi into the coffin.


    Who would have thought that Naraku Uehara''s voice stimulated Hiruzen Sarutobi, and the old man''s will began to struggle instantly: "It''s you, you little brat! You kid, you deceived Konoha..."


    "Don''t be so irritable, lie down in the coffin obediently!"


    Naraku Uehara waved at Hiru Sarutobi, and put the coffin lid on the third Hokage with a chuckle: "Your Excellency, the third Hokage! Actually, you don''t even know that your reputation in the ninja world is already stinky." Come on! False and treacherous old man!"


    This is real.


    Because Yakushidou used the orphan''s code name Anbu''s rebellion, and spread everywhere that the third Hokage manipulated the village''s Renzhuli, and murdered the fourth Hokage couple for power.


    As for whether it is true or not, no one has found out.


    After all, the third Hokage and the fourth Hokage are dead, and later even Uchiha Obito is dead, and the Anbu Renin named Orphan also disappeared.


    How to check this matter?


    Of course there is no way to check!


    The friendly image of Sarutobi Hiruzen in the past has completely collapsed, and he has become a sinister, despicable and hypocritical guy who appears to be a kind old man on the surface, but is actually Konoha''s black hand.


    After all, what everyone hates the most is this kind of hypocrite.


    "..."


    Yakushi looked at Uehara Naraku controlling Sarutobi Hiruzen from the side, and secretly complained in his heart, why the third Hokage-sama''s reputation became bad, isn''t it because of you?


    Now Uehara Naraku came to the main task of Orochimaru Base has ended.


    Except for Senju Hashirama, who is not easy to be controlled by him, the other three Hokages have successfully reincarnated as many as possible, and have become Naraku Uehara''s collection!


    Uehara Naraku still had some regrets in his heart.


    To be honest, the Hokage Uehara Naraku wants to collect the most is the fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade. If possible, the fifth generation of Hokage Tsunade must be caught alive...


    Uehara Naraku put away the two coffins with satisfaction, and glanced at the medicine master''s pocket: "By the way, can you control the second Tsuchikage and the third Raikage with your power now? I want to fight them!"


    After all, his advanced tasks are only short of Raikage and Dokage!


    If it can be done here, the three-dimensional attributes such as chakra are still second, and the most important thing is that the recovery effect will definitely be greatly improved.


    And defeating the five shadows might be the final advanced task. The rewards that the system can give him must be very rich, but I don¡¯t know if defeating the Kage who was reincarnated in the dirt will also be counted in it...


    "I''m not quite sure."


    Pharmacist was silent for a while, then said softly: "However, I can use a spell to annihilate their intelligence and let them be driven by me temporarily."


    "That''s enough."


    Naraku Uehara twisted his wrist, and said with a light smile, "Don''t worry, anyway, I''m sure I can defeat them! After the end, I''ll seal them up for you, and just let them sleep in the coffin! "


    "Yes, Master Naraku!"


    Pharmacist Doudou respectfully agreed.


    Since the boss didn''t want to seize his control over other film-level characters, but just wanted to fight, Yao Shidou would of course agree!


    Any request of Uehara Naraku, Yakushidou will try his best to meet it!


    Pharmacist Dou has gradually discovered the way to get along with Naraku Uehara, as long as he can agree to any request of Uehara and do any task assigned by Uehara, Naraku Uehara will still be very generous to his subordinates.


    Most importantly, Naraku Uehara seems to have some kind of bottom line.


    Because Yaoshidou discovered that all the requests and tasks proposed by Uehara Naraku were within his ability, and occasionally it only required a little effort.


    Compared with Orochimaru, Uehara Naraku is too human.


    "Then let''s get started!"


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his fingers one by one: "The legend is that the strongest Raikage can fight against ten thousand, and the legend is that he can go to Konoha to ask for an alliance when he is full, but he is forced to ask for an alliance with Uchiha Madara. The Second Dokage who surrendered... I have really admired him for a long time!"


    "Yes, then I will revive them now!"


    Yao Shidou immediately cleaned up the venue, and slowly closed his fingers: "Do you need to revive the two directly, or revive only one first and let Lord Naraku fight?"


    Uehara Naraku hesitated for a while, frowned and said: "Let''s do the simplest one first! I want to experiment first..."


    "..."


    The faces of Yaoshidou and Xianglin immediately relaxed.


    Originally, the two of them thought that the boss was too arrogant, but now it seems that the boss is very sensible...

 Chapter 196

    Uehara Naraku is purely for advanced task rewards.


    Uehara Naraku actually doesn''t like fighting at all, he has no interest in fighting, and what he hates most in his life is the battles he has experienced.


    Uehara Naraku''s favorite life is actually sitting in Yuyin Village, waiting to send money to the members of the Akatsuki organization every day; although all the distributions are organization funds, Uehara will also have a sense of pride in his heart.


    "Master Naraku, get ready."


    Medicine Master folded his palms together, and quickly completed the mudra reincarnation handprint, a puff of smoke and dust gradually enveloped a Bai Jue as a sacrifice.


    The next moment, a figure covered in bandages appeared.


    It was the Second Dokagemu.


    After the resurrection, Lord Tsuchikage II seems to be a little confused about the situation, and is still observing the surrounding environment. This is a ninja instinct in the war era.


    "Hey, hey, Mr. Tuying, don''t look at it, back, back, back!"


    Uehara Naraku patted Nidai Tsuchikage on the shoulder, as if he was an old acquaintance of Nidai Tsuchikage, and greeted him affectionately.


    However, when Lord Tuying turned his head to look at it, Uehara punched him hard, smashing his head into a piece of confetti!


    The confetti gradually floated in the wind.


    The second Dokagemu''s head re-condensed.


    Under the special body of the reincarnation of the dirt, no matter how fatal the damage is, it will be fully recovered, unless it is hit by a spell of the level of seeking dao.


    After the second generation of Dokagemu returned to his original appearance, he looked at Uehara Naraku with a hint of vigilance and hostility in his eyes, his palms suddenly closed, and a white light appeared in his hand: "Dust escape ¡¤ the art of stripping the original world! "


    It''s just that as soon as Nidai Tsuchikage''s technique was condensed, Uehara Naraku''s body disappeared in place, allowing Nidai Tsuchikage''s attack to fall into the empty space!


    The dusty white light in Wu''s hand pierced through the ground, instantly piercing the ground into a big hole, and the soil in the hole will be directly broken down into atoms!


    "This is too scary..."


    After Uehara Naraku sighed softly, his body quietly appeared behind Wu, and his palm pierced Wu''s chest suddenly!


    His speed is too fast, far exceeding Wu''s reaction speed!


    "when¡­"


    The second generation of Tukage looked at the fist protruding from his chest in disbelief, and said in a low voice: "So it''s the same as the second generation of Hokage in Konoha, the time-space-level teleportation technique?"


    "Tsk, you''ve seen a lot!"


    Uehara Naraku slowly withdrew his fist, and kicked him to the ground while the second Tsuchikage was recovering!


    The next moment, Wu''s body had just recovered, and he was knocked to the ground by Uehara Naraku''s punch, and he didn''t even have a chance to react!


    As a powerful ninja who has developed the blood succession elimination, he is helpless in the hands of a young ninja, even if he wants to simply defend himself, he can''t do it once!


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, watching the one-sided battle between Uehara Naraku and Wu, and couldn''t help but sigh softly: "You are indeed Naraku-sama!"


    "Indeed, the gap is really too big."


    Xianglin pushed his glasses like a pharmacist, and said in a low voice: "In my perception, the Chakra momentum of the two people is completely incomparable. No matter in any aspect, Master Naraku has an absolute advantage." .


    If it''s just a physical confrontation, this second-generation Tukage seems to be too weak, almost no match for Naraku-sama, and he can''t even touch the corner of Naraku-sama''s clothes! "


    "This is also impossible..."


    There was a smile on the lips of the pharmacist, and he continued: "I have seen Naraku-sama defeat the second-generation Hokage-sama single-handedly! Konoha''s second-generation Hokage-sama is second only to the first-generation Hokage and Hokage-sama among his contemporaries." The character of Uchiha Madara."


    After saying this, Yao Shidou changed the subject and said again: "But the second generation Tuying is not useless, the dust escape blood in his body has not yet been brought into play after being eliminated!"


    In fact, it''s not that the second generation Tuying didn''t want to use his Dust Escape Blood Successor.


    But Uehara Naraku''s speed is too fast, Chen Dun can''t keep up with his speed at all, the only thing the second generation of Tukage can do now is to let himself find a chance to counter Uehara from the disadvantage!


    Born in the era of war, the second generation Dokagemu has a lot of experience in how to save the situation in such a disadvantageous battle. He did not want to find a chance to escape, but split his body instantly after his dirty soil reincarnated body recovered !


    "Splitting technique!"


    Wu''s body split into two in an instant!


    This is his unique avatar technique, which can be released without seals. The most important thing is that each avatar is an entity and can exert his power!


    The only weakness is that it cannot use dust escape attack.


    But this point is harmless, anyway, he couldn''t use the dust escape to fight back, so he might as well give up the dust escape temporarily in exchange for a chance to fight.


    One of the Wu entities was kicked to pieces by Uehara Naraku, and then disappeared without a trace. Obviously, this entity was just to resist Uehara''s blow!


    This second is enough to prepare for another entity to dodge.


    Another Wu entity turned into a transparent color, and quietly disappeared from Naraku Uehara''s field of vision: "No dust and confusion!"


    Dust-free maze can be regarded as one of the strongest invisibility abilities in the ninja world, even Wu''s chakra cannot be sensed by others!


    Therefore, nothing is also called ''nobody''.


    It is precisely because his invisibility ability is too terrifying!


    "Ok?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced around and slowly started his own hunting rhythm. A golden glow flashed in his eyes, and he chuckled and said, "I caught you!"


    It''s just that this time is enough to launch an attack!


    "Dust Escape ¡¤ The Art of Stripping the Original Realm!"


    A cube of dusty white light shot out from Wu''s hand, completely covering Uehara Naraku''s body, obviously wanting to disintegrate Uehara directly!


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    "Life form disintegration ray!"


    Uehara Naraku turned his head abruptly, and a burst of purple energy shot out from his eye sockets, facing the cloud of dusty white light!


    At this moment, two techniques that can also disintegrate the enemy collide!


    The purple ray and the dusty white light refused to show any weakness to each other, and they were directly in a stalemate in midair, neither moving forward nor retreating!


    "how is this possible¡­"


    The second generation of Tukage frowned, staring fixedly at Uehara Naraku below: "Is there any technique that can counter Dust Dun?"


    No, not to contend!


    But completely disintegrated!


    The white light of Chendun is constantly being disintegrated by the purple ray, and when the purple ray thoroughly understands the essence of Chendun, it penetrates the white light of Chendun in an instant.


    Without any surprise, he jumped into the air and moved up, avoiding that purple ray!


    Click!


    Uehara Naraku''s body appeared in front of Wu in an instant by walking through the void, he waved his hand and pinched his neck, and said with a light smile: "Your Excellency the Second Dokage, it seems that if this is the case, you have nothing to fight against!"


    "Who are you?"


    The second generation of Tukage looked ugly, and subconsciously grasped Uehara Naraku''s wrist tightly, trying to break free from his restraint.


    However, Uehara Naraku''s power is so great that there is nothing he can do!


    "I am the future leader of the Land of Rain, the neighbor of the Land of Earth."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and suddenly exerted strength, and pushed the second-generation Tukage from the sky to the ground with a flick of his hand, a blade of void was born in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and suddenly nailed the second-generation Tukage Do not move on the ground!


    Netherblade can drain the chakra of the enemy.


    Even if the reincarnation of the soil is infinite chakra, the total amount of chakra they can use at the same time is only a limited value, which is limited by their talents.


    Uehara Naraku leaned over and pressed the Void Blade inserted into Nidai Dokage''s body deeper. This is a tool that is far more suitable for restraining the enemy than the Yin Yang Dun Black Stick!


    "Well, the experiment is almost successful."


    Naraku Uehara patted his palms, looked in the direction of Yakushidou and Xianglin: "I didn''t expect Dust Dunxueji to be unable to compete with my ninjutsu, and this second-generation Master Tukage is not as strong as we imagined." , help me prepare for the next one!"


    "Dust Dun''s blood successor is currently the highest blood successor in the ninja world, but was defeated by Naraku-sama''s technique?"


    Pharmacist touched his glasses, and a smile appeared on his face: "It seems that in terms of ninjutsu, Naraku-sama really has no enemies!"


    The pharmacist glanced at Uehara Naraku in the air, and raised his finger: "But the next enemy is the third generation of Raikage who is known as the strongest defense and the strongest attack. He can fight Kamishan Iwanin with his own strength. people!"


    "Thousands?"


    "That''s right."


    Medicine Master''s face showed seriousness, and he said in a deep voice: "This one is known as the strongest Raikage! It is said that he can forcibly challenge the existence of Eight Tails with bare hands!"


    "Hurry up!"


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the reward he had just obtained after defeating Wu, and saw Yakushidou and Xianglin muttering, and couldn''t help urging.


    Side task: Defeat the second generation of Dokagemu (1/1), the task is completed, and the skill Qigong Cannon will be rewarded.


    Qigong Cannon: Directly launch a powerful attack on the target area by consuming Chakra energy and life energy, instantly destroying everything in the area, the minimum consumption of life energy and chakra energy is 1000 points, and the skill cooldown time is zero.


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara scratched his head a little.


    This is the first time I have encountered such a magical skill, which consumes life energy and chakra energy at the same time, and it seems powerful.


    But why would this skill be rewarded!


    Because the second generation Dokagemu''s Chen Dun''s gestures are similar to those of Qigong Cannon? It''s a pity that the time-limited skill exchange is gone now, so we can only keep this skill for a while!


    Compared with those, the most important thing is the advanced task.


    Advanced task: kill five shadows (4/5), the task has not been completed, and the reward is unknown.


    This advanced task was completed after Uehara Naraku punched Wu''s head, obviously the reincarnation of the dirt will also be listed in the advanced task.


    After all, not everyone can easily get close to the second generation of Tsuchikage, and then beat him to death with a single punch. This requires many conditions to do so...


    The first condition is...


    I am a jerk.

 Chapter 197

    Pharmacist Dou was more cautious than Naraku Uehara imagined.


    Before Yao Shidou reincarnated the third generation of Raikage in the dirty soil, he first put the second generation of Dokagewu into a coffin and sealed it, controlling him to fall into a deep sleep.


    This subordinate, the work is meticulous.


    After finishing the second generation of Tukage, Yaoshidou began to reincarnate the third generation of Raikage: "Ninjutsu, the art of dirty reincarnation!"


    Paper dust quickly wrapped the sacrifice Bai Jue, and a muscular man emerged from Bai Jue''s body and appeared in their sight!


    Three generations of Raikage Ai!


    The third generation of Raikage has mastered the Ichikanshou with the title of the strongest spear and the Raidan chakra mode with the title of the strongest shield. He is invincible both in offense and defense. Even in that era, he should be the strongest ninja!


    At that time, the second generation of Hokage Senshou Feijian and the second generation of Raikage Ai had just reached an alliance, but they were attacked by elite ninjas led by the Jinjiao Yinjiao brothers of Yunyin Village. The second generation of Raikage died in battle on the spot. The disciples retreated and died in battle...


    It''s just outrageous.


    I really don''t know how those two bastards killed the Thousand Hands...


    What''s even more outrageous is that the third generation of Raikage succeeded to the throne at the most critical moment in Yunyin Village. The first thing he did was to kill Jinjiao Yinjiao, and then personally sent the body of Qianshou Feijian back to Konoha for sacrifice , Let Yunyin Village pass the most dangerous moment.


    Since then, Yunyin Village has skyrocketed.


    "enemy!"


    The third generation of Raikage is simply more decisive than the second generation of Tsuchikage. The first thing he did after his resurrection was to fly towards the position of the pharmacist''s pocket!


    As long as they are not their own people, they are all enemies!


    That''s how Kumoinja thinks.


    Just as the third generation of Raikage was about to rush in front of Yao Shidou and catch him, Xiang Lin, who was standing beside Yao Shidou, blocked in front of Yao Shidou!


    At this moment, the girl of the descendant of the whirlpool mustered up her courage, and her speed was so fast that even Yaoshidou had no time to react, and she saw Xianglin appearing in front of her!


    But how could she stop the third generation of Raikage!


    Fortunately, Naraku Uehara appeared beside Kaorin in time, picked up Kaorin''s collar, threw the girl aside with his hands, and cursed a few words: "You don''t want to die, you can stop enemies like the third generation of Raikage!" living?"


    While speaking, Naraku Uehara kicked forward suddenly!


    This kick hit the third Raikage''s chest, and the huge force almost made the third Raikage unable to resist, making him fly back at a faster speed!


    Uehara Naraku slowly retracted her legs, frowned and said: "I really don''t know what you women think, do you want to fall in love and die?"


    "But Master Dou..."


    "Stay away, both of you!"


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Kaorin''s words, looking at the third generation of Raikage who was kicked away by him had stood up again, Uehara squeezed his fist: "Physical combat or something, but what I am best at now Already!"


    To this day, Naraku Uehara still misses his battle with Maite Kai. That physical combat duel is the real romance of a man!


    Of course, if Uehara Naraku can beat this.


    If Naraku Uehara can''t beat him, he doesn''t like this kind of romance anymore.


    Man, it is so realistic.


    "Thunder Chakra Mode!"


    Three generations of Raikage''s body instantly flashed with a large amount of lightning, and his whole body seemed to be bathed in thunder and lightning. This is a ninjutsu that only Raikage can practice in Yunyin Village.


    Thunder escape chakra mode can not only greatly activate the cells and enhance the defense of the human body, but also bring a huge boost to the speed of the ninja!


    The next moment, the figure of the third generation of Raikage flashed away!


    "The speed is so fast..."


    Seeing this scene, Hara Naraku was surprised for a while, he swung his arm suddenly, blocking the third Raikage who suddenly appeared beside him!


    In Uehara Naraku''s line of sight just now, the speed of the third generation of Raikage is almost as fast as that of the fourth generation of Hokage Namikaze Minato.


    Thunder Shadow of Cloud Hidden Village...


    You really can''t underestimate it!


    Naraku Uehara waved his fist, and instantly fought with the third generation of Raikage, and the speed of the two fists became faster and faster every time!


    It''s just that judging from the current battle situation, this third-generation Raikage is almost on par with the startling Maitkai who opened the seventh door!


    "But I have already surpassed the standard of conventional movie-level..."


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, he spread his fist, grabbed Sandai Raikage''s arm with one hand, and threw him into the air with a flick of his hand!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure rushed up quickly, and kicked the third generation of Raikage in the air to the ground heavily!


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Just when Uehara Naraku was about to fall from the sky and directly planned to break the third Raikage''s body with great force, black thunder appeared beside the third Raikage!


    Countless black thunders gathered and rushed in the direction of Naraku Uehara!


    "Haha...you were the one who used ninjutsu first!"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure was fleeting by using the void walk, and the next moment he appeared in front of the third Raikage, and stepped on it!


    The third generation of Raikage Ai hastily turned over to dodge!


    The area he was in just now was crushed by Uehara Naraku in just a moment!


    Seeing this scene, the corners of Raikage Ai''s eyes twitched for a while. He stretched out his finger, concentrated all the Chakra in his body on that finger, and shouted coldly: "Hell''s Spike, One Hand!"


    "I heard that this is Lord Raikage''s strongest technique?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows and said with a light smile, "Except for this technique, there is no technique in the whole ninja world that can leave any wound on your body, even the eight-tailed bull ghosts dare not compete with you..."


    "Little devil, you know a lot..."


    The third Raikage looked at Naraku Uehara and said in a low voice.


    In fact, it is enough pride for ordinary ninjas to be able to beat a tailed beast of the level of Rampage Hachio.


    Not every ninja can use bullying Kyuubi to set off his strength like the two geniuses of the first Hokage and Uchiha Madara.


    "Then I want to try... see if I can leave a wound on your body!"


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, slowly closed his palms, and a look of madness flashed across his face: "Immortal Mode ¡¤ Ascension to God ¡¤ Open!"


    Two pairs of wings suddenly appeared behind Naraku Uehara!


    The next moment, his aura soared, and an invisible shock wave instantly swept everything around him, almost making the people around him unable to hold on!


    Even the third generation of Raikage Ai, who is condensing his own chakra, looks at Uehara Naraku''s body at this moment with a flash of horror!


    Naraku Uehara twisted his shoulders, and the two pairs of wings fluttered. At the same time, Naraku Uehara also saw his status bar.


    Since the destruction of Cao Yin Village, coupled with Akatsuki''s rebellious Ninja certification reward, Uehara Naraku''s life energy has been strengthened almost by leaps and bounds. With the 400% blessing of the fairy mode, the life energy is almost as high as 250,000 points!


    This is a powerful power that Uehara Naraku has never experienced!


    The third generation of Raikage Ai launched the attack first, his body was like a flash of lightning, and he rushed to Uehara Naraku''s position: "Hell Spike¡¤Ichi Kanshou!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara is even faster!


    In just an instant, the two were fighting together!


    Boom!


    A loud noise resounded in everyone''s ears!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure stopped suddenly, and he slowly turned his head to look at his fist, and hooked the corner of his mouth: "Is this the same hand? Hehe..."


    "..."


    However, there was no trace of the third generation of Raikage on the entire battlefield.


    Xianglin pushed his glasses, and looked at the entire battlefield with a shocked face: "Master Dou, what''s going on? Where''s the chakra of the third Raikage? Why did he disappear in an instant!"


    "Because..."


    Pharmacist looked at the battlefield with his eyes, and looked at the dust and debris that was slowly gathering in a certain corner of the battlefield, with a wry smile in his eyes: "At the moment just now, the third generation of Lei Yingai, who is known as the strongest shield and the strongest spear, , was blown away by Master Naraku!"


    Yes, a punch!


    It made the pharmacist doubt his life!


    How could such a thing happen!


    The character known as the strongest Raikage in history was actually smashed to pieces by Uehara Naraku in a close-to-hand confrontation!


    "Alright, let''s seal him up!"


    Uehara Naraku slowly landed beside them, the two pairs of wings on his back retracted the moment he landed, and he yawned slowly.


    250,000 points of life energy!


    When there were only 10,000 to 20,000 points, Uehara Naraku was able to compete with Shocking Metkai, and now it is almost ten times better than that period. Who in the entire ninja world can block a punch...


    First up is the most important reward...


    Advanced task 5: Kill the five shadows (5/5), the task has been completed, reward 10,000 points of life energy, 10,000 points of chakra energy, 10,000 points of natural energy, reward 10,000 gold coins, and increase the recovery effect of all attributes by 50%. The reward fairy mode is advanced to the third form.


    Advanced task 6: Kill a six path ninja (0/1), the task has not been completed, and the reward is unknown.


    Naraku Uehara started to tilt his head. Does this broken system look down on him too much? The whole ninja world can''t show a ninja at the level of Six Paths now!


    Garbage system, nothing!

 Chapter 198

    Uehara Naraku''s life reached a short peak.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s understanding of the system''s advanced tasks, the entire ninja world''s enemies below the Six Paths level should not be his opponents, except for the uncertain liver emperor of Maitkai.


    Who knows if Maitekai will work hard for more than a year, directly open the Eight Gate Dunjia and kick Uehara Naraku with only one kick to save his life...


    After a short time, the third Raikage recovered his body.


    Medicine Master held up his fingers, tried his best to control the third Raikage''s body, and asked profusely, "Master Naraku, do you still need this Raikage-sama to continue to be your training partner?"


    "no need."


    Uehara Naraku waved at the pharmacist pocket.


    The pharmacist took out a shuriken with a spell in it, and inserted it into the back of the third Raikage''s head, temporarily obliterating his consciousness.


    Medicine Master pushed out a coffin eagerly, and stuffed the third-generation Raikage into it. He thought that his boss had already defeated the third-generation Raikage in the strongest state, so there was no need to keep him anymore.


    This is a qualified subordinate.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket with satisfaction, and then looked at the system panel, the reward given by him for defeating the third generation of Raikage and the state of the advanced third form of the fairy mode.


    Side task: Defeat the third generation of Raikage Ai (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill is stepping forward.


    Stepping forward and chopping: charge forward, facing death without life! Charges towards a nearby enemy at extreme speed with no cooldown!


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was completely dumbfounded.


    This is the fucking death-sending skill!


    This system neurosis!


    Why would he be rewarded for this skill!


    Is it because the third generation of Raikage charged tens of thousands of ninjas with his own strength and died in battle, so he rewarded such a death-death skill?


    Uehara Naraku suppressed his urge to complain, and went to see the effect of the sage mode that had advanced to the third form.


    Immortal mode: ascension to the gods, the third form is fiery.


    Chakra is automatically converted to Senju Chakra, all skill cooldown reduction +100%, life energy increased to 600%, life recovery effect increased to 600%, Senju Chakra energy recovery effect increased to 600%, using Senju Chakra When releasing skills, the consumption will be reduced by 50%, and when using physical attacks, there will be flame attacks.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly reopened his fairy mode, and saw that the original four wings on his back had turned into six wings, and a slight flap would take him to float.


    According to the fiery blessing of the third form, he can even use the immortal mode to fight forever, greatly reducing the consumption of immortal chakra, and greatly increasing the recovery of immortal chakra.


    If he releases a skill with a few hundred points of fairy chakra per second on average, it will basically not consume any chakra at all!


    The third form of immortal mode is so strong!


    How much stronger would it be if it entered the fourth form!


    Naraku Uehara swung a punch violently, only to see that his fist landed in the air and set off a heat wave, which quickly impacted and destroyed a big tree in the distance!


    Naraku Uehara clenched his fist in satisfaction, turned his head suddenly to look at the pharmacist next to him, with a touch of fanaticism on his face: "Dou, learn the Ryuji Cave Immortal mode as soon as possible, and then we two will have a duel!"


    Uehara can''t wait to see Sage Mode in its final form!


    Maybe that Immortal Mode is the hole card he can use in the future to face enemies of the Six Paths level. If he wants to evolve the Immortal Mode, he must defeat another Immortal Mode!


    Although Naraku Uehara can also revive the first generation of Hokage Senju Hashirama, but he is still a little unsure in his heart... Senju Hashirama is too strong.


    "..."


    The smile on Pharmacist''s face froze.


    His boss must be joking, right? The boss who beat the strongest Raikage with one punch must be joking with him...


    Or was he hallucinating in his own ears?


    It just seemed that Naraku Uehara wanted to discuss with him, he must have heard it wrong!


    Xianglin next to Yaoshidou is also full of confusion, although the girl thinks that Yaoshidou must be very powerful, but compared to Naraku Uehara, his strength is still a little worse...


    After all, in Xianglin''s perception, the aura exuded by Uehara Naraku has far surpassed anyone Xianglin has ever seen, even surpassing Akatsuki''s leader Payne!


    If there is really a god in the ninja world, it must be Uehara Naraku in front of him.


    "Don''t worry, we''re just practicing."


    Uehara Naraku saw the stiff smile of the pharmacist, and slowly landed beside him, patted his shoulder, and said with a light smile: "Okay, these wings are the effect of my fairy mode, maybe your fairy mode will stronger!"


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Although Yao Shidou has not practiced any immortal mode yet, Uehara Naraku, the boss, don''t try to lie to him!


    No matter how strong Ryujidong''s immortal mode is, can he still blow up the third generation of Raikage with one punch?


    Although Yao Shidou has never seen pork, nor seen pigs running, how could he have never heard of pigs? The curse seal developed by Orochimaru is a weakened version of the immortal mode!


    And if I remember correctly.


    More than a year ago, Orochimaru once bitterly told the pharmacist about one thing, Naraku Uehara, that little bastard, even the White Snake Fairy couldn''t do anything about him...


    Even the strongest White Snake Immortal in Longdi Cave can''t beat Uehara Naraku!


    "Okay, don''t think too much, I will accompany you to do the experiment!"


    Uehara Naraku put away his wings, smiled and said: "With me here, even if your experiment fails, I can save you."


    "Yes, thank you Naraku-sama!"


    Pharmacist Dou nodded seriously, and said in a deep voice: "Then allow me to prepare materials for myself. After all, I have already figured out how to transplant the cells of Shenwei Sharingan and the first Hokage-sama for myself on the way."


    "Oh?"


    Uehara Naraku suddenly became curious.


    As an orthodox student of scientists, Yaoshidou''s method of transplanting intercolumnar cells is safer and safer than Nagato and Xianglin''s experiments.


    And Yaoshidou doesn''t need to awaken Mutun, in fact he also thinks he doesn''t have that qualification, he only needs the chakra of the inter-pillar cells to reduce the consumption of Sharingan.


    Yaoshidou cleverly cultivated the intercolumnar cells into the shape of a human face, then put the Shenwei Sharingan into the eye socket of the human face, waited carefully for their fusion and stability, and then began to replenish the human face. Optic nerves and all kinds of crap.


    Perhaps because Naraku Uehara can give him a lot, Yakushidou didn''t intend to replace his eyes with Sharingan. He likes to add things to his body, and doesn''t like to take things off his body.


    "Can this work?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his brows and said, "If Kamui''s most powerful evasion attack cannot be used, its practicality will be greatly reduced...No, it seems that it can''t be used now, and there are four-tailed Jinchuriki inside. !"


    Pharmacist chuckled and shook his head, looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "Master Naraku, please don''t worry, I will make arrangements, I will find a way to imprison him for Four Tails Jinchuriki..."


    "Fine!"


    Uehara Naraku still believed in the IQ of Yakushidou.


    The problem is that this experiment seems to be going on for a long time, and Yao Shidou is constantly adjusting it in order to ensure that it is safe and maximize the strength of Shenwei Sharingan.


    Xianglin, the assistant, was a bit confused.


    Not to mention Naraku Uehara, a scientific scumbag.


    Half a month''s time.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the human face made of inter-column cells still being cultivated, and finally he couldn''t wait any longer: "Give me a letter, how long will it take you to complete this?"


    "About ten years or so."


    After Yao Shidou finished speaking, he saw Uehara Naraku''s somewhat ugly expression, and subconsciously changed his words: "It will take at least five years to cultivate..."


    Uehara Naraku knocked on the experimental table: "Can you tell me the experimental principle? Can''t you directly fuse the cells between the columns on your body, and then transplant the Sharingan? Anyway, if there is a problem, I can help you solve it!"


    "..."


    The pharmacist glanced at Uehara inexplicably.


    The problem is that he is now telling Naraku Uehara the principle of the experiment, can this boss understand?


    However, as a qualified subordinate, no matter whether the boss understands it or not, Yao Shidou must also explain: "Sharingan needs far more chakra than I own, and my physique after transplanting intercolumn cells , may not be able to match the consumption of Sharingan, so it is easy for Konoha to copy the ninja Kakashi..."


    Everyone knows Hatake Kakashi''s problems.


    Because he doesn''t have Uchiha''s physique, he can''t close Sharingan.


    Therefore, Kakashi''s Chakra has not been very sufficient, so Kakashi often has to plan carefully in a battle to consume Chakra at the most appropriate time to use a C-level ninjutsu...


    Pharmacist Dou doesn''t want that!


    Uehara Naraku knocked hard on the test bench, and asked in a deep voice: "Is there no other way? After you finish the experiment, I think Uchiha Madara has been wiped out here..."


    damn it!


    How can he wait for four or five years!


    Sanwei in Wuyin Village will be reborn in at most two years. Even if Uehara Naraku can control the action and speed of Akatsuki''s organization to collect tailed beasts, his patience can''t wait!


    Instead of waiting for Yao Shidou to completely turn into Uchiha Obito, it is better to directly manipulate Uchiha Obito who has been reincarnated from the dirty soil and continue to work!


    "Can this be done?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and mobilized his only scientific knowledge: "You find a way to make a Bai Ze into an armor to wear on your body, and then transplant the Sharingan to Bai Jue, and you find a way to control this Bai Ze Absolute consciousness..."


    "..."


    Pharmacist was silent for a while, and after pushing his glasses, he slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "Is it true that Naraku-sama hasn''t been exposed to biological experiments?"


    "Are you laughing at me?"


    Naraku Uehara stood with arms crossed, looking at Yao Shidou with a half-smile, "Could it be that the method I said is not feasible?"


    "No, very genius idea."


    After Yao Shidou nodded seriously, he explained in a deep voice: "Although the principle sounds very naive... no, it''s very simple, but I do have a similar method."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Did Yao Shidou mock him just now?


    The pharmacist didn''t know what Uehara Naraku was thinking, but he slowly clenched his fists: "That''s the method I planned to use to transplant the cells of Mr. Orochimaru... Now maybe it can be used on Bai Jue''s body first. This method can be understood by analogy." .¡±


    Yaoshidou once tried to seal all the cells of Orochimaru, Kidomaru and others into his body. Those cells and chakra were even enough to produce a new Orochimaru in his body, so it was also possible for Yaoshidou to use Orochimaru All ninjutsu.


    In the fourth Ninja World War in history.


    Many people''s half-bodies appeared one after another on Yaoshidou''s body, and also released the ninjutsu mastered by those people. Obviously, he had already thought about this kind of thought.


    Perhaps because of this thought, Yao Shidou''s experiment went very smoothly. He wiped out the consciousness of a Bai Jue, and sealed its body inside his own body.


    When Yao Shidou needs to use Bai Jue, he will release this Bai Jue and wrap his body like an armor.


    On the body of that Bai Jue, there are Mu Dun and Kamui Sharingan with awakened cells in the column.


    Yao Shidou was wearing a body of Bai Jue, the body was hidden inside Bai Jue, and he slowly clenched his fist: "Mu Dun, Kaleidoscope Sharingan... The experiment seems to be progressing more smoothly than I imagined. .¡±


    "Can your body use divine power?"


    Naraku Uehara frowned and said, "What if someone attacks and penetrates Bai Jue''s body but stabs yours?"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    "This Baijue is a part of my body."


    After Yao Shidou shook his head, he saw Bai Jue flowing on his body like a liquid, these are the cells in Bai Jue''s body moving!


    With the rapid movement of these cells, the true face of Yaoshidou was gradually revealed, and those white cells quickly poured into Yaoshidou''s chest and abdomen.


    It''s just that there is a piece of white on Dou''s chest and abdomen, with a Sharingan growing on it.


    It looks kind of scary.


    After Naraku Uehara touched his chin, he nodded and said, "If it wasn''t for the scary eye on the chest, and the experiment too much, I would like to make one of your white coat."


    "I can prepare a stronger one for Master Naraku..."


    "do not."


    Naraku Uehara quickly shook his head, sighed and said, "If you have a chance, please help me make a mecha or something!"

 Chapter 199

    Yaoshidou''s experiment was very successful.


    Just the ability of Shenwei Kaleidoscope Sharingan and Mu Dunxueji alone has allowed his strength to grow by leaps and bounds, and he can even control the dirty reincarnated bodies of those Kage-level powerhouses.


    From then on, Yakushido will take on multiple roles, adhering to Naraku Uehara''s will, and working in the ninja world as the heir of Obito Uchiha and Orochimaru.


    "Then let''s get started!"


    Uehara Naraku found a ninja map from Orochimaru''s base, tapped his finger, and landed on Konoha: "From now on, I will go to Konoha from time to time, and there is a Nohara Rin''s map in the comfort monument. Put a few bouquets of flowers on the female ninja''s tombstone, and brush up the presence of Uchiha Obito."


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    What kind of mission is this!


    Is there something wrong with this boss?


    If he wants to show his presence, shouldn''t he just attack Konoha or something? Why only put a few bouquets of flowers on Nohara Lin''s tombstone?


    However, as a qualified subordinate, Yakushido instantly activated his brain, remembering the relationship between Obito Uchiha, Kakashi Hatake and Rin Nohara.


    Konoha Squad of two men and one woman.


    This kind of team is the basic configuration of Konoha, and there is usually a problem. The love triangle is already a relatively common one.


    Pharmacist nodded, pushed his glasses on the bridge of his nose, smiled lightly and said, "Yes, Master Naraku, I remember, and I will choose the right time, for example, Kakashi Hatake may go to comfort you." When visiting the monument."


    "Tsk..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but look at Yao Shidou, he really deserves to be his most satisfied subordinate now, he can think very carefully about everything.


    As long as Yakushido puts a few bouquets of flowers in front of Nohara Rin''s tombstone from time to time, and Kakashi Hatake finds out about it, Kakashi will focus on Obito Uchiha, and if any bad things happen in the future, he will surely Think of your old friend.


    "The second thing."


    Uehara Naraku knocked on the map drawn by Orochimaru, picked a base at random, and continued to order: "Let the entire ninja world know that Orochimaru is dead, let them know that Yakushidou is the successor of Orochimaru, and even you compare He''s stronger."


    "clear."


    There was a smile on the face of the medicine master, and he said in a low voice: "Master Naraku, is this useful for some people in the ninja world to recruit me for the power left by Orochimaru? If it can be put in the eyes of Master Naraku, it seems Only know it!"


    "That''s right."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and glanced at the medicine master''s pocket with appreciation: "It''s not the Akatsuki organization, but a certain insidious villain in Akatsuki, who is eyeing the power of reincarnation, and you must be the only one in the entire ninja world who has this power." .¡±


    This is mainly to target Heijue.


    If the opportunity is right, maybe he can draw Pharmacist into the Xiao organization, and then further into Heijue''s small circle of the Moon Eye Project.


    by that time¡­


    Hey hey hey hey...


    When Uehara Naraku thought that the people around Heijue were all undercover agents, and when Heijue found out about this in the future, he couldn''t help but feel a little happy.


    "A sinister villain?"


    Pharmacist subconsciously glanced at Uehara Naraku.


    Oh, is there anyone more sinister in the whole ninja world than Naraku-sama?


    To be honest, it is really hard for Yakushito to imagine why a superpower like Uehara Naraku has been aiming desperately at Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito.


    Could it be that the stronger the strength, the darker the heart?


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist''s pocket, knocked on the table, and asked aloud, "Dou, what are you thinking? The eyes are a little rude!"


    Pharmacist hurriedly lowered his head, concealing Uehara Naraku''s disrespectful eyes, and quickly changed another topic: "Master Naraku, do you have any other tasks?"


    "do not have much left."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and said softly: "When you are free in the future, just use Uchiha Obito''s identity to do more bad things!"


    "¡­it is good."


    Pharmacist blinked his eyes and nodded.


    Seeing that the matter here was resolved, Xianglin tugged on Hara Naraku''s sleeve, and said in a low voice: "Master Naraku, I''m worried that Master Dou will be deceived by Orochimaru..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly fell into deep thought.


    He couldn''t be more satisfied with Yao Shidou''s subordinate, the only thing he worried about was that Yao Shidou was too soft-hearted towards Da She Wan.


    After all, the idioms about snakes that Uehara Naraku knew were not good words, and those idioms all had allusions!


    What if the pharmacist pocket version of the farmer and the snake happens again in the ninja world?


    Xianglin''s concerns are not unreasonable.


    Yao Shidou is good at everything about this person, even his personality is very similar to that of Xianglin. If others give him a little sunshine-like warmth, he would like to make a sun for him.


    The problem is this guy Orochimaru...


    If others have tried their best to build a sun for him, he would still want to take away other people''s abilities and build a solar system or even a galaxy by himself.


    This person cannot stay.


    But be wary of the feelings of the pharmacist.


    "I got it!"


    After thinking about it for a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly hammered his palm, looked at the doubtful Pharmacist pocket, and said softly: "I can understand your feelings for Orochimaru, but at this critical moment, let him be taken care of by others first. Bar!"


    "I can¡­"


    "No, this person is more suitable than you."


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Naraku Uehara''s right hand pressed against the palm of his left hand, and slightly forced a small wound, from which a drop of blood oozed.


    Uehara Naraku joined hands together quickly and explained in a low voice: "I just want you to meet my next teacher in advance...Ninjutsu¡¤Spiritual Art¡¤White Snake Immortal!"


    A huge psychic spell mark appeared at the feet of Uehara Naraku and others!


    The smoke screen of the psychic array sounded, and a huge white phosphorous snake appeared in front of everyone. It was the White Snake Immortal of Longdi Cave.


    It''s just that its current body size is smaller than when it was in Longdi Cave, and it seems that it can change its body at any time according to the environment.


    The Immortal White Snake took a look at the surrounding environment, and leaned forward slightly towards Uehara Naraku, bowing his head and spitting out the snake core: "Your Excellency Naraku, what is the reason for calling me here?"


    "Help me temporarily lock Orochimaru in Ry¨±chi Cave."


    Uehara Naraku pointed to a location where the little white snake, the main body of the big snake pill, was stored in the pharmacist''s pocket.


    After the White Snake Immortal nodded its huge head, its tail slowly turned to that position, curling up the little White Snake, the body of Orochimaru.


    Even though the little white snake frantically resisted and tried to transform into Yamata no Orochi, it was still easily choked by the White Snake Immortal and quickly fell into a disadvantage.


    As a snake celestial being, the white snake celestial being has no disadvantages against snakes.


    After a while, the little white snake slowly lost its resistance.


    "there''s one more thing."


    After Uehara Naraku saw that the White Snake Immortal had solved it, he pointed to the pharmacist and said, "If this person has time, he will go to Longdi Cave to learn the Immortal Mode. Is there any problem?"


    "The fairy mode is not easy..."


    The Immortal White Snake shook his huge head, and explained: "The Immortal mode is different from conventional spells, and the requirements for scholars are not too low, and it is very dangerous..."


    "It''s okay, just teach him, don''t let him have any problems."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, looked at the white snake fairy in front of him and said with a light smile: "I am ten times stronger now than before, if something goes wrong and I am assimilated into a snake, I will tear down the Ry¨±ichi Cave Yes! This is my most capable subordinate!"


    "Master Naraku..."


    Pharmacist Dou seemed to think that speaking like this was not good.


    Apparently he didn''t know that in the face of such a powerful and extremely fearful creature as the White Snake Immortal, threatening it was the best choice.


    really.


    After being silent for a while, the White Snake Immortal nodded and said, "I will use a safer method to teach him to practice the Immortal Mode, but the progress may not be too fast..."


    "Then what if I want both speed and safety?"


    Uehara Naraku closed his fingers, smiled and continued: "Of course I am also a reasonable person. If you let him learn the immortal mode within two years, this matter...wouldn''t be too embarrassing for you?"


    When Uehara Naraku spoke to the end, he slowly released the chakra in his body, and there was a hint of golden light in his eyes!


    Immortal White Snake slowly bent down, this brat is really much stronger!


    There are even more monster-like humans in this ninja world!


    How did Naraku Uehara cultivate?


    "Won''t."


    Immortal White Snake nodded slowly, and then continued softly: "But if his aptitude is really dull, I can''t do anything about it. Your Excellency Naluo is also an immortal, so you should understand how strict the cultivation threshold of immortal mode is..."


    "Hehe, of course I know."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and continued with a smile: "It is because I know the difficulty that I gave you a two-year deadline..."


    "Do your best."


    The White Snake Immortal opened his mouth and spit out the contract scroll of Longdi Cave towards the position of the pharmacist''s pocket, and his mouth gradually became more majestic: "Sign your name on the psychic blood contract! For the sake of Your Excellency Naluo, I will teach you well. your."


    "Yes, Lord White Snake!"


    Pharmacist clenched his fist tightly, opened the psychic contract scroll in Longdi Cave, bit his fingertips and wrote his name.


    From then on, Yaoshidou was able to communicate with other psychic beasts other than the White Snake Immortal, and even used snakes to transmit information.


    The psychic beasts of the Three Great Sacred Grounds have a wide range of uses beyond imagination.


    Pharmacist Dou never thought that after signing the psychic contract, the main psychic beast he would use to fight would be a Yamata no Orochi.


    Now that the matter of Yaoshidou has been resolved, there is no need for Uehara Naraku and Xianglin to stay here. They still have a task to find the descendants of Uzumaki.


    When Uehara Naraku asked this question, Yaoshidou bluntly mentioned a well-known name: "Except for Xianglin, there are very few descendants of the Uzumaki clan, and the only one I know of is Konoha Uzumaki Naruto..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at him speechlessly.


    Do you still need to tell me the name of the ninja protagonist?


    Xianglin frowned, and said softly: "Master Dou, I have seen Uzumaki Naruto, he does not have the red hair characteristics of our clan..."


    "It is estimated that the gene of his father Minato Namikaze is too strong, is there anyone else?"


    Uehara Naraku skipped over this topic, he wanted to take Uzumaki Naruto back, but this is obviously not realistic, especially with his broken mouth...


    Naraku Uehara didn''t dare to take risks.


    "There was indeed another one."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses and explained: "There is a psychic island in the sea country. When Master Orochimaru established a base in the sea country, he did meet a descendant of the Uzumaki clan, but she has long since died. , only the soul remains..."


    "There is no need to disturb the peace of the dead."


    After Uehara Naraku frowned, he whispered: "In this case, do you want us to return empty-handed?"


    "This is also impossible."


    Pharmacist shook his head and sighed.


    "Penn''s mission is not done."


    Uehara Naraku helped his forehead and felt a bit of a headache: "Ms. Xiaonan''s gift doesn''t make any sense!"


    Xianglin also understood the close relationship between Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan, and immediately suggested: "We can buy a beautiful piece of jewelry..."


    "Mr. Xiaonan only likes paper flowers."


    Naraku Uehara immediately interrupted Xianglin: "Forget it, let''s see it again!"


    "..."


    Yaoshidou and Xianglin looked at each other, and each fell into silence.


    To be honest, Yao Shidou couldn''t understand why Uehara Naraku had to carefully choose some messy gifts every time he went out and returned.


    To be honest, if Uehara Naraku picked a few flowers from the side of the road, they would probably please Xiao Nan more than his carefully prepared gifts.


    Uehara Naraku knocked on the table, stroked the ring on his finger, and said softly: "Forget it, go home! Dou, show me around here, and let me choose two gifts at random!"


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist Dou nodded respectfully.


    But what he never expected was that this time Uehara Naraku found a little trouble in the northern base during his visit.


    in a Petri dish at the northern base.


    Naraku Uehara pointed at the person in the petri dish in surprise, and slowly turned his head to look at the medicine man''s pocket, and couldn''t help but ask, "Why is this guy here?"


    Who can tell him!


    Why does the ghost lantern water moon still appear in the northern base!


    Obviously, he and Mitsuki Onito had already made an arrangement back then, and asked Terumi Mei to take care of Mizuki Onito, why was this guy still caught at Orochimaru''s base!

 Chapter 200

    It is indeed strange that the ghost lamp water moon appears here.


    At the beginning, Onito Suigetsu''s elder brother Onito Mitsuki took refuge in Naraku Uehara. Before he defected to Wuyin Village, he confessed to Terumi Mei that he was going to be a spy for Akatsuki, so he entrusted his younger brother Onito Suigetsu to Terumi Mei''s care.


    Over the past few years, Ghost Lantern Full Moon has also delivered some important news. Although it was all ordered by Uehara Naraku, after all, it also gave Wuyin Village a little bit of benefits.


    In Terumimei''s heart, the identity and importance of the ghost full moon should be very high, and she will definitely take good care of the little brother of the ghost full moon.


    However, any high-level Kirigakure with a bit of political IQ would not let Kidou Suigetsu be in danger, let alone Terumi Mei, a woman who is very likely to succeed the fifth generation of Mizukage.


    Ghost Lantern Shuiyue is the hostage and fetter of Ghost Lantern Full Moon.


    If there is an accident with Onito Suigetsu, it will directly mean that Kirigakure Village will completely lose a powerful Jonin and four ninja swords, and the most important thing is that Terumi Mei will completely lose the information source of Onito Mitsuki.


    Just when Uehara Naraku was surprised, Yao Shidou''s answer made him look confused: "Ghost Lantern Suigetsu took the initiative to seek refuge with Oshemaru-sama not long ago, and he wanted to get power from Oshemaru-sama, and then kill his brother." ..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was a little confused.


    Onito Mitsuki got the script from his elder brother Uchiha Itachi, so this guy Onito Mizuki also got the script from his younger brother Sasuke Uchiha?


    Could it be that this ninja world is destined to have a pair of brothers involved with Orochimaru?


    It''s outrageous.


    The pharmacist glanced at the ghost lantern Suiyue who was sleeping in the petri dish, and explained in a low voice: "Besides, the ghost lantern Suiyue also uttered wild words and put forward a condition. He wants Dashewan to rescue a girl named Lin Yuyuyu. female ninja."


    "So, is the ghost ghost water moon in a relationship?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, his smile stopped suddenly, and he frowned and said, "Wait, why does this Ringo Yuri sound familiar to me?"


    Pharmacist nodded, and said softly: "She is a genius ninja who recently appeared in Wuyin Village, because she recovered the lost Thunder Saber Ya in Wuyin Village last year, and was approved by Thunder Sword, so Lin Yuyu also Became a new generation of Ninja Sword Seven."


    After Yao Shidou explained the origin of Lingoyu Yuli, he looked at the ghost lamp and water moon again, and continued softly: "According to the explanation of the ghost lamp and water moon, Lingoyu Yuri has a rare disease now, and no one in Wuyin Village can save it. she."


    "Many people died of illness in the Land of Water!"


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, turned his head to look at Yao Shidou and asked, "Where is Ringo Uyuri now? It can''t be at this base!"


    "No."


    The pharmacist shook his head, and glanced at Guideng Shuiyue with emotion: "Lin Ouyuli should be in the hospital in Wuyin Village! Guideng Shuiyue seems to be very loyal. He and Linoyu Yuri have a good relationship, and they have never I thought about using the ninja sword to take Lin Geyuyuri away."


    Pharmacist looked at Guideng Shuiyue, sighed and said: "I have chatted with Guideng Shuiyue several days, he once mentioned that if Lingoyu Yuri dies, Guideng Shuiyue will not take away her patience Dao, he will take the only ninja sword Rai Dao Ya in Wuyin Village as her burial object, perhaps to stimulate Lin Yuyuli''s desire to survive!"


    Guideng Shuiyue is actually not very courageous, nor is his intelligence high.


    Even the character of this kid is a bit greedy, but he was able to give up a ninja sword of the level of Rai Dao Ya for his friends.


    If Ringo Uyuri dies, and the only ninja in Kirigakure Village who can use this ninja sword, Onitou Suigetsu, gives up inheriting the ninja sword, then Rai Dao Ya may be dusted.


    This seemingly low-intelligence ghost should want to use his own way to motivate his friends to live.


    "What a fool..."


    Naraku Uehara stroked the petri dish, observed the sleeping ghost lamp Suigetsu inside, and said softly: "How could that guy Orochimaru cure your friend?"


    "¡­yes."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses in embarrassment, and said with some embarrassment: "Master Oshemaru not only did not agree to his request, but imprisoned him here as a material for studying the secret art of hydration."


    "What a crime!"


    Uehara Naraku''s face became a little aggrieved, and there was a hint of anger in his voice: "Hmph, that guy Orochimaru, even deceives such an honest child as Guideng Suigetsu!"


    "..."


    The pharmacist fell silent.


    Yaoshidou didn''t want to take over Naraku Uehara''s topic.


    If it wasn''t for the fact that the new boss, Uehara Naraku, had cheated Orochimaru too many times, and made Orochimaru learn badly, too lazy to maintain his reputation, how could Guideng Suigetsu be the next victim of being deceived?


    Who is the root cause of Orochimaru''s deceit...


    Does Uehara Naraku-sama have no idea? It is estimated that even Naraku Uehara couldn''t find out how many times he cheated Orochimaru!


    Pharmacist sighed, and finally asked helplessly, "What does Lord Naraku want to do?"


    "Let him go first!"


    Uehara Naraku hit the petri dish with a punch, and said in a deep voice: "Ghost Lantern Shuiyue is a reserve member under my hands after all, we can''t let him be locked up in the dark secret base, we must let him go back and practice hard!"


    Crash!


    When the petri dish was broken in an instant, the sleeping Ghost Lantern Shuiyue woke up impressively, his eyes opened suddenly, revealing his shark-toothed smile!


    The next moment, the water in the petri dish splashed out!


    Ghost Lantern Water Moon instantly used the Water Splash Secret Technique, and his figure instantly turned into a ball of water waves, sneaking into the splashing water splashes, so he wanted to take this opportunity to hide his body and escape from here!


    "Isn''t that rude?"


    Xianglin gave a low snort, and two golden chains protruded from behind, which were blocked by Vajra, the gifted sealing technique of the Uzumaki clan!


    The two golden chains penetrated into the water, rolled the ghost lamp full moon out of the water waves, and threw him hard in front of Uehara Naraku!


    Xianglin stood behind Uehara Naraku and Pharmacist Dou, pushed his high-magnification glasses, with a different kind of handsomeness: "Before leaving, at least pay a visit to Naraku-sama who saved you!"


    "..."


    The eyeballs of Guideng Shuiyue rolled around, looked at the three people in front of him, and finally settled on Uehara Naraku who was in the middle: "Who are you?"


    "I''m just a person who drove away Orochimaru."


    Uehara Naraku lowered his body with a smile on his face, eagerly supported the ghost lamp Suigetsu, and patted him gently on the shoulder: "Little guy, my subordinates are too rude, if I know that you are imprisoned in Orochimaru The base will definitely come to rescue you early."


    "you¡­"


    Guideng Shuiyue was a little uncomfortable with Uehara Naraku''s enthusiasm, and he looked a little surprised: "Who are you? Do you know me?"


    "I''m an old friend of Terumi Mei-dono."


    Uehara Naraku smiled at the ghost lantern Mizuki, with an attitude that everyone is his own. Obviously, at this time, the ghost lantern full moon cannot be mentioned, so Terumi Mei can only be mentioned.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the still vigilant eyes of the ghost lantern and said with a light smile: "Forget it, you should hurry back to Wuyin Village! Don''t doubt my identity. If you doubt it, you can ask His Excellency Terumi Mei for verification."


    "Are you really that woman''s friend?"


    Guideng Shuiyue''s eyes were still full of doubts.


    But since the guy named Naluo in front of him is willing to let him go, then of course he can''t miss this opportunity!


    Guideng Shuiyue didn''t want to stay in this dark place at all. Seeing that Naraku Uehara didn''t speak to stop him, he immediately turned around and jumped vertically, leaving the base.


    Uehara Naraku watched the ghost lantern Shuiyue leave, but the smile on the corner of his mouth became more and more strange: "Let''s go now? It''s really rude..."


    Pharmacist bowed his head respectfully beside him, and asked softly: "Master Naluo, do you need me to chase him back?"


    There was a suspicious blush on Xianglin''s face, and he said in a big way: "You don''t need to go around, just let me go!"


    "No need to."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, stopped their thoughts, and just continued: "Tell Guideng Manyue that his younger brother Guideng Shuiyue''s hatred is not deep enough, and his strength is not strong enough..."


    Uehara Naraku tickled the corner of his mouth: "Let Ghost Lamp Manyue go back to Wuyin Village again, to teach his younger brother a lesson, and then bring back Ringo Uyuri and Thunder Sword!"


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Xiangphos: "..."


    Those who bully Ghost Lantern Shuiyue will not mention it in advance.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    If the two of them remember correctly, Hayashi Uyuri, the owner of the second generation Thunder Saber, should be the last of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village, right?


    You are trying to drain the blood from Wuyin Village!

 Chapter 201

    There are only four of the second generation of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village, Dried Persimmon Kisame, Peach Field Never Cut, Ghost Lantern Full Moon and Lin Yuyu Yuri.


    Among them, Hayashi Yuri happened to be the last one to become the Seven Ninja Swords, and the Thunder Sword in her hand was also the last one that Uehara Naraku needed to defeat the Seven Ninja Swords.


    Since he got her news here, Uehara naturally couldn''t miss it. In addition to wanting to complete the mission, he also wanted to win Lin Yuyu to join the Akatsuki organization.


    What''s more, it''s also mutually beneficial.


    Except for Uehara Naraku, it is estimated that no one can cure Ringo Uyuri''s disease.


    After Uehara Naraku and Xianglin visited the northern base of Orochimaru under the leadership of Yaoshidou, they did not stay long and returned to Yuyin Village.


    Originally, Uehara Naraku wanted to bring back Chonggo who was imprisoned in the northern base, but Yao Shidou still needed the natural energy of Chonggo to increase his probability of practicing immortal mode, so he had to give up.


    After returning to Yuyin Village.


    Xianglin immediately rushed to Akatsuki''s base, and conveyed Naraku Uehara''s order and the rescue of Suigetsu to Guideng Manyue. After getting the news of his younger brother, Guideng Manyue hurried back to Wuyin Village without any ambiguity.


    A dark and windy night.


    There is still a fog in Wuyin Village.


    Terumi Mei sat in Mizukage''s office, and after taking over Mizukage''s duties temporarily, her work and rest gradually became a little irregular.


    Terumi Mei has been a little upset lately.


    Because not long ago, Guideng Manyue''s younger brother, Guideng Shuiyue, left the village privately for two months, and was almost posted on the most wanted list for treason. She worked hard to settle this matter.


    A few days ago, Ghost Lantern Shuiyue finally came back.


    It''s just that the first thing this kid did after he came back made Terumi Mei furious, he actually asked her if she knew an old friend named Naraku!


    This brat really gets harder to discipline as he grows up!


    Just after Terumi Mei rubbed his temples with a headache, a string of water splashes suddenly slipped in through the door of Mizukage''s office, and appeared on Terumi Mei''s desk upstream against the current. This precise operation is by no means ordinary Aqua Ninja can do it!


    So far, only that guy, Ghost Lantern Full Moon, will use this method to deliver news.


    Terumi Mei looked down at the ball of water splashing on the desk and gradually formed a thumb-sized human figure. The little water figure said to Terumi Mei: "Senior, I have learned about Suigetsu''s recent situation from Mr. Ringoyu Yuri is seriously ill, so I rushed back to take her away for treatment, and I will send her to a powerful medical ninja, and let her come back after she recovers."


    After the little water figure finished speaking, it immediately turned into a ball of water, obviously the chakra in it had been exhausted.


    Just as Terumimei was about to rush to Kirigakure Hospital immediately after listening to it, a shrill cry resounded through the entire Kirigakure Village!


    "Ghost Lantern Full Moon, I will kill you sooner or later!"


    It sounds like that voice is exactly Ghost Lantern Moon''s younger brother, Ghost Lantern Moon!


    Terumi Mei''s expression changed immediately, and she hurried to the direction where the voice came from, but only saw the scarred ghost of Mizugetsu, this fourteen-year-old boy was screaming at a tall building in despair!


    just now.


    Ghost Lantern Moon sneaked into the Wuyin Hospital, attacked the seriously ill Lin Yuyu and captured her, and defeated his younger brother Ghost Lantern Suiyue.


    After doing all this, the ghost lamp full moon did not leave.


    Now Ghost Lantern Full Moon is still standing on that tall building.


    He held the seriously ill Ringo Uyuri in his hand, looked down at his desperate younger brother on the ground, and said indifferently: "You are still so stupid, Suigetsu, the ghost lamp clan has only seven ninja knives in their eyes, I thought you would kill this woman , took away her Thunder Knife, and came to seek revenge from me, I never thought you, an idiot, would still accompany her by her side..."


    "Bastard! It''s none of your business!"


    Onito Suigetsu casually pulled out a ninja sword from a comatose Kirigakure ninja, and was about to rush towards the tall building, but his strength was exhausted, and he fell to his knees powerlessly before walking a few steps. The knife supports itself and will not fall!


    Even if he couldn''t fight, Guideng Shuiyue''s momentum still refused to be weaker than his brother, his face was full of madness: "Ghost Lantern Moon, I say you bastard, put her down!"


    "rest assured."


    Ghost Lantern Manyue watched Shuiyue''s movements and snorted coldly.


    Ghost Lantern Moon looked down at Lin Yuyuli who was carrying in her hand: "As a master recognized by Lei Dao, I will give her enough respect, but I will also let her recognize the facts, no matter which one Ninja swords will only be loyal to the ghost lamp clan!"


    "I said you put her down!"


    The chakra on Ghost Lantern Suiyue finally broke out completely, and the whole person turned into a huge hydration giant, grabbing Ghost Lantern Full Moon on the tall building with one hand!


    However, the ghost lamp full moon standing on the tall building just raised his arm casually, and waved his fist towards the giant that was attacking: "Water escape, the art of the powerful water wrist!"


    Boom!


    Crash!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    There was a sound of splashes!


    The huge hydration giant was punched and fell to the ground, and turned into a ghostly lamp and water moon again. His physical strength was finally completely exhausted.


    The last scene Guideng Mizuki saw before he fell into a coma was the disdainful smile of his elder brother Guideng Manyue and Terumi Mei who came to support him. At least if the old woman Terumi Mei was around, safety would not be a problem.


    Ghost Lantern Shuiyue passed out completely.


    Terumi Meifei landed beside Onito Mizutsuki, and after checking that his body was fine, he raised his head and looked at Onito Mitsuki in the air: "Hey, if you always bully him every time, in the future even if I pick him If he knows the truth, his petty mind will also hate you!"


    "I do not mind."


    Ghost Lantern Moon shook his head, flew down beside them, and said softly: "If possible, I hope he will never know the truth."


    "Your brother is really conscientious!"


    Terumi Mei rubbed her forehead, glanced at Hayashi Yuri who was being carried in the hand of Ghost Lantern Moon Moon, and said in a low voice: "I originally planned to send Hayashi Yuri to Konoha after a while, and let Lord Fifth Hokage help with the treatment. But after Tsunade-dono heard about her condition, there is nothing that can cure her..."


    Due to the covenant between Konoha and Kirigakure Village, it is still possible for Terumi Meditation to ask Tsunade to help, but Tsunade is indeed helpless against Ringo Yuri''s disease.


    After the ghost lamp full moon nodded, he looked at his brother on the ground: "After I heard about this from Mr. Naraku, I asked him to help. Mr. Naraku himself is a medical ninjutsu not inferior to Mr. Tsunade. people¡­"


    "Uehara Naraku?"


    Terumi Mei frowned, and said softly: "I met him last time when I was talking with the Allies, did you tell him everything?"


    "Ok."


    Ghost Lantern Moon nodded: "His Excellency Naraku is a trustworthy friend. Although he has a bad personality, as long as he treats him honestly and gets his approval, he will be a very easy friend to get along with."


    Terumi glanced at Ghost Moon Moon silently, shook her head and said, "But I can''t see that he has the qualities to be a friend at all... Could you be deceived by him?"


    "There is no such possibility."


    Ghost Lamp Full Moon''s face turned black.


    After the two of them had a chat, Ghost Lantern Moon routinely leaked some news about Akatsuki, but this time it was good news for Terumi Mei.


    Akatsuki''s internal structure is relatively simple.


    Obito Uchiha is the leader behind the Akatsuki organization. All the members are just people he brought in with strength or money, and they don''t have any loyalty at all.


    All the members have been tempted by the ghost full moon, and they actually don''t care much about Uchiha Obito''s orders.


    After such a long time, Terumi Mei got good news: "So, as long as we kill Uchiha Obito, will Akatsuki be in danger of disbanding immediately?"


    "Theoretically so."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon nodded hesitantly.


    Although Ghost Lantern didn''t understand why Uehara Naraku asked him to say such words, Ghost Lantern must obey the orders of his boss.


    "there''s one more thing."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon slowly raised his head, looked at Terumi Mei in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "If Sanwei Isao is reborn in the land of water, senior must send all the ninjas in the village to guard around Sanwei, otherwise Akatsuki will secretly arrest you. If you do Mio, the consequences will be disastrous!"


    This sentence was also specially explained by Xianglin.


    Logically speaking, if you want to capture Sanwei, shouldn''t it be easier with fewer enemies? Why did Uehara Naraku ask him to suggest that all the ninjas in Wuyin Village be dispatched?


    Could it be that Lord Uehara is also an undercover agent in a certain village?

 Chapter 202

    Intelligence members are always easy to trust.


    After all, Terumi Mei''s method of obtaining information is relatively simple, and the younger brother of Onito Mizuki is still under her protection, so she still believes in Onito Manyue very much.


    Ghost Lantern Moon is a descendant of the second-generation Mizukage-sama''s family, how could he betray Wuyin Village and pass false information to her?


    After the ghost lamp full moon hastily delivered a bunch of information to Terumi Mei, he came back with the seriously ill Lin Yuyuri to report to Uehara Naraku.


    On their way back, Lin Yuyu Yuri, the last member of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen who did not take refuge in Akatsuki, gradually became curious about the ghost lantern full moon.


    The two brothers look so much alike.


    Lin Yuyu Yuli heard from his friend Guideng Shuiyue that his brother Guideng Manyue has always been a bastard, a traitor he wanted to kill quickly.


    Now it seems that the attitude of Ghost Lantern Water Moon is inevitably biased.


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon is not as bad as my younger brother said.


    Compared with the childish little friend of the ghost lamp Suigetsu, Hayashi Yuri still wants to know the ghost lamp full moon, the genius senior who claims to be able to psychic seven ninja swords.


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon does not seem to be a pure rebellion.


    This man is like a mystery, and people can''t help but want to know more.


    It''s a pity that Ghost Lantern Moon''s mouth is very strict, and she hardly confided any news along the way. The only thing she told Lin Yuyu was that she could help her cure her illness.


    "Why do I need someone to help me heal?"


    Lin Yuyu raised his eyebrows, and the corners of his mouth revealed a mouthful of sharp teeth: "Senior, is it because I am the first female Ninja Sword Seven in Wuyin Village, is it your junior, or is it because I am Suiyue''s friend?"


    "...because someone needs your strength."


    Guideng Manyue''s answer was very straight, not even inferior to his boss, and he added: "But I want to kill you directly, after all, your strength is not strong, and you can''t even hold your lord''s hand." One hit, I don''t feel the need to have you join us."


    "grown ups?"


    Lin Yuyuli''s face was obviously more curious. She stared at the face of Ghost Lantern Full Moon, trying to see something from him: "What sir? Senior''s current master? I''m so curious, someone who can conquer Senior Full Moon ..."


    "..."


    Ghost Lantern Moon didn''t bother to talk to her.


    Because Lin Yuyuli soon met the adult in the mouth of Ghost Lantern Manyue.


    early morning.


    Unnamed Lake in the Land of Rain.


    This is near the Akatsuki base.


    When Ghost Lantern Moon and Ringo Yuri arrived here, they saw a young ninja standing by the lake practicing simple seal seals.


    It''s the printing speed...


    When other ninjas in the ninja world make seals, they are afraid that their speed is not fast enough, so that people can''t see the gestures or even the movements clearly.


    However, when this young ninja was practicing knot seal, his speed was as slow as he was doing yoga, which made people angry.


    "Don''t disturb the adults'' cultivation."


    The ghost lamp full moon stopped Lin Yuyuli''s footsteps, and concentrated on looking at the young ninja who was practicing by the lake.


    "Senior, isn''t this the person we want to meet?"


    Lin Yuyuli looked at the young ninja who was practicing seal seal by the lake, her expression suddenly became strange, and she said with an ugly look: "If I read correctly, he is learning the seal gesture of water escape and water dragon bullet, right?" ?¡±


    "That''s right."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon nodded.


    Lin Yuyuli glanced at Ghost Lantern Moon again, and said hesitantly, "Did he make a mistake in a handprint just now? Senior, are you sure this is cultivation?"


    "Well, I see it."


    Ghost Lantern Moon nodded again.


    Lin Yuyuli''s eyes became even more strange, and her face was even a little puzzled. Maybe Senior Ghost Lantern Full Moon didn''t care about this so-called adult?


    According to Lin Yuyuli''s observation, the young ninja didn''t have the slightest aura of a strong man, and even looked a bit like a bad ninja.


    Why did Ghost Lantern Man Yue take refuge in him?


    next moment.


    The young ninja by the lake completed his erroneous seal gesture, and shouted loudly at the lake: "Water escape, the art of water dragon bullet!"


    In an instant, the wind is surging!


    A water dragon with a length of hundreds of meters or even thousands of meters condensed from the side of the young ninja. The water dragon was not only huge in size, but also lifelike in appearance, even a strand of scales could be clearly seen!


    Lin Haoyu Yuli''s gaze narrowed slightly!


    The power of the water dragon bullet technique released by the young ninja is definitely more than ten times stronger than that of other ninjas! Even if it is by the lake to take advantage of the lake water, this is surprising enough!


    In terms of the power of the water escape ninja alone, Hayashi Uyuri has never seen any ninja that can match the water dragon bullet technique of the young ninja.


    clap clap clap...


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    While Lingoyu Yuri was still amazed, Ghost Lantern Manyue had already puffed up her palm and exclaimed softly: "It''s really scary...you are indeed Mr. Uehara!"


    "Hey, it''s too good to be true."


    The young ninja waved his hands at Ghost Lantern Moon with a full face of humility, then turned his head to look at Yuri Lin: "I heard it all just now, and it seems that I did make a mistake in my seal gesture..."


    After saying this, the young ninja patted Ringo Yuri on the shoulder, and a ray of light shrouded Ringo Yuri''s body.


    Just when Lingoyu Yuri was wondering what the light shrouded her body was, the young ninja suddenly reached out and grabbed her throat!


    "Huh?"


    Lin Haoyu Yuli was astonished.


    The young ninja muttered: "You talk too much! I don''t know if the handprints are wrong? Do I have to make new ones? Forty-four seals!"


    After finishing speaking, the young ninja snapped Ringo Uyuri''s neck neatly.


    After she completely lost her consciousness, Lin Yuyuli couldn''t believe it. She just made a mistake and was about to be killed directly?


    Who the hell is this young ninja!


    How could they be more bloodthirsty than their Kirigakure ninjas!


    Lin Yuyuli''s body fell to the ground with a thud.


    The next second, Lin Yuyuli''s consciousness returned, and he raised his head blankly and looked around, as if he had just had a nightmare.


    No, not a nightmare.


    Lin Yuyu touched her neck in fear. At that moment, she felt that she was really dead, and her soul was about to leave her body.


    But for some reason, she came back to life again.


    The young ninja bent down and looked at the female ninja lying on the ground: "How is your body? Do you feel better?"


    "..."


    Lin Yuyuli subconsciously thought of the torment of the illness, but she no longer felt the illness, but felt a little pain in her neck.


    What exactly is going on?


    It was healing just now...


    Or was he killed by the person in front of him and resurrected by him?


    "It seems that the illness is cured."


    The young ninja chuckled, and squatted in front of Lin Yuyuli: "Since the illness is cured now, would you like to be my subordinate?"


    "What if I don''t agree?"


    Lin Haoyu raised his head and asked by Li.


    A playful smile appeared on the face of the young ninja: "Then I keep repeating a process, kill you and resurrect you, kill you and resurrect you, anyway, I have a lot of chakra, let''s see which of us has more chakras." Be patient..."


    The young ninja continued casually: "In the end, either you give up surrendering to me completely, or I give up completely and kill you directly."


    "..."


    Lin Haoyu Youli''s heart tightened.


    However, the next moment, the young ninja continued: "Of course, even if you die, you may not have a good time, and I can control your soul."


    Lin Yuyu Yuli glanced at the young ninja speechlessly, and slowly clenched her fists, how could she choose!


    Lin Yuyuli thought for a while, then suddenly smiled and said, "Even if I want to rely on someone, I still have to know who my new boss is?"


    "Well, my name is Uehara Naraku."


    The young ninja stretched out his hand and dragged Lin Yuyu up, and praised: "Congratulations, you have made a correct choice."


    Ringo Yuyuri: "..."


    After seeing Lin Yuyuri joining Uehara Naraku''s command, Guideng Manyue said: "My lord, then I will take her to see Master Konan and Master Payne now."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, waved casually and said, "She''s not strong enough, let her act with you for now!"


    "clear."


    After Ghost Lantern Full Moon took Ringo Yuyuri away.


    Naraku Uehara quietly opened his system panel and looked at the task reward for defeating Ringo Uyuri, who was the last Seven Ninja Swordsman he defeated.


    Side quest: Get 40 of your subordinates (4/40), the quest has not been completed, and the reward is unknown.


    Sub-quest: Defeat the Seven Ninja Swordsmen (7/7), the mission has been completed, and the hidden inheritance mission will be rewarded once.


    Hidden inheritance mission: I will dance on your grave! Say a correct name.


    Here''s a hero who loves to dance!


    Uchiha Madara must have a common language.


    After Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, he mentioned the name that was always being chopped off: "Blade Dancer Irelia!"


    The task has been completed, and the hero inheritance has started.


    Edge: Obtain the edge of the Chakra weapon, and can freely manipulate the edge to attack. During the existence of each Chakra edge, it consumes 1 point of Chakra per second.


    Blade Impact: charge an enemy, this skill will be refreshed every time an enemy is killed, the skill consumes 20 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 0.


    Dance of Breaking Distance: Manipulate all the sharp blades to appear around you to defend, reduce your own damage by 50%, the skill consumes 70 chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is zero.


    Pioneer Blade: Shoot all Chakra blades in a straight line, and finally form an iron curtain surrounded by blades. The skill consumes 100 Chakra points, and the skill cooldown time is 0.


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his palm, and strangely shaped chakra blades appeared behind him. These blades looked a bit like a kind of shuriken in the ninja world.


    This inheritance is too weak.


    It''s really useless to be honest.


    No, it still works.


    Uehara Naraku manipulated a handle of blades and shot into the big trees, and then the blades flew back under his control and re-suspended behind him.


    At least this thing is handsome.


    On this day, Akatsuki quietly joined a new member.


    Wuyin Village lost their last ninja sword on this day, and also lost the last seven ninja swordsmen.


    However, Terumimei of Kirigakure Village in the distance didn''t realize it at all, and the whole Kirigakure Village encountered a new trouble, which was the harassment of Uchiha Obito.


    The entire ninja world began to bear the harassment of Uchiha Obito.


    And no one knows what Obito Uchiha wants to do. This guy seems to simply attack the major ninja villages from time to time to brush up his sense of existence.


    Of course, no one would think that Uchiha Obito is just a sense of presence.


    It''s a pity that in the face of Uchiha Obito''s harassment, the major ninja villages have nothing to do. Unless they ambush in advance, it is impossible to catch him.


    But who can find out where Uchiha Obito appeared?


    Time passed little by little, and Uchiha Obito''s reputation became more and more stinky.


    Hei Ze couldn''t figure out what purpose Uchiha Obito had, but he definitely wanted to destroy the Moon''s Eye project, so Hei Ze became more and more impatient.


    Uehara Naraku was as stable as Mount Tai, because he knew that Uchiha Obito was disguised by Yakushito with a white coat.


    Since Yao Shidou practiced in Longdi Cave for a period of time, he successfully mastered the fairy mode, and began to follow Uehara''s orders to perform tasks.


    Uehara Naraku estimated the time of the rebirth of the three tails, which was also the time when the Akatsuki organization''s plan to collect tailed beasts began, so that Yao Shidou temporarily stopped his actions and asked him to spread the news that Orochimaru died in the experiment.


    In addition, Uehara still ordered Yao Shidou to continue digging the graves of those strong men in the ninja world, and slowly let him attract Hei Jue''s attention.


    In this way, Black has no choice.

 Chapter 203

    Hei Jue is actually a very cautious guy.


    After many investigations, Heijue finally confirmed that Orochimaru had completely disappeared. At the same time, it also noticed that Yaoshidou continued to dig graves.


    Heijue still didn''t take any action until it witnessed Yakushidou''s reincarnation in the dirt to bring a dead ninja back to its heyday. Then it made the decision to let Yakushidou discover Uchiha Madara''s body.


    What made Hei Jue a little speechless was that Yaoshidou resisted the temptation to control Uchiha Madara. Instead of resurrecting Uchiha Madara, Yakushidou used Uchiha Madara''s body for research.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Hei Jue could only continue to observe Yao Shidou in secret, because the most suitable time hadn''t come yet, and Hei Jue was actually not in a hurry.


    However, this is not worth the time.


    Two years passed in a flash.


    The gears of fate are also turning slowly.


    A lot has happened in two years.


    For example, Naraku Uehara is twenty years old and still single.


    For example, the Ghost Lantern Shuiyue in Wuyin Village has achieved success in cultivation. He searched everywhere for news of the Ghost Lantern Full Moon with a broken knife, but he couldn''t find it.


    For example, Uchiha Sasuke tried to assassinate Uchiha Itachi secretly again and again, but was beaten down by Kisame Kisame.


    For example, Uzumaki Naruto and Jiraiya finally finished their practice and returned to Konoha Village. Led by Hatake Kakashi, they added a ninja named Sai to create a new seventh squad.


    For example, Orochimaru died in his own laboratory, which aroused the joy of many Konoha ninjas, but they still did not dispel the suspicion of the high-level people. They could not confirm the authenticity of the news, but Orochimaru had indeed disappeared.


    The most important thing among them is undoubtedly the rebirth of Sanwei Isofu in the land of water.


    This also means that all the nine tailed beasts in the ninja world are alive.


    The Akatsuki organization will soon start collecting tailed beasts. The only trouble is that the four-tailed Jinchuriki Lao Zi is still in the hands of Uchiha Obito.


    This is the most headache for Heijue, after all, no one knows the location of Uchiha Obito.


    What''s more, what if Uchiha Obito continues to follow and snatch the tailed beast when the members of the Xiaoxiao organization capture the tailed beast?


    The only one who can solve Uchiha Obito is Uchiha Madara.


    But Uchiha Madara''s resurrection has to be solved by Yakushidou.


    In desperation, Heijue finally decided to temporarily hide the information about the rebirth of the three tails from the Akatsuki organization, and hastily approached Naraku Uehara, who was twenty years old and still single.


    After all, this is the only one who can be sure of trust.


    Of course, Hei definitely did not introduce someone to Uehara Naraku, but asked him to recruit Yakushidou: "Uehara, we need a man to assist the Moon Eye Project, Oshemaru''s former assistant, Yakushidou."


    "Pharmacist pocket?"


    Naraku Uehara showed a hint of curiosity and surprise at the right time: "Does that guy have any special abilities? I remember that his strength doesn''t seem to be very good..."


    Hei Jue said in a gloomy voice: "Now Yaoshidou has learned to reincarnate in the dirt, and can provide us with some powerful combat power, such as some dead who were once powerful."


    "Is the dirt reincarnated?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, supported his temple and said: "If Yakushidou has learned the technique of reincarnation from the dirty soil like Orochimaru, then he already has a strong enough ambition like Orochimaru, and he may not be willing to help us."


    Naraku Uehara was chatting with Heijue, but he had already scolded him in his heart.


    This old bastard Heijue refused to tell him the matter, and even wanted to secretly resurrect Uchiha Madara without telling him!


    After the guy in Yakushido discovered Uchiha Madara''s body inexplicably, he immediately notified Uehara Naraku of the news, and Uehara Naraku knew about it.


    Damn, what about trust?


    What about the trust between them?


    This guy Heijue doesn''t trust him anymore!


    That''s right, after all, two years have passed, and it''s normal for the relationship to fade.


    That''s right, after all, the relationship between Uchiha Madara and Kuroze is unusual, and it''s normal for Kuroze to want to hide Naraku Uehara.


    But if Heijue told Uehara, would he still stop him?


    On the surface, Uehara Naraku will definitely not stop him, and even strongly supports Hei Jue''s actions, but secretly he must instruct the pharmacist not to do anything.


    Naraku Uehara looked at Hei Ze and sighed slightly. Once it comes to Uchiha Madara, does Hei Ze want to subconsciously conceal it?


    Hehe, still hiding it!


    Who can you hide from, old man!


    To be objective, the current villains in the entire ninja world, except for Heijue himself, are basically Uehara Naraku''s people!


    Heijue looked at Uehara Naraku''s regretful expression, it didn''t know Uehara Naraku''s complicated mood, just smiled lightly to appease Uehara and said, "Don''t worry about Yaoshidou''s ambition, you just have to try it out and find ways to drive Yaoshidou into a desperate situation That''s it, I''m sure he''ll choose to join us."


    As long as Uehara Naraku can push Yakushido into a desperate situation, Yakushido will definitely choose Uchiha Madara who was reincarnated from the dirt and resurrected at the peak of his resurrection!


    As long as Uchiha Madara is resurrected, he will be able to get rid of the control of the bag with his power. At that time, the ninja world can only let it and Uchiha Madara be the masters!


    The emergence of the Unholy Reincarnation Art is simply the savior of the Moon Eye Project. If Uchiha Madara can be resurrected at his peak state, then no one in the entire ninja world can stop him!


    Obviously Uehara Naraku also knew.


    If Yakushido is really his enemy, he might be forced to resurrect Uchiha Madara as a last resort...


    but¡­


    Pharmacist Dou is a pure own person.


    Naraku Uehara looked at Heijue quietly, nodded calmly and said: "Yes, I will ask Teacher Xiaonan for leave now."


    Hei Jue nodded in satisfaction and said: "The speed must be fast, because Sanwei Isofu has been reborn in the country of water, and the Moon Eye project will start soon!"


    Before the plan starts, the hidden danger of Uchiha Obito must be resolved.


    No, if Uchiha Madara can really be resurrected, any hidden dangers about the Moon Eye Project can be resolved by Uchiha Madara.


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and asked suspiciously, "Has Sano Isofu been resurrected in the Water Country?"


    "Ok."


    Heijue nodded, and his voice became more and more gloomy: "One tail, two tails, and three tails are all tailed beasts that can be easily captured, but the four-tailed Jinchuriki is still in the hands of Uchiha Obito, we need the power of Yakushito to solve it." Obito Uchiha!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but blinked.


    He probably knows why Kurojutsu wants to resurrect Uchiha Madara.


    If there is no Monkey King with four tails, it will be useless for the Akatsuki organization to capture eight tailed beasts, and even the golems of the outside world can only absorb chakras with one, two, and three tails, and the plan will have to be suspended. , and may also face enemies coming from crusade.


    After Hei Jue left.


    Uehara Naraku hooked his fingers lightly, sighed and said, "Oh, let me win over the medicine master pocket... Is this how to win over? Will there be too many flaws?"


    To be honest, a little worried.


    After Uehara Naraku thought for a long time, he still decided to contact Yao Shidou first, and ask him for his idea by the way.


    After all, several subordinates in the Akatsuki organization, Ganshi Guisame, Ringo Yuyuri, and Guideng Manyue are all unreliable, and they are almost brainless outside of battle.


    "Ninjutsu, psychic technique!"


    Uehara Naraku channeled two coffins, one of which contained Uchiha Obito, and the other contained Namikaze Minato.


    After the coffin lid was opened, two figures came out.


    When Namikaze Minato faced Naraku Uehara, he still had that dignified expression on his face, and Uchiha Obito still had that embarrassing expression on his face.


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, ignoring the complicated relationship between them: "Senior Obito, please quietly leave the Four-tailed Jinchuriki at Akatsuki''s base tomorrow morning, and write a sentence on the ground by the way..."


    "What words?"


    Obito Uchiha''s focus is a bit different.


    Normal ninjas usually pay attention to more important things, such as why he was asked to leave the Four-Tails Jinchuriki at the gate of the Akatsuki organization base, instead of asking him what to write...


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, looked at Obito Uchiha and said: "Just write one sentence... I will always watch you!"


    "Asshole! This is Lin before..."


    A flash of anger flashed across Uchiha Obito''s face immediately.


    [I will always look at you] This sentence is a sentence that Nohara Lin has said to him since he was a child. Uehara Naraku asked him to write this sentence, and he must be threatening him with Lin''s matter again.


    Uehara Naraku smiled and said: "I just think this sentence is very appropriate. I believe that Obito senior will complete this task well, right?"


    "I see."


    Uchiha Obito gritted his teeth, and was about to turn into a space-time vortex and disappear in front of Uehara Naraku.


    "Bring soil..."


    Namikaze Minato subconsciously grabbed his arm, as if he wanted to stop his disciple, and didn''t want him to continue doing wrong things.


    Uchiha Obito clenched his fist, broke free from the teacher''s palm, and whispered: "I''m sorry, teacher, I have a reason to do this."


    "Your Excellency Fourth Hokage, don''t worry about it so much."


    Uehara Naraku smiled and watched Uchiha Obito disappear, then turned to Namikaze Minato: "I heard that Your Excellency''s Instantaneous Body Art is very fast, so I will work hard for you, Fourth Hokage-sama, to find a pocket and ask him Give my order."


    "..."


    Under the control of Udo Reincarnation, Namikaze Minato couldn''t refuse.


    In the next second, his figure disappeared in front of Uehara Naraku. The infinite chakra of the dirt reincarnated body means that he can always use the Flying Thunder God to travel, and it won''t take long to reach the base where Yakushidou is.


    Uehara Naraku put away the two coffins, touched his chin, and said to himself: "It seems that I can keep Namikaze Minato by my side in the future... In addition to helping him, we can also pass information to each other at any time."


    As the caster of Dirty Reincarnation, Naraku Uehara can completely place his will on Minato Namikaze and use his body to speak.

 Chapter 204

    In the middle of the night.


    Within the northern base.


    A sword of enduring love, Kunai, fell on the floor, and a blond man in a white royal robe appeared on the edge of Kunai in an instant, holding the handle of Kunai.


    After the pharmacist who was still in the laboratory suddenly heard the movement in the base, he quickly closed his palms and was about to channel the filthy earth to reincarnate the troops.


    "Don''t be nervous, it''s me."


    A familiar voice entered Pharmacist''s ears.


    Yao Shidou breathed a sigh of relief. He understood Naraku Uehara''s style of work very well, and immediately opened the door of the laboratory. Looking at the Fourth Hokage standing at the main entrance of the base, he knew that Naraku Uehara was controlling this Hokage.


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses in a pocket, straightened his hood, and asked respectfully, "Yes, Naraku-sama, I sent the Fourth Hokage over late at night, do you have any orders?"


    "There is one thing I need you to help me see."


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, controlled Namikaze Minato in the distance and said, "Maybe it''s because I went too far controlling Uchiha Obito before, or maybe it''s because you pretended to be Uchiha Obito before and did things too hard." It¡¯s too much, Heijue is so frightened that he dare not carry out the Moon Eye project, he wants you to revive Uchiha Madara and get rid of Uchiha Obito..."


    "It was my fault."


    Pharmacist Dou put the responsibility directly on himself.


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, very satisfied with Yao Shidou''s approach: ""You acted according to my order, isn''t it still my fault? "


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku continued to talk about the business: "Probably in a few days I will rush to your place and win you over to join the Akatsuki Organization and the Moon Eye Project. What''s your attitude?"


    "That depends on what Lord Naraku needs."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses and put forward two opinions: "If I join the Akatsuki organization, I can serve Naraku-sama better; if I am outside, I can attract firepower for Naraku-sama at any time."


    "It''s really hard to choose..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly.


    Pharmacist laughed, and continued: "Actually, it won''t be too troublesome. If Heijue asked me to join Akatsuki, he must want me to help him revive Uchiha Madara."


    Yakushido slowly raised his head, looked at Namikaze Minato in front of him, and seemed to be able to see Naraku Uehara behind him who was controlling all of this: "It depends on whether Lord Naraku is willing to revive Uchiha Madara. In the hands of Lord Naraku.


    If you are willing to resurrect Uchiha Madara now, then I will join the Akatsuki organization in the name of admiring the Akatsuki organization; if you do not want Uchiha Madara to be resurrected now, then I will refuse as an ally of Uchiha Obito.


    In this case, Master Naraku will not arouse the suspicion of others. "


    As expected of a pharmacist pocket.


    No matter how complicated the problem, he has a solution here.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes couldn''t help but twitched, and he sighed: "Talent! It''s really not the time for Uchiha Madara to be resurrected..."


    "clear."


    After Yao Shidou chuckled and nodded, Bai Jue''s coat covered his body like a liquid, and the next moment his voice had become that of Uchiha Obito.


    "Master Naraku, I will take care of it."


    "That''s good."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded, he continued softly: "You prepare a ninja suit for the Fourth Hokage, and let him stay by your side in the future. In addition to protecting you, you can also maintain contact between us at any time."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist nodded.


    Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, and continued: "There is one more thing, tomorrow you will be reincarnated from the dirt and revive Moonlight Gale!"


    "what?"


    Pharmacist Dou was a little confused.


    Even though he already thought that he knew the boss well enough, he couldn''t understand what Uehara Naraku meant at this moment.


    Isn''t Moonlight Hayate just a special jounin?


    Or, does he also hide some power that he cannot detect?


    "No particular meaning."


    Uehara Naraku closed his palms and said in a low voice: "Tomorrow will be a brand new day, and the ninja world will undergo overwhelming changes starting from tomorrow."


    Tomorrow is the opening chapter of Naraku Uehara''s Shippuden!


    early morning.


    It was getting brighter.


    At the gate of the Xiao organization base, a space-time vortex appeared, and after dropping a four-tailed Jinchuriki, Laozi, he dropped a note.


    Soon the members of Akatsuki discovered this matter, and some people recognized that this was the four-tailed Jinchuriki who had been missing for a long time in the ninja world. At the same time, they also picked up the note.


    This matter is not a trivial matter, so Xiao organized a morning meeting.


    As the leader, Tendo Payne frowned, and took the lead to speak: "The Four-Tails Jinchuriki has long been in the hands of Uchiha Obito, why did he return the Four-Tails Jinchuriki now, and left such a sentence... I''ll keep watching you? What does that mean?"


    "Maybe he''s been staring at us secretly!"


    Didara scratched the back of his head, and said softly: "Why does this sentence feel a bit like a love story told by a girl to a boy!"


    "You still understand these?"


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    The red sand scorpion huddled in the scarlet amber, and asked in a urn voice.


    Didara hugged her shoulders and snorted coldly with disdain: "Who doesn''t understand! I received love letters every day when I was young!"


    "enough!"


    Tiandao Payne interrupted their nonsensical words in a cold voice, and turned his head to look at Jue: "Je, you have been chasing down information about Obito Uchiha for the past two years, and you used to be companions with Obito Uchiha, what do you think? How is this going?"


    "Uchiha Obito... is eyeing our plan!"


    Hei Jue''s voice was extremely slow and extremely gloomy: "Because we need to collect the tailed beasts in order, if the four tails are missing, the other tailed beasts will be worthless, so he returned the four tails in order to use us to continue to complete A plan to revive the ultimate weapon."


    Heijue continued: "Obito Uchiha wants to use us as pawns, and wait until we resurrect the ultimate weapon, the golem of the heretics, and then capture the golems of the heretics!"


    Hei Jue looked at the faces of everyone present, and concluded in a deep voice: "No matter what Obito Uchiha wants to do, we must first collect the tailed beasts. After we resurrect the Golem of the Outer Way, Obito Uchiha will no longer be Our threat!"


    Although Hei Jue''s speech is still organized and very accurate.


    But Hei Jue was still yelling at Obito in his heart.


    Is this Uchiha Obito provoking it?


    Sanwei Isofu had just been resurrected not long ago, and Uchiha Obito sent back the Four-tailed Jinchuriki, so that the Akatsuki organization could collect tailed beasts more smoothly...


    Even left a sentence [I will always watch you].


    Damn, want to curse!


    No matter how high the quality of the millennium is, there will be a desire to curse!


    According to Heijue''s cognition, it knows that Obito Uchiha''s words must be telling it, after all, only it understands Obito Uchiha''s past!


    But it doesn''t matter.


    The plan to collect Tailed Beasts must not stop.


    The return of the Four Tails is always good news for Heijue, and for the Akatsuki organization; Heijue decided to temporarily let Uchiha Obito go, and try to collect a tailed beast.


    Heijue immediately reported the resurrection of Three Tails to Payne, and by the way also brought forward the information that Wuyin Village sent a large number of ninjas to station near Three Tails.


    "Go and capture Ichio Jinchuriki and Erwei Jinchuriki first!"


    Payne immediately made a decision and announced Akatsuki''s plan to capture Jinchuriki: "Because Uchiha Obito may disrupt our actions, this time the plan to capture Jinchuriki must be cautious and foolproof.


    The people in charge of capturing Izuo Jinchuriki: Scorpion of Red Sand, Didara, Naraku Uehara, and Guiyi (Nagato).


    The people responsible for capturing the two-tailed Jinchuriki: Kisame Kisame, Itachi Uchiha, Sasuke Uchiha, Moon Moon, Momochi Zabuza, Kakuzu, and Hidan.


    Left-behind personnel: Xiaonan, Kaguya-kun Maro, Bai, Lin Yuyuli.


    Information transfer personnel: Absolutely.


    Remember, there must be no mistakes this time! "


    This list of tailed beasts seems to have far fewer hands on one tail than on two tails.


    What''s more, Ichinchuriki is the fifth generation Kazekage Gaara of Hidden Sand Village. This identity is more important than the identity of Yukiman, so it is definitely more difficult to capture one-tailed Jinchuriki than Erwei Jinchuriki. Big.


    However, it is Nagato who is responsible for capturing Gaara himself. He and Uehara Naraku can mobilize Payne Rokudo to help at any time.


    This combat power can almost destroy the country.


    The members of the second team were not very clear about this. For example, Kakuzu and Hidan had some opinions, but they were quickly stopped by Tiandao Payne.


    Heavenly Dao Payne stood on top of the heretic golem, looking down at the shadows in black robes of auspicious clouds coming out one by one, and said coldly: "Go, let this world feel the pain!"

 Chapter 205

    Outside the base of the Akatsuki organization.


    After Didara and Fei Duan had a quarrel with two foul-mouthed guys, the members of the two teams rushed to their destinations.


    Didara was a little bit aggrieved, looked at the members of the second team who were on their way on foot, and grinned mockingly: "Hmph, a bunch of trash, by the time they arrive in the Land of Thunder, we''ve already caught one of them back!"


    After finishing speaking, he threw down an ugly clay doll, patted his palm, and said with a smile: "Hey! C2¡¤Giant Dragon! Hey, take a look at my masterpiece, let''s fly directly to the hidden sand village go!"


    "..."


    The three of them glanced at the ugly clay dragon without saying a word.


    After Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, he said softly: "I also found a psychic contract in Orochimaru''s base two years ago, let me do it!"


    The red sand scorpion and Nagato looked expectantly.


    Only Deidara became irritable and waved his fist: "Hey, hey, Uehara, are you looking down on my art? This is a masterpiece that I spent a long time..."


    Uehara Naraku ignored Didara, just closed his palms, and 10,000 points of natural energy and chakra energy were instantly deducted!


    Naraku Uehara formed a set of psychic seals with a serious face: "Spiritual art!"


    A huge psychic spell appeared under Uehara Naraku''s palm!


    Just when the red sand scorpion and Nagato earnestly hoped that Uehara Naraku would be able to psychic out some domineering psychic beast, but nothing appeared on the spell...


    "Hahahahaha!"


    Didara patted his thigh and laughed wildly: "What! Hearing the name is so powerful, I thought it was some kind of amazing guy..."


    A huge shadow suddenly covered them.


    Didara''s smile faltered for a moment, and he slowly raised his head to look at an unusually frightening-looking giant dragon that suddenly flew into the sky!


    The body of this ancient giant dragon has limbs like a beast, but a pair of wings give it the ability to fly in the air.


    In terms of size alone, the ancient giant dragon was even bigger than the heretic golem.


    What is even more frightening is that the huge chakra on it...


    In everyone''s perception, the ancient dragon''s majesty is so majestic that people dare not give birth to a little provocative thought. This is the first time they have seen a psychic beast with such abundant chakra.


    On the head of the ancient giant dragon, there are a pair of ferocious horns growing strangely, and the blue light in the mouth seems to spit out a blue flame at any time...


    If this ancient giant dragon can play a role in actual battles, it probably won''t have any psychic beasts in this ninja world to be his opponents.


    The Red Sand Scorpion slowly turned its head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said slowly, "Uehara, is that your psychic beast?"


    To be honest, at this moment, the Red Sand Scorpion really had the urge to make Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast his own puppet!


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Unfortunately, this is relatively easy to turn around.


    The Red Sand Scorpion owes favor to Uehara Naraku!


    "Should it be my psychic beast?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, looked at the ancient dragon flying above, and waved his palm at it.


    The ancient dragon seemed to have noticed Uehara''s movements, spread its wings and glides in the air for a moment, then stopped in front of Uehara Naraku!


    At the moment when the ancient dragon fell, the strong wind brought by the high-speed movement blew everyone''s bodies, making them have to use Chakra to absorb the soles of their feet to stand still.


    "Roar!"


    The ancient dragon stood still on all fours and roared into the sky!


    The huge sound wave overturned the surrounding forest almost instantly!


    Immediately afterwards, the thick and powerful tail behind it shook, and a sharp blow from the tail smashed Didara''s clay dragon into pieces!


    It''s over!


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Red Sand Scorpion: "..."


    Nagato: "..."


    The hearts of the three trembled at the same time. After seeing the clay dragon being crushed by a tail, they subconsciously turned to look at Didara, the owner of the clay dragon.


    According to what they know about Didala, if someone dares to destroy his artwork, this little golden retriever will probably go crazy!


    Especially the red sand scorpion among them, he knows how good Didara is to his clay dragon, it is handmade by Didara, and he will repair and supplement the clay dragon from time to time, it can be said that this is the One of Dara''s favorite pieces of art.


    Now this handcrafted clay dragon is smashed to pieces by the tail of an ancient dragon... You can imagine Deidara''s mood.


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion looked at his dull-faced companion, and persuaded in a loud voice: "Didara, the task is the most important, everything will still be there..."


    Didara laughed back in anger, a terrifying smile appeared on his face, and finally he laughed wildly as if losing his mind: "Hehehehehahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaaahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahah! Ahh!"


    Didara frantically rushed to the ancient dragon in front of him, jumped on its toes, and punched and kicked it!


    This is simply tickling the ancient dragon.


    After a farce, everyone still jumped on the ancient dragon one after another. Didara seemed to have given a lot of face, and climbed up the ancient dragon with his eyes closed and his sleeves on the dragon''s legs.


    Didara sat on the body of the ancient dragon, pouted nonchalantly: "Humph, Uehara, this doesn''t mean I forgive you, destroying my artwork is unforgivable! I just want to compare with that bastard Fei Duan Complete our mission faster!"


    "Fine¡­"


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at the Red Sand Scorpion and Nagato, reached out and knocked on the head of the ancient dragon: "Let''s go!"


    "Roar!"


    After the ancient dragon roared, it jumped into the air!


    Just as its huge body fell, a pair of huge wings spread out, flapped slowly, and took it up into the air!


    It''s still a bounce off!


    Fortunately, the people present were all ninjas, and they were able to use Chakra to absorb the body of the ancient dragon, so they were not thrown off by the ancient dragon.


    After taking off successfully, the ancient dragon began to flap its wings and soar, and its figure quickly swept over the mountains and rivers, and flew towards the Shayin Village.


    Standing on top of the ancient dragon, Didala spread his arms and laughed wildly against the wind: "Hahahahaha... sooner or later I will make such a big art!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku, Red Sand Scorpion, and Nagato looked at each other, and didn''t bother to pay attention to the golden-haired psychopath standing on top of the dragon''s head!


    The Red Sand Scorpion was silent for a while, then suddenly asked: "Uehara, where do such psychic beasts live, I want to catch one to make a puppet..."


    Such a handsome psychic beast, who wouldn''t want to have one?


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion really wanted to be such a giant puppet, so he wouldn''t have to ride Didara''s clay giant bird every time in the future.


    "Cough cough cough..."


    Nagato coughed violently a few times, and said with some embarrassment: "Well, I can modify it to make it stronger."


    The group of psychic beasts in the animal path were all transformed by Nagato himself.


    Nagato also has a somewhat unique interest in biotechnology.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at them, shook his head speechlessly and said: "No, I don''t know where I lost the psychic contract I found in Orochimaru''s base. After all, I usually don''t use psychic beasts in battle. .¡±


    Anyway, Orochimaru is already half dead.


    It doesn''t matter if all the blame is thrown on him.


    Listening to Uehara Naraku''s words, Akasara Scorpion and Nagato shook their heads regretfully.


    Although the ancient giant dragon has not experienced combat, even melee combat is enough to exert enormous strength, let alone its flying speed is very fast.


    In the early morning, they set off from the Xiao organization base.


    At night, they had already reached the altitude of 10,000 meters outside Shayin Village.


    The red sand scorpion looked down at the hidden sand village in the distance, and said in a low voice: "I remember that there are a few spies deployed in the hidden sand village, and their status should not be low. I will summon them now and let them take us in directly. !"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion has deployed two spies in Hidden Sand Village, one of which is Yura, and the other is Machi, both of whom are Junin, and Maji even became a high-level person.


    However, after the red sand scorpion operated for a while, he suddenly said awkwardly: "Huh? Has the subconscious mind manipulation technique been removed? Sure enough, how could the mother-in-law not notice the subconscious mind manipulation after she took power back then..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara stood by and looked at the sky speechlessly.


    If I remember correctly, when he used the identity of Shimura Danzo to make a deal with Ebizo, he betrayed a spy of the Red Sand Scorpion.


    Obviously Chiyo and Ebino attach great importance to this, and they should have conducted a test on all the jonin in the village to help Maki and Yura release the control of subconscious mind control sand.


    Didara immediately suggested: "Why don''t we just fly in! Anyway, there are no powerful ninjas in Hidden Sand Village..."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion shook his head and said, "Bows and crossbows are deployed on the outer perimeter. If there is something in the air, it will cause the village to be on guard..."


    "Uh, it doesn''t matter!"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his hands, looked at the ancient dragon beneath him and said, "It should be completely immune to those little things. Why don''t we just storm in, defeat Sand Hidden Village, and take that little guy Gaara away."


    "good."


    Nagato also nodded beside him.


    Naraku Uehara and Nagato are both powerful, and even have the ability to defeat Sand Hidden Village by themselves, so they naturally don''t want to waste time here.


    What''s more, they also have powerful psychic beasts like ancient dragons!


    Nagato did not continue to ask for opinions, but just looked at Naraku Uehara, and said softly: "Uehara, act directly!"


    "it is good!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the small hidden sand village on the ground in the distance, patted the body of the ancient dragon, and said in a deep voice: "Let''s go, let me see your strength, and let those guys see it, Akatsuki!" fear!"


    "Roar!"


    The ancient dragon roared fiercely to the sky!


    The next moment, the giant dragon flapped its wings and flew in the direction of Hidden Sand Village, crossed the outer defense line of Hidden Sand Village, and cast a shadow that blocked the sky and sun in Hidden Sand Village!

 Chapter 206

    In the evening, Shayin Village is a bit lively.


    At this time, it happened to be the end of a busy day''s work, and all the ninjas and villagers were leisurely waiting for dinner, and everyone was in a good mood.


    Until a huge shadow fell on them, everyone in Shayin Village involuntarily stopped talking and raised their heads to look at the shadowy figure in the sky.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    "What it is?"


    A sand ninja stared blankly at the ancient dragon in the sky.


    In the world of the sand ninjas, the biggest creature they have ever seen is the one tailed crane, and they have never seen such a huge creature as the ancient dragon.


    "What kind of monster is that?"


    "Is there such a monster in the Kingdom of Wind?"


    "Why does it look bigger than a tailed beast?"


    "Go and report to Kazekage-sama!"


    The faces of each Sand Shinobi gradually changed, and after a while of noise, they hurried towards Kazekage''s office.


    The sentries in Yinsha Village have also seen the ancient dragon. They were obviously more rational and immediately reported to their superiors.


    In the Fengying office in Hidden Sand Village.


    The fifth generation Kazekage Gaara is still working overtime to handle government affairs. Although the management scope of Sand Hidden Village is a bit small, there are a lot of bullshit.


    A shadow suddenly fell by the window, and the room was suddenly dark for a few seconds. Gaara put down the pen in his hand in surprise, and walked slowly to the window.


    "what happened?"


    Gaara raised his head and looked out the window.


    In Gaara''s field of vision, a huge monster slowly took off over Sand Hidden Village, and after a while, it suddenly shot out a huge fireball towards Kazekage''s office!


    Boom!


    In panic, Gaara hurriedly manipulated his yellow sand defense, but the scribbled sand wall was instantly blasted through by the huge fireball!


    next moment.


    The entire Fengying office was instantly reduced to ruins!


    The body of the fifth Kazekage Gaara was blown away by the shock wave of the explosion, and there were already several wounds on his body, blood oozing downward...


    "Enemy attack!"


    Finally, the first sand ninja called out.


    Shouts one after another resounded through the entire Shayin Village.


    In just a few seconds, the siren sounded throughout the village, civilians rushed to the shelters, and the ninjas returned to their combat positions.


    "Roar!"


    The ancient dragon in the sky opened its bloody mouth again and roared loudly, another huge fireball fell to the ground!


    Boom!


    A dozen ninjas gathered together were instantly blown away by the fireball!


    Facing a group of ninjas on the ground, the ancient dragon flying in the air is too easy for them to suppress. It only needs to hit a group of enemies casually!


    The ancient dragon raised its head and roared, and another huge fireball fell on Shayin Village. In a blink of an eye, this quiet village was full of smoke!


    Because Uehara Naraku and the others drove the ancient dragon to fly very high and arrived too fast, Sand Hidden Village had no time to discover it, so it encountered this surprise attack.


    Facing such a behemoth capable of flying, ordinary ninjas can''t play any role at all.


    "Roar!"


    A sand hidden jonin who barely jumped to a high place was about to attack, but was shocked to death on the spot by the roar of the ancient dragon!


    The jominin Maki of Hidden Sand Village watched all this, and hurriedly issued an order: "Hurry up, organize long-range troops to counterattack, everyone attack the monster in the sky, Anbu ninjas, go to Kazekage''s office to rescue Kazekage-sama!"


    Actually Gaara is fine.


    When he was hit by the explosion of the first fireball, only his arms and chest were injured, and after regaining consciousness, Gaara hurriedly manipulated the yellow sand to sweep up!


    As Kazekage, he wants to protect the village in times of crisis.


    "Giant Hand of Sand!"


    Under the control of Gaara, a mass of yellow sand densely formed a giant hand of sand, and grabbed the ancient dragon in the air!


    However, the ancient dragon just glanced at the attacking giant hand, flicked its own tail unhurriedly, and smashed the giant sand hand to pieces.


    Crash!


    A ball of yellow sand fell to the ground, splashing a large amount of dust!


    "Roar!"


    The ancient dragon opened its mouth again and spewed out a huge fireball!


    The fireball fell like a meteorite!


    Gaara quickly moved a large piece of yellow sand to cover the top of Sand Hidden Village, blocking the fireball attack for the villagers below.


    The yellow sand was blown all over the sky by the shock wave of the explosion!


    Fortunately, the explosive power of the fireball can be stopped by the air shield wall composed of yellow sand.


    Gaara breathed a sigh of relief, and manipulated the group of yellow sands to fly in the air, intercepting the fireballs sprayed by the ancient dragon everywhere.


    Even if some distant fireballs cannot be stopped, the core of Hidden Sand Village, which is close at hand, will never encounter any attacks.


    that''s enough.


    The next step is to fight back!


    "Sand pad!"


    Gaara relaxed a little, stepped on the sand cushion and flew into the air. Facing the flying enemy, he could only find a way to eliminate this threat to Hidden Sand Village by himself!


    To be honest, confidence is not great.


    However, such creatures also have certain weaknesses.


    Because of their large size, they are easy targets for attack.


    If the fight continues, even if the ancient dragon cannot be killed, Gaara will definitely drive it away.


    However, just after Gaara flew into the sky, he finally saw the real enemy. On the body of the ancient dragon, stood four people in black robes of auspicious clouds!


    Yan Yin rebelled against Didara, and Sand Yin rebelled against the red sand scorpion.


    And two unknown enemies in hoods.


    "dawn!"


    Gaara''s face suddenly changed.


    As the fifth Kazekage of Hidden Sand Village, Gaara has already obtained some information about Akatsuki from Konoha allies, and each enemy has extraordinary strength.


    Just one small team of Akatsuki can make Hidden Sand Village overwhelmed, and now Akatsuki sent two teams to attack Hidden Sand Village!


    They still have such a huge monster!


    This ancient giant dragon can be used as the ultimate weapon to destroy a country. Unexpectedly, the Xiao organization would bring such a monster to attack Yinsha Village!


    Since the Country of Grass incident ended, the Akatsuki organization has been hiding.


    Unexpectedly, the Xiao organization has been accumulating strength. Perhaps this giant dragon was found by the Xiao organization in the past few years.


    Gaara''s face became extremely ugly, facing the four members of Akatsuki and a terrifying dragon monster, his chances of winning were pitifully low.


    On the ancient dragon, a man with a hood came forward slowly, looked at Gaara with a light smile and said, "Tsk, I didn''t expect that the target would come to the door by itself..."


    "It''s amazing!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion looked at Gaara flying up, and said in a urn: "How dare a Kazekage appear in front of us alone..."


    There were four people present, and two of them killed Kazekage alone.


    Both Naraku Uehara and the Scorpion of Red Sand are veterans who have killed Kazekage!


    What''s more, the Crimson Sand Scorpion still holds the human puppets of the third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage in his hands, and he can fully display his near-peak strength in this desert environment.


    To be honest, Gaara is a bit unwise.


    If the four members present at the scene act at the same time, Sand Hidden Village can already go to the election of the sixth Kazekage...


    However, each present is more proud than the other.


    Especially Didala, who was already so proud to the point of arrogance.


    "Then leave it to me!"


    Didara was playing with a clay bird in his hand, grinning and said, "Just let him experience my art!"


    Didara was a little depressed just now.


    After all, he had been controlling the giant beasts in the air before, and dropping piles of bombs was his favorite thing to do, but now he was robbed of the limelight by the ancient dragon.


    How can this be?


    Isn''t this a lie to win?


    Didara can''t take it!


    It just so happened that the fifth Kazekage Gaara flew into the air by himself. This was simply a punching bag that was sent to the door, and Didara was just able to vent his anger on him.


    The Red Sand Scorpion stood beside Didara, looked at the confident Didara, and couldn''t help but said, "Didara, are you sure? Although Kazekage is trash, this one doesn''t look like that." So much the same..."


    "Let him go!"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, waved his hand boredly and said: "Anyway, as long as the Didala people can''t die, I can save them!"


    "You bastard!"


    Didara turned around and cursed, and he also knew the meaning of Naraku Uehara''s words in his heart. If Naraku Uehara, a medical ninja, existed, it meant that he could fight freely.


    A giant clay bird appeared at Deidara''s feet and flew him towards Gaara, and the two immediately launched a wonderful aerial duel!


    Only the only difference is...


    Didara has teammates behind him, so he can fight freely, but Gaara must find a way to deal with the ancient dragon flying in the air.


    After all, instead of providing Gaara with any assistance, the ninjas in Hidden Sand Village became his drag.


    How the hell does Gaara fight?


    Of course it was a life-threatening fight!


    "Bow and crossbow troops!"


    Maji was near a group of bow and crossbow troops, commanding a group of ninjas to manipulate the obsolete defensive weapons in Hidden Sand Village, and said loudly in an obscure voice: "Aim and shoot down all the enemies in the air!"


    To be honest, Mackey was a little desperate.


    That ancient dragon doesn''t look like they can shoot down with ordinary bows and crossbows. Even if it can cause wounds, it is probably similar to a needle prick to the ancient dragon.


    But his disciple Gaara is still fighting!


    Do you just give up like this?


    After all, do something!


    "Sand ninjas, look at the despair on your faces!"


    Uehara Naraku stood on top of the ancient dragon, and shouted coldly: "Since I have lost the will to fight, do you still want to resist Akatsuki''s coming?"


    "Ignore him! Attack immediately!"


    Maji urged all the crossbowmen to aim at the ancient dragon at the same time. In Maji''s view, this dragon is much more troublesome than Didara''s giant clay bird!


    The crossbow arrows shot at the ancient dragon quickly!


    However, their attacks couldn''t even pierce the dragon''s body, and were blocked by its own scale armor defense.


    The huge crossbow arrows fell to the ground one after another, which also made the hearts of the sand hidden ninjas sink a little bit.


    Maji quickly adjusted his thinking, and ordered loudly: "Change the target, attack that big white bird first, and help Kazekage-sama!"


    "Roar!"


    Uehara Naraku didn''t bother to pay attention, and manipulated the ancient dragon to spray fireballs towards the crossbow troops in Hidden Sand Village, destroying these long-range troops that could threaten Didara!


    The ancient giant dragon wiped out all the bow and crossbow troops, flew to the open space, and roared violently towards Shayin Village!


    "Roar!"


    The soul-stirring sound waves swept through the entire Shayin Village!


    Countless Sand Hidden Ninjas trying to charge towards the ancient dragon were blown away by the ancient dragon!


    "Wind Escape Great Breakthrough!"


    "Wind escape ¡¤ sickle weasel!"


    Even if occasionally some sand ninjas rushed over relying on their own positions and released a bunch of ninjutsu on the ancient dragon, it had no effect on it at all.


    The ancient giant dragon slowly opened its mouth, and a huge fireball spewed out from the mouth, leaving a deep ravine on the ground of Sand Hidden Village, like a scar carved on the body of this great Ninja Village!


    "It''s so easy."


    Uehara Naraku sat on the body of the ancient dragon, watching this psychic beast wreak havoc in Sand Hidden Village, and also watched his dark harvest superimposed crazily.


    This will all become the capital for his future confrontation with six-level ninjas.


    "The next thing is Didara and that Fengying kid."


    The Red Sand Scorpion raised his head, looked at Gaara and Didara who were fighting fiercely in the air, and said slowly, "I hope Didara won''t play for too long..."


    "We still have plenty of time."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the sand ninjas who charged again and was blown away by the wings of the ancient dragon, and said softly: "It seems that there is nothing in the hidden sand village that can threaten us, so let Senior Didara have fun Bar!"

 Chapter 207

    "drink!"


    Didara stood in the air and shouted loudly.


    A group of clay bomb flying birds around Gaara flapped their wings a few times, and then exploded around Gaara in an instant.


    It''s a pity that the explosive power of the clay bird is not enough to penetrate Gaara''s sand shield defense, so Gaara can only barely pay attention to the threat of these little birds.


    This guy Deidara blew up a bunch of things laughingly. Instead of hurting Gaara at all, he was chased by Gaara''s giant sand hand and flew around.


    This guy is really having a good time!


    Uehara Naraku, Nagato, and Akasama Scorpion standing in Sand Hidden Village were a bit bored. They could only watch the sand ninjas attack the ancient dragon again and again, and then were easily defeated again and again.


    Nagato frowned, looked at a group of knocked down sand ninjas around him, and couldn''t help but ask, "Has Sand Hidden Village always been this weak?"


    "Uh¡­"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion was suddenly at a loss for words.


    After thinking in silence for a while, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion finally found a reason: "These little guys have never experienced a real war. If the mother-in-law is in power, they should be able to organize an effective counterattack!"


    What Xie said really put gold on his grandma''s face.


    According to the current situation in Sand Hidden Village, there was a surprise attack from two teams organized by Akatsuki, especially Naraku Uehara and Nagato. It''s useless if Kage, the third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage are all here!


    Sometimes the slap in the face comes really fast.


    Just after the Scarlet Sand Scorpion finished speaking, two old figures appeared in Sand Hidden Village, they were Grandma Chiyo and Ebizo.


    As a few years ago, after the death of the fourth Kazekage, Chiyo and Ebizo, who came out of the mountain to stabilize the hidden sand village in times of crisis, were regarded as saviors by the sand ninjas.


    Now Sand Hidden Village has encountered a surprise attack by the Akatsuki organization, and once again fell into the crisis of destroying the country, the sand ninjas finally couldn''t help it, and sent people to let the two retired old people come forward.


    Grandma Chiyo and Ebizo were not ambiguous either.


    After the two old men saw the ninja asking for help, they rushed to the hidden sand village immediately. They had witnessed the rise and fall of the hidden sand village with their own hands. How could they let the village fall into crisis!


    Grandma Chiyo flew and landed on a high tower.


    This dying old woman looked solemnly at the red sand scorpion on the back of the ancient dragon, and said in a deep voice, "It''s been a long time...My dear grandson..."


    Red Sand Scorpion: "..."


    It should obviously feel that their Xiao organization has the upper hand.


    But after hearing Granny Chiyo''s words, both Naraku Uehara and the Scorpion of Red Sand faintly felt that their aura was much weaker.


    Damn, a teammate was called grandson by the enemy...


    They still can''t refute!


    Uehara Naraku glanced speechlessly at the red sand scorpion beside her, then turned to look at Grandma Chiyo and a group of sand hermit ninjas behind her: "Okay, now that Grandma Chiyo is here, let''s see how they organize a counterattack Bar!"


    "Let me come!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion stopped Uehara Naraku who was manipulating the ancient dragon, and said in a gloomy voice: "To deal with Granny, this dragon alone is not enough."


    After finishing speaking, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion took out two scrolls from his body, one scroll had three written on it, and the other scroll had four written on it.


    There was a sound of smoke.


    The puppets of the third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage appeared beside the Red Sand Scorpion, and under the Chakra Line in his hand, they rushed towards Grandma Chiyo quickly!


    "Three generations and four generations!"


    "It''s the Fourth Kazekage-sama!"


    Every sand hidden ninja involuntarily looked at the two human puppets!


    Unexpectedly, one day the two Kazekage-samas who protected the village would become weapons in the hands of the enemy today and be used to attack Hidden Sand Village!


    "Sealing Technique Open!"


    Chiyo refused to show weakness at all, and opened the two scrolls with a flick of her hand.


    On one of the scrolls is written the Father, on the other the Mother.


    These two puppets, who looked obviously not good enough, appeared beside Chiyo, and she manipulated them to meet the puppets of the third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage!


    "cut!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion snorted coldly, the gold dust around the fourth Kazekage and the magnet around the third Kazekage quickly turned into thousands of copies!


    Black and golden senbons densely covered the sky, and the next moment these senbons shot towards Chiyo.


    "Machine Light Shield Seal!"


    Grandma Chiyo instantly manipulated the puppets of her father and mother to land in front of her, turning into a shield and blocking the densely packed Chibon.


    "Humph!"


    The red sand scorpion looked at the shield with cold eyes, and moved its fingers slightly. The third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage flew into the sky in an instant, and the gold dust and magnets condensed around them again!


    The next moment, the dense magnets and placer gold turned into a black-gold giant wave, sweeping towards the sand ninja troops and Grandma Chiyo on the ground!


    It has to be said that after possessing the two puppets of the third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage, the strength of the Scarlet Sand Scorpion has been greatly improved.


    The two Fengying puppets both have the ability of magnetic escape and blood succession, and the effect they can play is far more than 1+1=2!


    Even Grandma Chiyo and the sand ninjas couldn''t survive in this wave of black and golden waves, they could only retreat quickly to avoid being drowned in it.


    "Chakra is consumed a lot..."


    After the Scarlet Sand Scorpion sighed, he turned his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "Hey, Uehara, go and urge that brat Didara to hurry up, I don''t want to waste any more time here!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the Red Sand Scorpion speechlessly.


    Brother, we can understand that you want to release water in the face of your grandma, but can you release a little level?


    You''ve just done two tricks with Chiyo!


    If you don''t know, I thought you attacked two countries!


    "Senior Scorpion."


    Uehara Naraku rolled up his sleeves, walked slowly to his side, and closed his palms together: "You step back and rest first, let me come..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head stubbornly, and said coldly: "Are you looking down on me? I''m just getting impatient! To deal with the mother-in-law, you little devil is worse, the puppet master is not as simple as you imagined !"


    Even if he wants to release the water, there is still a supervisor next to him!


    The Red Sand Scorpion gritted its teeth, flew up, and charged up with the puppet manipulating the Third Kazekage and the Fourth Kazekage, fighting with Grandma Chiyo.


    Mother-in-law Chiyo must not show weakness at all. Even if she could slightly stabilize the situation in the battle with the red sand scorpion directly using the puppets of father and mother, it did not help the situation in Hidden Sand Village.


    After all, she came here to save Hidden Sand Village, not to lure out the Scarlet Sand Scorpion, a terrifying member of the Akatsuki organization!


    "Secret White Technique - ten people from Chimatsu!"


    Grandma Chiyo waved her hand to summon the ten people of Chimatsu. These are the ten most powerful puppets in her hands, and each puppets have their own unique skills!


    "It''s still the same!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion looked up at the crowd of nearly ten people, and suddenly lifted the crimson amber on his body, revealing his true face!


    A young scorpion.


    In terms of age, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion should be in his thirties this year, but he is still the same as when he was a teenager.


    Grandma Chiyo told the truth in one sentence, and her body trembled slightly: "You... made yourself a puppet!"


    "Only in this way can eternal art be realized."


    The Red Sand Scorpion slowly opened a scroll.


    Yes, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion made himself a human puppet.


    It is precisely because he has become a human puppet that he can become immortal.


    However, this is absolutely prohibited by puppet masters. Even turning someone else''s corpse into a human puppet is already touching the forbidden technique, let alone the red sand scorpion turning himself into a puppet.


    Anyone present could tell that Grandma Chiyo was very angry.


    Uehara Naraku sat on the head of the ancient dragon, touched his chin, turned his head to look at Nagato, and asked: "Hey, in this way, Senior Scorpion will not be able to marry a wife and have children, and the family will be passed on! No wonder the old lady is so angry... "


    "..."


    Nagato glanced at Uehara speechlessly, is it time for them to discuss this? Whether the red sand scorpion can marry a wife and have children is none of our business!


    But speaking of...


    The reason why Grandma Chiyo is so angry may be what Uehara Naraku said, because the only grandson became a human puppet, and the family has been cut off since then?


    Nagato rubbed his forehead, why did he think about such a mess!


    No, it''s not a mess either.


    Nagato patted Uehara Naraku''s shoulder seriously, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t learn those messy forbidden techniques, don''t be like a scorpion, Akatsuki''s future still needs you to pass it on.


    Uehara, apart from fulfilling Yahiko¡¯s dream, Xiaonan and I actually have the rest of our wish to see you get married and have children. Are you twenty years old this year? "


    "Don''t say that."


    Uehara Naraku''s face turned pale, and he slowly pushed away his palm: "We are still catching a tail of Jinchuriki in Sand Hidden Village, be serious and put away your dangerous thoughts."


    Nagato: "..."


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    It seems that only the two of them are the most leisurely in the entire battlefield!


    The battle between the red sand scorpion and Chidai mother-in-law was completely intensified, and hundreds of puppets in red clothes were unsealed by him and flew out: "The red secret skill, a hundred machine exercises!"


    As if to prove his hard work, the red sand scorpion directly used his proud forbidden technique, and hundreds of puppets instantly defeated the sand ninja next to Chidai''s mother-in-law, and fought with ten people from Chimatsu into a ball!


    After a while, hundreds of red-clothed puppets suffered heavy losses.


    Scorpion''s 100-machine exercise and Jinsong''s ten people fought to the detriment of both sides.


    Just when the red sand scorpion was going to continue to manipulate the third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage puppet to fight, Didara in the air finally completed the task.


    Didara landed on the back of the ancient dragon with the clay bird, and hurriedly shouted: "Hey, come and heal me, my arm is broken!"

 Chapter 208

    Didara''s hand was still broken.


    The man lived happily as a mentally handicapped man.


    Even though his arm was broken, Didara still smiled happily. Why on earth does this guy have such a good attitude!


    In order to defeat Gaara this time, Deidara could only use a little trick, paying the price of an arm, and blasted Gaara to the point of death.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Gaara behind the giant clay bird. Fortunately, this guy is not dead, and then he looked at the mentally handicapped Didara.


    The left arm of the blond young man was torn off by Gaara''s yellow sand, so now Deidara''s right hand is holding his broken left hand and waving happily at Uehara...


    The corners of Naraku Uehara''s eyes twitched, damn it!


    My hands are broken, and I''m still laughing!


    Uehara Naraku flew to Didara''s side, took Didara''s arm, and said in silence for a while: "Let me say first, I haven''t learned how to connect broken limbs..."


    "..."


    Didara''s smile suddenly froze on his face.


    At the next moment, Didara stretched out his right hand and grabbed Uehara Naraku''s collar, trembling and cursed: "Bastard, didn''t you say that as long as I don''t die, you can save me?


    Isn''t that bastard Ghost Lantern Moon dying from illness, can you save him? Now you tell me you won''t do this minor surgery of taking over! "


    Damn, what the hell!


    A medical ninja can''t graft limbs!


    Are you fucking playing him?


    Uehara Naraku pointed to the red sand scorpion in the distance, he didn''t care about it, he just explained: "Senior Scorpion should be able to do it, and Kakuzu-senior should be able to do it too, the two of them are quite good at this kind of minor surgery, I am Really not, I have blood phobia..."


    "Give me a better excuse!"


    Deidara let go of Uehara''s collar cursingly, looked in surprise at the Red Sand Scorpion and Chiyo Granny who were fighting fiercely in the distance, and gave a light snort: "Is that the real body of Xie Danna? Why does he look so good? Young? Uehara, why don''t you go help?"


    "No way to help."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms and said softly: "Senior Scorpion made himself a human puppet. His grandma, Chiyo, saw that her grandson could not marry a wife and have children for their family, so this is a family matter..."


    Uehara Naraku spoke nonsense seriously.


    Didara nodded solemnly, and actually believed it: "This kind of thing... It seems that we really shouldn''t interfere... Hey, Xie Danna, the mission is completed, come back soon!"


    "Shut up, I know!"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion hastily maneuvered the Third Kazekage and the Fourth Kazekage to fly above him, rolling up a cloud of black and golden magnetic gold sand waves and laying down a defensive wall.


    This wall of defense is so strong that no sand ninjutsu or puppet weapons can break through it.


    Taking this opportunity, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion jumped onto the ancient dragon, opened his mouth and began to scold Didala: "You brat, you kept me waiting for a long time!"


    "Xie Dan, don''t be so old-fashioned!"


    Didara looked at Scorpion''s young and handsome face, laughed and walked to Red Sand Scorpion''s side, took off his auspicious cloud black robe and put it on him.


    Didara even stretched out his fingers to touch Xie''s hair curiously: "It''s obviously younger than me! I used to always look old-fashioned..."


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Scorpion''s real body looks too deceptive!


    Even if Didara wanted to treat him with the respectful attitude she used to, she always felt a little bit out of place, after all, she was too young, she looked only in her teens!


    The Red Sand Scorpion put on his clothes, and gave Didala a cold look, his eyes were full of murderous intent: "Let go, get out!"


    "Hey, hey, be a little more polite!"


    Didara clapped his hands, puffed his mouth and said, "You are so young, do you know that you will call me Brother Didala from now on?"


    "Shut up!"


    "Why are you so impolite!"


    "Shut up, or I''ll kill you!"


    "Why are you doing this!"


    Didara puffed his mouth in dissatisfaction, and said plausibly: "I''ve been called Dana for so many years, can''t you just call me big brother?"


    "..."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion suddenly didn''t want to quarrel anymore.


    This guy Didara is simply a retarded and funny guy.


    If it weren''t for the fact that this brat has always respected him in the past, and would defend him everywhere, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion really wanted to sew Didala''s mouth shut...


    Right now, though, Deidara has more to sew.


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion glanced at the location where Didara''s arm was broken, and said in a cold voice, "Uehara, let''s go, find a place to connect this brat''s arm!"


    "Can''t you just call me Brother Didara?"


    Didara pursed his lips, and sat cross-legged on the ancient dragon with his broken arm in his face full of unhappiness: "Call me big brother, can I wrong you?"


    "..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion was silent for a while.


    The next moment, the chakra thread in his hand suddenly popped out quickly, tying Didara''s mouth tightly round and round, and he could only whine.


    The artistic duo finally stopped fighting.


    The Red Sand Scorpion turned to look at Uehara Naraku and Nagato: "Okay, let''s go, there may be some pursuers, I''ll leave it to you!"


    "Okay, I won''t let Sand Hidden Village have any pursuers."


    Naraku Uehara smiled lightly and nodded at the Red Sand Scorpion, knocked on the head of the ancient dragon, and said with a smile: "Okay, take us away now! Before you leave, you can finally act recklessly." !"


    "Roar!"


    The ancient giant dragon uttered an earth-shattering roar!


    The next moment, this psychic beast, which can be said to be the strongest in the ninja world, rose from the ground, leaped into the air, and soared above the hidden sand village with wings!


    Grandma Chiyo saw the shadow of the ancient dragon in the sky, and pulled her own puppet string, trying to grab the ancient dragon''s limbs.


    However, this ancient giant dragon didn''t care at all, and Wei Wei tore off the puppet string with a little force, and even turned his head and sprayed out a huge fireball, forcing Grandma Chidai to fly to avoid it.


    "Don''t even think about leaving!"


    "Master Kazekage is on that monster!"


    "Take Kazekage-sama back!"


    "Hurry up and chase!"


    A group of sand ninjas shouted and gathered to form a ninja squad, and they were about to meet at the exit of the hidden sand village.


    It''s just that the ancient dragon didn''t choose to leave. Instead, it slowly climbed its own height. After reaching the highest point in the sky, it raised its head and spit out a huge fireball!


    A huge fireball suddenly hit at a height of several thousand meters, and it happened to land in the center of Shayin Village. The ground shook instantly, followed by a violent explosion!


    The majestic shock wave swept everything in Hidden Sand Village!


    The solid houses were washed away by the air waves in an instant, but these buildings that were strong enough to resist the wind and sand could not withstand the impact air waves brought by the fireball landing and explosion!


    All ninjas, no matter what level they were, were thrown upside down!


    Even the high defensive wall around Hidden Sand Village collapsed after the blast, and the ninjas who were stationed here fell into the ruins.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the ancient dragon and defeated most of the ninjas in Hidden Sand Village. His own dark harvest fully tripled his three-dimensional attributes.


    This is so cool!


    Simply not too cool.


    Overnight, Uehara Naraku originally only had more than 70,000 three-dimensional attributes, and directly exceeded 200,000 through the dark harvest.


    It has to be said that Uehara Naraku was able to harvest so much in Sand Hidden Village, and Konoha, Sand Hidden Village, and Uehara Naraku should bear the blame for this.


    After the third Ninja World War ended, Sand Hidden Village''s economy had to be reduced due to poverty, and the ninja establishment had to be reduced, and it began to move towards the model of cultivating elite ninjas.


    Of course, their elite training didn''t produce anything...


    Therefore, the military strength of Hidden Sand Village has always been at the bottom even among the five major countries.


    When the Land of Grass incident happened, Hidden Sand Village unequivocally sided with Konoha, and regained the mission and funding from the Daming Mansion of the Land of Wind.


    In order to maintain the reputation of the Five Great Nations, and to deal with the threat of Uehara Naraku, the new genius of Yuyin Village, Sand Yin Village began to slowly restore its own ninja organization.


    Now there are tens of thousands of ninjas in Hidden Sand Village, and directly provided Uehara Naraku with hundreds of thousands of three-dimensional attributes through the dark harvest.


    Life energy: 210921


    Chakra Energy: 209790


    Natural energy: 208790


    Life energy recovery: 108 points/sec


    Chakra energy recovery: 108 points/second


    Natural energy recovery: 216 points/second


    Skill Cooldown Reduction: 100%


    Gold remaining: 6430


    Dark Harvest: After defeating a ninja, you will get a part of the power from the enemy, each time increasing life energy by 10 points, chakra energy by 10 points, and natural energy by 10 points. At present, the cumulative increase of life energy is 149630, chakra energy is 149630, and natural energy is 149630 points.


    This is fucking outrageous!


    The rewards of defeating a ninja village of the five major nations are simply too high.


    There were only more than 10,000 people in Caoyin Village when they were destroyed, but now there are hundreds of thousands in Shayin Village!


    Naraku Uehara touched his heart and it beat a little faster. There are at least 80,000 ninjas in the ninja world!


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but want to thank someone.


    That person is Shimura Danzo who was killed by him early.


    If Uehara Naraku hadn''t killed Shimura Danzo early, he wouldn''t have obtained the god-level passive skill Dark Harvest.


    Uehara Naraku is on the road to becoming stronger and stronger, and the future of the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations will also become dark. This is indeed the fault of Shimura Danzo...

 Chapter 209

    There are mourners in Shayin Village.


    After the ancient giant dragon in the sky circled around the hidden sand village, it slowly hovered over the hidden sand village. This scene made everyone in the hidden sand village feel tense.


    Is it true that the people of the Xiao organization want to completely destroy Shayin Village?


    It''s just that the members of the Akatsuki organization don''t seem to intend to do this.


    Naraku Uehara stood on top of the ancient dragon, pulled his hood, looked down at the plight of the sand ninjas on the ground, and said in a urn: "Hey, the people of Sand Yin Village can still breathe... "


    "What else do you want to do?"


    Mother-in-law Chiyo gritted her teeth and looked at the murderer who destroyed Sand Hidden Village. If she could, she really wanted to rush up and kill that guy now!


    However, the reality is that under such circumstances, it is obviously irrational to provoke the enemy. If the enemy attacks again just now, Shayin Village will almost be foreseen to perish directly.


    "Be gentle!"


    Naraku Uehara spoke slowly and continued: "I just want to confirm that you won''t send people to hunt us down, right? It seems impossible!"


    Naraku Uehara drove the ancient dragon around the sand hidden village for a week, and after a loud whistle, he walked away on his own!


    Uehara gained a lot from capturing Yiwei Jinchuriki this time.


    In addition to the dark harvest, I also got another very powerful reward.


    Sub-quest: Successfully breached Sand Hidden Village (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the passive talent skill Wind Power will be rewarded.


    The power of wind: You can freely drive the wind attribute chakra, and use it at will to create wind escape ninjutsu, which is one of the components of the seeking jade.


    Uehara Naraku was in a good mood when he left Sand Hidden Village.


    But the people in Shayin Village must be in a very bad mood.


    "asshole!"


    Grandma Chiyo looked at the dragon going away and clenched her fists.


    Injured or dead ninjas are everywhere in the village. They have completely lost their ability to resist, and it is impossible to chase the ancient dragon.


    After seeing the monster leave, Grandma Chiyo, Ebizo and the others hurriedly directed Anbu, who was still able to move, to organize ninja rescue.


    She even goes into battle herself as a medical ninja.


    Even though Chiyo has always advocated the self-improvement of Hidden Sand Village, in this case, they will definitely not be able to regain Gaara, and they will not even be able to stick to it.


    This stubborn old man had no choice but to succumb to reality. While treating the wounded in the village, Chiyo said, "Ebizo, ask Konoha for help!"


    "¡­yes."


    Hai Laozang nodded slowly.


    Fortunately, his sister has recognized the cruelty of reality.


    According to the current situation of Hidden Sand Village, let alone rescuing Kazekage from the Akatsuki organization, even dealing with the invasion of neighboring countries is very difficult.


    Without the support of Konoha, if the third generation of Tsuchikage Onoki of Yanyin Village invaded, it could basically be declared that Sandy Hidden Village was doomed.


    They may not even be able to deal with the attack from Yuyin Village next door.


    Fortunately, since the alliance between Konoha and Sand Hidden Village, there has been no friction between the two ninja villages, and they have also launched a number of cooperations, even including military alliances.


    For example, the fifth Kazekage Gaara who was just taken away, his older sister Temari is still in Sand Hidden Village to discuss with Konoha about continuing to jointly hold the next Chunin exam.


    And Konoha has been tracking Akatsuki''s information.


    Therefore, when the news that Hidden Sand Village was attacked by the Akatsuki organization and that the fifth Kazekage Gaara was captured by the Akatsuki organization reached Konoha, the Fifth Hokage Tsunade did not hesitate at all, and immediately dispatched the third squad and the seventh squad. Ban rushed to Shayin Village for support.


    To be honest, Tsunade was a little overbearing.


    But these two teams should be Konoha''s strongest team.


    The strength of Kakashi Hatake from the seventh class has improved, and Naruto Uzumaki''s strength has also increased significantly after returning from practice, and he can barely control the power of the four tails; Sai is the all-round ninja.


    Needless to say, the strength of Maitekai in the third class, his body contains extremely amazing power; Ningji Hinata has also been successfully promoted to Jonin in just a few years, even with the support of the patriarch Hinata Hinata Under this condition, he obtained many esoteric physical arts from the clan.


    As for Li Luoke, perhaps because he has no injuries on his body and he is extremely diligent in cultivation, he faintly transformed into Konoha''s second liver emperor.


    Now Rock Lee can easily open the sixth door of the Eight Dunjia, and even the seventh door of Shocking Door in the extreme state. This strength is no less than Konoha''s most Jnin.


    If it is a life-and-death battle between the Konoha Twelve Powers, Rock Li is still the most powerful of the Konoha Twelve Powers, regardless of Naruto''s release of Nine Tails.


    Reality is always so magical.


    The two strongest people in the same period of the year, one is Gubi, and the other is Gandi.


    As for Tiantian in the third class, she just had better luck, and there seemed to be nothing special about her.


    In addition to the third and seventh squads, Tsunade also dispatched a team of Anbu to accompany them, a team composed of Yamato and Uzuki Yuyan.


    In Tsunade''s view, this lineup is strong enough.


    However, after these Konoha reinforcements arrived at Hidden Sand Village, they were still stunned by the sight in front of them, and they couldn''t even imagine that this was Hidden Sand Village after the Akatsuki invasion.


    Shayin Village is devastated.


    The original peaceful village has long since ceased to exist, and the outer defense line has become ruins. The village is full of broken walls and ruins, and even a few complete houses cannot be found.


    The warehouse that was repaired urgently was temporarily listed as a hospital by Chiyo and others, because there were too many injured people, and there were simply not enough medical ninjas.


    The streets of Shayin Village are full of bandaged wounded.


    No, strictly speaking, everyone is wearing bandages.


    Mother-in-law Chiyo did not close her eyes for several days and nights in a row. If she had chakra, she would use medical ninjutsu.


    The arrival of Haruno Sakura really helped a lot. As Tsunade''s disciple, her medical ninjutsu is much better than most of the medical ninjas in Hidden Sand Village.


    "Is this all caused by Akatsuki?"


    Naruto Uzumaki caressed the broken earthen wall outside the hospital, looked at this Ninja Village full of ruins, and looked at this village full of wounded people, he clenched his palms tightly.


    Kankuro tied his arms, walked to Uzumaki Naruto, nodded with a sad face: "That''s right, after Akatsuki''s members captured Gaara, they destroyed Sand Hidden Village with a monster they raised. "


    Hatake Kakashi tugged at his forehead, and asked in a low voice: "Is the purpose of their attack on Hidden Sand Village to capture Kazekage-dono who is a Jinchuriki?"


    "So far it looks like that."


    Kankuro looked at Kakashi and nodded.


    Maitkai punched the earthen wall with a fist, and cursed coldly: "Those bastards! Do you want to destroy a village directly!"


    "No¡­"


    Kankuro shook his head, and his face became more and more ugly: "According to our guess, apart from capturing Gaara, they attacked Hidden Sand Village just casually, maybe they just thought of attacking Hidden Sand Village as a game... "


    Kankuro raised his head slowly, looked at the destroyed homeland, wiped away the tears that flowed from the corners of his eyes, and continued: "Because there were four members of Tianxiao driving a monster, and two of them didn''t make a move from the beginning to the end. .¡±


    This is the scariest part.


    The enemy just did it conveniently, and even hid at least half of their strength, and Hidden Sand Village was completely unable to resist.


    "four people¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi rubbed his forehead, and asked softly: "Apart from Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion that you mentioned in your information, do you have any information about the other two people?"


    "Not only is there no intelligence, no one even knows their true colors."


    Kankuro shook his head and continued to answer: "Maybe it''s because they don''t need to take action, because just that monster alone is not something we can fight against."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    After finishing speaking, Kankuro explained the battle situation that night in detail.


    The Konoha ninjas became more frightened the more they heard it, especially after hearing that the members of Akatsuki ordered the monster to drop a huge fireball before leaving before they left, everyone''s cheeks were involuntary. dripping sweat.


    Sai felt a little out of breath: "A Ninja village in a big country can''t resist the attack of four members... Is this the strength of Akatsuki?"


    "Ok."


    Hatake Kakashi nodded, stroking his forehead, and said in a low voice: "I still remember the feeling of fighting against Akatsuki in the Country of Grass, almost without any resistance at all, and they seemed to be enjoying a good time. game..."


    "..."


    Tian Tian shuddered involuntarily, and stammered: "If the enemy is so strong, do we really have any chance of winning?"


    "Not necessarily not."


    Hatake Kakashi lowered his head and said in a low voice: "At least we know one thing, the members of Akatsuki have left to the north, maybe we can track it to the north, and we can ask Yuyin Village for support and invite them to attack the Akatsuki organization together. "


    Sai also nodded at the side and said: "Captain Kakashi is right, Konoha and Yuyin Village have always had an agreement to attack the Akatsuki organization..."


    "Ok."


    Hatake Kakashi echoed and continued: "A group of rebels organized by Akatsuki once took refuge in the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo, and then they betrayed Hanzo again. Yuyin Village has always hated these rebels. They must He also holds a lot of information about Akatsuki.¡±


    "Yuyin Village..."


    Uzumaki Naruto caressed the destroyed earthen wall, and thought of a person who smiled kindly, so he couldn''t help showing a smile: "It''s not too late, then let''s go to that guy Uehara Naraku immediately! He It should be stronger now!"


    Maybe it''s because Uzumaki Naruto only remembers Naraku Uehara.


    After all, Naraku Uehara was very kind when he was in Konoha, but it was a pity that in the end, under the pressure of Yuyin Village, he assassinated the third Hokage, and there was a little gap between him and Konoha.


    Of course Naruto Uzumaki didn''t care about this.


    He has long since forgiven Naraku Uehara for assassinating the Third Hokage.


    To be honest, if Naraku Uehara hadn''t assassinated the third Hokage, Naruto Uzumaki himself wouldn''t know how he should stay in Konoha.


    After all, the common perception in the ninja world is that the third Hokage fought for power behind the scenes, murdered the fourth Hokage couple, and tried to control the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki as Konoha''s war weapon.


    Uzumaki Naruto really didn''t want to face Hiruzen Sarutobi.


    Maybe he will betray Konoha like Sasuke?


    Is it even possible to join Akatsuki?


    Thanks to Uehara Naraku''s assassination of the third Hokage, Tsunade was able to succeed the fifth Hokage, Uzumaki Naruto could continue to have the mood to stay in Konoha, and he could pick up the fetters of the past again, and continue to get along with his teachers and friends.


    I don''t know if Uehara Naraku will regret it...


    In fact, at that time, if Sarutobi Hiruzen was still alive, he really had a very good chance of inducing Uzumaki Naruto to betray Konoha.


    Of course, flaws may also be exposed.


    Uzumaki Naruto proposed to immediately send someone to Yuyin Village to look for Uehara Naraku, and asked him to help participate in the Kazekage Recapture Battle. This proposal was quickly approved by most people.


    After all, the Konoha ninjas present were very able to understand Uehara Naraku''s helplessness for the benefit of Yuyin Village, and they had also enjoyed the life with Uehara Naraku.


    Only Hatake Kakashi, who had seen Naraku Uehara later, sighed faintly, remembering that when Naraku Uehara was talking with the Allies, he refused to let go for the benefit of Yuyin Village.


    Uehara Naraku at that time was almost unrecognizable.


    As a ninja in the middle and small Ninja Village, perhaps the pressure is really too great, so Uehara Naraku, who was originally very popular with a pure heart, put on his most hated mask step by step.


    Hatake Kakashi still remembered Naraku Uehara''s innocence, and he let out a sigh of relief: "I hope that guy Uehara... won''t change too fast!"

 Chapter 210

    Konoha ninjas really dare to think.


    No, not only dare to think, they dare to do it.


    After all, in the face of the terrifying strength of the Akatsuki organization, it is understandable that their first thing is to seek more help, and the most suitable one is Uehara Naraku.


    First of all, Naraku Uehara was born in Yuyin Village. He himself does not have a good impression of the Akatsuki organization, and he is also the person who targets Akatsuki the most in the entire ninja world, because the Akatsuki organization not only betrayed the country of rain, but also seduced his companion Kaguya-kun Maro And Bai defected.


    Secondly, Uehara Naraku''s strength is good, and behind him is the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo. In the Grass Country incident, it is said that the Akatsuki Organization, Sansho Hanzo, and Uehara Naraku once fought at the border of the Land of Rain. Two generations Personally expel the members who chased Akatsuki.


    In the end, Naraku Uehara was friends with them.


    All along, Naraku Uehara has a good relationship with the Konoha ninjas present, and most of them are friends.


    Especially Matt Kay and Rock Lee, even though they were beaten all over the place by Uehara Naraku back then, they still recognized Uehara Naraku''s actions for the benefit of their own village.


    Akatsuki''s base.


    Because Uehara Naraku and the others have the relationship with the ancient dragon, they didn''t look for a suitable sealing place outside, and returned directly to Akatsuki''s base.


    The speed at which this task is completed is too fast!


    Judging by this time, it is not even enough time for the ninjas of Yuyin Village to go to Sandyin Village!


    When Uehara Naraku and his first team caught a tail and returned to the Akatsuki organization base, the second team still had several days to go before they could reach their destination, the Land of Thunder.


    This is very embarrassing.


    Originally, they planned to seal Yiwei and Erwei together, and it is estimated that Erwei will have to wait a day, so they can only seal Yiwei Guardian Crane first.


    When Tiandao Payne summoned Akatsuki''s members for a meeting with the magic lantern body technique, Didara looked at Fei Duan very arrogantly: "Tsk tsk, what a waste that can''t be helped... so many people went to perform the mission, but they haven''t seen Erwei yet." Renzhuli!"


    "..."


    Fei Duan looked at Didara angrily, and cursed viciously: "Bastard, I''ll chop you up when I go back!"


    "I''m waiting for you!"


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Didara made a face at Fei Duan, and laughed and said, "Maybe when you come back, we have already caught Sanwei! Waste, waste, waste! Idiot, idiot, idiot!"


    "I''m going to kill you!"


    The two suddenly quarreled.


    After Fei Duan finished scolding Didara, he looked at the members of their second team with an ugly face. Except for him, the second team is a bunch of trash!


    The speed of their second team is indeed not fast, and it is not to blame for Didara''s words of ridicule. The gap between the two sides is too big.


    The members of the first team that captured Yiwei have already made a trip back and forth, and their second team has not yet arrived in the Land of Thunder, which is indeed a bit of a gap.


    "..."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion glanced at the happy Didara speechlessly. Why did they catch a Jinchuriki back so quickly? Doesn''t this guy have a clue in his mind?


    Although Didala is the main force to capture Gaara, the Red Sand Scorpion still thinks that Didala won by lying down...


    After all, it might be easier for Uehara Naraku or Scorpion to capture Yiwei Jinchuriki, and he doesn''t have to bother sewing Didara''s arm.


    Grabbing a one-tail Jinjuriki can even break a hand...


    Now I have the nerve to ridicule others, I feel that I am not ashamed enough!


    Didara noticed the gaze of the Red Sand Scorpion, and frowned: "Hey, Xie Danna, why are you looking at me like that? Your eyes are so rude!"


    "..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head pityingly, as if looking at a mentally handicapped child.


    After seeing Xie''s eyes, Didara''s mood suddenly became more irritable: "Hey, hey, your eyes are even more impolite!"


    "All right."


    Tiandao Payne stopped everyone''s communication in a cold voice, and said in a deep voice: "Since you haven''t carried out the task of capturing the second tail yet, then help seal the first tail first!"


    Akatsuki''s magic lamp body technique can also allow members thousands of miles away to help seal the chakra of one tail.


    Payne summoned the ten most powerful members, and used the phantom dragon nine seals to extract the one-tailed crane from Gaara''s body, and then sealed it into the body of the Outer Dao Golem.


    The first tailed beast was successfully enclosed in the Golem of the Outer Way.


    Akatsuki took their first steps in a great cause of organization.


    When the Akatsuki organization successfully sealed the first tailed beast, the chakra in the members who participated in the sealing was consumed a lot, and they were all out of breath.


    Xiaonan found Uehara Naraku and sent him a message: "Naraku, the messengers from Konoha and Sand Hidden Village have come to Yu Hidden Village. They invite you to track Akatsuki together and take back Gaara, the fifth Kazekage of Sand Hidden Village. ..."


    "..."


    All the members of the Akatsuki organization cast doubtful glances.


    At this second, all members thought that there was something wrong with their ears.


    Kakudo slowly raised his head, glanced at Xiaonan, and then at Uehara Naraku: "If I heard correctly just now, it seems that the people from Konoha and Sand Hidden Village want to invite this kid Uehara to hunt us down? "


    "Ok."


    Xiaonan''s expression was also a little indescribable.


    Things in the ninja world are too magical!


    The enemies of the Akatsuki organization even invited the future leader of the Akatsuki organization to fight against the Akatsuki organization, and Sand Hidden Village, which was captured by Uehara Naraku just now, even sent someone to ask Uehara Naraku to take back the captured Kazekage.


    Didara rubbed his ears, then turned to look at Xiao Nan: "Hey, senior Xiao Nan, is there really nothing wrong with my ears?"


    "should not."


    Xiao Nan rubbed his forehead.


    "Hahahahahaha, are you kidding me?"


    Didara clutched his stomach and laughed wildly: "The idiots from Hidden Sand Village and Konoha actually asked Uehara to help them take back Kazekage, Uehara was the murderer who directly destroyed Hidden Sand Village! "


    "Shut up, idiot!"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but cover his forehead. He felt a little ashamed that there were such a group of idiots in his hometown.


    "You really deserve to be Senior Xiaonan''s disciple!"


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned, revealing his shark teeth, chuckled and praised: "It was able to break into the interior of the five major countries, and even gain the trust of the five major countries."


    "That''s right."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon also added praise: "It''s really scary! Mingming is only one year younger than me, but he can be so outstanding..."


    "Yeah yeah!"


    Ringo Uyuri also echoed by the side.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the three of them speechlessly, all three of them were his loyal subordinates, and they always seized the opportunity to praise them.


    What a fart!


    Who do you take him for?


    Do you want to boast about such a small thing?


    Xiao Nan ignored the others, and just said to Uehara Naraku: "Naraku, Konoha''s copy ninja Hatake Kakashi and Sand Hidden Village''s Temari are still waiting to see you outside the Uygakure Village, you can see that they Seems in a hurry."


    Definitely.


    Five generations of Kazekage have been arrested, they are not in a hurry, right? If Naraku Uehara is arrested one day, Xiaonan and Nagato must be going crazy!


    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, sighed and said: "Okay, Master Payne, help me clean up Godai Kazekage Gaara''s body, maybe we will use it in a few days!"


    Gaara''s corpse is still useful.


    It just happened to allow Naraku Uehara to arrange a serious Kazekage recapture battle. This time, he definitely couldn''t let the red sand scorpion go to his grandma to die.


    The scorpion guy is too serious.


    The last time he was in Shaying Village, the puppet controlled by Baiji was beaten to the ground by ten people from Jinsong, and he had to give him additional funds to make a new puppet later.


    Fighting is better than anyone else.


    It is more expensive than anyone else to start experiment funding.


    After seeing Uehara Naraku leaving, Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but clenched his fist, and secretly lowered his head and cursed: "That idiot Kakashi!"


    Uchiha Itachi, who has been paying attention to Sasuke, couldn''t help but frowned, he was really worried.


    Although Uchiha Itachi himself penetrated into the Akatsuki organization, Uehara Naraku also penetrated into the interior of the Five Great Nations.


    This wave...


    This wave is a spy swap.


    The problem is that Uchiha Itachi''s online channels have all been cut off, and even Shimura Danzo and Sarutobi Hiruzen, who know the truth, are dead.


    As for Naraku Uehara.


    He himself is a spy on the line.


    Outside the village of Yuyin Village.


    Hydrangea, who was in charge of patrolling and stationing, stood at the entrance of the village, prohibiting Hatake Kakashi and Temari from entering, and just helping them prepare a place to rest.


    When Uehara Naraku came to the entrance of the village, Hatake Kakashi and Temari held a cup of hot water each, staring at the pouring rain in Yuyin Village in a daze.


    Uehara Naraku strolled up to Kakashi''s side, stretched out his palm towards him, with an awkward smile on his face: "I''m sorry, Mr. Kakashi, Mr. Hanzo has been frequently harassed by assassins recently, and he issued an order to prohibit The others have entered Yuyin Village..."


    "..."


    Hydrangea stared blankly at Uehara Naraku.


    How on earth did this guy lie to others as if nothing had happened!


    According to the environment of Yuyin Village, the bones of Sansho Hanzo are probably melted. How could Naraku Uehara still be able to open and close his mouth and hang Sansho Hanzo on the side of his mouth...


    "Uh, we can understand."


    Hatake Kakashi nodded in understanding.


    Sanshoyu Hanzo is a ninja demigod who has been famous for a long time. In his own village, he can give any order he wants?


    Naraku Uehara turned his head and glanced at Temari again, with a sad look on his face: "We, Yuyin Village, have been looking for Akatsuki''s trace, so we got the news of Sand Yin Village. Regarding the tragedy encountered in your country, Our sincere condolences.


    The Akatsuki organization is the enemy of the entire ninja world. We will not join forces with the Akatsuki organization, so we will never start a war while others are in danger. Even if I can, I am willing to go to Sand Hidden Village to assist your reconstruction work. "


    "Thank you, thank you very much."


    Temari shook Uehara Naraku''s palm, and finally there was a trace of relaxation on her face.


    Temari doesn''t really want to come to Ugakure Village.


    After all, Hidden Rain Village is a neighbor of Hidden Sand Village, the enemy most likely to take advantage of the opportunity to invade the Kingdom of Wind, and Naraku Uehara was the murderer who killed her father...


    Now Uehara Naraku admits in front of Hatake Kakashi, at least so that Sand Hidden Village can rest assured that there is no need to worry about additional wars.


    Hatake Kakashi also breathed a sigh of relief.


    If they want to track the Xiao organization and find the location of Kazekage Gaara, they need Yuyin Village, which knows the Xiao organization best, the problem is that there are many contradictions between Yuyin Village and Sand Yin Village...


    It is indeed good news that Yuyin Village can put aside its past suspicions, let go of its grievances with Shayin Village, and even unite with them.


    "I probably know the reason for your coming. In the face of fighting against the evil mercenary group of the Akatsuki Organization, our Yuyin Village has a duty, because we were bewitched by Obito to give birth to this terrifying organization step by step."


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, he turned his head to look at Kakashi Hatake, and sighed: "But Mr. Kakashi, to be honest, there are very few ninjas in Uehara Village who can deal with Akatsuki. After all, all their members are ninjas. A ferocious S-rank traitor.


    Except for our leader, Lord Hanzo, who can easily defeat Akatsuki, only I can barely compete with Akatsuki''s members. After all, we are a small country, and our ordinary ninjas suffered heavy losses when we sieged Akatsuki last time. "


    "I understand what you mean."


    Hatake Kakashi sighed faintly, looked at the worried Uehara Naraku, patted him on the shoulder and said, "Don''t worry, we already knew that Your Excellency Hanzo must guard Ugakure Village so as not to encounter the Akatsuki organization Uehara, we mainly want your help."


    "That''s good."


    Uehara Naraku nodded and breathed a sigh of relief: "A few years ago, our Yuyin Village launched a unilateral siege in the country of grass, which caused heavy losses to the Akatsuki organization, so they probably hate us too, Mr. Hanzo Can''t move lightly."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku looked at Kakashi again, smiled and said: "I don''t have any tasks during this time, I can leave Yuyin Village to support you at any time, it just so happens that I haven''t seen Konoha''s friends for a long time. "


    "Great."


    There was a smile in Hatake Kakashi''s eyes. Although this guy has experienced some devastation in life, he still doesn''t seem to have changed much!


    Temari also breathed a sigh of relief, bowed his head respectfully at Naraku Uehara and said, "If you can help us rescue Gaara, we will be very grateful."


    "Anyway, Gaara is also my friend!"


    After Naraku Uehara finished saying this, he saw that Temari''s expression was not quite right. He used to bully Gaara just when we met. It seems that he has never been friendly!


    Uehara Naraku quickly changed his words: "If you don''t fight, you don''t know each other! Besides, the battle between Yuyin Village and Sandy Village also left a lot of pain for both of us, and I have done a lot of excessive things to Sandy Village... "


    Uehara Naraku sighed and continued: "I will do my best to make up for the wrong things I did to Sand Hidden Village before. I hope that after our cooperation this time, we can forgive each other and let peace stay forever in Sand Hidden Village. Between the village and Yuyin Village."


    This guy Uehara Naraku has a set of words.


    It''s just that when Uehara spoke, his expression was very sincere, and he sighed and mourned from time to time, coupled with some body movements, he looked really sincere.


    Not to mention the woman Temari, even Kakashi Hatake, a cold-hearted ninja, was touched after hearing Naraku Uehara''s words.


    Temari looked at Uehara Naraku, nodded vigorously at him, and promised: "From today on, I am willing to promise on behalf of Gaara, who is still unknown, that Sand Hidden Village will be a loyal friend of Uehara Naraku..."


    "Well, but I hope it''s Gaara-sama''s promise."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and a smile appeared on his face: "So, in order to get the promise of His Excellency Gaara, let''s first discuss how to find his location and rescue him from the Akatsuki organization! "

 Chapter 211

    The situation is more urgent.


    Uehara Naraku could only enter Yuyin Village in a hurry, and explained his plan to Xiaonan.


    Only Didara, the Red Sand Scorpion, and Nagato were in Akatsuki''s base on the side of Akatsuki''s Kazekage Recapture Battle, unless they used the elephant turning technique to create a few more puppets.


    But that is too much trouble.


    So this time, Didara is still in charge of transporting Gaara''s body, and finds an opportunity to return Kazekage''s body to them. As for those who intercept other reinforcements, they can only be done by Nagato and the red sand scorpion. .


    Before leaving, Naraku Uehara made a special statement that Scorpion is absolutely not allowed to act alone, lest this guy die impulsively.


    Because Hatake Kakashi and Temari were anxious to rescue Gaara, they hurriedly took Uehara Naraku, a reinforcement, and rushed back to the ninja gathering point where a group of them were responsible for chasing Akatsuki.


    Uehara Naraku really wanted to persuade them not to worry.


    Really, there is no need to be so anxious.


    The Shutsuru in Gaara''s body has been pulled out a long time ago, and the corpse is already completely cold. This is what Uehara Naraku saw with his own eyes; and the Akatsuki organization will definitely return their corpses, and this will also be an action directed by Uehara Naraku himself .


    When the three of them arrived at the meeting point, Uehara Naraku took a look at everyone, they were basically his old friends, except for Sai, who was a little unfamiliar.


    Oh, and Grandma Chiyo.


    The old woman probably had a battle with her grandson, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion, and thought that she could still be useful, so she followed.


    "Uehara, long time no see!"


    Uzumaki Naruto stretched out his fist towards Uehara Naraku with a smile on his face, and greeted Uehara Naraku affectionately.


    "Ha, Naruto has grown up!"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and touched his fist with him.


    Uzumaki Naruto stretched his fingers, and smiled confidently: "Now my strength has also become very strong! If there is a chance, we can have a good fight!"


    "I''m looking forward to it."


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes slightly, showing a kind smile, like a senior who has seen his junior grow up.


    Haruno Sakura standing beside Uzumaki Naruto has also grown up a lot compared to a few years ago, and nodded politely: "Senior Uehara, long time no see."


    "Sakura is also much prettier than before."


    Uehara Naraku nodded quite casually, it was really hard to make him feel good about this Haruno Sakura who sabotaged her plan several times back then.


    I still get angry when I see this woman!


    Haruno Sakura''s face turned red, and she was about to say something modest when she saw Uehara Naraku looking at Sai.


    Haruno Sakura: "..."


    It was definitely perfunctory to praise her for being beautiful just now!


    "I''m Sai."


    Sai stretched out his palm, squinted his eyes and smiled at Uehara Naraku: "I just joined the seventh class not long ago."


    Uehara Naraku also narrowed his eyes, at this moment he felt that he had met the same kind, so he mercilessly pierced Saii: "I can''t tell that you are a member of the seventh class, because your smile is too fake. "


    Sai: "..."


    "Hey, hey, he''s your junior!"


    Hatake Kakashi couldn''t help but tap Uehara Naraku''s shoulder, and stretched out his hand to signal: "Go and say hello to Kai and the others!"


    In the next moment, Naraku Uehara turned his head, looked at Maitekai''s third class, and showed a hearty smile: "Mr. Kai, Li, long time no see!"


    "Mr. Uehara!"


    Locke Li gave a thumbs up, showing his eight teeth, shining in the sun: "Long time no see!"


    Maitekai also raised his thumb, smiled generously, and called Uehara''s name wrongly as always: "Long time no see, Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku! I really want to have another passionate and bloody battle!"


    "Ok¡­"


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became subtle.


    It would be great if Maitkai was by his side every time he fought. In this way, he could steal the eight mystical body skills from Maitkai infinitely. Now Kai should be able to open the eighth door, using Yekai and Xixi Like it?


    Unlimited Yekai, when I think about it, I feel that the picture is not too beautiful.


    Even Uchiha Madara couldn''t resist kicking Yekai and Yuxiang one after another!


    Tiantian''s thoughts were relatively simple. After seeing Uehara Naraku, he waved and handed him a glass of juice in a friendly manner: "Senior, I remember that you like drinking iced juice very much! This is specially prepared for you!"


    "Thank you, Tian Tian is still so cute!"


    After Naraku Uehara took the juice, he gave a heartfelt admiration, and looked at Tiantian and exchanged greetings: "I remember that two years ago, during the ninja exam in Shayin Village, the hydrangeas in our village were taken care of by you."


    "It''s okay, it should be!"


    Tian Tian touched the back of his head embarrassingly, and said with a smile: "I also learned a lot from her..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Tiantian suspiciously: "Huh? Is there anything worth learning about Hydrangea? I haven''t found it yet... Don''t be fooled by her!"


    day by day:"¡­¡­"


    You''ll make me look stupid if you say that!


    Neiji Hinata''s thoughts were more complicated. After seeing Naraku Uehara, he just nodded slightly at Naraku Uehara as a greeting.


    After all, Naraku Uehara injured Hinata Hinata, the patriarch of the previous generation of the Hyuga clan, and now Hyuga Hinata can only rely on a wheelchair to move around. The Hyuga clan can only let the young Hinata Hinata succeed the patriarch.


    Because Hinata''s strength has not been very good, the burden of the entire Hyuga clan for the next few decades will fall on Hyuga Neji, the patriarch''s cousin.


    To be honest, Neiji Hyuga should probably also thank Uehara. After all, because of Hinata''s superior position, his cousin from the branch family had a bright future.


    "Okay, don''t waste time."


    Hatake Kakashi took out a map, put it on the ground, and said in a deep voice: "Let''s start discussing the business now! How should I search for the location of Lord Akatsuki and Godaime Kazekage! Uehara, what do you have there?" Information?"


    "There are some."


    Naraku Uehara nodded solemnly, and introduced Akatsuki''s message, "In the past few years, members of Akatsuki''s organization have often sneaked into Yuyin Village, but without exception, they will all be repelled by Lord Hanzo.


    Occasionally, when I pursued them under the order of Master Hanzo, I summed up the rules of their escape, and they retreated in two directions very frequently. "


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger and drew a direction on Hatake Kakashi''s map: "One of the directions is to flee to the country of earth, which is also normal. After all, in the event of the country of grass a few years ago, the three generations of Yanyin Village Tsuchikage Onoki once colluded with the Akatsuki organization."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger and drew another direction on the map: "The other direction is to enter the Bird Country to the west of our Rain Country. According to speculation, maybe they have a base in the Bird Country."


    "And according to the information I got..."


    Naraku Uehara slowly turned his head to look at Granny Chiyo, and asked in a deep voice, "May I ask if Sand Hidden Village was attacked by a strange-looking monster with limbs under its body and wings on its back?"


    "That''s right."


    Grandma Chiyo nodded with an ugly face, and responded in a low voice: "The members of the Akatsuki organization drove that giant beast into Hidden Sand Village, causing us heavy losses."


    "Then they might very well be in the country of birds."


    Uehara Naraku touched his fingers and said in a low voice: "At least they also passed through the country of birds. A few days ago, we had an intelligence team directly under the master Hanzo, and found such a giant beast landing in the mountains of the country of birds. There are a few Akatsuki members on it...


    Later, after the news that Akatsuki organized Hidden Sand Village came, I thought that it should be the members of Akatsuki who attacked Hidden Sand Village. They probably returned to the country of birds on that giant flying beast. Only a giant beast can have such a fast speed. "


    "In the mountains of the country of birds?"


    A light flashed in Temari''s eyes, as if she had found hope: "Then let''s go to Bird Country to find Akatsuki''s base, and find Gaara''s whereabouts!"


    Mother-in-law Chiyo looked at Uehara Naraku suspiciously: "Where is the location discovered by your intelligence forces? Why did they go to the country of birds?"


    "Uh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku smiled awkwardly: "It''s not embarrassing to say it. Anyway, we have given up on this idea. After all, the Land of Rain is a small country. Master Hanzo also hopes that we can become a big country, so in terms of land..."


    "So you want to invade the country of birds?"


    Grandma Chiyo''s voice suddenly rose an octave.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Uehara Naraku''s face also became extremely ugly. He looked at Chiyo''s mother-in-law coldly and said, "What''s the difference between Sand Hidden Village and us? You didn''t invade other countries at will for a piece of land, but you have happened many times in history. !


    From the first Ninja World War to the third Ninja World War, Hidden Sand Village almost always invaded Konoha or the Land of Rain. I will not kill him even on the land of the country!


    What''s more, we want to occupy the country of birds to save the civilians there from the struggle between your hidden sand village and hidden rock village! Not long ago, Master Hanzang also gave up this idea and concentrated on defending the Land of Rain. What right do you have to criticize us?


    Oh, by the way, because you are a big country, you can invade other small countries at will, right? You can''t even protect your own village, and even the leader of your own village has been taken away. Do you still want to seize the land of neighboring countries? "


    Uehara Naraku''s repeated questioning made Chiyo''s mother-in-law confused.


    Obviously, after hearing Chiyo''s mother-in-law''s accusation, Naraku Uehara became very emotional, and his emotions could be heard to be extremely indignant.


    The expressions of all the people present became a little dignified, Hatake Kakashi and Temari looked a little embarrassed.


    After all, they invited Naraku Uehara, but Naraku Uehara quarreled with Chiyo before the official action started.


    "All right."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Granny Chiyo coldly, and said in a deep voice: "Okay, then you ninjas from Daguo Ninja Village will go and save people! We little ninjas dare not have anything to do with you..."


    "Uehara!"


    "Senior Uehara!"


    "Your Excellency Uehara!"


    A group of people hurriedly stopped Uehara Naraku who wanted to leave.


    Hatake Kakashi''s expression was even more embarrassing, and he explained softly: "Uehara, Your Excellency Chiyo, now is not the time for everyone to have conflicts, the most important thing is to attack the Akatsuki organization and save Lord Gokage Kazekage, isn''t it?"


    What the hell!


    How come it turns out that a big country discriminates against a small country while chatting?


    When did they say they discriminated against small countries? Why is the topic so biased? A few minutes ago, wasn''t there a friendly and harmonious discussion about the intelligence of the Akatsuki organization?


    Hatake Kakashi felt a little headache.


    Not only Hatake Kakashi, but even other people have some headaches, they don''t quite understand why the topic is completely off topic, and such a big conflict arises directly.


    "Sorry, it''s not necessary."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Hatake Kakashi, looking like he was about to turn his face: "You can deal with it yourself, I have to go back to our own small village first!"


    After finishing speaking, he actually turned around and was about to leave.


    "Sorry!"


    Grandma Chiyo suddenly stopped Uehara Naraku with a loud voice, and slowly bowed to salute him: "I''m too sensitive, I shouldn''t doubt Your Excellency."


    "Senior Uehara!"


    "Uehara!"


    A group of people also hurriedly stopped Uehara Naraku.


    Uzumaki Naruto even directly persuaded: "Uehara, we have never thought about it that way, we have always regarded you as a friend!"


    "Yes, Senior Uehara."


    "Your Excellency Uehara."


    Temari saluted respectfully and pleaded, "No matter what kind of conflicts we have had, haven''t we all chosen to forgive each other?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, nodded and said: "I am willing to forgive and make my efforts for peace, and I hope you can forgive my emotions, maybe it is because my emotions are not good enough!


    To say something that is a leak of confidentiality, the day before I left Hidden Rain Village with Ms. Temari and Mr. Kakashi, because I chose to continue to pursue the Akatsuki organization and opposed Hidden Ume Village¡¯s opportunity to attack the Kingdom of the Wind, I was attacked To the insults of the radical militants. "


    Naraku Uehara sighed and said, "If it wasn''t for Master Hanzo''s foresight to realize that such a dangerous organization like Akatsuki would bring many harms, perhaps I might have been forced to resign by those radicals now."


    "..."


    Grandma Chiyo and Temari looked at Naraku Uehara in disbelief.


    Sweat slowly dripped from the cheeks of the two women in Shayin Village, one old and one young. Obviously, they didn''t expect that someone in Yuyin Village really wanted to attack the Kingdom of Wind!


    But this is also normal...


    Such a good expansion opportunity, even an ordinary Urenin would not let it go, right?


    Granny Chiyo lowered her head slowly, and said seriously: "I''m very sorry, Your Excellency Naraku Uehara, I don''t know your situation in Yuyin Village."


    "Sorry, I didn''t control my emotions well."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, sighed and said: "Fortunately, my teacher still has some status in Yuyin Village, plus the previous credits in the country of grass, alas, every family has difficulties, but fortunately Master Hanzo stood up our side¡­"

 Chapter 212

    After a quarrel and settlement.


    Everyone obviously felt that the atmosphere had eased a lot.


    At least Grandma Chiyo has chosen not to look at Uehara Naraku with hostile eyes, and even has some respect and appreciation.


    This young Yuren has the unwillingness to be a ninja from a small country, and he can recognize the value of peace. It is said that he is also very powerful.


    No wonder Machi once said that the Fourth Kazekage wanted to recruit him, but it was a pity that the Fourth Kazekage was not strong enough. Instead of catching this Uehara Naraku, he died at his hands.


    "Then let''s go to the country of birds to search now!"


    Hatake Kakashi began to divide the search area for everyone present according to the terrain of the Bird Country, and at the same time, he was also responsible for taking into account the combat power: "We are now divided into two teams, consisting of me, Naruto, Sai, Sakura, and Chiyo-dono. Team Temari; Kai, Li, Ningji, Tiantian, and Uehara Naraku form the second team."


    According to Hatake Kakashi''s perception of everyone, his strength distribution is extremely reasonable, ensuring that each team can have a certain ability to resist after encountering Akatsuki''s members.


    After Hatake Kakashi planned all the action routes of the two teams, he said in a deep voice: "We will meet here after searching along this route for a day;


    If the first team encounters the enemy, it will immediately move closer to the search route of the second team, and the second team will be the same when encountering the same situation;


    If the first team did not show up that night, the second team immediately went to support according to the previous action route. "


    "clear."


    Everyone nodded in unison.


    There is nothing wrong with the plan formulated by Hatake Kakashi.


    After following the team, Uehara Naraku followed Maitekai''s team to the south of the country of grass and began to search for Akatsuki''s members.


    As for finding out...


    This is of course nonsense, how could it be possible to find it!


    According to the plan formulated by Naraku Uehara and Konan, Didara, the Scorpion of Red Sand, and Nagato, who were in charge of the villain side of the Kazekage Recapture War, should not have been dispatched yet.


    Uehara Naraku will find an opportunity to report the course of action of Hatake Kakashi''s team to Nagato.


    After all, they are Maitekai on their side. According to Uehara Naraku''s estimation, if Maitekai breaks out of the eighth gate, he can kick Nagato to death.


    What Shenluo Tianzheng, Earth Explosion Star...


    Those spells are really useless against Ye Kai.


    The third team of Matt Kay and Rock Lee did their best to search, but they still mainly relied on Neiji Hinata''s eyes.


    As for Uehara Naraku, who flew into the air from time to time to sell some energy to investigate, and would come back to receive a glass of iced juice from Tian Tian.


    What''s more, Tiantian has a nice voice, looks very cute, and has no love brain in personality, and seems to be able to chat with anyone.


    Honestly, it''s kind of a laid-back life.


    at night.


    After the search, the third and seventh teams met in a small town. Everyone was in a bad mood because they found nothing this time.


    Uehara Naraku spoke to comfort them, saying that they would definitely gain something the next day, after all, the whole country of birds is not big.


    If the Akatsuki organization really has a base in the Bird Country, they will definitely find that two teams of powerful ninjas are active in the Bird Country, and they will definitely startle the snake, thus forcing the Akatsuki Organization to show up directly.


    The facts are as Naraku Uehara said.


    The next day, Maitekai and his team searched along the established route, and Hatake Kakashi and his team finally found the trace of Didara, a member of the Akatsuki organization.


    Mother-in-law Chiyo recognized Didara who had invaded Sand Hidden Village at a glance, and said in a deep voice, "That guy took Godaime Kazekage!"


    "clear!"


    After Hatake Kakashi nodded, he assigned the work in a deep voice: "Sai, you are in charge of tracking, and we will follow your trail closely. Temari, you go to find Kai''s team and let them move closer to our position!"


    "clear!"


    "Yes, Captain!"


    Sai waved his hands and drew a flying bird on the scroll, and said in a deep voice, "Super Beast False Painting Bird Among the Clouds!"


    The next moment, Sai rode on the bird and rushed towards Didala''s direction!


    Class 7 and Grandma Chiyo were under Sai and Didara''s Asuka, jumping vertically and horizontally to chase Didara''s position.


    A chase began.


    Didara stood on top of his giant clay bird, looking at his bird with some regret: "It''s a pity that there is not enough time, otherwise I will definitely be able to squeeze out a giant dragon that is as big as that guy Uehara''s psychic beast! "


    Although Konoha and Sand Yinja were chasing after him, Didara didn''t panic at all, because he would soon arrive at their meeting point, where he would have two reinforcements.


    Soon, Didara''s speed plummeted.


    Sai, who was riding the bird in the painting in the sky, slowed down at the same time, and fired a signal flare at Hatake Kakashi, indicating that he had caught up with the enemy.


    "Shenwei..."


    Hatake Kakashi finally found a chance to use Kamui Sharingan to absorb Didara''s body when Didara''s speed plummeted!


    However, a dazzling light interrupted his movements!


    A laser cannon shot out from the depths of the forest, directly hitting their feet, and everyone involuntarily flew upside down!


    at the same time.


    A black magnetic wave and a golden sand wave surrounded them from both sides, trying to bury the team that hunted down Didala directly in the magnetic gold!


    "There is an ambush!"


    Hatake Kakashi''s expression changed, and he manipulated Kamui to change his position in an instant, absorbing a large amount of magnetic gold and fighting for a breakthrough.


    Kakashi Hatake, Naruto Uzumaki, Sakura Haruno, and Grandma Chiyo jumped out of the gap in a hurry and escaped the encirclement of Cikin.


    Granny Chiyo''s face was extremely ugly, she slowly took out her puppet scroll, and said in a deep voice, "One of them is a scorpion..."


    "Another individual whose identity is unknown."


    Hatake Kakashi tugged at his ninja forehead, and said in a low voice: "However, I have seen him make a move in the Country of Grass. Although he only made a move once, his strength should not be underestimated, because he may be ... Obito''s partner!"


    It''s no wonder Kakashi thought too much about it.


    After all, Nagato usually appears wearing a hood, and they always follow another person wearing a hood.


    In the few times they met, Hatake Kakashi found that the two hooded ninjas rarely shot, just like the high-level members of the Akatsuki organization, supervising the battles of other members.


    The identity of wearing a hood is not ordinary.


    The strength is definitely stronger than the average member.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    as expected.


    "Asura way!"


    Nagato walked out of the forest slowly, an arm grew out of his back inexplicably, and this arm gradually turned into a string of missiles, which were launched towards the Konoha people!


    "Earth Dungeon Earth Flow Wall!"


    Hatake Kakashi quickly closed his palms!


    A tall wall carved with a dog''s head appeared in front of the missile, instantly stopping all missile attacks, and the whole wall instantly became tattered.


    However, Nagato''s attack did not stop at all, the mechanical arm continued to transform, turned into a laser cannon again, and shot directly through the defense of the soil flow wall!


    Hatake Kakashi was hit directly by the laser cannon!


    "Mr. Kakashi!"


    Just when everyone was panicking, Kakashi turned into a puff of smoke and dissipated, just an ordinary shadow clone!


    The next moment, Kakashi Hatake suddenly appeared under Nagato''s feet, and the white-haired ninja swung Kunai and stabbed Nagato''s neck!


    "interesting¡­"


    Nagato, who was hidden under the hood, hooked the corner of his mouth, and his palm quickly blocked Hatake Kakashi''s Kunai, and punched Kakashi''s arm!


    In just a few seconds, Nagato directly broke Kakashi''s defense with Taijutsu, and grabbed Kakashi Hatake''s neck with one hand!


    Although Nagato has only recovered for a few years, it does not mean that he is behind in physical skills, after all, he is a genius that he has admitted himself!


    No, or rather, an all-rounder!


    Kakashi Hatake avoided Nagato''s palm with a short body, and when he was about to attack again, he was kicked in the lower abdomen by Nagato''s kick, and Kakashi was about to be kicked out!


    "This loophole is too bad."


    The next second, Nagato withdrew his foot abruptly, chuckled and said, "Is it Lei''s avatar? Where are you really? It doesn''t matter..."


    "Of course it''s behind!"


    Kakashi Hatake jumped out of the ground again, flashing lightning in his hand, about to pierce Nagato''s chest: "Raydun Raikir!"


    There was no panic on Nagato''s face, but his whole body shook violently, and a majestic repulsive force directly knocked Hatake Kakashi into the air. Whether it was Kakashi''s thunder clone or his real body, they were all killed by Nagato. Knock directly into the air with one move!


    Nagato looked at Hatake Kakashi who was flying upside down, and stretched out his palm suddenly, a gravitational force appeared from his palm, directly attracted Hatake Kakashi and flew towards him involuntarily!


    "What exactly is going on?"


    Hatake Kakashi''s forehead was covered with sweat!


    In the last second, he was directly knocked away by an inexplicable force, and his body seemed to fall apart; in the next second, he was directly pulled back inexplicably!


    His body is completely out of his control!


    Hatake Kakashi''s heart was shocked, but he could only watch helplessly as his neck was captured by the enemy!


    After seeing this scene, Sai, relying on his air superiority, swooped directly towards Nagato and Kakashi''s position, wanting to save Kakashi directly.


    However, the black magnets Qianben directly shot through the giant bird under Sai, forcing Sai to turn over and land to avoid Qianben''s attack!


    The Red Sand Scorpion slowly came out and stood beside Nagato: "Although it is not the first time I see you make a move, every time I see you make a move, I am amazed. You are worthy of being valued by the leader. ..."


    Nagato pinched Kakashi''s neck, threw him to the ground, and sighed slowly: "I just haven''t experienced such an interesting battle for a long time."

 Chapter 213

    This was the first time Nagato took combat seriously.


    When Akatsuki organized group missions in the past, Nagato would always casually release a few laser cannons to support them. Everyone thought Nagato was a long-range assisted ninja.


    Nagato took the initiative to show his hand today. He showed a fighting power far superior to others. In just a few seconds, he beat Kakashi Hatake, who was full of tricks, without any power to fight back. Now Kakashi can only fight back. Lying on the ground vomiting blood like a dead dog.


    Nagato looked down at Hatake Kakashi on the ground, and said in a cold voice: "Someone said that Konoha''s copy ninja Hatake Kakashi is a ninja who can equalize any enemy... Now it seems that it is inevitable that I have failed me. expectations."


    Hatake Kakashi, Konoha''s balance ninja.


    No matter how powerful the enemy is, Hatake Kakashi will not play particularly ugly, and even find a chance to win; no matter how weak the enemy is, Hatake Kakashi will not play particularly well, There may even be a capsize in the gutter.


    These are what Naraku Uehara told Nagato.


    When he suddenly heard this, Nagato thought it was too nonsense?


    However, Uehara Naraku said so swearingly, and Nagato could only choose to believe Uehara Naraku unconditionally. He really had a glimmer of expectation for Hatake Kakashi, and wanted to see how wonderful this enemy who Uehara Naraku praised was.


    Now it seems that Hatake Kakashi has nothing to pay attention to.


    "Mr. Kakashi!"


    Uzumaki Naruto in the distance took the lead to run towards Hatake Kakashi''s position, and raised his fingers and began to seal: "Multiple Shadow Cloning Technique!"


    Numerous shadow clones of Naruto Uzumaki appeared densely in the forest, rushing towards Nagato and the Red Sand Scorpion!


    "Asura way!"


    Nagato quickly channeled two mechanical arms, and saw that the two arms turned into two terrifying-looking multi-barreled machine guns in an instant, and shot a bunch of bullets at Naruto Uzumaki''s shadow clone!


    Da da da da da da da!


    The shadow clones were shot into smoke by that machine gun!


    None of the shadow clones could forcibly get close to Nagato and the Red Sand Scorpion in the fire blockade formed by two machine guns, and even survival became extremely difficult.


    "..."


    Uzumaki Naruto watched his shadow clone being wiped out like grass, he was dumbfounded: "Hey, Sakura, what kind of weapon is that thing?"


    "Naruto, come back first!"


    Haruno Sakura was also dodging stray bullets in a panic.


    Fortunately, Grandma Chiyo set up the machine light shield in time, and managed to create a safe breathing space for them.


    According to Chiyo''s mother-in-law''s cognition, it probably belongs to a relatively peculiar mechanical weapon, and the power of the hidden weapon fired is similar to that of Chimoto.


    The entire forest was riddled with machine guns.


    After Naruto Uzumaki''s thousands of clones were eliminated one by one, Nagato slowly made the two machine guns disappear: "It seems that this technique works well."


    "..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion stood beside Nagato, dumbfounded.


    Ever since Nagato channeled two machine guns, the Crimson Sand Scorpion watched in a daze as Nagato manipulated the machine guns to kill all directions, completely dazed.


    What kind of weapon is this?


    No, what kind of hidden weapon is this?


    Damn, have times changed again?


    The Red Sand Scorpion recalled when they acted together with Nagato and Uehara Naraku, it seemed that these two guys could always come up with something new.


    If Nagato''s two machine guns could be attached to his puppet...


    It''s sure to be interesting.


    "Screw pill!"


    A figure suddenly emerged from the lawn on the ground, holding a spiral pill in his hand and was about to press it on Nagato''s body. It was Naruto Uzumaki who secretly used his shadow clone to cover and lurk over!


    Nagato frowned, stretched out his palm slowly and grabbed the spiral pill in Uzumaki Naruto''s hand, and shouted in a low voice: "Hungry ghost!"


    The next moment, the chakra of that spiral pill was directly absorbed by Nagato!


    Uzumaki Naruto lowered his head, looking at his empty wrist in astonishment: "Wait...how is this possible?"


    "In this world, nothing is impossible."


    Nagato turned around and kicked Naruto Uzumaki away, and said calmly, "It''s not a good habit to be distracted in battle!"


    "Naruto!"


    Haruno Sakura hurried forward, hugged Uzumaki Naruto, saved her teammates, and said in a deep voice, "Naruto, don''t be too impulsive!"


    Sai on the side took this opportunity to break free from his shackles, and instantly appeared beside Kakashi using a substitute technique, rescuing their captain.


    Akatsuki''s members did not stop them from doing all this.


    It''s just that the pressure brought by Akatsuki''s members is enough.


    Now Kakashi Hatake, the strongest in this team, has directly lost his fighting power, leaving only the young generation and the old man Chiyo Granny.


    "That guy in the hood is strong!"


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Nagato in the distance, and said solemnly: "It''s beyond imagination. In my feeling, the pressure he brings is not worse than the pressure that Uehara once brought us. Where are you going..."


    When fighting just now, Naruto felt that he had no power to fight back, but the enemy was just understating it.


    Uzumaki Naruto frowned, as if he was looking for an explanation: "The feeling I had when I fought against him... It was like when we met a formidable opponent like Uehara four years ago in the Chunin Exam."


    "..."


    Haruno Sakura''s complexion suddenly became extremely ugly.


    Four years later, they have become stronger. Could it be that they have encountered an enemy who can hang them up and fight?


    "This is not good..."


    Grandma Qiandai moved her fingers slightly, manipulating her two puppets, and said in a deep voice: "We will fight and retreat, and move closer to the other team first! After I come to break, you little guys will shift speed!"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    "Grandma!"


    "How can this be, let me break it!"


    "Stop arguing."


    Grandma Qiandai looked coldly at the two figures in black robes of auspicious clouds in the distance, then glanced at Didara in the air, and said in a low voice: "We can only make plans after reuniting with another team. It seems that they don''t pay attention to us at all..."


    "Ok."


    Sai also nodded beside him, and said softly: "Perhaps the only gain is that we have definitely found Akatsuki''s trace, but since we have found it, we must not let it go easily, we must join the third class as soon as possible!"


    "don''t want."


    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists tightly, and said with an extremely firm expression: "If we lose Akatsuki''s trace this time, we don''t know when we will find them next time, so when will we be able to rescue Gaara!"


    Haruno Sakura nervously looked at the teammates around her: "Naruto..."


    "Don''t worry, Sakura, I won''t put myself in danger."


    Uzumaki Naruto waved his palm and said softly: "Stand back a little, the next battlefield will be handed over to me!"


    "Ok?"


    Grandma Chiyo glanced at him in surprise, and couldn''t help but say, "Although I don''t know what spell you''re going to use, let me assist you in attacking!"


    "Grandma!"


    Uzumaki Naruto shook his head and stopped Grandma Chiyo''s thoughts: "Next, I may use the power of Nine Tails, and there may be troubles. It''s better to stay away from me. After all, I''m not proficient in this trick. .¡±


    "Understood."


    After Qiandai''s mother-in-law nodded, she still manipulated her two puppets, and said softly, "Then I''ll find a way to lure that brat Xie away, so that his puppets won''t cause any trouble for you!"


    "Leave the air enemies to me!"


    Sai glanced at Didara who was still flying slowly around this area in the air, took out a thick paintbrush, and drew a flying bird in his scroll with thick ink: "Super Beast False Painting¡¤Bird in the Clouds !"


    A giant bird lifted Sai into the air, but he just turned his head and said coldly: "I will entangle that blond ninja in the air for a while, and the ground will be handed over to you, Naruto!"


    "Ok!"


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded heavily.


    Haruno Sakura reached out to heal Hatake Kakashi, and said in a low voice, "Ms. Kakashi''s injury is very troublesome, I will protect him well..."


    While talking, Haruno Sakura suddenly raised her head and said, "But Naruto, is there really a reason to do this?"


    "Have!"


    After Naruto Uzumaki nodded, a red chakra coat emerged from his body, and a tail appeared behind him!


    This scene instantly aroused the vigilance of Nagato and Scorpion.


    That''s Nine-Tails Chakra!


    "Such a violent Chakra..."


    Nagato moved his fingers, and said in a low voice: "It seems that I can use the power of the tailed beast. If it wasn''t for the fear of delaying that little guy''s plan, I really want to grab Kyuubi right now. After all, this is the most difficult thing to catch." Tailed Beast..."


    "Ah¡­"


    The red sand scorpion smiled lightly and said, "You guys, from the leader to you, all of you really dote on him!"


    "We can only decide the present, and he is the one who will dominate the future."


    "Tsk, I''m not interested in hearing about raising children!"


    The red sand scorpion manipulated the puppets of the third and fourth Kazekages to float beside him, glanced at Chiyo who was staring at him, and said coldly: "It seems that I have no choice but to start a big battle with my mother-in-law."


    "No, you swap opponents with Didala."


    Nagato interrupted the Red Sand Scorpion in a cold voice, and continued: "Xiaonan has already explained that the puppets created by wasting the money allocated to you by the organization, if you can''t play any role, then you will scrap all of them. Eat all the puppets."


    "..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion froze, and snorted coldly: "No problem!"


    I don''t know if this guy is saying that there is no problem with this battle, or that there is no problem with swallowing scrapped puppets after the battle...


    In the next moment, Scorpion manipulated the Fourth Kazekage to create a mass of sand cushions that appeared under his feet, taking his body and puppets into the air!


    Scorpion agreed to Nagato, and immediately went to exchange opponents with Didala.


    Didara in the air was slightly dissatisfied when he saw the red sand scorpion, and he opened his mouth and began to mutter: "Hey, hey, I don''t want to deal with such a troublesome opponent as the puppet master, so why don''t I just use No. 18 and Garou Did Luo blow up that mother-in-law?"


    "Don''t try hard."


    The Red Sand Scorpion is worthy of being a senior water release administrator of the Akatsuki organization, and the water release skills are simply open-mouthed: "You just need to hold on for time!"


    Anyway, all the three of them have to do now is to delay until Uehara Naraku and another team of Konoha ninjas arrive.


    Coincidentally, what Konoha had to do was try his best to delay the time until Uehara Naraku and their other teammates arrived.


    "Fine."


    Didara nodded reluctantly, and flew to Granny Chiyo on the ground with the giant clay bird, and threw a bunch of clay spider bombs with her hands!


    Didara''s cheery voice echoed throughout the air: "Ahahahahahaha... Art, is an explosion! Drink!"


    "idiot¡­"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but frowned after scolding, and felt that something was wrong.


    Didara is his cherished teammate, and Grandma Chiyo is his relative. Is it really okay to fight between these two people?


    It''s a pity that there is no time for the red sand scorpion to think!


    Except for Haruno Sakura who was helping Hatake Kakashi to heal, the others had already chosen their own opponents and fought each other into a ball!

 Chapter 214

    When Class 7 was fighting Granny Chiyo.


    On the third team and Uehara Naraku''s side, Ningji Hyuga was in charge of the investigation, and Rock Lee and Matt Kay were restless, and the two of them walked upside down beside them.


    Only Uehara Naraku and Tiantian drink juice, eat snacks and chat together. Uehara Naraku also knows Tiantian''s preferences. He knows that Tiantian likes female ninjas like Tsunade, and he also knows that Tiantian likes ninja tools. The two chatted very happily.


    "Does Uehara-senpai also like Tsunade-sama?"


    Tian Tian took a sip of the fruit juice, with a look of longing on his face: "Yes, how could there be anyone in the entire ninja world who doesn''t like Tsunade-sama! What''s more, Uehara-senpai is also a medical ninja just like Tsunade-sama. ..."


    "Hmmmm..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded solemnly.


    Tsunade''s woman has a very bad personality, and she often offends people when she speaks. She always looks like an old lady who is number one in the world. She is fond of gambling and drinking. There are countless shortcomings in that woman.


    but¡­


    But Tsunade is beautiful!


    But Tsunade looks beautiful and has good skin!


    But Tsunade has beautiful skin and a plump body!


    Of all the female ninjas in the entire ninja world, there is almost no one who can stand with Tsunade and not be compared with her. That woman is so seductive.


    Tiantian lowered his head and sighed, and murmured brokenly: "It''s a pity that I don''t have the talent of a medical ninja, so I can''t learn from Tsunade-sama..."


    "Well, don''t worry about it."


    Uehara Naraku grabbed the little ball on Tiantian''s head, and said softly: "Anyway, her medical ninjutsu is just like that. Instead of learning from her, why don''t you study it by yourself!"


    "Not at all!"


    After puffing up his mouth to refute a few words every day, he was a little frustrated and said: "But I don''t care anymore, I have already found the way of ninja that suits me!"


    "Yeah yeah¡­"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed her head, smiled softly and comforted: "If you get a suitable ninja tool, maybe your strength will surprise everyone in the future!"


    Well, this is an outrageous little girl.


    Tiantian''s outrageousness is the kind of outrageousness beyond the cognition of the ninja world.


    Some people in the ninja world like cheating, some people like liver life, some people like krypton gold, and there is another kind of the so-called European emperor...


    "Mr. Kai! Mr. Uehara!"


    A shrill female voice disturbed the tranquility of the forest.


    A young female ninja suddenly got out of the dense bushes, appeared in front of the third class and Naraku Uehara, and said out of breath, "Mr. Kai, Mr. Uehara, we have encountered Akatsuki''s enemy and need everyone''s support very much! "


    It was Temari who rushed to ask for help.


    There was a look of surprise on everyone''s face, Maitekai quickly called all the members together, and moved closer to the route of the seventh class.


    After a look of surprise flashed across Naraku Uehara''s face, he asked Temari solemnly, "Which members of the Akatsuki organization have you met?"


    "There are three members in total!"


    Temari responded with a very ugly face: "These three Akatsuki members were all involved in the attack on our village and the kidnapping of Gaara."


    After finishing speaking, Temari introduced the Akatsuki members again: "In addition to Didara, the rebellious ninja from the former Yanyin Village''s blasting force, there is also the red sand scorpion from our village''s S-level rebellious ninja, and a person wearing A ninja whose face cannot be seen clearly with a hood!"


    "not good!"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression changed instantly, and he said in a deep voice: "Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion are okay, but among all the members of the Akatsuki organization, the members who wear hoods to hide their identities are the most powerful, and they can even do Contend with Lord Hanzo for a while!"


    The name of the ninja demigod Sanshoyu Hanzo is enough to bluff.


    After all, not everyone has seen with their own eyes how strong ninja demigods are. People''s concept of ninja demigods is still at the time of the Second Ninja World War.


    At that time, Sanshoyu Hanzo mercifully spared Tsunade, Orochimaru, and Jiraiya, and gave them the title of Konoha Sannin.


    Anyway, it must be very strong!


    "Then hurry up!"


    Maitekai''s face also became a little dignified, and he turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku, only your ninjutsu can fly here, please rush to support Kakashi first, we will be there soon!"


    "Ok."


    After Uehara Naraku nodded, he flew into the air and approached the route of the seventh squad, looking for their fighting position.


    Because the country of birds is not big.


    Relying on his superiority in the air, Uehara Naraku quickly found the place where the seventh squad and Nagato were fighting fiercely, and the battle between them had reached a fever pitch.


    In other words, it was unilaterally heated up.


    Because Grandma Chiyo can''t do anything about Didara at all, even if she secretly lays down any seals and binding chakra formations, the seal spells will be directly destroyed by the clay bombs that Didara throws everywhere.


    This guy Didara has such a powerful air superiority, and he can still be so entangled with Grandma Chiyo, it can be said that he is not working hard.


    As for the Scarlet Sand Scorpion, Sai was simply playing with him in the palm of his hand. If the third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage were randomly pulled out, Sai would have no power to fight back.


    Among them, the most intense is undoubtedly the brothers Nagato and Naruto Uzumaki.


    The blood-red chakra coat on Uzumaki Naruto''s body has solidified, and the four chakra tails are swaying back and forth behind him. Now he has entered his strongest four-tailed form, even Nagato can faintly feel the thorny !


    Nagato''s face was a bit dignified. Looking at Naruto Uzumaki, who was moving fast and powerful in attack, he couldn''t help exclaiming: "Nine-Tails is indeed the strongest tailed beast. Compared with all tailed beasts with chakra and power, it is absolutely far away. Far beyond an order of magnitude!"


    Inexplicably, Nagato remembered what Uehara Naraku once said, that during the Konoha Chunin exam, Uehara Naraku saw the power displayed by Kyuubi Rage with his own eyes.


    That''s why Naraku Uehara always advised him not to easily try to capture Kyuubi, which is the most powerful tailed beast in the ninja world, and its power is not inferior to all other tailed beasts combined!


    Facts have proved that Naraku Uehara was right.


    Even if the current Kyuubi only released the power of four tails, Nagato felt a little troublesome. Its movement speed and attack ability were too powerful!


    Nagato didn''t know.


    Uzumaki Naruto actually only has half of the real Nine-Tails Chakra in his body... Who made the legendary Sage of the Six Paths so partial?


    Boom!


    An energy cannon directly landed around Nagato, forcing him to fly to avoid it. The energy cannon of Kyuubi is not something ordinary people can bear.


    Even Nagato''s body couldn''t bear this kind of power.


    However, Nagato is really not helpless.


    Just have to wait for the right opportunity...


    This opportunity is coming soon.


    A figure slowly flew over from a distance!


    Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion who were flying in the air reminded Nagato almost in unison, saying the secret signal they had prepared in advance.


    "Hey, their reinforcements are here!"


    "That bastard Uehara Naraku from Yuyin Village is chasing you!"


    I don''t know if he deliberately wanted to scold Uehara.


    In short, the news reached Nagato''s ears immediately.


    This is the signal that Nagato is about to suppress Naruto Uzumaki!


    Nagato looked at Naruto Uzumaki who was exuding scarlet evil chakra in the distance, and stretched out his palm suddenly, and a gravitational force directly pulled Kyuubi towards him!


    Nagato dodged Kyuubi''s sharp claws with a short body, and hit Kyuubi''s lower abdomen with his arm, and shouted in a low voice: "Hungry ghost!"


    I saw that the chakra coat on Uzumaki Naruto''s body gradually melted, and the chakra on the nine-tailed coat was quickly absorbed by Nagato into his body!


    At the same time, Uzumaki Naruto''s rationality gradually became completely clear.


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    Uzumaki Naruto''s first thought still wanted to continue to attack Nagato, and he wanted to hit Nagato''s face with a punch, but the next moment he was kicked away by Nagato!


    Nagato suddenly closed his palms, and the Chakra on his body instantly increased, and he yelled sharply: "Wind escape Gale palm!"


    A powerful hurricane blows in the direction of Uzumaki Naruto!


    Hurricanes cut holes in Uzumaki Naruto''s body like sharp knives!


    As a genius ninja who can master all kinds of chakra changes at the age of fifteen, Nagato has a deep knowledge of wind escape ninjutsu. A C-level wind escape ninjutsu in his hands seems to be better than some sharp B-level or even A-level ninjutsu. Super ninjutsu is more powerful!


    Not only Uzumaki Naruto was attacked by Gale Palm, but Grandma Chiyo and Sai in the air were caught off guard by the powerful hurricane released by Nagato, and the three fighters were immediately blown away by the wind!


    Even Sakura Haruno, who was hiding behind, could only hold onto Kakashi Hatake tightly to maintain her body balance.


    Just when a group of people couldn''t hold on anymore, a voice rescued them like a clear spring when they were thirsty.


    "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Barrier!"


    A wind wall fell to the ground, blocking all the incoming gusts of wind.


    Haruno Sakura breathed a sigh of relief, with a look of joy on her face: "This is the ninjutsu of Uehara-senpai! Our companions are here!"


    "Hey, Naruto, Sakura, Kakashi, are you all okay!"


    "fine!"


    After Haruno Sakura and Uzumaki Naruto each responded, they hurriedly waved at Uehara Naraku: "We are right here!"


    "Ok!"


    After Uehara Naraku responded, he landed between them and the members of the Akatsuki organization with a solemn face, and looked at the member of Akatsuki who was wearing the Xiangyun black robe on the opposite side.


    Didara landed on the giant clay bird happily, smiling lightly, and provocatively said, "Ahahaha! Isn''t this the kid from Uehara? There are three of us now!"


    The figure of the red sand scorpion also slowly fell from the sky. After seeing Uehara Naraku, he asked with a relaxed face: "Uehara kid, we used to have a very good relationship, why don''t you join us!"


    "That''s right."


    Nagato, who was wearing a hood, slowly closed his palms, and persuaded in a deep voice: "Uehara Naraku, that despicable and shameless villain Hanzo is not worthy of your allegiance, why not join our organization, the leader has always been very Like yours!"


    "Hmph, shut up, I won''t be with you gangsters!"


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists and snorted disdainfully, but turned his head and said to Haruno Sakura and the others behind him: "You guys protect yourselves, as long as we hold on for a while, we can wait for Mr. Kai''s support! "


    "¡­yes!"


    Class Seven and His Excellency Chiyo were convinced by his words.


    At least from the dialogue between Umehara Naraku and these Akatsuki members, Uzumaki Naruto, Chiyo, Sai and Haruno Sakura can hear what they mean.


    Naraku Uehara is obviously a ninja that even the Akatsuki organization has to deal with seriously.


    This is also normal.


    After all, everyone present had collected information about the Akatsuki organization.


    The establishment of the Akatsuki organization is because Sanshoyu Hanzo listened to Uchiha Obito''s bewitchment and gathered a bunch of rebellious ninjas. Among them, Uehara Naraku also helped to win over the rebellious ninjas. As a result, these rebellious ninjas betrayed Hanzo and took refuge in Uchiha Obito...


    Just thinking about it makes me sad for Sansho Hanzo.


    Konoha Ninja and Chiyo thought they could understand the feelings of Uegan ninjas like Hanzo and Uehara Naraku. After all, they worked so hard to recruit people, but others picked the fruit.


    As for Didara, Scorpion and Nagato, it is a bit puzzling.


    They also heard Uzumaki Naruto, Chiyo, Haruno Sakura and others respond to Uehara Naraku''s words in unison. Obviously these people trust Uehara Naraku very much.


    It''s really incomprehensible!


    Is the intelligence of this group of ninjas from the five major countries really all right?


    These people actually believe that a future leader of Akatsuki is their companion?


    Narakuyoshi Uehara looked at Akatsuki''s members, and said with a straight voice: "Hey, Deidara, where is Your Excellency Godaime Kazekage? Tell me, otherwise, you don''t want to leave here easily today!"


    "Hahahahaha...is it up to you?"


    After laughing arrogantly, Didara patted the giant clay bird under him, and shook his head provocatively at Naraku Uehara: "The Lord Kazekage is in my hands, if you have the ability , come and grab it!"


    "Don''t talk nonsense with him!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion glared at Didara, and said in a cold voice, "Uehara Naraku, you are the only one now, if you step aside, we can spare your life..."


    "Uehara Naraku, as long as you get out of the way."


    Nagato slowly stood between the two of them, spread out his palms and said, "Let''s capture Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, and we can forget the past grievances."


    "That''s really unfortunate."


    Naraku Uehara stopped his body, and the chakra and momentum on his body climbed up little by little: "Nine-tailed Jinchuriki Uzumaki Naruto is my friend, if you want to catch him, you have to pass me first! "


    "Uehara..."


    Uzumaki Naruto was a little moved.


    "Stop talking, Naruto!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually tightened, staring at the giant clay bird under Didara, and said softly: "That idiot Didara was very proud in the past, and he didn''t bother to lie. Inside the clay bird under it!"


    "Your Excellency Uehara is right."


    Grandma Chiyo also responded aloud: "When Gaara was captured, he was put into a clay bird by that guy..."

 Chapter 215

    "Naruto, Sakura, Your Excellency Chiyo, Sai, if they want to besiege us and capture Naruto, we will stand by for help or move closer to Mr. Kai''s position..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the positions of the members of the Akatsuki organization, his eyes became more serious, and his voice even became slightly louder: "If they want to retreat, I will be responsible for entanglement with the strongest ninja among them, and you guys find a way to get the fifth Kazekage Your Excellency rescued from Deidara''s hands, or go to entangle them too!"


    "clear!"


    Uzumaki Naruto and the others nodded their heads.


    Uehara Naraku is indeed a very strategic ninja.


    Both the members of the Akatsuki organization and Konoha Ninja believe this very much, so they will act according to Uehara Naraku''s plan.


    This is probably the pinnacle of life, right?


    One person''s wisdom controls the battle of both sides.


    Uehara Naraku secretly gave himself a thumbs up.


    Sure enough, Nagato immediately understood the message from Uehara Naraku, looked down at Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion beside him, and said in a deep voice: "Since Uehara Naraku is here, maybe there are other reinforcements behind him, we Withdraw first!"


    "okay!"


    "clear!"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion and Didara were about to turn around and leave.


    Their actions immediately attracted the attention of others, Uehara Naraku flew towards Nagato, and shouted in a deep voice: "Act immediately!"


    "yes!"


    Uzumaki Naruto, Sai and Haruno Sakura rushed towards Didara almost at the same time, but Didara seemed to have been alerted for a long time, and flew into the air with the giant clay bird under him.


    "Super Beast Fake Painting Birds Among the Clouds!"


    Sai could only quickly draw a flying bird.


    It''s a pity that Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura can only look at the direction where Didara is flying away and throw their shurikens. The two of them have almost no long-range attack ability.


    Fortunately, when Uehara Naraku rushed to Nagato, he noticed the movement here, raised his hand towards Didara''s position and released a flame!


    "Don''t be too presumptuous, Uehara Naraku!"


    Nagato watched the flame knock Didara''s bird down from the sky, couldn''t help but shouted, and fought with Naraku Uehara!


    The two seem to have never officially fought against each other.


    Nagato''s heart became more and more surprised, and the corner of his mouth could not help but smile quietly: "Hehe... It seems that after I laughed at your physical skills back then, you spent a long time practicing physical skills. !"


    "Of course."


    Naraku Uehara could hardly hold back his smile, but he forced a look of anger and said, "I don''t want the teacher to disappoint me, so I have worked harder than anyone in these years!"


    Uehara Naraku blocked Nagato''s finger, and punched him in the chest: "Everyone is praising me as a genius who crawled out of the common people, but I worked so hard to get the teacher''s approval, don''t Use the word genius to kill my efforts!"


    "..."


    Nagato was stunned.


    At this moment, he couldn''t tell whether what Uehara Naraku said was true or not.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    After all, over the years, many people have seen Uehara Nao''s efforts in Yuyin Village. He has been practicing diligently from morning to night, and when he has nothing to do, he will practice jieyin alone.


    As long as Akatsuki''s members or Uehara ninjas occasionally meet Uehara Naraku, he is almost always practicing knot seal alone, or that is Uehara studying his own ninjutsu.


    to be honest¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s seal speed is really sorry for his efforts.


    Fortunately, Naraku Uehara chose another path. Even though his seal speed is not fast, his ninjutsu is very powerful.


    Uehara Naraku has been with them since he was twelve years old.


    At that time, they had not yet occupied the Land of Rain. Xiao Nan loved him very much, and he was almost reluctant to let him stay in a strange base alone. Every time Xiao Nan went out to perform missions, he would take Uehara with him in the name of exercising Naraku Uehara. Task.


    Uehara Naraku also lived up to Konan''s expectations. Every task was executed beautifully, even regardless of the danger of her own life, desperately trying to get Xiaonan''s approval and become a member of Akatsuki.


    In fact, Xiao Nan has long recognized his strength.


    It¡¯s just that Xiao¡¯s organization¡¯s path is too dangerous, and the road ahead is also very slim. At that time, Nagato was also precarious, and every time he used the eyes of reincarnation, his vitality would be reduced...


    The appearance of Uehara Naraku added a new light to their lives.


    Later, they killed all the enemies of the year, occupied the Land of Rain and Hidden Rain Village, and made the entire Land of Rain no longer have wandering orphans.


    Akatsuki''s plan was also on the right track, Yuyin Village gradually became stronger, and Nagato''s life was temporarily relieved.


    Most of them were done by Naraku Uehara.


    Did he try his best not to disappoint the teacher?


    Nagato couldn''t help but quietly looked at Uehara Naraku''s face, and couldn''t help but sigh in his heart, the twelve-year-old child back then is now twenty years old!


    In eight years, who knows how much effort Uehara Naraku has put in in the dark?


    Nagato wasn''t the only one who felt this way.


    Even Naruto Uzumaki and Sakura Haruno, who were still fighting fiercely next to them, couldn''t help looking at Naraku Uehara after hearing Naraku Uehara''s words.


    Because of what Uehara Naraku said, they also had an impression.


    When Uchiha Sasuke was once called a genius, he also said that to other people with disdain. He did it with all his might. How could he use the word genius to kill a person''s efforts? Woolen cloth?


    this moment.


    Uzumaki Naruto''s favorability towards Uehara Naraku rose rapidly.


    Haruno Sakura''s affection for Uehara Naraku soared.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku hit Nagato''s shoulder with a punch, and Nagato woke up from his daze. He waved his hand and subconsciously released a repulsive force!


    God Luo Tianzheng.


    Uehara Naraku slammed his arms across his chest, and at the same time he also let go of all his strength and refused to resist.


    Because Shenluo Tianzheng has a weakness.


    If the opponent''s strength is stronger than the caster, the caster will be knocked into the air!


    Uehara Naraku is really not sure, if Nagato is pushed away by the reaction of Shinra Amazon, it will be really fun...


    Sure enough, Naraku Uehara flew out backwards!


    It''s just that he didn''t give up his resistance ability at all, and released a super-large-scale water escape ninjutsu in the combined hand seal: "Water escape ¡¤ roar of raging waves!"


    A huge tsunami rose from the ground of Uehara Naraku, and swept towards the position of Nagato and the others. The first to suffer were Chiyo Grandma and the Red Sand Scorpion. The two had to give up the fight and drift with the tide.


    Until Nagato stretched out his palm slowly, stroked the incoming tsunami and whispered: "Hungry ghost!"


    The huge tsunami was absorbed by him in an instant!


    Uzumaki Naruto said loudly to Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, ninjutsu has no effect on him, I suspect he also has the ability to absorb chakra!"


    "I know he has this ability! But without powerful ninjutsu, how can I attract his attention!"


    Uehara Naraku responded loudly, watching Nagato casually absorbing the chakra of the raging waves, then flew towards his position and rushed up again!


    Even if Nagato and Uehara Naraku kept their hands apart, the excitement of the battle far exceeded the imagination of others.


    It''s just a duel of physical skills that makes everyone amazed!


    Hatake Kakashi had no power to fight back in the hands of Nagato, but Uehara Naraku and Nagato were almost evenly matched!


    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku was still helpless with Nagato, and even a little exhausted at the end of the battle, unable to stop Nagato from supporting the Red Sand Scorpion and Didala...


    But Konoha Ninja and Chiyo may not have no results!


    At least Uzumaki Naruto, Sai and Haruno Sakura broke through Didara''s bomb blockade and found Gaara from the clay giant bird shot down by Uehara Naraku!


    but¡­


    The fifth Kazekage Gaara has turned into a corpse. I don''t know whether it should be called a success or a failure in this Kazekage recapture battle.


    "Humph!"


    Nagato swept everyone away with a palm, and said coldly: "Since you want a corpse, then take it back!"


    "asshole!"


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Nagato and the others ferociously.


    The faces of Haruno Sakura and Chiyo Granny were also a little ugly.


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion snorted coldly, and looked at the snatched corpse with displeasure: "The fifth generation of Kazekage, that is the material I want to use as a puppet, and it is the third collection I want ...Grandma, you shouldn''t have come."


    "scorpion."


    Chiyo slowly clenched her fists, looked at the red sand scorpion and said word by word: "The hidden sand village is my home, and I will not let anyone who hurts the hidden sand village be spared. I will sacrifice for the sake of the village." Everything about myself, even killing my relatives!"


    "This is the darkness of Ninja Village."


    The Red Sand Scorpion looked at Grandma Qiandai and snorted coldly, and said with a face full of disdain: "You can sacrifice your relatives for the sake of the village, have you forgotten that your original intention of establishing the village is to protect them?"


    "..."


    Chiyo''s face was struck by lightning.


    However, Chiyo reacted in the next moment. She shook her head, hugged Gaara''s body in her arms, and said coldly: "Your Excellency Uehara, Naruto, Sakura, Mr. Sai, let''s go!"


    "Don''t go..."


    Deidara roughly pulls out a handful of clay bombs!


    Uehara Naraku stood in front of them, blocking Didara''s plan to pursue. He looked at Nagato, the red sand scorpion and Didara, step by step to protect Chiyo, Naruto and others and retreat slowly.


    Nagato stopped Didara, and said in a deep voice: "Didara, back off! Since Naraku Uehara, the little brat, has appeared here, he will definitely not take risks easily, and there must be his reinforcements behind!"


    This sentence is not only to remind Didala, but also to remind Uehara Naraku.


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched. It seemed that Nagato was still worried that he was in danger. As a spy, he had to respond to intelligence as a matter of course.


    Naraku Uehara snorted coldly and said, "You really understand me!"


    "certainly."


    Nagato squeezed the ring on his hand, and said in a deep voice with meaning: "Uehara Naraku, we Akatsuki are very concerned about you, so we will never miss any information about you little brat."


    "Humph!"


    Uehara Naraku jumped up onto a big tree, clenched his fists and looked at Nagato and said, "Don''t worry, Akatsuki guys, after I return to Yuyin Village to mobilize people, we will have a chance soon Goodbye!"


    This goodbye is a bit of a feeling of hatred.


    Nagato watched Uehara Naraku and the others get farther and farther away, and waved his hand: "Okay, go back and report to Xiaonan! This guy Uehara will go back soon!"

 Chapter 216

    The plan is done.


    This ending can be described as a happy ending.


    At least for the members of the Akatsuki organization, this arduous task of acting has finally been completed. Returning Gaara''s body is much more difficult than catching Gaara.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    The Red Sand Scorpion asked with a puzzled face: "I don''t quite understand. With the power of that guy, Uehara, he wants to mix with those ninjas from the Five Great Nations, and even make friends with them. They are all our prey. ,is this necessary?"


    "Then it depends on what Uehara thinks."


    Nagato hid his smile under the hood, shook his head calmly and said: "Whatever Uehara wants to do, let him do it himself!"


    When Nagato played against Uehara Naraku this time, he was quite touched. Now that Uehara Naraku has grown up, he will always have his own ideas.


    If Uehara Naraku can gain the trust of Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, it may be helpful for them to capture Nine-Tails in the future. As the strongest tailed beast in the ninja world, Nine-Tails'' power is definitely not as simple as it is seen today.


    It doesn''t matter if something goes wrong with Uehara Naraku, Nagato believes that with his current strength, he can cover Uehara Naraku''s back.


    While Nagato was still a little bit touched, Didara was a little dissatisfied with Nagato, and shouted loudly: "Hey, you bastard! You are obviously just a newcomer for two years, don''t use the leader''s expression in front of us seniors. Speaking in a tone, who do you think you are?"


    "Uh¡­"


    Nagato thought for a while, and suddenly felt that this guy Didara would die sooner or later, the dead are the most important, so there is no need to care about this kind of happiness.


    After thinking for a second, Nagato nodded politely at Didara and said, "Yes, senior, I remember."


    Red Sand Scorpion: "..."


    Didara: "..."


    Obviously this newcomer looks very polite, but it makes the two of them feel that they have messed with someone they shouldn''t!


    "OK OK."


    As the oldest senior with qualifications, Red Sand Scorpion felt that he should be a peacemaker: "Since Uehara asked us to help, let''s go eat Kanto fried eggs!"


    This is Deidara''s favorite food.


    Sure enough, Didara was immediately attracted by the words of the red sand scorpion, and excitedly put it on the red sand scorpion''s shoulder: "Ahahaha... you are indeed Xie Danna, who really understands me! Then let''s go quickly Bar!"


    "¡­Ok."


    The Red Sand Scorpion nodded, but felt a strange shoulder.


    It was obvious that the tongue growing on Didara''s palm was licking his clothes, and the Scarlet Sand Scorpion glared at Didara with an ugly expression: "Idiot, let go of my shoulders!"


    "Don''t mind, senior!"


    Didara let go of his palm happily, and quickly made a new clay giant bird to serve as a mount: "Now let''s go!"


    Deidara just can liven up the atmosphere.


    Wherever this guy is, there''s always a sense of joy in the air.


    When Akatsuki organized a group of people to go to eat delicious food happily, Sandinja and Konoha Ninja ushered in a sad farewell.


    After everyone gathered, everyone tacitly agreed that the rescue had failed. After all, Hidden Sand Village needs a living Kazekage, not a dead body of Gaara.


    Temari hugged his brother''s body and cried bitterly on the spot.


    As an older sister, seeing her younger brother''s dead body, Temari couldn''t accept this reality no matter what, especially her greatest wish was to be able to take good care of her two younger brothers.


    Uzumaki Naruto didn''t know how to speak, and the group could only silently watch Temari crying while lying on Gaara''s body.


    "Temari, get out of the way first!"


    Mother-in-law Chiyo sighed, moved Temari''s shoulders away, and sat down beside Gaara, closed her palms, trembling slightly, and said, "Shayin Village, we can''t lose another one!" Qualified Kazekage..."


    "Mother-in-law?"


    Temari was pulled up suspiciously, she looked at Grandma Chiyo with some surprise, she couldn''t quite understand what Grandma Chiyo meant.


    Uehara Naraku sighed quietly in his heart, watching Chiyo slowly making handprints, he had already recognized what those handprints were.


    Forbidden technique, self reincarnation.


    Ability to transfer one''s own life to another''s.


    After all, the old man went her own way, sacrificing herself for the future of Shayin Village, perhaps this is what she really wanted.


    Mother-in-law Chiyo slowly made her own handprints, while softly talking about her own story: "When my son and his wife died in the Ninja World War, Scorpion couldn''t bear the pain of losing his parents, so I learned A forbidden technique.


    This access control technique is called self-birth reincarnation, which can transfer one''s own life to others, and can also exchange all one''s own chakra for their soul recovery.


    Originally, I wanted to reverse the life and death of Scorpion''s parents through this forbidden technique, so that he would not fall into the obsession with pursuing his parents. Unfortunately, before I had time, Scorpion had already killed the third generation and defected to the village.


    Now, it seems, it''s time to use it..."


    "Grandma!"


    Temari suddenly stretched out his palm and wanted to rush towards Chiyo. After all, this old man has been taking care of and raising them after the fourth Kazekage died in battle. The relationship between the three siblings and Chiyo is also like that of grandparents. generally!


    "Don''t stop me."


    Chiyo''s arms were exceptionally strong, she looked down at Gaara''s face beside her, and even showed a smile: "Although I didn''t train that little fellow Kankuro to be a qualified puppeteer, but I trained Gaara as a puppeteer. The little guy has grown into a qualified Kazekage..."


    "Grandma!"


    Temari watched Chiyo burst into tears, and subconsciously said, "It''s Kankuro, he''s not smart enough!"


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Grandma Chiyo showed a smile on her face, she comforted Temari with her eyes, and said softly: "In my later years, I was able to raise and take care of you three brothers and sisters to grow up, this is the bond between us, don''t do it for I am sad to die."


    Granny Chiyo slowly completed her last handprint, slowly stretched out her hand to cover Gaara''s chest, and said softly: "Gara has a lot to do with it, and there is no Kazekage more suitable than him in the current village..."


    No one in Hidden Sand Village can replace Gaara.


    Because the current Hidden Sand Village is too weak, Gaara is the only ninja who can be called Kage-level in the whole village, and there is really no successor.


    It is inevitable for Grandma Chidai to replace Gaara''s life with her own. She must leave a future for Sand Hidden Village.


    Otherwise, Sand Hidden Village may not be able to support the next generation of Kazekage, and it is very likely that other Ninja Villages will replace the name of the Five Great Nations!


    Especially when the genius from Yuyin Village next door is by their side!


    "Before I leave, I have two more words, you can pass them on to Gaara for me."


    Mother-in-law Chiyo slowly turned her head to look at Temari, and whispered her last words: "The covenant between Shayin Village, Konoha, and Uyin Village cannot be abandoned; those ninjas who have different intentions, let Gaara not be soft-hearted; you, please Make Hidden Sand Village strong again, and the future peace of the ninja world depends on you young people..."


    Grandma Chiyo raised her head and looked at the Konoha ninjas with sad faces. Her vitality gradually began to decline rapidly, and the chakra in her body also rapidly declined...


    Self reincarnation, activate!


    Naraku Uehara stretched out a palm and landed on her body, and the infusion of the stars injected a huge amount of chakra and life energy into Granny Chiyo''s body.


    However, this did not change her death.


    Once the self-reincarnation starts to work, it will continuously extract her chakra and life, even if Uehara Naraku instills more chakra and life energy in her, it will be useless.


    The only thing that can be done is to delay her death.


    Grandma Chiyo felt the energy that Uehara Naraku entered into her body, and her eyes were filled with disbelief. She glanced tremblingly at Uehara Naraku: "I didn''t expect that Your Excellency Uehara''s medical ninjutsu could be so powerful. Compared with Tsunade Your Excellency is not inferior at all, it can almost bring a person back to life, just don''t waste precious power on me, an old man who is about to die..."


    "I just wanted to give you a moment to say some last words."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, laughed at himself, spread his hands and said, "I''m also a friend of Sand Hidden Village anyway, although I didn''t play any role in the Kazekage recapture here, the one who finally saved Kazekage is Chiyo-dono ..."


    "No, if it weren''t for Your Excellency, maybe it would be impossible for us to get back the body of this little guy Gaara. This time it is really thanks to Your Excellency and everyone in Konoha."


    Grandma Chiyo looked straight at Uehara Naraku, who had a sad and mournful face, and then turned her head to look at the many Konoha ninjas present, and suddenly smiled: "I will feel like a ninja when I see you young people before I leave. There is new hope for the future..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara listened quietly to Grandma Chiyo''s praise.


    I don''t know if this old woman will not be stable in the spirit of the sky after knowing that he will not become hope in the future, but will become despair in the ninja world!


    No, or it was not stable at all.


    According to Yao Shidou''s temperament, he almost digs graves whenever he sees them. A ninja like Grandma Chidai who can use puppets and poison, it is estimated that Yao Shidou may not be willing to let her go.


    Naraku Uehara looked up at Granny Chiyo, and sighed inwardly, really looking forward to the next meeting, I wonder if Granny Chiyo hates her for not being able to see clearly...


    Mother-in-law Chiyo didn''t know what Uehara Naraku was thinking, and she was still eagerly telling Temari: "...The future of Sand Hidden Village depends on you... The future of Ninja World also depends on you young people..."


    After finishing speaking, Grandma Chiyo''s body gradually became silent.


    Temari stared blankly at Grandma Chiyo leaving with a smile, but didn''t react for a while, and then burst into tears after a while: "Grandma!"


    "..."


    Many Konoha ninjas also felt uncomfortable.


    Unexpectedly, they rescued a Kazekage, but made a ninja who had devoted his whole life for the Hidden Sand Village die.


    Just when everyone was feeling sad, Gaara on the ground gradually became more alive. He slowly opened his eyes and stroked his belly subconsciously: "What''s going on? Didn''t I already..."


    "It''s Your Excellency Chiyo."


    Naraku Uehara looked down at Gaara, and after seeing Kazekage resurrected, he frowned and responded, "Your Excellency Chiyo saved you from the underworld with his own life."


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Gaara''s face suddenly changed: "What do you guys want to do here?"


    Just when Uehara Naraku guessed that his identity had been leaked somewhere, did he silence everyone present? Or look at their shock when they know who they are?


    shouldn''t...


    Gaara was in a coma the whole time when Yiwei was pulled out and sealed.


    Just when Uehara Naraku was thinking wildly, Temari hurriedly grabbed his younger brother''s arm, and said softly: "Gara, this time it was His Excellency Uehara Naraku who rescued you from Akatsuki, don''t be blinded by past hatred and fear anymore. Eye!"


    Gaara: "..."


    Gaara''s mind was a little overwhelmed for a while.


    At this time, he didn''t know what expression he should use to treat Uehara Naraku. After all, this guy was from childhood to the Chunin exam, and he started to bully him when he met him.


    Uzumaki Naruto seemed to be able to understand Gaara''s mood very well, stepped forward and patted him on the shoulder and said: "Although this guy Uehara has a very bad personality and always bullies us who were weak before, his nature is actually not bad. what!"


    Uzumaki Naruto embraced Gaara''s shoulders, and continued to explain: "I guess this guy may be afraid that we will be too strong when we grow up, so he can only bully and bully us when we were young... Gaara, don''t mind those things when we were young, we But you''re all adults!"


    Gaara: "..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Konoha ninjas: "..."


    Although Uehara also felt that what Uzumaki Naruto said made sense, he still felt something was wrong.


    But Temari quickly told Gaara the ins and outs of the matter, and the young Kazekage let go of his past grudges, and took the initiative to stretch out his palm towards Uehara.


    Naraku Uehara was also unambiguous, squinting his eyes, and holding Gaara''s palm with a smile. This time the handshake, Sand Hidden Village and Rain Hidden Village regained the hope of peace!


    It''s outrageous.


    Just when everyone thought the mission was over perfectly.


    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists violently, and said in a deep voice: "It''s a pity that we were at a disadvantage this time, and we didn''t catch a member of Akatsuki and get information from Sasuke!"


    Sure enough, Konoha ninjas came to support not only to save Gaara, they also wanted to take the opportunity to get Sasuke''s information.


    Sasuke is also a member of Akatsuki!


    To put it bluntly, the current Uchiha Sasuke is very strong, perhaps because of Uchiha Itachi''s inadvertent guidance and teaching, Uehara Naraku even thinks that the current Sasuke is probably stronger than the Sasuke of this period in history!


    "I do have some information about Uchiha Sasuke..."


    Uehara Naraku thought of Sasuke who was still working tirelessly to assassinate Uchiha Itachi, and whispered: "Maybe you don''t know, but Uchiha Sasuke is not the proud boy I used to know. It is said that he single-handedly captured a country half a year ago. ..."


    "what?"


    Everyone''s face was full of disbelief.


    Logically speaking, shouldn''t all such things as conquering a country be done by those S-level traitors? When will their friends be able to do this?


    Sasuke is promising...


    No, it has become too evil!


    There was a lingering fear on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he said softly: "If you meet Sasuke, you must be careful, because after I met him last time, I feel that I am far from his opponent. He is the number one blood successor in the ninja world..."

 Chapter 217

    What Uehara Naraku said was a bit scary.


    Naraku Uehara, as a person who once defeated the combination of Maitekai and Hatake Kakashi, and the person who defeated the fairy mode Jiraiya, actually said that he is not Sasuke''s opponent...


    What does such a thing mean?


    Only Uehara Naraku could barely compete with the hooded Akatsuki member who hoisted Hatake Kakashi and Uzumaki Naruto in the tailed beast state to beat him just now. As a result, Uehara Naraku now thinks that he is not Sasuke opponent?


    Hatake Kakashi covered his eye sockets, as if thinking of something, whispered: "Sasuke...do you still open the Kaleidoscope Sharingan?"


    Unless Uchiha Sasuke gets the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, it is impossible to increase his strength to such a level that even Naraku Uehara is afraid.


    Of course¡­


    Because Hatake Kakashi never thought that Uehara would lie.


    Maybe Hatake Kakashi thought that Uehara would not lie to them about Sasuke...


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head slowly, and said in a low voice: "Sasuke''s eyes are very scary, just like I once met Obito and Uchiha Itachi..."


    "Nah, it''s okay."


    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists tightly, and said confidently: "No matter what Sasuke becomes, I will bring him back!"


    "Ha, you''re really motivated!"


    Naraku Uehara patted Uzumaki Naruto on the shoulder, but sighed, and persuaded softly: "Naruto, I''m just worried that Sasuke may not be willing to admit you, I also wanted to chase Kimomaro and Shiro back, but they But he touched me mercilessly..."


    "Sasuke won''t!"


    After Uzumaki Naruto finished speaking vowedly, he suddenly felt that it seemed inappropriate to say this sentence now, a bit like criticizing Uehara Naraku''s former teammates.


    But Uehara Naraku didn''t care, and sighed softly: "I hope so! Naruto, maybe you are different..."


    "a ha ha ha¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto scratched the back of his head in embarrassment, and promised with a serious face: "If I meet Junmaro and Shiro, I will help you persuade them, and I will tell them, Uehara, you have been waiting with them!"


    Uehara Naraku suppressed his impulse, and slowly lowered his head, his voice sounded a little sad: "It''s okay, don''t worry, we have already parted ways..."


    If Uzumaki Naruto asked Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro to turn their heads after seeing Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro, those two little guys would probably look confused!


    Uehara Naraku''s status in Akatsuki and Yuyin Village is not low, even dare to refute Payne''s words, and almost no one dares to provoke him except Xiaonan.


    After talking about the defection of each other''s teammates, the atmosphere suddenly became a little depressed, and everyone seemed to be in a bad mood.


    "Uehara, do you have any detailed information about Akatsuki? It would be best to have information about Sasuke."


    Naruto Uzumaki said with a serious face: "We may come to the Bird Country again in the near future, and next time we must wipe out this evil organization!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help lowering his head, and said in a deep voice: "Recently, it is difficult for us to search for Akatsuki''s trace, but the only thing we know is that if Uchiha Sasuke is dispatched, his brother Uchiha Itachi will definitely dispatch together. The power of this Uchiha is terrifying!"


    "Is that so?"


    Uzumaki Naruto began to bow his head in thought.


    The people in class 7 began to lower their heads and think in unison. After all, the Uchiha Sasuke they knew almost wanted to cut Uchiha Itachi into seven or eight segments. How could it be possible that after so many years, the relationship with Uchiha Itachi has improved?


    "Don''t think too much about it."


    Uehara Naraku patted Naruto on the shoulder, and said softly: "If our people find information about Sasuke or Uchiha Itachi, I will pass it on to you immediately!"


    "Okay, thanks a lot!"


    "Thank you, Senior Uehara!"


    "Thank you."


    After the people in class 7 thanked each other, Gaara Kazekage of Hidden Sand Village also spoke and promised to help.


    At this point, the Kazekage recapture battle is over.


    Together, everyone buried Chiyo-grandmother in the Tombs of the Sand Heroes, and because they took back the fifth generation of Kazekage, they also accepted the grand welcome of the sand hidden ninjas.


    To be honest, Uehara Naraku''s mood was a little subtle.


    I really want to see the expressions these sand ninjas will show after they know that he is the culprit who destroyed the hidden sand village!


    Needless to say, that look must be hilarious.


    But now, they are still very grateful to Uehara Naraku.


    A murderer who killed the fourth Kazekage, but helped to recover the fifth Kazekage of Sand Hidden Village, this moment can be said to have wiped out the grievances between them.


    Some sand ninjas even think that Uehara Naraku''s style is very noble, after all, it was the fourth Kazekage who led people to invade the Land of Rain.


    Kankuro hugged his bandaged arm, and bowed seriously to Naraku Kawara, "Thank you, if you hadn''t ignored the past and helped to recover Gaara, it would be unimaginable for a hidden sand village that has lost Kazekage loss."


    He learned what happened inside from Temari.


    If Uehara Naraku hadn''t provided them with information about Akatsuki, it would have been impossible for them to find out where Akatsuki''s members were occupying.


    If Naraku Uehara hadn''t given up his life to entangle the strongest opponent of the Akatsuki organization, they would not have been able to take Gaara''s body back from Didara''s hands, nor would Grandma Chiyo have the opportunity to reincarnate herself.


    Strictly speaking, Naraku Uehara is really the great benefactor of Hidden Sand Village.


    Ma Ji also took the initiative to step forward and bowed respectfully: "We apologize for our hostility towards you in the past... Thank you for saving Kazekage-sama."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and said solemnly: "After all, we mistrusted Obito Uchiha at the beginning, which led him to spawn such an evil monster organization like Akatsuki.


    Now the Akatsuki organization has become a cancer of the entire ninja world. Every time they make a move, they will cause great harm to the peace of the ninja world.


    We have been attacking the Akatsuki organization in the past few years, just to make up for the mistakes made by us in Yuyin Village. We underestimated Uchiha Obito''s ambitions. "


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Hatake Kakashi and Konoha ninjas who looked embarrassed next to him, and continued softly: "Mr. Kakashi, we don''t think Uchiha Obito will give up easily, he is sure We will continue to send Akatsuki members to create even bigger waves in the ninja world."


    Saying this is like shirking responsibility.


    Hatake Kakashi was a little ashamed. After listening to Uehara Naraku''s words, instead of thinking that there was any major mistake in Yuyin Village, he believed that Konoha was more responsible.


    Who made Uchiha Obito the Konoha traitor?


    And he was Hatake Kakashi''s former teammate, even Obito Uchiha became the most dangerous person in the ninja world because Kakashi didn''t protect Lin well...


    Hatake Kakashi felt a little guilty.


    Of course, on the surface, Kakashi still wants to maintain Konoha''s image, and said softly: "Your Excellency Godaime has also been sending people to track down Obito and Akatsuki''s information, but it is a pity that most of the places where our Anbu is active are in our own country. , dare not involve the area of ??Yanyin Village in the north, so as not to cause conflicts between the two countries..."


    This blame was directly pushed on Onoki.


    After all, Ohnoki was indeed in the Grass Country incident back then. In order to give Yanyin Village an advantage, he once hired members of Akatsuki, and even paid a lot of money.


    In the battle for the Country of Grass, more than a dozen S-rank rebels were dispatched together, and it would be unreasonable to have less money!


    Naraku Uehara also followed Hatake Kakashi''s words and directly threw the blame on Onogi: "We have also guessed that after Uchiha Obito was expelled by us, he may have received the support of the third generation of Tsuchikage Onogi... "


    "Ok."


    Hatake Kakashi also followed the conversation and continued: "Konoha also has similar speculations, or there is enough evidence. In the grass country incident, Ohnoki almost undisguisedly used Akatsuki to achieve his goals. "


    In the Country of Grass incident that year.


    The Akatsuki organization swept and expelled the Konoha ninja troops, followed by the ninjas of Yanyin Village and occupied the entire country of grass. Konoha could only attack the Yanyin ninjas to regain the land.


    This back and forth.


    If Konoha hadn''t given half of the Land of Grass to the Land of Rain in exchange for the ninja demigod Sanshoyu Hanzo''s deterrent to the Akatsuki organization, perhaps Konoha is still stuck in the quagmire of the Land of Grass now.


    Gaara hugged his arms, looked at this and that, and said in a deep voice: "Maybe our three ninja villages can unite to test the pressure and ask the third Tsuchikage Onogi to hand over Akatsuki''s member list and all the information."


    This is purely taken for granted.


    How could the three generations of Tsuchikage Onogi give in so easily? Wouldn''t that make him less majestic?


    Gaara, Kazekage is really too young!


    Taking a step back, even if Ohnoki is willing to compromise and hand over Akatsuki''s list for the benefit of Iwain, where did he get the list? In the end, don''t you still have to carry yourself to the death and not collude with the Xiao organization?


    Hatake Kakashi''s expression was a bit complicated, and he said softly: "I still need to report this matter to Hokage-sama, after all, the matter is of great importance, and if they really unite to encircle Akatsuki, Wuyin Village can also help."


    Seriously.


    Wuyin Village''s hatred for Akatsuki is almost undisguised.


    After all, the Fourth Mizukage was controlled by Obito Uchiha, who implemented the inhuman blood mist policy, which severely damaged the vitality of Kirigakure Village.


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded solemnly, looked at Hatake Kakashi and Gaara and said, "I am the same, I have to go back and report this matter to Lord Hanzo before making a decision..."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he sighed and said: "After all, we will face the threat of Iwagakure Village head-on. If the third generation of Tukage Ohnoki is angered, no matter how strong Hanzo-sama is, it is impossible to defeat the tens of thousands of people in Iwagakure Village. Ninja Squad!"

 Chapter 218

    Gaara is really young.


    After seeing Hatake Kakashi and Uehara Naraku saying that they would report the matter to the senior management of their respective villages, Gaara was even a little eager.


    Hatake Kakashi thought Gaara''s proposal might be implementable to a certain extent, so he decided to immediately turn to Konoha and report the matter to Tsunade.


    Naraku Uehara thinks that Gaara''s proposal is impossible to realize, it is simply nonsense, but he also wants to return to the village in the name of reporting to Sanshoyu Hanzo.


    They can only be separated.


    Uzumaki Naruto smiled when they parted, and waved eagerly to Uehara Naraku, looking forward to the time when they could meet again: "The next time we meet again, maybe it will be the time when I bring Sasuke back. Friends from the Chunin Exam will be able to reunite!"


    "yes!"


    Uehara Naraku returned with a friendly smile.


    Uehara smiled happily on his face. As for what he was thinking in his heart, the Konoha ninjas on the opposite side probably couldn''t think of it anyway.


    Even if their brains break through the sky, they can''t guess Uehara''s thoughts.


    Ok¡­


    What Uehara thought was that when they organized the seven-tailed beasts together, they would ask Sasuke to catch Kyuubi later, and the eight-tailed guy would not let Sasuke catch them, so as not to be cheated and beaten again. Not worth it not worth it.


    Before that, the problem of Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke has to be resolved, and the battle between these two brothers may be imminent.


    Uchiha Sasuke has grown up a lot recently, he probably feels that his chances of winning are very low, so he wants to endure it for a while... But sensible people like Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame know that Sasuke''s chance of winning is 100% .


    What''s more, Uchiha Itachi''s health is not very good.


    If Uchiha Sasuke wants to endure for a while, he may have to boil his own brother to death.


    This is also because Uchiha Itachi doesn''t want anyone to heal him. On the surface, he is worried that someone will explore his secrets. In fact, it should be because he is afraid that he will become alive and accidentally beat his brother Sasuke to death.


    Uchiha Itachi wanted to die a long time ago.


    Maybe Uchiha Itachi wanted to die on the night of the genocide, but his younger brother hadn''t grown up yet, so he suppressed his will.


    Uehara Naraku has already figured it out. After Uchiha Itachi died in battle, he threatened Sasuke with Uchiha Itachi''s eyes to catch Kyuubi, otherwise he would just sit and watch Sasuke''s eyes become blind...


    However, before that, we still need to find a way to solve a hidden danger. Uchiha Itachi has a crow transplanted with other gods Kaleidoscope Sharingan in his hand.


    That crow is a big problem.


    Uehara Naraku had to find a way to get rid of the crow, preferably by actively inducing Uchiha Itachi to expose the crow.


    According to Uehara Naraku¡¯s knowledge, Uchiha Itachi was moved by Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s will to chase Sasuke back, so he hid the crow in Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s stomach, as Uzumaki Naruto¡¯s backhand who could not persuade Sasuke to turn back .


    Of course, the crow was not used on Sasuke later, but instead reincarnated Uchiha Itachi and got rid of control after being reincarnated.


    Nothing good came out of that crow either...


    In order to prevent other gods from falling into the hands of others, Uchiha Itachi used Amaterasu to burn the crow into nothingness.


    "Before the duel between the two brothers, we must find a way to destroy the Kaleidoscope Sharingan that Uchiha Itachi secretly kept..."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his chin, still lost in thought, what should he do to get Uchiha Itachi to hand over the Bietenjin Kaleidoscope Sharingan?


    Could it be that he turned into Naruto?


    It is estimated that it is not reliable.


    Although the natural phantom transformation technique is powerful, it is difficult for ordinary ninjas to see through, but once attacked, it will reveal its own body. Is it possible to find a way to get Uzumaki Naruto to come forward and write Uchiha Itachi''s other god, Sharingan Lured out?


    "It seems to be okay."


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, tapped his arm little by little, thinking about his plan: "Just point out all this directly, first threaten Uchiha Itachi with Uchiha Sasuke''s life, or deceive him once, you can''t Let him leak any information about me.


    In the name of Yuyin Village, leak information about Uchiha Itachi and Sasuke to Konoha, let Konoha send Uzumaki Naruto to hunt down Sasuke and Itachi, and disclose Uchiha Itachi''s whereabouts to Naruto, so that the two of them can meet.


    If Uchiha Itachi entrusts Uchiha Itachi to the Uzumaki Naruto with the sharing-eye crow with other gods, then Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke brothers are allowed to fight, otherwise, Uchiha Sasuke''s life can only be used to directly threaten Uchiha Itachi took a gamble!


    That other god''s eye is too threatening. "


    Naraku Uehara quickly finalized his plan.


    We must first get rid of the Beetenjin Sharingan hidden by Uchiha Itachi, otherwise, if Uchiha Itachi keeps it and refuses to use it, who knows what kind of illusion that Betenjin Sharingan will use !


    If the other god is used against Uehara, wouldn''t it be fatal?


    Although it is estimated that Uchiha Itachi will not pay attention to such a small person as Uehara Naraku, but just in case!


    After Uehara Naraku easily solves Uchiha Itachi''s private collection of other gods sharing eyes, he can play Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke in the palm of his hand, and can use these two brothers at will.


    After all, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke, these two people must be related to the progress of Uehara Naraku''s main task.


    In order to ensure nothing goes wrong.


    Uehara Naraku had to properly arrange all the people involved in the main line, so as to be in line with the identity of the big black hand behind the scenes.


    Sasuke Uchiha is actually very easy to be used. It is enough to pour dirty water on the high-level Konoha on the night of Uchiha''s genocide.


    When Uehara Naraku returned to the Akatsuki organization base, it happened that Kakuto, Hidan, Uchiha Itachi and others had already captured the Erwei Jinzhu Rikito of Yunyin Village.


    I have to say that it is really comfortable to go out in groups.


    A group of them went to catch Erwei Jinchuriki, which was as simple as catching a kitten, and they completed the task easily and comfortably.


    Along the way, everyone performed their own duties and did not encounter any troubles. It was too easy to capture Ninao Jinchuriki, and I was not used to it. Everyone felt that the task of capturing Jinchuriki was not as good as attacking the Konoha camp. The task is more exciting!


    The members of the Akatsuki organization gathered collectively and included Erwei Matauri into the heretic golem.


    at the same time.


    Heijue also reported the information about Sanwei Isofu in time, and it paid more attention to the progress of the plan to collect tailed beasts than any member of the Akatsuki organization.


    After Ichio Shukaku and Erwei Mata were sealed and entered the heretic golem, Heijue directly hoped that the Akatsuki organization would capture Sanwei Isofu like a model worker.


    "This is the location where Sanwei Isofu was reborn."


    Heijue''s voice handed over a map of the land of water, and said in a dark voice: "The village of Wuyin Village is very tightly protected for the land of Sanwei''s rebirth. There are at least a thousand ninjas guarding nearby, and Wuyin has been blocked. The surrounding area of ??Sanwei is forbidden, and all irrelevant personnel are prohibited from approaching."


    "Hahahaha, do they think they can keep Sanwei in this way?"


    Didara had just assisted in sealing the second tail, and his body was still a little weak, which still did not affect his lively character: "Then let us go there again! In a few days, we can directly catch the third tail , Are you right, Uehara?"


    "Uh, what?"


    Uehara Naraku''s mind was a little impure.


    It may be because his brain has been thinking about how to operate to provoke the Uchiha brothers to fight now, so he didn''t listen carefully to Didara''s greeting.


    Didara''s fiery temper couldn''t stand it anymore, and he said loudly: "I said, let''s go to the land of water to catch Sanwei Isofu, and eat seafood by the way!"


    To be honest, Didara really likes to go out with Uehara Naraku''s team to perform missions, because Uehara Naraku and Nagato are not noisy.


    Basically, what Didara wanted to say along the way, Naraku Uehara would even make do with a few words, and they all like explosions...


    They are also the same age, and there are quite a lot of common topics.


    Most importantly, Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast ancient dragon is very cool!


    "Yes, the timing waits for no one."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and looked at Didara with a bit of disgust: "But this time I don''t want to take you with me, the last time you caught a tail of Jinchuriki in Sand Hidden Village, your movements were too slow !"


    "Bastard, what are you talking about!"


    Didara''s expression froze, and then he waved his hands violently: "I only helped you, but you actually despise your companion like this! I have been working hard!"


    "Okay, okay, take you to fly, take you to fly."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Tendo Payne who was sitting on the head of the golem of the outside world, and said softly: "This time, I still want to act with the team of Kisame Kisame and Itachi Uchiha. It''s been very helpful."


    "Can."


    After Tiandao Payne nodded, he ordered in a deep voice: "After you capture Sanwei Isofu, you don''t need to bring it back directly, but find a suitable place to perform the magic lantern body technique, and we will work together to seal Sanwei Isofu into the place." Inside the golem of the heretics."


    "Actually, it''s nothing to bring back, right?"


    Didara scratched his head, turned his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku: "I think it''s safer to bring back the seal."


    "It''s all right."


    Naraku Uehara replied very perfunctorily.


    Didara looked at Uehara Naraku and was so angry that he puffed up his mouth again. Can this person still do it? In vain, he thought that the relationship between them had improved!


    Now there is still a half-dead Four-Tails Jinchuriki in the Akatsuki organization base. After the three-tails are captured, it''s time to capture the five-tails...


    This collection is really fast!


    In fact, the thing that wastes Xiao''s organization''s time the most is sealing the tailed beast. It takes a few days to seal the tailed beast into the Golem of the Outer Way by using the magic dragon nine seals.


    After the seal is over, most people''s physical strength and chakra consumption are very huge, and they need a period of rest.


    Jiaodu stood up slowly, and said in a loud voice: "Since we don''t need us for this mission to capture Sanwei, then I''ll kill a few people and supplement the organization''s funds. There is a lot of money to spend, but it¡¯s not enough to sit and eat!¡±


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s brows twitched, and he looked up at Kakuzu. He remembered the story of Kakuzu and Hidan, and asked softly, "Does Senior Kakuzu have any goals?"


    "Look around!"


    Kakuto looked at Naraku Uehara, and said casually, "Whether it''s a bounty of tens of thousands, hundreds of thousands or tens of millions of taels, I will never miss it!"


    This guy really knows how to be in charge!


    Even Uehara Naraku couldn''t help admiring that Kakudo is worthy of being the financial director of the Akatsuki organization. It''s really embarrassing that he took the position of Kakuto a few years ago...


    After all, Naraku Uehara only knew how to collect money when he was working as an accountant, and Kakuzu was earning money outside!


    Jiao Du touched the bounty manual in his hand, and said softly: "This time I got the news that the land with a bounty of 30 million taels is in the Temple of Fire..."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, turned his head to look at the ghost lamp full moon: "You don''t seem to have any tasks recently, right? Then go with Senior Kakatsu?"


    To be honest, Uehara Naraku is still a little worried if Ghost Lantern Moon and Momochi don''t kill each other, feeling that the two of them can''t protect Kakuzu.


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro are even more difficult.


    The Temple of Fire is not a place to get entangled, especially if it is likely to attract a large number of Konoha Anbu roundups, Konoha is as curious about the intelligence of the Akatsuki organization as a cat smelling fishy smell!


    Before Ghost Lantern Moon could open his mouth and Uehara Naraku continued to think, Kakuzu Toton became a little unhappy: "Why are they going with me, and it will cost more money!"


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    This fucking is really asking for money or life!


    "Is money more important than life?"


    Naraku Uehara looked at Kakuzu displeasedly and said, "The Land of Fire is very dangerous, and Konoha has been looking for us!"


    "But you kid, didn''t you just deal with Konoha ninja a few days ago?"


    Jiao Du snorted coldly, and said plausibly: "Of course money is the most important thing in this world. I have many lives, but it is very difficult for me to earn money."


    Naraku Uehara closed his eyes and sighed: "What you old man said is really reasonable! Then let Mr. Itachi, Kisame, Moon Moon and Yuri Hayashi come with you!"


    "Hey, hey, didn''t you hear what I said? It''s useless for these guys to go, I can get rid of that guy named Lu by myself!"


    Kadotsu glanced at Uehara Naraku, dissatisfied: "And didn''t you just let Kisame and Itachi go to catch Sanwei?"


    "I think newcomers to the organization should get some exercise."


    Naraku Uehara''s fingers froze, looked at Sasuke Uchiha, and said softly: "Sasuke Uchiha, can your Sharingan control the tailed beast?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly lowered his head, and said in a deep voice, "I can''t confirm, but with my own strength, it''s easy enough to defeat a tailed beast."


    "Sasuke can''t do it yet!"


    Uchiha Itachi said coldly, giving Uchiha Sasuke a big shame.


    Uchiha Itachi ignored Sasuke''s ugly face, and continued: "So let Uchiha Sasuke and me go assist Kakuzu-senpai!"


    clang clang!


    Uchiha Sasuke pulled out his ninja sword on the spot!


    However, Uehara Naraku appeared next to Sasuke the next moment, pressed his ninja knife back, and said with a chuckle: "It''s okay, anyway, with us watching, even if Sasuke is in danger, I can save him. .¡±


    Uehara Naraku patted Sasuke on the shoulder, continued with a smile: "The last time I acted with Uzumaki Naruto, he has become very strong now!


    I also have to check our Akatsuki future talents, after all, Sasuke has studied in our Akatsuki organization for three or four years, right? Can''t it be worse than Uzumaki Naruto''s ninja who grew up in Konoha?


    Otherwise, why did I bother to bring you back? Mr. Itachi hated you joining the Akatsuki organization back then, thinking that your talent and strength were too weak to be of much use in the Akatsuki organization. Now do you think you can be of some use in the Akatsuki organization? "


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes while talking, and looked at Uchiha Sasuke with a kind smile: "I tried my best to win you over to join Akatsuki, but this time I will be your examiner in the three-tail capture operation." ;


    If you can pass the exam, I will apply to Master Payne to let the idle Ringo Yuri become your teammate and allow you to become an official member of Akatsuki. "


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku''s palm fell on Uchiha Sasuke''s back again, and continued with a chuckle: "If you can''t play any role in capturing Sanwei this time, and if you are not as good as Uzumaki Naruto in my eyes, then I can only let you Mr. Itachi will kill you and let him vent his anger."


    Uchiha Itachi: "..."


    "Don''t worry, I will grab Sanwei Isofu with my own hands and let you recognize my strength."


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth bitterly, his first thought at this moment was that he must show enough strength to be recognized by Uehara Naraku.


    In the next second, Uchiha Sasuke continued in a deep voice: "When I capture Kyuubi in the future, I will personally take action and bring Uzumaki Naruto back! After the seal of Kyuubi is over, Uchiha Itachi and I will start a life-and-death battle Fight, let you see my revenge with your own eyes, and kill Uchiha Itachi, the exterminating person!"


    "very good."


    Naraku Uehara applauded softly, glanced at Itachi Uchiha next to him, and said with a chuckle, "You don''t have to wait until you capture the Nine-Tails, you just need to show enough strength when you capture the Three-Tails, Master Payne will Will agree to a brother duel between you!"


    Uehara Naraku stared at Uchiha Itachi''s face, stared at Uchiha Itachi''s clenched palm, and smiled lightly: "Mr. Itachi, do you have any comments?"


    "No."


    Uchiha Itachi slowly closed his eyes and shook his head.


    Now this time is not wise, but Uehara Naraku relied on Payne as his backer to take the initiative, Uchiha Itachi could only temporarily agree.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes skipped Uchiha Itachi, and slowly stopped on Kisame Kisame. The shark''s face grinned indistinctly.

 Chapter 219

    Kisame Kisame is Uehara Naraku''s first subordinate.


    Uehara Naraku has never doubted Kisame''s loyalty, this guy will never make any mistakes in serious matters, and he is still closely monitoring Itachi Uchiha.


    And Kisame hides well, before it was Uchiha Obito, now it is Kuroze, everyone thinks Kisame is loyal to them.


    Naraku Uehara took a look at the people present, chuckled and said, "Since it seems that everyone has no objection to the distribution, let the four official members, Kisame, Itachi, Hayashi Yuri, and Onito Mitsuki, go to assist the cast members. Let seniors and Fei Duan collect funds!"


    Uehara Naraku seems to be the one who issues orders.


    Tiandao Payne didn''t seem to care about his actions at all, and even nodded approvingly at Uehara Naraku, and added softly: "Then the members who captured the three tails are Uehara, Guiyi (Nagato), Momochi never beheaded, Di Darla, Scorpion and Uchiha Sasuke!"


    "no problem!"


    Didara was very satisfied with this arrangement.


    The Red Sand Scorpion also nodded dully.


    The art duo may feel very comfortable performing tasks with Uehara Naraku. After all, Uehara Naraku''s character is actually quite easy to get along with. Even if he is very strong, he will not show contempt or contempt for other companions.


    But Jiaodu put forward a different opinion, and said very unhappy: "I said, just kill a few people to exchange for the gold reward, there is no need for so many people!"


    "It''s better to be careful."


    Tiandao Payne glanced at Kakuto, and said in a cold voice: "When did Uehara''s plan go wrong, Kakuto, do as he said!"


    Jiao Du frowned, sighed, and said helplessly, "Really, the little devil has grown up, is he finally going to start pressing on the old employees?"


    He is really qualified to say such a thing.


    Both Kakuto and Scorpion were early members of the Akatsuki organization.


    Naraku Uehara and Itachi Uchiha joined the Akatsuki organization at the same time, and Uehara grew up watching Kakuzu almost a little bit since he was a teenager. For this little guy, Kakuzu really likes it a little bit.


    Uehara Naraku killed the Fourth Kazekage, and let the Red Sand Scorpion use the Fourth Kazekage to refine the placer gold; then he set up the Country of Grass, which directly made the Akatsuki organization rich.


    One can imagine Kakuzu''s attitude towards Uehara.


    Whoever can make Master Kakuzu earn money is the friend of Master Kakatsu; whoever can make Master Kakuzu earn a lot of money is the benefactor of Master Kakatsu.


    So the relationship between the two is pretty good.


    Moreover, when Naraku Uehara was an accountant before, he was not soft-hearted when allocating funds for activities to Kakuzu, basically it was high standards, high benefits and high treatment.


    Kakuzu-sama is such a philistine.


    What''s more, Uehara Naraku is also a very easy-going person, and he doesn''t have the airs and arrogant attitude of a genius. He only started to take the lead this year. When Akatsuki''s members usually met Uehara, he treated almost every member. Very kind.


    To be honest, if possible, Kakuzu sometimes really wants to kill that idiot with low IQ, Hidan, and make Uehara Naraku his teammate, but unfortunately he can''t kill Hidan...


    Konan would not agree to partner Uehara and Kakuzu either.


    It''s just that the relationship between the two people is really good.


    So after hearing Kakutsu''s complaints, Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead and said in a low voice: "Hey, Kakuzu-senior, I am worried about your safety. I spied on Konoha Ninja before, and they are crazy. hunt us down!"


    "Hmph, I won''t be afraid of them anymore."


    "It''s better to be careful anyway."


    Naraku Uehara sighed, and persuaded softly: "Mr. Itachi, Kisame and the others will cooperate with you secretly. With so many helpers, we can also collect more activity funds for the organization. We have been dormant for a long time. Yes, there is indeed a lack of money."


    "I see."


    After Jiaodu finished speaking in a low voice, he mumbled and complained again: "I already know that there is not much money in the organization, and I still want to waste so much money to get so many to act together. Young people just don''t know how to be thrifty..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    This is really like the old man at home... But this old guy is really enough! You really don''t want to die for money, right?


    Can do what you can!


    When Konoha''s Fifth Hokage Tsunade turned around and sent people to chase and kill Kadotsu Hidan and the others, he would know the value of his arrangement.


    And this time the most important thing is...


    Let Uchiha Itachi take the opportunity to meet Uzumaki Naruto.


    "Then rest for a few days."


    Tiandao Payne looked at everyone present, and said softly: "After everyone''s rest is over, each perform each other''s tasks."


    "yes."


    Sealing the tailed beast was hard work, and everyone didn''t object to Tiandao Payne, and they went back to each other''s residences.


    When Naraku Uehara looked at the Red Sand Scorpion, he suddenly stopped him: "Senior Scorpion, I have something to tell you."


    "Ok?"


    Scorpion slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku.


    After everyone else had left and only Didara was left, Naraku Uehara''s expression gradually became complicated, and he said softly to Scorpion, "Your Excellency Chiyo died."


    It is better to tell Scorpio this news earlier.


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion will know about it sooner or later. At that time, there may be grievances in his heart. After all, the members of the Akatsuki organization basically know that Grandma Chiyo is his grandmother.


    "..."


    Scorpion fell silent.


    After a long time, he said, "I see."


    "Ok?"


    Didara was the first to express his confusion, and he asked inexplicably: "We are just acting, and we didn''t strike too hard, right?"


    "It is a forbidden technique that exchanges lives for lives."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and explained in a low voice: "Your Excellency Chiyo exchanged her life for the resurrection of Gaara, the fifth Kazekage of Sand Hidden Village."


    "It really fits her character!"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion shook her head lightly, and sighed in a low voice: "Is it worth it for that decayed village? It was the same when she was a child, and it''s the same when she grows up. Her vision is still so narrow, and she always pays more attention to that ruined village. the future of.


    Forget it, it doesn¡¯t matter, anyway, it¡¯s just me going to the eternal art alone. If we meet again, for the sake of each other, as a member of Akatsuki, I might kill her. kill me. "


    Scorpio didn''t show much sadness.


    After becoming a human puppet, Scorpion seldom reveals his emotions.


    Hearing the news of Chidai''s mother-in-law''s sacrifice today, it was already rare for the Scarlet Sand Scorpion to stop and say a few words.


    Family affection, after all, occupies a very large weight in Scorpio''s heart.


    After the Scarlet Sand Scorpion finished talking about his attitude towards the sacrifice of Grandma Chidai, the atmosphere among the few of them became a little heavy for a while.


    "Hey, Xidanna, eternity is not art!"


    Didara suddenly grabbed the Red Sand Scorpion''s shoulders, and said loudly: "Explosion is the real art. Even if life is short, as long as life does not live up to its existence, it proves its existence." Meaning! This is the so-called art of explosion!"


    "Shut up."


    The Red Sand Scorpion glared at Didara.


    Only this time he didn''t push his teammates away.


    Akatsuki''s member-partner system seems to be fairly successful. Although everyone has always disliked their teammates, they always appear at the most appropriate time.


    Occasionally there will be some pitfalls...


    Most of the members are actually quite decent.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the red sand scorpion who was in a better mood, and said softly: "If senior scorpion wants to go to the tombstone of Your Excellency Chiyo, you don''t have to participate in the task of capturing Sanwei this time;


    I will explain to Lord Payne that although we are opponents with Your Excellency Chiyo, I have to say that I still admire her will very much. This is an opponent worthy of respect. "


    This sentence is persuasion, but it is also a test.


    If the red sand scorpion is going to be ashamed again, Uehara Naraku will have to give him some psychological counseling.


    After being silent for a while, Xie suddenly took out a scroll and handed it to Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "I heard that she has been teaching a new generation of puppet masters for a few years, but unfortunately she is not as old as before, and the puppet masters she created The puppet is definitely not precise enough, otherwise, I wouldn''t fight the puppet I made when I was a child.


    Uehara, you are a spy who sneaked into the camp of Ninja Village in the Great Country. If you have a chance, help me give this scroll to the little guy of the new generation, so that the puppet inheritance of Hidden Sand Village will not disappear. This is the last thing I do for her Let''s do it! "


    "Can."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and just handed a scroll to Kankuro, which is really not a big deal.


    Uehara Naraku asked curiously: "What''s in here, isn''t it the puppet of the Fourth Kazekage?"


    "no¡­"


    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head lightly and said: "You gave it to me, I can''t give other people the gift that others gave me... In fact, it was all taught to me by my mother-in-law, I don''t need it any more. It¡¯s gone, and now it¡¯s just returning to the original owner.¡±


    After finishing speaking, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion added softly: "If you have a chance, you can help me get back the two puppets left by my mother-in-law. Although I made them when I was ten years old, they belong to my stuff."


    The red sand scorpion was talking about the two puppets of father and mother.


    Obviously, Xie would never let the two puppets he made be used by people outside their family, not even Kankuro.


    "Okay, let me take a look!"


    Naraku Uehara sighed, and said in a low voice, "Maybe one day you will have a chance to get those two puppets back."


    "it is good."


    Scorpion nodded, glanced at Didara who was pouting beside him, frowned and said, "Okay, let''s go!"


    "Hmmmm..."


    Deidara nodded hurriedly.


    Uehara Naraku watched the Scarlet Sand Scorpion leave accompanied by Didara, sighed slightly, and glanced at his system panel.


    Side task: Keep the Red Sand Scorpion alive (1/1), the task has been completed, reward the Puppet Clockwork Demon.


    Clockwork Demon: Unseal a puppet girl Orianna who has been manipulating a puppet to fight. She has her own fighting wisdom and skills, and the user can instill chakra into her to drive the puppet girl. The minimum chakra infusion is required 10000 points.


    The task was brutally and demandingly accomplished.


    After the death of Grandma Chiyo, the system only reminded Uehara of the completion of this task. Perhaps the system defaulted that Grandma Chiyo would definitely be the murderer of Scorpion.


    As for the rewards Naraku Uehara received, they were also quite generous.


    This puppet can completely replace him to perform some things that are not suitable for showing up. An unknown puppet is always much safer, and its combat effectiveness is not low.


    The drive alone requires at least 10,000 chakra points, which means that this is a puppet that can perform at the Kage-level standard, which is enough in this ninja world.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Most importantly, this puppet does not need to use chakra lines...


    The Clockwork Genie is not so much a puppet as it is a robot.


    After Uehara Naraku returned to his residence, he didn''t waste any time. He tapped his finger on his table and simply summoned Uchiha Obito in the state of reincarnation.


    Since Uchiha Obito returned the Four-Tails Jinchuriki last time, he was stuffed back into the coffin by Uehara Naraku. After seeing the sun this time, Obito was even a little dissatisfied: "Do you have any dirty work for me to do?"


    "No, I want you to meet an old friend."


    After Naraku Uehara chuckled a few times, he told him, "Go to Kisame Kisame, and let me use your body to convey orders to him."


    "Dried persimmon ghost shark?"


    After Uchiha Obito frowned, his face instantly became extremely ugly: "Wait, is Kisame one of yours? When did this happen?"


    "It''s early."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Obito Uchiha strangely: "Don''t you know about this? Why do you think Kisame joined Akatsuki? And after I killed you, why did he survive and live well? ?¡±


    This is a matter of course.


    It''s so hard to beat him to death.


    After hearing this, Obito Uchiha couldn''t help but want to hit himself to death again!


    Obito couldn''t help but clenched his fists, with mixed feelings in his heart, what the hell is this!


    Damn, no wonder he was played to death by Naraku Uehara!


    Kisame Kisame was cultivated by Uchiha Obito himself. Since Obito controlled the fourth generation of Mizukage, he has been carefully using Kisame, and even regarded him as a team member of the Moon Eye Project.


    Kisame Kisame also lived up to his expectations. Ever since Obito Uchiha was still alive, he has been secretly passing on information about Itachi Uchiha.


    Unexpectedly, this spy who Obito thought he had placed in Akatsuki''s organization has always been loyal to him. Unexpectedly, it turned out to be Naraku Uehara, a little bastard!


    Uchiha Obito gritted his teeth resentfully, and stared angrily at Uehara Naraku: "How many things have you been hiding all these years..."


    "Well, how should I describe it?"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms and said with a light smile: "If one day, when the ninja world under the well opened the cover I put on the well, and saw the sun and moon in the sky, I thought I saw the whole world... "


    Uehara Naraku held his palm again confidently: "In fact, they don''t know that the world outside the well is mine, and the sun and moon are also mine."

 Chapter 220

    Too arrogant.


    Even Uchiha Obito was also the master behind Akatsuki back then, and he wasn''t as arrogant as Uehara Naraku. Why didn''t this guy fly into the sky and stand side by side with the moon?


    Naraku Uehara looked at Obito Uchiha''s expression, chuckled lightly and said, "Tsk, judging by your expression, you are just a frog in the well of the ninja world, go do something!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Obito cursed in his heart and disappeared into a space-time vortex, and after a while his figure appeared in Kisame''s residence.


    Kisame was a little surprised when he saw Uchiha Obito wearing a mask.


    Wasn''t this guy killed by Uehara? Why did he show up again?


    "Ghost shark, it''s me."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared in Uchiha Obito''s mouth, and said softly: "In order to avoid waste, after I killed Uchiha Obito, I pulled his soul back from the underworld and reincarnated and resurrected. Now this guy is me. puppet."


    "..."


    Kisame Kisame was startled for a while, then grinned and said, "As expected of Master Uehara, even the dead cannot escape your control!"


    "There is no need to say more about these nonsense."


    Naraku Uehara manipulated Obito Uchiha to speak and continued: "When you go to the country of fire this time, I will let Obito Uchiha follow you quietly. Individuals may not be able to win Uchiha Itachi!"


    "Mr. Itachi shouldn''t dare?"


    Kisame Kisame frowned, and responded softly: "After getting along for the past few years, Mr. Itachi has not concealed his secret care for Sasuke Uchiha from me. Besides, will anyone in Konoha believe him?"


    "What if he secretly leaked my information?"


    Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and ordered: "After all, what I have done recently is too harmful to peace. Even if Uchiha Itachi dare not directly rebel for Sasuke, I don''t want to see leaking information secretly!"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Dried persimmon ghost shark: "..."


    Finally, one day, Lord Uehara also knew that what he had been doing was not human affairs, and it was easy to drive people to a corner?


    Uehara-sama has really grown up!


    Now that you know what you are doing is not human affairs, then restrain yourself a little bit!


    Look at today''s meeting, knowing that Uchiha Itachi is a brother-in-law, and persecuting his younger brother in front of Uchiha Itachi, this is clearly trying to force their brother to death!


    "Before you leave, you go and threaten Uchiha Itachi!"


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about that, he just continued: "If my information is leaked deliberately or inadvertently by anyone, I will directly feed Sasuke to Mio Isofu!"


    "..."


    After Kisame Kisame nodded, he asked with a puzzled expression, "Master Uehara, in this case, it will only force Mr. Itachi to target us even more?"


    "No, he won''t."


    After Uehara Naraku chuckled, he explained: "Because Uchiha Sasuke''s life is in our hands, that guy will not be willing to take risks. He must make his younger brother stronger to protect himself, because He knows the code that makes Sasuke stronger!"


    Kaleidoscope Sharingan is not enough.


    Then the Eternal Kaleidoscope Sharingan can never be blind, and can even open the pupil technique of the complete Susanoo? This is the power that Uchiha Madara once used to conquer the ninja world and compete with the ninja god Senjuzhu!


    Uchiha Itachi didn''t dare to risk Uchiha Sasuke.


    After all, as long as Uchiha Sasuke opens the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, and then transplants Uchiha Itachi''s eyes, you can get the legendary Eternal Kaleidoscope Sharingan. At that time, Sasuke is definitely the figure above the apex of the ninja world!


    Uchiha Itachi has already arranged a path for his younger brother, how could it be possible to take Uchiha Sasuke to take risks?


    Kisame Kisame sighed faintly and said, "It''s only going to take so much trouble to worry about leaking information, why don''t you just kill Mr. Itachi? Or don''t let him go to the Land of Fire to perform missions together?"


    "He has to go!"


    Uehara Naraku categorically interrupted Kisame Kisame, if Uchiha Itachi didn''t go to the Land of Fire, how could he possibly reveal the whereabouts of the Bietenjin Sharingan?


    This is Uehara Naraku''s main purpose for letting Uchiha Itachi go to the Land of Fire.


    As long as the Bietianjin Sharingan is resolved, Uchiha Itachi will no longer have any threats from now on, and it is enough to just walk quietly into the end of life.


    "As for why not kill him..."


    Uehara Naraku used Uchiha Obito''s body and said in a deep voice: "We haven''t drained his last value yet, I still need to make him the last nutrient for Uchiha Sasuke to become stronger. Anyway, we all know that this is also his own. Wanted, right?"


    "Well, I see."


    Kisame Kisame nodded helplessly.


    The boss has ordered so, what else can he do?


    "Do you know why you asked Uchiha Itachi to show your interests?"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and said contemptuously: "Because he will soon be a dead person, a person who is about to end his life, there is no need to be too afraid, his life and death are in my hands !"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark: "..."


    How sad!


    Kisame Kisame couldn''t help but take a look at Obito Uchiha in front of him. After careful calculation, Obito Uchiha, Itachi Uchiha and Sasuke Uchiha have all been played by Uehara Naraku all the time.


    I really don''t know why Uehara-sama likes to deceive Uchiha so much... Is it because their clan is very powerful and has value that can be used?


    In the middle of the night.


    Kisame Kakisame knocked on Uchiha Itachi''s door.


    After entering, Uchiha Itachi''s heart tightened when he said the first words of Kisame: "I''m sorry, Mr. Itachi, I''m really sorry to disturb you suddenly in the middle of the night, but someone wants to use my mouth to threaten you. If there is any leakage of our organization''s intelligence, Uchiha Sasuke will be torn to pieces."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi slowly let go of his palm, and said calmly: "It''s just killing Sasuke, what does it have to do with me? Anyway, I will kill him sooner or later..."


    "No need to pretend."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame sat in front of Itachi Uchiha, and knocked on Itachi Uchiha''s heart word by word: "Mr. Itachi killed the whole family just to save Sasuke Uchiha''s life, so why be so stubborn about it? ? There are very few people in the Akatsuki organization who know about this, and unfortunately, I am one of them."


    "Who told you? Obito Uchiha?"


    Uchiha Itachi''s palm was clenched again, as if it might explode at any time.


    This feeling of being caught by someone''s weakness is very uncomfortable.


    Uchiha Itachi prefers to take one step and plan three steps, hide behind the scenes with his own wisdom, and do everything flawlessly, so that those who think they can control him will not find them until the final moment. has lost control.


    Now others don''t care about the mess, and directly seize Uchiha Sasuke''s life and threaten him, which makes it difficult for Uchiha Itachi to operate.


    When things came to an end, Uchiha Itachi still wanted to try to make a comeback, so he did not hesitate to reveal the biggest secret in his heart to Kisame: "But at the beginning, I left Sasuke''s life only because my Sharingan pupil power was about to be exhausted. So I need Sasuke''s eyes to let me regain the power of Kaleidoscope Sharingan..."


    "Pfft..."


    Dried persimmon ghost couldn''t help laughing, he waved his hand and apologized again and again: "I''m sorry, I really couldn''t hold back..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s complexion suddenly became ugly.


    Was it seen through? What is the reason?


    Somehow, he felt like a clown.


    Kisame Kisame, who is clearly in front of him, has always behaved like a very standard ninja, only rigidly executing orders from above.


    However, at this moment, Uchiha Itachi had a faint feeling that Kisame Kisame saw through everything about him!


    Uchiha Itachi looked at Kisame Kisame with an ugly face, and after confirming this idea in his heart, he asked, "You know it all? Or have you always known it?"


    Two sentences have two meanings.


    One sentence means that Kisame Kisame only discovered it recently, and another sentence means that Kisame Kisame saw through his mind a long time ago.


    It''s fine if it''s the first...


    If it is the second type, then Uchiha Itachi really feels that he has always been the clown in the eyes of Kisame Kisame.


    "Sorry, I always knew."


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth.


    Uchiha Itachi''s heart shook violently, and his face became more and more ugly. At this moment, he finally stopped hiding his expression, and said in a deep voice: "So you have been watching everything between me and Sasuke in secret, and you have been watching everything between me and Sasuke in secret. Are you actually laughing at me?"


    Damn, I''m so angry!


    Uchiha Itachi thought about every time he tried his best to avoid Kisame Kisame, and secretly asked Uchiha Sasuke to copy his ninjutsu, and suddenly felt that he was a joke.


    Every time Uchiha Itachi himself was provoking Sasuke, he would beat and insult Sasuke as a waste, thus inspiring Sasuke''s hatred and unyielding will. The bastard Kisame must be hiding by the side and laughing!


    This fucking really doesn''t want to bear it anymore!


    Itachi Uchiha feels that his life in the past few years is like a clown in a circus, performing jokes for Kisame Kisame every day, without stopping every day!


    How could this happen!


    Itachi Uchiha is not well, he can''t even suppress his anger, but he is a Uchiha, a very proud person!


    All the ninjas in the ninja world should be the ones that Uchiha plays with them, but why he has become a laughing stock!


    And every time Uchiha Itachi secretly taught Sasuke ninjutsu under the supervision of Kisame Kisame, he still had a little contempt for Kisame in his heart...


    Unexpectedly, he was a big joke in the eyes of Guixier!


    shame... shame... anger...


    These words are far from enough to describe Uchiha Itachi''s mood, he felt as if his whole body was stripped off, and he was thrown under the light to be judged by Kisame.


    Uchiha Itachi clenched his fist, looked at Kisame Kisame, and asked word by word: "So you know all this, but you always bully Sasuke in front of me, are you deliberately provoking and testing me?"


    "what?"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame was asked this question unexpectedly, why did he ask this question, shouldn''t Mr. Itachi feel too ashamed at this time?


    Dried persimmon ghost shark''s heart is feeling good!


    In the past, every time Uchiha Itachi secretly tried to get Sasuke to learn ninjutsu, he probably despised him as a useless shark man, and he couldn''t even find out about this kind of thing...


    Do you know now?


    He, dried persimmon ghost shark, knows everything!


    But he didn''t say anything, he just quietly watched you brothers making fun of each other!


    The mood is simply not too good!


    It''s like taking a cold shower in cold water on a hot day, the comfort is indescribable.


    As a result, when Kisame Kisame was secretly happy, he was asked this question by Uchiha Itachi, and he didn''t know how to answer it?


    This¡­


    How should I say it?


    Are you telling the truth?


    "if¡­"


    Kisame Kisame looked at Itachi Uchiha, and said calmly: "What if I just complain about Mr. Itachi?"


    Kisame Uchiha looked directly into Itachi Uchiha''s eyes, not afraid of the scarlet Sharingan, and said in a deep voice: "Mr. Itachi, do you really want to sacrifice yourself for a brat? Your talent and strength are very high, yes One of the two strongest people I''ve ever met in my life.


    You should have a bigger stage in this ninja world. As long as you are willing to kill Sasuke, disease is just a small trouble that is easy to solve. You will have the opportunity to truly see the truth of this world! "


    Dried persimmon and ghost shark are telling the truth.


    He really wanted to persuade Uchiha Itachi to surrender.


    Uchiha Itachi is the most recognized ninja in Kisame''s heart, and Uehara Naraku is his most recognized boss.


    If Uchiha Itachi is willing to join Uehara Naraku, then Uchiha Itachi will definitely have a bigger stage!


    Uehara Naraku''s subordinates are equal, and he will also give them a lot of rewards, including a long lifespan, so that his subordinates will have no worries.


    Ginseng Kisame learned the truth and gained great power; Ghost Lantern Manyue was reborn and was able to secretly protect and guide her younger brother; Lin Yuyu Yuli was also cured of her disease.


    If Uchiha Itachi took refuge in Uehara, according to Uehara Naraku''s respect for Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Itachi is estimated to gain more, and there is absolutely no need to worry about the safety of his younger brother Uchiha Sasuke!


    For example, the younger brother of Onito Manyue, Onito Shuiyue, is so arrogant in the ninja world, why is it okay to find trouble with his brother everywhere? Isn''t it all because there is a guy named Yaoshidou who is secretly escorting him?


    "As long as you are willing to rely on my boss..."


    Kisame Uchiha looked at Itachi Uchiha, and his face became extremely serious: "Mr. Itachi, although adults occasionally have bad tastes, they will treat this world as a game!


    But the adults are very generous to their own people. The adults will heal your body and protect your younger brother. There is no adult in this world who can''t do it. He is the god of this world! "


    "There is no god in this world."


    After Uchiha Itachi calmly shook his head, he suddenly said tentatively and calmly: "Kisame, your boss is not Uchiha Obito... right?"


    "..."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame raised the corners of his mouth, and looked at Uchiha Itachi with a playful smile: "Mr. Itachi, you already know enough today, after your hole cards are mastered, are you sure you will continue to ask questions?" go down?"

 Chapter 221

    In the ninja world, the more people know, the more dangerous they are.


    Uchiha Itachi doesn''t think so, he thinks he must know enough to perfect his next plan, a person who is actually spying on him and Sasuke is too dangerous.


    Especially this one who actually read his mind and used his feelings for Sasuke to threaten him, how could he not be on his guard against this kind of thing!


    ask.


    Of course you have to ask.


    You have to ask.


    Itachi Uchiha looked at Kisame Kaki, and he wanted to continue asking, wanting to find out from Kisame Kaki who was the mastermind behind him.


    "I should have met that guy, right?"


    "What you''ve seen, that''s never all there is to him."


    After Kisame Kisame finished speaking, he added with a light smile: "Mr. Itachi, if you know enough, you and your brother will be very dangerous."


    "If I didn''t know this, wouldn''t Sasuke be more dangerous? At least you can dodge a visible threat, right?"


    After Uchiha Itachi finished speaking, he began to think about Kisame''s words, at least he could determine the target, because he had seen the person standing behind Kisame.


    No, not right.


    This is a bit difficult to analyze.


    Because meeting the standards is just too much.


    Everyone may have another side of himself, and it is very difficult to analyze it simply. The person hiding behind Kisame must be hiding very deeply.


    A man who has never been exposed.


    Instead of analyzing the final black hand, it is better to analyze Kisame''s companions, so that there may be a chance to find a suitable person.


    Return to one.


    Uchiha Itachi subconsciously thought of Uehara Naraku''s teammate in the organization, the guy who said little but never made a lot of shots. He was given a title called Guiyi by Payne.


    Because that guy always wears a hood, never shows his true face, and never really makes a shot!


    Undoubtedly, the suspicion of this person is the highest.


    If asked like this, will Kisame admit it?


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Maybe, maybe not, maybe only a fake answer.


    The most troublesome thing for Uchiha Itachi is that he doesn''t know anything about the man named Guiyi, only that he is Uehara Naraku''s teammate.


    Uchiha Itachi thought for a while, then suddenly glanced at Kisame Kisame, and whispered a name: "Naraku Uehara..."


    "..."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame''s heart tightened subconsciously.


    Is the performance between them obvious? Itachi Uchiha guessed Naraku Uehara''s identity directly!


    To be honest, Kisame Kisame didn''t expect it either.


    Unexpectedly, Uchiha Itachi suddenly opened his mouth and continued: "Uehara Naraku... In fact, he has also become your pawn, right?"


    No matter who is suspected, Uchiha Itachi will not think that Uehara Naraku will be the mastermind behind the scenes, after all, this is too unreliable!


    Uehara Naraku relied on Xiaonan and Payne''s love, and almost everyone knew that Uehara Naraku would possibly become the leader of the next generation of Akatsuki.


    And Naraku Uehara is also quite arrogant...


    Look at Uehara Naraku''s performance at the meeting, showing superficial respect to the old people in the organization, and directly suppressing the newcomers in the organization.


    Such bullying and bullying...


    No matter how you look at it, it doesn''t look like a black hand behind the scenes.


    What''s more, how could a man behind the scenes befriend the lower ninjas of the five major ninja villages, and even go to take the naive Chunin exam?


    Therefore, Uchiha Itachi believes that Uehara Naraku is also a pawn.


    Maybe Uehara Naraku doesn''t know the truth at all, maybe Uehara Naraku may know part of the truth, but Uehara Naraku is just a pawn at most.


    After all, when Uchiha Itachi joined the Akatsuki organization, Uehara Naraku was at the same time as him, and joined the Akatsuki organization on the same day as him. At that time...


    Uchiha Itachi, thirteen years old.


    Uehara Naraku, twelve years old.


    The two fought a battle under the instigation of Uchiha Obito. Uchiha Itachi relied on the illusion advantage of Sharingan to sell a flaw and directly defeated Uehara.


    To be honest, Naraku Uehara was pretty good at that time.


    Facing a member of the Uchiha, he didn''t know how to avoid his eyes. It is estimated that Uehara didn''t know the function of Sharingan at that time, he only knew that Sharingan was very famous.


    Over the years, Uehara has made rapid progress, perhaps already qualified to become a pawn, and his character has also changed as his strength grows.


    Itachi Uchiha thinks that Naraku Uehara is very likely a pawn.


    This is not to blame Uchiha Itachi for thinking about it.


    After all, a guy who saw through the reason why he created the Genocide Night back then couldn''t possibly be a kid who was only twelve years old back then, right?


    Kisame''s heart immediately relaxed, and the corners of his mouth grinned, revealing a surprised expression: "As expected of Mr. Itachi... That brat Uehara Naraku is too naive, and is always very easy to be used by others."


    After Kisame Kisame finished speaking, he wanted to splash some dirty things on Uehara Naraku''s body: "How should I describe Uehara? We didn''t regard him as a qualified pawn.


    When he was in the Akatsuki organization, Uehara Naraku was a member who would do anything to organize missions; when he was in Yuyin Village, Uehara Naraku was a guy who colluded with Konoha for Yuyin Village; even he himself didn''t know how to choose.


    As long as someone convinces him, he will break his previous promise.


    This is a genius without his own forbearance. He will be used by others in a moment, and he will break his promise in the next moment. He cannot be called our pawn at all. "


    "I see."


    Itachi Uchiha nodded slowly.


    Naraku Uehara is a guy to use.


    If possible, maybe you can consider using Uehara Naraku to convey information about the Akatsuki organization to Konoha. As long as Uehara Naraku and Konoha''s group of ninjas become more involved, he may show his own flaws.


    "Ringo Yuyuri and Ghost Lantern Moon are your companions."


    Itachi Uchiha immediately proposed two names. After all, there are four Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village who joined the Akatsuki organization, and three of them have a good relationship, but Momochi Zabuza was subconsciously excluded by them.


    etc¡­


    Does that mean that Taodi may be the mastermind behind it even if he doesn''t cut it?


    Because Momochi Zabucho is their boss, they are unwilling to talk to Momoji Zabucho, so as not to reveal their flaws, and Momoji Zabucho is also wrapped in bandages, so they can''t see his true face...


    Uchiha Itachi subconsciously began to have a headache.


    If you want to find out who is behind the scenes who really understands and sees through him, you can''t find out in just a few words, you must find a way to find out as soon as possible.


    Itachi Uchiha knocked on his desk and said in a low voice: "I will pay attention to protecting the secrets of members of the Akatsuki organization, will you help me protect Sasuke?"


    This is also a temptation and an inquiry.


    Uchiha Itachi wants to use this to test the hands of the person who captured the Three-Tailed Jinchuriki, and there may be Kisame''s companion and superior.


    If Kisame Kisame agreed to protect Sasuke, then the person who captured Jinchuriki of the Three Tails must have Kisame''s accomplice or even his boss...


    For example, the peach ground suspected by Uchiha Itachi will never be cut.


    "Relax."


    Kisame grinned at Itachi Uchiha, and said with a light smile, "It seems that we can only make this one deal. Mr. Itachi really refuses to invest in us?"


    "To be honest, I''m very moved."


    Itachi Uchiha looked at Kisame Kisame, and said softly: "But before joining an unknown group, I must at least know your purpose, leader and existing members, right?"


    "...then there is no other way."


    Kisame Uchiha looked at Itachi Uchiha with a full face of regret, and sighed in a low voice: "Actually, it is my selfishness to recruit Mr. Itachi. I can''t bear to see a ninja like Mr. Itachi disappear. Can report to boss.


    After all, Mr. Itachi is a very troublesome figure in the eyes of my boss! He may not like Mr. Itachi to join us, and it will take a lot of effort for me to persuade him to agree to accept Mr. Itachi and your brother. "


    Kisame Kisame said this as if their small group is quite amazing, and there is still a VIP threshold system.


    However, it is indeed remarkable.


    Itachi Uchiha looked at Kisame Kisame in surprise, as if he couldn''t react for a while, it turned out that Kisame Kisame had been soliciting him, was it Kisame''s own intention?


    His boss didn''t agree or even know about it at all?


    What does this mean?


    Uchiha Itachi''s brain turned quickly, and he immediately realized a terrible fact, that is, the person behind Kisame probably didn''t think Uchiha Itachi had any value in existence, or simply foresaw that he was about to die.


    Yes indeed¡­


    Since that person can see through the series of things he did to protect his brother and exterminate his family, how could he not see through the possibility of Uchiha Itachi''s death?


    The behind-the-scenes guy didn''t leave his place at all!


    It''s not that Uchiha Itachi is boasting, but that he knows his own strength, and he can definitely rank among the best in the entire Akatsuki organization.


    Uchiha Itachi himself is not a worthless person.


    It''s just because the behind-the-scenes knew that Uchiha Itachi wanted to die, so the behind-the-scenes simply gave up on him.


    but¡­


    Uchiha Itachi slowly raised his head, staring at Kisame Kisame sitting in front of him, at this teammate who has been with him day and night for many years.


    but¡­


    But Kisame Kisame didn''t want to see Uchiha Itachi''s death, so he came here to recruit Uchiha Itachi to join them!


    This is an extremely dangerous move.


    Or Kanshi Kisame knew that these things didn''t matter and would not have any impact on the people behind him, or Kanshi Kisame risked being executed by his boss.


    Uchiha Itachi couldn''t tell the difference.


    Uchiha Itachi is clear, his teammates want to save him!


    According to what Uehara Naraku said at the meeting, when Sasuke returns with them to capture Sanwei, the two Uchiha brothers will have a life-and-death duel.


    Itachi Uchiha is actually ready to die.


    It''s just that before he went to die, Qianshi Guixier had seen through all this early, so he wanted to help him.


    "Thank you, Kisame."


    Uchiha Itachi stared at Kisame Kisame, and after being silent for a while, he continued: "I have seen my own destiny, I have seen through what kind of person I am, and I have found my own way to go."


    Uchiha Itachi flatly rejected Kisame.


    On the night of the genocide, Uchiha Itachi had already prepared an ending for himself in advance, and he would never change it for anything.


    Even he admires Kisame as a teammate very much.


    "Mr. Itachi..."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame''s face suddenly became ugly, and he grinned and showed an ugly smile: "I took a big risk, can''t you think about it? After all, I don''t want to lose my partner."


    "Sorry, ghost shark."


    Itachi Uchiha put his hand on Kisame''s shoulder, and said in a low voice, "Actually, you should be clear, right? The person standing behind you didn''t reserve a place for me at all."


    "..."


    The figure of dried persimmon ghost shark froze for a moment.


    Uchiha Itachi looked at Kisame Kisame, and continued to speak: "You have to forget the unnecessary words you said to me tonight, and I will forget them too, understand? Don''t put yourself in danger..."


    "I see."


    Kisame Kisame stood up, showing a mouth full of shark teeth: "Then it''s like this! Remember, Mr. Itachi, you are absolutely not allowed to leak information about the organization to anyone. This is the price we pay for protecting Sasuke. If you leak If there are clues, we still have a way to find out the source of the intelligence, and we are not without spies among the five major countries."


    "I remember."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded, and when he watched Kisame''s tall figure about to leave, he suddenly said, "Wait, Kisame, if the person standing behind you wants to win over Sasuke, I hope you can Take care of Sasuke."


    "..."


    Kisame Kisame was silent for a while, then nodded and said, "Even if Sasuke is not Mr. Itachi''s favorite brother, he has been my teammate for several years, so I won''t just sit idly by."


    "I can rest assured that."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded.


    After the dried persimmon ghost left, Uchiha Itachi covered his mouth violently, and drops of blood oozed from between his fingers.


    His body was almost unable to hold on.


    So when we return to the Land of Fire this time, we must find a way to plan Sasuke''s future.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi died, Danzo Shimura disappeared, and no one knew about Itachi Uchiha''s past.


    If Sasuke''s location is not found in Konoha, maybe it might not be a good idea to entrust Kisame to this friend.

 Chapter 222

    Dried Persimmon Kisame completed his task.


    When Kisame returned to his room, he reported to Uehara Naraku through Uchiha Obito''s dirty reincarnated body as a channel, and conveyed the conversation between him and Uchiha Itachi to Uehara Naraku in detail.


    When it came to the end, Kisame''s face was filled with regret: "Mr. Itachi is really a good teammate! Master Uehara, can we just watch him step by step towards death?"


    "Ghost shark, you did a good job this time."


    Uehara Naraku would not be stingy with admiring his subordinates, and he did not blame Kisame Kisame for helping him recruit Uchiha Itachi.


    Uehara looked at Kisame with a sad face, sighed and said: "But you don''t have to pay too much attention, under my control, there is no boundary between life and death.


    Even if Uchiha Itachi is dead, you two still have a chance to see each other again, otherwise, if you look at the example of Uchiha Obito, even if he is dead, I can bring him back from the underworld..."


    Obito Uchiha: "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark: "..."


    Uehara-sama, can''t you be serious about being a human being?


    Can a living person and a dead person be the same?


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku''s original intention was to appease him, and Kanshi Kisame had no choice but to nod his head to express his comfort.


    Kisame Kisame is still a little curious. After Uchiha Itachi is reincarnated by Uehara Naraku in the future, he finds out that Uehara Naraku is actually behind the scenes... that is the first answer he excluded. How will Mr. Itachi feel at that time?


    I can''t help but be curious...


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head in his room, controlled Uchiha Obito and continued: "But Uchiha Itachi rejected your solicitation, which is considered not giving me face, his guts are bigger than his brain, Shall I teach him a lesson before he dies?"


    "Uh¡­"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame was stunned for a moment, and then persuaded with embarrassment: "Master Uehara, Mr. Itachi''s life has been very pitiful..."


    Uchiha Itachi is about to be forced to death by you, Uehara-sama, so don''t tell him to give him a way to survive, can''t he let him have a good time?


    Although Uchiha Itachi''s death should soon be resurrected as a tool in Uehara Naraku''s hands...


    What a sad life!


    Dried persimmon ghost shark felt a little sad.


    Even Mr. Itachi possesses the legendary kaleidoscope Sharingan, but he hasn''t really seen his own destiny clearly.


    "I taught him a lesson for his own good."


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and issued his own order against Uchiha Itachi: "After you come back from the Fire Country, whether Uchiha Obito or Kisame, go and tell Uchiha Itachi some truths! "


    "What truth?"


    Kisame Kisame suddenly asked in surprise: "Could it be that Master Uehara finally couldn''t hold back and wanted to go to the front of the stage?"


    "Of course not, it''s not yet that time."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, looked at Kisame Kakisame and said, "The truth I want to tell him is of course the truth controlled by us, the truth of a dark Konoha!


    I guess Uchiha Itachi will find a way to contact and test Konoha Ninja when he goes to Fire Country this time. He will definitely try and send his brother back to Konoha. When Uchiha Itachi comes back, let him experience despair Bar!


    Let Uchiha Itachi know that Uchiha Sasuke has only one way to go, and that is to join us and become our future pawn! "


    "what?"


    Kisame Kisame asked with great interest, "Shouldn''t Uchiha Sasuke be our companion?"


    "Why do you have such an idea?"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little more disgusted, and he said extremely displeased: "Do you think Uchiha Sasuke would be willing to be someone else''s subordinate? Obviously his strength is not very good, but he feels that he is very great. He would be willing to be my subordinate. Is it one of your subordinates?"


    "...It seems to be."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame pushed his forehead with a headache.


    That brat Uchiha Sasuke always has his eyes above the top, even though he has learned enough lessons, Uchiha''s natural pride still makes him not know how to be humble...


    "Okay, that''s it."


    Naraku Uehara''s will disappeared on Obito Uchiha, leaving only the last sentence: "Onisame, then you can wait a few days to go to the Land of Fire to assist Kakuzu-senpai''s mission! Obito, you are in charge. Let''s spy on Itachi Uchiha in secret!"


    "it is good."


    "I see."


    There are only two people left in the room, Kisame and Obito Uchiha. These two former subordinates and bosses will meet again in this way of yin and yang...


    Kisame grinned, and said with a light smile, "Your Excellency Obito, it''s been a long time since I''ve seen you! I didn''t expect that we are partners again now!"


    "Dried persimmon ghost shark, what the hell are you..."


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Uchiha Obito gritted his teeth and looked at Kisame Kisame: "When did you join that brat Uehara Naraku''s command!


    "It''s early!"


    Kisame''s answer was exactly the same as Naraku Uehara''s answer.


    It¡¯s just that Kisame Kisame added another sentence: ¡°About eight years ago, when Obito-dono-dono called himself Uchiha Madara, he gave me an order to find Master Uehara and teach him a profound lesson;


    As a result, I saw that Uehara-sama is very talented, possessing great strength at the age of twelve, and not like those guys who hide their heads and show their tails, so I decided to offer my loyalty to Uehara-sama on the spot, and then I became a spy planted by Uehara-sama. "


    Obito Uchiha: "..."


    What the fuck you said is true!


    What about Kisame''s ninja personality? What about your loyalty to me? After seeing Naraku Uehara, he directly fed his loyalty to his former boss to the dog?


    "Those are all in the past, and I don''t want to mention them."


    Kisame Kisame looked at Obito Uchiha and smiled, and continued slowly: "Now we are all companions under Lord Uehara, we should get along well..."


    Obito Uchiha was about to die of rage, he turned into a vortex of time and space and disappeared: "I''m going to monitor that guy Uchiha Itachi."


    In fact, he''d be better off being pissed at what he was doing.


    If Uchiha Obito appeared in Uehara Naraku''s room, he would find that Uehara Naraku was really not a human being, and being a human being was too wronged him.


    Because Hei Ze also happened to find Naraku Uehara.


    Therefore, Uehara, who had just temporarily left his will out of Uchiha Obito''s body, could only start pouring dirty water on Obito''s body again.


    "Senior."


    Uehara Naraku was also unambiguous, and directly poured dirty water on Obito: "Although Uchiha Obito didn''t show up when we collected Ichiha and Nio, we still have to be more careful with him..."


    "That''s right."


    Hei Jue''s voice was very dignified.


    Originally, Heijue had been worried about Obito Uchiha, who was elusive, so it also said directly: "So this time when you go to the country of water to catch Sanwei, you can look at the traces of Yakushidou and see if you can bring him back. return!"


    After finishing speaking, Hei Jue''s voice hesitated again: "Some time ago, when you went to capture Iptail Jinchuriki, Bai Jue, who I put next to the pharmacist''s pocket to monitor him, disappeared. I suspect that he might be captured by him for experiments. I have no materials, so I have no way to find his trace for the time being..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Well, my subordinates are quite promising.


    It is estimated that Yao Shidou also used the Bai Jue coat controlled by himself, and found a Bai Jue who was watching him in the opposite direction, so he directly made the Bai Jue who was watching him into an experimental material...


    Uehara Naraku nodded casually and agreed. As for whether he can find Yaoshidou, it is not an easy task. After all, Yaoshidou is the successor of Orochimaru, but he can''t catch it if he is slippery or not!


    After talking about the troubles of Uchiha Obito and Yakushito, Heijue looked at Uehara Naraku and continued: "Besides, there is one more thing, and that is about Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi brothers..."


    "Huh? What''s the matter?"


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, looked at Heijue curiously and said, "Didn''t Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke start a duel after we seal Sanwei?"


    "I think you shouldn''t have a too rigid relationship with them."


    Hei Jue looked at Uehara Naraku''s curious expression, and smiled sinisterly: "After all, after the life-and-death duel between their brothers, the strength of the winner will leapfrog rapidly, and they can also become our pawns..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was a little speechless.


    There are quite a few people who fucking stare at Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi!


    However, it is normal for Hei Ze to stare at them. After all, Hei Ze knows the difference between Kaleidoscope Sharingan and Eternal Kaleidoscope Sharingan, so Hei Ze has always been very concerned about those Uchihas who have brothers.


    In history, the battle of the Uchiha brothers in the Pacific was simply wonderful and ups and downs in the explanations of the two gold medal commentators Hei Ze and Bai Ze.


    Maybe, this time the battle between the Uchiha brothers will still be explained by Hei Ze and Bai Ze, but this time there may be more audiences.


    "Senior."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Hei Ze, and asked this question curiously: "Why does the strength of the winner among the Uchiha brothers increase rapidly?"


    "This is the secret of the Uchiha clan..."


    A sinister smile appeared on Bai Jue''s face, and he said coldly: "Maybe the future Itachi or Sasuke may be stronger than you!"


    "It''s too long to say, so we won''t talk about it."


    Hei Jue interrupted Bai Jue''s words, and said softly: "Only a few people know about this matter. Except for the Uchiha clan, it is useless to know it, so there is no need for you to know about it..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Damn, the feelings have faded again!


    As far as Hei Jue''s attitude towards his own people, who would want to work with it?


    No wonder the only two remaining members of the Moon Eye Project are undercover spies working beside it!


    Sure enough, even after living for a thousand years, Heijue still hasn''t learned the art of imperial servants. Heijue can only be an ordinary think tank in this life, and will always be someone else''s vassal.


    Naraku Uehara watched Hei Ze and Bai Ze disappear in front of him as a pitcher plant, and couldn''t help but hook the corners of his mouth. Just because he is not Uchiha, he refused to tell him the truth?


    This guy really thought he was in control of everything?


    During the next few days of rest, Xiao''s members would connect everywhere if they liked to connect privately, and rest at home if they liked to stay at home, until it was time for the official mission.


    Capture Sanwei Isofu: Naraku Uehara, Didara, Scorpion of Red Sand, Momochi Zabuza, Uchiha Sasuke.


    Earn organization funds: Kakuto, Hidan, Kanshi Kisame, Uchiha Itachi, Ghost Lantern Moon, Ringo Yuyuri.


    Intelligence Officer: Absolutely.


    Staying at the base: Nagato, Payne, Kaguya-kun Maro, Shiro.

 Chapter 223

    efore leaving.


    Deidara had a fight with Hidan as usual.


    Didara is half mentally retarded + funny, Hiduan is a pure idiot + fool, so of course Didara can''t quarrel with Hiduan, because Hiduan will reduce Didala''s IQ, and then win with rich experience he.


    After losing the quarrel this time, Didara''s eyes slowly moved to Uehara Naraku, which made Uehara Naraku''s heart skip a beat.


    "Hey, Uehara, where''s your psychic beast?"


    Didara puffed up his mouth, stared wide-eyed and gesticulated to describe Uehara''s ancient dragon: "It''s the one who screamed... Hurry up and kill that bastard, Fei Duan!"


    Didara also tried to use his voice to imitate the cry of an ancient dragon, but he didn''t imitate any domineering, but rather funny.


    Everyone looked sideways at Didara.


    What psychic beast is so cute?


    Naraku Uehara also stared at Didara a little speechlessly, because your psychic beast is howling!


    "Hey, Uehara, hurry up!"


    Didara stretched his arms, and urged loudly: "Hurry up and summon your psychic beast, this time you do me a favor, and next time I can create a huge, huge C2 dragon Let you play!"


    "No need, there is something wrong with your aesthetics,"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, slowly closed his palms, formed a psychic handprint, and said in a low voice: "Ninjutsu, psychic art!"


    After a huge psychic spell was formed, an ancient dragon flew in the air a moment later, and some people who had never seen an ancient dragon frowned involuntarily.


    That psychic beast is really huge.


    And the momentum is surprisingly strong!


    Even people like Fei Duan and Jiao who don''t care about psychic beasts can''t help but watch the ancient dragon land in front of Uehara Naraku.


    "It''s really surprising..."


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned his mouth, showing a mouthful of sharp teeth: "Uehara... the combat power of every psychic beast is beyond recognition!"


    When they first met, Uehara Naraku''s psychic deep-sea titan exhausted all the chakras of Kisame Kisame... But now this psychic beast is undoubtedly stronger than that deep-sea titan!


    Didara quickly climbed to the top of the ancient dragon, occupying a position with the best view, and pointed to the flying section on the ground, muttering and urging: "Quick, quick, spray that guy to death! "


    It''s a pity that the ancient dragon didn''t obey Didara''s order, but looked around slowly, waiting for Naraku Uehara''s order.


    "Let''s go up!"


    Uehara Naraku flew into the sky and landed beside Didara, and the Red Sand Scorpion also flew up directly with the help of the puppet string.


    Momochi Zabuza and Uchiha Sasuke rode this kind of mount for the first time, and jumped up with a few steps, their bodies were still a little swaying.


    Like the master of the ancient dragon, Didara greeted them enthusiastically: "Hahahahaha... Hurry up and use your Chakra to absorb it, otherwise you may be thrown off the road, but the road will be very Cool!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at him speechlessly.


    The reason why this guy Didara wanted to carry out missions with him was because he wanted to go for a ride on his ancient dragon mount!


    Momochi glanced at Naraku Uehara, and couldn''t help asking curiously: "Where is this psychic beast? It seems that this kind of ninja beast has never appeared in the ninja world, right?"


    "The ninja world is huge..."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and continued: "This is the psychic scroll I got from Orochimaru before, who knew it would be such a big guy, it can just be used as our flying tool, so as not to waste time on the road... "


    "The scroll at Orochimaru?"


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned.


    If he hadn''t been forcibly brought to the Akatsuki organization by Naraku Uehara, Itachi Uchiha, and Kisame Kisame, but instead had taken refuge in Orochimaru, would he have had a chance to get such a flying psychic beast?


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    To be honest, Sasuke was really envious.


    Sasuke is only sixteen years old this year, and it is the time when he is young and passionate. How could he not like such a powerful and flying psychic beast?


    Uchiha Sasuke found another reason to hate Uchiha Itachi...


    If Uchiha Itachi hadn''t forced him to join Akatsuki''s organization back then, maybe he also has such an ancient dragon now!


    Of course Sasuke didn''t know that the reason why Uchiha Itachi forced him to join Akatsuki''s organization was because Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame next to him were not good guys, arguing that Sasuke would kill him if he didn''t join Akatsuki...


    "Let''s go!"


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the giant beast below him.


    "Roar!"


    The ancient dragon rose from the ground, flapped its wings, hovered in the air for a while, and flew towards the country of water according to Naraku Uehara''s order!


    Wait until Uehara Naraku and the others leave.


    Everyone''s eyes were involuntarily set on Kakuzu.


    Fei Duan even said bluntly: "Hey, Jiaodu, where is your psychic beast, let everyone come and sit for a while!"


    "Shut up."


    The sound of Jiaodu urn interrupted Fei Duan, looked up at the giant dragon going away in the air, and muttered in a low voice: "If this method is used to carry out the mission, the speed of travel is very fast, and it can save time and save a lot of trouble." For the required cost, it seems that if you choose a helping hand for the mission in the future, you can give priority to that kid Uehara Naraku..."


    "Hey, hey, do you only think about money!"


    Fei Duan yelled at his partner in a grumpy manner: "I hate money the most, money is a blasphemy against Lord Cthulhu!"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark: "..."


    Uchiha Itachi: "..."


    Ghost Lamp Full Moon: "..."


    Ringo Yuyuri: "..."


    What kind of teammates are these!


    Kisame Kisame, Moon Moon, and Yuri Hayashi exchanged a cryptic look. Apparently, all three of them understood that it was secondary to assisting the role to perform tasks this time, and monitoring or supervising Itachi Uchiha''s actions was the main thing.


    After the group left, a space-time vortex appeared behind them, revealing the figure of Obito Uchiha. The next second, Obito Uchiha turned into a space-time vortex again, following Kakutsu and his party.


    For this mission, Uchiha Itachi received super generous treatment.


    There are a total of four ninjas who are in charge of supervising him overtly and secretly, and coupled with the obvious threat of Kisame Kisame, I believe he will be very well-behaved.


    Kakudo doesn''t know that the undercurrents of Kisame Kisame, Itachi Uchiha and others who assist their team in carrying out the mission are turbulent. He just wants to make money.


    Kakudo is such a pure person.


    Jiaodu flipped through the map in his hand and the reward booklet of the gold exchange, and said in a deep voice: "Let''s go to the temple of fire first, kill this guy named Lu Lu, and then go to the gold exchange to get a reward of 30 million taels. Go and see if there is a chance to kill some Konoha ninjas and earn more rewards..."


    Kisame Kisame chuckled lightly, and objected to Kakuto''s opinion: "If I remember correctly, in order to avoid casualties, without Payne''s permission, we are prohibited from attacking Ninja Village, right? Even to catch a tailed beast, there must be at least four people The teams above¡­¡±


    "It''s just some Konoha ninja corpses in exchange for money."


    Jiaodu glanced at Ganshi Guishui, and said in a dark voice: "If you are afraid of death, it''s fine for Fei Duan and I to go, and you can go back now!"


    They are an undead duo.


    I really can''t understand why that guy Uehara Naraku insisted on letting this group of guys follow them to make money. Since they are all here, they can''t just let them play soy sauce.


    The Akatsuki organization dispatched six people, can''t just kill one Lu Lu?


    Kakuto flipped through the reward book in his hand, frowned and asked, "This guy named Sarutobi Asma used to be the Twelve Guardian Ninja Warriors of the Land of Fire, and he was five million more expensive than the corpse of Lulu. Uchiha Itachi, do you have any information about him?"


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head and said: "I only remember that Mr. Asma is the second son of Konoha III Hokage, other information is not clear..."


    "Mr. Itachi, are you serious?"


    Kisame grinned and said with a light smile: "We met that guy when we sneaked into Konoha, he seems to be good at using a chakra knife and fire escape ninjutsu..."


    Uchiha Itachi frowned and said, "Is there such a thing?"


    "Of course there is."


    Kisame Kisame chuckled and continued to reply: "Didn''t you hurt Kakashi in that battle? Naraku Uehara was still an intern at that time, and he was waiting for us outside Konoha. I remember we sneaked into Before Konoha, you also lent him a sum of money..."


    "forgotten."


    Uchiha Itachi raised his eyebrows.


    "Hmph, can you even forget about money?"


    Kakuto snorted coldly, and glanced at Itachi Uchiha with disdain on his face: "You can forget such an important thing as the money lent to others. Your memory really doesn''t match your age!"


    "maybe¡­"


    Itachi Uchiha shook his head indifferently.


    A breeze blew his hair head-on.


    While the team on this side was still trying to move towards the Fire Temple, Uehara Naraku and others on the other side had arrived at the Water Kingdom sitting on the ancient dragon.


    After all, flying is always faster than walking.


    The situation in the country of water is a little tense.


    Because of the news brought by the full moon of the ghost lamp, coupled with the fact that Akatsuki''s organization has made great efforts to capture the tail beast, Terumi Mei also has to be careful.


    It''s a pity that Kirigakure Village didn''t pick out a suitable Jinchuriki, so they could only drive Sano Isofu temporarily to a place that is good for defense.


    Terumi Mei sent thousands of Kirigakure ninjas to station near Mio Isoo. The densely packed strongholds almost completely surrounded the location of Mio Iso. Even if a bird flies in, it needs the permission of the Kirigakure ninja.


    According to the news she got from Konoha, the members of Akatsuki''s organization were very fast at catching tailed beasts.


    Before finding a suitable Jinchuriki, and without an unquestionable sealing technique, Terumi Mei could only use this stupid method to protect Mio Isobu.


    After an overnight flight.


    morning hours.


    When Uehara Naraku and others arrived here, they were also surprised by the number of Kirigakure ninjas. Unexpectedly, the ninjas would have a day to protect the tail beast...


    "It''s really stupid..."


    Deidara looked at the densely packed Kirigakure ninjas on the ground with his small binoculars, and showed a pure and innocent smile: "The entire Sand Hidden Village was completely destroyed by Uehara, how do they think that these people can stop us? ?¡±


    "Shut up."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion glanced at Didala displeasedly. What happened to his teammates? Hidden Sand Village is his hometown after all. Doesn''t this guy know how to avoid it?


    Why the fuck are you always talking about things?


    I really want to sew up Didara''s broken mouth!


    Uehara Naraku ordered the ancient dragon to land on a barren mountain, tapped his arm, and said, "Okay, let''s find a place to discuss tactics first!"


    "Does this still require tactics?"


    Didara looked at Uehara Naraku with dead fish eyes: "You let this big guy fly over, and I stood on top of him and dropped a C3 Eighteenth, blowing everyone up, and then let Sasuke, the kid Go catch Sanwei, isn''t that the end of the matter?"


    "That can''t be done."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Sasuke''s solemn expression, and said with a light smile: "After all, I am Sasuke''s chief examiner, so I must clear up a suitable examination room for the students taking the examination!"

 Chapter 224

    Uchiha Sasuke attached great importance to capturing Mio Isofu''s exam.


    Naraku Uehara mentioned at Akatsuki''s meeting that only after he successfully captured Sanwei, he would be given a fair chance to fight Uchiha Itachi to the death.


    To be honest, it''s really hard to feel that life and even every move is controlled by other people, but this is the only way to revenge.


    Sasuke''s heart was actually very confused.


    In addition to killing Uchiha Itachi, he can only throw away all other distracting thoughts.


    For example, Uzumaki Naruto, Hatake Kakashi, Haruno Sakura, and Class 7, all of them must be discarded. There is nothing more important than killing Uchiha Itachi.


    As for the rest, we can only talk about it after he kills Itachi.


    Sasuke thought that he could try to return to Konoha, take Akatsuki''s information back, and then continue to play ninja games with Class 7, so as to revive the Uchiha clan''s reputation in Konoha.


    However, sometimes, Sasuke also thinks that he should replace Uchiha Itachi''s position in Akatsuki, become an official member of Akatsuki, make waves like these members of Akatsuki, become a strong man who everyone fears, and get a man like Uchiha Itachi. title.


    Sharingan Sasuke, or Avenger Sasuke or something.


    If you want to kill Uchiha Itachi, you must exchange for a duel opportunity allowed by the Akatsuki organization; if you want to get this opportunity, you must capture Sanwei Isofu alone.


    Really upset!


    Why must Akatsuki allow his revenge!


    After Sasuke was angry for a while, he suddenly felt a little rejoiced. If he hadn''t joined Akatsuki''s organization, and was not Akatsuki''s intern, if he wanted to kill Uchiha Itachi, wouldn''t he be making enemies of the entire Akatsuki organization and this group of monsters?


    "The test rules are as follows."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice interrupted Uchiha Sasuke''s wild thoughts, and he quickly listened to him, hoping to find something beneficial to him.


    The examination rules formulated by Uehara Naraku also included this tactic to capture Sanwei, and by the way, it was also for his own mission.


    "One hour later, I will go to attack Wuyin Village. If there is no accident, these Wunin will choose to return to defense. After they return to defense, it is your time to act. From that moment on, capture them alive within three hours. Mio Isofu."


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, he turned his head and glanced at Didara, the Red Sand Scorpion and the others: "Three hours, is it enough?"


    "Ha, half an hour is enough for me!"


    "enough."


    Didala and the Scarlet Sand Scorpion each nodded. As for the peach field next to them, he hesitated, but he also nodded.


    Damn, did this group of lunatics from the Akatsuki organization really only let Uchiha Sasuke catch Mio alone? This Uchiha kid will be beaten to death by Mitsuo!


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, and asked in a low voice: "What if the Kirigakure ninjas stationed near Mio hadn''t evacuated?"


    What if Uehara Naraku was seen through his scheme after he attacked Wuyin Village?


    Will he continue to carry out the assessment of capturing the three tails?


    Isn''t this nonsense?


    There are thousands of Kirigakure ninjas near Mio Isoo, no matter how strong Sasuke thinks he is, it is impossible for him to survive under the siege of thousands of ninjas!


    "Do not worry!"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and suddenly spread his palm: "They will definitely transfer the ninjas here!"


    If Kirigakure Village is on the verge of extinction, Terumi Mei will definitely send back the reinforcements stationed near Mio Isofu, even if she knows it is the conspiracy of the Akatsuki organization to attack the West.


    Compared with a tailed beast, the safety of the village is more important.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking confidently, he looked at Sasuke and added: "Remember, you only have three hours, because I will send someone to count the time..."


    "clear."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded seriously.


    If Uehara Naraku really created a suitable environment for him, three hours should be enough for him to get rid of Mio Isao.


    The last time Uchiha Sasuke was lucky enough to participate in the capture of Ninao Jinchuriki, he barely learned some experience.


    As long as he is careful not to let the tail beast release the tail beast jade, Sasuke is really confident enough to capture Sanwei Isobu, after all, he still has some information about Sanwei...


    However, thinking of the way he obtained information, Sasuke felt a little uncomfortable!


    That bastard Uchiha Itachi!


    When we ran into each other at the base a few days ago, Uchiha Itachi said to Sasuke very contemptuously that Sasuke could never be the opponent of Sanwei Isofu, because Uchiha Itachi had fought against the previous generation of Sanwei Churiki Goju Yakura, And suffered a lot.


    Uchiha Itachi believes that it is impossible for Sasuke to survive the attack of Sanwei Isofu.


    First of all, Sanwei Isofu''s defensive power is very strong, and the physical skills mastered by Sasuke can''t play any role at all; and the little fire escape ninjutsu mastered by Uchiha Sasuke is difficult to cause any substantial damage to Sanwei. Will be restrained by the three-tailed water escape.


    Itachi Uchiha told Sasuke without hesitation that the ninjutsu that can break the defense of the three tails in this world, only his kaleidoscope sharingan''s Amaterasu pupil technique, the endless black flame that can burn even the flames, can defeat the three tails. !


    It''s just that Uchiha Itachi said contemptuously that he doesn''t need to use Amaterasu at all, and only needs the illusion of kaleidoscope Sharingan to easily control Sanwei.


    Uchiha Sasuke, who doesn''t have a kaleidoscope Sharingan, relies on the mere Sangodama Sharingan, even if he is proficient in the use of illusion, it is impossible to directly control Mio Isofu with illusion, at most he can only control it for a few seconds.


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but think of Uchiha Itachi''s last words.


    "Stupid brother, you who don''t have the kaleidoscope Sharingan, you are a waste not worth mentioning. I can easily defeat Sanwei with the kaleidoscope Sharingan, but your strength can''t even break its scales...


    If you want to stand in front of me and challenge me after capturing Three Tails, then desperately remember the pain I gave you! Only pain and hatred can make you have the same eyes as mine, and make you, a waste, qualified to stand in front of me. "


    "That bastard..."


    After Uchiha Sasuke recalled Uchiha Itachi''s words, he couldn''t help cursing secretly, he slowly stroked his eyes, and said contemptuously: "Huh, Uchiha Itachi, thank you for your arrogance, so that I Got information from Mio..."


    That devil-like brother is really too proud!


    Uchiha Itachi treats his younger brother like a high-ranking god treats an ant, but he has no idea that an ant has spent several years secretly collecting his information through every action and every word of him!


    Uchiha Sasuke is very confident, relying on his understanding of Uchiha Itachi over the years, and targeted training himself, as long as he is given a chance to duel, he will definitely be able to defeat and kill Uchiha Itachi head-on!


    "What are you thinking?"


    Uehara Naraku''s words brought Sasuke Uchiha back to reality.


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, stroked his eye sockets, and said in a low voice: "It''s nothing, I''m just thinking about when I can officially start to act, after all, I can''t wait to catch Sanwei, and then go back and kill Itachi Guy!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Sasuke strangely, nodded and said: "Okay, it''s good if you have this confidence, after all, we used to be comrades-in-arms in the Chunin exam, if you can really kill Uchiha Itachi, I will admit it Your strength allows you to take his place."


    "Oh?"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes lit up immediately.


    If he remembers correctly, Uchiha Itachi once defeated Uehara Naraku; if he can defeat Uchiha Itachi, wouldn''t it be that his strength has surpassed Uehara Naraku?


    No, things can''t be counted like that!


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Uehara Naraku and made a request of his own: "Hey, Uehara, if I can defeat Mio Isofu, come and fight with me! I want to use you to test my strength! "


    "what?"


    Before Naraku Uehara could say anything, Didara looked at Sasuke Uchiha first, and said, "Hey, kid, are you crazy? You want to challenge Uehara!"


    After a while, Didara stroked his chin with his fingers again, and refuted his own words: "It seems to be okay, although Uehara''s brain and psychic beasts are very powerful, but apart from creating a super volcano that time, We have never seen him make a real shot! Maybe he is not strong himself?"


    "idiot!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but glared at Didara, and said in a deep voice, "Even if you haven''t seen Uehara make a move, you should still remember that the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo, the Fourth Kazekage and the Third Hokage were all murdered by him. drop it!"


    Momochi added without cutting his voice: "He also killed the fourth generation of Mizukage Goju Yakura of our Wuyin Village!"


    "Huh? Is there still such a thing?"


    Uehara Naraku turned to look at Momochi with curiosity, scratched the back of his head and said: "That guy Yagura''s strength is only average, I really forgot that I have done such a thing!"


    Momochi Zabuza felt that Uehara Naraku was targeting him.


    Back then when he assassinated Yakura without beheading himself, he risked most of his life and failed to deal with Yakura, but in the end Yakura was easily dealt with by Naraku Uehara...


    Momochi Zabuza really felt that Uehara Naraku was taking the opportunity to insult him.


    It''s a pity that Buzhan has self-knowledge, knowing that he can''t beat Uehara.


    Tao Di Zabuzhan snorted coldly, and said dissatisfied: "I remember, you were only twelve years old at that time! It''s normal to forget after so many years..."


    "Tsk, who would remember a little thing!"


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand indifferently, he really didn''t want to remember those opponents who couldn''t pose a threat at all.


    What''s more, with his current strength, the entire ninja world can''t pick a single person who can be his opponent. It is estimated that only the resurrection of the two guys Uchiha Madara and Senju Zhuma has the desire for him to challenge.


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Uchiha Sasuke, looked at him seriously, and said word by word: "After you successfully capture Sanwei, I will fight you..."


    Naraku Uehara was talking, slowly spread out his palm and held it again, and added: "I can understand your thoughts very well, I want to challenge an opponent who can test my strength before fighting Uchiha Itachi...


    So I will simulate Uchiha Itachi''s fighting style as much as possible. Illusion, Taijutsu, and Ninjutsu can all be simulated as much as possible, except for the pupil technique of Kaleidoscope Sharingan. "


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, and refused: "No need, what I want is that you can show your full strength..."


    "Huh? Full power?"


    Naraku Uehara looked at Sasuke Uchiha and couldn''t help but chuckled, and raised one of his fingers, with unparalleled confidence gradually appearing on his face: "Sasuke, don''t be too confident... I promise to fight you, yes I will give you a reward for defeating Three Tails."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face became ugly again, as if he had returned to the time when he was ravaged by Uehara in the Chunin exam, he gritted his teeth and said, "Then let''s talk about it after I catch Sanwei! Let''s start quickly, I have already Can''t wait!"


    Naraku Uehara looked at Uchiha Sasuke''s expression with satisfaction, and said softly: "We are going to attack Wuyin Village now, and Wuyin Village will send reinforcements here soon. They are about four hours away from here, which means you There are still four hours of rest and supplementary time..."


    "clear."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Sasuke who was checking his equipment and supplies, and said with a smile: "But since it''s an exam, of course someone must be in charge of monitoring you...Spiritualism!"


    A puff of smoke appeared in front of everyone''s eyes.


    Just when everyone was surprised, a very beautiful female mechanical puppet appeared beside Uehara Naraku. Her body was all made of small pieces of alloy, which perfectly formed a precise puppet.


    It''s just that this puppet doesn''t seem to be connected to the chakra line yet, and stands there with its head down, without any movement around it, and its operating principle cannot be seen.


    But just the appearance of this puppet is enough to make people amazed, even the cheeks made by machinery are quite beautiful, like a teenage girl.


    It is Uehara Naraku''s puppet clockwork demon Orianna.


    The red sand scorpion''s eyes tightened, and he couldn''t help but look at the puppet and praised: "It''s an unimaginable art to be able to make such a precise puppet... Uehara, you made this puppet!" Was it given to you by the leader?"


    "Actually, Orochimaru made it."


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands, and threw the black pot on Orochimaru''s body, his palm fell on the clockwork demon, and after instilling 50,000 points of chakra into her body, he said softly: "Wake up! , Orianna!"


    click click click...


    click click click...


    The mechanical sound is gradually ringing...


    The clockwork behind this puppet is gradually turning...


    Pieces of alloy began to rotate, and gradually formed a round puppet in the puppet''s hand, floating in the center of her palm.


    The next moment, the body of this puppet suddenly emitted a blue light, and a light flashed in her eye sockets, and a somewhat gentle mechanical female voice came from her mouth: "We... will help you kill the enemy... It''s sure to be fun."

 Chapter 225

    "Are there still puppets with will?"


    A look of astonishment flashed across the face of the Scarlet Sand Scorpion, and immediately the astonishment became a little joyful: "What an interesting puppet..."


    Yes, the puppet that Naraku Uehara has is amazing.


    In addition to the beauty of the clockwork demon''s puppet model, the powerful aura emanating from his body also surprised Scorpion.


    Moreover, after the clockwork demon was awakened by Chakra infused by Naraku Uehara, the aura she erupted was not inferior to that of Akatsuki''s official members!


    What shocked the Red Sand Scorpion the most was that this puppet was different from those lifeless puppets. She seemed to be a living creature. She could freely manipulate her body and even communicate.


    Scorpion has a feeling...


    This clockwork puppet is his kind.


    It''s not wrong to say so.


    Because Orianna, the clockwork demon, also replaced her body with gears and springs little by little in order to prolong her life, and forcibly made herself a machine.


    "Hey, hey, can you still talk?"


    Deidara was just curious. He looked at the puppet girl next to Uehara Naraku with a face full of astonishment, and couldn''t help reaching out his palm to touch her cheek: "Let me see what kind of puppet this is. Compared with the puppet made by Xie Dan The puppet is really super beautiful and cute..."


    "Don''t be too rude!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion grabbed Didara''s palm with one hand, and he didn''t care about Didara insulting his puppet.


    Scorpion stared straight at the clockwork demon''s body with his own eyes, and asked word by word: "You...have you made your own body into a human puppet too?"


    "..."


    Orianna, the clockwork demon, slowly raised her head. The eyes in her eye sockets were like two glowing gems, and she looked at the red sand scorpion curiously.


    It''s just that after looking at it for a while, she didn''t answer. Instead, she turned her head and looked at Naraku Uehara again: "What are we... doing?"


    "Ahem..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the burning eyes of the Red Sand Scorpion, coughed a few times symbolically, and said: "Your mission is very simple. Follow this kid named Uchiha Sasuke and supervise him to complete his own assessment."


    "I see."


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Orianna nodded slightly.


    Because she has Naraku Uehara''s Chakra in her body, her will is also controlled by Naraku Uehara, so she can easily understand what Naraku Uehara means.


    After Orianna got the order, she turned her head to look at Uchiha Sasuke, and a mechanical female voice floated from her lips: "I wish you...the assessment is successful...I hope you...will not time out...otherwise...the puppet will be angry .¡±


    "thanks."


    Uchiha Sasuke squinted at the puppet, and nodded at her indifferently.


    "Sasuke, be polite."


    Seeing Sasuke''s sloppy movements, Scorpion couldn''t help frowning: "This is a puppet with autonomous consciousness... or a person... Her strength is not weak, at least I can feel the strong power in her body .¡±


    "Okay, okay, Orianna is just a puppet to supervise Sasuke."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and said softly: "Let''s go to Kirigakure Village and let Orianna stay to supervise Sasuke''s assessment!"


    "I''ll stay too!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion glanced at the Clockwork Demon, then at Uchiha Sasuke, and said slowly: "Our main task should be to catch Sanwei Isobu, in case this Uchiha kid can''t defeat Sanwei , I can also help to add."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the Red Sand Scorpion speechlessly, you fucking want to stay, is that to help capture Sanwei?


    Uehara was too embarrassed to point him out!


    Since seeing Orianna, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion''s eyes have basically never moved away, perhaps full of desire for the secret mechanical manufacturing process of this puppet.


    Maybe he has found his own kind.


    Especially, this kind is a female.


    "That''s not necessary."


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and said softly: "I believe Sasuke can complete the assessment, and Orianna is mainly to supervise him. Taking a step back, even if Sasuke can''t defeat Sanwei, my puppet should be able to easily defeat Sanwei. "


    "Don''t worry, I won''t miss it."


    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly, frowned and said.


    The Red Sand Scorpion stretched out his palm, and said slowly: "It doesn''t matter, Uehara should be able to break through Wuyin Village by himself... I''ll stay and help!"


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin and said, "Then Senior Scorpion will supervise Sasuke''s assessment, and I will take Orianna to Wuyin Village."


    "Forget it, let me help you!"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion shook his head, his face turning dark.


    This Uehara Naraku, can''t understand people''s words?


    To be honest, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion is a bit regretful now, if he knew that he shouldn''t have given up when he hunted down Orochimaru.


    Look at the loot Uehara Naraku got from Orochimaru, it''s just a psychic contract with an ancient dragon, but there is such a sophisticated puppet!


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion felt that if he thoroughly studied the mechanical principles of the Clockwork Demon, and learned by analogy, he would be able to make his puppet art go a step further.


    "Then let''s go!"


    After Naraku Uehara nodded hastily, after leaving Uchiha Sasuke and Orianna behind, he drove the ancient dragon into the sky and flew towards Kirigakure Village.


    Misty Village.


    The village is always hidden in fog.


    Especially in the early morning, when the fog is the most diffuse, it is difficult to see people''s figures, which is a test of Kirigakure Ninja''s perception.


    "Is this the Wuyin Village?"


    Didara tilted his head, pursed his mouth and said dissatisfiedly: "This bad weather is really annoying, the eyes can only see a few meters away..."


    As a ninja who likes to attack the enemy from the air, Didara naturally prefers sunny weather, because on a sunny day, the aerial vision will be better, and now they can''t see the situation of the hidden fog village at all.


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion was not in a good mood either, looking at Naraku Uehara, he said, "Shall we let your psychic beast attack directly now?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in a low voice: "What we need to do now is to attract the Kirigakure ninjas stationed at Sanwei''s side to come to support them. If we directly destroy Kirigakure Village, will anyone go to them for help?"


    The Red Sand Scorpion raised his eyebrows: "So..."


    Naraku Uehara slowly lowered the ancient dragon''s height, and said in a deep voice, "So we will attack Wuyin Village directly, and by defeating Wuyin Village''s troops time and time again, force them to send people to dispatch the troops stationed in the Sanwei rebirth area for support."


    "Do you think they''ll be fooled?"


    "This is an upright conspiracy."


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists, and said with a light smile, "Which is more important, a village or a three-tailed one, the senior management of Wuyin Village will understand!"


    Tao Di Zaibu cut his arms and said coldly: "I can sneak into the village first... This kind of weather is my favorite!"


    "It''s okay... I''ll deal with it!"


    Naraku Uehara landed in Wuyin Village, slowly closed his palms, and shouted in a low voice: "Wind escape, the typhoon is over!"


    A violent gust of wind suddenly rolled up!


    In the next second, this gust of wind turned into a super violent hurricane, which instantly blew across the entire Wuyin Village, blowing away the thick fog that filled Wuyin Village!


    click click click...


    clatter clatter...


    Countless buildings in Kirigakure Village trembled under Uehara Naraku''s wind escape ninjutsu, and the sound of strings of glass being shattered by the wind escape ninjutsu echoed in Wuyin Village!


    This is after Uehara Naraku broke through Sand Hidden Village, he was rewarded with the power of wind, and he was able to freely manipulate the wind chakra, or manipulate the natural wind.


    Now Uehara Naraku came to attack Kirigakure Village, because according to his estimation, the reward he can get after breaking Kirigakure Village should be the power of water, and he can freely manipulate the water escape ninjutsu.


    These are the necessary strengths to be able to synthesize Daoist Jade.


    "This brat!"


    Momochi watched as the thick fog around him suddenly dissipated, and also saw Uehara Naraku standing in the village of Kirigakure, and he also flew and jumped off the ancient dragon.


    Didala and the Red Sand Scorpion didn''t stay any longer, and the two of them also fell to the ground one after another, standing beside Uehara Naraku.


    Momochi Zabuzhan''s face was a bit unsightly, his eyes tightened slightly: "It can actually blow away the dense fog over the entire village... The power of this level of wind escape ninjutsu is much stronger than that guy Yakura !"


    "..."


    The expression of the red sand scorpion was inexplicable.


    Because he was born in Sand Hidden Village, Xie has seen many strong people who are good at wind escape ninjutsu, but they are undoubtedly inferior to Naraku Uehara by more than one level.


    Didara''s face showed a touch of pleasure, looking at Wuyin Village showing its true face, he couldn''t help laughing and said: "Hahahahahaha...that''s it! It''s refreshing to follow this guy to perform the mission!"


    This kind of weather is the most suitable for Didara to play!


    In the early morning, the silence of Wuying Village was completely broken by this powerful hurricane, and ninjas began to gather one after another, either to find problems or to find their bosses.


    Because of the loss of the cover of the thick fog, the village of Kirigakure became transparent, and the Kirigakure ninjas quickly found the problem of the disappearance of the thick fog in the village.


    no way.


    This is also impossible to find.


    After all, a huge animal was above their village, and even a ninja could see its location, but its huge size made people panic and worried.


    However, it was a scene they saw on the quiet main street that changed the mood of these fog ninjas from panic to panic.


    A ferocious-looking ancient dragon floated above their Wuyin Village, flapping its wings slowly. On the ground below the dragon stood four ninjas in black robes of Xiangyun. The most terrifying organization in the world now!


    dawn!


    Uehara Naraku watched as one by one Kirinin appeared around them, waved his palm at them, and greeted them affectionately.


    "Good morning, everyone."

 Chapter 226

    Naraku Uehara greeted eagerly.


    It''s just that no one in Wuyin Village dared to respond to his greetings, and no one dared to relax. Everyone looked at their figures nervously.


    Only four people came from the Akatsuki organization.


    However, it was these four people who turned a blind eye to the more and more Wunin who came out around them, and they did not lose their momentum in the slightest.


    The Mist Ninjas have an advantage in numbers, but they dare not move lightly in the face of this group of Akatsuki members, because some time ago, this group of Mist Ninjas heard that another big country, Sha Yin Village, was breached by Akatsuki. Sand hidden village turned into ruins.


    Every breath of Mist Ninja began to restrain involuntarily, looking at the four figures in black robes of Xiangyun, he didn''t even dare to breathe out.


    As the senior management of Wuyin Village, Qing was the first to arrive at the scene.


    His gaze swept over the four members of Akatsuki slightly, and his face became more and more ugly, recalling the information about Akatsuki he got from Konoha.


    "Yanyin S-class traitor Didara!"


    Ao looked at the blond ninja who laughed the most wildly among the four members sent by Akatsuki, and his expression became more serious: "Didara, participated in Akatsuki''s attack on Sand Hidden Village, and personally captured Godai Kazekage Gaara. "


    It''s just that Taodi defected in the end.


    Not only that, at that time, the only three ninja swordsmen in Kirigakure Village all defected, and except for Terumi Mei, they couldn''t find any strong combat power.


    At once¡­


    Quite surprising.


    Qing''s gaze finally settled on the last member of Akatsuki, who was wearing a hood. This member was recognized as one of Akatsuki''s strongest members in the ninja world.


    Those who wear hoods are undoubtedly the strongest.


    "White eyes open!"


    Qing''s eyes suddenly changed, his white eyes opened suddenly, and he stared at the figure: "Let me see who you are... this is..."


    "kill him."


    An indifferent voice appeared in everyone''s ears.


    The hooded ninja slowly stretched out his finger, pointing at Qing who opened his white eyes.


    It was Naraku Uehara.


    He almost forgot that there was a hidden white-eyed ninja in Wuyin Village.


    If Qing can see through his Xingzang, wouldn''t it make his lurking meaningless, Uehara Naraku simply stretched out his hand and directed the ancient dragon to launch an attack!


    "Roar!"


    The next moment, the ancient giant dragon in the sky opened its mouth and sprayed a huge fireball towards Qing''s position, falling from the sky and directly landing on a group of fog ninjas!


    One by one, the fog ninjas panicked and wanted to avoid the attack of the huge fireball!


    When the fireball in the sky was gradually getting bigger in the field of vision, a few jounin screamed frantically to make their subordinates react: "Everyone, immediately release the water shock wave ninjutsu in the sky above you!"


    "Water Escape ¡¤ Water Shockwave!"


    Every Kirin who had time to react immediately closed his palms, opened his mouth and spewed a huge stream of water into the air, and each stream of water quickly rose into the air to form a huge sky waterfall!


    At this moment, they no longer cared about how much damage the waterfall above their heads would cause. They only cared about being able to withstand the huge fireball falling from the sky!


    Obviously at this moment, the ninjutsu collectively released by hundreds of Mist Ninjas was successful, and the huge sky waterfall formed a barrier to block the fireball attacking from the air!


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    The fireball spewed out by the ancient dragon in the air was surrounded by endless spray, and the fireball was gradually evaporated, turning into a cloud of steam in the air...


    All the Mist Ninjas finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    They blocked the attack of the monster from Akatsuki.


    If that fireball falls, there must be only a handful of people present who can survive, and this area will definitely be reduced to ashes.


    Uehara Naraku watched this scene, a meaningful smile appeared on his face under the hood, and the corners of his mouth slightly raised: "Oh... is it blocked?"


    "Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Deidara looked at the group of Kirigakure ninjas who were gradually relaxing, and couldn''t help laughing wildly: "What a group of naive guys! Do you think your psychic beast can only spew out a fireball?"


    "Don''t be too harsh."


    Uehara Naraku smiled and continued: "After all, this is a remote and backward Wuyin Village, so it is inevitable that the information will be a little behind. They are just some frogs locked at the bottom of the well..."


    "Humph!"


    Tao Di couldn''t help but let out a cold snort.


    This is the embarrassment of the Akatsuki organization. Whenever they laugh at a village, there is a ninja from the village next to them.


    But Momochi didn''t say anything more, because according to what he knew about Akatsuki, they organized their actions very cautiously, dispatching two teams of personnel is enough to pose a strong threat to a big Ninja Village, this is by no means Hidden Kirigami Village Can stop it!


    "Roar!"


    The ancient giant dragon in the sky suddenly descended towards the ground and began to glide and fly along Wuyin Village. Fiery fireballs spewed out from its mouth, which made all Wuren feel desperate!


    Those huge fireballs landed in Kirigakure Village, turning this Ninja Village famous for its water ninjutsu into a sea of ??flames in a blink of an eye!


    The mist ninjas panicked and avoided each other, or released those simple water escape ninjutsu to resist, but the ninjutsu they released had no effect at all, and they couldn''t stop the fireballs falling from the sky at all!


    "Water Escape ¡¤ Water Dragon Bullet Technique!"


    A clear and crisp female drink sounded!


    I saw a water dragon suddenly soaring into the sky from somewhere in Wuyin Village, and opened its mouth to bite the ancient dragon in the air, making the ancient dragon subconsciously evade and gave up continuing to attack!


    That is the fifth generation Mizukage Terumimei''s water escape ninjutsu!


    Even if the ancient dragon has strong vitality, the impact of the water dragon bullet technique cannot be ignored, especially that woman Terumi Mei has a double blood succession limit in her body!


    Each can pose a certain threat to the ancient dragon...


    Acid is much stronger than those physical attacks!


    This is Naraku Uehara''s most beloved mount, and he will take Sanwei away after a while, how can he get hurt!


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, looked at the scrambling Kirinin and Ao who were fleeing everywhere, and said softly: "Tsk, it''s really troublesome, if you reveal my secret, it will disturb me a lot! "


    "So it''s Qing?"


    Tao Di grinned at her own mouth again, and couldn''t help but sneer and said, "Can a supercilious look scare you like this?"


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t deny it, but the words he said in the next moment made Momoji''s face change: "If he leaks my whereabouts, I can only destroy the entire Wuyin Village, kill the entire Wuyin Village ninja, lest they reveal my secret...Mr. Zabuchi, will you help me kill Ao and keep this secret?"


    Naraku Uehara knew Momochi no more.


    In fact, this guy has always refused to be inferior.


    Of the four ninja swordsmen organized by Akatsuki, only Momochi refused to join Uehara Naraku because he still had ambitions that did not match his strength.


    It''s just that the power of the Akatsuki organization is too strong now, which made Tao Di Zabuzhan put away his thoughts of betrayal.


    If the Akatsuki organization is going to perish, Uehara Naraku has no doubt that Momoji Zabuza will immediately betray the Akatsuki organization and return to Kirigakure Village to be his Kirigakure hero.


    "I''m going to kill him!"


    Didara threw down his giant clay bird with a wave of his hand, and was about to step on the giant bird to chase after him, lest the guy leak the news!


    Tao Dizai gritted his teeth and said in a deep voice, "I''m going too!"


    If Kirigakure Village is destroyed by Uehara Naraku, then he has been suppressing the ambition to control Kirigakure''s power in his heart, how can it be realized!


    Uehara Naraku watched Momochi Zabuza pull out the beheading sword behind him, and said with a light smile, "It''s good that Mr. Zabuza has a heart, but that guy can''t escape!"


    Uehara Naraku suddenly closed his palms, and said in a low voice: "In this village suitable for water escape battles, of course the water escape psychic beasts must come! Ninja and psychic art!"


    I saw a tall figure appearing in the psychic spell beside Uehara Naraku, it was Uehara''s other psychic beast Deep Sea Titan!


    "as you wish."


    A huge hook of the anchor popped out suddenly, and it hit Qing''s position almost without limit. This unexpected attack made Qing unable to dodge at all. He just watched in surprise that his body was hooked by an anchor. !


    In the next second, Qing''s body was dragged back extremely quickly!


    Qing''s body was out of control, and he couldn''t take any measures at all, even if he wanted to release a substitute technique, it was too late. Under the drag of that huge force, his body was severely injured in an instant!


    The investigation leader of Wuyin Village was hooked back by the anchor just like that, and after Qing reacted, he had already landed at the feet of the Deep Sea Titan, with bloodstains on his chest and abdomen from being severely injured by the anchor hook.


    Uehara Naraku slowly squatted down, looked down at Ao at his feet, smiled and said: "Your white eyes have discovered my identity, haven''t you?"


    "¡­yes."


    Qing''s body trembled slightly, staring at Uehara Naraku who was wearing a hood with an ugly face, and nodded slowly.


    Uehara Naraku applauded softly, and said softly: "If you reveal my identity, the entire Kirigakure Village will be destroyed by me, and all Kirigakure ninjas and villagers who know about it will be killed by me. What will you do now?"


    "you¡­"


    Qing''s face turned pale in an instant.


    Uehara Naraku pointed to the ancient dragon flying in the sky, and continued with a smile: "Don''t think that what I said is a lie, it destroys the entire Shayin Village, why don''t we guess, it can destroy Wuyin Village ?"


    "..."


    Sweat dripped from Qing''s forehead.


    There is no doubt that the ancient dragon in the sky is too powerful. If it spews out huge fireballs uninterruptedly, the entire Wuyin Village may be destroyed in one fell swoop.


    The guy didn''t lie to him.


    Qing gritted his teeth, and Ung Sheng asked directly: "I want to know why you joined Akatsuki, if I remember correctly, your identity is also well-known in the entire ninja world.


    Even the ninja villages of the five major countries dare not ignore your existence, and some people even say that you are very likely to become the next ninja demigod, and now it seems that they are underestimating you..."


    "We''re not talking about the same thing."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly sank, and he said coldly: "What you need to do now is to prove to me that you will not reveal the secret, let me be a little merciful, and let the whole Wuyin Village go."


    "..."


    Qing fell into silence again.


    After a long silence, he slowly raised his head, and there was a look of death on his face: "You kill me!"


    "not enough."


    Naraku Uehara raised a finger and shook it, chuckled slightly: "Give me your white eyes, and then prove how to keep a secret, I can forgive your snooping."


    "..."


    Qing was silent again.


    Only the dead can keep secrets.


    This Akatsuki member is asking too much.


    Originally, he was a talkative elder in Wuyin Village, but in front of Naraku Uehara, he kept silent two or three times.


    Didara supported his forehead and smiled, and said to Uehara Naraku: "I finally understand why the leader values ??you so much, you are destined to be Akatsuki''s man! Even that bastard Hidan is not as good as you!" Your methods are cruel and bloody!"


    "Oh, it''s too good to be true."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked down at Qing and said, "Now, tell me your choice!"


    "Let go of Qing!"


    While Uehara Naraku was still persecuting Ao, a tall female ninja brought a group of Kirigakure Anbu to support her!


    It is Terumi Mei, the most powerful ninja in Wuyin Village.


    Obviously, on the way here, she had already heard Anbe next to her tell her everything about what had happened, and seeing Ao collapsed beside Uehara Naraku in a panic, she immediately stopped her.


    Uehara Naraku ignored Terumi Mei who came to support, just lowered his head and continued to look at Qing: "Before she rushes to us, it is your last time, make your choice, I will be more merciful because of your initiative to cooperate ..."


    "I see."


    Qing slowly closed her palms and made a fingerprint.


    When Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion wanted to kill Ao directly, Uehara Naraku stopped them: "Senior Scorpion, Didara, I believe he will make the most correct choice, a ninja will do it for himself The sacrifice of their village is an honor to them."


    Naraku Uehara guessed right.


    After Qingjie finished the handprints, she slowly took off her blindfold, because the blindfold has a protective formation against the white eyes.


    After all, his supercilious eyes are the only one outside the Hyuga ethnic group in the entire ninja world, and it is also the most difficult blood succession boundary for outsiders in the ninja world. In terms of strategic significance, it is extraordinary for the ninja villages of the five major countries, and Wuyin Village is also accidental. Just got a white eye.


    All the wu ninjas who tried to rush to rescue Ao with Terumi Mei stopped involuntarily, because they saw the scene that made the whole kirigakure village sad.


    The elders in that village...


    Some nagging detective captain in that village...


    The very respected elders of that village surrendered to the enemy.


    Qing slowly took off her blindfold, snapped off her transplanted white eyes, and handed him to the hooded Akatsuki member like a pilgrimage.


    No, to be precise, it should be a sacrifice to the devil, right?


    After all, Akatsuki is so evil...


    Regardless of the blood flowing in the eye sockets of the white eyes that she forcibly dug out by herself, Qing handed the white eyes to Uehara Naraku little by little, and begged softly: "If I do what you say, you promise me, and you will let the fog go." Hidden Village, right?"


    "right."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out and took the white eye, and softly bewitched: "There is a second thing, help me keep my secret..."


    "hehe¡­"


    Qing smiled bitterly, stood up slowly, stretched out his hand to grab the Kunai behind him, and said in a low voice: "I know, I will keep the secret like this..."


    The next moment, just when Akatsuki''s members thought that Aokai would be forced to commit suicide by Uehara Naraku, Ao suddenly stuck out Kunai and stabbed Uehara Naraku''s heart!


    He moves so fast!


    Even Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion who were close at hand didn''t have time to react!


    It has to be said that after getting Baiyan, Qing practiced ninjutsu related to it, and this time the assassination almost reached the fastest speed in his life!


    However, Uehara Naraku''s speed is even faster!


    With more than 200,000 life energy, Uehara reacted almost instantly, broke Qing''s wrist, and took the Kunai from his hand!


    Crash!


    Naraku Uehara swung Kunai violently, cut Qing''s throat, and kicked him flying before his blood spurted out: "This is my favorite uniform, don''t let your Blood stained it, perfidious villain."


    At this moment, the villain has a bit more evil temperament.

 Chapter 227

    gurgling...


    Qing''s corpse rolled on the ground...


    In the end, his body stopped in front of Terumi Mei, the blood gushing from his throat flowed on the ground, and the blood red stained Terumi Mei''s shoes.


    "Senior Young..."


    There was a look of sadness in Terumi Mei''s eyes.


    Ever since she became a high-level executive in Wuyin Village, Qing has been by her side, guiding her growth like a senior, and obeying her orders.


    Because Qing knows that ninjas like Terumi Mei are the future hope of Wuyin Village, and the double blood succession limit is enough for Wuyin Village to have a strong man comparable to Kage.


    Now, Qing''s body was right in front of Terumi Mei, with a bit of shock on his stiff face, obviously he never thought that his sneak attack would be seen through.


    After all, he paid the price of rolling his eyes and assassinated that hooded Akatsuki member!


    "Hahahahaha..."


    Didara couldn''t help laughing wildly while clutching his stomach: "What kind of village is this? There is such an idiot, who does he think he assassinated?"


    To be honest, Didara was a little scared at first.


    After all, if Naraku Uehara was really assassinated, that woman Konan would probably go crazy, right? According to her love for you, Uehara, maybe the whole country of water may be directly blown into ruins by Xiaonan, and he and Xie may also be put on small shoes by that woman.


    Now that Naraku Uehara is fine, of course it''s time to be arrogant!


    Didara grinned, took out a lump of clay from his bag, swallowed the clay in his mouth in the palm, and chewed it bit by bit.


    Qing unilaterally broke the agreement, then it''s time to make a big fuss!


    "I''m really overwhelmed..."


    The red sand scorpion''s mood gradually calmed down, and he glanced at Uehara Naraku next to him with a little amazement, after all, he didn''t even react to the sudden outburst of green just now!


    Uehara Nobusho cut Qing''s throat without a trace of blood on his body.


    It should be said that he is indeed the person that both Payne and Xiaonan are optimistic about?


    "Senior Scorpion, lend me a scroll."


    Uehara Naraku waved Ao''s Kunai to the ground, slowly borrowed a sealing scroll from Scorpion''s hand, and sealed the white eyes in his hand.


    This is the most important.


    In the future, maybe this white eye can be handed over to Pharmacist''s pocket, and let him install it on the white coat, which will definitely strengthen the strength of Pharmacist''s pocket again.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    The fog ninjas looked at Uehara Naraku, with a look of fear on their faces.


    This monster from the Akatsuki organization didn''t seem to care about the assassination just now.


    Terumi Mei gritted her teeth, and told Anbe beside her, "Help me restrain Ao''s body, and I will avenge him."


    Her voice was a little calm.


    It''s just that Anbu around her can hear a touch of anger in her calm voice, just like the calm before a volcano erupts.


    A Kirinin Anbe swallowed involuntarily, recalling Terumi Mei''s horror, and hurriedly responded in a low voice: "Yes, Terumi Mei-sama."


    Da da¡­


    da da da da...


    The sound of high-heeled clogs hitting the floor was crisp.


    Terumi Mei walked towards Akatsuki''s members step by step, one by one Kirinin whispered to each other and gathered around again, ready to support her at any time.


    Naraku Uehara put away the scroll containing the white eyes, looked at Terumi Mei who was strolling, and turned to look at Momochi Zabuza: "Mr. Zabuza, has she always been so brave?"


    "¡­yes."


    Momochi nodded with an ugly face.


    At that moment just now, Zabu Zhan had a faint hope in his heart.


    He hoped that Naraku Uehara would be successfully assassinated by Qing, so that he could turn his back on the spot, attack Scorpion and Didara directly, and return to Wuyin Village as an undercover hero.


    Unfortunately.


    Qing failed, and failed miserably.


    The red sand scorpion glanced at the peach ground before cutting it, then glanced at the beheading sword in his hand, and frowned slightly: "If you don''t chop the peach ground again, the murderous aura emanating from you just now is aimed at me? ?¡±


    "..."


    There was a drop of cold sweat on Taodi Zabuzhan''s forehead.


    Uehara Naraku smiled, and opened his mouth to save Momoji Zabuzhan: "There are still enemies, and we will settle some things later. After all, we are going to fight now, and it is likely to be Mizukage Fifth Generation of Kirigakure Village in the future!"


    Momochi Zabuzhan breathed a sigh of relief.


    He wanted to wait until the battle was over before making plans.


    If Xiao''s attack on Wuyin Village fails this time, he will immediately return to Wuyin Village. Based on the information he knows about Xiao, he will definitely be able to occupy a high position in the village.


    If Akatsuki''s attack on Kirigakure Village is successful this time, then he will immediately become a loyal member of Akatsuki honestly. After all, although Akatsuki''s number is small, but their combat effectiveness is very strong, maybe they can really rule the ninja world !


    Just when Momoji Zabuza felt a little relaxed, Naraku Uehara suddenly said: "Now, let Mr. Zabuza kill this woman named Terumi Mei to prove his loyalty!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice added a smile: "In this way, if he wins, it proves that he is still useful; if he loses, it has nothing to do with us, which means that we don''t need a traitor and a traitor like him. waste¡­"


    asshole!


    Taodi cursed in his heart again.


    How much does Uehara Naraku, a bastard, look down on him? His people are still by their side, and Uehara just arranges him like this?


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he looked at Momoji Zabuza and smiled lightly: "Mr. Zabuza, I believe you will prove yourself, right?"


    "Hmph, don''t worry."


    After Momochi Zabuzhan snorted coldly, he picked up the beheading sword in his hand and rushed towards Terumi Mei''s direction!


    Terumi Mei saw that the first person to rush out from Akatsuki''s organization was Momoji Zabuzai, which made her frown uncontrollably.


    According to the information she has received from Ghost Lantern Moon over the years, Taodi is not a good guy if he doesn''t kill him again!


    The red sand scorpion looked at the back of Taochi Zabuza, and said softly: "Uehara, Taochi Zabuza is a very disobedient guy..."


    "So he''s dead."


    Uehara Naraku watched Momoji Zabuzai rushing towards Terumi Mei wielding the beheading sword, and said with a light smile: "Among Akatsuki''s members, there is no place for Zabuza in the first place, he is just temporarily occupying another person for a period of time."


    "Huh? Another guy?"


    Didara immediately became curious: "Is there anyone else from our organization who will join in?"


    "yes."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and said softly: "After all, the strength of the ghost lamp full moon and Momoji''s teammate, it is too wronged... It just so happened that a little guy grew up, and he also longed for the beheading sword, and also longed for it. Seeing the full moon."


    What Uehara was talking about was the younger brother of Guideng Manyue, Guideng Shuiyue.


    Tao Di Zai Bu Zhan''s strength has never been able to keep up with his ambition, and he always thinks about the opportunity to return to Wuyin Village and control the power of Wuyin Village.


    During this period of time, the members of the Akatsuki organization were very active, and the threat to the ninja world increased greatly. Every ninja village was trying its best to collect information on Akatsuki.


    Taodi will never let go of this opportunity.


    Xie''s expression was a bit subtle: "Then you recruited this kind of guy to join Akatsuki, you really shamed Akatsuki!"


    "I thought he was going to change."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed softly: "I just didn''t expect that this guy is still hard to change his nature, and he is even worse than the previous generation of beheading sword users Loquat Juzang''s loyalty to his companions and Akatsuki!"


    Naraku Uehara looked at Momoji Zabuzai who had fallen into a disadvantage in the beginning of the game in the distance, and said softly: "With the power of Momochi Zabuzai, it is absolutely impossible to defeat that woman Terumi Mei, so let him bury her in her own bed." Let''s go home!"


    There was a hint of sarcasm on Didara''s face, and he sneered: "Tsk, you are really cruel!"


    After Didara finished speaking, he spread out his palms and showed a more cruel smile on his face: "But Taodi won''t kill this guy just now who wanted to attack Xiedan when you were assassinated. This guy is really bad." Forgive... Even if he didn''t die in the hands of the enemy, I will kill him regardless of the organization''s regulations!"


    "rest assured."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Mei who started puffing out his mouth, and said in a low voice, "This guy...he''s dead!"


    as expected.


    Terumi Mei''s combat experience is not as good as Momoji''s, but her blood inheritance is enough to make up for all shortcomings, and even her will far exceeds Momoji''s will to fight!


    After all, how could a woman like Terumi Mei be able to defeat a woman like Terumi Mei if he was not strong enough and wanted to steal and cheat for speculation...


    Especially when this woman is still in a state of extreme anger!


    "Melting Escape¡¤The Art of Dissolving Monsters!"


    Terumi Mei opened his mouth and spewed out a stream of acid, which directly corroded Momochi''s body. This acid actually corroded his body into a big hole, and even through the hole, the internal organs of Zabuza could be seen. !


    Momochi Zabuzhan looked at the big hole in his chest and abdomen in disbelief, he immediately turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, wanting to rush to Uehara Naraku''s side with all his might!


    Because Zabuzhan is very clear, Uehara Naraku''s medical ninjutsu is very strong.


    As long as people don''t die, Uehara Naraku can save them.


    However, when Momochi showed despair in Zaibuzhan''s eyes, none of the three Akatsuki members in the distance seemed to be planning to rush over to support him.


    The Red Sand Scorpion even slowly stretched out a chakra line, and dragged away the beheading sword that Tao Dizaibu cut tightly in his hand before he died: "If I remember correctly, the guy with the ghost lamp full moon seems to be able to use any Ninja sword?"


    "That''s right."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and after seeing Momoji Zabuza completely silent, he slowly puffed up his palm among a group of cheering Kirin.


    clap clap...


    clack clack clack clack...


    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Mei who was panting slightly, and suddenly said: "Thank you, Terumi Mei-dono, for helping us eliminate Akatsuki''s traitors. Momochi Zabuza has always wanted to collect Akatsuki''s information since he joined Akatsuki back then. His act of ending the blood mist policy and Akatsuki''s information came back to serve as the fifth Mizukage of Wuyin Village!"


    "..."


    There was an uproar in the entire Wuyin Village!


    Each of the wu ninjas looked at Momoji Zabuzhan, who was in such a miserable state of death, their faces changed instantly, and they subconsciously remembered the achievements of kirigakure.


    Terumi Mei''s expression didn''t change at all.


    Because she believed in the judgment of Ghost Lantern Full Moon.


    Guideng Manyue thinks that Kisame Kisame still has room for remedial action. If he has to fight in the future, Terumi Mei can show mercy to Kisame Kisame; as for Momochi not beheading this guy, there is no need to hold back at all.


    That''s why Terumi Mei brazenly killed Momochi.


    "Tsk, actually what I said may be true..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and sighed, slowly stopped his slaps, and said in a long voice: "Congratulations, Your Excellency Terumi Mei, congratulations on killing one of our Akatsuki members, and you will be rewarded by Akatsuki from Kirigakure Village .¡±


    "what?"


    Terumi Mei frowned, she didn''t think Akatsuki''s reward was a good thing, not to mention that this sentence was clearly insulting Kirigakure Village!


    Uehara Naraku''s voice changed suddenly, and there was a faint depression before coming: "The reward is, let you see the sun rise today!"


    When Uehara Naraku''s voice fell, a round of red sun slowly rose, and the first ray of sunlight in the morning fell, shining on the stone slabs in Wuyin Village.


    This is the first time Wuyin Village has seen the sunrise.


    The village has always been covered by mist, and basically all they see is the sun at noon. If Uehara Naraku hadn''t blown away all the mist in the village with a strong wind today, they would not have seen such a scenery today.


    The sunrise is really beautiful.


    However, Terumi Mei''s expression suddenly changed!


    If she heard correctly, now that the sun is shining, Xiao and the group of lunatics will definitely attack the village next!


    "Time is up."


    Uehara Naraku said four words calmly, and immediately squatted down his body, slapped his palm on the ground, and shouted coldly: "Fire Escape ¡¤ Pillar of Flames!"


    In the next moment, soaring pillars of fire burst out from the ground of the entire Wuyin Village, and even only one appeared within tens of meters with great regularity!


    However, it was these pillars of flame that suddenly drilled out that turned the entire Wuyin Village into a sea of ??flames in a short moment, and some unlucky Wuyin Village ninjas were directly burned to ashes by the sudden flames!


    Just the number of these pillars of flames is just a rough calculation, and their number is even more than that of ninjas in the entire Wuyin Village!


    Even Terumi Mei, who is currently the strongest in Wuyin Village, has some despair in his eyes: "Akatsuki''s inside... what kind of monsters are there..."

 Chapter 228

    Wuyin Village turned into a sea of ??flames in an instant.


    The flames scorched the air, describing waves of air. The entire village was full of explosions and screams. This was the first time that the fog ninjas had seen someone release this powerful fire escape ninjutsu. The range of the technique covered the entire Misty Village.


    A sense of despair floated in the heart of every Wu Shinobu.


    Looking at the pillars of fire gushing out in groups, a fog ninja took a few steps back in a daze, and collapsed on the ground: "Is this... the power of Akatsuki?"


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Array Pillar!"


    A huge ball of water suddenly rushed to the sky, and then scattered and wiped out the surrounding pillars of flames, and water vapor immediately began to appear in this area.


    The person who put out the fire was Terumi Mei.


    It''s a pity that even if she extinguishes the flames here, she can''t extinguish the pillars of flames in the entire Wuyin Village. There are still thousands of pillars of fire in the entire Wuyin Village!


    "stand up!"


    Terumi Mei has recovered from the initial shock, and ordered loudly: "Everyone, immediately organize the civilians in the village to evacuate and put out the fire!"


    At this moment, Terumi Mei, just like in the past, became the backbone of the Mist Ninjas. She waved her hand to summon the Mist Ninjas around her, and issued an order to them, asking them to form a small team to go to various places in Mist Hidden Village for rescue.


    It''s just that this time the entire Kirigakure Village suffered too much, and the Wuren who were besieging Uehara Naraku and others had to retreat to rescue each other.


    After Terumi Mei gave her order, there was only one Anbu team left beside her, and this Anbu team was also waiting for her order.


    Perhaps because of talking too much, Terumi Mei''s voice sounded a little tired: "Harauchi, immediately send a carrier pigeon to convey the order, let the troops stationed in Mio Isofu leave a small team, and the others rush to support. Be sure to get them back to the village within four hours!"


    "Yes, Terumi Mei-sama!"


    This Anbu ninja didn''t hesitate at all, turned around and disappeared in front of Terumi Mei and the others after a few vertical jumps.


    Another Anbe ninja finally couldn''t help it, and asked in a deep voice: "Master Terumi Mei, according to the information we got, Akatsuki''s goal has always been the tail beast, in case they want to use the name of attacking Kirigakure Village... "


    "I know, Chojuro."


    Terumi Mei shook his head with an ugly expression, stared at the calm figures in the black robes of Xiangyun in the distance, and said in a low voice: "If it weren''t for the lack of manpower in the village, I would never have thought of mobilizing the ninja troops there. Only by protecting the village first, will we have a chance to protect Sanwei from falling into the hands of the enemy."


    Terumi Mei didn''t say anything else.


    That is, she does not have the confidence to repel Akatsuki''s invasion now.


    In the face of a situation that is strong enough to make people dare not reverse it, the will to fight has become somewhat insignificant.


    Terumi Mei doesn''t think Kirigakure Village is sure to be able to repel Akatsuki''s members.


    Then we can only find another shortcut. If the information from Konoha is correct and Akatsuki''s purpose is only to collect Sanwei, perhaps after he calls in help from outside the village, these Akatsuki''s people may not retreat.


    Sanwei Isofu is just a tailed beast.


    Terumi Mei looked at the last two Anbu beside her, and continued to order: "Kawamae, Chojuro, you all go to rescue everywhere too! I''m enough here!"


    "Master Terumimei!"


    "Master Terumimei!"


    The two Anbu raised their heads involuntarily, and looked at Terumi Mei in disbelief. There are still thousands of ninjas stationed in Kirigakure Village, how can Terumi Mei fight against the enemy alone?


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Terumi Mei shook his head, and said in a low voice: "You guys can''t play any role here, if you go to other places, maybe you can save more people..."


    "But¡­"


    Kirinin Anbu looked at Naraku Uehara and the others in the distance, gritted his teeth and said, "There are still three people on the other side, even if it''s just to hold back, we can hold two enemies for Terumi Mei-sama!"


    "yes!"


    Another Kirinin Anbe said firmly: "I have been working hard to become Terumi Mei-sama''s future guardian ninja!"


    The two Mist Ninja Anbe resolutely refused to leave.


    Perhaps because they knew the threat Terumi Mei was about to face, the two Kirin Anbe tried to refuse Terumi Mei''s order and insisted on staying and fighting together.


    "Hey, I think you guys seem to have some disputes."


    Naraku Uehara smiled at this scene, and suddenly interrupted Terumi Mei and Kirinin Anbe''s words, which caught their eyes.


    Uehara Naraku hid in the hood and let out a sinister smile, slowly spread his palms, and said with a light smile: "Your Excellency Terumi Mei, why don''t you let me kill these two people for you? Don''t make any noise anymore?"


    "retreat!"


    Terumi Mei shouted coldly, and kicked the two Kirin Anbe''s away one by one. The next moment, a pillar of fire burst out from where the two Kirin Anbe were standing just now!


    The two Kirin Anbe felt a little lingering.


    If it wasn''t for Terumi Mei''s swift action, the two of them would have been directly burned to ashes by the flames gushing from the ground just now.


    Terumi Mei waved his hand and shouted: "Now you two have seen it, you will only get in the way if you stay here, get out of here immediately!"


    "yes!"


    In desperation, the two Kirin Anbe could only fly away.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Mei who was alone, shook his head, and sighed: "Your Excellency Terumi Mei, you are the only one left, you look so lonely..."


    "Hehe...do you think you''re going to get me?"


    Terumi Mei hooked the corner of her mouth, and after revealing a smile of unknown meaning, she suddenly opened her mouth and spewed out a cloud of acid mist: "Boiling Escape¡¤Skill of Mist!"


    This cloud of mist rushed towards Naraku Uehara and the others!


    The buildings on the street were gradually eroded by the acid mist, and Didala and the Red Sand Scorpion frowned involuntarily.


    This kind of boiling escape is a troublesome blood succession!


    Especially for the Scarlet Sand Scorpion, if he were to fight Terumi Mei, he might not be able to reap the benefits. After all, Bodun''s attack area is too large, and his puppets and even the puppet lines may be corroded. .


    "Tsk, women''s mouths shouldn''t be too poisonous..."


    Naraku Uehara just waved his hand gently, and a strong wind blew away the boiling acid mist. He slowly looked up at Terumi Mei and said, "If your mouth is sweeter, I believe There will be many people who will like you."


    "Hehe, I will learn."


    Terumi Mei put on a smile, her eyebrows slightly arched, as if they were not fighting but chatting at this moment.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    As for her mood, it wasn''t that good.


    If the member of Akatsuki on the opposite side is very good at wind escape ninjutsu, then it is equivalent to directly making her boil escape blood succession useless.


    This battle is very tricky.


    No, not even seeing any odds.


    Terumi Mei has never encountered such a powerful enemy as Naraku Uehara, and he used the most understated attitude in the battle to show his strength.


    Naraku Uehara slowly stretched out his palm in the direction of Terumi Mei, and said softly: "Fengdun¡¤Great Breakthrough!"


    A gust of wind instantly blew straight in Terumi Mei''s direction!


    The buildings on the roads and roads along the way were swept away by the strong wind and destroyed, and the ground was also plowed into a deep gully by the strong wind!


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Array Wall!"


    Terumi Mei gritted her teeth, and a powerful stream of water spewed out of her mouth, resisting the attack of the strong wind, her face was extremely nervous: "Just an ordinary C-level wind escape ninjutsu, can it exert such a powerful force?"


    "Wind Escape¡¤Wind Cut!"


    A hurricane directly cut through the wall of the water formation, revealing a huge hole!


    "You''re a pretty good woman..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Mei who was hiding in the water formation wall, and said something that was unclear. In fact, what he said was that Terumi Mei thought he was picking up food in the garbage dump many years ago, thought he was very pitiful, and gave him a biscuits.


    Unexpectedly, Terumi Mei suddenly smiled coquettishly at the next moment, stretched lazily and said, "Which do you think is the best?"


    "..."


    Just as Naraku Uehara was sizing her up, Terumi Mei''s face suddenly changed, and a gust of orange acid spewed out from his mouth: "Molten Escape ¡¤ Monster Melting Technique!"


    This acid directly covered the heads of the three of them!


    If this acid fell, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion and Didala would definitely not be able to escape, and the two of them might even be severely injured!


    It''s no wonder that this woman is able to make Wuyin Village bow down and bow down, it''s definitely not because she is beautiful!


    Her strength is also very strong.


    At least her double blood successors almost restrained them very much.


    Whether it was Didara or the Red Sand Scorpion, a look of astonishment flashed across their faces. The Red Sand Scorpion hurriedly manipulated the puppets of the Third Kazekage and the Fourth Kazekage, intending to release their magnetic escape defensive ninjutsu.


    "Don''t panic."


    Naraku Uehara calmed their emotions with a voice, and slowly raised his finger: "Profound meaning! Soul Blessing!"


    A purple energy mask appeared around them, wrapping them in it, this is a group invincible skill.


    Balls of orange acid fell under the energy mask, but they couldn''t corrode at all. The acid could only flow down the mask and gradually fall to the ground, corroding the floor.


    Just after Uehara Naraku lifted the energy defense, Terumi Mei from a distance rushed towards them, with a look of determination on his face: "Do you think you can get out of trouble? Go to hell! Akatsuki''s monsters! Fire Dungeon!" ¡¤ Phoenix Immortal Fire Art!"


    A ball of flames spewed out from her mouth! This woman can actually release fire escape ninjutsu, or Uchiha''s fire escape ninjutsu!


    No, this doesn¡¯t seem to be surprising. After all, Terumi Mei has multiple chakra attributes in her body, and one of her blood inheritance is composed of water and fire...


    I saw that the flying flames did not fall on Uehara Naraku and the others, but fell into the acid around Uehara Naraku and the others!


    A moment later, when the flame fell on the acid, it immediately caused a violent explosion, the entire street was affected, and the buildings on the street were instantly destroyed!


    That group of acid can be exploded by flames!


    Terumi Mei suddenly launched her hidden move, which was her real killer move, after all, she never expected that acid to kill Akatsuki''s members.


    Even Terumi Mei himself was repelled by the shock wave brought by the explosion!


    Just as Terumi Mei was panting heavily, looking at the quiet street after the violent explosion, he let out a sigh of relief.


    The timing she picked just now was very good, it happened to be the moment when the weird purple energy mask disappeared, and it was definitely a time when Akatsuki''s members could not defend themselves.


    According to Terumi Mei''s judgment, no matter how weird the ninjutsu of Akatsuki and these guys is, it is impossible for them to be unscathed in this kind of explosion. There should be two deaths and one serious injury...


    If we were a little more optimistic, all three might be killed!


    However, when the smoke and dust from the explosion dissipated, Terumi Mei stared at the three figures in black robes of Xiangyun with astonishment, and they didn''t even move at all.


    "Hey!"


    Didara grinned at Terumi Mei, and said with a light smile, "You woman''s methods are really sharp! I recognize your art!"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion stared expressionlessly at the surrounding environment destroyed by the explosion, and said softly: "Judging from the power of the explosion, it seems that this woman spit out something called nitric acid, and then detonated it with flames..."


    "It''s truly amazing."


    Uehara Narakufu looked at Terumi Mei in the distance, and praised softly: "The weak in the ninja world will always find opportunities to defeat the strong through various novel tactics. I have to say that Terumi Mei''s tactics just now are indeed worthy of admiration. .¡±


    Naraku Uehara flipped his palm, continued with a smile: "It''s really admirable, you almost hurt my finger just now..."

 Chapter 229

    Uehara was a little arrogant.


    Well, probably more than a little.


    The red sand scorpion and Didara couldn''t help looking at Uehara Naraku, how could such words that almost hurt his fingers come out of such a person''s mouth!


    But to be honest, Naraku Uehara is really qualified to say that.


    When Terumi Mei used flames to detonate the acid just now, Uehara Naraku just casually laid down another layer of defensive mask to block the explosion attack.


    This kind of battle really makes people feel hopeless.


    Terumi Mei, who was clearly the one who launched the attack, was thrown backwards by the shock wave brought by the explosion, and there were many injuries in his body; on the contrary, Uehara and others at the center of the explosion did not even suffer any damage to a finger.


    Terumi Mei''s long brown hair trembled slightly, her green eyes shone with horror and uneasiness, even her surprise ninjutsu couldn''t hurt them, so what should she do to stop Akatsuki''s group of guys!


    If even she is defeated, no one in Wuyin Village can stop them!


    Terumi Mei stood up with the support of the supporting wall, looked nervously at the three people in Xiangyun''s black robe, and extracted the chakra in his body little by little.


    "Don''t show that expression, Terumimei-dono!"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but smiled, walked towards Terumi Mei slowly, and said a little bit: "Ninjas are not only able to fight and kill, but also learn how to behave in the world, you are much better than others at this point It''s..."


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head, and raised his hands as an example: "For example, we Akatsuki want to capture Mio Iso, just now I heard you mention that you took the initiative to call back the ninja troops stationed near Mio Iso in Wuyin Village, isn''t that Is it interesting?"


    "asshole!"


    Terumi Mei gritted her teeth, and a stream of water gushed out of her mouth and appeared in her own water, converging into a water whip: "Water escape, water whip!"


    The water whip suddenly hit Uehara Naraku!


    Uehara Naraku casually stretched out his palm and grabbed the water whip, and with all his strength, he used the water whip to drag Terumi Mei to his side!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly let go of the whip, pinched Terumi Mei''s chin with one hand, and gently stroked her long hair with the other hand, revealing her whole appearance.


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and rubbed her cheeks: "Really...this face doesn''t look like a thirty-year-old woman at all!"


    "asshole!"


    Terumi Mei was furious!


    Terumi Mei shook her head violently and broke free from Uehara Naraku''s restraints, as if she was about to open her mouth to spew a stream of corrosive acid towards Uehara Naraku!


    Boom!


    Naraku Uehara turned over and kicked Terumi Mei''s neck, and kicked Terumi Mei flying away. The strongest ninja in Kirigakure Village flew upside down and fell into a ruin, drowsy fainted.


    The Red Sand Scorpion closed his eyes speechlessly, shook his head and sighed: "You are really vicious!"


    "I''ve been very merciful."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Terumi Mei who had fainted, and said with a light smile: "Back then, this woman thought I was a vagrant from the country of water, and gave me a bag of biscuits, otherwise, I wouldn''t have let her go so easily."


    "What else do you want?"


    Didara couldn''t help but helped his forehead, and looked at Uehara Naraku speechlessly: "You guy''s way of showing mercy is really special... I feel that your arrogant attitude just now is obviously more cruel than killing her!"


    "Okay, let''s go!"


    Uehara Naraku waved towards the air, only to see the ancient dragon flying in the air descend from the sky and land in front of them.


    Uehara Naraku took the lead in jumping on top of the ancient dragon''s head, stroking its scales: "Let''s go, Senior Scorpion, Didara, let''s go see what''s going on with Sasuke first!"


    The red sand scorpion jumped onto the dragon''s back, and looked at Uehara Naraku suspiciously: "Why, don''t you want to do anything before you leave?"


    "Of course we will."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded, he slowly stretched out his palm, and the chakra in his body gathered little by little: "Wind escape, practice empty bullets!"


    The power of the wind is so powerful that it is enough for Uehara Naraku to use any wind ninjutsu, even the wind ninjutsu of Izuo Shukaku without any pressure.


    The red sand scorpion looked at the wind ball gathered in Uehara Naraku''s hand in surprise: "Can you even use the wind escape ninjutsu of Izuku Crane?"


    "Yeah, I''m a wind escape ninjutsu genius!"


    Naraku Uehara threw the wind ball in his hand towards the center of Wuyin Village, and said with a chuckle, "Then let the strong wind destroy this place!"


    The ball of wind suddenly fell to the ground!


    The next moment, the strong wind gathered in the wind ball swept everything around in an instant, and expanded the sea of ??flames created by the pillar of flames even more!


    "It''s actually more powerful than Ichizuku''s training empty ammo..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion stared solemnly at the gust of wind blowing from the center of Kirigakure Village, and he couldn''t help but glance at Uehara Naraku: "Every time you want to destroy a ninja village, you guys are spreading the horror of Akatsuki!" ?"


    Didala laughed and said, "Last time it was Shayin Village, this time it''s Wuyin Village, what kind of village will it be next time? I really look forward to it..."


    "idiot!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but supported his forehead, and said coldly: "We caught Sanwei, and Siwei Jinchuriki is at the organization''s base. Which village do you think will be destroyed next?"


    "..."


    Didara''s expression changed, he looked at Uehara Naraku suddenly, and muttered: "The next one is going to face that old man Onogi, that old guy is not easy to deal with! The task of capturing the five-tailed Jinchuriki, alone It might not be enough just us.¡±


    As a former disciple of Onoki, who is a double scale, Didara still knows how terrifying Onoki''s dust escape is. If it is serious, the third generation of Tukage Onoki may be the strongest among the five kages today.


    "Let''s talk about it later!"


    Naraku Uehara sat on the ancient dragon, looked down at the village that was devastated by the wind and flames, and gently patted the scales of the ancient dragon: "Okay, there is nothing worth seeing, let''s go!"


    The reward for this raid on Hidden Fog Village has already been obtained.


    It''s a pity that not many ninjas were defeated or injured by his last move in Wuyin Village this time, only about three or four thousand people.


    The situation in Hidden Sand Village is rare.


    After all, Sand Hidden Village at that time was still reorganizing and expanding the ninja army, so most of the ninjas gathered in the village.


    The ninjas in Wuyin Village are divided into many batches, and many of them are on missions outside, because the ocean of the ninja world is basically dominated by Wuyin Village.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the benefits brought by the Dark Harvest. If it doesn''t work, wait until the Ninja World War to come again!


    Dark Harvest: After defeating a ninja, you will get a part of the power from the enemy, each time increasing life energy by 10 points, chakra energy by 10 points, and natural energy by 10 points. Currently, 189,750 points of life energy, 189,750 points of chakra energy, and 189,750 points of natural energy have been added in total.


    This battle also increased Uehara Naraku''s three-dimensional attribute by almost a quarter, directly increasing it to 250,000 points.


    In addition to this, there are several other gains.


    Side task: Defeat Qing (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill is keen perception.


    Keen Perception: When you turn on Keen Perception, everything within 1 kilometer will appear in your field of vision, with no skill cooldown time and no skill consumption.


    This skill is okay.


    Although Uehara Naraku can use fate to spy at any time, this skill does not require any chakra consumption, and it can be activated permanently. The only uncomfortable part may be that it is a little dizzy.


    Side task: Defeat Terumi Mei (1/1), the task is completed, reward 100 gold coins.


    There it is again.


    Does this woman have no black spots at all?


    Did no one want to defeat her?


    Fortunately, there is another reward that Uehara Naraku wanted the most.


    Sub-quest: Successfully break through Hidden Fog Village (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the passive talent skill Water Power will be rewarded.


    The power of water: You can freely drive the water attribute chakra, and use it at will to create water escape ninjutsu, which is one of the components of the seeking jade.


    Well, starting from today, Uehara can say that he is the strongest water escape ninja!


    Even if Qianshou Feijian is alive, it is impossible to be stronger than his water escape ninjutsu. The power of water is the ultimate change in the nature of water attribute chakra.


    The most important thing is, as long as Uehara Naraku can figure out how to get the power of Yin and Yang, he should be able to get the skill of seeking dao jade!


    Unexpectedly, the next moment, there will be a new talent skill on the system panel.


    Ice Power (activated): You can freely drive the Ice Escape Chakra composed of Wind Power + Water Power, and use it at will to create Ice Escape Ninjutsu.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku started touching his chin.


    If he could create and use ice escape ninjutsu freely, he would somehow think of a lot of messy moves, which seemed interesting!


    "Thank you for your rewards, let''s put out the snow to put out the fire for you!"


    Naraku Uehara snapped his fingers, and drove the ancient dragon with Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion to fly away towards the position of Sanwei Isofu.


    After they left, the air temperature in Wuyin Village dropped rapidly, and the originally clear sky gradually began to have some clouds.


    Immediately, the temperature became lower and lower. After a while, it began to rain, followed by snow, and finally hail.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Obviously Uehara Naraku is not used to it yet.


    This severe weather of rain, snow and hail could have caused huge losses, but at this moment it has become a life-saving weather for Wuyin Village.


    When Terumi Mei, who was lying in the ruins, woke up from the cold, she looked at the hail crackling down from the sky in some astonishment, and walked back to the widest part of the village.


    A group of civilians were kneeling on the ground to worship the gift of the gods. It was the mighty power of the gods that extinguished the fire, allowing them to be reborn in the hands of Xiao''s group of guys.


    This is the miracle that came.


    The gods didn''t want to see Wuyin Village burned to a white ground, so they sent heavy rain and snow to save their village; even if there was hail in the sky, it didn''t delay these people kneeling on the ground to thank God for his gift.


    This is of course because the gods do not want to see the destruction of the fog hidden, and the power that hastily descended is excessive, directly changing from rain to snow and then to hail.


    "What is this doing?"


    Terumi Mei coughed lightly, and looked at several Anbes who surrounded her, including Chojuro, a little guy she had been optimistic about.


    "Master Terumimei!"


    Chojuro looked at Terumi Mei in surprise, and said softly: "Everyone is saying that it is the gods in the sky who protect our village and save us from this fire..."


    "..."


    After Terumi Mei was silent for a while, she didn''t respond to Chojuro''s words, but left here dragging her injured body.


    Is it really blessed by the gods?


    Terumi Mei felt uncomfortable. If the ninjas in the village could be stronger, how could it be possible for everyone to believe in gods in this situation!


    Terumi Mei slowly walked to a place to avoid the hail, squatted down and hugged her body tightly, just like an ordinary woman, wanting to have a little warmth on her body.


    At this moment, she has no image of her past.


    This woman who has been supporting the progress of Wuyin Village feels tired today. She has worked hard enough, but she did not protect her village well.


    Until the end, it was a weather that saved the ninja village.


    After a while, Terumi Mei suddenly turned his head to look at the Anbu who surrounded him, and ordered softly: "You guys go to direct the reconstruction of the village, Chojuro stays, I have something to explain to him. "


    "Yes, Terumi Mei-sama."


    Several Anbu left here in a vertical jump.


    Terumi Mei glanced at the only Kirin Anbe left behind, lowered his head again and said: "Chojuro, you go to Konoha immediately and tell our allies about our situation..."


    "yes."


    After Chojuro nodded lightly, he suddenly asked: "Master Terumi Mei, the troops stationed near Mio have returned, should they go back and continue to monitor Mio?"


    Terumi Mei raised her head and looked at Chojuro, as if looking at an ignorant child, a slight smile appeared on her face.


    But at this moment, the smile on her face was a bit bleak: "There is no Sanwei anymore, Akatsuki''s purpose of attacking us was just to let us know their terror... They didn''t hide their purpose at all, they just wanted to catch Sanwei caress."


    After Terumi Mei finished speaking, she seemed to think of something, she slowly clenched her fists, stood up again, and became that dignified and solemn woman again.


    Terumimei looked at Chojuro, and ordered in a low voice: "Also, go to Anbu to get information about Rokuo Jinchuriki Yudaka, and invite Konoha to ambush Akatsuki at the place where Yudaka is hiding!"


    Since the purpose of Akatsuki''s organization is to capture Tailed Beast and Jinchuriki, there is a great possibility that Liuwei Yugao will encounter poisonous hands.


    Just take this opportunity to ambush Akatsuki!


    "By the way, tell Konoha by the way."


    Terumi Mei regained her powerful aura, looked at Chojuro beside her, and said in a deep voice: "If you want to ambush Akatsuki this time, you can bring people from Yuyin Village to act together, aren''t they the village that Akatsuki knows best? "


    the most important is¡­


    Terumi Mei really wanted to see Uehara Naraku again.


    Because only Uehara Naraku has a chance to contact the ghost lamp full moon.

 Chapter 230

    Naraku Uehara didn''t know what Terumi Mei was thinking.


    Now Uehara, Didara, and Scorpion have arrived at the rebirth place of Mio Iso, Sasuke Uchiha is still fighting fiercely with Mio Iso, and Orianna is overseeing the battle.


    Deidara curled her lips in displeasure, and looked at Sasuke Uchiha, who was full of scarlet eyes. Obviously, Sasuke didn''t dare to be careless in this battle, and had already opened Sharingan.


    This aroused Didara''s resentment.


    After all, when Didara joined Akatsuki, Itachi Uchiha used illusion to control Didara, almost letting Didara blow himself up with a clay bomb.


    "The Uchiha guys are really annoying..."


    Deidara raised his head proudly, and said in a loud voice: "Hey, Uehara, can''t I just blow up that brat and Sano Isofu together? I prepared a very special special for them, Uchiha. art!"


    After finishing speaking, Didara added again: "Look at these Uchihas, none of them are good people! I suspect that the Uchiha brothers in our organization have a conspiracy and want to use Akatsuki to realize their ambitions..."


    "no¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s face darkened, and he shook his head slowly, all the members of Akatsuki''s organization, who doesn''t want to use Akatsuki to realize their ambitions?


    This guy Deidara guessed right...


    Uchiha is really not a good thing...


    They are too proud, and they always judge the belly of a gentleman with the heart of a villain. They also have a bit of persecution paranoia, thinking that someone will always try to murder them.


    Well, they probably guessed right.


    Uchiha Sasuke is Uehara Naraku''s favorite chess piece. Just a little inducement can make this smart person think more and use it for him.


    The red sand scorpion glanced at Didara, who was full of displeasure, and calmed him softly: "After we return to the base, we can see the Uchiha brothers fighting each other, isn''t it more interesting than killing them? ?¡±


    "But I still want to kill them for revenge!"


    Didara turned around with her mouth puffed out, acting coquettishly and having a temper like a kid. As Didara''s peer, Naraku Uehara was a little embarrassed.


    Fortunately, the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Sanwei aroused Uehara Naraku a little bit, and he opened his mouth to explain: "Sasuke seems to have figured out the information of Sanwei..."


    Deidara glanced at Sasuke''s battle, and snorted coldly with disdain: "Hmph, I don''t need information to get rid of Mitsuo!"


    "..."


    The red sand scorpion glanced at Didara speechlessly. After the Uchiha question was involved, Didara felt that he had become a bully!


    The battle on the lake intensified.


    Uchiha Sasuke finally realized a problem, even if he knew the information about Sanwei, unless he used a large-scale offensive ninjutsu, it would be difficult for him to completely beat Sanwei to the ground with his innocuous techniques.


    "Fortunately, the weather in the Land of Water has always been good..."


    Uchiha Sasuke raised his head and looked at the sky, with a smile on his face: "If you use that trick, you shouldn''t need to waste too much chakra, probably only one chakra is enough... Fire Escape ¡¤ Great Dragon Fire Art! "


    A dragon-headed fireball attacked towards the cloud!


    Didara glanced at it, and couldn''t help but cursed: "Idiot, it''s fine to attack Sanwei with fire escape ninjutsu, and it even shot into the sky. Isn''t this a waste of your chakra?"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion shook his head, and said softly: "Don''t worry, just keep reading... No matter how low his IQ is, it''s impossible for him to use fire escape for nothing."


    "Hehe, I guess I want to use that trick!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at it for a while, then chuckled: "Did you still develop that trick? It seems that Sasuke''s luck is really good, and the weather in the country of water is the most suitable place to perform that ninjutsu."


    What Uchiha Sasuke wants to use is undoubtedly Thunder Dun Kirin.


    This S-level ninjutsu was even once the strongest move of ordinary thunder escape ninjutsu. The only trouble is that it needs the advantage of the weather, and it must be released with the help of natural lightning.


    The country of water is close to the sea and somewhat humid, which also creates a rainy environment in this country, so cloudy clouds can be seen almost everywhere in the sky.


    This is an environment that is very conducive to releasing the Thunder Dungeon Qilin.


    As Sasuke Uchiha''s fire escape ninjutsu lifted into the sky, clusters of dark clouds gradually gathered over the battlefield. Sasuke stared closely at the lightning movement in the dark clouds in the sky, and slowly closed his palms.


    "Thunder Dungeon Qilin!"


    The thunder and lightning in the dark clouds in the sky gathered quickly, and in a blink of an eye, these lightning and lightning formed a huge thunder beast, roaring and rushing towards Sanwei Jifu on the lake!


    Misao Iso glanced at the thunder beast rushing from the sky, and immediately wanted to start to gather its tailed beast jade, but a red light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s writing wheel eyes, and the next second Mio felt that he was surrounded by countless huge beasts. Subway Nails Bondage Body!


    Obviously Sasuke Uchiha had expected that whenever Sanwei tried to use the Tailed Beast Jade, he would use his illusion to force Sanwei into a deep sleep for a few seconds, interrupting its act of condensing the Tailed Beast Jade.


    Didara''s complexion changed, and he gritted his teeth and said, "Sasuke Uchiha is a brat, you really can''t underestimate him!"


    Even he felt a little threatened by the power of this Thunder Dun Qilin!


    "After all, it''s the Uchiha clan..."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion shook his head, sighed lightly, then turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "Sanwei won''t be killed by him after enduring such a powerful lightning escape ninjutsu?"


    "probably not."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, feeling a little uneasy, he suddenly raised his finger, pointed at the Thunder Beast in the air, and said softly: "Forget it, let''s consider him as passing the examination! Sanwei can''t An accident happened! Wind escape Tornado!"


    A small hurricane rushed from Uehara Naraku''s finger to the Thunder Beast''s position. This hurricane became bigger and bigger. When the hurricane and the Thunder Beast met, it had completely enveloped the terrifying Thunder Beast inside!


    With the rotation of the hurricane, the Thunder Beast was instantly broken down into countless tiny lightning bolts, which were dissipated into nothingness in a blink of an eye, and the dark clouds in the sky were also blown away by the hurricane.


    Wind attribute ninjutsu is extremely restrained by thunder attribute ninjutsu, not to mention Uehara Naraku''s wind force is the most extreme wind chakra.


    The S-class Thunder Dun released by Uchiha Sasuke with all his strength, was directly destroyed by the Wind Dunjutsu released by Uehara Naraku with one finger...


    "You bastard, you are really welcome!"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion looked at Naraku Uehara, and couldn''t help but shook his head: "A little guy worked so hard to study and practice the Lightning Escape Ninjutsu, but you solved it directly with one move... It will make the little guy lose confidence!"


    Deidara didn''t care so much. Seeing Uchiha Sasuke on the lake, he couldn''t help giving Uehara Naraku a thumbs up: "Uehara, well done!"


    Uehara Naraku showed this hand, which is much better than Uchiha Sasuke''s carefully prepared thunder escape ninjutsu!


    After the Thunder Dun Kirin in the sky disappeared, Mio Isofu seemed to have found an opportunity, and rushed towards Uchiha Sasuke!


    Although I don''t know why someone cracked the spell that threatened it, but now is the opportunity to kill this little devil in front of him!


    The Chakra in Uchiha Sasuke''s body was consumed a bit, and at this moment he could only step on the lake water to avoid Sanwei''s pursuit, his face was full of displeasure and incomprehension, as well as a trace of fear suppressed in his eyes.


    Uehara Naraku, is he trying to use Sanwei to kill him?


    How strong is this guy? Uehara easily dispelled the thunder escape ninjutsu he released with all his strength...


    "Good job."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Sasuke Uchiha, and with a chuckle, he praised: "If I wasn''t worried that Sanwei would be killed by you, I wouldn''t try to crack your spell. I have to say, you are better than before. I became a lot stronger when I was there, Sasuke..."


    Uchiha Sasuke froze, and his face turned cold: "Hmph, Sanwei''s defense is amazing, and it may not be impossible to resist this move. If this is the case, it doesn''t mean I didn''t catch Sanwei?"


    After hearing Sasuke''s words, Uehara Naraku chuckled and said, "Okay, you have passed the assessment, and I will tell Master Payne that you have the qualifications to become an official member of Akatsuki and challenge Uchiha Itachi."


    Sasuke is betting on Mitsuo''s life!


    However, as the most honest tailed beast, Sanwei Isofu neither bullies ninjas nor takes the initiative to find trouble, but likes to hide quietly and sleep in a comfortable place.


    It''s a pity that the three-tailed beast is the tailed beast with the most deaths.


    More than ten years ago, it was inexplicably sealed into the body of Nohara Lin, and then killed together with Nohara Lin; a few years ago, it was inexplicably sealed in the body of Goju Yakura, and then Goju Yakura was also killed by Uehara Naraku kill.


    It''s nonsense to think about it, a tailed beast that is obviously harmless has been killed by ninjas the most times, and now it is still used as an assessment tool by Sasuke Uchiha.


    Probably this is bullying the honest tailed beast!


    Now Sano Isoo was also angered by Uchiha Sasuke, and now it rushed over regardless, but when it saw Uehara Naraku after it rushed over, its huge body suddenly came to a sudden brake.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Mio Isofu who rushed over, squinted his eyes at it and said hello: "Long time no see, Isofu."


    "..."


    Mio Iso caressed Uehara Naraku, the memory of the last time he met Uehara Naraku seemed to gradually emerge in its mind, as if it had been beaten badly.


    This person, it is not an opponent.


    "It''s you!"


    There was a trace of panic in Sanwei''s voice, his whole body was about to entangle in an instant, and he was about to quickly sink to the bottom of the water to escape for his life.


    Naraku Uehara chuckled, and his figure instantly appeared under Sanwei''s head, leaning over and kicking the huge tailed beast out of the water!


    Immediately afterwards, another kick hit Sanwei''s lower abdomen, kicking Sanwei Isofu straight upside down to the shore!


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Sanwei Isofu is like a tortoise that has been flipped over, unable to turn over...


    "..."


    Seeing this scene, the corners of Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes suddenly tightened.


    Is Uehara Naraku actually so powerful?


    As a person who has personally fought with Sanwei Isofu, Uchiha Sasuke knows exactly how strong Sanwei is and how hard his defense is.


    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku just kicked this huge monster away with just two kicks!


    It''s kind of scary...


    No, it should be said that Uehara has always been terrifying!


    "Okay, don''t worry, the three-tailed capture is complete."


    Uehara Naraku patted Sasuke on the shoulder, looking very optimistic about him: "After we seal Sanwei, I will give you some pointers and teach you how to defeat Uchiha Itachi. I believe you will definitely win."


    "..."


    Seeing the violent way Uehara Naraku captured Sanwei, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly worried that he would not be able to fight Uchiha Itachi.


    Naraku Uehara seemed to see through Sasuke''s mind, and smiled lightly: "Don''t worry, I said, I will try my best to imitate Uchiha Itachi''s fighting style... Except for his pupil technique, I can imitate almost everything else. from."


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at the smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, suddenly lowered his head and said, "Thank you, Uehara."


    "it does not matter!"


    Uehara Naraku patted him on the shoulder, narrowed his eyes, and showed a friendly smile: "Keep up, Sasuke, surpass Uchiha Itachi, I am looking forward to your growth!"

 Chapter 231

    After Uehara Naraku and Sasuke returned to the shore.


    Didara took the lead to meet him, hugged Uehara Naraku''s shoulders happily, and opened his mouth to boast: "Hahahaha...Uehara, it''s you, you beat Mitsuo with ease, compared to what Uchiha is too strong There are too many!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face darkened.


    Uehara Naraku also broke away from Didara''s arm with some dumbfounding. This guy took the opportunity of praising him, obviously taking the opportunity to blackmail Uchiha!


    Uchiha Sasuke turned his head to look around, and suddenly asked curiously: "Well, what about Mr. Kill?"


    "Well, why don''t you cut it off..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly showed a meaningful smile on his face: "Because Mr. Zabuzhan wanted to betray the Akatsuki organization, so we buried him in our hometown, which can be regarded as a reward for his hard work over the years .¡±


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha''s heart skipped a beat.


    These guys are really decisive in killing.


    Uchiha Sasuke remembered that when he was in the country of grass, he leaked the news to Hatake Kakashi, how would Akatsuki know about him?


    no.


    Before the strength is not strong enough, there must be no involvement with Konoha.


    "Okay, okay, let''s take Sanwei back and seal it first!"


    Naraku Uehara patted Sasuke''s shoulder and scanned the surrounding environment. Just as he was about to call down the ancient dragon, he saw the Red Sand Scorpion approaching Orianna''s side at some point.


    Scorpion chatted a little happily.


    Do you want to exchange the motor oil you use on your body with her after chatting...


    Uehara Naraku looked at this scene speechlessly, raised his fingers and dismissed the clockwork demon Orianna, this is his puppet!


    The Red Sand Scorpion came over, looked at Naraku Uehara, with some hesitation on his face, and said softly, "Uehara..."


    "Senior Scorpion, let''s go first!"


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Scorpion, lest he make any unreasonable requests, and waved to summon the ancient dragon to fall beside them.


    Even if there is an ancient dragon, it seems that it is not easy to leave with Sanwei Jifu. After all, this is a living tailed beast. What if it resists halfway?


    Deidara frowned and looked at the huge three tails and said, "Are we really going to take such a big guy away? Why don''t we just find a safe place on the spot and let Payne gather people to use the magic lantern body technique to take it away?" Seal it?"


    "Forget it, we destroyed Wuyin Village, the Kingdom of Water is not safe for us."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, glanced at his skill panel, and found a hypnotic bubble, an illusion skill. This skill was the reward for defeating Ino Yamanaka during the Chunin exam, and he hadn''t used it much.


    The hypnotic effect of the hypnotic bubble is to make people fall into a deep sleep, but it will consume 80 chakra points every 3 seconds, which needs to be carefully calculated by Naraku Uehara.


    "Wait for me for a while."


    Uehara Naraku took a branch to write and draw on the ground, and the people present were a little puzzled. Why did this guy suddenly start counting?


    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, if he used hypnotic bubbles, his consumption seemed a bit high!


    Just hypnotizing Mio Isobo for one hour, even if the two pieces of Seraph''s Embrace are removed to reduce chakra consumption by 50%, it will still require 40,000 to 50,000 chakra points.


    According to Naraku Uehara''s current chakra of 250,000, he can only control Isofu for more than five hours.


    "I''ll use illusion to hypnotize Three Tails first."


    Uehara Naraku kicked suddenly, and a cute bubble flew out from his toes and landed on Mio Isofu''s body.


    This scene left several people stunned.


    What is this operation?


    Is this also called illusion?


    After the hypnotic bubble hit Sanwei, it turned into countless cute birds and appeared around Isofu. The huge tailed beast slowly closed its eyes and fell into a deep sleep.


    Uehara Naraku patted his palm, summoned the ancient dragon to grab Sanwei Isofu, and said softly: "Remind me in five hours, and I will re-apply the illusion on it."


    "¡­it is good."


    The Red Sand Scorpion nodded.


    Fortunately, the speed of the ancient dragon was very fast. After one night, they rushed back to the base of the Xiao organization in the early morning.


    This time, the speed of catching the tailed beast was not uncommon.


    At noon the day before yesterday, Naraku Uehara and the others set off for the Land of Water; the Kadotsu team also set off for the Temple of Fire.


    Yesterday morning, Uehara Naraku destroyed Kirigakure Village and captured Mio Isofu; the Kadotsu team was on their way to the Temple of Fire.


    Early this morning, Uehara Naraku and the others returned to Akatsuki''s base with the captured Mio Isofu; the Kadotsu team was still on their way to the Temple of Fire...


    This efficiency comparison is simply not too obvious.


    Therefore, when Payne used the magic lamp body technique to convene the assembly, Deidara learned that they were still on their way to the Temple of Fire, and provoked Hidan of the Kakudo team on the spot.


    "Garbage, rubbish! Idiot, idiot, idiot! We''ve all caught Sanwei and come back, you haven''t reached your destination yet!"


    "Bastard! Sooner or later, I will dedicate you to Lord Cthulhu!"


    Hiduan was furious. After arguing cursing for a while, he turned his head to look at Kakuzu: "Hey, Kakuzu, we need to move faster, can you summon your psychic beast too!"


    "It''s hard to find a suitable psychic beast..."


    Jiao shook his head unhurriedly, and said in a deep voice: "How can you be anxious about making money! After we seal the tailed beast, we will have to rest for another day before continuing to act."


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    Deidara couldn''t help laughing wildly.


    "Shut up!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but help his forehead, there was nothing he could do with his teammates: "Whether it''s capturing Sanwei or destroying Kirigakure Village, it was all done by Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke. We just went on a trip I took a trip..."


    "..."


    Didara''s smile suddenly froze on his face.


    He really didn''t seem to do anything this trip, no wonder he felt very relaxed after returning from this mission.


    In terms of contribution, not only is it not as good as Uchiha Sasuke, but even the red sand scorpion. After all, the scorpion also gave Uehara Naraku a scroll to seal the white eyes, and reminded Uehara Naraku to perform illusion on Mio Isofu at night!


    "Hahahahahaha!"


    Hidan immediately grabbed the sore foot, looked at Didara mockingly, and said, "Really, I can do it if I go! That only shows that this idiot like Kakuzu is not as good as this guy like Uehara..."


    "Shut up!"


    I couldn''t help but jump on my forehead.


    If possible, Kakudo really wants to change teammates.


    It''s a pity that the other members of Xiao''s organization basically have super high bounties, and they don''t have any immortality. Jiao couldn''t control his desire to kill his teammates for money, so he could only bear with Fei Duan.


    "All right."


    Tiandao Payne frowned, interrupted their dispute, and said softly: "This time we will seal the two tailed beasts, save your energy!"


    Because the Xiao organization''s base still has Four-tailed Jinchuriki Laozi, it will take a lot of time for the Xiao organization to seal Sanwei Isofu and Four-tails Monkey King this time.


    While the members of the Akatsuki organization were sealing the tailed beast, Xiao Nan lived a bit leisurely and confused in Yuyin Village, feeling something was wrong.


    Why does it feel that since her disciple became an official member of Akatsuki, she has integrated into the Akatsuki organization like a fish in water, but one of the founders of her organization seems to have not performed any tasks for a long time...


    However, soon Xiao Nan was no longer confused.


    Because she was directly confused.


    Hydrangea appeared in Xiaonan''s office, and said respectfully: "Master Xiaonan, people from Muye and Wuyin Village have sent letters."


    "Huh? Wuyin Village?"


    Xiao Nan raised her eyebrows, and after opening the two letters, the expression on her face became more and more confused, a little suspicious of life.


    These two letters are actually addressed to Sansho Hanzo. They mainly want to invite Sansho Hanzo or Uehara Naraku to participate in the alliance meeting of Konoha, Sand Hidden Village, and Kirigakure Village. The theme of the meeting is how the Xiao organization threatens the ninja world response.


    After all, these two letters are confidential letters, and they have to attract the attention of Sanshoyu Hanzo, and they cannot reveal the real plan of Konoha and Wuyin Village to ambush the Akatsuki organization.


    Xiao Nan sat on his desk and fell into a long silence.


    The last time Uehara Naraku destroyed Sand Hidden Village, and captured the one-tailed Jinchu Riki Gaara from Sand Hidden Village, Konoha and Sand Hidden Village sent people to Ue Hidden Village to ask for help, hoping that they could help take Gaara back. Ro.


    This time Uehara Naraku destroyed Kirigakure Village and captured Mio Isofu from the Water Country. Konoha and Kirigakure Village sent letters inviting them to participate in an alliance meeting on how to deal with the threat from the Akatsuki organization.


    To be honest, Xiao Nan didn''t quite understand these things.


    "Is it my age?"


    Xiao Nan picked up the two letters on the table again, looked at each line of writing on them, and finally her eyes fell on a line of writing on Wuyin Village''s letter.


    Be sure to invite Naraku-kun to attend together. Recently, I often miss Naraku-kun''s face and can''t sleep. I am very much looking forward to the intimate meeting with Naraku-kun again.


    Signed by Terumi Mei.


    This woman has something!


    Konan raised his eyebrows, remembering that Naraku Uehara had met Terumi Mei the last time when he seemed to be participating in the meeting of the Country of Grass. What happened to the two of them at that time?


    Xiao Nan''s gaze suddenly became slightly unfriendly, and he rubbed his forehead: "I remember in the information, this woman named Terumi Mei is already 30 years old this year, right? Naraku is only 20 years old this year!"


    But she certainly couldn''t figure it out sitting in Yuyin Village by herself.


    So after the people organized by Akatsuki finished sealing the tailed beast, Xiaonan appeared in Akatsuki''s base with the help of magic lamp body technique, and looked at his disciples: "Uehara, Wuyin Village and Konoha sent letters, inviting you to participate Alliance talks..."


    "..."


    After sealing the three-tailed and four-tailed two-tailed beasts, all the members of the Akatsuki organization felt a little bit exhausted.


    However, after hearing Xiao Nan''s words, everyone was refreshed.


    Is there something wrong with the ninja world?


    Didn''t Uehara just destroy Wuyin Village? Wuyin Village also invited him to participate in the alliance talks? What kind of fairy spy is this!


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead and asked softly, "Teacher, did they mention the purpose of the meeting?"


    "Have."


    Xiaonan said slowly: "How to deal with Akatsuki''s threat to the ninja world is also the threat our organization poses to the ninja world."


    "..."


    Everyone in the Xiao organization looked at me and I looked at you. Everyone''s expression was a little subtle, and they were even a little speechless.


    Let Uehara Naraku participate in a meeting on how to deal with the threat of the Akatsuki organization to the ninja world? Didara and Hiduan burst into tears on the spot!


    How the hell can I deal with this?


    You have already pulled the core members and future leaders of the Akatsuki organization to participate in the meeting. How else can you deal with it? How else do you want to deal with it?


    "ok, I get it."


    Uehara Naraku turned over and stood up, with the breath of a model worker, and said softly: "If time is urgent, I will rush there now..."


    "Not in a hurry."


    Xiao Nan shook his head, looked at Naraku Uehara and said, "Go back to the village and come to me first, I have other things to ask you."

 Chapter 232

    Yuyin Village.


    Konan sat quietly in Uehara''s room.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Ever since Uehara Naraku grew up and was able to deal with tasks and manage the village independently, Xiaonan has not had any troubles for a long time, and today she is a little restless.


    A palm suddenly fell on Xiao Nan''s shoulder, and a familiar voice fell into Xiao Nan''s ears: "Teacher, what happened?"


    "Huh? Naraku?"


    The origami that was originally a little irritable on Xiaonan''s body was put away again, and he frowned and said, "When did you come back?"


    "just."


    Uehara Naraku squatted down slightly, glanced at the vase on the bedside table in her room, and there was a bunch of new paper flowers in it, and couldn''t help but chuckled and said, "Teacher, did you fold new flowers again? Well, this Is it morning glory, finally there is a flower that I know..."


    It was not easy for Uehara to be able to recognize Kominami''s paper flowers.


    Because Xiaonan likes to fold all kinds of strange words with white paper, Uehara Naraku can hardly call them by name, and wild flowers like morning glory are relatively easy to recognize.


    Xiao Nan glanced at the paper flowers in the vase, then at Uehara Naraku, hesitated for a while, and his face gradually became a little cold and serious: "Well, it''s morning glory, and its flower language is illusory and short-lived love..."


    "interesting."


    Naraku Uehara fiddled with the paper flower casually, turned his head and said, "The teacher asked me to come back, is there something you want to tell me in private?"


    "Have."


    Xiaonan stared at Uehara Naraku''s face until she saw that her disciple was a little confused, then she asked aloud: "Do you... think Terumi Mei of Kirigakure Village is pretty?"


    Xiaonan was a little nervous, and she was a little nervous that Naraku Uehara would directly announce what had happened between him and Terumi Mei, so she wanted to test it first.


    "Well, it''s pretty."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, but this sentence cannot be refuted, after all, he really saw the whole picture of Terumi Mei, and those green eyes were very moving.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckled and said, "If you just look at Terumi Mei''s appearance, she doesn''t look like a thirty-year-old woman at all!"


    "..."


    Xiao Nan''s face darkened, and she couldn''t help thinking of her own age. This year, she is already thirty-five years old. Does this disciple think she is too old?


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he immediately remembered that there was a woman in her thirties beside her, and quickly said: "The teacher looks very young too! It''s the same as when we first met..."


    Xiao Nan didn''t continue this topic either.


    Xiaonan didn''t forget the business, she took advantage of Uehara Naraku''s apology for saying something wrong, and immediately asked directly: "Did something happen to you and Terumi Mei? What kind of contact did you two have when you were in the country of grass?" ?"


    "Uh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and said in a low voice: "It shouldn''t be called it! After all, we only talked about Akatsuki in private. I used that opportunity to make Terumi Mei succeed in thinking that I am a friend of Kirigakure Village."


    "Is that so?"


    Xiaonan''s frown suddenly eased a little, she took out a letter and handed it to Uehara Naraku: "This is her letter, this woman seems to like you, but I think you two are destined to become enemies in the future, She''s ten years older than you..."


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara reached out to read the letter, nodded indifferently, and responded unconsciously: "Don''t worry, teacher, I won''t like any woman."


    "That''s good."


    After Xiaonan breathed a sigh of relief, he felt that something was wrong, and quickly tried to persuade him: "Nailuo, that''s not possible. What we hope is that you can live a happy life in the future instead of living alone..."


    "I''m only twenty years old!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Konan helplessly, and continued to look down at Terumi Mei''s letter. After he refuted a sentence, he changed the subject directly: "No wonder Mr. Konan misunderstood, Terumi Mei-dono should want to get some information about Akatsuki from me. information!


    If Terumi Mei urgently invites me to the meeting, she will feel that she is not very respectful to Sansho Hanzo, so she deliberately said this to reduce Sansho Hanzo''s resentment. "


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku smiled again and added: "Even if she really likes me, I can''t be with her. When I destroyed Wuyin Village yesterday, I almost killed her!"


    "..."


    Konan looked at Naraku Uehara a little speechlessly.


    After a long time, Xiaonan asked curiously, "Why haven''t they suspected that something happened to Hanzo so far? After all, so many years have passed, and Hanzo has never shown his face in the ninja world..."


    "I''m not so sure either."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and guessed to himself: "Maybe it''s because they think that ninja demigods are not so easy to be killed! And I always mention Hanzo''s name from time to time, saying that Hanzo is still alive and powerful. There is no recession¡­¡±


    The ninja world has not discovered the death of Sansho Hanzo for so many years, so it should really be blamed on Naraku Uehara.


    In fact, no one has guessed that Sansho Hanzo is too old to move or is dead, but Uehara Naraku always uses Sansho Hanzo to show his presence in front of everyone in the ninja world.


    If a talented ninja with extraordinary talent and strength always respects Sanshoyu Hanzo when he mentions it, there will never be any surprises.


    And every time we meet, I will use the name of Sanshoyu Hanzo, and from time to time I will brush up on Hanzo''s presence. Who would doubt that Sanshoyu Hanzo is dead?


    Who would have thought that a murderer who killed Sansho Hanzo would calmly express his admiration for Sansho Hanzo?


    "Time is actually very tight."


    Uehara Naraku read Terumi Mei''s letter, tapped his arm and said: "A week later there will be a meeting, and this time the meeting will be held at Konoha, it seems that it may be necessary to go to the meeting and see them What is the conspiracy..."


    A member of Akatsuki went to participate in the talks against Akatsuki hosted by Daguo Ninja Village, and listened to what these big nations thought about dealing with Akatsuki during the meeting...


    really...


    Outrageously capitalized.


    Xiaonan looked a little serious and said: "But it will be very dangerous for you, maybe we can give up this meeting, anyway, there are only five tailed beasts left..."


    "No, it''s dangerous if we don''t go."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said softly: "When I was publicizing to the outside world, I mentioned that Yuyin Village has always advocated attacking the Akatsuki organization. If we are absent, they will definitely arouse their suspicion."


    "Naraku, I''m getting more and more worried about you."


    Xiaonan stretched out her palm and habitually helped Uehara Naraku tidy up her clothes. Her voice gradually softened: "Since you became a full member of Akatsuki, you have been performing extremely dangerous tasks in the organization every time. I regret that I promised you ah..."


    "teacher."


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Konan, stretched out his palm to stroke her hair, and said softly, "Ms. Xiaonan, Nagato-sama and Yahiko-sama''s dreams, and my father''s ideals, I can''t be absent."


    "no the same."


    "Nothing is different."


    Naraku Uehara grabbed Xiao Nan''s neck and made her raise her head, but she lowered her head slowly, and gently pressed her forehead against hers.


    Uehara Naraku smiled and said: "What Teacher Xiaonan wants is what I want. I am your disciple. What I inherit now is your will. We will not fail. Trust me, teacher."


    "..."


    Xiao Nan widened his eyes, staring at Uehara Naraku who was right in front of him in astonishment.


    After a while, Xiaonan gently closed her eyes, slowly stretched out her palm, and wrapped her arms around the back of Uehara''s neck, making their foreheads stick closer.


    This disciple was brought up by her alone.


    This disciple has poured her heart and soul into it for eight years.


    This disciple is one of her most important people and also the support of her feelings.


    Xiao Nan smelled the scent of Naraku Uehara, and his voice was a little unrecognizable: "Actually...you can like someone who is older than you."


    Uehara Naraku smelled Xiaonan''s eye gloss, and said with some hesitation in his voice: "Actually... the cosmetics used by our Akatsuki members have a strong smell."


    The two spoke almost in unison.


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little louder, and he didn''t say anything nice, obviously because he disliked Xiao Nan''s makeup that was too heavy today.


    Xiao Nan''s face gradually turned black, she slowly let go of Uehara Naraku''s back neck, stepped back a few steps, and said in a cold voice: "Just because you don''t like eye-gloss and nail polish doesn''t mean that other people don''t like it." , Kakuto, Uchiha Itachi, Kisame, Hidan, they all like it."


    "Yes Yes Yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded a little tiredly.


    In fact, these big men definitely don''t like them at all. It''s just that the people who joined Akatsuki put on nail polish. They are all qualified ninjas, and they won''t get into disputes with the organization over such trivial matters!


    "Okay, let''s not talk about this."


    Uehara Naraku changed the subject wittily, and said softly: "I''ll go to Nagato-sama first, and discuss with him. Before this meeting, I can just rely on Senior Kakutsu to act. Akatsuki also needs to unify the caliber internally, lest I What kind of trouble did you encounter in this alliance meeting!"


    "¡­it is good."


    Xiaonan nodded hurriedly.


    After Uehara Naraku left, Xiao Nan breathed a sigh of relief, and slowly stretched out his palm towards the morning glory in the vase.


    The bouquet of paper flowers instantly turned into a piece of white paper and landed on Xiao Nan''s hand.


    After Xiao Nan frowned, she suddenly turned the bouquet of morning glories into a bunch of confetti. The bunch of confetti danced in her palm, and finally turned into a bunch of dogtail grass by the roadside.


    Xiao Nan slowly inserted the bunch of grass into the vase, the expression on his face became cold again, and his voice was a little low: "This is the most perfect ninja you have cultivated with all your heart!"

 Chapter 233

    The tower of Yuyin Village.


    Just after sealing the two tailed beasts, Nagato was also full of exhaustion, Uehara Naraku waved at him and gave him a star infusion, which made him recover a little.


    Nagato frowned, and said softly: "Uehara, you worked hard today too, don''t waste your chakra."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku sat on the table and talked about serious business: "I will go to Konoha''s alliance meeting, and before that we may be able to make some special arrangements."


    Nagato tapped the chair with his fingers, and after thinking for a while, he asked softly, "Uehara, do you have any ideas?"


    "Let me first talk about the information collected by the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations."


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and said in a deep voice: "First of all, Obito Uchiha is behind the Akatsuki organization, and he is instructing Akatsuki to do things."


    "In a sense..."


    Nagato seemed to recall some unhappy things, and said in a low voice: "Obito Uchiha was indeed guiding us in our actions before."


    "It''s the same now."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms and said in a low voice: "When I mention Akatsuki''s behind-the-scenes leader to the outside world, I always inevitably mention Uchiha Obito, so that the eyes of the five major countries are all on him. Everyone thinks that as long as Obito Uchiha is killed, the entire Akatsuki organization will collapse."


    Nagato was a little confused.


    Is there still such an operation?


    Nagato looked at Uehara Naraku, his face was a little puzzled: "Do those people believe you so much?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, nodded again, and continued softly: "It''s a bit long to say, and it goes back to eight years ago, when I was assassinated by Obito...


    At that time, it happened that I was recruiting dried persimmons and Kisame was discovered by Hatake Kakashi, and Obito''s identity was exposed by Hatake Kakashi, which led to the relationship between our Yuyin Village and the Akatsuki Organization.


    This is likely to arouse the suspicion of the enemy. At that time, Kakashi Hatake kept asking me for information, but after being helpless, I could only tell him part of the truth vaguely.


    Later, the whole truth became what it is now.


    In order to strengthen the village and gain the title of Amamage in the village, the leader of the Uchiha village, the leader of the Uchiha Hanzo, was seduced by the anonymous Uchiha Obito, and sent his ninjas to recruit S-level rebels from all over the world to form a mercenary organization. own strength.


    Later, Obito Uchiha betrayed Sansho Hanzo for his own ambition, and recruited the rebels in the mercenary organization to become independent, formed an organization named Akatsuki, participated in wars everywhere in the ninja world, and even started to capture tails now. beast.


    The Sanshoyu Hanzo, who was betrayed, was very annoyed at being betrayed. After years of hard work, it was completely wiped out. Therefore, the Urenin led by Hanzo and the Akatsuki organization led by Obito Uchiha fought everywhere, and the ninjas of the Amane were also searching and hunting everywhere. Xiao''s members.


    From their point of view, we Ugakure ninjas and the so-called Ugakure leader Sansho Hanzo should be the ones who hate Akatsuki the most. "


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, he rubbed his forehead and said softly: "I don''t know why it became like this, anyway, the situation of Yuyin Village and Akatsuki Organization is almost like this now, I am always worried that I will show my flaws .¡±


    In fact, there are many things hidden in Naraku Uehara''s words.


    For example, how many scapegoats Sanshoyu Hanzo has borne for the current Ugakure Village, and how many scapegoats Uchiha Obito has borne for the Akatsuki Organization, Uehara Naraku may not be able to count.


    Since there are countless words, there is no need to mention them.


    Not to mention that Uehara Naraku didn''t mention it, but he just told a general story, which left Nagato stunned.


    How... can there be such an operation?


    It has to be said that this matter is very beneficial to the Xiao organization and Yuyin Village, it can allow them to act more secretly, and it can also prevent Yuyin Village from being implicated.


    It''s just that this kind of thing must be handled with intelligence.


    It was also thanks to the fact that Yuyin Village was closed to the outside world so that no one could detect the truth. If someone sneaked in one day and got a little bit of news about Yuyin Village, they would probably be fooled on the spot.


    Nagato made a decision on the spot, and said in a deep voice: "From now on, Tiandao Payne will be placed in Yuyin Village, and the whole village will be covered with the rain tiger''s freedom technique for a long time, so as to prevent people from sneaking in and destroying the things that are extremely beneficial to us now. situation."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but think of the only ninja who sneaked into Yuyin Village, that is Jiraiya, one of the Konoha Sannin, and the teacher of Konan and Nagato.


    Uehara Naraku sighed inwardly, if Konan and Nagato killed Jiraiya again, wouldn''t they regret it again?


    After all, the plans implemented by Xiaonan and Nagato are all false.


    In fact, only Hei Ze, Uehara Naraku, Kanshi Kisame, and Yao Shidou know about the real Moon Eye Project.


    It seems that I have to find a way to stay behind.


    It''s just that according to the current situation, Jiraiya may not really sneak in. After all, Naraku Uehara can fabricate a copy of Akatsuki''s information they want for them!


    And Jiraiya also sneaked in. If it is discovered, it will cause disputes between Konoha and Yuyin Village, which is not good for the overall situation of the ninja world to jointly attack the Akatsuki organization.


    "As for Akatsuki, it''s more troublesome..."


    Nagato frowned, thinking of the group of disobedient guys: "Well, how about this, if you want the members of the organization to cooperate with you, you can directly order them with the magic lantern body technique, or tell me, and I will give the order .¡±


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara tapped his fingers, and said in a low voice: "I''ll change into an ordinary ninja uniform first, and prepare to participate in the alliance meeting. As for what cooperation is needed, I can tell Senior Kakuzu directly. The relationship between the two of us not bad."


    "it is good."


    Nagato nodded with a smile.


    Uehara Naraku continued to add: "By the way, the last thing, the five-tailed Jinchuriki''s words will be caught after I come back! Lest you show any flaws!"


    After all, Wuwei Jinchuriki needs to attack Yanyin Village, and Uehara Naraku also needs to use the name of capturing Wuwei Jinchuriki to break through Yanyin Village to obtain the power of the earth!


    "it is good."


    Nagato continued to nod.


    After speaking thoroughly, Uehara Naraku left the tower.


    Nagato looked at Uehara Naraku''s back thoughtfully, and after a while he summoned the Tend¨­ Payne, talking to his puppet self-servingly: "Actually, we can already hand over Yuyin Village and Akatsuki to him. right?"


    Even Uehara Naraku''s treatment is just a drop in the bucket, after all, it is a behemoth like a heretic golem who draws his power behind him.


    Nagato knows very well that his lifespan cannot last too long, even if the chakra instilled in him by Uehara Naraku is too huge, it will only be a delay after all.


    Can it be delayed any longer, and how many years can it be delayed?


    According to Nagato''s judgment, he was able to delay until Uehara Naraku was thirty years old, which may have been called a very lucky one.


    "Are these eyes the eyes of a fairy or the curse of a fairy?"


    Nagato''s palm subconsciously stroked his eye sockets, and slowly lowered his head: "At least let Uehara enjoy the peaceful world created with these eyes!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku stood outside the door, and the palms that wanted to push the door stopped. He actually had one more thing to say, but now he didn''t want to go in.


    Forget it, anyway, he had already arranged for Nagato.


    Right now, Nagato is still thinking about moving himself.


    After Uehara Naraku packed his things, he left Yuyin Village slowly. This meeting may be the last time he went to Konoha; if there is another chance, it means that he may have mixed into the Ninja Alliance.


    Tsk, is there a chance?


    When Naraku Uehara entered the Land of Fire.


    A major event that alarmed Konoha happened in the Land of Fire.


    The entire Temple of Fire was turned into ruins. The director of the Temple of Fire, Monk Lu, was killed by two guys organized by Akatsuki, and his body was taken away by them.


    Yes, Kakuzu and Hidan made a move.


    After sealing Three-Tails and Four-Tails, Kakuto couldn''t hold back his desire for money, relying on his immortal body, he took Fei Duan to the Temple of Fire and killed Ji Lu.


    Even if Lu Lu thought he was powerful, he couldn''t defeat Fei Duan who had started the evil god ritual, and was killed on the spot.


    In Leaf Village.


    After Tsunade got the news, he announced on the spot that he would capture the two members of the Akatsuki organization, and sent a full twenty ninja teams!


    If the members of these two Akatsuki organizations can be captured, then in the next alliance talks against Akatsuki, they will be able to gain more political advantages.


    This is the consideration of the Fifth Hokage.


    It''s a pity that Tsunade didn''t expect that Kakutsu and Hidan were not the only people active in the Land of Fire in the Akatsuki organization.


    Kingdom of Fire, a gold exchange near the Temple of Fire.


    This gold exchange is located in a toilet, and Jiaodu is still counting the money seriously in it. After all, money is not a trivial matter, and it must be counted clearly.


    Fei Duan couldn''t stand the stench at all, and hid away cursing, Jiao even thought that Fei Duan had nothing to do with money.


    Only this time the angle was wrong.


    Fei Duan and Qian are still very destined.


    While Hidan was waiting for Kakuto outside the Gold Exchange, a Konoha Shinobi named Sarutobi Asma appeared in front of him with his team.


    Asuma Sarutobi happened to be a ninja on Kakuto''s must-kill list, and it was also five million more expensive than Chiriku''s corpse, which can be called a large money measurement unit in the ninja world.


    Asuma Sarutobi didn''t know his own crisis at all, and appeared in front of Hidan holding two chakra knives, and said coldly: "Shikamaru, Izumo, Gangzite, it seems that we are lucky, we can find The murderer who killed Lu Lu..."


    "No, Teacher Asma."


    Nara Shikamaru shook his head, turned his head to look at the figure who came out from another place, and said with an ugly expression: "It seems that our luck is not very good."


    In the direction Nara Shikamaru was looking at, four figures in black robes of Xiangyun came out.


    According to Konoha''s information, except when attacking Daikoku Ninja Village, the Akatsuki organization usually dispatches in teams of two.


    The same is true of the information they got, after all, the monk who reported from the Temple of Fire only saw Kakutsu and Hidan.


    Originally, Nara Shikamaru thought it was four of their Konoha ninjas who surrounded one of Akatsuki''s members. When one was dealt with first and then ambushed the other, four members of Akatsuki''s organization appeared and surrounded them.


    The leader, Kisame Kisame, grinned and said with a light smile, "Mr. Itachi, it seems that we are lucky, and directly helped Senior Kakuzu catch the big fish he wanted!"

 Chapter 234

    "Hey, why are you here at this hour!"


    Hiduan glanced at Kisame and the others displeasedly, reached out and grabbed his sickle, turned to look at Asuma Sarutobi and the others, and said coldly: "Hmph, I just wanted to kill them as a sacrifice. Give it to Lord Evil God!"


    "Please."


    Kisame Kisame stretched out his palm very politely, and said with a chuckle, "We won''t interfere with your battle, we just need to ensure that Senior Kakuzu''s 35 million bounty won''t escape." gone."


    They chatted very happily here, while the Konoha ninjas were sweating profusely, especially Nara Shikamaru, a young man who met a group of members of the Akatsuki organization as soon as he left the mission!


    Even though now is the most dangerous time, Nara Shikamaru did not forget to carefully inspect the people present bit by bit: "Uchiha Itachi, the murderer who destroyed the Uchiha clan, Konoha S-class rebellious ninja; dried persimmon ghost shark, ghost lamp full moon Did this woman, Lin Yuyuli, also betray the village? The three former Wuyin Village ninjutsu seven people..."


    To be honest, it''s really a bit cowardly.


    Asma Sarutobi''s expression is also very ugly, because he has fought against Itachi Uchiha and Kisame Kisame before, and with the support of Kakashi Hatake, Kureni Yuhi, and Matt Kai, he barely defeated Itachi Uchiha. And dried persimmon ghost shark forced back.


    Even so, Hatake Kakashi paid the price of serious injuries at that time.


    Looking around now, Asuma Sarutobi¡¯s face has a hint of despair, and he even feels that he can¡¯t breathe. He no longer has the three Jonin friends around him, and now there are only three Chunin teammates around him...


    What about the other side?


    Dried persimmon Kisame, Uchiha Itachi, Hayashi Yuri, Ghost Lantern Moon, Hidan, plus Kakutsu who just came out of the gold exchange with a cash box.


    Six members of the Akatsuki organization.


    This team is enough to attack a big Ninja Village! And the only ninja village in Fireland is Konoha. Is the purpose of this team to attack Konoha Village?


    Asma Sarutobi looked at the surrounding environment, glanced at his disciple Nara Shikamaru, and gritted his teeth: "No, we must send out the information to make the people in the village vigilant. Akatsuki members who are active in the Land of Fire There are six people!"


    The biggest problem now is how to send out the information. The six members of Akatsuki will not even give them a chance to let an intelligence bird fly!


    Kakuzu looked at the group of companions, stretched out his finger, pointed at the leader Konoha captain Asma Sarutobi, and said: "Whoever wants to do it, hurry up and finish these guys, just let me take that guy''s body in." Change money!"


    "Of course it''s me!"


    Fei Duan yelled in dissatisfaction, drawing a strange symbol on his own, holding his church instrument in his hand, and said loudly: "Did you see that I am performing a church ceremony? The sacrificial offering must not be sloppy!"


    A group of people just stood there watching Fei Duan draw a circle and prepared to curse people. The members of the Akatsuki organization were too lazy to move, and the Konoha ninjas did not dare to move.


    It''s an eerie balance.


    However, Asma Sarutobi saw this opportunity, and said in a deep voice: "Shikamaru, Izumo, Kokotetsu, I will cover you to leave here, and we must send the information to the village. Konoha may face the Akatsuki organization. attack!"


    "No, Teacher Asma!"


    Nara Shikamaru shook his head quickly, and analyzed softly: "The probability of my escape is very low, your strength is the strongest, we will cover you!"


    "That''s right."


    The other two Konoha zhongnin are named Kamizuki Izumo and Gangzitei.


    The two of them were already ready to sacrifice. The two of them had always been the Chunin in the village. Basically, apart from guarding the gate of the village, it was impossible for them to play much role.


    Whether it is Sarutobi Asma or Nara Shikamaru, they will be able to play a greater role for Konoha in the future. It is a fluke that either of these two people can escape, and the most hopeful one is undoubtedly Sarutobi Asma .


    "Your strength is not enough, you can''t hold it for too long!"


    Asma Sarutobi shook his head, and persuaded in a deep voice: "They want my body now, so they will definitely not let me go!"


    "But¡­"


    "Not so many buts!"


    Sarutobi Asma said to Nara Shikamaru in a low voice: "Shikamaru, I already have a child, my journey has come here, and your future is promising!"


    "This¡­"


    Nara Shikamaru''s face showed a look of surprise, why didn''t he hear about this, why didn''t he see Asma''s child?


    The next moment, Nara Shikamaru reacted immediately, and whispered: "It seems that we have never noticed it! Is Teacher Hong pregnant?"


    Fast enough!


    And the secrecy is done too well!


    As a disciple of Sarutobi Asma, their generation of Zhuludie never knew the news.


    There was a hint of relief in Sarutobi Asma''s eyes, and he nodded calmly. After entrusting his unborn child to his disciple, he no longer has any worries and can work hard!


    Asma Sarutobi clenched the chakra knife in his hand, two chakra blades appeared on the knife, and suddenly attacked the nearest dried persimmon ghost!


    His purpose is just to open a gap for Nara Shikamaru!


    "Walk!"


    Sarutobi Asma shouted sharply!


    Nara Shikamaru, Kamizuki Izumo, and Gangzite gritted their teeth, and fled towards the gap opened by Asma!


    However, the strange thing is that the members of this group of Akatsuki did not choose to pursue, but instead watched Sarutobi Asma''s desperate actions leisurely.


    As for the member who fought with Asma Sarutobi, it happened to be Asma Sarutobi''s former opponent Kisame Kisame!


    After Nara Shikamaru escaped, he looked back and found that the members of the Akatsuki organization did not pursue him. A glint of hope flashed in his eyes. Obviously, he also hoped that his teacher could escape!


    indeed.


    Asuma Sarutobi also had a glimmer of hope. His girlfriend Yuhihong was pregnant, and of course he wanted to break through the encirclement and return to the village.


    It''s a pity that Kisame Sarutobi dispelled Asma Sarutobi''s impulse with a single sentence.


    There was an evil smile on the ferocious face of Ginseng Kisame. He calmly waved his big sword with shark muscles, and said with a smile: "If you dare to escape, we will kill those who escaped." Capture them and kill them in front of you!"


    At this moment, the dried persimmon ghost shark is like a devil!


    Probably this is the aftereffect of Kisame Uehara becoming Naraku Uehara''s subordinate. He always likes to use this feeling to force ninjas to voluntarily submit or die.


    Still, the threat was very effective.


    At least Sarutobi Asma would never dare to escape until Nara Shikamaru and others were sure to escape to a safe place, which would take at least five minutes.


    If the other members of Akatsuki also stand still and do not shoot, Sarutobi Asma only needs to make sure that he can survive for five minutes and that he will not suffer too many injuries, which seems to be no problem for him.


    Unfortunately, things often don''t go as expected.


    After Fei Duan drew the circle and finished the sacrifice, he saw Kisame and Asma Sarutobi fighting together, and he suddenly became irritable: "Hey, Kisame, don''t you mean that this guy wants to stay?" For me? Stop, or I''ll kill you too!"


    "Hehe... Don''t worry, your ceremony will not be wasted."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame slashed at Sarutobi Asma''s shoulder with the sarcophagus broadsword in his hand, the sharp thorns on the samarutobi sword swelled instantly, and each sharp thorn instantly pierced Sarutobi Asma''s shoulder Shoulder!


    Dried Persimmon Kisame swung the blood from the shark muscle broadsword onto Fei Duan''s body, and said with a light smile, "Then, I''ll leave it to you!"


    After doing all this, Kisame Sarutobi looked at Asma Sarutobi with a smile and said, "Okay, you can escape now, we won''t hunt you down, please trust our reputation..."


    "what''s the situation?"


    Sarutobi Asma''s face became more serious.


    He still doesn''t understand what''s going on, but for the sake of prudence, he still plans to observe here for a while, after all, five minutes is not a particularly long time...


    And his current position has a chance to escape at any time.


    "Run away, run away as much as you want!"


    Hidan caressed the blood of Sarutobi Asma, a terrifying smile appeared on his face, and bones floated from his face and body. He looked at Sarutobi Asma who was a little surprised and said: "The ceremony It''s ready, are you ready?"


    "this is¡­"


    Asma Sarutobi looked at Hidan in surprise.


    To be honest, apart from the scary physical condition of Hiduan, there seems to be nothing special about it. Is this also a member of the Akatsuki organization?


    Don''t quite understand what''s going on.


    It''s just that Sarutobi Asma soon understood!


    Because Hidan suddenly pulled out a long thorn and stabbed his shoulder violently. At the same time, Asuma Sarutobi''s shoulder spurted out a stream of blood!


    "When he hurts, my body hurts too..."


    Asma Sarutobi''s face changed drastically, he looked at the wound on his shoulder in disbelief, and then glanced at Hidan who was smiling evilly, as if he wanted to confirm.


    as expected.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    The next moment, Fei Duan stabbed himself in the thigh!


    Sarutobi Asma''s legs were also covered in blood!


    This is the horror of the evil god ritual. As long as the blood of the enemy is drawn, the enemy can be harmed in the same way as himself at a fixed position.


    It just so happened that Fei Duan was a cultist who would never die no matter how badly he was injured; the others didn''t have his terrifying physique.


    Asma Sarutobi held his wound in pain and looked at the Hidan who was pulling out the long thorn laughingly: "No wonder Kisame Kisame didn''t worry that I would run away. It turned out that I couldn''t escape... That guy, isn''t he afraid of pain? ?¡±


    "Hee hee hee... Of course I''m not afraid of pain!"


    When Fei Duan was surrounded by a group of people watching the evil god ceremony, the most irritable Ringo Uyuri got a little impatient, pulled out his ninja knife and stabbed Fei Duan in the chest: "It doesn''t look like that at all. a man..."


    Fei Duan immediately fell to the ground, still cursing at Lin Baoyu Yuri: "You bastard woman, your Ninja knife hurts!"


    Even though Hidan was fatally wounded, he was still fine, but Asma Sarutobi was different, he slowly fell down on his back while clutching his chest.


    Kakuto nodded in satisfaction, went in with Sarutobi Asma''s body, and got a bounty of 35 million.


    Kisame Kisame glanced at the gold exchange in front of him, and ordered in a low voice: "Go and steal the corpses of Dilu and Sarutobi Asma..."


    This sentence was said to Uchiha Obito.


    No one knows that there is another person who has been hiding in their underground.


    Obito Uchiha, who was hiding under the ground, showed a look of resentment on his face, but his body still entered the gold exchange office obediently. After finding the corpses of Asuma Sarutobi and Jiri, he quietly put their corpses away. Put it away.


    the other side.


    Uehara Naraku, who had just stepped into the Land of Fire, was asked by Konoha''s border guards to wait at the border temporarily. After a while, they would send someone to escort Uehara Naraku to Konoha Village.


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but looked at the border guards and shook his head. He just got the news of Sarutobi Asma''s sacrifice from Uchiha Obito''s consciousness.


    "The speed of this group of guys is too fast!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed, quietly controlled Uchiha Obito, and passed on his order to him: "Let Kisame Uchiha tell Uchiha Itachi that this is the last time he appeared in the Land of Fire before the duel with Uchiha Sasuke , be sure to let him see Uzumaki Naruto, you have to monitor Uchiha Itachi''s every move!"


    Only in this way can we lead out the other Tenshen Kaleidoscope Sharingan hidden by Uchiha Itachi, thus completely solving the threat of Uchiha Itachi!

 Chapter 235

    The situation in the Nation of Fire is very tense.


    Uehara Nana waited at the border for a long time, and he didn''t feel any anxiety. After all, the current situation was caused by him alone.


    The carrier pigeons at Konoha Sentinel flew back and forth, and the frequency of communication was very frequent. Finally, someone came to the border to greet Uehara Naraku, who was still his old acquaintance.


    Yes, it is still the seventh class of Konoha.


    The seventh squad led by Hatake Kakashi was ordered to support and assist the siege and suppression of the Akatsuki organization, but they learned from Nara Shikamaru that the organization had sent six members.


    In order to avoid innocent losses, Tsunade had to shrink his defenses, and all the teams were withdrawn around Konoha to avoid being attacked by Akatsuki.


    The strength of the seventh class is strong, and it is inevitable to be a little worried. It happened that Hatake Kakashi learned that Uehara Naraku had rushed to the border of Fire Nation, so he came to the border to meet Uehara Naraku, and returned to Konoha with Uehara Naraku.


    After all, with the strong support of Uehara Naraku, it is a powerful force for them, and they can support each other and rush back to Konoha Village.


    "Uehara, the timing of your arrival is too coincidental."


    Hatake Kakashi''s expression was not good, he glanced at the surrounding guards, and said in a low voice: "The Fire Country has infiltrated six members of Akatsuki, Asma has already been killed in Akatsuki''s encounter, even his The remains were stolen."


    Kakashi still believed in Uehara Naraku so much.


    No, or in terms of targeting Akatsuki, Hatake Kakashi still believes in Yuyin Village very much. After all, Naraku Uehara was the first ninja to target Akatsuki.


    Yuyin Village was also the first village to fight against the Xiao Organization.


    "Six members?"


    Uehara Naraku was very worthy of Kakashi''s trust, his face suddenly changed color, his eyes widened, and he suppressed his voice: "Kakashi, do you know what it means for Akatsuki to dispatch six members?" Do you dare to show up here with Uzumaki Naruto!"


    "I see."


    Hatake Kakashi nodded, looked at Uehara and said, "But it''s too unsafe for us to retreat alone, so I came to welcome you, just in time for you to accompany us back to Konoha."


    "I don''t think it''s an appropriate move."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, his face was extremely ugly and he said: "Akatsuki''s establishment is usually in groups of two, so as to reduce the rebellious ninjas'' mutual dissatisfaction and internal fighting;


    They dispatched six members, which is equivalent to dispatching three teams, which meant that there must be a powerful person in it who could make all members agree with his order and give up the grievances between each other. "


    After all, Naraku Uehara''s character design is a ninja from Yuyin Village who knows the Akatsuki organization well and has an enmity with the Akatsuki organization. He doesn''t mind talking useless nonsense.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    "I see."


    Kakashi Hatake tugged at his mask, and said in a low voice: "But we have already obtained information about the six Akatsuki, there is no hooded guy we saw last time, and perhaps the most troublesome one is Uchi Po Weasel."


    "Should I praise you?"


    Naraku Uehara glared at Hatake Kakashi, then looked at Sai, Uzumaki Naruto, and Haruno Sakura who were following them, and said in a low voice: "If there is no member wearing a hood, I suspect that the commander who directed them this time The person is most likely Obito Uchiha..."


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi stopped trying to pull the mask, and his face became uglier than before: "Can this information be confirmed?"


    "Of course it can''t be confirmed!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kakashi Hatake as if he was looking at an idiot, and said, "I''m just a little ninja from Hidden Rain Village, how can I guess the mind of those monsters!"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly. When this guy made a move, the people in the Akatsuki organization paid great attention to it. Are you ashamed to say that you are a little ninja?


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his temples, and explained softly: "When Akatsuki fights with our Yuyin Village, they usually send at least four members, maybe they are worried about being attacked and killed by Lord Hanzo.


    I remember that when the Akatsuki organization took the initiative to fight Lord Hanzo, they usually dispatched more than six members, and Akatsuki''s leader would usually command behind the scenes, and even personally fight when necessary. "


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, a contemptuous smile appeared on his face: "Hehe, those naive guys think that they can fight Lord Hanzo with the advantage of numbers. Who do they think they are?"


    When Uehara Naraku said this, his face revealed a hint of enthusiasm at the right time: "Akatsuki''s group of guys are only a few S-level rebels, and they want to challenge the myth of the ninja demigod''s invincibility!"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi couldn''t help turning his head to look at Naraku Uehara''s expression, sighed faintly and said, "If the person from Yuyin Village who came to the alliance talks this time is not you, but the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo Your Excellency will come here in person."


    This is Hatake Kakashi''s true words.


    Should it be said that the leader of Yuyin Village is indeed the legendary ninja demigod, who is only under the ninja god Qianshouzhujian? In the face of the attack of the six Akatsuki members and Uchiha Obito, they can still fight without pressure...


    And this time among the six members who are active in the Akatsuki organization, three of them are the seven members of the former Kirigen who are good at water escape ninjutsu and swordsmanship. To be honest, these seven members of the ninja sword just happened to be Sanzho Sky grams.


    Because Sanshoyu Hanzo is also very good at water escape ninjutsu and swordsmanship, his strength can definitely crush several ninja swordsmen.


    "Don''t dislike me so much!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Hatake Kakashi dumbfounded, he shook his head and explained softly: "Master Hanzo is cautious, not to mention the feud between Yuyin Village and Akatsuki, in case Akatsuki finds out that he left the village, the village He will definitely be attacked by Akatsuki."


    "I know."


    Hatake Kakashi nodded, sighed and said, "Actually, if we gather people who can fight Akatsuki from all ninja villages, and if there is a suitable opportunity, we can definitely wipe out Akatsuki''s organization."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kakashi speechlessly.


    You know what a fart!


    Of course Naraku Uehara refused to agree to this kind of thing. After all, Hanzo''s bones have melted. Where can he conjure a sansho fish Hanzo?


    Even reincarnation from dirty soil is not reliable.


    After all, Naraku Uehara has boasted too much about the power of Sanshoyu Hanzo over the years. Facing the group of S-level rebellious ninjas organized by Akatsuki, Master Hanzo always hit four, six, seven, like a ninja demigod The look of being invincible.


    What if after the reincarnation of Hanzang''s dirty soil arrives, Tsunade and Jiraiya also find that this old guy is not as powerful as them, wouldn''t it be possible to show flaws?


    "do not think too much about it."


    Uehara Naraku patted Hatake Kakashi on the shoulder, and sighed softly: "Master Hanzo has been cautious all his life, and was deeply troubled by the Ninja World War. He was able to ignore the past and send me to give you information and support your information. We should thank Lord Hanzo for his generosity."


    Hatake Kakashi: "..."


    There seems to be some truth in this statement.


    But they, Konoha, are also cooperating with you guy regardless of previous suspicions!


    Otherwise, based on Uehara''s assassination of the third Hokage, how could Konoha let him go easily, even if Uehara was let go at that time, he would secretly assassinate Uehara at other times.


    It''s a pity that Konoha has let go of this thought now.


    Facing the threat from the Akatsuki organization is the most important thing in the entire ninja world.


    Uehara Naraku and Hatake Kakashi had almost talked, and turned to look at Uzumaki Naruto: "Naruto, how are you doing?"


    "Ok!"


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded very energetically, held his arm, and answered seriously: "Uehara, I just recently researched a very, very powerful technique, and I won''t hold back in the next battle."


    Yes, Uzumaki Naruto deeply felt that his strength was insufficient.


    Therefore, after returning from Sand Hidden Village, Naruto worked hard to practice, and finally developed the ninjutsu of wind escape and spiral shuriken. Unfortunately, this technique is not perfect now, and it will also hurt his own body.


    Slap!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his palm and grabbed Uzumaki Naruto''s arm, causing Sai and Haruno Sakura next to him to immediately become vigilant!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Sai and Haruno Sakura speechlessly, and pointed to the bandage on Uzumaki Naruto''s arm: "I just want to see Naruto''s injury."


    "...I''m sorry, Senior Uehara."


    Haruno Sakura hastily bowed her head and apologized.


    Hatake Kakashi also looked at the bandage on Uzumaki Naruto''s hand, pulled his ninja forehead and said, "What can you do?"


    "Tsk, the old way."


    The life energy in Uzumaki Naraku''s body entered Naruto Uzumaki''s body, and he said softly: "According to my observation, the epidermis even shows some signs of necrosis. It should be that the cells inside have been directly destroyed, so we can only provide him with life energy to try." Try, who caused this injury? It would be too harsh to strike."


    "Uh¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto choked for a moment, and then answered awkwardly after a while: "This is caused by my technique, hahahahaha, because that technique has not been perfected yet..."


    "Then you have to be careful."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, sighed and said: "If you get injured again, sooner or later your cells will be completely destroyed, and one day it may even be impossible to refine chakra."


    Haruno Sakura nodded hastily beside her, and said expectantly, "Master Tsunade judged Naruto''s injury in the same way. Is there any good way for Uehara-senpai?"


    "There is no good way, but to prohibit injury."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, sighed softly and said, "I can temporarily use my unique medical ninjutsu to infuse him with life energy, which can increase the strength and lifespan of his other cells out of thin air, so that his cells can be regenerated many times. split, but what happens after I leave Konoha?"


    Uzumaki Naruto shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "Sorry, Uehara, I must not stop, because Sasuke is still waiting for Akatsuki to bring him back!"


    "..."


    Everyone else lowered their heads involuntarily.


    Naraku Uehara looked at the determined Uzumaki Naruto, and said softly: "I admire your ideas, but I have to remind you that Uchiha Sasuke may have changed, and now he has joined the evil Akatsuki!"


    "I''ll bring him back!"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s will remained firm, unmoved at all, and even showed a smile: "And Sasuke is not those cruel guys, I believe he will definitely come back!"


    Uehara Naraku frowned: "In order to bring him back, aren''t you worried that you won''t be able to continue being a ninja, and you won''t have the chance to become Hokage again?"


    "If you can''t bring your companions back to the village..."


    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fist violently, and shouted sharply: "Then... even if I can become Hokage, what''s the point?"


    "good luck."


    Uehara Naraku patted Naruto on the shoulder.


    Hey, stop dreaming, Sasuke will not come back.


    He, Naraku Uehara, the man behind the scenes, has arranged a whole new path for Sasuke, and Sasuke Uchiha will only grow to hate Konoha even more.


    Moreover, the hatred will continue forever.

 Chapter 236

    When Uehara Naraku followed the seventh squad into Konoha, there were reconnaissance teams everywhere around the village, patrolling the entire Konoha area with a radius of several kilometers.


    This is because in the recent period, the Akatsuki organization has destroyed two big Ninja Villages one after another, which made the atmosphere in Konoha suddenly become tense. I am afraid that the Akatsuki organization will directly rush into the surrounding Konoha, and even Uehara saw the Konoha fence. anti-aircraft weapons.


    The lesson of Wuyin Village and Shayin Village being directly attacked by ancient dragons is a bit profound, and Konoha also took precautions in advance to avoid being caught off guard.


    Uehara Naraku looked at those strange defensive weapons, and couldn''t help but open his mouth to praise: "Konoha has done a good job of defending against Akatsuki''s invasion!"


    "After all, Akatsuki has already destroyed the two Great Ninja Villages..."


    Hatake Kakashi followed his gaze and sighed softly: "Now the enchantment squad in the village is on duty 24 hours a day, and any fluctuations entering Konoha Village will be transmitted to Hokage Building within ten seconds. .¡±


    "It''s amazing."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and did not hesitate to praise himself: "Just in this aspect, it is much better than our Yuyin Village, and it is indeed the strongest ninja village in the ninja world."


    Well, this information will be sent back later.


    As a member of the evil organization that will attack Konoha Village in the future, it is amazing to be able to watch Konoha''s defense measures swaggeringly.


    In addition to these defense and vigilance policies, Konoha did not relax his vigilance in terms of high-level combat power. Jiraiya, who had gone out to look for the Child of Destiny, also rushed back after being summoned by Tsunade.


    Maitekai, Li Luoke and others who were performing missions outside were also summoned back to the village, waiting for the task of confronting the Xiao organization or encircling the Xiao organization.


    Everyone believed that the decisive battle between Konoha and Akatsuki was about to start.


    Six members of Akatsuki are active in the territory of Fire Nation, they can''t just kill Ji Lu and Sarutobi Asma in exchange for bounty, right?


    Inside Naruto Building.


    When Naraku Uehara came in, he realized that everyone who was supposed to come had already arrived. Even Terumi Mei, who was the farthest, had arrived at Konoha early.


    Moreover, Terumi Mei also wore a bamboo hat symbolizing Mizukage''s position on her head. This woman was inexplicably promoted after the Akatsuki attack.


    Because the hearts of Kirigakure Village were scattered after the attack, the high-level officials in Kirigakure Village finally awarded the position of the fifth Mizukage to Terumi Mei, which was also to ensure Terumi Mei''s status in this big conference.


    After all, this meeting is a real Three Shadows meeting.


    Hidden Sand Village, the fifth generation of Kazekage, Gaara.


    Wuyin Village, the fifth generation Mizukage, Terumi Mei.


    Konoha Village, the fifth Hokage, Tsunade.


    When Uehara Naraku walked in, he was still a little uncomfortable, because he alone seemed to have no position.


    If you want these three shadows to shock him directly, you can just put on the Xiangyun black robe, put on your own little ring, and pose as a ''Second Generation of Xiao''...


    Now like this, it feels like the subordinates of the three shadows.


    Sure enough, as soon as Naraku Uehara came in, Tsunade who was sitting at the top immediately frowned, and said in displeasure, "Why are you a brat again, I thought Your Excellency Sanshoyu Hanzo would accept this invitation !"


    "Master Hanzo still needs to be on guard against Akatsuki''s attack."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, pulled a chair and sat down: "If Tsunade-dono doesn''t welcome me, I can leave now."


    "No, not at all."


    Tsunade shook his head and sighed: "I just think that a ninja demigod can play a bigger role in our next plan."


    "Actually, Your Excellency Naraku can do it too!"


    Terumi Mei turned her head to look at Naraku Uehara, and blinked her eyes at him: "I''m still very happy to meet His Excellency Naraku at this meeting."


    "Well, me too..."


    Gaara hummed lightly.


    It would be awkward for Gaara to show enthusiasm, after all Naraku Uehara always bullied him in the past; but it would be awkward for Gaara to show indifference, after all Naraku Uehara saved him some time ago.


    "Okay, now that everyone is here, let me talk about the current situation first!"


    Tsunade leaned on his chair and said softly: "Your Excellency Mizukage suggested that we should launch an ambush against Akatsuki to capture one or more members of Akatsuki and obtain more information about Akatsuki, but now we seem to have appeared A more appropriate opportunity."


    After Tsunade finished speaking, he turned his head to look at Nara Shikohisa and Nara Shikamaru father and son who were standing at the door, and said in a deep voice: "More than six Akatsuki members appeared in the Fire Country. Nara Shikamaru saw it with his own eyes, he is an excellent intelligence ninja, let him introduce the information of those people to you first."


    "Yes, Hokage-sama."


    Nara Shikamaru nodded, standing beside Tsunade, his face was as calm as ashes: "About three days ago, two members of the Akatsuki organization, the evil people whose names should be Kakutsu and Hidan , attacked the Temple of Fire, and killed the master of the Temple of Fire, His Excellency Dilu.


    After we got the news, we immediately went to round up the two members of Akatsuki, hoping to obtain information about Akatsuki after capturing them.


    However, just after we found their traces, we discovered that there were not only two people Akatsuki sneaked into the Land of Fire, but six rebels. "


    When Nara Shikamaru said this, he paused his emotions for a while, and continued softly: "In order to cover us, my captain Sarutobi Asma was surrounded by Akatsuki''s members, perhaps by Akatsuki''s members. Killed.


    Because it was confirmed by the information obtained after Konoha raided the gold exchange, that the body of Mr. Asma had been exchanged for a bounty by Akatsuki''s corner at the gold exchange.


    The person in charge of the gold exchange said that there were many wounds on Teacher Asma''s body, and only his face can be recognized clearly. The corpses of Mr. Sima and host Lu Lu. "


    Nara Shikamaru''s fingers trembled a little, he suppressed his emotions again, and continued: "After we have confirmed many times, the murderers who attacked the Temple of Fire and killed Asma this time were all members of Akatsuki. number of people.


    One, Uchiha Itachi, Konoha Village''s S-class traitor.


    Second, Kakuto, Takiyin Village S-level rebellious ninja.


    Third, Fei Duan, the murderous demon of Tang Ninja Village.


    Fourth, dried persimmon ghost shark, S-level rebellious ninja in Wuyin Village.


    Fifth, the ghost lamp is full of the moon, and the S-level rebellion in Wuyin Village.


    Sixth, Lin Yuyu Youli, one of the seven Rendao people in Wuyin Village.


    Above, the report is completed. "


    After Nara Shikamaru finished speaking, he took a step back, indicating that his task had been completed, and the next thing was to be discussed by these high-level officials.


    Terumi Mei glanced at Uehara Naraku, but saw Uehara Naraku was also looking at her. With a sudden subconscious in her heart, she took the lead in explaining: "Dan Persimmon Kisame and Ghost Moon Moon have defected for a long time. Wuyin Village, which was abducted or lured away by the full moon, I will issue an arrest warrant for Lin Yuyuli when I go back."


    This matter has to be fooled first.


    After the meeting is over, Terumi Mei intends to talk to Uehara Naraku again, what happened to that guy, Ghost Lantern Moon, that guy really defected, right?


    "Ok¡­"


    Tsunade squeezed his fingers, nodded vaguely, and continued softly: "This time, the six members of Akatsuki are active in the Land of Fire. We guess that this time the enemy is likely to attack Konoha and seize the belongings. Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki."


    "That''s the only reason."


    Gaara nodded calmly.


    The Akatsuki organization''s ambition for the Tailed Beast is clearly revealed. The Izuzuru in his body was stripped off by Akatsuki''s members. If it wasn''t for Chiyo, Gaara would have been buried in the ground long ago.


    Uehara Naraku nodded and continued: "Your Excellency Tsunade, do you want us to be stationed in Konoha Village to guard against Akatsuki''s surprise attack?"


    "No, not really."


    Tsunade slowly held his palm, and shouted in a deep voice: "We plan to take advantage of this opportunity for Akatsuki''s members to sneak into the Land of Fire, and send a large team to take the initiative to attack!"


    Everyone raised their heads and looked at Tsunade in surprise. Obviously they didn''t think Tsunade''s actions would be successful. Now it''s hard to keep Konoha, and they are still actively attacking?


    Wouldn''t this be crazy?


    Gaara shook his head, and retorted aloud: "Your Excellency Tsunade, maybe I need to remind you that when Akatsuki''s personnel appear to attack Daikuni Ninja Village, they will drive a terrifying psychic beast that can fly in the air..."


    "That''s right."


    Terumi Mei''s complexion was not good, and she said to Tsunade seriously: "Your Excellency Tsunade, Your Excellency Kazekage is right, Akatsuki''s personnel come and go without a trace, even if it is just to catch their traces, it is very difficult." .¡±


    "..."


    Tsunade''s face drooped suddenly.


    After all, what she wants is to keep the enemy out of the village. If there is a big battle with Akatsuki in Konoha, the loss will definitely be incalculable.


    However, if it is possible to start a battlefield with the Akatsuki organization in the wild, it will be possible to take advantage of Konoha Ninja''s large number of people, use the advantage of numbers to separate Akatsuki''s members by encircling and cutting, and let the powerful ninjas fight.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Now that Terumimei and Gaara are unwilling to support her decision, Tsunade will inevitably feel uncomfortable, but she has already decided on this plan, and the reason why she proposed it at the meeting is to get two shadows and Uehara Naraku combat support.


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and said in a low voice: "Actually, His Excellency Tsunade''s plan is not impossible. If Konoha''s information is correct, it seems that the six members who appeared in the Land of Fire are not difficult to deal with." Bar?"


    This is true.


    After all, there are three ninja swordsmen, the undead duo, and the half-blind and half-sick guy Uchiha Itachi. If the plan is good, the chance of winning is very high.


    Naraku Uehara tapped his fingers on the table, and continued softly: "If we move fast enough, we have a high chance of successfully attacking. If we can catch one or two members or even more, it will be of great help to us." .¡±


    Naraku Uehara sighed, and said softly: "Just what I need to remind is that in addition to these six people, there may be the person Uchiha Obito appearing. Generally, these configurations are Akatsuki''s action plan;


    If Konoha is determined to plan, I suggest to consider other factors more, such as the Uchiha Obito who is always surreptitious! "


    "Your Excellency Naraku''s suggestion, we will remember."


    A smile finally appeared on Tsunade''s face. She did not hide her gratitude to Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "Thank you! Our next action, I would like to ask, can everyone present participate in the coordinated operation? ?¡±


    After all, Gaara, Terumi Mei and Uehara Naraku are all very strong!


    Among other things, at least a few members of Akatsuki can be involved!


    Especially Naraku Uehara and Gaara, both guys can fly.


    Before Gaara and Terumi Mei could open their mouths, Uehara Naraku nodded first and agreed: "I am very interested in this, how to eliminate Akatsuki''s rebellious ninjas that endanger the ninja world is also the purpose of my coming to Konoha what¡­"

 Chapter 237

    Tsunade''s will is very firm.


    The current situation is both a crisis and a huge opportunity for Konoha. Once they can successfully eliminate the Akatsuki organization, Konoha''s status will definitely surpass the destroyed Sand Hidden Village and Wu Hidden Village.


    Tsunade is a qualified political figure. Compared with her political wisdom, Sand Hidden Village Gaara is too young.


    Even if Terumi Mei of Kirigakure Village can think of this, there is nothing he can do about it, because it is now a kind of political correctness in the ninja world to unite to encircle and suppress the Akatsuki organization.


    Of course, this woman Tsunade also has a few brushes.


    If they want their allies to act according to Konoha''s will, in addition to these righteous names, there must be some relatively generous rewards. Konoha''s interests must not be sold, so they can only sell the interests of another country.


    "Some time ago, we proposed to ask the third generation of Tsuchikage Ohnoki of Yanyin Village to hand over Akatsuki''s information. Unfortunately, this matter has not been implemented."


    Tsunade tightened his palms, and said in a deep voice: "Especially after the Akatsuki organization destroyed Shayin Village and Wuyin Village one after another, it is even more difficult for us to initiate sanctions against Yanyin Village. After all, if Akatsuki is really Yanyin Village The black hand hidden in the village to stir up the ninja war secretly, we must cut off the claws of Yanyin village!"


    This is a bit domineering.


    After finishing some righteous words, Tsunade will naturally say something that everyone likes to hear: "After we eliminate Akatsuki, we will find conclusive evidence and use this as an excuse to attack Yanyin Village, where terror is prevalent. We must demand that Yanyin The village will compensate the countries!"


    "This may lead to a war..."


    Naraku Uehara frowned subconsciously: "If I want to do this, I must report to Lord Hanzo, who has always been committed to peace in the ninja world."


    Tsunade turned his head to look at Gaara and Terumi Mei, and said in a deep voice: "Peace is not won by fighting for it! Only with a tough enough attitude and strong enough strength can we embrace peace!"


    "Ok¡­"


    After hesitating for a while, Gaara spoke softly to ease the topic: "The most important thing for us now is to round up the Akatsuki members in Fireland, right? Let''s talk about our battle plan first!"


    "it is good."


    Tsunade waved and called Nara Shikahisa, and introduced softly: "This is our Konoha''s class leader Nara Shikakugami, and he will explain this action to everyone!"


    "Yes, Hokage-sama."


    Nara Shikahisa stood where Nara Shikamaru was just now, and took out a map of the country of fire and spread it out on the table.


    "Because Akatsuki has a small number of members, but their strength is very strong, so we plan to round up Akatsuki this time. The ordinary team will mainly undertake the task of collecting intelligence and establishing a blockade network. The main force participating in the battle will be the upper ninja in the village. Squad and Dark Squad.


    First, complete encirclement.


    According to the last information we got, the members of Akatsuki''s organization will be in this area at present, so a large number of sensing ninja teams will start to search from this area, and the main battle team will follow closely, supporting Akatsuki at any time Members encircle.


    Second, split operations.


    Judging from our battles with Akatsuki over the years, the members of Akatsuki''s organization have a very high level of tacit understanding in collective combat, which is brought about by their years of fighting experience.


    But there seems to be a difference between them, that is, everyone is very proud, so maybe we can use the refueling tactic to gradually disrupt Akatsuki''s cooperation, thus cutting and encircling Akatsuki''s six members.


    Third, fight less and encircle more.


    According to our information, although the strength of these members who invaded the Fire Nation may be slightly inferior, they are still very powerful. Therefore, if you want to round them up, you need powerful ninjas to suppress them.


    Therefore, the main battle team headed by Hokage-sama and Jiraiya-sama will launch an attack, hunt down one or two members of Akatsuki, send out the Jonin team and the Anbu team to encircle and entangle the other members, break them one by one, and attack them one by one. To hunt.


    The members that the encirclement team and the main battle team need to face have all been listed, and the advantages of each team can be maximized, but accidents will inevitably occur on the battlefield, and decisions need to be made before the battle


    above. "


    Nara Shikahisa spoke a little slowly, without any sense of urgency when the war came, but his strategy made people''s scalp tingle.


    Even Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but feel a little nervous.


    Fortunately, he came to Konoha this time, otherwise, the six Kakutsu alone might really be wiped out here because of Nara Shikahisa''s plan.


    I really didn''t expect that the commander of the ninja alliance in the future ninja world war has a high IQ that cannot be underestimated!


    Not to mention the six people in Kakudu, as long as Konoha Ninja obeys his long-range command and fights in the wild, even the Six Paths of Payne may be defeated one by one...


    Seeing Nara Shikahisa smiling, talking about his strategy like a good guy... This guy is actually quite poisonous!


    clap clap clap...


    Uehara Naraku gently puffed up his palm, and couldn''t help but praise: "I have never seen such a wonderful strategy..."


    "Hehehehe..."


    Shikahisa Nara rubbed his forehead in embarrassment. He actually spent a lot of energy on this strategy. After all, Tsunade asked him to come up with a suitable strategic plan in such a short period of time. It''s a little hard.


    Tsunade looked at everyone present, and said softly: "So do you have any different opinions? If there is no opinion, we can consider starting the implementation..."


    "Wuyin Village has no objections."


    "Hidden Sand Village has no objections."


    "Yuyin Village has no objections."


    Everyone present nodded their heads.


    After taking out this strategy, Konoha doesn''t seem to need their help very much, it''s just for an extra layer of insurance.


    Anyway, we are all allies.


    After Terumi Mei nodded, he asked a question: "After this operation is over, we hope to hand over the three ninja swordsmen in the village to us..."


    "It''s natural."


    Tsunade nodded calmly.


    Uehara Naraku also said directly: "Then after the operation is over, our Yuyin Village hopes to hand over the horns to us."


    Tsunade frowned, but didn''t immediately agree: "We have to think about this matter, after all, the horns belong to Takiyin Village''s rebellious ninja..."


    Konoha has also collected information about Kakuto.


    The leader of Takiyin Village gave Konoha Ninja a piece of information about Kadotsu. At that time, Tsunade was frightened by this information.


    This guy Kadotsu has become the Jonin of Longyin Village decades ago. After killing all the high-level officials of Longyin, he snatched Ji Yuanyu from Longyin Village and escaped!


    What is this concept?


    How long has this guy Kakuzu lived!


    "That''s not okay."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a smile, and said softly: "Kakuto stole a treasure from our Hidden Rain Village, Master Hanzo told me to bring him back."


    "Ah¡­"


    Tsunade couldn''t help but let out a sneer, and looked at Naraku Uehara and hooked the corner of his mouth: "Is that really the treasure of your Yuyin Village? He stole the treasure of Takiyin Village..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression changed, and he stood up slowly, lying on the table and looking straight at Tsunade opposite, and said softly: "It seems that you already know the secret of Kakuzu, the reason why we want Kakutsu, Konoha should It''s clear, Master Hanzo..."


    "Uehara!"


    Tsunade interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words neatly, flew over and hugged Uehara Naraku''s arm, and left the office with him.


    While holding Naraku Uehara''s arm, Tsunade waved at Gaara and Terumi Mei: "I have something to talk to this brat, please feel free..."


    "Uh¡­"


    Terumi Mei and Gaara looked at each other.


    After a while, the two began to think about why even a single character would cause disputes between Konoha and Yuyin Village. What secret is that guy hiding?


    In the corridor of Naruto Building.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Tsunade who walked out with a smile on his face, feeling the softness and warmth from his arms, and somehow thought of Konan in his heart.


    If I remember correctly, it seems that when I was chatting with Teacher Xiaonan some time ago, I vaguely heard... Teacher Xiaonan didn''t seem to care that Uehara found an older woman to marry him.


    At that time, Uehara Naraku thought that what Xiaonan said was agreeing with him and Terumi Mei, which was originally nonsense, so Uehara didn''t care.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Now, it seems, as if...


    Sometimes, you should listen to the teacher more!


    Tsunade entered a small dark room holding Naraku Uehara''s arm with a smile on his face, then slammed the door shut and pushed Naraku Uehara against the wall!


    "Hey, brat!"


    The smile on Tsunade''s face disappeared without a trace, and at this moment her face was full of hostility: "That guy Sansho Hanzo wants Kakutsu''s body for longevity, right?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Tsunade and her chest.


    After being silent for a while, Uehara Naraku lowered his head again.


    Because he didn''t know how to answer, he could only bow his head to express his acquiescence. Anyway, they almost slipped their mouths in Hokage''s office just now!


    Tsunade also knew this fact, she looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression, and snorted: "If this operation is successful, Konoha will definitely not give the horns to Yuyin Village, and let that old guy die Take this heart!"


    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku still remembered his duties, immediately raised his head and glared at Tsunade, and said coldly: "This is our bottom line, all of you are just worried that Mr. Hanzo will continue to live, and that Yuyin Village will become stronger under his leadership ..."


    "Almost there."


    Tsunade shook his head contemptuously, stretched out a finger across Uehara Naraku''s face, and said coldly: "If it''s just about strength, I might admire him very much. After all, Sanshoyu Hanzo defeated countless Of the ten Konoha elite teams, only me, Jiraiya, and Orochimaru, two idiots, survived.


    However, in terms of his leadership ability, that old guy has led Yuyin Village for so many years, do you think Yuyin Village has become stronger? Even you brat has done more than that guy Hanzo. "


    This sentence is slightly provocative.


    Naraku Uehara wanted to nod subconsciously, of course he felt that he had done more for Yuyin Village than Sanshoyu Hanzo! The land of the Kingdom of Rain has nearly doubled in size, isn''t it all due to him?


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head, and his breathing gradually became a little short. After a struggle, he said in a deep voice: "Needless to say so much, Lord Hokage, when it''s time to act, we will each use our own means. Who can kill Kakuzu? Then the corner will belong to whom!"


    "Okay, then let''s take a gamble!"


    Tsunade hooked the corner of his mouth, and stretched out his palm: "Let''s make a bet! If you can kill Kakutsu, then I will give you Yuyin Village all the horns!"


    "..."


    Something doesn''t seem right.


    After thinking for a while, Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his hand and grasped Tsunade''s small palm, as if he was about to lose this bet to Tsunade again.


    Although it is a bet that must be lost, it is still necessary to make a bet, mainly for fear of arousing Tsunade''s suspicion.


    You can''t kill Jiaodu just because of a bet!


    Mr. Kadotsu is a person who works hard to make money for the Xiao organization, and he is a ninja that even Naraku Uehara admires!


    "come over!"


    Tsunade grabbed Uehara Naraku''s clothes, grabbed Uehara and lowered his head involuntarily, and breathed hot air in his ear: "Oh, brat, you have never won the bet between us! "


    "..."


    After thinking for a while, Naraku Uehara clenched his fist, and put his lips close to Tsunade''s ear: "Don''t worry, for the sake of Master Hanzo, I will definitely win this time!"

 Chapter 238

    After Tsunade and Uehara Naraku left the small black room, they returned to Hokage''s office and chatted for a while. Now that the alliance plan has been confirmed, the next step is to implement the plan.


    Naraku Uehara, Gaara, and Terumi Mei will act together with Tsunade, which also gathers a powerful main battle team.


    As for the other main battle team, it was led by Jiraiya himself, and directly led the previous generation of Zhuludie to dispatch.


    This configuration...


    Kind of scary.


    Just the strength of these two main battle teams is definitely enough to defeat the six members of Akatsuki including Kakuto and Kanshi Kisame!


    Even the fighting power of the encirclement teams should not be underestimated. Among them, the third team led by Maitekai and the seventh team led by Hatake Kakashi, these two teams with extraordinary strength are also responsible for the encirclement task .


    The six members of Akatsuki''s organization are really not enough to see.


    After the meeting ended, the Konoha ninjas began to prepare in advance, and hundreds of perception ninjas had already set off for the area where the Akatsuki organization was active.


    Naraku Uehara began to think about how to arrange it.


    The cards in Konoha''s hands are really good. Even if a spy is selected among them, this lineup cannot be solved by six members including Kisame and Kakuzu.


    to be honest.


    The lineup sent by Konoha, if he is not there, it is estimated that it should be enough to wipe out the entire Akatsuki organization.


    In addition to Jiraiya and Tsunade, they also dispatched a guy named Maite Kai, as well as Uzumaki Naruto who can use the power of the tailed beast and use the wind escape spiral shuriken, which makes Uehara Nana bald.


    Nana Uehara had no choice but to call someone.


    Uehara Naraku quietly used his will to control a reincarnated body of dirt who hadn''t communicated with for a long time, the fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato who was by Yakushidou''s side.


    Some base thousands of miles away.


    While Yao Shidou was still diligently doing experiments, he saw a coffin quietly opened, and the Fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato suddenly walked out, and Naraku Uehara''s voice came from his mouth.


    "There is one thing you need to do."


    Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, then said softly: "I''m a bit inconvenient now, so I need someone to assist Uchiha Obito to attract the attention of two powerful teams."


    "very simple."


    Pharmacist pondered for a while, then pushed his glasses with a chuckle, and said in a low voice: "Master Naraku, tell me, who are those two teams? Hokage took him with Flying Raijin."


    Uehara Naraku nodded and said: "The first team, Jiraiya, Nara Shikahisa, Yamanaka Kaiichi, Akimichi Choza."


    "I see."


    Medicine Master nodded, and said softly: "Jiraiya, one of the Konoha Sannin, and the previous generation Ikacho? It seems that we can just let the Fourth Hokage Lord go there by himself. He and those people are old Friends!"


    "Makes sense."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and continued softly: "It''s just that I''m worried that he will leak information, but if the will of the Fourth Hokage is annihilated, will he be sealed because of the disadvantage of the battle?"


    "Master Naraku can send one more person!"


    Pharmacist chuckled, and offered his own suggestion: "Probably there is no more suitable candidate than the Third Hokage!"


    "Great, we can help them pick their opponents."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but want to praise this guy, Pharmacist Dou, who always likes to fight with people who have fetters.


    So the end result...


    It is the pharmacist who has become the master of dreams.


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised his finger, and said with a chuckle: "Then I will let the second Hokage fight against Tsunade and our team; let the third and fourth Hokage fight against Jiraiya''s team .¡±


    "Ok."


    Yao Shidou nodded, his face gradually became more serious: "I will also follow the Fourth Hokage to go there, so as not to make any mistakes in Naraku-sama''s plan."


    "Well, yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded.


    After Uehara Naraku arranged his opponents and teammates for his side, he urgently contacted Obito Uchiha and asked him to pass on information to Kisame Kisame and give his orders by the way.


    "I''ve already solved the two most troublesome teams for you, let Kakuzu, Hidan, Uyuri and Onitou Mangetsu retreat now, leaving only you and Uchiha Itachi behind.


    After a while, you will contact Mr. Payne to create elephant-turned puppets of Didara and Junmaru to cover your retreat, so as to avoid any accidents in the middle. "


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he was still a little uneasy, and he added: "If Matt Kai is too troublesome, I will let Uchiha Obito take action when necessary. Remember, you must ensure that Uchiha Itachi and Uzumaki Human battle!"


    Elephant turning puppet is one of the abilities of the eyes of reincarnation. It can use an ordinary ninja as a sacrifice, so that a ninja thousands of miles away can control the sacrifice. At the same time, the sacrifice has 30% of the controlled chakra, but it can Use their equipment and bloodline limit.


    It''s just that after the chakra is exhausted, the puppet will die.


    Uehara Naraku put in a lot of effort in this big show, which really made him use many of his relationships.


    Kisame Kisame was also unambiguous, and conveyed the information sent by Uehara Naraku, and immediately asked Kakuzu, Hidan, Ringo Yuri, and Oniteng Mitsuki to retreat, and he and Uchiha Itachi would break up.


    Fei Duan was still a little unhappy, holding the instrument of his sect and complaining loudly: "It''s rare that I want to kill a few more people to offer enough sacrifices for the evil god..."


    Kanshi Kisame looked at Fei Duan coldly, and said in a deep voice: "The leader ordered us to obey Uehara''s command. The enemy is very powerful, and if we are not careful, we will die."


    Fei Duan curled his lips and muttered dissatisfiedly: "Then tell the leader, I don''t want to obey his orders, this time..."


    Click!


    Fei Duan''s head was chopped off!


    Lingo Yuyuli slowly bit a lollipop, put away her ninja knife nonchalantly, knelt down and grabbed Hiduan''s hair, turned and left with his head in her hand.


    Lin Haoyu Yuri is straightforward and direct in doing things.


    Fei Duan stared blankly at his body lying on the ground, and cursed: "Are you crazy, woman? How dare you chop off my head... It hurts, hurts, don''t grab my hair! Hey , Kakuto, take my body!"


    "idiot."


    Kakuzu glanced at Hidan, leaned over and lifted Hidan''s body on his back, catching up with Ringo Yuyuri''s footsteps, Ghost Lantern Manyue couldn''t help but smile, and followed their team.


    After watching them leave, Kisame Uchiha chuckled and looked at Itachi Uchiha: "Because our team is the strongest, so we are allowed to come to the rear, Mr. Itachi, you don''t have any objections, do you?"


    "No."


    Itachi Uchiha shook his head.


    After a while, Uchiha Itachi said softly: "This is also the last time I see my old friend, haven''t you already arranged my fate?"


    After returning, Uchiha Itachi will fight Uchiha Sasuke.


    As for the result of the duel, Uchiha Itachi and Kanshi Kisame knew it very well, and they had already made it clear between them.


    "You still have a chance to change."


    Kisame Uchiha looked at Itachi Uchiha, and persuaded him: "If you still want to change your destiny, you''d better tell me in advance, otherwise, I will be very troublesome if you disrupt your master''s plan."


    "My fate is sealed."


    Itachi Uchiha stretched out his palm, watching the sun shine on him through the leaves, leaving a shadowy area.


    Yes, his fate was sealed.


    but¡­


    Sasuke''s fate can still be changed.


    Will Uchiha Sasuke return to Konoha in the future, or be sheltered by Kisame Kisame and his behind-the-scenes people from now on? It depends on their fight with Konoha Ninja this time.


    It''s a pity that Uchiha Itachi didn''t know that this fight was specially arranged for him, so he didn''t hesitate to go to war for it.


    In Leaf Village.


    Uehara Nana was in a hidden corner, and quietly released the Second Hokage and Third Hokage who were reincarnated from the soil, watching their state with great satisfaction.


    "What a pity, if it wasn''t for worrying about you leaking information, I really want you to see your old friend!"


    "Evil brat!"


    Qianshouban suddenly mobilized the chakra in his body, trying to get rid of Uehara Naraku''s control, but his strength was not enough at all.


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi looked at Uehara Naraku dully, and sighed sadly: "Uehara Naraku, are you finally going to attack Konoha? The villain hiding in the dark will never be able to defeat the justice in the sun." Gentleman''s..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Hiruzen Sarutobi speechlessly, shook his head and said, "Hey, Sandaime, don''t you know how bad your reputation in the ninja world is now? Forget it, wait until I get rid of Asi Sarutobi someday. After Ma Huitu is reincarnated, let him tell you!"


    "Asma?"


    Sarutobi Hirzen''s face changed, and gradually became calm again: "So Asma was also murdered? That kid..."


    "Let''s talk about it here!"


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers made a few handprints, and after briefly destroying their will, he chuckled and said, "Time is running out..."


    After doing all this.


    Senshou Kaijian stretched out his palm and put it on Hiruzaru Sarutobi''s body, and led him away from Konoha with the Flying Thunder God Technique.


    The country of rain.


    Akatsuki''s base.


    After Payne received the information and request from Naraku Uehara, he immediately created the elephant-turned puppets of Kaguya-kun Maro, Uchiha Sasuke, Shiro, Red Sand Scorpion, and Didara remotely using the elephant-turning technique. .


    The members of the Akatsuki organization are more important.


    It doesn''t matter if these created puppets die.


    Didara sat cross-legged in the base, and when he controlled his elephant to turn around as a puppet, his face was a little unhappy: "Transferring all my chakras, I can only leave 30% of the chakras, and the utilization rate is too low. Well, why don''t I just make a super explosion!"


    Payne shook his head indifferently and said, "You can do whatever you want, as long as you can cover Kisame and Uchiha Itachi to escape back."


    "Of course we have to cover that bastard Itachi''s escape!"


    Uchiha Sasuke clenched his fist and whispered: "If he doesn''t come back, how can I kill him!"


    Now, everyone is ready.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the progress of the main line, which had increased by a few percentage points, with satisfaction, and then looked at the comparison between the two camps.


    Konoha side: Jiraiya and the previous generation of Ikabutterfly team, Tsunade, Terumi Mei, Gaara and Uehara Naraku (spy), Matt Kai and his third team, Hatake Kakashi and his second team Class Seven and a group of encirclement teams, as well as a group of perception ninjas.


    Akatsuki''s side: Uchiha Itachi, Kisame Kisame, Red Sand Scorpion (an elephant turned puppet), Didara (an elephant turned a puppet), Shiro (an elephant turned a puppet), Kaguya-kun Maro (an elephant turned a puppet), Uchi Po Sasuke (like turning a puppet).


    Hidden members of the participating parties: Yakushidou, Uchiha Obito, Second Hokage, Third Hokage, Fourth Hokage.


    Who would have imagined that Uehara Naraku''s carefully arranged drama was actually just to attract a crow raised by Uchiha Itachi?

 Chapter 239

    There was a little tension in the air.


    Teams of Konoha ninjas left the village, and the two main combat teams, Tsunade and Jiraiya, also set off from one direction to the active area of ??the Akatsuki organization.


    During the progress of the team of Naraku Uehara and Tsunade, from time to time, there would be messages from perception ninjas or scout ninjas, carrier pigeons, and reports on the positions of each team.


    Tsunade just listened casually.


    Uehara Naraku just casually disclosed the knowledge of Yashidou, Kisame, and several Hokages reincarnated in the dirt, and arranged for them to move their positions at any time.


    "The Jiraiya team has already rushed to the northwest, and it is expected to arrive at the encirclement base where they dispatched. Before that, the third Hokage and the fourth Hokage will immediately intercept it. Duo, you are responsible for monitoring the battle between them!"


    "clear!"


    "Tsunade and my team are rushing to the northeast, and they are expected to arrive at the encirclement location where we dispatched. The second generation of Hokage immediately came to intercept us, Koto, do you have any suitable personnel on your side? I am afraid that I will be too heavy... "


    "clear."


    Pharmacist hurriedly summoned a coffin, and said softly: "Second Hokage and Second Mizukage, two ninjas who are good at water escape, if Naraku-sama can hide his power, they should be able to fight with Tsunade-sama The team got entangled."


    "Good job."


    Uehara Naraku really has to admire Yakushi''s brain hole, the combination of the second generation of Hokage + the second generation of Mizukage, both ninjas are very good at water escape, and they can definitely fight against Tsunade, Terumi Mei and Gaara. Stand up!


    After Uehara Naraku solved the two main battle teams, he immediately began to pass on the information of other teams to Kisame Kisame and Itachi Uchiha: "Mite Kai and Kakashi''s two classes are not separated, they are rushing in your direction It''s over."


    "I see."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned and nodded with a light smile.


    Uehara Naraku was a little uneasy, and said in a deep voice: "I remember that the elephant-turned puppets of Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion are nearby, let them attract the attention of other Konoha ninjas; Kisame, you and Uchiha Itachi, Shiro, Kimaro, and Sasuke are ready to face Kakashi and Maitekai!"


    Naraku Uehara is really busy.


    He needs to worry about the situation on several battlefields.


    It feels really bad to play chess with yourself.


    Fortunately, the only interesting thing is that you can control the situation on the battlefield, you can add a chess piece at any time, and you can remove a certain chess piece at any time.


    Also, scaring Tsunade is fun.


    For example, after Konoha''s sensory ninja detected the figures of the Red Sand Scorpion and Didara, he immediately reported to Tsunade that there were two more members of the Akatsuki organization on the battlefield who were not within the scope of the siege. Are you still playing?


    "Of course I want to fight!"


    Tsunade gritted his teeth, and said coldly: "Jiraiya and I, the two teams in charge of fighting, can split into four teams at any time, and it doesn''t matter if there are two more people!"


    "Yes, Hokage-sama!"


    The perception ninja hurried away.


    Tsunade glanced at his team members, Terumi Mei and Gaara looked a little anxious, Uehara Naraku seemed to be more anxious than them.


    Is this kid scared?


    Just when Tsunade turned his head, a kunai suddenly shot towards her from the dense forest, which surprised everyone!


    Naraku Uehara reminded loudly: "Be careful!"


    "Don''t make such a fuss..."


    Tsunade tilted her head lightly, avoiding the oncoming kunai, just when she was about to continue to say something, she saw a familiar family crest on the kunai out of the corner of her eyes.


    This is the imprint of the Thousand Hands Clan!


    This kunai is owned by the ninja of the Thousand Hands Clan!


    In the next second, Tsunade suddenly remembered that not many ninjas like to leave their marks on Kunai, because Kunai is too easy to lose.


    Except for the two Flying Thunder Gods, the Second Hokage and the Fourth Hokage, none of them seemed to have the habit of leaving their marks on Kunai, even Senjubashirama!


    Whoosh!


    A ninja in leather armor appeared out of nowhere, grabbed the kunai with the imprint, and swung the kunai violently towards Tsunade''s neck! This kind of attack came so suddenly that no one else could have imagined it!


    Tsunade waved her arm to block Kunai, her eyes stared blankly at the ninja who suddenly appeared, and she murmured, "Is it...Second Grandpa?"


    Even Tsunade never expected that Senshou Tokaima would appear here!


    If I remember correctly, they should be besieging the Akatsuki organization, why do they feel like they are besieging Orochimaru now?


    Thousand Hands appeared here...


    It''s really fucking weird!


    It''s a pity that this second-generation Hokage didn''t have his own will at all, he just launched an attack freely, and sprayed out a group of water needles from his mouth: "Water Escape¡¤Heaven Cry!"


    The speed of these water needles was too fast, and before Tsunade had no time to evade and defend, they directly shot Tsunade''s arm and shoulder!


    "Ah ah ah ah ah!"


    Tsunade waved his fist angrily, and slammed his fist into Senshou''s gate, but what greeted her was a flying kick!


    Tsunade raised his head and was kicked out!


    Even if the will is annihilated, those familiar combat experiences can still crush Tsunade. At the beginning, Senshou Banjian from the filthy soil of Chunin could suppress Hiruzaru Sarutobi, let alone the one from the filthy soil of Baijue now. The Thousand Hands Gate is approaching its peak!


    Fortunately, at this moment, Terumi Mei, Gaara, and Uehara Naraku reacted, and quickly stepped forward to stop the attack of Senju Tomona, and rescued Tsunade who was attacked.


    "What exactly is going on!"


    Terumi Mei looked at Senshouban who stood opposite them, with an extremely ugly expression on his face: "Your Excellency Fifth Hokage, why did your country''s second Hokage appear here? Didn''t we mean to encircle and suppress the Akatsuki organization?"


    "..."


    Tsunade snuggled into Uehara Naraku''s arms, allowing Uehara Naraku to reach out and help her pull out a water needle to heal her wound.


    Tsunade''s expression was so gloomy that water dripped out, she thought of her old friend: "Maybe Orochimaru didn''t die, and became a member of Akatsuki again..."


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm glowed with a green light. After stroking Tsunade''s arm and healing her wound, he said softly: "What should we do now, if the second Hokage appears here..."


    "It''s not just the Second Hokage."


    A voice suddenly interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words.


    Terumi Mei watched another figure appear beside the Second Hokage Senshou Tomona, her face also became a little gloomy: "There is also the Second Mizukage of our Kirigakure Village..."


    "..."


    The people present suddenly fell silent.


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head slowly, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Tsunade, it seems unlikely that our team will participate in the battle against Akatsuki. We must find out what happened on the battlefield!"


    "Ok."


    Tsunade nodded slowly, and stood up: "We have encountered the obstruction of the second grandfather and the second generation Mizukage here, so Jiraiya will not meet the grandfather there, right?"


    If Jiraiya''s team encountered the first generation of Hokage, they would definitely not be the opponent of the first generation of Hokage, and they could even hang them up with one hand!


    But Tsunade was worried.


    Jiraiya did not meet the first Hokage.


    But if Jiraiya chooses, maybe he still thinks that the first generation of Hokage is not bad, anyway, he doesn''t really want to face the two enemies that appear around their team now...


    "Master Three Generations!"


    Nara Shikahisa had a slight cold sweat on his face. He watched the little old man who suddenly appeared and ambushed them, and he began to feel a little worried.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    After all, his strategy is based on equal intelligence!


    Now that the main combat force is being entangled by people, who will be in charge of the battle?


    It would be okay if it was just the third Hokage Hiruzaru Sarutobi, but a blond man in a royal robe stood beside Hiruzaru Sarutobi.


    Qiu Dao Ding Zuo squinted his eyes, and sighed faintly: "It''s been a long time no see... Minato."


    "Tsk, what a hassle!"


    Jiraiya touched his chin, and looked impatiently at the Third Hokage and Fourth Hokage in the distance: "These two guys appear here to prevent us from besieging Akatsuki?"


    "Probably!"


    After Nara Shikahisa nodded, he said in a deep voice: "If there is no new change in the information, the only one in the entire ninja world who can use the technique of reincarnation is Orochimaru, one of the former three Konoha ninjas."


    "Ah, that''s about it."


    Zilai also stretched his waist, slowly clenched his fists, and said a messy tongue twister: "It''s really interesting! My friend controls my teacher and my disciples to besiege me..."


    This is a bit playful.


    The Zhuludie present could tell that Laiye had a sad heart under that optimistic attitude. Perhaps this is already the most painful thing in life, right?


    Orochimaru is Jiraiya''s friend, Sarutobi Hiruzen is Jiraiya''s teacher, and Namikaze Minato is Jiraiya''s disciple, and now they are all on the opposite side of Jiraiya!


    "Okay, let''s talk about tactics!"


    Jiraiya''s face gradually became serious, he glanced at Ikacho and the others beside him, and said in a deep voice: "You are also very familiar with the ninjutsu of the old man and Minato...


    So we have to find a way to separate them and fight, otherwise, under the Minato guy''s Flying Thunder God technique, we are not sure that we can block the old man''s ninjutsu. "


    "yes."


    After Shikahisa Nara nodded, he suddenly said, "Master Jiraiya, if we encounter the third and fourth generations here, then Tsunade-sama''s team may also be attacked. The enemies they encountered It might be the first Hokage and the second Hokage..."


    "...the possibility cannot be ruled out."


    Jiraiya also nodded, looked at Sarutobi Hiruzen and Namikaze Minato in the distance, and rubbed his wrist: "There is no other way, then we must get rid of them as soon as possible, and go to support Tsunade''s side, We must protect the living!"

 Chapter 240

    After losing his own will, the fighting power of the reincarnated body of dirty soil can be said to fluctuate, and it is purely relying on its own instinct to fight.


    But there is no doubt that after the old and frail Third Hokage Hiruzaru Sarutobi obtained the Dirty Soil Reincarnation, his combat power has improved a lot.


    "Shuriken Shadow Cloning Technique!"


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi threw a huge shuriken with his hands, closed his fingers and quickly formed a seal, and the shuriken instantly separated into a bunch of shadow clones, moving towards Jiraiya and Ikacho Shoot in the direction!


    "Earth Dune, Earth Flow City Wall!"


    At the same time, Jilai joined his hands together and formed seals, releasing a wall of mud flowing in front of the giant shuriken. Even the thick city wall was cut into cracks by the shuriken!


    Zilai couldn''t help but frowned, and said with lingering fear: "The old man is really ruthless!"


    However, just as Jiraiya breathed a sigh of relief, Fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato''s clear voice appeared in his ears: "Shuriken Kage Clone Art!"


    This made Zilai almost forget!


    Namikaze Minato is the same as Sarutobi Hiruzen, both of them are actually good at shuriken shadow clone art, but they focus on different directions!


    After Namikaze Minato stretched out his hand and threw a shuriken into the air, his hands quickly joined hands to form a seal, the speed was more than one point faster than Sarutobi Hiruzen!


    In the next second, that small shuriken suddenly split into countless clones!


    Just like the densely twinkling stars in the dark night sky, then these stars fell from the sky!


    Those dense and innumerable meteors are the masterpiece of Namikaze Minato''s shuriken shadow clone technique. Every ninjutsu in Namikaze Minato''s hands will be researched by him to be extremely powerful!


    "Fire Escape ¡¤ Dragon Flame Bomb!"


    Jiraiya quickly closed his palms, opened his mouth and spewed out a powerful flame towards the falling shurikens, burning the densely packed shurikens in the air!


    The shurikens all over the sky turned into smoke and dissipated under the attack of the flames.


    Even the shadow clone of the shuriken is still a shadow clone after all, as long as it encounters a sufficiently powerful attack, it will disappear.


    "Huh, is it finally resolved?"


    Akido Dingza stood up, shook his head and looked at Minakaze Minato in the distance, and said softly: "This fellow Minato is still so scary..."


    "After all, he is the most perfect ninja..."


    Nara Shikahisa slowly closed his palms, and said in a low voice: "Try first to see if you can control them, Shadow Bondage!"


    A group of shadows stretched rapidly from under his feet, and spread towards the position of the Fourth Hokage. Although it was just a tentative move, Nara Shikahisa would do it with all his strength!


    After all, once Namikaze Minato ran rampant on the battlefield, it would be a huge trouble for them.


    Obviously this is of no use at all.


    Namikaze Minato''s speed would never be able to catch up with the shadow, but Nara Shikahisa did not stop, just watched Namikaze Minato''s movement to avoid the shadow, and whispered to his teammates: "Stop him, Dingza!"


    "Understood! Partial doubling technique!"


    Akimichi Dingza''s fist suddenly became huge, and he slammed into the area of ??Namakaze Minato, forcing Namikaze Minato to disappear instantly!


    It''s just that no one expected that Minato Namikaze jumped into the hands of Akidou Dingzao, leaving a mark of the Flying Thunder God on his body!


    "Is it over?"


    Qiudao Dingzuo''s first thought was this sentence.


    Once Namikaze Minato leaves the mark of Flying Thunder God, it is almost impossible to escape his pursuit!


    "No, just right!"


    Shikahisa Nara chuckled lightly, glanced at Kaiichi Yamanaka beside him, and said softly, "Then I''ll leave it to you, Haiyi!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Yamanaka Kaiichi stretched out his palm and landed on Nara Shikoku''s body, controlled Nara Shikoku''s body with the technique of turning around, and sensed the position of Namikaze Minato.


    "coming!"


    Kaiichi Yamanaka found Namakaze Minato within his range of perception, and said in a low voice, "But I can''t tell when he will appear by Dingza''s side..."


    "It''s now!"


    Nara Shikahisa''s shadow instantly expanded, enveloping all the surrounding areas, and just happened to envelop Namikaze Minato who had just landed!


    The next second, just when they thought they had controlled Minato Namikaze, a trace of golden chakra gradually emerged from Minato Namikaze''s body, gathering into a golden chakra coat on his body.


    Nine-Tails Mode!


    Namikaze Minato instantly got rid of the control of the shadow bondage, and kicked Nara Shikahisa, Yamanaka Kaiichi and Akido Dingza flying with a sweeping kick!


    "..."


    Jiraiya''s jaw almost dropped from fright, and he stared at Namakaze Minato, who was bathed in golden light, and murmured, "This is... Kyuubi''s Chakra!"


    What the hell!


    It would be difficult enough for Nara Shikaku and the three of them to deal with an ordinary Namikaze Minato, but this Minato still has Nine-Tails Chakra on him!


    No, not only that, he can even invoke Nine-Tails'' Chakra perfectly!


    Namikaze Minato''s current aura alone is obviously more powerful than when Naruto Uzumaki revealed his eight tails in the Chunin Exam!


    What the hell is this!


    However, it is not a bad thing for Namikaze Minato to burst out the Nine-Tails Chakra.


    Because his will has been restored, although he still can''t get rid of Uehara Naraku''s control, at least he can report a lot of information to Jiraiya...


    A trace of relaxation flashed across Namikaze Minato''s face, and he turned his head to look at Jiraiya, with a sense of the rest of his life: "Long time no see, Teacher Jiraiya..."


    "Watergate¡­"


    With his face still on his golden chakra coat, Jiraiya asked in a low voice, "What''s going on here?"


    "this matter¡­"


    "Your Excellency Fourth Generation!"


    When Minato Namikaze was about to explain, he suddenly felt Naraku Uehara''s will come to his mind again!


    within the spiritual world.


    Namikaze Minato stood in a lake.


    Uehara Naraku''s face appeared above him like a god, and he said in a gloomy voice: "Fourth generation, there are some things that should not be said, so don''t say them. Originally, the task I gave you was to pester them. If you say something too much If there are too many, then I can only let you kill them."


    "..."


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Namikaze Minato raised his head, looked at the huge face above his spiritual world, and asked with an ugly face: "At least, you have to tell me what your purpose is!"


    "Don''t ask too many questions."


    Naraku Uehara looked at the little golden figure in the spiritual world gloomily, and said in a low voice: "I thought it would be the second generation of Hokage who regained his senses first, but I didn''t expect it to be you, but it doesn''t matter, as long as you dare to leak information, at worst I will Take control of your body and kill them!"


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he opened his mouth and added: "A friendly reminder, Konoha''s current fifth-generation Hokage Tsunade is by my side, and I can kill her at any time and clean up all the high-level Konoha!"


    Uehara Naraku felt that it was not safe, and continued to add: "Since you have used the chakra of Kyuubi, you can sense the position of your son! Uchiha Obito is near him, and I can kill him at any time." Uzumaki Naruto and Hatake Kakashi!"


    Namikaze Minato: "..."


    This person... is a bit vicious!


    Namikaze Minato finally regained his sanity, and wanted to use this to reveal some information to Jiraiya, but Uehara Naraku immediately threatened him with Jiraiya''s life.


    It has to be said that this threat is very effective.


    Because Namikaze Minato knows very well that Jiraiya, Nara Shikoku and others are absolutely impossible to be his opponents given that he can use the power of Kyuubi now.


    If after Jiraiya got the information, the entire high-level Konoha would be cleaned up, so what''s the point of getting the information?


    No, it seems that there are other ways?


    For example, code words?


    "Don''t think about giving away information with code words or hand gestures."


    Uehara Naraku spoke coldly, and wrote the ending for Namikaze Minato directly: "I never look at the process, I only look at the results, maybe I think something is wrong, and I will get rid of them immediately, so you''d better think clearly about where you should stand." Where!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent Namikaze Minato, and said coldly: "Don''t think that you are the only chess piece, you and I are just a sounding board, and can be replaced at any time. If you want to use this body to do more in the future You''d better follow my orders."


    Uehara Nao fell on the huge face in the spiritual world, and added in a loud voice: "If the entire high-level Konoha is killed, you should know what ending Konoha will meet, right?"


    "I see."


    Namikaze Minato slowly lowered his head.


    This threat is very simple and crude, but very effective.


    Compared with those spell methods, Uehara Naraku''s use of his feelings and fetters is undoubtedly a more effective method, and it can even be exchanged for Namikaze Minato''s surrender.


    After all, Namikaze Minato wanted to leak information for Konoha''s safety. If Konoha is gone, what''s the point of him leaking information?


    But if the information is not leaked...


    It should be slow death that welcomes Konoha, right?


    Namikaze Minato felt that he had to think of a perfect plan.


    Uehara Naraku slowly looked at Namikaze Minato under the spiritual world, and suddenly showed a sinister smile: "Just in case, I would like to warn you in advance, in addition to what I threatened you before, it seems that I should add some something else."


    Naraku Uehara''s huge smiling face in the spiritual world is the smile of a devil in Namikaze Minato''s eyes, and he said softly: "If Jiraiya and they know my true identity, I will be reincarnated from the filthy soil and resurrected Uzumaki Nine Xin Nai, control her to fight your son Uzumaki Naruto, in order to avoid this tragedy in the world, so you must be obedient, right?"


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato couldn''t help but gritted his teeth.


    If Naruto Uzumaki, who has never seen his mother, and Kushina Uzumaki, who has never seen his son, are allowed to duel with each other, is this a fucking thing that one person can do!


    The demon has thought of almost every aspect of him.


    Teacher, wife, son, student, companion.


    Almost every threat is fatal to Namikaze Minato, and this is the first time in the world of Namikaze Minato to see such an evil guy!


    Such a demon!


    Especially his strength is also very strong.


    Namikaze Minato gritted his teeth, looked up at Uehara Naraku''s face and asked, "I always want to know why you did this?"


    "You''ll find out sooner or later."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice gradually became a little illusory: "Don''t worry, what I did is not a bad thing for Konoha. I have to hide myself in order to solve a black hand hidden behind the scenes."


    "That¡­"


    Namikaze Minato raised his head and said coldly: "I will cooperate with you temporarily, but I don''t want to hurt Jiraiya-sensei!"


    "Well, very good, and I don''t want to hurt him."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly in the spiritual world, and said softly: "The battlefield will be handed over to you, as long as you help me hold back Jiraiya and them."


    Uehara Naraku''s will projection dissipated from Namikaze Minato''s spiritual world, leaving only one sentence: "I am also a kind person, and I would not do such a cruel thing as forcing a disciple to kill his teacher."


    Wait until Uehara Naraku''s will dissipates.


    Namikaze Minato returned to reality, his face was a little unsightly, carefully inspecting his body, he was still in the bondage of Uehara Naraku.


    The only thing that is free is his mouth.


    Remembering Uehara Naraku''s threat, Namikaze Minato slowly clenched his fist, looked at Jiraiya, and said in a deep voice: "Sorry, Jiraiya-sensei, I have to stop what you are going to do now, this is A choice I had to make."


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Instead of being angry, Jiraiya let out a hearty laugh. He slowly closed his fingers, forming a sign of opposition: "Minato, if I remember correctly, you really wanted to challenge me back then. Bar?"


    "That''s right."


    Namikaze Minato also slowly formed a mark of opposition, and the golden chakra coat in his body gradually faded away, returning to a normal state.


    Namikaze Minato looked directly at Jiraiya''s increasingly solemn expression, and a trace of seriousness appeared on his face: "Then... Teacher, please give me your advice."


    "Go and fight the old man!"


    Jiraiya ordered Nara Shikoku and others to attack the Third Hokage, while he slowly closed his palms and continued to chat, "Do you need to make any rules?"


    "No rules needed."


    Namikaze Minato shook his head, and said in a low voice, "Even Jiraiya-sensei can kill me, because I won''t die in the state of reincarnation!"


    "Can you use the sealing technique?"


    Jiraiya looked at Namikaze Minato, and continued to ask: "I''m very good at using sealing techniques... I wonder if I can seal you now?"


    Namikaze Minato''s face suddenly showed a little embarrassment: "This may be possible, but I am also very good at the sealing technique, even if the teacher spends his life using ghouls to seal it up, it is useless, because I was just..."


    Namikaze Minato''s voice stopped suddenly, he couldn''t reveal any information about Uehara Naraku, he almost slipped his mouth just now!


    "Then, can you use fairy art?"


    There was a meaningful smile on Jiraiya''s face, he slowly wiped the toad oil paint, formed a psychic handprint, and shouted in a deep voice: "Ninjutsu, psychic art!"


    "Teacher...it''s still the same!"


    Namikaze Minato shook his head helplessly, and said softly: "The teacher has been chatting with me all the time, just to prepare enough time to channel the two sages, Fukasaku and Shima, to enter the sage mode?"


    A burst of psychic smoke sounded.


    Jiraiya''s image changed drastically at this moment, there were streaks of oil paint on his face, and two small toads on his shoulders, but his aura became much stronger!


    Zilai also waved his palm triumphantly, and said with a hearty smile, "Hahahaha...You kid guessed it right!"


    "Who is the enemy this time?"


    Immortal Shima looked at everything around him, and suddenly looked at Namikaze Minato in disbelief and said, "Wait, Ziraiya, isn''t this Minato?"


    Namikaze Minato nodded friendly, and said softly, "Long time no see! Shima Senren, Fukasaku Senren."


    "In short, the water gate was controlled by the resurrection."


    Jiraiya succinctly stated the current situation, and said in a deep voice: "We must defeat him now, rush to support Naruto and Kakashi, maybe they are caught in Akatsuki''s heavy siege! "


    "That''s it..."


    Immortal Fukasaku nodded solemnly, and said in a deep voice, "This is not easy, if I remember correctly... It seems that Minato has also learned the mode of a sage?"


    "That''s right, the fairy mode is on!"


    After Namikaze Minato nodded calmly, the oil paint of immortal mode flashed in his eye sockets: "Because of the help of Kyuubi in my body, it can also help me extract natural energy, so that I can enter immortal mode at any time..."


    Jiraiya: "..."


    Immortal Fukasaku: "..."


    Immortal Zhima: "..."


    "Sorry, Master Jiraiya."


    Namikaze Minato shook his head, a trace of apology flashed across his face, and he declared seriously: "I can only tell you that I must prohibit your passage."


    "Then come on!"


    Jiraiya also closed his palms, and his face also became solemn: "Minato, don''t feel sorry, I told you once, in the world of ninjas, no disciple has to obey the teacher''s words, let alone you are only accepted by others now. control!"


    After finishing speaking, Jiraiya said solemnly: "What we have to do is not to defeat Minato, but to break through his defense line and rush to Naruto and Kakashi''s position!"

 Chapter 241

    "Well done, Fourth Generation!"


    After Naraku Uehara praised Minato in his heart, he began to concentrate on dealing with the battlefield on their side.


    With the three of Tsunade, Terumi Mei, and Gaara, plus him as an undercover agent, it is really difficult to defeat the combination of Second Hokage and Second Mizukage.


    What Uehara Naraku has to do is very simple, that is, when the second generation of Hokage or the second generation of Mizukage releases the water escape ninjutsu, he uses the same water escape ninjutsu to counteract it.


    Just this effect.


    This made Tsunade and the others relax a lot.


    Everyone present knew the power of the second Hokage and the second Mizukage''s water escape technique, and Naraku Uehara did not work hard.


    Why should an undercover agent work if he can paddle?


    Naraku Uehara''s thoughts immediately flew to Obito Uchiha, after all, that place is the core area of ??the entire battlefield and the center stage of this drama.


    The red sand scorpion and Didala''s elephant-turned puppet met the other encircling teams, reducing the pressure on Kisame and them.


    Hatake Kakashi''s seventh class and Mai Tekai''s third class finally bumped into the members of the Akatsuki organization, and also met their opponents Uchiha Itachi, Kisame Kisame, Uchiha Sasuke (Elephant Turning Puppet), Shiro (like a puppet), Kaguya-kun Maro (like a puppet).


    "Leave that precious beast to me!"


    Kisame grinned, picked up his shark-muscle sword and rushed over, and said in a cold voice: "As for the group of little devils under his command, I will leave it to you, Jun Malu."


    "Yes, senior ghost shark."


    Kaguya-kunmaro nodded, and countless bone spurs sprang out from his body, rushing towards Rock Li, Ningji Hinata and the others!


    "I''ll cover you!"


    Standing at the back of the team, Bai looked at the Konoha ninjas rushing forward, folded his palms together, and said in a low voice: "Ice escape ¡¤ Ice thousand copies!"


    Countless ice needles flew over!


    Tian Tian opened a scroll, closed his fingers, and said in a deep voice, "Sealing Technique Open!"


    A square stone was unsealed by her, stood upright, and blocked the countless ice needles that struck. This confrontation also kicked off the battle between the third class and their fateful opponent!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    As for Kakashi Hatake and Class Seven...


    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke watched them.


    Uchiha Sasuke looked contemptuously at the rushing seventh class, and did not look at his brother, and said coldly: "Leave this to me!"


    "..."


    Itachi Uchiha was silent for a while, and then reminded: "Your body only has 30% of the chakra of your own body."


    "Thirty percent?"


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly pulled out his ninja sword, looked at Kakashi Hatake and everyone in Class 7 with contempt: "Thirty percent of the chakra is enough to deal with them!"


    Sasuke Uchiha rushed directly to the team of the seventh class!


    Naruto Uzumaki and Sakura Haruno were a little surprised when they saw Sasuke Uchiha, but they didn''t expect to see Sasuke here, but after seeing Sasuke''s actions, both of them couldn''t laugh.


    Hatake Kakashi looked around, and said in a low voice: "If I remember correctly, there should be four members of Akatsuki missing, be careful and vigilant!"


    "Ms. Kakashi..."


    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "You are here to prepare to meet other enemies, I will bring Sasuke back!"


    After finishing speaking, Uzumaki Naruto didn''t wait for Hatake Kakashi to object, and flew towards Sasuke Uchiha to meet him!


    Haruno Sakura looked nervously at the confrontation between the two former teammates, and looked at Hatake Kakashi hesitantly: "Mr. Kakashi, can''t you stop them?"


    "Uchiha Itachi hasn''t dispatched yet..."


    Kakashi Hatake shook his head ponderously, looked at Itachi Uchiha who was watching all this not far away, and then turned his head to tell Sai: "Sai, you are the fastest here, go and see what it is Situation, why Jiraiya-sama and Tsunade-sama haven''t rushed over yet!"


    "yes!"


    Saii had a great view of the big picture. He paid more attention to the task, and immediately drew a bird among the clouds, and flew into the air to the planned route of the main battle team.


    Only Hatake Kakashi was left staring at Itachi Uchiha who hadn¡¯t moved yet, and Haruno Sakura was also staring closely at Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha who were fighting together...


    "You''re still so weak, Naruto!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s swordsmanship is very fast. After many years, the ninja sword in his hand is so fast that it is almost difficult for Uzumaki Naruto to keep up with his movements!


    Not long after the fight, Uchiha Sasuke easily broke through Naruto Kunai''s defense and drew several wounds on Uzumaki Naruto''s body.


    "Come back with me, Sasuke!"


    Uzumaki Naruto gritted his teeth, clenched the kunai in his hand, stared straight at his old friend with a gloomy face, and said in a deep voice, "Sasuke, I don''t want to kill you."


    "After so many years, your mouth is still so sharp!"


    Sasuke slowly flipped his ninja sword, pointed to Uchiha Itachi in the distance, and chuckled lightly: "Did you see it? My enemy is there, and I can kill him soon!"


    After Uchiha Itachi returns to the Land of Rain, there will be a life-and-death duel between the brothers, and Uchiha Sasuke will be able to challenge Uchiha Itachi openly.


    Uchiha Sasuke grinned, with a crazy smile on his face: "I have worked hard for so many years, and I am about to realize my dream. Are you still preaching to me? Naruto Uzumaki, you only have one mouth left ?"


    "..."


    After Naruto Uzumaki was silent for a while, he shook his head calmly and said, "Sasuke, I don''t want to preach to you, I understand everything about you, I know what you want to do...but no matter what, you shouldn''t join Akatsuki, then It''s a group of monsters that are destroying peace!"


    "No, you don''t understand."


    Sasuke Uchiha raised his ninja sword again, and hooked the corner of his mouth: "Joining Akatsuki is what I want, I''ve had enough of staying with you weak guys, the beast won''t walking in the same way as the sheep."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eye sockets gradually revealed the three sharing eyes of Goyu, and he said slowly: "Naruto, Akatsuki is not a monster, a real monster, isn''t it a guy like you with a monster in his body? "


    Haruno Sakura looked at Sasuke Uchiha in disbelief, and could hardly believe what he said: "Sasuke-kun, what are you talking about! Naruto is our friend!"


    "I do not have friends."


    Sasuke frowned, and looked at Haruno Sakura and Uzumaki Naruto with murderous intent: "You are just stumbling blocks on my growth path, and now I just want to remove you stones."


    "So you''ve always thought this way?"


    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists, and the Chakra on his body gradually became irritable, and the next moment he rushed towards Sasuke Uchiha like a lion: "But I don''t care about that much, no matter what you say, this I''ll keep you here once!"


    If you let Sasuke go this time, you don''t know when you will be able to bring Sasuke back next time. Both Tsunade and Kakashi have mentioned the danger of Akatsuki. Who knows if Sasuke will cause a big disaster in the future!


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, looked at Uzumaki Naruto who rushed over, kicked him in the chest, and cursed softly: "Idiot."


    But what he never expected was that Naruto Uzumaki hugged his feet tightly and refused to let go, and threw him to the ground on his back!


    "idiot!"


    After Uchiha Sasuke cursed again, thunder and lightning were released from his body, knocking Uzumaki Naruto to the ground directly, and he threw his hands and knelt on the ground!


    Uchiha Sasuke checked the chakra of his puppet body, and frowned: "You can''t use ninjutsu casually... Otherwise, if there is not enough chakra, the puppet''s body will not be able to hold it soon."


    Even with 30% Chakra''s body puppet, Sasuke doesn''t want to lose to Uzumaki Naruto, this is his inherent pride.


    The issue is¡­


    His opponent is Uzumaki Naruto, who has abundant chakra since he was a child.


    "Shadow Clone Technique!"


    Uzumaki Naruto immediately separated hundreds of shadow clones, and hundreds of shadow clones rushed towards Sasuke''s position: "Sasuke, I am completely different from the past!"


    "Hmph, there''s no difference!"


    Uchiha Sasuke flicked his ninja sword, and said contemptuously: "No matter how many sheep there are, it is impossible to bite the tiger..."


    Sasuke is very confident.


    Even if he just relied on his sword skills, he thought he could kill Uzumaki Naruto''s shadow clone completely.


    However, just as Sasuke was rushing towards those shadow clones, Uzumaki Naruto suddenly drilled out from behind him, holding a spiral pill and smashing it on his waist!


    With just one blow, Sasuke was directly knocked to the ground!


    Sasuke Uchiha watched the countless Uzumaki Naruto''s shadow clones pressing up with an ugly expression, and began to think in his heart when the Uzumaki Naruto who attacked him behind him was arranged.


    "Just after you used the thunder escape ninjutsu, I secretly created a shadow clone, turned into grass and hid..."


    There was a hint of complacency in Uzumaki Naruto''s voice: "As I said, I am different from the past, and now I am stronger than you imagined!"


    "An idiot will always be an idiot!"


    Sasuke Uchiha on the ground heard Naruto Uzumaki''s triumphant voice, and couldn''t help cursing. He was waiting for the chakra disorder effect of the spiral pill to end. What is Naruto Uzumaki waiting for?


    Is it waiting for him to surrender?


    Uchiha Sasuke, who was controlled by a group of shadow clones underground, suddenly turned into a shadow clone of Naruto Uzumaki. He used Naruto Uzumaki''s clone to release a substitute technique, and the whole person was out of the predicament instantly.


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke unceremoniously raised the ninja sword in his hand: "Thunder Dun Chidori Senbon!"


    Countless lightning bolts shot through Naruto Uzumaki''s shadow clone, killing all of his shadow clones, leaving only Naruto Uzumaki''s body standing alone.


    Uchiha Sasuke casually raised his Ninja Sword towards Uzumaki Naruto again: "Thunder Dun Chidori Sharp Spear!"


    A long lightning bolt pierced Naruto Uzumaki''s arm!


    Just as Uzumaki Naruto was clutching his arm, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly appeared beside Uzumaki Naruto, swung his ninja knife and stabbed Uzumaki Naruto''s shoulder, nailing him to the ground!


    "Thunder Dungeon Thousand Bird Blade!"


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t care about Uzumaki Naruto who couldn''t help frowning on the ground when he was attacked by Raidun Ninjutsu, he just whispered: "If it wasn''t because of Akatsuki''s restriction, I would have taken your life now!"


    A kunai suddenly landed on Sasuke''s neck.


    Haruno Sakura held the kunai tightly, and said with a trembling voice, "Sasuke-kun, let Naruto go!"


    "Do you want to be my enemy too?"


    Uchiha Sasuke looked up at Haruno Sakura, pulled out his ninja sword suddenly, and said in a cold voice: "Sakura, your courage has become great!"


    Haruno Sakura bit her lip, and said indifferently: "If it''s to save Naruto''s life, I don''t mind attacking any traitor in the village!"


    "Hmph, it''s almost here!"


    Uchiha Sasuke hooked his lips, and suddenly kicked Haruno Sakura in the lower abdomen, kicking her out of the air: "This time you are lucky, next time, you will not be so lucky It''s..."


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Sasuke''s appearance gradually disappeared.


    Because the thunder escape ninjutsu used by Sasuke is basically not low in Chakra consumption, so the Chakra in this puppet was exhausted so quickly.


    A strange corpse fell to the ground.


    After Uchiha Sasuke''s body disappeared, Uchiha Itachi''s figure moved immediately. Instead of appearing beside Hatake Kakashi, he landed beside Uzumaki Naruto.


    Just when Hatake Kakashi flew to help, Uchiha Itachi and Uzumaki Naruto suddenly burst into a fiery black flame, enveloping the two of them!


    It is the Amaterasu in the kaleidoscope pupil technique!


    Hatake Kakashi looked at this scene in astonishment, he could only stare at the circle surrounded by black flames, Uchiha Itachi reached out and pinched Uzumaki Naruto''s neck, he seemed to release some kind of illusion, because Uzumaki Naruto Almost immediately, he became a little blind-eyed.


    Amaterasu''s black flames burned rapidly, blocking Kakashi''s sight.


    Hatake Kakashi was so anxious that he could only use his kaleidoscope pupil technique Kamui to draw Amaterasu Black Flame, trying to open a passage.


    Within the divine power space.


    Uchiha Obito hid inside, and was ordered to monitor the actions of Uchiha Itachi and Uzumaki Naruto outside, and suddenly felt a burning sensation in the Kamui space.


    Blossoming Amaterasu black flames descended from the sky and landed in the Shenwei space.


    Obito Uchiha slowly raised his head, looking at a space-time vortex that suddenly appeared in the Kamui space and was dropping black flames, which made his face darken uncontrollably.


    Why are you sending everything to the Shenwei space!


    Hatake Kakashi, bastard, before you use the Kamui Sharingan to attack, can you first consider whether there are people living in the Kamui space?


    "asshole¡­"


    Uchiha Obito clenched his fist and gritted his teeth: "Kakashi, wait until I find out Uchiha Itachi''s secret... sooner or later... sooner or later... wait for me!"

 Chapter 242

    Within the encirclement of Amaterasu Black Flame.


    Uchiha Itachi can only choose this place to meet with Uzumaki Naruto, because only in this way will people not notice what he has done. This is what he left behind for Uchiha Sasuke.


    Originally, when Uchiha Itachi saw Sasuke treating his former friends, he had already planned to give up on letting Sasuke return to Konoha; as a result, Uchiha Itachi thought that Sasuke''s future still had hope.


    As long as Sasuke''s friends are still willing to accept Sasuke, Uchiha Itachi thinks it is better for Uchiha Sasuke to return to his hometown.


    Since Uzumaki Naruto is so persistent in wanting Sasuke to go back, Uchiha Itachi wants to put this layer of insurance on Uzumaki Naruto.


    It''s a pity that Uchiha Itachi just surrounded him with Uzumaki Naruto, Uzumaki Naruto suddenly separated into two shadow clones, and quickly condensed the ninjutsu he had just learned!


    "Wind Escape Spiral Shuriken!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s expression changed.


    Is this distinction too bad?


    Is there such a big difference in the treatment of older brothers and younger brothers?


    When Uzumaki Naruto saw Sasuke, he only used a shadow clone and a spiral pill, and when he saw him, he directly shot a spiral shuriken!


    Uchiha Itachi''s complexion was a bit unsightly, he stared closely at the wind-dun spiral shuriken in Uzumaki Naruto''s hand, pretending to be calm and praised: "Very terrible wind-dun ninjutsu, even if I was It''s also dangerous if you hit it."


    "This is what I worked hard to find out..."


    Uzumaki Naruto showed a confident smile on his face, and said seriously: "Ninjutsu specially prepared for those of you who know..."


    "pity."


    Itachi Uchiha shook his head, a red light flashed in his eyes: "Then why didn''t you attack Sasuke with this ninjutsu just now? If that''s the case, he just wanted to kill you!"


    "I take Sasuke as my brother."


    Uzumaki Naruto''s face suddenly became solemn, and he said in a deep voice, "I''m different from a guy like you. No matter what, I will never hurt Sasuke..."


    "Then let''s talk somewhere else!"


    Uchiha Itachi''s face also became serious, the three-god jade Sharingan in his eyes has turned into a kaleidoscope, and the kaleidoscope Sharingan pupil technique has been activated!


    Uchiha Itachi''s voice gradually became a little low: "Tsukiyomi..."


    The next second later, Uzumaki Naruto felt the surrounding environment suddenly changed, and he unexpectedly appeared in a blood-red world inexplicably.


    This is Uchiha Itachi''s Tsukiyomi spiritual space!


    "I already know that you want to take Sasuke back to Konoha."


    The figure of Itachi Uchiha floated in the air, and asked slowly: "Naruto Uzumaki, you have seen just now that Sasuke has already shot you to kill you, if he and Akatsuki go to attack Konoha in the future, will you How to choose?"


    Uchiha Itachi''s voice seemed to be full of bewilderment, and his voice was somewhat ethereal and unpredictable: "Will you choose this way between Konoha and Sasuke? In order to protect Konoha, do you choose to kill Uchiha Sasuke? As a ninja, Sometimes you really have to face certain situations and make some cruel choices..."


    "Ha, is that an option? I wouldn''t!"


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Uchiha Itachi coldly, clenched his fist and said: "I will protect Konoha, and I will not kill Sasuke!"


    Uchiha Itachi slowly lowered his eyelids, sighed faintly and said, "Huh? What a naive..."


    "Hey!"


    Uzumaki Naruto suddenly interrupted Itachi Uchiha, grinned at the corner of his mouth, fiddled with his ninja, and said loudly: "Actually, I have always hated you Akatsuki very much, but last time I felt that the one named Chi The guy from the Sand Scorpion is right..."


    Uzumaki Naruto stared closely at each word and said: "How can a ninja kill his companion for the sake of the village? Isn''t this to forget the existence of the village and actually protect his companion?"


    Uzumaki Naruto raised his fist violently, and said loudly: "So I will protect Konoha, and I will definitely save Sasuke from Akatsuki! Say what you say, and do what you say, this is my way of ninja !"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi looked at Uzumaki Naruto in shock.


    At this moment, Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help but want to believe him.


    This little devil named Uzumaki Naruto is really not simple, Sasuke is really lucky to be able to meet such a friend.


    In the sky of Tsukiyomi Space, countless crows began to fly, Uchiha Itachi''s voice gradually became more and more hollow, but it seemed to be everywhere.


    "I will share my power with you as a guarantee that you will not kill each other one day. I hope this power will never be used!"


    The next moment, Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes were fixed, because a crow actually entered his mouth out of thin air, and was even swallowed by him!


    What the hell is this!


    It''s a pity that Naruto Uzumaki was powerless to resist in the Tsukiyomi space, so he could only let Uchiha Itachi stuff the crow into his mouth.


    After doing all this, Uchiha Itachi had a faint smile on his face, the blood in the sky gradually began to dissipate, and the Tsukiyomi space collapsed in a blink of an eye.


    After the monthly reading is over.


    Uzumaki Naruto knelt on the ground involuntarily, wanting to open his mouth to spit out the crow that had been swallowed in his belly: "What''s going on here?"


    "Hey Naruto, are you okay!"


    Hatake Kakashi finally absorbed all of Amaterasu''s fire into the Kamui space with Kamui Sharingan, and rushed over worriedly.


    Hatake Kakashi lowered his head and stroked Uzumaki Naruto''s forehead, and said in a deep voice, "Uchiha Itachi, did you use your own kaleidoscope pupil technique on Naruto?"


    "Well, well, that''s it."


    Itachi Uchiha slowly closed his eyes, as if he didn''t care about Kakashi Hatake at all, and turned into countless crows flying around.


    at the same time.


    Kisame Kisame also saw this scene, he withdrew from the battlefield, and said loudly: "Mr. Itachi, let''s retreat now!"


    "Can."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded.


    After the news of the persimmon ghost making sure to retreat reached Uehara Naraku, he stroked his ring and whispered, "Master Payne, they have almost retreated to the safe zone, right? Our cover force can also retreat. ?"


    Penn didn''t answer yet.


    On the contrary, Deidara, who was controlling the puppet, responded: "Get out! Leave the follow-up Konoha Ninja''s pursuit to me to solve! I want to show you what is real art!"


    "Can."


    After Payne nodded, he said in a deep voice: "Then you two should withdraw, and the rest of the task of blocking the pursuit will be left to Didara and Scorpion!"


    This battle is over.


    The Akatsuki organization spent a lot of power like turning puppets, and the six members finally successfully withdrew to the territory of the Kingdom of Rain. It seems that everyone who has a small mind seems to have achieved their goals in this battle.


    After Deidara''s elephant-turned puppet exploded, it directly blocked Konoha''s possibility of chasing Akatsuki; Carat depleted and dissipated.


    On the battlefield of Konoha.


    Kakashi and Metkai looked at the weird corpses, their faces were a bit ugly, they seemed to be tricked by Akatsuki''s people!


    "Captain Kakashi!"


    Just at this time, Sai came to convey the urgent information, and said in a hasty voice: "Master Jiraiya and the others were intercepted, so they couldn''t make it to the battlefield!"


    "Intercept?"


    "yes."


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Sai Tobi jumped off Asuka, and said nervously, "Third Hokage, Fourth Hokage stopped Jiraiya-sama''s team; Second Hokage, Second Mizukage stopped Fifth Hokage-sama''s team!"


    "Reincarnation of the dirt?"


    Hatake Kakashi reacted immediately.


    After Saii nodded, he said in a deep voice, "Yes, it may be Orochimaru''s masterpiece. Master Jiraiya is still supporting it, but Master Tsunade''s team... they are almost on the verge of collapse now!"


    Sai''s report was not wrong.


    The three of Jiraiya and Inokacho can still support it. It is purely because the fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato simply used senjutsu. Otherwise, Namikaze Minato who opened the Nine-Tails mode is not something they can easily delay.


    well known.


    Namikaze Minato''s battle never drags on.


    After all, he is the fastest man in the ninja world.


    As for the team of Tsunade, Terumi Mei, Gaara, and Uehara Naraku, they really couldn''t sustain it because Uehara Naraku personally controlled the second generation of Hokage to fight!


    This is an embarrassing situation for them.


    Especially in the current situation, the second generation of Hokage is playing with their team almost alone, and the second generation of Mizukage only needs to put a few water iron cannons on the side to fight and support.


    Gaara stood on the sand pad, frantically mobilizing the Chakra in his body, manipulating the ground to turn into yellow sand, and swept towards the second Hokage''s position: "Quicksand waterfall!"


    However, what greeted Gaara was only the ninjutsu released by the second generation of Hokage Senshou''s handprints at random: "Water Escape ¡¤ Explosive Water Shockwave!"


    In an instant, countless yellow sands were washed away by the waves!


    If Uehara Naraku hadn''t released the water wall to block the attack, the four of them would have been swept away by the waves.


    When Uehara Naraku was having a great time, he received news from other places. After Uchiha Obito''s confirmation, Uchiha Itachi used Tsukiyomi on Uzumaki Naruto, but Uzumaki Naruto seemed to be in good condition.


    Maybe Uchiha Itachi handed over the other god''s crow?


    After thinking for a while, Uehara Naraku raised his finger and asked the ninjas under his control to prepare to retreat, ending the big show for a crow.


    As for the next thing, it is to test Uchiha Itachi.


    Several Hokages who were reincarnated from the soil retreated one after another, and Tsunade and Jiraiya finally joined together, and they also got the loss in this battle.


    Because they encountered the interception of the reincarnation of the dirty soil for no reason, the Konoha ninjas contributed the most to the two classes of Maitkai and Kakashi, and their greatest achievement was to kill several puppets of the Akatsuki organization.


    Since they failed to capture Akatsuki''s members, Uehara Naraku, Terumi Mei, and Gaara did not stay, and soon left the country of fire.


    Tsunade was about to explode with anger!


    This time, she lost face among the allies.


    "Find out the trace of Orochimaru immediately!"


    After returning to Konoha, Tsunade was furious at Konoha Anbe: "If he is alive, I want to see his people; if he is dead, I want to see his corpse!"


    "And if you find it?"


    Jiraiya rubbed his forehead and asked a question: "Orochimaru may be controlling more than five Kage-level figures of filth reincarnated in his hands. Do we have the ability to solve him? Besides, why did he help Akatsuki?"


    "At least find out his information first!"


    Tsunade squeezed his fist, and said in a cold voice: "Whether it is Orochimaru or Akatsuki''s information, we must collect them as soon as possible."


    "Ok¡­"


    Jilai also sighed and said: "It''s not all bad news when I saw Minato this time, I also discovered a new way of training Naruto, I have to let Naruto learn the sage mode, and let him Slowly try to communicate with Nine Tails."


    Namikaze Minato has been using the fairy mode in the battle, but he has already stated that he canceled the nine-tailed mode because the power of the nine-tailed mode is too powerful.


    This gave Jiraiya a new mind.


    Naruto Uzumaki''s disciple might be Konoha''s new hope.


    "Ok."


    Tsunade glanced at Jiraiya, and said in a low voice: "If we want to eliminate Akatsuki, our strength alone is not enough. In addition to strengthening the training of the juniors in the village, we may need to find a way to win over some other helpers." .¡±


    "What helper?"


    "Sanjiao Hanzo."


    Tsunade closed his palms together, and said in a deep voice: "If there is any information about meeting Akatsuki next time, we must gather all the forces we can muster to have a chance to catch them all. Originally, I didn''t want to use that old guy''s power ..."


    "That fellow Hanzo..."


    Jiraiya also remembered that they almost died when they met Hanzo when they were young, and couldn''t help sighing: "That guy is indeed very strong. If he can also join us and participate in a siege of Akatsuki, it will be much easier to eliminate Akatsuki." exert a powerful force."


    "The problem is that Hanzo refuses to come out..."


    Tsunade pressed his brows with a headache, and explained softly: "Before that kid Uehara Naraku left, I asked him to make this request to Sanshoyu Hanzo. The kid only said that he would report to Hanzo, but the result is not sure."


    "Then there is no way."


    Jiraiya waved his hand, and said with a light smile, "Instead of trusting Hanzo, it''s better to believe that Naruto will create miracles! I''ll send Naruto to Mt. Miaogi first!"


    Muye Village is a little frustrated.


    Xiao''s side was a little lively.


    Uehara Naraku thought that since Yao Shidou had already stepped forward to help, it would be better to take this opportunity to show up to accept Heijue''s solicitation and join the Akatsuki organization and the Moon Eye team.


    Therefore, when Uehara Naraku returned to the Akatsuki organization base, Hei Jue eagerly introduced Uehara Naraku to Yakushidou: "This is Yakushidou, a newcomer who joined our Moon Eye Project, you should know Uehara, right? "


    "We''ve met before."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm towards the pharmacist pocket, looked at him coldly and said, "I didn''t expect to see you here one day... Orochimaru''s running dog."


    At this moment, he seemed to have a deep hatred with Pharmacist Dou.


    Just when Hei Jue was about to try to persuade him to make peace, Uehara Naraku looked at Yao Shidou and continued to warn: "Yao Shidou, since Senior Jue invited you to join the Moon Eye Project, I hope you will live up to Senior Jue''s expectations."


    "I just wanted to see how interesting the MoonEye project would be."


    The pharmacist hooked the corner of his mouth, slowly pushed his eyes, staring at Uehara Naraku like a snake.


    "Ho ho ho ho... It will definitely be very interesting. This is the Moon Eye project that can bring hope for peace to the entire ninja world. Your arrival has made us stronger!"


    After Heijue laughed sinisterly for a few times, he was satisfied with Naraku Uehara''s performance just now, and said softly: "Then in the future, Dou, you follow Uehara''s will in Akatsuki, he is now our Moon Eye Project person in charge."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist nodded modestly.


    As for Yao Shidou''s heart, he began to think about how a creature like Heijue was formed. The IQ of this creature is very problematic, similar to that of Baijue, right?


    Before the entire Moon Eye Project, there were three people left. Besides Hei Ze, they were Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame, both of whom were undercover agents.


    The newly joined pharmacist pocket...


    Still Uehara Naraku''s undercover agent.


    This month''s eye project has become an absolute leaky sieve, whether it is progress or other matters, every link has been completely controlled by Naraku Uehara.


    How could something like Heijue still laugh happily?


    Damn retarded!


    Hei never knew that Pharmacist was questioning its IQ.


    Heijue is really happy, it is indeed sincerely eager for Yakushidou to join, so he can ask Yakushidou about the progress of resurrecting Uchiha Madara on the sidelines.


    It''s a pity that Yao Shidou is an old spy.


    Facing Hei Jue''s insinuations, Yakushidou directly responded with the qualities of a scientist: "According to my judgment, Uchiha Madara''s resurrection is far from his heyday, and it would be too wasteful to revive this Ninja Shura." His remains!"


    "it is good."


    Hei Jue nodded, and said in a deep voice: "If you need any help, if you need any materials, you can come to me directly."


    "OK."


    The pharmacist hooked the corner of his mouth.


    Wait until Heijue sneaks into the ground and leaves.


    Yakushido lowered his head at Uehara Naraku, and said respectfully, "Master Naraku, the resurrection of Uchiha Madara is ready."


    "Wait for my notice!"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and walked towards Akatsuki''s base with Medicine Master Dou, asking, "Do you know the trace of the ghost lamp and water moon? Bring him here too!"


    "yes."


    Pharmacist nodded.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the wooden torii archway at the gate of the Akatsuki organization base, and narrowed his eyes: "Then let the ghost lights full moon and ghost lights Suigetsu brothers, before the Uchiha brothers fight, give them a sample Bar!"

 Chapter 243

    Akatsuki''s base.


    Everyone was as happy as if it was Chinese New Year.


    The members of Akatsuki have also eaten melon seeds for several years and watched the family ethics drama of the Uchiha brothers for several years, and now they are finally going to see the finale between the brothers.


    Deidara is undoubtedly the happiest of them all.


    As one of Uchiha Itachi''s victims, Didara really wished he could immediately release a bunch of clay bombs to celebrate the finale of the Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke brothers'' fight.


    "I really want to start quickly!"


    Deidara held his small face and looked at the two brothers Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke, his eyes slowly filled with longing: "I must detonate a Garuda, to celebrate the fact that there are fewer people in this world. And an Uchiha!"


    "..."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion looked at his companion speechlessly, and couldn''t help stretching out his fingers to pat him on the head: "Didara, be sensible, their duel hasn''t been scheduled yet!"


    "I guess it should be within a few days!"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Jiao Du shook his head and muttered something in a low voice.


    In fact, Kakuzu really doesn''t like the two Uchiha brothers very much, and the two Uchihas in the organization spend a lot of money.


    Especially for this duel, Uchiha Itachi went to Konoha''s cat mother-in-law ninja shop and spent 4 million taels to buy a double set of ninjas.


    Four million taels, just to let the people in the organization watch a show?


    Damn, what a waste!


    Can''t you watch a free game?


    Tendao Payne stood on the finger of the heretic golem, and asked in a urn: "Itachi Uchiha, when are you going to deal with the matter between you and Sasuke Uchiha?


    You and Sasuke can discuss freely, and I will guarantee that the duel between you will not be interfered by anyone. "


    "thank you very much."


    Uchiha Itachi slowly closed his eyes, and after thinking for a while, he said softly: "Then the time for the duel will be arranged the day after tomorrow! The location is within a certain stronghold before our Uchiha clan."


    "very good."


    Uchiha Sasuke grinned and showed a crazy smile: "Then arrange it the day after tomorrow. When I kill you, I will pay homage to our dead clansmen there!"


    "Really, don''t be too impatient!"


    A figure suddenly appeared beside Uchiha Sasuke, patted Sasuke on the shoulder, it was Naraku Uehara.


    Naraku Uehara looked up at everyone present, and said with a light smile, "Then, in order to heighten the atmosphere between Mr. Itachi and Sasuke-kun, why don''t we watch another battle between brothers first, and help them warm up the scene?"


    Two figures walked in slowly.


    One of them was wearing a hood, which was the medicine man''s hood.


    The other person, who looks a little scribbled and looks familiar, is Guideng Shuiyue, the younger brother of Guideng Manyue.


    After seeing the appearance of the ghost lamp Shuiyue, Didala''s eyes were shining: "Oh oh oh oh, is another brother drama about to start?"


    Ghost Lantern Shuiyue murmured, "Hey, didn''t you say you brought me here to kill that bastard Ghost Lantern Full Moon! Where is he now..."


    Boom!


    Ghost Lantern Shuiyue, who was still talking, was kicked in the face by someone, and a large splash of water was instantly stirred up. It is the technique of hydration that can defend against physical attacks!


    Guideng Shuiyue''s face gradually returned to its original shape, and she grabbed the leg that attacked him with one hand, looked at the man who attacked him, and said with a chuckle: "Hey, brother, you are not the only one who can practice the hydration technique of our family , Is it too irrational to attack me so rashly?"


    "You haven''t grown up yet, Shuiyue!"


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon sighed, slowly shook his head and said, "Don''t you know what it means to be here alone? The art of psychic art, thunder knife, tooth!"


    The next moment, Lin Yuyuli''s thunder knife appeared in the hands of Guideng Manyue, and directly slashed at Guideng Shuiyue''s body!


    A string of electric lights surrounded the ghost lamp and water moon!


    In the next second, Guideng Shuiyue lay on the ground in embarrassment.


    In just a moment, the battle between the two brothers was over, and it still ended with the elder brother beating the younger brother.


    There is really no way.


    The technique of hydration was defeated by Lei Duntian.


    "This is too unfair!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Hayashi Uyuri who had lent out the ninja knife, and then glanced sympathetically at the overturned ghost lantern Suigetsu, chuckled and said: "Suigetsu is a newcomer to our organization, senior scorpion, take the Give me that ninja sword!"


    "I see."


    After the Red Sand Scorpion nodded, he took out the beheading sword he had obtained from Zabuzhan before, and threw it to Naraku Uehara.


    "This is too dangerous!"


    Uehara Naraku reached out to take the ninja sword, walked to the ghost lamp and squatted down, and stuck the beheading sword in front of him: "I promised you, it will definitely come true... But you little devil I''m so disappointed!"


    After Uehara Naraku put down the beheading sword, he looked at the ghost full moon and said: "Since the battle between the Uchiha brothers is scheduled for the day after tomorrow, the matter between you two will be completely resolved tomorrow, how about it?"


    "This¡­"


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon hesitated.


    Ever since Ghost Lantern Moon brought Lin Yuyu back to the Akatsuki organization, she hasn''t seen Shuiyue for a long time.


    However, Ghost Lantern Moon knows that her younger brother has been protected in the ninja world, so it should be Uehara Naraku''s arrangement.


    At the moment of the fight just now, Guideng Manyue found that his younger brother didn''t seem to be making much progress, which made Guideng Manyue feel a little uncomfortable.


    Uehara Naraku patted Ghost Lantern Moon on the shoulder, and said with a light smile: "You have to fight more seriously, so as not to accidentally kill your younger brother, wouldn''t it be good to teach him a lesson?"


    "yes."


    Ghost Lantern Full Moon nodded and agreed.


    the next day.


    All members of the Akatsuki organization are watching the civil war between the Ghost Lamp Brothers.


    Naraku Uehara originally thought that the full moon of the ghost lamp would release water severely. After fighting hard, he was defeated by his younger brother, and he planned to save people at any time.


    Unexpectedly, Guideng Manyue didn''t hold back at all, and beat his younger brother Guideng Shuiyue very badly. Even if Guideng Shuiyue held a beheading knife, he was easily defeated by Guideng Manyue holding a flatfish.


    It was originally a scene of younger brother''s revenge, but it was played by the ghost lamp full moon brothers into a funny comedy where the younger brother can only be a younger brother forever.


    Uehara Naraku looked confused.


    Why doesn''t this man, Ghost Lantern Full Moon, release water?


    It seems to be right, there is no need to release water for the full moon of the ghost lamp, he is not seriously ill, and he doesn''t have any eyes to show his younger brother.


    "Is this his real brother?"


    "Didn''t it mean that Ghost Lantern Moon sacrificed a lot for her younger brother?"


    "What''s the situation? Why did he attack his brother so hard?"


    "Ghost Lamp Full Moon, did he lie to us!"


    The members of the Akatsuki organization were also at a loss.


    When Ghost Lantern Moon joined the Akatsuki organization back then, he mentioned that he was trying to train his younger brother, and hoped that everyone would hold him high when they saw his younger brother.


    Ringo Uyuri was also a member who knew the truth, and explained: "It may be that Shuiyue''s strength is too poor, and he can''t satisfy Brother Manyue!"


    Kisame Kisame grinned and said: "It seems that the first brother war in our organization was won by the older brother!"


    After Kisame Kisame finished speaking, he glanced at Uchiha Itachi meaningfully, chuckled and continued, "The second round, will it still be like this?"


    It should be like this, right?


    Akatsuki''s members have long recognized the strength of Uchiha Itachi, and they all believe that Uchiha Itachi should also win in the duel of life and death.


    After all, the elder brother who loves his younger brother, Ghost Lantern Moon, beat his younger brother very badly. Will Uchiha Itachi, who uses his younger brother to practice illusion all day long, chop Sasuke into seven or eight pieces?


    After thinking about it for a while, Jiaodu suddenly proposed, "I''m going to start a game tomorrow. I''ll be the banker. Is there anyone who wants to bet?"


    Jiao even wanted to take the opportunity to earn some money.


    It is a pity that gambling is prohibited within the Akatsuki organization.


    The direct result after the battle of the Ghost Lamp Brothers was that Uehara Naraku received an invitation from Uchiha Sasuke. This little brat really lost his confidence.


    Uchiha Sasuke knocked on Uehara Naraku''s door: "Hey, Uehara, didn''t you say you fought me last time to test my strength?"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded.


    Who doesn''t like cutting leeks!


    Now Sasuke has grown another crop of leeks, just in time to cut a piece!


    Sasuke Uchiha clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice, "Then this afternoon, let''s find a place now so that others won''t find out."


    "it is good."


    Uehara Naraku agreed very readily.


    Even in order not to delay the duel between Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi, Uehara Naraku also kindly stated that he would provide medical services and promised not to delay the duel between them.


    After the front foot agreed to Sasuke, Uehara Nai immediately told the matter to Kisame Kisame, and asked Kisame to secretly tell Itachi Uchiha.


    The unnamed lake outside the Xiao organization base.


    In addition to Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke, the two contestants, there are also Kisame Uchiha and Itachi Uchiha secretly watching.


    Naraku Uehara stood by the lake and sat down slowly, a hydration seat appeared under him, dragging his body.


    Among other things, the attainment of this water escape ninjutsu is indeed amazing.


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at this scene with some surprise on his face.


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and leaned back on the chair in a leisurely manner, and said softly: "Except for the pupil technique of Kaleidoscope Sharingan, which I cannot imitate, I will try my best to imitate any other ninjutsu, physical and illusion techniques."


    "very good."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded, and said in a deep voice: "Anyway, I have already figured out a way to crack that fellow Itachi''s Tsukiyomi..."


    "Then let me check it out!"


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head and stared at Uchiha Sasuke, the two blue chakras in his hands flew towards Uchiha Sasuke like silk threads, and entered his brain under Sasuke''s slightly astonished eyes!


    Naraku Uehara moved his fingers slowly, manipulating the two blue chakras, and his voice gradually became illusory: "Sasuke, this illusion will make people experience the most terrifying nightmare in their life within two seconds, can you really Crack it?"


    "Ahhhhhhhhhh..."


    Sasuke Uchiha screamed in pain.


    The next moment, Sasuke fell to one knee on the ground!


    Boundless blood stained his mind, and the nightmare that he would never forget in his life hit Uchiha Sasuke''s brain again!


    Uchiha Sasuke never imagined that just after the battle started, he would be hit by Uehara Naraku''s illusion, and the scene was still the night of genocide that night!


    What the hell kind of god is this unfolding!


    Where is someone going to magnify their moves as soon as they come up!


    After two seconds.


    Uchiha Sasuke gasped and glared at Uehara Naraku, the anger in his eyes could almost overflow his eye sockets: "Uehara Naraku, what kind of illusion is this?"


    "Wordless fear is just an insignificant illusion, infinitely weaker than Uchiha Itachi''s Tsukuyomi."


    Uehara Naraku leaned back on the water chair, slowly waved his fingers to disperse the chakra, stared at Uchiha Sasuke with cold eyes, and hooked the corner of his mouth: "Now, you really think you can crack the moon?" read it?"


    "You''re right about one thing."


    Uchiha Sasuke stood up slowly, and pulled out his ninja sword again: "Your illusion is indeed much worse than Tsukiyomi, but I am no longer the same person I used to be. I have long since attacked this level of illusion. I''m used to it!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes gradually turned into a pair of scarlet blood pupils, staring closely at Uehara Naraku and said: "Stop using such little tricks, let''s do something else! The fear of that night, I almost every day I can dream about it all day!"


    "very good."


    Naraku Uehara patted his palm and praised softly: "It''s this kind of unyielding fighting spirit, Sasuke, I''m starting to appreciate you a little bit."

 Chapter 244

    Naraku Uehara waved his palm, and the countless water droplets in the lake turned into shurikens and slowly floated in the air.


    "Water Shuriken!"


    The next moment, these shurikens shot towards Sasuke Uchiha at high speed!


    Uchiha Sasuke is fearless, his Sharingan can see all the traces of shuriken, Sasuke couldn''t help but hook his mouth: "Hehe, do you want to compete with the Uchiha clan in shuriken throwing skills? "


    Countless shurikens flew out of Sasuke''s hands, and in an instant, Uchiha Sasuke broke all the water shurikens made by Uehara Naraku!


    After all the water shurikens were defeated, Uchiha Sasuke''s figure suddenly rushed towards Uehara Naraku, and the ninja sword in his hand drew an arc.


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku''s figure flashed, and suddenly slammed into Uchiha Sasuke, grabbed his wrist, kicked him in the abdomen, and kicked him flying out!


    Naraku Uehara closed his palms together and began to form seals.


    This scene couldn''t help but make Sasuke couldn''t help but smile a little, he threw a huge shuriken with his hands, and laughed wildly: "Your seal speed is as slow as that guy Uchiha Itachi''s!" Fight!"


    "Ok?"


    Uehara Naraku had no choice but to give up the seal, and when he turned over to avoid the shuriken, he suddenly raised his eyebrows and said, "Is Uchiha Itachi''s seal speed also very slow?"


    "Hmph, almost!"


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded, a silk thread suddenly appeared in his hand, pulling the shuriken and attacked Uehara Naraku: "I have observed carefully over the years, and his seal speed is not fast, it can be formed in a second. Two handprints are not bad!"


    Uehara Naraku let the mechanism shuriken hit his thigh, pulled the shuriken out forcefully, and healed his wound with a wave of his hand.


    To be honest, a little curious.


    Itachi Uchiha is too stupid!


    Hasn''t Sasuke found out for such a long time?


    Didn''t Hatake Kakashi tell Sasuke Uchiha that his brother can make six mudras in one second?


    Uchiha Sasuke grinned contemptuously, watching with satisfaction that he interrupted Uehara Naraku''s ninjutsu, a ball of lightning flashed on his fingertips and said: "Akatsuki''s ninja seals are very slow, I am a little grateful Cassie, because I have seen him fight, I know that ninjas can make seals as fast as him!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know what to say.


    In fact, sometimes it is understandable that Kisame''s seal speed is slow. After all, the ninjutsu released by Kisame is very powerful, and it needs to mobilize the chakra in the body.


    Uchiha Itachi... he''s really good at acting!


    the other side.


    Kisame Uchiha, who was peeping, looked at Itachi Uchiha and asked in a low voice, "Mr. Itachi, how long has Sasuke''s symptoms lasted? Didn''t he notice that your seal is fast?"


    "..."


    Itachi Uchiha glanced at Kisame Kisame speechlessly, shook his head calmly and said, "Don''t you know everything? If I seal too fast, Sasuke won''t be able to use Sharingan to copy what I want to teach him. ninjutsu¡­¡±


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Itachi opened his mouth and added: "If my seal speed is fast and slow, it is easy for Sasuke to notice the flaw..."


    "As expected of you, Mr. Itachi."


    Kisame Uchiha looked at Itachi Uchiha with admiration on his face, he shook his head slightly and sighed, "I can''t even make one or two handprints in a second."


    "Ahem..."


    Itachi Uchiha coughed a few times, and changed another topic: "Uehara''s sealing speed is not fast, is he also hiding?"


    "Hehe, that''s not hiding."


    Kanshi Kisame looked at Naraku Uehara''s movement of making mudra, and couldn''t help but twitch the corners of his eyes: "That guy''s speed of making mudra is very slow, so he''s not very good at using ninjutsu."


    After Kanshi Kisame finished speaking, he grinned and said: "Forget it, let''s not mention him, that guy is actually just lucky, and he got the favor of Payne and Xiaonan. As long as he can form the handprint of spiritism enough."


    "Is it just good at psychic skills?"


    Itachi Uchiha nodded secretly: "It doesn''t feel like it... His water escape ninjutsu should be very strong."


    Tomorrow is actually his death date, Uchiha Itachi doesn''t care so much anymore, at least Uehara Naraku can be sure that there is no threat to Uchiha Sasuke.


    Among the lakes.


    The battle between Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke has intensified.


    Uchiha Sasuke opened his mouth and spewed out a fireball, which swept towards Uehara Naraku: "Fire Escape ¡¤ Great Fireball Art!"


    "Fire Escape ¡¤ Flame Storm!"


    Uehara Naraku closed his palms and released a burst of flames, but this time the fire escape ninjutsu was obviously lost to Sasuke Uchiha''s powerful fireball, and he was about to be defeated in a faint.


    In a hurry, Uehara Naraku could only close the knot seal again, and shouted in a low voice: "Water escape, the art of water dragon bullet!"


    A water dragon attacks from the lake, dousing Sasuke''s flames.


    "This environment is too favorable for you to fight."


    Seeing this scene, Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help shaking his head and sighing: "But your water escape ninjutsu doesn''t seem to be very powerful!"


    "yes?"


    Naraku Uehara suddenly closed his palms, looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and said in a low voice: "This move is my strongest water escape ninjutsu, but it takes a long time to prepare, I think you should give it to me. This time, right?"


    "certainly."


    Uchiha Sasuke smiled and said: "We are practicing duels. If you really fight, you won''t have a chance to use it...Of course, if it''s a real life-and-death duel, I don''t have any confidence that I can beat you!"


    After all, Naraku Uehara broke his Thunder Dungeon with one finger!


    Uchiha Sasuke knew well that Uehara Naraku was helping him with training, so he quietly watched Uehara Naraku start to seal.


    It''s time to print...


    It''s been a while...


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face is getting darker and darker, because Uehara Naraku has already made forty or fifty handprints, and the time to make them is almost a minute!


    What kind of fucking ninjutsu is this!


    Just when Sasuke finally got impatient, Uehara Naraku finally finished fifty-six handprints, and shouted in a low voice: "Water escape, the giant of water!"


    The next moment, countless water waves surged from the ground!


    Streams of water meandered and circled at Uehara Naraku''s feet, slowly dragging Uehara Naraku''s package into the air, and the water in the lake was still flowing.


    These water streams gradually began to flow in strange directions in the air, as if there was a predetermined pipe in the air for them to flow.


    Makes people look weird.


    However, Sasuke quickly saw the whole picture of the water flow!


    These water flows actually form a human figure in the air, and they are about to converge into a giant in a trance. These water flows actually form a water giant here that is taller than the ghost lamp family''s hydration technique!


    When people were even more amazed, this water giant was lifelike, covered with layers of armor pieces, and held a thick sword in its hand.


    Just looking is quite powerful!


    After getting the power of water, Naraku Uehara manipulated the water flow very easily, which was just the application of the power of water.


    Kisame Kisame, who was watching the battle from a distance, had a look of surprise on his face, and couldn''t help but ask, "Does this kid, Naraku Uehara, still have this kind of ninjutsu?"


    Uchiha Itachi nodded calmly and said: "This is normal, as you can see from Uehara''s manipulation of the water just now, Uehara is actually very good at water escape ninjutsu, but his accomplishments are indeed surprising. "


    "I didn''t feel any surprise from Itachi-san..."


    Kisame Kisame shook his head, and said in a low voice, "I don''t even know that Naraku Uehara has mastered the water escape ninjutsu to such an extent!"


    "It''s easy to see through little details."


    Uchiha Itachi also shook his head, and sighed softly: "However, this trick needs the help of the location, and Uehara''s technique is not fast enough. If it is a real battle, others will take advantage of his technique before it is completed. He will launch an attack, and it is even possible that before he has time to finish his handprints, the enemy will directly attack him."


    Everything did not go beyond Uchiha Itachi''s expectations.


    Uchiha Itachi guessed right, Uehara Naraku is indeed very good at water escape ninjutsu.


    "yes¡­"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame sighed faintly and said, "There are more than 50 handprints in this technique, which already exceeds the record of the Water Dragon Ball technique?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uchiha Itachi nodded, and continued softly: "But it''s very common, after all, this is a technique that can change the battlefield."


    Although this water giant hasn''t shown much strength yet, its size alone is already comparable to Susano!


    It''s just that there are a lot of shortcomings.


    Uchiha Itachi has already thought of a bunch of messy ways to crack the water giant, and there are not too many ways to crack this spell.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    If Uehara Naraku stood in front of him, Uchiha Itachi could guarantee that Uehara Naraku would not be able to perform the spell successfully.


    Under the ground.


    Uchiha Obito hid in the Kamui space.


    Obito Uchiha is continuously passing on the dialogue between Itachi Uchiha and Kisame Kisame to Naraku Uehara, so Naraku Uehara just adjusted his fighting style just now.


    Now he is touching his chin and thinking about a question, why did Uehara Naraku act for Uchiha Itachi?


    After the battle between Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke is over tomorrow, Uchiha Itachi should die on the spot, right?


    After Uchiha Itachi is dead, Uehara Naraku should be able to reincarnate Uchiha Itachi and control Uchiha Itachi, right?


    Why does Uehara Naraku treat Uchiha Itachi as an enemy?


    Although it feels like something doesn''t make sense, it''s a pity that Obito Uchiha can''t figure it out.


    "Forget it, don''t think about it if you don''t understand."


    Uchiha Obito shook his head, fumbled to observe Uehara Naraku who was fighting with Uchiha Sasuke in the distance: "It''s really despicable, even Uchiha Itachi, a man who must die..."

 Chapter 245

    Uchiha Itachi already knew from Kanshi Kisame that after he joined the Akatsuki organization, someone began to conspire against him and Sasuke''s life.


    Uchiha Itachi never thought that after his death, some people would continue to plot his and Sasuke''s life. Some people would even resurrect a dead person who had a miserable life to make use of it. It would be a bit inappropriate to be a human being.


    "It looks like the battle is almost over."


    Uchiha Itachi watched the water giant summoned by Uehara Naraku being burned out of the joints by Sasuke''s powerful fire technique, and directly cracked this powerful-looking technique.


    Kisame Kisame also nodded, and said with a light smile: "Uehara Naraku''s techniques have always been based on the advantage of location. It seems that if we want to deal with this brat in the future, we need to find a suitable place to fight..."


    "That''s right."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded slowly.


    Perhaps it is because there is no powerful blood succession boundary in the body, some ninjas will try their best to use the geographical advantage in order to strengthen the power of ninjutsu.


    Ninjas...


    In order to fight, it must be done by any means.


    On the unnamed lake.


    Uchiha Sasuke almost exhausted his own chakra in order to deal with the water giant that fell to Uehara, so he could only watch Uehara Naraku rush over and knock him down with a punch.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the defeated Sasuke, and then at the reward for defeating Sasuke again, with a look of surprise on his face.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Uchiha Sasuke [Akatsuki Organization] (1/1), the task has been completed, reward the passive skill Tenacity of Will.


    Tenacious Will: Passive skill, life energy recovery effect increased by 100%.


    This reward is a bit ghostly!


    And anyway, it shouldn''t be in this place, right? What is Sasuke in this period?


    It seems that there are no shortcomings, and of course he has no advantages.


    No, there are still some, he has absolute self-confidence.


    That''s why the system rewarded these things?


    Naraku Uehara shook his head helplessly, and slapped Sasuke Uchiha with his hands. A surge of life energy and chakra energy poured into Sasuke Uchiha, and this chakra instantly restored Sasuke to his peak strength!


    "This healing ability..."


    A look of surprise flashed across Uchiha Sasuke''s face.


    He has also received treatment in the past, but it was just an ordinary treatment. I didn''t expect that Uehara Naraku could directly let him enter the peak state...


    This is also normal.


    The above Hara Naraku is now using the healing effect brought by the infusion of stars, which can directly restore more than 20,000 points of life energy and chakra energy. Except for Nagato, who is not full, in fact, it is almost overflowing for ordinary ninjas. .


    With such a medical ninja, what opponent can''t win!


    Moreover, Uehara Naraku also has psychic beasts like ancient dragons, and his physical strength is also very strong. Uchiha Sasuke suddenly felt a little unconfident after thinking about it...


    Damn, who wouldn''t want such a teammate?


    Why do people become your teammates?


    To be honest, Uchiha Sasuke is really a bit greedy. This kind of teammate is really helpful to Sasuke who pays more attention to interests now.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t expect Uchiha Sasuke to be greedy for him in his heart, he just patted Sasuke on the shoulder like a senior and said: "Okay, take a rest, and prepare for your decisive battle tomorrow! I believe you will definitely defeat Itachi!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded thoughtfully.


    After their battle was over, Kisame Kisame and Itachi Uchiha, who were secretly watching from a distance, also withdrew from this area and returned to Akatsuki''s base.


    After one night.


    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke woke up in the early morning, and the two brothers tacitly put on their respective clothes in different rooms, packed up each other''s ninja tools, and walked out of Akatsuki''s base.


    Obviously, they planned to leave early before the members of the Xiao organization woke up, so as not to be surrounded by a group of people like yesterday''s duel between the ghost lamp brothers.


    And based on their travel time calculations, starting at this time, they can only arrive at Uchiha''s secret stronghold at noon.


    Unfortunately.


    All members of Akatsuki got up early in the morning.


    Because today is the day when the Uchiha brothers are dueling, Nagato will be stationed at the bases of the Akatsuki Organization and Yuyin Village, but they just sent Payne to host and watch it by the way.


    Even Xiao Nan came to be an audience!


    The life-and-death duel between the Uchiha brothers seems to be a major event organized by Akatsuki, and it seems to be much more important than catching tailed beasts...


    "What''s happening here?"


    Uchiha Itachi frowned, looked at a string of auspicious cloud black robes waiting for them at the gate of the organization base, and couldn''t help but jump on his forehead: "Is there any task today?"


    These people shouldn''t be watching their brothers duel, right?


    no? no? no?


    How can someone like to watch the tragedy of other people''s brothers killing each other?


    "No special mission."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his fingers, looked around at the people present, and said softly: "Everyone came here voluntarily to help you, to help you expel any ninjas who are close to the battle area, so as not to be disturbed."


    "Naraku is right."


    Xiaonan stood beside Uehara Naraku, helping her disciple hold an umbrella. This woman seemed to be doting on her disciple more and more.


    "Yeah, that''s right."


    Didara''s eyes narrowed as he laughed beside him.


    Those who didn''t know really thought that this bastard was willing to help others!


    Jiao Du hugged his arm, and snorted out of boredom: "Hmph, it''s okay to be idle anyway..."


    "Yes indeed!"


    Fei Duan nodded, reached out and grabbed the weird religious decoration on his chest, slowly closed his eyes, and said reverently: "I will pray to Lord Evil God for you, and wish you brothers perish together."


    Fei Duan is really a ruthless person.


    There is such a magical prayer.


    The Red Sand Scorpion looked at Itachi Uchiha, then at Sasuke Uchiha, and said softly: "If you two are interested, you can sign a voluntary body donation agreement with me in advance. After one of them is killed, I will I can help you make puppets so that you can gain eternal life."


    It can be seen that Scorpion is also a ruthless person.


    Yao Shidou, who just joined the Akatsuki organization two days ago, is quite normal. He just pushed his eyes and said in a low voice: "Master Orochimaru never forgot about Uchiha before he died. I will send Master Orochimaru to my hometown instead. Konoha''s old friend, a ride..."


    Why does Orochimaru obsess over Uchiha... Who doesn''t know?


    Pharmacist Dou, this guy should have kept his eyes open and talked nonsense!


    Bai''s answer was a bit tactful, he just looked at Sasuke Uchiha and Itachi Uchiha and said, "Everyone occasionally drinks iced juice together, in fact, we will feel very sad for every companion who may pass away."


    "I''m with Bai."


    Kaguya-kun Maro''s words were concise and to the point.


    A smile appeared on half of Bai Jue''s face, and he said in a low voice, "No one wants to miss the battle of Kaleidoscope Sharingan, right?"


    There was a gloomy look on half of Hei Jue''s face, and he chuckled lightly, "After all, we might see Amaterasu''s level of art!"


    Just joined in two days ago, Mizutsuki, who was beaten up yesterday, grinned, looked at Uchiha Sasuke and said, "Hey, that guy named Sasuke, I bet you will win! You must kill yourself elder brother!"


    "Uchiha Itachi..."


    Ghost Lantern Moon took a meaningful look at Itachi Uchiha, and said softly: "Don''t embarrass us as elder brothers, and kill your younger brother without mercy!"


    "Tsk..."


    Lin Haoyu Yuli shook his head and stopped talking.


    Dried Persimmon Kisame carried his shark-muscle sword, and grinned with shark teeth: "If Mr. Itachi is alive, then I will bring Mr. Itachi back to take care of him; if Mr. Itachi dies in battle, I will help you collect the body." !"


    Uchiha Itachi: "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"


    The two Uchiha brothers looked at each other. At this moment, the two of them suddenly didn''t want to fight, and really wanted to kill this group of guys who were afraid of chaos!


    This group of guys organized by Akatsuki is indeed very curious.


    After Uchiha Sasuke joined the Akatsuki organization back then, they began to look forward to what happened today, and they have been waiting for when Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke will duel.


    Now, it''s finally here!


    This fucking is a lifetime series!


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    It would be a pity if the peach land was not cut. After waiting for so many years in vain, before this drama was about to end, he died in the task of capturing the three tails.


    "All right."


    Payne finally stood up and said something fair, looking at Itachi Uchiha and Sasuke Uchiha and said: "Itachi, Sasuke, in addition to helping you expel the enemies that may approach you, you also want to give the loser a ride. After all, we are in the name of I''m also a companion."


    The companions in name are also companions!


    Naraku Uehara nodded, closed his palms, and said softly: "If there are so many of us, it seems that the ancient dragon will be summoned as a mount, so that it will not delay your duel time..."


    "Ok, Ok."


    Deidara nodded quickly.


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke glanced at each other, as if they couldn''t refuse the prying of this group of guys, the two brothers had a little sympathy for each other before the decisive battle of life and death came.


    An ancient dragon in the air fell against the heavy rain.


    All members of Akatsuki lined up, boarded the ancient dragon one by one, and sat on the back of the ancient dragon, no one disturbed the formation.


    The best position is naturally reserved for today''s protagonist.


    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke brothers sat among Akatsuki''s crowd, and a group of them watched them, making them feel a little bit like a thorn in their backs.


    Naraku Uehara landed beside Xiao Nan, knocked on the scales of the ancient dragon, chuckled and said, "Okay, let''s go!"


    "Roar!"


    The ancient giant dragon roared to the sky!


    The next moment, this ancient dragon spread its wings and leaped into the air, flapping its wings slowly, and flew to the duel location with a dozen members of Xiao!

 Chapter 246

    The speed of the ancient dragon is very fast.


    In the morning, they arrived at the destination.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the desolation below, looked at the two brothers Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke and said, "Mr. Itachi, Sasuke-kun, do you need our help to turn this place into a flat land? This will be fairer."


    "No need."


    Itachi Uchiha shook his head, stood up from the ancient dragon, and said in a low voice: "This was once the stronghold built by our Uchiha clan, now let it witness the ultimate destiny of our clan!"


    "Then let''s help strengthen it? So as not to be destroyed by you?"


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he turned around and looked at the people present, and said loudly: "Which senior present here is good at earth escape ninjutsu..."


    "No more."


    Uchiha Itachi hastily interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words. He felt that Uehara Naraku''s brain had a problem. Why did he want to intervene in everything?


    Uchiha Itachi sighed inwardly, looked at Uehara Naraku''s puzzled eyes, and explained softly: "Today, Sasuke and I are destined to die here in battle, so let this stronghold be his burial place!"


    "¡­Can."


    Uchiha Sasuke also nodded quickly.


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, controlled the ancient dragon to land, and softly greeted Xiao to organize the audience: "Then let''s go in and find a suitable position!"


    Uchiha Itachi: "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"


    Under the speechless eyes of the Uchiha brothers, the members of the group of Akatsuki filed in and walked into the Uchiha''s stronghold, each choosing a suitable viewing position.


    Payne sat on the stone chair in the Uchiha stronghold. After watching Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke come in, he remembered his responsibility as the host.


    thump...


    thump... thump...


    Payne tapped the stone chair lightly with his fingers, watching Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke''s footsteps stop, his voice suddenly became indifferent.


    "It''s time to start..."


    Before Payne''s voice fell, Uchiha Sasuke pulled out his ninja sword and slashed at Uchiha Itachi beside him!


    Just one knife cut Uchiha Itachi''s chest and abdomen!


    Sasuke Uchiha ticked the corners of his mouth, staring at Itachi Uchiha lying on the ground, and when he was about to say something, a burst of exclamation interrupted his thoughts.


    "Wow¡­"


    Didala exclaimed for this knife, he never concealed himself.


    The others immediately looked at Didara with great dissatisfaction, thinking that this guy really ruined the atmosphere of the killing scene.


    But there was another person who ruined the atmosphere even more.


    clap clap clap...


    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his hands, puffed up his palms under the speechless eyes of a group of people, and praised: "Whether it is Sasuke''s sharp knife, or Mr. Itachi''s crow stand-in, they are all worthy of our applause for them." ?¡±


    "..."


    Everyone present looked at each other for a while.


    It seems that Naraku Uehara has something to say? Sasuke''s sword alone is enough to be called a master of swordsmanship in the ninja world!


    A tidal wave of applause resounded throughout the Uchiha stronghold.


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face turned dark.


    Applauding when other people are in a life-and-death battle, the Xiao organization really dares to do it!


    Uchiha Itachi on the ground turned into crows and dissipated, and re-condensed the appearance of Uchiha Itachi on the other side. His face was very calm. Obviously Uchiha Itachi''s psychological quality was excellent, and he would not show it even if he was embarrassed.


    The next moment, Uchiha Itachi closed his fingers!


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t care about the embarrassment, and threw a huge mechanism shuriken with his hands, covering Chidori on the mechanism shuriken, about to break Itachi''s knot seal.


    Unexpectedly, the Sharingans in Uchiha Itachi''s eye sockets were spinning wildly!


    "Monthly reading!"


    In the next second, the Tsukuyomi illusion hit Uchiha Sasuke, and the will of the Uchiha brothers entered the Tsukiyomi space at the same time!


    The illusion competition is not something that the people present can tell the outcome.


    Everyone immediately began to discuss without saying a word, but unfortunately, the people present were basically not very good at illusion, and they couldn''t even understand the principle of Yuedu.


    Unexpectedly, the next moment Uchiha Sasuke fell to one knee on the ground!


    Apparently, the illusion competition in the Moon Reading Space is over. Naraku Uehara ticked the corner of his mouth. In the Moon Reading Space, all the kaleidoscope Sharingan information that Uchiha Itachi wants to leak has been leaked to his younger brother. right?


    "Sasuke, you''ve really grown up!"


    On the other side, Uchiha Itachi fell to the ground, stroking his eye sockets tightly: "Can you even crack my Tsukuyomi?"


    "Originally, I found a way to crack the monthly reading, but this time the monthly reading is too rough, right?"


    Sasuke stood up brandishing his ninja sword, pointed to the group of figures in Xiangyun''s black robe and said, "Itachi, your illusion is indeed so realistic that it''s hard to tell, but you forgot that in the Yueyue space The group of guys that were created were too quiet!


    Whether it''s the Uchiha Obito you mentioned, the legendary Uchiha Madara, or the story of our family''s cursed Kaleidoscope Sharingan, how could the group of guys in Tsukiyomi Space still sit there as if nothing had happened! "


    "It turns out that their existence revealed a flaw..."


    Itachi Uchiha nodded slowly, stood up, and said softly: "I didn''t expect the illusion to show its flaws because of too many audiences today. There is no way around it!"


    "However, thanks for letting me know."


    Uchiha Sasuke reached out his ninja sword, and rushed towards Uchiha Itachi waving the ninja sword: "I will accept those eyes of yours unceremoniously!"


    A flash of lightning suddenly wrapped Uchiha Sasuke''s Ninja Sword!


    It is his proud ninjutsu, Thunder Dungeon Thousand Bird Blade!


    Uchiha Itachi frowned, reached out and grabbed Sasuke''s wrist, and the two started a wonderful confrontation of physical skills!


    Hidan watched the battle between the Uchiha brothers, scratched his head, looked at other people and asked, "What are they talking about? Why can''t I understand? Is there anyone who understands? ?¡±


    "Just shut up."


    Jiaodu glanced at his teammates with disgust.


    Deidara also glanced at Hidan with disgust, but he still explained: "When Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke confronted in the illusion just now, they seemed to have said something serious, but Uchiha Itachi The us created in the illusion acted too quietly, so Uchiha Itachi showed his flaws, understand? Idiots!"


    "Bastard! I''ll kill you!"


    "Everyone shut up!"


    Xiao organization''s audience quality is really not high.


    Sasuke Uchiha and Itachi Uchiha didn''t care about them anymore, and a real fire broke out between the two brothers, and a bunch of fire escape ninjutsu began to be released in this area!


    "Art fire escape ho fireball!"


    The powerful fireball technique of the two raised the temperature of this space in an instant!


    Everyone in the Xiao organization in the auditorium finally felt that this place was a bit unsafe. After all, these two desperate guys couldn''t care less about reducing the power of their spells!


    Under the leadership of Uehara Naraku, the crowd began to file out again, withdrew from this stronghold, and re-boarded the VIP auditorium in the sky of the ancient dragon.


    This move is very sensible.


    A moment later, Uchiha Itachi was kicked out of the stronghold!


    The entire stronghold was soon crumbling in their fire confrontation!


    Deidara looked at the fireball jutsu on the ground with some surprise: "Is Uchiha Sasuke so powerful? The attainment of fire ninjutsu has surpassed that guy Itachi?"


    "hehe¡­"


    Dried Persimmon and Ghost Shark smiled but did not answer.


    If Didara went down to experience it himself, Uchiha Itachi would definitely let Didara know what six seals per second are, and what is the eldest son of the fire escape family.


    "Amaterasu!"


    There was a sharp shout on the ground!


    The whole land was surrounded by a mass of black flames in an instant, it was Uchiha Itachi''s kaleidoscope sharing eye pupil technique Amaterasu, this kind of black flame that can burn everything!


    It''s a pity that Uchiha Sasuke seemed to have been on guard against Amaterasu, he suddenly took out a scroll, closed his palms, and shouted in a low voice: "Fire seal!"


    Countless pitch-black flames billowing around were absorbed by him with a seal!


    A look of shock appeared on Bai Jue''s face: "How is this possible? Has Sasuke prepared Amaterasu''s cracking method?"


    Hei Jue said in a dark voice: "Even if it is the kaleidoscope pupil technique, it is only fire and yin chakras in essence. Uchiha Sasuke should take advantage of this. After all, Sasuke is also a genius of the Uchiha clan. If If we were prepared early, it is indeed possible to find out a way to deal with Amaterasu..."


    "..."


    When Uehara Naraku watched Sasuke seal Amaterasu with the fire sealing method, he couldn''t help but look at Kisame Kisame, what''s going on?


    This spell should come from you, right?


    The next moment soon someone told the truth.


    After Uchiha Sasuke finished sealing Amaterasu, a crazy smile appeared on his face: "Itachi, last year when you found out that your fire escape technique was not as powerful as mine, you secretly researched this move." seal¡­


    Originally, this move should be the fire escape ninjutsu you used to seal me, but I didn''t expect it to be used by me today to target your Amaterasu, right? "


    "I really haven''t thought about it."


    Itachi Uchiha shook his head slowly, and said in a low voice: "Sasuke, you have grown a lot in these few years! It''s beyond my imagination..."


    On the ancient dragon.


    Kisame Kisame shook his head slightly, with a meaningful smile on his face: "When we met Jiraiya, one of the Konoha Sannin, Mr. Itachi''s Amaterasu seemed to be sealed by that adult. Mr. Itachi developed this sealing technique by himself, but he did not expect this technique to be secretly learned by Uchiha Sasuke..."


    Didara looked at the battle on the ground with a smile: "Is this a cocoon? Uchiha Itachi only focused on practicing with his younger brother, but he didn''t expect that his art was also secretly learned by Sasuke, a little guy waiting for revenge, right?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was speechless.


    Originally Uehara Naraku thought that Uchiha Itachi might release some water, but he didn''t expect that this fucking didn''t release water anymore, but directly released a four oceans!


    Because Uchiha Sasuke is always by his side, Uchiha Itachi can secretly let Uchiha Sasuke copy any ninjutsu.


    This guy Uchiha Itachi even researched out the spell against Amaterasu and secretly tried to teach it to Sasuke. Is it because he is afraid that his brother will not be able to kill him?


    Naraku Uehara and Kisame Kaki can see it.


    Others only feel that this battle has twists and turns, and whenever Uchiha Itachi has the upper hand, Uchiha Sasuke will reverse the situation again.


    Uchiha Itachi suppresses Sasuke by virtue of his own strength and weird pupil technique, but Uchiha Sasuke will always succeed in turning the tables by virtue of the spell against Uchiha Itachi''s ability.


    The red sand scorpion couldn''t help sighing in a low voice: "Is Uchiha Sasuke''s will to revenge so strong? He actually collected Uchiha Itachi''s information so completely?"


    "yes!"


    Kisame Kisame chuckled lightly, and grinned an unusually ugly smile: "I''ve seen it all these years! Sasuke, the brat, has never slackened his efforts to kill Mr. Itachi!"


    The battle on earth is about to draw its conclusion.


    Uchiha Itachi''s strongest kaleidoscope writing wheel eye pupil technique Amaterasu and Tsukuyomi have no results, and fire escape ninjutsu can''t match Uchiha Sasuke, his defeat is set.


    Sasuke Uchiha stood on a high place, looking down at Itachi Uchiha who had no cards, and said coldly: "Itachi Uchiha, I see everything about you in these two writing wheels, this is where you will die land!"


    Now, he is going to bury this sinful elder brother in this place, and commemorate those clansmen who were slaughtered by him!


    It started to rain in the sky.


    Sasuke Uchiha looked up at the rainwater in the sky, let them wash his face, and slowly stretched out his palm to welcome the baptism of rainwater.


    Uchiha Itachi covered his lips, wiped the blood from the corners of his mouth, stood up and looked at Sasuke, his eyebrows slightly arched.


    "Uchiha Itachi, your Chakra is running out, right?"


    Sasuke looked down at Itachi Uchiha, and said softly: "I have calculated clearly, countless days and nights I have been rehearsing the battle between us, but you have never put me in your eyes, and now you are dying Before, do you guys have any last words?"


    "Sasuke."


    The smile on Uchiha Itachi''s face became more and more intense, and his voice was as gentle as ever: "It''s too early to say these things now... Do you know why I never care about your revenge?"


    "what?"


    Sasuke Uchiha raised his eyebrows.


    "Because in front of this ninjutsu, everything you work for is meaningless."


    Uchiha Itachi stretched out his palm to touch his eye sockets, and said in a low voice: "Kaleidoscope Sharingan is not as simple as you imagined, when you get Kaleidoscope Sharingan, just work hard to guide the pupil power inside ¡­


    When you guide the power of the kaleidoscope Sharingan to be strong enough, you will awaken an ultimate pupil technique, which can turn the invisible pupil power into something tangible...


    And this kind of tangible thing, our Uchiha clan has a very daunting name in the records of the kaleidoscope writing wheel eye pupil technique, and its name is...


    Susano! "


    The next moment, a red skeleton floated up from Uchiha Itachi''s body, and gradually formed a red giant, slowly covering Uchiha Itachi''s body!


    At the moment when Uchiha Sasuke and Akatsuki looked at Susano''s appearance, they couldn''t help showing a look of astonishment, Uchiha Itachi looked at Uchiha Sasuke through Susano, his face Still very calm.


    "It is precisely because I have awakened the ultimate pupil technique of the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, Susano, that is why I have not been wary of you all these years. Why did you escape the Kaleidoscope Sharingan with the three-pointed Jade Sharingan? What about the sight of the eye?"


    The corners of Uchiha Itachi''s mouth curled up slightly, showing a winning smile: "It doesn''t matter even if you secretly learned countless ninjutsu from me, because in front of Susano, everything is meaningless..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke fell silent.


    Sweat began to drip down his face from the rain.


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Itachi Uchiha in the red Susano, and a smile appeared on his face at the same time: "Actually, I have always thought about one thing over the years, that is, you will deliberately die in front of me." Men..."


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly loosened his ninjutsu, and continued with a chuckle: "So every time I copy your ninjutsu secretly, I will feel a little guilty, because I can''t judge which one I killed at that time. What kind of brother, maybe I can''t even make a move, because the victory may come too easily."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s palms slowly closed together, calmly forming his own handprints, and continued softly: "Now I won''t have such a burden anymore, you are still the arrogant Uchiha Itachi who thinks everything is in your hands. It''s under your control."


    Uchiha Sasuke raised his head again, looked up at the thunder and lightning flying in the clouds in the sky, let the rain and sweat flow on his face: "Uchiha Itachi, this is also very good, because in this way, when I kill you, I don''t actually need to kill you." I care."


    Thunder and lightning danced in the sky.


    The next moment, a huge Thunder Beast jumped out of the clouds!


    Sasuke Uchiha pointed his finger at the red Susano on the ground, guiding the Thunder Beast in mid-air to crash down, and shouted coldly: "Disappear with the thunder! Uchiha Itachi, bring your arrogance and arrogance! "

 Chapter 247

    On the body of the ancient dragon.


    After Susano appeared, the onlookers fell silent.


    Those who had doubts about Uchiha Itachi gradually dispelled their suspicions, and some even held certain conspiracy theories about Uchiha Itachi.


    Deidara touched his chin, his face was a little unsightly: "Itachi Uchiha is really insidious... This guy has secretly given the hope of revenge to Sasuke Uchiha in the past few years, and now he destroyed Sasuke with his own hands. The kid''s hope?"


    "The winner has not yet been decided!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head coldly.


    Deidara hesitated for a while, then said firmly: "In front of the legendary Susano, no one can defeat Itachi, right?"


    "Didara, have you heard of Susano?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Deidara nodded slowly, with a heavy expression on his face: "That old fellow Onogi once mentioned that when he and the second generation of Dokage went to Konoha to ask for an alliance, they were killed by Uchiha Madara''s Susano with a single move. Destroyed all their pride..."


    Although Didala has always been very proud, Didala doesn''t think that Onogi and Second Tsuchikage are weaker than him.


    The two ninjas who were good at dust escape were easily defeated by Susano. How could Uchiha Sasuke win in front of Susano?


    as expected.


    The Qilin Thunder Beast in the sky crashed down!


    The red Susano raised his hand and raised a mirror, resisting the frontal attack of Thunder Dun Qilin, but the violent Thunder Dun chakra still spread unscrupulously on Susano''s body, destroying Susano''s body armor!


    However, no matter how crazy the attack was, the Thunder Dunk Kirin still couldn''t hurt Uchiha Itachi within the Susanoo, and could only disappear into the air with a mournful cry.


    "cough¡­"


    Uchiha Itachi covered his mouth and spat out a mouthful of blood.


    The use of Susanoo is also very burdensome to him.


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Susano in disbelief, and stared blankly at the Thunder Dun Qilin being blocked by Susano, he couldn''t help but murmured: "This...how is it possible?"


    How is this impossible?


    The existence of Susano completely refreshed Sasuke''s cognition.


    Even the audience on the ancient dragon in the air were shocked by Susano''s strength, not many of them were sure to take on Uchiha Sasuke''s Thunder Dun Kirin.


    Kakuto said in a low voice: "Even if you have been enduring it for several years, you still haven''t escaped from your brother''s control? Sasuke is really pitiful..."


    "The battle is not over."


    Kisame Kisame shook his head, and whispered to himself: "Even if it is Susano, how long can Mr. Itachi hold on?"


    Can''t last long.


    Kisame Kisame couldn''t understand Uchiha Itachi''s physical condition very well.


    Kaleidoscope Sharingan''s eyesight has declined very badly, his pupil power has been exhausted, his body is still suffering from serious illness, and his chakra is almost exhausted...


    Everyone watched the underground battle, and saw Uchiha Sasuke attacking Uchiha Itachi helplessly and furiously, but was blocked by Susano...


    Ninja Knife Sasa...


    I don''t know what Sasuke was thinking.


    It''s just that Uchiha Itachi slowly approached Uchiha Sasuke, and stretched out his finger. Just when he was about to goug out Sasuke''s eyes outside the crowd, Uchiha Itachi''s finger stopped weakly on Sasuke''s forehead.


    The next moment, the gigantic Susanoo almost dissipated.


    Uchiha Itachi''s body fell to the ground in embarrassment.


    This... what''s the situation?


    Everyone in the Akatsuki organization showed a look of surprise on their faces, and everyone subconsciously flew to the ground, watching Uchiha Itachi who fell on the ground.


    Uchiha Itachi on the ground has no life.


    Uchiha Itachi, who used Susano at the last moment of his life to complete the comeback, died here?


    Uchiha Sasuke leaned against the ruined wall blankly.


    "Hey, Sasuke kid, what did Uchiha Itachi tell you before he died?"


    Didara pouted immediately, and shouted dissatisfiedly: "How could this be the result! How can we accept this!"


    The original twists and turns in the middle are surprising enough, whether Uchiha Sasuke cracked the moon reading or cracked the Amaterasu, it is worth watching Didara get up early in the morning.


    But it ended so weirdly...


    This is too unbearable, right?


    Shouldn''t the ending be Uchiha Itachi manipulating Susano to smash Uchiha Sasuke with a punch, showing that he is worthy of the name of Itachi who exterminated the genocide!


    Fei Duan interrupted Didara in a cold voice, and shouted contemptuously: "Hey, Didara! You think you are watching a drama performance, can you ask for a refund?"


    Kisame Kisame explained in a soft voice: "Actually, Mr. Itachi''s pupil power is exhausted, right? Kaleidoscope Sharingan really needs to consume pupil power..."


    This explanation is barely plausible.


    At least everyone has also learned about the power of Kaleidoscope Sharingan and some weaknesses about Kaleidoscope Sharingan.


    "Okay, let''s go first!"


    Payne glanced at the people around him, and said softly: "Uchiha Itachi is a member of the organization, so help him build a tombstone!"


    "Leave this matter to me!"


    Ginger Kisame looked up at the heavy rain in the sky, and said in a low voice, "Let''s go first! This is the agreement between Mr. Itachi and I. If he dies, I will help him pack up the body."


    "Let me help you!"


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and his voice was somewhat regretful: "After all, Itachi-kun and I are also ninjas from Konoha, so we should give him a ride."


    "so be it!"


    After Uehara Naraku nodded, he turned his head to look at Uchiha Sasuke: "Hey, Sasuke, you go back with us, you are still here..."


    "I''m staying here."


    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head.


    Kisame Kisame glanced at the ruins and sighed, "It will probably take quite a while to build a big grave for Mr. Itachi!"


    "I see."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and said softly: "That''s fine, I''ll let the ancient dragon send everyone back first, and then he will come back to pick us up through psychics."


    "it is good."


    Tiandao Payne nodded.


    Xiao Nan stepped forward, stretched out his paper umbrella, handed it to Naraku Uehara, and said softly, "Then come back early."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and after smiling at her, he suddenly took off his bamboo hat and put it on Xiao Nan''s head.


    The ancient dragon in the sky roared down.


    Akatsuki''s group stepped on the ancient dragon one after another and left here.


    In the ruins after the fierce battle, only Sasuke Uchiha, Kisame Kisame, Yakushidou, and Naraku Uehara remained, and everyone seemed to have a different mood.


    "Hey, senior ghost shark."


    Uchiha Sasuke stared blankly at Uchiha Itachi''s body on the ground, and asked in a low voice, "Is this guy Itachi deliberately losing to me? Do you know about this? What does he mean?"


    "No, actually your strength is too strong."


    After Kisame grinned an unusually ugly smile, he slowly nodded and said: "Okay, since you know everything, do I need to tell you now, the two paths Uchiha Itachi arranged for you? "


    "What does it mean?"


    "Because Mr. Itachi was already seriously ill, I kept sending him to Uehara for treatment, but Mr. Itachi gave up treatment early on."


    Kisame leaned down, slowly straightened Uchiha Itachi''s body, and said in a low voice, "Since I met him for the first time, I knew that he didn''t want to live in this world for a long time. Woolen cloth!"


    "he¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke fell to the ground.


    Kisame Kisame shook his head and interrupted Sasuke, explaining softly: "Mr. Itachi couldn''t bear the pain of killing his clansman, nor could he bear the torture and coercion from Konoha, so he finally chose to die."


    "Konoha?"


    "That''s right."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame reached out and covered Uchiha Itachi''s eye sockets, and said in a low voice: "Do you want to know the truth about the extermination of the clan back then? The Uchiha clan is the most powerful clan in the ninja world, so they were feared by the high-level Konoha headed by the third Hokage." .¡±


    "Mr. Kisame is wrong about this!"


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and added with a chuckle: "Actually, since the Second Hokage, the Uchiha clan has been feared by the high-level Konoha, but the Uchiha at that time has always been of value."


    After Yaoshidou finished speaking, he continued with a smile: "After the third ninja world war ended, the ninja world became peaceful, and the Uchiha clan was naturally useless. No wonder Master Orochimaru asked me to find Shimura Danzo Ask for Sharingan."


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Uchiha Sasuke raised his head suddenly: "What Danzo?"


    "Shimura Danzo."


    Yakushido looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and continued to respond softly: "But Shimura Danzo is already dead, otherwise you might still see how many Uchiha''s Sharingan Shimura Danzo conspired to steal..."


    "I don''t know that."


    Kisame Kisame shook his head, looked up at Sasuke Uchiha and said: "In short, when the relationship between Konoha and the Uchiha clan was at its most tense, Konoha''s senior management used one condition to instigate Mr. Itachi..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s heart skipped a beat.


    Kakisame grinned, and said with a light smile: "It seems that you guessed it too? That is to save your life and kill all the other Uchihas! Otherwise, do you think he will keep you on purpose? ?¡±


    "This is impossible!"


    "Nothing is impossible."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame spread out his palm, and said in a cold voice: "Mr. Itachi has been threatening them to protect you with information from Konoha. Do you still remember when you defected to Konoha? Do you know why Mr. Itachi let you join Akatsuki? "


    Kisame Uchiha stared at Sasuke Uchiha, and said in a deep voice: "Because you are under Orochimaru''s hand, he is very worried about your safety! But only I know that when you appear in Akatsuki, it means that Mr. Itachi''s death is approaching." , I really want to kill you brat!"


    Kisame grabbed Uchiha Sasuke''s shoulder, pressed him in front of Uchiha Itachi, and said with a grim expression, "Look at your brother, everything he did was for you! Listen to me now, the two paths he arranged for you before he died!"


    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"


    "The first one!"


    Kisame Kisame glanced at Uehara Naraku next to him, and saw the boss casually looking into the distance, so he continued: "Continue to follow us and avenge Konoha, only us are the strongest in the entire ninja world, so you You can join us!"


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Kisame Kisame, and asked in a cold voice, "Hmph, who does he think he is, and does he think he can arrange for me?"


    "Shut up!"


    Kakisame grabbed Sasuke Uchiha by the neck, and said in a cold voice: "The second way is to go back to Konoha and become your ninja!


    Don''t worry, the third generation of Hokage is dead, and Konoha''s high-level officials will definitely not embarrass you, little guy, they still need you to leave Konoha with the successor of Sharingan.


    Akatsuki has a lot of ninjas, so he wouldn''t care about the lack of a brat like you. Uehara Naraku is a friend of Mr. Itachi, as long as you don''t leak Akatsuki''s information, he won''t let the leader hold you accountable for betraying Akatsuki. "


    "hehe¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke sneered, looked at Kisame Kisame contemptuously and said: "It seems that you told me two ways, but then told me that Konoha''s senior officials forced Itachi to kill my parents, isn''t it? Let me choose to follow you?"


    "This is indeed our selfishness."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked at Uchiha Sasuke and said: "Mr. Itachi thinks that you can choose freely, it is best to return to Konoha''s hometown and continue to live a peaceful life. At that time, we will hide the truth about Uchiha''s extermination.


    But we don''t think you should go back to the Ninja Village where the entire Uchiha clan was forced to perish and brothers were killed, so we told you the truth about the Uchiha clan.


    But it doesn''t matter, because Mr. Itachi has already prepared a backup.


    Mr. Itachi believes that your friend Uzumaki Naruto will persuade you to let go of your hatred. "


    "Naruto?"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes froze slightly.


    "That''s right."


    Naraku Uehara came over, patted Uchiha Sasuke on the shoulder, and said softly: "Your brother Uchiha Itachi is a great person. I have to say that he is really accurate in seeing people."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Uchiha Itachi on the ground, and raised the corner of his mouth: "Uchiha Itachi did not misunderstand Uzumaki Naruto, he is indeed a very charming person."


    "There is no evidence for what you said..."


    "evidence?"


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Uchiha Itachi''s body on the ground, patted Sasuke on the shoulder, and his voice gradually became a little lower: "We don''t need any evidence, because we don''t need you either, a kid who caused Mr. Itachi to be tortured for half his life." Poor power!


    If Mr. Itachi didn''t ask us to wait for you to open the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, to help you transplant his Kaleidoscope Sharingan, so that you can obtain eternal pupil power, do you think we will stay here? "


    "You also know about this?"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes suddenly softened.


    Because Uehara Naraku was very angry when he talked about these things, and he looked like he didn''t need him, but Sasuke added a little credibility out of thin air.


    And Uehara Naraku also mentioned the secret of the Kaleidoscope Sharingan.


    Obviously, most people will not know this secret.


    "What do you think?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and said angrily: "Konoha will definitely not let you get this kind of power. You don''t have any other friends in the ninja world. Mr. Itachi will naturally arrange everything for you before he dies." .¡±


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku seemed to be looking at a hopeless junior, and continued in a cold voice: "When you return to Konoha Village, don''t show the power of the kaleidoscope Sharingan, do you understand me?"


    "Understood, this may cause Konoha''s fear..."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded, suddenly reacted, and retorted loudly: "Who told you that I want to go back to Konoha! I want to destroy Konoha and avenge Itachi!"

 Chapter 248

    Uchiha Sasuke is very firm.


    No, it should be said that Sasuke Uchiha was limped by being fooled.


    The character of Uchiha Sasuke is so easy to be interpreted by others. Once you arrange a peaceful life in the name of Kazumi for his good, the inherent pride of the Uchiha clan will make him feel unwilling, so he will take another path .


    So the core of Uehara Naraku''s persuasion to Sasuke is for his own good.


    A person who has been persuading Sasuke to keep him away from danger, no matter how you look at it, is much more trustworthy than those who persuade Sasuke to let him collect Tailed Beast Konoha, right?


    This is where Naraku Uehara excels.


    Even Uchiha Itachi couldn''t have imagined that someone would induce Sasuke like this!


    This method is really a bit scary.


    Who would have thought that a person who said he was good for Sasuke was deliberately taking advantage of Sasuke''s rebellious psychology?


    This is because Uchiha Sasuke is too proud and can''t bear the slightest stimulation. If he is guided a little bit, he will blow up directly!


    After Uehara Naraku heard Sasuke''s words, he blinked his eyes, and persuaded softly: "Sasuke, don''t be impulsive, Mr. Itachi has already arranged everything for you. He left the kaleidoscope for you, just to let you You have the power to protect yourself."


    "I think very clearly."


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, and said with a sinister face: "I will not follow his will to live a mediocre life, I will carry the hatred of him and the entire Uchiha, and destroy Konoha to avenge them!"


    "No need for that."


    Naraku Uehara patted Sasuke on the shoulder, and continued to persuade softly: "Actually, Mr. Itachi has forgiven Konoha in his heart. He thinks that the high-level Konoha did keep the promise and let you grow up safely in Konoha..."


    "Who wants to play ninja games with those guys!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes were scarlet, staring at Uehara Naraku, and interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words in a cold voice: "What I hate the most is the years I lived in Konoha!


    Itachi should have told me the truth back then, instead of letting me spend that dark time in Konoha. Now that I think about it, I hate Konoha''s hypocritical guys! "


    "no need."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and comforted Sasuke: "Konoha is the strongest ninja village in the ninja world. Mr. Itachi thinks that you can be protected there..."


    "I never needed protection!"


    Uchiha Sasuke slammed his fist on the wall, and a stream of blood slowly flowed from his eye sockets: "What I need is strength all the time! The power that can support my revenge!"


    The blood in Uchiha Sasuke''s eye sockets was slowly flowing on his face, and the Sangouyu Sharingan spun wildly, gradually turning into a pair of strange kaleidoscope Sharingan!


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    At this moment, the anger reached its peak!


    Uchiha Sasuke finally thought that he had found the way to the future, which also allowed him to open the cursed eyes of Kaleidoscope Sharingan!


    Uehara Naraku looked into Sasuke''s eyes in amazement, and there was an unexpected harvest?


    He just chatted with Sasuke for a few words, and let him open the kaleidoscope?


    A hint of consternation gradually appeared on Uehara''s face: "Your eyes... Kaleidoscope Sharingan... Is this the fate of your brothers?"


    "what?"


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly stretched out his palm, and subconsciously touched his eye socket, but found a blood stain on his hand, and his expression changed instantly.


    "Kaleidoscopic Sharingan!"


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke slowly clenched his fist, looked down at Uchiha Itachi''s body on the ground, and knelt down beside him on one knee.


    Uchiha Sasuke touched his eye sockets, and promised word by word: "I will carry your hatred together... Let Konoha pay the price for our Uchiha clan!"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but shook his head and sighed: "Sasuke, if you do this, it doesn''t meet Mr. Itachi''s expectations. He just hopes that you can live in peace..."


    "Uehara!"


    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words in a deep voice, and continued: "Didn''t Senior Kisame tell me just now? Itachi also arranged the first way for me, which is to join you and let me inherit Itachi in Xiaoxiao. s position!"


    "This road will be dangerous."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, as if he wanted to make a final persuasion: "Sasuke, if you go back to Konoha or live in seclusion, you can live safely, and maybe you will never encounter ninja fights again. No need to see the cruelty of war..."


    It is really bitter to say this.


    Naraku Uehara was even moved by himself.


    Kisame next to him had even more complex eyes. If Kisame didn''t know his boss well, he would have believed that Naraku Uehara was a good friend of Itachi Uchiha!


    It''s even the kind that depends on life and death!


    If it''s not a good friend, why did Uehara Naraku persuade Sasuke to stay away from danger?


    Those who know Naraku Uehara''s identity almost believe it, let alone a rookie like Uchiha Sasuke!


    "Don''t persuade me any more!"


    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head slowly, and a pair of scarlet kaleidoscope sharing eyes stared at Uehara Naraku closely: "Uehara, I know what I''m doing, and I also know what I should say, I don''t need your nonsense!"


    "hehe¡­"


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes, and suddenly kicked Uchiha Sasuke''s neck and hooked him to the ground. Just when Sasuke stood up again with anger on his face, Uehara Naraku punched him down again On the ground!


    Just when Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark and Pharmacist Dou were a little surprised, they didn''t quite understand...


    Why did Uehara suddenly shake his fist now that the situation in seducing Sasuke is very good?


    Uehara Naraku slowly wiped the blood on his fist, and said in a cold voice: "What a disgusting brat! Can''t you obediently obey your brother''s arrangement?"


    "..."


    Sasuke, who was originally irritable, suddenly calmed down.


    This sixteen-year-old Uchiha youth was not as sullen as he imagined, he just looked at Uehara stubbornly, his face full of refusal to admit defeat.


    Naraku Uehara grabbed Sasuke''s collar, and his eyes became slightly indifferent: "Sasuke Uchiha, hear me clearly, we are Mr. Itachi''s friends, it doesn''t mean we will pamper you like him!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Sasuke''s expression and said softly: "Actually, we hate you very much, so I want you to go away! Because Mr. Itachi once wanted to fulfill that great dream with us, but for you, he chose Give up your life."


    "I know that."


    Uchiha Sasuke raised his head and still looked at Naraku Uehara stubbornly, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t worry, I will inherit everything from Itachi! His dream is also my dream! His hatred is also my hatred! His will is also my will !"


    Obviously Naraku Uehara just beat him up, but Sasuke didn''t show any particular anger, not even the slightest anger on his face.


    Uchiha Sasuke himself has already determined that the reason why Uehara Naraku in front of him talks about hating himself must be because he killed Itachi!


    On this point, the two of them are almost in agreement.


    Just when he learned the truth, Uchiha Sasuke also hated his ignorance, because the duel with Uchiha Itachi indirectly killed his brother!


    Now in this world, as long as Uchiha Itachi wants to do it, Uchiha Sasuke decides to do it instead of him!


    "Mr. Itachi really left a big trouble..."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and slowly loosened Uchiha Sasuke''s collar, he waved his hand at the medicine master pocket, and said softly: "Touch, take out Mr. Itachi''s eyes, wait until Sasuke has completely mastered the pupil technique of the kaleidoscope Afterwards, replace Itachi-san''s eyes for him."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist Dou hurriedly nodded.


    As for the dried persimmon ghost standing next to Yaoshi''s pocket, he no longer knew what expression he had.


    Kisame Kisame couldn''t imagine that Uehara Naraku made Uchiha Sasuke stand in their camp so quickly, how the hell did he do it?


    Looks pretty solid...


    I can''t figure it out!


    Especially after Uchiha Sasuke was kicked and punched, it seemed that his will was firmer, and his face was still a little relieved.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Sasuke, waved his hand and poured Chakra and life energy into him, and said softly: "If you really want to follow us and take Mr. Itachi''s place, put away your appearance!"


    "Hmph, I see."


    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly, lowered his head to watch Yakushito slowly take off Uchiha Itachi''s eyes, a trace of mist gradually formed in his eye sockets.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Sasuke, comforted Sasuke''s emotions and said: "Don''t be too sad, in fact, in the eyes of Mr. Itachi, you have always been his pride. In fact, we don''t believe it, but he always likes to say that you have surpassed him. the power of."


    "yes?"


    There was a tremor in Uchiha Sasuke''s voice.


    Uehara Naraku patted Sasuke on the shoulder, and sighed softly: "Actually, from Momochi Zabuza and Ghost Lantern Moon, Mr. Itachi knew that you became a ninja and completed a C-level mission, he smiled very happily."


    "Why didn''t he tell me the truth!"


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, squatted down again, and helped Uchiha Itachi tidy up his body, and gradually there was a trace of indignation in his voice: "If I had known the truth a long time ago, I would not have hated him so much..."


    "Does it make sense?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and replied softly: "Mr. Itachi has always hoped that you can use your hatred for him to open the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, so that you have the power to protect yourself, and you don''t have to worry about someone hurting you."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku lowered his head and sighed again: "I didn''t expect that hatred could not make you open the kaleidoscope Sharingan, but in the end it was his love that made you open the kaleidoscope..."


    After this sentence was finished, Uehara Naraku himself was also a little touched.


    Itachi Uchiha tried his best to let his younger brother use his hatred to open the kaleidoscope Sharingan, but he never thought that his younger brother would open the kaleidoscope Sharingan instead because he understood the brother''s hidden affection.


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke wept silently.


    The people present were all ninjas, and it wasn''t too troublesome for them to set up a grave, and soon Uchiha Itachi''s body was buried here.


    In order to avoid being found by others, Uehara Naraku even released the water escape ninjutsu, leading to an underground river and turning it into a large lake.


    After Naraku Uehara finished all this, he breathed a sigh of relief and said, "Sasuke, I heard that there is a lake near your clan''s land. Mr. Itachi would like it, right?"


    "Ok."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded, wiped away his tears, and said softly: "There is a lake near the former clan land. Nissan used to like to go there, thank you."


    "nothing."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, frowned and glanced at Sasuke again, and said in a low voice: "Remember, put on a forbearance in front of Akatsuki and those people, don''t lose face to Mr. Itachi, his upbringing and behavior have always been Akatsuki''s members are the most perfect."


    "yes."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded solemnly.


    Now Sasuke has become a little more obedient.


    Sasuke has almost regarded Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Itachi''s former friend, as his elder.


    Pharmacist looked at this scene, lowered his head and pushed his glasses.


    The dry persimmon ghost shark''s face was quite emotional.


    To be honest, I never expected that in less than a day, Uehara Naraku''s position in Uchiha Sasuke''s heart changed drastically.


    I can''t imagine it!


    In case... Sasuke Uchiha discovers the truth one day, I''m afraid that he will have to cut Uehara Naruto into pieces to be reconciled!


    "Sorry, Itachi."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the big lake in front of him, with a trace of nostalgia on his face, and said: "We don''t know how to choose, so that we can act according to your last words, but I believe that Sasuke''s own choice is the most suitable for him, isn''t it?"


    Uehara Naraku said this as if he was Uchiha Itachi''s life-and-death acquaintance.


    Uchiha Sasuke stood behind Naraku Uehara, softly comforting Uehara and said: "Senior Uehara, this is my choice. If Nissan wants to blame you in the underworld, let him blame me!"


    Uchiha Sasuke is still comforting Uehara Naraku!


    Dried Persimmon Kisame stood beside them, looking at all this in disbelief!


    Is this world fake?


    What exactly went wrong?


    Kisame Kisame couldn''t help doubting his memory faintly in his heart. He and Naraku Uehara, who is the teammate who spends day and night with Uchiha Itachi?


    Yao Shidou couldn''t help but pushed his glasses again.


    "Let''s go!"


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara made a handprint with his hands and said softly: "Sasuke, it''s a pity that the psychic contract of this giant dragon has been abolished. I''ll help you find a ninja flying in the air so that you can visit Itachi from time to time." gentlemen."


    "Yes, Senior Uehara."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded hurriedly.


    If it is to enhance his strength, Uchiha Sasuke will not be too grateful;


    But if looking for a flying Ninja Beast is for the convenience of visiting Uchiha Itachi''s burial place, Uchiha Sasuke is very grateful to Uehara Naraku.


    This also proves that Uchiha Itachi has indeed made a good friend.


    Uchiha Sasuke was even a little envious and disgusted in his heart, why his brother could make friends like Uehara Naraku who could entrust his funeral, but he could only make friends like Uzumaki Naruto?


    To be honest, Sasuke was really a little envious.


    An ancient dragon fell from the sky and landed in front of them.


    Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Sasuke, Yakushidou and Kanshi Kisame set foot on the burial place where the ancient dragon left Uchiha Itachi.


    Under the lake.


    Uchiha Obito dug up a grave, his palm slowly landed on the coffin, and brought the coffin into his divine power space.


    Uchiha Obito himself also entered the Kamui space, he opened the coffin suddenly, revealing Uchiha Itachi''s body.


    "What a pity!"


    Obito Uchiha looked at the corpse, with a look of helplessness on his face: "Itachi, even you haven''t seen the truth of this world..."

 Chapter 249

    Keep a front line in life and give people the right to choose.


    Uehara Naraku knows this truth well, so Uehara always gives Sasuke the right to choose when chatting with Uchiha Sasuke, so Sasuke directly obeys him.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Of course, the most important thing is to win Sasuke''s heart with grace.


    And it still has to be in the name of Uchiha Itachi.


    "By the way, there is one more thing."


    Uehara Naraku sat on the back of the ancient dragon, and said softly: "Mr. Itachi heard that Uzumaki Naruto had obtained the psychic contract of the three holy places, so he specially entrusted me to help you receive one of the three holy places. Psychic contract."


    "Dragon Cave?"


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned.


    Apparently he had never heard the name of the place.


    But it didn''t matter, because someone introduced him soon.


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, looked at Sasuke Uchiha with a smile and said: "The psychic beasts of Konoha Sannin come from the three holy places respectively, and the three holy places have at least a thousand years of history in the ninja world. Under the nourishment of energy, there are many powerful ninja beasts."


    "Konoha Sannin?"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face was a little surprised.


    After all, in this era, Konoha Sannin''s name is still resounding. Sasuke has been in the Akatsuki organization for so many years, and he is very aware of Konoha Sannin''s reputation.


    And Uzumaki Naruto''s teacher seems to be one of them...


    "That''s right."


    Yao Shidou nodded, and continued softly: "Among them, the psychic contract of Konoha''s Fifth Hokage Tsunade is the slug sage of the Shibon Forest, Jiraiya''s psychic contract is the toad sage of Mt. The spiritual contract is the White Snake Immortal from Longdi Cave."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku followed the words of the pharmacist, and continued: "Although Orochimaru is no match for Mr. Itachi, his psychic beast strength is still good;


    Mr. Itachi may be worried that you will see Naruto has a powerful psychic beast, and feel wronged in his heart, so he also asked us to help you find a psychic contract in a holy place. "


    "...Who is wronged!"


    Uchiha Sasuke immediately turned his head and said: "Hmph, I don''t care so much! I don''t need any psychic beasts at all for my strength!"


    "Okay, okay, let''s not talk."


    Uehara Naraku also patted Sasuke on the shoulder, comforted the young man, and said with a sad face: "I just want to tell you that he always wants to give you the best, but he just doesn''t want to see his brother feel wronged. "


    Anyway, according to the current strength of Sasuke Uchiha who has opened the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, it doesn''t matter whether you want a psychic beast or not, it just happens to be used as a favor.


    Since Uchiha Sasuke didn''t want it, Naraku Uehara waved his hand as a matter of course, and saw that Yakushiku put away the psychic scroll again.


    "I see."


    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, and slowly closed his eyes. After a while, Sasuke comforted Uehara Naraku: "It''s okay, thank you seniors for your help, I have already got my most precious gift."


    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head to look at the distant scenery, and said in a low voice: "Senior Uehara, I hope to inherit Itachi''s will, live in this world instead of him, and watch this world become what he dreamed of."


    "OK!"


    Uehara Naraku patted Sasuke Uchiha on the shoulder, chuckled and said, "In two more years, when you are eighteen, you should be ready to get married immediately! Itachi wanted to see you get married very early on." What about that day!"


    "senior!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face darkened immediately.


    This joke is really not funny at all.


    Although in Uchiha Sasuke''s view, his brother Uchiha Itachi must have mentioned this kind of thing to Uehara Naraku, otherwise a ninja would never think of getting married.


    "Let me tell you our story first!"


    Uehara Naraku looked into the distance and talked about the old story: "I joined Akatsuki with Mr. Itachi, and I was one year younger than him! At that time, my strength was insufficient, and I was defeated by his writing wheel... "


    The image of a young man who is not convinced by Uchiha Itachi jumps out, and gradually becomes a junior who is convinced by Uchiha Itachi, and finally becomes a friend of Uchiha Itachi.


    They began to work hard for their dreams, but Uehara Naraku''s progress was getting faster and faster, but Uchiha Itachi missed his younger brother in the distance and hesitated step by step, so in the end Uchiha Itachi decided to entrust their dreams to Uehara Naraku to realize them alone.


    Until Uchiha Itachi''s younger brother entered the Akatsuki organization, the relationship between the two was completely cut off. Uchiha Itachi concentrated on taking care of his younger brother and no longer contacted Uehara;


    Uehara Naraku was worried that Uchiha Itachi would be secretly assassinated by his younger brother, so he specially entrusted their other friend Kanshi Kisame to take care of Uchiha Itachi.


    But the eve of the duel.


    Uchiha Itachi finally decided to open his heart, explained all his arrangements to his best friend Uehara Naraku, and entrusted Uehara with the funeral.


    This story is really touching.


    Dried persimmon and ghost shark are a little skeptical of life.


    If I remember correctly, Kisame Kisame himself should have been teammates with Itachi Uchiha for eight years. How could he not know that Itachi Uchiha can still make friends?


    Could it be that Uchiha Itachi couldn''t trust him?


    This story, dried persimmon ghost shark heard a bit difficult to tell the truth from the fake.


    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, as if catching a ray of wind: "Sasuke, Itachi and I once dreamed of completely overthrowing this decadent ninja world, and killing all those jealous guys..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku turned his head abruptly, and said coldly: "My teacher, Xiaonan, was assassinated by Sanshoyu Hanzo and almost died, because Sanshoyu Hanzo was worried that Mr. Payne and Mr. Xiaonan''s talent would surpass him!


    Your elder brother Uchiha Itachi was once forced to slaughter the entire Uchiha clan by Konoha high-level officials. Only you, this younger brother, was saved because Konoha high-level officials worried that the Uchiha clan would become stronger and stronger, and finally a Uchiha Hokage appeared.


    Why is the ninja world like this?


    Because the top level of the ninja world has decayed and declined, they cannot tolerate the appearance of any genius, even if this genius just wants to protect his family!


    Several kaleidoscope Sharingans of the Uchiha clan, Uchiha Madara was forced to leave because his strength was too strong, the second Hokage Senju Tomona believed that the Uchiha clan was inherently evil, and used political means to humiliate and expel Madara!


    Uchiha Obito is an idiot. In order to live with Konoha''s third-generation Hokage Hiruzaru Sarutobi, he first murdered his teacher and his wife''s family, and then he and Mr. Itachi killed all his fellow clansmen.


    Mr. Uchiha Shisui is a bit sensible. In order to prevent Uchiha from being targeted, Mr. Shisui chose to be a double agent for Konoha and Uchiha, but was finally discovered by Konoha''s senior management, and the Kaleidoscope Sharingan was dug out go!


    His Excellency Fugaku Uchiha is your father, and he also opened the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, but His Excellency Fugaku has never dared to show it in front of people. If it weren''t for the night of the genocide, even Mr. Itachi would not have discovered this secret! "


    These words are too surprising.


    Which can be regarded as true and false.


    Uehara Naraku estimated this information, and Uchiha Sasuke should not be able to find out the truth, even if he just knew a little bit of it, it just fits with these things.


    Damn, anyone who knows the truth is dead!


    Even the dead are mostly in the hands of Uehara Naraku!


    When Uehara Naraku finished talking about Uchiha Fugaku, Uchiha Sasuke looked at Uehara in disbelief: "Father...does he also have a kaleidoscope sharing eyes? Then why did he go to die? He is the patriarch of Uchiha ..."


    "Yes, this is also the most painful thing in Mr. Itachi''s heart!"


    Uehara Naraku stroked his forehead, suppressed his emotions, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Fuyue thinks that Mr. Itachi can protect your younger brother, so he chose to kill you. Otherwise, do you think Mr. Itachi can defeat His Excellency Fuyue?" ?¡±


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke subconsciously shook his head.


    Uchiha Fugaku is the patriarch of the Uchiha clan. In Sasuke''s impression, his father is the most powerful person in the entire Uchiha clan!


    Seems like this is normal too.


    Both sons can open the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, how could Uchiha Fugaku, as a father, be a weak person?


    "Because Your Excellency Fuyue, Mr. Itachi, and your mother, Your Excellency Mikoto, should bet their will and even the future of the whole family on you!"


    Naraku Uehara looked at Sasuke Uchiha, and patted him on the shoulder sadly, saying: "Mr. Itachi told me about Uchiha''s past when he was in the most pain. I don''t know if I should tell you. Because it''s all too dark..."


    "No, very much should tell me."


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice: "If Senior Uehara didn''t tell me, I wouldn''t know... How much hatred should I bear on myself!


    I will inherit Itachi''s will!


    No, I will do it more thoroughly than him!


    What I carry on my body is the regret of my father, and the wailing of all the Uchihas before death, so let Konoha feel what pain is! "


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eye sockets gradually turned into a pair of kaleidoscope Sharingan, his pupil power almost became stronger and stronger, even before he could skillfully use his pupil technique, a pair of purple skeletons loomed on his body.


    A black flame suddenly appeared in front of Uchiha Sasuke, and a ferocious smile appeared on his face: "Is this Itachi''s pupil technique Amaterasu? Then let me use his pupil technique to burn that corrupted Konoha!"


    "It should be a transfer seal, right?"


    Nao Uehara fell beside him, interrupting Sasuke''s wild laughter: "I remember Mr. Itachi told me on the eve of the duel that even if you didn''t open the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, he would seal Amaterasu''s ability in your eye socket, so Let you protect yourself too."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s smile suddenly subsided, he gritted his teeth resentfully, showing pain and regret on his face: "That guy...has he arranged all this for me again?"


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku patted him on the shoulder, and said with some regret on his face: "That''s why I hope you will not disappoint his painstaking efforts, don''t fail his sacrifice, and find a quiet place to live a peaceful life in the future, and there will be no more Fighting and pain..."


    "Senior Uehara."


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at Uehara Naraku, with an unprecedented firmness in his expression, he suddenly bowed his head and said: "From now on, please don''t drive me away again! I have completely made up my mind!"


    "Ugh¡­"


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, turned his head to look at the dried persimmon ghost shark and the medicine master pocket beside him, and said softly: "We are working hard, why did you come to this muddy water?


    In fact, I just want you to understand Itachi''s painstaking efforts and sufferings, and then go back to his hometown of Konoha or find another place, get married and have children quietly, that must be what Itachi wants to see the most..."


    "senior."


    Sasuke Uchiha stroked his eye sockets, and said in a low voice: "Even if I am Sangoudama Sharingan, I will not give up, let alone I have opened the kaleidoscope now...so I don''t want to miss what you and Itachi have done before! "


    "Let''s go back to the organization base first!"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head to avoid answering, instead he said another thing: "You can think about your teammates, whether it''s Kisame, me, or Tou, it''s fine. Tou is the one I recruited, Kisame You and I are both Mr. Itachi''s friends..."


    "Ok."


    Sasuke Uchiha nodded, and fell into difficulty in choosing again.


    First of all, Yaoshidou must be eliminated.


    A dried persimmon ghost is Uchiha Itachi''s teammate for many years, Uchiha Sasuke also sees the relationship between them, it is really a bit envious.


    Uehara Naraku is Uchiha Itachi''s hidden friend for many years, Uchiha Sasuke can roughly analyze the relationship between them, which is even more enviable!


    It seems that there are two people, which one is better to choose?


    This kind of thing is not in a hurry, and it can be decided when the next mission is performed.


    Anyway, the relationship between Uehara Naraku and Payne is very good, and Sasuke suddenly realized a problem.


    He really feels more comfortable in the Xiao organization now, because there are friends of his brother here, and there are powerful teammates everywhere.


    After returning to Akatsuki''s base.


    Uehara Naraku arranged for Sasuke to go back to his room to rest first. The reason was that Sasuke had suffered too much this day and was in a very sad mood. He must need to rest.


    Uchiha Sasuke naturally chose to follow his arrangement.


    Kisame Kisame finally couldn''t hold back and asked: "Master Uehara, why did Sasuke choose to join us? Could it be Mr. Itachi and Sir..."


    "Everyone is dead, who knows if it''s true or not!"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Kisame Kisame, shook his head and said: "The reason why Sasuke joined us is of course because of love! With his character, after knowing Itachi''s sacrifice, how could he give up his brother''s dream? "


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he handed a scroll to the pharmacist''s pocket: "Here is the white eye I got from the green hand of Wuyin Village, you can figure it out yourself!"


    "The lost white eye?"


    Pharmacist''s face was slightly surprised, and he nodded respectfully after a while and said: "I will definitely live up to Lord Naraku''s hope."


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand self-consciously, turned and flew towards Yuyin Village: "You two, don''t show your flaws in front of Sasuke."


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, he looked at Kisame Kisame again: "Especially Kisame, remember to put on a look that hates him for killing Uchiha Itachi, but because he is Itachi''s younger brother and wants to take care of him, so you treat him Your emotions will be complicated, understand?"


    "..."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame nodded silently.


    But after seeing Uehara Naraku leave, Kanshi Kisame showed an ugly smile on his face: "Ha, really... Mr. Itachi, whether it''s you or your brother, after all, you still haven''t escaped the false reality!"

 Chapter 250

    In Yuyin Village.


    After Naraku Uehara came back, he went straight to the tower in the village.


    Not surprisingly, Nagato is still repairing his Shura Dao, and this person really likes to transform Shura Dao Payne now.


    "are you back?"


    Nagato dropped the tool in his hand, looked up at Uehara Naraku who entered the door, coughed a few times: "Since the matter between the Uchiha brothers is resolved, then we are going to capture Wuwei and Liuwei Let''s go with Nanao!"


    After seeing Uchiha Itachi''s death in battle today, Nagato also foresees that his life will not be long, and intends to take this opportunity to speed up the progress of resurrecting the golem of the heretics.


    "Catch the three tailed beasts directly?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and couldn''t help but glance at Nagato: "Why are you so anxious all of a sudden? It would be very dangerous..."


    "Don''t worry."


    Nagato waved his hand and said with a smile: "The five-tailed one is the most difficult one, this time I will take Payne and six paths together..."


    "No, go and capture the six-tailed Jinchuriki!"


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Nagato''s words, and said in a deep voice: "Didara and I went to capture the Five-Tails Jinchuriki in Yanyin Village, and Uchiha Sasuke also opened the same kaleidoscope Sharingan as Uchiha Itachi. Can come in handy."


    "Ok?"


    Nagato raised his head in surprise: "Has Uchiha Sasuke also opened the Kaleidoscope Sharingan?"


    "That''s right."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was a bit complicated, and he explained softly: "Uchiha Itachi hides very deeply, and everything he does is to protect his younger brother. This is what Kisame Kisame told us in front of Uchiha Itachi''s grave."


    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly and said: "But it is precisely because of this that Uchiha Sasuke also opened the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, which also gave us a powerful combat power."


    "just."


    Nagato nodded and said: "If it''s the kaleidoscope sharingan, it should be able to help a lot, then you guys go to capture the five-tailed jinchuriki, and Kakuzu and Hidan go to capture the Nanao jinzhuriki of Takigakure village. Riki, I''m going to capture the Six-Tails Jinchuriki."


    Nagato coughed a few more times before continuing: "After capturing these, only the strongest eight-tails and nine-tails will be left..."


    "I''ll figure this out."


    Naraku Uehara frowned, waved his hand and used the star infusion twice on Nagato: "You should stay in the village and protect your body!"


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Nagato shook his head, patted his palm with a smile, and explained: "I also want to see the day when the golem of the heretics will be resurrected earlier."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and remained silent.


    Uehara Naraku and Nagato left the tower after a brief discussion, and walked on the streets of Yuyin Village on their own, regardless of the pouring rain falling on them.


    Tailed beasts were being caught more and more, so they couldn''t delay any longer.


    Naraku Uehara wiped the sweat off his face, looked up at the tower of Nagato, he must get Nagato and Konan out of the Moon Eye Project as soon as possible.


    Not only to let Xiaonan and the others get away, they must be picked out, otherwise, after the Ninja World War is over, it will be too late for the two of them to leave.


    The eyes of reincarnation must be left temporarily.


    Because this pair of reincarnation eyes should be reserved for the resurrection of Uchiha Madara, and then the resurrection of Otsutsuki Kaguya, and then transplanted for Nagato after the war is over.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Ok?


    Not quite right either.


    The burden of the eyes of reincarnation is too great.


    Uehara Naraku frowned, thinking about how to solve Nagato''s problem, and simply waited until he obtained the power of yang to create another pair of eyes for him?


    "never mind."


    Uehara Naraku looked up at the pipelines extending in all directions in Yuyin Village, and squeezed his fingers: "In short, let''s get Nagato and Konan out of the game as soon as possible! It''s really troublesome, what should I do to solve it!"


    Once Uchiha Madara is resurrected, Uehara Naraku will not be able to fully grasp the situation, and at that time the Akatsuki organization will not be so easy to control.


    So before that, Nagato and Konan must be kicked out.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the progress of his main quest, raised his eyebrows, and was about to go back to his room when an umbrella landed on top of his head, covering him from the heavy rain.


    "What are you doing here in the rain?"


    A young girl''s voice entered Uehara Naraku''s ears.


    When Naraku Uehara turned his head, he saw Hydrangea, Water Lily and Furong standing behind him.


    Compared with Hydrangea''s lack of respect, Water Lily and Furong clearly recognized the reality. The two bowed their heads respectfully and saluted: "Master Uehara."


    "Why are you here?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the rare pedestrians on the street, and whispered: "Is it your turn to patrol again?"


    "No, we just came back from a mission outside."


    Hydrangea explained with a blank face: "Uehara Naraku, now we are going to report to Master Angel, do you want to go together?"


    "not going."


    When Uehara Naraku shook his head and was about to turn around and leave, he suddenly stopped and asked, "Wait, what mission are you going to perform? If I remember correctly, the ninjas in the village should be forbidden to go out, right?" ?¡±


    "We are the envoys who went to the border to contact Konoha..."


    "The messenger of Konoha?"


    "Ok."


    "What are they doing here?"


    "They sent new letters."


    Hydrangea nodded, and replied in a low voice: "We are sending this letter to Lord Angel."


    "Why do you talk so much nonsense?"


    Uehara Naraku''s face turned dark, looking at the little girl suppressing her anger: "Can''t you finish what you just said in one breath? You only answer what I ask? Where is the letter, give it to me!"


    "I''m going to give Lord Angel..."


    "It''s the same for me!"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help stretching out his finger to tap her forehead, and said dissatisfiedly: "Anyway, if Konoha has any invitations in the end, I will go as an envoy!"


    "..."


    Hydrangea clutched her forehead sullenly, slowly took out a scroll and handed it to Uehara Naraku.


    This is also impossible...


    The entire Yuyin Village knows that Uehara Naraku is actually the hidden leader of Yuyin Village, and everyone must absolutely obey his orders.


    Even Lord Angel will never hinder any of his actions, and even report everything in Yuyin Village to Uehara Naraku.


    "Let you be an intelligence ninja, and you will definitely be anxious to death!"


    After Uehara Naraku took the scroll, he tapped Hydrangea''s head again, and said in a cold voice: "Hold the umbrella higher, I want to read the scroll."


    "Well¡­"


    The young girl stood on her tiptoes, really wondering why someone like Uehara Naraku would become Master Angel''s disciple!


    After Naraku Uehara opened the scroll in his hand, he glanced at the content on it, and his face couldn''t help but become a little unusually exciting.


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and grabbed the umbrella from Hydrangea''s hand: "Go and rest! I''ll deliver the letter!"


    "..."


    Hydrangea, which fell in the heavy rain, looked at the empty hand in her hand, and at the place where Uehara Naraku disappeared, her small face was full of doubts.


    This... what''s the situation?


    In Xiaonan''s office, there is a glass of wolfberry water on the table.


    Xiaonan sat at the desk and carefully reviewed each official document. When Uehara Naraku came in holding an umbrella, she couldn''t help showing a smile on her face: "It''s raining heavily today, and Naraku finally learned to Have you opened your umbrella?"


    "Uh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head speechlessly, reached out and put the scroll in his hand on Xiaonan''s desk, spread out his palm and said: "Teacher, the letter from Konoha... let''s see what is written on it! "


    "What''s wrong?"


    Xiao Nan slowly opened the scroll, and after looking at the content on it, her brows also slowly wrinkled.


    After a while, Konan also looked at Uehara Naraku with a very puzzled expression: "Konoha''s fifth Hokage, want to visit Sanshoyu Hanzo?"


    "...It should be right."


    Uehara Naraku closed his palms together.


    Xiaonan''s face was still puzzled, she glanced at the scroll again, and continued to ask: "Then she also wants to hold a Five Kages Conference to jointly defeat Akatsuki, and the meeting place is also in the Land of Rain?"


    "...It should be right, right?"


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead.


    Why did that Tsunade woman come to visit Hanzo!


    Is this the humiliation of forgetting to be awarded the title of Sannin by Hanzo many years ago?


    Tsunade''s letter is still relatively firm, which makes people feel overwhelmed. Where should this conjure a Hanzo!


    What''s more, how could Yuyin Village allow other ninjas to enter?


    Isn''t this bullshit?


    As long as a person comes in, as long as he can ask the name of Uehara Naraku or Sanshoyu Hanzo, his outlook on life will be greatly impacted almost 100%!


    Xiao Nan sighed faintly, and said in a low voice, "Forget it, I''ll prepare a stern letter of refusal!"


    "I hope that woman can dismiss this idea immediately!"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t stop shaking his head, has he done a little too much in the past few years, has this ninja world been crooked to this extent?


    A Five Kages Conference to crusade against the Akatsuki organization wants to hold it in the Land of Rain, the headquarters of the Akatsuki organization. This is really not afraid of death!


    When Konan was preparing to reply to Tsunade''s letter, Uehara Naraku asked intentionally or unintentionally: "Teacher, have you thought about the future?"


    "What next?"


    "What will we be like in the future."


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his fingers, and asked softly: "For example, after the resurrection of the heretic golem and the peace of the ninja world, do you want to do something?"


    "..."


    The pen in Xiao Nan''s hand suddenly stopped.


    After a while, Xiaonan resumed his pen and started writing, and said softly: "Then... I should continue to watch you become the leader of Yuyin Village in this village, and watch you succeed us as the master of the whole world..."


    "Mr. Xiaonan, don''t you want to travel to the ninja world or something?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Xiaonan''s beautiful handwriting, and couldn''t help but reminded: "Just to this fifth-generation Hokage Tsunade who sent us a letter, I heard that she has been traveling in the ninja world for many years, and it seems that she has met different people. Few interesting things..."


    Uehara Naraku was knocking on Xiaonan''s mind.


    It''s a pity that Xiaonan responded without raising his head: "I remember that Konoha''s Fifth Hokage seems to have a title of the legendary fat sheep. Do you think traveling is interesting?"


    After finishing speaking, Xiaonan suddenly stopped moving, and looked at Naraku Uehara calmly: "Naraku, what do you want to say to me? Do you think I''ve been restraining you and making you feel tired?"


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku immediately denied it, rubbed his eyebrows and said: "I discussed with Nagato-sama for a while just now, and I think our plan is about to succeed, it seems that we should think about whether we should do something else in the future... "


    Xiao Nan was silent for a while, then picked up the pen in his hand again, and said in a low voice, "You can do whatever you want, and I will always be with you."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly squeezed his fingers tightly.


    What if I don''t want you to be around now?

 Chapter 251

    Naraku Uehara was not in a good mood.


    Even though Xiaonan still calmed his emotions gently and softly as in the past, Uehara Naraku''s mood still didn''t get any better, on the contrary, it became worse.


    If a future mastermind behind the scenes of the ninja world is not in a good mood, his bad mood is likely to spread to others.


    Therefore, after Uehara Naraku left Xiaonan''s office, he appeared outside Yuyin Village in an instant. Standing in the distance of the village, he quietly looked at the village with flashing lights, as if he could see the village clearly through the dark night. everyone.


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised his finger, occupying the will of Uchiha Obito who was reincarnated from the dirty soil, and said in a cold voice: "Obito, let Yakushidou and Kisame come to see me, and bring Uchiha Itachi and a living sacrifice."


    "..."


    Obito Uchiha could only helplessly follow orders.


    It didn''t take long for a space-time vortex to appear around, and Obito Uchiha, Yakushidou, and Kisame Kisame appeared beside Naraku Uehara.


    "Master Naraku."


    "Where''s Uchiha Itachi''s body?"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, looked at Obito Uchiha, and then he turned his head to look at the pharmacist pocket: "Did you bring the sacrifice?"


    "yes."


    Yao Shidou nodded, a space-time vortex appeared in his chest, and he put a coffin and a living Bai Jue on the ground.


    The Kamiy Sharingan of Uchiha Obito and the living Kamui Kaleidoscope Sharingan loaded by Yakushidou are essentially the same, so the two Kamui spaces are interoperable.


    Uehara Naraku opened the coffin and saw the corpse of Itachi Uchiha inside, nodded calmly and said: "Then let''s start!"


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    After Yao Shidou nodded, he folded his palms together and asked in a soft voice: "Master Naraku, why is the dirt reincarnating Uchiha Itachi at this time? Do we need a strong manpower?"


    "no."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and said in a low voice, "Because I''m in a bad mood."


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark: "..."


    Obito Uchiha: "..."


    This reason is very powerful.


    Because you are in a bad mood, so the dead are not living well?


    When will this boss be able to do some personnel affairs seriously!


    If you count it carefully, Uchiha Itachi has only been dead for a day, and I don''t know if I have seen his parents in the pure land of the underworld!


    As a result, he was pulled back to the ninja world by Uehara...


    Uehara Naraku looked at the eyes of these people, couldn''t help but frowned and said: "What are you thinking about?"


    Kisame Kisame shook his head, and even grinned and said, "I haven''t seen Mr. Itachi for a day, and I miss him very much!"


    "okay."


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and said softly: "First, ask if Uchiha Shisui''s Bietenjin Kaleidoscope is in Uzumaki Naruto''s stomach, whether the operation is aimed at his kaleidoscope pupil power, and whether the effect of the operation will make you feel better." People are loyal to Konoha."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku continued to add: "If he refuses to answer, then threaten him with Uchiha Sasuke!"


    "clear."


    Yao Shidou closed his palms suddenly, staring at the Baijue sacrifice.


    "Ninja Law: The Art of Reincarnation!"


    The next moment, Uchiha Itachi''s body turned into countless dust and debris!


    Immediately afterwards, these dust and debris gradually wrapped Bai Ze, turning it into the appearance of Uchiha Itachi, as the carrier of Uchiha Itachi''s soul descending!


    The scarlet Sharingan slowly opened.


    Uchiha Itachi subconsciously looked at the surrounding environment, with some unstoppable doubts in his eyes, but when he felt his body, he had a faint realization that this is the dirty soil reincarnation technique studied by Orochimaru!


    Uchiha Itachi slowly raised his head, his eyes swept over everyone present one by one, Yakushidou, Uchiha Obito, Kisame Kisame, Uehara Naraku...


    The identity of each of these four people seems to be not simple.


    According to Uchiha Itachi''s judgment, Yakushidou should be the person who performed the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil. After all, only Yakushidou and Orochimaru have a close relationship, and it is possible to learn the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil.


    As for the appearance of dried persimmon ghost shark, Uchiha Itachi was not surprised.


    Uchiha Itachi didn''t feel too surprised by the appearance of Uchiha Obito.


    Uchiha Itachi was not particularly surprised by Uehara Naraku''s appearance, after all, he seemed to be a very easy-to-use person.


    This behind-the-scenes team does not seem to be as mysterious as imagined. Uchiha Itachi has also guessed their identities, and now they can almost match their names.


    While Uchiha Itachi was still thinking, the pharmacist spread his palms and said, "Uchiha Itachi, welcome back to this world."


    "Pharmacist pocket..."


    Uchiha Itachi stared carefully at the pharmacist''s pocket, and asked in a low voice: "So you are the darkness hidden in the deepest part of the ninja world?"


    "No, or so to speak."


    Medicine Master chuckled lightly, and said casually: "Itachi Uchiha, shouldn''t you be grateful to us at this time?


    If you meet your clansmen in the pure land of the underworld, you will probably be ashamed to face them, so I will help you summon your soul back to save you from embarrassing life in the underworld. "


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi fell silent.


    Pharmacist took a look at Itachi Uchiha, and continued to speak: "Okay, it seems that we don''t need to keep a secret about a dead person who is under our control."


    The next moment, Yakushido''s eyes instantly became extremely sharp, and he whispered: "Uchiha Shisui''s other Bietenjin Kaleidoscope Sharingan is in your hand, right? Tell me, that Bietenjin Kaleidoscope Sharingan Where?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s face showed a clear expression for a moment, he looked at Yao Shidou and asked softly: "So the purpose of your filthy reincarnation and resurrection of me is for Shisui''s other god, Sharingan?"


    Uchiha Itachi thought for a while, and asked in a deep voice: "Could it be that the missing Shimura Danzo is also one of yours?"


    Because Shimura Danzo also has a sharingan of other gods.


    The entire ninja world knows that Uchiha Shisui''s Bietenjin Kaleidoscope Sharingan has only a handful of abilities, and there is no doubt that Shimura Danzo is the most likely leaker.


    "No, he''s not qualified."


    Yakushi smiled and shook his head, looked at Itachi Uchiha and continued: "Don''t lie in front of us, because we still hold the life of your younger brother Sasuke Uchiha."


    When Yao Shidou said these words, there was another mysterious smile on his face: "I don''t think you will want to have a life-and-death battle with your younger brother again! Under my manipulation, if you want to It might be difficult to deliberately lose to your younger brother!"


    "Sasuke..."


    After Uchiha Itachi heard Uchiha Sasuke''s name, he looked up at Kisame Kisame. In his impression, Kisame was a friendly person.


    After Kisame noticed Uchiha Itachi''s eyes, he couldn''t help sighing and said, "Don''t worry, Mr. Itachi, as long as you cooperate, we will protect Sasuke''s safety."


    "Let me tell you!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to let the persimmon ghost retreat, and casually picked out his ears, and said softly: "Mr. Itachi, what should I say? Your younger brother Uchiha Sasuke can''t be driven away, and he can''t wait to join What about us!"


    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his mouth, looked at Uchiha Itachi''s still calm expression, and smiled lightly: "In order to protect Uchiha Sasuke, a member of our organization, from betrayal, we must solve all possible causes of his betrayal." factor."


    "Oh, it seems that you have won over Sasuke..."


    Uchiha Itachi sighed faintly, and said softly: "Then you came to look for other gods to control Sasuke, right?"


    "That''s right."


    After Uehara Naraku nodded, he suddenly showed a meaningful smile: "Is there no more suitable way than other gods?"


    "That''s it..."


    Uchiha Itachi also nodded, and sighed softly: "There is indeed no way to control other people more easily than other gods. If I''m not wrong, Shimura Danzo has been killed by you, so the other gods kaleidoscope writing wheel His eyes were also destroyed before he died, right?"


    Uchiha Itachi''s face gradually showed a touch of confidence: "According to Shimura Danzo''s personality, he will never allow other people to master other gods, so he must have set up a technique that can destroy his own corpse in advance..."


    Itachi Uchiha looked at Naraku Uehara and the others, and said in a low voice, "You didn''t get Danzo''s other gods, and finally found me..."


    "As expected of Mr. Itachi!"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and applauded, and praised: "I have to say, Mr. Itachi''s analytical ability is still so powerful... really admirable!"

 Chapter 252

    Itachi Uchiha analyzed nothing wrong.


    The only thing that is not clearly analyzed is that Uehara Naraku''s purpose is not to get the other gods, but to completely destroy the two other gods kaleidoscope writing sharing eyes.


    Uehara Naraku''s strength will definitely become stronger and stronger, and sooner or later there will be no one in the entire ninja world to be his opponent, so Uehara does not want such a dangerous ability to exist in the ninja world.


    What''s more, Uehara Naraku wants to use Sasuke Uchiha as a tool to provide the progress of the main task. Anyway, he should use Sasuke for a while, right? How could it be possible to let Sasuke be arranged by Uchiha Itachi!


    In the ninja world, only the real behind-the-scenes masterminds can arrange fate.


    This black hand can only be done by Uehara Naraku himself.


    Uchiha Itachi glanced at Naraku Uehara, who was applauding lightly, his eyes dimmed slightly: "I have to say, I am very curious about your information channels, but it is a pity that I have already destroyed the Kaleidoscope Sharingan..."


    "Then there''s no way."


    Uehara Naraku clapped his palms towards everyone, and said with a light smile: "Hey, everyone, since Mr. Itachi has already destroyed the Bietenjin Sharingan, do you think there is any point for us to keep Sasuke Uchiha?" ?¡±


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Uchiha Obito''s gloomy laughter fell into everyone''s ears, and he said coldly: "Of course it doesn''t make sense! We are not an orphanage or shelter here!"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    "Isn''t it good to insult the orphanage?"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses and refuted Obito Uchiha, then raised his head to look at Itachi Uchiha and smiled lightly: "Maybe there is something you don''t know yet, your kaleidoscope sharingan is also in my eyes. In his hand, Sasuke is still waiting for me to help him transplant it!"


    After finishing speaking, Yakushi took out a small bottle with two eyes from his pocket, and shook it slowly at Itachi Uchiha.


    The action of the pharmacist''s pocket is like shaking a potion.


    A potion that is enough to break through Uchiha Itachi''s inner defense.


    Uchiha Itachi''s face suddenly looked a little ugly, but it was the kaleidoscope Sharingan he left behind, and it was also Uchiha Sasuke''s power to stand at the apex of the ninja world in the future!


    What the hell is going on with his brother?


    Itachi Uchiha frowned, and said in a deep voice: "It seems that you stole my Sharingan and lured Sasuke to join you?"


    "No, what should I say?"


    Kikisame rubbed his brows, looked up at Itachi Uchiha: "Mr. Itachi''s younger brother''s brain is really not normal. After Mr. Itachi''s death, Sasuke actually entrusted everything about his future to us .¡±


    "And this time..."


    The smile on Yakushi''s face was very shallow, but with a touch of extreme confidence: "It''s just a few hours before Mr. Itachi''s death, and we didn''t even persuade him too much. Sasuke Uchiha decided to join us to destroy Konoha."


    "Hey, Dou, I''ve been persuading you for hours!"


    Naraku Uehara frowned and refuted Yakushi''s words, then looked at Itachi Uchiha, and said with a light smile: "Unfortunately, I have been persuading him to go back to Konoha to become a ninja, but Sasuke insisted on joining us... "


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became a little proud: "He is like a homeless orphan looking for a place to live. He can''t be driven away. He insists on following us and inheriting your so-called last wish. , Come with us to destroy this rotten world."


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark: "..."


    Why doesn''t that little fellow Uchiha Sasuke refuse to leave, Mr. Naraku, don''t you have any idea in your heart?


    With your means, no one in the ninja world can escape, right?


    What Uehara Naraku said to persuade Sasuke, even a sensible person like Kisame Kisame almost doubted life, and even Yakushido, a well-known spy, had never seen a magical operation.


    When Uchiha Itachi heard Uehara Naraku''s words, his face became even uglier. What happened to his younger brother, why should he trust these guys!


    And why give the vital eye to someone else for safekeeping!


    If possible, Uchiha Itachi really wanted to rush over to snatch the eyes back immediately, but unfortunately his body was controlled by the pharmacist and he couldn''t move.


    At this time, Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help but start to miss the other gods he hid in Naruto''s stomach. If there are other gods who can modify his will now, maybe he can break free from the shackles and fight now.


    It''s a pity that the other god is not here!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Itachi''s face, and suddenly said: "Mr. Itachi, don''t keep your worries in your heart, just say what you are unhappy about, maybe other people have worse things than you?"


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger, pointed at himself and smiled lightly: "It''s like I was in a bad mood on the way here just now, but after seeing you, I feel much better..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi is very calm.


    Compared with other people''s expressions of helplessness and surprise, Uchiha Itachi''s face still had that calm expression.


    In the face of Uehara Naraku''s ridicule, it is meaningless to care about him.


    Intelligence must be gathered now!


    As long as enough information is collected, Uchiha Itachi thinks that he will be able to find a turning point, maybe he can persuade these guys to accept Sasuke sincerely?


    As long as they believe that Sasuke''s power can bring them benefits, it may not be a chance to come back, so Uchiha believes that he must first find a way for Sasuke to get the pupil power of the eternal kaleidoscope Sharingan.


    "Forget it, let''s talk openly and honestly!"


    Uchiha Itachi''s expression gradually calmed down, and he whispered: "I''m a little curious, why did Sasuke choose to join you?"


    "what?"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, looked at Itachi Uchiha and said, "What''s the problem? Why did Sasuke join us?"


    Uehara Naraku seemed to have seen something happy, and said with a squinted smile: "Of course it''s because...we are friends of Mr. Itachi! We are Mr. Itachi''s best friends, friends who are even enough for Mr. Itachi to entrust his funeral and last words Woolen cloth!"


    Uchiha Itachi: "..."


    What a mess!


    How could he have such a bad group of friends!


    What''s more, how could a person like him have friends!


    Sasuke didn''t even think of it? As a person who even slaughtered his relatives and clansmen, how could he have any friends?


    Unless... this group of guys fabricated evidence that was no different from the facts!


    "Mr. Itachi, haven''t you always liked telling stories?"


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to create a cold seat, sat on it leisurely, and said with a relaxed smile: "Then let me tell you a story today! Come and hear if this story is qualified Sample?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s heart sank little by little.


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head, propped his face with his fists, and narrowed his eyes slightly: "Where should this story start? Why not start it eight years ago, because that is the fate of your brothers. source of .


    Eight years ago, the Uchiha clan was the most powerful ninja clan in the ninja world.


    It''s a pity that the Ninja World War has ended, and the strength of the Uchiha clan has become a hidden danger in the village. Their existence has aroused the fear of the village''s senior management.


    Although the Uchiha clan has always lived a life of indifference to the world, they are a group of geniuses, and Sharingan is the number one blood successor in the ninja world. Their existence is the original sin. "


    When Uehara Naraku¡¯s story came to this point, he looked at Uchiha Itachi who was still expressionless, and continued to smile: ¡°How is it? In this story, the role played by the Uchiha clan is very innocent?¡±


    "¡­I see."


    Itachi Uchiha nodded slowly.


    If Uchiha Sasuke, a person who doesn''t know the truth, hears the story of Uehara Naraku, he will indeed have the idea that Uchiha is innocent.


    In this way, the inherent concept falls behind.


    Once Uehara Naraku next talks about the persecution of Uchiha by Konoha''s high-level officials, it will easily arouse Uchiha Sasuke''s indignation.


    as expected.


    Uehara Naraku''s next story is even more indignant.


    "The high-level officials in the village realized that the Uchiha clan is so powerful that they will replace them sooner or later, so the high-level officials decided to use the villagers to humiliate this group of Uchihas who value dignity by nature.


    The high-level officials in the village want to use this method to force these proud Uchihas to fight with the villagers, and even resist the village''s orders, so that they can have legitimate reasons to suppress and completely destroy the entire Uchiha clan. "


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, he looked at Itachi Uchiha and smiled again: "How is it? After listening to this, Mr. Itachi also thinks that Konoha''s high-ranking officials are extremely evil?"


    "Your words are indeed very deceptive."


    After Uchiha Itachi nodded silently, he said in a low voice: "Even after I heard it, I couldn''t help but believe that what you said might be true."


    "Because that''s what it is."


    Naraku Uehara chuckled, looked at Itachi Uchiha and said, "The second Hokage Senju Tomona personally formulated the policy to make you Uchiha unable to integrate into Konoha, but he hates you Uchiha to the bone!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi fell silent again.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent Uchiha Itachi, suddenly smiled and said: "Let''s not talk about that, the next thing is the most exciting part of this story, because Mr. Itachi and your parents will play a very important role in it.


    When the conflict between Konoha and Uchiha became more and more tense, Hiruzaru Sarutobi and Danzo Shimura, who were then Hokage, found a genius ninja from Uchiha. younger brother Sasuke Uchiha.


    At the cost of protecting his younger brother, Sarutobi Hiruzen and Shimura Danzo asked the genius ninja named Uchiha Itachi to kill the Uchiha clan, otherwise the entire Uchiha clan would be wiped out.


    The moment the bloody moon shone down, the entire Uchiha clan was bloody, screams were heard endlessly, and corpses with scarlet eyes fell scattered on the ground...


    After Hiruzaru Sarutobi''s confidant Obito Uchiha and the recently surrendered Itachi Uchiha killed all of their kin, Itachi Uchiha went into his own home and confronted his parents Tomigaku Uchiha and Mikoto Uchiha. "


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s face changed.


    Because the next thing is what he hates himself the most in his heart.


    This is also the most difficult scar in Uchiha Itachi''s heart!


    But Uehara Naraku didn''t hesitate at all, and continued: "Uchiha Itachi suddenly discovered something, that is, his father Uchiha Fugaku also has a Kaleidoscope Sharingan, and he thought a father-son battle was about to start.


    Unexpectedly, after Uchiha Fugaku and Uchiha Mikoto learned the truth, they decided to kill in front of their son, betting their couple''s life on the future of their youngest son Uchiha Sasuke. "


    "¡­yes."


    After Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while, he slowly raised his head and said in a low voice: "I didn''t expect that you people could even find out what happened that night."


    "There''s nothing we can''t find."


    Naraku Uehara squinted his eyes, looked at Itachi Uchiha and continued to smile: "Next, the wonderful story has just begun, because we soon really saw the great love of an elder brother for his younger brother.


    Uchiha Itachi learned about the weakness of Sharingan and the way of evolution, and decided to use his own method to force his younger brother Uchiha Sasuke to become stronger, so he chose to persecute and humiliate his younger brother against his will, just to make himself My younger brother opened the kaleidoscope Sharingan.


    Obviously, we are all very clear about this matter, and Mr. Itachi doesn''t need to argue, because more exciting stories are yet to come. "


    Uchiha Itachi: "..."


    Enough ups and downs have been said...


    How exciting are the other stories?


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Itachi, slowly raised the corners of his mouth, and showed a kind smile: "Because after slaughtering a family, Uchiha Itachi has no place to go, and is threatening the high-level protection with the secrets of the village. After the younger brother, he and a boy named Uehara Naraku joined an organization called Akatsuki."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi suddenly felt something was wrong.


    Why did Uehara Naraku mention herself inexplicably?


    If Uchiha Itachi felt that he had guessed correctly, his story should have taken a big turn right after this, right? How crooked the rest of the story will be!


    Uehara Naraku did not disappoint Uchiha Itachi.


    "Although Uchiha Itachi and Uehara Naraku are about the same age, Uchiha Itachi has higher strength and experience, so Uehara Naraku has always wanted to be his friend and get his teaching because he respects him.


    It is a pity that Uchiha Itachi has been unwilling to contact anyone, and even refused to agree with Akatsuki''s goal, until he discovered that the members of Akatsuki''s organization also had some similar people who were murdered by the village''s high-level jealousy, and he finally began to learn Communicate with people and gradually become friends.


    Just when these friends were planning to work hard to change this ninja world, Uchiha Itachi''s younger brother Uchiha Sasuke defected to Konoha. In order to protect his younger brother, Uchiha Itachi went to pull his defected younger brother into the organization.


    Also in order to be able to protect his younger brother who has not grown up, Uchiha Itachi decided to give up those dangerous ideas and chose to alienate his friends.


    Until he was dying, Uchiha Itachi chose to reconcile with his friends, and entrusted them with his funeral, and his friends agreed with tears.


    Therefore, after Uchiha Itachi''s death in battle, his best friend Uehara Naraku told Uchiha Sasuke all the truth, and would choose to help him transplant Uchiha Itachi''s Kaleidoscope Sharingan, so that Sasuke has the power to protect himself, I understand his brother''s painstaking efforts.


    Moreover, Uehara Naraku hopes that Sasuke can follow Uchiha Itachi''s last wish and return to Konoha to be an ordinary ninja to marry and have children. "


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s expression was very ugly.


    To be honest, Uchiha Itachi''s mood was a little broken.


    Damn it, why did the story end like this!


    Uehara Naraku made up the story like this, Uchiha Sasuke, who has a strong personality, would agree to return to Konoha!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Itachi''s expression, and his mood gradually improved a lot. There was a touch of regret on his face: "Unfortunately, Uchiha Sasuke decided to inherit his brother''s dream and follow his brother''s friends to change this. World, no matter how Naraku Uehara persuades him, he refuses to change his mind..."


    Uehara Naraku also had a symbolic look of sadness on his face.


    Uchiha Itachi listened and watched, he really couldn''t help wanting to hit someone, how could there be such a person as Naraku Uehara in this world!


    This is clearly a half-truth and half-false story tampering with other people''s lives!


    To be honest, except for Naraku Uehara, who broke in at the end, this story is indeed beautiful, and even most of it is his real life.


    However, it was Uehara Naraku who messed into his story and completely ruined the story and all his plans.


    over the years...


    Uchiha Itachi never put Uehara Naraku in his eyes.


    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku was so shameless that he put himself in his life story and used this to cheat Sasuke''s affection.


    Uchiha Itachi''s face became darker and darker, he slowly closed his eyes, and said in a deep voice, "So this is the story you made up for Sasuke?"


    "Yes~"


    Uehara Naraku nodded faintly, with a bright sadness on his face: "Mr. Itachi, this is the life I made up for you, do you like it?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi didn''t want to answer.

 Chapter 253

    Naraku Uehara felt better.


    Uchiha Itachi was in a very bad mood.


    According to the story fabricated by Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Itachi can basically be sure that Uchiha Sasuke should follow these guys wholeheartedly.


    Now if Uzumaki Naruto persuades Uchiha Sasuke to return to Konoha, the difficulty is almost more than one level higher. Uchiha Itachi is even a little glad that he put the other gods Kaleidoscope Sharingan on Uzumaki Naruto.


    "My story is over."


    Uehara Naraku watched Uchiha Itachi''s expression gradually calm down, he smiled and continued, "Mr. Itachi, now it''s your turn to decide whether to hand over Uchiha Shisui''s Bietenjin Kaleidoscope Sharingan."


    "It''s not necessary."


    Uchiha Itachi closed his eyes, and said softly, "Even if there were no other gods sharingan, Sasuke would not betray you, not to mention that other gods have already been destroyed because of my lack of strict protection measures."


    "Ugh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed, looked at the people present and said, "Well, do you think what he said is funny?"


    There was a moment of silence among those present.


    Where is it funny what Uchiha Itachi said?


    But because of Naraku Uehara''s majesty, Obito Uchiha could only chuckle a few times, but Kisame Kisame smiled with dignity.


    Medicine Master slowly pushed his glasses, and looked at Itachi Uchiha with a sneer on his face: "This kind of words is enough to deceive others, don''t use it to deceive us...Your brother Sasuke Uchiha is still It''s in our hands!"


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head, and said in a cold voice: "We always only look at the results, never the process. If the results you say don''t satisfy us, we will let Uchiha Sasuke die for a long time. the process of."


    "..."


    Itachi Uchiha frowned slightly.


    This Uehara Naraku seems a bit unreasonable!


    How could this guy not play his cards according to common sense? At the very least, you should also show some words of disbelief or questioning!


    However, Uchiha Itachi calmed down and decided to start fabricating: "Before Shisui committed suicide in front of me, I did get his other god Sharingan, but I opened my own kaleidoscope Sharingan after he died. ..."


    "Hmm... please continue to make up."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, smiled and looked at the pharmacist Tou: "Tou, I don''t think it is necessary to keep Mr. Itachi''s kaleidoscope for Uchiha Sasuke..."


    "I think so."


    After nodding with a smile, the pharmacist slowly raised the small bottle in his hand, and then slowly let go of his palm: "Then let Sasuke''s kaleidoscope writing sharing eyes be exhausted and blind! Anyway, we The power is enough..."


    "etc!"


    Uchiha Itachi''s expression changed, and he hastily and loudly stopped Yakushito''s movements.


    Originally, he didn''t take the threat of Yakushidou and Uehara Naraku seriously, but now it seems that they really don''t care about it!


    Then you can only use the second set of plans!


    Uchiha Itachi''s gaze was fixed on the pharmacist''s pocket, and he said in a deep voice: "I hid the other gods'' Kaleidoscope Sharingan on a person, and that person will only see my Kaleidoscope Sharingan pupil power." will show up."


    "Which person?"


    Naraku Uehara ticked the corner of his mouth, chuckled and said, "Tell us the name now, and we will take you there to find him..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a while.


    Although his face was still silent and hesitant, Uchiha Itachi had already made up his mind, because Uchiha Itachi had already figured out the pros and cons at the beginning.


    Now he tells the truth about Uzumaki Naruto, if these people take him to see Uzumaki Naruto, the crow with the other gods sharing sharing eyes will come out and use other gods to rewrite his will, so he be freed.


    After he is free, the first thing to do is to use Amaterasu to burn the crow to death, and then take back his kaleidoscope Sharingan from these people.


    The plan seems to be working.


    At this time, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his finger, Uchiha Obito suddenly said: "If we take Itachi to find other gods, I am a little worried about what kind of conspiracy he will play...


    How about we transplant Itachi''s kaleidoscope to Sasuke, and then take Sasuke to find that person. If we don''t find another god, how about we let Itachi kill Sasuke? "


    "..."


    Yakushidou and Kanshi Kisame glanced at Uchiha Obito in surprise, and then at Uehara Naraku, obviously they knew that this was what Uehara Naraku manipulated Obito to say.


    Itachi Uchiha couldn''t help but look up at Obito Uchiha.


    To be honest, what Uchiha Obito proposed seems to be good?


    Uchiha Itachi began to think again, and Uchiha Obito''s suggestion was also in line with his plan. As long as Sasuke got his pupil power and opened the eternal kaleidoscope Sharingan, when he went to see Uzumaki Naruto, he would be rejected by others. The gods change their will.


    Uchiha Sasuke, who is an eternal kaleidoscope Sharingan, is stronger. At that time, he will be more confident in cleaning up everyone present. Even if they can''t be dealt with, Sasuke will definitely be able to get away. Take this opportunity to return to Konoha!


    Uchiha Itachi''s expression calmed down a little. I didn''t expect Uchiha Obito to be so stupid. According to his suggestion, it seems to be more beneficial to him!


    After thinking of this, Uchiha Itachi didn''t hesitate anymore, and said in a deep voice: "If you get the eyes of other gods sharing sharing eyes, then please take good care of Sasuke. This is also the condition I want to ask you."


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Itachi was afraid that he would show his flaws, and continued to add: "I believe Sasuke has the potential to surpass the previous Uchihas. His power will also be of great benefit to your plan!"


    In fact, Uchiha Itachi was eager to tell them the location.


    It''s a pity that I am worried about arousing the suspicion of these people, so I have to use the art of negotiation to cover it up, lest these people doubt his intentions because he is too straightforward.


    "and¡­"


    Itachi Uchiha looked at the people present, and added: "The spell of Bietenjin Kaleidoscope Sharingan has a long cooling time, and there is only one chance to use it in more than ten years, so you''d better choose a suitable candidate... "


    It doesn''t matter if you say the weakness of this other god''s spell.


    Anyway, it was just to deepen the trust of these people in him.


    Naraku Uehara ticked the corner of his mouth, and said with a light smile, "We agreed to your conditions. After all, we are Mr. Itachi''s friends, and Sasuke''s power is also very important to us. Now tell me about the other gods, Sharinganzo" On whose body!"


    Uchiha Itachi took a deep breath, glanced at everyone present, and said in a deep voice: "The last time we went to the Land of Fire to perform a mission, I put it on Uzumaki Naruto''s body."


    Uchiha Itachi continued: "Bietenjin Sharingan is the hole card I plan to leave to Sasuke, because he knows what Bietenjin Sharingan means."


    "sure?"


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes slightly, looked at Itachi Uchiha and said, "I''m sure this is the answer, I won''t change it, right?"


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark: "..."


    Obito Uchiha: "..."


    What the hell is it called? I thought it would be a question here?


    Uchiha Itachi nodded indifferently, and said in a low voice: "Because hiding on Uzumaki Naruto will not arouse suspicion, and I know that Sasuke will definitely go to see Naruto, and he will get what I left for him." The last strength."


    clap clap...


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes even tighter, looked at Uchiha Itachi with a smile, and suddenly slowly puffed up his palm: "As expected of Mr. Itachi! If we hadn''t heard what you said, maybe we would never have guessed which one Don''t tell me where the gods are hiding."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and replied in a deep voice with dignity: "I never thought that you would be eyeing that power, and even plan so deeply..."


    "very good."


    Naraku Uehara took a long breath, and a very indifferent smile appeared on his face again: "Then, Mr. Itachi, please answer my last question, whether that Bietenjin Kaleidoscope Sharingan seals the art of loyalty to Konoha?" Mode?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s heart skipped a beat.


    How could they know about this?


    Or is this group of guys so keen that they can even guess what spells he will seal in the Sharingan of other gods in advance?


    Uchiha Itachi''s heart was churning, but he still shook his head calmly and said, "That Bietenjin Kaleidoscope Sharingan can only be used once in more than ten years, and I plan to keep it as the most difficult enemy for Sasuke to deal with in the future. in use.


    According to my estimation, Uzumaki Naruto, the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, should be the strongest in the future, and also the enemy most likely to harm Sasuke. "


    "very very good!"


    Naraku Uehara stretched his waist, waved his hands and said, "Dou, seal Mr. Itachi! Take him to find the other god Sharingan in the future!"


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara stopped Medicine Master''s movements again, and asked, "By the way, Mr. Itachi, I forgot to tell you one thing. When you went to the Land of Fire to see Naruto Uzumaki for the last time, actually I controlled it."


    "what?"


    Uchiha Itachi''s face showed a hint of surprise.


    The next moment, Uchiha Itachi wanted to understand all of this. Could this mean that they had already guessed that the other god crow was hiding on Uzumaki Naruto''s body?


    And Uehara Naraku mentioned just now whether the spell loyal to Konoha is sealed in the other god''s writing wheel eyes, which means that they have already guessed it right, at least they will be ready to deal with it when they go to capture the other god !


    Or, Uzumaki Naruto is also theirs!


    Uehara Naraku is also very good at communication, for example, he easily persuaded Uchiha Sasuke; Uzumaki Naruto also has the same characteristics, for example, he easily persuaded himself.


    Maybe Naruto Uzumaki might have been a spy planted by these guys in Konoha long ago!


    Uchiha Itachi''s face finally couldn''t hold it any longer, he stared straight at Uehara Naraku and said, "Did you guess that I would put other gods on him after seeing Uzumaki Naruto? Or Uzumaki Naruto Is it one of yours too?"


    "hehe¡­"


    Naraku Uehara looked at Itachi Uchiha with a smile and said, "If you went to the Land of Fire for the last time before your death, wouldn''t you want to seek a safer home for your younger brother?


    So I specially arranged for you to meet Uzumaki Naruto, making you think that Konoha and friends are looking forward to letting Sasuke go back. "


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was even stronger, looking at the progress of the main task on the system panel that was increasing with satisfaction, and continued with a chuckle: "From the moment you set foot on the land of Fire Nation, I have already arranged ruined your life."


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Uchiha Itachi''s expression suddenly changed.


    He never thought that he would be so calculated by others! Even Obito Uchiha, even Danzo Shimura, can''t calculate him like this!


    Just how scary are these guys?


    What is the purpose of these people?


    Uchiha Itachi didn''t know about this at all, he had only seen their true colors twice, and each time he was greatly surprised, even faintly terrified!


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Uchiha Itachi''s expression was extremely ugly, he just asked, "Is Naruto Uzumaki one of yours? Is that Nine-Tails Jinchuriki a spy planted by you!"


    It''s no wonder Uchiha Itachi thinks too much, after all, these guys are too scary, and they hide so deeply, who knows if Naruto Uzumaki, who always looks upright, is just pretending!


    After all, Uchiha Itachi didn''t know before that Uehara Naraku, who he never looked down upon, still has such a terrifying side today!


    if it is like this¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke has no place in the ninja world!


    "hehe¡­"


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, smiled and waved at Itachi Uchiha and said: "Okay, don''t be angry, you can guess carefully!"


    To be honest, Uehara dreamed that Uzumaki Naruto was his.


    It''s a pity that Naruto Uzumaki won''t be fooled when idiots restrain geniuses!


    An upright, naive and stupid Uzumaki Naruto is much harder to deceive than Uchiha Sasuke, a guy with a high IQ.


    Until Yao Shidou put Uchiha Itachi in the coffin, his face was still extremely ugly, staring at the people present: "I really didn''t expect it, it turns out that you people have been hiding behind the scenes and arranging other people''s lives ..."


    "Shh, don''t say that..."


    Uehara Naraku put a finger on his lips, smiled and said: "Mr. Itachi, aren''t you also arranging Sasuke''s life? Why do you feel so unhappy when someone else arranges your life? "

 Chapter 254

    In the dark coffin.


    Uchiha Itachi felt a trace of despair in his heart.


    It''s just that Uchiha Itachi still refused to give up until the last moment.


    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes gradually became a little resolute, and he said in a deep voice: "Although I failed, there will be others in the ninja world who can clear away your fog and dispel the darkness you brought to this world..."


    "You think too much."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and looked at Itachi Uchiha standing in the coffin, squinted his eyes and smiled and said: "Mr. Itachi, since I am the one who brings darkness to the ninja world, why should I not be the one who brings light to the ninja world?" And me!"


    "..."


    Itachi Uchiha was speechless.


    Medicine Master waved his palm, and the dark coffin lid fell down, sealing Uchiha Itachi inside, and falling into a deep sleep.


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku waved at the people present, and said softly: "Now I am in a much better mood, you guys go away! Tomorrow I will be preparing to capture the Five-Tails Jinzhuriki, Kou, Kisame, go back and rest early !"


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark: "..."


    Obito Uchiha: "..."


    Could it be that you have been tossing about resurrecting Uchiha Itachi in the middle of the night just to get a sense of accomplishment and pleasure from being behind the scenes?


    as a villain.


    No, as a mastermind.


    When I tell my plan to those who are being manipulated behind the scenes, seeing their shocked or panicked expressions, I will inevitably feel some sense of accomplishment in my heart.


    As expected of you, Uehara Naraku-sama!


    It''s possible to expose the truth of how you manipulated everything in front of desperate people and watch the shock on their faces!


    However, according to Uehara Naraku''s layout, perhaps more such things will happen in the future. Just thinking about it makes me feel desperate for those who are being manipulated.


    Naraku Uehara was certainly not as superficial as they thought.


    This time, Uchiha Itachi was arranged, which not only made Uehara Naraku feel happier, but also increased the progress of the main task by seven percentage points.


    That tells one thing.


    The progress of the main task can also be improved in another way.


    As a qualified behind-the-scenes mastermind, one must learn to reveal the truth about how one manipulates everything, otherwise, is it interesting to have fun behind one''s back?


    Everyone is really happy when they are happy.


    When Uehara Naraku came out of Yuyin Village, his face was so gloomy that water dripped out, even his henchmen like Ganshi Kisame and Medicine Master Dou dared not touch him.


    Now Uehara Naraku''s heart seems to be happy.


    At least he can sleep well tonight and be happy, and won''t worry about how to kick Nagato and Konan out of Akatsuki''s organization anymore.


    the next day.


    Akatsuki''s base.


    Just when a new meeting was about to start, Sasuke Uchiha found Uehara Naraku and said softly, "Senior Uehara, can I be on your team?"


    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t know what happened last night.


    Uchiha Sasuke thought about it all night in the room, and decided to choose a partner who would be the most helpful to him. Naraku Uehara is a medical ninja and powerful. No matter how you look at it, he is Akatsuki''s favorite teammate.


    What''s more, Uehara Naraku and his brother Uchiha Itachi knew each other the earliest, had the deepest friendship, and had the best relationship. This is why Uchiha Sasuke wanted to choose Uehara Naraku.


    Uchiha Sasuke also wants to have a loyal friend like Uehara Naraku just like his elder brother.


    "of course can."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his two fingers and tapped Sasuke''s forehead, like a kind brother, smiled and said: "Then, I will ask Sasuke to give you a lot of advice."


    "senior¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded with a bit of shame on his face, and said softly: "I will prove to my senior that I have the power, and I won''t embarrass Itachi!"


    "But you must learn to protect yourself first."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, then touched his chin and said, "It doesn''t seem to matter, my medical ninjutsu is still very strong."


    "Ok¡­"


    Sasuke nodded.


    No one can refute this.


    According to the discussion between Nagato and Uehara Naraku, what they decided today was the plan to capture the five-tailed jinchuriki, six-tailed jinchuriki, and seven-tailed jinchuriki.


    Tiandao Payne looked at the people present, and announced his order in a deep voice: "Kakuto, Hidan, Hayashi Uyuri, Kisame Kisame, Ghost Lantern Water Moon, Ghost Lantern Full Moon, you all go and capture Nanao Jinchuriki."


    "clear."


    Kakuto nodded angrily.


    Kakutsu is a ninja who was born in Takigakure Village. He knows the terrain of Takigakure and Takigakure Village like the back of his hand. If he wants to capture Nanao there, other people will not be able to do it without Kakutsu''s command.


    Tendo Payne turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku again, and said softly: "Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Sasuke, Scorpion, Didara, Yakushidou, you go to Yanyin Village to capture Goo-tailed Jinchuriki, is there any problem?"


    This is assigned based on strength.


    Uehara Naraku''s team is one less strong than Kakutsu''s team, but there is no doubt that the strength is absolutely sufficient.


    "no problem."


    Uehara Naraku also nodded hurriedly.


    Didara put it on Uehara Naraku''s shoulders with some excitement, and said happily: "This time I''m going to Yanyin Village to find trouble with the old man. Hey, Uehara, help me arrange a grand appearance. I want to show the old man !"


    "what?"


    A question mark appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face.


    "That super handsome appearance!"


    Didara spread out his palm and explained with a smile: "Just let that old man Onogi take a closer look..."


    "I see what you mean."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Didara, looked at him strangely and nodded: "Okay, I will find a way to help you arrange it."


    A traitor wants to be so arrogant when he returns to his hometown...


    I''m really afraid that Didara will be beaten to death by Ohnoki!


    "All right."


    Tiandao Payne looked down at the people present, and continued in a deep voice: "I will continue to investigate information, I will personally capture Liuwei, Junmalu, Bai, you are stationed at the base."


    This time Payne Liudao will all dispatch to capture Liuwei!


    Uehara Naraku is not too worried, after all, the strength of the Six Paths of Payne should be stronger than in history, especially the Shura Path that has been modified by Nagato many times.


    Now that the rough distribution has been decided, everyone didn''t talk too much nonsense, and all the teams set off to capture the tailed beast together.


    Although collective action is relatively slow, it is better than safety.


    During this period of time, the Akatsuki organization has captured so many tailed beasts, and the loss is almost only Momochi who is about to defect at a moment, and a Uchiha Itachi who is internally infighting.


    An ancient dragon flew on the way to Yanyin Village.


    I have to say that being Naraku Uehara''s teammate is very relaxed and comfortable, especially Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion have performed several missions with Naraku Uehara, and I like this feeling of flying in the wind more and more.


    "Didara."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Didara who stretched his arms against the wind and giggled. How could this funny guy always be so happy?


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but twitched his eyes, and he still asked about the business: "Hey, Deidara, let''s discuss a strategy! Is there anyone in Yanyin Village who needs our special attention besides the third generation of Tukage Ohnoki? So as not to appear What an unnecessary loss."


    "Yes, I have!"


    Didara nodded, his face gradually became serious: "The first one is our target this time, the steam ninja Five-Tails Jinchuriki. This guy is definitely different from when we captured other Jinchurikis."


    After Didara finished speaking, just as the others were getting serious, he suddenly waved his hands happily and said, "But don''t worry, I can easily deal with that guy!"


    "..."


    When everyone else was speechless, Didala finally looked serious: "What you need to be careful of is that old man Onoki and that uncle Huangtu!"


    Three generations of Tukage, two scales Onoki.


    The son of the three generations of Tuying, Huangtu.


    One is a ninja who can use Dust Escape Blood to continue to be eliminated, and the other is a ninja who can use Earth Escape Ninjutsu to the extreme. These two are the most troublesome.


    Except for these two people, Didala didn''t seem to pay attention to other messy guys, and occasionally mentioned a little girl named Heitu.


    "Well, Heitu is Uncle Huangtu''s daughter, right?"


    Didara puffed his mouth and continued to analyze: "The talent of the black soil seems to be okay, and he has mastered the limit of the molten escape blood successor since he was a child, but this kind of blood successor is actually very common in Yanyin Village, and many of them can be found casually." indivual¡­"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Didara speechlessly, as if he couldn''t tell from Didara''s face that he had the slightest interest in Heitu.


    "There is one more trouble."


    Didara puffed his mouth and continued with an unhappy face: "The number of ninjas in Yanyin Village is very large. When I was a child, if I dropped a bomb upstairs in my house, it would definitely explode four or five ninjas."


    "That''s right."


    Pharmacist nodded, and said in a deep voice: "If I remember correctly, the number of ninjas dispatched by Yanyin Village in the previous ninja world wars is the sum of other ninja villages, which is why they are often able to fight on both sides and three sides. Confidence."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Standing on the back of the ancient dragon, Uehara Naraku looked down at the Land of Earth full of barren mountains and Gobi Desert, and said with a smile, "The more ninjas in Yanyin Village, the better."

 Chapter 255

    In Yanyin Village.


    The third Tsuchikage Ohnoki sat on the desk, with a look of sadness on his face, he looked up at the group of Iwanin Anbe standing in front of the desk.


    "Have you found no trace of Lao Zi yet?"


    "not yet."


    Captain Iwanin Anbu shook his head, and there was some hesitation in his voice: "Recently, Konoha Anbe has often crossed the border and is active in the territory of the Land of Earth. In order to expel these enemies, our manpower is somewhat insufficient."


    Hearing the information about Konoha, Onoki couldn''t help frowning the wrinkles on his brows: "Have you found out the purpose of Konoha Ninja sneaking into the Land of Earth?"


    "Uh¡­"


    The dark troop leader was silent for a while, then said in a low voice: "According to the information we got from the spies of the Fire Nation, Konoha seems to be investigating Akatsuki."


    "..."


    Onoki was lost in thought.


    After a while, Onoki slowly raised his head, looked at the dark army leader and said, "Then can we still contact Akatsuki?"


    Recently, the members of the Akatsuki organization have been much more active than in the past, destroying Sand Hidden Village and Wu Hidden Village one after another, which also made Onogi have some other thoughts in his heart.


    On the one hand, Onoki was worried that the Akatsuki organization might invade Yanyin Village and bring immeasurable losses to the village.


    On the other hand, Ohnoki hoped that the Akatsuki organization would continue to invade other big countries, and it would be best to destroy all the ninja villages of the other four big countries.


    It''s a pity that they haven''t cooperated with Xiao organization for a long time.


    The leader of Yan Yin''s army hesitated for a while, then shook his head and said, "Master Tukage, it seems that our previous contact point with Akatsuki has been abandoned."


    "Is that so?"


    Onoki lowered his head slowly, and after thinking for a while, he raised his head again and said, "Don''t slack off these days, in addition to expelling Konoha ninjas, you must also keep an eye on Akatsuki. I suspect that they may will invade us..."


    Boom!


    The ground suddenly began to tremble!


    A deafening explosion came in!


    The faces of Onoki and Yan Yinan''s commander changed, and after looking at each other, they planned to leave here and quickly searched for the location of the explosion.


    Before they could take any action, the scouting ninja who first discovered the problem sent a message: "Master Tsuchikage, the village''s outer defense line has encountered an enemy invasion!"


    "Organize defense immediately!"


    After Ohnoki gave a loud command, he put on his Tsuchikage hat, and his short body flew out from the window: "I''m going to the outer defense line of the village right now!"


    Outside Yanyin Village.


    An ancient giant dragon stood outside the village, overlooking the huge population of Ninja Village, opened its mouth and spewed out a huge fireball, blasting a gap in the outer city wall of this extremely large Ninja Village, and stepped on it with its head held high. into the village.


    Because the enemy fell from the sky, the Yanyin ninja who was stationed on the city wall had no time to react, and was directly blown to the ground by a huge fireball from the ancient dragon!


    The ancient giant dragon walked forward step by step into Yanyin Village, with a pair of huge wings lying low on its back, it slowly brushed past the guard posts built on the city wall, and knocked down buildings one after another.


    Rows of buildings collapsed one after another.


    This huge ancient dragon entered the entire Yanyin Village on foot. For the ninjas in Yanyin Village, it was a real doomsday disaster.


    Where the ancient dragon passed by, countless smoke and dust rose up, and people shouted and wailed everywhere. After seeing the body of the ancient dragon, everyone began to walk along the central street of Yanyin Village in panic. flee.


    The first to arrive here was not the third generation of Tsuchikage Ohnoki, but his granddaughter Kuroto, the young female ninja who had just become the captain of the melting force of Yanyin Village not long ago.


    Hei Tu jumped onto the roof of a bungalow, commanded the nearby people to evacuate, and at the same time summoned his ninjas to prepare for defense and counterattack: "Squad 5, you are responsible for organizing the evacuation of nearby civilians! The others follow me!"


    "yes!"


    "clear!"


    "Captain Black Soil!"


    A rock ninja suddenly pointed to a figure standing above the head of the ancient dragon, and said loudly: "Captain, there seems to be a person standing on the head of that monster!"


    "Someone?"


    Heitu subconsciously raised her head and looked at the top of the ancient dragon''s head. When she saw the familiar blonde hair, she was surprised: "That''s... Brother Didala?"


    "Didara?"


    "Isn''t that the rebellion of the demolition troops?"


    "Shut up!"


    After Heitu scolded, he gritted his teeth and said, "Come with me immediately to stop this monster from wreaking havoc in the village and protect the people in the village!"


    Just as the melting troops rushed over, Didara stood on top of the ancient dragon, looking at the scenery of his hometown: "Ha, it seems that this place is still the same! It hasn''t changed for so many years, the old man is really useless! "


    "It seems that there is nothing to see..."


    Naraku Uehara yawned out of boredom, and glanced at his system panel, which showed the reward of one hundred gold coins for discovering Hidden Rock Village.


    This little reward is really a beggar.


    "Then I''ll give you something nice!"


    Didara suddenly spread out his palm, and released clay birds with two wings from his hands. These clay birds circled around Didara.


    Didala suddenly pointed at the tallest building in Yanyin Village, and laughed wildly: "Go, let the people in the village take a good look, Master Didala''s art is back!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara, Scorpion, Sasuke, and Yakushido looked at each other, with a hint of dislike for Didala showing on their faces at the same time.


    Damn it, this guy is just so promising!


    "Melting Escape ¡¤ Lime Condensation Technique!"


    Suddenly there were bursts of sharp shouts, and a row of rock ninjas stood on a tall building, spitting out balls of cement at the feet of the ancient dragon!


    It was the Yanyin melting escape army commanded by Black Soil.


    Heitu folded his palms together, and while releasing ninjutsu, he urged loudly: "Concentrate the target area of ??the technique under its feet, and stop it from moving forward!"


    Balls of cement fell quickly!


    Quantitative changes lead to qualitative changes. The cement quickly sealed one foot of the ancient dragon, and tried to seal one of its legs!


    It''s a pity that the ancient dragon just flapped its wings, broke free with a little force, and slowly shook the cement under its feet to continue moving forward.


    "Hahahaha...Little Heitu has grown up!"


    Didara noticed this scene. He stood on top of the ancient dragon''s head and looked at Heitu''s angry and anxious face. He opened his hands in a trumpet shape and shouted loudly at Heitu: "Come on! Heitu! Don''t give up! "


    "..."


    After hearing Didala''s shout, the little black earth girl''s brain short-circuited for a second, and her face became more anxious and angry.


    Heitu''s mentality collapsed a bit.


    If it wasn''t for these subordinates in front of her, she couldn''t lose the face of the captain, Heitu felt a little wronged.


    The enemy is cheering himself up, what is this called!


    Not to mention a little girl like Heitu, the faces of everyone in the Xiao organization were also very exciting, and the red sand scorpion held his forehead and cursed: "Is this guy really an idiot?"


    "It should be just to annoy the enemy!"


    Sasuke Uchiha raised his eyebrows and explained softly.


    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head helplessly and said, "No, this guy Didara should just be cheering for that little girl!"


    Yes, Deidara''s mind is so pure.


    Therefore, when the Yannin were full of anger and thought that Didara was humiliating their captain, the little black earth girl shook her head weakly and said: "No need to do this, Brother Didara should just encourage me by the way... "


    "Black Soil, step back!"


    A tall figure appeared beside Heitu, and ordered Heitu and the Rongdun troops to leave here: "You immediately lead the Rongdun troops and organize the civilians in the village to evacuate, and then leave this place to me!"


    "Lord Huangtu!"


    The faces of many rock ninjas were both surprised and happy.


    The person who rushed here was Huang Tu, the father of Hei Tu.


    Except for the three generations of Tukage Ohnoki, Huangtu is undoubtedly the strongest in the entire Yanyin Village, and has always been known as the strongest Tukage ninja.


    After hesitating for a second, Heitu nodded at his father, flew towards the ground, and led his subordinates to organize civilians to evacuate.


    The aura on Huang Tu''s body increased rapidly, he bent down and slapped his palms on the ground, looked directly at Didala on top of the ancient dragon, and said in a deep voice, "Don''t be too arrogant in your hometown... Didara! Tu Escaping Mountain and Earth Technique!"


    "Tsk, I''m in trouble!"


    Didara looked at Huangtu who appeared and shook his head, then turned his head and said loudly: "Hey, are you ready! Uncle Huangtu can easily suppress a runaway tailed beast!"


    The next moment, two semicircular slopes suddenly bulged!


    No, strictly speaking, these are two tall semicircular earth hills!


    I saw that the two earth mountains suddenly closed, approaching the position of the ancient dragon, and they were about to trap the ancient dragon directly inside!


    This huge monster roared loudly and flapped its wings vigorously. Even if the ancient dragon''s wings were pushed outward desperately, it could not prevent the two semicircular earth mountains from closing together!


    "troublesome."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, slowly stood up and clenched his fist, the chakra gathered on his body condensed on the fist.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    The next moment, Uehara''s figure appeared next to a dirt mountain in an instant, and he swung his fist violently!


    Boom!


    The earth shook instantly!


    An earth mountain was instantly blown away by Uehara Naraku''s punch. The earth mountain was crushed by a huge force, and countless huge clods rolled and knocked down the houses in the hidden village of large schists!


    Uehara Naraku calmly straightened his hood, looked at the sweaty loess on his forehead, and said in a cold voice: "Hey, don''t hurt my pet. If you have any questions, you can come to me..."


    "Is it really Xiao?"


    Huang Tu stood up slowly, watching the figures in black robes of auspicious clouds appear, and said in a deep voice, "What is the purpose of you guys attacking Yanyin Village?"


    "That question makes no sense."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Huangtu, smiled and said, "No matter what our purpose is, since we have come, why don''t we leave empty-handed?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the speechless loess, waved his hands and said, "Okay, if we say we want the Five-Tails Jinchuriki, will you Yanyin Village obediently hand it over?"


    "Is it really for the tailed beast?"


    Huangtu slowly clenched his fists, his expression gradually became more dignified, and he said in a low voice: "Of course I won''t hand it over. The comrades in the village will never be handed over to the enemy!"


    "Yeah, I understand."


    Uehara Naraku nodded casually and said: "Actually, when we meet other ninja villages, they always say the same thing. This is to show your attitude of protecting your companions, although your ending will not be very good in the end."


    "Yanyin Village is different from other villages!"


    "Aren''t they all the same?"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms and said with a light smile, "Anyway, everyone has nothing to talk about. Fortunately, we don''t plan to negotiate with you. We just came to capture the Five-Tails Jinchuriki from Yanyin Village. By the way..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku looked at the loess, and his voice gradually became a little cold: "Destroy this village."


    "Young people nowadays are really young and vigorous!"


    An old voice fell into everyone''s ears.


    The third generation of Tukage Ohnoki flew over from the air, and when he saw the damage caused by the ancient dragon, his eyes tightened slightly: "How dare you do this, it seems that you are all here to stay..."


    Uehara Naraku stared at the flying Dokage, and said softly: "Then we have to see the strength of Your Excellency Dokage."


    "rest assured."


    The Third Tsuchikage Ohnoki closed his palms, and a ball of white light appeared in the empty space of his palms: "I will definitely not let you fellows succeed!"


    If it was a single battle, Onoki really didn''t dare to use this move.


    After all, this is Yanyin Village, if the dust escape technique shoots in the air, it will hurt innocent people.


    It''s just that the ancient dragon on the ground is a very easy target to shoot, it is simply the best target for releasing the dust escape technique!


    "Bastard, it''s the art of stripping the original world!"


    A look of surprise appeared on Didara''s face, he gritted his teeth and said, "The old man is still so ruthless! Hey, you guys, be careful, don''t touch his spells, otherwise it will be broken down! "


    "Don''t worry."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he turned his head and glanced at Medicine Master Dou, and said softly, "Du, then you will help this third-generation Tsuchikage loosen his muscles and bones!"

 Chapter 256

    "yes."


    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s order, Yao Shidou stood up, pushed his glasses, and quickly joined hands to make a seal!


    "Ninjutsu, psychic technique!"


    A coffin popped out of the psychic spell in the pharmacist''s pocket in an instant. The coffin was slowly opened, and a ninja covered in bandages walked out. He was the inventor of Dust Escape Blood Succession...


    The second generation of Tukage, none!


    After seeing the appearance of the second Tsuchikage Mushi, the third Tsuchikage Ohnoki''s expression changed, and the spell in his hand was even a little unsteady: "Wait...this is Master Wu! You guys dare to desecrate the dead! "


    It''s no wonder that these Xiao Xiao guys were able to destroy Wuyin Village and Sandyin Village!


    In addition to their powerful maneuvering and concealment abilities, there is also this ability to resurrect powerful ninjas who have passed away for their own use.


    Pharmacist raised up his fingers, controlled Wu''s body to fly into the air, and said with a light smile, "If you want to get rid of the third-generation Tsuchikage who has the blood of dust escape, there should be no better than your teacher, the second-generation Tsuchikage." Is there a more suitable candidate?"


    "Because of the reincarnation of the dirty soil, can Senior Dou join Xiao..."


    Sasuke Uchiha''s eyes changed, as if he had thought of some possibility, but he put away his thought the next moment.


    Naraku Uehara noticed Sasuke''s face, as if he had seen through Sasuke''s thoughts, he patted him on the shoulder and said, "The reincarnation of the dirty soil is a technique to desecrate the dead. It doesn''t matter if they are enemies, but our friends and relatives should let them Rest in peace in the pure land of the underworld!"


    "yes¡­"


    Sasuke Uchiha breathed a sigh of relief and nodded seriously.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Sasuke''s expression, smiled and said: "Itachi has worked so hard for so many years, let him reunite with your parents in the underworld!"


    "Yes, senior."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded quickly again.


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out his palm, and said in a deep voice: "Dou, you are here to deal with Your Excellency the Three Generations of Tukage; Senior Scorpion and Didara brought the ancient dragon to support us in the air, and are responsible for defeating the Yanyin troops who encircled and suppressed us at any time." !"


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara glanced at Sasuke Uchiha again, and continued: "Sasuke and I will go find the Five-Tails Jinchuriki in Iwagakure Village!"


    "it is good."


    Everyone nodded.


    After Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke jumped off the ancient dragon, the giant rose from the ground and soared above the hidden rock village.


    "You can''t let them be presumptuous!"


    Onoki shook his head calmly, and slowly aimed the dust in his hand at the ancient dragon flying in the air. He knew very well that the existence of this ancient dragon was the greatest threat to Yanyin Village!


    When Onoki was about to raise his hand to release ninjutsu, he saw the second generation of Tsuchikage who was reincarnated from the soil first released the original world stripping technique on him, and a white light flew towards him!


    From the mouth of the reincarnated second-generation Tuying, came the voice of the pharmacist, and there was a hint of a smile in his voice: "Your Excellency, the third-generation Tuying, it is better not to be distracted when facing your teacher!"


    "asshole!"


    Onoki hastily avoided the white light, watched the action of the second generation of Tsuchikage, and his expression gradually became ugly. He could only tell loudly: "Huangtu, you take someone to deal with those two guys, and I will take care of Wuyou." My lord and the monster in the sky!"


    "clear!"


    After Huangtu nodded in response, he waved his hands to summon his subordinates, and chased in the direction of Uchiha Sasuke and Uehara Naraku.


    However, their troop hadn''t chased a long distance before the ancient dragon in the air ejected a huge fireball, disrupting their pursuit route.


    Didara''s giggling smile came from the ancient dragon''s body: "Hahahaha...Uncle Huangtu, just stay here obediently!"


    "Didara bastard!"


    Huangtu gritted his teeth, punched the ground with resentment, and said in a deep voice: "Notice, let everyone who can use the earthquake core release this spell to create pillars in the open ground to block the flying monster route!"


    Huang Tu''s combat IQ is indeed not low.


    On the ground, a famous Yanyin ninja cast seals, and tall pillars rose from the ground. The entire Yanyin Village was densely packed with pillars, trying to restrict the actions of the ancient dragon.


    Even if the ancient dragon can easily break a few or even dozens of them, it will soon be supplemented by a new earthquake nucleation technique released by Iwanin.


    Even the melting ninja troop led by Heitu saw this scene, and began to use the lime congealing technique to make sharp pillars, forcing the ancient dragon not to dare to fall.


    The rock ninjas didn''t expect it.


    Their actions brought a greater crisis to Yanyin Village.


    The ancient dragon spread its wings and slowly landed on the high mountains around Yanyin Village. It raised its head and roared towards the sky: "Roar!"


    The next moment, the mouth of the ancient dragon flashed a light, and suddenly spewed out huge fireballs towards the villages on the ground. The sound of fireball explosions resounded throughout Yanyin Village, and burning flames and collapsed buildings were everywhere. architecture!


    "No, I can''t count on the old man!"


    Huang Tu looked up at the sky.


    The battle between the third Tsuchikage Onoki and the second Tsuchikage Murui was nothing new, it was purely a competition between them who had the stronger attainment of dust escape and who had the higher hit power of spells.


    Obviously, the battle between these two soil shadows was indistinguishable for a while.


    What''s more, the second generation of Tsuchikage Wu can fail countless times, because he is a reincarnated body of dirt, and he can be resurrected even if he dies; but the third generation of Tsuchikage Onoki is different, as long as he fails once, he will die completely.


    Therefore, the third Tsuchikage Onoki''s expression was very solemn, and he refused to easily release the technique of stripping the original world, lest the second Tsuchikage catch the flaw.


    Huangtu sighed helplessly, and looked at the ancient dragon standing on the high mountain and spraying fireballs unscrupulously downwards from a distance. Someone must stop the ancient dragon''s rampage!


    Huang Tu said in a deep voice: "The person who is good at mountain and soil art stands up, follow me to release the mountain and earth art, and restrict that guy''s movements!"


    Huang Tu watched the ninjas stand up one by one, and then ordered in a deep voice: "Others immediately go after the two Akatsuki guys. After you meet Han, you all follow his orders, do you understand?"


    "Yes, Lord Huangtu!"


    This Yannin force was immediately divided into two groups, one of which followed the loess to limit the ancient dragon, and the other continued to hunt down Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke, and protect the five-tailed Jinzhu Lihan.


    On top of a tall building.


    The Five-Tails Renzhu Lihan is standing here.


    Han''s gaze was fixed on Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke who were rushing towards him, and the chakra on their bodies began to gather: "Although Lord Tsuchikage does not allow me to fight in the village, there is no other right now. Is there a solution?"


    As a five-tailed Jinchuriki, Han''s abilities are somewhat special.


    Han is wearing a bright red special steam armor, which can use the propulsion of steam to maximize the strange power he possesses, so that Han can become an extremely powerful Taijutsu ninja as a human Zhuriki.


    The most important thing is not Han''s strength, but his will.


    Unlike Zhuli Laozi, another person in the village who used to be in the village, Han believed in Onoki''s governance very much, and made countless contributions to Yanyin Village.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    He is obviously a steam ninja, but Han''s personality is as calm as ice. He is good at forbearance and self-control, and has also been recognized by King Mu of the Five Tails. He can easily borrow the power and chakra of King Mu of the Five Tails.


    Uehara Naraku took Uchiha Sasuke and flew down on the tall building, and they also saw the five-tailed Jinchuriki in bright red armor standing here.


    Uehara couldn''t help showing a smile on his face, and said with a light smile, "Ha, it''s rare to see a ninja who is so calm in front of Akatsuki''s members!"


    "Humph."


    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly, looked at the five-tailed man Zhu Lihan and couldn''t help but said contemptuously: "There are always some stupid guys who think they are strong..."


    After getting the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, Uchiha Sasuke has great confidence in his own strength, especially he knows that the Kaleidoscope Sharingan restrains the tailed beast, so his attitude towards the five-tailed Jinchuriki is not considered Pay attention to.


    "Sasuke!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, smiled and persuaded: "Sasuke, although what you said may be the truth, but you still have to learn this advantage, and you must learn to be calm in the face of any crisis. Itachi is such a ninja, understand? "


    "Yes, senior."


    Sasuke Uchiha looked serious and nodded.


    Once Uehara Naraku mentioned the advantages of Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Sasuke''s heart would soften involuntarily, and he would follow Uehara Naraku''s suggestion.


    Zhu Lihan, the man with five tails, looked at the two casual people who appeared in front of him, his eyes moved slightly, and he began to think about his tactics in his heart.


    The momentum of the two enemies is very strong.


    In particular, the enemy they faced was an Injuriki, and they didn''t seem to show much pressure, instead they were a little leisurely like a vacation trip.


    Akatsuki''s members, as in recent rumors, regard Jinchuriki as their prey, and are very good at fighting tailed beasts.


    "Let''s get rid of one first..."


    Han''s eyes suddenly became sharp, and the Boiling Chakra on his body quickly rose to the peak, and streams of steam shot out from the back of the red armor instantly, pushing Han''s body and slamming into Uchiha Sasuke quickly!


    "Boiling Dun ¡¤ Unparalleled Strange Power!"


    Han''s body appeared in front of Sasuke almost in the blink of an eye, and he punched Uchiha Sasuke''s chest suddenly, sending Sasuke flying with one punch!


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Han''s figure in disbelief, and his chest was under an unimaginable force, which directly made Sasuke fly backwards involuntarily!


    Uchiha Sasuke only felt that his chest bones were shattered, and even his chest was a little sunken, and the severe pain spread all over his body in an instant!


    "Aha¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke finally couldn''t hold back anymore, he opened his mouth and spurted out a stream of blood, drew an arc in the air, and fell from the tall building.


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara watched this scene, and the corners of his eyes couldn''t help twitching.


    Uehara Naraku was glad that he followed.


    Otherwise, wouldn''t Uchiha Sasuke die suddenly on the spot?


    To be honest, Uehara Naraku felt that Sasuke Uchiha was playing him, and he was directly beaten and seriously injured just after meeting Jinchuriki Five-Tails.


    It''s outrageous.


    "It seems that Akatsuki is not as strong as imagined."


    The five-tailed Jinzhu Lihan slowly withdrew his fist, looked at Uehara Naraku next to him, and said in a low voice: "The first one is solved, then the second one..."


    "Don''t worry."


    Naraku Uehara waved his palm quickly, and a mass of life energy and chakra energy entered Uchiha Sasuke''s body through the air, quickly healing his injuries.


    Despise Sasuke is despise, people still have to be saved.


    After all, this is also a lesson for Sasuke, I hope he can remember, don''t speak harshly first when you meet someone in the future, otherwise you may be beaten.


    Before landing, Sasuke Uchiha felt the injury in his body recover quickly, and Sasuke immediately realized that this was the healing effect of Uehara Naraku, and the point of space healing refreshed Sasuke''s cognition.


    Unexpectedly, from such a long distance, Uehara Naraku was able to heal his injury in the air, which made Uchiha Sasuke a little relieved.


    Without any hesitation, Sasuke threw out a mechanism shuriken and jumped up the tall building again, but his face was slightly embarrassed.


    "senior¡­"


    "Hehe, don''t worry about it."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, looked at Sasuke who was wiping the blood from the corner of his mouth, and persuaded him, "Inchuriki is stronger than Tailed Beasts, because they know how to use Tailed Beasts'' Chakra to fight, so don''t use them in battle." Careless..."


    "Yes, senior."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face was still embarrassed.


    It''s just that this embarrassment quickly turned into anger, Uchiha Sasuke pulled out the ninja sword in his hand, his eyes became scarlet, and said in a deep voice: "Senior, let me defeat the Five-Tails Jinchuriki Shame on him!"


    "Well, let me teach you how to fight Jinjuriki!"


    Naraku Uehara took a look at the Five-Tails Jinchuriki, rubbed his wrist and said, "If it''s another Jinchuriki, I can give it to you, but when I see a powerful Taijutsu ninja, I always have some impulses that I can''t suppress. !"


    While Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke were discussing, Five-Tails Jinzhu Lihan was also watching the two people in front of him: "One is Uchiha''s ninja, and the other is a medical ninja..."


    Han looked at Uehara Naraku, his eyes dimmed slightly: "Although it is a pity to kill the medical ninja, there is no way to face the enemy. Restrain him a little bit and injure him, and then wait for the reinforcements to catch him!"


    The next moment, clouds of steam burst out from Han''s armor, and his body suddenly appeared beside Uehara Naraku, kicking Uehara Naraku''s lower abdomen!


    However, when Han rushed in front of Uehara Naraku, a flash of surprise flashed in his heart, because Uehara Naraku''s movements were faster!


    Naraku Uehara twisted his body and kicked Han on the body, kicking the tall five-tailed Jinchuriki to the ground, even breaking a piece of his armor!


    "Is Yanyin Village so contemptuous of people?"


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his palm casually: "Your speed is twice as slow as the speed at which you attacked Sasuke just now. How dare you show mercy to a ninja like me?"

 Chapter 257

    Uehara Naraku is very strong.


    After the five-tailed Jinzhu Lihan was easily brought down by Naraku Uehara, he immediately realized the mistake he had made.


    This hooded medical ninja is a tougher and trickier enemy than the Uchiha kid just now!


    To put it bluntly...


    The speed Uehara Naraku showed when he attacked just now, the five-tailed Jinzhu Rihan couldn''t even see clearly, let alone his next attack!


    "I thought I valued you enough."


    Rikhan the Five-Tails Jinzhu stood up with his body propped up, the armor clattering on his body, he slowly raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku and said: "It seems that I still underestimated your strength too much."


    The next moment, Han quickly gathered the chakra on his body, and some cracked armor still burst out with surging steam, rushing towards Uehara Naraku''s position: "Next, please forgive me for going all out! "


    Han''s figure suddenly rushed to Uehara Naraku''s side, and punched Uehara Naraku''s head fiercely!


    The armor on Han''s arm is also using the propulsion of steam to speed up his attack, making him faster and stronger!


    Just an ordinary punch by this five-tailed Jinchuriki caused a strong wind of punching, which made people dare not look directly at his fist!


    Slap!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his palm and directly grabbed Han''s fist. This scene saw both Jinchuriki the Five Tails and Sasuke Uchiha startled at the same time!


    Can you even keep up with this level of speed?


    No, catching Han''s fist so easily, to be precise, should have completely crushed Han''s speed, right?


    "you are very funny."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm gradually strengthened, squeezed the five-tailed Jinchuriki''s fist, nodded lightly and smiled: "Yes, it is this kind of strength, this is the speed! Use the most peak physical skills in your life to let Let me give birth to a little joy!"


    After the words fell, Naraku Uehara grabbed Han''s fist, and slammed his knee directly into the chest of the five-tailed Jinchuriki, knocking him out with one blow!


    Boom!


    Click!


    The five-tailed jinzhulihan flew upside down and broke a stone pillar, and fell to the ground in embarrassment. Fortunately, the recovery ability of renzhuli made the pain in his chest gradually spread!


    This guy is scary!


    Han lowered his head and glanced at his fist. There were five more fingerprints on the outside of his armored glove. Could this be the strength of the enemy? This is a glove that can carry Renzhuli''s strength, but five fingerprints were easily squeezed out!


    This five-tailed Jinchuriki was more and more shocked, and a layer of sweat gradually oozes from his forehead: "Your Excellency...it''s really scary! Akatsuki is as terrifying as the rumors..."


    "We are a peaceful organization."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his wrist slowly, and casually said something that even Sasuke Uchiha next to him couldn''t help but blush.


    Naraku Uehara looked at Han slowly, and said softly: "Just now you kicked me and punched me, is it my turn to attack now?"


    Chinese:"¡­¡­"


    What the hell are you talking about!


    Isn''t every attack easily resolved by you?


    The next moment, a trace of horror flashed in Han''s eyes, because Naraku Uehara disappeared in front of his eyes almost instantly, which made Han couldn''t help but think of a man who had died for many years: "This speed, the art of flying thunder?"


    "guessed wrong."


    Naraku Uehara stood behind Han and sighed.


    The Five-Tails Jinzhuli vigorously urged the Chakra on his body, and a hot steam rushed out from behind him: "Boiling Escape¡¤Steam Burning Danger!"


    The water vapor released by the five-tailed Jinzhu Lihan is far more than 100 degrees, no matter what kind of enemy it is, it will definitely be scalded by this steam!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared in front of Han''s eyes in an instant, almost avoiding the steam attack in the limit time!


    "We are taijutsu ninjas."


    Uehara Naraku punched Han in the lower abdomen, the huge force penetrated the armor and caused severe pain, which almost made it difficult for Han to stand up straight.


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "In the battle of Taijutsu ninjas, how can you use ninjutsu at will!"


    Naraku Uehara punched Han on the chin again!


    Ignoring the pain in his lower abdomen, Wuwei Jinzhuriki seized this opportunity instantly, and blocked Uehara Naraku''s attack with both arms almost at the same time: "It can block..."


    Boom!


    When Han''s arms blocked Naraku Uehara''s fist, he barely breathed a sigh of relief, but soon his arms felt the strength of Naraku Uehara''s fist!


    Uehara punched this five-tailed Jinchuriki into the wall!


    "Be obedient and let me punch you, won''t you?"


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm helplessly: "I usually reduce my strength when I slap my face. If I don''t slap my face, I can''t guarantee that I can control my strength..."


    While talking, Uehara Naraku''s voice became extremely gloomy: "Maybe, I might beat you up hard!"


    After the words fell, Uehara Naraku turned over and kicked!


    Just looking at Uehara''s speed, the five-tailed Jinchuriki''s eyes suddenly changed, and he immediately called out to his partner in his heart: "Mu Wang, I may not be able to hold on anymore!"


    The blood-red chakra coat instantly wrapped Han''s body!


    In the next second, the half-tailed Han turned over to avoid the kick, and the wall behind him was blown out by the kick from Naraku Uehara''s kick, leaving a big hole!


    After Naraku Uehara missed the kick, he didn''t hesitate at all, turned his body one after another, and kicked Han''s position one after another!


    The half-tailed beast-like Han could only stand up and resist, but unfortunately he could only defend or continue to evade, but Naraku Uehara kicked hard on his chest. A tall building!


    Boom!


    The entire tall building was completely destroyed by their battle!


    A group of rock ninjas who came to support looked at the ruins, and when they were about to step forward to help, a voice interrupted them: "Wind escape, practice empty bombs!"


    Uehara Naraku flew out of the ruins with Sasuke Uchiha, and with a wave of wind, all the group of Iwagami were blown away: "Tsk, the luck of Iwagakure Village is really good, the two people in the village can do it completely. Beastization."


    "what?"


    Uchiha Sasuke was still a little puzzled.


    But soon Sasuke understood what Uehara meant.


    I saw a white horse-like creature standing up from the ruins, staring at Uehara Naraku with wide-eyed eyes. This creature is the five-tailed Mu Wang!


    Compared with other tailed beasts, Mu Wang with five tails is actually not ugly, with huge horns on the top of his head and two big eyes, but it is a pity that his mouth is a bit fierce.


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at the amazing chakra emanating from Wuwei Muwang, and said in a deep voice, "Is this Wuwei?"


    "yes."


    Naraku Uehara waved Sasuke down, twisted his neck and looked at the five-tailed King Mu and said, "The five-tailed beast is just an ordinary tailed beast, far from being powerful, and among the nine-tailed beasts, there are only eight-tailed beasts." And Nine-Tails can spark interest."


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his wrist, sighed and said: "Sasuke, if you catch Kyuubi in the future, you can try it, forget it, Naruto is your friend after all, let you fight with your friend It would be too cruel, when the time comes..."


    This is a bit of green tea.


    No matter who heard Uehara Naraku''s words, the first thought should be a warm heart, and the next thing is to prove yourself with a firm attitude.


    as expected.


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head quickly, and promised in a deep voice: "No, if you want to capture Kyuubi, then let me go. I''ll deal with that Naruto guy. His surprise is very high! I We can bring him back 100%!"


    "Grab the Five-Tails in front of you first!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, but did not agree.


    "What an arrogant guy!"


    Wuwei Mu Wang heard their conversation, with a look of anger on his face, he raised his head and rushed towards Naraku Uehara!


    The huge horns on Wuwei''s head pressed against Naraku Uehara''s body!


    Perhaps it was because the five-tailed renzhu Lihan was afraid of destroying Yanyin Village, so he specially instructed the five-tailed king Mu that this tailed beast did not choose to use the tailed beast jade, but wanted to kill Uehara with its huge body and strength!


    According to Wuwei''s speed and strength, it firmly believes that its horns can directly pierce Naraku Uehara''s body!


    This is really overthinking.


    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fist, and Chakra slowly covered the fist, driving Uehara Naraku''s aura to become higher and higher!


    Naraku Uehara faced the direction in which King Mu Wuwei was rushing, and slammed his fist on the horns of King Mu Wuwei, only to hear a crisp click, as if something was broken...


    Slap!


    The top of King Mu''s five-tailed head was in severe pain!


    I saw the strongest and sharpest horn on the top of its head split directly from the root, and fell to the ground with a thud, splashing a large amount of dust!


    Uehara cut off one of King Mu''s horns directly from the top of his head!


    The Yannin who watched from a distance showed a look of shock!


    "How is this possible?"


    A middle-aged Iwato looked at this scene with some trepidation: "That''s a corner that can smash a hill! That guy can break it with his bare hands..."


    The face of another middle-aged Yannin of the same period was also a little heavy: "I remember that during the third Ninja World War, Master Han controlled the five-tailed King Mu and smashed a city wall with that horn, so we used the smallest The price broke through the defense line of Yunyin Village..."


    "But that horn was interrupted just like that!"


    The faces of the rock ninjas couldn''t help but feel a little uneasy. This time, King Wuwei Mu faced an enemy stronger than they imagined!


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and said: "Sasuke, it seems that we have one more loot, please help me put away this horn with a sealing scroll."


    "Yes, senior."


    Uchiha Sasuke flew down to the ground like a stream of kindness, took out a seal scroll and put the horn into the seal scroll.


    The five-tailed Mu Wang watched this scene, his eyes full of disbelief. He thought that when he was chatting in the spirit space of the tailed beast, it seemed that the horns of the eight-tailed bull ghost had also been broken by a human with his bare hands.


    Is this human being wearing a hood and auspicious cloud black robe in front of him also a ninja fighting a tailed beast with his bare hands?


    Five-tailed King Mu''s face gradually became serious.


    How many people can subdue tailed beasts with fists in this ninja world?


    Why did it meet such a guy by itself? This battle doesn''t seem to be so easy to solve as imagined!


    No, it''s even a little dangerous!


    At least the five-tailed King Mu has realized that he must no longer use his body to fight, and must use other methods.


    "Sorry, Han, we have to use Tailed Beast Jade..."


    The five-tailed King Mu opened his mouth suddenly, and the yin chakras and yang chakras began to gather to form a black-purple tailed beast jade!


    "what the hell!"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure instantly appeared next to Wuwei Mu Wang''s head, kicked it in the head, and kicked the huge monster out!


    I saw the huge body of the tailed beast flying upside down, rolling and crushing a large building in an instant, and also made a group of rock ninjas trying to support back quickly, for fear of being affected by the battle between them!


    This blow made Mu Wang Wuwei completely lose his ability to resist.


    The tailed beast was lying on the ground in pain, its eyes closed tightly, enduring the severe pain of being kicked on the head with a huge force.


    Uehara Naraku''s body floated above the head of Wuwei King Mu, watching the tailed beast gradually weaken, he said displeasedly: "Gathering the tailed beast jade in front of me, is there something wrong with your thinking? This is too inappropriate. Do you pay attention to my enemy?"

 Chapter 258

    The way King Muwang of Five Tails was defeated almost scared the rock ninjas.


    With the defeat of the five-tailed King Mu, its chakra gradually shrunk, and finally returned to Han''s body, revealing the figure of Jinchuriki in bright red armor.


    Han''s face was not very good-looking either.


    I really didn''t expect that apart from the Lei Yingmeng of Yunyin Village, there are other people in the ninja world who can shake the tailed beast with bare hands.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t wait for him to make a move, grabbed Han''s shoulders, and hit his chest with a knee. The five-tailed Jinzhu force opened his mouth to spit out a mouthful of blood, and he was about to fall on his back in embarrassment!


    "Can you be obedient now?"


    Uehara Naraku let go of his palm, watched the five-tailed Jinchuriki fall to the ground, and continued with a chuckle: "It seems that after education, it seems to have become well-behaved!"


    Because the system panel also gave Uehara Naraku a reminder.


    Obviously, the five-tailed man Zhu Lihan and the five-tailed King Mu in his body have lost their combat effectiveness and can no longer pose a threat to him.


    Side task: Defeat the five-tailed Jinzhu Lihan, the task has been completed, and the reward is 100 gold coins.


    Five-Tails Jinchuriki is really a character with a very low sense of presence!


    Except for One-tailed Jinchuriki Gaara, Eight-tailed Jinchuriki Rabbi, Nine-tailed Jinchuriki Uzumaki Naruto, the other Jinchurikis seem to be not very good...


    Of course, this is also because the other tailed beasts are not doing very well.


    After all, a group of tailed beasts were crushed and beaten by half of Nine-Tails, which directly became the background board to set off the powerful strength of Nine-Tails. Until the appearance of Senju Hashirama and Uchiha Madara, almost everyone felt that Nine-Tails'' power could endure world''s strongest.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Muwang Wuwei, the mission has been completed, and the reward skill is Destruction Charge.


    Destructive Charge: During the duration of 4 seconds, gain a large movement speed bonus. When launching a charge, the super high speed will bring a powerful force, enough to make you hit any target, no cooldown time, minimum Consumes 60 chakra points.


    This is a physical skill.


    One day you can try to bump into Maite Kai.


    Uehara Naraku picked up the five-tailed Jinchuriki who fell on the ground, waved at Sasuke Uchiha and said, "Sasuke, let''s go!"


    "Senior, we seem to be surrounded..."


    A red light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes.


    When the battle between Naraku Uehara and Jinchuriki of the Five Tails was over, a group of Iwanin gathered hundreds of meters away from them and surrounded them.


    These rock ninjas seem to have at least hundreds or even thousands of people, densely packed in this area, and each rock ninja is watching them solemnly.


    Originally, Didara was supposed to take the ancient dragon to defeat the rock ninjas who besieged Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke, but unfortunately, Didara and the ancient dragon were restricted by the loess belt people with the technique of mountain soil. I can''t spare my hand.


    The ninjas of Yanyin Village didn''t feel much crisis at all, so they came in groups to support the five-tailed Jinchuriki''s battle. Even though Naraku Uehara had defeated a wave before, they couldn''t stop these ninjas from rushing forward. come over.


    "Earth Dune, Earth Flow City Wall!"


    The rock ninjas released their ninjutsu quickly, and tall city walls rose from the ground, surrounding Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke.


    A group of iwa ninjas stepped onto the city wall one after another, looking down at the two Akatsuki members who were surrounded inside, the captain of iwa ninja gritted his teeth, waved his arm, and said loudly: "kill them, Bring Master Han back!"


    "yes!"


    "Come on!"


    "Rush over and rescue Master Han!"


    The Iwanin who stood on the Tuliu Castle took the lead in charging, jumped off the Tuliu Castle, and besieged Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke!


    The other rock ninjas quickly jumped up from behind the Tuliu city wall to fill their positions, and followed their footsteps to follow closely behind. The fighting method that rock ninjas are best at is to defeat the enemy with an absolute superiority in numbers !


    "Earth Dungeon Earth Stone Dragon!"


    More than a dozen Iwagakushi ninjas quickly joined hands to form seals, and more than a dozen earth stone dragons drilled out of the ground, biting towards Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke!


    "Amaterasu!"


    Uchiha Sasuke opened his kaleidoscope Sharingan, and a pitch-black flame instantly appeared around them, forming a pitch-black defensive circle!


    After Uchiha Sasuke finished setting up Amaterasu Kuroyan''s defense circle, he looked at Uehara Naraku and said loudly: "Senior, use wind escape!"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows and couldn''t help but glance at Sasuke.


    Sasuke this guy... He can''t do things when he is asked to do things, but he jumps out to show off his strength when he is not needed.


    Uehara Naraku could only sigh helplessly, closed his palms, and said in a low voice: "Wind escape Tornado!"


    More than a dozen hurricanes flew out from Uehara Naraku''s side, blowing Amaterasu and quickly spread away to the periphery. With the blessing of wind escape ninjutsu, Amaterasu''s power was almost strengthened to the maximum, and a dozen earth stone dragons In an instant, it was burned by Amaterasu and fell to the ground!


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    The rock ninjas who charged first also tasted the bitter fruit very quickly. They lay down on the ground and rolled around trying to extinguish the flames under the burning of Amaterasu''s black flames. However, these black flames could not be extinguished at all, they just burned them firmly body of!


    The first wave of Yannin was defeated.


    It''s just that the remaining rock ninjas seemed to have noticed the horror of Kuroyan, and began to stand in the distance and release earth escape ninjutsu towards Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke.


    Sasuke waved his ninja sword, knocking down the falling stones from the sky, and said with a chuckle, "Senior, it seems that we are still very suitable to be teammates. Bigger..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and looked at this scene speechlessly. After closing his palms together, he stretched out his palms to the city wall surrounding them in the distance, and shouted in a low voice: "Fire Escape ¡¤ Flame Storm! Wind Escape ¡¤ Spiral Hurricane!"


    A majestic storm of flames spewed out from Uehara Naraku''s hands, and a rampant spiral hurricane wrapped the huge flames. With the blessing of wind escape ninjutsu and fire escape ninjutsu, it quickly knocked into the air. Rock ninjas also broke their encirclement!


    "Go, rush out!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and picked up the body of the five-tailed Jinchuriki, and rushed through the gap in the encirclement with Sasuke Uchiha, trying to stop Iwa Shinobi all the way, but Sasuke easily solved them all with Chidori!


    At this moment, Uchiha Sasuke finally felt his own strength. With the superposition of Sharingan and Chidori, he was able to easily defeat any enemy that stood in front of him.


    Dozens of fearless Iwanin who met along the way were all killed by Sasuke!


    The two brazenly rushed out of the encirclement of Yanyin Village!


    Uehara Naraku hurriedly handed the Five-Tails Jinchuriki to Sasuke Uchiha, and praised softly: "Good job, you go and bring the Five-Tails Jinchuriki to the ancient dragon first, and I will finish off this group of pursuers... "


    "Senior, let me come!"


    "No, let me do it."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and explained softly: "If I am in danger, I can fly away at any time. You go and bring Jinchuriki back first, and our mission is the most important!"


    "yes."


    Wait until Uchiha Sasuke leaves.


    Uehara Naraku turned around and looked at a group of Iwanin who were chasing after them, and slowly flew into the air, calmly spreading his palms towards the sky.


    Uehara Naraku casually looked down at the rock ninjas on the ground, sighed softly and said, "The kid who got in the way has finally left. In the next battle, who can survive will depend on your luck..."


    "what?"


    The rock ninjas on the ground raised their heads in surprise.


    But they soon understood what Uehara Naraku meant.


    The dark clouds in the sky suddenly began to gather, and it was almost as if someone was using wind escape ninjutsu to forcibly gather these clouds together, forming a cumulonimbus cloud.


    A drop of rain fell first...


    Just when an Iwanin stretched out his fingers curiously to catch the drop of rain, who would have expected that the rainwater would turn into a small water dragon bomb and rush towards his throat!


    A hole was opened in the throat of this Iwa Shinobi in an instant by the young water dragon bullet, and blood was continuously sprayed out!


    "All defense!"


    Captain Iwanin, who was the leader, noticed this moment instantly, and roared loudly: "Everyone, be careful of the rain in the sky, and be careful of any rain that falls on your side!"


    "team leader!"


    A rock ninja raised his head and pointed to the cumulonimbus clouds covering the entire Yanyin Village in the sky, and said with a look of despair on his face, "But what about the rest of the village?"


    The entire Yanyin Village is very large.


    Cumulonimbus clouds in the sky covered the entire village.


    Captain Yannin gritted his teeth, and said in a deep voice: "Immediately remind others to be careful of the heavy rain today, this is the enemy''s technique!"


    After finishing speaking, Captain Iwanin''s face was a little gloomy and he said: "If there is no time, then I can only wish them good luck as the enemy said!"


    "This¡­"


    The rock ninjas present took a deep breath.


    "We have to prepare for the worst."


    Captain Iwanin raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku in the air, gritted his teeth and said, "Immediately dispatch people to various places to notify the other teams present to find ways to attack the enemy. We must stop the enemy''s ninjutsu!"


    In fact, the captain of Iwanin knew clearly that the technique released by Uehara Naraku was unstoppable, and their only hope was to kill the enemy and end his ninjutsu!


    above the sky.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure is insignificant in the cumulonimbus cloud, but the cumulonimbus cloud above his head is the ninjutsu he created by combining the power of wind and water.


    This is the first time Naraku Uehara has experimented with this technique. It can be regarded as a technique for dealing with large-scale ninja troops. The most important thing is that the coverage area is large enough.


    If this technique can be successful, it means that Uehara Naraku can realize other ninjutsu, such as fire from the sky and justice from the sky...


    "Come and try."


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Yanyin Village under the black clouds, slowly spread his palms, and narrowed his eyes slightly: "Let me see how many ninjas you have now, and what can you use to stop my ninjutsu?" ..."


    Naraku Uehara waved his palm towards the ground violently, and shouted in a cold voice: "Water escape, rain and water dragon bomb!"


    It''s pouring rain from the cumulonimbus clouds in the sky!


    In an instant, these raindrops fell from the sky, and the dense raindrops turned into water dragon bombs, rushing towards the rock ninjas on the ground one after another!


    The effect of these small water dragon bombs is no different from that of real water dragon bombs, except that the chakra in them is much smaller and the impact force is greatly insufficient.


    However, instead of landing on the ground, these tiny water dragon bullets roar and rush towards every enemy near them, every enemy with chakra!


    Hitting the target is precise, and the effect of the operation is beautiful.


    A rock ninja raised his ninjutsu with a wave and split the raindrops one by one: "Are you kidding me? How could it hurt me just with this level of ninjutsu?"


    But the next moment, he was suddenly hit by a tiny water dragon bullet on his knee, knocking him down to the ground, and the other water dragon bullets rushed up instantly, and soon this Iwa Shinobi had to give up resistance...


    "I''m going to teach profound meaning! Smoke screen!"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his palm, and released a series of smoke screens to restore his own Chakra. This technique consumes a lot during the existence of the spell. Counting the reduction of Chakra consumption, each falling raindrop will consume 5 points. carat or so.


    At present, tens of thousands of small water dragon bombs have fallen in the entire Yanyin Village, and this number is still increasing by more than 10,000 per second.


    Half a minute later, the entire Yanyin Village fell into chaos.


    Thousands of ninjas had no choice but to deal with the attack of water dragon bombs, and there were Iwa ninjas who were seriously injured or moaned or fell to the ground.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the rapidly rising three-dimensional attributes and the rapidly depleting Chakra, took a deep breath, and flew to the location of Tuyinglou in an instant: "Compared to these, there are the most important rewards!"


    For Uehara Naraku, the most important reward is to break through the power of earth in Yanyin Village, which allows him to use earth ninjutsu as he pleases.


    Under the attack of Tianyu water dragon bombs, no ninja in Yanyin Village had the energy to stop Uehara Naraku. They could only hide shiveringly or try to destroy all the small water dragon bombs that attacked them.


    Even Onoki and Huangtu, who were on the two-day scale, were distracted by these tiny water dragon bullets that fell from the sky. The Sand Scorpion was able to fly out of the constraints of the Mountain and Earth Art with the ancient dragon.


    Before Naraku Uehara made a real move, Yanyin Village barely maintained an even match, but now they were completely defeated by the rain and water dragon bullet technique!


    In the entire Yanyin Village, no one has the energy to care about what the people in the Xiao organization do.


    Naraku Uehara stood on the Dokage Tower and waved his palm slowly. The tall building was instantly crushed and destroyed by a hurricane: "Let me see what kind of power can be synthesized by earth, water, and wind!"


    Sub-quest: Successfully breached Yanyin Village (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the passive talent skill Earth Power will be rewarded.


    Power of Earth: You can freely drive the chakra of the earth attribute, and create and use earth ninjutsu at will, which is one of the components of the Taoist Jade.


    Wood power (activated): You can freely drive the wood escape chakra composed of the power of earth + water force, and create and use wood escape ninjutsu at will.


    Magnetic force (activated): You can freely drive the magnetic escape chakra composed of wind force + earth force, and create and use magnetic escape ninjutsu at will.


    Looking at the rewards on the system panel, Naraku Uehara suddenly felt that he could no longer keep a low profile like this.

 Chapter 259

    An ancient giant dragon roared from the sky.


    The ancient dragon slowly landed on the ruins of the Tuying Building. Standing on top of the ancient dragon''s head, Didara pouted his mouth in dissatisfaction: "I wanted to smash this building when I was a child, why not leave it to me?" I''m going to smash it!"


    "You guys are too slow."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and glanced at the person on the ancient dragon. Uchiha Sasuke also brought the Five-Tails Jinchuriki on it. Now that the goal has been achieved, there is no need to stay here in Yanyin Village.


    "Let''s go!"


    Naraku Uehara landed on the body of the ancient dragon, and softly ordered: "Dou, recall the second generation of Tuying, we can go."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist raised his finger up.


    The second generation of Tukage, who was still entangled with the third generation of Tukage Ohnoki, immediately flew towards the ancient dragon and landed on the back of the ancient dragon.


    After the third generation Tukage Ohnoki saw this scene, he turned back and rushed towards the ancient dragon, flew and floated above the ancient dragon, and said with a gloomy expression: "You guys have invaded Yanyin Village, and you still want to leave here ?"


    To be honest, the situation of Hidden Rock Village is much better than that of Hidden Sand Village and Hidden Mist Village after they were invaded, but this kind of behavior is also a slap in the face of the Third Tsuchikage!


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, controlled the second generation of Tuyingwu to fly into the air, and said with a chuckle, "Why, Your Excellency Tuying, haven''t you learned enough lessons?"


    "Humph!"


    Didala snorted coldly and said, "Old man, I saw you fled in embarrassment after being beaten by the second generation of Tukage! Is it true that you are saving your life when you are old?"


    "Shut up!"


    Ohnoki glared at Didala, the little traitor, and said in a deep voice: "I was not afraid of death before, but I couldn''t die... Now, if you guys are all here, it doesn''t matter!"


    The members of Akatsuki''s organization were scattered before, and Ohnoki didn''t dare to do his best, lest if he was defeated or even died, no one would be able to eliminate Akatsuki''s members.


    Now that these people are gathered together, doesn''t that give him a chance?


    After finishing speaking, Onoki slowly closed his palms, urging the dust escape chakra in his body, gritted his teeth and said, "You guys should stay here!"


    "I''ll stop him, you go!"


    Didara took out the giant clay bird in his pocket.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    I really don''t know where Didara''s confidence comes from!


    Uehara felt that Didara wanted to give away the head a little bit, how could this be possible?


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, and a stream of water instantly shattered the giant clay bird in Didara''s hand. He commanded loudly: "Dou, stop him with the dirt body of the second generation of Tukage, let''s go first!"


    Didara sat on the ancient dragon and puffed up his cheeks, looking at Uehara Naraku with dissatisfaction: "You guy, don''t always break other people''s art casually!"


    "Shut up!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion rubbed his forehead.


    Under Uehara''s command, the ancient dragon roared and flew away, leaving the sky of Yanyin Village, leaving only scars on the ground.


    The third Dokage Ohnoki looked at the flying away ancient dragon with an ugly expression, and at the second Dokage who was also floating in the air to guard against him, he could only helplessly accept this reality.


    Xiao''s invasion this time was a huge humiliation to Yanyin Village.


    After a dust-to-dust duel, the second generation of Tukage Wu left Yanyin Village under the control of Yaoshidou, and the third generation of Tukage Onoki did not choose to pursue.


    Akatsuki''s members had all left. Facing a puppet that was reincarnated from the dirt, the third Tsuchikage Ohnoki would naturally not go all out for it, which was a bit uneconomical.


    Now Ohnoki still has to preserve his usefulness, find a way to regain the Jinchuriki that Akatsuki took away, and appease the ninjas in the village to rebuild.


    This invasion can be described as a heavy loss.


    Even if Ohnoki only got a rough figure, at least thousands of ninjas were seriously injured or died, and not many ordinary people were affected.


    Among them, the biggest loss is undoubtedly the loss of the Five-Tails Jinzhu Lihan.


    Coupled with the fact that Lao Zi left before, in this way, the entire Yanyin Village does not have any tailed beasts as strategic weapons.


    "Perhaps that guy, Lao Zi, has already been captured by Xiao."


    Huang Tu covered the wound on his arm hit by the water dragon bullet, stood in front of Ohnoki, and said in a deep voice: "According to the order in which Akatsuki attacked Da Ninja Village and captured Renzhuriki, they should come to capture Lao Zi after they captured him." Five tails!"


    "Who told that bastard Lao Zi to run out by himself!"


    Onoki held his small fist and cursed in a low voice.


    This is the temper of the third generation of Tsuchikage Ohnoki, it is simply smelly and hard.


    Huangtu slandered his father for a while, and asked, "Should we unite with other ninja villages to look for Akatsuki? Now Akatsuki is no longer our friend, but our enemy."


    "Let me see..."


    After Shaking his head, Onogi held his painful old waist and said: "A few years ago we were in the Grass Country incident, but we cooperated with Akatsuki''s members to attack Konoha, how could they trust us so easily ..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Huang Tu''s expression was not good, he sighed and said, "Even without these, there is still the hatred left over from the ninja world war."


    After finishing speaking, Huangtu opened his mouth and added: "As a shadow, Konoha''s Tsunade should not be so short-sighted."


    "Women are very vengeful."


    The Third Tsuchikage Onogi shook his head, and asked softly, "Do you still remember the Akatsuki member who contacted us back then?"


    "Ok."


    Huang Tu nodded, and said in a low voice, "It''s a blue-haired woman who seems to be very good at fighting with paper. When one of my subordinates tested her, she almost killed her..."


    The Third Tsuchikage Onoki immediately patted the table in front of him and scolded his son: "Since you still remember this incident, you guy, don''t always think about so many messes, go and send someone to track down Akatsuki''s information !"


    "etc¡­"


    There was a hint of hesitation on Huang Tu''s face, and he whispered: "If I remember correctly, that woman seems to have never appeared among Akatsuki''s active members. Maybe we can use this information to test Konoha."


    As the son of the third generation of Tukage Onogi, as well as the high-level officials of the entire Yanyin Village, Huangtu got as much information as Onoki.


    A light flashed in the eyes of the third generation of Tukage Onogi, and said in a deep voice: "Then send someone to Konoha for a mission, don''t expect us to reach a cooperation in combating the Akatsuki organization, but we can carry out some intelligence with them aspects of the exchange."


    Information exchange is normal.


    There is frequent information exchange between Dakoku Ninja Village, and Yan Yin Village and Konoha often like to exchange information about Sand Hidden Village in each other''s hands.


    "Hmmmm..."


    After Huang Tu hurriedly nodded, he continued: "Actually, we can also try to deepen our cooperation with Konoha, maybe..."


    "Get out!"


    Third Tsuchikage Ohnoki patted the table and scolded his son away.


    This son obviously has a simple and honest appearance, but he always refuses to be obedient, and instead likes to make some self-righteous suggestions.


    For the third generation of Tsuchikage Ohnoki, he would never cooperate with Konoha easily until he saw Konoha''s sincerity.


    the other side.


    Uehara Naraku is also watching his harvest.


    In addition to the reward for defeating the Five-Tails Jinchuriki for this attack on Yanyin Village, after destroying Yanyin Village, the innate magical skills of the power of earth, wood and magnetism, as well as the rich rewards brought by the dark harvest.


    Naraku Uehara can easily calculate the casualty data that was not obtained by the third generation of Tukage Onogi based on the superposition of his own dark harvest.


    Dark Harvest: After defeating a ninja, you will get a part of the power from the enemy, each time increasing life energy by 10 points, chakra energy by 10 points, and natural energy by 10 points. Currently, 249,610 points of life energy, 249,610 points of chakra energy, and 249,610 points of natural energy have been added accumulatively.


    Name: Naraku Uehara.


    Life energy: 323731


    Chakra energy: 321590


    Natural energy: 321590


    Life energy recovery: 216 points/sec


    Chakra energy recovery: 108 points/second


    Natural energy recovery: 216 points/second


    Skill Cooldown Reduction: 100%


    Gold remaining: 6630


    Uehara Naraku tapped his finger, nodded slowly, this value should probably be comparable to that of Uzumaki Naruto.


    After all, according to Hatake Kakashi''s highest chakra and the minimum threshold of 3,000 points at the Kage level, when Uzumaki Naruto suppressed Kyuubi, it was four times that of Kakashi; One hundred times the Kasi Chakra.


    This protagonist is simply terrifying!


    Uehara Naraku has worked so hard for so long, maybe he can barely match the chakra in his body.


    Fortunately, Naraku Uehara has obtained the ultimate changes of three chakra attributes and three blood succession limits, which is not too shameful.


    Akatsuki''s base.


    Uehara Naraku''s team was the fastest to come back.


    Kadotsu led the team into the country of Taki, and is still on the way to find Nanao Jinchuriki, and should be able to catch Nanao Jinchuriki soon.


    Nagato took Payne Rokudo to capture the Six-Tails Jinchuriki. He drove the psychic Archeopteryx to the destination soon, and had already captured the Six-Tails Jinchuriki Yuko, and it is estimated that he will come back soon.


    However, Nagato encountered trouble in the process of capturing Liuwei this time.


    "Someone saw Tiandao Payne."


    When Nagato was in contact with Naraku Uehara, he said softly: "Kigakure Village and Konoha have scattered and ambushed hundreds of ninjas near Liuwei Jinchuriki. Even if I killed some of them, there are still many who slipped through the net." fish."


    Nagato didn''t care about it, and continued softly: "However, it doesn''t matter even if they find out, we are only short of Hachio and Kyuubi."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s heart couldn''t help but sink.


    If Konoha and Kirigakure find out, this information should be sent to Tsunade''s table soon, and it will also fall into Jiraiya''s hands. The two of them will definitely know what the existence of the Samsara Eye means!


    "It shouldn''t matter, right?"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead: "I''ve already flattered Mr. Hanzo so much in front of them, so would Jiraiya still doubt me?"

 Chapter 260

    Penn exposure was a given.


    The new "Ha!"


    Tsunade suddenly turned around and stepped on the ground. The huge force on his feet directly destroyed the floor, and the entire empty space was instantly reduced to ruins!


    A group of ungraduated ninja students watched this scene in a trance. They didn''t feel the warmth of the will of fire, but felt the violence of Hokage.


    "Hey, what are you doing in a daze, applaud!"


    Tsunade looked dissatisfied at a group of little ghost heads.


    After the pupils of the ninja school were frightened by her words and fell silent for a second, sparse applause broke out, which was even more embarrassing than the scene just now.


    Most of the boys were terrified and overwhelmed.


    Most of the girls are small fans of the Fifth Hokage.


    Tsunade looked around those excited little girls with satisfaction, stretched out his palm and rubbed the white-eyed little girl in the front: "Hanabi is eleven years old this year, right? She''s going to graduate next year and become a ninja. Work harder!"


    "Yes, Tsunade-sama!"


    After Hinata Hanabi nodded seriously, she suddenly said, "Master Tsunade, can I be your disciple?"


    "what?"


    A question mark appeared on Tsunade''s forehead, he squatted down and looked at the white-eyed girl in doubt, and said with a chuckle: "I saw you practice soft fist, and you are already a genius Hinata ninja! Follow me Do you want to be a medical ninja?"


    "No."


    Hinata Hanabi shook her head calmly, her hair fluttering slightly, even though she is only eleven years old this year, she can tell that she will definitely become a beautiful female ninja in the future.


    Hinata Hanabi''s face became serious, and her eyes became a little firm: "I want to learn Tsunade-sama''s strange power technique, kill Uehara Naraku, and avenge my father!"


    Three or four years ago, during the Konoha Rebellion that broke out during the Chunin Exam, Hinata Hyuzu, the head of the Hyuga Clan at that time, was beaten into a disability by Naraku Uehara in order to protect a group of Ninjas from escaping.


    Therefore, the entire Hyuga clan was forced to elect another ninja Hinata of the clan as the head of the clan. At that time, she was still a ninja.


    Since then, the Hyuga clan gradually began to keep a low profile.


    Hinata Hanabi grew up with the pride of the white-eyed clan since she was a child. In fact, her father and sister doted on her very much. She is also a young genius herself, and it can be said that she lived a good life in her childhood.


    That all changed after the civil unrest of the Chunin Exams ended.


    Hinata Hinata became depressed because of her disability, and pinned her hopes on her two daughters; Hinata Hinata usually has a very tough attitude when she is out and about, but she always sheds tears secretly by herself in the middle of the night.


    After all, all the members of the Hyuga Clan''s branch family hope that Hinata, the patriarch, can carry the burden of the family and the prestige of superciliousness!


    Hinata Hanabi has been watching all this, and deeply remembers the name of the enemy and her practice dummy.


    Naraku Uehara!


    Naraku Uehara!


    Tsunade heard Hinata Hanabi''s words, and seeing the determination and hatred on the white-eyed girl''s face, the smile on Tsunade''s face gradually faded.


    "I won''t promise you."


    Tsunade shook his head.


    This sentence made Hinata Hanabi''s face ugly.


    After a while, Tsunade slowly stroked Hanabi''s head, and said softly: "If one day you are not out for revenge, but in order to better protect your family and prevent Konoha''s tragedy from happening again, then come again at that time." Find me!"


    "..."


    Hinata Hanabi was silent for a while.


    After a while, the little girl nodded and said, "Yes, Hokage-sama."


    After leaving the ninja school.


    Tsunade raised his head boredly, sighed and said, "Really, you shouldn''t be bound by hatred at such a young age! Wouldn''t it be the same as that brat Sasuke doing anything for power?"


    "This is what remains of the war..."


    Shizune who was following Tsunade hugged a little pink pig, and sighed softly: "The last time Uehara Naraku came, I saw that little guy Sarutobi Konohamaru secretly hiding by the side and trying to assassinate Uehara. They are clamoring to avenge the Third Hokage!"


    Haruno Sakura, who was walking on the other side, brushed her hair, and said in a low voice, "Obviously at that time, I always felt that Uehara-senpai was not a bad person!"


    "Tch, are there purely good and bad people in this world!"


    Tsunade snorted coldly, and said dissatisfiedly: "That brat is also for his own village. There is nothing wrong with this kind of thing. After all, he is just a ninja who accepts orders from his superiors. Don''t bring up this topic in the future."


    It''s better not to mention it.


    As soon as this matter was mentioned, Tsunade couldn''t help but want to scold Shimura Danzo.


    It''s a pity that the root leader Shimura Danzo has long been suspected of dying in battle, and before he died, he added a big block to Konoha.


    "Master Hokage!"


    An Anbu ninja landed in front of Tsunade, and said respectfully: "The envoys from Wuyin Village are here, and they brought the latest information from the Akatsuki organization!"


    Another Anbu ninja also flew down in front of Tsunade, and said in a deep voice: "Master Hokage, the news from the Land of Land just came in, Yanyin Village was attacked by Akatsuki and suffered heavy casualties, and Jinchuriki of the Five Tails was captured by Akatsuki''s organization Already!"


    Another Anbu ninja landed in front of Tsunade, and said softly: "Master Hokage, the envoys from Iwahikura negotiated, and they hoped to exchange information about the Akatsuki organization with information about a member of the Akatsuki organization who has not yet appeared. !"


    "..."


    Tsunade''s forehead couldn''t help but twitch.


    Just when Tsunade was about to rush to Hokage Tower, another Anbe ninja appeared in front of her, and said in a deep voice, "Master Hokage, Shiki, the leader of Takigakure Village, sent news about Akatsuki!"


    "..."


    Tsunade''s mood gradually became irritable, he clenched his fist violently, and knocked down the wall next to him with one punch!


    After finishing all this, Tsunade gritted his teeth and squeezed out a few words: "I will rush to the Hokage Building right now to see what''s going on! Why did the group of guys from Akatsuki suddenly appear like this?" Action on a large scale!"


    Land of Earth, Land of Taki, Land of Water.


    Tsunade''s psychology was clouded. If her guess was correct, perhaps the news sent by Kirigakure Village and Takigakure Village should also be news of the theft of Inchuriki.


    The fact turned out to be as Tsunade expected.


    In the Hokage Building, after Tsunade met with the envoy of Kirigakure Village, he immediately learned that the Six-Tails Jinchuriki was captured by the Akatsuki Organization and that an enemy with the legendary Immortal Eye appeared.


    The information sent by the emissary of Takiyin Village was quite poor. Before the whole village had time to form a decent resistance, several members of the Akatsuki organization drove straight in and captured Nanao Renzhu Lifu.


    This was not beyond Tsunade''s expectations.


    After all, Takigakure Village doesn''t have the strength to protect Nanao Jinchuriki at all. Tsunade once mentioned protecting it on his behalf, but it''s a pity that Takigakure Village''s Shibuki dared not agree.


    Fortunately, it was directly captured by the Xiao organization.


    The envoy of Yanyin Village is more interesting.


    The emissary of Yanyin Village may have been instructed by Onogi, and they wanted to obtain the location of the Xiao organization''s stronghold through negotiation.


    "..."


    Tsunade was speechless.


    Who the hell knows where the Xiao organization''s stronghold is?


    If Tsunade knew where the stronghold of Akatsuki''s organization was, she would still be sitting in Hokage''s office listening to the bad news.


    The ninja of Yanyin Village hesitated a little, and said in a low-key manner: "But according to the news we got, Muye Village and Sand Yin Village jointly recaptured the fifth generation Kazekage Gaara who was captured by Akatsuki..."


    "that is because¡­"


    Tsunade wanted to say the credit of Uehara Naraku and Yuyin Village, but fortunately she was still politically sensitive, and immediately swallowed Uehara Naraku''s name again.


    After all, once Yanyin Village takes this opportunity to establish a friendly relationship with Yuyin Village, it will be very detrimental to Konoha''s situation.


    "All right!"


    Tsunade slapped the table with a slap, and said in a cold voice: "If you are willing to negotiate, then take the information on hand! Maybe the member of Akatsuki you know has long been in our information It''s on the list!"


    "This¡­"


    Hermit Rock is a bit of a bad negotiator.


    After a while, he remembered the order of the third Tsuchikage Onogi, and said in a deep voice: "In addition to the information Konoha can give us now, we also ask Konoha to notify our village immediately after finding Akatsuki''s stronghold in the future!"


    "rest assured."


    Tsunade glanced at Messenger Iwagakure dissatisfiedly, and said contemptuously, "The more things like teammates, the better. If you want to encircle Akatsuki, you can''t succeed with a ninja village!"


    "...I hope Lord Hokage can keep his promise."


    The envoy of Yanyin gritted his teeth, put the scroll in his hand on Hokage''s desk, and said in a low voice, "This is the information about Akatsuki and our contacts in Yanyin Village."


    "what?"


    Tsunade couldn''t help ticking the corners of his mouth, chuckled and mocked: "We always thought that you Yanyin Village and Akatsuki were close partners!"


    At the time of the Country of Grass incident, Yanyin Village used the Akatsuki organization to cause many casualties for Konoha, and this Qiu Tsunade remembered it very clearly.


    Now seeing that Yanyin Village was also destroyed by the Akatsuki organization, Tsunade''s mood couldn''t be more comfortable, especially these guys are still asking for Konoha; if it wasn''t for the overall situation, Tsunade really wanted to send this Yanyin messenger Get out.


    "Ok?"


    After Tsunade opened the scroll, he couldn''t help frowning: "Is this woman actually a traitor from Yuyin Village?"


    Tsunade rubbed his eyebrows, looked at the sketch portrait on the scroll: "No matter how you look at it, it looks familiar, it seems to have been seen somewhere."


    "Has Hokage-sama seen her?"


    The envoy of Yan Yin also just got the information that Konoha gave him.


    To be honest, the envoy Iwagakure was still a little abrupt in his heart. If Tsunade knew the woman on the scroll, wouldn''t their information be meaningless?


    "rest assured."


    Tsunade glanced at Envoy Iwagakure, and said softly: "This member is not included in our wanted list. Your information is very valuable, and our agreement is still valid."


    The envoy of Yan Yin turned and left with confidence.


    Tsunade continued to stare at the scroll, frowning more and more tightly.


    on the scroll.


    It depicts a female ninja with a cold face.


    This female ninja wears the Yuyin Rebellion forehead protector on her head, and the black robe uniform of the Akatsuki organization on her body. It seems that she is not easy to get close to.


    Some information about her is written at the bottom of the scroll, such as light blue hair, light orange pupils, often wearing a bunch of paper flowers on her head, especially good at some kind of paper escapism, able to ignore physical attacks and so on.


    While Tsunade was still thinking, a tall white-haired old man walked into Hokage''s office with a yellow-haired young ninja, and said excitedly, "Hey, Tsunade, we''re back!"


    "Jiraiya? Naruto?"


    Tsunade subconsciously put down the scroll in his hand, raised his head and looked at them in surprise, and said, "Why are you back, did Naruto succeed in cultivating in the sage mode? Didn''t you spend many years..."


    "Shhhhhhhh!"


    Jilai also quickly put a finger on his lips, walked slowly to Hokage''s desk, sighed and said, "Anyway, his immortal mode can be regarded as a success! It''s just that the duration of immortal mode is a bit troublesome..."


    The nine tails in Uzumaki Naruto''s body do not allow other psychic beasts to share Uzumaki Naruto''s body, which leads to the fact that although Uzumaki Naruto''s immortal mode is successfully cultivated, it cannot last for too long in battle.


    Fortunately, this little guy found another shortcut.


    After talking about the immortal mode, Jiraiya glanced at the scroll in front of Tsunade, and asked in surprise, "Well, what are you looking at? Why did you have such an ugly expression just now?"


    "Oh."


    Tsunade''s brows subconsciously frowned again. First, he handed the scroll of information sent by Yanyin Village to Jiraiya, and then took out a scroll of information sent by Wuyin Village and handed it to Jiraiya. .


    Tsunade''s expression was a little ugly, she said softly: "This is the information we just got, there are two hidden members of the Akatsuki organization, I seem to have seen it before..."

 Chapter 261

    Tsunade had indeed seen them.


    After Jiraiya got the scroll, he involuntarily widened his eyes, staring closely at the portrait on the scroll: "Is this... Xiaonan?"


    Ji Lai also saw Xiao Nan''s portrait at first glance, and immediately recognized Xiao Nan''s outline, which should be one of the three disciples he accepted in the Land of Rain.


    and¡­


    What Xiaonan is good at is paper escape.


    I just don''t know why Xiaonan, who was considered dead in battle, is still alive and has joined the notorious Akatsuki organization.


    After Jiraiya''s expression changed, he suddenly showed a hearty smile: "Although Xiao Nan has grown into a very beautiful woman, she can still see her past appearance, but her personality seems to have changed a lot!"


    After all, Konan in the portrait has no tenderness at all, only cold eyes, just like the other Akatsuki members that Jiraiya and the others have seen.


    indifferent.


    ruthless.


    Choose people and eat them.


    "Huh? Xiaonan...that''s not you in Yuyin Village..."


    Tsunade''s expression also changed, and he suddenly looked up at Jiraiya: "If I remember correctly, they should have died in the chaos of war!"


    Tsunade sounds like he mentioned it too.


    Zilai also stayed in the Land of Rain for three years, taught and took care of the three vagrants. To be precise, those three children were the first batch of disciples Jilai also accepted.


    It''s a pity that during the third Ninja World War, Jiraiya also received the news from a toad who delivered the letter that all three children died on the battlefield, which made Jiraiya depressed for a long time.


    "I do not know either¡­"


    He also sighed and shook his head.


    In addition to the three-year master-student relationship, it is also because Jilai also believes that one of the children with reincarnation eyes may be the child of destiny he is looking for in his destiny.


    The eye of reincarnation is the eye of the fairy in the legend.


    It''s just that Zilai got the news of the Eye of Samsara the next moment, and when he slowly opened the scroll sent by Wuyin Village, his expression suddenly became uglier.


    "It turned out to be Yahiko..."


    Jiraiya subconsciously squeezed the scroll in his hand, he recognized Yahiko''s appearance at a glance, and also recognized the reincarnation eyes in Yahiko''s eye sockets.


    Jiraiya''s fingers slowly relaxed, and slowly put the scroll in his hand on the table, his face suddenly became extremely ugly: "How did Yahiko get Nagato''s reincarnation eyes... If he and Xiaonan are alive, what about Nagato? "


    The first thought in Jiraiya''s mind was that Yahiko killed Nagato and took away his reincarnation eyes.


    No, it could be another situation.


    After Nagato''s death, Yahiko transplanted Nagato''s reincarnation eyes. After all, Yahiko and Uzumaki Naruto have very similar personalities, and they are not the kind of people who can hurt their companions at all.


    This is the only way to get close to the truth.


    If it was after Nagato was killed, Yahiko transplanted Nagato''s reincarnation eye for revenge, and joined the Akatsuki organization to try to destroy this ninja world.


    This is the most believable situation.


    "Immortal Immortal, Granny Tsunade, do you know these two people?"


    Uzumaki Naruto came over, looked at the two portraits on the scroll curiously, touched his chin and said, "Is it the ninja from our village?"


    "No."


    Jilai also shook his head, glanced at the portraits of Payne and Xiaonan again, and said in a deep voice: "They are ninjas from the Land of Rain. During the Second Ninja World War, I was the one who died in the Land of Rain after the war ended. The disciples accepted by the country..."


    After finishing speaking, Jiraiya suddenly raised his head to look at Tsunade, and said in a low voice: "A few years ago when Orochimaru invaded Konoha, when Shimura Danzo threatened Uehara Naraku to assassinate the old man, he seemed to have agreed to a few conditions ..."


    "One of them."


    Tsunade''s face also darkened, and he said in a deep voice: "That is to ask Konoha to assist and support Yuyin Village to eliminate the Akatsuki organization. It is claimed that this article is crossed out."


    "hehe¡­"


    Jiraiya chuckled and shook his head, and said in a low voice: "According to what Uehara Naraku put forward and the intelligence analysis we got, after the Akatsuki organization broke with Yuyin Village, the Kingdom of Rain fell into civil strife until Hanzo led the Yuyin Village completely expelled Akatsuki;


    Before they broke up, Akatsuki was established with the support of Yuyin Village. Uehara Naraku even took the initiative to recruit a few members for Akatsuki, so he must know Xiaonan and Yahiko too! After all, they are ninjas from the Land of Rain. "


    After Jiraiya took a long breath, he slowly raised his head and looked at Tsunade, his face gradually darkened: "That brat Uehara Naraku has been hiding information about Konan and Yahiko, and he has never shared information about these two people with us. We''ve communicated!"


    This also means that Yuyin Village has never cooperated with Konoha in good faith. Naraku Uehara has served Konoha as an envoy several times and often participates in talks with the Allies, but he has never mentioned that Akatsuki has two hidden members.


    "Do you think Yuyin Village is hiding their purpose?"


    Tsunade tapped the table lightly with his fingers, frowned slightly and said: "Among the ninja villages that participated in the siege of Akatsuki, Yuyin Village has always been the most hardworking, and it is thanks to Naraku Uehara that he was able to save it. Five generations of wind and shadow."


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Tsunade looked down at the scroll again, and continued softly: "Before we encircled Kakutsu last time, Uehara Naraku once mentioned that he wanted the treasures on Kakutsu for the sake of the longevity of the sansho fish Hanzo, will it be Does the reincarnation eye have a similar function?"


    "Not necessarily impossible."


    Jilai also stretched his waist, with a hearty smile on his face: "If they really want to seize the eyes of reincarnation, it doesn''t seem strange to hide the news... I''m just curious how much news about Akatsuki they still hide. "


    After Ji Laiya finished saying this, he touched his chin and said, "It''s just as good as I go to Yuyin Village to investigate secretly this time. It''s best to get some complete information about Akatsuki. After all, there is no one organized by Akatsuki." The birthplace of Yuyin Village is a more accurate source of information..."


    "No, this is too dangerous!"


    Tsunade immediately stopped Jiraiya''s thoughts, and explained in a deep voice: "What''s more, Yuyin Village is our ally. If we sneak in rashly and be discovered, it may cause misunderstanding between the two parties!"


    After Tsunade finished speaking, he immediately took out a scroll and said softly: "I will immediately send someone to Yuyin Village to send a diplomatic statement, asking them to hand over all the information about Akatsuki!


    That fellow Sansho Hanzo secretly concealed information from Akatsuki!


    In addition to the longevity secret technique and pupil technique blood inheritance from those members of Yuyin Village who want to take away Akatsuki, maybe they plan to take the opportunity to attack our Ninja Village in the big country, and realize the daydream of that old guy Hanzo to dominate the ninja world ! "


    "This is normal."


    Jiraiya stretched out his palm and pressed it on the blank scroll, stopped Tsunade''s movement, he slowly shook his head and said: "Even if you write a letter, it will not help, what they want to hide will never be published. "


    "..."


    Tsunade fell silent for a moment.


    In fact, she knew in her heart that Zilai was right.


    How can you get something that you can''t get from the negotiating table with a diplomatic rhetoric; Sanshoyu Hanzo has always been an ambitious guy, how could he reverse his attitude just because of a diplomatic rhetoric!


    Maybe after Hanzo expelled the Akatsuki organization from the Land of Rain, he was still worried about the threat of the Akatsuki organization at the beginning, and Naraku Uehara leaked a lot of information about Akatsuki.


    Later, Hanzo discovered that the Akatsuki organization successively captured the Ninja villages of the great country, causing heavy losses to these Ninja villages, which may have helped him dominate the ninja world, so he began to attack the Akatsuki organization passively again, and even deliberately concealed Akatsuki''s information.


    "That old guy, Sansho Hanzo!"


    Tsunade clenched the pen tightly, and smashed the pen into pieces: "Now Akatsuki is endangering the entire ninja world, and he is still taking the opportunity to seek personal gain for himself, dreaming of becoming an immortal rain shadow !"


    "OK OK."


    Jilai also looked at Tsunade who fell into silence, and continued with a chuckle: "Don''t worry, although Yuyin Village has been closed to the outside world for these years, there will be occasional exchanges, not to mention that we and Yuyin Village are also allies. If they were discovered, they might not kill me for your sake!"


    In fact, this probability is not high.


    Generally, if spies are sent to the allies to steal information, not only will it hurt the alliance relationship, but it will also give the allies a reason to kill the spies. After all, spies have always had no right to survive.


    If Jiraiya was discovered and could escape, it would be nothing more than Konoha and Yuyin Village arguing, and even Konoha could use the information stolen by Jiraiya to accuse Yuyin Village.


    If Jiraiya is caught or killed by mistake, then the relationship between Konoha and Yuyin Village will be complicated!


    "Well, I''m not in danger."


    Jilai also stood up, and said with a light smile, "Besides, if I am in danger, you can immediately send diplomatic remarks! Maybe you can use Yuyin Village to hide the matter of Yahiko and Xiaonan so that they can send me back Woolen cloth!"


    After speaking, Jiraiya took out another set of Intimate Paradise from his ninja bag, chuckled and continued to add: "I have fans in Yuyin Village!


    If Uehara Naraku knows, as long as he bribes him with this set of books, maybe he will take the sake of this set of books and let me survive! "


    To be honest, Ji Lai also had no idea about sneaking into Yuyin Village.


    That is the place where the ninja demigod Sanshoyu Hanzo has been guarding.


    Even now Jiraiya has become as well-known ninja as Hanzo, but Jiraiya still can''t help being shocked when he thinks about the ferocious power of Sanshoyu Hanzo when he was young.


    "Fool!"


    Tsunade couldn''t help but patted his forehead, and opened his mouth to curse: "You guys, don''t take that fragile relationship too seriously! That kid Uehara Naraku is very loyal to Sansho Hanzo, he is Sansho Half-hidden number one running dog!"


    "Hahahaha, you don''t understand the friendship of men!"


    Jiraiya smiled and shook his head, put away the book in his ninja bag, turned his head to look at Uzumaki Naruto who was hesitant beside him, rubbed his forehead and said: "Naruto, it seems that there is nothing to teach I''ve given it to you, then I''ll pass on your last move!"


    "A lecherous fairy?"


    Uzumaki Naruto raised his head, looked at Jiraiya worriedly, and said in a deep voice: "I heard it just now, you are going to a very dangerous place, now I have learned the immortal mode, I can go instead of you!"


    "For children, it''s better to stay at home and obediently do tasks..."


    Jiraiya also took out a note from his ninja bag, tapped Naruto Uzumaki on the head, and handed the note to him: "This is some treasure land that I passed by when I was practicing carefully in the ninja world. They are all guides for each kikicho..."


    "Give me enough time!"


    Tsunade was so angry that he smashed his own table with a punch!


    It''s clearly at this time, why are you still so unreasonable!


    Jiraiya was so frightened that his palms froze in place. After he calmed down, he slowly handed the notes in Uzumaki Naruto: "That... here are mainly my manuscripts..."


    "The lecherous fairy!"


    Uzumaki Naruto shook his head and refused to take his note: "I will steal the information instead of you, or I will go with you!"


    "Absolutely not."


    Zilai also shook his head quickly, and explained in a deep voice: "Yuyin Village is extremely closed, and the guards have always been strict. If you go there, you little devil, you will only be hindered..."


    "The lecherous fairy!"


    "All right!"


    Jilai also patted Uzumaki Naruto on the forehead, and said in a deep voice: "After I get the information, I will come back immediately. When I am not in Konoha, you should protect the village on my behalf. Don''t let Mu Leaves fall to the fate of other ninja villages."


    "..."


    Uzumaki Naruto gritted his teeth and slowly lowered his head.


    "Tsunade¡­"


    Zilai also rubbed his palms, a blush slowly appeared on his face, he said softly, "I mean if it''s okay...after I come back..."


    "Ok?"


    Tsunade raised his head suspiciously.


    "fine."


    Jilai also patted his forehead, and said softly: "If you can, help me take good care of Naruto!"


    Tsunade:"¡­¡­"


    In any case, Jiraiya''s determination has been made.


    Besides, the trip wasn''t that dangerous.


    There are not many powerful ninjas in places like Yuyin Village. Apart from a Sansho Hanzo, it is probably the genius ninja Uehara Naraku.


    In Yuyin Village guarded by these two people, even if Zilai couldn''t defeat them, it would be relatively easy for him to escape.


    Akatsuki''s base.


    Uehara Naraku just finished sealing Wuwei Muwang, Liuwei Rhino and Nanao Shigeaki with everyone organized by Akatsuki. He doesn''t know that the news of Xiaonan and Payne have appeared in front of Tsunade and Jiraiya.


    In any case, Shimura Danzo is still to blame for the cause and effect in the world.


    If Danzo hadn''t colluded with and lured Hanzo to ambush the Akatsuki organization, it wouldn''t have caused Akatsuki to become such a deformed evil organization.


    Now that Xiaonan and Payne''s information is leaked, it is also because of the reward for killing Danzo that Uehara Nana always likes to brazenly attack a big ninja village when catching tailed beasts, which also leads to several big ninja villages Join forces to exchange information about the Akatsuki organization.


    In this way, Shimura Danzo is actually committing a crime.


    After sealing the three tailed beasts, Didara collapsed on the ground: "I sealed the three tailed beasts in one breath, and I must rest for a few days!"


    "Ok."


    Payne also nodded, and said in a deep voice: "Then there are only the two most powerful tailed beasts, Eight-Tails and Nine-Tails left. After a few days of rest, we will collectively arrest Eight-Tails Jinchuriki and Konoha''s Nine-Tailed Beasts." Ojinchuriki!"


    Payne slowly looked at the seven illuminated eyes of the Outer Way Golem, a light flashed in his eyes, and the speed of collecting tailed beasts must be faster!


    Naraku Uehara also looked at the seven eyes of the Golem of the Outer Way, and a ray of light flashed in his eyes. The plan to kick Nagato and Konan out of the game must be faster...

 Chapter 262

    In Yuyin Village.


    Uehara Naraku lay in his room and dozed off.


    Now that the heretic golem has absorbed the seven-tailed beasts, he must find a way to remove Xiaonan and Nagato and cleanse them before the ten-tails can be revived.


    This is not easy to operate.


    Because Uehara Naraku had to find a way to resurrect Uchiha Madara, play with Uchiha Madara''s life, and complete his main and advanced tasks.


    "I have to use the reincarnation eye to resurrect that monster Uchiha Madara..."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead: "Master Nagato has suffered too much in his life, so we can''t let him break his heart again? I guess he will have a mental breakdown!"


    Nagato will definitely not give up his reincarnation eyes.


    Naraku Uehara has no way to tell everything together, otherwise it will disrupt the plan, so he can only do what he wants to do first.


    Uehara Naraku tapped his finger and said in a low voice: "Forget it, let him go to the underworld first, and then resurrect him! As for who will resurrect Uchiha Madara with reincarnation eyes, there are many choices. Orochimaru The guy should be obedient, right?"


    This is also a kind of recycling.


    Orochimaru has long wanted the eyes of reincarnation.


    Naraku Uehara began to think in his heart, why not give Orochimaru a body to revive him, and then let Hei Ze control Orochimaru''s consciousness, and see who is more powerful among these two guys who like to control and seize other people''s bodies...


    "I am indeed a genius behind the scenes!"


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists tightly, feeling a little excited in his heart. He could think of such a trick, let Orochimaru get the eyes of reincarnation, and then revive Uchiha Madara, wouldn''t it be all right?


    By the way, you can also try to see if Dashemaru can escape the fate of death after casting reincarnation.


    The only problem is...


    Nao Uehara has been trapped so many times by Orochimaru, and now Orochimaru has managed to live a stable life in Ry¨±ji Cave for several years, and then temporarily pulls someone out to take the place of the dead ghost...


    To be honest, I feel a little ashamed.


    After feeling ashamed, I suddenly felt good in my heart.


    What is the real behind-the-scenes manipulator, any chess piece has value, and everyone may be dominated by Naraku Uehara on the chessboard at any time.


    Uehara Naraku turned over and got up from the bed, looking at the tallest tower in Yuyin Village, where Nagato lived.


    Uehara Naraku sighed softly: "Then let you vent your pain again! After experiencing the release of pain, you will also have a very bright future."


    all the time.


    Both Nagato and Xiaonan have to arrange a bright future and future for him, and now it is Naraku Uehara''s turn to arrange for them.


    The only trouble is that...


    Penn Six Paths is very, very strong now.


    Especially Shura Dao Payne, who is not only armed to the teeth, but also has an ultimate art.


    It only takes one self-destruct, and it is estimated that the entire Konoha Village can be directly destroyed. Compared with using Shenluo Tianzheng, it is less troublesome and does not need to waste too much chakra and life.


    "call¡­"


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead and muttered: "If Jiraiya didn''t die in Yuyin Village now, he and Uzumaki Naruto should be able to get rid of Payne, right?


    Do you want to think of a way to send someone to send information in advance now, let Konoha know that the Akatsuki organization will attack them soon? After taking precautions, you shouldn''t lose!


    After the battle between them is over, I will pretend to be the villain and bring back the eyes of reincarnation. It¡¯s just that Teacher Xiaonan is a bit troublesome. I can only make her sad, painful and desperate, and then try to let her know that everything I do is for She and Nagato..."


    When Uehara Naraku thought of this, his face couldn''t help but change. Why does this script feel so familiar?


    Isn''t this fucking Uchiha Itachi''s script!


    Could it be that at the last moment, the Akatsuki organization per capita Uchiha Itachi?


    Uehara Naraku suddenly understood Uchiha Itachi''s mood inexplicably, and couldn''t help but patted his cheek to wake up: "Mr. Konan and Nagato must be the same as Sasuke...they will definitely understand me."


    Think for a while.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Uehara Naraku still planned to chat with Yao Shidou, and asked Yao Shidou to help prepare for the lure of Orochimaru''s resurrection, and also asked him to help fill in the gaps in the plan by the way.


    "destiny!"


    Uehara Naraku quietly activated his destiny skills, and when he was about to use infinite teleportation to leave Yuyin Village, he saw the head of a white-haired old man on the display panel of his fate skills, and this head was still close at hand.


    Naraku Uehara''s face darkened in an instant. He had just finished speaking and Jiraiya did not come here to die. Konoha''s strength will be balanced with Payne''s.


    By the way, he can also take a side mission.


    As a result, Jiraiya has now appeared in Yuyin Village!


    "Konoha...do you not believe me?"


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s eyes froze slightly, and he flew out of his room: "I spent so long praising Mr. Hanzo in vain! Konoha didn''t believe what I said?"


    This is purely Uehara Naraku''s overthinking.


    Jiraiya and Tsunade still believe in Uehara Naraku, at least they know that Uehara Naraku has always been very friendly to Konoha.


    They just simply don''t believe in Sansho Hanzo.


    The night was getting darker.


    The rainstorm in Yuyin Village still hasn''t stopped, and the accumulated water on the ground has not yet receded. A frog stuck its head out of the water and looked at everything around it vigilantly.


    The rain fell sparsely on Toad''s body.


    The toad opened its mouth, and a hand emerged out of its mouth, and the owner of that hand slowly came out of the toad''s mouth.


    It is the secret art of Mount Miaomu, the art of hiding the toad.


    After Jiraiya got out of the toad, he waved the toad back to Mt. Miaomu Mountain, with a look of determination on his face: "At least the infiltration is successful now..."


    The rain in the sky is slowly falling.


    These raindrops fell on Jiraiya''s body, and the white-haired ninja walked into the streets of Yuyin Village without noticing it.


    Yuyin Village.


    highest point.


    Tiandao Payne is standing here, feeling the message from Yuhu''s Freedom Art, and softly calling Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku in the village: "Someone has sneaked in, the enemy should be Jiraiya-sensei, his strength is very powerful , and will not be our companion; now he is hiding in the village, and we will find him after the rain stops..."


    "I have found it!"


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Payne, and said softly: "Master Jiraiya and I are old friends. Teacher Xiaonan''s paper escape technique is too easy to be restrained by Mr. Jiraiya''s fire escape and oil escape. Let me do it." Bar."


    "Uehara."


    Xiaonan''s voice sounded, and she said in a low voice: "This is between us and Teacher Jiraiya, you should not be involved..."


    "Is there any difference?"


    Uehara Naraku caressed his ring, sat in a small tea room, and said slowly: "Teacher, it''s not so easy to solve Jiraiya-sama. I have fought against him before, and he has strange psychic beasts. It is very simple for him to escape, it seems that our secret cannot be hidden from him..."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he slowly turned his head and looked at the sneaky white-haired old man through the glass of the tea room, and sighed faintly: "I hope the secret of Yuyin Village won''t scare him too much." Bar?"


    Shouldn''t it?


    Naraku Uehara watched Jiraiya sitting next to a villager selling steamed buns, and watched Jiraiya chatting with that villager with great interest.


    Ji Lai also bought a steamed stuffed bun, and after chatting with great interest for a while, he seemed to mention something intentionally or unintentionally: "Sure enough, according to legend, the demigod Sanjiao Yu Hanzo of Yuyin Village rules here, so this village That''s why it''s so peaceful..."


    "..."


    The footsteps on the street stopped.


    The eyes of all the villagers were focused on Ziraiya, which made him instantly realize that something was wrong, and Ziraiya hurriedly ate buns to cover himself.


    With a bun stuffed in his mouth, Jiraiya looked up and found a custom shop. After a smile flashed across his face, he turned and walked into the custom shop.


    This kind of place is the most suitable place to inquire about intelligence.


    "It''s really..."


    Uehara Naraku sat in the tea room and slowly shook his head. Although there are several custom shops in Yuyin Village, he has never been there.


    Naraku Uehara sighed, looked up at the Qingtian doll folded with paper by the window, and glanced at the thousand paper cranes on his desk, smiled and shook his head.


    the other side.


    Zilai, who walked into the custom shop, also ordered wine familiarly, and ordered a big sister who accompanied the wine, intending to use the strength of the wine to inquire about Yuyin Village.


    Originally, he just wanted to enter the hinterland of Sanshoyu Hanzo to steal some information about Akatsuki''s organization, but he didn''t expect to find some windfalls now.


    Although¡­


    These gains can be staggering.

 Chapter 263

    A custom shop in Yuyin Village.


    Jiraiya''s spirit was a little tired.


    Just after Jiraiya arrived at the custom shop, he ordered a plump woman named Tezuna, but this woman has been praising Hara Naraku since she came.


    "If it wasn''t for Master Uehara, the village wouldn''t be what it is now. Since Master Uehara came, more and more ninjas joined Yuyin Village, and the village gradually became more and more prosperous!"


    "¡­Oh."


    At this moment, the joys and sorrows of human beings are not connected, Jiraiya only feels that the girl pouring wine next to him is a little noisy, and it''s not like he doesn''t know Uehara Naraku.


    The plump woman named Tezuna saw Jiraiya''s sleepiness, and smiled lightly, "Guest, what''s wrong with you, do you feel sleepy?"


    "I''m actually fine."


    Jiraiya shook the wine glass in his hand, and asked nonchalantly, "Is the leader of this village called Sanshoyu Hanzo? Does he trust Uehara Naraku?"


    "what did you say?"


    "I said that the leader of this village seems to be Sanshoyu Hanzo..."


    "Hush!"


    Tezuna suddenly raised a finger, and said in a deep voice: "Guest, this name cannot be mentioned here, in case someone else reports it to Lord Angel..."


    "Master Angel?"


    "That''s right, Master Angel is Master Uehara''s teacher."


    Tezuna waved his hand hastily, and said softly: "If you are talking about that name here, after being found out by... Lord Angel, I will definitely not let you go!"


    "Oh, can''t you mention Hanzo..."


    Jilai also touched his chin, and began to meditate again.


    If I remember correctly, Hatake Kakashi seems to have vaguely mentioned that Uehara Naraku has a teacher who is in the upper echelon of Uehara, who is enough to influence Sansho Hanzo''s decision-making.


    I really didn''t expect it.


    Jiraiya lowered his head and frowned in thought. Ukage Village forbids anyone to talk about Sansho Hanzo, and gradually worships a ninja named Angel and Uehara Naraku. It makes people feel very strange... Is this guy Sansho Hanzo too cautious? ?


    "It doesn''t really matter, Sansho Hanzo was killed anyway."


    The plump woman named Tezuna suddenly approached Jiraiya, covered her lips and whispered: "My husband is a ninja in the village. I heard from my husband that Sansho Hanzo was killed by Master Uehara himself. It fell, and the corpse was hung on the tower by Uehara-sama for public display!"


    "puff!"


    Originally, Jiraiya was drinking slowly, but after hearing what this Tezuna woman said, he spit out the wine in a sudden gulp!


    "What did you say? Do you already have a husband?"


    After Jiraiya finished saying this, he shook his head violently, and said something more important: "Wait...you just said that Sansho Hanzo was killed by Naraku Uehara? The body was also killed by Naraku Uehara. Uehara hang it up for public display?"


    really?


    I do not believe!


    How is this possible?


    What exactly is going on?


    How could such a thing happen?


    Uehara Naraku has always been the most loyal ninja to Sansho Hanzo, he does not hesitate to violate his own conscience, always respects Sansho Hanzo''s orders with a tragic face every time, and even helps Sansho Hanzo to find longevity treasures.


    If Naraku Uehara killed Sansho Hanzo, this news is as amazing as Konoha Hokage''s personal disciple killed Hokage!


    And Sansho Hanzo is a ninja demigod!


    No, is it illusion?


    Jiraiya''s expression changed suddenly, he raised his fingers subconsciously, and slowly mobilized the chakra in his body to become disordered, this is the way to break the illusion.


    This is not an illusion, there was no auditory hallucination just now.


    After Zilai also heaved a sigh of relief, his expression gradually became extremely ugly. Unexpectedly, after entering Yuyin Village, he got such a secret that subverted his outlook on life!


    If he hadn''t sneaked into Yuyin Village today, he wouldn''t have known that Naraku Uehara, who had been talking outside about Hanzo-sama, who was loyal to Sansho Hanzo, would have killed Sansho Hanzo!


    "When did this happen?"


    Jiraiya''s face gradually calmed down, suppressing the shock in his heart, he wanted to continue to inquire about the news, hoping that Sansho Hanzo was murdered only during this period.


    Will it be...


    Uehara Naraku felt that Hanzo''s rule was corrupt, so he killed him?


    Or for the purpose of seizing power?


    That little guy Uehara Naraku doesn''t look like this kind of person at all. After all, Konoha has expressed support for him many times overtly and secretly to become the leader of Yuyin Village, but Uehara Naraku has never been moved.


    However, this plump woman named Tezuna shook her head, lowered her head and thought for a while, and said, "It seems like seven or eight years ago? At that time, Yuyin Village was actually very strict, and there were wars every day. It was Lord Uehara who killed the salamander Hanzo has brought the present peace!"


    "..."


    asshole¡­


    Seven or eight years ago...


    Jiraiya''s palm trembled slightly.


    Just a moment ago, he had the urge to crush the wine glass.


    Naraku Uehara killed Sansho Hanzo seven or eight years ago!


    Jiraiya''s little admiration for Uehara Naraku disappeared, and a conspiracy theory of Uehara Naraku spread all over Jiraiya''s body in an instant.


    That brat... hides really well!


    To be honest, Jiraiya''s mood was a little broken.


    At this moment, Jiraiya''s three views felt like they were about to collapse.


    How did Naraku Uehara manage to tell them his loyalty to Sansho Hanzo in front of them without changing his face, and even maintained it for so many years!


    Sansho Hanzo was killed seven or eight years ago!


    This also means that what Uehara Naraku said is all lies!


    In the past few years, Uehara Naraku''s actions generally acted in the name of Sanshoyu Hanzo, acting like a confidant of Mr. Hanzo.


    When negotiating, Uehara must be a ninja demigod who opened his mouth Hanzo-sama and shut up his mouth. He looked like Hanzo-sama was only the leader, which seemed quite bluffing.


    Tsunade has expressed his envy more than once, that Sansho Hanzo can have such a loyal and powerful genius ninja, especially Naraku Uehara is also good at medical ninjutsu.


    Oh shit¡­


    This guy is too good at acting!


    If Intimate Paradise is made into a movie or TV series, Naraku Uehara can definitely play a leading role!


    Jiraiya involuntarily thought of Sansho Hanzo again.


    In the past few years, the number of times Tsunade mentioned Sanshoyu Hanzo cursingly increased a lot. Before he set off, Tsunade was still accusing Sanshoyu Hanzo of only caring about his own interests and disregarding the overall situation.


    Hanzo¡¯s actions are always unsatisfactory, and everyone in Konoha thinks that it would be great if Naraku Uehara could be the leader of Hidden Rain Village...


    Now think about it...


    I''m so fucking sorry Hanzo!


    Hidden Rain Village is a scam, a scam presided over by Uehara Naraku. No wonder the messenger of Hidden Rain Village has always been Naraku Uehara. He is worried about Hanzo''s information leaked by others, right?


    These are indeed shocking.


    No, it should be said to be shocking!


    Jiraiya started to recall again, why has no one found out that Sansho Hanzo was killed?


    Even though Naraku Uehara mentioned it so many times, he didn''t reveal any flaws. Did the title of ninja demigod make them think that such a thing would never happen?


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    When this guy was still in the Chunin exam, he talked innocently about how difficult the civil war between Yuyin Village and Akatsuki was, and said with a tragic face that he could not disobey the order of the leader Sanshoyu Hanzo no matter what!


    Jiraiya also remembered the scenes of Naraku Uehara''s past...


    "I''m someone Hanzo-sama trusts very much!"


    "I will never disobey Lord Hanzo''s order!"


    "If I didn''t get this agreement, how could I be worthy of Lord Hanzo!"


    "Our leader is the ninja demigod Sansho Hanzo-sama!"


    "No one can defeat Lord Hanzo. He can defeat the Akatsuki organization by himself and drive them out of the Land of Rain!"


    no¡­


    Still kind of want to scold people.


    If Sansho Hanzo was killed seven or eight years ago, everything that happened later, such as the assassination of the third Hokage, the robbing of the land of the country of grass, and the attack on the Akatsuki organization, etc., these actions of Yuyin Village are actually all caused by Uehara Naraku and that angel. Make the next decision.


    It''s really scary... Naraku Uehara!


    Jiraiya also slowly controlled the shock on his face, and there was a surge of admiration and shock in his heart. After all, Uehara Naraku could still say that he could not be sorry to Hanzo-sama at the most dangerous time in the battle...


    Uehara Naraku is really a talent.


    The water in the ninja world is very deep.


    Many secrets are kept hidden.


    But Uehara Naraku has been talking about Sansho Hanzo with his mouth open and shut, and he didn''t show any flaws.


    Really excellent... Uehara Naraku!


    Others were sneaking in in disguise to steal information, and that brat actually stole a Yuyin Village without anyone noticing.


    However, Yuyin Village must have been invaded more than once over the years. Why has no one discovered this secret all this time?


    Jilai also began to ponder this question.


    Because all the other ninjas who sneaked into Yuyin Village were killed?


    If he leaves now, will he become the first person to successfully escape from Hidden Rain Village? If you don''t go, what danger will you encounter?


    But it''s all here...


    Jilai also had a vague feeling that if he continued to investigate, there would definitely be more gains, and Naraku Uehara must have not only hidden this matter!


    that kid...


    The plot must be very big.


    After all, Yuyin Village has covered up the truth that Sanshoyu Hanzo died long ago for so many years, and can use many methods to cover up this secret.


    "Tezuna, there''s news from your husband!"


    The plump woman sitting next to Jiraiya heard someone shouting outside, and couldn''t help but frowned and said, "What? Did your husband send you a letter? Didn''t you say that he''s going to patrol the bottom of the village today?"


    "..."


    After Jiraiya heard Tezuna''s nagging, he left the custom shop. He still got too little information here, so it''s better to catch a ninja for interrogation.


    By the way, I also want to confirm whether what Shuzuna said is true or not.


    In any case, the information provided by a woman in a custom shop is too lacking, or should a ninja be caught to ask for more truth?


    Inside the tea room.


    Naraku Uehara drank tea slowly, watched Jiraiya walk out of the custom shop with an ugly face, and quickly sneaked into the underground pipeline area of ??Yuyin Village.


    "It seems to know part of the truth!"


    Uehara Naraku put down the teacup in his hand with a smile on his lips, and said softly: "But how much truth do you know? Even if you think you have found a lot of information, in fact, you only saw the tip of the iceberg..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, and ordered loudly: "Write down the tea money for today, and send the bill to Lord Angel''s office."


    "Yes, Master Uehara."


    The waiter in the teahouse nodded hurriedly.


    Most of the villagers in Yuyin Village are used to this matter, and all the consumption of Mr. Uehara in the village will be paid by Mr. Angel.


    Naraku Uehara nodded, took an umbrella from the waiter, walked into Yuyin Village under the pouring rain, and walked to the underground pipeline area.


    Just as Naraku Uehara was walking on the street, a thousand paper cranes landed on his shoulder, Xiaonan''s voice came out: "Uehara, have you been able to determine the location of Teacher Jiraiya?"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and said softly: "Master Jiraiya just came out of the custom shop in the village and is rushing to the underground pipeline area. It happens that there are no villagers there, so we can get rid of him there."


    "..."


    Qian Zhihe was silent for a while.


    After a while, groups of origami cranes flew over and appeared beside Uehara Naraku, quickly forming Xiaonan''s appearance.


    Xiaonan looked up at the signboard of the custom shop, frowned, and hid under Naraku Uehara''s umbrella.


    "These places in the village must be banned."


    "Uh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, leaned close to Xiaonan''s shoulder to prevent the rain from getting wet on her, and said softly: "Let''s go and meet Jiraiya-sama first! Teacher Xiaonan hasn''t seen him for a long time, right?"


    "Ok¡­"


    A look of sadness flashed across Xiao Nan''s face.


    The three years of studying under Jiraiya''s school were actually very happy and relaxed, because they didn''t have to worry about starvation or too many dangers.


    And Zilai is also a very kind person to his disciples.


    If it wasn''t for keeping the secrets of Yuyin Village and Xiao Organization, Xiao Nan really didn''t want to confront his teacher.


    "Okay, let''s go!"


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm and wiped the water droplets on Xiaonan''s hair, and said with a light smile, "It''s not that easy to get rid of Jiraiya-sama!"


    And with him here, it''s even more difficult.

 Chapter 264

    Yuyin Village.


    Underground plumbing area.


    Zilai also gradually calmed down his mood.


    As a professionally trained ninja, no matter what happens in front of Jiraiya, Jiraiya feels that he can hide his good emotions.


    The only trouble is...


    Naraku Uehara told too many lies outside, and Jiraiya suddenly felt that he couldn''t count them all.


    After Jiraiya discovered that Sansho Hanzo''s death was one of the loopholes, he soon discovered that everything else Naraku Uehara said was a lie.


    How could there be such a person as Uehara Naraku in the ninja world!


    Generally, ninjas lie and deceive people by occasionally deceiving a person, or occasionally revealing a false information, why would a guy like Uehara Naraku appear!


    Uehara Naraku has always pretended that Sansho Hanzo is still alive, and made up a bunch of lies based on the fact that Sansho Hanzo is still alive. Jiraiya just thought that one of the things Uehara said might be false, and he would think of another thing Probably fake too.


    Everything is fake.


    Everything is a lie.


    The question is what is the truth?


    Even if Jiraiya tried his best to guess and analyze, he couldn''t guess it now, because Uehara Naraku''s words were completely disintegrated, leaving him without any clue at all.


    It¡¯s just the name of Sanshoyu Hanzo, which was used by Uehara Naraku for a long time. Who knows which of them may have happened in the real world, but they were only under the name of Hanzo; What about Hanzo''s head?


    Damn it, how could someone like Uehara Naraku appear in the ninja world!


    Jiraiya also feels that he has been traveling in the ninja world for so long, what experience has he not experienced in his fifties, and who has not seen it?


    But a person like Uehara Naraku is really unique in painting style!


    After Jiraiya sighed for a while, he realized that he seemed to have entered into some kind of misunderstanding. His purpose of coming to Yuyin Village was to get information from Akatsuki, not to think about how much Naraku Uehara had done under the guise of Sanshoyu Hanzo!


    Maybe, Naraku Uehara and his teacher just thought that Sansho Hanzo''s ninja demigod was famous, and they just used it to scare others from entering the Land of Rain?


    Jiraiya rubbed his wrists, looked at the two Uegakushi ninjas patrolling the underground pipeline area, gritted his teeth and said, "The next step is to find out if this kid, Uehara Naraku, has anything to do with Akatsuki, and then find Looking for information about Akatsuki..."


    At this moment, Jiraiya also very much hoped that Uehara Naraku and his teacher simply wanted to occupy this Yuyin Village, even if Uehara Naraku and his teacher had cooperated with Akatsuki before.


    For example, Uehara Naraku may have cooperated with the Akatsuki organization to kill Hanzo or something, but it doesn''t matter, as long as he is not colluding with the Akatsuki organization now.


    Even if Uehara Naraku once colluded with Shimura Danzo and Orochimaru to set off the Konoha Rebellion and assassinated the third Hokage, this is not a big deal.


    First, for Konoha, the best situation is that Yuyin Village promoted the establishment of Xiao Organization, and they eventually parted ways as Uehara said, and became life and death enemies.


    In this way, Konoha and Yuyin Village can continue to be allies.


    Second, for Konoha, the worst-case scenario is that Naraku Uehara is still a core member of Akatsuki, and has been providing information about Konoha to the Akatsuki organization.


    Looking at it this way, Konoha seems to have been played by people all along.


    "It shouldn''t be that bad, right?"


    Jilai also rubbed his temples, flew down to a certain area of ??the underground pipeline, followed the two Uegakure ninjas, and said in a low voice: "That kid Uehara Naraku can save people, isn''t his personality so bad? ?¡±


    Unfortunately.


    When Jiraiya captured the two patrolling Aminori with the toad mouth restraint technique, and tortured the information from them, Jiraiya discovered that Uehara Naraku was much worse than imagined.


    In the stomach wall of the toad.


    Jilai also touched his chin, looked at the two Yuren who were very stubborn in front of him, and said with a light smile: "Who is Uehara Naraku? Is it the leader of Yuyin Village? You can see this Everyone in the village respects him very much!"


    "Uehara-sama is the most perfect ninja ever!"


    An older patrol Yuren gritted his teeth and said in a deep voice, "If you intend to assassinate Uehara-sama, then you are dead!"


    "Ha, the most perfect ninja?"


    Jilai couldn''t help but smile, his eyes gradually became more evil: "Well, you and your wife Tezuna-san said the same thing!"


    "Asshole, how do you know my wife is Tezuna!"


    The face of the middle-aged patrolling Yuren gradually became angry, and then he looked at Jiraiya helplessly: "Didn''t you think that your enemies would investigate such a small character as me?"


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    After Jiraiya laughed a few times, he looked at the middle-aged patrolling Yuren in front of him with a serious face, and said in a deep voice: "If you want to go back to see your wife safe and sound, then tell me everything you know! Sanjiao What happened to Yu Hanzo? What happened to the change of the leader of Yuyin Village now? Who is Naraku Uehara?"


    "..."


    The middle-aged Yuren fell into silence.


    After a while, the middle-aged Yuren shook his head slowly, and replied in a deep voice: "Eight years ago, it is said that Master Uehara killed Sansho Hanzo under the order of Master Payne, and hung Hanzo''s body on the high From then on, Yuyin Village has been under their protection."


    "Penn?"


    "That''s right, the leader of Yuyin Village is Lord Payne, he is the real god in this village, Lord Uehara and his teacher, Lord Angel, are messengers sent by God!"


    "God? Payne? Angel?"


    Ji Lai also rubbed his forehead, feeling his heart beating. Why does it seem that there are more and more secrets in Yuyin Village?


    The two people, Payne and Angel, don''t sound easy to deal with. One claims to be a god, and the other claims to be an angel; and this so-called angel is also the teacher of Uehara Naraku, so the strength of this angel can be imagined.


    Looking at it this way, Uehara Naraku''s status is still at the bottom?


    Jilai couldn''t help touching his chin: "It sounds like Uehara Naraku''s status is not as high as imagined..."


    "No."


    The middle-aged Yuren shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Sir Uehara is the leader of the next generation of Yuyin Village, and he is the leader who can truly bring happiness to Yuyin Village!"


    "Oh~"


    After Jiraiya nodded suddenly, he suddenly asked, "Then Naraku Uehara, Angel, and Payne are members of Akatsuki?"


    "..."


    The middle-aged Yuren slowly lowered his head.


    After a while, the middle-aged Yuren shook his head, gritted his teeth and said, "We don''t know about this kind of thing."


    "Your pulse quickened."


    Jiraiya''s face gradually became a little ugly, and he sighed: "It seems that they may all be members of Akatsuki, the situation is really much worse than I imagined..."


    Jilai also lived to be over fifty years old.


    It was the first time he had seen such a situation.


    While standing in their Ninja Village camp, shouting and beating the members of the Akatsuki organization, and even personally leading the two sides to fight;


    While standing in the camp organized by Akatsuki, he directly and brazenly attacked Daguo Ninja Village, and took away the Tailed Beast and Renzhuriki of Ninja Village.


    Jiraiya also suddenly realized a problem, that is why there are often a few ninjas wearing hoods among the members of the Akatsuki organization, that is because they want to hide their identities, this guy Naraku Uehara, is very likely to have participated in the siege of a big country Ninja Village!


    "Unable to understand..."


    Jiraiya rubbed his forehead, recalling Naraku Uehara''s step-by-step actions: "Why did he do this? While leaking Akatsuki''s information, and even helping to rescue the Fifth Kazekage of Sand Hidden Village, he attacked and destroyed Going to Daikoku Ninja Village..."


    No matter how I think about it, I can''t figure it out.


    So far, this kind of thing has never happened in the ninja world. Who has seen such a jumping guy as Uehara Naraku, jumping back and forth between the two hostile camps!


    Jiraiya''s face changed, and he assumed a direction: "Could it be to steal information so that they can capture Jinchuriki? No matter what, we must first find a way to continue to find out about Uehara Naraku, Angel and Payne. intelligence¡­"


    Underground plumbing area.


    The pouring rain gradually stopped.


    A middle-aged Yuren appeared, arranged his clothes, and walked step by step to the depths of the plumbing area of ??Yuyin Village.


    When the middle-aged Urenin walked into the depths of the pipeline, two figures appeared at his position just now. They were Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku who had been following him.


    Uehara Naraku slowly put away his umbrella, and asked softly, "Teacher, is Jiraiya-sama in the body of Genin in that village?"


    "Well, that''s the Toad Shadow Manipulation Technique."


    Konan nodded, stretched out his hand to pat the water drops on Naraku Uehara''s shoulder, and explained in a low voice: "Mr. Thereby manipulating the actions of that ninja."


    "A remarkable infiltration technique."


    Naraku Uehara looked curiously into the depths of the underground pipeline, and said with a chuckle: "It seems that he has obtained our information, and now he should go say hello to Master Jiraiya."


    "..."


    Konan nodded hesitantly.


    At the same time, Nagato''s voice also rang in their ears: "I have sent the beast Dao Payne to help. To deal with Mr. Jiraiya, the most important thing is to be able to deal with his psychic beast. Other Pei En En can arrive at any time."


    "It doesn''t matter!"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his palm, and said softly: "I once came into contact with a psychic beast named Toad Bunta, but its strength is not very good, I will get rid of him!"


    "Uehara, don''t underestimate the power of Jiraiya-sensei."


    Nagato''s voice was faintly nostalgic, and he continued faintly: "Even if it''s me, I can''t guarantee that I can easily solve Jiraiya-sensei."


    "Anyway, let''s go say hello first!"


    Uehara Naraku walked into the depths of the underground pipeline, with a smile on his face: "Anyway, Master Jiraiya also took care of Teacher Konan and Master Nagato.


    Now that Master Jiraiya is here as a guest in our village, it would be too impolite to attack rashly! "


    Xiaonan: "..."


    Nagato: "..."


    Uehara Naraku seems to have a point.


    Facing the teachers of the past, at least we should say hello, so now we have to tell Jiraiya, why did they come to this point?


    the depths of underground pipes.


    The middle-aged Urenin controlled by Jiraiya''s Toad Hiraikage Manipulation Technique had just passed through an entrance. He carefully observed whether there were any enemies around him. Just at this moment, he heard a familiar voice.


    "It''s actually boring in the shadows, isn''t it?"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared, grabbed the middle-aged Urenin''s shoulders, and stared at the middle-aged Urenin with squinted eyes.


    Naraku Uehara smiled and said, "Come out of the shadow underground to get some air, Master Jiraiya, we''ve been watching you!"


    "..."


    Jiraiya, who was hiding in Urenin''s shadow, also tensed up.


    Now that you''ve been discovered, there''s no need to hide, right?


    The next moment, Jiraiya slowly emerged from Urenin''s shadow, recovered his body little by little, looked up at Uehara Naraku, his eyes gradually became complicated.


    Uehara Naraku in front of him is wearing the Akatsuki uniform of Xiangyun black robe, which also shows Uehara Naraku''s identity and also shows Uehara Naraku''s attitude.


    Uehara Naraku no longer hides that he is a member of Akatsuki.


    Jiraiya''s expression gradually became ugly, his eyes tightened slightly, he stared at Naraku Uehara and said: "Little Uehara, I never thought that you would be a member of Akatsuki?"


    "That''s it..."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms, as if showing his clothes to Jiraiya, and said with a light smile, "Master Jiraiya, do you think this dress looks good? This is comparable to that of the Akatsuki organization twenty years ago Much nicer uniform."


    "..."


    The corner of Jiraiya''s mouth couldn''t help twitching.


    Now is the time to discuss whether Akatsuki''s clothes look good or not!


    It''s just that what Uehara Naraku said revealed a piece of news, that is, has the Akatsuki organization been established twenty years ago?


    This time is long enough!


    This also means one thing, there must be someone who hides deeper behind the scenes of the Akatsuki organization, because the so-called Uchiha Obito who founded the Akatsuki organization, at this time Obito is just a Konoha ninja, far from qualified!


    "Hey?"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Jiraiya curiously, then continued with a chuckle: "Master Jiraiya, why aren''t you curious? Shouldn''t you be asking me the usual routine? You should ask me, the Akatsuki organization twenty years ago What''s the situation, these..."


    "..."


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    The corners of Jiraiya''s mouth twitched, he glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly, and said angrily, "Will you tell me the truth if I ask? Could it be that you, a liar, would tell me the truth?" Is the truth? Brat, in your mouth, Sansho Hanzo has been working overtime for seven or eight years!"


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help laughing out loud, obviously he could already imagine Jiraiya''s bewildered expression when he learned that Hanzo had died seven or eight years ago.


    After laughing, Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became serious, he looked at Jiraiya and said softly: "I may hide other things, but I will not hide anything about the Akatsuki organization twenty years ago of."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and signaled the frightened Urenin to leave, before he continued softly: "After all, the reason why the Akatsuki organization was born twenty years ago is also because of Master Jiraiya!"


    "what?"


    "Unfortunately."


    Uehara Naraku showed a wry smile on his face, shook his head and said: "Because a Konoha ninja cultivated three disciples, an organization named Akatsuki was born; because of another Konoha ninja, this one named Akatsuki organization to destruction and extremes."


    Jiraiya also looked at Naraku Uehara, his expression gradually became more and more complicated, as if thinking of the three disciples Yahiko, Konan and Nagato.


    Just when Uehara Naraku thought that Jilai would continue to ask him according to the routine, Jiraiya slowly shook his head and said: "Little devil, although I don''t know what you will say, but I know that you can''t say a word. Believable!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    Why does Zilai just refuse to play cards according to the routine?


    Didn''t he just hide Hanzo''s early death?


    Has his reputation really dropped to such a low level?


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Jiraiya speechlessly, and sighed faintly: "If my words are not worth believing, then would you believe Teacher Xiaonan''s words?"


    Suddenly heard a familiar name.


    Jiraiya''s expression changed, and he also noticed the name Uehara Naraku called Xiao Nan, and couldn''t help but whisper: "Xiao Nan...is your teacher?"


    The next moment, Zilai also whispered: "Xiao Nan, is that the so-called angel of Yuyin Village?"


    "That''s right."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and said with a light smile, "It seems that Mr. Raiya doesn''t know much about it!"


    Jilai also looked at Naraku Uehara''s smile, and couldn''t help but said: "Who knows if what you say is true or not! Xiaonan is the most gentle person among my disciples, how could she teach you to be like this... "


    "Naraku is right."


    A cold female voice appeared in this empty area.


    White papers fell from the sky one by one, suspended in the air and gradually formed the appearance of a person, it was Xiao Nan.


    Xiaonan looked at Jiraiya with complicated eyes, took a deep breath, and said in a deep voice: "Long time no see, Teacher Jiraiya."

 Chapter 265

    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    After meeting Xiaonan, Zilai was also in a daze.


    It''s just that Zilai also quickly regained his senses, his eyes gradually became more vigilant, and he stared closely at Xiaonan in the air: "I have really grown up, and I have become more and more beautiful women, Xiaonan ..."


    After saying this, Jiraiya''s expression darkened suddenly, and he asked sharply, "I just didn''t expect you to join Akatsuki, what''s going on?"


    "That''s what Naraku said."


    Xiaonan slowly manipulated the white paper to form a pair of paper wings behind her, and said in a low voice: "Anyway, the world has become like this, and it is useless to say anything now, Naluo, needless to say, step back a little .¡±


    "Teacher, don''t worry too much!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said softly: "Anyway, Master Jiraiya can''t escape from here anyway, at least let him know some truths before he dies, right?"


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Zilai couldn''t help looking at him, and stared at him: "You little brat... you really underestimate people!"


    Xiao Nan looked at his disciples and his teacher with some hesitation, shook his head lightly and said, "Naru, it''s useless to talk about the matter so far, and it will only waste your rest time here..."


    "Ha, you really dote on your disciple!"


    Zilai couldn''t help touching his chin, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "I didn''t expect the little girl back then to become a teacher! It''s a pity that the students you taught are really not good-looking, Xiao Nan! "


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    This sentence clearly satirizes Xiao Nan, and is also attacking him, right?


    "Teacher Ziraiya."


    Xiao Nan''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he stared at Jiraiya closely, his voice was full of stubbornness: "Naraku is the most perfect ninja in the world."


    "yes?"


    Jiraiya also chuckled and glanced at Uehara Naraku, then raised his head to look at Xiaonan, and said seriously: "But I always think that my disciple is the most perfect ninja in the world, whether it is you, Yahiko or Nagato ¡­But, that¡¯s just who you used to be.¡±


    Jiraiya''s voice gradually calmed down, and he said in a low voice: "I always thought that you died in the chaos of war, but I never thought that you were still alive, and became what you are now, a murderer who destroyed Ninja Village and killed innocent people ..."


    "Then you have misunderstood Teacher Xiaonan."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Jiraiya''s words, pointed at himself, squinted his eyes and said with a smile: "Master Jiraiya, since I joined Akatsuki, Teacher Xiaonan seldom pays attention to Akatsuki''s affairs. .¡±


    Uehara Naraku smiled and continued to speak: "I have always been the one who destroyed Sand Hidden Village, I was the one who destroyed Wu Hidden Village, and I was the one who destroyed Yan Hidden Village..."


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku''s smile deepened a bit, and he continued with a smile: "In the future, I will destroy Yunyin Village, and I will also destroy Konoha..."


    "..."


    Zilai also suddenly changed color.


    Uehara Naraku, the brat, was the first one to mention that he was going to destroy Konoha in front of him. It didn''t sound like a lie at all, but more like a real declaration of war!


    "Why, don''t you believe me?"


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead, and couldn''t help but whispered: "I just concealed a little thing, why do you feel that you can''t continue to trust me!"


    "Bastard brat!"


    Ji Lai also clenched his fists violently, his eyes gradually became sharper: "Is it all because of you, a brat? Is it because of you, a brat, that Xiao Nan became what he is now?" !"


    "No."


    The corners of Naraku Uehara''s mouth curled up slightly, showing a smile: "Now that the Akatsuki organization has become like this, I must thank you, Konoha!"


    "..."


    Jiraiya''s eyes gradually became more sharp.


    There seemed to be something happening that he didn''t know about.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Jiraiya, smiled lightly and said, "Why don''t you let me tell a very long story, I hope this story won''t disappoint Jiraiya-sama, twenty years ago, at this time, I should have been born Not long ago?


    At that time, an organization called Akatsuki appeared in the Land of Rain. The leaders of Akatsuki were three disciples of Jiraiya, one of Konoha Sannin. Their dream was to mediate all wars in the ninja world. This dream seemed naive. And great, right? "


    "..."


    Jiraiya''s expression was slightly moved.


    At this moment, he also thought of the behavior of Yahiko, the leader among the three little guys. It was indeed a great and naive idea. How could the ninja villages of the five major countries in the ninja world pay attention to the mediation of a small organization?


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Jiraiya, continued with a chuckle, "But many people believed them, even a man who abandoned his wife and son, more and more people joined Akatsuki, let the power of Akatsuki organization stronger.


    This power quickly attracted the attention of two people, one of whom was named Sanshoyu Hanzo, because this power threatened his status in the Land of Rain;


    The other person''s name is Shimura Danzo, because Akatsuki''s naive guys want to mediate a war, and what Konoha needs, unfortunately, is war. "


    "Danzo!"


    Jiraiya''s face darkened slightly.


    After hearing this name, Jiraiya felt a little uncomfortable in his heart. Is Shimura Danzo a shit-stirring stick?


    asshole!


    If there is any trouble in Konoha, there must be Shimura Danzo''s problem!


    "It seems that you should know the result!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Jiraiya''s expression, smiled and said: "Back then, Jiraiya-sama spent three years to calm down a person''s hatred for Konoha, and Shimura Danzo only took one day to make the hatred go away. revived."


    "...Is that so?"


    Jiraiya raised his head with a complex expression, and looked at Xiaonan: "So it was Shimura Danzo and Sansho Hanzo who jointly attacked you...Who died at their hands, was it Nagato?"


    After finishing speaking, Jilai also seemed to be sure of this matter, and said in a deep voice: "So Yahiko transplanted Nagato''s reincarnation eyes and re-established a terrifying mercenary organization that accommodates rebels and captures tailed beasts, is that so?"


    "..."


    Xiao Nan shook his head silently.


    After Zilai also saw Xiaonan shaking his head, he took another look at Uehara Naraku: "Little devil, what is your purpose? Even if you have hatred in your body, you should not control your hatred..."


    "If it was just for revenge, the hate would have ended long ago."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Jiraiya''s words, and said with a chuckle: "Eight years ago, we ambushed Sansho Hanzo at the same place. Four years ago, Shimura Danzo disappeared in Konoha strangely. Are you curious about the whereabouts of Shimura Danzo?"


    "..."


    A look of surprise gradually appeared on Jiraiya''s face. He remembered the time before and after Shimura Danzo disappeared, and immediately guessed the truth.


    "You killed Shimura Danzo?"


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead, and said softly: "I used to kill the third Hokage as a temptation, so that Shimura Danzo obediently appeared in front of me, and his body was regarded as Gokonoha by me." A hand-me-down gift for the teacher after a trip.¡±


    "..."


    Xiao Nan''s face was a bit ugly, as if she thought of some bad experience, she remembered the strange gifts that Uehara Naraku brought him.


    Explosive Knife ¡¤ Spray.


    The technique of multiplying the detonating talisman.


    Shimura Danzo''s body.


    Konoha''s Seal Scroll.


    Jiraiya''s face was obviously even uglier, and he also thought of another bad thing: "You kid was really good at disguising at that time! It''s even impossible for us to suspect you!"


    Uehara Naraku showed a hearty smile on his face: "Who would doubt that a person who signed an agreement with Danzo and fulfilled the agreement... would be the murderer who killed Danzo? If it wasn''t for Teacher Xiaonan, I would be too lazy Forget about that filthy guy."


    In fact, the move to kill Danzo is simply not too good.


    Even Uehara Naraku has to admit that the rewards given to him after killing Shimura Danzo are really generous, and the skill of Dark Harvest alone has allowed him to obtain extremely huge benefits, otherwise he would probably still do everything possible to do tasks to find skills .


    From a personal point of view, Uehara Naraku should kill Shimura Danzo; but from a moral point of view, Uehara Naraku should burn more paper money for Danzo...


    I also have to cook more for the sansho fish Hanzo.


    After all, these two people helped carry a lot of scapegoat.


    Calculated in this way, it is necessary to burn some Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru. These two guys have a lot of scapegoats, and they have been cheated by Uehara Naraku for a long time.


    However, Uchiha Obito has been reincarnated by the dirty soil, and Orochimaru''s soul is still in Ryuchi Cave as Yamata no Orochi, so there is no need for this.


    Jiraiya stared at Naraku Uehara closely, and said with a gloomy face, "Little brat, you are really scary for being able to hide so deeply!"


    "Have it?"


    Uehara Naraku still squinted his eyes, smiled and continued to ask: "Master Jiraiya, then guess why I didn''t continue to hide it from you?"


    "Because you wanted to kill me."


    Jiraiya clenched his fists tightly, and an incomprehensible smile flashed across his face: "It''s ironic to say that a member of Akatsuki actually leads the Ninja World to attack Akatsuki;


    A person who wanted to destroy Konoha actually saved Konoha Ninja, a murderer who destroyed Sand Hidden Village turned out to be the benefactor of Sand Hidden Village, a murderer who destroyed Kiwi Hidden Village actually sat on Kiwi Hidden''s alliance table. "


    Jilai also slowly raised his head to look at Xiaonan in the air, sighed faintly and said, "It''s even more ironic that a teacher who should be the most gentle in the world actually taught a ninja who intends to destroy the world."


    Obviously Jiraiya''s words were referring to Konan.


    In Jiraiya''s impression, Xiaonan has always been the little girl who silently supported her friends behind her back, but now she has gone astray because of hatred, and she also brought out a disciple like Uehara Naraku who worked so hard to destroy the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations.


    This world is really distorted.


    It''s just that Jiraiya''s mood has changed now, the only thing that makes him feel pity is that he doesn''t know whether the person who died that year was Yahiko or Nagato.


    Because Konan just shook his head and denied that Yahiko had transplanted the eyes of reincarnation...


    Or are both dead?


    Now apart from finding out Payne''s identity, there is no need to continue to investigate other truths, because he already knows enough.


    As long as Payne''s identity is found out, he must flee from Yuyin Village immediately.


    Originally, Jiraiya once thought about risking his life on the road to solve Xiaonan and Yahiko who went astray. Now that he knows about their tragedy, this thought has faded a lot, especially after finding out so much information after.


    The most important thing now is to bring the news back to Konoha.


    Every news is very important, and every news will change the situation in the ninja world.


    It''s a pity that just as Jilai also started to plan tactics, another figure quietly appeared on a high place, lowered his head and looked down at the people present, frowning and asked: "Uehara, Xiaonan, haven''t you solved it yet?"


    The beast said Payne, and arrived.

 Chapter 266

    When Nagato manipulated the beast, when Payne arrived, he had already learned that these people were chatting here, and he was a little unhappy.


    Because Nagato believes that talking too much will easily soften your heart.


    Nagato''s mood is a little better now, because judging from the expressions of Jiraiya and Konan, they should not be having a very happy chat.


    Only Uehara Naraku still had a faint smile on his face.


    Because Naraku Uehara leaked information to Jiraiya by taking the opportunity to vent his emotions, Jiraiya''s goal has almost been achieved, now that he has the information he wants, Jiraiya should also find a way to retreat, not find a way to solve it Penn?


    It''s a pity that the beast Dao Payne rushed over.


    Originally, Jiraiya just wanted to see if he could find out about Payne''s information. If possible, it would be best to test out Payne''s ability.


    After all, the existence of Uehara Naraku is more dangerous in a sense.


    Even if Payne has the ability of reincarnation, it is not as harmful as Naraku Uehara, a spy lurking in the alliance.


    Jiraiya raised his head slightly to look at the beast above Payne, and began to silently formulate his own battle plan in his heart.


    The first goal is to bring back all the information.


    The second goal is to try to kill the spy Uehara Naraku.


    The third goal is to tentatively see if they can get information about Payne.


    If Naraku Uehara knew about it, he would definitely scold him in his heart.


    Uehara tried every means to save Jiraiya''s life here, and let Jiraiya go back to provide power for Payne to attack Konoha in the future; as a result, Jiraiya wanted to kill Uehara, the spy .


    It can be seen from this that if you want to be nice to a person, you must find a way to let him know, instead of silently guarding by the side.


    "Is it Nagato?"


    Jilai also stared at the beast and said to Payne, with a little doubt on his face, because this person''s appearance was a bit different from Nagato''s, but he looked familiar.


    But since his face looks familiar and he has reincarnation eyes, it should be Nagato, right?


    However, Jilai also looked at the beast Dao Payne familiarly, because this is a person he met during the journey, but after the death of that person, Nagato got the body and made the beast Dao.


    Not only that.


    The six Payne are all people who have met before.


    Because of these people''s magical abilities, their corpses entered Nagato''s hands through various channels, and they were made into puppets by him, forming the Six Paths of Payne.


    Jiraiya didn''t realize all this yet, he just looked up at the beast above Payne, and frowned: "The person drawn on the information scroll sent by Wuyin Village is indeed Yahiko...so now this is Nagao door? What the hell is going on here?"


    Then another disciple who is alive now...


    Is it Nagato or Yahiko?


    Judging from what Uehara Naraku just said and Xiaonan''s reaction, the one who survived at that time should be Nagato with the eyes of reincarnation, right?


    After all, Jiraiya once believed that Nagato was once the Child of Destiny.


    Thinking of this, Jiraiya opened his mouth and asked directly: "The person who is alive now is Nagato, right? Did you make Yahiko''s corpse into a puppet?"


    "..."


    The animal Dao Payne frowned slightly. He thought that Zilai also got the truth by accident, and sighed softly: "As expected of Teacher Zilaiye, did you even guess such a thing?"


    "It''s really like this..."


    Jiraiya also sighed, raised his head and said, "Have you been manipulating Akatsuki''s tailed beasts to attack the Ninja villages behind the scenes? You shouldn''t have done all this because of hatred, right? Nagato?"


    After finishing speaking, Jiraiya took another look at Uehara Naraku: "After all, those who hurt you back then were all avenged by this kid Uehara."


    "Hate?"


    The animal Tao Payne looked down at Jiraiya, and sighed: "Teacher, after so long, your vision is still so narrow... In this world, hatred does not only trigger wars, it may also be for a greater goal, For example, to draw a break in this war-torn world and bring true peace."


    The animal Tao Payne slowly spread his palm, and said softly: "But this is also normal. There will always be many mortals in the world, and not everyone can become a god... I also experienced infinite pain, to become a god."


    The animal Tao Payne looked down at Jiraiya, and his voice was calm and calm: "Once you become a god, you will consider everything you say and think from the perspective of a god. Teacher, you are just a mortal, so naturally you can''t understand my words." Consider."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was slightly embarrassed.


    Unexpectedly, after so many years, Nagato, who had managed to be a little down-to-earth, would return to this second-class appearance once he met other people.


    god¡­


    god¡­


    god¡­


    Zilai also heard his expression change slightly.


    Because he realizes that his disciple has chosen another wrong path, this has become a battle of ninja beliefs, which means that Nagato is not easy to convince!


    When Orochimaru defected, Jiraiya did not persuade Orochimaru to succeed, but realized that when two ninjas have conflicting ideas, it is difficult to persuade each other to succeed.


    Unless, can understand each other.


    Unfortunately, that is easier said than done!


    Jiraiya''s expression gradually lost the calmness he had just now, and he was even a little frustrated and sad: "I never thought that Yahiko''s accident would make you paranoid to such an extent..."


    "teacher."


    The animal Dao Payne shook his head slightly, and sighed softly: "Only gods can easily see through things that mortals cannot see clearly; because I have become a god, I must do what mortals cannot do."


    "So what exactly do you want to do now?"


    Jiraiya slowly clenched his fingers, his knuckles creaked, and asked in a deep voice: "Collecting tailed beasts, manipulating and destroying the Great Ninja Village, your purpose is not at all to bring peace to the ninja world. It brings war and destruction."


    "teacher."


    The beast said Payne with a faint sigh: "Anyway, you are destined to die here, so it''s okay to tell you now..."


    The animal said that Payne slowly closed his eyes, and then slowly opened them again: "Using those sealed tailed beasts can create powerful spells, which can destroy a big country with just one blow."


    "Is this your method?"


    Jiraiya''s expression changed, and he said in a deep voice, "How can that kind of thing bring peace to the ninja world? It will only bring about greater chaos!"


    After saying this, Jiraiya frowned, and looked at Naraku Uehara next to him: "Besides, haven''t you already done it? This brat has already destroyed the three big Ninja villages in a row with Akatsuki''s power!"


    "..."


    There was a hint of embarrassment in the air.


    To be honest, Jiraiya seems to have asked a good question.


    The animal Dao Payne shook his head, and said softly: "The power of Uehara is always easy to be cracked, but the power of the tailed beast is different. No one can resist it, and its power will be even stronger, directly destroying a big country." , those people can only passively bear the pain they should bear.¡±


    Payne, the beast, looked down at Jiraiya, and spread out his palms: "When hundreds of millions of people die in front of them, people will fear the pain of war, and they will naturally realize the value of peace, and war will naturally come to an end. will disappear."


    The animal said that Payne glanced at Naraku Uehara and Xiao Nan, and said softly, "This world is still too young, and they need God''s help to make them realize the truth."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara nodded secretly beside him.


    To be honest, if the role of the ten tails is really as a deterrent like nuclear weapons, it will indeed make people in this world greatly reduce the possibility of war because of fear.


    At least the probability of a ninja war breaking out will become very low.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    It''s a pity that the role of the ten tails is another way to eliminate wars, that is, to directly destroy all human beings, which is more nonsense.


    "That''s ridiculous, Nagato!"


    Zilai also lowered his head with a gloomy face: "I never thought that after going through a lot of pain, you would realize such a ridiculous truth?"


    After Jiraiya accused Nagato, he saw Uehara Naraku who was nodding secretly next to him: "What are you nodding? Nagato, is this brat guiding you to do this?"


    Xiaonan: "..."


    Payne: "..."


    Uehara: "..."


    It''s none of his fucking business!


    Uehara Naraku was a little speechless.


    Didn''t you just lie to Konoha?


    Why is Ziraiya so angry?


    No matter how you look at it, he is just a harmless person, right?


    "Mr. Jiraiya, is your vision really getting narrower and narrower, and even hindering your thinking?"


    Payne shook his head and sighed softly, "Uehara met us when he was twelve years old and chose to follow us because we were his predecessors. A member of Hanzo''s assassination."


    "..."


    Jiraiya''s expression suddenly became slightly unsightly.


    Speaking of it this way, Uehara Naraku seems quite innocent. Was it misled by his two disciples?


    This guy''s spy status is really too dangerous!


    Jilai couldn''t help thinking of another person, looked at them coldly and said, "Wait, where''s Obito Uchiha? I remember he''s the leader of Akatsuki, right?"


    "Obito Uchiha was never Akatsuki''s leader..."


    The animal Dao Payne said calmly: "Because we tried to murder Uehara Naraku back then, we had expelled him from Akatsuki a long time ago. There will only be two people in this world who can become the leader of Akatsuki. The next generation leader is Uehara. The current leader is Payne!"


    After the voice fell to the ground...


    Figures in black robes of Xiangyun jumped out of a passage at high speed, and Payne''s six paths filed out, encircling Jilai in a blink of an eye!


    "Uehara, Xiaonan."


    Tiandao Payne walked forward slowly, and said softly: "You guys leave first, leave this place to me to deal with!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and took a few steps back, looking at the increasingly powerful aura of Liu Dao Payne, especially the Shura Dao who had been transformed into a devil.


    If there are no accidents, Shura Dao Payne should be the closest modern war weapon in the ninja world. In addition to nuclear bomb-level self-detonation, laser weapons, cruise tracking missiles, and machine guns are not lacking. Defensive shield.


    These weapons are deadly for ninjas...


    This lineup is stronger than the six paths of Penn in history.


    Jiraiya shouldn''t choose to go all out, but choose to escape, right?


    If it really doesn''t work, then you can only use Uchiha Obito to take Jilai away. Anyway, Uchiha Obito has been blamed so many times...

 Chapter 267

    click click click...


    Shura Dopayne was the first to do it.


    Uehara Naraku stood on a high place, looking down at Shura Dopayne''s hands turned into two heavy machine guns, firing non-stop, countless bullets sprayed out from the muzzle with flames!


    Under the cross line of fire composed of the two heavy machine guns of Shura Dao, Jilai could only roll on the ground in embarrassment, quickly casting spells and seals.


    "Earth Dungeon Earth City Wall!"


    A solid earthen wall appeared in front of Jiraiya, barely letting him breathe a sigh of relief, but in the next second, the solid earthen wall that had just been laid out was blasted into pieces!


    Jiraiya, however, took advantage of a second to quickly complete the seal of a spell: "Fire Escape¡¤Fire Dragon Flame Bullet!"


    A burst of flames spewed out from his mouth!


    Hungry ghost Dao Payne flew to the front and blocked Jiraiya''s fire dragon bullet. He opened his arms slightly to absorb all the chakra of the fire dragon bullet!


    Payne said six things.


    These are the six puppets that can cooperate with each other. Not only can they complement each other''s abilities, but they can also share their vision.


    Jiraiya looked at Payne Liudao solemnly. He also knew from the information just now that these Paynes were just puppets manipulated by Nagato, but he didn''t expect that these puppets had all kinds of magical abilities!


    Just the two Paynes among them made his hopes a little slim. These two guys are too powerful, so what about the other Paynes?


    Jiraiya''s eyes shifted slightly, and stopped on Tendou Payne who had been standing there and hadn''t made a move. Obviously, Jiraiya never thought that the puppet made by Nagato with Yahiko''s corpse would not be strong enough, and there must be something more Weird ability!


    as expected.


    Tiandao Payne flew towards Zilaiye and rushed down, condensed a Yin-Yang escape black stick in his hand and stabbed directly at Jilaiye''s body, the old master and apprentice instantly started a physical fight!


    Shura Payne''s arm turned into a sniper rifle, and he shot a sniper shot at the side. Because the six Payne''s vision shared, Shura Payne almost didn''t need to aim, and shot directly at Jiraiya !


    Zilai only had time to turn around in a hurry!


    In an instant, a pitch-black bullet grazed Jiraiya''s body, and shot a streak of blood on his shoulder!


    It was only a few minutes after the battle started, and Zilai was directly wounded by Shura Dao''s cold shot!


    The next moment, Jilai also quickly pressed his shoulder, his eyes flickered slightly, and he used his strength to climb and sneak into a tunnel!


    Based on Jiraiya''s experience, he doesn''t think there''s any point in continuing to stay.


    Just the cooperation of two or three Paynes made him a little helpless, he must first find a way to separate Payne''s six paths!


    If there is no other way, then just run away.


    Jilai also fully understands why no infiltrator has ever left Yuyin Village. Under the siege of such a strange enemy, it is indeed an extravagant hope to escape.


    "But I''m the Toad Immortal of Miaomu Mountain!"


    Ji Lai also hid in the tunnel with a smile as if he was having a hard time, and rushed along the tunnel to another exit.


    "Mr. Jiraiya, there is no point in running away."


    Shura Dopay''s face gradually began to change, and soon turned into a strange instrument, scanning back and forth in the direction of Jilai and fleeing. Obviously, this is a radar scanning tool similar to chakra imaging.


    Uehara Naraku stood in the sky watching all this, and the corners of his eyes couldn''t help twitching. He had induced Nagato to transform Shura Dao Payne, but now he seems to have filled in the last loophole of Payne''s Six Paths, which is the super-long-distance perception ninjutsu. short board.


    The next moment, the radar panel on Shura Dopay''s face locked onto Jiraiya''s position, and he raised his palm suddenly, strange missiles appeared under his palm, and shot at Jiraiya Also escape the tunnel mouth.


    These missiles had a strange ballistic trajectory, making it impossible for people to find their way, so they flew into the tunnel, and there was no explosion sound during the period.


    Obviously these are cruise missiles, all of which are under the control of Shura Dopayne, and they will only attack when they find a target.


    Jiraiya in the tunnel also watched the flying missiles, trying to dodge to avoid the attack of these missiles, but unexpectedly, all these missiles flew towards him!


    This is the nature of cruise missiles.


    Apparently, Jilai didn''t understand the difference of this kind of missile.


    "It''s too late to seal!"


    Jiraiya''s expression changed, and he hurriedly put his hair on his body: "Ninja Jizo!"


    The first missile directly blows up Jiraiya!


    Jilai could only resist this blow helplessly, but fortunately, after being blown up by this missile, he bought him a little time!


    "Fire Escape Great Flame Bullet!"


    Jiraiya''s mouth suddenly shot out a thick flame, and after directly detonating the remaining cruise missiles, his expression was barely relieved: "Can you actually actively track the target?"


    "Toad Concealment Technique!"


    Jilai also quickly closed his palms, and a toad quickly appeared in the passage, swallowing him slowly and hiding him.


    Ji Lai also hid in Toad''s stomach, stretched out his hand to cover his wound, with a wry smile on his face, he didn''t expect that he had already been severely injured by Payne at the beginning of the war.


    What should I use now?


    Underground plumbing area.


    A series of strong explosions broke the silence!


    This is Shura Dopayne''s missile that exploded just now!


    The radar scanning tool on Xiuluo Dao Payne''s face gradually retracted, and he said softly: "The Chakra reaction disappeared in an instant, and it seems that it should be hiding in some unknown space, it should be in the belly of a toad .¡±


    "what happened?"


    Uehara Naraku flew down, frowned and asked, "Is it impossible to trace Jiraiya-sama?"


    "No."


    Shura Dopayen shook his head, and said in a low voice: "He was injured by a missile before he hid, there is absolutely no way he can escape, he should have been hidden in the belly of the toad.


    I''m going to look for the toad that hides Jiraiya-sensei''s figure now, it''s too small, and there shouldn''t be any chakra reaction. "


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Shura Dao Payne is really a bit too fierce.


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s eyes couldn''t help shaking.


    If this goes on like this, there is no need for Liu Dao Payne to use his strength at all. Just Shura Dao Payne''s long-range pursuit and killing is not something that Zilai can easily get rid of!


    Who can tell him why Nagato was able to modify Shura Dao into something like a cruise missile just by mentioning a concept?


    This is one of the necessary weapons in modern warfare. It has high speed and accurate targeting. It is almost invincible when used to fight traditional ninjas of Jiraiya''s standard.


    "How to find it?"


    Naraku Uehara was a little curious.


    It is not easy to find a small toad in such a big place, especially this toad will hide in some very secret corners.


    "The easiest way."


    The next moment, Shura Dopay''s body quickly turned into small flying machines, flying densely into the entrance of the tunnel: "Spray flames in this tunnel, and the hidden toad should be forced out soon."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    This method can be imagined.


    Moreover, the drones on Shura Dao Payne have already been made and fully equipped. This is completely mechanized!


    Several other Payne also jumped up in a hurry, followed the drones into the tunnel, and blocked the entire tunnel to prevent them from escaping.


    Originally, the combat power should be based on Tendao Payne, but now Nagato probably wants Uehara Naraku to see the results of their hard work in the past few years.


    So Shura Dao Payne made a strong debut.


    It has to be said that Asura Dao is indeed a bit scary.


    If it is facing strange ninjas such as Orochimaru or Uchiha Obito, Shura Dopayne''s combat power may not be particularly effective. After all, he is just a very ordinary war weapon. Facing those strange ninjas in the ninja world Strange spells are hard to limit.


    However, Jiraiya is also an extremely standard ninja, who has received the most orthodox and formal ninjutsu education. He has almost no shortcomings, and there are no particularly outstanding techniques. At first glance, every ninjutsu of him is similar to others can learn.


    This is more embarrassing.


    Shura Dao Payne is simply perfect restraint.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head a little speechlessly, and quietly raised his fingers in his sleeves. It is estimated that if this continues, Jiraiya will soon be killed.


    Unexpectedly, Zilai also didn''t even have the chance to activate the immortal mode.


    To be honest, this scapegoat Uehara Nana is a little bit behind. If he hadn''t chatted with Jiraiya but had fought directly, it is estimated that Jilai would soon recognize the reality, and Payne''s six ways would not be able to catch up with all of them. Come here and surround Jiraiya directly.


    Now that the Six Paths of Payne are gathered, unless Jiraiya summons Fukasaku Sage and Shima Sage to use the Sage mode, it is useless to summon any other psychic beasts.


    Perhaps it was precisely because he understood this that Jiraiya did not summon the large psychic beasts like Toad Bunta, because they were simply living targets for Payne.


    Just when Jiraiya was hiding in the toad''s stomach thinking about tactics, and had already made up his mind to think of a way to delay the time to activate the fairy mode, he suddenly felt the toad on the ground jumping violently, and his body was constantly twitching!


    Is this the toad being attacked?


    Those Payne didn''t even let a little toad go!


    No, those Payne actually settled down to find such a harmless little toad, which really drove him to a dead end!


    In desperation, Zilai could only hastily tore off his clothes to wrap up his wound, swallowed another Bingliang Pill, and jumped out from the toad''s mouth.


    As soon as he jumped out of the toad''s mouth, Zilai saw small aircraft spraying flames everywhere in the tunnel. Obviously, Payne used this kind of thing to force the little toad out.


    The moment he saw Jiraiya, the flying machines quickly converged to re-form the appearance of Shura Dao, and Payne, who was surrounded by both sides of the tunnel entrance, also rushed over quickly!


    Shura Dopayment stared at Jiraiya who was close at hand, his arms quickly turned into two flamethrowers, and the muzzle of the gun was sharply adjusted to aim at his body!


    "Target locked."


    "What the hell is this!"


    Jilai also hurriedly ducked down to avoid the flames gushing out from the muzzle of the gun, a spiral pill suddenly appeared in the palm of his hand, tore a hole in the tunnel, and rolled and fled into another passage!


    Shura Dao Payne rushed over after him!


    Just as Shura Dao Payne had just entered the entrance of the cave, he suddenly saw that Jilai who had just rushed through the other end of the passage was also near the entrance of the cave!


    Originally, when Nagato manipulated Shura Dou to pursue him, he thought that Jiraiya wanted to escape too, but he didn''t expect that he actually wanted to take the opportunity to kill Shura Dou Payne!


    This teacher has too much guts!


    No, or rather, this is the style of a ninja!


    In the most dangerous time, the possibility of the Jedi''s counterattack will not be forgotten!


    "Screw pill!"


    Jiraiya saw Shura Dopayen coming with a solemn expression, a spiral pill condensed in his hand, and slammed it on Shura Dopayne''s body!


    click click click...


    The parts of Shura Dao Payne''s body that were hit by the spiral pill flashed with lightning, but Shura Dao didn''t seem to care at all, and the reincarnation eyes in his eye sockets were staring at Jiraiya closely.


    "Teacher Jiraiya..."


    Shura Dao Payne stared at Jiraiya, and said in a loud voice: "You made an unwise choice, because this Payne is too dangerous, so the core protection of him was the strictest when it was manufactured."


    Shura Dao Payne''s chest and abdomen slowly opened, and pieces of shattered parts fell to the ground. After a while, his body returned to its original state.


    This is the result of Nagato''s transformation of Shura Dopayne for so many years. As long as there is no problem with Shura Dopayne''s self-destruct core, the damaged parts can be removed to continue fighting.


    Even if there is only one core left in Shura Dao, he can detonate it.


    "..."


    There was a layer of cold sweat on Jiraiya''s forehead. He never thought that puppets could achieve this level of precision. Even Shayin Village, which is good at puppets, doesn''t have this kind of technology, right?


    A tail slowly protruded from Shura Dopay''s back, and that tail gradually turned into a light machine gun, aiming at Jiraiya''s body.


    "Is this the trick again?"


    Jiraiya''s complexion changed, and he slammed into Shura Dao Payne with his short body!


    The moment he hit Shura Dao, Jilai also felt like he hit a steel pillar!


    How the hell did this puppet do it!


    Ji Laiya didn''t dare to hesitate in his heart, after another spiral pill shattered the machine gun on Shura Dopay''s tail, the short body began to run in this passage!


    Because I also know...


    Even if there is a second delay with Shura Dao Payne, the other Payne will arrive immediately!


    Now after Jiraiya smashed the weapon that Shura Dao threatened him, he immediately continued his escape, but this road seemed extremely long and difficult!


    as expected.


    Payne''s six paths rejoined soon.


    The leader, Payne, frowned, and said softly, "Where does this pipe lead to?"

 Chapter 268

    Yuyin Village suffers from torrential rain all year round.


    There are a lot of drainage pipes in the village, which can ensure that the village will not be flooded at any time. The number of these pipes is so large that even ordinary Urenin can hardly remember where each pipe leads to.


    It''s just that in order to prevent the enemy from sneaking into Yuyin Village through the drainage pipes, these pipes will eventually be classified into several main drainage tunnels, most of which are stationed by Yuren.


    Except for one of the passages.


    Because this passage connects the tower where Nagato lives on one side, and the lake near the Akatsuki organization base on the other side, this is the secret route between Nagato and Tendo Payne.


    Unfortunately, Ji Lai also chose the route to leave Yuyin Village.


    Tiandao Payne led a group of Payne to follow closely in the passage, Shura Dao Payne activated the radar capable of tracking Chakra, and followed Jiraiya''s position closely!


    Tiandao Payne chased and killed Jiraiya, while thinking about the current situation.


    Jiraiya now has no intention of fighting head-on at all. He must just want to send back the information he got from Yuyin Village.


    It would be very troublesome if Jiraiya escaped, and it might hinder Akatsuki''s plan to capture Konoha Nine-Tails Jinchuriki.


    In particular, there is a possibility that Uehara Naraku''s true identity will be exposed.


    Fortunately, Jiraiya is seriously injured now, and it is estimated that he has injured his internal organs. During the investigation by Shura Dopayne, Jiraiya''s chakra reaction movement speed is getting slower and slower.


    Can catch up soon.


    Even Zilai played some kind of trick on the way. After escaping from Yuyin Village, he would find himself fleeing to a large lake.


    And that lake.


    It was the place where Xiao''s other members usually practiced.


    at the same time.


    Uehara Naraku was also using fate to spy on the positions of Tendo Payne and Jiraiya, and couldn''t help but frowned: "How do you feel that something is not right? Judging from this situation, Jiraiya also wants to start from Did Yuyin Village escape to Akatsuki''s base?"


    Something is really not quite right.


    Inside the underground tunnel.


    Jiraiya''s speed is sometimes fast and sometimes slow.


    Tiandao Payne led a group of Payne at a very constant speed.


    It''s just that occasionally when Shura Dao is about to launch a missile, Jiraiya seems to have a sense, and he will run away at a faster speed regardless of his injury!


    "It''s really tricky... Teacher Ziraiya!"


    Tiandao Payne frowned, and said in a low voice: "But if you run away like this regardless of your physical strength, it is impossible to escape Payne''s pursuit... And your luck is really not very good, you chose the wrong direction to escape. what!"


    Once Ji Laiya thought he had escaped from Yuyin Village, he would never realize that he was approaching another base camp of the enemy.


    While Uehara Naraku and Tendo Payne were speculating about Jiraiya, Jiraiya''s face was covered with oil paint, and he was closing his palms, counting the numbers in a low voice.


    "Fives¡­"


    "Four¡­"


    "three¡­"


    "two¡­"


    "one¡­"


    "Psychic art! Immortal mode on!"


    Jiraiya''s body suddenly erupted with a powerful aura, the toad paint on his face was rich red, and two short toads suddenly appeared on his shoulders!


    The next moment, Jiraiya took off his boots without hesitation, his legs and hands turned into frog-like flippers, and he continued to run away in the distance!


    At this moment, Jiraiya''s speed accelerated a lot!


    "Hey, Ziraiya, what''s going on here?"


    "It''s too late to explain!"


    Jiraiya landed on all fours and fled quickly in the underground passage. He said in a deep voice, "Fukasaku Immortal, Shima Immortal, one person senses the road ahead, and the other side senses the pursuers behind, escape here first!"


    Even in immortal mode, you must never turn back and fight.


    Because Jiraiya is also very clear that Uehara Naraku in Yuyin Village has the ability to steal other people''s spells, and he once forcibly cracked his immortal mode, so the immortal mode is not used for fighting, but for more convenience Just run away!


    "Ah... well, well!"


    Sento Fukasaku and Sento Shima nodded hastily.


    Among them, the Fukasaku Immortal still had some spare energy, and opened his mouth to use the water escape ninjutsu to stop Payne''s pursuit from behind, so that at least they could delay their pursuit.


    Even if it''s just Hungry Ghost Dao Payne jumping out to help absorb ninjutsu, it will make Liu Dao Payne have to stop for a while.


    This distance is the distance that Jiraiya has gradually opened up!


    Immortal Zhima was in charge of observing the road ahead and sensing the surrounding chakras. When it saw a light appearing ahead, it was obviously a little excited and said: "Wait, we will reach the exit of this tunnel soon!"


    Immortal Fukasaku looked at Jiraiya who was beside him speechlessly and said, "I really didn''t expect that one day someone would use immortal mode to escape!"


    The fairy mode of Mount Miaomu has always been used for fighting.


    Senjutsu Chakra can provide a super-high boost to the power of ninjutsu. It has always been the trump card in the face of powerful enemies. I didn''t expect that it would be used by Jiraiya to escape today.


    "a ha ha ha¡­"


    A hearty smile appeared on Jiraiya''s face, and he said, "After all, I got too much information in Yuyin Village this time, and this information is more important than my dignity!"


    "Yuyin Village?"


    Immortal Fukasaku raised his head in surprise and said, "Hey? Yuyin Village? Isn''t this the village where the kid named Uehara Naraku lives?"


    Immortal Zhima also said in amazement: "Isn''t that the brat who cracked our immortal mode last time?"


    "That''s right!"


    Zilai also nodded, with a rather ugly expression on his face and said: "Let''s leave here first to say that the relationship between that brat and us is not shallow!"


    The speed of action in the fairy mode is really fast.


    Tiandao Payne frowned, and found that the distance between them and Jiraiya seemed to have become further: "Did he turn on the fairy mode just to escape from Yuyin Village? Even if he released the Vientiane Sky Yin, the distance would not be enough... "


    After finishing speaking, Tiandao Payne said to himself again: "It seems normal, after all, his purpose is to steal information, not to kill us, but if this is the case, it will be difficult to catch up with him... "


    Unfortunately, he went the wrong way.


    Tiandao Payne slowly stretched out his palm, entered chakra into his ring, and said softly: "Now all the members at the base, rush to the unnamed lake outside the organization base to search and kill a person !"


    This sentence can be reflected to any Akatsuki member holding the ring through the Chakra in the ring and the reincarnation eye of Nagato.


    In the next second, there was silence in Akatsuki''s channel.


    Tiandao Payne frowned subconsciously, what the hell is going on, why didn''t any of these members answer?


    Tiandao Payne''s tone suddenly turned cold, and he said in a deep voice: "What are you doing? Did no one hear my order?"


    "no!"


    Didala''s voice sounded a little puzzled, and even mixed with some surprise: "It seems that everyone is at Weiming Lake this morning except the three of you!"


    Heaven Payne: "..."


    Is it such a coincidence?


    Why are these people gathering at Weiming Lake when they have nothing to do?


    This group of people organized by Akatsuki is really not idle.


    In the early hours of the morning, Ghost Lantern Full Moon and Ghost Lantern Shuiyue brothers quarreled again, and the two of them had an appointment to fight again on Weiming Lake. How could other people miss such a good thing?


    On the unnamed lake.


    The water figures of the two giants were still tearing together.


    Dried persimmon ghost waved his shark muscles, leaped up into the air and separated the ghost lamp brothers who were fighting together, and said with a light smile: "Okay, don''t fight anymore, the leader has sent a mission, let us Surround the enemy in this area!"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion looked in the direction of Yuyin Village with some surprise: "It shouldn''t be some simple character who can be explained by Payne himself?"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    "No matter who it is, he will die today."


    Sasuke Uchiha raised his eyebrows, a red light flashed in his eyes, and said coldly: "If you are a powerful guy, just let me try my new technique!"


    "The enemy is sure to please."


    Pharmacist pushed his eyes, two lights flashed in his pupils, the chakra in his body was as excited as if he had sensed the prey he wanted.


    This feeling... is really unprecedented!


    In the underground tunnel.


    Jilai in fairy mode is still running desperately.


    From time to time, Fukasaku Immortal made some troubles for the pursued Penn Six Paths, but its expression became slightly surprised: "Little Ziraiya, it seems that there is only one enemy chasing us left? Do you want to get rid of him? "


    "Ok?"


    Jilai also ran away, shaking his head and said: "No, the most important thing now is to send the information back. This time I got a lot of information, and the information is shocking enough. I always have some bad premonition..."


    Immortal Zhima couldn''t help laughing, pointed at the light at the entrance of the passage ahead, and said, "Okay, little Zilai, don''t worry, we''re going to escape soon..."


    When Immortal Zhima was speaking, his voice suddenly became a little sharp: "Little Ziraiya, stop quickly! There may be danger ahead, I seem to sense a disgusting smell, and there are several other groups of very powerful Cha carat!"


    "what?"


    Jiraiya''s palm suddenly grabbed the rock wall at the entrance of the passage, and stopped quickly, gathering his own chakra to perceive the position of the entrance of the passage.


    Phantom figures appeared in Jiraiya''s sage''s sight. These are super perceptions obtained through natural energy feedback in the sage mode.


    "No wonder there is only one enemy left chasing us..."


    Immortal Fukasaku also sensed the danger at the entrance of the passage, and said in a deep voice, "It turns out that the enemy has already set up an ambush at the exit of this passage."


    "Then rush out!"


    Jilai also gritted his teeth, his expression became more solemn, and he said seriously: "If I die here, before I die in battle, I will release the two immortals from the psychic and send them back to Mount Miaomu. Please help Bring the information back to Konoha!


    Uehara Naraku is the future leader of the Akatsuki organization, but now the leader of the Akatsuki organization is just a puppet, and the person who really controls Akatsuki is Nagato who has the eyes of reincarnation! "


    "Ji Lai Ye!"


    Sento Fukasaku looked at Jiraiya with a face full of shock, both Jiraiya''s pessimistic attitude and the information Jiraiya brought were surprising enough.


    Because Fukasaku Immortal has also heard the names of Naraku Uehara and Nagato, and knows what it means for them to be the leaders of the Akatsuki organization!


    There will be a drastic change in the entire ninja world!


    But after being stunned for a while, Immortal Fukasaku suddenly shook his head and said, "If it''s really the last moment, let the child go back!"


    After finishing speaking, Fukasaku Immortal suddenly turned his head to look at Immortal Shima: "Hey, did you hear that? We must send the information back to Konoha at that time!"


    "...shut up, old man!"


    After Immortal Shima interrupted Fukasaku Immortal, he forced a smile and said, "We haven''t fought yet! How can we give up our lives so easily! Ziraiya..."


    "Hahahaha...that''s right."


    Zilaiya nodded happily, and a bright and cheerful smile appeared on his face again: "I am the famous white-haired boy from Mt. Miaomu, Toad Immortal Ziraiya! How can I be worse than that brat Naruto!"


    After finishing speaking, he stepped on the rock wall with both feet, jumped out of the hole of the passage, and landed on the lake outside!


    The next moment, Zilai also slowly raised his head, looked at the enemies who greeted him outside the entrance of the cave, and the smile on his face became more intense: "Hahahahaha...it seems that there are quite a few enemies who greeted me! "


    Really a lot.


    On the surface of the lake stood more than a dozen Xiao members wearing Xiangyun black robes.


    Tiandao Payne soon chased after him, and Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan also flew here from Yuyin Village.


    this lineup.


    People can''t help but feel hopelessness that cannot be escaped.

 Chapter 269

    "What a big battle!"


    Jiraiya looked around at all the enemies present, and the smile on his face remained unchanged: "It seems that all members of Akatsuki are here, right?"


    Jiraiya still had a very happy smile on his face, but his heart sank little by little. It was a different experience to face all members of Akatsuki and observe Akatsuki''s information letter.


    Jiraiya couldn''t help thinking about a question in his heart, if all the members of Akatsuki invaded Konoha, would Konoha really be able to stop it?


    The answer is definitely unstoppable!


    Leaving aside the strength of Hidden Sand Village and Hidden Wu Village, the strength of Yinyin Village, which was destroyed not long ago, is actually almost the same as that of Konoha. At that time, there seemed to be only four or five ninjas who invaded Yinyin Village. ?


    Jiraiya also secretly clenched his fist, so today he must be here, desperately to eliminate some of Akatsuki''s manpower, and reduce the power of Akatsuki''s organization to invade Konoha in the future!


    "I really didn''t expect it!"


    Pharmacist raised his head and stared at Jiraiya, slowly pushed his glasses, stuck out his tongue and licked his lips: "I will meet Master Jiraiya here..."


    "this is¡­"


    Immortal Fukasaku''s expression changed, and he said with an ugly face, "Has someone finally succeeded in cultivating the Immortal Mode of Longdi Cave?"


    "how is this possible?"


    Immortal Shima''s expression also changed involuntarily.


    The snake is the natural enemy of the toad.


    The three holy places have always restrained each other.


    It just so happens that the immortal mode of Longdi Cave can restrain the immortal mode of Mount Miaomu, but the cultivation mode of immortal in Longdi Cave is very difficult, and I have never heard of anyone who can practice successfully.


    Immortal Fukasaku and Immortal Shima never imagined that among the members of the Akatsuki organization there was a ninja who had successfully cultivated the immortal mode of Ry¨±ji Cave.


    "So it''s this little guy..."


    Jilai also recognized the appearance of Yao Shidou, and said in a deep voice, "I can sense the existence of Orochimaru Chakra on your body."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist Dou licked his lips imitating Orochimaru, and said with a light smile, "If it wasn''t for Mr. Orochimaru, maybe it would be difficult for me to learn such a powerful technique in the immortal mode! It just so happens that I can stop Mr. Orochimaru here." long-cherished wish..."


    "So the person who wants to besiege is Naruto''s teacher?"


    Uchiha Sasuke stood beside Medicine Master Dou, his brows were slightly frowned, skeletons gradually emerged from his body, and he said in a cold voice: "Anyway, he can''t escape, so let me handle it! Just use him to experiment with my technique!"


    "this is¡­"


    When Jiraiya saw Uchiha Sasuke, the smile on his face slowly subsided, and he just watched the purple skeleton on Sasuke carefully: "Is it the legendary Uchiha clan''s ultimate pupil technique, Susano?"


    "Hmph, it looks like you Konoha haven''t forgotten Uchiha''s reputation!"


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at Jiraiya contemptuously, the skeleton of Susano on his body gradually solidified, he continued in a cold voice: "It just so happens that today I will take Konoha Sannin to avenge the Uchiha who was destroyed by you! "


    "Sasuke Uchiha¡­"


    After Jiraiya heard Sasuke''s words, he thought of the members of Class 7 who were far away in Konoha, and heaved a long sigh: "Another little guy who went the wrong way?"


    What I have to say is that Uchiha Sasuke has really become stronger!


    If the ultimate pupil technique of Kaleidoscope Sharingan, Susano, can be activated, it can really be called the qualification to become Konoha''s enemy, and it will even bring huge harm to Konoha.


    Just Uchiha Sasuke and Yakushido, two rebellious ninjas who were born in Konoha, made Jiraiya and the two Toad Immortals feel a little dignified.


    As for everyone else...


    All the Seven Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village are organized by Akatsuki, which makes people faintly feel like collecting them, collecting them.


    Didala, the Red Sand Scorpion, Kakuto, Hidan, Kaguya-kun Maro, Shiro.


    Konoha has collected some information about these people. There is no doubt that everyone is a difficult existence for Konoha, especially when they wear the Xiangyun black robe, they will always subconsciously think that their strength is enough powerful.


    Among them, there is also a yin and yang face of the pitcher plant, absolutely.


    This weird-looking guy didn''t seem to have been noticed much, but each of Akatsuki''s members should not be underestimated.


    There are also Tiandao Payne, Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku standing behind.


    Facing such a strong lineup, it is absolutely impossible for Jiraiya to escape, unless there is some strong support by his side...


    "The day has finally come!"


    Jiraiya slowly raised his finger, and suddenly climbed down, and said coldly: "But Jiraiya Hero Story is far from over! Immortal Law¡¤Thousands of Hair Needles!"


    The white hairs turned into sharp thousand copies, and they shot towards the people of the Akatsuki organization in front of them, almost covering the place like a dark cloud!


    "Ice Escape ¡¤ Ice Wall!"


    Bai immediately raised his finger.


    A wall of ice appeared in front of everyone in an instant!


    It''s a pity that this ice wall couldn''t withstand the strong impact at all. After just a few seconds, the ice wall was instantly pierced by Maozhen Qianben!


    The next moment, a figure stood up!


    Uchiha Sasuke opened his Susano, blocked the dense hair needle Senbon, and said with a sneer, "Hmph, Konoha Sannin, you don''t look very good either!"


    "You''ve been underestimated! Senfa Goemon!"


    Jiraiya and the two Toad Immortals released the spell at the same time, and a group of surging flames rushed out. This is a combination of Fire Ninjutsu, Toad Oil, and Wind Ninjutsu, and swept away towards the people in the Akatsuki organization in front of them. !


    However, standing on the opposite side are four Ninja Swordsmen from Wuyin Village!


    As the Kirigakure ninjas who had been hostile to Konoha''s Uchiha clan for a long time, most of them are good at dealing with fire escape ninjutsu, so naturally they will not get confused.


    Especially Ghost Lantern Full Moon, Ghost Lantern Water Moon, Ringo Yuyuri and Ganshi Kisame, they are all outstanding water escape ninjutsu in Wuyin Village!


    At the next moment, the four Ninja Swordsman and Seven joined their palms at the same time, and opened their mouths to spew out waves of water towards the overwhelming oil and fire: "Water Escape¡¤Water Array Wall!"


    Even the fire escape ninjutsu, which had gathered kerosene, was stopped by the water formation wall technique released by the four of them, and steam diffused across the lake in an instant.


    Jilai also almost subconsciously thought that he had seized the opportunity, and his figure suddenly appeared beside the water formation wall, and he pressed down with one hand: "Immortal Law Super Jade Spiral Pill!"


    It is a person who can kill one!


    Now is the time to get desperate!


    In any case, killing an Akatsuki ninja here will save Konoha many deaths when the Akatsuki organization may invade Konoha in the future.


    Facing the defense of the water barrier, Helix Wan happened to be its nemesis!


    Just taking advantage of this wall of water and mist to block the line of sight, use the super-large jade spiral pill to eliminate one of the enemies!


    "Ice Escape ¡¤ Ice Wall!"


    Bai suddenly raised his palm.


    The tall wall of water was completely turned into a wall of ice in an instant.


    It''s a pity that this ice wall can''t stop Jiraiya''s technique, and the super-large jade spiral pill broke through the defense of the ice wall almost instantly.


    However, a shark muscle broadsword stopped the spiral pill!


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned, looked at Zilai and smiled lightly: "It''s not delicious at all, it seems that these things with a strange smell are very annoying to Shark''s muscles!"


    This is another scary aspect of Akatsuki.


    No matter what the spell is, there will always be a ninja who can crack it.


    Zilai couldn''t help but frowned, the murderous intent in his heart was even stronger, these people seemed to have no weakness at all when they gathered together.


    "Ghost shark, step back."


    Tiandao Payne stepped on the water and walked towards Jilaiye step by step. A pitch-black yin and yang black stick slowly appeared in his hand. Looking at Zilaiye, he said softly: "Mr. Zilaiye, don''t think about continuing to resist!" , let me give you a ride!"


    "Tsk, that''s okay, your subordinates are really hard to deal with!"


    Ji Lai also nodded slowly, a trace of sadness flashed across his face, and he couldn''t help but feel a trace of the sadness of a hero''s twilight in his heart.


    A new generation replaces the old.


    Even Konoha Sannin like him felt a little powerless in this situation, and it seemed impossible to try to get something cheap in front of such a powerful Akatsuki organization?


    Is the future all entrusted to Naruto?


    "Then get rid of Payne, who should be the strongest!"


    Jilai also squeezed his fist and rushed towards the direction of Tiandao Payne, but it was a pity that he was greeted by an indifferent voice.


    Tiandao Payne tilted his head, looked at Jiraiya''s position, and stretched out his palm expressionlessly: "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    The next moment, Zilai also flew out unexpectedly!


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    After seeing Payne''s shot, the members of the Akatsuki organization scattered and retreated to make room for the battle between them.


    "It was just blown away in an instant."


    Jilai also climbed up with an ugly face, opened his mouth to spit out a stream of blood, and said in a low voice: "I didn''t see what the spell was at all..."


    Immortal Fukasaku and Immortal Shima were also knocked off their shoulders by Payne''s Shenluo Tianzheng, and the two Toad Immortals also spat out a mouthful of blood involuntarily.


    The fairy mode was also broken in an instant!


    A black stick shot out violently, hitting Jiraiya''s shoulder!


    Jilai also saw this scene, and whispered: "Hey, Fukasaku Immortal, Shima Immortal, I entrust you with my affairs!"


    "Hey, Zilaiya!"


    When Fukasaku Sage and Shima Sage were about to say something, two black sticks struck from behind and were about to nail them both to the ground!


    Jiraiya''s body suddenly erupted with great strength, stepped on the water with one foot, stretched out his two arms to help them block the two yin and yang escape black sticks!


    Now there are three yin and yang escape black sticks stuck in his body, blocking the flow of chakra on his shoulders and two arms, and he can''t even connect the seals. Now Jiraiya has almost no power to resist!


    A look of horror flashed across the faces of Fukasaku Sage and Shima Sage.


    "Old woman, you go first!"


    Immortal Fukasaku waved his hand to show his will, and Immortal Ma jumped on Jiraiya''s body after retreating, trying to help him pull out Yinyang Dun''s black stick with all his might.


    It''s a pity that no one will be willing to give it a chance.


    Tiandao Payne once again condensed a black stick of yin and yang escape in the palm of his hand, aimed at Jiraiya''s position, and said softly: "Goodbye, Teacher Jiraiya..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Xiao Nan who turned his head away with complicated emotions, slowly stretched out his palm, gently held Xiao Nan''s fingers, patted her palm, and comforted Xiao Nan''s emotions.


    In this somewhat tragic atmosphere, Xiaonan was silent for a while, then suddenly looked at Naraku Uehara with a complicated smile: "Naraku, actually, I really don''t want to come to my teacher... When you become my disciple, I have gradually understood Jiraiya-sensei''s feelings... I am also very worried that one day we will..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell into deep thought.


    Xiaonan''s words sounded a little ignorant.


    Uehara Naraku''s heart gradually became tense, slowly clenched the fingers in his palm, slowly lowered his head and said softly: "The teacher is worried that one day we will become like Nagato-sama and Jiraiya-sama? "


    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his eyes, and said word by word: "Mr. Xiaonan, how could I hurt you?"


    "No."


    Xiao Nan raised his head and stared at Uehara Naraku, with some determination in his orange pupils: "I will protect your life, I will not let you experience any pain, and I will not let you lose the direction we are walking together."


    Whoosh!


    The Yin-Yang Dunhei stick in Payne''s hand suddenly shot at Jiraiya!


    Just when everyone thought that Jilai would die in this battle, even Konan closed his eyes and hid behind Uehara...


    A vortex of time and space suddenly appeared beside Jiraiya, and a figure wearing a mask suddenly flashed beside Jiraiya, and stretched out his hand to grab Jiraiya''s body.


    The next moment, Zilai was also collected by the space-time vortex.


    The masked man watched the Yin-Yang escape black stick fall into the water, and said with a smile: "Hey, hey, no matter what, killing your own teacher is too much, right?"


    "Uchiha Obito!"


    Many people present changed their faces!


    The people present, Jue, Uchiha Sasuke, Payne, and Konan almost all had unresolved hatred with Uchiha Obito.


    No one thought that Obito Uchiha would suddenly appear in this situation and save Jiraiya!


    Xiao Nan''s face also changed, his brows were furrowed, and he said in a low voice, "Why did Uchiha Obito appear here? Why did he save Jiraiya-sensei!"


    "It should be to deal with us!"


    Uehara Naraku''s face also became extremely ugly, and he said in a deep voice: "Our tailed beasts are about to be collected, can Uchiha Obito really be unable to sit still?"

 Chapter 270

    "Little devil, you really guessed it!"


    Obito Uchiha looked at Naraku Uehara, spread out his palms gigglingly, and laughed recklessly: "Hahahaha... But what I didn''t expect is that I can still see such a good show today!"


    After saying these words, Uchiha Obito''s voice suddenly became gloomy like nervousness again: "Hmph, Uehara Naraku, you are right, if you kill too many powerful ninjas, in the future Am I going to face all of you monsters alone?"


    Obito Uchiha is simply crazy.


    The unaware members of the Akatsuki organization frowned involuntarily, especially Tiandao Payne and Heijue, they hated these unplanned guys very much.


    The members of the Akatsuki organization who knew about it also frowned, because they saw Naraku Uehara frowning, so they had to follow the crowd.


    The half-knowledge and half-unknowledge of the Akatsuki organization also frowned, because his name was Sasuke Uchiha.


    "Uchiha Obito!"


    Uchiha Sasuke Kaleidoscope Sharingan is very strange, he stared at Uchiha Obito, manipulated his Susano, and set up a purple bow and arrow towards Uchiha Obito!


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth and said: "You Konoha lackey, Uchiha clan traitor...I will kill you now!"


    "Ahahahaha, did you make a mistake?"


    Uchiha Obito scratched his head, and said with a smile: "Hahahaha, but it doesn''t matter! Anyway, I have become dirty, if you want to kill me, you have to be careful of your own life." Yo!"


    This sentence is really true.


    When Uchiha Obito said these things, he was telling the truth.


    Since he first plotted against Uehara Naraku eight years ago, he started to take the blame. So far, his people are all dead, and his body is still being splashed with dirty water.


    Uchiha Sasuke naturally didn''t know.


    After aiming at Uchiha Obito, the giant purple Susanohu arrow suddenly shot at Obito, with momentum like a rainbow, as if it wanted to directly penetrate Uchiha Obito!


    It''s a pity that Obito Uchiha''s body was in a blurred state, and the giant arrow passed through his body and fell under the lake.


    "Hehehe, really..."


    Uchiha Obito stroked his mask with his palm, and said with a gloomy voice, "Sasuke, compared to your elder brother Uchiha Itachi''s Kaleidoscope Sharingan, it''s so much worse!


    Sasuke, instead of participating in these battles, hide and protect your life! If you die, the Uchiha clan will truly be wiped out! "


    This sentence is also a sincere exhortation.


    Because the Uchiha who is still alive in this world is indeed the only Uchiha Sasuke left.


    Faced with the persuasion of such an extermination enemy, Sasuke naturally refused to listen, and even wanted to continue to manipulate Susano to attack with some anger.


    Fortunately, the pharmacist next to him couldn''t stand it anymore and persuaded him: "Sasuke, your strength is not enough to kill him now! Don''t waste chakra in vain..."


    "Yes, Senior Dou."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded obediently. Facing his own people like Yakushidou, Uchiha Sasuke still had to listen to his advice.


    Uchiha Obito took a deep look at Sasuke, then at Tendao Payne, then at Heijue for the last time and said, "Okay, I''ve noticed all your efforts to collect tailed beasts, wait for me in the future I will give you a good time when I kill you!"


    After finishing speaking, Obito Uchiha will disappear into a vortex of time and space.


    Tiandao Payne stretched out his palm suddenly, a gravitational force emanated from his body, and the target was Uchiha Obito: "Vientiane Tianyin!"


    He wants to stop Uchiha Obito!


    But after feeling that gravitational force, Obito Uchiha instantly canceled it and returned to the Kamui space, turning into nothingness and avoiding Vientiane Tianyin.


    This is where the trouble with Uchiha''s Obito ability comes in.


    It is very difficult for anyone in this world to really hurt him.


    Uchiha Obito chuckled, looked at Tiandao Payne and said with a chuckle: "We all know each other''s abilities, so don''t waste your efforts... Protect your eyes during this time, I may get them at any time, haha Ha ha ha ha!"


    After a burst of wild laughter, Obito Uchiha was about to disappear before everyone''s eyes again.


    This time, Tiandao Payne did not stop him.


    When there is no real way to hurt Uchiha Obito, if you make a rash move, it will easily arouse Uchiha Obito''s vigilance.


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth bitterly.


    Now that Uchiha Obito is gone, this hatred can only be temporarily suppressed.


    Everyone present looked at each other in blank dismay. No one thought that the entire Akatsuki organization would go out together and fail to keep Obito Uchiha behind!


    He even took Zilai away!


    "Okay, let''s go back and get ready!"


    Tiandao Payne took a look at everyone present, and said in a low voice: "I want to rethink the plan to capture Eight Tails Jinchuriki and Nine Tails Jinchuriki."


    "..."


    Everyone in Akatsuki''s organization looked at each other, and each decided to turn back to Akatsuki''s base.


    After they all left, Tiandao Payne slowly raised his head to look at the cloudy sky, and said in a deep voice: "I don''t know when Jiraiya-sensei will return to Konoha with our information, so capture Kyuubi Injuriki''s plan cannot be delayed any longer..."


    "In this case¡­"


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and said softly, "Then we''re going to capture Eight-Tails Jinchuriki and Nine-Tails Jinchuriki at the same time?"


    To be honest, Uehara didn''t like the plan.


    Because in this case, his schedule will become very rushed.


    Whether it was the power of thunder that broke through Yunyin Village or the power of fire that broke through Konoha Village, Naraku Uehara didn''t want to give up easily.


    "Well, that''s right."


    After Tiandao Payne finished speaking, he said in a low voice: "There is also the matter of Uchiha Obito. After we catch Kyuubi, we can find a way to solve his hidden dangers! Facing the mysterious time-space spell, apart from time-space Other than spells, others are difficult to deal with..."


    "Nagato."


    Xiaonan stood beside Uehara, glanced at Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "If it is Uchiha Obito, I have already prepared a spell that can defeat him, and I am very sure that I can get rid of him."


    "Okay, then go back and get ready."


    Tiandao Payne slowly turned and walked towards Yuyin Village, and said in a deep voice: "We must capture the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki and the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki as soon as possible to complete the plan to revive the Golem of the Outer Way... Otherwise, other accidents will easily happen. "


    "Ok¡­"


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help rubbing his forehead.


    It''s a pity that Uehara now has to make some other changes to the plan. The original plan to resurrect the golem of the heretics is a pure lie!


    After seeing Tiandao Payne leave, Uehara Naraku and Xiao Nan also returned to Yuyin Village, and he also looked at the rewards he had received on the way.


    Side mission: Let Jiraiya escape from the Yuyin invasion event (1/1), the mission has been completed, and a consumable Taoist jade will be rewarded.


    Seeking Dao Jade (consumable): Ninjutsu derived from extreme changes in the power of Yin and Yang of the Five Elements. Only those with the power of the Six Paths can control contact. Other enemies will be instantly turned into nothingness by the Seeking Tao Jade. This Seeking Tao Jade can only be used once .


    Damn, earn a little big.


    This was Uehara Naraku''s first thought.


    How could the system still ask for rewards like Daoyu to appear?


    Is this still a normal reward?


    At this stage, this is clearly a cheat!


    A seeking jade means that Uehara Naraku can destroy any ninja at any time, even Uchiha Madara and Senju Hashirama!


    Sure enough... People who like the second dimension, in fact, there have always been many people who hope that Jilai can live?


    Originally Uehara Naraku wanted to keep Jiraiya''s life, mainly because he felt that Nagato and Konan owed a debt that was difficult to repay, not to mention that after Nagato killed Jiraiya, sooner or later he would regret what he had done. Wrong thing.


    The ultimate weapon itself is a lie.


    Nagato''s so-called having to kill Jiraiya for the sake of ideals and blocked roads will only become the biggest mistake he made in his life.


    It might as well let Naraku Uehara take advantage of the opportunity.


    After all, there is a high probability that the side quest reward that left Ziraiya alive will get the most valuable reward in the two-dimensional wishing system.


    In fact, this mission reward did not disappoint Naraku Uehara.


    It even far exceeded Uehara Naraku''s expectations.


    the other side.


    Within the divine power space.


    Jilai is also still looking at the layout of the entire Shenwei space.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    At this time, a time-space vortex appeared in the Kamui space, and the figure of Uchiha Obito fell down, and Zilai couldn''t help frowning.


    Obito Uchiha was the murderer of Konoha''s later decline. If Obito Uchiha hadn''t killed the Namikaze Minato couple, Konoha must be stronger than it is now.


    At least it won''t be so difficult to face the Akatsuki organization...


    "Master Ziraiya..."


    Obito Uchiha casually spread out his palm, smiled lightly and said, "I saved you in the mortal crisis just now, shouldn''t you be grateful to my benefactor?"


    "Then you are really kind..."


    Jiraiya''s face gradually became heavy. He remembered the information about Uchiha Obito when he was in Yuyin Village. Uchiha Obito had been expelled from the Akatsuki organization, so he wanted to borrow the power of Konoha Revenge?


    Panting heavily, Jilai also pulled out a few black sticks on his shoulders, and said in a deep voice, "You have been expelled from the Akatsuki organization long ago, so you guys want revenge or want to control the future Akatsuki collection Did the power of the tailed beast save me, the enemy of the enemy?"


    "As expected of Master Ziraiya."


    Obito Uchiha patted his palm gently, and praised: "Actually, I also want to say that now I really want to save Master Jiraiya!"


    This is also true.


    Jiraiya is also the teacher of Namikaze Minato, and one of Konoha''s strongest combat powers; after saving Jiraiya, Uchiha Obito can also make up for the guilt in his heart a little bit.


    It''s a pity that he is now controlled by Uehara Naraku.


    Otherwise, Uchiha Obito really wants to regret it.


    Jilai also slowly bandaged his wound, glanced at Obito Uchiha, and said in a low voice: "Do you think I will believe it? Really, they should all be well-behaved little ghosts... After growing up, they will all become big Trouble!"


    Jiraiya''s disciple, Nagato, Konan.


    Namikaze Minato''s disciple, Uchiha Obito.


    Hatake Kakashi''s disciple, Uchiha Sasuke.


    After these little guys grow up, each one becomes more troublesome, and they all have the power to shake the world.


    "Okay, Master Ziraiya."


    Uchiha Obito rubbed his mask, and said softly: "I will send you back to Konoha immediately, because you have stolen too much information, the time for Nagato and the others to invade Konoha may be greatly advanced!"


    "Although I want to borrow a knife to kill someone..."


    There was a slight smile on Jiraiya''s face, but there was a trace of melancholy mixed in the smile: "But after all, it helped me go back and protect Konoha..."


    "hehe¡­"


    Uchiha Obito smiled and said: "No matter how you say it, Konoha is also my hometown!"


    Jiraiya also looked at Obito Uchiha, shook his head and said: "You are the murderer who created the Nine-Tails Rebellion and almost destroyed the entire Konoha, so you don''t have to put on such an appearance in front of me..."


    "¡­yes."


    Uchiha Obito''s body gradually became stiff, and the next moment he said something like this: "Now we can talk about business, right? Master Jiraiya, do you want to consider cooperating with me to solve Akatsuki?"


    "cooperate?"


    Jiraiya looked at Obito Uchiha, and the corners of his eyes tightened slightly: "If you cooperate with someone like you to fight Akatsuki, isn''t it just seeking skin from a tiger?"


    "yes."


    After Uchiha Obito nodded, Shen Sheng continued: "But if you want to solve Akatsuki, it is tantamount to dreaming! In this world, except me, no one can help you solve Akatsuki!"


    After Uchiha Obito finished speaking, he turned his head to look at Jiraiya and said, "As long as we work together to get rid of Nagato, Konan, and Uehara Naraku who are Akatsuki''s core members, it means that Akatsuki will soon fall apart. "


    "...The words sound familiar."


    After a flash of doubt flashed across Jiraiya''s face, his head was immediately full of black lines: "I remember that kid Uehara Naraku once said that as long as you get rid of Uchiha Obito, the mastermind behind the scenes, the Akatsuki organization will collapse..."


    "He''s lying to you!"


    Obito Uchiha looked at Jiraiya, and said in a deep voice: "Naraku Uehara is lying to you, he has been lying to you, even..."


    Even now, I am still lying to you.


    This sentence can''t be said anyway.


    Jiraiya looked at Obito Uchiha, and said in a low voice: "That kid has been lying to us, don''t you lie to me now?"


    "So what?"


    Uchiha Obito approached Jiraiya a little bit, and whispered: "Even if I''m lying to you now, after hearing what I said, you still can''t help but be fooled, right?"


    "What words?"


    "Dawn still has my people inside."


    Uchiha Obito looked at Jiraiya, and said word by word: "As long as we cooperate, I can deliver wrong information to Akatsuki at any time."


    Uchiha Obito approached little by little, and there was even a hint of bewilderment in his voice: "Akatsuki''s intelligence personnel are absolutely mine, in fact, they have always been my people!"

 Chapter 271

    Zilai was also a little surprised.


    Uchiha Obito''s words are really shocking.


    If Akatsuki''s intelligence personnel are Uchiha Obito''s undercover agents, then it means that Akatsuki''s operations are still under Uchiha Obito''s surveillance. No wonder this guy can arrive at such a critical moment today.


    I really didn''t expect it!


    Uehara Naraku of the Akatsuki organization has been deceiving them, the big country Ninja Village. When Uehara Naraku, that kid deceived others, he must have never thought that Uchiha Obito has been deceiving the Akatsuki organization behind their backs, right?


    What the hell is going on in this world?


    Is this world just a big matryoshka game?


    Jiraiya''s face gradually returned to calm. After he lowered his head and thought for a while, he raised his head again to look at Obito Uchiha, grinning and said: "You little devils like to hide in the dark so much. Are you planning everything..."


    Jilai also slowly spread his palm, and said softly: "Uehara Naraku is deceiving us, and you are deceiving them, how do you know, is there anyone behind you who is manipulating everything about you?"


    "good."


    Uchiha Obito slowly lowered his head, his voice gradually calmed down: "It is true that someone is manipulating me behind my back, but what does that matter?"


    Uchiha Obito stroked his mask, and said in a low voice: "When I was manipulating Nagato, Konan, and Uehara Naraku behind the scenes, who would have thought that they would drive me out of the Akatsuki organization outrageously?" Woolen cloth?"


    When Uchiha Obito said this, his voice gradually became gloomy: "As long as you have enough strength and precise planning, even a chess piece may not be without the possibility of overturning. How can you be sure that you are not the one that turned over?" Woolen cloth?"


    This thing is really miserable.


    Who would have thought that the kid Uehara Naraku did not become a useful chess piece, but instead directly became a chess player.


    Obviously that brat can''t dance too well!


    Why did he succeed in making a comeback?


    Uehara Naraku is involved in almost everything in the ninja world, but no one has ever noticed that there is a huge conspiracy hidden under his innocent smiling face. Is it because he has always been too young?


    Even if Jiraiya also found out that Uehara Naraku was a member of Akatsuki, it was useless.


    Instead, because of this incident, Jiraiya jumped into Uehara''s chessboard by himself and began to be used by Uehara Naraku.


    Uchiha Obito sighed softly in his heart, but he continued to say forcefully: "Of course, some people can never escape the fate of becoming chess pieces, such as your two disciples Nagato and Konan."


    When talking about this, Obito Uchiha seemed to think of something.


    A red light flashed in the writing wheel eyes under the mask, and he said with a light smile, "Master Jiraiya, did you find that there was a missing disciple in Yuyin Village this time? In fact, I also had the responsibility to destroy the Akatsuki organization led by Yahiko back then." portion!"


    "..."


    Zilai also raised his head abruptly.


    The next moment, Jiraiya''s face slowly regained his calm.


    I have experienced too many things today, and Jiraiya also feels that his heart has had enough stimulation. What Uchiha Obito said seems not unusual.


    If someone hadn''t led Nagato and Xiaonan to go the wrong way, how could those two disciples have become as extreme as they are now?


    Uchiha Obito continued casually: "The rumors in the ninja world are correct. The formation of a monster organization like Akatsuki is my masterpiece. I personally made Nagato and Konan into despair, and guided them to make tailed beast weapons."


    "..."


    Zilai was also silent.


    Uchiha Obito spread out his palms, his voice gradually became more crazy: "In fact, they don''t even know that the so-called tail beast weapon is just a lie...It''s a pity that they have no turning back."


    Uchiha Obito slowly turned his head to look at Jiraiya, said with a light smile, "Speaking of which, we are really destined! Master Jiraiya should have five disciples now, right?"


    When talking about this, Uchiha Obito''s palm slowly covered his Sharingan: "Yeah, yah, yah... It''s really interesting, the life tragedies of Mr. Jiraiya''s five disciples seem to have something to do with me. What a close relationship!"


    "..."


    Zilai also slowly clenched his fist.


    Yes, that''s right!


    Yahiko, Nagato, Konan, Namikaze Minato, Uzumaki Naruto.


    Uchiha Obito is indeed the murderer of the tragedy in the lives of his five disciples, even Uzumaki Naruto became an orphan because of Obito.


    Jiraiya''s face gradually became gloomy, he stood up slowly, stared closely at Obito Uchiha and said, "Little ghost, are you provoking a teacher!"


    "No."


    Uchiha Obito helped his own mask, and said softly: "I''m giving you a chance, Mr. Jiraiya, giving you a chance to save your disciple."


    Obito Uchiha spread out his palms and said with a light smile, "You didn''t show up when Yahiko died in battle, and you didn''t show up when Minato-sensei died..."


    When saying these words, Uchiha Obito''s voice had a hint of smile: "Now when Naruto Uzumaki, Nagato and Konan, the three final disciples are about to fight to the death soon, but you can be present, Shouldn''t you be grateful to me?"


    Uchiha Obito looked directly at Jiraiya, and said softly: "Akatsuki''s last step must be to capture the nine tails in Uzumaki Naruto''s body, the battle between them is absolutely inevitable..."


    "..."


    Zilai fell into silence again.


    If he said before, he would definitely choose to stand by Uzumaki Naruto''s side; but after hearing what Uchiha Obito said so much, there was a trace of hesitation on his face.


    To be honest, now Jilai also wants to return to Yuyin Village, to see if he can persuade Nagato and Xiaonan to let go of their unrealistic plan...


    However, Obito Uchiha seemed to have thought of this, and continued with a smile: "Master Jiraiya, do you know why I am willing to tell you so much today? Because I am sure this is an unchangeable fact."


    Obito Uchiha continued: "And the most important thing is time, Master Jiraiya, you only have one chance to return to Konoha and tell them that Akatsuki is about to invade Konoha;


    Or you can go back to Yuyin Village and choose to change Nagato and Xiaonan, but you have no evidence to convince them, and you will only die if you go. "


    Uchiha Obito stretched out his palm, and said softly: "You have only one way, and that is to obediently cooperate with me, and you can save the life of your last disciple Uzumaki Naruto."


    After Uchiha Obito finished speaking, he scratched his head again, became nervous and giggled and said: "After all, Naruto is the son of Minato-sensei, in fact, I also want him to live in my heart hahahahaha..."


    "..."


    Jiraiya looked at Obito Uchiha with a complicated expression, and said in a deep voice: "How did that simple Obito Uchiha back then become like this!"


    "I used to yearn for the light too!"


    Uchiha Obito slowly covered his mask with his palm, and said in a gloomy voice: "I also yearned to become Hokage back then, but I discovered the darkness of Konoha. Only strength can have the power to choose your dreams."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Uchiha Obito looked up at Jiraiya and said, "Have you figured it out? Master Jiraiya, should I send you back to Konoha now, or should I throw you down to die?"


    "..."


    He also fell into a long silence.


    Uchiha Obito didn''t know why, he seemed to be very patient, just stood there, quietly waiting for Jiraiya''s answer.


    After a long time, Zilai also raised his head slowly, and said softly: "What you said today is a bit confusing. From the beginning of the cooperation, the truth about the so-called tailed beast weapon was revealed, and you even gave me the right to choose. It''s kind of incomprehensible¡­¡±


    Jiraiya also looked at Obito Uchiha with a smile on his face and said, "It''s really an interesting question for my teacher to choose to save Nagato or Naruto..."


    The smile on Jiraiya''s face deepened a few layers, and he said with a smile: "Actually, you are Nagato''s subordinate, right? The person who manipulates you is Nagato, right? Hahahaha, all of this is a lie to me... Nagato How could He Xiaonan have the heart to kill his teacher!"


    "..."


    I guessed wrong!


    Why can''t you guess Uehara Naraku!


    Uchiha Obito almost roared in his heart, hoping that Jiraiya could also analyze the name Uehara Naraku, but unfortunately, Jiraiya also guessed that he had already digressed.


    It even sounds a little ridiculous.


    Naraku Uehara, who controls Uchiha Obito in Ugakure Village, was silent for a while, and continued to raise his finger expressionlessly.


    Within the divine power space.


    After Uchiha Obito was silent for a few seconds, his voice became gloomy again: "You guessed wrong, Master Ziraiya, this was originally a game I created for both of you, so that you can trust each other A murderous game."


    Uchiha Obito''s voice echoed in this empty Kamui space: "I just want to make this game more interesting. I want to see how you, the teacher, will treat the disciple who wants to destroy the world..."


    After Uchiha Obito finished speaking, he continued softly: "Because Minato-sensei is also good to me, so I also want to see what a teacher who was killed by his disciples will do... Everything I said is true, I It¡¯s also true that I want to cooperate with Konoha.¡±


    "...Send me back to Konoha!"


    Jiraiya rubbed his forehead, looked at Obito Uchiha and said: "You told me so much, don''t you worry that we will kill you after we solve Nagato in the future?"


    "Won''t."


    Uchiha Obito looked at Jiraiya, and his voice gradually became serious: "Because after solving Nagato and Konan who betrayed me, we still have an enemy to deal with together, the one who manipulated me behind the scenes to do all this people."


    "who?"


    "Uchiha..."


    When saying this surname, Uchiha Obito''s voice gradually became obscure, and finally spit out a terrifying name from his mouth: "Madara."


    "Uchiha Madara... isn''t he already dead?"


    "No."


    Obito Uchiha shook his head, and said softly: "For some powerful ninjas, life and death are no longer barriers that are difficult to break through. Even Kakudo, who only sells his teammates for money, can live a long life. What is impossible?"


    After finishing speaking, Obito Uchiha opened his mouth and added: "The Zee hidden in Akatsuki, like me, is Uchiha Madara''s subordinate. The difference between him and me is that he is absolutely loyal to Uchiha Madara, "


    Uchiha Obito looked at Jiraiya, and said solemnly: "Just wait and see! Uchiha Madara has already planned everything, and he will return soon.


    This ninja world has never been so peaceful.


    Since you have chosen to go back to Konoha to save Uzumaki Naruto, then I will send you to a safe place and the closest place to Konoha. "


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Obito''s figure disappeared into the Kamui space.


    Within the empty space of Shenwei.


    Jiraiya slowly sat down cross-legged, clenched his fists little by little and then loosened them again: "I am Konoha''s white-haired hero Jiraiya, how could I give up anyone who can be saved!


    The matter of Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Obito can be put aside for now, and now we must find a way to solve Nagato''s paranoia and Akatsuki''s invasion of Konoha!


    Ha, as a teacher, one should educate one''s disciples and help one''s disciples correct their mistakes, isn''t that what a teacher should do? "


    Jiraiya looked up at the empty space of Kamui, and said in a low voice: "In the past, I was indeed always close, and my life was always full of tragedies and regrets.


    But this time, I will never miss anything again, Naruto, Nagato, Konan, none of them will be missing. "


    In Yuyin Village.


    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his fingers.


    "This time I saved your life and gave Konoha a chance to resist fate. One of the people''s kindness is returned to you; the other''s kindness, when Konoha invades, he will return it to you himself! "

 Chapter 272

    In Yuyin Village.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed.


    Just now, Uehara controlled Uchiha Obito remotely, and broke the news about Hei Ze and Uchiha Madara to Jiraiya, and with the help of Jiraiya, he uncovered these two black hands hidden behind the scenes.


    As long as the true colors of other behind-the-scenes black hands are slowly exposed, the entire ninja world will soon only be left with himself as the real behind-the-scenes black hand.


    Since you want to go the way of others.


    Then you have to let others have no way out.


    Just when Uehara Naraku was going to rest, within the range of his perception, a white zealot was rushing to his room, which made Uehara Naraku couldn''t help frowning, obviously that guy black zealot saw Uchiha Obito Then I couldn''t sit still.


    Forget it, go to appease me first.


    Sure enough, the purpose of this Bai Ze is to call all the members of the Moon Eye Project to a meeting to discuss how to solve the problem of Uchiha Obito.


    Naraku Uehara was not ambiguous either.


    Everyone in the Moon''s Eye team gathered together, Hei Ze, Uehara Naraku, Yakushidou and Kanshi Kisame, everyone had more or less anxiety on their faces.


    Hei Jue was really in a bad mood.


    As for other people''s feelings, it''s probably really complicated!


    "Senior, my identity is about to be leaked."


    Naraku Uehara spoke first after seeing Hei Ze, and said with a very ugly face: "Uchiha Obito will definitely put Jiraiya back to Konoha, and they will know that I am a member of Akatsuki. We may only have to attack and seize it." The Nine-Tails Jinzhu is strong."


    Naraku Uehara clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice: "But Kyuubi and Konoha are not so easy to deal with. They were foolproof in concealing their identities, and could even easily capture Kyuubi Jinchuriki, but they were disturbed by Uchiha Obito again. yellow..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Hei Jue shook his head with a sullen face, and spoke to appease Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, you have done well enough, these are all Uchiha Obito''s fault."


    "..."


    Yaoshidou and Ganshi Guishui tactfully did not intervene.


    Because they knew the truth, but they didn''t know how to speak.


    Heijue sighed faintly and said: "I have long guessed that Uchiha Obito will appear during this period of time, we are collecting tailed beasts very quickly, that traitor Obito will definitely not be able to sit still. "


    After Heijue finished speaking, he turned his head to look at Medicine Master Dou and said, "Dou, are you ready to reincarnate and revive Madara-sama? As the strongest member of the Uchiha clan, Madara-sama can easily subdue Uchiha Obito."


    "It''s still a little bit worse."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "If Madara Uchiha is revived rashly, his strength may be greatly reduced. I want to revive him with his peak fighting power."


    Uehara Naraku glanced dissatisfied at the pharmacist''s pocket, and said coldly: "Can you resurrect the legendary Madara-sama before the golem of the heretics is resurrected? As for those characters who were reincarnated and resurrected by you, solve the Uchiha belt for us." Soil is useless!"


    "..."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses again, and after thinking for a while, he chuckled and said, "It should be fine by then, right? Who knows?"


    This ambiguity is a bit willful.


    Everyone present frowned involuntarily.


    However, the entire ninja world knows that the only person who has mastered the technology of reincarnation in the dirt is Yakushi, and it can only be said that people who engage in technology can be willful.


    Uehara Naraku praised in his heart that he did a good job, but he also criticized in his mouth: "Then I hope you can do it as soon as possible! The sooner the better, don''t wait until we have done everything well, and then resurrect Uchiha Madara!"


    Heijue''s mood was also a bit unpleasant, it said in a deep voice: "Be as fast as possible! Revive Mrs. Madara as soon as possible, and our plan will be realized as soon as possible."


    "rest assured."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.


    It''s just that now Yakushido understands what his boss means, which is to wait until everything is ready before releasing that guy Uchiha Madara.


    Hei Jue glanced at the dry persimmon ghost, and nodded at him: "Ghost, you are responsible for protecting the pocket and helping him collect materials."


    This means to let the dried persimmon ghost stare at the pharmacist''s pocket all the time.


    Originally, Hei Jue had dispatched a lot of Bai Jue''s avatars to monitor Yao Shidou, but it was a pity that Yao Shi''s pockets had collected all those Bai Jue and used them as experimental materials, which made Hei Jue very embarrassing.


    It''s a pity that it needs the filthy soil reincarnation technique of the pharmacist.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Now that the situation is still under control, Hei Jue can still suppress his emotions and let Qianshi Guixier monitor the Medicine Master''s pocket; if it takes a little longer, Hei Jue will probably take the initiative to possess and control the Medicine Master''s pocket to perform spells.


    But who knows whether Yakushido is fully sure of resurrecting Uchiha Madara, what if this person really didn''t finish it?


    But Hei Jue also knew that Yao Shidou was a little cautious.


    It doesn''t matter.


    As long as Yakushito can revive Uchiha Madara, things will never get out of control again. No matter what Yakushido has in mind, the result is destined to be broken by Uchiha Madara''s power!


    After hearing Hei Jue''s order, Ganshi Guixier grinned and looked at Medicine Master Dou, showing his mouth full of shark teeth: "Then, I will ask Mr. Dou to teach me a lot from now on!"


    "Each each other."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and his smile looked kind.


    As for the meaning behind these kind smiles, Hei Jue blindly guessed that the medicine master would be very angry and ridiculed in his heart.


    After all, how could Yao Shidou be happy if he came to monitor him alone?


    It''s a pity that Yaoshidou''s smile is no different from that of Ganshi Guixie, they are probably just a friendly smile among colleagues.


    "there''s one more thing."


    Hei Jue turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara, and said softly: "I saw that Sasuke Uchiha was able to activate Susano today, and we can also recruit him to join us, the potential of that brat is far more than that! "


    Black Jueyin smiled and said: "If Uchiha Sasuke is transplanted with Uchiha Itachi''s Sharingan, he will be able to gain a higher level of power, and he will not be inferior to Madara-sama in the Warring States Period!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku frowned.


    Heijue really likes to control Uchiha? Or do you look down on him, a ninja who has no pupil skills and blood successors?


    After Yao Shidou saw this scene, he pushed his glasses, stuck out his tongue and licked his lips: "Hehe, I have already helped you recruit him, because he needs me to help him transplant Uchiha Itachi''s writing Wheel eyes."


    "Uchiha Itachi''s Kaleidoscope Sharingan..."


    Heijue''s voice suddenly became a little gloomy, he didn''t really hope that Yakushi, who was not a hard-core direct descendant of the Moon Eye Project, would get such powerful combat power as Uchiha Sasuke.


    It''s a pity that Pharmacist Doudou has already spoken.


    Hei Jue could only shake his head helplessly and said: "Since you have recruited Sasuke, then forget it, I hope he can become our helper!"


    "certainly."


    Pharmacist squinted his eyes and nodded with a smile.


    Hei Ze chatted a few more words about capturing Yau Jinchuriki and Nine Tails Jinchuriki, and told everyone to beware of Uchiha Obito''s attack, and then left here.


    Wait until Hei Jue leaves.


    Uehara Naraku watched Heijue disappear, frowned and said, "You two, tell me, isn''t it a little bad for me to deceive an old man who has worked hard for thousands of years just to save his mother?"


    "..."


    Kisame Kisame glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly.


    Instead, Pharmacist pushed his glasses, smiled lightly and said, "Let me tell you? I think this feeling is pretty good... Anyway, we are not bad people."


    "You have a point."


    Uehara Naraku nodded thoughtfully.


    After a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly turned his head to look at Medicine Master Dou, and said softly: "By the way, Dou, if you find time, help me make a powerful body for Mr. Orochimaru, which is enough to carry the power of Samsara Eye!"


    After Yao Shidou subconsciously nodded, he said with a bit of surprise on his face: "Master Naraku is finally going to release Master Orochimaru? His real body of Yamata no Orochi has been suppressed by the White Snake Immortal at the bottom of Ryuchi Cave..."


    Yaoshidou respects Orochimaru quite a bit.


    The main reason is that Orochimaru has taught him a lot of things, and Orochimaru''s high knowledge is indeed worthy of the admiration of any ninja who likes to study.


    But the next moment, Yao Shidou looked at Uehara Naraku with some doubts: "Master Naraku, if I heard correctly, that body must have enough strength to withstand the eyes of reincarnation?"


    "That''s right."


    "Is Naraku-sama planning to let Oshemaru-sama get the eyes of reincarnation?"


    Yao Shidou''s expression was not very good-looking, and he even said in a puzzled manner: "If Lord Da Shewan gets the Eye of Reincarnation, he might do some bad things..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Naraku Uehara squeezed his wrist, and said with a light smile, "Anyway, it won''t be too long for Orochimaru to get the eyes of reincarnation. He has worked hard for so many years to get the powerful blood successor, and let him use the eyes of reincarnation to be happy for so many years." Minutes!"


    "A few minutes?"


    The pharmacist''s face was full of doubts.


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, squinted his eyes and looked at the pharmacist with a smile: "In the future, I will only let Orochimaru use the reincarnation eyes to revive Uchiha Madara, so that Uchiha Madara can have a real and lively body, so that he can become the so-called ten-year-old. Ojinjuriki¡­


    As for Uchiha Madara''s resurrection, whether Orochimaru can escape the inevitable death after using reincarnation, depends on his own luck! This guy Orochimaru can escape death, what if he can survive! "


    "..."


    Yaoshidou''s expression suddenly became a little complicated, isn''t this man using Dashewan as a tool? It''s still the kind that dies immediately after taking the reincarnation eye for a while.


    "Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist pushed his eyes and showed a helpless smile on his face: "Isn''t it a bit bad to bully Master Orochimaru like this? I''m worried that Master Orochimaru may not be able to bear this kind of gap..."


    "Don''t worry about that."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, and said casually: "I have done so many things to Orochimaru, but he is still willing to live in this world, hiding in Ry¨±ji Cave and waiting for his last chance. Obviously, he has a good mental quality."


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, he smiled again and said: "Kudou, maybe Orochimaru will still have a chance to become Jujubi''s Jinchuriki by then!


    Orochimaru has been chasing the powerful blood stalker all his life, but Jinchuriki of the Ten Tails can gain the power of the Sage of the Six Paths, and he will definitely be very happy then! "


    "..."


    The pharmacist was speechless.


    Orochimaru will definitely be happy...


    But what about after being happy?


    After being happy, he died directly!

 Chapter 273

    Yaoshidou felt that Dashe Wan would not be too happy.


    But Naraku Uehara thinks Orochimaru will be very happy then.


    After all, even Uchiha Madara didn''t use the six-level power for too long, and he was directly beaten by Heijue.


    That guy Orochimaru is really lucky to have the opportunity to feel it.


    After Uehara Naraku finished talking about Orochimaru, he looked up at the direction of Yuyin Village, and said softly: "This time we should capture the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki and the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki separately, and I should go to capture the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki. "


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became a little deeper: "If I guessed correctly, the only people who went to Konoha to capture Nine-Tails Jinchuriki are Mr. Konan and Nagato-sama.


    In order to keep everything in our hands, Kato, I will send Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito to lurk there together, and contact me at any time if there is any situation. "


    "yes."


    Pharmacist Dou nodded respectfully.


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, and continued to speak: "I am a little worried that something uncontrollable may happen in the middle. If something happens, you must notify me immediately, and I will immediately rush to support with time and space techniques."


    "clear."


    After Yao Shidou nodded, he said again: "Master Naraku, are you worried that they will fail or be in danger?"


    "Well, there are other reasons."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, he said in a deep voice: "Although many things in the ninja world are under our control, there are still some things that may easily change. I hope everything will go well by then!"


    If all goes well...


    It should all go well, right?


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket again, and continued: "Before I tell you, you must not make a move, because what you have to do is very important..."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist Dou just bowed his head and agreed.


    Two days later.


    When the entire Akatsuki organization was preparing intensively.


    Naraku Uehara saw a weird task suddenly completed on the system panel, and the reward for this task was simply amazing!


    Hidden mission: If one day, we may know what kind of eyes Naruto Uzumaki will show when he has the opportunity to meet Jiraiya again.


    The hidden task has been completed, rewarding the inheritance of talent skill will.


    Inheritance of Will: Life energy increases by 100,000 points, Chakra energy increases by 100,000 points, natural energy increases by 100,000 points, life energy recovery effect increases by 100%, Chakra energy recovery effect increases by 100%, and natural energy extraction effect increases by 100%.


    The rewards for this hidden quest are very high.


    Naraku Uehara took a look at his attribute value.


    Name: Naraku Uehara.


    Life energy: 423731


    Chakra energy: 421590


    Natural energy: 421590


    Life energy recovery: 432 points/sec


    Chakra energy recovery: 216 points/second


    Natural energy recovery: 432 points/second


    Skill Cooldown Reduction: 100%


    Gold remaining: 6630


    This quest reward directly increased one hundred thousand three-dimensional attributes, and 100% recovery of all attributes!


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    It''s just that the completion of this task is a bit strange!


    If I remember correctly, this is in the original history. After Jiraiya died in the battle at Yuyin Village, his body entered the sea, and he has never appeared in the ninja world since then.


    Fans of the second dimension hope that Jiraiya can appear in front of Uzumaki Naruto in the form of reincarnation. After all, so many people will see the person they want to see in the future ninja world war.


    Only Naruto Uzumaki didn''t see Jiraiya.


    It is said that because the person who created the ninja world didn''t know what kind of eyes Naruto Uzumaki would show when he saw Jiraiya after he grew up...


    Since then, this incident has become an eternal regret.


    The source of this task should be derived from this matter.


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and also received a message from Uchiha Obito: "Didn''t Uchiha Obito already send Jiraiya to Konoha? How could you complete this task?"


    Didn''t Zilai come back alive?


    So what''s the situation with this rewarding hidden mission?


    Under normal circumstances, perhaps this hidden mission would not have been possible to complete, but due to time constraints, it happened that there was something wrong in the middle.


    Konoha''s people thought that Jiraiya was also killed in battle.


    Because Immortal Fukasaku rushed to Konoha through the underground waterway immediately after returning to Mt.


    In Leaf Village.


    In Naruto''s office.


    Immortal Fukasaku inevitably mentioned Jiraiya''s situation: "How should I talk about it? If there are no accidents, Xiao Ziraiya should have died in battle..."


    There was silence in Hokage''s office.


    Everyone''s face turned pale.


    Everyone''s eyes seemed to lose their color in an instant.


    "what?"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s brain went blank for an instant, his ears were almost buzzing, and his body trembled subconsciously: "You...what are you talking about?"


    Tsunade reacted quickly, clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice: "If there is no surprise, Jilai has already died in battle?"


    "It happened so suddenly."


    Immortal Fukasaku slowly closed his eyes, a look of regret flashed across his face: "I don''t want this to be true...but before we lifted the psychic, Xiao Zilai was also seriously injured and was All members of Akatsuki surrounded."


    "So, he''s not dead yet, right?"


    Uzumaki Naruto slowly let go of his fist, and stuffed his hand into his fist, with an ugly smile on his face.


    There was a trace of tension in his voice, and he even spoke incoherently: "Since I didn''t see the lecherous fairy die in battle, maybe he has escaped..."


    "Naruto¡­"


    Haruno Sakura stared at Naruto Uzumaki worriedly.


    After Tsunade took a deep breath, he slowly closed his palms, covered his mouth, and said in a low voice, "Fukasaku Immortal, please continue talking!"


    "Grandma, the lecherous fairy is not dead yet!"


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Tsunade suddenly, a trace of violence flashed across his face, his chakra would go into a riot almost the next moment!


    Tsunade''s fingers trembled slightly, and she repeated her words again, and the voice came out from the gap in her palm: "Fukasaku Sensei, please continue talking!"


    "Naruto¡­"


    Immortal Fukasaku shook his head, then sighed and said, "I am very aware of the relationship between you and Jiraiya, but surrounded by those monsters, according to Jiraiya''s physical condition, he is There is absolutely no way of escaping."


    "..."


    There was still silence in Hokage''s office.


    All eyes involuntarily looked at Naruto Uzumaki.


    Tsunade''s palms were getting tighter and tighter. She was still suppressing her emotions forcibly, and repeated her words in a low voice: "Fukasaku Sensei, please continue."


    "Grandma Tsunade?"


    Uzumaki Naruto glanced at Tsunade in disbelief.


    At this moment, he couldn''t even believe Tsunade''s indifference, or in other words, no one had noticed Tsunade''s abnormality except Shizune.


    If Rinzuki and Jiraiya have a deep relationship, no matter who is present, it is impossible for Tsunade to have a deeper relationship. Her sadness will only be more than that of everyone present, and her emotions will only be stronger than those present. Everyone is more excited.


    It''s just that years of ninja career forced her to calm down.


    Back then, Tsunade experienced too many death cases of relatives and old friends, including her most beloved younger brother Nawaki and her lover Kato Dan... Until now, Tsunade''s only old friend Jiraiya also died in battle news.


    However, the current Tsunade is Konoha''s Fifth Hokage.


    Hokage is the spiritual pillar of the entire Konoha, no matter how much sadness she suppresses in her heart, she must endure it now, this is the duty of a Hokage.


    Tsunade''s fingers were still close to his lips, and he said word by word: "Time is precious now, and I will not waste the time and information that Jiraiya also fought for with his life."


    "..."


    After the astonishment flashed across Uzumaki Naruto''s face, his expression gradually became indifferent, and he slowly took out his palm from his pocket.


    "I see."


    Uzumaki Naruto turned around slowly, walked to the door of Hokage''s office, lowered his head and said, "At that time, if Granny Tsunade hadn''t given the information to the lewd fairy, he would never have gone to Yuyin Village !"


    Tsunade still closed his palms, sat on Hokage''s seat and nodded calmly, admitting in a calm voice.


    "You said...that''s right."


    "Is this the attitude of Hokage?"


    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fist tightly, and when he was about to continue speaking, he saw Tsunade''s slightly trembling fingers.


    Naruto Uzumaki remembered everything about Jiraiya little by little in his mind, and gradually recalled the situation that day, remembering Tsunade''s various obstacles to Jiraiya''s adventure.


    At this moment, he has no right to blame Tsunade.


    Because that day is Jiraiya''s own choice.


    When Jiraiya was clamoring to go to Yuyin Village, Uzumaki Naruto and Tsunade were by his side, and both of them kept advising him.


    However, Jiraiya did not heed the advice at all.


    The anger on Uzumaki Naruto''s face suddenly gradually dissipated, he slowly grasped the doorknob, lowered his head, and said in a more mournful voice: "It''s my fault, I shouldn''t have allowed the lewd fairy to take risks! Sorry, please continue here!"


    "Naruto¡­"


    "Naruto."


    "Naruto!"


    Everyone''s eyes were fixed on Uzumaki Naruto, looking at this Uzumaki Naruto who was always invincible, but at this moment, he was full of despondency.


    Uzumaki Naruto suppressed the tears in his eyes, opened the door of Hokage''s office with a sad face, and walked out of Hokage''s office with his head bowed.


    Boom!


    A huge fist hit Naruto Uzumaki''s head!


    A tall figure stood beside Uzumaki Naruto, and a familiar voice appeared in Uzumaki Naruto''s ear: "Idiot! That woman Tsunade has big breasts, but she has a small mind. Does Hokage wear small shoes?"

 Chapter 274

    "Hey, lecherous fairy, don''t hit me on the head all the time!"


    Naruto Uzumaki habitually covered his head, and when he was about to mutter a few words with displeasure on his face, he suddenly realized something.


    "A lecherous fairy?"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s body froze in place, and he slowly raised his head to look at the tall white-haired man beside him. On the face painted with red marks, there was still an unruly smile.


    It was Jiraiya who had just returned to Konoha.


    Naruto Uzumaki''s tears slowly fell from his eyes...


    Jiraiya looked down at Uzumaki Naruto stretched out his arms to wipe his tears, couldn''t help covering his head with his hands, messed up his hair, and said with a chuckle, "Naruto, forget what I said? A man must never shed tears!"


    "I don''t care!"


    Uzumaki Naruto threw himself into Jiraiya''s arms.


    If it was any other time, Naruto Uzumaki must have wiped away his tears long ago, and stubbornly proved to Jiraiya that he has become a qualified ninja.


    Now, Naruto Uzumaki only feels lucky in his heart.


    Jiraiya has never seen Uzumaki Naruto so cowardly before, he just gently rubbed his disciple''s head with his palm: "You are really disobedient... If I leave, who will take care of you little brat in the future!"


    "¡­what is this?"


    Naruto Uzumaki grunted, and only smelled a bloody smell, and felt that something was touched on his palm, and his palm was wet.


    It was blood oozing from a wound.


    Uzumaki Naruto glanced at Jiraiya, who had a painful expression on his face, and turned around with a changed expression, and was about to open the door: "Hey, Granny Tsunade, the lecherous fairy..."


    Click!


    The door of the entire Hokage office was directly torn down.


    Tsunade dropped the door panel in her hand to the ground without changing her expression. When she looked up and saw Jiraiya, she immediately breathed a sigh of relief.


    "hey-hey¡­"


    There was a smile on Jiraiya''s face, and he gestured to Tsunade for his wound: "If you confess, tell me later!"


    "idiot¡­"


    Tsunade didn''t care about Jiraiya''s words at all, but slowly stretched out her palm, a green chakra attached to her palm and landed on Jiraiya''s body.


    The next moment, after Tsunade checked Jiraiya''s body, his expression changed: "Kakashi, Naruto, send Jiraiya to the hospital immediately!"


    "no, I''m fine¡­"


    Jilai also waved his hand, stopped their movements, and said softly: "My injury is actually nothing serious, just treat it briefly first, don''t waste too much time, because our time is not rich enough. "


    "no!"


    "Hello, Tsunade."


    Jiraiya looked at Tsunade seriously, and said softly: "Hurry up and heal me first! Akatsuki''s people know that I am not dead, and will soon invade Konoha. We must immediately make a plan against Akatsuki. ..."


    "¡­it is good."


    Tsunade nodded sullenly.


    As a person who has experienced many battles, Jilai is also very aware of his injuries. At the beginning, his injuries were indeed serious, and now there are only some external injuries left.


    Immortal Fukasaku also watched this place, and it jumped onto Jiraiya''s shoulder suddenly, his face was full of surprise: "Little Ziraiya, you are back!"


    "Really, after so long, your information is still so imprecise!"


    Jilai couldn''t help but dig his ears, and looked at Fukasaku Immortal with a speechless expression on his face: "Last time, you sent me information about the deaths of Nagato and Konan, and now you have sent them again. Is there any information about my death in battle?"


    "Uh...hehehe."


    A slightly embarrassed smile appeared on Fukasaku Sento''s face.


    In Naruto''s office.


    Jiraiya sat on the chair, took care of his wound briefly, and began to talk about serious things: "First of all, after I entered Yuyin Village, I got the first news that we have always wanted to invite the Sansho Hanzo Already dead."


    "Did Xiao do it?"


    Tsunade frowned, and her complexion suddenly became a little unsightly. Apparently, she thought it was Akatsuki who sneaked into Yuyin Village encircling and killing Sansho Hanzo.


    Tsunade looked up at Jiraiya and continued: "If Sansho Hanzo dies, what about that brat Uehara Naraku? Wouldn''t he be killed too?"


    "No."


    Jiraiya shook his head, with a serious look on his face: "According to the information I got, in fact, eight years ago, Naraku Uehara killed Sansho Hanzo with his own hands."


    When Jiraiya said this, he smiled self-deprecatingly: "In any case, it is impossible for us to think that Uehara Naraku, who is always clamoring to give his life for that guy Hanzo, has already given up his life eight years ago. Sanjiao Hanzo hanged in Yuyin Village for public display!"


    "what?"


    Everyone in Hokage''s office had a look of surprise on their faces.


    Even Hatake Kakashi''s eyes widened in disbelief, Uzumaki Naruto and Haruno Sakura''s expressions were also very surprised.


    Because the relationship between them and Uehara Naraku is good.


    Therefore, the seventh class undoubtedly thinks that they are the people who know Uehara Naraku best, and they are also friends of Uehara Naraku.


    Kakashi Hatake pulled his forehead slowly, and said in a low voice: "If what Jiraiya-sama said is true, then Naraku Uehara has been hiding it for eight years... Everything he said was for Sansho Hanzo all fake."


    "etc!"


    The next moment, Hatake Kakashi showed a layer of sweat on his forehead: "If this is the case, then a few years ago, during the Chunin exam, did he also use it to assassinate the third generation and cooperate with Shimura Danzo Danzo? Said he was never our friend..."


    Hatake Kakashi''s expression is really not very good-looking.


    Because whenever Hatake Kakashi recalls Uehara Naraku, he can''t help but feel a little regretful. After all, during the Zhongnin exam, the despair and pain on Uehara Naraku''s face, the kind of ninja village in order to fight for a little profit. crazy¡­


    To be honest, it''s a little distressing.


    After all, such a powerful and talented ninja, with a gentle personality and very easy to get along with, went astray because of Sanshoyu Hanzo''s order.


    Now think about it...


    Hatake Kakashi suddenly felt like a slap in the face.


    Damn it, Uehara Naraku had already chopped up Sansho Hanzo himself, how did that guy go crazy calling Sansho Hanzo''s name with a face full of despair?


    At that time, everyone felt sorry for him.


    There are even Konoha ninjas who disdainfully think that Yuyin Village is just so promising, and just for such a little profit, they go to assassinate their third generation.


    It never occurred to me that Uehara Naraku had always treated Konoha Ninja as a clown at that time, right?


    Jiraiya also glanced at Kakashi Hatake, with a hesitant expression on his face, because he didn''t know what he should say.


    But the truth still has to be revealed.


    "Yes, he has been lying to us."


    Jiraiya also rubbed his temples, remembered what Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku said, slowly shook his head and sighed: "What should I say? The reason why Uehara Naraku assassinated the old man in the third generation was to cover up his killing I heard about Shimura Danzo.


    It is probably because we are worried that we suspect Shimura Danzo¡¯s disappearance on his head. It should be a forged alliance letter about Shimura Danzo and Yuyin Village, so that it shows that Shimura Danzo is alive and in charge, and Yuyin Village can reap huge benefits.


    In this way, we will never doubt the killing of Shimura Danzo on the heads of Yu Yincun and Uehara Naraku. "


    "..."


    The people present have different thoughts.


    Everyone involuntarily lowered their heads.


    Sai couldn''t help laughing at himself: "I really didn''t expect that, we always thought that other people were clowns, and we would be teased like a clown by that guy..."


    "What''s the reason?"


    Hatake Kakashi suddenly raised his head to look at Jiraiya, and said in a deep voice: "The reason why Uehara Naraku killed Shimura Danzo? It must not be to steal Konoha''s secrets!"


    "no."


    Jiraiya showed some confusion on his face, he lowered his head and said, "Because Shimura Danzo and Sanshoyu Hanzo almost killed Uehara Naraku''s teacher back then, so he killed Shimura Danzo and left his body Treat it as a gift to your teacher."


    "..."


    Everyone present was a little speechless.


    But that sounds understandable.


    Tsunade shook his head and sighed, and said softly: "That little guy really respected his teacher back then! Seven or eight years ago, when I met him, that kid was like this, as if he was paying back his teacher''s favor ..."


    Seven or eight years ago.


    Uehara Naraku met Tsunade when he landed from Tangnin Village. The two met twice and gambled twice. Uehara Naraku lost a lot of money to Tsunade, and then he simply threw the money directly to Tsunade, saying It was his teacher who was very grateful for the kindness back then.


    "hehe¡­"


    A smile appeared on Jiraiya''s face, he rubbed his cheeks and eyes vigorously, and said in a low voice: "That''s true, after all, we prevented Orochimaru from killing them back then, and you gave me They have a few pieces of dry bread..."


    "Ok?"


    Tsunade raised his head in surprise.


    Jilai also rubbed his temples, pulled himself together and said, "Because Naraku Uehara''s teacher is... Xiaonan."


    "Xiao Nan?"


    After a flash of surprise flashed across Tsunade''s face, her face suddenly became full of shock, and she looked at Jiraiya in disbelief: "Jiraiya, what do you mean...that little brat of Uehara Naraku and the Akatsuki organization... have a connection... Is it?"


    The information sent by Yanyin Village to Xiaonan is still on her desk!


    If the relationship between Konan and Uehara Naraku is real, it would be hard not to associate Uehara Naraku with the Akatsuki organization, and Uehara Naraku has always been an important member of the fight against Akatsuki.


    "Yes, that''s something we''ll never guess."


    Jiraiya sat on the chair with a pale face, as if recalling the shock he had when he learned about this incident: "That brat Uehara Naraku has always been a member of Akatsuki, and he is also the leader of the next generation Akatsuki organization!"

 Chapter 275

    The news is a little scary.


    After hearing Jiraiya''s words, Uzumaki Naruto almost couldn''t stand up anymore: "Lust, this joke is not funny at all! If Umehara is a member of Akatsuki, then what have we been doing!"


    What a joke!


    How could Naraku Uehara be a member of Akatsuki!


    Not to mention that Uzumaki Naruto didn''t want to believe it, anyone present couldn''t believe it, even Tsunade''s face was a little bit confused: "Jiraiya, can this matter be confirmed? Do you know what it means? What are you wearing?"


    This kind of thing had better be fake!


    Uehara Naraku is the member of their alliance who knows the Akatsuki organization best, and has even been providing them with information about Akatsuki, but has helped them a lot... If Uehara Naraku is a member of Akatsuki, then the ninja world has become too absurd Bar!


    "I don''t want to believe that such a thing will happen in the ninja world."


    There was a wry smile on Jiraiya''s face, he shook his head helplessly and said: "But there are people like Uehara Naraku in the ninja world!"


    Jilai also looked up at the faces of everyone present, and said softly: "Uehara Naraku has been hiding his identity, and it seems that he has hidden it well. If I hadn''t sneaked into Yuyin Village, under his control, we Never know the secret."


    "If it''s true..."


    Tsunade''s expression gradually calmed down, and he whispered: "Then he is almost clear about the intelligence of our alliance Ninja Village."


    "That''s right."


    Jilai also nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "This identity is extremely beneficial to him, and he can even use us quietly, such as arranging us to step into a certain trap, so as to easily capture Naruto. The purpose has always been the tailed beast..."


    "It''s really..."


    Tsunade rubbed his eyebrows, and said in a low voice: "Isn''t that kid lurking too deeply? It won''t arouse our suspicion for such a long time. Even if I hear the news from you now, I still dare not Believe it."


    After all, Uehara Naraku''s performance is too perfect.


    His camouflage has never been too good.


    Hatake Kakashi also nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "If I hadn''t heard the news from Jiraiya-sama, even if someone else said such a thing, I would hardly be willing to believe it. After all, Uehara really helped us a lot..."


    "Senior Uehara..."


    Haruno Sakura also frowned slightly.


    Uzumaki Naruto pulled his hair, thinking of Uehara Naraku''s face that always squinted and smiled, he couldn''t help but said: "But why did he join Akatsuki? He is obviously powerful and good at many medical ninjutsu, and He also helped save Gaara..."


    Jilai also shook his head, sighed softly: "If their purpose is to get Kyuubi, it seems not difficult to guess what he did, it is nothing more than to gain our trust."


    Ji Lai also looked at the people present, and continued: "It seems that his goal has almost been achieved."


    After finishing speaking, Jiraiya looked at Uzumaki Naruto who was still depressed again, and said softly: "Don''t think that kid Uehara is really a good person... Heh, he was the one who rescued the fifth generation of Kazekage in Hidden Sand Village, but he destroyed He is also the murderer of the entire Hidden Sand Village!"


    "..."


    The people present fell into silence again.


    They all know the actions of the Akatsuki organization. Whenever they capture the tailed beast, they almost directly invade the Ninja Village of the Great Country, destroying a Ninja Village in sevens and eights.


    Jilai also raised his head slowly, and said in a low voice: "Uehara Naraku has presided over the destruction of Sand Hidden Village, Wu Hidden Village and Yan Hidden Village, and the next Yun Hidden Village and our village, that kid will never be merciless ground!"


    "..."


    After a long time.


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded slowly.


    After all, he has also experienced the level of betrayal of the three generations of Hokage before, and Uehara Naraku''s betrayal of friendship does not seem to have much impact.


    "All right."


    Tsunade patted the table, seeing that everyone present looked a bit unsightly, and said loudly to Ziraiya: "Okay, Ziraiya, have you received any other information? Just now you Didn''t you mention Uehara Naraku''s teacher?"


    "yes."


    Zilai also slowly clenched his fists, and said in a low voice: "The three orphans we rescued in Yuyin Village were also the three disciples I accepted back then, one of them is dead, and the other two It¡¯s Akatsuki¡¯s top management, Konan is Uehara¡¯s teacher, and Nagato is the leader who manipulates Akatsuki behind the scenes.¡±


    "Where is the soil?"


    Kakashi Hatake raised his head abruptly, looked at Jiraiya and asked, "If I remember correctly, the rumors in the ninja world have always been that Obito is Akatsuki''s leader..."


    After saying this, Hatake Kakashi slowly lowered his head again, and said with a wry smile: "Ha, yes, it was Uehara Naraku who told us that Obito is Akatsuki''s leader."


    really...


    A clever way.


    Uehara Naraku pushed all the things done by the Akatsuki organization to Uchiha Obito, the so-called leader of the Akatsuki organization. This person who could easily arouse Konoha''s hostility, how could Konoha doubt this?


    "That sentence is not wrong."


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Jiraiya also glanced at Hatake Kakashi, and said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Obito is indeed manipulating Akatsuki behind the scenes, and even Akatsuki''s establishment and all actions are under his control. His purpose is I want to get the power of the tailed beast that Nagato and the others collected in the dark."


    After finishing speaking, Jiraiya continued: "Originally Uchiha Obito and Nagato should be Akatsuki''s top management, because Uchiha Obito vainly tried to kill Uehara Naraku, and was expelled, but Uchiha Obito Still secretly manipulating Akatsuki through undercover agents."


    "..."


    Everyone present looked a little bit down.


    Can you still play like this?


    What kind of operation method is this?


    A spy within a spy?


    Jiraiya sighed faintly, and said in a low voice: "After Uchiha Obito was expelled from Akatsuki, he has been vainly trying to regain Akatsuki''s power to control the tail beast, so he wants to use our hands to solve Nagato, Konan And the three of Uehara Naraku."


    "Borrowing a knife to kill someone?"


    Tsunade frowned.


    "That''s right."


    Jiraiya also nodded, looked at Tsunade and said, "Obito Uchiha doesn''t have enough power to deal with them, so he wants us to deal with Nagato... If we can deal with Nagato, he will resume Take control of Xiao."


    "this means¡­"


    Kakashi Hatake tugged at his forehead, and said in a low voice: "That means we have to find a way to get rid of Obito Uchiha after we get rid of the current leader Akatsuki, and this war is considered to be over. Is it?"


    "No."


    Jiraiya shook his head, and his face gradually became more serious: "After we get rid of Uchiha Obito, we have to get rid of Uchiha Madara who is manipulating him behind the scenes..."


    "..."


    Everyone present fell silent again, and everyone''s mood was a little bit broken. Is this Xiao organization endless?


    Where are these behind-the-scenes masters playing matryoshka games here?


    One layer within one layer, one ring within another, how can you be so good at playing?


    Aren''t these people playing a game of breaking through levels? After defeating an opponent with great difficulty in the future, the next opponent will immediately fill in...


    If this goes on, who can stand it?


    Tsunade''s face changed suddenly, and he looked at Jiraiya suddenly and said, "Wait... Madara Uchiha, didn''t he have been killed by Grandpa in the Valley of the End long ago?"


    "So the news is questionable."


    After Jiraiya nodded, the seriousness in his expression still did not ease: "But according to my feeling, Uchiha Obito should not have lied... For a legendary figure like Uchiha Madara, no matter how careful you are, it won''t be a problem." Pass."


    "Ok¡­"


    Tsunade nodded slowly.


    The corners of Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes trembled slightly, and he said with a weird expression: "After we defeat that Nagato, Uchiha Obito, and Uchiha Madara, there shouldn''t be any new enemies appearing, right? "


    "Probably not?"


    Jiraiya also had some doubts on his face, but he still said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Madara used to be one of the two people who stood at the top of the ninja world, and there should be no more powerful enemies than him gone."


    After Jiraiya finished speaking, his solemn expression returned to his face: "It''s just that it''s very difficult for us to get rid of Nagato, because Nagato was once the most genius disciple I''ve ever seen in my life, fifteen years old You can master all the changes in attributes, and even have the legendary pupil technique Xueji such as the eyes of reincarnation..."


    Jiraiya''s fists gradually clenched, and he continued in a deep voice: "Not to mention his power now, even a few puppets he controls can use part of the ability of the eyes of reincarnation, and I only got two or three of them. Information about the abilities of the puppet..."


    After saying this, Jiraiya slowly said again: "And Akatsuki seems to have more members, and our information should be changed again, and it is difficult for them to deal with it.


    A pharmacist who can use Ry¨±ji-dong''s fairy mode, and a Uchiha Sasuke who got the Kaleidoscope Sharingan and even opened the Susanoo. "


    "Sasuke?"


    Uzumaki Naruto slowly lowered his head.


    After a while, Uzumaki Naruto rekindled his fighting spirit: "Ha, I have successfully cultivated the sage mode, and this time I will definitely bring Sasuke back!"


    "..."


    Zilai also hooked the corner of his mouth, but didn''t say anything.


    This battle will be very difficult.


    If you want to use Konoha''s power to deal with the Akatsuki organization, it is tantamount to dreaming, even if it is Jiraiya, he has always been confident and not optimistic about his side.


    Even if you don''t mention the hidden Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Obito, or the Nagato who has never made a move, just the dozen or so S-level rebels can turn the world upside down.


    There are also the six puppets manipulated by Nagato, each of which can display strange abilities beyond imagination.


    After all, no one has seen the power of reincarnation eye.


    Those eyes are the eyes of the legendary Sage of the Six Paths!


    "All right."


    Jiraiya looked up at Tsunade, and said in a low voice: "Tsunade, now that I have brought Akatsuki''s information back from Yuyin Village, Nagato will definitely not let it go, he should soon launch an invasion of Konoha to capture Jiu The end of the plan!"


    "Ok."


    Tsunade nodded hastily, and said in a deep voice: "Now let''s make a plan first, to ensure that we will be safe when we encounter Akatsuki''s invasion! As for you, go to the hospital to recuperate first!"


    Just as everyone in Muye Village was nervously preparing to deal with the upcoming invasion of the Akatsuki organization and face their first opponent.


    In Yuyin Village.


    Naraku Uehara was lying on his bed, with a wry smile on his face: "Heh, the others are reunited, but I can only hang out here and become stronger..."

 Chapter 276

    A big war is about to break out.


    Konoha began to urgently summon personnel to prepare for the battle, and Tsunade sent people to Sand Hidden Village and Wu Hidden Village to seek alliance reinforcements, and even planned to unite with the Ninja Villages of the five major nations to gather.


    According to Tsunade''s ideas, the Ninja Villages of the Five Great Nations can even directly launch a siege on Yuyin Village from all directions when they gather together, and it is even possible to gather a large number of troops and even the Five Kages to jointly siege and eliminate the Akatsuki Organization.


    It''s a pity that only Sand Hidden Village and Wu Hidden Village responded.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Because of the heavy damage to Yanyin Village, the three generations of Tukage Ohnoki did not want to see that Konoha was safe and sound.


    The fourth generation of Raikage Ai of Yunyin Village, perhaps out of confidence in his own strength, after he received the information from Konoha, just out of concern for the Akatsuki organization, he rabbid the eight-tailed Jinzhu Riki in the village. Layers of protection.


    alliance?


    Yunyin Village has never needed allies!


    Tsunade was almost pissed to death by Yan Yin Village and Yun Yin Village. When she got the reply, she was so angry that she threw her desk off the Hokage Tower on the spot.


    "Two bastards!"


    Tsunade clenched his fists tightly, and cursed through gritted teeth: "You two short-sighted guys, they only care about their own village until now, don''t you know that once Akatsuki''s plan succeeds, the whole ninja world will be in crisis?"


    "It''s also normal."


    Jiraiya''s injury is getting better, but his mood is getting heavier every day, because the Akatsuki organization has not yet been dispatched, and those monsters are like a sword of Damocles hanging above his head.


    The sword will fall sooner or later, but the waiting time is the most disturbing.


    Jiraiya looked at the irritable Tsunade, and calmed his emotions with a voice: "Even if they have seen Akatsuki''s horror with their own eyes, they should choose to form an alliance with us after Konoha suffers a huge loss!"


    Jilai also sighed and continued: "After all, this is the first alliance of the Ninja Villages of the Five Great Nations, and such a thing has never happened before..."


    "Hmph, it will be too late by then!"


    Tsunade squeezed his fist, and said coldly: "Forget it, anyway, I never expected their reinforcements. After we defeat Nagato, ask them to hold the Five Kages Conference!"


    "Ok."


    Zilai also nodded slowly.


    During this time, reinforcements began to gather towards Konoha.


    Gaara, the fifth generation Kazekage of Hidden Sand Village, is Konoha''s solid ally. After receiving Tsunade''s request for help, he immediately led the elite ninjas in the village to come.


    The fifth generation of Mizukage Terumimei of Kirigakure Village came to support because she knew in her heart that the threat from the Akatsuki organization was too great. Kirigakure Village is now extremely weak, and it is impossible to defeat Akatsuki. It can only be achieved by uniting with other ninja villages. hope.


    It''s just that when they held the alliance meeting in Hokage Building, Terumi Mei and Gaara''s eyes were slightly surprised. Why didn''t Ugakure Village be called this time?


    Gaara looked up at Tsunade, and asked directly: "Why haven''t you seen Senior Uehara Naraku, Yuyin Village is also a force that should not be underestimated?"


    "No, the reason why Yuyin Village was not summoned..."


    Tsunade frowned involuntarily, and she thought of every alliance meeting against the Akatsuki organization, Uehara Naraku would be there as if watching a monkey show, watching the three of them discuss how to encircle and suppress the Akatsuki organization.


    What a shock!


    Just thinking about it makes me feel aggrieved!


    Tsunade looked at Terumi Mei and Gaara''s puzzled eyes, gritted his teeth and said, "Because Yuyin Village has long been occupied by the Akatsuki organization, and the ninja demigod Sanshoyu was also killed by that kid Uehara Naraku, and he is also Akatsuki''s." member!"


    "Oh?"


    Terumi Mei''s expression moved slightly.


    As a person who can often get information from Ghost Lantern Moon, Terumi had vaguely guessed about this kind of thing, and although she was very surprised now, it was not unacceptable.


    Maybe Uehara Naraku is also an undercover agent?


    After Gaara heard what Tsunade said, his expression collapsed on the spot: "Your Excellency Hokage, are you joking? How is this possible?"


    "I''m not joking."


    Tsunade slowly closed his palms, and said in a low voice: "I know that Lord Wudai Kazekage survived because of that brat''s help, but Sandy Village, Kiyokage Village, and Iwahide Village were all killed by that guy Uehara Naraku. Destroyed!"


    After finishing speaking, Tsunade ignored the shocked gazes of the two people, and continued in a deep voice: "This is the information that Jiraiya of our village got from Yuyin Village, and that guy Naraku Uehara is the next leader of Akatsuki Organization!"


    "..."


    Tsunade''s words came down like a strong medicine.


    Gaara pressed his forehead for the first time, and his face became extremely ugly: "That is to say, have we been treating our enemies as friends?"


    Sand Hidden Village has always been grateful to Uehara Naraku...


    Because Uehara Naraku chose to disregard the previous suspicions and act at the most difficult time of Sand Hidden Village, and helped Sand Hidden Village regain their Fifth Kazekage, so that Sand Hidden Village can sustain it.


    As a result, the culprit who destroyed Sand Hidden Village was Uehara Naraku himself.


    Has that guy been playing with the entire Hidden Sand Village like a monkey?


    When Hidden Sand Village invaded the Land of Rain, Uehara Naraku killed his father, the Fourth Kazekage, and chased and played with him and Maki all the way; later, during the Zhongnin exam, Uehara Naraku bullied him, Temari, and Kankuro The three siblings behaved extremely arrogantly.


    It wasn''t until Uehara Naraku came to the rescue when Gaara was in the most danger, first helping to find the so-called Akatsuki organization base, and fighting with several members of Akatsuki, and then regained Gaara''s body.


    Since then, Gaara has forgiven Naraku Uehara.


    Not only that, when we met several times later, Gaara almost always showed respect and friendliness to Uehara Naraku.


    Gaara thinks their relationship has changed.


    Change a ghost! That bastard is worse than ever!


    Gaara remembered that every time I greeted Uehara Naraku cordially, and even often mentioned that if there was trouble, the upper and lower members of Sand Hidden Village would take the initiative to help.


    What about that bastard Naraku Uehara''s expression?


    Well, always a friendly squinting smiling face.


    So the guy was actually laughing at their stupidity?


    Gaara was really going to be blown away, the yellow sand behind him floated around him little by little, and his face became gloomy a little bit: "That guy...is really the same guy as when I saw him when I was a child asshole!"


    "It''s amazing..."


    Terumi Mei also rubbed the space between her brows.


    To be honest, what Terumi Mei thought was more complicated.


    If Uehara Naraku is really going to become the next generation leader of Akatsuki, what is the relationship between him and Ghost Lantern Moon?


    Could it be that the ghost lamp full moon has been deceiving her?


    Originally, Terumi Mei thought that the ghost full moon was an undercover agent placed by Wuyin village in the Akatsuki organization, but who would have thought that the ghost full moon was actually a double agent, who had been hypnotizing her with information, but actually didn''t know how to laugh at her in his heart!


    This is too much!


    Terumi Mei''s teeth slowly bit her lips, and her fingers pinched into her palm little by little, her face became cold: "Bastard... must kill them!"


    "..."


    Tsunade glanced at the expressions of Goshiro Kazekage and Goshiro Mizukage, and sighed helplessly, that guy Naraku Uehara did too many bad things.


    "All right."


    Tsunade waited slowly until they regained their composure, and then said softly: "Now let''s discuss the specific combat plan! We have sent Anbu and reconnaissance troops to investigate the border of the Kingdom of Rain. What''s going on in the country..."


    "useless."


    Terumi Mei and Gaara shook their heads at the same time.


    After the two glanced at each other, Gaara coughed a few times and explained: "If Akatsuki attacks Konoha, they will definitely choose to attack by force, because Akatsuki has a terrifying psychic beast in his hand, which can attack from a high altitude. Break through any defenses and land directly in Konoha Village..."


    When talking about this, Gaara frowned again, and continued: "And that psychic beast can even use a terrifying technique to destroy a ninja village with one blow, so we must first treat the civilians in the village. Evacuate with ordinary ninjas."


    "Ok."


    After Tsunade nodded, he said in a deep voice: "We have allocated refuge areas for the villagers as much as possible. Once there is a battle in the village, we will immediately organize them to rush to their respective designated refuge areas."


    After finishing speaking, Tsunade frowned and continued: "As for high-altitude defense, we have also considered adding anti-aircraft weapons recently..."


    "The ground also needs to be prepared..."


    Terumi Mei gritted her teeth, and continued in a deep voice: "At the beginning, Wuyin Village was almost destroyed by a member of Akatsuki wearing a hood, because he released a group of flames erupting from the ground, which caught us off guard."


    "Ok."


    Tsunade nodded again, and continued softly: "In addition, we have assembled more than 5,000 ninjas, which are enough for ground combat..."


    "The more people the better..."


    Terumi Mei frowned, and continued to offer his own suggestion: "Only by gathering enough people, can we be sure to deal with Akatsuki''s actions to destroy Ninja Village everywhere."


    This is Terumi Mei''s experience.


    Because there was a sudden fire on the ground of Wuyin Village at the beginning, and the rescue ninjas in the whole village were insufficient. If it weren''t for the heavy snow and hail, Wuyin Village would have been burned to the ground long ago.


    "No, the fewer people the better..."


    Gaara shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Because there are too many people, not only will your powerful ninjas be unable to perform powerful spells due to the number of people, but you will also waste chakra due to the need to rescue your weaker ninjas." ..."


    Gaara is really tired of Sand Hidden Village.


    When Hidden Sand Village gathered to rebuild the ninja army, tens of thousands of ninjas gathered here, but they failed to play any role, and even suffered heavy casualties and wasted resources in vain.


    Tsunade looked at the expressions of both sides, and decided to adopt a compromise plan: "Then I will arrange the elite team to fight in the village first, and arrange the other ninjas outside the village, and call them in to help or take refuge at any time."


    "Can."


    "Can."


    Gaara and Terumi Mei each nodded.


    The two were not hypocritical, and took the initiative to lead their subordinates to participate in the Konoha defense battle. They were also two strong reinforcements, and an extra point of strength would be a chance of victory for Konoha.


    The only disagreement is about the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki.


    Tsunade believes that Uzumaki Naruto is a rare and powerful ninja in Konoha Village, and he has practiced the immortal mode, so he should participate in the battle. This is also Naruto''s own expectation.


    However, Gaara and Terumi Mei don''t think so.


    The two of them think that Uzumaki Naruto should be protected, so that if he fails to defend Konoha, he can still put Nine-Tails Jinchuriki in.


    Unfortunately, Tsunade disagrees with this opinion.


    "Uzumaki Naruto is first of all Konoha''s ninja. In this respect, he is no different from a Konoha Hokage. They are both committed to protecting Konoha until death. What''s more, this is Naruto''s own wish. He must participate in the battle. .¡±


    Tsunade clenched his fist, glanced at Gaara, and said in a deep voice, "Isn''t it the same for Your Excellency Godai Kazekage? Stand up to protect the village at the most dangerous time..."


    "..."


    Gaara could only smile wryly at this.


    No one in Hidden Sand Village can stand up!

 Chapter 277

    Akatsuki''s base.


    While Konoha was fully preparing for the battle, Akatsuki''s organization had completed their preparations, and all members were fully armed and full of energy.


    Because they are going to do their best this time.


    In the entire ninja world, only the last eight-tailed jinchuriki and nine-tailed jinchuriki are left. The difficulty of these two jinchurikis is also the highest, so their defense is also the strictest.


    "We should have launched the plan earlier."


    Heijue''s voice became a little more gloomy. He raised his head and looked at Tiandao Payne standing on the golem of the outsider, and said in a deep voice: "Now there are many ninjas from Shayin Village and Wuyin Village gathered on Konoha. It is said that the first The Fifth Kazekage and the Fifth Mizukage have also arrived..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Tiandao Payne looked down at the group of members wearing Xiangyun black robes, slowly stretched out his hand to caress the reincarnation eyes in the eye sockets, and said softly: "My purpose is for this, so that when they think they are the strongest, Give them a devastating blow."


    This was also stimulated by Naraku Uehara.


    Because Uehara Naraku destroyed the three Ninja villages of the big country one after another, Nagato didn''t want to be inferior to his juniors, so when he learned that the ninjas from Wuyin Village and Sand Hidden Village were dispatched, he was even slightly excited.


    After all, this is also the first official appearance of Samsara Eye.


    In front of the world''s most powerful ninja village, the ability of the eyes of reincarnation will be fully exploded, allowing them to feel the horror of the eyes of reincarnation, and let them experience real pain and despair.


    Nagato has plenty of self-confidence.


    In the face of the level of power of Penn Liudao, the advantage of numbers is not very meaningful, even if there are more ninjas, they are just embellishments to show their strength.


    Among them, Payne, the strongest Heavenly Dao, will not be mentioned for the time being. The final explosion of Shura Dao alone can destroy the entire Konoha Village.


    "Is the leader finally going to do it himself?"


    Didala laughed and said, "If the elite forces of Wuyin Village, Sandyin Village, and Konoha gather together, this force will not even be able to rush in head-on!"


    "Hahahaha¡­"


    Fei Duan looked at Tiandao Payne happily, and stroked the sickle in his hand: "So this time we can finally see the leader make a move? If so, I am looking forward to seeing the result of the leader''s victory!"


    After Fei Duan finished speaking, the smile on his face suddenly became a little sinister: "If a leader''s strength is too weak, I might take the leader''s life and dedicate it to the evil god, to wash away my shame of joining Akatsuki. of!"


    Click!


    Slap!


    Fei Duan''s head suddenly fell to the ground!


    Lin Haoyu directly chopped off Fei Duan''s head with a sharp knife, she put away her thunder knife, and took a bite of the apple without changing expression.


    "It''s noisy."


    "Hey, you bastard woman!"


    Hiduan looked up at Lin Yuyuli with his head on the ground, and opened his mouth to curse: "Don''t sneak attack if you have the ability! Sooner or later, I will dedicate you, a bastard woman, to Lord Evil God!"


    "Shut up!"


    He frowned, his arm suddenly extended and grabbed Fei Duan''s head, and then re-sewed Fei Duan''s head to the body.


    While sewing up Hidan''s neck, Kakuzu turned to look at Ringo Yuyuri: "Next time, if you can kill him, you''d better kill him on the spot. I''m tired of stitching up the bastard''s wound!"


    "Hey, Kakuzu!"


    Hearing his teammate''s words, Hidan glared at Kakuzu with dissatisfaction: "What do you mean! We are teammates!"


    "I want teammates who can help me make money."


    When Kakuzu said this, he glanced at Uehara Naraku, then turned his head to look at Hidan with disgust and said, "Not a teammate who will cause me trouble at any time!"


    Damn it, Fei Duan is mentally handicapped!


    Can Payne also scold casually?


    Many people in Akatsuki''s organization are somewhat lawless, but Jiaodu is an old man who has lived in his nineties. He knows who can provoke and who can''t.


    Guideng Shuiyue glanced at Ringo Yuyuri with a playful smile, and praised: "Uyuri, your knife is getting faster and faster!"


    "After all, it''s a thunder knife!"


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth.


    "Not fast enough."


    Lin Yuyuli was like a rodent, bit by bit he gnawed away the apple in his hand, crushed the core of the apple and swallowed it in his stomach, then turned his head to look at the ghost lamp full moon: "If it is senior full moon, Lei Dao should be able to Do it faster!"


    "Well¡­"


    Guideng Manyue glanced at her younger brother, shook her head and said, "Using swords is just the basic skill of using swordsmanship, nothing to show off."


    "cut¡­"


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced disdainfully at the Seven Ninja Swordsmen who were exchanging swordsmanship, except for Kisame Kisame, he didn''t pay attention to others.


    After all, Sasuke himself is very good at swordsmanship, and the Uchiha-style swordsmanship is more than a little bit stronger than the wild ways of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen.


    Yakushi glanced at Uchiha Sasuke, didn''t say anything, but slowly pushed his glasses and lowered his head.


    Xianglin also put on a black robe of Xiangyun, stood beside Yaoshidou, imitating Yaoshidou, pushing his glasses indifferently.


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro were like little transparent people, they just turned their heads and looked at Tiandao Payne, waiting for Payne''s order.


    Tiandao Payne looked at the members below, and said in a cold voice: "Tell me about the next plan, Xiaonan and I will go to Konoha to capture the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki; everyone else will follow Uehara to Yunyin Village to capture the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki force."


    "what?"


    There was a frying pan underneath.


    Everyone looked at Tiandao Payne in the sky in disbelief. They thought that their leader might choose an ordinary team to attack Konoha together.


    Unexpectedly, Payne only brought his own teammates.


    This courage is too great!


    In any case, that is also the strongest ninja village in the ninja world!


    What''s more, the current Konoha has gathered the five generations of hokage, five generations of mizukage and five generations of kazekage, as well as the high-end combat power of the three major ninja villages!


    Isn''t the leader really going to give away the head?


    The powerful lineup gathered by the Ninja Village of the three great powers, even if Deidara is a brave man, even if he is allowed to control the ancient dragon of Naraku Uehara, he is not sure...


    "Lord Payne."


    Naraku Uehara raised his head to look at Tendo Payne, and said in a deep voice, "I still suggest that we go to capture the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki first, or I will go to Konoha with you..."


    During this period of time, Uehara Naraku persuaded him many times.


    After all, he really wants to collect the two extreme chakra changes of the power of thunder and the power of fire, so that he will only be short of the power of yin and the power of yang.


    At that time, it is completely possible to use Uzumaki Naruto and Senju Hashirama to do experiments, and you will be able to find out how to obtain them.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Ugh¡­


    If Nagato insisted on going to Konoha by himself, wouldn''t Uehara Naraku also want to destroy Konoha once he turned around?


    Uehara Naraku himself doesn''t care...


    I just don''t know if Konoha ninjas have high psychological quality.


    "Uehara."


    Tiandao Payne''s eyes fell on Uehara, and he retorted softly: "Don''t worry, I am fully sure, maybe by the time you capture Eight-Tails and come back, we have already returned with Nine-Tails Jinchuriki."


    Tiandao Payne interrupted Uehara Naraku''s next persuasion, and said in a low voice: "If there is nothing else, you can get ready to go!"


    After finishing speaking, Tiandao Payne turned into a cloud of smoke and dissipated.


    Uehara Naraku frowned, turned around and looked at Xiaonan beside him: "Teacher, don''t you need to be so anxious?"


    "I have persuaded."


    There was a hint of worry on Xiaonan''s face, and he said softly: "But he insisted on doing this, maybe it''s because he waited for too long and couldn''t restrain himself anymore!"


    "I thought he''d at least go over with the other members."


    "There''s no need for that."


    Xiaonan shook his head, and said in a low voice beside Uehara Naraku: "Pain is not at ease with other people except you; if you take you, there must be someone from the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki to personally supervise the capture, and Payne is worried." There is Uchiha Obito''s eyeliner in the organization..."


    "I see."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, slowly closed his palms and said, "I''m going to catch Eight-Tails Jinchuriki now, and meet you as soon as possible."


    "it is good."


    Konan nodded seriously.


    After finishing speaking, Konan left Akatsuki''s base and went to join Nagato, because the signal of the Chakra sensor was too weak for ultra-long-distance combat.


    Therefore, Nagato must set off with Payne Rokudo.


    It''s just that the two of them don''t need to pretend much this time. After all, Nagato''s legs are intact and they have quite strong fighting power.


    When Xiao Nan left.


    The figure of Heijue stood beside Uehara Naraku, and said with a dark voice: "Don''t worry about them, the power of the Eye of Samsara is stronger than you imagine... Besides, even if there is any problem, the Moon Eye Project can make this The world becomes what we want it to be."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was a little speechless.


    The bastard Hei Jue told the truth, but it was only half the truth.


    Although he was very contemptuous of Black Jue in his heart, Uehara Naraku''s face finally dispelled his worries a little bit: "Then I have to trouble Senior Jue to help the teacher and the others to investigate information for the teacher, and I will go with the others to capture the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki first! "


    "rest assured."


    Hei Jueyin nodded with a smile.


    This mission to capture Eight-Tails Jinchuriki was not too much trouble, and Naraku Uehara did not set off with all his hands like Nagato.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at all the people present, and said in a deep voice: "This time to capture the Eight-tailed Jinchuriki, I want to take Uchiha Sasuke there alone, and quickly solve the Eight-tailed Jinchuriki to avoid accidents. The others will stay at the base temporarily. Bar!"


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha had a satisfied smile on his face.


    "what?"


    Deidala pouted in dissatisfaction immediately, holding a giant dragon clay in his hand, and retorted loudly: "I managed to squeeze out a huge dragon, isn''t this a waste of my art!"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Didara speechlessly, helped his forehead and said, "Then add you and Senior Scorpion..."


    Well, they''re old friends too.


    And Uehara Naraku got along well with Didala and the Red Sand Scorpion.


    "Hey, Uehara!"


    Hiduan waved his sickle and stood in front of Uehara Naraku: "If I can''t offer sacrifices to Lord Cthulhu, what''s the point of me staying in this organization?"


    Click!


    Fei Duan''s head was beheaded again!


    Uchiha Sasuke flicked his sword indifferently, inserted his ninja sword into the scabbard smartly, and said calmly: "If you dare to be rude to Senior Uehara again, I will use God Burn your body to ashes..."


    It is clear that Uchiha Sasuke is talking about the strongest fire escape ninjutsu in the ninja world, but his voice is as cold as ice and snow, which makes people feel chills involuntarily.


    Hayashi Uyuri watched Sasuke put away the ninja knife, a light flashed in his eyes, and praised softly: "Tsk, this knife is really handsome!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara patted his forehead.


    Why does it feel like Sasuke has been led astray by him!

 Chapter 278

    Fei Duan stopped talking.


    Hiduan is actually a witty guy.


    Because Fei Duan has seen the horror of Amaterasu, perhaps Amaterasu Pupil Technique may be the only technique that can pose a threat to him, and can burn his body clean.


    "Okay, let''s go!"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his eyebrows, and said softly: "Senior Kakuzu, help your teammates clean up!"


    "Well, don''t worry."


    After Jiaodu nodded, he looked down at Fei Duan''s head, and said in a low voice, "Since he was rude to you, let him reflect here!"


    Fei Duan: "..."


    Damn it, Fei Duan felt that everyone in Xiao organization was targeting him!


    outside the base.


    When Naraku Uehara joined hands to summon the ancient dragon, Didara stopped him in a hurry, and threw the dragon he made on the ground laughingly: "Hey, Uehara, I made it after a long time of hard work." !"


    Before they finished speaking, a puff of smoke rose from the ground, and an ugly super-large clay dragon appeared in front of them. It was just like the ancient dragon in terms of size.


    Didara pointed at his new work triumphantly, and said, "How about it, is it similar to your psychic beast?"


    "It''s ugly."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion shook his head in disgust.


    Didara turned his head away in dissatisfaction, and said with a gloomy face: "Hey, Xie Danna, give me a little compliment, this is a work of art that I have worked hard day and night to make!"


    "Then I''ll show you some face!"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion glanced at Didara speechlessly, then jumped onto the back of the ancient dragon helplessly, Sasuke Uchiha and Naraku Uehara did not refuse either.


    Didara looked at this scene with a smile on his face, flew onto the back of the clay dragon, raised his finger and said, "Then let you have a look at my new artwork!"


    The clay dragon flapped its wings a few times, tried its best to fly into the air, and wobbled towards Yunyin Village.


    It''s just that the clay dragon made by Didara seems to have just been completed and has not yet been tested for flight. Along the way, clay of different sizes fell, which makes people a little worried that the clay dragon will suddenly fly in the air. fall apart.


    Didara scratched the back of his head profusely with sweat, and began to drive a giant clay bird to follow the clay dragon, constantly adding to the location where the dragon dropped the clay.


    To be honest, it makes people feel a little distressed.


    Didara is also very conscientious in order to make his friends have a pleasant journey on this clay dragon.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Naraku Uehara was too embarrassed to ask for a replacement mount.


    After a long time, Didara landed on the back of the ancient dragon again, and said happily, "Okay, it should be no problem to rush to Yunyin Village!"


    "Is it really okay?"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion glanced at his teammate speechlessly, and carefully persuaded him: "If it really doesn''t work, let''s switch to Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was a bit indescribable.


    To be honest, this clay dragon has a lot of problems, but this dragon is really ugly, not as domineering as Uehara Naraku''s ancient dragon...


    How did Deidara have the nerve to say that this is art!


    "Don''t worry, it will be fine!"


    Deidara pursed his lips, glanced dissatisfiedly at the red sand scorpion and Uchiha Sasuke, and then turned his head to Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, do you want to change your mount too?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, sighed and said: "Didara has worked so hard, Senior Scorpion, Sasuke, let''s go first!"


    "This is my friend!"


    Didara patted Uehara Naraku''s shoulder with a happy face, and when he was about to continue to say something, he suddenly felt a sudden tremor under his feet.


    Apparently parts of the clay dragon are missing again...


    "..."


    Didara''s smile slowly subsided, and he took out his giant clay bird again, stepped on it, and said softly, "Sit down slowly, I''ll fix it..."


    "¡­it is good."


    The three of them were really helpless.


    Can this clay dragon really fly to Yunyin Village?


    This is purely a fucking dream! It''s not yet out of the country of rain, it may fall apart, it''s really frightening!


    Deidara this guy...


    It''s really unreliable!


    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku has already agreed to Didara.


    And Didala is also very energetic in filling his clay dragon. Seeing Didala work so hard, the three of them are really embarrassed to hit him.


    The red sand scorpion watched Didara fly up and down to stuff clay inside the clay dragon, and said with a gloomy expression, "I won''t be able to satisfy his request next time."


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded.


    Uchiha Sasuke sighed faintly, looked at the clay giant dragon and said, "I really hope this giant dragon will fall apart soon... Then we can take the psychic beast of Senior Uehara."


    Although this clay dragon looks unreliable.


    But Didara, who made clay dragons, was pretty solid.


    Because Didara repaired all the way and filled clay everywhere, this clay mount could still continue to ride, slowly and leisurely carrying them forward.


    If there is no accident, with Didala''s drive, this giant dragon should be able to support them to rush to Yunyin Village.


    "If I knew it earlier, I shouldn''t have promised him."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed the center of his brows, quietly raised his fingers, and controlled the Fourth Hokage who was far away near the base of the Akatsuki organization to wake up.


    Xiao organization base.


    The pharmacist was sitting in his laboratory, tapping his fingers on his desk. He was waiting for the order sent by Naraku Uehara remotely and the helper sent by Uehara.


    Dried persimmon ghost is sitting next to Yaoshidou, he is sent by Heijue to monitor Yaoshidou, and he is chatting with Yaoshidou now.


    "Mr. Dou, Mr. Kisame, help you make tea!"


    Xiang Lin rushed in in a rush, put the tea tray in his hand on the table, and poured tea for the two of them, humming an unknown song.


    Dry persimmon ghost shark glanced at Xianglin, then at Yaoshidou, with a faint smile on the corner of his mouth.


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses and said softly, "Xiang Lin, I''m going out later, help me sort out my notes from yesterday."


    "yes!"


    Xianglin nodded seriously, and walked into a laboratory after pushing back his glasses like a pharmacist did.


    Since she was rescued by Yaoshidou from a group of grass ninja, Xianglin has always had a good sense of Yaoshidou, and now she has become Yaoshidou''s assistant.


    Xianglin felt that his life was good.


    There is a group of Akatsuki members outside, and she doesn''t need to fight and kill. She just needs to help with chores and organize notes in the laboratory occasionally.


    Kisame Kisame picked up the teacup slowly, and said in a bored voice, "Tsk, the job of monitoring Mr. Dou is really not suitable for me!"


    "fine."


    Pharmacist shook his head with a smile, and said softly: "I specially created an enchantment for Bai Jue. If Bai Jue invades this laboratory, Gui Jiao can get rid of it immediately."


    "Tsk."


    Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark sighed.


    It''s really boring to let your own people monitor your own people. I really miss the days when I was ordered to monitor Uchiha Itachi!


    Just when Kisame Kisame was about to say something, a figure wearing a royal robe appeared in front of them, it was the Fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato.


    Uehara Naraku manipulated Namikaze Minato and sent a message: "Kou, you can go, the Fourth Hokage will take you to Konoha to meet Uchiha Obito, and Konoha''s affairs will be left to you. is you."


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and asked softly, "Should we take this opportunity to destroy or take back that Bie Tianshen Sharingan?"


    Obviously, Yaoshidou wanted to release Uchiha Itachi, and used Uchiha Itachi to seduce the other god crow hidden in Uzumaki Naruto''s stomach.


    Uehara Naraku manipulated the Fourth Hokage, who was reincarnated in the dirt, to be silent for a while, and then said softly: "If I haven''t arrived at Konoha, don''t let Uchiha Itachi out easily, and wait until I arrive at Konoha."


    Once Uchiha Itachi is released, Uchiha Itachi will lose control 100% after seeing other gods, so at that time, Uchiha Itachi must be dealt with immediately to prevent him from causing any trouble to the plan.


    Uehara Naraku was a little worried that Yakushi would fall into Uchiha Itachi''s trap. After all, Uchiha Itachi is very good at fighting, so he must be defeated with absolute strength!


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist nodded seriously.


    Yakushidou just wanted to experiment, whether or not Uchiha Itachi would be freed from the control of the reincarnation of the dirt after the other gods changed their will. If Yakushidou was willing to ask, Uehara Naraku would definitely answer him the correct answer.


    It''s a pity that Yao Shidou only wanted to try it himself.


    After Uehara Naraku''s will left, Namikaze Minato, who was reincarnated from the dirt, caught the figure of Yakushito, and led him to disappear in this laboratory.


    Yakushidou, Uchiha Obito who was reincarnated from the dirty soil, and Namakaze Minato who was reincarnated from the dirty soil, the three of them will be responsible for monitoring all the details of Payne''s invasion of Konoha, even including the winner who controls Payne''s invasion of Konoha.


    In a sense.


    They are the final protagonists of Payne''s invasion of Konoha.


    If Naraku Uehara didn''t have time to be there.


    In Yuyin Village.


    The torrential rain in the sky stopped, because the person who was in charge of the rain all year round had to leave the village temporarily today.


    Nagato stepped out of the high tower where he lived, took off the hood on his head, and looked up at the sunlight falling from the sky.


    Liu Dao Payne came out of the shadows one by one and stood behind him. The beast Dao Payne closed his palms, and a huge Archeopteryx psychic beast stopped at the edge of the tower.


    Nagato led Liudao Payne to the head of the Archeopteryx psychic beast step by step, turned his head to look at Xiaonan floating in the air, and said softly: "Xiaonan, let''s go!"


    "¡­Ok."

 Chapter 279

    Konoha Village.


    When Nagato and Xiaonan rushed to Konoha with Pain Liudao, the village had already been on guard for a long time, and the atmosphere inside and outside the village was full of tension before the war.


    There is only one place that is still quiet.


    The memorial monument in the back mountain.


    Uchiha Obito, who was reincarnated from the dirt, sat in front of Rin Nohara''s tombstone, carefully wiped the dust on the tombstone, and placed a bouquet of flowers on the tombstone.


    "Well, so you remember that she likes bluebells the most?"


    Hatake Kakashi''s voice came from a distance, he slowly walked in from the outside, and stopped in front of Nohara Rin''s tombstone.


    Kakashi took every step evenly.


    It''s like he has walked through this comfort monument area countless times.


    "I''ll never forget everything Lynn loves."


    Uchiha Obito slowly stroked his mask, lowered his head and said, "Kakashi, why did you come here? Shouldn''t you all be waiting for Akatsuki''s invasion at this time?"


    "It''s okay, I''ll be leaving soon."


    Hatake Kakashi slowly squatted down, sat in front of Nohara Rin''s tombstone, looked at Obito Uchiha and said, "I just happened to come here to take another look at Rin, maybe I might die in this In war!"


    Hatake Kakashi looked up at the sky, and said softly: "If I can die, I can often see Lin in the underworld..."


    "Don''t even think about it."


    Uchiha Obito immediately interrupted Hatake Kakashi, and said coldly: "If you die in the war with Payne, I will send your body to Yakushidou or Orochimaru, and let them filthy you reincarnated."


    "Okay, let''s not talk about that."


    Hatake Kakashi stood up again, bowed to Nohara Rin''s tombstone, turned and left here, and walked to another grave.


    After a while, Hatake Kakashi seemed to think of something, and suddenly turned his head and asked, "Obito, I''m going to see Minato-sensei and my father, do you want to stay here?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Obito was silent for a while, and slowly turned his head to look at Hatake Kakashi: "I thought that when you saw me here, you would ask me about Payne or Nagato, or if I would like to Willing to go back and help you resist the invasion..."


    "Then will you help us?"


    Hatake Kakashi immediately asked a question.


    Uchiha Obito stood up, left Nohara Rin''s grave, shook his head and said: "No, I have already helped you rescue Jiraiya, that''s enough."


    Hatake Kakashi tilted his head and continued to ask: "So, will you tell us about Payne or Nagato?"


    "Hmph, it''s still the same! Kakashi!"


    Obito Uchiha snorted coldly, the Sharingan under the mask stared closely at Kakashi Hatake, and said coldly: "Sure enough, you are the most qualified ninja in the Minato class, and you are always so unscrupulous .¡±


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Obito spread out his palms and said with a light smile: "For the sake of helping me deal with the traitor, let me tell you a secret!"


    Obito Uchiha''s scarlet writing wheel eyes showed a strange red light, and his laughter became more sinister: "The only people who came to invade Konoha this time are Nagato, Konan, and Pain Liudao, I believe You should be able to seize this opportunity."


    "what?"


    Hatake Kakashi frowned, and said softly: "Then the other Akatsuki members went to attack Yunyin Village to capture the Eight-tailed Jinchuriki?"


    "That''s right."


    Uchiha Obito slowly lowered his arm, Ung Sheng continued: "Because the power of Samsara Eye is strong enough, Nagato has absolute certainty to solve Konoha, this information will be of great help to you, right?"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi nodded silently.


    Indeed, this information comes from Uchiha Obito, and it still has a high degree of credibility, and it will be of great help for them to resist Konoha''s upcoming invasion.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    In this way, Konoha can deploy ninja troops in a targeted manner.


    Just when Hatake Kakashi no longer wanted to pay homage to the tombstones of Namikaze Minato and Hatake Sakumo, he planned to turn around and leave immediately to report this unknown information.


    Obito Uchiha stopped him again: "Kakashi, you really want to get information from me by any means!"


    After Uchiha Obito sneered, he looked at Hatake Kakashi and continued: "By the way, if you are willing to help me put a bouquet of flowers on the tombstone in front of Minato-sensei, then I can give you another information .¡±


    "¡­it is good."


    Hatake Kakashi slowly pulled his mask.


    After a while, Hatake Kakashi took two bunches of sunflowers and placed them in front of Namikaze Minato''s tomb, and said softly, "Can I say it?"


    "certainly."


    Uchiha Obito turned his back to Hatake Kakashi, and said in a cold voice: "If you win this battle, then prepare for Uehara Naraku''s revenge!


    That kid is not like us, he is a guy who can do anything to avenge his teacher.


    And that kid is a very diligent and talented ninja, and he also has ninjutsu talent no less than Nagato.


    If my guess is correct, perhaps his own body has already merged into the blood succession limit through the change of chakra nature, but it is kept secret.


    Even, there is more than one blood inheritance boundary in his body. "


    "etc¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi looked slightly surprised, and asked aloud: "You mean, Uehara Naraku is actually a more difficult enemy to deal with than Nagato?"


    "That''s right."


    Obito Uchiha nodded coldly, and continued in a deep voice: "Naraku Uehara began to follow Nagato and Konan at the age of twelve, and they also regarded Uehara as the successor of Akatsuki and Yuyin Village. The relationship between them Very deep."


    After Uchiha Obito said this, he slowly clenched his fist: "What Konan said, Uehara Naraku has always been regarded as the most reasonable, so when you defeat Nagato Konan, you''d better not be careless and prepare in advance It¡¯s better to deal with Naraku Uehara¡¯s attack on Konoha.¡±


    "Is that so?"


    Hatake Kakashi tugged on his mask, and said softly: "I understand, but you just want to use our hands to kill Uehara Naraku?"


    "Yeah, I want to kill him too."


    Uchiha Obito nodded, and let go of his palm little by little, and said in a voice that sounded a little illusory: "I want to dream."


    This sentence is the real truth.


    It''s a pity that Hatake Kakashi didn''t hear anything, he just waved his hand and was about to turn around and leave, to report the information he got from Obito.


    It''s just that after Kakashi Hatake walked a few steps, he suddenly turned his head to look at Obito Uchiha: "Hey, Obito, you really don''t plan to come back?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Obito''s figure turned into a space-time vortex and disappeared.


    Hatake Kakashi glanced at the open space with a sense of loss, turned and left the area of ??the comfort monument, not knowing how much he remembered.


    the other side.


    The clay dragon was still flying bumpily.


    Deidara is still working hard on tinkering with his art.


    To be honest, if Deidara was not afraid of being so angry that he would directly detonate the clay dragon, the red sand scorpion and Uchiha Sasuke would have scolded him bloody.


    Yes, things have changed a little bit again.


    Uchiha Sasuke finally couldn''t bear it, and after mocking Didara a few words, Didara threatened to detonate the clay dragon to let Uchiha Sasuke have a taste of art.


    How the hell does this taste?


    This is to let people take their lives to taste it!


    Isn''t this asking everyone to die together!


    Of course, Uchiha Sasuke will definitely not admit it, because he feels that he is just good at thunder escape ninjutsu, and he happens to restrain Didara''s clay bomb.


    The question is, will it be possible in time?


    Once this huge clay dragon exploded, even Susano would not be able to withstand its power, and the puppet core of the red sand scorpion would definitely be destroyed.


    Damn, why is this business trip so exciting!


    With great difficulty, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion relied on the majesty of his senior to calm the two of them down, and finally shut up.


    Only Uehara Naraku sat quietly on his back.


    Naraku Uehara finished manipulating Obito Uchiha, quietly let go of his fingers, and sighed lightly: "It''s a bit shameful to praise yourself for being strong..."


    Yes.


    When Uchiha Sasuke and Didara quarreled just now, Uehara Naraku remotely controlled Uchiha Obito to leak the secret to Hatake Kakashi.


    Even Naraku Uehara made Obito Uchiha appear at the memorial monument because he happened to observe Kakashi Hatake.


    All of this is Uehara Naraku''s design.


    Logically and emotionally, the encounter between Uchiha Obito and Hatake Kakashi this time is a reunion of old friends without flaws.


    All that Uehara Naraku did was just to let Hatake Kakashi know one thing, that is, his relationship with Nagato and Konan is very deep.


    Naraku Uehara listened to everything Konan and Nagato said.


    As long as Xiaonan and Nagato choose to make an understanding with Konoha during the war, Uehara Naraku can also easily understand with Konoha, and even help deal with Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Madara.


    After a night.


    Didara''s voice woke everyone up: "Hahahahahaha... We are almost in the Land of Thunder!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at Didara.


    Deidara''s face was full of exhaustion. It was obvious that he worked hard all night to keep his clay dragon flying.


    It seems that Deidara really loves his art.


    Although Deidara is a teaser who loves art and is mentally retarded, the clay dragon he made is not too slow to fly, slightly slower than the ancient dragon, and not too slow compared to other psychic beasts.


    It''s just that there is a problem with security.


    Flying while repairing is a bit scary...


    According to the news Uehara got, Nagato and Konan set off a little later than they did, but with the distance between Yuyin Village and Konoha, if they took the Archeopteryx psychic beast, they would have almost arrived near Konoha, right?


    Uehara Naraku''s estimation was not wrong.


    Just as Kakashi Hatake rushed to the Hokage office to report that he had met Obito Uchiha and received information from him, Nagato and Konan had sneaked into the outer defense area outside Konoha Village.


    "God''s Paper Art!"


    Xiaonan slowly spread out his palms, manipulating sheets of white paper to form a thick tree hidden in the forest. No matter how you look at it, this tree has no flaws at all.


    This will be where Nagato hides.


    Because this time they invaded Konoha and captured Kyuubi, they faced a lot of enemies. Payne Six Paths is the real main force, and they are more suitable to appear on the battlefield than Nagato.


    Nagato walked into the cave slowly, and asked softly, "Xiaonan, do you want to participate in the attack on Konoha too? If you do, let''s use the paper avatar to act together with Pain Liudao!"


    "Can."


    Konan nodded.


    It just so happened that she also wanted to meet a few people in Konoha.


    In the next moment, countless sheets of white paper split from Xiaonan''s body, forming a paper avatar that made it difficult to distinguish between real and fake, and entered the ranks of Payne''s Six Paths.


    Nagato slowly sat cross-legged in the tree hole, slowly raised his fingers, and the Samsara Eyes in his eye sockets flashed a bright light.


    "Then let''s get started!"

 Chapter 280

    In Leaf Village.


    Naruto Office.


    After Hatake Kakashi saw Tsunade, he reported in detail everything he happened to meet Uchiha Obito at the Memorial Monument, and told Tsunade about Akatsuki''s invasion of Konoha.


    Unfortunately, Obito Uchiha is gone.


    Tsunade sighed faintly, it would be meaningless to send people to encircle Obito Uchiha now, not to mention that the Akatsuki organization might invade at any time.


    "Uchiha Obito said that only two people invaded Konoha?"


    Tsunade closed his palms, looked up at Hatake Kakashi, and whispered: "Do you think what he said is credible?"


    "Strictly speaking, according to Jiraiya-sama''s information, eight people should have invaded. After all, the Six Paths of Payne are also very powerful."


    After Hatake Kakashi finished speaking, he frowned and continued: "Obito''s words should have certain credibility, after all, he needs our help to solve Nagato now, so there should be no doubts about this matter." would lie."


    "If what he says is accurate enough..."


    Tsunade slowly squeezed his palm, looked at Konoha outside the window and said, "After we deal with the invasion of Nagato and Konan, shall we continue to prepare for the invasion of that brat Uehara Naraku?"


    "Ok."


    Hatake Kakashi nodded, and said in a low voice: "Master Hokage, if Uehara Naraku''s strength is really as strong as Uchiha Obito said, we must be prepared to deal with it in advance. See it."


    "yes¡­"


    Tsunade sighed faintly, and said softly: "That kid Uehara Naraku was able to defeat you and Kai, and even defeated the enemies in Jiraiya''s sage mode. He was originally a powerful ninja. I didn''t expect that even so, he still didn''t use up his strength. Do you do your best?"


    "That''s right."


    Hatake Kakashi slowly tugged at his ninja forehead, and there was a hint of deepness in his voice: "Because Uehara Naraku himself belongs to the kind of ninja who sees a strong one, and his strength will become stronger accordingly..."


    Don''t say anything else.


    Just when he made trouble in the Chunin exam, Uehara was able to steal Maitkai''s spells at will, thus defeating Maitkai head-on in a startled state.


    That ability is too powerful.


    If anyone''s spells can be stolen by him, who knows how powerful Uehara Naraku will be? What''s more, his own strength is very strong, and he may hide the blood succession limit developed by himself.


    "never mind."


    Tsunade frowned tightly, glanced at Hatake Kakashi, and said softly: "The most important thing for us now is to solve the troubles of Nagato, Konan, Uehara Naraku, that kid, and wait until this war is over... "


    Tsunade slowly clenched his palms, and said in a low voice: "I''m just worried, when will Xiao Xiao''s group of guys attack..."


    The outer defense area of ??Muye Village.


    There was a rustling of footsteps.


    The Konoha ninjas pricked up their ears in surprise, and each ninja involuntarily raised their vigilance. Their eyes gradually moved to the forest, watching the black shadows coming out of the forest.


    The sun gradually fell down.


    Six orange-haired men in Xiangyun''s black robe, and a woman with light blue hair in the same dress, appeared step by step in front of this group of Konoha ninjas, standing outside their defense line.


    It is the paper clone of Payne Liudao and Xiaonan.


    "That''s... Akatsuki!"


    The two teams of Konoha ninjas in charge of defending this area stared at Payne Liudao with horror on their faces. They immediately separated one team to stop it, and the other team went to the village to report.


    Shura Dopayne stretched out his palm, and cruise missiles flew out of his arm, blowing up all the Konoha ninjas!


    It''s just that this movement also aroused the vigilance of the surroundings!


    One of the Konoha ninjas was the first to launch the signal flare in his hand before the missile came, and the red warning signal flare flashed in the air for a few seconds!


    Someone in Muye Village must have seen this red warning flare, and they must have taken precautions.


    There was also a lucky Konoha ninja who quickly rolled and fled into the forest, running towards Konoha!


    Payne Liudao doesn''t seem to care about all this.


    Originally, their plan was to directly attack Konoha.


    Xiaonan frowned, glanced at the red flare in the air, and said in a low voice, "In this case, Konoha will definitely be on guard."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Tiandao Payne shook his head lightly, and said softly: "When they find that they can''t defeat me with all their strength, they will realize what the real terror is."


    "..."


    Xiao Nan slowly shook his head.


    Tiandao Payne saw that her expression was not very good-looking, and explained again: "Konoha has always been very vigilant, and the internal defenses have long been in wartime and are very tight.


    I am here to launch an offensive with great fanfare, and when their elite forces leave Konoha to intercept us, I will sneak into Konoha with the animal way, and channel all of us into Konoha, so as to divert the tiger away from the mountain. "


    This explanation is barely adequate.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Xiao Nan frowned and glanced at Tian Dao Payne, you really have this plan, didn''t you just come up with it to deceive people?


    Human Dao Payne walked up slowly, stretched out his palm to hold down the head of a seriously injured Konoha ninja, and activated the heart-level submergence technique.


    After drawing out the soul of this Konoha ninja, Payne slowly turned his head to look at Xiaonan: "Nine-tailed Jinchuriki Uzumaki Naruto is now in Konoha Village, it seems that this trip will definitely be rewarding .¡±


    "That''s good."


    Xiao Nan nodded, with some worry in his eyes, he said, "I don''t know what''s going on with Uehara? They''re probably going to Yunyin Village soon, right?"


    "Their speed will be faster."


    Tiandao Payne said softly: "Maybe they have captured Yunyin Village now."


    Come to a fart, capture a ghost.


    On the side of Muye Village, the bosses of the Akatsuki organization all took action.


    On the Thunder Country side, Uehara Naraku and his team are still struggling with Didara''s clay dragon.


    Because after the clay dragon flew over the border of the Kingdom of Thunder, a huge wing fell to the ground, and the whole dragon immediately began to disintegrate, and countless clays fell from the sky.


    If Uehara Naraku hadn''t caught the Red Sand Scorpion and Uchiha Sasuke quickly, both of them would have been buried directly by Didara''s clay dragon.


    "Hey, are you guys trying to kill us?"


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at Didara with anger on his face, and then looked at the disintegrated clay dragon piled up on the ground to form a white hill. If they were accidentally buried in it, they would probably be gone. !


    "do not talk to me¡­"


    Didara drove the clay giant bird to the ground with a sad face, and looked at the clay dragon that fell apart completely, with some indescribable grievances on his face.


    This is what he worked so hard to pinch out!


    And he has been diligently adding to the clay dragon along the way, how come it fell apart just after crossing the border!


    How sorry he is!


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his brows. According to the news from Medicine Master Dou and them, Pain Liudao has already started to fight in the outer defensive area of ??Konoha, and they are still accompanying a mentally handicapped man on the border of the Kingdom of Thunder to tease and mourn. his art.


    Damn, what nonsense!


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, looked at Didara with a sad face, and asked his opinion softly: "Why don''t we listen?"


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha and the scorpion of red sand cast puzzled glances one after another.


    "OK!"


    Didara''s eyes lit up, and after nodding quickly, he put his finger on his lips: "Then you can only see the charm of my art blooming! Art...is an explosion!"


    "Wait for us to go far!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion grabbed Didara''s clothes, then turned to look at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, summon your psychic beast, let''s hurry up and prepare for the mission."


    "Ok!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded hurriedly.


    The next moment, a huge ancient dragon landed beside them. After taking them into the air, it dropped a huge fireball and detonated the clay mountain.


    After sitting on the ancient dragon.


    Naraku Uehara finally settled down, and raised his fingers little by little. His will descended on Obito Uchiha, watching the war where Penn invaded Konoha on the other side.


    This moment.


    There is order in Muye Village.


    The Konoha ninjas immediately began to act according to the original plan after receiving the information about the invasion of Penn Liudao. Those who should organize civilians to evacuate should organize civilians to evacuate, and those who should go to meet the enemy should go to meet the enemy.


    After Jiraiya got the news, he subconsciously frowned and said, "Is there only Pain Liudao and Xiaonan? Didn''t you see Nagato?"


    "No."


    Tsunade shook his head and said in a low voice: "According to the information fed back from the front, there are only six orange-haired reincarnation ninjas and one light blue-haired female ninja."


    "Tsk, you''re hiding!"


    Jilai also tightened his attire, and said softly: "Let''s go to meet Pain Liudao and Xiaonan first, and the other ninjas will search for Nagato''s location to see if he is nearby."


    Jiraiya slowly took off his oil-shaped forehead protector, took a bunch of swirl forehead protectors symbolizing Konoha from Tsunade''s hand, and put them on his forehead.


    Fukasaku Sage and Shima Sage on the ground jumped onto Jiraiya''s shoulders, and they also stayed in Konoha, always ready to participate in the battle.


    Standing behind Jiraiya.


    All of them are Konoha''s strongest single combat power.


    Kakashi Hatake, Naruto Uzumaki, Matt Kay, Rock Lee, and two foreign aids Gaara Gokaze and Terumi Mei Gokazekage.


    What they have to do is to break the siege of Payne''s six paths.


    The other Konoha ninjas, sand hidden ninjas, and fog hidden ninjas were divided into seven battle groups, mainly assisting them to fight against a certain Payne puppet at any time.


    "Let''s go!"


    Jiraiya tidied up his ninja uniform that he hadn''t worn for a long time, and led everyone to jump out of the Hokage Building one by one, and headed for the area where Payne invaded.


    Jilai was also jumping beside him, glanced at Uzumaki Naruto who was following behind him, and asked softly, "Hey, Naruto, how are your preparations going?"


    "Well, more than a dozen shadow clones are absorbing natural energy over Mt. Miaomu."


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded slowly, and responded loudly: "It''s probably a fairy mode that can last for a long time! There should be no problem!"


    "Then let''s go!"


    Jiraiya''s figure jumped onto Konoha''s city wall, looking down at the gunpowder smoke coming from a distance, and the others stood beside him side by side.


    Behind them, there are seven huge battle groups, each of which has at least hundreds of ninjas, ready to support them separately at any time.


    Another area.


    The patriarch of the Hyuga clan, Hinata Hinata, led a perception force formed by ninjas from the Hyuga, Inuzuka, and Yume clans, searching for Nagato''s location everywhere.


    On Hokage Rock.


    Yakushi carried Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito, who were reincarnated from the dirt, watching the ninja troops rushing out of Konoha Village, led by Jiraiya and the other seven.


    "What a massive battle!"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said with a light smile, "Konoha, Sagakure, and Kigakure''s combined army, the leader of Akatsuki, who will win?"

 Chapter 281

    "It must go according to our plan."


    Ji Lai also looked at the flames of war in the distance, and said in a deep voice: "Everyone, don''t be brave, you must separate Payne Liudao and Xiao Nan to defeat them individually!"


    "clear."


    The others nodded solemnly.


    The ninja battle group under the city wall is also listening to their captain''s orders, because the ninjas of each unit will be responsible for supporting and assisting a certain ninja on the city wall.


    The seven most powerful ninjas alone.


    There are seven fighting forces responsible for cooperating with these seven ninjas.


    The chill atmosphere before the war was a bit scary.


    The seven people present all participated in the pre-battle meeting, and they all clearly knew how strong their opponents were, and they were the ones who stood at the top of Akatsuki''s group of monsters!


    Gaara, Rock Lee, and Uzumaki Naruto have never experienced such a battle. The Chakra on the three of them began to erupt slowly uncontrollably, which attracted the attention of others.


    "What a few young and energetic little guys!"


    Terumi Mei covered her red lips with the palm of her hand and chuckled a few times, and praised: "Then do you all have girlfriends?"


    Rock Lee: "..."


    Gaara: "..."


    Uzumaki Naruto: "..."


    Is it time to talk about girlfriends?


    Not to mention their three young kids, aren''t Hatake Kakashi, Jiraiya and Maitekai next to them also three single dogs?


    It''s just that Terumi Mei''s teasing made the tension on the faces of Rock Li and the other three young people slowly dissipate a lot.


    "Okay, let''s end the chat between us!"


    Jiraiya suddenly closed his palms, Fukasaku Sage and Shima Sage sat on his shoulders and folded their palms at the same time, three voices shouted in unison: "Sage mode, on!"


    The next moment, Jiraiya''s momentum suddenly surged!


    Everyone looked at Jiraiya who had completely changed his appearance in a little surprise, but Naruto Uzumaki frowned and said in a low voice: "The natural energy of the first shadow clone has been absorbed, the second shadow clone Get ready to absorb the energy of nature!"


    "Immortal mode, on!"


    The same aura erupted from Uzumaki Naruto''s body in an instant, his eyes had a touch of orange pupil, and his eyes gradually became somewhat like frogs.


    This is the only way to choose this stupid way.


    Because Uzumaki Naruto has nine tails in his body, he can only transform into a fairy mode independently, but it is obviously impossible to take this into consideration during the battle, so they discussed two solutions.


    The first solution: Uzumaki Naruto starts to absorb and store natural energy in advance by condensing two shadow clones, so that the natural energy in the shadow clone can be returned to the main body by dissolving the shadow clone directly, and directly activate the immortal model.


    The second solution: Uzumaki Naruto splits a dozen shadow clones in one breath, and carefully calculates how much natural energy is needed to fuse with his body when each shadow clone returns to his body. After the first shadow clone is disbanded, the second The two shadow clones began to slowly extract natural energy.


    Each shadow clone must keep in mind the amount of natural energy drained, because the amount of natural energy they absorb varies.


    This is more troublesome.


    If there is too little, natural energy is wasted.


    Once there are too many, the frog phenomenon will appear directly.


    Fortunately, there are still a few toads on Mt. Uzumaki watching how Naruto Uzumaki''s shadow clones extract natural energy. Once there is a problem in any link, they will immediately kill those idle shadow clones and notify Naruto Uzumaki.


    This battle.


    It can be said that Konoha has worked hard.


    "Li, we can''t fall behind!"


    Maitekai gave a thumbs up to Rock Li, then clenched his fists, and the Chakra breath all over his body began to riot!


    Locke Li also gritted his teeth, and his aura gradually began to synchronize with that of Maitkai: "Yes, Mr. Kai! Eight doors of armor... the sixth door, Jingmen, open!"


    Rock Lee can easily open the sixth door, and if he wants to work hard, he can also open the seventh door, but the probability of death is relatively high.


    Maitekai can easily open the sixth door, and even the seventh door is very simple, but the seventh door is too expensive.


    "It''s terrible..."


    Gaara stretched out his palm, wiped the cold sweat on his forehead, looked down at Rock Lee and Matt Kai who had turned on the Eight Gate Dunjia state, and then glanced at Jiraiya and Naruto Uzumaki who had turned on the sage mode .


    The gazes of Gaara and Terumi Mei gradually began to converge, and finally settled on Kakashi Hatake slowly. They also think that Kakashi Hatake should have a similar technique, right?


    "Ahem..."


    Hatake Kakashi tugged at his forehead, coughed a few times and said, "I don''t have a similar technique, only the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, which disappointed the two of you."


    "¡­Oh."


    Terumi Mei and Gaara slowly retracted their gaze.


    "Okay, let''s go!"


    Jilai also took the lead in jumping off the city wall, leading the crowd towards Payne''s position, and said loudly: "Your Excellency Terumimei, attack Konan! I will attack the strongest Payne, and Kai will attack the one who can absorb Chakra''s Payne! Kakashi goes to deal with Payne who can transform into a weapon! You three little guys go and entangle the other three Payne!"


    "clear!"


    The figures of the people shuttled quickly in the forest, and behind them, thousands of ninjas also entered the forest one after another, chasing their direction!


    the other side.


    Payne Liudao is still slowly moving towards Konoha.


    Shura Dopay''s body transformed into a radar capable of sensing Chakra, and he said softly, "Xiao Nan, someone rushed over, seven of them had a very violent Chakra reaction, and there are thousands of Chakras behind them." Carat reacts..."


    "Oh."


    After Xiaonan frowned, he waved his hand and spread out the origami papers, and said in a cold voice, "So you want to fight them head-on now?"


    "The main body is behind."


    Tiandao Payne slowly raised his palm, and said softly: "It doesn''t matter if you fight like this, as long as the main body is still there, even if all six Paynes are damaged, they can be repaired, so they can experience what is called... despair."


    "Let''s clear the battlefield first!"


    After Tiandao Payne finished saying this, a majestic repulsive force suddenly released from his palm, which overturned the forest in front of him almost instantly!


    Driven by the repulsive force, the big tree surrounded by dirt rushed towards the direction of Konoha''s people!


    "And then say hello..."


    Shura Dopayne opened his mouth with a loud voice and opened his chest.


    Under his chakra radar, cruise missiles drilled out one after another, suddenly flew into the air, and under his precise control, they shot towards Jiraiya and the other seven people!


    "Earth Dune, Earth Flow City Wall!"


    Jilai also took the lead in closing his palms, and made a seal in a deep voice to release a wide city wall, blocking those giant trees of crushed stones!


    "Quicksand waterfall!"


    Gaara stepped on the sand pad, watched the missiles flying one by one, raised his hand and turned the earth into pieces of yellow sand and swept into the air, swallowing the missiles one by one into the yellow sand.


    Payne''s first attack was stopped by the two of them.


    "Is this the power of Penn?"


    There was a trace of cold sweat on Terumi Mei''s forehead, and he said in a low voice: "In just a short moment, all the obstacles in front of our sight were flattened..."


    "Just this one blow alone..."


    Locke Li also said solemnly, "You already have the destructive power of the day tiger that is comparable to Teacher Kai!"


    Jiraiya nodded solemnly, and said in a deep voice: "This is the ability of Payne created by Yahiko...repulsive force! The bomb that flew just now is the ability of a hideous-looking Payne..."


    After finishing speaking, Jiraiya said again: "Maybe Nagato just wants to clear a suitable battlefield and say hello to us..."


    "..."


    Everyone fell into silence.


    "All right."


    The seriousness on Jiraiya''s face faded away, and a smile appeared on his face: "Since the enemy has already greeted us, then we naturally have to return the greeting! Let''s go!"


    Everyone climbed rapidly along the wall of Tuliu City Wall.


    When they stood on the city wall, they also saw Payne Liudao and Xiao Nan who were waiting for them, the powerful enemy they had to face this time!


    And these are just puppets manipulated by the enemy.


    "Teacher Ziraiya."


    Heavenly Dao Payne slowly raised his head, the eyes of reincarnation remained motionless in his eye sockets, he just calmly spread out his palms: "Although it is a stupid act for a group of mortals to challenge a god, your courage is worth my sacrifice for you!" Build a suitable burial place."


    Tiandao Payne''s eyes moved slightly, looked at Uzumaki Naruto next to Jiraiya, and said softly: "It seems that he is our youngest junior brother Uzumaki Naruto, so let him be the victory of this battle .¡±


    "..."


    Uzumaki Naruto gritted his teeth dully, looked at Tiandao Payne and said, "I can''t understand your actions. I heard from the lewd fairy that if your so-called purpose is to bring peace to the ninja world, why do you let us Naraku Uehara destroys Hidden Sand Village and Hidden Fog Village!"


    "Naruto!"


    Jilai also frowned and glanced at Naruto Uzumaki.


    Uzumaki Naruto ignored Jiraiya, just clenched his fist, looked at Tiandao Payne and said: "This war is obviously unnecessary! If it is for peace..."


    "shut up."


    Tiandao Payne interrupted Uzumaki Naruto, and slowly raised his palm towards Uzumaki Naruto, and a cold voice came out of his mouth: "I don''t like to hear people tell me some unreasonable truths, What you have to do next is to accept your fate and enjoy the punishment that God bestows on you with courage!"


    Is everyone with yellow hair in the ninja world a chatterbox?


    Akatsuki''s Deidara is enough to make people upset, and Konoha''s Uzumaki Naruto also likes to chatter, these yellow-haired people talk too much.


    Jiraiya patted Uzumaki Naruto on the shoulder, and said softly: "Okay, Naruto, let''s get rid of all Payne present first! I haven''t seen the power displayed by someone who can change this ninja world in Nagato. He won''t believe you."


    "Yes, lecherous fairy."


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded slowly.


    "So... are you ready? Everyone!"


    Jilai also clenched the fist of his left hand, hit the palm of his right hand, and said loudly: "If you are ready... we can go!"


    "yes!"


    After everyone responded loudly, they each jumped down the city wall and ran towards Pain Liudao and Xiao Nan!


    "Aha!"


    Matt Kay and Rock Lee were the fastest. With the six doors open, they were the first to find their respective targets and rushed towards the position of the target Payne!


    "Huh? Are you going to break them one by one?"


    Tiandao Payne''s eyes wandered slightly, staring at the seven enemies, and sighed softly: "You are still so naive! Teacher Jiraiya..."


    click click click...


    Standing in front of Tian Dao Payne, Shura Dao quickly changed his form, and thick gun barrels appeared on Shura Dao''s body!


    The next moment, there was a lot of gunfire!


    Countless bullets sprayed out from the muzzle!


    A series of bullets gathered into a line of fire, blocking all the directions that the seven ninjas could rush towards, forcing them to dodge or resist individually!


    Immediately afterwards, a particularly thick sniper barrel appeared on Shuradao''s chest, and a huge bullet flew out from it, flying directly to Rock Li at the front!


    This gun is too insidious!


    "Shenwei!"


    Hatake Kakashi instantly opened the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, and used his pupil technique to absorb the powerful bullet into the Kamui space. He turned his head and reminded loudly: "Be careful! The weapon on Payne ..."


    Boom!


    The second bullet flew over!


    A flower of blood bloomed from Hatake Kakashi''s chest!


    Because Kakashi Hatake had just used the pupil technique to save Rock Li''s life, he had no time to use the pupil technique, and was directly hit in the chest by the second shot hidden by Shurado!


    The battle has only just begun...


    The first person to sacrifice has appeared!


    On Huoying Rock in the distance.


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, smiled lightly and said, "I didn''t expect that the first person to die in battle was Mr. Kakashi Hatake..."


    "what?"


    Obito Uchiha turned his head to look at Yakushi''s pocket in disbelief, and asked in a cold voice: "How is that possible? Kakashi is the most insidious and cunning guy, how could he die!"


    It sounds like you don''t know Obito''s true feelings.


    Maybe he didn''t want to see Kakashi Hatake die in battle, maybe he also wanted to slander Kakashi Hatake''s character?


    Namikaze Minato clenched his fist, and slammed it on the ground weakly. He said in a low voice, "No, Kakashi was indeed killed in battle. In order to save a young boy, to remind his companions..."


    This moment.


    Uehara Naraku and others are still on their way to Yunyin Village.


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly and rubbed his temples. He was watching the battle on Konoha from a distance, and he also got first-hand news.


    Did Kakashi die to save people after all?

 Chapter 282

    After Uehara Naraku got the news that Hatake Kakashi died in battle, he felt a little complicated in his heart. After all, Hatake Kakashi had a good relationship with him.


    Naraku Uehara sighed inwardly, and gave the first order to the pharmacist Dou: "Dou, you can go and find Sakumo Hatake''s body, if possible, we should be able to get one or two reincarnations The master."


    Namikaze Minato: "..."


    Obito Uchiha: "..."


    Hatake Sakumo is the father of Hatake Kakashi.


    Hatake Kakashi committed suicide when he was very young, so it also left a huge shadow on Kakashi''s childhood, and even affected his future ninja path.


    Now the master and apprentice are still immersed in the grief of Hatake Kakashi''s death in battle, but Uehara Naraku gave them an order to find the body of Hatake Kakashi''s father Hatake Sakumo?


    Is this a plan to let the pharmacist reincarnate Hatake Sakumo?


    Damn it, Uehara Naraku, bastard, are you still human!


    Hatake Kakashi''s soul may be looking forward to meeting his father in the pure land, but you directly summoned Hatake Sakumo''s soul back to the dirty land to reincarnate...


    How can it be so that people can''t be reunited even if they die!


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, frowned, and said softly, "Master Naraku, I tried to reincarnate Sakumo Hatake, but it didn''t work at all..."


    "rest assured."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead and said softly: "After this war is over, he should be able to successfully reincarnate him from the dirt."


    If I remember correctly, Hatake Sakumo''s soul has always been on the road leading to the pure land of the underworld. Once the soul is not in the pure land, even if he is reincarnated in the dirty land, he will not be able to find his soul, so Hatake Sakumo cannot perform dirty land at all. reincarnate.


    If Hatake Kakashi died in battle, then he should see Hatake Sakumo who has been waiting for him on the road first, right?


    After the heart-to-heart exchange between father and son, it is time to release the shackles and go to the pure land of the underworld, right?


    At that time, Hatake Sakumo will be reincarnated and resurrected!


    Although Yao Shidou didn''t quite understand it, he followed Uehara Naraku''s order and sneaked out to dig out Hatake Sakumo''s coffin from the comfort monument.


    Outside Konoha Village.


    The battle continues.


    No one thought of it.


    Hatake Kakashi would be the first to die in battle.


    In other words, no matter who is the first to die in battle, it is not acceptable to everyone.


    However, the power of Shurado''s sniper bullet pierced Kakashi''s chest directly, knocking his body upside down and flying out, and fell heavily to the ground!


    "Kakashi!"


    Maitekai watched Hatake Kakashi fall down in disbelief, and his body was soon covered with blood. Maitekai never thought that his best friend would fall here.


    "Mr. Kakashi!"


    "Mr. Kakashi!"


    "Senior Kakashi!"


    The others also watched Hatake Kakashi fall in astonishment, Naruto Uzumaki almost fell into a daze watching this scene, and Rock Lee also widened his eyes.


    A trace of grief flashed across Jiraiya''s face, and he reminded in a cold voice: "Hey, don''t be in a daze, the battle is still going on! Kid, don''t be sorry for Kakashi''s sacrifice!"


    "..."


    Hatake Kakashi slowly closed his eyes.


    If you can, it seems good to die like this?


    At least in this way, he will be able to meet many people, no matter how many fetters he has around him, sometimes it still makes Kakashi feel that the world is too lonely.


    It''s just that after Kakashi Hatake''s soul ascended to heaven, the first person he saw was his father Sakumo Hatake. This strong man with the title of Konoha White Fang bound himself here with his own strength. This road to the underworld awaits to meet his son.


    The father and son didn''t think about it.


    Someone will count them two dead people.


    Outside Konoha Village.


    Everyone is suppressing the grief of Kakashi''s death in battle.


    "Shock the door open!"


    Only Maitekai suddenly burst out the power of the seventh door, Jingmen, and slammed his fist in the direction of Payne: "Day Tiger!"


    A huge air bomb was blasted out by Maitkai''s fist!


    Under the suppression of the fist, this air bomb turned into a white tiger and rushed towards Payne Liudao, roaring and opening its mouth wide!


    The countless bullets shot by Shura Dao were all crushed by the power of the day tiger and turned into chakras and disappeared. At this scene, Tian Dao Payne couldn''t help frowning.


    The moment the white day tiger turned into air bomb appeared, the figure of Hungry Ghost Dao appeared in front of the white tiger, and spread his palm: "Sealing technique suction seal!"


    The next moment, Hungry Ghost Dao was directly defeated by Day Tiger!


    "How is it possible? This is not ninjutsu!"


    Tiandao Payne''s expression changed slightly, he hastily stretched out his palm, and a huge repulsion burst out: "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    It''s a pity that Shenluo Tianzheng''s power is not enough.


    The next moment, Tiandao Payne''s body couldn''t help but flew out!


    The power of Shenluo Tianzheng that Tiandao Payne hastily used was too small to defeat the air bomb of Rihuo. Animal Dao immediately channeled huge psychic beasts to try to help them resist Rihu''s power!


    The psychic beasts turned into smoke and dissipated!


    The white tiger gradually converged into a white ball, and the energy in the ball began to destroy everything around it!


    "What a hassle."


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Tiandao Payne frowned, and suddenly stretched out his palm towards Hungry Ghost Dao''s broken body: "Wanxiang Tianyin!"


    He saw Hungry Ghost Dao''s body being held in his hand.


    The next moment, the remaining paper clones of Payne and Xiaonan turned into smoke and disappeared on the battlefield. Nagato didn''t want to be hit and destroy all his puppets!


    In the huge tree hole in the distance.


    Nagato slowly put away his palm, stared at the broken body of Hungry Ghost Road with an ugly expression, and then glanced at the few Paynes brought back by him with psychic techniques, and said in a deep voice: "I didn''t expect Konoha There is actually such a level of physical masters..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Xiao Nan also nodded with some lingering fear.


    The strength and speed of the day tiger''s explosion just now were so astonishing that they didn''t even have the slightest reaction time, and they were almost directly smashed by one blow!


    It is indeed the strongest ninja village in the ninja world.


    Even taijutsu is different from the taijutsu ninjas in other ninja villages!


    No, it should be said that those from other ninja villages cannot be called Taijutsu ninjas at all!


    Nagato lowered his head slowly, his long red hair drooping down, and his voice gradually became a little gloomy: "In this case, we can''t attack by force... We must find a way to get rid of that powerful Taijutsu ninja, no, or a Get rid of them all in one breath."


    Nagato''s eyes slowly turned to Shura Dao, and he made a certain decision: "Make a good plan, let Shura Dao go and die with those people!"


    on the battlefield.


    After the air bomb dissipated, a huge deep pit appeared on the ground, but Payne in the field disappeared, and everyone frowned.


    Maitekai''s expression was a bit unsightly, and the power of the day tiger exploded was very exhausting to him, did this move not have any results?


    "How is this going?"


    "Where are people?"


    "Could it have been directly destroyed by Mr. Kai''s day tiger?"


    "No."


    Jiraiya shook his head, and he analyzed the situation just now: "It should be that Nagato saw that Payne might be damaged under the attack of the Hiruto, so he sent all Payne away in advance."


    After finishing speaking, Jilai also saw that other people looked a little frustrated, and said softly: "But this is not without results, I just saw that Payne, who was able to absorb magic spells, was directly destroyed by Kai''s spells! "


    "call¡­"


    Mitekai took a deep breath, nodded hastily, and said, "That''s just right, our personnel comparison is still the same, now it''s six people against six people...Then, the opponent Kakashi will face next is hand over Let me solve it!"


    "Can you hold it?"


    "Absolutely no problem!"


    Maitekai raised his thumbs up, and said in a low voice: "Kakashi''s will, leave it to me to inherit!"


    "it is good!"


    Zilai also closed his palms, nodded with a gloomy expression, and said, "Go and find them now!"


    The condolence monument on the back mountain of Konoha.


    Yakushito, Uchiha Obito and Namikaze Minato dug Hatake Sakumo''s grave, and carefully put his coffin into the sealed scroll.


    Although I don''t know why Uehara Naraku thinks that Hatake Sakumo can be reincarnated from the dirty soil, which has been proven to be unfeasible, but Yakushido decides to carry out Uehara Naraku''s order and report to Uehara Naraku about the incident here.


    "Master Naraku, I have dug up the body of Konoha Shirato Hatake Sakumo as you ordered."


    After the pharmacist finished speaking, he continued softly: "Mitekai almost destroyed all Payne with one blow just now, Nagato-sama seems to be planning to retreat, and now Konoha''s people are searching all over the mountains and plains for their whereabouts."


    After Yao Shidou finished speaking, he didn''t hear any reply from Uehara Naraku, and added: "After the outbreak of Maite Kai, the situation seems to be not very favorable for Nagato-sama!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Obito was a little surprised after listening to Yakushidou''s words: "That guy Kai... Has he become so strong now?"


    Originally, Obito Uchiha and Mai Tekai were the two crane tails in the class.


    It''s a pity that this guy, Maitekai, seems to be a bit different. Every time he takes the Chunin exam, he can beat Uchiha''s teeth all over the place.


    Later, after Uchiha Obito got the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, he didn''t care much about Maitekai. I didn''t expect that Maitekai didn''t leave them too much...


    Namikaze Minato shook his head, and sighed softly: "Ninjas who find their own path and follow this path unswervingly, they will definitely become very powerful."


    "All right."


    Just after Namikaze Minato finished speaking, Uehara Naraku''s will immediately came to him, and he said softly: "Du, I know everything you said, before they fight again, there is no need to report some small things to me .¡±


    The country of thunder.


    The sky above Yunyin Village.


    The village is scattered among the towering mountains.


    Whether it is concealment or defense, it is far superior to other villages. It is difficult for ordinary ninjas to attack this ninja village, which also makes Yunyin Village so powerful.


    Naraku Uehara sat on the body of the ancient dragon, slowly raised his fingers, and said softly: "Alright, let''s start attacking Yunyin Village!"

 Chapter 283

    The battle in Konoha Village was temporarily deadlocked.


    The battle in Yunyin Village has just begun.


    Just as Nagato and Konan were planning to deal with Jiraiya, Metkai and others, Naraku Uehara, Didara and others rushed to Yunyin Village.


    Due to the special environment of Yunyin Village, there were bursts of thunder in the sky, and flashes of lightning jumped in the clouds from time to time, which made people feel a little palpitating.


    Didara hated the environment of thunder and lightning weather the most. He couldn''t help but plucked his ears and pouted his mouth: "The sound of thunder is so loud, those idiots in Yunyin Village are full of muscles. endured?"


    "This place is very suitable for using Thunder Dun Qilin."


    Sasuke Uchiha looked up at the occasional thunder that came from the sky above Yunyin Village. His Sharingan could easily catch the traces of lightning in the sky, and he only needed to guide it to release the S-level thunder escape ninjutsu of Thunder Dun Qilin .


    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku, and asked softly, "Senior Uehara, let me use the Thunder Dun Qilin to say hello to Yunyin Village?"


    say hi.


    Ever since Uehara Naraku led everyone out on a few missions, the Akatsuki organization has become popular with this saying. When meeting, first throw a powerful S-level spell at the enemy...


    That''s the way to say hello.


    At the beginning, Nagato in Konoha Village also manipulated Tiandao Payne to say hello with Shenluo Tianzheng, and Uchiha Sasuke in Yunyin Village wanted to say hello with Thunder Dun Qilin.


    say hello say hello¡­


    Can you beat others? Just say hello!


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Uchiha Sasuke speechlessly, sighed and said, "Okay, then you can try it!"


    "Well, senior."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s palms closed tightly, and his five fingers stretched towards the sky, only to see the thunderclouds in the sky gradually gather under Sasuke''s guidance.


    next moment.


    A huge Thunder Beast jumped out of the thunderclouds in the sky!


    And the target that this Thunder Beast is about to attack is the Thunder Shadow Building in Yunyin Village!


    above the ground.


    Yunyin Village, Lei Ying''s office.


    The fourth generation of Lei Yingai was leaning on the sofa in the office, frowning and flipping through the documents sent by the village. He didn''t look like a person who likes to correct documents at all.


    This is the characteristic of Leiying.


    Every generation of Lei Ying is a man with a rough life. They never like to sit on desk chairs, but like to find a spacious place casually.


    It''s just in their nature not to like being restrained.


    It''s just that there is another person in Raikage''s office today, and that is the fourth Raikage''s sworn brother Eight-tailed Jinzhu Riki Rabbi. Because he is worried that Kirabi will be attacked by Akatsuki, the fourth Raikage Ai plans to send the Kirabi has always been by his side.


    To be honest, Fourth Raikage regretted it a bit.


    Qirabbi was walking up and down in the office, and suddenly came over and stood on the table in front of the sofa, dancing and gesticulating with his fingers: "Brother, I''ll dance and you sing, this is us, AB Combination! Oh yeah!"


    "..."


    Fourth Raikage''s face darkened.


    The next moment, this Lei Ying silently raised his head to look at Kirabi, took out an apple from the tray with a gloomy face, and squeezed the apple into pieces!


    "..."


    Kirabi watched the movements of the Fourth Raikage, a drop of cold sweat slowly dripped from his forehead, and immediately waved his palm and changed his posture: "I''ll dance, you can sing, BA combination is also possible." !Oh yeah!"


    "Compare."


    Fourth Raikage''s forehead twitched violently, and he looked coldly at his sworn brother in front of him, his fists clenched until his joints creaked: "If you say another word, I''ll crush you to pieces!"


    After finishing speaking, Fourth Raikage threw the apple pomace in his hand to Kirabi''s face, and kicked Kirabi off the table!


    To be honest, since having such a teasing and mentally retarded brother, the fourth generation of Lei Yingai feels that he has lost ten years of life!


    certainly.


    Without a brother like Kirabi, the fourth generation of Raikage Ai might not even survive the Ninja World War more than ten years ago.


    According to the tradition of Yunyin Village, each generation of Raikage will have their partner, that is, the eight-tailed Jinchuriki in the village. Only at this time can they inherit Ai''s name.


    same.


    Eight-tailed Jinchuriki is also able to become the most suitable partner with contemporary Raikage, so that he can inherit the name ratio passed down from generation to generation by Eight-tailed Jinchuriki.


    This is the AB combination of Yunyin Village.


    It is also the top combat power in Yunyin Village.


    To be honest, when the fourth generation of Lei Yingai was able to find Kirabi, a suitable younger brother, he was still very happy. Facts have proved that Kirabi did not live up to the expectations of Yunyin Village, and the combination of the two can also be called Powerful, almost invincible.


    Except for being lost in the hands of Namikaze Minato...


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    It''s a pity that Kirabi''s character is too jumpy.


    Kirabi, the eight-tailed Jinchuriki, is different from the past. He has loved singing and dancing rap since he was a child. As a result, he now likes to bring rhythm even when he talks, and from time to time he will perform a headache-inducing impromptu performance.


    Because Kirabi was discriminated against by the village as a eight-tailed Jinchuriki since he was a child, he relied on this method to laugh at those in the village who discriminated against, humiliated and even hurt him.


    Therefore, the fourth generation of Raikage has a high tolerance for Kirabi.


    However, even a Buddha has a limit to his patience with a funny man, Kirabi, an idiot brother, always inadvertently teases the nerves of the fourth Raikage.


    Damn, has this ratio forgotten the temper of every generation of Raikage?


    Now the fourth generation of Raikage just kindly crushed an apple and kicked Kirabi off the table. In fact, this is already a very gentle approach...


    If it were any other time, Kirabi would probably be hospitalized by now.


    Just as the fourth generation of Lei Yingai was about to scold Qi Rabi for a few more minutes, he suddenly heard the thunder in Yunyin Village faintly becoming a little strange.


    There''s something wrong with the thunder in the sky!


    There was a roar of beasts in the sky!


    A beautiful ninja with dark skin quickly pushed open the door of Raikage''s office, and said in a hasty voice: "Master Raikage, the perception team reported that there is an abnormality in the sky, and someone seems to be releasing a powerful thunder-dun ninjutsu over the village." !"


    "I see!"


    Fourth Raikage waved his hand impatiently, smashed through the glass of Raikage''s office and rushed out: "Call together the combat troops in the village, let''s see who has the guts!"


    This is how the Fourth Raikage went out.


    The fourth generation of Lei Yingai has no bad habits in his life, and the biggest expense every year is to repair the glass wall in his office.


    "Brother, wait for me!"


    Kirabi turned over and crawled out from the corner, and rushed out along the glass gap that the fourth generation of Raikage smashed through, bluffing in his mouth: "The AB combination is invincible! Yoho!"


    After the two left.


    The beautiful ninja who just rushed into the office also conveyed orders to others, requiring all combat units to gather quickly to face possible enemies.


    above the sky.


    A huge Thunder Beast appeared.


    Sasuke Uchiha stood on the body of the ancient dragon, manipulated his own chakra to lead Thunder Dun Qilin to the hidden cloud village on the ground!


    Uchiha Sasuke watched his Thunder Dunk Kirin fall, smiled triumphantly and hooked the corners of his mouth and said, "Hmph, Yunyin Village, which was born in the thunder, will disappear in the thunder!"


    Besides Itachi Uchiha, is there anyone else who can resist the attack of the Thunder Dun Qilin?


    Even if there is, it is absolutely impossible to appear in Yunyin Village. Sasuke Uchiha thinks that he is the strongest Thunderbolt ninja!


    The Fourth Raikage raised his head and looked at the Qilin Thunder Beast that was rushing down from the sky, his temper suddenly became irritable, and a cloud of strong chakra erupted from his body instantly: "Are you looking for death? How dare you aim at the Raikage Tower?" !"


    The fourth generation of Raikage''s body suddenly burst into groups of lightning, and the moment he saw the Thunder Beast appeared, he entered the Raikage Chakra Mode!


    Standing next to the Fourth Raikage, Kirabi spread out tails behind him, and the chakras on these tails quickly gathered to form a black-purple tailed beast jade, which shot out towards the Thunder Beast in the air !


    The black-purple tailed beast jade collided head-on with the Thunder Beast Qilin almost in an instant, and easily smashed the magic formula that could destroy Leiyinglou!


    Rabbi Eight-Tails Jinzhu Ricky watched the Thunder Beast being destroyed by the Tailed Beast Jade, and pushed his own little sunglasses. This somewhat casual action seemed to be very forceful for Rabbi.


    Especially after he had just resolved the crisis with ease.


    Just when the fourth generation of Raikage thought that his adopted brother was finally reliable, Kirabi suddenly twisted his body and made a dance that he thought was handsome: "Sure enough, in the end, it''s up to me, Mr. Eight-tailed Kirabi, yeah!"


    "Shut up!"


    Fourth Raikage''s face darkened again.


    Damn, this idiot is really handsome for only three seconds!


    Fortunately, the Fourth Raikage had no intention of continuing to reprimand him now, but just looked up at the huge monster flying slowly around Yunyin Village in the sky.


    "dawn!"


    The Fourth Raikage Ai immediately recognized the monster.


    The ancient dragon has become the signal of Xiao organization''s foreign war.


    As the signature psychic beast of the Akatsuki organization, whenever an ancient dragon appears in a village, it means that a ninja village will be destroyed by the Akatsuki organization.


    So far there have been no exceptions.


    The Fourth Raikage clenched his fists, looked at the ancient dragon that was still soaring slowly in the sky, and loudly ordered to the people running in the distance: "Go prepare the chakra cannon and let those bastards of Akatsuki know If you dare to enter Yunyin Village, you don¡¯t have to leave here!¡±


    "Yes, Lord Raikage!"


    The leading jonin nodded hastily.


    The Chakra Cannon is the secret weapon of Hidden Cloud Village. Its power is beyond any ninja''s imagination. Unfortunately, it cannot be transported due to its size, weight and energy replenishment method. It has always been used as a defensive weapon in Hidden Cloud Village.


    The ancient dragon in the sky suddenly flew down!


    Uehara Naraku also knew the secret weapon of Yunyin Village very well. He didn''t intend to let his mount be a target, so he immediately drove the ancient dragon down.


    Naraku Uehara slowly disbanded the ancient dragon, and flew to the top of the Raikage Tower. Sasuke Uchiha, Didara and others also stood beside him. Four people in black robes of Xiangyun stared at the A group of Yunyin ninjas opposite them.


    "Looks like we''re in luck."


    Uehara Naraku had a smile on his face, looked at the fourth generation of Raikage Ai and Rabbi Eight-tailed Jinzhu Riki who were standing in front of a group of Yunyin ninjas, and continued with a smile: "The famous AB combination in Yunyin Village is Here, it should be able to bring me a little fun, right?"


    "Ok¡­"


    The Red Sand Scorpion shook his head helplessly: "Uehara, are you so confident every time you meet an enemy? When can you show your confidence in front of your teacher..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Didara smiled brightly, and continued with a chuckle: "Give them to me, I will use my art to get rid of these big guys in Yunyin Village!"


    "Hmph, your clay bomb shouldn''t be able to exert its strength, right?"


    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly with disdain, and continued contemptuously: "This village is full of ninjas who restrain you, let me do it!"


    Uchiha Sasuke looked arrogantly at the Fourth Raikage Ai and Kirabi, a red light flashed in the scarlet writing wheel eyes, and he said coldly: "I want to let them see what is the real Thunder escape ninjutsu!"

 Chapter 284

    Since getting the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, Uchiha Sasuke''s self-confidence has been improving rapidly, and sometimes Naraku Uehara couldn''t persuade him.


    This man...


    Too much self-confidence is not a good thing.


    However, Uchiha Sasuke likes to fight in the most powerful field of the opponent. He likes to compete with Uchiha Itachi in fire escape ninjutsu. This is purely courting death!


    Now Sasuke is clamoring to compete with the fourth generation of Raikage in Raiden ninjutsu. After seeing Kirabi''s swordsmanship, he will compete with swordsman Kirabi...


    Who made Sasuke an all-rounder!


    After seeing Uehara Naraku nodded, Uchiha Sasuke''s mouth curled up into a smile, pulled out his ninja sword and rushed towards the Fourth Raikage!


    "Asshole, idiot!"


    Seeing this, Kirabi jumped up and down a few steps, his body was instantly covered with seven ninja knives, and he greeted the rushing Sasuke, and said in his mouth: "Challenge big brother, I want to do it too! Just think about it , dare not do it!"


    "Whispering!"


    A red light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s writing wheel eyes, he dodged Kirabi''s charge, brandished his ninja knife and fought with Kirabi, and said contemptuously: "There are still people who dare to fight with Kirabi!" Is Uchiha competing in swordsmanship?"


    clang clang clang clang...


    The sound of sharp blades clashing was a bit crisp!


    There are seven ninja swords clamped in various parts of Kirabi''s body, but they are extremely flexible to manipulate, as if each ninja sword is held in his hand.


    No, every ninja knife may be held in his hands!


    This guy''s swordsmanship is like a hedgehog!


    Uchiha Sasuke was a little surprised by Kirabi''s swordsmanship, when a pair of sharing eyes turned back and forth to stare at Kirabi''s ninja sword flying, he suddenly felt a pain in his shoulder!


    A blood splashed out!


    After Uchiha Sasuke''s expression changed, he ignored the wound on his shoulder, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Oh, interesting..."


    "..."


    Kirabi didn''t answer.


    In this kind of sword fighting, Kirabi seems to have forgotten his vocal cords at home, and just immersed himself in manipulating his seven ninja swords to launch strong attacks one after another!


    Uchiha Sasuke can only concentrate on resisting!


    In the camp of Yunyin Village.


    The fourth generation of Raikage watched the battle with his arms in his arms, and snorted coldly: "The barren heron machete is getting faster and faster..."


    "After all, it''s Lord Kirabi!"


    The beautiful ninja Azabui raised her eyebrows with a smile.


    After the Fourth Raikage nodded slowly, he said in a low voice: "It seems that Xiao Xiao and these guys can be dealt with by Kirabi alone..."


    Xiao Organization has a different style of painting here.


    Everyone hates Sasuke more or less.


    The Red Sand Scorpion stared at Uchiha Sasuke with a puzzled face, and said softly: "Hey, Uehara, is this the Sasuke you have been optimistic about? It seems that his supplements can''t make up for the loss of Uchiha Itachi''s death." !"


    For Uchiha Itachi, the Red Sand Scorpion is still acceptable.


    For Sasuke Uchiha, the Scorpion of Red Sand is really a bit incomprehensible.


    What kind of things are being fought here, knowing that the opponent is a master of swordsmanship, and still fighting with swordsmanship here, isn''t it really looking for death on purpose?


    Deidara puffed up his mouth, and said without hesitation: "Sasuke is an idiot who doesn''t even know how to make use of his strengths and avoid his weaknesses?"


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know what to say.


    But it doesn''t seem right to say anything now.


    After thinking for a while, Uehara said softly: "It''s okay, I''m very good at medical ninjutsu, even if Sasuke is seriously injured, I can save him..."


    Yunyin Village and Akatsuki Organization seem to be fighting a fair duel. Both sides think that they have a great advantage, so Uchiha Sasuke and Kirabi are allowed to fight alone.


    Not so coincidentally, Uchiha Sasuke is clearly a little bit out of control.


    Even if he learned the swordsmanship passed down from Uchiha Itachi, he couldn''t resist Kirabi''s seven-handled ninja swords, and Kirabi soon found a flaw!


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke had a few more wounds on his body!


    In an instant, Kirabi immediately seized the victory, kicked Sasuke''s chest directly, and kicked Sasuke so that he rolled and fell to the ground!


    "Thousand Bird Blade!"


    A flash of lightning flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s hand, Lei Dun Chakra instantly blessed the ninja sword, and rushed towards Kirabi again.


    However, Kirabi was born in Yunyin Village since he was a child, so how could he not be good at the technique of attaching lightning?


    "Super-sonic shock... Thunder Dundao!"


    A thunderbolt chakra also flew out of Kirabi''s hand, covered the ninja sword in his hand, and faced Sasuke''s attack!


    boom!


    The speed of the two people was equally fast, and when they fought again, a wave of air spread from their sides to the surroundings!


    Uchiha Sasuke and Kirabi clenched their ninja swords not to be outdone, waiting for the other to fail, but unfortunately, both sides seem to be able to persist!


    There was a smile on the corner of Kirabi''s mouth, and he slowly lifted a ninja knife between his inner knees, and whispered in his mouth: "Feiwu...Huadiefei..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s Sharingan noticed all this, a light flashed in his eyes, and Kirabi fell into the illusion immediately!


    Magic ¡¤ Hanghang Art!


    As Uchiha Itachi''s personal teaching, Uchiha Sasuke''s illusion is very powerful, making Kirabi fall into the illusion without a sound.


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly, stroked his eye sockets, and watched Kirabi fall to the ground because of the illusion.


    Sasuke Uchiha raised his head and looked at the panicked Kumokage ninjas, his eyes moved to the calm-faced Fourth Raikage Ai, and slowly raised his ninja sword: "Raikage, come and compare with me... Poof !"


    The next moment, Kirabi on the ground suddenly stood up!


    A red chakra coat instantly covered his whole body!


    Kirabi''s arm slammed into Uchiha Sasuke''s body, and the terrifying force brought by the high-speed movement almost broke Sasuke in the middle: "Thunder plow hot knife!"


    "..."


    A bunch of blood sprayed in the air!


    Uchiha Sasuke''s body flew back upside down, and Naraku Uehara stretched out a palm to grab him, preventing him from falling directly from the roof of Raikage Tower.


    Naraku Uehara looked down at Sasuke''s injury, only to see Uchiha Sasuke''s chest collapsed, the chest was completely stained red with blood, and there were even some pieces of meat...


    Obviously Sasuke''s body couldn''t bear the power of Lei Li''s hot knife at all.


    "What a disgrace..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion and Didara covered their foreheads at the same time.


    I thought Sasuke Uchiha would get a good start, but he was hoisted up by Jinchuriki Yatsuo and beat him up, and he didn''t even have time to use the kaleidoscope Sharingan.


    "Ugh¡­"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Uchiha Sasuke speechlessly, and reached out to help him heal the wound with star infusion, Uchiha Sasuke was about to get up and fight again.


    Uehara Naraku reached out to stop him, and said softly: "Okay, let me come next! You take a rest by the side first..."


    "Senior, my injury has healed."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face showed a hint of pleading: "Please give me another chance, I will definitely catch Eight Tails Jinchuriki!"


    "Well, I believe you."


    Naraku Uehara patted Sasuke Uchiha on the shoulder, smiled lightly and said, "But since Yatsuo Jinchuriki seems to be a Taijutsu ninja, let me try it!"


    "..."


    Everyone present watched Naraku Uehara stand up.


    Just now everyone saw Uehara Naraku treating Sasuke who was seriously injured and dying. For a while, they thought Uehara was a powerful medical ninja, but they didn''t expect him to stand up.


    "Are medical ninjas going to fight too?"


    Fourth Raikage looked at Naraku Uehara coming out with a displeased face. He seemed to think of another medical ninja with a bad temper and very strong strength in the ninja world.


    Can''t these medical ninjas just stay behind and help people heal?


    Do you have to stand up and fight?


    The Fourth Raikage has been envious of the powerful medical ninja for many years, and he saw Uehara Naraku''s level of medical ninjutsu just now.


    To be honest, the Fourth Raikage Ai was a little bit moved.


    "Looks like a nice guy..."


    The beautiful ninja Azabui slowly covered her lips.


    The Akatsuki member who came out seemed to have a gentle temper, because even in such a tense situation, he still had that warm smile on his face.


    Especially the appearance is also somewhat handsome.


    To be honest, Mabuyi was also a little moved.


    After all, Yunyin Village is full of grumpy and rough guys, or lazy guys like Darui and Omoyi. It is really difficult for Mabuyi to find a man who can almost match his personality.


    Mabui frowned slightly, glanced at the Fourth Raikage next to him, and sighed softly: "Unfortunately, it''s an enemy..."


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    "Humph¡­"


    The Fourth Raikage Ai couldn''t help but glanced at Mabui, and said loudly to Kirabi: "Bi, this medical ninja has good abilities, and he can be captured alive."


    "..."


    Kirabi fell silent.


    After a while, the red chakra coat on Kirabi''s body fluttered slightly, and there was a little more depth in his voice, and he slowly responded: "Okay, big brother, there is no problem, if I can survive his battle If you come down..."


    If possible, Kirabi would like to continue to escape.


    However, the voice of the eight-tailed bull ghost in Kirabi''s body reminded him solemnly that Uehara Naraku, who was coming, must be careful, because it felt a wave of heart palpitations and panic.


    "The battlefield is too small."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the top space of Leiyinglou, frowned, and then slowly closed his palms, forming an incomprehensible handprint.


    Just when everyone was wondering what kind of handprint Uehara Naraku had made, the ground around Leiyinglou suddenly rose, and a huge square arena was constructed in the hinterland of Yunyin Village with Leiyinglou as the center.


    The width of this ring is far more than a thousand meters!


    This turned out to be a super-large-scale Earth Dungeon Earthquake!


    Especially in Yunyin Village, which is an environment where earth escape ninjutsu and its restraint, almost no one can use earth escape ninjutsu to change the environment here.


    Even the third generation of Tsuchikage Onoki, it is difficult to say that he can create this huge arena in such a place that is almost suspended.


    It''s just that after Uehara Naraku got the power of the earth, it was not difficult to create such a wide arena area with the power of the earth.


    Fourth Raikage''s expression changed slightly, and he suddenly raised his head and stared at Naraku Uehara: "This level of ninjutsu of earth escape... Be careful, this guy is not easy!"


    ''"do not worry."


    Naraku Uehara slowly put down his palm, seeing the nervousness and panic on other people''s faces, their vigilance was slowly raised.


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes and showed a soft smile: "I like physical combat very much, this place should be used as an arena for us to fight, and don''t leave until all of us die in battle." Are you in the arena?"


    This sentence can be said with a smile.


    It''s just that this sentence seems to directly raise the bloody level of the battle, whether it is Rabbi Eight-Tailed Jinzhu Riki or Fourth Raikage Ai, their faces are a bit unsightly.


    Even if the two of them have witnessed the cruelty of the ninja world war, they still have some palpitations from the calmness of the person in front of him when he said this sentence. Is he playing life and death battle as a game!


    This guy Uehara Naraku made Kirabi feel a little uneasy.


    Uehara Naraku, who was clearly in front of him, was only talking softly, but he couldn''t help but feel a little palpitation. He didn''t taunt or yell like Uchiha Sasuke, but just chatted about the next battle as usual...


    This kind of gentle attitude made Kirabi feel more stressed.


    Kirabi slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, the young man in Xiangyun black robe was still squinting his eyes and smiling, but his uneasiness was getting bigger and bigger...


    He clearly has the strength to frighten even bull ghosts, but he still talks to them Yunyin Village ninjas so gently, as if everyone is a ninja with similar strength...


    "Okay, I have already set up the venue."


    Uehara Naraku smiled and narrowed his eyes, looked at Kirabi whose face became more and more dignified, and continued: "There are no rules for the battle between us, whether it is a group of you or yourself Both are fine."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku spread out his palm and continued: "Remind me, although I have created a large enough battle field, it is inevitable that someone will accidentally fall. This ring is built on the top of the mountain. If If they fall from this kind of ring, then they can only expect him to die a little more completely."


    "..."


    Kirabi also glanced at the wide arena.


    This area is larger than the original center of Yunyin Village, which also means that there must be cliffs around the ring.


    Kirabi took a deep breath, and slowly let go of his fist, watching Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his finger and made a gesture, and an impromptu rap came: "Your strength looks so handsome! Your people , really delicious!"


    This is how Kirabi relieves stress.


    No matter how powerful the enemy is, Kirabi will defeat him!


    After Uehara Naraku heard Kirabi''s rap, his smile gradually froze on his face, and his eyes gradually became a little dangerous: "Your Excellency Kirabi, my temper is actually very good, but I don''t like being provoked by others." I''m..."


    "Idiot idiot, idiot idiot!"


    On the contrary, Kirabi breathed a sigh of relief, and performed a more exaggerated impromptu rap with a more exaggerated dance posture: "I like this stage very much. Let me deal with you, the concert will be held here!"


    "Bastard, who do you think you are!"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, and the next moment his figure suddenly appeared beside Kirabi, kicked Kirabi''s chest, and kicked the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki away!

 Chapter 285

    "So fast!"


    At the moment when Naraku Uehara made his move, Kirabi felt a sharp pain in his chest just as he saw Naraku Uehara appearing in front of him!


    Kirabi was kicked and rolled backwards and flew out!


    The Fourth Raikage Ai suddenly blocked Kirabi''s body, so that Kirabi didn''t directly smash into the crowd: "Hey, Bi, how is it?"


    "Feeling...alive."


    Kirabi stretched out his palm to caress his chest, a trace of blood slowly seeped from the corner of his mouth: "Brother, the speed of that guy..."


    When he said these words, Kirabi opened his mouth and spat out a big mouthful of blood again!


    Just when the fourth generation of Raikage Ai was about to call for a medical ninja, Kirabi shook his head violently, looked at Uehara Naraku in the distance and said in a deep voice: "Brother, I''m fine, that guy should need it, we Join forces to deal with it!"


    "Well, I''ve seen it."


    Fourth Raikage Ai nodded solemnly.


    When Uehara Naraku suddenly attacked Kirabi just now, his speed was so fast that even he, the fastest ninja from Thunder Snake, couldn''t see his movements clearly.


    The instant body technique that Uehara Naraku used just now seemed to be the same as the Flying Thunder God technique back then, but he saw Uehara''s figure disappear, and the next moment he saw Uehara Naraku''s figure appearing beside Kirabi!


    "Is it similar to the Flying Thunder God technique?"


    The Fourth Raikage Ai clenched his fists tightly, staring at the enemy who was slowly retracting his legs, his eyes began to tighten a little bit: "No, that''s not right! It''s faster than Flying Thunder God''s Art, or faster than Flying Thunder God The technique is even more secretive!"


    Even when Namikaze Minato releases the Hiraishin Jutsu, he will use the characteristic Kunai of the Hiraishen mark as a medium, and Uehara Naraku is almost teleporting almost completely!


    Mabui, the beautiful ninja of Yunyin Village, stood beside them, her lips parted slightly in surprise: "The strength of that enemy, does it really need the AB combination of Raikage-sama and Kirabi-sama to fight together?"


    "Ok."


    Fourth Raikage clenched his fists, looked at Uehara Naraku in the center of the ring, and explained in a low voice: "Azabui, because that guy beat him just now at the speed that this guy is best at!"


    Kirabi has practiced the Lightning Escape Chakra Mode since he was a child.


    When it comes to speed, the two members of the AB group have always been on equal footing.


    Moreover, Kirabi also turned on the blessed tailed beast chakra coat in the state just now, but Kirabi in this state could not resist Uehara Naraku''s attack.


    "Brother, let''s bump the fist!"


    Kirabi clenched his fist, and stretched towards the Fourth Raikage, with a nostalgic smile on his face: "It''s been a long time since I fought side by side! Thinking about it, I''m really excited!"


    "yes?"


    Fourth Raikage stretched out his fist, touched it with Kirabi, frowned and said, "The last time was when I dealt with that guy Namikaze Minato!"


    "That''s right..."


    Kirabi nodded hurriedly.


    The last time they teamed up against the enemy was Konoha''s golden shining Namikaze Minato, but it was a pity that what they got in exchange for that time was a narrow defeat.


    This time, there will be absolutely no failures!


    Just as they were chatting about this, Uehara Naraku walked towards them step by step, tilted his head and asked, "Well, is the chat over? Can you two be ready to accept you?" fate?"


    "It''s really shameless!"


    A mass of chakra in physical form suddenly erupted from the fourth Raikage''s body, lightning flashed around him, and his hair stood up little by little!


    The next moment, his figure suddenly disappeared in place!


    A blue lightning flashed across the venue!


    This is the full speed of the fourth generation of Raikage, and it is also the result of his hard work for so many years, and it is also the confidence that he really wants to fight against the past Namikaze Minato again!


    Just his speed alone has surpassed most people in the ninja world.


    No, or in the current ninja world, there are really few ninjas who can match the speed of the Fourth Raikage. Even if Namikaze Minato is resurrected, he may not be absolutely sure to beat the old opponent of the Fourth Raikage!


    "So fast!"


    Uchiha Sasuke could only see a black shadow turning into blue lightning and disappearing, a flash of horror flashed across his face: "The fourth Raikage''s speed is so fast that even the Kaleidoscope Sharingan can''t see clearly." Is it?"


    "..."


    Even Uchiha Sasuke''s Sharingan couldn''t see Raikage''s speed clearly, so let alone the Red Sand Scorpion and Didala.


    Didara squinted one eye, and tried to see the fourth Raikage with the help of the other eye, but he couldn''t catch it anyway.


    On this huge arena.


    Everyone only saw that the black shadow of the fourth generation of Raikage hadn''t disappeared in an instant, and another black shadow of the fourth generation of Raikage appeared again in an instant, and the speed was astonishingly fast like teleportation!


    Even Kirabi, who also practiced the Lightning Dungeon Chakra Mode, was a little surprised. After all, he is Eight-Tails Jinchuriki and occasionally practiced swordsmanship, so he couldn''t be as purely loyal to speed as his brother!


    "Yi Lei Shen... Fury Thunder Axe!"


    Fourth Raikage suddenly rushed to Uehara Naraku''s side, and kicked Uehara Naraku''s chin from bottom to top: "Little devil, don''t be so arrogant in the future!"


    Slap!


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm and grabbed Sidai Raikage''s calf. He only felt a huge speed and force hitting his palm. Even Uehara Naraku was faintly surprised at this moment!


    "The efforts of some people are really commendable."


    Uehara Naraku took a step back carelessly, and after avoiding Raikage''s blow, he praised softly: "Only in terms of speed, maybe except for Konoha''s ninja named Maitkai, your The speed should be the fastest in this ninja world!"


    "..."


    Fourth Raikage waved his fists and chased after him, yelling softly in the air: "When will it be your turn to criticize me!"


    Slap!


    Uehara Naraku''s palm fell on his fist, and his voice gradually became a little indifferent: "As long as you are faster and stronger than you, of course I am qualified to comment on you."


    "what?"


    Fourth Raikage''s gaze became more and more unkind.


    What made the Fourth Raikage even more horrified was that Naraku Uehara easily blocked his fist, which meant that Naraku Uehara was on par with him in every speed, and even surpassed him!


    Uehara Naraku twisted the fourth Raikage''s arm with one hand, and after being close to the fourth Raikage''s body, he quickly bent a finger and landed on the fourth Raikage''s forehead!


    "asshole!"


    Seeing this humiliating gesture, Fourth Raikage''s face suddenly changed, and he said angrily: "Little devil, what do you mean, you are insulting me..."


    This is brainstorming!


    When the adults in the village bully the little guy, they like to flick the child''s head with their fingers, saying that they only need one finger to defeat the little guy.


    Now this bastard in front of him dares to insult him like this!


    Boom!


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers popped out suddenly!


    There was a sound from the fourth generation of Raikage''s forehead, and the next moment, Raikage was thrown backwards by this finger!


    An octopus tail quickly appeared and wrapped around the fourth generation of Raikage''s body, saving the Raikage who was knocked away by Uehara Naraku''s finger!


    With a suppressed smile on Kirabi''s face, his eyes were fixed on the forehead of Fourth Raikage, and he asked softly, "Brother, are you alright?"


    "Shut up!"


    Fourth Raikage rubbed his eyebrows.


    The defensive power brought by the Lightning Chakra mode is very strong, Uehara Naraku caused little physical damage to him, but the psychological damage to him was a bit serious.


    Fourth Raikage never thought that he would be bounced away with one finger!


    If this matter gets out today, he, Raikage, will really have no face in the ninja world!


    It''s a pity that this kind of thing can''t be covered up, because not far behind them, many ninjas in Yunyin Village are watching the battle.


    clap clap clap clap...


    "As expected of Your Excellency Raikage!"


    Uehara Naraku withdrew his fingers, applauded lightly, and praised: "Compared to Lord Wudai Mizukage of Wuyin Village, your strength is indeed better, at least you made my fingers hurt... "


    "Shut up, brat!"


    The Fourth Raikage looked at Naraku Uehara in embarrassment, and then glanced at Kirabi who was about to snicker, and said angrily: "Bi, we both use the Thunder Plow Hot Knife at the same time, I want that guy''s head to be chopped off !"


    "Okay, brother! No problem, brother!"


    After Kirabi nodded hastily, the chakra coat on his body gradually became thicker, and he had already entered the state of half-tailed beast.


    Now if he wants to keep up with the peak speed of the fourth generation of Raikage as much as possible, Kirabi can only do it if he enters the half-tailed beast form!


    "Are you going to make a big move?"


    Naraku Uehara stared at them with narrowed eyes, facing the surprised eyes of Fourth Raikage and Kirabi, the corners of his mouth curled up slightly.


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm in the direction of Raikage, and said seriously, "In order to show respect to the two of you, then I will use the two best techniques... to defeat you."


    The trace of a chain disappeared from his hand in a flash, Uehara Naraku had already used his own way to steal the strongest spell of the fourth generation of Raikage.


    next moment.


    The three people in the arena moved at the same time!


    If the speed of the Fourth Raikage is a bolt of lightning, then Kirabi''s speed is a bolt of red lightning, and the two of them rushed towards Uehara Naraku!


    "Appeared¡­"


    Among the cloud ninjas watching the battle, a cloud ninja who is usually quite lazy, at this moment, is looking at the battle situation in the field seriously, and whispered: "The unique skill of the combination of Ai Hebi, the absolute bull Thunder plow knife, Able to absolutely cut the enemy''s body in half..."


    This trick can only be used with AB combination!


    Just when everyone thought that Uehara Naraku''s head and body would soon be divided into two by the unique moves of Fourth Raikage and Kirabi, the bodies of Fourth Raikage and Kirabi flew out first!


    On the way of the Fourth Raikage and Kirabi''s charge, even before the two of them had chosen their direction, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared in the middle of the two of them, spread his arms and hit the two sides respectively. Human chest!


    Uehara Naraku''s arms flashed with substantial chakra, and he used his own arms to knock the charging two people backwards and fly back!


    "Absolute Bull Thunder Plow Hot Knife."


    Naraku Uehara spat out the name of this ninjutsu lightly, watching the fourth Raikage and Kirabi who fell to the ground!


    The four generations of Raikage Ai and Kirabi each spit out a mouthful of blood. Even with the protection and defense of the Raikage Chakra mode, the chests of both of them were slightly sunken, and even getting up was an extravagant hope.


    Originally, this trick was to deal with the enemy.


    Unexpectedly, someone would use this trick to attack them today, and single-handedly performed this trick of Thunder Plow Hot Knife to defeat them both!


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    A smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, he spread his arms and said, "Your Excellency Raikage, do you think the Thunder Plow Hot Knife I used is authentic?"

 Chapter 286

    There was silence on the battlefield.


    None of the cloud ninjas would have thought that one day, the fourth generation of Raikage Ai and Kirabi would be defeated so quickly by the enemy, and they were even defeated by their own fame technique.


    "Master Raikage and Lord Kirabi..."


    "Routed by the enemy..."


    The cloud ninja swallowed saliva subconsciously in their throats, and Kirabi''s lower body instantly turned into huge tentacles, supporting him to stand up. Provocatively said: "Stupid guy, I haven''t lost yet!"


    Kirabi''s upper body was also changing rapidly, and in a blink of an eye, it was fully transformed into a tailed beast. The huge eight-tailed bull ghost was staring at Uehara Naraku who was caught by his tentacles!


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and disappeared into the tentacles in an instant, appearing on top of the eight-tailed bull ghost: "Can''t you tailed beasts lie on the ground obediently and be captured by me obediently?"


    After the words fell, Naraku Uehara kicked the eight-tailed bull ghost in the head!


    This huge tailed beast was kicked in the head by Uehara, causing the bull ghost''s head to twist a little, and the next moment its body flew upside down and fell out!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared again, and appeared in the position where the bull ghost flew upside down, raised his fist, and hit the bull ghost on the head again!


    The eight-tailed bull ghost was knocked to the ground by his punch!


    It''s just that the body of the eight-tailed bull ghost seems to be tougher than Uehara Naraku imagined. Even after suffering two heavy blows in succession, he still climbed up firmly.


    Uehara Naraku slowly twisted his fist, chuckled and praised: "Compared to Wuwei Mu Wang, your body is really tough..."


    This is real.


    Basically none of the other tailed beasts could withstand his three or two punches. The eight-tailed bull ghost''s body looked pretty good, and it was able to hold on now.


    "asshole!"


    The eight-tailed bull ghost gritted his teeth and stared closely at Uehara Naraku.


    The fighting style of the smiling enemy in front of him reminded him of the three generations of Raikage who died early in Yunyin Village. The strength of that Raikage made people have no desire to resist...


    No, not right.


    The strength of this enemy is stronger than that of the third Raikage!


    "If it were the same as before, maybe I would want to have a good fight with you and enjoy the pleasure of using the tailed beast as a sandbag."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his fingers, walked slowly towards the eight-tailed bull ghost, and continued softly: "Unfortunately, I don''t like octopuses..."


    "asshole!"


    The eight-tailed ox ghost opened its mouth and cursed angrily, and the eight octopus tails under it drove it towards Uehara Naraku!


    Hachio''s mouth seemed to be retching, and after coughing violently a few times, he suddenly shot out energy bombs towards Naraku Uehara!


    "Are you crazy?"


    Naraku Uehara frowned, stretched out his palm, and quickly knocked away the energy bombs that were flying!


    Taking advantage of Yao''s astonishment, Uehara Naraku rushed to Yao''s side, grabbed his fist, and slammed it on Yao''s body!


    The tailed beast flew out again!


    "Earth Dungeon: Giant Hand of Stone!"


    Uehara Naraku suddenly spread out his palm, and under the control of his power of earth, huge yellow-brown stone hands suddenly sprang out from the ground, directly grabbing the eight-tailed bull ghost''s head and all the tails under his body.


    Every time the eight-tailed bull ghost struggled to break free from the shackles of one stone hand, the other stone hand would come out, and the cycle went on and on, and soon the eight-tailed bull ghost was completely pressed to the ground by the giant stone hands.


    Anyone present can see it.


    The eight-tailed bull ghost was helpless in Uehara Naraku''s hands.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    The Fourth Raikage Ai looked at all this with a ferocious expression. He was trying his best to get up from the ground, but the serious injury on his chest made him spit out another mouthful of blood.


    Among the cloud ninja crowd.


    Mabui, the female secretary of the Fourth Raikage, gradually became nervous, and her gaze slowly settled on a certain cloud ninja: "Darui, now we..."


    "We have no other choice but to keep fighting."


    Darui''s dead fish eyes slowly stared at Uehara Naraku in the distance, and said casually: "In the past, it was Raikage-sama and Kirabi-sama who used their lives to protect us, and now it''s finally our turn to protect us with our lives." It''s their time..."


    Darui was a little less serious when he spoke.


    This is his own character, his laziness is comparable to that of Konoha''s Hatake Kakashi, but this will not affect his strength in the slightest.


    Just as the other cloud ninjas nodded one after another, expressing that they were persuaded by Darui, they saw Darui''s figure disappearing in a flash!


    The next moment, Darui, the ninja who was given high hopes by the fourth generation of Raikage, rushed out quickly, stretched out his palm and shot laser waves in the direction of Hachio: "Landun ¡¤ Li Zuo Suo Harsh !"


    A series of laser waves directly penetrated the hand of the giant stone!


    After a giant stone hand was broken, other cloud ninjas also rushed forward like Darui. Under the attack of a group of Lan Dun Xueji ninjas, a bunch of giant stone hands were directly broken, and the eight-tailed bull ghost quickly released out!


    Since the fourth generation of Raikage Ai and Kirabi were both defeated, the next battle will be the battle of their entire Yunyin Village!


    Darui is not as strong as the fourth generation of Raikage Ai.


    It''s just that his ability to mobilize is obviously stronger, because he is not Raikage, so he doesn''t have to care too much about his face. Thousands of cloud ninjas stood densely on this large arena, facing the Xiao organization group of four.


    "Hey, Darui!"


    The fourth generation of Raikage was supported by someone and walked to Darui''s side. He frowned and said: "You lead people to evacuate here immediately, I will entangle the enemy, and then you use chakra cannons to directly blast this place to the ground!"


    This is where Raikage is relatively rigid.


    If they encounter an invincible enemy on the battlefield, they don''t mind spending their lives to die with the enemy.


    In order to cover the retreat of his subordinates, the third generation of Raikage Ai fought against tens of thousands of iwa ninjas until he finally died of exhaustion.


    As the successor of Raikage Ai, the fourth generation of Raikage is not too far behind. In every war, he must charge first and retreat later, and even some dangerous tasks have always been carried out by himself. Now the fourth generation of Raikage wants to and Uehara Naraku and others It is normal for people to die together.


    After Darui was silent for a while, he suddenly persuaded: "Master Raikage, please hand over the battlefield to us, and believe that our strength can defeat the enemy!"


    "Yes, Lord Raikage."


    Mabuyi supported Fourth Raikage''s arm, and softly persuaded, "Master Raikage, what you need now is rest and treatment..."


    "¡­it is good."


    Fourth Raikage took a deep look at Darui, and said softly: "Then everything here is left to you, Darui!"


    Darui was originally the promising successor of the Fourth Raikage.


    Now it seems that it is not wrong to hand over the responsibility to him in advance?


    After finishing speaking, Fourth Raikage turned his head and shouted at Hachio: "Hey, Bi, follow Darui''s orders for the next battle, do you understand?"


    "rest assured."


    The eight-tailed ox ghost nodded angrily.


    The cloud ninjas moved quickly under Darui''s order. Thousands of cloud ninjas were divided into fighting teams, and surrounded the four of Akatsuki from the periphery of the arena. If a single hard power cannot break through, Then use the group size to your advantage!


    Just as Naraku Uehara was watching the movement of Yunin as a whole, he hooked the corner of his mouth and closed his palms casually: "I understand your ignorance, just like I will forgive ignorant ants for crawling across your feet... "


    Looking at the anger on the faces of the cloud ninjas, Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued: "It''s just that I can''t forgive you, you just sent more than a thousand people to besiege me, are you here to humiliate me? ?¡±


    Uehara Naraku''s expression turned ugly in an instant, he stared at Darui in front of him, and said in a gloomy voice: "Fengdun Lanqie!"


    Eight gusts of hundreds of meters high radiated from the surroundings of Uehara Naraku, and each gust of wind was like a sword energy, leaving deep ravines on the ring, quickly penetrating the formation of the cloud ninjas!


    In a blink of an eye, thousands of cloud ninjas surrounded by them were directly torn apart by the huge wind released by Uehara Naraku!


    No matter what defensive ninjutsu is, it is almost useless in the face of these hundreds of meters of wind.


    Especially Feng Dun Ninjutsu restrains Thunder Dun.


    "All right."


    Naraku Uehara looked up at the sky, and said softly: "I don''t have much time, there is no need to continue teasing you..."


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Darui and the fourth generation of Lei Yingai frowned at the same time. This guy beat the leader of their Yunyin Village all over the place, so he just wanted to leave?


    "It means, this is it!"


    Naraku Uehara suddenly raised his finger, and a group of ice-colored chakra was shot into the air by him. Naraku Uehara said softly: "During the process of destroying Yunyin Village, if the people present can survive, Let''s see how lucky he is..."


    pat...


    A drop of rain fell on the ground.


    Then came dense hail.


    Just when the cloud ninjas frowned and looked at the sky, they saw the size of the hailstone falling from the sky. A hailstone over a hundred meters slammed into the ring, and a piece of cloud ninja was blown away!

 Chapter 287

    Uehara Naraku was right.


    When huge hailstones fell from the sky, it became a game of luck for the cloud ninjas on the battlefield to survive.


    These hailstones are all made in the air by ice escape ninjutsu. Although the power of the hailstones falling down is not as powerful as the meteorites in outer space, they are worse than the huge number.


    When the disaster struck, the cloud ninjas could only leave each other quickly, and the top ninjas tried to destroy the hailstones with thunder escape ninjutsu, but it was just a drop in the bucket. Even Darui couldn''t help but show a trace of despair on his face.


    No matter how much chakra he has, it is impossible to destroy all the huge hailstones that rain down. This is a devastating disaster!


    Darui glanced at the fallen companions around him, and his eyes slowly became a little depressed, as if they had no power to fight back in this war. In the face of this natural disaster, what can these ninjas do...


    "that guy¡­"


    Darui glanced at the enemy in the black robe of Xiangyun, that guy was walking towards the eight-tailed bull ghost as if he was strolling in a garden, his movements seemed to be on a spring outing.


    Darui looked up again at a huge hailstone that fell towards him in the air, and sighed, "Our strength...is really not in the same dimension!"


    "What is not in one dimension!"


    The Fourth Raikage suddenly appeared beside Darui, endured his injuries and beat the falling huge hailstones away, saving his proud subordinates.


    The Fourth Raikage looked at Darui and reprimanded loudly: "Don''t give up so easily, Darui! This is just a ninjutsu released with the help of the weather! Just let the chakra cannon break the sky!"


    "Master Raikage..."


    Darui''s eyes trembled slightly.


    The fourth generation of Raikage''s guess was not wrong. He had already ordered his secretary Mabui to write an order when the hailstones hundreds of meters high fell, and quickly sent them to the area where the chakra cannons were placed .


    They just have to hang on here for a while!


    The chakra cannon will definitely be able to blow away the dark clouds in the sky.


    Just for a moment...


    People like the Fourth Raikage and Darui persisted.


    However, the eight-tailed ox ghost did not persevere. It was easily knocked down by Uehara Naraku, and turned into Kirabi who had already lost his strength.


    Uehara Naraku checked carefully and found that this Kirabi was not the eight-tailed bull ghost. After using the tentacles, he threw him to Uchiha Sasuke: "Okay, take the eight-tailed back!"


    "Yes, senior."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded.


    Just as the Yunyin ninjas were all dead and injured in this field, Naraku Uehara was going to summon the ancient dragon to leave, waiting for Yunyin Village to be destroyed by his ice escape ninjutsu, when a dazzling light suddenly appeared in the distance!


    In the blink of an eye, the cloud in the sky was blasted with a big hole by that energy!


    One after another, the energy shot through the dark clouds in the sky!


    The sun soon gradually fell, and the hail finally stopped falling in the sky. The ice escape technique released by the enemy, which was enough to destroy Yunyin Village, was finally resolved.


    Not only that.


    Moreover, Mabuyi also ordered other troops to come to support, and soon teams of Yunyin ninjas climbed onto the ring.


    Even, their number seems to be more than before?


    "Is this... looking for death?"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitched, and he summoned his ancient dragon with a wave of his hand, and said softly: "Senior Scorpion, Sasuke, Didara, you all bring the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki back! I''ll get rid of them."


    "Senior, let me stay and help you!"


    "no need."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, looked at Sasuke and said, "The most important thing now is to bring Hachio back, do you understand?"


    "Yes, senior."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded, and looked at the ancient dragon falling from the sky.


    After Didara jumped onto the ancient dragon with Kirabi''s body in his arms, he suddenly said, "Hey, Uehara, be careful!"


    "Be careful."


    The Red Sand Scorpion nodded politely at Uehara.


    In fact, the Red Sand Scorpion nodded purely out of politeness. After all, Uehara Naraku himself is powerful, and it''s okay to destroy so many ninja villages... Plus, even if he can''t beat him, he can escape at any time!


    For ninjas like them who can fly, the choice and innate advantages in war are simply not too great.


    Naraku Uehara watched them leave with Kirabi driving the ancient dragon. This period happened to be the empty window of the Chakra Cannon, and no one could threaten them.


    After they left, Naraku Uehara turned around and looked at thousands of cloud ninjas, who surrounded him under the leadership of the fourth generation of Raikage, Darui and others.


    "I thought you''d run away."


    Fourth Raikage narrowed his eyes slightly as he looked at Uehara Naraku, and said to his subordinates in a cold voice: "Attention, this brat is very fast, don''t let him escape! And be careful of his weather ninjutsu!"


    Fourth Raikage clenched his fists, and walked towards Uehara Naraku step by step: "I have to admit that Akatsuki''s ninja strength is indeed weird, but it can''t stop the Wanjun Thunder of Yunyin Village! Then catch you first, Then torture and find out the location of your Xiao!"


    "It''s fantastic..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the Fourth Raikage, spread his arms and said with a smile: "If Yunyin Village is destroyed by me, maybe I will indeed escape... But it seems that you haven''t realized Akatsuki''s horror yet!"


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes with a smile, and closed his palms suddenly: "It was enough to simply destroy Yunyin Village, but now it seems that Lord Raikage wants me to do worse things to Yunyin Village. thing¡­"


    "what you up to?"


    Fourth Raikage watched Uehara Naraku''s movements closely.


    This time, no matter what ninjutsu Uehara Naraku wants to release, he will risk his life to interrupt his knot seal, and let the surrounding subordinates capture him.


    "I don''t want to do anything..."


    Naraku Uehara stared at the Fourth Raikage, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually became more and more weird: "I just want to show you... the horror of Akatsuki!"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly raised to the sky, and he released the spell without even making a seal movement: "Since you were born with the sound of thunder, let it disappear with the sound of thunder! Thunder Dun Wan Leitian Firmly cited!"


    A thundercloud storm suddenly appeared in the sky!


    In just a few seconds, this group of thunderstorms enveloped the entire range of Yunyin Village, and even the idle mountain peaks on the outermost periphery of Yunyin Village were covered.


    Countless lightnings drifted in the thundercloud storm.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Every cloud ninjutsu involuntarily looked at the thunder cloud storm in the sky, the power contained in it even made them feel faintly horrified, this technique has surpassed all the thunder and lightning ninjutsu they knew!


    Fourth Raikage Ai''s eyes almost popped out of their sockets, his gaze was fixed on the thousands of lightnings that suddenly fell from the sky, and he whispered: "Everyone be careful..."


    "... run away!"


    Uehara Naraku watched the continuous thunder and lightning fall, which fell on the Yunnin, and kept knocking each Yunnin to the ground.


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the enemies who were trying to avoid lightning attacks with ninjutsu or body skills, and his voice whispered softly on the battlefield: "Try to escape... anyway, you will not be able to escape."


    Uehara Naraku slowly stroked his hair, looking at the figure of the fourth generation of Raikage Ai standing unyielding in the lightning bolts, but the cloud ninja around him was knocked down by the lightning, even if the jonin could not do their best. Save a few colleagues.


    ten minutes later.


    The entire Yunyin Village was full of wailing.


    It is also fortunate that people in the village have been living here, and almost every household is equipped with lightning protection facilities, so many people survived.


    The ninjas in the arena created by Uehara Naraku were not so lucky.


    They had no shelter in this area, and could only quietly wait for the thunder and lightning to fall. Even if they were good at guiding lightning, they couldn''t withstand the attack of thousands of lightning.


    Only the fourth generation of Raikage is still standing.


    With the powerful defense of the thunder escape chakra mode, with his speed, he can almost completely avoid the thunder and lightning that fell in 0.5 seconds, and it doesn''t matter even the attack of the thunder and lightning.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the superposition of the Dark Harvest, and then took a deep look at the Fourth Raikage: "Your Excellency Raikage, I wish you good luck."


    "What else do you want to do, bastard!"


    Fourth Raikage''s face was almost uncontrollable anger.


    At this moment, he didn''t care about the gap between his strength and Uehara Naraku, and he was about to rush towards Uehara Naraku to fight for his life!


    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared suddenly, and the fourth Raikage just caught a cloud of air, and the next moment he felt his feet tremble.


    The arena is shaking!


    No, this arena is about to collapse!


    The Fourth Raikage Ai immediately remembered that this arena was a masterpiece created by Uehara Naraku with earth escape ninjutsu, and a trace of anxiety flashed across his face!


    The central mountain peak of Yunyin Village was directly crushed by the collapsed arena. Even the Fourth Raikage couldn''t do anything about it, and could only call loudly for the surviving subordinates to immediately evade and exit the collapsed mountain.


    Naraku Uehara stood at the foot of the mountain, listening to the rumbling sound on the mountain, and looked at his system panel, which showed a series of completed tasks.


    Side task: Watch an impromptu performance by Kirabi, the task has been completed, and the reward is 150 gold coins.


    This kind of task is relatively common and very easy to complete.


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, he was a little curious about another task to make the fourth generation of Raikage Ai sing, it seems that the reward should not be low, right?


    Side quest: Defeat Rabbi Eight-Tails Jinzhu Riki, the quest has been completed, reward the passive talent skill swordsmanship proficiency.


    Swordsmanship Mastery: Can completely copy any swordsmanship seen.


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help scratching his head.


    Why would such a thing be rewarded after defeating Kirabi?


    Swordsmanship proficiency is a passive talent skill. It is obviously different from ordinary passive skills, and the explanation is very simple.


    If a talent is added in front of a passive skill, then this reward must be extraordinary, and the description of swordsmanship proficiency seems to be no exception.


    Can any sword technique be copied...


    Uehara Naraku silently looked at the next reward.


    Side task: Defeat the fourth generation of Raikage Ai (1/1), the task has been completed, reward the passive talent skill plateau blood.


    Plateau Bloodline: Move with extremely fast agility, increase your own movement speed and attack speed, and be immune to deceleration effects in certain areas.


    How simple and rude!


    It doesn''t matter to increase the movement speed and attack speed. The speed of Uehara Naraku''s own life energy blessing is amazing enough, but the immunity to deceleration means that he can move at super high speed in any position.


    Whether it''s on water, on ice, or even in a swamp.


    Uehara Naraku looked at his last reward and the only reward he needed.


    Side mission: Successfully breached Yunyin Village, the mission has been completed, and the passive talent skill Thunder Power will be rewarded.


    The power of thunder: You can freely drive the chakra of the thunder attribute, and create and use thunder escape ninjutsu at will, which is one of the components of the seeking jade.


    The Power of Lan (activated): You can use the Landu Chakra with the power of thunder + water to create and use Lanjutsu at will.


    In addition to these.


    The Dark Harvest also increased his three-dimensional attributes by more than 40,000. The impact of these is not too great, and it only increased his total attributes to about 460,000.


    This value... is certainly stronger than ordinary ninjas.


    However, according to Uehara Naraku''s own estimation, if Uzumaki Naruto lifts the Nine-Tails restriction, his own Chakra is about 300,000 or more, so the value of half of the Nine-Tails in his body must also be more than 300,000.


    This ninja world is really outrageous.


    Once these tricks can release all their strength, it can''t be outrageous anymore.


    "The power of wind, the power of water, the power of earth and the power of thunder have all been obtained."


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his fingers, and slowly put his will on the Fourth Hokage, and said softly: "How is Konoha''s situation now?"


    Outside Konoha Village.


    After hearing Naraku Uehara''s voice, the pharmacist immediately said, "Master Naraku? The position of Master Nagto has been found by the Konoha ninjas!"


    The voice of the pharmacist sounded a little nervous beyond imagination, and he continued to answer in a deep voice: "Master Naraku, Master Jiraiya, Naruto Uzumaki, and Maite Kai are very strong, and Master Nagato''s action this time is very important. may fail..."


    Yao Shidou''s voice gradually trembled, and he whispered: "Just now... three Payne were dealt with by Mr. Jiraiya and the others at the same time!"


    "That''s normal too."


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers gradually tightened, and he said in a low voice: "I guessed it a long time ago, except for Shura Dao and Tian Dao, the other Payne''s combat power is actually not that strong... You wait for me there, I will rush over now! "


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist is still a little nervous about this pre-war reporter.


    Obviously, he should have seen something that shocked him.


    It''s just that this battle between Konoha and Chief Akatsuki is indeed worth shocking. The power that everyone erupts is rare to see, especially Konoha''s current three major powers!


    "Secrets! Compassion saves souls."


    Uehara Nairo closed his palms at the foot of the mountain in Yunyin Village, rings gradually appeared under his feet, and a ray of light gradually enveloped his body.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku suddenly appeared beside Yao Shidou.

 Chapter 288

    Outside Konoha Village.


    When Uehara Naraku teleported here, a light flashed in Yao Shidou''s eyes, as if he had found the backbone, he immediately pushed his glasses.


    "Master Naraku!"


    After the pharmacist greeted him respectfully, he praised Uehara Naraku''s technique: "As expected of Mr. Naraku, you can still use this kind of time-space technique that can move across Yunyin Village and Muye Village instantly. !"


    "No need to exaggerate, the basic operation."


    After Naraku Uehara waved his hand, he looked up at the battlefield in the distance. After turning on the hunting perception, his brows subconsciously frowned: "Has the battle just begun?"


    "Yes, it should be less than half a minute!"


    Pharmacist''s face gradually became serious, and he said in a deep voice: "Jiraiya-sama and Uzumaki Naruto broke out in fairy mode, and the two of them each solved a Payne in an instant, and Mitekai also defeated the one who was able to absorb Cha Carat''s Hungry Ghost Road!"


    half a minute...


    Even before the off-site audience like Pharmacist Dou could react, Dao Payne in the World, Payne in Hell, and Payne in Hungry Ghost had already been dealt with.


    Hungry Ghost Dao Payne has been killed once before, but he was resurrected and repaired by Nagato with the ability of Hell Dao, but he was killed just half a minute after the battle...


    It was still the one who was only good at martial arts, Maite Kai, who solved it.


    This watermelon head''s physique is simply too strong!


    "I guessed it a long time ago."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, staring at the blue chakra steam erupting in the distance, and said in a low voice: "That guy, Matt Kai, is far from reaching his limit. Once he really erupts, he has the ability to defeat Nagato." The possibility of adults..."


    Matt Kay really exploded words.


    The power of the eighth door, the door of death, is not something that Nagato can contend with.


    on the battlefield.


    Of the six realms of Payne, only the Heavenly Dao, the Asura Dao and the Animal Dao are still persisting.


    However, what they are facing is the siege of Jiraiya, Uzumaki Naruto, Matt Kai, Rock Lee, Gaara, and Terumi Mei. Behind these people, there are ninja squads hanging around, ready to support at all times.


    No matter how strong the remaining three Payne are, they can only hold on temporarily against the siege of Jiraiya and others. As time goes by, defeat is almost a matter of time.


    Jiraiya suddenly closed his palms, and Shenzuo Sennin and Shima Sennin standing on his shoulders joined hands at the same time, and released combined ninjutsu together!


    "Senfa Goemon!"


    A sharp light flashed in Jiraiya''s eyes!


    After the death of the hungry ghost Dao Payne, no Payne can absorb Chakra anymore, and Jiraiya can finally start firing at full power!


    Under the blessing of Fengdun Ninjutsu, the flames scorched the kerosene and swept towards the remaining three Payne, the majestic flames almost covered the sky and the sun!


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    Tiandao Payne stretched out his palm, and after repelling the flying fire escape ninjutsu, he flew back behind Animal Dao.


    "Teacher Ziraiya."


    Tiandao Payne slowly raised his head, looked at everyone present, and said softly: "Your strength is really not to be underestimated!"


    "Admit defeat, Nagato!"


    Jilai also came forward slowly, and persuaded in a deep voice: "Now the location of your main body has been discovered by our people, and there are only three of the Six Paths of Penn left. In fact, you should know that you have no Odds are good..."


    "Teacher Jiraiya!"


    Tiandao Payne interrupted Jiraiya''s words in a cold voice, and his voice was still unusually calm: "Is it too naive for a mortal to ask the gods to admit defeat? The white-eyed female ninja who detected our location, her name is Hinata Right?"


    "Ok?"


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded, and when he was about to say something, he suddenly realized something: "Wait, how do you know her name is Hinata!"


    "Because she''s in my hands."


    Heavenly Dao Payne said slowly: "After a mortal spies on the whereabouts of God and is discovered by God, what do you think will happen to her?"


    Heavenly Dao Payne said indifferently: "Just when you killed the Hungry Ghost Dao, Human Dao, and Hell Dao, that female ninja spied on our tracks. I have to say that she fought very bravely."


    "Let Hinata go!"


    Uzumaki Naruto stared at Tiandao Payne closely with an ugly expression, as if he wanted to see his position through those reincarnation eyes!


    "Uzumaki Naruto, don''t always be so naive."


    Tiandao Payne stared at Uzumaki Naruto, and said coldly: "If you want to save her back, then defeat Payne and stand in front of me!"


    "it is good!"


    Uzumaki Naruto immediately agreed, clenched his fists and said, "Anyway, I will definitely kill these guys!"


    "You''re really motivated..."


    After Tiandao Payne stared at Naruto Uzumaki coldly, he glanced at everyone present. The next second, the three Paynes suddenly went their separate ways!


    Seeing this scene, everyone present couldn''t help frowning. At the beginning, they really wanted to separate the six paths of Payne, so as to prevent the six paths of Payne from cooperating.


    However, now that there are only three Paynes left, there is no need to continue dividing Payne, because the remaining three Paynes are all very strong, and even if it is two-on-one, there is the possibility of being killed.


    Now that they have the advantage, they definitely want to avoid casualties, because Hatake Kakashi''s death in battle is already a great loss for Konoha.


    Now that the three Penns are acting separately, how to allocate them has become a big problem, because each Penn''s ability is very powerful, even the weakest beast can call the other two Penns together again at any time !


    "Naruto, let''s hunt down the strongest Heavenly Dao!"


    After thinking about it for a second, Jilai also immediately selected the strongest Tiandao Payne, and then he continued to order: "Your Excellency Mizukage, Your Excellency Fengkage, you are responsible for chasing and killing the Beast Dao; Kai, Li, you go Chase and kill Shura Dao!"


    After Jiraiya finished speaking, his voice was a little dignified: "If there is any accident in the middle, immediately seek support; if the chasing Payne is left by the psychic, immediately send a signal and support other companions..."


    "clear!"


    The six people instantly divided into three teams and left.


    I have to say that their distribution is quite reasonable.


    Among them, the weakest person is undoubtedly the animal way, but he can immediately channel the heavenly way and the asura way, and it seems that the animal way is especially dangerous, but at least if he encounters the psychic seal of the animal way, he can prepare to escape in advance.


    If you go after Heavenly Dao and Shura Dao, you are basically killing your life.


    Therefore, Jiraiya also entrusted himself and Uzumaki Naruto with the most dangerous task of chasing down Tiandao; entrusted Maitekai with the goal of chasing down Shuradao, which belongs to Kakashi Hatake; The animal road between them was handed over to Gaara and Terumi Mei.


    Just when they had just separated.


    Nagatoku sat in another tree hole made by Konan, because their location was discovered by Konoha Ninja and had to change their location.


    At this moment, there is one more person in the tree hole.


    That was Hinata Hinata who was just picked up by Nagato and Konan.


    Speaking of it, it is also the wrong way of thinking of the sensing troops. When they finally found the trace of Payne, they should leave. Unfortunately, they decided to stay and monitor the positions of Nagato and Xiaonan for the sake of the overall situation.


    Unfortunately, Konan noticed the abnormality, and a group of sentient ninjas were easily killed by Nagato, except for the female ninja Hinata Hinata who was brought back.


    Nagato''s reincarnation eyes flashed a light.


    The next moment, Nagato''s face became a little serious: "The plan was successful. They were divided into three teams, each chasing and killing three Payne."


    "Do you need me to make a move?"


    Xiaonan frowned and said.


    "Ok."


    Nagato nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "Use the Asura Way to deal with those two weird Taijutsu ninjas! Then use the Animal Way to summon you to deal with those two shadows... Finally, deal with Jiraiya-sensei and capture Uzumaki Naruto. people!"


    "¡­Ok."


    Konan nodded.


    Nagato looked at Xiao Nan''s face, he stretched out his hand to caress the ring on his finger, and said softly, "Well, yes, Uehara and Scorpion have already captured the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki and are on their way back to the organization base..."


    "Really? Naraku has also become a reliable ninja!"


    Xiao Nan sighed, a look of surprise flashed across his face, and then the surprise slowly turned into a vague smile.


    Nagato couldn''t help showing a smile on his face, and said in a low voice: "I didn''t expect to be compared to the younger generation... We can''t make Uehara wait too long!"


    In the forest outside Konoha Village.


    Mai Tekai and Rock Lee, master and apprentice, accelerated crazily, and the two competed to chase Shura Dopayne in front of them. The two of them didn''t know that what was waiting for them was a trap.


    Strictly speaking, no one would have imagined that Shura Dopayne actually possessed the terrifying self-destruct function, because Shura Dopayne was a puppet that could exert incomparable advantages in conventional battles!


    "Lee, let''s compete!"


    Maitekai suddenly exploded with a faster speed, and he encouraged his disciples loudly: "If one of us kicks Payne first, then we will run a hundred laps in the forest with the opponent behind our backs!"


    "Yes, Teacher Kai!"


    Locke Li gritted his teeth and nodded, and his body suddenly burst into a faster speed.


    Rock Lee didn''t feel at all that something was wrong with his bet with Matt Kay.


    Perhaps this is the world of the strong!


    Get strong!


    Trade your IQ.


    This sentence is a joke, because Rock Lee is purely relying on his own efforts.


    In this world, apart from those genius ninjas, some characters who used to silently strive to catch up with geniuses have now come from behind.


    For example, this time against Payne.


    The candidate that Matt Kay recommended to Tsunade was not Neiji Hinata, the genius in the team, but Rock Lee, who was able to easily open the sixth door and struggle to open the seventh door.


    Shura Dao Payne stopped in a canyon and mountain stream.


    The samsara eyes in Shura Dao''s eye sockets looked at the two figures running fast, and his voice was somewhat mechanical: "Are you here?"

 Chapter 289

    The air in the mountain stream is a bit shady.


    When Matt Kay and Rock Lee chased after him, they only saw the tall figure of Shura Dopayne standing alone in the mountain stream.


    After Matt Kay and Rock Lee noticed this scene, without any hesitation, they flew and jumped down.


    As a powerful Taijutsu ninja, neither of them cares whether the enemy has any conspiracy or what trap the enemy has set up here.


    If there''s a conspiracy, break it!


    If there''s a trap, smash it!


    This is how Matt Kay and Rock Lee fight!


    Maitekai stretched out his palm, and posed a gesture of invitation to Shuradao, and said in a dignified voice: "Hey, I''m here to find you, to avenge Kakashi!"


    "Want to avenge Hatake Kakashi?"


    Shura Dopayne looked at Maitekai coldly, and said in a low voice: "People are always lost in the cycle of hatred and revenge... Since you want to avenge him, let me take a look at it first." , How much strength do you have!"


    The next moment, dozens of muzzles appeared on Shuradao''s body, aiming at Rock Li and Matt Kai densely!


    Da da da da da da!


    Countless bullets were sprayed from the muzzle!


    In the blink of an eye, this narrow area was completely covered by bullets, but these bullets all hit the two stones!


    Matt Kai and Locke Li quietly appeared behind Shura Dao, and they shot almost at the same time, and they worked together to kick Shura Dao into the air!


    Maitkai still maintained the posture of raising his legs, with a flash of confidence on his face: "Ha, don''t think that we only know taijutsu. If you fail to pass the training of substitute art at Konoha Ninja School, you will definitely not be able to graduate!"


    "That''s right!"


    Locke Li also maintained his posture of raising his legs, and said sharply: "Don''t underestimate a ninja! Even if we may only use the simplest substitute technique!"


    "..."


    Shura Dopayne turned over and got up, he suddenly raised his arm, and all the gun barrels on his body were replaced with a series of cruise missiles!


    Shuradao looked at them, and said in a low voice: "In the face of absolute power, a cleverness is just a cleverness after all, and it will never be able to decide the outcome of a war."


    Cruise missiles shot out from Shuradao''s body one after another, and flew towards the positions of Maitkai and Rock Lee along different flight trajectories!


    "To the peacock!"


    Maitekai swung his fist almost instantly!


    Countless flames flew out from the friction between his fist and the air, and in an instant, countless clusters of flames appeared around his body like a peacock spreading its tail.


    Looking at the peacock is a bit nice, but also a bit dangerous.


    Groups of flames flew out from under Maitekai''s fist in an instant, covering the entire area in a blink of an eye, detonating missiles that flew flying one by one!


    Even Shura Dopayne had no choice but to set up a shield to block the flames falling from the sky.


    Shura Dopayne carefully felt the impact of the balls of flames hitting the shield, lowered his head and said, "Are all the powerful techniques of this guy actually pure physical techniques?"


    Both the day tiger and the peacock are really amazing!


    Shura Dao Payne''s voice was a little low: "What kind of monster is this Konoha ninja? It''s not much worse than Uehara''s Taijutsu, right?"


    The conclusion that Xiu Luo Dao Payne said is not nonsense.


    Because when I saw Uehara Naraku and Konan practicing against each other at the beginning of the year, Nagato said with the help of Tiandao Payne that Uehara Naraku''s physical skills were quite poor.


    Since then, Uehara Naraku seems to have been practicing Taiju very hard.


    Therefore, when he was in Yuyin Village, Nagato occasionally saw Uehara Naraku''s efforts, and those who worked hard were rewarded in most cases.


    Uehara Naraku''s Taijutsu has indeed become stronger and stronger.


    This is not to say that Nagato''s filter on Uehara Naraku is too thick.


    Those guys from Akatsuki''s organization, such as Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion, would also praise Uehara Naraku''s very strong physical skills. After all, Uehara used physical skills to beat Sanwei Isofu and Wuwei Mu Wang all over the place.


    Nagato even fought against Uehara himself in the Kazekage Recapture Battle.


    Uehara Naraku''s taijutsu strength is quite amazing. In Nagato''s view, Uehara''s hard work for so many years was really worthwhile, and he definitely lived up to his and Konan''s expectations.


    Of course, if Nagto had seen the battle between Uehara Naraku and Maite Kai with his own eyes, he would probably retract his own ideas, because Uehara Naraku had personally defeated Maite Kai.


    Outside Konoha Village, many people were surprised by the peacock''s outbreak.


    Uehara Naraku and the others who were watching the battle from a distance were a little amazed. Even if they had seen the air bomb of the day tiger, they couldn''t help but marvel at the beauty of the peacock.


    "see it?"


    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and sighed softly: "In this world, as long as those who work hard and cultivate hard will definitely be rewarded."


    "yes!"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Pharmacist nodded in admiration.


    As a mediocre ninja like Maitkai, Medicine Master agrees very much with what Naraku Uehara said, but the direction of Yaoshidou''s efforts is different from that of Maitkai.


    Pharmacist Dou chose to study science hard.


    What Yao Shidou chose was to hug Uehara''s thigh tightly.


    Apparently, Yaoshidou''s hard work has also been rewarded handsomely, and his gains seem to be not much different from Matt Kai''s hard work in these years. Kamui Kaleidoscope has Sharingan, and Longdi Cave Immortal Mode has also appeared...


    In less than a few years, Yaoshidou transformed himself into a powerful body that even Orochimaru would envy.


    Just when Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito, who were reincarnated from the dirty soil, thought that the two behind-the-scenes men finally had some positive energy in their hearts, Uehara Naraku suddenly changed the topic: "Kou, can you find Matt Dai''s body?"


    Namikaze Minato, who was reincarnated from the dirt: "..."


    Obito Uchiha, who was reincarnated from the dirt: "..."


    Why can Uehara''s topic jump so wickedly? This guy was still talking about working hard, why did he suddenly jump to dig up the corpse again!


    This guy just praised Maitekai here just now, and he is going to dig out Maitekai''s father''s body later?


    People don''t know what to say.


    "Matt Day?"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, glanced at Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "I seem to vaguely remember this name, his relationship with this Maitkai..."


    "He''s Matt Kay''s father."


    After Uehara Naraku explained, he spoke in a low voice: "Back then, Matt Dai opened the door of death of the Eight Door Dunjia, and kicked to death four Ninja Seven in one breath in the third Ninja World War."


    Even in their Akatsuki organization, now that they are full of fights and calculations, with the addition of Ghost Lantern and Suiyue, there are only four ninja swords and seven people!


    "Can''t find it."


    Namikaze Minato suddenly interjected from the side: "You don''t need to look for it, Mr. Dai''s body will never be found."


    After Namikaze Minato finished speaking, he continued: "After the last gate of the Eight Gates of Dunjia, the gate of death, is opened, the blood in the body will burn, and eventually the vitality will be exhausted, and the corpse will also turn into coke. It will be wiped out."


    "pity."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and said softly: "I saw the effect of this technique in the book of seals, but I didn''t expect it to be even more tragic than the description in it."


    Namikaze Minato slowly clenched his fists, whispering what Mattai used to say in the village: "The real victory is to protect your important things until death..."


    "You are already dead, don''t think so much."


    Naraku Uehara patted Namikaze Minato on the shoulder in a friendly manner, glanced at Obito Uchiha again, and said with a chuckle: "You guys are doing better, even if people are dead, you are still protecting your important things."


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito lowered their heads together.


    For the two of them, the most important thing is to protect Uzumaki Kushina, and the most important thing is to protect Nohara Lin. I have to say that these two people really deserve to be masters and apprentices!


    Now, in order to make their beloved ones peaceful in the pure land of the underworld, they can only be manipulated by Naraku Uehara to make enemies of their own conscience.


    After Namikaze Minato was silent for a while, he suddenly asked, "Wait, how did you see Konoha''s sealed book?"


    "Oh, it was years ago."


    Uehara Naraku quietly talked about his own story: "At that time, I lied to Orochimaru and asked him to help get a psychic scroll, but deliberately asked him to attract Konoha''s attention, and then I went to take Konoha''s The sealed book was stolen."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara said with nostalgia on his face: "Such a long time has passed in a blink of an eye. At that time, Mr. Orochimaru must have wanted to cooperate with me. Now that I think about it, I am really sorry for Mr. Orochimaru." what!"


    Namikaze Minato: "..."


    Obito Uchiha: "..."


    If they hadn''t seen Uehara Naraku''s hole with Orochimaru''s body gone, they might have believed Uehara Naraku''s words!


    Pharmacist Dou also glanced at Uehara a little speechlessly.


    Naraku-sama, since I feel a little sorry in my heart, I''m sorry Oshemaru-sama, so don''t continue to trick him!


    It''s a pity that his boss clearly said he was sorry for Orochimaru, but he was still secretly planning to assassinate Orochimaru.


    Once Uehara Naraku cheats someone, in order to relieve the future troubles, he will definitely kill the person alive, and even after the death, he will be resurrected and continue to cheat...


    Orochimaru can still live in Ry¨±chi Cave in the body of Yamata no Orochi, even if it is the plea of ??Yakushidou, it has actually been discovered by Naraku Uehara''s conscience.


    Even this bit of conscience is about to disappear.


    "Why are you looking at me like that?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and after looking at the few people, he said softly: "Isn''t it because Maitekai didn''t play well enough? Isn''t the romance of a man just like this kind of hard fist?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Pharmacist nodded thoughtfully.


    Although Yaoshidou prefers to wear rubber gloves and some weird things, but Uehara Naraku is his boss, and they must agree with the values ??proposed by Uehara Naraku.


    This is the basic quality of a competent subordinate.


    Pharmacist put his hands together to perceive the Chakra on the distant battlefield, and changed the subject: "Master Naraku, the battle seems to have become more intense!"


    "Does it look like a secret weapon is going to be used?"


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth curled up slightly, and he whispered: "It seems that Matt Kay and Rock Lee''s luck is really not very good!"


    Their luck was indeed bad.


    Shura Dao Payne''s position has always been at a critical juncture, a character who will use all means to pull the enemy to the end, and now it just happens to be at a critical juncture.


    However, Shura Dao''s single-body strength cannot defeat Maitekai and Li Luoke. If conventional power cannot defeat them, then Shura Dao can only use the last move.


    on the battlefield.


    The weapons on Xiuluo Dao Payne''s body suddenly gathered rapidly, and iron chains sprang out of his body, and these iron chains quickly spread around, and the chains were tied to the cliff and the ground, stabilizing his body. Body!


    However, this action made Matt Kay and Rock Lee''s eyes slightly surprised, because it was undoubtedly a cocoon in front of the two Taijutsu ninjas.


    "Go straight up!"


    Matt Kay couldn''t figure it out.


    It''s just that he believes that as long as the enemy is defeated quickly, no matter what the enemy wants to do, it is absolutely impossible to do it. This is the way to defeat the enemy''s conspiracy.


    Rock Lee''s idea is the same as above.


    "Konoha Goriki Whirlwind!"


    The two figures kicked Shuradao''s body from two directions respectively, and the huge force instantly kicked Shuradao''s head and body away at the same time, directly decapitating this Pain owl!


    gurgling...


    Shura Dao''s body rolled and stopped in the mountain stream.


    "Li, perfect solution!"


    Maitekai gave a thumbs up to his disciple: "Well done, Li, you have grown up and become stronger!"


    Rock Lee nodded his head somewhat cautiously.


    Just when Maitekai was about to say something, Shuradao''s bound body suddenly started to crack, and Shuradao''s body changed rapidly, and messy parts fell off his body quickly.


    In a few seconds, there was only a huge bomb left in Shura Dao''s body.


    The huge bomb looks round and cute, and there are danger signs written on it.


    "It looks like an amazing ninja tool!"


    Locke Li touched his chin, and turned to look at his teacher: "Teacher Kai, Tiantian likes ninja tools very much. Let''s take this ninja tool back and let her study it?"


    No wonder Rock Lee thinks less.


    After all, the whole body of the bomb in front of me is elliptical, and it looks really cute. The workmanship is very exquisite, and there are not even any edges and corners.


    After thinking for a while, Maitekai nodded, then shook his head and said, "Leave it here first! Let Tiantian come over after the battle is over!"


    After finishing speaking, Matt Kay patted Rock Lee on the shoulder and said softly: "Let''s go, go support the other companions first! They may still be facing fierce battles!"


    "Yes, Teacher Kai!"


    Rock Lee nodded hurriedly.


    Just as Matt Kay and Rock Lee turned to leave, the mechanical sound of Shura Dao suddenly came out from inside the super bomb.


    "Farewell, Konoha''s Taijutsu Ninja."


    The next moment, a burst of dazzling light bloomed!

 Chapter 290

    The bright light is blooming.


    It was the harbinger that the bomb was about to explode.


    Naraku Uehara stared at the light that was blooming over there, and said softly: "Didara should really come over and take a look, his art is just clay..."


    "Is Shura Dao Payne''s self-destruct?"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "If it''s just a feeling, the chakra over there is really terrifying. Once it explodes..."


    "Enough to easily destroy everything here!"


    Uehara Naraku spoke out about Yao Shidou''s conjecture, he shook his head and continued: "How many people do you think will survive this explosion?"


    "..."


    Pharmacist shook his head, but did not answer.


    The area near the self-destruct of Shura Dao.


    Maitkai and Li Luoke, who had just left Shura Road, sensed something was wrong. They suddenly realized where the light came from. The chubby ninja tool just now was very dangerous!


    Maitekai pulled Locke Li with one hand, blocked his disciples behind him, and his face suddenly changed: "Li, stand back!"


    "Teacher Kai?"


    "very dangerous!"


    The sweat on Maitkai''s forehead was evaporated, he closed his fist suddenly, compressed the air in front of him in an instant, slammed towards the place where the ray of light bloomed, and launched a super air bomb!


    "Day Tiger!"


    The air pressure in Maitekai''s hands turned into a group of white tigers and pounced on it, but the day tigers had no effect at all, and were defeated by a greater force instead!


    That super bomb completely exploded!


    The earth began to shake violently in an instant!


    An extremely strong shock wave exploded from the center, and spread outward rapidly. In the blink of an eye, the mountain stream was directly destroyed by the shock wave brought by the explosion!


    "This power..."


    Maitkai clenched his fists again, watching the shock wave sweeping and spreading, he clenched his teeth: "This force is enough to destroy the entire forest, and it may even affect Konoha... No way!"


    The ninjas in the entire forest may be swept away by the shock wave brought by this explosion. Thousands of ninjas will be killed, and Konoha will also suffer heavy losses. Neither Matt Kay nor Rock Lee can escape. !


    "Teacher Kai!"


    A look of anxiety flashed across Rock Lee''s face.


    However, the shock wave from the explosion of the super bomb was about to sweep towards them, even if Rock Li kicked vigorously, he could not stop the huge shock wave!


    "give it to me!"


    In just a few seconds, Maitekai immediately thought of the consequences, and he thought of a solution in an instant: "Li, back off, leave this to me!"


    "But¡­"


    "The eighth door..."


    Looking at the coming shock wave, Maitekai''s blood gradually began to evaporate, and the blue steam was quickly replaced by blood-red steam, just like the Bamen Dunjia burned his own blood after opening the dead door!


    "Dead Door Open!"


    A decisive momentum suddenly erupted from Maitekai''s body, his body crushed the ground with one foot, turned around and punched himself towards the violent explosion!


    "Sunset!"


    Just the first punch immediately hit a white air cannon, blocking the location of the shock wave for a second!


    The next moment, Maitekai''s body exerted strength again, running around the shock wave from the explosion, blasting out his fist continuously!


    Maitekai''s speed is faster than the shock wave of the explosion!


    Less than ten seconds had passed since the explosion, and Maitekai used the air cannon punch after punch to restrain the blast wave in place!


    After each air cannon dissipates, then give another punch!


    If the speed is not enough, then continue to speed up!


    Even Uehara Naraku couldn''t imagine that Maitekai still has this kind of operation, how could someone stop Shura Dao from exploding himself!


    In the violent tremors of the earth.


    A mushroom cloud slowly rises.


    It''s just that the shock wave of the explosion couldn''t spread anyway, because the big explosion that was powerful enough to destroy everything around it, even Konoha, was blocked by a man covered in blood with his fist!


    "Can you still do that?"


    Uehara Naraku felt the vibration of the ground under his feet, and a look of surprise appeared on his face: "That guy Kai, actually used the air cannon blasted out by the fist of Bamen''s extreme speed to prevent Shura Dao from exploding?"


    This world is too outrageous!


    How powerful the explosion was, but Maitkai just kept bombarding his fist, restraining all the shock waves that were trying to spread outward!


    The air cannons blasted out by one after another fist formed a cage like railings, trapping the mushroom cloud produced by Shura Dao''s self-explosion in place!


    "It''s terrible..."


    Pharmacist''s gaze was a little dignified, he stroked the violently trembling ground with his palm, and said in a low voice: "Master Naraku, the power of this self-explosion is enough to kill hundreds of thousands of people, and even easily destroy any ninja village. Bar?"


    However, this explosion was blocked by Maitekai!


    Is this really what ninjas can do?


    No matter how you think about it, it is absolutely impossible!


    Uehara Naraku stared at the bloody man who kept shooting air cannons towards the mushroom cloud, and a smile suddenly appeared on his face: "Have you finally reached the limit of the eight art of armor? It''s amazing, Matekai! "


    "Master Naraku?"


    There was a hint of doubt on Yaoshidou''s face.


    Uehara Naraku smiled and patted Yakushi''s shoulder, and said softly: "I just thought of something happy, maybe I found a way to deal with Uchiha Madara!"


    In Leaf Village.


    The entire village was like an earthquake, with collapsed utility poles and houses everywhere, and all the glass was shattered, but everyone survived.


    Tsunade looked at the violently shaking ground and ordered loudly: "Go and check, what happened!"


    "Yes, Hokage-sama!"


    It''s just that no one in Konoha knows what happened.


    The person who saw all this up close and knew exactly what happened was Luke Li, a young ninja who was only seventeen or eighteen years old knelt on the ground weakly, crying bitterly as he looked at the bloody figure who was still running: " Teacher Kai..."


    "Don''t despair for me, Li!"


    Maitekai''s figure suddenly stepped on the air and appeared above the mushroom cloud, his voice even roared hoarsely: "See it clearly, Li, in order to protect the most important thing in oneself, it is the youthful appearance of a ninja!"


    Maitekai kicked out of the air violently, his bloody steam instantly flowed in the direction of the kicked airflow, and swooped towards the ground!


    This is the ultimate mystery of the Eight Dunjia Techniques!


    It is also the result of more than 20 years of hard work by Mai Tekai since he was a child!


    "Ye Kai!"


    The red steam slowly converged into a huge faucet, driven by Maitkai, roared and charged towards the mushroom, breaking the mushroom cloud in an instant!


    No matter how huge the shock wave is, it was kicked out by Maitkai''s kick and kicked directly into the earth!


    In an instant, a bottomless pit appeared on the ground.


    The super explosion that was enough to destroy the entire Konoha and easily kill thousands of ninjas was completely neutralized by this bloody man.


    Perhaps only Uehara Naraku knew how amazing Matt Kay had done.


    This guy used his speed and strength to prevent a big explosion that was no less powerful than a nuclear explosion, although the cost was his life.


    Just after Maitekai eliminated the threat of the super bomb exploding within tens of seconds, an earth-shattering loud noise fell on everyone''s ears!


    Boom!


    This sound was like a thunderclap!


    It''s just that when the sound made everyone''s eardrums hurt, they didn''t know that someone had already solved the crisis that would kill them.


    clap clap clap clap...


    Naraku Uehara applauded slowly, and sighed softly: "Although I know that Matt Kay is very powerful, just watching him do all this with my own eyes, I still can''t help but want to praise him for being amazing!"


    "Ok¡­"


    After Yao Shidou nodded slowly, he suddenly said: "Master Naluo, Maitkai''s life seems to have been exhausted..."


    "Death is certain."


    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and said softly: "In case he also turns into flying ash, you go and steal part of his corpse, and reincarnate him first!"


    If Maitekai''s body turned into fly ash, it would be a big loss!


    It doesn''t matter even if Hatake Kakashi is dead, but this guy Mitekai must keep him alive, no matter how he lives it doesn''t matter!


    "yes."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and suddenly chuckled and said, "Even if he can''t use the destructive strength just now, for us, he is still a very powerful force."


    "Ok."


    A light flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and he said in a low voice: "Maitkai''s role is more than that. If he is by my side, I can steal his spell at any time, and use his night power without any consumption. Kay..."


    Yes.


    Matt Kay must be there.


    If this is the case, Naraku Uehara can hold another hole card to deal with Uchiha Madara. If he can kick out Ye Kai in the eight-door body art mystery at any time, even Uchiha Madara at the six-level level cannot ignore his threat.


    This moment.


    Maitekai''s eight-door dunjia time is finally over.


    Now Matkay was almost charred all over, without any strength, and even lifeless in his body, Rock Lee knelt beside him sobbing.


    Konoha ninjas emerged from the forest one by one.


    They are all ninja troops responsible for protecting Matt Kai and Rock Lee.


    Just now, these Konoha ninjas also sensed the threat brought by the super explosion, and also witnessed the explosion of Maitkai to solve the crisis. Hyuga Ningji and Tiantian walked out of it. member.


    The two walked to Rock Li''s side step by step in disbelief, slowly took off their ninja forehead, and knelt in front of Maite Kai: "Mr. Kai..."


    "Teacher Kai..."


    Locke Li''s eyes were a little dull, tears were still flowing down his cheeks unconsciously, and he murmured: "It has already been sacrificed."


    To protect him.


    Also to protect the ninja troops behind them.


    Also to protect Konoha Village behind them.


    Maitekai solved a big crisis by himself, but the price is too painful for their third class!


    "plum."


    Hyuga Neji suppressed the tears he wanted to shed, looked at Li Luoke, who was in a trance, and said in a low voice: "The enemy has not been dealt with yet, we have more important things to do!"


    "..."


    Rock Lee nodded silently.


    The next moment, Locke Li hit the ground with a fist. Looking at the charred body, he said in a firm and powerful voice, "Mr. Kai, I will not let you down!"


    Locke Li turned his head slowly, with determination in his eyes: "Ning Ci, tell me... where is Payne''s body?"


    Payne''s body is still in the tree hole.


    Nagato sat in the tree hole, his face was a bit ugly, and he even couldn''t believe it: "Are you kidding, has Shura Dao''s self-destruction been resolved..."


    This is the result of his painstaking transformation over the years, and it was solved by Maitkai who opened the eight doors of armor!


    but¡­


    That guy is too strong!


    Is that watermelon head really a taijutsu ninja?


    "Nagato?"


    There was some doubt in Xiaonan''s eyes.


    Nagato shook his head and sighed in a low voice: "Xiaonan, I underestimated that Taijutsu ninja, his Taijutsu is stronger than Uehara''s Taijutsu, that Konoha Taijutsu ninja is an out-and-out monster!"


    Shura Dao''s self-destruction, but even Nagato himself can''t come up with a suitable solution, even if it is the Earth Explosion Star, it is absolutely impossible to do it!


    However, that watermelon-headed taijutsu ninja, by virtue of his taijutsu, forcibly solved Shura Dao''s super bomb self-explosion!


    real¡­


    is a monster!


    Nagato couldn''t help feeling a little rejoicing in his heart, if it wasn''t for Shura Dao''s self-destruction that forced that Konoha ninja to explode, he himself might be killed by that guy!


    Fortunately, that guy and Shura Dopayne died together!


    "Xiaonan, I''ll manipulate Tendo Payne to deal with Jiraiya-sensei and Uzumaki Naruto."


    Nagato looked at Konan, and said softly, "As for the battle between Gokage Kazekage and Godai Mizukage, I will leave it to you and the beast."


    "Ok."


    Xiao Nan nodded calmly.


    "Then let''s get started!"


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Nagato suddenly closed his fingers, and the eyes of Samsara flashed: "Mr. Jiraiya, Uzumaki Naruto, let me see your strength!"

 Chapter 291

    "Kay died."


    Jiraiya''s voice was a bit heavy, he sensed the sudden outburst of Maitekai Chakra, and completely disappeared within the range of perception.


    "how come¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto raised his head in disbelief and looked at Jiraiya. After a while, he slowly let out a breath, lowered his head and said, "I see."


    The next moment, Naruto Uzumaki''s pupils reappeared in his eye sockets, and the aura of Senju Chakra exploded on him again.


    Uzumaki Naruto bent his fingers and said in a low voice: "The fourth shadow clone has absorbed the natural energy, and the fifth shadow clone has started to absorb natural energy."


    Jilai also put away his sentimentality, and said in a deep voice: "Then take advantage of this time and get rid of the strongest Payne first! According to our previous contact battle, the cooling time of the repulsive attack is at About 5 seconds..."


    "yes."


    Uzumaki Naruto also nodded slowly.


    exactly.


    Heaven Payne is also waiting for them.


    This battle, destined to be even more tragic, also broke out.


    Outside Konoha Village.


    The viewing area.


    Yao Shidou had already secretly obtained part of Maitekai''s body, and brought him back to life. The speed was so fast that it was speechless.


    Maitekai, who had just arrived in the pure land of the underworld, hadn''t reacted yet, and immediately returned to the present world, and was immediately packed in a coffin by the pharmacist.


    After Uehara Naraku secretly used his own way to steal Maitekai''s ultimate move, his expression changed involuntarily: "I can only steal the day tiger? Is it because his current strength is not enough? Or is it the restriction of the reincarnated body of the filthy soil?" ?¡±


    This is not good news by any means!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the coffin with complicated eyes. If it is because the death gate limit of the Eight Gates Dunjia is to burn flesh and blood, is it impossible for Maitekai to open the Eight Gates?


    Is there a problem with the skills of his way of life, or is it a problem with Maite Kai?


    After the pharmacist put away Matt Kai''s coffin with great care, he rushed to Uehara Naraku''s side, and saw Uehara Naraku''s expression was different.


    "What''s the matter, Master Naraku?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in a low voice: "Dou, find a way to revive Maitkai! I want to see a living Maitkai."


    If it''s just a day tiger, it''s useless at all.


    Only by being able to steal Ye Kai can he exert enough power.


    "..."


    Pharmacist looked at Uehara Naraku speechlessly.


    To be honest, at this moment, Yao Shidou felt that Naro Uehara was embarrassing him.


    It''s a pity that, as a loyal subordinate, Yao Shidou has to find a way to solve any problems raised by the above.


    "it is good."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, a wry smile appeared on the corner of his mouth and said, "I... think of a way."


    this¡­


    Really have to think about it.


    on the battlefield.


    Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto caught up with Tendo Payne.


    "Has it finally arrived?"


    Tiandao Payne watched their figures, and slowly spread his palm: "Then let me see if you can walk in front of me!"


    "I''ll get rid of you."


    A spiral pill emerged from Uzumaki Naruto''s palm, staring at Tiandao Payne coldly, and repeated word by word: "I will definitely get rid of you... Absolutely! Absolutely!"


    "Nagato."


    A spiral pill also appeared in Jiraiya''s hand. He also stared at Tiandao Payne, and whispered: "I won''t let you make mistakes again...I will...correct your mistakes!"


    The next moment, Jilai also rushed up first!


    A battle between master and apprentice begins!


    This is a battle between a truly orthodox ninja, the first-rate surprise, and the top blood follower Samsarayan. Even Naraku Uehara dare not decide the outcome!


    have to say.


    After Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto obtained information about Shenluo Tianzheng, the two of them cooperated with each other and suppressed Tiandao Payne for a time!


    The transfer of ninjutsu made Tiandao Payne a little embarrassed!


    Except for the occasional use of Shenluo Tianzheng to obtain a counterattack gap, other times Tiandao Payne can only let two ninjas in fairy mode attack!


    No one else, because both Uzumaki Naruto and Jiraiya are good at attacking from a distance!


    "Immortal Law: A Thousand Hair Needles!"


    Countless white hairs shot out from Jiraiya''s hair, densely covering all parts of Tendo Payne''s body.


    However, when Tiandao Payne was about to use Shenluo Tianzheng, Uzumaki Naruto in the distance was ready to release his spiral shuriken at Tiandao Payne during the cooling time of Shenluo Tianzheng!


    This pair of master and apprentice cooperated really well.


    After Tiandao Payne was silent for a while, he finally realized his trouble, and the next moment he suddenly stretched out his two palms at Zilai: "Wanxiang Tianyin!"


    A gravitational force suddenly launched!


    Tiandao Payne interrupted Jiraiya''s technique in an instant!


    Unfortunately, that''s all there is to it.


    Tiandao Payne frowned slightly, and threw a black stick with his hands, which was about to penetrate Jiraiya''s body, but Jiraiya pushed the black stick away with his frog hands!


    Before the two of them can''t be guaranteed, Tiandao Payne must not use Shenluo Tianzheng easily, unless he uses a super-large-level spell...


    Inside the tree hole.


    Nagato was still manipulating Tiandao Payne remotely, his brows looked at Hinata Hinata next to him, and his brows frowned slightly.


    To be honest, the fighting situation is a bit uncomfortable.


    Nagato faintly felt that Tendo Payne''s chances of winning were not too high in the face of the attacks of Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto in the sage mode.


    The next moment, Nagato waved Hyuga Hinata unconscious.


    Before this female ninja, who was growing more youthful and beautiful, had time to react, she fainted with her eyes glowing.


    Hinata Hinata never imagined that... the powerful enemy in front of her would sneak up on her so shamelessly and knock her out!


    After seeing Hinata Hinata fainted, Nagato slowly closed his palms, and said in a low voice, "Earth Dungeon, Earth Dragon Concealment Technique!"


    The figure of Nagato sneaked into the ground in an instant.


    This technique allows him to quietly lurk near the battlefield.


    on the battlefield.


    Jilai also relied on the Frog Team to force back Tiandao Payne.


    Perhaps it was because Jilai also believed that he and Uzumaki Naruto had the upper hand, so he said in a deep voice to persuade him to surrender: "Nagato, for this war, enough people have died in battle, don''t be obsessed with it! Now it''s really you who wants to fight!" Is it..."


    "Teacher Ziraiya."


    Tendo Payne interrupted Jiraiya''s words.


    The next moment, Tiandao Payne''s body gradually floated up, and continued in a deep voice: "There is no need for too much nonsense between us, I will not give you another chance, and I will not waste my time anymore. "


    Uehara Naraku has already caught Eight-Tails Jinchuriki.


    Now everyone in the Akatsuki organization is waiting for his Nine Tails.


    Tendo Payne looked down at Jiraiya, and continued in a cold voice: "Now that Uehara has broken through Yunyin Village and captured the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki, as long as I capture Uzumaki Naruto, the ideal world where there will be no more wars will soon come to an end." Appear."


    "..."


    Jiraiya frowned suddenly.


    This news is undoubtedly worse for them. If this is the case, then Konoha will never let Naruto Uzumaki have problems again!


    Otherwise, once Nagato has gathered all nine tailed beasts...


    The entire ninja world will be shrouded in terror, no matter whether it is Nagato or Obito Uchiha who rules with this terror.


    "Teacher Ziraiya."


    Tiandao Payne''s voice fell from the air, his palms slowly spread out towards the ground, and he said in a cold voice: "If you can''t understand my thoughts, then please feel the pain of war from now on!"


    Tiandao Payne''s face gradually fell into a shadow under the sun, only the eyes of reincarnation on his face could be seen, and his voice became louder and louder: "When you really feel the pain, you will realize my pain. How right it is!"


    "Your chakra..."


    Jilai also looked up and watched the Chakra breath in Tiandao''s body getting bigger and bigger, and his face gradually changed: "He wants to prepare a more powerful repulsion..."


    "Immortal Art ¡¤ Wind Escape ¡¤ Spiral Shuriken!"


    Uzumaki Naruto finally raised his hand and threw his spiral shuriken towards Payne in the air, forcing Tiandao Payne to use Shenluo Tianzheng in advance!


    "As expected of Master Jiraiya''s disciple..."


    Tiandao Payne hastily stretched out his palm, consumed the chakra he had just gathered and released a huge repulsion force: "Although the power of the spell is far from what I expected, it is more than enough to solve you... Shenluo Tianzheng !"


    A majestic repulsive force descended from the sky!


    Ji Lai also quickly closed his palms, and shouted in a low voice: "Psychic art!"


    The pink toad stomach wall quickly attached to him and Uzumaki Naruto, and the soft toad stomach wall wrapped their bodies and drifted with the repulsion!


    Although the soft stomach wall of the toad is far inferior to the body of the great slug, it also greatly slows down the damage they receive.


    After Shenluo Tianzheng''s repulsive force ended, Jiraiya quickly released the psychic, not daring to waste his time: "The stronger the power of the technique, the longer the recovery time Nagato needs, this is the opportunity now!"


    The next moment, Jiraiya''s soles of his feet were tightly gripped on the ground, regardless of the damage to his body, he jumped up with the help of the jumping power of the frog feet under his feet.


    Caught off guard, Tiandao Payne was suddenly knocked down from the air by Jilaiya!


    "Immortal Law Super Big Jade Spiral Pill!"


    A spiral pill was then pressed on Tiandao Payne''s body!


    Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto''s movements are simply smooth and smooth, just like the tactics he and Uzumaki Naruto secretly discussed, first find a way to force the enemy to use a powerful repulsive attack to increase the cooling time of his spells.


    That way, they would have long enough to attack.


    Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto watched Tendo Payne slowly fall down after being hit, and the two finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Jilai also slowly pulled out a black stick from Tiandao Payne''s body, and said in a low voice: "Yahiko, this boy will never become like this anyway! Nagato, you have defiled your friend''s body! "


    Jilai also grabbed the black stick and stuck it on his body, holding back the pain and whispering: "Next, it''s the final body...Let me feel it, this distance..."


    Jiraiya''s expression changed drastically!


    Just when Uzumaki Naruto was a little confused, Jiraiya suddenly pushed towards his disciple and pushed Uzumaki Naruto aside!


    Black sticks suddenly flew from the ground!


    Seven or eight black sticks were inserted into Jiraiya''s back, and the sneak attack suddenly appeared underground, so that no one had reacted at all!


    "Teacher Jiraiya..."


    A red-haired figure slowly emerged from the ground. He watched Jiraiya''s tall body fall to the ground, and said softly, "You once said, no matter what, don''t let your guard down!"


    It is Nagato who controls Payne Six Paths behind him.


    No one thought that Nagato would be lurking under the ground of this battlefield!


    Jilai also clenched his teeth, controlled his neck, slowly turned his head to look at Nagato, and then at the stunned Uzumaki Naruto.


    In this life, he will accept the son of destiny predicted by Immortal Toad as his disciple, and teach this disciple to grow.


    Nagato.


    Watergate.


    Naruto.


    Or someone else?


    Who is the child of destiny?


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Jiraiya has been thinking about this question in his heart, because he thinks he can live for a long time, so he suspects that he may meet new disciples.


    Until now on the brink of death.


    Only when he dies, and there will be no other disciples in the future, can he be sure who is the child of destiny!


    Jiraiya suddenly realized all this. The few people he thought were the sons of destiny in his life, Namikaze Minato had already sacrificed, and Nagato had gone the wrong way.


    Then only Uzumaki Naruto is left...


    There was a relieved smile on Jiraiya''s face. He raised his head with the last of his strength, looked at Uzumaki Naruto and said, "There is no doubt...it''s you... Naruto... then your brother... I will leave it to you... is you."

 Chapter 292

    The viewing area in the distance.


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses and glanced at the expressionless Uehara Naraku: "Naraku-sama, Jiraiya-sama also died in battle!"


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato''s complexion was a little gloomy.


    Konoha''s loss this time was too painful! Hatake Kakashi died at the beginning of the battle, followed by Maitekai, and now it''s Jiraiya''s turn...


    Pharmacist looked at Naraku Uehara, and continued softly: "Do we need to reincarnate Master Jiraiya?"


    "unnecessary."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and there was a little more complexity in his voice: "Someone will give his life back to him. This is the ninja world. If you die, you can still be resurrected."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku took another look at Namikaze Shuimen and said, "But it depends on whether the son of the Fourth Hokage Lord can do what others expect... If Uzumaki Naruto''s strength is not enough, then you Just ask yourself to be blessed!"


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    "..."


    Everyone present fell into silence.


    on the battlefield.


    Uzumaki Naruto''s mind was still blank, and he couldn''t believe that Zilai had just died in front of his eyes: "Lustful Immortal... Lustful Immortal?"


    Uzumaki Naruto staggered a few steps subconsciously, knelt down beside Jiraiya on one knee, stretched out his hand and pushed his body: "Immortal Immortal?"


    No matter how Uzumaki Naruto called, Jilai couldn''t answer him anymore.


    There was a relieved smile on the corner of Jiraiya''s mouth, and after entrusting all the future to Uzumaki Naruto, he completely lost his breath.


    Naruto Uzumaki still couldn''t believe what he saw.


    "Little Zilai also..."


    Immortal Zhima''s face was full of grief.


    "Naruto!"


    Immortal Fukasaku stared at Nagato next to him, and hurriedly reminded: "Naruto, old lady, the enemy is still here, now is not the time to mourn Ziraiya!"


    "..."


    Nagato didn''t do anything, just looked down at the stunned bodies of Uzumaki Naruto and Jiraiya, his face was full of complexity.


    At this moment, no one knew what Nagato was thinking.


    The next moment, Nagato''s face became completely indifferent again.


    Nagato suddenly stretched out a kick and kicked Naruto Uzumaki away, condensed a black stick, nailed Naruto Uzumaki''s shoulder, and nailed this junior to the ground!


    "Master Jiraiya is dead."


    Nagato stared at Uzumaki Naruto whose face gradually became angry, and said indifferently: "Uzumaki Naruto, come with me now!"


    "asshole!"


    Immortal Fukasaku''s tongue suddenly stretched out and was about to bind Nagato''s body, but Nagato easily nailed it to the ground with a black stick!


    Immortal Zhima opened his mouth and was about to spew out a stream of flames: "Fire escape..."


    "Shenluo Tianzheng."


    Nagato casually stretched out his palm, and directly defeated Shima Immortal with a move of Shenluo Tianzheng!


    As the outsider of the body, Nagato can use all the abilities of the reincarnation eye, and even surpasses the power of the spell!


    Nagato had just appeared on the stage, and he directly used various means to eliminate everyone present, and the attack was straightforward.


    Just as Nagato walked towards Uzumaki Naruto and was about to pick him up and take him away, a loud shout from a distance interrupted his movement.


    "Let go of Naruto!"


    Squads of ninjas appeared around.


    Due to Jiraiya''s previous orders, in order to avoid greater losses, these supporting troops behind the scenes did not appear on this battlefield.


    However, when the sensing troops noticed that Jiraiya had died in battle, these supporting troops finally couldn''t hold back and swarmed towards the battlefield. Thousands of ninjas surrounded the battlefield densely!


    Nagato frowned slightly, looked up at a group of Konoha ninjas charging forward, and shouted in a low voice: "Sura Road!"


    The next moment, two mechanical arms suddenly appeared from behind Nagato, and the two arms turned into a rocket launcher. Countless dense rockets flew out quickly, covering a large area of ??the battlefield in an instant!


    Countless ninjas were blown away!


    Nagato slowly stretched out his palm towards the group of ninjas rushing to the front, and said in a low voice, "Shinra Tenseki!"


    A majestic repulsion erupted!


    All the ninjas rushing in front of him were repelled by Nagato!


    Fear flashed across the faces of the teams of Konoha ninjas. They had never thought that the enemy would be so powerful, and they would ignore the attack of thousands of people!


    "In front of God, no matter how many mortals there are, they are still mortals after all."


    Nagato stared at the enemies who were panting heavily and stopped in place by him, and slowly closed his palms: "Since you are Konoha ninjas, let you feel the power you most want to see Bar!"


    Nagato''s voice faintly became a little low, his palms closed suddenly, and vines began to grow rapidly from under his feet: "Wood Dun, Birth of the Sea of ??Trees!"


    Countless vines and thorns began to spread outward!


    The thorns of the vines spread outward, quickly piercing through the Konoha ninjas who wanted to jump over the vines, forcing them to leave the battlefield at last!


    Konoha Ninja''s face was only more afraid of Nagato.


    However, Uehara Naraku, who was watching the battle from a distance, almost went crazy!


    "Isn''t it funny?"


    Uehara Naraku punched the ground, watching the vines growing taller and taller in the distance, his face was extremely complicated: "When did Nagato-sama awaken Mu Dun! Why did he hide this from me? "


    Damn, the trust between people!


    Between the two of them, what can''t be said face to face, why did Nagato hide that he had awakened Mu Dun? Did Nagato suspect him?


    Why did Nagato doubt him!


    Naraku Uehara clenched his fists tightly, and said sharply: "Dou, help me write down this account, and settle the account with him later!"


    "..."


    The pharmacist glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly. Before saying these words, Master Naraku couldn''t think about how many things you have hidden from them?


    To be honest, Nagato''s awakening of Mu Dun was still accidental.


    Just when their Akatsuki organization was fully preparing for the battle of Yao Jinchuriki and Nine Tails Jinchuriki, in order to ensure the smooth progress of his plan, Nagato performed a transplantation of inter-hashira cells without telling Naraku Uehara.


    Because Nagato has the existence of reincarnation eyes, he feels that he can transplant more intercolumnar cells, so that he can obtain more life energy, chakra and recovery ability.


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku has always disagreed...


    Although Nagato didn''t know why Naraku Uehara firmly disagreed with him transplanting more intercolumnar cells, Nagato no longer wanted to get more power.


    As long as the eight-tailed jinchuriki and the nine-tailed jinchuriki are caught, the plan will be successful, even if there are any future troubles after transplanting the cells between the pillars.


    Besides, Nagato himself feels pretty good.


    In particular, he also awakened the Mu Dun Xue Ji Jie.


    And now it has been proved that Nagato did nothing wrong, and the wood escape ninjutsu is indeed very useful, and the effect of the technique persists, forcing the enemy not to approach.


    Just as Nagato was fully firing, a sharp claw flew out and tore the psychic arm behind him!


    That claw...is Nine Tails!


    Nagato turned his head abruptly, only to see a blood-red Nine-Tails, but there were six tails fluttering behind it!


    do not know when¡­


    Uzumaki Naruto actually released the nine tails in his body!


    Or because of Jiraiya''s death, Uzumaki Naruto was completely angered, so that he finally stopped hiding his violence, and let the Kyuubi in his body uncage directly!


    But if Kyuubi is released now, maybe it won''t be so easy to lock Kyuubi after a while, right?


    Nine tails flew to the ground!


    Nine-Tails'' huge scarlet mouth opened suddenly, and one after another energy bombs quickly covered the surrounding vines, destroying a large area of ??vines directly!


    "Nine tails?"


    Nagato frowned slightly, and suddenly stretched out his palm towards Kyuubi, a surge of repulsive force spewed out: "Shinra Tenzheng!"


    In an instant, the originally berserk Kyuubi was directly overturned by the huge repulsive force!


    Nagato waved his hand and threw black sticks, nailing Kyuubi''s tails one by one, but when he just finished nailing the sixth tail, a seventh blood-red chrysalis grew out of Kyuubi''s back. Carat tail!


    "Still getting stronger?"


    Nagato couldn''t help frowning, and another black stick nailed the seventh tail to the ground, but just as he was waiting for the eighth tail of Kyuubi to come out...


    The violent Nine-Tails slammed a mouthful of energy bombs at him!


    What made Nagato''s face even more ugly was that the black sticks nailed to Kyuubi''s body were slowly breaking free at this very moment!


    "This chakra..."


    Nagato''s eyes tightened subconsciously, and he watched in disbelief as Kyuubi, with all eight tails, broke free from his yin and yang escape black stick!


    Nagato stared at the huge tailed beast lying on the ground in an aggressive posture, with a hint of surprise on his face: "Only as far as Chakra is concerned...even in its current state, it has far surpassed other tailed beasts. beast!"


    How did the tail beast come about!


    This ninja world is too unfair!


    Is there even such a big gap in the strength of the tailed beast?


    Nagato participated in the capture of One Tail and presided over the capture of Six Tails, but he has never seen a chakra as huge as Nine Tails, and even in terms of momentum alone, it far exceeds any tailed beast from One Tail to Seven Tails.


    At this moment, a very magical question came to Nagato''s mind: "If you want to absorb the chakra of the nine tails into the Golem of the Outer Way, it will probably take several times longer to absorb the other tailed beasts, right?"


    The next moment, Nagato stopped thinking about this question.


    As a result, the chakra in Kyuubi''s body suddenly swelled, nine bright red tails fluttered wildly behind it, and a huge fox stood in front of Nagato!


    The complete body of Nine Tails has completely appeared in the world!


    Even the Konoha ninjas stared at the huge Nine-Tails Avatar with a little fear and uneasiness, retreating involuntarily one by one, they remembered the fierce night of Nine-Tails!


    The Nine Tails Rebellion that night...


    Konoha suffered a heavy loss and has never recovered since.


    Kyuubi didn''t look at those Konoha ninjas, because there were more attractive people in front of him.


    Kyuubi slowly lowered its head, its scarlet eyes showed a hint of cruelty, it stared at Nagato''s eyes, and opened its mouth slightly, revealing its sharp teeth!


    "Although your eyes look kind..."


    Nine-Tails'' eyes narrowed slightly, and its voice was even a little gentle, but in the next second its voice suddenly became brutal: "Hmph, but it''s just a resemblance, but the aura inside makes me feel sick!"

 Chapter 294

    Boom.


    A puff of smoke billowed across the battlefield.


    The Konoha ninjas who were watching the battle thought that Nagato was about to be torn to pieces by Kyuubi, and when they tried to seal Kyuubi next, they saw a tall body.


    Heretic Golem!


    This ugly and huge monster body appeared in front of Nagato, not only blocked Kyuubi''s blow, but even sent Kyuubi flying with one palm!


    At this moment, everyone involuntarily looked at the heretic golem that suddenly appeared!


    I have to say that Nine-Tails'' body is really smaller in front of the golem of the outsider way.


    However, Nine-Tails didn''t care that he was blown away by a single blow. Instead, he raised his head and stared fixedly at the heretic golem that suddenly appeared in front of him, and the seven eyes that lit up on the head of the outlaw golem, as well as the familiar creatures in its body. Chakra!


    Inside the heretic golem...


    There are already chakras of seven tailed beasts in it!


    Kyuubi''s gaze slowly changed, it stared at Nagato''s reincarnation eyes, and finally realized what this guy Nagato wanted to do!


    "Your courage is really great..."


    Nine Tails'' eyes gradually began to regain their sanity.


    At this moment, it fully understood what Nagato was going to do. This guy wanted to gather all the chakras of their tailed beasts, and resurrect the heretic golem in front of him!


    At that time, the heretic golem in front of him will turn into ten tails!


    Nagato flew and landed on the head of the golem of the heretics, looked down at Nine Tails, slowly spread his palm, and said softly: "Gods are naturally different from ordinary people."


    At this moment, after the heretic golem arrived, confidence returned to Nagato, because in Nagato''s cognition, the heretic golem would never fail!


    Back when the heretic golem was just an empty shell, relying on extracting the vitality and chakra from his body, it exerted unimaginable power.


    Now there is a Chakra with seven tailed beasts in the body of the Outer Way Golem. There is no need to use Nagato''s Chakra at all. Even the Outer Way Golem''s own huge size and powerful strength can suppress the Nine Tails!


    The only trouble is that...


    Every time Nagato uses the abilities of the golem and the eye of reincarnation, he is actually consuming his own life energy.


    After hearing Nagato''s words, Kyuubi seemed to have heard something funny, grinned his teeth and said, "Hmph, idiot, you don''t really think that you can stand shoulder to shoulder with him if you get the eyes of the Sage of the Six Paths?"


    Kyuubi''s gaze became dangerous again. It fixedly stared at Nagato above the golem of the heretics, and the corners of its eyes tightened slightly: "It''s really interesting... Creatures like humans are becoming more and more ignorant!"


    The next moment, Kyuubi rushed towards Nagato!


    However, the heretic golem firmly held down its head, and a fight started between the huge heretic golem and the fierce nine-tailed golem!


    Although the Golem of the Outer Way is huge in size, the movements on the palms are slightly stiff; although the body of Nine-Tails is a little smaller, its body is extremely flexible. After a few vertical jumps, it escaped the restraint of the Golem in the Outer Way, and opened its mouth to condense and spew out Got a Tailed Beast Jade!


    "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    Nagato stood on top of the heretic golem, raised his hand and released Shenluo Tianzheng at the tailed beast jade, and the majestic repulsion pushed the tailed beast jade far away to detonate.


    Boom!


    The large forest was instantly drowned by the sound of the explosion!


    No one else can intervene in this fierce battle. Tailed Beast Jade and Shenluo Tianzheng may erupt at any time. No one knows when a Tailed Beast Jade will suddenly fall. It is also to watch the battle with one''s life.


    Teams of Konoha ninjas began to retreat one by one under the command of their captain. After they retreated to the periphery, they arranged several layers of encirclement to prevent the enemy from escaping after the battle.


    It feels a bit like self-deception.


    It is a pity that the source of this order is the fifth generation of Naruto Tsunade.


    In Leaf Village.


    In Naruto''s office.


    Tsunade listened to all the battle reports sent on the battlefield, including the death of Hatake Kakashi, the sacrifice of Maitekai and the death of Jiraiya.


    After Tsunade frowned and gave a few orders, he asked everyone else to leave Hokage''s office and return to their posts.


    Now there is no one else in the entire Hokage office.


    Tsunade stood in front of her desk, looking calmly at the office door closed by the last ninja who left, her body limply limp on the ground, her back leaning tightly on the desk.


    The Fifth Hokage, who had issued an order in front of other people just now, slowly stretched out his palm and covered his eye sockets.


    Tears began to flow down her face little by little along the gap...


    After receiving the news of Jiraiya''s death from the mouths of those intelligence ninjas, Tsunade finally couldn''t bear his emotions.


    Her body trembled slightly, even if she was just crying, she didn''t dare to make a sound, she just slowly opened her mouth and breathed heavily, this woman wanted to vent her grief from her chest like breathing air !


    Tsunade''s palm held her chest tightly, suppressing the oppression and pain in her chest. After many years, she once again experienced what it meant to be piercing grief.


    From today onwards, Konoha Sannin was left alone.


    "Silai also..."


    After a long time.


    Tsunade took a few long breaths, and quickly wiped the tears from the corners of his eyes with his palm, stood up slowly, and walked out of the door of Hokage''s office.


    Tsunade glanced at Anbe who was stationed there, and said softly: "Immediately call Nara Shikahisa and let him guard the village to prevent Uchiha Obito''s sneak attack!"


    "Yes, Hokage-sama!"


    The Anbu ninja flew away from here.


    Just when Tsunade was about to leave step by step, Zhuanban Xiaoharu and Mito Menyan suddenly appeared to block her way: "Tsunade, where are you going?"


    "I''m going to take over Jiraiya''s fight!"


    Tsunade stared at the two old men, and said in a deep voice: "Now the village has reached the most dangerous moment, and there is no need for me to stay here and continue to wait for a Uchiha Obito that may come out!"


    This is their original manpower allocation.


    Tsunade will stay in the village to avoid sneak attacks by Uchiha Obito or others; Jiraiya will also lead the most powerful ninjas to face Payne Rokudo and Nagato.


    The current battle has reached the most dangerous stage.


    Penn Six Paths have all been wiped out, and the corresponding price is the successive deaths of Kakashi Hatake, Mikey and Jiraiya; Terumi Mei and Gaara are still on the battlefield and entangled with Konan .


    On the most important battlefield, the liberated Nine-Tails and Nagato, who was psychic out of the heretic golem, are still fighting fiercely, and now their battle has reached a fever pitch.


    Except for the powerhouses at the Kageichi level, other ninjas are not even qualified to intervene.


    Turning to bed Xiaochun slowly backed away, watching Tsunade''s back as they walked down the Hokage Building, she couldn''t help but said, "Tsunate, you must come back alive."


    "Whispering."


    Tsunade frowned and waved his hand.


    After a while, Tsunade suddenly stopped his footsteps again, turned his back to Koharu and Mitomon Yan, and said softly: "If there is any accident, I will nominate Shikahisa Nara as Konoha''s Sixth Hokage .¡±


    "Tsunade!"


    Mitomon Yan''s complexion suddenly changed.


    Turning to bed Koharu looked at Tsunade''s back and nodded silently.


    Just as Tsunade left Konoha and rushed to the frontline battlefield, Uehara Naraku was also watching all this, he just stretched casually.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    "Okay, Mr. Obito."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Obito Uchiha next to him, and ordered softly: "It seems that Konoha has sent all the ninjas to deal with Nagato-sama! Then let these Konoha ninjas fight fiercely in front, you Let''s burn the leaves to a white ground!"


    "what?"


    Uchiha Obito and Namikaze Minato looked at Uehara Naraku in disbelief.


    What on earth is this guy thinking? He was just talking about asking Pharmacist to help Konoha resist Nagato at the most dangerous time, but now he wants to destroy Konoha all of a sudden!


    "Don''t look at me that way."


    Naraku Uehara closed her palms together, and her voice gradually became more gloomy: "Now, immediately carry out the order I gave you!"


    After saying this, Naraku Uehara stared closely at Obito Uchiha, and said in a urn: "You should know where we are! Konoha''s comfort monument is not far from here!"


    "Yes, I understand."


    Obito Uchiha touched his mask with his palm.


    Whenever he showed any hesitation, this bastard would threaten him with Nohara Lin. Is this kind of interesting?


    "very good."


    Naraku Uehara nodded at Obito Uchiha with satisfaction, and said in a deep voice: "Then go, go and burn this Konoha full of the so-called will of fire!"


    "¡­yes."


    Uchiha Obito''s figure turned into a space-time vortex and disappeared.


    Just after Uchiha Obito left, Namikaze Minato frowned and asked, "I don''t understand, what exactly do you want to do..."


    "I just want to destroy Konoha!"


    Uehara Naraku explained casually, and said softly: "And now all the strong people at the level of Konoha Kage are going to deal with Nagato-sama, and I don''t have to worry about losing Konoha''s combat power when destroying Konoha..."


    "Unable to understand..."


    Namikaze Minato frowned tightly.


    To be honest, Namikaze Minato is really hard to understand.


    Uehara Naraku hoped that all the kage-level powerhouses of Konoha would go against Nagato, and even be able to defeat Nagato; on the other hand, after all the kage-level powerhouses left Konoha, they sent someone to destroy the entire Konoha!


    What the hell is this guy trying to do?


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said in a cold voice: "All the orders given by Naraku-sama were never to protect Konoha. How could Lord Fourth Hokage have such an illusion? Naraku-sama just needs to use Konoha to let you Nagato-sama just quit!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded dully.


    Originally, his plan included the item of destroying Konoha, because this time destroying Konoha is really a rare opportunity, and destroying Konoha can bring him the last ultimate change of mainstream chakra, the power of fire.


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised his finger, manipulating Obito Uchiha to appear on Hokage Rock, his face gradually became a little serious, and his eyes became more and more serious.


    "Tell them the result of the will of fire!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he said in a deep voice: "Go, tell them that where the leaves are flying, the fire is always alive, and the fire will illuminate the village until it burns the whole village to ashes!"

 Chapter 295

    Konoha felt an unprecedented emptiness.


    A large number of Konoha ninjas were sent outside the village to build an encirclement circle around Nagato and Kyuubi, because no matter who wins or loses, Konoha does not want to let them go.


    If Nagato wins, then these Konoha ninjas will desperately protect Kyuubi; if Kyuubi wins, these Konoha ninjas will also desperately suppress Kyuubi.


    It''s too early and the fighting is fierce.


    It is impossible to judge who wins and who loses.


    In order to be able to control the situation of the war and solve the crisis Konoha is facing now, Konoha''s last strongman, the fifth Hokage Tsunade, went to the battlefield.


    Except for Tsunade, Konoha couldn''t pick anyone who could intervene in the war between Nine-Tails and the Heretic Golem. Even with Tsunade''s power, he could only find a way to make himself a straw that overwhelmed the situation.


    After Tsunade left.


    The entire Konoha Village no longer has any value for the battlefield situation.


    Uchiha Obito stood on Hokage Rock, slowly closed his fingers, and the Kamui Sharingan in his eye sockets sent out gusts of tornado!


    "Fire Escape¡¤Blast Wind Flurry Dance!"


    Lie Yan (raging flames) rapidly expanded under the blessing of the tornado!


    This group of raging flames circled and landed on the Hokage Tower on the ground, completely igniting the Hokage Tower in an instant, the raging flames were like torches!


    Turning to bed Xiaoharu and Mitomonyan were still in the Hokage building, the two consultants only had time to rescue some emergency information, and then flew out, and the ninjas who were still stationed in the village couldn''t help swarming after seeing the flames!


    "Master Advisor!"


    A Konoha ninja frowned. He looked up and saw Obito Uchiha on Hokage Rock, and couldn''t help but whispered: "Are we going to inform Master Hokage? Obito Uchiha is here..."


    "No."


    Turning to bed Koharu shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Send someone to tell Tsunade that we will protect Konoha, let Tsunade fight with peace of mind!"


    "yes¡­"


    This ninja can only follow orders.


    "Uchiha Obito!"


    Mitomonyan raised his head and looked at Obito Uchiha above, and said loudly: "What are you doing here! Isn''t your purpose to kill Nagato outside!"


    "yes."


    Uchiha Obito flew down and stood on the ruins of the Hokage building that was burned by the fire, ignoring the flames under his feet, and looking down at the Konoha Ninja on the ground: "But I have other purposes here, that is Fulfill Konoha''s will of fire!"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    "it means¡­"


    A red light flashed in the eyes of Uchiha Obito''s writing wheel, and there was a hint of evil laughter in his voice: "Burn this village into ashes! Hahahahahaha..."


    After the voice fell, his figure disappeared above the ruins.


    While the underground Konoha ninja was still wondering, Obito Uchiha appeared in another position, opened his mouth and spewed a burst of flames towards a tall building!


    "Go and stop him!"


    Mito Menyan commanded the ninjas around him to put out the fire.


    However, Shikahisa Nara, who came in a hurry, couldn''t help but frowned, and ordered in a low voice: "Let the civilians in the village disperse in the safe zone first, so that they don''t get hurt..."


    Because there are almost only a few ninjas left in the village who are responsible for maintaining the evacuation of the masses, and even a few ninjas who can pose a slight threat to Uchiha Obito cannot be found.


    In just a few minutes, the entire Konoha was completely ignited by the elusive Uchiha Obito.


    Nara Shikahisa was helpless about this, so he could only avoid losses as much as possible and rescue some precious documents and equipment.


    Fortunately, Obito Uchiha didn''t kill anyone.


    That crazy guy just seems to be venting his anger...


    "Didn''t you think that Konoha would one day thank the enemy for his kindness?"


    Nara Shikajiu looked at Konoha who was caught in a sea of ??flames and Uchiha Obito who left the village, with a wry smile on his face: "Fortunately, the civilians and students in the village have retreated early..."


    It was probably the most correct thing they did before going to war.


    Compared with the loss of property that Konoha is suffering now, what is more precious is Konoha''s villagers and those students who have not yet grown up.


    Watching area.


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, looked at the system tasks he had completed, and rubbed his forehead, his mood was a little delicate.


    I thought I was going to go out on my own.


    I didn''t expect that if the person under my control did it, it could be counted as completing the task.


    Sub-quest: Successfully breached Muye Village (1/1), the task has been completed, and the passive talent skill Fire Power will be rewarded.


    The power of fire: You can freely drive the fire attribute chakra, create and use fire escape ninjutsu at will, which is one of the components of the jade.


    Burning escape (activated): You can freely drive the burning escape chakra composed of the power of fire + wind force, and create and use burning escape ninjutsu at will.


    Boiling escape (activated): You can freely drive the boiling escape chakra composed of the power of fire + water power, and create and use boiling escape ninjutsu at will.


    Fusion (activated): You can freely drive the Fusion Chakra composed of the power of fire + the power of earth, and create and use Fusion Ninjutsu at will.


    Melting escape (activated): Branch Blood Successor, can freely drive the melting escape chakra composed of the power of fire + earth power, create and use melting escape ninjutsu at will


    Explosion escape (activated): Branch blood follower, can freely drive the explosion escape chakra composed of fire power + earth power, and create and use explosion escape ninjutsu at will.


    Dust escape (activated): You can freely drive the dust escape chakra composed of wind power + fire power + earth power, and create and use dust escape ninjutsu at will.


    Can you still play like this?


    Naraku Uehara never thought that the fusion of fire attribute and earth attribute chakra, in addition to two different melting escapes, can also generate explosive escapes?


    Seems like that''s normal too.


    If I remember correctly, Didara''s secret technique of explosion and escape has almost touched the threshold of dust escape. One of his techniques seems to be able to reduce people to ashes, but it cannot be split into atoms.


    "What''s the matter, Master Naraku?"


    Yao Shidou instantly sensed the difference in Uehara Naraku''s expression.


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, sighed and said: "I just thought of something that was not very happy. The Konoha ninjas were fighting desperately in front, but we were collecting benefits for ourselves and destroying their village. sorry..."


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Namikaze Minato: "..."


    Damn, how dare this person say it!


    Wasn''t it you who was determined to send Obito Uchiha to destroy Konoha just now?


    Who is showing this picture now!


    the other side.


    When Tsunade rushed to the battlefield of Kyuubi and the heretic golem, she also got the news that Uchiha Obito attacked Konoha, but she also knew very well that the most important thing now was the battlefield outside the village.


    It doesn''t matter as long as the people in the village don''t get hurt too much.


    Even so, Tsunade issued a Hokage order to transfer two groups of ninjas with hundreds of people back to Konoha to protect civilians.


    In addition, Tsunade even took the time to ask about the battle situation in other places: "How is the battle between Kazekage-dono and Mizukage-dono? With the strength of the two of them, have you not taken Xiaonan yet?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Konoha Anbe lowered his head, and said in a low voice: "That blue-haired woman is very good at using detonating charms to fight, her detonating charms seem to be endless, and now Kazekage-dono and Mizukage-dono have no choice but to hold her back as much as possible... "


    To be honest.


    Anbu believes that the battlefield on the other side may be even more outrageous.


    Not only did this Konoha Anbe think so, even Godai Kazekage Gaara and Godai Mizukage Terumimei were a little helpless because Konan''s ninjutsu was too outrageous.


    Now on their side of the battlefield, only Konan, Gaara, and Terumi Mei are left, and the beast Dopayne has already been dealt with by them.


    The only troublesome person is Xiaonan.


    "That woman..."


    Terumi Mei gritted her teeth and looked at Konan flying in the sky, gasped and said, "Is she the teacher of that nasty kid Uehara?"


    "According to the information Konoha gave us, that''s right."


    Gaara''s face was still very serious, balls of yellow sand were floating in the air, these yellow sand suddenly formed into a giant hand of sand, and suddenly grabbed Xiao Nan''s direction!


    However, Xiaonan just stretched out his hand expressionlessly and mixed a detonating talisman into the paper plane, and manipulated the paper plane and detonating talisman into the range of the giant hand of sand!


    After watching this scene, Xiaonan slowly folded his fingers together, and shouted in a low voice: "Ninja method, the technique of mutual multiplication of detonating charms!"


    The next moment, the roar of the detonating talisman sounded!


    In an instant, the giant hand of sand was directly blown up by dozens or hundreds of detonating talismans commanded by the technique of multiplying detonating talismans.


    Konan''s fighting style is so simple and rude, no matter what ninjutsu Terumi Mei and Gaara use, she will directly use the detonating charm to solve it.


    to be honest.


    Both Terumi Mei and Gaara were a little speechless.


    "I''m curious."


    Gaara looked at Xiaonan with a frown and said after watching his offensive be resolved again: "As Naraku Uehara''s former enemy, I know his strength very well; you are his teacher, so you should not only have these methods Bar?"


    "..."


    After Xiao Nan was silent for a while, he stretched out his palm and brushed his hair on the sideburns, but his face was still so cold and ruthless.


    Konan slowly stared at Gaara and Terumi Mei, and said in a cold voice: "To solve you, these means are enough."


    The reason why they have not flooded them with a large number of detonating symbols now is because Xiaonan must save her own chakra, and she will be the last line of defense to protect Nagato.


    Just when this side is still entangled.


    Tsunade has already arrived at the battlefield. She looked at the fierce battle between Nine Tails and the heretic golem, and said in a deep voice, "The most important battlefield is Nine Tails'' side. Send someone to summon the sealing squad to follow me!"


    "Yes, Hokage-sama."


    The Anbu ninja nodded, and hurried to summon the sealing squad.


    Teams of sealed ninjas rushed to Tsunade''s side, where they waited for the opportunity to attack, but the opportunity never came.


    above the central battlefield.


    The earth is shaking constantly.


    The heretic golem hit the ground with a fist, and flipped its palm to knock Nine Tails to the ground. Just as its palm was trying to restrain Nine Tails, an energy bomb shot out!


    When Nine-Tails used the help of the Outer Way Golem to avoid the energy bombs, he stood up and jumped out again, grinning at the Outer Way Golem: "Hmph, what a tough guy..."


    "What a hassle..."


    Nagato''s face was not good-looking either.


    Because the nine tails are too difficult to catch.


    Except for the attack of the outsider golem, other methods are simply scratching the itch for Kyuubi. Even if you use Shenluo Tianzheng to attack Kyuubi, you may be injured by the repulsion from the backlash!


    At this moment, Nagato felt a little regretful.


    If he was willing to follow Naraku Uehara''s suggestion, and after capturing and gathering the eight-tailed ox ghosts first, and then bringing the heretic golem to capture the nine-tails, it would definitely not be so troublesome.


    Now Nagato is really riding a tiger.


    Little did he know that Nine Tails on the other side was also very anxious.


    Because it is very aware of the thorniness of the outsider golem, this huge monster used to be the body shared by their tailed beast chakra, and it is very powerful.


    It is very easy for Nine Tails alone to draw a tie with the Golem of the Outer Way; but it is really a little difficult to defeat the Golem of the Outer Way.


    Well, more than a little.


    Because there is an equally threatening Nagato above the head of the heretic golem.


    If you don''t pay attention, you may be caught by the two of them. At that time, if you were included in the heretic golem, Kyuubi knew that he would really disappear!


    "We still need to use the body of that kid Uzumaki Naruto to fuse our two chakras..."


    Nine-tails stared at the huge heretic golem, and couldn''t help snorting: "Why is that brat so talkative, hasn''t he finished chatting with that woman, Kushina?"


    Inside the spiritual world.


    Kushina Uzumaki and Naruto Uzumaki met.


    Because it happened to coincide with Jiraiya''s death in battle, when Naruto Uzumaki was most irritable, in order to avenge Jiraiya, he completely opened the seal under the bewitching of Kyuubi.


    This time there was no obstruction from Namikaze Minato, but after the seal was completely opened, Uzumaki Naruto also saw his mother Uzumaki Kushina''s Chakra.


    Therefore, Uzumaki Naruto reported to his mother everything that happened in the Ninja World, including Uchiha Obito who created the Nine-Tails Rebellion, the Akatsuki organization that was wreaking havoc in the Ninja World to catch tailed beasts, and Jiraiya who had just died in battle. information.


    Just when they had just finished chatting and Uzumaki Kushina was sad, both mother and son heard what Kyuubi said, and couldn''t help but pull Kyuubi to the spiritual space curiously.


    Uzumaki Kushina and Uzumaki Naruto mother and son stood together, and they both watched the huge Kyuubi at the same time. The expressions of the mother and son were exactly the same, full of curiosity.


    Uzumaki Kushina looked at the huge Kyuubi, and stretched out her palm: "Hey, Kyuubi, we can chat as long as we want, it''s none of your business! Do you want to be tied up by me!"


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    "..."


    Oh shit!


    Kyuubi looked down at the mother and child.


    There was a trace of disgust in Nine Tails'' giant eyes.


    This pair of mother and son is really getting more and more annoying the more they look at each other!


    No matter how many times I watch it again, I still think this mother and son are really annoying!


    Kyuubi couldn''t help but glanced at Uzumaki Kushina, and said, "Hmph, then you can continue talking! After I''m extracted from the body of the little ghost Uzumaki Naruto, this little ghost will die and go to the underworld to reunite with you. At that time, you can chat as long as you want!


    "..."


    Uzumaki Kushina was silent for a moment.


    Naruto Uzumaki''s safety is the most important thing now, and there are powerful enemies outside.


    If you want to defeat the heretic golem and Nagato outside, Kyuubi and Uzumaki Naruto must work together to exert stronger power!


    Uzumaki Naruto scratched the back of his head and asked, "Is something wrong outside? Then my mother and I will seal you up again now, and I will continue to fight!"


    Damn, why do you still want to seal it!


    Kyuubi glanced at Uzumaki Naruto who said half a sentence, and said in a stern voice: "The enemy outside is an existence that even my full strength finds it difficult, kid, do you think you can do it?"


    "..."


    Uzumaki Naruto fell silent for a moment.


    Kyuubi snorted coldly, and said arrogantly: "Okay, I need your body to fight now, and then I will lend all my own chakra to you to control..."


    "Borrow what?"


    Uzumaki Kushina muttered in dissatisfaction: "Isn''t it natural for Jinchuriki to mobilize the tailed beast''s chakra? Kyuubi, what do you mean by your gifted appearance!"


    "asshole!"


    Kyuubi couldn''t help but gritted his teeth at Uzumaki Kushina, "Do you think this brat is you! As long as I don''t lend it to him, he won''t be able to get any power from me!"


    "..."


    Uzumaki Kushina suddenly pouted.


    As the former Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, Uzumaki Kushina really ruled Nine-Tails to death.


    Unexpectedly, after she died, Kyuubi, who had been restrained by her all this time, turned over.


    Kyuubi looked at the regret and displeasure on Uzumaki Kushina''s face, and couldn''t help baring her teeth: "Asshole woman, if you want your son to survive, let him go out and fight!"

 Chapter 296

    While in Uzumaki Kushina''s body, Kyuubi was also thinking.


    In fact, it is also a good choice to perish together, because it can be reborn, but it just takes a while to enjoy less blessings and commit crimes.


    It''s a pity that it couldn''t do it at that time, including dying.


    Uzumaki Kushina, the pure-blooded princess of the Uzumaki family, not only has a huge chakra in her body, but also is proficient in various messy sealing techniques, and can easily tie up the complete nine-tailed body in her body to clean up.


    Now that Kyuubi has changed to another landlord, they can all die together.


    However, there are heretic golems outside that can absorb its chakra. If this dies, there will be no chance to be reborn in the future!


    Kyuubi could only pinch his nose to recognize it, and planned to help Uzumaki Naruto temporarily, at least let him learn to borrow his own chakra first.


    "Then I''m going out!"


    Uzumaki Naruto closed his fist violently.


    The next moment, Uzumaki Naruto''s figure disappeared into this spiritual world, leaving only Uzumaki Kushina and Kyuubi still facing each other in this space.


    After seeing Uzumaki Naruto disappear, the tenderness on Uzumaki Kushina''s face gradually disappeared, and she became a mother who wanted to protect her child again in front of Kyuubi.


    "Nine tails."


    Uzumaki Kushina stared at Nine-Tails with a gloomy look in his eyes and said, "I can see that the hatred in your body seems to be getting deeper and deeper!"


    Kyuubi''s gaze was also somewhat gloomy and he said: "If it wasn''t for you Jinchuriki, why do you think hatred would swell!"


    How happy it was in the Land of Fire back then!


    Because there is a huge chakra in Kyuubi''s body, no one in the whole ninja world dares to provoke it. He can eat whatever he wants every day and play however he wants.


    Until one day, a guy named Uchiha Madara appeared in the ninja world.


    This guy named Uchiha Madara used illusion to control it and had a fight with a bastard named Senjujuma. As a result, Uchiha Madara lost his own people, and he pitted it before he died. Tail has since started his career as a tenant.


    How could the hatred of Nine Tails not expand!


    Uzumaki Kushina obviously understood this too, she sighed faintly and said: "Forget it, these are old things, let''s get along well with Naruto in the future! I just have Chakra left, help you solve it Get rid of these hated Chakras!"


    "Are you still human?"


    Kyuubi gritted his teeth fiercely, stared at Uzumaki Kushina in front of him, and cursed: "You bastard woman, don''t you know that the stronger the hatred of the tailed beast, the stronger our power will become? ?¡±


    "You''re going the wrong way."


    Uzumaki Kushina''s eyes were cold.


    At this moment, she is a strong-willed mother.


    Kushina Uzumaki stared coldly at the blood-like Chakra bubbles gradually emerging from Kyuubi''s body, and said coldly: "These hateful and evil Chakras will affect Naruto and make Naruto fall into darkness... "


    "The darkness in that kid''s heart has been born!"


    Kyuubi''s eyes gradually widened, staring closely at Kushina Uzumaki, and said in a gloomy voice: "Kushina Uzumaki, do you think your son has experienced the same life as you?


    That kid has been isolated and brainwashed since he was a child, and he didn''t discover the truth of his life experience and the world until he was twelve years old. If it wasn''t for that bastard Namikaze Minato that day, he would have merged with me long ago! "


    "..."


    Uzumaki Kushina was silent for a while.


    After a while, Uzumaki Kushina shook his head suddenly and said: "No matter what you say, my decision will not change! Naruto''s darkness, I believe he will break it by himself, but your hatred and evil, absolutely Can''t stay and grow! King Kong blockade!"


    After finishing speaking, Uzumaki Kushina closed her palms, and countless golden chains spread out from her body, tightly inserted into Kyuubi''s body!


    The next moment, these golden chains forcibly pulled out another Nine-Tails with an even more terrifying appearance from Kyuubi''s body. Its body was full of blood-red bubbles!


    Uzumaki Kushina''s palm suddenly covered the body of the Nine-Tails, and said in a deep voice: "Nine-Tails, let me use the last Chakra to die with your hatred!"


    Uzumaki Kushina tried her best, swung her fist, and slammed it on the hated Nine-Tails body, smashing it into pieces with one punch!


    As for the real Kyuubi in the mental space, seeing his hatred and Uzumaki Kushina die together, he began to curse: "Uzumaki Kushina, you are still such an idiot!


    As long as the Tailed Beast doesn''t identify with Jinchuriki, even if our hatred dissipates now, it will regenerate sooner or later! "


    It''s a pity that Uzumaki Kushina can''t hear it anymore.


    In this space, only the lonely Kyuubi was left.


    After a long time, Nine Tails slowly closed his claws, lowered his head and said, "Forget it, let''s take it as the price for killing you all back then, and I will forgive you this time."


    Outside the battlefield.


    The huge nine-tailed real body began to shrink gradually.


    Just as everyone was watching in amazement that Kyuubi''s body was shrinking rapidly, until it finally turned into a Uzumaki Naruto covered in a golden chakra coat!


    "That is¡­"


    Tsunade looked at this scene in disbelief, staring at Naruto Uzumaki who reappeared, this kid who reappeared is too amazing!


    The surging chakra momentum swept everything around almost instantly!


    No matter who sees Naruto Uzumaki''s current state, he can''t help but feel a little shocked. The golden chakra coat is completely different from the blood-red tail beast coat in the past, and it is more terrifying than that chakra coat.


    Especially Uzumaki Naruto''s current state is very rational.


    When Uzumaki Naruto saw Tsunade''s figure, he waved his palm towards her: "Grandma Tsunade! It''s me!"


    "..."


    Sensing the breath of Uzumaki Naruto, Tsunade relaxed his mind a little bit: "Naruto...has he finally managed to control Kyuubi?"


    Now Konoha has renewed hope of victory.


    No, at least, Konoha can control the situation of one of them.


    Because the enemy Nagato standing in front of them still had that arrogant look on his face, it seemed that Naruto Uzumaki could successfully transform into a tailed beast mode, and it didn''t make any difference to him.


    Nagato looked down at Naruto Uzumaki who was wearing a golden chakra coat, and said in a low voice, "If you were a tailed beast, maybe I would really think it would be a little troublesome, but if you are in Jinchuriki state, then I will not be polite. I completely accepted Nine-Tails'' Chakra!"


    Nagato suddenly stretched out his palm in the direction of Uzumaki Naruto, and shouted in a deep voice: "Wanxiang Tianyin!"


    A majestic gravitational force emanated from Nagato''s palm!


    Uzumaki Naruto''s body flew towards them involuntarily, but this time he didn''t panic at all, golden palms emerged from the body of the golden chakra coat, and spiral pills quickly condensed!


    When these golden palms approached Nagato, they suddenly wanted to press the spiral pill in their hands on Nagato''s body!


    "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    Nagato had no choice but to change his spell, and the repulsive force was suddenly activated from his hand, and it was about to blow Naruto Uzumaki away!


    Only this time, the power of the Shenluo Tianzheng he used was too small!


    Uzumaki Naruto''s giant chakra gripped tightly on the golem of the heretics, resolutely contending with the Shinra Tenseki released by Nagato!


    The next moment, Shenluo Tianzheng''s repulsion rebounded, and Nagato flew out first!


    It''s just that Nagato didn''t give up easily, and controlled the heretic golem to slap the Uzumaki Naruto who was caught on it directly!


    "Is this the power you got?"


    Nagato stood up slowly, staring at Naruto Uzumaki standing up at the same time in the distance, and said calmly: "It''s really an interesting power... However, this power is only interesting."


    "yes?"


    Uzumaki Naruto patted his palm indifferently, waved his hand and pointed to the distance, and suddenly said: "I can feel that there are other people spying on this battlefield... Are those people also members of Akatsuki? Spying on you, or spying on us?"


    "Ok?"


    Nagato couldn''t help but follow the direction he pointed.


    The location they were looking at was exactly where Uehara Naraku and the others were hiding.


    Watching area.


    Uehara Naraku''s palm instantly rested on Namikaze Minato''s body, and the two of them suddenly disappeared on the battlefield, leaving only two people, Yakushito and Uchiha Obito.


    "Almost forgot, the Nine-Tails Chakra Mode can sense malice."


    Uehara Naraku left only one sentence before leaving, and said softly: "Whoever has malicious intentions towards Uzumaki Naruto, let him deal with it! Anyway, I am a kind person, and I have no malicious intentions!"


    The pharmacist who was left behind said: "..."


    Obito Uchiha who was left behind: "..."


    Obviously you are full of malice towards everyone in the ninja world!


    Just when Yakushido and Uchiha Obito felt helpless, Uehara Naraku''s new order came from Uchiha Obito''s mouth.


    "Okay, now that you''ve been discovered, it''s your turn to appear!"


    Now that they have been discovered, let''s take this opportunity to join the battlefield. Anyway, this battle is almost coming to an end.


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    After Yao Shidou answered, he slowly pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose, stood up slowly, and revealed his own figure; while Obito Uchiha, who was hiding beside Yao Shidou, also stood up slowly, revealed his figure.


    These two people who have been hiding around here since the Battle of Konoha started, finally showed their figures.


    next moment.


    Uchiha Obito stretched out his palm, grabbed Yakushido''s body, and led him into the space of Kamui.


    on the battlefield.


    A space-time vortex slowly opens.


    Uchiha Obito and Yakushidou appeared successively.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Seeing this scene, Nagato frowned slightly. He didn''t look at Obito Uchiha, his old enemy, but stared at Yakushidou, and said in a deep voice: "Obito Uchiha, you are sent by Uchiha Obito to join Akatsuki. spy!"


    "Really..."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, smiled lightly and said, "I didn''t expect to be discovered by the leader at this time!"


    Yao Shidou''s smile grew bigger and bigger, and he continued with a smile: "However, I''m not a spy for Mr. Obito, I''m just going to be an undercover agent for Mr. Orochimaru."


    "Orochimaru¡­"


    After this name appeared, everyone frowned involuntarily. Both Konoha and Nagato obviously hated this name very much.


    Tsunade slowly clenched his fist, walked up, and said in a deep voice: "It seems that the rumor that Orochimaru died in the experiment has always been a lie released by you!


    A scourge can last for thousands of years. Sure enough, how could that bastard Orochimaru die so easily! "


    "hehe¡­"


    Pharmacist tickled the corner of his mouth, smiled and spread out his palm and said, "But if I don''t do this, how can I successfully join Akatsuki?"


    Yao Shidou said this, looked at Nagato with a smile and said, "Would you like to recall, who is the person who recommended me to join Akatsuki?"


    "Uehara misjudged you..."


    Nagato''s complexion was a little ugly.


    If he remembered correctly, Naraku Uehara recruited many people for Akatsuki, and these guys who were not loyal enough would definitely have problems!


    But Yao Shidou couldn''t help but pushed his glasses, and continued with a smile: "No, it should be said that Naraku Uehara misjudged you... He often publicizes your strength and your dreams, and has worked hard to attract a lot of people. people!"


    When Yao Shidou said this, he couldn''t help but looked around, and continued: "It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku recruited so many people to join Akatsuki for the leader, but the leader doesn''t seem to bring other people with him. come?"


    Pharmacist looked at Nagato with an ugly face, and continued with a smile: "I''m really glad... If only the leader himself is not left now, I would not dare to appear here!"

 Chapter 297

    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    What the pharmacist said was half true and half false.


    Nagato couldn''t help frowning, and now he had to admit that he acted too hastily this time, which resulted in him fighting alone now.


    All the Six Paths of Penn were destroyed, and when the main body was still entangled with Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, the enemy Uchiha Obito appeared.


    There is even a pharmacist who is a spy lurking in Akatsuki.


    The situation seems to be a little bit uneasy...


    The Sharingan under Uchiha''s Obito mask stared at Nagato, and said in a gloomy voice: "Nagato, I have always placed high hopes on you... When you betrayed me because of that kid Uehara, you should have thought Today!"


    "Shut up."


    Nagato frowned, looked at Obito Uchiha and said without hesitation: "Uehara is Akatsuki''s successor, when you wanted to kill Uehara, we had already become enemies !"


    "Don''t be so impatient!"


    The pharmacist smiled and closed his palms, and said softly: "Master, why don''t you continue to capture Nine-Tails Jinchuriki first? Let''s talk about things between us later?"


    "..."


    This is too false!


    How could there be such a person as a pharmacist!


    Whether it was Tsunade, Uzumaki Naruto or Nagato, the faces of the three couldn''t help but become ugly. Even if a new enemy appeared, the hostile relationship between them remained unchanged.


    The situation on the battlefield suddenly became subtle.


    Tsunade clenched his fists tightly, stared at Yakushidou and Uchiha Obito, and said in a deep voice, "Are you here for Naruto too?"


    "No."


    Uchiha Obito shook his head, nodded again and said: "The Nine-Tails in Uzumaki Naruto''s body is only part of the reason, I don''t care about temporarily storing Nine-Tails'' Chakra on this brat..."


    A red glow flashed in Uchiha Obito''s writing wheel eyes, he looked at Nagato, stared at Nagato''s reincarnation eyes, and said: "I appeared here to take back the eyes that Nagato once gave! "


    Uchiha Obito''s figure suddenly rushed to Nagato, stretched out his hand to grab the reincarnation eyes on Nagato, and said coldly: "Thank you Konoha for helping me solve the Six Paths of Payne, otherwise, I would not Dare to attack him rashly!"


    "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    Nagato''s palm subconsciously protruded, and a repulsive force burst out from his side, but Uchiha Obito''s figure easily passed through the repulsive force and continued to grab his body!


    Nagato''s face changed.


    The next moment, after Nagato turned over to avoid Uchiha Obito''s attack, his figure suddenly floated out of thin air, appearing above the head of the Golem of the Outer Way.


    Uchiha Obito snorted coldly, he turned over and walked along the body of the Outer Way Golem, and after a few vertical jumps, he appeared on the Outer Way Golem''s shoulder, no matter what attack the Outer Way Golem launched, it couldn''t hurt him!


    Obito Uchiha stood on the shoulder of the heretic golem, looked at Nagato and said contemptuously, "Do you think you can escape?"


    "..."


    A mechanical arm slowly emerged from behind Nagato, and it turned into a machine gun in the blink of an eye. Nagato''s voice gradually calmed down: "Obito Uchiha, do you think you can challenge me? In front of the eyes, no one is a match for the eyes of the immortal!"


    "Hahahahaha..."


    Obito Uchiha smiled gloomyly, and snorted coldly: "I don''t know what to say, the sage''s eyes you think are just the end of the evolution of the Uchiha clan!"


    Obito Uchiha looked at Nagato and said in a cold voice: "It seems that you are still occupying it now, but in fact you have reached a dead end! Every time you use the ability of the reincarnation eye, it will consume your life, right?"


    "..."


    Nagato''s heart tightened.


    This matter has always been his most troublesome problem.


    Even if Uehara Naraku has been treating him, it can only make his body gradually recover to its peak, and it cannot replenish the life he has consumed at all.


    Even now after transplanting the cells from Senshou Zhujian, he just feels that every time he uses the reincarnation eye, the burden on his body is indeed reduced, and the consumption of chakra is also reduced, but his lifespan is also constantly being consumed.


    "Because those eyes belong to Uchiha Madara."


    Obito Uchiha told the secret without hesitation, and he continued calmly: "Those eyes are stored on your body, just to preserve his vitality, and by the way, to let you resurrect Uchiha Madara with reincarnation." That''s all!"


    "..."


    Nagato''s face changed.


    At this moment, his face was extremely ugly.


    Because of these immortal eyes, he always thought that he was the real chosen one, that he would definitely be able to become a real god, and that he would definitely bear greater responsibilities.


    Everything he does now is because of the confidence brought by these eyes of reincarnation. Without these eyes, he is just an ordinary Yuyin boy!


    Nagato suppressed the shock in his heart, stared at Obito Uchiha coldly, tried his best to calm down his voice: "Nonsense..."


    Nagato guessed in his heart that what Uchiha Obito said was true.


    The Innate Art of Reincarnation is the biggest secret.


    Except for the users of the reincarnation eye, there will definitely be no more people who know this forbidden technique that can bring the dead back to life, unless someone tells him this technique.


    Moreover, when Uchiha Obito was active in the Akatsuki organization as a mysterious masked man, he also claimed to be Uchiha Madara. It seems that he was very familiar with the power of the reincarnation eye more than once.


    "Nagato..."


    Uchiha Obito didn''t care about Nagato''s words, but said calmly: "What I said is true or false, you should be very clear in your heart!"


    After Uchiha Obito finished saying this, a red light flashed in his eyes suddenly: "For the sake of your dying, let me tell you! The plan of the ultimate weapon is fake, the real plan is to become god¡­"


    Uchiha Obito kicked the alien golem under his feet, and his voice gradually became a little cold: "Only the Uchiha clan can load the eyes of reincarnation without pressure, bear the power of all tailed beasts, and become the ruler of this ninja world." God!"


    "..."


    Nagato''s expression remained calm.


    Even though his heart was already in a storm, his face was still very calm at this moment. The news he got today was too astonishing.


    For so many years.


    Nagato has been insisting on the ultimate weapon plan.


    Even Konan and Uehara Naraku have been supporting him. This is the dream of their real members. By making the ultimate weapon, the ninja world will become peaceful under the deterrence of the ultimate weapon.


    Someone negates their plan.


    Someone suddenly told him that they were all just pawns for other people to become gods.


    If all this is false...then what is the purpose of their efforts all the time, those who sacrificed for this, those who were killed by them, and the wars they started for this are all wrong!


    Especially in the past two years, they have never stopped fighting.


    Almost every big country in the ninja world has been destroyed by the Akatsuki organization led by Uehara Naraku, the purpose is only to collect tail beasts and spread Akatsuki''s deterrence...


    Just today, Uehara Naraku also sent him news that he had just destroyed a Yunyin Village and captured the Eight-tailed Jinzhuriki of Yunyin Village...


    Nagato''s fingers pinched little by little.


    He suddenly remembered that Xiao Nan had hoped that Uehara Naraku would never have any connection with the Akatsuki organization, but simply wanted to be the leader of Yuyin Village, and let Uehara Naraku live brightly instead of them.


    As a result, because he spoiled Naraku Uehara too much, he not only persuaded Naraku Uehara many times in front of Xiaonan, but also often assigned Naraku Uehara some commanding tasks, and let Naraku Uehara completely destroy Caoyin Village, almost shaking Konoha and Rock The War in the Hidden Village...


    The darkness involved with Uehara Naraku is too deep!


    No matter how I wash it now, it can''t be cleaned!


    While Nagato was thinking wildly on top of the heretic golem, Obito Uchiha seemed to want to see his pain and struggle, instead of making a move, he caressed his mask leisurely.


    When they communicate above.


    The battle below has begun.


    Tsunade waved his fist and rushed towards Yakushidou, and asked in a cold voice, "Yakushidou, where is that bastard Orochimaru!"


    "How can I tell you such a secret!"


    Yakushi dodged Tsunade''s fist with a dodge, watching the earth being punched by Tsunade to create a huge crack, his eyes couldn''t help twitching.


    Fortunately, Yao Shidou now has some trump cards, and some are strength and challenge against Tsunade. After avoiding Tsunade''s attack, he pushed his glasses and smiled lightly: "Master Orochimaru is in a very safe place, no matter who it is There is nowhere to find him!"


    Even if it is killed, it cannot be killed.


    Because Orochimaru''s current Yaqi Orochi is his soul body, unless someone is good at soul techniques or sealing techniques, it is possible to solve Orochimaru.


    What''s more, Longdi Cave is also very secretive.


    Tsunade slowly clenched his fist, and said sharply: "When I beat you to the last breath, I believe you will definitely say it!"


    "yes?"


    Pharmacist Dou slowly closed his palms, and said with a light smile, "Then let me try the quality of Lord Fifth Hokage! Ninja and psychic art!"


    A coffin floated up from Medicine Master''s hands!


    A watermelon-headed ninja in green tights came out of the coffin. He slowly opened his eyes, looked at the people present and scratched his head: "Aha, so I''m not dead yet?"


    It was Maitekai who had just been reincarnated from the dirt!


    "yes!"


    Yao Shidou suddenly raised his finger, smiled lightly and said, "Because of a kind person like me, you can be resurrected!"


    "Kay..."


    Tsunade''s fists were clenched subconsciously, and he looked at Yao Shidou with resentment on his face: "He just sacrificed, did you bastards disturb his soul!"


    "Senior Thick Eyebrows!"


    Uzumaki Naruto also watched all this in amazement, his eyes slowly moved to Yao Shidou, and a spiral pill appeared in his hand: "Grandma Tsunade, help me stop the thick eyebrows, I will Get rid of this guy!"


    "..."


    Tsunade nodded slowly.


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Medicine Master''s pocket, and there was some unconcealable anger in his eyes: "Desecrate these heroes who died fighting for the village...I will never let you go!"


    "Don''t worry too much..."


    Pharmacist raised his finger on his lips, and said with a light smile, "Naruto Uzumaki, even I don''t want to face your current state easily, so I specially asked Mr. Orochimaru to carefully prepare it for you. I have lost an enemy!"


    Facing Uzumaki Naruto in Nine-Tails mode, Yakushidou was indeed struggling.


    After Yao Shidou finished speaking, a Kunai symbolized by the Sword of Endurance suddenly landed between Yao Shidou and Uzumaki Naruto...


    The next moment, a figure wearing the same golden-tailed chakra coat as Naruto Uzumaki suddenly appeared in front of everyone!


    It is the fourth generation of Naruto Namikaze Minato!


    "Sorry, Naruto."


    Namikaze Minato held his Flying Raijin Kunai in his short hands, looked up at Uzumaki Naruto, a flash of apology flashed across his face: "I didn''t expect that we would meet in this situation..."

 Chapter 298

    When Namikaze Minato reappeared, everyone''s expressions changed slightly, and Naruto Uzumaki was a little shocked.


    Tsunade frowned slightly. In fact, she had already guessed the possibility of Namikaze Minato appearing, because Minato had appeared once before.


    "That bastard Orochimaru!"


    Tsunade slammed his fist on the ground, and looked at Yao Shidou with a cold face: "Is it a person to let a father and son who have never met face each other kill each other, and he did such a thing?"


    "You can''t say that."


    Yao Shidou smiled slightly at the corner of his mouth, spread his palms and said, "This is the kindness of Master Orochimaru. If it wasn''t for Master Orochimaru, would Naruto-kun have a chance to meet his father? Master Tsunade would have Is there a chance to meet the Second Hokage-sama?"


    Tsunade''s expression became more and more ugly, and her face was almost dripping with water: "You bastards who blaspheme the souls of the dead are still talking nonsense..."


    "What we said has always been true."


    Medicine Master folded his palms together, smiled lightly and said, "If Tsunade-sama wants to see Jiraiya-sama revived, I can help..."


    "..."


    Tsunade gritted his teeth.


    Her heart beat violently.


    After hesitating for a second, Tsunade raised his fist and rushed towards the pharmacist''s pocket, but was stopped by Maitkai next to him!


    Maitekai kicked up to stop the rushing Tsunade, and he continued to launch his own attacks while explaining: "Master Hokage...Sorry...I''m not...I can''t control my actions..."


    "I see."


    Tsunade raised his arm to block Kai''s attack, and at the same time ordered loudly: "Hey, people from the sealing class come here!"


    "Yes, Hokage-sama!"


    Konoha ninjas holding the sealing scrolls rushed up one by one.


    However, before they rushed here, a Kunai suddenly appeared around them, and golden lights flashed in an instant!


    Before anyone else could react, these ninjas from the sealed class held their throats and fell down one by one... In just two or three seconds, these ninjas from the sealed class were completely killed, even No one else reacted.


    There is only one ninja present who can have this speed.


    The palm of Namikaze Minato trembled slightly, and the Hiraishen Kunai in his hand was bleeding, and there was a bitterness of grief on his face: "I''m sorry...I..."


    "Dad, it''s not your fault."


    Uzumaki Naruto took a long breath, and stood in front of Namakaze Minato, he slowly clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "It''s all Orochimaru''s fault! I won''t let that bastard go!" ..."


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato shook his head with a wry smile.


    At this moment, he has no way to explain all this.


    Because the people who are manipulating all this behind the scenes will not allow him to say a single word. As long as he dares to make any changes, the three of them will be able to reunite in the ninja world.


    A family reunion of three sounds great.


    It''s just that at that time, it should be the parents who beat the son together.


    After Namikaze Minato sighed, his face gradually became serious. He looked at his son and said softly: "Naruto... come on! Let me tell you, the Kyuubi Chakra Mode and Kyuubi Chakra Mode The difference in Lama mode..."


    A small jet-black tailed beast jade appeared in Namikaze Minato''s hand, his figure disappeared instantly, and suddenly appeared beside Uzumaki Naruto: "When you can understand each other with the Kurama in your body, you can Truly integrated with the Nine Lamas!"


    The Tailed Beast Jade in Namikaze Minato''s hand suddenly pressed down!


    A giant golden chakra hand suddenly emerged from Naruto Uzumaki''s body, about to block the rushing Namikaze Minato!


    However, the Tailed Beast Jade easily defeated the giant Chakra hand, and an explosion sounded, and Naruto Uzumaki was blown away neatly!


    "This is... Tailed Beast Jade?"


    A look of surprise flashed across Uzumaki Naruto''s face.


    Namikaze Minato nodded calmly, he was still a little surprised why Uehara Naraku didn''t stop him from teaching Uzumaki Naruto the method of becoming a perfect Jinchuriki.


    But since Uehara Naraku didn''t stop him, Namikaze Minato simply took this opportunity to give his son extra lessons: "Kurama is the name of Kyuubi. When you really understand each other with it, you will be connected with each other. Use each other''s power..."


    Namikaze Minato''s arm suddenly stretched out, turned into a giant golden fox claw, and grabbed Naruto Uzumaki directly: "The renjuriki in this state is the so-called perfect renjuriki!"


    Uzumaki Naruto was sent flying with one claw!


    far away.


    Naraku Uehara controlled Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito remotely, he tilted his head, and personally put his will down on Namikaze Minato''s spiritual world: "Fourth Hokage, pay attention to your own proportions, that''s Your own son..."


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato was completely at a loss.


    What the hell are you talking about? Could it be that the person who is manipulating him to fight Uzumaki Naruto now is not Uehara Naraku, an incompetent bastard?


    It''s just that the current Naruto Uzumaki is indeed not his father''s opponent.


    Namikaze Minato in the perfect Jinchuriki state can use any power of Nine Tails including Tailed Beast Jade, while Uzumaki Naruto''s Nine Tails mode can only simply borrow Nine Tails'' Chakra at will.


    Uzumaki Naruto, who was originally somewhat ambitious, was a little hit at this moment. Fortunately, Uzumaki Naruto already knew from his father the path he was going to take in the future.


    It''s just that after Uzumaki Naruto was blown away by Namakaze Minato again, Yang Jiuwei who was hidden in Uzumaki Naruto finally couldn''t hold back: "Little ghost, you are no match if this continues, lend me your body temporarily! Let me Come deal with him!"


    Uzumaki Naruto: "..."


    To be honest, Uzumaki Naruto felt that Kyuubi wanted to take the opportunity to retaliate.


    More than ten years ago, during the Kyuubi Rebellion, the whole Kyuubi was cut into two halves by Namikaze Minato, half of which was Yin Kyuubi, which was sealed in his body by Namikaze Minato; the other half was Yang Kyuubi, He was sealed in his son''s body by Namikaze Minato.


    Kyuubi must want revenge.


    It''s just that Naruto Uzumaki really has no power to fight back against his father now. In the face of the crisis that failure may lead to the destruction of Konoha... Naruto Uzumaki temporarily lent his body to Jiu tail.


    mental space.


    "I leave it to you, Nine Lamas, right?"


    Uzumaki Naruto scratched the back of his head.


    Kyuubi''s mouth couldn''t help but twitched, and he snorted coldly: "Hmph, that guy Namikaze Minato is really talkative!"


    Because Namikaze Minato told Uzumaki Naruto its name, Kyuubi couldn''t help secretly hating that guy''s talkativeness.


    After saying this, Kyuubi looked at Naruto Uzumaki curiously again: "You trust me so much, aren''t you afraid that I will take your body away?"


    "Not afraid."


    Uzumaki Naruto shook his head, and said softly, "Because Dad said just now that you and I should trust and understand each other..."


    After saying this, Uzumaki Naruto opened his mouth and added: "Even if you take my body away, I can take it back from your hands... Nine Lamas, the current me is very strong!"


    Nine Tails: "..."


    In vain it was really moved for a second just now!


    This Uzumaki Naruto is as much of a nuisance as his mother!


    on the battlefield.


    Naruto Uzumaki''s Chakra changed again, and the huge red body of Nine Tails reappeared again. This behemoth once again appeared on the battlefield!


    Kyuubi slapped Namikaze Minato on the ground with one paw, grinned and said in a low voice, "Hmph, Minato, it''s time to change people!"


    "That''s it..."


    Namikaze Minato nodded calmly.


    The next moment, Namikaze Minato''s body also suddenly turned into a golden nine-tailed body, facing the attack of the red nine-tailed one, he rushed forward, and the two huge nine-tailed ones immediately fought into a ball!


    This battle is getting more and more intense!


    No matter how fierce the situation on the battlefield was, he still did not escape Naraku Uehara''s control. He was still monitoring the situation of the battle as if watching a play.


    Obito Uchiha and Nagato are still confronting each other.


    Tsunade and Metkai, who was reincarnated from the dirt, had already stopped their hands, and the two watched the two huge nine-tailed battles with vigilance.


    Perhaps because of the perfect renchu ??power, Namikaze Minato seems to be better at controlling Yin Kyuubi. With the help of a technique of Flying Thunder God, he released a tricky Tailed Beast Jade, directly knocking Yang Kyuwei to the ground!


    After the defeat of the Yang Nine-Tails, he had no choice but to retract into Naruto Uzumaki''s body, cursing and providing Chakra to Naruto Uzumaki again.


    Just as Uehara Naraku was monitoring everything on the battlefield and was very happy watching the battle of the Nine Tails, the system panel suddenly reminded him that he had completed a task.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Yang Nine Tails (1/1), the task has been completed, and the passive talent skill Yang Power will be rewarded.


    Yang Power: You can freely drive the Yang attribute chakra, create and use Yang escape ninjutsu at will, and give life. It is one of the components of the Taoist jade.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually changed.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched.


    Who can tell him why after Namikaze Minato defeated Yang Kyuubi, the system specially rewarded him with the power of Yang!


    Wait, this situation seems to be very normal!


    In this world, the nine tails in Naruto Uzumaki''s stomach have always been the protagonist!


    Uehara Naraku slowly rubbed his forehead, what Uchiha Madara, what Senju Hashirama, no matter how popular they are, can they still be as good as Kyuubi?


    What Uchiha Madara Senju Hashirama, what Ashura Indra''s reincarnation, apart from their ability to hang up and fight Kyuubi, what else can they compare with Kyuubi?


    In vain Uehara Naraku was still guessing before...


    Whether to defeat Uchiha Sasuke in peak state or Uchiha Madara, whether to defeat Uzumaki Naruto in peak state or defeat Senju Hashirama, will you get the power of yin and yang...


    Didn''t expect the answer to be so close!


    After defeating Yang Nine-Tails, it is not surprising that he will gain the power of Yang!


    Originally Uehara Naraku just wanted to watch a father-son duel between Namikaze Minato and Uzumaki Naruto, and by the way watched a battle between Yang Kyuubi and Yin Kyubi.


    Unexpectedly, what he got was the power of yang!


    So how to obtain Yin power?


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Namikaze Minato.


    No, it should be said that it is Yin Jiuwei in Namikaze Minato''s body.


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead, and when he was about to call Namikaze Minato back immediately, Nagato''s voice suddenly came from the ring on his hand: "Uehara, Xiaonan will leave it to you, and I will protect you in the future." Teacher..."

 Chapter 299

    Nagato finally chose to accept the reality and all the truth. He wanted to exhaust his life and solve the hidden danger of Obito Uchiha.


    It''s just that before the final battle with Uchiha Obito, Nagato has to arrange his own affairs. Fortunately, he has already prepared to face this day.


    And Naraku Uehara has never failed to live up to his expectations.


    Therefore, Nagato chose to entrust Konan to Uehara Naraku before his death.


    "Master Nagato."


    Uehara Naraku''s chakra was injected into the ring, and his voice was a little more hesitant: "Why do you say that, did something happen to you?"


    "..."


    There was no echo from within the ring.


    Nagato didn''t say much to Uehara Naraku, because he had to arrange for Konan, who was still fighting on the other side, to evacuate immediately.


    on the battlefield.


    Nagato''s finger stood on his lips, and through the ring on his hand, he contacted Konan who was still entangled with Fifth Kazekage and Fifth Mizukage.


    "Xiao Nan."


    Nagato''s fingers trembled slightly, and then slowly regained his composure: "Xiaonan, now you leave the battlefield here and go back to Yuyin Village."


    "what?"


    Xiaonan frowned and thought for a second, then suddenly said: "Nagato, what''s wrong with you, I''ll get rid of these two people immediately, and rush over to join you."


    "There''s no need for that anymore."


    After Nagato thought for a while, he said in a deep voice, "Xiaonan, follow my order and leave this battlefield immediately and return to Yuyin Village."


    "..."


    Xiao Nan on the other side of the ring was silent.


    Obviously, Xiaonan''s intuition is more acute than Nagato imagined.


    After a while, Xiaonan suddenly said: "Nagato, these are meaningless words, we will never abandon our companions until we die... Tell me, what happened, you have never treated us lie."


    "..."


    After pondering for a while, Nagato said softly, "Yes, because I am going to use a powerful spell that I have never used before. If you stay on the battlefield, I will be more worried that you may suffer..."


    Since he has never lied, let him lie once!


    Once he told the truth, Xiao Nan would definitely not agree to his request.


    It''s just that before Nagato finished speaking, a piece of origami turned into a paper butterfly and appeared on his shoulder. At this moment, Nagato''s expression changed involuntarily.


    "Nagato, the way you lie is really full of loopholes..."


    Xiaonan''s voice came out from the paper butterfly: "Because you will never lie to us, you will tell us every spell of the reincarnation eye, Nagato, there is no need to say so much, let me come to the psychic together Let''s fight!"


    "..."


    Nagato shook his head, and said softly, "Xiaonan, and Uehara..."


    Xiaonan''s voice was firmer than ever before: "Nailuo is the fire seed of Akatsuki and Yuyin Village. It is because of him that we can fight with our lives."


    Nagato fell silent.


    At this moment, he vaguely felt that what Xiao Nan said was right, they already had a successor, so there would be no more worries!


    Xiaonan''s voice gradually calmed down, and he said coldly: "Nagato, don''t be too pessimistic... Immediately channel me to you. As for the truth, I have already found a way to pass it on to Uehara."


    "¡­yes."


    Nagato was persuaded again.


    The man is always so easily persuaded.


    Nagato stared fixedly at Obito Uchiha, and after looking at the battlefield again, he said loudly: "Your Excellency Fifth Hokage, I now announce that the war between Akatsuki and Konoha is over... Now I want to cleanse this ninja The hidden dangers of the world!"


    "..."


    Tsunade gritted his teeth.


    To be honest, she really didn''t want it to end like this!


    This bastard killed Kakashi, Maitekai, and Jiraiya, and many Konoha ninjas also died in the hands of Nagato.


    It''s a pity that the current situation is not good for Konoha.


    So Tsunade didn''t answer Nagato.


    Uzumaki Naruto frowned slightly.


    And on the other side of the battlefield.


    After Konan''s figure suddenly disappeared, Godai Kazekage Gaara and Godai Mizukage Terumimei looked at each other in confusion. Was this war a failure or a success?


    Terumi Mei and Gaara didn''t hesitate for too long, after thinking for a while, they rushed towards the final battlefield quickly.


    The final battlefield.


    Konan''s figure appeared beside Nagato along with a puff of smoke, and when she saw Obito Uchiha, she attacked Obito Uchiha without hesitation!


    Konan''s palms overlapped to form a piece of origami, and these origami were mixed with detonating symbols, and swept towards Obito Uchiha!


    "Uchiha Obito!"


    Xiaonan''s palm slowly raised, and countless origami wrapped around Obito Uchiha''s figure: "Eight years ago, when you attacked Naraku, your fate for today was already predetermined!"


    "Really..."


    Uchiha Obito held his mask, his body turned into nothingness, and said in a cold voice, "What a troublesome woman!"


    The next moment, Uchiha Obito''s figure blurred through the white paper, and rushed towards Konan and Nagato: "Obviously it''s just one person dying, but I didn''t expect two people to die together!"


    A big battle begins!


    Compared with Nagato''s Reincarnation Eye and Konan''s Paper Escape Secret Technique, Uchiha Obito''s divine power seems to be omnipotent!


    Nagato instantly lifted the psychic of the heretic golem!


    He and Konan were able to float into the air, watching Obito Uchiha fall to the ground, briefly taking advantage of the location.


    It''s just that this advantage doesn''t last too long.


    Because Uchiha Obito can also temporarily appear in the air with his own time and space spells, and he can even call for support at any time.


    The next moment, a space-time vortex appeared beside Nagato!


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Whether it is Xiaonan or Nagato, there is a gleam in the eyes of the two at the same time: "When Uchiha Obito uses the time-space technique to appear, his body must be a real body..."


    Here''s your chance!


    It''s a pity that it was not Obito Uchiha that appeared in the vortex of time and space, but the second generation of Naruto Senshoubojian who was reincarnated from the dirt, another enemy who is good at flying thunder magic!


    There are a lot of people stored in the Shenwei space!


    This move uses divine power to send out the Qianshoubeijian, which is really hard to guard against!


    The second Hokage Senshou Kaijian ignored Xiaonan''s stacking a pile of detonating symbols on his body, but appeared behind Nagato in an instant, and was about to grab Nagato''s shoulder with his hand!


    "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    The majestic repulsive force erupted from the palm of Nagato, instantly knocking Senshou Toujian into the air, and at the same time, Xiaonan''s countless detonating talismans blasted Senshou Token into pieces!


    The next moment, Qianshou Feijian''s body began to gather again.


    The property of Unscrupulous Reincarnation that he will never die makes him not need to be afraid of the power of the detonating talisman, because these two spells are originally used in combination!


    "Is it impossible to kill?"


    A black stick of yin and yang escape was condensed in Nagato''s hand, and he was about to shoot it towards Senshou who had temporarily recovered his body!


    However, an arm suddenly appeared and grabbed Nagato''s arm!


    It''s Obito Uchiha!


    "asshole¡­"


    Nagato could only dodge helplessly.


    The fierce confrontation between them can only draw a temporary pause.


    The melee on the ground is also breaking out, and the Namikaze Minato of the reincarnation of the soil is almost invincible, ravaging all the ninjas, whether it is Uzumaki Naruto who has just turned on the Nine-Tails mode, or other seal squads who want to seal him!


    "It''s troublesome..."


    Tsunade glanced at Senju Tomonama and Uchiha Obito who appeared, and then at the super-explosive Namikaze Minato on the battlefield on the ground, his brows frowned more and more tightly.


    The battle situation has reached a fever pitch.


    Konoha Village: Tsunade, Uzumaki Naruto, and Konoha Ninjas who keep coming in.


    Akatsuki Organization: Nagato, Konan.


    Behind the scenes: Yakushidou, Uchiha Obito, Dirty Reincarnation Maitekai, Dirty Reincarnation Thousand Hands, Dirty Reincarnation Namikaze Minato.


    What Tsunade didn''t expect was.


    The second wave of enemies they had to face was stronger than they had imagined, and they used the dirt reincarnator to blatantly suppress both Konoha and Nagato!


    It''s just that Pharmacist Douyou felt that it wasn''t intense enough.


    "Mr. Obito."


    The pharmacist looked at Obito Uchiha carefully, slowly closed his palms, and said with a light smile, "If the enemies in the air are difficult to deal with, I can help you arrange a companion who is good at flying!"


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Obito glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, snorted coldly and said: "Then hurry up! Orochimaru made you obey my orders all the way!"


    "OK."


    The next moment, the pharmacist formed a handprint of psychic art, and a smile gradually piled up on his face: "Ninjutsu, psychic art!"


    Another coffin floated out of the ground.


    A ninja who is good at flying, the Second Dokage, none.


    This war will become even more chaotic. When the second generation of Tukage joins the battlefield, Konan and Nagato''s air superiority will disappear.


    "Dust Escape ¡¤ The Art of Stripping the Original Realm!"


    A white ray of light bloomed in Nidai Dokage''s hand, and flew towards the direction of Nagato suddenly. This ray of light was so gorgeous that people dare not open their eyes to look directly at it!


    "Hungry Ghost Road!"


    Nagato waved his palm, using the ability of Hungry Ghost Road to absorb chakra, absorbing all of Dust Dun''s chakra, this kind of threat doesn''t need to be taken too seriously for him.


    The Second Dokagemu frowned suddenly and disappeared from their sight.


    Just when the faces of Nagato and Konan changed slightly, the second Tsuchikage appeared beside them in a hidden figure, and the second Tsuchikage Wu also carried the second Hokage''s mark of Flying Raijin on his body!


    It''s not as simple as 1+1 for these two guys to be together.


    The next moment, a Kunai shot at Nagato, and a loud shout sounded, and the figure in the Thousand Hands suddenly appeared beside Nagato!


    "Flying Thunder God Slash!"


    "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    Nagato waved his hand and released a repulsive force, which was about to knock the figure of Senshou Feijian into the air, but before the repulsive force could reach him, the figure of Senshou Feijian could not help but use Flying Thunder God again to disappear in Nagato''s before!


    Just when Nagato and Xiaonan looked alert, Wu''s figure quietly appeared behind Nagato, and Senshou Feijian also appeared beside him.


    These two guys appeared too suddenly!


    "Be careful!"


    The origami in Xiaonan''s hands is flying!


    It''s a pity that Nagato was kicked away by Senshou Banjian after all!


    Nagato suddenly fell from the sky, and Senshou Tomonen chased after him!


    Just as the kunai in Senshou''s hand was about to fall on Nagato, a figure wearing a golden chakra coat quickly appeared in midair, grabbed Nagato''s shoulder, and led him away from Senshou. Attack between the doors!


    "Hey, are you okay?"

 Chapter 300

    on the battlefield.


    No one thought of it.


    When Nagato was in the most danger, the person who saved him would be Naruto Uzumaki, who should be the one who hated Nagato the most.


    Even Tsunade was a bit unbelievable.


    "Why do you want to save me?"


    Nagato''s palms trembled slightly, and his eyes slowly stopped on Naruto Uzumaki who rescued him in front of him: "Naruto Uzumaki, I killed Hatake Kakashi and Jiraiya-sensei, you should treat me Hate it to the bone!"


    In any case, the person who saved him shouldn''t be Uzumaki Naruto!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Because Nagato knows about Uzumaki Naruto, Hatake Kakashi is the captain of Uzumaki Naruto, and Jiraiya is like a master to Uzumaki Naruto...


    Both of them died at his hands...


    No matter how you think about it, Uzumaki Naruto has no reason to save him.


    Even if they need to face the same person now, can Naruto Uzumaki overcome the hatred in his heart?


    "Didn''t you say that hatred is the most useless thing?"


    After Naruto Uzumaki shook his head indifferently, a trace of complexity gradually appeared on his face, he slowly spread out his palm and said: "Although you have killed many people, I actually want to kill you more than anyone else, I really want to kill you..."


    When Uzumaki Naruto said this, he even gritted his teeth subconsciously, but the next moment he sighed and said, "However, the lecherous fairy hopes that you can survive."


    "Teacher Ziraiya?"


    Nagato''s expression froze slightly.


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "The Lustful Immortal told me that he also wanted to kill you, the one who tried to destroy the world."


    While talking, Uzumaki Naruto turned his head and said in a low voice: "But then the lecherous fairy learned the truth, you are just a poor guy who was lured by other people to go astray."


    "So you pity me?"


    Nagato''s eyes froze slightly, fixedly staring at the person in front of him.


    When Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto learned the truth, they must have been secretly laughing at him! Laugh at him claiming to be a god, but in fact he is just a pawn of others!


    Unexpectedly, Uzumaki Naruto shook his head, and said softly: "I never think you are pitiful, and neither does the lecherous fairy. He just thinks that he should correct the mistakes of his disciples. This is what a teacher should do, even if he dies. Should do too..."


    When talking about this, Uzumaki Naruto suddenly raised his head and said: "My first teacher, Unno Iruka, I failed the ninja exam back then, and was lured by a traitor to steal the most important sealed book in the village.


    Later, Mr. Uno Iruka found out about this matter. Not only did he not hurt the disciple who made a big mistake, but he still tried his best to protect me... We are really lucky, we both have the same teacher. "


    After saying this, Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists tightly, and his expression gradually became a little ugly: "The only thing I didn''t expect is that the lecherous fairy really died in your hands...but he will definitely die in the end." I won''t blame you."


    "..."


    Nagato suddenly fell silent.


    After a long time, Nagato nodded slowly, glanced at everyone present, and said in a low voice, "Is that so...I see."


    "That''s good."


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded, and said in a deep voice: "Now you know the truth, right? We are facing a common enemy. Since you have survived, don''t die easily, live with the will of a lecherous fairy go down!"


    "..."


    Nagato remained silent.


    The next moment, Nagato glanced at Namikaze Minato and Senshou Higama who were coming towards them, and stretched out his palm.


    "Even if I am no longer a god, I will clear all the enemies in front of me and correct the mistakes of this world!"


    A majestic repulsive force suddenly erupted from his hands!


    A more intense battle broke out, and Nagato seemed to want his life, releasing the power in Samsara''s eyes!


    Namikaze Minato and Senshoubanjian used the Flying Thunder God Technique to escape the attack range of the repulsive force in an instant. It should not be too easy for the two of them to avoid the attack of Shenluo Tianzheng!


    However, with the outbreak of Nagato, the battle finally reached its climax completely!


    far away.


    Naraku Uehara was still manipulating all of this remotely. It was he who manipulated Senju Tomonama and Namikaze Minato to deliberately create an opportunity for Uzumaki Naruto to save people.


    "It really didn''t disappoint... Naruto Uzumaki."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his brows with his fingers, and said in a low voice: "At the beginning, I asked Uchiha Obito to confide the truth to Jiraiya, and I deliberately wanted to arouse Jiraiya''s sympathy, and asked him to guide Nagato-sama again. Thinking that Jiraiya would actually be killed...


    Forget it, but it doesn''t matter now, everything is proceeding according to the plan, it seems that even Zirai is dead, and his will will still pass on to you after all!


    Uzumaki Naruto, you really did not disappoint! "


    All this is Uehara Naraku behind the scenes manipulation.


    As a behind-the-scenes black hand, one cannot always use powerful strength and intelligence to induce and persecute others, but to use deep emotions to control all this can be called truly outstanding.


    Originally Naraku Uehara rescued Jiraiya just to use Jiraiya to let Nagato clean up. Unexpectedly, when things came to an end, it was Naruto Uzumaki who finally assumed the responsibility.


    "Let''s fight harder!"


    Naraku Uehara''s will fell on Obito Uchiha, Minakaze Minato, and Tomonama Senju in an instant. His will was extremely powerful in the spiritual world of these people, making it impossible for people to raise half the power to resist!


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, dragged his head with his palm, and said in a cold voice: "When you force them to the point where they cannot resist, then they will welcome their savior!"


    Namikaze Minato: "..."


    Between Thousand Hands: "..."


    Obito Uchiha: "..."


    The three people controlled by Uehara Naraku simply didn''t know what to say.


    Now that Konoha Ninja, Nagato, and Konan are completely at a disadvantage against these filthy people, will there be any reinforcements in the entire ninja world to save them?


    "Don''t think about it, I am their savior."


    Naraku Uehara ticked the corner of his mouth and showed a kind smile: "So this time I will give you a suitable opportunity to use your full strength to fight against me!"


    Uehara Naraku smiled and continued: "During this period of time, all the anger you have been controlled by me can be vented out. If anyone can defeat me, maybe I will give him a chance to release his dirty reincarnation."


    His smile made the three of them shudder.


    Namikaze Minato, Senju Tomona and Uchiha Obito were full of surprises, they didn''t expect Naraku Uehara to be so courageous!


    According to what the three of them know about each other, all three of them are good at time and space spells. Coupled with the invincible characteristics of the reincarnation of the dirty soil, if they are allowed to do their best, they will have the power to fight even if they encounter Senshou Zhujian , and even the chances of winning are not too low!


    Is this guy''s self-confidence too inflated?


    However, Uehara Naraku hooked the corners of his mouth again, and continued with a smile: "Who among you should inform Medicine Master Dou, so that he can also use his full strength to use the immortal mode, and let me test his combat power!"


    "..."


    After Pharmacist received the news, he was a little shocked.


    As the subordinate who knows Uehara Naraku best, Yakushi Doke is not at all like other people who think Uehara Naraku is a crazy and arrogant guy.


    Therefore, when Pharmacist Dou gave back the news, Pharmacist Dou''s voice even asked with some trepidation: "My lord, is there any dissatisfaction with what I did?"


    "No, I''m very satisfied."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, smiled and said, "Don''t you think it''s very interesting? These people are trying to hurt their old friends and companions, but I, the person who manipulates all this behind the scenes, is trying to save them..."


    Uehara Naraku held his chin and tapped his cheek with his fingers: "I''m really curious, if they know these things in the future, how will they feel?"


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Yao Shidou felt that their mood must not be too good. Thinking about it in this world, it is really ridiculously ironic!


    When Naraku Uehara opened his mouth and shut his mouth Hanzo-sama, who would have thought that this guy was the murderer who personally killed Sanshoyu Hanzo...


    Back then, Uehara Naraku opened his mouth to exterminate the members of the Akatsuki organization and closed their mouths to arrest the members who surrounded and killed Akatsuki. Who would have thought that this guy turned out to be the next generation leader of the Akatsuki organization...


    Now it seems to be another reincarnation!


    It is impossible for anyone to imagine it, right?


    A guy who is about to start a new life with Nagato and try his best to save people, but he is still the black hand behind all this?


    "Other than these..."


    Uehara Naraku opened his mouth softly and continued to explain: "I still need Hei Jue to continue to trust me. I happened to have a bloody battle with you, the traitor who betrayed Akatsuki and Moon Eye. Hei Jue will definitely continue and can only trust me!"


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t know how to complain.


    In this way, Naraku-sama seems to be scheming against Konoha, Nagato, Kuroze, and Orochimaru by the way?


    What is the brain of this boss!


    Then I can only hope that Master Naraku will act more gently in a while!


    Yaoshidou never thinks that he has the qualifications to challenge Uehara Naraku, because he knows very well who gave him everything he is now, and he has also seen Uehara Naraku blow up the third generation of Raikage, the second generation of Hokage and others with his own eyes.


    The strength of these people is definitely not weak.


    But they don''t seem to be qualified to fight in the hands of Uehara Naraku. Except for the legendary Uchiha Madara and Senju Hashirama, no one can be Uehara Naraku''s opponent.


    "never mind¡­"


    Pharmacist slowly pushed his glasses, controlled the second generation of Tsuchikagemu and Maitkai to continue to attack, a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "I just want to see how powerful Naraku-sama is. !"

 Chapter 301

    The battle is getting fiercer.


    The entire battlefield has become completely chaotic.


    Konoha ninjas joined the battlefield continuously, and were killed by the dirty ninjas in a steady stream. The characteristics of infinite chakra and infinite resurrection of the dirty soil reincarnated allowed them to attack unscrupulously.


    Even if the two powerful ninjas Nagato and Uzumaki Naruto joined forces, they still couldn''t stop their decline.


    Namikaze Minato, Uchiha Obito, and Senju Tobema, three ninjas who are good at time and space techniques, are elusive. Almost every time they make a move, everyone will immediately turn back to defend.


    This battle can''t help but make people feel desperate.


    "Day Tiger!"


    Maitekai''s reincarnated body could not open the ultimate mystery of the Eight Doors of Dunjia, but he could easily open the seven doors, and the seventh door''s mystery body art, Rihu, was suddenly pushed out by him!


    A blast of air turned into a white tiger, and it swept towards Nagato and the others, looking like it would choose someone to eat!


    This scene makes one''s scalp tingle!


    Nagato''s complexion was a little ugly. When he was fighting with the Konoha Ninja before, he also had to retreat in the face of the attack of the Hiratora. He didn''t expect that when he and the Konoha Ninjas faced the enemy together, they still had to face To the day tiger!


    This world is too nonsense!


    "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    Nagato''s hands suddenly pushed out a majestic repulsive force, and he used his ability of reincarnation eyes almost desperately to repel that huge white tiger air bomb!


    After Nagato repelled Hiruto, he turned his head to look at Uzumaki Naruto next to him: "Naruto, now I need to cool down for a long time when I use Shinra Tensei..."


    "clear."


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded solemnly, staring at Namikaze Minato, Uchiha Obito, Senju Banma and Mu, these guys will definitely not let this time go!


    Xiao Nan''s figure floated down from the sky, and detonating talismans floated around her, ready to sweep towards the enemy at any time!


    It''s a pity that her technique is too powerful if it is fully released, so I can only restrain my impulse temporarily, lest the detonating talisman accidentally injure friendly troops.


    "We must find a way to get rid of Yakushidou and Uchiha Obito."


    Xiaonan stared at the enemies present, and continued in a deep voice: "If this continues, the battle between us and these reincarnated ninjas will sooner or later be defeated due to exhaustion of Chakra!"


    "Then break through them!"


    Uzumaki Naruto slammed a spiral pill, and after forcing back the space between Namakaze Minato and Senshouban, he dodged and rushed towards the direction of the pharmacist''s pocket!


    It''s a pity that Uzumaki Naruto was stopped by his father Namikaze Minato again not long after rushing out!


    "Even if you get rid of the medicine bag, there is no way..."


    Tsunade shook his head, looked at everyone present, and said in a deep voice, "Because some of these filthy reincarnators are likely to be controlled by Orochimaru, so we can only seal these filthy ninjas first..."


    "But¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto turned his head to look at a group of sealed class ninjas who fell to the ground and died in battle, and said with an ugly face: "But those companions in the sealed class have already been killed by Dad and the others!"


    Because every time the ninjas of the sealing class rushed over, they would be killed by Namikaze Minato and Senju Tomonama. The speed of the two of them was so fast that others had no time to stop it from happening!


    Tsunade shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "It''s okay, I have also studied the sealing technique and the method of breaking the dirt and reincarnation, you can try to seal the enemy, the only problem is to control them..."


    This is the most troublesome.


    So far, the only time they have defeated the reincarnation of the dirt was when Nagato''s Shenluo Tianzheng defeated Senshoubanjian, and since then they have never had this opportunity again.


    It seems that Pharmacist Dou also knows this secret very well, and has been just fighting with them.


    Just when a group of people were at a loss, a voice also appeared in their ears: "If you need sealing techniques, I have also studied some sealing techniques in Hidden Sand Village, maybe I can try to help restrict their actions... "


    It was the fifth Kazekage Gaara and the fifth Mizukage Terumimei who rushed to the battlefield, and Rock Lee also appeared beside them.


    After the few of them rushed to the battlefield, they got a rough idea of ??the battle situation from the ignorant Konoha ninjas on the periphery, and also knew that Nagato and Xiaonan were their allies for the time being.


    To be honest, it was a bit unacceptable at first.


    It''s a pity that when I saw Uchiha Obito and a group of filthy ninjas suppressing Uzumaki Naruto and Nagato and others, I also knew that now is not the time to care.


    Even Nagato, the ninja who can suppress all of them by himself, fell into a disadvantage in this battle, and even faced danger several times. Obviously, these enemies are a bit ridiculously strong!


    Their common enemy must now be defeated!


    That is Yakushidou''s dirty soil reincarnation team and Uchiha Obito, the cunning black hand hiding behind.


    Uzumaki Naruto breathed a sigh of relief after seeing the arrival of reinforcements: "Now we don''t have to be at a disadvantage in terms of numbers..."


    "No."


    Tsunade''s expression became ugly again.


    I saw Tsunade''s eyes fixed on Yakushi''s pocket, and said in a deep voice: "Over the years, Orochimaru must have never let go of collecting the bones of those powerful ninjas, and that guy has almost 100% room for it!"


    To be honest, this battle seems hopeless.


    At least for now, they haven''t seen hope coming.


    Even if they can seal a ninja who is reincarnated from the dirty soil, if they can see the feasibility of cracking the ninja reincarnated from the dirty soil, maybe their morale can be improved to a higher level!


    Now it seems to be purely waiting to die!


    In particular, Yao Shidou has too many cards in his hands. This guy can summon powerful dirty ninjas to show up at any time. At least Tsunade knows that Yao Shidou has at least two powerful dirty soil reincarnators...


    as expected.


    When Yakushito saw the Fifth Kazekage Gaara and the Fifth Mizukage Terumimei, he couldn''t help showing a smile on his face: "Really...does anyone still want to compete with the ninja reincarnated in the dirt for the number of reinforcements?"


    In this world, no matter how many living people there are, they are far less than the number of dead people. Especially in terms of the number of powerful ninjas, it is absolutely unimaginable for the pharmacist to carry the treasures of these years.


    The next moment, Medicine Master''s eyes suddenly tightened!


    Medicine Master pocketed his hands quickly to form a seal, and his palms hit the ground almost at the same time, and he shouted in a low voice: "Ninjutsu¡¤Spiritualism!"


    Two coffins floated out of Medicine Master''s hands!


    Out of one of the coffins came out the second-generation Mizukage Ghost Lantern Huanyue, and out of the other coffin was the fourth-generation Fengkage Luosha!


    When the Scarlet Sand Scorpion made the fourth generation of Kazekage Luo Sha into a human puppet, there was still a part of the body, which was also taken by the pharmacist.


    The second generation of Mizukage ghost lantern magic moon, facing the fifth generation of Mizukage Terumi Mei.


    The fourth Kazekage Rasa, against the fifth Kazekage Gaara.


    It was another old-age confrontation and a situation where father and son fought each other, and everyone present couldn''t help but turn ugly.


    Tsunade slowly frowned, looking at the two Kage-level powerhouses who appeared in the distance, she couldn''t help clenching her fists: "That guy Orochimaru...is he playing tricks on us?"


    Whenever their reinforcements arrive, the enemy will send new reinforcements. This is obviously playing tricks on them!


    That guy Orochimaru is really arrogant!


    But the current Orochimaru, after mastering so many ninjas reincarnated from the dirt, indeed has the qualifications for arrogance!


    "Grandma Tsunade."


    Naruto Uzumaki stood up and stood in front of everyone step by step. The golden chakra coat was draped over his body, giant chakra hands came out from his body, and spiral pills appeared in the chakra. In the hands of the giant carat.


    Uzumaki Naruto stared at the reincarnated ninjas on the opposite side, and said in a deep voice, "We have no way out now!"


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at the faces of every filthy ninja, sensed the Chakra in their bodies, and continued word by word: "We have no other choice but to defeat them and thwart their plots!"


    Unless they hand over Nagato, who has the eyes of reincarnation, and Nine-Tails Jinchuriki Uzumaki Naruto now, but that would be tantamount to waiting for death.


    It may even put the ninja world in danger of extinction.


    If the enemy''s plot succeeds, the entire ninja world will be doomed, even Konoha, who escaped by chance, cannot survive.


    What an irony!


    The enemy who could have been called the enemy of life and death has now become an ally, and even an indispensable ally, a companion they must protect each other.


    "¡­Ok."


    Tsunade glanced at Nagato and Konan complicatedly, nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice, "We must not let these guys get Samsara Eye and Kyuubi, in case they really use this to resurrect Uchiha Madara... The consequences are truly unimaginable!


    To be honest, compared to the words of these guys, the legendary figure Uchiha Madara is more threatening... because I grew up listening to his legends, and he was once a real person who could destroy a country by himself !


    If it wasn''t for the fact that Grandpa wanted peace and refused to start a war at that time, the entire ninja world might be flattened by Uchiha Madara! "


    A gust of wind blows.


    Uchiha Obito stood in front of the many ninjas reincarnated in the dirt, raised his palm, and said in a cold voice: "Get ready to start! Go, get rid of them quickly, take away the eyes of reincarnation, and take Nine-Tails Jinchuriki with you!"


    "rest assured."


    Yao Shidou stood at the end of the line, pushed his glasses, smiled lightly and said, "Then let''s start... making a big fuss!"


    next moment!


    Namakaze Minato and Senju Tomonama rushed up from the two wings first!


    Maitekai and Uchiha Obito rushed up directly from the front, followed by Ghost Lantern and Luo Sha, and the second generation of Dokage stood in the sky above them to assist!


    Yao Shidou stood at the end of the line, watching all this with a smile on his lips: "Go! Only by doing our best can we get the favor of... the adults!"


    The battle started to get fierce again!


    There is no doubt that Konoha and Nagato will no longer be able to win. They can only barely rely on Nagato''s reincarnation eyes and the threat of the Yin Yang black stick, so that these ninjas reincarnated from the dirty soil dare not rush too crazy !


    However, this is only enough to allow them to successfully defend it. It is wishful thinking to break through the blockade and deal with a dirt ninja, or even grab the pharmacist''s pocket!


    Nagato hardly spared his life and Chakra at all, tried his best to get rid of Obito Uchiha, but was always blocked by two flying thunder magicians. Under the time-space spell, his attack was almost useless. Little effect!


    "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    Nagato''s Shenluo Tianzheng landed in the empty space again, but just knocked out the two Flying Thunder God Kunai, beads of sweat dripped from his forehead, and he took a deep breath.


    This time, he once again held off the enemy''s attack.


    It''s a pity that his life energy is almost exhausted.


    If there is another powerful spell, perhaps his life will come to an end.


    Uchiha Obito seemed to have guessed this too, his figure floated out from the ground, and a ray of light flashed in Shulunyan: "Nagato, you have used the power of Samsarayan too many times today, and your lifespan is almost exhausted. It''s all over!"


    Uchiha Obito slowly spread out his palm, and softly persuaded: "It''s useless, you can''t defeat us at all... As early as when you started to study the eyes of reincarnation, I have already studied how to deal with reincarnation. Eye way!"


    "asshole!"


    Nagato gritted his teeth bitterly.


    Sheets of origami flew out of Xiaonan''s body, and these origami slowly penetrated Uchiha Obito''s body, unable to cause any harm to him at all, and could only float around Uchiha Obito, waiting for him to release the blur time¡­


    It''s a pity that Obito Uchiha didn''t give them any chance at all!


    Under Uchiha Obito''s mask, there was a scheming smile: "Actually, I''m just using it to lure the enemy... The real killing move is behind me!"


    The next moment, Uchiha Obito''s figure sank to the ground again.


    And behind Uchiha Obito, Namikaze Minato''s figure appeared, holding a Tailed Beast Jade in his hand, and pushed towards Nagato!


    Nagato''s brain quickly searched for a solution to the Tailed Beast Jade: "Shenluo Tianzheng is still in the cooling-off period, the speed of absorbing Chakra in the Hungry Ghost Path is too slow, and the beast path has no time to channel..."


    "Nagato!"


    Konan''s figure suddenly stood in front of Nagato!


    It''s just that her body is like her origami, and it can''t withstand any impact at all. As long as Namikaze Minato''s tailed beast jade falls on her body, Xiaonan can be directly injured, and the possibility of even dying in battle is higher !


    "Xiao Nan!"


    Nagato watched this scene in disbelief!


    Could it be that after so many years, he was going to witness the death of another close friend of his in battle? It''s a pity that everyone present was in a hard fight, and it seemed that no one was able to save Xiaonan from Namikaze Minato''s Tailed Beast Jade!


    Just as the tailed beast jade was about to fall on Xiao Nan, a purple mask appeared beside Xiao Nan, blocking the attack of the tailed beast jade for her!


    next moment.


    A young ninja wearing Xiangyun''s black robe suddenly appeared beside Xiao Nan!


    The young ninja grabbed Namikaze Minato''s wrist with one hand, kicked Namikaze Minato with the other, and kicked him out with the other, solving the crisis!


    "what happened?"


    After the young ninja finished speaking, he slowly turned around, stretched out his palm, and stroked Xiao Nan''s hair with a face full of shock. A look of complexity flashed across his face.


    "Teacher, don''t be afraid..."

 Chapter 302

    "Teacher, don''t be afraid..."


    The sound was like a ray of warm sunshine breaking through the darkness.


    Xiao Nan heard this familiar voice, she slowly raised her head, and saw Uehara Naraku''s face from Xiangyun''s black robe.


    "Naraku..."


    Xiao Nan whispered a name on his lips.


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara stroked Xiao Nan''s hair with his palm, and comforted his teacher softly: "Mr. Xiao Nan, it''s me."


    The young ninja suddenly appeared and repelled the enemies. He stretched out his palm and gently stroked the woman''s light blue hair, soothing her frightened emotions.


    This picture looks extremely warm on the tragic battlefield.


    After Xiaonan saw Uehara Naraku''s astonishment faded away, there was a little distress and worry in his brows: "Naraku, why did you come here?"


    "I have researched a space-time spell in private."


    Uehara Naraku naturally uses Mercy Soul Fall, the effect of this skill is very simple and rude, as long as you find your teammates, you can directly provide teammates with a shield that can protect the fatal blow, and send the main body over.


    Of course, at this time, a different rhetoric must be used.


    After all, the effect of this skill is too overbearing anyway.


    Uehara looked down at Xiaonan''s expression, slowly put down his palm, and told a white lie: "This time-space technique is similar to the technique of psychic, this technique takes a long time to find the chakra that locks you , when you find your Chakra, first send my Chakra to protect you, and at the same time provide me with a coordinate."


    After speaking of this, Uehara glanced at Nagato, who was somewhat sluggish, and sighed softly: "After I received the news from Master Nagato, I started preparing this time-space spell in the Land of Thunder. Made it in time."


    "fortunately¡­"


    Nagato lowered his head slowly.


    His face was also full of joy for the rest of his life.


    Nagato and Xiaonan''s faces were both rejoicing and a little headache, because they didn''t really want Uehara Naraku to get involved in these things, and it was best to be able to hide.


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku has rushed here desperately. With his character, it is naturally unlikely that he will abandon the two of them and leave.


    "How is this going?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, looked at the reincarnated ninjas everywhere, and said softly: "Forget it, Nagato-sama, I will take you out of here first, Kyuubi Jinchuriki can only wait until the future to find another chance! "


    "No."


    Nagato shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "We will not capture Jinchuriki again, I will tell you about these things after this battle is over, now we are facing the same enemy as Konoha, let us repel Uchiha first Obito and Apothecary take their filthy ninjas!"


    "Pharmacist pocket?"


    The color of Uehara Naraku''s eyes changed slightly, and after a while, the surprise was disappeared by him. He sighed faintly and said, "It seems that Yaoshidou betrayed Akatsuki just like Orochimaru!"


    Xiaonan shook his head, with a hint of sadness in his eyes: "Yakushidou is a spy sent by Orochimaru... They are allies with Obito Uchiha, and they want to capture Nagato''s reincarnation eyes and Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki."


    "Cough cough cough..."


    Nagato coughed violently a few times, looked up at Naraku Uehara and said, "Sorry, Uehara, I didn''t expect to involve you... We wanted to do it for you..."


    "Master Nagato."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and said with firm eyes: "I am no longer the boy I used to be, and you have protected me for long enough, now it is time for me to protect you."


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku''s face was extremely solemn.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku turned around abruptly, facing all the enemies present, clenched his fists violently, and a surge of chakra burst out!


    Everyone felt the surging momentum!


    Everyone on the battlefield involuntarily turned their heads and glanced at Uehara Naraku, and almost everyone gritted their teeth involuntarily when they saw him!


    "Uehara Naraku..."


    For the people on Konoha''s side, it is this bastard who has been deceiving them and making them passive when facing the Akatsuki organization. If it hadn''t been for Jilai and desperately getting information, they would probably have been kept in the dark by him forever. in the drum.


    It''s a pity that this guy has now become their comrade-in-arms, at least now their comrade-in-arms, he is still a powerful force who came to support the battle situation, barely able to continue to support the current battle situation that is on the verge of collapse.


    For Namikaze Minato and the reincarnated ninjas, this bastard has been secretly controlling them, and using their emotional fetters to force them to do many things that violate morality, even until now he is still manipulating them.


    This guy is manipulating people''s hearts!


    There is no doubt that if there is a list in the hearts of these ninjas reincarnated from the dirt, Uehara Naraku has become the most hated person in their hearts!


    Naraku Uehara!


    Naraku Uehara! Naraku Uehara!


    The Chakra on Namikaze Minato''s body also exploded suddenly, and the golden Chakra coat shook back and forth like a cloak, which was a sign that the Chakra had exploded to the extreme and unstable!


    Namikaze Minato''s right hand held a Kunai with the imprint of the flying thunder god, and a jet-black tailed beast jade appeared in his left hand, and attacked Uehara Naraku first!


    "It''s really a murderous move!"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly protruded, grabbed Namikaze Minato''s wrist suddenly, turned around and kicked Namikaze Minato''s chest!


    "Flying Thunder God!"


    Kunai of Namikaze Minato was left behind Naraku Uehara, his figure disappeared in front of Naraku Uehara in an instant, and with the help of the imprint of Flying Thunder God, Kunai appeared behind Naraku Uehara, and he turned around to throw the tailed beast Yu patted on Uehara Naraku''s body!


    Unexpectedly, there will be a sudden change in the next moment!


    Uehara Naraku''s body speed seems to be one step faster!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s upper body suddenly raised his head and lowered his head. His kick crossed the sky, and kicked Namakaze Minato''s head at an incredible angle, and kicked the Fourth Hokage away!


    Namikaze Minato''s body flew upside down, splashing a large amount of dust, and the Tailed Beast Jade in his hand lost control and exploded beside him!


    This Namikaze Minato, who had been ravaging Konoha Ninja''s side on the battlefield with the help of the flying thunder god technique and the Kurama mode, was defeated by Uehara Naraku within a second!


    "Good... so strong..."


    A look of astonishment flashed across Uzumaki Naruto''s face, he stared fixedly at Naraku Uehara''s movements, and a shock flashed in his eyes: "It''s just a single blow, did you kill Dad?"


    "No."


    Tsunade repelled the rushing Maitekai with a punch, and shook his head, "It should be said that it was only a temporary repulsion! After all, that guy Minato is a reincarnated body of dirt, and that kid Uehara Naraku only temporarily repelled his attack. .¡±


    It''s just that after Tsunade finished saying this, she was reluctantly relieved: "But this brat is really strong!"


    At least¡­


    They ushered in a strong support!


    In the distance, Namikaze Minato, who was destroyed by the self-explosion of Tailed Beast Jade, was gathering again, and his face became dignified and serious. Obviously, he was instantly defeated by Uehara Naraku just now, and Namakaze Minato''s heart was against Uehara Naraku''s. Vigilance is higher.


    "Don''t be careless, teacher..."


    Uchiha Obito turned into a time-space vortex and appeared beside Namikaze Minato, and said in a low voice: "Uehara Naraku is stronger than we imagined!"


    "Ok."


    Namikaze Minato nodded, with a heavy voice: "This guy knows the Flying Thunder God technique very well and can keep up with my speed...then I can only try it in other ways!"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Namikaze Minato''s palms closed suddenly, his chakra expanded in an instant, and his body instantly transformed into a huge golden demon fox, which was his tailed beast form!


    Namikaze Minato''s voice came from the golden demon fox''s body, and he said in a concentrated voice: "Then let me test his strength again!"


    The next moment, this huge nine-tailed fox rushed towards Uehara Naraku;


    And Uehara Naraku also advanced instead of retreating, and even went up in the direction where the golden nine tails were rushing!


    The huge nine-tailed sharp claw cut through the air and was about to land on Uehara Naraku''s body, making everyone involuntarily gasp!


    Just the next second.


    Uehara Naraku''s body rose from the ground, and after avoiding the attack of the nine tails, he punched the head of the golden nine tails, sending the golden nine tails flying!


    "This guy¡­"


    Tsunade''s expression couldn''t help but change, watching Naraku Uehara who punched the golden nine tails flying, he whispered: "Does it also have the corresponding strange power?"


    "No, it''s pure physical skill."


    Maitekai, who was reincarnated from the dirt, shook his head, and continued to fight while commenting on Uehara Naraku''s battle: "During the Chunin exam, I once fought against His Excellency Kitahara Naraku, and his strength is completely comparable to that of me. I opened the seventh gate status!"


    After saying this, Maitekai suddenly kicked Tsunade and Rock Lee back, and then flew towards Uehara Naraku: "I really want to burn when I meet an enemy like Kitahara Naraku. The blood in my body!"


    The chakra on Maitkai also exploded suddenly!


    It''s a pity that there is no blood in the body of the reincarnation of the dirty soil, so he can only open the startled state with some helplessness, and kick towards Naraku Uehara!


    It''s just that Maitkai flew back at a faster speed!


    In his current state, he is far from being Naraku Uehara''s opponent.


    "Thank you, Mr. Kay."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm in the direction of Maitkai, and a chain of chains flashed between the two of them. At this moment, Uehara Naraku had already used his own way to steal Maitkai''s Taijutsu Profound meaning.


    Many people on the battlefield have seen this trick before.


    After Uchiha Obito saw this scene, he reminded loudly: "Be careful! Uehara used the ability to steal other people''s spells, and he stole Matt Kai''s spells!"


    Uchiha Obito''s reminder was too late.


    Naraku Uehara looked at the golden Nine-Tails in the distance, suddenly stretched out his fist, and punched it hard: "Hi-Tiger!"


    An air bomb turned into a white tiger, roaring and charged towards Nine Tails, the power of this white tiger''s air bomb far surpassed Maitekai''s Day Tiger!


    Rihu''s shock wave instantly swept everything in front of him!


    No one would have thought that the day tiger used by Uehara Naraku was far more powerful than Maitkai''s genuine body art secret art!


    The next moment, the day tiger bit the golden nine-tails violently, and directly sent the nine-tails flying again, even the beast-tailed form couldn''t be maintained!


    Finally, this golden nine-tailed chakra was completely broken up!


    Namikaze Minato looked at this scene in disbelief, a look of shock flashed across his face, and his face became ugly like never before.


    Yakushito stood beside Namikaze Minato, slowly pushed his glasses, and looked at Uehara Naraku in the distance, a gleam of light flashed in his eyes.


    "Whether it''s strength, speed, or chakra, whether it''s ninjutsu, illusion, or taijutsu, there is absolutely no flaw in him."


    Pharmacist stared at Uehara Naraku, and sighed softly: "Whenever we think we overestimate him enough, we actually underestimate him..."

 Chapter 303

    Namikaze Minato was blown up!


    Nagato, Uzumaki Naruto, and Tsunade have nothing to do with Nagato, Uzumaki Naruto, and Tsunade who showed an invincible posture on the battlefield just now...


    Now Naraku Uehara blatantly beat him up!


    Everyone present originally thought that the arrival of Uehara Naraku was just to allow Uzumaki Naruto, Nagato and others to support the battle from collapse, and to have more time to find the enemy''s flaws and weaknesses.


    The only thing I didn''t expect was that Uehara Naraku had directly defeated Namikaze Minato in Kurama mode just after his debut, even relying on his own taijutsu.


    "That guy Uehara is still so strong..."


    Naruto Uzumaki watched in shock as Uehara Naraku sent the golden Nine-Tails flying, and directly defeated Namikaze Minato''s Nine-Tails with a powerful Hiroto air bomb.


    "Because Uehara worked hard enough."


    A light flashed in Nagato''s reincarnation eyes, he gradually lowered his head, and said in a low voice: "As long as a person works hard enough, he will definitely be rewarded, and now he can take responsibility."


    At this moment, Nagato secretly made a decision in his heart.


    If he said what he said before, he still felt a little uneasy about Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku, but now he is completely relieved.


    Konan watched the surging Chakra on Naraku Uehara and the powerful power displayed, his brows and eyes gradually softened.


    After seeing Uehara Naraku''s strength, these people breathed a sigh of relief.


    However, Uchiha Obito, Namikaze Minato and the others had a slightly unsightly look on their faces. Just as Uehara Naraku rushed towards them again, the figure of Senshou Kaima suddenly appeared beside Namikaze Minato!


    The next moment, the second Hokage snapped his fingers together and quickly completed a few simple handprints!


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Dragon Bullet!"


    A monstrous wave of water swept over and turned into a water dragon blocking Uehara Naraku''s way. The water dragon roared violently and charged towards Uehara with its mouth open!


    "Do you want to use water escape ninjutsu on me?"


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers stretched out suddenly, and he quickly joined hands to form a messy handprint, and saw another even bigger water dragon pouring out of the ground!


    The two water dragons collided instantly!


    The chakra in the water dragon was gradually exhausted, and the water splashed all over the sky, falling from the sky like a torrential rain!


    However, Uehara Naraku raised his finger again, and saw that the falling water droplets were suspended out of thin air, and all of them turned into water needles!


    When it comes to the control of water escape ninjutsu, the entire ninja world may not be able to find someone stronger than him, even the second generation of Hokage Senshou Feijian!


    The next moment, countless water needles covered Namikaze Minato and the others!


    The water needles shot down densely like real thousands of books!


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Array Pillar!"


    Senshou closed his palms suddenly, and a wave of water rolled out from under his feet, forming a circular water curtain around him, Namikaze Minato, and Uchiha Obito, blocking the incoming attacks one by one. The water needle!


    Namikaze Minato looked at the water barrier around them, and a flash of admiration flashed across his face: "As expected of the second generation of Hokage-sama, the attainment of water escape ninjutsu is really terrifying, to be able to release this unique water barrier! The technique of the array..."


    "No, his water escape ninjutsu is stronger."


    Qianshou Feijian shook his head gloomyly, and said in a low voice: "That little brat is far better at water ninjutsu than ordinary people, and even I have to admit that he is a very talented water ninja. Also better at deciphering water escape ninjutsu!"


    as expected.


    At the next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm flipped over!


    A huge red fireball appeared in his palm and shot towards the direction of the water column!


    Just when everyone was surprised to think that the balls of fire would be stopped by the water column, who would have thought that the next moment, the technique of the water column created by Qianshou Feijian would suddenly turn into balls of steam and be completely evaporated quickly!


    This is not fire escape ninjutsu!


    This is simply another terrifying technique!


    Namikaze Minato watched the water array technique turn into balls of steam and dissipate, a look of surprise flashed across his face, and he frowned involuntarily: "Shooting Dun...is this the blood succession limit of Burning Dun Yecang in Shayin Village? ?¡±


    As a ninja who fought in the ninja world war, Minato Namikaze had also seen the ability of scorching ton hakura, but it was a pity that hakura died in the third ninja war. Then it disappeared.


    It never occurred to Uehara Naraku that he could still get the lost blood succession of Burning Dun. This kind of blood succession is completely restrained for the water escape ninjutsu!


    Just when they thought it was over, Uehara Naraku''s fingers slowly stood up, and the steam turned into a whirlpool, instantly surrounding the three of them!


    "This is... Boiling Dun?"


    Uchiha Obito''s figure quietly entered the blurred state, watching the body between Namikaze Minato and Senju Tomon being gradually destroyed by the high-temperature steam, a red light flashed in his eyes!


    The next moment, Uchiha Obito stretched out his palm, and sucked countless water vapor into his divine power space!


    "That''s right!"


    Namikaze Minato''s body slowly recovered, and the shock in his eyes was even more shocking: "He should have synthesized two kinds of blood... This guy is more terrifying than imagined!"


    "Well, even more."


    Obito Uchiha nodded slowly, glanced at Uehara Naraku who was resting in the distance, and lowered his voice: "This guy once manipulated me to leak the information that he successfully synthesized the blood successor, and mentioned that he already has Obviously, ordinary blood successors will never satisfy him."


    "No matter how many blood inheritances he has in his body..."


    Qianshou Feijian quickly closed his palms, and said in a low voice: "In front of him, conventional ninjutsu is useless... Anyway, we didn''t expect to be able to defeat him by relying on these ordinary ninjutsu."


    The three ninjas who are good at time and space art glanced at each other.


    Just now Senshou Feijian only used two water escape ninjutsu, but was completely suppressed by Uehara Naraku, which has proved the ineffectiveness of water escape ninjutsu.


    As for the fire escape ninjutsu...


    Certainly more useless.


    Because Uehara Naraku himself is very good at restraining fire escape with water escape ninjutsu.


    "Let''s go together!"


    Namikaze Minato held a kunai again in his hand. After looking at the two people on the left and right, he nodded towards them, and the three of them rushed towards Naraku Uehara at the same time!


    So far, as long as the three ninjas who are good at time and space spells attack together, no one will be their opponent, so no one can detect which one will use time and space spells to attack!


    "I''ll come first!"


    Namikaze Minato raised his hand and threw a shuriken, quickly closed his palm, and shouted in a low voice: "Let''s interfere with the enemy''s sight first! Shuriken shadow clone art!"


    The next moment, countless stars appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, shooting towards him densely!


    "Wind Escape Great Breakthrough!"


    Uehara Naraku held his finger up, and a gust of wind blew past him crazily, blowing countless shadow clones of shurikens into nothingness!


    Namikaze Minato and Senju Tomona rushed up against the strong wind, and appeared on both sides of Uehara Naraku almost at the same time, holding their own two kumai and stabbing at his side!


    Naraku Uehara grabbed the arm of Senshou Kaichi with one hand, and was about to smash him on Namikaze Minato''s body with a flick of his hand, and sent the two of them flying with one move!


    "Caught!"


    Senshou glanced at Minato Namikaze, and a bright light flashed in front of the two of them at the same time, and they said in unison: "Use that trick!"


    "The Art of Flying Thunder God''s Mutual Twirl!"


    The figures of two people move at the same time!


    Seeing his arm being grabbed by Uehara Naraku, Senju Kaima suddenly activated the Flying Thunder God Art, and appeared behind Namikaze Minato with Uehara Naraku!


    Namikaze Minato also appeared in the position before Senshoubanma!


    At this moment, they formed an excellent attacking angle, Namikaze Minato held a tailed beast jade in his hand, and smashed it towards Uehara Naraku''s back!


    This time, it is definitely Uehara Naraku''s crisis!


    They believed that no matter how fast Uehara Naraku was, at this moment Uehara Naraku would never be able to react and escape their carefully planned attack!


    It''s a pity that the next moment Uehara Naraku looked at the tailed beast jade, slightly raised the corner of his mouth, and suddenly kicked the tailed beast jade away!


    After being kicked to the ground by Uehara Naraku, the Tailed Beast Jade instantly detonated a large area of ??land around it, leaving a deep pit on the ground!


    "Are you kidding me!"


    The faces of all the people present changed almost at the same time.


    How can there be anyone in this world who can kick the flying tail beast jade? Can something that explodes when touched be kicked away by someone?


    So far, the solution to the Tailed Beast Jade has always been to choose to use a powerful enchantment defensive ninjutsu to resist or use the Tailed Beast Jade to collide.


    How could someone kick the Flying Tail Beast Jade?


    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the fact that Namakaze Minato and Senju Tobe were also full of shock, and knocked them flying with their elbows!


    After Naraku Uehara yawned casually, a mysterious smile appeared on his face and said: "It was an interesting battle...you two almost succeeded!"


    "..."


    This is too false!


    You can''t believe what Uehara Naraku said!


    Just seeing him kicking the Tailed Beast Jade away with ease, and still being so casual with his gestures and gestures, it shows that he has long been sure in his heart that nothing will happen to him.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Namikaze Minato''s body gradually began to recover under the effect of the reincarnation of the dirt, and a look of horror flashed across his face: "Kicking the flying-tailed beast directly with your feet is really an amazing solution..."


    "No¡­"


    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out his palm, and said in a deep voice: "Compared to what I really want to kick away, the Tailed Beast Jade is really not that powerful..."


    Yes, it is indeed not powerful.

 Chapter 304

    "Unimaginable power."


    There was a faint glint of light in the lens of the pharmacist''s pocket.


    When Yao Shidou saw Naraku Uehara kicking Tailed Beast Jade away handsomely, defeating Senju Tomonama and Namikaze Minato with ease, he casually looked down at the enemies on the field like a god playing games and recovered...


    Pharmacist Dou was so excited that it couldn''t be more exciting!


    Can anyone in this ninja world be stronger than Uehara Naraku?


    The stronger the power Naraku Uehara displayed, the more it proves that it was right for him to choose to join Uehara Naraku?


    The only problem is that this boss played too fancy.


    As a loyal subordinate, Yao Shidou wanted to stand beside Naraku Uehara, not the opposite of Naraku Uehara, which was too much psychological pressure for him!


    "Let''s continue!"


    After Namikaze Minato recovered, he glanced at the Senju Gate next to him, and then at Obito Uchiha, who had been afraid to make a move just now.


    "Ok."


    After Senju Tomona nodded, he glanced at Namikaze Minato, and said in a deep voice, "Let me do the main attack next! The fourth generation, the evil little ghosts of the Uchiha clan, you two are supporting me!"


    Senju Feima also knows what Uchiha Obito did, so he is not polite to Uchiha Obito in his address. If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku''s enemy, Senju Feima would even want to get rid of Uchiha wave with soil.


    "it is good."


    Namikaze Minato nodded.


    "¡­it is good."


    Under the mask, Obito Uchiha''s face darkened, but Uehara Naraku''s threat was even greater, which made him barely suppress his dissatisfaction with Senju Tomona.


    At this moment, Uchiha Obito also understood why the Uchiha clan and Konoha could not get along peacefully anymore, the root of the disease must be the bastard Senju Feima!


    After the three of them simply finished making each other''s plans, they charged in the direction of Naraku Uehara again!


    "Really..."


    Uehara Naraku twisted his wrist, looked at the three figures that were swiftly moving towards him, sighed faintly, and said in a low voice: "You chained prisoners, forget the chains! Is it in someone''s hands?"


    He is the one who controls the three of Namikaze Minato!


    No matter what plan the three of them want to make, they will never be able to hide it from Naraku Uehara, who controls them! But it seems that they are also aware of this, so most of their plans are relatively sloppy, and they all depend on their impromptu performance during the war!


    "bring it on!"


    Uehara Naraku also rushed up in their direction, his body flashed afterimages on the ground, and immediately rose into the air, punching down from the air!


    The three figures on the ground retreated using each other''s spells. They had seen Uehara Naraku punch Kyuubi flying, and they didn''t dare to catch Uehara Naraku''s fist hard!


    Naraku Uehara punched the earth out of a huge pit!


    Uchiha Obito''s body turned into nothingness. After watching the impact of the fist penetrate his body, he snorted coldly and plunged a wooden thorn into the ground!


    The next moment, Uchiha Obito stared coldly at Uehara Naraku, and suddenly raised his finger: "Huh... Wood escape, cutting technique!"


    A wooden thorn rose from the ground!


    This time the sneak attack was too sudden, no one could escape the attack of these wooden thorns, even Naraku Uehara''s powerful physical skills would not be able to dodge due to the strong inertia factor after landing!


    Uehara Naraku, without changing his face, suddenly released a circular ring of fire from the position of his fist with the power of fire, instantly burning all the wooden thorns to ashes!


    "Is it still only this kind of trick?"


    After Uehara Naraku said something in a cold voice, after ignoring the threat of Uchiha Obito, he still faced Namakaze Minato and Senju Tomonama.


    As long as Uchiha Obito dares to release the virtual state and launch an attack, he will only become the target of Uehara''s attack, not to mention that he dare not bring Uehara Naraku into the Kamui space...


    "asshole¡­"


    Uchiha Obito gritted his teeth, watching Uehara Naraku walk out of the pit, he suddenly found himself unable to do anything in front of this battle...


    This feeling... is really not good.


    the other side.


    After Namikaze Minato and Senju Tomonama faced off again, the cooperation between the two of them was obviously tacit, and the marks of the Flying Thunder God they left on each other allowed them to change their positions at will.


    Even so, the battle with Uehara Naraku is still dangerous!


    Because no matter whether it is Senshoubanma or Namikaze Minato, no matter how fast their Blinking Technique is, it cannot compare to Uehara Naraku''s ability to seize the opportunity!


    Uehara''s physical skills are too strong!


    The figure of Namikaze Minato flew around, waving Kunai or a Tailed Beast Jade around Uehara Naraku from time to time, but it was only used to threaten Uehara Naraku, forcing Uehara Naraku to kick his Tailed Beast Jade or Kukui away. No, ease your offensive.


    "are you joking?"


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and grabbed Namikaze Minato''s neck, but it landed in the empty space, but he didn''t care at all, he just turned over and kicked it up again!


    This kick directly hit Namakaze Minato''s neck, smashing the Fourth Hokage directly to the ground, Uehara Naraku took advantage of the momentum and stepped on his chest!


    "It''s now!"


    A gleam of light flashed in Qianshoufeijian''s eyes.


    The Art of Flying Thunder God''s Mutual Twirling!


    The next moment, the figures of Senju Tomona and Namikaze Minato changed their positions at the same time, and the figure of Senju Tomona appeared at the feet of Uehara Naraku!


    Senshou Feijian reached out and grabbed Uehara Naraku''s ankles, and detonating symbols floated out of Senshou Feijian''s body, and stuck tightly to Uehara Naraku''s body!


    "Do you want to use the technique of multiplying the detonating talisman?"


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the detonating symbols that appeared on his legs, with an intriguing smile on his face: "I thought you would have something new..."


    "No, as long as it''s simple."


    The pupils of Qianshou''s door tightened slightly, and he said in a low voice: "Since you have learned this technique, you should know the power of this technique! And this technique is the most suitable tactic for reincarnation!"


    "Really..."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and a ball of lightning suddenly erupted from his body, destroying all the detonating talismans attached to his legs!


    "Okay, your battle is meaningless."


    Naraku Uehara punched Senju Tomonama with a short body, smashing him into pieces all over the sky with one punch, and his figure reappeared next to Namakaze Minato in the next moment!


    Just when the Fourth Hokage condensed a Tailed Beast Jade and wanted to continue the fight, Uehara Naraku pressed his palm down several times!


    Naraku Uehara pressed this tailed beast jade directly on Namikaze Minato''s body!


    Boom!


    An earth-shattering sound resounded through the earth!


    Uehara Naraku slowly walked out of the smoke, and the bodies between Namikaze Minato and Senjugabe behind him were still slowly recovering. Obviously, the two of them lost again.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    "Should we be thankful?"


    Tsunade watched Senju Tomonama and Namikaze Minato being easily defeated by Uehara Naraku again, showing everyone his fighting power that can definitely be called a monster!


    A touch of complexity flashed across Tsunade''s face: "We are now...should we be thankful that this kid, Uehara Naraku, has now become our comrade in arms again?"


    "maybe¡­"


    Gaara manipulated the sand pad and floated to Tsunade''s side, his expression is really not particularly good-looking: "This bastard guy''s acting skills are really good! Two months ago, when this guy was with us against the Second Hokage , still looking overwhelmed!"


    To be honest, Gaara is really speechless!


    Now Uehara Naraku faced the siege of the Second Hokage and the Fourth Hokage, and directly defeated them both with a strong posture, and even seemed a little comfortable.


    What about a few months ago?


    Damn, what was this bastard doing a few months ago!


    A few months ago, Uehara Naraku, the bastard, was working with several of their Kage-level figures to formulate and execute a plan to encircle and suppress the members of the Akatsuki organization. Together, they encountered the obstruction of the Second Hokage and the Second Mizukage.


    What was Uehara Naraku''s performance at that time?


    Facing the powerful water escape from the second generation of Hokage Senshou, Naraku Uehara fought very desperately, which made the kages of several big Ninja villages present feel a little embarrassed...


    At that time, everyone''s hearts were pure.


    Whether it is Tsunade, Terumi Mei or Gaara, they all think that Uehara Naraku has done his best enough, and he will not give up until he breaks through the obstruction of the Second Hokage.


    Even if Uehara Naraku is a ninja from Yuyin Village, the three of them are a little moved by Uehara Naraku''s desperate resistance.


    Now it seems that Uehara Naraku''s acting skills were really good.


    So paddling, they can''t see any flaws!


    "Feel sorry."


    After Nagato coughed a few times, he covered his lips and said, "Everything Uehara did to you at that time was because of us..."


    "never mind."


    Tsunade waved his hand, sighed and said: "If we put aside the things he did as a member of the Akatsuki organization, we really just hope that he is a ninja from Yuyin Village, after all, he is a ninja from Yuyin Village. He is indeed a good person when his identity is active..."


    "..."


    Gaara was silent for a while.


    After a while, Gaara also nodded, sighed and said, "If I don''t know that guy destroyed Sand Hidden Village, maybe I really want to be his friend."


    Although Uehara Naraku has a very vicious tongue and always criticizes the actions of their big country Ninja Village, but after removing those politics, Uehara Naraku also likes to help others very much.


    In a sense, if Naraku Uehara was not a member of the Akatsuki organization, they would sincerely regard him as a friend.


    Even Naruto Uzumaki could not help but lower his head, and said in a low voice: "Uehara was our friend back then, it is indeed something to be happy about..."


    After saying this, Uzumaki Naruto paused, scratched the back of his head again, raised his head and said: "But it''s not bad now! At least Uehara Naraku has become our comrade again, and sooner or later we will return to the former ..."


    Gaara shook his head in dissatisfaction. He had a deep dislike for Uehara Naraku: "Even though we are facing a common enemy now, I still suspect that these Akatsuki guys are still deliberately deceiving us."


    After Gaara said this, Shen Sheng continued: "Maybe they will deliberately cheat our trust by acting, and in the future they will take away the nine tails from Naruto''s body..."


    "Don''t worry about it."


    After Nagato shook his head, he stared at Naraku Uehara in the distance, and said softly: "I will give you a suitable answer after this battle is over."


    "I hope so!"


    Gaara frowned and glanced at Nagato.


    After finishing speaking, Gaara urged the sand pad under his feet to lift his body into the air, and drove him to another battlefield, where the fourth generation of winds who broke free from his yellow sand and came after him again Shadow Luo sand.


    Although Uehara Naraku''s fighting power is very strong, they still haven''t made any progress in their current battle situation, because they haven''t found a way to crack the reincarnation of the dirt.


    It''s just that they at least see a glimmer of hope.


    Tsunade watched Senju Banma and Namikaze Minato recovering their bodies, and said in a deep voice: "The more damaged the bodies of ninjas reincarnated from the dirt are, the longer their recovery time will be. We can take advantage of this Time to seal them..."


    "Ok."


    After Nagato nodded, he exhausted his chakra and slowly condensed two black sticks of Yinyang Dun, and threw them at Tsunade''s side: "Lord Hokage, go and give these to Uehara, the black sticks of Yinyang Dun Being able to stop Chakra''s actions may also help them..."


    "..."


    Tsunade turned his head and glanced at Nagato, frowned and said, "Can your body still hold on? I feel that your breath is a little weak..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Nagato shook his head, and then glanced at Xiaonan standing beside him, forcing a smile on his face: "Don''t worry, I will hold on until I finish what I should do... "


    "..."


    Tsunade fell silent.


    on the battlefield.


    Uehara Naraku no longer paid attention to Namikaze Minato and Senju Tokai, who were still recovering, his eyes moved slowly, and finally stopped slowly on Yakushi Tou.


    At this moment, his meaning was very clear.


    "Pharmacist Dou, it''s your turn."

 Chapter 305

    When Uehara Naraku rushed towards the pharmacist''s pocket, two voices pierced through the air!


    The two black sticks of Yin Yang Dun fell on Namikaze Minato and Senju Tomonama in an instant, temporarily imprisoning their actions!


    "Hey kid, I''m here to help you!"


    Tsunade stood beside Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice: "Those two black sticks were synthesized by Nagato using Yin Yang escape chakra, they should be able to temporarily imprison them..."


    "..."


    This woman really deserves to be Haruno Sakura''s teacher!


    Whenever Uehara Naraku wanted to do something, they would kindly come to help with something bad...


    Uehara Naraku just wanted to have a good fight, let Yakushi Dou, this subordinate, see his strength, but Tsunade came to him to compete in acting.


    It''s a pity that we can''t count now.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tsunade, then at Namikaze Minato and Senju Tokai, who were temporarily imprisoned, and sighed: "Master Nagato can only condense two Yinyang escape black sticks?" ?¡±


    "Ok¡­"


    Tsunade nodded, with a complex expression on his face, he said: "His aura is getting weaker and weaker... This is his last strength now."


    Although Nagato has hurt Konoha too much, this guy is also a victim of Konoha''s rebellion after all, not to mention he is still working hard to repay his mistakes.


    Speaking of Nagato, Tsunade''s mood is really complicated.


    Of course, facing Naraku Uehara, Tsunade''s mood was even more complicated.


    "Understood."


    After Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade and nodded, he said in a deep voice: "Then please leave here, Lord Hokage, and help me protect Nagato-sama! Leave this place to me!"


    Uehara Naraku paused after saying this, and continued in a low voice: "If you are here, I must be distracted to protect you, and they will use you as a breakthrough!


    It seems that I have the upper hand now, it is because they rely on the immortality of reincarnation from the dirt, so it is inevitable that there will be more impulsiveness in the battle..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Namikaze Minato and Senju Tobe, who were temporarily imprisoned by the black stick, and said in a deep voice: "What''s more, if there are only two Yin Yang escape black sticks, it will be difficult to control them..."


    "what?"


    Tsunade turned his head abruptly!


    Sure enough, Namikaze Minato and Senju Tomon, who had regained their filthy bodies, broke through the barrier of black sticks. If you want to imprison them, the number of black sticks is far from enough!


    If you want to control Namikaze Minato in Perfect Renchuriki Mode and Chakra''s powerful Senju Tomonama, you need at least seven or eight black sticks to bind all their Chakra flow points!


    Sure enough, the next moment, Senju Tomonama and Namikaze Minato appeared beside Tsunade, each holding Kunai to cut her body!


    "Be careful!"


    Uehara Naraku flew forward, grabbed Tsunade''s arm with one hand, and after pulling her out of danger, kicked Senju Tomonama and Namikaze Minato away with one kick!


    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku shot in time to save Tsunade.


    After the Fifth Hokage was relieved of the crisis, he breathed a sigh of relief, lowered his head and said, "Little ghost, thank you very much."


    "There''s no need to say that."


    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became serious, and he urged Tsunade in a low voice: "Your Excellency Hokage, get out of here quickly..."


    "Then what should you do?"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Tsunade frowned, and asked aloud: "Although you can still defeat them now, the reincarnation of the dirty soil will not die... If this continues..."


    "I have no idea."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Xiaonan and Nagato in the distance, then turned his head to look at Yakushitou, and said in a low voice: "Maybe after I solve the problem of Yakushitou, maybe I can free these people from the control of reincarnation..."


    "Won''t."


    Tsunade shook his head, looked at all the filthy ninjas present, and said softly: "Yakushitou is just a chess piece pushed out on the bright side, and that guy Orochimaru is the one who controls all this behind the scenes!"


    "Someone has to try it out!"


    After saying this, Naraku Uehara showed another smile on his face: "This is the trouble we caused, let us solve it! Whether it is Orochimaru or Yaoshidou, you must try it first!"


    "..."


    Tsunade''s expression suddenly became extremely complicated.


    On the huge battlefield, there are not a few people who can help.


    In fact, these people have been fighting for too long, and it is not easy to barely hold off a few reincarnated people.


    Especially Uzumaki Naruto, Gaara, and Terumi Mei, who have fought Payne, Konan, and Nagato successively, and are fighting against the ninjas reincarnated from the dirt.


    They worked hard on the other side of the battlefield, so Namikaze Minato, Uchiha Obito, Yakushidou and others could only be handed over to Naraku Uehara to delay.


    Tsunade''s mood was extremely complicated.


    These Akatsuki members are really hateful and pitiful!


    These guys have been manipulated behind the scenes to make big mistakes and start over with their lives to make up for those mistakes.


    Nagato is like this, and so is Uehara Naraku.


    Under Uehara Naraku''s continuous urging, Tsunade could only choose to leave this generation area, so as not to delay Uehara Naraku''s battle, and she had to go to help support treatment everywhere.


    "By the way, Tsunade-dono."


    Uehara Naraku faced Namikaze Minato and Senju Tomonama, and after repelling these two guys again, he stopped Tsunade loudly: "I will launch a fierce attack on Yakushi''s pocket in a while, and attract him to send the dirt reincarnated ninja to protect him." Own¡­"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade and continued: "If Hokage-sama still has the energy, heal Mizukage-dono, Kazekage-dono, and Naruto as soon as possible, and let them take a break... At least in this way, we can still carry out a rotation, so that everyone will not have any problems in the end. There is no power to fight back.¡±


    "..."


    Tsunade fell silent again.


    In this case, it means that Naraku Uehara has put all the pressure on himself.


    After a moment, Tsunade still nodded.


    Because what Uehara Naraku said has always been a problem that Tsunade has been worried about.


    Once they lose their fighting power across the board, they will only be slaughtered at that time.


    Now Uehara Naraku has proposed this plan, which is undoubtedly very beneficial to the entire battle situation, but it is very dangerous to himself.


    In the face of the attacks of so many Kage-level characters, Uehara Naraku may die if he is negligent.


    It''s a pity that there is no other way. At least compared to other people, Uehara Naraku''s physical strength and combat power are still the most complete. The only thing Tsunade can do is to help others resume the battle to replace Uehara as soon as possible.


    "okay, I get it."


    After Tsunade finished speaking, he fixed his eyes on Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "Hey, kid, never die here easily... After this battle is over, let''s count the things you lied to me back then. those things!"


    "..."


    A smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face at the right time.


    Sure enough, his plan was still advancing according to the established track.


    Although Tsunade is still talking about what Uehara Naraku concealed, in fact, from her hope that Uehara Naraku can survive, it can be seen that this woman has accepted Uehara again.


    "it is good."


    Uehara Naraku took a deep look at Tsunade and nodded seriously.


    Uehara Naraku and Tsunade looked at each other, on this battlefield, they completely wiped out all the past grievances.


    At least, Tsunade thought so.


    Therefore, when Tsunade went back, his attitude towards Nagato had obviously softened a lot. After all, the successors of the Akatsuki organization were going to work hard here...


    A smear of green chakra appeared on Tsunade''s palm, and it landed on Nagato''s shoulder, helping him heal, trying to restore Nagato''s physical strength.


    "Your Excellency Tsunade."


    When Nagato watched Tsunade help him heal, he coughed a few times, then shook his head vigorously and said, "Don''t waste Chakra on me, the burden of the reincarnation eye is too great, my life has reached the limit , I can only recover my own Chakra slowly... Please leave the medical techniques on someone more precious!"


    "¡­I see."


    Tsunade was silent for a moment, his palm dropped from Nagato''s shoulder, and continued in a low voice: "By the way, that little fellow Uehara is planning to launch a fierce attack to attract attention, temporarily liberating Mizukage-dono and others to rest, so that they can rotate Resist these filthy reincarnated enemies..."


    "Uehara is going to shoulder our responsibilities again..."


    Nagato lowered his head, coughed a few times and said, "Are we still unable to deal with these reincarnated ninjas?"


    "There is no better way for now."


    After Tsunade sighed, he continued softly: "All the ninjas in the sealing class in the village have been killed by the second grandfather and the fourth generation. Your Yin Yang escape black stick is effective, but it can only control them for a few seconds. time¡­"


    "That''s it..."


    Nagato lowered his head slowly.


    The arrival of Naraku Uehara alleviated their crisis, but the trouble of the reincarnation of the dirty soil has not been really solved, which means that the war will continue.


    The fifth generation Mizukage Terumimei was completely suppressed by the second generation Mizukage Ghost Lantern Huanyue, even if Terumimei is a double blood succession limit, he still has no upper hand in the Mizukage civil war;


    Gaara, the fifth generation of Kazekage, has the upper hand. Facing the father of Luo Sha, Gaara can even suppress one or two!


    However, Gaara''s Chakra is on the verge of exhaustion, but Gaara has unlimited Chakra, so Gaara can only barely delay;


    Uzumaki Naruto is still fighting the second generation of Dokage;


    Rock Lee is still entangled with the reincarnated Matt Kay;


    Konan is still wary of the mysterious Uchiha Obito;


    Looking at the entire battlefield, there are disadvantages almost everywhere, perhaps because Naraku Uehara has just joined the battle, he still has a lot of physical strength and chakra, and he still maintains his strength!


    Uehara Naraku blasted Senju Tomonama and Namikaze Minato again, and walked step by step in the direction of Yakushi Tou: "The battle between us can begin...Kou!"


    "..."


    Pharmacist''s expression changed slightly.


    The next moment, Yao Shidou''s expression regained his composure, he slowly pushed his glasses, glanced at Naraku Uehara''s actions, and moved his lips cryptically.


    "Yes, my lord."

 Chapter 306

    Facing Uehara Naraku''s invitation to fight, Yao Shidou definitely dare not refuse.


    Even if Pharmacist knew that he was invincible, at least he had to resist and show his strength and value to his boss.


    Pharmacist''s gaze was fixed on Naraku Uehara''s movements, and he slowly closed his fingers. The next moment, a gleam appeared in his pupils, which showed that he had entered the mode of Ry¨±chi Cave Immortal, and he was fully prepared. Prepare.


    It''s a pity that it was within the sight of Pharmacist Dou.


    Uehara Naraku''s palm once again caught the rushing Namikaze Minato, and punched Namikaze Minato''s body forcefully, smashing the fourth Hokage, who was in the perfect Nine-Tails Jinchuriki state, into debris all over the sky !


    Seeing this scene, Yao Shidou was still a little flustered.


    Yao Shidou couldn''t help licking his lips with his tongue, looking at Uehara Naraku who was walking towards him step by step in the distance, his voice was a little more depressed.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    "I hope it won''t be too ugly to lose..."


    Just after Yao Shidou finished saying this, he saw Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly protruding out, grabbing Qianshou Feijian who was raiding with the Flying Thunder God Technique!


    Naraku Uehara clasped Senju Tobiken''s throat, and a knee bump directly hit Senju Tobiken''s chest, smashing the filthy body of the Second Hokage in an instant!


    "hehe¡­"


    After seeing this scene, there was a wry smile on Yaoshidou''s face: "Why does it feel a little bad, is there something I''m not doing well enough..."


    Uehara Naraku, the boss, don''t treat him as a reincarnation of dirt, he is now a flesh and blood body.


    Unless you use Shenwei Sharingan...


    But Kamui Sharingan is not a threat to Uehara Naraku, he still has a way to break Kamui; what''s more, now that Uchiha Obito is still there, it is not easy for Yakushito to expose his Kamui ability in front of Konoha and others .


    Just at this time, a vortex of time and space appeared beside Yakushi Dou, and the figure of Uchiha Obito quietly appeared, and he brought Uehara Naraku''s instructions: "Dou, I am looking forward to your sage mode, and don''t let me go!" it disappointed me."


    "..."


    Pharmacist shook his head speechlessly.


    The word anticipation sounds really scary.


    Even the White Snake Immortal in Longdi Cave has now admitted that he is no match for Lord Naraku, so what can he do in Immortal mode?


    It''s really incomprehensible!


    If Yaoshidou remembers correctly, Uehara Naraku is also very good at the immortal mode, which is a new immortal mode that even the White Snake Immortal has personally praised. Could it be that defeating the Ry¨±chidong immortal mode is to prove that he is strong?


    of course not.


    Well, there is part of it too.


    Naraku Uehara is mainly to improve the advancement of the sage mode. After he got the seal of Orochimaru, he opened the first form of the sage mode to ascend to the gods;


    During the Zhongnin exam, Uehara Naraku obtained the second form of the immortal mode by breaking Jiraiya''s Miao Mushan immortal mode;


    Later, Uehara Naraku got a promotion reward in the advanced task of defeating Wukage and opened the third form of the fairy mode.


    However, the fairy mode has four forms in total.


    According to the situation, you only need to defeat the pharmacist in the immortal mode of Longdi Cave, and you should be able to get the ultimate form of the immortal mode!


    According to Naraku Uehara''s judgment on the Immortal mode, after turning on the Immortal mode, in addition to his physical fitness will be strengthened in all directions, he will also get a new ability... This ability is very likely to be another card for him to defeat enemies at the Six Path level in the future hole card!


    It seems that there are too many cards...


    But apart from Senjujuma, who would think that they have too many cards?


    "It was the most troublesome battle..."


    Pharmacist looked at Uehara Naraku who was getting closer and closer, with his fingers slowly erected on his chest, he was re-controlling the ninjas under his control!


    At the next moment, those filthy ninjas controlled by him, such as Maite Kai, the second generation of Mizukage Ghost Torch, the second generation of Tsuchikage Mui, and the fourth generation of Kazekage Rasa, quickly pulled back!


    These filthy ninjas stood in front of Yao Shidou one by one.


    A light flashed in the lens of the pharmacist''s pocket, and the corners of his mouth slowly curled up, his voice was unrecognizably low: "Since appearing in front of these people as a savior, let me help you...become a real Savior!"


    As a qualified subordinate, how can he be unsatisfactory!


    What''s more, Yaoshidou himself also wants to see how strong Uehara Naraku can be!


    "Everyone..."


    A look of solemnity flashed across the face of the medicine master, he watched Uehara Naraku approaching, and whispered: "Try to stop him as much as possible! I hope that with your strength, I can see the pinnacle of this ninja world!"


    "Then let me come first!"


    The second generation of Mizukage Ghost Lantern Huanyue, who was reincarnated from the dirt, raised his fingers, circulated the chakra in his body, and took the lead in attacking Uehara Naraku who was approaching step by step!


    Pharmacist Dou secretly nodded.


    It seems that among the filthy reincarnations he controls, only the second generation of Mizukage, Ghost Lantern, and Huanyue seem to have not been defeated by Uehara Naraku, and they should be able to persist until the second and fourth Hokage''s filthy reincarnations recover again?


    "Water escape, the art of water iron cannon!"


    Ghost Lantern Huanyue''s fingers were like pistols, and a spray of water flew out from the fingertips, flying towards Naraku Uehara''s head like a bullet!


    Guideng Huanyue''s mustache trembled, showing a wicked smile: "Hmph, just one blow is enough to penetrate the enemy''s head..."


    Crash!


    A wave suddenly swept out from the ground, submerging the Water Iron Cannon Technique, this wave appeared too fast!


    Even Ghost Lantern Huanyue was a little surprised, and couldn''t help but twist his eyebrows: "Will the water and iron cannon technique at this distance be stopped..."


    "Really..."


    Naraku Uehara supported his forehead with one hand, and raised his fingers towards Ghost Lantern Huanyue in the same posture: "There are always people who refuse to give up, when will you understand that using water escape ninjutsu in front of me is invalid ..."


    The next moment, the waves suddenly began to split into little drops of water, and Uehara Naraku''s palm was turned over again, and small electric lights appeared in the water drops, and then these electric lights disappeared into the invisible!


    Uehara Naraku made a gesture to shoot, and countless water droplets, like bullets, flew towards the position of the second generation of Mizukage at high speed under the blessing of Thunder Dun Chakra!


    Uehara Naraku watched countless water drops shoot at the second generation Mizukage, and waved his palm casually: "The kindness of dripping water will be repaid by the spring...you don''t have to be too polite!"


    "Asshole, is that how the word is used?"


    Ghost Lantern Huanyue almost wanted to pull out his mustache.


    He just shot a water splash bullet at Uehara Naraku, and Uehara Naraku directly gave back thousands of water iron cannon techniques. This guy''s water escape ninjutsu is indeed terrifying!


    "Humph¡­"


    The body of the second generation of Water Shadow Ghost Lantern Huanyue instantly turned into a liquid, and their ghost lantern clan''s hydration technique can withstand all physical attacks!


    After Ghost Lantern Huanyue allowed water bombs to enter his body, he suddenly felt that something was wrong with his body!


    "Wait...your water iron cannon technique..."


    The second generation of Water Shadow Ghost Lantern Huanyue hadn''t finished speaking when countless tiny lightning bolts appeared on his body, making it impossible for him to maintain a state of hydration!


    A tingling electric shock spread all over his body!


    "Oh, I forgot to tell you."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Ghost Lantern Huanyue, shook his fingers and said, "I added a little lightning chakra in it, this shouldn''t be too embarrassing for you, right?"


    "¡­Humph!"


    Ghost Lantern Huanyue''s beard trembled, he stared at Uehara Naraku''s figure, and showed a confident smile: "Of course... no! Water escape ¡¤ oil!"


    The next moment, Ghost Lantern Huanyue''s body completely turned into oil!


    This second-generation Mizukage, with his own method, found the ability to avoid the restraint of the hydration technique by the thunder escape ninjutsu. After turning everything into oil, he became more flexible!


    "Water Escape¡¤Steam Dangerous Power!"


    A fat clone appeared on the battlefield!


    This fat avatar was made by the second generation of Mizukage with water and oil. The outside is oil and the inside is water. This avatar can be used not only for fighting, but also for blasting by turning the water inside into steam by heating up!


    Once the steam explodes, it will be a total disaster!


    For example, the second generation of Dokagemu was covered in bandages because he was injured by the steamer.


    "The Water Prison Technique!"


    As soon as this avatar appeared, Uehara Naraku directly imprisoned him with the technique of using a prison!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku clenched his fists violently, and saw that the water in the water prison was directly shrunk under his control, squeezing the oily and watery body of Ghost Lantern and Huanyue!


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Polo Technique!"


    Ghost Lantern Huanyue snapped his fingers, at this moment he seemed more comfortable than Uehara Naraku, as if he was the one who controlled the battle situation!


    I have to say that the ninjas of the Ghost Lantern clan seem to be very proud except for the Ghost Lantern Moon...Maybe the Ghost Lantern Moon also has this problem, but it has never been shown in front of Naraku Uehara.


    After Ghost Lantern Huanyue snapped his fingers, bubbles appeared around Ghost Lantern Huanyue. These bubbles floated in the air and slowly flew towards Naraku Uehara!


    All of these bubbles can explode at any time!


    "How many times do I have to say..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Ghost Lantern, imitated his appearance, and snapped his fingers: "No one in the entire ninja world is better at water escape ninjutsu than me! Whether you are the second generation of Hokage or the second generation of Mizukage, in front of me no difference..."


    Dense bubbles descended from the sky, drowning the ghost lantern and moon in an instant, and a continuous burst of explosions resounded across the battlefield!


    Ghost Lantern Huanyue''s body was directly blown into pieces!


    Even the newly recovered second-generation Hokage Senju Tomonama and fourth-generation Hokage Namikaze Minato were affected by this!


    "Who else?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Yakushidou, and also at the few reincarnated ninjas in front of Yakushidou, Maitekai, the second Tsuchikage Mu, and the fourth Kazekage Rasa...


    Well, all of them were defeated by his men.


    "Let''s go together!"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.


    The next moment, Maitekai, the second Tsuchikage Muru and the fourth Kazekage Rasa dispersed and attacked Uehara Naraku from different directions!


    The Fourth Kazekage Rasa manipulated his gold dust to surge up from the ground, sweeping up in the direction of Uehara Naraku, and the gold dust all over the sky was pressed down like a mountain!


    Maitekai swung his right fist towards Uehara Naraku from the flank, and hit a super air bomb, which merged into a white tiger, which is his strongest spell day tiger!


    The Second Dokagemu appeared in the sky above Naraku Uehara, he joined his hands together and shot a white light at Naraku Uehara, the Dust Escape Boundary Stripping Technique was fully activated in his hands!


    The gathering of these attacks is enough to form a lore!


    No matter who it is, they will never dare to underestimate this level of siege!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the attack that was sweeping in, stared at the serious pharmacist Dou, and slowly raised the corners of his mouth: "Dou, if it''s just like this, there is no way to stop me..."

 Chapter 307

    The light from Dust Dune arrives first!


    It''s just that this light, which is enough to split anyone into atoms, fell on Uehara Naraku''s body, but it didn''t split Uehara''s body at all!


    No, not without division.


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm, and a more brilliant white light shot out from his hand, directly crushing the dusty white light that penetrated the second Tsuchikage Wu, smashing the dirty body of the second Tsuchikage to pieces!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku kicked the rushing white day tiger into the air, turned around and smashed the gold dust manipulated by Luo Sha with a punch!


    In an instant, this lore that was enough to threaten anyone was resolved by Uehara Naraku. Uehara Naraku resolved the crisis so quickly that even the instigator, Yao Shidou, felt a little shocked!


    "Did you steal Chen Dun with your own technique?"


    Pharmacist Dou''s eyes were fixed on all the movements of Uehara Naraku. After shaking his head, he murmured to himself in a low voice: "No, it''s not that he stole the dust escape, because he didn''t see him using the stolen dust escape at all. The ability of the spell, then this means..."


    Pharmacist''s face suddenly relaxed, he looked at Uehara Naraku, with an incomprehensible smile on his face: "Sure enough... I synthesized the Dust Escape Blood with chakras of the three attributes of wind, earth, and fire. continue?"


    Pharmacist Dou took another breath slowly, watched Uehara Naraku fight with Maitkai calmly, and said in a low voice: "Not only that, but also directly defeated Kai with his physical skills. Sir''s Hiroto...Compared to these, the magnetic dust gold that crushed the fourth Kazekage with one punch is really nothing."


    "clever."


    After Uehara Naraku praised the pharmacist''s pocket, he grabbed Maitekai''s throat with one hand, and threw Maitekai to Luosha with his hands, and the two of them flew out together!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku rushed to the pharmacist''s pocket without hesitation!


    "Immortal Law Inorganic Reincarnation!"


    Pharmacist Doudou did not hesitate to seal his hands together!


    I saw a stone wall instantly appearing on the ground, and small sharp thorns emerged from the wall to stop Uehara Naraku''s charge, and even surrounded him!


    However, the next moment, Uehara Naraku smashed the stone wall in front of him with a punch, and rushed to the position of the pharmacist''s pocket again!


    "This is too determined!"


    After Yao Shidou gritted his teeth, he opened his mouth and spewed a white light towards Uehara Naraku: "Immortal Art¡¤White Shock Technique!"


    This ray of light was so bright that it made people close their eyes involuntarily!


    Suddenly there was a vibration in the air, and this vibration became bigger and bigger, and it even kept rubbing against people''s bones against the shock!


    Naraku Uehara, however, ignored all the damage caused by the white shock technique, rushed to the side of Medicine Master Dou, and rubbed his wrist: "It has become stronger! Your technique can actually hurt my body, Dou, I have been doing it for a long time. No injuries..."


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou''s expression changed.


    Although you are the boss, are you speaking human words?


    This is an immortal technique that he has worked so hard to cultivate. The White Snake Immortal once praised it as a technique that brought the ninjutsu of sound to the extreme!


    Pharmacist sighed faintly, looking at Naraku Uehara standing in front of him, this ninja who can be said to have the strongest physical skills stood in front of him, only a few tens of centimeters away from him...


    At this time, what else can I say?


    Pharmacist stretched out his fingers, gently pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose, and said in a low voice: "Can you be gentle, don''t break my glasses, after all, they are left to me by the dean... "


    "certainly."


    Naraku Uehara slammed a fist into the lower abdomen of the pharmacist!


    Yao Shidou felt a huge force spreading outward from his lower abdomen, and a mouthful of blood spurted out from his mouth involuntarily!


    Even the Immortal Mode couldn''t resist this blow!


    The next moment, Yao Shidou''s figure flew upside down involuntarily, his figure drew an arc in the air, and fell heavily to the ground.


    "Okay."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at his system panel, and finally heaved a sigh of relief. This time, he gained a lot in Konoha, enough to give him enough strength to deal with what will happen in the future.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Longdi Cave Immortal Mode (1/1), the task has been completed, and the Immortal Mode will be rewarded for ascending to a higher level.


    Immortal Mode Ascension to God: When the natural energy and chakra are in the same value, you can enter a new combat mode by synthesizing celestial chakra. Currently, it is the fourth form of Ascension to God (ultimate form).


    Immortal Mode (Ultimate Form): Chakra is automatically converted to Senshu Chakra, all skill cooldown reduction +100%, life energy increased by 1000%, life energy recovery effect increased by 1000%, Senju Chakra energy recovery effect increased by 1000%, When using Senju Chakra to release skills, the skill consumption is reduced by 70%.


    Note: When using physical skills in the fairy mode, the physical damage will be accompanied by a flame wave attack. After hitting the enemy, it will be absolutely impossible to defend the real damage to the enemy.


    Is this the ultimate form of immortal mode?


    Uehara Naraku slowly breathed a sigh of relief, and directly increased the life energy and various recovery effects by ten times, so he should be able to face enemies of the sixth level, right?


    At least it shouldn''t be too inferior in terms of physical skills...


    Of course, Uehara Naraku has another hole card.


    Because after defeating the golden nine tails after Uehara Naraku appeared on the stage, he got the last component of the Taoist jade.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Yin Nine Tails (1/1), the task has been completed, and the passive talent skill Yin Power will be rewarded.


    The power of yin: You can freely drive the yin attribute chakra, create and use yin escape ninjutsu at will, turn nothing into reality, and it is one of the components of the seeking jade.


    Yin-Yang Dun (activated): You can freely drive the Yin-Yang Dun with the power of Yin + Yang to create everything from nothing and give life. You can also use Yin-Yang Dun to limit the flow of the enemy''s chakra and life force.


    Seeking Dao Jade (Activated): Based on Yin-Yang Dungeon + Full Attribute Chakra Power + Immortal Chakra, it can destroy and resist ninjutsu. People who do not have the power of the Six Paths will turn into nothingness after touching it .


    Only ninjas with the power of the Six Paths can touch the seeking jade. The generation of each seeking jade will consume 100,000 points of celestial chakra. The skill cooldown time is 0, and there are at most six at the same time.


    It takes 100,000 points of celestial chakra to generate a Taoist jade...


    If it¡¯s just chakra, it¡¯s okay to say, after all, there are ways to recover; but the extraction of natural energy is fixed, and the synthetic extraction of xianshu chakra is limited, and can only rely on its own recovery speed.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s current chakra amount, he can barely condense four Dao-seeking jades. There is no way to solve this...


    However, after Uehara Naraku turned on the immortal mode, his immortal chakra recovery speed was about 2,000 points per second, and he could condense a seeking jade in less than a minute.


    The next moment, Naraku Uehara raised his finger, manipulated Obito Uchiha to appear beside Yakushidou, and whispered: "The next thing is, after we have a life-and-death fight, then you just retreat ..."


    "..."


    Pharmacist raised his head speechlessly.


    He was defeated by one punch!


    How can this be a life-and-death fight?


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku still held his fingers upright, and continued to speak with Uchiha Obito''s body in a low voice: "Don''t worry, I guess Nagato-sama will definitely cast reincarnation;


    Let''s fight again and find a way to keep Maitekai here, so you can retreat first in the name of your serious injury. "


    Nagato release reincarnation is almost absolute.


    Because according to Uehara Naraku''s arrangement, the current Nagato must have planned to use his own life to make up for the mistake, especially Jiraiya also died in his hands...


    fair enough.


    Let Nagato use his own life to repay the favor he owed back then.


    After Nagato''s death, Uehara Naraku will start preparing to deal with stronger enemies.


    Now Uehara Naraku has obtained both the Taoist Jade and the final form of the sage mode, and his strength is almost reaching the limit. It is time to bring Orochimaru back to life.


    And Uehara will personally manipulate Orochimaru to become the first six-level ninja, and then try to hammer Orochimaru to death to complete his advanced task...


    Orochimaru always wants to be a coward for the rest of his life in exchange for his own longevity. This is too incompatible with Konoha Sannin''s identity!


    It''s better to let him be a hero for a while, and die when he is happy.


    "¡­yes."


    Faced with Uehara Naraku''s order, Yao Shidou could only reluctantly agree.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist''s pocket and continued softly: "After Nagato-sama casts Reincarnation, I will send Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito to show up again and take away Nagato-sama''s body. After you take off the reincarnation eye, Help me preserve his body, or help me reincarnate him.


    After Orochimaru gets the Eye of Reincarnation in the future, I will coax Heijue to help, and see if I can let Orochimaru revive Uchiha Madara, let him resurrect Nagato-sama. "


    "¡­clear."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.


    The arrangement of this boss is really interlocking!


    Calculated in this way, it seems that there are no loopholes in everything, but I feel that Master Orochimaru is a bit pitiful.


    Orochimaru hasn''t been revived yet...


    Uehara Naraku had already arranged for him how to die.


    "It''s time to start."


    Uehara Naraku slowly loosened his fingers and clenched his fist again, the chakras around him gradually began to riot!


    The next moment, countless revived reincarnated ninjas swarmed towards Uehara Naraku!


    Everyone on the battlefield saw the figure of Naraku Uehara rushing from left to right, constantly dodging spells and attacks flying around, and still trying to persevere under the siege of a group of reincarnated enemies!


    No, or he is still looking for a chance to fight back!


    "I''ll help Uehara!"


    Uzumaki Naruto has re-entered the Nine-Tails mode, and he is about to rush to the center of the battlefield to meet the enemy with Uehara Naraku, because he is the only one who recovers the fastest among all the people present, and he is not tired at all.


    "Wait, Naruto..."


    After Nagato coughed a few times, he condensed a Yin Yang escape black stick and handed it to Uzumaki Naruto: "Bring this, at least it can help a little..."


    "it is good!"


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded, took the black stick handed by Nagato, and immediately flew towards the direction of the battlefield. The appearance of Uzumaki Naruto just created an opportunity for Yakushidou and Uehara Naraku''s plan.


    Under the control of Yakushidou, Maitekai, who was reincarnated from the dirt, rushed towards Uzumaki Naruto, and the two began to confront each other almost head-to-head!


    "Super large jade spiral pill!"


    Uzumaki Naruto manipulated Chakra to create a super-large jade spiral pill to defeat Maitkai, and inserted the black stick in his hand on Maitkai!


    At the same time, Uehara Naraku also opened a gap.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure almost smashed through all the defenses head-on, and punched Medicine Master''s pocket: "If you dare to betray Akatsuki, you will have to pay the price you deserve..."


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    The next moment, just as Naraku Uehara was about to continue attacking and kill Yakushitou, the figure of Uchiha Obito appeared beside Yakushido!


    A vortex of time and space suddenly appeared and brought Medicine Master Dou into his divine power space, saving the life of Medicine Master Dou!


    "All retreat."


    Uchiha Obito coldly glanced at everyone around him, then glanced at Naraku Uzumaki and Naruto Uzumaki, and said coldly: "Naruto Uzumaki, Naraku Uzumaki, next time you won''t be so lucky ...next time I will show you the most terrifying enemy in the world!"


    A red light flashed in Uchiha Obito''s writing wheel eyes: "When you see the real power, you will see that there is a big gap in this world, just like the moon in the sky and the stones on the ground..."


    "next time¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto narrowed his eyes slightly, and said in a cold voice: "The next time will be Uchiha Madara standing behind you!"


    Uzumaki Naruto has long known.


    Uchiha Madara is also hidden behind Uchiha Obito.


    Obito Uchiha didn''t answer, just sneered and said: "Hmph, I just said there will be a next time, as for you haven''t got the next chance, you will see your own luck!"


    Uchiha Obito''s voice just fell.


    Namikaze Minato suddenly moved in the direction of Uzumaki Naruto, and threw a black and purple tailed beast jade!


    "Be careful!"


    Uehara Naraku instantly appeared in front of Uzumaki Naruto, and smashed the Tailed Beast Jade into the air with a punch, watching the Tailed Beast Jade explode in the distance, splashing a large cloud of dust!


    By the time they came back to their senses, the other filthy ninjas on the entire battlefield had already slipped away completely under the leadership of Uchiha Obito...


    No, there is one more.


    That is Maitkai who has been suppressed by Uzumaki Naruto with the black stick.


    "Huh... is it finally over?"


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    After Naraku Uehara looked around the battlefield, he breathed a sigh of relief, and was about to fall to the ground as if he lost all strength.


    Uzumaki Naruto hastily stretched out his arm to support Uehara Naraku''s body, and hurriedly said: "Hey, Uehara, are you okay! Those guys have already withdrawn..."


    "fine."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head.

 Chapter 308

    Uzumaki Naruto stared at Uehara Naraku''s slightly trembling fingers, which was obviously a symptom of high mental tension.


    A look of astonishment appeared on Uzumaki Naruto''s face: "Just now, I was still trying to persevere in the fight, but I didn''t see your nervousness at all..."


    "I have reasons why I must persevere."


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his fingers into fists, and said a little tiredly: "If I don''t hold on, what will Nagato-sama and Konan-sensei do? Just like you are protecting Konoha, I must protect them well. "


    "..."


    A look of admiration flashed in Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes.


    Naruto Uzumaki sighed and looked at the devastated battlefield: "This war is finally over..."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded.


    For others, the war is over.


    For Uehara Naraku, the real war has just begun.


    Now that Uchiha Obito and Yakushi have retreated, the comrade-in-arms relationship between Konoha, Sand Ninja Village, Wuyin Village and Xiao Organization has collapsed, so Konoha Ninja, Sand Ninja, and Mist Ninja did not retreat, but instead It came like a tide.


    Because the Akatsuki organization had previously captured the tailed beasts in Hidden Sand Village and Hidden Wu Village, and destroyed Hidden Sand Village and Hidden Wu Village, causing heavy losses to the two big Ninja Villages; not to mention that Nagato''s Pain Liudao also killed a large number of wood Leaf Ninja.


    These are scars.


    It cannot be easily erased.


    They were enemies a few hours ago!


    "We have some intelligence to ask."


    Tsunade stood up slowly, stared at Nagato, Konan and Uehara Sannin, and said in a deep voice: "These are likely to be related to the safety of the ninja world, and you destroyed the sand hidden village and Wu hidden village ,we must¡­"


    "Want to judge us?"


    Uehara Naraku stood in front of Nagato, slowly clenched his fists, looked into Tsunade''s eyes, and said in a deep voice: "In this world, no one is qualified to judge us! Since I can destroy Sand Hidden Village , can destroy Wuyin Village, and can also destroy Konoha!"


    "Uehara Naraku, don''t be so excited, I didn''t mean that!"


    Tsunade frowned, and said in a deep voice: "If we kill each other, only Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito will be proud!"


    "Then get out of the way!"


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his left hand, clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice, "My strength is stronger than yours, so make way for me!"


    "You bastard, don''t be too arrogant!"


    A Konoha ninja cursed loudly: "You guys have killed so many of our companions, how could you stop there!"


    "That''s right!"


    "We must pay for our companions!"


    "I think it''s easier to send you to accompany them!"


    Uehara Naraku stared at those Konoha ninjas, and they backed away pale in fright, with a sinister smile on his face: "Why don''t I send you all to accompany them now!"


    "Uehara!"


    Uzumaki Naruto couldn''t help showing a look of worry on his face, he hurriedly stopped Uehara Naraku''s sight, then looked at Tsunade and whispered persuasion: "Grandma Tsunade, now is not the time to quarrel..."


    To be honest, Naruto Uzumaki most hopes for a peaceful solution now.


    Because Uzumaki Naruto believes that since the matter has been resolved, the Akatsuki organization will never destroy the ninja world from now on, so it should temporarily face the crisis of Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Madara first. After all, Nagato and Konan are both Jiraiya''s disciple.


    The most important thing now is to resolve disputes peacefully.


    Gaara shook his head, stood beside them and said in a low voice: "Although I don''t want to worry too much at this time, I have to give an explanation to the ninjas in the village about the destruction of Sand Hidden Village by the Akatsuki organization... "


    "The same goes for Wuyin Village."


    Terumi Mei stared closely at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "Although I don''t want to care about it, but whether it is the destruction of Kirigakure Village, the capture of Mio, or the defection of Ghost Lantern Moon and all the Seven Ninja Swordsmen..."


    Terumi Mei really can''t help it.


    Wuyin Village is simply out of reach.


    "Do you have water in your brain too?"


    Uehara Naraku''s words directly made Terumimei and Gaara a little confused, and the next moment Uehara Naraku''s words directly aroused their anger: "A little bit of strength, come to a strong man to reason, and you are not afraid of being beaten by me!" die?


    I destroyed the Hidden Sand Village and returned the body of the Fifth Kazekage of Hidden Sand Village. Isn¡¯t this a favor bestowed on Hidden Sand Village? If I had known earlier, I should have destroyed the entire Hidden Sand Village and killed everyone in Hidden Sand Village..."


    "Uehara..."


    Xiaonan couldn''t help tugging at Uehara''s sleeve.


    Nagato looked at Uehara Naraku with a pale face, coughed a few times and said, "Uehara, don''t be so violent..."


    Nagato doesn''t want another war either.


    As a person who is committed to eliminating his past mistakes, Nagato really does not want to see any more disputes between Naraku Uehara and other villages. He only hopes that Naraku Uehara can protect himself and Xiaonan well.


    Naraku Uehara stood in front of Nagato, waved his hand and blocked Xiaonan who wanted to come forward, and said with a cold face: "I did the destruction of Shayin Village and Wuyin Village, if you want to make trouble , then come on! Recognize your own strength!"


    Naraku Uehara stared at Terumimei and Gaara, and said in a low voice: "In order to protect Nagato-sama and Konan-sensei, I will do whatever it takes, even if it is an enemy of this world, I will not care, and I am very strong now! "


    His proclamation was resounding.


    Naraku Uehara suddenly closed his palms, glanced at those ninjas who were full of hatred towards them, and said in a low voice: "Some things have been done for the first time, and I don''t care about doing it for the second time, even my fingers I can''t hurt you, and you can''t deal with Uchiha Obito if you keep you..."


    "..."


    Hearing this, Terumi Mei was almost pissed off by him!


    To be honest, Terumi Mei really wanted to fight Uehara Naraku desperately at this moment, this guy is really insulting!


    "That''s good."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Terumi Mei, and said softly: "But since you want it, as long as you beg me, I will drive back the seven Ninja Swordsmen in the Akatsuki organization. They are quite strong. It should be able to kill all the current high-level Kirigakure..."


    "asshole!"


    Terumi Mei''s face was extremely ugly.


    If those defected ninja sword seven returned to the country of water, it would really be possible to kill all the high-level Kirigakure. Why is this bastard Uehara Naraku so bad!


    It was fine when we met before...


    Now this guy has completely revealed his true colors!


    It turns out that this bastard guy is an out-and-out villain in the first place?


    Fortunately, someone came forward to help Terumi Mei at this time.


    Tsunade stood beside Terumi Mei, and said in a deep voice: "If strength can determine everything, you are now weaker than ever! And Nagato has admitted the mistakes you made, so why are you unwilling to accept the mistakes you made?" What about the consequences!"


    "If you think we are weak, then just try it!"


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes slightly, staring at the people who became vigilant, and said in a low voice: "Besides, even if Master Nagato made a mistake, I will be able to correct his mistakes sooner or later!"


    The chakra on Uehara Naraku''s body was gradually rioting. He stared at Tsunade and said in a low voice: "Now if you dare to humiliate us, then I will let you remember... Akatsuki''s real terror is like!"


    "Uehara..."


    Xiao Nan stretched out her palm and tugged Uehara''s sleeve, with a look of worry on her face, she looked at the disciple with a gloomy face, and said in a low voice: "Let''s... don''t be like this... okay? The war is over, you It looks like it will make people feel uncomfortable..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    Naraku Uehara can refute anyone''s persuasion.


    Only Konan''s plea was something Uehara Naraku could not refuse.


    This woman who used to protect him with a strong and resolute attitude begged him to temporarily stop his temper at this moment.


    After Tsunade noticed this scene, he sighed faintly and said: "Let''s not compete at this time, the most important thing now is to discuss how to deal with the threat of Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Madara, I will not interrogate you ..."


    Tsunade looked at Naraku Uehara, and persuaded softly: "But what we need most is information about Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Madara, I think you are also very worried about Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Obito''s threat to you... "


    "That guy!"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and said in a deep voice, "Okay, but I''ll take Nagato-sama and Xiaonan teacher home first...


    If you want to know information about Uchiha Obito and them, go to Yuyin Village to find me! Don''t come with some bad-tempered people, because I don''t have a good temper either! "


    "..."


    Tsunade fell silent.


    Everyone on the entire battlefield did not move.


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at this and that hesitantly, not knowing what to say, because everyone present didn''t seem to want to leave here, they neither had the guts to challenge Uehara Naraku''s power alone, nor did they want to retreat.


    "Ah¡­"


    Naraku Uehara smiled coldly, gradually raised his fingers together, and said in a low voice: "It seems that the world still talks with fists..."


    "Uehara..."


    Nagato interrupted Uehara Naraku, he coughed a few times, and forced his mouth to say: "Needless to say, it was my own mistake, I will make up for it myself... It was I who killed Jiraiya-sensei. Never forgive yourself."


    "Master Nagato!"


    "Nagato..."


    Naraku Uehara and Konan couldn''t help turning their heads to look at Nagato at the same time.


    Xiao Nan frowned tightly, her expression was very nervous, obviously she didn''t want to see what happened next.


    Nagato shook his head, waved his hand to stop their persuasion, and said in a low voice: "This is my own decision, at least I want to correct my mistakes."


    After Nagato finished speaking, he raised his head and looked at Tsunade: "Your Excellency Hokage, find a way to gather all the people who died in this war!


    If the ninjas who died in Wuyin Village and Sand Hidden Village are also sent together, including those who were killed by those dirt ninjas, I can use the reincarnation eye to revive them..."


    People killed by Payne Six Paths, Nagato can use Hell Path to find souls.


    However, those ninjas killed by enemies reincarnated from the soil must ensure their bodies are intact, and they must see their faces to communicate with their souls.


    "what?"


    Tsunade frowned suddenly, shook his head and said: "If it''s the kind of resurrection of the reincarnation of the dirt, then..."


    "No, it''s the real resurrection."


    Nagato interrupted Tsunade, and continued in a deep voice: "The power of the eyes of reincarnation can communicate with the underworld, bring the souls of the dead back from the underworld, and give them the power of life."


    "How is this possible¡­"


    Tsunade''s face was full of disbelief.


    But the next moment, Tsunade seemed to think of something, she looked at Nagato hesitantly and said: "If you resurrect them, then your life..."


    "Please hurry up!"


    Nagato glanced at Tsunade, and after urging in a low voice, he continued: "This in itself is an exchange of life, my life can''t last too long, let me use my last strength to correct myself Make a mistake!"

 Chapter 309

    Konoha Ninja moves very quickly.


    The bodies of those who died in battle were brought here today.


    The reconnaissance ninjas who died in battle after Payne''s invasion, and the sealed class ninjas who were finally killed by the dirt ninjas were all sent to Nagato.


    These corpses were densely packed on the ground. Just by looking at them roughly, there were more than a thousand people, which made people''s scalp tingle, and the corpses of Jiraiya and Hatake Kakashi were impressively listed.


    "Almost all here."


    Tsunade stood beside Nagato, and said in a low voice: "There are still some people whose remains are not complete, and their body parts can''t even be found..."


    Those people may have been directly reduced to pieces due to powerful spells or violent explosions. If the corpses are not completed, they will naturally not be able to be resurrected by reincarnation.


    Unless someone helps them reincarnate and repair their bodies...


    It''s a pity that this kind of thing is obviously impossible. Only one lucky man, Maitekai, was reincarnated in the dirt, and someone used reincarnation to resurrect him.


    Xiaonan stood behind Nagato, persuading him in a low voice: "Nagato... are you really determined to do this? Uehara seems a little uncomfortable..."


    "¡­I see."


    After Nagato nodded, he turned his head and glanced at Xiaonan, then lowered his head and said, "It''s okay, I have already arranged everything...Xiaonan, I have something to say to Uehara in private, can you help me put him away?" Call me?"


    "it is good."


    Konan nodded slightly.


    This is the last period of Nagato''s life, and what he will say next must be the last words in his life, at least for Nagato himself.


    When Naraku Uehara came and Xiao Nan left.


    Nagato looked at Uehara Naraku, and sighed: "It seems that the twelve-year-old boy has really grown up a lot, and he can already protect us..."


    "It''s good to know."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a bit ugly.


    Nagato looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression, his face gradually became serious, and he suddenly said: "Uehara, after I die, don''t let me come back to life..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s heart trembled.


    At this moment, he couldn''t help looking at Nagato, as if he felt that everything he had arranged had been seen through by Nagato.


    "Do you really think so?"


    Nagato frowned, he was just trying to test Uehara Naraku just now, but he didn''t expect that this little guy really wanted to resurrect him!


    Nagato came over, patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, and said in a low voice: "Uehara, my death is not only to revive Jiraiya-sensei, but also to correct what I committed when I was deceived by Uchiha Obito and the others. fault¡­


    You want to use the eyes of reincarnation to bring me back to life, right? I understand your emotions, but don''t kill another innocent person because of me alone, maybe even your own life, that''s what I don''t want to see. "


    Because Nagato once thought of resurrecting Yahiko.


    It is a pity that at that time, he understood that this kind of thinking was wrong. Even if Yahiko was resurrected, this wrong world could not be changed after all. In the end, Yahiko and Xiaonan might not be able to live in this world safely.


    "Oh, dying once is considered an atonement."


    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously.


    Uehara agrees with Nagato''s words very much, and he must not kill another person just because he resurrected one person. Fortunately, the person who will be responsible for resurrecting Nagato with the eyes of reincarnation in the future is not innocent.


    In this world, who would say that Orochimaru is innocent?


    Orochimaru has innocent people''s blood on his hands. If anyone dares to say that Orochimaru is innocent, Uehara Naraku will make him die innocently.


    What''s more, whether Orochimaru''s life will be lost because of this is still one thing!


    "All right."


    Nagato stood on tiptoe and wanted to rub Uehara Naraku''s hair like in the past, but unfortunately Uehara Naraku had grown too tall over the years, so Nagato could only pat him on the shoulder.


    Nagato stared at Naraku Uehara, and said softly: "I have said what I said before, now only you and Xiaonan are left, as a man, don''t worry your teacher too much, you must protect Xiaonan, remember Yet?"


    "rest assured."


    Uehara Naraku nodded solemnly.


    Even if Nagato doesn''t mention this matter, Uehara Naraku will definitely protect Xiaonan, and he has prepared enough protection facilities for Xiaonan.


    Even if Uchiha Madara is resurrected in the future, it is absolutely impossible to hurt Xiaonan!


    "I''m sure you''ll do it."


    Nagato looked at Uehara Naraku, and his voice gradually became a little lower: "Then, in the future, Xiaonan, Yuyin Village and Akatsuki will all be handed over to you."


    "¡­Ok."


    Uehara Naraku''s face turned dark.


    The two of them didn''t talk too much, or what they should have said before, they have already said a lot in these years, and the topic was too heavy before the parting of life and death, which was not suitable for the relationship between the two of them.


    After Nagato finished explaining his last words, he slowly closed his palms, hugged his fists and closed his eyes, and slowly lowered his voice...


    "Heretics, the natural art of reincarnation."


    The next moment, a ray of light flashed in his Samsara eyes.


    A huge Hades head floated above the ground. This Hades slowly opened his mouth, and countless green rays of light shot out from its mouth!


    Those are the souls of the dead!


    The souls of these dead people were thrown into their bodies one by one. Their injuries were almost recovering quickly, and their bodies gradually returned to life.


    The first resurrected person appeared!


    It turned out to be Maitkai, who is both body and soul!


    When he was revived by reincarnation, the shattered marks on his face disappeared without a trace, and he was freed from the control of reincarnation.


    The second resurrected person was Hatake Kakashi.


    Hatake Kakashi slowly opened his eyes, a little unbelievable that he had returned to the mortal world, because the last moment he was chatting with his father Sakumo Hatake on the road to the underworld...


    After experiencing life and death this time, Kakashi Hatake''s heart suddenly cleared up, and the complaints he had made to his father since he was a child disappeared without a trace, and he would never blame his father again.


    "From now on, will we never see each other again?"


    Hatake Kakashi felt a little lost in his heart, because he missed his father a little after parting with his father''s soul.


    His wish to see his father was overheard.


    Uehara Naraku saw Kakashi Hatake sitting up, slowly raised his finger, and quietly notified the medicine master pocket: "Kakashi Hatake is resurrected... Go and try to resurrect Sakumo Hatake Now! Let the father and son meet again!"


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou had no choice but to accept the order.


    To be honest, Yakushido feels that they have gathered enough father-son bonds, such as Namikaze Minato and Uzumaki Naruto father and son, Hatake Kakashi and Hatake Sakumo father and son, Fourth Kazekage Rasa and Fifth Kazekage I Love Luo father and son...


    This is really a big villain!


    With the resurrection of the dead one by one, every ninja couldn''t help rushing to hug their resurrected old friends and relatives, thanking them for meeting again.


    One of the most important people also slowly opened his eyes.


    Zilai also.


    Everyone involuntarily watched the tall figure of Jiraiya standing up again, Naruto Uzumaki and Tsunade were accumulating their own tears and refused to let them fall.


    "How is this going?"


    After Jiraiya gradually woke up, his eyes moved slowly, looking at the noisy environment around him, and finally his eyes stayed on Uzumaki Naruto and Nagato.


    "The lecherous fairy!"


    Uzumaki Naruto stood beside him, and explained in a low voice: "Brother Nagato used his own life and the power of the reincarnation eye to revive you..."


    "..."


    Jiraiya''s face became ugly.


    As a teacher, he would never want to see his disciple pay the price of his life in order to bring him back to life. What he wanted to see was that this disciple was safe and sound.


    The next moment, Jiraiya walked up to Nagato in a few steps, squatted down and stared at his disciple with a frail face, his ugly face suddenly became a little pity.


    "Nagato..."


    "teacher."


    Nagato shook his head calmly, and said weakly: "It''s not too late for a person to correct his mistakes before he dies, right?"


    "this is not your fault."


    Jiraiya looked into Nagato''s eyes, and said in a deep voice, "Tell me quickly, is there any other way to reverse all this?"


    "..."


    Unfortunately, Nagato no longer had the strength to answer.


    After releasing the technique of reincarnation, Nagato was already doomed, not to mention that he was already very weak, and reincarnation completely exhausted his life.


    "The art of reincarnation is irreversible."


    Xiao Nan lowered his brows slowly, looked at Nagato who was slowly lowering his head, suppressed his own sadness, lowered his head and said: "Teacher, all of this is voluntary by Nagato, killing the teacher has always been the thing he regrets the most ..."


    "But I never blamed him..."


    Jiraiya''s eyes twitched, suppressing his own sadness.


    This man in his fifties slowly stretched out his palm, watching Nagato''s hair turn white, the sadness in his eyes could hardly be suppressed.


    If possible, he hoped that if he died, his disciples could survive. This is the real inheritance.


    Jilai also stretched out his palm, slowly put his disciple on the ground little by little, and straightened his clothes.


    One by one Konoha ninjas slowly gathered up, lowered their heads quietly, and prayed for this ninja who gave his life.


    Wait until this short ceremony is over.


    Jilai also slowly raised his head, looked at his other disciple, and said in a low voice, "Xiaonan, what are you going to do next?"


    Xiaonan glanced at Naraku Uehara, who was lonely in the distance, and said softly: "Uehara and I will take Nagato and Yahiko''s bodies back to Yuyin Village..."


    "Where is Xiao?"


    "Uehara and I will withdraw from Akatsuki."


    After being silent for a while, Xiaonan continued: "It''s just that this matter depends on Uehara''s decision, maybe we will remake Akatsuki into a war mediation organization..."


    "Those traitors may not agree, right?"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    "If they refuse to agree..."


    Xiaonan lowered his head and said softly: "They should be driven out. Uehara and I have enough strength... The only trouble is Nagato''s reincarnation eye."


    "..."


    Zilai also fell into silence.


    To be honest, he really wanted to destroy this pair of reincarnation eyes.


    No matter whose hands the eyes of reincarnation fall into, it will cause a big trouble, because everyone has seen the power of the eyes of reincarnation; whether it is various magical abilities or the reincarnation of them, they are amazing enough.


    Just as they were still thinking, a gloomy voice suddenly entered their ears: "Let me handle the reincarnation eye for you!"


    A Flying Thunder God Kunai stuck beside Nagato''s body.


    The next moment, Namikaze Minato''s figure suddenly appeared, his palm immediately grabbed Nagato''s body, and disappeared in front of everyone with the flying thunder god technique!


    "Asshole, it''s Orochimaru again!"

 Chapter 310

    No one thought about it.


    Under the watchful eyes of everyone, Orochimaru was really daring, manipulating Nagamo Minato to steal Nagato''s body.


    There was some consternation in everyone''s eyes.


    Among them, Uehara Naraku was undoubtedly the first to react.


    "Put down Nagato-sama!"


    After Uehara Naraku saw that golden light flashing past, he immediately chased after him like a madman. His speed almost drew an afterimage in the air!


    The others didn''t dare to be in a daze, and followed closely behind to catch up!


    Everyone was a little panicked, once Orochimaru got the reincarnation eye or Nagato''s body, what terrible consequences he would cause!


    After all, that is Orochimaru who has always been afraid of chaos in the world, he will definitely not just regard Samsara Eye and Nagato as collectibles!


    If Orochimaru got the eyes of reincarnation, that bastard would definitely use the eyes of reincarnation to disturb the whole ninja world.


    Unfortunately¡­


    When it comes to speed, who can catch up with the so-called golden flash Minato?


    Uehara Naraku, having completely lost track of Namakaze Minato, slammed his fist on the ground bitterly, looked behind Tsunade and Jiraiya and said, "Hokage-dono, Jiraiya-sama, will this be too much?" Coincidentally, every time it''s Konoha''s rebellion..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fists, and walked towards Tsunade and Jiraiya, his voice gradually became gloomy: "What Uchiha Madara, Uchiha Obito, Orochimaru, Yakushidou...these are people from Konoha , This is your Konoha conspiracy!"


    It''s really hard to say that.


    All the ninjas who are behind the scenes in the ninja world are all ninjas from Konoha without exception. This seems rather strange.


    After all, the ninjas who defected from the major ninja villages can at most be a member of Akatsuki. On the other hand, the ninjas in Konoha, if they don¡¯t make a big incident, they will be sorry for their rebellious status...


    How would Tsunade refute this kind of thing?


    The rebellion in the village is too strong, do you blame her, Hokage?


    Tsunade is just a Hokage who has only taken over Konoha for four years!


    Uehara Naraku''s chakra rioted almost like a substance: "Now! Immediately! Immediately! Let that bastard Orochimaru return Nagato-sama''s body!"


    "Naraku Uehara, calm down!"


    Jilai also stopped in front of Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "No one wants this kind of thing to happen, and we have been chasing and killing Orochimaru..."


    "Konoha has been chasing him for more than ten years, it is not as good as I have been chasing him for several years!"


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists, stared at Jiraiya and Tsunade coldly, and said sharply: "You and Orochimaru are friends, and you secretly ordered him to steal Nagato-sama''s body behind the scenes!"


    "Naraku..."


    Xiao Nan interrupted Uehara''s words, and slowly walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, she stretched out an arm to stop Uehara Naraku, and embraced her disciple in her arms.


    Xiao Nan lowered his head slowly, comforting him with a trembling voice: "Naraku, be sensible, don''t be like this... Nagato wouldn''t want to see you like this."


    Just now, Xiaonan''s mind also went blank.


    It was only after seeing Naraku Uehara almost losing his mind that Xiao Nan reorganized his emotions and comforted his irritable disciple with soft words.


    "I see, teacher."


    Naraku Uehara hugged Xiao Nan''s shoulders, and said in a low voice: "I will definitely find a way to find Orochimaru and bring Nagato-sama back!"


    When Uehara Naraku said this, his face was heavy.


    This is a promise made by a man, not to mention that he planned to do this, but he didn''t know how Orochimaru would feel at that time.


    On the contrary, Tsunade and Jiraiya next to him were in a delicate mood. Tsunade sighed and promised aloud: "We will also intensify our efforts to search for traces of Orochimaru... If there is any information, we will tell you immediately. you."


    That bastard Orochimaru really doesn''t do anything human!


    This guy manipulated Minakame Minato and directly stole Nagato''s body. He did it neatly, but he left them such a big trouble.


    Naraku Uehara is like a lunatic!


    But if there is any problem, this guy may directly risk his life!


    Fortunately, Xiaonan acted reasonably, or she had to maintain her own sanity and keep her emotions from collapsing, because her disciple Uehara Naraku was like an active volcano that could erupt at any time.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Xiao Nan had to appease his disciple''s emotions.


    Tsunade''s eyes turned slightly, and stayed on Xiaonan and Uehara Naraku. The relationship between the master and apprentice was really good. At least it was the first time Tsunade saw someone who could restrain the emotional Uehara Naraku.


    The fetters of the ninja world are indeed the most complicated relationship.


    Even Naraku Uehara, the guy who once destroyed several Ninja villages in the big country, can''t escape this kind of fetters now!


    Now that Nagato''s body was stolen by Orochimaru, Naraku Uehara was not in a good mood, and just sat beside Konan dully, so when Tsunade wanted to communicate information, he could only communicate with Konan temporarily.


    To be honest, Tsunade really prefers communicating with Konan.


    At least Tsunade''s heart can be more at ease.


    If you exchange information with Uehara Naraku, even if Tsunade knows that what Uehara Naraku is saying is true, but according to Uehara Naraku''s previous appearance of opening and closing his mouth, Tsunade still can''t help but discount the information.


    After all, when Uehara Naraku was doing strategic deception before, playing the role of Sanshoyu Hanzo''s loyal subordinate was really deeply rooted in the hearts of the people...


    If we stay together now, Tsunade is really worried that he can''t help but ask if Sansho Hanzo''s body is okay...


    Damn, it''s outrageous!


    Fortunately, Xiaonan is an honest person.


    When Tsunade asked about Obito Uchiha, Konan didn''t deliberately conceal it, but frowned and told a little bit about what happened in those years.


    "When Uchiha Obito first appeared in front of us, he claimed to be Uchiha Madara. After Yahiko died in battle, Uchiha Obito began to guide us to create the so-called ultimate weapon to achieve peace in the ninja world.


    At the beginning, whether it was recruiting members or other matters, Obito Uchiha would provide advice to Nagato behind the scenes until we met Naraku. "


    Xiaonan turned her head and glanced at Naraku, her eyes gradually revealed a softness, she continued softly: "Naraku is the son of Uehara Haruki, a member of our first generation Akatsuki. Zang and Sanjiao Hanzo''s people were killed.


    We met Naraku when we grew up, and decided to take him by our side to take care of him. Unfortunately, Nagato hoped that Naraku would become stronger quickly. Perhaps because of this, Naraku worked harder than anyone else and began to act as a Akatsuki''s interns accept tasks from the organization.


    It''s just that when Naraku went to perform the task of recruiting Kisame Kisame for the first time, he happened to meet Obito Uchiha who was going to murder him;


    Because of the identity leak, Uchiha Obito wanted to murder Naraku, and since then the Akatsuki organization has parted ways with Uchiha Obito. "


    "That''s right..."


    Tsunade sighed faintly, remembering her encounter with Uehara Naraku many years ago, and sighed softly: "When I met Uehara, a little guy in Tangnin Village, he should have just finished the execution of recruiting dried persimmon ghosts." It''s Shark''s mission!"


    No wonder Uehara Naraku listened to Konan so much.


    Because the little guy Uehara Naraku has been taken care of by Xiaonan since he grew up.


    There are traces of what Xiaonan said. When Tsunade met Uehara Naraku for the first time, he was accompanied by three S-level rebels from Wuyin Village, as well as Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro.


    Xiaonan raised his eyebrows, glanced at Tsunade, then at Uehara Naraku, and said, "If he lost to Lord Hokage by a few million taels...it should be at that time."


    If Konan remembers correctly, Kisame Kisame mentioned it once when she received her uniform, and since then, Naraku Uehara''s pocket money has been directly controlled.


    Tsunade supported his chin with the palm of his hand, and sighed softly: "It''s not that I lost to me completely, this kid even left me a few million taels directly, saying that his teacher had received my favor during the war , that money is a gift in return..."


    Tsunade looked at Uehara Naraku, then at Konan, and asked curiously: "But I remember I didn''t do anything, right? It was Jiraiya who stopped Orochimaru from killing you, and it was Jiraiya who raised and cared for you." ..."


    "Ms. Xiaonan once mentioned it."


    Naraku Uehara suddenly interrupted Tsunade''s words, and said in a low voice: "Mr. Konan, when they met you for the first time, you gave them some dry bread."


    "..."


    Tsunade fell silent for a moment.


    It had been so long ago that she didn''t remember much of it.


    Jilai also sat beside Tsunade, patted his forehead, glanced at Xiaonan, and sighed slightly: "Xiaonan, I take back what I said before, you really taught a good disciple!"


    "Yes, Teacher Jiraiya."


    Xiao Nan nodded calmly, then shook his head and said, "Unfortunately, we still took Uehara to the wrong path..."


    "Nothing."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and interrupted Xiao Nan''s words, and said softly: "For me, the only correct way is to protect you."


    "..."


    Xiao Nan lowered his head slowly.


    Everyone present was silent for a while.


    Tsunade was the first to break the silence, and asked: "Let''s talk about Orochimaru, he is now an ally with Obito Uchiha, and he controls many dirty ninjas, which is very dangerous.


    The last time we received exact information from Orochimaru, we saw his sloughed body in the Uzumaki Namian Hall in the village. Later, the news that Orochimaru died in the laboratory began to spread in the ninja world. "


    "Let me talk about this!"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and said in a low voice: "I have been in charge of hunting down the traitor Orochimaru in the organization, and I have driven him into desperation several times, but in the end it all fell short..."


    "It''s not a failure."


    Xiaonan stretched out his palm to comfort his disciple''s emotions: "Nagato said that you destroyed many Orochimaru''s bases and hiding lairs..."


    "It''s a pity that we couldn''t solve him."


    After Uehara Naraku said this, Shen Sheng continued: "Now it seems that Orochimaru''s fake death should be coveting Nagato-sama''s eyes of reincarnation, and deliberately faked his death to escape, so that Yaoshi can join Akatsuki and investigate our intelligence."


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, his face became ugly again: "When I invited Yakushitou to join Akatsuki, I searched carefully. Like you, I found the body of Orochimaru... that bastard!"


    "..."


    Everyone''s face is not good-looking.


    They have reached a consensus on Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito.


    It is a pity that the intelligence exchange between them has not made any substantial progress.


    After all, this information was all a few years ago, and Tsunade and Jiraiya only found out about Uehara Naraku''s origin, and nothing else was gained at all.


    Until Jiraiya pondered for a while, he mentioned a member of Akatsuki: "Maybe we can find a way to catch someone. I remember Uchiha Obito once leaked that there was a person named Hei Ze who was placed in Akatsuki''s Undercover."


    "Shouldn''t it be an undercover agent?"


    There was some hesitation on Xiaonan''s face, and she said in a low voice: "Although the relationship between Zetsu and Obito Uchiha was very close before, but during this period of time, Zetsu has always wanted to kill Uchiha Obito..."


    "That may not be..."


    After Jiraiya said this, he glanced at Uehara Naraku.


    Isn''t Uehara Naraku an excellent performing artist and super spy?


    This guy was very loyal to Sansho Hanzo before, but in fact he was the murderer who killed Sansho Hanzo; he also wanted to deal with the Akatsuki organization before, but it turned out to be the next generation leader of the Akatsuki organization.


    Jiraiya''s gaze did not hide from everyone.


    Everyone had a look of embarrassment on their faces.


    Jilai also looked at Xiaonan, and continued in a deep voice: "At least we should test it first! After we catch Hei Ze, maybe we can use it to get information about Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara hooked his fingers without leaving a trace.


    It was not in vain that he secretly manipulated Obito Uchiha to leak information before, and they finally remembered that they were black.


    Now, it is also time to drive Hei Jue out of the Xiao organization.

 Chapter 311

    Jiraiya''s thinking is fine.


    It''s just wishful thinking to ask Hei Ze for information about Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru from Hei Ze''s mouth, they won''t be able to catch Hei Ze.


    And even if they were caught, Hei Jue would not be able to compile information.


    Heijue really doesn''t know!


    Although it has a lot of information about the ninja world, it can''t find the location of Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru at all, and it can''t find it no matter how hard it looks!


    At this point, I have to mention Naraku Uehara''s delicate operation. Although Uehara does not have all the information about the ninja world, he has the source of the information.


    Every move of all the dangerous people in the ninja world, even their life and death, is in the hands of Naraku Uehara, and only if he wants them to come alive can they come back alive.


    Hei Jue didn''t have any information at all.


    It''s just that the plan proposed by Jiraiya is also the only way now, so Xiaonan also agreed to find a way to control Heijue first, and see if he can get information from it.


    However, Xiao Nan still mentioned a problem in advance.


    "Ze has always been an intelligence member of Akatsuki."


    Xiaonan frowned, and said worriedly: "Its information has always been very accurate. If it is really an undercover agent of Obito Uchiha and knows what happened to Konoha, it may have escaped from Akatsuki by now." ..."


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    "Not maybe, but sure."


    Uehara Naraku raised his head with an ugly expression, and looked at Xiao Nandao: "Teacher, the purpose of Hei Ze has always been to let us collect tailed beasts. Now that Nagato-sama has sacrificed, we have also given up the plan to collect tailed beasts. It must I won''t stay in Akatsuki anymore..."


    "If you can''t find Heijue..."


    Jilai also lowered his head slowly, and said in a low voice: "Then we can only continue to send more people to search for the whereabouts of Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru!"


    "Then please take care of yourself."


    Naraku Uehara clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "Notify me as soon as I find them, I will never let those two bastards go!"


    Now I have to go back and appease Hei Jue as soon as possible.


    According to the degree of black absolute relative to intelligence acumen, it will soon know what happened to Konoha, it will know about Nagato''s sacrifice, Yakushito colluded with Uchiha Obito to betray Moon Eye, Samsara Eye was snatched away by Orochimaru, etc. Series information...


    I don''t know if Hei Jue will feel desperate!


    After all, for a thousand years, this is Hei Jue''s closest success since he set the Eye of the Moon Project, but he was betrayed again and again... No matter how big Hei Jue''s heart is, it is hard to say that he can bear this hit.


    Uehara Naraku sighed inwardly.


    Up to now, he is the only one who will accompany Heijue, and he wants to let Heijue know that there is no one in the whole ninja world who is worthy of trust except him.


    Apart from him, there is no one in the entire ninja world that Hei Jue can rely on!


    After all, in the future, to control Orochimaru to revive Uchiha Madara, and to revive Nagato by the way, all of them will need to rely on Hei Ze to help!


    In fact it is.


    "Okay, let''s skip these topics for now. Next, I will send Anbu to search for the whereabouts of Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito. They will definitely not hide after they get the eyes of reincarnation."


    After Tsunade finished speaking, he looked at Uehara Naraku and Konan and continued in a deep voice: "When are you going to return the tail beasts of other big countries... In this way, their hostility towards Yuyin Village will also be reduced."


    "There is no way to return it."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in a low voice: "The golem of the outsider who imprisoned the tailed beast is only controlled by the eye of reincarnation. Now that Nagato-sama''s body and the eye of reincarnation are in the hands of Orochimaru, the golem of the outsider is probably going to die soon." Falling into his hands, we must first find the eye of reincarnation."


    "Where is the heretic golem that imprisoned the tailed beast now?"


    "Master Nagato may still be in Akatsuki''s base after disabling the psychic image of the alien golem, but it should be taken away by Orochimaru''s psychic soon... The reincarnation eye is not the purpose, use the reincarnation eye to control the resurrection of the alien demon Like is the purpose."


    Naraku Uehara continued to shake his head, and said in a deep voice, "Unfortunately, no matter how strong we are, there is nothing we can do about the golems of heretics..."


    However, Tsunade''s words reminded Uehara Naraku.


    Now the golem of the heretics may still be in the base of the Akatsuki organization, but we must find a way to transfer the golems of the heretics, so as not to leave any clues.


    After all, he has been cleansed.


    Now that it has been washed white, there must be no more stains left.


    "Is that so?"


    Tsunade frowned again. She shook her head and temporarily ignored the issue of the golem of the heretics. She glanced at Naraku Uehara and said, "I will hold a five-kage conference in the near future. You should come to participate at that time!"


    "Five Shadows Conference?"


    Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, then said softly: "It sounds like a meeting of the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations, can our small country also participate?"


    "Of course you can."


    After Tsunade nodded, he continued softly: "If possible, I plan to hold the Five Kages Conference in Yuyin Village or the Iron Country. On the one hand, it is to discuss the crisis of Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru. On the other hand, it is also helping you to mediate with Yuyin Village so that the hatred will not continue to spread."


    Tsunade did it out of pure kindness.


    After all, Uehara Naraku had previously destroyed the four Great Ninja Villages as a member of the Akatsuki organization. Even now, Shayin Village and Wuyin Village have temporarily given up the pursuit under the pressure of Konoha, but Yunyin Village and Yanyin Village will not give up easily .


    Tsunade thought about eliminating all hatred and hostility at this Five Kages Conference, so as to form a ninja coalition army to jointly hunt down Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru.


    The power of a ninja village is limited.


    If the Ninja Villages of the Five Great Nations can unite, no matter where Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito hide, it will be difficult for them to escape the pursuit of the Five Great Nations.


    And once there is a real battle with Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito, a ninja with strong combat power like Uehara Naraku is indispensable.


    Uehara Naraku this guy...


    It can be called a new generation of ninja demigods!


    How could such power be rejected by them.


    Naraku Uehara frowned and remained silent for a while, probably because he felt that this world was a bit magical, and he was going to participate in the Five Kages Conference?


    how¡­


    Why was he, the mastermind behind the scenes, invited to the Five Kages Conference?


    It''s amazing!


    After a long while, Uehara Naraku nodded slowly and said, "Thank you, Hokage-dono, I will attend when the time comes. If there is a conflict between the third Tsuchikage and the fourth Raikage..."


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes flashed with firmness: "I will never back down! I am just worried that it will disturb the Five Kages Conference that Hokage-dono has worked so hard to prepare..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Tsunade slowly closed his palms, lowered his head and said: "I still hope that everyone can understand each other... After all, the threat of Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito is currently, it is better not to have conflicts at that time."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku agreed.


    Now that they have almost finished chatting, and future matters will be resolved at the Five Kages Conference, Uehara Naraku and Konan did not stay any longer, planning to leave Konoha at this point.


    There were quite a few people who came to see them off.


    This is also due to Uehara Naraku''s re-cleaning, many ninjas who used to get along well in Konoha also rushed over to bid farewell, such as Maitkai and the third class.


    "Finally...finally..."


    Li Luoke almost wanted to cry, and was emotionally speechless intermittently: "We are no longer enemies, and finally we can be friends with Senior Uehara again!"


    "Yeah! How can a man''s friendship be interrupted right here!"


    Maitekai is also full of emotion, he is probably the luckiest ninja in this war.


    After Maitekai was sacrificed, he almost turned into ashes. He was first reincarnated by the pharmacist and got the whole body, and then he was reincarnated and came back to life again.


    They just came to say goodbye and went back to work. Konoha had just been burned to a white ground by the Uchiha Obito fire, and there was still a lot of work to be done.


    Only Naruto Uzumaki, Kakashi Hatake, Sakura Haruno and Jiraiya have been sending them off for a long distance, apparently they still have something to ask in private.


    Naraku Uehara guessed it.


    Before Uzumaki Naruto could ask, Uehara Naraku took the lead and said, "Naruto, do you want to ask about Sasuke?"


    "okokokok!"


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded immediately, and looked expectantly at Uehara Naraku: "Will Sasuke come back?"


    "I have no idea."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, sighed lightly and said, "Akatsuki and Konoha are no longer enemies, but what Sasuke has always wanted to do is to destroy Konoha..."


    After Naraku Uehara said this, he said in a low voice: "I guess that once Sasuke knows the news of Konoha, he may withdraw from the Akatsuki organization. Since he got the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, his current strength has improved by leaps and bounds. Not his opponent anymore."


    "Sasuke... Has he become stronger again?"


    Uzumaki Naruto slowly clenched his fist.


    Uehara Naraku''s strength is obvious to all, even Uehara himself admits that it is not as powerful, how powerful Sasuke should be now!


    Haruno Sakura opened her mouth wide in surprise, and asked curiously: "Wait... Is the ability of Kaleidoscope Sharingan so exaggerated? I remember Mr. Kakashi..."


    "No, it''s true."


    Konan glanced at Haruno Sakura, and added from the side: "Uchiha Itachi relied on the power of the kaleidoscope Sharingan, even Nagato dared not ignore it..."


    Hatake Kakashi also nodded, and continued: "Indeed, the pupil technique of Kaleidoscope Sharingan is very special, it can almost change a person''s strength qualitatively, and each pupil technique has magical abilities beyond imagination... "


    After saying this, Hatake Kakashi whispered: "It''s just that the Kaleidoscope Sharingan also has flaws. Every time you use the pupil technique, it will consume the power of the pupils, which will reduce the vision of the Kaleidoscope Sharingan until you become blind..."


    "That will take a while!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "At least my chances of defeating Sasuke are very low now, according to Kisame Kisaki, Sasuke has gained power beyond Itachi!


    After I go back, if Sasuke is still in Akatsuki''s base, I will try my best to persuade him to let go of his hatred for Konoha; if he leaves Akatsuki''s base, I will send someone to bring you information about Sasuke. "


    "Thank you, Uehara."


    Uzumaki Naruto pushed his ninja forehead, and said with a firm face: "In the future, I will definitely bring him back!"


    "I believe you can do it."


    Uehara Naraku nodded sincerely.

 Chapter 312

    Uehara Naraku patted Uzumaki Naruto on the shoulder, told him that he would be able to save his friend, and then bid farewell to everyone in Muye Village with Xiaonan, and hurried back to Yuyin Village.


    Just when Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan rushed back to Yuyin Village, his subordinate pharmacist was hiding in a dark laboratory, Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito stood beside him, and the three of them surrounded the experimental table .


    After inspecting Nagato''s body, Pharmacist shook his head and sighed: "Master Nagato''s body energy is close to exhaustion, it seems that he can only restore his body to its peak state and reincarnate in the dirt!"


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Obito hugged his arm, and said contemptuously: "Nagato, the traitor, is really lucky!"


    "hehe¡­"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, took a look at Obito Uchiha, and said with a light smile: "Master Naraku has a very good relationship with Mr. Naraku, and he has been protecting Mr. Naraku. This is just his due reward."


    Nakaze Minato stared at Nagato''s body on the test bench, and said with emotion: "It''s just that this reward may not be what Nagato wants..."


    Nakaze Minato and Nagato are brothers.


    Therefore, when Nagato Minato saw that Nagato was willing to correct the mistakes he made, he still admired him in his heart, and Nagato used his own life to resurrect the people who died in the war, which made Nagaze Minato even more so. Have more admiration for him.


    Not everyone dares to face their own mistakes.


    The only pity is that Nagato believed in the wrong person.


    That Uehara Naraku is really not a good thing!


    Namikaze Minato sighed softly in his heart, and subconsciously began to think about what Nagato''s expression would be when he was reincarnated from the dirt...especially now that all of this was controlled by Uehara Na after the curtain fell.


    Medicine Master stretched out his clip, and slowly removed the eyes of reincarnation on Nagato''s body, looking at the eyes of reincarnation as if spying on a treasure.


    After a long time, Yao Shidou reluctantly put the pair of reincarnation eyes into a small bottle. These are the legendary reincarnation eyes. Which ninja who likes scientific experiments would miss studying these eyes?


    "Next, it''s Nagato-sama."


    Yakushito looked at Nagato''s body, and slowly closed his palms, Uchiha Obito carried a cursing Bai Ze and placed it beside Nagato.


    "Dou, this is the sacrifice you want."


    "Thank you, Mr. Obito."


    A flash of light flashed on the lens of the medicine master''s pocket, he lowered his head and slowly started his seal seal: "Ninja Law: The Art of Reincarnation!"


    A psychic spell appeared beside Nagato, and the next moment his body turned into countless crumbs and dust, covering the sacrificed Bai Ze!


    The next moment, Nagato''s appearance was slowly revealed.


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, hooked the corners of his mouth, and nodded politely at the newly revived Nagato.


    "Welcome back, Nagato-sama."


    "So it''s the reincarnation of the dirt?"


    Nagato glanced at his body, raised his head and looked at Yakushi Tou: "It seems that if you resurrect me, who do you want to use me against? Naraku Uehara?"


    Besides wanting to use him to deal with Uehara Naraku, Nagato really couldn''t think of any other reason why the pharmacist would bring him back to life.


    "how could be?"


    Pharmacist squinted his eyes and smiled, he pushed his glasses and said with a light smile, "You will know when you meet Master Dashemaru in the future."


    "Orochimaru?"


    Nagato frowned, and when he was about to say something, his vision suddenly darkened, and his consciousness fell into a deep sleep involuntarily.


    Yao Shidou had already prepared a pair of exquisite coffins in advance, and restrained Nagato''s filthy reincarnated body: "It''s a pity... Master Nagato is an extremely powerful filthy reincarnated body!"


    "Nagato is very good to that brat Uehara Naraku."


    Uchiha Obito snorted coldly, watched Yakushi''s movements, and said contemptuously: "Hmph, now it seems that Uehara still has a little conscience..."


    "yes?"


    Pharmacist asked back with a smile, he slowly pushed his glasses, and took out a scroll from his body.


    Yakushidou asked Uchiha Obito to catch another Bai Ze.


    A red light flashed in the eyes of Uchiha Obito''s writing wheel, and he couldn''t help asking: "Huh? Whose corpse is here? Who are you going to resurrect?"


    "Sakumo Hatake."


    The resurrection of Hatake Sakumo was personally assigned by Naraku Uehara.


    When Hatake Kakashi was resurrected, Uehara Naraku ordered the pharmacist to try to reincarnate Hatake Sakumo, and he was also very curious about this Konoha White Fang.


    "Hmph, it seems that I praised too early."


    Uchiha Obito''s knuckles creaked, and he said coldly: "This bastard is cold-blooded and ruthless, he doesn''t have a heart at all in his body!"


    "Who knows..."


    There was a smile on the corner of Medicine Master''s mouth, he pushed his glasses again, and continued softly: "The real strength of Master Naraku is not his will, which is as hard as steel, that allows him to treat anyone without mercy. Enemy?"


    It''s a pity that only Yakushito in this room is a diehard Uehara Naraku. No one is willing to go along with Yakushito''s words. Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito don''t think Uehara Naraku is a good thing.


    The pharmacist sighed quietly, closed his palms and began to form seals, released the dirty soil reincarnation technique again, and successfully resurrected Hatake Sakumo dirty soil.


    "The resurrection of the dirt has really succeeded..."


    Pharmacist took a glance at Konoha Baiya who had returned from the underworld, his eyes narrowed slightly: "Sure enough, everything did not go beyond Master Naraku''s expectations..."


    Originally, Pharmacist Dou was a little skeptical.


    After all, they had experimented at the beginning and did not summon Konoha Baiya''s soul, so they did not succeed in reincarnating him from the dirt.


    As a result, Uehara Naraku insisted that they dig out the body of Konoha Baiga, and after Hatake Kakashi was resurrected, he ordered the pharmacist to start filthy Hatake Sakumo.


    Everything went as expected.


    This Konoha Baiya was indeed resurrected successfully.


    Medicine Master''s gaze swept over Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito, and a sneer appeared on his face: "Anyone who is an enemy of Naraku-sama, his soul will never escape Naraku-sama''s control!"


    Namikaze Minato: "..."


    Obito Uchiha: "..."


    Damn, no one is here, so stop licking it!


    And these words are still being told by this guy, Pharmacist Dou, and now the souls of the two of them have been controlled by Uehara Naraku!


    They are typical examples of being played with the soul by Naraku Uehara...


    "Huh? What''s going on here?"


    After Hatake Sakumo woke up, he looked at his body, then turned his head to look at Uchiha Obito, Yakushidou, and Namikaze Minato...


    None of these people knew each other.


    Only Namikaze Minato looked a little familiar.


    After all, Hatake Sakumo died too early. When he committed suicide, the oldest Minato, Namikaze, was only fifteen or sixteen years old, and he didn''t look familiar...


    It''s just that when Hatake Sakumo saw that Namakaze Minato was still wearing a royal robe and a swirling Konoha forehead protector on his head, his face couldn''t help being a little complicated.


    "Your Excellency...which generation of Hokage is it?"


    "This is Konoha''s fourth Hokage."


    Yakushito stood beside Hatake Sakumo, and introduced him with a light smile: "And the Fourth Hokage was Mr. Hatake Kakashi''s teacher before he was alive! The one standing next to him is Hatake Kaka West''s teammate, Mr. Uchiha Obito!"


    The few filthy ninjas present all had an inexplicable bond with Hatake Kakashi, and soon they took Hatake Kakashi as an opportunity to chat reluctantly.


    Hatake Sakumo soon learned part of the truth.


    Hatake Sakumo''s eyes showed a trace of unbearable: "Does that mean we are all dead? Kakashi will feel very lonely..."


    "Don''t worry, we''ll see you again."


    There was a mysterious smile on Yakushi''s face, and he softly comforted Hatake Sakumo: "And this time will not be too long... I believe Mr. Kakashi will be very happy when he sees his father. "


    Hatake Sakumo: "..."


    Namikaze Minato: "..."


    Obito Uchiha: "..."


    "Don''t look at me like that..."


    Yakushi glanced at the few people present, and continued with a smile: "Mr. Hatake Kakashi''s wish must be to meet his father again."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and continued softly: "If there are any people you want to see, I can also help revive them."


    "..."


    The three dirt ninjas fell silent.


    Did the bastard Yao Shidou stay with Uehara Naraku for too long, this guy can''t even speak human words?


    It''s true that once anyone gets involved with Uehara Naraku, they won''t become anything good!


    "Okay, stop talking nonsense."


    Yakushi looked at Minakame Minato, his face gradually became serious: "Now, please contact Naraku-sama, the fourth generation, and report to him about our work!"


    "¡­I see."


    Namikaze Minato nodded slowly.


    Namikaze Minato slowly raised his finger, using his own will to attract Uehara Naraku''s will to come.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s voice came from Namikaze Minato''s mouth, his voice was a little depressed: "Kou, Teacher Xiaonan is not in a good mood, I have to be with her all the time now, and I can''t escape for the time being."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara said in a somewhat indifferent voice: "So I will command you by remote control, and now I have an urgent task for you to deal with."


    "yes."


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Medicine Master bowed his head respectfully.


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little indifferent and said: "Before Mr. Xiaonan and I return to Akatsuki''s base, you go and take away the heretic golem and Uchiha Sasuke...By the way, who else is willing to betray us and join you Leave the Akatsuki organization!"

 Chapter 313

    The order given by Uehara Naraku is not surprising.


    In addition to asking Yakushito to immediately go to the base of the Akatsuki organization to take away the heretic golem and Uchiha Sasuke, he also asked them to take away those who were willing to leave the Akatsuki organization together.


    The Akatsuki organization cleans up after the Battle of Konoha. If some members can''t accept this kind of thing, instead of waiting for them to defect in the future, it''s better to be taken away by the pharmacist to become cannon fodder for the Ninja World War.


    Well, it''s actually fishing.


    Anyone who is unwilling to leave the Akatsuki organization will definitely be sheltered by Naraku Uehara. They are all precious legacy left by Nagato!


    Anyone who is willing to leave the Akatsuki organization is just jumping from one vortex to another more dangerous vortex.


    In fact, he couldn''t escape Uehara Naraku''s control.


    Because Uehara Naraku and Konan were on their way back to the Land of Rain, there was not much time left for the pharmacist, so he immediately sealed up Hatake Sakumo, took Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito to the Akatsuki organization base.


    Akatsuki''s base.


    Scorpion, Deidara, and Uchiha Sasuke have rushed back to the base with the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki. The members of the Akatsuki organization are still waiting for their leader to bring back the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, looking forward to bringing Eight-Tails and Nine-Tails into the heretic golem , and then implement the war weapon plan.


    As we all know, the waiting time is undoubtedly very long.


    Akatsuki''s members are relatively laid back, what can they do with a group of self-important guys? Of course it can only be bickering!


    "A fool whose head is beheaded every day!"


    After despising Fei Duan, Didara made a grimace at Fei Duan, sticking out his tongue laughingly: "Idiot, idiot, idiot... a little bit!"


    "Bastard, I''ll kill you!"


    Fei Duan clenched his sickle tightly with a full face of rage, and just as Fei Duan was about to rush over, several chakra threads tightly wrapped around his arms.


    The Red Sand Scorpion manipulated the chakra line to restrain Fei Duan''s movements, and warned in a cold voice: "It''s okay to quarrel, but don''t do it inside the base."


    Hearing what the Scarlet Sand Scorpion said, Fei Duan''s face became even more angry.


    If he can beat Didara in a fight, is he still going to do it?


    Holding his sickle angrily, Fei Duan turned his head to look at Kakuzu: "Hey, Kakuzu, I can''t scold him! Come and help me!"


    "idiot!"


    Jiaodu touched his forehead.


    How could he have such a stupid teammate like Hiduan!


    This guy Hiduan''s IQ is so low that it can''t be helped!


    Fortunately, just when Fei Duan couldn''t suppress his anger and wanted to demolish the base of Akatsuki organization with Didala, the appearance of Yaoshidou attracted their attention.


    "Pharmacist Dou, where have you been?"


    The red sand scorpion frowned, looked at the pharmacist and said, "If I remember correctly, you should be in your own laboratory, right? If you left the base without permission, you violated the order of the leader, right?" ?¡±


    "What if Akatsuki no longer has a leader?"


    Yao Shidou slowly raised his head and looked at everyone present, with a smile on his face, he said, "I went to Konoha, Nagato... No, Payne is dead."


    "what?"


    Everyone''s eyes couldn''t help looking at the pharmacist pocket!


    Everyone''s eyes were full of disbelief, how could they be willing to believe that the leader who claimed to be a god would die in Konoha!


    The red sand scorpion''s eyeballs moved slightly, he shook his head, and immediately said: "It''s absolutely impossible, Payne has the power of reincarnation eyes..."


    "Nothing is impossible."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and a smile appeared on his face: "I took advantage of the time when Payne and Konoha were both injured, and forced him into a desperate situation, so he died..."


    "Bastard, how dare you betray Lord Payne!"


    Kaguya-kun Maro and Shiro rushed out when they heard this!


    When it comes to the loyalty to the Akatsuki organization, no one can surpass the two of them, because they were brought up by Xiaonan together with Uehara Naraku.


    "Bone Vein¡¤Tsubaki Dance!"


    Bone spurs suddenly appeared on Kaguya-jun Malu''s body, and he rushed towards the direction of the medicine master''s pocket!


    However, a figure wearing a golden chakra coat suddenly appeared, landed in front of Kaguya Junmaro, stretched out a spiral pill and pressed it on Junmaro''s body!


    It is Namikaze Minato who reincarnated from the dirt!


    The next moment, Kaguya-kun Maro flew upside down!


    "Ice escape..."


    Bai suddenly raised his finger.


    Just when Bai was about to release Bingdun, Namikaze Minato''s figure turned into a golden light, suddenly appeared beside Bai, and kicked him flying!


    "That''s...golden glitter!"


    Didara''s face suddenly changed.


    For the ninjas in Hidden Rock Village, Golden Flash is undoubtedly an extremely terrifying character. Even Didara grew up listening to the story of Konoha Golden Flash.


    The Crimson Sand Scorpion watched this scene, a trace of solemnity flashed in his eyes: "It turns out that you bastard was reincarnated into a golden shining Namikaze Minato... Now it seems that it is not nonsense that you bastard got rid of Payne. "


    "That''s right."


    Pharmacist nodded, and spread his palms with a smile: "Now that Payne is dead, Xiao Nan and Uehara Naraku have given up their plan to collect tailed beasts... Do you still want to stay in this organization that is about to decline? "


    Yao Shidou''s eyes moved little by little, slowly sized up everyone present, and his smile gradually became deeper and deeper: "Xiao is about to go to destruction, why not follow me to continue the plan of collecting tailed beasts..."


    "don''t want."


    Deidala glanced at Medicine Master''s Pocket with disdain, and snorted coldly: "What are you, you? Relying on other people''s strength to fight fiercely, just a coward hiding in the gutter, just want to be the new leader?"


    After Didara finished speaking, he turned his head to look at the Red Sand Scorpion, and said, "Instead of letting you be the new leader, it''s better to let Xie Dana inherit Xiao''s leader position!"


    "Why!"


    Fei Duan immediately jumped out, opened his mouth and said, "I am the most suitable candidate! Why don''t you all join my evil god..."


    "Shut up!"


    Jiaodu interrupted Fei Duan with a single sentence. He turned his head to look at Yao Shidou, and said in a low voice, "You said you solved Payne, but you didn''t solve Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan, right? Payne seems to have mentioned , if you want Uehara to be Akatsuki''s next leader, that brat is quite suitable."


    "That''s right."


    The red sand scorpion looked at Medicine Master''s pocket, and his gaze became a little cold: "If I''m not wrong, you actually wanted to deal with Naraku Uehara, but you were almost dealt with by him! Uehara''s strength But it''s not weak at all!"


    "It''s really...you guessed it right!"


    There was a helpless smile on Yao Shidou''s face, he raised his head and continued: "But it doesn''t matter, anyway, Naraku Uehara and Xiao Nan have given up the Tailed Beast Project.


    They should only stay in a small place like the Land of Rain in the future. With your strength, are you going to continue to stay here? "


    "..."


    Everyone fell into silence involuntarily.


    If the Akatsuki organization doesn''t continue to collect tail beasts, what should they do? Do you just stay here and waste your time?


    "Where we''re going is none of your business!"


    Didara glanced at Medicine Master''s pocket with dissatisfaction, and then at the red sand scorpion: "Hey, Xie Danna, after Uehara comes back, let''s make a decision together, as long as it doesn''t delay my art. ..."


    "Ok."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion also nodded: "I also think we should discuss this matter after Uehara comes back. As for this fellow, Medicine Master..."


    "Hey, Medicine Master Dou!"


    Fei Duan suddenly interrupted the Red Sand Scorpion with a loud voice, looked at Medicine Master and grinned, "If you can help me spread the word of the Cult of the Evil God, I can go with you..."


    "Shut up!"


    Jiaodu waved his arm and knocked Fei Duan to the ground with a punch. He said in a low voice, "When you say something that shouldn''t be said, just shut your mouth!"


    "asshole!"


    Hiduan jumped up, looked at Kakuzu with displeasure and said, "I don''t want to stay in this kind of place, I just want to spread the will of Lord Evil God!"


    "No, you don''t want to."


    Kakuzu''s grievances stretched out one after another, restraining Hiduan firmly, and he glanced vaguely at the Seven Ninja Swordsmen who had never made any movements.


    Since the appearance of Medicine Master Dou, the Seven Ninja Swordsmen have expressed their astonishment at Payne''s death in battle, and they have never moved or even said a word, just repairing their ninja swords on their own.


    Jiaodu glanced at Fei Duan, and continued in a cold voice: "Sometimes, your life is really worthless, but sometimes, your life is only once. The two most painful things in life are that people are still alive. Live but no money and people are dead but money is still there.¡±


    "..."


    Hiduan couldn''t understand what he said, so he just closed his mouth obediently, because what Jiaozu said when his expression was serious was usually correct.


    "Is no one willing to leave?"


    After Yakushido frowned, he raised his head to look at Sasuke Uchiha, and said softly, "Sasuke, are you unwilling to leave? Uehara Naraku and Konan have reconciled with Konoha, if you want revenge..."


    "Shut up."


    Sasuke Uchiha lowered his head and glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket with a gloomy face, and said displeasedly: "Of course I will ask Senior Uehara when he comes back!"


    "Is that so... You really have feelings for this organization!"


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, with a smile on his face, looked up at the huge golem of the outsider, and said softly: "Okay, but Future Xiao no longer needs to collect tailed beasts, so I will collect the golem of the outsider." Take it away first..."


    "..."


    Everyone''s eyes slowly turned to Medicine Master''s pocket.


    The weapons in everyone''s hands began to be slowly drawn out.


    The Red Sand Scorpion summoned his two puppets, stared at Medicine Master and said, "You really are exactly like that bastard Orochimaru! Traitor, don''t be too arrogant in front of us..."


    after an hour.


    The members of the entire Akatsuki organization were knocked to the ground.


    No one in the Akatsuki organization can stop Namikaze Minato from raging. Facing Namikaze Minato in Kurama mode, none of the members is an opponent of Yakushido.


    The person who persisted the longest was Uchiha Sasuke.


    It''s a pity that even with his strength, he couldn''t defeat Minato Namikaze.


    Namikaze Minato easily arranged a Flying Raijin enchantment, and took away the heretic golem and Rabbi Riki the Eight-Tailed Jinzhu, at this moment no one could stop him.


    After Yao Shidou finished all this, his eyes slowly stopped on Sasuke, and he smiled lightly: "Sasuke, don''t forget, your brother Uchiha Itachi''s Sharingan is still in my hands, only I can help you Make enemies with Konoha..."


    "asshole!"


    Uchiha Sasuke clenched his palm tightly.


    After a while, Sasuke Uchiha''s expression changed, and he struggled to stand up and walked to Yakushi''s side.


    Although Uchiha Sasuke prefers to stay with his brother''s friend Uehara Naraku, but now he must get Uchiha Itachi''s eyes back first, otherwise, it will not be so easy to solve the blindness of Kaleidoscope Sharingan''s pupil power!


    Uchiha Sasuke was still thinking secretly, after solving the problem of the Kaleidoscope Sharingan, he should simply kill Yakushidou, and then take Yakushidou''s head, and then come back to join the Akatsuki organization!


    Of course, if Akatsuki at that time still wanted to destroy Konoha... In Sasuke''s heart, revenge on Konoha would undoubtedly be the number one priority.


    "very good."


    Pharmacist glanced at Sasuke approvingly, then turned his head to look at the members of Akatsuki who were all in one piece, and said with a light smile: "Then everyone, we will leave first, and if you regret it in the future, you can still come to me..."


    Things were a little unexpected.


    None of the members of the Akatsuki organization was willing to leave with Yao Shidou, and finally one of them, Fei Duan, wanted to defect, but was stopped by Jiaodu.


    Therefore, when the pharmacist reported to Shang Yuan Naraku, his expression was a little strange: "They seem to have great confidence in Master Naraku. Except for Hiduan, no one wants to defect and leave..."


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "Tsk, these guys..."


    There was a hint of helplessness in Uehara Naraku''s voice: "Is there really nothing that people can do about them? Is this golden nest and silver nest not as good as your own doghouse?"


    "what?"


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t quite understand.


    Uehara Naraku''s voice said faintly: "Du, the relationship between Akatsuki''s members is always very realistic and cold, and it seems that they are very ruthless towards their companions.


    But in these very realistic and cold relationships, there are also some rare warmth, some people have been wandering alone for too long, they seem to be indifferent to these warmth, but their bodies are honestly greedy for these warmth..."


    "I probably understand."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and sighed with emotion: "We used to be the same with Oshemaru-sama, when we used each other unabashedly, every gentleness of Oshemaru-sama was a kind of kindness to us. Luxury, after we have tasted tenderness in a cold relationship, we will be more eager for his bestow..."


    "Ok."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded, he said softly: "Okay, you concentrate on preparing his body for Orochimaru, and leave Akatsuki''s matter to me to deal with myself!"


    "

 Chapter 314

    late at night.


    In Yuyin Village.


    Naraku Uehara and Konan finally came back.


    "Teacher, you go to rest first!"


    Uehara Naraku immediately arranged for Xiao Nan to go back to rest. He looked at Xiao Nan with tired eyes, and continued softly: "I will go to the organization''s base and tell them the news of Nagato-sama''s sacrifice."


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Uehara Naraku intends to go to Akatsuki''s base alone, and by the way strengthen the confidence of those members. Those members believe in him so much, and Uehara doesn''t want to let them down.


    In fact, the Akatsuki organization is like a dilapidated family. The relationship between the members of the family is highly tense. Now that Nagato died, the family is on the verge of dissolution.


    It''s a pity that these members seem to like to find their own warmth in this highly tense relationship, and they don''t really want this organization to disband.


    Of course, they don''t want this home to be too different.


    So Uehara Naraku intends to appease those people. In fact, it is mainly Didara, the red sand scorpion and Kadozu. After all, they are also old friends.


    The remaining people are basically Naraku Uehara''s subordinates, or relatives of his subordinates. They don''t need to worry much at all. They trust Uehara Naraku''s boss very much.


    Oh, and there''s a Hi-Duan on the brink of mutiny.


    This guy Hidan is not very honest, if it really can''t work, Naraku Uehara will simply give him a dead end and let him go by himself.


    Xiao Nan rubbed his forehead, and said with worry on his face: "I''ll go with you! Those traitors who know the news of Nagato''s sacrifice don''t know what will happen... We might as well let them all leave! "


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t laugh or cry.


    The point is that those guys simply refuse to leave!


    Even Fei Duan, who might defect at any moment, was temporarily appeased by Jiaodu, and Didara and the Scarlet Sand Scorpion were even more focused on staying in the Akatsuki organization until it disbanded.


    "Let''s go by myself!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, put his hand on Xiaonan''s forehead, and said softly: "How long has it been since you took a rest, go and rest first."


    "..."


    Xiao Nan hesitated and bit his lips, then slowly lowered his head and said, "Let me go with you, I''m a little worried..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent for a moment.


    To be honest, Xiaonan''s current state is not quite right.


    Since Nagato''s sacrifice, Xiaonan''s condition was okay at the beginning.


    Even when Nagato sacrificed, Konan did not lose his composure too much, making Naraku Uehara think that she might have gotten used to the sadness of losing relatives and friends.


    As time got longer and longer, on the way they returned to Yuyin Village from Muye, Xiaonan''s condition gradually became a little bit worse, and she spent more and more time in a daze.


    Xiaonan is not without sadness.


    But her heart was too painful to suppress all this.


    Naraku Uehara believes that what Xiaonan needs more now is rest. It might be better if Xiaonan can hide in bed and cry out his grief secretly.


    "Then we all go to rest now."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Xiaonan who was full of doubts, stretched out his palm to wrap her shoulders, and said in a low voice: "Wait until we rest, and then go to the organization''s base, okay?"


    "¡­it is good."


    Konan nodded hesitantly.


    Uehara Naraku finally breathed a sigh of relief, under Xiao Nan''s own eyes, he walked into his room slowly and lay down on the bed.


    Maybe it was because of Nagato''s sacrifice that made Xiaonan feel afraid?


    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to leave Yuyin Village quietly with his fate, he saw Xiaonan''s head appearing on a high tower in Yuyin Village. Uehara Naraku''s expression changed and he flew out of his room.


    Xiaonan didn''t know when she stood alone on the high tower in the village, looking up at the starry sky at night, her face was still so calm.


    At this moment, Xiao Nan''s figure appeared extremely thin on the tower.


    At this moment, an atmosphere of loneliness surrounded her.


    "teacher?"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure floated beside Xiao Nan, his brows were slightly frowned, and he asked softly, "You should go to rest now, why can''t you still fall asleep?"


    "..."


    Xiao Nan nodded, then shook his head again.


    After a while, Xiao Nan slowly lowered his head, glanced at the somewhat quiet Yuyin Village, and said with a depressed mood: "This village will not rain in the middle of the night anymore...I''m still not used to it."


    in the past.


    Every time when it is getting late, in order to prevent the patrolling ninjas of Yuyin Village from having loopholes due to the darkness, Nagato will manipulate Tiandao Payne to make a heavy rain, and use the rain tiger''s free technique to judge some strangers who have sneaked into the village. enemy.


    For so many years, Nagato has never stopped this habit.


    Even Naraku Uehara gradually got used to the fact that it will rain when it gets dark. Whenever it gets late, he will fall asleep with the sound of rain.


    However, in Yuyin Village, the sound of rain in the middle of the night for many years disappeared overnight, causing Xiaonan''s heart to resurface with a wordless grief.


    "Naraku, it''s really strange..."


    Xiaonan''s tears gradually ran across her face, and slowly dripped down: "When Nagato sacrificed, although I felt sad and painful in my heart, I didn''t even shed tears. Now I just don''t Hear the sound of rain he made..."


    Xiaonan''s voice was choked with sorrow, she could no longer hide the grief of losing her best friend, she looked at the silent village in despair and cried loudly.


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head slowly.


    At this moment, he could well understand Xiao Nan''s hidden grief.


    Just because people may not shed tears or even act normal when someone close to them dies doesn''t mean they don''t feel pain.


    Because when people really realize that there is one person missing in their lives, they see that the traces of that person''s existence gradually dissipate...


    At that time, people finally realized in their hearts that there was a complete loss of someone in their lives, and when longing began to spread, that sadness and despair would emerge.


    Naraku Uehara stared at Xiao Nan who was crying, and slowly stretched out his finger. A chakra light appeared on his fingertips, and he shot it into the sky with his fingers.


    The next moment, a dark cloud gradually appeared in the sky.


    Thunder and lightning converged in the cloudy clouds, and the rain fell in a patter. A few seconds later, there was a heavy rain in the village.


    The sound of the rain grew louder, hiding Xiaonan''s crying.


    Naraku Uehara stood beside Xiao Nan, slowly stretched out his palm, hugged Xiao Nan who was crying into tears, and blocked the torrential rain for her.


    On top of the high tower in Yuyin Village.


    Xiaonan stood here like this, clutching Uehara Naraku''s clothes, weeping bitterly in Uehara Naraku''s arms, suffering from the pain of losing his best friend.


    Even if Uehara Naraku created a heavy rain with his own hands, he still couldn''t let Xiaonan relax from the emotion of Nagato''s death. He slowly tightened his right arm, stretched out his left hand and covered Xiaonan''s head , to shield the rain from falling on her head.


    After a long time, Xiao Nan''s crying gradually became quieter.


    Uehara Naraku finally heaved a sigh of relief, he sent Xiao Nan to his room in silence, and took out a towel to help her wipe the rain and tears off her face.


    Xiao Nan was also silently watching Uehara Naraku''s movements, she suddenly stretched out her hand, took the towel from Uehara Naraku''s hand, and helped him wipe the rain off his cheeks.


    "Naraku."


    Xiaonan''s wrist suddenly wrapped around Uehara Naraku''s neck, her forehead touched his forehead, and there was a trace of weakness after crying in her voice: "Don''t sacrifice yourself in the future... okay... or after I die..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out her palm, grabbed Xiao Nan''s hair, and pressed it tightly against her forehead, as if this could connect their hearts and make Xiao Nan feel better.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly opened, staring at the wet tears under Xiao Nan''s eyelashes, he just said a word in a low voice, for fear of disturbing Xiao Nan.


    "¡­it is good."


    Because the despair of people around you leaving one by one is actually suffocating, that''s why people cherish the current people even more.


    After a long time, Uehara Naraku felt Xiaonan''s breathing gradually stabilized, and then moved her forehead away, let her lie on the bed, and covered her with a quilt.


    A gentle look appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he said softly: "Sleep, from today onwards, I will be raining in the village every night and weekend..."


    "it is good."


    Xiao Nan turned her head to look at the raindrops on the window.


    After a long time, the feeling of exhaustion finally welled up completely. Xiaonan held Uehara''s palm, slowly closed his eyes, his breathing gradually calmed down, and the sound of the rain outside the window also became steady.


    After Xiao Nan fell asleep, Uehara Naraku gently pulled out his palm from her hand.


    Naraku Uehara watched Xiao Nan''s face carefully, as if he was afraid that she would wake up, but he was relieved only when he felt that her breathing was still steady.


    after awhile.


    Naraku Uehara quietly sensed a puff of chakra entering the rain.


    Uehara Naraku opened the skill display panel of fate, his face couldn''t help but darken, these guys of Akatsuki seemed to be more anxious than he imagined!


    A bunch of Akatsuki members are running towards his room!


    Uehara Naraku had a vague illusion that these guys were actually a group of children who were looking for their parents!

 Chapter 315

    The members of this group of Xiao organizations are simply funny.


    If they are all villains, these guys are also pitiful; if they are good people, most of them are not very human.


    Of course, Uehara Naraku is not qualified to talk about them.


    Now that the news of Payne''s death reached their ears, these guys probably lost their minds. Maybe they just knew that Naraku Uehara and Xiao Nan had returned to Yuyin Village, so they hurried over overnight.


    Naraku Uehara comforted Xiao Nan to sleep, and he didn''t want them to disturb Xiao Nan, so he left Xiao Nan''s room in the next moment, and faced the direction of many auspicious clouds and black robes.


    "Uehara!"


    "Uehara!"


    "Naraku!"


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    "Master Uehara!"


    "Master Naraku!"


    After seeing Uehara Naraku, a group of people wearing Xiangyun black robes chirped as if they had seen the backbone, and wanted to start asking about the situation.


    "OK OK."


    Uehara Naraku hurriedly waved at them, and said softly, "Ms. Xiaonan just fell asleep, let''s find a quiet place to chat first!"


    A group of people came to the office of Yuyin Village.


    On the way, Uehara Naraku also met Hydrangea who was patrolling in the rain in the village again. This little girl seemed to be patrolling in the rain forever.


    This girl''s ninja career is outrageous.


    Uehara Naraku had no time to talk to her this time, but waved her to leave immediately with her team, and no one was allowed to approach this office.


    In the office.


    After a group of S-level rebels wearing Xiangyun black robes found a seat where they could sit, they didn''t stop at all, and immediately started asking questions.


    "Will our organization be disbanded?"


    "Did Payne really die in Konoha?"


    "Yao Shidou betrayed Akatsuki and took away the heretic golem in the base..."


    "Uehara, are we really going to give up our plan to collect tailed beasts?"


    "Is the Akatsuki organization going to disband soon?"


    "..."


    Each of these guys has their own concerns, but what they care most about is undoubtedly Akatsuki''s future, and even Payne''s death in battle has to be placed in the back row.


    You can''t really blame them for that.


    Because all these years, Payne has been on top.


    The relationship between these Akatsuki members and Payne is not close, and some even have more hatred. To be honest, their relationship with Uehara Naraku is better.


    After all, Uehara Naraku has taken them out to perform missions many times, sometimes helping them, and even helping people when they are in danger.


    When we meet each other, Uehara Naraku will not express his incomprehension and disgust for their weird hobbies, and they can even chat occasionally. These Akatsuki members must have a high degree of affection for Uehara.


    "Stop!"


    Uehara Naraku tapped his forehead, interrupted all of them''s messy questioning, and then continued in a deep voice: "Your questions come one by one! Don''t worry, it doesn''t matter if we talk in detail tonight!"


    "I''ll come first!"


    Didara was particularly active in this aspect, and raised his palm first, and was about to ask a question: "Uehara, we..."


    "Why let you come first!"


    Hiduan also raised his sickle, and said loudly: "Let me ask first, Uehara Naraku, if we Xiao can no longer..."


    "asshole!"


    Didara interrupted Hidan angrily.


    Seeing that these guys were about to quarrel again, Naraku Uehara slapped the table, and said with a displeased face: "According to the order of joining Akatsuki, let Senior Kakuzu or Senior Scorpion come first!"


    "..."


    The group finally calmed down.


    Kakudo glanced vaguely at the still quiet Seven Ninja Swordsmen, stood up slowly, and asked his first question in a deep voice: "Did Payne die in Konoha?"


    "Yes, but not in battle."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and continued softly: "Master Payne is actually Master Nagato. After he fought fiercely with many ninjas in Konoha, he was besieged by Uchiha Obito and Yakushitou''s filthy ninja troops. Master Nagato and Konoha The leaf ninjas fought them off.


    After this war ended, Nagato-sama was worried that the future ninja world would be controlled by despicable and shameless people like Uchiha Obito and Yakushidou. When his life was about to run out, he decided to use the power of his reincarnation eyes to revive all Konoha ninja who died in battle. "


    After speaking of this, Uehara Naraku continued to add: "Uchiha Obito and Yakushidou are not behind the scenes, but Orochimaru hidden behind Yakushidou is the real black hand. Orochimaru has been feigning death to reduce our alert."


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    These words are an explanation to them.


    After all, Nagato was indeed killed in battle, so he couldn''t keep them in the dark, not knowing who his leader was, and how his leader died in battle, right?


    This is an honest step.


    Now that Uehara Naraku is honest, Kakuzu will not hide it.


    "I see."


    Kakuzu glanced at Uehara Naraku, his face gradually became serious, and he asked in a low voice: "Uehara, if this is the case, if I stay in Akatsuki in the future, will I still have a chance to make more money?"


    "..."


    The members of the Akatsuki organization glanced at Kokudu speechlessly.


    When is this, why is this old guy in Jiaodu still talking about money? Damn, is this the time to talk about money?


    "There will definitely be a lot of opportunities."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Kakuzu and nodded equally seriously, and said sincerely: "Whether the future of the ninja world is war or peace, money is always indispensable, and we will have many opportunities to discuss making money in the future." .¡±


    "Well said."


    After hearing this, Kakuzu nodded earnestly and sat in a strange position again: "Uehara Naraku, I approve of you succeeding the position of leader Akatsuki, no matter what you want to do in the future, as long as I can earn money it is good!"


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    This guy Kakuto is really straightforward!


    Jiaodu''s attitude is very clear, no matter what Xiao''s organization will do in the future, as long as it doesn''t delay his earning money, this is really his character.


    The Red Sand Scorpion looked up at Naraku Uehara, and said softly, "Uehara, have you reached a peace agreement with Konoha, Sand Hidden Village, and Wu Hidden Village? Will Akatsuki be forced to disband in the future?"


    "There is no agreement."


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head slowly. He seemed to understand the concerns of the Red Sand Scorpion. If Akatsuki became a vassal of Daikuni Ninja Village, it would mean that their S-level rebellious ninjas would no longer have a place to live.


    Naraku Uehara raised his head again, snorted coldly and said, "Senior Scorpion, those ninjas who were easily destroyed by us, what right do we have to disband them? If it wasn''t for Nagato-sama''s last wish, I don''t mind destroying them again." Konoha once!"


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion nodded slowly, and a creepy smile appeared on his face: "That''s right, those cowardly and corrupt guys have no right to interfere in our lives, only we can decide what to do. "


    After finishing speaking, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion said softly: "When Payne mentioned that you would become Akatsuki''s next leader, I didn''t have any objections at that time."


    "..."


    Everyone''s eyes started to look at each other.


    In the end, their eyes gradually stopped on Qianshi Guishui, and it was obvious that Qianshi Guishui had also become a veteran of the Akatsuki organization.


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth: "We guys have never had any objections... As long as the leader can give us homeless guys a place to stay."


    The Seven Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village are basically their own people.


    After Kisame Kisame finished speaking, the others also nodded their heads one after another. Kakuzu''s eyes still did not soften, he just said in a cold voice: "Since Payne died in battle, you guys haven''t made any movement, it won''t be anything A spy sent by someone, right?"


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    Jiaodu really guessed it right!


    It''s just that all of these Ninja Sword Seven are spies of him, the new leader of the Akatsuki organization, so how could there be any movement?


    Kisame grinned, and said with a light smile, "Senior Kakuzu, have you ever seen four ninja swords and seven people acting as spies together? What kind of stupid... no, it should be said how powerful they are, to be able to take The four of us, the Seven Ninja Swordsmen, are all spies?"


    Ganshi Guixie glanced at the people around him, and said softly: "Manyue and I left our hometown because of the pain of the blood mist policy...


    As for the little ghost of the ghost lamp Suigetsu, you should understand why he joined us; the little guy Uyuri, you have also understood why she joined us during this time, right? "


    "Well, I accept your argument for the time being."


    Kakuto nodded slowly, and the Seven Ninja Swordsmen joined the Akatsuki organization one by one as if they had been amwayed.


    Although a bit outrageous.


    But it seems acceptable?


    Didara hurriedly raised his palm, and said with a smile: "It''s my turn, it''s my turn! Hey, Uehara, what are we going to do in the future? Do we want to start a ninja war or something?"


    "don''t want."


    Uehara Naraku''s words made Didara''s face collapse.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Didara, rubbed his forehead and said: "In short, next we have to find a way to deal with Orochimaru, Uchiha Obito and Yakushidou, and Konoha will promise to help us Gathering information."


    "Ok, Ok!"


    Didara nodded his head like a chick pecking at rice: "By the way, Uchiha Sasuke also betrayed Akatsuki just like Yakushidou. In this way, there are only two Uchihas left in the ninja world. Kill them all!"


    After saying this, Didala glanced at the Red Sand Scorpion beside him again, and continued laughingly: "It just so happens that Xie Danna also hates Orochimaru and Yaoshidou very much, we can also get rid of them together! "


    "Ok."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded, he continued: "After we get rid of them, it is estimated that Akatsuki may become an organization that mediates wars..."


    "what?"


    Everyone involuntarily looked at Uehara Naraku.


    Are you kidding me? Don''t the members of their Xiao take it as their mission to provoke war? Why suddenly start to mediate the war?


    "Don''t be so surprised."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the people present, and continued softly: "I will inherit the will of Nagato-sama. Although there are no tailed beasts and heretic golems, we can find ways to become stronger, or recruit members, or Create stronger weapons of war, so that the world cannot resist our will!


    Once a war breaks out between the two places in the future, with our strength, we can directly wipe out all the ninjas they are fighting with. This is considered to be the end of the war, right?


    No matter what kind of war will happen in the ninja world in the future, even if the five major countries want to launch a ninja world war, we must obtain our permission. Any war without our permission is absolutely not allowed! "


    "..."


    Everyone present was stunned for a moment. At first glance, what Uehara Naraku said was quite reliable, and it seemed to be in line with their wishes?


    Only the dried persimmon and ghost shark had a weird look.


    Kisame Kisame felt that these words might be half-truths, maybe his boss really wanted to do this in the future, or was he just trying to appease these guys?


    In any case, at least all Akatsuki members present have recognized Uehara Naraku, and even Hidan, a member whose IQ is not on the average line, no longer objected.


    "For now, everyone go to rest first!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he said in a low voice: "After a while, I will go to the Five Kages Conference to get information about Orochimaru and others from them..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark: "..."


    As expected of you, Uehara-sama!


    Can mix in some weird meetings every time!


    Everyone in the Akatsuki organization gradually became a little weird. Did this guy who was clamoring for the Five Great Nations to be under their surveillance just now sneaked into the meeting of the Five Great Nations?


    Still a familiar smell...


    As expected, Uehara was still that familiar guy...


    "Don''t look at me with that expression!"


    Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head to look at the crowd, and continued in a deep voice: "When we wipe out Orochimaru and those guys in the future, we will prove to the world that no one can resist Akatsuki''s will, and no traitor can escape Akatsuki''s will." Sanctions!"

 Chapter 316

    Uehara Naraku''s ideals are very domineering.


    The members of this group of Xiao were a little excited, especially Didala, who likes to make trouble, even the coward like Guideng Shuiyue was full of excitement.


    They were originally the strongest group of people in this ninja world! How could you be willing to hide it? Otherwise, what is the purpose of everyone working so hard to become stronger?


    certainly.


    Except for Jiaodu, who is single-minded about making money.


    Yes, Jiaodu immediately thought of a way to make money from it.


    After being silent for a while, Jiaodu took the lead to speak: "If we can achieve this at that time, we can collect high fees from various countries every year, and this fee will be used as the organization''s activity funds."


    "..."


    Most of the people looked at Jiaodu speechlessly.


    Jiaodu noticed their gazes and reprimanded angrily: "A group of bastards who don''t know the value of money!"


    Uehara Naraku''s progress is very smooth.


    All the members of the Akatsuki organization have recognized him.


    From this moment on, Uehara Naraku officially took over Akatsuki''s first-day group in the ninja world and became Akatsuki''s new generation leader.


    Side quest: Become the leader of an organization (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the telephony bug population psychic contract scroll will be rewarded.


    This reward is quite appropriate.


    Uehara Naraku almost forgot, because of Nagato''s death in battle, the current Akatsuki organization has no way to communicate remotely.


    Originally, the contact method of their Akatsuki organization was to use Nagato''s reincarnation eye as a transfer point, and use the ring as a medium to release the magic lamp body technique, so as to communicate with each other.


    After Nagato''s sacrifice, the Akatsuki organization''s long-distance communication is probably going to be a problem. It just so happened that the system rewarded the long-distance communication method at this time.


    Oh shit¡­


    Is this really going to be the leader of Akatsuki seriously?


    Naraku Uehara always felt that something was wrong in his heart. It seemed that only becoming the leader of Akatsuki would qualify him as the mastermind behind the scenes?


    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, took out the phone bug psychic scroll from his ninja bag, and placed it in front of them.


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and said softly: "This is the psychic scroll I found when I searched for Orochimaru''s base before, and it seems to be a ninja beast that can be used for long-distance communication.


    But at that time we had the magic lamp body technique created by Nagato-sama, so I kept it in storage. Now after Nagato-sama sacrificed, the magic lamp body technique is invalid. We can only use this kind of ninja in the future communicated remotely..."


    Orochimaru''s name is really useful, just like Shimura Danzo, he can use it to pick up a black pot at any time and put it on his head with a clang.


    After every member of Akatsuki signed a psychic contract, the psychic produced a phone bug that looked quite similar to himself, and every phone bug was sleeping.


    Maybe it''s because the phone bug is too weak, and it seems that it has no combat power other than communication, at least it is much more acceptable than the ancient dragon.


    No one in the Akatsuki organization would suspect such a thing.


    Even the red sand scorpion has to admit that Orochimaru is a real genius in some aspects.


    Fei Duan looked at his phone bug, which looked similar to him, and said happily, "Ha, look at the horns, this little thing looks quite unique!"


    "idiot!"


    He couldn''t help rubbing his forehead.


    Every time Fei Duan spoke, Jiao was worried about his teammate''s IQ. If possible, he really wanted to change a teammate!


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the people present, stretched his waist, and softly ordered: "If there is no problem, everyone, go back to the base early to rest!"


    "OK."


    The Red Sand Scorpion nodded first, and said softly: "Uehara, you should also rest early! If you receive information about Orochimaru, please notify me immediately."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku also nodded seriously.


    For the members of the Akatsuki organization, the traitor Orochimaru is undoubtedly a very annoying guy, and every member present does not mind taking Orochimaru as the current target.


    The use of Orochimaru strangely overlaps with Danzo again.


    In addition to the psychic scroll reward of the phone bug, Uehara Naraku also received another generous reward from the mission, that is, the reward for becoming the leader of Akatsuki!


    Side quest: Become the leader of the Akatsuki organization (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward the evolution of the passive skill God.


    God Evolution: Increase life energy by 100,000 points, increase chakra energy by 100,000 points, increase natural energy by 100,000 points, increase life energy recovery effect by 50%, increase chakra recovery effect by 50%, and increase natural energy extraction effect by 50%.


    Now that he has obtained 100,000 points of three-dimensional attributes, Uehara Naraku will be able to add another Dao-seeking jade during the battle in the future...


    Akatsuki''s members left one by one.


    Kisame Kisame quietly stopped his footsteps, cast a puzzled look at Uehara Nana, and said in a low voice, "I''ve already locked up Xianglin, but did Mr. Dou really betray Uehara-sama?"


    "What do you think?"


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes slightly, showing a kind smile: "If you betray me, then the bag is equivalent to betraying me..."


    "It is absolutely impossible for me to betray my lord."


    Kisame grinned, showing his sharp teeth. He signed a soul contract with Naraku Uehara, and it was impossible to betray Naraku Uehara no matter what.


    The smile on Kisame''s face was a bit ferocious: "Really, as expected, everything in this ninja world, no matter who it is, can never escape Master Uehara''s control..."


    "There are still many people who can escape."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, lightly tapped his fingers on the table, and sighed: "After a while, maybe tonight, Hei Jue may come to find me secretly, or there is a greater possibility to go secretly Looking for you."


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly again, and said in a low voice: "No matter what, we must find a way to let Heijue know that there is no one in this ninja world except me or the two of us." You can rely on it!"


    "clear."


    The expression of dried persimmon ghost shark is a bit subtle, in fact, Heijue is miserable enough now, will Uehara-sama continue to play with it?


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kisame Kisame with a smile, slowly closed his palms, supported his chin, and said softly: "If my perception technique is correct, it should be waiting for you in your room now Already!"


    Sure enough, Hei Jue found Qian Shi Gui Jiao first.


    This kind of thing is definitely something that Heijue would do.


    After all, in Heijue''s view, after Nagato and Konoha reached a reconciliation, Uehara Naraku, who has always been close to Nagato, might also change his mind.


    Compared to Uehara Naraku, Kisame, a seemingly honest guy, is relatively safe and easy to control.


    "It used to be the one that trusted me the most!"


    Uehara Naraku''s smile became slightly dangerous: "It seems that Heijue thinks that my thoughts may have changed with Nagato-sama... Heijue, why doesn''t he know that the most important thing in getting along with people is trust! "


    "hehe¡­"


    There was a look of helplessness on Kisame''s face, what Uehara Naraku said was indeed human, but you did what you said!


    While talking about trust, while continuing to deceive Heijue...


    Kisame Kisame felt that Hei Jue was really miserable. He was obviously trying to control Uehara, but he had been secretly controlled by Uehara Naraku all along.


    Until Uchiha Obito was controlled by Uehara Naraku, Hei Ze was almost led away by Uehara Naraku, and now he was betrayed by Uehara Naraku with one hand...


    Kisame Kisame sighed faintly and said, "Then, do you want to prepare a reason for Heijue that you are willing to continue the Moon Eye project? After all, after such a drastic change, it seems that your previous reason needs to be changed..."


    "You have a point."


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "Then reveal my purpose to Heijue! In addition to wanting to avenge Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru, I also want to revive Nagato-sama. To recreate a world with Nagato-sama!"


    "This¡­"


    Kisame Kisame couldn''t help but scratched his head, and raised his eyes to look at Naraku Uehara: "These words...are they a little nonsense?"


    The above reasons are still valid...


    What the hell is creating a peaceful world with Nagato later! Such a weird reason is too nonsense!


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked at Kisame Kisame and said in a low voice: "Believe me, no matter how nonsense your dream is, Heijue will definitely tell you that the Moon Eye Project will definitely come true!"


    Kisame Kisame nodded, then grinned again and said, "Then, if I say something inappropriate in front of it, you won''t mind in the future, will you?"


    "do not mind."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand casually, and said softly: "We have been together for so long, don''t you know my temper? Am I like that kind of narrow-minded person?"


    "..."


    The smile on the dry persimmon ghost shark''s face froze for a second.


    Hehe, is there anyone in this ninja world who is smaller than you?


    Dried Persimmon Kisame has been mentioned by Yao Shidou, it is said that you have been targeting Orochimaru all the time because when that guy Orochimaru met for the first time, he said rudely that you were an experimental material!


    It''s a pity that Kanshi Kisame could only helplessly restore his smile when facing his immediate superior: "Indeed, in the entire ninja world, there is no ninja with a broader mind than Master Uehara."


    "Okay, okay, let''s go!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand hastily, and said softly: "I still want to accompany Teacher Xiaonan! If the plan fails, I will make your shark muscle into sauerkraut fish!"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark: "..."


    What kind of devil boss is this!


    Just as Kisame Kisame was about to leave, Uehara Naraku suddenly continued to speak: "There is another piece of information, Obito Uchiha leaked a piece of information to Konoha, Obito Uchiha claimed that Kurogetsu was his undercover agent for Akatsuki..."


    When Naraku Uehara said this, he chuckled and continued: "You can try to use this matter to let Heijue know that I want to continue participating in the Moon Eye project, but also worry that it is an undercover agent of Uchiha Obito...


    You can¡¯t always let Heijue doubt me, but let him know that I may also doubt it. You must encourage Heijue to find a way to regain my trust, so that it knows how to cherish me, the only one it can rely on. people.


    After all, people will never be satisfied with what they get easily, and they will only know how to cherish it after working hard. "

 Chapter 317

    What Uehara Naraku said was not wrong.


    Some things can only be cherished after they are lost.


    For a long time, Uehara Naraku has shown too much trust in Heijue, so that Heijue doesn''t care enough. Simply put, Heijue has received too much trust in the past...


    From then on, the way they get along with each other has to be changed, and they must find a way to make Hei Jue come to do everything possible to gain Uehara''s trust, and they can no longer take anything away from Uehara Naraku.


    If Heijue wants to return to the past state of getting along with Naraku Uehara, then continue to work harder! Try hard to regain Uehara Naraku''s trust, try to get Uehara Naraku to re-approve its Moon Eye plan...


    certainly.


    This approach also has certain dangers.


    What if Hei Jue turned around with a shy face and humbly went to cooperate with other people?


    This danger is not troublesome for Naraku Uehara. After all, all the people in the ninja world who can cooperate with Heijue have been controlled by Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku slowly leaned back on the chair, looking at the raindrops falling outside the window, he just sat there calmly, but his momentum gradually became a little different: "Treat people''s hearts as a game of chess, and only then will chess players succeed." feel higher."


    While other people in the ninja world are using strong methods to control others, Uehara Naraku uses people''s emotions to bring the world under control step by step.


    Until now, he wants to successfully control Heijue.


    "As expected...you are an adult!"


    Ginger Kisame looked at Uehara Naraku and grinned his mouth, revealing a mouth full of shark teeth, and his small eyes showed a little admiration at the right time.


    This is the time when Naraku Uehara has the highest sense of accomplishment.


    As a qualified subordinate, Kisame Kisame naturally didn''t want to lose the scene.


    "Okay, let''s go!"


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kisame approvingly, nodded and said: "After you and Hei Ze have finished discussing, then report to me the details of your meeting!"


    "Yes, my lord."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame bowed his head respectfully.


    Kisame Kisame lowered his head and slowly exited the office.


    All the members of the Akatsuki organization got the answers they wanted from Uehara Naraku, and returned to Akatsuki''s base from Yuyin Village. Uehara Naraku gathered these powerful and eccentric guys back together.


    Although these Akatsuki members will not be as reckless as in the Payne era in the future, they seem to be able to live a safer life than the Payne era.


    At least, there should be no need for that kind of precarious life.


    After all the members of the Akatsuki organization left Yuyin Village, when Naraku Uehara was about to leave the office and go back to watch Xiaonan sleep, a little girl quietly pushed open the door of the office and sneaked in.


    "Uehara Naraku."


    Hydrangea came to Uehara Naraku''s side, looked at Uehara Naraku seriously and asked, "Is something wrong in the village? Is there any danger?"


    "Won''t."


    Uehara Naraku reached out and tapped her forehead with her fingers, and said in a low voice, "Don''t worry! With me here, nothing will happen to this village."


    "I saw."


    Hydrangea covered her forehead, she still had that serious look on her face: "I''ve seen it before, Lord Angel is crying..."


    "Oh, that''s what you read wrong."


    Uehara Naraku casually said something perfunctory.


    He really didn''t expect that the girl Ziyanghua was quite sharp.


    Naraku Uehara''s perfunctory attitude did not satisfy Hydrangea, she just raised her head stubbornly, and asked in a deep voice: "I''m sure I''m not mistaken, Naraku Uehara, tell me, what happened in the village?"


    "..."


    After being silent for a while, Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm to ruffle her hair, and said in a low voice, "Our leader... Lord Payne died."


    "..."


    Hydrangea''s figure froze.


    For Hidden Rain Village, Payne''s significance is extraordinary.


    It is precisely because of the existence of Payne that the war in the Land of Rain has been eliminated. Since then, the whole country has gradually become no more orphans, no more wandering ninjas, no more riots and killings.


    The members of the Akatsuki organization didn''t care much about the cold leader, they cared about the entire Akatsuki organization; the ninjas of Yuyin Village paid close attention to Payne who ruled them, because they knew what Payne''s existence meant.


    Payne didn''t show up much these years, but Uehara Naraku and Xiaonan who acted on his will have done a lot for Yuyin Village!


    Now Payne is dead...


    Hydrangea slowly raised her head and stared at Uehara Naraku.


    This girl''s personality was very calm, and within a short while, the panic on Hydrangea''s face gradually faded, and her face became full of determination: "Uehara Naraku, you will succeed as the leader of the village, right?"


    "I don''t know... maybe..."


    Looking at the heavy rain outside the window, Uehara Naraku murmured in a low voice: "Maybe... Anyway, I will stay in this village, and I will protect you on behalf of Master Payne."


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku also felt Xiaonan''s pain.


    Before Nagato sacrificed, there seemed to be no need to worry about the Akatsuki Organization or Yuyin Village, because Uehara Naraku knew that Nagato was the one who supported it.


    Nagato is now dead.


    Whether it is Yuyin Village or Akatsuki Organization, all the burdens fell on Uehara Naraku as if overnight, and he finally realized the feeling of losing Nagato.


    It''s just that Naraku Uehara and Konan have different personalities...


    When Xiaonan thinks of Nagato, he will cry sadly.


    When Uehara Naraku thought of Nagato, he only wanted Yakushito to quickly create a body that adapts to the power of the reincarnation eye. After resurrecting Orochimaru, let Orochimaru immediately use reincarnation to completely resurrect Nagato!


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head, patted Hydrangea on the head, and said softly: "Okay, if you are tired from patrolling now, go to rest quickly! This heavy rain will continue until dawn, and it will find the intruders instead of you."


    "Uehara."


    Hydrangea didn''t pay attention to what Uehara said, but grabbed Naraku Uehara''s palm, and pleaded word by word: "You must become the leader of the village!"


    "I see."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Hydrangea helplessly, and said in a low voice, "Don''t you always hate me? Why do you want me to be the leader?"


    "This is also impossible."


    Hydrangea shook her head calmly, and said in a low voice: "If the news of Lord Payne''s death spreads, there may be civil strife in the Land of Rain, and there will definitely be some people who want to seize power in the village. Power, it is better to let you who have been following Lord Payne and Lord Angel become the leader."


    "You really like to think wildly!"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but tapped Hydrangea''s forehead again, and comforted her with a smile: "Don''t worry, Mr. Xiaonan and I won''t let this happen!"


    Uehara Naraku suddenly realized that the little girl Hydrangea actually represented the current ninjas of Yuyin Village. In addition to appeasing the members of Akatsuki, he seemed to have to appease the ninjas of Yin Village?


    It''s getting more and more troublesome!


    After Nagato''s sacrifice, a bunch of troublesome things suddenly appeared and Uehara Naraku had to deal with them. These things were all trivial matters!


    Sure enough, it is a serious matter to hurry up and resurrect Nagato!


    "Hydrangea."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Hydrangea''s eyes, and said softly: "Temporarily hide the news of Lord Payne''s death in battle! Maybe Lord Payne will return in a short time."


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, stretched out his palm and rubbed Hydrangea''s hair: "This is the ninja world! A person may not be resurrected after death!"


    Akatsuki''s base.


    Kisame Kisame also came back with Naraku Uehara''s mission. If there is no accident, Hei Ze should be hiding in his room and waiting for his return.


    Kisame was still on the way, thinking about Naraku Uehara''s instructions and guidance, he slowly opened the door of his room, saw Hei Ze sitting in his room, Guisame couldn''t help sighing faintly tone.


    In the past few years, the information given to them by Uehara Naraku has basically not been accidental, and this guy Heijue is indeed hiding in his room.


    Kisame Kisame looked at Hei Jue, with a smile on his face: "Hehe... I thought Master Jue would go to Uehara Naraku first after Lord Payne died in battle!


    After all, he has just become the leader of Akatsuki, and he is much more useful than the unknown pawn in my Moon Eye Project! "


    This kind of words should be in line with Uehara Naraku''s guidance. You can''t trust Heijue indefinitely, but let Heijue find a way to gain their trust...


    Kisame''s words are very familiar. Obviously, this guy has been with Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke brothers for a long time, and he is also an old emotional controller...


    as expected.


    After Kisame''s disgusting words came out, a dark smile appeared on Heijue''s face: "Hohohoho... Kisame, compared to that brat Uehara Naraku, I have always trusted you more !"


    "Ok?"


    The expression on Kisame''s face suddenly changed, and he looked at Hei Jue in surprise and said, "Could it be that Master Jue already knows that Uehara Naraku is also the same traitor as Yao Shidou... planning to betray the Moon Eye Project?"


    "what?"


    Heijue''s sinister smile froze on his face immediately, he stared at Kisame Kisame, and hurriedly asked: "Where did you know this? Uehara Naraku...does he want to betray us too?"


    Hei Jue rushed to Kanshi Kisame''s place in a hurry, just to appease Kanshi Kisame, an honest man, and by the way, he also wanted Kanshi Kisame to test Uehara Naraku.


    After all, only Kisame and Uehara Naraku are left beside it.


    Especially after Medicine Master''s betrayal, Eye of Reincarnation and the Golem of Heretics were taken away, the Moon Eye Project is at its most dangerous moment, and Heijue is so anxious that he hears the news that Uehara Naraku may betray...


    Is this what it feels like to have a house leak and rain all night?

 Chapter 318

    Hei Jue was under a lot of psychological pressure.


    Because now it is facing the most tormented moment in the millennium.


    Originally, the Akatsuki organization was about to collect all the tail beasts to resurrect the ten tails, and Yakushidou also told it that he would soon be able to revive Uchiha Madara in his heyday in dirty soil.


    At that time, it only needs Uchiha Madara to be truly resurrected, and after he becomes Ten Tails Jinchuriki, he can activate Infinite Tsukiyomi to collect Chakra, and Otsutsuki Kaguya can be rescued.


    Dawn is just around the corner.


    Someone suddenly drew a shady line.


    Suddenly, Nagato died in battle;


    Overnight, Yakushidou colluded with Uchiha Obito and snatched the reincarnation eye, heretic golem, Eight-tailed Jinchuriki and Uchiha Madara''s corpses, and defected with Uchiha Sasuke by the way, and now even the shadow of Yakushidou can''t be found arrive;


    Overnight, Heijue deeply realized the darkness of the human heart.


    It was in vain to trust Yakushidou all the time, and even told Yakushidou the secret of Uchiha Madara''s reincarnation eyes!


    In the end, that''s how Yaoshidou treated it?


    How could there be such a person as Pharmacist Dou in this world!


    The ninja''s routines are too deep, and people''s hearts are too complicated. Heijue never thought that someone would be able to deceive it, and even successfully deceived it!


    A thousand years of self-cultivation could not suppress Hei Jue''s anger.


    The most deceitful thing is that only Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Sasuke are left in the Uchiha clan, and Uchiha is on the verge of genocide at any time, which means that Heijue wants to repeat the story of Uchiha Madara again, and wants to get reincarnation The chances of seeing it are very slim...


    This is the closest chance to revive Otsuki Kaguya in a thousand years, and it may become the only chance!


    As a result, everything is out of its control now.


    This feeling is really not good.


    Who knows how Yakushidou and Uchiha Obito will operate?


    If they still want to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki to activate Infinite Tsukiyomi, it¡¯s okay, what if Yakushidou and his behind-the-scenes Orochiwan are full, and they can just slice and study the eyes of reincarnation?


    It''s a pity that Heijue couldn''t find their location at all.


    Once any Bai Jue gets close to the pharmacist''s pocket, he will never return, and he will use them as experimental materials or sacrifices for reincarnation.


    Therefore, Heijue hurried back to the base of the Akatsuki organization. The only pawns it could use were Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame. The Uchiha Obito group.


    Among them, Uehara Naraku is undoubtedly the most important chess piece.


    The only troublesome thing is that Nagato''s kid gave his life to give up the plan to collect tailed beasts, so will Uehara Naraku change his mind and give up collecting tailed beasts?


    However, after Heijue heard that Naraku Uehara had succeeded the leader of the Akatsuki organization at Akatsuki''s base, he managed to get some comfort in his heart. He was lucky enough to think that Naraku Uehara, who had always trusted him, should still have the hope of continuing to control him. ¡­


    As a result, after Kisame saw Hei Ze, he gave it a head-on blow on the spot, saying that Uehara Naraku would also betray the Moon Eye project.


    This also makes it how to play!


    Naraku Uehara is the only strength Heijue can rely on!


    Because Heijue heard that Uehara Naraku was killing all directions in Konoha, only by relying on Uehara Naraku can he defeat Yakushidou, Orochimaru, and Uchiha Obito, and hope to regain control of the reincarnation eye and the golem.


    "Onisame, can you confirm that Naraku Uehara betrayed us?"


    Heijue looked at the dried persimmon ghost with a gloomy look, and his voice seemed to be picking someone to eat: "Or, are you actually the one who betrayed the Moon''s Eye plan?"


    To be honest, Hei Jue really didn''t want this to happen.


    Once this is the case, basically it can only sit and wait to die.


    Kisame Kisame glanced at Heijue in surprise, shook his head and said, "No, I talked to Uehara Naraku about this personally, don''t Master Jue know what happened?"


    "What''s up?"


    "Pain... no, Nagato should have died!"


    Kisame grinned, and said with a light smile, "I saw Uehara Naraku and his teacher Xiaonan so sad that I couldn''t live without it. After I chatted with him a few words, he doesn''t want to have any plans for the Eye of the Moon now. He I just want to revive Nagato."


    After Kisame Kisame said this, he continued to grin and said, "Naraku Uehara may have gone crazy... What did you say to create a world that has Nagato again!"


    "Oh?"


    Hei Jue glanced at Ganshi Guiyu in surprise, and suddenly said with a sullen smile: "In that case, he shouldn''t have given up on our Moon Eye project! Why do you say Uehara Naraku is going to betray us?"


    "because¡­"


    Kisame Kisame slowly pulled out the big sword with shark muscles on his back, and his eyes gradually became a little cold: "Master Jue has always been a spy sent by Mr. Obito Uchiha! Don''t deny it, this is Obito Uchiha. The soil leaked it to others!"


    This kind of information can actually be just nonsense.


    After all, Uchiha Obito is under the control of Uehara Naraku.


    Kisame Kisame''s voice was gloomy, and he said coldly: "Naraku Uehara is very hostile to you now, thinking that you killed Nagato, and thinking that you have been playing with us all the time!


    In vain Uehara Naraku has always wanted to help you in the past, but he never thought that you are actually a spy sent by Obito Uchiha, you have been deceiving us all the time! "


    These words really blush a little.


    Gan Shi Gui Sha always thought that he was an honest person, but he never thought that he would deceive Hei Jue so much today. Thinking about it, he was really...


    A little happy?


    But these are also true.


    After all, Heijue has been deceiving them all along.


    "How could I be that bastard''s spy!"


    Hearing Kisame''s words, Hei Ze felt as if he had been trampled on, he didn''t know how to tidy up the mess, he didn''t know what Naraku Uehara and Kisame were thinking.


    Why do they think it is Uchiha Obito''s spy!


    Heijue looked at the vigilant Kisame Kisame, and said with a gloomy expression, "Don''t trust Obito Uchiha, this is because he wants to provoke the relationship between us..."


    "Is not it?"


    Ganshi Guishui sneered, and continued with a stern voice: "Then please explain, Master Jue, why you recruited Medicine Master to join the Akatsuki organization, and you let such a dangerous person join in the critical stage of the Moon Eye Project." Get in!


    Our Tailed Beasts are about to be collected, and the so-called Moon Eye Project is about to succeed, but Yaoshidou betrayed Akatsuki with the heretic Golem and the Eye of Reincarnation. Master Jue, are you using us as tools? "


    When it came to this, Kisame grinned and continued: "Although I know the reality very well, we ninjas have always been tools, but I really want to understand the truth of this world, instead of being deceived by your lies all the time!


    Whether it''s me or Uehara Naraku, we have always believed in you, but you have been playing with our trust wantonly!


    My lord, do you have anything else to say? "


    "..."


    Hei Jue was simply speechless.


    At this moment, if he didn''t know all the past in his heart, Hei Ze even really felt that he was a spy. If it was really a spy of Obito Uchiha, it would be great!


    In this case, there is no need to spend time here now...


    It''s a pity that it and Uchiha Obito have already turned their faces.


    Now Heijue can only think of a way to restore trust from Kisame Kisame. At this time, Heijue suddenly remembered something. The corner of its mouth suddenly bent, and it laughed softly: "It''s just because of Uchiha Obito''s instigation, you Do you and Uehara Naraku no longer trust me?"


    Hei Jue slowly raised his head, looked at the dried persimmon ghost, and his voice gradually became more serious: "Ghost, then I will tell you everything completely!"


    "Oh?"


    Dried persimmon ghost put down his shark muscles, grinned and revealed his shark teeth, and said with a light smile: "Then let me listen again, how else do you want to deceive me! If I find a loophole, I will immediately cut off your head with shark muscles!"


    After saying this, the smile on Qianshi Guixier''s face gradually became a little ferocious: "Hehehehe... Your Excellency, I am still very easy to be persuaded.


    I would like to remind you very kindly, before convincing me, don''t try that guy Uehara Naraku, he is going completely crazy because you are a spy of Uchiha Obito, Yakushido''s betrayal and Nagato-sama''s death Woolen cloth! "


    "Ho ho ho ho... don''t worry."


    Heijue looked up at the dried persimmon ghost shark, and returned to it with confidence: "Let me start from the story of Madara-sama back then, and you will know why I and Uchiha Obito are absolutely incompatible. Madara-sama''s will derivative..."


    "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark wanted to curse a little bit.


    Originally, he really thought that Hei Ze was going to be honest with him, but he didn''t expect that Hei Ze opened his mouth to mention Uchiha Madara, and Kisame knew that Hei Ze wanted to continue to lie to him!


    Heijue doesn''t know all this, it is still telling its own story.


    "...When Madara-sama left Konoha, no Uchiha was willing to follow him. They betrayed their patriarch. Those Uchihas who were born and raised in Konoha were all born of inferior products who betrayed Madara-sama...


    ...They just want to live in peace, so they are doomed to suffer the fate of extinction because of short-sightedness, Uchiha Obito is the same, Uchiha Sasuke is also the same...


    ...How can these wastes be able to match Lord Madara''s lofty dream? In this world, no one has ever been able to match Master Madara''s open-mindedness, even including the dreams of the Reincarnation Eye and Moon Eye Project. entrusted to others. "


    When Heijue said this, his voice paused, he looked up at Kisame Kisame and continued: "Master Madara has been hiding and investigating for a long time, and he thinks that Nagato will be the son of destiny to realize the Moon Eye plan, so he put the Eye of Reincarnation Transplanted to Nagato.


    It''s a pity that I thought Nagato was cowardly by nature and would not be strong enough to carry out the plan in the future, so I have always refused to entrust Nagato with the Moon Eye plan.


    After Uchiha Obito discovered this incident, he arrogantly wanted to seize Nagato''s reincarnation eye and seize control of the Moon Eye project, and finally he chose to defect and stand on his own;


    In order to avoid being destroyed by Obito Uchiha, I had no choice but to prepare the second more dangerous plan, which is to let you secretly prepare for the resurrection of Madara-sama, but unfortunately, it was used by the pharmacist to revive Madara in his heyday. adults deceived.


    Now it seems that we are short of chess.


    But we may not have no chance to fight back, as long as we defeat Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru, those guys in Yakushi''s pocket, regain the heretic golem and the eye of reincarnation, and choose another person to continue the Moon Eye project! "


    The things Hei Jue said were even more nonsense than before.


    In its story, Uchiha Madara is portrayed as a great person, which shows that Uchiha Madara''s will is also very great.


    There are also some private goods in these stories.


    For example, Hei Ze took the opportunity to secretly hack Konoha''s group of Uchihas again.


    Of course, Heijue mentioned these things not aimlessly, but to leave an impression on Kanshi Kisame. These stories are mainly prepared to gain the trust of Uehara Naraku.


    So Heijue added a lot of kindness to Nagato in the story.


    "Oh? Is that so?"


    Kanshi Kisame glanced at Heijue calmly, rolled his small eyes, and suddenly said: "But Nagato-sama is dead, and Madara-sama''s body is still in the hands of the enemy. When we get back the eyes of reincarnation and heretics After the Golem, who should be in charge of the Moon Eye Project?"


    "Then let''s see who is stronger..."


    The corners of Heijue''s mouth slowly curled up, looking at the hopeful face of Kisame Kisame, he said seriously: "The eyes of reincarnation require a huge chakra to push, so if you want to use the eyes of reincarnation to launch the Moon Eye Project, you must You have to have a huge chakra..."


    "Oh¡­"


    Kisame Kisame nodded slowly, and grinned to reveal his shark teeth: "That''s really a coincidence, the Chakra in Naraku Uehara and I seem to be very abundant..."


    Heijue''s eyes narrowed, and he said in a low voice: "Ghost shark, don''t be too greedy like your shark, let''s discuss this matter after finding a way to get back the samsara eye and the golem of heretics! I''ll figure it out now Convince Naraku Uehara..."


    "My lord, Uehara Naraku is not easy to persuade..."


    Kisame Kisame spread out his palm and said with a light smile, "Instead of wasting time trying to regain Naraku Uehara''s trust, why don''t you just give up on Naraku Uehara and let me help you carry out the Moon Eye plan!"


    "..."


    Heijue glanced at Dried Persimmon Ghost Shark speechlessly.


    Damn it, is the dried persimmon ghost shark so greedy that he saw the opportunity to master the eye of reincarnation? Do you think that Chakrado can use the reincarnation eye?


    Hei Jue glanced at the dried persimmon ghost shark, smiled sinisterly and said: "It depends on your ability, if you can capture the heretic golem... But I heard that you can''t even defeat the filthy reincarnation of the pharmacist pocket ninja..."


    "..."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark''s expression changed.


    The next moment, the voice of Qianshi Guixier said indifferently: "Forget it, it doesn''t matter who comes, as long as I can see the world after the Eye of the Moon."


    "Most definitely."


    Hei Jue''s voice was full of bewitchment: "There will never be wars in that world again, and no one will deliberately deceive again. There will only be peace and tranquility in that world..."


    Wait until Hei Jue has finished describing the Moon Eye''s plan to leave.


    Kisame Kisame watched Heijue leave indifferently, then took out his phone and dialed Naraku Uehara''s phone.


    "Porp porp..."


    After a while, the phone bug in Kisame''s hand changed into Uehara Naraku''s costume, which was a sign of connection, and it squinted its eyes and spoke.


    "Ghost shark, have you finished chatting with Hei Jue?"


    "Well, after the chat, it''s still lying to me."


    Kisame Kisame nodded, grinned at his mouth, and continued: "What it lied to me this time is all lies prepared in advance to deceive Lord Uehara''s trust, because the Eye of the Moon in it started to surround With Nagato-sama at the center!"


    "I see."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little more elegant: "Then let it come to cheat me of my trust in it! All my trust can''t be so easily obtained by it..."

 Chapter 319

    early morning.


    Naraku Uehara finished listening to Kisame''s report.


    As a qualified boss, Uehara Naraku did not hesitate to appreciate his subordinates who could complete the tasks qualifiedly.


    After Uehara Naraku heard Kisame mentioning that he intentionally showed his greed for the eyes of reincarnation in front of Heijue, Uehara Naraku praised softly: "You are right, after all, not everyone can let go of dominating a world with the eyes of the moon. lure."


    At this moment, Naraku Uehara spoke like a qualified boss.


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth: "It''s just learning from Master Xiangyuan."


    In the next second, Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became a little gloomy again: "In your mouth, did I become a madman who lost his mind?"


    "Uh¡­"


    Kisame Kisame couldn''t help laughing, and explained in a low voice: "It''s just to convince that Heijue, Master Uehara probably won''t mind!"


    "It doesn''t sound like any flaws have been revealed..."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead and said softly: "If everything is not out of my plan, then I won''t bother with you."


    "yes."


    Kisame Kisame replied with a low smile, "Then the next thing will all depend on Master Uehara."


    "Hehe...don''t worry."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, glanced at the movement of Heijue on the fate display panel, and continued: "It seems that our Lord Heijue is still in a hurry. After getting my news from you, he will immediately want to see me."


    "It''s really interesting!"


    The dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help but chuckled and said, "It would be more interesting if it knew that the adults were manipulating all of this behind the scenes."


    "There will be such a day."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in a low voice: "Then I will deliberately let it hang out for a while, and let it wait a while before seeing me!"


    "what?"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark was a little surprised.


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, stood on the balcony and turned his head to glance at the room, and said in a low voice, "It''s nothing, but Teacher Xiaonan just woke up soon."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku continued: "In the future, remember to tell me the password in advance, I don''t want my teacher to know."


    "..."


    Kisame Kisame paused for a moment, then grinned and said, "Understood, but if Lord Xiaonan finds out in the future that the disciples she teaches are actually behind-the-scenes manipulators of a world, that kind of picture must be very interesting!"


    "Means nothing."


    Naraku Uehara frowned and put away his phone bug.


    Last night, Uehara Naraku and the group of teasers organized by Akatsuki finished discussing the future of Akatsuki''s organization, and then gently comforted the frightened little girl Ziyanghua, and stayed by Xiaonan''s side all the time.


    early morning.


    The light rain is still pattering.


    Under the nourishment of the rain, the air in Yuyin Village is somewhat fresh.


    Xiao Nan sat up from the bed and looked around the empty room absentmindedly. She didn''t seem to find the person she expected, and her face was somewhat startled.


    It wasn''t until Xiaonan''s gaze shifted and she saw Uehara Naraku''s figure on the balcony that the light in her pupils slowly recovered, and her lips breathed a sigh of relief.


    Xiaonan walked out of the room step by step, walked slowly to Uehara Naraku''s side, stretched out her arms around his waist, and pressed her cheek tightly against his back.


    "Naraku..."


    "Wake up? I''m here."


    Naraku Uehara patted Konan''s palm.


    After a long time, Uehara Naraku slowly broke free from the soft palm on his waist, turned around and looked down at Xiaonan, and then slowly averted his gaze.


    Naraku Uehara watched Xiao Nan''s puzzled eyes, sighed and said, "Let''s go, go eat something in the morning, I have something to tell the teacher."


    There was light rain in the sky.


    The streets of Yuyin Village are still quiet.


    Uehara Naraku helped Xiaonan hold an umbrella, and said softly: "The group of Akatsuki knew the news that Nagato-sama died in battle, and they came to look for me last night..."


    "what?"


    A look of surprise flashed across Xiao Nan''s face, and her expression became slightly ugly: "Those rebellious guys, did you make things difficult for you?"


    Last night, Xiao Nan thought that Uehara Naraku was by her side, and there was still the quiet noise of the rainy day. She slept very peacefully all night, and she didn''t know what happened in Yuyin Village.


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was still calm, and he continued softly: "Senior Scorpion and Kakuzu-senior... probably don''t want to leave Akatsuki. To them, Akatsuki is like a group of weird people who can''t be understood by the ninja world. It''s like a home that leans together for warmth..."


    "What are they trying to do?"


    "I don''t want to do anything..."


    Naraku Uehara moved the umbrella in his hand, and said in a deep voice: "In short, except for Sasuke Uchiha and Yakushido who defected, they should all stay in Akatsuki for the time being."


    "That''s it..."


    After Xiaonan frowned, he said in a low voice: "The group of rebellious ninjas from Konoha are really the most rebellious people in the ninja world..."


    This wave can''t be wrong.


    Most of Konoha''s rebellious ninjas have no integrity.


    Whether it is Orochimaru, Uchiha Obito, Yakushidou, Uchiha Sasuke, Uchiha Madara, these guys have very low professional ethics.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    These guys have directly lowered the moral standard of the ninja world.


    Uehara Naraku opened his own destiny display panel, which clearly showed that there was a black head active near them.


    It seems that this Hei Jue who was left hanging by him is really anxious.


    After Uehara Naraku paused, he looked at Xiaonan and continued softly: "I discussed with them last night, and decided to take revenge on Obito Uchiha, Yakushido, and Orochimaru for the time being, and take back Nagato-sama''s body and reincarnation. Eye."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly, and then said: "But it is very difficult to find traces of Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru now. I thought about it last night and planned to try to hunt down Hei Ze first." trail of..."


    Naraku Uehara clenched the umbrella tightly with his fingers, and continued softly: "Hei Ze is a spy of Obito Uchiha, today I want to discuss with them to hunt down Hei Ze..."


    "But¡­"


    After hesitating for a while, Xiaonan said in a low voice: "Although Mr. Jiraiya said so, I feel a bit like Uchiha Obito deliberately leaked it out... After all, we all know that Heijue had a falling out with Uchiha Obito a long time ago. "


    "Perhaps there is such a possibility."


    After Uehara said this, he stopped his footsteps, stared at Xiaonan beside him, looked at her seriously and said: "However, I will never miss any method that may lead to the remains of Master Nagato."


    "¡­it is good."


    Xiaonan looked at Uehara Naraku''s determined face, and finally nodded: "No matter what you do in the future, you must be careful..."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm and landed on Xiaonan''s hair: "Yes, because I promised Master Nagato that I will protect Teacher Xiaonan."


    At this warm moment.


    Suddenly, a pitcher plant slowly drilled out of the ground.


    Heijue thinks this timing is the best one, and Xiaonan just thinks that it might be one of his own, at least it won''t shout and kill after meeting Uehara Naraku...


    Heijue and Baijue emerged from the pitcher plant.


    Hei Jue raised his head and said in a hoarse voice: "Uehara, what your teacher said just now is very correct, don''t believe those traitors'' words..."


    "How dare you appear in front of me!"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm was clenched tightly, and the next moment he stepped on the ground, the rain on the ground under his control formed a circular water prison in an instant, directly enveloping Jue''s figure!


    At this moment, the anger on Uehara''s face was barely concealed!


    Just like a man who sees the enemy of life and death, his heart is full of anger!


    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, put the umbrella in Xiaonan''s hand, raised his head and walked towards Heijue step by step.


    Uehara Naraku walked up to Hei Ze''s side, turned his head slightly, suppressed his anger, tried his best to calm down his tone, and said in a low voice: "Teacher, you go back first, I still have a lot to ask it, I don''t want you to see what happens next!"


    "..."


    Xiao Nan stood there hesitantly.


    After a while, Xiao Nan nodded lightly, and persuaded softly: "Uehara, calm down, don''t be carried away by anger..."


    "is teacher."


    After Uehara Naraku heard Xiao Nan''s footsteps leaving, Gu Zi stared at Hei Jue, and said in a cold and gloomy voice: "Senior Jue, you are more courageous than I imagined, and you dare to appear in this situation. In front of me..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Hei Jueyin laughed a few times, and said, "If I don''t appear in front of you to explain, wouldn''t you never know the truth?"


    "if not you!"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly clenched into a fist, and he said indifferently: "If you hadn''t leaked the information... If you hadn''t insisted on recruiting Medicine Master to join Akatsuki, he wouldn''t have had the chance to ambush Naraku with Obito Uchiha. Master door!"


    "And whatever the truth is..."


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly, and his eyes showed danger, like a wild beast that might riot at any time: "Senior Jue, tell me the location of Uchiha Obito and Yakushi''s pocket, which should be for you. It''s not difficult!"


    "..."


    Hei Jue''s words froze for a moment.


    It is really not easy for it to find the location of Yakushidou and Uchiha Obito, after all, it doesn''t have 100,000 white zealots around it.


    Originally, I wanted to use the spore technique to cultivate Baijue, but the chakra of ordinary people is not enough for the spore technique to absorb. Only powerful ninjas have enough chakra.


    Which ninja would be willing to be absorbed by chakra with the spore technique for no reason!


    In addition, the recently dispatched Bai Jue always disappeared from time to time...


    To be honest, the job of an intelligence officer is really difficult.


    Uehara Naraku frowned and stared at Hei Jue, slowly raised his fingers, and said in a cold voice: "Senior Jue, it seems that we have to talk in a different way..."


    The next moment, the water prison gradually became solidified!


    Heijue suddenly felt the pressure in the water dungeon. Although this pressure would not pose much threat to it, it didn''t seem like a way to talk like this!


    Heijue stopped Uehara''s movements in a deep voice: "Wait, Uehara, don''t you want to revive Nagato? He has been protecting and caring for you since you grew up..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression changed slightly, and he acted a little moved.


    After a while, Uehara quietly put down his finger, and said in a low voice, "Senior Jue, now you only have one last chance to try to convince me..."

 Chapter 320

    Hei Jue is actually quite confident.


    As long as Uehara Naraku is still willing to communicate, it will definitely be able to convince him.


    Hei Ze brought out his rhetoric to Kisame Kisame again, and slowly talked about Uchiha Madara entrusting his dream to a son of destiny named Nagato.


    Even though Naraku Uehara had heard this story, his eyelids couldn''t help shaking.


    In Heijue''s description, Uchiha Madara has become a very delicate and kind old man. After he finally got the eyes of reincarnation, he got the guidance of the sage of the Six Paths and found the correct way to save the ninja world.


    It is a pity that Uchiha Madara''s life is coming to an end.


    "Before dying..."


    Heijue talked about what happened before Uchiha Madara''s death, and slowly lowered his head, there was even a hint of sadness in his voice, and he became resolute again: "Master Madara finally made up his mind, he decided to take what he got Reincarnation eye, bet on the new era!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was stunned.


    Fuck, it sounds really touching!


    What Hei Jue said sounds familiar to him!


    What I have to mention is that the acting skills and lines of this guy Heijue are really realistic, much more realistic than the two eliminated guys Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Itachi...


    To be honest, if Uehara Naraku had not been secretly manipulating all this, he really thought he had come to a fake ninja world...


    Black this guy...


    Sure enough, he is his biggest rival for the best actor!


    After Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, he continued: "Senior Jue, it''s a pity that you seem to have betrayed the last wish of the legendary Uchiha Madara-senpai..."


    "Strictly speaking, it''s not a betrayal."


    Heijue shook his head, and continued in a deep voice: "Master Madara''s real wish is for the peace of the entire ninja world. As long as the ninja world can be peaceful, the light of the moon''s eye will cover the earth, and the entire ninja world will never have any more. strife!"


    After Heijue said this, he looked at Naraku Uehara and continued: "Uehara, Nagato inherited Madara-sama''s eyes and last wish, and you inherited Nagato''s will... This is the so-called inheritance of will in the ninja world."


    "Uchiha Madara..."


    Uehara Naraku frowned inexplicably, and whispered: "Is it really so noble? But I learned from Konoha Ninja..."


    "They''re all weaklings."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku talking about Konoha, Heijue quickly opened his mouth and continued to argue: "The weak can only see the crisis in front of them, and only the strong can see through time and see through the essence of the war in the ninja world."


    After finishing speaking, Heijue seemed to be afraid that Uehara Naraku would doubt Uchiha Madara''s character, so he made a sharp prediction: "And why Madara-sama thought of the Moon Eye Project is because he got the stone tablet left by the Sage of the Six Paths..."


    When Heijue talked about the Sage of the Six Paths, his voice became a little hoarse: "It is said that the Sage of the Six Paths a thousand years ago hoped that the ninja world would be peaceful forever. With his powerful strength, naturally no one would dare to violate his will..."


    Speaking of this, Hei Jue''s voice gradually lowered: "Sage of the Six Paths thinks very far-reaching, if the ninja world is still peaceful, then naturally it doesn''t matter; but he guessed that there might be wars in the entire ninja world after his death, so he left There is a solution to the war."


    "Is it the Moon Eye Project?"


    Uehara Naraku forcibly suppressed his emotions.


    To be honest, I really wanted to laugh a little.


    Hei Jue doesn''t know how much he hates the Sage of the Six Paths, but at this moment he wants to use the name of the Sage of the Six Paths to fool him. It''s really not easy for this guy!


    And this guy Hei Jue can really act!


    The reason why there have been so many wars in the ninja world for thousands of years is not all thanks to this old man!


    It''s a pity that Kuro never knew what Uehara Naraku was thinking.


    Hei Jue looked at Naraku Uehara''s expression, and continued in a deep voice: "That''s right, it''s the Moon''s Eye project. After Madara-sama got the stele, he used his kaleidoscope Sharingan to decipher the meaning of the stele. Secret, so what he inherited is the will of the Sage of the Six Paths!"


    "Where is that stele?"


    "The Nanga Shrine of the Uchiha Clan."


    Hei Jue looked at Uehara Naraku, and whispered bewitchingly: "If you get the eye of reincarnation, you can also interpret that stone tablet, then you will understand that I have never lied to you, and you will also understand Six Paths Sage and Madara-sama. will¡­"


    "I see."


    Uehara Naraku was a little moved.


    As for what he thinks in his heart, of course it cannot be denied.


    What happened to that stele, both of them should have something in mind.


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, and then suddenly said: "Then you told me before that you can resurrect Nagato-sama, is this true?"


    This thing is the most important thing.


    He had to find a way to get Heijue to agree to bring Nagato back to life.


    The only troublesome thing is that the bastard Heijue wants him to transplant the Eye of Reincarnation to preside over the Eye of the Moon project...


    This is really sad.


    Is it true that once he becomes the leader of the Akatsuki organization, he must have the standard equipment of reincarnation eyes?


    How could it be so good, Hei Jue wanted him to transplant the eyes of reincarnation!


    This is a doll set on him!


    I''m really curious, how did this guy Heijue''s brain grow, so that the nesting doll was put on the head of the mastermind behind the scenes!


    When Uehara Naraku saw that Hei Jue was still silent, he continued softly: "Senior Jue, if I remember correctly, after Nagato-sama performed the technique of reincarnation, his life has been exhausted, even if he It won''t last long after being resurrected, right?"


    "Then there is only one other way."


    Heijue was no longer silent, grinning his mouth and showing a smile: "Once Orochimaru and Yakushi got Nagato''s body, they will definitely not give up using dirty soil reincarnation to control Nagato to become their combat power, so they will definitely Make Nagato into a battle force in its heyday..."


    Heijue looked at Uehara Naraku, and continued in a low voice: "At that time, as long as Nagato was used the technique of reincarnation, he could be resurrected in the state of his heyday..."


    "Oh?"


    Uehara Naraku slowly tilted his head, staring at Heijue and suddenly said: "When you recruited Yakushitou to join our Moon Eye Project, and asked him to resurrect Uchiha Madara in his heyday, was it also because of this idea? I want Master Nagato to revive him..."


    "no."


    Heijue hurriedly shook his head, and explained softly: "It''s just because the Moon Eye Project has more variables like Uchiha Obito, only Madara-sama can deal with Uchiha Obito..."


    "Well, I admit that I do have this idea."


    Heijue looked at Uehara Naraku''s playful eyes, and laughed aloud: "I am Madara-sama''s will, and I want to see Madara-sama have a chance to revive, it doesn''t seem strange!"


    When he said this, Hei Jue suddenly paused, and there was a hint of excitement in his voice: "It''s just that Mr. Madara handed over the future to people of the new era, so he may not be willing to be resurrected...


    In fact, I just want him to see that after the light of the eyes of the moon enveloped the earth, this world has become the world of his dreams just like his last wish before he died. "


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku really has nothing to say.


    Once encountering a situation that cannot be resolved, she uses words that can move people to move others. Naraku Uehara feels that she has learned something from Hei Jue...


    Just through Hei Jue''s words, if it were someone else, maybe I really couldn''t bear to continue to doubt him...


    After all, they seem to be telling the truth!


    No matter who it is, wouldn''t it be tempting to meet the most important person who has the opportunity to resurrect himself? With such a frank remark, the matter is over, do you have the nerve to continue to pursue it?


    What''s more, there will be some supplements to Uchiha Madara later.


    It''s just that Hei Ze is more nonsense than him. In Hei Ze''s mouth, Uchiha Madara has been thoroughly described as a saint.


    If the ninja world had the Best Actor Award, if people in the ninja world didn''t give Heijue a best actor award, Uehara Naraku himself would not agree!


    Of course, if Uehara is not given an actor, Naraku Uehara will not agree!


    Naraku Uehara sighed, lowered his head slowly, and said in a low voice: "Senior Jue, I can understand your feelings. Before Master Nagato died, he actually told me that he had no regrets when he died... "


    Uehara Naraku''s emotions gradually became agitated. He looked at Heijue and continued: "But I couldn''t bear the pain of his leaving... So when I heard that there was a chance to revive him, I knew that I would go against his wishes, but I would still stop. I can''t stop my heartbeat!"


    Speaking of the excitement, Uehara Naraku''s eyes were even misty.


    Hei Jue looked at Naraku Uehara, whose face was full of excitement and wanted to cry, and shook his head in admiration, feeling a little guilty all of a sudden.


    It deceived Uehara Naraku in this way, and finally moved Uehara Naraku?


    human beings...


    Always so easy to be deceived by feelings.


    Uehara Naraku also wiped his own eyes, and moistened the eye sockets with the power of water. This guy Heijue is really not so easy to be deceived...


    The last two film stars of the Xiao organization, after exchanging a wave of lines and acting skills with each other, calmed down their emotions, and finally talked about their serious business.


    "Actually, I have already planned to give up the Moon Eye project."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his eye sockets, supported his temples, and the first sentence he uttered made Heijue''s heart tremble, wasting his feelings in vain?


    Damn, it''s been a thousand years!


    Hei Jue has never been so affectionate before!


    Even when Heijue misses Otsutsuki Kaguya every time he looks up at the moon, he can''t say the affectionate words just now!


    "But¡­"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Hei Ze, the corners of his mouth curled without leaving a trace and then disappeared into the invisible: "After getting the whole story from the mouth of Jue Senior, I will find a way to continue the Moon Eye Project. The wish of Madara-senpai and Nagato-sama..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fist, and said with a firm gaze: "These wishes will definitely come true in our hands! This is our unshirkable responsibility... Senior Jue, continue to implement the Moon Eye Project with me Bar!"


    At this moment, it was as if a ray of light shone on him.


    No, there was really a ray of light shining on Naraku Uehara.


    The light rain in Yuyin Village did not know when it stopped, and a ray of sunlight penetrated through the thick clouds and fell on Naraku Uehara, just like a choice of fate.


    "Ho ho ho ho... of course."


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Hei Jue looked at Uehara Naraku and nodded, and the joy in the hoarse laughter could hardly be suppressed: "Uehara, it is precisely because I saw in you that you have the possibility of inheriting their will that I am willing to come to you."

 Chapter 321

    To be honest, it''s quite tiring to keep on acting.


    Now that everyone has made a decision, it will definitely not be changed easily.


    Whether it''s Uehara Naraku or Hei Ze, both of them are actually relieved, they really have had enough of this kind of thing!


    Both of them secretly made up their minds. After their respective plans succeed in the future, they must see the expression on the other''s face when they know the truth, and how surprised the other will be when they know the truth!


    At that time, they must feel that they will be doubly happy.


    After all, a behind-the-scenes man who successfully completed his plan by relying on the performance, if he does not share the joy of his success with his enemies, is he still called a serious behind-the-scenes man?


    A real behind-the-scenes man must learn to get rid of the vulgar taste of calculating people all day long, and share the successful experience to be a noble man behind the scenes.


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his temples, looked at Heijue and said softly: "Then the most important thing for us now is to search for information on Orochimaru, Yakushidou and Uchiha Obito, and take all the things they robbed from them return!"


    After Uehara Naraku saw that Kurojue nodded, he continued to add: "I reached some superficial agreements with Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage Tsunade on this point before, and Konoha will also share with us about their information..."


    "good."


    Heijue nodded, and praised with a hoarse voice: "I really didn''t expect that after going around, we still returned to the original point, and we can use Konoha to continue to collect information for us and help us fight Uchiha Obito... "


    "No, maybe better than before."


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his mouth, continued with a smile: "That Hokage-dono will immediately contact all the kages of the Great Ninja Village, and invite me to participate in the Five Kages Conference to resolve our previous grievances, and by the way, join forces to fight against Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito."


    "..."


    After Hei Jue was silent for a while, he suddenly said with a sinister smile: "However, the leaders of the Great Ninja Village would never have thought that Uehara, you just want to use them to regain control of the Moon Eye Project."


    "good."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the sky, sighed faintly, and said, "I once thought about resolving the grudge with them, but unfortunately it was a mistake, just like what Senior Jue said, those weak people stand at the bottom of the valley, unable to understand Those of us who stand on the mountain."


    "Hehe, you''re not just standing on a high mountain..."


    Heijue grinned a sinister smile, and said pointedly: "We have transcended the limitations of this world, we should be standing on the moon, overlooking this sick ninja world..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was a little speechless.


    This black man is too arrogant!


    Isn''t this alluding to Kaguya Otsutsuki?


    Here, Heijue secretly uses the moon as a metaphor for Kaguya Otsutsuki, but he must be very happy in his heart! It seems that he really doesn''t know anything!


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku really doesn''t know what the role is now, so he shook his head and sighed: "No matter how high we stand, we are only the legacy of our predecessors. We are not great, just because we Inherited the dream of those great men."


    "Well said."


    To be honest, Hei Jue couldn''t help but want to applaud.


    The meaning expressed by Naraku Uehara''s words does not fit Hei Jue''s image of Naraku Uehara in his heart!


    what a kid...


    I was finally completely fooled by it!


    Hei Jue looked at Naraku Uehara and nodded, "Okay, then I will continue to find ways to find out their information..."


    "Okay, I''ll leave the intelligence to Senior."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded, he said in a deep voice: "After I find out their location, I will personally lead everyone in Akatsuki to surround and kill them! Last time, Medicine Master took away the Golem of the Outer Way while I was away. Next time I will never let him go!"


    "Ok."


    Hei Jue nodded and slowly dived into the ground.


    After watching Heijue leave, Uehara Naraku showed a smile on the corner of his mouth, lowered his head and sighed, shook his head and said: "Oh, really... We two have said so much to each other, and one sentence is true Is it?"


    While Uehara Naraku was still standing there thinking, a piece of origami butterflies fluttered to his side and gathered into Xiaonan''s appearance.


    Xiao Nan looked up at Uehara Naraku, with a look of worry on his face: "Naru, Jue has already left, why are you still standing here? What happened, did you not have a pleasant chat?"


    "No, it was a very pleasant chat."


    Naraku Uehara shook her head, pressed her fingers on Xiao Nan''s forehead, smoothed her slightly frowning brows, and spoke softly to soothe Xiao Nan''s emotions.


    "After I talked with Juesen, I can confirm that it is not a spy of Uchiha Obito, and it will help us continue to collect information about Uchiha Obito."


    "That''s good."


    Xiaonan breathed a sigh of relief.


    Now Uehara Naraku can be said to have completely stabilized the situation after Nagato''s death. He appeased Xiao Organization, temporarily appeased Yuyin Village, and now appeased Hei Ze of the Moon Eye team.


    The only problem, perhaps, is Xiao Nan''s mood.


    Because Uehara Naraku became the last companion who depended on each other for life, Xiaonan has been fond of following him recently, and Uehara Naraku can only let it go.


    Uehara Naraku was also secretly urging Yao Shidou''s movements, telling him to speed up and fix Orochimaru''s body as soon as possible.


    During this period of time, the ninja world has not been peaceful.


    The news that Akatsuki''s base is in the Land of Rain quickly spread throughout the ninja world, Yan Yin Village and Yun Yin Village have been holding fire and want to come to settle accounts!


    If it wasn''t for the news that Yakushidou and Uchiha Obito had taken away all the tailed beasts from the Akatsuki organization, it would have spread throughout the ninja world, and Tsunade sent someone to notify that when the Five Kages Conference was held, the matter of Yuyin Village would be resolved incidentally. Maybe the two ninja villages have already invaded the land of rain!


    If this is the case, maybe they will perish...


    After all, along with the news of the Akatsuki organization, it was Uehara Naraku who killed the Quartet in the Battle of Konoha, and defeated the second generation of Hokage, the second generation of Tukage, the second generation of Mizukage, and the fourth generation of reincarnation with the power of one person. News of Kazekage and Fourth Hokage!


    This news is not surprising!


    Under the turbulent situation in the ninja world, Uehara Naraku, the leader of Yuyin Village who has not yet taken office, won several titles, which can be regarded as barely used by the Ninja Village of the big country to cover up their embarrassment.


    Of course, this title is not only for the new generation of ninja demigods. After all, the title of the new generation of ninja demigods cannot be a fig leaf for the Ninja Village of the Great Ninja Village.


    Uehara Naraku felt a little ashamed.


    Yuyin Village.


    above the tower.


    Naraku Uehara and Konan are sitting here.


    Uehara was holding a scroll in his hand, his eyes were fixed on the scroll, his face was so gloomy that water dripped out: "What the hell kind of titles are these!"


    "Let me take a look."


    Xiaonan''s brows and eyes were a little soft, she gently took the scroll from Naraku Uehara''s hand, and murmured: "Terminator of the old generation, is this title because Naraku defeated those shadows who were reincarnated from the dirt?"


    "maybe¡­"


    Uehara Naraku slowly lay down on the high tower, resting his head on the palm of his hand, looking up at the sky, and whispered: "This is pretty normal..."


    "indeed."


    Xiao Nan nodded, her brows were slightly frowned, and she continued softly: "The first Daime Amekage, this should be what that guy Sanshoyu Hanzo has been thinking about day and night!"


    "It''s all those ninjas from small countries who shouted casually!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the clouds in the sky, and explained casually: "The foundation of Yuyin Village is too weak. It is impossible for the five major countries to recognize the title of Yuying, so that this ninja world has an extra village that divides interests, not to mention that I have not succeeded Yuying Village. The position of the leader of the hidden village."


    To be honest, the Land of Rain is not too small.


    If there were more ninjas gathered in Yuyin Village, and there was another ninja world war, maybe the five major powers would hold their noses and recognize the title of the first Amamage.


    "Huh? This is okay..."


    Xiao Nan''s finger landed on the scroll, and whispered out the title she was very fond of: "The man standing at the top of the ninja..."


    "It''s too shameful!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head speechlessly, sighed and said, "Rather than this title, I would rather they call me Hexagonal Warrior!"


    In the ninja world, there are indeed polygons used to mark ninjas.


    For example, Yaoshidou once created this ninja post during the Zhongnin exam, in which polygons are used to represent the areas where ninjas are good at.


    Uehara Naraku should be able to get a perfect hexagon.


    Xiao Nan shook her head slowly, her voice gradually became low, because she saw the extremely humiliating title on the scroll.


    "The crime of Hidden Rain..."


    Xiao Nan''s face became a little ugly.


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms indifferently, and said softly: "They are right, I destroyed so many Ninja Villages, and for them, I should be the source of evil in Yuyin Village ..."


    "Naraku..."


    Xiaonan''s body lay on Uehara''s body, her forehead was pressed against his forehead, and she comforted his negative energy in a low voice: "Don''t say that..."


    "¡­it is good."


    Just as the two of them were staying together quietly, a voice interrupted them: "Master Angel, Uehara Naraku, someone sent a letter!"


    under the tower.


    Hydrangea raised her palm and shouted towards the tower: "Master Angel, Naraku Uehara, someone sent a letter!"


    "I see."


    The person who came to deliver the letter was Konoha Ninja.


    This is a handwritten letter from Tsunade, mainly to ask Uehara Naraku for his opinion, asking if he agrees to use Ukage Village as the meeting point of the Five Kages Conference.


    Yes, the Five Kages Conference is finally on the agenda.


    This is also the reason for Naraku Uehara.


    In order to make Konoha deeply aware of the huge threat posed by Orochimaru, Yakushidou, and Uchiha Obito, Uehara Naraku secretly manipulated Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito, who were reincarnated from the dirt, to attack Uzumaki Naruto. people.


    Although nothing happened to Uzumaki Naruto under the protection of Hatake Kakashi and Jiraiya, it still made Tsunade aware of the seriousness of the problem.


    Because of the time and space technique, Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito can attack Uzumaki Naruto at any time, and it is obviously impossible for everyone in Konoha to protect Uzumaki Naruto 24 hours a day.


    Thousands of days to guard against thieves will eventually be lost.


    After Tsunade finally contacted the leaders of other ninja villages, he initiated talks with them at the Five Kages Conference, and began to look for a place for the talks.


    The Kingdom of Iron, the country of samurai who upholds absolute neutrality, is also very suitable; from the perspective of distance, Yuyin Village is located in the center of the Ninja Continent, and it is also a very suitable village.


    It''s just that the Xiao organization is entrenched here, which is a little troublesome.


    However, Tsunade''s wish to hold the Five Kages Conference is also to take this opportunity to resolve the enmity between Ninja Village and Ukage Village. He hopes that all forces in the ninja world can unite to fight against the threatening Orochimaru gang that has been hiding in the dark.


    Anyway, the relationship between Yuyin Village and Akatsuki Organization and the major ninja villages is a mess, Tsunade simply put it in Yuyin Village to solve it in one go!


    Since Tsunade wants to place the meeting place in Yuyin Village, he must communicate with Uehara Naraku, the actual leader of Yuyin Village, in advance.


    therefore¡­


    Uehara Naraku received a handwritten letter from Tsunade.


    After Naraku Uehara read the letter, her expression gradually became a little subtle: "This woman, Tsunade, doesn''t really want to hold the Five Kages Conference in Yuyin Village, does she?"

 Chapter 322

    Every time Uehara Naraku thought that the changes in the ninja world were magical enough, something more novel would pop up to refresh his cognition.


    Originally, he thought it would be magical enough for him, the mastermind behind the scenes, to be able to attend the Five Kages Conference, but now he has received a letter from Tsunade. This Fifth Hokage actually wants to hold the Five Kages Conference in Yuyin Village?


    What is wrong with him?


    Or the world was ruined by him!


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Xiao Nan who flew down beside her, with a wry smile on his face, and handed the letter in his hand to Xiao Nan: "Your Excellency Tsunade of Konoha wants to hold the Five Kages Conference in Yuyin Village..."


    "..."


    Xiaonan''s expression was also full of confusion.


    After a while, Xiaonan read Tsunade''s handwritten letter. In addition to asking whether the Five Kages Conference could be held in Yuyin Village, it also asked about the handling of those S-level traitors organized by Akatsuki.


    "Naraku, what do you think?"


    Konan looked at Uehara Naraku, and asked softly, "Do you think we should agree to His Excellency Tsunade''s opinion?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, shook his head, and said in a low voice: "Write her a letter to reject her first! If those kages from Ninja Village in the big country dare to come to Yuyin Village, then we don''t mind putting the Five Kages Conference on It''s held in the village, it''s just..."


    Speaking of this, Uehara Naraku sighed and said: "It''s just that the ninja world is the most dangerous time now, no one knows what will happen tomorrow, and the traitors of Orochimaru will not let the five shadows conference go smoothly, I am just worried What trouble will it cause¡­¡±


    Because Uehara Naraku wants to send Uchiha Obito and Yakushi Dou to do something at the Five Kages Conference, so the Five Kages Conference cannot be held in Yuyin Village...


    Otherwise, it is easy to cause a chain reaction.


    After Uehara Naraku mentioned the trouble, he continued: "Akatsuki is very calm now, it''s better not to let them feel a sense of crisis..."


    The members of the Akatsuki organization trust Uehara Naraku so much, if they see people from their hometown, they will definitely be a little embarrassed and uncomfortable. Who knows whether these big ninja villages will wantonly demand to hunt down the ninja in their own village!


    The group of teasers organized by Akatsuki are living so happily now, why let outsiders like Wuying disturb their lives!


    "¡­it is good."


    Xiao Nan nodded, and said softly: "Then I will reply to Your Excellency Tsunade now, and I can only refuse her kindness."


    After Xiaonan''s reply letter arrived at Konoha, Tsunade also realized that she hadn''t thought carefully. She only wanted to solve the enmity between Yuyin Village and other Ninja villages of the big country as soon as possible. Conflicts in Yuyin Village are more likely to cause trouble.


    In this case, it can only be placed in the Iron Country.


    After Tsunade communicated with Mifune from the Iron Country, he began to contact the major ninja villages frequently to determine the time and place for the Five Kages Conference.


    Uehara Naraku also received an invitation letter.


    Unfortunately, when Uehara Naraku received the invitation letter, he was drinking afternoon tea with the members of the Akatsuki organization, so the members of Akatsuki celebrated the sneaking of Uehara Naraku into the Five Great Nations as if it was a new year.


    "That''s amazing, Uehara!"


    Didara giggled and hugged Uehara Naraku''s shoulders, and waved his small fist: "I really want to be your bodyguard, to see the face of old man Onogi!"


    "Uh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was slightly embarrassed.


    Deidara is so funny! I really dare to think about it!


    Of course, in fact, if Deidara didn''t defect, and honestly inherited Onoki''s Dust Dun, he would probably be able to participate in the Five Kages Conference as the Fourth Tsuchikage.


    What a joke, I don''t want to be a soil shadow, but I like to eat soil every day!


    "Okay, you guys have a good rest here!"


    Uehara Naraku put down a glass of juice, glanced at Konan who was sitting between Ringo Uyuri and Kaorin, waved at her and said, "Teacher, let''s go first! Go back and prepare, and explain the affairs of the village."


    "¡­Ok."


    Xiaonan nodded, patted Xianglin on the head, and finally comforted her: "Xianglin, live a good life at the base, don''t take the matter of Yaoshi''s defection to heart, as Uehara said, the matter of Yaoshi''s defection It won''t implicate you..."


    "Yes, Master Xiaonan."


    Xianglin pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose, nodded earnestly, then moved his eyes slightly to Uehara Naraku.


    The water in the ninja world is too deep.


    After Yao Shidou defected, when he came to Akatsuki''s base to take away the heretic golem, he specially told Xiang Lin to obey Uehara Naraku''s order and not think too much about it.


    To be honest, Xianglin really didn''t think that Yao Shidou dared to betray Uehara Naraku, because Xiang Lin knew that Yao Shidou actually showed incomprehensible respect and fear to Uehara Naraku in private.


    It is said that Yaoshidou once said to Xianglin personally that any ninja in this world who dares to defy Master Naraku''s will will not be able to control life and death in his own hands, and will never be able to get rid of the bondage of feelings, and even the soul cannot be redeemed...


    All the enemies of Master Naluo will endure spiritual torture forever, which is more frightening than physical torture.


    How could a person who feared and respected Uehara Naraku in private suddenly betray Uehara Naraku?


    What''s more, didn''t Orochimaru say that he had been played by Uehara Naraku all the time?


    Why does everyone say that Dashewan is standing behind Yaoshidou? Wasn''t Yao Shidou always a spy of Naraku Uehara?


    And since Yao Shidou betrayed Uehara Naraku, why did he warn her not to let her go against Uehara Naraku''s will?


    Xianglin clearly remembered the last sentence that Yao Shidou told her: "No matter what happens, never think about betraying Master Naraku, otherwise I, the person closest to you, will come and deal with you."


    After the betrayal, Yao Shidou specially warned Xianglin not to betray Uehara Naraku, otherwise, it is very likely that he, a friend of Xianglin, will execute Xianglin.


    Xianglin couldn''t help but glance at Uehara Naraku again.


    That young man with squinted eyes and smiling very kindly, he was gently reaching out to help Xiao Nan wipe off the tea stains on his lips, with that doting smile on his face all the time...


    Uehara Naraku, that guy, looks like he really has a good temper and is easy to get along with. He seems to always be so kind.


    However, Xianglin has seen the most terrifying side of Uehara Naraku...


    At that time, when Orochimaru was most proud, Naraku Uehara appeared in front of Orochimaru and threw a sinful shuriken!


    Since then, Orochimaru, one of Konoha Sannin, has disappeared.


    Yaoshidou, who has been following Dashewan, replaced him.


    Xianglin looked at Naraku Uehara, who was full of kindness, and the shadow under Naraku Uehara''s feet. She seemed to see that shadow gradually turned into a hideous monster, whose size gradually became so large that it covered the entire ninja world...


    Just as Xianglin looked at Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became a little frightened, her head gradually sweated, causing the actions of others to frighten her and lowered her head in a hurry.


    Lin Yuyuli, who was sitting near Xianglin, noticed Xianglin''s actions, drank a cup of tea slowly, and said softly: "Some thoughts that should not appear should be forgotten immediately, don''t put yourself and your closest people in danger what¡­"


    "..."


    Xianglin''s heart trembled.


    This Lin Yuyuli... did not comfort the frightened her like Xiaonan did, but instead threatened her with a hint!


    Yakushidou''s betrayal...was it also under Uehara Naraku''s control?


    The water in the ninja world is too deep, right?


    This time, everyone who should understand really understood.


    And this is a matter of life and death, Xianglin didn''t dare to think too much, some things are dangerous even if he knows them in his heart, let alone say such things.


    Xianglin slowly lowered his head.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t pay attention to what happened here, and he rarely cared about some small things. He and Xiaonan left Akatsuki''s base, and the two returned to Yuyin Village.


    Even if Uehara Naraku attends the Five Kages Conference as the leader of a Ninja Village, she is also qualified to bring guards. Coupled with Xiaonan''s recent situation, she insists on going to the Five Kages Conference with Uehara Naraku...


    Which of the two of them will go to the meeting and who will be the guard next to them is really a question worth discussing. In fact, Naraku Uehara still prefers Hattori Hirakawa Kamishin, the old toolman of Yuyin Village.


    Sure enough, getting older...


    I started to be more willing to play with men.


    It''s a pity that Xiao Nan''s will is very firm.


    Naraku Uehara stood on the balcony and glanced at Xiao Nan who was helping to pack his luggage in his room. A light flashed in his eyes, and he slowly raised his finger.


    next moment.


    Uehara''s will spread thousands of miles away.


    In the Snow Country covered in ice and snow in the north, in a secret underground base laboratory, Yao Shidou is still conducting the compatibility experiment of reincarnation eyes and columnar cells. He even started to increase the spell seal of natural energy, hoping to complete the experiment as soon as possible.


    For this reason, Yaoshidou also brought Chonggo, who was once captured by Dashewan, here, as his experimental assistant and the source of the curse seal that provided natural energy.


    To be honest, this clumsy Chongwu may become violent at any time, Yaoshidou really misses Xianglin''s assistant...


    Just as Pharmacist Dou completed an experiment, obtained a key data, and planned to take a rest for a while, Zhongwu rushed over in a hurry!


    "Dou! Those dead people underground have been resurrected!"


    "..."


    Pharmacist glanced at the terrified Chongwu with a puzzled expression on his face. Could this Chongwu be the so-called cute contrast?


    Under normal circumstances, Chongwu is very timid;


    Once it becomes violent, Shigego dares to go up when he sees Uchiha Sasuke!


    Pharmacist looked at Chong Wu, sighed and said, "I see, it should be our lord who sent the order... By the way, where is Sasuke?"


    "Sasuke is still practicing outside..."


    Shigeo let out a breath of air trembling, and asked curiously, "You said this Sasuke Uchiha wears so little... isn''t he afraid of the cold?"


    "Of course I''m not afraid..."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses firmly with a full face.


    What kind of miraculous questions does Chongwu ask!


    Ninjas need to be able to endure things that ordinary people can''t bear. At this time, are they discussing whether they are afraid of the cold or not?


    Just at this time.


    A golden light flashed in front of their eyes, and the figure of Minato Namikaze stood in front of Yakushito and Shigego, and Naraku Uehara''s order came from his mouth.


    "Dou, let''s make a fuss at the Five Shadows Convention!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was full of gloom and evil, and he continued in a deep voice: "In the name of Orochimaru, announce to the world that the Fourth Ninja World War begins!"

 Chapter 323

    Uehara Naraku is really a sinkhole!


    Now that Orochimaru has not been resurrected from Ryuji Cave, Naraku Uehara has prepared everything for Orochimaru in advance, even how Orochimaru will die in advance.


    Uehara Naraku is really careful in doing things.


    He arranged everything in Orochimaru properly.


    Resurrected from Orochimaru in the Ryuji Cave, got the strongest blood successor in the ninja world, reached the pinnacle of life, launched a ninja war, was found and defeated by the righteous Naraku Uehara, and was buried in the grave...


    Yao Shidou didn''t know what to say, he really didn''t know how broken his mood was after Orochimaru''s resurrection... Naraku Uehara was going to kill Orochimaru alive!


    This is much more exciting than when Shimura Danzo was framed back then...


    Yakushido sighed helplessly, and accepted Uehara Naraku''s order: "Yes, Naraku-sama, I understand, I will attend the Five Kages Conference in the name of Oshemaru-sama, and announce the launch of a ninja war there." ..."


    "Then let''s see your performance."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little happy, and he continued with a smile: "I will personally participate in the Five Kages Conference, I hope you will protect your own safety..."


    "¡­yes."


    Pharmacist Dou nodded helplessly.


    After a while, Yao Shidou suddenly continued: "Master Naraku, it seems that we still have a chess piece that has not been used, Uchiha Itachi..."


    "Not in a hurry."


    After Uehara Naraku thought for a while, he continued in a low voice: "In any case, Uchiha Itachi can''t be easily let out of our control, we have to choose a suitable opportunity, let Uchiha Itachi meet Uzumaki Naruto, and release the other gods Sharingan the threat of..."


    "yes."


    After Yao Shidou nodded, he suddenly grinned and said, "Do I need to bring Sasuke with me to the Five Kages Conference this time?"


    "What did you take him for? Let him die?"


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t understand what Yakushito meant, he would say a few words about Uchiha Sasuke in front of anyone, so even Yakushito thought Sasuke was so powerful, right?


    Is this stupid?


    Uchiha Sasuke went to the Five Kages Conference purely to die!


    Pharmacist sighed, pushed his glasses, and said with a low laugh: "Then let Sasuke guard Yaoo here! What a poor little guy, he still thinks Naraku-sama is Uchiha Itachi''s friend, I still miss Master Naraku''s care for him..."


    After Yao Shidou said this, he continued to laugh and said, "I have no doubt that once I replace Uchiha Itachi''s eyes with Sasuke, he will kill me immediately and give my head to Naraku-sama!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly fell into deep thought, and after a while he nodded and said: "Then keep Sasuke first! I want to think about how to use this..."


    I really didn''t expect it.


    A story fabricated by Naraku Uehara at the beginning made Uchiha Sasuke completely identify him as Uchiha Itachi''s friend, which is really outrageous.


    "¡­Ok."


    Pharmacist nodded with a strange expression.


    In Yuyin Village.


    Naraku Uehara quietly put down his finger.


    If there is no accident, the Five Kage Conference that he will participate in this time is destined to be very exciting, but it is a pity that the Five Generations and a Half Hokage Shimura Danzo is missing.


    It''s a pity...


    Xiao Nan also packed up their salutes and sealed all the things they needed to bring into the scrolls. She thought that the Five Kages Conference would definitely be held for a long time.


    "Are you ready?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Xiao Nan who walked out of the room, with a smile on his face: "It seems that I haven''t gone out to perform tasks with Teacher Xiao Nan for a long time..."


    "Ok."


    Xiao Nan nodded, brushed his hair, stretched out his palm to hold Naraku Uehara''s fingers, and said in a low voice, "Let''s go!"


    "...I want to make a seal."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Xiao Nan innocently, and watched her let go of her palm before slowly closing it to form a psychic seal.


    The next moment, the roar of the ancient dragon came from the air, and the huge ancient dragon was suspended above the Yuyin Village built of reinforced concrete!


    After the two of them boarded the ancient dragon, this huge psychic beast flapped its wings and flew towards the country of iron!


    Iron country.


    This is the most famous neutral country in the ninja world.


    A long time ago, the ninjas publicly stated that they would not wage war against the Iron Country, but would regard the Iron Country as a permanently neutral and peaceful country.


    There are no ninjas in this country.


    The armed forces in the Iron Land are a group of warriors who can fight ninjas.


    Most of these warriors can also use Chakra to release powerful swordsmanship, and their strength can also be called powerful, so they are qualified to remain neutral.


    Among them, the leader of the samurai is named Mifune.


    It is said that the leader of the three ships had once fought against Sansho Hanzo of Yuyin Village, but was defeated by Hanzo''s sword skills and poison. However, Sansan Hanzo believed that Sansan was a good material to make, so he was kept as a life.


    The capital of the Iron Country has been very vigilant recently.


    Because the Five Kages Conference was about to start here, Mifune, as the host, was naturally responsible for the smooth holding of the Five Kages Conference, so he sent many warriors to garrison in advance to avoid any trouble.


    The first person to rush to the Iron Country was Konoha''s fifth-generation Hokage Tsunade. Not surprisingly, when she participated in the Five Kages Conference, she was accompanied by Jiraiya and Shizune as guards.


    Protecting Tsunade is also Jiraiya''s promise.


    Moreover, Jiraiya is also one of the people who know Dashemaru the best, and he is also very clear about the information about Dashewan, Yakushidou, Uchiha Obito and others; in addition, Jiraiya has a close relationship with Yuyin Village.


    Therefore, Zilai is also the most suitable candidate to come.


    As for Shizune, it''s mainly a bonus, responsible for taking care of Tsunade, and by the way, remind them Konoha''s fifth Hokage to pay attention to their moral lower limit not to be too low.


    After all, the Iron Country is not a place like their Konohas. If Tsunade loses face at the Five Kages Conference, that would be too bad...


    Mute is too much to think about.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    At the first Five Kages Conference that year, the performance of the first Hokage Senju Hashirama was very poor, and Konoha¡¯s face was already humiliated... The God of Ninja even humbled the leaders of other countries for the sake of the so-called peace. The attitude is very low.


    I kowtow to you all, and this matter is over.


    How could such words come out of the mouth of a person like Senshou Zhujian!


    Even the current Tsunade would never do such a thing, she is strong and face-saving, but Tsunade didn''t take other people''s face seriously.


    The Fifth Hokage Tsunade has been thinking about a problem on the way to Iron Country, that is, how to mediate the conflict between Yuyin Village and other big countries. She wants to wait until Uehara Naraku arrives to persuade Uehara Naraku''s attitude lower.


    For example, ask Uehara Naraku to kowtow to all the moviegoers present, and put on an extremely low posture, and she will smooth things over, and the matter will be settled first...


    Even Uzumaki Naruto, who was still in Konoha, thought so.


    Because Uchiha Sasuke also participated in the invasion of the three major Ninja Villages, Uzumaki Naruto wanted them to forgive Uchiha Sasuke, and also planned to kowtow to those shadows...


    What nonsense this is!


    The second person who arrived was Gaara, the fifth Kazekage of Hidden Sand Village. His bodyguards were his older brother Kankuro and older sister Temari. This was because Hidden Sand Village had nothing to deal with. people.


    The third person who came was Terumi Mei from Kirigakure Village. She only brought Chojuro and Anbu, the little guy she was optimistic about. hidden village.


    This is also impossible.


    Because all the genius ninjas in their village have defected to Uehara Naraku, all the seven ninjas in Wuyin Village are in the Akatsuki organization.


    Terumi Mei came to participate in the Five Kages Conference, and also wanted to use this to solve this matter, at least let Uehara Naraku hand over the defected Ninja Seven, if it is not possible, hand over those ninjas with special abilities .


    Sand Hidden Village and Kiwi Hidden Village have been allies with Konoha over the years, so Tsunade and Mifune also came to greet them, and by the way, let each other know, it is best to make them three Ninja Villages Advance and retreat together at the Five Kages Conference.


    Tsunade hugged his arm and lowered his voice: "The most important thing about holding the Five Kages Conference this time is to unite to solve the threat of Orochimaru and his group. We can make concessions to them when the time is right, but It¡¯s by no means bottomless¡­¡±


    "Yes, the safety of the ninja world is the most important thing."


    After Gaara nodded, he said in a low voice: "As long as the three generations of Tsuchikage and the fourth generation of Raikage don''t go too far..."


    "As long as it doesn''t harm the interests of Wuyin Village, I don''t care."


    Terumi Mei sighed, and said softly: "I just hope that I can give Yuyin Village and Akatsuki the punishment they deserve, and allow us to recover our losses..."


    "..."


    Tsunade frowned suddenly.


    Terumi Mei''s opinion can''t be wrong, it can''t be that Yuyin Village and Akatsuki have done so many wrong things, they won''t punish Akatsuki, right?


    The crux of the matter is¡­


    Yuyin Village and Xiao Organization are not defeated!


    Strictly speaking, this so-called victory was actually brought about by Yuyin Village and Akatsuki''s organization. Akatsuki''s S-rank rebels are not weak... If Uehara Naraku and the others are pushed into a hurry, wouldn''t there be more of them? An enemy?


    In the situation where Orochimaru is still coveting the tailed beast, Uehara Naraku, a power that can compete with any big Ninja Village, has become their enemy again...


    That''s a fart!


    "Lord Mizukage, I understand what you mean."


    Tsunade shook his head faintly, and said softly: "I will try my best to persuade Uehara Naraku to make concessions for the crisis we need to deal with next... But this does not mean that we can make him retreat again and again, occasionally we need A compromise between us."


    "Of course I understand."


    Terumi Mei stretched out her fingers to stroke her red lips, and said in a low voice: "Even if we are willing to let go, the third Dokage of Yanyin Village and the fourth Raikage of Yunyin Village will not let Xiaohe go easily. Uehara Naraku, right?"


    In front of the Third Tsuchikage and the Fourth Raikage, Uehara Naraku captured the tailed beasts in their village, causing heavy casualties in the two villages, and directly destroyed Yunyin Village and Yanyin Village!


    How could that stubborn old man of the third Tsuchikage and the irritable guy of the fourth Raikage let Uehara Naraku go!


    "Ugh¡­"


    Tsunade sighed, looking at the figures floating in the air, his eyes darkened slightly: "I hope they can understand! That brat Uehara is not a war criminal at the mercy of others, he is now holding a change The power of the situation!"

 Chapter 324

    "Your Excellency the Third Dokage."


    After Tsunade saw a few figures falling from the sky, she also saw the short third Tsuchikage Onogi, and she and Mifune went up to meet him.


    Third Tsuchikage Onoki supported his waist, waved his hands at Tsunade and said, "Fufufu, my waist...let me rest for a while, are you all here?"


    Onoki is really old.


    Most of the ninjas at the Five Kages Conference were adults or even young ninjas. The third Tsuchikage Ohnoki was the oldest. This time Onogi came to the Five Kages Conference and brought Akito and Kuroto as guards.


    Originally, after seeing Tsunade, Onogi wanted to ask where the criminal Uehara Naraku was, and wanted to put on a posture of settling accounts...


    As a result, the old problem of back pain occurred...


    This is really embarrassing.


    Who made Onoki refuse to retire for so long?


    Among the shadows of the entire ninja world, Ohnoki has been in charge of a big ninja village for the longest time, even the three generations of Naruto Sarutobi Hiruzen can''t match his time in power.


    But Ohnoki has hope to retire at this age, but the guy whom Ohnoki regards as his successor is drinking tea and eating soil at the base organized by Akatsuki to discuss art.


    Tsunade watched Ohnoki beating his waist, couldn''t help raising his eyebrows, looked around, frowned and said: "There should be only the fourth generation of Raikage left... that guy shouldn''t Will you be late?"


    "Kunin is never late!"


    At this time, the fourth generation of Raikage Ai appeared in front of everyone with his guards, and said in a loud voice: "Tsunade, I''ve arrived, I shouldn''t have missed the time, right?"


    After finishing speaking, Fourth Raikage took a look around.


    Fourth Raikage didn''t seem to see the person he wanted to see, his face drooped suddenly, and he looked at Tsunade with a gloomy face.


    The grumpy Raikage suddenly clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "Tsunade, that bastard Uehara Naraku didn''t come! Didn''t you say that he will come to the Five Kages Conference and accept our trial? "


    "..."


    Tsunade frowned, stared at Fourth Raikage and said, "Raikage, this is not a trial, but a peace negotiation..."


    This temper doesn''t look like he wants to talk about peace!


    If the Fourth Raikage is here to find fault, then it is hard to say that the Five Kages Conference can go on peacefully. What should Uehara Naraku and the Fourth Raikage do when they fight? Who should she help?


    If you help Uehara, the Five Kages Conference may not be held in the future...


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    If it is to help Raikage, Uehara Naraku and Yuyin Village should be their allies of Konoha with a high probability. Isn''t this a loss of an ally in vain?


    If the two don''t help each other, what if Uehara kills the Fourth Raikage? Isn''t there going to be a ninja war? The threat of Orochimaru hasn''t been discussed yet, but they might start fighting among themselves!


    Tsunade''s thinking is quite serious, she really doesn''t think that the fourth generation of Raikage can defeat Uehara Naraku, otherwise they would not be destroyed by Uehara to destroy Yunyin Village, and by the way, they also captured the Hachio Jinchuriki of Yunyin Village ¡­


    "It doesn''t matter if it''s a peace negotiation or a trial!"


    Fourth Raikage didn''t think so, he clenched his fists suddenly, and said loudly with displeasure: "Let him return Bi and Yumu, and then kowtow to the dead and injured in our village, and pay compensation." I will spare Xiao and Yuyin Village for our loss!"


    Tsunade:"¡­¡­"


    To be honest, Lei Ying''s request is really not outrageous.


    At least the fourth generation of Raikage did not yell at Naraku Uehara. Among these requirements, only the first requirement is a bit difficult to achieve. After all, Rabbi Erwei and Eight-tailed Jinzhu Riki are in the hands of that guy Orochimaru inside.


    The remaining two requirements of the fourth generation of Raikage should be considered.


    Whether it is asking for compensation for damages or asking Uehara Naraku to pay homage to the dead or injured, it is the practice of the ninja world, and it is normal to say it.


    After the second generation of Hokage was murdered by the troops of the Jinjiao Yinjiao brothers during the peace talks, the third generation of Raikage wiped out the traitors, personally went to the door to return the body to Konoha, and paid homage to the second generation of Hokage as Raikage. Konoha reached a settlement on this.


    At that time, Yunyin Village and Konoha were both equal big country ninja villages.


    Fourth Raikage''s request to Yuyin Village was not too much, even in Tsunade''s view, it was already very lenient, and he didn''t clamor for Naraku Uehara to pay for his life.


    To be honest, Tsunade was still quite surprised that the Fourth Raikage was willing to put forward such a lenient condition. After all, in her impression, the Fourth Raikage Ai had always been the kind of person who was not enough to take advantage of it. Shadow''s identity to snatch the secret art of Ninja Village...


    Tsunade glanced at the Fourth Raikage, hooked the corner of his mouth and said, "Hmph, I thought you would put forward some conditions, but I didn''t expect you to be quite generous!"


    "Hmph, this is just to save face!"


    Fourth Raikage hugged his arm, snorted coldly and said: "Your letter mentioned that there is a bigger threat than him, so I just let him go temporarily..."


    After Tsunade nodded, he said softly: "The latter two conditions should be acceptable, but the matter of the two-tailed Jinchuriki and the eight-tailed Jinchuriki cannot be achieved... because all the tailed beasts collected before Akatsuki were snatched by Orochimaru. gone!"


    "..."


    After the fourth Raikage Ai''s face changed, he continued: "So the most important purpose of this Five Kages Conference is to jointly encircle and suppress Orochimaru!"


    "That''s right..."


    After Tsunade nodded, he glanced at the people present, and said in a deep voice: "Every Jinchuriki that was taken away from Ninja Village will be returned according to the distribution of Tailed Beasts when we established the country after we wiped out Orochimaru. To each ninja village."


    "Can."


    Fourth Raikage nodded.


    "Can."


    Gaara followed suit.


    "Can."


    Terumi Mei also agreed to Tsunade''s proposal.


    "Can¡­"


    After the Third Tsuchikage agreed to Tsunade''s proposal, he said again: "However, Yanyin Village also asked Uyin Village to compensate for the loss, and personally went to our village to make an apology, and cede the land that originally belonged to the Land of Grass to the Land of Earth... "


    This old man asks so much...


    And after Ohnoki finished mentioning this, he continued: "And Uehara Naraku must return Didara''s treason to us!"


    "Let me see..."


    Tsunade frowned, and said in a deep voice, "Except that the land that originally belonged to the Kingdom of Grass cannot be given to you, other things can be considered!"


    After Terumimei heard this, she suddenly said, "Kigakure Village also only needs Uehara Naraku to compensate us for the loss, and deliver us the rebellious ninja of the Ninja Seven..."


    "The same goes for Hidden Sand Village."


    Godai Kazekage Gaara followed immediately.


    Just when these shadows finished their discussions, they thought that they were generous enough to Yuyin Village, and planned to wait for Uehara Naraku to arrive, and join hands to put pressure on Uehara Naraku.


    Above the sky, a shadow suddenly enveloped the people present, Uehara Naraku''s low laughter came down from above: "Hehe... Hearing what you said, it seems that my attack was too light..."


    "what?"


    Everyone couldn''t help looking up, and a huge monster was suspended in the air like covering the sky and covering the sun. This monster reminded many people present of a terrible memory.


    This monster, and the person who manipulated this monster, blatantly destroyed their village and turned their village into a sea of ??flames!


    "It''s him!"


    Gaara''s face flashed a bit solemn, he suddenly turned his head to look at Tsunade, and said in a deep voice: "Lord Hokage, are you sure he is really here to participate in the peace talks?"


    "should be."


    There was also a hint of nervousness in Tsunade''s expression.


    Konoha has never seen the ancient dragon, because their village was burned down by Uchiha Obito, and when Naraku Uehara rushed to Konoha, Nagato had already reconciled with Konoha...


    I don''t know if this is Konoha''s luck or misfortune...


    At least in terms of personnel losses, Konoha is far less than other big countries.


    Tsunade suddenly saw such a huge psychic beast as the ancient dragon, and couldn''t help showing a look of horror on his face. When it comes to Chakra''s momentum and size, this psychic beast might be better than Konoha Sannin. Spirit beasts are stronger...


    Mifune, the host of the Iron Country, is also hastily summoning the samurai to be alert.


    Mifune looked at the ancient dragon in the sky, his eyes were slightly dark and he said: "Did you kill the man of Hanzo... the legendary... the sin of Yu Yin..."


    Compared with those messy titles, the slightly evil title of "Crime of Rain Hidden" seems to be more widely spread in these countries.


    The crime of Yuyin is the origin of the crimes in Yuyin Village!


    Gaara gritted his teeth, and there was a trace of gloom on his face: "At the beginning, Uehara Naraku drove this monster to destroy Sand Hidden Village, and the people in the village suffered heavy casualties... Hokage, he didn''t come here for peace talks at all, but Come and protest against us!"


    "I''ll ask him!"


    Tsunade stopped Gaara''s chakra riot with a wave of his hand, looked up at the sky and said, "Naraku Uehara, if you are here to participate in the Five Kages Conference with the belief of peace, then show your attitude!"


    On the back of the ancient dragon.


    Konan''s palm tightly held Uehara Naraku''s finger, her head slowly approached Uehara Naraku, and whispered a word of persuasion: "Naraku... Senior Tsunade... wants to help us... don''t be too aggressive..."


    "is teacher."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead.


    Seeing Xiaonan''s worried expression, Uehara Naraku still sighed, reached out to hug Xiaonan and stroked her hair, signaling Xiaonan to relax.


    The next moment, a huge ancient dragon descended from the sky!


    This hideous and terrifying behemoth landed heavily on the ground with all four limbs, shook its head violently, opened its mouth and roared towards the sky!


    Naraku Uehara walked up to the top of the ancient dragon''s head step by step, glanced at the people present one by one, and slowly raised the corners of his mouth: "Well, I don''t want to lose anything, you kowtow to me and apologize, we Even if it''s over..."

 Chapter 325

    It''s too arrogant!


    Uehara Naraku''s attitude doesn''t look like he''s here to solve the problem!


    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, everyone frowned involuntarily. Was what this bastard said just now human?


    Obviously it was Uehara Naraku who destroyed their village, causing heavy casualties in their village, and even robbed their village of tailed beasts... How come it sounds like Uehara Naraku, is it the fault of them, the Ninja Village of the big country?


    Uehara Naraku looked at the astonished people present, and fell to the ground in an instant, tilting his head and showing a curious look: "Well... didn''t you hear what I said? You didn''t wear ears when you went out?"


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking here, his eyes suddenly became a little gloomy. His eyes swept across the crowd coldly, and his voice suddenly became louder: "Still...have you forgotten the horror that Akatsuki brought to you!"


    Following Uehara''s words, the surrounding temperature seemed to drop.


    No, it''s not as if, but the temperature in the air seems to have really dropped!


    "asshole!"


    Fourth Raikage clenched his fists, looked at Uehara Naraku with an ugly face, gritted his teeth and said, "Bastard, are you kidding us!"


    Originally, the fourth generation of Raikage thought that this was a meeting to judge Uehara Naraku and Akatsuki''s organization, but they didn''t expect Uehara Naraku, the bastard, to provoke them!


    This made the Fourth Raikage unbearable!


    The eyes of Sandai Tsuchikage also changed slightly, he straightened his waist, his body slowly floated up from the ground, and said in a low voice: "This is different from what we imagined, Your Excellency didn''t realize it your situation?"


    "I know very well."


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth curled up, showing a meaningful smile: "But you who have always been aloof, it seems that you are really unaware of your situation!"


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Gaara came out, and gradually there was a hint of vigilance in his eyes: "We came to negotiate with you with a peaceful attitude, what does your current attitude mean!"


    "negotiation?"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly turned, and the corner of his mouth smiled and mocked: "Only the strong can lead the negotiation. What qualifications do you think you have to negotiate with me? With your weak strength?"


    Uehara Naraku changed the subject, and the smile on his face seemed to be more intense: "It''s really incomprehensible, what gave you the illusion that a strong man who can easily destroy your ninja village will compromise with you..."


    "Uehara kid..."


    Tsunade frowned and interrupted Uehara Naraku. She is the organizer of the Five Kages Conference and the host who wants to resolve the enmity between the two parties. Naturally, she cannot back down at this time.


    Tsunade stared at Uehara Naraku''s expression, and said with a serious face: "I invited you to the Five Kages Conference to discuss how to solve the problems between you, not to come here to create new disputes..."


    "Your Excellency Tsunade."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, looked at Tsunade with a serious face and said, "Didn''t Your Excellency Tsunade realize that they don''t have the slightest attitude to solve the problem?"


    "..."


    Everyone was a little speechless.


    Don''t they have a problem-solving attitude yet?


    It''s clear that you guys don''t have the attitude to solve the problem!


    When you just came here, you guys acted like you were invincible. What do you mean by kowtow to you? Even if it¡¯s over, it sounds like you¡¯re still a victim!


    Tsunade frowned displeasedly and said, "Uehara, but your attitude doesn''t seem like you want to solve the problem..."


    "No, I''m big enough."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the people present and said with a smile: "I just asked them to kowtow to apologize. Besides wanting me to apologize, they even wanted me to compensate for their so-called losses..."


    Naraku Uehara stretched out a finger, rubbed the center of his brow, and continued in a low voice: "Shouldn''t they thank me for not killing everyone completely? There is no reason in the ninja world for the victor to pay compensation!"


    Terumi Mei walked over, stared at Naraku Uehara and said softly: "Uehara, you are not the winners, didn''t Nagato, the leader of Yuyin Village and Akatsuki in the previous generation, say that Akatsuki will make up for the mistakes you made..."


    "Are you sure you want me to make up for the mistake?"


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm towards the air.


    Just when everyone was nervously thinking that Uehara Naraku was going to release some kind of ninjutsu, they only saw the ancient dragon slowly lowered its head, rubbing the huge horn on top of its head against Uehara''s palm.


    This terrifying psychic beast, which is fierce enough to destroy a ninja village, is like a well-behaved pet under the caress of Uehara Naraku.


    Uehara Naraku patted the corner of the ancient dragon, his face gradually became serious: "If you ask me to make up for my mistakes! Then I will tell you how I will make up for it! I should completely destroy your village, not let you in Challenge me here!"


    Uehara Naraku turned his head and looked at the ancient dragon beside him, with a soft look in his eyes: "Go! Do what you want to do! Go and bring destruction and despair to their village, and let them see it. What is the real end!"


    "Roar!"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    The ancient dragon raised its head and roared to the sky!


    The next moment this ancient dragon will spread its wings and fly into the air!


    The faces of all the people present involuntarily changed, and the chakra on everyone''s bodies went into a riot. They left their village, and the rest of the people in the village had no way to deal with this psychic beast that had once been fierce. !


    Just as a big battle was about to break out, everyone began to gather their own chakras to stop the ancient dragon first!


    As Tsunade''s guard, Jiraiya, who had never spoken a word, also stood up, flew in front of Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice, "Little brat, don''t be too impulsive!"


    Tsunade also hurriedly stretched out her palm to stop Uehara Naraku, she said loudly: "Uehara! We are here to solve the problem through discussion, don''t you want to solve Orochimaru and take back Nagato''s body? "


    Xiaonan also hurriedly turned into origami paper and appeared beside Uehara Naraku. She saw the situation in front of her and whispered: "Naraku, didn''t you say you want to solve the problem?"


    "¡­yes."


    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly stopped.


    The next moment, Naraku Uehara waved his palm at the ancient dragon, and the ancient dragon stopped his movements and stood obediently on the spot.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at everyone present, nodded slightly and said: "Well, for His Excellency Tsunade''s sake, let me tell you that I came to negotiate with the sincerity of peace, not to listen to your Unrealistic delusion!"


    "asshole!"


    Fourth Raikage was so angry that he wanted to smash Naraku Uehara''s head with a punch!


    At this moment, he really wanted to go up and do his best, but after his subordinate Darui saw the third-generation earth shadow who quietly put down his palm beside him, Darui frowned and stood in front of him. It is not rational to act out of the shadows.


    Now the old guy of the third generation of Tsuchikage is still trying to play tricks, sneakily trying to make the fourth generation of Raikage a irascible early bird, the old guy is really treacherous...


    The alliance between the Fourth Raikage and Kirabi was also easily defeated by Uehara Naraku; thousands of ninjas from Yunyin Village swarmed up and were defeated by Uehara Naraku.


    Darui didn''t think it was a time for the Fourth Raikage to be reckless, so he did his duty and whispered to persuade: "Master Raikage...we are not in the upper hand in the situation."


    "..."


    Fourth Raikage''s fists creaked.


    The next moment, Fourth Raikage squeezed out a few words between his teeth: "Let''s go! There is no need to invite Yunyin Village for this so-called peace talk in the future!"


    "Hey, Fourth Raikage..."


    There was a hint of anxiety on Tsunade''s face.


    After the fourth Raikage paused, he said coldly: "Tsunade, don''t use the name of peace talks to deceive us in the future, this is for the sake of your subordinates who saved me in the past, let''s go! "


    After finishing speaking, Fourth Raikage was about to leave without looking back.


    After the Fifth Kazekage Gaara and the Fifth Mizukage Terumimei were silent for a while, the two made no other moves. They and Konoha were the most solid allies.


    The third Dokage''s eyes flickered slightly, obviously the old man Ohnoki didn''t intend to be a young bird, he wanted to see what would happen to the Fourth Raikage after he left.


    Some people really get smarter the older they get.


    If after the Fourth Raikage leaves, the Five Kages Conference can only end without a problem, then the Third Tsuchikage will naturally leave as well.


    If the meeting involving tailed beasts will continue after the Fourth Raikage leaves, the Third Tsuchikage will naturally stay, because the four and five tails of Yanyin Village will definitely be taken back. The foundation of the village.


    "Hey, wait..."


    Tsunade watched the Fourth Raikage leave without stopping, and couldn''t help but turned to look at Uehara Naraku, her face was full of anxiety.


    "Naraku..."


    After Konan saw Tsunade''s expression, he saw Jiraiya next to him with a worried face, and couldn''t help raising his head to look at Uehara Naraku.


    A trace of complexity flashed across Xiao Nan''s eyes.


    Uehara Naraku spent all his time looking at the figure of Fourth Raikage leaving, instead of speaking to persuade Fourth Raikage, he turned his head to look at Tsunade.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade, smiled and suddenly said: "The fourth generation of Raikage left with a guilty conscience, maybe because he colluded with Orochimaru, Your Excellency Tsunade, I suggest that Yunyin Village be included in this meeting The target to hit..."


    Tsunade:"¡­¡­"


    What is this bastard talking about!


    When everyone heard this, their eyes couldn''t help but change.


    This guy is clearly trying to intimidate the Fourth Raikage on purpose! Because none of them left, Uehara Naraku had this opportunity to intimidate Raikage!


    But the effect is very significant.


    Because following Uehara Naraku''s words, Fourth Raikage couldn''t help but stop his footsteps, turned his head and scolded: "Bastard, Orochimaru is Konoha''s rebellious ninja, and he used to be Akatsuki''s man! He and our Yun Yin What does the village have to do with it!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku also ignored the fourth generation of Raikage, just looked at Tsunade and continued softly: "After we get all the tailed beasts back, let''s redistribute the two tails and eight tails! Sand Hidden Village can get another tail beast." Beast, and our Yuyin Village is also qualified to have a tailed beast!"


    "Don''t even think about it!"


    Fourth Raikage squeezed his fists, his face darkened involuntarily: "Niwei and Eight Wei can only belong to Yunyin Village''s power!"


    "Destined to be a defeated loser, who has no right to dominate..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the Fourth Raikage who came back again, showing a meaningful smile, just when he was about to continue to say something that the people present didn''t like...


    Tsunade couldn''t help but turn dark, and quickly waved his hand to make Uehara Naraku stop: "Uehara Naraku, can you say a few words less!"


    "..."


    "Row¡­"


    Uehara Naraku was choked by her words, forget it, anyway, his goal has been achieved.

 Chapter 326

    Uehara Naraku''s mouth is too poisonous!


    Tsunade really missed the innocent and simple little guy in the past.


    When Uehara Naraku was twelve or thirteen years old, when Tsunade met him for the first time in Tangnin Village, she casually teased Uehara Naraku with a few words, which made the little ghost look like he was out of his mind, and could hardly even finish his sentence .


    Where is Uehara Naraku now?


    No matter who he met, he always acted arrogant, as if he was the only one who was the strongest in the entire ninja world...


    Now it seems like he is indeed the strongest ninja.


    It''s just that the quality of the strongest in this era is really not very high. Her grandfather Senju Hashirama, even though he is known as the god of ninjas, apart from facing Uchiha Madara, Senju Hashirama would be ashamed to see anyone. A very humble and honest look.


    Tsunade sighed inwardly, turned his head to look at the fourth generation of Raikage, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Raikage, let''s put aside the dispute for a while! Even if you just take back the tailed beast from your village, you still have to sit with us." Let''s talk at the table!"


    Because none of the people present knew the danger of that guy Orochimaru without Tsunade, and they have been friends for more than forty years!


    No one knows Orochimaru better than Tsunade!


    It is hard to say that the alliance of Konoha Village, Sand Gap Village, Kigage Village and Akatsuki can solve Orochimaru. Any important force in the ninja world is indispensable for them!


    Fourth Raikage did not refuse.


    Although he still has no good looks towards Uehara Naraku, the most important thing now is to find a way to find Kirabi''s whereabouts and get back Erwei who belongs to their Yunyin Village!


    The host of the Iron Country, Mifune, finally breathed a sigh of relief, and quickly led them into the interior of the Iron Country, leading them to the place where the Five Kages Conference was held.


    The venue of the Five Kages Conference is not in the capital, but in a secret place. After all, this is the highest-level meeting in the ninja world!


    It has to be said that the preparations for the three ships are very perfect.


    As the host, the location arranged by Mifune is very appropriate. The place he prepared is very secret, and no one will be able to interfere with the progress of the Five Kages Conference.


    "In order to prepare for the Five Kages Conference, we surveyed all the areas of the Iron Kingdom many days ago, and chose this place that will never be discovered by anyone."


    Mifune led them into a snowy mountain forest, and praised himself: "This is a very secret mountain forest in the Iron Kingdom, with snowflakes floating all year round, and no one will set foot except for the warriors who guard it."


    "Thank you very much."


    Tsunade nodded at Mifune, and said softly: "For so many years, ninjas have abided by the neutrality agreement with the Iron Country, and will continue to abide by it in the future."


    "Ok."


    The shadows of each village nodded at the same time.


    As they gradually went deeper, patrolling warriors began to appear in their sight. These warriors were responsible for protecting the meeting and avoiding emergencies.


    It wasn''t until it was getting late that they arrived at the final venue of the meeting. It was an isolated pointed building, which didn''t look very conspicuous from the outside, making people think it was just a building similar to a sect.


    After Mifune led them into the interior, the true appearance inside was slowly revealed. The decoration here is very simple, with some traditional customs of the country of warriors, and it looks very historical.


    "Please."


    Mifune led them into a tall and luxurious room, and introduced softly: "This is the conference room we prepared for the Five Kages Conference."


    After finishing speaking, Mifune slowly walked to his host position, spread his palms and said softly, "That''s where you are prepared."


    One by one the lights are lit up!


    Six huge white cloths hang down!


    There are huge Chinese characters listed under each white cloth.


    fire.


    wind.


    earth.


    thunder.


    water.


    rain.


    It can be seen that Mifune has prepared very carefully, and even Yuyin Village, a village that is obviously not qualified enough, has specially prepared a place, perhaps out of respect for the person who killed Sanjiao Hanzo.


    In fact.


    Three boats prepare two rooms.


    If Uehara Naraku didn''t have any advantage, then Mifune would lead them to another room that was a bit insulting to Yuyin Village; Naturally, he will not offend him.


    Mifune pointed to the seat under the white cloth, and after watching many people take their seats, his face gradually became serious: "Please first put the bamboo hats that symbolize your identities on the table in front of you."


    Every shadow put their own bamboo hats on the table.


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, he felt that he really had to find a way to confirm the title of the first generation Amamage in the future, it was too embarrassing!


    Mifune glanced at all the bamboo hats, and the urn continued: "In response to Hokage-sama''s call, we gathered here specially for a communication between Gokage-sama and His Excellency Uehara Naraku of Yuyin Village. I am the host of the meeting, Mifune .¡±


    When Mifune was talking, his voice gradually became more and more serious, and his eyes gradually became more serious: "Now, the meeting officially begins!"


    "..."


    The arena became silent.


    Everyone''s eyes began to meet each other.


    "Then let me talk about it first!"


    Gaara''s palms gradually raised up, supporting his chin, and said in a cold voice: "After all, the first person to have an accident because of a tailed beast is our Shayin Village..."


    "You are so young!"


    The third Tsuchikage glanced at Gaara, with a smile on his face: "Is it because you are young that you are so energetic? His Highness Kazekage is only sixteen or seventeen years old this year, and he has already become Kazekage, and can sit on an equal footing with us." What! It seems that your father taught you well..."


    After Gaara was silent for a while, his voice became a little colder: "Yes, there is no way to do it, after all, my father was killed by someone present..."


    "Who would dare to do that?"


    The third Tsuchikage held down his finger, smiled and said, "Don''t you want to avenge your father, Kazekage?"


    "Sometimes I think about it, and sometimes I don''t want to."


    "What a terrible child, how can he not avenge his father..."


    "cough¡­"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help coughing a few times.


    I love what Roti is doing here, how long ago it was!


    What''s more, the relationship between their father and son was not good at first, and they were almost life and death enemies all the time. He killed the fourth Kazekage Rasa. Logically, Gaara should be grateful to him at this time!


    Gaara and Ohnoki are still chatting about this issue!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t believe it, Ohnogi didn''t know that he killed the Fourth Kazekage Rasa, which was obviously trying to provoke the relationship between Gaara and Yuyin Village!


    Although the relationship between them was originally a state of hatred...


    "What''s wrong?"


    After hearing Naraku Uehara''s cough, Tsunade raised his eyebrows and glanced at Naraku Uehara, "Uehara, do you have anything to say?"


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Mifune and said: "I want to ask, do you have iced juice here now? The weather here is a bit cold, it''s suitable for drinking iced juice..."


    "..."


    Everyone''s face turned black.


    This guy interrupts everyone''s conversation just to ask for a glass of juice? When it is snowing heavily outside, you still need a glass of ice cold!


    Damn, crazy!


    After Mifune was silent for a while, he still didn''t quite understand Uehara Naraku''s brain circuit, but he still said: "Yes, I will send someone to pick it up immediately, but it may take a while to freeze it."


    "Bring it here! I''ll do it myself."


    Uehara Naraku leaned on the chair indifferently, looked at everyone present, and said softly: "Everyone, please continue."


    "..."


    How can this continue!


    after awhile.


    Mifune sent someone to bring a glass of juice to Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger, and saw that a layer of ice slag gradually appeared on the glass of juice, which seemed to make people feel a little cold in the heart.


    The guard area of ??the Five Kages Conference.


    This is where the guards who came with them stayed.


    Jilai also watched Naraku Uehara''s series of operations, and suddenly smiled lightly and said to Xiaonan: "Xiaonan, your disciple is actually quite interesting!"


    "Ok."


    Xiao Nan nodded, and said solemnly in his voice: "Although it seems that Naraku may be a little off-line occasionally, Naraku is actually very reliable."


    "yes?"


    Ji Lai also touched his chin: "And he''s a little genius, he can even synthesize the ice-dun blood successor made of water and wind by himself. Besides Bing Dun, I seem to have seen him have other blood successors?"


    "..."


    Xiao Nan was silent for a while, then shook his head and said, "Naraku himself must have synthesized quite a few blood successors. After all, he, like Nagato, can master the changes in the nature of all mainstream attributes of chakra in a very short period of time..."


    "What a genius little guy!"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Ji Lai also nodded in admiration and said: "It only needs to use one finger, and you can skillfully manipulate the ice escape technique to complete the iced juice..."


    In fact, it is purely spontaneous and I think too much.


    Naraku Uehara raised his finger, mainly to be able to concentrate on projecting his will on Namikaze Minato in the distance.


    Somewhere in the Iron Country.


    Yakushido, Uchiha Obito, and Namikaze Minato were deep in the snow, and they were also looking for the location of the Five Kage Conference, and disrupted the Five Kage Conference according to Uehara Naraku''s order.


    At this moment, the figure of Minato Namikaze froze suddenly.


    After a while, Namikaze Minato opened his mouth and said: "The location of the Five Kages Conference has been transmitted. It is in a dense forest far from the northeast of the capital of the Iron Kingdom. There are many samurai guarding the dense forest. The meeting place is in a tall pyramid building. .¡±


    "This feeling is really long-lost familiar!"


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Since Mr. Naluo has sent the location, let''s go make a big fuss now!"

 Chapter 327

    The Five Kage talks are still going on.


    Uehara Naraku drank the juice slowly, which became a beautiful landscape in this meeting, attracting the attention of everyone present.


    Wudai Kazekage Gaara did not look at him, but stared straight at a certain place, stating his opinion: "...I am Jinjuriki from Sand Hidden Village, and I was also captured and imprisoned by Akatsuki. I always thought that Akatsuki This kind of organization is an extremely dangerous existence..."


    "... Ziliu Ziliu..."


    Uehara Naraku¡¯s voice of drinking juice suddenly became louder, and it became the noise that interrupted Gaara for a while. He slowly put down the juice in his hand, and said softly: ¡°These are all old things, there is no need to continue talking right?"


    "..."


    What kind of old story is this!


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Gaara, looked at his speechless eyes, and said softly: "Our Akatsuki was just used by the despicable villain, the most important thing now is to find the real behind-the-scenes master Orochimaru, Uchiha brought us Tu and Pharmacist Dou and that group..."


    "That''s right."


    Tsunade immediately took over Naraku Uehara''s words, she didn''t want this meeting to turn into a headless dispute, she continued in a low voice: "Instead of continuing to argue about the past enmity, why not take a look first The immediate danger!"


    Tsunade slowly put his palm on the table, and said in a deep voice: "According to the information we have now, Orochimaru has mastered the weapon that can use the power of other tailed beasts, and he has collected a tailed beast eight-tail¡­"


    After saying this, Tsunade suddenly turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara, and asked, "Uehara, is that so?"


    This information was told by Uehara Naraku to Tsunade.


    For example, the matter about the ultimate weapon, about the eight-tailed Jinchuriki being taken away by Yakushi, about the possibility of Orochimaru transplanting to obtain the ability to reincarnate...


    After Uehara Naraku nodded, his expression gradually became serious: "Strictly speaking, Orochimaru has actually obtained all the tailed beasts."


    "what?"


    After a second of astonishment on Tsunade''s face, she seemed to have thought of something, and a drop of cold sweat suddenly appeared on her cheek: "You are right..."


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Fourth Raikage frowned unhappily, he didn''t quite understand the riddle between them, what did Orochimaru get all the tailed beasts?


    The Fourth Raikage looked at Tsunade, and said dissatisfiedly: "Tsunate, what does this mean! Has Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki been taken away too!"


    "No."


    After pondering for a second, Tsunade said in a low voice: "There may be one thing that the two gentlemen present already know, that is, the Chakra of Nine Tails has already been divided into two, and one of them was reincarnated in the dirt. Daime Hokage is inside, which means..."


    "That''s right."


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and added softly: "When Orochimaru sent a pharmacist to snatch the eight-tailed Jinchuriki that Akatsuki originally planned to return, it actually meant that he had collected all the tailed beasts. carat.


    Now Orochimaru wants to revive the so-called war weapon, and he no longer needs to get the nine tails in Naruto''s body. All he needs is time to transplant the eyes of reincarnation for himself to control the golem of the outside world. "


    When Naraku Uehara said this, he opened his mouth and continued: "Now the Samsara Eye is also in the hands of Orochimaru. He has got everything he wants, and he may even be about to complete his plan now."


    These problems are very fatal.


    This also means that they must be faster to encircle and suppress Orochimaru, because the enemy has basically gathered all the tools, and the only thing left is just waiting for time.


    Tsunade glanced at Uehara Naraku, a flash of hope flashed in her eyes, and she slowly asked, "Wait, Uehara, there is one more thing... Why does Orochimaru keep sending people to capture Naruto?" Woolen cloth?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and guessed: "Oshemaru has always wanted to send someone to get the nine tails in Naruto''s body, maybe because he wanted to get the most complete tailed beast chakra in the ninja world, so that he could get the absolute A force that cannot be resisted."


    After Uehara Naraku said this, he suddenly raised his head and said: "Besides, there is another possibility, that is, the fourth generation of Hokage, who has a nine-tailed chakra in his body, has always been the strongest combat power under his command. I don''t want to easily destroy this combat power..."


    These are all obvious to them.


    Back in Konoha Village, when Uehara Naraku had not arrived at Konoha, Namikaze Minato was almost invincible, and could perfectly suppress anyone, whether it was Nagato or Uzumaki Naruto. He was cornered!


    Even after Naraku Uehara rushed to Konoha, facing a group of kage-level figures who were reincarnated from the dirt and besieged and killed all directions, only Minakaze Minato could barely compete with him, and even cause a little trouble.


    This also made Tsunade see the gap.


    Therefore, Tsunade will spare no effort to win Uehara Naraku, and pull Uehara onto their chariot, so that he can use it to deal with those ninjas reincarnated in the dirt.


    The fifth generation of Mizukage Terumimei and the fifth generation of Kazekage Gaara are also very aware of this matter, so they have been constantly trying to test Uehara''s bottom line, instead of turning their faces on the spot like the fourth generation of Raikage Ai.


    The Fourth Raikage and the Third Tsuchikage both believed that the Five Kages could suppress Uehara Naraku by gathering together. After all, apart from their own strength, they were at the top of the ninja world, and behind them stood the five strongest ninja villages in the ninja world!


    After all, when the five major ninja villages are completely united, there will never be any unsolvable crisis, which is almost engraved in their bones.


    "Uehara..."


    Tsunade''s fingers slowly bent, frowned, and asked, "After the Akatsuki organization collected the tailed beast, how did they want to use that war weapon? Is there any way to find its location?"


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Other than the eyes of reincarnation, there is absolutely no way to control it... Even if we find it, it may be directly channeled away by Orochimaru, so what we must find is Orochimaru. "


    "Hey!"


    The Fourth Raikage glared at Uehara Naraku, and asked in a deep voice: "How powerful is that war weapon? After collecting the power of nine tailed beasts, you don''t know how much power it can exert. ?¡±


    "According to my intelligence, it can destroy a country with one blow."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he frowned again and added: "But in my opinion, it should be more exaggerated than the rumors in the intelligence, because I tried to destroy several big ninja villages and small ninja villages, such as Caoyin Village and Ninja Village here are actually not that difficult..."


    "..."


    Everyone''s face couldn''t help but darken.


    Does this bastard think that boiling the kettle is too hot?


    It''s really a pot that can''t be opened!


    Damn it, they have deliberately and tacitly avoided this topic for the time being, why does this bastard still bring up such a topic!


    When Naraku Uehara said this, he seemed to be aware of his inadequacy, and he continued softly: "According to my own strength, compared with the power of those tailed beast chakras, once the golem of the outside world is revived, I think it should be the death of existence. world-capable¡­¡±


    "That''s right..."


    Tsunade''s voice gradually got a little deeper, she glanced at everyone present, and said softly: "I think so too."


    "That is to say..."


    The third Tsuchikage''s face gradually became serious, and he summarized the communication between them in a low voice: "The enemy we are going to face now is an enemy who is actually ready to possess all the conditions to destroy the ninja world, is that so? "


    "good."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the third generation of Tsuchikage, nodded and praised: "It''s almost like this, Your Excellency Tsuchikage is really wise."


    "..."


    Everyone in the venue suddenly fell silent.


    "Then what are you thinking about!"


    Fourth Raikage slammed his fist on the table, looked at everyone present and said: "Then quickly send someone to find him, and bring back all the tailed beasts!"


    "This is where the trouble lies..."


    Tsunade shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "We need a large number of ninjas to search for the traces of Orochimaru''s group... In addition to his hidden location, there are still a large number of Kage-level ninjas in Oroshemaru''s hands..."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku was almost singing with Tsunade, he looked at the people present, and said softly: "If you can, you can go to the comfort monument in the village to see if there is any trace of being stolen, it is best Unify the list of stolen tombs..."


    "..."


    What the hell is this called!


    The people present simply didn''t know what to say.


    Uehara Naraku looked at everyone, and explained in a low voice: "I can provide you with a list of the reincarnation of the dirty soil based on my guesses during this period of time and the dirty soil ninjas I met in the previous battle. I hope you will not be too surprised. ..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the fifth Kazekage Gaara first, and said softly: "The scorching escape blood successor ninja Hakura of Sand Hidden Village, the fourth Kazekage Rasa..."


    "..."


    Gaara nodded indifferently, the information was as expected, he had also met Luo Sha, but he hadn''t seen that Zhuo Dun Yecang.


    Naraku Uehara was a little unhappy when he saw that Gaara didn''t respond. This person should at least thank him!


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and continued: "I have to remind you that Yao Shidou once manipulated Zhuo Dun Ye Cang to compete with me. Ye Cang, that filthy ninja, should not be underestimated, and her will has already stood on the side of Medicine Master." On the other side, she can fight with all her strength, because she was betrayed by the Fourth Kazekage to Wuyin Village to vent her anger and died..."


    "..."


    My Gaara was suddenly a little speechless, and Terumi Mei was also in a bad mood, why did he bring public execution when he gave them information!


    And when they heard that Hakura was betrayed by the Fourth Kazekage, the Third Tsuchikage and the Fourth Raikage snorted at the same time...


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly looked at the Fourth Raikage who grinned slightly and read the joke, and said softly: "The person in Yunyin Village may be the Third Raikage Your Excellency, because a certain period of time Yao Shidou often went to the Third Raikage and Yanyin Village The battlefield where tens of thousands of troops fought fiercely..."


    "..."


    Fourth Raikage''s expression is not very good-looking.


    It''s just that the fourth Raikage didn''t glared at Uehara Naraku, but instead glanced angrily at the third Tsuchikage next to him. After all, the war that killed the third Raikage was led by the third Tsuchikage Ohnoki!


    This old guy, if he can''t beat him, he will use a bunch of people!


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Onoki and Terumi Mei, and said softly: "Needless to say, Iwagakure Village, I think the third generation of Dokage has met his teacher... and Kirigakure Village, Terumi Mei-dono also saw it The second generation of Mizukage, but there may be one more fourth generation of Mizukage."


    "No adults..."


    Onoki lowered his head slowly, with a flash of nostalgia and worry on his face, he followed Wu since he was a child, and got all the teachings from Wu.


    "..."


    Terumi Mei also lowered his head slowly.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes finally moved slowly, looking at Tsunade sitting in the middle, his voice gradually became more solemn, and he slowly said: "The controlled filthy ninjas in Konoha Village... want to speak out at this time ?"


    "Say it!"


    Tsunade waved his hands helplessly and said, "Actually, we''ve already seen most of them! Anyway, they''re all Hokage from before, it''s really troublesome..."


    Whether it is the second Hokage Senshou Tomonen, the third Hokage Hiruzaru Sarutobi and the fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato, they all have already expected it in their hearts.


    "Ok."


    After Uehara Naraku nodded, looking at Tsunade and everyone present, he said Konoha''s first dirty list: "First Generation Hokage, Senju Hashirama!"

 Chapter 328

    The existence of Qianshouzhujian is inevitable.


    During the Chunin exams, many people in Konoha had seen Orochimaru use Senju Hashirama and Senju Gabema, which were reincarnated from the dirt, to besiege Sarutobi Hiruzen.


    Tsunade had already made this preparation in her heart, she nodded slightly and said: "Well, Grandpa''s strength is indeed very strong, but the reincarnation of the dirt can''t bring out his full strength..."


    "No."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Tsunade, and his voice gradually became more gloomy: "I have seen Orochimaru revive the first Hokage and the second Hokage for the first time, and their strength at that time was indeed not that strong...


    But when we played against each other a few times recently, didn''t His Excellency Tsunade see that the current second-generation Hokage is not the same as the second-generation Hokage at that time? "


    "During the Chunin exam..."


    Tsunade frowned. She wasn''t there during the Chunin exam, so she didn''t know the exact details.


    Naraku Uehara slowly closed his palms, and said in a low voice: "The reincarnated body of the filthy soil in the second generation Hokage Senshou''s gate seems to be much stronger than that in the Chunin exam... I suspect that Orochimaru has found a way. The powerhouses who can reincarnate these filthy soils can exert their power close to their peak!"


    "Are you kidding me!"


    The Third Tsuchikage Onogi immediately jumped out.


    Tsunade, who was supposed to speak, hadn''t opened his mouth yet. After hearing Naraku Uehara''s words, Tsunade couldn''t sit still!


    Onogi''s expression was extremely gloomy and he said: "Although I haven''t seen with my own eyes how powerful the first Hokage is, I have seen with my own eyes the power displayed by the Uchiha Madara he killed. If it is close to their heyday the power of¡­"


    There is no need to fight this battle.


    This is Ohnoki''s subtext.


    Back then, Senshou Zhujian suppressed the Ninja Continent with the power of one person. It was not until his death that anyone dared to jump out...


    Uehara Naraku frowned, softly comforted Ohnoki and said, "Don''t worry about the third Tsuchikage, the Uchiha Madara you mentioned should also be among the revived dirt ninjas."


    Ohnoki: "..."


    This fucking is still hitting a hammer!


    Onoki really panicked!


    Drops of cold sweat gradually appeared on the forehead of the third Tsuchikage, and he whispered: "That guy Uchiha Madara is an out-and-out monster!"


    To be honest, Ohnoki is more afraid of Uchiha Madara!


    Just mentioning the first Hokage Senjujuma, the third Tsuchikage Onogi was only a little scared; but now when Uchiha Madara is mentioned, Onogi''s heart is already panicked!


    What''s more, now that the legendary God of Ninja and Shura of the Ninja World have teamed up, it is this lineup that suppresses the other big countries that were newly established at the beginning and dare not move!


    Ohnoki grew up with the first Tsuchikage and the second Tsuchikage when he was a child, but he knew that the stubborn old man of the first Tsuchikage and the somewhat arrogant person of the second Tsuchikage were afraid of Senju Hashirama and Uchiha Madara !


    Back then, when Onogi and Second Tsuchikage went to Konoha to ask for an alliance, they were easily defeated by Uchiha Madara, and they didn''t even have to look at them...


    "What a troublesome person..."


    Tsunade frowned involuntarily.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    After hearing Uchiha Madara''s name, Tsunade was in a bad mood. Two ninjas who were close to their heyday, the combination of Senjujuma + Uchiha Madara...even if it is the complete Kyuubi of Chakra, It''s useless to throw it away!


    What''s more, half of the nine tails are still in the hands of the enemy.


    This is no ordinary sad person.


    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly and said: "Compared with the first Hokage Senju Hashirama and Uchiha Madara, it seems that the remaining second Hokage, third Hokage, golden flash fourth Hokage, Konoha Shirato Hatake Sakumo It doesn''t matter whether you broke up with Kato or not..."


    "..."


    Everyone else present was a little speechless.


    Originally they thought they were miserable enough, for example, when the Fourth Raikage heard that his old father had been dug out, he was always in a bad mood...


    As a result, it sounds like they were quite lucky?


    Konoha, is this the graves of the previous generations of Hokages that have been dug up by Orochimaru?


    Except for the Fifth Hokage Tsunade who is still alive, all the other Hokages have been reincarnated from the dirt. This is really funny and scary!


    After all, the Fourth Raikage Ai has been in contact with the Fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato, and he has a deep understanding of the horror of Namikaze Minato!


    "etc!"


    Tsunade''s eyes paused, she looked at Uehara Naraku suddenly, and said in a gloomy voice: "Have you seen the break with your own eyes?"


    Not only Tsunade, but even Jiraiya and Shizune couldn''t sit still after hearing this string of names, especially Kato Dan at the end!


    "Huh? Broken? Is Kato broken? Is he very strong?"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Tsunade suspiciously.


    At this moment, he seemed like an ignorant teenager.


    Tsunade shook his head, and slowly sat back on the chair: "It''s not a question of whether he''s strong or not, he''s just... Forget it, keep talking!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tsunade inexplicably, and then continued softly: "When Yakushidou was still undercover, we went to attack Yanyin Village. Yakushidou once showed me his collection. There are still many strong people..."


    As Uehara Naraku spoke more and more, everyone''s face became more and more ugly, and even a little heavy.


    To be honest, they have lost a lot of self-confidence in this war that has not yet started. This has nothing to do with their character, but reason and reality. Just Senjujuma and Uchiha Madara are not something they can easily solve .


    Those are two strong men who once suppressed the entire ninja world for an era. To this day, hearing their reputation still makes people involuntarily feel awe!


    Especially the third Tsuchikage Onogi...


    As the oldest living person present, he saw a lot and thought a lot when he was older.


    "If all the information is based on what His Excellency Uehara said, then we can almost predict the tragic end of this war before it begins..."


    The third Tsuchikage Ohnoki slowly lowered his head, and his voice was a little heavy: "According to the power I have seen before, in front of the first generation of Hokage and Uchiha Madara, especially when they are still reincarnated ninjas, ordinary ninjas cannot show their full potential. What special advantage..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Everyone''s eyes began to flow to each other.


    If you want to get rid of the first generation of Naruto and Uchiha Madara, you must at least let an extremely powerful ninja rush up to fight or entangle, and now the most powerful ninja...


    After everyone''s eyes looked at each other, they finally stopped on Uehara Naraku slowly. Judging from the record alone, Uehara Naraku should be the strongest person in the paper strength comparison of the Ninja world!


    Even, there is hope to compete against those two guys!


    After all, when Uehara Naraku faced the siege of other Kage-level ninjas, he seemed to perform very well, almost an opponent who defeated with absolute strength!


    Not only that, but Uehara Naraku''s commanding Akatsuki members can also be used as a fighting force against other dirt ninjas in the future!


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers lightly tapped the table.


    That''s right, that''s what you want!


    Just now Uehara exaggerated the threat between Uchiha Madara and Senjujura a little bit, just to let them realize that he is the hope of this war!


    "Let''s discuss it!"


    Tsunade''s palms gradually closed, she looked at everyone present, and said in a low voice: "Let''s discuss and form an unprecedented ninja coalition to deal with the threat of Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito!"


    "Can."


    Naturally, Gaara would not object to this proposal, he nodded calmly and said: "Facing the threat that can destroy this ninja world, working together is the best result..."


    "Can."


    Terumi Mei also nodded, and said in a low voice: "In this case, it will also facilitate information sharing and unified command between us, so as to avoid any suspicion..."


    "I have no objection to that."


    After the third Tsuchikage Onogi nodded slowly, he turned his head to look at the people present, and said coldly: "Then who should the command of the Ninja Alliance be handed over to?"


    Fourth Raikage also nodded, and said in a solemn voice: "If it is a little guy who doesn''t understand war, he will suffer!"


    "Well, what you said makes sense..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said softly: "It''s better to be a group of Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito who know the basics, and need to be rational and recognize the reality..."


    After Naraku Uehara said this, he said meaningfully: "Don''t be the kind of person who doesn''t recognize his own strength at all, and just wants to rush forward and desperately..."


    "Bastard, what are you talking about!"


    Fourth Raikage''s temper exploded immediately!


    This Raikage slammed his fist on the table, but the host, Mifune, seemed to have considered this point. The material used for the table was good, and it was not smashed directly!


    But this movement instantly aroused the vigilance of others!


    All the shadow guards were about to fall to the ground one after another, they even thought it was Lei Ying smashing the table as a pretext, and wanted to ambush the shadows of their village!


    "go back!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his palm, and a cloud of Fengtun ninjutsu suddenly blew from his hand, throwing the guard ninjas present to the side: "It''s none of your business here!"


    "asshole¡­"


    Kankuro stood up, holding his waist in embarrassment.


    Obviously Kankuro already felt that he was absolutely different from the Chunin exam, so how could he be killed by Uehara Naraku again!


    Heitu also stood up again, and she stared at Uehara Naraku with a faint seriousness in her eyes: "Is this... the power of Yu Yin''s crime?"


    Darui, Temari, Chojuro and the others also patted their bodies and got up. They never thought that they would be thrown flying by Uehara just after falling down!


    Xiao Nan originally wanted to rush down, but Zilai also stopped him: "Xiao Nan, don''t worry, nothing will happen, just sit here quietly and watch..."


    as expected.


    The faces of the other shadows were not very good-looking, and everyone waved their hands to make their subordinates retreat.


    Tsunade glanced at Uehara Naraku unexpectedly, and slowly closed his palms together: "Okay, let''s continue to discuss the matter of the Ninja Alliance! In order to avoid the mutual suspicion of the five major powers in the actual battle, and to have enough powerful forces in the war Strength can change the entire battle situation, but I have found a suitable candidate..."


    Tsunade slowly raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "I will not mention the supreme commander of the coalition forces for the time being, just to deal with emergency situations during wartime, I propose Uehara Naraku of Yuyin Village to be the commander-in-chief of the ninja coalition forces!"

 Chapter 329

    Naraku Uehara is the strongest.


    Uehara Naraku''s identity is definitely not the highest commander. Tsunade thought it would be better to give him the most suitable position, and by the way, use Uehara Naraku''s power to prevent this guy from directly flipping the table later.


    And the enemy they have to face now is very powerful.


    Tsunade previously believed that Uehara Naraku''s power could only solve some dirty ninjas and avoid causing greater losses to the ninja coalition forces;


    Then when Uchiha Madara and Senjujuma may be resurrected with near-peak strength, the power of Uehara Naraku and Akatsuki''s organization is now indispensable.


    Tsunade hoped that Uehara Naraku would best be able to face one of Uchiha Madara and Senju Hashirama after the reincarnation of the dirty soil. If Uehara Naraku could even defeat one of them, it would also bring them a great chance of winning.


    As for Uehara Naraku solving the two of them...


    Tsunade really can''t even think about such a thing...


    Uehara Naraku doesn''t care what position he holds in the Ninja Alliance, as long as he can get the real-time mobilization information of the Ninja Alliance...


    As a result, Tsunade proposed him to be the captain of the Ninja Alliance, giving him the power to mobilize the Ninja Alliance in real time on the battlefield.


    This¡­


    How¡­


    What an embarrassment!


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows and asked, "Your Excellency Tsunade, the captain of the coalition army will not let me be cannon fodder or something?"


    "no."


    Tsunade shook his head and explained aloud: "Because your strength is considered the strongest, and you know more about the ninjas reincarnated in the dirt, you can deploy suitable ninja troops at any time to face the ninjas they can defeat;


    The most important thing is that once there is a crisis somewhere, you, as the captain of the Ninja Alliance, have enough power to deal with some enemies whose strength is beyond recognition..."


    "Is Tsunade-dono referring to Uchiha Madara and the first Hokage?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and his voice suddenly dropped: "I don''t really think I am qualified to challenge them..."


    Tsunade shook his head, looked at Uehara Naraku seriously and said: "I have seen the data about the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, and if it exists in the form of reincarnation of the dirty soil, it is also a kind of weakening for them..."


    "I disagree."


    Fourth Raikage watched them chatting happily, and wanted to raise a different opinion on the spot: "Wait, he is a member of Akatsuki, how could he convince the coalition forces!"


    "But Your Excellency Uehara is very powerful."


    At this time, Onogi approved Tsunade''s proposal. His palms slowly clenched into fists, and his voice was a little gloomy: "Any force may increase our chances of winning, not to mention that Uehara-sama is a half-ninja of the new era." god!"


    Onogi''s eyes slowly looked at the fourth generation of Raikage, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Raikage, now is not the time to care about those past grievances, if you can''t defeat Uchiha Madara and the first generation of Hokage, it will definitely not be a good thing to welcome us! "


    "...That''s right."


    Terumi Mei also nodded slowly.


    This woman can be regarded as having heard the legend of Uchiha Madara.


    Almost without exception, those ninjas in Wuyin Village, the country of water, were all bullied by that guy Uchiha Madara; when the Ninja World War broke out later, the ninjas in Wuyin Village often fought against the Uchiha clan...


    This is really a bad relationship.


    "The next thing we will discuss is to elect the supreme commander of the entire Ninja Alliance, who will be responsible for commanding all the actions of the Ninja Alliance!"


    Tsunade leaned on her chair, and tapped her fingers on the table: "I hope this person will not have any objections, after all, this is to command an army of tens of thousands of ninjas and be responsible for the safety of the entire ninja world!"


    "Well¡­"


    Gaara''s eyes swept slightly, and his gaze stayed on Tsunade: "It seems that there is no more suitable candidate than Tsunade-dono?"


    "agree."


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Terumi Mei nodded.


    In this regard, she is on the same level as Gaara and Tsunade.


    No matter how you look at it, Tsunade''s allies seem to be very reliable, the old-fashioned third-generation Tsuchikage Onogi and the fourth-generation Raikage who has always been greedy and irrational.


    "agree."


    Naraku Uehara took a sip of the juice.


    For him, it doesn''t matter who he chooses.


    The Fourth Raikage naturally disagreed, and he immediately raised objections: "Why is this woman Tsunade! She is a guy who doesn''t believe her word!


    And our enemy Orochimaru was her companion in the past, a person named Konoha Sannin like her, this is not convincing! "


    Tsunade''s face darkened suddenly, and he looked dangerously at the Fourth Raikage: "Hey, Raikage, when did I break my word..."


    "When we two made an appointment to meet at night, didn''t you woman throw me in the cold wind for a night?"


    "..."


    Everyone''s eyes gradually became subtle.


    Why does this sound a bit unavoidable to make people think more!


    Tsunade stretched out her palm to support her forehead, remembering the past, when she was still suffering from blood phobia, she met the Fourth Raikage.


    At that time, a subordinate of the Fourth Raikage was hit by Xuanyuanzhong''s spell, and when the medical ninjas in Yunyin Village were helpless, they happened to meet Tsunade.


    At that time, Tsunade verbally agreed to make a bet with Fourth Raikage, but he drank all night and let Fourth Raikage blow cold wind all night... So Fourth Raikage met Tsunade in the Iron Country, so he Sarcastic Tsunade with being late.


    Tsunade glanced at him helplessly, sighed and said, "Didn''t I just lie to you once? Didn''t I ask Jingyin to help you treat illnesses and save lives?"


    "But¡­"


    "OK OK."


    Tsunade glanced at the fourth generation of Raikage, suddenly hooked his lips, and said with a light smile: "If you promise to treat all the ninjas of the Ninja Alliance Army as if they were my subordinates at that time, I will vote for you." How about a vote?"


    "..."


    Fourth Raikage fell silent.


    This is a promise between Raikage and a man!


    Naraku Uehara said at this time: "Actually, the Fourth Raikage is also a good choice, at least he survived under my fist..."


    "...shut up!"


    When Fourth Raikage heard the first half of the sentence, he felt a little more fond of Uehara Naraku in his heart, but after hearing the second half of the sentence, he was furious again!


    The third Tsuchikage glanced at the fourth Raikage Ai and the fifth Hokage Tsunade, and he probably knew in his heart that they were probably the two supreme commanders of the ninja.


    The third generation of Tukage Ohnogi said with some regret: "I can also spare no effort, after all, I have commanded tens of thousands of ninjas to besiege and kill... cough cough cough cough..."


    When Ohnoki said this, he felt that these words were inappropriate.


    Because in Ohnoki''s peripheral vision, he has already seen the furious eyes projected from the fourth generation of Raikage!


    "Your Excellency Tuying, you should admit that you are brave and young!"


    Uehara Naraku stared at Sandai Tsuchikage erratically, sighed faintly and said, "Just now when I mentioned that Uchiha Madara may be resurrected, your forehead was sweating!"


    "That''s Uchiha Madara!"


    The third Tsuchikage held his small fist and slammed it heavily on the table: "No, how could I be afraid of the enemy!"


    "I heard Deidara say..."


    "Don''t listen to that bastard Deidara''s nonsense!"


    The Third Tsuchikage Onogi turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said with an ugly face: "If we form a ninja coalition, transfer that bastard Didara to my command!"


    "He won''t like it!"


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand, not wanting to agree to this matter.


    In any case, Didara would not be able to return to Yanyin Village to become the Fourth Dokage, otherwise, Uehara Naraku really wanted to try and arrange a member of the Akatsuki organization to be the leader of a big country ninja village...


    It''s exciting to think about it!


    the other side.


    The Fourth Raikage looked at Tsunade''s serious and solemn eyes, and stretched out his palm to her: "If I come to be the captain of the Ninja Alliance, I will regard ninjas from all countries as my most beloved subordinates." , this is a promise between a man and a Raikage!"


    "Then please teach me a lot!"


    Tsunade patted Fourth Raikage''s palm, curled his lips and said with a smile: "If what you do is inappropriate, I will dismiss you at any time!"


    "understood!"


    Fourth Raikage nodded solemnly.


    Just as they solved the issue of the Supreme Commander of the Ninja Alliance, a burst of mocking laughter suddenly came down from above and echoed in the huge room.


    "I also want to recommend to you a candidate who is most suitable to be the supreme commander of the Ninja Alliance. Don''t you think that in this world, only Mr. Orochimaru who has spied the truth is the most suitable candidate?"


    "..."


    Everyone present was stunned for a second.


    In the next second, both the Five Kages and the guards they brought with them, including Mifune, the host of the Iron Country, have all entered a state of alert!


    Everyone knows that the enemy must have sneaked in!


    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice in his hand, and smashed the glass of juice on the table, a piece of ice flakes flying on the table!


    Uehara Naraku raised his head with a gloomy face, and looked towards a corner of the room, his voice became cold: "Yaoshidou, I have been looking for you for a long time..."

 Chapter 330

    Pharmacist pocket finally arrived.


    Uehara Naraku had almost finished his juice, and Yakushi arrived in a hurry after the lead actor specially arranged for the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations.


    Yakushi took Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito together and stood upside down on the roof, looking down at the people on the ground.


    Uehara Naraku looked up at their figures, his eyes narrowed slightly: "Yaoshidou, are you here to die?"


    "Ah, isn''t this Akatsuki''s new leader Uehara Naraku-sama?"


    After hearing Naraku Uehara''s words, a smile appeared on the corner of Yakushi''s mouth, and his eyes looked at the tense and vigilant Gokage and their many guards...


    After a while, Yakushi shook his head and sighed, "This is not possible, Uehara Naraku, we are Akatsuki who are trying to establish a new order in the ninja world, how can we be with this group of degenerate Five Kages?"


    "Hmph, none of your business!"


    A touch of chakra gradually attached to Uehara Naraku''s palm, and a cold light flashed in his eyes: "Why, is that coward Orochimaru still afraid to come and face me?"


    "No."


    Yao Shidou shook his head again, raised the corners of his mouth, smiled and said, "Master Oshemaru is going to prepare a cemetery for all the ninjas in the ninja world, and he is too busy to get away now!"


    "..."


    The faces of the five shadows changed.


    This pharmacist is even more arrogant than Naraku Uehara!


    He is obviously just a pawn of Orochimaru, and he is so courageous, but what he said is indeed amazing. Is there any conspiracy by that guy Orochimaru?


    "Don''t disturb the meeting!"


    Mifune took the lead, and his ninja knife suddenly came out of its sheath, and his figure suddenly jumped into the air, slashing at Yaoshidou''s head!


    This samurai''s sword skills are simply amazing!


    The next moment, Mifune''s Ninja Sword was caught with bare hands!


    Namikaze Minato controlled a giant golden chakra hand, and after clenching Mifune''s ninja sword, he kicked Mifune down!


    "Don''t be too impatient..."


    Yao Shidou looked at Mifune in distress, smiled and said: "It seems that I can''t be too strict with you, after all, you are only warriors, and you can''t learn the patience of ninjas..."


    "Stop talking nonsense!"


    Jiraiya stared at the people standing upside down on the ceiling, and said in a deep voice, "Yakushidou, Minato, Uchiha Obito, and Orochimaru, what kind of conspiracy is that guy up to!"


    Jilai is undoubtedly the person who pays the most attention to Orochimaru.


    The relationship between Jiraiya and Orochimaru is extraordinary, strictly speaking, even closer than Tsunade, after all, Jiraiya is willing to share happiness with Orochimaru.


    "Master Jiraiya, do you think I will answer this kind of question?"


    The pharmacist shook his head with a smile, stretched out his palm and said, "Since it''s a conspiracy, of course you will only find out when it is uncovered!"


    When he said this, Yao Shidou suddenly stretched out his finger and pushed his glasses and said: "But think about it carefully, Master Jiraiya is a close friend of Master Da Shemaru for decades, since you are asking, it seems It doesn''t matter if I tell you!"


    The next moment, the figure of Yao Shidou suddenly fell down!


    Yakushi picked the highest position in the arena and sat down slowly, followed by Minakaze Minato and Uchiha Obito following behind him.


    "It''s a long story, so I need to take my time telling you..."


    There was a smile on Pharmacist''s mouth, and his voice was deliberately lowered: "Where should we start? Maybe we should start with why we took away Akatsuki''s reincarnation eyes and heretic golems!


    Over the years, Oshemaru-sama and I have obtained part of the secrets about the reincarnation eye and the golem of the heretics when Akatsuki was undercover. Everyone, even the leader of the previous generation of Akatsuki, Nagato, believes that the golem of the heretics is an ultimate war weapon.


    But after Master Orochimaru and I analyzed this, and verified it through the cooperation of Mr. Uchiha Obito, we confirmed one thing, the heretic golem has never been an ultimate weapon, but a deformed ninja tail beast. "


    "Tail beast?"


    Everyone present couldn''t help frowning.


    Especially one-tailed Jinchuriki Gaara''s face turned cold, he slowly raised his head and said: "What does this mean! Are there other tailed beasts in the ninja world?"


    "No."


    Pharmacist shook his head, pushed his glasses on the bridge of his nose, and said in a low voice: "In the ninja world for thousands of years, there is only one tailed beast in the whole ninja world. It had a very cute name at the beginning. Maybe we should call it ten-tailed beast." tail¡­"


    "Ten tails?"


    Everyone''s gaze tightened involuntarily.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    After a moment of surprise on Uehara Naraku''s face, he suddenly looked at Xiaonan who was beside him with a serious face. Uehara Naraku''s face showed a daze: "Indeed, there are ten pillar-like things on the body of the heretic golem..."


    "yes¡­"


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and continued with a low smile: "Master Orochimaru has been speculating why the heretic golem needs the tailed beast''s chakra to activate it, why it has ten pillars on its body, but nine more only eyes?


    Moreover, every time the golem of the heretics absorbs the chakra of a tailed beast, it will activate an eye. The ridiculous thing is that Akatsuki has always used the golem of the heretics as a weapon of war. They don''t even know what they can protect. What a treasure. "


    "asshole!"


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly, stared at the medicine master pocket above, and said in a cold voice: "Yaoshi pocket, I am the current leader of Akatsuki, in front of me, you''d better pay attention to your words, otherwise I will let you wait a while You died in good shape!"


    "Do you still want to put on your invincible look now?"


    The corner of Yaoshi''s mouth twitched, he glanced at Uehara Naraku provocatively, and smiled presumptuously: "Xiao Yuan has been reckless all the time! You know that the so-called reincarnation eyes are the eyes of the Sage of the Six Paths, but you don''t know that the Sage of the Six Paths uses those eyes did something?"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned tightly when he asked.


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku behaved like an ignorant child, a child who obviously possessed great power but was attracted by curiosity because of his ignorance of the world.


    Pharmacist sighed inwardly about Naraku Uehara''s acting skills, and then continued to explain: "Sage of the Six Paths was not a legend back then, he actually existed; Ten Tails was also a monster that was active in this land of Ninja World.


    Sage of the Six Paths chose to defeat the ten tails in order not to let the ten tails destroy the ninja world, and pulled out the ten tails'' chakra, and divided this chakra into nine parts. This is the so-called nine in the ninja world tail beast.


    However, these tailed beasts were only part of the ten-tailed beasts at the beginning. As long as the chakras of all the tailed beasts are reunited and placed in the ten-tailed body full of vitality of the heretic golem, the ten-tailed beasts that were once active on the earth can be revived. tail! "


    "..."


    The faces of everyone present changed.


    Because of the relationship between Jinzhuli, every Ninja village knows how powerful the tailed beast means, and how powerful the ten tails that gather nine tailed beast chakras will be...


    It is simply unimaginable.


    "Oh."


    Uehara Naraku nodded indifferently, and slowly raised his finger: "It''s just a bigger tailed beast, since you said this..."


    "Don''t rely on your own strength to be too ignorant, Uehara Naraku-sama."


    Yao Shidou shook his head with a slight smile, pushed his glasses and said, "If it''s just a huge tailed beast, do you think Master Orochimaru would put so much effort into it? Ten tails is not as simple as you imagined.


    The ten tails have the power comparable to the Sage of the Six Paths. It is a monster that can fight the Sage of the Six Paths for a long time. It has the strongest chakra existence. It will not be easily defeated by you like the current Tailed Beast!


    Even the Sage of the Six Paths couldn''t kill the Ten-Tails directly, but could only develop a magical technique and seal it into his body, just like His Excellency the Fifth Kazekage, the Sage of the Six Paths is the Ninjuriki of the Ten-Tails.


    What''s not so clever is that some time ago, when Master Orochimaru feigned death and escaped, he happened to find this technique that can become Ten Tails Jinchuriki.


    As long as Orochimaru becomes Ten-Tails Jinchuriki, he can become the new Sage of the Six Paths in this ninja world, surpassing all ninjas in the past! Senju Hashirama, the god of ninjas, is still Uchiha Madara, and now he is just a plaything in the palm of Master Orochimaru! "


    Yaoshidou slowly raised his head and looked at the sky, raised his palm, and his voice gradually became a little solemn: "And Master Orochimaru, who will become a new generation of Sages of the Six Paths, will completely obtain eternal life, and unify the entire ninja world, and destroy this world. The era of chaotic ninjas!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled.


    This guy, Yaoshidou, has arranged a lot of scenes for Orochimaru!


    But it seems that this is also in line with Orochimaru''s mind. After all, that guy Orochimaru has no grand idea of ??using the eyes of the moon to let people spend a lifetime in illusion. He is a relatively simple person who just wants to live forever and study science...


    It would be too nonsense for Yaoshi to mention Orochimaru for the peace of the entire ninja world, so as to realize the Moon Eye Project or something!


    "..."


    The faces of the other people present turned ugly.


    If everything Yao Shidou said is true, then once Dashe Wan succeeds, they will have to face a thousand-year-old mythical figure...


    Sage of Six Paths.


    Speaking of this word, it is more grand than Uchiha Madara and Senjuzhuma.


    Because Sage of the Six Paths has always been hailed as the founder of the Ninja sect and the person who made people in this world have Chakra, he has been a god passed down by word of mouth for thousands of years.


    "Said so much..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes trembled slightly, and he whispered: "Sages like the Sage of the Six Paths... do they really exist?"


    "of course it''s true."


    The smile on Pharmacist''s face gradually grew stronger, he turned his head to look at Jiraiya, and said with a smile: "The reason why I am willing to answer this question is because Master Jiraiya will definitely know about it."


    The pharmacist looked at Jiraiya, and asked, "Master Oshemaru also specially sent me to ask Mr. Jiraiya, there is a name on the psychic scroll of Mt. Miaomu, it should be Yuyi, right?"


    "Ok?"


    Ji Lai also stared at Medicine Master after hearing the bag, and his eyes suddenly became vigilant: "What''s wrong with this name?"


    How could this guy know such a thing!


    Unexpectedly, Medicine Master looked at Jiraiya, nodded with a smile and said, "It seems that everything is true! The name Yuyi is the name of the legendary Immortal of the Six Paths...


    Orochimaru-sama also wanted to determine whether the legend of the Sage of the Six Paths was true or not. Among them, he got a piece of news that the Toad Sage of Mt. "


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and a smug smile appeared on his face: "I also want to thank Mr. Jiraiya for the information, so that we can make the plan foolproof..."


    At this moment, other people looked at Jiraiya with doubts.


    They also seemed to really want to confirm from Jiraiya that what Yao Shidou said was true or not, and whether the Immortals of the Six Paths really existed!


    "¡­it is true."


    Jilai also nodded with an ugly face.


    He never expected that he would be tricked by other people for information!


    "Then it''s time for the show!"


    Yao Shidou''s face became serious again, he glanced at the people present, and asked softly: "I am about to face the new generation of Six Paths Sage, Master Orochimaru, Wukage chooses to kneel and surrender to Master Oroshemaru now...


    Or, do you want to truly experience the power of the Sage of the Six Paths, and wait for Master Orochimaru to bestow doom and perdition to you group of ignorant and stupid fellows? "


    "..."


    Anger flashed across everyone''s face.


    Today, right here.


    The people''s hatred for Dashewan was amplified by Yaoshidou''s help.

 Chapter 331

    Surrender is impossible to surrender.


    It''s just that no one thought that Orochimaru''s purpose was so terrifying.


    In order to achieve this goal, Orochimaru''s forbearance is so deep.


    He has always acted like an evil ninja who would do anything for longevity, and obtained false longevity by replacing his body with the technique of reincarnation.


    Who would have imagined that when Akatsuki organized a large collection of tailed beasts to be active in the ninja world, Orochimaru would have completed such a grand plan without saying a word!


    Orochimaru wants to be the new Sage of the Six Paths!


    Orochimaru wants to obtain real immortality!


    Orochimaru wants to rule the entire ninja world forever, taking and taking away from the ninja world!


    After a long time, the people present gradually digested all the news they heard, and the shock in everyone''s heart did not subside for a long time.


    Even Uehara Naraku, the most powerful person in the arena, after listening to Yao Shidou''s words, a heavy look appeared on his face: "This guy Dashewan... is really more courageous than I imagined!"


    "..."


    After Ji Laiya was silent for a while, he said with an ugly face: "Oshewan has always been very courageous, he must dare to do such a thing as Shetunxiang... I just didn''t expect that he would want to become a sage of the Six Paths."


    "That guy was on a forbidden path."


    Tsunade shook his head, and sighed softly: "Did he really find the most terrifying path in that taboo that was destined to be dark?"


    At this moment, the two friends of Orochimaru felt a little emotional.


    They really didn''t expect that Orochimaru, who has always been short-sighted, what he wanted to do this time really surprised them!


    "hehe¡­"


    Yao Shidou spread out his palm, and said with a sneer: "In terms of vision, there is no one in the entire ninja world who can match Master Orochimaru...


    When you people are still discussing the so-called weapons, Orochimaru has long realized the true meaning of this world. "


    A flash of obsession flashed across Yaoshidou''s face, and he exclaimed: "Back then, Master Orochimaru once said that he would master all ninjutsu in the world. At that time, I believed that Master Orochimaru would definitely be able to do it...


    Now Oshemaru-sama is about to do it, as long as he becomes a Sage of the Six Paths, he can grasp all the changes in the nature of Chakra, and easily grasp everything and truth in this world. "


    It is indeed Oroshemaru''s dream to master all ninjutsu in the world.


    As Orochimaru''s former teammates, Tsunade and Jiraiya are naturally very aware of this matter. They never thought that Orochimaru would actually do it!


    "That Orochimaru guy..."


    Jiraiya couldn''t help but gritted his teeth, his eyes slowly stopped on Tsunade, apparently Jiraiya also recalled the talk about dreams Konoha Sannin had when he was still young.


    Now, all three of their dreams seem to be coming true.


    Tsunade has traveled all over the Ninja World and seen the beautiful scenery of the Ninja World;


    Jiraiya is now finally able to guard her side and protect Tsunade as he wished;


    Orochimaru will also become the omnipotent Sage of the Six Paths.


    It''s a pity that they are destined to part ways, and as the leaders and high-level leaders of the two camps, they will start a big fight between the two sides!


    When the two of them feel a little emotional, the others can''t bear it!


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Fourth Raikage''s temper exploded on the spot, and the Raikage Chakra mode on his body was instantly activated: "You rats hiding in the gutter, still want to rule the ninja world? Let me see how good you guys are! "


    The fourth Raikage''s body instantly turned into an afterimage!


    This fourth-generation Raikage instantly appeared beside Yaoshidou, and he slammed his arm towards Yaoshidou''s head!


    A golden arm blocked the fourth Raikage''s attack!


    Namikaze Minato instantly entered the Kurama mode, standing beside the fourth Raikage, his arm clasped the fourth Raikage''s shoulder tightly: "Long time no see, Ai, your speed has become faster than before. Soon¡­"


    "Hmph, your hands are still so fast!"


    Fourth Raikage''s eyes condensed slightly, staring at Namikaze Minato beside him, his face darkened: "At the beginning we said we would fight as a shadow, now it''s too late!"


    During the third Ninja World War that year, Namikaze Minato defeated the Fourth Raikage Ai and the Eight-Tailed Jinzhu Riki Rabbi by himself, and left a sentence to hope that they can be the leaders of their respective villages Goodbye.


    Unfortunately, they were soon separated forever.


    Now that we are meeting again here, the Fourth Raikage will naturally not want to miss this opportunity, he has become very strong now!


    The activation of cells in the Raikage Chakra mode can make the strength and speed of the fourth generation of Raikage faster than imagined, even if it is Sharingan, it is difficult to catch his trace!


    For example, Obito Uchiha, standing behind Yakushi''s pocket, was taken aback by the speed of the Fourth Raikage Ai: "No wonder Sasuke has always had a grudge against the Fourth Raikage and the eight-tailed Jinchuriki we caught. The speed of Ninjutsu is really not to be underestimated..."


    "Alive than...?"


    Fourth Raikage''s gaze narrowed slightly.


    He had heard good news.


    Medicine Master nodded, smiled casually, and said, "He was still alive when we came here, so I don''t know about it now... But your younger brother is really good, and he is also a perfect boy like the current Fourth Hokage. The strength of man who holds power."


    After finishing speaking, Pharmacist waved his hand and said: "Master Fourth Hokage, please get rid of this Fourth Raikage quickly, I still have a lot to say!"


    "¡­yes."


    Namikaze Minato''s eyes glanced over everyone present, and stopped on Uehara Naraku''s body for a second, and he also saw Uehara Naraku''s warning eyes...


    The next moment, Namikaze Minato''s arm suddenly flew down with the Fourth Raikage, and directly threw the Fourth Raikage to the ground!


    His strength and speed are not inferior to this Raikage!


    Just as a giant chakra hand appeared from behind Minato Namikaze, it was manipulating a spiral pill and was about to press it on the fourth generation of Raikage!


    At this critical moment, someone kicked Namikaze Minato flying!


    "Hey, I said..."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, looked at Namikaze Minato who was kicked away by him, and said coldly: "Aren''t you taking me too seriously?"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku reached out and grabbed Fourth Raikage''s arm, pulling him up: "If you can''t beat him, don''t be too arrogant, you are the commander of our Ninja Alliance, this is not to embarrass our Ninja Alliance ?"


    At first glance, Uehara Naraku is still very loyal to the Ninja Alliance, which is quite in line with his identity, after all, he is now the captain of the Ninja Alliance!


    "asshole!"


    Fourth Raikage widened his eyes angrily. If Naraku Uehara hadn''t saved him just now, Fourth Raikage really wanted to fight him.


    It''s just that Lei Ying suppressed his anger again, and said angrily: "Hmph, thank you very much!"


    "Why are you being polite to me!"


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand indifferently.


    Namikaze Minato watched this scene in the distance, and sighed inwardly, it was another group of people who were played by Uehara Naraku...


    They thought they saw that Uehara Naraku was the leader of Akatsuki, the murderer who once collected tailed beasts and destroyed the Ninja Village of the Great Country, and the sin of Yu Yin, who had reformed from evil...


    In essence, this guy has never revealed his true identity!


    Namikaze Minato really wanted everyone present at this time to wake up a bit, the person who is about to bring catastrophe to the ninja world is Naraku Uehara, whom they began to trust again!


    What Orochimaru became Sage of the Six Paths!


    All of this is controlled by Uehara Naraku!


    Unfortunately, no one was able to wake up.


    Under the control of Uehara Naraku''s will, Namikaze Minato couldn''t make much noise, so he could only stand by Yakushido''s side again.


    "As expected of the next leader appointed by Nagato himself..."


    After watching Namikaze Minato being easily defeated by Uehara Naraku, Pharmacist applauded and said in admiration: "Master Uehara Naraku''s strength is still so amazing!"


    After the pharmacist finished boasting, he pushed his glasses, and suddenly said: "But we have prepared a stronger enemy for you...


    I really want to see who is stronger between the strongest ninja of the last era and the strongest ninja of this era..."


    Apparently what Pharmacist Doudou was talking about was Qianshou Zhujian.


    It seems that Senshou Zhujian will indeed be resurrected with peak strength.


    "No more nonsense."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the people present, and said in a deep voice: "I believe that no one present will succumb to that little man who can only hide behind the scenes like Orochimaru?"


    "..."


    Pharmacist was strangely silent for a second.


    The filmmakers from the Five Great Nations and the people present naturally didn''t care what Yao Shidou was thinking, they expressed their positions quickly and emotionally.


    "What Uehara said is good!"


    Tsunade''s face was gloomy and he said: "Yakushitou, no one will give in to a person who wants to rule the ninja world by evil means!"


    "good!"


    Fourth Raikage raised his head and looked at Yaoshi''s pocket, and cursed coldly: "Sooner or later, I''m going to screw that guy''s head off Orochimaru!"


    Godai Kazekage Gaara nodded, looked at the pharmacist and said, "Those who instigate war will never win the hearts of the people."


    Terumi Mei looked at the pharmacist''s pocket, and also expressed his attitude: "It''s a coincidence, Wuyin Village has never learned to give in..."


    "If you want us to submit..."


    Three generations of Tuying gritted his teeth, looked at the medicine master pocket, and said word by word: "Then come and take our lives first!"


    "Looks like my invitation failed!"


    Pharmacist sighed, and said softly, "I originally wanted to use a peaceful method to let the world welcome the arrival of Lord Orochimaru, but now it seems that everyone is going to force me to use the method of war?"


    Yao Shidou slowly pushed his glasses, and looked at everyone with serious eyes: "Then...the fourth Ninja World War, let''s start here!"


    Yaoshitou''s cold voice echoed in the room: "In the name of Oshemaru-sama, I declare war on this stupid and ignorant ninja world!"

 Chapter 332

    On behalf of Orochimaru, Yaoshidou officially declares war on the ninja world!


    Yao Shidou stood on the high table and announced the start of the war to the entire ninja world. A look of astonishment flashed across the faces of everyone present.


    Over the years in the Ninja world, this kind of thing has never happened!


    Especially this guy, Yakushido, who would openly announce the start of the Fourth Ninja World War in front of Gokage!


    The courage of the pharmacist is really great.


    No, it should be said that Orochimaru, standing behind the screen of Yaoshidou, is really brave, and he really officially declared war on the whole world with a mere body!


    "Oshemaru is so brave!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes twitched, and he slowly put away the surprise on his face, and said with a gloomy face: "The Fourth Ninja World War sounds really scary!"


    Yakushi''s announcement of the Fourth Ninja World War is really interesting, and it''s not bad compared to Uchiha Obito...


    Among other things, at least let the name Orochimaru be deeply rooted in the hearts of the people.


    Alas, when Orochimaru is resurrected from Ry¨±ji Cave, I hope he can accept this cruel reality!


    Whether Orochimaru wants it or not, Yaoshidou has helped him become an enemy of the whole world.


    What Uehara Naraku was curious about was how Yakushidou would persuade Orochimaru in the future, or how he should fool Orochimaru...


    Yaoshidou also undertook this task at the time, and asked Naraku Uehara to rest assured, he said that he would take care of the Orochimaru matter...


    Really curious.


    When Naraku Uehara was curious here, Obito Uchiha and Minato Namikaze standing behind Yakushidou were in a very delicate mood.


    Damn, smelly shameless!


    Have the two bastards Yaoshidou and Uehara Naraku got the consent of Orochimaru? Just declare war on this ninja world in the name of others!


    Moreover, these two people are still in the two camps, and they even seem to occupy a favorable position within their respective camps, able to dominate the war that is about to break out!


    The two of them are probably fine...


    The five major powers and Orochimaru participating in this war must have been miserable.


    Every ninja world war is a pain for the entire ninja world, even the ninja villages of the five major countries cannot bear it, especially the heavy casualties caused by the third largest ninja world war, so that the ninja villages of the five major countries In recent years, they have been restraining each other.


    They have restrained for almost twenty years...


    Now someone has declared war on them. Although the strength behind the person declaring war is indeed astonishing, it is only in terms of combat power that he has the qualifications to challenge the five major powers.


    Orochimaru and the dirt ninja troop under his command are stronger than the Akatsuki organization, and they are also more harmful.


    Obviously, this war is destined to be even more tragic.


    Maybe, there is no country in the entire ninja world, no ninja village, and even no ninja can be spared.


    "I didn''t expect the Fourth Ninja World War to appear in this form..."


    As the third generation of Tsuchikage Ohnoki who has personally experienced the previous three Ninja World Wars, he is really embarrassed: "Declaring war on the entire Ninja World, are you serious?"


    "if not?"


    The pharmacist spread his palms with a smile, and said in a low voice: "If you are not willing to surrender to Master Orochimaru, then we can only appear as conquerors..."


    After Yao Shidou said this, he pushed his glasses and said, "It''s really exciting to think about it! The victory of the fourth Ninja War is the entire Ninja World. Whoever wins this war can come to the Ninja World." Dominate the world!"


    The Third Tsuchikage Ohnoki looked at the smiling Yakushitou with a face full of shock, shook his head inexplicably, and said, "You guys... lunatics!"


    "Whatever you say..."


    Pharmacist looked at everyone present, waved his palm and said, "Then when we meet next time, we will be on the battlefield... Take care everyone, see you later."


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Obito put his hand on Yakushi''s shoulder.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Yao Shidou, grabbing him with one hand: "Give me back Nagato-sama''s body!"


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato blocked Uehara Naraku, and his Kurama mode was fully activated: "Sorry, Uehara-sama, although I can''t defeat you, I can stop you for a few seconds, this time is enough for the pharmacist to leave here .


    What''s more, the Fourth Ninja World War has already begun. I think you guys should not waste your time, but should consider more important things.


    For example, how to defeat Orochimaru. "


    "That''s right, come on!"


    Yakushidou''s body was taken into the time-space vortex by Uchiha Obito, leaving only his big laugh: "Don''t worry, Master Uehara Naraku, when I return Nagato to you, it must be a living Nagato!"


    The next moment, Namikaze Minato also caught the figure of Uchiha Obito, and took Uchiha Obito to escape from the scene of the Five Kages Conference with the technique of Flying Thunder God.


    No matter how fast Naraku Uehara''s attack was, it seemed that he couldn''t stop the golden flash who wanted to escape.


    The next moment, Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito disappeared!


    In terms of escaping, there was simply no way for these two people to stop them.


    Uehara Naraku stared at the empty table, squeezed his fist suddenly, and smashed the table in front of him into pieces!


    After Naraku Uehara smashed the table, he said with an ugly face: "Sorry, register the name of Nagato-sama on the list of enemies reincarnated in the dirt!"


    "..."


    Five Kages present nodded silently.


    The Third Tsuchikage Ohnoki slowly lowered his head, and said in a heavy voice, "Now, what should we do?"


    "Continue our conversation!"


    Tsunade glanced at the people with ugly faces, and said loudly: "Immediately start forming a ninja coalition army and organize the ninjas in each village into troops. Our time is running out, and we must not waste any time in the future!"


    "Then quickly form a ninja coalition!"


    Fourth Raikage said with an ugly face: "It''s best to take advantage of my younger brother Kirabi''s life, so we can successfully encircle and suppress Orochimaru!"


    "It''s hard to say..."


    Terumi Mei shook her head, frowned and said, "If Yakushito''s meaning just now is correct, the current Orochimaru may be extracting the eight tails of Yunyin Village, but we don''t have any information about them yet..."


    "There''s another troublesome question..."


    The third Tsuchikage glanced at Tsunade and Jiraiya, and said in a deep voice: "That is, Orochimaru doesn''t seem to show any interest in Konoha''s Nine-Tails Jinchuriki Uzumaki Naruto... Does this mean that Orochimaru resurrected ten years ago?" Only he is left to extract the tail beast chakra by himself?"


    "Maybe it''s good news for us!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded and sighed: "At least Naruto is very strong and can be used as our main combat force."


    "Ok¡­"


    Jiraiya stood beside Tsunade, pondered for a while, and said: "And we can know one thing, that is, the nine tails in Minato''s body have not been extracted..."


    After saying this, Jiraiya turned his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "Hey, Uehara, how long will it take to extract the Tailed Beast Chakra before Akatsuki!"


    "It''s hard to predict."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and after thinking for a while, he replied: "If Orochimaru extracts the chakras of the two tailed beasts, Eight and Nine Tails, I guess he will need at least half a month or even more time!"


    After speaking of this, Uehara Naraku''s expression became a little ugly again: "It''s hard to be sure, after all, it depends on the ninja factor that draws the Tailed Beast Chakra...


    In case, according to what Yaoshidou said, Orochimaru got the ninjutsu left by the Sage of the Six Paths, he might be able to extract the tailed beast in a very short time. "


    Because Yaoshidou didn''t have time to give him the exact date...


    After all, Orochimaru''s body is still being cultivated in the laboratory!


    Orochimaru got an invitation letter for the Ninja World War before he crawled out of Ry¨±ji Cave and was revived. The more he thought about it, the more interesting he was.


    To be honest.


    Uehara Naraku really wanted to see what expression he had when he heard the news after Orochimaru came out.


    "Anyway, let''s organize it first!"


    Tsunade glanced at the people present, and raised their morale and said: "You are the top leaders of the Ninja Alliance, how can you go on like this! Now we are discussing here, please send someone to your village immediately, Assemble the reorganized troops!"


    "good."


    After Sidai Raikage nodded, he sat on a table that was still in good condition, and said in a deep voice: "Besides, immediately disperse all the sentient ninjas in the village, conduct inspections according to the area, and search for Orochimaru s position!"


    Fourth Raikage gritted his teeth and said, "If we can find him before Orochimaru draws the Tailed Beast, then we have seized a chance of victory in advance!"


    After finishing speaking, the fourth generation of Raikage immediately turned his head and said: "Darui, go back to the village immediately to reorganize the troops, and at the same time send Han and Xi to assign the search area, start the search from the country of thunder, and start searching west after completion... "


    Three generations of Tukage also looked at Heitu, and said in a deep voice: "Send a message to the village immediately, and you go back yourself, tell Huangtu what happened here, and ask him to assign sentient ninjas to search for Orochimaru, starting from the land of the earth. , search eastward after finishing..."


    Godai Kazekage Gaara glanced at his brother and sister, and said imitatively: "Kankuro, find a way to send the news back immediately, and tell what happened here... Forget it, you should go back directly!"


    Fifth Hokage Tsunade turned his head to look at Jiraiya, and said in a deep voice: "Jiraiya, you have heard everything, whether it is passing information to the village or gathering and reorganizing troops, I will leave everything to you .¡±


    "rest assured."


    Zilai also nodded seriously.


    In Konoha Village, Jiraiya has the same prestige as Tsunade.


    After Koshimizukage Terumi was silent for a while, he looked at Chojuro and said, "Send information to the village, let''s send sentient ninjas to disperse the search!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the comparison of the five major kingdoms of ninja villages, sighed in his heart, slowly closed his palms, looked at Xiaonan and said: "Teacher, I will leave the affairs of the village to you, and I will immediately send the ancient dragon take you back."


    "Ok."


    Konan nodded.


    Just as the ancient dragon descended from the sky, Kankuro and Jilai looked at the mount of the ancient dragon enviously.


    This psychic beast is really handsome and cool, and fast.


    Jiraiya simply turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and asked, "Hey, can Kankuro and I have a date?"


    "I also want to take a ride..."


    Heitu also stood up, with a blushing smile on his face, and said, "By the way, after I finish the task, can I stop by and see Brother Didala?"


    "asshole!"


    The Third Tsuchikage Ohnoki was furious by his granddaughter: "Can you tell me the priority, the ninja world war is about to break out, and there are still many important things that have not been resolved!"


    "Your Excellency Tuying, don''t be too harsh on the little girl..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and let out a laugh, then looked at Heitu and said with a pleasant face, "Ha, do you want to see Didara? Haha, don''t even think about it!"


    "..."


    Heitu was a little dumbfounded.


    This person...why is he so annoying!

 Chapter 333

    The little black soil girl left with the others in a daze.


    The rest of the people present glared at Uehara, and Tsunade looked at Naraku Uehara and sighed quietly: "It''s really bad... A boy who was so cute at the beginning has changed a lot now! I really don''t know what you have experienced in the past few years. what..."


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Uehara Naraku curled his lips, and almost choked him to death with a single sentence: "What else can I experience? Every day I think about how to catch the tailed beast and how to destroy the five great countries!"


    Tsunade:"¡­¡­"


    Uehara Naraku, since he exposed his identity in Akatsuki, seems to be getting more and more bohemian, can''t this guy be a little more serious!


    Is this completely freeing myself!


    Tsunade stretched out his palm and patted Uehara Naraku''s shoulder, persuading him in a low voice: "Hey, Uehara, don''t you want to be the first generation of Amamage?"


    Tsunade was seriously persuading.


    As long as Naraku Uehara can play a pivotal role and make great contributions in the upcoming war, there will definitely be several countries among the five major countries that may support Uehara to become the first generation of Rain Shadow, so that the Kingdom of Rain may hope to become the sixth big country.


    "In no mood."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and showed a playful smile: "I am the leader of Akatsuki now, even if you Five Kages dare not act presumptuously in front of me, why should I surrender myself to be an Ukage!"


    "..."


    Tsunade''s face darkened, and she clenched her fingers a little bit: "Forget it, I won''t talk about it, let''s continue to discuss the ninja alliance!"


    The leaders arranged for their subordinates to search for Orochimaru urgently and reorganize the troops. They will continue to talk to discuss the command and logistics of the Ninja Alliance.


    In addition to the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations and Yuyin Village, there are no other great ninja villages in the entire ninja world. Mifune of the Iron Country also chose to join the ninja coalition.


    In this way, it is basically a collection of all the power of the ninja world.


    This force seems to be very powerful, and it can be called the largest ninja army in the history of the ninja world, but the enemy they have to face is Orochimaru who is about to hold ten tails and his powerful dirt ninja under his command.


    Perhaps because the threat of Orochimaru was too serious, the pace of the Five Kage talks suddenly accelerated a lot. They quickly formulated the organization of the ninja troops and the candidates for the command.


    Leaders of the coalition forces: Tsuchikage Onoki III, Raikage Ai IV, Gaara Fifth Kazekage, Mizukage Terumimei Fifth Generation, Hokage Tsunade Fifth Generation, and Naraku Uehara, leader of Ugakure Village + Akatsuki Organization.


    Supreme Commander: Fourth Generation Raikage Ai.


    Chief of Staff: Fifth Generation Hokage Tsunade.


    Captain of the Allied Forces: Uehara Naraku, the leader of Yuyin.


    The division of these positions is very interesting. The Fourth Raikage is responsible for coordinating the entire battle situation, including logistical support, protection of daimyo, reorganization and distribution of combat troops, etc.; Tsunade is responsible for checking and balancing the Fourth Raikage to prevent him from making irrational decisions.


    Uehara Naraku is in charge of commanding the combat troops of the entire ninja coalition. He makes impromptu decisions on the battlefield, mobilizes various ninja troops to meet the enemy, and will also participate in the battle as a high-end combat force.


    Staff: Shikahisa Nara, Mabui (Raikage''s female secretary)


    This force is mainly responsible for making plans and providing appropriate combat methods for the front battlefield at any time for decision-making ahead.


    Intelligence Unit: Kaiichi Yamanaka, Hinata Hinata


    This force is mainly responsible for collecting and forwarding information to various places, mainly Hyuga Hinata and Yamanaka Kaiichi, the current patriarchs of the two Konoha ninja clans.


    In the original history, the white-eyed ninja Aoi of Wuyin Village should be the captain. Unfortunately, because he spied on Uehara Naraku''s identity, he was killed by Uehara Naraku. Now it seems that he was reincarnated by the pharmacist.


    This is really... helpless.


    Sensing Force: Xi, Heijue


    This unit is mainly responsible for collecting intelligence to perceive the enemy''s position.


    The leader of this unit, Nozomi, is one of Raikage''s guards, and is also known as Raikage''s left hand. In addition to the powerful perception of ninjutsu, he is also good at medical ninjutsu. Comparable.


    The other commander is Hei Jue.


    Yes, Uehara Naraku helped Heijue find a position and placed him in the ninja alliance. This ninja world can''t be too magical!


    After Tsunade wrote Hei Ze''s name on the list, he opened his mouth to confirm again: "Hey, Uehara, are you sure this person is reliable?"


    "I checked, and it''s as reliable as mine."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku continued in a deep voice: "Because Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito are afraid of the powerful perception ability of the seniors, they want to borrow swords to kill people. I think the seniors will definitely play a huge role in this ninja war. .¡±


    "really¡­"


    Tsunade nodded, and said in a low voice: "No wonder Obito Uchiha deliberately leaked it to Jiraiya and knew about it. Maybe we really blamed him!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku let out a long sigh.


    really...


    Heijue can sneak into the Ninja Alliance...


    What else in the world can''t be done?


    Anything is possible if you work hard!


    Naraku Uehara really wanted to see what expression Heijue would show when he knew it became the commander of the perception force of the Ninja Alliance. He would be very happy, right?


    Raiders: Kankuro.


    This force took the lead in the assault to test out the strength of the enemy.


    To put it simply, it is actually responsible for beheading the enemy or giving away your own head. Generally, if you are lucky, you can behead the enemy and come back alive. If you are unlucky, you will have to be beheaded by the enemy. Information sent out...


    Daimyo Guards: Fifth Generation Mizukage Terumi Mei.


    It is mainly responsible for protecting the daimyos and nobles of various countries. There is no doubt that under the rule of Nagato and Naraku Uehara, there are no daimyos in the Land of Rain.


    How can another person''s butt sit on the seat of God?


    First Combat Force: Darui


    The Second Fighting Force: Tsuchikage Onogi III


    The Third Combat Unit: Hatake Kakashi


    The Fourth Combat Unit: Five Generations Kazekage Gaara


    Fifth Combat Corps: Three Ships


    Medical Logistical Forces: Mute and Dolphins


    The commanders of these combat troops basically have nothing to say.


    Only Naraku Uehara heard that the third combat unit was in charge of the protracted war, and was speechless for a long time looking at the name of the captain Kakashi Hatake. Who the hell could tell him when Kakashi Hatake was involved in the protracted war? related?


    In addition to these, there are two most important troops.


    Captain of the First Special Operations Team: Jiraiya.


    Members of the first special operations team: Naruto Uzumaki, Rock Lee, Mai Tekai, Yamato.


    These are basically powerful members, ready to deal with those tough ninjas in Reincarnation!


    As for the second special operations team is also very interesting.


    Captain of the Second Special Operations Team: Naraku Uehara.


    Members of the Second Special Operations Team: Red Sand Scorpion, Didara, Kakutsu, Hidan, Kisame Kisame, Moon Moon, Water Moon, Yuri Ringo, Kaguya-kun Maro, and Shiro.


    Yes, all members of the Akatsuki organization have assembled.


    All Akatsuki members also joined the Ninja Alliance.


    To be honest, the Five Kages present still felt a little dark in their hearts. They all really hoped that the members of Akatsuki could play their roles on the battlefield, and it would be best to die in a glorious battle to wash away their sinful lives.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Naraku Uehara is the captain of the Ninja Alliance, and Yakushidou is a member of the Orochimaru camp that manipulates the battle. The two of them will not allow this to happen.


    "Uehara..."


    Tsunade frowned, and looked at Uehara Naraku: "I remember that your teacher, Konan, is also very strong!"


    "The teacher''s strength is indeed very strong."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "But her battles all rely on detonating symbols. I''m worried that she may accidentally injure more ninja coalition forces..."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and his voice slowly lowered: "Let Xiao Nan stay in Yuyin Village..."


    "This is not like a decision that a ninja should make."


    Tsunade shook his head, not quite agreeing with Naraku Uehara''s opinion: "If your teacher knew about your arrangement, she would definitely not agree with your opinion. I can tell that Xiaonan is a woman with a strong personality!"


    "hehe¡­"


    Uehara Naraku smiled noncommittally, and said in a low voice: "This time our war will definitely be very tragic, and the possibility of me dying in this war is very high...I don''t want the teacher to see me die tragically, I Hope she survives."


    Tsunade patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, sighed and said, "Uehara, the war hasn''t started yet, don''t be so pessimistic!"


    "That''s right!"


    Fourth Raikage slammed his fist on the table, and said in a loud voice: "You are the captain of the Ninja Alliance, how can you be discouraged before the battle begins!"


    "Although we do not have any advantage..."


    The third generation of Tukage Onogi glanced at Uehara Naraku, and said in a stale voice: "But before the war begins, no one can determine the outcome, even if it is a war with disparity in strength, there may be a change in the situation because of one person..."


    Three generations of Tsuchikage Onogi really... have had enough of this kind of loss.


    At that time, Onogi led tens of thousands of ninja troops to encircle and encircle the Yunyin troops of the third generation of Raikage. It was because the third generation of Raikage was too strong that one could defeat ten thousand, so the strategy failed.


    Later, when Ohnoki sent troops to attack the Fire Country along Caoyin Village, he encountered the Fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato again, and was able to change the situation of the battle by himself...


    Where is the reasoning!


    It is obviously a war that must be won, but because of the emergence of a ninja that exploded, the strategy failed...


    "Well, I see."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade''s list, and said softly: "Now that we''re done talking, I''ll go back and immediately reorganize the group of Akatsuki guys, and let the seniors go to join the sentient ninja troops in each village first, and search for the location of Orochimaru... "


    "Ok."


    The other five shadows also nodded.


    They have roughly finished their discussions, and the rest is to quickly reorganize the ninja troops in each village, so as to gather all the ninjas participating in the battle.


    The Fourth Ninja War...


    The ninja coalition camp is here to form!

 Chapter 334

    Rain hidden outside the village.


    Naraku Uehara hurried back to the Land of Rain after attending the Five Kages meeting, and he also wanted to announce to Akatsuki that they were going to join the Ninja Alliance.


    I really want to see the faces of those guys...


    It''s just that before Uehara Naraku arrived at the base of the Akatsuki organization, Hei Ze appeared outside the village and blocked his way, and Hei Ze''s news was also very sensitive.


    "Uehara."


    Heijue''s laughter was still so gloomy: "I heard that you participated in the Five Kages'' meeting and did a good job. It seems that we may be able to use the power of the Five Kages to find Orochimaru and get back the Eye of Reincarnation and the Golem of Heretics."


    "Well, sure."


    After Uehara Naraku nodded, a smile appeared on his face: "Because I became the captain of the Ninja Alliance, I can mobilize the entire Ninja Alliance combat force..."


    "..."


    Hei Jue''s expression froze slightly.


    Bai Jue''s expression was also somewhat surprised.


    Now who can tell them what the situation is, why Uehara Naraku, the man behind the scenes who wanted to launch the Moon Eye Project, has become a high-level ninja coalition force, and even got a position with a lot of power!


    After Hei Jue was stunned for a second, a sinister smile appeared on his face: "Uehara, then this is better, and the price we need to pay will be less..."


    A smile appeared on half of Bai Jue''s face: "After the ninja coalition defeated Orochimaru, we realized that we are the real black hands behind the scenes manipulating all this. What expressions will they show at that time..."


    "Yeah, I''m curious too."


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth hooked up, and the smile on his face was quite meaningful, as if he was as interested in this kind of thing as Bai Jue.


    After talking about this matter, Uehara Naraku was not ambiguous, and said again: "By the way, there is one more thing, we can''t let the five major countries grasp all the information of Orochimaru, so I recommend the senior to become the perception force of the Ninja Alliance command..."


    "what?"


    The astonishment appeared on Hei Jue''s face again.


    "what?"


    Bai Jue''s eyes were almost a little stiff.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the two of them and urged softly: "In this case, Jue Senior can mobilize all the perception ninjas of the Ninja Alliance Army to help search for information on Orochimaru, Uchiha Obito, and the golem of the heretics."


    "..."


    Heijue was silent for a while.


    As a creation of Yin Yang Dun, it has never appeared in front of many people, and it has never thought of integrating into ninja society.


    I didn''t expect that such a guy who was determined to destroy this ninja world and rescue Otsutsuki Kaguya also got mixed into the ninja coalition...


    Hei Jue slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, with a hint of hesitation in his voice: "Uehara, isn''t the ninja coalition army a bit unreliable..."


    Damn, these are two big spies mixed in!


    Especially these two spies, one of the spies is the captain, who has the right to mobilize the ninja troops, and the other is the commander of the intelligence troops, who has the information of the ninja troops...


    This ninja coalition looks like it''s going to end!


    Counting on this group of guys, can they really succeed in besieging Orochimaru?


    Hei Jue inexplicably feels that these ninja coalition forces are a bit unreliable.


    "But the situation is already like this..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Heijue, spread his hands and said, "For us, it should be a good thing to be able to hide in the Ninja Alliance?"


    "Right¡­"


    Hei Jue nodded, and a sinister smile floated on its face again: "Then I will be the commander of the intelligence force of the Ninja Alliance, and control their intelligence sources..."


    "Senior, don''t overdo it..."


    Naraku Uehara stopped Heijue, and persuaded with a light smile: "After all, there are many people in the intelligence team! What we are doing now is for the peace and stability of the ninja world!"


    "..."


    Heijue was silent for another second, and its sinister laughter gradually grew louder: "You are right, we...but it has always been for the peace and stability of this ninja world!"


    For Heijue...


    It''s unimaginably happy now!


    Although Heijue has been secretly controlling the historical information of the entire ninja world for so many years, but this is the first time he has pretended in front of others!


    To be honest, it''s kind of interesting...


    No, it should be said to be very interesting!


    Just think about those ninjas listening to the orders of the mastermind behind it, everything they did was actually for Otsutsuki Kaguya to come and resurrect faster...


    The world is so ironic!


    Now compared to cheating Uchiha Madara all the time, cheating the entire ninja world seems to have a higher sense of accomplishment. Kuro can''t help but want to take office now!


    Uehara Naraku immediately gave Heijue the address where the headquarters of the perception force gathered, because the perception force had to race against time to find traces of Orochimaru and the golem of the heretics.


    After seeing Hei Jueyin sinking into the ground with a smile and leaving, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help shaking his head and sighing: "I''m so happy to be the commander of an intelligence force...Can''t you be calm like me?"


    Naraku Uehara has too many identities!


    Ninja camp.


    Naraku Uehara is the captain of the Ninja Alliance and the leader of Yuyin Village. He is also the strongest person of this era who is highly expected by the entire ninja world. He is the star of hope for the Fourth Ninja World War and the mainstay against Orochimaru.


    Orochimaru camp.


    Uehara Naraku is the direct boss of Yakushido and others, the manipulator behind the ninja troop reincarnated from the dirt, the master behind the resurrection of Orochimaru and became the powerhouse of the Six Paths, and the initiator behind the Fourth Ninja World War.


    The Eye of the Moon faction.


    Uehara Naraku is the only hope of the Moon Eye Project, and also the main force to realize the Moon Eye Project in the future, the only person Heijue, a millennium filial son, can rely on.


    Akatsuki organizes the camp.


    Naraku Uehara is the current leader of the Akatsuki organization, the future hope of the entire Akatsuki organization, and the future speaker of war and peace in the ninja world.


    Now it seems that there is no organization in the entire ninja world that Naraku Uehara can''t get involved in. He can still occupy a high position or even a dominant position in every organization. Is Naraku Uehara proud to be in this field alone?


    Did Naraku Uehara say something?


    Naraku Uehara watched Heijue move quickly towards the assembly point of the intelligence forces of the Ninja Alliance, shook his head and sighed: "It''s really useless..."


    Now Naraku Uehara scolded too early.


    Compared with Xiao''s teasing, Hei Jue is already very restrained.


    Akatsuki''s base.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the group of guys who were looking at him eagerly, and announced the results he had achieved after attending the five shadow talks.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    "I am now the captain of the Ninja Alliance, and you will participate in the Fourth Ninja World War as a special operations team directly under me."


    "..."


    The entire Akatsuki organization was silent for a second.


    The next moment, Deidara''s cheers and laughter broke the tranquility: "Hahahahahahaha... Are those guys idiots! Uehara was asked to serve as the commander-in-chief of the coalition army!"


    "Didn''t you say to steal information?"


    The Red Sand Scorpion''s expression was a bit subtle and incomprehensible: "If I remember correctly, this position is the supreme commander during a war!"


    "Almost, anyway, you can command the combat troops of the entire Ninja Alliance..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded casually and rubbed his temples: "In short, the situation has changed a little bit, that''s fine, we can also use the ninja troops to attack Orochimaru and Uchiha Obito..."


    Jiaodu stretched out a finger, and asked a question that was of great concern to him: "It seems that the position is very high... How much salary will they give you?"


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    This question has never been asked...


    As expected of Jiaodu, the angle of thinking is always so tricky!


    "Hey, Kakuzu, don''t involve money in everything!"


    Fei Duan licked his lips, and said with a low smile: "If there is a ninja war, how much delicacy can be offered to these evil gods!"


    "I guess it won''t be much to donate!"


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and said in a low voice: "After all, most of the troops on the side of Orochimaru and Yakushidou are reincarnated and resurrected from the dirt, and they are also immortal..."


    "..."


    Hiduan suddenly fell silent.


    After a while, the guy shook his head and sighed: "I knew I should have left this organization with Pharmacist... If I could be in their camp, I could kill a lot of people and dedicate them to Lord Evil God!"


    clang clang!


    The light of the knife cut across sharply!


    Lin Haoyu Yuli casually put away her ninja knife, glanced at Fei Duan whose head had been chopped off by her knife, and snorted contemptuously.


    "You''re too loud."


    "¡­asshole!"


    Fei Duan''s head broke open on the ground and cursed: "You bastard woman, don''t always chop off Lao Tzu''s head! Go and see for yourself, how many scars are left on my neck when all the corners are stitched up! "


    "Shut up."


    Lin Yuyuli took a gloomy look at Fei Duan, and said coldly, "If you keep making noise, I''ll cut your body into pieces and feed them to the fish in the lake!"


    "..."


    Fei Duan was silent for a moment.


    With a gloomy face, Jiaodu restarted to help Fei Duan sew up his head, with displeasure in his eyes: "If you don''t hold back your mouth, next time I will directly bury your head in the grave... No, your bounty has been higher recently , you can consider selling your head."


    After the noise here.


    Everyone present also recognized the reality.


    They, the executioners and S-rank rebels who once destroyed the five major countries, are about to participate in the Fourth Ninja World War as a coalition of ninjas.


    "It''s really unexpected..."


    Didara grinned happily: "We rebels who want to control the ninja world are still standing on the side of justice!"


    "It''s nothing unexpected."


    Kisame grinned at his own mouth, and glanced at Naraku Uehara: "It''s completely expected... We are a just organization in the first place!"


    "Almost got it..."


    Guideng Shuiyue plucked his ears, and said boredly: "Senior Guishui, don''t always act like this, and engage in these vain things in a serious manner..."


    "All right."


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm, and said in a deep voice: "Then you guys should clean up properly! I''m going to make preparations here too. In two or three days, we will rush to the headquarters of the Ninja Alliance..."


    After Naraku Uehara said this, he couldn''t help but smile at the corner of his mouth: "I''m the captain of the coalition army, and I have to perform my duties as soon as possible!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the crowd again, and exhorted loudly: "But until we achieve our goal, we must not reveal our plan. You learn to pretend well, we are going to defeat the evil justice ninja!"


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    The base of the entire Akatsuki organization became a sea of ??joy.

 Chapter 335

    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    "Uehara, let''s celebrate!"


    Didara held up a strange-looking clay bomb, and said loudly: "Congratulations to you as the commander-in-chief of the coalition army, let''s set off a grand fireworks!"


    The Red Sand Scorpion looked at the clay bomb, and couldn''t help frowning: "Didara, what are you holding?"


    "C4 Garuda!"


    Didara held the clay bomb in one hand, put his chin on his palm, and pouted his mouth: "This is the ninjutsu I prepared to kill Uchiha Itachi, but I have never had a chance to use it since then. up!"


    This technique is very powerful.


    It''s a pity that Didara never had a chance to use it.


    Since Didara made Garuda, it has been kept in Didara''s ninja bag, and has never had a chance to use it.


    Now Deidara is going to use this as a big firework.


    "You can save it for Sasuke..."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his brows and rejected Didara''s teasing way of celebrating him as the captain of the coalition army.


    Because he has more important things to do now.


    The first thing, of course, is to ask the pharmacist about the progress of the bag.


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised his finger, and his will descended on Minato Minato who was beside Yakushi Dou: "Dou, I have already become the captain of the Ninja Alliance Army, when will the enemy I am going to fight be revived?" ?¡±


    Uehara Naraku prepared a wide enough stage for Orochimaru, a sufficiently ambitious goal, a sufficiently powerful force, and enough terrifying enemies...


    Now the lead role is missing, Orochimaru!


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    What Uehara Naraku said was really inappropriate!


    It''s just that now is also the time. In view of the characteristics of Bai Jue and the first-generation cells after fusion, as long as there are enough first-generation cells, Bai Jue''s body can withstand the power of transplanting the eyes of reincarnation.


    Pharmacist took a look at Bai Jue in the laboratory, pushed his glasses and said, "It should be in the past few days, I''m a little worried, what if the big snake pill just broke down after being transplanted into this body..."


    "fine."


    Uehara Naraku said indifferently: "Doesn''t Orochimaru still have a soul... Anyway, that guy Orochimaru should be used to things like body breakdown!"


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Orochimaru is really used to this kind of thing.


    But just because of this reason, Orochimaru can''t bear the pain of physical collapse, right? At that time, it was quite troublesome to recreate the body...


    And after Orochimaru''s resurrection, he can''t live for a few days...


    What''s more, Orochimaru has been in Ryuji''s cave for so long, can''t he give him a strong body and let him enjoy it?


    After pondering for a while, Medicine Master came up with a reason: "If the body collapses, will it affect Master Orochimaru''s ability to extract the Chakra of the Eight and Nine Tails, and will it affect him becoming the Jinchuriki of the Ten Tails?"


    "Shouldn''t it affect it?"


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and gave a very definite answer: "If Orochimaru has time, as long as he becomes Ten Tails Jinchuriki, his body should not collapse... Uh, maybe his consciousness may collapse faster than his body. faster."


    Naraku Uehara thought about it. During the Fourth Ninja World War, the first ten-tailed Jinchuriki Uchiha Obito was almost swallowed by the ten-tailed consciousness...


    It''s just that even the strong-willed Uchiha Obito was almost swallowed by the ten tails, the guy Orochimaru wouldn''t be swallowed by the ten tails, right?


    Uehara Naraku was suddenly a little worried.


    What if Dashewan''s consciousness is swallowed up?


    Could it be that Captain Uehara is going to perform a battle against the ten tails?


    Now Uehara Naraku is simply thinking a little too much, because what Orochimaru will think about when he gets rid of the ten-tailed swallowing will in the future is absolutely beyond the imagination of Uehara Naraku...


    "Should last a while?"


    Naraku Uehara touched his chin, gave up thinking after thinking for a while, and just ordered: "Forget it, I just hope that before Orochimaru''s body or consciousness collapses, you can help us revive Uchiha Madara and Nagato-sama Just like..."


    "Fine¡­"


    Pharmacist Dou reluctantly agreed, and said softly, "Then I will carry out the plan to revive Master Orochimaru in the next few days..."


    "Are you sure you can convince him to trust you?"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little serious: "If you are not sure, then I will go over to protect your safety... It is not necessary for Orochimaru!"


    "Master Naraku, please rest assured."


    Yao Shidou''s voice lowered, and there was only a hint of a smile mixed in the whisper: "I will convince him... besides, there is no one else who can believe in Dashewan besides me, right?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Naraku Uehara fell into thinking again, and after a while he asked again: "Can you convince Orochimaru to trust me?"


    "This...I''m afraid it won''t work."


    Yao Shidou''s voice sounded a little hesitant, and he hesitated to speak: "After all, Naraku-sama has no reason to help Oshemaru-sama, and what Naraku-sama did to Oshemaru-sama before..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed and said, "Oh, what I did to Orochimaru back then was indeed a little too much."


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    Naraku-sama, you should show some face!


    What you did to Orochimaru, was that a little too much?


    Not to mention the vengeful guy like Orochimaru, even someone as generous as Uzumaki Naruto may not be able to forgive you!


    Deceit once, apologize, it can be forgiven.


    Defrauded people twice, please apologize, never get in touch with each other.


    Naraku-sama, you have cheated Orochimaru so many times, and you interrupted Orochimaru''s hope and teased Orochimaru''s life when Orochimaru was the most proud, arrogant, wanton and arrogant... If Orochimaru is willing to forgive you, then Is he still human!


    Pharmacist Dou sighed faintly, and began to persuade: "Master Naraku, anyway, in your plan, Master Orochimaru won''t live for too long, so Master Naraku doesn''t have to waste time on him, right?"


    "you''re right."


    Uehara Naraku followed the good advice and raised a question that he was worried about: "Will Orochimaru sell out my information? What if he leaks my details? I remember this guy saw me kill Uchiha Otome with my own hands. earthy..."


    "Master Naraku, can I tell the truth?"


    Yao Shidou was a little speechless, and his voice was even weak: "If Master Naraku''s true identity is revealed, isn''t that the most exciting time for this ninja war?"


    "¡­you''re right."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded, he let out a long sigh and said, "Dou, do you know how I have lived these eight years?


    For the past eight years, I have been looking forward to and dreading the arrival of this day every day!


    I am looking forward to the surprise and anger on everyone''s faces when my identity is revealed, and they feel helpless and desperate about me; I am afraid because when I reveal my identity, there is no turning back...except to rule the ninja world. no choice! "


    Pharmacist pocket: "..."


    This sounds really infuriating...


    Others regard ruling the ninja world as a lifelong dream, so how come to Naraku-sama, ruling the ninja world has become a helpless choice?


    "Forget it, let me tell you that you don''t understand either."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and continued: "Uchiha Madara will leave it to you to reincarnate in the dirty soil, you can communicate with him in advance, secretly reveal my identity, and let him know that I have always stood with him! "


    "yes."


    Yakushido complied respectfully, so after finishing Orochimaru, the next person to be cheated is Uchiha Madara?


    "there''s one more thing."


    Uehara Naraku manipulated Namikaze Minato''s will, and continued to use his body to give orders: "Uchiha Itachi doesn''t need to stay, find a chance for him to attack Uzumaki Naruto!


    When you manipulate Uchiha Itachi to attack Uzumaki Naruto, he will definitely be modified by other gods. I will prepare two psychic beasts for you, and let those two psychic beasts deal with Uchiha Itachi.


    Also, remember to threaten Itachi with Uchiha Sasuke''s life, so that he must attack Uzumaki Naruto as an enemy, you''d better praise me more! "


    "yes."


    After slandering for a while, the pharmacist agreed, and continued: "After I finish Uchiha Itachi, I will transplant Itachi''s Kaleidoscope Sharingan for Sasuke, and let him participate in this ninja war..."


    This Naraku-sama...


    Do you have to be smart and use everyone up?


    "That''s right, that''s it."


    Uehara Naraku spoke appreciatively: "But the Uchiha clan are all traitors, Sasuke might defect to our side!"


    Yao Shidou couldn''t help showing a smile: "Sasuke still thinks Master Naraku is a good person, but he still only wants to destroy Konoha..."


    "Fine!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded and left a last order: "That eight-tailed Jinzhu Riki Rabbi seems to have a way to survive after the tailed beast is extracted...


    You reveal a little bit of your information to him, and bring some information that is very beneficial to me, so let him go back! "


    "¡­it is good."


    The pharmacist sighed, and finally couldn''t help admiring: "It''s really... In the eyes of Master Naraku, everyone has value that can be used no matter what state they are in, but it''s a pity that this value will be squeezed dry by Master Naraku. clean..."


    Really... Improper person!


    After being silent for a while, Uehara Naraku continued: "I suspect you are mocking me, I am too lazy to argue with you now, let''s deal with the reincarnation of the filthy soil in Senshouzhujian...someone give me a sacrifice of Baijue! "


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku cut off the contact.


    the other side.


    In a dark underground base.


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, went to get a white sacrificial offering, and asked Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito to send it to Uehara Naraku immediately.


    Wait until Minato and Uchiha Obito leave.


    Pharmacist Doucai looked slowly at another body of Bai Jue lying in the laboratory, this was the body he had prepared for Dashewan.


    Everything about this body is complete, only the eyes of reincarnation are installed on it.


    The pharmacist took out the small bottle containing the eyes of reincarnation, and slowly played with the small bottle: "Master Oshewan, I can finally bring you out of despair with my own hands..."


    After Medicine Master opened the bottle and took out the eyes of reincarnation, a light flashed in his eyes!


    "Master Orochimaru, I hope you will forgive me for forcing you to fall from the peak again when you are about to climb back to the peak..."

 Chapter 336

    Uehara Naraku found a safe place.


    Just as Yakushidou prepared the body needed for Orochimaru''s resurrection, Uehara Naraku finally waited for Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito.


    They brought Uehara Naraku the materials for the reincarnation of the dirt.


    Now, everything is ready.


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his palms nervously, glanced at Namikaze Minzumon and said, "Fourth generation, are you happy to reunite your ancestor Hokage today?"


    "..."


    What are you happy about?


    Namikaze Minato was speechless.


    What is there to be happy about?


    Seeing that the villain Naraku Uehara is getting stronger and stronger, with more and more power accumulated around him, he is still hiding his identity in the ninja world, and he has even mixed up with the high-level ninja coalition forces, how could Namakaze Minato be happy !


    Now that Naraku Uehara is about to revive the first Hokage Senju Hashirama, if Minato Namikaze can control himself, he will definitely want to kill Naraku Uehara, the scourge...


    Unfortunately, Namikaze Minato could only watch all this happen.


    "Let me take a look..."


    After Naraku Uehara raised his palm, he slapped it on the ground in an instant!


    The next moment, one after another spells began to spread on the ground, instantly surrounding the cells of the first generation of Hokage Senshouzhujian and the Baijue sacrifice!


    I saw the cells of the first generation of Hokage turned into countless dust and debris, covering the cursing Bai Ze, and then a figure appeared!


    It is the first Hokage Senjubashima!


    Uehara Naraku watched the figure of Senju Hashirama gradually condense, and his face finally gradually became serious: "Let me see how powerful the legendary ninja god Senju Hashirama is!"


    Just as Uehara Naraku finished speaking, Senju Hashirama had completely completed the reincarnation and resurrection of the dirt. Just when everyone thought that a majestic chakra was about to erupt, they saw that the first generation of Hokage was only slowly lifted up. head.


    Qianshou Zhujian glanced at the three people present, he tilted his head, with a slight doubt on his face: "Excuse me, are you..."


    "We''ve seen it."


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm in a friendly manner, and said softly: "We should have met once during the Chunin exams, did the First Daime-sama forget? Maybe you lost your self-awareness at that time?"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    At that time, Orochimaru was still manipulating the first and second generations to attack and kill the third Hokage, but Uehara Naraku took the lead, but the first and second Hokage seemed to have lost their consciousness, so now he doesn''t remember?


    "No, I remember."


    Senshou Zhujian nodded, with an ugly look on his face: "I remember you kid killed the monkey, but now it looks a lot different!"


    "yes?"


    Uehara Naraku touched his face, nodded and said: "After all, the past few years have passed, and I have grown up, am I much more handsome than before?"


    "Well, it''s okay!"


    Senju Bashima touched his chin, looked at Uehara Naraku and nodded, "Your appearance is not much worse than that guy Madara..."


    "..."


    The corners of Naraku Uehara''s eyes twitched, so in the eyes of the first Hokage, Madara Uchiha is still the most handsome!


    Senjujuma looked at Namikaze Minato behind Uehara Naraku, and after seeing the swirl forehead guard on his head, he suddenly said, "What''s the situation now? Aren''t you Konoha''s enemy? How could you be with us?" Ye''s ninja together?"


    Senju Bashima began to touch his chin again, looked at Namikaze Minato and said loudly: "Hey, little guy, who are you?"


    "Master First Generation."


    Namikaze Minato nodded respectfully, and revealed the words on the back of his god robe: "I am Konoha''s Fourth Hokage, Namikaze Minato."


    "Four generations?"


    Senshou Bashima''s expression turned a bit ugly: "So, after this kid killed the monkey, is it you who are the fourth Hokage in the village? But I think you were also reincarnated and resurrected by the filth... "


    It''s only been a few years!


    Why was another Hokage of Konoha killed?


    "Things are more complicated..."


    Namikaze Minato spread out his palm, sighed and said, "Anyway, I''m already dead, and I died before the Third Hokage..."


    "yes."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, sighed faintly and said, "And this Fourth Hokage was ordered to kill by the Third Hokage... because the Third Hokage wants to occupy Konoha''s ruling position for a long time."


    "Don''t talk nonsense..."


    Namikaze Minato quickly interrupted Uehara Naraku, and he couldn''t help but glanced at Uchiha Obito beside him, and said softly: "I have already talked with Obito in private, and the Third Hokage didn''t do that kind of thing. ..."


    "never mind."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and said loudly: "Don''t think about it, in this ninja world, the three generations of Hokage can''t be cleansed, and your son may still hate him now!"


    Namikaze Minato''s eyes twitched, looked at Uehara Naraku and said: "It''s not all because of your behind-the-scenes manipulation... the truth will come out sooner or later!"


    "But the day the truth came out..."


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised his hands, hooked the corners of his mouth and said, "They don''t have the strength to resist me anymore!"


    Just when Uehara Naraku was about to continue to say something, a powerful chakra suddenly burst out from Senshouzhujian standing behind him!


    The next moment, the figure of Senshou Zhujian suddenly disappeared in place, and kicked Uehara Naraku''s head with a volley!


    This original Hokage...


    Why don''t you talk about martial arts so much!


    Slap!


    Uehara Naraku hastily waved his arm and blocked the blow!


    "It''s so powerful!"


    Uehara Naraku felt the strength on his arm, and subconsciously looked at Senju Hashirama: "Just a random blow, is it a ninjutsu comparable to strange power? But if you just attack me like this, isn''t it too bad?" Make sense?"


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, and swung Senju Hashirama''s body away: "First Daime, I''m a good person..."


    "I already know that you are Konoha''s enemy!"


    Senshouju continued to attack Uehara Naraku indirectly, and said in a deep voice: "This is enough! Any enemy that hurts Konoha, I will never let go!"


    Boom!


    The two raised their legs at the same time and kicked out a blow!


    The ground set off a shock wave caused by the impact!


    "Young people nowadays really shouldn''t be underestimated!"


    Senju Bashirama glanced at Uehara Naraku in surprise, and a flash of admiration flashed in his eyes: "I have to say, in terms of physical skills alone, you are not even inferior to Madara!"


    "Opening and shutting is Uchiha Madara..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, hooked Senju Hashirama''s leg with his feet, and said casually: "After we finish fighting, I will send you to be with Uchiha Madara..."


    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the opportunity to elbow, and his elbow directly hit Senju Hashirama''s chest. The first Hokage was finally sent flying by Uehara Naraku''s blow!


    "Single technique..."


    Naraku Uehara stood up straight, and looked at Senshou Hashirama who flew upside down in the distance: "I have never seen anyone who can achieve the physical skills of the first generation of Your Excellency, even in terms of skills. Even better!"


    In addition to the huge chakra in his body, Qianshouzhujian''s physical fitness is also the body of a fairy, so his strength and speed are almost astonishingly fast!


    What is even more amazing is the fighting skills of Qianshou Zhujian!


    This ninja who has experienced the Warring States Period, every blow he makes in battle is actually killing people!


    Relying on the huge amount of chakra in the body and strong physical fitness, Senjujuma can completely use his ninjutsu advantages without any scruples!


    To be honest, the third generation of Raikage, who has always been known as the strongest ninjutsu in the ninja world, does not seem to be worthy of the first generation of Hokage to carry shoes...


    This first generation is really too strong!


    Moreover, after the reincarnation of the soil, Senju Bashirama was actually weakened, and his strength was reduced a bit by the reincarnation of the soil... The immortal body of the reincarnation of the soil does not matter to Senju Bashirama.


    Because he has the body of a fairy himself!


    "Your physical skills are the ones that should not be underestimated!"


    Senju Bashima walked over slowly, the clogs under his feet rustling on the ground, his eyes had gradually become serious: "Your fighting skills are not much worse than Madara''s, even your strength Maybe even better than him..."


    Senshou Bashirama closed his palms, stared at Naraku Uehara, and persuaded, "But you stopped attacking just now, isn''t it too arrogant? In our era, we would do anything to win! "


    "No, not arrogance."


    Naraku Uehara raised his finger with a smile on his face.


    Naraku Uehara''s will instantly descended on Senju Hashirama''s body, controlled his actions, and made the face of the first Hokage change!


    "So this is ah!"


    Senshou Zhujian gradually calmed down, nodded slowly, and sighed: "Do you think you can control me, so you don''t care about the outcome at all?"


    The next moment, the Chakra in the Thousand Hands Pillar suddenly exploded!


    A surge of chakra momentum is almost so heavy that people can''t breathe!


    This is the ninja god who suppressed the entire ninja world back then, this is the strongest person in that era, and this is the person who put down the troubled times!


    Just showing your aura makes people dare not resist!


    Even Naraku Uehara had a look of surprise on his face. After all, did he still underestimate the power of this ninja god?


    The chakra value of Senjujuma is definitely more than 500,000, and even a lot more, this is a man comparable to the chakra of Uzumaki Naruto + half a nine tails!


    "It seems a bit difficult to rely on strength to annihilate Your Excellency''s consciousness! But the first generation of Your Excellency should not even try to break free from my control..."


    Naraku Uehara raised his finger. Under the control of Uehara Reincarnation, Senju Hashimama couldn''t break free from Uehara''s control even if his chakra burst out.


    Senshou Bashima stood on the spot and nodded slowly, and praised: "It''s really good, I didn''t expect your chakra to be so abundant, even more abundant than the spotted chakra... so you can continue to Control it?"


    The next moment, Qianshou Zhujian tried his best to close his palms, and a touch of black eyeshadow suddenly appeared on his eye sockets. At this moment, he entered the fairy mode in an instant!


    "Immortal mode, on!"


    Two unanimous shouts came at the same time!


    Just when Senshou Zhuma wanted to break away from Uehara Naraku''s control with the help of the fairy mode, he suddenly saw Uehara Naraku on the opposite side spread out three pairs of huge wings!


    A huge momentum swept the surroundings!


    Both Uchiha Obito and Namikaze Minato were all forced to step aside!


    The wings behind Naraku Uehara fluttered slightly, leading him to float up. At this moment, he is like a real angel, but what he brings is not the so-called kindness and justice, but strength and danger!


    Naraku Uehara looked at Senshou Hashirama, who had also entered the sage mode, and slowly stretched out his palm, forming a powerful fist!


    "To be honest¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s face calmed down, and his voice gradually became a little illusory: "I have never felt so clearly...an incomparable power!"

 Chapter 337

    "Very scary..."


    Namikaze Minato looked at Uehara Naraku''s figure, a deep solemnity flashed across his face, at this moment he felt unprecedented pressure.


    Namikaze Minato''s voice was a little depressed and he asked, "Obito, have you ever seen a sage mode that can be so powerful? Neither I nor Jiraiya-sensei can match Uehara''s sage mode!"


    "teacher¡­"


    Obito Uchiha was in a bit of a bad mood.


    Uchiha Obito felt that he was out of place with the few people present: "I don''t know how to use the fairy mode... I haven''t even heard of it."


    This is really embarrassing.


    There are a total of four people present, and three of them will be in immortal mode.


    Only Uchiha Obito has never even heard of it. Until now, he still doesn''t understand what the fairy mode is all about.


    What exactly is Sage Mode?


    This is a problem for Obito Uchiha.


    It''s just that Uchiha Obito is very clear, that is, Naraku Uehara''s strength must have become stronger again, stronger than when he saw it in the past!


    Naraku Uehara felt stronger than ever!


    The ten-fold increase in life energy allows Uehara Naraku to clearly feel the horror of this power. No one will be able to withstand a punch. Any enemy he has encountered in the past is unbearable in the ultimate form of immortal mode. One hit exists!


    Even if Jinchuriki of the Ten Tails is resurrected, Uehara Naraku has the confidence to fight. This is also one of Uehara Naraku''s confidence to fight against the upcoming resurrection and become Rokudo ¡¤ Orochimaru!


    Not only Uehara Naraku himself feels this way, but his opponent, the first generation of Hokage Senju Hashirama, can also feel that his enemy seems to have become a little too powerful...


    "This momentum..."


    Qianshou Zhujian''s face changed slightly, the eyes under the black fairy pupils slowly narrowed, and his voice became a little low: "Although I don''t really want to say this, but you are indeed better than me right now. Stronger!"


    Uehara''s body alone put a lot of pressure on Senju Bashima!


    Senjujuma has a beast-like super fighting instinct. He can touch the aura emanating from Uehara Naraku''s body, which means how powerful the guy in front of him is after turning on the alternative fairy mode!


    "Do you know the name of this fairy mode?"


    Uehara Naraku let go of his fist again, looked at his palm with satisfaction, and said softly: "There is a very nice name, and its name is Dengshenchangdai... It sounds like you can understand its meaning, right? "


    "Ascension to the gods... long steps?"


    Qianshou Zhujian''s expression froze for a second, and he understood the meaning of the name: "When the fairy mode is turned on, can I become a god-like existence?"


    "About this meaning..."


    Naraku Uehara nodded casually, then suddenly tilted his head and smiled and said, "Lord Hokage, as the god of ninjas, I want to ask you a question."


    Uehara Naraku smiled modestly: "If I call myself a god now, wouldn''t I be a little too arrogant?"


    "..."


    Qianshou Zhujian''s expression changed.


    After a while, Senshou Zhujian suddenly smiled and waved his hands: "The so-called gods are actually just ordinary human beings after all..."


    "Perhaps you are right."


    Naraku Uehara also nodded with a smile, his figure suddenly crossed the body of Senju Bashirama, and appeared behind Senju Bashirama!


    At this moment, his speed is undetectable at all!


    This is the suppression brought by the plateau blood and five million life energies!


    When Senjujuma saw Uehara Naraku appearing, he felt a blur before his eyes, and then he felt a high-speed hurricane and shock wave sweeping in!


    this is¡­


    What speed!


    Even Uchiha Obito''s kaleidoscope Sharingan couldn''t capture Uehara Naraku''s figure at all, and he didn''t even have time to react, he just saw Uehara Naraku''s position suddenly emptied!


    "The art of time and space?"


    Uchiha Obito frowned and said, "It''s as if it disappeared out of thin air, it seems to be activated faster than Minato-sensei''s Flying Thunder God Art..."


    "No."


    Namikaze Minato gritted his teeth and shook his head, looking at a shock wave and hurricane that was suddenly lifted by high speed, at this moment, Namikaze Minato''s expression was ugly: "He just moved a little... purely... relying on his own speed... "


    "Your Excellency First Generation!"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly pierced Senju Hashirama''s chest, and pulled out a big hole in his filthy reincarnated body, even Senju Hashirama didn''t even have time to notice it all!


    Uehara Naraku''s voice continued to appear in Senjujuma''s ears: "You are right, any enemy that can be defeated by us is indeed not a so-called god..."


    "when¡­"


    Senshou Zhujian looked at the palm that pierced his chest in disbelief, and murmured, "Can''t even catch the speed?"


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku stood behind Senjujuma, slowly retracted his arm and said, "How does it feel to be attacked from behind?"


    "not so good."


    Senju Bashima shook his head, watched the big hole in his chest slowly heal, and said in a low voice, "Because it reminds me of when I killed Madara..."


    The Battle of the Valley of the End that year.


    Just when the two were about to fight to the point of exhaustion, Uchiha Madara killed a wooden clone, thinking that he had killed Senju Hashirama, but was stabbed in the back by Senju Hashirama!


    Thinking of that incident, Senju Zhuma was really in a bad mood.


    "Are you trying to piss me off?"


    After Qianshou Zhujian watched the big hole in his chest recover, he suddenly closed his palms together and shouted sharply: "Then it will be as you wish! Mudun¡¤Birth of the Tree Realm!"


    Countless dense vines and big trees drilled out of the ground and appeared around them. Every vine and branch spread towards Uehara Naraku. The vines and branches competed to extend, trying to bind Uehara Naraku tightly. !


    "Dust Escape ¡¤ Boundary Stripping Technique!"


    Uehara Naraku also raised his palm without hesitation, and a white light suddenly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hands, like a huge white light sword, sweeping away all the branches and vines in an instant, and the entire forest was swept away by him out of thin air Became an atomic state!


    Uehara Naraku watched Senju Hashima''s body being affected by Dust Dun and turned into molecules and condensed again. He smiled and said, "Seeing Mu Dun of Lord Hokage from the first generation of Hokage... really makes me want to perform it!"


    "..."


    Senjujuma''s body gradually took shape, he just stared at Uehara Naraku and said: "The move just now was very strong, it seems that you also have quite powerful blood inheritance in your body..."


    "maybe¡­"


    Uehara Naraku snapped his palms together, and said softly, "Except for the so-called Sharingan, White Eyes, and Samsarayan, I should have any blood successors that can be synthesized through changes in the nature of Chakra."


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku calmly said the name of a technique that made Senshou Zhujian a little terrified: "Immortal Art¡¤Mu Dun¡¤True Thousand Hands!"


    A tall wooden Guanyin statue rises from the back of Uehara Naraku, and the huge Guanyin statue supports Uehara Naraku on its head and continues to climb!


    Countless arms appeared on both sides of the wooden Guanyin!


    Whether it''s the huge size of this technique or the pressure it exudes, it makes the people watching the battle a little frightened and uneasy, especially Senshou Bashirama himself!


    Because of the reincarnation of the dirty soil, Senshou Zhuma couldn''t use this technique at all due to his limited strength, but he knew very well how powerful this technique was!


    It was relying on Zhen Qianshou that he defeated Uchiha Madara, who controlled Kyuubi and Susano!


    "Does your body... actually contain Mutun?"


    A hidden horror flashed across Qianshou Zhujian''s eyes, because he was a little surprised to find that the real Qianshou in front of him seemed to be a step up from his original technique!


    This guy in front of him is so powerful!


    Uehara Naraku stared at Senshou Hashirama below, calmly raised his palm, and sighed softly: "Then use this technique to create a little movement!


    After our battle is over, someone should investigate here... In this way, those ninja coalition forces will regard me, the captain, as the only savior! "


    Since Senjujuma''s consciousness cannot be wiped out, it means that he will leak information. Uehara can only temporarily seal him up and use it after his identity is revealed.


    But it would be too wasteful.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Then it would be better to let Senshou Bashima take the blame!


    Such a big movement of Zhen Qianshou will definitely not be let go by those intelligence sensing troops, they will definitely know that Senshou Zhujian has really been resurrected...


    Moreover, Senshou Zhuma had a big battle with Uehara Naraku. As for the result and process of the battle, Uehara Naraku had to make up a good one...


    This process is more reliable.


    Because the truth is too outrageous.


    After all, Uehara Naraku can''t say that he defeated the first generation of Hokage Senju Hashirama with Mudun. If this matter is told, it must be so fake that people will think Uehara is crazy.


    "Turn into a Buddha on the top!"


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly swung down.


    The countless arms behind the Guanyin statue smashed down towards the ground!


    The continuous attack of thousands of huge arms caused a huge explosion in an instant, which far exceeded the power of any tailed beast jade bombardment!


    Even if it was Qianshou Zhujian, he could only watch all this happen with uneasy eyes, and his filthy body was smashed into a piece of dust by the real thousands of hands!


    Uehara Naraku manipulated one of Shin Senshou''s arms, slapped Senju Hashirama, which was gradually recovering, into the ground, and said: "Uchiha Obito, Namikaze Minato, take a coffin to seal the first generation Get up!"


    "You bastard..."


    Qianshou Zhujian''s gaze was a bit complicated.


    "Do not worry."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Senju Hashirama''s puzzled and unwilling eyes, and said calmly, "In a few days, Lord Hokage, the first generation of Hokage, will see his old friend... When that time comes, let''s treat it as a surprise for me to celebrate Madara-sama''s resurrection." !"


    Naraku Uehara nodded himself, and hooked the corner of his mouth: "Well, he will definitely like this surprise... After he is pleasantly surprised and happy, let him experience despair!"

 Chapter 338

    The first Hokage guy is too strong.


    Uehara Naraku was able to temporarily control Senju Hashirama''s body, but he didn''t have enough power to annihilate Senju Hashirama''s consciousness, and temporarily treated Senju Hashirama as a large figure.


    When the Ninja World War broke out, other people directly revealed his true face, and at that time let the four Hokages come out together...


    That picture is simply not too beautiful.


    Uehara Naraku watched Uchiha Obito put away the coffin and left with Namikaze Minato, and sighed faintly: "No one should have any heart disease, right? I hope those people''s mental state will be fine by then..."


    In addition, the rewards for defeating Senshou Zhujian are also very generous.


    Side quest: Defeat the God of Ninja Senju Hashirama (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the passive talent skill Immortal Body will be rewarded.


    Immortal Body: Life energy increases by 100,000 points, Chakra energy increases by 100,000 points, natural energy increases by 100,000 points, life recovery effect increases by 50%, and Chakra energy recovery effect increases by 50%.


    Uehara Naraku put away his wings, glanced at his attribute panel, frowned and said: "In this case, it''s almost reached the limit. Do you use this kind of data to participate in the Ninja World War?"


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Name: Uehara Naraku (regular mode)


    Life energy: 623731


    Chakra energy: 621590


    Natural Energy: 621590


    Life energy recovery: 864 points/second


    Chakra energy recovery: 432 points/second


    Natural energy extraction: 432 points/second


    Skill Cooldown Reduction: 100%


    Gold remaining: 6630


    The final prelude to the ninja world is about to begin.


    When Uehara Naraku was still thinking about how to improve his strength for the victory of the Ninja World War, other people were not idle, and everyone was nervously preparing for the battle.


    In Leaf Village.


    Tsunade and Jirai also reorganized all the participating troops, including combat troops, medical ninja troops, etc., as well as special combat teams.


    Tsunade glanced at the mighty team below, and slowly raised his fist: "Is everything ready?"


    "yes!"


    "Then let''s go!"


    "yes!"


    The dull sound spread throughout Konoha.


    Many Konoha villagers stood by the windows, watching the mighty ninja army leave the village. These are all the power of Konoha.


    All the ninjas in the entire village were drawn, more than 10,000 Konoha ninjas, the upper ninjas, the middle ninjas and the lower ninjas were all listed among them, forming a long stream of people.


    The sound of rustling footsteps is endless...


    After they left Konoha, they quickly separated into squads and rushed towards the direction of the Ninja Alliance Command.


    "Let''s go too!"


    Tsunade jumped down from the Hokage Building, and Jiraiya followed her figure, and the others jumped down one after another, chasing in the direction of the two of them.


    In Yanyin Village.


    Three generations of Tsuchikage Ohnoki, Huangtu, Kuroto, and Chitu stood on a hillside, staring at groups of Iwagakure ninjas passing in front of them, with a hint of worry on their faces.


    "I don''t know how many of them will come back alive..."


    "Old man, you are Tuying, don''t say despondent words!"


    Heitu shook his head and said with a refreshing smile on his face: "It''s really huge! There are more than 18,000 ninjas here. No matter who is facing this torrent of people, it is absolutely impossible for them to The power to resist!"


    Because there is no need to defend the border, Yanyin Village also gathered all the ninjas to participate in this ninja world war.


    Third Tsuchikage Ohnoki sighed.


    This granddaughter has never experienced any tragic war since she was born. The only time she saw the cruelty of battle was when Naraku Uehara invaded Yanyin Village...


    These more than 10,000 rock ninjas are all the property that Onogi has worked so hard to save for so many years in power!


    In the entire ninja world, it is estimated that there is no village with more ninjas than their Yanyin Village. This number of ninjas is still left after the huge casualties caused by Uehara Naraku''s invasion...


    Sand Hidden Village.


    Five generations of Kazekage Gaara stood on a high place, watching the line of sand ninjas stepping across the yellow sand, facing the wind and sand and heading for the distance.


    "I love Luo."


    Kankuro stood behind Gaara, and said in a deep voice, "The ninja troops in the village have already set off, shall we go too?"


    "Ok."


    Gaara nodded.


    The next moment, a sand pad appeared under Gaara''s feet, and Kankuro and Temari flew into the distance with Kankuro and Temari behind him: "Let''s go, hurry up and join the ninja army from other villages!"


    on the sea.


    Large ships galloped towards the Ninja Continent.


    Terumi Mei stood on the railing of a ship, looking at the sea ships, and the sea wind blew her hair away, revealing her face.


    The armies of the Ninja villages of the five major countries have assembled one after another.


    The headquarters agreed by the Five Kages in advance is still the newly built Yunyin Village, because it is easy to defend and difficult to attack, and it is also to protect the daimyo and nobles.


    Yunyin Village.


    Sense troop muster points.


    After batch after batch of perception ninjas finished investigating their country, they rushed to Yunyin Village to report to accept the dispatch from the commander of the perception force.


    Yunyin Shangrenxi is one of the commanders. He glanced at the many teams below, and said with an ugly face: "Mr. Jue, the teams still haven''t got any news about Orochimaru. Where should we search now?"


    "Didn''t you find any?"


    Heijue stood beside Xi, and after thinking for a while, he said in a gloomy voice: "The golems of the heretics are huge, and it is definitely not easy for them to hide, and the reaction will be very violent when the chakra of the tailed beast is drawn... "


    After finishing speaking, Heijue fell into deep thought again: "Could it be that Orochimaru has revived the ten tails? But it is absolutely impossible for the violent ten tails to remain silent..."


    "Mr. Jue?"


    Xi glanced at Hei Jue who was in a daze, and continued: "Mr. Jue? What''s wrong?"


    "fine."


    After shaking his head, Heijue said in a deep voice: "Let''s do this! The two of us will lead a team to search again for Tian Zhi Guo, Tang Zhi Guo, Iron Country, Xiong Zhi Guo... Maybe Orochimaru hasn''t drawn the tailed beast yet, He didn''t do it until after our sensing force had scouted."


    "it is good."


    Xi nodded seriously.


    Since Hei Jue came to report, Xi still admires Hei Jue, because this Mr. Hei Jue has a very strong perception ability, and he is worthy of being an intelligence officer of Zeng Xiao''s organization.


    The opposite is true.


    Hei Jue felt that these perception troops were useless.


    So many perception troops are useless except for the superiority in numbers. Until now, no trace of Orochimaru has been found. What''s the use of them?


    I can only brag about it...


    Relying on his own perception ability, Heijue did well in the perception army, at least these perception ninjas admired him more and more.


    Sure enough, there is no waste in Akatsuki''s organization.


    This point of view is further deepened because of Hei Jue''s performance. Even the personnel in charge of intelligence in this organization are so outstanding!


    As for the Orochimaru that the perception team worked so hard to find...


    In fact, Orochimaru is still lying on his stomach in Ry¨±chi Cave.


    In the depths of Longdi Cave.


    Yamata no Orochi rolled over and continued to coil up his body. The eight huge snake heads took a comfortable posture, feeling the natural energy entering the body.


    Although there is no way to cultivate the immortal mode, relying on the ability of the curse seal, Yamata no Orochi can slowly extract natural energy for his own use.


    This is the real soul of Orochimaru.


    It''s not that Orochimaru didn''t think about escaping, but it''s a pity that the White Snake Immortal of Ry¨±ji Cave was ordered by Naraku Uehara to never allow Orochimaru to escape.


    "That bastard Uehara Naraku!"


    Orochimaru''s voice reverberated in this area, and his voice was a little gloomy: "Didn''t that guy tell me that he is going to prepare a perfect body for me soon? How long have I been waiting now...


    Speaking of this, a huge snake head of Yaqi Orochi slammed into the wall around him, and Orochimaru''s voice became more and more cold: "What a waste! I even signed a psychic contract with him in vain. The contract has been secretly guiding him to conduct experiments...


    The next time we meet again, if that guy is not ready yet, I will directly snatch his body. In short, I will be resurrected first. I might as well do it myself to find out the secrets of the eyes of reincarnation and the golems of heretics! "


    Ever since Orochimaru wanted to replace Bai Jue''s body, but was interrupted by Uehara Naraku and captured his little white snake body, Orochimaru has fallen into this situation.


    However, Orochimaru did not give up completely.


    Because Dashewan thinks that Yaoshidou is not loyal.


    Since Yaoshidou would betray himself, he would definitely betray Naraku Uehara.


    Over the years, Orochimaru has often used various forbidden techniques and even experiments to lure Pharmacist Dou to prepare a suitable body for him.


    It''s a pity that Yao Shidou always shirks it with the excuse of Shang Yuan Naraku, but he didn''t completely refuse.


    It''s just that the reason given by Yaoshidou is very strange, even if Master Orochimaru can resurrect and escape, he will eventually be found by Naraku Uehara.


    As for the consequences of being found by Uehara Naraku...


    This eliminates the need for further introduction by the pharmacist.


    Orochimaru knew exactly what would happen when he met Uehara Naraku, because he had experienced it too many times.


    If that''s the case, it''s better to hold back for a while.


    That bastard''s crimes against him are beyond description!


    Just as Orochimaru was about to re-draw natural energy to strengthen his own Yaki real body, a feeling of blood pact calling flooded his whole body.


    "Psychic contract? What do you really want!"


    All the snake heads of Yamata no Orochi raised up involuntarily!


    The next moment, this huge body disappeared into Longdi Cave, and it chose to accept the psychic contract from afar!


    After Orochimaru left.


    The White Snake Immortal in Ry¨±chi Cave lingered for a while, and it sensed that the Yamata no Orochi had disappeared into Ry¨±chi Cave.


    Immortal White Snake spit out his own snake core, sighed and said: "Ooshe Wan, this idiot, always thinks of escaping... Could it be that this idiot didn''t realize that there is only one dead end to go out, and the only way to get out is in Ryuji Cave. Live forever?"

 Chapter 339

    In the dark underground base.


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.


    Yao Shidou slowly closed his palms, formed a psychic mark, and whispered in his mouth: "Master Naraku... During the past three years, you are not only acting, I am also in front of Master Dashewan. It''s hard work!"


    As soon as the words fell, Yao Shidou''s palm suddenly fell to the ground, staring at the incantation that was born on the ground, and shouted in a deep voice: "Ninjutsu¡¤Spiritualism!"


    A puff of smoke floated out of nowhere!


    The next moment, Yamata no Orochi''s huge body suddenly appeared!


    This huge Yamata no Orochi overturned the base in an instant, and even smashed the hill above it directly. The eight huge snake heads roared and exposed their huge body!


    One of the snake heads slowly lowered again, opened its huge mouth, and the upper body of Orochimaru slowly emerged from it.


    "pocket¡­"


    Orochimaru grinned, showing a ferocious smile: "I thought you had forgotten that I was still suffering!"


    "..."


    Pharmacist shook his head silently.


    Yao Shidou sighed in his heart, in fact Dashewan''s stay in Ryuji Cave is not considered suffering, it is suffering after he really comes out!


    Over the years, Yaoshidou has not been perfunctory with Orochiwan.


    If the timing is right, Yaoshidou really has to prepare a body for Dashewan, hoping that Dashewan will find a leisurely village to spend the rest of his life in the future.


    It''s a pity that Orochimaru has been unwilling to give up revenge on Uehara Naraku.


    What''s even more pity is that Uehara Naraku did not give up on using Orochimaru, who had been half-dead by him, and he still wanted to let Orochimaru use its residual heat.


    No matter how Yaoshidou insinuated and hoped that Orochimaru and Uehara Naraku would let each other go, neither of them cared about his opinion, thinking of putting each other to death...


    The minds of these two people are too coincidental.


    This is really... evil fate!


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, concealed his complex emotions, looked up at Dashewan and said, "Master Dashewan, I have finally prepared a resurrected body for you, I believe this body will definitely satisfy you !"


    "Oh, are you finally not afraid of Uehara Naraku?"


    Orochimaru narrowed his eyes, stared at Yao Shidou, and asked with a smile: "Aren''t you worried that Uehara Naraku will kill you if he finds out about this?"


    "No."


    Pharmacist shook his head, and replied in a low voice: "Some time ago, I have found out the secret of the reincarnation eye and the golem of the heretics, and completely betrayed Master Naraku. Now I have captured Xiao''s reincarnation eye and the golem of the heretics!"


    "what?"


    Orochimaru showed a look of surprise on his face: "Have you solved Payne?"


    According to Orochimaru''s understanding of Payne, he never thinks that Yao Shidou has the possibility to defeat the reincarnation eye, how could such a thing happen!


    If Yaoshidou now has the power to kill Payne, wouldn''t the past master-slave relationship between the two of them have to be reversed?


    "It''s just taking advantage of people''s danger..."


    There was a smile on the corner of Yaoshidou''s mouth, and there was a hint of gloating in his voice: "Because Payne is just the real owner of the puppet Samsara Eye, Nagato died in Konoha in order to capture Kyuubi, so I have the opportunity to capture Samsara Eye."


    "Oh?"


    Orochimaru hugged his arm, straightened up from the snake''s head, looked at the pharmacist curiously and said, "How did you do it? Your strength shouldn''t be able to defeat that guy Uehara, right?"


    "Rely on the Flying Raijin Art of the Fourth Hokage."


    After Yao Shidou spread his palm, a golden figure suddenly appeared beside him, it was the Fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato.


    Medicine Master chuckled and continued: "Master Uehara Naraku is too greedy, some time ago he wanted to control the peak strength of the first Hokage, so I deceived him and made him think that mastering too many dirty ninjas would reduce his control power .


    In order not to let myself lose control over other ninjas, Uehara Naraku-sama asked me to reincarnate the Second Hokage, Fourth Hokage, and Uchiha Obito.


    Since then, I have three ninjas who are good at time and space ninjutsu. "


    After Yao Shidou finished speaking, a space-time vortex appeared beside him, and the figure of Uchiha Obito appeared.


    After a while, the figure in Qianshoubeijian also appeared beside Yao Shidou.


    At least on the surface, there is no flaw.


    "Good job."


    Orochimaru frowned, and asked in a deep voice, "So, did Naraku Uehara revive the original Hokage?"


    "No, failed."


    The pharmacist shook his head with a smile, his eyes did not hide his sarcasm: "That is the legendary ninja god...Of course it cannot be grasped by ordinary people!"


    After finishing speaking, Yakushitou said softly again: "Because of this reason, I also gave up reincarnating Uchiha Madara with the filthy soil, lest Uchiha Madara lose control..."


    "That''s it..."


    Dashewan''s eyes were still sharp, he stared at Yao Shidou, and suddenly smiled: "It''s really amazing, Dou, it seems that with the power you have now, I will obey your orders in the future!"


    "Master Orochimaru, please don''t say that."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and there was a smile on his face: "Although I am very powerful now, my respect for Mr. Orochimaru has never changed...We will still cooperate as equals as before."


    "..."


    Orochimaru narrowed his eyes and looked at Yao Shidou.


    Pharmacist pocket this guy...


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    The strength is really strong, and the heart has become wild!


    This guy is just a tool man he rescued from Shimura Danzo, and he has always followed his lead. When will the two of them be equal!


    But this is the heart of a normal person. After anyone has mastered the power that Yaoshidou has now, it is absolutely impossible to be inferior to others!


    Orochimaru was silent for a while, then nodded and said: "That''s not bad, but what about the body you prepared for me?"


    Orochimaru is very sensible.


    Now is definitely not the time to turn your back on the pharmacist.


    Because his body still needs the help of Pharmacist Dou, he will suppress or kill the traitor Pharmacist Dou after he acquires powerful power in the future!


    The pharmacist waved his hand.


    Obito Uchiha next to him opened his Kamui space, and dropped a Bai Ze, but this Bai Ze was covered with a mess of curse marks.


    "This is the body I prepared for Master Orochimaru."


    A flash of pride flashed across Yaoshidou''s face, he looked at Bai Jue in front of him, and said with a low smile: "In addition to Mu Dun Xueji, there is also the legendary eye of reincarnation..."


    "Samsara eyes!"


    A gleam of light suddenly flashed in Dashemaru''s eyes.


    The reincarnation eye is one of the blood successors he has always wanted to obtain, and Orochimaru''s desire for the reincarnation eye is even higher than the kaleidoscope writing sharing eyes of the Uchiha clan!


    It was only because he was always afraid of Payne''s power that Orochimaru gradually extinguished that idea, and instead wanted to seek another kaleidoscope, Sharingan.


    Now, is Yao Shidou willing to put the eye of reincarnation on his body?


    This guy is so willing?


    Could there be some conspiracy here?


    Just when Orochimaru was about to ask a question, Yao Shidou suddenly said, "However, there are conditions for giving this body to Master Orochimaru..."


    "Oh?"


    Orochimaru looked away from Bai Jue on the ground, and looked at Yao Shidou again: "What condition? Let me hear it first..."


    That''s normal.


    After all, reincarnation eye is not a Chinese cabbage.


    Medicine Master even gave him the eyes of reincarnation. It seems that what this guy wants from him should be unusual.


    "I hope Master Orochimaru can cooperate with me in conducting an experiment."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and there was a bright light in his eyes: "Cooperate with me to continue the experiment of resurrecting the golem of the heretics, and then become the ten-tailed jinchuriki! I want to see the power of the sage of the Six Paths with my own eyes!"


    A hint of madness and obsession flashed across Yaoshidou''s face: "Master Oshewan, this is the secret I have worked so hard to get from the Akatsuki organization!


    The ten tails are the legendary monsters sealed by the sages of the Six Paths to save the world, and the golem of the heretics is the body of the ten tails. As long as you become the ten-tailed jinzhuli, you can gain the power that the legendary sages of the six paths can only use! "


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s eyes flickered slightly.


    After a long time, the shock in Orochimaru''s heart quietly faded away.


    This Orochimaru, who has always been known for his conspiracy and cunning, glanced at Yao Shidou, and said in a low voice: "Du, then this experiment must be quite dangerous, right?"


    "Of course."


    Yao Shidou nodded, and said with a light smile, "Master Oshewan, if you want to become the legendary Immortal of the Six Paths, how can you not be in danger?


    For so many years in the ninja world, not everyone can become a jinchuriki. Every jinchuriki has the risk of being swallowed by a tailed beast, not to mention the ten tails formed by the gathering of nine tailed beasts. The danger of becoming a ten-tailed jinchuriki is very high! "


    "..."


    Orochimaru fell silent again.


    This bastard!


    No wonder the pharmacist wants to save this guy!


    It''s a pity that the current situation is definitely not the time to turn around.


    After a while, a smile appeared on the corner of Orochimaru''s mouth, he stuck out his tongue and licked his lips and said, "Okay, I promise you."


    "That''s good."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses and licked his lips like Orochimaru, with a threatening smile on his face.


    "Then wish us a happy cooperation."


    Orochimaru ignored Yaoshidou''s threat.


    As long as he got the body with the eyes of reincarnation below and mastered the power to resist the medicine master''s pocket, he would not care about the experiment of Ten Tails Jinchuriki!


    No, you can manage it.


    But definitely not now.


    After all, Orochimaru is also a little bit greedy for the power of Sage of the Six Paths, but Orochimaru is more concerned about his life.


    "Hey, I wish I had known that Oshemaru-sama agreed so readily.


    There was a trace of regret on Yaoshidou''s face again: "Unfortunately, because I was worried that Master Orochimaru would go back on his word and refused to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki, I specially used the name of Master Orochimaru to announce to the Ninja Villages of the Five Great Nations that the fourth Ninja Village was launched against them. world war..."


    "what!"


    Orochimaru was a little confused.


    What the hell is going on now?


    What the hell did the pharmacist keep this bastard from him!


    This bastard actually used his name to launch the Fourth Ninja World War, and it was still aimed at the Ninja Village of the Five Great Nations. Did this bastard go crazy!


    Those are the five major nations in the ninja world!


    How could they have won!


    Although Orochimaru knew that Yaoshidou must be uneasy and kind, but he didn''t expect that Yaoshidou would mess things up to such an extent!


    "Right now, tens of thousands of ninjas have gathered in the five major countries of the ninja world, and there are even people from the Akatsuki organization. Sensitive ninjas are everywhere in the ninja world, searching for the trail of Oshemaru-sama, and they may find it here soon..."


    Medicine Master spread out his palms, and the smile on his face could hardly be concealed: "Our strength is definitely not able to compete with them, so unless Master Orochimaru is willing to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki and become a new Sage of the Six Paths..."


    "..."


    The situation was even worse than Orochimaru imagined.


    The five major countries did not issue any arrest warrants, but really carried out according to the scale of the ninja world war!


    Orochimaru gritted his teeth, the fury on his face could hardly be concealed, his voice came out from between his teeth: "Dou, you have calculated everything correctly, are you trying to drive me to a dead end?"


    "This is also impossible."


    Pharmacist shook his head, sighed and said: "Master Orochimaru, we must have offended Lord Uehara Naraku because of the reincarnation eye and the heretic golem..."


    After saying this, Yao Shidou suddenly showed a smile again: "Of course, I don''t care, I have three dirty subordinates who are good at time and space art, and they can always escape."


    Yao Shidou''s eyes moved slightly, and landed on Dashewan, his smile became more intense: "As for Master Dashewan''s fate, I can''t guarantee it..."

 Chapter 340

    Orochimaru really wanted to kill Yaoshidou.


    A pharmacist who was not qualified to be his assistant, not even qualified to be an undead reincarnation candidate container, would actually drive him to a dead end today.


    The pharmacist takes this bastard...


    He is only worthy of helping him dig graves and rob corpses!


    Now this guy really feels that he has become stronger, so he wants to stand up and become the master, and dare to force his former boss to be an experimental product of Ten Tails Jinchuriki...


    Dashewan''s expression gradually became serious, he stared at Yaoshidou''s movements, and asked, "What if I refuse to agree to your cooperation?"


    "Death has no place to die."


    Yao Shidou spread out his palm, and sighed softly: "Oshewan, I can sell you right now, and let you attract the attention of the Five Great Nations...


    And Uehara Naraku-sama now also thinks that I am loyal to you, maybe he is going to Ry¨±ji Cave to trouble you, you have no other way, Oshemaru-sama. "


    "pocket¡­"


    Orochimaru''s gaze sharpened slightly, his eyes fixed on the smiling Yakushidou, and there was a gloomy and murderous intent in his voice: "You are not afraid that after I really become Ten Tails Jinchuriki...kill me!" drop you?"


    "I''m not afraid..."


    The pharmacist shook his head with a smile, and he said calmly, "I tricked Uchiha Obito''s Kamui Kaleidoscope Sharingan from Uehara Naraku-sama... No matter how powerful Oshemaru-sama is, I can still survive."


    After Yao Shidou said this, he pushed his glasses again: "I always like to think about everything carefully before implementing the plan... That''s why Master Orochimaru will lose to Master Uehara Naraku, and I will The reason for successfully getting rid of Uehara Naraku-sama.¡±


    "very good."


    Orochimaru nodded, appreciating indifferently: "Dou, you guys have really grown up a lot after all these years!"


    "This is also thanks to Oshemaru-sama''s cultivation."


    Pharmacist hooked the corner of his mouth, and said with a smile: "If our experiment is successful, I won''t mind surrendering to Master Orochimaru again."


    After saying this, the pharmacist continued with a smile, "I''m not joking... After all, the power of the Sage of the Six Paths is worthy of admiration. No matter how strong that power is, it may not threaten me."


    "..."


    Orochimaru nodded silently.


    After thinking for a while again, Orochimaru looked at the pharmacist and said, "I agree to your conditions, let me enjoy my new body first!"


    "certainly."


    The smile on Pharmacist''s face overflowed.


    The corners of Orochimaru''s eyes twitched slightly, and he slowly closed his palms, and Yamata Orochi''s body began to shrink rapidly.


    After just a few seconds, the Yamata no Orochi turned into a small white snake, rushed towards that Bai Jue, and burrowed into the mouth of that Bai Jue on the ground!


    Bai Jue''s body froze for a second.


    The next moment, this white head gradually changed its appearance.


    Just judging from the appearance alone, this Bai Jue and Orochimaru have 70 to 80% similarities in the past. Obviously, Orochimaru succeeded in capturing Bai Jue''s body.


    "really¡­"


    Orochimaru felt the power in his body with satisfaction, nodded and said: "Bai Jue is indeed the most suitable container for reincarnation..."


    In addition to the chakra in the body, Orochimaru also felt two strange blood powers in his body, one of which was naturally Mu Dun Xueji.


    The other strand is his eyes.


    At this moment, Orochimaru''s eyes are already a pair of reincarnation eyes, and these eyes are carefully looking at his body, obviously he can''t be more satisfied with this body.


    Yakushido looked into Orochimaru''s eyes, continued with a smile, "If Master Orochimaru is satisfied, then we will start to extract the Eight-Tails Chakra from the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki and the Nine-Tails Chakra from the Fourth Hokage!"


    "¡­it is good."


    Orochimaru took a deep look at Yaoshi''s pocket, and said softly: "But I still need time to get familiar with the power of reincarnation eyes..."


    "There''s no need for that."


    Pharmacist Dou shook his head calmly, and the smile on his face became even stronger: "Just after Master Orochimaru uses the psychic technique to channel the golem of the outside world, I will teach Orochimaru a way to draw the power of a human pillar and seal it into the golem of the outside world." The technique..."


    After finishing speaking, Yao Shidou said again: "Oh, by the way, Mr. Dashewan must cooperate, absolutely don''t waste our mutual time.


    I almost forgot to tell you that although Uehara Naraku-sama failed to control the first Hokage-sama, he single-handedly defeated the first-generation Hokage who was close to its heyday!


    Even if Master Orochimaru has the power of reincarnation eyes and the golem of the heretics, he can barely defeat me, let alone defeat Lord Uehara Naraku? "


    Yao Shidou looked at Orochimaru, and said word by word: "Master Orochimaru, only you can defeat him if you become a sage of the Six Paths."


    "...I will cooperate with you."


    Orochimaru narrowed his eyes slightly, and at this moment his expression was somewhat similar to that of Uehara Naraku: "Because compared to what you did to me, what that bastard Uehara Naraku did made me feel more deeply Hate!"


    Naraku Uehara, that bastard!


    Over the past few years, Orochimaru has been recalling every bit of him and Uehara Naraku every day, that bastard seems to be bullying him every time they meet!


    That bastard Uehara almost pushed him into trouble!


    Especially in the past few years, in Konoha''s whirlpool Namiantang, that bastard completely exposed his shameless face, brazenly expressing that he has been playing with himself all the time!


    that bastard!


    Orochimaru turned his head to look at the medicine master''s pocket, slowly closed his palms, and opened his mouth to form a handprint: "Ninjutsu ¡¤ psychic technique! Heretic golem!"


    Psychic and Heterogeneous Golem is the most basic ability of Samsara Eye.


    Even if it is impossible to develop the power hidden in the eye of reincarnation, it is still possible to use this simplest method to directly summon the unreasonable psychic thing like the golem of the outside world to fight.


    The next moment, a huge heretic golem appeared in front of them!


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Orochimaru felt the chakra in the body of the golem of the outside world, and an obsessed light flashed in his samsara eyes: "It''s really scary, the chakra with only seven tailed beasts in it has almost unparalleled power..."


    Orochimaru finally showed a satisfied look on his face: "Du, maybe what you said is right, as long as we resurrect the heretic golem and let me become Ten Tails Jinchuriki, maybe I can really master the legendary Six Paths Sage the power of!"


    "certainly."


    The pharmacist continued with a smile, "Actually, becoming a Ten-tailed Jinchuriki is not particularly dangerous, as long as one''s will is firm enough... And I can remind Master Orochimaru that the Ten-tailed Jinchuriki can live forever!"


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s eyes widened instantly.


    Obviously, immortality is more attractive to him. Why has he worked so hard for so many years, isn''t it just to ask for immortality?


    "eternal life¡­"


    Orochimaru turned his head slowly, looked at the pharmacist and said, "Is this kind of thing really possible? Even the legendary Sage of the Six Paths has an end to life..."


    "This is the secret I found out from Xiao."


    Pharmacist Dou did not refute, he said softly: "Whether Ten Tails Jinchuriki can live forever depends on the specific situation... But there is no doubt that Ten Tails Jinchuriki can master all ninjutsu in the ninja world, it is absolutely OK!"


    The pharmacist glanced at the heretic golem, and his voice gradually became more apologetic: "The chakra of the nine-tailed beast can completely let Master Orochimaru use any ninjutsu... This can be regarded as the realization of Master Orochimaru''s original dream."


    "..."


    Orochimaru was silent for a while.


    At this moment, the atmosphere between the two of them gradually eased a lot.


    Although Yakushidou forced Orochimaru to try to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki at the cost of his life, but if he really succeeded, it would also allow him to gain powerful power.


    Even, Yaoshidou still remembered the dream of Orochimaru in the past.


    After a while, Orochimaru nodded slowly and said: "Okay, I understand, so let''s start now!"


    After finishing speaking, a smile appeared on the corner of Orochimaru''s mouth: "The guys from the Five Great Nations and Uehara Naraku... must be waiting for me to fight them too!"


    "Yes, the entire ninja world is waiting for your return."


    There was a touch of respect on Yao Shidou''s face, he lowered his head and smiled and said, "No, or rather, the entire ninja world is waiting for their master to rule them."


    "Hmph, well said."


    Orochimaru snorted coldly, smiled and said: "Then let''s start! Send Eight-Tails into the Golem of the Outer Way first!"


    "yes."


    The pharmacist waved his palm.


    Uchiha Obito standing behind him opened a time-space vortex, and the figure of Rabbi Eight Tails Jinzhu Riki fell from the time-space vortex to the ground.


    Orochimaru narrowed his eyes slightly, and slowly closed his palms: "When I revive Ten-Tails and become a Sage of the Six Paths, I must take back everything I lost from that bastard Uehara Naraku!"


    "¡­yes."


    Pharmacist nodded, and pushed his glasses.


    The three filthy reincarnated bodies between Uchiha Obito, Namikaze Minato, and Senjugai did not speak, because someone was manipulating their bodies behind the scenes.


    In Yuyin Village thousands of miles away.


    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his fingers.


    Through the filthy ninjas he controlled, Uehara Naraku saw everything that happened between Yakushidou and Orochimaru.


    "The guy Yaoshidou''s acting skills are not bad..."


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth curled up, and he said with a light smile, "Even if he knew that what this guy said was false, after listening to it for a while, he actually felt that what he said was true... This feeling is a bit subtle!"


    Since everything is going according to plan, there is nothing to worry about.


    The next thing Naraku Uehara has to do is to take the group of teasers organized by Akatsuki to participate in the ninja coalition gathering... Orochimaru, the enemy, is about to arrive. As the captain of the ninja coalition, how can he be late!


    Six Orochimaru¡­


    What an enemy to look forward to!

 Chapter 341

    Orochimaru, the enemy, is already in place.


    On the way to Akatsuki''s base, Uehara Naraku was still slandering Yaoshidou who forced Orochimaru to be in place. This Yaoshidou is really not a good person...


    Uehara Naraku was still worried about how Yaoshidou would win the trust of Orochiwan, and thought that Yaoshidou would cry miserably and sell poor nonsense, or throw dirty water on other people.


    The only thing he didn''t expect was that Yao Shidou, a gentleman wearing glasses, would use his actions all the time to prove to Orochimaru that all his escape routes had been cut off.


    Only by becoming Jinchuriki of the Ten Tails can we come back.


    Any other option will only lead to death in vain.


    Even if Orochimaru wants to go back to the Ry¨±chi Cave and become a harmless Yamata no Orochi, there is no chance, because the pharmacist said that Naraku Uehara would definitely hunt him down.


    Even if Orochimaru wants to hide in the ninja world, it is useless, because the perception ninjas of the entire ninja world are gathering to search for his traces, and once he hides, this guy Yakushidou will directly betray him.


    really...


    Can''t the pharmacist be a good person if he takes care of this guy?


    Akatsuki''s base.


    After Uehara Naraku finished slandering Medicine Master''s pocket in his heart, he appeared in the organization''s base, and all members of Akatsuki had assembled.


    A row of S-class rebels wearing Xiangyun black robes.


    If they enter the Ninja Alliance according to their lineup, I really don''t know whether those ninjas are afraid of Orochimaru or more afraid of their Akatsuki organization...


    It''s really hard to say.


    To be honest, Naraku Uehara was a little worried about this issue. After all, Hidan was a troublemaker, so he had to be watched more... and Didara was also a problem child with a simple mind.


    The fixed travel mounts organized by Akatsuki are Uehara Naraku''s ancient dragons, and their speed of action is also very fast, which will not delay the gathering time of the ninja coalition forces.


    On the way to the assembly point of the Ninja Allied Forces, Uehara Naraku did not forget to send a message to Yashidou, and after Yakushidou and Orochimaru had extracted the eight-tailed chakra from Rabbi Eight-tailed Jinzhu Riki, he asked Kirabi to bring back some news by the way.


    In a cave thousands of miles away.


    Orochimaru closed his palms, manipulated the golem''s mouth to spit out a chain, and pulled the tailed beast out of the body of Rabbi Eight-Tails Riki.


    No matter how the eight-tailed ox ghost resisted, it could not resist the power of the heretic golem. It was just that the eight-tailed ox ghost left a tentacle tail in Kirabi''s body before it was pulled out of Kirabi''s body. The last chakra left.


    This Chakra can only keep Kirabi alive.


    It''s a pity that they are in the enemy''s camp. Whether Kirabi can survive or not depends on his own luck.


    "This method of extracting Chakra is faster than Akatsuki''s method!"


    After Yakushido sighed in admiration, he waved his hand to Namikaze Minato to take Kirabi down: "Mr. Fourth Daime, help me take the Eight-tailed Jinchuriki out, and put it together with the materials for Bai Zee''s sacrifice, and wait for him to die later." Afterwards, I will reincarnate him from the dirt."


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato nodded without saying a word.


    When Namikaze Minato came out with Kirabi, he happened to meet Uchiha Obito, and he suddenly called out Namikaze Minato.


    "teacher."


    Uchiha Obito glanced at Kirabi in Namikaze Minato''s hand, and said curiously: "Didn''t it mean that Jinchuriki will die if you pull the tail beast away? Doesn''t this guy seem to be dead?"


    "..."


    A drop of cold sweat suddenly appeared on Kirabi''s forehead.


    Namikaze Minato shook his head, and explained softly: "The Eight-Tails Jinchuriki is different from other Jinchurikis. It should also be the Tailed Beast with plenty of Chakra. It will probably take a while before he dies because of pulling away from the Jinchuriki..."


    "Oh, it might as well just kill him."


    A red light flashed in Uchiha Obito''s writing wheel eyes, and he stretched out his palm to grab Kirabi: "In this case, it will also make him go faster!"


    "Bring soil!"


    Namikaze Minato grabbed Uchiha Obito''s arm, and said in a deep voice: "Everyone will see through their own life when they are dying. I think it''s better to let Kirabi think for a while before dying!"


    After finishing speaking, Namikaze Minato suddenly asked: "Why did you come back suddenly? Didn''t the first Hokage-sama who reincarnated with the dirt assassinate Naraku Uehara?"


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    "Failed."


    Uchiha Obito shook his head, and his voice was heavy: "I had already lured him to an excellent location, but it''s a pity that the first generation of Hokage is not his opponent.


    How strong is that guy? Even the God of Ninja who is close to the peak is no match for him. The first generation was almost sealed by that bastard..."


    "How is this possible?"


    A look of surprise flashed across Namikaze Minato''s face.


    Uchiha Obito stroked his mask, and said in a gloomy voice: "After all, the strength of the first generation of Hokage is still weakened to some extent.


    Forget it, since it is impossible to weaken the ninja coalition army by killing their strongest, they can only think of a way after the start of the war. "


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato was silent for a while, but did not answer.


    After a while, Namikaze Minato seemed to have thought of something, he hurriedly shook his head and said, "Forget it, I''ll go and throw the Eight-tailed Jinchuriki out first!"


    "Ok."


    After Uchiha Obito nodded, he suddenly said: "By the way, teacher, although you have sacrificed the Yin Nine Tails in your body, we will not let go of the Yang Nine Tails Chakra in Naruto''s body. "


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato stopped his steps.


    The next moment, Namikaze Minato walked out again with Kirabi in his stride. It seemed that Uchiha Obito''s words had no effect on him.


    After Namikaze Minato came out with Kirabi in his arms.


    The Fourth Hokage took a careful look around, then bent down and squatted in front of Kirabi: "Hey, Hachiuriki of Cloud Hidden Village, I know you''re still alive!"


    "..."


    Kirabi lay on the ground without saying a word.


    Namakaze Minato glanced at Kirabi who was pretending to be dead, and lowered his voice, "I am also a perfect Jinchuriki who can communicate with the tailed beast in my body. I know very well that in this case, the eight-tailed bull ghost will definitely Find a way to keep you alive, I have already sensed that you still have the Chakra of Eight Tails in your body!"


    Kirabi couldn''t pretend to be dead now, so he could only raise his head weakly and said, "Bastard! It''s over! Minato Namakaze, I didn''t expect... I''m going to die in your hands!"


    "No."


    After Namikaze Minato shook his head, a solemn look flashed across his face: "Now Yakushitou is helping Orochimaru to bring the eight-tailed bull ghost into the heretic golem, and he has not been able to fully control my consciousness. Now you have to immediately escape!"


    "..."


    A look of surprise flashed across Kirabi''s face.


    Namikaze Minato looked at Kirabi and nodded, "You have to run away immediately, and you have to be fast, because after a while, after they have rested, they should soon extract the nine tails from my body, and they shouldn''t send me to chase them down." you!"


    "let''s go together!"


    "impossible."


    Namikaze Minato shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Now you go back immediately and report this location to the Ninja Alliance! Also, let Uehara Naraku and Naruto be careful!"


    "..."


    Kirabi nodded hurriedly.


    After Namikaze Minato watched Kirabi disappear, his face slowly drooped, because everything just now was out of his control.


    Uchiha Obito also came out again, stood beside Namikaze Minato, and said in a low voice: "It seems that Uehara guy wants to do something to Naruto..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Namikaze Minato nodded, and said with an ugly face: "But now we can''t judge his purpose at all, we can only watch him manipulating everyone in this ninja world behind the scenes... What exactly does this guy want?"


    Unfortunately, neither of them knew.


    What neither of them noticed was that after Kirabi left, a reincarnated figure left the cave, Uchiha Itachi.


    This chess piece finally moves.


    On the body of the ancient dragon.


    Naraku Uehara stood in front and slowly lowered his fingers.


    It was he who manipulated Namakaze Minato to rescue Kirabi just now, and after letting Kirabi escape back, he brought some information to the Ninja Alliance. In addition to the information about Orochimaru, there was also information that was beneficial to Uehara Naraku.


    Moreover, the perception troops of the Ninja Alliance must have discovered traces of a great battle, because after the battle between Naraku Uehara and Senjujuma, the terrain there was completely changed.


    Sensing the intelligence of the troops...


    Information stolen by Kirabi...


    Uehara Naraku''s own information...


    Although the most important thing is to let Kirabi bring back the hidden location of Orochimaru, at that time the Fourth Ninja World War will officially begin!


    As for the information Kirabi brought back, it just made Naraku Uehara more convinced by the Ninja Alliance.


    "Wow, wow! It''s here!"


    Didara stood on top of the ancient dragon laughing and laughing, looking down at the assembly point of densely packed figures in the distance, and said loudly: "It''s so spectacular! If a C4 Garuda is thrown down, many people will definitely be killed. See how great my art is!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Didara speechlessly, then turned to look at the Red Sand Scorpion: "Senior Scorpion, I may command a large army, and Didara will leave it to you."


    "¡­Ok."


    The Red Sand Scorpion nodded, glanced at Didara, and agreed in a deep voice: "Don''t worry, I will take good care of him and not let him mess around."


    Kisame grinned, and said with a light smile: "After we land, our disguised identity will be the Second Squad of the Special Operations Squad of the Ninja Alliance...I''m really curious what the expressions of the ninjas in my hometown will be when they see us!"


    "Who knows!"


    Lin Yuyu took a bite of the apple, snorted coldly and said, "It''s as if you were very popular in the village, Senior Kisame... Those people don''t like us who carry ninja swords very much, they should be afraid that we will be more Bar!"


    Onito Suigetsu carried her own beheading sword, and said happily, "I haven''t seen Terumi Mei-sama for a long time! I''m really curious about her expression when she sees me...I got the beheading sword now!"


    "If you see me, you shouldn''t be too happy..."


    Ghost Lantern Moon''s expression was not very good, he looked at the ninja coalition assembly point, rubbed his forehead and said: "After all, I have lied to her for so many years..."


    to be honest.


    Really embarrassing.

 Chapter 342

    Ninja Alliance Command.


    Now here is a chaotic noise.


    Because the logistics department of the Ninja Alliance is distributing the foreheads, uniforms, and food pills of the Ninja Alliance everywhere. After these ninjas have received their supplies, they have to rush to the assembly point of their troops.


    The assembly point of the First Force.


    As the only one among the twelve young masters of Konoha who entered the first team, he looks around the ninjas around every day in a little confusion, and really doesn''t know them!


    No, we still know each other.


    Tian Tian''s eyes moved to a certain figure in front of him, that was Konoha''s senior, Akimichi Choji, and the father of Akimichi Choji.


    Most of the Qiudao clan''s body is very conspicuous.


    Tiantian really wants to complain!


    Look left, look right, look forward, look back, basically everyone is older than her, why is she, a girl of seventeen or eighteen years old, assigned to the first team that is all seniors!


    The assembly point of the second force.


    Hyuga Neji''s mood is relatively normal, but he is a little impatient because of the frequent noises in his ears, because there is a woman named Kuroto who is too noisy.


    "When will Brother Didara come?"


    Heitu rubbed his chin and muttered long-windedly: "That bastard leader of Akatsuki, he won''t really let Brother Didara see me! I want to count the last time he attacked with Brother Didara. What about Yanyin Village!"


    "..."


    Hinata Neiji''s forehead couldn''t help but twitch.


    This woman named Heitu is the Deidara who likes Akatsuki, right?


    At this time, Ningji Hyuga couldn''t help but began to miss his teammate Tiantian, at least his teammate was not a love brain.


    The assembly point of the third force.


    Haruno Sakura stroked her chin.


    She is a combatant of the third unit, and also a member of the medical unit, but Haruno Sakura is a little melancholy in this area where there are few friends.


    Because Haruno Sakura really wants to join the special operations team, although the battle may be more dangerous, but at least she can stay with her teammates and friends.


    The rally point for the Fourth Army.


    Now this area is more lively.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Nara Shikamaru also had a serious expression on his face. He glanced at Choji Akimichi beside him: "Choji, I thought you would go to the first unit!"


    Because the first unit is in charge of the mid-range joint unit, Choji Akimichi''s father, Choji Akimichi, is also there.


    "I want to go too..."


    Akimichi Choji looked a little nervous.


    Temari couldn''t help but glanced at the two of them, just when she was about to say something, she saw a shadow covering the sky, which made her complexion change involuntarily.


    Teju''s head drooped down, his eyes tightened slightly, he gritted his teeth and said: "Xiao, those lawless guys... are here!"


    Because the Xiao organization once controlled this ancient dragon to destroy Shayin Village!


    As for the main messenger who destroyed Hidden Sand Village, the current leader of Akatsuki, Naraku Uehara, is even more of a bastard who lied to Hidden Sand Village''s feelings, and Hidden Sand Village once treated him as a benefactor to thank him in vain!


    In any case, it is impossible for Temari to let go of his hatred for Akatsuki right now.


    "Is that the huge psychic beast?"


    Nara Shikamaru also looked up at the ancient dragon in the sky, and said softly: "No wonder Akatsuki''s movement speed has been very fast. I have heard that they have a terrifying psychic beast, but I didn''t expect it to be so handsome..."


    "handsome¡­"


    Temari sneered, and a chill appeared on his face: "Only those of you who have never experienced horror think it is handsome! It was that monster that destroyed our Hidden Sand Village with one blow..."


    "They are also companions now..."


    Nara Shikamaru glanced at Temari in surprise, and persuaded softly: "Even if you hate Akatsuki, at least we are all companions now... Don''t bring this emotion to the battlefield. Everyone in the Ninja Alliance is our comrade-in-arms."


    Temari gritted his teeth, and there was some anger in his voice: "You Konoha haven''t experienced that kind of pain, so naturally you can''t understand the pain of our hidden sand village..."


    "Hate is the most useless thing."


    Nara Shikamaru shook his head, looked at the ancient dragon flying in the sky, sighed and was about to continue persuading Temari.


    Unexpectedly, Temari''s appearance changed in the next moment, he glared at Nara Shikamaru and said, "I don''t need you, a lazy guy, to teach me!"


    "..."


    Nara Shikamaru could only helplessly spread his hands, and said softly: "Well, at least let''s survive this war first!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Temari nodded slowly.


    Choji Akimichi couldn''t help but said, "I heard that the captain of the coalition army is Senior Uehara... I didn''t expect him to do this!"


    "yes¡­"


    After saying this, Nara Shikamaru''s face suddenly turned a little ugly: "To be honest, if he hadn''t really brought the entire Akatsuki to join the battle, I wonder if this guy would be Orochimaru''s undercover agent. What¡­"


    "Shikamaru?"


    Akimichi Choji looked at Nara Shikamaru in surprise and said, "Why do you have such an idea? Uehara-senpai is the captain of our coalition army, and it is said that he is the most powerful ninja in the entire ninja world..."


    "Well, I think too much!"


    Nara Shikamaru scratched the back of his head, sighed and said, "After all, this guy has done bad deeds before, and he lied to us for so many years..."


    "Will not."


    Temari shook his head beside him, and said in a deep voice: "I once saw Naraku Uehara almost going crazy because of that man named Nagato at the ninja conference... that kind of pain and anger, just like I used to hate him , he already hated Yaoshidou and Dashewan to the bone."


    "Is that so..."


    Nara Shikamaru nodded, and sighed softly: "To be honest, if it wasn''t for that Nagato-senpai''s dying repentance, maybe we would have to face two powerful enemies, the Orochimaru group and the Akatsuki organization now!"


    Once Nagato''s words were mentioned, Nara Shikamaru immediately let go of the vague doubts. After all, Nagato''s death has nothing to do with Uchiha Obito and Yakushi!


    Uehara Naraku''s feelings for Nagato are not fake.


    It''s just that the Nara family likes to think too much by nature, and there are people who once had concerns about Uehara Naraku, as well as Nara Shikamaru''s father, Nara Shikahisa.


    Nara Shikahisa also thought about this issue, but he quickly put it aside because Uehara Naraku had no reason to do so.


    After all, with his strength and the strength of the entire Akatsuki organization, it is very important to the situation in the ninja world. If Orochimaru gets the power of the Akatsuki organization and Uehara Naraku, there is no need for any spies at all, just rush through and crush it.


    Whether emotionally or physically...


    There is no need for Naraku Uehara to act in front of them.


    The rendezvous point of the Fifth Army.


    Yamanaka Ino raised his head and looked at the ancient dragon soaring in the sky, with a look of surprise on his face: "I seem to see a man with a handsome hairstyle!"


    "what?"


    Inuzuka Ya couldn''t help grinning, and followed her example, looking at the figure on the ancient dragon, he asked aloud, "Who is it? Why didn''t I see it, Uehara?"


    "No, a blond man."


    A blush suddenly flashed across Yamanaka Ino''s face: "Not only is the hair style very tasteful, but he also looks cute!"


    "..."


    Inuzuka was silent for a while, and suddenly said: "You are talking about that guy named Didara, right? You both have the same hairstyle!"


    "That''s why I said his hairstyle is very tasteful!"


    Just as these people were chattering, the ancient dragon suddenly landed on the ground and roared towards the sky, shaking the nerves of everyone present!


    next moment.


    The ancient dragon slowly lowered its head, lying on its body.


    One by one, figures came down from the ancient dragon, each wearing the auspicious cloud black robe representing Xiao.


    No matter which village the ninjas were from, when they saw the ancient dragon and Xiangyun''s black robe, fear and anxiety flashed across their faces.


    Because, this represents terror!


    The strength of the Akatsuki organization is very clear to the entire ninja world!


    There has been a rumor in the ninja world this year:


    When a group of auspicious clouds and black-robed ninjas control a ferocious dragon, it means the destruction of a village, and it means that each life is about to be turned into a cold number.


    "Is that... Akatsuki?"


    A ninja who had never seen Akatsuki''s viciousness flashed a look of horror on his face: "I really didn''t expect that an organization with a reputation in the ninja world would become our teammate..."


    "Hehe, didn''t expect that?"


    A ninja standing next to that ninja suddenly turned dark and said, "These guys destroyed your hometown when you were out on a mission!"


    "Okay, don''t talk about that."


    Another ninja persuaded: "The captain has already said that the biggest crisis now is the enemy of Orochimaru..."


    No matter what the people around them were saying, the people in Akatsuki''s organization didn''t move at all. Under the leadership of Uehara Naraku, they walked to the high command post step by step.


    Until Didara suddenly stopped in his tracks.


    Because Heitu stopped in front of him and grabbed his arm: "Brother Didala, I have a debt to settle with you!"


    "What account?"


    After looking at Heitu curiously, Didara took out a strange thing from his ninja bag and threw it to Heitu after thinking for a while: "Forget it, no matter what the account is, I will use the art made by myself It''s here for you."


    The Red Sand Scorpion who was walking beside Didara frowned and glanced at the situation here, then urged softly: "Didara, we should go."


    "Got it, got it, hey, Heitu, see you later!"


    Didara hastily pulled Heitu''s arm away and followed the Red Sand Scorpion''s footsteps: "Xie Danna, wait for me a little slower!"


    "..."


    Black Earth was lost in thought.


    This Xiangyun black-robed team seems to be a demonstration, passing through the middle of the ninja coalition army and walking to the front of all the troops.


    Here is another special operations team waiting for them.


    "It seems that this is the assembly area of ??the special operations team."


    Naraku Uehara took a look at Jiraiya waiting for others, and after saying hello, he turned around and said: "You wait for me here, I will go up to the meeting first."


    "Don''t worry, don''t you worry about us!"


    Didara waved at Uehara Naraku with a playful smile.


    This guy is obviously unconscious!


    It''s because of you that I don''t feel at ease!


    "Didara... I hope he can be more honest!"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Didara speechlessly, then jumped up to the high command post helplessly, where everyone was waiting for his arrival.


    Well, including the leader of the intelligence force, Hei Jue.

 Chapter 343

    Ninja Alliance Command.


    When Uehara Naraku walked in, the leaders of the five major countries were here, as well as the commanders of various troops, and they were still discussing intelligence issues.


    It seems that the picture is quite harmonious and friendly, except for Heijue.


    It''s just that their expressions seem a little ugly, including Heijue.


    Now who can tell Uehara Naraku why Hei Ze is perfectly integrated into it, and even this guy has an extra ninja alliance forehead!


    This is done too thoroughly, right?


    "Uehara, you are finally here."


    When Heijue saw Uehara Naraku, his voice was even a little more anxious: "The perception force has not found any traces of Orochimaru, but we found a location that is not quite right. There has been a battle that changed the terrain..."


    "I know."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the question Hei Ze pointed out, then at the Five Kages and the many commanders present, and his face became serious: "I saw Obito Uchiha outside Akatsuki''s base, and he led me to this place. place¡­"


    "what?"


    "What happened?"


    "Why did he lead you over?"


    "If you just look at the traces on the scene, you seem to have experienced an unprecedented battle, and it''s not even far behind the Valley of the End..."


    "..."


    After Uehara Naraku heard a group of people vying to ask questions, he waved to stop them, and replied: "I met the person who ambushed me there... the first Hokage Senju Hashirama, after a battle with that ninja god, he reluctantly drove them back."


    "..."


    The eyes of everyone in the room widened involuntarily.


    Tsunade looked at Uehara Naraku in disbelief, and he couldn''t believe it: "After you met Grandpa, and you won?


    "Hey, can you stop looking at me like that?"


    Uehara Naraku randomly found a place to sit down, and said softly: "And I got a bad news and a good news in the battle with the first generation of Hokage. Although it may not be important to you, it is still useful after all. Which one do you want to hear first?"


    "Listen to the good news first!"


    Tsunade glanced at everyone present, sighed and said, "If it''s good news, at least it can give us a little confidence in the war, right?"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands and said, "Because Yakushidou or Orochimaru need to control the first generation of Hokage, they don''t dare to let the first generation of Hokage exert its full strength, or even a little stronger, and the first generation of Hokage may escape their control. .¡±


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku continued to add: "It is precisely because of this that Uchiha Obito had to retreat with the first Hokage...so I can only use this method to win!"


    "Is that so?"


    Tsunade clenched his fist, covered his lips, and said in a deep voice, "Maybe we can take advantage of this... I''ll think about it..."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    "Then let''s hear the bad news first!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade, and said, "We may have to add another person to the list of reincarnations we speculated before... Itachi Uchiha."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku was worried that everyone would not understand, and explained again: "A Uchiha Itachi who can use Susano and doesn''t need to care about the consumption of pupil power, that guy Yakushito stole Mr. Itachi''s body secretly..."


    "..."


    All the people present fell into silence.


    After Tsunade took a deep breath, he said in a deep voice: "At least compared to the good news you brought, this news is not particularly bad. In fact, Lu Jiu had already calculated that there might be Itachi in the dirty soil reincarnation team." .¡±


    "That''s good."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded, he looked at Shikahisa Nara who was sitting on the side, and sighed softly: "Fortunately, His Excellency Shikaku is there to help..."


    "All right."


    The Fourth Raikage Ai glanced at the surrounding people, and said loudly: "Now that all the ninja troops have arrived, how long will it take for the reorganization to be completed?"


    "Isn''t it fast?"


    The beautiful secretary Mabui replied softly: "All the ninjas already know their teams, and the ninja quota has been issued..."


    "It''s really a big scene."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, remembering the densely packed ninjas he saw when he came here, and sighed: "Even if it''s me, when I see so many ninjas, I can''t help but feel a little excited in my heart. How many people do we have now?" ?¡±


    "Seventy-eight thousand four hundred and fifty-three people..."


    Shikahisa Nara came up with an exact figure.


    Fifth Kazekage Gaara and Third Tsuchikage Onogi glanced at Uehara Naraku, hiding what they wanted to say.


    They are afraid of affecting unity.


    The Fourth Raikage probably knew this too, he just sighed and said, "There are still a lot of wounded people in our village who cannot participate, otherwise the number may increase by more than 2,000 people, especially if they are all elite..."


    As for why there are wounded.


    This question has to be asked to Naraku Uehara.


    It''s just that everyone present tacitly skipped over this topic, because they knew very well what it meant for Uehara Naraku to defeat the first Hokage.


    Even if this first Hokage is restricted, at least it proves that Uehara Naraku can deal with a legendary character.


    "Let''s not talk about that."


    Tsunade knocked on the table to interrupt Fourth Raikage''s speech, and continued: "Now let''s talk about how to find the location of Orochimaru. The longer it is delayed, the more unfavorable it is for us. Any suggestions?"


    "I''ve thought about it."


    Hei Jue thought for a while, and really came up with a fairly reliable suggestion: "We will send ninjas with strong perception abilities to search in some areas with hidden terrain, and the remaining ninjas with perception will sweep back and forth in the ninja world. Off to help patrol..."


    This is also a way.


    This guy Heijue really fit into the Ninja Alliance perfectly. At least the suggestions he put forward have always been reliable, and Heijue himself is also very hardworking.


    For example, its new colleague, Xi, admires Heijue very much.


    "Okay, let''s do it!"


    The Fourth Raikage looked at the many captains present, and said in a deep voice: "Now let the captains of each unit command your troops and be ready to go at all times..."


    "Master Raikage!"


    At this moment, a figure dashed in, interrupting the Fourth Raikage''s words: "Master Raikage, Lord Kirabi is back!"


    "Bi is back?"


    Fourth Raikage was taken aback.


    Everyone in the whole room showed a bit of surprise, they still think that the eight-tailed Jinchuriki was drawn by Orochimaru and died after the eight-tailed Jinchuriki!


    After all, Yakushi had mentioned the incident of the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki when he went to disturb the Five Kages'' meeting. At that time, they all thought that Kirabi had died in battle.


    I didn''t expect this guy to come back!


    Now that Kirabi is back, they must also ask why Kirabi escaped and what is going on!


    To be honest, Kirabi was still confused.


    Because he hasn''t figured out what happened in this world... It''s just that after a long sleep, something incredible happened to Kirabi in the ninja world.


    The outbreak of the Fourth Ninja War is understandable...


    After all, Orochimaru and Yaoshidou have controlled so many tailed beasts, which will definitely cause the encirclement and suppression of the major ninja villages.


    but¡­


    How did Uehara Naraku become her own person!


    Kirabi has not yet realized that the Akatsuki organization that broke Yunyin Village and destroyed other ninja villages joined their ninja coalition...


    Kirabi senses that something is wrong with the world.


    Under the threat of the Fourth Raikage''s fist, Kirabi could only suppress his desire to rap, and talked about his situation: "Because of the bull ghost! Because of Minato! I escaped!"


    Kirabi simply used his gestures and words to tell how he came back to life after the eight-tailed bull ghost was extracted, and briefly talked about the communication between Namikaze Minato and Uchiha Obito, and the location of Orochimaru.


    The most important thing is the hiding position of Orochimaru!


    Because finding the hiding place of Orochimaru, at least it means that the ninja coalition forces are no longer blind in this war, and they can launch an offensive towards Orochimaru.


    After Kirabi pointed out the location, he turned his head to look at Uzumaki Naraku, and improvised a painful rap: "The bull ghost is dead, Minato said, protect Uzumaki Naraku, unexpected! Protect Uzumaki Naruto, what is that! "


    "Speak human words to me!"


    Fourth Raikage punched him on the head.


    Kirabi covered his head and said Namikaze Minato''s last confession, just to make Uehara Naraku and Uzumaki Naruto be careful.


    After thinking for a while in silence, Tsunade suddenly said: "Oshemaru and the others want to capture Naruto, and it is understandable to obtain the nine-tailed chakra in Naruto''s body..."


    After finishing speaking, Tsunade suddenly looked at Uehara Naraku: "Why does Orochimaru want to continue to assassinate you?"


    "Maybe it''s because I bullied him?"


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, looked at Tsunade and said, "As long as you continue to bully Orochimaru, he will definitely want to assassinate you..." It may also be because he discovered my


    "..."


    Tsunade was stunned for a second, and said in a low voice: "Really? But why didn''t that guy Orochimaru send someone to assassinate me?"


    After all, Tsunade is also the one who once bullied Orochimaru!


    Of course, that kind is not considered bullying, it can only be said to be a way of getting along with companions, so Orochimaru didn''t do anything!


    Compared with Uehara Naraku''s insult to Orochimaru, even killing Orochimaru, it is a trivial matter!


    "Well, at least we found Orochimaru''s base."


    Naraku Uehara patted his palm, and said in a deep voice: "In this case, if we get information from Orochimaru, we will immediately surround him and quickly send the sentient ninja troops to investigate and confirm. After we reorganize the troops, we will immediately Set off!"


    "etc¡­"


    Fourth Raikage looked at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "If the information that Bi brought back is reliable, they will definitely send someone to trouble you and Naruto... We must protect you!"


    "..."


    Everyone involuntarily looked back and forth at the Fourth Raikage.


    Is there really nothing wrong with this guy? Before the war officially started, he hid Uehara Naraku, the strongest fighter?

 Chapter 344

    Everyone felt that Lei Ying had a brain problem.


    It is obviously a waste of resources for a group of weak people to protect a strong person, not to mention that without Naraku Uehara, the Fourth Ninja World War would not have been fought...


    Because the first generation of Hokage, who was just reincarnated from the dirt, could not be solved by the number of people. According to the intelligence analysis brought by the sensing troops, the combat power of the first generation of Hokage was no longer in the same dimension as ordinary ninjas like them.


    "Oshemaru will target you!"


    The Fourth Raikage Ai slammed his fist on the table again, wanting to exercise his authority as the commander of the Ninja Alliance: "If you are dealt with by Orochimaru on the battlefield, then we will not have much victory in this war I hope..."


    "I understand Fourth Raikage''s concerns."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the Fourth Raikage, and sighed faintly: "But now is the time for us to help each other. If the Ninja Alliance is defeated, only Naruto Uzumaki and I can do nothing..."


    "That''s right."


    Tsunade wanted to punch the Fourth Raikage on the head with a visibly impatient face: "Raikage, all we have to do is trust Uehara and Naruto!"


    After finishing speaking, Tsunade suddenly said again: "But this kind of thing really needs to be on guard, Ziraiya, you have to be careful!"


    "rest assured."


    Zilai also nodded slowly.


    As the captain of the first special operations team, his subordinates are all very strong, so it shouldn''t be a problem if he wants to protect Uzumaki Naruto.


    As for Naraku Uehara...


    Everyone really didn''t know what to tell.


    Judging from the situation alone, this guy is the strongest in their camp. If even he can''t protect himself, the others are useless...


    What''s more, Uehara Naraku is also the captain of the Ninja Alliance and the second team leader of the Special Operations Squad. The members of Akatsuki are also high-end ninja fighters.


    If this is served by Orochimaru...


    There is no need to fight this ninja war.


    It''s just that after they had a brief chat, the real thing still had to be on the war, especially since there were 70,000 to 80,000 ninja coalition forces standing outside waiting for their appeasement.


    "Let''s go!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and said to the captain of the combat unit: "Go and see your members, at least let them know what your captain looks like..."


    "It''s really..."


    Hatake Kakashi, captain of the third combat unit, glanced at Naraku Uehara, and couldn''t help scratching his head: "Can''t your mouth be gentler!"


    Gaara, the captain of the fourth combat unit, looked at Uehara Naraku calmly, and followed Uehara Naraku''s footsteps: "Akatsuki''s people have always been arrogant, and I''m no longer surprised."


    "Well¡­"


    Darui, the captain of the First Combat Army, rubbed his hair, followed closely: "If I remember correctly, I seem to be the captain of the First Army?"


    "Ok."


    Huang Tu, the captain of the second combat unit, nodded, and glanced at this unmotivated guy, with a look of rejoicing on his face: "Fortunately... Heitu is my subordinate..."


    If his daughter, Heitu, is under the command of such an unmotivated guy as Darui, I''m really worried!


    Mifune, the captain of the Fifth Combat Force, was a good man, and softly persuaded: "From now on, we must obey His Excellency Uehara''s orders...Only by uniting can we defeat those evil enemies."


    The gathering point of the Ninja Alliance.


    Tens of thousands of ninjas looked up to the heights.


    Tens of thousands of ninjas saw six figures walk out of the headquarters and stand on the high platform. These six people will be responsible for commanding them to fight in the battle.


    "Uehara is the captain of the coalition army!"


    Touching his chin every day, he murmured and said, "Unfortunately, it''s not our captain... By the way, who is our captain?"


    "That''s the one¡­"


    Akido Dingzuo looked up at the few people who appeared above him inexplicably, and found his target: "That guy who seems to be less motivated than Kakashi... seems to be called Darui?"


    "¡­Hey?"


    Tian Tian''s expression was dumbfounded.


    The atmosphere on their side is quite friendly, but the atmosphere in other places is not so good, because the pain left by the war is not so easy to erase.


    Looking at all the captains above, some were full of admiration, some were full of anger, and some were full of hatred.


    Especially Uehara Naraku, who really hates ghosts and is the captain of their ninja alliance, obviously makes most ninjas uncomfortable.


    In addition to these.


    The ninjas in these big ninja villages also dislike each other, and some ninjas even fought in the past, which seemed very lively.


    "I''m Naraku Uehara."


    A loud voice spread throughout the entire ninja coalition assembly point.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the noise and disputes below, and a smile appeared on his face: "A friendly reminder, my temper is not very good, if I see any disputes and fights in someone''s troops..."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice slowly became louder again, and his fingers suddenly burst into flames: "Then I will follow the example of you hurting your own companions, betraying the entire ninja coalition, and completely destroying your disputed team. Get rid of!"


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s finger suddenly pointed to a high mountain far away from the ninja coalition assembly point, and the flame at his fingertips shot towards that high mountain!


    After a violent explosion, the entire top of the mountain was blown away!


    The tens of thousands of ninjas present were sweating profusely on their foreheads, Yaque was speechless, and everyone stared blankly at the high mountain being destroyed by Uehara Naraku...


    This guy''s technique is too strong!


    Hatake Kakashi couldn''t help raising his eyebrows, and hurriedly said: "Hey, hey, you, the captain, don''t be too violent! Relax a little bit! It is impossible to let people rely on strength alone. convinced¡­"


    "Well, what you said makes sense."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and took another step forward: "Everyone present, you should have not forgotten the pain we Akatsuki brought to you!


    If you refuse to obey the command in this war, I will destroy your village again after the war, so for your fellows who are still in the village..."


    "This guy¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi listened to Naraku Uehara''s speech, and couldn''t help covering his forehead. What kind of pre-war speech is this!


    This is clearly a declaration of violence!


    Uehara Naraku is going to mess everything up. If this is the case, it is absolutely impossible for the ninja coalition to unite. This captain is too stupid!


    Gaara couldn''t help but glanced at Hatake Kakashi, with a look of worry on his face, "Hey, Mr. Kakashi, do you want to stop him?"


    "No, just wait!"


    Hatake Kakashi glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly, and sighed: "Now this guy has messed up everything, what could be worse!"


    Uehara Naraku didn''t realize it at all, he was still delivering his pre-war speech: "I don''t care about you guys, your strength is nothing to mention in this war.


    In this war, you must have heard about the enemies we have to face. They are all the ancestors of the village, at least they are also famous and strong...


    Even if it was me, I might lose my life in this war, so I didn''t let the most important person to me appear in this war... because although I don''t care about your lives, I still care about hers . "


    Huang Tu, the captain of the second combat unit, couldn''t help but want to cover his face: "What the hell is this guy talking about!"


    "If this continues, will the Ninja Alliance really not fall apart?"


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Mifune, the captain of the Fifth Combat Corps, also had a feeling that something was wrong.


    In the headquarters of the Ninja Allied Forces, everyone heard Uehara Naraku''s speech, and everyone''s face and mood were not very good.


    "Tell the truth!"


    Fourth Raikage slammed his fist on the table bitterly: "At this moment, I suspect that Uehara Naraku is a spy who messed up the morale of our army?"


    "Wait a little longer..."


    Tsunade frowned, waved his hands and said, "Since we have chosen Uehara Naraku as the commander of the coalition forces, we must trust him."


    These high-level people are like this...


    The tens of thousands of ninjas below are almost dumbfounded. Most of them want to rush up and kill the captain named Naraku Uehara. Even if the pig from the medical team sits on it, he will do a better job than Naraku Uehara. !


    "Isn''t this too bad?"


    Choji Akimichi was in a bad mood.


    Temari narrowed his eyes slightly, clenched the fan on his back, looked at Uehara Naraku who was still talking in the sky: "Hmph, this is his nature!"


    "Sounds irritating..."


    Nara Shikamaru hooked the corners of his mouth and showed a smile: "But this guy Uehara is still so interesting!"


    On the high platform.


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the people below, and continued his speech: "Just as you don''t care about my life, nor the lives of your companions around you, you only care about those who are important to you..."


    Uehara Naraku saw the gradually quiet ninja coalition army, and continued softly: "So you have to fight for those who are important to you... Do you think I will say that?"


    Uehara Naraku sneered, and said contemptuously: "What I want to say is, if you don''t care about the lives of the companions around me now, then we won''t care whether the people you care about are dead or alive in the future!


    This war is impossible to avoid, and it must be the most tragic. Even someone like me who can easily destroy all of you can''t guarantee that I can survive the war, let alone you guys who are not strong enough!


    What I want to tell you is that the companions around you will help you take care of your relatives and friends because of your kindness, and at least they will help you convey your last words before you die!


    If you still want to fight now, please continue! "

 Chapter 345

    Most of Akatsuki''s leaders are not good at speech.


    In other words, Akatsuki''s leaders are not good at giving decent speeches, and once they become villains, they will be quite forceful.


    Starting from the Yahiko era, going through the Nagato era, and now entering the Uehara era, almost all the leaders of Akatsuki''s three generations are idiots.


    After Uehara Naraku''s speech, all the ninjas present gritted their teeth with hatred but were helpless. They had to admit that what Uehara Naraku said was correct.


    This is an inevitable war.


    Therefore, these people around them may be the ninjas who accompany them in the last stage of their lives, and they are also the only ones who can pass on their last words to their relatives and friends after they die in battle, or who can entrust their descendants.


    No matter how much they hate the people around them, it is of no use. The ninja alliance has become inevitable, and no matter what happens, it is impossible to change it.


    "It seems that everyone should understand the facts very well!"


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the tens of thousands of ninjas present, and said loudly: "If you don''t want to have no one to collect your corpses, then just get along with me obediently and peacefully, and show your attitude towards friends from the past, understand?"


    "..."


    Nearly 80,000 ninjas were silent.


    The next moment, the entire ninja coalition gathering point became a sea of ??cursing, everyone didn''t care about venting their anger on those around them who had old grievances, and just buried their heads in scolding Uehara Naraku.


    "asshole¡­"


    "This bastard..."


    "Akatsuki''s guy is really not a good thing!"


    "I really don''t understand why Wukage asked him to be our captain!"


    "Somehow, there is a feeling that with such a guy as our commander, the hope of winning this war is even slimmer!"


    It''s just that after they finished scolding Uehara Naraku, they quickly apologized rudely to their teammates, and the conversation had a kind of sadness that the rest of their lives were short.


    Fortunately, they also have a common language.


    As long as you scold Captain Uehara, we can become good friends.


    Although it is not particularly good from the point of view of the process, but from the point of view of the results, Uehara Naraku did successfully fulfill his duties as the captain of the ninja coalition army, and firmly united the 70,000 to 80,000 ninja troops here.


    "lets go!"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at everyone present, and said in a deep voice, "Let''s start the surprise attack first! The rest of the combat troops quickly follow!"


    "yes!"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    The captains of the five combat troops looked at each other helplessly, flew in front of the troops under their command, and led them to the location of Orochimaru.


    There was also news from the intelligence forces.


    The first batch of enemies reincarnated from the soil appeared within their range of perception one after another, and that person was also rushing towards the gathering point of the ninja coalition forces!


    Uehara Naraku was also listening to the news from the intelligence unit. After learning that the first batch of filthy ninjas appeared to attack them, he asked curiously, "Who are the first batch of filthy ninjas?"


    "only one person¡­"


    When Hinata Hinata said this, her voice was extremely solemn: "The enemy is Konoha''s S-rank rebellious ninja, a member of the former Akatsuki Uchiha Itachi!"


    "I see."


    Uehara Naraku immediately issued his order: "Now immediately send a message to Jiraiya, let him lead the first special operations team to rush there, and I will immediately send him some reinforcements to help him quickly seal Uchiha Itachi!"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku ordered again in a deep voice: "Order all the troops to move on, don''t worry about Uchiha Itachi, don''t waste time, you can''t stop the advance of the 70,000 ninja coalition just because of Uchiha Itachi!"


    "Yes, Your Excellency Uehara!"


    Hinata Hinata agreed with a serious face.


    the other side.


    After Jiraiya and the first special operations team received the order, they immediately rushed to the forefront of the ninja coalition forces to eliminate Uchiha Itachi.


    Their special operations team has added the newly returned Eight-tailed Jinzhu Riki Rabbi. If they want to get rid of Uchiha Itachi, there must be no problem.


    What''s more, Uehara Naraku will send them reinforcements.


    In Jiraiya''s view, this is actually not necessary at all.


    Even though Uchiha Itachi''s combat power is amazing, there is really no pressure on their first special combat team. Both Susano and Amaterasu have solutions, and Tsukiyomi can only hurt one person...


    After Uchiha Itachi of the first batch of dirty combat troops was surrounded by Jiraiya and the first special operations team, he immediately opened his kaleidoscope Sharingan!


    "Amaterasu¡­"


    "Be careful¡­"


    When Naruto Uzumaki opened his mouth to remind, a jet-black crow suddenly spit out from his mouth, and that crow''s eye socket contained a kaleidoscope Sharingan!


    This scene surprised everyone present!


    Even Zilai thought they were under the illusion.


    Uchiha Itachi stopped attacking, his will regained.


    The crow hidden in Uzumaki Naruto''s belly was loaded with Shisui''s Kaleidoscope Sharingan, which was used to deal with Sasuke Uchiha.


    When the crow sees Uchiha Itachi''s pupil power, it will drill out and use the technique of transcribing the seal within the other gods. The effect of the technique is to make people loyal to Konoha.


    Now, this spell changed Uchiha Itachi''s will.


    "Is it still not beyond those people''s expectations?"


    After Uchiha Itachi woke up, instead of showing a trace of excitement, he was full of despair, because he knew that this was controlled by Yakushidou and others behind the scenes!


    In the next second, the S-rank rebel who was reincarnated from the dirt immediately reacted, and said loudly: "Master Jiraiya, Naruto, Mr. Kai, please stop for a while, I have something to say to you..."


    Crash!


    A ecstasy chain suddenly attacked Uchiha Itachi''s body!


    This ecstasy chain emerged strangely from the depths of a distant forest. Obviously, the person who shot it was very tricky and was just waiting for this moment of opportunity!


    "this is¡­"


    Uchiha Itachi''s complexion changed drastically. He has already sensed the horror on this ecstasy chain. This is an ability that specifically targets the soul, and it happens to be very suitable for a reincarnated ninja like him!


    The next moment, a red giant appeared!


    Susanoo''s skeleton quickly wrapped Uchiha Itachi''s body, and also helped him block the attack of the ecstasy chain, barely allowing him to escape temporarily.


    Just when Uchiha Itachi breathed a sigh of relief and was about to quickly mention the news about Yakushidou and others to Jiraiya and the others, spells suddenly appeared on the ground!


    The scope of this mantra is extremely wide!


    When Uchiha Itachi was surprised, he suddenly raised his head, and he sensed a huge chakra flying towards them at extreme speed!


    "The hero... debuts!"


    A muffled shout rang out!


    A tall stone statue fell to the ground, sending Uchiha Itachi''s Susano directly into the air, and then the tall stone statue punched the red Susano with a punch!


    The next moment, the gargoyle punched the red Susano violently, creating a crack on Susanohu''s body... Even Uchiha Itachi didn''t react to the sudden appearance and attack of this tall stone statue!


    No, or rather he knew!


    It''s a pity that there is no strength to resist!


    "What the hell is this..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s face was ugly, and Susano, who was manipulating himself, was about to pull out his ten-fist sword, and sealed the terrifying stone statue in front of him into the ten-fist sword.


    The red Susanoo was almost suddenly grabbed by the arm of the tall giant statue, and was torn into pieces by the giant statue the next moment!


    "no¡­"


    Uchiha Itachi immediately turned his head to look at Jiraiya and the others, but seeing them standing still in place one by one, Uchiha Itachi''s heart flashed with despair.


    "Destroy the other gods first..."


    Perhaps because it is about to reach the real end, Uchiha Itachi is very sober, he does not know what is happening now, but he can confirm that this is definitely a conspiracy by Uehara Naraku, Yakushidou and others.


    Therefore, itachi Uchiha was hit by the giant statue, and he also released Amaterasu towards the crow with the other Tenjin Kaleidoscope Sharingan, and burned the crow to ashes!


    Just when Uchiha Itachi was planning to release Tsukuyomi again, and wanted to tell Uzumaki Naruto the truth by taking advantage of his control of everything in the Tsukiyomi space, a huge fist hit Uchiha Itachi out of thin air!


    Boom!


    The Colossus of Justice punched Uchiha Itachi''s body into ashes!


    Just as Uchiha Itachi''s body was gradually recovering, the ecstasy chain reappeared and suddenly hooked Uchiha Itachi''s body!


    A strange green figure flew over along the chain, and in the despair of Uchiha Itachi, that green figure suddenly threw a lantern conveying a painful wail, and the lantern contained Uchiha Itachi''s soul in it.


    The reincarnated corpse on the ground lost the support of the soul and quickly shattered, revealing a painful white scorpion. Obviously this is the sacrifice for the resurrection of Uchiha Itachi from the dirty soil.


    When the battle here ended, everyone present still hadn''t reacted for a long time, and everyone couldn''t help looking at the tall colossus and the green monster figure.


    In the next second, the two figures turned into a cloud of smoke.


    They are the absolute trump cards used by Uehara Naraku against Uchiha Itachi, the justice colossus Galio, the main purpose is to directly destroy his Susanoo; Soul Lock Warden Thresh, used to trap Uchiha Itachi soul.


    "I sent you reinforcements against Uchiha Itachi, have you dealt with him yet?"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared beside them, urging urgently: "Your Excellency Jiraiya, if you get rid of Itachi Uchiha, move forward quickly, the second batch of ninjas reincarnated from the dirt has arrived!"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku opened his mouth again and said: "According to the news from the sensing troops, the number and personnel arrangement of the second batch of dirty ninjas are far beyond imagination! And they are divided into five troops to meet our Combat troops!"


    "clear."


    After Jilai also agreed, he was about to leave with Uzumaki Naruto and others immediately, but Uzumaki Naruto just stood there in a daze.


    "What''s wrong, Naruto?"


    "No...it''s okay..."


    There was a flash of surprise in Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes, he shook his head and said softly: "I just feel that Uchiha Itachi seems to have no malice towards us... His eyes just now... are weird, indescribably weird..."


    "..."


    Jiraiya patted Uzumaki Naruto on the shoulder, and said in a low voice: "The second batch of dirt ninjas who sniped the coalition forces has arrived, and our support is needed there, let''s go there first!"


    "it is good."


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded hastily, and put the matter of Uchiha Itachi aside.


    Just as the first special combat team was rushing to the front line, news came that the surprise force had suffered heavy casualties and had to retreat. The captain of the surprise force, Kankuro, also successfully brought back the enemy''s intelligence to the coalition forces.


    "That bastard Orochimaru!"


    "That bastard organized all the filthy ninjas into ninja villages, and those filthy ninjas were also organized into a ninja coalition by him..."


    Kankuro covered his wound, and explained in a deep voice what happened after they encountered the enemy: "The filthy ninjas from every ninja village were gathered together, and what we encountered was the Shayin filthy army led by father Luo Sha. They beat..."


    As a member of the surprise attack force, Saii explained with a serious face next to him: "And I have scouted in the air. Compared with our army of dirty ninjas composed of Konoha dirty soil ninjas, the Shayin dirty soil ninja army is nothing to mention..."


    "Asshole, is now the time for comparison!"


    Kankuro couldn''t help but glared at Sai.


    "But¡­"


    There was a hint of worry on Sai''s face, and he said in a heavy voice: "What I said is the truth..."


    One after another, the lists appeared in the pens of the intelligence troops, and the news was urgently sent to the combat troops who were about to contact the front. The army composed of ninjas reincarnated from the dirt is really amazing!


    Even when Uehara Naraku got the list, he couldn''t help but gasped: "This guy...does a lot of crimes!"

 Chapter 346

    What a crime!


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the list handed to him by the intelligence officer.


    This list is the second batch of filthy ninja troops sent by Yakushidou and Orochimaru, and it is also used to resist the ninja coalition forces, thus buying time for Orochimaru to resurrect the ten tails.


    Konoha Dirty Ninja Army: Second Hokage Senjubema, Third Hokage Sarutobi Hiruza, Konoha White Fang Hatake Sakumo, White Eyes Hinata Hinata, Kato Dan, Sarutobi Asma, Moonlight Hayate, Shin, Aburometori Root, Lu Nin Monk of the Temple of Fire...


    Cloud hidden ninja army: three generations of Raikage Ai, Jinkaku, Yinkaku, the former eight-tailed Jinchuriki Burbi, the former two-tailed Jinchuriki, the magnetic escape ninja Troy...


    The Dirty Ninja Army of Yanyin Village: the second generation Tsuchikage Mu, Bakudun¡¤Shou, the former four-tailed Jinzhuriki old purple, the former five-tailed Jinzhuriki Han...


    Wuyin Village Dirty Ninja Army: The second generation Mizukage Onito Huanyue, the fourth generation Mizukage Yakura, the former six-tailed Jinzhu Rikiyutaka, the ghost man Momochi no longer cut, the watermelon mountain puffer ghost, the Kurisan Kushimaru, the no pear Jinhachi , through grass and wild bait people...


    Sha Yin Village Dirty Ninja Army: Four Generations of Kazekage Rasha, Burning Dun Yecang...


    These are the lists of the main members, and there are some upper ninjas, middle ninjas, and even lower ninjas from the five major ninja villages who have been compiled into it.


    Most of these middle and lower class ninjas were prepared by Pharmacist Dou. This number must be higher than the number in history. Perhaps the pressure on Pharmacist Dou is too great...


    After all, it takes one person to fight the Ninja World War with all his might...


    In addition to these filthy ninjas, there is also a living commander.


    Yaoshidou also sent a living person to lead these filthy ninjas.


    That is Uchiha Sasuke who just replaced Uchiha Itachi''s Kaleidoscope Sharingan and opened the eternal Kaleidoscope Sharingan.


    "If you want to avenge Uchiha, go and lead these people to slaughter the Ninja Alliance, and prevent them from getting close to Oshemaru-sama... If you have the ability, you can even lead these guys directly to the Ninja Alliance headquarters."


    Yakushi''s voice was full of confusion: "Sasuke, this ninja world war may be the last war in the ninja world, maybe this is your only chance in this life, don''t you want to recast the glory that belongs to Uchiha what..."


    "I see."


    Uchiha Sasuke tore off the gauze in front of his eyes, took a Kusanagi sword and led the army of filthy ninjas to the battlefield.


    After transplanting Uchiha Itachi''s Kaleidoscope Sharingan, Uchiha Sasuke felt that his pupil power became full and powerful again. He got the Kaleidoscope Sharingan that would never lose his sight, and his self-confidence re-inflated.


    In the entire ninja world, no one is his opponent now!


    Uchiha Sasuke knew the story of the Uchiha Madara brothers a long time ago, and Sasuke knew very well that he already possessed the power that Uchiha Madara once possessed!


    No, Sasuke thinks he should surpass Uchiha Madara!


    Therefore, when I saw Uchiha Sasuke rushing to the battlefield in high spirits, with a rampant appearance, I couldn''t help scratching my head honestly.


    "Master Dou, what''s wrong with that guy Sasuke?"


    "Maybe it''s inflated!"


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses while manipulating his sacrificial materials, because now he was preparing to reincarnate and resurrect another protagonist in this ninja war.


    Uchiha Madara.


    While packing Uchiha Madara''s body, Yakushidou said, "How about Oshemaru-sama, hasn''t he decided to revive Ten-Tails completely?"


    "not yet¡­"


    Chongwu shook his head hesitantly.


    Pharmacist shook his head, sighed faintly and said: "It seems that he is still so afraid of death... Chongwu, you go and tell Mr. Dashewan, if he dies here, I will help him resurrect with the curse seal of the sky." come over!"


    "yes."


    Chongwu nodded hastily, and when he was about to rush back to report the news, he suddenly turned around again: "Master Dou, wouldn''t it be a good thing that Orochimaru died, why should we revive him, he is not a good thing..."


    "hehe¡­"


    Pharmacist smiled lightly and shook his head, stretched out his palm and patted Chongwu on the shoulder: "I''m just talking verbally... Actually I lied to him, go!"


    "yes."


    Chong Wu nodded quickly.


    To be honest, Chongwu can''t tell whether what Yao Shidou said is the truth or a lie. I feel that every word of Yao Shidou is very sincere, but at the same time, I feel that every sentence is light, as if it is fake. .


    The world is really complicated.


    Chongwu sighed for a while, went straight to Dashewan''s lounge, and told Dashewan what Yao Shidou said, promising to bring him back to life after death or something.


    Orochimaru''s eyes twitched.


    Now Orochimaru is in very good condition, and the golem of the heretics has also extracted the chakras of the eight tailed beasts, leaving only the only nine-tailed chakra close by.


    Namikaze Minato stood beside Orochimaru, waiting for Orochimaru to extract the nine tails from his body, and by the way, monitoring Orochimaru.


    on the battlefield.


    Naraku Uehara stood on a high place overlooking the battlefield.


    On the opposite side of the battlefield are thousands of reincarnated ninjas, ranging from the ancestors of various villages, down to some teenage ninjas. I don''t know how this guy Yaoshidou manipulates...


    There is no doubt that he dug a lot of graves!


    "The situation doesn''t seem to be going well!"


    Jiraiya also walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, watching the filthy troops assigned by Ninja Village one by one, with a look of worry on his face: "The enemy is more than we imagined, and even stronger than we imagined..."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, staring at the unique Konoha Dirt Legion, his brows could not help but jump: "You Konoha''s dirt ninjas are too many..."


    "..."


    Jiraiya''s complexion also turned black, and he responded casually: "That guy Orochimaru did this, that bastard has never been in awe of the dead..."


    Because Orochimaru''s outlook on life is very unpretentious.


    Only when people are alive, everything is meaningful; once people die, no matter what you leave for this world, it will be meaningless after all.


    Orochimaru does not honor any dead.


    No matter how many contributions those deceased made during their lifetime, as long as the person died, Orochimaru would definitely find a way to dig his grave.


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a strange expression.


    Now it seems that he seems to have picked a good candidate. Even Oshemaru''s best friend once thought that Orochimaru was behind the scenes, which proves that there is a problem with Oshemaru''s character itself.


    "Okay, get ready to charge!"


    Naraku Uehara raised his palm, staring at the Dirt Legion in the distance, his voice gradually became heavy: "Before Orochimaru revives Ten-Tails and becomes Ten-Tails Jinchuriki, we have to break through the resistance of the Dirt Legion."


    "Ok."


    Zilai also nodded.


    A figure appeared behind him.


    Their two special combat teams will become the battle force to entangle those strong ones, and the remaining enemies can only rely on the huge ninja coalition forces to break through.


    The only trouble is that there are not enough sealed ninjas.


    Therefore, this war with the dirt ninja may be quite difficult.


    Uehara Naraku stared at the Dirt Legion in the distance, closed his palms, and said loudly: "Everyone pay attention to protect the seal squad, everyone...charge!"


    Naraku Uehara raised his palm, and a ball of fire slowly floated into the sky, then suddenly fell towards the direction of the Dirty Land Legion. There was a violent explosion, and the fireball blew hundreds of Dirty Earth ninjas away!


    This scene attracted cheers from the Ninja Alliance!


    The next moment, countless people screamed and rushed towards the enemy, countless shurikens and detonating symbols were thrown towards the enemy''s head!


    The second Tsuchikage and the third Hokage among the dirty ninjas stood up at the same time, and the two joined hands at the same time to form seals, and shouted loudly: "Tudun¡¤Tuliu City Wall!"


    A long city wall blocked countless shurikens and detonating symbols!


    After the first combat unit launched a long-range attack under the leadership of Darui, the second combat unit and the fifth combat unit quickly rushed forward under the leadership of Huangtu and Sanchuan!


    Third Combat Corps.


    Hatake Kakashi stared at a figure in Konoha''s Dirty Army, which was his father, Hatake Sakumo. He didn''t expect that his father would also be resurrected by the Dirty Dirt.


    Hatake Kakashi''s face showed a complexion, he slowly clenched his fist, and said loudly: "The third combat unit! Attack from left and right!"


    Fourth Combat Corps.


    My love Luo didn''t care about his father Luo Sha''s situation at all, he waved his hands and summoned his troops to rush forward to support the charge of the loess troops.


    At this moment, the Fourth Ninja World War finally started, and a war of the largest scale began!


    Holding a ball of clay in his hand, Deidara chuckled and said, "Uehara, when are we going? I can''t wait!"


    "Let''s go!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slightly.


    Figures in Xiangyun''s black robes followed behind him. They moved faster and faster, and finally ran straight away!


    Naraku Uehara jumped into the air, punched a dirty ninja with a punch, and directly blasted the body of that dirty ninja with a wave of his hand!


    "Hahahahahaha... This style is really worthy of Uehara!"


    After laughing wildly for a while, Didara stepped on a clay bird and rushed to the enemy''s rear, dropping countless bombs!


    "Still so reckless..."


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion frowned and glanced at Didara, shook his head and waved his hands to summon puppets of the third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage. Thousands of copies made of countless gold dust and magnets densely covered the surrounding enemies!


    "On this battlefield, there are many guys who can threaten us!"


    After Jiaodu nodded with emotion, one by one, Yuanyu got out of his body. For a while, the flames and wind swept the surroundings, and the thunder and lightning instantly penetrated the enemy''s formation!


    It''s a pity that Hiruza Sarutobi, the third generation of Hokage who is proficient in all five ninjutsu, brought his own shadow clone, and quickly stopped the raging of Earth Resentment Yu.


    However, Jiraiya reappeared again, entangled Sarutobi Hiruzen, and a surging flame gushed out from Jiraiya''s mouth, quickly engulfing Sarutobi Hiruzen and his shadow clone!


    Just as the flames from Jiraiya burned to the ninja alliance, a high-pitched voice resounded on the battlefield!


    "Water Escape¡¤Big Explosion Water Shockwave!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame opened its mouth and spewed out a huge stream of water, submerging all the fire escape ninjutsu, and also quickly created a ball-like lake!


    Looking at Kisame Kisame who was stepping on the waves of water, Kakuzu opened his mouth and cursed angrily: "Bastard, I always like to use water to escape ninjutsu... I must take that guy''s heart away in the future!"


    This battle has become a complete mess!


    Everyone quickly found their opponent!


    Only Uehara Naraku, relying on his own strength, almost smashed through the dirt army forcefully, and no one could block his blow!


    "Don''t try to break through here!"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    A reincarnated ninja suddenly appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, waving the ninja sword in his hand and was about to hack Uehara Naraku to death!


    The next moment, a big hole was punched in his chest!


    While the filthy ninja was waiting for his recovery, a scroll instantly sealed the ninja!


    Apparently, the sealing squad had discovered Naraku Uehara''s strong combat power, and followed the crowd he rushed through, sealing up the ninjas he knocked out one by one.


    have to say.


    Although Uehara Naraku, the commander-in-chief of the coalition army, is not very good in quality, his strength is still worth mentioning. The sealing squad who followed him have never found any enemy who can withstand Uehara Naraku''s move.


    Just when a group of people were fighting fiercely.


    A purple tall Susano suddenly appeared behind the dirty ninja army, and that Susano slowly pulled up the bow and arrow in his hand!


    The direction of the bow and arrow is the most crowded place in the entire battlefield!


    For Uchiha Sasuke, it doesn''t matter who dies on the battlefield, he doesn''t care about the situation on the battlefield at all, he just wants revenge!


    A huge purple arrow suddenly shot into the gathered crowd!


    Just as the ninjas covered by the giant arrow subconsciously felt a burst of air pressure, they could only watch the purple sharp arrow attack, with despair showing on their faces.


    This level of power is obviously not something they can resist!


    Uehara Naraku appeared under the giant arrow, kicked the giant arrow into pieces, raised his head and looked at Uchiha Sasuke not far away.


    Uehara Naraku waved a filthy ninja who was trying to attack him without changing his face, and his eyes were still fixed on Uchiha Sasuke, and he said in a cold voice: "Hey, Sasuke, after seeing me as a senior, even a hello If you don''t fight, it''s too much!"


    "I''m sorry, senior."


    Sasuke Uchiha manipulated his own Susanoo to condense a sharp purple arrow again, and a black flame appeared on the sharp arrow!


    Sasuke Uchiha stared closely at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "Senior, I thought Yakushidou had been lying to me, but I didn''t expect you to really join forces with the Five Great Nations and betray our dream with Itachi!"

 Chapter 347

    Sasuke Uchiha¡­


    It''s beyond words!


    This guy actually took all the stories that Uehara Naraku once told seriously. He didn''t really think that Uchiha Itachi wanted to overthrow the order of the ninja world, right?


    "Senior, it''s still too late for you to turn around now."


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Amaterasu Black Flame to attach himself to his sharp arrow, and suddenly opened his mouth to persuade Uehara Naraku to surrender: "Our dream of changing the world order is still there, senior, join me again!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face flashed with pride: "Senior, I have obtained the strongest power in the world now, and in my opinion, you are the only one in this world who is most qualified to be my teammate..."


    "..."


    I thank you for looking after me!


    Naraku Uehara is really full of question marks.


    Is there something wrong with Uchiha Sasuke''s brains and guts?


    Who can tell him now, why Uchiha Sasuke dared to persuade him to surrender, isn''t this guy really crazy?


    Uehara Naraku did not hesitate, and immediately frowned: "Sasuke, have you gone crazy now?"


    "No, I''m more sober now than I''ve ever been before."


    Uchiha Sasuke stood in the Susanoo, shook his head slowly, spread out his palm, and sincerely invited: "Senior, join me! I have now obtained the power beyond Uchiha Madara. Power, join me in changing the order of this ninja world!"


    "Sasuke..."


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, and took out his usual routine again: "Itachi would never have thought that you would become what you are today, what you should do now is to find a quiet town, marry a wife and have more children ..."


    "senior!"


    Sasuke Uchiha interrupted Naraku Uehara, a look of regret flashed across his face, he stared at Naraku Uehara and said softly: "Senior, do you think that a person with the power to change the world will live in a small village?" ?¡±


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    Uchiha Sasuke is right, as a person who has the power to change the world, it seems that it is really unlikely that he would be willing to live in a small village!


    So Uehara Naraku, as the strongest ninja in the ninja world, besides being the village head of Yuyin Village, occasionally also engages in side jobs, part-time as a behind-the-scenes ninja or something...


    He, Uehara Naraku, has no problem being a mastermind behind the scenes.


    Uchiha Sasuke, why is he thinking of making troubles! This is obviously a problem with his own cognition, right? Why do you still feel that you have surpassed Uchiha Madara!


    Sasuke Uchiha now...


    It is really a leek waiting to be cut off by Uehara!


    It is estimated that after Uchiha Madara jumps out, Uchiha Sasuke will have to know what Uchiha Madara''s power means...


    "Sasuke!"


    After Uzumaki Naruto saw Uchiha Sasuke, he couldn''t restrain himself a little. He flew to force a dirty ninja back, and suddenly landed beside Uehara Naraku.


    Uzumaki Naruto stared at the tall Susano, and said in a deep voice: "Sasuke, are you now finally joining Orochimaru?"


    "Naruto!"


    Purple Susanoo''s black flame arrow suddenly aimed at Naruto Uzumaki!


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Uzumaki Naruto, a complex flashed across his face, and suddenly turned into a stern look: "Uzumaki Naruto, you are far from my opponent now... If I want to kill you , as easy as flipping the palm of your hand!"


    "yes?"


    A layer of golden chakra coat suddenly appeared on Uzumaki Naruto''s body, his eyes were fixed on Sasuke, and he said in a deep voice: "But I have tried my best to catch up with you, Sasuke, this time I must bring you go back!"


    At this moment, Naruto''s gaze was extremely determined.


    At this moment, Sasuke''s eyes became more determined.


    At this moment, Uehara felt that he was a bit redundant.


    After Uchiha Sasuke saw Naruto Uzumaki, he ignored Uehara Naraku''s existence and refocused his attention on this former friend.


    Just when the fierce battle below seemed to be out of tune with them, and the atmosphere between them gradually became more and more dignified, Sasuke Uchiha grinned suddenly, looked at Naruto Uzumaki and said, "Then let''s start with you!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes suddenly became crazy, and his voice gradually became more stern: "Uzumaki Naruto... then let everyone in this world feel the pain of Uchiha Itachi!"


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, he manipulated his Susanoo, and suddenly shot his black flame giant arrow at Uzumaki Naruto!


    "If you want to kill me, then come!"


    A giant chakra hand suddenly drilled out from behind Naruto Uzumaki, and a huge wind escape spiral shuriken appeared inside, and he pressed it in the direction of the giant black flame arrow!


    A violent explosion resounded through the land!


    At the moment when the spiral shuriken in the air and the giant black flame arrow were handed over, black and white colors swirled rapidly in it, and countless black flames were blown away by the spiral shuriken!


    The two immediately started a big battle!


    Uehara Naraku stood where he was, watching his two leeks fight, he decided to continue harvesting his own spoils first... These ninjas reincarnated from the dirt can also provide him with superimposed attributes!


    On this battlefield, no one is spared, and everyone is looking for their own battle.


    This is the fate of the ninja world, and no one can isolate it.


    Hatake Kakashi and Hatake Sakumo joined hands, and relying on their Sharingan, they could barely keep up with their father''s movements.


    The battle between Jiraiya and Sarutobi Hiruza is even more intense. As two ninjas who are also good at ninjutsu, the battle between the two of them cannot be intervened by other people, they can only see Compete with powerful ninjutsu on the battlefield!


    After Gaara and Luo Sha fought briefly, relying on the help of the Red Sand Scorpion beside him, they easily suppressed their father.


    To be honest, Gaara''s mood is quite complicated.


    Unexpectedly, one day, he would become teammates with the Red Sand Scorpion, or fight with the Red Sand Scorpion''s Luo Sand Puppet...


    "This feeling¡­"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Gaara''s face looked extremely disgusted, but also a little grateful, anyway, at least Luo Sha''s crisis was resolved.


    Compared to their side...


    The battle of the third generation of Raikage Ai was a sweep.


    Any ninja in Yunyin Village is definitely not the opponent of the third generation of Raikage Ai and Bu Rubi, even Kirabi is just being beaten passively.


    "Hell Spike¡¤One Hand!"


    The figure of the third generation of Raikage Ai turned into a bolt of lightning, and suddenly rushed towards Kirabi''s position. This move could definitely penetrate Kirabi''s body!


    During the war between Yunyin Village and Yanyin Village, it was the third generation of Raikage Ai who used this trick to directly penetrate the ten thousand li earth flow wall laid by the Yannin, so that the Yunnin under his command could escape...


    "It''s over..."


    Kirabi''s sunglasses reflected the figure of the third generation of Raikage Ai, a flash of despair flashed in his heart, there is absolutely no enemy in this world that can''t be dealt with by Hell Spike!


    The next moment, a figure suddenly passed by his side, snapped off the third Raikage''s arm, and kicked the strongest Raikage to the ground!


    "¡­what''s the situation?"


    Kirabi''s mouth opened subconsciously, and his eyes watched a group of people from the sealing class swarm up and seal the third generation of Raikage.


    Kirabi''s neck twisted slowly as if it was stiff, watching the man who defeated the third generation of Raikage killing all directions on the battlefield, it was Naraku Uehara.


    Kirabi''s face trembled, remembering the fear that he and the fourth generation of Raikage Ai were dominated by Uehara Naraku: "This guy can do it, it seems, it''s not surprising..."


    Of course, this kind of thing is not surprising.


    Naraku Uehara criss-crossed the battlefield, leading the Ninja Alliance to seal up the dirty ninjas one after another. The news quickly spread to the headquarters of the Ninja Alliance.


    Looks like they made the right choice.


    Whether it is the third Tsuchikage Ohnoki, or Tsunade and the fourth Raikage, they all think that Uehara Naraku, the captain of the coalition army, is still very qualified. The second batch of dirty ninja troops should be solved soon...


    Tsunade looked at the battle report coming from ahead, and said slowly: "In this case, only Uchiha Madara and Grandpa are left, so there should be no problem, right?"


    "The victory is set."


    Fourth Raikage nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "At least there will be no problem in the future. If Uehara Naraku can entangle the first generation of Hokage, tens of thousands of ninjas will easily encircle and defeat Uchiha Madara, and then go to encircle and suppress Orochimaru..."


    "Ok¡­"


    The Third Tsuchikage Onogi nodded reservedly, and said in a low voice: "There shouldn''t be any problems, even though that guy is Uchiha Madara, it''s impossible to stop the siege of tens of thousands of ninjas, right?"


    To be honest, Onoki was still a little uneasy.


    Ohnoki has seen with his own eyes how Uchiha Madara ravaged this ninja world. After Konoha was established, any ninja who refused to surrender and join Konoha all fled to the Land of Fire under the threat of Uchiha Madara.


    In that era, no matter how magical blood heirs, no matter how abundant chakra they had, no matter how proud family secrets they had, they would only become ninjas under the prestige of Uchiha Madara.


    Inside the secret base.


    Orochimaru finally began to extract Nine Tails'' Chakra.


    Because the defeat of the second batch of filthy ninjas ahead made Orochimaru realize a reality, instead of waiting for the enemy to attack and be humiliated, it is better to try to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki.


    If you can really get the power of the Sage of the Six Paths...


    Pharmacist sat on a chessboard. He watched the chess pieces disappear one after another calmly, and calmly put the chess pieces in his hand on the chessboard: "Is there really anyone in this ninja world who can be the opponent of Master Naraku?" ?¡±


    The next moment, Medicine Master raised his eyes slowly, and looked at a coffin next to him. He stared at the sleeping figure in the coffin. Inside was the body he had just created for that legendary character.


    Uchiha Madara.


    Because Uchiha Madara''s lifespan ends naturally, it is really a little troublesome to resurrect him with the strength of his heyday.


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, sighed and said, "Really, I have to fight for some more time for Mr. Orochimaru, so let you go there!"


    Pharmacist''s fingers suddenly closed together, and a smile was drawn on the corner of his mouth: "I hope that after you pass by, Master Naraku can enjoy a little bit of fighting fun... Master Naraku, this is a legendary figure, and it is enough to reach its heyday." !"

 Chapter 348

    on the battlefield.


    The Ninja Alliance completely took advantage.


    Uehara Naraku harvested these filthy ninjas like mowing grass. The ninja coalition forces looked at the enemies they could not solve in shock. They were dealt with by Uehara Naraku with a punch or a ninjutsu. No one could resist his power.


    One of the only two strong men in Yinsha Village, Zhuo Dun Ye Cang summoned strange fireballs with his hand, and threw them towards Uehara Naraku!


    "Scorching Escape ¡¤ Oversteam Kill!"


    "Wind Escape ¡¤ Tornado!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to create a gust of wind that quickly blew away the fireballs, and his figure suddenly appeared beside Ye Cang in a flash!


    "Don''t be too irritable..."


    Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, grabbed Ye Cang''s neck with his palms, and slowly lifted her body, the next moment a chill emanated from his hands, slowly freezing Ye Cang''s body into an ice sculpture .


    Ye Cang''s body was hidden inside the ice sculpture, desperately trying to release Zhuo Dun to break free, but no matter how hard she tried, she could only slowly melt the ice from inside.


    Uehara Naraku waved Ye Cang to the ground, glanced at the sealed ninja who was following behind him: "Seal her up!"


    "Yes, Captain!"


    A team of ninjas from the sealing class nodded respectfully, took out the sealing scroll and sealed Ye Cang.


    In the past few hours, the sealed ninjas of the entire ninja alliance gradually changed their feelings towards Uehara Naraku from disgust to awe and respect.


    Because they witnessed his strength with their own eyes.


    And if you act together with Uehara, the task is too easy.


    Uehara Naraku did not stop.


    His figure is like a ghost active on the battlefield, appearing next to a dirty ninja from time to time, eliminating the enemy in an instant.


    Whether it''s an ordinary ninja, or a variety of kage-level characters, as well as those Jinzhuli in front of each village, they are all treated equally in his hands.


    Jiraiya also defeated his teacher Hiruzaru Sarutobi during this period, and after he sealed Hiruzaru Sarutobi with his own hands, he turned his head and glanced at Naraku Uehara: "This guy Uehara can still be trusted in combat! "


    "Ok."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Maitekai also walked to Jiraiya''s side, watching Naraku Uehara deal with the second generation of Tsuchikage Mu and the second generation of Mizukage Ghost Lantern, commanding the sealing team to seal the two shadows.


    Maitekai looked at this scene with admiration, and he nodded seriously: "Your Excellency Kitahara Naraku is trustworthy."


    "Now..."


    After Jiraiya nodded hastily, he turned his head and looked around the battlefield, and said softly: "The second generation of Tukage, the second generation of Mizukage, the third generation of Raikage, Sarutobi-sensei, the fourth generation of Kazekage, and the fourth generation of Mizukage It was sealed..."


    Jiraiya''s eyes finally moved slowly, and looked at a person who was constantly wandering on the battlefield, his face gradually became serious: "So, is there only the second-generation Hokage-sama left in our village? "


    Among the Kage-level ninjas who were reincarnated from the dirt, only the second generation of Naruto Senju Tobima remained.


    Even Konoha Shirato Hatake Sakumo was defeated by Hatake Kakashi using Sharingan, sword skills and Raikiri, but after winning this fateful battle with his father, Hatake Kakashi''s whole body Lost again...


    "Has Katou been sealed too?"


    Jiraiya''s gaze moved slowly.


    Kato Dan''s spiritualization technique is indeed very strong, but unfortunately he still couldn''t achieve any results, and was easily solved by Uehara Naraku''s psychic beast soul lock warden.


    Even the soul was collected by the psychic beast that aimed at the soul.


    In addition to the second-generation Hokage who still relies on the flying thunder god technique, the only enemy with some weight is Uchiha Sasuke, a living man...


    He is still fighting fiercely with Uzumaki Naruto!


    have to say.


    Both Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto have become very powerful!


    The battle between the two of them was extremely fierce, and even some powerful ninjas couldn''t intervene.


    Although judging from the battle situation, Uchiha Sasuke is still very tenacious.


    But everyone present knew that Uchiha Sasuke could no longer escape, because a bunch of Xiangyun black-robed people surrounded their battlefield.


    They are Akatsuki''s ninjas.


    At least the ninjas present thought that under the siege of the Akatsuki organization, Sasuke Uchiha would definitely not be able to escape, and that was Akatsuki, the strongest mercenary organization in the entire ninja world!


    After Uehara Naraku commanded the captains of each combat unit to preside over the finishing work on the battlefield, he also rushed to the battlefield near Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke.


    "Is the battle not over yet?"


    Uehara Naraku walked to the side of the Akatsuki group. He saw Didara chewing clay desperately, and his eyebrows couldn''t help jumping: "Didara, what are you doing again?"


    "I''m going to give Uchiha Sasuke a super surprise art!"


    Didara spat out clay from his two palms, and slowly gathered into a strange-looking big bird, with an ugly expression: "Is there only two Uchihas left in this world? If you kill one, you will lose one..."


    Naraku Uehara: "..."


    You are really narrow-minded!


    When Uchiha Itachi recruited Didara to join the Akatsuki organization, he used Sharingan to make Didara fall into an illusion and almost blew himself up. Since then, Didara has been targeting Uchiha''s life.


    A tiny telescope on the left eye is cool, right?


    In addition to being able to take pictures and investigate, the main thing is to guard against the illusion of Sharingan.


    C4 Garuda is cute, right?


    It is usually not very conspicuous, but once it is used, it is a super-proportioned figure made according to Didara''s appearance and body shape. Once it is blown up, it can emit countless clay spiders that are almost microns, which can make people''s bodies be destroyed by clay spiders. Burnt to ashes inside and out...


    This spell is for Uchiha Itachi.


    Until Uchiha Itachi''s death, Didara didn''t give up targeting Uchiha, as if his life would be no fun if he didn''t target Uchiha...


    Sometimes Naraku Uehara is really worried about Didara, what if Didara sees a bunch of Uchihas in the underworld after his death...


    Then you can''t be mad?


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger, and after receiving the news from Yakushito that Orochimaru was about to revive Ten-Tails, he decided to start harvesting his leeks.


    "Forget it, I''ll get rid of him!"


    "Don''t, let me go!"


    "You just stay here..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion grabbed Didara''s arm, and said dissatisfiedly, "You really are desperate! Didn''t you almost get killed just now?"


    "what''s the situation?"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was surprised for a second.


    There should be no one in the entire battlefield who can threaten Didara, right? What''s more, although everyone in the Xiao organization is not considered to be close to each other, they will definitely save their companions when they are in danger...


    So Uehara Naraku didn''t care about Akatsuki''s situation.


    Didn''t you think Didara, who was so funny, was almost killed?


    After hesitating for a second on the face of the red sand scorpion, he said in a low voice: "Just now he was clamoring to blow up Uchiha Sasuke, but no one could stop him, but he was caught by Sasuke''s Susano It wasn''t Uzumaki Naruto who saved him, he almost died in the assistant''s hands..."


    "That''s not honest to stay here."


    Naraku Uehara grabbed Didara''s shoulders, shook his head and said, "Sasuke is stronger than Itachi now! Whether it''s illusion, physical jutsu, ninjutsu, pupil jutsu, there are almost no shortcomings..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku added another sentence: "Of course, for me, he has no advantages."


    This is really confident.


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku''s strength has been shown almost without a bottom line, and no one knows how strong he is.


    Deidara glanced at him speechlessly, raised his eyebrows and said, "Don''t underestimate that guy Sasuke, his Susanoo attacks very fast..."


    "rest assured."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and walked towards the center of the battlefield step by step: "In this world, no one knows how to deal with Sasuke better than me."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku''s figure floated up and flew in the direction of Susano, but encountered a super large jade spiral shuriken head-on!


    No wonder so few people can join in this battle...


    Even if it is just a random spell, it cannot be carried by other people present!


    Naraku Uehara turned sideways subconsciously, avoiding the super large jade spiral shuriken, and threw a fireball with his hands, completely crushing it.


    "Uehara, don''t come here!"


    After Uzumaki Naruto saw that Uehara Naraku was in danger, he couldn''t help saying loudly: "Leave Sasuke to me to solve it!"


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke stood in Susano, operating Susano, raised the longbow and giant arrow in his hand again, and sneered, "Who do you think you are?"


    "I''m¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto manipulated a giant chakra hand, regenerated a super large jade spiral shuriken, and shouted sharply: "Uzumaki Naruto!"


    "idiot!"


    Uchiha Sasuke snapped his fingers together, his face gradually became serious: "Then let you see the legendary power of the Uchiha clan...


    This is beyond Uchiha Madara''s power, Uzumaki Naruto, congratulations for being the first person to see this form and die under it! "


    The next moment, the purple Susano suddenly changed!


    A pair of legs appeared under the body of the purple Susanoo, propping up its body, directly increasing its height in an instant!


    Numerous purple chakras appeared on Susanoo''s body, which gradually made this increasingly huge Susanoo into a new form, almost completely changing its appearance!


    Just the body shape alone completely surpassed the previous state!


    Under the purple Susanoo''s feet is a pair of huge and powerful purple boots, which have become extremely large in size, and its somewhat weird appearance has become a bit hideous at the moment.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s body was also wrapped in Susano''s head, and he slowly covered his eyes in it, feeling the pain and power of Susano when it was opened.


    It has to be said that this form of Susano is almost the first time Uchiha Sasuke has used it.


    Susano in this form is almost only the fourth form, not a true full body state, but for Sasuke, the burden is not too small.


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Uehara Naraku who was still stubbornly rushing forward, and said in a low voice: "Although I feel that this pupil power has not been fully developed, the fourth form of Susano is almost enough to deal with you..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while.


    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his fingers to condense a wind ball, and flicked the wind ball into the air.


    The next moment, the clouds and mist gathered in the sky due to countless ninjutsu were instantly blown away by the wind ball, and the sun slowly shone down and landed on the purple Susanoo.


    It is bright.

 Chapter 349

    The sun is so beautiful.


    Uehara Naraku and the others were bathed in the sun.


    Naraku Uehara spread his palms open, watched the sun shine through the fingers of his palms, and sighed: "It''s such a good weather, it''s a pity not to beat the children..."


    "Senior...you are still the same!"


    A gloomy look flashed across Sasuke Uchiha''s face, and when he heard Naraku Uehara''s words, he was instantly irritated by Naraku Uehara''s words.


    Sasuke manipulated the purple Susanoo and pulled out the sword of Susanoo, looked at Uehara Naraku and said in a deep voice: "Are you still treating me as a child? Don''t look at me with the old concept, but that concept is outdated !"


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated the tall figure of purple Susano and walked over step by step, his face became more and more crazy: "Did you see it? Senior, this is the power I got again, the power I got from Itachi !"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked at Uchiha Sasuke and sighed quietly: "Sasuke... Itachi gave you the power to let you do this kind of thing? He just wanted to protect you and prevent others from hurting you... "


    Naraku Uehara walked in the direction of Susanoo, and his voice gradually became serious: "Itachi once entrusted me to take good care of you, and I will never tolerate you going to the most dangerous road by yourself." On the way!"


    Well, it''s time to accept Sasuke''s leeks.


    If you don''t accept it again, it is estimated that after Uchiha Madara comes, this leek will probably be taken away by the Sage of the Six Paths, and the leek will grow old...


    The leeks are old, but they don''t taste good!


    Naraku Uehara rushed towards Susano!


    "senior¡­"


    The Susano sword in the purple Susano''s hand slowly pointed at the rushing Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes flashed fiercely, and Susano''s aura is constantly improving!


    "Don''t use those to teach me anymore!"


    Uchiha Sasuke Susano''s sword suddenly slashed towards the position where Uehara Naraku charged, and his voice became colder: "I was very optimistic about you... the truth of this world has always been in the hands of a few people , isn''t that what you told me?"


    The huge Susano''s sword cuts through the sky!


    A gust of wind and air pressure was set off by Susano''s sword, blowing everything on the ground into chaos. Everyone couldn''t help watching this scene, looking at Uehara Naraku standing under Susano''s sword!


    This sword can directly cut Uehara''s body into pieces!


    There was a trace of complexity in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes, no matter how much he respected Uehara Naraku, no matter how good his brother Uchiha Itachi and Uehara Naraku''s relationship was, when they took different paths, they had become Enemy of life and death!


    "I''m sorry, senior..."


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated the Susanoo sword and fell heavily, hitting Uehara Naraku''s body, with a smear of blood flowing under his eyes: "As long as you firmly move towards your dream, no matter who is blocking me on the road, even if you are Itachi Friends, I will never give up!"


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly stretched out his palm, wiped the blood from the corner of his eyes, and added a hint of madness in his voice: "Senior, this is the price of growth!"


    "yes?"


    A gentle voice sounded.


    After hearing this voice, Uchiha Sasuke''s expression changed, and he couldn''t help but look down and chat. He only saw the figure under Susano''s sword.


    Naraku Uehara raised his palm high, holding the Susano sword tightly in his palm, and slowly raised his head to look at Sasuke Uchiha: "Sasuke, did you get such a little power? "


    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became indifferent: "Because you got such a little power, do you already want to resist my will?"


    Click!


    There was a crackling sound!


    There was a gleam of luster in Uehara Naraku''s palm, and he punched the entire Susanoo sword suddenly, setting off a more intense punching wind!


    The next moment, the entire Susano sword was smashed into pieces by Uehara Naraku''s punch!


    Even if Uchiha Sasuke''s fourth form, Susano, is more powerful, and the texture of Susano''s sword is harder, it seems to be a little bit worse for a man like Uehara Naraku who can easily shake the tailed beast...


    "what¡­"


    A fright flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes.


    At this moment, he recalled his fear of being dominated by Uehara Naraku when he was in the Akatsuki organization in the past few years.


    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly floated into the air, and his body floated to Susano''s head, watching Uchiha Sasuke hidden in Susano''s head.


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth hooked up, looked at Sasuke who was gradually becoming serious inside, and smiled lightly: "Sasuke, it seems that the power you just got is still not enough for me!"


    "senior¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, and his face returned to indifference and calmness: "Sure enough, I know that senior is not so easy to be dealt with... Then let you see what a real Uchiha looks like! Amaterasu... Yan Dun ¡¤Gain soil life!"


    A touch of Amaterasu''s flame appeared on his body!


    Under the control of Sasuke, the flame of Amaterasu instantly turned into the black long sword in Susano''s hand, and slashed towards Naraku Uehara again!


    "This is Itachi''s Amaterasu!"


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Uchiha Sasuke stared at the rising air waves from the burning black flame, and said loudly: "Under the burning of Amaterasu, no one can escape!"


    "Naive...or naive..."


    Uehara Naraku dodged to avoid the attack of Amaterasu''s black flame sword.


    His figure appeared beside Susano, and a surge of chakra erupted from his body!


    Uehara Naraku''s palm slashed towards Susano''s shoulder, smashing Susano''s shoulder instantly, and the purple arm holding Amaterasu''s black flame sword fell to the ground!


    In the midst of Uchiha Sasuke''s fright and anger, Uehara Naraku appeared in another place, kicking and breaking Susano''s leg!


    In a blink of an eye, Uehara dismantled Susano to pieces...


    Just relying on his own brute force, he dismantled the entire Susano into sections. Uchiha Sasuke covered his eyes, and saw that only a huge head of Susano on his body was still surrounding him body of¡­


    "It''s really..."


    Naraku Uehara clenched his fist, smashed Susano''s head with one punch, and knocked Sasuke out with one punch. He slowly twisted his wrist, frowned and said, "Sasuke, You have let me down too much¡­"


    Side mission: Defeat Uchiha Sasuke (Eternal Kaleidoscope Sharingan), the mission has been completed, and the passive talent skill Flame Power will be rewarded.


    Flame Force (activated): Hidden passive talent skills, you can freely drive the flame escape chakra composed of Yin force + fire force, and create and use flame escape ninjutsu at will.


    Really disappointed in Sasuke.


    I thought I could open a Gundam!


    Defeating Sasuke in the state of Eternal Kaleidoscope Sharingan is only rewarding the power of flame. The flame escape composed of fire attribute chakra and yin attribute chakra is almost equivalent to controlling black flame similar to Amaterasu.


    It is said that someone in the Uchiha clan once developed Yan Dun with the help of Yin attribute chakra and fire attribute chakra, because only the Uchiha clan has the most extreme Yin attribute chakra in their body, and also has excellent fire attribute talent.


    Uehara Naraku must be dissatisfied with this reward.


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes flashed with anger. He wanted to get up again, but the blow he received just now made him spit out a mouthful of blood...


    "So be it!"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Uchiha Sasuke indifferently, and said softly: "I will protect your life for Itachi''s sake. As it is a time of war, let''s imprison you for now!"


    "Uehara..."


    Uzumaki Naruto couldn''t help but scratched his cheek, and said softly, "Well...can you let me have a chat with Sasuke?"


    "The war is not over."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uzumaki Naruto, frowned and said, "Then let Sasuke be in your custody for now, is there no problem?"


    "No no¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto hurriedly waved his hand.


    The result could not be more satisfactory.


    Just when Naruto Uzumaki went to chat with Sasuke Uchiha, a figure suddenly appeared beside Sasuke and kicked Naruto Uzumaki away!


    "Hmph, what an ineffective brat!"


    Senju glanced at Sasuke Uchiha, and said contemptuously, "Have the guys from the Uchiha clan always been this arrogant?"


    "Shut up¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, stared at Senshou Feijian, and said in a deep voice: "Take me out of here first, I need time to recover my pupil power..."


    Uchiha Sasuke always believed that it was Yakushi who was controlling Senshoubeijian.


    He thought that Yao Shidou could hear his words through the door of the thousand hands, and now that he was defeated, he couldn''t stay here any longer.


    "no need."


    It''s a pity that Senju Toban shook his head and rejected Sasuke Uchiha''s request.


    The palms of Qianshou quickly closed together, and said in a low voice: "Little ghost, instead of leaving here, why not come and experience that person''s strength first!"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Sasuke frowned.


    The next moment, the palm of Qianshoufan fell on the ground suddenly, and said in a low voice: "That guy I hate the most in my life, that guy is also a person who can truly exert the power of Sharingan to the extreme! Necromancy!"


    A coffin slowly floated out from the ground!


    The next moment, a surge of chakra suddenly appeared on the battlefield, and every perception ninja involuntarily widened their eyes!


    Especially Hei Jue, the commander of the perception force, gradually became a little nervous, and his voice became a bit harsh: "Ho ho ho ho ho... Did they still use that corpse in order to stop the coalition forces?"


    Just as everyone''s eyes were involuntarily looking at the coffin, a sneer with obvious disdain came from inside the coffin, which fell into the ears of everyone nearby!


    "Hmph, I didn''t expect you, a disgusting guy, to call me out..."


    The next moment, the coffin was suddenly kicked into pieces, and a gust of wind swept all the land and yellow sand in front of it, as if it wanted to kick it away from the door of Thousand Hands!


    The figure between the thousand-handed doors suddenly dodged the attack!


    Looking at the coffin, or at the figure inside the coffin, a flash of anger flashed across his face: "You bastard..."


    "Hmph, you are still the same as in the past, you will only dodge desperately, and then hide in the gloomy corner like a sewer mouse..."


    The person in the coffin snorted coldly, insulted Qianshoufeijian casually, and then stretched out his palm to rest on the coffin.


    This figure was wearing a red armor, with his hair hanging loose, stepped out of his coffin, and opened his eyes. Obviously every movement was very ordinary, but because of his identity, it looked extraordinarily different.


    Ninja Shura, Uchiha Madara.


    He once had countless frightening names, and his deeds are still passed down by word of mouth today. The statue standing in the Valley of the End means how terrible the two strongest ninjas were...


    Uchiha Madara frowned slightly, and looked down at his arm: "The reincarnation of the dirt? Is there something wrong with the plan?"

 Chapter 350

    There must be a problem with the plan.


    According to Uchiha Madara''s expectation, he should now be completely resurrected with a complete life by the natural technique of reincarnation, and directly become Ten Tails Jinchuriki.


    Now, his body is reincarnated from dirty soil.


    At the scene, there were no ten-tailed or heretic golems.


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes moved slightly, and he began to look at the entire battlefield. He hadn''t distinguished the situation on the battlefield, and there was no doubt that no one was his subordinate.


    No, there is one.


    Uchiha Madara''s gaze finally stopped and landed on Heijue''s body. His gaze stayed on the ninja forehead guard on Heijue''s head, and he just looked at Heijue without saying a word for a long time.


    Uchiha Madara gradually fell into deep thought.


    After a while, Uchiha Madara observed the situation around Hei Ze, and his expression gradually became subtle again.


    Uchiha Madara felt a little hairy, as if he had gone to the wrong world.


    What the hell is this guy doing?


    Who will tell him what''s going on now?


    Who will tell him why Heijue is wearing a ninja forehead, and it seems to be surrounded by a team of ninjas who are responsible for protecting it!


    Madara Uchiha felt a little uncomfortable. He looked at the people around him and moved his fingers slightly: "Who can tell me what''s going on now..."


    "That guy... is Uchiha Madara!"


    Suddenly there was a shout from the crowd.


    As for the person who called Uchiha Madara''s name, it was Kui Zee, the intelligence captain of the Ninja Alliance, which made Uchiha Madara''s expression even more subtle at this moment.


    Hei Ze even shouted at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, hurry up and get rid of Uchiha Madara, he is under control!"


    Uchiha Madara was stunned.


    What the hell is going on?


    The whole scene was in an uproar because of Uchiha Madara''s identity.


    Obviously everyone knows what a legendary figure like Uchiha Madara means, a figure who once fought against the god of ninjas!


    It is difficult for any ninja in this era to reach his height!


    Even Jiraiya, those who knew that Naraku Uehara had defeated Senju Hashirama, were all shocked at this moment!


    After all, hearing from others is not as good as seeing it with your own eyes!


    Especially Uchiha Madara''s Chakra is strong!


    Uchiha Madara ignored the others, but when he turned his head and continued to look at Hei Ze, Hei Ze suddenly lowered his head and secretly sent a message to Uchiha Madara.


    "Master Madara."


    Hei Ze''s hoarse voice sounded from Uchiha Madara''s heart, because Uchiha Madara''s dirty soil reincarnation has the ability of reincarnation eyes, and the two of them can communicate directly.


    Now Hei Ze is really afraid of being exposed by Uchiha Madara!


    "What''s the matter with you, what''s the situation?"


    Uchiha Madara''s voice was clearly mixed with a trace of forbearable anger and impatience: "Where''s that brat Nagato? Where''s Uchiha Obito? And what are you doing? Have you betrayed me?"


    "No, I am Madara-sama''s will."


    Hearing that Uchiha Madara was about to be on the verge of rage, Hei Ze immediately explained: "But in the current situation, Madara-sama, we must temporarily hide our purpose!"


    Heijue made a long story short and told Uchiha Madara all his information: "Nagato is dead, Uchiha Obito betrayed us, he conspired with Orochimaru to capture the reincarnation eye and the heretic golem, they are trying to become ten Ojinchuriki..."


    "Hmph, really?"


    Uchiha Madara snorted coldly, directly expressing his disdain for Uchiha Obito: "I knew that kid would have ambition sooner or later..."


    "Ok."


    After Heijue finished listening, he continued: "Master Madara, the five major countries have organized a ninja coalition to attack Orochimaru, so Naraku Uehara and I are using the power of the ninja coalition. After we defeat Orochimaru, we will continue the Moon Eye Project ..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara was silent for a while, and asked a somewhat strange question: "Heijue, who is Uehara Naraku? Should there be this person in our plan?"


    "Uehara is a newcomer who only joined the Moon Eye Project a few years ago..."


    When Heijue said this, he even praised Uehara Naraku: "This brat is the most talented among civilian ninjas. If it weren''t for Uehara, our plan would not even have reached this point."


    If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku, their Moon Eye plan would have died after Uchiha Obito''s betrayal.


    Now with the help of the ninja coalition forces to find and defeat Dashemaru and his group, all of them are plans proposed by Uehara Naraku.


    "correct."


    Hei Ze glanced at Uehara Naraku secretly, and continued to pass on information to Uchiha Madara: "Uehara Naraku is the ninja in black robe standing opposite Madara-sama.


    Naraku Uehara is one of us, and also the captain of the Ninja Alliance. I am now the captain of the Intelligence Force of the Ninja Alliance... I have already sensed the recovery of the ten tails. Now we must rely on the strength of the Ninja Alliance! "


    "You guys... are really good at playing!"


    Uchiha Madara was lost in thought again.


    After a while, Uchiha Madara asked Heijue a very fatal question: "Can this ninja alliance really defeat Orochimaru and Ten Tails?"


    This kind of ninja alliance that can be mixed in by you...


    Can such a nonsense coalition really defeat Orochimaru?


    Not only Uchiha Madara raised this question, Black Zee once had such a question, but now it seems that the ninja alliance is doing well under the command of Uehara...


    "To be honest, I also feel that the coalition forces are not very reliable."


    Hei Jue''s voice had a hint of disgust, but the next moment it strengthened its confidence: "However, if Naraku Uehara is the captain of the coalition army, it is still possible..."


    "What about my identity?"


    Uchiha Madara asked this question.


    From Hei Ze''s mouth, Uchiha Madara quickly understood all the current situation.


    In other words, he is now reincarnated and resurrected by the pharmacist to deal with the ninja coalition. The purpose is to buy time for Orochimaru to become the ten-tailed Jinzhuli.


    Hei Jue was even quite proud: "In order to ensure the safety of the Moon Eye plan, I once deliberately tricked Orochimaru and Yao Shidou to resurrect Master Madara who was close to his peak..."


    "Yes, this body can barely exert some strength."


    Uchiha Madara''s gaze shifted, and he looked at the two people beside him.


    One person is Qianshoubeijian, this person looks really annoying, looks like a reincarnation of dirt, and should be controlled;


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    The other person is a big living person...


    When Uchiha Madara looked at Uchiha Sasuke, his eyes changed slightly. Why does this little guy look a bit like his younger brother Uchiha Quanna!


    Heijue quietly noticed Uchiha Madara''s movements, and explained: "That person is Uchiha Sasuke, and also Uchiha''s last orphan. He is our enemy."


    The information that Hei Ze passed to Uchiha Madara made Uchiha Madara feel bad, and Uchiha Sasuke was also bewitched by Orochimaru.


    These are their enemies.


    It''s not a big problem, don''t panic at all.


    For Uchiha Madara, as long as his current strength is still there, the problem is actually not a big one. Even if someone becomes Ten Tails Jinchuriki, he can solve it with confidence.


    "I see."


    After Uchiha Madara nodded, his voice appeared in the bottom of Heijue''s heart: "Now I understand the situation, what I have to do is to get out of the way and let the ninja coalition forces pass by, right?"


    "right."


    Heijue''s smile was a bit gloomy, and it continued to speak: "Ten-tails will be resurrected soon, Orochimaru or Uchiha Obito may soon become Ten-tails Jinchuriki, we can use the ninja coalition to fight against them !


    After all, the power of the ten tails is unimaginably strong. After these people have weakened the power of the ten tails, I will find a way to possess the person with the eyes of reincarnation and control him to completely resurrect Madara-sama. At that time, it will be us The real action begins! "


    "Can."


    Uchiha Madara nodded slowly.


    Everything that Hei Jue told him was smooth, and their plan did go a little wrong, but at least they were still on the right track.


    And Uchiha Madara also sensed the recovery of ten tails...


    Even if it is Uchiha Madara rushing over now, it is too late, who knows whether Orochimaru or Uchiha Obito will become the ten-tailed jinchuriki, why not let the ninja coalition try the ten-tailed quality for him first!


    Uchiha Madara thinks quite beautifully.


    It''s a pity that just when Uchiha Madara was about to get out of the way, a space-time vortex appeared beside Uchiha Madara, and Uchiha Obito''s figure appeared.


    Uchiha Obito waved and threw a Uchiha fan to Uchiha Madara, and said in a cold voice: "Mara, Kurojue has betrayed us and joined the Ninja Alliance. What it wants to do is to destroy the Ten Tails, hurry up and help eliminate them !"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara frowned slightly.


    At this moment, Uchiha Madara faintly felt that something was wrong.


    As a newly resurrected person, he has just figured out the current situation from Hei Ze, and here Uchiha Madara Obito provided another situation.


    But Heijue is his will, how could he betray him?


    "Madara, Ten-Tails revival won''t do you any harm, will it?"


    Under Uchiha Obito''s mask, the blood-red Sharingan stared at Madara Uchiha, and said in a deep voice: "Even if someone takes the first step and becomes the Ten-Tails Jinchuriki, but that person uses your Samsara Eye, you You can also weaken him again, and control him to revive you, and then take the ten tails in him, right?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara nodded reservedly.


    As the legendary Ninja Shura, it is impossible for Uchiha Madara to be afraid of any enemy except Senjujuma, even if it is Ten Tails Jinchuriki?


    Obito Uchiha is right...


    Even if someone becomes Ten-Tails Jinchuriki with the help of his reincarnation eyes, Uchiha Madara still has a lot of ways to solve this trouble!


    Uchiha Obito looked at Uchiha Madara, and continued in a gloomy voice: "Once the ten tails are destroyed and disintegrated by the ninja coalition, if you want to wait until the next ten tails gather, you may not have a chance...


    I know that it is impossible for you in your prime to be controlled by reincarnation of the dirty soil, so I do everything possible to let Yaoshidou and Orochimaru resurrect you in your prime, just to let you deal with betraying your will, Hei Jue!


    Madara, it betrayed you! "


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara fell silent.


    Uchiha Obito and Hei Ze insisted on their own words, saying that the other party betrayed him, and what these two people said seemed to make sense.


    Now it seems that the plan has more than a little problem.


    First of all, it is necessary to determine who betrayed the Moon Eye project!


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Madara worriedly, watching Uchiha Madara''s expression gradually change from domineering to incomprehensible.


    Uchiha Madara is about to be deceived by him just after his resurrection... Will he be spoiled by playing!

 Chapter 351

    The situation is a bit complicated.


    Uchiha Madara''s expression gradually turned ugly again.


    Now it is Uchiha Obito and Hei Ze who are sticking to each other. Everyone says that the other party has betrayed the Moon Eye project. Uchiha Madara is actually inclined to Hei Ze.


    Heijue is a derivative of his will, it is hard to say that he will betray him!


    If Uchiha Obito hadn''t vowed that Hei Ze had betrayed him, Uchiha Madara would never have thought about whether Hei Ze would betray him.


    The most critical point is that both Uchiha Obito and Hei Ze seem to have a reason. They both said that the other party betrayed for no reason.


    Heijue is the intelligence captain in the ninja coalition of the justice camp. It says that it is an undercover agent using the ninja coalition. Obito Uchiha betrayed them.


    Uchiha Obito resurrected Ten-Tails in the villain camp. He said that Heijue betrayed them and joined the Ninja Alliance to destroy Ten-Tails, which made sense.


    Grass, it''s so hard to judge!


    Because Uchiha Madara has too little information on hand.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Uchiha Obito glanced at Uchiha Madara, who was still thinking, and urged repeatedly: "Mara, what are you waiting for? Let''s get rid of the ninja alliance first, and go to Orochimaru to snatch his ten tails!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara remained silent.


    Because Hei Ze is constantly using the connection of Samsara Eye to urge him: "Master Madara, take this opportunity to solve Obito Uchiha, he has been colluding with Orochimaru secretly!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara remained silent.


    Fortunately, at this most tangled time, Senju Tokai said a word beside him, which affected the balance in Uchiha Madara''s heart: "Huh, Uchiha Madara, I didn''t expect you to be Uchiha Obito who has been disturbing the ninja world all this time. A real black hand!"


    "Humph¡­"


    After hearing what Senju Tobima said, Uchiha Madara tilted his head, looked at Senju Tobema and laughed, and snorted contemptuously: "Do you finally know the truth? Your brain is still so flexible, Tobima !"


    Uchiha Madara hugged his arm slowly, and said in a leisurely manner: "Even if you know, what can you do? Uchiha Obito has helped me resurrect ten tails, Togama, and I also use your forbidden technique to resurrect Back to Ninja World..."


    "It really is you!"


    The eyes in Qianshouban narrowed slightly, and he said sharply: "No wonder I left your body behind after the Battle of the Valley of Ending, but the body disappeared again, Uchiha Madara, it seems that your layout was laid out as early as that time." it has started¡­"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara seemed to have thought of something, he nodded slowly, his voice became a little more heavy: "That''s right, when I went to the decisive battle with Hashirama after capturing Kyuubi, I had already prepared a backhand in advance. "


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Madara held the round fan in his hand, and said in a deep voice: "I have arranged all the plans since then, and now everything is as I expected..."


    Well, in fact, Uchiha Madara is just being stubborn.


    Because everything was beyond Uchiha Madara''s expectations.


    There are already a lot of problems in the current Moon Eye project, especially Hei Ze and Uchiha Obito, one of them will betray him...


    at this time.


    Heijue is still tirelessly contacting Uchiha Madara: "Master Madara, quickly kill Uchiha Obito and make way for the Ninja Alliance! We must hurry..."


    "Heijue."


    There was a hint of indifference in Uchiha Madara''s voice, and his voice was gloomy: "Don''t contact me again in the future!"


    This sounds a little heartless.


    After hearing this, Hei Jue felt a little silly!


    After the next moment, Hei Ze immediately thought of a possibility that Obito Uchiha was deceiving Uchiha Madara!


    Hei Ze hastily persuaded: "Master Madara, Uchiha Obito is the one who betrayed us..."


    "It doesn''t matter which of you betrayed me."


    Uchiha Madara interrupted Kurojue, his voice gradually calmed down, and his confidence returned to himself: "When I get rid of everyone first and resurrect as Ten Tails Jinchuriki, everything will be back on track ..."


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Madara looked at the ninja coalition forces who were staring at him one by one below, and said in a deep voice: "Anyway, these ninjas will be our enemies sooner or later!"


    Although what he said makes sense.


    But Hei Jue still felt a little uncomfortable.


    To be honest, at this moment, Heijue felt a little bit like cursing.


    The friendship you have built up over the years, who was silently by your side when you were in the underground base, don¡¯t you know who it is?


    What about trust between people?


    Being taken away by Uchiha with a few words?


    Damn, Uchiha really doesn''t have a brain!


    Hei Ze really felt that he was going to be pissed off by Uchiha Madara!


    This ninja Uchiha is really not friendly at all, since the time of Indra, no Uchiha is normal!


    "Asshole!"


    Hei Jue finally lost his mind.


    Uchiha Madara is really sick in the brain!


    Why should he trust Obito Uchiha instead of trusting it! Obviously both it and Obito Uchiha are lying to him... Just because that bastard Obito Uchiha and him both have the surname Uchiha?


    "Hagoromo..."


    Hei Jue slowly clenched his fists, full of sadness: "Your descendants really don''t look like you at all...have they always been so arrogant?"


    Grass!


    For more than a thousand years, the reincarnations of Asura''s Chakras are all mentally retarded, and they are all brains.


    Indra''s Chakra reincarnation obviously doesn''t have much brains, but he always likes to pretend to be the best in IQ and force in the world!


    Heijue''s gaze slowly turned and stayed on Uehara Naraku''s body. At this moment, it seemed that it could only draw a little warmth from Uehara Naraku''s body who still believed in it...


    This ninja world is too complicated, and Uehara Naraku is easier to deceive.


    Hei Ze''s gaze moved slowly again, and stopped on Uchiha Madara. Now they can only snatch Samsara Eyes and Ten Tails from Orochimaru after defeating Uchiha Madara?


    No, there is another way.


    That is, it is not impossible for it to defect to Uchiha Madara with Uehara Naraku now... The problem is that it is rare to infiltrate the Ninja Alliance now, so we can''t waste their power in vain, right?


    "Senior, what''s the situation now?"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared beside Hei Ze, waved his hand to repel the perception ninjas around him, and said in a low voice: "I remember that after Senju Hashirama becomes stronger, he can get rid of the control of Dirty Reincarnation, and Madara...can''t get rid of the control of Dirty Reincarnation. Control? What should we do?"


    "Uh¡­"


    Hei Jue hesitated immediately.


    After a second, Hei Ze immediately told Uehara Naraku the conversation between Uchiha Madara and himself in a whisper, and it thought that Uchiha Obito had coaxed Uchiha Madara.


    If you can¡­


    Hei Ze really hopes that Naraku Uehara has Uchiha''s blood!


    In this case, Hei Ze simply put all the hope of resurrecting Otsutsuki Kaguya on Uehara Naraku!


    Heijue finally realized a problem. Whenever the Moon Eye Project encountered a huge setback, Uehara Naraku would appear by its side, giving it confidence and warmth.


    As for Uchiha Madara, no matter how strong he is, he still cannot escape the self-righteous vicious circle of the Uchiha clan!


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku also fell silent.


    Because all of this is done in secret by him.


    It seemed that everything was exactly as he expected.


    Hehe, only he can be the mastermind behind the scenes in this ninja world, and Heijue, a filthy bastard, still wants to compete with him?


    Even Uchiha Madara, as long as Uehara Naraku is willing to spend his mind, it is not impossible to control it!


    Isn''t this a success?


    Just after Uchiha Madara was resurrected, Uehara Naraku guessed that Kurojue might let Uchiha Madara come out of the battlefield directly. In this case, Uchiha Madara can''t fight, so how can he defeat Uchiha Madara to get the reward?


    And Orochimaru had just extracted the Nine-Tails Chakra from Minato''s body to completely revive the Ten-Tails, but Orochimaru still needs some time to absorb the Ten-Tails and evolve into Six Paths Orochimaru.


    During this period of time, Uchiha Madara has to fight for it.


    What''s more, now that he is really going directly to face Uchiha Madara who may become the Six Paths, Uehara is a little nervous, and wants to get a few awards through Uchiha Madara. After all, Uchiha Madara has a lot of tasks...


    Defeat Madara Uchiha.


    The person who forced Uchiha Madara to fight with all his strength.


    The strongest title recognized from Uchiha Madara''s mouth.


    In addition, there are some messy tasks.


    For example, breaking Uchiha Madara''s legs so that he can''t dance... What the hell is this!


    Smashing two sky-shattering tremors head-on... This is pretty normal...


    Due to the particularity of Uchiha Madara, many tasks about Uchiha Madara can basically only be done during the Fourth Ninja World War.


    Some mission rewards will never be too low! Uehara Naraku certainly didn''t want to let go of Uchiha Madara''s lush leek.


    Uchiha Madara is the most charming villain in the entire Naruto world.


    No matter what Uchiha Obito, Hei Ze and Otsutsuki Kaguya, compared to Uchiha Madara''s villain charm, it is more than one level behind!


    It is said that the creator of Naruto World once mentioned that Uchiha Madara''s strength is a person who even he doesn''t know how to defeat...


    therefore¡­


    Uehara Naraku not only arranged for Obito Uchiha to be funny, but also arranged for Senju Tobema to be funny, all of this was his arrangement.


    Unfortunately, Heijue didn''t know.


    Hei Ze was still immersed in the pain of Uchiha Madara''s refusal to trust it.


    "never mind."


    Uehara Naraku skipped over the pitcher plant, patted Hei Ze on the shoulder, and sighed softly: "Then we can only try to defeat Madara-sama first, and you continue to communicate with Madara-sama, Zee-senpai, and I will persuade him during the battle...


    Our hope of defeating him may be slim, but Madara-sama has left behind the eyes of reincarnation and the will to seek peace for the ninja world, and he will definitely understand Zaishe-senpai. "


    At this moment, Naraku Uehara did not forget his character design.


    He is an ignorant little ninja who was coaxed by Heijue to carry out the Moon Eye plan, and let Uchiha Madara, who left the reincarnation eye and will inheritance, see the completion of the Moon Eye plan.


    This is the ethics of a behind-the-scenes actor.


    "¡­Ok."


    Hei Juewen responded with a voice, and sighed: "I just didn''t expect him to be coaxed by Uchiha Obito. We designed it together..."


    Having said this, Hei Jue stopped hastily.


    Because Uchiha Madara turned his face ruthlessly, Hei Ze''s performance was obviously a bit unqualified, and he almost forgot his personality in front of Uehara.


    "Design what?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned suspiciously.


    Heijue sighed, and said in a hoarse voice: "Design... How can Nagato transplant Madara''s reincarnation eyes in a healthy way..."


    "Oh."


    Uehara Naraku nodded casually.


    While they were chatting here, Uchiha Madara put the round fan in his hand behind his back, and walked towards the entire ninja alliance step by step alone.


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes moved slightly, he just watched the tens of thousands of ninjas calmly, and still did not stop his steps.


    "Uchiha Sasuke...see clearly."


    When Uchiha Madara spoke to Sasuke, he didn''t look back, he just tightened his palm suddenly, and his voice gradually became higher: "Look clearly...a Uchiha...fighting!"

 Chapter 352

    clatter clatter...


    The armor leaves on the armor collided and rattled continuously.


    Uchiha Madara''s expression was calm, and he walked towards the tens of thousands of ninja coalition forces, and seemed to treat the tens of thousands of ninjas in front of him as nothing in his eyes.


    "Is that person Uchiha Madara?"


    One of the captains of the intelligence unit, Hinata Hinata¡¯s voice fell into everyone¡¯s ears through Kaiichi Yamanaka¡¯s mind-turning technique. Her voice was mixed with a hint of disbelief: ¡°Everyone...pay attention to his chakra...¡±


    Uchiha Madara suddenly accelerated!


    The red armor crashed into the ninja alliance head-on!


    The next moment, countless ninjas were knocked into the air by Madara Uchiha, and fell to the ground one by one in mid-air, howling, these ninjas hadn''t even seen their figures clearly!


    No one in the entire ninja coalition could stop Uchiha Madara, and was almost killed by the unarmed Uchiha Madara alone, or no one could block Uchiha Madara''s move!


    At this moment, the Ninja Allied Forces felt the feeling of the Dirt Army. Just now Naraku Uehara was killing the Dirt Army like mowing grass. Now Uchiha Madara is rampant among the Ninja Alliance. No one can stop him!


    A ninja waved his ninja knife in his hand and hacked up!


    Uchiha Madara''s figure turned around to avoid the attack as if dancing, grabbed the ninja sword with his hand, and kicked him flying with his backhand!


    Even if it is the immortal body of the reincarnated body of dirt, Uchiha Madara still maintains his fighting instinct, he will not even think about getting injured in the battle!


    Because in their era, once the body was slightly injured, it was very likely that they would lose in an evenly matched battle with themselves!


    This is the fighting instinct left over from the Warring States Period!


    Uchiha Madara rushed into the coalition army waving the ninja sword in his hand. His swordsmanship was so fast that people couldn''t see clearly. He could only see the light of the ninja sword flying and flickering. No one could beat the sword at all. Fight against him!


    This is not a fight at all...


    This will be a tragic massacre!


    This is also a feast of gymnastics and swordsmanship duels!


    Back then in the Warring States Period, the Uchiha Fluid Jutsu and Uchiha-Ryu Swordsmanship in the ninja world were vividly demonstrated by Uchiha Madara!


    this moment¡­


    The ninja allied forces finally felt the fear brought by Uchiha Madara.


    "Are you kidding me!"


    Jiraiya gritted his teeth, and planned to rush towards Uchiha Madara head-on, but the person next to him stopped him: "Your Excellency Jiraiya, you should take a good rest now and restore your chakra..."


    "it is good."


    Zilai also nodded slowly.


    Because the one who asked Jiraiya to fight was a ninja from Yunyin Village, holding a sharp blade made by Fengdun Vacuum Blade in his hand, which looked very stylish.


    Wind escape ¡¤ vacuum blade is a B-level wind escape ninjutsu!


    Generally, a ninja who can achieve this level must be a master of swordsmanship!


    as expected.


    The next moment, the cloud hidden ninja who asked to fight found an opportunity in the frequency of Uchiha Madara''s attack, and swung his vacuum blade to strike up!


    Uchiha Madara''s body leaned slightly a few times, and after dodging his attacks one after another, the scarlet Sharingan stared closely at his eyes. The powerful Sharingan made this cloud ninja fall into an illusion middle!


    This cloud ninja was terrified and could no longer make any resistance!


    At this moment, the only thought in his mind was why Uchiha Madara didn''t talk about Wude... Aren''t they competing in swordsmanship?


    No, this is on the battlefield!


    After Uchiha Madara used illusion to control his body, he suddenly reached out and grabbed his neck, and the scarlet Sharingan revealed a hint of fierceness!


    "Do you want to dance too?"


    "..."


    There was silence on the battlefield.


    Every ninja involuntarily stared at the area cleared by Uchiha Madara, staring nervously at Uchiha Madara who was holding a cloud ninja!


    Every ninja swallowed saliva involuntarily!


    Is the one in front of them the battlefield Shura?


    Just relying on physical skills, sword skills, and illusion skills, the ninja coalition forces present can be plunged into great panic, and no one can compete with him!


    No, there is one more person!


    A figure suddenly appeared beside Uchiha Madara!


    The next moment, this person squatted down and swept his feet, and the huge force of that person directly swept off Uchiha Madara''s legs, and Uchiha Madara''s body suddenly crooked!


    The man watched Uchiha Madara''s body fall to the ground, with a slight look of complexity in his eyes: "If the leg is broken, can''t you dance?"


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Uchiha Madara, defeated!


    Uchiha Madara brought unimaginable pressure to the entire ninja alliance, the kind of strength that almost suffocated them all. Now after seeing Uchiha Madara fall, the entire ninja alliance immediately cheered!


    "It''s that guy!"


    "It''s Uehara-sama!"


    "It''s the captain!"


    Although there may be sneak attack factors, at least he defeated Uchiha Madara, combined with Uehara Naraku''s previous record in attacking the Dirty Army...


    It really deserves to be the star of hope!


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Uchiha Madara, watching his legs recover quickly, and his voice became a little more heavy: "Mara...Senior, if I remember correctly, people of the same level as you and the first generation of Hokage Characters, should be able to break free from the control of reincarnation?"


    "That''s right..."


    Uchiha Madara nodded reservedly, and after waiting for his legs to recover, he suddenly kicked Uehara Naraku, trying to smash Uehara''s head with one kick!


    Slap!


    His foot kicked Uehara Naraku''s arm!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku turned around and took advantage of the situation to rush forward, kicked Uchiha Madara''s chest, and directly kicked Uchiha Madara out of the crowd!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure didn''t stop at all!


    In a blink of an eye, Uehara caught up with Uchiha Madara who was flying upside down, and suddenly put his arm on Uchiha Madara''s waist forcefully, knocking Uchiha Madara down the waist and completely flying out!


    "interesting¡­"


    Uchiha Madara didn''t panic at all, and even smiled at the corner of his mouth: "Your physical skills are very good, is it because of this that Heijue has the courage to betray me?"


    "No, it should be that Madara-senpai betrayed us!"


    Uehara Naraku stared at Uchiha Madara who was knocked into the air by himself, and began to talk nonsense: "Senior Jue told me that Madara-sama is the most supportive of our Moon Eye plan, and he is the will of Reincarnation Eye and Moon Eye. Inherited!"


    Uchiha Madara was silent for a while.


    To be honest, Madara felt like something was wrong.


    But what went wrong, because there was not enough information, Uchiha Madara really couldn''t think of it, he could only continue to fight first!


    What he became a traitor!


    Aren''t you the owner of Moon Eye?


    Damn, what the hell is going on!


    Uchiha Madara stared closely at Uehara Naraku, the scarlet Sharingan instantly enlarged in Uehara Naraku''s eye sockets, and instantly disappeared into the invisible.


    This is the illusion of Sharingan!


    With Uchiha Madara''s pupil power, no one can resist!


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Madara Uchiha in surprise, raised his eyebrows, and kicked Madara Uchiha away again!


    "Are you really old?"


    Uehara Naraku walked towards Uchiha Madara step by step, and said in a cold voice: "We are still fighting, why are we in a daze?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara frowned, his face gradually became ugly, because he used illusion just now, but it didn''t have any effect on Uehara Naraku at all!


    Because Uehara Naraku has obtained pure yin power long ago, even Sharingan is a blood successor that spreads from the yin power, and is absolutely immune to illusion...


    Physically, it seems difficult to take advantage of it!


    It seems difficult for illusion to work on the person in front of you!


    "Fire Escape¡¤Extinguish Fire!"


    Madara Uchiha raised his finger, and after using two simple handprints, a huge flame spewed out towards Naraku Uehara!


    "Flame Escape ¡¤ Extinguish Fire!"


    Uehara Naraku''s seal movement was a little slower than Uchiha Madara''s, so he just learned Uchiha Madara''s movement, and after barely forming a handprint, he opened his mouth and spewed out a huge wave towards the overwhelming flames. The scorching black flame!


    The flame met the black flame in an instant!


    Even if Uchiha Madara''s fire escape ninjutsu has a very wide range, it is not as powerful as Yan Dun Heiyan at this moment, but in the blink of an eye, Kuroyan has the upper hand in the fire escape ninjutsu competition!


    Madara Uchiha had never thought that someone had the upper hand in the fire ninjutsu competition with the Uchiha clan!


    But this is also normal.


    Just a B-level fire escape ninjutsu, naturally there is no way to counter the power of fire composed of the power of yin and the power of fire.


    "Flame escape?"


    Uchiha Madara watched his Fire Dunn Jutsu completely suppressed by the black flames and began to devour him. There was a hint of complexity in his eyes: "It''s been a long time since I''ve seen such a powerful Yan Dun..."


    "It looks like I''ve won."


    Naraku Uehara stared at Madara Uchiha, and said in a deep voice: "Senior Madara, we are the most suitable candidates to implement the Moon Eye Project, you should not betray us like Obito Uchiha, please get rid of control and join us immediately! "


    "Hehe... brat..."


    Uchiha Madara''s mouth curled into a slight smile, and the next moment he became serious again: "Are you trying to persuade me to surrender? When have you seen Uchiha Madara who surrendered!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent.


    Just when Uchiha Madara thought he had nothing to say, Uehara suddenly said: "If Uchiha has never surrendered... how did Konoha build it..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara''s body suddenly burst out of the blue Susanoo!


    Is this the fucking time to discuss this?


    Now Madara is not using the complete form, but Susano in the fourth form, which has completely overwhelmed Sasuke Uchiha in terms of momentum!


    Uchiha Madara stood in his Susanoo, looked down at Uehara Naraku below, and frowned slightly: "Little devil, are you provoking me?"


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, his body suddenly rose up, kicked Susanoko''s head, and kicked the thin but strong blue Susano away!


    Uehara Naraku stopped in the air slowly, and said in a cold voice: "I''m just stating the facts, because I''m an honest person!"


    "..."


    The battlefield was silent.


    I don''t know what the reason for these people''s silence is.


    It may be because Uehara Naraku kicked Susanoo''s power away, or it may be because Uehara Naraku said that he is an honest person...


    Only Uchiha Sasuke''s mood fluctuated.


    After Uchiha Sasuke looked at the tall Susano on Uchiha Madara''s body, there was a look of surprise on his face.


    "Is this... Uchiha Madara''s power?"


    But Sasuke Uchiha saw Susano who had been kicked away by Uehara Naraku again, and Sasuke showed a self-deprecating face again.


    "Heh... It seems that there is no difference between me..."

 Chapter 353

    Uchiha Madara... that''s it?


    Uchiha Madara''s wanton declaration before facing the battle, Sasuke thought that he could really see the legendary ancestor of their family who could kill the Quartet!


    Uchiha Madara was really extraordinary when he first shot, suppressing the entire ninja coalition with one enemy ten thousand, but was soon stopped by Naraku Uehara and beat him up!


    Taijutsu, lost to Uehara.


    Illusion, lost to Uehara.


    Ninjutsu, lost to Uehara.


    Even though the fourth form, Susano, was kicked away by Uehara Naraku, it didn''t seem to take advantage of it!


    Uchiha Sasuke was wrong about this.


    In terms of physical skills alone, there is almost no big difference between Uchiha Madara and Uehara Naraku. One relies on rich combat experience, and the other relies on exquisite fighting skills, but Uehara Naraku just won by one move.


    And judging the strength from physical skills, the current Uehara Naraku has not turned on the ten-fold enhancement. Under normal conditions, he has not surpassed Uchiha Madara and Senjujuma. Everyone can use the tailed beast as a ball. kicking and playing...


    As for illusion, there is no way.


    Yin power is the ultimate Yin chakra, and Sharingan is just a way of displaying Yin power, which is inherently suppressed.


    The same goes for ninjutsu.


    After all, Uchiha Madara''s fire escape chakra, in any case, can''t compete with the innate power of two levels of fire in Uehara Naraku''s body.


    Uchiha Sasuke doesn''t understand this.


    Because in his sight, Uchiha Madara is really no different from himself, their battles are suppressed by Uehara Naraku, and the ending is no different.


    Everyone''s surname is Uchiha...


    Everyone can open Susanoo...


    Everyone was also beaten up by Uehara Naraku...


    This...is there any difference?


    The difference is.


    Uchiha Madara is still calm so far.


    Even though Naraku Uehara kicked away his fourth form, Susano, Uchiha Madara''s expression remained unchanged, all of which was within his expectations.


    after all¡­


    Madara himself is not surprised that a person who can compete with him in martial arts can kick away Susano in the fourth form.


    "You are really interesting."


    Madara Uchiha stared at Uehara Naraku floating in the air through Susanoo''s body, and said softly: "Uehara Naraku, if you want to stand by my side now, I can mercifully allow you to come over and join us." I."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitched.


    Why does this sentence sound familiar to him?


    Are the brains of Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Sasuke really all right? Why are their personalities and deeds so similar that they all want to persuade him to surrender!


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and said with hesitation on his face, "But... why shouldn''t it be Madara-senpai who should make way for us?"


    "Your courage is really great!"


    Uchiha Madara''s fingers slowly stood up, and he said indifferently: "Since you gave up the opportunity to stand beside the winner, then stand there and be my enemy obediently!"


    The next moment, the tall Susanoo changed instantly. Two giant hands grew out of its back again, and each of the four palms held a weird blue Susanoo sword!


    "It''s really scary!"


    Naraku Uehara watched this scene with a slight surprise on his face: "It''s just that Susano''s strength has far surpassed Sasuke!"


    Just talking about the application of Susanoo, Uchiha Madara has played a variety of new tricks on the ultimate pupil technique of Susanoo!


    Countless battles with Senjujuju from the Warring States Period, Uchiha Madara is like an arm for Susano!


    "Hmph, are you ready to die?"


    Uchiha Madara grinned slightly at the corner of his mouth.


    The next moment, the blue Susano almost crushed the ground with one foot, and suddenly rose from the ground, waving the Susano Sword in his hand and jumped towards Uehara!


    Uchiha Madara''s blue Susano is extremely flexible. Under his control, this tall giant is as sensitive as an ordinary person, and his speed and strength far exceed Uchiha Sasuke''s purple Susano!


    A blue sword qi strikes first!


    Uehara Nairo dodged the blue sword energy in the air, only to see that sword energy brushed by his side, and quickly landed on the ground!


    The blue sword energy instantly shattered the ground, leaving a deep gully!


    With this blow, the entire ninja coalition did not dare to step forward!


    This battle is no longer a battle they can intervene in. This is a more terrifying battle than Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto!


    Uchiha Madara stood in the Susano, manipulating the Susano to continue waving the Susano sword in his hand, cutting out blue sword energy!


    The earth trembled under his attack!


    The allied ninja army watched the tall blue giant fight fiercely, and they were almost too frightened to move!


    "Come and see the power of Uchiha!"


    Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku, and his voice gradually became louder: "Uehara Naraku, please dance to your heart''s content before the end comes to please me!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku felt very tired.


    The next moment, Uehara dodged neatly to avoid the blue sword energy attacking one after another, and instantly dodged the attack of a Susano sword!


    Until he appeared on top of the blue Susanoo.


    "You''re so fast."


    Uchiha Madara looked at Naraku Uehara dodging Susano''s sword easily, watched him appear in front of him, nodded appreciatively, and continued: "Unfortunately, the one in front of you now is Susano, which cannot be defeated. The technique of absolute defense..."


    "I know."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Sasuke below, slowly clenched his fist, and said softly: "Before you came to the battlefield, I just dismantled one."


    "Sasuke''s?"


    Madara Uchiha ticked the corner of his mouth, smiled and continued to hold his arm: "Huh, I''m different from that little guy who just opened Zhiba Sharingan..."


    "in my opinion¡­"


    The chakra in Uehara Naraku''s body quickly began to accumulate in the fist, and he slammed a punch on Susanoo''s head!


    A crackling sound appeared above the head...


    The next moment, after the blue Susanoo raised his head to the sky and howled, gaps split open all over his body in an instant, and finally turned into nothingness!


    Uehara Naraku stared at Uchiha Madara, twisted his wrist, felt the force of the shock, and said softly: "There seems to be no difference between you...they are all things that can be destroyed with one punch."


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he praised softly: "It''s really surprising, even Hashirama couldn''t do it back then, destroying Susano with a single blow..."


    Uchiha Madara''s mouth still curled up again, his eyes fixed on Uehara Naraku, and a smile floated on his face again: "Although what you destroyed was only Susano in the fourth form, this is enough for me Praise you..."


    Not a big problem.


    Uchiha Madara was still so calm.


    Because for him, the real battle has just begun!


    Whether it is Susano in the fourth form or the previous physical confrontation, everything is just Uchiha Madara''s usual technique to deal with mobs.


    Generally, he can solve it with just one move.


    "Then, this is the end of the warm-up between us!"


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes narrowed slightly, and the chakra on his body gradually gathered. He looked at everything around him indifferently, and saw the ninja coalition forces who were trying to get closer to him and Uehara Naraku on the battlefield.


    "Before that, we need to clean up the trash fish!"


    Uchiha Madara sneered, as if thinking of something, the corner of his mouth still kept a smile: "There are tens of thousands of ninjas here, right? All the ninjas of the five major countries are here? Just in this crowded place, you can use that Beautiful ninjutsu!"


    The next moment, Uchiha Madara''s eyes suddenly changed.


    Madara''s hands suddenly closed, and his voice gradually became disturbingly crazy: "Then let you see the power of another person in that era! Mudun¡¤Birth of the Tree World!"


    In an instant, thick vines suddenly emerged from behind him!


    As Uchiha Madara''s palm waved forward, these huge vines began to grow and spread, and quickly drilled in the direction of the Ninja Alliance and Uehara Naraku!


    "My current identity is the captain of the Ninja Alliance... These lovely subordinates, only I have the right to hurt them..."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice gradually lowered, and he quickly closed his palms!


    Groups of black flames began to spread outward from his feet, forming gorgeous black flame lotuses!


    These black flame lotuses instantly burned all the vines!


    Mudun ¡¤ The Birth of the Tree World was easily resolved by Uehara Naraku''s Yandun!


    "Ok?"


    Uchiha Madara watched a black flame spread to his body, and he casually turned into the eyes of reincarnation to absorb the chakra in the black flame.


    Uchiha Madara''s brows finally frowned: "Sure enough, even if the Mutun in Hashirama is used, will it still encounter the restraint attribute in the ninja world?"


    The next moment, Uchiha Madara''s fingers suddenly stood up, forming an unusually weird handprint, and the blue light of Susano suddenly floated around him!


    The three-headed and six-armed blue Susano imitated Uchiha Madara''s appearance, each with their own handprints, and worked together to activate a powerful spell!


    "Then let you try it..."


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes narrowed slightly, staring at Uehara Naraku and the many ninja coalition forces who had gathered the black flames, and said in a low voice: "A technique that cannot be restrained by attributes!"


    A huge chakra is flowing in the air!


    The dark clouds in the sky gradually became darker, and it seemed that something was stirring the atmosphere, causing these clouds to gradually gather!


    A shadow slowly appeared above everyone''s heads!


    It was a huge chondrite!


    It is one of the pupil techniques of the reincarnation eye, Tianshi Zhenxing!


    Everyone seemed to sense something, raised their heads involuntarily, and looked at the shadow that was gradually falling in the sky...


    Every ninja involuntarily broke out in cold sweat on his face, let go of the weapon in his hand in despair, and stared at the meteorite falling from the sky!


    No matter how powerful the ninja is, there is only despair and shock on their faces at this moment, and they can only stare at the falling meteorite!


    No matter what ninjutsu they use now, they can''t resist the impact of the meteorite falling from the sky!


    In the ninja coalition headquarters.


    They have also sensed the situation on the battlefield.


    Whether it was Tsunade, the fourth generation of Raikage Ai, the third generation of Tsuchikage Onogi, these kage-level ninjas sitting in the command center were just sweating on their cheeks, waiting for the result on the battlefield.


    Just as everyone was waiting for the despair before the doomsday, a slender and dazzling fire shot directly through the meteorite, directly detonating that meteorite!


    Immediately afterwards, a mass of scorching flames suddenly shot out from the bottom of the meteorite, expanding rapidly like an umbrella of flames and then quickly retracting, gathering up all the stones that had been split from the meteorite, and directly blasting them into pieces Dust all over the sky!


    This fire escape ninjutsu is simply too beautiful to behold!


    It''s like a short-lived firework, but it''s dazzling!


    Everyone turned their heads involuntarily to look at the person who used the fire escape ninjutsu to directly shoot through the meteorite, and the cheers of the survivors resounded through the earth in an instant!


    "Master Captain!"


    "It''s Captain Uehara!"


    It was Uehara Naraku who used the power of fire to directly create a beautiful fire escape ninjutsu, directly destroying the meteorite that fell from the sky, and even the fragments after the meteorite exploded were directly detonated by the flames and turned into dust!


    Uehara Naraku ignored the cheers of the crowd, slowly put away his fingers, and looked at the instigator who summoned the meteorite, and there seemed to be some meaning in his tone.


    "Senior Madara, will you have a second meteorite?"


    "..."


    Today''s Uchiha Madara is silent a bit too much.

 Chapter 354

    There is indeed a second sky-shattering star.


    What Uchiha Madara wants to see is that these ninjas are desperate and helpless, but before life and death come, they desperately exploded their potential to block his sky-shattering shock.


    Then, just when these ninjas were rejoicing for the rest of their lives, they were suddenly directly destroyed by the second sky tremor. This feeling of playing with people''s hearts is simply not too pleasant.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Something went wrong with the plan.


    The second meteorite from Tianzhang Zhenxing also fell down soon, but the ninja coalition forces no longer despaired, but looked at their coalition captain expectantly.


    Naraku Uehara lived up to expectations.


    Pairs of wings appeared behind Uehara''s back, driving his body to float upwards. This man with three pairs of wings flew towards the meteorite that fell from the sky like a real angel descending!


    Blast out with one punch!


    The second celestial tremor was crushed by Uehara''s punch!


    Fiery flames spewed out from Uehara Naraku''s hands, instantly submerged the shattered stones of the meteorite, and completely destroyed this heavenly tremor!


    "It''s really... It feels like we don''t need the same at all!"


    Ji Lai also looked at this scene, couldn''t hold back the smile on his face, and said with a light smile, "Xiao Nan... really taught an outstanding disciple!"


    "Just now I wanted to open the door to death..."


    Maitkai''s eyes tightened slightly, his eyes fixed on Uehara Naraku, and he said nervously: "However, I have a feeling that the current Lord Kitahara Naraku should be stronger than when I opened the eighth door. powerful!"


    "That Uehara guy..."


    Gaara''s face is also full of solemnity: "Is it my illusion? I always feel that this guy is so strong that he seems to be no longer in the same dimension as us!"


    "maybe!"


    Hatake Kakashi slowly stroked his mask, sighed and said, "Fortunately, Tsunade-sama rejected all the opinions and invited Uehara to join the Ninja Alliance..."


    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku couldn''t hear this.


    Now Uehara Naraku is slowly controlling his wings, and falls beside Uchiha Madara. The battle between them is not over yet!


    "What a dreadful young man!"


    Uchiha Madara sighed with emotion, he looked at Uehara Naraku, his expression became more and more serious: "Uehara Naraku, I thought you were powerless to dance, but I didn''t expect that your state is really beyond my imagination! "


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes slightly, showing a gentle smile: "That''s why Jue-senior entrusted me with the Moon Eye project, Madara-senpai, are you still unwilling to make way for us?"


    Uehara Naraku is still doing her duty.


    Basically, everything is blamed on Hei Jue''s head.


    "hehe¡­"


    There was a smile on Uchiha Madara''s face, his fingers suddenly closed, and he said in a low voice: "Don''t be too arrogant, brat! Not every adult is willing to do his best to fight a child who hasn''t grown up! "


    After saying this, Uchiha Madara lowered his head and said in a low voice: "But... this little guy named Uehara Naraku is a person who must not be underestimated anymore! He has already challenged me Qualifications."


    "Then, I will fight with all my strength!"


    The next moment, countless blue brilliance suddenly appeared from Uchiha Madara''s body!


    A burst of surging and tyrannical Chakra emerged from Uchiha Madara''s body, almost causing his loose hair to be blown up involuntarily by the energy driven by Chakra!


    Under Uchiha Madara''s feet, a huge Susanoo suddenly drilled out. This time, the size of Susanoo was unprecedentedly huge, surpassing any Susanoo they had seen before!


    Regardless of whether it is Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke, the two brothers Susano and Uchiha Madara''s Susanoo who broke out now are not at the same level at all!


    "It''s not over yet!"


    Madara Uchiha looked at Susanoku''s eyes in astonishment, and the corners of his mouth curled up slightly: "Naraku Uehara, the Ninja Alliance, what you see now is the most powerful force in this world!"


    Chakra fluttered again on the surface of the blue Susanoo!


    These chakras turned into armor in an instant, tightly surrounding the blue Susano, Uchiha Madara''s Susano is rapidly becoming a perfect body!


    A Susano taller than a hill finally stands on the ground!


    This blue Susanoo in full body shape is almost like a real warrior, just standing there gives people a very strong sense of oppression!


    The next moment, the blue Susano almost pulled out his ninja sword!


    A blue sword light flashed in front of everyone''s eyes in an instant, and a sharp sword energy came out, blatantly cutting off the tops of the two direct peaks!


    Magma spewed out directly from the mountain!


    "This is¡­"


    Gaara raised his head and looked up at Susano in full body, with a look of horror on his face, and he couldn''t even speak clearly: "In the legend... the power possessed by Madara Uchiha?"


    "That''s right..."


    Jiraiya''s eyes froze slightly, and his voice gradually became a little lower: "It''s really unimaginable, how did the first Hokage defeat him back then..."


    After Gaara nodded, his mood gradually became a little depressed: "To be honest, there is no way at all... It makes people unable to resist the will..."


    "It''s time to burn youth again!"


    But Maitkai didn''t panic at all, an equally powerful chakra erupted from his body, and he entered the state of the seventh door in an instant!


    Matt Kay really didn''t panic in his heart.


    In other words, since he opened the eighth gate, the gate of death, Maitekai has not panicked, because he can judge that the gate of death can defeat the enemy.


    have died once...


    What else is there to be afraid of?


    Uehara Naraku, who doesn''t have to worry about death at all, is even less afraid.


    Uehara Naraku stared at the perfect Susanoo, touched his chin: "Which way should I use to defeat you now? It''s really hard to choose..."


    To be honest, there are a lot of cards.


    No matter which hole card is drawn, it seems to be able to play a dozen.


    What''s more, Naraku Uehara won a lot of rewards in the battle just now, and one of them was also rewarded with a skill that was a bit outrageous just by looking at the name.


    Sub-quest: Use your fist to smash the sky-shattering earthquake star (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill is Special Skill ¡¤ Serious Series ¡¤ Serious Punch.


    Serious Punch: When you condense your own energy and attack the enemy with a serious punch, it will bring the enemy a sense of irresistibility and fear when death comes. The specific power is unknown, and the specific consumption is unknown, but it will not exceed all of your own energy.


    If you just look at the unpretentious name of this skill, then this skill really looks like an out-and-out trash skill...


    Even the power of the skill is not described.


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists quietly, sighed and said, "This is really a skill that makes people feel bald after seeing it..."


    Really bald.


    But I really want to try it!


    No matter how I look at it, I want to try it!


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes moved slowly, and stopped on Uchiha Madara, who was completely covered with Susano''s head crystals, and his arms slowly leaned back to prepare for power accumulation.


    "Oh?"


    Madara Uchiha noticed Naraku Uehara''s movements, and grinned at the corner of his mouth: "Do you still want to smash Susano with your fist? It''s nothing to complete Susano..."


    "Nirvana..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face darkened for a second, and then slowly returned to normal. He believed that as long as he released this skill...


    No matter how shameful the name is, it will become a symbol of the strong!


    Uehara Naraku''s body suddenly rushed towards Susano, and shouted sharply: "Serious series...serious punch!"


    "..."


    A question mark popped up on everyone''s forehead.


    Only Uchiha Madara didn''t have question marks all over his head, because in his sight, Uehara Naraku, who was charging with his fists clenched, suddenly turned into a tall figure!


    Obviously what he stretched out was just an ordinary punch!


    What Uchiha Madara saw was a mountain-like fist. In front of Naraku Uehara''s fist, the height of hundreds of meters, which was completely full of Susanoo, was as weak as an ant!


    Totally irresistible!


    No, it is completely impossible to give birth to the heart of resistance!


    A blood-red death word appeared around that fist, as if this punch could kill Uchiha Madara!


    "Is it an illusion?"


    Uchiha Madara shook his head quickly, and immediately judged the situation: "Absolutely impossible...No one can make me fall into the illusion!"


    Boom!


    Naraku Uehara''s fist landed on Susano''s body!


    Just as everyone was frowning and watching this scene, they didn''t think any miracle would happen at all, because Uehara Naraku''s punch was completely different from his previous momentum.


    Was it because his strength had finally run out?


    Even if it is to tickle Susano, it is to praise this punch...


    The only person who really felt this punch was Uchiha Madara, he only felt a huge force instantly sweeping the entire Susanoo, even including his body!


    "how is this possible¡­"


    This force simply made him irresistible!


    Even if it is impossible to maintain Susano with pupil power, the power of that punch is absolutely irresistible, and the feeling of that punch is as if the outcome and life and death have been judged!


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    next moment¡­


    The entire Susano collapsed into pieces in an instant!


    Even Uchiha Madara in the Susanoo crystal turned into dust!


    Uehara Naraku''s fist blasted a surging wind, which swept everything in front of him in an instant, and blasted all the trees and barren mountains to the ground!


    "..."


    The whole scene was silent.


    No one expected that Uehara Naraku''s unpretentious punch directly shattered Uchiha Madara''s complete warrior-like body, Susano, and turned the invincible Shura into ashes with one punch!


    to be honest.


    It''s really a bit like a match-fixing match.


    If Uehara Naraku''s fist hadn''t erupted with a burst of fist wind that swept everything like an overtime performance, the ninja alliance present would have wanted to refund the ticket.


    "This¡­"


    Deidara is blunt, his face is very puzzled: "Do you feel that their battle is a little more fake than the battle between Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke..."

 Chapter 355

    If Uchiha Madara knew Didara''s funny idea, he should smash his dog''s head and let Didara come and experience the unpretentious punch for himself.


    It''s not Deidara''s fault either.


    After all, Naraku Uehara has always been very low-key in his life, but very high-key in his actions. Such a thrilling battle shouldn''t end like this!


    This is too hasty!


    The opposite is Uchiha Madara!


    "To be honest, I also think it''s a little fake..."


    The expression of the red sand scorpion is also a little subtle, his eyes slowly moved to look at the oldest Kakutsu: "Didn''t Senior Kakuzu fight the first Hokage? You should be able to judge Uchiha Madara from the hands of the first Hokage." strength?"


    "etc!"


    Didara didn''t wait for Kazuna to answer, and immediately said: "If according to Kyodanna''s statement, Kaku was defeated by Senju Bashirama of the first Hokage, and Uchiha Madara was also defeated by Senju Bashirama. subordinate, so..."


    Didara pushed his tiny telescope, looked slowly at Madara Uchiha who was slowly recovering, and then glanced at Kakuzu, his voice gradually became more dignified: "There is only one truth..."


    "Ha ha ha ha!"


    Hidan slapped his thigh wildly, and laughed loudly: "You idiot don''t think Kakuzu is as strong as Uchiha Madara, do you?"


    "Do you think I''m your idiot?"


    After Didara scolded Hidan angrily, he put his arms around Kakutsu''s shoulders, and said with a smile: "I just wonder if Kakuzu threw it at the first Hokage from 800 meters away when he was fighting the first Hokage. A shuriken, hahahaha..."


    "..."


    Kakuzu''s forehead jumped violently.


    Sooner or later, he will have to get rid of this tease Didara in exchange for a bounty!


    The topics organized by Akatsuki were obviously off the track. Of course, as long as Didara and Hiduan were around, Akatsuki rarely had topics that wouldn''t go off track.


    Not only the people of the Xiao organization.


    Konoha didn''t quite understand it.


    Jiraiya also saw that Uehara Naraku''s unpretentious punch smashed the complete Susanoo, his jaw almost dropped from shock!


    "what''s the situation?"


    Jiraiya also thought it would be a tough battle.


    Even after Uehara Naraku''s defeat, Jiraiya had already thought about him, Maitkai and others going to fill the place, but Uchiha Madara lost so inexplicably?


    Kakashi Hatake stared at his Sharingan, and he was also a little unbelievable: "If I read it correctly, it should be Uehara Naraku who punched directly, and then smashed Uchiha Madara''s Susano..."


    "..."


    Everyone looked at Kakashi Hatake involuntarily. Even if the battle was outrageous, your commentary is too fake!


    That''s Uchiha Madara!


    That''s the perfect Susanoo!


    How could it be smashed with a single punch!


    There are only two people who really understand the truth, and one of them is Naraku Uehara. He only feels his body is weaker than ever before, and the huge life energy and magic chakra in his body are exhausted because of this punch!


    Strictly speaking, this punch is indeed invincible, but it is a pity that it consumes too much, basically directly consumes all of its own energy uncontrollably!


    Whether it''s life energy or xianshu chakra energy, the chakra punched by Uehara Naraku directly becomes 1 point!


    If someone sneaks up on Uehara Naraku at this time...


    That means that Uehara can only use the endless anger that does not require any consumption to save his life, wait for a second to recover Chakra, and continue to activate the invincible life-saving skills...


    The consumption of this punch is really amazing!


    Fortunately, after defeating Uchiha Madara, he recovered 20% of the chakra with calmness, coupled with the tenfold recovery effect in the fairy mode, he recovered 8640 points of life energy and 4320 points of sage chakra in one second.


    It only takes a minute or two for Uehara Naraku to return to his peak state, and this time is not enough for a chat!


    But¡­


    Uehara Naraku found another problem.


    Using the skill of Serious Punch will secretly lose hair!


    Because he actually lost a hair, judging from the exuberance of his life energy, it is absolutely impossible for him to lose his hair!


    Hair is still falling out.


    It''s outrageous.


    As for the other person who felt the power of a serious punch...


    Uchiha Madara.


    His body is still recovering slowly.


    It''s just that Uchiha Madara''s heart is still full of shock and confusion, because the punch just now was too amazing, and Uchiha Madara even felt that the real thousand hands in Senjujumama might not be able to hold it That punch!


    This kid named Uehara Naraku is too strong!


    therefore¡­


    Uchiha Madara contacted Hei Ze again, planning to give Hei Ze a step up.


    Because Hei Ze told Uchiha Madara that Uehara Naraku was actually one of his own.


    Uchiha Madara didn''t ask Kuroze if he wanted to get back together, and asked directly: "Heize, what''s the matter with this brat?"


    "..."


    Hearing the voice from the bottom of his heart, Heijue fell silent.


    If Uehara Naraku''s surname is Uchiha, and he can activate the power of Samsara Eye without hindrance, Hei Zee actually wants to say something to Uchiha Madara.


    Madara, don''t contact me anymore, I''m afraid Uehara might misunderstand.


    Unfortunately, there is no if.


    Kurojue can only put all his hopes on Uchiha Madara, after all, the pair of reincarnation eyes that can turn ten tails into Jinchuriki belong to Uchiha Madara.


    Moreover, Uchiha Madara also got part of the chakras of Indra and Asura, and is the most suitable candidate for launching unlimited monthly readings.


    Forget it, what else can it do?


    I can only forgive Uchiha Madara!


    "Madara-sama..."


    There was a little excitement in Heijue''s voice, and he said with a hoarse voice with a low smile: "Has Madara-sama also felt the strength of Uehara Naraku?


    Uehara is the most diligent ninja I have ever seen. I have been deceiving him as a successor who is working hard for the Moon Eye project! And without enough power, it is impossible to inherit the Moon''s Eye Project and Madara-sama''s will! "


    "Heir?"


    Madara Uchiha frowned, and couldn''t help but continue to ask Heijue secretly: "What do you mean by inheriting my will?"


    "Actually, I have been deceiving Uehara."


    Now that Uchiha Madara is willing to take the initiative to reconcile the relationship, Kuroze will naturally not hide it, and immediately tells Madara all the lies he told Uehara Naraku.


    "Uehara Naraku is very easy to deceive. I just told him that the Six Paths Sennin passed on the peaceful will of the ninja world to Madara-sama, but before he died, Madara-sama passed this will, the Moon Eye Project, and the Eye of Reincarnation to Naruto. Door.


    Uehara Naraku was raised and raised by Nagato. He claims to be the child of destiny, the executor of the Moon Eye Project, and the successor of Nagato, so everything he does is to realize the Moon Eye Project And work hard. "


    After finishing speaking, Heijue continued to explain: "Don''t worry about Uehara Naraku''s loyalty, I used to monitor him every day for a period of time, and he has always been a very hardworking kid.


    Just because I was a little arrogant after I told him about the Moon Eye plan, he began to think that he was the successor of destiny, which is exactly the same as Nagato.


    Uehara Naraku regards all ninjas as a tool to realize the purpose of the Moon Eye, except for us who are the executors of the Moon Eye plan, no one actually puts him in his eyes. "


    These are all true.


    Because Hei Ze had really personally monitored Uehara Naraku after Uchiha Obito''s betrayal, and he was sure that he was never discovered by Uehara Naraku.


    During the period when Heijue was monitoring Uehara Naraku, it discovered that Uehara Naraku, apart from practicing hard, was immersed in the greatness of the Moon Eye Project every day.


    Heijue finally confirmed one thing...


    Uehara Naraku, like Uchiha Madara, was finally broken by it.


    These geniuses in the ninja world have problems with their brains.


    Once someone tells them what is the choice of fate and the inheritance of the gods, they feel that they are really the choice of fate...


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Oh, it''s just a tool.


    The only thing that Hei absolutely can''t accept is that this guy Uehara Naraku is now too strong to exceed expectations.


    Sometimes Heijue doubts what he said is true. Uehara is actually the Sage of Six Paths, the successor of Uchiha Madara and Nagato...


    Hei Jue discovered that after giving some geniuses some chicken soup for the soul such as fate choices, their diligence and the speed at which they became stronger were simply outrageous.


    Unexpectedly, after listening to Kurojue''s words, Uchiha Madara still admired Naraku Uehara a little bit: "Is that so? I didn''t expect such a genius ninja to appear in the ninja world after so many years. I stand shoulder to shoulder with Hashirama...


    If he was born in the Warring States Period, maybe I still have a lot of common language with him, and even the Moon Eye project can be shared with him. "


    They are all equally proud.


    They all have the same goal.


    They all have extremely powerful power, Uchiha Madara is not worried that he will be defeated by Uehara Naraku for a while, he is now a reincarnated body of dirt, and his power is not complete enough.


    What''s more, what if you really lose?


    Are you still going to die?


    Back then, Uchiha Madara was defeated by Senjujuma many times, isn''t he still defeated repeatedly, now he can be resurrected, and will live even greater?


    And what about the person in Senshouzhujian?


    Except for the cells in the column and a face that grows everywhere on other people, what is left of the person in the thousand-handed column?


    Temporary failure is not terrible.


    The terrible thing is that you can''t stand up after you fail.


    "I can''t stop him anyway."


    Uchiha Madara tilted his head, and started hooking up with Hei Juegou again: "If what you said is true, then he is a useful talent; if you still dare to lie to me, then I will use Yin Yang now." I will get rid of you!"


    "Master Madara."


    Heijue shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "I have never betrayed Madara-sama, it is Obito Uchiha who really betrayed you!


    Madara-sama can try to control Obito Uchiha with Yin Yang Dun, because of the traitor Obito, our plan has come to this point! "


    "Can."


    After Uchiha Madara recovered, he raised his finger!


    Before Uchiha Madara died, he left the mantra and chakra on Uchiha Obito''s body to control him. He always grasped Uchiha Obito''s life and death, and could also grasp all Uchiha Obito''s whereabouts.


    Unexpectedly, Uchiha Madara''s face changed in the next second.


    Because after Uchiha Madara detonated the mantra and chakra in Uchiha Obito''s heart, he felt the recovery of mantra chakra again.


    "This feeling..."


    Uchiha Madara slowly lowered his fingers and lowered his head: "Heijue, Uchiha Obito is a reincarnated body of dirt, he was killed long ago! It seems that Orochimaru is more difficult to deal with than we imagined !"


    "what?"


    Hei Ze immediately thought of something he had encountered before. At that time, Obito Uchiha completely betrayed them. Obito seemed to cooperate with Orochimaru, but there seemed to be a big battle between the two of them.


    Heijue''s voice was a bit dark and said: "I remember that Uchiha Obito and Orochimaru seem to have cooperated... and those who cooperate with Ninja World and Orochimaru will not have a good end!"


    Now Obito Uchiha must have been killed by Orochimaru!


    Even the corpses were reincarnated and resurrected!


    While Heijue was still thinking, it seemed to sense something, and immediately sent information to Uchiha Madara: "Master Madara, let us rush to the side of Orochimaru, the ten tails have recovered, and seem to be moving towards this side." attack!"


    While passing information to Uchiha Madara, Hei Ze loudly said to Uehara Naraku: "Uehara, be careful! Ten tails are berserk, and it is attacking us!"


    "..."


    The entire Ninja Alliance was in an uproar!


    "I see¡­"


    Uehara Naraku watched as his energy gradually returned to its peak state. Within his range of perception, he indeed sensed the attack of a powerful tailed beast jade!


    A crimson... Tailed Beast Jade that was so red it turned black!


    Ten tails, completely revived!


    Just when Naraku Uehara was about to rush over to deal with Ten-Tails'' Tailed Beast Jade, Madara Uchiha suddenly appeared in front of him, smiling charmingly and saying, "Oh, the successor of Moon Eye, I was against you just now! Test, now your test has passed, the ten-tailed beast jade is coming, do you need me to help you?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku felt a little delicate.


    Because just now, Uehara Naraku knew that Uchiha Obito''s dirty soil reincarnated body died once, and was blown through the heart from the inside and died...


    Uchiha Madara must have done this.


    Now that Obito Uchiha is found to be the reincarnated body of filth, Madara Uchiha will no longer believe in Obito Uchiha who is controlled by others, but will believe in Hei Ze again.


    And Uchiha Madara must have obtained all the information from Hei Ze, which should include Hei Ze''s words to deceive Uehara.


    so¡­


    Uchiha Madara just got the information, so he came to him to show off his acting skills?


    Is Uchiha Madara crazy or drifting?


    The current Uehara Naraku is the only two film kings left in the entire Akatsuki organization!


    "It''s okay, Madara-senpai."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, gritted his teeth and said in a low voice: "Although I was exhausted just now because of the battle with the senior Susano, I am the successor of the senior''s will, so even if I risk my life, I don''t want to Let the seniors down..."

 Chapter 356

    No one in this world can escape his control.


    Because Uehara Naraku judged that his acting skills had never been a problem.


    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku is destined to be disappointed this time, Uchiha Madara nodded suddenly after being silent for a while and said: "You... are very good, come on!"


    "Ok?"


    Naraku Uehara was full of question marks.


    Shouldn''t Uchiha Madara blame himself to comfort him at this time?


    Naraku Uehara thought too much about this. Uchiha Madara''s character looks darker, but he is actually a resolute man.


    Although he is also the reincarnation of Indra''s Chakra, Uchiha Madara has a stronger character than Uchiha Sasuke, and Uchiha Madara also recognizes those strong men more.


    Uehara Naraku''s speech was a bit green tea.


    Uchiha Madara didn''t care about the hidden meaning at all, he just appreciated the desperate words behind Uehara Naraku.


    At this moment, Uchiha Madara really thought of one thing. If he hadn''t been resurrected, there would be no problem handing over the Moon Eye Project to Uehara Naraku...


    pity¡­


    Nothing if!


    Uchiha Madara''s voice gradually became higher, he stared at Uehara Naraku, his face became extremely solemn: "Uehara Naraku, I approve of you! Even if you were born in the Warring States Period, you will not be born in that era. Those who fade away!"


    Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku, and said seriously: "Among all the ninjas I have confronted, no one can surpass your strength at this age, even Hashirama is inferior to you at this age! "


    Uchiha Madara slowly clenched his palm, his eyes tightened slightly, and said in a deep voice: "I, Uchiha Madara, here recognize you as the most talented ninja. I believe this name will never change because of the times!"


    "...Thank you?"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.


    Well, another side quest completed.


    Now there is no time to play with Uchiha Madara anymore.


    The wings on Uehara Naraku''s back fluttered slightly, because he had already seen the crimson tailed beast jade shot by Ten Tails within his line of sight!


    "It''s the Tailed Beast Jade again..."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside the tailed beast jade, a golden mask appeared on his body, and he kicked the ten-tailed tailed beast jade suddenly!


    The Tailed Beast Jade was kicked by Naraku Uehara and flew back, landed in a deep mountain and exploded instantly!


    The ground shook violently.


    In everyone''s sight, there are cracked earth everywhere!


    The power of the ten-tailed beast jade explosion is far beyond people''s imagination!


    Uchiha Madara looked at this scene, his eyes froze slightly, and his eyes flickered slightly: "It''s an amazing way to shake Ten Tails'' Tailed Beast Jade hard... Ten Tails is resurrected, so there is no need to be here!"


    For Uchiha Madara, nothing is more important than the ten tails.


    The next moment, Uchiha Madara didn''t stay any longer, his figure suddenly appeared beside Uchiha Sasuke, picked up Uchiha Sasuke and jumped towards the direction of Jubi.


    It''s just that after leaving here, Uchiha Madara specially sent a letter to Hei Ze, asking him and Uehara Naraku to lead the ninja coalition army to help immediately. After all, Uehara Naraku has a strong combat power.


    After the figure between Uchiha Obito and Senjugai froze for a second, the two figures also disappeared in place at the same time.


    Ten Tails is back!


    No one wants to waste time here.


    "Everyone!"


    Uehara Naraku turned his head to look at the ninja alliance below, and said loudly: "Go in the direction of Orochimaru immediately!"


    "yes!"


    The response of the Ninja Alliance was like a tsunami!


    Uehara Naraku flapped his wings and flew to the position where the ten tails were resurrected, and the others followed behind him one after another.


    Under the leadership of the five battle captains, the entire ninja coalition gradually began to advance in a conical direction, and everyone rushed to the area where the ten tails were resurrected!


    When Naraku Uehara flew to the resurrection position of Ten Tails, he also took a look at his rewards by the way, and almost got seven or eighty-eight mission rewards, which are actually quite outrageous.


    The first is to defeat Uchiha Itachi and receive Uchiha Itachi''s soul.


    Side quest: Defeat Itachi Uchiha (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the skill Crowstorm is rewarded.


    Crow Storm: Appears at the target location, summoning endless crows to attack enemies within 800 meters around, the skill has no cooldown time, and the minimum cost of the skill is 100 chakra points.


    this skill...


    It can only be said that talking is better than nothing.


    Side task: Change the fate of Uchiha Itachi (1/1), the task has been completed, and the reward skill Soul Shackles.


    Soul Shackles: Instantly extend a chain to bind the enemy''s soul, the duration is 4.5 seconds, the skill cooldown time is 0, and the minimum cost of the skill is 100 chakra points.


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    To be honest, he doesn''t even know the meaning of this system. Now Uchiha Itachi''s fate seems to be worse than the fate in the original book, right?


    And Uchiha Itachi is indeed born to restrain Orochimaru, and the skills he gave are quite aimed at Orochimaru.


    This relationship of restraint...is magical.


    The next step is the Dark Harvest. Defeating the 3-40,000 or so three-dimensional attributes provided by a bunch of filthy ninjas only increased Naraku Uehara''s three-dimensional attributes to about 650,000.


    Finally, it is the moment of small harvest.


    A bunch of leeks harvested from Uchiha Madara!


    In addition to the serious punch given by smashing the meteorite with your fist at the beginning, there are some other messy tasks.


    Side task: beat Uchiha Madara (1/1) in the ninjutsu competition, the task has been completed, and the reward is 3000 gold coins.


    Sub-quest: beat Uchiha Madara (1/1) in the Taijutsu competition, the mission has been completed, and the reward is 3000 gold coins.


    Side task: beat Uchiha Madara (1/1) in the illusion competition, the task has been completed, and the reward is 3000 gold coins.


    Side task: break Uchiha Madara''s legs so that he can''t dance (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 1000 gold coins.


    Side task: Destroy two meteorites (1/1) that hinder the Earthquake. The task has been completed, and the reward is 500 gold coins.


    What a reward!


    Uehara Naraku''s equipment has long been full, and he has enough gold coins to exchange for resurrection armor, so why the system still rewards him with so many gold coins.


    Especially the difficulty of defeating Madara Uchiha from all aspects and breaking the meteorite head-on is not low, even a kage-level ninja can''t do it!


    Is this garbage system really broken?


    It wasn''t until the next reward that Naraku Uehara was barely happy.


    Side task: Defeat Uchiha Madara (1/1), the task has been completed, and the passive talent skill Immortal Eye will be rewarded.


    Born with eyes of reincarnation: Xueji snare originated from the fruit of the sacred tree, the most top pupil technique, can control the existence of yin and yang and all chakra attributes, possess various magical abilities, and can master the ultimate Susanoo that rivals tailed beasts Almost!


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression collapsed a bit.


    So it really is still given the eyes of the sage, the ability of this pair of samsara eyes seems to be similar to that of the sage of the six paths?


    Forget it, at least I can drive Gundam in the future.


    Although every time he smashed someone else''s Susanoo with one punch, in fact, Uehara Naraku really wanted to open Gundam in his heart!


    Moreover, he also has the power of Yin and Yang in his body, it seems that he can directly activate the six Earth Explosive Stars?


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head and looked at Juwei in the distance. He didn''t reveal his reincarnation eyes, but a slight smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Oshemaru, facing me like this, even if you want to break free from my control , can you escape again?"


    another place.


    Ten-tailed area.


    Orochimaru raised his finger, and he continued to control the ten tails, because the power of the ten tails was too great, and Orochimaru, who was reluctant to die, was still a little worried, worried that his will would be swallowed up after becoming a ten-tailed jinchuriki.


    Anyway, Juo is barely obeying his orders now.


    Yao Shidou stood beside him, urgently urging: "Master Oshemaru, please hurry up, Uehara Naraku has already arrived!"


    "I see!"


    A hint of impatience flashed across Orochimaru''s face, and he naturally saw figures rushing towards him one by one in his line of sight, as well as the crowd of the Ninja Allied Forces.


    Originally, Orochimaru controlled Ten Tails to spray out a tailed beast jade at the position of Uehara Naraku just now, but that guy Uehara Naraku kicked the tailed beast jade away!


    This made Orochimaru a little confused.


    Now he has to find a way to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki!


    Because once Naraku Uehara arrives, he might be able to capture and defeat him under the protection of Ten Tails!


    It''s just a pair of reincarnation eyes, and the reincarnation eyes that haven''t been developed much, Orochimaru really doesn''t think there is any hope of victory against Uehara Naraku...


    But¡­


    It''s too dangerous to be Ten Tails Jinchuriki!


    "Six Paths Ten Tails Coffin Seal!"


    Orochimaru''s fingers suddenly moved together, staring at the ten tails below, and slowly began to think of a way to let the ten tails'' chakra into his body!


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Yao Shidou stared at this scene closely, pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "Master Oshemaru, at least now you don''t have to worry about your own death.


    Because the process of becoming a Ten-Tails Jinchuriki is irreversible and cannot be interrupted, even if you are killed, you will not die, and the Chakra of the Ten-Tails will also enter your body to ensure that your body will not suffer any harm. "


    "Is that so?"


    Orochimaru''s eyes were slightly tightened, and the reincarnation eyes were a little too big in his eye sockets. To be honest, these eyes really didn''t suit him.


    Orochimaru slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku who was flying in the distance, and said with a cold snort: "But judging from this distance, when Uehara Naraku arrives here, I should be able to take Ten Tails into myself." in your body?"


    "Ok."


    Medicine Master nodded. He watched the ten-tailed chakra quickly merge into Orochimaru''s body, with a look of fascination on his face: "The power of the legendary Six Paths Sage! How powerful will this legendary power be..."


    After Yao Shidou said this, he slowly lowered his head, and the corners of his mouth curled up slightly: "And this powerful force, can this time push that person''s limit?"


    "Hehe, are you talking about that brat Uehara Naraku?"


    There was a painful smile on Orochimaru''s face. When the ten-tailed chakra entered his body, he didn''t feel well. He felt that his body might expand at any time!


    Just the next moment, Orochimaru quickly strengthened his will, ignoring the pain in his body and the sweat on his forehead, and whispered: "Don''t worry, this time, Naraku Uehara can''t resist the strength of this force at all!"


    When Orochimaru was talking, a touch of madness gradually appeared on his face: "I want to let that kid Uehara feel the despair I once felt in front of this world, let him feel the torture I once felt! "

 Chapter 357

    Ninja Alliance Command.


    Hyuga Hinata frowned, because she felt that the huge and violent Chakra of the ten tails was gradually disappearing, which made Hinata feel a little surprised.


    Hinata Hyuga, the current patriarch of the Hyuga Clan, is stronger than she was in the past, perhaps because she has the burden of the family on her shoulders, so she has always been very calm in this war and abided by her responsibilities .


    Hinata Hinata''s white eyes were full of tendons on both sides, and she sensed the situation where the ten tails were resurrected on the other side through the enchantment: "Master Tsunade, the chakra of the ten tails is gradually fading... No, no, someone is quietly absorbing the ten tails. Tail Chakra!"


    "It must be that guy Orochimaru..."


    Tsunade slowly closed her palms, mentioning this past friend made her feel a little uncomfortable, she continued to ask in a low voice: "Hinata, where are Naraku Uehara and the coalition forces now, and how long will it take to arrive! "


    "There is still a distance..."


    Hinata Hinata''s face was slightly pale, and she continued in a low voice: "Captain Uehara has just repelled Uchiha Madara, and he is quickly leading the ninja alliance to the position where Ten-tails will be resurrected, but at this speed..."


    It may not be able to catch up.


    No, or it must be impossible to catch up.


    Hinata Hinata''s expression changed, Shen Sheng continued to report the situation ahead: "The Fourth Hokage has appeared! The Fourth Hokage and the Second Hokage are attacking Captain Uehara, preventing them from going to Juo''s area!"


    After Hinata reported the situation of Uehara Naraku, the voice became a little more eager: "And the Chakra absorption speed of the ten tails on the other side suddenly accelerated!"


    "I see."


    After Tsunade nodded with a heavy face, he turned his head to look at Fourth Raikage and Third Tsuchikage: "Is it still impossible to stop that guy Orochimaru? Raikage, Your Excellency Tsuchikage, they have fought long enough, we Hurry up too, the final decisive battle is about to begin!"


    "It seems that we don''t need our support everywhere..."


    The third Tsuchikage Onogi nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "And that little guy Uehara first helped seal the Dirt Legion and defeated Uchiha Madara, so the power in his body is running out?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Hinata Hinata nodded hesitantly, and responded in a low voice: "Captain Uehara consumed a lot of energy after defeating Uchiha Madara, and became weak almost instantly;


    And in the past, he was able to easily defeat the second and fourth masters, but now he has fallen into a bitter battle under the siege of the two Hokage-sama..."


    "Then let''s go!"


    The Chakra on Fourth Raikage''s body suddenly rioted, he smashed the wall with a punch, and said loudly: "Concentrate all your strength to defeat Orochimaru!


    We can''t entrust all the war to that guy Uehara, otherwise we will be looked down upon by him in the future! "


    the other side.


    Uehara Naraku really looked like he was in a hard fight.


    The second generation of Hokage Senju Tomonama and the fourth generation of Hokage Namikaze Minato have been obstructing his progress, trying to buy time for Orochimaru to become the ten-tailed Jinzhu.


    When Jiraiya led the special operations team and wanted to help, Uehara Naraku refused their help, Uehara still laughed at himself.


    "It seems that Orochimaru is very worried that I will stop him!"


    Naraku Uehara dodged Senshou Feijian''s attack, and when he was about to punch Senju Feijian''s body, he could only see Senju Feijian disappearing with Flying Thunder God.


    Taking advantage of this opportunity, Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Jiraiya: "Master Jiraiya, in fact, after sensing the chakra of the ten tails, I know that this is no longer a duel of strength, because I will never be Rival of the ten tails.


    But I believe in you, Master Jiraiya, as a former teammate and opponent of Orochimaru, if there is anyone in this ninja world who can stop Orochimaru, I believe that the person who can do it must be you! "


    "..."


    Zilai was also silent.


    Uehara Naraku said it well.


    As Orochimaru''s former teammate and best friend, isn''t it what he should do to stop his former friends from making mistakes?


    "¡­I see."


    After Jiraiya nodded dully, he immediately led his special operations team to the area of ??Juo.


    The vanguard of the ninja coalition had already surpassed Naraku Uehara, and some people even stopped to help, but were all driven away by Naraku Uehara.


    "Hurry up, stop Orochimaru first!"


    Uehara Naraku flashed past the figure of Minato Namikaze, while exhorting loudly: "We must prevent him from becoming Jinchuriki of the Ten Tails!"


    "Yes, Captain!"


    The ninja coalition forces passed by Uehara Naraku''s position mightily.


    After these ninja coalition forces left completely, Uehara Naraku casually raised his fingers, manipulating the second-generation Hokage Senju Banma and the fourth-generation Hokage Namikaze Minato to stop.


    "It''s almost ready..."


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, and said with a light smile, "Really, Mr. Orochimaru, you still need an enemy like me to find a way to buy you time to become Jinchuriki..."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking on his own, he turned his head to look at the Second Hokage and Fourth Hokage standing beside him, and said in a deep voice: "Go and undo the seals of those filthy ninjas! This war has just started. start!"


    "..."


    Senju Tomonama and Namikaze Minato wanted to curse again.


    This bastard still thinks that the mantis catches the cicada and the oriole is behind!


    If they can also get rid of the control, the two of them really want to teach Uehara Naraku a good lesson!


    On the other side of the battlefield.


    Orochimaru completely absorbed all the chakras of the ten tails, and turned into a white ball floating above the battlefield, making people a little confused about the situation.


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, stared at the white ball, and said in a low voice, "Has it finally succeeded?"


    "No, not necessarily."


    The figure of Uchiha Obito landed beside him from the vortex of time and space, and explained in a low voice: "It''s not that simple to resist the erosion of ten tails'' will... Now it''s just the first step!"


    Maybe it won''t be too difficult.


    For Orochimaru, as long as his will is firm enough, he can resist the erosion of ten tails. Generally, those who dare to be a behind-the-scenes BOSS have a strong will, such as Uchiha Madara, who suppressed it almost without hindrance. ten tails...


    I don''t know about Orochimaru...


    Are you strong enough to resist ten tails?


    "That''s it..."


    Medicine Master frowned, and asked softly, "If Ten Tails gets out of control... Aren''t we wasting our time for nothing?"


    "No waste."


    Uehara''s voice came from Uchiha Obito''s mouth: "Then immediately pull Ten Tails out of his body, this will also allow him to survive for a short time, and then find a way to revive Uchiha with Black Jue Possession Orochimaru spot¡­"


    The person behind the scenes manipulating Orochimaru is a little vile, he continued: "If Orochimaru can make it through, everything is fine; if not, then you can only be a pure tool man..."


    "..."


    Pharmacist smiled helplessly.


    This is really going to kill Orochimaru alive!


    After a while, Yao Shidou suddenly asked, "Then, when will your lord come over?"


    "The right time!"


    From Uchiha Obito''s mouth, Uehara''s voice sounded a little frivolous: "If this guy Dashemaru fails, then I can only rush over to help him collect the body; if this guy Dashemaru succeeds..."


    A gentle smile gradually appeared in Naraku Uehara''s voice: "Let''s make Orochimaru happy for a while! After all, I''ve always felt sorry for him! I''ll let him see it again when Orochimaru is at his best. True despair!"


    "..."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, sighed faintly and said, "Sure enough, adults always have such bad tastes!"


    To be honest, it would be better to just kill him after using Orochimaru!


    Yaoshidou felt inexplicably, if things really developed as Naraku Uehara manipulated, the relationship between Uehara and Orochimaru would never be reconciled, right?


    Even though they are already dead...


    "but¡­"


    Yakushidou''s gaze moved slightly, staring at the white ball in the field, and lowered his voice: "Even if Master Orochimaru has become the terrifying Ten-Tails Jinchuriki, do you still have the absolute confidence to deal with him?"


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    To be honest.


    The pharmacist was a little scared even for himself.


    Because the Ten-Tails Chakra just now was so powerful that even Yakushido felt a little nervous. If Orochimaru really succeeded in becoming Ten-Tails Jinchuriki, who knows how powerful Orochimaru will be at that time!


    Even in this unscientific ninja world, there are some scientific theorems. For example, quantitative changes may also lead to qualitative changes, especially the ten-tailed chakra itself is a kind of qualitative change after the aggregation of nine-tailed beast chakras...


    "hehe¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was full of mockery: "Even if the real Sage of the Six Paths is resurrected, I can''t do anything to me, let alone Orochimaru, a guy who has been controlled by us all the time..."


    Just at this time.


    Uchiha Madara has also arrived here with Uchiha Sasuke, he just hid far away from the white ball, and his expression was a little unsightly: "Ten Tailed Jinchuriki...has it succeeded? In this case, Not too good for me..."


    The most troublesome thing is that Uchiha Madara didn''t design Orochimaru, so he didn''t leave any backhands on Orochimaru. In this case, Uchiha Madara must find a way to use force to solve Orochimaru.


    Uchiha Sasuke grinned, and smiled disdainfully: "Uchiha Madara, you are already dead, are you still coveting the power of Ten Tails?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara was a little unhappy about Sasuke''s rudeness.


    This junior named Uchiha Sasuke obviously has a face that is the same as that of Uchiha Izumi, but why is his personality so bad?


    never mind.


    Still don''t care about him.


    Uchiha Madara shook his head, continued to focus on the white ball in the field, and continued his plan.


    The only thing that works in his favor is that...


    Uehara Naraku and Hei Ze have both sneaked into the Ninja Alliance...


    Now he can try to weaken Orochimaru with the help of the Ninja Alliance and Uehara Naraku. After Orochimaru is weakened, he must be resurrected as soon as possible. Only after he is completely resurrected and has life, can he snatch the qualification to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki!


    Just as Uchiha Madara was plotting here, the vanguard of the Ninja Alliance also arrived at the scene, and Jiraiya, the leader of the team, also looked around, and his eyes slowly fell on the white ball.


    Jiraiya tilted his head and asked, "According to the news from the intelligence forces, have the ten-tailed chakras been collected in that white ball?"


    "That''s right..."


    "Oshemaru is also inside?"


    "should be¡­"


    "Then seal the white ball first..."


    click...


    click click click...


    Before Jiraiya''s order was finished, the surface of the white ball in the field suddenly cracked, and the next moment the whole white ball fell apart instantly!


    Countless white crystal fragments are flying every now and then!


    The sound of the white crystal breaking was as crisp as the sound of crystal breaking, and the crystal fragments floated and fell slowly like feathers.


    Everyone involuntarily stared there closely!


    In their line of sight, a slender figure broke out of the shattered white ball, and his body slowly floated in the air.


    The whole scene was silent.


    Anyone involuntarily held their breath.


    "Silai also... I didn''t expect you to be the first to come."


    In the midst of this silence, a slightly hoarse voice fell into everyone''s ears, and the source of the voice was the person who broke out of the shell.


    The man turned around slowly, looked in the direction of the Ninja Alliance, and took off the crystal fragments that had not faded from his head: "No, that''s right, you were the first person to come, and you made my evolution makes more sense."

 Chapter 358

    Today''s Orochimaru looks drastically changed.


    The towering horns on the top of the head, and the long white hair floating behind.


    Orochimaru''s body is no longer the sacrificial clothing he liked in the past, but a white robe with a black hook hanging from the neck, which looks a little lazy on his body.


    This costume symbolizing the Sage of the Six Paths appeared on Orochimaru, which means that this guy controlled the ten tails when he was already in the eggshell!


    The current ten tails are close to perfection.


    The chakras resurrected by the ten-tailed beasts this time already include the chakras of all the tailed beasts, mainly the chakras of the yin and nine-tailed beasts. Also harmless to the balance of the ten tails.


    and¡­


    This guy Orochimaru can bear pain very well.


    Orochimaru has long been accustomed to the pain of tearing the soul for other people, and he has long enjoyed the pain of being tortured because of the reincarnation of the dead.


    As long as he can endure the severe pain when the ten tails erode his will, and supplemented with a little bit of his own will, and find his own way, he can control the ten tails in his body.


    "Speaking of which, I have to thank you... Ziraiya."


    Orochimaru spread out his palm, and said softly, "If it weren''t for you and Tsunade, it would be really not so easy for me to control the ten tails..."


    Orochimaru looked at Jiraiya calmly and continued: "Originally, I thought that the will to support me to survive would be to destroy that guy Uehara Naraku. This idea was wrong. Now that I think about it, he is just an insignificant little character who will only take advantage of others." Dangerous...


    In fact, what I really want to do in my heart is to prove to the world that everything I do is correct, what I grasp is the truth in the world, and my way of tolerance is the most correct among us that!


    Everything we have is meaningful only when we are alive! "


    Orochimaru''s face suddenly became extremely solemn, and a cloud of jet-black liquid gradually appeared behind him, slowly turning into nine black balls.


    It is the jade that can only be used by ninjas of the Six Paths level.


    "Orochimaru¡­"


    Jiraiya''s gaze changed slightly.


    Even though Orochimaru''s appearance has changed a lot, in fact, Jilai recognized his old friend at a glance, and he was also shocked by the state of Orochimaru!


    The current Orochimaru feels extremely dangerous to him!


    This feeling is not like the danger when encountering such a strong enemy in the past, but the crisis between life and death, and even the kind of pressure that people cannot resist...


    That feeling, as if the two of them have become different species.


    Orochimaru, did he really become a Sage of the Six Paths?


    In addition to the powerful power, Orochimaru''s feelings seem to have changed a little bit. He is not as arrogant and arrogant as before, but is calm with absolute confidence, as if everything is under his control.


    like...


    There is nothing in this world that he cannot do.


    Jiraiya''s eyes gradually became serious, he stared at Dashemaru''s face firmly, and said in a low voice: "I never thought that you would end up like this in the end..."


    "Isn''t that a good look?"


    Orochimaru''s eyes slowly swept across the other people present, and finally stopped on Jiraiya again: "Are you going to be the same as you? Jiraiya, the current me is the Sage of the Six Paths of this era, this The end of the ninja world!"


    Orochimaru slowly raised his palm, looked at his gray skin, and said in a low voice: "This body will never be destroyed, it will never age, and its vitality is almost endless..."


    Orochimaru raised his eyes slightly, and once again landed on Jiraiya''s body, a stiff smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Now I really want to see how powerful this body has become..."


    The next moment, Orochimaru''s figure suddenly disappeared!


    His speed is so fast that people can hardly see the trajectory of his actions!


    Jilai also hastily stretched out his arm to block in front of him, and was kicked by Orochimaru, and Zilai was also kicked flying, and fell under a cliff!


    "So fast¡­"


    Jiraiya''s face showed a look of surprise, he couldn''t even imagine that it was the speed displayed by Orochimaru just now, this guy has really undergone a qualitative change!


    Jiraiya stared at the Orochimaru floating in the distance, and after joining his hands together to make a mudra, the chakra gathered in his chest spewed out a burst of flames towards Orochimaru!


    "Fire Escape¡¤Fire Dragon Flame Bomb!"


    The flames turned into a long line and attacked in the direction of Orochimaru, and suddenly stretched out in the air, covering the sky and covering the Orochimaru!


    This blow of Fire Dragon Flame hit Orochimaru head-on!


    Even a kage-level ninja can''t handle this Fire Escape Ninjutsu!


    The next moment, the flames gradually faded away, revealing a figure wrapped in flames, and a jet-black liquid ball helped Orochimaru block the fire ninjutsu that hit just now.


    Orochimaru slowly stretched out his palm, only to see that pitch-black ball recondensed like a liquid, suspended in his palm.


    "That is¡­"


    Jiraiya''s eyes tightened.


    "Seek Tao jade."


    Orochimaru explained his power without hesitation: "It contains the power of Yin and Yang of the five elements, which completely surpasses the limit of blood successor and the elimination of blood successor. Forms will be disintegrated by seeking the jade."


    After saying this, Orochimaru stared at Zilai and suddenly smiled and said, "I forgot to remind you that anyone who has not obtained the power of the Sage of the Six Paths will directly turn into nothingness as long as they are touched by the Daoyu..."


    The Taoist jade suddenly flew in the direction of Jiraiya, this guy Orochimaru wanted to use his friend''s life to verify the power of the Taoist jade!


    A golden chakra giant hand suddenly reached out, pulling Jiraiya''s body and flying out. It was Naruto Uzumaki who rescued his teacher urgently!


    "The seventh door... the startling door opens! Day Tiger!"


    A burst of blue chakra suddenly burst out from Rock Li''s body, he raised his hand and punched in the direction of Orochimaru one by one, and an air bomb took shape in his hand!


    "Good job, Li! The seventh door, startling door, open! Day Tiger!"


    A powerful chakra erupted from Maitkai''s body, punching in the direction of Orochimaru, and an air bomb also took shape in his hand!


    Two white tigers bit Orochimaru fiercely!


    The vigor brought by the two moves of the day tiger hit the ground, leaving a deep scar on the ground, and bit Dashewan''s body violently!


    However, Orochimaru''s body was wrapped by the pitch-black Qiudao jade, no matter how powerful Hirohu''s attack was, it could not dispel the defense of Qiudao jade after all!


    "useless¡­"


    Jiraiya''s expression gradually became a little ugly.


    At this moment, he didn''t know how to fight!


    Facing Oshemaru who has become so powerful and has become so strong, it can be said that he has no weakness, and Jiraiya doesn''t even know how to stop him...


    Jilai also frowned, his eyes twitched slightly as he looked at Orochimaru which was gathering the Qiudao jade into a ball in the distance.


    "You can''t attack in close quarters, otherwise you will be turned into nothingness by Orochimaru Kodama... If you attack from a long distance, any spell will be disintegrated by Qiudama."


    Ji Lai also watched all this and murmured, and couldn''t help sighing: "Is this the power of the legendary Six Paths Sage?"


    "attack!"


    I don''t know who called out.


    The next moment, countless ninjas threw shurikens and detonating charms in the direction of Orochimaru, but for Orochimaru, he didn''t even have the urge to raise his eyelids.


    A unit of ninja allied forces rushed to the scene and launched a long-range attack in the direction of Orochimaru regardless.


    Their attacks were useless after all!


    "There are too many ants, and it is very annoying."


    Orochimaru frowned, looked at everyone present, and slowly closed his palms: "But there is no need to waste the Chakra of these people..."


    Because Orochimaru can feel it!


    Ten tails is very thirsty for the chakra in these ninjas!


    Once these chakras are added to him, he will become stronger, especially among them, Naruto Uzumaki still has half a nine-tailed chakra!


    "Hmph, then let''s pass over all their chakras!"


    Orochimaru folded his palms together, a vine suddenly sprang out from under his feet, only to hear him sternly shouting: "Mu Dun, the Birth of the Tree Realm!"


    The next moment, countless vines sprouted from under his feet!


    Orochimaru doesn''t need to release a kind of power called the sacred tree in his body at all, he only needs Mudun Ninjutsu to do it, because he knows the characteristics of Mudun Ninjutsu very well!


    Under the blessing of Ten-Tails'' Chakra, Mu Dun''s technique was blessed extremely powerfully, and one of the vine roots was almost thicker than the trunk of a towering tree, and it directly extended towards everyone !


    In just a few seconds, the land was completely turned into a sea of ??trees, and each ninja was tightly entangled by the roots of the vines, and the chakra in their bodies was completely absorbed!


    Only some powerful ninjas barely ran back and forth among these thick vine roots, avoiding the fate of being sucked into chakra!


    They are very clear.


    Once caught, it is absolutely impossible to escape!


    Uzumaki Naruto played a very important role at this time. Giant chakra hands emerged from his body to create super-large jade spiral pills, destroying the attacking vines one by one, and saving one by one. The ninja who almost got caught by the vines!


    Akatsuki''s side is fine.


    The red sand scorpion and Didala can both fly, and a group of people stood on the gold dust cushion, crazily releasing ninjutsu to attack the tree roots chasing them.


    "Flaming wind and chaotic waves!"


    A mass of flames and strong winds spewed out from the geographical center of Jiaodu, and after slightly blocking the attack of the vine roots, he took a deep breath.


    It''s just that the attacking vines didn''t stop at all, and continued to rush towards them, as if they were endless!


    The next moment, the four ninja swordsmen jumped down together, displaying various sword skills in their hands, and the flashes of swords and swords flashed, cutting off the vines directly!


    Everyone is an absolute master of swordsmanship!


    After hastily cutting off a few vines, several people quickly jumped onto the gold dust mat, for fear of being thrown down by these bastard teammates!


    After all, manpower is exhausted sometimes...


    Compared with these Ninja Sword Seven who are still somewhat useful, Hidan''s performance is very poor. He has been rescued several times...


    "Hey, hey, Hi Duan, you bastard is holding back!"


    Didara dropped clay birds with two wings, and after blowing up tree roots, he loudly criticized the useless flying parts!


    After Didara finished speaking, he turned around and began to scold Kisame: "Hey, Kisame, could it be that you have too much chakra in your body, so there are so many vines attacking us! "


    "Ah..."


    The corner of the dried persimmon ghost''s mouth grinned, showing a smile: "Maybe! Anyway, you won''t abandon your companions, right? If the leader finds out..."


    "Humph!"


    Didara hugged his arm, raised his head and pouted his lips and said, "What kind of broken rules did that guy Uehara make? You guys are not worth saving at all..."


    "Okay, Deidara."


    The Red Sand Scorpion manipulated the fourth generation of wind shadow puppets to fly them, and at the same time manipulated the third generation of wind shadow puppets to block the attack from the rear.


    After hearing Didara''s complaint, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but glance at him in his busy schedule: "You have time to complain, why don''t you come and help me!"


    "I know, I know¡­"


    Didara threw a bunch of clay bombs with his hands, and muttered, "Why hasn''t that Uehara guy come here..."


    "Should be soon?"


    Kisame Kisame rubbed his chin and said with a grin: "The traitor Orochimaru is so arrogant, the leader should not allow this to happen, right?"


    "But what can he do..."


    After shaking his head and sighing, Didara suddenly thought of something, and said with a bright light: "Why don''t I try to deal with Orochimaru! I have a lot of detonation arts, and I can definitely deal with that bastard!"


    "You stay here obediently!"


    The red sand scorpion couldn''t help but frowned, and he turned his head to look at the others: "Hey, who of you can call Uehara Naraku? Ask clearly, should we go to Orochimaru to fight for our lives or first?" retreat!"


    Just as a group of people organized by Akatsuki were avoiding the birth of the tree world, Orochimaru obviously noticed these jumping guys, and his brows could not help but frown.


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    To be honest, Orochimaru hates Akatsuki and those guys.


    Especially now that Akatsuki''s leader is Uehara Naraku, and the red sand scorpion who looks like a senior, was the one who chased him back then.


    "Hmph, a bunch of idiots!"


    Orochimaru frowned, and a Taoist Jade floated from his hand, and suddenly flew towards the people of the Xiao organization!


    This time, he showed no mercy!


    The speed of Qiudaoyu was many times faster than when he attacked Jiraiya just now, and there was not even time left for everyone in the Akatsuki organization to react!


    If you want to stop Qiudaoyu, someone must withstand the attack of Qiudaoyu, and find a way to bring Qiudaoyu away from this area...


    It''s just that the time when the Dao-seeking jade hit was short, and they didn''t even have time to discuss who would die. After all, it is not ordinary people who can jump farther with the Dao-seeking jade...


    Perhaps this is Akatsuki''s characteristic...


    Faced with this kind of attack, everyone subconsciously wants to see who will die.


    Just at this time...


    Fei Duan suddenly stepped on the golden alluvial gold cushion, leaped up into the air, and rushed towards the seeking jade. He even turned his head and made a face at Xiao''s people!


    "Anyway, if I give you time to discuss, you bastards will push me to die! I won''t be wronged by this, I will go by myself!"


    This guy Hidan...was smart before he died!


    Just when everyone in the Xiao organization was surprised, a figure suddenly appeared beside Fei Duan, picked up Fei Duan''s collar with one hand, and threw him to the sand pad again.


    It was Naraku Uehara!


    "I''m still alive! What are you pretending to be here?"


    After Uehara Naraku scolded Fei Duan casually, he turned around and kicked the Dao Dao jade that hit him back!


    After solving the crisis of Xiao organization''s demise, Uehara turned his head and glanced at the people behind him: "And you, what are you doing flying around here if you don''t run for your life?"

 Chapter 359

    Uehara appeared too timely.


    As a result, everyone in the Xiao organization felt a little uncomfortable.


    At the moment when the crisis came just now, when Uehara Naraku suddenly appeared, rescued Hidan with one hand, and kicked Qiudaoyu with one foot, a shock flashed in the hearts of the entire Xiao organization members involuntarily.


    Didara shook his head suddenly, and sighed regretfully: "Uehara, it would be great if you didn''t come, so that our organization can reduce one useless idiot..."


    "Bastard, I''ll kill you!"


    Fei Duan was about to raise his sickle angrily.


    Seeing that these two guys were about to quarrel again, fortunately, the two seniors, Red Sand Scorpion and Jiaodu, held down one of them, and they barely stopped them.


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku waved his palm and ordered loudly: "Senior Scorpion, you leave here first, the next battle is not something you can participate in now."


    "But¡­"


    The Red Sand Scorpion glanced at Uehara with some hesitation: "That Orochimaru guy has become Ten Tails Jinchuriki, his Taoist jade..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Naraku Uehara twisted his wrist, and said calmly: "I have already made such preparations, you should leave here first!"


    In fact, he didn''t want to come out so soon, but Dashemaru wanted to destroy his small team, which was unbearable, especially after Qiu Daoyu''s attack killed people, and even Dirt Reincarnation couldn''t save him .


    After the Scarlet Sand Scorpion was silent for a while, Feishen wanted to control the two puppets to fall, and said softly, "I can stay and help you..."


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    "I can too!"


    Didara landed on Uehara Naraku''s side with his giant clay bird, and said happily, "I have prepared a lot of artwork for this war!"


    "Uh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help covering his forehead, and continued to order: "You guys find a place to hide nearby! The real war... is still very early!"


    "Right¡­"


    Jiaodu nodded, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t forget our previous purpose, we are not with the Five Great Nations! Instead of continuing here, it is better to let the Five Great Nations consume Orochimaru, and we finally reappear and defeat them!"


    "...Kakuzu-senpai... is right."


    Uehara Naraku nodded helplessly.


    Fei Duan spread out his palms, and said helplessly, "Our leader of the previous generation, Payne, wanted to fight by himself, and it turned out..."


    "Idiot, shut up!"


    Kakudo couldn''t help scolding his teammate again.


    The members of Akatsuki''s organization temporarily withdrew from the battlefield noisyly, and they planned to lurk in a safe place, waiting for Uehara Naraku to call them.


    the other side.


    Orochimaru also noticed all this.


    It''s just that Orochimaru is more concerned about Uehara Naraku''s solution to Qiu Daoyu. Is Uehara Naraku still so arrogant?


    Orochimaru gritted his teeth, a long sword transformed from a seeking jade appeared in his hand, his face became indifferent again, and he flew towards Uehara Naraku!


    Unfortunately, a figure blocked his way.


    There were two toads sitting on Jiraiya''s shoulders. He took advantage of this time to avoid the birth of the tree world, and directly entered the fairy mode!


    "Immortal Law ¡¤ Fire Escape ¡¤ Goemon!"


    A group of overwhelming flames attacked Orochimaru!


    Orochimaru hurriedly manipulated the Qiudao jade to spread out, turning into a black barrier to stop the overwhelming flames, but what surprised him was that this time, the Qiudao jade was faintly being eroded under the attack of Huo Dun!


    Sensei Fukasaku sat on Jiraiya''s shoulder, and said in a deep voice: "Little Ziraiya, the big toad sage told us when we came that the chakra of the senjutsu and the chakra of the seeking jade are not the same energy. cancel each other out!"


    "I see!"


    Jiraiya''s voice was a bit dignified, he stared at Orochimaru in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "Even so, it is very difficult to defeat Orochimaru..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Immortal Shima nodded and said in a whisper: "Little Naruto is also gathering sensu chakra, the nine tails in his body can gather natural energy faster than us, and he should be able to help you soon ..."


    "Immortal Art ¡¤ Wind Escape ¡¤ Spiral Shuriken!"


    Before they could finish speaking, Uzumaki Naruto swung a spiral shuriken in this direction!


    This is also an immortal technique that can break the Daoist Jade!


    "trouble¡­"


    Orochimaru''s forehead wrinkled slightly, and the next moment his palm suddenly reached out in the direction of the spiral shuriken, and said in a cold voice: "Although I can only use the simplest power of Samsara Eye now, it''s just right now. ...Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    The next moment, a majestic repulsive force pushed away!


    This majestic repulsion instantly sent the spiral shuriken flying!


    Orochimaru slowly raised the seeking jade black sword in his hand, and said in a cold voice: "Jiraiya, Uzumaki Naruto, since you want to die so much, then I will help you!"


    "Orochimaru!"


    Jiraiya''s expression became more and more serious, he stared closely at Dashemaru''s movements, shortly dodged his Daoyu Black Sword, and continued in a deep voice: "You have gone the wrong way, no matter what, I will definitely stop it!" you!"


    "Then let me take a look at your fairy mode!"


    After stabbing the air with the Qiudao Yuhei Sword in Dashemaru''s hand, it suddenly turned into a spear and swept across Jiraiya''s head!


    Orochimaru held the Amanuma Spear in his hand, looked at Jiraiya in front of him and Uzumaki Naruto who was staring at him next to him, his eyes tightened slightly: "Let me see, is it that group of toads whose immortal chakra is powerful, The Sage of the Six Paths is still stronger!"


    The next moment, Orochimaru charged forward waving the spear in his hand!


    It''s just that Orochimaru didn''t let go of his other vigilance. The few Taoist jades behind him circled around him, and he was always ready to use the Taoist jade to attack Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto!


    As a truly experienced ninja, Orochimaru knows one thing very well, that is, what he has to do now is to constantly launch fierce attacks!


    The Dao Orb can counteract any attack, and it can also temporarily block the celestial arts... But Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto can''t stop the attack of the Dao Orb!


    Orochimaru knows that he can make many mistakes...


    As long as there is Chakra with ten tails in his body, he will not die!


    As for Uzumaki Naruto and Jirai, as long as they make a mistake once, the two of them will definitely die!


    For this kind of battle, Orochimaru is very aware of his own advantages, and he will never allow these two guys to attack!


    "and also¡­"


    Orochimaru''s eyes slowly moved to the young man with three pairs of wings on the other side, his eyes shrank slightly: "For the time being, don''t let that weird guy Uehara Naraku come over... Ninja Six Red Sun Formation!"


    A series of red light curtains descended from the sky, forming a closed barrier, completely sealing Orochimaru himself, Jiraiya, and Uzumaki Naruto!


    Sometimes, it really should be arrogant.


    But sometimes, one should be cautious.


    After all, that guy Uehara Naraku is also good at sage mode, which is not very beneficial to Orochimaru!


    Within the six red sun formations.


    The battle between Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto is still going on, they are struggling under the stormy attack of Orochimaru, both of them know very well that they will die if they make a mistake once!


    Everyone outside the Six Scarlet Sun Formation saw their bitter struggle.


    "What on earth should we do?"


    "Where''s Captain Uehara?"


    "This is the barrier of the Scarlet Sun Formation. Captain Uehara shouldn''t be able to break it, right?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara is still watching.


    He also wanted to see Orochimaru''s arrogance, and when Orochimaru was full of confidence, he would turn around and defeat him in one fell swoop...


    Not so coincidentally.


    One person seemed to dislike him for being so leisurely.


    Heijue appeared beside Naraku Uehara, floating in a gloomy manner, and said softly, "Naraku, this is a great opportunity for us to weaken Orochimaru..."


    "I still have no way to break the Chiyang Formation..."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and said in a low voice: "I just gathered all my celestial chakras to knock up a Taoist jade, and now I can barely recover..."


    "yes!"


    After Heijue was silent for a while, he opened his mouth to propose another plan: "However, although the Chiyang Formation is powerful in defense, it cannot defend against time and space spells... Konoha has three ninjas who can use the Flying Thunder God Formation, and Yunyin Village has Heaven-sent technique..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Heijue speechlessly. After this guy got mixed up with the Ninja Alliance, he seemed to have heard a lot of news!


    And what do these words mean?


    Did Heijue not understand what he meant?


    He just kicked the Daoist Jade flying away, and he is very tired now!


    "We will have reinforcements soon, I have already contacted the headquarters!"


    There was a faint smile in Heijue''s voice, even at this moment it vaguely regarded itself as a real ninja among the coalition forces.


    really...


    Outrageous!


    Heijue looked at Uehara and continued with a smile: "The caster of the Flying Thunder God Formation should send Mizukage Fifth Hokage... Tsunade Fifth Hokage and Raikage Fourth Raikage will use Jiraiya as the coordinates soon, Teleport into the Six Scarlet Sun Formation!"


    "I hope they can help us weaken Orochimaru a little bit!"


    After saying this, Hei Jue sighed and said: "It''s a pity, if you can enter the Six Scarlet Yang Formation, we can increase our chances of winning by weakening Orochimaru..."


    "Well... don''t worry, we will definitely win!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded with some regret, and then looked at Heijue: "After we weaken Orochimaru, we must find a way to revive Nagato-sama..."


    "Ho ho ho ho... of course."


    After Heijue finished speaking, he glanced at Uehara Naraku secretly: "Madara-sama can also be resurrected together, and watch the birth of the new world with us!"


    "Ok¡­"


    After Uehara Naraku nodded, he said with a little worry: "I just haven''t found Nagato-sama''s body, or his filthy soil reincarnation, and I don''t know where Yakushido hid Nagato-sama... "


    "yes¡­"


    Hei Jue nodded, and said with some regret: "The natural technique of reincarnation must have a complete corpse or a complete reincarnated body..."


    Before Hei Jue could finish his sentence, it stopped talking.


    Because Pharmacist Dou on the edge of the battlefield was slowly joining hands to create a coffin, and a red-haired man walked out of the coffin.


    It was Nagato who was reincarnated from the dirt.


    Moreover, Yakushi T¨­to graciously helped to make Nagato''s body into the state of its heyday.


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, and a smile appeared on his face: "What a coincidence, Senior Jue, it seems that our wishes can all come true..."

 Chapter 360

    This pharmacist has too many things on his mind.


    Heijue was a little dissatisfied after watching the pharmacist come out of Nagato through the psychic psychic. It never planned to resurrect Nagato, mainly because it was worried that Uehara Naraku would snatch the reincarnation eye with the resurrected Uchiha Madara for Nagato.


    After hesitating for a while, Heijue said softly, "If Nagato and Madara-sama are resurrected, who will cast the Moon Eye?"


    "Senior..."


    Naraku Uehara smiled, and his eyes slowly fell on Heijue: "Didn''t we make an agreement before? Isn''t it I who will execute the Eye of the Moon?"


    "..."


    Hei Jue was silent for a while, then suddenly grinned.


    Just when Heijue was planning to deceive Uehara Naraku, Uehara Naraku shook his head and said: "Okay, I''m just joking, Madara-senpai made the Moon Eye plan by himself, if he is allowed to carry out the Moon Eye plan , it can be regarded as allowing him to fulfill his wish!"


    Uehara Naraku stared at Nagato, who was standing next to Yakushidou, and said quietly, "I just want a world where Nagato-sama and Konan-sensei are alive, a world without war, a world where there will always be peace and tranquility..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Hei Jue nodded sadly and said: "Don''t worry, Naraku, as long as the Moon Eye Project can succeed, the world of your dreams will definitely come true!"


    They are all discussing how to divide the spoils after Orochimaru''s death.


    In the Six Red Sun Formation, Orochimaru actually holds a huge advantage. Even the arrival of Tsunade and Fourth Raikage Ai still did not change the situation on the battlefield.


    "I''m going to get rid of Nagato-sama."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Hei Jue, and said softly: "Senior Jue, I will leave this place to you for the time being, and I will come to fight again after Orochimaru disarms the Six Scarlet Yang Formation!"


    "it is good."


    Hei Jue nodded with a sullen face, and looked at the battle within the Liu Chiyang formation. If it really doesn''t work, then Uchiha Madara can only find a way to join the battlefield!


    the other side.


    Uehara Naraku''s wings fluttered slightly, and he landed in front of Nagato with his body, his eyes flickered slightly: "How about it, are you happy to return to the Yangshi?"


    "..."


    Nagato shook his head helplessly, looked at Naraku Uehara and sighed: "Uehara, I never thought that when the two of us meet again, it will be like this. Isn''t Xiaonan on the battlefield?"


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm and explained in a low voice: "This war is very dangerous, I am not sure of surviving myself, so naturally I will not bring Mr. Xiaonan out..."


    "But¡­"


    Nagato frowned slightly, looked at Uehara Naraku with a puzzled face, and said in a deep voice: "If you died on the battlefield, and only Xiaonan is left..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, slowly stretched out his palm, and said softly: "Master Nagato, I hope that no matter what I will do next, you will forgive me."


    "hehe¡­"


    There was a smile on Nagato''s face, he nodded calmly and said: "I said it before, when you were sixteen years old, I told you that no matter what you do, I will help you, I will not Blame you."


    "That''s good."


    Uehara Naraku gave Nagato a meaningful look.


    The next moment, a strong wind hit Nagato''s body!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure smashed Nagato''s filthy body with a sudden blow, and landed in front of Yao Shidou, and said softly: "You can tell him all the truth, and I plan to wait for Nagato-sama to be resurrected, so I will kill him." Income Shenwei space."


    "¡­clear."


    Pharmacist Doudou calmly pushed his glasses.


    Naraku Uehara stared at Yakushidou calmly, and lowered his voice: "Have you left anything behind on Orochimaru''s body?"


    "left behind."


    Pharmacist Doudou slowly closed his palms, and said in a low voice: "It''s just that the spell I left in his body is hidden in those cells between the columns, so it can''t do anything to Mr. Orochimaru in this state for the time being." usefulness¡­"


    "Is it just the body?"


    Naraku Uehara frowned and said in a low voice: "I thought you would do something in his soul... It seems that your actions are useless for the time being."


    "No, the words of the soul also have hands."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, sighed and said: "I have captured Mitarai Anzuki, and she has the seal of heaven''s curse of Master Orochimaru on her body..."


    The back hand of Orochimaru''s resurrection is in their hands. No matter what Orochimaru wants to do in the future, he will never give up his last way out.


    "Good job."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, watching the battle in the distance of the Six Scarlet Sun Formation, and said softly: "If Kuro must not be able to control Orochimaru, then you will come out!"


    "Yes, my lord."


    Pharmacist Dou''s body didn''t move in any way.


    After all, Orochimaru is good at taking other people''s bodies, and Heijue is good at controlling other people''s bodies. What if the two are tied?


    After the two communicated for just half a minute, seeing that Nagato''s body was about to fully recover, Uehara Naraku disappeared in front of Yakushitou in an instant. He just wanted to clear Nagato''s mission and let Yakushido do Nagato''s job by the way. Preparations for the imminent resurrection.


    After Uehara Naraku left, Nagato''s body had recovered, his face became extremely ugly, and his brows were tightly frowned.


    "Pharmacist Dou, what''s going on?"


    "As you can see."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and explained in a low voice: "Everything now is the order of the adults, and everything is under the control of the adults."


    "..."


    Nagato fell into an eerie silence.


    At this moment, he understood who the adult the pharmacist was talking about was.


    After a long time, Nagato asked hesitantly: "You said that Uehara is in control of everything, what exactly is Uehara controlling? The war that is happening now..."


    "everything."


    Yao Shidou''s gaze slowly became firm.


    The next moment, Yakushi looked at Nagato who wanted to turn around and ask Uehara Naraku for clarification, and suddenly raised his finger!


    Nagato''s movements suddenly stopped, and his will disappeared.


    "Ugh¡­"


    Pharmacist shook his head, stared at Nagato, and sighed: "It''s really enviable good luck... When others are trying to find the direction to victory, you have stood directly at the end of victory from the beginning."


    Within the six red sun formations.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    The fighting situation has not yet reversed.


    Because this guy Orochimaru knows how to use his advantage very well.


    The most important thing is that Orochimaru is very familiar with the enemies present, and he has even fought against most of them, especially the main combat force Jiraiya!


    "Wind Escape Great Breakthrough!"


    Orochimaru suddenly opened its mouth and spewed out a gust of wind!


    This can only be called a C-level ninjutsu. Under the blessing of six chakras, it is extremely terrifying, and it will force everyone in front of it back in an instant!


    At the same time, a Taoist jade suddenly attacked Jiraiya''s position!


    Fortunately, the cells in the Fourth Raikage''s body were highly activated, so he hurriedly grabbed Jiraiya''s figure and jumped to another position, avoiding the attack of Qiu Daokama!


    In this battle, the Fourth Raikage has been doing this kind of thing.


    Whenever there was an attack that others could not avoid or did not see, it was all remedied by the Fourth Raikage Ai with his ultra-high-speed instant body technique.


    Tsunade glanced at the fourth Raikage worriedly: "If you move at such a high speed, your body can''t bear it, right?"


    "Uncle Lei Ying, let me make it up!"


    Uzumaki Naruto was wearing a golden chakra coat, and there were immortal pupils in his eyes. He continued in a deep voice: "In this battle, we can''t make any mistakes!"


    "No¡­"


    Fourth Raikage glanced at everyone present, shook his head and said in a deep voice: "Everything must be based on the safety of Jiraiya-dono and Naruto, it doesn''t matter if Tsunade and I sacrificed..."


    Whether it is the Fourth Raikage or Tsunade, the two of them cannot cause effective damage to Orochimaru, and even Tsunade, a medical ninja, will not be able to play any role for the time being... They must give the chance of survival to Uzumaki Naruto and himself. Come too!


    Only they are the hope of defeating Orochimaru!


    Just as the Fourth Raikage began to speak, Orochimaru''s figure appeared beside the Fourth Raikage, waving the Daoyu Black Sword in his hand recklessly!


    "Do you want to sacrifice so much?"


    The Dao Yu Black Sword in Orochimaru''s hand is about to cross the fourth Raikage''s throat, and only one blow from the Dao Yu Black Sword can turn Si Dai Raikage''s neck into nothingness!


    Just at the most dangerous time, a giant golden chakra hand suddenly grabbed the fourth generation of Raikage''s back, dragging him back!


    Even then it was too late!


    The Qiudao Yuhei Sword in Dashemaru''s hand brushed Sidai Raikage''s arm, and suddenly cut off half of his arm, and the broken part of the arm was turned into nothingness by the black sword!


    "Thunder Shadow!"


    "Lord Raikage!"


    "Uncle Lei Ying!"


    Everyone stared at the scars on Raikage''s hand in horror, because they all knew very well what an arm meant to a ninja.


    Especially the Fourth Raikage, a ninja who focuses on ninjutsu!


    "Stop arguing!"


    Fourth Raikage stopped everyone with a cold voice, and said in a deep voice: "I said before, Tsunade and I belong to the category of sacrifice... don''t worry, it''s just an arm..."


    "..."


    Everyone fell into silence.


    A heavy look flashed across Uzumaki Naruto''s face, and he transformed into a huge golden demon fox again, loudly saying: "Lustful Immortal! You come to cover me! I will launch an attack!"


    "it is good!"


    He also nodded silently.


    While these people were struggling to hold on, someone punched the Six Scarlet Sun Formation with a fist, and saw cracks in the barrier of the Red Sun Formation, and then the entire Six Red Sun Formation disintegrated into pieces, Disappeared in the air!


    Naraku Uehara kneaded his palm, appeared above Orochimaru, and tilted his head: "Mr. Orochimaru, are you having fun?"

 Chapter 361

    Orochimaru actually had a lot of fun.


    As the second Sage of the Six Paths in the ninja world, Orochimaru doesn''t mind letting everyone see the power he has now, especially Jiraiya and Tsunade, two old friends who always think he can''t realize his dream.


    Now Naraku Uehara jumped in on his own initiative again, and Orochimaru didn''t mind taking this opportunity to ravage this guy, this is an enemy he once hated to the bone.


    The shock of Uehara breaking through the barrier of the Chiyang formation gradually faded in Orochimaru''s heart, and his body slowly floated, stopping in front of Uehara.


    "Uehara-kun, did you see that?"


    Orochimaru raised the seeking jade black sword in his hand, and said with a light smile: "I am no longer the old me, and now I have become a new Sage of the Six Paths. In this world, there will never be anyone who is My opponents...including you."


    "Orochimaru¡­"


    Naraku Uehara looked at the figure of Orochimaru, and rubbed the hair on his forehead: "I''m not used to seeing you so arrogant!"


    "But what can you do?"


    Orochimaru clenched the seeking jade black sword in his hand, and said with a light smile: "Using what you said before, I just like that you can''t understand me, but you look like I can''t help it... This sentence is once You told me, you guys won''t forget, right?"


    Orochimaru looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression, and grinned at the corner of his lips: "It''s a pity! Uehara-kun, the power of the Sage of the Six Paths is unmatched by mortals, and I can clearly feel my own strength..."


    While talking, Orochimaru''s eyes gradually tightened, and a light flashed in the eyes of reincarnation: "Uehara-kun, do you still remember how you treated me back then?"


    "to be honest."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms, waved his hands and said, "I forgot, after all, you have been in Ry¨±ji Cave for so long, if it wasn''t for Medicine Master, I would have almost forgotten that you are not dead at all..."


    "..."


    Orochimaru was silent.


    For the past few years, he has been hating Uehara Naraku day and night.


    Orochimaru has been looking forward to the reunion with Uehara Naraku after he is strong, just like the current scene.


    What he wanted to see was Uehara Naraku''s shocked appearance!


    Just like when Jiraiya just saw him!


    What did this guy just say?


    forget!


    Orochimaru manipulated a Taoist jade into a shuriken, and this shuriken flew across the air and shot at Uehara Naraku suddenly!


    "do you remember!"


    Orochimaru''s face gradually showed a gloomy look: "Uehara Naraku, you used this shuriken back then to shatter my dream of eternal life and invincibility!"


    At the beginning, it was the time when Orochimaru was most smug.


    Because he had the most suitable body for his undead reincarnation, because he found a way to use Shinigami forever, because he knew how to get Namikaze Minato''s soul, at that time Dashemaru really thought that he would never have another in the ninja world. opponent.


    As a result, a shuriken shattered all his dreams.


    That shuriken became a nightmare that he couldn''t get through every day and night, and he began to live a dark life in Ryuji Cave.


    Slap!


    Uehara held the Qiudama Shuriken tightly in his hand!


    Whether it is the immortal chakra in the body or the power of Yin-Yang and Five Elements, Uehara Naraku is immune to the attack of the Qiudao Yuhei Sword!


    A fire escape ninjutsu composed of a group of celestial chakras sprang out from Uehara Naraku''s hands, burning the Taoist jade shuriken in the palm of his hand!


    Orochimaru watched this scene, a flash of surprise flashed across his face, his eyes narrowed slightly: "Uehara Naraku! You guys are really underestimated all the time..."


    "certainly¡­"


    Uehara Naraku slowly let go of the seeking jade shuriken, watched it being corroded by the senju chakra, and said casually: "Otherwise, how could I have the guts to come over and let you re-recognize your identity, Mr. Orochimaru !"


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared!


    Orochimaru hastily manipulated the Qiudao jade to wrap his body, but a scorching celestial fire escape wrapped around the Qiudao jade in an instant!


    The barrier of the seeking jade gradually began to be disintegrated and corroded...


    Orochimaru''s body was exposed from this barrier...


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared behind Orochimaru, kicked Orochimaru''s neck, and kicked Orochimaru to the ground!


    A large amount of dust was splashed on the ground!


    Those who watched or participated in the battle on the ground saw the arrogant and raging Orochimaru being kicked from the sky, and they couldn''t believe it in their minds.


    That''s not the Orochimaru who was often beaten in the past!


    The current Orochimaru is the second Sage of the Six Paths in the ninja world!


    Not only the people present couldn''t believe it, but Orochimaru was also confused for a while, because he was kicked off by Uehara before he saw Naraku Uehara''s movements clearly!


    Before the ten tails, he was being beaten.


    After getting the ten tails, he was still being beaten.


    Isn''t this Naraku Uehara a bit too much!


    "Is something wrong?"


    Orochimaru floated up from the ground again, and a seeking jade floated from his back and landed in his hand again, turning into a seeking jade black sword.


    "There is no problem!"


    The wings behind Uehara Naraku led him to land beside Orochimaru, spread out his palm, and said softly: "Mr. Orochimaru, this is your destiny!"


    "..."


    Orochimaru frowned.


    Naraku Uehara stared at Orochimaru calmly, and continued like a god: "When you are at the pinnacle of your life, there must be someone who will wake you up and let you clearly understand the cruelty of reality..."


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    When Uehara Naraku said this, he looked at Orochimaru and sighed: "It''s just that I played the role of the person who woke you up, and I was always alone..."


    Naraku Uehara slowly closed his palms, and a smile piled up on his face: "When you researched the ninja who was resurrected from the dirt at the peak, I was the one who woke you up;


    Back when you researched the way to break the ghoul seal, when you wanted to rely on the ghoul seal to solve all your enemies, I was the one who woke you up;


    Now when you become Jinchuriki of the Ten Tails, when you think that there is no one in the entire ninja world who is your opponent, the one who wakes you up is me..."


    Uehara Naraku watched Orochimaru''s face gradually darken, he couldn''t help laughing and said: "Sorry, Mr. Orochimaru... Maybe this is fate?"


    Naraku Uehara said something like that.


    After finishing speaking, if Uehara knew that he was manipulating all this behind the scenes, Naraku Uehara would have almost believed it.


    After listening to Uehara Naraku''s nonsense, Orochimaru''s face became even more ugly. He held the Qiudao Yuhei Sword in his hand and narrowed his eyes.


    "Uehara Naraku, just relied on the fairy art to gain a temporary advantage. Do you think you have won?"


    Orochimaru once again put forward his own theory of victory and defeat, and said coldly: "Because I can''t be killed by Ten Tails Jinchuriki, I can lose many times, but you only lose once..."


    "rest assured!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became serious, his fists were slowly clenched, and a surge of celestial chakra spread throughout his body: "Mr. Orochimaru, you should remember? What happened between us I have never lost a single time!"


    "hehe¡­"


    There was a sneer on Orochimaru''s face, he looked at Uehara Naraku and couldn''t help but said: "Uehara Naraku, do you still think that you are the one who controls everything? When I got Samsara Eye and Ten Tails..."


    Just when Orochimaru said this, he remembered why he got Samsara Eyes and Ten Tails, because all of these were given to him by the pharmacist!


    The person who Yao Shidou was loyal to before this guy was none other than Naraku Uehara!


    Orochimaru combined with the current situation he is encountering now, Uehara Naraku is not afraid or even at the slightest disadvantage in the face of him who has become the sixth level...


    A particularly terrifying idea fell into Orochimaru''s mind!


    Orochimaru''s face changed suddenly, and a pair of reincarnation eyes stared at Uehara Naraku, suppressing his anger and tension in his throat: "Uehara Naraku, it''s you!"


    "It seems that some secret was accidentally leaked..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at his main task progress panel and jumped, couldn''t help but help his forehead, a dangerous smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "It''s really sharp...Mr. Orochimaru, you still discovered this secret! "


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger, and said softly: "Shh, don''t let it out... Otherwise, the power I can bestow on you can naturally be taken back at any time!"


    "Is it really you?"


    Orochimaru narrowed his eyes again.


    To be honest, Orochimaru didn''t want to believe it at this moment.


    Because he escaped from the Ry¨±ji Cave with great difficulty, and he strengthened his will to become Jinchuriki of the Ten Tails. As a result, Naraku Uehara told him that all this was his behind-the-scenes arrangement again!


    If it is true, Orochimaru''s mentality is a bit broken...


    If everything was another conspiracy by Uehara Naraku, then this bastard obviously tricked him again, how many times will this bastard cheat him again!


    Unlikely to be true.


    Orochimaru instantly denied this idea, he slowly raised the seeking jade black sword in his hand, his face regained his calmness: "Uehara Naraku, if it wasn''t because I can feel the strength in my body, maybe I almost Just believe it..."


    Orochimaru suddenly pointed the seeking jade black sword in his hand at Uehara Naraku, and said with a cold smile: "Your mouth will always be a lie, and it will never be trustworthy, hum, Uehara-kun, because I feel the power of this force So are you going to break my will?"


    "Uh¡­"


    The expression on Uehara Naraku''s face was a little embarrassed, he slowly supported his forehead and said: "Mr. Orochimaru, as a boss, would you give a subordinate the power to escape from his control?"


    For this sake, why does Orochimaru still have illusions!


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s expression changed again.


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth couldn''t help but twitch slightly, suppressing his smile: "Those space-time ninjas who come and go without a trace, who controls them?"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead with the palm of his hand, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually couldn''t be suppressed: "I''m sorry, I have to control my emotions first."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku coughed a few times, and slowly restrained the smile on his face: "Mr. Orochimaru, let''s continue to fight first, and wait for me to pull the ten tails out of your body again. Will definitely give you a satisfying story..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and added: "Please rest assured, Mr. Orochimaru, Ten Tails Jinchuriki is different from other Jinchurikis. Even if you are separated from your body, you can continue to live for a while. After listening to the story I want to tell .¡±


    "..."


    The Qiudao Yuhei Sword in Dashemaru''s hand clenched little by little.


    As Orochimaru clenched the black sword in his hand, his heart sank little by little, because he almost knew the real answer.


    The next moment, Orochimaru rushed towards Uehara Naraku with the Jade Black Sword in hand, and said in a stern voice: "Uehara Naraku, are you... still human?"

 Chapter 362

    Uehara Naraku frowned.


    Orochimaru''s quality is worrying!


    As a native of Konoha Ninja class, and a disciple of the third generation of Hokage, and once held a high-level position in Konoha, his self-cultivation and psychological quality should not be low.


    Why did they suddenly attack personally after they had a good chat?


    Not only a personal attack, but even a direct attack!


    Orochimaru seemed to be desperately trying his best, and the Qiudao Yuhei sword in his hand flashed after shadows, piercing Uehara Naraku''s throat sharply, every blow was fatal!


    on the battlefield.


    Everyone heard Orochimaru''s shrill voice.


    Everyone saw that Orochimaru was attacking Uehara Naraku with a Qiudao Yuhei sword almost insanely, in a desperate posture!


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    The current Orochimaru is almost completely different from the high-ranking Orochimaru just now, he seems to have met the enemy of life and death now!


    "What happened?"


    Uzumaki Naruto stared at the crazy-looking Orochimaru in the distance, frowned and said: "That guy Orochimaru...why does he feel like he''s crazy?"


    "No, there''s nothing wrong with him."


    Jilai also shook his head, pursed his lips, and said in a low voice: "Although Orochimaru''s expression seems to be irritated, his swordsmanship is still so precise!"


    "Orochi-style swordsmanship requires extreme cruelty and rationality."


    Tsunade narrowed his eyes slightly, nodded and said: "That''s right, even if he is provoked by the most insulting language, Orochimaru can''t lose his sanity, he is like a really cold-blooded snake. "


    The two are old friends of Orochimaru.


    Jiraiya and Tsunade, who used to get along day and night, knew about some habits that Orochimaru himself didn''t pay much attention to.


    Yes, the two of them guessed right.


    After confirming Uehara''s answer at the beginning, the anger in Orochimaru''s heart could hardly be suppressed, and the anger almost made him want to tear Uehara Naraku in front of him into pieces!


    This bastard is lying to him again!


    This bastard is playing with his life again!


    In the next second, Orochimaru immediately realized the crisis he was facing.


    If it is Uehara Naraku''s secret plan to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki now, then Uehara Naraku must have the means to restrain him, which means that he is destined to be at a disadvantage in the next battle.


    There is even danger to life.


    This is absolutely unacceptable to Orochimaru.


    After regaining his life, he will no longer think about losing it, especially the body, blood and power he has now are still so powerful!


    Orochimaru is very sure that there will be no second chance for this kind of opportunity!


    We must find a way to reverse the situation, and the most convenient way is to use the power of this body to defeat or even directly kill Uehara Naraku!


    Orochimaru tried to lower Naraku Uehara''s vigilance under the guise of his anger, trying to find a chance to kill with one blow!


    As long as he can survive, Orochimaru will not care about his current gaffe. In this ninja world, only winners are qualified to declare victory. Only by being alive can all existence be meaningful!


    This is his way of ninja!


    The next moment, Orochimaru found Uehara Naraku''s flaw almost instantly, and stabbed Uehara Naraku''s eyes with a flick of his hand. This move was just a false attack.


    Next, pointing together, and seal!


    Orochimaru''s other hand quickly raised its fingers, completed the seal with one hand extremely quickly, and opened its mouth to spew out a burst of thunder: "Lei Dun¡¤Hong Lei!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku had just avoided the Qiudao Yuhei Sword, when he saw a thunderbolt attacking his chest, Orochimaru is still so insidious and cunning!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, and his figure appeared behind Orochimaru, and said in a cold voice: "The way of fighting is still so insidious and cunning, obviously you have not lost your mind, Mr. Orochimaru!"


    Naraku Uehara punched Orochimaru in the back of the head with a punch!


    Orochimaru turned his head abruptly, turned into a black barrier in a hasty operation, and blocked Uehara Naraku''s fist!


    However, at the next moment, under Orochimaru''s astonished gaze, the jade barrier of seeking Tao was directly smashed by Uehara Naraku''s punch, and the punch fell heavily on his face!


    Orochimaru rolled and flew out!


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm casually, and said softly: "Mr. Orochimaru, now, do you know the gap between us? Even if you become a Sage of the Six Paths, you still can''t change your destiny."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru wiped off the dust on his face with a wave of his hand, narrowed his eyes slightly, and responded coldly: "You are still so arrogant! Uehara-kun! Don''t you look at your feet?"


    "Ok?"


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head slowly, and saw two Dao-seeking jades tightly attached to his legs, which burst into dazzling light in an instant!


    What a luxurious way to use it!


    Uehara Naraku sighed slightly, waved his hands and put a golden mask on himself, shook his head with emotion and said: "Mr. Oshemaru, in fact, before every battle, I always want to tell you people..."


    Unfortunately, before Naraku Uehara could finish his words, the two Taoist jades exploded in an instant, and the light almost made everyone squint their eyes involuntarily!


    An earth-shattering loud noise spread throughout the battlefield!


    Everyone is staring at the area shrouded in light, wanting to see what will happen, because there is the hope of the entire ninja world!


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at all of this in disbelief, a slight look of shock appeared on his face: "How could it be... Uehara he..."


    "Impossible to survive."


    Jilai also shook his head, took a deep breath, and said in a deep voice: "The power of the explosion of the Qiudao Jade is unimaginable. It will instantly destroy everything in the explosion area!"


    What''s more, those two Taoist jades were detonated tightly against Uehara Naraku''s body, no matter how you think about it, it is impossible to survive.


    Every active ninja on the battlefield lowered their heads involuntarily. They knew what the explosion meant...


    Even Kurojue looked at this scene in astonishment. Once Uehara Naraku had a problem, Uchiha Madara could only do it himself!


    If Uchiha Madara can''t defeat Orochimaru, then he can only use the means hidden in the eyes of reincarnation, which may destroy those two eyes!


    The smoke gradually dissipated.


    A figure with three pairs of wings growing out of his back gradually appeared. His body was covered with a layer of golden light, and he slowly flew out like a god.


    Naraku Uehara stared at Orochimaru with an ugly expression, spread out his palm casually, and said the sentence he hadn''t spoken yet.


    "I''m invincible, you...do whatever you want!"


    "whispering sound!"


    Orochimaru couldn''t help but gritted his teeth.


    This bastard is still so domineering!


    What he needs to do now is to think of other ways to deal with Naraku Uehara, even two Taoist Jade can''t kill Naraku Uehara!


    Is it all because of that golden mask?


    What kind of spell is it that even the seeking jade can''t be destroyed!


    Orochimaru frowned, and began to think about how to destroy Uehara Naraku''s technique. It seems that it is also a defensive technique similar to Qiudaoyu?


    Composed of fairy art?


    What energy?


    It''s a pity that Orochimaru doesn''t have enough time and demonstration methods!


    "What are you thinking about?"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared beside Orochimaru.


    Just as Orochimaru waved the seeking jade black sword in his hand in surprise, Uehara Naraku kicked him hard on the chest, and he was kicked flying out!


    Uehara Naraku''s body chased up like a shadow, and appeared next to Orochimaru again. His speed was almost faster than that of the six-level Orochimaru!


    At this moment, many people thought of the fear of being beaten by Uehara Naraku!


    When facing Naraku Uehara, once there was a situation where he couldn''t control his body, he was greeted with continuous beatings!


    Orochimaru is like a sandbag, even turning the Taoist jade into a barrier can''t stop Uehara Naraku''s attack!


    knee bump!


    Elbow!


    fist!


    Kick!


    Every blow is heart-wrenching!


    People can''t imagine how powerful this guy is!


    Until the end, Uehara Naraku stopped in front of the embarrassed Orochimaru, bent a finger towards his forehead, and narrowed his eyes: "In front of me, no matter how much you have changed, you are still the same person you used to be." Orochimaru."


    Boom!


    A finger was raised and landed on Orochimaru''s forehead!


    Just when Orochimaru thought he was going to be bounced off by this finger, and even closed his eyes in fright, he only felt a little pain on his forehead.


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth hooked up, showing a smile: "Mr. Orochimaru, you didn''t feel it just now, is that the way we used to get along? I just need a small action to scare you so that you dare not resist..."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was even stronger, he spread out his palm, and said sincerely: "Look, there is still no difference between now and the past, even if you become Ten Tails Jinchuriki, you still haven''t escaped from my palm Heart."


    "asshole!"


    Orochimaru clenched its teeth.


    Uehara Naraku, this bastard, humiliated him too much!


    Almost every sentence hit his heart!


    If neither the past nor the present can escape Uehara Naraku''s control, then what''s the point of risking his life to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki after his resurrection!


    Orochimaru suddenly remembered what Yakushito said at this moment. Yakushito mentioned that it was an experiment for him to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki. Could it be that Uehara Naraku used his life to do an experiment to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki?


    "You...take me as a test subject?"


    Orochimaru''s eyes couldn''t help twitching.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly, and explained: "It is biased to understand it this way, but it does have such a meaning..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku stared at Oshemaru, and said word by word: "Mr. Oshemaru, do you still remember what you said when the two of us met for the first time? Don''t you also think that I am an experimental product?" ?¡±

 Chapter 363

    Naraku Uehara is really narrow-minded.


    Orochimaru couldn''t help grinding his teeth, how could he still remember a little thing!


    It''s been almost eight years since that incident, Uehara has bullied him so many times over the years, can''t it cancel out that habitual sentence?


    Who would have thought that this bastard would still remember...


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, looking at Oshemaru''s uncertain expression, he suddenly said: "Well, I''m joking, how could I deliberately target Mr. Oshemaru because of a joke many years ago?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru was silent.


    Are you not the kind of narrow-minded person?


    You have remembered the casual words back then for eight years!


    After Uehara watched Orochimaru not speak, he rubbed his forehead helplessly: "Okay, Mr. Orochimaru, how about I have another reason to make you feel better?"


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    "..."


    Orochimaru looked over suspiciously.


    Naraku Uehara met his gaze, and his eyes gradually became serious: "I''m sorry, Mr. Orochimaru, but I actually deliberately tricked you."


    "asshole!"


    This sentence instantly drove Orochimaru crazy again!


    This is not as good as the first reason to hold vengeance just now!


    How can there be such a vicious person as Uehara Naraku in the ninja world!


    When Nagato and Konan picked him up, didn''t they realize the evil nature in Uehara Naraku''s body? This is an out-and-out bastard!


    Every sentence of Uehara Naraku''s can directly provoke Dashemaru''s nerves and make him instantly irritated. Few people can do this language ability...


    The surviving people on the battlefield soon saw Orochimaru attacking Uehara Naraku like crazy again, but was soon pushed to the ground again by Uehara Naraku...


    Heijue''s eyes flickered faintly, and his voice was somewhat startled: "Even if Orochimaru becomes Ten Tails Jinchuriki, he can''t defeat Uehara? Is that kid really the child of destiny who executes Moon Eye?"


    This reasoning does not make sense.


    Obviously everything is controlled by it secretly!


    There can''t really be any Destiny Child, there is only one real protagonist in this ninja world, and that is its mother, the goddess Kaguya Otsutsuki!


    Bai Jue replied with a hoarse voice: "There are indeed many secrets in this world that we cannot find out, and many things can easily break through our control... Could it be that Uehara was deceived too much by you, too much? Are you confident?"


    "There is no such possibility."


    Heijue rejected this possibility, and continued in a low voice: "No matter what you do, the human body still has limits, and there may be other possibilities...


    Back then, Senju Bashirama also had the power that was almost as strong as Asura, and Uchiha Madara also broke through the limit of Indra, but those two guys had strong chakra reincarnation inheritance.


    But what is in Uehara Naraku''s body? It is an existence that we cannot understand and is unknown, and it seems that it cannot be some kind of blood inheritance or racial inheritance, and there seems to be nothing special except the immortal mode... Is it the three holy places that we have never been able to touch? "


    When he said this, Heijue suddenly thought of a possibility, and he suddenly said: "Wait, this brat...couldn''t be the reincarnation of Yuyi or Yumura''s Chakra!"


    There was a hint of gloom in Hei Jue''s voice.


    To be honest, there is no such possibility.


    In this ninja world, is there anything that cannot be done?


    Who knows if Otsuki Yuromo and Otsutsuki Yumura, the two humans who were the first to possess Chakra, will leave anything behind after they die!


    Heijue''s voice gradually became hoarse, and it seemed that he had guessed the right direction: "Hagoromo''s Chakra is the source of this Ninja Chakra, and every ninja may become his Chakra reincarnation...


    It just seems that Uehara''s Chakra is not as powerful as the traitor Yuyi, maybe it''s because he hasn''t developed it yet? "


    Bai Jue''s thinking was rather divergent, and his eyes stayed on Uzumaki Naruto on the other side: "Could it be because the collection of ten-tailed chakras was not completed enough...that''s why he lost to the most talented ninja in history?"


    "..."


    Hei Jue''s train of thought slowly froze, and what Bai Jue said was a little bit off, which directly led his brain in a crooked manner.


    This possibility is not impossible.


    After all, when the ten tails came into the world, there were only three chakras in the ninja world. Now the ninja world is full of chakras. The power of the ten tails is actually not that strong?


    It''s not just that Heijue is thinking wildly.


    Even Uchiha Madara was a little confused, because now in the state of Orochimaru, he can definitely surpass him and Senjujuma at their peak.


    However, Orochimaru is being crushed and beaten...


    At the beginning, Orochimaru seemed to be evenly matched with Uehara Naraku, but now it has become purely suppressed by Uehara Naraku.


    "Heijue, what the hell is going on?"


    Uchiha Madara''s voice appeared in Heijue''s heart, and he asked: "According to the stone tablet left by the Sage of the Six Paths, the power of Ten Tails Jinchuriki should be invincible. Now Orochimaru is suppressed by Uehara Naraku, because the Ninja Cha Carat not collected completely?"


    "..."


    Heijue fell into silence.


    After a while, Hei Zeyin raised a very fatal question to Uchiha Madara with a gloomy voice. It wanted to verify from the side of Uchiha Madara whether Uehara Naraku was too strong or Orochimaru was too weak.


    "Madara-sama, are you sure you can defeat the current Orochimaru?"


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Madara sneered, and said contemptuously: "Oshemaru is pretty smart, but his fighting style is too stupid. If you want to solve him, you can do it with a little effort."


    If it was before, Uchiha Madara would definitely praise Orochimaru, and even described Orochimaru as very troublesome, and even he would have to spend a lot of brains and time to settle it!


    But now Orochimaru is being beaten by Uehara Naraku!


    If Uchiha Madara said at this time that Orochimaru is actually quite powerful, wouldn''t it seem that he is too good compared to Uehara Naraku?


    "..."


    Hearing this, Hei Jue fell into silence again.


    It seems that Orochimaru is too weak?


    After a while, Hei Ze immediately put forward his plan: "After Uehara Naraku solves the ten tails in Orochimaru, I will immediately possess Oroshemaru and control him to perform the natural technique of reincarnation to revive Madara-sama, lest anything happen Accident¡­"


    "After I get my own eyes, I will reabsorb the ten tails!"


    Madara Uchiha grinned at the corner of his mouth casually, and there was a hint of confidence in his voice: "The reincarnation eye is my eye, and no one can display the strongest pupil technique except me!"


    A pupil technique called Wheel Tomb Border Prison!


    In this world, there is absolutely no pupil technique that can be cracked!


    Only the true owner of the reincarnation eye can display the true power contained in it!


    Just as the duo here was thinking about the conspiracy, Orochimaru on the battlefield finally couldn''t suppress his emotions. He was fed up with the feeling of being unable to fight back!


    This ten tails, after getting it, you can''t use it at all!


    "Uehara-kun!"


    Orochimaru''s palms closed suddenly, his eyes raised again, and a hideous and terrifying monster suddenly emerged from his body: "Perhaps you are too confident! Your biggest mistake is to underestimate the power of the ten tails ..."


    That hideous monster actually had a blood-red eye!


    That blood-red eye combines the appearance of Sharingan and Samsara Eye, which looks so terrifying that people dare not look directly at it!


    Orochimaru slowly manipulated the behemoth behind him to gradually shrink, and suddenly took root under the ground, turning into a towering tree that pierces into the sky!


    That is¡­


    The legendary sacred tree!


    The roots of the sacred tree suddenly drilled out, vines and roots spread towards Uehara Naraku, trying to pierce Uehara with one blow!


    Orochimaru relies on the wooden ninjutsu performed by the sacred tree, which is unbelievably powerful, no, or the sacred tree itself is the strongest wooden escaper!


    The sacred tree is always alive!


    Orochimaru looked at Naraku Uehara, and said with a gloomy voice: "Mr. Uehara, you would never have thought that you really understand all the powers of the ten tails!"


    "Orochimaru!"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms, and the wind blades composed of groups of Fengdun ninjutsu instantly cut off all the vines and tree roots that struck!


    When Uehara Naraku was blocked by countless vines falling to the ground, his figure suddenly flickered and appeared behind Orochimaru!


    Uehara Naraku put one hand on Orochimaru''s back, and said in a low voice: "Oshewan, this power is given to you by my instruction to the pharmacist... Will I be in danger by myself? What will I do to this power? Is there something you don''t understand?"


    "what?"


    Orochimaru wanted to turn around in surprise and take precautions!


    It''s a pity that he couldn''t get rid of Uehara''s palm at all!


    Groups of chakras appeared between Uehara Naraku''s fingers, and he calmly read out the name of a technique: "Six Paths Untie Tail Seal!"


    "..."


    Orochimaru couldn''t help but tighten his eyes slightly when he heard the name of this technique!


    When the tailed beasts in the body of each of the five major kingdoms were pulled out, they all used the Tail Removal Seal, and Orochimaru knew the name and effect of this technique very well!


    did not think of¡­


    One day he will be reduced to this level!


    He has become Jinchuriki of the Ten Tails, he has become the most powerful ninja in the entire ninja world, and he has become the second Sage of the Six Paths in the ninja world!


    Will he still be drawn out of this power like those Renzhuli?


    Just when Orochimaru was full of unwillingness but could only wait for Uehara Naraku to pull out the ten tails from his body, he heard Uehara Naraku''s chuckle.


    "Mr. Orochimaru, I''m actually teasing you. There is no such so-called six-way technique in the ninja world, and it''s not the way to get rid of the ten tails..."


    "..."


    Orochimaru fell silent again.


    Anger spread upward from his chest little by little, Uehara Naraku, the bastard, was lying to him again, this bastard actually didn''t know how to get away from the ten tails!


    Just when Orochimaru suddenly turned around and grabbed Umihara Naraku, a fist suddenly hit his lower abdomen, almost punching his internal organs out!


    Uehara Naraku''s fist landed on Orochimaru''s lower abdomen. He looked at the distorted and painful expression on Orochimaru''s face, and also saw the gradual bulge on Orochimaru''s back!


    That is the Tailed Beast Chakra that is about to come out!


    Uehara lowered his head slowly, shook his head and sighed, and punched it down again: "Sorry, Mr. Orochimaru, I can only try this rough method of pulling away ten tails..."

 Chapter 364

    This method is not at all humane.


    Orochimaru hated it so much, but he had no strength to resist under the attack of Naraku Uehara''s punch.


    Is this Uehara mentally handicapped!


    How could the ninja world have such a way of pulling away Renchuriki!


    But what frightened Orochimaru was that under Uehara Naraku''s punching attack, the tailed beast chakra in his body seemed to be spreading out little by little!


    Uehara Naraku punched Orochimaru''s lower abdomen again, and he sighed faintly: "If you don''t release the sacred tree, maybe I have to think of other ways... You are asking for your own death !"


    "asshole¡­"


    A trace of blood flowed from between Orochimaru''s teeth.


    Under Uehara Naraku''s attack, the internal organs in his body were almost smashed out, and the severe pain swept his whole body!


    Even when he replaced his body with Undead Reincarnation, Orochimaru never felt as painful as it does now!


    "Uehara Naraku..."


    A shadow flashed in Orochimaru''s eyes, he hung his head powerlessly and fell on Uehara Naraku''s arm, and said in a weak voice: "You guy... you are really cruel... crueler than anyone else..."


    "Mr. Oshemaru, shouldn''t you praise me for being kind?"


    Uehara Naraku continued to punch Orochimaru''s lower abdomen, and sighed softly: "I let you get the power of the Sage of the Six Paths, let you go to the apex of this ninja world, and let you realize your dream. Say thank you!"


    "asshole¡­"


    Orochimaru tried his best to raise his head and looked up at Uehara''s face, then snorted coldly and said, "Pushing people up to the peak, and making people fall off the cliff..."


    "At least you have seen the scenery from a high place."


    Uehara Naraku patted Orochimaru''s shoulder, watched the chakra of the nine-tailed beast coming out from behind Orochimaru, and continued in a low voice: "Some people, but they never have such a chance in their entire lives!"


    The next moment, the chakra of the nine-tailed beasts jumped out of Orochimaru''s body and landed on the ground. Each tailed beast gradually regained its entity. After losing the shackles of the sacred tree, the nine-tailed beasts reappeared on the ground. On the land of Ninja World.


    As the chakra of the nine-tailed beast left Orochimaru''s body, the sacred tree in the air gradually began to wither, turning into a ball of bubbles and dissipating.


    After Orochimaru completely lost the power of the tailed beast, he almost lost all his strength. The horns on his head gradually receded, and the six-way Gouyu robe on his body gradually disappeared...


    His hair, however, never returned to its previous black color.


    "Okay, Mr. Orochimaru."


    Uehara Naraku held Orochimaru''s arm and said softly: "Now you can use your remaining heat... help me revive Nagato-sama and Uchiha Madara!"


    "..."


    Orochimaru raised his head abruptly upon hearing this.


    Those samsara eyes looked at Naraku Uehara in disbelief!


    How on earth did this bastard have the nerve to say such a sentence!


    Isn''t he miserable enough now? Why does Naraku Uehara still want to use him? Is this trying to squeeze his life dry?


    "You bastard¡­"


    Orochimaru bit his lips tightly with his teeth, and a few words burst out from between his lips: "Don''t give me too much!"


    "Don''t you want to?"


    Uehara frowned, and persuaded him earnestly, "After losing Ten Tails, your life will definitely come to an end, and you''re going to die anyway, so why not give full play to your last value..."


    "asshole!"


    Orochimaru looked at Uehara Naraku, raised his head and furiously said to him: "Even if I die here, I won''t be used by you again!"


    Did that bastard Uehara speak human language?


    Could it be that he can''t think about it in his heart, is what he has been doing now is human affairs?


    Everyone else is dying now!


    Why does Uehara still bully him!


    "Don''t look at me like that..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and continued to persuade: "I forgot to tell you, Mitarai Red Bean is already in our hands, and that is your backhand for resurrection..."


    "..."


    Orochimaru was silent for a while, then narrowed his eyes slightly and said: "If my resurrection is still in your hands, won''t I be used by you again after my resurrection! If this cycle goes on and on, then my resurrection is still in your hands." What''s the point?"


    Orochimaru is really a little desperate.


    If every resurrection is under the control of Uehara Naraku, then is his resurrection just being used by Uehara again and again?


    "Makes sense."


    Uehara Naraku blinked and said something irrefutable: "But, for Mr. Orochimaru, it is better to live than to die!"


    After being silent for a while, Orochimaru clenched his palms tightly and said word by word in a gloomy voice: "I want to live...but I can''t live like this!"


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and looked at Orochimaru speechlessly: "You have quite a lot of requests..."


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s complexion was extremely complicated.


    Can this Uehara Naraku have a good chat!


    "Forget it, let me tell you the truth!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Orochimaru, and continued softly: "I''ll just threaten you directly. Come and guess, how many hidden things are left in this body?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru fell silent.


    In fact, there is no need to think about it at all, the guy who has followed him for so many years, Yao Shidou, will definitely learn from him and leave behind in this body.


    That guy in the medicine man''s pocket is Naraku Uehara''s running dog. If he knew about Uehara''s plan, he would definitely place a lot of curse marks in this body...


    "asshole¡­"


    There was a trace of blood seeping from the corner of Orochimaru''s mouth, and his eyes were full of resentment: "You two...you are really despicable..."


    "To Akatsuki''s traitor, I think my methods are gentle enough."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm calmly, and said softly: "When you betray Akatsuki, you should bear the consequences of betraying Akatsuki..."


    "asshole¡­"


    Orochimaru nodded slowly, gritted his teeth and said suddenly: "Since I left Akatsuki, have you kid already plotting against me?"


    "Almost? Perhaps?"


    Naraku Uehara tapped his forehead, and after thinking for a while, a smile suddenly appeared on his face: "But I have always been helping you...


    Otherwise, how did you find out that Bai Jue is the most suitable material to become the reincarnation of the corpse, and also the most suitable material to be the reincarnation of the dirty soil? How did you think of finding a way to break the ghoul seal? "


    "It''s all you¡­"


    Orochimaru''s eyes tightened slightly, and he stared at Naraku Uehara: "At that time, Kabuki had already betrayed me and became your subordinate..."


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said with emotion: "At the beginning, I just helped Toto kill Shimura Danzo, and he has offered his loyalty since then."


    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a look of nostalgia: "To be honest, until now, I am still grateful to Mr. Danzo for helping me. I just exchanged his life for a loyal subordinate. "


    "..."


    These words were so shameless that Orochimaru didn''t know how to answer them.


    "Okay, let''s go here!"


    Uehara Naraku let go of Orochimaru''s body, let him fall to the ground, sighed and said: "Mr. The curtain, the real good show, has only just begun!"


    "Orochimaru!"


    Just after Orochimaru''s body fell to the ground, Jiraiya, who was still celebrating the imminent victory of the war with others in the distance, also jumped over!


    Jiraiya held a kunai in his hand and attacked Orochimaru!


    At this moment, Jiraiya, Oshemaru''s best friend from the past, seems to want to kill his old friend, and give him a ride!


    "Thank you, Uehara!"


    A look of complexity flashed across Jiraiya''s face, and he landed beside Orochimaru, and said in a deep voice, "Then let me see him off!"


    "Orochimaru¡­"


    Tsunade also walked over slowly, and a flash of emotion flashed in her eyes: "Jiraiya, kill him quickly! We have to solve his remaining crimes and end this catastrophe..."


    "Ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru looked up at the sky, he didn''t look at his two friends, he just watched Uehara Naraku who was slowly falling in the sky, and said hoarsely: "Tsunade, Ziraiya, you two guys are still so short-sighted ..."


    "What did you say!"


    Tsunade clenched his fist tightly, then slowly put it down, frowned and said, "Oshemaru, you have lost now... haven''t you realized that you went the wrong way?"


    Orochimaru, is he still so stubborn when he is about to die?


    Hearing Tsunade''s words, Orochimaru''s laughter became more and more piercing: "Ho ho ho ho ho... You two don''t really think this is the end, do you?"


    Tsunade''s eyes tightened, she didn''t want to judge what kind of conspiracy Orochimaru had, but said loudly: "Jiraiya, do it quickly!"


    "¡­Goodbye!"


    The Kunai in Jiraiya''s hand suddenly waved down!


    Just when Jiraiya was about to slit Orochimaru''s throat, a man grabbed Jiraiya''s arm and threw him out!


    The next moment, Tsunade was also kicked and flew out!


    The person who really did it is Uchiha Madara!


    This man who has been hiding around has finally revealed his true face and ambition!


    Uchiha Madara smiled and said: "Let''s do it! Heijue..."


    "It''s... Madara-sama."


    A gloomy laugh came from under the ground.


    A pitch-black figure gradually covered Orochimaru''s body like a liquid, covering the half of Oroshemaru''s body, slowly manipulating Orochimaru to close his palms.


    It is Heijue.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Jiraiya and Tsunade reacted quickly, they looked at Uchiha Madara who appeared in disbelief on their faces, and then looked at Hei Ze who was gradually covering Orochimaru''s body.


    "Heijue... is Uchiha Madara''s spy!"


    No, this is not the most dangerous!


    If Heijue is Uchiha Madara''s traitor, then Uehara Naraku who recommended Heijue to join the Ninja Alliance, and even recommended Heijue to be the leader of the intelligence force...


    Is Uehara Naraku really believable?


    Especially this guy has a criminal record!


    When Jiraiya and Tsunade raised their heads at the same time, and looked at Uehara Naraku who was slowly floating down in the air at the same time, their expressions gradually became extremely ugly.


    There was a little dryness in Tsunade''s voice, and she watched Uehara Naraku slowly stop beside Uchiha Madara in disbelief.


    This action can almost declare his identity!


    Uehara Naraku, the bastard, is another spy undercover in the Ninja Alliance!


    Naraku Uehara ignored Tsunade and Jiraiya, just glanced at Hei Ze who possessed and controlled Orochimaru, and said: "Senior Ze, don''t forget to revive Nagato-sama."


    "¡­it is good."


    Hei Jue could only agree in a deep voice.


    Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku who fell beside him, and the smile on his face could hardly be suppressed: "Huh, good job, I thought I would personally solve Orochimaru, the guy who stole our achievements!"


    "It''s just a trivial thing."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly, turned his head to look at Jiraiya and Tsunade: "Master Jiraiya, Your Excellency Tsunade, you have discovered my true identity once, if you do it again now, it should be acceptable psychologically right?"

 Chapter 365

    What does Uehara mean?


    Another new scam?


    Obviously, it hasn''t been too long since the last time they found out that Naraku Uehara was deceiving them, but now Naraku Uehara started to deceive them again?


    This kind of thing is a bit too much!


    The faces of Jiraiya and Tsunade changed instantly, and they could hardly believe that they heard Uehara Naraku''s words.


    Even though Jiraiya and Tsunade had just expected that Uehara Naraku might be a spy in their hearts, when they actually heard Uehara Naraku''s confession, their hearts couldn''t help trembling.


    Tsunade was almost shaking with anger!


    How many times will this bastard Naraku Uehara have to play with them before he stops!


    Before it was a waste, she was still trying her best to talk about the dispute between Yuyin Village and other big countries, and even every time there was a dispute, she would try her best to stand on Uehara Naraku''s side.


    When the Ninja Alliance was planning to be established, Tsunade even directly elected Uehara Naraku as the commander of the Alliance!


    the bastard...


    That''s how she treats her trust!


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Tsunade clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice, "What do you mean now? Do you know what you are doing!"


    "I always knew."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed, looked at the ninjas who surrounded him, and asked, "Well, before I tell some stories, I want to ask first, is your heart okay?"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Tsunade''s eyes tightened.


    Jilai also clenched his fists violently, and said with an ugly face: "From what you say, it seems that what you are going to say next will be amazing!"


    "Should be amazing, right?"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms, the corners of his mouth curled up slightly, and continued with a smile: "First of all, Your Excellency Tsunade, there is a mistake that I have always wanted to correct you. Every time you say that I have changed too much, I will I want to tell you something..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became serious, and his voice gradually became high: "I have never changed, no matter what happens around me, everything I do is for a greater purpose! "


    Uehara Naraku stared at Tsunade, his eyes became more and more serious: "The Moon Eye Project is the way to achieve real peace in this world. Since I was twelve years old, I have been working hard for this plan!"


    "Moon Eye Project?"


    Jiraiya''s eyes darkened for a moment, and he said in a deep voice, "What is that? Could it be your conspiracy?"


    "No."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, looked at Madara Uchiha beside him, and said softly: "How should I put it, the Moon Eyes plan is to collect all the tailed beasts to resurrect Juwei, and then use Juwei''s The power releases a powerful illusion, making all the ninjas in the ninja world fall into the dream world they want..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the shock on everyone''s face, and continued softly: "This plan is the will passed down by Uchiha Madara-senior. Nagato-sama was once the main messenger of this plan, but unfortunately he chose to give up..."


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku''s voice stopped.


    Just as everyone else was watching Uehara Naraku vigilantly, for fear that he would make any moves, a smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face.


    "Or, I made Master Nagato give up."


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth hooked up again, revealing an extremely gentle smile: "Because I am very aware of the danger of the Moon''s Eye Project, and I also know that Nagato-sama''s body can hardly continue to withstand the power of the Samsara Eye, so I Just devised one thing¡­¡±


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes moved slowly, and slowly settled on Jiraiya, his smile became more and more meaningful: "Master Jiraiya, do you still remember why you brought Nagato-sama and ours together?" Is the information leaving?"


    "..."


    Jiraiya''s heart suddenly sank.


    Looking at Uehara Naraku''s smile, Jiraiya suddenly felt that he had stepped into a dark abyss, as if everything he did was under Uehara Naraku''s control.


    "It''s you¡­"


    Jiraiya''s voice said bitterly: "No wonder you didn''t do anything at that time, and let me be rescued by Uchiha Obito..."


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued with a smile: "Everything is within my expectations, my purpose is just to let you take away the information of Nagato-sama..."


    "So... are you planning Nagato to die in Konoha?"


    "you could put it that way."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes moved slowly, his eyes swept over Jiraiya, and then slowly stopped on Uzumaki Naruto: "I am very aware of the power Uzumaki Naruto possesses, and I know Nagato-sama must be It will not succeed, the opportunity to attack Konoha is just enough to make him die and get rid of the Moon Eye plan..."


    Uehara Naraku showed a look of regret on his face, and he continued softly: "Because I know he will definitely not listen to my persuasion... But it doesn''t matter, anyway, in this ninja world, death is an insignificant thing."


    die¡­


    It''s trivial.


    Naraku Uehara said this calmly, making all the ninjas feel terrified.


    What is even more frightening is that nothing that happened later was beyond Uehara Naraku''s expectation, and everything was staged according to his control!


    This guy is simply a master at manipulating people''s hearts!


    And this guy also knows everyone present very well!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the people present and continued with a smile: "After Nagato-sama died, I did not give up the Moon Eye project... From that day on, I became the main messenger of the entire Moon Eye project."


    "asshole!"


    Tsunade stared closely at Uehara Naraku, gritted his teeth and said: "At that time, everyone saw Nagato''s sacrifice... except you didn''t see the darkness you hid! You didn''t inherit Nagato''s last wish and ignored his will !"


    "I''ve never hidden the darkness, it''s just that you guys are thinking about it."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckled, looked at Tsunade and said, "Of course, I won''t deliberately correct your mistakes... Your Excellency Tsunade, what is a last wish? If your closest person dies, you will How to do it?"


    "so¡­"


    Tsunade''s eyes were fixed on Orochimaru, who was controlled by Hei Ze, and her eyes slowly fell on Nagato in another area of ??the battlefield, and said in a low voice: "At that time, you just wanted to Alright, are you going to resurrect Nagato?"


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku also turned his head to glance at Orochimaru and Hei Ze behind him, and continued with a smile: "But to resurrect Nagato-sama, you always need to find someone who is capable of using reincarnation eyes?"


    "so¡­"


    Tsunade slowly clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice: "So you used Orochimaru, because you can be sure that you will defeat Orochimaru, and you plan to let him use the reincarnation eye to revive Nagato!"


    "good!"


    Powerful Chakra suddenly erupted from Uehara Naraku''s body, and his eyes glanced coldly at everyone present: "The whole purpose of this war is nothing more than a scene I wrote and directed, a drag scene. The opening drama!"


    Uehara Naraku said coldly: "Master Nagato will be resurrected, and the Moon Eye Project will succeed. All of you are the audience I specially prepared for this drama!"


    clap clap clap clap...


    Uchiha Madara next to him couldn''t help but reach out and applaud.


    Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku, smiled and praised: "What a terrible child! Even I am a little shocked by your scheming, Uehara, and even now I have some doubts, whether my resurrection is also in your expectation Among the..."


    "Don''t doubt it."


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes slightly, and gave Uchiha Madara a gentle smile: "Senior Jue has been asking Yakushito to resurrect Madara-senior in his heyday, I have already guessed that this might happen."


    "¡­interesting."


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes tightened.


    The next moment, Uchiha Madara seemed to have thought of a certain possibility, and he turned his head to look at a certain part of the battlefield: "So, the guy who resurrected me with the reincarnation of the dirty soil... has been under your control?"


    "Oh, he..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help chuckling, he didn''t hide Uchiha Madara, he just waved at the pharmacist, chuckled and said: "He is my most capable subordinate, and he also helped me control everything about Orochimaru. "


    "Then about Uchiha Obito?"


    Uchiha Madara feels that he has many problems.


    If Yakushidou was the controller of Dirty Reincarnation, then Uchiha Obito was also controlled by Dirty Reincarnation, and his death would be a bit strange!


    Naraku Uehara didn''t hesitate to teach me, he continued to answer with a smile: "When Senior Jue first told me about the Moon''s Eye Project, I thought about why the Moon''s Eye Project couldn''t let me be the main messenger. ?¡±


    "In that case..."


    Uchiha Madara''s reincarnation eyes flickered slightly, he slowly clenched the round fan behind him, and said in a low voice: "At the beginning of this war, you manipulated Uchiha Obito to induce me to fight with you..."


    "Try it out."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was even stronger, he looked at Uchiha Madara and continued: "If Madara-senpai''s power is too strong, I will find a way to send Madara-senpai back to the underworld.


    Now it seems that Madara-senpai''s power is still under my control, that''s why I let Madara-senpai stay..."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Madara''s expression and asked with a smile: "What''s wrong? Madara-senpai, are you unhappy because of my temptation?"


    "No."


    Uchiha Madara shook his head slowly.


    This kid must have underestimated him too!


    If this Uehara Naraku thinks so, then he is really wrong, the control of the reincarnation of the dirt does not explain everything!


    After he is resurrected and gets his own eyes and ten tails, Uchiha Madara will let Uehara Naraku know how strong a legendary character is at his peak!


    Madara Uchiha lowered his head slowly, hiding his expression, and said in a low voice: "Naraku Uehara, you are the most scheming and scheming ninja I have ever seen, even the guy in Senshoubeijian is not as good as you... "


    Unfortunately¡­


    Too much scheming, too shallow eyes!


    This kid Uehara never thought of what monster he released!

 Chapter 366

    Naraku Uehara is a bit busy.


    Now he is a person playing with dolls behind the scenes, slowly unveiling a doll to the ninja allied forces, and then putting a cover on Uchiha Madara''s head.


    Uehara really felt so busy!


    How could Uehara Naraku be willing to let Uchiha Madara return to the underworld!


    If Uchiha Madara goes back, how will Otsutsuki Kaguya be resurrected! Even now, the most important purpose of all kinds of things is to completely resurrect Uchiha Madara!


    Obviously, Uchiha Madara didn''t know all of this.


    After Uehara Naraku appeased and deceived Uchiha Madara, he looked at the many ninjas present, chuckled and said, "What''s the matter, shouldn''t everyone applaud my strategy?"


    "..."


    Everyone fell into silence.


    to be honest.


    The ninjas present felt more uncomfortable than riding a roller coaster.


    It would be understandable if it was Uehara Naraku who rebelled before the battle, but everything is controlled by Uehara Naraku behind the scenes, which makes people feel a little emotionally broken!


    "Master Chief, are you joking?"


    A sand ninja still couldn''t believe it. He looked at Naraku Uehara and stretched out his hand and begged: "Don''t make such a joke! You have been fighting hard, you saved us..."


    Because Uehara Naraku was very brave in the previous battles, and even saved the lives of many ninjas, the entire ninja coalition almost admired him very much.


    It is precisely because of the existence of Naraku Uehara that they have come to the present.


    Now Uehara Naraku suddenly revealed that he was behind the scenes, how could these ninjas accept it!


    "Yes, my lord captain!"


    "Master Uehara, you are joking!"


    "Hey Uehara, are you kidding me?"


    Some ninjas couldn''t help but widen their eyes, scrambling to rush towards them, even Kirabi joined in the fun.


    "I''m just worried about losing a few viewers."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand casually, and after seeing Kirabi in the crowd, he suddenly said: "Oh, I almost forgot, Rabbi Eight-Tails Jinzhu Riki, it was my manipulation that you returned to the Ninja Alliance alive!"


    Naraku Uehara blinked his eyes at Kirabi, and said with a smile: "Because you brought out information that is beneficial to me from the enemy''s lair, the Five Kages can safely give me the power to command the Ninja Alliance."


    "..."


    Kirabi fell silent for a moment.


    Bastard, this dead liar, he was fooled!


    The next moment, the former Eight-tailed Jinchuriki silently pulled out his ninja sword, and rushed towards Naraku Uehara!


    Silence is the precursor to Kirabi''s anger!


    It''s just that Kirabi just rushed to Uehara Naraku''s side, and was easily kicked back by Uehara Naraku!


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, sighed softly, and said, "Really, you survived because of my great mercy, but I am your benefactor, and I am really a person who doesn''t know how to be grateful. what!"


    "¡­asshole!"


    Kirabi squeezed out two words from between his teeth.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked away from Kirabi, looked at the ugly-looking people present, and gradually couldn''t stop the smile on his face.


    "Everyone, don''t look so ugly, just be a little happier!"


    Uehara Naraku said something that made the faces of the people present even uglier, but he continued with a smile: "You guys are so silent, it will make me look very embarrassed..."


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Gaara gritted her teeth bitterly, and said in a deep voice, "Is it really you who are behind the scenes?"


    Why is this person always like this!


    Whenever Gaara finally regained a sliver of goodwill towards Uehara Naraku, and even planned to accept Uehara Naraku regardless of the past, this guy would do even worse things!


    Why is it always like this!


    Is this person heartless?


    Can''t he be a good person?


    "yes!"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, and said with a light smile: "Everything, everything, I am manipulating behind the scenes! The Fourth Ninja World War was initiated by me ordering Yakushidou..."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was even stronger. He looked at Orochimaru on the ground and continued with a smile: "It''s really interesting to say! In fact, Mr. Orochimaru was killed by me a long time ago, and only the soul is still inhabiting. In the Dragon''s Cave.


    Everything I asked Yao Shidou to do was published in the name of Mr. Oshemaru. I didn¡¯t know that someone helped him start the Fourth Ninja World War until after Mr. Oshemaru was resurrected, and he found the Five Great Nations as opponents... "


    "What''s the point of you doing this..."


    Tsunade felt a little tired. She took a deep breath and suppressed her anger: "Since you can solve everything quietly, why do you want to involve the Ninja Alliance just to watch your performance?"


    Damn, it''s a disaster!


    Naraku Uehara knew the location of Orochimaru himself, and he was even controlling Orochimaru''s resurrection and becoming Ten Tails Jinchuriki. Why did he launch a ninja war and involve these innocent ninjas!


    "No, all of these are necessary steps."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Tsunade and shook his head, sighed softly: "If I don''t do this, if I don''t make Mr. Orochimaru an enemy of the world, Mr. Orochimaru may not be willing to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki!"


    "..."


    Everyone present was at a loss.


    At this moment, they don''t know whether to feel sorry for themselves or Orochimaru, because they seem to be pawns in Uehara Naraku''s hands.


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes couldn''t help but twitch.


    This little guy... played hard enough!


    I am manipulating the Ninja Allied Forces on one side, and my subordinates are manipulating Orochimaru and the Dirt Legion. Is this the legendary self-beating?


    Now it seems that Uehara himself is fine...


    The faces of this group of ninja coalition forces seemed to have been spoiled by playing.


    Every ninja can''t accept this kind of thing, the anger on his face can hardly be suppressed, no matter who he is, he can''t bear this kind of thing!


    Being manipulated into accepting a war like a fool!


    It turned out they were just a tool to force Orochimaru to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki!


    They even once regarded this behind-the-scenes manipulator who manipulated the war as their hope for victory in this war!


    All the ninjas present looked at Naraku Uehara angrily. They really wanted to burn Naraku Uehara to ashes with the anger in their eyes!


    How could Uehara Naraku be like this!


    So fucking annoying!


    For Tsunade and Jiraiya...


    came back.


    are back.


    That feeling is back.


    Isn''t this the reason why Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and kept his mouth shut when he faced them back then, and he always kept his mouth shut, saying that as long as he encircled and suppressed the Akatsuki organization, Yuyin Village would definitely help out...


    Therefore, when Konoha faced the Akatsuki organization, they all regarded Uehara Naraku and Sansho Hanzo as the strongest boosters to defeat Akatsuki...


    In the end, I suddenly learned that Hanzo had been dead for many years...


    And Uehara Naraku is actually Akatsuki''s core member...


    This feeling is actually not very good.


    To be honest, a person with a bad heart will really die on the spot.


    Jilai also slowly clenched the kunai in his hands, and said in a deep voice, "Even if Nagato will be resurrected because of this, he will never forgive you..."


    "Oh, I asked that question before."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Jiraiya calmly, and said softly, "Master Nagato said that no matter what I do, he will forgive me."


    "..."


    Everyone present couldn''t help but fell into silence.


    Nagato in the distance is also watching the white light glowing on his body, as a user of the eyes of reincarnation, he knows that this is a natural omen of reincarnation.


    A wry smile appeared on Nagato''s face.


    At this moment, Nagato''s heart was really full of mixed feelings.


    If it is gratifying, he has also become Uehara''s pawn; if it is angry, everything Uehara has done is for him to be resurrected and get rid of the deadly reincarnation eye.


    the other side of the battlefield.


    All the ninja coalition forces also saw the white light on Uchiha Madara''s body.


    Among them, those who had seen the innate art of reincarnation immediately reacted, and Tsunade immediately issued his order loudly: "Everyone, attack Orochimaru immediately! We must prevent him from resurrecting Uchiha Madara!"


    Even if they knew they had no chance of winning, they had to do it!


    Because Tsunade realized that Uchiha Madara''s resurrection is not without reason, he wants to be resurrected to succeed Orochimaru as Ten Tails Jinchuriki, and carry out the so-called Moon Eye Project!


    The plan to plunge the entire ninja world into illusion!


    In any case, Uchiha Madara must not be allowed to succeed!


    It''s a pity that because of Orochimaru''s battle just now, many ninja coalition forces have been absorbed by Chakra, and now they can''t even move!


    Just when Tsunade saw that only a few dozens of people stood up, there was a touch of sadness between his brows. This kind of combat power wanted to stop Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Madara...


    It''s tantamount to talking about a fool''s dream!


    Especially the chakra in their body is almost exhausted...


    Just at this time, Uzumaki Naruto suddenly began to run around the entire ninja coalition quickly. Every time his palm touched a ninja, a layer of red tailed beast coat would quickly float on that ninja!


    "Grandma Tsunade!"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s voice fell into Tsunade''s ears, and he said loudly: "The two nine lamas have promised me that they can provide Chakra for everyone... and all the tailed beasts are willing to fight with us !"


    At this moment, everyone rekindled hope.


    Every ninja who accepted the Nine-Tails Chakra stood up, clenched their fists and looked at Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Madara.


    Uzumaki Naruto stared at Uehara Naraku in the gap between running, and said loudly: "Uehara, Yin Kyuubi also told me everything! You threatened Dad with the matter of mother, I will never forgive you you!"


    At this moment, Naruto Uzumaki''s eyes were full of anger!


    Obviously, the feeling of being deceived by Uehara again is really uncomfortable for a big-hearted person like Uzumaki Naruto!


    Especially this guy, even worse than the last time he deceived them!


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    "Has Nine-Tails'' Chakra dispersed?"


    Uchiha Madara frowned slightly, and he looked at Uehara Naraku beside him, and asked aloud: "Although it is a group of rabble, but with the chakra of Nine Tails, I have the ability to bite you, I haven''t Complete resurrection, can you solve them?"


    This statement is half true and half false.


    For Madara Uchiha, the situation couldn''t have been better.


    Originally in Uchiha Madara''s plan, it was to let Uehara Naraku fight with the ninja coalition forces, so that he could benefit from it.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Uchiha Madara, chuckled and said, "Of course there is no problem, the ninja coalition forces will be left to me to deal with, as for the nine tailed beasts outside, I will hand over to Madara-senpai, there is no pressure on you, right?" ?¡±


    "Hmph, it''s exactly what I want."


    Uchiha Madara nodded slowly.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about Uchiha Madara''s little thoughts at all, he slapped his palm on the ground suddenly, looked up at the swarming ninja coalition forces, and said calmly: "Then let them see what they are going to face Such an enemy! Necromancy!"


    next moment¡­


    Four figures appeared in front of Naraku Uehara!

 Chapter 367

    Wind, some noise.


    Four dirty ninjas of different heights stood in front of Uehara.


    Every ninja present saw the four filthy ninjas suddenly standing in front of Uehara Naraku, and the cold sweat dripped down their faces involuntarily.


    "Our enemies..."


    A Konoha ninja clenched the kunai in his hand, stared at the four figures, and murmured unconsciously at the corner of his mouth: "It turned out to be... Lord Hokage?"


    Are you kidding me?


    How could they be the opponents of Hokage in the past!


    The first Hokage, Senjubashima!


    The Second Hokage, Between the Thousand Hands!


    Three generations of Hokage, Sarutobi Hiruza!


    Fourth Hokage, Namikaze Minato!


    History of Hokage, here you go!


    Everyone in the history of Naruto has shaken the situation in the Ninja world, and everyone''s name is enough to shock everyone present!


    Even Senju Tobima and Namikaze Minato, two people with a slightly less sense of existence, showed their strength in this ninja world war.


    "This is my treasure."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the four Hokages in front of him, and the corners of his mouth curled up slightly: "After all, apart from the previous Hokages, it is meaningless to collect other people..."


    Yes.


    Naraku Uehara is very picky.


    Except for past Hokage, only Obito Uchiha is eligible to be in his collection, and no other shadows are eligible to enter.


    Not only were all the ninjas present shocked by their enemies, even the eyes of Uchiha Madara next to him couldn''t help twitching, and he couldn''t help asking: "Hashirama, can''t you get rid of the control of Dirty Reincarnation?" ?¡±


    After all, apart from Senjujuma, Uchiha Madara doesn''t care about other Hokages.


    After hearing Uchiha Madara''s words, Senju Zhuma turned his head subconsciously, and he realized that his old friend was also here.


    Senju Bashima scratched his head helplessly, glanced at Naraku Uehara and said, "This kid has a bit too much Chakra in his body... Hahahahaha... It''s really unlucky to see you here, Madara, Have you also been resurrected by his filth?"


    "No."


    Uchiha Madara smiled contemptuously, with a complex look on his face: "I don''t care about the control of the reincarnation of the dirty soil at all! Hashirama, I am not just using the reincarnation of the dirty soil to resurrect, I will be resurrected for real soon!"


    to be honest.


    Uchiha Madara felt a little awkward.


    Because in Uchiha Madara''s heart, it is absolutely impossible for a person like Senjujuma to be controlled by others, and this appearance is too ugly!


    Let''s be honest again.


    Uchiha Madara was still a little happy in his heart.


    Because people like Senshou Zhujian were controlled by others? And this time, he had to stand by his side to buy time for his resurrection?


    This feeling, think about it, is a little comfortable.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Madara speechlessly.


    Why does this guy look a little complacent?


    If it weren''t for knowing that controlling Uchiha Madara was a waste of effort, how could Uehara Naraku let Uchiha Madara be revived by the pharmacist and lose control?


    According to Uehara Naraku''s own current power, it is really not a particularly difficult thing to control Uchiha Madara with Uchiha Reincarnation, but there are certain hidden dangers.


    Madara Uchiha knows how to undo the grip of Reincarnation...


    Unless Naraku Uehara has been controlling Uchiha Madara''s movements, and even wiped out his consciousness, this problem is not too difficult.


    Because after defeating Orochimaru, an advanced task was completed.


    Advanced task 6: Kill a six-path ninja (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 1,000,000 points of life energy, 1,000,000 points of chakra energy, 1,000,000 points of natural energy, reward the recovery effect of all attributes by 50%, and reward Taoism jade The upper limit of existence is increased to 9.


    This reward...


    It''s really indescribable.


    Name: Naraku Uehara


    Life energy: 1655311 (regular mode)


    Chakra energy: 1655770


    Natural energy: 1655770


    Life energy recovery: 1296 points/second


    Chakra energy recovery: 648 points/second


    Natural Power Drain: 648 points/sec


    Skill Cooldown Reduction: 100%


    Gold remaining: 9630


    Now, with the blessing of ten times the life force after the fairy mode is turned on, Uehara Naraku''s life energy has directly broken through to more than 16 million!


    Although Uehara Naraku''s current celestial chakra is only about 1.6 million, it is not something Senju Hashirama and Uchiha Madara can resist...


    "All right."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Senjujuma''s thoughts of chatting with Uchiha Madara, pointed at the countless ninja coalition forces wearing nine-tailed chakra in front of them, and said loudly: "There is no time for you to chat now, go, let I know the meaning of resurrecting you!"


    "..."


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi sighed, and looked at the familiar faces among them: "Is the meaning of resurrecting us so that we can deal with our former companions?"


    "if not?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at them innocently.


    This is so natural that people can''t help but want to turn against him!


    Even Uchiha Madara, the big villain next to him, couldn''t bear to look at it, and his eyes couldn''t help twitching again.


    To be honest, Uchiha Madara feels that his personality is bad enough.


    Unexpectedly, today Uchiha Madara saw someone raised the upper limit of the word bad again.


    "Go!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his palm, watching the four Hokages charge towards the tens of thousands of allied ninjas wearing tailed beast coats, his voice gradually became high-pitched: "Let them know the prestige of our ancestors!"


    The ninjas flew under the attack of the four Hokages!


    Even if they have tens of thousands of ninjas, even if they wear nine-tailed chakra coats, they can''t stop the tyranny of the past Hokage!


    "Wood escape, the birth of the tree world!"


    A series of vine roots spread out from the feet of Qianshou Zhujian!


    A vast forest gradually drilled out on this battlefield!


    This wood escape ninjutsu, which has appeared several times today, was released by the master who developed it. Under the control of Senshou Zhujian, each vine and tree root hit each one with precision like an arm and a finger. The ninja who is the greatest threat to the four Hokages!


    The figure between the Thousand Hands flew past each ninja, and his figure jumped and appeared on top of a big tree, and a huge stream of water spewed out from his mouth!


    "Water Escape¡¤Big Explosion Water Shockwave!"


    A huge lake suddenly appeared in the sky and fell from the sky. Almost in a blink of an eye, this lake flooded the entire forest, and the waves swept towards the Ninja Alliance!


    In the Qianshoubeijian, the second-generation Hokage, who was once known as the fastest speed, was also the man who once held the title of the strongest water escape!


    "Thunderbolt Thunderbolt!"


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi closed his hands together, opened his mouth and spewed out a thunderbolt towards the surface of the lake. In an instant, the water sprayed with lightning, and the ninjas floated on the surface of the water, howling!


    Just as a Yunyin ninja was trying to form a seal to attract thunder, a flying thunder god Kunai suddenly appeared beside him!


    The next moment, a golden flash appeared!


    "Screw pill!"


    The figure of Namikaze Minato came and went with flashes of light, and with a wave of his hand, he slammed the Kamenaru and knocked the cloud hidden ninja into the air!


    Because of the loss of Yin Kyuubi in his body, Namikaze Minato''s combat effectiveness has dropped by more than one level, and he can only rely on his own flying thunder god technique to continuously attack powerful ninjas one by one.


    Immediately after the four Hokages appeared, they stopped the offensive of the ninja coalition forces, and even had the upper hand!


    Among the ninja coalition forces, even though they have just received the blessing of the Nine-Tails Chakra, they feel a little uneasy when facing past Hokage...


    "Don''t care about the identity of the enemy!"


    Tsunade waved his fist, smashed the flying vine roots with one punch, and said loudly: "In the past Hokage, there are all my relatives and friends, but now...they have become my enemies!"


    "Everyone! Please listen to me!"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s voice suddenly resounded on this land and everyone''s hearts, and his innermost words were spread to everyone''s hearts through Kyuubi''s chakra!


    "Hokage-sama of all generations sacrificed to protect Konoha..."


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at the four hokages raging not far away, and said loudly: "What they want to see most now must not be our awe, but that we seal them up to protect the world. This is what they want most." need!"


    "Well said, Naruto!"


    Sarutobi Hiruzen''s hands were merciless, but he said loudly: "Yes, if you can sacrifice for this world, it doesn''t matter even if it destroys our souls!"


    "..."


    Naruto Uzumaki looked slightly embarrassed.


    Sarutobi Hiruzen''s words stunned everyone present.


    After a while, a ninja suddenly shouted: "...Third Hokage-sama, don''t say such high-sounding words! Obviously you ordered the death of Fourth Hokage-sama, and almost destroyed our village!"


    Because of an operation by Naraku Uehara.


    So far, Sarutobi Hiruzen''s reputation is still bad.


    Whether it is to make Uchiha Obito kill the Fourth Hokage couple to cause the Nine-Tails Rebellion, or to secretly manipulate Uzumaki Naruto to be loyal to himself in order to consolidate power.


    These things are basically known to everyone.


    "Everyone, don''t listen to rumors!"


    Namikaze Minato''s voice spread throughout the battlefield, and he said loudly: "Everything about the Kyuubi Rebellion has nothing to do with the Third Hokage-sama, because the wife of the Third Hokage-sama also died in that turmoil! "


    While fighting, Namikaze Minato opened his mouth to explain for the third Hokage, which is really pitiful.


    After Jiraiya shook his head and sighed, he jumped in front of Sarutobi Hiruzen and challenged his teacher again: "Old man, your reputation is still so bad... By the way, who is that orphan Anbe who has been watching Naruto?" Who?"


    "what?"


    Hiruzaru Sarutobi was a little ignorant, he still didn''t understand what Orphan Anbe meant, no matter what, it was impossible for him to tell a false information about a person fabricated by the pharmacist.


    While fighting Jiraiya, Sarutobi Hiruza said, "I still don''t know what you mean, but if someone can spy on Naruto without me knowing it, it must be Danzo!"


    "..."


    This sentence says...


    It seems quite reasonable!

 Chapter 368

    Shimura Danzo is really miserable.


    Sarutobi Hiruzen has already dumped the blame without asking the truth.


    As Naraku Uehara, who secretly manipulated the battles of the past generations of Naruto, he can naturally monitor all their actions and hear all their news.


    After hearing the exchange between Sarutobi Hiruza and Jiraiya, Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but tilt his head. Can any blame be thrown on Danzo''s head?


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, tried his best to mourn for Shimura Danzo for a second, then turned his head to look at Orochimaru and Kurojue behind him: "Senior Jue, how long will you have? If not, I will ask you to come over to help you ..."


    "Ho ho ho ho... soon."


    After Hei Jueyin responded with a smile, he continued slowly: "I was just fascinated by what you said just now, but I didn''t expect that the Fourth Ninja World War was actually controlled by you. Lied..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed helplessly.


    Where did he lie to Heijue now!


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    This Heijue can still laugh, which means it doesn''t take it seriously at all, heh, after a while, Heijue won''t even be able to cry!


    Naraku Uehara looked at Heijue, and sighed softly: "This can''t be considered cheating, right? It can only be said to be concealing!


    If you didn''t go through this war, if you didn''t let the seniors see my strength, how could you be willing to help me revive Nagato-sama? After all, you are the will of Madara-senpai! "


    After Uehara Naraku said this, his face became a little gloomy again: "Besides... I am also very worried that if I transplant the eyes of reincarnation, Senior Jue will control me to use the reincarnation natural resurrection spot senior!"


    "how could be?"


    Hei Jue''s laughter showed no guilt or embarrassment at all.


    Although Hei Ze had really had such thoughts in the beginning, he didn''t care at all when he was exposed by Naraku Uehara.


    "yes?"


    Uehara Naraku laughed heartily and said, "Then I''m relieved... Zee-senpai should hurry up, I see that Madara-senpai seems to be impatient to teach those tailed beasts a lesson!"


    "Ok¡­"


    After Uchiha Madara nodded subconsciously, he shook his head again and said, "Don''t worry, those beasts will still be collared by me sooner or later... I have been waiting for so many years, and I don''t care about waiting a little longer."


    Uchiha Madara is of course anxious to resurrect.


    But Uehara Naraku is by my side!


    Therefore, Uchiha Madara and Hei Ze were secretly discussing to delay the time, and they wanted to wait until Uehara Naraku left here temporarily.


    Otherwise, if Uehara really wants to snatch the eye of reincarnation with Uchiha Madara, it will really be a big trouble!


    Uehara Naraku this guy...


    But a monster stronger than Ten Tails Jinchuriki!


    "Uehara Naraku, don''t you want to help?"


    Uchiha Madara looked at the situation on the battlefield, and said softly: "Although Hashirama''s strength is enough to settle all enemies, it''s a pity that his current strength is not at its peak after all..."


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku had a vague smile on his face, he seemed to have sensed the thoughts of Uchiha Madara and Kurojue, and nodded slowly: "Then I will go there first, and the speed of Juesen can also be a little bit faster." faster¡­"


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku stopped staying, flapped the three pairs of wings on his back, and slowly flew to the battlefield.


    After seeing Naraku Uehara leave.


    Uchiha Madara''s expression gradually became a little dignified, he looked at Uehara''s back and said in a deep voice: "Although this kid has not deceived us, his scheming is deep enough... Heijue, why does he agree with our Moon Eye? Was it planned?"


    "His life doesn''t seem to be going well..."


    Hei Ze manipulated Orochimaru to seal quickly, and continued in a low voice: "When Naraku Uehara''s strength was still very weak, I watched him quietly. He had no doubts about the Moon''s Eye Project, and often thought that he would join Pretentious to the Eye of the Moon Project...


    At that time, I thought Naraku Uehara was just a tool to restrain Nagato and Konan, but I didn''t expect this little guy Uehara to be our real strongest support! "


    "If you say it''s the strongest resistance..."


    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help but frowned, and said in a low voice: "Without this brat, maybe our plan would have been smoother... Naraku Uehara messed up my plan!"


    Uchiha Madara is a sensible person.


    Or rather, he kind of figured it out.


    If Naraku Uehara hadn''t messed around, maybe it was Nagato or Obito Uchiha who was using reincarnation to resurrect him now.


    It doesn''t matter.


    Anyway, for Uchiha Madara, as long as he can become Ten-tailed Jinchuriki and launch the Moon Eye Project, no one can compete with Moon Eye''s infinite Tsukiyomi illusion.


    That is the perfect solution to the war left by the Sage of the Six Paths!


    "Heijue..."


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he whispered: "I have a guess, does Naraku Uehara, the kid, want to enter the dreamland of Infinite Tsukuyomi because there is something he can''t solve?"


    "..."


    Heijue fell into silence.


    This question is not easy for it to answer.


    It''s just that Hei Ze doesn''t have to think about it soon, because it has already manipulated Orochimaru to complete the natural seal of reincarnation, and completely revived Uchiha Madara and Nagato!


    next moment¡­


    A surge of chakra spread throughout the battlefield!


    Even this chakra formed a substantial shock wave, sweeping across his surroundings in an instant, and several ninjas who were trying to sneak attack were directly thrown out!


    Uchiha Madara, who has just been revived, shows the abundant and vigorous Chakra in his body, and his power is even stronger than that of the reincarnated body!


    Uchiha Madara clenched his fists tightly, feeling his real body, and couldn''t help but said with a high voice: "Yes, that''s the feeling... Finally, I can feel that I am truly alive again!"


    It''s just that after being resurrected by reincarnation, Uchiha Madara''s eyes fell off involuntarily, because there was no reincarnation eye in his body.


    "Master Madara, your eyes."


    Without any hesitation, Hei Ze immediately dug out Orochimaru''s reincarnation eye and put it in Uchiha Madara''s palm!


    Hei must not dare to delay this moment!


    Uehara Naraku''s subordinate really made Hei Jue both reassured and frightened. Uehara could help them with many things, but he had to be on guard against this subordinate''s betrayal at all times.


    "Ok."


    Uchiha Madara casually took the Samsara Eye.


    Uchiha Madara stuffed the two samsara eyes into his own eye sockets, running Chakra to heal the nerves on the eyeballs, a sense of relief finally appeared on his face.


    "The real show is about to begin!"


    Uchiha Madara stroked his eye sockets, feeling the light brought to him by the eyes of reincarnation, and the smile on his face could hardly be suppressed.


    "Now... can you finally fight with all your strength?"


    Compared with Uchiha Madara and Kuroze who were in full swing, Nagato, who was resurrected on the other side, was not in a hurry, but he also lost his eyes because of the resurrection.


    Nagato is really resigned to his fate now.


    What can I do if I don''t accept my fate?


    That was the child I picked up and loved for eight years, just to bring him back to life, and even set off a ninja war for it...


    really...


    There is an indescribable magic.


    Maybe this is Akatsuki''s fate?


    Moreover, after Nagato''s resurrection, Pharmacist Dou appeared immediately and took him into the Shenwei space, calming his emotions softly: "Master Nagto, please don''t worry, Master Naraku will find you new eyes soon. "


    "..."


    Nagato was full of heartaches.


    Because he really didn''t know what to say.


    After a long time, the blind Nagato sat in the empty Kamui space, sighed faintly and said, "Xiaonan, you really taught a good disciple!"


    the other side.


    After Heijue revived the two people, he left Orochimaru''s body.


    Orochimaru''s dark eye sockets slowly closed, and the next moment a small white snake suddenly emerged from Orochimaru''s mouth, which was his soul body.


    It''s just a trivial matter because of the exhaustion of vitality.


    Orochimaru has experienced many times of physical collapse and death. This kind of thing is just a trivial matter. As long as he finds a suitable body, Orochimaru can still live.


    Just when Orochimaru was going to look for the ninja''s corpse nearby, a kunai nailed the little white snake and nailed it firmly!


    "Sorry, Oshemaru-sama."


    The figure of Yaoshidou appeared next to the little white snake of Dashewan, stretched out his palm and grabbed the white snake, and said softly: "Master Naraku said that if you can still be saved, you may be used in the future. I will protect you."


    Orochimaru:"¡­¡­"


    This is really subtle.


    What does it mean to be protected? Isn''t it the two guys who have hurt him the most all this time?


    This is endless!


    Now that he is useless, can''t he be let go?


    Now that he is in such a miserable state, will Uehara Naraku still refuse to let him go?


    Just when Orochimaru was about to turn into Yamata no Orochi and desperately fight for his life, the pharmacist pushed his glasses and said in a low voice: "Master Orochimaru, don''t think that you can get results if you work hard. Can''t reach the back."


    After finishing speaking, the pharmacist looked at the little white snake pointedly, and continued to add: "Master Oshemaru should know that there is no one in the ninja world that Master Naraku can''t use, and Master Oshemaru can''t control his own life or death if he doesn''t want to." Bar¡­"


    "..."


    Orochimaru was silent again.


    He said it as if he could control his own life and death now.


    Isn''t he always in the hands of these bastards, if he can''t survive, can''t he die?


    If not no way...


    Who wants to die!


    Just when Orochimaru wanted to use Yamata no Orochi to resist again, he saw the liquid Baijue on Yaoshidou''s body slowly flowing, and a writing sharing eye floated in the center of his palm. Weird red light.


    "Why resist, Oshemaru-sama."


    After watching the little white snake being controlled by the Sharingan illusion, Pharmacist sighed faintly and said, "We all know your weaknesses..."

 Chapter 369

    Uehara Naraku saw that Orochimaru was able to escape, and he was still a little unbelievable. This guy is really stuck with any bug...


    As the behind-the-scenes manipulator and the strongest ninja in this ninja world, Uehara still hopes that he is the only one in this world who can open auxiliary plug-ins, and that guy Orochimaru is fine...


    It''s really worrying to let people like Orochimaru slip out.


    Fortunately, the pharmacist has always been reassuring to take care of his subordinates.


    Uehara Naraku no longer paid attention to Orochimaru''s situation, and his eyes slowly wandered over the battlefield. After seeing Uchiha Madara''s resurrection, the current ninja coalition forces have gradually slowed down their offensive, and they seem to want to regroup.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared into the air, and landed beside Uchiha Madara, hooking the corner of his mouth: "How does it feel to regain your own power? Madara-senpai, I want to show us juniors how to catch a tailed beast." ?"


    "It''s just a bunch of animals."


    Uchiha Madara''s palms slowly closed, and he said calmly: "Can''t you catch them easily? Wait until I get the golem of the heretics back..."


    Just when Uchiha Madara was about to join hands to form mudra, a figure quickly rushed towards them and landed beside them.


    It is Uchiha Sasuke who has been lurking near the battlefield!


    When Uchiha Madara saw Sasuke coming, a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "It''s just in time, Uchiha Sasuke, you can have a chance to see it..."


    To be honest, when Uchiha Madara saw Uchiha Sasuke coming over, he was still a little happy. This little guy''s character was a bit like him, but he looked like his beloved brother Uchiha Quanna.


    "Shut up!"


    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted Uchiha Madara''s words, ignoring Uchiha Madara''s sudden change of face, but looked at Uehara Naraku.


    "Senior, I heard from them that Yakushidou is your subordinate, and he resurrected Uchiha Itachi, do you know?"


    "I know."


    Uehara Naraku frowned in surprise, nodded calmly and said: "Because this was originally my arrangement, Itachi left a Kaleidoscope Sharingan in Uzumaki Naruto before he died, The purpose is to modify your will and make you loyal to Konoha..."


    "Why didn''t you tell me?"


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth and interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words. He didn''t listen to the explanation at all, but just stared at Uehara Naraku with fixed eyes, and said in a deep voice: "Why did you let such a dirty guy like Yakushido defile Itachi''s body..."


    "Sasuke!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly became a little cold, he stared at Sasuke and said: "Kuto is my most trusted subordinate, not to mention that in this world, no one is more noble than anyone... It''s just Uchiha, I really think you are very good." Is it noble?"


    "Ahem~"


    Uchiha Madara coughed a few times in a hurry.


    But Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke ignored him.


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, continued to look at Uehara Naraku with an ugly face, nodded slowly and said: "Senior, Itachi is your friend! Have I always been your chess piece?"


    "You don''t believe me anymore."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand at Uchiha Sasuke, and a gust of wind swept Uchiha Sasuke away: "It''s just... I''m not interested in playing with children anymore."


    Uchiha Sasuke really didn''t trust him all the time!


    I don''t know where I got the news that Yakushidou is Naraku Uehara''s subordinate and Itachi Uchiha was reincarnated from the dirty soil, so I hurriedly jumped out to question him!


    really...


    It''s not as good as the group of teasers organized by Akatsuki...


    Those guys don''t even have a phone bug now! This is true trust, this is true companionship!


    To be honest, the members of the Akatsuki organization also got the information on the battlefield. They also wanted to ask Uehara Naraku, but there were too many diehards in the Akatsuki organization, and Kisame Kisame answered them directly, and by the way, also made friends with Uehara Naraku place.


    Somewhere hidden in the battlefield.


    Members of the Akatsuki organization are in a meeting.


    Because they also learned that after Uehara Naraku solved Orochimaru, he directly rebelled against the Ninja Alliance and helped Uchiha Madara to resurrect.


    Kakuto''s expression was a bit subtle, he looked at Kanshi Kisame and the others and said, "So, you...or, you have always been Uehara''s subordinates?"


    "You can put it that way!"


    Kisame Kisame nodded slowly, and said with a serious expression: "After all, this is a big matter. The leader is worried that you will be in danger, and has never told you his plan. He thinks that if you know too much, you may jump into this place." A maelstrom!"


    "hateful!"


    Didara bit the clay indignantly, curled his lips and said, "That Uehara guy doesn''t regard us as friends at all!"


    "It is precisely because the leader treats everyone as friends..."


    Ganshi Guixier looked at everyone present, and his words were very beautiful: "That''s why he ordered us not to disclose these dangerous things to you all this time."


    Kisame''s expression gradually became serious, and he continued in a deep voice: "Those who want to use Akatsuki as a tool have unimaginable power... As Akatsuki''s leader, he will remove these external threats for everyone. The leader thinks It is his bounden duty."


    "..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion fell silent.


    To be honest, I was a little moved.


    Jiaodu sighed faintly and said, "It looks like our new leader is much more reliable than the previous one!"


    "Well¡­"


    After Deidara nodded slowly, he asked a very fatal question: "Hey, you said, now that Uehara has resurrected Nagato, the former leader of Akatsuki, who of the two will be Akatsuki''s leader in the future?"


    "..."


    Everyone present had subtle expressions.


    This guy Didara always pays attention to some weird points.


    If they hadn''t known the relationship between Nagato and Uehara Naraku, a bunch of dark dramas would have started to come to mind.


    It has to be said that Ganshi Guisame finally did something serious.


    At least when explaining Uehara Naraku''s motives for the Akatsuki organization, he also helped Uehara Naraku gather the hearts of this group of funny people.


    The central area of ??the battlefield.


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Uchiha Sasuke who was staring at him closely, and planned to hand over the task of solving Uchiha Sasuke''s doubts to a more reliable subordinate.


    "pocket."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket not far away, and said loudly: "Please help me explain to Sasuke! Tell him the truth, I don''t need him anymore, no, he has never done anything for me either. thing!"


    Sasuke is really no longer needed.


    Strictly speaking, what Naraku Uehara needs is another Sasuke.


    A Sasuke who was endowed with yin power by his old father Sage of the Six Paths, not the current Sasuke who can only question him but can''t do anything.


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    A voice fell into everyone''s ears, Yakushi turned into a space-time vortex and appeared beside Uchiha Sasuke, he slowly looked at Uchiha Sasuke.


    Compared to that guy with dried persimmon and ghost shark...


    The pharmacist''s words are more vicious and rude.


    Because after dealing with Nagato''s resurrection and Orochimaru, Yakushito has been listening to the news not far away, and naturally heard the exchange between Uchiha Sasuke and Uehara Naraku.


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, looked at Uchiha Sasuke and said: "Uchiha Itachi has never been Naraku-sama''s friend, Sasuke-kun, you have never thought about what qualifications your brother Uchiha Itachi has to be Naraku Where are your friends?"


    "..."


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face changed.


    There was a dangerous gleam in Yakushito''s eyes, he looked at Uchiha Sasuke calmly, and continued softly: "Uchiha Sasuke, should I say you are naive...or should you say you are stupid? You brothers have never really You are loyal to Master Naraku, so it is your honor that you still have hope to become Master Naraku''s pawn!"


    Pharmacist Dou slowly narrowed his eyes, showing a gentle smile: "It''s a pity that the power bestowed on you by Master Naraku was wasted, Sasuke-kun, you are such a waste, even the slightest thing is done for Master Naraku. Can''t do well..."


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha clenched his ninja knife tightly, slowly pulled out the ninja knife from his waist, pointed at the medicine man''s pocket, and said coldly: "Are you humiliating me? I want to kill you!"


    "Same."


    Medicine Master raised his fingers calmly, and said with a low smile: "Sasuke Uchiha, in the past you were able to live only because of the protection of Uchiha Itachi and Naraku-sama... Now Uchiha Itachi is dead, and you have lost Naraku-sama too. Do you think you can survive in this cruel world?"


    "asshole!"


    Uchiha Sasuke rushed towards the pharmacist pocket!


    Assistant Zuo''s ninja knife quickly slashed across the bright light, but it just cut in the air. There was nothing he could do to the pharmacist who had the kamami sharingan!


    the other side.


    Uchiha Madara and Uehara Naraku also saw their fight.


    The corner of Uchiha Madara''s mouth couldn''t help grinning: "Uehara Naraku, I really didn''t expect that you could be so cruel to a little guy... He seems to have always been good to your senses!"


    "Hehe, the way you Uchihas feel good about others, isn''t it that you treat the life of others as a gift? You don''t even know that you can''t beat me with one hand..."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and shook his head, "The current Sasuke is too weak, what I need is a stronger Sasuke..."


    A Uchiha Sasuke who can get the power of Yin!


    That would also be the last leek he harvested!


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and saw that the four Hokages were still entangled with the Ninja Alliance, and then he looked at the nine tailed beasts not far away, and said softly: "Okay, Madara-senpai, hurry up and catch all the nine tailed beasts!" Get up and revive the ten tails!"


    Uehara Naraku turned his head slightly, looked at the arrogant Uchiha Madara, and continued with a chuckle: "I can''t wait to see how much powerful the revived Madara-senpai can use!"

 Chapter 370

    "rest assured."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Uchiha Madara stroked his eyes slowly, with a touch of confidence in his voice.


    "The power of the eye of reincarnation is definitely far beyond your imagination... Whether it is the power it possesses or the way it fights, it is more elegant than any other way of fighting."


    "Then hurry up and show me a show!"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms, continued with a chuckle, "If it''s the spells of Shenluo Tianzheng, Earth Explosion Star, etc., I''m tired of watching those spells..."


    "...You little guy is quite picky!"


    Uchiha Madara shook his head speechlessly, looked at the nine tailed beasts not far away, a light flashed slightly in his eyes: "Then let you see, the real power of the reincarnation eye!"


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes shrank slightly, he didn''t join hands at all, he just snarled out an imposing technique name in a cold voice!


    "Wheel Tomb Border Prison!"


    Within the sight of others on the battlefield, Uchiha Madara did not move.


    However, at the next moment, the nine tailed beasts not far away were hit on the head each, and fell to the ground inexplicably!


    This kind of weird technique makes people feel frightened!


    It is impossible for anyone to guard against such a weird attack!


    Uchiha Madara watched with satisfaction as he defeated the nine tailed beasts with one move, and said with a cold snort, "Hmph, did you see that? With the power of the eyes of reincarnation, it only takes a few seconds to defeat these beasts." ..."


    "It''s amazing!"


    Pa pa pa pa pa pa pa¡­


    Uehara Naraku gently puffed up his palm, watching Uchiha Madara''s strange attack, with a touch of admiration on his face, he praised: "It is a very terrible technique... It is worthy of being the legendary ninja Where is Jie Shura!"


    "Oh?"


    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help tilting his head and glanced at Uehara Naraku, and asked tentatively, "Can you understand the attack of the tomb?"


    "No, I don''t understand it at all."


    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became serious, he shook his head, and gradually lowered his voice: "I can''t see any trace of attack at all, that''s why I feel terrible..."


    This is of course to deceive Uchiha Madara.


    Because just when Uchiha Madara released the wheel tomb, Bianju, Uehara Naraku saw illusory shadows separating from Uchiha Madara''s body!


    Uchiha Madara''s four shadows suddenly rushed to the nine tailed beasts in the distance, and those tailed beasts didn''t notice Uchiha Madara''s shadow attacking at all, and were easily knocked down by Uchiha Madara''s tomb shadows in an instant land!


    "real¡­"


    The corners of Uchiha Madara''s mouth hooked up slightly, his eyes flickered slightly, and he muttered to himself in a low voice: "...Can''t you understand?"


    The next moment, the shadows of the four tombs suddenly surrounded Uehara Naraku!


    Just as these tomb shadows were attacking Uehara Naraku, they stopped suddenly when they were about to touch Uehara Naraku''s body.


    These round tomb shadows are only a hair away from Uehara Naraku!


    However, Uehara Naraku didn''t move at all, and didn''t care about the tomb shadows around him at all. After all, his physical fitness was not comparable to those tailed beasts!


    It''s the shadows of these round tombs that look a bit awkward...


    Naraku Uehara could see clearly, and even he could clearly sense the Chakra on the shadows of these round tombs, but he still pretended not to see them.


    This is too uncomfortable!


    I really want to expose Uchiha Madara!


    "Senior Madara."


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Madara Uchiha, and asked with a chuckle, "I just saw Senior Madara''s eyes were wrong, don''t you want to use the reincarnation eye technique to attack me?"


    "Hehe, how could it be?"


    After Uchiha Madara chuckled, he withdrew his tomb shadow, and felt a little relieved. It seemed that he had regained the means to suppress Uehara Naraku!


    Uehara Naraku''s smile got stronger, he shook his head slowly and said: "It seems that Madara-senpai has mastered a technique that can easily get rid of me!"


    "Who knows!"


    Uchiha Madara smiled, and there was inevitably a bit of coldness in his voice: "Okay, let''s not talk about this, I''d better lock up all these beasts first!"


    The next moment, Uchiha Madara turned over and landed on the body of the heretic golem, and suddenly closed his palms: "It seems that these beasts have become much more honest after being taught a lesson, and then put on your belongings first." Collar!"


    The mouth of the heretic golem suddenly opened!


    Purple chains shot out from the mouths of the golems of the outside world, suddenly tied up the necks of the tailed beasts, and dragged their huge bodies towards the golems of the outside world!


    Yiwei, keep the crane!


    Erwei, another trip!


    Sano, Isofu!


    Four tails, Monkey King!


    Five tails, King Mu!


    Six tails, Rhino!


    Nanao, Shigeaki!


    Eight tails, bull ghost!


    Yin Nine Tails, Nine Lamas!


    One after another, the tailed beasts were quickly stuffed into the Golem of the Outer Way, even if Naruto Uzumaki and others wanted to rush over to support them, there was no time to stop it all!


    In just ten seconds...


    All the nine tailed beasts were stuffed into the mouth of the Golem of the Outer Way, and the Golem of the Outer Way with its eyes closed suddenly opened all its eyes!


    A huge aura emanated from its body, and the originally stiff and dull heretic golem gradually became more alive!


    At this moment, everyone knows that ten tails will be resurrected again!


    It''s just that the resurrected ten tails this time seem to be much smoother than when Orochimaru was resurrected because of Uchiha Madara''s control!


    Uchiha Madara finally showed a satisfied look on his face, stretched out his palm and patted Juwei''s head: "It looks like an obedient little pet! But this chakra seems a bit insufficient. !"


    Because Uchiha Madara remembered the ending of the previous Ten-tailed Jinchuriki, the Orochimaru who had been played by Uehara Naraku, obviously the ending of Orochimaru was not very good.


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    No, not even his process is good.


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes slowly lifted up, and slowly looked at the entire battlefield, and finally his eyes slowly stopped on Uzumaki Naruto: "If I read correctly, there is half a nine-tailed ghost on that kid''s body." Right?"


    Naruto Uzumaki is a bit miserable now.


    Because even though he transformed into a golden demon fox state, he was pressed down on the ground by the huge wooden man manipulated by Senju Hashirama of the first generation of Hokage.


    This is really...


    It''s quite frustrating.


    Heijue drilled out of the ground, and said in a dark voice: "It doesn''t matter, the ten tails have been resurrected, as long as Madara-sama becomes the ten-tailed Jinchuriki, no one can stop Madara-sama from releasing Infinity Tsukiyomi now!"


    "That''s right."


    Naraku Uehara also nodded, echoing Heijue''s words: "I can''t wait to experience the dream of Infinity Tsukiyomi..."


    to be honest.


    At this moment Uehara Naraku had an illusion.


    He and Hei Ze are like little devils, with the same purpose, they are constantly urging Uchiha Madara to go to a dead end...


    "I really can''t do anything about you!"


    After Uchiha Madara shook his head and smiled wryly, he slowly closed his palms, his face gradually became serious, and he shouted in a low voice: "Six Paths Ten Tails Coffin Seal!"


    The size of the huge Jubis shrinks in a spiral instantly, and it slowly penetrates into Uchiha Madara''s body from behind Uchiha Madara''s body. After the ten tails enter Uchiha Madara''s body, his appearance is also slowly changing .


    The originally black hair gradually turned into a snow white...


    Countless chakra crystals fell from his hair...


    Pieces of jet-black seeking dao jade were formed behind Uchiha Madara...


    As the chakra of the ten tails gradually receded, Uchiha Madara''s Gouyu robe gradually emerged from his body, and a jet-black tin staff also appeared in his hand.


    This feeling¡­


    Obviously stronger than that guy Orochimaru!


    No, or it should have been taken for granted!


    Because the chakra in Uchiha Madara''s body is derived from the direct Chakra of Indra of the Sage of the Six Paths, he also has the power of the eyes of the sage and a part of the body of the sage!


    The most important thing is that Uchiha Madara became Juowei Jinchuriki very smoothly. He didn''t entangle with Juwei too much at all, so he easily suppressed Juwei''s consciousness!


    Uchiha Madara this guy...


    It''s really much better than the previous Ten-tailed Jinchuriki!


    Uchiha Madara slowly stretched out his palm, and stroked a weird forehead protector growing on his forehead: "Well, is this the power of the Sage of the Six Paths? It is indeed very different from the power of the past ..."


    While Uehara Naraku was watching all this, he saw Uchiha Madara next to him slamming the tin stick in his hand and attacking him!


    The first thing this guy did after he became a level six was to sneak attack!


    Uehara Naraku grabbed Uchiha Madara''s tin stick with one hand, and couldn''t help but frowned slightly: "Mara-senpai, isn''t this the way you treat your allies?"


    "never mind."


    The corners of Uchiha Madara''s mouth curled up slightly, and a haughty smile appeared on his face: "That fellow Hashirama has lost the value of challenging, but I haven''t seen the limit of your strength yet!"


    Uchiha Madara waved six tin sticks to force Uehara Naraku back, and said loudly: "Uehara Naraku, come on, let me see your true power! I was defeated by your hands before, but I am very unwilling!"


    The tin stick in Uchiha Madara''s hand suddenly fell to the ground, and there was a crisp sound. He looked at Uehara Naraku, and said coldly: "Besides, Uehara Naraku, this place in the ninja world is too small, so that you can barely Enough for me to toss by myself!"


    Uchiha Madara''s voice became colder and colder, and his eyes of reincarnation stared at Uehara: "Beside me, I don''t need a person standing side by side with me!"


    "It''s really overbearing!"


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead, and said helplessly on his face: "You people who got the power of ten tails because of my gift, can''t you be a little more obedient to me?"

 Chapter 371

    For a long time, Uchiha Madara thought he was arrogant enough.


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Uchiha Madara faintly felt that he was still too low-key, and Uehara Naraku was too arrogant when he spoke!


    What ten-tailed Jinchuriki should be a little bit nicer to him!


    Does this guy think that Ten-Tails Jinchuriki is his pet?


    This guy¡­


    Why are you so arrogant!


    It seems that there are indeed qualifications for arrogance. Whether it is Orochimaru or Uchiha Madara, both of them can become Ten Tails Jinchuriki because of the help of Uehara Naraku...


    If it wasn''t for Uehara Naraku, they really wouldn''t be able to become Ten Tails Jinchuriki...


    "Senior Madara..."


    Uehara Naraku supported his forehead, his eyes slowly lowered, and he continued softly: "I have given you enough strength, can''t you obediently realize our dreams? I am looking forward to the advent of Infinite Monthly Reading !"


    "Hum hum¡­"


    Uchiha Madara stared at Uehara Naraku, said with a sneer: "If it''s just to release the unlimited Tsukuyomi, it would be a waste of this power!"


    Uchiha Madara clenched the tin rod in his hand tightly, and said loudly: "Uehara Naraku! Your strength is too strong, people can''t help but want to try how strong you are, this kind of involuntary burning It''s the first time I''ve appeared since Hashirama!"


    "Put away your excitement!"


    Naraku Uehara put down his palm, squeezed his wrist, and said softly: "Sometimes, ants will get excited when they see a giant elephant, but they want to shake a giant elephant, which is something they can''t do in this life..."


    "You bastard..."


    The corner of Uchiha''s mouth slowly showed a smile, his smile gradually became bigger and bigger, and his laughter gradually became bigger and bigger: "Hahahahahahahaha ... hahahahahaha ... it is really better than I imagined than I imagined The one in the middle is still to my appetite!"


    Uchiha Madara waved his tin staff sharply at Uehara Naraku, and said loudly: "Then let me see, what kind of power your so-called giant elephant possesses!"


    "Will not disappoint you."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm slowly, and said calmly: "If you lose..."


    Uehara Naraku paused for a while when he said this, and his eyes suddenly became cold and cold when he looked at Uchiha Madara: "Then obediently make me a tool man, and prepare to display the infinite monthly reading, understand?"


    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Uchiha Madara''s expression froze for a second, then raised the corners of his mouth, and slowly arched his body.


    The next moment, the man who had just become Jinchuriki of the Ten Tails suddenly raised his head, and said in a cold voice, "Then come on! Naraku Uehara! If you lose to me, I will spare your life!"


    A strong wind hit Uehara Naraku!


    Uchiha Madara''s figure suddenly appeared beside Uehara Naraku. He saw the battle between Orochimaru and Uehara Naraku, and he knew very well that manipulating the long-range attack of the Dao Orb was of no use to Naraku Uehara. He had to find the right time to use the Dao Orb!


    In front of ninjas of their level, they had to simply return to the most primitive stage of ninja fighting because of their restraint against each other!


    That is a pure physical combat!


    Only in the confrontation of taijutsu can you change your moves at any time, and find opportunities to use ninjutsu and use jade to attack!


    The tin stick in Uchiha Madara''s hand waved and hit Uehara Naraku''s head, the air seemed to be split in two by the tin stick in his hand!


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fist, and slammed a heavy punch upwards, smashing the tin stick in Uchiha Madara''s hand with one punch!


    Uehara Naraku''s fist continued to gain momentum, and went straight to Uchiha Madara''s chin, but his chest was suddenly kicked by Uchiha Madara!


    Uchiha Madara took advantage of his strength and flew out!


    The first confrontation between two people almost did not gain the upper hand, or for Uchiha Madara, his loss was greater.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t stop, and the figure suddenly rushed up again, waving his fist violently, about to hit Uchiha Madara''s body directly!


    The next moment, a round fan suddenly appeared in Uchiha Madara''s hand!


    After this guy lost his tin rod, he didn''t know when he touched the Uchiha clan''s fan again!


    Madara Uchiha waved the dough fan to meet Uehara Naraku''s fist, a cold light flashed in his eyes!


    This uchiha fan passed down from generation to generation by the Uchiha family is made of some materials from the sacred tree. It is amazing in both its effect and its hardness!


    And this is also the weapon that once followed Uchiha Madara to the north and south!


    Naturally, he is also very familiar with fighting with this round fan!


    "Uchiha bounces back!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara watched speechlessly as he punched the Uchiha fan!


    Immediately afterwards, he felt a huge rebound force, the dough fan quickly absorbed his strength, and was about to turn into wind attribute chakra and blow him away!


    Uehara Naraku''s palm maintained his body against the impact of the wind attribute chakra, he suddenly stretched out his five fingers, clenched into a fist again and smashed it down!


    "Sorry, the bounce didn''t work."


    Uehara Naraku''s fist hit Uchiha Madara''s body through the fan, and a blunt punch knocked Uchiha Madara to the ground!


    The figure of Jinchuriki with the Ten Tails suddenly weakened.


    But soon Uchiha Madara''s body recovered with the help of ten tails.


    Uchiha Madara rushed towards Uehara Naraku again, a Taoist jade turned into a sharp black stick in his hand, and stabbed Uehara Naraku''s face with a wave!


    In the blink of an eye, the two of them tossed and turned and fought into a ball!


    Every blow between them is especially deadly!


    But for the two of them, no matter how serious their injuries were, they could recover quickly with their strong resilience, and the two of them gradually became really hot!


    The black stick in Uchiha Madara''s hand suddenly protruded, and directly pierced Uehara Naraku''s wings, in exchange for Uehara Naraku''s knee bump directly hitting his chest!


    Uchiha Madara spit out a mouthful of blood, and flew out directly!


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm, and slowly pulled out the black stick of seeking Taoism stuck in his wing, and crushed it into pieces!


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the injury on the wings on his back gradually recovering, and couldn''t help frowning slightly, he still praised: "Good job, you are the first person who can hurt me."


    "Ha, that sounds like an honor!"


    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help grinning, "What a troublesome guy... Uehara Naraku, your Taijutsu may be several times stronger than I know!"


    This sentence is not false.


    But Uchiha Madara finally realized a problem based on his observation of Naraku Uehara fighting with Orochimaru, and through his own practice... Naraku Uehara absolutely hid his strength when fighting with Orochimaru!


    This guy has been hiding his strength!


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Uchiha Madara once again condensed a black stick with the Taoist Jade, and rushed towards Uehara Naraku: "You guys hide really deep... It really makes people want to look desperately, your How strong is the full strength!"


    "Can."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly passed by Uchiha Madara, and when his palm passed by his side, he slammed the black stick of seeking Taoism, and an elbow hit Uchiha Madara''s shoulder!


    Uehara Naraku watched Uchiha Madara''s brows involuntarily squeezed out of pain, his voice was still as indifferent as Furui Mubo.


    "If you want to see my full strength, then use all your methods to please me..."


    Uehara Naraku''s arm suddenly flipped over, knocking Uchiha Madarao to the ground!


    Just when Naraku Uehara waved his fist short and was about to hit him on the head with a punch, Madara Uchiha on the ground opened his mouth and puffed up his mouth!


    "Fire Escape ¡¤ Dust Concealment Technique!"


    The next moment, countless thick smoke and sparks spewed out from his mouth!


    In an instant, the battlefield between them was instantly submerged in thick smoke and dust, scorching heat rushed towards us, followed by a violent explosion!


    This guy Uchiha Madara''s fire escape ninjutsu is really terrifying!


    This guy doesn''t even need seals to release such a powerful fire escape ninjutsu. He really doesn''t look like this serious ninja at all!


    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku is not a serious ninja...


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Formation Wall Technique!"


    When the Dust Concealment Technique was released, Uehara waved his hand to create a wave of water to form a water formation wall, which turned into a semi-circular ball, wrapping Uehara Naraku''s figure in it, avoiding the impact of the Dust Concealment Technique attack.


    "Fire Escape ¡¤ Great Fire Extinction!"


    Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku who was hidden in the semicircular water polo, and instantly opened his mouth and spewed out a huge fireball. After the fireball hit the ground, it turned into flames, overwhelming the water wall of Uehara Naraku!


    The steam is gradually churning up!


    A mist gradually formed in the air.


    "Wind Escape¡¤Typhoon is over!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and summoned a hurricane, blowing away the fog around them in an instant. In the hurricane that was blowing, a cloud of thunder and lightning rushed over!


    "Immortal Law: Lan Dun Guangya!"


    A ball of lightning shot towards Uehara Naraku''s head like a laser!


    This is a six-way sage that Uchiha Madara acquired automatically after becoming Ten-tailed Jinchuriki. This electric light is extremely sharp!


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head.


    The lightning flashed through the top of his head in an instant, piercing through the wings behind him!


    "Want to compete with me in fairy art?"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly closed his palms, and a smile slowly appeared on his face: "Then let you see the real fairy art..."


    Before Uehara Naraku could figure out what kind of fairy art to use, he saw several illusory shadows slowly emerging from Uchiha Madara''s body!


    This guy, is he still going to use the wheel tomb shadow?


    Uchiha Madara stood in the distance watching Uehara Naraku''s movements, a ray of light flashed in his reincarnation eyes: "I didn''t want to use this trick at first, but it seemed a bit too bullying to you, but unfortunately, it is really difficult to find you This guy''s weakness..."

 Chapter 372

    "Wheel Tomb Border Prison!"


    The shadows of the four round tombs flew directly from Uchiha Madara''s body, and each shadow of the round tombs rushed towards Uehara Naraku along a route!


    These shadows are all illusory!


    Except that the reincarnation eye can see these shadows and the Six Paths Immortal Art can perceive their positions, there is no other way to do it!


    "Hey, there''s something I''ve been meaning to say..."


    Uehara Naraku flew up from the ground, looking at the shadows of the tombs rushing towards him, a whirlwind kick kicked four shadows of the tombs in succession!


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes suddenly tightened!


    In his line of sight, the four round tomb shadows were all kicked away by Naraku Uehara before they even touched Naraku Uehara''s body!


    After Uehara Naraku kicked away all the shadows of the wheel tomb, this guy seemed to have done nothing, and patted his clothes nonchalantly.


    The atmosphere suddenly fell into an awkward situation.


    Uchiha Madara looked at Naraku Uehara''s movements, but waved his hand back to take back his shadow, supported his cheeks, stared at Naraku Uehara and laughed aloud.


    "Ha, really, I was deceived by you again!"


    Uchiha Madara slowly spread out his palm, and continued with a smile: "It seems that you have always understood what is going on with the round tomb and side prison, but you still lied to me that you don''t understand, Uehara Naraku, you This guy is really¡­¡±


    "¡­No."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and explained with an innocent face: "But I noticed something wrong with Madara-senpai''s eyes..."


    Uchiha Madara looked at Naraku Uehara''s shameless face speechlessly, and couldn''t help but gritted his teeth and said, "Do you still want to lie to me now! Do you think I''m that idiot in Hashirama?"


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Uchiha Madara is really interesting.


    Once he encounters something that surprises him during the battle, he will immediately turn into a senior Fuki of Senju Hashirama. Strong is also rubbish;


    Once he encounters something that makes Uchiha Madara dissatisfied in conversation or life, he will turn into a high-level black of Senju Bashirama. Human intelligence is normal.


    In this life, Uchiha Madara will have trouble with Senjuju.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Madara''s expression, nodded slowly, and sighed: "You are right, I did deceive you..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku said quietly again: "Anyway, when you just resurrected today, I have already deceived you once with Uchiha Obito, and now you should not care about being deceived, right?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara''s expression was subtle.


    At this moment, Uchiha Madara remembered when Uehara Naraku faced Tsunade and Jiraiya. This guy seemed to have said something like I lied to you once before, so even if I lied to you again now, you will definitely accept it in your heart. if.


    What is the reason for this!


    Uehara Naraku has a problem!


    How can anyone not care to be deceived!


    Especially being cheated by the same person one after another, but no one can accept this kind of thing!


    Fortunately, Uchiha Madara has a broad mind. He glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly, shook his head calmly, and then said: "Forget it, it''s just a little thing..."


    "As expected of Madara-senpai, you really have a big heart!"


    Uehara Naraku also nodded slowly, and continued: "Madara-senpai, in fact, you can''t beat me, if you don''t have the certainty of winning, I will definitely not revive you!


    As early as a few years ago, I was able to help you reincarnate and resurrect, but I was worried that I would not be able to completely control you...


    Therefore, every time Jue-senpai proposed to reincarnate you from the dirty soil, I kept asking Pharmacist Dou to delay until I was sure that even if you become Ten Tails Jinchuriki, I can completely suppress you, so I ordered Pharmacist Dou to revive you. "


    Uchiha Madara: "..."


    Heijue: "..."


    Uehara Naraku this guy...


    Damn, it''s too early to forgive him!


    Uchiha Madara''s expression was slightly subtle. He tapped his arm slowly, calming himself down and said, "If I hadn''t absolutely mastered a person''s power, I wouldn''t have resurrected him easily."


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Madara''s expression suddenly became serious: "If you can estimate the outcome just by feeling, then what''s the point of fighting, Naraku Uehara, our battle is not over yet!"


    The next moment, Uchiha Madara stretched out his hand to hold a Dao Dao Jade and fell into his hand, turning the Dao Dao Jade into a black stick!


    "Yeah, I was worried about this problem too."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, his palm suddenly stretched out towards a certain direction of the battlefield, and a chain flashed and disappeared in an instant!


    This is his way of stealing skills!


    Uehara Naraku directly stole Maitekai''s eight-door martial arts profound meaning Yekai!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly had a cloud of red steam, looked at Uchiha Madara and said, "Mara-senpai, in order to meet your resurrection and be able to confirm the power to suppress you, I have prepared a lot of cards for you!"


    There are so many cards...


    Even Uehara Naraku himself didn''t know how Uchiha Madara won!


    Uchiha Madara stared at the red steam rising from Uehara Naraku''s body, and his face gradually changed: "This is... Hachimon Dunjia? Red steam? Are you dying!"


    This is the Formation of the Eight Gates Dunjia!


    Uchiha Madara has also heard of this taijutsu!


    It is said that when the Bamen Dunjia is fully opened, the chakra will turn red due to the burning of the blood in the body, and that is the peak state of the Bamen Dunjia!


    This is fatal!


    What makes Uchiha Madara a little surprised is that Uehara Naraku''s strength and aura are still so abundant, and it seems that there is no loss due to Hachimon Dunjia...


    Fortunately, many people present knew Naraku Uehara''s ability to steal the enemy''s spells. Heijue quickly explained: "Master Madara, be careful. Uehara can steal everyone''s spells, and it doesn''t seem to consume him at all!"


    "..."


    After Uchiha Madara listened to Kuroze''s words, he turned his head abruptly, staring closely at Uehara Naraku, whose red steam was gradually forming around him, his face couldn''t help but change.


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes tightened slightly, watching the red steam turn into a faucet, and said with a gloomy face, "This chakra power... can''t be ignored at all..."


    Of course, it''s not a big problem.


    Uchiha Madara still didn''t panic in his heart.


    No matter how powerful Uehara Naraku''s attack is, Ten-Tails Jinchuriki cannot die unless someone strips the Ten-Tails from his body.


    Uehara Naraku''s hair was gradually floating due to the red steam, he spread his palm, and said softly: "In order to let you taste this trick, I deliberately resurrected the person who developed this technique! "


    "The eighth gate, the gate of death, Yekai!"


    The next moment, Uehara''s figure suddenly rushed towards Uchiha Madara, the huge red dragon''s head swept across the ground, and the dragon''s tail waved behind him!


    With Uehara Naraku''s powerful vitality and the blessing of Chakra, Ye Kai''s red dragon is almost hundreds of meters long, and it just rushed towards Uchiha Madara!


    On the one hand, a defensive barrier composed of seeking dao jade stopped in front of Uchiha Madara!


    It seems that one barrier is not enough, and Uchiha Madara waved and manipulated other Taoist jades to form layers of barriers!


    Unfortunately...


    Uehara Naraku''s red dragon steam shattered the barriers of the Taoist jade, and kicked Uchiha Madara''s body!


    "Aha¡­"


    Uchiha Madara opened his mouth suddenly and spat out a mouthful of blood.


    At this moment, Uchiha Madara only felt how many bones on his body were broken, and even most of his body was directly kicked to pieces!


    With the blessing of Uehara Naraku''s Chakra, the power of Ye Kai''s move has almost reached its maximum. Uchiha Madara can almost feel that all his bones are broken, and even all the organs in his body are crushed...


    Even the high-speed recovery ability given to him by Jinchuriki Ten-tails allows his injured body to recover, but at this moment, Uchiha Madara cannot avoid the pain of serious injury.


    This is too scary!


    With this move, he couldn''t even dodge it!


    When the figure wrapped in red steam attacked, even the space was directly distorted by the huge force and extremely fast speed, and he couldn''t even escape!


    "Can you still resist?"


    The red steam on Uehara Naraku''s body dissipated. After watching Uchiha Madara slowly recovering, his brows frowned slightly, and a chain flickered again when he waved his hand. He once again stole Matt Kai''s moves!


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara saw red steam rising from Uehara Naraku''s body once, and his expression finally couldn''t help but change.


    Uchiha Madara stared at Uehara Naraku, with an ugly look on his face, and said, "Uehara Naraku, do you only use other people''s spells?"


    To be honest, Ye Kai''s kick really hurt a bit.


    Naraku Uehara frowned, looked at Madara Uchiha and said, "This esoteric body art is enough to restrain my strength...does it mean that if an adult fights with an infant child, he still has to use all his strength?" ?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara slowly fell into silence.


    The words that Uehara Naraku said were inexplicably familiar, he seemed to have said this sentence before, no, what Uehara Naraku said was more arrogant than what he said.


    "If you really want to see my full strength, then I will satisfy you!"


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Uchiha Madara, so fast that even his reincarnation eyes didn''t catch the trace!


    "So fast!"


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes changed instantly!


    Because Uehara Naraku''s speed was so fast that Uchiha Madara only had time to hastily stretch out an arm in front of him!


    Uehara Naraku''s palm fluttered, and almost as soon as he arrived, he simply and neatly twisted Uchiha Madara''s arm that was used to stop him!


    "this is¡­"


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes darkened.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm had been stretched out, and he directly pressed Uchiha Madara''s face, pressing him into the ground!


    A destructive celestial light brewed from Uehara Naraku''s palm!


    Uehara Naraku let go of his palm, looked down at Uchiha Madara who was pressed on the ground by him, and calmly spread his hand.


    "Madara-senpai, even if I use a little more power against you, the battle between us will become like this. How do you tell me to use all my strength against you?"

 Chapter 373

    "Senior Madara."


    Uehara Naraku friendly pulled Uchiha Madara to stand up, stared at him and said, "Now can you obediently release Infinity Tsukiyomi?"


    Uchiha Madara took a deep look at Uehara Naraku, nodded slowly and said: "Yes, as long as I get close to the moon, I will grow a reincarnation writing sharing eye to release infinite Tsukuyomi, and you can enter the world you want. dream of..."


    "etc¡­"


    Heijue stretched out his palm, looked at Uehara Naraku slowly, and asked in a hoarse voice: "Uehara, what is your purpose of entering Infinite Moon Reading?"


    To be honest, Hei Jue was also a little flustered.


    Because after witnessing the battle between Uchiha Madara and Uehara Naraku just now, Hei Ze suddenly felt that if Uehara Naraku had not been controlled by Infinity Tsukiyomi...


    Then it''s more cheating... no, it''s cheating!


    Although only the owner of the reincarnation eye can avoid unlimited monthly reading.


    But what if Uehara Naraku did not enter the infinite monthly reading with his own powerful strength, or broke free from the infinite monthly reading, and found out that it was a lie...


    After its mother Otsutsuki Kaguya was resurrected...


    Is it also a little bit dangerous?


    Although Hei Absolute''s own mother has absolute self-confidence, but facing Naraku Uehara, a guy who doesn''t play cards according to common sense, is really a headache.


    How did this guy come out of here!


    This Uehara Naraku is ridiculously strong. It really feels like the reincarnation of Hagoromo or Hamura''s Chakra, but it doesn''t make sense, because the descendants of Uchiha, Senju, and Hyuga used to be there, and their Chakra can be obtained in that clan. Huge enhancement!


    After all, Naraku Uehara doesn''t have blood successors in his body... Basically, the blood successors in his body are synthesized by himself using the change of chakra properties.


    And for thousands of years, Yuyi''s Chakra has never been reincarnated...


    Could it be that Yuromo finally discovered Madara''s reincarnation eyes and conspiracy, so he specially reincarnated Chakra to prevent Kaguya Hime from resurrecting?


    This is even more unlikely.


    Because Uehara Naraku is not an aboveboard person.


    On the contrary, Uehara Naraku likes to play tricks, has a sinister and cunning personality, and plays everyone in his hands.


    It''s not that Heijue thinks he''s not a good person...


    But in Hei Jue''s heart, evil and insidious are actually commendatory words.


    To be honest, Heijue thinks that Uehara Naraku may be his own reincarnation, and it is even more reliable...


    Damn, I can''t figure it out!


    Hei Jue felt a little uneasy in his heart.


    After hearing Heijue''s question, Uehara Naraku took a deep breath, slowly raised his head and looked at the moon in the sky: "I have some bad thoughts about a woman who is older than me in the ninja world, but I Knowing that the ninja world cannot accept this kind of thing, only Infinite Tsukiyomi..."


    "Useless feelings!"


    Uchiha Madara took the lead in cursing: "Hei Ze told me that the woman you are talking about is not your teacher Xiaonan?"


    "..."


    Heijue is also full of black lines.


    To be honest, this was Hei Jue''s first thought.


    Because Heijue is well aware of the relationship between Uehara Naraku and Konan, and it also thinks that Uehara Naraku wants to enter the dream of Infinite Tsukiyomi because of Konan...


    never mind.


    Steady and steady.


    As long as Uehara Naraku entered the illusion of Infinite Tsukiyomi for a while, Heijue immediately summoned his mother with confidence, and asked her to kill Uehara Naraku, the scourge!


    Heijue is really not a good guy.


    Now that he had made up his mind, Hei Ze turned his head to look at Uchiha Madara, and said in a deep voice, "Master Madara...you can start! When our plan is successful, the entire ninja world will become peaceful forever serene!"


    "Can."


    Uchiha Madara joined hands to release the tall sacred tree again!


    After Orochimaru''s death, this sacred tree disappeared mysteriously, and now it has been released again by Uchiha Madara. These are all preparations for Infinite Tsukiyomi.


    Uchiha Madara watched the appearance of the tall sacred tree, nodded with satisfaction, and flew towards the moon in the sky along the thick sacred tree. Inside Gouyu''s robe.


    After seeing the two of them leave.


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at the people who were still fighting, and the chakra on his body gradually began to gather. Now he is going to start preparing for the infinite monthly reading!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure gradually landed on the ground, his palms closed together suddenly, and he shouted in a deep voice: "Mu Dun, the birth of the tree world!"


    A forest began to spread along the sacred tree in an instant!


    This is also a preparation for becoming an actor after a while.


    In addition to these, the most important thing is to put Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke into a fatal crisis, so that they can see the Sage of the Six Paths!


    To be honest.


    Naraku Uehara was really curious whether the Sage of the Six Paths was watching him.


    It''s a pity that the Chakra of the Sage of the Six Paths is not easy to see because he is separated between life and death, and he is not sure whether he can descend...


    Maybe he really can''t come to the ninja world anymore?


    But those other people who wander between life and death are not his two sons, and it is impossible for him to entrust them with chakras... let alone the power of yin and the power of yang, these two kinds of power are just magic formulas for sealing .


    never mind.


    It''s useless to think so much now.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Then let Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke fall into a state between life and death, and see if they can meet the Sage of Six Paths!


    on the battlefield.


    After Naruto Uzumaki turned into a golden demon fox, he was severely beaten by Senju Hashirama and other Hokages.


    Fortunately, Jiraiya, Hatake Kakashi, Tsunade, Onogi and others are quite strong, and they can barely compete with the four Hokage.


    It''s a pity that just when they were going to prevent Uchiha Madara from absorbing the ten tails, they were locked up by the four red sun formations released by Senju Zhuma and other four Hokages...


    This is more embarrassing.


    The Ninja Alliance was locked in a cage.


    The other villains are out there free to carry out their own plans.


    Across the barrier of Chiyang Formation, Tsunade stared at Senshou Bashirama, gritted his teeth and asked unrelentingly: "Grandfather, can you really not get rid of the control of the reincarnation of the dirty soil?"


    Tsunade asked this question many times.


    "There is no way."


    It''s a pity that Senju Zhuma''s answer has not changed.


    After all, Senju Hashirama really has nothing to do with this kind of thing, he can feel that Uehara Naraku''s Chakra is more than his Chakra, and he is not too panicked compared to Six Dao Uchiha Madara!


    After Senju Zhuma scratched the back of his head in embarrassment, he suddenly said: "To be honest, I feel that there is something wrong with that little guy named Uehara Naraku..."


    "what is the problem?"


    Tsunade glared at his grandfather unhappily, and continued: "Now all of Uehara Naraku''s plans have succeeded, we are already the last force in the ninja world, but you are locked in this enchantment..."


    "No, there must be a problem."


    Senshou Zhuma shook his head, and continued to explain: "If a ninja possesses such powerful power as Uehara Naraku, and even the legendary Sage of the Six Paths cannot defeat him, then what will he do?"


    "..."


    Tsunade subconsciously frowned.


    The Fourth Raikage Ai stood beside him and shouted loudly: "That bastard Uehara Naraku is a liar and a psychopath. Who knows what he wants to do? Maybe he wants to use the Moon Eye project to make the whole world fall into illusion? "


    "Shut up."


    Tsunade stopped the Fourth Raikage in a cold voice, and slowly turned his attention to Jiraiya: "What do you think Naraku Uehara will want to do? Is it really for the Moon Eye plan?"


    "..."


    Jilai also frowned in thought.


    Qianshouzhu separated the Chiyang formation, and continued to speak: "Tsunade, that guy''s power is so powerful, even far surpassing the power I have ever had, I think that guy can do whatever he wants!


    If he really wants peace in the ninja world, if he shows the unrivaled power of the five major powers like today, and forces the entire ninja world to sit at the negotiating table to ensure peace, I feel that you may all agree! "


    "..."


    The Five Kages present fell silent.


    Senjujuma is right, if Uehara Naraku wants peace in the ninja world, he only needs to show the power of a ninja god!


    After all, Senshou Hashirama, the last God of Ninja, once overwhelmed other great powers, and did not even dare to start a war lightly.


    The only difference...


    The reason is that the aggression between Senshouzhujian is not high.


    "you''re right."


    Tsunade slowly moved his gaze to Senju Bashirama, narrowing his eyes slightly.


    After Tsunade broke the silence, her gaze gradually became a little sharper, she looked directly at Senju Bashirama in front of her, and said in a cold voice: "Then what is Uehara Naraku''s real purpose? Could you please tell us?"


    At this moment, something is wrong with this Senshou Zhujian!


    As a person who played with Senju Hashirama when she was a child, Tsunade knew her great grandfather very well, because it is difficult for Senju Hashirama to say such high IQ words, or even to make such a rational analysis!


    this kind of work...


    Usually it''s her second grandfather Qianshou Feijian who does it!


    "Uehara Naraku, don''t lie to us anymore."


    Tsunade stared into Senju Hashirama''s eyes, and continued in a deep voice: "I know, you must be manipulating Grandpa''s body behind his back now!"


    "It was dismantled..."


    A voice fell into everyone''s ears.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Senju Hashirama, he looked at the crowd in front of him, sighed helplessly, and said, "Why do you people gather at the first Hokage side!


    Is it because all hope of getting rid of the control of the dirt is placed on him?


    I really have no choice but to use the body of Lord Hokage of the first generation to communicate with you. Is it because of his lack of strategy that he showed his flaws? "


    "good."


    Tsunade nodded, and said in a deep voice: "With the personality of the great grandfather, he would never be able to say such a rational and methodical analysis!"


    "Hey, Kozuna..."


    Senshou Bashirama lowered his head in disappointment.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Senju Hashirama who was lost beside him again, shook his head and said, "The IQ problem is really troublesome... Well, if there is enough time now, I don''t mind telling you a very long story."


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Uchiha Madara who was still flying, turned his head again, looked at Tsunade and sighed: "It seems that there is indeed enough time, but I want to wait until the truth is revealed, and then I will help you Tell a long story!"


    "..."


    All the ninjas present fell silent.


    Tsunade looked at Uehara Naraku speechlessly through the barrier of the Chiyang Formation: "So you guys, don''t you even want to lie to me now?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara gave Tsunade a speechless look, and said in a deep voice, "I will tell you everything after the truth is revealed!"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku looked at Uzumaki Naruto in the crowd, raised his finger suddenly, and said in a deep voice: "Naruto, we will see you after you meet the Sage of the Six Paths!"


    "Hey, Uehara, what do you mean..."


    The next moment, a vine suddenly emerged from the ground!


    The sharp vine suddenly penetrated Uzumaki Naruto''s chest!


    A group of people gathered around in panic, Tsunade and Haruno Sakura released their own medical ninjutsu chakra at the same time, trying to stop Naruto Uzumaki''s bleeding and heal him!


    At the same time, on another battlefield, a vine suddenly drilled out of the ground, and Uchiha Sasuke, who was still fighting fiercely with Yakushidou, was also penetrated by the vine!


    Just when Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t believe seeing the vine that penetrated his chest, he suddenly fell to the ground, and his body was instantly stained red with blood...


    The figure of Yakushido landed beside Sasuke, stretched out his palm to cover Uchiha Sasuke''s body, and helped him in emergency rescue.


    "Hehe... be lucky!"


    Yakushido looked at Uchiha Sasuke, with a sinister smile on his face: "It''s a good thing that you have a last bit of use for Naraku-sama... Even though this is useful, maybe it just makes him have two more in the next performance." audience."

 Chapter 374

    The dark spiritual world.


    The water droplets fell and made large ripples.


    Uzumaki Naruto slowly got up from the water, stroked his chest in astonishment, raised his head in disbelief and said, "I... am not dead?"


    "What do you think is death?"


    An old man holding a pewter stick in his hand and floating above the Daoist Jade spoke slowly, mumbling in his mouth: "In my world, the ethics of death seem to be somewhat different from yours. It''s not the same, don''t easily think that you are dead, be a little more positive, rookie..."


    "You are¡­"


    "This is a problem, but it''s been too long, I don''t know if the name you know is the same as the name I reported..."


    After finishing speaking, the old man slowly turned around, revealing his true face: "I am the incarnation of tranquility and order, named Yuyi!"


    "..."


    Uzumaki Naruto fell silent.


    Just when the old man was about to mention it, Uzumaki Naruto suddenly realized something, and said in a low voice: "Wait, the guy Uehara said I would meet before he killed me... Are you...Sage of the Six Paths?"


    After finishing speaking, Uzumaki Naruto stared closely at the old man in front of him, and his forehead gradually became tense: "The eye of reincarnation...the legendary eye of the immortal...it seems...is it really a sage of the Six Paths?"


    "It''s very kind of you to know my name."


    After the Sage of the Six Paths nodded slowly, his eyes of reincarnation slowly tightened a little: "Did that Uehara guess that you would see me...I didn''t expect that in this era, there would be a ninja as powerful as us. "


    "That guy..."


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded slowly, remembering the various performances he had encountered Uehara Naraku all the time, and said in a deep voice: "It is indeed super strong!"


    "What an elusive person!"


    Sage of the Six Paths touched a ripple on the surface of the water with his tin staff, and a smiling figure with squinted eyes appeared on the surface of the water, it was Naraku Uehara.


    The Immortal of Six Paths frowned, and said in a low voice: "This little guy can cultivate enough to defeat me with his own strength, and even find my trace... It''s really unimaginable."


    Sage of the Six Paths murmured to himself: "Why did Naraku Uehara want to see me? Did he want to ask about Juwei and Infinity Tsukiyomi? Or did he want to challenge someone stronger? It shouldn''t be. ..."


    This is a very head-scratching question.


    After thinking about it, the Sage of the Six Paths can only temporarily classify Naraku Uehara''s desire to see him as a matter of wanting to get unlimited monthly readings.


    After all, Naraku Uehara seems to want to take the initiative to fall into Infinite Tsukiyomi.


    "Ah, what?"


    Uzumaki Naruto scratched the back of his head, frowned and said: "Anyway, that guy Uehara has always been very strong. We thought we could catch up with him before, but now it seems that the gap is getting bigger and bigger... "


    "indeed."


    Sage of the Six Paths looked at Uzumaki Naruto and said calmly: "But Naraku Uehara is too conceited, no matter how powerful he is, he can''t defeat another person in this ninja world..."


    After finishing speaking, the Sage of the Six Paths looked at the silent Uzumaki Naruto, and slowly touched the surface of the water with the tin stick in his hand, only to see a woman''s face surfaced on the surface of the water.


    "My mother, Otsuki Kaguya."


    Sage of the Six Paths looked up at Naruto Uzumaki, and slowly began to tell a very long story: "My mother Otsutsuki Kaguya Hime came to this planet from a far away place..."


    There is something bizarre about this story.


    A woman who came from afar ate the chakra fruit in order to quell the war. After gaining powerful power, she ignited the endless greed in her heart and wanted to rule the ninja world, but was finally sealed by her son.


    "My mother has a powerful chakra and an immortal body. It is absolutely impossible for Naraku Uehara to defeat her. She has already surpassed everything in this world. Even I can only seal her up..."


    After Sage of the Six Paths finished speaking slowly, he looked up at Naruto Uzumaki, and continued in a deep voice: "No matter how strong that Uehara Na is, it is impossible to defeat the power of mother...because the ancestor of Chakra in this world is mother. "


    "what?"


    Uzumaki Naruto couldn''t help but scratched his head, looked up at Sage of the Six Paths and asked, "If even Naraku Uehara can''t win, then this world..."


    "I can only rely on you..."


    A look of worry flashed across the face of Sage of the Six Paths, and his eyes were even a little dignified: "Even if my mother can absorb the chakra in Uehara Naraku''s body, maybe she can become even stronger."


    "to be honest¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto shook his head slowly, and said in a deep voice: "Even if I try my best to catch up, I can''t catch up with Uehara Naraku''s strength. If he can''t defeat the ancestor of Chakra, even I will fight desperately, but..."


    "Don''t worry."


    The Sage of the Six Paths slowly tapped the water surface with his tin staff, and a man with a friendly smile appeared on it, and he said calmly: "You have the chakra of my son Asura on you, it seems that this matter That little guy Uehara Naraku also found out..."


    "..."


    Uzumaki Naruto fell silent.


    And on the other side of the spiritual world.


    Another clone of the Sage of the Six Paths had just finished communicating with Uchiha Sasuke, and he also finished telling the story of Otsuki Kaguya and Indra.


    The avatar of the Sage of the Six Paths looked at Uchiha Sasuke in front of him and fell into contemplation, because Uchiha Sasuke seemed to have discovered the Indra Chakra in his body long ago.


    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t care about all this.


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced casually at Sage of the Six Paths, and his eyes became more and more indifferent: "You said so much just now, you just want to tell me, what is the source of my power from Indra''s chakra, right?"


    Uchiha Sasuke pouted dismissively and said, "There is no Chakra reincarnation in Uehara Naraku''s body, right? It seems that this chakra is obviously hindering me from becoming stronger!"


    "..."


    The Sage of the Six Paths shook his head, and said calmly, "That''s because the real power in your body has never been channeled out."


    "Oh?"


    Uchiha Sasuke narrowed his eyes slightly, and asked aloud: "If the power in my body is channeled out, can I defeat Uehara Naraku?"


    "Might is not the main condition for defeating the enemy."


    Sage of the Six Paths slowly stretched out his palm, and said calmly: "Only a firm and unyielding will and a feeling of love from others..."


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha was a little speechless.


    Is what this Sage of the Six Paths is serious?


    Could it be possible to use love to influence him if he cannot be defeated by force?


    Naraku Uehara, that bastard, did all the bad things and did all the good things. Uchiha Sasuke really wanted this Sage of the Six Paths to go out and see if he could influence Naraku Uehara!


    Sage of the Six Paths flipped his palm again, looking at Sasuke who had trouble with Uehara Naraku, he couldn''t help but said: "Besides, Uehara Naraku is not the enemy you need to deal with, he won''t be of much use in this final battle..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help raising his head, looked at Sage of the Six Paths and suddenly hooked the corner of his mouth and said, "Sage of the Six Paths, are you sure that Naraku Uehara will fall into Infinite Tsukiyomi?"


    After the Sage of the Six Paths nodded slowly, he said in a deep voice: "Only those who have the eyes of reincarnation can avoid the light of Infinite Tsukiyomi. Naraku Uehara does not have any blood in his body, no matter how strong he is, he may not be able to escape." Escaping through the infinite months reads..."


    After finishing speaking, the Sage of the Six Paths suddenly looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and said in a deep voice: "Perhaps you can consider saving him when Infinity Tsukiyomi comes, so that when your mother comes to this world, it will be a blessing for you. A mighty fighting force..."


    "hehe¡­"


    There was a mocking smile on the corner of Uchiha Sasuke''s mouth, and he whispered: "If I save him, after defeating Otsutsuki Kaguya, that guy Uehara Naraku deceived us again? He has many precedents of!"


    Sage of the Six Paths: "..."


    I really haven''t thought about this question.


    But it shouldn''t be possible, right? After we have survived the crisis of world destruction together, can we still fight each other?


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    This Indra''s Chakra reincarnation still has no love in his heart...


    Sage of the Six Paths slowly raised his head, looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and said calmly, "Then what do you want to do?"


    After Uchiha Sasuke was silent for a while, he suddenly raised his head and said, "Tell us how to get rid of Otsuki Kaguya first!"


    "¡­it is good."


    Sage of the Six Paths looked at Uchiha Sasuke and nodded slowly, and said calmly: "Extend your dominant hand, this time I will not ignore the power of the eldest son, and I will also entrust my power to Indra Reincarnation."


    "¡­Ok."


    Uchiha Sasuke stretched out his left hand.


    The next moment, the Sage of the Six Paths put his palm on his hand, and a huge statue loomed behind him!


    The crescent moon symbol landed on Uchiha Sasuke''s palm.


    That was the seal of Yin power that the Sage of the Six Paths bestowed on him.


    In another spiritual space.


    Uzumaki Naruto also slowly stretched out his right hand, and he obtained the Yang Power Seal and Six Paths Immortal Art from the Six Paths Sage.


    "Although I feel that my power is enough to change everything..."


    Uzumaki Naruto couldn''t help frowning, he looked at the white sun symbol on his palm, and then at Sage of the Six Paths: "But I feel that Uehara Naraku is still stronger than me!"


    "hehe¡­"


    The Immortal of Six Paths laughed lightly, and said like a clich¨¦, "Sometimes you want to resolve disputes between people, as long as you can understand each other..."


    "..."


    Uzumaki Naruto was silent for a while.


    After a while, Naruto Uzumaki nodded slowly.


    "Well, it makes sense!"


    After Uzumaki Naruto finished speaking, he frowned again: "But what Uehara thinks, I really can''t understand it!"

 Chapter 375

    ninja world.


    on the ground battlefield.


    After Uzumaki Naruto woke up from the mental space, he glanced at the Yang power symbol on his right hand, and turned his head suddenly to look at Uehara Naraku outside the Chiyang formation.


    "Uehara!"


    A layer of golden chakra coat suddenly appeared on Uzumaki Naruto''s body, his eyes had turned into crosses, he looked at Naraku Ueda, and said in a deep voice: "Now I have met the Sage of the Six Paths, Uehara!"


    "I can tell."


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised his finger, manipulating the four Hokages to release the Chiyang Formation, his brows slightly frowned: "Didn''t the Sage of the Six Paths appear in person? He shouldn''t be able to come to this world, right?"


    "I have no idea."


    Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes were fixed on Uehara Naraku, and he waved his hand to stop other people''s actions. He continued in a deep voice: "Umehara, what is your purpose? It''s because you can''t accept the reality that you like your teacher, so you want to Do you want to enter the illusion of infinite monthly reading!"


    This is one of the unreliable guesses of the Sage of the Six Paths.


    And it doesn''t look like it''s aimless.


    Uzumaki Naruto has always spoken directly, and he didn''t hide anything, and he spoke directly in front of tens of thousands of ninja coalition forces.


    "..."


    The faces of all the ninjas present couldn''t help but change.


    Everyone''s eyes involuntarily moved away from Uzumaki Naruto''s face, and slowly turned their eyes to Uehara Naraku.


    The next moment, a whisper came out.


    Tens of thousands of ninjas started chirping about these things.


    For male ninjas, they are obviously curious about what kind of woman can make such a powerful ninja like Uehara Naraku do such a thing;


    For female ninjas, they are also more curious about how to make a man do this for them.


    There is one thing to say.


    Although Uehara Naraku''s idea of ??trying to destroy the ninja world is quite dangerous, it still looks quite interesting now.


    Fortunately, there are still a few normal female ninjas.


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Tsunade''s expression changed, she stared at Uehara Naraku, and whispered: "Is this why you want to help Uchiha Madara launch the Moon Eye Project? No wonder you didn''t bring Xiaonan to participate in this war this time... What do you think What would she think of you..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes twitched involuntarily.


    In the eyes of these ninjas...


    Did he get the script of Obito Uchiha?


    This Uzumaki Naruto talks nonsense, even in the ninja world, he must be responsible! Especially if you dare to spread rumors about him in front of him!


    Just when Uzumaki Naraku was about to speak up to defend himself, Uzumaki Naruto looked at Uzumaki Naraku again, and proposed another possibility: "Or, do you think that you are too strong, and you want to challenge the legendary ancestor of Chakra? Did you start the Eye of the Moon project?"


    "..."


    After Tsunade accused Naraku Uehara of being a traitor, she heard Naruto Uzumaki''s words again, and her eyes couldn''t help but twitch.


    This reason seems to be more reliable than the previous one!


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his eyebrows, raised his finger, pointed to the air, and said softly: "You can guess whatever you want! The arrival of Infinity Moon Reading is unstoppable, Naruto, and you will know the answer soon Already!"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Uzumaki Naruto followed Uehara Naraku''s fingers, and suddenly raised his head to look into the sky, only to see Uchiha Madara had already soared to the edge of the moon!


    Uzumaki Naruto''s expression changed, his figure suddenly rose, and he rushed towards Madara Uchiha in the air!


    Just when Uzumaki Naruto was about to rush into the air, a huge purple Susano suddenly flew towards him, holding Uzumaki Naruto in his hand!


    That''s the resurrected Uchiha Sasuke!


    Because he also saw Uchiha Madara approaching the blood moon, Uchiha Sasuke knew that Infinite Tsukiyomi was about to start, and immediately rushed over to protect Uzumaki Naruto by his side.


    Once Uzumaki Naruto, who possesses the power of yang, wins Infinity Tsukiyomi...


    Only Uchiha Sasuke''s yin power is left alone, there is no way to do anything, and the world will really be over by then!


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    "Sasuke, what are you doing?"


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Uchiha Sasuke in Susano with displeasure on his face: "If we don''t stop Uchiha Madara..."


    "it''s useless."


    Uchiha Sasuke stood inside Susano''s crystal, shook his head and said: "Now Madara is close to the moon, and the infinite Tsukiyomi is about to start. If you go there now, you will just die!"


    "But can you save more people?"


    Naruto Uzumaki frowned, looked at the tens of thousands of ninjas below, and said in a deep voice: "Immortal Immortal, Tsunade Granny, Sakura, Kakashi-sensei, and Uehara, if he also won the Infinity Tsukiyomi ..."


    "Isn''t that just right?"


    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly, not caring at all about revealing his true thoughts, after learning that Infinite Tsukiyomi may restrain Uehara Naraku...


    Uchiha Sasuke immediately thought of using Infinity Tsukiyomi to solve the enemy Uehara!


    After they get rid of Uchiha Madara or Otsutsuki Kaguya, Uchiha Sasuke plans to kill Uehara Naraku who is sleeping in Infinite Tsukiyomi!


    This is really no way...


    That guy is too strong...


    Uchiha Sasuke can only use the principle of infinite monthly reading.


    Uzumaki Naruto frowned, and somewhat disagreed with this opinion: "But, Sasuke, Uehara''s power is very strong...I''m going to convince him soon!"


    "There''s no need for that."


    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head quickly, glanced at Naruto Uzumaki in Susano''s hand, and said in a deep voice: "In this world, the two of us are enough!


    Hmph, let that bastard enter Infinite Tsukuyomi first, I now feel that my power is stronger than ever, anyway, my Samsara Eye can unlock Infinite Tsukuyomi! "


    After Uchiha Sasuke finished speaking, he slowly covered his eyes. One of his eyes had become a reincarnation eye because of the gift from the Sage of the Six Paths!


    The sky above the sacred tree.


    The moon in the sky has turned into a blood moon.


    Uchiha Madara broke his top horn protector forcefully.


    Today, the forehead protector on Uchiha Madara''s head was a bit miserable. It was broken many times by Uehara Naraku, and now it finally recovered, and was broken by Uchiha Madara himself.


    "According to the content on that stone tablet, when a ninja with the power of reincarnation approaches the moon, the eye of the moon, which is used to realize infinite monthly reading, will open..."


    Uchiha Madara slowly closed his samsara eye, feeling the skin between his brows gradually wriggling, and a red samsara writing samsara opened from his brow.


    This eye looks exactly like Jubi''s eye!


    Uchiha Madara slowly raised his finger, and a sinister smile flashed at the corner of his mouth!


    The next moment, the blood-red moon in the sky changed its appearance, reflecting the Samsara Sharingan between Uchiha Madara''s eyebrows!


    Unlimited monthly reading, start!


    The huge blood moon in the sky seemed to be an eye, growing on the forehead of a woman with long white hair in a wide-sleeved gown, and the phantom of this white-haired woman flashed past.


    The next moment, the moon suddenly lit up!


    The entire ninja world turned into daylight in an instant!


    The light of Infinity Tsukiyomi sprinkled on the entire land of the Ninja World, and every ninja who fell on the body of the light involuntarily raised his head and looked at the moon in the sky.


    Little by little their eyes are covered by the eyes of reincarnation...


    Every ninja lost consciousness involuntarily.


    Tens of thousands of ninjas just stood there blankly, letting the light of Infinity Tsukiyomi shine on them, and only the ninjas reincarnated from the dirt could survive.


    Except for the ninjas on the battlefield, other people and even animals in the ninja world gradually lost their consciousness after being exposed to the light of Infinite Tsukiyomi.


    Everyone raised their heads involuntarily.


    There is no exception for any living creature, and under the radiance of this ray, they all fell into the sleep of Infinite Tsukiyomi.


    No, there are some more.


    For example, after the shrewd Yakushidou saw Uchiha Sasuke resurrected, his figure instantly hid in the Kamui space.


    As for the other person, it is more pitiful.


    After the light of Infinity Tsukiyomi fell on Uehara Naraku''s body, his eye sockets instantly turned into a pair of reincarnation eyes, and he stood there blankly looking at the moon in the sky.


    Uchiha Sasuke was standing in the purple complete body Susano. He also saw this scene, and couldn''t help but contemptuously said: "Uehara Naraku, is this guy still sinking into Infinity Tsukiyomi? Wait until Uchiha Madara is solved." , and get rid of him by the way!"


    Just at this time.


    Uchiha Madara suddenly closed his palms, noticing that everyone on the earth fell into the illusion, and also noticed Uchiha Sasuke''s purple Susano.


    "Is that the brat?"


    Uchiha Madara shook his head calmly, and sighed softly: "Now that Uehara Naraku has entered the Infinity Tsukiyomi, what kind of storms can you make... The Birth of the God Tree Realm!"


    this moment.


    With the help of the power of the sacred tree, Uchiha Madara released a wood escape technique that almost covered the entire ninja world, and countless huge and thick vine roots drilled out of the ground!


    The roots of these vines are the branches of the sacred tree!


    In the air, slender vines fell from the branches of the sacred tree, wrapped the ninjas one by one, and hung them on the branches of the sacred tree.


    No matter what kind of ninja, anyone who has entered the Infinity Tsukiyomi will be wrapped in the vines that fell from the sacred tree and hung up like a mummy.


    Every ninja is no exception.


    This situation looks very strange.


    Originally, God Tree Birth was a technique used in conjunction with Infinite Tsukiyomi, the purpose of which was to directly extract the scattered chakras in this world from the branches of the sacred tree.


    Even Uehara Naraku is no exception.


    A vine emerged from a tree near the sacred tree, and the vine quickly began to spread along the branches of the sacred tree until it stopped on top of Uehara Naraku''s head...


    The vine slowly stopped spreading, and slowly dropped the branches, entangled Uehara Naraku''s body and wrapped him up, symbolically hanging him on the sacred tree.


    And after this vine wrapped Uehara into a mummy...


    Uehara Naraku finally couldn''t help blinking his reincarnation eyes, and took a deep breath: "If you don''t blink for such a long time, your eyes will be really dry..."

 Chapter 376

    Unlimited monthly reading is too inhumane.


    Once you win the infinite monthly reading, you can''t even blink your eyes.


    Uehara Naraku hid in the vines he made, rubbing his dry eyes, because he got the natural reincarnation eyes, so he could continue to perform in the light of Infinite Tsukiyomi.


    Fortunately, his reincarnation eyes are also purple.


    Now it looks like there should be no flaws.


    In the entire ninja world, apart from Uchiha Sasuke, Uzumaki Naruto and those filthy ninjas, only Yakushidou and Nagato, who hid in the space of Kamui, survived.


    Uchiha Madara finished releasing Infinite Tsukiyomi and Tree Birth, and only noticed Uchiha Sasuke''s complete body Susano, and there was something incredible in his eyes.


    "The light of Infinity Tsukiyomi can penetrate the shadow, and no one should be able to avoid it. Why hasn''t it penetrated his Susano until now?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Heijue also saw this scene, and said in a hoarse voice: "Only the owner of the eye of reincarnation can resist the light of infinite moon reading..."


    After a long time.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Until Uchiha Madara confirmed that the light of Infinite Tsukiyomi could not solve Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, he finally decided to solve them by himself.


    The next moment, the light of Infinite Moon Reading suddenly disappeared.


    The blood moon resumed in the sky again, and the night fell on the earth again, and Madara Uchiha flew down because of this!


    Uchiha Madara stepped on the ground, stared at the tall Susano, and said loudly: "Sasuke, let me see what kind of power you are hiding!"


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s muffled hum came from the air, and the tall purple Susano almost dissipated, revealing the two figures inside.


    It is Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto.


    The state of the two people is completely different from before.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eye socket has a Sharingan, and the other has a Gouyu''s Samsara eye strangely. This scene makes the corners of Uchiha Madara''s eyes condense slightly. There is actually another person in this ninja world who also opened the Samsara Eye!


    As for Uzumaki Naruto next to him, he also exudes powerful chakra, and the seeking jade floats behind him, obviously he has mastered the Six Paths of Immortal Art.


    Madara Uchiha spread out his palm, and said with a light smile, "I didn''t expect that you guys escaped Infinity Tsukiyomi, I thought it would be Naraku Uehara! It seems that you two little guys are hiding better That guy Uehara is even deeper!"


    "Hmph, that idiot..."


    Sasuke Uchiha snorted coldly in disdain, raised his finger abruptly, and said in a low voice: "I saw him win the Infinity Tsukiyomi with my own eyes, Uchiha Madara, and thank you for solving that trouble for me! "


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke''s reincarnation eyes flashed a light, he suddenly held a ninja knife in his hand, and rushed towards Uchiha Madara''s direction!


    "I''ll get rid of you now!"


    "Hey, Sasuke, don''t be impulsive!"


    Uzumaki Naruto hurriedly wanted to stop his teammates, but it was a pity that Uchiha Sasuke would not listen to his persuasion at all, and slashed at Uchiha Madara with a ninja knife!


    "Hahaha... What a confident brat!"


    After Uchiha Madara chuckled lightly, four illusory shadows suddenly appeared on his body, and surrounded him in the direction of Uchiha Sasuke.


    "Be careful!"


    Uzumaki Naruto sensed the shadow of the tomb, and after reminding Sasuke loudly, he rushed up with him!


    "No need to remind, I saw it!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s reincarnation eyes flashed a light, and suddenly found the shadow of the tomb of the wheel, and the ninja sword in his hand was waving to eliminate the shadow of the tomb in front of him!


    The only thing I didn''t expect was that Uchiha Madara''s figure suddenly exchanged with his own shadow, grabbed his ninja sword with his hands, and kicked Sasuke away!


    "I thought you were so strong!"


    Uchiha Madara smiled contemptuously, and threw the ninja knife at Sasuke with a flick of his hand. If he hit it, he could instantly pin Sasuke to the ground!


    What Uchiha Madara didn''t expect was that a ray of light flashed in Sasuke''s reincarnation eyes at the next moment, and Madara''s body and Sasuke''s body suddenly switched positions!


    The ninja sword that was originally thrown towards Sasuke''s body by Uchiha Madara suddenly pierced his body at this moment!


    It is Sasuke''s reincarnation eye ability, heavenly hand power!


    "Oh, time and space spells?"


    After a second of surprise on Uchiha Madara''s face, he slowly pulled out the ninja sword on his body, and his injury recovered quickly.


    Madara Uchiha turned his head, looked at Sasuke who was covering his chest, and calmly spread his palm: "It seems that your reincarnation eye also has a very high collection value..."


    "Immortal Art ¡¤ Melting Escape ¡¤ Spiral Shuriken!"


    The next moment, there was a loud shout, and a spiral shuriken composed of melting chakras flew towards Uchiha Madara!


    Uchiha Madara was hit head-on by this move almost without time to dodge!


    The moment the fiery red spiral shuriken hit him, it exploded immediately, and the heat wave of immortal art attacked, burning Spot''s body!


    "Is it only to this extent?"


    Uchiha Madara stretched out his palm to wipe the scar on the corner of his mouth.


    Even if Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto had the upper hand for a while, Uchiha Madara didn''t care at all, and was even a little happy.


    To be honest, I''m really a little happy.


    After all, the strength of Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto is still within the understandable range, unlike Uehara Naraku, who is completely out of the understandable range.


    The next moment, Uchiha Madara rushed up again!


    Uchiha Madara held a yin and yang escape black stick in his hand, brazenly fought with the two of them into a ball, coupled with the shadow of the tomb, his physical skills were not at all inferior!


    A strange spiral pill suddenly appeared in Uzumaki Naruto''s hand!


    "Immortal method..."


    "Immortal Law: Lan Dun Guangya!"


    Just when the spiral pill in Uzumaki Naruto''s hand was just taking shape, a ball of laser light suddenly shot out of Uchiha Madara''s mouth, forcing Uzumaki Naruto to dodge in a hurry, and threw the spiral pill out at will!


    "Idiot, don''t waste chakra at will!"


    After Uchiha Sasuke cursed in a deep voice, a black and white lightning suddenly appeared on his own palm!


    "Chidori!"


    This is Chidori blessed by the power of the Six Paths!


    Uchiha Sasuke took advantage of Uchiha Madara''s chance to release the celestial art, and his figure suddenly exchanged positions with the black stick in Uchiha Madara''s hand. The next moment, countless black and white lightning fell on Uchiha Madara''s body!


    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly, staring at Uchiha Madara who was looking pained under Chidori: "Hmph, I also have the power of the Six Paths."


    "interesting¡­"


    Uchiha Madara''s body suddenly disappeared!


    Uchiha Sasuke stared at Chidori''s attack position, and the Samsara eyes in his eyes flashed a light: "Huh? Did you use your own shadow as a substitute? No, this guy Madara has the shadow of four round tombs!"


    "Naruto, be careful!"


    Sasuke turned his head abruptly and looked in the direction of Uzumaki Naruto!


    However, just after this reminder was sent out, he saw Naruto Uzumaki''s figure being blown away by the shadow of the wheel tomb!


    "Are you still in the mood to worry about others?"


    Uchiha Madara''s contemptuous laughter appeared beside Sasuke.


    The next moment, Sasuke was kicked in the neck by Uchiha Madara, and the whole person fell out involuntarily!


    Uchiha Madara stared at the embarrassed Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke, and couldn''t help laughing loudly: "Hahahaha...in vain, I thought you two were hiding your own strength, maybe you would be stronger than Uehara!"


    Uchiha Madara didn''t know that these two people had met the old man who was cheating, he just thought that the thinking of this genius ninja in the ninja world was Naraku Uehara per capita.


    Uchiha Madara looked down at Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke slowly got up, hooked the corner of his mouth, and said contemptuously: "Now it seems... that''s all it is!"


    Uchiha Madara looked at the two of them, and said coldly and hotly: "You two learned that Uehara hides your own strength, do you think you are a powerful guy like Uehara Naraku?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara''s haughty voice resounded throughout the battlefield.


    Naraku Uehara hid in a tree hole in a certain vine, listening to Uchiha Madara''s appreciation for him in his ears, and yawned boredly.


    Is this guy Uchiha Madara addicted to abuse?


    Why isn''t Heijue playing yet?


    Just at this time, Hei Ze''s voice finally came out: "Master Madara, maybe I know the source of their power... Don''t Master Madara feel that Sasuke Uchiha''s chakra is somewhat familiar?"


    "indeed."


    Uchiha Madara nodded slowly, stared at Uchiha Sasuke, and said calmly: "This little guy does have some kind of connection with me..."


    "That''s right."


    The next moment, Heijue''s palm suddenly penetrated Uchiha Madara''s heart, and its voice said with a sinister smile: "Maybe it''s because Indra was reincarnated on your body in the last life, because I love my younger brother Uchiha too much. Izumi, so this time not only became the younger brother of the Uchiha brothers, but also looks exactly like Uchiha Izumi..."


    This is quite true.


    Perhaps it is true that Indra''s Chakra was influenced by Uchiha Madara''s feelings, and in the next reincarnation, he grew up to look like Uchiha Quanna, and also became a younger brother with an older brother.


    "Heijue..."


    Uchiha Madara looked at the big hole in his chest in disbelief, his eyes rolled around, desperately trying to resist but couldn''t move at all.


    Uchiha Madara felt the pain in his chest, and asked aloud: "Hei Ze, why did you betray me?"


    "Because there is no threat to this world anymore!"


    Heijue''s laughter was a little relieved, and he continued in a hoarse voice: "Uehara Naraku chose to enter Infinity Tsukiyomi because of a ridiculous woman; the two guys in front of me are just two little boys, Indra and Asura. The Chakra reincarnated of things..."


    When Heijue said this, his laughter gradually became more relaxed, and he said calmly: "Madara, so there is no need for you to exist anymore... You want to make this world fall into an illusion, don''t you think you are In reality?"


    Heijue''s laughter gradually became more confident: "Madara, you are also in the illusion! You and Naraku Uehara have actually deceived many people in the ninja world...but I only deceived you two, and that is enough! "


    "You are the will I created..."


    Uchiha Madara gritted his teeth, and said in a deep voice, "Heijue, I am your master!"


    "You''re wrong, Madara!"


    Heijue shook his head calmly, and his voice suddenly rose: "I have never been your will, the real will I represent has always been Kaguya!"


    Hei Ze''s body also gradually turned into a ball of liquid, covering Uchiha Madara''s body!


    The sacred tree also began to extract the chakras of those hanging from the branches!


    The earth split open in an instant!


    Groups of chakras gathered by the sacred tree flew high into the sky, and were transported into Uchiha Madara''s body under the astonished eyes of Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke!


    next moment


    Uchiha Madara''s body gradually swelled up!


    Just when Uchiha Madara was feeling the pain of his body and gradually showing despair, his reincarnation eyes suddenly noticed a strange mummy vine!


    Because that vine did not send chakra to the sacred tree!


    Uchiha Madara looked at the strange vine and seemed to shake a bit, and there seemed to be someone still moving inside, what the hell is that mummy!


    Obviously now is the moment of life and death crisis, but Uchiha Madara said in a mysterious way: "Uehara, do you have a part in deceiving me?"


    "..."


    After everyone present heard the name, their faces changed involuntarily. They followed Uchiha Madara''s eyes and looked at the vines on the branches of a certain sacred tree on the battlefield.


    Because that vine is so special!


    While the branches of other sacred trees were transporting chakra, the vine did not move at all, even the mummy under the vine was still dangling...


    There must be someone alive inside.


    Uzumaki Naruto''s gaze also changed. He noticed that the four Hokages reincarnated in the dirt were still standing there blankly in the distance. Won''t it get out of hand?"


    "..."


    Everyone''s expressions changed involuntarily.


    If Uehara Naraku had won Infinity Tsukiyomi, at least these Hokages under his control should have lost control instead of just standing there blankly.


    Uehara Naraku''s voice came out faintly, he had no choice but to tear open the vines, vacated from above, sighed and said: "Why do you let me participate in your family affairs? I just want to take a good look at it." Family ethics drama!"

 Chapter 377

    Uehara Naraku is too insidious.


    This idea involuntarily popped up in everyone''s minds, even Uchiha Madara, who was about to be devoured, was a little speechless now.


    I really didn''t expect that bastard Uehara to be hiding in a corner all the time!


    Damn, crazy!


    Everyone outside was fighting in full swing, looking like you were fighting to the death, and even a Ninja World Ultimate Infernal Affairs took place, and the bastard Uehara hid in a vine to watch the show!


    The outside world is so exciting, why do you just hide in it and watch a show?


    Especially Uzumaki Naraku''s strength is ridiculously strong, if Uzumaki Naruto doesn''t believe that Uzumaki Naruto has no conspiracy...


    Uzumaki Naruto frowned, glanced at Uchiha Sasuke beside him, and then asked, "Uehara, don''t you have the illusion of Infinity Tsukiyomi?"


    "Oh, it''s embarrassing to say."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly, a pair of reincarnation eyes appeared in his eye sockets, and he continued: "I''m sorry, this is a natural reincarnation eye, but I want to enter the illusion of Infinite Tsukiyomi and see the The world, but I really can''t get in..."


    Heijue: "..."


    Uchiha Madara: "..."


    Uzumaki Naruto: "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"


    Is this fucking speaking human language!


    All of you are working hard to ensure the smooth progress of the unlimited monthly reading or to cancel the unlimited monthly reading. Where are you still saying these annoying words?


    If you can''t beat him...


    I really want to teach him a lesson!


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Uehara Naraku inexplicably, his eyes gradually became a little more subtle: "So you have never been in the illusion, and you were deliberately controlled by the sacred tree just now?"


    "Oh, that''s not a sacred tree."


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers moved slightly, and saw that the vines that bound him just now dissipated into a puff of smoke, and he continued softly; "I think everyone might be uncomfortable if I''m here, so I hang myself with wood escape ninjutsu." Woke up."


    "..."


    A black line appeared on everyone''s forehead.


    No matter who it is, now when I hear Uehara Naraku''s words, I suddenly feel very tired...


    Just now everyone was fighting here in full swing...you are fucking on the swing there!


    "Born with eyes of reincarnation..."


    At this time, Hei Jue paid attention to the important point.


    Hei Jue''s voice was a bit dark and said: "If I remember correctly, that Nizi Yuyi is the only one who has a natural eye of reincarnation, right?"


    "I have no idea."


    Naraku Uehara spread his palms and said calmly, "Maybe it''s because I have penetrated all the powers of Yin-Yang and Five Elements to open these natural reincarnation eyes!"


    Born with eyes of reincarnation!


    Everyone couldn''t help but stare at Uehara Naraku''s eyes closely. There seemed to be no difference in those eyes, and there was no clue now.


    "Don''t look at me."


    Uehara Naraku pointed to Uchiha Madara who was constantly expanding in front of him, and said softly: "You guys continue to work on your housework, and I will find a place to sit here for a while."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku sat down on his own.


    The moment Uehara Naraku sat down, the ground quickly bulged up to form a stone chair and appeared under Uehara''s body, allowing him to sit on it safely.


    I have to say that Uehara Naraku''s dew is a bit surprising.


    Before the stone chair on the ground floated up, Uehara didn''t even move at all, as if he was a real god, and his wishes came true.


    Uchiha Sasuke had seen this scene before, but that time it was a water chair, his eyes were slightly condensed.


    "Uehara!"


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Uehara Naraku, and persuaded with some dissatisfaction: "Now the ninja world is in danger of extinction, why are you sitting here indifferent!"


    "But¡­"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the few people present, and his eyes slowly stopped on Uchiha Madara who was still inflated, and he said casually: "This is your family matter... I, an outsider, really can''t get involved?"


    Uehara Naraku watched Uchiha Madara calmly, and continued softly: "Mara-senpai, I didn''t lie to you last time, Hei Ze did betray you... When I manipulated Uchiha Obito to warn you, why didn''t you solve it?"


    This is really not serious.


    At that time, Uchiha Madara was still confused!


    Of course, Madara Uchiha is more confused now than he was then!


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes tightened slightly. Regardless of the pain of his body swelling, he asked in a deep voice: "Uehara Naraku, do you know all this? What role are you guys playing? You and Hei must have betrayed me Complicit?"


    "more or less!"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm and replied, "At least my purpose and that of Jue Sen are the same now. Both of us want to revive Kaguya Ji."


    After Uehara Naraku mentioned this point, he smiled and said: "Don''t blame me, Madara-senpai, all of this was instigated by Jue-senpai in secret. My little ninja is just a pawn under his hands!"


    "Uehara Naraku..."


    Hei Jue said with a gloomy voice: "There is no need to say such things anymore! There are some things we both know very well!"


    Damn, it''s all over, so there''s no need to act!


    There are only a few of them left in the whole ninja world now, who will play this dead liar Uehara Naraku for!


    "Okay, I won''t say anything."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Madara''s swollen body, and continued: "By the way, Jue-senpai, Kaguya Hime''s resurrection is irreversible, right?


    Let me remind you, Jue Senior, now that you have been exposed, this time should be Kaguya''s only chance to be resurrected. "


    "It seems that you already knew all this, Uehara Naraku."


    Heijue''s gloomy voice was no longer stable as before, and Uehara Naraku''s appearance and what he said made Heijue feel that the situation was out of control.


    But Naraku Uehara was right.


    If Kaguya can''t be resurrected this time, it has already exposed its identity, and the chance of trying to revive Kaguya is basically zero.


    Now the arrow is on the string and has to be launched!


    Heijue''s face floated on Uchiha Madara''s body, and he continued with a hoarse voice: "Uehara, you have long been sure that I will take this opportunity to make Madara the carrier of Kaguya''s resurrection, so you have never cared about the reincarnation eye, and It has been secretly promoting the complete resurrection of the spot."


    "That''s right."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Madara''s eyes of reincarnation, and explained softly: "That''s why I will find a way to pick out Nagato-sama, because only the user of the eyes of reincarnation is the most suitable candidate, those eyes are destined not to belong to him .¡±


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued calmly: "There are not many people in the entire ninja world who are qualified to be Kaguya''s carrier, or only Uchiha Madara is the most suitable person, so I have been doing what you wish. .¡±


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Madara, and continued softly: "In order to prevent accidents, I can only find a way to keep the entire Moon Eye project under my supervision, so I also cleared the Moon Eye project. All the restlessness in the plan."


    "..."


    After Heijue was silent for a while, he replied with a hoarse voice: "So you chose to settle the grudge Uchiha Obito with you... Kisame is also yours, right?"


    "good."


    Uehara Naraku tapped the stone chair with his fingers, and said softly: "When I just joined the Moon Eye Project, I first isolated Uchiha Obito, and then I got rid of him and Shiwan Baijue, let you There is no one to rely on from now on.¡±


    Heijue: "..."


    Grass, this bastard!


    That''s a million dollars!


    Is this guy afraid that those Bai Jue will also become its reliance? Naraku Uehara, a bastard, even Bai Jue would not let him go!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent Heijue, smiled and said: "But I think if I am the only one left in a small team, no matter what I say, you may not believe it, so I deliberately installed another person who is very helpful to me." hostile people."


    "yes¡­"


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Hei Jue''s face gradually distorted: "Dan Shi Gui Sha has always been hostile to you, and even Yao Shidou is very disrespectful to you..."


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, he continued to explain calmly: "Kikisame has been my person since the moment he joined Akatsuki, and he would say bad things about me in your ears from time to time, and even wanted to usurp the throne..."


    When Naraku Uehara said this, he couldn''t help but smiled, and then continued: "But the result is often that you have deepened your trust in me, and you are still despising Kisame for not knowing what is good or bad..."


    "No wonder..."


    Heijue nodded in a trance.


    Every time he sees Kisame slander Uehara Naraku, Heijue will feel that he has increased his trust in Naraku Uehara. That is because every time he gets a lot of information that is beneficial to Naraku Uehara from the slander of Kisame Uehara!


    This guy is still using its way of thinking!


    Now it seems that at that time, Hei Jue regarded the dried persimmon ghost shark as a useless pawn, but he didn''t know that the dried persimmon ghost shark had actually been secretly despising its ignorance!


    Hei Jue suddenly burst into anger!


    "Don''t blame me, it''s impossible."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and tilted his head: "In order to ensure that the plan will not exceed my expectations, including when we will collect tailed beasts, including when Madara-senpai will be resurrected, including when he will become a ten-tailed human pillar." Power, including when to let him release the unlimited monthly reading...I want to make sure that everything is under my control."


    "..."


    Heijue fell silent again.


    At this moment, the behind-the-scenes mastermind of the ninja world for thousands of years felt that he had met an opponent, and after Hei Jue communicated with him, he couldn''t help but feel a burst of shock!


    This Uehara Naraku is too scary!


    I originally thought that Naraku Uehara revealed a hidden secret to it today, but I didn''t expect that it was just the tip of the iceberg of Naraku Uehara. How many secrets does this guy hide!


    After a long time, Hei Jue said in a hoarse voice: "Because of your plan, the only person I want to rely on during the execution of the Eye of the Moon plan has always been you alone."


    This is indeed Hei Jue''s mental journey.


    Since Uchiha Obito was framed by Uehara Naraku, Hei Ze seldom relied on Uchiha Obito anymore. Coupled with the so-called defection of Shiwan Bai Ze and Uchiha Obito, Hei Ze could only rely on Uehara Naraku from now on.


    Coupled with the unreliability of the dried persimmon ghost and the betrayal of the pharmacist, every time Heijue went through a crisis, Uehara Naraku was by his side to accompany him and comfort him...


    From then on, Hei Jue regarded Uehara Naraku as the only hope of the Moon Eye Project, but this hope turned out to be a deadly liar!


    Really want to kill him!


    A substantially huge chakra drilled out from the ground, turned into a thorn and attacked Uehara Naraku who was sitting on the stone chair!


    Naraku Uehara watched a huge chakra suddenly attacking him, he waved the substantial chakra to disperse, and continued softly: "Don''t waste chakra, senior, in front of me, your power Meaningless."


    "Don''t be angry, senior!"


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, and continued with a smile: "And isn''t it enough to rely on me? Isn''t everything now just as you wish?"

 Chapter 378

    Hei Jue is too tasteless!


    Uehara Naraku felt that he had helped him so much, but it still wanted to do something to him. The personal quality of this ninja world really needs to be improved.


    Otsutsuki''s family...


    Personal morality is really worthless!


    Uchiha Sasuke is like this, now he looks like he can''t wait to eat him alive, forgetting that his eternal kaleidoscope Sharingan was given to him by Uehara;


    Uzumaki Naruto is a little bit better, but Uehara Naraku has done a lot to make this leek grow to this day!


    Uchiha Madara''s quality is not very good. Uehara worked so hard to make him become Ten Tails Jinchuriki. After becoming Ten Tails Jinchuriki, he attacked Uehara on the spot...


    Heijue is even worse! It is obvious that Uehara Naraku helped it execute all the plans, and it looks like it wants to kill Uehara...


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm, and brushed the surrounding scene a little bit: "Senior, take a look! The Moon Eye Project has succeeded, and the infinite monthly reading has made everyone fall into a fantasy. Your mother Kaguya Hime will immediately will be resurrected..."


    After saying this, Naraku Uehara even had a bit of grievance on his face: "If it wasn''t for me, would your unreliable plan be successful? I have helped you so much, at least I should say thank you! "


    "..."


    Everyone present had complicated expressions.


    If you say that, Uehara Naraku did help a lot, but all of this is based on the calculation of Heijue... Moreover, in Uehara Naraku''s plan, even they have become pawns.


    but¡­


    To be fair.


    Uehara Naraku''s plan is indeed very exciting.


    Heijue''s voice was a little more gloomy, and he could hardly suppress his anger: "Uehara Naraku, I always thought we were best partners, but I didn''t expect that you... are the one who controls everything behind the scenes !"


    "That''s too much..."


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and said in a deep voice: "Senior Jue, can you touch your conscience? Do you have a conscience? Don''t you think of me as the best pawn for the Moon''s Eye Project?" ?¡±


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku was still a little sad and said: "You know how difficult it is to gain your trust as a pawn, but I have devoted my heart and soul to you.


    As a result, after you saw that Sasuke had the opportunity to open the eternal kaleidoscope Sharingan, you wanted to use Sasuke as your chess piece!


    After Madara-senpai was resurrected, you stood by Madara-senpai''s side with all your heart and soul. Have you considered my feelings?


    If it weren''t for me, would the Moon Eye Project be where it is today? "


    "Uehara Naraku, it''s almost over."


    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but frowned when he heard it, and persuaded him: "You speak like you are really just a pawn of Heijue, but you are obviously the one who treats Heijue as a pawn people!"


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Sasuke said angrily: "And you guy, haven''t you been playing me like a pawn all the time!"


    "And I¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s expression is also a bit subtle: "If I remember correctly, when Brother Nagato invaded Konoha, you took me as a pawn!"


    Uchiha Madara was still suffering from the pain of chakra infused into his body, but this did not delay him from saying a few words: "Uehara Naraku...you guy, before I was resurrected, you already regarded me as a It''s a pawn!"


    "..."


    The few people present suddenly fell silent, why do they feel that they are all controlled by Naraku Uehara?


    No, this is not a feeling, this is clearly a fact!


    Everyone seems to have been treated as a marionette by Uehara Naraku all the time, and even those who are shrouded in Infinity Tsukiyomi have been secretly manipulated by Uehara Naraku!


    "Uehara."


    Uzumaki Naruto stared at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "The reason why you carry out the Moon Eye Project is to challenge Otsutsuki Kaguya, the ancestor of Chakra?"


    "One of them!"


    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out his palm, leaned on the back of the stone chair, and replied calmly: "The most important purpose is to relieve Otsutsuki Kaguya''s threat to the entire ninja world, instead of waiting until a certain day in the future She suddenly appeared, why not let me guide her to appear."


    This is half true.


    If the Ninja World is willing to accept this explanation, then everyone can talk about everything; if the Ninja World cannot accept this explanation, then everyone will directly turn the table!


    However, only Uehara can turn the table.


    After Uchiha Madara, who was still swelling, heard this, his eyelids trembled and said: "Uehara Naraku, so you were also saying at that time that you wanted to see Infinity Tsukiyomi because it was for someone older than you. Women have bad thoughts..."


    "That''s right."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead and said: "That woman is Kaguya, I told you all such important information, but you still didn''t cherish it..."


    "..."


    It is impossible for anyone to imagine it!


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    There was a touch of gloom in Heijue''s voice, it stared at Uehara Naraku and said in a low voice: "So your purpose is to challenge Kaguya!"


    "Isn''t this a normal thing?"


    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fist, smiled and said: "That is the legendary ancestor of Chakra, if you don''t challenge her, how dare you say that you are the strongest ninja in this ninja world?"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the people around him, and continued calmly: "Senior Jue, you have seen how hard I work, right? When I was practicing for a while, you watched me from the ground!"


    "You can sense my presence..."


    Hei Jue''s voice became more and more hoarse: "So you guys have been secretly deceiving me, making me think that you are very loyal to the Moon Eye Project..."


    "yes."


    Naraku Uehara did not deny it.


    It''s just that he didn''t use perception. When he was not strong enough, he would use fate to observe his surroundings from time to time to see if there was anyone watching him.


    Therefore, it is normal for Heijue to be deceived.


    play...


    Of course do a full set.


    After Naraku Uehara smiled, he looked at Heijue and continued: "Anything, only if you see it with your own eyes or know it from others, it will definitely be easier for you to believe than if I tell you personally... because such a sinister person like you people are naturally suspicious.¡±


    "..."


    Heijue was a little speechless.


    Although it is indeed an insidious person.


    But Uehara Naraku, who said this, is obviously more insidious than it! How dare he call others sinister!


    "Uehara..."


    Uzumaki Naruto frowned, and asked in a deep voice: "Why don''t you discuss with us? If Granny Tsunade knows that what you want to do is to solve Kaguya''s threat, she will definitely support you... It''s not like that. So many innocent people would die."


    "Naruto..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head gently, and said in a deep voice: "No one will believe what I say, let alone I will not believe you! You are the real family, and I am just an outsider..."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, his eyes darkened slightly, and he continued in a low voice: "The Chakra on your body and the Chakra on Sasuke''s body...don''t they also come from the legendary ancestor of Chakra?"


    Uzumaki Naraku waved his hand to stop Uzumaki Naruto who wanted to explain, and said softly: "The ones who have always regarded this ninja world as a toy have always been the descendants of Otsutsuki Kaguya''s lineage? Senju, Uchiha, Hinata ,swirl¡­"


    "I didn''t expect you to find out about this kind of thing..."


    The corner of Hei Jue''s mouth grinned, and it turned into a dangerous smile: "Those are the sons of traitors. Strictly speaking, they are a bunch of bastards. They will eventually be taken back by their mothers for their Chakra!"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help showing a touch of anger on his face, this black man was directly attacking him personally!


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke''s assistant raised Chidori and was about to rush up, but a vine bound Sasuke''s body!


    After Uehara Naraku stopped Sasuke''s movements, he said softly: "Sasuke, it''s very impolite to interrupt the other party before the conversation is over... Itachi wouldn''t do such a thing."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly: "Hey, you guy, don''t pretend to be Itachi''s friend in front of me at this time!"


    "Oh, I''m used to it."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but helped his forehead, sighed and said: "Sometimes I really feel that Mr. Itachi and Mr. Itachi are good friends. He even lent me one hundred thousand taels back then!"


    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"


    Itachi Uchiha lent you so much money, and you still use his name to deceive his younger brother, are you still a person?


    "Uehara Naraku."


    Heijue slowly raised his head, looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "I''m curious...who told you these things...what is your identity?"


    "Let me be honest?"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms, facing everyone''s curious eyes, he said: "Some secrets are not surprising, as long as you work hard and master enough strength, you will find some secrets hidden in the ninja world. secret."


    "impossible!"


    Hei Jue immediately interrupted Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "These things are secrets from thousands of years ago, and only I know about them!"


    "Thousand... thousand years?"


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Heijue in surprise.


    "Senior Jue should indeed have lived for a thousand years."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Hei Ze, looked at everyone present, and said calmly: "I judged this from a stone tablet."


    "The stone tablet of Nanhe Shrine?"


    "good."


    Uehara Naraku nodded and continued: "Let me start from the beginning! Originally, I was also attracted by the Moon Eye Project, and even once wanted to be the master of the Moon Eye.


    Until later, when I took the Konoha Chunin Exam, I met a person. I never expected that there were two opposite powers of Mutun and Sharingan in him at the same time, and even these two powers were still a kind of perfect fusion. "


    "Who?"


    There was a trace of tension in Hei Jue''s voice.


    At this moment, Hei Jue was particularly tense.


    Because Heijue is Kaguya''s will, it knows Otsutsuki Kaguya''s fear, and it is afraid of hearing Otsutsuki''s name from Uehara Naraku''s mouth.


    "Shimura Danzo."


    Uehara Naraku pulled out a name calmly.


    But this name sounds very nonsense.


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Hei Jue''s voice was somewhat dark and said: "Are you kidding me now?"


    In vain, it thought Naraku Uehara could name some decent person, but it didn''t expect to say the name of Danzo Shimura. Isn''t that guy the one who took the blame for Hiru Sarutobi!


    no, or rather...


    No matter whose fault it is, Shimura Danzo can bear it!


    "Senior Jue, don''t you think you are ridiculous?"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but chuckled: "Didn''t I just tease you before? Now I continue to lie to you, you should be able to accept it?"


    "..."


    Hei Jue''s expression fell silent.


    Grass, these words sound familiar, as if Uehara Naraku told everyone...


    Tsunade, Uchiha Madara, these are all victims, and now Uehara Naraku''s victims are finally it''s turn?

 Chapter 379

    Uehara Naraku is still thinking of cheating until now.


    There are only a few of them left in the entire ninja world, not to mention the played Heijue, even Naruto Uzumaki and Uchiha Sasuke, two bystanders, can''t bear it.


    And is it that interesting?


    Uehara Naraku took a look at the progress of the main task that was about to reach the end but didn''t move at all, and was too lazy to continue the discussion with Hei Ze.


    And now those side quests for combat rewards are almost harvested.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    There is another reward for defeating Rokudo Uchiha Madara just now. The previous battle between the Ninja Alliance and the four Hokages has almost superimposed the Dark Harvest to the extreme.


    Hidden mission: Defeat an enemy that even the Creator can''t imagine how to defeat, defeat Six Paths Uchiha Madara (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the extra rewards are 1,000,000 points of life energy, 1,000,000 points of chakra, and 1,000,000 points of natural energy .


    And the superimposed data of the dark harvest obtained before...


    Because there are many ninjas in it who have been defeated by Naraku Uehara, the four Naruto''s defeat of the ninja coalition only provided him with nearly 300,000 three-dimensional attributes.


    Now Uehara Naraku''s attributes are very subtle.


    Uehara Naraku (regular state)


    Life energy: 3012231


    Chakra Energy: 3012690


    Natural energy: 3012690


    Life energy recovery: 1296 points/second


    Chakra energy recovery: 648 points/second


    Natural Power Drain: 648 points/sec


    Skill Cooldown Reduction: 100%


    Gold remaining: 9630


    This property is absolutely fine.


    The only problem is that the progress of the main task is no longer jumping.


    After Uehara Naraku revealed the truth to Orochimaru, Ninja Allied Forces, and Uchiha Madara successively, the progress of his main task almost skyrocketed all the way.


    no, or rather...


    And the Sages of the Six Paths.


    Because Naraku Uehara also counted Sage of the Six Paths, Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, the main task progress bar reached 90%.


    Now that Naraku Uehara revealed the truth to Hei Ze, the progress of his main quest has directly exploded to 99%, and now it is finally time to reveal the truth.


    However, this system is still as cheating as ever!


    Main task: realize the wish of the book stall owner and become the biggest BOSS in the ninja world, the progress is 99%, the task is not completed, and the reward is unknown.


    Just one percent!


    When 99% of everything is done, and only 1% is missing, no matter who it is, seeing the progress of 99% will be extremely anxious!


    Uehara Naraku stared at Madara Uchiha, who was getting bigger and bigger in front of him, and the corner of his mouth couldn''t help twitching. The remaining 1% of the progress of the main task seemed to be for him to solve the trouble of Otsuki Kaguya? ?


    "Alright, senior."


    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, staring at Uchiha Madara who was completely covered in black, and said calmly: "No matter how much we say, we still have to judge the outcome by strength, come on, let the legendary Kaguya Otsuki Kaguya Hime, the Goddess of Mao, call out!"


    "Hehe...the ignorant are really fearless!"


    Heijue didn''t get the truth from Uehara Naraku''s mouth, but it also knew that it was not suitable to continue asking.


    The next moment, more chakra flows appeared around, and all of these chakra flows were injected into Uchiha Madara''s body!


    Heijue''s gloomy voice hovered over the land like a priest.


    "Today, the seal of humiliation will be released. Under the guidance of the infinite moonlight, the Chakra that has spread to countless ordinary people will all attach to me and become one again..."


    "Wake up!"


    "The ancestor of Chakra, the Almighty God!"


    "Kaguya''s story is still going on, and the descendants of the despicable and shameless people and traitors will all come to an end today!"


    Substantial chakras spread on the sacred tree one after another, and these chakras rushed into Uchiha Madara''s body like a torrent, making this former hero no longer able to speak, and his reason was gradually being suppressed. drown!


    The next moment, the entire Uchiha Madara swelled into a huge black ball!


    "Are we just watching?"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help turning his head to look at Uehara Naraku, frowned and said: "That''s the legendary ancestor of Chakra, now should be a good time to seal her!"


    "..."


    Naruto Uzumaki silently raised his right hand. On his palm was a white sun symbol, which was the seal of Yang power passed to him by the Sage of the Six Paths.


    Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke glanced at each other, and after each nodded, they rushed towards the huge black ball at the same time!


    "Hey, you two..."


    Uehara Naraku raised his palm, and looked at the two of them dissatisfied: "Don''t make a random decision by yourself, letting Kaguya come out is my hard work for many years..."


    Two vines emerged from the ground!


    The next moment, under the control of Naraku Uehara, the two vines instantly grabbed Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha, and hung them up in the air!


    Uehara Naraku manipulated the vines, turning Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke to face him, his face was a little dark and said: "Casually want to destroy the achievements of everyone''s hard work for many years, have you considered our feelings? "


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand casually, and two vines threw Uzumaki Naruto and Sasuke to the ground forcefully!


    Naraku Uehara looked at the black ball that was still expanding, and sighed faintly: "Senior Jue has worked hard for thousands of years, Senior Madara has worked hard for more than sixty years, and the Akatsuki organization has worked hard for twenty years. After running for eight years, I have today..."


    Uzumaki Naruto: "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"


    Although what Uehara Naraku said made sense, there was still something wrong.


    It seems something is wrong... Isn''t this the group of villains who have worked hard for so many years to release a god who destroys the ninja world?


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Heijue''s gloomy voice came from the black ball, and it slowly said: "Uehara Naraku, you are still so confident! I hope that after you see your mother, you can continue to maintain your composure..."


    After finishing speaking, Heijue''s voice suddenly changed, and its voice gradually became more and more high-pitched: "Wake up... this nursery has matured, and the entire ninja world is waiting for your arrival! The ancestor of Chakra, Otsuki Kaguya Princess!"


    The next moment, the sound of a heart beating came!


    The black meat ball, which had already swelled to the extreme, swelled up again. Just when everyone thought that the black ball was about to explode, it suddenly began to shrink inward again!


    Its chakra has gradually become extremely stable...


    The pitch-black ball gradually became thinner...


    Boom!


    A head of long white hair suddenly fluttered under the encouragement of Chakra!


    A figure of a woman suddenly and slowly appeared in front of them. The long robe on her body bulged with the wind due to the fluctuation of Chakra, and a frightening aura emanated from her body...


    The woman with long white hair closed her eyes, the skin on her face was a little pale, and the center of her brow opened slowly, revealing a scarlet reincarnation sharing eye...


    Originally, when the scarlet reincarnation sharing eye grew on Uchiha Madara''s forehead, it seemed a bit uncomfortable, but now it grows on this woman''s head, but it seems that she should have it naturally...


    Even if this woman has the terrifying Samsara Sharingan on her forehead, it still does not hinder her beauty, but adds a bit of awe-inspiring and inviolable aura!


    The only thing that makes her image a little bit off is that she has a pair of cute horns on the top of her head. This is the symbol of the Otsutsuki clan, but it looks a little cute on the top of her head.


    Under the light of the blood moon.


    The woman''s pale jade face looked particularly delicate.


    The woman''s eyes were closed, her thin lips were slightly pursed, and there was a little coldness on her face, as if it was ice that could not be melted, which made people afraid!


    Kaguya Otsutsuki, the ancestor of Chakra in the ninja world and the legendary goddess Uzumaki, has come back to life!


    Just when Naraku Uehara was twisting his fingers to look at her, Kaguya Otsutsuki''s closed eyes suddenly opened a long and narrow gap!


    In this gap, a pair of white eyes were exposed!


    Otsutsuki Kaguya saw the figure of Uehara Naraku, and also saw the huge chakra and those purple eyes of reincarnation in Uehara Naraku''s body, her white eyes suddenly froze!


    The newly revived Chakra ancestor suddenly had a bit of coldness on his face!


    Otsutsuki Kaguya stared at Uehara Naraku, his thin lips moved slightly, and said faintly: "...Hagoromo...are you here to stop me again?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became a little subtle. He didn''t ask Kaguya Otsutsuki, but instead asked Heijue: "Senior Jue, is it because your mother is too old that her eyesight is not so good?"


    "Shut up!"


    Hei Ze hid in the sleeve of Otsutsuki Kaguya, and after drinking Uehara Naraku, he hurriedly explained to Kaguya: "Mom, he is not a traitor like Yuromo, but a person who claims to be powerful and wants to challenge you." kid..."


    "That''s it..."


    Kaguya nodded slowly, his long and narrow eyes slowly opened, and his face softened a little, as if his emotions had eased a little.


    Who would have expected that the next moment would change abruptly!


    The long white hair around Kaguya suddenly spread and stretched, like a series of sharp thorns, attacking towards Uehara Naraku''s figure!


    This woman is really ruthless!


    Even Uehara Naraku was a little caught off guard, and he never thought that Otsutsuki Kaguya would launch a sneak attack on him, which is too unreasonable!


    Oh shit¡­


    This group of ninjas from the Otsutsuki family all have no martial arts!


    Everyone wants to launch a sneak attack on him, as if he can win by relying on a sneak attack!


    Uehara Naraku''s palm emitted countless black flames and lightning, blocking Kaguya''s long white hair from manipulating and attacking him, a look of helplessness flashed across his face.


    "Your family really look alike..."


    After Naraku Uehara waved his hand again and smashed countless white hairs, he raised his head and looked at Kaguya Ji floating in the air, and said quietly: "Everyone has received my favor, and after seeing me, they want to sneak attack my benefactor, Datong Mu Huiye, is this the family tradition passed down by you?"

 Chapter 380

    "As long as you can survive, it doesn''t matter the means."


    Kaguya didn''t care about Naraku Uehara''s words, she still had Furui''s calm expression on her face, she just explained something indifferently.


    As the legendary ancestor of Chakra and the goddess of Mao, perhaps because she learned about Uehara Naraku from Hei Zee''s consciousness, she was eager to solve all this.


    and¡­


    Kaguya did not despise Naraku Uehara.


    "We are different."


    The white eyes suddenly appeared on Kaguya''s face, and the hair all over her body fluttered again, strands of long hair curled into sharp thorns under her control.


    "We have already got the true meaning of chakra. As an existence in our field, we should not be rigid about anything."


    After Kaguya''s voice fell, her long hair spread in all directions, and the sky full of white hair swept towards Naraku Uehara again!


    Uehara Naraku slowly frowned, looking at the white hair like a waterfall all over the sky, he swung his palm violently, the wind turned into wind blades, and countless white hairs were chopped by the wind blades like rain Like fell down!


    However, Kaguya''s white hair is almost endless!


    The wind escape ninjutsu in Uehara Naraku''s hand suddenly turned into a giant wind dragon, roaring and rushing towards Kaguya, destroying all the white hairs that she manipulated along the way!


    When the giant dragon made up of wind escape ninjutsu was about to hit Kaguya, her face was still indifferent, and she just stretched out her palm calmly.


    The wind dragon that could cut gold and cut jade was held in place by Kaguya''s palm, and she calmly tried to absorb all the chakra in it.


    The next moment the clinker, the wind dragon suddenly turned into countless wind blades, instantly surrounding Kaguya''s body, as if it wanted to cut her body into pieces!


    This released ninjutsu can even change its form!


    Hui Ye didn''t panic at all, her palms were still hanging in place, just watching the countless wind blades surrounding her form a turbulent flow!


    However, the moment those wind blades touched her body, they turned into a peaceful wind, only gently blowing her hair and loose robe...


    "Sure enough..."


    Naraku Uehara patted his forehead, a slight smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Ordinary ninjutsu really doesn''t have any effect on you!"


    Otsutsuki Kaguya''s gaze shifted, and her eyes fell on Uehara Naraku''s body, her lips moved slightly, and she said: "You can easily manipulate Chakra to such an extent according to your mind, you really... aren''t you Hagoromo? ?¡±


    Before Uehara Naraku opened his mouth to refute, Kaguya shook his head and continued calmly: "Forget it, it doesn''t matter, the Chakra in your body will definitely be mine."


    "Want to get my Chakra?"


    Naraku Uehara flipped his palm, and a void blade appeared in his palm, and a smile appeared on his face: "If it can be done...in fact, I might have similar thoughts!"


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly rushed towards Kaguya''s direction!


    The Void Blade drew an arc in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and was about to brush Kaguya''s shoulder obliquely, but Otsutsuki Kaguya pulled back to avoid it!


    A pitch-black time-space portal appeared beside Kaguya, and under Uehara Naraku''s gaze, her figure floated into the time-space gate.


    That is the ability of reincarnation writing sharing eyes...


    Huangquan Hirasaka, which claims to appear in less than a second!


    It is said that this space-time ninjutsu is launched extremely fast, no matter what kind of flying thunder god or what kind of power, it is not enough to look at Huang Quan Hirasaka in front of it!


    Setsuna, a word used to describe time, is short enough, but Huangquan''s activation time is faster than Liangsaka''s!


    this enemy...


    It''s really a bit scary!


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help being a little surprised, such a powerful technique of time and space is not inferior to his void walk!


    "Fate, hunting rhythm, keen perception!"


    A series of perception skills for detecting enemy tracks are activated quickly!


    Uehara Naraku even felt unsafe, and put a layer of golden chakra mask on his body. This is his invincible skill, and it is also his confidence to challenge Kaguya.


    Well, in fact, Uehara still has a lot of life-saving skills.


    The next moment, Huangquan Hirasaka''s time-space gate suddenly opened, and a palm stretched out from Uehara Naraku''s back, and landed on his golden mask. To Uehara''s surprise, the golden mask faintly became Something thin!


    Kaguya''s indifferent voice appeared in Naraku Uehara''s ear: "Although this mask is difficult to break through, the essence of Chakra will not change. As long as it is a power released with Chakra, it will exist. The possibility of being drawn by me."


    "Is that so..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, turned around and looked at Otsutsuki Kaguya who was close at hand, that exquisite face was separated from him by the mask of the moment of the holy order.


    As expected of the legendary ancestor of Chakra!


    Even this invincible skill can be found by her to break, or she can break any ninjutsu by herself!


    Kaguya''s hair fluttered again, turning into tiny needles and appearing around Uehara Naraku, she said softly: "As long as you release this defensive golden mask, I can instantly control your body..."


    After Kaguya finished speaking, he continued to add: "If you don''t release it, you can only let me absorb your chakra like this."


    Kaguya''s eyes fixed on Uehara Naraku, and the shock she felt after getting Uehara''s information from Hei Ze had gradually calmed down.


    Kaguya''s eyes slowly lowered, and he continued softly: "I have already felt the power in your body, it seems that your body has not yet separated from the essence of human flesh, you will still die...but I am different."


    This sentence is true.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but nodded.


    Kaguya''s body is inherently immortal, no matter what kind of attack it receives, it will not die, and no matter what kind of attack it is, it will recover quickly.


    This physique...


    Just thinking about it makes one''s heart skip a beat!


    "It''s really worrying..."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed the center of her brows, looked at Kaguya Otsutsuki through the golden light mask, couldn''t help but hooked the corners of her mouth and said, "What should I do with you?"


    At this time, two figures suddenly appeared behind Kaguya, stretched out their left and right hands respectively, and reached for Kaguya''s waist!


    It is Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto!


    I have to say that the two of them have a good chance of picking!


    Especially now it seems that Kaguya is in a stalemate with Uehara Naraku, even if Kaguya hastily mobilized his strands of long hair to entangle Naruto and Sasuke, it is useless, it is just a temporary delay...


    Now, Kaguya must repel them with more effective attacks!


    For Kaguya, this is a rare opportunity to capture Uehara Naraku. Next time, if you want to restrict Uehara Naraku like now, it will probably be very difficult...


    Kaguya''s palm suddenly brushed across the sky.


    The next moment, the scenery in front of everyone''s eyes suddenly changed.


    Otsuki Kaguya, Uehara Naraku, Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke suddenly appeared in a space of ice, and each of them was trapped in the ice!


    Kaguya used the characteristics of the icy space to control everyone, her palm still slowly landed on Naraku Uehara''s golden mask, drawing out Naraku Uehara''s chakra.


    This is another ability of Otsutsuki Kaguya.


    A space-time spell called Heavenly Control!


    Tianzhi Yuzhong is a space force that belongs exclusively to Kaguya. She has five different spaces and one first ball space!


    "This is my world."


    Kaguya said calmly: "No matter how fierce the battle is here, I don''t have to worry about destroying the seedbed that belongs to me anymore."


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara rolled his eyes, glanced at the surrounding ice, and said softly: "Then why didn''t you put our battlefield in this space when we first fought?"


    "Because Heijue mentioned your strength..."


    Kaguya looked at Uehara Naraku through the thick ice and golden mask and continued: "The existences of our circles all possess the power of time and space, if you leave coordinates in these spaces, maybe It could cause me a lot of trouble."


    "what about now?"


    "Now it''s because it''s not necessary."


    Kaguya''s body could not move even in the cold ice, but she continued calmly: "I have already controlled your body, I can feel that it is very difficult to quickly extract your chakra, but for me , no matter how long the time is, I can wait."


    "Well, actually, I''m also very worried about destroying the ninja world..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually brightened, he looked at Kaguya''s face, and continued softly: "Then, now our warm-up is over... I can fight with you recklessly!"


    "..."


    Just when Kaguya was still thinking about this sentence, the ice suddenly shattered, and everyone present escaped from the trap at the same time, and everyone''s face showed a look of surprise!


    Kaguya''s expression changed instantly!


    Because Kaguya is very clear that there are three enemies around her, Uehara Naraku should be the strongest; but Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke also have the power to seal her!


    Kaguya''s palm floated, and exiled Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto to other spaces respectively, intending to deal with them separately in a while!


    After Kaguya separated the battlefield completely, when he turned his head again, he saw a huge blue phantom floating from Uehara Naraku''s body!


    The next moment, that phantom gradually solidified and turned into a huge Susanoo!


    In terms of body size alone, it far exceeds the complete body of Sasuke Uchiha and Madara Uchiha, and is almost on par with Ten Tails!


    "this is¡­"


    Otsutsuki Kaguya''s eyes changed, she stared fixedly at this huge Susano, and said word by word: "Hagoromo''s... Susano..."

 Chapter 381

    No wonder Kaguya Otsuki thought too much.


    Because the Susanoo opened by Naraku Uehara in front of me is so similar to the Susanoo opened by Otsutsuki Hagoromo.


    Even if Otsutsuki Hagoromo himself came, he would guess whether most of the Chakra he had distributed to others many years ago had returned to Naraku Uehara.


    Moreover, the Chakra on Otsutsuki Hagoromo''s body has no special characteristics. He really spread his Chakra to people everywhere.


    "Hey, hey, don''t misunderstand your son..."


    Uehara Naraku stood within the crystal of Susano, and manipulated Susano to suddenly strike Kaguya with a sharp sword aura: "My strength is obtained by my own hard work, Otsutsuki Hagoromo''s Chakra, but you are still monitoring the entire ninja world!"


    The fierce sword energy almost cut through the space!


    Hui Ye''s arms suddenly overlapped to block his chest, and he was also directly sent flying backwards by the sword energy!


    One after another, sword qi flew over one after another!


    Uehara Naraku stood inside Susanoo''s crystal, feeling the pleasure of manipulating this huge monster. This feeling is also a man''s romance!


    Kaguya just watched that tall Susano continuously slashing sword qi towards her, a look of sadness appeared on her face, and a line of tears slowly flowed from her eyes!


    Only the next moment, her face became determined again!


    Streaks of ice floated up under Kaguya''s control, and flew towards the tall Susano, but were cut into pieces one after another by the ninja sword in Susano''s hand!


    "This feeling¡­"


    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out his hands, feeling the strength of Susano, especially his Susano is different from other Susanoos!


    Susano (activated): The ability endowed by the inborn eye of reincarnation, turning the virtual into reality, transforming one''s own power into a physical existence, the ultimate warrior with ten times the life energy of the body!


    Note: Does not stack with other boost modes.


    Although Susano can hardly be superimposed with the increase of the immortal mode, at least he is also an ultimate warrior with 30 million life energy, this powerful power is enough!


    Uehara Naraku manipulated Susano to fly suddenly, and chased in the direction of Otsutsuki Kaguya, and countless icicles flying towards Susano were all chopped into pieces!


    "Come and try!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice echoed in this space, Susano swung his ninja sword violently, and suddenly slashed towards this space with an earth-shattering blow!


    The ground ice in the entire icy space was split into two!


    "Hagoromo...is stronger than before..."


    After Kaguya murmured something, her palm landed on the ice, and the ice on the ground slowly stood upright, forming an ice giant, facing the ice giant in the ice space. The raging Susanoo!


    It''s a pity that this is a bit overkill.


    The huge Susano held the ninja sword in his hand, turned into an afterimage and rushed up suddenly, its figure and the ice giant were separated at the touch, and the next moment, the ice giant just created by Kaguya It was split in half by a knife!


    "Don''t try to run away!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice echoed in the icy space, and his voice was somewhat high-pitched: "This is the first time I have shown the power, and its strength is beyond doubt. Even in this space, I can It cuts off!"


    "..."


    Kaguya''s eyes narrowed slightly.


    She stretched out her long and slender fingers across the sky, and the whole world suddenly changed. The next moment Uehara Naraku felt Susano suddenly fall to the ground!


    This is a hypergravity space!


    In this space, the gravity is so high that it is difficult to move an inch!


    Although Susanoo''s physical energy is terrifyingly strong, it is difficult to move because of its super large size, and it is even a bit reluctant to swing the ninja sword in his hand!


    "Hagoromo, I won''t be the same again..."


    A bone spur emerged from Kaguya''s palm, and that bone spur suddenly shot at Susano, and in the blink of an eye, the bone spur pierced Susano''s body!


    Kill ashes together!


    As long as you are hit, there is no possibility of escape!


    Anyone will be annihilated by the attack of the ashes!


    With Susanoo''s huge body, no matter how far Kaguya shoots due to the super-gravity space, it is impossible to avoid it!


    Although Naraku Uehara''s Susanoo has a different nature, he can rely on a large amount of energy to resist the attack of the co-killing ashes and slow down the time of dissipation, and it will inevitably be dissipated by the attack of the co-killing ashes in the end.


    Naraku Uehara sighed, waved his hand to disband his Susanoo, and three pairs of white wings grew from his back, flapping his body and flying up.


    Even in the supergravity space, after turning on the fairy mode, Uehara Naraku can reduce some of the influence of the supergravity space.


    "..."


    Otsutsuki Kaguya watched Uehara Nana''s unobstructed flight in the supergravity space, her pupils constricted slightly, and a trace of confusion flashed in her eyes.


    What''s going on?


    Is her hypergravity space fake?


    Hei Jue hid in Hui Ye''s sleeve, and couldn''t help persuading him: "It seems that if we continue to fight here, we don''t seem to have any advantage..."


    "..."


    Kaguya nodded slowly.


    The next moment, they suddenly appeared in another space, which was an acid space!


    It''s just that just after Naraku Uehara arrived in this space, he immediately activated his melting power, manipulating the acid under the ground to spurt towards Kaguya!


    This place obviously can''t stay anymore!


    Kaguya hurriedly waved his hand, changing their battlefield.


    This place is indeed a magma space.


    It''s a bit of a coincidence that Uzumaki Naruto is also in this magma space. He was exiled here by Kaguya at the beginning.


    To be honest, Uzumaki Naruto was still a little melancholy and nervous, because he was alone in this space.


    When Uzumaki Naruto saw Otsutsuki Kaguya and Uehara Naraku appearing, he couldn''t help but light up, and quickly said: "Hey, Uehara..."


    It''s a pity that no one has time to pay attention to him.


    After entering the magma space, Uehara Naraku closed his palms, and the magma under the space suddenly gushed out!


    Torrents of magma swept towards Kaguya!


    The existence of the power of melting allows Naraku Uehara to manipulate magma freely!


    Hei Jue hastily reminded in a sullen voice: "Mom, this space doesn''t seem to be suitable as our battlefield..."


    "..."


    Kaguya nodded again.


    It''s just that there are many doubts in Kaguya''s mind.


    Whose space is this Tianzhi Yuzhong now? No matter which space they go to, it seems to be very beneficial to Uehara Naraku, and it is not suitable for them to fight at all!


    Kaguya has a feeling that his home has been stolen...


    It''s obviously her own Heaven''s Yuzhong, why Uehara Naraku seems to be more proficient than her when fighting in these spaces!


    Now is not the time to think about this...


    When torrents of magma flew in, Kaguya''s figure suddenly disappeared in the magma space, and Uehara Naraku also disappeared together.


    Only Naruto Uzumaki was left alone in the magma space.


    After a while, torrents of magma fell into the ground, splashing a large amount of magma, making Uzumaki Naruto dodge in embarrassment!


    "Ahhhhhh..."


    Uzumaki Naruto was incompetent and furious.


    On the other side, Uchiha Sasuke also encountered the same situation.


    The space of sand.


    Uchiha Sasuke walked for a long time and ate the sand for a long time. He was very tired, and he was still a little hungry.


    Just at this time.


    Uehara Naraku and Otsutsuki Kaguya appeared above this space of sand, and the two immediately started a battle!


    However, before the battle lasted long, the yellow sand on the ground turned into overwhelming sand waves under the control of Uehara Naraku, wrapping towards Otsutsuki Kaguya!


    The next moment, the two disappeared in the sand space at the same time.


    "..."


    Numerous question marks appeared on Uchiha Sasuke''s forehead.


    Are these two people teasing him?


    Damn, he''s dying of thirst here!


    starting ball space.


    This space is the last space in Otsutsuki Kaguya''s Heavenly Palace, and it is also the place where all other spaces are connected to it.


    "Why do you need to change the battlefield frequently?"


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly. He looked at Otsutsuki Kaguya and said, "The sand space just now is not bad! The supergravity space is also fine... It seems that the magma space is also fine... those attacks should be of no use to you, right? ?¡±


    "..."


    Kaguya didn''t want to talk much.


    Although those ordinary ninjutsu are really useless to her, frequent ninjutsu attacks will eventually require her to use chakra to resist or recover.


    Obviously, every space in the Palace of Tomorrow is her exclusive property, and she can even use the exclusive spells of that space in each space...


    But why can Uehara Naraku be manipulated?


    Heijue hid in Kaguya''s sleeve, and it didn''t shut itself off like its own mother, but instead persuaded her to regain its strength: "If it''s here, Uehara Naraku should have nothing to use, after all, he can still rely on us The power to decide the outcome..."


    "..."


    Kaguya nodded silently.


    The next moment, Otsutsuki Kaguya regained her strength, she slowly stretched out her palm, and a ball of chakra covered her palm.


    Kaguya regained her calm and indifferent appearance. She looked at Uehara Naraku and said calmly: "Hagoromo...in this space that belongs to the beginning, let us have a showdown!"


    "..."


    After Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, his figure suddenly appeared beside Kaguya, and he punched Otsutsuki Kaguya flying!


    This is a surprise attack with a temporary decision!


    Uehara Naraku''s body followed like a shadow, and appeared next to Kaguya who was flying upside down again, his palm tightly held Kaguya''s collar, his face was icy cold!


    "You woman..."


    Uehara Naraku clutched her collar, stared at her white eyes, and jumped violently on his forehead: "Remember, the person who is fighting you now is called Uehara Naraku! Otsutsuki Yuromo is still outside!"


    "It''s... Yuyi."


    Kaguya slowly stretched out his palm to cover his cheek.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    That was the mark left by Uehara Naraku''s punch on her face just now.


    At this moment, Kaguya''s eyes slowly mist up, looking at Uehara Naraku''s gaze, as if seeing some ultimate unfilial son.


    "Hmm..."


    "Hey, don''t cry!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled, and he looked at Kaguya Hime who was crying like pear blossoms with rain in the blink of an eye, and couldn''t help but frowned and said: "Kaguya Hime, you are the ancestor of Chakra, stop crying ! Or can''t you cry after I finish beating you?"

 Chapter 382

    "Senior Jue, your mother''s psychological quality is not good enough."


    Uehara Naraku floated in the Shiqiu space, looked at Kaguya who was still crying silently, and finally decided to chat with Hei Ze who was able to communicate normally: "Senior Jue, can you persuade her, I''ll beat her first and then talk about it." ?¡±


    Heijue: "..."


    Doesn''t this make it possible to speak human words?


    Such a weak goddess in front of you is crying so badly in front of you, you don''t want to comfort her, but you still want to beat her up?


    Beat her up, can you say such a thing?


    Uehara Naraku, no, Otsutsuki Hagoromo, are you fucking human?


    After being silent for a long time, Hei Jue said in a low voice: "Uehara Naraku, if you have learned to love humans in this world, but encountered conspiracy and betrayal..."


    "I understand this feeling."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Hei Ze''s words, sighed faintly and said: "Look at Konoha''s Tsunade and those people, they have always believed in me, but they were deceived miserably by me; After they died, they tried to believe me again, but they were deceived even worse by me..."


    "..."


    Heijue fell into silence.


    Damn, almost forgot.


    The bastard Uehara has always been synonymous with conspiracy and betrayal. Because of the existence of Naraku Uehara, the lower limit of per capita morality in the entire ninja world has been constantly refreshed.


    "Uehara Naraku."


    After being silent for a while, Hei Ze looked at Uehara Naraku, and asked in a deep voice: "Aren''t you really the reincarnation of Otsuki Hagoromo''s Chakra? Whether it''s your Susanoo, your reincarnation eyes or even your Chakra , very much like the appearance of Yuyi back then!"


    "Don''t think about it, it''s impossible."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his wrist, chuckled lightly and said: "Everything I have now is obtained by my own hard work..."


    "Really?"


    Hei Jue''s voice became more gloomy.


    After a while, Hei Jue continued: "Then how could you know about my mother, or even my plan?"


    "It''s a long story to tell..."


    Naraku Uehara looked at the Shiqiu space, and said quietly: "We are still fighting now, and I will tell you slowly after our war is over!"


    The answer to this question has yet to be compiled.


    Speaking of it, Shimura Danzo, who was mentioned last time, seems to be a very suitable candidate. Danzo has a kaleidoscope of other gods, writing sharing eyes, because he peeked at Uchiha''s stone tablet...


    This answer must be well thought out, well thought out, compiled well and completely, and strive to deceive everyone in the ninja world after it is given out.


    Uehara Naraku''s thoughts gradually came back, he turned his head to look at Kaguya, clenched his fists and said, "Are you done crying? If you are done crying, let''s continue!"


    "..."


    Kaguya nodded slowly.


    The next moment, Kaguya''s body flew upside down again!


    Uehara Naraku''s attacks were almost continuous, his figure kept flipping and appeared in various positions around Kaguya, punching and kicking the Chakra ancestor!


    At this moment, Naraku Uehara didn''t act like a human being at all!


    "Life is really tenacious!"


    Uehara looked down at Kaguya with a painful face, sighed faintly and did not continue, because he saw that there was still a trace of tears hanging from the corner of Kaguya''s eyes.


    next second...


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared above Kaguya, and he raised his leg suddenly, and he was about to split Kaguya from the sky!


    A pitch-black time-space portal appeared under Kaguya''s body, and she hurriedly shifted her body away, dodging the blow!


    above the initial ball space.


    The pitch-black time-space portal opens.


    Otsutsuki Kaguya looked at Uehara Naraku who was below him, and Chakra suddenly appeared on her palm, and slammed down towards Uehara''s position!


    Yashigami Sky Strike!


    The strongest ninjutsu ever!


    Known as the physical technique of absolute defense and absolute attack!


    This is only a ninja with the ultimate chakra can do it!


    Uehara Naraku watched as one after another of the gods shot down on him, a golden mask suddenly appeared on his body!


    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fist, and suddenly waved his fist towards Kaguya in the air!


    Serious punch!


    Naraku Uehara in immortal mode has more than 30 million life energy, no one can stop this punch!


    Absolutely...absolutely!


    The next moment, the countless shadows of Yashigami Kongjian''s fists were scattered!


    In Kaguya''s eyes, a tall Uehara Naraku punched her hard, that fist looked extremely terrifying!


    Within Kaguya''s line of sight, the fist that Uehara swung seemed to be able to bring death, causing a touch of fear to appear in her heart involuntarily!


    "this is¡­"


    Otsutsuki Kaguya''s white eyes are full of veins!


    Kaguya desperately wanted to see through all this with her supercilious eyes!


    Unfortunately, the only thing Kaguya could see was that after Naraku Uehara swung that punch, it suddenly hit her body, as if hitting a sandbag, Kaguya''s body suddenly flew upside down, It even directly smashed through the boundary wall of the first ball space!


    This punch is simply too terrible!


    However, all this fell into the eyes of Hei Ze, and it seemed to return to the time when Naraku Uehara smashed Uchiha Madara''s complete body Susano with a punch...


    Hey, this is too fake!


    It was obviously just a very ordinary punch!


    After Otsutsuki Kaguya flew upside down and smashed through the space boundary wall, he landed in the icy space that entered first, smashing a large iceberg!


    Kaguya now looks extremely miserable, the wide robe on his body is in tatters, bloodstains and broken skin are everywhere on his body...


    Even her bones came out...


    If it weren''t for the immortal body of Jinchuriki of the Ten Tails, Kaguya''s current state is almost the same as death. The chakra in her body is almost exhausted, and even recovery seems extremely difficult.


    At this moment, even if you want to transform into Ten Tails Jinchuriki, you can''t do it!


    So fucking fake!


    Even if Heijue and Otsutsuki Kaguya''s will is connected, after learning the truth from her soon, now I really want to ask for a refund!


    This is teasing it!


    It was obviously just a very ordinary punch!


    It doesn''t even seem to have much momentum, why do you strong people feel the fear of death!


    Now Hei Jue really feels that his teammates are unreliable...


    Uchiha Obito, Uchiha Madara, and even Otsutsuki Kaguya now, how could they all lose so inexplicably!


    After all the calculations, the bastard Uehara Naraku seems to be quite reliable, at least this guy has basically never lost to anyone... Although he has always been an actor, he has always acted very hard.


    Kaguya crazily absorbed the chakra that came from the sacred tree, so as to restore her body, her face had already become very ugly.


    Because only those who have personally experienced the fear of that punch... will truly realize the horror of Uehara Naraku!


    Under that punch, Kaguya had no strength to fight back, not even the ten tails in his body dared to move!


    If it wasn''t for the force of that punch that directly injured the ten tails in her body, the current ten tails would probably have wanted to jump out a long time ago!


    The reason ten tails are still obedient now is entirely because ten tails have almost exhausted their chakra in order to maintain Kaguya''s life... Maybe it is also afraid of that punch!


    Kaguya endured the pain in her body, and summoned the divine tree from outside to transmit chakra for her, because now her body needs a huge amount of chakra to recover!


    Really is¡­


    There has never been a worse situation than now!


    The current Kaguya is undoubtedly the most vulnerable, because she knows that she has no power to resist now, at least it is impossible to fight back before recovering...


    Just at this time, Naraku Uehara flew over along the space crack, and he walked to Kaguya''s miserable body, watching Kaguya recovering gradually.


    Uehara Naraku threw one of his own hairs towards her, with an uneasy expression on his face: "This is the price I paid for defeating you, it''s really terrible..."


    That hair fell on Kaguya''s body.


    Otsutsuki Kaguya looked at that hair, and couldn''t help raising her head to look at Uehara Naraku, her expression was a little frozen, and she fell into speechlessness for a long time.


    What do you mean, mocking her?


    Naraku Uehara defeated her with only one hair?


    This price is too small!


    Just looking at Yuan''s current hair, it''s still very thick!


    Uehara Naraku leaned over and squatted beside Kaguya, stretched out his arms to trap her body in a corner, and said calmly: "I also have the Yin and Yang forces that I have cultivated in my body, and I also have the same power. Can release moon-sized Earthburst stars..."


    "Are you going to seal me up?"


    Otsutsuki Kaguya couldn''t help raising his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said calmly: "Sure enough...the ending between us is still the same as before...Hagoromo...now you have really become a lot stronger...a lot..."


    "You got the wrong person."


    Uehara Naraku patted the ice on the ground, sat beside Kaguya, and said softly: "I just want to prove to you that I have the ability to seal you, but I don''t want to seal you..."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    To be honest, the task reward for sealing Kaguya must be outrageously low!


    Because Naraku Uehara had just completed a mission to defeat Kaguya, and he was only rewarded with one hundred gold coins, which was the same as the value for defeating Hinata back then!


    "Actually, I..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Kaguya, and said quietly, "I still don''t like your son. Instead of thinking of taking the responsibility on myself and protecting you as a mother, I sealed you up instead."


    After finishing talking here, Uehara Naraku continued: "Of course, you woman turns ordinary people into whites, and there seems to be nothing to be forgiven. Forget it, maybe except me, no one in this ninja world can really say I am clean..."


    Heijue: "..."


    Otsutsuki Kaguya: "..."


    What I said before is good...how come the latter is outrageous!

 Chapter 383

    Uehara Naraku is simply outrageous.


    Obviously, in the entire ninja world, except for him, anyone is qualified to say that he has a clean place; only this bastard has done a lot of dirty things, eating decent things and eating villains.


    to be honest¡­


    If Naraku Uehara, the bastard, was not too strong, the entire ninja world would not be able to find a person who could beat Naraku Uehara... Now Naraku Uehara would be displayed at the entrance of the Five Ninja Villages in turn.


    "All right."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to break up a group of chakras, and said calmly, "Kaguya Otsutsuki, Senior, let''s talk!"


    Uehara Naraku stared at Kaguya, and continued: "You release the nine tailed beasts so that I can suppress you at any time, and I can choose to spare you, otherwise, you should know my character and what I will do I can''t think of it myself..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Heijue''s gloomy laughter came out, and it looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "Uehara, in fact, you don''t have the power to destroy us at all!"


    "Then let me do an experiment with you first?"


    Naraku Uehara was about to cut off Kaguya''s arm with one hand!


    "etc¡­"


    Heijue immediately stopped Uehara Naraku, and continued in a deep voice: "If mother loses her power, when the real threat to this world comes..."


    "I''ll beat them."


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, a light flashed in his eyes: "If someone as powerful as me can lose, then it doesn''t seem strange for you to lose!"


    "What''s your purpose?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, his face became extremely serious.


    "Because I want Akatsuki to become a peaceful organization capable of deterring the entire ninja world in the future, intelligence personnel are indispensable. I must find a way to get someone who can check information for me at any time. Senior, you just happen to be The most suitable person."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and added: "Your mother Otsutsuki Kaguya is the hostage used to hold you back!"


    "..."


    Hei Jue''s expression was slightly dark.


    At this moment, it really wanted to turn its face a little bit, but unfortunately, all the chakras provided by the sacred tree for Kaguya were broken up by Uehara Naraku, which caused Kaguya to only rely on his own physical characteristics to slowly recover from his injuries.


    As for Chakra, it can only recover slowly.


    The current Kaguya can''t even change another space to escape.


    "Hmph..."


    Heijue''s voice was dark and said: "Really? Uehara, I remember that after you defeated Madara''s Susanoo, your chakra seems to have dropped a lot..."


    "yes?"


    Uehara Naraku raised his fist, and a gust of wind suddenly blew up, and the iceberg in front of him was smashed into ice slag by Uehara Naraku''s punch!


    After Uehara Naraku finished all this, he took another look at his chakra and life energy recovery speed. In such a short period of time, his life energy was almost fully restored.


    Well, regain strength by yourself...


    Prevent Kaguya from extracting the sacred tree Chakra to restore power.


    Naraku Uehara raised his finger and said in a deep voice, "You have three seconds to consider my..."


    "I agreed."


    Otsutsuki Kaguya suddenly agreed, her eyes slowly stopped on Uehara''s body, her voice gradually became a little depressed and said: "At least compared to you in the past...I am very satisfied now...Hagoromo."


    Thousands of years ago.


    Kaguya''s eldest son, Otsutsuki Yuromo, directly sealed her away.


    Now Otsutsuki Hagoromo''s Chakra reincarnation power is very powerful, but he did not directly seal his mother like a thousand years ago, but proposed that his mother can live in the ninja world, and even protect his mother.


    This is about the difference.


    And now the reincarnation of Otsuki Hagoromo''s Chakra is really strong!


    To put it bluntly, Kaguya seems to be able to entangle him, but when it comes to the real showdown, he feels that he is actually powerless to fight back!


    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled, and he repeated his own words tirelessly: "Kaguya Hime, you really have the wrong person."


    Does this woman have to treat him like Otsutsuki Hagoromo!


    Obviously, he and Otsutsuki Hagoromo have the same huge chakra in addition to Samsara Eyes and Susano, so there is no similarity!


    Kaguya just slowly lowered his head.


    After a long time, Kaguya finally made up his mind.


    One by one tailed beasts slowly came out from behind Kaguya, and each tailed beast was a little sluggish when it landed on the ground.


    Just when these tailed beasts came out and wanted to say something, Uehara Naraku calmly stretched out his palm towards these tailed beasts!


    "Earth Explosion Star!"


    Uehara Naraku released the Earth Explosive Star with these tailed beasts as the core, and countless ice flew up from the ground, sealing these tailed beasts.


    These tailed beasts didn''t even have time to say a few harsh words, and they were neatly sealed into the Earth Explosion Star by Uehara Naraku.


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Hei Jue watched this scene, and a gloomy voice came out immediately: "Uehara...you are really proficient in using the Earth Explosion Star!"


    "Basic operations."


    Naraku Uehara waved his palm, and said softly: "Then, let''s leave your space now! Go and unblock the outside world''s Infinity Tsukiyomi... I still have a lot of stories to tell them!"


    The war can almost be declared over.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at his main quest progress, with a look of doubt on his face, why his main quest progress was still 99%!


    Damn, is the progress of this mission not loading?


    Rubbish system, does it really keep him in the ninja world?


    Just as Naraku Uehara was cursing in his heart, the main quest was suddenly updated and finally jumped to 100%.


    It''s like the system is stuck!


    This is already a system installed on a person''s body. Could it be that there is not enough memory?


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    After Uehara Naraku glanced at the rewards of the main task, he suddenly felt that it was too early to scold the system!


    Main task: realize the wish of the book stall owner, become the biggest BOSS in the ninja world, the task progress is 100%, the task has been completed, and the world skill black hole universe will be rewarded.


    Black Hole Universe: A very natural and empty universe. This is a creation space unique to God. The existence of each planet will continuously consume the power of God, and will also provide God with power beyond imagination.


    Note: Novices, please do not randomly explore the world skills, so as not to cause irreparable losses. Within one month after the completion of the main task, the novice guide will come to this world, please do not be in an abnormal state.


    This cheating system!


    A skill also requires a novice facilitator!


    After Naraku Uehara sighed for a while, he slowly let go of his curiosity. He resisted not using the strange world skills of the black hole universe.


    In a month''s time...


    The novice facilitator will arrive...


    At that time, he should be able to get the truth!


    That cheating bookstall owner, you must settle accounts with him!


    Now that he saw the completion of the main mission, Naraku Uehara breathed a sigh of relief. At least he could know the truth that the system bound him... In just this month, Naraku Uehara could also handle the affairs of the ninja world.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s guess, the existence of this black hole universe seems to be able to have planets in it, maybe he can find a way to send this small planet in the ninja world, but how to operate it may have to ask the novice guide member¡­


    While Naraku Uehara was still thinking wildly, the scene in front of him suddenly changed. Obviously Kaguya Otsutsuki had lifted her Heavenly Control.


    Not only Uehara Naraku and Kaguya, but also Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke were the ones who left the Tianzhiyuzhong space...


    to be honest.


    Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke were really wronged.


    Both exist in a very unbearable space.


    It''s just that when they saw Uehara Naraku and Kaguya beside them, they still didn''t forget their mission, and their palms suddenly pressed against Kaguya''s body!


    Their sneak attack was too sudden at this moment!


    Not to mention Otsutsuki Kaguya, even Uehara Naraku didn''t realize it, Uehara didn''t even realize that the two of them would do such a thing!


    No¡­


    It''s not surprising that Naruto and Sasuke did such a thing!


    Because Otsutsuki Kaguya also attacked Uehara directly when he saw Uehara, or this is their family tradition inheritance, they really deserve to be a family!


    Don''t ask anyone you ask, just sneak attack!


    "Indra and Asura?"


    Otsutsuki Kaguya watched two palms land on her body, her eyes tightened slightly, because she also saw the signs among Naruto Uzumaki and Assistant Uchihasa.


    That is the sealing technique of Yin and Yang forces!


    Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke saw that they succeeded in the sneak attack, they suddenly shouted and activated the sealing technique: "Six Paths Earth Explosion Star!"


    An illusory image of a kaishou looming.


    The next moment, Otsutsuki Kaguya''s body slowly flew towards the sky, and stones flew up from the ground one after another, about to seal her again!


    Otsuki Kaguya lowered his head and looked at the ground, and couldn''t help whispering: "Hagoromo...is the technique you passed on to them...after all, did you still deceive me?"


    Countless stones instantly wrapped Kaguya''s body, and meteorites gradually surrounded him with attraction, forming a huge stone ball and continuing to fly towards the sky.


    "It really is a liar..."


    Hei Jue''s voice was also a little gloomy.


    Before Kaguya was sealed, Heijue fell off Kaguya''s body again, obviously wanting to keep hiding.


    However, before Heijue fell to the ground, a huge Susanoo grabbed its body and continued flying towards the sky!


    "I don''t like to lie to people..."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly appeared in Hei Ze''s ear.


    Hei Jue stared at Naraku Uehara in Susanoo''s crystal, and said in a deep voice, "What do you guys want to do? Do you want to seal me?"


    "No, I''m just here to teach you."


    Uehara Naraku controlled the huge Susanoo, and slashed at the sealed stone ball with a sharp knife: "If you want to save your mother, you must learn to split the moon directly!"


    The next moment, a blue sword light flashed!


    The huge stone ball that sealed Kaguya just now was split into two!


    "Also, I''m not Yuromo..."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Kaguya in the center of the stone ball, stretched out Susanoko''s arm and grabbed her out, looking at Otsutsuki Kaguya who was a little panicked with displeasure on his face.


    "How many times do you want me to repeat, I am Uehara Naraku, you woman, don''t think of me as the unfilial son of your family in the future!"

 Chapter 384

    above the ground.


    Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke were a little speechless.


    The two of them hit Kaguya with a sneak attack and released the six Earth Explosive Stars. They finally fulfilled their mission and sealed the chakra ancestor.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku flew out of the sky with his Susanoo, slashed the Earth Explosive Star, and rescued Kaguya inside...


    This scene is really shocking...


    But this fucking...


    Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke looked at each other, and they looked down at their palms, where the signs of the seal of yang force and the seal of yin force had disappeared...


    Now let the two of them find another Six Paths Earth Explosion Star!


    At this time, a phantom of Chakra gradually floated out of the sacred tree and slowly landed beside them. It was the Sage of the Six Paths Otsuki Hagoromo.


    Boom!


    The blue Susanoo also suddenly fell to the ground, and the ground shook violently, causing several people to frown.


    The next moment, the blue Susano suddenly disappeared.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the Sage of the Six Paths floating above the ground, and he couldn''t help but frown. Will the Sage of the Six Paths finally come down?


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kaguya beside him again. How would the legendary ancestor of Chakra feel when he saw his son who sealed him back then?


    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to take a good look at the reunion of the feuding mother and son, what kind of drama would be played... In the end, Uehara Naraku was almost taken aback!


    Why is this woman, Hui Ye, staring at him all the time!


    Your real son Otsuki Yuromo is over there!


    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled, and he explained speechlessly: "Hey, Kaguya, did you see it? This is your son!"


    "..."


    Only then did Kaguya turn her eyes away from Uehara Naraku''s body. After she glanced at the illusory spirit body of the Sage of the Six Paths, she slowly turned her head to look at Uehara Naraku again.


    When Uehara Nara was full of question marks, Hei Jue explained in a dark voice: "Hagoromo scattered his chakra in the whole ninja world...Uehara, what you got should be a part of him..."


    "Sure enough..."


    Sage of the Six Paths looked a bit uneasy, he looked at Uehara Naraku and said calmly: "Your chakra should be part of the chakra I scattered in the ninja world back then, because it absorbed too many human emotions, so it is so Did you choose to save your mother?"


    All the Chakras in this ninja world are passed down by the Sages of the Six Paths.


    Theoretically, except for Otsutsuki Yumura''s bloodline descendants, any kind of chakra in this ninja world may be his chakra, and Uehara Naraku also has the same Susanoo and reincarnation eyes, and it is normal for Sage of the Six Paths to admit his mistake.


    "You guys are thinking too much!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, and said with a hint of irritability: "All of this is achieved by my own hard work. Senior, who do you think is stronger between the two of us? My current strength has surpassed that of the Six Paths Immortal back then. Bar!"


    "That''s right..."


    Heijue slowly raised his head to look at the Sage of the Six Paths, and said in a deep voice: "The current part of Yuyi''s body belongs to the gods, and what you get, Uehara, should be the part of Yuyi''s chakra that belongs to humans..."


    "..."


    Kaguya looked at Uehara silently.


    "You can really justify yourself..."


    Uehara Naraku''s forehead jumped, instead of entangled with these guys here and back on this question, he might as well ask the truth himself in the future.


    "Okay, now let''s get down to business!"


    Sage of the Six Paths looked at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "If you don''t seal your mother, she will devour everyone''s chakra sooner or later, and you are no exception..."


    "She''s released all the tail beasts."


    Uehara Naraku pointed to the nine spheres in the sky, and calmly explained: "I have already promised her, if I seal Kaguya again at this time, wouldn''t I become a liar?"


    "..."


    Sage of the Six Paths fell silent.


    Uchiha Sasuke twitched the corner of his mouth, and couldn''t help but said: "Hey, Uehara, aren''t you a liar? Is there anyone in the ninja world that you haven''t lied to?"


    After being silent for a while, Uehara Naraku looked at the people around him and said earnestly: "Although I lied to you, I am still a good person."


    "Bastard...how dare you say such a thing!"


    Sasuke Uchiha clenched his fists tightly.


    Otsutsuki Yuromo waved his hand to stop the irritable Uchiha Sasuke. He stared at Uehara Naraku, the chakra on his body gradually agitated and said: "Are you really unwilling to seal your mother? You who have not experienced that era, do not know Mother''s strength..."


    "I''ve seen it."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm, and the expression on his face gradually became a little subtle: "I tried it too, punching down, I cried so hard..."


    Heijue: "..."


    Otsutsuki Kaguya: "..."


    Although Kaguya and Heijue knew that Naraku Uehara was helping them, they felt something was wrong in their hearts.


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku added another sentence: "In this world, there is nothing that I can''t solve with one punch..."


    "..."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    For a moment, the Immortal of Six Paths was also choked.


    The next moment, Datsumu Yuyi stretched out his tin rod, and his body gradually began to become solid.


    The Immortal of the Six Paths, who was once known as a god, slowly pointed at Uehara Naraku with the tin stick in his hand: "Then, as me in the previous life, come and try your strength..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while.


    The atmosphere in the air gradually became tense.


    No matter who it is, they can''t help but look at Sage of the Six Paths and Uehara Naraku.


    Hei Jue''s voice was dark and said: "Ho ho ho ho ho... Is it a battle between the god-like Sage of the Six Paths and the human-like Yuyi?"


    "Shut up!"


    Naraku Uehara glared at Heijue.


    The next moment, two chains suddenly spread out from Uehara''s hands, one of which was a soul shackle that could confine the soul, and the other was an energetic chain that could extract chakra!


    The soul shackles in Uehara Naraku''s hand suddenly attacked the Chakra body of the Sage of the Six Paths: "Although you are also worthy of a challenge...but I still have to say, you really recognize the wrong person!"


    The tin stick waved and broke the two chains!


    Sage of the Six Paths held the staff upside down in one hand, and his Chakra spiritual body seemed to be able to descend anywhere in the ninja world. His figure suddenly appeared beside Naraku Uehara, and he stretched out his hand to pat Naraku Uehara''s body!


    The next moment, the palm of the Sage of the Six Paths landed on the empty space!


    Naraku Uehara''s figure disappeared while walking through the void!


    In an instant, everyone''s eyes were dazzled, they only had time to see flickering afterimages, and they couldn''t see the traces of Naraku Uehara and Sage of the Six Paths at all!


    Whenever Uehara Naraku appeared, the Sage of the Six Paths would follow him and change his position to change his position. Uehara Naraku did not hesitate to walk in the void and change his position immediately!


    Fortunately, the people present either had reincarnation eyes or had supercilious eyes...


    Even Uzumaki Naruto has a strong perception ability, and they can barely know that the two people are still using their respective abilities to avoid attack and defense!


    Groups of empty walks leave space quagmire...


    The chakra smoke left by the sages of the Six Paths descending and disappearing...


    In just ten seconds, the entire sky has changed, and their figures are becoming more and more difficult to catch!


    This is a more exciting battle than between Naraku Uehara and Kaguya!


    The next moment, the voices of the two resounded through the sky!


    "Susano!"


    Whether it is offense or defense, Susano is an excellent choice!


    Even if there is only Chakra spiritual body left in Otsuki Yuroy of the Sage of the Six Paths, it still has power beyond imagination!


    Before this guy presented the sealed yang power and yin power to Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke, he actually thought that when these two people don''t accept it, the Six Paths Sage actually plans to seal Kaguya himself!


    The power of the Sage of the Six Paths has surpassed the limit of life energy!


    Any power in the entire ninja world, the Sage of the Six Paths has almost no accident to grasp it very thoroughly. He is the second person in the entire ninja world to have Chakra, and he is also the first owner of the reincarnation eye in the ninja world. A person who has successfully cultivated the Immortal Mode.


    Uehara Naraku''s strength is no less powerful!


    Since Uehara Naraku gradually revealed his true colors, the entire ninja world has not been able to pick anyone who can defeat him, Rokudo ¡¤ Orochimaru, Rokudo ¡¤ Uchiha Madara, and even the ancestor of Chakra Otsutsuki Kaguya were easily defeated by his men !


    The three ten-tailed Jinchuriki before and after were all defeated by Uehara''s men!


    Not even one person can cause him too much trouble!


    The next moment, the two completely identical Susanoos in the air, who were as huge as a god, fought together, and every sword energy seemed to cut open the sky!


    clang clang!


    The two Susanoos each hold the ninja sword!


    The next moment, Naraku Uehara and Sage of the Six Paths each manipulated their Susanoos to slash at each other, and the huge ninja swords collided fiercely!


    A huge shock wave suddenly spread out!


    A gust of wind suddenly blew up in the air, and even the sacred tree was trembling because of the surging shock wave!


    The battle between these two goes way beyond ninja boundaries!


    At this moment, they are real gods!


    Uehara Naraku manipulated Susano to suddenly lean down and slant. After the huge ninja knife brushed the enemy''s ninja knife, he directly cut off the head of the Six Paths Sage Susano!


    The victory and defeat have been divided.


    Uehara Naraku calmly manipulated Susano to turn around, watching the huge Susano of the Sage of the Six Paths through the crystal dissipate into a phantom.


    "I, did I lose?"


    Sage of the Six Paths frowned slightly, and he slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, with a dazed look on his face: "This is... is it that man will conquer the sky?"


    "That''s enough..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but helped his forehead and said: "You lost to me because I was too strong, understand?"


    "yes¡­"


    Sage of the Six Paths nodded slowly, and the old voice came out again: "Chakra is always so magical, because human beings have emotions, sometimes Chakra will become very weak, and sometimes it will become very strong, And after I became the incarnation of protecting the order of the ninja world, my power was fixed forever."


    "Almost got it..."


    Uehara Naraku helped his forehead, why did the Sage of the Six Paths still tell me about these things, Uehara knew that he was so strong because he was a coward!


    "Okay, Naraku Uehara."


    The Immortal of the Six Paths paused for a moment on his tin rod, and said in a deep voice, "As a human being, since you have chosen another path, then you are responsible for monitoring mother!"


    After finishing speaking, the Sage of the Six Paths said again: "I will still be wandering between life and death in this ninja world. Once I find out the clues, I will seal her up immediately!"


    "casual."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at his task panel, slowly raised his finger, and whispered: "Now let me undo the infinite monthly reading in this world!"


    "etc!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes flashed, he stretched out his palm to stop Uehara Naraku, and said loudly: "Uehara Naraku, what you told me before, is it true or not... the matter of Uchiha and Konoha !"


    "this problem¡­"


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and suddenly said: "Although what I told you is half-truth, but the things about Konoha and Uchiha are indeed true, Sasuke, your enemy in Konoha actually has a lot of¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a little helplessness, he looked at the two people below and continued to add: "It''s a pity that you become stronger too slowly. During the period when you become stronger, your enemy has already I just killed them all when I had nothing to do..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke was choked suddenly.


    Is this fucking really incapable of speaking human words?


    Uehara Naraku, the bastard, told himself about the past, and fooled him into destroying Konoha for revenge; but now he told him that in fact, Uehara had killed all his enemies long ago...


    This person is sick!


    "Okay, first unlock the infinite monthly reading..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his finger, his eyes shook slightly, and said in a low voice: "I am in this world...but there are still many things to do!"


    The blood moon in the sky trembled slightly, and returned to normal in an instant.


    The sacred tree on the ground slowly began to shrink, and the mummies whose bodies were sealed by the sacred tree gradually fell down, and the people in them slowly began to wake up.


    Unlimited monthly reading, cancel.

 Chapter 385

    In Yuyin Village.


    The vines on Xiao Nan''s body gradually withered.


    The next moment, she slowly opened her eyes, looked up at the sky of Yuyin Village, lowered her head little by little and asked, "Is it just a dream after all?"


    "Master Angel, are you awake?"


    The figure of Hydrangea quickly jumped down, squatted beside Xiaonan, and reached out to help her up: "Although I don''t know what happened in the ninja world, everything seems to be resolved now!"


    "Ok¡­"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Xiao Nan nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "I don''t know how the situation on the battlefield is now, Uehara... he should be okay?"


    Xiao Nan was really worried about his disciple.


    Uehara Naraku is much better than Xiaonan imagined, but when he himself feels good, the mood of others must not be so good.


    After the unlimited monthly reading is canceled.


    Everyone in the Ninja Alliance gradually woke up.


    Because of the chakra drawn by the sacred tree, they are still a little weak in their bodies, and some ninjas even need to support each other to take care of them.


    At this moment, a voice fell into their ears.


    "Hello you all!"


    Naraku Uehara stood on a high place, looking down at the group of ninja coalition forces, and said with a light smile: "Allow me to introduce myself, I am the crime of Yuyin, the leader of Akatsuki, the captain of the ninja coalition forces, the fourth ninja war initiators and manipulators of¡­¡±


    "..."


    Every ninja''s fist clenched involuntarily.


    Just when someone wanted to ask questions, Uehara Naraku continued: "If you criticize or want to question me, please allow me to warn you first!"


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s voice gradually became a little cheerful: "The legendary Six Paths Sage, the God of Ninja Senju Hashirama, and the Ninja Shura Uchiha Madara are all defeated by me!


    So I would like to remind you here that any enemy whose strength is weaker than the level of the Six Paths is actually not even qualified to stand in front of me and speak; no difference.


    Maybe you don¡¯t understand the concept of people at the level of the six realms, let me explain briefly, that is, they can easily kill everyone present! Naruto, Sasuke, which one of you will perform for everyone? "


    "..."


    The faces of Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but twitch, and all the ninjas looked at them involuntarily.


    Naruto Uzumaki frowned, looked at a few familiar people below, and said in a bitter voice: "Grandma Tsunade, Sensei Sensei, Kakashi-sensei, Uehara is right...and this war is over gone."


    "so¡­"


    Tsunade raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice, "Is Uehara Naraku the final winner of this war?"


    "No, no, no, everyone is the winner."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, and said quietly: "After all, I can''t bear to kill so many people, so you have won my gift and survived... We are actually our own people! "


    "..."


    Damn, inexplicable!


    Who dares to be your own person!


    In this ninja world, those ninjas who once thought Uehara Naraku was one of their own, can they end up in a good end?


    "Uehara Naraku..."


    Tsunade frowned, and said in a deep voice, "No matter who is the winner... at least you have to tell us what happened!"


    "It''s a long story..."


    After Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, he glanced at all the ninjas present who raised their heads: "I may have to talk for a long time. If you raise your heads for too long, your neck may hurt..."


    "... Now is the time to say whether the neck hurts or not!"


    Tsunade said with a gloomy face, "Even if we can''t do anything now, at least tell us the truth!"


    "Well... yes."


    A stone chair appeared under Naraku Uehara, he slowly made it down, looked at Kaguya Otsutsuki who had been standing behind him, and said softly: "The origin of this war starts from thousands of years ago...


    Senshou, Uchiha, Hyuga, Uzumaki and other ninja blood ancestors, the first ninja goddess with chakra, Otsuki Kaguya''s family is unfortunate, she gave birth to two children, it is a pity that her children When I grew up, I sealed her up in order to seize her power..."


    "etc!"


    Uzumaki Naruto immediately stopped Naraku Uehara with a loud voice, and his expression faintly collapsed: "What you said is too outrageous, it is far from the truth!"


    "It''s really... outrageous."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but helped his forehead, and the corners of his eyes couldn''t help twitching: "Hey, Uehara, do you always like to add materials to the stories you tell everyone?"


    "Shut up!"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, looked at Uzumaki Naruto, and said in a deep voice: "If your stories are never good enough, and you only talk about your feelings and ideals with others, who would be willing to listen to these stories? !"


    After talking about Naruto Uzumaki, Naraku Uehara looked at Sasuke Uchiha again: "Sasuke, your brother Itachi is very talented in telling stories..."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but patted himself on the forehead and said, "Asshole...can you stop talking about Itachi like an old friend!"


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, waved his hand to create a gust of wind, and after throwing the two of them out, he slowly turned his head and said, "Okay, now let''s continue."


    "..."


    The five shadows looked at each other in blank dismay.


    Some ninjas who looked up and waited to hear the story were also a little speechless. Now this has not started to get to the point, and you just want to lie to them?


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care, and continued: "Thousands of years ago, Kaguya, the legendary ancestor of Chakra, was sealed by her two children. After one of the children seized the power of his mother, he created the Ninja sect and unified it. Ninja World."


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became serious. He looked at the ninjas who were a little surprised on their faces, and said in a deep voice: "You guessed it right, that child is the legendary Sage of the Six Paths."


    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "Unfortunately, the Sage of the Six Paths did not expect that besides him and his younger brother, his mother, the goddess Uno, still left behind a child named Heijue before she was sealed. It''s our intelligence captain."


    "..."


    Everyone present fell silent again.


    To be honest, the ninja coalition was defeated unjustly.


    Uehara Naraku, the captain of the coalition army, is the mastermind behind the scenes, and the intelligence captain is also the mastermind behind the scenes. What do they use to fight against others?


    Take your life?


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the faces of everyone, and continued with a chuckle: "Hei Ze has been working hard to revive Uno Goddess Kaguya, that is, to release the illusion of infinite Tsukiyomi.


    Similarly, in order to avenge the former Sage of the Six Paths lineage, it secretly instigated the Uchiha and the Senju Clan, while sitting and watching the two former blood relatives kill each other, while secretly selecting suitable chess pieces to resurrect Kaguya.


    This is also the reason why Uchiha and Senshou fought.


    Later, after a brief reconciliation between Senju Zhuma and Uchiha Madara, they parted ways again. Hei Ze finally picked a pawn Uchiha Madara and began to implement the plan to resurrect Kaguya.


    In order to realize this plan, Heijue used everyone in the ninja world as pawns, but it miscalculated my strength. I didn¡¯t expect that the ancestor of Chakra would not be my opponent after the resurrection, so you are still lucky to stand here ..."


    "..."


    Hei Jue felt a little uneasy in his heart.


    This Uehara Naraku is too ruthless, even scolding himself in the previous life?


    Even Naruto Uzumaki and Sasuke Uchiha were a little speechless. In Naraku Uehara''s description, Sage of the Six Paths became a despicable villain...


    Maybe it is true?


    Because Naraku Uehara is part of the Chakra reincarnation of Sage of the Six Paths!


    Look at the virtues of this Naraku Uehara, can you still expect the Sage of the Six Paths thousands of years ago to be a good person?


    After listening to the story told by Uehara Naraku, Tsunade couldn''t help but frowned, and said in a deep voice: "Uehara Naraku, then what role do you play in it? Win the unlimited monthly reading!"


    "Oh, I pretended."


    Uehara Naraku responded casually: "I see that everyone has won the infinite moon reading. If I didn''t get that kind of illusion myself, it seems that I don''t fit in well..."


    "..."


    How can there be such a saying as being afraid of being too gregarious?


    You fucking felt that you didn''t fit in well at that time, why didn''t you feel that way when you betrayed the entire ninja alliance!


    If the eyes of everyone present were like knives, Uehara Naraku''s body would have been turned into a skeleton by Ling Chi long ago...


    Uehara Naraku ignored the eyes of a group of knives, and continued calmly: "So after I pretended to win the infinite moon reading, I discovered the conspiracy of Heijue, and defeated the legendary ancestor of Chakra by the way, saving you..."


    "..."


    The expressions of the ninja allied forces were different.


    To be honest, they didn''t know whether to believe it or not.


    "Okay, if you want to know the details, just ask Naruto and Sasuke! It''s a pity that there are only two audiences in my highlight moment..."


    After Naraku Uehara shook his head and sighed, he looked at the crowd and continued softly: "A week later, I will be waiting for Gokage in Yuyin Village. At that time, you must come to discuss with me about the post-war affairs... "


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fists, and added calmly: "Because if someone is not present, I may not feel very happy, maybe your village will become a star, or your village will become a star." A star falls on your village..."


    The next moment, the land in the distance rose rapidly, forming a huge meteorite!


    Uehara Naraku pointed to the meteorite and manipulated it to fall into a lake. The whole earth trembled violently, and everyone''s face showed panic!


    "See it? It''s that kind of star!"


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, his face gradually became serious, and he turned his head and continued: "If at that time, such an unhappy thing happened because someone was not present, I hope all the ninjas present must remember... "


    "..."


    All the ninja''s ears perked up involuntarily.


    Uehara Naraku looked at these nervous ninjas, and the corners of his mouth gradually curled up: "When the day''s tremor star breaks through the sky and lands in your village, you must remember to make a wish, and make a wish that you will not be a ninja in your next life..."


    "..."


    Countless ninjas scolded Uehara from head to toe in their hearts.

 Chapter 386

    Naraku Uehara left after simply cleaning up.


    He pushed all the blame to Otsutsuki Yuromo and Heijue who were thousands of years ago, as if he was a little ninja who knew nothing but happened to have some strength.


    A gigantic ancient dragon descended from the sky and left the battlefield with Uehara, Otsutsuki Kaguya, and Heijue.


    Wait until Naraku Uehara leaves.


    Many talents set their sights on Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke, obviously they wanted to get more information from these two people.


    "Ok¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto couldn''t help but scratched his hair, his face gradually became serious: "First of all, everything Uehara said is false! No, no, it should be said that the things he threatened us are all true! "


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at the people who suddenly realized the unexpected expressions on their faces, and continued in a deep voice: "In other words, I can''t judge whether what Uehara said is true or not, because he is a part of the Chakra reincarnation of the legendary Sage of the Six Paths. Although he never admitted it..."


    "..."


    Every ninja opened their mouths involuntarily. That guy Naraku Uehara just blackened the Sage of the Six Paths to pieces!


    This man is really ruthless...


    Even my own previous life was black!


    It''s just that the Chakra reincarnation of the Sage of the Six Paths is just like this, pretending to be a pig and eating a tiger, playing tricks on them little ninjas?


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at the shocked people, and continued softly: "The purpose of this war is that the legendary chakra ancestor Kaguya wanted to devour the chakra of everyone in the ninja world, but her purpose was stopped by Uehara Naraku ¡­


    Therefore, Uehara''s strength is actually very strong, whether it is the Chakra ancestor or the other part of the Sage of the Six Paths, he was easily defeated by him..."


    Uzumaki Naruto didn''t hide too much.


    He told the whole story of the war.


    Whether it''s the origin of the Senju and Uchiha clan, the appearance of the Sage of the Six Paths or the appearance of Kaguya, until it was finally revealed that he was the reincarnation of Chakra of the Sage of the Six Paths.


    Everything shocked the Five Kages.


    These secrets from thousands of years ago... are indeed amazing enough.


    "That is to say..."


    Tsunade slowly turned his head, looked at the people present, and said softly: "A week later, he invited us to participate in the post-war meeting...we must go."


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke said contemptuously: "You don''t have to go, you corrupt and depraved guys like you, it''s better to destroy them all!"


    "Bastard, what are you talking about..."


    Fourth Raikage is about to charge up with a bad temper!


    The next moment, he was easily knocked down by Sasuke Uchiha!


    Just when Sasuke pulled out his ninja sword and wanted to kill the Fourth Raikage directly, Uzumaki Naruto hurriedly stopped his movement and shook his head slowly.


    "Sasuke, stop spreading hatred."


    "¡­Humph!"


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at Naruto, slowly retracted his ninja sword, and said contemptuously: "A group of idiots!"


    After Uchiha Sasuke finished cursing, he didn''t stop, and left here on his own.


    Just as several cloud ninjas slowly pulled out their ninja swords and wanted to kill Sasuke for the fourth generation of Raikage, Uzumaki Naruto suddenly drilled a golden chakra giant hand, and these people All were pressed to the ground.


    "You are not opponents."


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at the back of Sasuke leaving, and said softly: "Except for me, Uehara Naraku and Kaguya, there is no one in this ninja world who is Sasuke''s opponent..."


    There is no one in the entire ninja world who is Sasuke''s opponent.


    Just when Uchiha Sasuke left and felt that he had nowhere to go due to the size of the ninja world, the roar of an ancient dragon rang in his ears.


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but look up.


    There was another group of people sitting on the ancient dragon, besides Uehara Naraku, Kaguya, and Heijue, the group of teasers from the Akatsuki organization were waving at him enthusiastically.


    Even Nagato and Yakushito were there.


    It''s just that Nagato changed into a pair of ordinary eyes, which were created for him by Uehara Naraku with the power of yang.


    Pharmacist Dou is still the same, pushing his glasses first when he sees people.


    Oh shit¡­


    These lingering guys.


    Just when Sasuke Uchiha buried his head and wanted to leave, Uehara Naraku''s voice fell into his ears: "Hey, Sasuke, even if you don''t want to see me, at least you should do your duty, right?"


    "What responsibility?"


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    "Take care of your Uchiha ancestor Kaguya Hime!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice sounded a bit nasty: "Ha, I just went to pick up these guys, and I saw you here alone...Since there is no place to go in the ninja world, why not stay in the same place as Itachi Know it!"


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha wrinkled his forehead.


    The next moment, the figure of Sasuke Uchiha jumped into the sky and landed on the body of the ancient dragon, and said in a cold voice: "Naraku Uehara, you bastard, don''t pretend that you are Itachi''s friend in front of me. Is it?"


    "...tsk."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, steered the ancient dragon soaring into the sky, and flew in the direction of Yuyin Village.


    Deidara looked at Sasuke, and pouted dissatisfiedly: "Really...why did Uchiha guys join Akatsuki!"


    "All right."


    The Red Sand Scorpion interrupted Didara''s complaint, and said softly: "Uehara''s meaning should be to let Sasuke take the place that Itachi once left!"


    In Yuyin Village.


    Xiaonan was still a little uneasy.


    After the Unlimited Moon Reading was lifted, Yuyin Village was back on track again, but panic is unavoidable.


    At this moment, the roar of the ancient dragon came from the sky!


    Xiaonan''s figure instantly turned into pieces of origami and flew out, landed on the high tower of the village, and regrouped into her body!


    An ancient dragon landed on the side of the tower.


    Rows of figures in black robes of auspicious clouds sit on the backs of ancient dragons.


    Naraku Uehara sat at the front and waved at Xiaonan: "Teacher, here! I brought Master Nagato back!"


    "..."


    Konan''s gaze wandered and landed on Nagato.


    Xiaonan''s expression gradually stiffened, and she couldn''t help but frown slightly: "Actually...have I not escaped the illusion at all?"


    Before this disciple left, he said that he would definitely bring back Nagato''s body. Why did he bring back a living Nagato!


    "It''s not an illusion."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared beside Xiao Nan, stretched out his palm, and gently landed on her hair.


    Xiaonan slowly raised his head, looked at Uehara Naraku''s face, and said calmly, "If it''s an illusion, I don''t care...it''s also very good."


    Unfortunately, this is not an illusion.


    but the real world.


    After Uehara Naraku returned, their lives seemed to return to the way they used to be, but Nagato no longer hid in the tower, and occasionally came out for a stroll.


    As for the members of the Akatsuki organization.


    In addition to Yakushido, Heijue, and Uchiha Sasuke who were ordered to return, the Akatsuki organization has one more member than before.


    Otsuki Kaguya.


    Uehara Naraku kept stuffing people into Xiao''s organization, no one knew what he wanted to prepare, and he even asked people to prepare a lot of Xiangyun black robes.


    This point is really incomprehensible.


    Especially Kakuzu, who doesn''t like to waste money, he thinks that two sets of uniforms for each person in the entire Akatsuki organization is enough to waste...


    For Uehara Naraku, these are all necessary preparations.


    The only troublesome problem is that Otsutsuki Kaguya has become more and more weird, this woman is like a ghost, and will suddenly appear from Uehara''s side from time to time.


    Seven days later.


    Wukage arrived at Yuyin Village.


    Uehara Naraku sat in the office, and after seeing them, he didn''t talk too much nonsense, and said directly: "From today onwards, all matters related to war in the entire ninja world need the approval of the Akatsuki organization, even your Anbu battle, Do you have any objections?"


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, before they could object, he added softly: "If anyone has any objections, there is no need to go back, because by the time you return to your village, it should have been destroyed."


    "..."


    Wukage suddenly fell silent.


    Everyone''s cheeks couldn''t help twitching.


    At this time, they missed that Uehara Naraku who held the Five Kage talks in the Iron Country, at least at that time Uehara Naraku was still willing to lie to them.


    So this Naraku Uehara...


    Every time you reveal your true face, does your personality become a bit bad?


    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent Five Kages, and continued: "Of course, this is not an absolute law. The Akatsuki organization will also help the five major countries resolve disputes and mediate wars... In addition, the Akatsuki organization will also absorb powerful ninjas from the ninja world to become members of Akatsuki. Make them stronger."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku raised five documents in his hands, and under the breeze, they landed in Gokage''s hands with those documents.


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, and said calmly: "In addition to the war, other matters such as the Chunin exam may also be discussed at the meeting organized by Akatsuki in the future.


    Except that I, the leader of Akatsuki, has veto power, the usual things are left to the members of the Akatsuki organization to vote for self-determination, so you may not have the opportunity to implement some of your own measures.


    The Akatsuki organization is just putting a layer of shackles on your adventurous war behavior. If you want the Akatsuki organization to pass a certain resolution on the ninja world, you can find a way to get your proposal passed at the meeting.


    As a big country in the ninja world, each big country has three candidates to join Akatsuki, which can be your daimyo, kage and kagesuke. If you want your proposal to get more votes, let the ninjas in the village become more Strong, join the Akatsuki organization. "


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, a smile suddenly appeared on his face: "In this way, at least the entire ninja world will always be at the same negotiating table. Although I am in charge of this negotiating table now, it may not be the same in the future. You guys!"


    "..."


    Wukage couldn''t help raising their heads one after another.


    At this moment, they faintly felt that Uehara was treating them as idiots.

 Chapter 387

    Let all the powerhouses of the five major countries join the Akatsuki organization.


    In Wukage''s view, this proposal was obviously nonsense.


    However, under the suppression of Uehara Naraku''s powerful forces, this proposal is actually quite reliable, at least it is much better than Uehara''s proposal to directly rule the ninja world.


    The worst result in their minds is that Uehara Naraku forced the entire ninja world to merge and let him rule the ninja world.


    Now it seems that Uehara Naraku''s proposal is obviously much more lenient than the result they thought in their hearts.


    Every big country must be restrained by the Xiao organization, but each big country has a certain right to speak in the Xiao organization, even though this right to speak is still under the supervision of Uehara.


    Tsunade raised his eyebrows, and said softly: "If those of us join Akatsuki, does it mean that we will also perform missions for Akatsuki from now on..."


    "No troublesome tasks in general."


    After Naraku Uehara made some nonsense, he continued softly: "It''s just that once any village wants to start a war and refuses to listen to Akatsuki''s mediation, then it''s time for us to go out. Destruction of the country should be just a child''s lesson." !"


    "..."


    The five fell into silence again.


    If it''s just for peace, Uehara Naraku''s proposal couldn''t be better, but for some of them who have a heart to expand...


    "I personally agree."


    Gaara lowered her head first, and said calmly: "It''s just that I still need to discuss this matter with the village''s high-level officials. After all, Akatsuki was with us before..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Gaara, and said softly: "Your Excellency Kazekage, since you personally agree, then everything is easy to talk about."


    Just when the people present thought they could delay the time, Uehara Naraku added again: "In order to prevent Sand Hidden Village from disagreeing with you, I can help you directly destroy Sand Hidden Village now, and you can help us with the support of our Xiao organization." Next, build a new hidden sand village in the Land of Winds, we will ensure that no one invades the Land of Winds..."


    Naraku Uehara gave herself a thumbs up.


    Isn''t this simple and fast!


    Gaara: "..."


    Damn, this Uehara Naraku is really good at doing things!


    Now I can''t even delay time or even find a way to go back and ask the people in the village for advice!


    Gaara shook his head quickly, and immediately said: "No need, if there are different opinions in the village, I will try to persuade them."


    "Really? I don''t believe it."


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and began to persuade: "Instead of wasting so much talking to those stubborn old people, why not rebuild a hidden sand village with our help..."


    "No."


    Gaara lowered his head, scolded Uehara Naraku all over his heart, but continued to say: "I will select candidates to join the Akatsuki organization as soon as possible."


    "Ok, Ok."


    After Uehara Naraku snapped his fingers, he nodded and continued: "Then you can bring three pieces of Akatsuki''s uniforms when you go back, Kazekage-dono. In the future, if there are other people in Sand Hidden Village who want to join Akatsuki, I will send them to you." People went to interview."


    "¡­Ok."


    Gaara nodded slowly.


    At this moment, Gaara regretted that he spoke first.


    Because he spoke first, he became the first one among the Five Shadows to succumb.


    Uehara Naraku turned his head to look at the other people, and continued: "Then do you disagree? If this is the case, then we don''t need to waste time..."


    "etc!"


    Tsunade waved his hand hastily, and said in a deep voice, "Besides the three fixed places, what kind of interviews do other members need to go through if they want to join the Akatsuki organization?"


    "Strength is the only criterion for testing."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm, and continued calmly: "I will send the most suitable candidate to assess the strength of the members, and if they can win or draw, they will pass."


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, a playful smile appeared on Tsunade''s face: "But Konoha does have many candidates who can pass the assessment..."


    Jiraiya, Hatake Kakashi, Matt Kai, Uzumaki Naruto, Li Rock, and even the woman Haruno Sakura may do it.


    After speaking of this, Uehara Naraku added another sentence: "Any regular members who are strong enough to defeat Akatsuki but do not join Akatsuki will be listed as dangerous members of the ninja world, and I will eliminate them."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became dangerous, and he continued calmly: "Don''t underestimate Akatsuki''s intelligence capabilities, I believe we will never let you down."


    "..."


    Everyone''s face is a little ugly.


    In this case, they really want to hide some powerful ninjas in the future. Now it seems that if they are found out, it will be difficult to explain!


    "It''s better than this."


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth curled up slightly, and he smiled lightly and said, "Whenever there is a ninja who is strong enough in the village, please send the information to Akatsuki''s base for filing immediately.


    We gather twice a year to evaluate these powerful ninjas. According to the frequency of Chunin exams, what do you think? "


    "..."


    Five Kages fell silent again.


    Of course we feel bad about it!


    But what else can I do, can I turn my face and die?


    It''s just that another thought popped up in everyone''s mind...


    Since it is necessary to let powerful ninjas join Ninja Village, if it is implemented in this way, Konoha ninjas will obviously have the most members entering Akatsuki, and Konoha''s right to speak will obviously be greatly strengthened.


    In addition to the three personnel quotas that Konoha can get, Konoha can also rely on the way of job deployment to get five or more places to join the Akatsuki organization.


    This is too beneficial for the talented Konoha!


    "Speaking of which, this kind of proposal is not necessarily beneficial."


    The Third Tsuchikage Ohnoki said quietly, "At least we can guarantee that if there is a war in the future, everyone will restrain themselves. Once a dispute arises, there will be a place where we can sit down and negotiate."


    "¡­Ok."


    Naraku Uehara applauded softly, and said, "In this regard, Your Excellency Sandai Tsuchikage is very pertinent."


    After the three generations of Tsuchikage finished speaking, he suddenly put forward his own opinion: "This method is very beneficial to Ninja Village, which has a lot of geniuses;


    However, for some ninja villages where the base number is very high, it is difficult for powerful ninjas to emerge... It seems unfair to only assess powerful ninjas. "


    "..."


    After Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, he looked at the Third Tsuchikage and said, "But, Your Excellency Tsuchikage, this ninja world has never been fair...


    Maybe you think that Konoha can join many candidates, but Konoha''s Uzumaki Naruto is also a ninja who can easily destroy a ninja village.


    And this is not irreversible. If some proposals are too beneficial to Konoha, you can apply for arbitration to the upper echelons of the Akatsuki organization.


    The peacekeeping method I offer now is just a blueprint, and we will definitely need everyone to work together to improve this system in the future. "


    "I hope so!"


    Fourth Raikage took a deep breath, and said in a deep voice, "That''s it, I agree on behalf of Yunyin Village!"


    The fourth generation of Raikage said the same thing in Yunyin Village.


    Basically, what Lei Ying said, no one in Yunyin Village would object.


    Now that the four generations of Raikage have agreed, the remaining few people have no reason to disagree, mainly because they don''t have the courage, after all, the safety of a village rests on them.


    There are basically three quotas for each ninja village.


    The three places are Kage, Kagesuke and Daimyo.


    In addition, Gokage also wrote down candidates from their respective villages who needed to participate in the Akatsuki organization member assessment. Tsunade alone wrote at least seven or eight, and she was still trying to figure out who could participate.


    "If you rely on ninja tools, can it be counted?"


    Tsunade frowned, and looked at Uehara Naraku: "Tian Tian in our village picked up a few Six Paths treasures on the battlefield..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s forehead couldn''t help but jump, what''s wrong, why did Tiantian still pick up the six treasures of Jinjiaoyinjiao!


    Could it be that Ou Huang is destined to be Ou Huang?


    No matter what happens, Ouhuang''s luck will not change?


    "That belongs to Yunyin Village!"


    Fourth Raikage couldn''t help baring his teeth.


    Tsunade raised his eyebrows, and said, "If you calculate it this way, it should also belong to the Six Paths Sage who belonged to Uehara Naraku''s previous life..."


    "...Whoever it is now, it will be whoever it is in the future!"


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, and persuaded softly: "Some people can be strong because they work hard enough, some people can be strong because of the blood in their bodies, and some people can be strong... because of their good luck... "


    "..."


    Gokage''s eyebrows couldn''t help but twitch.


    The theory of becoming stronger depends on luck... It''s really nonsense... But Konoha''s female ninja named Tiantian did it like this...


    "Hey... every day..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but rubbed his brows: "It seems to be a bit of a joke, plus that guy Didara, Akatsuki will probably be really lively!"


    After Tsunade finished writing the list, he suddenly said again: "By the way, can the pig deer butterfly in our village count as a quota?"


    "cannot!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids trembled, and he said in a cold voice: "Should we still let one hundred ninjas in Yanyin Village count as one quota?"


    This is too nonsense!


    It''s just that it can''t be counted now, and it may not be true in the future. It''s just a start-up stage now, so don''t worry too much!


    After the Five Shadows completed their lists and agreed on the assessment date, they each received three uniforms from the Akatsuki organization and were about to leave Yuyin Village.


    Just at this time, Uehara Naraku saw a kakuto standing by the window of the office, and suddenly called Wukage, and said loudly: "In addition to these things, there is also the annual membership fee to maintain Akatsuki''s operation to the kakuto of our organization." Pay them all!"


    "..."


    The corners outside the window nodded in satisfaction.

 Chapter 388

    after the first meeting.


    Naraku Uehara basically arranged everything.


    Uehara Naraku started to stay in Yuyin Village for the rest of the time, waiting for the system to continuously distribute mission rewards to him.


    For example, the mission reward for Ningji Hinata survived.


    For example, the mission rewards for several members of the Xiao organization who survived.


    This kind of voice has been densely heard all the time, but it is a pity that it seems that the system no longer rewards skills, and begins to reward gold coins or three-dimensional attributes frequently.


    evening.


    In Yuyin Village.


    Uehara Naraku accompanied Xiao Nan after dinner and took a walk in Yuyin Village, when Kaguya suddenly floated out from a time-space portal, and floated beside him step by step.


    this scene...


    Let Naraku Uehara think that he is a scumbag.


    At this time, Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly stopped, because he saw a person who made him think about it day and night. Very happy!


    Damn that bastard!


    The book stall owner who sent him to Naruto World!


    Just when Naraku Uehara was about to let Konan and Kaguya leave, the book stall owner seemed to have noticed something, and waved friendlyly at Naraku Uehara, squinting his eyes.


    The next moment, the whole world was plunged into darkness!


    No, it''s not that the whole world fell into darkness, but Naraku Uehara''s figure appeared in a dark space!


    "This is my black hole universe."


    The voice of the book stall owner fell into Uehara Naraku''s ears, and with his voice, the whole world slowly lit up again!


    Uehara Naraku looked around vigilantly.


    Now they are in an empty space, and Uehara Naraku looked up and saw only a few planets, and there was nothing else.


    "Don''t be nervous, you are a VIP customer who spent money!"


    After the book stall owner snapped his fingers, two seats and a table appeared in the space, and there was even a pot of tea on the table.


    Naraku Uehara sat on the chair, and after his emotions gradually calmed down, he looked at him speechlessly and said, "You still have the nerve to appear in front of me, but I bought your book according to the price of the book, and you actually sent me to the Ninja World ,Are you still human?"


    "Cough cough cough cough..."


    The owner of the bookstall coughed a few times, spread out his palms and said, "So, don''t chat with strangers when you have nothing to do... and all my books are genuine, and it is everyone''s responsibility to support genuine editions! "


    "Tell me first!"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head in disgust, and said in a deep voice, "What''s the matter with this task, what''s the matter with this system?"


    "Ah... garbage system."


    The owner of the bookstall shook his head and sighed, opened his mouth to scold the system for Uehara first, then helped his forehead and said, "Remember? We actually had a good chat that day, so I planned to let you come Try our job..."


    "..."


    Uehara looked at him speechlessly.


    "Let me introduce you to our business first..."


    After taking a sip of tea, the book stall owner said slowly, "Our main goal is to find ways to preserve these worlds before they fall..."


    "What''s the point of doing this...?"


    "No point, purely out of love."


    "Your hobby... is to let me be behind the scenes?"


    Uehara''s expression was a bit unsightly, what kind of person does this person like!


    "Well, I can explain this."


    The owner of the bookstall slowly spread out his palm, and his face gradually became solemn: "Actually, in our business, the most important thing is to learn to hide yourself... Otherwise, if others try to become stronger, you will know how to cheat. Isn''t it a little embarrassing when someone finds out?"


    "More than a little..."


    Uehara nodded slowly, and said with a subtle look: "But...then why did you pick me? Is it because I also like the second dimension?"


    "Ok."


    After the book stall owner nodded vigorously, he looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "Actually, it''s mainly because you want to make your life open.


    Don''t refute this, because my mission is to fulfill your wish and give you a system. Unfortunately, I only have this kind of garbage system. "


    After finishing speaking, the book stall owner continued to speak: "Don''t worry, you can scold your system as you like, because it is rubbish.


    The memory of this system is very small, once there are too many skills displayed, it will automatically crash, and you have so many skills that have not crashed yet, oh, it has already crashed..."


    "what?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, his eyes gradually turned into reincarnation eyes, and he said softly: "But my ability can still..."


    "It has nothing to do with your ability."


    The owner of the bookstall shook his head, and continued softly: "The rewards that the system sends you are sent directly to your body, it is only responsible for displaying them to you, but when the memory is insufficient, it will automatically send them to you. Skill adjustments become attributes or gold coins."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was completely dumbfounded.


    What kind of garbage system is this!


    After the book stall owner finished speaking, he shook his head and said, "Don''t worry, you can actually use a modifier. I''ll help you modify it in a while. In fact, it''s best to ask for the three-dimensional attributes of each world, because it''s about Your black hole universe."


    When it came to the end, the face of the book stall owner gradually became serious, and he continued in a deep voice: "Every place you have experienced, you can find a way to put it in your black hole universe to avoid it. The future is at stake."


    After speaking of this, the book stall owner couldn''t help but smiled and said: "And in the future, it can also fill the scene... For example, when a war breaks out in a certain world, you can also gather a few people from your back garden. Thousands of people fill the scene!"


    "Uh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku thought of a certain anime where he was super powerful but still pulled a bunch of younger brothers'' bones, nodded and said: "You make a lot of sense."


    "For example, Hokage is a small planet, but it is not easy to put such a small planet in its own black hole universe."


    The book stall owner slowly spread his palms and explained softly: "After all, this is to let your black hole universe swallow a planet and maintain the normal operation of this world, so it requires a lot of energy."


    The book stall owner glanced at Uehara Naraku silently, and said calmly: "If you want to put Hokage Planet into your own black hole universe and maintain its operation, you need at least five million three-dimensional values..."


    After saying this, the book stall owner continued: "You can also choose to give up this planet and maintain your own strong power. After the system helps you convert the energy, you may be able to start in the next world."


    After finishing speaking, the book stall owner added another sentence: "However, I still suggest that it is better to have one more planet in your black hole universe, because it will provide you with powerful enough feedback..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but frowned and said: "My current value is not enough, only about three million chakras..."


    "Well¡­"


    After thinking about it for a while, the owner of the bookstall said softly: "Then keep some skills and exchange the rest! By the way, except for the natural supernatural power skills, the other skills are not of high value, because they are easy to acquire. get."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell into deep thought.


    After a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head and asked a fatal question: "Can''t I return to this world?"


    "Can."


    The book stall owner nodded slowly, and continued softly: "Then you have to be mentally prepared, because you may receive some very strange wishes at any time because of a fan of the second dimension..."


    "Garbage system, can''t you untie it?"


    Uehara Naraku''s forehead couldn''t help but jump.


    The book stall owner couldn''t help but patted himself on the forehead and said, "Because these systems are too rubbish, there is no need to recycle them at all! When you become stronger in the future and don''t want to do this business anymore, you can just destroy them yourself." .¡±


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    After a while, he slowly raised his head and said: "Then please, senior, help me open the modifier for the exchange skill! Let me choose the exchange ability... Let''s put the planet Hokage into the black hole universe first!"


    "Can."


    The bookstall owner nodded.


    Uehara Naraku originally thought that the owner of the bookstall would modify the system from a distance, and planned to see if there were any flaws, but he didn''t expect to let him modify it himself!


    Damn, the exchange function has always been there.


    It''s just that this garbage system doesn''t show enough.


    After Naraku Uehara exchanged a bunch of skills, he finally barely raised his three-dimensional attribute to the limit of five million.


    "It''s time to start."


    After the book stall owner snapped his fingers, he brought Naraku Uehara to the sky above the Ninja World, and he said softly: "Now try to run your black hole universe, and collect this planet and its surrounding satellites and stars together. go in."


    "..."


    After Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, he stretched out his palm suddenly, and a black hole emerged from his palm. This black hole slowly separated from Uehara''s palm and suddenly grew bigger!


    The sun, ninja world, and the moon are gradually covered by black holes.


    Until the end, they were all included in the black hole.


    The owner of the bookstall was covered with icy slag. Because of the loss of the existence of the stars, the temperature of this place where the ninja planet existed suddenly dropped a lot.


    After seeing Uehara Naraku coming out, the book stall owner shuddered: "You should pay attention! There is still a person outside! The black hole universe can only enter and exit without permission. From now on, you can think of it as a divine power space Just use it."


    "Is that so?"


    Uehara nodded slowly.


    "The novice guide is over, and the rest basically don''t need me anymore."


    The owner of the bookstall waved his hand at Naraku Uehara and said: "The next world that novices must experience, follow your own inner direction, go!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku watched the figure of this cheating book stall owner disappear into a vortex of space, he felt as if he forgot to ask something... It seemed that if he didn''t complete the main task, would there be any punishment?


    Unfortunately, the person has already left.


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and his figure suddenly appeared in his own black hole universe, a star, a planet, and a satellite.


    There are only these three planets in the black hole universe, and they seem a little lonely.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared and returned to the ninja world. Although the power he could use had dropped a lot, at this moment he felt that he was omnipotent in this world.


    The existence and operation of this planet is all because of his power.


    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly appeared in the hearts of Akatsuki''s members, and he whispered: "Preparing for a meeting, tomorrow I plan to pick a few people to carry out the task..."

 Chapter 389

    The sea calendar is 1519.


    Desert Kingdom, Alabasta, Rainland.


    Alabasta is a country where most of the land is desert. Even in the rainy land, a city surrounded by dense rainforest, the air is still a bit dry, and the sun is so hot that everyone is a little depressed.


    In a coffee shop.


    A mature dark-haired woman in a small vest looked a little seductive.


    She was holding her chin, flipping through the book in her hand with great interest, her fingers tapped her cheek little by little.


    For others, it is a time to run for life, but for this woman, this time is just a cup of leisurely afternoon tea.


    Just at this moment, someone pushed open the door of the coffee shop and walked in. The woman frowned a little due to the sound of chaotic footsteps. A young man and a group of people in Xiangyun''s black robe walked in.


    "Sorry, it''s closed today..."


    The black-haired woman was still looking at the book to herself, the corners of her mouth were slightly hooked, and she refused the visitor without a trace of apology on her face.


    It''s a pity that the comer was not good.


    The leading young man took out a reward order and hung it in front of the black-haired woman, his eyes narrowed slightly.


    "Let me introduce myself. My name is Uehara Naraku. I am now the leader of a mercenary organization. I have been looking for you since I came to this land."


    After Uehara Naraku finished introducing himself, he held up the reward order with a kind face, and said with a smile: "Nicole Robin, a dangerous woman who has been crowned with a reward of 79 million since she was eight years old, but now it seems that you She has grown up a lot, and she has become a very charming woman..."


    "what?"


    There was a dangerous look on the face of the black-haired woman, she slowly put down the book in her hand, raised her head to look at the young man in front of her, and returned a sweet smile: "I''m really sorry, you have found the wrong person !"


    "Oh?"


    Uehara''s brows suddenly frowned, he flipped through his reward order, glanced at the black-haired woman in front of him, and said with some doubts on his face: "It shouldn''t be, did I really recognize the wrong person? "


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku sat down on his own, waved his hand casually and said: "Everyone sit down first, in case I really misidentified the person, then I invite you to have a cup of afternoon tea... Whoever you want, Help me find a glass of juice here."


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    A white-haired young man wearing glasses pushed his own glasses, nodded respectfully, and then began to rummage through the coffee shop on his own.


    The other people in Xiangyun''s black robes sat down quickly, as if they didn''t take the owner of the coffee shop seriously at all.


    "It shouldn''t be!"


    Uehara Naraku stared at the black-haired mature woman disrespectfully, flipped through the reward order in his hand, shook his head and sighed: "Tsk, I should find a way to get a piece of Nicole Olbia''s Reward order, in this case you should not be able to refute..."


    "..."


    The next moment, the brunette woman heard a familiar name, and a look of surprise appeared on her face, because Nicole Olbia was her mother!


    Yes.


    She was indeed Nicole Robin.


    Since he was a child, he has been awarded a super high bounty of 79 million for being the last archaeologist in the world, which is not inferior to the bounty of some big pirates!


    It''s a pity that she doesn''t have enough strength to take on this bounty!


    These fellows in Xiangyun''s black robes are obviously hostile, they even know about her mother, these fellows have identified her identity!


    The black-haired woman looked at the people present, her eyes gradually became a little dangerous, her fingers suddenly stirred, and a string of petals appeared in the air out of thin air!


    The next moment, two white arms suddenly appeared out of nowhere on Uehara''s shoulders, and the flip of his palms was about to break the young man''s neck!


    That''s what Nicole Robin is capable of!


    The legendary devil fruit, the secret treasure of the sea, the superman-type Huahua fruit, can appear anywhere with arms turned into petals!


    However, today she is destined to meet an irresistible enemy!


    "Nicole Robin, don''t do anything too dangerous."


    Uehara Naraku raised his head slowly, a cloud of lightning suddenly appeared on his body, smashing his two arms into petals and disappearing!


    A look of surprise flashed across Nicole Robin''s eyes. She just stared at the man in front of her, and her heart sank gradually: "Is this... the fruit of nature, the thunder fruit?"


    In this world, there are three types of devil fruits, superhuman, animal and natural. It is no surprise that the power of nature is considered the top fruit!


    Just because nature fruits cannot be damaged by physical attacks is enough for those who have nature fruits to solve most of the enemies, especially Nicole Robin joined a company last year, and the owner of that company, Crocodile, also owns nature Department of fruit!


    So Nicole Robin is very aware of the power of natural fruits!


    Especially the thunder fruit, which is known as the most powerful natural-type fruit in the legend, is stronger than the boss''s rustling fruit!


    over...


    A drop of cold sweat fell on Nico Robin''s forehead.


    Now that Crocodile who claims to be able to temporarily shelter her is not in the rainy land, there is no one in the whole rainy land who has the ability to resist the young man in front of him.


    "hehe¡­"


    Uehara stretched out his finger slowly, and said with a chuckle, "Nicole Robin, speaking of it, you should be more afraid of the fruit''s ability than the Thunderbolt fruit, right?"


    After finishing speaking, a chill spread from Uehara''s fingers, and it landed on the coffee in front of Nicole Robin, and that cup of coffee was instantly turned into an ice hockey puck!


    Nicole Robin stared at this scene in astonishment, and boundless fear suddenly spread in her heart, making her face instantly full of horror!


    Freezing ability!


    If she remembers correctly, this fruit ability should be on the man who once made her fall into a nightmare, the most powerful navy general Aokiji!


    How could it be here now?


    However, what scares Nico Robin even more is not these fruit abilities, but the young man in front of him who seems to be holding everything in his hands!


    This young man who calls himself Naraku Uehara knows his past and even everything about himself!


    After a long time.


    Nicole Robin slowly clenched her fingers, and her composure returned to her body. She raised her head and looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "Your Excellency... who the hell is..."


    "It''s really smart!"


    The white-haired young man wearing glasses came over, put a glass of juice in front of Uehara Naraku, then looked at Nico Robin and said, "Master Uehara Naraku sitting in front of you is a real god..."


    The person who spoke was none other than Uehara Naraku''s number one confidant, Medicine Master Dou.


    "Double, it''s over."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, signaled the pharmacist to step back, and then looked at Nicole Robin again: "I''m just a mortal with a little bit of power... Well, let''s not talk about other things, you should know that you are There is no escape."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm, played with the lightning in his palm, and continued softly: "I heard that there is a company called Baroque Works in Alabasta that is doing well. It just so happens that I plan to find a part-time job recently..."


    "..."


    Find a part-time job!


    Nicole Robin''s forehead couldn''t help but jump.


    Such a powerful person actually said that he wanted to find a part-time job!


    Not only Nicole Robin, but everyone in the coffee shop couldn''t help their foreheads twitching. They felt inexplicably as if someone was going to be unlucky!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about the expressions of everyone present, and continued on his own: "I heard that the behind-the-scenes mastermind of this baroque work agency is Mr. Crocodile, one of the king''s Shichibukai. I personally admire him very much. , wanting to contribute to his cause..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s eyelids couldn''t help shaking.


    To be honest, just the two kinds of devil fruit powers displayed by Uehara Naraku, Nico Robin felt that Uehara Naraku could hang Crocodile up and beat him!


    If Naraku Uehara joined the Baroque Work Club without conspiracy, Nicole Robin felt that her books for so many years would be wasted...


    The expressions of the people in Xiangyun''s black robes in the coffee shop were also a little subtle. Their eyes moved slowly and stopped on a trembling pitch-black person...


    Obviously they all knew that Naraku Uehara contributed to the cause of someone present last time, and they all saw the end of that person.


    really...


    The kind that cheats people to death and makes people pay for their lives!


    "Your Excellency, it seems that there is no need to do this?"


    Nicole Robin maintained the composure on her face, and said softly: "With Your Excellency''s strength, Crocodile doesn''t seem to be your opponent...Is this kind of thing unnecessary?"


    Uehara Naraku also spread out his palm, and said quietly: "It''s necessary... If I get into any trouble in the future, I can push it on his head!"


    Nicole Robin: "..."


    Is it really okay to let Crocodile take the blame so openly!


    Moreover, can Crocodile''s head really withstand the troubles caused by a person like you?


    "Well, I don''t mean to discuss it with you."


    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became serious, he stared at Nicole Robin, and said calmly: "Now you have two choices, first, join our Akatsuki organization and become my subordinate in essence, and then let me Join Crocodile''s baroque studio¡­¡±


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku continued to stare at Nicole Robin, his face gradually became a little indifferent, and his body gradually became cold: "As for the second choice..."


    "I choose one!"


    Nicole Robin gritted her teeth.


    "But you are not sincere."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, glanced at his system display panel, and shouted at the people in the coffee shop: "Hey, you, who will kill her?"


    "Hmph, let me come! This is seventy-nine million!"


    "etc!"


    Nicole Robin''s face was a little ugly, she looked at Uehara Naraku and said in a deep voice: "Didn''t I already promise you?"


    "I told you, you''re not sincere enough."


    Uehara Naraku took the juice and sucked the straw expressionlessly, and he continued softly: "Don''t worry, after you die, we still have ways to use your body and soul... There is no shortage of ways to use the dead in this world, we There is no shortage!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s face became more and more ugly, she looked at Uehara Naraku and continued: "What will you do to believe it! And using force to threaten others to join this method, it is impossible to expect the people who join You have loyalty!"


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and glanced at Nicole Robin in surprise: "Since you are not loyal enough, that''s why I said that I will kill you and directly use your body and soul, which is good for us all!"


    "..."


    Are you speaking human language?


    What the hell is this!


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Nicole Robin felt like she was going crazy. After wandering in the sea for so many years, she had never seen such a psychopath as Naraku Uehara!


    She is really not afraid of death...


    But she didn''t want to see the truth of history before she died.


    Just when Nicole Robin was feeling a little desperate, a handsome young man suddenly said, "Hey, Uehara, isn''t it a little bad for us to force a woman like this? Let me just use Sharingan to control her! "


    "Spells can also..."


    Another red-haired young man also continued: "I can control her brain with subconscious mind control..."


    "No."


    Another man with a somewhat scary face shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "I think we should kill her, use her head for a bounty, and then use her remaining corpse to reincarnate, so that we will not delay... "


    "I also agree with Senior Kakuzu''s opinion."


    "Yes."


    "Yes."


    In a blink of an eye, the whole cafe became lively.


    Only Nicole Robin is deadly, although she doesn''t understand the moves these people said, she still understands the brain, corpse and head!


    Nicole Robin regretted it very much. Why did she read a book and drink afternoon tea in this coffee shop today? What kind of people did she see today!


    "Okay, I''ll ask her again..."


    Naraku Uehara rested his palms on the table, looking down at Nico Robin, who was a little limp, and watching the fear and anxiety on her face.


    The cold air gradually spread under Uehara Naraku''s palm, and he continued in a cold voice: "Last chance, do you want to choose to join Akatsuki now and never betray Akatsuki? In this way you can survive, and someone will always protect you. "


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s lips whispered and nodded.


    "I promise."


    "very good."


    Uehara Naraku slowly puffed up his palms and sat down again, his expression returned to laziness and casualness: "Then tell us the news about Haishang first!


    By the way, help me prepare a list of members of the Baroque Work Society, I will see who to get rid of, and then put our people in..."


    at the same time.


    Uehara''s system panel prompted two completed tasks.


    Side quest: Have a subordinate (1/1) with the power of a devil fruit, the task has been completed, reward 3,000 points of life energy, 3,000 points of armed domineering, and 3,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Side quest: Protect the Devil''s Son Nicole Robin (1/1), the quest has been completed, reward 7900 points of life energy, 7900 points of armed domineering, and 7900 points of knowledge-colored domineering.

 Chapter 390

    It feels really cool to open and hang.


    Especially when opening and hanging, you can also use the modification cheat.


    As a qualified hanger, Naraku Uehara can''t use it easily. Some ordinary task rewards, he directly modifies them to add attributes to himself.


    Nicole Robin''s two missions directly provided Uehara Naraku with more than 10,000 points of life energy and two-color domineering. This little value may be able to walk sideways in the first half of the great route.


    Of course, according to Uehara Naraku''s current strength, in fact, it is no problem for him to walk sideways for a while in the second half of the great route.


    Because most of the chakra in his body is used to maintain the operation of Naruto World, and after the remaining power is converted into the power of Pirate World, it can still maintain considerable advantages, such as two-color domineering and devil fruit. The power of the elements.


    What''s more, Uehara will not be afraid of Hailoushi.


    However, the main mission of One Piece World is relatively simple, mainly for the purpose of playing the front line in the early stage to avoid attracting the attention of the world government. Naraku Uehara only brought the original sky group for the time being.


    Main task: become the behind-the-scenes winner of the top battle, the progress of the main task is 0%.


    Nagato and the rest of the members originally wanted to come along, but Naruto World has just entered the right track, and Nagato needs to preside over all matters.


    As for Konan and Otsutsuki Kaguya, they can only stay temporarily...


    After all, Uehara Naraku is usually relatively dark when performing tasks, and Uehara doesn''t want Xiaonan to see his inappropriate side for the time being.


    Therefore, there are only a few members who come to Pirates for the time being:


    Artistic Duo: Deidara, Scorpion of Red Sand.


    The Undead Duo: Jiaodu and Feiduan.


    Die-hard confidant: dried persimmon ghost shark.


    Stray children: Sasuke Uchiha.


    Intelligence Officer: Absolutely.


    Spy members: Medicine Master and a group of dirty puppets.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the current list of the Baroque Work Agency while listening to Nicole Robin telling him the latest news on the sea.


    "...The new mayor of the capital of seven waters, Bingshan, took office..."


    "...and this year''s supernova, the captain of the Spades Pirates, Portgas D. Ace, made a big news with the power of the burning fruit ability. He destroyed a port just after entering the great route. It should be It¡¯s about entering the second half through Shampoo¡­¡±


    "wait a moment."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly stopped Nico Robin, slowly raised his head and asked, "Where is this supernova now?"


    "Should arrive at Chambord soon, right?"


    Nicole Robin sat on the table next to Uehara, her long legs under the tight shorts slowly overlapped, she found a reward order from her side and handed it to Uehara Naraku.


    Uehara Naraku stared at the freckled young man who was smiling very happily on the reward order, and he couldn''t help showing a smile on his face: "It seems that he is still a very smiling person, and he should be an easy person to get along with. ..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin didn''t quite understand what Uehara meant, so she continued: "Such a person won''t live long on the Great Line, because Portgas D. Ace threatened to take Whitebeard''s life ..."


    White beard, that is the strongest man in the world!


    Nicole Robin survived the second half of the great voyage, and even had a difficult life in the first half, but that white beard is one of the four emperors in the second half of the great voyage to King''s Landing!


    "Not a bad idea."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, his voice suddenly became serious: "Sasuke, do you want to play with his Spade Pirates for a while?"


    "Ok?"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help raising his eyebrows.


    Uehara Naraku put down the reward order in his hand, turned his head to look at Sasuke Uchiha, and said softly: "This pirate named Ace is a good brother! You go and perform this mission instead of Itachi! The undercover is here Beside Portgas D. Ace!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke looked a little hesitant, he nodded slowly and said: "Yes, but it may not be so easy to join a team..."


    "very simple."


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Hei Ze, and said softly: "Then, Senior Lao Jue will help with all this... Find a way to arrange Sasuke into the Spade Pirates as soon as possible, and we must challenge it in Portgas D Ace." Before Whitebeard."


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    "¡­Can."


    Heijue nodded calmly.


    At this moment, Heijue''s heart was completely silent, and according to what he knew about Uehara Naraku, this man named Portgas D Ace might be in trouble.


    "How long will I be undercover?"


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, and said in a deep voice, "If you want me to stay undercover for too long..."


    "Do not worry!"


    Uehara Naraku picked up his own juice with a chuckle, and said slowly: "Up to three years, and I will definitely let you come back after three years!"


    "Three years?"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face suddenly hesitated.


    Naraku Uehara took a sip of the juice, and continued casually: "Just during this period of time, you can also travel around this world, and hone your sword skills by the way, to see if you can learn domineering... Don''t eat devil fruits and the like .¡±


    Nicole Robin: "..."


    What does this person think of a devil fruit?


    That is a secret treasure in the sea, and he still despises that kind of power!


    "I see."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded slowly, and continued: "If you don''t feel happy staying there, I will contact you to leave there at any time."


    "casual."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand quite casually, and said softly: "Just remember to tell me in advance, so that I can threaten you to stay in that pirate group."


    Sasuke Uchiha:"¡­¡­"


    Damn, can''t you just say something human!


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, his eyes continued to wander, looking at Kakutsu and Hidan, and couldn''t help rubbing his forehead: "Senior Kakuzu and Hidan have been trying to hunt down a few devil fruit abilities during this period of time. Or, let¡¯s see if Senior Kakuzu can obtain the ability of devil fruit, and earn some activity funds by the way!¡±


    "Can."


    Jiaodu nodded slowly, and said softly: "This world looks like a paradise. It''s very easy to make money. There are reward orders everywhere..."


    "There are still dangers..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, chuckled and continued: "But it doesn''t matter, once you are on the verge of death, I will arrange a reincarnated person who is good at time and space by your side, so that I can take you away at any time."


    "Ha, it doesn''t matter!"


    Fei Duan brandished his sickle and stabbed it into his chest, and said happily, "No matter which world I am in, Lord Cthulhu will always take care of me!"


    "Shut up!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin watched Fei Duan''s movements, and a look of surprise flashed across her face. If she read correctly, the sickle must have pierced her heart!


    Was this guy a monster, too?


    "Also, pocket..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes moved suddenly and stopped on the body of the medicine master, his fingers tapped the table lightly: "I believe in your learning ability and espionage ability, you go to join the navy of this world and help me provide the navy information."


    as a spy.


    Yaoshidou is undoubtedly the most suitable place to join the navy where light and darkness coexist. He is the most perfect spy ever!


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and added: "If you encounter any trouble in the navy, please tell me. Anyone who hinders your promotion, I will help you solve it..."


    Moreover, what Uehara Naraku wants to do more is to hunt the vice admiral or even the general, if he can turn some members of the entire upper navy into his own...


    The painting style of this world is a bit too beautiful...


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist Doudou nodded slowly, the corner of his mouth curled up into a light smile and said, "It just so happens that I also want to study the power of this world."


    Naraku Uehara has not many spies to arrange for the time being, mainly to arrange Yakushido and Sasuke into the two camps of the Navy and the Whitebeard Pirates respectively.


    After all, his main task is basically the top battle.


    In addition, other places are really difficult to place candidates.


    However, the protagonist group in this world has not yet appeared, and we will find a way to design it in the future. These are trivial matters. After all, the Straw Hat Pirates seem to be useless in the battle on the top.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly wandered, and landed on Nicole Robin. He threw the list in his hand to Nicole Robin, and said calmly: "Take me and Kisame, Didara, and Senior Scorpion together. , arrange to enter the Baroque Work Agency as soon as possible!"


    "yes."


    Nicole Robin nodded slowly before continuing: "But... Crocodile actually doesn''t trust the subordinates of the Baroque Work Club. He has always used these people as tools to realize his conspiracy..."


    "I know."


    Uehara Naraku leaned back on the chair, chuckled and said, "It''s good to be a tool man, I believe Mr. Crocodile will be a good leader."


    As soon as Crocodile touches him...


    It''s hard to say who is whose tool person...


    Uehara Naraku has already figured out the scapegoats that Crocodile will bear in the future, but he doesn''t know if this guy can handle it in the future...


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, and a ball of water slowly gathered in his palm. He continued softly: "A leader who can take the blame for his subordinates is a good leader..."


    This is one of the powers he got after arriving in Pirate World: Elemental Power Water, which can turn his body into water and manipulate water with his ability.


    Water, just so happens to be Crocodile''s nemesis.


    What''s more, he still has the armed arrogance that restrains natural fruits. As long as Naraku Uehara is willing, he can concoct Crocodile in any way!


    "..."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, the expressions of several people present were suddenly subtle.


    The leaders of other people''s families take the initiative to take the blame, but Naraku Uehara''s leaders take the blame passively! Even in the future, people may die, and the blame will continue to be carried!


    "Let''s go! Let''s start acting!"


    The water splash in Uehara Naraku''s palm turned into a ball of steam and dissipated. He stretched his waist and sighed softly: "I really want to work for Mr. Crocodile as soon as possible..."


    Nicole Robin: "¡­"


    It sounds like this guy is quite diligent!

 Chapter 391

    Crocodile.


    The great pirate who once ravaged, challenged the strongest man in the world, Whitebeard, is one of the kings of the Shichibukai recognized by the world government, and is also known as the king of the desert and the sand crocodile.


    This moment.


    Crocodile didn''t know that someone admired him very much and wanted to be his subordinate, contribute to his career, and help him become famous by the way.


    If he knew, he would definitely want to chop that person''s head off.


    Crocodile is busy right now.


    A few days ago, Crocodile left the rainy land, defeated a group of pirates who wanted to invade Alabasta, and continued to pretend to be the hero of Alabasta.


    After enjoying a wave of heroic treatment, Crocodile returned to his base camp in the rain.


    After returning, Crocodile intends to take a look at the recruitment situation of the Baroque Work Agency. After all, he has just started to implement his plan, and he must not have too many powerful people.


    "It''s really amazing! Nicole Robin."


    Crocodile, the great pirate, was sitting at his desk, smoking a cigar, with a slightly hideous scar on his face, holding resumes in his hands.


    Crocodile looked at the resumes of several people slowly, and picked out the resumes of Scorpion and Didala first.


    The sand crocodile asked with great interest: "Are there two guys who like to kill and fight? One is good at assassination and the other is good at making bombs. Can it be stronger than Mr5''s explosive fruit?"


    "I don''t know..."


    After Nicole Robin shook her head, she chuckled and said, "I just happened to find a few suitable people, and they are all in the area near Alabasta recently... It seems that the strength is not weak, and they are all alone .¡±


    "Then let them make up the last two senior agents!"


    After he finished speaking, he looked at the ferocious murloc image on the resume, the dried persimmon ghost, and said, "Dried persimmon ghost... Is this guy a wandering murloc?"


    "I heard so!"


    Nicole Robin sat on a chair, covered her cheeks with her palms, and continued with a smile: "This dried persimmon ghost seems to be a guy who can''t stay in the second half of the great voyage, and he doesn''t even have a reward. Escape to the world to become a big pirate and make a name for yourself..."


    "Hmph, you don''t look like a very smart person..."


    Crocodile took a deep breath with his cigar in his mouth, exhaled a foul breath, and said softly: "The murloc''s strength is always stronger, so let''s recruit him to join, as a supplementary manpower!"


    After finishing the arrangements, Crocodile said in a loud voice: "These guys don''t seem to have received any reward orders from the navy, but they still seem to be useful to make you willing to recruit them..."


    In this world, the navy''s bounty order is obviously a stepping stone.


    For some powerful pirates, no matter how powerful they think they are, they are still not as good as a reward order from the navy to make people admire.


    "Ok?"


    After hearing what Crocodile said, Nicole Robin couldn''t help but glanced at him in surprise. The sand crocodile didn''t seem to mention the last person!


    Just when Nicole Robin was about to continue asking questions, Crocodile''s palm rested on the last resume. The picture on it was a young man with a very gentle smile, who looked very harmless.


    His name is Uehara Naraku.


    Crocodile looked at Naraku Uehara''s resume, slowly puffed out smoke rings from his pipe, and narrowed his eyes slightly: "It seems that this person does not look like a dangerous person at all, and it does not seem to say What special ability..."


    "There''s nothing special about it."


    Nicole Robin tapped her cheek with her fingers, and a smile appeared on the corner of her mouth: "This Uehara Naraku is just good at fighting, and he doesn''t seem to have a high IQ, right? Anyway, we just found a few It''s just a tool to die at any time..."


    "Ok."


    Crocodile nodded in satisfaction and said: "You are right, these guys are indeed just one-time tools, just watch the arrangement!"


    "it is good."


    Nicole Robin smiled at the corner of her mouth, and said softly: "Then let Deidara and Scorpion be the last two senior secret service members, and send Uehara Naraku and the murloc named Kisame to the Upside Down Mountain together." Nearby Whiskey Mountain!"


    "You can handle such small things."


    After Crocodile finished saying this, his face gradually became careless: "We can start the next step of the dancing powder rain plan. Let our King, feel the anger of the people..."


    "yes."


    Nicole Robin tapped her cheek with her fingers.


    Anyway, the task assigned to her by Uehara Naraku was considered completed, and a few people with no reputation were arranged into the Baroque Work Club in one go.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    The only problem is.


    Scorpion and Deidara became Baroque senior agents.


    Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame became middle-level agents, in fact, they were equivalent to the little bosses of the baroque work club.


    So when Nicole Robin came back with the news, the expressions of the people present were a little subtle, and a sinister smile appeared on Didara''s face.


    This position is a mid-level agent...


    Almost equivalent to the Chunin of Naruto World?


    Didala, who is afraid of chaos in the world, immediately said: "Hey, Uehara, if there is no suitable position, then we should just get rid of those people in the position. Anyway, we are not good people!"


    "Thank you, I''m a good person!"


    After Naraku Uehara retorted, he touched his chin and said, "Robin, I remember that whiskey mountain, is it the place where the pirates who passed the great route from the inverted mountain must pass?"


    "That''s right."


    After Nicole Robin nodded, she replied softly: "Because many rookie pirates who have the strength to pass through the Upside Down Mountain carry some valuable treasures with them.


    If they are too careless, they will be assassinated by Baroque at Whiskey Mountain, and this kind of thing can be regarded as one of the ways for Baroque to collect funds..."


    After finishing speaking, Nicole Robin added: "However, occasionally there will be powerful pirates who will clean up the people on the Whiskey Peak, such as Portgas D Ace, who will clean up the Whiskey Peak The people on the board were swept away..."


    "Sounds like a great place!"


    After Uehara Naraku nodded, he continued: "Then start there first, let the newcomer pirates in the whole world be frightened by Crocodile''s reputation, and let them know the horror of the king''s Shichibukai!"


    "..."


    Everyone''s foreheads jumped.


    Oh, is Naraku Uehara serious?


    Naraku Uehara is of course serious!


    The upside-down mountain check-in task must be completed!


    And you can take the time to go to the East China Sea under the name of the Baroque Work Club, go to Rogue Town and stand on the execution platform of One Piece overlooking the scenery to check in, then go to ravage the Windmill Village and so on, and ravage Luffy to complete the mission...


    You can also kill Aaron and his gang.


    By the way, Nami''s treasure was robbed.


    These tasks must be highly profitable tasks.


    Even if Fire Fist Ace, Iron Fist Garp, Red-haired Shanks, or Dorag of the Revolutionary Army come to seek revenge in the future, as well as the grown-up Luffy and the restored memory of Sabo...


    That''s the Crocodile thing.


    "Okay, let''s help Mr. Crocodile to make a name for himself. When we spread the reputation of the Baroque Works all over the world, you will pass the information about the other Baroque members to Kakuzu-senior, and ask him to arrest those people and exchange them for bounties. Bar!"


    "¡­yes."


    The expressions of the people present were subtle.


    Nicole Robin looked at Naraku Uehara, and couldn''t help but twitched at the corner of her mouth: "He really is a...worse person than I imagined!"


    After a while, Nicole Robin suddenly thought of something, and she suddenly said: "Wait, Mr. Naru, it is absolutely impossible for the employees of Baroque Works to know that the boss behind the scenes is Crocodile..."


    Yes.


    Crocodile is the national hero of Alabasta, and also the Shichibukai canonized by the world government. His identity will absolutely be kept secret.


    "rest assured."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help chuckling when he heard this, and waved his hand: "I will make his identity clear, Crocodile''s identity will definitely be leaked by the world government CP guys or the navy in the future ..."


    this kind of thing...


    Uehara Naraku played very slippery.


    No matter how deeply the identity of the sand crocodile is hidden, as long as Naraku Uehara manipulates it a little bit, everyone will know Crocodile''s identity in a short time.


    Anyway...


    Crocodile was not the first victim, either.

 Chapter 392

    Nicole Robin is having a headache.


    Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame are really two newcomers.


    Although Nicole Robin is nominally their superior in the Baroque Work Agency, but now she has to work hard to help prepare the boat and supplies for the sea, and she also wants to go to Whiskey Mountain to deal with the follow-up of the Baroque Work Agency.


    After everything was dealt with, Nicole Robin looked at the direction of the record pointer on her wrist, frowned and said: "According to the magnetic force stored by the record pointer, we should go to the Drum Kingdom first, and then pass through the nearby small garden ..."


    "Record pointer?"


    This is a dried persimmon ghost shark that I don''t understand at all.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kisame, and chuckled: "Oh, we don''t need that kind of thing, as long as we follow the guidance of fate..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin was speechless.


    Why is there still a guy like Uehara Naraku in this world who doesn''t know superstition or middle school? What is meant by following the guidance of fate?


    The most important thing is that Kisame Kisame nodded seriously.


    Uehara Naraku is certainly not lying, because his destiny skill is still there.


    Destiny: You can spy on the location of everyone within a radius of 100 kilometers, including those who use the invisibility ability, for 6 seconds; after activating the destiny skill, you can use the power of time and space to teleport to any location within a radius of 50 kilometers after 1.5 seconds.


    The scope and duration of the Fate skill are related to the use of knowledge-colored arrogance coefficient. When it is activated, the minimum consumption of knowledge-colored arrogance is 100 points, and the cooldown time is 0.


    This skill is still so scary...


    This also fully proves one thing, that is, as a hooker, you will never be restricted by the world.


    "The Drum Kingdom is a member of the World Government, right?"


    Naraku Uehara jumped onto the boat and said softly, "Since we are going to pass through the Drum Kingdom, let''s spread the horror of our baroque work club from there!"


    Almost forgot.


    Drum Kingdom also has Devil Fruits.


    In particular, the king of Magnetic Drum Island, Walpo, seems to have a fruit-swallowing fruit, as if he can swallow fruit-capable people to obtain their abilities.


    This fruit is perfect for Jiao.


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku raised his finger again, and ordered self-consciously: "Senior Kakuzu, go to Magnetic Drum Island to reunite with us, and go to harvest the heart of the first devil fruit ability user first! "


    After everything is arranged properly.


    Nicole Robin and Kisame boarded the boat.


    Kisame joined hands to make a mudra, and a group of sharks appeared through the channeling, and the boat surrounded by them set off from Alabasta unsteadily.


    Sharks look like they want to eat people...


    It looked scary.


    Naraku Uehara modified the system cheating device by the way, glanced at the hidden missions of the system, and yawned boredly, why did he let him take the boat with a person who can fly!


    Hidden mission: Sailing on the great route for 100 days (1/100), the mission is not completed, and the reward is unknown.


    the other side.


    In the port city of Alabasta.


    When Kadotsu and Hidan received the news from Uehara Naraku, the two of them had already opened their jobs, and killed a little pirate with seven million Baileys.


    "Do you have to go to that magnetic drum island?"


    Jiaodu''s voice was slightly unhappy, he looked down at the thick stack of reward orders in his hand, and said in a gloomy voice: "I seem to have seen one of the nine million guys in this city just now!"


    to be honest.


    The world is quite comfortable.


    Compared with the past, he still needs to find the target. Kakudo found that as long as he pays a little attention, he can definitely find a pirate that can be exchanged for money, even if he can''t remember it, it doesn''t matter.


    As long as you go to a lively tavern, you will definitely be able to see pirates, and even some arrogant guys take the initiative to report their bounties!


    Isn''t this sending money to Jiaodu?


    Jiaodu really thinks that this world is simply too suitable for him, there are so many stupid and valuable guys!


    "never mind."


    Jiaodu thought for a long time, then slowly put away the reward order in his hand, sighed and said: "That guy Uehara''s order really can''t be refused... It''s worth our trip if we have a heart."


    "..."


    Hi Duan held his sickle on his shoulders, and gently covered his nose: "By the way, how should we go to that kingdom?"


    "Kingdom of Drums."


    Jiaodu frowned, and said in a deep voice: "Let''s go, let''s exchange the bounty first, then buy a boat, and then take the boat there."


    "Why don''t you just grab one?"


    Fei Duan spread out his palms, smiled lightly and said, "Anyway, it''s so chaotic here, there are looters everywhere..."


    "idiot."


    Jiao Du snorted coldly, and explained: "If we carry a bounty on our backs, how can we go to the naval base to exchange the bounty!"


    Jiaodu''s thinking is quite correct.


    As expected of an old man who has been in the ninja world for so many years, in just a few days, Kaku has figured out most of the world''s camp order.


    The navy is the gold exchange of the ninja world.


    For those who generously give money, Jiao never wants to offend.


    Not only that, Mr. Jiaodu''s thinking is still very divergent: "Hmph, after that guy Yao Shidou has gained a firm foothold in the navy, let him raise all the bounties of some pirates, so that he can make more money... "


    To be honest, the corners are pretty good.


    But Yaoshidou is far from gaining a foothold.


    Yesterday, Pharmacist Passed the navy''s physical examination and became a recruit who was still doing odd jobs in the navy base, mainly responsible for mopping the floor.


    As a result, Yao Shidou had just joined the navy on the first night when someone attacked the naval base, causing heavy damage to this weak naval base.


    Pharmacist Dou survived.


    Because the naval base was understaffed, the pharmacist put on his gun and became a third-class private. If he slowed down, the naval base would probably be attacked.


    Because he didn''t know enough about the navy, Yao Shidou planned to use Sharingan to control him after he tried out the strength of the colonel of this base, and promoted himself directly.


    Except for Sasuke Uchiha, who was ordered to join the Portgas D Ace Spade Pirates, who was still struggling with Heijue, everyone had a bright future.


    the other side.


    The great route really lives up to its reputation.


    The weather on this sea was even worse than expected. Nicole Robin took Naraku Uehara and Kisame Kisame when they went out to sea and encountered a gust of wind with dark clouds.


    Robin held down her hat and let the strong wind mess her hair. She looked at the two people standing firmly on the deck and said softly: "Mr. It''s not a good time for us to choose departure..."


    The existence of navigators is very important.


    Especially in the extremely bad weather of the Great Route.


    An excellent navigator can avoid a lot of losses, and steer the ship to escape some dangers at sea. Unfortunately, navigators are a rare breed.


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly flew up from the boat!


    The skeletons of Susano floated out of Uehara''s body, and in a blink of an eye, Susano completely surrounded Naraku Uehara''s body. Susano suddenly pulled out the ninja sword in his hand, and a huge blue The sword energy suddenly slashed into the air!


    The dark clouds in the sky were split by a knife.


    The raging wind in the sky was directly split by the blue sword energy.


    Naraku Uehara undid Susano calmly, landed on the boat again, and the sun also fell down and shone on him.


    Under Nicole Robin''s astonished eyes, Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm and looked at the sunshine in his palm.


    "Go on...I am the navigator."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s emotions regained her composure, and she nodded slowly, expressing that she very much agrees with Naraku Uehara''s words.


    This is a ghost navigator!


    Could Uehara Naraku intend to take the opportunity to threaten her and get something from her, but she is alone, what else can she have?


    There are many powerful organizations in this sea, Baroque Works and Crocodile cannot be called the top group of people.


    Uehara Naraku''s goal should be the same as Crocodile''s, aiming at the Pluto''s weapon, wanting to be a crocodile hunter behind the scenes...


    Along the way, Nicole Robin was thinking.


    Robin would take a look at Naraku Uehara and Kisame Kisame from time to time. Compared to other pirates in the sea, they were very restrained, and they never drank alcohol.


    Robin specially helped them buy wine on the way, whether it was Uehara Naraku or Kisame Kisame, they were just holding a glass of iced juice.


    Two very disciplined people.


    They don''t look like pirates at all.


    Wait until they and their group arrive at the offshore waters of the Magnetic Drum Kingdom.


    The figure of Naraku Uehara stretched slowly, took out a cannonball from the box on the ship, and shook the cannonball in his hand with the palm of his hand.


    "Then let''s say hello to this country first!"


    "..."


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Robin looked at Uehara Naraku in surprise.


    This is how to say hello, do you want to throw the shells directly? If the cannonball is thrown from here, it will be thrown a few hundred meters at most, right?


    Robin looked at Uehara Naraku leisurely, wanting to see how he greeted this country.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku met Robin''s surprised gaze, raised his palm suddenly, and threw the cannonball out of his hand!


    The cannonball drew a high parabola in the air, and landed on the castle on the high mountain in the Magnetic Drum Kingdom, directly blowing up a corner of the castle!


    "I said hello, let''s go!"


    Naraku Uehara landed on Magnetic Drum Island.


    Uehara''s face gradually became indifferent, as if he was an emotionless creature: "It''s just a member of the world government, shouldn''t it dare to resist our Baroque work club?"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku squeezed his fist again, and continued in a cold voice: "Our Baroque Work Club dares to kill even Tianlong people!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s eyes couldn''t help being a little subtle.


    Hmm, underestimated...


    This guy Uehara is much worse than pirates.

 Chapter 293

    Drum Kingdom.


    Uehara Naraku led them through the streets of the Drum Kingdom.


    There are not few people along the way, and there is even an old woman walking on the street with a reindeer carrying a tool bag and wearing a red top hat.


    "interesting."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes stopped slowly, he looked at the reindeer, smiled and asked, "How about we have an extra meal today?"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned, nodded and said, "Master Uehara, do you want to eat venison? I wonder how the reindeer here are compared to the deer in Nara''s house..."


    "It''s almost the same?"


    Naraku Uehara spread his hands indifferently.


    Nicole Robin couldn''t help frowning when she heard that, that reindeer was so cute and handsome, why did these two want to eat it?


    Is there not enough supplies on board?


    They did not stay long in the town, but went straight to the King''s Castle in the Kingdom of the Drum, which was their main purpose.


    Originally thought that this would be a troublesome battle, but I didn''t expect that the people in this country were so pitifully weak, and Kisame Kisame easily took care of everyone.


    In front of the king''s castle, which was covered with snow all year round, Kisame waved the shark muscles in his hands, and a stream of blood spilled down, staining the pure white land red.


    Uehara Naraku and Nicole Robin stood in front of the castle, surrounded by soldiers on the ground, including Walpo and his two guards.


    Nicole Robin tightened her clothes, she was still only wearing a pair of hot pants and a small vest inside, and she was only wearing a coat outside.


    This kind of weather is still quite cold for her.


    Naraku Uehara took off his outer coat casually, and threw it on Nicole Robin, before he slowly squatted in front of the Drum King: "Let me think about it, what should I do with you? You seemed to be scolding me when we met just now. I''m dead, what happened to the last person who scolded me?"


    "etc¡­"


    Drum King Walpo hastily extended his palm.


    Although he is a person with the ability to swallow fruits, he has no power to fight back in the hands of Qianshi Guixie, and he has also seen the ruthlessness of these guys with his own eyes.


    There was a look of panic on Walpo''s ugly face: "I am the king of the magnetic drum, and this is a member country of the World Government. If you kill me, you will be hunted down by the navy!"


    "I''m from Baroque Works, do you think I''m afraid of the navy?"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, nodded at Kisame Kisame and said, "Kisame, go and take this king to the sea to sink. If he survives, it depends on his luck!"


    "¡­yes."


    Kisame Kisame nodded seriously.


    Nicole Robin watched this scene speechlessly.


    After seeing Kisame pick up Walpo and leave, Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly fell on the others: "I remember that this country is a big medical country, and there seems to be a very famous female doctor, who seems to be called Gu Reva..."


    "¡­yes."


    Dalton, the former guard captain of the Magnetic Drum Kingdom and the animal fruit ox fruit ability user, nodded with an ugly face.


    "Take me to find her!"


    "Can I ask..."


    Dalton gritted his teeth, and said in a deep voice, "Who is your Excellency? What do you want to do to the Drum Kingdom?"


    "Heh, even if I want to do something to the Magnetic Drum Kingdom, what can you do?"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, spread out his palms, and continued calmly: "We are members of the Baroque Work Club. Any member can destroy the entire Drum Kingdom. Do you want to resist me?"


    Uehara Naraku punched Dalton''s lower abdomen, and said in a deep voice next to his ear: "As a punishment for questioning me! After I see Dr. Guleva, you go and help me prepare a million dollars." Bailey, do you have any questions?"


    "...no...no."


    Dalton knelt on the ground in some embarrassment, clutching his lower abdomen tightly, cold sweat dripping from his forehead due to the pain in the icy and snowy weather.


    Fortunately, the number given by Uehara Naraku is not too many, and it can be easily collected.


    However, Uehara Naraku didn''t give him a rest time at all.


    Dalton could only endure his pain and lie on the sled to lead the way.


    There was a look of doubt on Nicole Robin''s face, she wrapped Uehara Naraku''s clothes tightly, and asked softly: "Is there anything worth seeing about that Dr. Guleva?"


    "how could I know?"


    After Naraku Uehara asked a question casually, he said self-consciously: "But I know one thing, it is always right to let the world spread the hatred of our Baroque work club..."


    Robin: "..."


    You really are one of the top ten employees of Baroque Works!


    after an hour.


    Naraku Uehara appeared at the home of Dr. Guleva, and kicked the door open with a kick. He stood at the door with a musket in his hand, and said with a playful smile, "Is it Dr. Guleva''s house? Recently I Money is tight, can you borrow some money to spend?"


    "..."


    In the room, an old but well-maintained woman looked up and saw Naraku Uehara standing at the door.


    It is Dr. Guleva, the witch with the highest medical skills in the Magnetic Drum Kingdom.


    It happened to be the person they met in the small town of Drum Kingdom today.


    This year she is more than one hundred and thirty years old, but she is still living a very healthy life, which is obviously unbelievable in this world.


    "Is it a pirate again?"


    Gu Leiwa looked at the musket in Uehara Naraku''s hand, her eyes narrowed and she smiled, she shook her head calmly and said: "Little guy, I really found the wrong person, I do have a lot of money, but I used it all to buy money." Alcohol is gone!"


    After finishing speaking, the woman waved the wine bottle in her hand and continued with a smile: "But do you want to know the secret of my eternal youth?"


    "Not interested in."


    Naraku Uehara raised his musket and aimed at a reindeer wearing a red cap in the room, and said with a wry smile, "Since you have no money, take your reindeer away! Just let us have an extra meal at night." ..."


    These words made people hear his helplessness.


    It looks like this guy really doesn''t want to leave empty-handed!


    A drop of cold sweat broke out on the forehead of the reindeer in the red hat. The next moment, its expression gradually became gloomy, and a muffled groan came out from under its nose.


    Just when the reindeer looked like it might explode at any time, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside the reindeer!


    Uehara held down the reindeer''s neck with one hand and pressed it against the wall!


    "etc!"


    Dr. Gulewa suddenly stretched out her palm, the smile on her face remained unchanged: "That''s not food, it''s my idiot son... If you want to borrow money from someone, you have to say the amount, right?"


    "One million Baileys."


    Uehara Naraku pinched the reindeer''s flesh, stroked its hair, and continued slowly: "I will take this reindeer away too, the meat on it looks very chewy..."


    "Little guy, this is a bit too much..."


    Although Dr. Gulewa was still smiling, she slowly put down the wine bottle with her palm: "Really, are all the little pirates so greedy now?"


    "Who do you call a little pirate!"


    Uehara Naraku raised the gun in his hand and pointed it at Dr. Guleva, and said in a cold voice: "I am a middle-level agent of Baroque Works!"


    "..."


    Guleva frowned.


    To be honest, this kind of stupefied little guy is the most annoying. Just as Guleva''s palms were slowly clenched, a woman''s voice came in.


    "Uehara, take Bailey and go!"


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku waved and pinched the reindeer in his hand, threw it to the ground, and said in a deep voice, "Hey, Guleva, hurry up and get the money!"


    Unexpectedly, the reindeer on the ground suddenly jumped up and rushed towards Naraku Uehara. Naraku Uehara simply kicked the reindeer on the body of the reindeer and kicked it flying!


    "Stop it, Chopper!"


    Doctor Guleva hastily stopped the reindeer.


    Even if she didn''t stop it, there was nothing she could do, because the reindeer''s body hurt so badly that it couldn''t even stand up.


    Dr. Gulewa took out a cash box, handed it to Uehara Naraku, and asked aloud, "Which organization did you say you were from?"


    "Baroque Works."


    Uehara Naraku snapped off the musket in his hand, and threatened her with a chuckle, "If you want to take revenge on us, then come!"


    "Just knowing your names is enough."


    Dr. Gu Leiwa spread her hands with a smile and said, "When I meet patients from your work agency in the future, I will take back everything I gave you today."


    "OK."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care at all, he just left here with the cash box, because he had already taken the most important reward in this country.


    Side task: Defeat Tony Tony Chopper (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 50 gold coins.


    this is¡­


    Refreshed the minimum rewards?


    Even if you beat Hinata, the reward is higher than this!


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but helped his forehead, and looked at the second reward.


    Side task: Rub Chopper''s belly and head (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 3,000 points of life energy, 3,000 points of armed domineering, and 3,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Is this what a hunk should do?


    Two different tasks, the rewards are so different!


    When Uehara Naraku took Guleva''s one million Baileys and Dalton''s one million Baileys, and left with Nicole Robin.


    Gu Leiwa squatted beside Chopper and poured a tube of potion on it: "Hey, idiot Chopper, are you okay?"


    "It''s okay...Ms. Doriel."


    After the reindeer opened its mouth to respond, its body gradually began to shrink, and after a while it became as big as a child.


    Chopper raised his head and looked at Guleva, with some doubts in his big eyes: "Those people... are pirates?"


    "maybe?"


    After Gu Leiwa nodded, she glanced at the musket that was broken by Uehara Naraku, and slowly sat back on the chair: "That little guy...is just a small character in the sea, so you want to be a pirate It''s not that easy!"


    "I won''t be that kind of pirate!"


    Chopper swung his front hooves violently, and said angrily, "Rush to other people''s houses to grab money, how could they be pirates!"


    "Ok?"


    Gu Leiwa touched her wine bottle, took a sip of wine, and continued in a deep voice: "You are right, that guy may not really be a pirate, he seems to say that he is a member of the Baroque Work Club, and he seems to be a pirate." Criminal corporations in the first half of the Great Line..."


    "... Baroque Works?"


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    Chopper nodded slowly, remembering the name, and his eyes became firm: "Ms. Doriel, I''m going to continue the experiment!"

 Chapter 394

    "Incomprehensible."


    After returning to the boat, Nicole Robin still couldn''t understand Uehara Naraku''s brain circuit, her brows were tightly frowned: "Why do you want to bully a weak reindeer?"


    Naraku Uehara didn''t bother to care about it.


    Because of the coercive thinking, it should not be understood by normal people.


    Now they have more important things to do. Kakuzu and Hidan have arrived on their ship, and just now Kakuzu has used the geopolitics to plunder Walpo''s heart.


    "Can I use the fruit ability?"


    This is undoubtedly what Uehara Naraku is most concerned about.


    Jiaodu separated one of his Ji Yuyu, slowly nodded and said: "Well, it should be possible in theory, I can feel the power in this heart, but this Ji Yuyu is not suitable for fighting at sea .¡±


    "Then go and plunder some more powerful fruit abilities!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Walpo''s body, and continued: "Throw his body back to the shore! Let other people know the fate of being targeted by the Baroque Works."


    There''s not much to say about this.


    Anyway, the fact that the members of the Baroque Work Club attacked the Drum Kingdom will soon reach the ears of the navy, and Walpo''s body is just one of the embellishments.


    The only thing that''s kind of weird is that.


    The citizens of the Drum Kingdom have mixed feelings.


    Because Walpo was a tyrant, life was not good under his rule. The Baroque Workers helped them kill Walpo, which was equivalent to saving them; but the Baroque Workers robbed them of another one million Baileys.


    It''s such a strange feeling...


    Kind of like everyone crowdfunding a million to kill their own king.


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    No, it should be said that two million Baileys were crowdfunded.


    Among them, Dr. Guleva, the witch, paid a million dollars, so after seeing Valpo''s body, Guleva announced that she was living in Valpo''s castle.


    Even Chopper''s attitude towards Baroque Works became complicated. That guy bullied it and robbed it of money; but that guy also killed the tyrant Walpo...


    These civilians don''t care.


    It is completely different for the world government.


    As soon as it got the news, the World Government ordered the navy to issue a reward order for the arrest of the two newcomers of the Baroque Work Agency, because someone had outrageously killed the king of the franchise country, and the impact of this incident was too bad.


    Naraku Uehara, Baroque agent, offered a reward of 8 million Baileys.


    Dried persimmon ghost shark, Baroque agent, offers a reward of 15 million Baileys.


    After the Navy had arranged a bounty for the members of the two Baroque Works, it was inevitable to mention the woman who seemed to be able to order them.


    This woman is not taking revenge on the world, is she?


    In any case, the navy has updated the arrest warrant for Nicole Robin that has not been moved for more than ten years. The son of the devil, Nicole Robin, has offered a reward of 80 million Baileys.


    Naval Headquarters, Marin Fand.


    Admiral Buddha Sengoku reviewed the arrest warrant casually, and then put the arrest warrant in again. He didn''t take small characters like Naraku Uehara to heart.


    Even if Nicole Robin, the son of the devil, reappears, it is not as important as the other thing that is most important now. After all, they have wanted Nicole Robin for so long...


    Sengoku looked down at the most important wanted warrant in his hand, and his eyes gradually became a little more dignified. It was the wanted order of Portgas D. Ace, the leader of the Spades Pirates. make!


    The Admiral of the Navy sighed faintly, and put aside the arrest warrant, maybe this arrest warrant will also be invalidated in the future...


    Because the World Government wants to invite Ace, the captain of the Spades Pirates, to join the King''s Qiwuhai before he arrives at the Chambord Islands, the transit point of the great route!


    Once a certain big pirate becomes the king of Shichibukai, the navy will not continue to arrest them, and even sit back and watch them enjoy a certain degree of legal plunder, which is really embarrassing to the navy...


    For the entire navy, a new big pirate will soon join the Shichibukai. This matter is much more important than catching small members of criminal companies...


    Especially since this big pirate is related to a high-ranking member of their navy, no, or they are a family.


    Once Ace refuses, the entire navy will hunt him down with all his might, preventing Portgas D. Ace from entering the new world in the second half of the great route!


    "Hey Sengoku, do you have any donuts?"


    Just at this time, the high-ranking navy officer who was a family member of Portgas D. Ace walked in. It was Vice Admiral Monkey D. Karp.


    Likewise, Vice Admiral Cap was a naval hero, a true Navy veteran, and a close friend of Admiral Sengoku.


    After Lieutenant General Garp came in, he didn''t see the donuts, but he saw a bag of senbei on the table, and he was not disappointed, he just tore it all up and poured them into his mouth: "Uh huh... senbei Bei can also¡­¡±


    "Have you finished eating?"


    A light flashed in the lens of the Warring States Period, and he raised his head slightly to watch his old friend eat up his snacks, and the expression on his face gradually became gloomy.


    "Hey, Garp, the World Government has invited Portgas D. Ace to become Shichibukai, let''s go for a run after eating!"


    "No!"


    Garp shook his head quickly, looked down at Ace''s wanted notice on the table, and said with some displeasure on his face: "I have instilled the justice of the navy into this kid Ace since I was a child, and now let him see me with his own eyes. The justice that grandpa insisted on is shamed..."


    To be honest, this feeling is really uncomfortable.


    Let him, the navy grandfather, invite the grandson of the pirate to join the pirate''s grandson as a legal pirate, wouldn''t he send his face to be beaten!


    That bastard Ace is going to die laughing!


    Sengoku closed his palms and looked up at his old friend: "Hey, Garp, are you really not going? If it fails, the navy will attack with all its strength to prevent Portgas D. Ace from entering the new world !"


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    Garp scratched the back of his head slowly, reached out to grab Ace''s wanted warrant, and planned to find another pirate below to change the subject.


    As it turned out, Karp found out that the following was a wanted warrant for Uehara Naraku.


    On Naraku Uehara''s arrest warrant, he still squinted his eyes and smiled very kindly. He looked absolutely harmless to humans and animals, and he was perfectly posed for a photo.


    Could it be that the photos were bought in a photo studio?


    "Hello, Sengoku."


    Garp held up Naraku Uehara''s arrest warrant, and explained with a serious face: "I have a hunch that this guy is a very dangerous existence, look at this guy''s face, he looks like he doesn''t care about everything in the world! "


    Cap''s serious look...


    I really don''t know whether to pretend or act...


    Warring States certainly didn''t want to believe it. He snatched the arrest warrant from Karp and said with displeasure: "If you don''t want to go, I won''t force you. Just wait for the result!"


    After finishing speaking, Sengoku continued in a deep voice: "If Portgas D. Ace accepts the canonization of Shichibukai, you can do whatever you want;


    If he refuses, then you will be responsible for preventing him from entering the new world, and taking him to the underwater prison for execution! "


    "That guy is really dangerous!"


    Garp skipped the topic about Ace, and was still persistently wanting to continue discussing the little character named Uehara Naraku. He even volunteered: "I''m going to arrest that guy named Uehara Naraku now!"


    "Don''t avoid talking about Ace!"


    Warring States interrupted Garp angrily, and gave his order in a deep voice: "Garp, we already know Ace''s identity.


    You should be clear that no matter what, that kind of character cannot be allowed to enter the new world, and the world government will absolutely not allow another pirate to arrive in Ralph Drew to be born in this world..."


    "I mean it!"


    Monkey D. Karp is still insisting on his own opinion: "That guy is really dangerous, maybe he is still very weak now, but his thinking must be very dangerous hahahaha..."


    When he said this, Garp couldn''t help laughing out loud.


    Because he felt that it seemed a little inappropriate for him to say that other people''s thoughts were dangerous, which made Zhan Guo believe that everything Garp just said was false.


    "Why do you have the nerve to say this?"


    The face of Zhan Guo gradually became unbearable, Yang pointed to the door, and signaled his old friend to get out: "You bastards, the most dangerous person in the world is your son Drago!"


    "..."


    Monkey D. Karp kicked the chair next to him angrily, and left the marshal''s office like a crab. He was so angry that he only had the last sentence left.


    "Warring States, you will regret it!"


    "Karp, I am the Admiral of the Navy!"


    Now that he had quarreled with his old friend to such an extent, the Warring States of Buddha took the opportunity to take out his marshal status and directly issued the command of the marshal: "Lieutenant General Garp, please stay in Marlin Vanduo and wait for Wang Xiaqi The result of Wu Hai''s appointment is out!"


    "¡­I see."


    Garp''s body stopped at the door and paused.


    The next moment, the navy veteran''s figure became resolute again, he turned his head suddenly and said, "By the way...do you still have donuts in the cabinet?"


    "Only senbei!"


    The anger on Zhan Guo''s face has not yet dissipated.


    "Oh, that''s fine."


    Garp nodded slowly, turned around and sat back down again, slowly watching his old friend bring him snacks with an angry face.


    Generally, after the quarrel, the heart of the Warring States will be a little softer.


    Zhan Guo is usually reluctant to share the snacks, even if he is still angry at this time, he will share it with him because of the guilt in his heart.


    This is Karp''s experience over the years.


    Now that they''ve just finished arguing, it''s time to get back to business.


    Sengoku took out the arrest warrants for Naraku Uehara, Kisame Kisame and Nicole Robin, and continued softly: "If you really think it''s dangerous, then let that guy Kuzan go! The remnants of Harrah, I remember him being in the first half of the great voyage..."


    "Oh, whatever."


    Garp poured a bag of senbei into his mouth in one breath, and continued after eating it: "Anyway, I just want to find a reason for myself to leave... because I know that guy Ace will not agree to become Shichibukai Yes, I know those bastards at home very well!"


    "Karp, you bastard!"


    Warring States couldn''t help cursing angrily, he still dialed Kuzan''s phone bug: "Kuzan, I have news about the devil''s son Robin and her two subordinates..."

 Chapter 395

    The first half of the great voyage.


    Some unknown island.


    A tall man wearing a blindfold, after listening to the Admiral''s order, fumbled with his fingers to put down the phone bug in his hand.


    After a long time, the tall man took off his blindfold and muttered, "It''s really troublesome..."


    However, after the man complained a little, his lazy face was a little emotional: "Miss Robin, now you no longer hide in other organizations, but have you established a messy organization?"


    After the man finished talking to himself, he sighed again: "Well, it seems that no one is suitable to deal with her except me!"


    After speaking, he rolled out a huge wooden bicycle from a corner and began to ride on the bicycle.


    When his bicycle rode all the way down the sea, the sea surface automatically condensed into a narrow path made of ice, allowing the bicycle to continue moving forward.


    Admiral Kuzan of the Navy Headquarters, code-named Aokiji, a natural frozen fruit capable person, and one of the world government''s highest combat forces, is now dispatched!


    Naraku Uehara, Kisame Kisame and Nicole Robin didn''t know about this yet. The three of them were still rushing towards the small garden on their own. On the way to the small garden, they received their reward order .


    Uehara was not surprised by this at all.


    Naraku Uehara spotted a news bird secretly taking photos of him, and he also put on a harmless appearance, which is his standard image.


    As long as you are a navy, seeing him as a sunny and kind person, you will definitely not regard him as a big villain, right?


    "Eight million Baileys..."


    The corners of the dried persimmon ghost shark''s mouth couldn''t help but twitched, and he smiled subconsciously: "It seems that the so-called world government is really decayed! None of those guys are aware of the horror of adults?"


    "I''m a good person!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, stretched out his fingers and tapped on his wanted warrant, and said slowly: "Eight million Baileys is already very high..."


    After all, the Pirate King Sieg in Fengche Village, who had his feet on the future Pirate King and opened the Four Emperors with a wine bottle in his hand, was only this number.


    "Well, my bounty is fifteen million."


    Kisame Kisame held his wanted warrant, his small eyes fell into deep thought: "Looks like we have to be careful with that guy from now on..."


    After finishing speaking, Kisame Kisame slowly raised his head and looked at Nicole Robin: "But I''m not the most dangerous person... There are 80 million newcomers in our organization! It''s hard to say that this number will Stop greed at all corners..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s expression was a little complicated.


    What the hell are these two people getting wanted warrants for?


    Why are other people still very emotional after receiving the reward offered by the world government? After all, it is also a symbol of strength.


    However, after the two guys got the wanted warrant, their behavior was completely different.


    Naraku Uehara thinks that the number of 8 million is already too high; Kisame Kisame thinks that the number of 15 million is too high, which will easily arouse the murderous intent of his companion Kakutsu...


    Of course for these two...


    Their numbers simply cannot be lowered.


    Because Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame killed the king of the franchise country, the impact was extremely bad. In fact, the strength of the two of them was nothing to this world at all.


    Nicole Robin stared at the reward order in her hand, and looked at the 80 million Baileys on it, her brain gradually sank into contemplation, saying that the companion named Jiaodu really coveted her bounty secretly, Take her head for a bounty?


    really...


    It''s scary to think about it.


    This is really Nicole Robin thinking too much, the horns are all open and aboveboard, even now after seeing their reward, the first time I want to come and kill Nicole Robin, because 80 million is too much Good money!


    If Naraku Uehara hadn''t been banned from killing teammates after he became the leader, Kakuzu would have really wanted to do this. After all, it was not easy to find someone with such a high bounty as 80 million Baileys in the first half of the Great Route!


    The world is always so weird.


    Kakuto likes to make money, and is desperately looking for those pirates with super high rewards; Uehara Naraku has no interest in making money, but they met two big pirates with a reward of 100 million.


    Because their little boat finally reached the small garden.


    Although the island is called a small garden, the creatures on the island are actually very huge, and the island is also known as the island of ancient times and the island of Pangu.


    On this island, there are also two big pirates fighting.


    a hundred years ago.


    No, strictly speaking, it should be more than ninety years ago.


    The two captains of the Giant Soldier Pirates, Tori the Blue Ghost and Bloki the Red Ghost, decided to duel here because of a child''s problem. Their duel has lasted for more than ninety years.


    "Are we going to stop here?"


    Nicole Robin looked at Naraku Uehara curiously, brushed her hair, and persuaded softly: "Mr. Naraku, don''t you want to challenge those two boring giants?"


    "hehe¡­"


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Naraku Uehara landed on this small island, and continued softly: "I just want to recruit them to join the Baroque Work Club..."


    Robin knew the creatures in this world very well, and she persuaded, "With the stubbornness of giants, they will definitely not agree."


    "Then there''s no way."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, smiled lightly and said, "I can only force them to stop their boring fights, let them go back to where they should go, and go to the New World to spread the horror of our Baroque work club..."


    The two big pirates dueling in the small garden are both from Elbaf in the second half of the great route, and the Giant Pirates seem to be still active in the New World.


    Nicole Robin: "..."


    Is this guy really spreading the horrors of Baroque Works instead of the hatred of Baroque Works?


    Is this trying to offend Baroque Works on the entire Great Route?


    really want to know...


    One day, that guy Crocodile will know that Uehara Naraku has worked so hard to help him, what will he think in his heart...


    It certainly wouldn''t be gratitude anyway.


    "Except for these."


    Naraku Uehara glanced back at Nicole Robin, and continued with a smile: "I also want to clear out a suitable battlefield to prepare for the next more intense battle!"


    "what?"


    "Because someone is rushing towards us!"


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, stroked his eye sockets, and continued with a smile: "A person who is very worthy of fighting! Although you definitely don''t want to see him, this guy can make my plan go smoothly!"


    "who¡­"


    After Robin asked in surprise, the expression on her face suddenly changed, because at this moment she thought of someone: "Mr. Naraku, you won''t tell me...Admiral Aokiji of the Navy Headquarters is rushing to this place, right? "


    "It''s so clever!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile.


    Because on his way to the ancient island, he started a large-scale observation of fate and found the trace of Admiral Aokiji.


    Although I don''t know what this general wants to do, but according to the relationship between Aokiji and Robin, the probability of this guy coming to find Robin is very high!


    Therefore, Uehara Naraku plans to fight him here!


    By the way, I also want to see if this general who can quit the navy in the future will choose to become a spy under him!


    If Aokiji is willing to agree to become his spy, then the future plan can''t be smoother; if Aokiji doesn''t agree, then give the catch to Kakutsu!


    As for failure...


    Uehara Naraku really didn''t think about it.


    Naraku Uehara never thought that she would fail, but Nicole Robin must have thought about it. She knew that Naraku Uehara might really have the power of two kinds of natural devil fruits, and even the kind of power that could split the sky with a single knife. The Valkyrie as tall as one meter...


    but¡­


    That''s the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters!


    The nightmare of most pirates on the Great Route!


    "Don''t worry."


    Grinning his lips, Kisame persimmoned with a light smile and tried to persuade him, "He''s really a complete newcomer! Ms. Nicole Robin, do you think the gods will fail?"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin is not Narakubuki like Kanshi Kisame, she shook her head after being silent for a while and said, "You don''t know the power of the Admiral..."


    "Hehe, then I''m really curious!"


    Kisame Kisame looked at Uehara Naraku, and said loudly: "Master Uehara, why don''t you let me make a sample first? I also want to see how much power the so-called general can have..."


    "random."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head casually, and casually reminded: "Except for the big shark bomb technique, that guy''s other powers seem to restrain your technique very much. If you still can''t master how to guide the chakra in your body into domineering ..."


    "It''s ready."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame slowly pulled out his shark muscle, a mass of black gradually appeared in his hand, gradually wrapped around the body of the shark muscle broadsword.


    Kisame Kisame looked at Uehara Naraku, grinned lightly and said, "Since I came here, the physical energy and mental energy in my body are ready to move, but they seem to be able to be transformed into other powers besides chakra. "


    "Tsk..."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help shaking his head with emotion.


    Apparently, it seems quite normal for Kisame to be able to extract domineering energy from his own body. This guy is actually the strongest among the Seven Ninja Swordsmen in Wuyin Village!


    "Then let''s go!"


    After Uehara Naraku encouraged his subordinates, he suddenly raised his finger, and the tall Susano suddenly appeared on him!


    This mighty Valkyrie stands on this island!


    In front of Susanoo, this island can''t even be called a small garden!


    Naraku Uehara stood inside Susanoo''s crystal, and his voice gradually became a little cold: "Then let me open up a ring suitable for us to fight that admiral!"

 Chapter 396

    The ancient island.


    A blue Susanoo with a height of one thousand meters suddenly appeared here. Compared with it, the huge creatures on the entire island looked like ants, and fled in panic!


    Just at this time, the two giants, Dongli and Broki, also stopped their fight, looking at the huge blue giant in disbelief!


    "I''m very sorry to tell you both."


    Uehara Naraku stood within the crystal on Susanoo''s forehead and said loudly: "This island will be requisitioned by our Baroque Work Club, if you want to continue fighting here, welcome to join our Baroque Work Club. "


    Uehara Naraku finished talking about the club''s recruitment, and continued: "If you refuse to join our Baroque Work Club, then I can only sorry to let you...leave this small island!"


    The next moment, Susano pulled out his ninja sword abruptly!


    A blue sword Qi suddenly slashed towards the volcano, and the volcano was instantly cut open by the sword Qi, and the magma from the ground spewed out immediately, spreading towards the surroundings!


    Dongli and Broki showed a look of shock on their faces. Their bodies are not as hard as a volcano. If this sword energy falls on them, what will happen is definitely predictable...


    Under the spread of magma, the two giants could only run away together. They were still discussing with each other when they were running in the forest!


    "The god of Albaf will take care of the winner among us...but before we decide who is the winner, let''s kill that guy together!"


    "Okay, let''s use that trick together!"


    However, just after the two of them finished discussing, a blue sword energy suddenly struck, cutting off their way of escape!


    Uehara Naraku manipulated Susanoo and waved a ninja knife, and said loudly: "Hey, hey, do you really don''t want to join our Baroque Work Club? We are the most powerful organization in the Great Airline of this era, and it is your job to recruit you pleasure!"


    "We''ve never heard of such a small organization with such a name!"


    Qing Gui Dongli brandished his rotten sword, and said loudly: "No matter what time it is, the strongest on the Great Route is Elbaf''s Giant Pirates!"


    "That''s right!"


    Broki the Red Ghost swings his ax wildly!


    The two giants attacked almost simultaneously, and a huge shock wave suddenly hit Susanoo!


    This is the super powerful move of Elbaf, the kingdom of giants!


    After the two giants finished releasing the overlord, they had little strength left, and their rotten weapons were completely shattered. This was also their strongest blow!


    However, it''s a pity that the hegemony they released didn''t shake Susanoo''s body at all, and couldn''t even make it take a step back...


    "It''s really weak..."


    The tall Susanoo slowly lowered his body, stretched out his finger, flicked it with one finger, and sent the two giants flying away!


    Uehara Naraku''s high-pitched voice came out: "Go away! Your strength is too weak, and you are not qualified to join our baroque work club! The giants in Elbaf are indeed not very strong, even those who asked me to kill you There is no desire!"


    "..."


    A touch of despair appeared on the faces of the two giants.


    The two of them have been fighting here for so many years. They never thought that one day they would be occupied by others and even insult their homeland!


    In this world, the Kingdom of Giants is known as the most powerful country in the world, and this has always been recognized!


    It''s a pity that the two of them have nothing to do...


    The size of the blue giant alone makes people desperate!


    What they can do now seems to be to temporarily abandon the dispute, write down the hatred they have encountered now, return to their hometown to rebuild weapons suitable for giants, and look for those partners from the past...


    Then¡­


    Come back for revenge on Baroque Works!


    After their future revenge is over, they will take back this ancient island and continue the battle between the two of them...


    After driving away the two giants, Uehara Naraku''s Susano disappeared into a phantom, and his body landed on the ground again.


    "Mr. Naraku, I thought you were just driving them away..."


    Nicole Robin walked slowly to his side, with a subtle expression on her face: "But Elbaf values ??their honor, if you humiliate them like this, you may be hunted down by them or even the whole Elbaf in the future." Husband''s hostility..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Nicole Robin, shook his head calmly and said: "They only know Baroque Works, and our boss is Shichibu Haisha Crocodile Crocodile, at that time our boss will definitely get rid of the entire giant country."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s expression was more subtle.


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, and continued softly: "Besides, Mr. Crocodile will come from behind the scenes to the front of the stage soon!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin looked at Uehara Naraku speechlessly.


    Why is it necessary to use a series of tricks?


    In addition to wanting to fight Aokiji, this guy also wants to leak the news of Crocodile through the mouth of the admiral?


    Although now the world government will definitely not remove the position of Shichibukai, the king of Crocodile, because of a baroque work agency criminal company...


    but¡­


    But if this Uehara Naraku continues to mess around like this, Crocodile will not be able to keep the more convenient position of King Shichibukai, even his own life may not be saved!


    Naraku Uehara joined the Baroque Work Club for a few days, and now he has started to cause trouble, and he will even provoke an admiral soon...


    This guy doesn''t seem to mess with small things...


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Uehara Naraku doesn''t care what Nicole Robin thinks.


    Because Naraku Uehara knew very well that Crocodile had challenged Whitebeard, the strongest man in the world, so this was nothing to worry about.


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his palm, and continued calmly: "Then let me take advantage of this time to build a battlefield suitable for us!"


    next moment!


    The ground of the ancient island suddenly rose, and countless animals fled to the sea because of the rapid rise of the ground. At least they could still survive in the sea.


    "this is¡­"


    Nicole Robin couldn''t help looking at her feet, and said with a little hesitation on her face, "Is it another kind of natural fruit power? Soil fruit?"


    "you could put it that way?"


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, spread his palms again, and a huge wind blade began to plow and level the ancient island, turning the entire island into a square island!


    "As for what''s next..."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly fell to the ground, and he said softly, "Then let''s add some decorations from our two camps! Life must present a sense of ritual... This is the admiral of the navy, so he must be surprised!"


    "..."


    Robin had question marks all over his face.


    She really couldn''t imagine Uehara''s brain circuit.


    When the world government''s highest combat power, Admiral Aokiji, was about to arrive, this person didn''t think about how to prepare for the battle, but instead set up a huge arena here.


    Why don''t you just go to Dressrosa if you like the duel field so much?


    It''s a pity that this person can''t be persuaded!


    Even though Nicole Robin described some achievements about the admiral to them, Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame were still unmoved. The two of them were holding iced juice, as if the two of them were listening to a fairy tale.


    A day passed.


    A long white line appeared above the sea.


    That is Admiral Aokiji''s mode of transportation, using his frozen fruit ability to create an ice passage, and then riding a wooden anti-skid bicycle along the ice passage.


    For ordinary pirates, this method is quite scary.


    This is also enough to prove the strength of the admiral.


    After seeing a small island, Aokiji stopped on his bicycle.


    The admiral looked at his record pointer, took out another map, and glanced at the huge cube-like island in front of him with some doubts.


    Shouldn''t this place be called a small garden?


    Could it be that he was riding a bicycle and going the wrong way?


    The appearance of this island now really makes Aokiji doubt his memory, although he has never been bothered to remember these.


    Just when Aokiji was still hesitant, a man''s loud voice came from the island: "Come here! Mr. Kuzan, we have been waiting for you for a long time."


    "what?"


    Aokiji scratched his head.


    The next moment, Aokiji''s body rose from the ice, ran all the way along the unusually vertical rock wall of the island, landed on the island after a few vertical jumps!


    When Aokiji raised his head and looked at the whole picture of the small island, he couldn''t help being a little shocked based on his experience on the great route for so many years.


    The ground of the entire island is unusually flat.


    The area of ??tens of kilometers is absolutely endless. There are no weeds, trees or animals on the ground. It looks like a completely¡­


    No, this is a duel field!


    This is a huge duel field made artificially!


    Originally, this small island was supposed to be a paradise inhabited by a group of huge ancient creatures, but now it has been turned into a duel field!


    On one side is a huge white stone wall with a seagull logo painted on it, which obviously symbolizes the navy!


    On the other side is a huge black stone wall, with floating red clouds painted on Uehara, which obviously symbolizes the enemy!


    This is someone provoking the navy!


    Someone wants to provoke him, the admiral of the navy!


    But what I have to say is that the person who created this huge arena, no matter whether he did it with strength or money, plus he dared to challenge the admiral in such an arena, is really enough to make people Some admire it!


    The laziness on Aokiji''s face faded away, and his gaze slowly fell on the corner of the edge of the dueling island, where three people were sitting.


    a man.


    a woman.


    a murloc.


    They happened to be exactly what he was looking for here.


    "Mr. Kuzan."


    One of the young men stretched out his hand towards him, and said loudly: "Would you like to come over and have a glass of juice first, and let''s discuss the rules of the battle by the way?"


    It''s the man named Uehara Naraku!


    Aokiji''s face became slightly serious, he walked over step by step, sat in front of them, scratched his head, and said softly: "No, forget it, I still prefer beer, do you have it here? "


    "Sorry, my tutor is strict, I can only drink fruit juice."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he suddenly changed his words: "No, if you want, we still have white water here."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm.


    The next moment, the water vapor in the air quickly gathered in his hands and turned into a water ball, which automatically rolled down into an empty glass.


    This move is indeed amazing!


    Even Aokiji was amazed by this magical performance, especially the general knew that this was not magic at all, but the ability of this guy Uehara Naraku!


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers felt chilly, and after knocking on the cup, he put the glass of water in front of Aokiji, squinted his eyes and looked at Aokiji with a smile.


    "I guess you''d like to drink ice water."


    "..."


    Aokiji lowered his head.


    There are some square ice cubes in the water glass.

 Chapter 397

    Aokiji''s eyes trembled slightly.


    He was not mistaken just now, Uehara Naraku is definitely using the freezing ability, not the low-level ability Xueyuguo, but pure freezing ability.


    But¡­


    He, Admiral Aokiji, is the one with the frozen fruit ability!


    This guy Uehara Naraku used the freezing ability in front of him, a fruit capable person, what is his ability? Could it be the ability to copy devil fruit...


    "Don''t you like it?"


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was still kind. He looked at the admiral in front of him and continued with a smile: "Because this place is too simple, if there is a place where the hospitality is not good, I hope Mr. Kuzan will forgive me..."


    "No."


    Aokiji shook his head, and said calmly: "It''s too extravagant to fill up the entire island and create such a luxurious duel field to welcome me..."


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand with a smile, and then continued with a serious face: "Don''t blame me, you are the general of the Navy headquarters, such a place is worthy of your identity!"


    This sentence makes people feel a little uncomfortable.


    Obviously Uehara Naraku was praising Aokiji''s status, but his tone sounded like a superior looking at a child.


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he spread his palms and introduced the duel field: "This is the battlefield I worked so hard to create yesterday, and it will definitely allow Mr. Kuzan to display his full strength here..."


    "I really put my heart into it..."


    Aokiji slowly tilted his head, and his eyes moved to Nicole Robin next to him: "It seems that the information has gone wrong, I thought Miss Robin was your boss, and now it seems that she has joined another organization What''s inside..."


    "..."


    There were a few drops of cold sweat slightly on Nico Robin''s forehead.


    Because when Nicole Robin was eight years old, Aokiji, the enemy who once brought her into a catastrophe, brought her fear and shadow that could not be eliminated in a short time.


    Nicole Robin''s expression gradually became more and more ugly, she murmured in a low voice: "Why did you come here... are you here to kill me again?"


    "That''s what happened."


    Aokiji nodded slowly, and continued softly: "After all, being the last archaeologist in O''Hara is still too dangerous for this world..."


    After saying this, Aokiji''s gaze moved slowly, from Robin''s body to Uehara Naraku''s body: "It seems that you have also joined a more dangerous organization! If you do this, you can''t let it go is you¡­"


    "Don''t say that."


    Uehara Naraku picked up a glass of juice on the stone table, took a sip slowly, and continued softly: "We are a peaceful organization dedicated to mediating wars in the world, and no one desires world peace more than us... "


    Aokiji: "..."


    A man sitting here who just killed the Drum King and is going to challenge the admiral and tell me you''re a peace organization?


    Kisame Kisame and Nicole Robin also had weird expressions.


    After seeing their expressions, Uehara seemed to come to his senses again, and quickly changed his words: "Sorry, I made it easy...Anyway, Mr. Kuzan only needs to know that our hearts are actually righteous and bright."


    "You don''t look like this kind of person at all!"


    Qingzhi''s eyelids trembled, he stretched out his hand to hold the glass of ice water, and swallowed the ice water into his stomach: "On the contrary, I look like conspirator... From your eyes, I don''t have any Did not see justice!"


    "That''s because we''re pretending to be the bad guy."


    Uehara Naraku explained casually: "We are now agents of a company called Baroque Work Agency. This Baroque Work Agency is a criminal company. The boss of this company is not a good person, so we must follow the boss!"


    Nicole Robin: "¡­"


    This is where it starts?


    Can Uehara Naraku be a little bit more human?


    The sand crocodile knows what is happening now, and will definitely fight you desperately!


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Aokiji frowned slightly, and looked at Uehara Naraku strangely: "Can you speak a little slower? I don''t quite understand what you mean... So, who is the boss of this baroque work agency?"


    "Your Majesty Qiwuhai, Crocodile the Sand Crocodile."


    After Uehara Naraku casually revealed the identity of the sand crocodile to Aokiji, the admiral in front of him didn''t change color when he heard Crocodile''s name.


    Obviously, the admiral didn''t take King Shichibukai seriously.


    Uehara Naraku''s face immediately wrinkled, and he said in a deep voice: "Hey, why do you have such an expression, show me a little seriousness!"


    As Uehara Naraku spoke, his emotions became agitated: "That''s Mr. Shichibukai Crocodile, a big pirate with a reward of 81 million, who was only defeated by the world''s strongest man, Whitebeard, when he was young! "


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists tightly, and his emotions became more and more excited: "If there is anyone in this world who can reach Ralph Drew and become the second Pirate King in the world, then it must be Mr. Crocodile!"


    This is really like a loyal minion to Crocodile, even Crocodile probably can''t find anything wrong here.


    At this moment, Uehara felt that he was possessed by the actor.


    It''s a pity that his guts and strength don''t quite match his acting skills.


    A man who wanted to challenge the admiral, actually said here that he was a subordinate of the king Qibukai?


    This guy is so fake!


    Aokiji watched Uehara Naraku perform with a blank expression.


    If it hadn''t been for seeing Crocodile a few times and seeing Uehara Naraku''s pomp with his own eyes, Aokiji might really want to convince himself to be a little lazy and simply believe Uehara Naraku''s nonsense.


    The admiral helplessly helped his forehead: "Your Excellency... Did you graduate from drama acting? No, it should be said that acting in drama is not enough! From your eyes, I can''t see the slightest dislike for Ke. The awe of Rockdale!"


    "Are you questioning my loyalty to Mr. Crocodile?"


    A flash of anger flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, and his fists gradually became tighter and tighter: "In this world, no one respects Mr. Crocodile more than me!"


    "Hey Hey hey¡­"


    Aokiji looked at Uehara Naraku like this, and felt a little blind.


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    Qingzhi couldn''t help rubbing his brows: "It''s almost enough! You look lawless...does anyone really dare to be your boss?"


    "..."


    Everyone present fell into silence.


    The anger on Uehara Naraku''s face gradually dissipated, and he regained his smile: "Hehe, it seems that the admiral''s IQ is not as low as I imagined... Really, he can see through my perfect performance!"


    "It''s because your acting skills are too clumsy!"


    Aokiji couldn''t help complaining, and stretched out his palm to signal the duel field: "If the two of us met by chance on the sea, and you were on a small pirate''s boat, maybe I might believe you a little bit." nonsense..."


    He is the admiral of the Navy headquarters!


    No matter if it is any pirate in the world, they will never take it lightly when they see him, let alone this is the first half of the great voyage!


    In the first half of the great voyage, any pirate would be afraid of the general''s pursuit, but Uehara Naraku in front of him clearly knows his general''s identity and strength, but he has set up a super luxurious arena here!


    "Enough chatter is enough..."


    Aokiji slowly put down his palm, his face was cloudy: "Can you tell me your real identity now? Otherwise, I can''t guarantee that your life will survive later..."


    At this moment, Qingzhi''s aura suddenly changed!


    A chill radiated from his body, making the people present feel that the temperature in the air dropped instantly!


    Aokiji''s aura was so strong that it was almost overwhelming. At this moment, he let go of his laziness for the time being, and fully displayed the majesty of the admiral of the navy headquarters!


    Dried persimmon ghost shark''s face also changed involuntarily!


    Nicole Robin was paralyzed from fright!


    "Ha... As expected of the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, it''s really scary!"


    Uehara Naraku was talking, the smile on his face remained undiminished, and he even continued to take a sip of the juice slowly.


    Naraku Uehara made some mocking words and actions, which made Aokiji think of another colleague with a slightly bad personality.


    "You guys... are as bad as that guy Polusalino!"


    Aokiji couldn''t help but patted his forehead again, the expression on his face became a little more serious: "I don''t want to waste time with you guys who are ambiguous..."


    "Then let''s get started!"


    Naraku Uehara grabbed his juice and leaned lazily on the stone chair.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became a little crazy: "Please show your strength in front of me as much as you want, and let me see how strong the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, who is known as the highest combat power of the world government, can be!


    If your strength is not enough, you will no longer have the qualifications to stand in front of me, and I will have your corpse made into a work of art! "


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly changed, and the corners of his mouth hooked up slightly again, showing a kind smile: "If your power can make me a little bit happy, I don''t mind telling you about our real identity¡­"


    Uehara Naraku sat upright again, put his palms together and put them on the table, the smile on his face was extremely mysterious: "That is as beautiful as the sunrise, the dawn that can bring hope to the world ..."


    Uehara Naraku''s words are misty...


    But it made Aokiji really feel that he was talking about something extraordinary!


    Aokiji''s expression gradually became more and more serious, the coldness emanating from his body became less and less, and even a layer of frost appeared on the chair!


    "Go, ghost shark!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand at the tall murloc beside him, and said loudly: "Let our general give you some pointers, and let me see the power you have now..."


    "Yes, Master Uehara."


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned lightly, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth, he slowly pulled out the shark muscle sword on his back, and the armed domineering quickly wrapped around the shark muscle.


    The shark muscle broadsword quickly became pitch black!


    This scene made Aokiji''s eyes slightly surprised.


    On the sea, it is not uncommon for armed color domineering.


    But in the first half of the great voyage, there are very few pirates who can use the armed domineering and directly wrap it around the weapon.


    Many pirates in the first half of the great voyage may have never heard of domineering.


    Such a character...


    Now there are only 15 million rewards!


    Even 150 million seems not enough!


    What''s even more ironic is that such a person is just one of Uehara Naraku''s subordinates, and Uehara Naraku''s reward is only eight million.


    these guys...


    Hidden really deep!


    "please!"


    Kisame grinned lightly, and invited Kuzan to walk to the duel field together. The smile on his face gradually became a bit ferocious: "According to Master Uehara''s wishes, in his duel field, the only rule is that there are no rules!"


    "It seems that I am really underestimated!"


    Aokiji couldn''t help but scratched his head, and followed Qianshi Guixier to the wide duel field. He couldn''t help but continued in a low voice: "Is your strength too strong? Or do you underestimate the strength of others?"


    "It''s really beyond imagination!"


    Kisame Kisame couldn''t help but glanced at Aokiji, the smile on his face was still a little ferocious: "I won''t underestimate anyone''s strength... But Lord Uehara is different... No matter how much he underestimated Your Excellency, that''s right." Your appreciation!"

 Chapter 398

    The sea breeze is a little noisy.


    Uehara Naraku sipped his own juice, looked at the two people standing in the duel field, and said loudly: "Hey, let me enjoy the battle between you, if it makes me dissatisfied, I am not only Tickets will be refunded, and people will be beaten!"


    "Aren''t you... not worried?"


    Nicole Robin''s eyelids trembled, and she still looked nervously at the tall Aokiji in the duel field: "That''s the admiral of the Navy Headquarters, Crocodile is definitely not comparable to him!"


    "What''s there to worry about?"


    Uehara Naraku held the straw in his mouth, and said with a relaxed face: "I just need to be sure that I am invincible, and I don''t care how strong he is!"


    "..."


    This man is really beyond imagination confidence ah!


    Nicole Robin couldn''t help showing a drop of cold sweat on her face.


    After hearing Naraku Uehara''s words, Kisame Kisame still grinned his mouth and showed his sharp teeth: "If it''s Master Uehara''s order to fight better, I really dare not let him down!"


    "..."


    Aokiji didn''t speak.


    For him, he didn''t like what happened today.


    In addition to the fact that Nicole Robin joined a dangerous organization, there is also a reason why as an admiral of the Navy, he should come to a combat show.


    No matter what, this organization must not be allowed to survive!


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Aokiji turned his eyes slightly, and glanced at Nicole Robin who was sitting next to Uehara Naraku. It was also very dangerous for Nicole Robin to stay in such an organization!


    Yes.


    The purpose of Aokiji''s visit was mainly for Nicole Robin.


    Until now, what Aokiji wanted was to destroy this organization and let Nicole Robin leave such a dangerous person as Uehara Naraku, because only in this way could she continue to escape and live.


    The unknown organization that Robin joins now is different from those small organizations that Robin has been in before, and those organizations can be easily destroyed by Aokiji...


    The current organization is dangerous beyond imagination!


    This organization must set off a wave of world destruction. In that case, the world government will never tolerate Robin who joined this organization alive.


    Taking a step back...


    Even if Robin just wants to find a hiding place, such an organization is not suitable, because maybe he will be killed casually...


    This woman is really troublesome...


    I knew I shouldn''t have taken this trouble in the first place...


    While Aokiji was still thinking wildly, the voice of Naraku Uehara came into their ears: "Hey, you can start!"


    With Uehara''s announcement, the air suddenly became solemn!


    Standing in front of the stone wall with the navy logo, Aokiji slowly stretched out his palm to the empty space, a handle of ice blade spread out from his palm, and a cloud of jet-black domineering slowly wrapped around the ice blade!


    Kisame Kisame, who was standing in front of the stone wall with the logo of the Akatsuki Organization, didn''t care about the scene he saw at all, and rushed forward waving the shark muscles in his hand!


    The next moment, the two collided suddenly!


    A shock wave emanated from the confrontation between the two!


    The two of them fought in a group with armed domineering weapons wrapped around each other, and each brandished a long knife in their hands trying to attack the opponent''s weakness!


    I have to say that Aokiji''s height is indeed very dominant.


    Especially this guy is also an out-and-out monster, even if he doesn''t rely on the fruit ability, he can still fight back and forth with dried persimmon ghost shark!


    The more they fought, the more frightened they became!


    The next moment, the ice blade in Aokiji''s hand was suddenly chopped into pieces, and the armed arrogance he had wrapped around the ice blade gradually dissipated!


    The dried persimmon ghost shark''s shark-muscle sword sliced ??through Aokiji''s body, and he narrowly avoided it!


    Just when Aokiji thought he had dodged the attack, the shark-muscle sword suddenly came to life, and sharp thorns spread across his shoulders!


    This is a domineering shark muscle with armed colors!


    Armed color domineering can directly ignore elementalization and attack the body of a natural fruit ability user, even Qingzhi can only hastily cover his shoulders with a layer of armed domineering, resisting the sharp thorns of shark muscles!


    What surprised Aokiji was...


    The armed arrogance he had just covered his shoulders gradually disappeared after the shark muscle touched it!


    No, or rather, sucked away!


    "this is¡­"


    Aokiji''s face changed.


    The admiral flew back a few steps and exited the attack range of the shark muscle. His brows frowned: "A knife can absorb the domineering power of the armed forces. Is it a weapon that has eaten a devil fruit... It seems that it can''t be done. Underestimated fellow!"


    "You guessed it right!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame pointed at Aokiji with a shark muscle sword, and said with a chuckle, "Same muscle can indeed absorb your domineering... Although it is not as delicious as chakra, it can be regarded as enough to satisfy its hunger after all, right?"


    Confidence flashed across the face of Kisame Kisame, and he continued with a smile: "After all, I can follow Lord Uehara. Even if you are the general of the Navy headquarters, you shouldn''t underestimate my small role too much!"


    "Well, that makes sense..."


    Qingzhi nodded slowly, he calmly spread his palm, and said softly: "I should really apologize to you for this, I really shouldn''t judge a person just because of their appearance...Ice Ball!"


    The next moment, icicles suddenly popped out from Qingzhi''s palm!


    These icicles rushed towards the direction of the dried persimmon ghost in an instant, and the air they passed through was full of cold air. When these icicles hit the enemy, they would freeze the enemy into ice balls in an instant!


    "Water Escape¡¤Water Array Wall!"


    The dried persimmon ghost quickly closed his palms to make a seal, and opened his mouth to spew out a ball of water, turning it into a water wall, blocking the oncoming icicles!


    The next moment, the wall of the water formation was directly frozen!


    "It seems to be a ninja from Wano Country?"


    Aokiji looked at the movement of the dried persimmon and ghost just now, and couldn''t help frowning again: "It''s more troublesome than I imagined!"


    "No, it should be Your Excellency who is the trouble for me!"


    The dried persimmon ghost shark held the shark muscle again, split the ice wall turned into pieces by the water formation wall, and rushed towards the blue pheasant!


    Dried Persimmon Kisame waved his shark muscles and rushed forward, with a ferocious smile on his face: "I really miss Mr. Itachi... If he is still alive, maybe I don''t have to face such a troublesome opponent now. !"


    "Mr. Itachi..."


    Aokiji heard a very weird name, a bit like their kind, Mr. Itachi, it should be the code name of a character they organized.


    It''s just that soon Aokiji has no time to think like this!


    Because Kisame Kisame''s speed is faster than expected, and the ninja knife in his hand is so weird that it can absorb domineering, it is also very difficult for people to deal with...


    If normal people...


    No, or, if there is no special fruit ability, those lieutenant generals who just like swordsmanship and physical skills will almost be perfectly restrained when facing Kisame.


    Even fruit abilities are useless...


    The intelligence of the vice admirals is almost always semi-public.


    This person named Ganshi Guixie has a lot of arrogance in himself, and he can also absorb the arrogance of others...


    It''s unimaginable!


    No, in addition to absorbing arrogance, it seems that it can also absorb physical energy, because Aokiji felt that his physical energy consumption seemed to be slightly accelerated just now.


    Among all the lieutenant generals in the Navy headquarters, the only person who can rely on domineering and physical skills to suppress this dried persimmon ghost is probably only Lieutenant General Garp, who is known as the most armed person, right?


    "Dried persimmon ghost shark, you are indeed surprising."


    There was a cloud of cold air in Qingzhi''s palm, he watched the rushing dried persimmon ghost shark, kept dodging the ghost shark''s attack, and continued in a stern voice: "It''s been a long time since the first half of the great route has appeared. A pirate as powerful as you..."


    The next moment, Aokiji''s face suddenly became a little cold, he stared at the dried persimmon ghost slashing at him with his shark muscles, and continued in a cold voice: "But you guys should not underestimate the general''s power, right? "


    Aokiji suddenly squatted down on the ground, and after avoiding the attack of the dried persimmon ghost, he stretched out his hand and landed his palm on the entire duel field!


    "Ice Age!"


    The next moment, Aokiji''s body suddenly turned into ice, and the ice surface appeared from his hands in an instant, and quickly spread towards the entire duel field!


    A chill also emanated from his body!


    In just a few seconds, the entire duel field turned into a world of ice and snow, which is unimaginable!


    Anywhere in the entire area is within the attack range of Aokiji!


    This guy just relied on his freezing ability to directly change the terrain and environment, making this duel field his home field!


    Faced with this situation, Ganshi Guisame felt a little helpless.


    Dried Persimmon Kisame felt a gust of cold air blowing towards his face, and frost formed on his body, so he could only cover his body with armed colors.


    The ability to freeze fruit is really too restrained for him!


    Because Kisame Kisame couldn''t perform his best water escape ninjutsu at all, any water escape ninjutsu would be frozen by the ice.


    Moreover, this duel field has completely become a world of ice and snow. If Kisame fights in this area, he needs to maintain his armed color all the time to avoid being frozen by the ice...


    Now, it''s a disadvantage.


    Just as the dried persimmon ghost closed his palms, intending to try to continue attacking with a big shark bomb technique, a voice stopped his movement.


    "Stop it, Kisame, you''ve already lost."


    After Uehara Naraku stopped Kisame, he calmly patted his palm, looked at Kuzan, and continued with a chuckle: "You really deserve to be the admiral of the Navy headquarters... you can easily change the environment of the entire island. "


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm and landed on the ground: "But Miss Robin wears very little clothes... I don''t want my subordinates to get sick."


    "..."


    Aokiji looked at him in surprise.


    In the next moment, a stream of steam burst out of Naraku Uehara''s palm, and the entire island was covered by the steam in just a few seconds!


    The duel field that had just turned into a world of ice and snow suddenly began to evaporate rapidly under the action of this high-temperature steam, and gradually revealed its original appearance again.


    Ten seconds ago, Aokiji showed his powerful strength, which made Nicole Robin and Kanshi Kisame startled.


    However, just over ten seconds later, the strength that Aokiji had just shown was easily resolved by Uehara Naraku, which made Aokiji''s heart unbearably shocked.


    This is not something ordinary people can do!


    What kind of fruit ability is this guy, it seems a bit like a temperature fruit?


    On the duel arena, mist filled the air.


    Naraku Uehara waved his palm, and a gust of wind swept over, blowing away all the floating mist on the duel field, revealing the figures of everyone present.


    "It''s not a temperature fruit... it''s a more terrifying ability!"


    Aokiji stared intently at Naraku Uehara, who was still smiling harmlessly, a shadow gradually appeared on the face of the admiral of the navy headquarters.


    this person¡­


    Must be stronger than he imagined!


    What a troublesome guy... How could Robin find such a person!

 Chapter 399

    Facing a powerful enemy like the admiral, Naraku Uehara still looked relaxed.


    Naraku Uehara even looked at Kuzan with great interest, and asked the admiral of the Navy headquarters if he needed help with treatment or something.


    "Mr. Kuzan, do you need me to help you restore your strength? To some extent, I can actually be regarded as a good doctor."


    This sentence is not wrong.


    Because of retaining the existence of star infusion, Naraku Uehara is enough to become the strongest ship doctor in the world. In addition to life energy, he can also help restore the domineering look of the armed forces.


    Infusion of Stars: Consume 10% of the current life energy and armed arrogance of oneself, and replenish a certain amount of life energy and armed arrogance for the target. No cooldown time.


    "Well, there''s no need for that."


    Aokiji scratched his hair and rejected Naraku Uehara''s proposal.


    As an admiral of the navy, Aokiji''s body functions far surpassed that of ordinary people. The time he fought with Kisame Kisame just now was not too long. Except that the Ice Age that transformed the entire island out of thin air was a bit exhausting, there was nothing serious about it.


    "it is good¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place.


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists and rushed towards Kuzan almost like flying: "Then let''s... let''s start the war now!"


    "..."


    Aokiji''s palm suddenly released a shock wave of cold air!


    The cold air penetrated the air almost in the blink of an eye and landed on Uehara Naraku''s body, but it did not hinder Uehara Naraku at all!


    Uehara Naraku''s body also has the ability to freeze. As the same ability, Aokiji''s ability to freeze fruit will not have any effect on him at all!


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, opened his palm suddenly, and said with a light smile: "I must like this trick very much..."


    The next moment, a cloud of magma sprang out from Uehara Naraku''s palm!


    This scene made Aokiji''s face change again, and there was a hint of gloom in his eyes, because it happened that the power used by Naraku Uehara was what he hated the most.


    "Can you still use the ability of that guy Sakaski?"


    "This is the ability of your colleague General Akainu, don''t you like it?"


    Uehara Naraku waved the magma towards Aokiji, and the magma was bubbling with thick smoke, scattered in the air instantly, and fell like raindrops!


    A burst of cold air burst out from Aokiji''s body, and he waved his hand to quickly cool down the dripping magma rain, and it all froze!


    Just after Aokiji easily resolved this move, his face suddenly became serious again, because he saw Uehara Naraku''s body turned into a golden light!


    this is¡­


    The Shiny Fruit Ability of General Kizaru!


    "How should I say that sentence..."


    Uehara Naraku''s body was shrouded in golden light, and the next moment his figure turned into a ray of light and suddenly appeared beside Aokiji, kicked Aokiji''s chest: "Have you ever been kicked by the speed of light? Is that so?" Bar?"


    "..."


    Aokiji just silently raised his arm to block the blow!


    At this moment, Aokiji''s mood was extremely bad. As the top three admirals of the navy, Aokiji knew very well how tricky the yellow monkey''s ability was!


    I really didn''t expect...


    Naraku Uehara can still use the Shining Fruit ability!


    Wouldn''t this guy be able to use all natural fruits?


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, and the figure suddenly turned into a ball of flashes and dissipated, and these flashes floated in the air again and gathered!


    "Actually, I quite like General Huang Yuan''s ability..."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure reappeared, holding a golden light between his two fingers, he suddenly flung it towards Aokiji''s position!


    Countless dazzling light bullets descended from the sky!


    The power of each light bullet must not be underestimated!


    Every light bomb that hits the ground can quickly cause a violent explosion!


    Aokiji''s body turned into ice, erected an ice shield and appeared in front of him, muttering to himself in a low voice: "This is really troublesome... Even Polusalino''s eight-foot Qiong Gouyu Are they all available?"


    The problem is a bit big!


    Why do people with this ability still stay in the first half of the great route!


    Shouldn''t the pirates who got this kind of ability powerful enough to use many natural fruits go to the new world? Why is it still in this kind of place!


    "Uehara Naraku."


    Aokiji looked up at Naraku Uehara in the sky, and asked directly: "What is the meaning of you staying in the first half of the great route?"


    "For Mr. Crocodile, of course!"


    Uehara Naraku, who was in the air, showed a solemn expression on his face. He looked at Aokiji and said seriously: "It is my belief to make Mr. Crocodile the One Piece!"


    "..."


    Aokiji looked at Uehara Naraku and scratched his hair: "Hey, if you want to kill Crocodile, it should be easy, right?"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    It''s all here...


    He has already been exposed by him...


    Stop acting at this time!


    "Hehe, then you are wrong!"


    Naraku Uehara raised a finger and shook his head, and continued with a smile: "If one day you really see the real hidden power of Mr. Crocodile, then I believe you will be shocked by him!"


    It''s as if Crocodile is really scary.


    Aokiji didn''t hear the truth, so he stuck out his palm helplessly and pointed at Uehara Naraku in the air: "It seems that I can only find a way to get the secrets from you... Admiral of the Navy headquarters, but you guys don''t think so." It''s that simple!"


    The next moment, a surging shock wave suddenly appeared!


    This is the release of armed color domineering in the air!


    As the highest combat power of the world government, and as the top three members of the justice navy, in addition to their powerful natural fruits, they also have extremely powerful arrogance!


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly turned into reincarnation eyes!


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, and directly absorbed the armed domineering energy released by Aokiji directly into his body!


    Naraku Uehara ticked the corners of his mouth, smiled wryly and said, "Mr. Kuzan, it''s useless to show your domineering power to me..."


    "Can this guy actually absorb domineering energy?"


    Kuzan stared at Naraku Uehara, at this moment he finally realized what kind of enemy he had encountered, and the pupils of the admiral of the navy suddenly constricted.


    no, or rather...


    Uehara Naraku''s speed and method of absorbing arrogance are more terrifying than Kisame''s!


    Because in Aokiji''s knowledge-colored domineering perception, Uehara Naraku just stretched out his palm, and absorbed the huge armed-colored domineering shock wave he released!


    Where did this guy come from? Not only can he use the abilities of many natural-type devil fruits, but he even has the ability to absorb domineering energy!


    If armed color domineering is ineffective against Uehara...


    Basically, there is no way to restrain Uehara''s various elemental abilities, not to mention that Aokiji''s frozen fruit ability is also ineffective against Uehara Naraku...


    How does this make him fight?


    Do you really want to learn from that guy Sakasky, no matter what enemy you encounter, you must stubbornly resist with your own life to the end?


    When they first met, Aokiji already knew in his heart that Uehara Naraku was difficult to deal with, but he didn''t expect that this guy seemed to be even more difficult to deal with than he imagined!


    It''s really... unimaginably strong!


    At this moment, Aokiji finally understood why a powerful person like Kanshi Kisame would submit to this man named Uehara Naraku...


    This guy is just perfect against anyone on the great route!


    Even Aokiji, at this moment, can''t think of any other person who can defeat Naraku Uehara. Just these abilities alone make him almost have no weaknesses!


    On the great route, a strong enemy is not terrible, because no matter how strong he is, he will always have his weaknesses.


    So does Naraku Uehara have a weakness?


    Aokiji''s eyes became slightly serious.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Aokiji''s eyes with great interest, and said softly: "Aside from armed domineering and frozen fruit ability, what else do you have? Navy Six Types or something, why don''t you come and show me?"


    "..."


    Aokiji, who was originally calm, finally couldn''t help shaking his eyes after hearing Uehara Naraku''s words.


    How could Navy Six be useful to such an enemy?


    But there seems to be no better way now, right? Then you can only rely on pure physical skills, and quietly use the armed domineering in the battle to severely injure Uehara Naraku.


    Aokiji''s lazy brain finally worked, and he estimated his winning rate a little bit, 10% would be good!


    Just as Aokiji''s brain started to function, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared into the air, floating in front of Aokiji!


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "Am I really overestimating you generals? We''ve only been fighting for a few minutes, and I''m about to lose my interest in fighting you?" ?¡±


    Uehara Naraku''s smile suddenly became dark: "Mr. Kuzan, I prepared a luxurious duel arena for this battle!"


    "..."


    Aokiji shook his head slowly.


    Although Aokiji''s heart was actually very heavy, but his face gradually regained his composure, because life always has to go on.


    Aokiji''s eyes moved slightly, he saw the sea outside this dueling island, no matter what devil fruit ability user Uehara Naraku was...


    As long as he is capable...


    It is destined to be rejected by the sea.


    But it is not easy to do this... because Aokiji himself is not afraid of the sea, he can freeze the sea with his freezing ability at any time, not to mention that Naraku Uehara has so many powerful natural abilities...


    but¡­


    Finally found a way to break the weakness!


    "shave!"


    The figure of Aokiji disappeared in front of Naraku Uehara in an instant!


    By stepping on the ground dozens of times in 0.36 seconds, using the anti-shock force to achieve high-speed movement!


    The Navy Six Form is one of the top physical arts in the world.


    It''s just that these physical skills have been sealed in the memory of these admirals, because the enemies they face are all solved with the ability of devil fruit.


    Now, you can only use the six styles and the armed color domineering...


    And an admiral''s years of experience in battle!


    Even Aokiji never thought that one day he would be forced to give up his proud frozen fruit ability and the armed domineering power he had cultivated for many years...


    Instead, return to the most primitive state of combat.


    "Well, I haven''t used it for many years..."


    Aokiji''s body flashed an afterimage, and appeared behind Uehara Naraku as if teleporting, and his finger suddenly landed on Uehara Naraku''s body!

 Chapter 400

    "Point to the gun!"


    Aokiji''s fingers were about to penetrate Uehara Naraku''s body suddenly!


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    However, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in front of Aokiji, causing Aokiji''s finger gun to fall into the empty space, and Aokiji''s eyes tightened at this moment!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared beside Aokiji, and his fingers landed on Aokiji''s head, squinting his eyes and smiling, "It just so happens that I know a similar move, Mr. Kuzan, do you want to try it? ?¡±


    Although Naraku Uehara seemed to be asking for Aokiji''s opinion, his actions did not hesitate at all!


    A splash of water splashed from Naraku Uehara''s fingertips!


    The splash of water suddenly shot through Aokiji''s head, and the body of the admiral of the navy turned into a ball of ice and fell to the ground!


    next moment.


    Qingzhi''s body slowly recovered from the ice.


    The rest area of ??the duel arena.


    When Uehara Naraku and General Aokiji were fighting fiercely, or when Uehara Naraku unilaterally suppressed Aokiji, Kisame Kisame drank the juice slowly.


    The surprise on Nicole Robin''s face never faded.


    Although she knew that Uehara Naraku had enough strength to fight Aokiji, but now she only saw Uehara Naraku completely suppressing the admiral of the Navy headquarters...


    In other words, Aokiji is almost powerless to fight back!


    At least from the current point of view, Aokiji has been in a state of being beaten, even walking around in Uehara Naraku''s garden, Aokiji still looks a little embarrassed.


    "Mr. Kisame..."


    Nicole Robin watched the two people fighting in the duel field in the distance, and couldn''t help but ask, "What kind of ability is Mr. Naluo?"


    "Who knows!"


    Kanshi Kisame thought for a while, then grinned lightly and said, "If you really insist on saying it, you can regard him as a god walking in the world..."


    "God?"


    Nicole Robin''s eyes flickered.


    On the dueling arena.


    Aokiji''s battle was completely crushed.


    Because the only way for him to defeat Uehara Naraku is to use his rich combat experience to find a chance to defeat Uehara Naraku within the time limit...


    But Uehara Naraku has never given a chance!


    This battle was undoubtedly the most embarrassing one Aokiji fought, no matter facing any enemy, he had never felt his powerlessness like now.


    "Boring battle."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm grabbed Kuzan''s throat.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly turned into natural eyes of reincarnation, and quickly drew the armed domineering spirit in Kuzan''s body!


    Just when Kuzan thought that Uehara Naraku was going to kill him, and hurriedly prepared to elementalize to get out of trouble, he felt the domineering energy in his body quickly drained out!


    This guy is actually absorbing his domineering power!


    After Qingzhi''s body temporarily lost its arrogance, it was completely reduced to a large sandbag, unable to carry out any effective resistance anymore.


    "Mr. Kuzan, you have already lost."


    Uehara Naraku''s hand was condensed with a group of armed domineering, and he punched Aokiji hard in the face, knocking the tall man to the ground with one punch!


    Aokiji lay on his back on the ground.


    The admiral of the Navy headquarters was in an unprecedented embarrassment.


    "Let''s go."


    Naraku Uehara picked up his collar, and just like that, he dragged the scarred admiral towards their rest area.


    Aokiji didn''t care about his own image, he just looked up at Uehara and asked, "Hey, Naraku Uehara, what is the real purpose of you guys? What is the purpose of taking Robin into your organization?"


    Anyway, he can''t resist now.


    And whether it is life or death, it is not up to oneself for the time being.


    If this is the case, why not go back to the original point and see if you can find out some truths before you die.


    By the way...


    Also see if this is Robin''s home.


    The only troublesome place, even if this is no longer Nico Robin''s home, and even wants to use her to do some dangerous things, Aokiji can''t help her.


    Aokiji didn''t hear Uehara Naraku''s answer, so he could only continue to ask: "Hey, Uehara Naraku, you guys don''t know about Nicole Robin''s past, do you?


    So far, all organizations related to Nicole Robin in Dahai have perished, and she was the only one who survived..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku heard this, and finally couldn''t help but turn around and said: "Mr. Kuzan, those organizations that Nicole Robin once joined, really weren''t you who secretly eliminated them?"


    "Is there a part of it?"


    Aokiji scratched his head, and responded in a low voice: "Anyway, that woman is born lonely, and there is no good end to getting involved with her. O''Hara is like this, and Sauro is like this, and you are no exception..."


    After Aokiji said this, he continued in a low voice: "Since she was eight years old, that woman Nicole Robin has used her clever mind to infiltrate some organizations and use her as her hiding place, and she has personally promoted Those organizations are destroyed...


    Although her strength is not as good as yours, but her brain is very smart; no matter what your purpose is, she will definitely mess up your plan; I think you should drive her out and let that woman fend for herself in the sea ! "


    "Oh."


    After Uehara Naraku nodded casually, he suddenly touched his chin: "Go join an organization, then mess up the organization''s plan, and finally destroy the organization..."


    After thinking for a while, Uehara Naraku slowly nodded and said, "Why do I feel that this approach is a bit familiar..."


    As for Aokiji speaking of danger...


    Where is Nicole Robin in danger?


    To be honest, the members of the Akatsuki organization are much more dangerous than Nicole Robin!


    It happened that they also arrived at the rest area, Uehara Naraku threw Kuzan on the ground with his hands, and sat on the stone chair by himself.


    Naturally, Nicole Robin also heard their conversation, her face was pale, and there was a look of horror in her eyes.


    Just when Nicole Robin was nervous, Uehara Naraku asked calmly, "Hey, Robin, is your past really what he said?"


    "..."


    After a long silence.


    Nicole Robin finally nodded slowly.


    "yes."


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, and suddenly said: "Then when I am in the future, if I want to send you to join a pirate group to go undercover, would you like to go?"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin was silent for a moment.


    The woman finally nodded slowly and said: "If it is Master Naraku''s order, I will carry it out seriously."


    "very good."


    Uehara Naraku patted her on the shoulder, with a smile in his eyes: "So... how about I give you a reward now?"


    "Ok?"


    Nicole Robin looked up suspiciously.


    A skate suddenly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and the skate in his hand rested on Nico Robin''s shoulder, only an inch away from her neck!


    Kuzan''s eyes suddenly tightened!


    He didn''t expect Uehara Naraku to kill so brazenly!


    "Mr. Naraku..."


    After a second of panic in Nicole Robin''s eyes, she regained her composure: "What do you mean?"


    "Means nothing."


    Uehara Naraku slowly melted the skates into steam, he sat calmly on his chair, put his legs on the table, and said slowly: "When I wanted to kill you just now, you didn''t notice that Ku Do you like Mr. Zan''s expression?"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin turned around with lingering fear, but only saw the slightly complicated expression on the admiral''s face.


    Seventeen years ago, she was still living in her hometown of O''Hara at that time, and her only friend at that time was a vice admiral named Sauro.


    It''s a pity that O''Hara was ordered to slay demons by the world government because of his research on the historical texts that were forbidden to be studied, and he suffered a catastrophe.


    One of the people who led the team was Aokiji in front of him.


    It''s just that after Aokiji killed her friend Sauro, he respected Sauro''s wish and agreed to let Nicole Robin go.


    The relationship between two people...


    In fact, it''s quite complicated, with enmity and kindness.


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm calmly, and said softly: "Okay, Mr. Kuzan, stop acting in front of me..."


    Why is there always someone performing in front of him...


    These people don''t know at all, is he the real actor?


    Uehara Naraku reached out and took out his own juice, waved his hand and said: "Forget it, you can solve your problems internally later, anyway, some members of our organization like watching movies the most, especially when the story is more bloody. , the more they like it!"


    "Mr. Naraku, what does this mean?"


    Nicole Robin opened her mouth in surprise, she couldn''t help but glanced down at Kuzan on the ground, and said softly, "You don''t mean to let an admiral defect, do you? How is such a thing possible? ..."


    "how could be?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said with a smile: "This is an admiral, how much information can he provide us in the future... It would be too wasteful to let him defect!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s expression changed from astonishment to subtlety. At this moment, she looked slightly rude at Uehara Naraku.


    This guy¡­


    How fantastic is it!


    How could an admiral be Akatsuki''s spy!


    Aokiji heard what Uehara Naraku said, and suddenly said slowly: "As long as you are willing to believe in me, of course you can..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s eyelids couldn''t help shaking.


    Although Qingzhi''s lie sounds really perfunctory, but you, a general, have to be stubborn anyway, it''s too spineless!


    After all, how could a general of the Navy headquarters be a spy for a small organization, or he wanted to take the opportunity to be a double agent and wait for the opportunity to obtain Xiao''s intelligence for the navy.


    Nicole Robin immediately found an opportunity to fight back against Aokiji, the admiral who had been deliberately poking her scar for seventeen years just now...


    Now it''s really the reincarnation of heaven...


    Nicole Robin was even a little thankful that she joined Akatsuki.


    Nicole Robin looked at Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "Mr. Naraku, Admiral Aokiji of the Navy Headquarters is from the Navy training camp!


    Moreover, Admiral Aokiji is a disciple of the former Navy Admiral Zefa. It is said that he is the most likely to succeed the next Admiral of the Navy, and he is somewhat foolishly loyal to the World Government.


    It is absolutely impossible for this kind of person to sincerely agree to be our spy. I guess he wants to take the opportunity to escape and get our information! "


    After finishing speaking, Nicole Robin slowly stretched out her finger, and a trace of coldness flashed across her face: "Mr. Naluo, why don''t you let me kill him!"


    "..."


    Aokiji had a delicate expression.


    During the O''Hara incident back then, he let this woman go, but now he is about to die at the hands of this woman?


    like¡­


    Also acceptable?

 Chapter 401

    It''s really sad.


    The story of this world is also very bloody.


    Aokiji, the admiral, has always wanted Nicole Robin to follow his old friend''s last wish, find a partner who depends on each other, and live a good life; Nicole Robin wants to kill Aokiji now to avenge Sauro.


    Nicole Robin stared at Aokiji, her expression was faintly excited, mist gradually accumulated in her eye sockets, and tears fell down her cheeks little by little!


    "Sauro is my only friend!"


    The woman wiped the tears off her face abruptly, and her voice gradually became a little gloomy: "General Qingzhi, I never dared to think about this idea, and today I have the opportunity to kill you, kill me!" Sauro''s demons..."


    Yes, never dared to think about it.


    Nicole Robin knew that she couldn''t be Aokiji''s opponent anyway, so she never dared to think about revenge, and could only live on like a mouse.


    Once she finds out that someone is chasing her, she will run away directly.


    "pretty good."


    Aokiji looked up at the blue sky, and said slowly: "I really didn''t expect it, do you still remember Sauro? Then kill me now, and you don''t have to bear hatred anymore Bar?"


    After saying this, Aokiji suddenly looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "Hey, Uehara Naraku, you shouldn''t let me go, right? This is the tomb prepared for me, right? Before dying, let me and Ni Can Robin say a few words alone?"


    "¡­Can."


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, and when Kisame left temporarily with dried persimmons, the corners of his mouth curled up slightly.


    Wait until the two of them leave.


    Aokiji sat up slowly, looked at Nicole Robin who was nervous for a moment, and said softly: "Don''t be nervous, I won''t do anything, now I''m defeated, the only thing I can do is die, rather than die in their hands , it is better to die in your hands."


    "What do you want to tell me?"


    The expression on Nicole Robin''s face was still very vigilant.


    Aokiji raised his head and looked at Nicole Robin, his voice suddenly lowered: "The giant who fought for O''Hara seventeen years ago, Harguval D. Sauro is my good friend."


    "what?"


    Nicole Robin''s expression changed.


    Back then, she saw Aokiji kill Sauro with her own eyes! At this moment, Nicole Robin suddenly understood why Aokiji would let her go from O''Hara...


    Aokiji''s expression was still indifferent, and his voice became lower and lower: "I followed his will and let you go from O''Hara''s island, and I also had the obligation to keep an eye on your life. I have been observing all these years. looking at you.


    Seventeen years have passed, and you have not changed much. You have never thought about finding a shelter. Instead, after hearing that someone is hunting you, you will betray your companions and run away. I thought that after seeing me this time, you would also Betray them and run away alone.


    Now that you haven''t escaped, maybe it''s because you''ve seen their powerful strength, or maybe you''ve really found a place to live. I should be happy for you.


    But that Uehara Naraku is very dangerous..."


    When talking about this, Aokiji suddenly rubbed his head again, and interrupted himself: "Well, forget it, at least you have found a place anyway, so don''t let Sauro down, take care of yourself Live!"


    "As long as you are alive, O''Hara will not perish."


    After finishing speaking, Qingzhi, who was sitting on the ground, hunched his back slightly, and his head slowly drooped: "My words are finished, kill me now!"


    This is Aokiji''s last words.


    For so many years, he has been paying attention to Nicole Robin, for fear that the little girl he let go will die in the sea.


    About¡­


    Does he treat Nicole Robin as a daughter in his heart?


    In other words, it is also atonement for the sins of the Navy in O''Hara.


    Who knows!


    This is the guy who most wants to give people warmth, but he got the coldest fruit in the world, which is really a great irony.


    "Aokiji..."


    After listening to Aokiji''s last words, Nicole Robin slowly clenched her fists, and a layer of mist appeared in her eye sockets again.


    Nicole Robin shook her head violently, and said in a deep voice, "I can''t betray Xiao...Aokiji, you surrender to us!"


    Nicole Robin looked at Aokiji, and continued: "Just now what Uehara Naraku said about making you a naval spy is teasing you, he will never let you go back and leak the news!


    But as long as you are willing to surrender and stay with me in Akatsuki, Uehara Naraku will definitely not kill you. Everyone in this organization treats him like a god!


    Uehara Naraku also thinks that he is a real god, manipulating this world, he is such a proud person, as long as you are willing to surrender, he will definitely accept you as an admiral, because this is a toy for him to show off ..."


    "There is no way the Admiral of the Navy will surrender."


    Aokiji lowered his head and rejected Robin''s proposal, his voice was more stubborn and cold: "When I was defeated, I was already dead here, let''s do it, Nicole Robin, at least let me I leave in peace."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin was silent.


    Nicole Robin suddenly knelt down in front of him, looked up at Kuzan, her voice suddenly became agitated, tears streaming down her cheeks.


    "Don''t just say you''re dead! For seventeen years, I''ve been worrying about someone chasing me every day, but I''m still trying to live!"


    "What a naughty little girl..."


    Aokiji stretched out his palm and stroked Nicole Robin''s hair, a relieved smile appeared on his eternally cold face: "I haven''t been able to take a good look at you, now that you''ve grown up, then Don''t play childish tantrums anymore..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin wiped her tears with her head down.


    At this moment, all the grievances and grievances of seventeen years have been eliminated here.


    Nicole Robin knew what the man in front of her had done for her, and now she just wanted Aokiji to survive, even if she lived just as meekly as she did before.


    Nicole Robin can understand the admiral''s pride...


    But she still wanted Aokiji to survive, even if it was humiliating.


    Just when Aokiji was about to continue to say something, he saw Uehara Naraku looking at them in the distance, showing a mysterious smile.


    No, that guy is weird!


    Aokiji''s expression suddenly changed, and he regained his indifference: "Nicole Robin, hurry up, I don''t have the strength in my body now, and I can''t commit suicide at all..."


    "Don''t worry about looking for death!"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm landed on Nico Robin''s shoulder, a slight smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, he looked at Aokiji and said, "Actually, both of you are wrong, what I said is true , as long as you agree to be my spy, I will let you go."


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku ignored the astonishment of Nicole Robin and Aokiji, reached out and rubbed his forehead: "What a headache, if I wanted to threaten your loyalty to me, I couldn''t find anything People can be hostages..."


    After Uehara Naraku said this, he looked at Aokiji, and a strange smile suddenly appeared on his face: "Am I going to use your teacher Zefa to threaten you? You must know that General Zefa must not be my opponent...


    And what about Smoker, your guard at Rogue Town? Is he your friend? But I don''t think you, an indifferent guy, might care about them..."


    "..."


    Aokiji''s expression did not change.


    In fact, I was a little flustered.


    Because the two people Uehara Naraku mentioned are really one of the few people he cares about most, especially his teacher, General Zefa.


    After Uehara Naraku lowered his head and thought for a while, he suddenly stretched out his palm towards Kisame Kisame, and a cloud of dark green energy was pulled out from Kisame Kisame''s body!


    That was the soul contract he signed with Qianshi Guisame back then!


    Although the call of fate has been exchanged by him for chakra energy, the soul contract is still on him and Kisame!


    Uehara Naraku waved the dark green energy to the ground, and a short green spear landed in front of Aokiji: "If you don''t want them to die with you, pick up this dark spear! "


    Dark Spear: Provide a cooperation agreement to others through the Dark Spear. If they accept the agreement, the Dark Spear will enter their bodies and bind their souls. If they betray the contract, the betrayer''s soul will be Included in the Spear of Darkness to strengthen its power. (Only one person can be bound, and can be undone voluntarily.)


    "..."


    Aokiji fell silent.


    Dried persimmon ghost sighed faintly.


    Nicole Robin whispered beside him, "Aokiji, follow his orders first, no one in Akatsuki''s members will resist his orders... If he is provoked, he will definitely do what he says of!"


    "..."


    Aokiji slowly stretched out his palm.


    Nicole Robin is right, no matter what, you must first find a way to stabilize Uehara Naraku.


    The next moment, he slowly grasped the dark spear made of dark green energy on the ground.


    The moment Aokiji grasped the Dark Spear, a dark green energy wrapped around the bodies of the two of them, and a godly sigh appeared in their ears.


    The oath has been signed.


    "Even if you are an admiral, as long as you betray our agreement, you will die immediately, and your soul will not rest in peace."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to heal Aokiji''s body, and then continued softly: "In this case, even if you betray me, you won''t have the chance to leak my information,"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku looked at Aokiji, and there was a smile on his face again: "Don''t be so cold on your face, be happy, at least if this is the case, you can also take this opportunity to monitor me, and even persuade me Let go of certain wrong ideas..."


    What Uehara Naraku said is indeed true.


    At least after becoming this guy''s person, you can monitor his every move and stop his dangerous moves.


    Qingzhi''s expression softened a little, he raised his head and asked aloud: "Then can you tell me now, your true identity and true purpose?"


    "Our true identity is Xiao, meaning to bring the hope of dawn to this world."


    After Uehara Naraku introduced his identity with a serious expression, he spread his palms and continued: "Of course our superficial identity is an employee of Baroque Works, and the main purpose is to let the world know the horror of Mr. Crocodile!


    We want the whole world to know that Mr. Crocodile is the most terrifying pirate in the world, and he is the man most likely to become the Pirate King! "


    "Sorry, stop for a second..."


    Aokiji couldn''t help but scratched his head, looked at Naraku Uehara and asked, "Well, can I ask, do you have hatred with that guy Crocodile?"


    Is this going to kill Crocodile?


    This method of spreading terror and fear is only done by some little pirates who want to be famous and die!


    If a pirate like Crocodile, who has been canonized as the Shichibukai under the king and has a great reputation, dares to do this, he will definitely provoke a group of powerful enemies!


    Why do these two people have such great strength, but they are really squatting in a small place like Baroque Works to entrap Crocodile!


    What is the purpose of doing this...


    If there is a grudge, can''t you just kill him secretly?


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    "There should be no hatred, right?"


    Naraku Uehara turned his head and glanced at Nicole Robin: "Hey, Robin, did Mr. Crocodile say anything bad about me? Like treating me like an experiment?"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin thought for a while, then shook her head and said, "No, Crocodile just said that he treats you employees as disposable tools."


    "Then there is a grudge between me and him now."

 Chapter 402

    Uehara Naraku really has no integrity.


    He obviously joined the Baroque Work Club to harm Crocodile the Sand Crocodile, but now he speaks as if he and the Sand Crocodile just had an enmity.


    And this person''s mind is too small!


    "Well, take the Crocodile matter as your bad taste!"


    Aokiji rubbed his forehead, and continued to ask helplessly: "Then what do you want me to offer? I execute lazy justice, and I don''t know much about the navy. I value you..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, then shook his head.


    At least now, it seems that he really doesn''t need the admiral to do anything, after all, they are just a small organization dormant now...


    Even if Yao Shidou joins the navy latently, there is no need to use Aokiji for the time being, because the current Yao Shidou is only a third-class soldier... Maybe in the future, when Yao Shidou is about to be promoted to the position of vice admiral, he will need the help of Aokiji !


    The chess piece of Aokiji...


    All that is needed now is to hide.


    Maybe if you manipulate Akainu in the future, this pawn can become an admiral of the navy?


    "Come to sleep first!"


    Uehara turned his head to look at the black wall painted with red auspicious clouds, waved his hand casually and said: "A general of the navy headquarters, of course, can''t be used for some trivial matters. When I need it, I will send someone to find you of."


    "Well¡­"


    Qingzhi scratched his head, and sighed casually: "It seems that when you are looking for me, it may be a big trouble!"


    "maybe¡­"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, and a golden light flew out from his fingertips, and suddenly shot through the other white wall with the peace seagull drawn on it.


    A smile suddenly appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face: "Mr. Kuzan, in order to prevent you from being too lonely in the navy, I will try my best to find more companions for you in the navy..."


    "Ok?"


    Aokiji raised his head suspiciously.


    The admiral thought for a second, and immediately understood what Uehara Naraku meant. Is this guy going to continue to attack the vice admiral or even the admiral?


    And looking at Uehara Naraku''s actions just now...


    His next target...couldn''t be General Huang Yuan!


    To be honest, Qingzhi suddenly felt that Huang Yuan, who was ambiguous in everything, really had the possibility of being in two boats.


    After all, that man Huang Yuan...


    There has always been no morals.


    If two of the three generals in the Navy Headquarters are spies of Uehara Naraku in the future, their Marshal Sengoku and his colleague Akainu will go crazy, right?


    Boo boo boo...


    Boo boo boo...


    Just when Aokiji was about to say something, the phone bug on him suddenly rang, and under Uehara Naraku''s playful gaze, Aokiji reached out and connected his own phone bug.


    This is a call from Admiral Sengoku.


    "Kuzan, where are you now?"


    There was a hint of anxiety in Admiral Sengoku''s voice: "Portgas D. Ace rejected the invitation of His Majesty Shichibukai. When Polusalino rushed to Chambord to arrest him in advance, Ace was called Uchiha Sasuke''s pirates rescued!


    That bastard pirate named Uchiha Sasuke directly blew up a small island of Chambord, and Polusalino was seriously injured in order to protect the three Tianlongren!


    That pirate named Uchiha Sasuke is a member of the Spades Pirates, you must hurry back to Marlin Fandor immediately, we need to redo the plan to capture the entire Spades Pirates! "


    This is not to blame the Warring States for being anxious.


    The original Warring States plan was well prepared.


    As long as Portgas D. Ace accepts the invitation of His Majesty Shichibukai, then naturally nothing will happen; but if the guy refuses the invitation, it¡¯s fine, then send a general and Lieutenant General Garp to arrest him. Undersea prison.


    Fortunately, not only was no one caught, even an admiral was injured, and more importantly, the pirate who injured the admiral also joined the Spade Pirates!


    "...Well, I see."


    Aokiji hung up the phone and frowned slightly.


    Is there something wrong with this sea? He was beaten by Naraku Uehara just now, and General Kizaru on the other side was also injured...


    Aokiji turned his head and glanced at the people present, only to see Uehara Naraku and the three of them seemed to have strange expressions after listening to his phone bug.


    Condition¡­


    There seems to be something wrong?


    Boo boo boo...


    Boo boo boo...


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his hand to hold his forehead, and when he seemed to want to say something to Aokiji, the phone bug on him also rang, and it was Sasuke Uchiha.


    "Hey, Uehara, under Hei Ze''s arrangement, I have successfully joined the Spades Pirates. These guys are not very smart, and they didn''t doubt me at all."


    Sasuke Uchiha seemed to be in a bad mood. When he talked about the Spades Pirates, his voice sounded full of disgust: "Because I joined as a ninja and a swordsman. The guy from Sis seems to be very interested in ninjutsu, and has been pestering me, so I really don''t have time to contact you guys."


    The people of the sea are always interested in novelty.


    Just like a ninja like Uchiha Sasuke, Ace certainly would not give up this kind of crew, and Sasuke was also warmly welcomed when he joined the Spade Pirates.


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, and said softly: "But I just heard that you wounded the Admiral Kizaru of the Navy Headquarters, and even almost killed three Celestial Dragons... Has no one in the Spades Pirates suspected you yet?"


    "Don''t worry."


    There was a hint of indifference in Uchiha Sasuke''s voice: "I became the deputy captain of this ship within two days of joining the Spades Pirates...I can make decisions on most matters on this ship."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice became more and more disgusting: "And these guys'' brains...do they really have doubts? Now they pester me every day to learn ninjutsu...Do I have to lurk among these idiots? The guy''s IQ is not as good as that idiot Naruto!"


    to be honest.


    Uchiha Sasuke is really disgusted now.


    Although the members of the Akatsuki organization are quite funny, most of them have online IQ. The members of the Spade Pirates have no IQ at all!


    Obviously I saw a navy warship before and fled...


    I even met a second lieutenant who was chased by the navy and escaped...


    As a result, facing the attack of the general of the navy headquarters, the yellow monkey, on the ground of Chambord, the group of guys even encouraged their captain to challenge the general. After all, they are all natural-type fruit abilities...


    Damn, they don''t have any information about each other, and they have no concept of the strength of the enemy and us, so they just challenge the general?


    result¡­


    If he, the deputy captain, hadn''t made an emergency move and used the general''s protection against the Tianlong people to stop the pursuit, the Spades Pirates might be forced to disband today!


    A group of mentally retarded.


    Among this group of mentally retarded, Uchiha Sasuke, an obviously reliable guy, stands out from the crowd. His name is the deputy captain, but he is actually the nanny of the pirates.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    Some people in this world are indeed more innocent than imagined. They will never doubt their companions, so they are easy to be used by others.


    However, Uchiha Sasuke is more capable than he imagined!


    Why did this guy just join the Spades Pirates and become a deputy captain within a few days, and he joined the Baroque Work Club but he was only a middle-level agent...


    Crocodile bastard!


    Can''t you learn from Ace!


    At the very least, give Uehara Naraku a job as the vice president of the baroque work agency! Although now Baroque Works Vice President Nicole Robin is his...


    Uehara Naraku said faintly: "Okay, then lurk by Ace''s side, don''t be too outrageous, the power of this world is beyond your imagination..."


    "I see."


    After Uchiha Sasuke nodded, he said in a deep voice: "The general Lan Dun Xueji is really weird, and he is also a very sinister guy...


    But this time it''s just his luck, I already know his ability, the next time I meet him, I will definitely kill him! "


    Uchiha Sasuke already knew the ability of Shining Fruit, but he still stubbornly believed that the body of General Kizaru was just an ordinary Landun Xueji.


    "Oh, there''s no need to kill the yellow ape."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head boredly and said, "Maybe the next time we meet, he will already be our companion..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku glanced at Aokiji standing beside him, and continued: "By the way, there may be a general named Aokiji who will chase you down. Your ability is very restrained, remember to show mercy to him. Because he''s one of ours now..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke fell silent.


    After a long time, Uchiha Sasuke said gloomily: "Uehara Naraku, you guy... are you going to manipulate everyone in the world as your chess pieces?"


    "Not anymore."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, sighed faintly and said, "Why do you have such dangerous thoughts...I am a righteous person!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke was so angry that he hung up the phone directly.


    We are all our own people, why is this guy Uehara Naraku acting again?


    "Really..."


    Hearing the sound of the phone bug hanging up, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help sighing again: "We are all companions, why don''t you believe me?"


    "..."


    A layer of black lines hung on everyone''s foreheads.


    Aokiji stood by and listened to all the conversations between Uehara Naraku and Uchiha Sasuke. He couldn''t help but scratched his hair, and couldn''t help but said: "The one who hurt Polusalino... who... Is it your subordinate?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and did not deny the matter: "You can be regarded as a junior in the family! Children are a bit ignorant, and they insist on joining a pirate group to go out to sea to be a pirate... When you go to chase him down, start take it easy..."


    "..."


    Aokiji was lost in thought.


    To be honest, if he hadn''t heard it just now, he would have believed Uehara''s nonsense without thinking about it!


    Obviously, they don''t want to stay in the Spades Pirates at all, but you are the one who insists on inserting people as undercover agents!


    Naraku Uehara...


    It''s really not a good thing...


    "Okay, let''s say goodbye here!"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Aokiji, then at Nicole Robin, and the corner of his mouth curled up slightly: "Robin, then the task of contacting General Aokiji will be entrusted to you..."


    "yes."


    Nicole Robin nodded.


    Wait until the few of them parted.


    Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame set foot on their boat.


    Nicole Robin went to bid farewell to Aokiji alone, she looked up at the tall admiral, and persuaded in a deep voice: "Aokiji, you must not do stupid things in the future... No matter what happens, you must live well! "


    Once Aokiji did something stupid, he would surely die!


    Nicole Robin thinks she already knows Uehara Naraku, such an arrogant person will never let go of those who betrayed him!


    As long as Aokiji really dared to betray the agreement between him and Uehara Naraku, even if the result was not as dire as Uehara said, he would definitely be killed by Uehara!


    And Nicole Robin saw it too...


    Aokiji had no power to resist in Uehara Naraku''s hands.


    "Well, forget it..."


    Aokiji originally wanted to say something, but seeing Nicole Robin''s expression, he still shook his head self-consciously.


    The two talked about the past...


    Relationships seem to be getting more and more delicate.


    The next moment, Aokiji stretched out his palm, and his broad palm covered Nicole Robin''s hair. This man who was not very good at expressing his feelings patted Robin''s head.


    "I know... You should live a good life in the future... Also, don''t do too many dangerous things with them."

 Chapter 403

    Aokiji simply thought too much.


    What Uehara Naraku will do next is really not dangerous, not only that, but even a little leisurely, what danger can there be in visiting a novice village!


    After the group of them separated, they continued to run towards their destinations. Naraku Uehara also checked his reward for defeating Aokiji.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Admiral Aokiji (1/1) of the Navy Headquarters, the task has been completed, reward 150,000 points of life energy, 150,000 points of armed color domineering, and 150,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Sub-quest: Subdue a general-level subordinate (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 100,000 points of life energy, 100,000 points of armed domineering, and 100,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    The feeling of opening and hanging is really comfortable.


    Uehara Naraku took a slow look at his doubled attributes before looking at the next somewhat peculiar task.


    Hidden task: Let the coldest person in the world feel warm (1/1), the task has been completed, and the fixed reward is the psychic contract Ice Crystal Phoenix Anivia.


    Psychic Contract Ice Crystal Phoenix: Summons Anivia to participate in the battle, consuming 10,000 life energy points.


    There''s something about this system.


    You can also come up with things like fixed rewards.


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but want to praise his own system a little bit. Is it because Aokiji is a bird that he rewarded this ice bird''s psychic contract?


    Anyway, he is not at a loss anyway.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Nicole Robin, she still seemed to be very preoccupied, and didn''t know what she had brought to her boss.


    Because of the existence of Naraku Uehara, a navigator, they didn''t need to avoid any adverse weather at all, and quickly reached the end of their voyage.


    Whiskey Peak.


    There used to be many bounty hunters entrenched here, most of them worked under the control of Baroque Works, but they encountered a powerful pirate not long ago, and many of them were driven away.


    However, with the departure of that pirate, the bounty hunters returned here again, continuing their previous work, which was to deceive those newcomer pirates who had just entered the great route.


    "Cheat those pirates..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the town under the Whiskey Mountain, and couldn''t help but feel a little fascinated: "Speaking of which, we are all of the same kind! I also like to deceive pirates... There are so many like-minded people here, and life in the future must be very interesting."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s eyes trembled.


    No, you are not like them.


    These guys are only cheating those pirates who are offering rewards of millions and tens of millions of Baileys. If you get started, you will be the king''s Shichibukai...


    And these bounty hunters deceived the pirates purely because they wanted to kill those pirates cleanly; Naraku Uehara deceived Crocodile purely because he was afraid that Crocodile would die too easily...


    "From now on, this is where we will live."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes became a little dim again, and he continued quietly: "If we want to leave here in the future, we will probably have to wait until Mr. Crocodile transfers us back."


    This sounds a bit resentful.


    Kisame Kisame and Nicole Robin couldn''t help but want to write a tragic word for Crocodile in advance.


    "that¡­"


    Nicole Robin brushed her hair, and said softly, "Mr. Naraku and Mr. Kisame are also free to act, because I am basically in charge of the Baroque Work Club, and Crocodile rarely asks..."


    Before she finished speaking, Nicole Robin felt a little regretful.


    Wouldn''t it be good to induce these two people to stay safely at Whiskey Mountain?


    Whiskey Mountain is so small, what trouble can Uehara Naraku cause here? If the two of them were allowed to move freely, God knows how much trouble they could cause on the sea!


    "Then why are we still here?"


    Uehara Naraku heard that he didn''t have to stay here to win the trust of Crocodile, and immediately changed his face: "These bounty hunters are too unskilled in deceiving people, I am too lazy to be with them, and immediately set sail to Reversing Mountain, we Go to the East China Sea!"


    "It''s really ruthless..."


    Nicole Robin couldn''t help rubbing her forehead.


    Didn''t he still have to get along with this group of bounty hunters just now?


    Nicole Robin looked at Uehara Naraku, couldn''t help but sighed and said: "Mr. Naraku, but if you want to travel from the Great Route to the Four Seas, you don''t go through the Reversing Mountain;


    Because of the effect of ocean currents, if you want to return to the four seas from the great route, you have to find a way to cross the dangerous windless belt besides abandoning the ship and climbing the red earth continent..."


    This danger is relative.


    Among them, the sea kings are the most dangerous in the windless zone. These monsters with a length of hundreds of meters or even thousands of meters can easily tear apart any ship.


    For Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame, encountering Sea Kings is really not too much trouble for them.


    Unless they encounter the kind of sea kings with a size of several thousand meters, other sea kings are really not a threat to them...


    Of course, even a sea king with a few thousand meters is just an added dish for Naraku Uehara, who has a complete body Susanoo.


    They stopped for a day at Whiskey Peak.


    Nicole Robin dealt with the matter here, and after rearranging a few employees from the former Baroque Work Agency, the three left here and rushed to the windless zone.


    Windless area.


    A naval warship moved slowly, because there was no sea breeze in the calm zone, so it could only advance with the power of the warship itself.


    It is not dangerous for the Navy to cross the calm zone.


    Because there is a sea tower stone placed under the warship of this navy, this kind of stone can make the entire warship look like the sea, and will not attract the attention of sea kings.


    The navy on these warships did not dare to be careless at all. After all, the existence of Hailoushi will not attract the attention of the sea kings, which does not mean that they will not happen to encounter the wandering sea kings. Therefore, a naval sentinel is watching and observing on the ship, alerting the sea kings. appearance of the class.


    Just when it was hot, the navy soldier suddenly felt a breeze blowing against his cheek from behind, and he couldn''t help but wondered: "Hey, is it windy?"


    The next moment, he reacted suddenly!


    Here is a windless belt, how could it be windy!


    When the navy soldier turned his head suddenly, he saw a small boat sailing with its sails open, and the small boat was traveling very fast with the wind!


    "Colonel Tina, it''s windy!"


    "Colonel Tina, there''s a ship!"


    The naval soldiers on the entire warship were moved by the wind, and stood on the deck watching the small boat driving faster and faster, and finally gradually approached them.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    The chief officer of this warship is none other than a colonel of the Navy headquarters named Tina, who is also an ability user of the superhuman system.


    A sexy woman with long pink hair came out. It was Colonel Tina, the commander of the warship.


    The beautiful colonel pushed away her sunglasses and felt the sea breeze blowing in surprise: "There is no wind... how can there be wind... Tina has never seen such a situation..."


    "Perhaps the people in that small boat have played tricks!"


    A navy soldier stood beside her, pointing at the small boat that was getting closer and closer to the warship: "Colonel Tina, what kind of devil fruit ability is this?"


    "Tina...don''t know."


    The beautiful colonel shook his head hesitantly, and her eyes slowly fell on the small boat, and she also saw the three people on the small boat.


    a woman.


    a man.


    a murloc.


    "Colonel Tina!"


    The people around him also saw the three people, and he immediately remembered the arrest warrant issued not long ago: "Nicole Robin, son of the devil with a reward of 80 million Baileys, and the Sharkman Dried Persimmon with a reward of 15 million Baileys Kisame, and the pirate who offered a bounty of 8 million Baileys!"


    "..."


    Tina saw the weakest little pirate on the boat squinting her eyes and smiling and waving hello to her. The beautiful colonel''s face suddenly showed a touch of rage!


    Tina immediately gave the order to attack the boat: "Catch them! Although they don''t look like bad guys, they did violate the law!"


    This Colonel Tina must not know that Admiral Aokiji was beaten into a dog by someone she thought was the weakest not long ago... Even if this Colonel Tina knew, she would still attack without hesitation!


    on the boat.


    Nicole Robin was sitting in a chair reading a book, Naraku Uehara and Kisame Kisame leisurely drank juice, it was the strong wind he created that pushed the boat forward in the windless zone.


    When passing a naval warship.


    Naraku Uehara also saw the beautiful colonel with pink long hair and a sexy beauty on the warship, and he also showed a sunny and hearty smile to the beautiful colonel.


    Just when they thought this encounter was about to end, black spears suddenly attacked the boat!


    It was created by the ability of the superhuman-type Cancan fruit!


    These black spears are all as hard as steel, and fired from cannons, they are enough to easily penetrate this small boat!


    Dried Persimmon Kisame put down his juice in an instant, closed his palms and quickly formed seals, trying to prevent their small boat from being destroyed!


    "Hey, forget it!"


    Naraku Uehara grabbed Kisame''s arm, shook his head and said, "It''s not worth it because of this small boat. Since they want to send the boat, let''s change it!"


    Uehara Naraku just happened to prepare a big ship to go to the East China Sea to plunder, but this ship is indeed too small, it may not even fit the orange tree of Nami''s house!


    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Nicole Robin raised her head subconsciously, with a series of question marks on her face. What kind of inappropriate words are these?


    next moment.


    The boat was instantly pierced by black iron guns!


    The warship that was chasing and killing the boat also took this opportunity to catch up. Colonel Tina of the Navy Headquarters bit a cigarette and was about to announce that Naraku Uehara and his group had been arrested: "Tina announces that you pirates have been... "


    "Your warship was requisitioned by our Baroque Work Agency."


    Uehara Naraku on the small boat interrupted Tina, he took a sip of the juice in his hand, and looked at the colonel with a sullen face: "I really didn''t expect that there are still people in this sea who dare to attack our Baroque!" Workers!"

 Chapter 404

    Tina was a little confused.


    Uehara Naraku''s aura was so confusing that she couldn''t help but feel that the Baroque Work Club seemed to be a really great organization.


    The beautiful naval colonel frowned, turned her head subconsciously and asked, "Baroque Work... Tina seems to have heard of it..."


    The navy soldier next to him replied cautiously: "Colonel Tina, Baroque Works is a criminal company, and there are many wanted criminals in it. They were very active in the first half of the great route. We have captured one before..."


    Because the Baroque Works is especially active in the route around Alabasta, and that route happens to have a sea area under the jurisdiction of Colonel Tina. The naval soldiers on this warship still remember it.


    After Tina was silent for a second, a look of rage flashed across her face. She stepped on the guardrail of the warship and rushed towards Naraku Uehara and the others!


    "Tina is angry!"


    The beautiful colonel instantly felt that Naraku Uehara was teasing her, so he wanted to catch this daring guy himself!


    Naraku Uehara looked at the bold and beautiful Colonel, kicked her on the waist, and kicked the devil fruit user directly into the sea!


    This battle ended so sloppily...


    If a devil fruit capable user is kicked into the sea, he will lose all his strength in an instant under the wrap of sea water. Isn''t this at the mercy of others?


    in a minute.


    Naraku Uehara sat on the warship, moved a chair respectfully and placed it on the deck, and invited Nicole Robin to sit on the chair, and Kisame Kisame also stood beside Robin, with a smile on her face. There is a faint smile.


    In front of them was the beautiful naval captain Tina lying on her back on the deck, looking at the calm blue sky with a little despair on her face.


    This scene made the corners of Nicole Robin''s eyes twitch.


    At this moment, Robin felt as if he was going to take the blame too!


    Naraku Uehara glared, looked at a group of trembling naval soldiers, and said with a serious face: "We are members of the Baroque Work Club, and this is the vice president of our Baroque Work Club, Nicole Robin!"


    "..."


    A drop of cold sweat appeared on Nico Robin''s face.


    Well, there is no need to doubt it now, it is estimated that after a while, her bounty of 80 million Baileys will definitely be increased by another amount.


    I really don''t know Aokiji''s expression...


    Compared with the admiral of Aokiji, as a member of Akatsuki, after the bounty on his body has been increased, it seems that he should be more worried about that person named Kakuto.


    Naraku Uehara did not look at Robin''s expression, and continued in a deep voice: "From now on, your naval warships have been requisitioned by our Baroque Works! If you want to save your colonel''s life, immediately change your course and rush to the East China Sea Roger Town!"


    "Uh¡­"


    A naval soldier with a little courage stood up and said hesitantly, "We are also going to Rogge Town..."


    "very good."


    Naraku Uehara patted his palm, with a smile on his face: "This is really a meeting of fate! Hey? Are you unhappy? Applause for our meeting of fate!"


    "..."


    A group of marines looked at each other.


    There are question marks on every navy''s forehead.


    The next moment, they saw the tall murloc from Baroque Works with a ferocious expression, holding a strange knife and landed on Colonel Tina.


    clap clap clap...


    Applause spread throughout the entire warship.


    Looking at this scene, Nicole Robin couldn''t help but tremble her eyelids. The navy must have hated Baroque Works to death!


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands in satisfaction and signaled everyone to be quiet: "In the next time, I hope we can get along well. When we arrive at Rogge Town, you can bring your salute and get off the ship!"


    "..."


    All the navy looked at Uehara Naraku speechlessly.


    It''s fucking talking like it''s his boat!


    It''s fine if you take a boat, but you really want to snatch their warship!


    This kind of nature is very bad. It is more likely to arouse the hostility of the navy than to kill the king of the Drum Kingdom. He will definitely be hunted down by the navy in the future!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the speechless navy one by one, his face gradually became solemn, he continued in a deep voice: "I hope you will remember today''s lesson, and you will never...never provoke the Baroque Work Club, next time you really will not Such luck!"


    "..."


    The beautiful naval colonel lying on the ground bit her lip.


    At this moment, Colonel Tina remembered his humiliation, whether it was that Nicole Robin, this Uehara Naraku, or the entire Baroque Works...


    Tina will never let it go!


    Sooner or later, all the members of the Baroque Works will be arrested and sent to Imperton, the great undersea prison!


    must!


    Not one will be let go!


    It''s a pity that Colonel Tina only insisted on this idea for a day, and she planned to save the guy named Uehara Naraku first.


    Because Colonel Tina saw that when the murloc named Kisame Kisame wanted to kill a marine soldier, Naraku Uehara stopped Kisame.


    ten days later.


    The Navy warship sailed out of the calm zone.


    During these days, Naraku Uehara became the most respected person on this warship.


    He would always persuade Kanshi Kisame to put down his butcher knife and save those navy soldiers when Kanshi Kisame wanted to kill.


    Really a nice guy.


    Even Captain Tina couldn''t help but feel that this person seemed to have strayed into the wrong organization and wanted to try to save him.


    This moment.


    Uehara Naraku sat on the guardrail of the warship, took a sip of juice, and glanced at the mission rewards he had received.


    Sub-quest: Crossing the Windless Belt (1/1), the task has been completed, rewarding 10,000 points of life energy, 10,000 points of armed domineering, and 10,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    This is just his starting point.


    Next... is the real Newbie Village welfare giveaway!


    Uehara Naraku slowly turned over the map of the East China Sea, planning to plan a mission route, a crisp female voice fell into his ears.


    "Hey, Tina really doesn''t understand why a person like you joins that kind of criminal company. You look very sunny. Although your personality is a bit bad, you are undoubtedly a good person..."


    The beautiful captain of the navy stood beside Uehara Naraku, and continued: "These days Tina has quietly seen that you have been protecting the ordinary navy on board from the hands of the terrifying murloc and the son of the devil Nicole Robin. Soldier!"


    After saying this, the beautiful colonel said in a deep voice: "As long as you are willing to join the navy, Tina can guarantee that you will not be held accountable!"


    "Sorry, I can''t promise!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, with a look of apology on his face, he said softly: "Since I joined the Baroque Work Club, I can never look back..."


    When Uehara Naraku said this, his face gradually became a little fearful: "You are just a naval colonel, you don''t know how terrifying the boss of our baroque work agency is!


    If I dare to betray Baroque Works, I will definitely be killed by the boss. Don¡¯t say that you are just an ordinary navy colonel. Even an admiral or even an admiral is no match for the boss of Baroque Works! "


    "..."


    Colonel Tina had a look of doubt on his face.


    Just as she was about to continue asking questions, she saw Nicole Robin approaching, and the captain closed his mouth sullenly.


    "You can start packing your things."


    Nicole Robin was bitter in her heart, but she looked at Colonel Tina with a smile on her face: "We will be in Rogue Town soon, you navy can leave this ship."


    "vice president."


    Uehara Naraku stood up and looked at Nicole Robin respectfully: "I''ll take care of this, you go and rest!"


    "¡­it is good."


    Nicole Robin nodded in a daze.


    Don''t do this, I''m a little scared!


    I really don¡¯t know why Naraku Uehara wants to show his acting skills in front of an ordinary navy colonel... I don¡¯t understand¡­ I don¡¯t understand¡­


    If Naraku Uehara knew why Robin had this question, he would tell Robin directly, because this Colonel Tina will definitely spread the threat of Baroque Works and Crocodile among the Navy in the future... After this incident of robbing the warship, she Will definitely keep an eye on Baroque Works!


    On top of that, the pretty colonel seemed a little soft-hearted.


    Facing some less threatening pirates and prisoners, the beautiful colonel doesn''t seem to care about their past, and even directly takes them into the navy. This can be regarded as Uehara Naraku''s way to sneak into the navy to pave the way for her future...


    It is not certain whether he will join the navy in the future.


    Anyway, in life, it is always good to have one more path.


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku is a person who strayed into the baroque work agency and went astray, but still has a conscience and wants to turn back.


    After Nicole Robin left gracefully, Colonel Tina clenched her palm tightly, watching Uehara Naraku whispering to him.


    "Hey, Mr. Uehara, don''t do too many bad things with Baroque Works, otherwise Tina won''t be able to protect you in the future!


    And whoever is behind this criminal company, Tina will definitely put him in Imperton Prison! "


    "impossible."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in a low voice: "The strength and identity of the boss of the Baroque Work Agency are beyond your imagination... After arriving in Rogge Town, I hope you can forget what happened today!"


    "Tina will definitely do it!"


    Colonel Tina was still a little bit aggrieved.


    After the warship left the windless zone, its speed suddenly increased a lot, and they soon arrived at their destination this time.


    Rogue Town.


    The town of beginnings and endings.


    Because this is the hometown of One Piece King Gol D. Roger, it is also the place where Gol D. Roger was executed and killed, and it is also the starting point of the entire era of great pirates!


    "Do you want my treasure! If you want it, go to the sea to find it! I put it all there!"


    Because Gol D. Roger yelled this sentence before the execution, which completely awakened the wildness of the world. Since then, many people have rushed to the sea to become pirates, looking for the treasure one piece that the One Piece left at the end of Ralph Drew.


    Those who are weak think that there are countless treasures stored there; those who are powerful think that what is stored there is the truth of the world.


    The warship slowly stopped at the pier.


    "Rogge Town is here."


    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes and smiled, looking very sunny, he said softly: "Please take your luggage and disembark in an orderly manner..."

 Chapter 405

    The sailors left their warships with ugly faces.


    The mood of these sailors is really not very good. Every navy bears the name of Baroque Works in their hearts.


    Just before Tina got off the boat, she stopped in front of Uehara Naraku, and tried to save Uehara Naraku again: "Hey, don''t do those dangerous things, Tina must..."


    "Colonel Tina."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Tina''s words, and said softly: "Baroque Works left the great route this time because they wanted to take the opportunity to loot the most affluent places in the East China Sea.


    If you have time, please hurry to the naval base in this town and tell Colonel Smoker to be careful!


    Because we got the boss''s order, Colonel Smoker is the strongest among the naval chiefs in the East China Sea. If we want to loot the East China Sea, we have to get rid of Colonel Smoker first, so we have prepared a secret weapon to deal with him! "


    "..."


    Tina''s expression instantly became serious.


    The next moment, after Tina nodded slowly, she left her warship and planned to go to the Rogge Town Naval Base immediately to find her friend Smoker who is stationed here!


    Smoker is a natural-type ¡¤ smoking fruit ability user.


    The members of these baroque work clubs have really prepared means to deal with Smoker, that is really not good, and Smoker must be notified as soon as possible!


    If Smoker is dealt with, even if reinforcements arrive, it will be too late to stop the Baroque Workers from looting the East China Sea!


    "Tina knows."


    After Colonel Tina frowned, she hurriedly left after leaving a sentence: "Uehara Naraku, you must be careful, don''t be discovered by them!"


    If what Uehara Naraku said is true, it must be prepared in advance; if what Uehara Naraku said is false, then it doesn''t matter.


    But according to Tina''s observation, she thinks Uehara Naraku has no need to lie to her.


    Perhaps because of getting along with each other these days, this person named Uehara Naraku actually has the intention of turning around, but he is still afraid of the boss of the Baroque Work Agency...


    After watching the beautiful colonel leave in a hurry.


    The dry persimmon ghost came over with the shark-muscle sword on his back, couldn''t help grinning and said: "Master Uehara, is the IQ of the navy so low? She hasn''t realized that Uehara-sama is the scariest one among us for so many days! "


    "Ghost shark..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed quietly and said, "Isn''t it because of my superb performance?"


    "¡­Ok."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame shook his head helplessly.


    Nicole Robin walked out slowly, looked at Uehara Naraku and said softly, "Are we really going to loot Donghai?"


    "certainly."


    Uehara Naraku nodded and continued: "I have prepared the road map, the first stop is Rogge Town, the second stop is the sea restaurant Bharati, the third stop is Orange Village, the fourth stop is Windmill Village... "


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s eyelids trembled.


    What kind of roadmap did Naraku Uehara make?


    Except for Rogge Town, which is better, the rest are small villages that I have never heard of, and why is there a sea restaurant in it!


    Obviously your strength is so strong, can''t you be a little bolder? I really don''t understand how much money such a place can have!


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the dried persimmon ghost next to him, smiled lightly and said, "Then let''s go and see the execution place of One Piece!"


    "Ok?"


    Kisame Kisame glanced at Naraku Uehara in surprise, and couldn''t help asking curiously: "Master Uehara, don''t you want to say hello to Rogge Town first?"


    This is Akatsuki''s tradition.


    No, or rather it is the tradition created by Uehara Naraku, no matter where you want to attack, you must first use a powerful technique to say hello.


    "never mind."


    Naraku Uehara patted his forehead, shook his head and said, "I''m a good person now! After we get to the execution platform of One Piece, you will come and say hello to this town!"


    "Oh?"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark''s face suddenly had a strong interest.


    Rogue Township, Naval Base.


    Captain Smoker of the Navy Headquarters lives here, and this town is also his hometown. Many years ago, he also witnessed the execution of the One Piece King Gol D. Roger.


    While others frantically went out to sea to find treasure, Smoker vowed to stop the era of great pirates created by his fellow countryman, Gore D. Roger!


    This is really...


    Admirable three views of integrity!


    Have to say Smoker did a good job.


    It is precisely because he was stationed in Rogge Town that he captured many pirates who wanted to enter the great route, so that the high-level navy loves and hates him.


    Because what is criticized is that Smoker seldom obeys the orders of his superiors, and always attacks rashly, so he is still a colonel.


    Now Smoker is slowly smoking a cigar, walking on the streets of Rogue Town, looking very unfriendly, and he looks very unfriendly.


    to be honest¡­


    In the eyes of many residents of Rogge Town, this naval captain named Smoker is more like a gangster than the gangster Bartolomeo in this town.


    Smoker''s favorite thing to do is smoking a cigar, walking on the streets of Rogge Town and inspecting this town, this peaceful town, because this is the result of his years of hard work.


    Just when Smoker was slowly planning to have two more cigars, he saw a figure running over in a hurry, and his eyelids couldn''t help jumping: "Hey, Tina, why did you come to Rogue Town? ?¡±


    Tina is Smoker''s best friend.


    Both of them studied under the former admiral Zefa back then, and they came from the same training camp, so the relationship between the two of them is really good.


    "Smog!"


    Colonel Tina did not hesitate at all, and introduced all the situation: "A few powerful pirates have entered Rogue Town... They are here to target you!"


    Tina immediately told Smoker everything she had encountered in the calm zone, and also told him the news that the Baroque Work Agency wanted to loot the East China Sea.


    After finishing everything, the beautiful navy colonel frowned slightly, lowered her head and sighed, "Tina is ashamed."


    "It looks like the enemy is really strong!"


    Smoker exhaled a heavy smoke ring, and said in a loud voice: "I will send warships to surround them, I will deal with those guys, and take back your warships... No matter how strong the pirates are, the navy will definitely Can''t back down."


    Just as the two naval captains converged.


    Square in the town of Rogue.


    It is also the busiest place in Rogge Town.


    The execution platform that once executed Gol D. Roger still remains, and the world government regards this execution platform as a warning sign to the world.


    "It looks like no one is watching..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced left and right, walked up to the execution platform, and said softly: "You wait for me here, I will go up and have a look."


    "yes."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark nodded.


    Nicole Robin''s expression was a little subtle.


    This execution platform is actually unlucky, because one of the most terrifying pirates in the world was once executed here.


    Naraku Uehara walked up step by step.


    The townspeople in the square noticed this scene, and their expressions changed slightly. Some people seemed to be unable to stop their mouths to stop Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku turned a deaf ear and stepped onto the execution platform step by step, as if he had stepped onto a once supreme throne, and he finally stood on the execution platform.


    This is the last scenery a generation of One Piece saw before he died.


    Side mission: Stand on the execution platform of One Piece in Rogge Town, and feel the will left by One Piece (1/1). The task has been completed, rewarding 100,000 points of life energy, 100,000 points of armed domineering, and 100,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Hidden task: Awaken Bawangse Domineering (1/1), the task has been completed, reward Bawangse use skills, and synchronize mental energy to increase Bawangse domineering level.


    Domineering and domineering: only one in a million people has a natural domineering, which can intimidate and frighten opponents without making a move, and can even be used to attack directly.


    This is what Xinshou Village should look like!


    Just walking on this execution platform can get such a high reward!


    Sometimes it is really not to blame the system, it gives a road to becoming a god, but Uehara Naraku somehow chose to start in hell...


    Uehara Naraku (regular form)


    World Power: 5,200,000


    Life energy: 583900


    Overlord Color Domineering: Superior


    Armed color domineering: 583900


    Knowledgeable domineering: 583900


    Life Energy Recovery: 1296/sec


    Armed color domineering: 648/second


    Knowledge-colored domineering: 648/second


    Remaining coins: 13020


    Uehara Naraku glanced at his attribute panel, at this moment he also got the three-color domineering, and he doesn''t have to worry about being suppressed by the enemy with the domineering color in the future.


    and¡­


    As a leader who wants to lead the Xiao organization to the top of the world, he has never been domineering, and he always feels weird.


    No, that''s not quite right either.


    As a person who always likes to control everything behind the scenes, it seems even more strange to be able to get the domineering look!


    Naraku Uehara landed beside Kisame Kisame and Nicole Robin, and said with a smile on his face, "I''ve got what I want, let''s go!"


    "It seems Uehara-sama is in a good mood..."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned, with a smile on his face: "Then shall we leave Rogge Town? Aren''t we saying hello to this town?"


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Smoker and Tina who rushed over from a street, and his brows frowned slightly.


    Even though he has obtained the domineering color, his first thought is to show off his acting skills in front of Colonel Tina?


    Sure enough, is it more suitable for him to be the mastermind behind the scenes?


    What''s the use of domineering look!


    No matter how strong it is, it can only bring the enemy a momentary amazement!


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    If you have been hiding your identity from the enemy all the time, when your real identity is revealed, not only will it double the shock of the enemy, but it will also super double the joy you get in your heart!


    It just leaves a psychological shadow on the enemy.


    certainly¡­


    If you repeatedly jump...


    It can double the psychological shadow area.


    Naraku Uehara made a slight mistake in his footsteps, and stopped in front of Colonel Smoker and Colonel Tina. With a look of anxiety on his face, he winked at the two of them.


    "Hey, didn''t I tell you? Don''t mess with Baroque Works!"

 Chapter 406

    "Stay out of the way!"


    After Smoker glanced at Naraku Uehara irritably, he didn''t bother to pay attention to this little character. Is this the guy Tina mentioned who has lost his way?


    Smoker''s lower body suddenly turned into a puff of white smoke, driving his body into the air, crossing Naraku Uehara and rushing towards Kisame and Nicole Robin!


    After Uehara Naraku watched Smoker rushing over, he looked at Tina nervously: "Hey, Colonel Tina, what''s the matter with you? That''s Nicole Robin, the vice president of Baroque Works. Absolutely It''s not something he can deal with!"


    "Smogg doesn''t think so."


    Colonel Tina clenched her fists and said in a deep voice, "I''ve already told Smoker everything, and he will definitely..."


    Before Colonel Tina finished speaking, he saw Smoker being picked up by that murloc named Ganshi Kisame brandishing a big knife in his hand!


    What kind of pirate is this with a bounty of 15 million Baileys!


    Colonel Tina stared in disbelief at the black shark-muscle broadsword in Kisame''s hand, and it was that broadsword that hit Smoker, a look of astonishment appeared on her face.


    "That''s... armed domineering!"


    "What domineering?"


    Uehara Naraku is like a little cute new.


    After asking this sentence, Uehara Naraku asked again and again: "Why do you have to come here, knowing that the target of Baroque Works is Colonel Smoker, that guy named Kisame can deal with a vice admiral!"


    "Sorry, Tina is going to disappoint your kindness!"


    Colonel Tina lowered her head, her fist was covered with a layer of black, the next moment she suddenly raised her head, her gaze slowly shifted, and fell on the murloc who ravaged Smoker.


    "The navy... can''t back down!"


    The next moment, Colonel Tina flew towards the dried persimmon ghost shark!


    The two colonels of the Navy Headquarters attacked Kisame at the same time. As Zefa''s students, they also listened to the teacher''s teachings and were good at two-color domineering!


    It''s a pity that the dried persimmon ghost shark is more powerful!


    Dried Persimmon Kisame kicked Tina into the air, waved his shark muscles to force Smoker back, quickly erected his finger prints, and opened his mouth to spew out a huge stream of water!


    "Water Escape ¡¤ Explosive Water Shockwave!"


    The water waves surged towards the surroundings in an instant, and the entire square turned into a lake in a blink of an eye, submerging the two naval captains!


    A move of water escape ninjutsu directly made them lose their resistance!


    The dried persimmon ghost shark was as free in the water as it was on land, and flew onto Smoker''s body. The shark muscle sword in his hand suddenly expanded, and he bit Smoker''s body, trying his best to absorb the domineering energy and strength in his body. physical strength.


    "You lost, Mr. Navy."


    Kisame grinned, with a smug look on his face: "Are there still natural fruit ability users as vulnerable as you in the world?"


    "asshole¡­"


    Smoker lifted his head, exhausted.


    Just when the colonel of the Navy Headquarters was still trying to speak hard, Kisame Kisame casually picked up his shark muscles, and said contemptuously: "Hmph, if I kill such a waste like you, I feel like my shark muscles are dirty." Where is the big knife..."


    Kisame Kisame walked out of the square slowly, and the indifferent voice of this powerful murloc spread throughout the square: "Let''s go, Miss Robin...Mr. Uehara Naraku, I leave this place to you, kill these two Captain of the Navy!"


    "Yes, Mr. Kisame."


    Naraku Uehara agreed with a respectful face.


    Nicole Robin stretched out her palm helplessly, covering her forehead, and followed Kisame Kisame out of the square in Rogge Town.


    Is this... hard acting?


    Also, why are Kisame Kisame and Naraku Uehara so skilled in cooperating!


    It''s as if Naraku Uehara is really a little guy!


    Wait until they leave.


    The water receded like a tide.


    Naraku Uehara walked towards the square with an ugly face. He took off Smoker''s weapon and ten hands, trembling all over, raised his hands and aimed at Smoker.


    "Feel sorry¡­"


    Naraku Uehara gritted his teeth, and an ugly look flashed across his face: "Colonel Smoker, I have to follow the orders of the Baroque Work Club now. It''s to blame... I can only blame you for not following my advice!"


    "Hey, Uehara!"


    Colonel Tina watched this scene, panic flashed across her face, and the next moment she saw Uehara Naraku waving ten hands and slashing at Smoker''s body!


    Under the action of the sea tower stone at the top, Smoker''s body couldn''t be atomized at all, and his whole body was blown away by ten hands, and he opened his mouth suddenly in the air and spewed out a string of blood beads!


    Smoker passed out directly after landing, and his life and death were unknown.


    "Smog!"


    Colonel Tina''s voice was a little panicked!


    But in the next moment, she had to turn her head slowly, watching Uehara Naraku holding ten hands and walking towards her, a wry smile appeared on her face.


    "Colonel Tina."


    Uehara Naraku lowered his voice and explained in a low voice: "I just knocked Colonel Smoker unconscious, if the rescue is timely, he should be saved...


    I''m sorry, Colonel Tina, I can''t resist the order of the Baroque Work Club, and now that Mr. Kisame has gone far, I should let you survive safely..."


    "Tina... knows."


    Colonel Tina slowly closed her eyes, then opened them suddenly, and said in a low voice, "Tina will remember this day, when we meet next time... Tina will never let you down!"


    "useless."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and a trace of fear slowly appeared in his eyes: "You navy will never know the horror of Baroque Works, the boss of Baroque Works is a man who is only one step away from the top of the world!"


    Naraku Uehara clenched his hands tightly, as if he wanted to draw a little courage to speak from the weapon in his hand. He continued in a low voice: "Even your navy has to compromise with him...he is the real devil in this world!"


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara waved his ten hands violently, and said in a deep voice, "Don''t expect yourself to be able to deal with the Baroque Work Club anymore! The people in the Baroque Work Club are a group of real monsters!"


    Naraku Uehara thrust his ten hands into Colonel Tina''s head with all his strength. He looked at Colonel Tina''s face, and there was a trace of regret in his voice: "Colonel Tina, in the future, you must remember... from the vortex of Baroque Works. stay away!


    Absolutely...absolutely don''t come here to die again! The high-level navy will never let you provoke the boss of the Baroque Work Agency! "


    "..."


    Colonel Tina watched Naraku Uehara leave in silence, her eyes showed a trace of confusion, which turned into firmness in a blink of an eye.


    Port of Rogue Town.


    Naraku Uehara stepped onto the warship, took a glass of juice from Kisame Kisame''s hand, and sighed faintly: "It''s been a long time since I performed so hard... the last time I acted in front of General Aokiji was too good. Exaggerated."


    "Will they trust Lord Uehara?"


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned, and asked with a smile: "If you don''t believe me, then it''s a waste of our energy!"


    "hehe¡­"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Nicole Robin, smiled and said, "Will the Navy believe it? Find a chance in a few days and ask Miss Robin to ask Admiral Aokiji."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin supported her forehead, with a helpless wry smile on her face: "If Aokiji knows what happened these days, he will definitely scold me..."


    Since following Naraku Uehara...


    Her vice president of the Baroque Work Agency is bullish.


    It is estimated that her bounty will exceed 100 million in a short time.


    Naraku Uehara patted his palm and said softly: "Okay, let''s go to the sea restaurant Bharati first!"


    After the warship took them away.


    The navy soldiers rescued Smoker and Tina. After Colonel Tina arrived at the naval base, he immediately reported to Lieutenant General He about the Baroque Work Club.


    Lieutenant General He immediately realized the seriousness of the matter, but the navy was too short of information about the Baroque Work Club, so he decided to find a way to send someone to contact the member of the Baroque Work Club who might become their naval spy.


    By the way, find out the details of the Baroque Work Agency!


    That little member seems to be called Uehara Naraku?


    Navy Headquarters.


    Marlin Vandeau.


    Admiral Aokiji and Vice Admiral Monkey D. Garp pursued the Spades Pirates in vain and returned to the Navy headquarters in a hurry.


    Admiral Sengoku didn''t know what he was thinking, but he sent two actors to hunt down the Spades Pirates, so they would definitely not be able to catch up.


    Monkey D. Cap is a grandpa who can''t do anything to his grandson.


    And Aokiji had already obtained part of the information about Sasuke from Uehara Naraku. In fact, Uehara Naraku was not wrong. The deputy captain of the Spades Pirates, Uchiha Sasuke, really restrained his ability.


    If it wasn''t for the mercy of Assistant Assistant, Aokiji might not be able to come back. Even though the two of them restrained each other and fought, there was still an extra burn on his arm.


    Akatsuki''s members...


    Really very scary!


    Monkey D. Garp stepped on Marlin Vanduo slowly, with a donut in his mouth, muttering: "I don''t know if I''m thinking too much, I always feel that the kid named Uchiha Sasuke, Why does he look a bit like that bastard Raleigh...that bastard Ace, he can''t really become the Pirate King!"


    In addition to being very arrogant.


    In other aspects, Sasuke Uchiha, the vice-captain of the Spades Pirates, seems to be really similar to the vice-captain of the previous One Piece Gore D. Roger, Rayleigh!


    The relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace is also very similar to that between Roger and Rayleigh.


    As long as Sasuke said something, even if he scolded his captain, Ace would never refute; but once Ace decided something, even if it was a wrong order, Uchiha Sasuke would only scold him a few times. If you are an idiot, you will execute it directly.


    The most important thing¡­


    Or Uchiha Sasuke''s strength.


    Uchiha Sasuke not only masters many strange ninjutsu, but also very good at swordsmanship; and Uchiha Sasuke even masters a more skilled domineering domineering!


    That Sasuke''s spiritual power is simply too strong!


    learned.


    The strength is very strong.


    The fighting mind is also very flexible.


    No matter who sees Uchiha Sasuke, they will subconsciously think that this vice-captain will definitely become a powerful helper for Portgas D. Ace to win the One Piece!


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Then a nearly perfect vice captain, even an idiot can become the King of Pirates!


    The father and son of Gore D. Roger and Portgas D. Ace, is their intuition for finding the deputy captain too accurate?


    It''s outrageous...


    When Admiral Aokiji and Lieutenant General Garp walked into Sengoku''s office, the admiral''s expression seemed a little uglier than they had imagined.


    "Hey, Sengoku!"


    Garp swaggered and sat in front of Sengoku, and said nonchalantly, "When we went to chase Ace, weren''t we mentally prepared to fail? After all, Ace found a perfect vice-captain! "


    "Shut up!"


    Sengoku shook his head with a gloomy face, and a flash of anger flashed in his eyes: "Since Portgas D. Ace has gone to the New World, let him survive from the hands of those villains first." Bar!"


    After finishing speaking, Zhan Guo looked up at Karp in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "Now I want to talk about another thing! There was also a big mess with Donghai in the first half... You have heard of the organization Baroque Works. ?"


    Warring States looked at Garp who was still unmoved in front of him, and continued: "According to the information we got from the intelligence personnel stationed in the Baroque Work Agency...


    This criminal company is about to loot the entire East China Sea, and now they have defeated Smoker who is stationed in Rogge Town and Tina who is going to patrol! "

 Chapter 407

    Lieutenant General Karp couldn''t sit still when he heard the news about his hometown Donghai.


    Just as he was about to leave Marin Fando in a hurry and rush back to the East China Sea, Sengoku stopped him: "Hey, Karp, don''t hurt one of the little guys named Naraku Uehara, we may be able to learn from his Get information out of your mouth!"


    "..."


    The eyelids of Aokiji next to him couldn''t help shaking.


    Wait, how did Naraku Uehara get in here? It''s only been a few days, how did his reputation spread here?


    "Hey, Naraku Uehara?"


    Garp scratched his head when he heard this slightly familiar name, thought for a while and suddenly said, "Isn''t this the very dangerous little guy!"


    "..."


    A sigh flashed across Aokiji''s face.


    As expected of Lieutenant General Garp, he has already grasped the key point!


    It''s a pity that this time it was Marshal Warring States who held Garp back.


    But Admiral Sengoku shook his head violently, and said in a deep voice: "Colonel Tina reported that that little guy seemed to be coerced into doing bad things because he was afraid of the boss behind the Baroque Works.


    In fact, according to what we have learned, he has saved the lives of many marines in private. In short, you can catch him first and then talk! Perhaps we can learn from him the true identity of the boss behind Baroque Works. "


    this stage.


    The Navy received mostly bad news.


    The only news that can make the navy feel a little bit relieved is that there is probably another bounty hunter named Jiaodu in the sea, who is very powerful.


    Moreover, his attitude towards the navy is very friendly, and his attitude towards the pirates is extremely bad. He has already killed many pirates with super high rewards, and exchanged their corpses for money at the naval base.


    There are many bounty hunters like this in this sea.


    In order to take advantage of these bounty hunters, the Navy has simply issued a large number of new reward orders. No matter who sees this reward amount, they will definitely be tempted!


    For example, the two captains of the Spades Pirates, because Uchiha Sasuke defeated the general and even sank a small island in Chambord, directly caused the rewards of the two to soar!


    Portgas D. Ace, the captain of the Spades Pirates, has a reward of 950 million Baileys!


    Sasuke Uchiha, the vice-captain of the Spades Pirates, offers a reward of 920 million Baileys!


    Ace and Sasuke, two people who just went to sea this year, became the most powerful supernova of this era, and once attracted the attention of the entire sea.


    Even the Four Emperors of the New World are interested in them.


    The Spades Pirates.


    Portgas D. Ace, who was only seventeen years old this year, saw his super high reward order, and his face smiled like a flower.


    Ace turned his head and said loudly to Sasuke who was standing on the bow: "Hey, Sasuke, let''s have a banquet! Celebrate our bounty exceeding 900 million!"


    "idiot!"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but helped his forehead, and cursed secretly: "The higher the reward the navy gives us, the more dangerous we will be. Those bastards who take risks for money will not let us newcomers..."


    "Don''t say that!"


    Ace landed beside him, stopped the shoulder of this peer, and said happily: "Haha, the situation has become like this anyway, and there is no way to change it hahahaha... let''s hold a banquet to celebrate Well!"


    "Then go prepare!"


    Sasuke Uchiha nodded slowly.


    After hearing that their deputy captain agreed to hold a banquet, the entire Spade Pirates immediately cheered. Ace flew to the deck and shouted for the chef on board to prepare the banquet, and he and others went to carry the wine.


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at the pirate group in joy, and couldn''t help showing a smile at the corner of his mouth, a burst of phone bugs disturbed his mood!


    Boo boo boo!


    Boo boo boo!


    Uchiha Sasuke took out his phone bug, looking at the image on the phone bug, he couldn''t help but want to crush the phone bug in his hand directly!


    "This bastard, don''t just stare at me now!"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    After Uchiha Sasuke dialed the phone bug, his face was gloomy, and he asked in a deep voice: "Hey, Kakuzu, why did you contact me? I remember that you can only talk to me unless something important happens. contact me?"


    "Now is the time to connect."


    Kakuzu was still calm when he spoke, his voice still sounded indifferent: "Sasuke, I haven''t seen you for a while, I want to see you..."


    "asshole!"


    Sasuke Uchiha hung up the phone directly.


    Damn, he knew it!


    This bastard saw that both he and Ace had a bounty of more than 900 million Baileys, so he would definitely want to catch them and send them to the Navy, or at least one Ace!


    That guy knows how to make money!


    the other side.


    Looking at the phone bug that hung up in his hand, Kakuto couldn''t help but frowned: "Is it not convenient to talk to Uchiha Sasuke?"


    Jiao Du shook his head, looking at the reward order in his hand.


    In addition to the rewards offered by Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace, there are many new rewards behind, including a few people that Kakuro knows.


    The vice president of the Baroque Work Club, Nicole Robin, the son of the devil, is offering a reward of 120 million Baileys, regardless of life or death!


    Baroque Work Club, Sharkmen Dried Persimmons and Ghosts, offer a reward of 115 million Baileys, regardless of life or death!


    Baroque Work Agency, middle-level agent, Uehara Naraku, offers a reward of 30 million Baileys, only to be captured alive!


    After thinking for a while, Kakudo dialed another person''s phone, and asked, "Nicole Robin, where are you now... Are Uehara and Kisame Kisame with you? We have something to see you guys one side¡­"


    "..."


    Sea restaurant near Bharati.


    Nicole Robin sat on the guardrail of the warship, hung up the phone bug in her hand vigorously, and couldn''t help rubbing her forehead: "Mr. Kadotsu said that he hopes to meet us, and he will send us to Navy, let''s escape again..."


    "Ignore him."


    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice.


    "hehe¡­"


    Dried persimmon ghost flipped through his reward order, and couldn''t help but grinned, showing shark teeth: "For us, the higher the reward, the more troublesome it is..."


    The main thing is to be careful.


    This guy really doesn''t hesitate to make money.


    Boo boo boo...


    Boo boo boo...


    At this time, the phone bug in Nicole Robin''s hand rang again, and Crocodile, the president of the Baroque Works, finally came over: "Nicole Robin, are you alone?"


    "yes¡­"


    Nicole Robin glanced at Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame who were present, and responded slowly: "Does the president have any orders?"


    Crocodile''s voice suddenly became louder, and there was a trace of dissatisfaction in his voice: "You seem to have made a lot of noise. The navy is searching everywhere for members of the Baroque Work Club... What is the situation now?"


    "There''s a little problem."


    "what is the problem?"


    There was a touch of coldness in Crocodile''s voice: "Our plan to annex Alabasta has not yet started, and the Baroque Works has been exposed now, Nicole Robin, what is going on!"


    After being silent for a while, Nicole Robin glanced at Naraku Uehara and Kisame Kisame, and said in a low voice, "This time it was my mistake, I recruited a member with some problems in thinking, which led to this situation... "


    After finishing speaking, Nicole Robin thought for a while, and explained softly: "The dried persimmon ghost that we recruited is not satisfied that he can only stay at Whiskey Peak. What he wants to do is to become a big pirate. Make a name for yourself.


    I think he probably thinks that the Baroque Work Club is very powerful, and he wants to use the power of the Baroque Work Club to return to Murloc Island to compete with another Shichibu Kaijinpei for the leader of the Murloc Pirates. I have already found him. Been waiting for an opportunity to get rid of him! "


    "..."


    After being silent for a while, Crocodile suddenly said with a sullen smile, "It looks like we accidentally caught a big fish!"


    After Crocodile smiled, he said coldly: "You don''t need to get rid of him, if he really has the power to overthrow Jinbe, I can even secretly help him succeed Jinbei Shichibukai!"


    "Ok?"


    After being surprised for a while, Nicole Robin hastily persuaded: "This doesn''t match our plan. That dried persimmon ghost shark is too active, and it is easy to attract the attention of the navy. Now my reward has been taken by the navy." Updated twice!"


    "It doesn''t matter!"


    Crocodile interrupted Nicole Robin''s words in a cold voice, and continued in a deep voice: "As I said, the people in the Baroque Work Agency are just one-time tools we use, as long as my identity is not leaked, everything else doesn''t matter !"


    "Mr Crocodile..."


    Nicole Robin''s voice slowly lowered, and there was a hint of bewitchment in her voice: "Don''t you want to get Pluto? If the navy notices..."


    "Children make choices!"


    A trace of impatience was added in Crocodile''s voice: "And now Baroque Works has attracted the attention of the navy because of that bastard. This matter is a foregone conclusion, so we must find a way to create a more eye-catching event!"


    Crocodile''s voice gradually became more strategic: "When we implement the plan in the future, as long as that guy named Kanshikisame challenges to overthrow Jinbei, he will attract the attention of the entire Great Route for us!


    When everyone is paying attention to the replacement of Shichibukai, I have already got the hidden Hades of Alabasta! "


    Crocodile hung up the phone bug boldly.


    Nicole Robin fell silent.


    Kisame Kisame and Naraku Uehara looked at each other, as expected of the insidious sand crocodile, I didn''t expect that Crocodile really had a brain, and in this case, he could still plan to use Kisame?


    However, all this is false!


    All of this was made up by Nicole Robin to deceive him!


    "I really envy Mr. Crocodile''s self-confidence!"


    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the straw, sighed faintly, and said, "As the mastermind behind the scenes, I feel like walking on thin ice in my heart almost every day..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin was silent.


    To be honest, she really didn''t realize this.


    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice, and continued: "Every day I am still afraid that I will show my flaws, and I will be forced to rule the world..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin was even more silent.


    Others are behind the scenes in order to rule the world... Why do you not even want to rule the world just to be behind the scenes?


    Is your order wrong?

 Chapter 408

    Sea restaurant Bharati.


    This is a restaurant built on the sea.


    The entire restaurant was remodeled from a huge sea ship, and the head chef of the restaurant was once a big pirate who sailed on a great route for a year.


    A warship slowly stopped at the entrance of the restaurant.


    Just when everyone in the restaurant on the sea thought that some important figure from the navy had come, they saw three figures walking down from the warship, which made everyone''s eyes tighten instantly!


    "A reward of 120 million devil''s sons!"


    "There is a reward of 115 million shark people!"


    "And Naraku Uehara, who is offering a reward of 30 million!"


    When Uehara Naraku and his group walked in, they immediately attracted everyone''s attention, because their reward order was just sent to the sea restaurant yesterday.


    Everyone''s eyes fell on them involuntarily, even Naraku Uehara, the weakest here, had a higher bounty than the most terrifying pirate in the entire East China Sea!


    To be honest, few people in the entire East China Sea have seen the pirates with hundreds of millions of rewards. They have seen the strongest pirates in their life. Perhaps it is the red-footed Zhepu, the head chef of this sea restaurant Bharati. But there is only a reward of 74 million Baileys.


    Even though many of the waiters and chefs in this restaurant used to be villains, they couldn''t imagine that a big pirate with a reward of hundreds of millions would appear here!


    "We''re from Baroque Works."


    When Uehara Naraku met anyone, he would report his family, he sat down slowly, looked at a waiter with a vigilant expression, and said with a smile on his face: "We heard that the sea restaurant Bharati is the best restaurant in the East China Sea. "


    "That''s right."


    The waiter nodded tremblingly.


    "Don''t be nervous."


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes, with a sunny smile on his face, and softly comforted the waiter: "If you cook delicious food, we won''t pay; if you cook it not to our taste, We''re going to tear down this restaurant, understand?"


    "..."


    The waiter was intimidated.


    Is this fucking human language?


    This fucking is clearly here to find fault, right?


    If it weren''t for the fact that looking at these three people is really not easy to mess with, the waiter at the Balati restaurant really wanted to clean them up and let them know how to speak well...


    It''s a pity that he doesn''t have the courage now.


    "Oh, right."


    Naraku Uehara still had a smile on his face, he raised a finger, and said a creepy sentence: "Please prepare as soon as possible, because our Baroque Works is worth millions of Baileys every minute, while we wait for food You''re paying us Baroque Works a million pele for every minute it takes to serve, understand?"


    "..."


    The waiter''s expression changed slightly.


    This fucking is just here to find fault!


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, squinted his eyes and smiled very warmly: "Your expression...do you have any opinions on what I said?"


    "..."


    The waiter rushed to the back kitchen!


    This kind of powerful pirate is not something he can handle, and now he can only ask Zhepu, the head chef of their back kitchen!


    Kisame Kisame looked at Naraku Uehara and couldn''t help but grinned and said, "It''s really bad! It''s impossible for any restaurant to meet this requirement!"


    "yes?"


    Uehara Naraku tapped the table lightly with his fingers, looked at the clock in the restaurant, and said slowly: "Maybe they can really meet this condition!"


    Less than a minute.


    Waiters came out one after another, and each waiter held a plate in their hands and placed it on their table.


    Most of these dishes are cold cuts.


    A young man with blond hair came over, with a cigarette in his mouth, took out a bottle of red wine and put it on the table.


    "This bottle of wine is presented to several people."


    After taking a puff of the cigarette, the blond young man looked at the three people present and said, "I am Sanji, the sous chef of this restaurant. I made all these dishes. If you are not satisfied with the dishes, you can come to me... "


    "Family education is strict, you can''t drink alcohol."


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyes and glanced at Sanji, and said slowly: "Because you served a bottle of wine and ruined our mood, the entire Balati Restaurant will be destroyed by our Baroque Works..."


    "Tsk..."


    Sanji, who is only sixteen years old this year, took a puff of cigarette leisurely, sighed and said, "You pirates are here to find fault!"


    "yes!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, stretched out a palm and slapped his nose, and continued with a smile: "Now because you smoke in front of me, someone will die for your cigarette, but you Free to choose one''s life..."


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, looked at Sanji leisurely and continued: "Well... let me think about who we are going to kill! One candidate is the chef of this restaurant, Redfoot Zhepu, as for the other candidate... "


    "..."


    After Sanji heard the name of the red-footed Zapp, his pupils shrank slightly, because it was the red-footed Zapp who raised him.


    For Sanji, the red-footed Zapp is like a real father, not only raising him up, but also guiding him to find his own life.


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, looked at Sanji and continued: "The second candidate...let me think about it..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku suddenly smiled: "Hey, Mr. Sous Chef, what do you think of killing that woman Vinsmoke Reiju? Anyway, it just so happens that our Baroque Work Club is going to have a fight with Vince from Beihai. The Mork family is at war!"


    "..."


    Sanji''s expression changed drastically!


    How on earth did this guy know his identity!


    After so many years, he has never mentioned it to anyone!


    The Vinsmoke family is the family that Sanji was born in. Although he wanted to sever ties with that family long ago, the only person in the family who still has feelings is his sister Vinsmoke Reiju.


    This person is too scary...


    Why can this kind of thing be found out!


    Nicole Robin''s expression is subtle, she still doesn''t quite understand the relationship between these people, but when is Baroque Works going to war with the Vinsmoke family in Beihai?


    How many enemies will Uehara Naraku help the Baroque Work Club?


    Are you willing to stop until the entire sea is about to encircle and suppress the Baroque Works?


    Uehara Naraku saw that Sanji''s face became extremely ugly, and then he said with satisfaction: "Okay, I''m hungry, although this restaurant will definitely be demolished and people will be killed, but the food also needs to be eaten. ..."


    "..."


    Sanji''s face was cloudy and uncertain, and he couldn''t help clenching his fists.


    "After all, chefs can''t watch someone go hungry."


    Sanji stifled the cigarette in his hand, and said softly: "If the guest is hungry, then I will not disturb you for the time being. We will settle the accounts carefully after you finish the meal."


    That''s a very polite thing to say.


    This is the education of Sanji by the red-footed Zhepu, so that this prince who was once really born is still as elegant and gentleman as a prince until now.


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile, and continued softly: "Oh, by the way, you told me for a few minutes just now, remember to prepare a few million Baileys, do you understand?"


    "Ah, that..."


    Sanji clenched his fists again, and he said softly, "I told you before, we will settle the accounts together after the guests have finished eating!"


    After Sanji left the dining table, he walked slowly towards the back kitchen, saw the worried faces of the crowd, and frowned slightly.


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    One of the sous chefs in the same position as him couldn''t help asking, "Hey, Sanji, what''s the situation now?"


    "do not ask me!"


    Sanji couldn''t help rubbing his brows, and said in a low voice: "You guys...while they are still eating, you take Zhepu and run away together!"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    "Those pirates are going to destroy Balati!"


    Sanji clenched his fists tightly, and continued in a deep voice: "That guy Zhepu will definitely stay and fight with them... But it will only kill him in vain, those guys are stronger than imagined, just standing still Being around him made me break out in cold sweat!"


    Yes, very strong!


    Sanji has always pretended to be very calm in front of Uehara Naraku, and he still maintains his own demeanor, that is because he has experienced things that made him even more terrifying.


    Originally, Sanji always thought that his father, Vinsmoke Gage, was the coldest and most ruthless person in the world, but he didn''t expect to meet a more ruthless person today...


    Naraku Uehara!


    Is that the guy''s name?


    Baroque Works!


    Is this organization where the guy is staying?


    Just as Sanji was sitting on the ground curled up, his face covered in cold sweat and thinking about his own death, he suddenly felt someone pat him on the shoulder.


    Sanji''s face suddenly changed, and he was about to kick the person in front of him away, but unfortunately, this person''s kick was faster than him!


    Red-footed Zapp kicked Sanji to the ground, and said with a displeased face, "Sanji, what are you doing, you bastard! The guests have made a lot of comments to you!"


    "what?"


    Sanji suddenly raised his head and looked at the red-footed Zapp in front of him: "Hey, why haven''t you left yet? Those guys..."


    "What a mess! If you are talking about the group of powerful guests, they would have already left after eating!"


    The red-footed Zhepu put a piece of paper in front of Sanji with a loud voice, and said angrily, "The guest has made a lot of comments on us Bharatti. You must not do it again at your age. Smoking!"


    Sanji grabbed the paper.


    A few lines of words were clearly written on the note.


    [Mr. Sanji:


    Your food is delicious, we decided not to penalize this restaurant for now, and of course we will not pay the bill, because we will eat a king meal.


    Also, talking to you took us three minutes, so we took three million Baileys.


    Finally, thank you for your hospitality.


    By the way, your restaurant is making so much money that it''s tempting to come back more often.


    Sincerely, Baroque Works. ¡¿


    This baroque workshop has directly become the number one enemy in Sanji''s heart!


    "Bastard... how dare you play me!"


    Sanji held the piece of paper in the palm of his hand, anger flooded his face immediately, and he walked to the door step by step: "Did those pirates eat a king''s meal?"


    Is this still a person?


    Went to a restaurant to eat, ate the overlord meal and robbed the restaurant of money!


    These pirates are really worse than imagined!


    Obviously such a powerful pirate, he actually robbed such a small restaurant as them!


    at the same time.


    On a naval warship.


    Naraku Uehara was bored looking at the rewards he had obtained, and began to lament the beauty of the beginning of Novice Village in his heart. This is simply becoming stronger while lying down!


    Side mission: Enjoy a delicious meal in the sea restaurant Bharati (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 500 points of life energy, 500 points of armed domineering, and 500 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Side mission: enjoy a delicious meal made by Sanji (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 10,000 points of life energy, 10,000 points of armed color domineering, and 10,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Side quest: eat a king meal (1/1), reward 100 gold coins.


    It really deserves to be called Novice Village.


    According to the data, one meal can rival a big pirate with a reward of hundreds of millions!


    In addition to Bharati''s mission, there is another mission about Uehara Naraku''s bounty. After his bounty reached 30 million, he got a new reward.


    Sub-quests: The reward amount reaches 30 million Baileys (1/1), the task has been completed, rewards 3,000 points of life energy, 3,000 points of armed domineering, and 3,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Uehara Naraku held a straw in his mouth, and after reading the rewards he had obtained, he slowly opened the map: "Let''s go, before going to Cocosia Village, first pick up a little girl and let her watch us dig them up. My orange tree!"

 Chapter 409

    East China Sea.


    On the pier of an island.


    A little girl sneaked out from behind a big tree, scratched her head, and looked at this quiet pier curiously: "Huh? Didn''t you say that there are pirates around here? I came too late." Is it late?"


    Her name is Nami, and she is only fifteen years old today.


    Occupation is a thief who specializes in stealing pirate treasures.


    After Nami finished talking to herself, she raised her head and looked at the sky again: "It shouldn''t be, this sea area is sunny today, but it''s the most suitable weather for pirates to plunder!"


    At this time, there was a sudden sound of waves from the pier.


    The sound of the waves soon fell into Nami''s ears, a smile suddenly appeared on her face, and she retreated carefully behind the big tree.


    It''s just that when Nami secretly wanted to see which pirate flag it was, she saw a warship approaching, which made her complexion change drastically, and the expression of the little girl with orange hair suddenly became complicated .


    "So it''s the Navy..."


    Nami''s face finally drooped slowly, with a look of frustration on her face: "If this is the case, the pirate group that is active nearby won''t come?"


    Just when Nami was about to leave, a figure suddenly appeared in her eyes, it was a young man with a very sunny smile.


    The young man looked...


    What a nice guy!


    "I always feel that something looks familiar..."


    Nami slowly frowned, but suddenly seemed to remember something, and subconsciously picked up her backpack.


    Soon she found a reward order.


    Naraku Uehara, the great pirate with a reward of 30 million!


    There is no such powerful pirate in the entire East China Sea. Perhaps this is the scariest pirate that has appeared in the East China Sea for so many years. It is said that he also came out of the great route!


    "Is this a pirate who has seized a navy ship?"


    After a look of surprise flashed across Nami''s face, a bright light suddenly appeared in her eyes: "If it is a pirate of this level, even if he just collects it casually, he must have a lot of treasures around him, right?"


    Well worth the risk!


    If she can steal the treasure on this warship, she will definitely be able to accumulate 100 million beli more quickly... In case she really steals some great treasure...


    After completing this vote, you can close your hand!


    Now the question is...


    How can I get on that warship occupied by pirates!


    This is not a problem at all, because Uehara Naraku, who smiled very brightly, seemed to have found her trace, and he flew to Nami''s side.


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes, looked at the fifteen-year-old girl, and said with a smile: "Little sister, excuse me, we are the navy, do you know the direction of the evil dragon park? We are going to eliminate the entrenched monsters there. Pirates."


    "..."


    Nami was silent for a second.


    Hey hey hey, this liar is too fake, you guy''s reward orders are issued everywhere, and you dare to pretend to be a navy!


    Just when this Nami was about to say something, Uehara Naraku suddenly pointed to the mark on her shoulder, which was the mark of the Dragon Pirates!


    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became indifferent: "You are a member of the Dragon Pirates, so you are also theirs..."


    "Hey Hey hey!"


    Hearing his words, Nami''s face suddenly flashed with rage, and she took out Naraku Uehara''s reward order in dissatisfaction: "You are clearly a pirate too! Just now you wanted to use your identity as a navy to deceive people! "


    "Tsk, I was exposed by you!"


    Naraku Uehara helped his forehead with a smile on his face: "Forget it, since you know where our destination is, then take us there obediently!"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly became gloomy: "If you dare to play tricks on the road, the methods of our Baroque Work Club are very cruel!"


    "..."


    A look of hesitation appeared on Nami''s face.


    The next moment, there was a frightened smile on her face again: "Well, can I ask why you are going to find Chief Aaron first? I...I''m worried that you are our enemies..."


    "Oh, you are right to worry, we are your enemies."


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, covered the little girl''s hair with his hand, squinted his eyes and said with a smile: "Your luck is really bad...we... are here to destroy your evil dragon pirates, a little girl like you The guy can''t let it go!"


    "..."


    Nami fell silent again.


    If it was said that other people eliminated Aaron, she really couldn''t believe it.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    But offering a reward at sea is the most intuitive, because Aaron''s reward is only 20 million Baileys, but the young man in front of him has 30 million Baileys!


    It is said that he also has a powerful organization behind him.


    The next moment, Nami suddenly raised her head and looked at Uehara Naraku, her expression gradually became cold: "Then let''s go! If you really have the strength, then kill me and everyone in the Dragon Pirates Bar!"


    At this moment, her heart didn''t know whether it was cold or hot!


    If this pirate really fights with the Dragon Pirates, or even if this pirate can kill Aaron, what will he do next?


    At least it won''t be worse than before, right?


    No, no, maybe the situation will be worse, so the pirates with higher rewards should be more harmful than Aaron, right?


    Just as Nami was thinking wildly, Naraku Uehara pushed her towards the warship, and asked, "Hey, are you still in contact with the Dragon Pirates and King Shichibukai Jinpei?"


    "What... what?"


    Some doubts appeared on Nami''s face, she shook her head slowly, and said casually: "I''m just an ordinary little pirate, I don''t know about those..."


    "Oh, don''t you know?"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm fell on her head, and his voice said indifferently: "Aaron and Shichibu Kaijinpei, the king of the great route, are brothers who are closer than brothers. According to the information obtained by our baroque work agency, Aaron That guy gave Shichibukai Jinpei a lot of funds to expand the pirate group!"


    "..."


    Nami still had a puzzled look on her face.


    She did hear the name Jinbei occasionally, it seems that Aaron mentioned it when he was cursing, didn''t they have a falling out?


    "Forget it, a little pirate like you probably doesn''t know anything..."


    Uehara Naraku knocked on the back of Nami''s head, squinted his eyes and showed a smile: "As long as you obediently lead us to kill Aaron and eliminate him, the gang that has been providing funds for the king Shichibu Kai Jinpei, I will spare your life ,How about it?"


    "..."


    Nami''s eyes widened involuntarily.


    Although I don''t know why Uehara Naraku changed his words and spared her life, but obviously the purpose of this pirate seems to be to get rid of Aaron!


    Get rid of the pirate group that provided funds for Shichibu Kaijinpei!


    What the hell is Shichibu Kai Jinpei... the one who let Aaron search for money in Cocosia Village all this time!


    that bastard!


    Nami couldn''t help but clenched her teeth!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Nami''s expression and showed a smile with satisfaction, he continued slowly: "Our Baroque Work Club is about to start a war with His Majesty Shichibukai Jinpei, so we must eliminate all those who support him!


    His Majesty Shichibukai Jinpei is one of the most powerful people on the entire great route, and he is also the subordinate of the strongest man in the world, Whitebeard!


    If our Baroque Work Club wants to destroy the Whitebeard Pirates, we must first destroy the king Shichibu Kaijinpei who provided Whitebeard with the murloc army. If we want to destroy Jinbe, we must destroy Aaron who provided him with funds! "


    "...Aaron...Jinbe...White Beard..."


    Nami''s expression became extremely ugly. She silently recited these names one by one in her heart, secretly remembering these hatreds, but now she just wants to see the Aaron Pirates disappear and let her village return to peace!


    Maybe it''s because of the same goals.


    The atmosphere between Uehara Naraku and Nami became friendly, and the two slowly chatted around Baroque Works, King Shichibu Kai Jinpei, and White Beard.


    "Hey, is your baroque office short of people?"


    "Lack..."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, he said again: "By the way, we have no shortage of weak guys. People like you are not even qualified to be soldiers in our baroque work club. The weakest members of our team are probably It''s me..."


    Uehara Naraku knocked on Nami''s head again, and continued with a chuckle: "If you have any special talents, maybe I can introduce you..."


    "I can steal!"


    "We all force others to hand it over."


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, shook his head nonchalantly, and gave an example: "For example, I directly threatened to kill all the companions of your Dragon Pirates, and forced you to hand over your treasure. Will you hand it over?"


    "Of course not!"


    Nami clenched her fists, and said nonchalantly, "I''ve worked so hard to save money for five years, you just kill them all!"


    Uehara Naraku immediately criticized and said: "You see, you don''t even care about your own companions. What qualifications do you have to join our Baroque Work Club?"


    "..."


    Nami was silent for a second again, and cursed dissatisfiedly: "They are not my companions! I wish I could kill them all!"


    Uehara Naraku patted her on the head, and continued to ask: "Then if you don''t hand over your treasure, I won''t kill them, will you pay?"


    "..."


    Nami''s expression gradually became subtle.


    What is the reason behind this! Why does Nami only feel that the guy in front of her is just trying to steal her treasure!


    "Let''s talk about what happened just now!"


    Nami clenched her fists and said in a deep voice, "After I join you, I can be the navigator on the ship. I know the weather very well!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and asked, "Tell me first, what do navigators do, do they eat idle food on board?"


    "Don''t you know about navigators?"


    Nami''s face was faintly amazed, she suddenly felt that the pirate in front of her was a bit unreliable, could this guy really kill Aaron!

 Chapter 410

    on the warship.


    Nami immediately saw Kisame and Nicole Robin, her expression suddenly became extremely complicated, and she couldn''t help frowning.


    "Do you also have murlocs in your baroque workshop?"


    The next moment, Nami''s expression changed.


    Nami suddenly remembered the other two bounties, namely Nico Robin with a reward of 120 million and Kisame with a bounty of 115 million!


    These are all big pirates with a reward of over 100 million!


    "Mr. Kisame is a mid-level agent of Baroque Works."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he patted her small head, and continued in a deep voice: "You got my reward order, and there should be Mr. Kisame''s reward order too, right?


    Mr. Kisame is a strong man who can easily defeat the Vice Admiral. Be careful what you say, he will be the strongest force in our baroque work club to attack the king Shichibu Kai Jinpei in the future. "


    "..."


    Nami nodded with a complicated expression.


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms, and continued casually: "There is another Miss Nicole Robin, who is the vice president of our Baroque Work Club. Don''t offend her, otherwise she will die very ugly!"


    "..."


    Since meeting Uehara, Nicole Robin has been silent for more and more time, and whoever offended died more ugly, you know it in your heart!


    In fact, navigators are still somewhat useful.


    After Nami mastered the route of the warship, she led them to avoid hidden reefs, search for water currents suitable for navigation, and let them rush to the Dragon Pirates as quickly as possible.


    This is anxious to send the Dragon Pirates to die!


    On their way to the Dragon Pirates, Naraku Uehara kept mentioning the name of Shichibu Kaijinbe, the next king, and poured dirty water on Jinping''s body; while citing the story of Nami and the Dragon Pirates, instigated her hatred.


    five years ago.


    The Dragon Pirates invaded Cocosia Village where Nami lived, killed Nami''s adoptive mother Bermel, and continued to oppress and exploit the villagers of Cocosia Village.


    Therefore, Nami made an agreement with Aaron, the leader of the Dragon Pirates.


    Nami will always draw sea charts for Aaron, and after collecting 100 million Baileys, Aaron will release the villagers of Cocosia Village to freedom.


    This agreement is rather nonsense...


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "To be honest, if someone can give me 100 million Baileys, I will ask her to collect another 100 million Baileys..."


    "Then you are really not human..."


    After Nami finished speaking, she immediately realized her mistake.


    As a little thieving cat, it is natural to be able to bend and stretch, and quickly nodded and apologized to Uehara Naraku: "I''m sorry, Brother Uehara, I was wrong, I have a problem with my attitude..."


    "Little sister, it''s okay."


    Uehara Naraku patted Nami''s head with a smile, and said with a smile: "I''m a kind person, why would I care about a little girl like you!"


    "Hmmmm..."


    Nami nodded quickly.


    She breathed a sigh of relief.


    Really, this is a pirate with a reward of 30 million, how could he care about a fifteen-year-old girl like her!


    It''s impossible even if you think about it!


    When their warship slowly passed through the waters of the Dragon Pirates, the sea beast Momoo, who was in charge of the outer defense, did not realize their arrival because of the sea building stones under the navy warship. The lair of the Dragon Pirates.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Nami who couldn''t hide her excitement and pain, rubbed her hair, and asked softly, "Well...how do you want them to die?"


    "Let them die as painfully as possible!"


    Nami clenched her fists tightly, her fingertips almost clenched her palms deeply, she continued in a low voice: "Just like Bermel back then..."


    "Oh."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.


    If you want them to die painfully, the price is not low!


    He''s going to waste some time...


    Forget it, anyway, now there is another reason to collect Nami''s treasure and orange orchard.


    It''s a fair deal.


    No one can say that he will bully the little girl later.


    Dragon Park.


    There are a bunch of murlocs living here.


    The leader is Aaron, the leader of the Dragon Pirates. He uses this place as his lair to rule more than 20 surrounding villages, so he wants to realize his dream of dominating the East China Sea and making the murlocs even greater step by step.


    A somewhat rough voice echoed in the evil dragon park: "Hey, Xiaoba, remember? Next time, we will attack those humans harder, and it doesn''t matter if they die! We fish people are born nobler than humans, anyway, humans only It''s just an inferior creature..."


    "I see, Aaron."


    Another somewhat stupid murloc responded.


    After finishing speaking, the stupid murloc said again: "By the way, Aaron, Nami seems to have gone out again, isn''t there any danger..."


    "Hmph...she''s off to collect treasures!"


    Aaron grinned, revealing a mouth full of real shark teeth: "Give her a little hope, let her work hard! How could she really collect 100 million Baileys! Even if she did, I wouldn''t let her go..."


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    Boom!


    While they were still communicating inside, someone punched open the wall of Elong Park, and walked into Aaron Park along the water step by step.


    Every murloc involuntarily stared at this man.


    Because they have never seen anyone who can walk on water.


    "A group of murlocs, I thought there would be mermaids!"


    Uehara Naraku walked slowly on the water, looked at the many murlocs present, and raised the corner of his mouth slightly: "Let me think about it, the price of murloc slaves is the lowest, as I remember, it seems to be 50,000 Baileys a piece? "


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly fell on one of the murlocs. He looked at the red mark on the murloc''s body, and suddenly said with a smile: "There are signs of the Sun Pirates on his body, and they are still a group of runaway slaves. It''s not worth the money¡­¡±


    "¡­asshole!"


    Sitting in the middle, a murloc with a sawtooth shark nose suddenly crushed the armrest of his chair. It was Aaron, the leader of the Dragon Pirates!


    This guy directly exposed the real situation of the murlocs in the great route, and exposed his low self-esteem.


    Now Aaron leads his pirate group to oppress the humans in many villages in the East China Sea. In fact, the mermaids and murlocs on the great route are all discriminated species.


    Even though Aaron tried his best to instill in himself and the people around him that murlocs are higher creatures and human beings are lower creatures, but on the great route these are just the opposite...


    Murlocs are never noble!


    They are still slaves trafficked on the Chambord Islands!


    Not only Aaron, but the faces of the other murlocs became visibly furious.


    They are not slaves!


    But Uehara Naraku is right. The Dragon Pirates once did originate from a slave pirate group, the Sun Pirates created by a great murloc Fisher Tiger!


    only¡­


    Most of the Sun Pirates are slaves of the Tianlong people, and the mark of the Sun Pirates is also to cover the hoof prints of the Tianlong people.


    Aaron took the initiative to join in order to follow Fisher Tiger.


    That was also a history that made them feel extremely humiliated!


    Uehara Naraku''s words instantly angered all the murlocs!


    Nami, who had been hiding on the warship, looked at this scene with a face full of astonishment. For five years, Nami had never seen these murlocs so furious!


    Now the anger on these murlocs...


    It was as angry as when she witnessed Bermel''s murder!


    A murloc suddenly rushed towards Uehara Naraku, with a furious expression on his face, he said, "Bastard, don''t slander Big Brother Tiger''s Sun Pirates!"


    Uehara Naraku suddenly clasped the murloc''s throat, and broke his neck expressionlessly: "Then I''ll send you to see him!"


    The surrounding murlocs walked towards Uehara Naraku one after another, and were all kicked away by Uehara Naraku one by one. No one could stop his way!


    Naraku Uehara kicked a murloc out of the sea with his hands, casually raised his head and looked at Aaron who was sitting in the middle: "It''s a pity, you only have murlocs here, and they are worthless at all... Well, Aaron, you His body is worth twenty million peleys."


    "..."


    After hearing this sentence, Aaron''s expression became even uglier.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Aaron, suddenly smiled and said: "Oh, by the way, your sister Xia Li is a mermaid, and should be more valuable than you... When our Baroque Work Club breaks through Jinbei''s Murloc Pirates, enter the fish After Isle of Man, what do you think I will do to her?"


    "asshole!"


    Aaron clenched his fists violently, he had already remembered the arrest warrants he had seen, and recognized Uehara Naraku in front of him: "With a small character like you who has a reward of 30 million yuan, you dare to attack that bastard Jinbe ?"


    Aaron''s eyes moved slowly, and fell on Nami who came down from the warship. His face was full of anger: "Nami, is this the enemy you attracted?"


    "..."


    After being silent for a second, Nami said with panic and anxiety on her face: "Aaron...I don''t know...they just started asking me where the Dragon Pirates are..."


    At this moment, she was just like a frightened little girl.


    The next moment, she suddenly turned into a vengeful woman again!


    Now all the murlocs of the Evil Dragon Pirates were easily defeated by Uehara Naraku, leaving Aaron alone. Obviously, Uehara Naraku has completely established the victory!


    When Nami looked at Aaron, a smile suddenly appeared on her face, and her smile made people feel dizzy: "But I heard from them that they came to kill you from the great route, and then I found I took the fastest route, picked the waves with the best wind, and brought them here immediately!"


    "..."


    The anger on Aaron''s face was even stronger, and his figure suddenly rushed towards Uehara Naraku: "Hmph, bastard, don''t underestimate me..."


    "Not underestimated, but overestimated."


    Uehara Naraku kicked him, kicking him directly into the wall, and Aaron was seriously injured and dying with just one kick.


    Naraku Uehara pretended to look over his head slowly and looked at Nami, with a devilish smile on his face: "Hey, little Nami, are you responsible for hanging him up and drying him here?"


    "..."


    A drop of cold sweat appeared on Nami''s forehead.


    This guy''s strength is indeed ten times a hundred times stronger than these murlocs, but his cruelty seems to be ten times a hundred times more cruel than these murlocs!


    "You don''t seem to dare?"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and slowly stretched out his finger to make a shooting gesture, and the domineering armed look shot out from his finger in an instant, directly piercing Aaron''s head!


    "Forget it, the murloc pirates of the former Sun Pirates are a bunch of slaves who can''t be sold at any price, and our Baroque Work Agency is too lazy to waste time."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm and glanced at a bubble at the bottom of the water, where was a murloc he had deliberately let go.


    That murloc is that stupid little Hachi, who was also sent on purpose to deliver a letter to Jinbei and those guys, just to carry out this matter according to Mr. Crocodile''s plan!


    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "After our Baroque Work Agency breaks down Shichibukai Jinpei''s Murloc Pirates, we can go directly to Murloc Island to catch more expensive Mermaids..."


    "..."


    below the surface.


    Xiao Ba was terrified when he heard that.


    Is the greater purpose of the Baroque Workers to attack Jinbei''s Murloc Pirates?

 Chapter 411

    Aaron was killed.


    Except for one escaped Hachi, the entire dragon pirate group was wiped out, and the nightmare that had been hanging over Nami''s head disappeared overnight.


    The fifteen-year-old girl sat on the ground weakly and lowered her head. Her body and mind finally relaxed.


    The mountain that had been weighing on her head was finally eliminated.


    Naraku Uehara stood beside her, looked at Nami quietly, squinted his eyes and rubbed her hair with a smile, soothing her emotions softly.


    "In the future, you don''t have to be afraid of Aaron."


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku looks like a righteous person who has just wiped out evil and guarded world peace.


    Nami nodded slowly, took a deep breath and raised her head to look at Uehara Naraku, with a trace of gratitude flashing across her face: "Anyway... thank you very much."


    "Well, it''s okay..."


    Uehara Naraku''s smile was very sunny, he stretched his waist, and slowly began to show his wolf tail: "From the great route to the East China Sea, I have been sailing on the sea for a long time recently, and I am afraid that I will suffer from scurvy. Is there any fruit nearby, we want to buy some..."


    "Yes, I have!"


    Nami nodded slowly, with a smile on her face: "Our family has a big orange orchard. If you want it, I will give you a very generous discount as a thank you gift!"


    "Then..."


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes, looked at the greedy girl, nodded and said, "Thank you for the discount..."


    Nami this guy...


    More greedy for money than imagined!


    When is this, I still can''t figure out the situation!


    Did this girl get into the habit of being greedy for money because of Aaron...or is she just a money-greedy person by nature?


    Naraku Uehara watched with a smile as Nami rushed into the Dragon Park and packed out all the money Aaron had accumulated over the years, with a deeper smile on his face.


    "call¡­"


    Nami looked at the huge package and showed a happy smile: "These are all snatched by Aaron from everyone in the village over the years, find a chance to return them..."


    Speaking of this, Nami couldn''t help frowning again, the smile on her face gradually faded, she slowly lowered her head and said: "But...they probably won''t accept me as a cadre of the Dragon Pirates, right? !"


    "yes¡­"


    Naraku Uehara nodded quietly beside him.


    "Forget it, it doesn''t matter."


    Nami quickly let go of her depression, at least now that the haunting nightmares of her childhood are gone, and she can calmly organize her life in the future.


    A playful smile appeared on Nami''s face again: "Let''s go, I''ll take you to our house to pick oranges first, our oranges are very sweet, even if I give you a discount, the price may not be too high." It will be low!"


    "Hmmmm..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile, looked at Nami and said, "For me, money is not a problem, I''m actually not interested in money."


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    "Eh?"


    There was a look of curiosity on Nami''s face, she couldn''t help rubbing her palms, and asked, "Then how much money do you have?"


    "hehe¡­"


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm with a smile, and rubbed Nami''s hair kindly: "You will know after a while."


    Nami raised her head and looked at Uehara with expectant eyes.


    half an hour later.


    Cocosia Village, Nami''s orange orchard.


    Nami knows how much money Naraku Uehara has.


    Thirty-six million five hundred and thirty thousand Baileys.


    This number is all the money she had saved from the age of ten to the age of fifteen. It has been quietly buried in the orange orchard of her home, and now it is all taken away by Uehara Naraku.


    I''m still too naive...


    I am still too young...


    A string of thoughts floated through Nami''s brain, why would she believe in a group of pirates?


    Because this pirate killed Aaron and spoke nicely to her? Why would she be deceived by a pirate?


    After this bastard named Uehara Naraku entered their orange orchard, he didn''t start picking oranges, but quickly searched for the treasure she hid here!


    Nami bit her lips tightly, watching Uehara Naraku dug out the money and treasures she had hidden from the orange orchard, and slowly packed them away.


    "You bastard..."


    There was a trace of despair in Nami''s eyes: "Wait, didn''t you say that you have a lot of money and you are not interested in money?"


    "Nami..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, picked up the package full of money and treasures, and sighed quietly: "You said... Is there anyone in this world who is not interested in money?"


    Naraku Uehara patted Nami on the shoulder, and encouraged her: "Come on, you can set a small goal for yourself and earn another 100 million Baileys..."


    "I saved so much money and used it for five years..."


    Nami clenched her fist tightly, looking at Uehara Naraku with her money in despair: "Five years! Do you know how I have lived these five years?"


    "Oh?"


    Naraku Uehara turned his head slowly, with an inexplicable smile on his face: "Do you know how I have spent the five days since we met you and rushed to Dragon Park?"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, and said with a serious face: "Wu Tian, ??I''m asking about your preferences every day, trying to find a way to get information about you!


    For five days, I have to think carefully every day. A girl who has been collecting Bailey since she was ten years old, how much money she can save in the past five years, and where will this girl put the treasure and Bailey she stole? place¡­


    Finally, I settled on your orange orchard. "


    "..."


    After hearing Naraku Uehara''s words, Nami was dumbfounded!


    Originally, she watched Naraku Uehara comforting her every day, and thought that this guy was at least a good person, but this guy was trying to figure out his treasure every day!


    ah ah ah ah ah ah...


    The bastard liar!


    How could there be such a person as Uehara Naraku in this world!


    The fifteen-year-old girl felt that she was going to be driven mad by Uehara Naraku, how could this guy have the nerve to do such a thing!


    "mix¡­"


    "Nami!"


    Nami''s sister Nuo Qigao originally came to help sell oranges. After seeing this situation, she immediately covered Nami''s mouth!


    This is the pirate with a reward of 30 million Baileys!


    And this guy just killed Aaron and his gang!


    No matter how you look at it, it''s not something they should provoke now!


    Nuo Qi held Nami''s shoulders high and comforted her softly: "Okay, Nami, at least Aaron''s nightmare is over, and there will be Bailey in the future, and we can grow oranges at home with peace of mind..."


    "Little girl, you think too much."


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, stretched out his palm and grabbed an orange in the air, he said with a smile on his face: "Your nightmare has just begun!"


    "What else do you want to do?"


    "you guess!"


    Uehara Naraku peeled off the skin slowly, and after taking a bite of the orange, she nodded at Nami with satisfaction: "Mmmm... Your oranges are really sweet..."


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became extremely gloomy. He stared at Nami and Nuo Qigao, and said in a deep voice: "Now go and call all the villagers of Cocosia Village to help me, the man from the orange orchard. The oranges are loaded onto our boat!"


    Nami: "..."


    Nuo Qigao: "..."


    This pirate''s brain is sick!


    Why grab oranges after robbing her treasure!


    In fact, it proved that the two of them really underestimated Uehara Naraku''s lower limit, just when Nuo Qigao planned to stay here and let Nami call someone...


    "etc!"


    Uehara Naraku stopped Nami, took another bite of the orange and stuffed it into his mouth, a smile appeared on his face again, and he added: "Oh, by the way, let those villagers bring their usual farm work tools when they come. ..."


    "..."


    Nuo Qigao was still a little surprised.


    But Nami immediately thought of something, and the corner of her mouth couldn''t help twitching: "Hey, don''t you guys still want to take the orange tree..."


    "You guessed it right! Nami-chan!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and ordered seriously: "Let them come with tools and help me move your orange trees to the boat, and plant as many as they can!"


    Nami: "..."


    Naraku Uehara, you are such a ruthless person!


    Nami really thinks that Uehara Naraku, a pirate, has a problem with her mind, so she can''t go where to buy oranges after stealing so many Baileys from her!


    Also grab their orange tree!


    Is this really not afraid of wasting time!


    Seeing that Nami seemed stunned by his words, Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger and made a gesture of shooting towards an orange.


    "Bang!"


    That orange was instantly shattered by the armed domineering!


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes, stretched out his finger with a smile, put his finger on Noki Gao''s head, and turned to look at Nami.


    "Please hurry up, if you slow down, I might kill the entire Cocosia Village!"


    "Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!"


    Nami rushed out frantically in an instant.


    After watching her sister leave, Nuo Qigao turned her head to look at Uehara Naraku, and suddenly laughed: "Mr. Uehara... is actually a good person, right? But why do you have to bully Nami?"


    "Hehe, of course I''m a good person..."


    Uehara Naraku hugged her arm, looked at Nuo Qigao and sneered, "But your sister spoke ill of me on our boat, obviously I helped her kill Aaron, and she wanted to sell me oranges at a high price ...is she still human?"


    "..."


    The corner of Nuo Qigao''s mouth couldn''t help twitching.


    Whether it''s Uehara Naraku or Nami, the actions of both of them seem to be quite bad!


    the other side.


    When Nami left the orange orchard, she suddenly realized that the village might no longer accept her, so she could only run to the only person who could accept her!


    Ajian, the policeman of Cococia Village.


    "Ajian!"


    Nami frantically knocked on the door of the uncle who used to make her happy when she was a baby, and said with a panicked face: "Ah Jian! Hurry up and ask someone to get the tools, help pick oranges, help dig our house orange tree!"


    "..."


    Ajian glanced at Nami in a daze, and the small windmill on the hat spun straight: "Wait... what happened?"


    "you listen to me!"


    Nami clenched his arm, and said with a heavy face: "A pirate came to our village, he killed Aaron and his gang, and now he wants to take away our oranges and orange trees, if you don''t help pick them Orange, he will kill everyone in the entire Cocosia Village!"


    "..."


    Ajian glanced at Nami in confusion, but he did not hesitate, and immediately believed Nami, and began to call the people in the village with a loudspeaker.


    What''s wrong with the pirates in this sea...


    To be honest, this kind of thing sounds confusing.


    What touched Nami''s heart was...


    Hearing that her family had encountered a pirate, everyone in the village came to help, and even clamored to help her get rid of the pirate.


    Do the people in the village already know the truth about her taking refuge in Aaron?


    None of them are hostile to her...


    But now is not the time to be moved!


    Nami couldn''t help but helped her forehead, and persuaded in a deep voice: "That Uehara Naraku has a problem with his thinking, that is, he killed Aaron, please don''t provoke him, just help pick oranges, dig a few trees An orange tree would be nice¡­¡±

 Chapter 412

    The port of the village of Cocosia.


    Naraku Uehara''s warship was filled with oranges and orange trees.


    A group of villagers in Cococia Village looked at Uehara Naraku standing on the shore in confusion and confusion. They had already learned the truth about Uehara''s robbing of oranges from Nuo Qigao, and they had never seen a pirate with such a bad personality.


    But it is much better than Aaron.


    They did not kill, and even helped them get rid of the scourge.


    These villagers also have mixed feelings about the pirate Uehara Naraku.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Nami, who was ashamed and disheveled beside him, and handed her a tissue tenderly, looking like a kind brother.


    If you ignore his bad behavior just now...


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    The relationship between them is actually quite similar!


    "What else do you want to do?"


    Nami wiped her face dissatisfied, and muttered, "You stole my money; you pretended to take away all my oranges; you also dug up a lot of my orange trees..."


    "Oranges or something, I''ll pay for it."


    Uehara Naraku''s face looked very serious.


    Fifteen-year-old Nami no longer believed what he said, and said angrily, "Did you take my money away? How much do you want to pay me back?"


    "That money was saved by you through hard work..."


    "Will it be returned to me?"


    A light flashed in Nami''s eyes.


    "Won''t."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed her hair, looked at Nami''s dim eyes, and comforted her softly: "Don''t worry, I won''t let you work in vain, the 36.53 million Baileys you saved , I will spend it well."


    "..."


    Are you speaking human words?


    If you don''t know that you can''t beat this person...


    Nami really wants to fight him desperately now!


    Uehara Naraku slowly took out a coin and handed it to Nami: "You really earned the money I bought oranges and orange trees, I can''t find a smaller denomination than this, okay, I paid, and we were fair dealing."


    "...fifty Baileys..."


    Little Nami stared at the coin, slowly raised her head to stare at Uehara Naraku, and sighed faintly: "Mr. Uehara, fifty Baileys are not enough to buy a catty of oranges... How dare you say something like fair trade?" Speaking of..."


    "I''m a pirate."


    Uehara Naraku choked Nami to death with a single sentence, and continued to ask with a smile: "Then do you want this coin?"


    "want."


    Nami stretched out her palm in humiliation, and took the coin in Uehara Naraku''s hand, her face was completely spoiled by Uehara''s play.


    Uehara Naraku patted Nami''s little head, lowered his head and hugged her, and whispered in her ear: "Nami, don''t want this expression, you still have this group of villagers who like you...you will think about it protect them?"


    "..."


    Nami, who was still a little confused about life, was instantly alert.


    Nami''s face suddenly became serious, she grabbed Uehara''s arm suddenly, and whispered: "What else do you want to do?"


    "Not what I want to do."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed her hair, sighed softly, and said, "Remember what I said... Aaron''s strength is not good, but his status in the Murloc Pirates on the Great Route is not low. Do you know if they will come for revenge?"


    "..."


    A look of anxiety flashed across Nami''s face.


    Uehara Naraku''s words must have scared the girl.


    Naraku Uehara squatted in front of him, soothing her emotions softly: "Within three years, our Baroque Work Club will launch a war against the Murloc Pirates. If we successfully eliminate Jinbei, then everything will be fine." up.


    If after three years, I don''t come back to East China Sea to buy the oranges you planted, you can find a pirate group you like and go to the Great Route, understand?


    I believe in your ability as a navigator, in fact, many powerful pirate groups would definitely want to get a navigator as talented as you, but you are too young now..."


    "Mr. Uehara..."


    Nami''s eyes trembled slightly.


    Naraku Uehara squinted his eyes, and gave Nami a sunny smile: "Okay, I will take your money, I will definitely do things, I will be stationed at Whiskey Mountain, and I will not let any of Jinbei''s men come down From the East China Sea!"


    "..."


    At this moment, Nami''s expression was extremely complicated, and Nami''s emotions were a little touched, and she suddenly felt that Uehara Naraku in front of her was a good person.


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his finger and tapped her forehead again, and said with a light smile: "Hehe, our Baroque Work Club is the strongest organization in the world, how could we lose to that guy Jinbe!


    It just so happens that we also want to attack Jinping, and by the way, we will also grab some money from you in this name, anyway, you have nothing to do with me!


    Let''s go, when you grow up, come and play with me on the Great Airway! At that time, I will introduce you to a guy who also loves money like his life! "


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara landed on the warship, waved to everyone on the ground, and left Cocosia Village.


    The villagers on the ground also subconsciously waved goodbye to him.


    To be honest, it''s really hard for the villagers to have any ill-feeling towards this pirate, even Nami''s sister Nuo Qigao waved her hand to say goodbye.


    "... bastard... bastard!"


    Nami clenched the coin tightly in her hand, looked at the direction of the warship, and her voice gradually lowered: "Whiskey Mountain of the Great Route... I will definitely go to see you! That guy named Jinbei, please take care of it for now. You guys..."


    Anyway...


    Nami was suddenly confused.


    The fifteen-year-old girl was limp by being fooled.


    on the warship.


    Uehara Naraku was playing with an orange in his hand, and was bored looking at the task rewards he had completed in Cocosia Village.


    Side task: Steal Nami''s money (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 10,000 points of life energy, reward 10,000 points of armed domineering, and 10,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Side task: plant orange trees on your own ship (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 300 gold coins.


    This is the regular reward of Novice Village.


    In addition to this, there is also a skill bonus.


    Side quest: taste the oranges in Cococia Village (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the fixed reward skill is Scurvy Therapy.


    Scurvy Therapy: Eat any citrus fruit, remove all control skills and restore 15% of your life energy, armed domineering and knowledge-color domineering, skill cooldown time is 0, and you need to consume one citrus fruit.


    This skill makes it seem like oranges are potions...


    It''s outrageous.


    "Tsk..."


    Naraku Uehara played with the orange in his hand, couldn''t help but chuckled and said, "If it seems to be all right, I''ll come to Cocosia Village if I have time."


    "Mr. Naraku, I have a question..."


    After Nicole Robin frowned, she asked softly, "Are we really going to go to war with Jinbei, one of the Shichibukai?"


    "certainly."


    Naraku Uehara tossed the orange in his hand, and said casually: "We all promised Miss Nami and Mr. Crocodile, so it''s not good to break our promise to them?"


    Uehara Naraku threw the orange in his hand to Kisame Kisame, and continued, "Get ready! After we return to the great route, we will start preparing for the Baroque Works to attack Jinbei and take his place!"


    "Yes, Master Uehara."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark nodded slowly.


    Nicole Robin spread out her map and said in a low voice, "Then is our last stop, the Windmill Village in the East China Sea?"


    "Well, let''s go to Windmill Village first!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.


    In fact, there is still a place in Sirob Village, but that Captain Crowe hasn''t lurked in yet... Why don''t you just listen to Usopp''s bragging?


    There is another tricky thing here.


    That is, Usopp has a very strange setting, and almost all the bulls that guy has boasted will be realized one by one.


    It is better to go directly to the windmill village.


    That is a real novice village!


    Nicole Robin glanced at the map, and looked at Naraku Uehara curiously: "Mr. Uehara, is there anything special there?"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly and said: "That is the hometown of Vice Admiral Monkey D. Karp, and his grandson is also there..."


    "Marine hero Monkey D. Cap?"


    A look of surprise flashed across Nicole Robin''s face, and a few drops of cold sweat could not help but appear on her forehead: "Could it be that you want to rob the hometown of naval heroes in the name of Baroque Works? "


    "Otherwise, what do you think I''m going to do?"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to attract a gust of wind, and said softly: "I almost forgot to say that Lieutenant General Karp''s grandson is also in his hometown! That guy is also the son of the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Monkey D. Drago."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin was silent for a few seconds.


    Are you afraid that Crocodile will die too comfortably?


    According to the current situation, once it is revealed that Crocodile is behind the Baroque Work Agency, then the sand crocodile can just give up the underworld king and find a way to find a luxurious single room in the submarine prison...


    Just looting the hometown of the naval hero Monkey D. Karp can make Crocodile Dale unable to stay in the position of Shichibukai; what''s more, this matter also involves the world''s most ferocious criminal Dorag!


    "Don''t overthink it."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but smiled and said: "The navy is much darker than you imagined, it''s just looting the windmill village, the navy doesn''t care."


    really...


    What a big deal!


    Nicole Robin has a bad mentality, so she must learn to relax.


    "Of course, if the navy doesn''t take it seriously, others will definitely take it seriously."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the setting sun in the distance, smiled and continued: "As long as the news of our baroque work agency looting Windmill Village, the hometown of naval heroes, spreads, it will definitely shock the whole world and make Mr. Crocodile famous!"


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists confidently: "The matter of the Windmill Village is much more interesting than you imagined, and it is more interesting than you can imagine.


    As long as we accomplish this great event, Mr. Crocodile will definitely walk on a road of king... although this road may be full of thorns and tribulations! "


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s face was weird.


    Have you asked Crocodile for their opinion?


    "wrong."


    Uehara Naraku turned the bow of the ship again, and said softly: "We still have to go to a place with a naval base. I have to find a way to pass the news that Baroque Works will loot the hometown of naval heroes to the navy."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin didn''t know what expression she had.


    While pouring dirty water on Crocodile''s body, he secretly cleaned himself up? Obviously you did all of this!


    Can''t you be a good person!

 Chapter 413

    early morning.


    The sun rose again.


    Most of the naval bases in the East China Sea stayed up all night.


    Because they received an urgent order from the Navy Headquarters, all the navies in the vicinity of the Kingdom of Goa, all went to the Kingdom of Goa to encircle and suppress the Baroque Works.


    All navies must surround or entangle the members of the Baroque Works before Vice Admiral Monkey D. Cap drives to the East China Sea.


    This is all Naraku Uehara''s fault.


    Because when Uehara was eating near a naval base, he declared in front of the public that their Baroque Works was going to sack the hometown of naval hero Monkey D. Cap as punishment for the Navy attacking them in Rogue Town.


    This is tantamount to a provocation and a declaration of war on the navy.


    However, in the eyes of the Marshal of the Warring States Period and Colonel Tina, it was the member who was most likely to be transformed into a traitor leaking information to them. Otherwise, why didn''t the Baroque Work Agency claim this after looting Lieutenant General Garp''s hometown? Responsible?


    While these navies were heading towards the Kingdom of Goa, a warship planted with orange trees had already quietly parked at the pier of Windmill Village.


    Three figures stepped down from the warship.


    Nicole Robin looked at this quiet village, frowned and said: "Crocodile knows what we are going to do next, he will definitely not be too happy..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, and looked at Kisame with a smile: "Didn''t he say that, let us cooperate with Kisame to do anything..."


    "perhaps¡­"


    After Nicole Robin pondered for a while, she swallowed the sentence on her head again, maybe Crocodile just asked us to do something he could settle?


    Looting Windmill Village...


    I feel that Crocodile should be unbalanced!


    "Relax and reassurance..."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm and counted: "We looted Windmill Village, at most we just offended a naval hero, a new world emperor, a revolutionary army commander and chief of staff, And the supernova who has been particularly hot lately..."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, said with a chuckle, "Mr. Crocodile will definitely not pay attention to these little people, but he is the man who is going to be the One Piece!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin was silent.


    How on earth did you say such a terrible thing as if nothing had happened! Feels like either one could cause big trouble for Crocodile...


    Nicole Robin frowned, and said softly: "Mr. Naluo, I think, should I tell Crocodile in advance that we will attack the hometown of the naval hero Garp immediately, lest he suspect that we have made our own decisions ..."


    "random."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the dried persimmon ghost beside him, and said calmly: "After today, let Kakuzu-senpai start cleaning up the Baroque Works! The old way, Mr. Crocodile can only rely on us!"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he continued: "By the way, after the members of the former Baroque Work Club are dealt with, spread the news that Crocodile is the president, lest this guy cleanse himself and the Baroque Work Club in advance. relation."


    After saying this, Naraku Uehara sighed faintly and said: "If Crocodile is not forced to a corner, he will not realize that he is strong."


    "yes¡­"


    Kisame also grinned, took out his own phone bug, and planned to contact that Kakuto whom he didn''t like to contact very much.


    Great route.


    Gaya Island, Magic Valley Town Bar.


    This is a paradise made up of pirates. Most of the people in the town are pirates, and all the business comes from pirates, so it also attracts some bounty hunters.


    "It''s really a paradise-like town."


    A figure opened the door curtain and walked in with two people on his shoulders. He said in an unhurried manner, "It''s as easy to make money here as it is to pick it up on the ground..."


    No, not carrying two people.


    This guy is carrying two corpses!


    "Hey, Kakuzu!"


    Another young man followed in. He was obviously displeased: "We are going to a bar, can you stop carrying these two corpses!"


    "Shut up!"


    They are Kakuzu and Hidan of the undead duo.


    After Kakudo interrupted Fei Duan, he stretched out his hand and dropped the corpse on his shoulder on the ground, looked at the pirates in the bar, and said in a urn, "It seems that we can have a few more trophies!"


    The pirate in the bar in Magic Valley Town watched them.


    Every pirate laughed at the pirate hunters unlike before, and their faces showed panic and anxiety. These two pirate hunters were definitely existences that they could not provoke!


    Only one pirate sitting in the corner couldn''t help laughing out loud: "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò... He is obviously a powerful pirate hunter, but he acts like a guy who picks up trash. It''s really interesting! "


    "Bastard, what are you talking about!"


    Fei Duan''s face was furious, and he rushed forward waving the sickle in his hand, but before Fei Duan had time, he was repelled by an invisible shock wave head-on!


    Silk threads shot out suddenly and stuck to Fei Duan''s body!


    The next moment, Hidan rushed towards Kakuzu waving the sickle in his hand, and he said loudly: "Hey, Kakuzu, I can''t control my body anymore!"


    "I can tell."


    After Kakudo dodged the blow, his fist instantly petrified, and he hit Fei Duan with his fist, sending his teammate flying.


    "Eh, oh, oh, oh...interesting."


    A tall and thin man walked out slowly with a low smile. He wore a pair of small sunglasses on his face, a pink feather coat on his body, and a pair of pointed leather shoes on his feet. He walked in an extremely arrogant posture.


    The pirates backed away involuntarily, making way for him!


    One of the pirates stared at the man, his voice could not stop trembling and called out his identity: "Your Majesty Shichibukai... Doflamingo!"


    "There are still a lot of interesting guys!"


    A light flashed in Doflamingo''s sunglasses, and the next moment a silk thread suddenly flew from his fingertips, and every pirate''s throat was cut by him!


    After Doflamingo killed all these pirates, he turned his head to look at Kakuzu, and he spread his palm eagerly on his face and said, "I specially sent people to lure these pirates here. A greeting gift to Mr. Kakutsu..."


    "Then thank you."


    Jiaodu nodded indifferently, and didn''t pay attention to the person in front of him at all. He just continued in a low voice: "Don''t worry, we won''t touch the king''s Qiwuhai, because there is no reward for killing you guys." ..."


    "No one has ever dared to say such a thing in front of me..."


    After Doflamingo spread his palm and laughed wildly for a few times, he suddenly continued: "But I forgive you! I came to meet Mr. Kakuzu, and I just want to know one thing, why did Mr. Kakuzu kill you?" After some people, their hearts will always be lost, which reminds me of the ability of a devil fruit that I dreamed of at the beginning, you know that..."


    Boo boo boo!


    Boo boo boo!


    The voice of the phone bug rang quickly.


    Jiao didn''t care about Doflamingo in front of him, took out his phone bug, and connected it calmly: "It''s not convenient for me here, and now there is a prince named Shichibukai named Doflamingo by my side." , seems to be looking for someone from me..."


    Jiao Du said these words as if no one else was there.


    Doflamingo didn''t care about standing by the side, but just chuckled in a low voice: "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò...it''s getting more and more interesting."


    "..."


    There was silence on the other end of the phone bug.


    After a while, a voice came from the other end of the phone bug: "Give your phone bug to Doflamingo."


    "Oh."


    Kodo nodded slowly, and handed the phone bug to Doflamingo: "Someone wants to talk to you, you''d better answer it."


    This sentence sounds a bit like a threat.


    Doflamingo didn''t mind, he just grinned, slowly stretched out his palm, and took the phone bug in Kakuzu''s hand.


    An arrogant voice came from the other side of the phone bug, and it sounded extremely domineering: "After the call is over, stay away from my subordinates."


    "It''s really arrogant..."


    The smile on the corner of Doflamingo''s mouth grew bigger and bigger, and he said nonchalantly, "If you want to intimidate others, at least say your name first..."


    "Don Quixote Huomingo."


    "asshole!"


    When Doflamingo heard the name, anger immediately appeared on his face, because it was his father''s name!


    There is nothing more insulting than that!


    The voice on the other side of the phone worm didn''t care about his attitude at all, just added a little chuckle: "I thought you would always be so calm... I don''t know, you think you are more arrogant than me! Doflamingo... Tianlongren Offal...


    Oh, I was wrong, you are just a pirate now, even if you want to enter Marie Gioia with your father''s head in your hands, those bastards won''t let you join. "


    "..."


    Doflamingo held the phone bug in his hand, and the veins on his face suddenly showed. Who is this guy opposite, and he even knows this kind of thing...


    What surprised him the most was...


    With the arrogant attitude of the guy opposite, there is no doubt that the guy is also a lawless person, not a small person!


    "You bastard..."


    Doflamingo grabbed the phone bug in his hand, put it near his mouth, and said with a gloomy face, "...Who the hell is it?"


    "Let me see your strength first!"


    The person on the other end of the phone bug continued casually: "Oh, by the way, let me tell you in advance, there is a guy who loves his brother very much, and brought a guy who is loved by his brother very much into the new world.


    They will probably give you some presents in Dressrosa, you better hurry back and save your country, before you die, if you have time, say a word to your enemy, just say a guy named Uchiha Itachi Let him spare your life. "


    "..."


    Uchiha¡­


    This surname is very rare.


    Doflamingo''s expression froze instantly, he immediately thought of Sasuke Uchiha, who became known as a monster when he just went out to sea, the person on the other end of the phone bug was not aimless!


    indeed¡­


    Once the pirates enter the new world, they will almost always meet the passionate Dressrosa, who was just a small character in previous years.


    This year, two monsters came in!


    Even Doflamingo knows how lawless that Uchiha Sasuke is, but he was the guy who seriously injured the general and even almost killed the Celestial Dragon in Chambord!


    Now the person on the other end of the phone bug reminds nothing wrong...


    In case the Spades Pirates landed in Dressrosa and something happened, it would really not end well. Doflamingo had expected this, so he took the opportunity to hide secretly. To avoid being too embarrassing when you lose...


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò...I''m more interested in you..."


    After Doflamingo smirked a few times, he continued to the phone bug: "Today, I will let your men go first... If I find out that you have lied to me..."


    "When the time comes, you just kowtow to me."


    After Doflamingo almost choked to death with a word from the person on the other end of the phone bug, he continued nonchalantly: "Go away, if you don''t go back to Dressrosa to pick up the guests today, there will be no such thing in the future." country."

 Chapter 414

    For so many years, Doflamingo has lived as a figure in the sea, and has the qualifications to be arrogant in front of many pirates.


    But the people in the phone bug are more arrogant than him!


    What was that guy talking about?


    What does it mean to kowtow to him and the matter is over?


    Doflamingo''s expression was cloudy. He really wanted to turn his back on him, but he was also worried that he would really offend someone.


    What if it''s a lunatic like Kaido again?


    The most frightening thing in this world is the unknown. Compared with those four emperor monsters in the new world, a person who hides his identity also makes him a little afraid.


    Especially this one who seems to know everything.


    And it''s not anyone that Doflamingo knows, there is no such person in the entire underground world, but this person knows everything about him!


    But this guy is hiding his identity...


    Does it mean that his strength is not that strong? Or it is really inconvenient to reveal his identity, which means that this guy can''t appear in front of people at all?


    Doflamingo regained his composure, grinned at the corner of his mouth and said, "A guy who hides his head and shows his tail, dare to threaten me?"


    "..."


    The phone bug hung up immediately.


    Kakudo slowly raised his head, looked at Doflamingo and asked softly, "Do you need to go to the navy to exchange the bounty of the Shichibukai under what circumstances?"


    "what¡­"


    After Doflamingo glanced at Jiaodu in surprise, he grinned again and said, "Heh heh heh heh...do you still think of me as a prey?"


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    "No."


    Jiaodu shook his head, pointed to the phone bug in his hand, and said calmly: "Because I know you said a wrong sentence in front of him, and I already know your end, but I don''t want to waste your time." bounty."


    The last person who said something wrong...


    The entire Akatsuki organization knew what happened to him.


    Why did Naraku Uehara act so obviously not to be provoked just now, and this Doflamingo will continue to die?


    "Oh?"


    Doflamingo''s expression suddenly turned subtle, he slowly raised his finger, and said with a low laugh: "It seems that Mr. Kadotsu respects him very much..."


    "Only he can lead me to earn money."


    Jiaodu also slowly arched his body, and Di Yuanyu''s tentacles gradually came out from the gaps in his body, making people look extremely scary!


    Even Doflamingo''s expression changed, his brows tightened slightly, and then slowly relaxed.


    Doflamingo looked at Kakuzu''s terrifying figure, but smiled lightly on his face, "It just sounds like... Mr. Kakuzu seems to like money very much?"


    "Money is the only thing you can trust."


    Jiaodu replied in a low voice, this is his creed.


    Doflamingo tapped his arm with his fingers, and continued to smile: "Heh heh heh heh... If I give Mr. Jiaodu a sum of money, will you be willing to tell me the identity of that person just now? "


    "Can."


    After Kodo nodded and nodded, he pointed to the phone bug in Doflamingo''s hand: "It''s just that I need to report this kind of thing to him..."


    Jiaodu''s face was still very calm: "Without his permission, he will kill us directly, even the soul cannot be freed..."


    When these words came out, Jiaodu''s state of mind was still calm.


    Doflamingo''s complexion became slightly unsightly. Is this character playing tricks on him? How could that person agree to such a thing?


    Ji Yuanyu stretched out from Kakuto''s hand, slowly entangled Doflamingo''s phone bug and put it away, he slowly took out the reward order, and began to look through the corpses of the pirates on the ground according to the reward order .


    And on the other side.


    East China Sea, Windmill Village.


    After Uehara Naraku hung up the phone bug, he dialed Uchiha Sasuke''s phone bug again, and asked directly: "Sasuke, is it convenient to go to Dressrosa?"


    "..."


    After Uchiha Sasuke was silent for a while, his voice came over with some hesitation: "Our side is going to Dressrosa soon, what are you going to do?"


    "Then let''s make a fuss!"


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara chuckled again and continued: "Let''s teach Doflamingo a lesson! You should be able to do it, right? But there is no need to kill him, he is a very useful pawn, and I also give Gave him an amulet!"


    "You bastard..."


    The voice of Sasuke on the other side of the phone bug stopped, and he continued in a deep voice: "We have just entered the new world for a short time, and we don''t know the situation in the new world yet..."


    "It doesn''t matter, just do it."


    After Naraku Uehara smiled, he suddenly continued: "But it sounds like you don''t really consider yourself a member of the Spades Pirates, do you?"


    "Who wants to stay with these idiots!"


    After Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help cursing, he changed the subject: "Where are you all now?"


    "Windmill Village."


    Naraku Uehara spoke slowly.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice changed, and he asked in a deep voice, "Windmill Village? Isn''t that the hometown of that idiot Ace?"


    Uchiha Sasuke must have heard of this place name.


    As Portgas D. Ace''s mate, Sasuke would definitely listen to his captain talk about home, especially since his captain is an idiot with no boundaries.


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku continued leisurely, "There are many people here who watched Ace grow up! His younger brother is still here..."


    "Uehara..."


    After Uchiha Sasuke was silent for a while, he continued softly: "My side has completely controlled everything about the Spades Pirates, that idiot Ace has become your pawn, so you don''t need to use his brother anymore, right? "


    "Sasuke..."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was vague and unclear: "It seems that you have also gained new friendship in this world..."


    "No."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice became extremely indifferent.


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face did not diminish at all, and he continued softly: "It doesn''t matter, the most important thing in life is to be happy..."


    "Uehara Naraku."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice was a bit cold, and he calmly stated a fact: "In the world where you are, it is impossible for anyone to be happy."


    "Nonsense!"


    Naraku Uehara immediately refuted, and gave an example: "Look at how happy Kakuzu-senior is! And those two guys, Didara and Hidan..."


    "Say it straight."


    Uchiha Sasuke brought the topic back around again: "Uehara, what do you want to do in that idiot''s hometown of Ace? If he knows, maybe he will do something irrational... Even I may not be able to persuade him .¡±


    "rest assured."


    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "As long as you can control the Spade Pirates and do what I have told you well, I won''t kill people..."


    As Naraku Uehara was talking, his eyes fell on a figure that appeared on the street of Windmill Village. It was a young man wearing a straw hat.


    "I, I''m just here to help you get rid of the king''s addiction..."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he hung up the phone bug in his hand, leaving only Sasuke Uchiha with question marks on the other side of the phone bug.


    On the streets of Windmill Village.


    Monkey D. Luffy also saw the three people walking into the Windmill Village, and his first move was to greet them warmly.


    "Good morning everyone!"


    "Morning..."


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes, greeted with a smile, and walked up to meet Lu Fei''s figure.


    "It seems that people who have never seen it, seem to have seen it..."


    Lu Fei frowned slightly, then slowly opened it up again, and asked with a playful smile, "Did you come to this village from afar?"


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, spread his palms, and said with a light smile: "I am Uehara Naraku, an intermediate agent of Baroque Works, and I am here to purchase navigational supplies..."


    "Agent? It sounds very powerful!"


    The straw hat youth didn''t realize the danger of the question at all, and even asked with interest: "What does an agent do, I''ve never seen an agent before!"


    "It''s mainly to help people get rid of king addiction..."


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands indifferently, and continued: "Anyway, you will know soon, um...won''t you introduce yourself?"


    If Nami is here...


    She would definitely know Uehara Naraku''s evil thoughts.


    It''s a pity that Monkey D. Luffy''s mind is much simpler, and he nodded with a smile on his face: "Yes, I should really introduce myself..."


    When he said this, Lu Fei stretched out his hand to cover his straw hat, and his expression suddenly became serious and determined.


    A light flashed in Luffy''s eyes, and there was a touch of confidence in his voice: "I am Monkey D. Luffy, the man who will become One Piece!"


    "..."


    There was silence.


    Kisame Kisame and Nicole Robin''s eyes fell on Luffy involuntarily. Is this the grandson of Lieutenant General Garp, the son of the revolutionary Drago?


    As for becoming the Pirate King or something...


    Kisame Kisame was stunned for a second, then suddenly grinned and said: "I really don''t know, is it my illusion, just now I felt a bit like this kid and Konoha''s Uzumaki Naruto who was arguing to become Hokage... "


    "Hey, who are you talking about?"


    Monkey D. Luffy tilted his head, and after glancing at the dried persimmon ghost, he said in astonishment: "Wow... is this the murloc in the sea?"


    "Yeah, the sea is amazing..."


    After Uehara Naraku replied, he still squinted his eyes and smiled, but his fists were clenched suddenly, and the jet-black armed domineering instantly covered him!


    The next moment, his fist landed on Luffy''s lower abdomen!


    The pain of this punch spread all over Luffy''s whole body in an instant, causing his body to bend down involuntarily in pain, and even his legs couldn''t stand still!


    Uehara Naraku slowly reached out and took off the straw hat on top of Luffy''s head, put it on her own head, and glanced at Luffy casually.


    "You just said..."


    Uehara Naraku straightened the straw hat on his head with one hand, looked at Luffy who was moaning in pain under his fist, and continued to ask, "What kind of king are you going to be?"

 Chapter 415

    Uehara Naraku''s punch hurts!


    The punch hurt so much that Luffy doubted his life a bit.


    Because he is a rubber fruit capable person, he doesn''t worry about the pain of fists at all. Apart from Karp''s fist, this is the first time he feels the pain brought by another person.


    "Give me back Shanks'' straw hat!"


    Monkey D. Luffy''s arm suddenly extended, and he directly grabbed the straw hat on the top of Uehara Naraku''s head, and he was about to struggle to get the straw hat back!


    In fact, Luffy has several questions in his heart to ask, and his body is still very painful, but the straw hat is undoubtedly his treasure as precious as his life, and the most important thing is to get the straw hat back!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t stop him, but let Luffy take back the straw hat, and bumped his arm into Luffy''s body, knocking him to the ground!


    "remember."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm, and said slowly: "Don''t say in front of our Baroque Work Agency that you want to become the One Piece King. Only our boss can become the One Piece King. Do you understand?"


    "I do not want it!"


    Lu Fei suddenly raised his head, stared at Naraku Uehara, with a stubborn expression on his face: "One Piece...I''m sure!"


    "Oh."


    Uehara Naraku reached out and picked up his collar, and dragged him to the windmill village: "Then let''s find a place to have a good chat...Mr. Kisame, Miss Robin, you guys go to business first!"


    "hehe¡­"


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned and said with a light smile: "Then you should take care of that brat! Let''s go loot this village!"


    After Kanshi Kisame finished speaking, he turned his head and looked at Nicole Robin: "Mr. Vice President, can I kill everyone in this village?"


    "Don''t kill."


    Nicole Robin shook her head.


    After seeing the two of them leave, Naraku Uehara took Luffy''s body to a tavern, and said by the way: "This village is so lucky! If it is our boss who comes out, we will kill everyone in this village , burned this village..."


    "¡­asshole!"


    Luffy clenched his fists, and said with a gloomy face: "You guys who have tarnished the honor of pirates!"


    "Hey¡­"


    Uehara Naraku knocked on Luffy''s head, chuckled and said, "Are you kidding, we are pirates! You go to the Great Airway to find out how many people our Baroque Works has killed!"


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    "asshole!"


    A flash of anger flashed across Lu Fei''s face, and he said in a deep voice, "When I go to the great route, I will definitely blow all of your clubs away!"


    "I am looking forward."


    Uehara Naraku pinched Luffy''s face and continued to move forward while carrying his body.


    Because Luffy has the ability of rubber fruit, his face is stretched out, but his body is still dragging on the ground, looking embarrassed and funny.


    Windmill Village.


    Makino Tavern.


    Apparently it doesn''t open early in the morning.


    However, the guests in the tavern today seemed very rude. They kicked open the door and threw a person in: "Hey, boss, have a glass of juice!"


    "..."


    A sleepy-eyed woman quickly came out from the back of the tavern.


    It was Makino, the owner of this tavern. It seemed that because she had just woken up, her face was still a bit sleepy, and she looked a little cute.


    Makino rubbed his eyes slowly, sighed and apologized: "Sorry, customer, it''s not business hours yet..."


    But when Makino finished rubbing her eyes and looked up, she saw Luffy lying on the ground, and panic flashed across her face!


    "Luffy! What''s going on!"


    "This kid said he wanted to be the Pirate King..."


    A young man with squinted eyes and a smile spread out his palms and continued: "But in this world, only the boss of our baroque work agency can become the Pirate King, so I taught him a little lesson..."


    "..."


    After being silent for a moment, Makino slowly helped Luffy sit on the chair, raised his head and put on a smiling face and said, "I''m so sorry... the children in the village are ignorant, and let the guests from afar I''m laughing!"


    At this moment, Makino is especially sensible.


    Because Makino knew that now was not the time for theory.


    Since Luffy in the village, who has the ability of devil fruit, seems to be defeated, he must bear it for a while, so as not to directly anger the pirates.


    However, Luffy, who was helped by Makino, obviously didn''t give her face, and he opened his mouth and said, "I''m not joking! One Piece, I''m sure!"


    "Luffy! Don''t talk."


    A look of seriousness flashed across Makino''s face, and after seeing Lu Fei shut his mouth sullenly, she raised her head to look at the pirate and continued to smile, "Then the guest wants a glass of juice, right? My side It''ll be fine soon..."


    "Hmmmm..."


    One of the young people came in, sat on a chair at the bar counter, and continued softly: "Then trouble the boss to hurry up.


    For every minute that delays our Baroque Work Agency, we will charge a fee of one million Baileys. This is the rule set by our Baroque Work Agency boss. "


    "...one...one minute? One million Baileys?"


    Hearing this number, a look of surprise flashed across Makino''s face, she hurriedly appeased Luffy, and ran to the bar!


    "Please wait a moment, this side will be ready soon!"


    "I am not in a hurry."


    Naraku Uehara leaned his arms on the table and looked at Makino who was getting up in a hurry: "Anyway, the longer you delay, the more money I can take from you."


    "..."


    A drop of cold sweat appeared on Makino''s forehead.


    Because I grew up in Windmill Village, which is the hometown of the naval hero Monkey D. Garp, very few pirates dare to offend.


    In the past, there was a group of red-haired pirates who often stopped in Windmill Village, but none of those pirates would bully the weak. Makino had never seen such pirates bullying civilians.


    "Where did the guests come from?"


    While chatting, Makino tried to test Uehara Naraku''s attitude, while hurriedly squeezing the juice, she was just a very ordinary little woman.


    "Alabasta."


    Uehara Naraku did not hesitate, and secretly leaked some information about the sand crocodile.


    Makino''s brows stretched, and he smiled and said, "I remember Captain Shanks mentioned that there seems to be a country full of deserts!"


    "Red-haired Shanks?"


    Naraku Uehara ticked the corners of his mouth, and when he mentioned that man, the smile on his face became more and more intense: "Does the boss know the red-haired Shanks? Oh, yes, the kid who was clamoring to become the One Piece just now Mentioned that..."


    "Captain Shanks is a frequent visitor to our Windmill Village..."


    "It is estimated that he will not come in the future."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Makino''s words, and said calmly: "After our Baroque Works defeated Shichibu Kai Jinpei and the Whitebeard Pirates, the next one to encircle and suppress is the Red Hair Pirates."


    "Shanks won''t be defeated by you!"


    After hearing Naraku Uehara''s words, Luffy yelled at him in dissatisfaction: "Shanks is very strong! I made a promise with him, and the next time we meet again, I will return the straw hat to him!"


    "Guest your juice."


    Makino hurriedly put the juice in front of Uehara, and looked at Luffy anxiously, hoping that he would not continue to say things that irritated Uehara.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t care about Luffy any more, just took a sip of the straw from the cup, and continued: "Thank you, but this glass of juice took up a minute of my time, and the boss gave me a million Baileys when I left. it is good."


    Makino: "..."


    This pirate just said the truth!


    It''s just that Makino was more worried about the news of the red-haired Shanks. She couldn''t help asking: "Have the guests seen Captain Shanks? How is he now?"


    "No, not yet."


    Naraku Uehara sucked the juice in his hand, and continued to speak slowly: "He should be good now, but he may not be so in the future... The enemy of the Baroque Work Club has never ended well."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly shifted to Luffy, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t be an enemy of Baroque Works, because the navy attacked Baroques Works in Rogue Town, in order to retaliate, Baroques Works chose to come and loot The hometown of the naval hero Garp!"


    "Washing...looting?"


    Makino covered her mouth in panic.


    "Well, they have already gone, and it will be too late for you to notify them again."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Luffy again, and continued in a deep voice: "Hi, your name is Monkey D. Luffy, right? You are Monkey D. Garp''s family, right?


    Fortunately, I punched you just now and brought you back, otherwise those two members of the Baroque Work Club just now would definitely kill you! "


    "..."


    Luffy was silent for a second.


    The next moment, he suppressed his pain, stood up and supported his straw hat, and said in a deep voice, "I know, but I won''t watch the village being looted by them!"


    "idiot!"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Luffy, knocked him to the ground again with a punch, and continued: "You can''t even beat me! My reward is only 30 million, but their reward is more than 100 million!" !"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku opened his mouth and continued: "The looting of Windmill Village, as revenge for the navy, was an order personally issued by the boss of our Baroque Works, and no one can stop it!"


    This sentence is not wrong.


    Because when Nicole Robin reported to Crocodile, Mr. Sand Crocodile actually disagreed, but Nicole Robin said that Kisame Kisame was determined to do this, and she couldn''t stop Kisame from making a big fuss .


    Crocodile can only agree.


    Sand Crocodile already regretted recruiting Ganshi Guishui into the Baroque Work Club. Since this guy joined, the Baroque Work Club has become famous, but it is estimated that they will provoke more and more enemies.


    It''s a pity that the matter has come to this point, Crocodile can only comfort himself, anyway, as long as the news that he is the boss is not leaked, other things don''t matter.


    Now, Crocodile doesn''t know.


    The Straw Hat Boy in Windmill Village has already noted down the boss of the Baroque Work Agency, and plans to settle accounts with this unknown boss in the future.


    "Okay, don''t worry too much."


    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice and continued softly: "I have already told the navy the news. The navy near the East China Sea is rushing here. The Baroque Work Club doesn''t have time to do too many excessive things, so it should be done soon. left."


    "Is that so..."


    Makino still had some worries on her face. After listening to Naraku Uehara''s words, she couldn''t help showing a trace of gratitude when she looked at Naraku Uehara.


    Makino suddenly felt that she had misunderstood Uehara.


    "The guest... is actually a good person..."


    "Oh, what a nice person I am."


    Uehara Naraku showed a wry smile on his face, he shook his head and continued: "Since I joined the Baroque Work Club, I have been unable to turn back... Now I can only do some small things that I can do."

 Chapter 416

    Uehara Naraku is indeed a good person.


    At least in Makino''s view, Uehara Naraku is actually a person who has gone astray but is still trying to struggle in the quagmire.


    Even though he joined the evil Baroque Work Society, he still tried to minimize the harm caused by the Baroque Work Society.


    "Hey, don''t be so frustrated!"


    Monkey D. Lu Fei supported himself and sat beside Uehara, slammed his fist on the table, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t you guys have dreams of your own? If you really want to do something, then Do it now!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    Do all these protagonists have problems? Why does it feel like every protagonist wants to try to escape him?


    After a long time.


    Uehara Naraku raised his head calmly, looked at Luffy in front of him, and said softly: "When I joined the Baroque Work Club, I already lost the qualification to have dreams..."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku''s voice sounded a little sad: "All the members of our baroque work club, everything we do now is to serve the boss'' dream, and no one dares to resist his will...until our boss becomes One Piece!"


    Uehara Naraku casually put a black pot on Crocodile''s body with a bang, and it would not be able to take it off for at least a while.


    "One Piece is mine!"


    Luffy slammed his face on the table angrily. He looked at Uehara Naraku with indignation: "Don''t you have anything you want to do? It doesn''t matter if you pay your life for it." !"


    Luffy stretched out his hand to cover his straw hat, and continued in a deep voice: "It''s like I want to become the Pirate King! I want to become the Pirate King, even if I die in the sea because of it, it doesn''t matter! Besides, you are so much stronger than me! "


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku remained silent.


    This guy''s mouth escape ability is not bad!


    But how should this sentence be explained to Luffy? In fact, what he is doing now is what he wants to do! That is to pour dirty water on Crocodile!


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a long time before he said: "I''m sorry, I can''t resist the strength of Baroque Works, even the navy can''t help them. I''m just a small member, what can I do?"


    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice, and continued with a heavy face: "You will never imagine how powerful the owner of the Baroque Workplace is, and now he may be the most powerful person in the world, and the Baroque Workplace is also the most powerful person in the world organization..."


    When Uehara Naraku said this, his face became extremely ugly: "Even a small character like me can run rampant in the East China Sea...The characters in the Baroque Work Club can all make waves on the great route!"


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Lu Fei angrily, and said in a deep voice: "You bastard, you can''t even save your own life now! If I hadn''t brought you here just now, your bastard''s life would have been killed Gone!"


    Naraku Uehara grabbed Lu Fei''s collar suddenly, and his face became extremely gloomy: "Hey, you guys, before you understand other people''s pain... don''t just point fingers at other people''s lives!"


    "..."


    Luffy looked at Naraku Uehara, who was emotionally outburst, and fell silent.


    Makino''s face was also a little worried. She looked at Luffy, then at Uehara, and softly persuaded, "Um... does the guest need another glass of juice?"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said softly: "Boss, your juice is delicious, but unfortunately I can''t pay you."


    "..."


    Makino choked on a word.


    He is obviously a good person, why doesn''t he speak human words again!


    Just a second later, Makino''s smile returned to his face, looking warm and healing: "It''s okay, as long as the guests like it."


    "Feel sorry."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Makino''s face and explained seriously: "The employees of Baroque Works have to rob every store of one million Baileys, otherwise they will destroy that store and kill the store manager. "


    Uehara Naraku said with some frustration: "I got a windfall from a pirate thief before, but I secretly helped some innocent store managers who were robbed to pay the money in other islands, and now my private savings are only left. Hundreds of thousands of Baileys, I really have no choice..."


    "So this is ah¡­"


    Makino suddenly realized.


    At this moment, Makino finally understood why Naraku Uehara wanted to steal her money.


    Makino''s eyes were bent, and she smiled to appease Uehara Naraku''s emotions: "It''s okay, I still have some savings before, I will prepare a million Baileys, and I will definitely not embarrass the guests."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Makino, feeling a little unbearable, and he continued: "Actually, 470,000 and 50 Berries are enough, and I still have 529,950 Berries on me." The profits should be enough to hand over to the work agency."


    As soon as I say this...


    Uehara felt much better.


    This number sounds odd, as if he, a pirate, is living in more embarrassment than Makino, the tavern owner. As long as Makino hears this sentence, he will definitely not blame him for stealing money, right?


    Makino didn''t really care. Her savings seemed to be very, very large, and she quickly collected 1 million Baileys and handed them to Uehara Naraku, and even gave an extra 500,000 Baileys.


    The kindness of this woman is beyond Uehara''s imagination.


    Makino looked at Uehara Naraku with a smile, and explained with a smile: "This is to pass on the hope of life. If the guest meets the next innocent victim in the future, I hope the guest can continue to help him."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent.


    This woman is so kind!


    It''s really unexpected that there is such a kind woman in this world. In addition to being gentle, she also has a heart willing to love the weak.


    After a long time.


    Naraku Uehara touched his conscience, put away the money Makino gave him, and asked, "Boss, do you have any dreams?"


    This sentence is a bit ironic.


    After all, it seems a bit inappropriate for a person who just said that he is not worthy of dreams to ask about other people''s dreams.


    But¡­


    If people who knew Uehara Naraku were in this tavern and heard what Uehara Naraku asked, they would definitely sigh that Makino''s luck was really good.


    "..."


    Makino bowed his head and thought for a while, then folded his palms together, and looked up at the ceiling above: "My current dream...maybe I hope that Ace can be safe on the other side of the sea!"


    Because Ace went to sea this year.


    It was the child that Makino was most worried about.


    After hearing that Makino mentioned Ace, Luffy couldn''t help scratching his head: "Huh? I remember seeing Ace''s reward order last time! He is now a 900 million bounty It''s gone! Ace must have become very strong!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    After a while, Naraku Uehara glanced at Makino, and put his hand on his forehead: "You are a really kind person, I believe your dream will come true."


    "..."


    The worry on Makino''s face has not diminished in the slightest.


    However, Makino''s thoughts quickly came back, she looked at Uehara Naraku and said seriously: "Actually, the guest is also a kind person..."


    "Hey, your name is Naraku Uehara, right?"


    Luffy stood up, looked at Naraku Uehara seriously, stretched out his palm towards him, and said in a deep voice, "Hey, Naraku Uehara, let''s make a promise!"


    "What agreement?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Luffy hesitantly.


    Lu Fei, who is still a big boy now, smiled heartily, and said, "I will be able to go to sea in three years, you have to figure out what you want to do most..."


    After speaking of this, Lu Fei continued with a hearty smile: "Three years later, I will definitely defeat the boss of that baroque work agency. At that time...you can do what you want!"


    "...a three-year contract?"


    Uehara Naraku''s face was a bit exciting.


    After a long time, Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, held Luffy''s palm, and said in a low voice: "Actually, what I wanted to do most...is to become a navy...to catch pirates in the sea, protect Those weak people..."


    "..."


    Luffy''s smile faded away.


    After a while, the smile on Lu Fei''s face resurfaced again, and he said with a playful smile, "As long as you have a dream, you have to do it no matter how late it is!"


    "Forget it, it''s too late."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and said in a low voice: "I promise you, I will think about it in the past three years... What am I going to do..."


    "Then let''s work together!"


    Standing by the side, Makino rolled his eyes.


    The next moment, Makino suddenly remembered another thing, and asked quickly: "By the way, Mr. Uehara, those people who looted in the village... really won''t hurt the villagers?"


    "Won''t."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head resolutely, but there was a little more hesitation on his face: "I''m not sure now, although Ms. Nicole Robin, the vice president of the Baroque Work Club, is also a woman who looks indifferent on the outside but actually has a heart. soft people...


    But her hometown is the capital of innocent scholars, but it was completely sunk by the navy with warships, and she was the only one who survived on the entire island. It is hard to say whether she will take anger at Lieutenant General Garp''s hometown because of the navy. ..."


    After saying this, Naraku Uehara said in a deep voice: "Forget it, I''d better go and have a look! Luffy, Boss Makino, you stay here for the time being!"


    Just at this time.


    A figure appeared at the door of the tavern.


    Ginseng Kisame held a thick-bodied woman in his hand, and said loudly: "Uehara, we''re done here, it''s a super bumper harvest, I didn''t expect that the people who guarded this village are a group of bandits!"


    "Mr. Kisame, I also received a million Baileys here!"


    After Naraku Uehara responded loudly, he turned his head to look at the worried Makino and Luffy, and said in a low voice: "Boss Makino, I have to go first... Luffy, when we meet next time, I will definitely It will surprise you!"


    "etc¡­"


    Lu Fei''s expression was a little weird, he pointed at the thick woman in Guixier''s hand at the door and said, "That''s Dadan! Why are they taking it away!"


    "Is there a reward on that Dadan?"


    After Uehara Naraku frowned, he said in a low voice: "If there is a bounty on that Dadan, the Baroque Work Club may secretly exchange the bounty with the Navy based on the principle of not wasting."


    "I remember there were..."


    Makino said with concern on her face: "Dadan has a reward of 7.8 million Baileys on her body, but Dadan is a good person, we have all forgotten that she has a wanted warrant on her body!"


    "I''m going to save her!"


    Luffy is about to rush over!


    For Luffy, Dadan is like a mother!


    No, in other words, Dadan is the same existence as father and mother, and compared with Lieutenant General Garp, Luffy and Dadan spend more time together and have a closer relationship!


    "Are you going to die?"


    Uehara Naraku sighed, stretched out his hand to stop Luffy, and said in a low voice: "I will protect her life, and take the job at the naval base in exchange for a bounty, and find a way to send that Dadan to a suitable person. "


    "...Thank you."


    Makino still rushed to Yuan Naluo with a worried face and nodded, and said in a low voice: "Then... I will leave everything to Mr. Uehara."

 Chapter 417

    The port of Windmill Village.


    Uehara Naraku''s warship slowly left the port.


    Uehara Naraku stood on the warship, looking at the windmill village that was getting farther and farther away, and said in a low voice: "From this moment on, the gear of fate will be controlled by me."


    "hehe¡­"


    Kisame Kisame had just thrown Dadan into the dungeon of the warship, when he heard Naraku Uehara''s words, he couldn''t help chuckling and said, "Isn''t such an illusory thing like fate always under Mr. Naraku''s control?"


    Nicole Robin glanced at the two of them silently.


    After all, the two guys are really skillful in cooperating!


    "Hey, it''s over."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head humbly, with a smile on his face, and softly ordered: "Miss Robin, find a way to spread the news that the hometown of the naval hero Monkey D. Karp was attacked by the Baroque Work Agency spread throughout the East China Sea. , spread the word throughout the great route!"


    "yes."


    Nicole Robin nodded slowly.


    Naraku Uehara stretched his waist, and continued to add his order: "Starting tomorrow, let Scorpion and Didara cooperate with Kakuto to get rid of all the senior agents of the Baroque Work Agency, and leave a few alive to leak out Crocodile. Message from the boss of Baroque Works!"


    "yes."


    Nicole Robin held a moment of silence for Crocodile in her heart.


    From now on, that sand crocodile will never get a sliver of peace, and he will also become a chess piece that they discard at any time.


    Nicole Robin called the phone bugs of Scorpion and Jiaodu respectively, and asked them to cooperate with each other to hunt down and arrest the employees of Baroque Works.


    The red sand scorpion said that it is ready to cooperate at any time.


    Only Jiaodu heard the news, and Wen Sheng said something that shocked Robin: "I see, leave this kind of thing to me! I will arrest all the members of the Baroque Work Club immediately. Where are you now..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin was silent for a second.


    Nicole Robin had a vague feeling that the members of the Baroque Work Club that Kakuzu wanted to arrest in exchange for a bounty might include her and Kanshi Kisame.


    Nicole Robin sighed, and said softly: "Mr. Kakuzu, stop playing with words like this, you should know what Mr. Naraku means..."


    "Ok."


    There was a trace of regret in Jiaodu''s indifferent voice: "Are you really unwilling to cooperate with me? That''s a bounty of more than 200 million Baileys!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin hung up the phone bug in silence.


    Is this corner really getting into the money hole?


    Hearing this, Naraku Uehara couldn''t help rubbing his forehead, feeling a headache for Kakutsu''s stinginess, he sighed and continued to count the harvest.


    This time he gained a lot in Windmill Village.


    Sub-quests: Wear the straw hat of One Piece (1/1) once, the task is completed, the reward life energy will increase by 100,000 points, the armed color domineering will increase by 100,000 points, the knowledge-color domineering will increase by 100,000 points, and the domineering color domineering will increase by one level.


    so¡­


    Windmill Village is the real novice village!


    As long as you wear that straw hat, it is equivalent to getting a passport to become a world powerhouse!


    Just looking at it now...


    Uehara Naraku''s domineering strength is known as the apex.


    Side task: Defeat Monkey D. Luffy (1/1), the task has been completed, and the fixed reward is the psychic contract biochemical devil.


    Psychic contract biochemical demon: You can summon the biochemical demon Zac to fight, and consume 3000 life energy points.


    This reward seems a bit tasteless.


    It''s just that with Zac''s physique, can he continue to bully Luffy in the future?


    Sub-quest: Squeeze Monkey D. Luffy''s rubber face, the task has been completed, reward 10,000 points of life energy, 10,000 points of armed domineering, and 10,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    These are the rewards obtained in the Windmill Village.


    Half a month later.


    The warship led by Lieutenant General Garp and Colonel Tina arrived late and arrived at the already looted Windmill Village. Fortunately, there were no casualties here.


    They were not the first to arrive.


    It''s just that Karp is the highest rank here.


    Karp and Colonel Tina also carefully questioned the villagers who had been in contact with the Baroque Work Agency, and finally learned from Makino the hidden truth about the ransacking of the Windmill Village.


    This so-called hidden truth...


    Anyway, Uehara Naraku''s people have left, but Uehara''s kind image remains in the hearts of Makino and Luffy.


    After listening to the so-called hidden truth for a while, Tina bit a cigarette at the corner of her mouth and fell into melancholy: "Sure enough, Naraku Uehara sent the navy intelligence and saved Lieutenant General Garp''s grandson?"


    "That kid doesn''t sound too bad..."


    Garp frowned, and continued slowly: "Although I still feel that something is wrong, but that guy did save Luffy, a bastard, otherwise, the navy will definitely lose a general in the future!"


    "Hey, grandpa!"


    Luffy sat at the bar of the bar, and shouted dissatisfiedly: "I don''t want to be a navy, but I must become One Piece!"


    "Bastard boy!"


    Garp picked up Luffy''s collar, and punched his grandson flying: "You are too poisoned by red hair!"


    The grandpa and grandson are exchanging feelings.


    Colonel Tina didn''t look at it either, but just looked at Makino, and continued to ask for news about Uehara Naraku, because it was specifically explained by Admiral Sengoku!


    Sengoku wants to try to develop Uehara Naraku into the inside line of the navy!


    "Ok."


    Makino nodded, and continued in a low voice: "Mr. Naraku mentioned when chatting with Luffy that he once wanted to be a member of the navy to protect the weak, but unfortunately he has now joined the pirate organization Baroque Works. , never had the chance to join the navy again."


    After saying this, Makino also showed a look of worry on his face, and the kind-hearted female proprietress of the tavern said softly: "Mr. Uehara probably entered the Baroque Work Club by mistake, but he also saved many innocent people. people."


    After speaking, Makino told Colonel Tina all about their contact with Uehara, which made the beautiful naval colonel feel a little regretful.


    such a nice person...


    He was forced to join the Baroque Work Club?


    I really don''t know what the past of Naraku Uehara is...


    If that guy really joins the navy like his dream, maybe he can reach the rank of major now, right?


    Is this fate...


    Therefore, when Colonel Tina reported this matter to the Warring States Marshal, he did not forget to give feedback, and even emphasized the credit of Uehara Naraku.


    "You don''t have to worry about this."


    After Admiral Sengoku learned of this information, he ordered in a deep voice: "From now on, treat it as if you have never had contact with Uehara Naraku, and don''t reveal all his information!"


    "But¡­"


    "obey orders!"


    After hanging up Tina''s phone bug, the Warring States of Buddha dialed another person''s phone bug: "Hey, Major General X Drake, what happened to the secret SWORD troop that instructed you to sneak into the pirates not long ago? How is it?"


    After hearing the reply from the other side, Warring States of Buddha said in a loud voice: "Don''t worry, but I have a pretty good candidate here, no, or a very suitable candidate, you can try to get in touch..."


    The beard of Buddha Warring States trembled, and whispered the name to the person on the other side of the phone: "Now that person is in the Baroque Work Agency, and his name is Uehara Naraku. Although he is in a criminal organization, he still uses his own Way to execute his justice!"


    Just as the Warring States of Buddha was still chatting with Major General Drake on the other side of the phone bug, another phone bug in the office rang.


    The face of the Admiral of the Navy suddenly became sullen. After he connected another phone bug, the voice from the phone bug made his ears hurt!


    "Marshal, something is wrong!"


    The admiral on the other side of the phone bug seemed extremely anxious, and said hastily: "The Spades Pirates who have just arrived in Dressrosa send a message to His Majesty Shichibu Kai Doflamingo and his subordinate Don Quixote Hai. The bandits have declared war!"


    "what!"


    After a second of shock in the eyes of the Admiral of the Navy, he immediately regained his composure: "That Ace is indeed a restless guy! It''s even more extreme than that bastard Roger... You continue to monitor and report the battle situation at any time!"


    "yes!"


    There was still panic in the navy''s voice.


    Great route.


    New World, Dressrosa Palace.


    Doflamingo, Ace, and Uchiha Sasuke are standing on the heights of Dressrosa''s palace, and the three are confronting each other here.


    On the ground is a group of cadres of the Don Quixote family.


    To be honest, because Doflamingo knows how powerful Uchiha Sasuke is, he really doesn''t want to provoke the two super rookies Ace and Uchiha Sasuke.


    If possible, Doflamingo would also like to win them over as allies, after all, the two of them are quite powerful.


    Unfortunately¡­


    While Doflamingo held a private banquet to meet Ace and Uchiha Sasuke, Portgas D. Ace declared war on the Don Quixote family on the spot at the banquet!


    Everyone is having fun...


    Why suddenly declare war!


    "Because Sasuke said he hated this country."


    The reason given by Portgas D. Ace is very weird, which is a bit unacceptable to the Don Quixote family: "My vice-captain is unhappy, but you laugh so happily, this should be a compliment to the sea of ??spades. The provocation of the thieves!"


    "Ace is an idiot!"


    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t know what to say.


    Sasuke told Ace bluntly that he didn''t like the Don Quixote family, and didn''t like the passionate kingdom of Dressrosa...


    In fact, it is because Sasuke wants to leave a prefix impression on Ace''s mind, so that he can find someone to fight in the future, so that Ace will not object... I didn''t expect Ace to start the war directly on the grounds that his deputy captain was unhappy. !


    This idiot really doesn''t know what to ask Sasuke to say!


    This time it''s good...


    The two of them fought directly in other people''s houses!


    Now they have just experienced a round of domineering competition, the entire banquet hall was directly destroyed by their domineering competition, and the battle area was placed in the palace.


    Doflamingo faced Ace and Sasuke, two people with domineering looks, naturally he was a little bit more than capable, even if it was Uchiha Sasuke''s domineering look alone, Doflamingo couldn''t compete at all !


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflamingo looked at the two people opposite, grinned ferociously, and praised: "Just talking about domineering, they are really two super terrifying newcomers..."


    "Don''t put on airs of seniors in front of us."


    Uchiha Sasuke pulled out the supreme sharp knife he had snatched in this world, pointed at Doflamingo, and said indifferently: "Doflamingo, what I hate the most is that you guys who are not strong enough but like to put on airs guy..."


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    "Eh?"


    Hearing this, Ace couldn''t help but scratched the back of his head, laughed and said, "But Sasuke, aren''t you the coolest person on our ship?"


    "Shut up! We''re fighting!"


    A flash of anger flashed across Sasuke Uchiha''s face, and his captain was so frightened that he immediately covered his mouth and took a few steps back.


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but help his forehead...


    This idiot captain is really frustrating!

 Chapter 418

    "Snap the thread!"


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of Sasuke and Ace''s communication, Doflamingo quickly shot a white line from his fingertips, wanting to launch a sneak attack directly!


    This thin white thread was almost invisible, but the force it flew out was like a bullet, more powerful than the bullet, and shot towards Sasuke''s body quickly!


    Sasuke directly blocked the white line with his knife, a red light flashed in his eyes, and he looked at Doflamingo indifferently: "Under the watchful eyes of Sharingan, I can understand any movement you make." See through easily, don''t play such cleverness..."


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    The smile on Doflamingo''s face remained unchanged, white lines suddenly appeared on his fingertips, and he continued with a low smile: "There is no harm in trying...Torrebol, Diamanti, Get back, all of you!"


    "Dover..."


    The surrounding members couldn''t help looking at Doflamingo.


    These are two super rookies who offer a reward of more than 900 million Baileys. Even in the new world dominated by the Four Emperors, they can still get a place!


    "Back off!"


    A look of coldness flashed across Doflamingo''s face, and he said in a gloomy voice: "This is not a battle that you can intervene in, stay away now!"


    to be honest.


    This fight is not fair.


    After Doflamingo saw the overbearing arrogance of Sasuke and Ace, he knew that he had to face Sasuke and Ace alone, even if the other cadres of Don Quixote swarmed up, they could not match one of the monsters.


    The laws of the new world are completely different from the first half of the great route.


    Because here, after a person''s force has reached its peak, only a real king can deal with another king.


    Portgas D. Ace watched Doflamingo give an order, and a group of members swarmed back, looking really majestic.


    Ace imitated Doflamingo and said coldly: "Hey, Sasuke, stand back, this is not a battle you can intervene in..."


    "Shut up!"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help rubbing his brows: "You''re the one who has to step down! Your target is White Beard! Let me do this kind of small role..."


    "Hmm... You''re right."


    After Ace nodded slowly, he couldn''t help but said: "But I''m the captain, the one they sent to fight is the captain..."


    "Shut up!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face suddenly darkened, and there was a hint of chill in his voice: "Your target is those four emperors on the sea! If everything is your captain, what will I do as the deputy captain?" !"


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke''s figure rushed directly to Doflamingo, his fingers suddenly stood up, and a cold voice fell into everyone''s ears!


    "Chidori sharp gun!"


    A series of electric lights were thrown by Sasuke Uchiha!


    A flash of surprise flashed across Doflamingo''s face, and his figure twisted in a strange posture under the sense of domineering knowledge!


    However, just as he dodged the Chidori sharp gun made of lightning, a ball of flames rushed towards Doflamingo!


    "Art fire escape ho fireball!"


    "Spider Nest!"


    A look of surprise flashed across Doflamingo''s face, and he waved his hand to create a hard spider web to block the incoming Hao fireball technique.


    This ball of fire quickly burned the spider web!


    It''s just that this also gave Doflamingo enough time to evacuate, and the ground of the palace was quickly blown to pieces by Hao''s fireball technique!


    "I heard that the vice-captain of the Spades Pirates is a ninja..."


    Doflamingo greeted the rushing Uchiha Sasuke, grinned and said, "It seems that the ability of ninjas is more interesting than we imagined... …ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    The next moment, the arms of the two collided!


    The impact of the collision of the overlord-colored domineering and the armed-colored domineering swept across the entire Dressrosa in an instant, the earth began to vibrate in an instant, and the sea also set off monstrous waves!


    "Is it only to this extent?"


    A contemptuous smile flashed across the corner of Sasuke''s mouth, he could clearly perceive his own strength, in this collision he almost crushed Doflamingo!


    This guy¡­


    It''s so pitifully weak!


    Not even the two generals Qingzhi and Huangyuan!


    The next moment, there was a confrontation between the two of them. Their fists were covered with armed domineering colors and they fought together. No matter how Doflamingo used his line fruit ability Can''t break through Sasuke''s defense!


    Doflamingo''s face became gloomy, he turned over and kicked, and white threads quickly spread out from his feet!


    "Foot thread shaved!"


    "I said it before¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke tilted his head, and easily avoided the attack of the foot-shaving thread, his eyes were shining red: "I have seen through everything about you! Doflamingo, your fate has long been doomed !"


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke pulled out his ninja sword and slashed a blow!


    When Doflamingo was trying to defend and evade, the knife seemed to have eyes, pierced through all his defenses, and slashed obliquely on Doflamingo''s chest!


    This blow even cut through Doflamingo''s armed domineering body, leaving a slender wound!


    Countless dense sword lights flew out!


    Doflamingo knew that his armed domineering strength was not strong enough, so he re-condensed a spider web to resist Sasuke''s attack, but it still didn''t help!


    Can''t stop it!


    Can''t stop it at all!


    A slash directly broke through the spider web defense!


    Doflamingo retreated quickly, he didn''t want to be cut in half by Sasuke Uchiha!


    "Vientiane Tianyin!"


    Sasuke glanced at Doflamingo contemptuously, then clasped his fingers suddenly, the samsara eyes in his eyes flickered, and a gravitational force burst out suddenly!


    Doflamingo''s body was involuntarily drawn towards Sasuke!


    "Asshole...it''s gravity..."


    Doflamingo''s fingers hastily pulled out white threads, entangled with huge stones, trying to stabilize his body!


    Just as he was in a stalemate, a black flame suddenly shot out from Sasuke''s hand, and this flame pierced through Doflamingo''s body instantly like a sharp sword!


    Blood spatter!


    "The combat IQ is also pitifully low..."


    Sasuke clasped his palms carelessly, and looked at Doflamingo contemptuously: "Fortunately, that idiot Ace rejected the title of Shichibukai, the king, otherwise, wouldn''t he be on the same level as a waste like you?"


    "..."


    Doflamingo knelt on the ground with one knee, stroking the pierced wound on his body, the white line on his fingertips quickly spread out, quickly suturing his wound up.


    This Sasuke is too arrogant!


    Those who didn''t know thought he was the captain of the Spades Pirates!


    But¡­


    This guy''s strength is indeed too strong!


    Just the abnormal and powerful domineering on Sasuke made Doflamingo more than a step behind before the battle, plus his various strange abilities, as well as superb swordsmanship and physical skills...


    This Uchiha Sasuke is simply an almighty powerhouse!


    This guy didn''t even use any particularly powerful abilities in the battle, as if he was just doing it casually, he beat Doflamingo into a mess...


    How long have they been fighting, and Doflamingo feels that he has no power to fight back, as if he is facing the monsters in the new world!


    "How dare you hurt Dover!"


    Just at this time, a sharp voice fell into their ears, and Diamanti rushed over with the sharp sword in his hand like crazy!


    "Back off!"


    Doflamingo hastily waved his hand and created a huge white line that directly knocked Diamanti away. Then he looked at Sasuke and said with a low smile, "Mr. Sasuke and I are fighting between the king and the king." ..."


    "It doesn''t matter what they do."


    Sasuke Uchiha spread out his palm indifferently, looked at Doflamingo with indifference and said, "And... I can''t kill a small bug, but also avoid trampling a few ants to death, right?" ?¡±


    This sentence is really domineering!


    This clearly does not treat the Don Quixote family as human beings!


    Doflamingo''s forehead twitched violently. He watched Sasuke Uchiha suppressing his anger, and a sinister smile slowly appeared on his face: "... …ò …ò …ò …ò …ò... is indeed the most terrifying thing in this sea. Where is the supernova!"


    After saying this, Doflamingo suddenly changed his subject, and suddenly said: "It really makes people wonder about Sasuke-san''s life experience... The surname Uchiha is very rare... I don''t know that Mr. Sasuke has heard of Uchiha Itachi Is that the name?"


    The name was told to him by the person behind Kakuto.


    Now Doflamingo seems to feel that he can use it to test Uchiha Sasuke, maybe he will find a chance!


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s body froze for a second.


    The next moment, Doflamingo waved his hand and turned everything on the ground into white lines. This is his fruit awakening ability!


    Once the fruit is awakened, it can turn everything around it into a creation of its own fruit ability, and the ability of the thread fruit is to turn everything into a thread that it can manipulate!


    "White Line of Wasteland!"


    Tens of thousands of white lines rolled upwards, sweeping towards Sasuke!


    These white threads wrapped Uchiha Sasuke''s body in an instant, and bound him directly in the white threads. Uchiha Sasuke just stood there and let the white threads seal him up.


    "Who told you this name..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice came out from the white line, and purple rays of light projected from the densely packed white line!


    The next moment, a tall figure broke away from the white line in an instant!


    The purple full-body Susanoo giant stands proudly on this land!


    To be honest, Susanoo''s size is not shocking in Derosoloza, because Pica, the top cadre of the Don Quixote family, can turn into a stone giant with a height of 1,000 meters, but the momentum between the two is completely different !


    Just at the moment when he saw the complete purple Susano, Doflamingo seemed to see the disaster and destruction around this Susano through his knowledge and arrogance!


    This is no ordinary giant!


    The tall Susanoo suddenly pulled out his ninja knife and slashed at Doflamingo, as if he could cut the entire Dressrosa open!


    No, it''s not as if...but it can be done!


    Doflamingo''s expression changed, and he immediately manipulated countless white threads to gather together, turning into a solid spider web shield to block Susano''s knife!


    It''s a pity that Susanoo''s knife directly split everything!


    Doflamingo watched that huge slash directly penetrated the ground, leaving a deep gully on the ground!


    "It seems that mentioning this person angered Uchiha Sasuke?"


    Doflamingo''s expression couldn''t help changing, a drop of cold sweat appeared on his forehead, he raised his head and said coldly: "Mr. Sasuke, the battle between us is actually under the surveillance of other people, maybe he One-handed control, that is the person who gave me this name..."


    "Shut up!"


    Uchiha Sasuke stood in Susanoo''s crystal, looked down at Doflamingo underground, and manipulated Susanoo to point the ninja knife at him.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    "Doflamingo."


    The anger on Uchiha Sasuke''s face could hardly be suppressed, he stared at Doflamingo, and continued in a cold voice: "The person who told Uchiha Itachi the name, did he forget to remind you?"


    A flash of madness flashed across Uchiha Sasuke''s face, his eyes became colder and colder, and the domineering arrogance vented from Susanoo''s body, sweeping the entire Dressrosa!


    "If you use this name to blackmail me in front of me, maybe I won''t kill you, but it will make your life worse than death!"


    "..."


    Doflamingo''s expression changed.


    Something really went wrong, the person behind Jiaodu tricked him!


    Mentioning this name can save one''s life, but it will completely anger Uchiha Sasuke, why didn''t that person tell him about it!


    Just at this time.


    Torrebol stopped near Ace step by step, and asked carefully: "Captain Ace, who is that Uchiha Itachi?"


    "..."


    Portgas D. Ace''s expression is no longer the same as before, and he has no interest in caring about Torrebol''s antics, and his eyes are a little serious.


    "Uchiha Itachi is the elder brother who loves Sasuke the most in the world, he has passed away."


    "..."


    Torrebol''s expression was faintly unpleasant.


    Now Doflamingo mentioned his deceased brother in front of a younger brother, and felt that the situation was not good!

 Chapter 419

    The battlefield is completely heated up!


    Facing the full-body Susano''s attack, Doflamingo could hardly even do basic resistance, and the entire Dressrosa trembled under the domineering Susanoo''s radiance!


    "Sixteen holy bullets!"


    Doflamingo manipulated the white lines on the ground to converge into sharp and thick white lines. Armed color domineering wrapped around the white lines, and flew towards Susano!


    "What a complete piece of trash..."


    Sasuke Uchiha stood inside the Susanoo crystal, taunting his opponent brazenly: "Brother Doflaming, is your strength only this level? I really don''t understand why that person would tell you Itachi name¡­"


    Before the words fell, Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Susano to wave the huge ninja sword in his hand to perform a slash that was almost like a full moon!


    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice echoed across the land, his indifference made people feel chills: "If a waste like you can gain a foothold in the new world...then this new world really has nothing to look forward to! "


    As Sasuke''s voice fell...


    A slash close to the full moon flew out!


    The momentum of this slash by Susanoo surpassed all the slashes that everyone present had seen, and perhaps it was not as powerful as the slash of the legendary world''s number one swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk. Inferior!


    Under this full moon slash!


    Sixteen rounds of thick white lines were cut off!


    All the mountains and high-rise castles in the entire Dressrosa within the range of this full moon slash were cut off by this slash, revealing neat cuts!


    Doflamingo seems to have predicted his own fate, the corner of his mouth still maintains that smile, but this smile is more complicated and sighing...


    The only thing Doflamingo can do now is to pull a strong spider web in front of him, and he was also sent flying by this slash!


    "Huh, you still dare to compete with Uchiha''s Susano?"


    Uchiha Sasuke stood in Susano''s crystal, manipulating Susano to walk on the ground, the ground trembled, frightening all the citizens of Dressrosa to watch this scene in horror, the houses and buildings on the road were all Be trampled!


    The pirates of the Don Quixote family rushed forward, trying to prevent Susano from going in the direction of Doflamingo, but Susano flew out with a single knife!


    The only one who seems to be able to contend is Pika!


    This stone fruit ability user with a childish voice is very fierce, he instantly condensed the stones under Dressrosa, and turned into a stone giant with a height of 1,000 meters!


    Sasuke was a little surprised at first, but when he manipulated Susano to slash with a knife, he directly split the huge stone giant into two. Facing Susano''s hardness, the strength of the stone giant could not be used at all. To contend, fragile as sand!


    Until Susano walked in front of Doflamingo, the huge Susano finally turned into a cloud of smoke and gradually dissipated, revealing the figure of Sasuke Uchiha.


    "It''s ugly..."


    Sasuke looked at Doflamingo with contempt on his face.


    The Qi Wuhai under the king was lying on the ground, covered in blood and looking extremely embarrassed, he could only use his own thread fruit to barely suture the fatal wound.


    "Say it."


    Sasuke narrowed his eyes slightly, looked at Doflamingo and said, "What did that guy tell you exactly?"


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Even in such an embarrassing and dangerous situation, Doflamingo still had a smile on his face: "He said, a man named Uchiha Itachi asked you to spare my life."


    "It looks like you didn''t do what he said."


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, and continued with a cold face: "Even if you say this, you can''t change your own destiny. Since he wants you to be a pawn, you should learn to listen to him obediently in the future! "


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Sasuke will leave here.


    "etc."


    Doflamingo struggled to sit up on the stone beside him, looked at Sasuke Uchiha and continued to grin and said, "Sasuke Uchiha, at least tell who that person is!"


    The smile on Doflamingo''s face turned gloomy: "Who the hell is that person, even a monster like you would be afraid of his power..."


    Sasuke Uchiha is indeed a monster...


    A monster that can stand shoulder to shoulder with the four emperors of the new world!


    What surprised Doflamingo even more was that Uchiha Sasuke actually obeyed that guy''s words as promised, which shows that the person behind Kakuzu is more terrifying than imagined!


    It''s all within that person''s control.


    Are strong players including Uchiha Sasuke also pawns?


    "I''ve never been afraid of him!"


    Uchiha Sasuke retorted, a sharp light flashed in his eyes, and the next moment he slowly said: "Forget it, even if I explain it to you, I still can''t understand...


    In short, when that bastard''s eyes focus on you, it means that your fate has fallen into his control. "


    The contempt on Sasuke Uchiha''s face reappeared, and he continued in a low voice: "Brother Doflaming, although you are a waste, but for the sake of that guy threatening me in the name of Uchiha Itachi, obviously you are not useless¡­"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Doflamingo''s face gradually became cloudy and uncertain.


    Although Uchiha Sasuke denied that he was afraid of that person, at least Uchiha Sasuke was also afraid of the person behind Kadotsu!


    A pirate super rookie who can stand shoulder to shoulder with the monsters of the Four Emperors of the New World, is actually afraid of the person who manipulates them behind the scenes...


    Moreover, this battle took place at least under the manipulation of that person.


    Doflamingo''s smile became more and more gloomy. Did that person set his sights on him, Shichibukai, the king, and wanted to make him a pawn?


    But¡­


    Now I don''t even know the identity of the other party!


    Even if you want to resist this, you must at least have someone to resist!


    Doflamingo looked at the back of Sasuke leaving, and suddenly said: "Sasuke Uchiha, don''t even you dare to reveal his identity? Don''t you think about eliminating that guy and the one who secretly threatened you? person?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s footsteps stopped.


    Seeing Sasuke''s footsteps stop, Doflamingo''s smile gradually increased. He tried his best to spread his palm, and said softly: "I have the most informed news channel in the world, and you have the group of four emperors." Monster-like strength..."


    "Stop dreaming."


    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted Doflamingo''s words, and his voice was a little more contemptuous and disgusting: "You don''t even know who he is, and you are trying to destroy him?"


    Uchiha Sasuke said with a cold voice: "There is a proverb about him among us people. When you see his true face and unshakable power, it is just what he wants you to see. part."


    "..."


    Doflamingo''s forehead jumped.


    This King Shichibukai, who has an official background with one hand and controls the trade of the dark world with the other, felt a little shocked in his heart.


    What Sasuke said is really in line with the status of an underground king... But now the leader of the dark underground world is him, Brother Flamingo!


    There is actually someone who hides deeper than him!


    At this moment, Doflamingo suddenly remembered that his code name was Joker in playing cards, and he seemed to be a king, but he was actually just a clown...


    that person¡­


    Who is it!


    That guy actually played him, the true king of the dark world, as a pawn. He didn''t even know the identity and appearance of the chess player. The only thing he knew was Kakuzu and Uchiha Sasuke, who were very afraid of him!


    Doflamingo''s expression was gloomy, he slowly clenched his palm, and said in a low voice: "Are there any secrets in the world that I don''t know?"


    "Hmph, the truth is crueler than you imagined."


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the confident Doflamingo with disdain, and continued in a cold voice: "No, it should be said that part of the truth is enough to make you feel cruel!"


    After saying this, Uchiha Sasuke tilted his head and added: "But when you really stand in front of him, you have the qualification to spy on that part of the truth."


    After saying this, Uchiha Sasuke left without looking back.


    Sasuke didn''t care about the shadow he left on Doflamingo at all, and everything Sasuke said was not to flatter that person, what he said was true.


    Doflamingo watched the back of Sasuke leaving, and couldn''t help gritting his teeth: "Asshole, didn''t you just talk a bunch of useless nonsense... When I find out who that person is, I will find out His everything!"


    Doflamingo took out a phone bug from his body and connected one of the family officials: "Violet...can you see the heart of Sasuke Uchiha?"


    This is Don Quixote, a family cadre who did not show up.


    The identity of this family cadre is not ordinary. He has the Superman-Gangzhang Fruit, and can see through the enemy''s inner thoughts with his own eyes.


    "There is no way."


    An indifferent female voice came from the other end of the phone bug, and she continued in a low voice: "But...Dover, I saw your failure, and I also saw the fear and anxiety in your heart..."


    "Hey, hey, hey...he''s really unreliable..."


    The smile on Doflamingo''s face remained unchanged, and he asked with a smile, "So... Violet, are you going to betray me now?"


    "..."


    There was silence on the other end of the phone bug.


    After a long time, Violet said in a low voice: "Dover, now you are just a pawn played by others..."


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflamingo''s laughter gradually grew louder, and the next moment his voice suddenly became dark again: "People living in this world are always taken advantage of by others! If I can''t escape, you Can there be an exception?"


    Doflamingo continued to ask with a gloomy face: "Tell me... have you seen anything in Uchiha Sasuke''s heart!"


    "I can''t see through his heart."


    There was a hint of panic in Violet''s voice: "Dover, that man... is more terrifying than you can imagine! His eyes..."


    The next moment, the voice of the phone bug suddenly stopped.


    After a long time, a person''s voice appeared in the phone bug.


    "I thought someone would try to cast illusions on me...A group of ignorant idiots actually want to use a pair of weird fruit abilities to compete with Uchiha''s Sharingan?"


    This voice is Uchiha Sasuke''s voice.


    Obviously, on the other end of the phone bug, the Violet who wanted to spy on Uchiha Sasuke''s heart was discovered by Sasuke.


    Uchiha Sasuke stood beside Violet, and the knife in his hand fell on Violet''s neck. This charming woman is now sitting profusely with sweat, her eyes slumped.


    A person with the ability to stare fruit...


    When spying on Sasuke, he was directly hit by the illusion of Sharingan.


    "Is it Doflamingo?"


    Uchiha Sasuke picked up the phone bug on the ground, and said casually: "I thought a trash would know a little bit of fear, but I didn''t expect you to arrange someone to spy on me?"


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflamingo suppressed his pain, and said in the phone bug: "I just want to know more about that person..."


    "you do not need to know."


    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted his words, and said disdainfully: "You are just a bug that can be crushed to death at any time, a weak waste like you, just accept the arrangement of fate, do you really think you are still qualified to fight?" ?¡±

 Chapter 420

    The Spades Pirates are gone.


    They left a Dressrosa littered with ruins.


    Uchiha Sasuke single-handedly defeated everyone in the Don Quixote family, including Amayasha Doflamingo. In just one day, the Spades Pirates became Dressrosa nightmare.


    Above the sea, on the ship of the Spades Pirates.


    According to the original practice, Uchiha Sasuke defeated a Shichibukai and his pirate group, and it was time to celebrate the banquet, but all the members of the Spades Pirates were in no mood to hold a banquet.


    Because after Ace and Uchiha Sasuke returned to the ship, they got the latest news from the news bird.


    "The criminal company Baroque Works claimed to loot the hometown of the naval hero Vice Admiral Garp. The navy announced that it would launch a full-scale siege on Baroque Works. The rewards for all members of Baroque Works were doubled! "


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "Did something happen to Windmill Village..."


    Portgas D. Ace tightly clutched the newspaper in his hand, a look of anger flashed across his face: "If those bastards dare to hurt anyone, they will die!"


    "Captain, nothing happened."


    "Yeah...we''ve all seen it."


    A group of people are talking in a hurry.


    Because I don''t know whether the navy is to appease people or the truth is true, the guys from the baroque work agency did not dare to hurt the civilians in the village after all.


    As for Lieutenant General Garp''s grandson being injured, and a bandit leader on the mountain being captured, there is no need to mention it in the newspaper...


    At least Ace is relieved for the time being.


    Only Uchiha Sasuke frowned unobtrusively, because he was the only one present who knew the truth, who knew what crazy things Naraku Uehara would do in Windmill Village!


    Naval Headquarters, Marine Vandeau.


    Admiral Sengoku really had a headache. He didn''t know why the major incidents at sea happened one after another, which made him a little mentally exhausted.


    Naturally, the Admiral of the Navy would not be worried about the issue of the Windmill Village. In fact, the Windmill Village Incident has a bad reputation for the Navy, but it is actually quite beneficial. In addition to increasing the Navy''s anger towards the pirates, there is hope to develop a A naval spy called Naraku Uehara.


    The trouble Sengoku is facing now is that he just got the news that Portgas D. Ace and Uchiha Sasuke, the captain and deputy captain, have just entered the new world and stabbed trouble...


    Under the king Shichibukai Doflamingo was defeated by Uchiha Sasuke.


    This is really hard to handle...


    Because the status of Qiwuhai under the king is related to the balance of the sea.


    "The news cannot be suppressed..."


    Zhan Guo slowly fed the documents in his hand to the goat, sighed faintly and said: "The identity of that bastard Doflamingo is not easy to deal with."


    "Has that good boy Dover been knocked out too?"


    Lieutenant General Crane also showed a hint of sadness on his face: "There is no need to deal with this kind of thing! Didn''t Polusalino and Kuzan both lose to Uchiha Sasuke one after another... If Doflamingo beats back Uchiha Sasuke, our navy will be even more embarrassed!"


    "Ok?"


    After Zhan Guo glanced at his old friend in surprise, he slowly nodded and said: "You are right, if Doflamingo wins, we will be more embarrassed, and it is the most embarrassing thing for the navy if he loses." advantageous."


    if not¡­


    The admiral would be ashamed.


    Kingdom of Dressrosa.


    Doflamingo and Lieutenant General Crane had the same idea.


    After being defeated by Uchiha Sasuke, Doflamingo was also a little worried that he would be kicked out of the very favorable status of the King Shichibukai, and now he has figured it out.


    That is the person who has defeated the most powerful general of the world government!


    He is just a mere king of Qiwuhai, and it is normal to lose!


    Of course, it is obviously impossible for Doflamingo to swallow this breath, but what he is more angry and afraid of is what Uchiha Sasuke said.


    Now Doflamingo is staying in a fairly quiet place to recover from his injuries, and he has arranged for other cadres to deal with the riots that have emerged in the country.


    Because of Uchiha Sasuke''s humiliation before he left, this prince Shichibukai has long lost his previous composure, exuding anger and anxiety all over his body.


    After a long time.


    Doflamingo slowly calmed down, and dialed the phone bug of Kakutsu he met in Magic Valley Town: "Mr. Kakuzu, do you know Sasuke Uchiha?"


    "Ok."


    The corners on the other side of the phone bug are a little busy.


    After a while, Kakuzu opened his mouth and continued: "Do you want to know anything about Sasuke? You can sell his information to you after applying. It should be easier to get permission.


    The price of Uchiha Sasuke''s information is not low, but these are all worth the money. Just to remind you, Uchiha Sasuke is very powerful, even among us, he is also a top powerhouse.


    Only if you get the information, you may have a slight chance of fighting Uchiha Sasuke, otherwise you will lose badly, and you will be humiliated by that poor kid who has no manners at all. "


    "..."


    Doflamingo fell silent.


    Why didn''t this corner talk about it earlier?


    Perhaps, he should have dialed this number earlier, otherwise he wouldn''t have been humiliated by Sasuke Uchiha just now.


    It''s too late now.


    Uchiha Sasuke defeated the entire Don Quixote family and severely injured him, making him, the king of Dressrosa, disgraced.


    After Doflamingo was silent, he asked another question: "It sounds like the relationship between Mr. Kakuzu and Uchiha Sasuke is not very good..."


    "Ok."


    There was a hint of indifference in Kakuto''s voice: "Sasuke Uchiha has a bounty of more than 900 million, and I really want to kill him."


    Doflamingo: "..."


    This corner... seems to really love money.


    Even after seeing Uchiha Sasuke''s power, Doflamingo didn''t dare to provoke him anymore. Unexpectedly, this character wanted to kill him in exchange for a bounty!


    The brain circuit of this corner...


    What a guy who wants money but not life!


    "Mr. Kakuto."


    There was a trace of solemnity in Doflamingo''s voice, and he said in a gloomy voice: "I hope to have the opportunity to meet the person standing behind you, I was defeated by that Uchiha Sasuke."


    "..."


    Kakuto fell silent again.


    After a long time, Jiaodu''s voice responded indifferently: "Then congratulations on surviving, your fate has been doomed, and the next thing to do is to wait."


    "Huh? Kakuto, did that Doflamingo survive?"


    It was Hidan''s voice, and he was listening to the call right next to Jiaozu.


    Kakuto responded to his teammates in a loud voice: "Well, any chess piece is a valuable creature."


    "Tsk, although I don''t understand why Sasuke let him live, but I think that Doflamingo might as well die, after all, he offended him just by opening his mouth..."


    Slap.


    The phone bug was hung up by horns.


    After hearing the conversation between Kakuzu and Hidan just now, Doflamingo''s face became more and more unsightly. Are they speaking human language!


    What do you mean you might as well die!


    These guys are really a bunch of villains...


    the other side.


    The first half of the great voyage.


    After Jiaodu hung up Doflamingo''s phone bug, he slowly dealt with the two people in front of him. They were members of the Baroque Work Club. Di Yuanyu got into their bodies and took out their hearts.


    After Jiaodu put Di Yuanyu into his body, he felt the power he got: "Is it the ability to explode fruit and the ability to weigh fruit?"


    "OK OK."


    Fei Duan yawned, covered his nose and couldn''t help but said: "Clean up quickly, the smell here is very strong!"


    "These two guys have bounties on them."


    After shaking his head, Jiaodu sewed up the corpses with Ji Yuanyu, and carried the two corpses on his shoulders: "Wasting money is the most shameful act in the world."


    After finishing speaking, Kakuzu added: "But we need to seal the corpse first, didn''t the navy say in the newspaper that they want to increase the bounty of the Baroque Works?


    Then wait until the information leaked that they are members of the Baroque Work Society and the bounty is increased, then take their corpses in exchange for the bounty! "


    When talking about this, Jiaodu couldn''t help but took out the reward order again: "Hmm... Kisame, the bounties of Nico Robin and Uehara have increased again..."


    Yes.


    The bounties of the three of them have increased again.


    Nicole Robin, 240 million Baileys!


    Dried persimmon ghost shark, 230 million Baileys!


    Naraku Uehara, 60 million Baileys!


    It is normal for Jiaodu to be moved by this number. After all, the bounties of several of them together exceed 500 million Baileys. This is a very rare large bounty in the first half of the great route!


    Uehara Naraku was also looking at his bounty, and saw that the symbol on the original bounty that was only for live capture disappeared. Could it be that the navy doesn''t want him?


    Uehara Naraku looked at the reward order and couldn''t help sighing quietly: "Ghost, do you think I''m a good person, do I still have a chance?"


    "..."


    Kisame Kisame was silent for a while, then grinned and said, "Master Uehara... Is it because the gods are not happy with what they are doing?"


    "..."


    After hearing their conversation, Nicole Robin shook her head speechlessly, looking down at her reward order.


    In the past ten years, Robin''s bounty has not been touched. Since joining the Xiao organization, Robin''s bounty has soared, and now it is 240 million Baileys!


    The strength is the weakest, but the reward is the highest among the three...


    The phone bug in Jiaodu now comes almost every now and then.


    "Let''s go, let''s go to Frost Moon Village to replenish supplies."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at his system panel, and said softly: "It just happened that I sensed that the Revolutionary Army was just there, and they are very difficult to see."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he continued: "Now I will go to the dungeon to chat with Ms. Dadan first, and let her know that I am actually a good person."

 Chapter 421

    Inside the dungeon of the warship.


    Dadan stayed here for a long time.


    Except for Uehara Naraku who came down occasionally to deliver food, she never saw anyone appearing. This is really a restrictive place for a bandit. The most disturbing thing for Dadan is that she doesn''t know where these people want to send her. .


    "Ms. Dadan."


    Uehara Naraku opened the cell door with the key, and whispered: "The other two adults on the ship sent me down to replenish the supplies on the ship, and I have asked to take you off the ship together."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku looked at Dadan''s puzzled eyes, and continued in a low voice: "After we disembark from their sight, I will secretly let you go, because I promised Luffy and Boss Makino."


    "So you''re a friend of that boy Luffy and Makino?"


    After Dadan breathed a sigh of relief, he quickly asked, "What will you do after I leave? They won''t hold you accountable? Although I''m a bandit, I know the rules on the pirate ship very well. ..."


    "it does not matter."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and explained softly: "Originally they wanted to take Ms. Dadan in exchange for a bounty, but recently the navy suddenly encircled and suppressed the Baroque Works, and they didn''t dare to take risks anymore. They planned to kill you in a few days... "


    "..."


    Da Dan''s eyes widened.


    Uehara Naraku looked at her frightened expression, and quickly calmed her down, saying, "Anyway, your bounty is only 7.8 million Baileys, so there is no threat to Baroque Works.


    It doesn''t matter even if you run away, I can say that I have killed you or you have escaped by yourself, they should not pay attention to this issue. "


    After finishing speaking, watching Dadan''s mood gradually relax again, Uehara Naraku continued in a low voice: "Don''t show any flaws later, after we leave, you can find a way to return to Windmill Village..."


    "Ok."


    A look of gratitude flashed across Dadan''s face, and she sighed softly: "That bastard Luffy really made a good friend!"


    A kind smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face at the right time: "No, it should be said that I should be grateful to him, it was he who made me wake up..."


    this moment¡­


    Naraku Uehara is really like one of his own.


    No one can find any flaws.


    at dusk.


    In Frost Moon Village.


    A large ship with a dragon''s head was parked at the pier.


    A figure was running around carrying food quickly. These people were all revolutionary soldiers. They wanted to move the food before night fell, and then leave here when it got dark.


    When they saw a warship approaching, they all showed shock on their faces, and someone immediately rushed to a dojo in Shuangyue Village to report to their leader.


    They are the revolutionary army, determined to overthrow the existence of the world government, the navy is the number one dog leg of the world government, the two are definitely incompatible with each other!


    It''s just that when these revolutionary troops were preparing to fight, they found that the people on this warship didn''t seem to be the navy. Only a young man and a rough-looking woman came down from it. There was also a fierce-looking murloc and a delicate-looking man on board. woman.


    "That''s from Baroque Works!"


    There was an uproar in the ranks of the revolutionary army.


    As long as everyone pays attention to the news in the sea, they will all pay attention to the situation in this area. They quickly recognized Uehara Naraku, Kanshi Kisame and Nicole Robin!


    "Mr. Uehara, you don''t seem to need to prepare supplies anymore!"


    Kisame Kisame stood on the bow of the warship, looked down at the big dragon-headed ship, grinned lightly and said, "We just snatched the ones from this ship...wouldn''t it be good?"


    "Mr. Kisame, let me go and have a look!"


    A trace of hesitation flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, he shook his head and said, "Maybe the ship needs some drinks, this ship looks like an ordinary grain ship..."


    "Then you go first!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame nodded, and after watching Uehara Naraku and Dadan walk away, he waved his shark muscles and flew onto the dragon-headed boat, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth!


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    "Hey, we are agents of the Baroque Work Agency, now move all the supplies on your ship to our ship!"


    This scene is being staged as expected, and a battle of Baroque Work Agency agents brazenly robbing the Revolutionary Army has officially begun!


    Nicole Robin watched this scene and sighed faintly. According to the current situation, can Crocodile really have a place to live?


    navy¡­


    Revolutionary Army...


    mighty pirate...


    All Baroque Works will be offended to death!


    Does Naraku Uehara really want to kill Crocodile?


    On the small road in Frost Moon Village.


    Naraku Uehara led Dadan and met two people head-on. Both of them were wearing cloaks and hoods. They were the high-ranking members of the Revolutionary Army rushing to the port.


    Monkey D. Dorag, seventeen-year-old Sabo.


    Because Sabo was seventeen years old, Dorag, as Sabo''s teacher, decided to let him get in touch with revolutionary things, which naturally included the grain transfer station in Frost Moon Village.


    "etc!"


    Uehara Naraku reached out to stop them, and asked softly: "Excuse me, are you from the village? When will there be a sea ship heading to the Kingdom of Goa in this village?"


    "we are not¡­"


    After Sabo hurriedly opened his mouth to explain something, he seemed to react suddenly, rubbed his forehead and said in a low voice: "Wait...Goa Kingdom...this place..."


    Due to a disaster many years ago, Sabo lost his memory.


    Now that he suddenly heard the familiar place name, Sabo''s head felt a little dull.


    "If you can''t remember it, don''t force it."


    Drago pressed Sabo''s head, and after comforting Sabo in a low voice, his gaze passed over Naraku Uehara and settled on Dadan: "This... is Ms. Dadan from Gorbe Mountain in the Kingdom of Goya?" ?¡±


    Dorag is aware of Dadan''s existence.


    In other words, Dorag knew Dadan unilaterally.


    Because Monkey D. Dorag is the father of Monkey D. Luffy, it is natural to know that Dadan is Luffy''s adoptive mother, the person who took care of Luffy growing up.


    "you know me?"


    Dadan''s face immediately turned alert.


    Generally, people who know her are all for the reward of 7.8 million Baileys!


    Uehara Naraku''s face also became vigilant, and he said in a low voice: "We are members of the Baroque Work Club...don''t provoke people who shouldn''t be provoked easily!"


    "I didn''t mean that."


    Drago shook his head, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "I heard what you said just now, and our boats often travel to and from this area of ??the sea. We just happened to take a trip to the Windmill Village of Goya Kingdom at night, and maybe we can take you along the way. .¡±


    "Did you go directly to Windmill Village?"


    Naraku Uehara took a look at Dadan, and said with joy on his face, "Hey? If this is the case, Ms. Dadan can see Luffy and Boss Makino directly, remember to take me to say hello to them..."


    "You bastard!"


    Dadan''s forehead couldn''t help jumping, and he said in a deep voice: "Don''t be infected by that bastard Luffy, trust others casually... I suspect he is offering a reward... I am a bandit who has lived in seclusion for many years..."


    To be honest, Dadan didn''t believe it.


    After all, when you are walking on the road, someone suddenly tells you that they are just going to your destination, and they can take you for a ride by the way. No matter how you think about it, you are a liar!


    Drago spread out his palm and said softly, "I''m sorry, I can assure you that I never meant to deceive you. If it''s for a reward, I should take this Mr. Naraku Uehara..."


    "Mr. Dorag..."


    Sabo, who was still having a headache next to him, rubbed his forehead, slowly raised his head and looked at Dadan, his face was even a little painful: "I remember, Monkey D. Luffy... Sister Makino... Dadan ¡­Windmill Village¡­Golbe Mountain¡­¡±


    Because no one ever mentions this in front of Saab.


    Even Drago seldom mentioned his son and family before his subordinates, after all, their identities were embarrassing.


    Today, Sabo heard those familiar names for the first time after many years, and he finally gradually recalled what happened in the past.


    Sabo stared at Dadan, his face gradually showed nostalgia, and there was more joy of reunion in his eyes, his body suddenly threw himself into Dadan''s arms!


    "Dadan...I''m Sabo!"


    "..."


    Dadan looked down at Sabo, she still had some disbelief on her face: "That kid who eats and drinks...Sabo...you''re dead already?"


    "I was rescued by Mr. Dorag."


    Sabo slowly released Dadan, and asked with a smile: "I''m sorry, because I have lost my memory, I didn''t remember until I heard the names of Luffy and Sister Makino just now. We also agreed to send one piece after we found it. Give it to Sister Makino!"


    "Hey Hey hey¡­"


    Dadan couldn''t help but patted him on the head, and said displeasedly: "You all eat and drink a lot in my house! Why only give it to Makino..."


    If it was Luffy and Ace, they would definitely refute, because the food of the Dadan family can improve because they caught the prey.


    But Sabo won''t.


    Now he has become more and more polite.


    Just when Sabo was slightly embarrassed, Dadan hugged Sabo suddenly, and tears flowed down his eyes slowly: "Little devil, it''s good that you are still alive... If Luffy and Ace know, they will be happy ..."


    "yes."


    Sabo nodded slowly, and said with some uncontrollable joy in his voice: "I''m also very happy, I can still see them alive."


    Just when the two of them recognized each other.


    Dadan introduced Uehara Naraku by the way, and reminded Sabo emphatically: "Uehara is Luffy''s friend. Fortunately, he saved me. He is a good person hiding in the evil criminal company of Baroque Works."


    "Thank you, Mr. Uehara."


    After Sabo smiled and thanked, he continued to chat with Dadan about Luffy, but concealed that he joined the Revolutionary Army.


    While the two of them were chatting.


    The atmosphere between Uehara Naraku and Dorag was slightly awkward.


    Monkey D. Dorag stared at Naraku Uehara, with a faint smile on the corner of his mouth: "It''s really interesting, I heard that Baroque Works ransacked Windmill Village, and it seems that you captured Dadan at that time The lady wants to secretly exchange the bounty?"


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "Our company boss has regulations, and if you catch someone with a reward, you have to find a way to exchange for the reward to avoid waste..."


    Dorag looked at Naraku Uehara with a smile on his face, and continued to speak: "But the situation at sea is tense now, Baroque Works is completely surrounded by the navy, and the risk of exchanging bounties is too high. You should plan to kill Ms. Dadan, right?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression changed.


    Uehara slowly raised his head and looked at Drago, a trace of uneasiness flashed in his eyes: "How do you know what we think...Who are you...?"


    "I''m just an ordinary person."


    There was still a smile in Drago''s eyes, but his voice gradually became more bewildered: "Mr. Uehara let Ms. Dadan go privately, he is actually a kind person! Why does a kind person stay in Baroque Works like this?" criminal company..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent.

 Chapter 422

    Has it finally come to this point?


    After all, the brilliance of human nature is difficult to completely cover up.


    Originally, Uehara Naraku planned to get to know each other and leave an impression of a good person for himself, but now it sounds like Dorag...


    Is this guy trying to win him over to join the revolutionary army?


    At this time, of course, it is necessary to refuse.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s experience, what is easily obtained will not be cherished.


    Of course, when you refuse, you must show that you have a noble character and are willing to protect the weak, and you must show your helplessness towards life.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked at Drago and said, "Sorry, Your Excellency guessed wrong, I''m not a kind person, otherwise I wouldn''t join the Baroque Work Club, just looking for a place where I can survive."


    After saying this, Uehara said again: "As for saving some innocent people like Ms. Dadan, I only did what I could because I had the ability. I''m just a coward."


    Just be humble at this time.


    When Dorag and Sabo take Dadan back to Windmill Village, if Sabo chats with Luffy and Makino, it will inevitably talk about Uehara Naraku.


    At that time, they will learn about Uehara Naraku''s struggle and kindness from Luffy and Makino.


    After all, what a person takes the initiative to tell others is not as credible as information quietly collected by others from other sources.


    After Monkey D. Drago heard Uehara Naraku''s words, the smile on his face became more and more meaningful: "Oh... can you only do some small things within your ability?"


    After Dorag smiled, he continued to ask: "But has Mr. Uehara thought about another question, what if you are not surrounded by evil members of the Baroque Work Club, but a group of people who have the same thoughts as you? "


    Drago''s voice gradually lowered, and he continued quietly: "No matter how powerful a person can become, his strength has a limit after all, but if he unites with more like-minded people, he can save even more people in the world." What a weakling..."


    "I know."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and interrupted Drago. He clenched his fist and said softly: "I want to be a navy...together with many navy soldiers...to protect those villages and towns invaded by pirates..."


    "..."


    Drago''s eyes couldn''t help shaking.


    This is also quite normal. When it comes to like-minded partners and justice camps, people in this world will always think of the navy. The presence of their revolutionary army is indeed very low.


    In the eyes of many people, the revolutionary army is a group of criminals.


    "But Mr. Uehara couldn''t join the navy by mistake, right?"


    Monkey D. Dorag¡¯s voice was a bit more regretful, and he seemed to feel the same way: ¡°Besides, the navy has long been under the jurisdiction of the world government, and it is not the real justice. They only maintain the authority of the world government¡­¡±


    "I know."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Drago, and said softly: "Because the vice president of our Baroque Works, Ms. Nicole Robin, was the survivor of the O''Hara incident, all innocent people in O''Hara were killed by the navy. gone."


    After talking about this, Uehara Naraku continued: "But what can I do? My strength is only so small... I just want to do something I can do... I am not qualified to think about other things."


    "No."


    Monch D. Drago shook his head and continued with a smile: "Mr. Uehara, who can have such awareness and thoughts, is already better than many people in Dahai!"


    After finishing speaking, Drago slowly stretched out his palm, took off his hood, and said with a smile: "Let me introduce myself, I am Drago, a revolutionary who is looking for like-minded people."


    "Dorag?"


    After Naraku Uehara was puzzled for a second, panic appeared on his face: "Wait...you are the most vicious criminal in the world! You are the revolutionary army!"


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara even took a few steps back involuntarily, his forehead tensed tightly, and he said in a deep voice, "Sorry, let''s leave now!"


    This Drago, why is there a showdown!


    Can''t everyone continue to hide their identities and have a good chat! If Dorage had such a direct showdown, it would be difficult for Uehara Naraku to continue performing!


    If you say anything at this time, it will arouse suspicion!


    "etc¡­"


    Drago hurriedly reached out to stop Uehara Naraku, and explained softly: "Mr. Uehara, the Revolutionary Army will not threaten any companions, and we will not hurt you..."


    "No."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head hastily, and said in a low voice: "People like me can''t afford to get involved with your revolutionary army... and the revolutionary army is also the enemy that the Baroque Work Club wants to eliminate. I must not be discovered by them. You stay together!"


    The peace between them was broken in an instant.


    Even Dadan and Sabo looked at them involuntarily.


    "Mr. Uehara."


    Drago shook his head slowly, and explained softly: "I just hope you can learn more about the Revolutionary Army, and you have seen enough darkness in a criminal company like the Baroque Work Agency, right?"


    When talking about this, Drago slowly lowered his arm, and continued in a low voice: "We must be the ones who understand Mr. Uehara best in this world. If Mr. Uehara can figure it out one day, you are welcome to join us at any time." to our team."


    "I see."


    Uehara Naraku nodded hurriedly.


    After finishing speaking, he stopped staying and left here quickly.


    After Monkey D. Dorag watched him leave, the corners of his mouth curled up slightly: "Sabo, if you have a chance in the future, you can chat more with this Mr. Uehara, I believe he is destined to become our companion. "


    "Yes, Mr. Dorag."


    Sabo nodded seriously.


    When they arrived at the port, the leading ship of the Revolutionary Army suffered heavy losses, and part of the supplies on board were also plundered by the Baroque Works.


    Drago didn''t care about being ransacked by the Baroque Works. Anyway, he learned from Naraku Uehara that their revolutionary army and the Baroque Works were already enemies.


    In the future, we must be more careful about this criminal company.


    After dark, the leading ship of the Revolutionary Army left Shuangyue Village and headed towards Windmill Village, where they would set off Dadan.


    They will also know part of Uehara from Windmill Village.


    For example, Uehara Naraku was at the top of the Baroque Work Club and took a risk to save Luffy; for example, Uehara Naraku has been using his savings to pretend to be robbed funds in order to save some innocent shop owners.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Now everything in Uehara has been properly laid out.


    The rest of the time is waiting for the harvest time.


    "The Revolutionary Army will surely believe that I am a good man."


    Uehara Naraku flipped through the news that the king Shichibukai Doflamingo was defeated by Uchiha Sasuke, and said softly: "Let''s go, let''s go back to the great route on the reverse mountain... Treat our boss, Mr. Crocodile!"


    "According to the people who are offended by the current baroque work society..."


    Nicole Robin frowned and asked a question: "I''m afraid it will be hard for the Great Airway to believe that Crocodile is the boss behind Baroque Works?"


    After all, Crocodile is just a king under Shichibukai.


    Now Baroque Works has offended the Navy and the World Government, and the Revolutionary Army to death. If they rashly push the blame on Crocodile...


    It''s really hard to believe.


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku casually flipped through the newspaper: "Isn''t Crocodile''s purpose in Alabasta looking for that Pluto?"


    Uehara Naraku raised his head, looked at Nicole Robin and continued with a smile: "Let''s just let those who are about to be arrested by the navy know that Crocodile has obtained the weapon of Hades, isn''t that enough?"


    Nicole Robin frowned and said: "But Crocodile and I haven''t found the historical text that records the clues of Pluto..."


    "It''s none of our business."


    Naraku Uehara slowly closed his palms, and said with a light smile: "Who knows if Mr. Crocodile got it? We said he got it...then he must have it! As for where he hid Pluto, that is Let the navy investigate!"


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face was a bit nasty: "Let Crocodile explain it himself! Let''s see if Admiral Sengoku and the World Government will believe it...Anyway...they don''t know the whereabouts of the map made by Hades!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin glanced at Naraku Uehara speechlessly.


    This is such a good subordinate!


    It was bad enough that Crocodile had offended so many people, but Uehara Naraku also arranged the matter of Pluto to Crocodile.


    Once Crocodile is known to have the weapon of war Pluto in his hand, those monsters in the second half of the great route may be moved!


    "The only pity is..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said with emotion: "I have worked so hard to plan this trip for so long, and the navy didn''t even try to instigate me, and even changed my arrest warrant...


    I wish I was a Navy spy so I could take this opportunity to get the whole Crocodile thing out of the way! "


    "..."


    Nicole Robin looked at Uehara Naraku speechlessly.


    After a while, she said in a low voice: "We have already installed Aokiji in the navy as our undercover agent in the navy, so it doesn''t matter whether Mr. Uehara can get on line with the navy, right?"


    "You do not understand."


    Uehara Naraku asked, "If a stranger suddenly told you that he is the manipulator behind the scenes of this world, wouldn''t you feel nothing?"


    Uehara Naraku stood on the bow of the boat, facing the sea breeze and said softly: "If you have always been a trustworthy person in your eyes, and suddenly told you that he is the manipulator behind the scenes of this world, how would you feel..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin fell silent.


    After all, it just doesn''t do human affairs.


    Just when Uehara Naraku was still regretting that he had not been recruited by the navy, a certain rear admiral who was ordered to come to recruit Uehara Naraku was also having a headache.


    Major General X Drake.


    This major general looks a little rough.


    Rear Admiral Drake has been in the East China Sea for several days, and he has not found any trace of the Baroque Work Club so far. He finally understands why Admiral Sengoku asked him to recruit a member of the Baroque Work Club to become the first member of the SWORD secret force.


    If there wasn''t an undercover...


    It''s really hard to spot members of Baroque Works!


    "This group of baroque workers are too good at hiding..."


    Drake''s expression was very ugly. He stood on the map of the East China Sea and sighed faintly: "Even the ordinary members of the Baroque Work Club can''t be found, let alone the trace of that person Naraku Uehara in the sea. ..."

 Chapter 423

    Major General Drake couldn''t find members of the Baroque Works, and he wasn''t really to blame for that, because they were being hunted and killed all the time.


    A few days ago.


    Through the CP organization under the World Government, the navy finally found out the membership status of several Baroque work clubs through the CP organization under the World Government, and several of them carried reward orders on their backs.


    As a result, the navy had just raised their bounty when their bodies were sent in by a bounty hunter named Jiaodu.


    That corner is...


    It just makes the Navy bald.


    Navy G-2 branch base.


    Lieutenant General Gumir, the commander of the branch, glanced at Jiaodu sitting opposite him, lowered his head and took a sip of the bitter coffee, and then said: "Well, thank you Mr. Jiaodu for sending the criminal corpses, the corpses of seventeen criminals The total reward is 350 million Baileys."


    "You''re welcome."


    Jiaodu nodded, and continued to count the money on his own.


    He absolutely cannot tolerate the lack of money.


    Even the horns twisted the money at a super-high speed, and kept counting at this speed for nearly 4 hours before counting all his bounties.


    Lieutenant General Gumir was dumbfounded.


    It''s just that Lieutenant General Gumir also knew the habits of Jiaodu, and didn''t care about the eccentricity of this bounty hunter. Speaking of it, it was precisely because of the existence of this powerful bounty hunter that the pirates on the great route were a little bit different. convergence.


    "Is Kakuzu-san interested in joining the Navy?"


    Lieutenant General Gumier put down the coffee in his hand, and said softly, "If Mr. Kadotsu is willing to join the navy..."


    "Not interested in."


    Jiaodu shook his head, and put all the money in his hand into the box: "I''m only interested in hunting pirates who have bounties and earning bounties."


    After finishing speaking, Kakudo added: "However, I have a good impression of the navy, so when I see the navy is in trouble, I will also go to help."


    "yes."


    Lieutenant General Gumir nodded, with a smile on his face: "The last time my subordinates surrounded and suppressed pirates, I would like to thank Mr. Kakuzu for his help."


    After saying this, Lieutenant General Gumir finally asked a question: "So, is Mr. Kakuzu interested in becoming the Shichibukai under the king?"


    This question is not what Lieutenant General Gumir wants to ask.


    It was a sentence that Admiral Sengoku mentioned casually.


    If Kakuzu agrees, their navy can apply to the world''s top management to revoke a big pirate from the Shichibukai, and let Kakuzu, a bounty hunter, take the top spot.


    After all, compared to those pirates who rob in the name of law, Kadotsu, the bounty hunter, is simply an angel, and he is really the most suitable candidate.


    "..."


    The horns were silent for a second.


    After a long time, the bounty hunter asked a question that stunned Lieutenant General Gumir: "I remember that there are only seven Shichibukai under the king. If the position of Shichibukai under the king is to be revoked, I can kill him. In exchange for a bounty?"


    This is really in line with Jiaodu''s style.


    This guy''s first thought was not that he had a chance to become the Qiwuhai of the King, but that the Qiwuhai of the King finally became an effective reward, and he could exchange for money if he killed it.


    But once the news spreads that a king Qiwuhai will be revoked for no reason, it will destroy the prestige of the world government!


    The balance of the sea will be broken.


    Even if Gumier knew Kakuzu well enough, he was a little surprised for a moment. He hastily showed a smiling face: "Hahahaha... I was just joking... After all, I still hope that Mr. Kakuzu will be ours compared to those big pirates." Allies!"


    "That''s it..."


    After Jiaodu nodded, he said in a low voice, "I hope the navy can revoke their positions someday! After all, I really want to get the bounty from them!"


    "..."


    Lieutenant General Gumir lowered his head and drank his coffee, not daring to speak.


    After a long time, Gumir asked, "Where is Mr. Kadotsu planning to go next? You have almost killed all the pirates on this route..."


    "Baroque Works."


    Kakudo replied blankly: "Now the Navy has comprehensively increased the rewards for members of the Baroque Work Club. Just the most active members alone have a reward of more than 500 million. I will search for their traces and hunt for them." kill their members."


    "Then wait for the good news from Mr. Kadotsu."


    Lieutenant General Gumir slowly blew on the coffee in his hand, couldn''t help but frowned and said, "The coffee is still so bad..."


    After Jiaodu left with the money.


    Lieutenant General Gumir dialed Sengoku''s phone bug: "Marshal Sengoku, I asked in private about Kakuzu''s opinion on the king''s Shichibukai..."


    When Lieutenant General Gumir said this, his expression gradually became a little subtle: "This bounty hunter seems to have some problems in his mind. He didn''t care about the temptation of the Qibukai, the king, what he cares about is the bounty of the Shichibukai right now..."


    "..."


    Warring States was also a little speechless.


    The thinking of this bounty hunter is really strange!


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    The Admiral of the Navy sighed, and said softly: "Forget it, anyway, my application to the World Government to revoke King Doflamingo''s subordination to the Qiwuhai has not been approved..."


    Although Doflamingo was defeated.


    However, Doflamingo''s identity and Dressrosa''s position can keep him stable for a while. After all, he is the Shichibukai, the king with the largest sphere of influence. Sengoku can only find a way to find another opportunity.


    Marlin Vandeau.


    Reluctantly, Zhan Guo reached out and handed his application to the goat, and let the little goat eat the application while lowering his head to review his own documents.


    "Ok?"


    Warring States'' gaze slowly stagnated, and he lowered his head to stare at a document in his hand: "Yao Shidou saw through the ability of transforming fruits in an operation, arrested Mr.2 Feng Kelei, a member of the Baroque Work Club, and applied for an exceptional promotion to a branch major..."


    After pondering for a few seconds, Warring States looked at the photo of Yao Shidou and made his own decision: "It seems that he is a very smart little guy... Promote him to the major of the headquarters and send him to Drake to help him form the SWORD unit !"


    Warring States didn''t know what decision he made.


    But judging from this moment, this decision is very beneficial to the SWORD secret special forces, at least in the future this secret force will develop rapidly.


    Inside a naval base.


    When Yao Shidou saw the transfer order personally approved by the Admiral of the Navy, he was slightly surprised, because he originally planned to be promoted to the branch major first, and then the branch colonel, so as to control the naval base.


    However, the admiral of the navy is generous, and he would directly promote him to the major of the headquarters, but why did he let him go to the command of Major General Drake?


    Who is this Major General Drake?


    Do we have to start all over again?


    However, after Yao Shidou took the transfer order and joined Major General Drake, he learned that the real members of the current SWORD secret special force are only the two of them...


    There is only one major general and one major!


    Even this force has not been exposed to missions so far, and has been in the initial stage.


    Yao Shidou immediately analyzed that this so-called SWORD secret special unit probably didn''t receive much support from the upper echelon, and was now on the verge of disbanding, he had to find another job as soon as possible, otherwise there would be no hope of promotion.


    If you want to disband this team...


    Then we must first convince the commander of this force, Major General Drake!


    "Major General Drake."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses and asked in a low voice: "There are only two of us in the whole army. Will the Marshal really continue to support our army?"


    "Well... don''t worry, we can call for help at any time."


    Major General Drake sat on a chair, kicked his desk with a pair of riding boots, and said in a low voice: "And we will have a third member and our task soon, the marshal has given us a suitable candidate.


    We are now going to find a member of Baroque Works named Uehara Naraku, and then develop him into a member of the SWORD unit, and then we can start the first mission of the SWORD secret special unit! "


    "..."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses and fell silent.


    In an instant, Yao Shidou judged that this should not be a conspiracy.


    Because in any case, it is impossible for anyone to hide Uehara Naraku and arrange a conspiracy against him.


    The next moment, a light flashed on the lens of the medicine man''s pocket, and he glanced at Major General Drake.


    It can be concluded that this is a very poor man.


    To be honest, if possible, the SWORD secret special unit is disbanded now, and everyone goes their separate ways. It is the best choice for Major General Drake.


    It is a pity that he is going to a dead end.


    Pharmacist stared at Rear Admiral Drake, as if seeing the shadow of Hei Jue from this Rear Admiral, maybe this is life and death?


    "Don''t look at me like that!"


    Major General Drake couldn''t help covering his forehead, and said in a deep voice: "Who knew that members of the Baroque Work Club were so hard to find, and even the CP couldn''t provide any help. Hey, newcomer, what can you do?" ?"


    "There is no particularly good way."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "I personally captured a senior agent of the Baroque Work Agency. According to my observations, the members of the Baroque Work Agency seem to like to be active on the route of Alabasta... "


    "Dou, do you suspect that there is their stronghold there?"


    "I don''t know."


    Pharmacist spread out his palm, hooked the corner of his mouth and said with a smile: "But I know, there must be someone who knows the whereabouts of the members of the Baroque Work Club...


    Because when I came to report for duty, I just got the news that Crocodile, one of the Shichibukai under the king, publicly stated that he would expel all the members of the Baroque Work Club in Alabasta and relieve the people of Alabasta. danger! "


    "Hahahahahaha... I thought so too!"


    Major General Drake clapped his hands and applauded, "Du, Marshal Sengoku personally praised you for your ingenuity, I hope you will not disappoint his expectations... We will set off for Alabasta now, and find that Naraku Uehara as soon as possible." people!"


    "yes."


    Pharmacist Dou lowered his head slowly.


    If Yao Shidou didn''t lower his head now, he might accidentally show his pity for Major General Drake, what a poor major general, he must not know what he will face in the future, right?

 Chapter 424

    As long as there is a place where Uehara appears, the world will definitely become magical.


    On the way to Alabasta, Yao Shidou almost figured out the nature of the SWORD secret special unit, which is a spy unit intended to sneak into the pirates.


    This is so much fun.


    A unit that the Navy uses as spies.


    As a result, they recruited two real spies first.


    On the way to Alabasta, the pharmacist reported the incident to Uehara Naraku, intending to let Uehara Naraku and Major General Drake find a suitable place to meet.


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was very kind in the phone bug: "Mr. Drake, this is the Rear Admiral. I should go to see him in person! When he lands, tell me your location!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became a little gloomy again: "At that time, I will let him see... a pirate who is in the dark but has a heart for the light!"


    The other side of the phone bug.


    Pharmacist could not help but push his glasses, couldn''t help grinning and said, "Sure enough, Master Naluo planned everything in secret?"


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was also a bit stunned: "I''m still wondering why the Navy would give up on me, a member who is suitable to be lured into rebelling against the Baroque Work Club. It turned out that they were already ready to recruit me. Sure enough, everything was not beyond my expectations. Material..."


    Everything was originally arranged.


    As a result, in just half a month, the navy changed his reward order from "Life only" to "Life or death". Now it seems that he is worried about arousing the suspicion of Baroque Works?


    On the one hand, the Mingxiu plank road, the navy stated that all members of the Baroque Work Club are treated equally, and the rewards offered by all members are all regardless of life or death;


    On the other hand, Chen Cang was kept in the dark, and the high-level navy asked Rear Admiral Drake to come to surrender Uehara Naraku and invite Uehara to join the special forces.


    "What a bad show."


    When Yao Shidou said this, he couldn''t help showing a smile on his face: "How do they know that even the gods are just a plaything in the hands of Master Naraku, a decayed navy, how could they escape? Lord Naraku''s control..."


    "pass¡­"


    Naraku Uehara humbled himself, and praised with a chuckle: "Dou, you did a good job, you got in with such an important unit so quickly, otherwise I wouldn''t have gotten such important news, I thought you would still be there Naval base grinding for a while..."


    "Because Naraku-sama made Baroque Works an enemy of the sea."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "I just caught an agent of the Baroque Work Agency at the right time..."


    "it is good."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and ordered: "Then follow our previous method, so that Major General Drake has no one else to rely on except us..."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist Doudou respectfully agreed.


    "All right."


    Naraku Uehara sighed a little more in his voice: "We are going to climb upside down mountain by boat now, let''s talk when we meet!"


    Red Earth Continent, Upside Down Mountain.


    This is the entrance to the Great Route.


    Naraku Uehara got off this warship full of orange trees and crossed the entrance of the great route, and was slowly pushed to the top of the mountain by the current against the trend. The warship was surrounded by sharks of dried persimmons and ghosts, and nothing happened along the way. twists and turns.


    "It''s incredible!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned lightly and said, "I didn''t expect there to be ocean currents going upstream in this world..."


    "Ok."


    Sub-quest: Crossing the Upside Down Mountain at the entrance of the Great Route (1/1), the mission has been completed, rewarding 10,000 points of life energy, 10,000 points of armed domineering, and 10,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Naraku Uehara nodded, glanced at his system panel, and said softly: "Okay, hurry up and cross the Reversing Mountain, let''s get ready to meet a rear admiral!"


    "Ok?"


    Nicole Robin came out of the cabin and handed Uehara Naraku and Kanshi Kisame a glass of juice. A look of surprise flashed across her face: "Welcome to the Rear Admiral? The report from Mr. Dou is that the Navy is coming to chase you." Did you kill us?"


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku took the juice, took a sip, and said with a chuckle, "The rear admiral should have come to invite me to join the navy, and let me be an undercover agent in the Baroque Work Agency for the navy!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin shook her head speechlessly.


    What on earth is the Navy thinking that they want Uehara Naraku to serve as their undercover agent? Their generals are all Uehara Naraku''s undercover agents!


    It''s been a smooth ride.


    Except when leaving Reversing Mountain, I encountered a huge whale blocking the entrance of the great route, Naraku Uehara simply kicked it away!


    Kurokas, the watchman at the entrance of the Great Route at Gemini Cape, dared not speak, but could only watch the warship swim past him.


    If it was twenty years ago... this watchman would never let Naraku Uehara, the guy who bullied the whale, just leave like this!


    alabasta.


    When Naraku Uehara came back here, King Cobra of Alabasta was almost discredited, and the country had completely fallen into revolution and rebellion.


    Apparently Crocodile''s plan started.


    "Crocodile is really short-sighted..."


    Seeing the recent news about Alabasta, Kisame Kisame couldn''t help grinning and said, "You only know how to stare at this desert kingdom..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Nicole Robin nodded, and said softly: "Crocodile knows that we have returned to Alabasta, and he wants to see us now, it seems that he wants to talk to us."


    "Then let''s go see each other!"


    Uehara Naraku played with the oranges in his hands, and said boredly: "It''s really interesting, did you want to take the initiative to reveal his identity to us?"


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "No."


    A trace of embarrassment flashed across Nicole Robin''s eyes, she looked at Uehara Naraku and corrected softly: "Crocodile just wanted to see Mr. Kisame, probably to discuss the matter of replacing Shichibu Kaijinpei ..."


    That''s a little embarrassing.


    Crocodile didn''t seem to take Naraku Uehara seriously.


    "And me?"


    Uehara Naraku put down the orange in his hand, narrowed his eyes and showed a kind smile: "Did Mr. Crocodile not mention me?"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin fell silent.


    After a long time, Nicole Robin said softly: "Crocodile doesn''t seem to want to see you, but he promoted Mr. Uehara''s digital code name to Senior Agent Mr.4, which is considered a promotion... "


    "I see."


    Uehara Naraku squeezed the orange in his hand, he waved at Kisame and Robin indifferently and said, "Okay, then you guys go!"


    "¡­yes."


    Nicole Robin nodded hurriedly.


    Kisame Kisame couldn''t help grinning, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth: "Master Uehara, if it''s unpleasant, can I make Mr. Crocodile behave better?"


    "Anything..."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand indifferently: "It''s good to teach him a lesson, so as not to always look like you are a younger brother, you will replace Jinbei as Qiwukai in the future...


    You go and see him! I''m going to find a place to rest.


    Now I really hope to see Rear Admiral Drake as soon as possible, and tell the Navy all the news about Crocodile and Baroque Works! "


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku left with an unhappy face.


    "Why is he so angry?"


    Nicole Robin shook her head helplessly, and said in a low voice: "If Mr. Uehara showed his mighty power a little bit, Crocodile would never dare to ignore him... Besides, isn''t Mr. Uehara''s original purpose to hide his clumsiness?"


    "No."


    Ginseng Kisame interrupted Nicole Robin, grinned and said, "Miss Robin, if a god stands in front of you and you wantonly humiliate him because you don''t know him, do you think the god should be angry? ?"


    "should¡­"


    Nicole Robin looked at Naraku Uehara''s back and nodded slowly, because she saw Naraku Uehara''s figure disappearing in front of her eyes in an instant.


    This scene made the corners of her eyes freeze slightly.


    "That... what ability?"


    "If you know too much, your life will be short."


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned, and said softly: "Let''s go, go and meet this Mr. Sand Crocodile, and let me teach him a lesson by the way..."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame tightened the shark muscles on his body solemnly.


    Nicole Robin couldn''t help frowning, and muttered in a low voice: "I remember Mr. Kisame is good at water abilities! But in the desert..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame''s smile remained the same.


    For Kisame Kisame, no matter where it is used as a battlefield, as long as it is not facing Aokiji, who specializes in restraining him with his frozen fruit ability.


    While they were going to see Crocodile, Naraku Uehara was lying in Nico Robin''s coffee shop reading a book, and received a call from Kakutsu.


    "Uehara, is it convenient?"


    The voice of Jiaodu came over: "Uehara, Doflamingo has already offered 200 million Baileys to get your information, can I sell it to him?"


    "..."


    This corner wants to make money no matter what!


    After Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, he suddenly said: "Let Doflamingo choose a place for himself, I''m a little unhappy, I want to see him..."

 Chapter 425

    "Before you notify him, let me meet him in private!"


    Uehara Naraku casually continued: "It would be rude to meet him rashly, at least let him get to know me first!"


    "Another silly prank?"


    Kakudu looked at the phone bug that was hung up in his hand.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s past situation, Uehara should pretend to be a small person to meet Doflamingo, and experience Doflamingo''s arrogant attitude for himself...


    Then he exposed his true identity and beat up people with the reason that Doflamingo didn''t respect him enough. Is this kind of thing so interesting?


    Isn''t this bullying?


    For this leader of Akatsuki, Kakuzu still knows a little bit, if Naraku Uehara says that he is not happy, it means that he is very unhappy.


    because unhappy...


    Randomly select a King Shichibukai for fun?


    From Kakuzu''s point of view, Doflamingo''s luck is not very good today.


    Dressrosa.


    Doflamingo thought he was lucky.


    Perhaps it was because after being taught a lesson by Uchiha Sasuke before, his luck rebounded after bottoming out, and business began to gradually improve again.


    The arms business is doing well.


    Dressrosa is also firmly rebuilding.


    Just as Doflamingo was sitting by the pool, watching the news on the sea, especially the recently popular Baroque Works, he couldn''t help being a little interested.


    Just at this time, someone came to tell an employee of Baroque Works that he wanted to see him, a pirate who offered a reward of 60 million Baileys.


    "Does a small character want to see me too?"


    Doflamingo couldn''t help chuckling, and asked someone to send him out: "This kind of small role can''t be decided, at least let Nicole Robin, the vice president of their Baroque Work Club, come and talk to him. Let me talk!"


    Doflamingo subconsciously thought it was another deal.


    After all, the Baroque Work Club has been making such a big fuss, so it must be impossible for there to be only three or two kittens. It should still be about buying and selling arms.


    This kind of business naturally needs to be negotiated with people of the same level.


    "But¡­"


    When the person who came to report said this, his expression suddenly became a little dissatisfied: "That guy is cheating Baby5 of money, and that idiot woman of Baby5 has been cheated again, and she is borrowing money from the family everywhere!"


    "..."


    After a second of silence, Doflamingo slowly raised his head and said, "Where is that man, bring him to see me before he dies!"


    After seeing it...


    He''ll kill that guy who cheated on Baby5!


    Baby5 is the maid and killer of the Don Quixote family.


    Because this woman has been traumatized by being abandoned by her family since she was a child, and has since become a person who is eager to be useful and needed by others.


    Even if she was adopted by the Don Quixote family, her psychological trauma has not been healed, but has become more and more serious. For this reason, she will not refuse no matter whether it is a marriage proposal or a loan.


    therefore¡­


    Over the years, Baby5 has often been deceived, owed tens of millions of Bailey''s debts, and she has been proposed by many scumbags, and has several fianc¨¦s. Of course, these fianc¨¦s were all killed by Doflamingo for her.


    to be honest¡­


    The work that Baby5 has done over the years is not worth the trouble that Doflamingo helped her deal with. Doflamingo can only treat himself as a tired old father and raise Baby5 as an idiot daughter.


    If it was anyone else, they would have been chopped into pieces long ago.


    But Baby5 has followed the Don Quixote family since childhood, and is also a core member of the Don Quixote family, and is also regarded by Doflamingo as his own relatives.


    It''s also fortunate that Doflamingo is strong enough and able to earn money, so that he can keep raising this prodigal kid, Baby5...


    In front of the Palace of Dressrosa.


    Uehara Naraku arrived here through the infinite teleportation of fate, so he directly asked Doflamingo to see Doflamingo as a member of the Baroque Work Club, and wanted to see Doflamingo''s arrogant attitude, so that he could find a suitable one after a while. Beat him up for some reason.


    It was just after arriving here that he happened to meet Baby5, a member of the Don Quixote family, so Naraku Uehara simply borrowed some pocket money from her.


    "Feel sorry¡­"


    Baby5, wearing a red maid outfit, borrowed money from the Don Quixote family, and held the money in front of Naraku Uehara: "Only Buffaloken lent me, but his pocket money is only Hundreds of thousands of Baileys..."


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Because Buffalo is Baby5''s childhood friend.


    Everyone else knew Baby5''s nature, and they were probably afraid of her borrowing it. Only Buffalo, a stupid friend with little money, was willing to lend it to him.


    "Oh, I feel a little guilty in my heart!"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and sighed, stretched out his hand and grabbed the odd money in Baby5''s hand and stuffed it into his pocket, and said softly: "I still need someone to take me to see Doflamingo, Can you take me to meet him?"


    "Can you? Do you really need me?"


    Baby5 nodded with joy, pulled Uehara Naraku''s palm and walked into the Dressrosa Palace. When guard soldiers blocked her, her leg instantly turned into a machine gun, blowing people away. go out.


    What violence!


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but think of Shura Dopayne.


    To be honest, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help feeling a little sympathetic to Doflamingo. After all, Baby5, a companion who can''t distinguish between us and enemies, is really unreliable.


    Perhaps only in a few cases, Baby5 is actually quite reliable, but unfortunately, her power is not strong enough.


    Royal Palace of Dressrosa.


    Next to a luxurious swimming pool, this was the first to be built when the Dressrosa Palace was rebuilt, because Doflamingo liked it here.


    As a devil fruit user, Doflamingo can''t actually go into the water, he just likes to sit by the pool and bask in the sun, watching a group of beauties playing in the pool by the way...


    It''s a sinful life.


    When Uehara Naraku walked in, he felt that something was wrong in his life. In theory, everyone was behind the scenes. Why is there such a big difference between his life and Doflamingo''s life?


    Look at the life of Doflamingo, the leader of the dark world. There are princesses and girls everywhere around him. Even if Doflamingo doesn¡¯t do anything every day, the people under him will make him countless The money is credited!


    Naraku Uehara thought about his own life again. He was surrounded by a group of men with great personalities. The money in his hands was obtained by robbing Nami and deceiving Makino and others...


    It looks a lot worse...


    Damn, it just makes people angry just thinking about it!


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers couldn''t help moving, how could Doflamingo live a more carefree life than him!


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    When Doflamingo saw Uehara Naraku coming in, he couldn''t help grinning from the corner of his mouth, revealing a ferocious smile.


    Because Doflamingo pays close attention to the news on the sea, he naturally knows Naraku Uehara, the person whose bounty reached 60 million not long ago, a little pirate who has been running errands with the Baroque vice president Nicole Robin, and killed him at will. It doesn''t matter if it falls...


    "The baroque work society has been active in the first half of the great voyage."


    Doflamingo grinned and raised his legs slowly: "There should never be any communication between us, right?"


    "Maybe there will be later."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palms, and calmly explained: "I am here on behalf of the president of our Baroque Works, and I have come to invite Mr. Doflamingo to participate in the encirclement and suppression of King Shichibu Kaijinpei of Fishman Island." !"


    "Ok?"


    Doflamingo''s brows trembled slightly, and the smile resumed on his face: "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò... Then you came to the wrong place, you are also one of the Shichibukai, Jinbei is my colleague and friend what!"


    "You can add money."


    Uehara Naraku said it a bit bluntly.


    "How much more..."


    Doflamingo cut himself off.


    Tian Yasha on the sea couldn''t help shaking his brows again, just now he felt inexplicably let in by someone!


    What money do you add!


    Add a damn money!


    Is this little pirate named Uehara Naraku ignorant, can the matter of Wang Shichibukai be solved with more money?


    What''s more, Doflamingo received the news that the Admiral of the Navy wanted to take advantage of his defeat to Sasuke to take the title of Shichibukai from him, but fortunately, this proposal was rejected by the World Government...


    This time is really not suitable for causing trouble.


    But Uehara Naraku glanced at Doflamingo, and one sentence almost made Doflamingo lose his power: "A traitor from the Don Quixote family...is this enough?"


    "..."


    Doflamingo gripped his glass tightly.


    Uehara Naraku spoke slowly, full of lies, and said: "We recently found a trace of a person who has the ability of the fruit of surgery, and originally wanted to win him over to join the Baroque Work Club...


    But later it was found that he was a traitor of the Don Quixote family. As long as Mr. Doflamingo agrees to the alliance, we will send that traitor to you! "


    "make a deal!"


    Doflamingo smashed the cup violently, nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "As long as you are willing to send that traitor over, I will agree to your request!"


    The Baroque Work Club also seems to be a good ally. They can indeed collude in private, but they must not show it on the surface...


    The most important thing is that traitor!


    No, or it could be the fruit of surgery ability on that traitor!


    That is a fruit that can give people eternal life. I didn''t expect the Baroque Work Society to find out this news. This work company is really interesting!


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    The smile on Doflamingo''s face suddenly reappeared, he beckoned to the woman next to him to hand him another glass of wine, looked at Naraku Uehara and continued: "It seems that you have brought me good news Come on, I won''t kill you this time..."


    Doflamingo also raised the wine glass in his hand with great interest, took a sip slowly, and said with a smile: "Then I wish our two companies a happy cooperation..."


    "Pleasant cooperation."


    Uehara Naraku narrowed her eyes and smiled.


    After their discussion was over, Uehara Naraku left the Dressrosa Palace, and the smile on the corner of Doflamingo''s mouth hadn''t disappeared yet.


    because¡­


    Eternal Life is waving to him!


    As long as the Baroque Work Agency sends the traitor who took away the fruit of the operation, he will be able to obtain unprecedented eternal life!


    Just at this time, the voice of the phone bug interrupted Doflamingo''s reverie, making his expression slightly unhappy.


    Because the person who called was Jiaodu.


    "Doflamingo, that person wants to meet you... pick a suitable place!"


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Perhaps because of the possibility of eternal life, Doflamingo''s laughter was a bit arrogant, and he said with a smile: "Will that big man come to see me on his own initiative? I thought he would let a small character like me visit him! "


    This may sound ironic.


    "He doesn''t pay much attention to these stupid etiquettes."


    Jiaodu ignored Doflamingo''s arrogance, and said indifferently: "Choose a time today and a secret place."


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflamingo''s laughter was still a bit arrogant: "Are you going to see me today? But I''m in a good mood today, and I don''t seem to be able to spare any time?"


    Doflamingo was very happy because he met the members of the Baroque Work Club today, and just reached a deal that came true, and even had another powerful ally.


    "Better not to go against his will."


    Kakuzu''s voice was still indifferent, but there were some more warnings: "Uchiha Sasuke''s unruly kid would not dare to defy his will..."


    After mentioning Uchiha Sasuke''s name, Doflamingo was silent for a while, obviously that lesson was really profound.


    Doflamingo thought for a while, then whispered: "The time is set in an hour, the small island west of Dressrosa, I''m really looking forward to meeting that big man!"


    after an hour.


    A deserted island tens of nautical miles away from Dressrosa.


    Doflamingo used his string fruit ability to grab the white clouds in the sky and flew towards the small island, feeling a little more uneasy in his heart.


    On the one hand, I have some expectations...


    On the one hand, I am a little nervous...


    Moreover, this person suddenly wanted to come to see him just after he got the information about the ability user of the fruit of the operation. Could it be that he wanted to take away his chance of eternal life?


    A character who can make monsters like Sasuke Uchiha fear, who doesn''t even have the mind to fight, a person who manipulates all this behind the scenes... Can he have a chance to resist his will?


    "526,800 Baileys..."


    "526,900 Baileys..."


    Just after Doflamingo set foot on the island, when he was looking for a meeting place on the island, he suddenly heard a voice counting money.


    This voice is a bit familiar...


    He seems to have just met this person?


    That little pirate from the baroque workshop!


    Is that little pirate named Naraku Uehara mentally handicapped? A mere few hundred thousand Baileys are going to count on this deserted island. Doesn¡¯t this incident anger that big man?


    "Hey, Doflamingo..."


    Just when Doflamingo was still doubtful, he heard Uehara Naraku''s voice: "You guys are too harsh on your own family members!


    I actually only got 526,900 Baileys from your subordinates? Not as good as the female owner of a tavern in a small village in the East China Sea! "

 Chapter 426

    Doflamingo''s expression was cloudy and uncertain.


    First of all, the first impression, Naraku Uehara can''t be that big shot, right? This shameless villain who deceived Baby5, how could he be that kind of person?


    This bastard cheated Baby5 of that woman''s money, and because the money he cheated was too little, he still had the nerve to slander him for being harsh on his subordinates here!


    Does this guy speak human language?


    But Uehara Naraku found his trace when he just landed on the island, and his attitude was even a little arrogant, as if he would not be afraid of him at all...


    Doflamingo looked a little ugly, and followed the sound to find Naraku Uehara, who was holding hundreds of thousands of Baileys in his pocket.


    that''s it...


    No matter how you think about it, it''s not the big man behind the scenes, right?


    Holding his last hope, Doflamingo asked in a loud voice, "Naraku Uehara, why are you here?"


    "Ok?"


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help looking up at Doflamingo, squinting his eyes and smiling, "Doflamingo, isn''t that the meeting place you chose?"


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm, continued with a smile: "Looking at you now, you seem to be very disappointed in me?"


    "..."


    Doflamingo was in a bad mood.


    This is not nonsense!


    Even if he is seeing one of the five old stars of the world government, or Admiral Warring States, or even Lieutenant General He, the old navy rival, he can accept it...


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Why is it a little pirate like Uehara Naraku?


    But this is also normal.


    Even he, the leader of the underground world, couldn''t even imagine a character, and others naturally couldn''t imagine that this person who can make Uchiha Sasuke fear him, would be a pirate in the sea with a reward of only 60 million!


    This guy hides really deep.


    Perhaps it was because they had just met in different identities, but Doflamingo''s nervousness relaxed. He looked at Uehara with a grin and said, "Heh heh heh heh... What a bad person, even Baby5 That idiot''s money is going to be cheated..."


    To be honest, Naraku Uehara''s performance...


    It was really hard to make Doflamingo feel a little awe.


    This guy doesn''t have the aura of a strong man at all, he looks no different from a little pirate, and even feels worse than a pirate!


    Doflamingo looked at Naraku Uehara, and his face suddenly became gloomy: "Wait, Naraku Uehara, just now you went to see me as the Baroque Work Agency, and said that you found the traitor who stole the fruit of the operation. Did you lie to me?"


    "Yeah, it was just to play with you..."


    "asshole¡­"


    Doflamingo was so angry that he couldn''t help cursing.


    He was very happy when he learned of the whereabouts of the fruit of the operation just now, but now he was suddenly told that everything was a joke to him!


    A nameless anger appeared in Doflamingo''s heart!


    He was tricked by someone!


    "It looks like you haven''t figured out the situation..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but patted his forehead, and stretched out his palm towards Doflamingo, and a gravitational force suddenly burst out from his palm!


    This gravitational force made Doflamingo''s face change!


    Because when he was fighting Uchiha Sasuke, he felt this inexplicable gravitational force. He thought it was Sasuke''s fruit ability, but he didn''t expect that even Naraku Uehara could do it?


    This gravitational force is stronger than Uchiha Sasuke''s!


    Doflamingo had almost no power to fight back in an instant, and was directly sucked by Uehara Naraku, and his tall body fell to the ground unexpectedly before he could react in time!


    Even so, Doflamingo was still attracted to Uehara''s side by that gravitational force, and the throat in the fatal position was tightly held by Uehara Naraku''s palm!


    "..."


    Doflamingo''s heart trembled!


    At this moment Uehara Naraku moved too fast, he was caught directly by Uehara Naraku before he even had time to resist!


    No¡­


    In other words, even resistance is useless.


    Doflamingo struggled and raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, he saw a pair of reincarnation eyes in Uehara Naraku''s eye sockets, the eyes he had seen in Sasuke''s eyes before!


    those eyes...


    Those eyes look the same as one of the Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes, there is only a slight difference, but the ability should be the same!


    This guy is the same kind of person as Sasuke Uchiha!


    No, or rather, he must be stronger than Sasuke Uchiha!


    At this moment, Doflamingo thoroughly understood the situation. The person in front of him was someone who could easily kill him, not that liar pirate with a bounty of only 60 million!


    Uehara Naraku squinted his eyes, his smile still looked warm and kind: "But your courage is indeed not small, I thought you would use a clone to see me... use your own body to see me, I am not afraid that I will kill you You?"


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflamingo grinned at the corner of his mouth, showing a smile: "It seems that you also have the same ability as Uchiha Sasuke... Anyway, in front of you people, is there any difference between using the main body and using the clone?"


    "There''s still a difference."


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, smiled and said: "At least you took the initiative to die, didn''t you prevent Dressrosa from being destroyed by me?"


    Doflamingo''s smile remained unchanged: "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò... If you want to kill me... you have already let that monster Uchiha Sasuke do it? In your opinion, we must have the value of cooperation ..."


    A golden light fell on Doflamingo''s body!


    The next moment, Doflamingo heard a noise, which seemed to come from his neck, but how could there be a noise in his neck?


    Doflamingo''s consciousness instantly dimmed.


    Before dying, Doflamingo had only one thought, that this guy actually killed him just like that!


    Bastard, careless!


    This is also a lawless guy!


    After Uehara Naraku broke Doflamingo''s neck, he sat on the ground and tilted his head, watching the golden light gradually merge into Doflamingo''s body.


    It was a resurrection back in time.


    After a few seconds.


    Doflamingo came back to life again, the first thing he did was to twist his aching neck, as if he still had some psychological shadows.


    "this is¡­"


    Doflamingo couldn''t help stroking his heart and rubbing his neck: "What happened just now?"


    "Nothing..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Doflamingo, and said slowly, "It just broke your neck just now, and brought you back to life by the way."


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò...you think I''ll believe it..."


    Doflamingo flashed a contemptuous smile for a moment.


    The next moment, Doflamingo suddenly saw Uehara Naraku''s palm reaching out and grabbing his throat. This scene seemed familiar!


    "etc¡­"


    Doflamingo''s fingers hurriedly released one after another silk thread, trying to block the outstretched palm of Uehara Naraku!


    It''s just that a swirling wind blade suddenly appeared between Uehara Naraku''s palms, cutting all Doflamingo''s silk threads into pieces!


    Doflamingo''s hand was suddenly wrapped with a group of armed domineering, and he was about to grab Uehara Naraku''s arm, but it was a step too late anyway!


    "How could it be so fast..."


    A flash of astonishment flashed in Doflamingo''s eyes, his eyes clearly saw Naraku Uehara''s movements, and his domineering eyes clearly sensed Naraku Uehara''s movements!


    But he couldn''t keep up with his speed at all!


    Naraku Uehara twisted his wrist calmly, said with a chuckle, "I want to kill you, it''s easier than killing an ant..."


    There was another familiar sound.


    Doflamingo only felt a huge pain coming from his neck, and his consciousness fell into darkness again.


    he¡­


    Is it really dead?


    soon.


    His consciousness came back to life again.


    The feeling of his neck being twisted just now was really very clear, his resurrection from the dead was real, and Doflamingo finally fell silent.


    After a long time.


    Doflamingo sat up slowly, looked at Uehara Naraku, the veins on his forehead bulged: "Your ability...is it to bring people back from the dead? No...it''s Your Excellency''s ability, which can make people recover from death. Resurrection?"


    "Everyone''s first thought is the same when they see this ability."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, and said softly: "Even you are no exception... Doflamingo... Let me guess who you want to resurrect? You probably didn''t kill your brother and father Right? Should... be your mother?"


    "..."


    Doflamingo fell silent.


    If there is a chance to bring people back from the dead, no matter who they are, they will want to bring back those who died in the past!


    The next moment, Doflamingo''s face became indifferent again, he quickly shook his head, and a stern look flashed across his face: "No, this world full of garbage... I''m just a little curious, I thought immortality is enough to be weird enough , I didn¡¯t expect this kind of ability to exist in the world¡­¡±


    "This ability is useless."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand casually, and said softly: "It''s just a means I use to torture some people, making them cycle between life and death repeatedly, until they completely surrender to me..."


    Uehara Naraku waved, a seagull landed on his palm, a golden light fell on the seagull''s body, Uehara Naraku twisted the seagull''s neck and threw it on the ground.


    Doflamingo stared closely at the seagull, watching it fly away after being revived from the dead, his eyes became gloomy a little bit...


    This guy can''t tell the truth, can he?


    Let a person who refuses to give in to him be reincarnated between life and death...


    That feeling of fear and relief when death comes, that feeling of consciousness suddenly plunged into darkness, who can bear this kind of torture.


    In addition to this, there is the power of this person...


    Doflamingo''s eyes slowly turned to Naraku Uehara. When this guy killed him twice just now, it seemed as easy as killing a chicken, and he had no power to fight back at all.


    Naraku Uehara just crushed with simple and rude physical skills... plus the resurrection ability possessed by Naraku Uehara.


    This person is not described by the word monster...


    If there is really a word to describe Naraku Uehara...


    perhaps¡­


    Then it can only be God, right?


    Just at this time, Naraku Uehara''s phone rang. It was from Kakutsu, who seemed to have a good sense of Doflamingo.


    The call turned out to be a plea.


    "Hey, I saw him."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and connected his own phone bug, and said with a chuckle: "Yeah, Brother Doflaming was very disobedient at first, but he became much more honest after a fight..."

 Chapter 427

    This guy¡­


    It''s a bit inappropriate.


    Doflaming watched Naraku Uehara hang up the phone bug, and after being silent for a while, he argued, "Hey, you obviously killed me twice just now..."


    Uehara Naraku put away his phone bug, and after taking a look at Doflamingo, he clenched his fist: "Oh, yes, I haven''t had time to hit you yet, have I?"


    Doflamingo''s forehead jumped, he watched Uehara Naraku''s fist turn black, and said hastily, "Hey, that''s not what I meant..."


    Seeing Naraku Uehara''s figure, Doflamingo could only hastily spread a spider web, trying to block Naraku Uehara''s attack!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku disappeared from his sight!


    Someone tapped him on the back, and just as Doflamingo turned his head away, he realized he had made a mistake and got a hard punch on the jaw!


    Doflamingo fell off a cliff!


    What followed was continuous beatings!


    This Amayasha finally experienced an unprecedented nightmare. It was a feeling of powerlessness compared to facing Uchiha Sasuke. This guy is obviously just a simple and unpretentious physical skill, so why does he feel that he has no way to fight against it!


    ten minutes later.


    Naraku Uehara was sitting on the cliff, and Doflamingo was covered in scars all over his body, sitting beside him in some embarrassment, and the two of them looked at the sea together.


    "to be honest."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the vast sea, sighed faintly and said, "I was not in a good mood when I came to see you, but after beating you just now, I feel much better now."


    "..."


    Doflamingo couldn''t laugh, he just covered the wound on his forehead, and he didn''t want to speak now, so as not to annoy the guy in front of him again.


    But what this guy said was really not human.


    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "Hey, Brother Doflaming, both of us should be behind the scenes, why do I see you living so happily today, why do I feel so tired living? "


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    "..."


    Doflamingo still didn''t answer.


    In fact, he really wanted to answer this question.


    What Naraku Uehara said is wrong. Doflamingo knows who he is manipulating, the ordinary people in Dressrosa, the little people of Dongtata, some ordinary pirates on the sea, Basically useless except for work.


    Who are Uehara Naraku manipulating?


    Just the Kakuto, Hidan, and Uchiha Sasuke that Doflamingo met, these few people are now the most influential figures in the sea.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the silent Doflamingo, couldn''t help frowning, and stretched out again: "Doflamingo, you have an incurable evil, I will give you a Take the opportunity to be a good person!"


    "Ok?"


    Doflamingo couldn''t help but move his eyes. Before this guy asks others to be good, doesn''t he want to be a human being first?


    Doflamingo suppressed his desire to swear, grinned and said, "Heh heh heh heh...what''s the chance? Don''t you want to treat me as a pawn too?"


    "you are not willing?"


    "No, very happy."


    The smile on Doflamingo''s face was still trying to maintain: "For me, it may be an honor to be your chess piece... I wonder if I can know the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Your Excellency?"


    "Sasuke..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at his own system panel, and looked at Doflamingo in surprise: "Sasuke Uchiha is the younger brother of an old friend of mine... To put it bluntly, it should be said that he is the younger brother of a chess piece I once had.


    As for the current Sasuke, if you count it, it should be the top three subordinates in my hands! "


    Except for Otsutsuki Kaguya and Uzumaki Naruto who are still in Naruto World, Uchiha Sasuke should indeed be the strongest.


    Just when Doflamingo was still amazed at the power of those people in Uehara Naraku''s hands, he suddenly saw a golden light falling on him, and in an instant he heard a familiar sound in his ears!


    Wait, his neck!


    Uehara Naraku, the bastard, didn''t he agree to surrender?


    After Doflamingo was resurrected, his expression faintly collapsed: "Your Excellency, I have clearly agreed to be your pawn..."


    "I make my own judgment."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, and said softly: "I may not know what you are thinking in your heart...but I know very well that you definitely don''t want to take refuge in me."


    "..."


    Doflamingo was silent.


    After a long time.


    A smile suddenly appeared on the corner of Doflamingo''s mouth: "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò... Then at least let me know your goal? Just like if we want to recruit companions or allies, we also need to know his purpose Bar?"


    Doflamingo''s expression gradually became a little more solemn. He looked at Uehara Naraku and said in a serious voice: "So... what is your real purpose?"


    "..."


    After being silent for a while, Uehara Naraku suddenly spread his palm and said calmly: "This world is too peaceful, like a pool of stagnant water. I just want to let this era go berserk..."


    The next moment, a group of waves suddenly broke out on the sea!


    This group of waves rose to hundreds of meters in an instant, which made people feel a little horrified!


    If this group of waves swept Dressrosa, Dressrosa, who was still working hard to rebuild, could declare immediate demise!


    This guy has the ability to destroy the country by raising his hand!


    Doflamingo''s face changed drastically. He stared at the waves with an uncertain expression. After a long time, he gritted his teeth and said, "If your purpose is to turn the world upside down, I will definitely help you. you!"


    "very good."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to disperse the waves, a black hole appeared in the middle of his palm, and he took out a black robe of Xiangyun from the black hole.


    Uehara Naraku took another look at Doflamingo''s height, put the Xiangyun black robe back again, took out another ring, carved a bad word on it, and handed it to Doflamingo .


    Doflamingo took the ring, looked at the evil words on the ring, couldn''t help but chuckled and said, "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò... What is this, your symbol?"


    "It''s just a tool for private communication when it''s inconvenient."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand and said softly: "If you see someone wearing the same ring on the sea or in a war in the future, it will be your companion, and you can''t see them now..."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he continued in a low voice: "Try to use domineering to enter the ring yourself! Maybe I can receive the news from you..."


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò...very interesting look."


    Doflamingo reached out and put the ring on his hand, and couldn''t help but said: "I don''t seem to have seen Kakuzu-san and Uchiha Sasuke put on the ring..."


    "There''s no need for that."


    Uehara Naraku took out a scroll casually, and after releasing it, a coffin was revealed. He continued: "Here is a person''s body stored here. If you encounter trouble in the future, take him out!"


    This is the ninja reincarnated from the dirt.


    Basically every squad has one.


    It''s just that the undead duo and the art duo are holding scrolls of seals, and the coffins of dirty ninjas are sealed inside.


    This is the dirty ninja bodyguard arranged by Uehara Naraku.


    Among them, Kakuzu''s team is the fourth generation of Hokage Namikaze Minato, who was reincarnated from the dirt, and mainly led them to escape; the art duo of the red sand scorpion took the second generation of Hokage Senju Fujian, an all-round ninja.


    In the hands of Kisame Kisame is the first Hokage Senju Hashirama.


    In addition to his own filthy ninja army in the hands of Yakushido, there is also Uchiha Madara who was resurrected by Uehara Naraku after the Fourth Ninja World War, using part of the body split by Otsutsuki Kaguya.


    Even Uchiha Sasuke''s assistant has a scroll, and Uchiha Sasuke knows that he holds a bastard named Uchiha Obito in his hand...


    Doflamingo, as a new member, naturally only has three generations of Naruto Sarutobi as his bodyguard. In addition, he has no chakra in his body and is not good at ninjutsu. After returning, he can only take the coffin Put it on your own boat.


    To be honest, it''s pretty unlucky.


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Doflamingo, and continued softly: "You are the person who knows the world government and navy best. In the future, I will ask you for many things. Now you can help me solve one thing first." ..."


    "Oh?"


    Doflamingo couldn''t help raising his head, and said with a low smile, "Hey, hey, I''m really curious... Is there anything that adults can''t solve?"


    "The Qi Wuhai, the king of this world, is too troublesome."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Doflamingo, and said softly, "I really want one of my subordinates to replace Jinbei as Wang Shichibukai, do you think it''s reliable?"


    "It''s Mr. Kisame Kisame, isn''t it?"


    Doflamingo understood the name and immediately guessed the name. He smiled and said suddenly: "If you want to replace Jinbei, then let that Mr. Kisame quit the Baroque Work...


    Then defeat Jinbe as a murloc... Anyway, the world government has long been dissatisfied with Jinbe and Whitebeard''s collusion! "


    After saying this, Doflamingo grinned again, and continued with a smile: "In addition to Mr. Kisame, Mr. Kakuzu seems to have the same method...


    If someone defeats Moonlight Moriah''s Shichibukai trash, Mr. Kadotsu is now the most suitable person in this sea to become the king''s Shichibukai! "


    "let me consider it¡­"


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help raising his eyebrows.


    This thing is really feasible.


    After they discussed these matters, Doflamingo grinned and watched Naraku Uehara ask his last question.


    "I''m curious."


    Doflamingo slowly clenched his fist, and said in a low voice: "So I want to know, what is the meaning of your lord hiding your strength in this sea...


    According to my feeling towards adults today, it seems that you can defeat a new world''s Four Emperors monster and replace it, so that you can reap greater benefits!


    At that time, this era will definitely go berserk! "


    "Doflamingo..."


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes, smiled and said: "How do you know...the fate of those people...is it in the ranks of my manipulation? I have already arranged one of them..."


    "..."


    Doflamingo''s face hardened.


    The Tian Yasha on the sea suddenly laughed wantonly!


    At this moment, Doflamingo finally felt the demeanor of a mastermind behind the scenes in Naraku Uehara in front of him!


    This is the real mastermind behind Dahaishang!

 Chapter 428

    Uehara Naraku and Doflamingo are really like each other.


    As the saying goes, it takes three years to learn well, and three minutes to learn badly. When it comes to being behind the scenes and playing tricks, the two of them still have a common language.


    Naraku Uehara once deceived a thousand-year-old behind-the-scenes hand-in-hand, talking about the skills of being an actor and how to manipulate others, and there are many skills of throwing pot...


    These benefited Doflamingo a lot.


    "Don''t always be the bad guy."


    Uehara Naraku casually taught Doflamingo his own experience: "When you appear to be a very evil person on the surface, you must let others discover the brilliance of humanity in you, and let them think that you can still be saved..."


    "Eh, oh, oh, oh... interesting and interesting."


    Doflamingo nodded slowly, and continued with a smile: "But I am now deeply trapped in the dark world. No matter how you look at it, it seems hard to tell. Will it make others believe that I am still a person who can be saved?"


    "Then pick someone who is suitable to take the blame!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes shifted slightly, and he said softly: "You still have a trade relationship with Kaido, the Four Emperors now! Then find a way to blame Kaido for all evil, and create a victim image for yourself..."


    When Naraku Uehara said this, he said slowly: "Kaido is the Four Emperors, no matter how many scapegoats that guy has, he will not care, and that guy will not refute the outside world''s views on him..."


    "¡­yes."


    Doflamingo nodded slowly.


    After the most powerful king Shichibukai joined the Akatsuki organization, Uehara Naraku''s hands went deep into the new world, and he could use him to implement his plan.


    If in the future, Kakisame is used to eliminate Jinbei, and Kakuzu replaces Moonlight Moriah, then Shichibukai will be able to occupy three positions...


    Uehara Naraku looked at the sea and touched his chin, wondering if Sasuke''s sneaking into the Whitebeard Pirates went well...


    After all, there was someone there who was going to be Mr. Crocodile''s next boss after he was done.


    This is called seamless connection.


    Great route, new world.


    The Spades Pirates obviously failed Uehara Naraku''s expectations.


    At this time, they have not arrived at the sea area of ??the Whitebeard Pirates, but broke into the sea area of ??the Red Hair Pirates. Portgas D. Ace insisted on visiting the Red Hair Shanks, thanking Shanks for saving him. Thanks to Luffy''s kindness.


    It''s just that their pirate group is not the same. Two supernovas who may break through the one billion bounty at any time have almost entered the new world on a rampage all the way...


    No matter how you look at it, it looks like you are going to challenge the red-haired Four Emperors!


    "Super rookies are coming to challenge me?"


    When the red-haired Shanks heard the news, a hearty smile suddenly appeared on his face: "Hahahahaha... finally someone is going to challenge my position again, there has never been such a terrifying newcomer in the sea Woolen cloth!"


    "The captain is being looked down upon!"


    "Hahahahaha... The captain''s name is too small!"


    "Let me go and see!"


    Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the red-haired pirates, loaded his gun, his face was not as happy as his companions, and he said to himself: "The yellow apes were almost eliminated by them, the spades pirates are not People who can be underestimated!"


    "Hmmmm..."


    The red-haired Shanks nodded hastily, and continued with a smile: "But we can''t be too rude! That''s a super newcomer that has never been seen in the sea, Beckman, let''s meet together!"


    "As the captain, you should at least wait until the end to appear!"


    Ben Beckman took a sip of his cigarette and said casually: "You just wait here, I will bring them over to see you!"


    After finishing speaking, Ben Beckman ordered a few cadres at random and left their base. He was absolutely confident that he could control the Spades Pirates in his hands.


    As a character in the new world, Ben Beckman is known for his strength, but he also has a strategy that is better than many people in the world.


    In just a few days.


    Inexplicably, the Spades Pirates gradually fell into the encirclement of the Red Hair Pirates in the process of searching for the Red Haired Shanks, and were completely surrounded by a group of powerful enemies.


    Ben Beckman did his calculations right.


    No one in the Spades Pirates could see through his strategy, and the entire Spades Pirates were surrounded by Ben Beckman on an isolated island.


    Portgas D. Ace sat on the island in frustration, looking at the pirates surrounded by all directions: "Hey, we just want to visit Shanks..."


    "Imp."


    A high-pitched voice interrupted his thoughts: "If you want to meet our captain, then obediently let go of your hands!"


    "it is good¡­"


    "Shut up!"


    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted his own captain, and said in a gloomy voice: "Let''s defeat these guys first, capture their cadres, and directly overthrow the red-haired Shanks!"


    "Eh?"


    Ace couldn''t help scratching his head, and hastily reached out to grab Sasuke Uchiha''s ninja knife: "Sasuke...wait... Shanks is Luffy''s savior!"


    Ace reached out and covered his hat, smiled and said: "If we do this, that guy Luffy will definitely be sad when he finds out... As long as we go to meet each other, I believe this misunderstanding will be resolved!"


    "Do not make jokes!"


    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "You are the captain of the Spades Pirates, how can you give in to the enemy! After we break out and leave here, let''s see that Shanks and solve this misunderstanding!"


    have to say.


    Ben Beckman''s plan didn''t go awry.


    The only thing that went wrong was Uchiha Sasuke''s strength. Facing Susano''s strength and Uchiha Sasuke''s elusiveness, other pirates couldn''t get in at all.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    The vice-captain of the Spades Pirates, Sasuke Uchiha, and the vice-captain of the Red-haired Pirates, Ben Beckman, fought fiercely for a day. Even though Sasuke released a lot of water, Ben Beckman, the red-haired vice-captain, was still defeated by Uchiha Sasuke. Beat captured alive.


    This is...


    It''s embarrassing.


    "Feel sorry."


    Ace looked at the captive captured by Sasuke Uchiha, and bowed seriously to Ben Beckman and apologized: "I just passed by the territory of the red-haired pirates on the way, and I wanted to say hello to Shanks, because he is my Brother Luffy''s savior..."


    "..."


    Ben Beckman sprawled weakly on the ground.


    After hearing what Ace said, Ben Beckman''s expression became weaker: "Huh? Are you the brother of that little guy Luffy?"


    "yes!"


    Ace couldn''t help scratching the back of his head, and said softly, "For today, I learned etiquette with Sister Makino..."


    "..."


    This person also mentioned makino.


    Whether it''s Makino or Luffy, it''s the most leisurely and free time spent by the red-haired pirates.


    Ben Beckman was silent for a while, and said: "Then please take out the phone bug in my pocket first, I want to make a call to Shanks... lest that idiot Shanks be in a hurry."


    "Okay okay."


    Ace helped his forehead, and continued to apologize in a low voice: "I''m really sorry, my deputy captain thought you were here to destroy us..."


    "He was right."


    Beckman shook his head, watched Ace hand the phone bug into his hands, and the urn continued: "Anyway, the two super rookies with fierce momentum seem to be here to attack the throne of the Four Emperors. , can I have a cigarette?"


    "Ok, Ok."


    Ace hands him a cigarette and even lights it for him.


    After the phone bug dialed, Shanks'' worried voice came from inside: "Hey, Beckman, are you okay!"


    "It''s okay, it was a misunderstanding."


    Ben Beckman took a puff of a cigarette, and said with a complicated expression: "The captain of the Spades Pirates, Portgas D. Ace, is Luffy''s brother. He just stopped by to say hello to you... "


    "Is Luffy''s brother so powerful?"


    "His mate is stronger than your mate."


    "Don''t say that!"


    The red-haired Shanks'' voice suddenly became more laughable: "That''s not bad! Hahahaha... In the future, those guys on Lagilu Jesus will not only laugh at me, but the two of us. But you The best vice-captain in the world!"


    While they were calling bugs in the cabin.


    Uchiha Sasuke also contacted Uehara Naraku outside, because he was worried about being discovered, he used the contact ability of the reincarnation eye.


    "Uehara Naraku, there is a little problem, anyway, we should meet with the red-haired Shanks soon."


    "I really envy you!"


    Naraku Uehara was rushing back to Alabasta, and on the way to check in at various attractions, he couldn''t help showing a hint of envy after hearing Sasuke''s words: "I contact the Four Emperors at every turn, I can only bully a few Shichibukai here... "


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku chuckled and said: "Then test the attitude of the Four Emperors! See if this guy knows the identity of Portgas D. Ace, no, it should be said that he is Gore D. Ice..."


    When Uehara Naraku said this, he couldn''t help but continued to laugh and said, "How about the strength of those pirates in the latter part of the new world? Sasuke, do you think I have that chance to be a Pirate King?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help raising his eyebrows, and silently sent his message back with Chakra: "I think you are more suitable to be a behind-the-scenes manipulator. For something like One Piece, let the idiot Ace come!"


    "Ace can''t be the One Piece."


    Naraku Uehara casually refuted Uchiha Sasuke: "Ace has been living in the shadow of his father, Gol D. Roger, all his life, unless that guy Ace can find the meaning of his existence one day..."


    After Uehara Naraku said this, he continued: "But that is useless, because he is a pawn whose fate has been arranged by me a long time ago!


    To be honest, Naraku Uehara was really worried.


    Now that Portgas D. Ace has Uchiha Sasuke as the all-round vice-captain, he won''t really want to lie down and sit in the position of One Piece, right?


    Therefore, before cutting off contact, Naraku Uehara reminded Uchiha Sasuke emphatically: "Sasuke, don''t forget my original intention of sending you to join the Spade Pirates."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly laughed, and his laughter was a little gentle: "Don''t let Portgas D. Ace go in the wrong direction I gave him. If his direction is out of control, you should know that he will What fate do you face?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke was silent.


    Is Uehara Naraku still incapable of being a human being?

 Chapter 429

    The Red Hair Pirates.


    The red-haired Shanks came to meet Portgas D. Ace in his own car, the Red Foss, and came to pick up his deputy captain by the way.


    After the misunderstanding between the two parties was resolved, the atmosphere eased a lot.


    Because Uchiha Sasuke defeated Beckman, he showed the strength of the Spades Pirates, and the communication between the two captains became equal. At least this rookie pirates did have the qualifications to challenge the Four Emperors.


    Because of Luffy, the two still got along quite well.


    The red-haired Shanks put his arms around Ace''s shoulders, and laughed loudly: "Since Ace is Luffy''s brother, then we will not know each other this time!


    Hahahahaha... To celebrate our meeting, to celebrate Beckman being finally defeated, let''s all have a grand banquet! "


    "idiot!"


    Ben Beckman couldn''t help but help his forehead. He thought that the captain had improved, but he still looked like this!


    At a grand banquet.


    Only Uchiha Sasuke held a glass of juice in his hand, and everyone else held a bowl of wine in their hands, which made people a little curious.


    "How can pirates not drink?"


    Shanks handed Uchiha Sasuke a bowl of wine, smiled lightly and said, "My companions all want to see the super rookie who defeated Beckman!"


    "No."


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Ace who was standing beside Shanks with disgust, shook his head and said, "Because there is an idiot captain, I must stay awake all the time."


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    Shanks couldn''t help laughing out loud.


    A group of pirates around couldn''t help laughing too.


    Only Ben Beckman, after hearing this sentence, slowly put down the wine in his hand, and went to learn from Uchiha Sasuke to pick a glass of juice.


    Shanks drank the wine bowl in his hand boldly, and asked with a smile: "Hey, Ace, do you really think about defeating me and becoming a new Four Emperors?"


    "That''s too boring!"


    After imitating his example and gulping it down, Ace scratched the back of his head embarrassingly and said, "If Luffy knows that I knocked you down, he will probably be very sad, right?"


    This is a bit arrogant.


    Shanks himself didn''t care about this, and even the pirates around him didn''t take it seriously, perhaps because they knew the strength of their captain.


    Shanks even raised his wine bowl with great interest, and laughed loudly: "Come on, thank that guy Luffy for letting me keep the position of the Four Emperors!"


    "Hahahahaha...the captain is too weak!"


    "Hahahaha... It''s because of our little Luffy that he kept the title of Four Emperors, so it''s worth noting the title of Emperor of the Sea!"


    "Hahahahaha... You are wrong! Since Ace is looking at Luffy''s face, our leader has kept the title of Four Emperors, and we can''t lose this title to other people anyway. man!"


    "Don''t say that!"


    Shanks put down his wine bowl and poured himself a bowl. He didn''t care about his companion''s self-mockery, and continued with a smile: "We and Luffy are friends, shouldn''t we help each other? For Luffy, let''s have another drink Bar!"


    Shanks turned his head and glanced at Ace, chuckled and continued, "Is that little fellow Luffy still arguing to become the One Piece?"


    "Yeah, that''s the mantra of that guy."


    Ace grinned, raised his wine bowl with a light smile, "It''s a pity that I''m going to disappoint him, whether it''s the Big Secret Treasure or One Piece, I''m going to take it first!"


    "Well, this is really a possibility!"


    Shanks touched his chin, nodded seriously and continued: "What are you going to do? Flatten the new world all the way?"


    "That''s too troublesome."


    Ace shook his head and showed a confident smile: "Challenge the strongest man in this sea directly, let all the seas recognize my strength first!"


    "White beard?"


    "That''s right!"


    After drinking a bowl of wine, Ace said in a low voice, "I have the best vice-captain in the world, and I definitely can''t live up to his expectations!"


    "Hahahahaha... Makes sense!"


    After Shanks poured him a glass of wine, he couldn''t help but glanced at Sasuke Uchiha sitting next to him like a mountain, and couldn''t help but said: "Speaking of which, for some reason, I feel that your deputy captain really looks like Mr. Raleigh! "


    "Who?"


    "Oh, when I was a trainee crew member on a pirate ship..."


    A trace of nostalgia appeared on Shanks'' face: "Mr. Rayleigh, the deputy captain on the ship at that time, I feel that your deputy captain is as reliable as Mr. Rayleigh!"


    That''s when Shanks and his friend Bucky made a mistake.


    When Vice-Captain Raleigh came to educate them, their captain Roger would come to persuade Raleigh not to be too strict, and then Vice-Captain Raleigh and Captain Roger would scold them together, and even scolded more fiercely. Jay couldn''t lift his head up...


    It is precisely because of Rayleigh''s impression that Shanks'' desire for the deputy captain is almost similar, and finally he finally found his own deputy captain Ben Beckman.


    As a result, he is always being chased and scolded by Ben Beckman.


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly put down the juice in his hand, and said calmly: "Oh, then you must have read it wrong, I am not like anyone else in the sea."


    "yes¡­"


    Shanks took a sip of wine slowly, and said with some admiration: "Speaking of which, your strength is really terrifying, even Beckman is no match..."


    Uchiha Sasuke said calmly on his face: "This is also normal. Uchiha''s power is naturally not something ordinary people can resist."


    Shanks: "..."


    Wrong person, this person is not like Rayleigh at all.


    At least their vice-captain Rayleigh wasn''t so arrogant.


    In the middle of the night.


    When everyone was drowsy and rested.


    Sasuke Uchiha was sitting on a tree looking at the stars in the sky, with a glass of fruit juice still beside him, just at this moment, a figure turned around and rushed up.


    "Ben Beckman."


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at the person who came, and said casually: "Do you think you haven''t lost enough? I''m not interested in you anymore..."


    This is a bit impersonal.


    In vain, Beckman still wants to have a good chat with Sasuke Uchiha!


    Beckman frowned. He didn''t expect that he would be ridiculed by Uchiha Sasuke as soon as he arrived here. The deputy captain of the red-haired pirates said with a cigarette in his mouth: "That idiot Shanks asked me to come, He wants to invite you to meet him."


    "It just so happens that I also want to try the power of the Four Emperors!"


    The knife beside Sasuke Uchiha flipped into his hand, and his figure suddenly fell from the tree and walked towards Shanks'' position.


    Looking at the back of Uchiha Sasuke leaving, Ben Beckman suddenly said: "Uchiha Sasuke, didn''t you use your full strength when fighting me?"


    "Killing you or capturing you, which do you think is easier?"


    After Uchiha Sasuke finished speaking, no matter how hurtful his words were, he left without looking back, leaving a somewhat contemptuous sentence.


    "What a scary and arrogant newcomer..."


    Ben Beckman watched Uchiha Sasuke leave with a cigarette in his mouth. He asked himself slowly: "Did you slack off after helping that idiot get the title of Four Emperors? Even this Can''t see anything..."


    No, it''s not that you can''t see it.


    But Beckman simply couldn''t believe that after the sea finally calmed down and balanced, such a terrifying figure would appear on the sea!


    Compared with Ben Beckman, the red-haired Shanks was easier to accept. When he saw Uchiha Sasuke, his eyes had already recovered.


    Shanks stood by the sea, looked at the sea and sighed softly: "The captain I respected the most once said that once this era begins, it will never stop easily.


    Many people have worked hard to calm down this sea. It has been less than a year since you super newcomers came out and disrupted everything in the new world.


    Now it looks like he was right! "


    Sasuke Uchiha raised his eyebrows, and asked, "What kind of person is your captain, the previous One Piece King Gol D. Roger?"


    "Oh, you even know about my time with Captain Roger?"


    There was a smile on Shanks'' face, and he said with a light smile, "Hahahaha...that''s the One Piece, a character who once owned a great secret treasure, no matter what words you use to describe him, it''s not too much!"


    "Humph¡­"


    Sasuke Uchiha said calmly, "Probably he''s just an idiot like Ace and you, right?"


    "..."


    Shanks was silent.


    It seems to have been exposed.


    Sasuke Uchiha guessed it right!


    In a sense, Gol D. Roger''s character is actually quite simple. Although his character is also very bold, he especially values ??his friendship. Impact.


    "How do you know?"


    Shanks couldn''t help but sigh.


    After Uchiha Sasuke was silent for a while, he explained in a low voice: "Because those simple-minded idiots may only have one goal in their life, and it will never change, so it is always easier to succeed."


    "That makes sense."


    Shanks couldn''t help but nodded in admiration: "Speaking of which, is it because of this that you chose Ace as the captain?"


    "almost."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s palm slowly landed on the handle of his knife, he looked at Shanks, and asked, "What''s the matter you came to find me?"


    Shanks stroked his chin, and said softly: "I wanted to see if I could let you persuade that little fellow Ace to give up attacking Whitebeard, the sea has finally calmed down!


    But after hearing what you said just now, I think it''s better to leave it as it is, after all stubborn people like us can''t be persuaded..."


    Because the War of the Four Emperors did not end until a year ago.


    This sea has finally formed a fragile balance pattern of the world government, the king''s seven martial arts, and the four emperors. Shanks undoubtedly hopes that this sea can continue to be balanced like this.


    These words undoubtedly angered Sasuke Uchiha.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes slowly glowed red, Sasuke watched the chattering Shanks, his voice gradually became gloomy.


    "Hehe, you guys with red hair all look the same, you don''t have much strength in your hands, you speak more arrogantly than anyone else, and you are always so annoying..."

 Chapter 430

    Shanks fell silent.


    Shanks has experienced a lot of discrimination in his life, but today is the first time he was discriminated against because he has red hair.


    What does Sasuke Uchiha mean?


    What happened to them redheads? Such a shame on them redheads!


    "Redhead, don''t try to stop Ace."


    Uchiha Sasuke stared at the red-haired Shanks, and continued in a concentrated voice: "Ace bears a more difficult fate than others, and he wants to challenge Whitebeard because he wants to declare war on his irresponsible father.


    Ace wants to prove that he has never succumbed to fate, he wants to prove that he is meaningful in this world, and no one is qualified to stop him. "


    To be honest, the fate of Portgas D. Ace has been very rough, and now he is still being targeted by that insidious guy Naraku Uehara. This is the real tragedy in the world...


    Moreover, Uchiha Sasuke will also give Uehara Naraku''s order to take this opportunity to leak Ace''s life experience to Shanks, and try to let Shanks enter the game...


    Shanks really fell for it.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Now Shanks''s brain circuit is still very serious. After listening to Sasuke''s words, his face suddenly realized: "Could it be... that little guy Ace is the son of Whitebeard?"


    "No."


    After Uchiha Sasuke frowned and thought for a while, he calmly said: "It doesn''t matter if I tell you guys anyway, he wants to declare war on the underground Gore D Roger!


    The blood of Ace''s One Piece bleeds from Roger''s body. Although that guy has never been responsible for a day, he even killed his mother, casting a shadow over his life! "


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Shanks who was gradually shocked, and continued indifferently: "Those of you who have seen Gol D Roger before, take a good look and witness the coming of a new era, Ace will Surpass Roger and be crowned the new king!"


    Uchiha Sasuke said the arrogant words first for his captain.


    If there is no Uehara Naraku control, in fact, Portgas D. Ace may really become the new One Piece with his support.


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Sasuke looked at Shanks whose face was still shocked, and said in a deep voice: "The Rayleigh you mentioned is Sirbazz Rayleigh who lives in seclusion in Chambord! I saw him in Chambord. He''s gone, heh, his strength doesn''t look very good..."


    "..."


    The surprise in Shanks'' eyes has not faded, and he lost his voice: "That little guy Ace... is Captain Roger''s son! In terms of time...it''s impossible to match up!"


    "Your reflex arc is really long..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s forehead couldn''t help but jump, he said coldly: "Forget it, Shanks, just watch, this sea will never be calm!"


    As long as there is a place where Nao Uehara is, there will never be peace!


    Shanks watched Uchiha Sasuke turn and leave, and was about to reach out to stop him in a hurry: "Hey, Uchiha Sasuke, wait, Ace is really the captain..."


    clang clang!


    A knife was pulled out and placed in front of Shanks!


    "Don''t talk about this in front of Ace!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes flashed the red light of Sharingan.


    Can''t continue chatting, otherwise it may reveal the truth, Ace only told Sasuke that he himself is the son of Gol D Roger.


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke turned and left, his voice echoed on the island: "Spades Pirates, return to our ship immediately and set sail!"


    "Hey!"


    Shanks still wants to catch up.


    A sharp slash blocked his way!


    Ben Beckman flew in front of Shanks, swung his knife and sent the slash flying: "Hey, what''s going on here, Shanks, have your talks collapsed? We need to call people immediately fight?"


    "it''s okay no problem¡­"


    Shanks hastily waved his hand to calm down the rest of the red-haired pirates, his face became slightly complicated: "It seems to be more troublesome than talking about it!"


    The shore of the island.


    The pirates of the Red Hair Pirates watched the Spades Pirates'' ship leave, and also looked at Sasuke Uchiha standing on the bow of the ship, and everyone rubbed their heads involuntarily.


    "Hey, Shanks, what''s going on?"


    "Boss, didn''t you say that there will be another banquet tomorrow to send them away?"


    "What''s going on!"


    "Don''t ask."


    Shanks hugged his forehead, and said in a deep voice: "In short, prepare yourself! The sea will never be calm again!"


    After finishing speaking, Shanks couldn''t help but look at the figure standing on the distant pirate ship, and muttered to himself: "It seems...it''s really going to appear...it''s more likely to board than that kid like Luffy. The guy who tops the Pirate King!"


    Although the conflict between the Spades Pirates and the Red Hair Pirates was not violent, there is no doubt that the two sides should be tied, and this matter was also detected by the Navy.


    The rewards of the captain and vice-captain of the Spades Pirates all exceeded one billion Baileys, which once became big news in the world.


    Whitebeard Sea Area.


    Driving the Moby Dick.


    This is the flagship of Whitebeard, the strongest man in the world. The name Edward Newgate is known to everyone in the sea.


    Even in the corners of the world, some people have heard of his name.


    No matter who it is, almost everyone knows that Edward Newgate with a white beard sitting in a corner of the New World is the strongest man in the world.


    Although Whitebeard is getting older, the prestige that has suppressed Dahai for decades has made other people dare not move, and he still holds the title of the strongest man in the world.


    At this moment, Whitebeard was sitting on his captain''s seat, holding a newspaper in his hand, which was the result of the battle between the Spades Pirates and the Red Hair Pirates.


    "Ok?"


    Whitebeard''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he said slowly, "Did that little brat with red hair have peace talks with the newcomer on the sea? Sure enough, he''s infected with Roger''s stink..."


    In this sea, there are not many people who can unscrupulously criticize One Piece King Gol D. Roger, but Whitebeard is definitely the most qualified one.


    "Ok."


    Marco, who was standing beside the white beard, nodded with his dead fish eyes open, and said softly: "Father, they are rushing towards our territory now..."


    "yes?"


    The corners of Whitebeard''s mouth grinned, and his huge beard trembled slightly. He laughed boldly and loudly: "Goooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo! Woolen cloth!"


    Even in the era when he was competing with Gol D. Roger, there had never been a rookie as powerful as Portgas D. Ace and Uchiha Sasuke. They were only seventeen this year. old!


    Marco raised his eyebrows and said, "Father, I''ll meet them first..."


    "no need."


    Whitebeard shook his head.


    To be honest, Whitebeard is more worried about his son.


    After all, Sasuke Uchiha, the vice-captain of the Spades Pirates, is a character who can defeat even Ben Beckman, the red-haired vice-captain!


    The entire Whitebeard Pirates, except for Marco, can''t pick out a second character comparable to Ben Beckman no matter how they are counted!


    If Marko goes...


    There is a very high chance of never returning.


    Therefore, White Beard Edward Newgate plans to meet Ace and Uchiha Sasuke in person to see how powerful these two little guys are.


    "Two good little devils..."


    Whitebeard glanced at the newspaper in his hand again, and couldn''t help but twitched the corners of his mouth, saying, "Gu la la la la...Compared to the little devil named Sand Crocodile I met last time, these two little guys are more energetic. !"


    "Last time¡­"


    Marco couldn''t help rolling his eyelids: "It''s been more than ten years since the Crocodile we met last time?"


    After thinking about it for a while, Marco said slowly: "That fellow Crocodile has become Shichibukai, and he has no guts to come to the new world anymore. I heard that he has a very good life in Alabasta..."


    This is true.


    Crocodile''s life is indeed very nourishing.


    Even more nourishing than Marco imagined.


    Now Crocodile was soaked in the water, unable to move, glaring at the dried persimmon ghost sitting in his seat.


    Kisame grinned, and said slowly, "Is the king Shichibukai only capable of this? It seems that I chose the wrong ally!"


    "What is the purpose of your guy?"


    Crocodile glared at Kisame Kisame.


    Originally Crocodile just wanted to discuss with Kakisame how to replace Jinbei''s Shichibukai as the king, but Kikisame beat him up in the name of testing the strength of his allies.


    Facing an enemy like Dried Persimmon Kisame who is good at water escape and domineering, he almost perfectly restrained Crocodile''s ability of rustling fruit, making this sand crocodile completely helpless!


    "Tsk..."


    Kisame Kisame tried his best to show a kind smile, but still looked ferocious: "It''s really boring, I just wanted to find an ally, but now it seems that Mr. Crocodile is not qualified to be my ally!"


    Kisame Kisame stood up slowly, and said with a light smile, "From today onwards, I will announce my withdrawal from the Baroque Work Club. You can find a way to clarify this matter!"


    After finishing speaking, Kanshi Kisame continued: "Oh, by the way, those things I have done may prevent me from ascending to the position of King Shichibukai... Those things will trouble the boss of the Baroque Work Agency to continue, no Question?"


    "Hmph, I promise you."


    Crocodile gritted his teeth and said, "I''ll let Nicole Robin declare in the newspaper that you betrayed Baroque Works!"


    "Hehe, then I hope we will meet again someday."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark grabbed his shark muscle sword and put it on his back, and left this rainy land without any nostalgia.


    Originally, Kisame''s position in Baroque Works was to help Naraku Uehara take the blame in front of Crocodile. Now that Naraku Uehara is about to become an undercover agent for the navy, there is no need for Kisame to stay here anymore.


    Wait until the dried persimmon and ghost shark leave.


    Crocodile looked at Nicole Robin who was hiding next to him, and said with an ugly expression: "Nicole Robin, you won''t betray me too, will you?"


    "No."


    Nicole Robin shook her head, said with a chuckle, "I''m just interested in the text of history, who can let me see the truth of history..."


    "Then hurry up!"


    Crocodile struggled violently out of the water, gritted his teeth and said: "I can''t wait, I must start planning as soon as possible! I want to know the information about Hades as soon as possible, and then kill all these guys!"


    "Can."


    After Nicole Robin nodded, she continued to speak: "However, our recent senior agent was frantically hunted down by a bounty hunter named Jiaodu...


    On our way to the rainy land, the Mr.1 and Mr.3 teams have disappeared, and Mr.2 was captured by the navy, plus the Mr.5 and Mr.4 teams that were killed before..."


    "Then find another batch!"


    After Crocodile finished speaking, he changed his mind again: "Wait, how many people are there in Baroque Works now?"


    "Scorpion, Deidara..."


    After Nicole Robin counted the heads, she was silent for a second before she continued: "There are only two senior agents left, and there are still many intermediate agents."


    When talking about this, Nicole Robin quickly added: "One of them named Uehara Naraku followed me all the way, and I found him to be a fairly loyal person.


    Well, his strength may not be enough, but the reward has also risen to 60 million Baileys because of the period of the work club, and he can be considered for promotion to a senior agent..."


    "Can!"


    Crocodile''s face was gloomy, and he opened his mouth to order: "In order to prevent bastards like Qianshi Guixi from sneaking in again, there is no need to recruit any more staff for the time being, and maintain the status quo!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin nodded.


    If Crocodile refuses Uehara Naraku''s promotion to a senior agent, Nicole Robin wonders if Crocodile thinks her own life is too comfortable...


    Fortunately, he was still saved.


    I don''t know if Uehara Naraku will be happy after knowing the news.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t have time to pay attention to Nicole Robin. He hurriedly clocked in a bunch of scenic spots and came back to deal with the meeting with Rear Admiral Drake.


    When Major General Drake saw Uehara Naraku, he happened to see Uehara Naraku rescued a child who was hunted down by pirates. This scene made him feel a little familiar.


    Because Drake happened to be rescued by the navy when he was hunted down by the Don Quixote family, that''s why he is Major General Drake today.


    Major General Drake looked at this scene with empathy.


    Major General Drake watched in silence as Naraku Uehara held a candy to appease the child''s emotions, his sharp eyes gradually softened.


    As a Dragon Fruit ¡¤ Ancient Species ¡¤ Allosaurus fruit capable user, Major General Drake, who has always been somewhat fierce on the battlefield, felt a little soft at this moment.


    "pocket."


    Rear Admiral Drake still stared at Uehara Naraku closely: "Have you seen it? The navy is the most suitable destination for Uehara Naraku..."


    "yes¡­"


    The pharmacist, lieutenant commander of the navy, pushed his glasses and raised the corners of his mouth: "My point of view is the same as yours, and I think so too."

 Chapter 431

    In the narrow streets of a port city in Alabasta.


    Uehara Naraku had just walked in, and was directly surrounded by Drake and Pharmacist, which made him frown slightly.


    "I''m Rear Admiral Drake."


    After standing in front of Uehara Naraku, X. Drake bluntly explained his intentions: "Uehara Naraku of Baroque Works, Colonel Tina mentioned you, I invite you to join the Navy, and the Navy will meet you in the past." Evil is never blamed.¡±


    "..."


    Uehara''s expression changed slightly.


    To be honest, Uehara Naraku did not expect Major General Drake to invite him to join the navy bluntly. Don''t you all need to get in touch with him slowly?


    "Don''t be suspicious."


    Major General Drake''s face was serious, and he continued in a low voice: "We have found out what you did in the Baroque Works, even in the dark Baroque Works, you still insist on justice in your heart, Only the Navy is your home."


    "Feel sorry."


    Naraku Uehara clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "I can''t betray Baroque Works...No one in this world dares to betray Baroque Works."


    "There''s no need to worry about that."


    Rear Admiral Drake spread out his palms, and continued to persuade: "We have already made up our minds. No matter who is behind the Baroque Works, the Navy will resolutely enforce justice!"


    When he said this, Major General Drake''s face became more cruel: "You have been in Baroque Works for so long, you must know their danger... You don''t want them to continue to endanger the safety of this sea, do you? "


    "it''s useless."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, with a look of fear on his face and said: "Even if the admiral is dispatched, it is impossible to eliminate the boss of the Baroque Work Agency. You go, I will not tell others what happened today..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku was about to pass Rear Admiral Drake and leave, but was stopped by the Rear Admiral with his arm stretched out.


    Major General Drake looked at Uehara Naraku and said softly: "Then there is no other way, I can only send you to the big prison under the sea."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while, then nodded slowly.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Naraku Uehara looked at Drake, stretched out his hands, and put on a look of waiting to die at Major General Drake.


    There was even a relieved smile on Uehara Naraku''s face: "You can send me to the big prison under the sea, at least in this way, I won''t have to do evil against my conscience anymore..."


    "..."


    Yao Shidou''s face froze for a second, and he pushed his glasses subconsciously, because Yao Shidou felt that his boss was getting better at talking nonsense...


    Major General Drake couldn''t hold back his coldness. He glanced at Uehara Naraku inexplicably: "Uehara Naraku, since you dare not betray Baroque Works, why did you save so many people without telling those pirates?"


    Major General Drake did not arrest him, but continued to ask: "Actually, you must want to save more people, right? Now this is an opportunity... Please trust the Navy, we will never let any crime go !"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent again.


    After a long time, he slowly raised his head and looked at Drake: "You guys came too late, the delayed justice is useless, no one in this world can stop the Baroque Work Club''s ambition..."


    "What''s the meaning?"


    "Before the Baroque Works was discovered by the Navy..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes became heavy: "Our purpose is to seize an ancient weapon, and now the boss of Baroque Works has obtained it!"


    When Uehara Naraku was talking, his eyes gradually became a little dark, and he continued as if talking about a nightmare: "As long as the boss of the Baroque Work Agency is willing, he can easily destroy any country in the world, any one. Kojima! Kill anyone in this world!"


    "Ancient weapons..."


    Drake''s expression changed.


    Many people have heard of the legendary ancient weapons Pluto, Neptune and Uranus, these three weapons, but not many people have mentioned them in recent years.


    Because the time is too long, history is broken.


    Everyone thought that ancient weapons had already become legends.


    "Even without that weapon, the navy would not be able to deal with him."


    You Naraku Uehara stared at Drake, and your voice gradually became more and more frightening: "...that person... is the nightmare of the world...even Whitebeard is impossible now..."


    Speaking of this, Uehara Naraku seemed to have seen something, and after a flash of horror flashed across his face, he broke away from Drake''s arm, waved his fist and smashed Major General Drake''s face!


    While launching an attack, Uehara Naraku urged loudly: "Get out of here quickly, I almost forgot, today the senior agents of Baroque Works are coming to summon me, they are all the boss'' cronies!"


    "what¡­"


    Major General Drake slammed Naraku Uehara''s fist.


    Just when Drake was slightly surprised, he suddenly heard a somewhat wanton voice in his ear: "Uehara, get out of the way! If this guy is an enemy, let me kill him!"


    A piece of clay suddenly fell on Drake.


    Just when the rear admiral couldn''t help looking up into the sky, he saw a giant clay bird flying in the air, which caused a flash of surprise in his eyes.


    Especially when Drake saw the yellow-haired youth on the giant clay bird, his expression changed instantly!


    "That is¡­"


    Major General Drake''s eyes narrowed subconsciously: "Didara, the demolition artist, is that guy also a member of the Baroque Work Club?"


    "Die!"


    Didara standing on the giant clay bird laughed arrogantly: "Hahahahahaha...art is explosion, drink!"


    The next moment, the clay on Drake''s body suddenly exploded!


    Drake was caught off guard and was directly blown out!


    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the opportunity to attack Drake, but in fact, he was covering the medicine man and hurried away with Drake. The group of them performed a chase towards Drake, the rear admiral, and the medicine man, the lieutenant commander. big fight!


    Until Yao Shidou and Drake hid in a secret store, Uehara Naraku saw them, but let them go, leading Didara to chase in another direction.


    Wait until Uehara Naraku and Didara leave.


    Derek breathed a sigh of relief, watched Pharmacist Dou help bandage his body, and said to himself: "Didara, the demolition artist, destroyed a small island by himself. I didn''t expect that he was also a member of Baroque Works. member¡­"


    "Your Excellency, Major General, heal your injuries first!"


    After the pharmacist helped to bandage Drake''s injured arm and shoulder, he continued: "Didara seems to have only done that one thing, and the initial bounty was 75 million Baileys, but he His strength may have surpassed those big pirates who offered a reward of 100 million Belly..."


    "maybe¡­"


    After Major General Drake nodded irrefutably, he began to talk about the business in a soft voice: "At least we didn''t have nothing to gain today, that Uehara Naraku''s attitude has loosened..."


    Speaking of this, Rear Admiral Drake took out his phone bug again and dialed the number of Admiral Sengoku.


    Marlin Vandeau.


    Naval headquarters base.


    Admiral Sengoku connected his own phone bug: "Admiral Drake, what''s the matter? I remember you are... what? Ancient weapons!"


    "yes."


    Drake''s voice was a little more heavy: "I have already contacted Uehara Naraku, and his attitude has loosened a little. This is the news we learned from him, but he is still too afraid of the boss of Baroque Works. .¡±


    After finishing speaking here, Major General Drake continued: "One more thing, the demolition artist Didara is a senior agent of Baroque Works..."


    "I see."


    The next moment, the voice of the Warring States suddenly became a little serious, and said in a deep voice: "Be sure to find a way to find out all the secrets of the Baroque Works! I will send someone to help you, if it is about ancient weapons..."


    "This is the first mission of the SWORD unit. If possible, I hope to have a general to support at any time."


    Major General Drake glanced at the injury on his arm, and continued softly: "According to the information we got from our first contact with Uehara Naraku, the boss of the Baroque Work Agency does not seem to be weak, and the support from the Lieutenant General is not very beneficial. ..."


    "I see."


    After thinking for a while, Sengoku agreed to his request: "Admiral Aokiji has been patrolling the first half of the Great Route recently, and I will order him to meet with you and cooperate with your actions at any time to support your mission!"

 Chapter 432

    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    The first half of the great voyage.


    General Aokiji received the mission in a half-dream and half-awake state.


    The Warring States Marshal asked him to cooperate at any time to protect Major General Drake to perform the first mission after the establishment of the SWORD secret special force.


    Once Major General Drake gets the information from the Baroque Works, General Aokiji must immediately help to encircle and suppress the Baroque Works.


    this matter¡­


    It sounds like Aokiji is quite confused.


    Why should he be asked to help encircle and suppress the Baroque Works, isn''t that the organization that Naraku Uehara is now undercover? What''s the use of asking him to help?


    There may not be a chance for the three generals of the navy to come out together!


    "what''s the situation¡­"


    Aokiji slowly took his own phone bug and dialed the number of Major General Drake: "Hello, I''m Kuzan, tell me your current location, I want to know the specific situation of your mission execution..."


    Aokiji soon met Major General Drake and Major Yakushido, the only two members of SWORD''s secret special unit, and he also knew that the third member of this unit was Naraku Uehara.


    I''m afraid this secret force is about to end.


    Admiral Sengoku worked hard to prepare the SWORD secret special unit, mainly for them to sneak into those big pirates to obtain information, and now this unit is about to be infiltrated by Naraku Uehara, the mastermind behind the scenes.


    Major General Drake didn''t know Aokiji''s thoughts, and said his plan seriously: "We will find a way to contact Uehara Naraku again as soon as possible, so that we can instigate him next time, and get information from him about Baroque Work Club all information."


    After saying this, Major General Drake''s gaze slowly shifted to Aokiji''s body: "After we get the information from the Baroque Works, we will use Uehara Naraku as our internal response, and quickly attack and destroy the entire Baroque Works."


    If we ignore the key figure Uehara Naraku...


    In fact, this plan sounds quite serious.


    If Aokiji didn''t know Uehara Naraku''s true identity, he would probably feel that Major General Drake''s plan is quite reliable now.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Their actions are now being led by the nose.


    "Well... this plan..."


    General Aokiji couldn''t help but scratched the back of his head, glanced at the only two members of the SWORD unit, and said in a low voice, "It looks like there should be no problem..."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses and said in a low voice: "This is the plan made by Major General Drake under the guidance of Marshal Warring States..."


    "..."


    After Qingzhi closed his eyes and fell asleep for a while, he muttered and said, "Forget it, here, if you need someone to support, take this!"


    After speaking, Aokiji threw a golden phone bug at Major General Drake.


    Major General Drake only felt that the golden phone bug was a bit hot: "General Aokiji...is this... the golden phone bug that the general mobilized the demon-slaying order?"


    This is the golden phone bug of the Demon Slaying Order!


    Once activated, ten warships, five lieutenant generals, and a large number of naval elite forces can be mobilized to launch an indiscriminate and devastating strike on the target area!


    In the entire navy, only the admiral and the three generals have the authority to launch the demon-slaying order, or grant others the authority to launch the demon-slaying order!


    "Temporarily used for you, it can be regarded as reinforcements!"


    Qingzhi scratched his head, and said softly: "I''ll find a place to rest for a while, if something goes wrong, I will come to support."


    "yes."


    Major General Drake nodded slowly.


    Once there is a demon-slaying order, the first mission of the SWORD secret special forces will definitely be successful.


    The only thing that Drake didn''t expect was that after their small meeting was dissolved, General Aokiji took a place and began to ask Baroque''s vice president Nicole Robin about it. He was mainly worried about the threat of Uehara Naraku .


    "Hello, Robin."


    Aokiji dialed Nicole Robin''s phone bug, and said slowly: "What is Uehara Naraku doing, is that guy finally going to sneak into the navy?"


    "yes."


    Nicole Robin''s voice was full of bitterness and helplessness: "I really can''t understand Uehara''s thoughts. Now the big plan against Crocodile is about to start. He seems to want to push Crocodile to a more dangerous position..."


    "I''m in Alabasta."


    Aokiji raised his head to look at the sun, and slowly closed his eyes: "Robin, in short, leave Alabasta as soon as possible! This country will be very dangerous in the future..."


    "Aokiji."


    Nicole Robin interrupted Aokiji, and said in a low voice: "Uehara already knows that you are in Alabasta, and he is already going to see you..."


    "...It''s really troublesome..."


    Aokiji hung up the phone muttering.


    the other side.


    Pharmacist pocket also dialed the phone.


    Yao Shidou''s report was more detailed, including the arrival of General Aokiji and the fact that he had granted Drake the golden phone bug killing order authority.


    "Don''t worry, those are our companions."


    Uehara Naraku said casually: "We are rushing to your location now, see you later!"


    half an hour later.


    Major Yaoshidou found Aokiji who was dozing off.


    The admiral was slightly dissatisfied with Pharmacist Dou, because Pharmacist Dou seemed to be overly enthusiastic about him, which made Aokiji feel really uncomfortable.


    this major...


    Don''t you think you can get promoted by pleasing a general?


    And Naraku Uehara will come over soon, in order to avoid leaking the secret, that dangerous man will never mind killing an ordinary lieutenant commander.


    "Major Pocket."


    General Aokiji slowly put on his blindfold, and said in a low voice, "Well, if you have something to do, you can leave first, I want to take a nap here."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, with a gentle smile on his face: "I''m fine here."


    When talking about this, Yao Shidou''s smile deepened a bit: "It just so happens that I''m waiting for an adult here, so that the adult who wants to meet me won''t have to make another trip."


    "..."


    After being silent for a while, Aokiji slowly took off his blindfold, looked at the pharmacist pocket beside him: "Who are you waiting for?"


    "The person you are waiting for is the person I am waiting for."


    Yao Shidou stretched out his palm kindly towards Aokiji, squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "Let me introduce myself, Yao Shidou of Akatsuki organization is also the most loyal subordinate to Naraku-sama in the entire Akatsuki organization."


    Yao Shidou looked at the expression on Qingzhi''s face, and the smile on his face became brighter.


    At this moment, Yao Shidou finally experienced the joy of Uehara Nai manipulating the world after the curtain fell, until the last moment to expose everything.


    To be honest, this feeling is really good.


    "..."


    Aokiji''s gaze became slightly sharper.


    Who can tell him why there are people from the Xiao organization everywhere he goes?


    No, people from Akatsuki''s organization have been lurking into the navy long ago, and even sneaked into SWORD, an especially important secret special force!


    The next moment, the general who had just shown his edge slowly hid his thoughts, and asked a little bored: "So, the secret army that the Warring States Marshal is about to form just now has been infiltrated by all of you!"


    "No."


    Pharmacist shook his head, hooked the corners of his mouth, and responded with a smile: "Isn''t there still Major General Drake in the SWORD secret special forces?"


    Pharmacist smiled again and continued: "We will not develop Major General Drake into our organization, because he has no special power, and if there is no information leaked or other problems in the future, we will find him Who will take the blame?"


    "Well... you guys are really far-sighted!"


    Aokiji couldn''t help rubbing his forehead, this feeling is really indescribable, maybe all he can do now is to mourn for Major General Drake, right?


    What a poor fellow!


    The first subordinate is an undercover agent sent by Uehara Naraku...


    The second subordinate I want to recruit is Naraku Uehara himself...


    In particular, this subordinate is notoriously narrow-minded. If he is not careful and offends him, he is very likely to doubt his life in the future.


    I really don''t know how Marshal Sengoku and Major General Drake feel when they know that this secret special force that intends to lurk among the pirates has been completely infiltrated by undercover agents...


    These fellows...


    It''s really pervasive!


    "not happy?"


    The smile on Pharmacist Doudou''s face gradually became brighter and brighter: "No matter how you look at it, we should be our own people, right? Please give me your advice in the future."


    "Well¡­"


    Qingzhi couldn''t help but helped his forehead, and said softly: "You guys really behave like that guy Uehara Naraku!"


    At least this behind-the-scenes manipulator is really like it!


    What is wrong with the members of this Xiao organization!


    "I''m glad you can say that about me."


    Yao Shidou looked at Qingzhi''s complicated eyes, and the corners of his mouth slowly curled up again: "It''s not bad to be somewhat similar to a great god."


    "You guys had a nice chat..."


    Just at this time, Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared in front of them.


    Uehara looked at them and tilted his head and said: "It seems that I don''t need to introduce each other! General Aokiji, Tou, let''s go, come with me to Akatsuki''s meeting! The others should be arriving soon!"


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist nodded respectfully.


    Seeing Yaoshidou''s performance, Aokiji''s mood is a bit complicated.


    An hour ago, the two of them were holding a naval combat meeting together...


    On the way to the meeting place, Aokiji asked nonchalantly, "Naraku Uehara, did Crocodile really get that ancient weapon from Pluto?"


    "I made this up."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, rubbed his temples and said, "I''m also worrying about this problem... Will I make one for him on the spot?"


    "..."


    Aokiji gave Uehara a subtle look.


    How could this guy just admit it so naturally that he made it up?


    Soon, they arrived at Akatsuki''s meeting place.


    This is a warehouse located in the port city of Alabasta, which has been closed for a long time. It was originally the site of the Baroque Works, and it was used to store gunpowder. It was temporarily requisitioned by Akatsuki members inside the Baroque Works.


    Anyway, the top management of the entire Baroque Work Club, except for the president Crocodile, the vice president and the only three remaining senior agents are all members of Akatsuki.


    When Aokiji followed them in, he realized that he seemed to know all the people inside, and there was even a person who had a good relationship with him.


    Or rather, that person is on good terms with all the navies.


    "Kakuto...are you Akatsuki''s members too?"


    Aokiji''s eyes moved slightly, and settled on Kakuto. The most famous bounty hunter in the sea had a lively chat with Nicole Robin.


    When Nicole Robin saw Aokiji coming, she couldn''t help showing a smile on her face. She finally found this excuse to get rid of Kakuto and greeted Aokiji.


    Nicole Robin walked to Aokiji and looked up at the tall admiral, she did not hide her joy.


    "Aokiji!"


    "Well, Robin..."


    Aokiji''s palm landed on Nicole Robin''s head, rubbed her hair, and sighed: "Your reward is getting higher and higher..."


    The Son of the Devil, Nicole Robin, has a reward of 240 million Baileys.


    Sharkmen, dried persimmons and ghost sharks, offer a reward of 230 million Baileys.


    Demolition artist, Deidara, has a reward of 75 million Baileys.


    Naraku Uehara, an intermediate agent of the Baroque Work Agency, offered a reward of 60 million Baileys.


    The puppet artist, Scorpion, has a reward of 15 million Baileys.


    Of all the people in the Akatsuki organization, it seems that only Nicole Robin has the highest bounty!


    No, there is another one with a higher bounty than Robin!


    The next moment, an illusory figure appeared in front of everyone, it was Uchiha Sasuke who appeared with the help of the magic lamp body technique!


    After Uchiha Sasuke defeated Ben Beckman, his bounty has reached 1.2 billion Baileys, which is higher than the bounties of all the people present!


    "What kind of meeting do you want me to have?"


    Uchiha Sasuke said with dissatisfaction on his face: "The Spade Pirates are about to enter the Whitebeard''s sea area! I don''t have much time..."


    "Because what follows is our big plan."


    Uehara Naraku sat in his seat calmly, glanced at Uchiha Sasuke who was full of displeasure, and smiled and said, "Sasuke, do you have any dissatisfaction with my summoning?"


    "No¡­"


    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth.


    Just at this time, another illusory figure also appeared in front of everyone, his figure was unusually tall: "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò I''m sorry, I just mastered this skill, it shouldn''t be too late, right? "


    Doflamingo doesn''t have chakra.


    After Uehara Naraku taught Doflamingo the theory of the ring, this guy was ingenious and directly wrapped his ring with armed domineering color.


    Anyway, Doflamingo remembered one thing, that is, it is enough to pass his signal to Uehara Naraku who has the eyes of reincarnation!


    "Doflamingo..."


    Aokiji''s eyes slowly lowered.


    What the hell is this king Shichibukai also belongs to Akatsuki?


    Doflamingo''s mood seemed to be even more shocking than Aokiji''s.


    Doflamingo saw the same tall Aokiji at a glance, and said with a low smile: "Hey hey hey... I didn''t expect General Aokiji to be my colleague!"


    Grass, earn big!


    What kind of fairy organization is Akatsuki!

 Chapter 433

    The gap between people is too great.


    Even if Doflamingo guessed that Uehara Naraku''s other subordinates might also be very powerful, he never thought that even the admiral Aokiji was a Uehara Naraku''s subordinate!


    This organization is too scary!


    Doflamingo met Admiral Aokiji of the Navy Headquarters at the meeting organized by Akatsuki, and thoroughly recognized the gap between himself and Naraku Uehara.


    Many years ago, Doflamingo worked so hard to install one of his subordinates as an undercover agent in the navy. After so many years, that subordinate finally became a lieutenant general of the G-5 branch.


    What about Naraku Uehara?


    Directly place the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters as an undercover agent!


    Doflamingo feels that his methods are low-profile in front of Naraku Uehara. If the generals of the Navy Headquarters are all his own, wouldn''t it be convenient for him to do something?


    "Eh, oh, oh, oh... General Aokiji..."


    Doflamingo spread out his palms, and he could hardly hide the smile on his mouth and said, "Since everyone is our own, I need to take care of my business!"


    "..."


    Aokiji couldn''t help but frowned.


    Just when Aokiji wanted to say something and was worried about causing trouble, Nicole Robin grabbed Aokiji''s wrist and directly refuted on his behalf.


    "Doflamingo! Aokiji has no time to pay attention to your little things. I''ve heard about your business. Don''t let those troubles get on Aokiji."


    "Nicole Robin, son of the devil..."


    Doflamingo grinned and nodded, "Eh, oh, oh, oh...you are right, how can a general of the headquarters be used for trivial matters!"


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted the dispute between them, waved his hand and said: "Dover, Robin is right, Admiral Aokiji is my candidate to support the admiral of the navy..."


    "As expected of an adult..."


    Doflamingo couldn''t help but praised: "The admiral of the navy headquarters is already amazing enough, so it turns out that the lord wants to take the opportunity to support an admiral of the navy..."


    Doflamingo held his forehead and said with a sinister laugh, "Heh heh heh... Yes, an admiral is indeed more valuable than an admiral!"


    Another pattern.


    There''s really a huge gap between them.


    Doflamingo deeply realized this gap. When he was still complacent about the opportunity to use a general, he did not expect that Naraku Uehara had even greater ambitions, and wanted to directly support Aokiji to become the next admiral of the navy!


    Compared with the power of an admiral, the admiral who is in charge of all the navies in the world is not at the same level at all.


    Is this the mastermind behind the world?


    Doflamingo didn''t even dare to think about any arrangement.


    Now that Doflamingo''s Magic Lantern Body Technique has come, all the members of the Akatsuki organization have arrived, and everyone plays a different role here.


    Naraku Uehara, a senior agent of Baroque Works, and a reserve member of the navy''s SWORD secret special forces.


    Pharmacist pocket, lieutenant commander, SWORD confidential special forces member.


    Dried persimmons and ghost sharks, the king''s Qiwuhai prepares candidates.


    Sasuke Uchiha, Vice Captain of the Spades Pirates.


    Kakuto, the bounty hunter, is the candidate for Shichibukai under the king.


    Hiduan, the bounty hunter.


    Scorpion, a senior agent of Baroque Works.


    Deidara, senior agent of Baroque Works.


    Heijue, intelligence member.


    Nicole Robin, Vice President of Baroque Works.


    Aokiji, Admiral of the Navy Headquarters.


    Doflamingo, King of Dressrosa, the current king Qibuhai, Joker, the leader of the dark world.


    "If everyone is here, let''s start our meeting!"


    Uehara Naraku sat in his seat, slowly closed his palms, and said softly: "Maybe I don''t need to introduce you, you all know Akatsuki''s new members, so I will directly talk about our next arrangement .¡±


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Uchiha Sasuke, because Sasuke''s matter was related to his main task, which was the most important thing.


    Naraku Uehara ordered softly: "Sasuke, don''t interfere in the battle between Portgas D. Ace and Whitebeard, he can''t be Whitebeard''s opponent, according to their rules, you will join Whitebeard at that time Thieves."


    "Hmph, I see."


    Uchiha Sasuke hugged his shoulders, and said in a cold voice: "If I don''t approve of that Whitebeard''s strength and behavior..."


    "hehe¡­"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms and said with a chuckle, "What if the guy with the white beard can get Ace out of the shadow of Gol D Roger?


    Whitebeard is a man who makes many pirates think of him as a father. He is very good to his son! "


    As we all know, White Beard''s personal charm is extremely strong.


    Naraku Uehara believes very much that there are not many people in this world who can resolve the entanglements in Ace''s heart, and Whitebeard is definitely one of them.


    "I know about the Whitebeard Pirates..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face became a little ugly, he stared at Uehara Naraku and asked word by word: "Uehara Naraku, you guy... If you want to kill someone, just kill him, wouldn''t it be enough? Now you have to Have you added an emotional bond to Ace?"


    "Isn''t this the easiest?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his legs, his eyes slowly fell on Sasuke Uchiha, and he said softly: "There are some things you don''t understand at all, you need to watch all this happen and monitor everything about the Whitebeard Pirates. "


    Naraku Uehara stared at Sasuke Uchiha, and said calmly: "When I set my sights on Portgas D. Ace, fate has already made its choice, no matter how you interfere Nothing can change the outcome."


    "You bastard..."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but clenched his fist, he stared at Uehara Naraku: "Uehara Naraku, is this just your nature... or is that guy''s chakra more and more affecting you?"


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, and continued dissatisfied: "Obviously what you have in your body should be the human side, why is there more desire to control other people''s lives than the divine side..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s attitude was a bit strange.


    Let Sasuke resist Uehara Naraku would definitely not dare, this guy must have been led astray, always wanting to awaken Uehara Naraku''s humanity.


    gives the feeling of...


    It''s like hoping that Naraku Uehara can be a person.


    "Shut up!"


    Uehara Naraku''s face darkened, and he interrupted Uchiha Sasuke''s words in a cold voice. No matter who mentioned the Chakra of Sage of the Six Paths, he felt a headache.


    Everyone present couldn''t help looking at Uchiha Sasuke and Uehara Naraku, especially Aokiji and Doflamingo. The two subconsciously began to think about what Uchiha Sasuke said. The more they thought about it, the more frightening they became.


    Divinity...


    human nature¡­


    Aokiji remembered the kind of respect Yakushidou and Kanshi Kisame had for Uehara Naraku from the bottom of their hearts. Could this Uehara Naraku be a real god?


    Of course, it is definitely impossible to be the nonsense creation god of Tianlong people.


    If it''s true¡­


    What exactly is this guy''s purpose?


    Doflamingo''s acceptance is obviously higher, because he has personally experienced the method that Uehara Naraku can resurrect the dead... Such a powerful existence will definitely not allow things like Tianlongren to tarnish his reputation. ?


    "Sasuke Uchiha."


    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became indifferent, and he calmly said: "It is enough to follow my plan obediently, don''t get too deep, this is not your destination!"


    "¡­I see."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded, and continued in a deep voice: "If there is nothing for me next, then I will go first. I got the news before, and I heard that the king Shichibukai Jinpei is coming to stop us from challenging Whitebeard. I''m going to get rid of him..."


    "Alright, go and arrest Jinbe!"


    Uehara Naraku said casually: "After I''m done here, let Kisame rush to Murloc Island, take this opportunity to replace Jinbei''s Shichibukai as the king, as for Jinbe, let him stay in Whitebeard Sea Let the band of thieves be a pirate!"


    "A seamless plan."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and praised softly: "If we follow the trend after Sasuke catches Jinbe, Jinbe will completely surrender to Whitebeard;


    It is absolutely impossible for the world government to sit back and watch a Shichibukai collude with the Four Emperors, and will definitely abolish his Shichibukai''s position as the king, and we can let Mr. Kisame take over without bloodshed..."


    "Well, it''s not always realistic."


    Aokiji was obviously a little ignorant, and immediately poured cold water on the pharmacist: "The Baroque Work Club is a key target of the Navy''s encirclement and suppression. It may not be possible for a member of the Baroque Work Club to replace the king Shichibukai..."


    "This matter is easily resolved."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Kisame Kisame, then looked at Aokiji and said, "Kisame has quit the Baroque Work Club, and asked Kisame to assist in the crusade against the boss of the Baroque Work Club, Crocodile, on the condition that he will become the king of Shichibukai. ..."


    "Eh, oh, oh... sure."


    Before Aokiji could answer, Doflamingo grinned and replied: "As long as Mr. Kisame shows his strength in the crusade against the bosses of the Baroque Works, the old guys from the World Government will definitely agree to this matter." of!"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame also grinned his mouth and said with a smile: "It seems that I am going to bully Mr. Crocodile again? I feel that he will hate me very much..."


    "Mr. Kisame..."


    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but supported her forehead, sighed and said: "You humiliated Crocodile in the fish tank that day, and he already hated you to the bone..."


    "It''s really stingy, you obviously spared his life!"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help but also sighed.


    After being silent for a while, Nicole Robin shook her head and said, "It feels like you and Mr. Uehara are becoming more and more similar..."


    Anyway...


    Is it just not being human?


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted their chat with a wave, and continued: "Also, apart from me and Robin, Scorpion and Deidara directly defected from the Baroque Work Club to see if they can also get a position in Shichibukai in the future. ..."


    "Ok?"


    Aokiji ignored the others, and only remembered that Uehara Naraku and Nicole Robin would not betray Crocodile, which made General Aokiji full of question marks.


    "Sorry, I don''t quite understand what you mean...Your Excellency...don''t you want to join the navy''s SWORD unit?"


    "This is not a conflict!"


    Uehara Naraku said casually: "If Mr. Crocodile has shown great strength during this crusade, the Navy will certainly not mind if I continue to undercover Mr. Crocodile?"


    "Of course I don''t mind."


    As a member of the SWORD team, Yao Shidou has a very right to speak, and he even added: "If Crocodile''s power is too strong, the undercover value of Mr. Naluo will be even higher...I will also facilitate this matter. "


    Everyone: "..."


    You are really not a good thing!


    Nicole Robin asks an important question: "But...is Crocodile so powerful?"


    "Mr. Crocodile is the man who fought Whitebeard!"


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he chuckled again and said, "I will find a way to make him stronger. Please help me out...Let Rear Admiral Drake of the Navy play the forward role this time, and let him report to the World Government Report the terror of Mr. Crocodile!"


    Everyone: "..."


    Well, it can be concluded.


    That poor Major General Drake...


    It is estimated that he will be the only person who suffered battle damage in this battle.


    In name, Major General Drake was supposed to be the host of the battle to wipe out the Baroque Works, but he was going to be tricked into fighting Crocodile.


    This is too miserable!


    No, the worst person should be the sand crocodile Crocodile.


    After thinking about it for a while, Aokiji glanced at Nicole Robin beside him, and then at Uehara Naraku: "Why do you and Robin stay with Crocodile? It doesn''t make any sense, does it?"


    "We are going to enter the new world, Mr. Crocodile is a big banner..."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm and explained: "If a powerful person like me, Mr. Crocodile, goes to the new world without the help of Mr. Crocodile, wouldn''t it be too eye-catching once he does something?"


    Uehara Naraku tapped the table with his fingers lightly, and said in a low voice: "Okay, this battle will force Crocodile to leave his hometown first, leave the gentle town of Alabasta, and let the first half of the great route be completely reshuffled!"

 Chapter 434

    Except for Doflamingo, Uchiha Sasuke, and Hei Ze, other members of the Akatsuki organization will participate in this battle against Crocodile.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Pharmacist Dou, looked at the subordinate he trusted the most, and asked softly: "Du, tomorrow I have a formal meeting with Major General Drake.


    In this meeting, I want to leak all the information about Baroque Works. Is there any way you can make me join the navy at his invitation without arousing his suspicion? "


    "certainly."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said with a low smile, "It just so happened that General Aokiji gave Major General Drake the golden phone bug of the Demon Slaying Order. Master Naraku just watched me arrange it."


    Naraku Uehara finished arranging Crocodile''s affairs, turned his head to look at the people present, his gaze slowly shifted, and stopped on Doflamingo: "Dover, as long as you don''t cause any trouble... "


    "Eh, oh, oh, oh... obey!"


    Doflamingo spread out his palms, his smile was almost uncontrollable: "I''m just a little pirate shivering under the pressure of Kaido''s monster..."


    "so be it!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and said: "All members in Alabasta, wait for my next order tomorrow!"


    "clear."


    Pharmacist slowly pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice, "I''ll immediately find a way to arrange for Major General Drake to invite Master Naluo to join the navy."


    Aokiji: "..."


    Is it really okay for you to be so arrogant in front of a general?


    However, Aokiji was really curious about how Yakushidou would do it, so that Uehara Naraku''s joining the navy would be flawless.


    late at night.


    Aokiji watched the whole meeting where Yaoshidou seduced Major General Drake. He didn''t feel very good, and he himself became a pawn of Yaoshidou.


    the next day.


    Major General Drake ran into Naraku Uehara again.


    The rear admiral simply asked to have a careful talk with Uehara Naraku, and put forward his own conditions dullly: "Uehara Naraku, now you have two choices."


    "what?"


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but raised his head in surprise.


    Major General Drake slowly took out the golden phone bug in his hand, and said with a serious expression: "This is the phone bug of the Demon Slaughter Order. Once dialed, the navy will directly dispatch ten powerful warships and elite navy Combat power, wipe out the entire Alabasta."


    After Major General Drake finished speaking, he saw Uehara Naraku''s expression changed drastically, and continued to add: "The Demon Slaughter Order can only be used in an emergency. If the Navy does not get the accurate information from the Baroque Work Society, it will use the entire Alaba Stan wiped out the Baroque Works at the cost of it.


    We have found that the most active place of the Baroque Works is in Alabasta. The Baroque Works is one of the most dangerous organizations in the sea. If you want to eliminate him, you are doomed to pay a price. In addition, Admiral Aokiji of the Navy Headquarters is also there On the way here. "


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Drake in front of him with an ugly look: "The Demon Slaying Order is to destroy Vice President Nicole Robin..."


    "That''s right."


    Rear Admiral Drake nodded, and continued softly: "In addition to the Demon Slaying Order, there is also the personal command of the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters. Without specific information, the Navy can only make such a choice. This is also the decision of the World Government. The command!"


    This sounds quite false.


    It''s just that Major General Drake believes that it is enough to scare the people in front of him.


    After finishing speaking, Major General Drake slowly put away the golden phone bug, and continued softly: "Besides, there is another way, and that is to tell us the information about Baroque Works, and cooperate with us to directly destroy Baroque Works , so that the innocent citizens of Alabasta can survive."


    "What is the difference between the navy doing this... and the pirates..."


    Nao Uehara raised his head and glanced at Drake in despair, but the rear admiral''s gaze was firmer than ever.


    apparently...


    As long as Uehara Naraku refuses to agree, it seems that Major General Drake will really press the golden phone bug and directly launch the demon slaying order.


    Uehara Naraku nodded as if he had nothing to do, and said in a low voice: "You guessed it right, the headquarters of the Baroque Works is indeed in Alabasta, and the leader is Shichibukai Crocodile...


    Crocodile has been hiding in Alabasta all these years after losing the fierce battle with Whitebeard, absorbing the hidden power of this desert country... Now his power can easily destroy a city!


    I have never seen the admiral, I don''t know how powerful the admiral is, but I know the horror of Crocodile, he just used a trick secretly in the desert, and destroyed the big city of Juba, Alabasta . "


    Naraku Uehara talked about the power of Crocodile little by little.


    In addition to this, he also leaked the list of members of the Baroque Works to Major General Drake in front of him, including the purpose of the Baroque Works.


    "The baroque work society has always been here."


    Uehara Naraku supported his forehead, and continued softly: "Crocodile believes that Alabasta, as one of the twenty countries that once created the world government, has countless secrets that can make him stronger, and now he really has become stronger. stronger..."


    "..."


    Major General Drake listened to everything with a calm face.


    Although his mood had already been turned upside down, his face was still calm, and he just kept nodding his head to indicate that he was listening carefully.


    Drake memorized all these information in his heart one by one.


    What Drake is more concerned about now is the next suggestion that Yakushidou gave him, which is to take this opportunity to invite Uehara Naraku to join the navy.


    the other side.


    After Uehara Naraku finished talking about the secrets of the Baroque Work Club, he suddenly grabbed Major General Drake''s wrist, and said in a deep voice: "I don''t think the Demon Slaughter Order can eliminate Crocodile, it will only kill innocent civilians in Alabasta ..."


    "I know."


    Major General Drake nodded, took a deep breath, and slowly saluted Uehara Naraku, apologizing to Uehara Naraku in a low voice.


    "I deliberately threatened you with the Demon Slaughter Order just to make Your Excellency willing to provide us with information about the Baroque Works. If you want to blame, please blame me!"


    Rear Admiral Drake persisted in this bowing posture, and continued in a deep voice: "One more thing, I will not use the Demon Slaying Order this time, but this does not mean that the Navy will not continue to use this devastating blow... "


    Rear Admiral Drake lowered his head lower and lower, and his voice became more sincere: "In order to avoid this situation in the future, I would like to invite you to join the Navy''s secret special force.


    I hope we can fight together, help the navy to collect intelligence, change the way the navy fights against powerful enemies, and in the future, we can accurately attack Crocodile, these evil pirates who hide their true colors, instead of being forced to use the evil order of killing demons. The means of dividing the enemy from ourselves. "


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent.


    This major general Drake has a hand!


    He must have heard the pharmacist give him extra lessons yesterday!


    How can Uehara Naraku, a kind-hearted man with a heart for the navy, have the nerve to refuse when he puts on a low profile and at the same time puts on a dignified reputation?


    I can finally get into the navy...


    In the future, he can finally leak information to the navy openly, use the power of the navy to attack other pirates, and guide the situation at sea.


    Naraku Uehara reached out to support Major General Drake, sighed and said, "Mr. Drake, I really have no way to refuse you, I''m just a person who can do a little bit of trivial things..."


    "...we''re all the same."


    A smile spread across Drake''s face.


    In fact, Drake himself doesn''t seem to like to smile very much. His smile is a little stiff now: "Mr. Uehara, welcome to join the navy, and we will be colleagues in the future."


    afternoon.


    Due to the emergency.


    The naval SWORD force combat meeting was held.


    Rear Admiral Drake took the lead in announcing the appointment of Admiral of the Navy: "Promote Yakushido as Colonel of the Navy Headquarters, and appoint Naraku Uehara as Major of the Navy Headquarters."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku and Yakushidou had different expressions.


    There was a smile on the face of the pharmacist, Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, and General Aokiji, who was secretly listening outside, was speechless.


    What else is going on in this battle meeting...


    There are three people in the SWORD unit, and two of them are undercover agents. Can Major General Drake really be more vigilant?


    Not only will Major General Drake not be vigilant, but he is still a little relaxed. At least for now, their SWORD troops are on the right track, and the first mission to preside over the extermination of the Baroque Work Society can finally be officially carried out.


    Admiral Sengoku also placed high hopes on the SWORD force, and even gave the SWORD force the power to mobilize all naval forces around Alabasta for support.


    "Let''s first discuss the matter of directly destroying the Baroque Works and arresting the current king Shichibukai Crocodile!"


    Major General Drake looked at his two subordinates, and said softly: "Marshal Sengoku has issued an order, we can directly arrest Crocodile, and the evidence can be added later, because the navy is just about to replace the king Shichibukai Candidates for..."


    "This requires Major Uehara to provide information."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses and said calmly: "In order to avoid too many people knowing about this, let''s find a secret place to capture Crocodile first, so as not to cause too much trouble for the navy."


    "Ok."


    Major General Drake nodded, and said in a deep voice, "In this case, we need to find a deserted place in Alabasta..."


    "There are... not many places like this."


    Uehara Naraku''s finger landed on the central desert area on the Alabasta map, and he explained: "He usually stays in the rain, and occasionally appears in the port to kill some pirates for show, but recently he often To the heart of the desert¡­¡±


    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became a bit complicated: "If it is in the center of the desert, it is absolutely impossible for someone to be the opponent of the natural-type rustle fruit ability..."


    "In the battle on land, the fruits of nature cannot decide everything."


    Pharmacist Dou interrupted Uehara Naraku, he pushed his glasses, spread his palms and introduced, "Major Uehara, do you know why Major General Drake has high hopes from Marshal Sengoku?"


    Pharmacist Dou''s expression gradually became serious: "Major General Drake is a rare animal-type devil fruit, ancient species, and allosaurus-shaped ability user, and his combat power on land is also amazing..."


    "All right."


    Major General Drake interrupted the words of the pharmacist, slowly closed his palms and put them on the table: "In the past few days, we will first look for a suitable area and find the location of Crocodile. This is the first place for our SWORD troops. There must be no mistakes in this mission."


    "yes."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.


    Major General Drake clenched his fingers into fists, and continued calmly: "I will not arrogantly think that I can defeat Crocodile, but I will not take the initiative to back down in the face of evil pirates..."


    "..."


    Aokiji outside the door couldn''t help but put on his blindfold.


    This battle meeting really made Aokiji lose sight of it.

 Chapter 435

    Major General Drake knew that.


    Major General Drake felt a little stressed if he had to face a king under Shichibukai, especially the famous sand crocodile.


    but¡­


    General Aokiji is right behind him!


    The confidence brought by an admiral of the Navy Headquarters is still very strong, at least Admiral Aokiji will definitely be able to defeat a king Shichibukai.


    Once Major General Drake discovers Crocodile, he will directly ask General Aokiji to support him. After they work together to capture Crocodile, they can carry out a comprehensive encirclement and suppression of the Baroque Works.


    The only troublesome point is the legendary ancient weapon Pluto held by Crocodile. The world government has not yet given the navy any clear statement on this matter.


    The five old stars of the world government are a bit ambiguous.


    Wu Laoxing¡¯s reply to the Marshal of the Warring States Period was that Crocodile should not have obtained ancient weapons, so that the navy does not have to worry about the threat of ancient weapons;


    Even if Crocodile got the ancient weapon, he should not have the ability to activate the ancient weapon now;


    Even if Crocodile has the ability to activate ancient weapons, he should not be able to destroy them with all his strength.


    Can this be relied upon?


    This is really terrible to hear.


    It''s like letting the navy go to death.


    In fact, the navy is going to play the vanguard to die. The world government needs to use the life of the navy to verify whether Pluto is in the hands of Crocodile.


    The world government was very eager to hear the specific news of the Pluto battleship for the first time, and they also believed that Crocodile had not yet completely controlled Pluto.


    After Wu Laoxing, the supreme leader of the world government, got the news from Pluto, he immediately sent the CP secret service organization to Alabasta in private.


    The men were still on their way to Alabasta.


    This kind of thing must not be discussed with the Navy.


    Alabasta, in the middle of the desert.


    Crocodile has not yet seen the shadow of Hades,


    Crocodile is still working hard here to create sandstorms, making the whole of Alabasta more drier and reducing the prestige of King Cobra of Alabasta.


    Until this time, the entire Alabasta had become the center of the vortex in the first half of the great route, and Crocodile was still unaware of the coming crisis, and even he was about to encounter a big crisis now.


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    Just when Crocodile raised his hand to create a sandstorm, a huge civet cat suddenly emerged from the yellow sand, opened its mouth and spewed out a wind cannon towards him!


    "What kind of monster is this!"


    Crocodile''s expression changed.


    There are indeed many terrifying poisonous insects and beasts hidden in the desert, but this is the first time Crocodile has seen such a weird beast like the civet cat in front of him!


    "Are you the one with the rustling fruit ability?"


    This huge civet cat showed a strange smile: "This uncle is a shrine crane hidden in the desert, looking for the ability to parasite the rustling fruit..."


    The next moment, Crocodile only felt a piece of yellow sand fly out from the ground, turning into a pyramid and completely surrounding his body!


    At this moment, Crocodile tried to urge Huang Sha to leave here, but found that these Huang Sha were not under his control at all!


    Immediately afterwards, the huge civet cat turned into a torrent of yellow sand and flew into his body, making Crocodile terrified!


    "What exactly is going on!"


    "We were meant to be one."


    The voice of a guarding crane came from the bottom of Crocodile''s heart, and the monster''s voice was a bit harsh: "Hehehehe... Let me see how much power we can exert when we merge into one!"


    "Are you kidding me!"


    Crocodile felt the change in his body, and the expression on his face collapsed a bit: "I will not allow others to occupy my body!"


    "That depends on your own will..."


    The voice of Izuku Crane was still extremely bad.


    After it borrowed its own power to Crocodile, the yellow sand under Crocodile''s feet spun wildly!


    Under the urging of the strong wind, the sand and dust easily gathered into a sandstorm that covered the sky and the sun. This force was so powerful that Crocodile couldn''t imagine it!


    After Crocodile had that terrifying monster in his body, it became easy to manipulate the yellow sand. He felt that he could turn everything around him into dust that could be manipulated. Perhaps this is the real power of the fruit of the sand. ?


    This force is indeed powerful.


    But what is going on?


    Just when Crocodile was still surprised in the desert.


    Naraku Uehara stood in the rainy area of ??Alabasta, softly said to the phone in his hand, "Crocodile has become a Jinchuriki, we can prepare to support Major General Drake and attack Crocodile."


    Yes, the person who manipulated all this is Uehara Naraku.


    The ninja world believes that Naraku Uehara is the Chakra of the Sage of the Six Paths, which has indeed brought him a lot of trouble, but it has also brought him a lot of convenience.


    For example, the nine-tailed beasts are still very obedient.


    Uehara Naraku mentioned letting Izukaku enter a person''s body, making that person become Ichio Jinchuriki, and Ichio Shukuru readily agreed.


    Anyway, this period of time will not be too long.


    Moreover, Crocodile''s process of becoming a Jinchuriki was rough, and he didn''t even set a seal. The sand crocodile didn''t know that he might be deprived of control of his body by a guarding crane at any time.


    This is actually a big pit.


    With a detached tail and a brutal personality...


    who knows what that guy will do...


    But it has to be mentioned that Crocodile has at least gained a lot of application abilities for manipulating sand, which can be considered to have been greatly strengthened, making him more comfortable in manipulating the power of his own sand fruit.


    the other side.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s information, Rear Admiral Drake stepped into the desert alone. As for Yakushidou and Uehara Naraku, he sent them to encircle and suppress other members of the Baroque Works.


    Before leaving, Major General Drake contacted Aokiji and got an exact assurance from General Aokiji that he could support him at any time.


    What else is there to worry about?


    Crocodile also received a call bug from Nicole Robin, and his vice president informed him that something had changed, and somehow the navy found Alabasta along the activities of members of the Baroque Work Club.


    "Mr. Crocodile, perhaps the dried persimmon ghost leaked the news."


    There was a hint of tension in Nicole Robin''s voice: "Now at least one rear admiral has secretly infiltrated Alabasta and is here to trouble us;


    Moreover, Yudi was suddenly attacked by the navy, and they claimed to have abolished the position of your king Shichibukai..."


    "I''ll be right back."


    Crocodile hung up the phone bug in his hand, and a gloomy smile appeared on his face: "Huh, a rear admiral, then I can just use him to try the power I just got..."


    If he hadn''t obtained the Pluto battleship before, he really needed the position of Shichibukai under the king to allow him to stay in Alabasta;


    Now Crocodile has suddenly gained another powerful force today, and can already ignore the threat of the world government.


    Just as Crocodile was on his way back, he encountered Major General Drake, which made the sand crocodile wonder whether the World Government had long wanted to do something.


    Major General Drake breathed a sigh of relief after seeing Crocodile. Seeing Crocodile here, there should be no mistakes in the plan.


    Everything is running smoothly.


    The rest is the trickiest battle!


    Drake drew his sword all over his face, and looked coldly at Crocodile in the desert: "Sha Crocodile, you secretly manipulate the Baroque Works to endanger the sea, and I will deprive you of your kingship in the name of the world government navy." The seat of the Seven Martial Seas..."


    "What rules can pirates have?"


    A sneer flashed across Crocodile''s face: "I already know, it was that guy Ganshi Guixie who leaked the news about Lao Tzu!


    But it doesn''t matter anymore, if it was before, maybe I still need this position, but now what I just need is a ready-made living target! "


    "Sand shot!"


    Under Crocodile''s control, countless yellow sand gathered in the air to form sand balls, which were shot towards Major General Drake like bullets!


    "Ok?"


    Drake''s arm was directly pierced by the sand.


    The rear admiral immediately recognized his trouble.


    Drake''s body suddenly swelled up, turning into a huge Allosaurus, trying to resist Huangsha''s attack with a hard body!


    It''s just that after Drake turned into the Allosaurus form, he still couldn''t resist the sand shotgun attack, and the next moment his feet were suddenly empty, and countless yellow sand wrapped his body, burying him alive!


    The battle has only just begun...


    Major General Drake was directly defeated by Crocodile.


    At this moment, the rear admiral finally realized the horror of Qiwuhai under the king, and also realized how stupid it is to fight Crocodile in the desert environment.


    Naraku Uehara, who has been monitoring the battle, was also a little dumbfounded. He thought that the two sides would fight for at least a few minutes... This Major General Drake lost directly?


    "Dou, isn''t this major general acting?"


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at the juice in his hand: "The juice in my hand is not cold yet...Major General Drake is going to be cold? Is our future chief at this level?"


    "No, Major General Drake''s strength is already like this."


    Pharmacist could not help but smile, pushed his glasses, and said softly: "Perhaps Master Naraku''s power is too strong, making you think that an ant can at least have the power of one of your fingers..."


    "Let Aokiji rush over to support!"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head speechlessly, took a sip of the juice, sighed and said, "At about the same time, you can bring Kisame, Scorpion and Didara to the party!


    Let Mr. Crocodile know that the entire Baroque Works, except me and Nicole Robin, the rest of the world has betrayed him..."

 Chapter 436

    Alabasta, in the middle of the desert.


    Just as Crocodile was watching that Major General Drake was about to be completely buried by the yellow sand, an ice spear suddenly fell down, freezing the yellow sand around Drake.


    "This ability..."


    Crocodile''s eyes shrank, his gaze moved slowly, and he looked at a tall figure walking from a distance, that man who was always sloppy and lazy.


    Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, Aokiji!


    Crocodile stretched out his poisonous hook, looked at the man approaching and grinned: "Hmph, no wonder a major general of the headquarters dares to provoke Lao Tzu. Is it because there is an admiral behind him?"


    If he was an admiral before, Crocodile really has no interest in fighting Aokiji, and he doesn''t even think he has any chance of winning.


    Because there are differences between natural fruit abilities.


    It''s just that Crocodile has gained a new force now, and this battlefield is the most suitable desert for him. If such a big advantage is not confident enough to challenge the admiral, then Crocodile''s courage is too small .


    He is the man who challenged the white beard!


    Aokiji is just an admiral of the Navy headquarters!


    When Aokiji came over, Drake passed by and rescued the rear admiral from the yellow sand. When Rear Admiral Drake was rescued by Aokiji, his body was dripping with blood, and there were wounds from the sand all over his body.


    The major general is a real poor man.


    As a frozen fruit capable user, Aokiji felt a little unbearable: "Well, that... you should find a place nearby to heal yourself first..."


    "yes."


    Major General Drake nodded while covering his wound.


    Just when Major General Drake was about to retreat, he reminded again in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Aokiji, be careful."


    "Um...ummm..."


    After Aokiji nodded casually, he walked towards Crocodile.


    Aokiji walked forward step by step, and the cold air continued to fall from his body and fell into the desert, and a layer of ice gradually increased on the yellow sand on the ground.


    "This is the desert..."


    Crocodile spread his arms and said contemptuously: "Aokiji, even if you can freeze the desert for a while, the high temperature here will soon melt the ice..."


    Crocodile opened his arms suddenly: "This is my home field now, even if you are an admiral, you are a little too confident..."


    The next moment, the strong wind swept in with waves of sand all over the sky!


    These sand waves are as tall as a city wall, pressing up with overwhelming momentum, as if they are going to directly bury the admiral Aokiji here and turn him into a dry bone in the sand!


    Aokiji''s palm suddenly landed on the yellow sand!


    The ice began to condense from his palm in an instant, and an equally tall ice wall quickly formed, blocking the overwhelming sand waves!


    The first time two people with fruit abilities of the natural department met, they formed a magnificent landscape, with boundless sand waves rolling tens of meters high on one side, and an ice wall as immobile as a mountain on the other!


    "Is it so powerful?"


    Seeing this scene, Major General Drake was shocked.


    Originally, Major General Drake thought that the gap between himself and these top powerhouses would not be too big, but now it seems that the gap between them is still as big as cloud and mud!


    At least he will not dare to intervene in the confrontation between these two natural departments!


    "Well, I underestimated..."


    Aokiji supported his forehead and looked at the rolling sand waves hitting the ice wall. Aokiji definitely believed that the navy had underestimated Crocodile.


    Has Crocodile''s rustling fruit ability awakened?


    "Humph¡­"


    Crocodile''s voice drifted unsteadily in the yellow sand, and he seemed to have a touch of confidence: "Is this the only ability for the admiral of the Navy headquarters?"


    At this moment, Crocodile is really full of confidence!


    The one-tailed Shukuru that just entered his body has boosted him too much, and Crocodile never thought he could do this to this extent!


    The next moment, countless yellow sands suddenly condensed into a giant hand of sand, and punched the ice wall, blasting the ice wall into cracks!


    In an instant, the ice wall was blasted out of the gap, and endless yellow sand flooded in along the gap as if a dike had burst!


    Aokiji didn''t dare to neglect at all, the cold air in his hand flew up freely, freezing the influx of yellow sand again, and he even mixed yellow sand and ice to construct a solid city wall!


    The confrontation between the two natural systems is far more shocking than imagined!


    Relying on his own geographical advantages, Crocodile kept sweeping in with the yellow sand, but was blocked by Aokiji one by one, but it seemed that the admiral seemed to be at a disadvantage!


    "Is this the man who challenged the white beard?"


    Rear Admiral Drake''s eyes were a little shocked, and he glanced at Aokiji, who was calm and breezy, and said in a low voice: "As expected of the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters... Are you still stable in the face of this situation?"


    Unexpectedly, just after Major General Drake finished his sentence, Aokiji manipulated the cold air to restructure the ice wall to block the yellow sand, turned his head to look at Drake in the distance, and said: "Who, See if there are any reinforcements around Alabasta..."


    "What... what?"


    Major General Drake looked dumbfounded.


    He is still not used to it, what reinforcements does the admiral need! Aren''t you yourself the highest combat power of the world government!


    Aokiji scratched the back of his head, and said slowly: "Well, this guy...seems to be a little troublesome...need some reinforcements to catch him, is that so?"


    "You are a general!"


    "Well, this is also impossible!"


    Aokiji glanced at the tumbling sand waves behind the ice wall, and said: "As you can see, this guy''s strength is quite strong... After all, he is also a king under Shichibukai, and it will be very tiring to defeat him... You Think of a way?"


    "..."


    Major General Drake was speechless.


    Calling for reinforcements because you feel tired?


    And it made him think of something! It''s too late even to use the Demon Slaughter Order! Especially since this is the interior of Alabasta, it is impossible for warships to come here!


    The edge of the desert.


    Sensing the battle in the distance, Uehara Naraku glanced at the people around him again, sighed and said, "This guy Aokiji''s acting skills are not good, when will you be able to play, remind you, Crocodile has now become One end of Jinchuriki..."


    "Don''t worry, Uehara-sama."


    Kisame Kisame couldn''t help grinning, and glanced at everyone present: "We Xiao, he should be the best at capturing Renzhuriki, right?"


    "Ummmmmmmmmmmmm..."


    Didara took out a clay doll in his hand, and said with a smile, "The last Iptail Jinchuriki died very badly..."


    The Red Sand Scorpion couldn''t help but glanced at Didara, and said softly, "Be careful this time, you broke a hand that time."


    "Xie Danna, it was just a momentary carelessness..."


    Deidara pouted in dissatisfaction.


    "Senior Scorpion is right."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said softly: "Crocodile, the one-tailed Jinchuriki, is different from Gaara. The combined power of one-tailed crane and the rustling fruit is absolutely beyond imagination..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice, waved his hand and said, "The Shukaku in Crocodile''s body is on our side... When you are in danger, I will let Shukaku play quietly."


    Everyone: "..."


    This is arranging an undercover agent to the enemy''s body!


    At this moment, Pharmacist Dou didn''t know what to think of, and suddenly showed a smile: "As expected of Mr. Naluo, and in the future, we may consider the same method and arrange an undercover agent in the body of another admiral?"


    For example, a four-tailed Monkey King is arranged in the body of Admiral Akainu. This will certainly make Akainu stronger, but it will also make Akainu subject to the four tails in the body.


    To know¡­


    Tailed Beast can not only be a helper!


    Sometimes, tailed beasts can also kill people!


    "Hey, that''s a good idea."


    Naraku Uehara touched his chin, nodded slowly and said, "Let''s find a chance to arrange General Akainu later!"


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he waved his hand and said: "As for now, you should go to support Aokiji first! This time, you can attack Crocodile a little harder, so that he can escape alive!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he smiled and said, "When he escapes to the waters near Alabasta, Robin will show up to save him when he is most desperate..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but sighed, rubbed her forehead, and said in a low voice, "Mr. Crocodile would never have thought that that was the beginning of his real despair..."


    After finishing speaking, Nicole Robin couldn''t help but said, "Mr. Uehara, don''t you want to support at this time?"


    "Don''t worry about Aokiji''s strength, just have a little confidence in him!"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyelids twitched, and he said softly: "That''s the admiral of the Navy Headquarters, the highest combat power of the world government, that guy didn''t work hard at all, you should be worried about that guy''s acting skills!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket beside him, and said: "Okay, call our Major General Drake now! Tell him, someone here has made a condition!"


    "yes."


    After Yao Shidou nodded, he dialed Drake''s phone bug, and said softly: "Major General Drake, there is a problem on my side, some senior agents from Baroque Works have surrounded me and Naraku Uehara... "


    "what?"


    Major General Drake''s voice became a little more nervous: "Dou, are you all right?"


    This operation is really not going well!


    Crocodile and General Aokiji unexpectedly fell into a fierce battle, and Yao Shidou on the other side was also surrounded by the agents of Baroque Works. He felt that he had fallen into a trap!


    Couldn''t that Uehara Naraku lied to them?


    Fortunately, Yao Shidou provided some good news, which finally reassured Major General Drake: "No, these senior agents are planning to betray Baroque Works...they sneaked into Baroque Works for other purposes."


    "What''s the meaning?"


    "These people have long wanted to seize the throne of Shichibukai, the king of Crocodile, but they have been afraid of Crocodile''s power and dare not betray.


    Now these people have heard that the navy has revoked his title of Shichibukai, and hope to help us encircle and suppress Crocodile, so as to get his title of Qiwuhai. "


    Pharmacist glanced at the people around him, and continued to the phone bug: "Among them, Ganshi Guixie, who offered the highest reward, proposed that he knew Crocodile''s weakness, and he could help us siege Crocodile, on the condition that he replace Crocodile." Rockdale became the king''s Shichibukai..."


    "..."


    Major General Drake was silent.


    After a while, Major General Drake took a look at the situation on the battlefield, and said in a deep voice, "I''ll report this to the Warring States Marshal first, and you should appease them first!"


    After finishing speaking, Rear Admiral Drake immediately hung up the phone, reported to Admiral Sengoku, and got his permission to contact Pharmacist Dou again.


    Major General Drake said in a deep voice: "Tell those pirates, whoever can kill Crocodile will be able to obtain the position of His Majesty Shichibukai!"


    "..."


    Everyone present fell into silence.


    Damn, is this trying to play on their Xiao organization?


    Is this little trick still playing on the head of their Xiao organization?


    The Scarlet Sand Scorpion immediately reached out to take the phone bug in Pharmacist''s pocket, and said in a cold voice, "Don''t talk nonsense, if you want to kill Crocodile, you can''t do it unless the three generals of the World Government come out together." !"


    "Then what can you do?"


    Major General Drake''s voice was a little hoarse.


    The Red Sand Scorpion continued to speak: "Probably we can only defeat that guy, so that the navy won''t lose too badly, after all, it''s the sand crocodile Crocodile!


    I am lurking in the Baroque Works just to take his head off and get the title of His Majesty Shichibukai, if we didn''t know his weakness, even if your navy sent out a general, it would be impossible to defeat him..."


    "There is only one position in Qiwuhai under the king now."


    But there are too many traitors in your baroque work club!


    Why didn''t you come out before, once Crocodile was surrounded by the navy, you jumped out immediately!


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Resisting his complaints, Major General Drake said in a deep voice: "Only one of you can succeed this position. After this battle is over, I will report to the marshal and select the strongest and most productive among you." the one!"


    "Then...deal."

 Chapter 437

    Navy Headquarters.


    Marlin Vandeau, Marshal''s Office.


    After listening to Drake''s report and making up his mind, Warring States of Buddha sighed and said, "Kakuto is our ideal candidate for the position of Shichibukai, the king!"


    The Warring States of Buddha took out a document, and continued in a deep voice: "As a bounty hunter, Jiaodu will not rob civilians, at least it will not cause harm to civilians."


    "It''s not easy to say."


    Lieutenant General Crane sat across from him, and sighed softly: "I have heard of his reputation, that bounty hunter is very greedy for money, let him become the king of Shichibukai, if he also starts to rob legally, it''s a good thing for the sea The danger may be greater."


    "I''ll send someone to talk to him."


    The Warring States of Buddha handed the document in his hand to Lieutenant General Crane, and said calmly: "Let''s take a look at the news first! Another king, Shichibu Kai Jinpei, was captured by the Spades Pirates yesterday. It is said that the purpose is to prevent The Spades Pirates challenge Whitebeard..."


    "Whitebeard has been protecting Murloc Island..."


    Lieutenant General Tsuru looked at the information and said frankly: "It''s normal for Jinbe to do this, if he is killed by the Spades Pirates..."


    "That''s just right."


    The Warring States of Buddha continued calmly: "After the war against Crocodile is over, I will send someone to talk to that murloc named Kisame in private, and he must go to Murloc Island to replace Jinbei. To maintain the balance of the sea."


    Warring States of Buddha said softly: "Crocodile, Jinbei, the two princes Shichibukai have accidents one after another, one of them is reserved for Kakuto, and the other is reserved for Kanshikisame."


    "Then you told Major General Drake about the competition between the three pirates Kisame, Scorpion and Didala..."


    "By the way, just deceive those pirates."


    The face of the Warring States of Buddha was very calm, without any shame, he continued: "I didn''t expect that Crocodile''s power exceeded our imagination.


    Naraku Uehara, the major of the SWORD unit, has already reminded us, after all, we think his strength is too low, and what we said to him was too careless. "


    "I don''t know what''s going on over there..."


    Lieutenant General He''s eyes showed a little worry: "This action is too impatient under the urging of the world government. We should gather more people and make complete preparations before taking action."


    "Hmph, they should be anxious about Pluto''s whereabouts!"


    A little dissatisfaction suddenly appeared on Sengoku''s face: "Those old guys always don''t take the life of the navy seriously. Fortunately, this time the SWORD troops did not make any mistakes. Although there is some luck, the SWORD plan has proven to be feasible. "


    "Ok."


    Lieutenant General He also nodded slowly.


    This time, the encirclement and suppression of the Baroque Works and Crocodile led by Drake had some troubles. It was even luck that made this operation barely a success, but the cost paid by the Navy was not high.


    If the navy wants to officially encircle and suppress a king Qiwuhai and his subordinate forces, at least one general must be dispatched, and all affiliated warships and soldiers must be fully manned.


    alabasta.


    After the two parties here have negotiated the terms.


    Dried persimmon ghost shark, scorpion and Didara immediately rushed to the center of the desert to assist General Aokiji to encircle and suppress Crocodile. When they arrived, the battle was already fierce to the point where Crocodile manipulated the endless yellow sand to crazily attack Aokiji The ice wall!


    "Magnetic Escape¡¤Gold Placer!"


    Scorpion flicked his fingers repeatedly, manipulating the third Kazekage and the fourth Kazekage to make the magnets and gold dust in the yellow sand roll out, and in an instant the magnets and gold dust turned into a hard wall to resist the attack of sand and dust !


    "Water Escape¡¤Big Explosion Water Shockwave!"


    The dried persimmon ghost shark did not show any weakness, and spewed out a stream of water from its mouth, and the monstrous water waves fell from the sky, directly turning into a huge lake and submerging the sandstorm of Crocodile!


    "Mr Crocodile."


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned lightly, and the smile on his face was extremely ferocious: "We meet again! I didn''t expect that so many people would come to grab your head..."


    "Dried persimmon ghost shark, scorpion, Didala..."


    After seeing them appear, Crocodile moved his eyes slowly, and said coldly: "It seems that Nicole Robin''s picky eyes are not very good..."


    that woman...


    How did you pick a bunch of traitors?


    At this moment, Crocodile felt that Nicole Robin was deliberately messing with him. Why did the Baroque Work Agency lurk in so many powerful people?


    "At least one thing Miss Robin is right about."


    Kisame Kisame pulled out the shark muscles on his back, and said with a light smile, "The people she picked are all good... Oh, only Nana Uehara is not very strong."


    "puff¡­"


    Standing on the giant clay bird, Didala couldn''t help but burst out laughing. He nodded quickly and said, "That guy is in the Baroque Works, and his strength is indeed a bit problematic..."


    It sounds like this person still looks down on Uehara Naraku?


    Major General Drake frowned slightly. He didn''t like these people''s slander of Uehara Naraku, who was his direct subordinate.


    Yes, although Uehara Naraku''s strength is not strong, Uehara Naraku has a more sense of justice than everyone in the Baroque Works, and Uehara Naraku''s life is more meaningful than these pirates in the Baroque Works.


    Crocodile manipulated the yellow sand to form a tight sand ball to surround himself in it, and his face became a little scary.


    "A group of bastards...appeared at this time..."


    "Mr Crocodile..."


    Grinning and waving shark muscles, Dried Persimmon Kisame rushed in, smashed the sand ball with a knife, looked at Crocodile with a chuckle and said, "Only at this time, your price can be sold at a higher price!"


    "Do you think you are sure to win?"


    A ball of yellow sand suddenly floated from Crocodile''s feet, driving his body into the air, and under his control, boundless sand seas swarmed from around!


    "Of course I won!"


    Didara flung out clay birds with two wings, and said happily, "Hahahaha, you don''t know anything...how can you fight us hahahaha!"


    Clay birds with wings suddenly appeared beside Crocodile, directly blowing up the yellow sand under his feet!


    Crocodile''s figure instantly fell down!


    "Water Escape ¡¤ Water Shockwave!"


    A wave of water spewed out from the mouth of the dried persimmon ghost shark, which wet Crocodile''s body, preventing him from entering the rustling fruit elementalization!


    The Red Sand Scorpion manipulated the third generation of Kazekage to shoot out black magnets, which instantly penetrated Crocodile''s body, imprisoning him in place!


    Crocodile looked at the injury on his shoulder that was penetrated by the magnet, and a thick tail suddenly grew from his back, driving him out of the predicament.


    "I can only go first..."


    Crocodile''s expression was a bit unsightly. Although there was a guard crane to help him recover from his injuries, the enemies he was facing now were not easy to deal with.


    The dried persimmon ghost shark is too restrained in his ability...


    Coupled with the two enemies with strange abilities, the Scarlet Sand Scorpion and Didala, and General Aokiji, who is eyeing...


    Can''t wait for this place!


    A mass hunt throughout Alabasta kicked off!


    Crocodile fled around Alabasta almost covered in wounds. He had been fleeing for several days, and the people behind him were chasing him like a cat playing with a mouse!


    Whenever he wanted to stop and rest for a while, the people who chased him would appear behind him. These few days, Crocodile couldn''t rest or even replenish his strength at all, and just rushed towards the nearby city desperately.


    For Crocodile, the only good news is that the woman Nicole Robin didn''t seem to abandon him, and even called the bug to inform him to run away together.


    "Mr Crocodile."


    Nicole Robin''s voice seemed a little leisurely: "I''m leaving Alabasta soon, do you want to leave with me? I''ve heard all about it..."


    "Humph¡­"


    Crocodile snorted coldly, and said in a gloomy voice: "I thought you, a woman, would betray me too..."


    "I was also betrayed!"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Nicole Robin sighed, and said softly: "Because I am the vice president of Baroque Works, it is impossible for me to stay in the first half of the great voyage, but if I want to enter the new world in the second half, there is no It''s dangerous if you talk to your partner..."


    "Prepare a fast boat and wait for me at the port!"


    Crocodile gave an order in a cold voice, and continued in a cold voice: "If I find out the problem..."


    "Relax."


    Nicole Robin chuckled, glanced at Uehara Naraku beside her, and continued softly: "We still have a homeless senior agent on board, and now we only need a powerful captain Woolen cloth!"


    After finishing speaking, Nicole Robin hung up the phone.


    There was some hesitation on Crocodile''s expression. He didn''t know whether to trust Nicole Robin. After all, the organizations that this woman worked for before were all destroyed...


    Oh shit¡­


    Why didn''t he learn his lesson!


    It''s a pity that except for Nicole Robin, there is no one in Alabasta who is his own, because Crocodile has never believed in the power of his companions and subordinates, so he has no subordinates at all now.


    As for the senior agent in Nicole Robin''s mouth, it should be the weakest Naraku Uehara, right?


    Are you loyal because you are weak?


    Crocodile didn''t have time to think at all, and the people who were chasing and killing arrived again, forcing him to choose to believe Nicole Robin''s words first, and he had to leave Alabasta first no matter what!


    Alabasta, port.


    Nicole Robin hangs up on the Crocodile bug.


    Uehara Naraku called Rear Admiral Drake''s phone bug and said softly: "Rear Admiral Drake, I met Vice President Nicole Robin, and my strength is not her opponent.


    But now she invites me to leave Alabasta together and go to the second half of the great route... huh? Shall I continue to lurk beside her first? "

 Chapter 438

    Alabasta, rainy land.


    The Navy is scouring the Rainlands, hunting down the remnants of the Baroque Works, no matter how small.


    Rear Admiral Drake hung up the phone in his hand, looked at the admiral standing beside him, and reported softly: "Admiral Aokiji, we have not lost the trace of the devil''s son Nicole Robin, and Major Uehara has been lurking in her side."


    After finishing speaking, Major General Drake continued: "According to the information provided by Major Uehara, Crocodile, the escaped sand crocodile, will also travel with Nicole Robin to enter the new world in the second half of the great route."


    "Well, I see, give me back the phone bug of the Demon Slaughter Order!"


    Aokiji took the golden phone bug from Drake, stepped on his bicycle, waved his hand casually and said, "Then I will leave the rest to you!"


    This battle against King Shichibukai Crocodile and the encirclement and suppression of Baroque Workers feels a little anticlimactic, at least it is over for now.


    Crocodile finally arrived at the port.


    At his worst, Nicole Robin lends a helping hand and takes him to a boat full of orange trees, which immediately sets sail and leaves Alabasta.


    The three of them stood together on the bow of the boat, watching them gradually move away from the desert kingdom, and also watching Qianshi Guixier and others standing on the port.


    Crocodile clenched his fists with a gloomy face, and said in a low voice: "Nicole Robin, you really found a group of good helpers. You recruited four people in total, and three of them are traitors!"


    "Who knew that these people could hide so deeply..."


    With a smile on the corner of Nicole Robin''s mouth, she said softly: "This time, we should have been tricked by Kisame, but we can''t just let it go!


    This country has a rich history. When the navy no longer pays attention to us... let''s come back at that time! "


    "Ok."


    Crocodile nodded slowly, and his eyes fell on Nicole Robin and Uehara Naraku: "Let''s go, set sail to the new world! Let me meet the monsters in the new world again!"


    "Yes, Captain."


    Nicole Robin nodded with a smile, and continued: "So do we need to recruit some crew members?"


    The title of captain made Crocodile''s expression stagnate. He seemed to have never heard of this title, because he had been sailing by himself before.


    This title seems like a responsibility.


    Crocodile''s expression eased a lot. He looked at Uehara Naraku and asked, "Hey, that Uehara Naraku, what are you good at?"


    "I know, he is a qualified ship doctor!"


    Nicole Robin showed a smile at the corner of her mouth, and responded instead of Naraku Uehara: "Mr. Uehara''s family blood has a certain magical ability that can quickly heal the wounds on the wounded."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku seemed a little shy, admitting with embarrassment that he still stepped forward to help Crocodile and healed his wound with star infusion.


    At this moment, Crocodile felt that his physical strength was instantly energized, and suddenly he had the urge to return to Alabasta to fight for a few more rounds!


    "What kind of ability is this?"


    "Uh, it''s a kind of exchange!"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his palm, and said weakly: "I will consume my own physical strength to help you heal. After using it once, I will become weak and weak all day long. Last time in Donghai, I helped a villager Miss Robin discovered this secret while treating her injuries..."


    "Can."


    Crocodile nodded slowly, and said softly: "Don''t waste this ability on the weak in the future."


    This ship doctor is a bit reliable.


    This ship doctor is definitely the object of protection. As long as he has this ship doctor, he can return to the battlefield after being seriously injured.


    Crocodile''s eyes wandered slowly, and landed on Nicole Robin: "Nicole Robin, you can''t just read the main text of history, right?"


    "I can help grind the coffee..."


    Nicole Robin has a very warm smile.


    "It''s really useless..."


    Crocodile picked up a cigar casually, and said in a cold voice: "Forget it, I can do other things anyway, so let''s go directly to the Chambord! After coating from there, we will directly enter the new world!"


    Crocodile himself was an all-rounder.


    Whether it''s sailing, cooking, fighting or even boatman, Crocodile seems to be able to do it, no wonder he has never wanted a partner.


    Obviously everything is something he can do alone, why should he support other people for nothing?


    Unless it is an indispensable talent.


    Such as the current Nicole Robin and Uehara Naraku.


    Nicole Robin is the only person in the sea who can read the text of history, and Uehara Naraku has excellent healing ability.


    Just as their ship was rushing to the Chambord Islands, the entire sea changed dramatically due to the changes in the Qiwu Sea, and a new reward order was issued.


    Sha Crocodile, the former king of the Qiwuhai, offered a reward of 830 million Baileys.


    The Son of the Devil, Nicole Robin, has a reward of 290 million Baileys.


    Naraku Uehara, a senior Baroque agent, offered a reward of 85 million Baileys.


    Former Baroque senior agent, blasting artist, Deidara, offers a reward of 110 million Baileys.


    Former baroque senior agent, puppet artist, scorpion, offering a reward of 80 million Baileys.


    In addition, the bounty offered by Kisame Kisame was abolished.


    The World Government announced the abolition of Crocodile and Jinbei''s Shichibukai, and directly announced the candidates for the new Shichibukai.


    Kakuto and Kanshi Kisame became the new king Shichibukai respectively.


    Jiaodu''s reputation is very famous, he is the most famous bounty hunter in the sea, which makes many pirates turn pale.


    Dried Persimmon Kisame is also a big pirate who suddenly jumped to supernova this year.


    If it weren''t for the high rewards of Portgas D. Ace and Uchiha Sasuke, Kisame Kisame should be the strongest supernova this year.


    With the support of the world government''s navy, Kisame Kisame resolutely wiped out the remnants of the Sun Pirates and announced that he had taken over the entire Fishman Island.


    Because Murloc Island is Whitebeard''s territory.


    This incident was also seen as a provocation against Whitebeard by the World Government.


    While everyone was waiting for the response from the Whitebeard Pirates, a piece of news came from the Whitebeard Sea Area that shocked the whole world again.


    The Whitebeard Pirates and the Spades Pirates are at war!


    In the second half of the great voyage, a small island in the Whitebeard Sea.


    When the Spades Pirates were resting on the shore, a huge ship stopped on the island, and a tall figure appeared on the bow with a big knife in hand.


    In an instant, a torrential wave of air swept across the entire island!


    Domineering color domineering!


    The power of this domineering aura makes people unable to resist at all. Except for Uchiha Sasuke and Ace, all the other crew members fainted under the impact of this domineering aura!


    Even Ace is a bit shaky!


    "This is... the white beard father is coming!"


    The prisoner of the Spades Pirates, Jinbei who was tied up by them, had a look of worry on his face: "Why did Dad come here at this time!"


    "Is this the white beard?"


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly ate the skewers in his hand, then took out a tissue to wipe the corner of his mouth, and slowly picked up the knife beside him.


    Sasuke Uchiha straightened Ace''s body, and said casually: "Ace, wait for me here for a while, I''ll be right back..."


    "etc¡­"


    Ace held Sasuke''s arm tightly to stop him, the man''s face showed a trace of stubbornness, he said in a deep voice: "Sasuke, this is my battle, that guy is an existence that I will challenge no matter what! "


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke fell silent.


    After a long time, Sasuke sat down again, and said calmly: "I understand, then go! Whether you win or lose, you will always be my captain."


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    "rest assured!"


    There was a smile on Ace''s face: "Even if it''s for the best vice-captain in the world, I won''t lose to that guy!"


    After speaking, Ace headed towards the coast without hesitation.


    White-bearded Edward Newgate stood on the bow of the Moby Dick, holding the big knife in his hand, grinning and said: "Goog la la la la... let me see, whoever wants to take my head Who the hell is that!"


    "Portgas D. Ace!"


    With Ace''s voice, a flame swept towards the Moby Dick!


    Marco next to Whitebeard rolled his dead fish eyes, looked at the flames and couldn''t help but said, "Do you still want to challenge Dad with this strength?"


    The next moment, Marco''s body suddenly opened a pair of light blue wings, and he was about to directly block the attacking flame!


    This is the ability of the animal department, phantom beast species, and phoenix fruit. The devil fruit on Marco is a rarer existence than the natural devil fruit!


    Unexpectedly, at the next moment, a slash directly sent Marco flying!


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly retracted his ninja sword, and his voice spread throughout the coast: "Hey, even I didn''t interfere with Ace''s battle, what qualifications do you have?"


    "Gu la la la la..."


    The smile on Whitebeard''s face couldn''t help but deepened a little bit, the domineering power on his body swept away the attacking flames, and he laughed loudly: "Then satisfy them, and let no one interfere, this is an agreement between the captains." fighting!"


    "...father!"


    Foil Vista hastily opened his mouth and was about to block it.


    However, after Whitebeard shook his head, he flew to the shore with his big knife in his hand, looked at Ace in front of him, smiled and said, "Little devil, you really found a good deputy captain!"


    "yes!"


    Ace wiped the sweat off his face, and said in a deep voice, "Even if it''s for Sasuke, I will never lose to you!"


    "Gu la la la la...then let me see your ability!"


    Whitebeard grinned at the corner of his mouth, walked towards Ace step by step, and knocked down the captain of the Spades Pirates with one punch!


    really...


    The dishes are amazing.


    Even though Ace stood up firmly again, he was still easily knocked down by Whitebeard, as easily as if an adult was beating a child.


    The gap in this battle is too great.


    When the battle between the captains of the Whitebeard Pirates and the Spades Pirates began, some Whitebeard crew members quietly landed on the shore and surrounded Uchiha Sasuke.


    These people wanted to save Jinbe.


    Foil Vista held his two swords in his hands, looked at Sasuke Uchiha and said, "Little devil, is the supreme sword Kusanagi in your hand? Then let''s have a duel between swordsmen." !"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke was silent for a second.


    In the next second, Uchiha Sasuke showed a sneer at the corner of his mouth. He glanced at Ace who was beaten by White Beard in the distance, and then looked at Foil Vesta in front of him!


    "OK."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s smile suddenly became serious, and a surging momentum emanated from his body, and the purple Susano almost enveloped his body!


    The complete purple Susano hundreds of meters high appeared proudly!


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Susano and suddenly pulled out the huge ninja sword in his hand, and with a slash, all the foil vista and everyone around him were sent flying!

 Chapter 439

    It was clearly agreed to compete in swordsmanship...


    As a result, Sasuke Uchiha, a young man who didn''t talk about martial arts, directly turned on the giant Susan, and a group of captains of the Whitebeard Pirates flew away with a powerful slash!


    After the slash that Susano slashed sent flying the captains of many squadrons with white beard, it landed directly on the sea, splashing boundless waves!


    A group of captains of the Whitebeard Pirates fell on their backs on the coast!


    The captain of the 3rd division, Diamond Joz...


    Captain of the 4th Division Sage...


    Foil Vesta, captain of the 5th division...


    Captain Bramank of the 6th division...


    The captain of the 8th division, Namuir...


    Captain Blenheim of the 9th division...


    The captain of the 10th squad, Couliel...


    All defeated!


    So many captain-level characters are well-known in the second half of the great route, but they were directly defeated by Sasuke Uchiha!


    "You bastard..."


    Marco transformed into a blue phoenix, flew back and landed in front of Susanoo, his face was a bit unsightly: "The captain of the Spades Pirates is not very strong, the deputy captain''s strength It looks very strong!"


    Yes.


    The captain of the Spades Pirates is pretty bad.


    Now Portgas D. Ace is still being beaten by Whitebeard, and he has no power to fight back at all, but Uchiha Sasuke directly knocked down the rest of the entire Whitebeard Pirates !


    "Do you think our captain is not strong enough?"


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Susanoo and pointed at the phoenix Marko with a huge ninja knife, and continued in a cold voice: "But Portgas D. Ace is the best captain in the world! "


    The next moment, Susano''s ninja sword swung again!


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    A slash landed on Marco''s body, and this blow almost tore his body in half. Even the powerful recovery ability of the animal-type phantom beast species, the phoenix fruit, greatly consumed Marco''s body. stamina!


    "Do you still want to resist Susanoo''s power?"


    Uchiha Sasuke stared at Marco, and the chakra on the purple Susano fluttered to form a giant bow. This scene made Marco''s eyes show a panic!


    This guy¡­


    It won''t be specifically to restrain him!


    What kind of ability does this guy named Uchiha Sasuke have? Susanoo really looks like some kind of phantom beast fruit.


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t have time to pay attention to Marco''s wild thoughts. The giant bow in his hand quickly pulled away, and the purple light gathered again to form a long arrow and landed on the bow!


    "Humph!"


    The long purple arrow flew out quickly!


    The speed of the arrow was so fast that it pierced through Marco''s body in an instant, nailing the phoenix fruit ability user to the ground!


    Captain of the 1st Division, Marco, defeated!


    So far, all the captains who followed Whitebeard were defeated by Uchiha Sasuke in just a few minutes!


    The battle between the Whitebeard Pirates and the Spades Pirates formed two extremes.


    Whitebeard single-handedly ravaged the captain Ace, and Uchiha Sasuke single-handedly ravaged the other members of the Whitebeard Pirates.


    No matter how much Ace resists, he can''t block Whitebeard''s fist; no matter how the Whitebeard Pirates resist, they can''t resist Uchiha Sasuke''s power.


    This scene is really magical.


    "White beard¡­"


    Ace was covered in scars, he barely maintained his strength, looked up at White Beard and said: "I will save my life here, let my subordinates go, Sasuke is not your opponent, let Sasuke took them away..."


    "Still a brat who can''t figure out the situation..."


    White Beard picked up Ace''s collar, narrowed his eyes slightly, and said, "No wonder you brat let others board your boat..."


    Unlike Ace''s dullness.


    The domineering white beard has long sensed the situation on the other side of the battlefield. He has a huge advantage here, but his sons have a huge disadvantage there...


    The battlefield on both sides is like an adult beating a child...


    There have been some mistakes in the battle between the king and the king. It seems that there is no problem in terms of status, but in terms of combat power, the problem is really serious...


    After seeing Ace fainted, Whitebeard put down his collar, and looked at Sasuke Uchiha, who had just ravaged the captains of the Whitebeard Pirates, on the other side of the battlefield: "That brat is the strongest in this era. your newcomer?"


    "Hmph, is this the strongest pirate group in the world?"


    Uchiha Sasuke disbanded his own Susano, and glanced at the Whitebeard Pirates who had been completely overthrown by him alone, with contempt on his face.


    Uchiha Sasuke and White Beard slowly turned their heads and looked at each other, the aura of the two of them broke out again!


    The surging domineering look soars into the sky!


    Whether it''s Uchiha Sasuke or White Beard, the domineering arrogance of both of them can be at the top in the new world, and at this moment they are evenly divided!


    The two domineering auras collided suddenly!


    The impact generated by the domineering collision of the two people almost instantly flattened the island, and the island with lush vegetation became flat land in an instant!


    Jinbei, the only one who was still awake, looked at the two in panic. This was the first time Shibei saw Whitebeard take a pirate so seriously!


    but¡­


    This is indeed as it should be!


    Because Uchiha Sasuke is not inferior at all!


    In other words, Uchiha Sasuke is the first pirate Shihira has ever seen in his life, who can domineeringly rush into a pirate who is comparable to Whitebeard!


    Whitebeard clenched his sword tightly, walked towards Uchiha Sasuke slowly, grinned a little, and said with a loud smile: "Gu la la la la... kid, you didn''t attack my sons too hard Bar!"


    "Then let''s see..."


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly pulled out his own sword, and walked towards Whitebeard step by step, his voice was a bit colder out of thin air: "...You have attacked my captain so hard!"


    "What a fun kid!"


    White Beard looked at Sasuke Uchiha, and the smile on his face was even better: "Gu la la la la... Compared with the red-haired kid when he was young, you seem to be more powerful. No wonder you brat dare to be so proud..."


    There is no suitable candidate for comparison in the entire sea.


    Even though Whitebeard has experienced so many ups and downs for so many years, he can''t find a character comparable to Sasuke Uchiha in terms of strength alone.


    After all... not everyone can easily defeat the many captains of the Whitebeard Pirates on their own, especially this kid who looks like he is only a teenager!


    Uchiha Sasuke held the Kusanagi sword in his hand upside down, and slowly walked forward, his voice became more and more cold: "Don''t compare me with the red-haired guy!"


    "Don''t the four emperors take it seriously?"


    White Beard''s eyes flickered, and the smile on his face grew stronger: "Little devil, I am really more and more interested in you!


    But you kid has a good eye for picking captains, that little guy named Ace is indeed qualified to be a captain! "


    "Then obediently give him your head!"


    Uchiha Sasuke waved the Kusanagi sword in his hand and slashed at White Beard. His body was wrapped in a gust of wind, and he rushed in front of White Beard in an instant!


    clang clang!


    Whitebeard tightly held the big sword in his hand, blocking Uchiha Sasuke''s attack, and he also held a supremely fast sword in his hand, named Congyunkiri!


    The moment the blades of the two collided, air waves rolled from their sides, and the clouds in the sky quickly receded!


    have to say¡­


    The two people''s armed domineering and domineering domineering, hovering around them, constantly collided with each other, one after another shock waves scattered, and countless people were blown away!


    On the coast, ravines instantly appeared on the ground!


    On the surface of the sea, waves tens of meters high kept rolling outwards!


    "Gu la la la la... I haven''t enjoyed this kind of battle for a long time!"


    He shook the cloak off White Beard''s body, and the big knife in his hand suddenly shone with light. This is the ability of the Shaking Fruit!


    Superman - Shaking Fruit!


    This fruit is known as the strongest superhuman devil fruit, and it claims to have the power to destroy the world!


    Whitebeard has possessed this power for many years, and the ability of Zhenzhen Fruit is like a part of his body, which can explode at any time!


    Uchiha Sasuke''s body was instantly sent flying!


    The skeleton of Susanoo quickly floated out of his body, resisting the impact of the shocking fruit, the skeleton of Susanoo in the first form split instantly when encountering the power of the shaking fruit!


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the tall figure with a white beard in the distance, a flash of surprise flashed across his face, this was the first time he saw such a terrifying ability!


    This guy¡­


    He deserves to be called the strongest man in the world!


    The surprise on Uchiha Sasuke''s face gradually faded, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Hehe... This is the power of the Zhenzhen fruit... It''s not much stronger than I imagined..."


    "Gu la la la la..."


    Whitebeard slowly clenched his fist, the smile on his face remained unchanged: "The little guy now is much more arrogant than we were back then..."


    Before he finished speaking, the fist in Whitebeard''s hand suddenly hit Uchiha Sasuke!


    His fist smashed out cracks in the air out of thin air, no, or it could be space!


    Sasuke''s knowledgable arrogance instantly sensed this surge of power, which even Susano could not block!


    The next moment, a ray of light flashed in Sasuke''s eyes, and his figure instantly disappeared in place using the power of heaven''s hand!


    A stone appeared out of thin air at Sasuke''s position just now, and that stone was instantly turned into powder by a force that appeared out of thin air!


    "Interesting ability..."


    Whitebeard clenched his fist and hit the air again, cracks appeared around him again, and the huge force rushed towards Sasuke again!


    "Susano!"


    The complete body of Susano suddenly wrapped Sasuke up!


    The tall Susanoo was directly punched by White Beard and flew out!


    The power of this punch even caused cracks to appear on the body of the hardest Susanoo. Even if Sasuke was inside the Susanoo crystal, he could feel the power of the shaking fruit!


    This kind of attack is simply impossible to guard against!


    Just under this kind of pure power offensive, it is really hard to resist, unless some kind of forbidden technique is used, otherwise it is really not sure.


    It''s hard to even say the stalemate...


    The guy with the white beard is too powerful.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes flickered slightly, if he has reached this level now, do he have to admit defeat here...or do he really want to fight Whitebeard desperately?


    If he continued to fight, Sasuke would feel a little bit off.


    The man with white beard didn''t try his best either, maybe it was because of his body.


    Just when Uchiha Sasuke was thinking about how to speak, Whitebeard handed him a step first...


    This man saw Sasuke''s entanglement.


    It''s just that Whitebeard thought that Uchiha Sasuke might want to use some kind of self-harming move to win, and this tall man offered to stop the fight.


    The strongest man in the world showed a smile, and he stretched out his palm towards Uchiha Sasuke: "Gu la la la la... Sasuke kid, let''s end today''s battle! If we fight with all our strength, You can''t control the situation on the battlefield!"


    "Do you think you can win?"


    On the contrary, Uchiha Sasuke was a little unhappy, slowly bent his fingers, and said in a deep voice: "I''ve just started to get excited!"


    "Gu la la la la..."


    Whitebeard laughed loudly and shook his head, looking at Uchiha Sasuke with a stubborn face: "Little devil, I am an old man, I can only pave the way for young people, you little devils haven''t seen too much Well, you shouldn''t break your way here..."


    It would be a huge loss to the whole world if a little guy who was expected to reach the pinnacle fought desperately with him like this and was damaged here.


    The issue is¡­


    Those words fell into Sasuke''s ears...


    Sounds a bit like Konoha''s stupid will of fire?


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly raised his head, looked at White Beard, and said with a faint dissatisfaction on his face: "This is what I hate the most!"


    one by one...


    It''s all like this.


    Everyone looks like you are still young, there are still many hopes for the future, and the future is still in you young people.


    Sasuke originally thought that the world of pirates was normal, but he never expected that when he got to this point, White Beard would also say this...


    These people don''t know how much pressure young people have to face, right?


    These young people, what they have to face is that guy Uehara Naraku! They obviously don''t know the truth at all, but they always speak as if they, young people, have hope in the future...


    "Gu la la la la... kid, this world is still your young people''s after all, this is the truth!"


    Whitebeard smiled and spread his palms, and said to Uchiha Sasuke: "Uchiha Sasuke, you and your captain are good, be my son, and do what you want on this sea Let''s do it!"

 Chapter 440

    "Are you... humiliating me?!"


    A flash of anger flashed across Uchiha Sasuke''s face!


    Even though Whitebeard''s original intention was to give Sasuke a home, Sasuke didn''t need it at all, because all his love for his relatives was left to the destroyed Uchiha.


    As a person who survived at the expense of the whole family or even the whole family, Uchiha Sasuke is far more determined than others in the glory of his family.


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly bent his finger, stretched it towards the sky, and said in a cold voice: "Do you think... who are you talking to!"


    "Gu la la la la... are you irritated?"


    White Beard slowly raised his head and looked into the sky, a look of surprise flashed across his face, because in his knowledge-colored domineering perception, a huge meteorite flew down!


    Heavenly Shocking Star!


    One of the abilities of the eyes of reincarnation.


    This meteorite is enough to easily destroy an island!


    If this meteorite falls, the entire island they are on will be shattered directly. There is absolutely no reason for anyone to survive. This move is like annihilation!


    White Beard looked at the meteorite falling from the sky, and gradually a mask appeared in his hand, which was enveloped by the power of vibration. His body suddenly jumped into the air, and he punched the meteorite!


    The mask suddenly exploded!


    In the sky, a ray of light flickered, and the entire meteorite was split into countless huge pieces by Baibeard''s punch, and they fell into the sea one after another.


    This is the second man Sasuke has ever seen who punched a meteorite.


    "Little devil, there must be a limit to nonsense!"


    White Beard landed on the island again, looked at Sasuke who was still full of anger, spread his palms and said: "If you want to continue fighting, no one will survive on this island, I am I don''t want to part with my son..."


    "I don''t want Ace to get hurt either!"


    "Gu la la la la... What a qualified deputy captain!"


    Whitebeard grinned, sat cross-legged on a rock, turned his head to look at the terrified Jinbe, and ordered in a low voice: "Jinbe, go ask the people on the boat to get something to eat! Wait until everyone Wake up, but there is going to be a banquet!"


    "Yes, Dad!"


    Jinbe nodded slowly.


    When Portgas D. Ace woke up, he learned from the people present that he had two choices. One of the choices was to leave here and go back to the army to fight again. The other choice was to join the Whitebeard Sea Thieves.


    As the captain, Ace lost to Whitebeard. According to the rules of the pirates, his life should be at the disposal of Whitebeard; but because of Uchiha Sasuke, Whitebeard gave Ace two choices.


    Portgas D. Ace glanced at Sasuke Uchiha who was standing beside him, a flash of shame flashed across his face, and the seventeen-year-old youth closed his eyes.


    "As the price of being spared my life after the defeat, I will quit the Spades Pirates and become a crew member of the Whitebeard Pirates, but don''t expect me to submit like this! After I leave, the Spades Pirates will By the mate..."


    "okay."


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, put his palm on Ace''s shoulder, and said, "It doesn''t make any sense for the Spades Pirates to have no captain."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes fell on Whitebeard: "We will temporarily join the Whitebeard Pirates with the captain, if you guys dare to accept us..."


    "What did you say?"


    The captain of Team 3, Diamond Joz, flashed a flash of anger.


    "Joz!"


    Whitebeard stopped Joz, he looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and ordered without changing his face: "Then, prepare for the banquet! Welcome the little guys of the Spade Pirates!"


    "Father!"


    Marco couldn''t help frowning.


    "Gu la la la la...Marco, men on the sea shouldn''t be stingy!"


    Whitebeard smiled and waved his hand, stopping what Marco wanted to say next. Once he made a decision, the entire Whitebeard Pirates would not easily disobey his will.


    After a grand welcome banquet, it was announced that the war between the Whitebeard Pirates and the Spades Pirates was officially over, at least this stage was over!


    The news quickly spread across the sea!


    The strongest supernova in history, Portgas D. Ace, failed to challenge Whitebeard, and led all the members of his pirate team to join the Whitebeard Pirates!


    This is really the icing on the cake...


    Originally, because Whitebeard Edward Newgate was getting old, many people thought that the title of the strongest Whitebeard Pirates was all dependent on him alone.


    Now that there are two more super rookies, the entire pirate group is full of vitality. At least it is certain that Whitebeard will not be alone anymore.


    Marlin Vandeau.


    After the Warring States of Buddha got the news, his expression was very ugly: "From this moment on, the strongest pirate group will completely deserve its name in the future..."


    "This is also impossible..."


    Lieutenant General Tsuru sighed, and said softly: "Looking at it now, Portgas D. Ace''s power is not strong yet, but that Uchiha Sasuke can already become Whitebeard''s biggest help... "


    "The heavens of the new world... will change!"


    The Red Forth.


    After the red-haired Shanks saw the newspaper, he was a little dumbfounded: "Hey, are you kidding? Even if you fail, you won''t lose so badly!"


    "Is Whitebeard still so broad-minded?"


    Ben Beckman looked at the newspaper and couldn''t help frowning: "It''s just that if Ace and Sasuke really join the Whitebeard Pirates, I always feel that our future life may not be easy!"


    "That''s for sure!"


    Shanks couldn''t help shivering, and suddenly laughed and said, "Then let''s hold a banquet while we are still at peace!"


    "..."


    Ben Beckman''s forehead jumped, and finally he couldn''t help but curse: "Idiot! Can''t you be a little more normal!"


    These are people who know the power of Sasuke Uchiha.


    Other forces that don''t know Uchiha Sasuke''s true strength have not had any special reaction so far. After all, Whitebeard''s title of strongest is still on his head.


    Moby Dick.


    For the whole Whitebeard Pirates, the real tense moment starts again, because their pirate group has added a big bomb.


    Since Portgas D. Ace was forced to join the pirate group after failing to challenge Whitebeard, he wanted to look for opportunities to assassinate Whitebeard.


    In other words, Ace was actually a little ashamed.


    Ace always felt sorry for Uchiha Sasuke.


    If he, the captain, was strong enough to defeat Whitebeard, the Spades Pirates wouldn''t just fall into this situation.


    It doesn''t matter if this guy assassinates.


    But it made the captains of the Whitebeard Pirates a little nervous.


    According to the strength of the Spades Pirates, once the pirates rebel, they will cause too much harm to the Whitebeard Pirates, and no one can even handle it.


    The morning sun rises.


    White Beard walked out of his room, took out a towel to wipe his face, a figure suddenly appeared behind him, holding a dagger and was about to stab his body!


    It was Ace!


    The next moment, White Beard punched Ace flying, and Ace''s body flew upside down and smashed the railing, landing on the deck!


    Uchiha Sasuke saw the nervous-looking captains, walked up slowly to help Ace up, and said loudly, "Hey, Whitebeard, be gentle!"


    Marco rolled his dead fish eyes, and couldn''t help saying: "Asshole, show me some respect for my father!"


    "Marco, don''t worry."


    A smile appeared on the corner of Whitebeard''s mouth. He glanced at Ace, then at Uchiha Sasuke, and said with a loud and long laugh: "Gu la la la la...Sasuke kid, this is a battle between men, yes Absolutely can''t keep your hands!"


    Now that there is a first time, there will naturally be a second time.


    Portgas D. Ace assassinated Whitebeard hundreds of times back and forth, until the end he didn''t know what he was doing, whether he simply wanted to give an explanation to his vice-captain, or because he was obsessed with surpassing brother Earl D. Roger.


    The people on the Moby Dick gradually didn''t care.


    After all, Ace is really not a dangerous person. The only dangerous person is Sasuke Uchiha, and that guy is the real dangerous person!


    The captains of the sixteen divisions of the Whitebeard Pirates took turns to monitor Uchiha Sasuke almost every day, for fear that there would be any changes in this guy.


    As a result, Uchiha Sasuke didn''t care at all.


    Even this guy begged them for juice!


    "Hello, Marco."


    Sasuke Uchiha touched the juice in his hand, stopped Marco who was monitoring him tonight, and said casually: "Don''t worry about my actions, that''s Ace''s battle, and I won''t intervene."


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    "why?"


    There was a strange look on Marco''s face. He rolled his dead fish eyes and asked, "Uchiha Sasuke, what is your purpose?"


    "Purpose..."


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly played with the juice in his hand, and said softly: "Maybe it''s just not to make myself look too lonely!"


    This sentence¡­


    It''s actually a half-truth.


    There is absolutely no one who is more lonely than Uchiha Sasuke, but Uchiha Sasuke is not afraid of loneliness, he has long been used to it.


    "Is that so..."


    Marko slowly spread his palms, and said with a smile: "Then you are really in the right place! People here used to be more lonely than you!"


    "yes?"


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, looked at the stars in the night sky, and slowly took a sip of the juice: "I have lost a lot, and every lost thing will make anyone in the world envious..."


    "what?"


    Marco stood beside Sasuke, and couldn''t help but use his brain curiously: "Sasuke, you''re not a Celestial Dragon, are you?"


    After all, this Uchiha''s surname...


    Marco had never heard of it.


    The envy of the most people in the entire world... is undoubtedly the waste of the Tianlong people who claim to be the descendants of the creator, right?


    Uchiha Sasuke showed a trace of contempt on his face, and he said in a cold voice: "How can those garbage be compared with Uchiha?"


    This haughty gesture...


    Sounds like a great family! This guy almost killed three Celestial Dragons when he was in Chambord!


    After being silent for a while, Marco suddenly said: "Because of a lecherous bastard who didn''t keep his promise, I know Wano Country well. There doesn''t seem to be anyone with the surname Uchiha among the ninjas and samurai there..."


    "hehe."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help showing a sneer on his face.


    Just when Sasuke wanted to continue to say something, Ace, who sneaked into Whitebeard''s room and assassinated Whitebeard in the distance, was shot out.


    Ace failed another assassination attempt.


    This is also normal.


    Portgas D. Ace has not even touched the threshold of knowledgeable color, but the domineering white beard''s knowledgeable color is the top person in the world!


    Uchiha Sasuke watched this scene, he did not go to help Ace up, but just stared at the figure, and said in a low voice: "Hey, Marco, help me persuade Ace tomorrow... He has already accepted this place, I never blamed him for losing to Whitebeard."


    Uchiha Sasuke walked back to his room slowly, and said in a low voice: "Also, help me to find out... What he really wants is a home, or the position of One Piece!"

 Chapter 441

    "Hey, you guys don''t appoint people at will!"


    Marco was a little unhappy, who did Uchiha Sasuke think he was, and dared to make him the captain of the 1st division of the Whitebeard Pirates!


    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice came out from the room, his voice was a little leisurely: "If you don''t go, then I will beat Foil Bista in the name of sparring, he really wants to challenge me... You should feel sorry for your family, right?"


    "... bastard... bastard!"


    Marco couldn''t help but clenched his fist.


    This bastard actually threatened him with the foil vista, why is Sasuke Uchiha''s character so bad, he really is not human at all!


    If it wasn''t for defeating Uchiha Sasuke, Marco really wanted to have a good fight with him, and let him know that the captain of the Whitebeard 1st Division is not easy to mess with...


    It''s a pity that Marco can''t beat Sasuke.


    So far, Marcona still remembers that day when he turned into a phoenix and was directly nailed to the ground by a giant purple arrow...


    This guy is too restrained in his abilities!


    After hearing Marco leave the room angrily, Uchiha Sasuke slowly lowered his head and muttered in a low voice: "That guy''s method... really works!"


    In this sea, many people don''t care about their own lives. Once they mention their relatives and friends, they become very obedient.


    That''s how it works...


    Kind of inhuman.


    late at night.


    Marco landed in front of Ace.


    Marco frowned, looked at the dejected Ace, and said in a cold voice: "Hey, are you going to continue to make trouble? The old man and Uchiha Sasuke on this ship are waiting for you choice!"


    "what?"


    Ace raised his head in surprise.


    Marco thought he didn''t understand, and explained softly: "Papa and Uchiha Sasuke are waiting for you! Papa wants you to stay on this ship, but he has given you more than a hundred chances , Uchiha Sasuke has been waiting for you on this ship..."


    "..."


    Ace fell silent.


    In any case, as a captive, he had assassinated Whitebeard more than a hundred times, and he could even continue to stay on this ship. Whitebeard''s heart was indeed big enough.


    Not everyone can tolerate a guy jumping around on his head.


    Marco spread out his palm, and said in a deep voice: "What do you guys want? Haven''t found the answer until now?


    If you want to leave this ship, talk to Dad! If you want to stay, talk to Sasuke Uchiha! "


    After finishing speaking, Marco stood up slowly, waved his hands and said: "Oh, yes, that guy Sasuke asked me to come, he asked me to ask you, do you want to be the One Piece, or do you want a home or What kind of place... Anyway, I''m probably asking if you would like to stay on this ship and become our companion?"


    Marco couldn''t help showing a smile on his face, and said softly: "Although Sasuke is pretty bad, but he''s right, Dad did give us a home, let us who are hated by the world With a reason to live..."


    "..."


    Ace lowered his head slowly, and muttered to himself: "Are there...all the guys on this ship who are hated by the world?"


    The next moment, Ace shook his head suddenly, and said in a low voice: "Forget it, I don''t want to continue, let Whitebeard kill me, I... can''t stay on this ship... I can''t let Sasuke wasting time with me..."


    "¡­idiot."


    Marco rolled his dead fish eyes and couldn''t help cursing.


    The night was getting darker.


    The moonlight is getting brighter and brighter.


    Ace sat in the room with white beard, his face was as calm as ashes: "Come on, kill me! I am the son of Gore D. Roger, you are the enemy, I can''t stay On your ship!"


    At this moment, Estan calmly revealed his identity.


    "I thought what were you going to say..."


    After Whitebeard was silent for a while, a trace of nostalgia appeared on his face: "You are that guy''s son...but..."


    Whitebeard suddenly smiled, and said loudly: "No matter who gave birth, everyone is a child of the sea, and everyone has the right to choose how to live..."


    "..."


    Ace looked a little surprised.


    Whitebeard''s palm suddenly fell on Ace''s shoulder, and he grinned and said, "Ace kid, whether you want to stay here or leave here is your own choice. If you want to leave, then you must not Die so easily... If you want to stay, then be my son!"


    "..."


    Ace fell silent.


    Ace is very busy tonight.


    After Ace left Whitebeard''s room, he hurried to Sasuke Uchiha''s room. Just as he was about to knock on the door, Sasuke''s voice came from inside: "Ace, no matter what you decide I will I will support you, don''t tell me."


    "I want to stay."


    "I see."


    Lying on the bed, Uchiha Sasuke said slowly, "As long as you don''t regret it, that''s enough. As I said, I will support your choice... go to rest early!"


    "Sasuke..."


    Ace shook his head, still stopped outside the door and did not leave, and even persuaded through the door: "Each of us has the right to choose how to live, if you still want to challenge that very strong enemy..."


    "Shut up and get out!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s forehead jumped.


    In his knowledge-colored perception, Ace left outside the door.


    A light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes, and his brows frowned slightly: "Have you been guessed by that guy Uehara again? Why does everyone have the right to live... Our lives are still under the control of others Middle..."


    I have to say is.


    The atmosphere of the Whitebeard Pirates is really good.


    Now that the Spades Pirates have officially merged into the Whitebeard Pirates, the entire Whitebeard Pirates have indeed stabilized and their strength has grown a lot.


    Because in addition to the members of the Spades Pirates, there is Shiping and his Murloc Pirates, which is a force that should not be underestimated.


    After the position of Jinxia Qiwuhai was abolished, the Murloc Pirates were also expelled by the new Wangxia Qiwuhai Kisame Kisame. Jinbe simply took his subordinates to join Whitebeard''s command.


    Now their strength can be called strong soldiers and strong horses.


    In this case...


    Just about to take a knife on an enemy who provoked them!


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    The first one to be picked was naturally the new king Shichibukai Kisame who expelled the Murloc Pirates and occupied Murloc Island.


    After all, Murloc Island is a flag with a white beard!


    Kisame with persimmons occupying Murloc Island is equivalent to provoking Whitebeard, which also means launching a war against the Whitebeard Pirates!


    early morning.


    Moby Dick aboard.


    A group of captains angrily demanded to start the war, and no matter what, they wanted to show Shichibukai, the king of Kisame Kisame, a little color, and even the steady Marco agreed with this.


    "I advise you not to do that."


    Uchiha Sasuke sat on the railing carelessly, and said indifferently: "That guy Kisame Kisame is not that easy to deal with. Although that guy Kisame''s strength is not good, he is not something you can deal with."


    "Bastard, what are you talking about?"


    "Seven martial arts under one king..."


    "We are the Whitebeard Pirates!"


    "Shut up!"


    Marco stopped the other people''s noise, looked at Sasuke Uchiha and said, "Hey, Sasuke, do you know him?"


    "know."


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, and said softly: "That guy used to be my brother''s companion, although I wish I could kill that guy, but he is still alive now...you should know how difficult that guy is to deal with, right? ?¡±


    "Mr. Itachi''s companion?"


    The only person who knew Uchiha Itachi was Ace, he couldn''t help showing a touch of curiosity: "That Kisame...isn''t he stronger than Sasuke?"


    A look of surprise appeared on Marco''s face. If this is the case, Kisame''s strength really needs to be evaluated.


    "Hey, Ace!"


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Ace, and said dissatisfiedly, "Don''t compare me to me like dried persimmons and ghosts!"


    White Beard seemed to have heard something funny, and the corner of his mouth couldn''t help but grinned: "Gu la la la la..."


    Ace: "..."


    Marco: "..."


    Sasuke just said that these captains are not as good as Kisame? In the end, he was flattering himself again. Are these captains not as good as that trash fish in your mouth?


    "Hey, I''m serious."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was still calm, he looked at Ace slowly, and said coldly: "Ace, do you still remember that I said that there is a guy stronger than me? Kisame Kisame and my brother Uchiha Itachi is his subordinate, don''t provoke him..."


    "Gu la la la la..."


    Whitebeard grinned, looked at Sasuke and couldn''t help asking, "Is there anyone in this world who even a brat like you would admit to himself?"


    White Beard had fought Sasuke before, and he knew how strong Uchiha Sasuke was, so he was a little more curious about the person Sasuke was talking about...


    "That guy? It''s really terrifying."


    Uchiha Sa''s assistant gradually squeezed his cup tightly, and said in a deep voice: "That guy is a person whose name I dare not mention... His subordinates... all call him a real god... Speaking of which, his Strength can indeed be called a god..."


    Uchiha Sasuke continued in a deep voice: "If you are going to provoke Kisame and the man behind him, I can only ask if the cemetery on Murloc Island is enough to bury so many of you..."


    "Asshole, are you mocking us?"


    "The pirates will not be scared!"


    "Don''t worry, the Sea Forest on Fishman Island is huge, it can bury many people..."


    "You idiot, is now the time to say this!"


    The entire Whitebeard Pirates immediately became lively again.


    As the strongest pirate group in the world, the captains of the Whitebeard Pirates are very confident. They don''t think what Uchiha Sasuke said can scare them.


    White Beard looked at the people present, grinned, and showed a smile towards Sasuke: "Hey, Sasuke kid, don''t underestimate people, I am White Beard!"


    Boo boo boo...


    Boo boo boo...


    Fortunately, at this time, the phone bug in Marco''s hand rang, and after the connection, there was a rush of voices: "Captain Marco, the Kaido Pirates have come to attack our territory, and the leader... is Drought Jack! "


    "..."


    It''s better now.


    The most troublesome enemy jumped out first.


    After Marco calmed down the person opposite the phone bug, he raised his head and looked at Whitebeard: "Father, there seems to be a more troublesome enemy, let''s go and get rid of Kaido''s people first?"


    "Then let''s go!"

 Chapter 442

    To be honest.


    Uchiha Sasuke felt that the Kaido Pirates were much easier to deal with.


    Ace has only officially joined the Whitebeard Pirates these days, so he can''t just follow them to Murloc Island to die, right?


    Even if they really killed Kisame Kisame, so what if they completely angered Naraku Uehara, and watched Kisame Kisame revive?


    Why bother?


    The Moby Dick headed all the way to the border of the sea.


    Marco is assigning various teams to fight, he glanced at Sasuke Uchiha and Ace, and said softly: "Hey, you two, let''s go with the first team first?"


    "casual."


    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t raise his head, he looked at Jack''s reward order in his hand: "This guy... has a reward of one billion, wouldn''t 900 million be all ivory?"


    "It''s hard to say..."


    Ace touched his chin, thought about it for a while, nodded, and said, "The price of ivory in Goa Kingdom is not low..."


    Marco heard their conversation, his forehead couldn''t help jumping, and he couldn''t help but said: "You two, be more serious... That''s Drought Jack of the Kaido Pirates!"


    After finishing speaking, Marco muttered to himself again: "The strength...seems to be just average..."


    Uchiha Sasuke snorted contemptuously: "Hmph, even you think his strength is not good, it seems that he is really not very good!"


    "...Bastard! Don''t underestimate me!"


    A cross broke out on Marco''s forehead in rage.


    Ever since Uchiha Sasuke joined the Whitebeard Pirates, he has been provoking his nerves, and Marco feels that he can lose ten years of life by Sasuke!


    Looking at this scene, Whitebeard couldn''t help grinning.


    At least for now, it seems that the relationship between them is not bad!


    More than a year ago, the Four Emperors of the New World were completely established. Many pirate groups that entered the second half of the New World were mostly reduced to cannon fodder for the war between the Four Emperors. This does not mean that the war between the pirates is over, but it is getting worse and worse. Get up.


    Because among the four emperors in the new world, BIG MOM and Kaido are both lunatics, and when they are invincible, they will fight against the pirates who are also the four emperors.


    A small island attached to the Whitebeard Pirates.


    A huge elephant-headed battleship left the port of this small island. The entire island has been completely wiped out. Many corpses were burned and thrown into the sea. Pirates from the Kaido Pirates were also hung on the island. flag.


    This also shows that the island is occupied by the Kaido Pirates.


    The Elephant Head battleship slowly sailed to the depths of the Whitebeard Sea. This is one of the three disasters under the Kaido Pirates¡ªthe battleship Mammoth of Drought Jack.


    A pirate on the boat said with some trepidation: "Master Jack, Master Jhin hasn''t followed up yet. Is it really okay for us to go deep into the enemy like this?"


    "Let''s go first!"


    Jack wore a metal mask on his face, a pair of thick and long ivory hanging on his chest, and two horns hanging from his head, making him look a bit rough: "What we have to do now is to flatten Whitebeard''s territory! "


    "But¡­"


    There was still some hesitation on the face of a female pirate.


    Just when Jack was about to get angry, the guard in charge of observing the surroundings shouted: "Master Jack, there is a person standing in front of the sea..."


    As their Mammoth battleship gradually approached, the people present also saw the appearance of the man standing on the sea.


    The pirate in charge of the sentry stared at the man, and panic flashed across his face, and there was also a trace of tension in his voice: "Master Jack...that guy...is that super rookie Sasuke Uchiha!"


    After finishing speaking, the pirate on the sentry post also discovered a cloud of fog on the sea and a sea ship appeared, and his voice became more and more tense: "There is also the phoenix Marco... the supernova Portgas D. Ace...all of them have a reward of more than one billion!"


    Everyone''s reward is higher than Jack''s!


    Whether it is Marco, Uchiha Sasuke or Ace, the rewards of the three are much higher than those of Drought Jack. At least in a literal sense, they should be pirates of the same level as Jack, and may even be stronger.


    If fighting at sea, their advantage is not great!


    What''s more, to deal with three characters of the same level, a Phantom Beast Devil Fruit ability user, a natural Devil Fruit ability user, and a Uchiha Sasuke who doesn''t know what ability, no matter how you look at it, the odds of winning are very low.


    The pirate in charge of the helm couldn''t help but said: "Master Jack, should we retreat first and wait for Master Jhin to come over..."


    "Ok?"


    Hearing the words of his subordinates, Drought Jack''s eyes suddenly became a little cold. He looked at the figure standing on the sea and the ship behind the figure, and there was a trace of cruelty in his voice!


    "Who do you think Lao Tzu is, and what are they? Bring the boat over!"


    "..."


    This is crazy, right?


    Knowing that the enemy is difficult to deal with, but still stubbornly resisting and launching an attack, isn''t this clearly courting death?


    The pirate at the helm of the Mammoth showed a look of helplessness on his face, so he could only continue to drive the ship forward. Maybe Jack could win this battle?


    The next moment, the purple giant Susan appeared in their sight!


    The figure of Sasuke Uchiha stood on Susano''s crystal, manipulated Susano to pull out a sharp and huge ninja knife, and slashed at the Mammoth!


    A shocking slash fell down!


    The waves instantly rolled back to both sides!


    Jack''s figure suddenly rushed into the air, but was cut down from midair by that slash, and he opened his mouth and sprayed a mouthful of blood from the shield on his face!


    The entire Mammoth was also chopped into pieces by that slash!


    The waves on the sea swept down again, and the fragments of the Mammoth were floating in the sea, and everyone on board did not know whether they were alive or dead.


    Which naturally includes the drought Jack.


    Because he is a Devil Fruit user, Drought Jack is also weak in the sea, and can only passively wait for other people''s rescue, but Drought Jack is a murloc, so he doesn''t have to worry about dying.


    Even though he was defeated by someone''s blow, Jack''s face still flashed with anger, and his body sank slowly from the sea.


    The Whitebeard Pirates, on board the 1st Division ship.


    "It only takes one blow..."


    "He directly defeated Drought Jack with one blow!"


    "No, even directly defeated all Jack''s subordinates!"


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Originally, the members of the Whitebeard Pirates thought they would be caught in a fierce battle, but Uchiha Sasuke would take the initiative.


    Moreover, he solved the drought Jack directly and single-handedly.


    On this ship, the 2nd team is temporarily under the jurisdiction of Marko because there is no captain. One of the fat pirates who is obviously a bit older looks at all this with a face full of astonishment. He looks at the tall Susanoo, He clenched his fist.


    His name is Marshall D. Teach.


    At present, it is only a veteran ordinary member.


    Seeing Uchiha Sasuke defeat Drought Jack and his cars in a chic move, Tiki''s face flashed with envy, he also longed to have this power!


    No, it should be more powerful than this!


    But this Uchiha Sasuke is indeed worth recruiting. If there is a chance to get the dark fruit, Tiqi wants to recruit Uchiha Sasuke as his deputy captain!


    "This guy¡­"


    Marco looked at Susano, couldn''t help sighing, curled his lips and said: "Although the personality is not very good, but the strength is really terrifying..."


    "Hahaha, of course!"


    Ace clenched his fist violently, and the next moment he asked with some doubts: "Then what shall we do next?"


    "Well, a party?"


    As Marco spoke, he glanced at Ace.


    Sure enough, a flash of joy flashed across Ace''s face, he nodded hastily and said, "Okay, okay!"


    Marco: "..."


    You really want to have a party!


    Susano at sea suddenly flew up, and dissipated quickly when he was about to land on Marco''s boat, revealing the figure of Sasuke Uchiha.


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Marco, and said casually: "Hey, Marco, go find someone to pull out his ivory!"


    "What the hell?"


    Marko glanced at Sasuke Uchiha speechlessly, rolled his eyes, and asked strangely: "Why did you pull out his ivory? Wait, isn''t that..."


    "Ok?"


    Uchiha Sasuke showed a more puzzled expression. After he seemed to think of something, he suddenly said, "Forgot, Marco is a landlubber..."


    "¡­asshole!"


    Marco frowned.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes moved slowly and stopped on Marshall D. Teach, because this guy is the oldest member of the 2nd team.


    Therefore, Tichi also stood at the forefront of the 2nd division.


    Uchiha Sasuke showed a cold face, and he said coldly: "Hey, can someone bring some to help me fish Jack up?"


    "..."


    There was a look of astonishment on Tiqi''s face, and the next moment he suddenly laughed loudly: "The thief hahahahaha... Let''s come! Let''s help Master Zuozhu catch him now!"


    After finishing speaking, Tiqi actually took a few people into the water, and brought up Drought Jack, who was seriously injured and weak.


    Drought Jack has long lost his previous arrogance.


    It''s just that his face was still a little unconvinced, and a look of sternness flashed across the sharp teeth of his mouth: "Hey, you little brat..."


    clang clang!


    The sound of Ninja Sword being unsheathed fell on everyone''s ears!


    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha suddenly pulled out the supreme sword in his sheath, and a flash of light flashed across the sword, causing everyone to squint their eyes involuntarily!


    Drought Jack''s face changed drastically!


    Just as he was about to perish here due to the drought, the thick ivory on his body was suddenly chopped off by Sasuke!


    It''s not Jack''s ivory!


    This is just a weapon made of ivory that Jack has been hanging on his body. This is not the ivory he grew out of himself!


    "..."


    Everyone present fell into silence.


    Ace looked at the iron inlaid in the ivory, couldn''t help but sighed, and said with some regret: "So it''s fake... What a pity, when I came, I told Sasuke that I would use your ivory to give it to you. He makes a beautiful scabbard!"


    "idiot!"


    Marco couldn''t help but rolled his dead fish eyes: "I''ve said it all, it''s fake, it''s this guy''s weapon!"


    seem¡­


    Marco feels like he''s figured it out...


    Why is Sasuke so obsessed with Jack''s ivory?


    Uchiha Sasuke also frowned, looked at Jack coldly and said, "You bastard... you actually used fake tricks to deceive people... It seems that you are useless to the last bit!"


    "asshole!"


    Jack''s forehead jumped, and he was about to rush to Ace and Sasuke in a rage: "Are you insulting me?"


    Isn''t this fucking insulting?


    How come there are people like Uchiha Sasuke in this sea? Does he have to have ivory because he is a mammoth fruit capable person? This guy is obviously humiliating him with an excuse!


    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha kicked Jack directly, and kicked the drought-affected Jack down again!


    Even though his body flew out of control, Drought Jack was still swearing at Sasuke, his body crossed a parabola and landed on the sea again, splashed a wave, and sank slowly.


    Marco glanced at Sasuke Uchiha, shook his head helplessly, and said, "I thought you would just kill Jack that guy..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uchiha Sasuke said casually: "That kind of waste that I can''t even resist with one move, it doesn''t make any difference whether it is alive or dead, it is like a small bug to me, as long as you want to kill it, you can kill it at any time kill."


    "..."


    It started again and started again.


    Marco''s forehead couldn''t help but twitch. He, the captain of the 1st team, should have taken Sasuke''s two tricks at the beginning, right?

 Chapter 443

    Sasuke Uchiha really makes people wonder what to say.


    Marco has been in the New World for many years, and he has never met a person like Uchiha Sasuke. He obviously dared not even mention a person''s name a few days ago...


    At this time, he became arrogant.


    It''s a pity that Sasuke''s strength is too strong, and Marco is really no match, so he doesn''t have the confidence to educate him.


    Marco could only watch Sasuke Uchiha, who had made great contributions, take a glass of juice from Marshall D. Teach, and he also disliked that the juice that Teach gave him was not iced.


    Marco couldn''t help sighing, and said loudly: "Okay, let''s report to Dad! We have defeated Jack here, and we will go to support other teams immediately. In the end, we will meet Moby on Balmork Island." The main ship Dick will make peace!"


    After finishing speaking, Marco opened his mouth and added: "Go and call the phone bugs of other nearby squadrons and pirate groups, and ask them about their battle situation!"


    "Yes, Captain Marco!"


    A group of subordinates in charge of liaison nodded hastily.


    Marco is a real butler in the Whitebeard Pirates, and he is also respected by the rest of the Whitebeard Pirates.


    This guy is powerful, and he has followed Whitebeard for about 30 years. He was an intern on the Moby Dick a long time ago.


    the most important is¡­


    Marco is the ship doctor of the Whitebeard Pirates.


    This is really nonsense, the No. 2 character of the Whitebeard Pirates, Marco who is second only to Whitebeard in status, and Marco who can basically control everything, even works part-time as the ship doctor of the Pirates.


    Whitebeard''s various squads and its pirates reported the battle situation to Marco one after another, and the nearby 3rd, 9th, and 11th squads were all fine.


    Only the 16th division was in trouble.


    Izo, the captain of the 16th division, after repelling a subsidiary pirate group under the Kaido pirate group, unexpectedly directly encountered the fire disaster¡ªJin!


    This is an opponent that Yizang and the 16th team can never compete with!


    As a Dragon Fruit ¡¤ Ancient Species ¡¤ Pteranodon fruit capable person, Jhin is naturally able to fly, and he is also the commander of the Kaido Pirates invasion.


    This terrifying pirate meets Izo''s 16th division!


    According to the news received from various parts of the Whitebeard Pirates, the main force of this invasion should be Drought Jack, Marko led the 1st and 2nd teams to meet the enemy, and the other teams were responsible for solving the sea area Those little characters around the corner.


    The only thing that they didn''t expect was that Yizang and the 16th Division actually encountered Yan Calamity Ember in the edge of the sea area where there should be no situation after the war started!


    This is also the most difficult guy among the three disasters!


    Even if they are vigilant enough, a fan team will be threatened with annihilation. Marco and Jhin are both fruit-capable users who can fly.


    "Turn around immediately!"


    Marco ordered their ship to turn around, and asked loudly: "What''s the situation with that guy in Yizang?"


    "There was no fight."


    The pirate in charge of communication said hesitantly: "Captain Yizang told us that when they retreated, Yan Calamity also retreated suddenly."


    This is too weird, right?


    As one of the three disasters of the Kaido Pirates, Jhin is the most courageous one, and perhaps the strongest one.


    How could he retreat so easily?


    The people on board couldn''t help looking at Marco, waiting for Marco''s next order. They thought that Marco might change the course.


    After thinking for a while, Marco said loudly: "Go ahead, rush to meet Yizang and the 16th team first, and then hunt down that scumbag Jin!"


    Just after the ship left.


    Drought sinking in the bottom of the sea Jack was a little unhappy. He could only lie passively on the bottom of the sea and wait for rescue. His eyes were fixed on the small fish swimming around him. This was one of his few pastimes. .


    Well, maybe the only thing to do.


    Fortunately, at this time, a murloc pirate quietly appeared beside Jack, dragged him to the surface of the sea, and said in a low voice, "Master Jack, are you alright?"


    "..."


    Just being humiliated by Uchiha Sasuke, Drought Jack must not be in a good mood, this subordinate really doesn''t wink!


    It¡¯s just that Jack didn¡¯t bother with him about the drought, and said in a loud voice: ¡°Report to Master Kaido and Big Brother Jhin! The Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace that Master Kaido is looking for are in Marko on board!"


    After finishing speaking, Drought Jack added another sentence: "Tell them the actual situation, don''t hide the situation of me fighting that guy!"


    After the news of the drought Jack spread.


    The flaming embers that had been dispatched frequently at one time finally subsided, making people unable to figure out what the hell the Kaido Pirates were doing. This invasion seemed to be anticlimactic.


    Ten thousand meters above the sky.


    A tall figure was sitting on the clouds, with a pair of weird horns growing on his head, and he was drinking happily with a wine gourd at this moment.


    Because there is no appetizer, this person is a little drunk.


    "Hi~"


    The tall figure shook the huge wine gourd in his hand, and after realizing that there was no more wine in it, his body wobbled and fell straight down!


    This is ten thousand meters high!


    No matter who you are, you can''t fall from a height of 10,000 meters!


    However, the moment this tall figure fell, his body instantly changed, turning into a huge dragon, and flew in one direction!


    One of the Four Emperors, Kaido!


    As the strongest creature in the world, Kaido has an unimaginable physique and absolute strength.


    While Kaido''s dragon body was swimming in the air, he said slowly: "That guy Jack was knocked down by one blow, he really is my ideal subordinate~"


    This time the Kaido Pirates blatantly invaded the Whitebeard sea area, just to find a way to capture the two super rookies Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace, for which Kaido did not hesitate to launch a war.


    Because according to the information they got, Uchiha Sasuke is a ninja, a samurai, and a swordsman. This background setting is very similar to the citizens of Wano country.


    It just so happens that Wano Country is under the control of the Kaido Pirates. Who knows if Uchiha Sasuke will avenge Wano Country after joining the Whitebeard Pirates?


    And as early as the beginning, Kaido wanted to find an opportunity to meet Uchiha Sasuke and Ace, and wanted to recruit these two super rookies to become his subordinates. In the end, Sasuke defeated Ben Baker before Kaido sent out his manpower. Man''s news came out...


    The news is astonishing...


    Even Kaido was amazed by it, and what followed was that he wanted to take Uchiha Sasuke and Ace under his command at all costs!


    Therefore, the Kaido Pirates hastily launched a war against the Whitebeard Sea Area, the main purpose of which was to snatch Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace.


    Drought Jack was simply ordered to attract attention.


    Yan Calamity Jin is only responsible for finding traces of Uchiha Sasuke.


    It''s just that Kaido and Jhin didn''t expect that Drought Jack would be defeated so quickly, and he was defeated by someone with a single move!


    But Jack also brought good news...


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace are both on Marco''s ship now, and these three people happen to be the subordinates that Kaido wants...


    So Kaido finally rushed over in person!


    It''s a pity that the Four Emperors were a little drunk and hiccupped from time to time, and they didn''t know when they could stop Marco''s boat.


    the other side.


    Marco finally arrived to join Yizang and the 16th team.


    Because the 16th team led by Izo did not participate in the war against the Spades Pirates, the captain of the 16th team has never met Uchiha Sasuke.


    Yizang was born in Wano Country, he looks like a woman and dresses like a woman, but he is a man.


    Since Izo thought that Sasuke was from his hometown, the first thing he did after seeing Sasuke was naturally to ask about his origin.


    After all, the whole world knows that most ninjas and samurai come from Wano Country, so Izo asked bluntly, "Well, what kind of clan is Sasuke-kun..."


    "Uchiha."


    "This family..."


    Yizang couldn''t help but frowned slightly, and said softly: "I remember that His Royal Highness''s rule never seemed to have..."


    "Don''t think about it!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes flashed a cold light, he interrupted Izo, just stared at Izo coldly, and said in a cold voice: "The Uchiha clan is the descendant of the gods passed down thousands of years ago, the ancestor of Uchiha He is the eldest son of the gods, and has nothing to do with you..."


    Yizang: "..."


    Marco: "..."


    To be honest, I really feel that Sasuke is lying!


    However, Marco has seen the appearance of Uchiha Sasuke turning on Susano. It is said that it is Uchiha''s family ability, and maybe it really has some connection with the gods.


    It''s so weird...


    The stronger other people are, the less willing they are to admit the existence of God.


    Only Sasuke Uchiha, who is incredibly powerful, is still afraid of the so-called gods, and even wants to have something to do with the gods...


    For Sasuke, the powerful ones are gods...their ancestors were also gods...the ones who control everything in the world are also gods...


    hehe¡­


    This guy is not very old, but he still engages in feudal superstition.


    Marco rolled his dead fish eyes and said, "By the way, Yizang, what happened after you met the guy from Yan Calamity?"


    "I don''t know."


    Yizang frowned, and said in a low voice: "I thought that guy came here to kill me, but I didn''t expect him to leave after taking a look. He felt like an ordinary spy..."


    Of course, this is impossible.


    That''s the fire disaster of the Kaido Pirates, how could it be that they came to be spies!


    "It doesn''t matter that much."


    Marco shook his head, and said calmly: "I have arranged other teams on the road to carefully defend against Jhin''s attack, I will stay in this area for a few days, and once I find that guy Jhin, I will go over and stop him. "


    After finishing speaking, Marco turned his head to look at the two guys beside him and said, "Hey, Ace, Sasuke, you two..."


    "someone is coming."


    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly interrupted Marco, he slowly raised his head and looked into the sky, only to see the clouds in the sky slowly flowing, and there seemed to be nothing unusual.


    The next moment, a tall figure suddenly emerged from the clouds, and fell directly from the clouds!


    Ace watched the tall figure fall from the sky, and couldn''t help but stare dumbfounded: "Hey, hey, look, someone committed suicide..."


    "No...that''s Kaido!"


    Marco''s face suddenly became extremely ugly.

 Chapter 444

    A Kaido fell from the sky.


    Kaido''s body didn''t have any protective measures at all, and he just fell from the air in a daze like this, which was simply seeking his own death.


    However, the members of the Whitebeard Pirates present looked at this scene, and the expressions on everyone''s faces were a bit unsightly.


    "Hello, Marco!"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help raising his eyebrows, looking at the shadow falling from a high place, he couldn''t help but wondered: "Is Kaido trying to commit suicide?"


    "Used to it."


    Marco spread his hands and ordered loudly: "Get ready to fight now! Inform Dad, we found Kaido''s trace!"


    A trace of curiosity flashed across Ace''s face. He pointed to Kaido who was falling rapidly, and asked, "Isn''t this guy going to commit suicide?"


    "It''s not a question of whether he wants to commit suicide..."


    Because Ace and Uchiha Sasuke''s questioning was a bit problematic, Marco''s mind was a little confused for a moment, and his eyes couldn''t help rolling his eyes: "Well, Kaido does like suicide, but he never dies once..."


    "So lucky?"


    "Idiot, it''s because his body is too strong..."


    Marco looked at Ace speechlessly, feeling that there was something wrong with the two new additions to the Whitebeard Pirates.


    An Uchiha Sasuke simply doesn''t pay attention to anyone, and an Ace simply doesn''t think about anything.


    "Then let me see how strong his body is!"


    The phantom of Susano in the second form appeared instantly on Sasuke''s body, and the half-length Susano put out a huge purple bow in his hand!


    Marco raised his eyebrows and couldn''t help but said, "Sasuke, what are you going to do?"


    "Of course I helped him! Yan Dun, Jia Gu Tu Ming!"


    The Sharingan in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes flashed a red light, and a huge arrow of black flame landed on Susano''s giant bow!


    The scorching breath from the black flame giant arrow made Marco a little unbearable, he couldn''t understand what kind of power this black flame was!


    "Sasuke''s Amaterasu Fire?"


    The corner of Ace''s mouth couldn''t help showing a smile, and said softly: "This is the power that can burn even my flame!"


    "This is Itachi''s power, I just borrowed it..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s figure shrouded Susanoo''s body, he slowly shook his head, his eyes suddenly looked in the direction where Kaido fell!


    The next moment, the black flame giant arrow suddenly flew out!


    This scene made everyone present hold their breath!


    I saw that huge black flame arrow shot straight at Kaido, and when it hit Kaido''s body, Kaido''s armed domineering and domineering domineering suddenly exploded!


    The clouds in the sky are all broken!


    Kaido suddenly took out his mace in the air, and with one stick scattered the giant arrows of black flames flying, and saw the black flames falling on the sea surface, still burning in the sea...


    Kaido''s eyes slowly moved from the black flames on the sea until they landed on the boat of Marco and others, roaring and roaring: "Who... bothering me to die!"


    The next moment, Kaido''s body instantly turned into a giant dragon, flying towards the ship of Marco and others, and the momentum on his body gradually began to flourish!


    In an instant, the surging domineering arrogance burst out instantly!


    The domineering shock wave set off a wave of monstrous waves on the sea, sweeping towards the boat of Marco and others!


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t care about the domineering impact in front of him at all, his body suddenly flew into the air, and the Susano on his body gradually turned into a complete body!


    The Susanoo Valkyrie, hundreds of meters high, soared into the air!


    The enemy that Susanoo faced was the same huge body of a dragon!


    Uchiha Sasuke stood in the Susanoo crystal, staring indifferently at Kaido, who was circling the dragon body on the opposite side, with a touch of contempt on his face: "Post-posing, talking about suicide, death is imminent Still struggling, aren''t you afraid of death?"


    "Sasuke Uchiha!"


    The dragon''s head slowly climbed up, his eyes looked down at Susanoo floating in the air, and his voice gradually became a bit cold: "Did you, the brat, bother me?"


    Susanoo looks really tough!


    Especially Susano in full body form, it really makes everyone involuntarily envy this ability, even Kaido is no exception.


    Kaido looked at Susano, he really wanted to use Sasuke for himself more and more!


    A haughty voice came from Kaido''s dragon head: "Little devil, become my subordinate now, I can forget the past..."


    "Who gave you the courage..."


    Uchiha Sasuke smiled disdainfully, and the next moment Sasuke suddenly showed anger: "Dare to say such things in front of me? Don''t you know who I am?!"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Overlord-like arrogance erupted from Susanoo''s body!


    Two domineering looks collided together!


    The shock wave of the domineering collision scattered instantly, and the cloud layer was gradually divided into two halves by the two domineering shocks. In the eyes of everyone below, it was as if the sky had been split!


    The waves also gradually began to divert in the domineering confrontation!


    "Hey, this guy, tell me in advance!"


    Marco couldn''t help but shook his head, and ordered loudly: "Turn the bow and leave this battlefield immediately, we can''t stop in the central area!"


    This overlord-like shock is not something these ordinary pirates can handle!


    Whether it''s Uchiha Sasuke''s overlord look or Kaido''s overlord look, not everyone present can continue to bear it. If they fight, a random blow will destroy this fragile warship!


    "Ace, don''t act rashly, you are not Kaido''s opponent now!"


    This is not a house-keeping game!


    Kaido is also a lunatic who is more insane than the other four emperors. No one knows what this guy wants to do. His cruelty and blood are far superior to others!


    Portgas D. Ace has not yet fully mastered domineering, and if he wants to deal with Kaido, he must at least master the advanced armed domineering and knowledge-like domineering.


    Ace''s power...


    It is true that some are not enough.


    "Ace, leave it to Captain Marco!"


    Marshall D. Teach grinned with a toothless smile, and said softly: "After the father knows the whereabouts of Kaido, he should be here soon!"


    "Ok."


    After Marco nodded, he turned into a phantom beast species, a phoenix, and flew towards Susano in the air.


    Kaido stared at Marco''s phoenix form, his huge eyes flickered, and his loud voice hovered around the dragon body: "Marco, join me, my pirate group is the most suitable for you The place¡­"


    "Shut up."


    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted Kaido, turned his head and glanced at Marco who was flying beside Susano: "What are you doing here? Are you here to drag me down?"


    "..."


    Marco in the phoenix form held back his anger, and said in a deep voice: "Kaido is very strong, let''s retreat first, and I will cover you!"


    "Hey, Marco, are you idiot infected by Ace?"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help frowning, he shook his head slowly and said, "Have you forgotten who is stronger between the two of us? Help me keep an eye on my juice... I will be enough here alone Already!"


    After finishing speaking, Sasuke Uchiha manipulated the giant Susano to spread its wings and fly towards Kaido''s dragon body. The purple energy flowed like a liquid, and turned into two huge ninja knives and landed on Susano''s hands. among!


    "Hey, Sasuke!"


    Marco couldn''t help but stop Sasuke by opening his mouth.


    It''s a pity that Sasuke Uchiha didn''t listen to his advice to stop at all. Susano wielded two ninja swords and slashed at Kaido''s head!


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at the dragon head, and a contemptuous smile flashed across the corner of his mouth: "Just you...do you dare to be arrogant in front of me? Who do you think you are, dare to let me be your subordinate!"


    Even Naraku Uehara, Sasuke Uchiha doesn''t pay attention to him!


    If it weren''t for Naraku Uehara''s possession of Uchiha Itachi''s soul, plus his slightly stronger strength than Sasuke, and the complicated relationship between him and Sasuke...


    If it wasn''t for these, Uchiha Sasuke would not bother to pay attention to Uehara Naraku, and he is the only person in the entire Akatsuki organization who dares to provoke Uehara Naraku!


    Although that bastard always ignores his provocations...


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face gradually showed a touch of anger, and the two ninja swords in Susano''s hands crossed up, wanting to cut off Kaido''s dragon head with one blow!


    Kaido''s huge dragon head raised its head, looking at the flying full body Susano, the dragon head suddenly raised and sprayed a scorching dragon''s breath towards Susano!


    "The current rookie kid... is really more arrogant than I imagined! Who do you think you are, pirates are not a game you use to play house!"


    This sentence is the most used by Kaido to humiliate the Whitebeard Pirates, and occasionally used to humiliate the BIG MOM Pirates, because these two Pirates are both children...


    Generally, the members of the Whitebeard Pirates will be furious because of this...


    Not only was Sasuke Uchiha not furious, but his face was still very calm. He just manipulated Susanoo to wield a huge ninja sword, and made a huge slash!


    This blow was the full force of Susanoo!


    This slash was like piercing the sky, heading straight for the dragon''s breath!


    The scorching dragon''s breath collided with Susanoo''s slash in an instant!


    That slash was like chopping on the flowing water, splitting the dragon''s breath directly, and even slashing upstream towards Kaido''s head!


    "This brat..."


    Kaido lowered his head in a hurry, watching that slash brushed against his dragon body, leaving strands of lightning on his body, then went straight to the sky and split the clouds in the sky !


    Sasuke Uchiha stood in the crystal of Susanoo, watching Kaido''s dragon head dodge the slash, a trace of arrogance slowly flashed in his eyes: "Hmph, is this the only thing you can do? Killing you, it seems Much easier than playing those kids'' house games..."

 Chapter 445

    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice echoed across the sea.


    From Sasuke''s mouth, it seems that killing Kaido is not worth mentioning to him, which sounds really unbearable.


    "That guy Sasuke..."


    Marco''s body landed on the boat again, he couldn''t help but rolled his dead fish eyes, glanced at Ace next to him, and asked, "Hey, Ace, that guy did the same thing when he was on your boat Arrogant?"


    "Uh¡­"


    Ace couldn''t help but scratched the back of his head, and said with a laugh: "That guy Sasuke...should...not be arrogant!"


    While the two of them were chatting here.


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated the complete body of Susano and Kaido''s dragon body to start a complete fight. The sound of ninja knife piercing the air and the roar of the dragon resounded on the sea!


    Kaido manipulated his body and suddenly entangled Susano''s left arm, trying to tear off Susano''s arm directly. The scales on the dragon''s body and Susano''s armor kept rubbing together. Lightning!


    "Overreaching..."


    Uchiha Sasuke calmly wrapped the dragon around his left arm, with a cold look in his eyes: "Do you want to shake Susano''s power?"


    The next moment, a cloud of lightning suddenly appeared in Susanoo''s palm!


    This ball of lightning fell on Kaido''s body in an instant, forcing the Four Emperors to wrap his body with armed arrogance. He just insisted on trying to tear off Susanoo''s arm. Valkyrie is broken into seven or eight sections!


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, Susanohu''s left arm instantly flowed into a mass of liquid energy under his control, broke free from the restraint, and quickly recovered in the blink of an eye, waving a ninja knife and slashed at On the body of the dragon!


    A ball of lightning burst out between the armed color domineering and ninja sword!


    Kaido''s huge dragon body was directly sent flying by this knife, Uchiha Sasuke''s Susano almost backed away involuntarily!


    The perfect body, Susano, spread his wings again in an instant, and after maintaining his body''s stability, he slashed towards Kaido with a powerful and heavy slash!


    Kaido couldn''t maintain his figure in the air, and hurriedly swallowed a cloud of mist, and quickly transformed from a dragon body into a human form again. His dragon body may not be able to withstand this knife!


    The slash from Susano...


    It is not inferior to the world''s number one swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk''s slash!


    Even if Kaido knew that his recovery ability was strong enough, he didn''t want to bear the unpredictable power like this!


    This slash broke through the cloud that could make Kaido float in the air, and passed by his side, but when it passed over his body, his shoulders instantly became bloody, and his body automatically began to heal injury!


    When Susano''s slash landed on the sea, the monstrous waves flew up like an inverted waterfall!


    The battle is fierce again!


    With Susano''s blessing, Sasuke Uchiha''s attack definitely poses a threat to Kaido, and this threat is no less than that of any Four Emperors!


    At this moment, Kaido felt his dangerous intuition from Sasuke when he faced BIG MOM and Whitebeard!


    this brat...


    There is definitely a considerable threat!


    Damn, this Uchiha Sasuke would just surrender to White Beard, Kaido couldn''t figure it out anyway, and that Portgas D. Ace wouldn''t be so strong, right?


    The old guy with white beard...


    Getting older and finally starting to get lucky?


    Isn''t it just subduing a spade pirate group? Buy one get one free, so inexplicably got a strong man who can rival their four emperors!


    No wonder Sasuke Uchiha, the kid, can beat Ben Beckman...


    It seems that these rookie pirates really cannot be underestimated...


    Kaido''s eyes showed a slight edge, and his nostrils took a breath of the sea breeze. If there is a chance to encounter supernovas in the future, he must take those guys under his command...


    Maybe you can pick up a character at the level of the Four Emperors inside?


    "Sasuke Uchiha!"


    Kaido brandished his mace, unleashing his armed domineering and domineering arrogance with all his might, one blow shattered a slash, and the shock wave suddenly swept across the sea!


    Kaido looked at Uchiha Sasuke standing in the Susanoo crystal, and said loudly: "This war is for you! Uchiha Sasuke, I remember you as a ninja, right? Your My hometown, Wano Country, is in my hands!"


    As long as you are a ninja, you must be born in Wano country.


    After all, the words of the samurai may have been leaked overseas by Wano Country, but ninjas have always been the guards of the Wano Country General, and rarely leaked out.


    After Kaido said this, he seemed to have made up his mind. He grinned and said, "As long as you are willing to become an ally with me, I will kill the current Wano country general and support you... to become the Wano country''s general." General!"


    Kaido seems to have more brains than expected!


    No, or Kaido is more generous than imagined!


    After all, Wano Country is now the base camp of the Kaido Pirates, and it is definitely a big deal for him to take out the entire Wano Country!


    Of course, there is also conspiracy in this handwriting.


    If Uchiha Sasuke is really the Wano country general, and assumes the responsibility of protecting the people like the previous Wano country general, then he must have a weakness...


    In the end, it may only be used obediently by Kaido.


    "..."


    Yizang, the captain of the 16th division, changed his expression.


    Because Yizang was born in Wano country, he knew the changes that happened in Wano country.


    Just when Izo wanted to call Sasuke not to fall into Kaido''s conspiracy, Uchiha Sasuke said casually: "Is this your last words? Kaido...I''m so sorry, I have no interest in the kingdom of ninjas anymore. !"


    Really enough is enough...


    A group of ninjas hiding in blood and darkness...


    A group of ninjas who have always been controlled by others, a group of ninjas who foolishly think that they have inherited some will...


    Now that he came to this world, he didn''t want to pay attention to those ninjas!


    Uchiha Sasuke stood inside the Susanoo crystal, and his face slowly became proud: "Whether it is a samurai or a ninja, I am not interested in anything... The only thing I am interested in now is how to kill god!"


    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha manipulated the Susanoo under him to fly towards Kaido again, and said coldly: "If you only have this ability, then die here!"


    "Hmph, someone who wants to kill me..."


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Kaido picked up the mace in his hand with one hand, and swung a blow at Susano: "...It hasn''t been born yet! Thunder gossip!"


    The huge ninja sword and the completely disproportionate mace collided together!


    The domineering and armed domineering colors of the two also collided!


    One after another, the shock waves continued to spread to the surroundings, whether it was the clouds in the sky or the sea water on the sea surface, they were all repelled by the shock waves!


    During the collision between Kaido and Uchiha Sasuke, a vacuum zone was formed with the two of them as the center, the clouds in the sky formed a semicircle, and the sea water below also formed another semicircle. This situation lasted strangely for a while Second!


    The next moment, the endless waves surged up!


    The ships of the 1st Division and the 16th Division kept retreating!


    In the sight of them, the purple Susano and Kaido''s bodies in the air fought into a group one after another, each wielding each other''s weapons, and using their own strength to attack each other!


    It''s just that as the bodies of the two people were constantly being repelled, their battlefield was gradually moving, and Marco hurriedly ordered his subordinates to row to keep up.


    "Mr. Sasuke''s strength is really terrifying..."


    Marshall D. Teach walked up to Ace, grinned and asked curiously: "I don''t know what kind of fruit he ate..."


    "Sasuke doesn''t seem to have eaten a devil fruit..."


    Ace couldn''t help scratching his head, and replied while thinking: "I remember Sasuke said, it seems to be his family blood... blood... blood... bloodline? Anyway, that''s what it means! Except for their clansmen, no one can To get that power..."


    "This bloodline is really amazing..."


    Marshall D. Teach hid a trace of envy in his eyes. He thought it was a new devil fruit ability, but he didn''t expect it to be someone else''s bloodline...


    Marco rolled his dead fish eyes, and couldn''t help but said: "I really don''t know, if that guy Sasuke really got a powerful fruit, what kind of arrogance will he be in then..."


    "Hahahahaha..."


    Ace waved his hand and said with a smile: "Don''t worry about this, Sasuke doesn''t like devil fruits at all! He doesn''t want to have any weaknesses in himself..."


    Yes, Sasuke does not have any weaknesses.


    In other words, even if there are some weaknesses of physical weakness, with the power he gained in Pirate World, it has now become non-existent.


    The domineering system here is very impressive for physical strength!


    Therefore, Sasuke''s battle can last longer!


    The battle between the two almost chased the battle all the way, Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Susanoo to blow Kaido to a deserted island!


    It''s a pity that Kaido''s physical strength is significantly higher, and his physical recovery ability is stronger, but the fact that he can''t break Susanoo makes Kaido look a little weak in battle.


    After the combination of Susanoo''s armor and armed domineering, Kaido couldn''t break through the defense even with all his strength, which made the Four Emperors extremely annoyed!


    "You bastard...what the hell do you do!"


    "I''m just curious... What kind of physique are you guys!"


    Sasuke Uchiha manipulated Susano with all his strength to chop down the huge ninja sword in his hand, and slashed directly at the top of Kaido''s head, but was caught by the pitch-black mace in his hand. It was smashed directly into the ground!


    Uchiha Sasuke dismissed his Susano with a wave of his hand, watching Kaido stretch out his palm suddenly, a flash of madness flashed in his eyes!


    "Troublesome guy..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s Gouyu Samsara''s eyes flashed a light, looked at Kaido''s hard body, and sternly said in a cold voice: "In order to avoid you coming to trouble me again, you guy should just go to death!"


    Under the gaze of all the people around, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly bent his fingers and aimed at Kaido''s body: "Earth Explosive Star!"


    The next moment, Kaido''s body instantly floated up!


    Countless rocks and land on the small island floated up one after another, sticking tightly to Kaido''s body, and Kaido suddenly understood the ability of this move!


    Kaido waved the mace in his hand and kept knocking away the flying stones around him, but it was just a drop in the bucket after all, the stones summoned by Earth Explosion Star were numerous and dense!


    Even, the entire island was turned into the material for the Earthburst Star seal!


    What''s even more frightening is that Sasuke directly uses the target as the core of the seal, and there is no need to create that kind of black hole that may be cracked.


    This is Sasuke''s unique Earth Explosion Star Sealing Technique!


    This move can directly seal Kaido in the huge stone ball, even if it is not as good as Liudao Earthburst Star, it is enough to seal Kaido!


    Uchiha Sasuke watched Kaido''s body fly into the air, wrapped in countless stones and mud, he turned around slowly and continued: "This is... the power that only gods can have, and mortals are destined to be unable to compete!"

 Chapter 446

    It takes time and effort for others to fight.


    Uchiha Sasuke fights to consume Kojima.


    In order to seal Kaido, this guy used all the soil and rocks on the entire island as sealing materials for the Earth Explosion Star, and everything on the surface of the entire island was completely absorbed.


    Kaido''s body suddenly turned into a dragon body again, roaring to break free from Earthburst''s shackles: "You bastard, do you think you can restrain me?"


    The huge dragon body is swimming in the air quickly!


    Sasuke Uchiha watched Kaido struggling continuously without changing his face, and snorted coldly between his nostrils: "If it is Whitebeard, it is indeed possible to shatter the star, but you are not strong enough to do it." Bar!"


    Countless stones instantly adhered to Kaido''s dragon body!


    "asshole¡­"


    Kaido''s dragon body roared and wanted to break free from Earthburst, but his body was the core of gravity, which continuously attracted the stones and quickly covered his body!


    till the end¡­


    A huge ball is floating in the air!


    Everyone couldn''t help looking up at the huge ball, where Kaido was sealed. It seems that Kaido struggled desperately just now and couldn''t break free. It seems that Uchiha Sasuke''s Earthburst star seal is still there. Pretty solid.


    This is the strongest ability of Samsara Eye!


    "Let''s go."


    Sasuke Uchiha snorted coldly, and landed on Marco''s boat, his fingers slightly stirred the stone ball with the Earth Explosive Star to float over the boat.


    Marco rolled his eyes, looked at the stone ball suspended on the top of the boat, and couldn''t help but say, "If you have any objections to me, just tell me, the price of this boat is not low..."


    Once the Earth Explosion Star falls...


    It is hard to say that this ship and everyone on this ship can escape!


    "Don''t worry."


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at the Earth Explosion Star in the sky, and explained casually: "Although my Earth Explosion Star is far inferior to that guy''s display, it is not so easy to crack..."


    This sentence is not finished yet...


    The cracks on the Earthburst star instantly began to loosen!


    In the next moment, the entire rock of Earth Explosion Star quickly disintegrated, and the surging overlord-like arrogance and armed-color arrogance burst out in an instant!


    Kaido''s dragon body quickly jumped out of the Earth Explosion Star!


    The roar of the dragon resounded like thunder on the sea!


    Kaido slapped Sasuke in the face, don''t come too fast!


    Everyone present turned dark, and everyone couldn''t help but look at the stone that suddenly fell from the sky, thinking of Marco''s crow''s mouth...


    "This bastard..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face was a bit unsightly, a cloud of lightning suddenly floated in his hand, and knocked out all the broken stones falling from the air!


    "This bastard..."


    Kaido also took a look at Uchiha Sasuke on the boat, but he didn''t stay any longer, and the soaring dragon body quickly swam towards the sky!


    Earth Explosion Star didn''t feel very good to Kaido.


    Kaido felt that staying in the Earthburst Star was like being in an inescapable cage, which was completely different from the feeling of being caught at other times.


    That ever-present gravitational pull...


    He simply wanted to let him spend his whole life in the cage of Earth Explosion Star, until Kaido exhausted his arrogance and struggled desperately to disintegrate the gravitational waves emanating from himself!


    Only then did he escape!


    That Uchiha Sasuke''s ability is too weird!


    It''s even harder to entangle than that guy Kozuki Oden!


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the fleeing dragon, and the phantom of Susano in his second form instantly floated from his body. A giant bow fell into Susano''s hand in an instant, and a giant arrow suddenly aimed at the air Kaido''s dragon body!


    "If you want to escape, then try!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice was a little more angry, because just now he confidently said that although his Earth Explosion Star is not as good as Uehara Naraku, it is not someone like Kaido who can break free...


    As a result, Kaido broke free from Dibangtianxing before he could finish speaking, which reminded Sasuke Uchiha of some bad memories.


    "Hmph, your domineering spirit is running out!"


    Uchiha Sasuke said in a cold voice, a huge purple arrow was covered with a layer of jet-black armed domineering, and flew towards Kaido''s dragon body!


    The giant purple arrow shot through the air almost as quickly as lightning, and there was a sonic boom in the air, making everyone present cover their ears involuntarily!


    I saw that huge purple arrow hit Kaido''s body in an instant!


    A thick arrow hole wound was torn from the dragon''s body, and blood gushed out immediately, spilling down from the air!


    The next moment, another sharp black arrow flew out!


    The sonic boom of this sharp arrow is even stronger, and it goes straight to Kaido''s dragon head!


    Uchiha Sasuke looked contemptuously at Kaido who was flying into the distance: "Few people have escaped from my hand so far! This arrow is definitely not something you can block!"


    "Is this serious?"


    Marco couldn''t help rolling his eyelids, and helped his forehead, but he couldn''t help being a little shocked in his heart, the two arrows shot by Uchiha Sasuke one after another are really powerful!


    Even Marco couldn''t help feeling suspicious...


    Can anyone really block Uchiha Sasuke''s last arrow?


    Facts have proved that there are still.


    However, just as the black sharp arrow wrapped in armed domineering was shot at Kaido''s head, a space-time vortex suddenly appeared, absorbing the black sharp arrow instantly!


    Everyone who saw this scene couldn''t hide their horror!


    Unexpectedly, someone would save Kaido at a critical moment!


    Even Kaido was a little surprised that someone could help him deal with that sharp black arrow wrapped in armed colors. Even if the sword wasn''t fatal, it would definitely injure him!


    Kaido didn''t understand why he was rescued...but the timing was rare, Kaido quickly jumped into the clouds and disappeared without a trace!


    After the people present watched Kaido escape, Uchiha Sasuke lifted his Susano with an ugly face, and gritted his teeth!


    Uchiha... Obito!


    It was Obito Uchiha who rescued Kaido with Kamui!


    As expected...


    Once encountering something out of the situation, Uehara Naraku will never allow him to make his own opinions, that guy''s shadow is everywhere!


    "Just now¡­"


    Marco glanced at Sasuke with some hesitation, and asked softly, "Is that Kaido''s ability? I''ve never seen it before..."


    "No, it''s that person''s subordinate."


    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head with an ugly expression, and continued in a deep voice: "The person standing behind Kisame Kisame, that guy is going to stretch his claws towards Kaido!"


    "what?"


    Marco looked at Sasuke in astonishment: "The person who saved Kaido just now...is that the person you have been fearing all this time?"


    "No."


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head sullenly, and said in a low voice, "That''s just a little guy under his command...and a traitor in our clan!"


    Obito Uchiha is truly immortal in this world!


    At least in this world...


    Obito Uchiha, who was reincarnated from the dirty soil, is absolutely invincible. Although he may not be able to defeat some people, he will never die unless there is some kind of devil fruit that can restrain his space ability and restrain his soul ability in this world. Devil Fruit.


    Although Marco doesn''t know the specific situation for the time being, he feels that the situation in this world has become a little bit unfavorable...


    It''s useless to say so much now, I can only ask Sasuke slowly, it seems that only he knows some truths...


    "The man whose name you dare not mention..."


    Listening to what Sasuke said, Marco couldn''t help frowning.


    Obviously this guy Sasuke just drove away Kaido, one of the Four Emperors...


    This is the Four Emperors of the New World!


    The whole world claims to be the strongest creature!


    Now Sasuke didn''t have any wanton and arrogant expression at all, his gloomy face seemed to have encountered something that made him afraid...


    Marco handed Sasuke the juice, rolled his eyes, looked at Sasuke to soothe his emotions and said, "I''m really not used to it, shouldn''t you be very arrogant now... You just defeated Kaido what!"


    "What pride is there in beating a drunk?"


    Uchiha Sasuke took the juice from Marco''s hand, he glanced at the beer glass in Ace''s hand again, and kicked the beer out of Ace''s hand: "Ace, why are you still drinking? Did you see Kaido''s lesson?"


    "Ah ah ah ah ah ah ah!"


    Ace watched desperately as his beer glass arced out, flew gracefully over the railing of the boat, and landed on the sea.


    Looking at this scene, Marco could only shake his head helplessly, and said in a loud voice: "Hey, go and tell Dad that we are rushing to Balmork Island according to the original plan, and there is no need to let him come over. Kaido has already been arrested." Sasuke drove away, and things seem to have become a little complicated..."


    Obviously they have more Uchiha Sasuke in the Whitebeard Pirates, a strong man who can defeat the Four Emperors, and when they will be able to run wild on the sea soon...


    As a result, there are more unknown enemies...


    A deserted island in the sea.


    Kaido''s body hastily turned into a human form and fell down, recovering from his injuries, his expression was very ugly.


    A time-space vortex appeared in front of Kaido, and a figure wearing a spiral mask emerged from the vortex. Looking at the Four Emperor Kaido in front of him, he laughed and said, "I saved your life, you Why don''t you just be my dog..."


    It is Uchiha Obito who was reincarnated from the dirt.


    In other words, it was Uchiha Obito, who was controlled by Uehara Na after the end of the curtain.


    It''s just that after Naraku Uehara manipulated Obito Uchiha to show up and meet Kaido, the first sentence he uttered sounded a bit insulting.


    What does it mean to let Kaido be his dog!


    Although he may mean to let Kaido do things for him, but saying this is a bit too insulting to Kaido, the Four Emperors, obviously looking for trouble...


    "Asshole, I''m Kaido!"


    A flash of fury flashed across Kaido''s face, he swung his mace and was about to punch the mysterious masked man in front of him to death: "I just want to die! Who used you to save me...how dare you insult me?" Lao Tzu, what do you think you are!"


    The next moment, a strange thing happened.


    Kaido''s mace smashed down violently, but it just passed through the body of the mysterious masked man in front of him, as if it just hit the air!


    Shenwei''s virtualization ability can completely make him ignore attacks!


    "It''s really not good..."


    Obito Uchiha sighed softly in his throat.


    In the next second, Uehara Naraku''s will instantly exited Uchiha Obito''s brain, leaving only an order: "Then I will leave it to you, please help me to train him, Mr. Obito will definitely not let me Are you disappointed?"


    "I see¡­"


    The voice of the mysterious masked man suddenly had a trace of erratic coldness, no, or a little calmness like ashes, as if he was in a hell from which he could not break free.


    The scarlet eyes of the mysterious masked man stared at Kaido in front of him, and he sighed softly: "Actually, what''s wrong with being a dog to that guy? Many people can only be his puppets ignorantly all their lives. Toys..."

 Chapter 447

    The task that Naraku Uehara gave Uchiha Obito was a bit troublesome.


    Although Uchiha Obito saved the life of the Four Emperor Kaido from the hands of Uchiha Sasuke, Kaido obviously has a pair of dog faces. Not only does he not recognize him as a lifesaver, he even opened his mouth and shouted at him. of.


    Uchiha Obito stared at Kaido in front of him, sighed faintly and said, "Some things, really don''t wait until the end to regret it..."


    "asshole¡­"


    Kaido looked down at the short Uchiha Obito in front of him, a hint of ferocity flashed in his eyes, but he couldn''t attack his body no matter what...


    Makes me feel powerless...


    "Dragon Breath!"


    The next moment, Kaido''s body suddenly turned into a dragon again, and the huge dragon''s head opened its mouth and spewed out a scorching dragon''s breath towards the mysterious masked man!


    In an instant, a deep pit was burnt out by the dragon''s breath!


    Uchiha Obito slowly walked in the heat of the dragon''s breath, his body was still not injured at all, the scorching dragon''s breath clearly completely covered his body, but it still couldn''t cause any injuries to him.


    no matter what the attack...


    It doesn''t seem to be working on him...


    Kaido''s dragon head slowly fell in front of Uchiha Obito, and said in a gloomy voice: "You bastard... who the hell are you?"


    "Uchiha... Obito."


    Obito Uchiha did not hide his identity.


    It''s just that after he just said his name to Kaido, Kaido''s face immediately darkened: "Hmph, Uchiha...you guy and Uchiha Sasuke..."


    "We are of the same race."


    Uchiha Obito said calmly and indifferently: "Uchiha Sasuke is just a waste who can''t understand the situation..."


    "That brat is no waste!"


    Kaido released his dragon body again, punched the ground bitterly, and said in a cold voice: "You bastard...are you looking down on someone!"


    Damn, he, the Four Emperors, was just defeated by Uchiha Sasuke, and this guy said that Uchiha Sasuke was a waste in front of him, so he, the Four Emperors, is not as good as a waste?


    "you and him."


    Uchiha Obito reached out and stroked his mask, looked at Kaido and said indifferently: "I''m so sorry...I look down on you two."


    "You bastard!"


    A flash of anger flashed in Kaido''s eyes!


    This guy is too annoying!


    One sentence can make people fly into a rage!


    The Uchiha Obito in front of him really deserves to be a character of the same family as Uchiha Sasuke, the kid. Are these Uchihas talking so aggressively?


    If Uchiha Obito knew what Kaido was thinking, he might have to persuade him, he and Sasuke were already friendly... If another Uchiha who was still sleeping in the coffin was here, that guy''s words would be even worse!


    "You don''t need to worry."


    Uchiha Obito spread out his palm, looked at Kaido and asked aloud: "Because I still have a long time, we can take everything slowly...


    If you don''t agree, I will slowly kill everyone in the Kaido Pirates until finally, the two of us lose patience with each other and kill you or take you as a dog. "


    "asshole¡­"


    Kaido''s face was filled with only rage!


    The fourth emperor''s eyes were completely scarlet, and his voice faintly became manic: "If you dare to hurt those cute boys, you bastard will die!"


    Uchiha Obito''s figure turned into a vortex of time and space and disappeared, and there was a touch of blood in his words: "Then we have to see who will succumb first..."


    "..."


    Kaido fell silent.


    The next moment, Kaido''s body quickly turned into a dragon body again, and he flew into the sky. No matter what, he had to find a way to solve this matter!


    Who knows if that guy is a threat...


    Or is that guy really going to do it!


    As Drought Jack and Kaido were successively defeated and expelled by Uchiha Sasuke, the war between the Kaido Pirates and the Whitebeard Pirates came to an end briefly.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s reputation was greatly shaken.


    At least one person who can defeat the Four Emperors Kaido in a frontal battle deserves a higher reward from the Navy and the World Government, especially since this guy obviously has no respect for the World Government, and even tried to kill the Celestial Dragons...


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Therefore, Sasuke''s bounty was directly increased to an amount that Kakudo couldn''t help harassing Uehara Naraku, this amount was even higher than the total amount of hunting pirates that Kakuzu had hunted in the Pirate World for more than half a year!


    The red-eyed Demon God, Uchiha Sasuke, has joined the Whitebeard Pirates, with a reward of 3.145 billion Baileys!


    That number is ridiculously high.


    It''s just that this matter can only become a joke at the banquet of the Whitebeard Pirates. For the pirates, offering a reward is just something they use to make fun of or be proud of.


    Moby Dick aboard.


    The Whitebeard Pirates celebrated defeating Kaido at a banquet that lasted for several days, but Sasuke Uchiha didn''t look very happy on his face, as if he had something on his mind.


    "Hey, Sasuke, your reward has increased again!"


    Marco handed Sasuke a glass of iced juice, smiled and picked up the bounty order in Sasuke''s bag, and whistled leisurely: "3.145 billion Bailey, your bounty is the highest on this ship other than Dad. !"


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, sighed softly and said, "For us, the higher the reward, the more dangerous it is..."


    "Hahahahaha..."


    Marco couldn''t help chuckling, and continued: "It''s not true that someone will not open their eyes now and kill you for the bounty, right?"


    "Some people just want money rather than life."


    After Uchiha Sasuke slowly took away his reward order, he looked at a newspaper below. He watched the news on that newspaper and said softly: "If the money given is enough, even if it is a god, then Guys dare to wield a knife..."


    "You''re talking about the Shichibukai, the king named Kakuto!"


    Marco smiled lightly at the corner of his mouth and said, "There have been more and more pirates coming into the New World recently. It is said that they were all driven in by that guy from Kakuzu..."


    After Marco said this, he couldn''t help but continue: "But the navy really made a wrong calculation this time. They just made Kakuzu the king of Shichibukai, and Kakutsu directly started to attack some people who are wanted by the dark world. The nobles have started..."


    As Marco was talking, he couldn''t help looking at the news in Uchihasa''s assistant curiously, which said that a pirate named Naraku Uehara was captured by the navy.


    Uehara Naraku, the doctor of the Sand Crocodile Pirates, has a reward of 60 million.


    There was a smile on the corner of Marco''s mouth: "Ha, Uehara Naraku, I know this little guy, he seems to be the companion of that guy Crocodile, and he is also a ship doctor like me... I didn''t expect to be arrested in the capital of seven waters Already!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke realized his gaffe, handed the newspaper in his hand to Marco, and sucked his own juice.


    "Ha, it''s really interesting!"


    Marco couldn''t help but look at the news in his hand, and he laughed and said: "This guy was captured by a few navy recruits, hahahaha... the pirate with a reward of 60 million was captured by a few navy third-class soldiers ..."


    "Hahahahaha... this is too bad!"


    After Foil Vista heard Marco''s words, he couldn''t help but stroked his beard and walked over, wanting to see who would be captured by the navy third class and even made the news. more common.


    Marco chuckled and threw the newspaper to Foil Vista: "It is estimated that the Navy is trying to attract Crocodile to save his companions..."


    They were right.


    The Navy certainly thinks so.


    Crocodile thinks so too.


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku''s ability is very special, and Crocodile doesn''t really want to give up this ship doctor with special healing ability.


    Everyone thought so, except for the few naval recruits who captured Uehara Naraku. They regretted that they had caught Uehara Naraku very much now.


    In other words, they are not the navy, but just mixed with the CP9 agents of the navy.


    As the secret service department directly under the world government, it is not easy for CP9 to sneak into the navy, although it is only a few days of recruits.


    Because they wanted to extract part of the information about Pluto from Uehara Naraku''s mouth, these CP9 spies spent a lot of effort.


    These CP9 agents first rushed to Alabasta from the capital of seven waters. On the way, they heard that Crocodile had escaped from Alabasta and had to return to the capital of seven waters.


    As a result, I happened to meet Crocodile who was going to repair the ship in the capital of seven waters.


    Of course, these guys would definitely not dare to catch Crocodile, and their goal was directly aimed at Naraku Uehara, the ship doctor who offered the lowest reward.


    It was only after these CP9 agents captured Uehara Naraku and brought them to Judicial Island, the Admiral of the Navy called the directly subordinate officials of CP9 and immediately ordered CP9 to hand over Uehara Naraku!


    Of course, this matter cannot be accepted by the agents of CP9...


    But they couldn''t resist the pressure from the Admiral of the Navy, so they could only temporarily delay the delivery period, while interrogating Uehara Naraku during the delay, and learned about the whereabouts of Pluto from him...


    Admiral Sengoku did not receive the approval letter from the CP department, and ordered Admiral Aokiji to immediately go to Judiciary Island to retrieve Naraku Uehara, an undercover navy officer, from the CP organization!


    And since the general was dispatched, the opportunity should not be wasted.


    Therefore, Sengoku also planned to use the opportunity of Aokiji''s dispatch to ambush Crocodile again. What if Crocodile wanted to rescue his subordinates?


    So the Warring States sent a general Akainu to stand by at any time. In addition, the horns of the Shichibukai under the king were also pulled over... After all, Crocodile''s reward exceeded 800 million, which was enough to attract the horns!


    Justice Island!


    All of a sudden!


    Judicial Island, the interrogation chamber of the CP9 secret service organization.


    Uehara Naraku sat in the interrogation room of the CP department, looked at all the people present, and said casually: "Well, the entire CP9 department is here now, right? Are there any members who haven''t come yet?"


    Eight combat members, one supreme officer.


    The supreme officer Spandam, the combat member Rob Lucci, and Kaku, Gabra, Bruno, Lion Nugget, Otona Owl, Kalifa, Ferret Nero and others.


    "asshole!"


    Spandam, the highest officer directly under CP9, stared angrily at Uehara Naraku, and said in a cold voice: "Do you think Admiral Sengoku can keep you? Just a lieutenant commander of the navy...Hurry up and give the information about Pluto!"


    "I don''t know if the Admiral can keep me..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fist, and the shackles on his wrist were broken by him, so he squeezed his wrist slowly.


    Uehara raised his eyes and looked at everyone present who became tense instantly, ticked the corner of his mouth and said with a smile: "Congratulations in advance to everyone who has won the super prize... This time the prize is precious... Resurrection experience card!"


    "¡­What''s the meaning?!"


    The agents of CP9 looked at Naraku Uehara in amazement.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku in their line of sight suddenly disappeared in place!


    "shave!"


    Rob Lucci was the fastest. After his eyes saw Naraku Uehara disappear suddenly, his figure also disappeared in place!


    Rob Lucci had just appeared in the other corner of the secret room, when he suddenly saw a golden light on his body, and a voice came from his ear.


    "I haven''t explained the rules clearly yet, how dare you move?"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm covered Rob Lucci''s head, and his smile suddenly became dark: "So impatient...do you want to die?"

 Chapter 448

    In the CP9 department directly under the World Government.


    Rob Lucci''s strength is the most powerful of all agents.


    He is known as the most powerful agent of the entire CP9 department for eight hundred years, and is also considered the most ruthless killing machine in history. This agent pursues dark justice and seems to have lost human feelings in his heart.


    It''s a pity that...


    Rob Lucci is a killing machine that has lost human emotion, but his power still stays within the category of human beings.


    "You bastard..."


    Rob Lucci desperately wanted to twist his neck to see Naraku Uehara standing behind him, but the palm above his head made him unable to move!


    "Since you want to turn your head away, then I will help you!


    A coldness suddenly flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, and the next moment his palm suddenly twisted Rob Lucci''s head, making his head appear at a strange angle!


    Click!


    The sound of a broken neck echoed in the room.


    Every CP9 agent flinched involuntarily, and the strongest Rob Lucci was dealt with by Uehara Naraku!


    Uehara Naraku let go of his palm, threw Rob Lucci''s body on the ground, and looked at the rest of the people: "Is anyone''s neck uncomfortable?"


    "..."


    Spandam''s face changed, and he said loudly: "Everyone go together, quickly arrest this guy!"


    After a few seconds.


    The agents of CP9 all fell to the ground, everyone''s necks were at a strange angle, and their death method was exactly the same as that of Rob Lucci.


    After a few more seconds, each agent involuntarily woke up holding his own neck, as if he had had a nightmare.


    No, not a nightmare!


    That was real!


    Each of them has been killed once!


    Naraku Uehara patted his palm casually, and said softly: "Your resurrection experience card has expired, who else dares to do it now?"


    "..."


    Everyone couldn''t help but fell into silence. In just a few seconds, the entire CP9 agents were killed once, and they didn''t even have the slightest chance to react...


    Spandam came out from under the table tremblingly, showing a flattering smile: "Major Uehara, I am under the order of the World Government..."


    "rest assured."


    Naraku Uehara patted Spandam on the head, chuckled and said, "But in exchange, I think you must know what to do, right? I only give you one chance... Tell me, who should you serve in the future?" Order?"


    "Of course it''s an order from the Navy..."


    Spandam''s performance accompanied a smile and looked at Naraku Uehara.


    "Oh, wrong answer."


    Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out his palm, landed on Spandam''s head, and said calmly: "You have been the CP9 chief for so many years, why don''t you have the slightest bit of sophistication and tact?"


    "What... what do you mean?"


    Spandam''s expression couldn''t help changing slightly. He felt the strength of the hand on top of his head getting stronger and stronger. He said loudly: "You can''t kill me! I am the officer of CP9, Your Majesty Shichibu Haijiao and Admiral Aokiji will be here soon, and they will never let you go! Hey, you guys, come and save..."


    Click!


    Spandam''s body fell to the ground.


    Uehara Naraku casually looked at the CP9 people who hadn''t moved at all, and said with a chuckle, "This is your chief, so you actually stand by and watch?"


    Rob Lucci''s pupils shrank slightly, and the pigeon standing on Lu Qi''s shoulder spoke instead of him: "When there is an absolute gap in power, there is no need to waste precious life for a waste..."


    "Well said."


    Uehara Naraku applauded softly, glanced at the pigeon on Rob Lucci''s shoulder, and said with a smile: "Your pigeon is very good...Of course, I will use the pigeon to pretend to be yourself, and my dinner today is stewed pigeon soup. "


    "..."


    Rob Lucci looked at Uehara Naraku with a puzzled face, why did this guy want to kill the pigeons he raised since he was a child!


    Is this the behavior of a strong man?


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the people present, tilted his head and said: "Now that Spandam is dead, which one of you will answer, and whose order should you obey in the future?"


    "Of course it was your order."


    As a female among the CP9 agents, Khalifa has a particularly delicate mind and immediately chose an answer that is definitely not wrong.


    "It''s really interesting..."


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, and suddenly spread his palm towards Kalifa, and a gravitational force suddenly exploded!


    Kalifa''s neck suddenly fell into Uehara Naraku''s palm!


    Uehara Naraku pinched her neck and said casually: "But can you tell me why you don''t think so in your heart?"


    "I thought so¡­"


    Khalifa hastily stretched out her hand and grabbed Uehara Naraku''s arm, a look of fear appeared on her face, she didn''t want to experience the feeling of being twisted and broken again!


    Just at this time, the door of the CP9 interrogation chamber suddenly opened, and the figure of Admiral Aokiji of the Navy Headquarters appeared at the door.


    Aokiji hurried over, probably because he was afraid that Judicial Island would be spoiled by Uehara Naraku, so he rushed here the fastest.


    Unfortunately, he arrived a little late.


    The agents of CP9 have fallen into the hands of Uehara Naraku.


    Aokiji looked at Uehara Naraku pinching Kalifa''s neck, couldn''t help but frowned slightly, and said softly: "Hey, Uehara Naraku, can''t you be gentle with this lovely lady?"


    "General Aokiji!"


    Kalifa seemed to see a savior on her face!


    Every CP9 agent is relieved, at least if the admiral is here, Uehara Naraku should not be too presumptuous!


    Naraku Uehara turned his head slowly, looked at the figure of Aokiji, and narrowed his eyes slightly: "Don''t you know who knocked on the door first before coming in?"


    "Well¡­"


    Aokiji glanced at Spandam who was lying on the ground, couldn''t help but scratched his head, turned around and left the interrogation room, muttering: "It''s really troublesome..."


    boom boom boom...


    Aokiji knocked on the door symbolically a few times.


    "Don''t come in."


    Uehara Naraku''s words almost choked Aokiji to death.


    The forehead of the admiral of the Navy Headquarters couldn''t help but twitched, and he muttered: "Hey, hurry up if you want to do something, that guy Sakaski is coming soon, I''ll go find some beer, you What do you want to drink?"


    "Orange juice."


    Uehara Naraku casually dismissed General Aokiji, turned his head to look at the CP9 people in the room, smiled and let go of his palm.


    "I''m actually very talkative."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the people present, chuckled and continued: "You have one minute left in your life, you can choose to resist, scream or surrender to extend your life, some may speed up..."


    "We are willing to surrender if you can keep us."


    Rob Lucci looked at Naraku Uehara, stretched out his hand to cover his pigeon, and said, "Spandam is dead. His father, Spandain, was the former chief of CP9. That guy will never let him go easily." These agents of ours..."


    "Then let''s see how sincere you are..."


    Naraku Uehara ticked the corner of his mouth, smiled lightly and said, "If one person refuses to surrender, all eight of you will be killed..."


    "..."


    Rob Lucci was silent for a second.


    The next moment, Lu Qi''s figure suddenly moved, and his finger suddenly landed on the body of the ferret Nero, and a finger gun instantly broke Nero''s heart!


    Rob Lucci turned around slowly, looked at Uehara Naraku, and said calmly: "Now the remaining seven people should have surrendered to Your Excellency very sincerely."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell into a strange silence.


    Rob Lucci looked at Uehara Naraku, and explained softly: "Nello is an intern who was placed in not long ago, I can''t judge his intentions, in order to solve the next crisis that may put us all to death, I have to put He cleans it up!"


    "Good job."


    Uehara Naraku applauded calmly, fixed his eyes on Rob Lucci, and whispered: "It seems that you guys... are really united beyond my imagination!"


    "Although these guys are all trash..."


    Rob Lucci ignored the eyes of other CP9 agents around him, and continued to say: "But I can barely entrust my life to them, so it''s trustworthy!"


    Everyone: "..."


    Although they were a little moved in their hearts, they still had the urge to kill Rob Lucci... Is what this bastard said human?


    Rob Lucci''s eyes fell on Nero, and he continued to explain calmly: "Besides, killing Spandam needs an explanation after all... I think this dirty matter will definitely not fall on Mr. Nero, then It can only fall on Nairo."


    "You are very wise."


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head, waved his hands casually, and said, "You can report to Aokiji, tell him that you are my subordinates, and then go back to the capital of seven waters and continue your life, I need you I will use you again when the time comes!"


    "Life?"


    Khalifa looked at Uehara Naraku suspiciously.


    "That''s right."


    Uehara Naraku squinted at Kalifa and nodded, and said with a chuckle, "It seems that I don''t need you to do anything... It''s a rare vacation... As for the tasks of collecting Hades, let''s put it aside!"


    "..."


    Everyone looked at Uehara Naraku complicatedly.


    To be honest, apart from missions, CP9 agents have never had the concept of life. Isn¡¯t this boss who claims to make them loyal a bit unreliable?


    Only Khalifa looked at Naraku Uehara and squinted at her. The woman subconsciously covered her chest and said with a smile, "Sir, this is sexual harassment..."


    Boom!


    Khalifa gets kicked away by Rob Lucci!


    Ignoring the strange gazes of other people, Rob Lucci slowly took off his top hat, and saluted Uehara Naraku with a hint of respect in his voice.


    "As ordered."


    "It''s so smart!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Rob Lucci, the veritable captain of CP9, and said softly: "Then, for the sake of your decisive action, I will spare Kalifa for her rude words."


    "Yes, Your Excellency Naraku."


    Rob Lucci nodded, and led the CP9 people to leave here. Khalifa also stood up with the support of Kaku, and followed him limpingly.


    "correct."


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly stopped them, and said with a light smile, "If it''s a subordinate who is too weak, because I don''t need to use them, I may not remember it..."


    "We made a note."


    Rob Lucci said calmly: "When we meet again next time, we will definitely let Lord Naraku think that we have value that can be used."


    Wait until they step out of the door.


    Bruno looked at Rob Lucci, and couldn''t help asking: "Lu Qi, if he can''t remember us, wouldn''t we just have to face such a terrible person like him again..."


    "So¡­"


    Rob Lucci''s eyes gradually became sharper: "If there is a useless tool in your home, and someone steals or demolishes it, will you care about it in the future?"


    If their CP9 has always been a useless tool, Uehara Naraku will definitely not care about their life and death. Only when they become a useful tool for Uehara Naraku, have the value of being used, and have the value of being protected!


    Just when Rob Lucci thought it made sense, Bruno suddenly said, "Of course I will care, even if the tool is really useless, it is still my property..."


    "..."


    Rob Lucci was lost in thought.


    Is this a problem with his metaphor, or is there something wrong with Bruno''s brain?

 Chapter 449

    Justice Island.


    In Spandham''s office.


    This office is temporarily owned by Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku, who was supposed to be interrogated, sat leisurely on a chair, slowly drinking the iced orange juice prepared with the help of Aokiji, as if Judicial Island had become his territory.


    A group of CP9 agents stand in the office.


    Aokiji sat opposite Uehara Naraku, glanced at the CP9 agents standing in a row beside him, scratched his head and said, "You don''t need CP9 guys with your strength, do you?"


    This group of CP9 agents was ordered to report to him, which meant that he would help deal with CP9''s next troubles, and Aokiji hated troubles the most.


    The agents of CP9 cast puzzled eyes on Aokiji one after another. If Uehara Naraku didn''t need them, wouldn''t they kill them to silence them?


    This Admiral of the Navy...


    Why is his personality a bit vicious?


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, smiled and said, "I just threw a move at random, what if it is needed in the future?"


    Regardless of anything else, at least he got his mission reward!


    Side mission: kill Spandam (1/1), the mission has been completed, reward 30,000 points of life energy, 30,000 points of armed domineering, and 30,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    What a reward for killing Spandam!


    Although Spandam is quite a scumbag, the rewards for killing him are really quite generous. It would be great if he could be rewarded by killing him a few more times...


    Sub-quest: Defeat all members of CP9 (8/7), the task has been completed, and the skill Naval Six (Extreme) will be rewarded.


    Navy Six Styles (Extreme): The original Navy Six Styles of shaving, finger guns, haze feet, iron blocks, paper paintings, and moon steps are all strengthened to the extreme and applied, freely extending all kinds of strange abilities, enough to control any part of the body The part activates the Navy Six!


    The rewards of the Navy VI are not bad.


    After all, if Uehara Naraku is to do it seriously, he can only imitate it with his own powerful body. This is the real Sixth Form of the Navy!


    It doesn''t feel very useful...


    Except that Lanjiao and finger gun are a bit handsome.


    "Okay, you guys go back first!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to signal the CP9 agent to leave, then looked up at Aokiji, and said softly, "When will General Akainu come over? I can''t wait any longer."


    "Let''s wait a little longer!"


    Aokiji patted himself on the forehead, and said softly: "That fellow Sakaski has a sensitive personality, and he advocates absolute justice. Don''t let him discover the evil in your body..."


    "What nonsense! I''m a kind person!"


    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "By the way, if Admiral Akainu arrives, does it mean that my captain Crocodile will come to Judiciary Island to rescue me?"


    "Well, how should I put it..."


    Aokiji rubbed his forehead, and couldn''t help but said: "According to the information Robin gave me, that guy Crocodile is worried that Judiciary Island will be a trap set by the navy, and that guy has already decided to abandon you..."


    "Damn, is he still human?"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became a little embarrassed. He slowly clenched his fist, and couldn''t help cursing: "How could that guy Crocodile do this? I was the one who saved him, an ungrateful villain!"


    Crocodile is too much!


    If this guy just abandons his partner like this, he is destined to be unable to become the One Piece King, especially since he also abandoned a very powerful partner!


    Do you still want to be One Piece?


    Just want to enter the new world?


    "Hey Hey hey¡­"


    General Aokiji looked at Naraku Uehara who was a little excited, couldn''t help but help his forehead, looked at Naraku Uehara speechlessly, and muttered in his mouth: "But it''s not you who forced Crocodile into this situation. ?¡±


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent strangely.


    Aokiji seems to be right...


    If it wasn''t for him secretly planning behind the scenes, this guy Crocodile might not be in such a miserable situation, maybe he is still his hero in Alabasta now!


    "This is Crocodile''s fate!"


    Uehara Naraku''s face was furious, and he clenched his fists and smashed it on the table, smashing the desk in front of him into pieces: "Crocodile... dare to defy the fate I imposed on him! "


    "..."


    Aokiji''s forehead jumped.


    Naraku Uehara has a bad temper too!


    This person''s character and behavior style are even worse than that of Akainu.


    That guy Akainu pursues absolute justice, no matter what he does, he likes to use the name of justice, this guy Uehara Naraku is even more straightforward...


    Directly in the name of fate...


    When can the word fate become a reason to manipulate the fate of others?


    "Sooner or later, that fellow Crocodile will be sent to the undersea prison!"


    Naraku Uehara raised his head to look at Aokiji in front of him, and said in a deep voice, "Hey, Aokiji, find a way to send me to Impelton, the big prison under the sea first!"


    "What are you doing there?"


    Aokiji had a slightly weird expression on his face.


    If this guy is put into the big prison under the sea, it is estimated that there will be a big mess in that big prison. This request must not be granted!


    Aokiji looked at Uehara Naraku, scratched his forehead and said: "You are a major of the Navy Headquarters who directly belongs to the SWORD force, and it is impossible to be sent to the submarine prison anyway. Marshal Sengoku specially asked me to protect you... "


    "Are you letting me go by myself...or are you sending me there?"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms. He must go to a place like the large submarine prison in advance, at least to be a prison tyrant.


    It is even possible to completely master the large submarine prison.


    Now the boss of Crocodile is obviously a bit of a human being, so he can only get closer to his second boss as much as possible!


    expect¡­


    very much looking forward to...


    Aokiji was silent for a second. He looked at Naraku Uehara in front of him, sighed faintly and said, "Well, this is not something easy to manipulate...unless you guys betray the navy..."


    "How could I betray the Navy..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, smiled and said, "I am carrying pure justice!"


    "..."


    Aokiji felt that his eyesight was clumsy.


    Because no matter from which point of view, Aokiji thinks Uehara Naraku is a scum who sneaked into the navy, and it is a big dereliction of duty for him not to stop this guy from infiltrating the navy...


    "never mind."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly smiled again, and said softly: "Let''s put this matter aside for now! The most important thing for us now is to wait for Admiral Akainu... Well, do you have any deserted places suitable for fighting? "


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    "Battles are too troublesome..."


    Aokiji shook his head, and muttered: "Well, since Crocodile is not sure to come, Akainu probably will leave after staying on Judiciary Island for a while..."


    "No, I just want to surprise Admiral Akainu."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, smiled lightly and said, "Say, can we beat Admiral Akainu and bring him into our camp?"


    "..."


    Aokiji''s first thought was... Is Naraku Uehara crazy?


    Think about it carefully, when did Naraku Uehara live normally?


    This guy doesn''t really want to force Akainu down! That is a general who pursues the name of absolute justice, how could he obey such an evil organization!


    Aokiji couldn''t help sighing quietly.


    Only he, a person who pursues laziness and justice, would not mind joining Uehara Naraku''s camp, the purpose is also to persuade this guy to reduce the evil he committed...


    "Hmph, I want to try..."


    A light flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and his voice gradually became a little sinister: "Maybe we can kill two birds with one stone and get rid of Crocodile and Akainu...


    Since that guy Crocodile refuses to accept the fate I bestowed upon him, then he should directly prepare to accept the punishment of fate! "


    "what you up to?"


    Aokiji glanced at Uehara Naraku in surprise.


    Uehara Naraku took out his phone bug and asked casually, "Did you ask Robin? Where is the next stop for that guy Crocodile?"


    "The Chambord Islands."


    Aokiji said slowly: "That guy Crocodile is probably already ready to go to the new world..."


    "very good."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Aokiji, and suddenly said: "Mr. Aokiji, do you doubt your body?"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    "Things like intuition..."


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth slowly showed a smile, and he continued with a chuckle: "Do you believe that someone can arrange spies into your bodies?"


    "..."


    Aokiji''s gaze changed slightly.


    The first half of the great voyage.


    The ship of the Sand Crocodile Pirates is heading towards the Chambord Islands.


    Crocodile has no intention of going to Judicial Island to rescue Uehara Naraku at all. It is Judicial Island, which is very close to the Marine Headquarters of the Navy...


    The most important thing is that Uehara was caught by several navy recruits, which is really a drag. After taking Uehara Naraku into the new world, that guy probably won''t live long, and Crocodile simply didn''t bother to save him. up.


    and¡­


    Because Uehara Naraku was caught by several navy recruits, it was published in the newspapers, and the whole sea was laughing at Crocodile''s 60 million reward pirate!


    Let his sand crocodile be so embarrassing in the sea, it would be nice if Crocodile didn''t trouble Naraku Uehara!


    Crocodile really has ten thousand reasons not to save Naraku Uehara.


    Now Crocodile and Nicole Robin are about to arrive at the Chambord Islands. After coating the hull, they will dive to the Murloc Island, and then enter the new world from the Murloc Island...


    The only troublesome thing is...


    Now the territory of the Fishman Island belongs to the king Qiwu Haigan persimmon ghost shark.


    This person is definitely not easy to deal with, and Crocodile and Kanshi Kisame also have a grudge, so they have to find a way to avoid being discovered by Kanshi Kisame.


    Crocodile took his cigar in his mouth and sighed faintly. Why does he now have so many enemies for no reason...


    Just when Crocodile wanted to rekindle his ambition, a voice sounded from his body, it was a guarding crane in his body!


    "Hey, sand crocodile kid!"


    Ichio Morokaku''s voice sounded a little anxious: "Don''t get close to the islands in front, there are three very powerful characters hidden on them, one of them is the guy who uses the frozen fruit ability we met in Alabasta!"


    "Ok?"


    Crocodile''s expression changed, and now Shukaku was reminding him of danger, and he had no reason to suspect that Shukaku was lying to him, because he knew that Shukaku was living with him.


    Now Shuhe suddenly reminded...


    It shows that there are indeed dangers hidden in the Chambord Islands!


    There are three very powerful characters, one of whom is Aokiji, who has the ability to freeze fruit, and the remaining two seem to be self-evident!


    "Three Generals of the Navy Headquarters!"


    Crocodile''s expression was a bit unpleasant, he swallowed a cloud of mist with a cigar in his mouth, and said in a deep voice: "I have never heard of the news that the three admirals of the navy appeared in Chambord, those guys are ambushing here, it can''t be To ambush Lao Tzu!"


    "have no idea¡­"


    Ichio Morokaku said slowly: "Do you want to break in? Except for those three guys, the strength of the others is not very good..."


    "No, find a safe place first!"


    Crocodile shook his head, and immediately manipulated the rudder to turn the course, away from the direction of the Chambord Islands in an instant, planning to find a suitable place to rest first.


    Nicole Robin noticed this, and said with a smile, "Mr. Crocodile, is something wrong?"


    "The three generals of the Navy Headquarters ambushed in the Chambord Islands..."


    Crocodile snorted coldly with a cigar in his mouth and said, "Fortunately, Shouhe reminded me to avoid it, let''s find a suitable place to rest first!"


    "Three Generals of the Navy Headquarters!"


    Nicole Robin showed a look of surprise on his face, he frowned, and said in a serious manner: "If they are really ambushing us and we are too close to Chambord, in case the navy finds out, the three generals will It is also very likely that they will come after them!"


    "Aside from Lao Tzu, who else is qualified to be worthy of such a big battle?"


    Crocodile swallowed his clouds for a while, and said in a deep voice: "You can''t go to that fellow Moria''s territory either. I remember that there is a small, sparsely populated island near Judiciary Island, which is on another of the seven routes. , then go there and have a look!"


    After Crocodile finished speaking, he continued: "Hey, let''s take a look by the way. If there is a chance, I will take advantage of the fact that the three generals are not in the Navy headquarters, and directly attack Judiciary Island to rescue that trash Uehara Naraku. It is an ambush for the navy. tribute!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin nodded slowly.


    Alas, why not go obediently and save Uehara Naraku earlier?


    I really don''t know what kind of expression Crocodile will show after he arrives at the deserted island and sees the real general ambush there!


    If Crocodile knew that, except for himself, everyone else on this ship had been an undercover agent, including Shukaku in his body, who was also an undercover agent. I don''t know what expression this guy will show at that time!


    can only say¡­


    Hope Crocodile''s spirit is alright?

 Chapter 450

    Justice Island.


    Aokiji stood at the port with Uehara Naraku, watching a warship slowly parked on the edge of the port, staring at the tall man on the bow of the warship.


    Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, Sakaski, codenamed Akainu.


    The Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, who was ordered by the Marshal of the Warring States Period to ambush Crocodile with Admiral Aokiji, finally rushed to Judicial Island.


    The Admiral of the Navy Headquarters was wearing a navy justice cloak, a dark red suit, and a rose corsage on his chest. He looked like he was here for a blind date.


    After the red dog arrived on Judiciary Island, he looked down at the green pheasant at the port, couldn''t help but frowned, and said in a cold voice: "Hmph, I can''t even take a Crocodile, and I need the old man to come and act together..."


    "..."


    Aokiji scratched his head helplessly.


    If Alabasta''s crusade against Crocodile was not due to Uehara Naraku''s manipulation, Aokiji would have seized that guy in the submarine prison long ago!


    In that case, everything in Alabasta is under the control of Uehara Naraku, not to mention him, even if the three generals of the Navy headquarters gather together, there is nothing to do.


    Aokiji didn''t bother to pay attention to Akakenu''s provocation, and even kindly reminded him: "Well...then you can go back immediately."


    Better go now.


    If you leave late, it will be too late.


    "General Red Dog..."


    Uehara Naraku who was next to him interrupted Aokiji''s words, and his face immediately showed a touch of excitement, as if he was a little fan of Akainu: "If General Akainu shot at that time, he would definitely be able to catch Crocodile!" Get up!"


    "Ok?"


    Akainu frowned slightly, and when he looked at Uehara Naraku, his face was obviously displeased, and he was not at all happy to hear Uehara''s flattery.


    Akainu glanced at Naraku Uehara, but he ignored Naraku Uehara.


    The red dog looked at Aokiji again, and said coldly: "This little guy is the undercover agent lurking next to Crocodile. Is it the bait for us to ambush Crocodile this time?"


    "Well...probably...that''s it..."


    Aokiji''s expression became slightly complicated.


    To be honest, I feel that this guy, Akainu, is really going to die. This Uehara Naraku''s heart is smaller than a needle. He took the initiative to talk to Akainu just now, but Akainu ignored him...


    This hatred...


    We just met and it was over.


    Akaken''s eyes were still indifferent, looking at Uehara Naraku, finally willing to say a word to Uehara Naraku, he said coldly: "Well, Navy Lieutenant Commander Uehara Naraku, do you have the determination to sacrifice for justice?"


    "certainly!"


    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little serious, and he said in a deep voice: "Implement the navy''s thorough justice and root out the evil in this world, at all costs!"


    This must be Akainu''s favorite thing to hear.


    Although Uehara said so...


    In fact, I definitely want to keep a secret in my heart.


    The first thing, Akainu did not take the initiative to ask questions after meeting him; the second thing, he took the initiative to talk, but Akainu did not reply; Sacrifice him in the battle against Crocodile...


    really...


    It''s such a comfortable life!


    These admirals of the Navy are really more comfortable than each other!


    This is above the sea, and there are dangers everywhere. How can these admirals of the Navy Headquarters just relax their vigilance?


    Akaken didn''t know Uehara Naraku''s slander against him, but after hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, his face showed a little satisfaction.


    The admiral watched the excitement on Naraku Uehara''s face, and nodded slowly, as a compliment to Naraku Uehara, the lieutenant commander.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    "good."


    For Akainu, this is already a rare compliment.


    Although Akainu is a natural-type magma fruit capable person, his heart is much colder than that of Aokiji, and it is not easy to praise him.


    Of course, this can be regarded as the last appeasement.


    Because of the encirclement and suppression of Crocodile, who is also a natural fruit ability, Uehara Naraku has a very high possibility of being sacrificed on the battlefield with this little strength.


    Akainu is ready to sacrifice Naraku Uehara.


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara blushed a little embarrassedly.


    At this moment, Naraku Uehara didn''t seem to know that the admiral in front of him was going to sacrifice him. He was just a little fan who admired Akainu very much.


    Aokiji watched this scene speechlessly.


    This guy''s acting skills are really good. If Aokiji didn''t know part of Naraku Uehara''s background and what Naraku Uehara was going to do to Akainu next, he would have believed it by now!


    This guy Akainu really thinks Uehara Naraku is a lieutenant commander!


    "Is the next thing we have to do is wait?"


    Admiral Akainu looked down at Aokiji and Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "I can''t waste too much time here, the new world has recently poured in a lot of pirates..."


    "Won''t."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "According to our information, Crocodile should be on a deserted island near the northern part of Judicial Island, which is the most suitable place, and you can transfer to Judicial Island or Chambord Islands at any time... "


    Aokiji said slowly, "Actually, we can just stay here and wait for Crocodile to attack Judiciary Island..."


    "Where does this put the dignity of the navy and the world government!"


    Red Dog''s voice interrupted Aokiji''s words gloomyly, and he said with an ugly expression: "Since you know his information, then hurry over there and arrest Crocodile!"


    Aokiji: "..."


    This is really a person who wants to die...


    No matter how you stop it, you can''t stop it!


    And Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became dangerous, Aokiji felt that if he continued to speak, something might happen...


    Forget it, Akainu courted death by himself.


    At this time, the invited King Shichibukai had not yet arrived at Judicial Island, but Aokiji suggested not to join hands with this King Shichibukai.


    It just so happens that Akainu doesn''t really like the fact that Wang Shichibukai intervenes with the navy to catch pirates.


    Especially Kadotsu, who just got the position of Shichibukai, started to assassinate those noble kings who were wanted by the dark world.


    Two admirals...


    No matter how you calculate it, you can definitely catch Crocodile!


    Now that the personnel had been settled, Aokiji simply boarded Akainu''s warship and discussed the ambush of Crocodile on his warship.


    In order to worry about scaring the snake, Aokiji suggested that they should not bring too many ordinary navy soldiers, so as not to arouse Crocodile''s vigilance.


    Akainu naturally has no reason to refute, not to mention that this is a battle of the strong, and it is useless to bring ordinary navy soldiers. Although Akainu doesn''t care about sacrifices, it doesn''t mean that he will waste the life of the navy for nothing...


    "Major Uehara Naraku."


    Akainu sat in the conference room near the port, glanced at Uehara Naraku who was sitting in the corner, and said coldly: "If the location of Crocodile can be determined, he can also stay on Judicial Island to avoid danger... "


    "..."


    After being silent for a while, Aokiji shook his head and said, "I think it''s better to take him along with us. His safety is the top priority. The CP department is still watching him..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Akainu tapped the table with his fingers, nodded slowly, and said loudly: "Adjutant, prepare quickly! We will set off immediately, I only have three days, and I must not waste it!"


    "yes!"


    Port of the Isle of Justice.


    The two admirals, Akainu and Aokiji, boarded the same warship. Apart from hundreds of necessary naval soldiers, only Aokiji, Akainu and Uehara Naraku were added.


    Now they have to choose to take the initiative to attack Crocodile.


    this way.


    The red dog and the green pheasant are a bit uncomfortable.


    As long as they''re on the same boat, they''re a little bit uncomfortable with each other.


    Akainu was in a bad mood. Fortunately, there was Uehara Naraku, the lieutenant commander who seemed to understand what he meant.


    Akainu wants to take Uehara Naraku as his subordinate. This little guy agrees with his just handling method and is worthy of being sent to the Naval Academy for training.


    The speed of advancing with the ocean current is faster than that of going against the ocean current. Before Crocodile returned from the Chambord Islands and rushed to the desert island, Uehara Naraku and the others had already rushed to the desert island along the ocean current of the great route. .


    apparently...


    There is no sign of Crocodile here yet.


    Even around this deserted island, there are no traces of any ships staying.


    "Hey, the information is too bad!"


    With a cigar in Akainu''s mouth, he couldn''t help but said: "Your information and speculations are completely wrong, wasting my time for nothing!"


    Akainu stared at Uehara Naraku, and cursed in a deep voice: "At first I thought you were a talented person, but now you even got the basic information wrong, you know that wasting the time of two navy generals means what?"


    "...I''m sorry..."


    Uehara Naraku retreated shyly to the fence of the ship, his eyes slowly fell on the face of Aokiji standing beside Akainu: "General Aokiji, I accidentally wasted your time, what should you do Woolen cloth?"


    "Well¡­"


    Qingzhi couldn''t help scratching his head, sighed quietly and said, "Aside from forgiving you, what else can I do?"


    "Ok?"


    Red Dog frowned slightly.


    What''s the matter with this lieutenant commander, talking to Aokiji like that?


    Although the red dog really can''t see the laziness of Aokiji, but this guy is the admiral of the navy headquarters, and the admiral represents the majesty of the navy!


    Moreover, Uehara Naraku''s voice is a bit lazy! This is by no means an apology!


    Aokiji''s attitude is even more problematic!


    "..."


    Akainu''s face was full of black lines, and he clenched his fist suddenly: "Aokiji, Uehara Naraku, you two, be more serious to me!"


    "Okay... General Akainu, there is something I want to tell you."


    Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at the island, slowly spread his palm, and said calmly: "Actually, this island was never prepared for Crocodile..."

 Chapter 451

    The atmosphere on the warship was a little weird.


    No one understood what Uehara Naraku meant.


    Aokiji couldn''t help but help his forehead, and sighed faintly, he didn''t expect Uehara Naraku to have such a direct showdown.


    Akaken looked at Naraku Uehara, and couldn''t help showing a hint of anger on his face. He let out a breath of steam, and said with a gloomy face, "Major Naraku Uehara, what kind of trick is this?"


    What the hell is this guy doing!


    Is there anything else to hide from him at this time?


    "General Red Dog."


    Naraku Uehara looked at the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters in front of him, and said calmly: "You use me as a bait to capture Crocodile;


    But if someone uses Crocodile as bait, who is he trying to catch? "


    This is a loop problem.


    The navy wanted to use Uehara Naraku as a bait to catch Crocodile; Uehara Naraku also used Crocodile as a bait to capture the red dog general who came to capture Crocodile.


    "..."


    Akainu immediately figured everything out.


    Hearing what Uehara Naraku said, the admiral of the Navy headquarters flashed a look of disdain on his face, staring at Uehara Naraku and said contemptuously: "Is there anyone else whose purpose is to capture the two admirals of the Navy headquarters? The person standing behind you who is it?"


    It''s just funny.


    Someone would dare to stare at them!


    Now there are two admirals of the navy on this warship, especially this sea area is the first half of the great route, and Judiciary Island and Marlin Fando are not far from here!


    Not to mention reinforcements.


    Even two Admirals of the Navy Headquarters are enough!


    Which organization or pirate group is this crazy?


    Is Uehara Naraku, the little lieutenant commander, out of his mind? Inexplicably want to provoke their admiral?


    The Admiral of the Navy Headquarters is the highest combat power of the world government!


    The fact that the two admirals of the Navy are here means that no one in the entire sea can stop them, and even the Four Emperors will not underestimate the power of the two admirals!


    "Who is qualified to stand behind me?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a smile, his momentum gradually surged, and there was a hint of sadness in his voice: "I really want to work hard for my bosses, but it''s a pity that they all look down on me..."


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s domineering arrogance suddenly came out, and a touch of arrogance appeared on his face: "No...it''s because they didn''t grasp the choice of fate, so they didn''t get God''s favor!"


    "..."


    Before Akainu had time to figure out what was going on, a surge of domineering domineering energy rushed towards him, forcing him to hastily release his armed domineering air to resist!


    A streak of black and red domineering aura swept across the surroundings instantly, and the naval soldiers on the warship fainted instantly under the impact of this domineering aura!


    Even Aokiji and Akainu are a little uncomfortable under the impact of this domineering color!


    Even Aokiji, who has long been a subordinate of Uehara Naraku, never thought that Uehara Naraku in front of him has such a terrifying domineering aura. no difference!


    During the naval battle at Atwall, they witnessed the battle between Gol D. Roger and the Golden Lion, and they also experienced the domineering arrogance of One Piece!


    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku also has such a powerful domineering look!


    The entire navy can''t pick out such a powerful domineering arrogance, no, even in the current world, it is estimated that it can''t pick out such a powerful arrogance like Naraku Uehara!


    In addition to the aggressive aura and pressure that this domineering energy brings to people, it also has precise control, and it has not leaked at all...


    It''s horrible!


    Akainu''s eyes were extremely gloomy, he stared at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "No wonder you dare to challenge the general...What is your identity...What is the purpose of sneaking into the navy all this time!"


    "Of course it''s for justice!"


    When Uehara Naraku said this, his face was neither red nor his heart beat. If you ignore the surging domineering look on his body, this person is quite righteous when he speaks.


    "..."


    Akainu clenched his fists.


    Uehara Naraku is still talking nonsense now?


    Such a powerful domineering domineering, even publicly declared that he would be an enemy of the Admiral of the Navy, there is a ghost of justice in him!


    "Ugh¡­"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, sighed and said: "Actually, I don''t want to join the navy, it was the navy that asked me to join... If I don''t join the navy, my commander, Major General Drake, will use the demon-slaying order to wipe me out." To Alabasta!"


    Uehara Naraku continued quietly: "For the sake of countless civilians in Alabasta, I can only choose to join the navy..."


    These are of course serious.


    It is true that Major General Drake has always asked Uehara Naraku to join the navy, and it was even an order personally issued by Marshal Sengoku.


    This sounds outrageous...


    But such outrageous things happen to be true.


    Because every step of their actions was within Uehara Naraku''s plan, and it was Uehara Naraku''s hard work in the layout that made many senior officers of the navy want to win him over to become the navy.


    "nonsense!"


    Akainu''s face was still cold.


    How could the navy recruit such lawless people to join the navy? How did this guy get in here!


    Naraku Uehara shook his head helplessly, sighed and said: "What I said is true... I never wanted to join the navy, it was Rear Admiral Drake who forced me to join the navy, you can go to the navy in the future Ask him."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku smiled again, and said softly: "Actually, I didn''t want to do anything, but you took the initiative to send it to your door... After all, it is very rare to have a chance to capture and subdue an admiral of the Navy headquarters."


    The whereabouts of the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters are uncertain.


    Among them, there must be a general guarding Marin Fando all the year round every day.


    The three generals in this department represent the strongest force of the world government. Apart from exterminating powerful pirates, they also need to help the world government deal with some miscellaneous matters...


    Want to catch a general at the right time...


    To be honest, it is no easier to get anywhere than to catch a Four Emperors.


    "Uehara Naraku, your courage is really great!"


    Akainu''s eyes flickered slightly, and a puff of black smoke emerged from his body. The admiral said indifferently: "Do you think you can succeed?"


    The magma slowly dripped from Akainu''s body, and the magma corroded and burned the deck little by little. His voice was a bit more arrogant: "It''s just domineering... It seems that you don''t know yet, Admiral of the Navy Headquarters... what does it mean?" !"


    There is no shortage of domineering pirates in this world.


    There is only one person in a million who can possess the domineering aura, but this does not mean that he is invincible. The three admirals of the navy have definitely killed several pirates with a domineering aura!


    Wang''s qualifications...


    Just have the possibility of becoming a king!


    It is so easy to become a real king!


    Of course, Naraku Uehara''s overbearing arrogance in front of him is indeed terrifying, even the New World may not be able to find anything comparable to him...


    Generally, people who have cultivated domineering arrogance to this level, needless to say armed arrogance and knowledge arrogance, at least they are among the top group of people in the world...


    Akainu knew it clearly in his heart, but he refused to bow to the evil.


    "I am very aware of the power of the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters..."


    Uehara Naraku''s brows and eyes were full of smiles, he raised his head and signaled Akainu to look back: "I have learned the power of General Aokiji long ago, so I can only make iced juice for me; the power of General Akainu, I think it can be used Come and light the candles on the birthday cake¡­¡±


    "..."


    This is really insulting.


    One is a natural-type frozen fruit ability user, and the other is a natural-type magma fruit ability user, all of which are top-notch fruit abilities, coupled with their skilled domineering...


    Even the Four Emperors can''t ignore their two powers!


    However, after hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Akainu suddenly realized that something was wrong. This guy has learned Aokiji''s frozen fruit ability before?


    Then this guy, Aokiji...


    He should know his true identity!


    Naraku Uehara chatted with him for such a long time, why didn''t Aokiji say a word, is he still so lazy at this time?


    not quite right...


    Even if Aokiji is a lazy person, it is absolutely impossible not to say a word under such circumstances, which does not fit the status of an admiral at all!


    Akainu seems to have thought of something unbelievable...


    Akaken slowly turned his head under the domineering conflict, looked at Aokiji who was standing not far behind, and said in a gloomy voice: "What is going on here...Are you Kuzan...or who? !"


    This guy, Aokiji, was someone else in disguise, right?


    However, Akainu also knows his colleagues very well. Although they don''t have a good personal relationship, they still understand each other''s personalities very well.


    Akainu doesn''t really believe that others can pretend to be so similar, and of course he doesn''t believe that Aokiji betrayed the navy, which is even more nonsense!


    Aokiji is an admiral of the Navy headquarters!


    Based on his understanding of the current situation of the navy, Akainu knows very well that Aokiji has a high probability of becoming the admiral of the navy, and he is also the most powerful competitor of Akainu who wants to become the admiral of the navy and implement thorough justice!


    After all, this guy Aokiji...


    Among the middle and lower ranks of the navy, the popularity is good.


    However, it is absolutely impossible for Akainu to suspect that Aokiji has betrayed the navy. They are all admirals of the navy!


    no matter what...


    They will never be sorry for the justice behind the cloak!


    Unfortunately¡­


    Aokiji is destined to disappoint Akainu.


    Aokiji showed some hesitation on his face, leaned against the cabin, and sighed: "Well, Sakaski, it''s really troublesome to explain... I''m really sorry, this time I might have to do one actor..."


    "..."


    Akainu fell silent.


    A gust of breeze blew past, slowly blowing away the black smoke from Akainu''s body, and also revealed his increasingly unattractive face.


    At this time, is it suitable for you to be an actor?

 Chapter 452

    Aokiji tried his best.


    It''s really not that he refuses to help.


    Along the way, Aokiji secretly persuaded Akaken several times, implying that Akakenu will return to Marin Vandor immediately, and Akaken''s support is not needed here, but Akainu thinks Aokiji is too lazy and doesn''t care about the task at all.


    If the person who came was Kizuru, he might have turned back to Marlin Vandor immediately, but the person who came to support was the most diligent general Akainu.


    A general who hates all pirates.


    What''s more, along the way, Aokiji, who has always been unaccustomed, hinted to him as if provocatively, it would be strange if Akainu would go back obediently!


    "Oh, General Aokiji actually tried his best."


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth hooked, and he looked at Akainu with a smile: "I have seen everything along the way. When he was hinting at you to go back to Marlin Vandor, I have been quietly instigating you to never let go. Over any pirate..."


    When Uehara Naraku said this, he had a slightly regretful smile on his face: "General Aokiji is not easy, because he is my subordinate, all he can do is keep hinting to you, guess how dare he now help you?"


    "..."


    Akainu fell silent.


    Aokiji''s expression was also a little ugly, he scratched the back of his head, and softly persuaded, "Uh... Sakaski... sorry..."


    Aokiji is very clear about the strength of Uehara Naraku and Akainu. If Uehara Naraku wants to defeat Akainu, it is a breeze.


    The strength difference between Aokiji and Akainu is similar.


    Naraku Uehara has all sorts of strange abilities. He can hang up Aokiji and beat Akainu, and he can even hang up and beat them both together...


    "Hmph... As a general of the Navy headquarters, he actually betrayed justice..."


    Akainu''s fist clenched tighter and tighter, and magma gradually began to emerge from the fist. He looked at Aokiji''s face becoming more and more ugly: "Aokiji... When I finish this kid in front of me...I will definitely...will take you together clear..."


    "..."


    It was rare for Aokiji not to refute Akainu''s words.


    If Akainu can really defeat Naraku Uehara, and then wants to kill him, Aokiji will definitely not resist.


    But¡­


    It can''t happen.


    Naraku Uehara has at least four or five kinds of natural fruit abilities, and a strong three-color arrogance. Even Lieutenant General Garp has a very low chance of defeating Naraku Uehara in a single fight.


    "Okay, stop talking nonsense..."


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised his finger, and said with a smile: "Mr. Akainu and Mr. Aokiji are both generals of the Navy headquarters, so naturally I can''t favor one over the other..."


    Naraku Uehara turned around, looked at the small island next to the warship, and his voice gradually became thicker: "Then come and prepare a suitable battlefield for us first!"


    "..."


    Akainu''s face was full of doubts.


    Aokiji''s expression was slightly dignified, he stared at Naraku Uehara, and murmured in a low voice: "Are you about to start? The ability to change the terrain with ease..."


    A sharp bird song fell in their ears!


    The next moment, a giant bird with crystal clear body flew through the air!


    That giant bird has a wingspan of more than ten meters, and its whole body is made up of crystal clear ice, whether it''s wings, claws or even its head, it''s all made of ice!


    Only there is a piece of red crystal on its head, its body exudes endless cold air, and pieces of snowflakes slowly fall from where it flies...


    Even from a long distance, Aokiji can feel the freezing power conceived in its body, and that freezing ability seems to fit a little bit with his frozen fruit ability...


    Aokiji felt a little envious.


    Because that giant ice bird is so similar in name and ability to him!


    If there is such a giant bird as a pet, Aokiji thinks he can send that penguin named camel back to Antarctica...


    This giant bird made of ice is exactly the reward Uehara Naraku got after defeating Aokiji¡ªthe ice crystal phoenix, Avinia!


    "Go, Aviana!"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and looked at the ice crystal phoenix in the sky, and said, "Go and help me turn this small island in front of you into your hometown, and help me create a suitable battlefield..."


    "Chirp!"


    A sharp bird song resounded throughout the sea!


    The ice crystal phoenix flew over the small island, its wings fluttered slightly, and snowflakes mixed with hail quickly fell from the sky...


    It didn''t take long before the dense hail and snowflakes falling from the sky almost covered their sight, and the whole island quickly turned into a world of ice and snow!


    That giant bird created a world of ice out of thin air!


    The whole island has completely changed its appearance, only the endless white!


    No, or rather, the climate of the entire island has changed because of this, perhaps there will only be ice and snow here from now on!


    There are towering icebergs, and the snow is falling profusely. The shallowest part of the snow on the island is at least a few meters deep, and the temperature in the air is almost enough to freeze a human body.


    "I like snow days best..."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to let the ice crystal phoenix fall by his side. He looked at the snow-covered island before turning his head to look at Akainu, and asked with a light smile, "General Akainu, are you satisfied with this battlefield?"


    "..."


    Red Dog was silent for a while.


    Now that he knows that he is a magma fruit capable user, is this guy not sure whether he is satisfied?


    Don''t say it''s a red dog...


    Aokiji was a little speechless.


    Can Uehara Naraku be an individual?


    Even if Uehara Naraku created an ordinary battlefield, Akainu might not be his opponent. Now he has created a battlefield that restrains Akainu''s ability. Is this the rhythm of wanting to kill Akainu alive?


    "This is an absolutely fair battlefield."


    Uehara Naraku smiled and explained: "Only in this way can we avoid the damage caused by our battle to the island as much as possible. There is a second guest on this island..."


    Such words...


    Of course Aokiji and Akainu didn''t believe it.


    If a person with magma fruit ability like Akainu fights on this small island, his strength will definitely be reduced a lot, and it is impossible to use the magma fruit ability to change the terrain here, thus forming a battlefield that is beneficial to him.


    Naraku Uehara has a thick skin...


    How on earth did he say with a shy face that this is an absolutely fair battlefield?


    certainly¡­


    Akainu is among all the admirals who will never admit defeat!


    Whether it is on the surface or in his bones, Akainu is far more proud than the other two generals. He looked at the ice and snow island in front of him and nodded slowly.


    Akainu closed his palms violently, squeezed his fist hard, and said in a deep voice, "Since you have already chosen your burial place... let''s start quickly!"


    "OK."


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes, nodded with a smile, his figure floated into the air little by little, and flew to the island.


    Uehara Naraku let the snowflakes on the island fall on him little by little, and said with a smile: "Then...welcome Mr. Akainu...to this absolutely fair battlefield!"


    "Humph¡­"


    Akainu set foot on the island casually.


    It''s just that when Akainu just set foot on the island, the endless ice and snow on the island instantly flew up, and these ice and snow gathered around him like a tornado!


    It''s like wanting to bury Akainu directly in the snow!


    "Is this the only trick?"


    Akainu''s voice still came out dully in the flying snow all over the sky, his arm suddenly turned into a ball of magma, and blasted towards the ice and snow: "Big fire!"


    The flames gathered by a mass of magma shot out rapidly!


    The endless ice and snow melted rapidly under the power of the big flame! The ability of the magma fruit, even in this environment, still has good strength!


    The figure of Akainu slowly appeared. He watched Naraku Uehara floating in the air, and he punched out his fist again, and a cloud of magma quickly spread out from his arm!


    "Ghost dog!"


    This move is fast!


    Even the power should not be underestimated!


    However, just when the dog was about to hit Uehara Naraku, Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger, and a stream of magma gushed out from his fingertips!


    This tiny magma shot directly through the dog!


    Even after defeating the dog, the magma directly penetrated the arm of the red dog, which made the admiral''s expression sink. He was directly elementalized just now, but he still felt the power of the magma penetrated his body arm!


    "Is this... the ability of the magma fruit? The temperature is actually higher?"


    Akainu''s expression became slightly ugly.


    Akainu never thought that today, as a magma fruit capable user, he would be injured by the power of magma!


    "Yeah... this is the magma ability."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm, and a mass of magma flowed continuously in his palm, forming various strange shapes from time to time.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Akainu calmly, and said softly: "I said, this island is an absolutely fair battlefield, and it is fair to us..."


    The next moment, the magma in Uehara Naraku''s hand suddenly flew towards Akainu!


    The mass of magma expanded rapidly in the air, turning into a giant dragon made of magma, and pounced on Akainu''s body!


    The red dog suddenly stretched out his palm, and a burst of armed arrogance suddenly released, directly smashing the magma dragon in the air!


    The magma temperature of this Uehara Naraku...


    It seems that the temperature of the magma is higher than what he has mastered!


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    "It''s meaningless for you to be like this..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head casually, and stretched out his palm directly towards Akainu: "Since you used Armor Domineering once, for the sake of fairness, I will use it once too!"


    Before the words fell, a group of stronger armed arrogance was directly released from Uehara Naraku''s palm, and the surging armed arrogance made the air tremble!


    This domineering is too tyrannical!


    The armed arrogance released from the air directly knocked Akainu, the general of the Navy headquarters, to the ground from a distance!


    Talk about the domineering strength of the armed color!


    There is no one stronger than Uehara in the entire sea!


    "Are you kidding me, this brat looks like he''s only twenty years old..."


    Akainu was knocked down to the ground by the armed domineering, and a trace of blood oozes out from the corner of his mouth, which is a sign of internal damage!


    Only Lieutenant General Karp of the Navy Headquarters had brought him this kind of pressure, but that was made through hard work!


    Did Naraku Uehara have this level of domineering at the age of twenty?


    "Don''t bully young people into being poor!"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, looked at Akainu and said, "Hey, Sakaski, can you bring me a little new trick?"


    Uehara Naraku continued softly: "If you can''t bring me a little fun, then I only have the fun of beating you..."


    "Don''t be too arrogant..."


    The next moment, Akainu saw Uehara Naraku''s figure disappearing suddenly!


    Akainu couldn''t help frowning slightly, and the knowledgeable domineering immediately sensed a figure appeared behind him, and a cloud of magma suddenly appeared on his fist!


    Akainu turned around violently, and punched the figure that suddenly appeared behind him!


    Naraku Uehara smiled and stretched out a palm, blocking Akainu''s magma-filled fist, not caring about the damage of magma at all!


    This punch directly hit Uehara Naraku''s palm, the magma splashed on Akainu''s fist, and even a few drops slowly dripped down Uehara Naraku''s palm...


    As if it were just ordinary rainwater...


    An inexplicable chill suddenly enveloped Chiquan''s heart, what kind of monster is this guy, will he not get hurt at all?


    "I''m just an ordinary person..."


    Uehara Naraku seemed to have seen through Akainu''s mind, and continued with a smile: "Are you guessing why I won''t be injured? Of course it''s because of Akainu General, your strength...too weak!"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly became pitch black, and he turned over and slapped Akainu''s lower abdomen with his palm, even before Akainu had time to elementalize, he slapped the admiral directly with his palm!

 Chapter 453

    Snow is still falling.


    Uehara Naraku walked on the snow and walked towards Akainu step by step.


    Akainu, who had just been slapped down in the snow by Uehara''s palm, got up in embarrassment, wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth, and couldn''t help stroking his lower abdomen. He could clearly feel the severe pain in his internal organs.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Akainu''s movements, slowly shook his head and said, "It''s really ugly... With only this little strength, how can you hold the position of general?"


    "asshole¡­"


    Sakalski gritted his teeth, thick smoke was rising from his fist, and the armed domineering force slammed into Naraku Uehara''s head with the rolling magma!


    Uehara Naraku''s fist also suddenly turned into magma, and a layer of armed arrogance was absorbed on the magma like a flowing liquid, and his fist also blasted up!


    Their fists collided suddenly!


    The magma quickly spread towards the surroundings, and strands of magma flew out and landed on the ice and snow, and were buried by the ice and snow little by little...


    Akainu was blown away by another punch!


    The tall admiral was directly punched by Uehara Naraku into the ice and snow, and the blood from his mouth spit out in the air!


    Akainu fell into the snow unbearably, half of his body seemed to have lost consciousness at this moment!


    After seeing the domineering arrogance of Uehara Naraku, Akainu knew that this battle might be at a disadvantage... But he didn''t expect that his disadvantage was so great that he had just started the battle, and he didn''t even get the slightest result!


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    The enemy doesn''t care about his strength at all...


    Because no matter how strong Akainu himself is, Uehara Naraku standing opposite him will always perform stronger than him!


    "Meteor Volcano!"


    Akainu endured the pain and stood up, and swung his fist. The huge fists turned into meteorites wrapped in magma, and fell from the sky!


    The entire island fell into the range of Akainu''s attack!


    Nearly endless magma meteorites fell on the island!


    This is the power of the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, everyone has the strength to make a small island completely barren!


    Unfortunately¡­


    This is a small island of ice and snow.


    Naraku Uehara watched blankly as magma meteorites fell beside him, and were quickly submerged in ice and snow without causing any waves.


    A cloud of magma suddenly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s palm!


    The next moment, the magma shot out like a ray, and precisely hit the magma meteorites falling in the air, defeating these attacks directly!


    Akainu watched this scene with a gloomy face, he had already prepared in his heart, the strongest ability of this move should be resolved by Uehara Naraku...


    The only thing I didn''t expect was that he would resolve this move so easily!


    Naraku Uehara walked up to Akainu step by step, looked at the ugly-looking admiral, smiled and said, "Hey, Mr. Sakasky, are you willing to give your soul in exchange for strength from me? ?¡±


    "..."


    This sounds really like a devil!


    Akainu''s eyes changed, his fist clenched again, looked at Uehara Naraku and said in a deep voice: "Do you think you have won? Even if you can kill a navy, it is impossible to obliterate the justice in his heart!"


    "Why should I kill you..."


    Uehara Naraku stepped on the ground, and his figure suddenly rushed in front of Akainu, waving his fist and knocking the admiral into the air: "I''m just grinding away your justice... no, it should be said... I This is the justice you should believe in!"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure was like a hurricane, and instantly appeared in various positions around Akainu. At this moment, in Akainu''s sight, he seemed to see countless phantoms!


    The next moment, fists appeared on Akainu''s body one after another!


    Until finally Akainu got a hard elbow on the chin!


    The admiral suddenly fell on the snow!


    Uehara Naraku stood beside him, looked at the admiral lying on the ground, smiled and said, "Can we have a good talk now?"


    "asshole¡­"


    Akainu''s body was in severe pain.


    Even though he had been elementalized just now, he still couldn''t resist Uehara Naraku''s attack. This was the first time he felt a sense of powerlessness in his heart!


    This battle...


    It was really frustrating!


    No matter what kind of attack it is, it will be easily dispelled by the enemy, and no matter what attack the enemy attacks, it cannot be resisted, so how can it be fought?


    That Aokiji guy...


    Is that why you surrendered?


    "In this way, you won''t have the strength to resist, right?"


    A black hole suddenly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s palm, and Monkey King with Four Tails from Naruto World jumped out of the black hole!


    Uehara Naraku smiled, looked down at the red dog next to Monkey King Four Tails, and said with a smile: "Obey accept the power I bestow on you! This is a power that others can''t imagine..."


    Under Uehara Naraku''s control, Monkey King with Four Tails quickly turned into a chakra torrent and entered Akainu''s body!


    In a blink of an eye...


    Uehara Naraku completed the Jinchuriki Ritual.


    It''s a pity that Akainu, the four-tailed Jinchuriki, is a bit rough, and he didn''t even set a seal. The Four-tailed Monkey King can use his own chakra to occupy Akainu''s body and directly let him enter the tailed beast state!


    If Akainu wants to prevent Four-Tails from encroaching on his body, he must try his best to suppress Four-Tails'' riot every moment!


    If the Four Tails keep rioting...


    This general is equivalent to useless.


    "Asshole, what did you do?"


    Akainu saw the torrent of chakra falling into his body, because he instantly felt a monster entering his body!


    This monster seems to resonate with the ability of the magma fruit, and there is an energy in it that makes his body that was injured by Uehara Naraku recover quickly...


    But at the same time...


    This monster is also faintly occupying his body!


    What the hell is this...!


    "don¡¯t worry."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Akainu, smiled lightly and spread out his palms and said, "This is the power I bestow on you, and it is also a means of monitoring you."


    Uehara Naraku watched the four-tailed Monkey King gradually blend into the body of the red dog, and continued with a smile: "If you want, you will be obedient in the future; if you don''t want to, I think all the pirates on this sea Should like to see a piece of news..."


    A strange smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face: "This news is...Admiral Akainu of the Navy Headquarters betrayed the Navy and destroyed the Navy Headquarters Marin Vandor...This news should be enough to explode, right?"


    "That thing..."


    Akainu''s face changed suddenly. He looked at Uehara Naraku and asked in a deep voice, "What did you do? What is that thing!"


    This threat is deadly enough!


    Akainu has been carrying out his own justice since he was a child!


    As a result, he was only fifty years old this year, when he was about to reach the peak of his life, but he was assassinated by the person in front of him!


    "Four-tailed Monkey King, that''s your companion!"


    Uehara Naraku continued with a smile: "Four-tailed Monkey King is a unique life, it can lend you extremely powerful power, and make your magma fruit ability even better;


    The price of this power is that once it detects that your mind is different, it will invade your body and make you a irrational beast..."


    "asshole¡­"


    Akainu''s face suddenly changed.


    The admiral tried his best to strip the tail beast from his body!


    It''s a pity that Akainu doesn''t understand these chakra systems at all. He just saw a red gorilla with four tails in his own spiritual world!


    "Stop struggling."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Akainu with a smile, and said softly: "In the future, if you are willing to obediently obey my orders, you will still be the admiral of the Navy Headquarters who can execute justice; if you refuse to obey orders, then you will become a member of the Navy traitor¡­"


    "Do you think you...can threaten an admiral?"


    Akaken looked at Uehara Naraku with a gloomy expression, slowly clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice: "From the day I joined the navy, I have already had the consciousness to die for justice... death, you think the old man Don''t you dare die?"


    "I believe you are not afraid of death..."


    "Mr. Naraku, can I talk to him?"


    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to continue to say something, a figure braved the wind and snow and walked to their side.


    It was another general of the headquarters, Aokiji, who had been watching the show.


    Aokiji stared at Akainu lying on the ground, turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "Well...Although Sakaski and I basically didn''t talk about anything...but I think...I still understand the current situation. his."


    "Please feel free."


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile, and said in a low voice: "Then... don''t let me down! If you let me down, the world will become very bad!"


    When it came to the end, Uehara Naraku''s smile was still relaxed, but his smile fell into Aokiji''s sight, but it suddenly made Aokiji feel a chill.


    Seeing Naraku Uehara leave and only the two admirals were left here, Aokiji scratched his head and muttered, "Um... Sakaski..."


    "Do you have that monster in your body too!"


    Akaken looked at Aokiji with a gloomy face, and said in a loud voice: "Aokiji, that''s why you chose to betray your own justice!"


    "No."


    Aokiji shook his head, sighed and said, "It should be said that my body is scarier than that monster...I have never been afraid of death...but if we die, then who will find out the details of that guy , who will monitor that guy?"


    Aokiji sat beside Akainu, and continued calmly: "That guy named Uehara Naraku may have only used less than one-tenth...one percent...of his real strength when fighting you. know...


    Anyway, he is a dangerous guy, and his thinking is also very dangerous... But we have no way to eliminate him, even if Polusalino is here, there is nothing we can do... I have been secretly monitoring him to prevent him from making some dangerous moves ..."


    Aokiji glanced at Akainu, and continued seriously: "Sakaski, join us... That guy is just a monster with a wicked taste now, who knows if he will become a person who destroys the world in the future... Someone must preventing him from moving..."


    When Aokiji said this, he looked up at the sky and continued: "You saw it too? No one can stop him with strength...not even when I followed Mr. Garp to face Gore D. Roger. I have seen such a powerful human being..."


    "So you became his subordinate?"


    The red dog''s face was cloudy and uncertain, he glanced at Aokiji, and said in a deep voice: "Such a lawless monster, will he listen to you?"


    "meeting."


    Aokiji looked down at Akainu, scratched his head, and said slowly: "Well, how should I put it...not so much a monster...it''s better to say that he is a god who plays games...that''s probably what happened..."


    "Is that person a Celestial Dragon?"


    "It''s much more troublesome than the Tianlong people."


    Aokiji shook his head, sighed lightly and said: "The group of guys whom Mr. Garp calls the world''s scumbags can at least have a way to restrain them... That guy Uehara Naraku is truly unrestrained and reckless... His There is a mysterious organization under him, and the people in this organization are powerful, but they all call him a real god."


    Aokiji glanced at Akainu, and said softly: "Well... I joined that organization, probably to stop his dangerous behavior as much as possible, and let that guy have more... bondage?"


    "..."


    Akagi slowly closed his eyes.


    The next moment, Akainu opened his eyes again, and said calmly, "I thought you would stay by his side, trying to assassinate him...I didn''t expect you to use such a humiliating method..."


    "How should I put it..."


    Aokiji shook his head, looking at Uehara Naraku who was building a snowman on the ice and snow island in the distance, he couldn''t tell that he was the one who beat the admiral of the Navy just now...


    that guy¡­


    In fact, despite everything, he is a simple guy!


    "There is a saying that should be like this..."


    Aokiji shook his head, and slowly lowered his head to look at Akainu. There was a shadow in his eyes, and the voice of the admiral of the Navy headquarters became lower and lower.


    "God...can''t die."

 Chapter 454

    The snowflakes on the island are still flying.


    Naraku Uehara looked at the snowman he had made with satisfaction, nodded to himself, and glanced at the two tall men standing beside him.


    "Do you think this snowman looks good?"


    "..."


    The two admirals of the admiralty fell silent.


    To be honest, this snowman is really ugly.


    Uehara Naraku''s skills in making snowmen are actually not as good as those of the children in the Marin Fanduo family area, which is really an insult to this snowy island.


    It''s a pity that Naraku Uehara is a crazy guy.


    Both of them are now Naraku Uehara''s subordinates, especially this guy may make dangerous moves at any time.


    Now, the two admirals have reached a tacit agreement.


    They will try their best to obtain a higher status in the dangerous organization of Akatsuki, and prevent some dangerous actions of Uehara Naraku through persuasion.


    This kind of two-year-old and strong guy has to deal with it smoothly, just like dealing with Tianlongren, no, it is more troublesome than dealing with Tianlongren.


    Therefore, it is natural not to be conscientious when speaking.


    "Well, it''s okay..."


    Aokiji scratched the back of his head, nodded slowly, then glanced at Akainu next to him and said, "Hey, Sakasky, do you think this snowman is good too?"


    "..."


    Akainu fell into silence again, before he frowned, and said in a loud voice: "Well, it looks much better than the snowman Kuzan made before, and it''s very artistic."


    "Ok?"


    Aokiji couldn''t help but have question marks all over his head.


    He only turns people into ice sculptures. Has he ever built a snowman?


    No, no, the real question is, is Akainu still messing with his mentality at this time?


    The two of them didn''t deal with each other at the Navy Headquarters base. Now that they are members of the Akatsuki organization, why are they still not dealt with?


    Sure enough...


    Inherently inconsistent, right?


    Hearing the two admirals of the Navy headquarters complimenting his snowman one after another, Naraku Uehara nodded in satisfaction. He glanced at Akainu and said softly: "Mr. Akainu, you are much more interesting than Aokiji."


    "..."


    After Akainu was silent for a while, he was still not used to it. He said in a low voice: "Your Excellency Uehara, if there is nothing else, I will go back to Marlin Vandor first. There are still many things to deal with..."


    "No, there is something else to do."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, chuckled and said, "Have you forgotten why we came to this island? Didn''t we say we wanted to capture Crocodile?"


    "Ok?"


    Akainu was a little surprised, frowned and asked, "Your Excellency Uehara, did you really know the trace of that guy Crocodile?"


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded and said with a smile: "If I didn''t make a mistake, he should arrive at this island this afternoon."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Akainu again, pointed to his lower abdomen, and said softly: "I planted an undercover agent in Crocodile''s body, and all his actions can''t be hidden from me..."


    "..."


    Akainu''s expression gradually became a little ugly.


    Because now he has also been planted in his body with Four Tails Monkey King as an undercover agent. In this case, he can''t hide anything from Uehara Naraku!


    Especially as an admiral of the Navy headquarters, Akainu usually comes into contact with many naval secrets. In order to avoid being discovered by Uehara Naraku... Should he start working every day like Aokiji and Kizaru in the future? ?


    The mentality is a bit broken.


    Akainu is the most diligent one among the three generals!


    It''s just that because of this, Akainu finally realized why Aokiji didn''t want to go back to Marlin Vandor to garrison. It should be because he was afraid that he would be discovered by Uehara if he came into contact with some naval secrets?


    Aokiji has a bit of a conscience...


    It''s a pity that in the future, Akainu reckons that he will be like Aokiji, in order to protect the secrets of the navy, he will have to stay outside all day to patrol or hunt down pirates...


    that time¡­


    In the entire Marin Vanduo, there is only one general, Huang Yuan, who is still a guy who likes to go to work and fish by nature. I can only hope that the Marshal of the Warring States Period is okay...


    But that''s fine too...


    Akainu couldn''t help but feel a little lucky. In the future, when he and Aokiji go out to patrol and hunt down pirates, Kizaru will stay in Marin Vandor for a long time because of the requirement that the navy headquarters must have an admiral stationed there, and he won''t be caught by Naraku Uehara. get caught...


    "Okay, now that our battle is over, let me redecorate the island first, so as not to be suspected by Crocodile."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm fell on the snow, and the snow under him gradually began to melt in an instant, whether it was icebergs or snow, they were melting rapidly.


    This small island seemed to have stepped into spring. Small saplings quickly drilled out of the ground, and grew into towering trees in just a few seconds!


    It is the power of elemental power (steam) and elemental power (wood)!


    In just a few minutes, the small island that had been turned into a world of ice and snow by Uehara Naraku returned to its lush and lush appearance.


    This is the usual method of the Creator...


    The two admirals, Aokiji and Akainu, could not help but frown slightly. No matter when it is, creation is more difficult than destruction!


    How much power does Uehara Naraku still hide?


    No, or, is this guy really human?


    Akainu''s eyes darkened slightly, and within a few minutes, the appearance of a small island was easily changed twice in his hands.


    Naraku Uehara waved his palm, looked at the small island that had turned into a forest, and said with a chuckle: "In this case, that fellow Crocodile shouldn''t be suspicious, right?"


    "..."


    Crocodile Doubt Doesn''t Doubt Doesn''t Matter...


    The two admirals, Aokiji and Akainu, really doubted life.


    Just as Naraku Uehara was transforming the island, a pirate ship with a crocodile bow was heading towards the island.


    Two people on board.


    It was Crocodile Sandcrocodile and Nicole Robin.


    Crocodile is still as majestic as ever. The one-tailed crane he got provided him with great power, and it could also help him perceive the message of a powerful enemy in advance.


    This made Crocodile more and more confident.


    "When we arrive at the deserted island, we will find a suitable opportunity to attack Judiciary Island. I must teach the navy a lesson and snatch back that trash Uehara Naraku..."


    After taking a puff of his cigar, Crocodile breathed out the cloud, snorted coldly and continued: "Hmph... If that trash is unlucky and sent to Impelton, it''s no wonder I didn''t save him Already!"


    "..."


    After Nicole Robin was silent for a second, a smile appeared on her face, she narrowed her eyes and nodded, "Yes, Captain."


    "It''s a pity..."


    Crocodile sighed slowly and said, "That fellow Uehara Naraku''s combat power is not very good, but his medical ability is quite good."


    "yes¡­"


    Nicole Robin nodded along with his words.


    This Crocodile is really dying and has not noticed the crisis...


    If he had gone to rescue his ship doctor earlier, maybe they would have arrived in the New World by now, but unfortunately this guy gave up his way of life and chose his own way of death.


    Even the one-tailed crane in Crocodile''s body is Uehara Naraku''s undercover agent, so how can he fight with others?


    Nicole Robin already knew that.


    The island they are sailing to now is actually a dead end.


    In fact, Crocodile has countless opportunities. As long as he obediently becomes Naraku Uehara''s pawn or tool man, he can at least live longer...


    This sand crocodile was able to sail at sea before because Uehara Naraku needed him, but he actually abandoned Uehara Naraku.


    This guy Crocodile has been running non-stop on the road to death, and even felt that he was running too slowly...


    really...


    Hopeless.


    It''s a pity that Crocodile didn''t know all this, he was still a little complacent about his own caution, and began to rely a little on Shouhe''s perception power.


    When Crocodile approached the deserted island, he glanced at the densely forested island, and asked the opinion of Shuhe in his body: "Hey, Shuhe, is there any dangerous person on this island?"


    "Hee hee hee hee hee hee¡­"


    Shuhe''s laughter came from Crocodile''s body: "There are a few weak guys on the island, they are not worth mentioning to our strength, let''s kill them!"


    "Humph¡­"


    Crocodile grinned at the corner of his mouth, revealing a ferocious smile: "Shouhe, can''t you monster be bloodthirsty?"


    "he he he he he¡­"


    Shouhe''s laughter suddenly became sharper. After laughing for more than ten seconds, he said slowly: "Hee hee hee hee... let''s go quickly!"


    Shukaku''s mouth was grinning...


    It must be cursing in its heart!


    This Crocodile really doesn''t know how to flatter him, he dared to call Master Shouhe a monster, didn''t he know that the tailed beasts hate this word the most?


    If Shukaku hadn''t needed to bring this guy to Uehara Naraku now, Shukaku really wanted to kill Crocodile!


    never mind¡­


    immediately¡­


    This guy Crocodile will experience what true despair is!


    The supplies on board are actually not lacking, the only thing that needs to be replenished is the fresh water resources that are difficult to replenish at sea, and they also take a rest on this small island by the way.


    After the boat docked, Crocodile landed on the island, and said in a loud voice: "In order to avoid leaking the news of Lao Tzu, let''s kill those guys on the island first... Shouhe, tell me their details. Location!"


    "he he he he he¡­"


    Shouhe''s laughter became sharper, and he reminded: "Then you''d better hurry up, they are in this forest, go straight to the forest, and you will meet them soon!"


    "Pirates don''t have kind words..."


    Crocodile was smoking a cigar, with a puff of smoke floating from the corner of his mouth. He walked slowly into the forest with a look of contempt on his face: "Hmph, I can only blame bad luck..."


    bad luck¡­


    Only then did he meet a sand crocodile who wanted to hide his whereabouts!


    Just as Crocodile walked along the forest for a few minutes, he finally saw the scenery deep in the forest. In the depths of the forest was a big tree with a lush canopy.


    Crocodile also saw people deep in the forest.


    When Crocodile saw two of them clearly, cold sweat broke out on his forehead instantly, and an urge to curse suddenly arose in his heart!


    There were three people sitting under the big tree with luxuriant branches. They sat around a wooden table with three glasses of fruit juice on the table. Two of them were very tall.


    It was Admirals Akainu and Aokiji of the Navy Headquarters.


    The only person with a normal figure is Naraku Uehara, the ship doctor of Crocodile.


    When Uehara Naraku saw Crocodile appearing in front of them, he waved happily at Crocodile and said loudly, "Hey, Captain, you finally came to save me!"


    this moment¡­


    Uehara Naraku is really happy.

 Chapter 455

    Naraku Uehara was very happy.


    Because Crocodile followed his plan, there was no accident in the middle, and he got into the trap he set in a daze.


    Now¡­


    It''s finally time to do the math!


    "..."


    Crocodile''s expression was obviously not happy.


    Because Crocodile came to this deserted island originally, intending to show the navy a little bit of color, let them know that sand crocodiles are not easy to provoke... But now that he came to this small island, he seemed to be plunged into a trap. !


    Crocodile''s expression gradually became gloomy, and he immediately asked a Shuhe in his body: "Shouhe, what''s going on?"


    How can this Shouhe provide false information!


    Izuzuru''s laughter finally turned nasty: "Hee hee hee hee... Crocodile, how do I know? The person you should ask is sitting in front of you!"


    "..."


    Crocodile slowly raised his head and looked at the three people on the wooden table. The two navy generals, Aokiji and Akainu, sat on both sides, but that guy Uehara Naraku sat on the main seat...


    This seat is a bit outrageous.


    "Hmph, it can''t be the real admiral!"


    Crocodile''s eyes narrowed slightly. He knew that he might not be able to run away, so he just asked the most familiar person in a deep voice: "Hey, Naraku Uehara, what''s going on? How did you and these two admirals meet?" it''s here?"


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    "We are waiting for you..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Crocodile with a smile, spread his palms and said, "Sit down quickly, Captain, I have a lot to say to you... Now Robin should drive the boat away, and you can do it anyway. Can''t run away!"


    "..."


    Crocodile''s face was a bit ugly, and he asked word by word: "Did Nicole Robin betray me and betray me to you?"


    "No, Master Captain."


    Uehara Naraku patted the table, tilted his head and said with a light smile, "This is actually a very long story, don''t worry, let''s sit down and talk slowly..."


    "Humph¡­"


    Crocodile snorted coldly, and sat on the last seat of the wooden table with an ugly face. His eyes flickered slightly, and he looked at the two admirals of the Navy Headquarters beside him.


    Naraku Uehara looked at Crocodile, narrowed his eyes, and said with a chuckle, "First of all, let me introduce myself to the captain... I have many identities, where should I start..."


    "Identities... more..."


    Crocodile stared at Uehara Naraku, and said in a gloomy voice: "It seems that you have a corresponding connection with the navy... So you are also a traitor!"


    "This is what I said..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, slowly closed his palms, the corners of his mouth slightly hooked, showing a meaningful smile: "Actually, there is one thing you guessed wrong, all the people who betrayed you... have always been my people !"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and continued: "Kakisame, Didara, Scorpion, Nicole Robin, all of them are my subordinates... As for those in the Baroque Work Club who refused to be loyal to me, they have long been punished by me. Send someone to clean it up!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Crocodile''s unusually wonderful face, but his smile became more and more intense: "I have already emptied out the original Baroque Work Club! Of course, this is understandable to you, because you never care about the Baroque Work Club. ..."


    "asshole¡­"


    Crocodile couldn''t help but gritted his teeth.


    Although he did, as Uehara Naraku said, never cared about Baroque Works, but this does not mean that Crocodile likes to be played by others!


    the bastard...


    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "You think you are in control of everything secretly, but in fact all your affairs are under my control... Unfortunately, it is too difficult to gain your trust, so I can only think of some way."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger, pointed at Crocodile, and said softly: "That is to insert a shrine crane into your body. It is my pet... How does it feel? Its strength is not bad, right?"


    "..."


    Crocodile''s complexion changed drastically!


    Now Shukaku Izumi is his greatest reliance, and it is precisely because Shukaku is willing to lend him his strength that Crocodile dares to be unscrupulous!


    Crocodile felt that there was something wrong with Shouhe just now...


    But now hearing Naraku Uehara admit that Shoutaku was his arrangement, Crocodile still finds it unbelievable. In this case, wouldn''t his life be in Naraku Uehara''s hands all the time!


    Crocodile slowly squeezed his fingers, and said in a deep voice: "Then what is the purpose of you guys lurking by my side all this time?"


    "Fun."


    Naraku Uehara''s words made Crocodile''s forehead jump violently!


    What the hell kind of reason is this!


    To toss him just for fun?


    "Actually, I don''t want to either."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and said softly: "Originally, I just wanted to stay in the Baroque Works, and serve Mr. Crocodile wholeheartedly. If I have nothing to do, I will help you attack Marin Fandor, Marie Gioia, and kill a few Tianlongren What¡­"


    "..."


    Crocodile''s expression was subtle.


    What the hell is this effect!


    Which boss in the world dares you to work for him like this!


    Should he be thankful that the Baroque Works was disbanded early? If the bastard Uehara Naraku really did this, he would probably be hunted down by the navy and the world government all over the world!


    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly and said: "It''s a pity...Captain Crocodile...You actually only let me be a middle-level agent, and you have been unwilling to let me be promoted..."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Crocodile, and said with resentment on his face: "Do you know how serious the consequences will be if you don''t give a hard-working employee a promotion? This hard-working employee will directly destroy your company!"


    "¡­Shut up!"


    Crocodile''s face was ugly, he stared at Naraku Uehara and said: "An employee like you, whoever recruits you will be unlucky..."


    "No, no, you''re wrong..."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and said softly: "My previous boss was very lucky. After his company went bankrupt, he got a stable and long-term job from me..."


    "..."


    The expressions of the other people present were subtle. Your previous boss went bankrupt and ended up being your employee. Is this really luck?


    That unlucky boss...


    How bad is it!


    The eyes of Aokiji and Akainu slowly fell on Crocodile. Sand crocodile should be the boss with bad luck, right?


    "Say it straight!"


    Crocodile looked at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "Uehara Naraku, who the hell are you, and what is the purpose of following me all this time!"


    "Hey, I''m just an ordinary god!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed, and continued: "The purpose of following you all the time is actually just to see your current expression..."


    "..."


    Crocodile was full of question marks.


    Aokiji and Akainu had black lines all over their faces.


    What kind of devil''s talk is this!


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and explained: "Mr. Crocodile, in fact, you are lucky. There are seven people in Shichibukai under the king. I picked you and finally chose you as a candidate who can take the blame. ¡­


    It''s a pity, you guys are really bad, you just want to live in Alabasta, so when can you become the One Piece? You are the man who wants to become the One Piece, how can you just be a Shichibukai in Alabasta!


    So I secretly manipulated the Baroque Work Agency, let other people do all kinds of bad things in the sea, and provoked countless powerful enemies for Baroque!


    Until the navy was forced to completely change its mind about Baroque Works, I secretly colluded with the navy and betrayed your identity. "


    "..."


    Crocodile''s expression became increasingly ugly.


    Oh shit.


    This guy is so embarrassed to say it!


    Baroque Works has always been very low-key. Since the recruitment of Uehara Naraku and his group, the style of the entire Baroque Works has taken a sharp turn...


    A look that is at stake with the whole world...


    It directly forced him, the behind-the-scenes boss of the Baroque Work Agency, to dare not show up...


    However, Uehara Naraku, who put Baroque Works into such a dangerous situation, escaped and colluded with the navy, directly betrayed him, and let him bear all the blame!


    Grass¡­


    Confused and confused, he took a big scapegoat directly!


    Damn it, Uehara Naraku is such a bastard!


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, smiled at Crocodile, and continued: "But I soon realized that your strength is too weak.


    Even if it is a superficially even battle with General Aokiji to the World Government, I can¡¯t do it, so I gave you the Shukaku..."


    Uehara Naraku picked up the juice on the table, took a sip and continued: "From that moment on, everything about you is also in my hands..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually showed a trace of regret: "I forced you to the sea, originally I wanted to go to the new world with you, let you provoke the four emperors of the new world, all the way to the top until Impelton or directly go down Hell, it''s a pity that there was a little accident in the middle..."


    "..."


    Crocodile no longer knows what expression he has...


    Damn it, Impelton is a big prison under the sea!


    What kind of summit is this? He has never heard of the idea of ??summiting Impelton for so many years!


    The captains of other people say that they have reached the top to become One Piece, but this bastard made him go to the top of the prison or go straight to hell...


    Before saying these words, you can''t think about whether you are speaking human words?


    Uehara Naraku looked at Crocodile, frowned and said: "Huh? Captain Crocodile, shouldn''t you ask me what happened to me at this time?"


    "..."


    Crocodile took a deep breath and said in a deep voice, "What accident?"


    "I won''t tell you."


    Naraku Uehara almost choked Crocodile to death with a single sentence, and he continued: "If you are willing to save me, I will still be your ship doctor...It''s a pity that you have abandoned your companion!"


    "Fortunately, I didn''t come to save you..."


    Crocodile almost gritted his teeth and said: "If I save you, I don''t know how long I will be played as a puppet by you!"


    "Ugh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed: "Mr. Crocodile, isn''t that good? In fact, ignorance is also a blessing!"


    "asshole!"


    Crocodile held his palm firmly, and said with a gloomy face, "You bastard, what is the purpose of doing all this to me!"


    "I said it before."


    Naraku Uehara raised his head, stared at Crocodile''s face, and said with a smile: "Now I actually just want to see, I ruined your plan and made your life look like this, you will treat me What kind of expression do you show..."


    "asshole!"


    Crocodile felt his mind go blank.


    The endless anger instantly overwhelmed his rationality, he just wanted to suck up the water in front of Naraku Uehara and turn him into a mummy!


    Uehara Naraku looked at Crocodile''s uncertain and slightly ferocious face, nodded with satisfaction and said: "Well, this expression is really wonderful, I feel quite satisfied...Mr. Aokiji, Mr. Akainu, what do you two think? ?¡±


    "..."


    Aokiji and Akainu were silent.


    The two admirals of the Navy Headquarters with different personalities had surprisingly the same thoughts at this moment, they only had one thought.


    This guy Uehara Naraku... is really not human.

 Chapter 456

    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    "Bastard, I will kill you now!"


    Crocodile''s throat was almost roaring, and he waved the golden poisonous hook in his hand, about to pierce Naraku Uehara''s body directly!


    No matter who it is, if they know that everything about themselves is under the control of others, and that their life is being rewritten by others secretly, they will definitely be furious!


    Just when Crocodile was furiously about to pierce Uehara Naraku directly with the golden poisonous hook, the eyes of the two admirals of the Navy Headquarters flickered!


    The next moment, two tall figures shot at the same time!


    Crocodile''s left body was as cold as ice, and his right body was as hot as magma. He was immediately blocked by two admirals!


    This is the real admiral!


    The two admirals of the Navy headquarters were in full swing. Their aura was completely different from the last time they met in Alabasta. Aokiji''s palm was a cloud of air-conditioning, and Akainu''s hand was a cloud of magma, which instantly hit Crocker. Dahl''s body!


    The worst part is...


    The one-tailed crane in Crocodile''s body is still suppressing his power!


    How does this make Crocodile play?


    Even if it is desperate, there is no confidence at all!


    Crocodile flew upside down, half of ice and half of magma, causing him to be seriously injured by the joint efforts of the two admirals in an instant!


    At this moment, Crocodile really realized the strength of the general, and also realized the restraint of Ichizuzuru on his body!


    If it weren''t for Ichio Shukaku, he could even resist a bit; now Ichio Shukaku is still trying to occupy his body, making him powerless to resist the general''s attack!


    "Captain Crocodile."


    Uehara Naraku walked up to Crocodile, looked at the seriously injured sand crocodile in front of him, and said slowly, "Do you remember what you said?"


    Uehara Naraku squatted beside Crocodile, looked at the angry sand crocodile, smiled and said: "Don''t be angry, didn''t you use all the people in our baroque work club as tools?"


    Naraku Uehara patted Crocodile on the shoulder, and said softly: "You used me as a tool at the beginning, but I was not angry. I just followed what you did and turned you into a tool. Why are you so angry? ?¡±


    Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "Being a human being... don''t double standards. I really hate two kinds of people. One kind of people has double standards in life and work; the other kind of people just don''t let me have double standards."


    "..."


    Aokiji and Akainu standing behind Naraku Uehara were speechless.


    There was also a hint of confusion in Crocodile''s eyes, what kind of nonsense is this bastard talking about?


    It''s just that this doesn''t delay Crocodile''s anger!


    After Crocodile briefly suppressed the strength of Izuo Tsuru, the palm of his hand suddenly turned into a big sword composed of a ball of yellow sand, and he was about to cut off Naraku Uehara in front of him!


    "Desert Sword!"


    Boom!


    The knife made of yellow sand in Crocodile''s hand was smashed by Uehara Naraku!


    Naraku Uehara''s palm landed on Crocodile''s face, and a wave of water surged out of his palm, quickly turning into a water polo and wrapping Crocodile''s body!


    "this is¡­"


    Crocodile looked at the water polo on him in panic!


    In just a few seconds, the water polo quickly submerged Crocodile, making him quickly lose the ability of the devil fruit, and slowly fell into a coma.


    Naraku Uehara watched Crocodile faint, then slowly let go of the water polo, and said softly: "Send Crocodile to the big prison on the seabed! We will have a chance to meet again in the future!"


    "Ok?"


    Akainu looked at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "Why keep Crocodile, he is useless already?"


    "Who knows..."


    Uehara Naraku smiled, looked at the sand crocodile on the ground, and said softly: "Maybe it''s still useful...I need someone to reveal my identity at a critical moment?


    I have been irritating this guy just now, just to make him hate me, unconsciously with hatred, but continue to be my pawn. "


    "Incomprehensible."


    Akainu picked up Crocodile''s collar, shook his head and said, "Shouldn''t people like Uehara-sama try to hide their identities?"


    Uehara Naraku smiled, spread his palms and said, "If I did something bad but no one knew about it, how can I experience the joy of being the mastermind behind the scenes?"


    "...Hmm...it''s really funny..."


    Aokiji shook his head helplessly, sighed and said, "But if that''s the case, aren''t you worried about Crocodile leaking the secret?"


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand indifferently, and smiled: "This guy has a shrine crane on his body, how could he leak the secret?"


    "..."


    Akainu fell silent.


    The admiral remembered the Monkey King with four tails on his body.


    Once you become Renzhuriki, will you always be under the control of this person who can control the tailed beast? Uehara Naraku had no time to pay attention to Akainu''s little thoughts, he was looking at all the rewards he got today.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Admiral Akainu (1/1) of the Navy Headquarters, the task has been completed, reward 200,000 points of life energy, 200,000 points of armed color domineering, and 200,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Rewards for defeating Akainu...


    It''s even higher than the reward for defeating Aokiji!


    This is really unexpected, is the strength of the red dog even higher than that of the green pheasant?


    In any case, it is good news for Naraku Uehara. Now, two of the three generals of the Navy Headquarters have arrived... Only the last one is left...


    Sub-quest: Subdue the three generals of the Navy Headquarters (2/3), the task has not been completed, and the reward is unknown.


    Aside from the task of defeating Akainu...


    Crocodile''s rewards are not low!


    Side quest: Frustrating Crocodile''s conspiracy (1/1), the quest has been completed, and the fixed reward is the talent skill Elemental Power (Sand).


    This talent skill...


    This is the ability Uehara Naraku wants most!


    In addition to this, there is a reward for defeating Crocodile.


    Sub-quest: Defeat Crocodile (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 88,000 points of life energy, 88,000 points of armed domineering, and 88,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    This is a very auspicious number.


    This is also Crocodile''s current reward.


    When Crocodile left Alabasta, the bounty was 830 million Baileys, and there was another scene in the capital of seven waters, and the bounty was increased by 50 million Baileys...


    "Let''s go!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand and summoned a ray of yellow sand, which appeared at his feet and drove them into the air. He asked softly, "You go to the Warring States to do business! By the way, can you promote me?"


    "cannot."


    "cannot."


    The two admirals of the Navy headquarters rejected Uehara Naraku''s proposal with one voice, and even Akainu explained in a deep voice: "This requires the approval of the Sengoku Marshal..."


    "It''s easy to discuss..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and said softly: "When you reported, you said that I was brave and resourceful, so I caught Crocodile... Not to mention being a lieutenant general of the Navy headquarters, at least I have to give it to the captain of the navy, right? I His military rank is even lower than that of Pharmacist Dou!"


    "Take that guy..."


    After hesitating for a while, Aokiji said in a low voice: "Yaoshidou has been promoted to rear admiral because of his meritorious service in negotiating with the king Qiwuhai Qianshiguisame..."


    It''s outrageous to say this.


    Ganshi Guishui and Yao Shidou negotiated with each other, and after the two of them finished talking, Qianshi Guisame became the king of Qiwuhai, and Yao Shidou was promoted to the rank of the army...


    This matter fools the navy and the world government as fools!


    It''s a pity that Qingzhi can''t tell the truth, so he can''t see it.


    Hearing this, Akainu couldn''t help frowning, and his face was a little unsightly: "That rear admiral of Yao Shidou...is he also a member of the Akatsuki organization?"


    Akainu''s expression was slightly unsightly, he slowly stretched out his hand to cover his hat, and said in a low voice: "That guy is temporarily following Zefa and Lieutenant General Crane...to learn how to be a qualified staff officer and a real navy!"


    That young rear admiral!


    If Akainu remembers correctly, Marshal Warring States personally praised that young guy in Yakushidou for his cleverness, a bit like him when he was young, at least he can take over the position of Lieutenant General Crane and become the staff officer of the Navy headquarters...


    After all, Lieutenant General He will soon be 72 years old...


    There is also a great need for successors in the new era...


    Pharmacist Doudou is studying at the Navy Headquarters Marin Fando, learning the Six Navy Styles, to see if he can awaken the two-color domineering, and he is also an important talent that the Navy will cultivate in the future.


    But¡­


    Akainu remembers that Marshal Warring States once mentioned that Yao Shidou''s parents were both a branch navy in a remote place, and died in the line of duty during a certain mission;


    And the guy named Yao Shidou grew up in the branch base where his parents lived, so he aspired to become a navy.


    It wasn''t until the branch base was attacked by a big pirate that it was completely destroyed. In order to protect his only son, the navy of the branch base was brave enough to die, so that Pharmacist had the hope of being alive...


    Pharmacist has wandered around for many years, found another base and joined the navy, which also created the wisdom of Pharmacist... These things can indeed be found, the naval base that Pharmacist mentioned many years ago was indeed taken by a The big pirates are all wiped out.


    That big pirate''s name is Edward Webble!


    It is precisely because of these tragic experiences of the pharmacist...


    A few years ago, Zefa, the chief instructor of the navy, who was heartbroken because he encountered a powerful enemy and killed most of the young generation of the navy by pirates, learned of the life experience of Medicine Master Dou.


    Zefa, the former admiral of the Navy Headquarters and the current chief instructor of the Navy, was a little more tolerant of Pharmacist Dou, and even made an exception to accept Pharmacist Dou as the last student...


    Because Zefa''s family was also killed by pirates...


    Moreover, Edward Weibull, who destroyed the hometown of the pharmacist, also killed many students of Zefa''s chief instructor, and was also the chief culprit for severely injuring Zefa''s right arm!


    Two people with similar lives... with the same hatred.


    As a senior brother, Akainu has also heard about this junior brother, and even occasionally heard the pharmacist talking in the meeting room of Marin Fando.


    Pharmacist Dou''s strategy and wisdom are indeed not low.


    Even if Yao Shidou''s strength can''t keep up, his wisdom is enough to make him a lieutenant general of the Navy headquarters sooner or later!


    It''s just cheating!


    Now in the entire Marin Vanduo, the pharmacist pocket that their senior naval officers think is very likely to become a new generation of wise generals is also a subordinate of Uehara Naraku!


    Is this kind of thing a little too nonsense?


    This kind of thing is actually not nonsense at all.


    If Akainu can make up such a perfect story as Yakushidou, even add a little emotional appeal to the words, and finally add the way of justice accepted by everyone, he can also become the new favorite of Marin Fando.


    Naval Headquarters, Marin Fand.


    Pharmacist stopped his practice, walked to a beautiful girl with sea-blue long hair standing next to the practice field, and said seriously: "Ai En, why did you come here? What''s the matter?"


    "Ok!"


    Ai En nodded, and said in a deep voice, "Du... Teacher Zefa... has an important call now! Please... don''t miss it!"


    "I see."


    Rear Admiral Pharmacist nodded, put on the navy cloak he had set aside, pushed his glasses, and looked at Ain.


    "Let''s go, don''t make the teacher wait too long."


    During this period of time, Yao Shidou has completely integrated into his role in Marin Fando, and it seems that there is no sense of disobedience.

 Chapter 457

    Pharmacist pocket has won the trust of many people.


    By using the empathy of others, you can always gain tolerance from others.


    Before Yao Shidou entered Marin Fando, in order to prevent other people from probing his roots, he checked the intelligence of all the bases of the Navy Headquarters, and then chose a suitable life experience for himself.


    By the way, Yao Shidou also secretly bribed an official of the world government to add a file for his non-existent parents.


    Afterwards, the official of the world government was attacked by pirates.


    certainly¡­


    There are some words that Yao Shidou would definitely not say.


    For example, the big pirate Edward Weibull who destroyed the branch base back then, Yao Shidou showed that he never knew the name of that guy, and General Zefa, who had always hated Edward Weibull, told him about the destruction of the branch base. the truth.


    Yao Shidou never mentioned his past lightly, it was only when others asked occasionally, he just left room for others to guess, and let others guess the truth that Yao Shidou wanted to tell him.


    Many things are more trustworthy to let others guess than to say it yourself.


    A smart navy leftover who has been nurtured by the navy since he was a child, dedicated to justice for generations, and has a rough life experience has been born under the guesswork of a group of people.


    this thing...


    It''s actually quite simple.


    The girl who is now walking with the pharmacist is called Ain, and she was one of the two students who were protected by Zefa when Edward Weibull attacked the recruit training ship.


    Another student is Binz, who has the ability of lush fruit, which is a bit similar to Mudun.


    The office of Chief Naval Instructor Zefa.


    Now the three disciples under Zefa''s command are all here, besides, there is also Zefa''s adjutant Brigadier General Xiuzuo, who is also the current naval instructor; besides Zefa, the pharmacist''s pocket seems to be in the room. The highest ranking one.


    "Tomorrow I will go to the Naval Science Corps to modify my right arm."


    Zefa stroked his right arm, raised his head and looked at the four people who had followed him during this time, and said in a deep voice: "When I come back, I plan to leave Marin Fando and form a guerrilla team to hunt down pirates at sea... "


    This matter was mentioned by Zefa before.


    Since Zefa has the hope of recovering his right arm, the former admiral of the navy headquarters has a new idea. He wants to lead a naval combat force to go to sea to fight against all the pirates on the sea after his strength is restored. To avenge the dead family members and students.


    This is also Zefa''s long-cherished wish for many years.


    When Zefa said this, he said slowly: "Please pay attention to me during this time..."


    "Teacher Zefa."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, interrupted Zefa''s speech, and said in a low voice: "I can ask Marshal Warring States to draw a group of soldiers from other troops, and the teacher can also choose some brothers as generals.


    I know that Sensei wants to fight pirates when he restores his strength. If possible, can this sea guerrilla team work with SWORD troops?


    The SWORD force will provide enough intel and targets, a combat force is always needed as support..."


    "of course can."


    Zephyr nodded in surprise.


    It was the first time he had seen Yao Shidou raise objections.


    However, Zefa is still very satisfied with the student Pharmacist Dou who he finally accepted when he was the chief instructor of the navy.


    among other things...


    At least Yao Shidou can give effective suggestions when the navy encounters any problems. This little guy''s IQ strategy is indeed quite high.


    Whether it is Zefa, Marshal of the Warring States Period or Lieutenant General He, they are all very optimistic about Yaoshidou''s path of justice. The only troublesome part is Yaoshidou''s strength.


    For pharmacists...


    This teacher Zefa really picked the wrong one.


    Originally, Yao Shidou wanted to become a student of the former admiral, but he just wanted to use his reputation to gain a foothold in the navy.


    There are indeed many students of Zefa in the entire navy, even including the three current admirals of the Navy Headquarters. Unfortunately, Zefa does not seem to have a good relationship with some students.


    And this teacher...


    The age is old, but the heart is not old.


    Zefa is now seventy years old, and suddenly he has the idea of ??crusade against pirates. Zefa''s current strength is probably not as good as that of a pharmacist. Isn''t this just looking for trouble when you are idle?


    Isn''t it great to be a chief instructor in the navy?


    never mind¡­


    Just treat it as a casual move.


    Yao Shidou wants to temporarily regard Zefa as one of the pillars of his future to become a high-level navy, so he must stabilize the teacher he found, at least let him play a role, and don''t cause any trouble .


    To be honest¡­


    Yaoshidou thinks that his teacher Zefa only needs one purpose, that is, to prevent others from questioning his identity and testifying for his false identity...


    real¡­


    As long as you have a teacher like Zefa, you will almost be a navy with red seedlings. This is considered as a professional background, and it will be more convenient for you to be promoted in the future.


    Don''t do anything stupid...


    Isn''t it good to retire honestly and train the new generation navy?


    It''s a pity that Yaoshidou hinted at Zefa many times, but the seventy-year-old man didn''t understand it at all, and even thought that Yaoshidou was supporting his actions.


    this teacher...


    It''s really a big hole.


    Yao Shidou didn''t want to follow Zefa to some sea guerrilla at all.


    It''s a pity that due to his experience, Zefa thought that Yao Shidou would definitely be willing to join his newly formed sea guerrilla team. This matter really hit him in the foot...


    Pharmacist Dou is not willing at all, and stays in Marin Fando honestly. In the future, he will be sent to a branch base to be an officer, or be promoted to the position of Lieutenant General of the headquarters to replace Lieutenant General He...


    In the future...


    Aokiji took over from Sengoku as admiral of the navy, and he took over from Vice Admiral Crane as naval staff officer. By the way, keep an eye on Aokiji, the navy of the whole world is under control!


    that time¡­


    It can be regarded as having completed Uehara Naraku''s task.


    Yao Shidou chatted with Zefa very late, and then left Zefa''s office with Ain, Binz, and Xiu Zuo. Before they could go back, they met someone head-on.


    That is the general of the headquarters who has just returned to Marlin Vandor after escorting Crocodile to the prison Impelton... Akainu!


    The admiral of the Navy headquarters was a bit aggressive in both height and imposing manner. The beautiful girl Ai En subconsciously took half a step back and hid behind the pharmacist''s pocket...


    Chi Quan''s eyes slowly stared at Yao Shidou, a cold light appeared on his face, and his expression was slightly gloomy.


    This pharmacist pocket...


    Also Uehara Naraku''s spy!


    Really... Who in the world doesn''t understand?


    How many people in the navy are still members of the Akatsuki organization?


    It''s a pity that it''s impossible for Akainu to attack Yaoshidou, but slowly staring at Yaoshidou, with a depressed and gloomy expression on his face.


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and the corners of his mouth curled up slightly. He got up first, crossed Akainu and left here.


    The red dog''s body was not sealed by the human renzhu power at all, and he did not hide his four-tailed chakra...


    The chakra of the tailed beast is very sensitive to ninjas!


    Pharmacist Dou already knew about Akainu''s physical condition. This admiral of the Navy headquarters will be his own in the future, so it will be easier for him to do many things.


    In other words, Akainu is a hidden self.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Marlin Vandor has too much surveillance.


    In the entire Marin Vanduo, the pharmacist can''t find out how many people are good at knowledge and arrogance, and can''t find out how strong the knowledge and arrogance of Sengoku and Garp are... Can''t find any good opportunities.


    Even because he was worried that someone would notice it with his knowledge and arrogance, Yao Shidou didn''t carry the phone bug that he was talking to Uehara Naraku, so he didn''t dare to use the ring to communicate.


    but¡­


    They have many opportunities to meet each other.


    As long as the admiral Akainu stays in Marin Fando.


    Because Marin Vanduo, the naval headquarters, will hold meetings from time to time, most of which are above the level of lieutenant general;


    Even more solemn meetings are only attended by the admiral, the naval staff officer, and the admiral of the navy headquarters, and occasionally a lieutenant general Karp will appear to eat and drink.


    Thanks to his own identity and the training of the senior navy, Yao Shidou can now participate in these meetings. He will provide many suggestions, and most of the suggestions he provides will be adopted.


    This place is really nice.


    For Pharmacist Dou, as long as he is given enough time, he will definitely become the master who controls the entire Marin Fando.


    Of course, this also has to refer to other things.


    For example, when will Uehara Naraku, the leader of Pharmacist Dou, play and ruin the world, maybe he can''t wait for Pharmacist Dou to control the navy, and the world will be ruined by playing...


    the next day.


    When Yao Shidou was still practicing diligently in the training ground, a tall female naval vice admiral turned around and appeared on the training ground!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    "Xiaodou, it''s an emergency. Sister He asked me to stop by to inform you of the meeting. Come to the meeting room of Marshal Warring States immediately!"


    "I see."


    Pharmacist glanced at the female lieutenant general of the navy, and flew to land beside her. The strength of this female lieutenant general should not be underestimated, she is a backup for a general!


    only¡­


    The relationship between Yao Shidou and the female vice admiral of the navy is not bad, mainly because they are both the new generation navy that Vice Admiral He is very optimistic about.


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, took the tissue that Taotu handed him, slowly wiped the sweat from his forehead, and then said: "Lieutenant General Taotu, has something serious happened?"


    "..."


    Momotu looked at the unhurried Pharmacist Dou, and sighed helplessly: "Information came from the New World, Kaido has been defeated, and the Whitebeard Pirates have completely defeated the Kaido Pirates!


    When a large fleet of Kaido Pirates evacuated from the Whitebeard Sea, the G1 branch went to look for an opportunity to attack under the order of Marshal Sengoku.


    result¡­


    The G1 branch was retaliated by the Whitebeard Pirates. Uchiha Sasuke destroyed the G1 branch in the process of chasing the Kaido Pirates. General Kizaru was seriously injured and was sent to Marie Gioia for treatment! "


    The G1 branch is really a sad story for the Navy.


    Because the new world is in an extremely dangerous environment, it is often attacked by big pirates, and there must be an admiral of the navy headquarters wandering nearby for almost a long time...


    Otherwise, this kind of thing will happen accidentally.


    Now that the new world has one more Uchiha Sasuke who can defeat the Four Emperors, even if there is an admiral of the Navy Headquarters, this kind of thing will often happen.


    "I see."


    Yao Shidou nodded slowly, his face became serious in an instant, this matter was in his expectation.


    Back then Marshal Warring States and Lieutenant General Crane wanted to find an opportunity in the middle of the battle between the two pirate groups of the Four Emperors, but Yao Shidou did not raise any objections to this strategy...


    The results were not unexpected.


    Uchiha Sasuke is still the same guy! Once Master Naraku is not around, he will look like the obedient prospers and the rebellious perishes...


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and a confident smile appeared on his face, then use Sasuke as a springboard for his promotion to vice admiral!


    By the way, let Sasuke learn a lesson...


    Let Sasuke know that some people in this world cannot be underestimated... After all, he is also an old friend of Uchiha Itachi just like Naraku-sama!

 Chapter 458

    Marlin Vandeau.


    Marshal''s office.


    When Yao Shidou and Lieutenant General Taotu arrived here, almost all the high-level marines of Marin Fando were here, and the situation in the New World was indeed very serious.


    The G1 branch is also the most important branch of the navy besides Marin Vanduo, and it is also an important stronghold for the navy to extend its tentacles into the second half of the new world...


    Now it was directly destroyed by Sasuke Uchiha.


    Even the admiral of the navy headquarters stationed and inspected in the New World, Kizaru, was seriously injured by Uchiha Sasuke. It was a repeat of the Chambord Islands incident!


    It is obvious that the yellow ape is a person with the ability of the shiny fruit...


    Obviously Huang Yuan is the most salty general in the navy...


    As a result, Kizaru seems to have been on the bar with Sasuke Uchiha for a while, and has fought twice in a row this year, and was defeated by Sasuke Uchiha twice in succession!


    Can''t beat or run away?


    This kind of thing sounds really... outrageous!


    Biting his cigar, Akainu said with a gloomy face: "Huh, the Crocodile matter has been resolved, I will rush to the G1 branch base immediately, let the G1 branch base rebuild, and attack the Whitebeard Pirates by the way..."


    "It''s too late for you to rush over."


    The Warring States Marshal was a bit decadent, he shook his head slowly, sighed and said: "This is my decision-making error, fortunately, Polusalino''s life is not in danger, and the entire G1 branch base personnel have already fought against them. time to evacuate."


    "But what is most needed now is to stabilize the morale of the army..."


    Lieutenant General Crane folded his palms together, and said softly: "The Whitebeard Pirates have a little guy named Uchiha Sasuke, who is always lawless, and it is really a big trouble for us!"


    Marshal Sengoku glanced at Akainu, closed his palms, and said in a deep voice, "Sakaski, be careful when you arrive at the New World G1 branch, and don''t act recklessly..."


    "I see, it''s really long-winded..."


    After Akainu shook his head impatiently, his eyes stopped on Yao Shidou who had just walked into the office, and he suddenly said, "Oh, and also, I want to transfer Major General Dou to my command to serve as my staff officer."


    "Ok?"


    Whether it is Marshal of the Warring States Period or Lieutenant General He, they can''t help but keep their eyes on Medicine Master Dou. It seems that this matter is also possible!


    After all, Pharmacist Dou is indeed one of the most resourceful people in the new generation of navy. It would be good to accept the baptism of the tragic war earlier, but the shortcoming of Pharmacist Dou is that he has not yet experienced the horror of the new world of the great route.


    Now there is Akainu, the admiral of the Navy Headquarters, leading the team, and it seems that there is no problem with letting the pharmacist serve as Akainu''s staff. It just happens to be taken out for exercise...


    "Can."


    Marshal of the Warring States Period slowly put his eyes on Medicine Master Dou, and said softly: "Major General Dou, do you have any questions?"


    "No."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and his eyes gradually became serious. At this moment, he seemed to be a staff officer of a rear admiral who was about to accept the challenge.


    "I am very willing to follow General Akainu to the new world."


    "very good."


    The red dog stared at Yao Shidou, and said coldly: "Then follow me! After getting the news, the warship has been waiting outside!"


    "etc!"


    Lieutenant General Crane slowly shook his head and interrupted Akakenu''s words. The old man glanced at Medicine Master''s pocket, her eyes moved slowly, and then stopped on Akakenu again: "Sakasky...my hand Old Bones will go with you too!"


    "Staff Crane!"


    "Miss He?"


    "fine."


    Lieutenant General He shook his head, with a kind smile on his face: "The G1 branch needs to be rebuilt not only as a base, but also as a military heart... just a general of the Navy headquarters, so they don''t have much confidence..."


    When talking about this, Lieutenant General He''s eyes stopped on Garp, and she said, "Hey, Garp, let''s take a walk together!"


    Only when this naval hero goes there together can the navy of the G1 branch revive the morale of the army. After all, Garp is the real mainstay of the navy!


    To put it bluntly...


    Even the three generals of the Navy Headquarters are not as confident as Garp alone can bring, not to mention that Garp and Aokiji once chased the Spades Pirates together!


    "..."


    With a donut in his mouth, Garp nodded vigorously and said, "Well, I''ll go there on your warship, and teach Ace and Uchiha Sasuke a lesson by the way!"


    Cap knew his old friend well.


    Since Lieutenant General He mentioned that he needed to go there with him, his strength must be needed, and Karp would not refuse.


    "Then let''s go!"


    Lieutenant General He smiled and nodded.


    Just as they were about to leave, Taotu suddenly followed up and said softly: "The first half of the paradise is no trouble, let me go with you!"


    "No."


    Lieutenant General He shook his head slowly, and was about to reject Taotu''s proposal, and persuaded him: "This trip is not safe, if you want to rebuild the G1 branch, you have to fight a tough battle in the new world! "


    "Xiaodou can also go..."


    Taotu''s eyes fell on Yaoshidou.


    Pharmacist shook his head, and said softly: "If the G1 branch has Lieutenant General Garp, Senior Tsuru, and General Akainu, there is no need to waste the combat power of another general candidate..."


    "That''s right."


    Lieutenant General Garp was still biting his donut, turned his head and glanced at Sengoku: "Hey, Sengoku, I''ll go there on Ahe''s boat, help me park the warship in a good place!"


    "..."


    The Warring States Marshal held his forehead impatiently, just looked at their leaving figures, and said again: "Sakaski, Karp, be careful, don''t underestimate those little devils!"


    Marshal Warring States is also very clear.


    In this battle to rebuild the confidence of the G1 branch base, the two talents Akainu and Karp are the real combat power, and there is no other manpower to pick.


    Because the reconstruction of the G1 branch is imminent, if there is a little hesitation, that area may become a paradise for pirates, and there must be no delay.


    Otherwise, Warring States really wants to wait until the yellow monkey recovers from his wounds and Aokiji rushes back, and directly send the three generals of the Navy headquarters to the new world!


    It''s just that if all the three generals of the Navy headquarters are transferred to the new world, it is very likely to touch the nerves of all the four emperors, and it is easy to make them think that a war is about to break out.


    The fighting power of the past is enough now...


    Two of them are Admiral Akainu and Naval Hero Garp, who are known for their toughness in battle, and the other two are Naval Staff Officer Tsuru and the new generation of Naval Pharmacist Dou who are resourceful.


    certainly¡­


    The navy was not without reinforcements either.


    After General Akainu, Lieutenant General Garp, Lieutenant General Crane, and Major General Yakushidou left, Sengoku urgently called the Five Old Stars of the World Government and applied for the recruitment of King Shichibukai to fight together!


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    After the Warring States'' application to the World Government was approved, they immediately planned to send someone to contact Wangxia Qiwuhai, and when they informed Lieutenant General Crane and others by the way, only then did the Warring States know that someone had already considered it before him.


    It is they who are regarded as the most resourceful pharmacists in the new generation.


    Vice Admiral Crane''s warship.


    Admiral Akainu''s warship followed, and he was talking with Lieutenant General Garp and Lieutenant General Tsuru looking at the pharmacist in front of them.


    "Although the fighting strength of Qiwuhai under the king is not bad..."


    Pharmacist Dou has long thought of the combat power of the Seven Martial Seas under the King: "But our time is too tight, and some of the Seven Martial Seas under the King may not be able to reach the new world, not to mention that they still need to be responsible for preventing other pirates from entering the new world." responsibility¡­"


    The pharmacist glanced at the map in his hand, and said softly: "I suggest that the purpose of enlisting the Qiwuhai under the king is mainly to use the strength of the Qiwuhai under the king to supplement and calmly deal with the second war..."


    "War II?"


    Cap couldn''t help raising his eyebrows.


    This word is a bit new, isn''t it enough to fight?


    Are there two more fights?


    Lieutenant General He nodded in satisfaction, but encouraged Yao Shidou to continue speaking: "It seems that Xiaodou''s strategy seems to be more perfect..."


    "Don''t dare."


    Pharmacist shook his head, pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "There are too many seniors in Marlin Fando, I am really embarrassed to speak...Only in front of Senior He, I dare to speak freely with my humble opinion."


    At this moment, Yao Shidou seemed to be a humble student again.


    However, in the next second, Yao Shidou''s face showed a smear of confidence, and he continued to talk about his plan: "During the time we are rushing to the new world, we will immediately call for several kings Qi Wuhai to supplement our high-end combat power.


    And on our way to the new world, the only ones who can go directly with us are the two kings, Doflamingo and Kanshi Kisame, for the time being, Shichibukai. a short time difference;


    In this time difference, we rebuilt the base of the G1 branch, won a war against a pirate group under Whitebeard in the New World, and announced the reconstruction of the G1 branch of the navy!


    The next time is to wait for the counterattack of the Whitebeard Pirates. Of course, this kind of counterattack will definitely not be too violent... The manpower dispatched by the Whitebeard Pirates should only be dispatched by Uchiha Sasuke. "


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and a confident smile appeared on his face: "I read all the information about the foreign wars of the Whitebeard Pirates in Marlin Fandor. Whitebeard rarely takes the initiative to attack. His deterrent significance is greater than practical meaning.


    In fact, Whitebeard hasn''t really made a move for about five years, maybe because of aging, maybe because of illness, maybe because he is worried about the balance of the world, in short, his probability of making a move is greatly reduced...


    Since Uchiha Sasuke defeated Kaido, he has gradually begun to replace Whitebeard in foreign wars.


    We wiped out a pirate group affiliated with Whitebeard, not a team of Whitebeard''s headquarters, and with a high probability, we only need to deal with Sasuke Uchiha, who is currently the highest combat power besides Whitebeard. "


    "Hey, brat!"


    There was a dissatisfaction on Akainu''s face: "What''s the point of this! Is it just to eliminate one of Whitebeard''s subordinates?"


    "Sakaski."


    Lieutenant Admiral Crane interrupted Akaken, and she looked at Medicine Master with a more and more satisfied smile on her face: "Our purpose has never been war, but to bring the justice of the navy back to the second half of the new world." what¡­"


    If it is just to rebuild the G1 branch base, an elimination of a subsidiary pirate group under Whitebeard is enough to give an explanation to the world, and the most important thing is to meet the counterattack that will come later.


    now it seems...


    Pharmacist''s plan is pretty good.


    This young man was not so ambitious that he directly targeted Whitebeard, and he even deliberately chose to reduce the probability of Whitebeard appearing as much as possible.


    The most important point is that Yao Shidou''s rationality is the most satisfying point for Lieutenant General He, because a real wise general must never get hotheaded.


    All his goals...


    They are all calculating Sasuke Uchiha!


    The Qiwuhai, the Navy, and the Four Emperors under the king are all within the scope of planning. The two wars of different scales and the goals of the two wars have almost all been calculated by the pharmacist.


    "It''s really scary for young people...Xiaodou."


    After Lieutenant General He praised Pharmacist Pocket, he said softly, "What if Whitebeard didn''t do what you imagined, but actually made a move?"


    "There is no such possibility."


    Pharmacist shook his head, and said softly: "Under unavoidable circumstances, Whitebeard would never dare to start an all-out war with the Navy rashly... We have given him enough face.


    The Navy will never give up the G1 branch base in the New World. Once the Whitebeard Pirates force the Navy to withdraw from the New World, it will be an all-out war, a war that will shake the entire world. This kind of thing will only waste both sides the power of! "


    Pharmacist Dou said this, gritted his teeth and said, "Of course, if I really get to that point, I will fight to the death for justice as a navy soldier!"


    "..."


    Garp and Lieutenant General He nodded in satisfaction.


    Admiral Akainu''s gaze became complicated.


    If it wasn''t for Chiquan himself who was also Akatsuki''s undercover agent and knew about Yaoshidou, maybe he really believed what Yaoshidou said now!

 Chapter 459

    Yaoshidou''s plan was finalized.


    Therefore, their powerful naval fleet did not choose to land in Mary Gioia to replace warships, but passed through the Chambord Islands and entered the Fishman Island.


    When passing through Fishman Island, Yaoshidou, as the envoy who once communicated with Kisame Kisame on behalf of the navy, went to his residence to recruit the king Shichibukai.


    Dried persimmon and ghost shark did not reject Medicine Master''s proposal.


    After all, we are all on our own, and both of them are the subordinates who have followed Uehara Naraku the longest, and Yao Shidou can be trusted no matter what.


    It''s just that when Kisame boarded Akainu''s large general ship, his eyes fell on Akainu''s body, and he couldn''t help grinning and said: "As expected of an admiral... unexpectedly possessing such a huge power..."


    apparently...


    Kisame Kisame also sensed the Four Tails Chakra in Akainu.


    And Kisame Kisame is different from Yakushidou, he got the order from Naraku Uehara, and he also knew that the admiral of the Navy headquarters also joined the Akatsuki organization.


    When Kisame passed by Akainu, he smiled lightly and said, "Your Excellency, a gift from God, you must cherish your strength..."


    "..."


    Akainu clenched his fists tightly.


    Hearing Kisame''s words suddenly, Akainu immediately understood that this prince Shichibukai must also be a member of Akatsuki!


    Because only Akatsuki''s members call Uehara Naraku a god, and only Akatsuki''s members know that the four-tailed Monkey King in his body was forced into him by Uehara Naraku!


    Damn, why another member of the Akatsuki organization? How many members of Akatsuki are there in the entire navy and the Shichibukai under the king!


    And on the crane''s lieutenant general.


    Pharmacist Dou and Lieutenant General Crane are still discussing the second king Shichibukai they want to recruit, King Doflamingo of Dressrosa.


    Lieutenant Admiral Tsuru sighed slowly and said, "Because of the relationship between the former Shichibu Kai Jinpei and the Whitebeard Pirates, there will be a war between them sooner or later. It is not surprising that he accepts the call... That good boy Dover, I hope he can behave a little better!"


    Because of the distance.


    Their team will only temporarily take the two Shichibukai to the New World together, and the rest of the Kings Shichibukai, including Hawkeye Mihawk and King Hancock of Amazon Lily, will rush to the new world in the future. new world.


    And it''s unknown whether they''ll accept the call-up.


    However, at least Kisame Kisame chose to agree to be recruited, which is a good start for the Navy.


    After all, what they have to face...


    But Sasuke Uchiha, who was able to defeat the Four Emperors!


    When this naval fleet left Murloc Island and rushed to Dressrosa, Doflamingo was taken aback. He thought that this army was here to destroy him, but he didn''t expect that they were here to recruit He went to the new world to face Uchiha Sasuke together!


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflamingo stood at the port of Dressrosa, and after hearing Lieutenant General Crane''s intentions, he could not help grinning, and nodded with a light smile.


    "I agree."


    Doflamingo saw his two colleagues Ganshi Guishui and Yaoshidou on the warship, so he can rest assured on this trip.


    However, Doflamingo had other suspicions.


    He thought it was Uchiha Sasuke who betrayed the Akatsuki organization, so the Akatsuki organization used the navy''s combat power to wipe out the traitor!


    Along the way, they didn''t have much chance to communicate.


    After they arrived at the G1 branch base in the New World, Admiral Chinu and Garp and other navies dispatched to attack the pirate group under Whitebeard.


    When only Doflamingo and Kanshi Kisame were left in the entire G1 branch base, they thought they had a chance to communicate safely.


    "Mr. Ghost, what''s going on here?"


    "I don''t know either..."


    Kisame grinned, and said with a light smile: "Mr. Dou probably wants to use Sasuke as a springboard for promotion..."


    "Eh, oh, oh, oh... is that so?"


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Doflamingo couldn''t help raising his eyebrows, and said with a smile, "I don''t think Mr. Sasuke would be willing to do this, right?"


    "..."


    Kisame Kisame shook his head, lowered his voice and said, "No one dares to disobey God''s will, not even Sasuke..."


    Although Kisame Kisame didn''t know why Yakushidou would use the navy to carry out a military operation against Sasuke Uchiha.


    There is no doubt that this matter must be beneficial to the Xiao organization.


    Whether it was Uchiha Sasuke''s victory, his reputation soared; or Yakushido''s strategic victory, he was able to be promoted in the Navy.


    Akatsuki had already placed bets on both ends.


    The actions of the entire navy followed the rehearsal by Yakushidou. Akainu led his warships to destroy three pirate groups under Whitebeard one after another, and sent all the members of these pirate groups to the large submarine prison.


    The news spread across the New World in an instant.


    The news of the battle between the Navy and the Whitebeard Pirates is spreading.


    Because the news of the three consecutive victories spread throughout the New World, the navy at the former G1 branch base finally regained some appearance. At least this also declared that the Navy will never give up the attitude of the second half of the New World.


    at the same time.


    Among the Qiwuhai under the king in the whole sea, Hawkeye Mihawk took the lead in accepting this call and rushed to the new world ahead of schedule.


    Mihawk wants to see Uchiha Sasuke''s kendo strength.


    The other princes Qiwuhai are slowly dawdling.


    Because the recruitment sent by the Navy Headquarters this time is not mandatory, there are even two Shichibukai who directly rejected the naval recruitment, namely Kakutsu, who is busy making money, and Boa Hancock, the king of Amazon Lily.


    For Pharmacist Dou, it doesn''t really matter.


    Yakushido wants to gather the ideal force to besiege Uchiha Sasuke, only Hawkeye Mihawk, Lieutenant General Garp and General Akainu, and the rest are all bosses.


    Whitebeard Pirates.


    The atmosphere of the coming war also spread throughout the Whitebeard Sea Territory.


    The navy broke into their waters rashly and attacked the three whitebeard-affiliated pirate groups. This incident obviously caused a lot of turmoil. The entire whitebeard pirate group was raging and wanted to show the navy some color. Look.


    "Stop arguing."


    Marco rolled his eyes, interrupted all the hustle and bustle, and said with displeasure: "The second team has rushed over to support..."


    "..."


    The arena suddenly fell silent.


    After all, the current captain of the second team is Portgas D. Ace, and there are monsters like Sasuke Uchiha among them. It must be no problem to expel an army of admirals.


    Calculate carefully...


    It seems that Sasuke Uchiha has never fought against Akainu!


    Uchiha Sasuke fought against Kizaki twice and defeated them all; once against Aokiji, he forced Aokiji to stop chasing; only he hadn''t beaten Akainu.


    "..."


    Whitebeard tilted his head, glanced at the big knife beside him, and said in a low voice: "Marco, I don''t think the situation is right, let Ace and Sasuke come back first..."


    "Father?"


    Marco glanced at Whitebeard in surprise.


    Since this period of time, the entire Whitebeard Pirates have recognized Uchiha Sasuke''s strength. That guy can defeat even the Four Emperors Kaido. Can he overturn in the face of a general?


    After Marco was surprised for a second, he still decided to follow Whitebeard''s order honestly, and he quickly dialed the phone bug of the second team.


    but¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke and Ace reject Marko''s proposal.


    In other words, they had to reject Marco''s proposal.


    Because after the second division of the Whitebeard Pirates attacked, they ran into Vice Admiral Garp''s warship head-on, and were intercepted by the Vice Admiral!


    This kind of thing is a bit troublesome for the 2nd division...


    Lieutenant General Garp, an old man known as a naval hero, did not weaken because of his body, but had a demeanor of being old and vigorous... And this time, he seemed to be determined to fight the 2nd Division.


    Whitebeard Sea Area.


    Vice Admiral Crane''s warship.


    The pharmacist held the phone bug slowly, arranging their established strategy: "General Sakasky, Mr. Mihawk, take action to draw Uchiha Sasuke;


    Mr. Doflamingo, Mr. Kisame, after Sasuke Uchiha left, immediately intercepted Portgas D. Ace''s warship, and just attacked according to the frequency according to our arrangement, forcing Sasuke Uchiha to return to aid ;


    Lieutenant General Garp is ready to cooperate with Sasuke Uchiha who is returning to aid midway. "


    After finishing speaking, the pharmacist put down the phone bug in his hand.


    Lieutenant General He stood beside Pharmacist Dou and nodded with satisfaction. Whether it was general strategy or subtle tactics, there was no problem with Pharmacist Dou, and it was even more brilliant than Lieutenant General He imagined.


    Lieutenant General He slowly closed his palms and said, "It looks like our strategy has succeeded... If Whitebeard Newgate hadn''t been dispatched, then the victory in this war must belong to the navy."


    "Whitebeard has no reason to go out."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "Our goal is only for a big victory. As long as the Whitebeard Pirates have a big defeat now, other people will move on the wind like sharks and tear at him. Biting flesh..."


    on the battlefield.


    Everything is proceeding according to Yao Shidou''s rehearsal.


    Uchiha Sasuke is the strongest, but the people he needs to deal with this time are not bad, and he has to be ready to support Ace and the second team at any time, and he seems a little exhausted for a while.


    The worst thing is...


    Among these enemies are Akatsuki''s colleagues!


    Admiral of the Navy Headquarters and Four-Tailed Jinchuriki Akainu, Kisame Kisame, and Doflamingo are all colleagues. The appearance of these people is definitely not to give him the head...


    After all, no one notified him before they came!


    These guys...wouldn''t have been sent by Uehara Naraku to get rid of him? Just because he almost killed Kaido last time, which violated Naraku Uehara''s intention? Or that guy Uehara Naraku thinks he is too arrogant in the new world, and suppress his limelight?


    It could also be...


    It''s a little bit of both.


    While Uchiha Sasuke was still fighting fiercely, his ring suddenly flickered, and someone gave him an order: "Sasuke, Kaido refuses to give in, go to Wano Country and help Uchiha Obito suppress that guy..."


    "You bastard..."


    Under Uchiha Sasuke''s far-sightedness, there are five members participating in the attack on Whitebeard''s 2nd team this time, and three of them should be Uehara Naraku''s subordinates...


    At this time, Naraku Uehara called him to work!


    Is this bastard still human?


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth and said, "A group of your subordinates are besieging me, how can I get there now!"


    "What happened?"


    Uehara Naraku was surprised for a while, and said softly: "Wait, I''ll make a call and ask what''s going on. I''ve been traveling all this time..."

 Chapter 460

    The subordinates fought in full swing.


    Naraku Uehara was still drinking iced juice leisurely.


    Uehara Naraku knew a little bit about this, but the news he got from Kisame was that Yakushidou wanted to be promoted, and he wanted to use defeating Uchiha Sasuke as a springboard for promotion.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t take it seriously, but let the pharmacist handle it by himself. Anyway, they are all members of Akatsuki, and they can better occupy the high position by helping each other.


    And Naraku Uehara was also a little curious about how Yakushidou could use Sasuke Uchiha. I didn''t expect Yakushidou to play so big...


    Uchiha Sasuke was forced to such an extent!


    The world''s number one swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk, Vice Admiral Monkey D. Garp, Admiral Akainu, everyone''s strength is individually picked out, and it is estimated that they can touch Sasuke...


    Now these three people are besieging Sasuke Uchiha with all their strength, and there is Doflamingo and Kisame Kisame who have a mentality next to them... It''s not bad if they don''t overturn the car!


    "Actually, I don''t know much about this..."


    Uehara Naraku quickly reported the news back to Uchiha Sasuke, sighed and said: "I will solve this problem right away, and they will soon understand what I mean."


    "¡­hurry up!"


    Uchiha Sasuke stood inside Susano''s crystal, looking at the three people who besieged him, each of them was difficult to deal with;


    Sasuke glanced at the two people besieging Portgas D. Ace in the distance, and the two of them were even more difficult to deal with...


    Sasuke Uchiha held down his ring, and said in a deep voice, "I don''t care, but that fellow Ace will soon be caught by Kisame and Doflamingo!"


    "Relax."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and said, "I believe that reinforcement will satisfy you, I have already prepared for you..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku cut off contact with Uchiha Sasuke.


    And Yakushidou, who was monitoring all this on Lieutenant General Crane''s warship, instantly received an order from Uehara Naraku in his consciousness.


    "Dou, I remember there is still a coffin in the Shenwei Dimension... Open that coffin, let that person go there and save his brother!"


    This order made the corner of Yakushi''s mouth curl into a smile. Is this for him, the person who presided over the siege of Uchiha Sasuke, to help solve the crisis for Uchiha Sasuke?


    Because Yao Shidou has a white coat on his body, and there is a living Shenwei Sharingan on it, so he can open the Shenwei space.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Indeed, there is still a coffin in the Shenwei Dimension.


    But the people in that coffin are very troublesome!


    After all, that is a person whose will has been modified!


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku reincarnated that person from the dirt, and made that person his own collection, but when it comes to cunning and cunning and taking advantage of loopholes in the hands of the strong, that person is top-notch!


    "never mind."


    Pharmacist Doudou sighed helplessly, and said quietly: "Who told this to be an order from Master Naraku...No one can refute God''s will!"


    After searching for an opportunity, the pharmacist quietly opened the Shenwei Dimension, and threw the coffin in the Shenwei Dimension under the seabed.


    After the coffin fell to the bottom of the sea, it was slowly opened to reveal a young man reincarnated from the dirt, and the young man immediately got all the information from the person who manipulated him.


    He didn''t delay.


    Because Dirt Reincarnation will not die, the young man quickly swam from the bottom of the sea, using his sensory ninjutsu to rush towards the small island on the battlefield.


    This moment.


    The battlefield is still very fierce.


    Lieutenant General Garp''s fist became pitch black, and he punched Susano''s body. Cracks appeared on Susano''s armor in an instant, and Sasuke hurriedly repaired Susano with his pupil power the next moment. Can!


    Under Garp''s punch, the air was trembling!


    It seemed that even the air was afraid of the old man''s iron fist!


    He is obviously only a vice admiral, even an old man in his seventies, but he has shown the world''s top combat power!


    "This guy¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes couldn''t help tightening, he gritted his teeth and manipulated Susanoo to force Lieutenant General Garp back with a knife, and a flash of exclamation flashed across his face: "That bastard Ace...his Grandpa is too strong!"


    damn it¡­


    The last time when Garp and Aokiji were jointly chased and killed in the Chambord Islands, not only Aokiji performed a wave of releasing water, but the old man Garp must have also acted!


    And it''s overplayed...


    Last time, Sasuke Uchiha faced Aokiji, and Ace played Garp, and they both won. How did that idiot Ace win Garp!


    It''s obviously just an ordinary punch covered with armed color domineering...


    That armed arrogance directly penetrated Susano''s defense, and even attacked the inside of Susano, directly crushing Susano''s body!


    Garp''s fist doesn''t have any fruit ability, and it has already shown a huge strength that is not lost to Whitebeard. The strength of this old man is simply outrageous!


    Garp''s armed domineering is definitely stronger than Sasuke has ever seen, so how did that idiot Ace win last time?


    Oh shit¡­


    It''s outrageous.


    Such a powerful and domineering armed man can''t beat Ace, who can only use the ability to burn fruit. This acting skill is even better than Aokiji!


    A slash from the black knife suddenly struck!


    This is the slash of Hawkeye Mihawk, the world''s number one swordsman!


    While the rift shattered by Lieutenant General Garp had not subsided, this slash instantly enlarged Susano''s rift, and even wanted to cut off Susano''s shoulder directly!


    Compared to Karp...


    The pressure brought by Hawkeye Mihawk, the world''s number one swordsman, is not small. Uchiha Sasuke has heard of his name, but he did not expect the great swordsman to have such power...


    Obviously, the strength of the sword master of Foil Vista is not very good!


    And Bista always claims to challenge Hawkeye Mihawk on the boat, which makes Sasuke think that Hawkeye Mihawk and Foil Bista are not much stronger...


    to be honest¡­


    I feel that Bista should not challenge, almost 100% will die.


    "Bastard...I''ll give you a knife!"


    Uchiha Sasuke quickly repaired the crack on Susano''s shoulder, and controlled Susano to suddenly swing a slash at Hawkeye Mihawk. This wide slash instantly tore through the air, and the island Countless forests above were cut off directly!


    When the slash flew over the sea, boundless waves surged up!


    This blow directly forced the world''s number one swordsman back!


    As the number one swordsman in the world, Mihawk has never had this kind of experience, being repelled by other swordsmen with a slash when many people are besieging him!


    Mihawk held his knife tightly, a look of surprise flashed across his face, because the black knife in his hand also trembled slightly under the force of this slash!


    Black Knife Night!


    One of the twelve supreme sharp knives in the world, known as the strongest black knife in the world!


    Not only Mihawk was excited, but the black knife in his hand was also excited!


    Originally, Hawkeye Mihawk, as the king''s Shichibukai, was recruited by the navy to see Uchiha Sasuke''s swordsmanship. Now it seems that Uchiha Sasuke, who is only seventeen years old, has not let him down at all!


    Whether it''s strength...


    Or the control of swordsmanship, they are definitely far superior to those in the same group!


    The swordsmanship mastered by this Uchiha Sasuke is not at all fancy like other swordsmen in the world, it is a real killing technique!


    Especially after Uchiha Sasuke opened the full body Susanoo, even Mihawk felt tremendous pressure!


    The position of the world''s number one swordsman may change hands, but it may not be!


    If he didn''t know that Lieutenant General Garp and General Akainu would not agree, Hawkeye Mihawk would really like to try it and invite Uchiha Sasuke to a duel between swordsmen!


    Unfortunately¡­


    This is a real war!


    Even Hawkeye Mihawk can''t decide the direction of the war!


    Annoyed by the fact that the navy was destroyed by the G1 branch base this time, the attitude of encircling Uchiha Sasuke is extremely firm!


    "Sasuke Uchiha¡­"


    Mihawk slowly raised his head, looked at the tall Susano, his sharp eyes slowly narrowed, and he stared at Uchiha Sasuke on the crystal above Susano''s head!


    The man who claims to be the number one swordsman in the world, his face became more serious: "After Shanks broke his arm... I always thought that there would be no swordsman in this sea that could make Heidao excited... Your appearance, It was just right¡­¡±


    Mihawk''s figure suddenly rose up, waving the black knife in his hand, and slashed towards Susano''s crystal, and a slash flew towards Susano''s crystal!


    This slash...is Mihawk''s full blow!


    Even the air was directly cut by this slash, and the aura driven by this slash seemed to cut the sky, and even the clouds in the sky were cut obliquely by this slash!


    "Can''t stop it?"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help frowning. Susano''s crystal defense is indeed powerful, but there is no shortage of people in this world who can break it.


    Cap''s Iron Fist...


    Whitebeard''s Trembling Fruit...


    The full blow of the world''s number one swordsman definitely has a chance to break Susanoo''s defense. These guys are really more troublesome than one another!


    "Melting Escape Meteor Volcano!"


    Just at this time, General Akainu waved his fist, and the four-tailed Monkey King in his body combined with the magma fruit ability, and his fist turned into a series of magma meteorites falling from the sky and flying towards Susano''s head!


    Once Mihawk''s slash cut through Susanoo''s crystal defense, Akainu''s attack would quickly enter the arena and directly attack Sasuke''s body!


    Just when Uchiha Sasuke was about to use his hand power, he saw a familiar figure suddenly appear and jumped in front of his crystal!


    "Susano!"


    A red half-length Susanoo opened in the air!


    Compared with Sasuke Uchiha''s Susano, this red Susanoo is only more than 30 meters tall. It looks like an ordinary giant, and it is vulnerable to a single blow!


    However, this red Susanoo suddenly opened a red shield, which is Susanoo''s spiritual weapon, which claims to be an artifact that can block all attacks!


    "Yataka Mirror!"


    The power contained in Hawkeye Mihawk''s full-strength slash made the red Susano faltering, almost defeating the half-length Susano directly!


    However, the red round shield finally blocked the slash, and even blocked all the magma meteorites falling from the sky!


    Even after using the spiritual weapon of the Yata mirror to meet Mihawk''s slash and Akainu''s Meteor Volcano one after another, the red Susanoo finally collapsed completely.


    The figure of a young man appeared on the battlefield.


    "who?"


    Akainu frowned slightly, and his eyes were fixed on the man who suddenly appeared to block the attack for Sasuke Uchiha.


    "Tsk, it looks like our adults are still intervening..."


    Kisame Kisame was still playing with Doflamingo on Ace, when he saw the man who suddenly appeared and helped Sasuke block the attack, he couldn''t help grinning.


    "Has Mr. Itachi even been released?"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame waved the shark muscle in his hand and directly pushed the pirate back in front of him, with some nostalgia faintly showing on his face: "It''s been a long time no see..."


    "Eh, oh, oh... who is that?"


    There was a smile on the corner of Doflamingo''s mouth, and he manipulated a pirate to entangle Ace, and he also looked at the man who suddenly appeared: "It seems that he is a very remarkable man..."


    "Is that person..."


    Kisame Kisame looked at the figure, smiled lightly and said, "He''s Sasuke''s older brother, my former companion... Itachi Uchiha."

 Chapter 461

    Uchiha Itachi.


    Not many people in this world have heard of this name. For a long time, Sasuke Uchiha, who can beat the Four Emperors, is obviously more famous.


    Hearing that Uchiha Itachi is Sasuke''s elder brother, Doflamingo''s smile grew stronger, and he said softly, "Is this... strong?"


    "how to say¡­"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned, smiled and said: "Although Mr. Itachi is not as good as our adult, he is definitely not an existence that can be underestimated..."


    Itachi Uchiha rarely loses in his life.


    It is a pity that the two times he lost were very miserable.


    The first time I deliberately lost to Uchiha Sasuke and lost my life;


    The second time was when he lost to Naraku Uehara, and he suffered a lot. He was directly played by Naraku Uehara to death, and even continued to be manipulated after he died.


    "Look..."


    Kisame grinned, and continued with a smile: "The meaning of Mr. Itachi''s reinforcements...but it can inspire Sasuke more than anyone else!


    This war is coming to an end soon... Let''s catch a few pirates symbolically and leave, we can''t let Dou''s strategy be too ugly! "


    "Eh, oh, oh, oh... that''s right."


    Doflamingo nodded with a smile, and said softly: "The lord seems to have sent us a letter just now, who are we staying?"


    "Portgas D. Ace, Marshall D. Teach."


    Kisame Kisame named two names, and slowly closed his palms together: "Keep these two, and everyone else will grab them and count them as trophies!"


    "Eh, oh, oh, oh...interesting."


    Doflamingo nodded, and white lines popped out of his palm instantly, quickly controlling a pirate from the second team!


    This kind of war is really interesting. Most of the enemy and us are our own people. There is nothing wrong with their own people, but the others will suffer.


    This is interesting to Doflamingo.


    This is life behind the scenes.


    The center of the battlefield.


    Kisame Kisame is right, the reinforcements sent by Uehara Naraku are actually not particularly powerful, but it is completely different for Sasuke Uchiha!


    Even Uchiha Madara...


    It''s not as good as the arrival of Uchiha Itachi!


    Uchiha Sasuke dismissed his own Susano, looked at Uchiha Itachi in disbelief, and murmured: "...Did that guy resurrect you again? Nissan..."


    "Sasuke."


    Uchiha Itachi''s Sharingan stared at the three people in the distance, and said in a deep voice: "He sent me to support you, let''s get out of the dangerous situation first!"


    "yes."


    Uchiha Sasuke is very obedient.


    To be honest, he suffered a lot for his brother''s soul, but he didn''t expect Naraku Uehara to reincarnate Uchiha Itachi again!


    Sasuke still wants to curse...


    Naraku Uehara, that bastard...


    At such a dangerous time, Uehara Naraku sent Uchiha Itachi to rescue him again, obviously because he wanted to use the two brothers again!


    The issue is¡­


    The two brothers seemed unable to escape Uehara Naraku''s control.


    "who are you?"


    Akainu stared at Uchiha Itachi coldly.


    Hawkeye Mihawk and Lieutenant General Garp also surrounded them, slowly enveloping the Uchiha brothers, and everyone''s eyes were slightly dignified.


    Now the Uchiha brothers are facing three top powerhouses in the world, but Uchiha Itachi is now the reincarnation of the dirt, giving him the ability to die infinitely. As long as there is no soul-like ability, Uchiha Itachi will at least have a battle force.


    "dawn¡­"


    A name came out of Uchiha Itachi''s mouth in an instant, causing the faces of everyone present to change, and the next moment he revealed the name himself!


    "Uchiha Itachi!"


    to be honest.


    Everyone''s mood is a little subtle.


    Because Uchiha Itachi was the first person to reveal his name in a fair manner, and most of the people present had a hidden identity from the Akatsuki organization. Unexpectedly, Uchiha Itachi was the first to reveal his name!


    To be honest, I''m a little envious.


    After all, hiding one''s identity has been doing things like spies. Except for their leader Uehara Naraku, how can anyone else have the patience?


    "Akatsuki...Uchiha...Itachi..."


    Lieutenant General Garp couldn''t help frowning.


    Just by hearing this name, you know that it is not easy to deal with, because this surname is exactly the same as Uchiha Sasuke, and the ability he uses is similar to Uchiha Sasuke...


    This is a very tricky character!


    General Akainu''s expression is a little subtle, and his breath is faintly unsteady, why the hell is this another member of the Akatsuki organization?


    Akainu said slowly: "Akatsuki is an organization, I heard this name once when I was capturing a pirate.


    It is said that it is a criminal organization hidden behind the scenes. The members of this organization like to claim that they are for justice and peace, but they have not shown up much..."


    "I''ve never heard the name."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk shook his head, and said softly: "They have never appeared on the sea, they should be an unknown small organization..."


    "..."


    Akainu said nothing.


    Although Akainu didn''t speak, he probably knew in his heart that Hawkeye Mihawk should leave a debt in the hands of Uehara Naraku...


    That guy...has a lot of grudges!


    Hawkeye claimed that he had never heard of it, so he probably would have heard of the name of this organization in a short time, along with a wave of beatings...


    "The old man has never heard of it."


    After contemplating for a while, Lieutenant General Garp shook his head and said with a hearty smile, "Hahahahaha...forget it, go back and ask Warring States, I guess he should know..."


    This is typical Karp thinking.


    Once you encounter any troubles that need to be thought and recalled, you can ask Buddha Warring States, or directly throw the question to Buddha Warring States to think about.


    "Whoever you are..."


    There was a cold look on Akainu''s face, he stared at Uchiha Itachi and said in a deep voice: "Uchiha Sasuke will definitely stay here today!"


    "Such a thing is impossible."


    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke''s phantoms of Susano appeared on their bodies, and the two of them opened the Susanoo at the same time, and put on the armor for the half-length Susanoo!


    The red Susanoo and the purple Susanoo suddenly appeared on this battlefield, and the two Susanoos each held their weapons in their hands!


    "Then let me try first..."


    Itachi Uchiha manipulated Susano and slowly took out a huge wine gourd. The next moment, a red long sword made of liquid burst out of the wine gourd!


    It is Susano''s spiritual weapon Ten Fist Sword!


    This ten-fist sword suddenly shot at Lieutenant General Garp, and directly penetrated the old man''s body. This scene made everyone''s jaw drop in shock!


    This is too careless!


    How could such a thing happen to Garp!


    The next moment, Lieutenant General Garp''s body was dragged into the Ten Fist Sword. Even he could not resist this legendary artifact!


    At the moment Garp was hit by the Ten Fist Sword, he felt as if his body was about to merge into the Ten Fist Sword, but the next moment Garp burst out with powerful armed arrogance, overwhelming the power of the Ten Fist Sword Quarantine!


    However, even after the liquid sword of the Ten Fist Sword was separated, it still tightly wrapped around Karp from the left and right sides, trying to get Karp involved again!


    Mihawk also swung his black knife suddenly, and a powerful slash directly cut off the liquid ten-fist sword, and hurriedly helped to save Garp!


    "Ok?"


    Uchiha Itachi''s eyes showed a hint of surprise, and he said softly: "For the first time, someone can resist the power of Ten Fist Sword..."


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at his brother with a subtle expression: "Nissan, it''s also the first time I''ve seen you use the Ten Fist Sword..."


    "..."


    The scene was a little awkward for a while.


    Uchiha Itachi has not used his spiritual weapon in front of Uchiha Sasuke so far, but Yata Mirror has shown it...


    "Let me come!"


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated the purple Susano and suddenly turned into a purple giant bow, and a black flame giant arrow suddenly shot out, aiming at Hawkeye Mihawk!


    This black flame giant arrow is wrapped with the fire of Amaterasu and the domineering armed color!


    No matter who is hit by this arrow, it will not feel good!


    "That black flame is very dangerous!"


    Mihawk immediately judged it, swung the black knife in his hand and struck out, splitting the giant black flame arrow in two!


    Countless black flames fell on the ground...


    "Amaterasu!"


    Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi brothers turned their kaleidoscope Sharingan at the same time, and shouted out their own strength!


    The next moment, the black flames of Amaterasu''s fire surrounded Hawkeye Mihawk, Lieutenant General Garp, and General Akainu all in an instant!


    "This old man''s ability is magma..."


    Akainu''s fist gradually turned into magma, and he punched the fire of Amaterasu, trying to cover this black flame directly with magma!


    However, the next moment, the Amaterasu Black Flame burned even hotter, and even burned the magma directly, and it was about to spread directly to Akainu''s body!


    Fortunately, a mass of red chakra-tailed beast coat got out of Akainu''s body, wrapped in Amaterasu''s fire and fell to the ground, so as to save Akainu from suffering...


    Akainu looked at the flames on the ground, and his voice gradually became a little gloomy: "This flame... can even burn magma!"


    "There is nothing Amaterasu can''t burn."


    After Uchiha Sasuke explained a sentence, he instantly used Amaterasu''s fire to lay a layer upon layer of nets, and surrounded the three of them!


    "Nissan, let''s go first!"


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at his elder brother beside him, the two dismissed Susano at the same time, and flew towards the direction of the second team!


    The next moment, a slash suddenly cut Amaterasu!


    Hawkeye Mihawk chased Uchiha Sasuke from the gap of Amaterasu, Lieutenant General Garp and Akainu followed closely behind!


    "Stop chasing."


    The voice of Pharmacist Dou fell into the ears of Akakenu and the others, and his voice was a little calm: "General Sakaski, Lieutenant General Garp, Your Excellency Mihawk, our battle results are already rich enough, now we are not going to fight with you." It''s time for the Whitebeard Pirates to start an all-out war."


    "That''s right."


    Lieutenant General He glanced at Medicine Master''s pocket with satisfaction.


    Although they didn''t catch any important cadres of the Whitebeard Pirates, this ambush directly defeated the 2nd team of the Whitebeard Pirates, and also defeated Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace gang.


    Dried Persimmon Kisame and Doflamingo also captured many prisoners.


    Now that Uchiha Sasuke''s reinforcements have arrived, continuing to fight may only cause greater losses, so it is better to choose to stop fighting directly.


    Lieutenant General Crane took over from Medicine Master Dou, and softly persuaded him: "Kizaru is still recuperating in Marie Gioia, this time is not the time to anger Whitebeard, our chance to keep Uchiha Sasuke has been lost."


    After finishing speaking, Lieutenant General He glanced at the three people who had ceased fighting, and then at Medicine Master Dou who had a slightly regretful face, her eyes became more and more satisfied.


    Perhaps, she can really let go of her responsibilities.


    Yao Shidou, a young navy man, has amazing strategies, and he is not greedy and aggressive.


    Even if Akainu, Garp and others could be sacrificed to gain greater military exploits, Yakushidou chose to give up for the sake of the overall situation. He is really the most suitable candidate in the entire navy.


    Young people like Yao Shidou are really rare.

 Chapter 462

    "That bastard..."


    After hearing the dissuasion from Yakushidou and Lieutenant General Crane, Lieutenant General Karp and Hawkeye Mihawk subconsciously stopped, but Akainu couldn''t help but gritted his teeth, only he knew Yakushidou was a spy of Akatsuki.


    This pharmacist pocket is definitely a diehard Uehara Naraku!


    At least in terms of playing tricks on people, Yakushidou is very similar to Uehara Naraku, isn''t this guy Yakushidou''s plan to encircle Uchiha Sasuke all the way!


    Just because that Uchiha Itachi was a member of Akatsuki, Yakushido gave up chasing him, right?


    Yakushi Tou is the one who wants to encircle Uchiha Sasuke, and it is Yakushi Tou who stops the siege from continuing. A battle that could have seriously damaged the Whitebeard Pirates can only be forced into a show battle for the navy to regain face.


    And on the other side.


    When Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke rushed to the second team, they could only save two people, Portgas D. Ace and Marshall D. Teach.


    Because Doflamingo and Kanshi Kisame seem to have confirmed that the pirate they captured will never be rescued by them, let alone colleagues present...


    This battle was really frustrating.


    Wherever you go, you are basically your own.


    "Mr. Itachi."


    Kisame grinned, and Doflamingo made way for the Uchiha brothers: "It''s been a long time..."


    "Ghost shark..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s mood is a bit complicated.


    "Nissan, let''s go first!"


    Just when Uchiha Itachi wanted to chat with Kisame, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly unfolded his full body, grabbed Ace and Tiki, dragged Uchiha Itachi, and took them into the air Walk.


    "Really..."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned and showed a mouth full of shark teeth. Looking at Susanoko who flew away in the air, he couldn''t help laughing and said, "Human fate... is destined to be impossible to escape..."


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflamingo also had a gloomy smile on his face: "The first member to publicly announce that he is Akatsuki... Itachi Uchiha... Is the world going to have another storm?"


    Does this mean...


    Is the Akatsuki organization finally going to appear in front of people?


    Even compared to the world government, the Akatsuki organization can be called a behemoth in terms of top combat power!


    The purpose of Naraku Uehara sending Uchiha Itachi, in addition to letting their brothers meet and threatening Uchiha Sasuke with Uchiha Itachi by the way, is also to take this opportunity to let the Akatsuki organization surface, and slowly let the world accept the existence of Akatsuki .


    Maybe so...


    When the admirals of the navy rebel in the future, it will not be particularly abrupt to the rest of the world.


    In any case, the war before us is now over.


    The Navy has achieved a victory that can be announced to the whole world. They defeated the Uchiha Sasuke and the Whitebeard 2nd Division, which were winning momentum, and declared that the Navy G1 branch returned to the second half of the new world.


    Everyone in the sea was in an uproar.


    Just as the Whitebeard Pirates were thriving, and even easily ravaged the other Four Emperor Pirates and the Navy, the Navy suddenly concentrated their strength and caught them off guard.


    First, they destroyed several affiliated pirate groups under Whitebeard, and then defeated the second most powerful team under Whitebeard. Only Uchiha Sasuke, Ace, and Tiki were rescued by sudden reinforcements, and they barely escaped. .


    The other members of the 2nd Division were all sent to the large submarine prison.


    Yakushi''s strategy in this war has impressed the entire navy''s top management. If it weren''t for the sudden reinforcements, the operation to encircle Uchiha Sasuke this time would have been a success.


    Although I have some regrets...


    However, when Lieutenant Tsuru was reporting to the Warring States Period, he also analyzed the situation of the entire world, and the regret of not catching Sasuke Uchiha became the advantage of Yakushidou.


    "Xiaodou is not greedy for merit."


    Lieutenant General He held the phone bug in his hand, and the smile on the corner of his mouth almost never stopped: "In any case, this war has met our expected goal... As long as the G1 branch can return to the second half of the new world, it will be enough gone."


    "Ok."


    The Warring States Marshal on the other end of the phone bug also agreed with this point: "Actually, it would be good if Uchiha Sasuke was caught, but it was just facing the guy with the white beard... But this time is indeed a bit embarrassing, and it is right to be cautious."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    "Think before you move, and you will win the battle..."


    Lieutenant General He continued slowly: "Xiaodou is much better than we were at that time... The position of the staff of the Navy headquarters can be safely entrusted to him."


    After the Warring States Marshal agreed, he said softly: "The world government has also issued an order to promote Dou as a lieutenant general of the Navy Headquarters. Unfortunately, there is no powerful devil fruit now... The Navy Headquarters will also create another staff position for him."


    The pharmacist did a lot of credit for this guy.


    Most of the other lieutenant generals in the navy headquarters were promoted by catching pirates, and Yao Shidou almost used his brain to sit on the rank of lieutenant admiral.


    From targeting the Baroque Works, assisting in destroying the conspiracy of the former King Shichibukai Crocodile, and giving the Navy the upper hand in the negotiations with Kisame Kisame, and now playing an important role in the war against the Whitebeard Pirates important role.


    In the entire navy, there are not many people with such a clever mind as Yao Shidou...


    Unfortunately¡­


    Yao Shidou''s fighting ability became his only shortcoming.


    "Let him wipe out a few pirate groups in the new world..."


    The Warring States Marshal said on the other end of the phone bug: "Although we all think he is qualified, it is still an exceptional promotion for others..."


    "I was about to talk about this..."


    Lieutenant General He turned his head and glanced at Yaoshidou who was quietly writing the battle report, and continued with a smile: "Xiaodou may not think that he is qualified to be a lieutenant general.


    He thinks that it was his own fault for not catching Uchiha Sasuke this time, and even thinks that he is too ambitious, and made a mistake in formulating a strategy against the Four Emperor Pirates without authorization, and he is probably writing a review requesting demotion..."


    What a humble young man.


    Whether it is Lieutenant General He or Marshal of the Warring States Period, the two old men thought of the same evaluation in their hearts, only such young people can take on the future of the navy.


    Originally, the two of them were very optimistic about Yao Shidou, but now they have a higher and higher opinion of this little guy.


    After Lieutenant General He took off the phone bug, he sat beside Yao Shidou, reached out and took the battle report written beside Yao Shidou, with a benevolent smile on his face.


    "Xiaodou, don''t be too harsh on yourself."


    Lieutenant General He shook his head and softly comforted Yao Shidou: "This time our goal was to bring the G1 branch back to the new world, and now our goal has been achieved... You will be promoted to the rank of Vice Admiral of the Navy Headquarters soon. And the staff of the Navy Headquarters."


    "¡­Ok?"


    Pharmacist Dou slowly raised his head, pushed his glasses, and a look of guilt flashed across his face: "Can I refuse this promotion? We mobilized Admiral Akainu, Lieutenant General Garp and the three kings Shichibukai , after all, there is still no..."


    "Hey, little brat!"


    Lieutenant General Garp slapped Pharmacist on the shoulder, smiled generously and said, "Do you also want to refuse the promotion? But the Vice Admiral has the right to attack freely, don''t refuse...and you little brat It''s done well!"


    Lieutenant General Garp sat beside Pharmacist Dou and took a bite of the donut with a smile before his face suddenly became serious: "The most elusive thing in this world is the sea, nothing is predestined, Nothing can be 100% perfect! Don''t underestimate those top experts in the sea!"


    "...Yes, Senior Garp!"


    Yao Shidou nodded seriously, as if he was a junior who respected Lieutenant General Garp.


    Admiral Akainu was sitting on another table. He couldn''t help gritting his teeth when he saw this scene, and poured a cup of scalding hot tea into his mouth in one gulp.


    This cup of tea is hot...


    But Akainu''s heart felt very cold.


    Marlin Vandeau.


    The Warring States Marshal moved quickly, announcing the victory of the navy to the entire sea, and also announced the promotion of Pharmacist Dou to the rank of lieutenant general and staff officer of the navy headquarters in Marin Fando.


    Marshal Warring States and Vice Admiral Crane were a little worried that some people would not be convinced, but they didn''t expect that Pharmacist''s popularity in the navy was pretty good, at least the entire Marin Fando''s vice admirals couldn''t find a single person who opposed it.


    humble man...


    It''s always easy to find fault.


    After the war between the Navy and Whitebeard ended temporarily, Pharmacist went to the New World to wipe out several pirate groups that were a headache for the world government.


    In these few battles, the methods used by Pharmacist Dou undoubtedly caught the eyes of Marshal Warring States. Whether it was luring the enemy or encircling and suppressing them, they were all unexpected.


    During this trip, Lieutenant General He and Lieutenant General Karp originally wanted to help, but in the end, the two lieutenant generals watched the solo show of Yao Shidou all the way.


    After another battle.


    Pharmacist watched the pirate ship sunk by the sea in the distance, and said softly: "As long as they are devil fruit capable users, in this world, sea water must be their natural enemy, and the sea is the most powerful weapon in this world."


    "Well¡­"


    Lieutenant General Garp couldn''t help but nodded slowly.


    Lieutenant General He couldn''t help showing a hint of admiration on his face: "Not a single bullet was wasted, it was just that people used the banner of Karp and Sakasky to force this pirate ship into this dangerous land. The sea area, until this pirate group hit the rocks and sank by itself, it is really a scary boy..."


    "No, it''s actually not that troublesome."


    Pharmacist shook his head, and said softly: "This sea area is too dangerous and few pirates pass by here, so it is rarely famous. I read all the information about this pirate group before, and several combatants All of them are Devil Fruit users.


    Moreover, I have checked the information of this pirate group. Their ships hit the rocks and sank twice. Those two times they were almost captured by Lieutenant General Ghost Spider and Lieutenant General Huoshaoshan. This shows that their ships have not had navigation skills for a long time They are extremely skilled navigators, so there is a high probability that they will hit the rocks and sink here. "


    "..."


    Cap took a bite of the donut, feeling like he didn''t quite understand.


    Lieutenant General He''s face was full of admiration, and her smile became more and more intense: "Not many people will notice these small pieces of information...Even I rarely think of using this information to apply it to the battlefield Well, Xiaodou is really smart..."


    A thought flashed in Lieutenant General He''s mind, otherwise, he could simply retire, and this staff officer is better than her...


    no matter how you look at it...


    Yao Shidou is perfect as the staff officer of the navy headquarters. This young man will definitely bring greater help to the navy and let the flag of justice fly over the entire sea!

 Chapter 463

    Marlin Vandeau.


    Pharmacist Dou rushed back from the New World.


    Except for Admiral Akainu who took the initiative to stay at the base of the G1 branch, Lieutenant General Garp, Lieutenant Crane and Yakushidou rushed back to Marin Fando together.


    When they returned to the naval headquarters, news of the new generation of admiral Pharmacist Doudou was spreading everywhere in the sea.


    Just when Uchiha Sasuke was acting recklessly in the new world, Yakushidou, a genius and wise general, turned out to command the navy to defeat the Whitebeard Pirates and repel Uchiha Sasuke, a powerful figure of the Whitebeard Pirates. .


    Yao Shidou became a well-known figure in the whole sea overnight, and became the youngest naval headquarters lieutenant general and the youngest naval headquarters staff officer in history.


    Marine Headquarters Marin Vanduo didn''t spread the news about Yakushidou very much. A group of high-level navy officials were sitting together to discuss the follow-up matters with the Whitebeard Pirates, as well as Akatsuki and Itachi Uchiha who suddenly appeared.


    Yakushi sat beside Lieutenant General Crane, slowly pushed his glasses, and said softly: "I think, after the lesson of this joint encirclement and suppression, it is very unlikely that Uchiha Sasuke will continue to take risks and have direct sex with us." The engagement of..."


    "Whitebeard..."


    The Marshal of the Warring States Period sat on his main seat, watched the pharmacist pocketing the newly promoted staff officer, and asked in a deep voice: "I know that guy very well, even though that guy is old and sick, he still has the same kind of personality. The power of the whole world to fight!"


    "From now on, it''s basically impossible."


    Pharmacist shook his head, pushed his glasses, picked up a document, and said softly: "The Whitebeard Pirates claim to be the strongest pirate group in the world, but the number of times Whitebeard has been dispatched in recent years Fewer and fewer¡­"


    When Pharmacist Dou said this, his voice gradually lowered: "Over the past few years, except for the war that may destroy the entire Whitebeard Pirates, Whitebeard Edward Newgate has almost never made a move, which means that his body It has declined more than we expected¡­¡±


    Yao Shidou slowly closed his palms, and gradually a smear of confidence appeared on his face: "It''s just because White Beard showed up too many times, and most of them relied on his reputation to make others retreat on their own. We will habitually think that Whitebeard shot very frequently..."


    "..."


    Every senior naval officer present frowned involuntarily.


    I have to say that what Yao Shidou said was very reasonable. When these high-ranking naval officers thought about their memories carefully, they slowly remembered something that was not quite right at some point.


    The Warring States Marshal frowned, slowly nodded and said: "That''s right, three years ago, when the throne of the Four Emperors had not been completely settled, the Whitebeard Pirates had a strong advantage in a war ¡­


    At that time, it was only necessary for Whitebeard to block BIG MOM, and the Whitebeard Pirates might occupy Totland, but Whitebeard did not make a move...


    Originally we thought that Whitebeard was stingy with the friendship he had with the Rocks Pirates, but now it seems that his strength has long been unable to support him for a long time to fight..."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and continued to explain in a soft voice: "That''s right, the last time Whitebeard made a move, it should be the battle between the Whitebeard Pirates and the Spades Pirates.


    Somewhat coincidentally, Whitebeard forcibly recruited Portgas D. Ace and Uchiha Sasuke in this battle, and they also chose to join, which is incredible in the battle among pirates of the same level of.


    We have all seen Uchiha Sasuke''s combat power now, he definitely has the qualifications to challenge Whitebeard, but he did not choose to betray Whitebeard.


    In the half a year since Uchiha Sasuke joined the Whitebeard Pirates, Whitebeard never made a move again. Even if he encountered the invasion of the Four Emperor Kaido, it was also the supernova Uchiha Sasuke who was dispatched, which almost violated him. The frequency of shots. "


    Pharmacist put down the document in his hand, and said calmly: "The strongest man in the world has identified Portgas D. Ace or Uchiha Sasuke as the successor of the Whitebeard Pirates.


    I think Whitebeard will only keep his limited life and power at the most critical time, and he only wants to let the Whitebeard Pirates pass from his hands to successors in his lifetime...


    The strongest power that is about to extinguish the lamp of life can''t just be used to fight for breath, and it will never be shot just because we defeated Uchiha Sasuke.


    Of course, just in case, we should send warships to monitor and restore the naval combat power of the G1 branch base as soon as possible to avoid accidents. "


    "..."


    All the senior naval officers present fell silent.


    To be honest, they probably shouldn''t have come to this meeting.


    Except for the last sentence, basically not many people can understand what was said above. It is a mess. Is this the way of chatting between naval staff officers and naval admirals?


    Lieutenant General He obviously understood, a kind smile appeared on the corner of her mouth, she looked up at Zhan Guo, and said softly: "Zhan Guo, what did Xiaodou say?"


    "..."


    Zhan Guo nodded slowly, and after taking a deep breath, he looked at the pharmacist and said, "Very good, cautious and logical, if it wasn''t for his summary of intelligence information, we would have overlooked a problem, Whitebeard''s aging It has reached a level that we have seriously underestimated, but it is a pity that we did not seize the opportunity and let him find his successor..."


    "No, you can''t quite say that either."


    Yao Shidou turned his head to look at Marshal Warring States again, and said in a low voice: "Even though White Beard''s body has reached an irreversible point due to aging and disease, his power may still be destructive!


    What''s more, there is Uchiha Sasuke, we can obviously see that only the power of Uchiha Sasuke also has the strength to aspire to the Four Emperors..."


    "indeed¡­"


    Marshal Warring States had a look of relief on his face, he looked at Yao Shidou and nodded slowly: "However, we have also found a successor of the new generation...


    Staff officer, I will apply to Commander-in-Chief Kong, except for CP0, I will hand over all the information of the world government to you, and apply for you to mobilize the power of the entire CP organization. "


    "yes."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses around.


    After the Warring States Marshal nodded, he continued softly: "Have you found any information about the pirate named Uchiha Itachi?"


    "No."


    Pharmacist shook his head, then said hesitantly: "However, I got some information about the organization behind Uchiha Itachi from Admiral Akainu... This organization calls itself Akatsuki, and they use the name of justice."


    This is more ridiculous.


    It is estimated that there is no one in the entire navy who knows more about Akatsuki than Yao Shidou, yet he still uses the name of Akainu to submit information about Akatsuki.


    When he said this, the pharmacist pushed his glasses and continued softly: "It is said that the members of this organization do not dare to call the name of the leader of the organization... They will all replace him with God or that lord .¡±


    "God... I''ll go back and ask Wulaoxing!"


    Marshal Warring States slowly clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "Sasuke Uchiha Sasuke, the pirate from the cholera world...do you still dare to use the name of justice?"


    "There is no specific information."


    Pharmacist shook his head, with seriousness on his face: "In any case, we all know that the unknown organization Xiao has surfaced, at least we don''t have to worry about this unknown enemy that may have been hiding in the dark all this time."


    After finishing speaking, Yao Shidou pushed his glasses habitually.


    Well, that''s a bit of a nonsense.


    When everyone thought that the Akatsuki organization had surfaced, the members of the Akatsuki organization actually hid deeper.


    However, all the senior naval officers present, including Marshal Warring States, all nodded their heads. They also felt that what Yao Shidou said made sense. A Xiao organization that jumped out was much better than an organization that had been hiding all the time.


    The Warring States Period was very satisfied with Pharmacist Dou''s performance as a staff officer for the first time.


    To put it bluntly...


    Even if Sengoku is now kicked out of the position of admiral of the navy and replaced by someone who can understand Pharmacist Dou''s words, it feels like he can take the position of admiral of the navy.


    Now the Warring States feels that it is enough for him to follow the pharmacist''s advice and make corresponding decisions or issue corresponding orders.


    This is no need to think about it at all.


    Because what the pharmacist said was very correct.


    "Then let''s do this first!"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Sengoku glanced at all the people present, and said softly: "Publish the reward order of Itachi Uchiha, and according to what the staff officer said, send warships to monitor the movements of the Whitebeard Pirates at all times..."


    "yes."


    Everyone nodded.


    After the meeting was over, Lieutenant General He sat in front of Zhan Guo, the smile on his face could hardly be suppressed: "How about Xiaodou, you can be my successor..."


    "Much better than us."


    Buddha Warring States nodded, sighed and said: "It''s a pity...his strength is a pity after all...but his wisdom is more important than strength, at least we can worry less about things in the future."


    Just when they were praising Pharmacist Dou here.


    After Yao Shidou left the office, he met another admiral of the Navy Headquarters, Aokiji, who had rushed back to Marin Fando.


    Because the yellow monkey was recuperating in the holy land of Mary Joa, and the red dog suppressed the G1 branch of the new world, Aokiji had to rush back to Marlin Vanduo to sit in charge.


    "Hmm... have you become a vice admiral?"


    The corners of Qingzhi''s eyes trembled slightly, he glanced at Medicine Master''s pocket, and said softly: "The speed of promotion is really fast..."


    Aokiji couldn''t help but think of his best friend Smoker who was guarding Rogge Town. That guy''s merits would have been promoted a long time ago, but he was still stuck in the position of colonel because of his temper...


    Pharmacist has climbed up to lieutenant general after being an undercover agent!


    "General Kuzan, don''t say that..."


    Lieutenant General Taotu walked beside them, patted Dou''s shoulder casually, and said seriously: "Xiaodou has made great achievements... Sister He has been praising you since she came back, but I have never seen Sister He not Have you ever praised someone incessantly!"


    "Well¡­"


    Aokiji couldn''t help scratching his head.


    In such a short period of time, I got to the top of the navy...


    Moreover, Yao Shidou has also mixed into the naval staff officer, a position where he can get in touch with any secrets. No wonder this guy named Yao Shidou is especially valued by Uehara Naraku!


    Of course... the pharmacist worked hard enough for himself.


    After all, not everyone can be like Pharmacist Dou, who has worked hard to prepare for himself the most suitable identity, a life experience that is the easiest to be trusted and lowered vigilance, and a position that can be the fastest to reach the top of the navy without being suspected ¡­


    Pharmacist pocket this guy...


    No, it should be said... the entire Akatsuki organization...


    Everyone must not be underestimated!


    After Aokiji scratched his head, he glanced at the pharmacist pocket, and said slowly: "Hey, our new staff officer, after Uchiha Sasuke is defeated by your plan, where will that guy escape to?"


    "It should be Kaido''s sea area..."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses up and looked up at Aokiji, with a smile on the corner of his mouth: "After all, Sasuke Uchiha is a young man, he will never bow his head easily.


    After suffering such a big loss, he will not continue to trouble the Navy for the time being...but the Kaido Pirates who invaded the Whitebeard Pirates before will definitely become his outlet. "


    When Pharmacist Doudou said this, he continued with a smile: "Besides, I was chasing and intercepting him as much as possible, and driving him towards Kaido''s sea..."


    the most important is¡­


    That is Master Naraku''s order!


    It just coincided with the resurrection of Uchiha Itachi, even if Uchiha Sasuke was for his brother, he would never dare to disobey this order!


    indeed so.


    Sasuke Uchiha, Portgas D. Ace, Marshall D. Teach, and Itachi Uchiha finally escaped the Navy and finally got to know each other.


    "I''m Itachi Uchiha."


    Uchiha Itachi looked at Ace and Tiki, and bowed towards them seriously: "During this time, my younger brother has been taken care of by you two."

 Chapter 464

    "Be sure not to say that."


    Ace hastily returned the salute to Uchiha Itachi, which attracted Tiki next to him and couldn''t help bowing together. Ace showed a little embarrassment on his face, bowed down very politely and said: "Actually, we have always been indebted to Sasuke. care of..."


    When he said this, Ace''s figure suddenly stopped!


    Not quite right, he said he was Sasuke''s brother?


    Although Uchiha Itachi''s etiquette is very serious...


    But Ace remembers that if he is not mistaken, Uchiha Sasuke should have mentioned that his brother is already dead, what is going on?


    "etc¡­"


    There was a look of surprise on Ace''s face, he couldn''t help looking at Itachi Uchiha in front of him, and then turned to Sasuke Uchiha: "Sasuke, isn''t your brother..."


    "Nissan..."


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Itachi Uchiha beside him, and said in a low voice, "You must have been resurrected by that guy! I knew this day would come..."


    "Re...resurrection?"


    A trace of excitement flashed across Ace''s expression. He thought of his sworn brothers when he was young, and said in a deep voice, "Can you still resurrect the dead..."


    Now that Ace doesn''t know that Sabo is still alive, he naturally wants to resurrect his sworn brothers when he was young, and even he wants to see his mother, Portgas D. Loujiu...


    Even Marshall D. Teach next to him had a flash of excitement on his face, apparently he also seemed to have some regrets!


    "idiot!"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help rubbing his forehead, and said in a low voice: "This is just a forbidden technique to manipulate the soul... Everything Nissan is doing now is under the control of that guy, and even our every move now, he controls everything." Can be seen through Nissan!"


    "But¡­"


    Ace still hesitated.


    To be honest, it is unimaginable for Ace to be manipulated by others. He thinks that as long as people can come back to life, what else is unacceptable?


    "never mind."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help frowning, and whispered: "Anyway, I have to find a way to really resurrect Nissan... If you want to resurrect..."


    "Sasuke!"


    Itachi Uchiha interrupted Sasuke, shook his head seriously at him, and said softly: "Don''t do anything stupid, I never thought of being resurrected..."


    Uchiha Itachi slowly stretched out his palm, hugged Sasuke''s neck, rubbed his hair, and said calmly: "I''m just worried about you, it just so happens that that person gave me this opportunity, even if you resurrected I, I can''t escape that person''s control..."


    Uchiha Itachi even showed a smile at the corner of his mouth. He looked at his brother with a tangled face, and continued with a smile: "I know everything you do...I''m glad you have new friends now, maybe in this You can live better in the world..."


    "Nissan..."


    Sasuke Uchiha gritted his teeth.


    But he is not doing well now!


    Naraku Uehara, who was manipulating them behind the scenes, was still manipulating them, without any mercy at all.


    I finally found a new friend. Ace''s life is already miserable. If that guy wants to continue to control Ace, can''t he be a human being?


    "That person may not be as bad as you think."


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and said with a smile: "Although the process of that person''s work is always somewhat unsatisfactory, judging from the results, it may not be a good result for us..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke immediately cast a puzzled look at Uchiha Itachi.


    If he didn''t know that the manipulator behind the reincarnation of the soil would definitely change his voice when speaking, Sasuke would have suspected that it was Uehara Naraku who controlled Uchiha Itachi''s words...


    Why does it feel like his brother has been brainwashed...


    And is Uehara Naraku''s process of doing things unsatisfactory?


    It is clearly not a person!


    Although Uehara Naraku''s results seem to be good, for example, there will be no war in the ninja world in the end, and many people can survive, but he can obviously do more...


    Anyway...


    Uehara Naraku is definitely not a good person.


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head with a broken smile, he knew his younger brother''s stubbornness, what Uehara Naraku did was indeed a bit inappropriate...


    But he also let Sasuke open the Eternal Kaleidoscope Sharingan, but it is a pity that even Sasuke opened the Samsara, but he couldn''t beat Uehara...


    This is also impossible.


    After all, Uehara Naraku is the reincarnation of the Chakra possessed by their ancestors.


    After Uchiha Itachi learned all the truth, the hatred for Uehara Naraku was not so deep. After all, when Sasuke was homeless, that guy stretched out his hand and pulled Sasuke back to the Akatsuki organization, but he still regarded Sasuke as a pawn ¡­


    never mind¡­


    In Uchiha Itachi''s view, there are no absolutely free people in this world, but those free people deprive the world of freedom.


    The most important thing is that Uehara Naraku is really not a good thing, even the gods dare to play with him, he can make Sasuke survive, which is quite satisfying to Uchiha Itachi...


    At least it ended better than his brother.


    After experiencing the cruelest things, Uchiha Itachi has a very strong ability to accept, not to mention that Konoha is also under the control of that guy Uehara Naraku...


    "You keep talking about that person... that person..."


    Ace couldn''t help scratching his head, and asked curiously, "Who is that person? Do we know each other?"


    "The leader of Akatsuki."


    A coldness flashed across Uchiha Sasuke''s face, and he continued in a gloomy voice: "Once you have to mention him, you must never mention his name, and you must never mention his appearance...Even if it is me, I dare not mention his name."


    "..."


    Ace couldn''t help but shudder.


    There was a gleam of light in Marshall D. Teach''s eyes. He seemed to have discovered a very interesting thing and a very terrible secret.


    Uchiha Sasuke turned his head, looked at Ace and Tiki, and said in a deep voice: "If you can, you don''t have any entanglements with him in this life... Never see him... Never know him... And, never in He said the wrong thing in front of him!"


    Uchiha Sasuke continued with an ugly face: "There was once a person who said a wrong sentence in front of him, but he pushed him to the apex of the world with his own hand!


    Then...he was pulled down from the top of the world and fell into the abyss under his control... That guy has the power to rule the world! "


    Marshall D. Teach couldn''t help but grinned, and said in a low voice: "Haha... Sasuke, don''t scare us too much, he can''t beat Dad... If he really has the power to dominate the world, how can it be possible? will hide..."


    "Tichi! Don''t talk casually!"


    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted Marshall D. Tiki, he still has a good impression of this person, but if I remember correctly, Tiki is also on Uehara Naraku''s list...


    That is to say...


    Marshall D. Teach could have been Uehara''s pawn! Now this guy is still here to satirize Uehara Naraku''s words, it is really desperate!


    "¡­yes¡­"


    Seeing Sasuke interrupt him solemnly, Marshall D. Teach couldn''t help swallowing his saliva.


    that guy¡­


    Is it really that scary?


    Tikki couldn''t help being a little skeptical.


    If he had the power to dominate the world, he must have declared war on the world long ago and became the most powerful person in the world. How could he hide behind the scenes?


    What Titch didn''t know was.


    Just after he finished speaking, there was an additional message in Uchiha Itachi''s brain, which made Uchiha Itachi a little confused and puzzled.


    but¡­


    For Sasuke, everything can be endured.


    "Okay, Sasuke, don''t scare them."


    After Uchiha Itachi glanced at Tiki, he looked at Sasuke again, stroked Sasuke''s hair with a smile, and said softly: "That person is not so scary, he asked me to come out this time, besides saving you, the main purpose is to save you. In order to find the dark fruit..."


    "Dark fruit?"


    Marshall D. Teach couldn''t help but burst out, his expression changed instantly, he didn''t expect that there would be someone looking for that fruit like his goal!


    That was his purpose of hiding in the Whitebeard Pirates for many years!


    If you can''t find the dark fruit, Marshall D. Teach would rather spend his life hiding in the Whitebeard Pirates!


    did not expect¡­


    Now there are people who are looking for dark fruits!


    Those who are looking for dark fruits seem to be more powerful than Whitebeard, because Uchiha Sasuke was never afraid of Whitebeard on the Moby Dick, but he was as afraid of the legendary leader of Akatsuki as a tiger!


    Hearing Marshall D. Teach''s voice, everyone looked at him involuntarily, and Ace asked in surprise, "Well, Teach, what''s wrong with you?"


    "No, nothing."


    After shaking his head, Tiqi said in a secretive way: "I just seem to have heard the name of this fruit somewhere. It is said that it is the most vicious fruit in the world..."


    "That''s right."


    After Uchiha Itachi nodded, he continued calmly: "The dark fruit is the most vicious natural devil fruit in the world, and it is difficult for others to control its power.


    But the dark fruit is also very powerful, so that person asked me to find this fruit in the sea, and let people in the organization take it, so as not to fall into the hands of others..."


    "..."


    Tikki lowered his head quietly.


    At this moment, Tiqi''s face was extremely ugly.


    In case, this Uchiha Itachi really finds the Dark Fruit, it means that all his hiding all these years have come to naught!


    But¡­


    What can I do now?


    Could it be that he and Uchiha Itachi bet on who is faster?


    Uchiha Itachi has the support of a mysterious organization, he can look for dark fruits in the sea, he can only wait for the dark fruits in the Whitebeard Pirates...


    This is really not good.


    Can he still snatch the dark fruit from Uchiha Itachi in the future?


    Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but frowned, and said with some doubts: "That guy is so kind, did he just ask Nissan to help find a Devil Fruit?"


    "I''m not particularly clear either."


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, he had already captured Tiqi''s face in his eyes, but Uchiha Itachi didn''t say anything, and continued softly: "Are you going to Wano Country?"


    "yes!"


    A smile flashed across Ace''s face, he nodded and said: "We heard that there are also ninjas and samurai in Wano Country, and it is also the hometown of the former captain of our 2nd team, so I want to take a look and know our What kind of person was the previous captain..."


    Ace thought so too.


    It just so happened that they were chased by the navy and intercepted in the Kaido sea area. They simply took this opportunity to travel to Wano country, and also to see what kind of person Kozuki Oden, the former captain of the 2nd division, was like.


    "It looks like we''ll have to part ways here."


    Uchiha Itachi patted Uchiha Sasuke on the head, looked at his brother with an ugly face with a smile, and comforted him softly: "Don''t be sad, Sasuke, I might go to the Whitebeard Sea Territory soon... At that time we can still See you again."


    "Nissan..."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but gritted his teeth, he just said in a deep voice, "I''ll seal your body first, and I''ll find a way to revive you right away..."


    "Sasuke!"


    Uchiha Itachi quickly shook his head, put his hand around Sasuke''s neck, and whispered against his forehead: "Sasuke, the two of us have never had a serious chat..."


    There was a relieved smile on the corner of Uchiha Itachi''s mouth: "Now you may know the truth, but that doesn''t mean I don''t have anything to tell you...


    Sasuke, you must live a good life, even if you never forgive me, it doesn''t matter, no matter what you become in the future, I will always love you. "


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha''s heart trembled.


    Even Portgas D. Ace next to him looked at Itachi Uchiha with some surprise. As Ace who knew part of the truth, his face flashed a look of wonder.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Ace seems to finally understand why Uchiha Sasuke always says that his brother Uchiha Itachi is the most perfect brother in the world...


    "Nissan..."


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, tears flowed out of his eyes unconsciously, he clenched his fists, and whispered: "I will definitely..."


    "Sasuke."


    Uchiha Itachi patted Sasuke on the head, interrupted what he wanted to say, and just said softly: "Sasuke, you have new friends and a new life now, so continue to be yourself, don''t always live in past¡­"


    Uchiha Itachi''s voice gradually lowered, almost whispering: "No matter what scenery is ahead, it will always be better than the past..."


    There is nothing worse in this world than the past of their brothers. No matter what scenery is ahead, it must be very beautiful...

 Chapter 465

    The Uchiha brothers are destined to be separated.


    If these two brothers stay together for a long time, it is easy to give birth to the idea of ??rebellion, Uehara Naraku will never allow them to get out of control.


    Uchiha Sasuke must go to Wano Country to perform the task assigned to him by Uehara Naraku, Ace also wants to travel to Wano Country, Uchiha Itachi cannot stay with them.


    They soon sailed to a small island, and they parted.


    It''s just that when they parted, Marshall D. Teach suddenly said: "Captain Ace, Sasuke, let''s part here too..."


    Marshall D. Teach flashed an embarrassed smile, he grinned and said: "I want to go back, I have always been stupid, and I don''t want to go to Wano Country to drag you down. I want you to protect me..."


    "Ticky..."


    Sasuke''s eyes were slightly puzzled, and he persuaded softly: "It doesn''t matter, I probably won''t meet the navy along the way..."


    But Tiki shook his head, grinned and said: "It''s been too long this time, I still miss Moby Dick''s house..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Sasuke frowned and agreed to Tiki.


    Everyone in the Whitebeard Pirates is free. Since Tiki is afraid of danger and does not want to go to Wano Country, and wants to return to the Whitebeard Sea by himself, Sasuke and Ace are not easy to stop.


    Perhaps Marshall D. Teach stayed on the Moby Dick for too long and didn''t want to leave that warm pirate group...


    "There may be dangers on the road..."


    Portgas D. Ace hesitated.


    Tiqi grinned and said with a smile: "Don''t worry! The navy doesn''t like me as a small character. I don''t have any bounty on me..."


    This is true.


    Marshall D. Teach is nothing short of eccentric.


    It''s amazing that this guy Mingming Tichi has been with the Whitebeard Pirates for more than 20 years, and he hasn''t been offered a bounty by the Navy yet...


    Anyone feels that Tiki seems to be dawdling in the Whitebeard Pirates, but Tiki is also very heroic in battle, and will volunteer to be on duty as a sentinel every night.


    No one has the right to say no to a man who wants to go home.


    Portgas D. Ace and Uchiha Sasuke did not continue to persuade them, and the group of them separated, Uchiha Itachi and Tiki stayed.


    Uchiha Sasuke and Ace waved goodbye in the boat, and the two of them rushed to the direction of Wano Country, Sasuke still had some reluctance on his face.


    But Sasuke knew...


    The person who manipulated their brothers behind the scenes would never let the two of them stay together for a long time.


    "Sasuke."


    Ace put his arms around Sasuke''s shoulders, and said with a hearty smile, "There is no need to be sad about parting! As long as we are on the sea, we will meet again in the end."


    "Ok¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded.


    At least one thing he now knows is that Uchiha Itachi has been reincarnated and resurrected by Naraku Uehara, and that is enough.


    Just knowing that his brother was still there... would be nice.


    Ace stared at Itachi Uchiha who was getting further and further away from them, and sighed softly: "Mr. Itachi is really a respectable brother..."


    this brother...


    Much better than his brother!


    Although Ace and Uchiha Itachi didn''t spend much time together, Ace also noticed Uchiha Itachi''s meticulous care for Sasuke during this time.


    I feel a little ashamed when I think about it...


    His older brother doesn''t seem to have taken Luffy''s younger brother so seriously...


    "That''s right, Sasuke."


    Ace patted his forehead suddenly, smiled and said, "I almost forgot, we can invite your brother to join our pirate group!"


    "Stop dreaming!"


    A look of coldness flashed across Uchiha Sasuke''s face, he shook his head and said in a deep voice: "No matter what, it is absolutely impossible for Nisan to leave Akatsuki...and anyone who dares to betray Akatsuki will never do anything good." end."


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly clenched his fist, and continued, gnashing his teeth: "As long as I''m around... that person will never let Nissan stay with me!"


    "It''s really disgusting..."


    Ace couldn''t help but shook his head, and suddenly grinned and said, "Don''t worry, we can definitely defeat that guy and save your brother!"


    "Shut up!"


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, and looked at Ace with dissatisfaction: "Didn''t I say that? I told you not to talk nonsense..."


    "What, it''s just the two of us here..."


    "Shut up!"


    Sasuke Uchiha and Ace noisily steered the boat to the direction of Wano Country, and they were getting farther and farther away from the separate island.


    small island.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    After Uchiha Sasuke and Ace left.


    A fierce light flashed in Marshall D. Teach''s eyes, and he quickly hid it again. He slowly turned his head to look at Itachi Uchiha, and said with a grin, "Hahaha...Mr. Itachi, Where are you going?"


    "have no idea."


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and said softly, "I should find a prosperous place first, and ask which pirate group has obtained a Devil Fruit recently... The sea is too big after all, so I can only find it slowly."


    "Then do you want to walk along the way together?"


    Marshall D. Teach rubbed his palms, and invited Uchiha Itachi softly: "I just want to go to a bigger town to see if I can catch a merchant ship heading to our sea area..."


    "Can."


    Itachi Uchiha nodded slowly, and said calmly, "Can you chat with me if you are interested on the way? I also want to hear the story of Sasuke in the Whitebeard Pirates..."


    "Thief hahahaha...Of course you can."


    A smile appeared on Marshall D. Teach''s face, he quickly nodded and said: "The current Sasuke is the strongest person in this sea!"


    The two chatted while walking.


    It''s a pity that this small island is too small, and they didn''t find the information they wanted, so the two simply bought a boat and rushed to the next island together.


    After watching Uchiha Itachi get on the boat together, Tiki flashed a sinister smile on his face, and he was still thinking about his plan in his heart.


    Must find a chance...


    Kill this person who is also looking for the dark fruit!


    On the sea, this is the best opportunity. As long as Uchiha Itachi is quickly attacked and eliminated, no one will know that he has done so.


    Only two things made Tiqi''s heart beat...


    The first thing is that Uchiha Sasuke mentioned that the leader of Akatsuki can manipulate Uchiha Itachi behind the scenes, and can learn about anything he has experienced through Uchiha Itachi...


    The second thing is the power of Uchiha Itachi.


    Once the sneak attack is unsuccessful, he basically has no way to survive!


    At that time, neither the mysterious Akatsuki organization behind Uchiha Itachi nor Uchiha Sasuke would never let him go!


    so¡­


    We must plan before we move!


    "Mr. Itachi."


    A smile flashed across the corner of Marshall D. Teach''s mouth, he looked at Itachi Uchiha, and asked curiously: "Sasuke seems to have mentioned that the leader of Akatsuki, the person whose name cannot be spoken, really has him Is it that strong?"


    "It''s not."


    Itachi Uchiha smiled, shook his head, and explained softly: "Sasuke grew up in Akatsuki when he was a child, and was deceived by the leader, so he has some shadows in his heart... Actually, the leader is not as powerful as he thought... "


    When it came to this, Uchiha Itachi''s voice gradually calmed down and said: "Except for the ability to resurrect from the dead, the leader rarely takes the initiative. His position in the organization is too detached..."


    Uchiha Itachi even spread out his palm, and continued to speak: "I was just worried that Sasuke was too dependent on me like when I was a child, so I told him that the resurrected people have no way to escape the control of the leader..."


    "He''s such a good-hearted brother..."


    Marshall D. Teach stood behind Uchiha Itachi, a fierce light flashed in his eyes, and the gums with missing teeth were exposed at the corners of his mouth!


    Tiki listened to Uchiha Itachi talking about the unknown leader, this ambitious man who had been hiding in the Whitebeard Pirates, the smile on his face gradually became more ferocious!


    His strength is not weak...


    His ambition is very big...


    His plans are very deep...


    Although Marshall D. Teach has always played the image of a weak, pitiful and somewhat cowardly pirate, he knows what kind of person he is!


    Once you have an opportunity, don''t miss it!


    Once you can seize the opportunity, never hesitate!


    Because Tiqi knows his strength, he also has enough conceit. After all, he has been hiding in the Whitebeard Pirates for more than 20 years, and he is not wasting his time here!


    Uchiha Itachi didn''t seem to notice it at all, he stood on the railing of the boat, looked at the sea and continued: "Actually, Akatsuki has gradually declined! If I quit this organization, Akatsuki might be disbanded in a short time...


    Just as the Whitebeard Pirates are a place like home to you, Akatsuki is also a place like home to me. Although I can leave Akatsuki at any time, I can''t leave here. I can only intimidate Sasuke and hope he will give up this idea. ¡­


    Because of the relationship that Akatsuki has been hiding all along, in fact, the number of members in the organization is getting smaller and weaker, and the strength is getting weaker and weaker, so we need the secret fruit..."


    "..."


    Marshall D. Teach nodded as he listened.


    This is true...


    How can an organization that has been hiding behind the scenes and has never shown up, with a name he has never heard of, still have monstrous power?


    It turned out that it was only supported by Uchiha Itachi in front of him...


    No wonder Uchiha Itachi is looking for dark fruits...


    It is estimated that the leader of Akatsuki wanted to regain his powerful strength with the dark fruit, so as to continue to maintain his weak organization.


    Oh shit¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke made him afraid!


    It turns out that Uchiha Itachi''s elder brother has always been scary in order to appease his younger brother, and almost scared him, a hidden careerist!


    "Hmph, dark fruit..."


    Tiki slowly squeezed his palm tightly, his fingertips gradually bent, and suddenly attacked Uchiha Itachi''s back, his palm was covered with jet-black armed domineering, and suddenly inserted into Uchiha Itachi''s heart!


    A fierce and crazy smile flashed across Marshall D. Teach''s face. His palm pierced through his back and directly pierced Uchiha Itachi''s heart. of!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi didn''t care about his chest injury at all, but turned his head calmly and looked at Marshall D. Teach who was standing behind him and attacked him.

 Chapter 466

    Even though Uchiha Itachi''s face was still calm, those scarlet Sharingan eyes exuded a faint weirdness, which made Marshall D. Teach uncontrollably startled!


    but¡­


    There is no way back!


    Tiki has worked hard for more than 20 years, just to get the dark fruit, but now this Uchiha Itachi is also looking for the dark fruit, the relationship between them can only be enemies!


    Marshall D. Titch is inquiring about the situation of the Akatsuki organization, and thinks that it is impossible for Uchiha Itachi to lie, and Uchiha Itachi should not deceive his brother''s friend...


    And Tichi has been playing Uchiha Sasuke''s friend.


    "Thief hahahaha...unexpected..."


    After Marshall D. Teach laughed wildly for a few times, his voice suddenly stopped, and a look of horror flashed across his face. He lowered his head in panic, and looked at the wound on Itachi Uchiha''s heart!


    There... is a void!


    Where is Uchiha Itachi''s heart, where is there any red heart? His body is extremely fragile, and his body is just a pile of confetti!


    This is the immortal body reincarnated from the dirt!


    Marshall D. Teach withdrew his palm in horror, watching the confetti in his palm dissipate little by little, and returned to Uchiha Itachi''s body...


    "how is this possible¡­"


    Tiki stared at this scene in surprise. He watched Uchiha Itachi''s body return to its original state, and his face instantly became extremely ugly: "A devil fruit capable person... no, not a devil fruit capable person..."


    Tiki instantly remembered that Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke had both stepped on the sea water, neither of these two brothers are devil fruit capable!


    "I already¡­"


    Tiki immediately clenched his fist, stretched out his hand to grab Uchiha Itachi''s throat, and said with a ferocious smile: "There is no chance of turning back!"


    Unexpectedly, when Tiki grabbed Uchiha Itachi''s throat, he only felt that his palm fell in the air this time. Uchiha Itachi''s figure became erratic, and his body suddenly turned into countless crows and flew into the sky!


    This scene is extremely strange!


    No, or rather eerie!


    Marshall D. Teach raised his head, but only saw Uchiha Itachi''s body fluttering like a kite, which looked strange.


    Even weirder...


    It was still daytime now, but a red curtain suddenly appeared in the sky, and in Tiqi''s vision, a blood moon slowly appeared in the sky!


    Monthly reading...Start!


    "this is¡­"


    While Marshall D. Teach was still thinking about what was going on, he suddenly felt that something was wrong with his body, because he himself was tied to a cross at some point and couldn''t move at all!


    The whole world suddenly turned black and white!


    This is a place that is as eerie as if it is the underworld!


    Marshall D. Tiche looked at Itachi Uchiha appearing beside him with a face full of surprise, no, it should be said that countless Uchiha Itachi surrounded him, and each Uchiha Itachi held a knife in his hand !


    "What exactly is going on!"


    There was a flicker of panic in Tiqi''s eyes.


    The unknown is the scariest thing!


    Until this moment, Marshall D. Teach couldn''t figure out what happened. Didn''t he fight Uchiha Itachi on the sea?


    Why is he here now!


    Marshall D. Teach watched a group of Uchiha Itachi holding ninja swords approaching, and the surprise on his face became more and more intense: "Why are we here? What the hell is going on! What the hell is going on! what is the problem!"


    "Marshall D. Teach."


    Uchiha Itachi''s voice is a bit illusory, making it hard to tell which one of the countless Uchiha Itachi who surrounded him is his real body, but it seems to be everywhere, his voice is like a nail entering the pedicle Odd brain!


    A group of Uchiha Itachi came over, each Uchiha Itachi held a ninja sword in his hand, and Uchiha Itachi''s voice was still a bit ethereal.


    "The leader of Akatsuki thought you might be interested in the dark fruit, so he specially sent me to test it out. Now it seems that you are indeed under his control..."


    "..."


    Marshall D. Teach said with an ugly face: "What do you mean? Test me... You know that I want the dark fruit, and you deliberately told me that you are also looking for the dark fruit, just to provoke me to take action!"


    It''s over!


    How does this guy know about him!


    Why do they also know that they want the dark fruit!


    "good."


    Countless Uchiha Itachi raised their heads, looked at Tiqi on the cross, nodded together and said: "Everything I said is to deceive you... just want to make sure that you are also coveting the most weird natural It''s a devil fruit."


    "so¡­"


    There was a drop of cold sweat on Marshall D. Teach''s face, and he said a little bit: "This is a trap for me!"


    "good."


    Countless Uchiha Itachi spoke at the same time, and everyone nodded slowly, making people feel more and more horrified watching this scene!


    Uchiha Itachi looked at Tiki, and continued calmly: "God''s eyes are watching everything, and I have also seen your heart full of evil ambitions..."


    "..."


    Ticky''s face changed again.


    This sentence is a bit scary.


    Because Uchiha Sasuke was also in the Whitebeard Pirates, and mentioned countless times that the leader of Akatsuki is the real god!


    These strange and weird figures, who are called gods, are often associated with words such as powerful and weird, and they dare not make people feel any resistance!


    This world is too much nonsense!


    Uchiha Sasuke, the guy who has been acting recklessly and arrogantly on the Modybeck, his words often make people think that he is bragging... As a result, Tiki suddenly realized the truth, that is, Sasuke is not lying!


    That Akatsuki leader!


    No matter which way you look at it, it''s really scary!


    Could that unknown man actually be able to see through people''s hearts?


    Now Tiqi really wanted to get out of the predicament in front of him, and escaped as far as possible, but he was trapped on the cross and couldn''t move at all!


    Where the hell are they now!


    Why can''t his body move at all!


    "There''s no need to struggle."


    Uchiha Itachi''s voice lingered in Tiki''s brain like a spell, lingering but helpless: "This is the Tsukuyomi Illusion controlled by me. In this world, everything about you will be controlled by me, including time and space¡­"


    "..."


    Tiqi''s expression became more and more ugly.


    So far, he hasn''t figured out what''s going on, so he was plotted by Akatsuki''s leader and directly brought into this so-called illusion by Uchiha Itachi...


    Today he felt that he might really die here.


    Even if he didn''t die today, his thoughts would be exposed by Akatsuki''s members. According to the status of Uchiha Sasuke and Ace in the Whitebeard Pirates, it is difficult for him to continue hiding in the Whitebeard Pirates!


    Maybe dying...


    Maybe it feels like you can''t resist at all.


    A look of relief suddenly appeared on Marshall D. Teach''s face.


    "Thief ha ha ha ha ha..."


    Tiki stared at the countless Uchiha Itachi below, grinning and showing a smile: "Uchiha Itachi, are you lying to me about everything you just said... Akatsuki organization is not as weak as I thought, right? ?¡±


    "good."


    Countless Uchiha Itachi nodded at the same time.


    Uchiha Itachi''s voice resounded in this empty Tsukiyomi fantasy: "Akatsuki is the most powerful and mysterious organization in this world, overlooking every move of everyone in this world.


    No matter what you want to do, you can''t escape Akatsuki''s sight, no matter where you flee, you can''t escape the fear Akatsuki brings..."


    "Thief hahahaha..."


    Hearing Uchiha Itachi''s answer, Tiki''s smile gradually became more and more arrogant: "Wait, since you know this, why didn''t you kill me earlier... Tell me, what are you planning on me like? "


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi fell silent.


    Countless Uchiha Itachi in Tsukiyomi''s Fantasyland stopped one after another.


    Just as Tiqi immediately felt a little hope in his heart, if the Xiao organization wanted to use him, maybe he might not have an accident!


    Unfortunately¡­


    When Tiki felt a little rejoiced, countless Uchiha Itachi slowly walked towards his cross again holding the ninja sword in their hands.


    "Feel sorry."


    There was a hint of apology in Uchiha Itachi''s voice.


    The next moment, countless Uchiha Itachi came over one by one, stretched out their ninja knife and stabbed Marshall D. Teach!


    "Ah ah ah ah ah!"


    Tiki roared almost crazily!


    Countless Uchiha Itachi lined up and stabbed the ninja knives in Marshall D. Teach''s body one by one, explaining: "Because your rude words just now angered that person... He ordered me to punish you After that, you can continue to talk to us."


    "Ahhhhhhhhhh bastard!"


    Tiqi gritted his teeth and watched the ninja knives stabbing himself one after another, a look of despair flashed across his face, and tears flowed down almost instantly: "If you want to kill me, give me a good time! "


    Obviously those ninja knives stabbed his body, but it seemed that they also stabbed in his brain, making him unable to bear this pain at all!


    That''s not torture enough...


    What made Tiki even more flustered was that when Uchiha Itachi tortured him, he seemed to have no emotion at all, just like a cold tool!


    Obviously, when Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke get along, people can''t feel his blood and coldness at all, just like a warm and kind brother... Is Uchiha Itachi showing his true colors now?


    Now torture him like this...


    There was no fluctuation in the sound!


    After a long time.


    Tikki''s groans gradually stopped.


    Countless Uchiha Itachi in Tsukiyomi also slowly stopped the ninja knives in their hands, and continued word by word: "In this world, everything will be under my control...everything you have endured just now, you will be here Continue here for seventy-two hours."


    "...Seventy-two hours?"


    A look of exhaustion flashed across Tiqi''s face, and drops of cold sweat slowly appeared on his forehead. Although he had been stabbed countless times, he was still alive...


    This is the greatest luck!


    It''s only seventy-two hours, and it will soon be bearable...


    Just as Tiki gritted his teeth and was about to continue his punishment, Uchiha Itachi suddenly said again: "One second has passed now, and you still have seventy-one hours, fifty-nine minutes and fifty-nine seconds of punishment time ..."


    "Are you kidding me!"


    Marshall D. Teach flashed a flash of anger, and he actually said angrily: "At least ten hours have passed just now!"


    "No, it was only a second."


    Countless Uchiha Itachi responded calmly.


    "Are you kidding me!"


    Fear flashed across Tiqi''s face, and he said angrily, "How is it possible... It''s been at least a dozen hours just now!"


    "No, only a second passed."


    Countless Uchiha Itachi surrounded them again, and their voices became louder and louder, pouring into Tiqi''s ears: "In this world, time is also under my control. The time you experienced just now is only a short period of time. one second."


    Each Uchiha Itachi raised their ninja swords and stabbed Marshall D. Teach one by one!


    There was a hint of fear in Marshall D. Teach''s eyes, and he felt endless pain instantly on his body, and the blood splashed out of his body, which looked very strange!


    If the dozen or so hours just counted as one second...


    Tiqi didn''t think he could hold on any longer, he would definitely die!


    "Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!"


    Marshall D. Teach screamed in pain, and with tears streaming down his face, he spoke to Itachi Uchiha: "Whatever you want to do, what you want from me, I can tell you!"


    "Sorry, it''s that person''s will to punish you."


    Uchiha Itachi''s voice was still so illusory, but his voice made Tiqi feel deep fear: "And that person''s will is something we absolutely cannot defy."


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!

 Chapter 467

    the sea.


    A small boat swayed in the waves.


    Marshall D. Teach suddenly woke up, the feeling of weakness and endless pain in his mind instantly made him fall to the ground in embarrassment!


    Although the reality has only passed for a moment, but in the spiritual world, he was stabbed by Uchiha Itachi with a ninja knife for three days and three nights in Tsukiyomi Mirage!


    that feeling...


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    It is really worse than death!


    Fortunately, Tiqi''s mental strength is still strong, and he can barely support his own spirit. His eyes became a little fierce again: "What a terrible method..."


    The next moment, Tiqi suddenly grinned and showed a crazy smile: "Thief hahahaha... Now tell me, what do you want from me?"


    "Dark fruit."


    Uchiha Itachi calmly spread out his palm, and said softly: "If you have a chance to get the Dark Fruit in the future, give it to us immediately."


    "..."


    Hearing Uchiha Itachi''s conditions, the smile on Marshall D. Teach''s face remained undiminished. He nodded slowly and agreed with a grin.


    "of course can."


    "Don''t try to deceive Akatsuki."


    Itachi Uchiha stared closely at Tiqi with his sharing eyes, and continued calmly: "Otherwise, you will know in the future that the pain you endured in the Tsukuyomi illusion just now is already a great pain. Enjoyed it."


    "Thief hahahaha..."


    Marshall D. Teach shook his head, and continued with a laugh: "I''m just a little pirate, how dare I deceive an organization that I know I can''t afford to offend!"


    As for what Tiki was thinking...


    Anyway, Uchiha Itachi would definitely not believe this guy.


    After all, Marshall D. Teach, a scruffy man with gaping teeth and a beard, and eyes full of cunning and treachery, he would never give in easily.


    In fact, Tiki really didn''t care about this kind of thing.


    Now that everyone has not obtained the Dark Fruit, this promise is purely farting. After he gets the Dark Fruit in the future, he will have to look at his own methods...


    Once he got the Dark Fruit, even White Beard would dare to resist!


    If Xiao organized the group of guys to get the dark fruit, Tiqi could only suppress all his impulses and see if he could find a chance...


    "Of course, except for the dark fruit..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s face was still very calm, he continued softly: "You still have to tell us all the information about the Whitebeard Pirates on a regular basis, now your handle is in our hands..."


    "Thief hahahaha..."


    Marshall D. Teach couldn''t help laughing wildly and said: "Hey, isn''t your brother Uchiha Sasuke in the Whitebeard Pirates? It''s enough to ask him directly if you want anything, and you don''t need to ask him for anything from me." Get the information here!"


    "Different."


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and continued calmly: "I don''t want Sasuke to be in a dilemma. Using people like you will make me feel less stressed."


    Tiki: "..."


    If you don''t want to embarrass your younger brother, let me embarrass you?


    You fucking listen to yourself, is what you just said human words!


    It''s just that there is still a handle in the hands of the Akatsuki organization. Marshall D. Teach still kept his smile, nodded and agreed: "Yes, but how should we contact?"


    "At that time, someone will contact you."


    The figure of Uchiha Itachi gradually turned into countless crows and dissipated, leaving only a sentence beside Tiki: "I hope you will bring us good news, Mr. Tiki."


    "..."


    Marshall D. Teach still had a smile on his face.


    It wasn''t until Tiki was completely sure that Uchiha Itachi left directly on the sea that his face gradually became gloomy: "This group of bastards, no wonder Uchiha Sasuke is afraid every time he mentions Akatsuki them¡­"


    Whether it is the fighting methods of the members of the Akatsuki organization, or their intelligence and ability to guess people''s hearts, Tiqi felt unprecedented fear.


    This feeling¡­


    It was as if his every move was being monitored.


    Now Tiqi knows that he is still in a weak position. He doesn''t even know Xiao''s situation. He only knows that his current strength is definitely not Xiao''s opponent!


    Therefore, we must continue to endure!


    But there is one thing Tiki wants to understand. If Lian Xiao, a mysterious organization, feels that he has a certain hope to get the Dark Fruit, then it proves that he must be on the right path by choosing to endure the Whitebeard Pirates!


    "Thief hahahaha..."


    Marshall D. Teach''s smile hung on his face again: "Although I am comforting myself, it''s not all bad news!"


    the other side.


    After Uchiha Itachi and Marshall D. Teach separated, he contacted Naraku Uehara, who was still traveling, and he still faintly disagreed with Uehara''s order.


    "That man Tiqi is destined to betray."


    Itachi Uchiha raised his finger and contacted Uehara Naraku who was controlling him behind the scenes: "There is no value of trust in him at all. I don''t think he will hand it over to us after he gets the dark fruit."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Naraku Uehara said nonchalantly: "I know this kind of thing, anyway, it''s just to find a reason to torture him when the time comes."


    Speaking of the devouring power of darkness...


    Is there any ability stronger than the black hole skill that Uehara Naraku has mastered, which can directly devour the world?


    Uehara Naraku''s voice is still full of unparalleled confidence: "When that guy Tiki thinks he has reached a high place, I will make that guy sober and let him realize that being a little guy in the Whitebeard Pirates A very happy thing."


    When Naraku Uehara said this, there was a smile in his voice: "Push him up with one hand, and then pull him down and send him to hell with the other... What expression will that guy Tiqi show at that time? His Will there be despair on your face?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi doesn''t know whether Tiki will be desperate or not; but Uchiha Itachi is becoming more and more aware that Uehara Naraku is really incompetent.


    Uchiha Itachi felt a little helpless.


    This Nana Uehara is really unpredictable, what exactly is he thinking, just to find a reason to torture Tiqi?


    "Where am I going now?"


    Uchiha Itachi calmly asked: "Go to the sea to find the dark fruit? But I still don''t know what the dark fruit looks like..."


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku rejected Uchiha Itachi''s proposal, and continued softly: "When our fingers move, fate already has its choice...our time is running out!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice gradually became a little heavy: "Go, familiarize yourself with the power of this world, bear the name of Akatsuki, and bring the fear that belongs to Akatsuki to this world! Let this world feel the pain that Akatsuki brings them!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi was a little speechless.


    Why is this Uehara Naraku exactly the same as the leader of the previous Ren Xiao?


    After Uchiha Itachi sighed, he could only agree to carry out Uehara Naraku''s order, and finally he couldn''t help but said: "There is still a question about Sasuke...I hope he..."


    "Don''t worry."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Uchiha Itachi roughly, and said with a chuckle, "Mr. Itachi, we are old friends, and Sasuke is also my junior. Do you think I will make Sasuke unhappy?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi fell silent.


    Since when are the two of them friends?


    Uehara Naraku is too thick-skinned, right?


    Who reincarnated him immediately after he died in Sasuke''s midst, bragging about how he deceived Sasuke?


    He even adapted a soul-stirring story...


    Just when Uchiha Itachi was worried that Uehara Naraku would hurt Sasuke, Uchiha Sasuke, who was still rushing to Wano Country, was also worried about Uchiha Itachi and Uehara Naraku.


    Because Sasuke knew that Naraku Uehara was not a generous person.


    Naraku Uehara''s mind is smaller than the eye of a needle. He must still be resentful of the last time he almost killed Kaido and ruined his plan...


    this time...


    Uehara Naraku asked Uchiha Itachi to come out, he must have used Uchiha Itachi to warn him, and asked him to obediently perform the tasks assigned to him by Uehara.


    "What''s wrong, Sasuke?"


    Ace snapped his fingers and threw a fish to Sasuke after grilling it in his hand. He laughed and said, "What are you still thinking about? Let''s eat quickly!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded, thinking wildly.


    If he still wants Uchiha Itachi to do well, then this trip to Wano Country must cooperate with that bastard Obito!


    That guy Uehara Naraku has never had any integrity...


    But at least there is one thing that is quite personal, that is, those who are willing to do things for him will not be treated lightly.


    Wano country.


    Kozuki Oden, the general of Wano country, has long since died. Members of the Kaido Pirates are active everywhere here. Kaido, the Four Emperors, completely occupied this closed country that cannot even drive a naval warship, and regarded it as his own. base camp.


    Today, Kaido speaks for himself throughout Wano.


    It is a pity that Kaido''s life has not been comfortable during this period of time.


    Since Kaido was rescued by Uchiha Obito, this bastard surnamed Uchiha has been threatening him to surrender, otherwise he will kill a hundred members of the Kaido Pirates every day...


    Now¡­


    Kaido has already lost thousands of people!


    However, even so, Kaido still had nothing to do with Uchiha Obito, and Kaido also felt the pain and torture of being powerless against the enemy.


    In the recent period, Kaido has already moved to recruit all the civilians of Wano Country as his subordinates, luring Uchiha Obito to kill these people, and continue to delay time...


    There''s no good way to just procrastinate...


    What Kaido can do now is to drink away his worries all day long, looking for opportunities to fight back: "Hi, that bastard Uchiha Obito has never revealed his body, is it a soul fruit... can''t continue like this , find a way to lure him to Lingling... or use that guy Moria... hiccup..."


    The BIG MOM that Kaido said is the only woman among the Four Emperors, named Charlotte Lingling, who is powerful and can target the souls of others. In addition, Moonlight Moria, who was once defeated by Kaido, also has with similar abilities.


    I really don''t know...


    Where did these Uchihas come from!


    They are all mentally ill!


    Fortunately, the Uchihas don''t seem to be involved with each other. If Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Obito join forces, it will definitely be a big trouble for Kaido...


    "belch¡­"


    After Kaido had a belch, he couldn''t help but continue to think wildly: "Maybe you can ask the alliance to use Uchiha Obito to deal with Uchiha Sasuke that kid... Didn''t that guy say that only Uchiha can deal with Uchiha? "

 Chapter 468

    gurgling...


    While Kaido was still drinking, a human head suddenly fell to the ground and rolled in front of Kaido, making his eyes tighten.


    "asshole¡­"


    A flash of anger flashed across Kaido''s face.


    This human head is one of the six sons of Ling Kong.


    Except for him, the pirate admiral, the entire Kaido pirate group is the strongest three disasters next, and under the three disasters is the six sons of Ling Kong.


    Uchiha Obito''s figure appeared from the vortex of time and space, he said slowly: "Killing people has never been a problem to me..."


    Uchiha Obito approached Kaido step by step, and continued calmly: "The only thing that is useful to us in the entire Kaido Pirates is you alone... If you still refuse to surrender, the head you will see tomorrow, maybe You won''t even be in the mood to drink."


    "I''m Kaido!"


    Kaido squeezed his mace tightly with his palm, looked fiercely at Obito Uchiha in front of him, and his arrogance burst out little by little: "You bastard, dare to touch my lovely subordinates! ..."


    "What can you do?"


    Uchiha Obito approached Kaido, kicked his wine jar away, and spread out his palm nonchalantly: "Maybe I don''t need to do it...I have received an interesting piece of information, Uchiha Sasuke is in Wano Country!"


    "..."


    Hearing the news that Sasuke Uchiha was in Wano Country, Kaido''s drunkenness came to him almost instantly, his fist hit the ground, and the floor shattered instantly!


    Kaido stared darkly at Obito Uchiha in front of him, and said word by word: "As long as you help me get rid of Uchiha Sasuke...I don''t mind joining forces with you!"


    "No, not the Alliance."


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    There was a trace of blood in Uchiha Obito''s voice, he looked up at the tall Kaido, and said in a cold voice: "It''s you who obey our orders unconditionally..."


    "Hmph, then why don''t you just kill me!"


    Kaido picked up his mace nonchalantly, and left the huge room step by step: "That bastard Uchiha Sasuke... Where is he now, I will go to him first to settle the score!"


    "That guy should be here soon."


    Uchiha Obito''s figure disappeared into a vortex of time and space, leaving only one sentence: "Think about it! You can''t defeat that guy Sasuke, but he has the power of the ancestors of the Uchiha clan! "


    "¡­Humph!"


    Kaido clenched his mace tightly and burped loudly. The stench was suffocating. He just walked towards the door step by step: "I only lost him once, that brat Uchiha Sasuke really thought he was Can you act recklessly in Lao Tzu''s territory?"


    When Kaido hurriedly summoned the Kaido Pirates to search for Uchiha Sasuke who had sneaked into Wano Country, Sasuke and Ace were in an ordinary small village at the moment.


    Jiuli, Bianli Village.


    The village is suffering from famine.


    When Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace arrived here, they wanted to find information in Wano Country, and their boat stayed on the shore.


    Perhaps it was because the villagers in Biankasa Village were too hungry because of the famine, and finally decided to steal the food on their boat.


    This is undoubtedly kicking the iron plate.


    When Uchiha Sasuke and Ace came back, they also saw a group of villagers who were removing supplies from their boat, and Sasuke''s face turned black.


    "It''s really..."


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly drew out his ninja sword, looked at the small village, and said coldly: "Want to find a shortcut to the end of life?"


    Uchiha Sasuke has experienced a more cruel past. As a ninja, he never cares about how many lives he has under his hands.


    A group of villagers who were carrying food watched the pirates appearing in panic, they had no strength to resist!


    Among the group of villagers in Lian Li Village, a tall old man with a pair of feathered wings stood out, with a knife on his waist.


    The tall old man stared at the knife in Uchihasa''s assistant, with a look of surprise on his face: "That''s...that knife...it''s the Supreme Kusanagi!"


    It''s over!


    This old man is a blacksmith in this village, named Fei Che, and he also holds a big sharp knife twenty-one.


    The next moment, a bad feeling rushed into Feiche''s heart!


    Although the entire Lianli Village is sealed off from the outside world, there are people in the village who have made many famous knives, including the Great Kuai Knife Twenty-One Craftsman...


    There is one thing that can never be wrong, that is, any man holding a famous knife must not be underestimated!


    And the man in front of him who can hold the supreme sharp knife is definitely the top powerhouse in the world, Bian Li village actually stole this kind of man!


    But¡­


    More and more villagers are starving to death!


    On one side are the top powerhouses, and on the other side are the villagers who are about to starve to death. If it continues, even children may not be able to survive...


    The tall old man drew out his own sword, and flew in front of the villagers of Mikasa Village. While confronting Uchiha Sasuke, he said in a deep voice: "Sorry, this is a misunderstanding, we are just because of the famine..."


    "So it''s on my head?"


    Uchiha Sasuke stared at the old man indifferently, calmly raised his ninja sword, and said sharply: "I don''t care if there is a misunderstanding, I just need to know one thing...you are provoking us!"


    Sasuke Uchiha slowly raised the Kusanagi sword in his hand, pointed at the tall old man in front of him, and said in a cold voice: "Let''s do it! I can see that you also hold a famous sword in your hand. It seems that this battle also has some So kind of mean..."


    "..."


    A layer of cold sweat slowly appeared on the old man''s forehead.


    Although they haven''t fought directly yet, the meaning of the Supreme Sword makes the old man naturally dare not have any challenge...


    Once you make a move... it''s a desperate moment!


    The next moment, the old man gritted his teeth, brandished his knife and rushed towards Sasuke, but he was easily sent flying, and he was defeated without a single move!


    "It''s really weak..."


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, looked at the old man who fell on the ground, and said coldly: "Did you guys not eat?"


    "¡­yes."


    The old man nodded a little ashamedly.


    Suddenly there was a trace of embarrassment in the air.


    The old man looked at Uchiha Sasuke who was still a little impatient, he lifted up his ninja sword vigorously, and put it in front of him together with the scabbard.


    The old man named Feiche slowly knelt down in the direction of Sasuke, and said in a deep voice: "Please forgive us for being rude... this village... I''m sorry, anyway, I will use this treasured big sharp knife twenty-one In exchange for your forgiveness!"


    "I don''t need another knife."


    Uchiha Sasuke was still indifferent.


    "Well¡­"


    Ace watched the villagers of this small village from the side. Almost every villager was pale and emaciated from hunger, and many of them couldn''t even stand up.


    these people¡­


    It seems really pitiful!


    The most miserable thing in life is to be hungry!


    There was even a little girl, pitifully holding a piece of bread, not knowing whether to bite it or not, her eyes were fixed on Sasuke Uchiha who had just defeated the old man, a trace of fear flashed across her face.


    The next moment, the little girl gritted her teeth, held up the undamaged bread in her hand, and ran towards Uchiha Sasuke staggeringly!


    "Ayu, it''s dangerous, come back quickly!"


    The old man watched in panic as the little girl ran towards Sasuke, and hurriedly stopped her. He didn''t want to see that little girl anger Uchiha Sasuke!


    The little girl lifted up the bread in her hand vigorously, she looked up at Sasuke Uchiha, and said tremblingly: "I...we haven''t...haven''t eaten...I''ll give it back to you...don''t kill the teacher..."


    "..."


    The villagers of Mikasa Village hesitated for a while.


    Every villager looked at the food they had stolen from the pirates, and came over one by one, putting the food in their hands on the ground and piled it up together.


    Every villager knelt on the ground.


    It can be seen that there is some reluctance in the eyes of every villager, but they seem to want the old man to survive...or, to put it another way, they hope that the two pirates, Uchiha Sasuke and Ace, will forgive them so that they can also survive .


    According to the knowledge of the pirates by the villagers of Biangasa Village, the pirates never stop killing just one person.


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the little girl standing in front of him who wanted to cry but didn''t dare to cry, and couldn''t help frowning. What should we do in this situation?


    Anyone who is in trouble...


    Wouldn''t it be good to kill them all?


    The villagers of Lian Li village seemed not worthy of his further action, but it seemed a bit wrong to take back food and supplies from them...


    Especially standing in front of Sasuke, this little girl named Ayu, her stomach is still growling, but she is holding on to her own hunger and wants to return the bread in her hand to Sasuke.


    "trouble¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly, waved his hands with disgust on his face and said: "You dare to steal something from our ship, you are also very brave. You got it yourself, so eat it yourself!"


    "..."


    Every villager in Bianli Village raised their heads involuntarily, a flash of astonishment and surprise flashed across their faces, and they couldn''t help but look at each other.


    After finishing speaking, Sasuke Uchiha nonchalantly made a sword play, put the Kusanagi sword in his hand into the sheath, and was about to leave without looking back: "Hey, Ace, let''s go!"


    "Wait, Sasuke..."


    Portgas D. Ace slowly walked up to the little girl named Ayu, reached out and stroked her hair, with a smile on his face.


    Ace turned his head and glanced to leave Sasuke, and said loudly: "Hey, Sasuke, since we are going to invite everyone to dinner, we must treat everyone to a happy meal! It would be too rude to leave halfway. !"


    "idiot¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke paused, and left without looking back: "If you want to do something, do it yourself! I''m not interested in doing those boring things!"

 Chapter 469

    Wano country.


    The famine in Nirakasa village was solved.


    Portgas D. Ace insisted on staying in this village for a period of time. He used his own means to solve the famine problem in this village. It was nothing more than going out to rob the Kaido Pirates, which caused a lot of trouble. Few people pay attention.


    Sasuke Uchiha had no choice but to help Ace solve the troubles that might cause Kaido, and by the way, he also completed the task assigned by Uehara Naraku.


    this time...


    And Sasuke has to cooperate with Uchiha Obito to act together!


    This especially makes Sasuke feel uncomfortable!


    Before Uchiha Sasuke left the hat-making village, he looked back at Portgas D. Ace. The guy was learning to weave bamboo hats with the little girl in the village, Ayu. He wanted to help little Ozzy of the Whitebeard Pirates Weave a hat.


    day by day...


    This idiot is always doing this useless stuff.


    Ayu, a little girl from the bamboo hat village, was very happy. While teaching Ace to weave bamboo hats, she asked with a smile, "Ace, can I go on an adventure with you? I''m already learning how to be a ninja with my teacher." !"


    "you are too young."


    After shaking his head, Ace turned his head to look in the direction of Uchiha Sasuke, a hearty smile slowly appeared on his face: "And we already have a ninja on board...he is the best ninja in the world!"


    "..."


    Ayu looked at Sasuke Uchiha with a full face of amazement.


    Is that man the best ninja in the world? Although Ayu doesn''t understand those things yet, she knows that Sasuke must be very strong!


    Because even her teacher can''t beat Sasuke!


    "idiot!"


    Sasuke Uchiha rubbed his forehead. Although Sasuke is indeed confident of being a strong man, he can''t bear this title now.


    Ayu held his little face and looked at Uchiha Sasuke with admiration: "Is Mr. Sasuke also from Wano Country?"


    "no."


    Ace''s complexion changed, and he immediately raised his finger, and hurriedly said, "Shh! Don''t ask these things! Otherwise, Sasuke will be angry!"


    "I''m not going to argue with a child..."


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, and flew into the dense forest: "Ace, wait for me in this village for a while! I''m going out to do something."


    During their time in Niigasa Village, Uchiha Sasuke and Ace had already known what happened in Wano Country from the villagers, and they also knew the tragedy of Kozuki Oden.


    The former captain of the 2nd division of the Whitebeard Pirates had already died many years ago, and was even boiled alive...


    Now, the entire Wano country is equivalent to being occupied by Kaido, and members of Kaido''s Beast Pirates are everywhere to suppress those resisting forces.


    The only place that is fairly peaceful is the place where the general Kurotan Orochi of the Wano Country lives, a prosperous area called the Flower City, where there are the largest number of samurai troops and ninja troops in the Wano Country, directly under the current general Kurotan Orochi .


    Kaido currently lives in Oni Island near Wano Country, and will appear in Wano Country from time to time, and Kaido also often appears in Wano Country.


    Because except for the capital of flowers, which also belongs to Heitan Orochi, other places are almost directly under the rule of the Hundred Beasts Pirates.


    "Just hearing the name makes one can''t help but want to kill that guy..."


    Uchiha Sasuke remembered the name Kuritan Orochi, and couldn''t help frowning, he subconsciously thought of Orochimaru.


    Even more coincidentally...


    Heitan Orochi is an animal-type, phantom beast, and Yamata no Orochi fruit capable person, which is similar in nature to Orochimaru''s Yaki Art, which makes Sasuke want to kill him even more.


    snakes...


    Neither is a good thing.


    Orochiwan is like this, so is Yaoshidou.


    "I''m so troublesome... Let''s go and see what that guy looks like first. Killing him may make me feel better, and then go and wipe out the entire Wano Country Hundred Beasts Pirates!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s body slowly emerged from the body of Susano, and manipulated Susano to fly to the direction of the capital of flowers. The bustling area is not difficult to find.


    The entire Wano country is actually very poor.


    Only the city of flowers is still full of cherry blossoms, and there is a peaceful spring scene everywhere, but the people on the street are full of indifference, which is a little different from the scenery of the city of flowers.


    only¡­


    This is already a rare place of peace and tranquility.


    The peace of this place is destined to be broken today, Sasuke Uchiha appeared on the streets of the Flower City, after thinking for a while, he stretched out his palm.


    "never mind."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s palm suddenly erupted with a majestic repulsion, and said in a low voice: "Follow the old rules, let''s say hello to this country first!"


    The next moment, this majestic repulsive force instantly swept across the streets of the Flower City, and the ground was also directly plowed flat by the repulsive force of Shenluo Tianzheng in an instant!


    All the civilians in the City of Flowers looked at the streets that were instantly destroyed in surprise, and everyone involuntarily looked at the most prosperous place in the City of Flowers...


    There is the residence of Kurotan Orochi, the shogun of the Flower City...


    No matter who is the person who attacked the flower capital, he will never escape today, except for the samurai and ninjas under Kurotan Orochi... It is said that today Kurokan Orochi invited one of the three disasters of the Hundred Beasts Pirates. Quinn is a guest!


    The capital of flowers, the general upstairs.


    Today''s banquet is indeed very lively.


    The current general of Wano Country, Kurotan Orochi, and Plague Quinn of the Hundred Beasts Pirates came here with a few volley six sons as guests. They came here mainly to avoid trouble.


    Because a guy who can''t do anything about Kaido is looking for trouble with the Beast Pirates recently, and one of the six volleys has been killed. Plague Quinn brought the rest of the guys to the Flower City to avoid Uchi The pursuit of wave belt soil.


    In order to make the banquet more grand, Kurotan Orochi invited Xiaozi, the oiran of Wano Country, to perform at the banquet, and the guests drank very happily for a time.


    Just as the banquet was in full swing, news that the capital of flowers was suddenly attacked entered the banquet, causing dissatisfaction among many people.


    "Anyone else wants to rebel!"


    With a look of anger on Heitan Orochi''s face, his body immediately jumped out of the banquet, rushed to the window with some dissatisfaction, and shouted at his samurai and ninja troops: "You bastards, hurry up!" Get rid of that guy!"


    "Yes, General..."


    But before these people agreed to finish their sentence, a slash suddenly appeared and flew towards these samurai and ninjas!


    Hundreds of warriors and ninjas were directly defeated by a powerful slash!


    A figure slowly came out of the dust and smoke, raised his head and looked at the black charcoal serpent upstairs from the general, his eyes were cold and cruel.


    it looks like...


    He didn''t take these warriors and ninjas seriously at all.


    Heitan Orochi''s face darkened, and he looked at the young man who came out of the smoke with a gloomy face: "Hey, you bastard... who are you? It''s the Guangyue family again..."


    clang clang!


    A knife suddenly cut out!


    The entire General Building was divided into two by this knife strike!


    Whether it was Heitan Orochi, Plague Quinn and the Six Volleys of the Hundred Beasts Pirates, all the people who were drinking and feasting in the general building fell down!


    Everyone woke up in an instant, and a flash of anger flashed on everyone''s face, and they looked up at the enemies who attacked the capital of flowers!


    next second...


    Except for the Heitan Orochi who has been secluded from the country, the members of the Hundred Beasts Pirates changed their faces instantly when they saw the enemy!


    They know who the enemy in front of them is...


    This guy is more famous because he defeated Admiral Kaido of the Hundred Beasts Pirates in the war not long ago!


    "Sasuke Uchiha!"


    The expression of Plague Quinn''s whole person instantly became horrified!


    What the hell is going on!


    Today he brought the six sons of Ling Kong in the capital of flowers, in order to avoid the attack of Uchiha Obito, can he escape Uchiha Obito, but can''t escape Uchiha Sasuke?


    Grass!


    Uchiha¡­


    It''s really not a good thing!


    This group of bastards surnamed Uchiha are too difficult to deal with!


    The entire Beast Pirates, including Kaido and Sanka, have nothing to do with Uchiha Obito now, so they can only bite the bullet and reject Uchiha Obito''s proposal to let them be dogs; of course, they have nothing to do with Uchiha Sasuke Already...


    this brat...


    But the guy who defeated Kaido in the frontal battlefield!


    After counting down, Uchiha Sasuke defeated their partner King Shichibukai Doflamingo, twice defeated Admiral Kisoba, defeated the deputy captain of the red-haired pirates Ben Beckman, defeated Kaido the Four Emperors¡­


    Life seems to be on the hook.


    The latest news about Uchiha Sasuke in the sea is that he escaped from the siege of the naval hero Garp and the admiral Akainu, the world''s number one swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk...


    But¡­


    Why did this guy appear in Wano Country!


    Sasuke Uchiha is not here to kill Kurotan Orochi, is he?


    Plague Quinn had a faint feeling, did Uchiha Sasuke have a grudge against their Beast Pirates, either hitting their captain or their partner...


    No matter how much Quinn wants...


    Now he is very clear about one thing, that is, he himself is absolutely impossible to be the opponent of Sasuke Uchiha, and no one in the entire Beast Pirates is the opponent of Sasuke!


    Just when Quinn lost control of his expression in fright, the phone bug on his body suddenly rang, and it happened to be Kaido calling.


    "Hey, Quinn, Uchiha Sasuke has sneaked into Wano Country, find a way to find out the location of that brat, don''t take the initiative to provoke that bastard brat..."


    "..."


    Quinn''s expression was out of control again. He took a deep breath, looked at Uchiha Sasuke who was walking towards them, and roared in a low voice: "Brother Kaito! Uchiha Sasuke is in the Flower City! He is now in our next to it!"


    Damn, the news is too late!


    If I had known earlier, he shouldn''t have come to the Capital of Flowers today!


    Can escape Uchiha Obito, but can''t escape Uchiha Sasuke, is it really destined to die in Uchiha''s hands?


    Plague Quinn has only one thought, now Uchiha Sasuke is by his side, looking like he is about to kill someone, Brother Kaito hurry up and save people!


    "Is that Kaido guy?"


    Uchiha Sasuke walked in front of Quinn, and after watching the plague Quinn nodded, he coldly stretched out his palm: "Give me the phone bug in your hand."


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    "..."


    Quinn was silent for a while.


    The next moment, Quinn handed the phone bug to Uchiha Sasuke with trembling palms: "Hey, Uchiha Sasuke, the war between us is over..."


    "Shut up."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s words frightened Quinn to hide in fear.


    Sasuke slowly reached out to take Quinn''s phone bug, and said calmly: "Kaido, I am Sasuke Uchiha, I want to save the lives of these trash under you, bring your own head here!"


    "Bastard brat..."


    Kaido''s voice came out from the phone bug, and he gritted his teeth and said, "How dare you come to my place...Since you''re here, you brat...don''t even think about going back!"


    "yes?"


    Uchiha Sasuke ignored Kaido''s threats, and casually played with his Kusanagi sword: "I hope you don''t run away this time... Anyway, you can''t escape my pursuit."


    After finishing speaking, Sasuke Uchiha hung up the phone.


    Quinn''s mood gradually calmed down, he gritted his teeth and said, "Hey, Uchiha Sasuke, you guys are here..."


    clang clang!


    Uchiha Sasuke''s Kusanagi sword flashed for a while!


    This knife made Quinn shut his mouth instantly.


    Because this knife also directly chopped off the head of Heitan Orochi, the current general of Wano Country next to him, and blood gushed out instantly!


    "I hate snakes the most..."


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, shook off the blood on the Kusanagi sword, danced a handsome sword flower, and put the Kusanagi sword into the scabbard!


    This hand is really handsome...


    Uchiha Sasuke is so handsome even when he kills people!


    "So handsome..."


    Xiaozi, the oiran of Wano Country, was full of amazement. Seeing Uchiha Sasuke kill Heitan Orochi neatly, and put the knife into the sheath handsomely, he couldn''t help but marvel at Sasuke''s skill.


    Even her father...


    It is far less chic than the current Uchiha Sasuke!


    Even the Beasts Pirates knew that Uchiha Sasuke was an enemy, but they couldn''t help admiring his sword skills.


    Uchiha Sasuke flew and landed on a roof, looked at the Plague Quinn and the six Ling Kong sons of the Beasts Pirates, and said coldly: "Aren''t you having a banquet just now? Then continue to play music, continue to dance... Don''t stop until Kaido comes!"


    "Bastard, don''t be too insulting!"


    Plague Quinn looked at Sasuke Uchiha sullenly. Does this bastard want them, the cadres of the Beasts Pirates, to dance?


    This is too insulting!


    When Plague Quinn was about to argue, he saw Uchiha Sasuke''s cold eyes and two strange eyes, and his voice dropped instantly.


    to be honest¡­


    Even if Quinn hadn''t fought before, he knew that he really couldn''t fight.


    Plague Quinn looked around aggrievedly, and his eyes fell on Xiao Zi, the oiran of Wano Country, and said with a strong tone: "Bastard, dance as long as you dance, whoever is afraid of you...Xiao Zi, come and help me!" Accompaniment!"

 Chapter 470

    Wano country, the capital of flowers.


    Plague Quinn gave in without hesitation.


    As the plague among the three disasters, Quinn has always been quick-witted, flexible, and can never resist when he should not resist. This Uchiha Sasuke is not such a simple character!


    If Sasuke was just lucky...


    But this guy has made it all the way into the New World, and has basically never lost to anyone except Whitebeard!


    "Hey, Lord Quinn, if you just give in like this...we won''t be happy!"


    Quinn chose to submit, but some of the six volleys refused to agree, and some of them didn''t care much about the identity and orders of the three disasters.


    Among the six volleys, except for the black Maria who came to take refuge sighed and lowered her head, the other six volleys all looked unwilling to admit defeat!


    Although these guys know how strong Uchiha Sasuke is, it doesn''t mean that they want to lower their unruly hearts in humiliation!


    One of the tall men pointed at Sasuke Uchiha, and shouted in a cold voice with fury on his face: "Sasuke Uchiha, don''t think that you can insult us by defeating Lord Kaido..."


    "Ok?"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes flickered, he stared coldly at everyone present, and slowly pulled out the Kusanagi sword in his hand: "That''s great... there are still people who want to provoke me..."


    Uchiha Sasuke waved the Kusanagi sword in his hand, pointed at the most honest black Maria among the six volleyball sons, and said coldly: "You, go and help me prepare juice!"


    "...Yes, Mr. Sasuke."


    Black Maria lowered her eyes and nodded.


    Just after Black Maria''s tall body turned around, she heard the sound of Uchiha Sasuke landing, and she couldn''t help frowning.


    The figure of Uchiha Sasuke suddenly appeared among them, a light flashed in his eyes, and a gravitational force instantly emanated from his body, pulling all the six volleys to his side!


    "Yan Dun ¡¤ Yan Lei Shen!"


    The next moment, balls of pitch-black flames shot out from Sasuke''s body!


    This flame was like a sharp blade, instantly piercing through the bodies of the other six volleys, and after killing them, burned their bodies to ashes!


    Under the reflection of the pitch-black flames, Uchiha Sasuke seemed like a real demon god, and easily solved several volleying six sons!


    "Are you kidding..."


    Plague Quinn''s face changed drastically.


    The status of the sixth volley is indeed lower than him, but two of them are very difficult to deal with, even if it is Quinn who needs to spend a lot of effort to deal with them.


    Now¡­


    They were all solved by Sasuke Uchiha!


    Not only was Plague Quinn a little surprised, but Black Maria also looked at this scene in disbelief. Those companions who were side by side with her were killed so easily!


    Except for the woman Black Maria, the six volley sons all ended their lives in the hands of Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Sasuke, two guys surnamed Uchiha!


    The surname Uchiha is terrifying!


    even¡­


    These people were all killed without fighting back!


    Plague Quinn murmured with a hint of fear in his expression: "No, this seems to be normal... This guy can defeat Brother Kaidou... This guy... This guy..."


    "Ok?"


    The Kusanagi sword in Uchihasa''s assistant fell on Plague Quinn''s neck, and his voice was indifferent: "Do you guys want to resist me too?"


    "No¡­"


    Plague Quinn had a smile on his face, and his sweat dripped down his cheeks little by little: "I just thought of something happy... What kind of dance should I do... These guys have been coveting my position for a long time, I also want to thank Mr. Sasuke for helping me solve them!"


    Plague Quinn can bend and stretch...


    Of course, this guy is really good at singing and dancing.


    It''s just because Quinn''s appearance is a bit weird and his figure is very fat, no matter how Quinn dances, the picture looks a bit hot.


    In particular, the oiran Xiao Zi of Wano Country sat next to him and played music. The contrast between the two appeared to be more intense, which made Quinn''s dance even uglier.


    "What a strange person..."


    While secretly fiddled with the string, Xiao Zi looked at Uchiha Sasuke curiously.


    Obviously he is also very handsome, and his strength seems to be very strong, why is his hobby so unique? Why do you like to watch that fat man Quinn dance?


    this preference...


    It''s really confusing.


    Now Xiaozi has a good impression of Uchiha Sasuke.


    Because Xiaozi''s real identity is Kozuki Hiyori, the daughter of Kozuki Oden, but she doesn''t know the truth, so she can only continue to hide her life experience.


    Just now Uchiha Sasuke''s words suppressed the Plague Quinn of the Beasts Pirates, who dared not move, and simply slashed the head of the usurping general Heitan Orochi, and the domineering Yan Lei Shen directly killed several Volley six sons...


    Hearing what those volleying six sons said before, he even defeated Kaido!


    This young man really filled Xiao Zi with good feelings.


    but¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke doesn''t seem to care about her beauty.


    "Eh¡­"


    After the song ended.


    Black Maria glanced at Uchiha Sasuke who was drinking juice, and continued to fiddle with the instrument with her fingers, continuing to replay the music for Plague Quinn''s dance.


    What a strange man...


    Even if Black Maria is well-informed, she can''t see through Sasuke. Why is this powerful enemy still drinking juice like a child?


    But Xiao Zi lingered to Uchiha Sasuke''s side step by step, flicking up her sleeves slightly, a blush flashed across her face, and she put on the most touching gesture.


    Xiao Zi tried her best to suppress her voice, and her voice was tinkling like spring water: "My lord''s hometown is also Wano country..."


    "No, do what you have to do."


    Sasuke Uchiha continued to drink the juice casually, admiring Quinn''s dance posture seriously, in fact, Quinn danced pretty well...


    I can tell¡­


    Plague Quinn must be a dancer.


    Xiaozi looked at Uchiha Sasuke and still focused on Quinn, her expression faintly collapsed, what happened to this man?


    "Yes, my lord."


    There were faint tears in Xiao Zi''s eyes, which made her eyes look extraordinarily agile, but she could only take a step back in aggrieved manner.


    The sun was setting.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    It was getting later and later.


    Kaido still hasn''t rushed over yet.


    Because Kaido had to think about how to deal with Sasuke Uchiha before he came to the capital of flowers. After all, he had suffered a terrible defeat under Sasuke before.


    In addition to Susano''s strength, Uchiha Sasuke also has an ability that can make it difficult for him to get out of trouble.


    At the beginning, Kaido exhausted all his strength to barely escape from Uchiha Sasuke''s Earth Explosion Star. Later, if Uchiha Obito didn''t save him, Kaido thought that he might really die in Sasuke''s in hand...


    therefore¡­


    After thinking about it, Kaidos decided to seek negotiations with Uchiha Obito, hoping that Uchiha Obito could help him.


    When Kaido is arrogant, he is arrogant. If he is hanged up and beaten by Uchiha Sasuke in Wano Country, his face as the Four Emperors will be completely wiped out!


    "I can do things for you."


    Kaido clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "No, or we should help each other. When I am in trouble, you should also come to help me!"


    "Ok?"


    Uchiha Obito tilted his head in doubt, he couldn''t help scratching his head: "Let me think about it, you mean, if my dog ??fights with other dogs, I need to take a A stick to help my dog ??fight?"


    "Stop insulting me!"


    Kaido waved his fist and hit Obito Uchiha''s body, but it still just hit the air, which made the anger on his face even stronger!


    Uchiha Obito''s voice was instantly gloomy: "Kaido, do you think you still have a choice? Uchiha Sasuke may be the strongest person in the Uchiha clan in the past. The chances of you wanting to defeat him are very slim..."


    When Uchiha Obito said this, he spread out his palm and continued: "Your fate may be completely sealed by him with the Earth Explosion Star, and you will never be able to get rid of it in that dark stone ball." ..."


    "Shut up!"


    Kaido gritted his teeth, looked down at Obito Uchiha, and said coldly: "I would rather be imprisoned by that bastard Sasuke for a lifetime than..."


    "Your daughter''s name is Yamato, right?"


    Uchiha Obito touched his mask, and said with a smile: "Her name is really interesting, she is exactly the same as someone I know!"


    "..."


    Kaido''s expression darkened instantly.


    Indeed, Kaido has a daughter named Yamato. Because of that daughter''s weird temperament, Kaido is always so angry with her that he can only raise her as his son.


    that kind of daughter...


    It was no reason for him to give in.


    Obito Uchiha seemed to know this too, and his voice gradually became gloomy: "Tomorrow, I will add Yamato to the hundred people who will be killed! There is also that woman named Black Maria. Years, your Beast Pirates will be wiped out..."


    After saying this, Uchiha Obito suddenly stopped, and he suddenly smiled: "No, maybe it won''t take a few days...Because if I didn''t help you resist that brat Sasuke, the entire Hundred Beasts Pirates would definitely be killed by him Clean it up!"


    "That''s the path I''m destined to take in life!"


    Kaido resentfully raised his head and took a sip of wine, his dull voice echoed in the hall: "I used to kill other pirates very clean...


    Huh, this kind of thing... sooner or later it will be our turn, no one is an exception, and neither is the guy with the white beard. Pirates have never been a game! "


    After finishing speaking, Kaido dropped the wine jar, picked up his mace, and was about to leave the hall to find Uchiha Sasuke desperately.


    "What a stubborn guy..."


    Obito Uchiha looked at Kaido who was not getting in, sighed, and suddenly stopped Kaido: "Kaido, as the price for me to deal with Sasuke Uchiha, we only ask for one thing, that is, we You must not disobey the order given!"


    Uchiha Obito spread out his palms, and continued calmly: "Don''t worry about any excessive orders we will issue, because your power is not worth mentioning to us, you should be clear about this.


    The only thing that is valuable may be your name as the Four Emperors and the tens of thousands of pirates under your banner, which means that what you will do in the future is just to fill the scene in certain things..."


    "..."


    Kaido''s tall figure paused.


    What Uchiha Obito said is too insulting, right?


    He is one of the emperors of the sea. There are countless members of the Hundred Beasts Pirates and affiliated pirates. They are just used as a show?


    Why not make some excessive demands!


    The next moment, Kaido slowly closed his eyes, and said in a cold voice: "I promise, this matter must not be leaked to anyone else!"


    "rest assured."


    Uchiha Obito calmly spread out his palm, and said softly: "After I help you expel Uchiha Sasuke, I will join the Hundred Beasts Pirates... As for the location, I will kill one of the three disasters." Can free up..."


    "No."


    Kaido rejected Obito Uchiha''s proposal, he said in a deep voice: "From now on, you bastard will be my deputy captain and the supervisor of the entire Beast Pirates!"

 Chapter 471

    Wano country, the capital of flowers.


    The shogun''s mansion in the capital of flowers was in ruins, most of the streets were in a mess, and only a few people remained in this prosperous capital of Wano country.


    Most of the civilians left the capital in a hurry, for fear of being killed by Uchiha Sasuke, and they were even more afraid of seeing something they shouldn''t see.


    When Kaido rushed here, he saw a hot scene.


    Black Maria and Xiao Zi, two women of very different sizes, are playing the piano; Plague Quinn is sweating profusely and dancing weird dances.


    Uchiha Sasuke was sitting on the roof, slowly sipping the juice in his hand, he seemed to be admiring the dance of Plague Quinn, if he ignored the corpse of the black charcoal snake on the ground, these guys seemed to be having fun.


    What the hell is going on?


    Kaido was a little confused.


    Kaido''s nostrils were so angry that a wave of heat spurted out, and he scolded violently: "Quinn! Are you an idiot, are you embarrassing yourself here!"


    "Brother Kaito!"


    Two lines of tears instantly flowed from Plague Quinn''s eyes, and he rushed towards Kaido: "Brother Kaido, you are finally here!"


    When Plague Quinn saw Kaido, he immediately knew he was safe!


    In the face of Uchiha Sasuke''s mental illness, Plague Quinn didn''t think he was safe even if he kept dancing to save his life!


    Finally met the savior!


    "asshole¡­"


    Kaido clenched his fist, knocked the Plague Quinn who was rushing to the ground with one punch, and said angrily, "Tell me, what''s going on?"


    "Master Kaido..."


    Black Maria also breathed a sigh of relief, and walked towards Kaido, she brushed her hair, lowered her head and said in a low voice: "Mr. The other companions we came with..."


    "..."


    Kaido''s face turned ugly instantly.


    What the hell is today!


    In addition to Black Maria, one of the six volleyball sons was killed by Uchiha Obito, and the other four were killed by Uchiha Sasuke. Rely on people!


    In the end, it was replaced by two Uchihas...


    Kaido raised his head and looked at Uchiha Sasuke who was sitting on the roof, the anger in his eyes burst out immediately, and the arrogance gradually enveloped him: "Uchiha Sasuke, you bastard... I will never let you go this time. You are gone!"


    "really interesting¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head indifferently, slowly put down the cup in his hand, grabbed his Kusanagi sword and flew down in front of Kaido.


    Uchiha Sasuke raised his head to look at the tall Kaido, with a contemptuous smile on the corner of his mouth: "Let me say this sentence...the trash among the Four Emperors!"


    "What did you say!"


    A cold light flashed in Kaido''s eyes, and his palm suddenly clenched the mace in his hand, and the domineering arrogance of the overlord overturned the surroundings in an instant!


    Sasuke Uchiha did not show any weakness, and the smile on his face was still somewhat contemptuous: "If it wasn''t for that traitor who helped you, do you think you could escape last time? Kaido..."


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke''s domineering look was fully fired!


    Under the collision of the two domineering auras, the entire room in the Flower Capital was destroyed by them in an instant, and shock waves swept through the capital of the Wano Kingdom!


    Fortunately, there are not many people in the capital city of Wano...


    Black Maria watched this scene nervously. Her expression was no longer indifferent, but she just looked at Uchiha Sasuke who was confronting Kaido with shock.


    "It''s incredible..."


    Black Maria looked at Sasuke Uchiha, who was only as tall as an ordinary human, and took a few steps back in a low voice: "It''s obviously just a kid... Can you really challenge our governor?"


    "It''s nothing incredible..."


    Plague Quinn was sweating profusely. He carefully searched for a place where he could avoid the overlord-colored shock wave, and murmured in a low voice: "That brat... feels like the red-haired guy!"


    Just when Plague Quinn was avoiding the impact of the domineering color, he remembered that Xiao Zi, the oiran of Wano Country, was still here, and a flash of panic flashed across his face: "Ahhh... I almost forgot, Xiao Zi is still here what!"


    That weak woman couldn''t resist the impact of this domineering look, and even the aftermath of Kaido and Uchiha Sasuke''s fight could easily kill her!


    It''s just that Plague Quinn doesn''t have to worry about Xiao Zi...


    Because just after Kaido appeared, Kushiro, the captain of the guard of the Wano country general Kurotan Orochi, hurriedly appeared and took Xiaozi away.


    Of course, Kushiro is not obsessed with Xiaozi''s beauty like Kurotan Orochi, but because he was originally a retainer of the former Wano General Kozuki Oden, and he appeared quietly just to protect Xiaozi, the daughter of Kozuki Oden .


    "That Sasuke... who the hell?"


    When Xiao Zi was taken by Kuang Shi Lang to escape from the Battlefield of the Flower City, she still couldn''t help but look back: "Is he going to challenge Kaido too?"


    "Or, he was here to trouble Kaido!"


    Kuangshilang, who was originally unrestrained, also said with a serious face on his face: "I heard that bastard Quinn said when he was drunk... Kaido failed in the last war with the Whitebeard Pirates. His person is that Uchiha Sasuke!"


    When he said this, Kuangshi Lang suddenly showed a smile: "It''s a pity that it''s not the time for Master Yutian to say it...


    Otherwise, when that guy killed Heitan Orochimaru and Ling Kong Liuzi, I almost thought this was our chance to recover the country of Wano! "


    Those former retainers of Kozuki Oden¡¯s clan believed in Kozuki Oden¡¯s last words, that is, Wanokai would restore prosperity and found the country 20 years after Kotsuki Oden¡¯s death...


    this time...


    There are still four or five years left!


    so¡­


    Everything should have nothing to do with them now.


    No matter how hard Uchiha Sasuke and Kaido fight, it has nothing to do with them, the returners of the Kozuki clan, and it seems that Uchiha Sasuke doesn''t care much about the Kozuki clan...


    indeed.


    Sasuke Uchiha doesn''t care about Wano Country''s affairs at all.


    Kaido doesn''t think so, Uchiha Sasuke, a guy with dual identities of ninja and samurai, can''t just come to Wano Country to find fault, it''s a bit like he''s here to grab the territory...


    But it doesn''t matter...


    Now that Kaido already has Obito Uchiha as an ally, I believe that Obito Uchiha definitely has the ability to deal with Sasuke Uchiha!


    Kaido raised the mace in his palm, and said with a gloomy face, "Sasuke Uchiha, that bastard with white beard is old... Time will eliminate him sooner or later! You are on the wrong team, brat!"


    Kaido looked down at the domineering Uchiha Sasuke, the pressure that this brat brought to him was still so great... Fortunately, he negotiated the terms with Uchiha Obito in advance!


    have to say¡­


    Both Uchihas are tough to deal with.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    For Kaido, Uchiha Obito''s ability is even weirder, but Uchiha Sasuke is actually more to his liking...


    It''s a pity that even if Kaido used the entire Wano country as a lure back then, Sasuke Uchiha would not join forces with him...


    Moreover, Uchiha Obito is clearly hostile to Uchiha Sasuke, and it is impossible for Kaido to give up Uchiha Obito who has negotiated good terms, and then recruit Uchiha Sasuke.


    "What a pity..."


    Kaido clenched the mace in his hand, and said coldly: "It''s a pity that I have a more powerful ally here... Now there is no place for you!"


    "idiot¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly pulled out the Kusanagi sword, and looked at Kaido with a sneer: "No wonder you dare to come to the appointment, your ally is that bastard Uchiha Obito!"


    Sasuke''s eyes gradually turned into reincarnation eyes and sharing eyes, and the Kusanagi sword slowly moved in his hand, and he continued in a cold voice: "That''s really just right...Let me directly get rid of you two, which I hate the most people!"


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke rushed towards Kaido wielding the Kusanagi sword, and the arrogance on his body instantly turned into black and red lightning bolts!


    Kaido swung his mace and smashed Sasuke Uchiha, a mass of domineering force covered the mace like a thunderbolt, as if he wanted to smash the rushing Sasuke Uchiha into pieces A puddle of mud!


    "Thunder gossip!"


    Boom!


    Kusanagi sword and mace stick together!


    The two domineering forces overturned the entire city of flowers in an instant, and the endless impact swept across the city of flowers, turning the originally prosperous city of flowers into a piece of flat ground!


    Even the Capital of Flowers was not enough to vent out their powerful arrogance. The two black and red arrogance rushed straight into the sky like thunder against the trend. In an instant, they directly tore a crack in the entire sky!


    When a powerhouse at the level of the Four Emperors fights, no matter the weather or the environment, they will be directly destroyed by their battles!


    Plague Quinn cowered and hid aside...


    Black Maria couldn''t help but look at this place with some fear...


    Everyone in the entire territory of the Flower City saw the battle in the Flower City, and everyone couldn''t help but look at the light that shot straight into the sky!


    Even though they don''t know who will win and who will lose, they know that from now on, Wano Country''s prosperous flower capital will definitely be rebuilt...


    "Ok?"


    Kaido watched the confrontation between the mace in his hand and the Kusanagi sword, his eyes suddenly flickered, his face suddenly turned into a dragon''s head, and he opened his mouth and spewed out a flame towards Sasuke!


    "Susano!"


    A skeleton of Susanoo appeared on Sasuke''s body in an instant!


    The next moment, the tall and complete Susanoo instantly wrapped Sasuke''s body, blocking the dragon''s breath flames from Kaido''s sneak attack!


    "Do you want to compete with Uchiha in Huodun?"


    Sasuke stood in the crystal of Susanoo, and knocked Kaido away with a punch. He stood in the crystal of Susanoo, raised his finger suddenly, and opened his mouth towards Kaido. Huge fireballs spewed out!


    Even if Uchiha Sasuke used the most common Phoenix Fire Art, it still has a huge blessing in Sasuke''s current state!


    Just as these fireballs were shooting out rapidly and were about to hit Kaido, a cold voice appeared on the battlefield!


    "Uchiha Fire Formation!"


    The next moment, a figure suddenly appeared beside Kaido, his fingertips fell to the ground in an instant, and a red enchantment barrier burst out from the ground, blocking Sasuke''s fireball!


    It is Obito Uchiha who just made an alliance agreement with Kaida!


    "Sasuke."


    Obito Uchiha stood behind the flame array, staring at the tall purple Susano, and said calmly: "Kaido is now my ally, you should know what this means..."

 Chapter 472

    Wano country.


    There was some silence on the battlefield in the capital of flowers.


    Pieces of pink petals fell from the sky.


    These pink petals are stained with dust, and like Wano, they can only wait for the fate that others impose on them.


    Kaido''s eyes fell on Obito Uchiha in front of him, his eyes flickered slightly, listening to what he just said, this Obito Uchiha seemed really scary?


    Even Uchiha Sasuke is afraid of him?


    What is the secret between these two Uchihas?


    Kaido stood up holding his mace, and said in a loud voice: "It seems that I really found the right ally!"


    "...No, it should be said that you are in the right position."


    Uchiha Obito looked at Uchiha Sasuke who was completely in Susano, and continued calmly: "Although my power may not be able to help Uchiha Sasuke, he knows that the battle between us is impossible. winner or loser."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke stood inside Susano''s crystal, watching the masked Uchiha Obito, the expression on his face gradually became subtle.


    What else does Uchiha Obito''s successful negotiation with Kaido mean... It means that his mission of coming to Wano Country to deter Kaido has been completed.


    So does Obito mean to let him go?


    What nonsense...


    Uchiha Sasuke was a little helpless.


    He worked so hard to fight the general, the red-haired vice-captain of the Four Emperors, and the prestige accumulated by Kaido, but in the end he will become a stepping stone for Akatsuki''s members to carry out their missions.


    And the strength of these guys is actually that way, apart from having Naraku Uehara behind them, what else can they do?


    But according to that guy Uehara Naraku''s badness...


    It is enough for Naraku Uehara to stand behind them, that guy has already tossed the world a lot.


    Sasuke Uchiha sighed, manipulated Susano to pull out the ninja sword, and slashed directly, splitting the barrier of the flame formation in two!


    The momentum of that slash fell on Uchiha Obito''s body after splitting the slash, but it just penetrated his body and fell directly to the ground!


    A long gully was cut out of the ground in an instant!


    This can only be regarded as Sasuke venting his anger.


    "Don''t waste your energy."


    Uchiha Obito looked at the purple Susano, calmly spread out his palm, and continued: "You should be very clear, as long as I don''t show any flaws, the two of us can''t do anything to each other now..."


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes flickered, and he snorted coldly: "It''s just relying on the weirdness of the kaleidoscope Sharingan...you just have a good eye!"


    "Isn''t this exactly how our Uchihas fight?"


    Uchiha Obito didn''t care about it, but continued on his own: "Although the choices of the two of us are different, the strength of both of us comes from the gift of that person. After all, we come from the same blood..."


    "The traitor who betrayed Uchiha...


    Sasuke Uchiha clenched his fists tightly, and the tall Susano brandished a ninja knife and aimed at Obito Uchiha: "Hearing you talk about Uchiha''s bloodline really makes me think you are shameless! "


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Uchiha Obito still Furui Wubo, couldn''t help but gritted his teeth and said: "Forget it, although I can''t do anything to you...but Kaido may not be!"


    "..."


    Kaido, who had enjoyed seeing the two Uchihas confronting each other, suddenly had a question mark on his forehead. What does Sasuke Uchiha mean?


    thinking about...


    Kaido''s face slowly darkened.


    If I heard correctly just now, Uchiha Sasuke should have no choice but to use Uchiha Obito, and actually wants to use him as a punching bag?


    What the fuck are you talking about?


    He is the Four Emperor Kaido, not some idiot like Quinn!


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t care about Kaido''s thoughts at all, and actually manipulated Susano under him to slash Kaido with a huge slash!


    "Bastard... don''t underestimate people! Thunder and gossip!"


    A flash of rage flashed across Kaido''s face, and he swung the mace in his hand and abruptly received the slash. Kaido felt the tremendous power in an instant!


    However, relying on his domineering aura, Kaido finally broke up the slash, his eyes fell on Uchiha Obito, and said in a low voice: "Hey, didn''t you promise me to get rid of Uchiha Sasuke?" ?¡±


    "rest assured."


    Uchiha Obito spread his hands indifferently and said: "Sasuke has nothing to do, he just wants to vent his helpless anger... After he vents, he will naturally leave here."


    Obito Uchiha slowly raised his head, looked at Kaido and continued: "Besides, after you were defeated by him last time, did you lose the vigor of the Four Emperors? In this case, maybe I need to reconsider your value ... Kaido..."


    "Don''t worry about it!"


    Kaido looked up at Susano, which was hundreds of meters high, picked up his mace, jumped up in the direction of Susano, and roared sullenly: "It''s just a brat... I''m Kaido!"


    Overlord-like arrogance overflowed from Kaido''s body...


    Strong armed color domineering flowed on his body, one of the four strongest emperors on the sea in the new world, brandishing a mace in his hand, rushed towards the tall Susanoo!


    The entire Wano country was instantly shaken!


    A great battle that has never been completed has begun again!


    It''s getting late, but the entire city of flowers is still like daylight, and the battle between Kaido and Sasuke Uchiha caused fires to flicker!


    The sound of explosions continued even more!


    No one in the Flower City would dare to intervene in such a battle.


    Plague Quinn watched their battle uneasily, looked up at the completely torn sky tremblingly, and glanced at the ground directly destroyed by them.


    "Why hasn''t that fellow Jhin come over..."


    "A battle of this level..."


    Black Maria looked at Kaido and Sasuke Uchiha''s fight with solemn eyes, shook her head and said, "Even if he comes over, he can''t get in, right?"


    "But at least it makes me feel a little more secure..."


    Just after Plague Quinn finished speaking, he suddenly realized what he had said, and he hurriedly covered his mouth.


    Accidentally spoke my mind!


    Black Maria couldn''t help covering her lips and smiled, looked at Plague Quinn and said with a smile: "Lord Quinn is still so sloppy... Do you think the Governor will win?"


    "Of course I am more optimistic about Brother Kaidou!"


    Plague Quinn squeezed his fist and spoke hastily, but he looked at Susano, who had been suppressing Kaido, and lowered his voice again: "Although we know how strong Kaido''s body is...but the other side is Sasuke Uchiha!"


    A layer of cold sweat gradually appeared on the forehead of Plague Quinn, and he continued: "To be honest, the pressure brought by Uchiha Sasuke is better than that of Kozuki Oden... I am a little curious, what is this guy? Those who can?"


    "He is not a devil fruit capable user."


    Uchiha Obito''s voice appeared in Plague Quinn''s ears, and he said slowly: "Sasuke''s ability is the power that can only be obtained by the most proficient in pupil art in the Uchiha clan...


    For thousands of years of the Uchiha clan, among all the family members, if calculated carefully, there are no more than five people who can activate this form of Susanoo. "


    It is true that there are no more than five people who can open the full body Susanoo.


    In addition to Indra, the ancestor who founded the Uchiha clan, for thousands of years, only Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Sasuke have owned it.


    There are also two real ancestors, Naraku Uehara and Sage of the Six Paths.


    Of course, Uehara Naraku and Six Paths Sage''s Susanoo are even better. The thousand-meter-high Susanoo is the power that truly belongs to God!


    "Why are you hiding here!"


    Plague Quinn glared at Obito Uchiha dissatisfied.


    Uchiha Obito glanced at him, then turned his head to look at the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Kaido, and said in a deep voice: "This is the top battle in the world, even if it was the last time I saw it, see you now Once, it still feels wonderful..."


    "..."


    After being silent for a while, Plague Quinn suddenly approached Uchiha Obito''s body, pressed his head against Obito, and asked in a low voice: "By the way, Mr. Obito... have you reached any agreement with Brother Kaido? ?¡±


    Plague Quinn knew about Uchiha Obito.


    After all, Kaido can''t solve Obito Uchiha by himself, and he also wants his subordinates to help analyze it. Only Plague Quinn and Fire Calamity Jhin know the secret battle between Obito Uchiha and Kaido.


    "It''s classified."


    Uchiha Obito refused to reveal the secret, he touched his mask, and suddenly said: "But...in the future, I will be your vice-captain."


    "Then we''ll be a family from now on, hahaha!"


    Plague Quinn squeezed out a smile on his face, and continued to ask in a low voice: "Then...Mr. Obito, are there any shortcomings in Sasuke?"


    "Have."


    After Uchiha Obito nodded, under the expectant eyes of Plague Quinn, he calmly replied: "This brat is too proud and conceited... This is his biggest shortcoming!"


    In fact, this is a common problem of the entire Uchiha.


    Every Uchiha has this problem.


    "..."


    Plague Quinn looked at Obito speechlessly, feeling that he had been tricked. If he had the strength of Sasuke, he would be prouder than Sasuke Uchiha.


    A young man who is only seventeen or eighteen years old this year has such a strong strength, isn''t it normal to be a little arrogant?


    The issue is¡­


    When will this battle be fought!


    If the fight continues, the entire Wano country may be destroyed!


    It was getting darker and darker.


    The entire town of the Flower Capital has been completely destroyed, and the civilians and pirates outside the Flower Capital are also evacuating towards Jiuli and other areas in fear.


    It wasn''t until the second day of their battle that when the sky cleared, Uchiha Sasuke beat Kaido violently all night, and Uchiha Obito finally stopped him again.


    "Let''s stop here!"


    The figure of Obito Uchiha appeared from the vortex of time and space. His figure stood on the ground, looking up at the tall Susanoo like an ant!


    The next moment, Uchiha Obito''s voice slowly changed into a tone, and his voice became more gloomy: "Uchiha Sasuke, I''ve given you enough chances, don''t go too far..."


    "¡­It''s you!"


    Hearing the gloomy voice coming from Obito Uchiha''s body, Sasuke Uchiha''s expression became more serious than ever, and he has already heard who the voice coming from Obito Uchiha''s body represents.


    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Kaido, who was still alive and well after being beaten all night by him, and snorted coldly: "You bastard is lucky...you found a guy who I dare not even provoke easily..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes were slightly cold, and after saying this, he directly drove Susanoo out of the capital of flowers.


    "Bastard, beat me up like this, don''t just leave like this..."


    In an instant, Kaido turned into the body of a dragon and was about to chase after him. A ball of high-temperature dragon''s breath was accumulated in his mouth, and he was about to spit it out towards Susano!


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t care at all, but manipulated the tall Susanoo to turn around and shoot a huge black arrow, which directly hit Kaido''s dragon body, so powerful that it almost nailed Kaido''s body to the ground!


    "That bastard..."


    Kaido gritted his teeth and turned into a human form, watching the huge black arrow on his body gradually dissipate, but still left a huge arrow wound on his body!


    this fucking...


    Is it the second time?


    The wounds that Kaido left before he met Sasuke were not as good as the wounds that Uchiha Sasuke left him!


    "Don''t worry¡­"


    Obito Uchiha patted his mask, looked at the angry Kaido, and sighed, "If I''m here in the future, he won''t be able to come again..."

 Chapter 473

    Wano country.


    Jiuli, in the village of Bianli.


    A strange woman stood beside Portgas D. Ace. He waved his arms at the returning Sasuke and said loudly: "Sasuke, you are finally back! Come quickly, let me introduce you A new friend!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was a little subtle.


    Because when he made a big fuss in the capital of flowers and fought with Kaido all night, Portgas D. Ace actually made a new friend.


    This¡­


    what''s the situation?


    Portgas D. Ace pointed at the woman beside him, grinned lightly and said, "Sasuke, let me introduce you, she is Yamato..."


    "Yamato?"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression became more subtle.


    If I remember correctly, Konoha also had a ninja named Yamato, who was pregnant with Mu Dunxueji, and later passed the assessment of the Akatsuki organization and joined the Akatsuki organization.


    The woman named Yamato in front of me is naturally different.


    This woman looks a bit delicate, and her hair color is a bit cute, but there are a pair of weird horns on the top of her head, and she is wearing a bit strange, a refreshing and close-fitting sleeveless kimono, with delicate shimenawa rope tied on the back .


    However¡­


    She had a pair of shackles on her hands.


    "first meet."


    The delicate woman looked at Sasuke Uchiha with a kind smile on her face: "My name is Yamato, and I am Kaido''s son..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression became more and more subtle.


    No matter in terms of figure or appearance, she is definitely a woman, right? Why is this woman claiming to be Kaido''s son?


    What''s wrong with the people of this country!


    Izo, the captain of the 16th division of the Whitebeard Pirates, behaves like a woman, but he is a real man; the Yamato in front of him is obviously a woman, but he wants to claim to be a man.


    and¡­


    He just beat Kaido last night...


    When I came back, I met Kaido''s child!


    Uchiha Sasuke clenched the Kusanagi sword in his hand, blocked Ace behind him, and said indifferently: "Tell me...what did that guy Kaido send you to? Want to catch Ace and threaten him? Me?"


    "No no no..."


    Yamato hurriedly waved his hand, and hurriedly said: "Actually, I sneaked out because my father met the enemy, so I was able to sneak out..."


    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly pulled out his Kusanagi sword, landed on Yamato''s neck, and said coldly: "That enemy is me."


    "What... what?"


    Yamato''s face was full of confusion.


    The next moment, she opened her small mouth slightly, and looked at Sasuke in surprise: "Could it be...the person who put the entire Beasts Pirates on alert last night...is your Excellency Uchiha Sasuke who once defeated him? How could it be so young? what!"


    "Hahahaha... don''t get me wrong!"


    Ace grabbed Sasuke''s shoulders, led him to take down the Kusanagi sword, and said with a light smile, "Sasuke, Yamato is not our enemy!"


    Speaking of this, Ace introduced the matter of Yamato to Sasuke.


    The Yamato in front of her is indeed Kaido''s daughter, but because she once took Kozuki Oden as a hero after she saw Kozuki Oden die generously when she was a child.


    Because Yamato worshiped Kozuki Oden who was willing to die for Wano Country and his subordinates, he claimed to be Kozuki Oden, and later picked up Kozuki Oden''s voyage diary, and yearned for him even more.


    simply put¡­


    This is a story of a little girl who thinks she should inherit Kozuki Oden''s will and wants to chase stars, but because the idol she pursues is her father''s deadly enemy, she is beaten by her father to grow up.


    really...


    Kaido even beat his daughter!


    Of course, no matter who gave birth to a daughter like Yamato, it is estimated that they will have three or four meals every day. This is really cheating!


    No wonder this woman made friends with Ace...


    Both of them yearn for Kozuki Oden, and they both don''t like their father very much, so they don''t have too many topics in common.


    After listening to Yamato''s story, Uchiha Sasuke was silent for a while, and suddenly said: "If you didn''t lie to me...then...you must not learn from others in the future, and live for the will of others, it will be very painful. !"


    "Nope¡­"


    Yamato shook his head, smiled and said, "I am very happy to be able to inherit His Highness Kozuki Oden''s will!"


    "correct¡­"


    Ace suddenly pointed to the shackles in Yamato''s hand, and asked with a smile, "Hey, Sasuke, can you help me untie the shackles? Yamato was wearing these shackles when he was eight years old. There seems to be a bomb inside..."


    Ace groped for Yamato''s shackles, and continued: "If she can untie the shackles, she can be our companion and take risks in the world with us..."


    "idiot!"


    Sasuke Uchiha rubbed his forehead, and said helplessly, "Aren''t you worried that she is a spy sent by Kaido?"


    "I''m not a spy!"


    A flash of anger flashed across Yamato''s face. She looked at Sasuke Uchiha and said angrily, "Spies are too dirty!"


    It is said that Kurotan Orochi snatched the position of General of Wano from the Kozuki family, relying on undercover spies, so Yamato hates this kind of occupation...


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression darkened.


    Is this woman out of her mind?


    Has the espionage industry provoked you?


    This is the luck of this woman. She met Sasuke, who is a spy himself, but also hates spy behavior.


    Otherwise, if a woman like Yamato meets another man who likes to be an undercover spy, she would still dare to speak like that...


    Death is a luxury to her.


    After all, that man is very narrow-minded!


    "Okay, you go back right away!"


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, waved his hand to signal the woman Yamato to leave, and turned to look at Ace: "Let''s go, get out of here first, I fought Kaido last night, that guy has already colluded with Uchiha With soil..."


    "what?"


    Yamato didn''t realize it at all, and still stood beside Sasuke Uchiha, stretched out his arm: "Mr. Sasuke, since you can defeat my father, then you must be able to help me untie the shackles that bind me, please you help..."


    "Sorry, I''m not interested in that."


    Sasuke Uchiha waved his hand, looked at Ace and said coldly: "Pack up your things and leave, I don''t want to cause any trouble anymore."


    "Eh?"


    Ace scratched the back of his head and looked at Sasuke Uchiha curiously: "But isn''t it you who caused big trouble?"


    "Shut up, idiot!"


    Uchiha Sasuke blew his hair in an instant, grabbed Ace''s collar, and his eyes gradually became dangerous: "Now...immediately... go and pack your things right away, let''s get out of here!"


    "Yes Yes Yes¡­"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Ace scratched his head, and said boredly, "I want to stay a little longer..."


    "Idiot, hurry up and run for me!"


    After Uchiha Sasuke finished scolding Ace, his eyes fell on Yamato, his voice was still cold: "Now the generals of the whole Wano country have been killed by me, the capital of the country has been destroyed by me, and I have also killed many People from the Hundred Beasts Pirates..."


    "But what does that have to do with me?"


    Yamato looked at Uchiha Sasuke curiously, and said seriously: "I am not a member of the Hundred Beasts Pirates, I just want to go out to sea for adventure, like His Royal Highness Oda did for..."


    "Master Yamato!"


    A voice suddenly fell in their ears!


    It was a little pirate who came to search for traces of Sasuke Uchiha.


    The pirate found Yamato here, and couldn''t help but shouted immediately: "I found Sasuke Uchiha! This guy has kidnapped Master Yamato!"


    "Hey, quickly let go of Yamato-sama!"


    "That''s right, otherwise, we''d just..."


    "Shut up, bastard, do you want to provoke him? That''s a super monster that can fight Governor Kaido!"


    Groups of pirates with strange wings quickly surrounded them, shouted and communicated with each other, and hurriedly reported their news to the higher-ups.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face darkened, he held a shuriken between his fingers and flew out, and his fingers quickly formed a few handprints.


    "Ninja Shuriken Shadow Cloning Technique!"


    Countless dense shuriken shadow clones covered the air!


    A group of pirates in charge of patrolling were instantly shot by shurikens and fell to the ground!


    "Ninjutsu that I''ve never seen before!"


    This unpretentious ninjutsu immediately aroused Yamato''s admiration, and she couldn''t help but said: "If you could have been born many years earlier, and there were ninjas like you under His Royal Highness, he would never have..."


    "Thousand birds flow!"


    A flash of anger flashed across Uchiha Sasuke''s face, and suddenly a ball of lightning flashed in his hand, and the lightning quickly enveloped Yamato''s body!


    In an instant, Yamato was knocked down by Chidori''s lightning!


    This Yamato likes to die too much, right? He even wanted Uchiha Sasuke to be Kozuki Oden''s subordinate!


    Uchiha Sasuke doesn''t like having someone on top of him at all, that bastard Naraku Uehara can''t help it, after all their relationship is too complicated...


    Although Uchiha Sasuke easily defeated Yamato, he finally vented his anger, but this scene fell into the mouths of the members of the Hundred Beasts Pirates, it was an out-and-out nightmare!


    the other side.


    Kaido took care of his injuries for the time being.


    This time the battle failed to leave Uchiha Sasuke, the six volley sons of the Hundred Beasts Pirates also appeared in a vacuum, and even his ally Heitan Orochi was killed!


    This is more troublesome.


    After Kaido thought about it for a while, he suddenly made a decision: "Hey, let Yamato be the general of this country! Anyway, she always wants to be a naive idiot like Kozuki Oden..."


    "I have a good candidate here..."


    Uchiha Obito held his chin, in fact Uehara Naraku appointed a suitable candidate, this person will also inherit the position of the leader of a big Ninja Village in the future.


    Uchiha Obito said slowly: "I know a guy named Hatake Kakashi, his strength is a bit weird, not too strong nor too weak, he may be capable of this..."


    "Lord Kaido!"


    At this time, someone suddenly interrupted Uchiha Obito''s words: "The big thing is bad, Master Yamato was kidnapped by Uchiha Sasuke!"

 Chapter 474

    Wano Country, Kuri.


    Kaido got the news that Yamato was captured by Uchiha Sasuke from his subordinates, and hurried towards Uchiha Sasuke''s position regardless of his own injuries.


    When Kaido arrived at Kuri, Uchiha Sasuke and Ace had left Wano Country by boat, leaving only the wounded Yamato and a group of small pirates; Uchiha Sasuke patted his ass and left, leaving behind a Wano country is full of ruins.


    Because the general Kurotan Orochi of the Wano country is dead, Kaido wants to directly move Onishima to the Flower City, and let Yamato succeed the general.


    However, Obito Uchiha raised objections.


    In other words, it was the people behind Uchiha Obito who had objections.


    "Sasuke did a good thing. After he killed Kurotan Orochi, did the entire Wano Kingdom become unowned?"


    Naraku Uehara sipped the juice slowly, smiled lightly and ordered Obito in the spiritual world: "Go and tell Kaido! Let him clean up his own people... I will prepare enough members to come to Wano Country, where there will be become our new base."


    The territory of the entire Wano country is not small, and the geographical location here is closed, even the navy cannot infiltrate it, and there is also a special sea building stone.


    Wano Country can be used as Akatsuki''s base in One Piece World.


    Those warriors loyal to the Kozuki and Shimotsuki clans in Wano, as well as Kaido''s weapon factory, pirates stationed, etc., must all be expelled.


    Maybe this is the dove occupying the magpie''s nest?


    No, this should be called Naruto Invasion Pirates?


    This incident naturally aroused Kaido''s dissatisfaction.


    Among the ruins of the capital of flowers.


    Kaido and Obito Uchiha are still negotiating.


    Kaido waved his wine gourd and looked at Obito Uchiha angrily: "Wano Country is my territory... I will not agree to this matter anyway!"


    "I''m not discussing with you."


    Obito Uchiha shook his head, and said calmly: "You still have a month to move all your factories and subordinates out... Don''t you cooperate with Doflamingo? Let him find a suitable one. Let''s continue to open factories!"


    Well, this is really interesting.


    At that time, the entire Beasts Pirates will be under the surveillance of the Akatsuki organization of the nearby Wano Country, and the weapons and artificial devil fruits of the Beasts Pirates will also be subject to Doflamingo.


    that time¡­


    It is impossible for Kaido and the Beasts Pirates to resist, and if you want to go out to fight, you have to be constrained by logistics... Isn''t it right to play Kaido as you want?


    "This place...is the fortress that I have long been optimistic about!"


    Kaido put down his wine gourd, and said angrily: "This country is the most suitable fortress for war in the New World, and it is also the base for Lao Tzu to dominate!"


    "But we''ve got our eye on this place."


    Uchiha Obito looked at Kaido, and continued calmly: "A month later, a god will come to Wano Country, and she will become the god who rules Wano Country... that is the one who suppressed Uchiha Sasuke with ease. !"


    "Hey, Obito Uchiha!"


    Kaido bent down and lowered his head, staring at Obito Uchiha with big eyes: "You bastard... you don''t seem to be an ally..."


    "Ha, did you remember wrongly?"


    Uchiha Obito lifted the mask on his face, looked up at Kaido and said casually: "Our ally clause, don''t you have to obey our orders?"


    Uchiha Obito spread out his palm, and suddenly continued: "But it''s not bad for you... At least our people are also a strong support for you! That''s a real behemoth!"


    Yep...a ??real behemoth!


    The power possessed by the entire Akatsuki organization is definitely a stronger force than the Four Emperors of the New World, and it can even easily destroy any Four Emperors pirate group!


    Obito Uchiha looked at Kaido, smiled and said, "But we won''t be particularly ruthless, I am the supervisor of the Beast Pirates! From now on, our Beast Pirates will stay in Oni Island, Let''s be a force on the periphery of Wano Country!"


    "did you mean¡­"


    Kaido squeezed his wine gourd tightly, looked at Obito Uchiha and said: "The covenant we just drew up... is to make me your vassal, and I will come to the island of ghosts to serve as your watchdog!"


    "Eh?"


    Uchiha Obito waved his hands, and continued with a smile: "It doesn''t have to be so ugly...at least you have an extra big backer! No matter what you want to do in the future, we will support you behind you !"


    "asshole!"


    Kaido threw the wine gourd in his hand to the ground, and said angrily, "I used to do whatever I wanted!"


    "The past was the past...the present is the present..."


    Uchiha Obito''s laughter subsided, and he said faintly: "Now... aren''t we here? The situation will naturally change..."


    "asshole!"


    Kaido clenched his fists tightly.


    It''s fucking better if you don''t come!


    Originally, he never thought about any collusion with Uchiha Obito, it was not because this bastard was stalking, and it just happened to catch up with Uchiha Sasuke''s invasion...


    Now after Uchiha Sasuke left, although he left a lot of chicken feathers, he also emptied Wano Country¡¯s political power for Kaido, allowing him to occupy Wano Country without bloodshed, and immediately build weapons factories everywhere, and concentrate on his career...


    As a result, Obito Uchiha suddenly came to occupy the magpie''s nest!


    Why the hell does this feel a little familiar?


    only¡­


    It is not so easy for him to give up Wano Country!


    This is a real natural fortress, which cannot be approached by the world government or the navy, and there are rich sea stone resources inside...


    No matter what, you must not back down!


    Kaido looked at Obito Uchiha with gloomy eyes, and said in a deep voice: "That is to say, is our covenant void?"


    "Really..."


    Obito Uchiha looked up at Kaido, scratched the back of his head, and said with a smile: "When are you qualified to mention the covenant? We don''t have an invalid covenant. If you abolish it unilaterally, we will feel Very disturbing¡­¡±


    Uchiha Obito looked at Kaido, and his voice suddenly became gloomy: "Kaido, it is God''s will to occupy Wano Country! As a reward for us getting along these days, I advise you not to resist!"


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Obito''s figure turned into a space-time vortex and disappeared, leaving only one sentence: "This month''s time, you should prepare well!"


    "Who do you think you are!"


    Kaido overthrew everything in front of him, watching the vortex of time and space disappear with sullen expression: "It''s just a group of little mice hiding their heads and showing their tails..."


    Just after Uchiha Obito left, he immediately contacted Uehara Naraku and reported the negotiation between him and Kaido.


    "Kaido should not be willing to give up Wano Country."


    Uchiha Obito''s voice hesitated: "If we want to turn against him directly... besides Sasuke, is there anyone else who can defeat him?"


    "A lot of people?"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku is still drifting in the sea, brushing up his new side mission by the way, after listening to Uchiha Obito''s report, he said softly: "Let''s take a look at his performance this month! One month''s time, just enough Prepare to come over there!"


    Ok¡­


    Naruto invades pirates.


    At the very least, prepare the manpower in advance. After all, this is to let the Akatsuki organization rule the entire Wano country, not simply to fight.


    Naruto World.


    The base camp of the Xiao organization was completely placed in Yuyin Village.


    After all, no matter how you look at it, the decision-making of the entire ninja world must be announced from Yuyin Village, and all strong people must participate in the meeting organized by Akatsuki, and they must not be in a cave.


    Ever since Uehara Naraku formulated the method for Akatsuki to organize and rule the ninja world, the entire ninja world has slowly entered the right track, and one after another members have joined Akatsuki. In addition to the big country Ninja Village, some small countries¡¯ proposals in Tsunade have also been rejected. Dawn''s meeting.


    The leaders of all kinds of small countries also have seven or eight members. They are not known for their strength, but they can vote as a symbolic status.


    To be fair, the number of Ninja Village in the Great Country is even more.


    Especially in Muye Village, where there is a large number of talents, in order to curb this trend, the Akatsuki organization has become more and more strict with the review.


    Land of Fire: Daimyo of the Land of Fire, Konoha''s fifth generation Hokage Tsunade, Konoha Hokage assisting Nara Shikahisa, Jiraiya, Hatake Kakashi, Maitekai, Uzumaki Naruto.


    Land of Earth: Daimyo of Land of Earth, the third generation of Tsuchikage Onoki in Yanyin Village, Tsuchikage assists Heitu, Loess, and Wenya.


    Land of Water: Daimyo of the Land of Water, the fifth generation of Mizukage Terumimei of Kirigakure Village, Mizukage assists Chojuro.


    The Kingdom of the Wind: The daimyo of the Kingdom of the Wind, Gaara, the fifth generation of Kazekage of Sand Hidden Village, the assistant of the fifth generation of Kazekage, Kankuro, and Temari.


    The Land of Thunder: The daimyo of the Land of Thunder, the fourth generation Raikage Ai of Yunyin Village, Raikage assists Darui and Kirabi.


    The Country of Rain: Uehara Naraku, Nagato, Konan, Otsutsuki Kaguya, Shiro, Kaguya Junmaro, Yakushidou, Kisame Uchiha, Sasuke Uchiha, Didara, Scorpion, Kakuto, Hidan, Ringo Rain Yuri, the ghost lamp full moon, the ghost lamp water moon.


    Because Uehara Naraku led some members to open up wasteland, their voting and veto rights were temporarily represented by Nagato and others.


    These meetings¡­


    It is basically impossible to have a resolution that Nagato cannot pass.


    Originally, this meeting was supposed to be held in about three months, but today was a bit strange, Nagato directly summoned Gokage to discuss a proposal with them.


    "Now it is necessary to gather more than 30,000 ninja coalition forces to assist Uehara in establishing an Akatsuki headquarters in the new world. Please discuss the candidates from your villages to participate in entering the new world!"


    "In addition to this, there are necessary strong men. This time they have the opportunity to get in touch with the power of the new world, and they will also assist in the governance of the territory and obtain more resources...so please choose the leader of the Ninja Alliance reasonably. people!"

 Chapter 475

    A lot can happen in a month.


    This guy Kaido drank alcohol for a month.


    It''s just that Kaido is not all fruitless, Yan Calamity Jin finally took advantage of this time to find out some information about Uchiha Obito from the mouths of those subordinates who had witnessed Uchiha Obito''s killing in the past.


    It is said that when Obito Uchiha was attacking, he seemed to have been hit by a sea stone bullet shot by a pirate, but Obito Uchiha was not injured.


    "It doesn''t matter."


    After Kaido got the news, he finally breathed a sigh of relief: "As long as he can attack that bastard''s body, if he didn''t take the initiative to attack our members, I wouldn''t know about it!"


    Facing Obito Uchiha, Kaido really felt aggrieved!


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Now as long as he gets a way to attack Obito Uchiha''s body, Kaido believes that he will be able to kill him and solve this big trouble!


    "Those bastards surnamed Uchiha..."


    Kaido slammed his fist on the ground, and said angrily, "I''m going to kill them all sooner or later!"


    This is purely outrageous talk.


    There are only three Uchihas that emerged in this world. Except for Uchiha Obito in front of them and Uchiha Itachi who still has little information, it is Uchiha Sasuke who repeatedly beat the Four Emperors Kaido.


    certainly¡­


    The details of Uchiha Obito have not been found out yet.


    Kaido decided to have a direct showdown with the troublesome guy Uchiha Obito for the time being. Most of Wano Country''s territory can be given to Uchiha Obito, but...his subordinates and weapons factories must be able to stay in the two parts of Wano Country area!


    This is Kaido''s final bottom line!


    If it doesn''t work, then you can only turn your face.


    It''s a pity that what Kaido didn''t expect was that during the month he had been drinking, Uehara''s army in another world had already been prepared.


    a new world.


    A new power, some new resources.


    It is a temptation for the ninja villages of the five major countries, or it is a huge temptation for the entire ninja world. Each ninja village tries to select strong enough ninjas as much as possible.


    Since the last meeting organized by Akatsuki, various organizations in the ninja world have assembled more than 30,000 ninja coalition forces, and even General Mifune of the Iron Country has led a group of samurai to join in, most of which are led by shadows or shadow assistants from various villages.


    Konoha Village: A ninja troop of 6,000 people, Kagesuke Nara Shikahisa, Jiraiya, Uzumaki Naruto, Matt Kai, Hatake Kakashi and others are impressively listed.


    Because Tsunade is a woman with great courage!


    According to their Konoha high-level meeting, it is believed that the recruitment of Uehara Naraku should be more beneficial to them. After all, Uehara Naraku has nothing to covet them.


    In addition to a large number of ninja troops, there are also a large number of powerful ninjas. Of course, just in case, only Naruto Uzumaki was sent as a powerful ninja.


    Other young ninjas will follow up as appropriate according to the follow-up situation.


    Yanyin Village: A ninja troop of 10,000 people is led by Tuying''s son Huang Tu. This is because the population base of Yanyin Village is too large, and there are tens of thousands of ninja troops at every turn.


    To be honest¡­


    The ninja world has been peaceful for too long, and there are too many ninjas in Yanyin Village, but the missions received are very few. In fact, it will not be able to support so many people soon.


    This is almost equivalent to a separation.


    Hidden Cloud Village: 8,000 ninja troops, led by the fourth generation of Raikage and Kirabi, and the entire Hidden Cloud Village was directly handed over to Shadow Assistant Darui.


    Because the Fourth Raikage is very interested in the new world.


    Hidden Sand Village: A ninja troop of 3,000 people, led by Temari himself. After all, Hidden Sand Village is too poor to pick out even a decent person.


    Kirigakure Village: A ninja troop of 5,000 people, led by the fifth-generation Mizukage Terumimei himself, because the Akatsuki organization specifically requires the majority of Mizukage ninjas.


    Country of Iron: 2,000 samurai troops, led by General Sanfuan himself, this is also a special request from Yu Xiao''s organization meeting.


    Yuyin Village: Datongmu Huiye, Bai, Huiyejun Malu, Xiaonan.


    Among them, Otsutsuki Kaguya lost Jubi in her body, and only the body of Jubi remained, but she could still rely on her immortal body, which could be regarded as the pillar of Wano Country''s future strength.


    Because Nagato and several others need to stay and continue to preside over the situation in the ninja world, they will not go to the new world.


    Xiaonan is going to coordinate the ninja coalition forces, and he is also the person who presides over this operation. As a senior member of the Akatsuki organization, Xiaonan must be responsible to the member states.


    The sea of ??ninja world.


    More than 30,000 ninja coalition forces gathered together.


    The senior leaders of the Ninja Alliance are discussing with each other the information provided by Nagato in the last Akatsuki meeting, and they all seem to be very interested in the new world they are about to rush to.


    "A new world!"


    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists with excitement, and the smile on his face could hardly be suppressed: "I heard that Sasuke was the first batch of people to go to the new world! I don''t know how strong he has become now!"


    "maybe¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi stroked the Sharingan in his eye socket, and whispered: "I don''t know what happened to that guy... Actually, he should be happier in the new world!"


    Hatake Kakashi has only been Sasuke Uchiha''s teacher for about a year. He knows the embarrassment of Sasuke Uchiha in the ninja world. Now he just hopes that the child who is very similar to him can live happily in the new world.


    Jiraiya grinned, patted Kakashi on the shoulder, and said with a smile: "In the new world, there must be many new sources... Maybe I will be able to publish a new best-selling novel soon , New World shouldn¡¯t ban my book, right?¡±


    The ninja world is now under the power of the Akatsuki organization.


    Originally, Jiraiya, the teacher of the founder of the Akatsuki organization, should have done well.


    It''s a pity that because of the problems with the books he wrote, the Akatsuki organization has banned Jiraiya''s intimacy series from continuing to be published.


    Now, Jiraiya''s Intimate Series is out of print.


    Even Jirai created two books in peacetime, one of which was published as a drama novel about ninjas, but it was very aggressive; the other intimate series could not be published, so it could only be reserved for Kakashi, the only one reader.


    Hearing Jiraiya''s words, Hatake Kakashi''s eyes suddenly lit up, with an inexplicable smile in his eyes: "I heard that the world is very big..."


    "Cough cough cough..."


    Huang Tu coughed a few times, interrupted their daydreams, and talked about business: "It seems that Nagato-senpai mentioned that the more chakras in our bodies in that world, the easier it is to awaken the power of that world..."


    "..."


    Everyone''s eyes involuntarily stopped on Naruto Uzumaki.


    Uzumaki Naruto is the only ninjutsu left in the ninja world, and he has integrated the Yin Nine Tails and Yang Nine Tails into one. Uzumaki Naruto with the complete Nine Tails, the chakra in his body is definitely the strongest in the ninja world .


    certainly¡­


    Even without Nine Tails, Naruto Uzumaki has a lot of Chakra in his body.


    While many high-level people present were discussing, pieces of origami flew into the air, gathering into Xiaonan''s figure.


    "Everyone... ready to start!"


    Xiaonan watched the tens of thousands of ninja coalition forces, and said in a deep voice: "Ten minutes later, Uehara will open the black hole between the worlds, everyone must pass through the black hole quickly!"


    After Xiaonan finished speaking, her fingers moved slightly, and pieces of white paper flew out of her hand and landed in the hands of the top ninja coalition forces. On the white paper was a map.


    "This is a map of our new base, Wano Country."


    After Xiaonan saw that the high-level coalition forces got the map, he continued: "Then, the general staff officer of this New World Expedition, Shikahisa Nara, will tell you!"


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    Shikahisa Nara rubbed his forehead, and his palm landed on his partner Kaiichi Yamanaka, and the next moment the entire ninja coalition heard his voice from the bottom of their hearts.


    "The entire Wano country is divided into six regions, of which the capital of flowers is located in the center, and the other five regions are respectively defending the country of flowers. There are certain resistance forces entrenched in the five regions. These are the enemies that need to be eliminated by our ground troops."


    Nara Shikahisa closed his eyes, and said in a deep voice: "The Ninja Alliance has been divided into five units according to the enemy''s divisions. After we arrived in the new world, the Ninja Alliance immediately went to occupy various parts of Wano Country.


    Among them, the strongest first unit, led by Jiraiya-sama and Naruto, immediately rushed to capture the Rabbit Bowl area!


    The second unit, led by Your Excellency Huangtu and Your Excellency Temari, rushed to capture the Suzugo area immediately!


    The third unit, led by Hatake Kakashi, immediately rushed to capture the Nozomi area!


    The fourth unit, led by His Excellency Terumi Mei, rushed to capture the Baiwu area immediately!


    The fifth army, led by His Excellency Mifune, rushed to capture the Jiuli area immediately!


    After breaking through and occupying Kuri, Rabbit Bowl, Baiwu, Suzugo, and Nozomi, each unit rushed to gather in the Flower City area in the center of Wano Country, which will be our future base camp! "


    After Nara Shikahisa finished speaking, he calmly continued: "Anyone who resists Akatsuki encountered on the way must be driven back, and occupy the entire Wano country as soon as possible. This is an expedition between worlds, and we will all He is the pioneer of the new era!"


    "clear!"


    Thirty-four thousand ninja coalition forces sounded like a tide.


    After Jiraiya glanced at the map in his hand, Jiraiya suddenly asked in surprise, "What''s the matter with the Oni Island here? Are there no enemies on this island near Wano Country?"


    "Don''t worry."


    Nara Shikahisa gave a wry smile, and said in a low voice: "The enemy there is too powerful, and the ancestor of Chakra will solve it himself..."


    It''s embarrassing enough to say.


    The overall military strength of the ninja world is slightly inferior, only the top strength is not much worse.


    However, with the existence of Chakra, after their strength adapts to the new world, their strength will soon increase. Just a Wano country and Wano country''s technology is enough for their ninja coalition to explore for a few years. up.


    "It''s time to start."


    Xiao Nan slowly raised his head and looked towards the sky.


    The next moment, a black hole slowly appeared in the entire sky. This black hole continued to expand until it covered tens of thousands of ninja coalition forces, and the black hole quickly fell down!

 Chapter 476

    The weather is still sunny.


    White Dance area, Blade Dance Port.


    The inland sea of ??Wano country is still calm.


    A pirate ship of the Hundred Beasts Pirates is patrolling here.


    Because it is impossible for enemy ships to come up in Wano Country''s inland sea, this group of patrolling pirates held a banquet on the boat, talking and boasting that their Hundred Beasts Pirates would soon occupy the entire Wano Country.


    Just at this time, a dark black hole suddenly appeared on the sea surface, which caught the attention of a pirate. He pointed at the black hole with some surprise: "Hey, brother, come and see, what''s going on?"


    "what the hell¡­"


    When the patrolling pirate captain turned his head slowly, he looked at the black hole that suddenly appeared with surprise on his face, and his face suddenly changed in the next moment!


    because in a black hole...


    Tens of thousands of densely packed figures appeared!


    Everyone wears a forehead with auspicious clouds printed on their heads, and most of them wear the same ninja uniform on their bodies. This is definitely an army!


    An army actually broke through the natural barrier of Wano Country and landed directly in the inner sea of ??Wano Country, how is this possible!


    The entire periphery of Wano Country is a natural barrier of cliffs and waterfalls. Only by climbing up the cliff along the waterfall can you reach the inland sea of ??Wano Country and have the opportunity to see the land of Wano Country.


    This is an area beyond the reach of the world government. Since warships cannot directly reach Wano Country, no matter how many troops there are, it is impossible to directly climb the cliff.


    Unless the warship can swim up the waterfall and into the inner sea...


    This is a bit unrealistic, as long as a few coastal defense guns are arranged around the waterfall, the warship can be easily destroyed.


    The entire Wano country''s external communication only relies on an underground cave submerged port that leads directly to the open sea. This cave submerged port can only transport goods and people.


    Therefore, except for the pirates who can lead countless troops directly to Wano''s inner sea, no one has been able to capture Wano.


    Nowadays¡­


    But another even more terrifying army appeared!


    These people appeared directly in the inland sea of ??Wano Country, only a few hundred meters away from the coast of Wano Country!


    The patrolling pirate ship instantly panicked!


    Just when these pirates were about to use the phone bug to report to the higher-ups, water dragons floated out of the sea and destroyed the pirate ship in an instant!


    It is the ninja''s water escape and water dragon bullet technique!


    This is an unprecedented super war, one world, under the guidance of the Akatsuki organization, made the first voice to another world!


    This is just one of the troops.


    After the ninjas under his command defeated the pirate ship, Terumi Mei, the captain of the fourth unit of the Ninja Alliance Army, loudly issued his order: "Everyone land quickly, and the reconnaissance team will immediately dispatch to search for the enemy!"


    "Yes, Terumi Mei-sama!"


    Hundreds of ninjas broke away from the main force extremely quickly, each summoned their own psychic beasts, and rushed towards the shore!


    Terumi Mei glanced at the reconnaissance troops, and continued loudly: "We are now in the sea area of ????the Baiwu area. Within twelve hours, we will quickly clear the entire Baiwu area, eliminate all enemies, and enter the Flower City area!"


    "yes!"


    The roar of thousands of ninjas shook the sea!


    This ninja army quickly invaded the Blade Mai Port in the Baiwu area, and quickly went straight to the God of Wealth Town and Qiangang, which is the way of external communication that controls the entire Wano country!


    Under the leadership of Terumi Mei, this ninja army moved almost at a high speed. In just a few hours, it swept through Baiwu, captured the town of God of Wealth, and controlled Qiangang.


    By the way...


    They also captured the former daimyo Shuangyue Kangjia in the Baiwu area.


    This guy was once persecuted by Heitan Orochi for supporting Kozuki Oden. As a result, the Shimotsuki Yasu family thought they had encountered the Kozuki clan''s restoration army when they saw the ninja troops...


    Terumi Mei took him for granted.


    the other side.


    Jiuli area.


    In Kasa Village, it was still quiet.


    Just at this time, a black hole appeared in the sea near Niigasa Village, and ninjas and samurai appeared one after another.


    They are the Fifth Unit of the Ninja Alliance.


    headed by people.


    It was the three ship generals, the fourth Raikage and Kirabi.


    Admiral Mifune was covered in armor, holding the ninja sword in his hand, and said softly: "I didn''t expect that Raikage-sama and Mr. Kirabi would be included in the fifth unit..."


    "There seems to be a troublesome enemy in this area!"


    Fourth Raikage clenched his fist with one arm, and said in a cold voice: "Don''t waste time, Sanfuan, hurry up and attack! Quickly wipe out the enemies in Jiuli, and rush to the base camp of the capital of flowers to meet up!"


    Fourth Raikage''s temper is still so irritable, and now he is extremely curious about the new world, wants to see new powers, and is somewhat yearning to fight in this world.


    Admiral Mifune drew out his ninja sword and said loudly: "Everyone, attack immediately! Within twelve hours, the entire Jiuli will be wiped out, and the reconnaissance troops will immediately dispatch to search for the enemy!"


    Just after the fifth unit broke into Jiuli, they encountered the resistance of Niagasa Village, and the only few warriors in this village were instantly defeated by the Fourth Raikage!


    But this village cannot be harmed at will, because the perception force discovered that there is Uchiha Sasuke''s chakra legacy in this village...


    Grass¡­


    This really can''t hurt.


    There was even a little girl named Ayu in Niagasa Village who had a Uchiha Sasuke before leaving, and gave Ayu a kunai, and the handle of the kunai was painted with the Uchiha family''s Uchiha fan logo.


    When Uchiha Sasuke gave Ayu Kunai, he beat Ace by the way. Sasuke hoped that Ayu would become a powerful ninja when he grew up, instead of becoming a coquettish female ninja in Ace''s mouth.


    "Hey, little guy..."


    Fourth Raikage held Ayu''s Kunai, and said in a cold voice, "Is this given to you by Uchiha Sasuke? What''s your relationship?"


    Ayu looked at these people tremblingly, everyone seemed to be holding the ninja Kunai in their hands: "Who are you..."


    In the next second, hope was awakened on Ayu''s face, and she said with some expectation: "Are you... the ninjas of the Kozuki clan?"


    "No."


    Admiral Mifune touched Ayu''s small head slowly, and said with a smile: "We come from Uchiha Sasuke''s hometown. He told us that this country is suffering, so we came here specially."


    What kind of bastard Guangyue clan!


    If I remember correctly, all the people with the surnames Guangyue, Tianyue, and Shuangyue must be purged in this war!


    "Really?"


    Ayu looked at Mifune expectantly.


    I have to say that these samurai and ninjas really made Ayu very fond of them.


    "yes!"


    General Sanchuan nodded with a smile, and continued loudly: "Okay, leave a small team here to guard, and everyone will move on!"


    "Yes, captain of the third ship!"


    The fifth army acted vigorously and swept across the entire Jiuli!


    It was not until the time of attacking Touzan that they encountered stubborn resistance, because there was a powerful thief entrenched here. This thief was once a retainer of Kozuki Oden, and now he is the leader of the Touzan bandit group named Shutenmaru!


    The strength of the Toushan Thieves Group is not very good, but their leader Jiu Tianmaru is extremely powerful, and he single-handedly fought against the fourth generation of Raikage into a group!


    "Bastard... who the hell are you!"


    After wielding his long sword, Shutenmaru forced the fourth generation of Raikage back, and looked at the army surrounding them with a cold face: "I don''t remember that there are you guys under the Kozuki clan!"


    "What are you talking about!"


    The Fourth Raikage rushed forward with a sullen fist!


    This tough battle has been fought for hours!


    Although the fourth generation of Raikage is extremely fast, he can dodge Jiutianmaru''s sword, but he still cannot break through Jiutianmaru''s armed domineering defense after all!


    This battle also made the Fifth Unit of the Ninja Alliance Realize the power of this world. A mere bandit can make the Fourth Raikage fight so hard!


    It wasn''t until the fourth Raikage battle reached a critical point that he awakened his domineering spirit, and defeated Jiu Tianmaru with a one-armed thunder plow and hot knife, which was the biggest trouble in Jiuli.


    As for the weapons factory in the Nine Mile area, since the Hundred Beasts Pirates lost the six Ling Kong sons, there were only some weird devil fruit capable users, which did not cause any trouble at all except for the surprise of the Ninja Alliance.


    After the fourth generation of Raikage and Kirabi defeated several devil fruit capable users, they realized that these guys are not powerful at all...


    Oh shit¡­


    Seeing more than a dozen strange-looking guys, they thought they had encountered the tailed orc Churiki, and they were almost scared to death!


    Compare them here.


    The third unit should not be too leisurely.


    Hatake Kakashi led the third unit to easily capture the entire Nozomi, because this is the most desolate place in Wano country, and even encountered several pirate teams without fighting.


    The battle of the second army was very smooth.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Huang Tu led the second army to gradually advance in the Suzuki area, following the traditional ninja battle, because he led the combat power second only to the first army.


    Although Huang Tu''s fighting style is very stable, what he ushered in was not any resistance, but was mistaken for the rescuers of the restoration of the country.


    Really speechless...


    There was even a guy named Denjiro and a weirdo named Kawamatsu who came to meet them with a woman who claimed to be Kozuki Hiyori and told them to stop this unnecessary sacrifice because there is no way anyone Can defeat Kaido.


    "How courageous..."


    Huang Tu was a little speechless. The enemies he wanted to eliminate were not only the members of the Kaido Pirates, but also the members of the old nobles such as Kozuki, but someone came to his door?


    I really thought that ninjas belonged to their family!


    Huang Tu waved his hand and signaled to his ninja troops: "Catch them, rush them to the Capital of Flowers, and hand them over to Mr. Xiaonan Council Leader!"


    Since Kaido''s six volley sons were cleaned by Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Obito for a round, and the intelligence of the entire Wano Country was also sent back to the Ninja World by Uchiha Obito, so the progress of each unit was very smooth.


    Only one unit is in a little trouble.


    That was the first unit to attack the Rabbit Bowl area.


    Because Jiraiya led the first unit to fight a tough battle, and even equipped Nara Shikahisa and Yamanaka Kaiichi for this.


    Shikahisa Nara ordered the first troops to disperse separately, and quickly cleaned up the peripheral personnel in the entire Rabbit Bowl area before encircling the final destination!


    Wano Country Prison - Rabbit Well!


    This place under the jurisdiction of Plague Quinn, one of the three plagues, is guarded by a large number of pirates, and there are also powerful pirates like Plague Quinn!


    Not so coincidentally...


    The enemies encountered by Plague Quinn are also very tough!


    Uzumaki Naruto, the last Nine-Tails Jinchuriki in the ninja world!


    In order to be able to find out the situation of Rabbit Well, Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto lurked in the past, because Naruto sensed that the enemy there was very powerful.


    Of course, Naruto Uzumaki is definitely not a character.


    If another name of Uzumaki Naruto is reported, it may be easier to alert Plague Quinn, that is the former teammate of Uchiha Sasuke who forced him to dance for a day last month...


    It''s a bit of a coincidence that...


    When Naruto Uzumaki dived into the Rabbit Well, Plague Quinn was also dancing happily.


    "This bastard is really defiled the art of dancing!"


    Jilai also watched Plague Quinn dancing with a group of pirates, and felt that this scene was a bit eye-catching.


    Uzumaki Naruto didn''t think so, and even laughed and praised: "Lust Immortal, this guy''s dance is pretty good, even better than Kirabi!"


    "..."


    Jilai also shook his head, sighed and said, "You kid is still too young to understand the art of dancing...Hey, Lu Jiu, after hearing what I said, order the troops to encircle and surround this place from the outside!"


    "Yes, Master Ziraiya."


    Nara Shikahisa immediately learned of his order through Yamanaka Kaiichi.


    The location of the Rabbit Well is good. It is difficult for people outside to get in, which also means it is difficult for people inside to get out. Once the place is surrounded, basically there is no possibility for people inside to escape!


    Zilai also slowly closed his palms, and toad paint slowly appeared on his face, and said in a deep voice: "I have to say, this world is very big, and the natural energy is also very abundant... just the beginning can bear fruit. Fairy mode..."


    Jilai also slowly raised his finger: "After the news that Lu Jiu led the troops to surround here comes in, let''s start!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s face gradually became serious, his fists were closed tightly, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Are you going to start making a fuss here?"


    "Ok."


    Jilai also raised his head to look at the still lively Tujing, and continued in a low voice: "But according to Akatsuki''s group of lawless guys, it should be regarded as saying hello to the enemy, right?"

 Chapter 477

    Wano country.


    After the war started.


    Due to the information provided by Uchiha Obito and the temporary absence of middle-level cadres of the Kaido Pirates, the entire ninja coalition army relied on its numerical advantage to attack Wano Country quickly.


    The other troops have basically completed their tasks, and the first team has completely eliminated the pirate forces in the Rabbit Bowl area, and began to attack the prisoner quarry in Rabbit Well.


    Rabbit Bowl area, outside of Rabbit Well.


    The first unit of the Ninja Allied Forces relied on surprise attacks, and most of them gathered quickly to defeat the pirates on the outer line of defense.


    Shikahisa Nara, the general staff of the Ninja Allied Forces, put his palm on Kaiichi Yamanaka''s body, and issued his order to the first unit in an orderly manner.


    "Reconnaissance troops, quickly confirm whether there is any omission in the terrain!"


    "Assault troops, quickly take off to monitor the movement of the entire Rabbit Well!"


    "Ground troops, quickly rush to the entrances of the Rabbit Well, and make sure not to let a single person leave the Rabbit Well!"


    Most of the fighting methods of the ninja coalition are based on multi-person squads or more, and the collective combat experience is much higher than that of these pirates, especially since these ninjas have been learning and training with the goal of killing since childhood.


    If everyone''s power level is at the same level, it shouldn''t be too easy for a group of ninja troops to besiege the pirates.


    Especially the first unit...


    This army has tens of thousands of people, and it can be called the most complete army under its command. It covers almost every attribute of specialized ninjas. These ninjas are very good at fighting!


    The Ninja Alliance is also a rare regular army!


    What''s more, in Nara Shikahisa and Yamanaka Kaiichi, two partners who can cooperate and communicate with the hearts of these ninjas, even if there are more than tens of thousands of ninjas in the first unit, they can be easily commanded by Nara Shikahisa.


    "The power in this world is a bit weird."


    After Nara Shikahisa commanded the ninjas of the first unit to encircle Rabbit Well, he glanced at the ninja captives and frowned slightly: "And no matter how you look at it, these enemies don''t look like normal humans..."


    after all¡­


    Most members of the Kaido Pirates have horns...


    Nara Shikahisa glanced at the captured pirates again, and said in a low voice: "But they don''t seem to have accepted any real battles, they are completely like a group of stragglers, and they don''t have the concept of risking their lives to send the information away? "


    As the first unit of the Ninja Alliance gradually began to encircle Rabbit Well, the outer sentries finally sent an alarm to Plague Quinn who was guarding Rabbit Well.


    The alarm sounded throughout the Rabbit Well!


    When Plague Quinn was still leading the dance with a smile on his face, he suddenly heard the siren, and a flash of anger flashed across his face: "Bastard, what happened? Don''t you know today is our carnival day?"


    "Lord Quinn!"


    The pirate on the sentry looked in horror at the ninja troops that surrounded them, and said loudly: "At least tens of thousands of people are rushing towards the rabbit well!"


    "Are you kidding me!"


    Plague Quinn pointed at the pirates on the sentry post, and cursed: "The royal family has already been sent to the ghost island by us, how could there be..."


    The next moment, Plague Quinn''s voice suddenly stopped!


    Because a black-purple tailed beast jade suddenly shot out in mid-air, hit his body instantly, and directly blasted him out, causing the whole Rabbit Well to panic instantly!


    "Lord Quinn!"


    "Lord Quinn!"


    "Has an enemy infiltrated the Rabbit Well?"


    "Go and catch them!"


    All the pirates and prisoners involuntarily turned their heads to look at the place where the tailed beast Yufei came. There stood a young man with yellow hair wearing auspicious cloud forehead protection. A smile.


    This guy¡­


    The aura on his body suddenly became surprisingly strong!


    Standing beside the yellow-haired youth was a white-haired middle-aged man, his face was smeared with weird oil paint, and his body also burst out with a powerful aura!


    It is Naruto Uzumaki in Kulama mode and Jiraiya in Sage mode!


    "Naruto¡­"


    Jiraiya''s palms gradually protruded, and his palms slowly closed, and he said in a deep voice, "Let''s start... let''s make a big fuss!"


    "Yes, lecherous fairy!"


    Giant golden claws sprang out of the chakra coat on Naruto Uzumaki''s body in an instant, and directly knocked a group of pirates into the air in the blink of an eye, and no one could block his blow!


    Many of the guards of the Rabbit Well are animal-type devil fruit users, and their figures instantly turned into animal forms, rushing towards the two of them!


    "Kill them!"


    "Bastard, it''s just two people!"


    A group of pirates swarmed up and rushed towards Naruto Uzumaki and Jiraiya!


    Jiraiya flew up to a high place, looked at a group of enemies swarming in, joined his hands together and spat out a burst of flames towards the enemies: "Immortal Law - Dragon Flame Bullet!"


    Uzumaki Naruto also suddenly appeared a ball of spiral shuriken in the palm of his hand, and threw it in the direction of the fire escape ninjutsu: "Wind escape super jade spiral shuriken!"


    The fusion of two ninjutsu immediately caused a violent explosion!


    This group of guard pirates who had just transformed into animal forms were all blown away!


    In order to attack Rabbit Well, the Ninja Alliance has arranged the strongest Uzumaki Naruto here. It is believed that Naruto who becomes a top ninja can defeat any enemy!


    Plague Quinn dragged his body up to the high platform. His body had suffered the frontal impact of the Tailed Beast Jade just now, but his body was also recovering quickly after being blasted by the Tailed Beast Jade. The recovery ability of an animal devil fruit ability user Indeed powerful.


    Plague Quinn looked angrily at Naruto Uzumaki who defeated a group of guarding pirates in an instant, and clenched his fists!


    What a joke!


    The aura of that young man in the golden coat is too strong!


    Plague Quinn looked at the golden coat on Naruto Uzumaki, and couldn''t help but feel a little drummed in his heart, another enemy he had never seen before!


    and¡­


    This enemy is definitely not an ordinary person!


    Because in the domineering arrogance of Plague Quinn, he seemed to see the shadow of a powerful beast through Naruto Uzumaki!


    That''s a...


    A fox with a terrifying aura that can choose anyone to eat at any time!


    "This guy¡­"


    Plague Quinn gritted his teeth, staring at Uzumaki Naruto and Jiraiya: "You two, who the hell are you!"


    "Uzumaki Naruto!"


    Uzumaki Naruto suddenly closed his fists, raised his head to look at Plague Quinn, and introduced himself with a serious face: "A ninja who will definitely become Naruto!"


    At this moment, Naruto Uzumaki spoke extremely seriously!


    At this moment, it was the first time he greeted the world!


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    However, after listening to Uzumaki Naruto''s self-introduction, every prisoner and pirate in Rabbit Well has a series of question marks on their foreheads.


    In the end, they only understood one sentence.


    When everyone in the rabbit well looked at Naruto Uzumaki, they couldn''t help but nodded their heads back, and said casually: "Oh, it''s a ninja!"


    "Not that ordinary ninja!"


    Uzumaki Naruto raised his forehead, and said in a deep voice, "Listen carefully, I will definitely become a ninja of Naruto!"


    "Idiot, you tell them these things that they don''t understand!"


    Jilai couldn''t help cursing Uzumaki Naruto, he raised his head to look at Plague Quinn, coughed a few times, and said in a deep voice: "A man with his true nature captures women''s hearts; he has strong ninjutsu and loves pretty girls ...Absolutely no woman can escape the Toad Immortal Ziraiya!"


    "Hey, lecherous fairy!"


    Uzumaki Naruto waved his fist and retorted loudly: "Obviously they don''t understand what you said! At this time..."


    "No, I understand."


    Plague Quinn and a group of people shook their heads one after another, interrupting Naruto Uzumaki''s words, and everyone looked up at Jiraiya.


    Plague Quinn snorted coldly, and his body gradually grew taller: "You bastard... who do you think you are? I''m also calling out beauties!"


    Plague Quinn''s body directly transformed into his devil fruit form!


    Animals ¡¤ dragon fruit ¡¤ ancient species ¡¤ Brachiosaurus form!


    A little pirate next to him looked tremblingly at the huge brachiosaurus that suddenly appeared beside him, and whispered, "But Lord Quinn, didn''t you say that Xiao Zi..."


    "Shut up!"


    Quinn in the form of Brachiosaurus glared at his subordinates, and his huge body looked at Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto: "No matter who... if you dare to come to our territory to offend Rabbit Well, then stay here obediently and dig mine!"


    The brachiosaurus tens of meters high looked down on Naruto Uzumaki and Jiraiya, two small ordinary people on the ground!


    In terms of size alone, Brachiosaurus has an overwhelming advantage!


    "No."


    Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fist violently, and his body also grew rapidly, turning into an upright golden nine-tailed fox!


    The shadow instantly covered the rabbit well!


    As the golden nine tails got bigger and bigger, the surprise in everyone''s eyes became bigger and bigger. Plague Quinn''s eyes were a little dull, and a layer of cold sweat gradually appeared on Brachiosaurus'' head!


    The golden nine-tailed one hundred meters high is almost the same as Uchiha Sasuke''s complete body Susano. Compared with the golden nine-tailed body, Quinn in the form of Brachiosaurus is particularly short.


    The golden nine tails looked down at Brachiosaurus, and said in a deep voice, "Although I''m sorry, but here...is our place now!"


    The next moment, the golden nine tails directly grabbed the brachiosaurus'' thick and long neck with one hand, and threw this huge dinosaur to the ground!


    Whether it''s the aura of the golden nine tails or its strength, Plague Quinn is completely powerless to resist. Perhaps the only thing to be thankful for is that his physical recovery ability is strong enough!


    Facing the attack of the golden nine tails, Plague Quinn can still withstand...


    It''s just... I guess I''ll be beaten all the time!


    After Plague Quinn fell to the ground, he immediately turned his head and glanced at the subordinates around him, and said sharply, "Go and prepare the chains of the highest-purity Hailou Stone! Report to Brother Kaidou immediately that Rabbit Well has been attacked!"


    After Plague Quinn hurriedly finished his orders, Brachiosaurus'' body was like a sandbag, and was thrown to the ground by the golden nine tails again!


    Plague Quinn in Brachiosaurus form tried his best to raise his head and looked at the tall golden Nine-Tails. He couldn''t resist the power of Nine-Tails at all, which made Quinn feel a little painful.


    "Asshole...thought I was that easy..."


    "Bastard...don''t think you can be so wanton because of your size..."


    "Bastard... If you have the guts, we don''t even need fruit abilities..."

 Chapter 478

    After a long time.


    Rabbit Well was captured by the first unit of the Ninja Alliance.


    The oppressive power of the Golden Nine-Tails, no one in the entire Rabbit Well can resist. Among them, Quinn, the strongest plague, has been violently beaten by the Golden Nine-Tails holding his neck.


    Even if the Hundred Beasts Pirates used the sea stone chain with a high enough purity, it would not be able to have any effect on the golden nine tails.


    Instead of binding the golden nine-tails and making it lose its strength, these chains were directly used by it to bind Plague Quinn firmly.


    Plague Quinn had wounds all over his body, and his body was tightly bound by the chains of the highest-purity Hailou Stone, and he directly exited the Brachiosaurus form due to loss of strength.


    Uzumaki Naruto exited the golden nine-tailed form, stood beside Plague Quinn, looked at his plump body curiously, reached out and touched Quinn''s stomach, and couldn''t help but admire: "It''s amazing...you beatin I''m going to gain a lot of weight next time!"


    "Asshole, it''s not fat!"


    Plague Quinn gritted his teeth and retorted: "This time I was careless! Don''t think that you can really defeat me! Brother Kaidou will not let you go!"


    Indeed he was careless.


    When he knew that the enemy was in such trouble, he should have used the plague bomb to sneak attack from a distance. Unexpectedly, after transforming into the Brachiosaurus form, he was directly hung up and beaten by Uzumaki Naruto in the form of the golden nine-tails.


    It''s just that Plague Quinn is also a little bit drummed. In the battle just now, the Brachiosaurus form was helpless against this little guy!


    Feel¡­


    Another person as tough as Uchiha Sasuke?


    He obviously looks like he is only in his teens, but now he has such a powerful power, he is almost a monster like Sasuke Uchiha!


    Plague Quinn feels that Uzumaki Naruto also has the power to challenge Kaido...


    this era¡­


    Are there so many monsters?


    And why tens of thousands of ninjas appeared in Wanokai, they still look so strange, and the power they use is also very strange!


    When can ninjas actually use wind, fire, earth and mines?


    Damn, are these guys serious ninjas?


    "Kaido, Kaido, Kaido..."


    Uzumaki Naruto scratched his head, turned his head to look at Jiraiya, and said loudly: "Hey, lecherous fairy, is that guy named Kaido strong? The pirates we met on the road have been talking about Kaido What¡­"


    "It should be very strong!"


    After Jiraiya shook his head, he touched his chin, pondered and said: "According to the information sent by Uchiha Obito, Kaido can fight against Sasuke who has the eyes of reincarnation, it is definitely not an ordinary character !"


    "A guy who can challenge Sasuke?"


    Naruto Uzumaki clenched his fists tightly, with a fighting spirit on his face, which gradually faded to nothing: "But if Granny Kaguya is also here, Kaido should be fine..."


    Uzumaki Naruto thought of Uchiha Sasuke again, couldn''t help but sighed: "I don''t know where Sasuke is, but we haven''t seen him for a long time, everyone misses him very much!"


    to be honest¡­


    Konoha estimates that only the seventh class still miss Uchiha Sasuke.


    Plague Quinn lying on the ground eavesdropped on their conversation the whole time, with more and more sweat on his forehead, does this guy know Uchiha Sasuke?


    What is their relationship with Sasuke Uchiha?


    It sounds like this young man named Uzumaki Naruto has an unusual relationship with Uchiha Sasuke. He looks like an old friend. No wonder he is so strong... After all, being able to be friends with Uchiha Sasuke, who has eyes above the top, is also very powerful. It''s not going anywhere!


    and¡­


    How did this group of weird ninja troops come about?


    Looks like they''re connected to that bastard Uchiha Obito too...


    Plague Quinn suddenly remembered that Kaido had mentioned to them a month ago that Obito Uchiha was going to occupy Wano Country. Everyone didn''t take it seriously, but he was a little more careful in normal times...


    After all, Uchiha Obito''s assassination method is too weird.


    The only thing I didn''t expect was that Uchiha Obito directly recruited an army, and now this army directly broke through the strongest rabbit well in Wano country!


    No¡­


    In other words, it may have broken through the entire Wano country!


    Plague Quinn does not believe that there will be any exceptions in other regions. The entire Wano country may have been captured by the Ninja Alliance!


    "Big trouble..."


    Plague Quinn''s forehead was constantly sweating, didn''t Brother Kaito say that he had decided to negotiate with Obito Uchiha?


    and¡­


    It sounds like they still have someone to deal with Kaido.


    This tone sounds loud, but these people who know Uchiha Sasuke should not be lying.


    The one who dealt with Kaido sounds like a mother-in-law named Kaguya, should she be an old woman as powerful as BIG MOM?


    No... no!


    Plague Quinn glanced at Naruto Uzumaki, he heard the respect Naruto Uzumaki spoke of Kaguya, which means that Granny Kaguya is definitely stronger!


    Just at this time.


    Suddenly, a bright light slowly fell from the sky.


    Everyone involuntarily raised their heads and looked towards the direction where the light fell. That direction was the location of Oni Island, the headquarters of the Hundred Beasts Pirates!


    Jiraiya raised his head and watched the radiant light gradually fall, and murmured, "Is that... the way the goddess of Mao descends?"


    "probably!"


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded, and said softly: "I have already sensed her Chakra breath, Granny Kaguya has come to that position..."


    Island of ghosts.


    The headquarters of the Hundred Beasts Pirates.


    Kaido received a notice of a group of attacks. He originally wanted to send the three plagues to support, but there was another intelligence from the rabbit well, and the plague Quinn was knocked down!


    Just when Kaido was about to rush to Rabbit Well to support Quinn, a ray of light slowly fell on the island of ghosts, which also stopped his movements.


    this moment¡­


    Kaido remembered Obito Uchiha''s warning.


    Obito Uchiha mentioned seriously that a month later, the gods will come to Wano Country, and she will become the god who rules Wano Country... the god who once suppressed Uchiha Sasuke!


    "What a mess..."


    Kaido glanced at the falling light in the sky, and a flash of anger flashed across his face: "Opening your mouth is a god, shutting your mouth is a god, everyone is talking about gods... What is a god, but it is the old man of Rocks. It''s just a bunch of beasts in the guy''s mouth!"


    Whenever God is mentioned, Kaido can''t help but think of Tianlong Ren, who once participated in the Valley of God incident!


    What a shit god!


    He doesn''t care!


    The pirate group of the entire Ghost Island raised their heads one after another, looking at the bright light falling from the sky, each pirate''s face was somewhat amazed.


    That ray of light was suspended in mid-air, and the light gradually faded away, revealing a delicate woman with long white hair, she closed her eyes calmly.


    "It looks so beautiful..."


    A group of pirates couldn''t help but gasp in amazement.


    Kaido looked at the woman in the air, and couldn''t help frowning. Looking at the double horns on that woman''s head, is there any woman with such small horns?


    next moment¡­


    The long-haired woman floating above Ghost Island suddenly opened her eyes, making everyone flinch!


    The woman''s eye sockets turned out to be a pair of white eyes. As her eyes opened, a powerful aura instantly swept across the entire ghost island!


    this moment¡­


    Even Kaido couldn''t help being a little frightened!


    Does this woman have such a powerful force just by opening her eyes?


    Even before that woman used her domineering aura, the entire Ghost Island felt her deterrent power!


    Just at this time, a vortex of time and space appeared beside Kaido, and the figure of Uchiha Obito appeared from it.


    "see it?"


    Obito Uchiha looked up at the woman in the air, and said in a low voice, "That is the god who descended on Wano Country... Now, do you choose to give up Wano Country?"


    "I don''t believe in any gods!"


    Kaido looked fiercely at Obito Uchiha beside him, and said angrily: "You bastard, you dare to send people to attack Lao Tzu''s subordinates, if you want to start a war... You guys who hide your heads and show your tail are still far behind what!"


    There is indeed a lot of anger in Kaido''s heart.


    Because he felt that he had already given in enough to Obito Uchiha, and even planned to have a showdown with him today, giving up most of the territory of Wano Country to Obito Uchiha.


    did not expect¡­


    Does Uchiha Obito actually want to monopolize Wano Country?


    The resources and geographical location of this country, but Kaido wants to fight for the hegemony of the entire world in the future, and even has the powerful help of the great secret treasure of Ralph Drew!


    no matter what¡­


    You must not give Uchiha Obito!


    No matter how strong the woman in the sky is, Kaido doesn''t intend to give in!


    It''s just a war, Kaido likes war the most, and it just made Uchiha Obito realize the reality. His pirate group has hundreds of devil fruit ability users!


    pity¡­


    Doflamingo, who has been providing him with devil fruits, has not shipped much recently. He said that someone threatened Doflamingo to destroy Dressrosa, and he was not allowed to give Kaido any fruit. Trade devil fruits.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    this matter¡­


    Maybe Obito Uchiha did it too!


    Just when Kaido wanted to question Uchiha Obito, he saw Uchiha Obito raised his head and said loudly: "Your Excellency Kaguya, according to Akatsuki''s rules, first greet them and let these guys know Akatsuki." the terror!"


    "..."


    Otsutsuki Kaguya floating in the sky nodded slowly, and slapped the palm of his hand towards Onijima, surging Chakra came out from the ground in an instant!


    "The Birth of God Tree Realm!"


    Kaguya''s voice was so indifferent that it even made people''s teeth cold.


    The tall sacred tree emerged from the ground in an instant. In just a few seconds, this sacred tree pierced the sky, making people unable to see the top of their heads at a glance!


    Kaido looked at the tall sacred tree in shock, with some suspicion in his eyes, what did the woman mean by calling this tree?


    Soon, Kaido will know.


    After the tall sacred tree covered the entire ghost island, countless thick vine roots surged out, and spread quickly towards the pirates!


    The whole island of ghosts...


    Turned into a sea of ??trees!

 Chapter 479

    On the entire island of ghosts stands a sacred tree that pierces into the sky.


    The roots of the vines on the sacred tree quickly covered the entire ghost island, and behind every pirate on the island were the vines of the sacred tree chasing after them!


    "Hey, who will cut them off!"


    "Don''t think about it, run away quickly, there is no end to chopping!"


    "Never get caught by the vines, or it will drain your strength!"


    On the island of ghosts, the pirates fought back or fled in panic!


    In the end, these pirates were caught by the sacred tree one after another. The vines sucked up their strength, wrapped their bodies in an instant, and hung them upside down on the branches of the sacred tree!


    In just a few minutes, no matter if they were giants or ordinary people, even those with devil fruit abilities could not escape the control of the divine tree. After the vines bound their bodies, they quickly emptied their bodies of strength!


    A springbok fruit user ran in panic, trying to escape the pursuit of the sacred tree, but was still directly tied up into a mummy by dense vines...


    "Master Jack, help me..."


    "Hey¡­"


    Drought Jack is also under attack.


    Drought Jack stared at the tall sacred tree on the ghost island with surprise on his face. More and more pirates were hung on the tree trunk, and a vine instantly grabbed Jack...


    Jack hastily waved his knife and split the vine, but the vine seemed to be alive and continued to attack him!


    One of the three top cadres of the Hundred Beasts Pirates moved his gaze and stopped on the sacred tree standing in the center of Oni Island.


    The next moment, Drought Jack suddenly turned into a mammoth form!


    Drought Jack''s roar spread throughout the ghost island: "Are you kidding me! How could such a thing happen? It''s just a tree, I''ll just break it!"


    Drought Jack in the form of a mammoth ran towards the trunk of the sacred tree, flying all the vines along the way, trying to break the sacred tree directly!


    Unfortunately¡­


    In front of this sacred tree, the mammoth was as small as an ant.


    Before the drought Jack even rushed to the trunk of the sacred tree, countless vines spread down from the sacred tree, blocking Jack''s way!


    In an instant, countless tree roots drilled out of the ground, tightly binding the drought Jack in the form of a mammoth!


    "Brother Kaito...Brother Jin..."


    Jack''s gaze slowly became a little wilted.


    The roots and vines quickly drained the power in Jack''s body. The ancient devil fruit power user lost his strength and turned back into a human form. He was slowly wrapped into a mummy and hung on the branches of the sacred tree...


    Even a great pirate of Drought Jack''s level cannot escape the grasp of the Divine Tree, let alone the other members of the Hundred Beasts Pirates.


    "asshole¡­"


    Kaido''s face was full of anger!


    Even Kaido never thought that Onishima would encounter such a situation. The enemy just released a tree and almost captured all his men directly!


    After Kaido waved the mace in his hand and smashed a vine, his body instantly turned into the body of a dragon, and flew towards Jack!


    "Dragon Breath!"


    A mouthful of scorching flames landed on the high vines!


    The dragon''s breath directly burned the vine that wanted to hang Jack on the sacred tree, just as Kaido flew up and wanted to reach out his claws to catch the falling Jack...


    Another vine flew out!


    Kaido didn''t dare to touch the vines, so he had no choice but to give up Jack in a hurry, watching his most loyal subordinate being recaptured by the vines and hanging on the branches of the sacred tree...


    This scene¡­


    Still going on and on...


    Kaido stared at the island of ghosts. Wherever he went, almost everywhere there were vines that had captured their prey and retracted to the branches of the sacred tree.


    After a burst of wailing.


    Ghost Island quickly became silent.


    Thousands of pirates throughout Oni Island...


    Except for Kaido and Fire Calamity, the other pirates, whether it is Drought Jack or ordinary little pirates, were directly captured by the sacred tree...


    There are countless large and small mummies hanging upside down from the branches of the sacred tree, and the pirates captured by the sacred tree are hung by vines like this...


    It was as if the divine tree was bearing fruit.


    Relying on his flying ability, Yan Huanjin kept avoiding the pursuit of the vines, and his body was constantly bursting with flames, trying to destroy the sacred tree...


    only¡­


    The sacred tree remained unmoved.


    It wasn''t until Yan Calamity Jin couldn''t bear it anymore, and after he transformed into a Pteranodon, and tried to use his own strength to kick off the sacred tree from above, vines sprang out quickly, tying him up ¡­


    It''s just a tree...


    But this tree seems to be able to eat people, and it wiped out all the pirates in the ghost island in a blink of an eye, and no one was able to break free from the shackles of the sacred tree.


    The power from them was instantly extracted from the sacred tree!


    Otsutsuki Kaguya floated in the air, and slowly spread out his palm, a mass of rich armed domineering energy floated on her body like flowing water patterns.


    Kaguya stared at the armed domineering energy flowing on his arm, and the veins around his white eyes burst instantly, checking the flow of domineering energy: "Well, is this the new power? It seems that the energy in this world may be stronger than that The planet is more abundant..."


    "It seems that there is another person..."


    Otsutsuki Kaguya slowly raised his head again, and his eyes fell on Kaido, the dragon flying around the sacred tree. Countless vines and tree roots were chasing behind Kaido tightly, trying to kill the body of the dragon. The four emperors grabbed it directly!


    "Dragon Breath!"


    Kaido turned around and spit out a dragon''s breath, and after repelling countless vines and tree roots, he circled around this towering sacred tree again...


    On this sacred tree...


    The elite pirate who hangs the entire Beast Pirates!


    These are the subordinates that Kaido gathered and recruited day and night, and they are also the elite troops he carefully cultivated, and they were directly captured by the enemy.


    almost helpless...


    After accumulating power for such a long time, even this pirate group is enough to shake the world and change the situation of the world, but they have no power to fight back in front of that woman!


    like a nightmare...


    Kaido vaguely understood, when he defeated Moria and killed all of Moria''s subordinates by himself, what was it like for Moria...


    this taste...


    Really uncomfortable!


    Kaido, who has the body of a dragon, is flying around the thick sacred tree, avoiding the pursuit of the vines, and looking at the subordinates who are wrapped into mummies...


    next moment¡­


    Kaido''s dragon head turned suddenly, and the body of the dragon flew in the direction of Kaguya Otsutsuki. If there is no chance to deal with the sacred tree...


    Then get rid of the summoned woman from the sacred tree!


    "This is something I will never forgive..."


    Kaido''s dragon body continued to meander in the air, rushing towards Otsutsuki Kaguya, and a huge amount of heat energy quickly accumulated in his mouth: "No matter what you are...put all my subordinates...let me down! "


    "Ok?"


    Otsutsuki Kaguya''s expression was slightly surprised, she looked at the flying Kaido, and slowly stretched out her palm towards the dragon.


    The next moment, the light shout of the god resounded over the entire ghost island in an instant, accompanied by a terrifying nightmare!


    "Yachigami Sky Strike!"


    Illusory fists took shape in an instant, and the armed domineering energy flowed on the fists. Kaguya Ji learned how to use the power she had just obtained in an instant!


    Countless huge fists wrapped in armed domineering directly hit Kaido''s body. Under the staring eyes, it is impossible to dodge even if it is!


    Huge fists hit Kaido''s body!


    "how come¡­"


    Kaido screamed in pain involuntarily, feeling in disbelief that his body was destroyed by Yashigami''s air strike!


    The huge body of the dragon was directly smashed to the ground!


    Kaido could even clearly feel that his internal organs were damaged, this was definitely the heaviest injury in his life!


    This battle was something Kaido had never experienced before.


    No matter how powerful the enemy is, Kaido can always find his own opportunity. However, in this battle, he was defeated before he even made any attack, and he couldn''t even touch the enemy''s hair...


    So far, Otsutsuki Kaguya has only used two abilities, one is the birth of the god tree world, which destroyed the entire Hundred Beasts Pirates; Emperor Kaido!


    The body of the dragon fell to the ground, blood splashes stained the ground red, the body of the dragon was covered with muddy bloodstains, and there were even pieces of flesh that could be seen...


    Kaido had no choice but to release his dragon form...


    This strongest creature known throughout the world turned into a blood man at this moment, and was so seriously injured that he couldn''t even stand up!


    Tread, tread, tread...


    A sound of footsteps fell in Kaido''s ears.


    Uchiha Obito slowly walked to Kaido''s side, helped his mask, and said in a loud voice: "Kaido, have you seen it? This is the power of God..."


    "You bastard¡­"


    Kaido tried his best to raise his head, his painful face was covered with blood, which made the Four Emperors look extremely hideous: "I didn''t expect...I would fall into your hands!"


    "Isn''t that normal?"


    Obito Uchiha squatted in front of Kaido, spread out his palms, and continued calmly: "So, please tell me now, what is your choice now?"


    "I''m...ha..."


    Kaido spat out blood, the pain was almost uncontrollable, he stubbornly looked up at Obito Uchiha, and asked forcefully, "Tell me...you...and those Tianlong people...the World Government group..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uchiha Obito sighed, shook his head and said: "It seems that the title of God is really tainted... Garbage should be thrown away together after all."


    Uchiha Obito reached out and touched Kaido''s broken horn, and said softly: "Kaido, do you know what you should do now?"


    "Don''t hurt... my subordinates!"


    Kaido struggled desperately to sit up, blood dripped down his chin little by little, and he finally started to say a complete sentence: "Since I have lost, the title of emperor, Wano country, whatever, Take it all away!"


    Kaido slowly raised his head, glanced at Kaguya Otsutsuki in the air, then at Obito Uchiha, and finally at the sacred tree full of pirates.


    A look of relief slowly appeared on Kaido''s face.


    One of the four emperors who once ruled the New World seemed to finally have the chance to reach the end of his life.


    "And my life...take it too!"


    Kaido gasped hard, slowly stretched out his palm, and grabbed his broken horn little by little, and he was about to stab his own throat with the broken horn!


    This guy¡­


    It''s quite strong!


    A red light flashed in Uchiha Obito''s eyes, and he put the broken horn in Kaido''s hand into the Kamui space, he sighed, took off his mask, revealing the crack on his face.


    A flash of anger flashed across Kaido''s blood-stained face: "You bastard, what do you want to do... I will never be a watchdog!"


    Uchiha Obito looked at Kaido, who was sitting paralyzed, and said quietly: "Do you know...why the people behind us are called gods?"


    "what¡­"


    Kaido barely opened his eyes and looked at Obito Uchiha.


    Just when Kaido thought that Obito Uchiha was going to decipher it for him, Obito Uchiha continued quietly: "Because there is no boundary between life and death in the eyes of God, even if your person dies, your soul will be pulled Back to work..."


    "..."


    Kaido''s body suddenly burst out with strength.


    His palms were suddenly clenched!


    What the hell is this god!


    This is not a god at all, it is clearly a demon, right?


    At this moment, Kaido raised his head and looked at Otsutsuki Kaguya in the air, he suddenly felt that the god Uchiha Obito was talking about seemed to be worse than the group of Celestial Dragons behind the World Government?

 Chapter 480

    Kaido is a bit unlucky.


    Among the Four Emperors in the second half of the Great Route, only Kaido, the Four Emperors, lost to different enemies one after another, and the entire Beasts Pirates fell into the hands of the enemy.


    Now I can''t even save some dignity!


    Oh shit¡­


    How did he get down to this point?


    In less than a year, how did the Hundred Beasts Pirates, which dominated the second half of the new world, become what they are now...


    It''s outrageous...


    These guys who invaded the Wano country did not show their mountains and water, they jumped out inexplicably, and directly beat them to the ground.


    Obito Uchiha didn''t know what Kaido was thinking, he just stroked the crack on his cheek, and threatened Kaido: "Kaido, don''t disobey God''s will... Otherwise, as God''s punishment, anyone but you Anyone involved with you will be used as a pawn to control, whether it is life or death."


    "..."


    Hearing Obito Uchiha''s words, Kaido looked at Kaguya Otsutsuki in the sky again. This god is not ordinary bad, and he is a little crueler than him, a cruel pirate!


    But it does look alike...


    Because Kaguya Ji''s eyes seemed to ignore everything, as if this world was just a plaything for her, as if no one cared about it!


    No¡­


    It''s not like Hui Ye doesn''t care about everyone.


    While Obito Uchiha was still threatening Kaido, Kaguya''s figure slowly floated in front of Obito Uchiha and Kaido, her voice was a little cold.


    "I''m going to see Yuyi, and I''ll leave the matter here to you."


    After Kaguya finished speaking, she ignored Obito Uchiha, her figure floated into a jet-black space gate that suddenly appeared, and disappeared without a trace.


    It''s the time-space technique Huang Quan Hirasaka!


    Obito Uchiha glanced at Kaguya in surprise, shook his head helplessly, looked at Kaido and said, "Let''s continue talking... Kaido... Although we can use you if we kill you, but After all, it is not as good as your peak strength..."


    "..."


    Kaido watched Obito Uchiha and slowly clenched his fists.


    This is called negotiation?


    Isn''t this a threat?


    While Obito Uchiha was negotiating with Kaido, the battle in the entire Wano country had completely ended, and all five troops of the Ninja Alliance had entered the capital of flowers.


    In just one day, the entire Wano country changed hands inexplicably.


    Before the civilians of Wano country could react, a large number of ninja troops had already marched in, expelled the pirates of the Hundred Beasts Pirates, recruited the country''s idle samurai, and hunted down the Kozuki clan and their retainers.


    The capital of flowers.


    Uehara Naraku had already arrived here.


    After all, if he wanted to send tens of thousands of ninja coalition forces directly from the ninja world to this world, Uehara would definitely appear here.


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku is welcoming Xiao Nan''s arrival in the capital of flowers that he has just transformed with the power of wood elements.


    The Flower City, which was originally destroyed by the battle between Sasuke Uchiha and Kaido, has regained its beautiful scenery.


    Nicole Robin stood beside Uehara Naraku, looking at the city of flowers where the cherry blossoms had re-bloomed, her face was still filled with amazement.


    Creation is far more difficult than destruction.


    Nicole Robin''s eyes swept across the entire city of flowers, and then slowly landed on Uehara Naraku: "It''s really unimaginable. A few minutes ago, this place was in ruins, but now it has become a holy land of flowers. People can''t help but want to live here for a long time¡­¡±


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, just staring ahead, with a slight smile on the corner of his mouth: "The Capital of Flowers is the place where Mr. Xiaonan will live in the future. If it is still in the ruins, it will be too disappointing for the teacher..."


    Wano Country will be the headquarters of Akatsuki in this world.


    As the center of Wano Country, the most fertile area of ??Flower City will definitely not be idle, and it is also the most suitable base for Akatsuki organization in the future.


    Naraku Uehara simply did it himself, and used the power of wood elements to carry out a greening project on this land. He can''t count on Konoha''s Yamato, right?


    Nicole Robin looked at Naraku Uehara, and a look of surprise flashed in her eyes: "It sounds like Mr. Uehara has a very good relationship with his teacher..."


    "Well¡­"


    After thinking for a while, Uehara Naraku shook his head and said: "It''s okay, it''s almost dependent on each other..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin is a little stuck.


    The relationship of being dependent on each other... is this called okay?


    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but shook her head, she became more and more curious about the teacher Naraku Uehara was talking about, a person who could be respected by Naraku Uehara...


    What kind of person is he?


    Strong enough to suppress the world?


    Just at this time, a square black space gate appeared beside them, and Kaguya Ji''s figure slowly floated out of it...


    Uehara Naraku saw Otsutsuki Kaguya''s appearance, his forehead jumped and couldn''t help but said: "Your Excellency Kaguya... why are you here...Has Kaido solved it?"


    "..."


    Kaguya Hime nodded slowly, her body floated beside Uehara, and her hand was about to land on Uehara Naraku''s body.


    "Hagoromo..."


    "I''m not talking nonsense!"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed the center of her brows, waved her hand to stop Kaguya from approaching him, this woman couldn''t explain it clearly!


    really...


    Trouble!


    In this war to occupy Wano Country as a base, Uehara Naraku brought Kaguya here because he wanted Kaguya Hime to be the god guarding Wano Country in the future.


    To be honest, there is nothing wrong with this decision.


    The only problem is that...


    Otsutsuki Kaguya always admits the wrong person.


    Because in Ninja World, even though the war was over, Kaguya¡¯s son Rokudo Sage Otsutsuki Hagoromo was still wary of Kaguya, and the relationship between mother and child was still tense. On the contrary, Uehara Naraku¡¯s attitude towards Kaguya was a little conniving...


    Therefore, Heijue often likes to despise the divine six-path sage who protects the order of the ninja world, but praises Uehara Naraku who is full of human brilliance...


    For a while, the misunderstanding could not be resolved.


    Even in this world, Uehara Naraku''s power system has changed, Otsutsuki Kaguya seems to have recognized it, and his eyes are still fixed on Uehara.


    "I see, Uehara."


    After hearing Uehara Naraku explaining her identity again, Kaguya Hime nodded in a dignified manner, without retreating, she reached out and stroked Uehara''s cheek, tears streaming down her cheeks: "How are you doing in this world?" ? Mom has been worried about you..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face darkened.


    What the hell is this... How about calling him Yuyi?


    Nicole Robin looked at Kaguya Otsutsuki who was weeping in surprise, and then at Naraku Uehara who was indifferent, a look of surprise gradually appeared on her face.


    "...Mr. Uehara''s...mother?"


    "Robin, don''t listen to her nonsense, she recognized the wrong person."


    Naraku Uehara broke away from Kaguya helplessly, rubbed his eyebrows and continued: "I''m just the one responsible for protecting her..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin''s face was getting weirder and weirder.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kaguya, sighed softly and said: "This is the capital of flowers, the base of Akatsuki Mirai, if you need anything, just tell Heijue, I''ve got it to come over as soon as possible..."


    "Ok."


    Kaguya nodded, his eyes still fixed on Uehara Naraku.


    Just as the atmosphere was getting more and more awkward, a group of ninjas appeared in their field of vision, all wearing Akatsuki''s auspicious cloud black robes.


    Only members of Akatsuki...


    Formal uniform that can only be worn!


    Except for important occasions, the Five Kages and Daimyo of the ninja world, as well as those powerful ninjas, generally prefer to wear their village costumes.


    The team that rushed over was Xiaonan, Bai, and Kaguya-kun Maro!


    As the supreme commander of the entire Ninja Expeditionary Alliance, Xiaonan has a lot of work. She also has to constantly check the situation of the Ninja Alliance during the war. By the way, she is also patrolling the entire Wano Country to see what to do after the war is over.


    It''s not a waste of time either.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    After Xiaonan inspected a part of Wano Country, she finally decided on three things: first build an orphanage, build a hospital, and set up a school.


    This country is far too backward.


    Although Wano Country may be somewhat ahead in technology, it is much worse than the Ninja World in terms of system and other aspects, and the life of the villagers is not even as good as that of the common people in the small Ninja World.


    It''s unimaginable...


    This Wano country doesn''t even have a school!


    It wasn''t until seeing Uehara Naraku that Xiaonan''s slightly frowned brows gradually eased, and her mood gradually relaxed.


    "It''s really..."


    After Uehara Naraku walked a few steps towards Xiao Nan, a wry smile suddenly appeared on his face: "Because it''s been a long time since I saw you?"


    Even though they''ve only been separated for less than a year...


    But a lot has happened during this time.


    Not too long ago, in this strange world, when Uehara Naraku saw Xiaonan again, he couldn''t help but feel a little bit of a world away.


    "Naraku."


    Konan''s voice fell into Uehara Naraku''s ears.


    Compared with Uehara Naraku''s feelings, Xiao Nan didn''t think too much, because when she stayed in the ninja world, besides dealing with Akatsuki''s affairs every day, she was worried about her disciples.


    "teacher¡­"


    Uehara Naraku was about to say something.


    Xiao Nan took a few steps forward, and habitually stretched out his hand to help him tidy up the messy collar, and asked with some doubts: "Don''t you like Xiao''s uniform the most, why didn''t you wear it here? This dress seems a bit small ..."


    "Uh...maybe I''m still growing..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was slightly hesitant. After all, it was really inconvenient for him to wear the Xiangyun black robe in this world, and none of them even wore the Xiangyun black robe.


    Except for Uchiha Itachi, the filthy man...


    After all, the first batch of members who followed him into this world now have their own identities, and they must not be discovered by others as a gang.


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Xiao Nan who helped him straighten his collar, and the familiar memory gradually recovered, and he finally stretched out his arm slowly, hugging Xiao Nan''s shoulder.


    "Long time no see, teacher."


    "Ok."


    Xiao Nan stretched out his hand and patted him on the back soothingly, and said in a low voice, "I''ve never been away from my side for so long... How long can I stay here this time?"


    "long time."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help showing a smile at the corner of his mouth.


    This time, Uehara Naraku could indeed stay in Wano Country for a long time, even though he was a spy sent by the Navy to Wano Country.


    This is really...


    It couldn''t be more bizarre.


    No, in other words, this matter was originally arranged by Naraku Uehara.


    As the new ruler of Wano Country, Naraku Uehara also works part-time as the liaison officer of the Navy and the CP organization under the World Government in Wano Country.


    That is to say...


    The CP agents and naval spies of the entire Wano country are now directly exposed to Naraku Uehara, although they themselves cannot escape the palm of Naraku Uehara.


    but¡­


    Catch it by yourself and the enemy will come to you by yourself...


    There is still a big difference in the mood in these two situations.


    This matter is also a bit complicated to say, everything is some sequelae left after Naraku Uehara manipulated the upheaval of Wano Country.


    a month ago.


    Dramatic changes took place in Wano.


    Heitan Orochi was killed by Sasuke Uchiha, and the entire Wano Country fell into the control of Kaido. It should have been an opportunity for the weapons factory to start exporting a large number of overseas...


    However, under Uehara Naraku''s signal, the trade between Doflamingo and Kaido, the trading leader of the dark world, was suspended for a month for some reason.


    During this month, Kaido was worried about the threat of Obito Uchiha, and did not go to trouble with Doflamingo to restart their trade.


    And therein lies the problem.


    Doflamingo''s trade is related to the world government.


    The Hailoushi weapons that the world government wants to obtain all come from Doflamingo, a middleman who likes to make a difference, but because the trade is temporarily suspended...


    Hailou Stone is out of stock!


    There is even a delay in when the supply will be resumed!


    The world government was unable to obtain much-needed sea building stones from Doflamingo, and was unable to intervene in the affairs of Wano Country, and even did not get much information.


    Since the Hailou stone produced by Wano country is very important for the manufacture of navy and weapons, in this case, the navy SWORD troops and CP agents were forced to dispatch all, trying to get information from Wano country.


    As the current staff officer of the Navy Headquarters, Yao Shidou usually has no secrets that can be kept from him, and most of the decisions are even made by him.


    therefore¡­


    Yakushidou suggested that Naraku Uehara, the colonel of the SWORD unit of the Navy, use his status as a member of the former Baroque Work Club to sneak into Wano Country to search for information.


    There is no reason for the senior navy to disagree with this decision.


    In addition, in order to complete the task as soon as possible, Yakushidou, who had just obtained the command of the CP agent, ordered the CP agent and Uehara Naraku to work together to search the intelligence of Wano Country and restore the supply of Kailoushi weapons as soon as possible.


    If nothing else...


    This matter is estimated to drag on for a long time.


    The world government is in a hurry, and it is impossible to order the navy to attack Wano country with all its forces, because the warships cannot reach here at all, and they dare not use all their generals to encircle Kaido...


    This is too dangerous!


    therefore¡­


    The navy and the world government can only put their hopes on Uehara Naraku and CP agents first. Even if they cannot promote the recovery of Hailoushi trade, they still hope to find out a time to resume the supply of Hailoushi weapons.


    Except for the pharmacist pocket, the navy didn''t think about it...


    The spies they sent out have already sat at the highest position in Wano Country.

 Chapter 481

    Uehara Naraku did not appear in front of everyone.


    Although he is now the highest-ranking person in the entire Wano country, but now he has to temporarily shoulder the responsibility of being a navy undercover agent, and it is not easy to show up at will.


    The trivial matters of Wano Country were handed over to Konan and the Ninja Allied Forces.


    What Naraku Uehara has to do is to lurk quietly and slowly control the world through his subordinates, stunning everyone in the world.


    the other side.


    Under the persuasion of Uchiha Obito, Kaido agreed to join the Akatsuki organization, and the entire Beast Pirates would become the peripheral armed forces of the Akatsuki organization.


    In order to avoid causing turmoil in the world, the fact that Kaido and the Beast Pirates were defeated by Kaguya Ji was deliberately downplayed, and he continued to maintain his position as the Four Emperors.


    Anyway, except for the Akatsuki organization...


    It seems that no one can take away Kaido''s position as the Four Emperors.


    In the entire Hundred Beasts Pirates, the new saying is that their pirate governor Kaido has reached a strategic alliance with Kaguya Hime, the god who descended on Wano Country.


    What''s the price...


    Wano country is naturally dedicated to the gods.


    The three disasters of the Hundred Beasts Pirates understand their elder brother''s approach very well. This group of people who invaded Wano Country is very powerful, and the strength of the new allies is definitely comparable to that of the other Four Emperors.


    Compared to Heitan Orochi and his ilk...


    The Ninja Alliance and the Akatsuki Organization are really too strong!


    As an exchange between allies, Naruto Uzumaki was sent to Onishima to join the Beast Pirates, taking over Obito Uchiha''s position.


    Uzumaki Naruto, who happens to be able to transform into a golden nine-tailed man, is quite suitable for staying in the Hundred Beasts Pirates just in terms of image...


    After the war was declared over.


    Wano country is slowly on the right track.


    Otsutsuki Kaguya, as the titular supreme ruler of the entire Wano country, quietly appeared at Uehara Naraku''s contact point every day.


    As the true leader of Wano Country, Konan began to quickly organize ninjas to build hospitals and orphanages in Wano Country according to the method of Ninja World, and gathered all the homeless orphans in Wano Country.


    Subsequently, under Xiaonan''s command, the ninjas established ninja schools and samurai schools, requiring school-age students to take exams, whether they are civilians or nobles.


    even¡­


    Among them is the samurai professor Domineering who has joined the Akatsuki organization!


    This kind of thing is kind of weird...


    Even the previous Guangyue clan did not seem to have done such a thing.


    Generals, daimyo, nobles, samurai, these lineages have almost never changed, and the common people can only rely on the gifts of the nobles if they want to be high.


    In addition, the entire Wano country quickly began to divide, and most of the civilians began to re-migrate. The areas such as Kuri, Huazhidu, Baiwu, and Lingo were inhabited, and the Nozomi area became a training ground.


    The weapons factory built by Kaido in Wano Country was dismantled in batches, and all the facilities were relocated to the Rabbit Bowl area, just adjacent to the Rabbit Well Prisoner Quarry.


    As for the prisoners in the rabbit well...


    Since most of the prisoners were pirates or warriors loyal to the Kozuki clan, they did not change their fate because Wano Country changed hands.


    Even their fate may be even more tragic, because these people will never see the hope of the Kozuki clan returning to the country of Wano.


    Sad fate for them...


    For the civilians of the entire Wano country, the Wano country under the rule of the Akatsuki organization is much stronger than the Kozuki clan and Heitan Orochi.


    Even the Shuangyue Kang family, who once had a good impression of the Guangyue clan and even supported the Guangyue clan, had to admit this. It is a pity that he would not change his loyalty, so he was thrown into the rabbit well.


    Shuangyue Kang''s family is so miserable...let alone the others.


    Kawamatsu, Shutenmaru and others were all thrown into the rabbit well.


    Only Denjiro and Xiaozi (Kozuki Hiyori) survived, because Denjiro took refuge and became a samurai under the Akatsuki organization, hoping that Akatsuki would save Xiaozi''s life.


    This condition...


    After Jiraiya and Uzumaki Naruto wandered around Wano Country, when they saw Xiaozi, they strongly demanded to agree!


    "How can such a cute girl go to mine!"


    Jiraiya, the Akatsuki organization base in the Capital of Flowers, patted the table and was very dissatisfied: "This is the oiran of the whole Wano country, and I want to collect materials...cough coughcough... Besides, her father hasn''t done anything particularly wrong Let''s do it!"


    "Indeed it is¡­"


    Huang Tu frowned, and said in a deep voice: "But we have occupied the Wano country now, so we are destined to be enemies..."


    "If it''s so troublesome, it''s better to kill it!"


    The Fourth Raikage Ai said a little irritablely: "No matter what, we can''t leave such a big hidden danger. This is a trouble for us..."


    "It doesn''t matter, you decide."


    Temari looked at his big fan in boredom.


    The right to make the decision must be handed over to Xiaonan, but there is another person who can make the decision in the entire Wano country.


    His name is Uehara Naraku.


    In the end, Denjiro and Xiaozi stayed.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s guess, the time fruit is a bit weird, and I don''t know which time in the future Xiaozi''s mother Tianyueshi will send Momonosuke...


    After thinking for a while, Uehara Naraku called Hatake Kakashi and taught him a few ways to deal with Denjiro and Xiaozi.


    The capital of flowers.


    Denjiro was a little thankful that he had rescued Xiao Zi again, and planned to hide it again, and continue his old story of being undercover under the command of Heitan Orochi...


    These Akatsuki members...


    It seems that it is not much smarter than Heitan Orochi.


    In the middle of the night.


    Denjiro secretly summoned a group of samurai who took refuge in him, but these samurai just happened to be wiped out by the ninjas. This really broke Denjiro''s mentality!


    These bastards...


    It turned out to be using him as bait!


    Surrounded by a group of ninjas, Denjiro held his sword with an ugly expression, and protected Xiao Zi behind him, with a hint of despair on his face.


    "don¡¯t worry."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    The ninja captain Hatake Kakashi who was in charge of the operation looked at them and sighed softly: "We will not kill you, and even send Anbu to protect you..."


    Hatake Kakashi looked at Denjiro''s sudden change of expression, and continued in a deep voice: "As the price for your survival, you have to borrow the name of the little princess of the Kozuki clan to provide us with these samurai who have different intentions..."


    After saying this, Hatake Kakashi pulled his forehead, and continued quietly: "If you can''t provide us with the whereabouts of the rebels, then there is no need for you two rebels to survive."


    After finishing speaking, Hatake Kakashi thought of someone''s instructions, and said again: "By the way, before you die, we will inform the entire Wano Kingdom of your betrayal of your companions.


    We will tell the entire Wano country that we originally planned to give up pursuing these wandering warriors, but you betrayed them just to keep the little princess of the Kozuki clan alive..."


    This means...


    It''s really indescribably bad!


    Just by looking at it as a pie, you know it was made by Uehara.


    It just so happened that Uehara Naraku was working as an undercover agent for the navy in Wano Country, how could he tolerate other people being undercover under his hands?


    Uehara even prepared follow-up measures...


    The entire Kozuki clan will become the most hated family in Wano Country!


    Once this matter spreads, the entire Kozuki clan will no longer want to gain a foothold in Wano Country, no matter what kind of samurai they are, they will no longer be loyal to them!


    Kozuki...


    Is it really coming to an end?


    Hatake Kakashi looked at Denjiro with a painful face, and said word by word: "You have no other choice but to continue to attract rebel warriors for us... Otherwise, you will die immediately, and the Kozuki clan will soon die. It will ruin your reputation!"


    Having said that, Hatake Kakashi continued: "Don''t provide those false information. If it appears once, you should know better than me what fate the little princess you want to protect will suffer?"


    "..."


    Denjiro had never seen such a bad person like Kakashi Hatake. He looked at Kakashi Hatake with anger and asked, "Is this the conduct of ninjas like you?"


    "Kozuki can''t change anything. The people of Wano Country have already made their choice. Only you stubborn guys are not qualified to say anything about us, right?"


    Hatake Kakashi spread out his palm, looked at Denjiro, his eyes gradually became a little heavy and said: "There is one more thing, the reason why I tell you this...


    Just to let you know how many innocent people you have sacrificed for the Guangyue clan now, and how many innocent people will be buried in the name of Guangyue in the future!


    Denjiro, you know that you are doing the wrong thing that killed your companion, but you still can''t stop doing it. How clean will you be in the future? "


    "...really..."


    Denjiro originally wanted to scold Kakashi Hatake for being despicable, but he suddenly remembered that in order to protect Murasaki from surviving, he must follow Kakashi Hatake''s orders...


    Indeed, he was not much clean!


    At this moment, Denjiro finally regretted it!


    Originally, I thought I could be an undercover agent again like before, but I didn''t expect that this time, I would be played around, and even forced to survive or die!


    If he wants Xiaozi to go down, he must keep betraying those warriors who are willing to die for Guangyue;


    If he and Xiaozi commit suicide, the Akatsuki organization will declare that he betrayed the samurai for the princess of the Kozuki clan, and the Kozuki clan will be discredited in Wano... The warriors who were captured by the ninja army just now are proof of this!


    "Denjiro!"


    Xiao Zi suddenly pulled out the hairpin in her hand, her face no longer had the frivolity of an oiran, and gradually showed a touch of determination on her face!


    "If you''re only living for the reputation of the Guangyue clan, then there''s no need to be like this...Father''s choice back then is my choice!"


    Back then, her father, Kozuki Oden, would dance naked downstairs in Orochi for a lie that could save the people of Wano country, and was called a fool...


    that time¡­


    The reputation of the Guangyue family has almost been discredited, and only the Red Sheath Nine Heroes are still following. How could she be willing to kill more people for the sake of fame!


    "Well, I underestimated you!"


    Hatake Kakashi rubbed his forehead, thinking about what Uehara Naraku taught him, and continued: "What should I say at this time?


    If you don''t want to continue looking for rebels for us, we might find it troublesome to find rebels, so we decide to kill all the people in Wano Country..."


    After Hatake Kakashi said this, he sighed and said: "Oh, by the way, those people in the rabbit well, especially the Nine Heroes of the Red Sheath, will be boiled and tortured, all because of you..."


    Speaking of which, it really sounds like a big villain...


    These words don''t sound like people said, because they were all taught to him by Naraku Uehara.


    Even including what Xiao Zi might do, Naraku Uehara guessed everything right.


    Does this guy always control the fate of others no matter where he goes?


    Denjiro didn''t know who was behind the scenes, he just listened to Kakashi''s words and tightened his grip on his sword!


    At this moment, he really couldn''t help but want to kill Hatake Kakashi!


    Xiao Zi held the palm of her hairpin, and finally let it go slowly. Her face was a little dead silent, and she said in a deep voice: "What do you guys want?"


    Xiao Zi looked at Kakashi Hatake, and the tears in her eyes gradually flowed down: "You let us live in a spiritual hell, is this a punishment for the Kozuki clan? But we didn''t do anything..."

 Chapter 482

    Xiaozi is Kozuki Oden''s daughter.


    In any case, her identity is too sensitive.


    Now that the Akatsuki organization has occupied the entire Wano country, naturally the retainers of the Kozuki clan cannot be allowed to continue to cause trouble. If they are sincerely willing to surrender, it will also be good for the Akatsuki organization...


    It is also good for Uehara Naraku''s future plans.


    What if Momonosuke came to this era through the ability of time fruit, only to find that his sister Kozuki and his retainers had betrayed him...


    that time¡­


    I wonder what he would think?


    Now, under the guidance of Uehara Naraku, Hatake Kakashi''s repeated fights forced Xiao Zi and Denjiro to give up all hope and had to let Akatsuki organize their lives.


    A large number of ninjas are scattered in various parts of the Wano country, assisting the civilians in the Wano country to quickly resume production. According to Denjiro''s intelligence, they are secretly searching for samurai loyal to the Kozuki clan.


    Other than that...


    Naraku Uehara also provided information on CP agents, and the Ninja Alliance easily captured several CP agents who had infiltrated into Rabbit Well.


    Wano country quietly restored calm.


    Naraku Uehara stayed for a long time before he chose to contact the navy. To his surprise, it was Yao Shidou who answered his call.


    "Colonel Naraku."


    On the other end of the phone bug, Pharmacist looked business-like, and it sounded a bit inconvenient: "We are in Hezhihai, is there any progress on your mission?"


    "..."


    After being silent for a second, Naraku Uehara said in a low voice: "A coup has taken place in the entire Wano country, and the Akatsuki organization has occupied the entire Wano country. Their leader is a woman named Otsutsuki Kaguya, who claims to have come to Wano. God of the country."


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou was also silent.


    Who is the real leader of the Akatsuki organization, the two of them know each other well.


    To be honest, Yao Shidou had long anticipated that Wano Country might change hands.


    If Naraku Uehara wants to be a spy for the Navy comfortably in Wano Country, the best way is definitely to turn Wano Country into his own territory...


    The only thing that I didn''t expect was that Naraku Uehara didn''t follow common sense in playing cards, and directly dispatched that terrible woman Otsutsuki Kaguya!


    After pondering for a while, the pharmacist continued, "I see, Colonel Naraku, do you have any other information? What''s the trend of the Beast Pirates?"


    "The two sides have formed an alliance."


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, and provided another piece of information: "Akatsuki has a ninja troop of tens of thousands of people. They are all over Wano Country. It is very difficult for me to work here. Recently, they are hunting down the members of the Kozuki clan and CP agents of the world government..."


    When Uehara Naraku said this, his voice was a bit obscure and said: "Now they are still investigating, I am worried about being exposed, and I am applying to lurk and keep silent..."


    "Can."


    Pharmacist Dou from Phone Bug agreed without hesitation.


    As long as Uehara Naraku said that he was in danger of being exposed while staying on the site of the Akatsuki organization, there must be danger.


    There is no need to question this.


    Wano Country, Outer Seas.


    After Yaoshi hung up the phone bug, he glanced at Lieutenant General He and Lieutenant General Taotu beside him, and said softly: "Senior Crane, Senior Taotu, unless we have the determination to go to war, the only thing we can do... maybe It''s time to wait."


    "That''s right."


    After thinking for a while, Lieutenant General Crane said in a low voice: "According to your information theory, this little guy named Uehara Naraku has provided enough information. At least we know the identity of the enemy, and the rest can only let him slow down." Slow check..."


    "Ok."


    Pharmacist nodded, pushed his glasses, and said in a deep voice: "Maybe we will have a new opportunity soon, Kaido is a war lunatic, especially since he just got a powerful ally.


    He was defeated in the battle of the Whitebeard Pirates before, and he will not give up easily. It just so happens that he also has a chance to face Whitebeard.


    According to our information, a group of pirates under Whitebeard have passed through Murloc Island repeatedly, and they probably want the former King Shichibu Kaijinpei to return to Murloc Island..."


    "what do you mean¡­"


    Lieutenant General He looked at Medicine Master Dou in surprise, then slowly nodded and said, "Will Kaido really show up when the Whitebeard Pirates want to retake the Fishman Island?"


    "The probability is very high."


    Medicine Master nodded slowly, and said softly: "As long as the Whitebeard Pirates do something, according to Kaido''s character, he will definitely not let Whitebeard succeed..."


    especially¡­


    Behind Kaido stands the Akatsuki organization!


    Because of the existence of Uehara Naraku, the Akatsuki organization will not have any allies, Yakushito can almost guess that Kaido may have become a member of Akatsuki!


    How could a Four Emperor Pirates be tolerated near Akatsuki''s base!


    Unless they belong to Xiao organization.


    Ghost Island.


    Uzumaki Naruto walked into this island full of pirates.


    Since Kaido joined the Akatsuki organization, the Beast Pirates are already the peripheral armed forces of the Akatsuki organization, and Uzumaki Naruto''s joining the Beast Pirates is a kind of exercise.


    There are hideous-looking pirates everywhere along the way, making Uzumaki Naruto''s face a little amazed, these pirates look too outrageous!


    How can it make people feel like it is casually long!


    Kaido saw Naruto Uzumaki wandering on the island of ghosts, his eyes became a little fierce: "Those guys actually sent this brat over here..."


    "Ok?"


    Plague Quinn looked at Uzumaki Naruto in surprise, and couldn''t help but said in surprise, "It''s that brat! Brother, he''s very strong... I''ve always suspected that he should be some kind of phantom beast Ability!"


    "Hmph, this is normal..."


    After Kaido raised his head and took a sip of the wine, he watched Naruto Uzumaki approaching, and said slowly, "That kid seems to have some identity..."


    Because after Kaido joined the Akatsuki organization, he also saw Naruto Uzumaki and Kaguya Otsuki getting along with his own eyes, and heard the conversation between them.


    The one called Uzumaki Naruto...


    He is the grandson of Kaguya Hime.


    Damn, what is this called!


    Either way, it was something Kaido couldn''t refuse.


    What''s more, this stupid-looking Uzumaki Naruto joining the Hundred Beasts Pirates is better than Uchiha Obito''s murderous bastard!


    In order to express his welcome to Uzumaki Naruto, who is suspected of having the ability of the Phantom Beast, Kaido held a banquet on Oni Island, and by the way, to boost morale.


    On the first day, everyone was very happy.


    The next day, Kaido knew why Uzumaki Naruto joined the Beast Pirates, because Uzumaki Naruto had to practice with him for a period of time, mainly to learn the three-color domineering.


    The people in the Akatsuki organization... are all crazy, right?


    Are these guys being too insulting?


    Dare to let Kaido, who is the emperor of the sea, teach a kid to learn three-color domineering. Do you really think that he, the Four Emperors, has no temper?


    What''s more, they really think that domineering is so simple?


    Domineering needs to be awakened, and it cannot be learned simply by teaching, especially only one domineering domineering in a million people!


    Uzumaki Naruto really has...


    This world is too outrageous, how can this silly-looking yellow-haired boy awaken his domineering look? Even after Uzumaki Naruto awakened his knowledge-colored domineering, his perception range is wider than Kaido!


    What a monster!


    Only the armed color domineering appeared a little trouble.


    After all, armed domineering requires physical strength and long-term combat training. Kaido''s teaching methods can be called brutal. He simply found an uninhabited desert island in the new world, and directly fought with Naruto Uzumaki using physical skills and armed domineering Ten days and ten nights...


    At the beginning, Kaido really played very well. Naruto Uzumaki was a pure sandbag. When Naruto Uzumaki was forced by him, he quickly awakened his armed domineering...


    Then¡­


    Kaido lost.


    Kaido has lost a lot this year.


    Especially losing a fight at what you do best...


    As the four emperors with the strongest recovery ability, Kaido has always believed that no one can match him in terms of endurance. As a result, he encountered the monster Uzumaki Naruto...


    In this world, monster is a compliment.


    "Hmph, you young brats are really scary!"


    Kaido lay on the island looking at the sky, and said in a urn: "Now your armed domineering has just awakened, and it is actually more domineering than Lao Tzu..."


    "Hahahahaha..."


    Uzumaki Naruto was also lying on the ground, scratching his head in embarrassment: "Nine Lamas have learned to convert Chakra into domineering, so they can also help me provide domineering!"


    It''s not Kaido''s fault.


    After all, Uzumaki Naruto still has the cheat of Nine Tails on him.


    Uzumaki Naruto glanced at Kaido next to him, and suddenly asked, "Mr. Kaido, I heard that you once met Sasuke..."


    "That arrogant brat..."


    "Hahaha, Sasuke just has a bad temper!"


    "..."


    The two chatted pretty well.


    I have to say that Uzumaki Naruto''s character is quite contagious.


    Kaido also believes that if Uzumaki Naruto goes to sea, he also has the potential to become the One Piece, and his character also has the same innocence as Roger and Whitebeard...


    If there is no Akatsuki organization in the world, and Kaido simply met Uzumaki Naruto, he will definitely make Uzumaki Naruto his subordinate, take him to find the big secret treasure, and be willing to recruit him at all costs .


    Unfortunately¡­


    This world is organized by Akatsuki.


    Behind Naruto Uzumaki also stood a god and a group of people.


    While Kaido and Uzumaki Naruto were chatting about Uchiha Sasuke, the Whitebeard Pirates were also discussing a big event.


    As the pharmacist expected...


    This pirate group wants to return to Murloc Island.


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    After Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace returned to the Whitebeard Sea, these people finally put on the agenda to help Jinbei and the Murloc Pirates regain Murloc Island.


    There is no way this matter can be changed.


    If Whitebeard''s flag can be pulled out casually, then these pirates are too unqualified!


    For the Pirates...


    The flying pirate flag is their most precious treasure!


    After Kisame Kisame pulled down the flag of the Whitebeard Pirates and announced that the territory of Murloc Island was his, the hostility between them could not be changed!


    not to mention...


    No one in this sea can stop them!


    Even the Beast Pirates and Kaido, who are also the Four Emperors Pirates, are not their opponents. Even the navy can only use despicable tricks to deal with them...


    Kill the dried persimmon ghost shark...


    Replanted Whitebeard''s pirate flag on Murloc Island!


    Proclaim to the whole world that no one can invade the territory of the Whitebeard Pirates, this is the prestige of the world''s strongest pirates!

 Chapter 483

    Pirates have no faith or honor.


    No, maybe the flying pirate flag is their honor.


    The Whitebeard Pirates want to launch a new war against the King Shichibukai Kakikisame for a pirate flag and a fish-man island, to solve this guy who provoked the Whitebeard Pirates, and by the way, give a sigh of relief to Uchiha Sasuke .


    Because dried persimmon ghost shark also participated in the battle to encircle Uchiha Sasuke.


    Uchiha Sasuke can understand this kind of thing, but there is really no need for it.


    If you don''t attack the dried persimmon ghost shark, at most you will lose face once; if you go to attack the dried persimmon ghost shark, you will probably lose face forever...


    However, Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t persuade him.


    The only thing Uchiha Sasuke can do is to pass the news to Kisame Kisame...


    It''s embarrassingly capitalized.


    Obviously these companions wanted to avenge Sasuke by the way, but in the end Sasuke wanted to inform the enemy, so as not to make everyone look bad.


    This world is too much nonsense!


    Fishman Island.


    This island under the sea has become the territory of dried persimmons and ghost sharks.


    When Kisame Kisaki announced that he had occupied Murloc Island, there were murlocs who resisted or assassinated him, and all of them were executed by Kisame Kissimmon.


    Kisame Kisame, who was born as a member of Kirigakure Anbe and Akatsuki''s organization, didn''t care about killing at all, and he was merciless in his attacks.


    cruel¡­


    It has gradually become synonymous with dried persimmon and ghost shark.


    For Neptune, the king of Fishman Island, Kisame Kisame is a man whom he loves and hates, respects and fears at the same time.


    after all¡­


    This guy did keep many pirates and slave traders out of Murloc Island, and anyone who violated Murloc Island would be killed by Kisame Kisame.


    However, the dry persimmon ghost shark is not soft on the inside.


    On the first day Kisame entered, the entire Fishman Island was killed by him until blood flowed into rivers. Under the hands of Guishui, there were never any prisoners, only bloody corpses...


    Fishman Island, inside Dragon Palace City.


    Neptune, King of the Fishman Island, is hosting a banquet today in honor of Kisame Kisame, thanking Kisame for clearing Vander Daken IX and his flying pirates around Fishman Island.


    Because Vander Daken IX has been harassing Neptune''s daughter, Princess White Star, over the years, trying to marry her in vain, and would attack the tower where Princess White Star lived from time to time.


    Now Vander Daken IX and the Flying Pirates were killed by Kisame Kisame. From then on, the crisis of Princess Shirahoshi was finally resolved.


    Now, Princess Baixing was finally able to leave the tower.


    This mermaid princess, who was protected by Neptune in the tower since she was a child, will be twelve years old this year. She looks very cute, with long pink hair hanging on her body, a cute bun on the top of her head, and a pair of big eyes. It looks very agile.


    But she is very tall.


    Even if Princess Shirahoshi is only twelve years old today, and her height is already over ten meters, this world is really outrageous... The dried persimmon ghost shark, which is nearly two meters long, looks very small in front of King Neptune''s family.


    Princess Baixing quickly swam to her brother''s side, looked down curiously at the guest who was drinking fruit juice, and blinked her eyes involuntarily.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    "Master Kisame...do you like to drink juice?"


    "yes¡­"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark put down the cup in his hand, raised his head to look at Princess Baixing, the corners of his mouth slightly grinned, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth: "Your Highness, don''t you like fruit juice?"


    It was obviously just an ordinary smile, but Kisame Kisame forced herself to laugh out the feeling of choosing someone to eat, immediately scared Princess Shirahoshi could not help shrinking behind her father!


    This performance is too rude to the guests!


    After a while, the tall little mermaid girl poked her head out timidly, and replied in a low voice, "Hi...like..."


    "yes?"


    The smile on Ginseng Kisame''s face became wider, and he nodded slowly: "It''s good that Her Royal Highness likes it, if we like something that other people in the world don''t like...it will make me feel that this world is too much. Strange."


    "Why do you find it strange?"


    Princess Baixing wanted to poke her head out to take a peek at Gui Shark, but when she saw his smile, her body couldn''t help trembling with fright.


    Dried persimmon ghost shark still had a smile on his face, and spread out his palm, the smile on his face suddenly became a little scary: "Because if this world is incompatible with us, the world should not exist, but should be destroyed. ..."


    "what!"


    Princess Baixing''s eyes filled with tears in an instant, and the tears flowed down her cheeks quickly, she cried while crying: "Master Kisame, I like juice!"


    "..."


    King Neptune''s mouth couldn''t help twitching.


    Boo boo boo...


    Boo boo boo boo...


    Just at this time, the phone bug in Qianshi Guixier''s hand rang, he looked up at Neptune and the others, slowly connected his phone bug, and said with a smile: "It''s not convenient for me here. Woolen cloth¡­"


    "what are you doing?"


    A young man''s voice came from the phone bug.


    "Ok¡­"


    Kisame Kisame raised his head and glanced at Princess Shirahoshi who was hiding behind King Neptune, and said with a chuckle, "Now Murloc Island is frightening a little guy who seems to cry a little... no, or a big guy ..."


    "Can''t you bastards be human?"


    The young man in the phone bug couldn''t help cursing, and talked about serious business: "Because you pulled down the flag of the Whitebeard Pirates and provoked the entire Whitebeard Pirates, now the Whitebeard Pirates want to I''m going to settle accounts with you!"


    After finishing speaking, the young man hung up the phone directly.


    Apparently, the young man doesn''t care whether Kisame can handle it, or he believes that Kisame will be able to deal with it.


    Kisame Kisame slowly put away his phone bug, not paying any attention to the troubles of the Whitebeard Pirates, and picked up the juice on the table again.


    This calm appearance surprised King Neptune.


    But for the sake of the overall situation, King Neptune still couldn''t help but said: "Mr. Kisame, the Whitebeard Pirates are the strongest pirates in the world. Thanks to them, we were able to make Murloc Island..."


    "What does that have to do with me?"


    Dried persimmon ghost shark couldn''t help but smile.


    "Mr. Kisame, don''t be impulsive..."


    King Neptune calmed Kisame''s emotions softly, and said in a deep voice, "Maybe I can make peace with this matter...and Jinbei will definitely understand..."


    "Don''t worry."


    Dried persimmon ghost shark interrupted King Neptune, stretched out his hand to pick up his shark muscle sword and put it on his back, turned around and walked outside the Dragon Palace.


    After walking a few steps, Kakisame seemed to think of something again, and said with a smile: "If King Neptune wants to contact the Whitebeard Pirates and Jinbei, you can go now... But I hope you can Think about the consequences..."


    this war...


    Who loses and who wins is not sure!


    Although the Whitebeard Pirates are powerful and menacing, Kisame is not without the power to resist. This is the fishman island under the deep sea!


    As long as it''s fighting in the sea...


    The whole world can''t pick out a few people who can compete with him, not to mention that as Naraku Uehara''s subordinate, he has a big killer in his hand!


    Even if it is really defeated...


    He can continue to be his own member of Akatsuki!


    "Master Ghost Shark..."


    Princess Shirahoshi suddenly flashed out from behind her father, and said with all her strength, "Boss Jinpei is also a good person! Why do you..."


    "you are too young."


    Dried persimmon ghost smiled and looked at Princess Baixing, turned around and left step by step, leaving only his last voice: "When you grow up in the future, you will understand..."


    When you grow up...


    You will realize the cruelty of this world!


    However, when Ganshi Guishui left Dragon Palace City and returned to his residence, he was surprised to see a person who surprised him very much.


    Hai Xia is very flat.


    According to common sense, Jinbe should stay on Whitebeard''s boat until the war broke out, but at this moment he appeared on Murloc Island inexplicably.


    Even, she took the initiative to appear in front of Guixier.


    "Ok?"


    When Kisame saw Jinping, he couldn''t help showing a smile at the corner of his mouth, and slowly clenched the shark muscle sword on his back with his palm: "Isn''t this Mr. Heping? Are you here to take back everything you used to have?" ?¡±


    "No, I''m not here to be your enemy."


    Jinbe shook his head, looked at Kisame Kisame with complicated eyes, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Kisame, I came here because I hope you can plant the pirate flag of Papa Whitebeard on Murloc Island again, so as to avoid The outbreak of this war..."


    Jinbe''s senses of dried persimmons and ghosts are a bit complicated.


    Although Kisame Kisame, when he was going to the Whitebeard Sea, suddenly came up with a trick, occupying the position of King Shichibu Sea and Fishman Island...


    Although Kisame Kisame also killed many murlocs in Murloc Street during this period, including some of Jinbe''s younger brothers, but those murlocs are also to blame...


    But¡­


    Jinbe also has to admit that Kisame Kisame did a good job.


    In other words, Kisame Kisame did a better job than him.


    The entire Fishman Island is under the protection of the dried persimmon ghost shark. During this period of time, there have been few pirates and slave traders who have come to the Fishman Island to plunder.


    No matter how powerful the pirate is, he can''t escape the pursuit of the dried persimmon ghost shark, even if this guy kills a murloc or a mermaid without mercy...


    This complicates Jinbe''s mind.


    And Jinbe is also very clear that those murlocs are also the source of tension between Murloc Island and humans, but Shibe has been unable to do so...


    This dried persimmon ghost shark is much more courageous than him.


    Kisame Kisame didn''t care what Jinbei was thinking, just shook his head, grinned lightly and said, "If you want a war, then come... They defeated me, so they just can help you get back these seats..."


    "I don''t care about those!"


    Jinbe shook his head quickly, and continued to persuade with a serious face: "You know what the war between you and the Whitebeard Pirates means?


    This time, Papa Whitebeard and the 16 squads are mobilizing together, including Sasuke Uchiha and Kisame Kisame, who you assisted the navy to encircle and suppress some time ago. I don¡¯t want to see you die in this war! "


    "..."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame''s small eyes couldn''t help blinking.


    What the hell is going on in this world? Is this guy Jinbe rushing over ahead of time to tip off his enemy?


    Jinbe looked at the dried persimmon Kisame, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Kisame, I never came back to the Fish-Man Island to snatch those false names, but to stop the war... I don''t want to see you go astray, please follow me, and the old man with white beard Father please forgive me!"

 Chapter 484

    Jinbe actually came back secretly.


    Originally, Jinbe rushed back to Murloc Island in order to defeat Kisame Kisame by himself, so that the Whitebeard Pirates would not cause any trouble.


    It was only after Jinbe rushed back to Fishman Island and visited a few places quietly that he discovered that Kisame Kisame had done a lot to Fishman Island, solved many troubles in Fishman Island, and made Jinbe gradually reduce his affection for Kisame. hostility.


    However¡­


    Jinbe still wants to use the fact that Whitebeard once sheltered Murloc Island, hoping to persuade Kisame to go to plead guilty to the Whitebeard Pirates and get Whitebeard''s forgiveness.


    Even after this incident was over, Jinbei never thought about continuing to compete with Kisame for the position of Murloc Island, and even planned to join forces with Kisame to defend Murloc Island.


    to be honest¡­


    Jinbei This is an act of loyalty.


    Sadly, times have changed.


    Dried Persimmon Kisame has never received any favor from Whitebeard. His final destination in this life is Akatsuki. What does the Whitebeard Pirates and Fishman Island have to do with him!


    I really thought he was a murloc...


    Kisame is a ninja!


    A persimmon clan from the land of water who was born in the ninja world, will be a core member of the Akatsuki organization for the rest of his life, a ninja codenamed Nandou!


    "I''m so sorry..."


    After listening to Jinbei''s words, Kisame Kisame had a smile on his face, he didn''t seem to have any sincerity to apologize, he just looked at Jinbei with a light smile and said, "I''m the Shichibukai, the king of the world government, how can I fight with the white beard and those seas?" What collusion do thieves have?"


    "what¡­"


    Jinbe frowned, and couldn''t help but stare at Kisame Kisame, with some doubts on his face, as if he was looking at a mindless idiot: "You guy... can''t really tell the difference between Shichibukai and Shichibukai. Location or Papa Whitebeard... which one is more important?"


    The persimmon ghost still had a smile on his face, and said slowly: "The Qiwuhai under the king is more important... For me, it can save me from being chased by the world government..."


    "but¡­"


    Jinbe clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice, "Father''s flag once made no one dare to covet Murloc Island!"


    "The shark muscle in my hand can also make people dare not covet Murloc Island."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame suddenly grasped his shark muscle sword in his hand, swung the shark muscle sword at Jinbei''s direction, the corner of his mouth slowly grinned: "If you want to apologize, you can do it yourself."


    The smile of the dried persimmon ghost reveals a hint of cruelty, and the voice is a bit cold: "It''s just a war, let alone this country called the Fishman Island, I will never begrudge you... Do you think I should give to other people for this small island?" Bow your head?"


    "..."


    A look of surprise appeared on Jinbei''s face.


    At this moment, he didn''t quite trust the dried persimmon ghost shark.


    This guy is obviously a person who cares about the Murloc Island very much. He will not let off any pirates or slave ships that invade the Murloc Island. How could he say such a thing...


    "Sorry¡­"


    Jinping''s eyes changed suddenly, he spread his palms a little bit, looked at the dried persimmon ghost, and his voice suddenly became solemn: "Since you refuse to go... I have no choice but to take you to plead guilty to my father." !"


    Jinbe suddenly rushed towards Kisame Kisame, gathering all of Jinbe''s strength with a fist, and smashed at Kisame''s body!


    "Shawa Righteous Fist!"


    "Ha... want to use your fist against the shark muscle?"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame was unafraid, chuckled, and waved the shark-muscle broadsword in his hand to meet him, and a sharp slash mixed with water splashed towards Jinping!


    This slash directly forced Shi Ping to take a step back!


    After one step back, the next step is to take countless steps back!


    The shark muscles in the dried persimmon ghost shark''s hand slashed towards Jinping''s body one after another, and the slashes one after another almost instantly forced Shiping to be unable to advance or retreat!


    The houses on both sides of this street were instantly destroyed by the slash!


    Jinbe quickly stretched out his hand with his palm flat to surpass a ball of water, quickly gathered into a ball of water, and threw it towards the dried persimmon ghost!


    "Murloc Karate Wu Laiguan!"


    However, what greeted Jinbei was exactly the same move!


    Dried Persimmon Kisame condensed a ball of water with one hand, and said with a chuckle at the corner of his mouth, "The power of murloc karate...do you think I haven''t mastered it?"


    For Kisame Kisame, he can freely find the strength that suits him on Murloc Island, and the physical skill of Murloc Karate is very suitable for him.


    the most important is¡­


    There is chakra in Kisame''s body, and he can unscrupulously use chakra to perform some offensive moves that are limited by the terrain!


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    The next moment, the water polo impacts of the two collided together at the same time!


    Just when Jinbei was a little surprised, the figure of Kisame Kisame rushed over from the countless water droplets, and slashed towards his shoulder with his shark muscles!


    "Sure enough, he is a swordsman..."


    There was a hint of surprise in Jinbei''s eyes, and he hastily leaned back to avoid the knife!


    Just when Jinbe felt a little rejoiced, in his sight, the cloth strips on Sharkus Dato''s body suddenly shattered!


    Boom!


    The shark muscle opened its mouth and bit Jinbei''s body!


    Jinbe looked at the shark muscles covered with sharp thorns all over his face in astonishment: "Is this... a knife with the ability of devil fruit?"


    In the next second, Jinbe suddenly felt the changes in his body, he broke free from the shark muscles and flew back: "No... physical strength and arrogance were sucked away by it..."


    Jinbe stared at Kisame Kisame, his face gradually became a little ugly, they only exchanged a few moves...


    But Shiping never had the advantage!


    Now seeing Sharkis, a knife capable of absorbing arrogance and stamina, Jinbe''s heart gradually becomes uncertain...


    This battle was not as easy as Shiping imagined. No wonder Kisame was able to take his place, because this guy is very strong!


    Dried persimmon ghost held the handle of the shark muscle in his hand, feeling the domineering power coming from the shark muscle, with a smile on the corner of his mouth, he said with a light smile: "My shark muscle likes you very much... Jinping... no, or it likes you very much." The arrogance in you..."


    Shark muscle really prefers to draw the domineering murloc.


    It''s a pity that the murlocs can''t find a few up-to-date people, and Jinping is undoubtedly the strongest person in the murlocs now.


    "Could you turn a weird fish into a knife?"


    Jinbe looked at the whole picture of the shark muscles in the hands of the dried persimmon ghost, and clenched his fists: "It seems difficult to take this guy away today..."


    "Why are you leaving?"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned lightly, stepped on the ground and soared into the air, waving his shark muscles and smashing down at Jinping: "Since you are here...don''t even think about leaving!"


    Splashes are flying in the air!


    Two murlocs with the same strength started a physical fight on this island under the deep sea!


    The movement of their battle soon alarmed Neptune, the king of Murloc Island.


    It¡¯s just that when the soldiers from Ryugu Castle arrived, everyone was at a loss. One of them was Kisame Kisame, who is now guarding their king Shichibukai; the other was Jinpei, who used to protect their guards team leader¡­


    this battle...


    They don''t know how to intervene.


    What''s more, this battle is not something they can intervene.


    "Mr. Kisame, Jinpei!"


    After King Neptune came from Dragon Palace City, he saw that the two were still fighting. He waved his trident to block between them, divided them into two, and tried to break the communication between them. fighting!


    Jinbe stopped his attack, gasped slightly and looked at Kisame Kisame on the opposite side. In this battle, he was almost completely at a disadvantage!


    The dry persimmon ghost shark''s face was still calm, even with the smile before the battle, he stroked the shark''s muscles slowly, as if nothing had happened.


    Although the result of this battle did not produce...


    But whoever wins and who loses will be judged!


    "All right."


    Kisame Kisame raised his head and glanced at Jinping, and said with a light smile, "For the sake of protecting Murloc Island, I will force you to let you go... If you dare to think about it next time, it won''t be the result of today."


    "Guixie, are you really unwilling to go with me to plead guilty to Dad?"


    Jinbe looked at the dried persimmon Kisame, with a hint of anxiety on his face: "Kisame, don''t be arrogant, Murloc Island and Dad have never been enemies, we..."


    "Are you sure you don''t need this opportunity?"


    The smile still hung on the corner of the dry persimmon ghost shark''s mouth, he slowly pulled out a piece of cloth, wrapped it gently around the shark muscle sword, and said calmly: "If you want to die, I will kill you right now." I can fulfill you..."


    "Jinping!"


    King Neptune lowered his body in a hurry, interrupted Jinbei who was about to continue talking, and turned his head to Kisame Kisame: "Mr. Kisame, go to rest... I will send soldiers to deal with the follow-up matters here."


    "That would be all the better."


    Kisame Kisame still had a smile on his face, his eyes fell on the somewhat angry Jinbe, and he smiled lightly: "I hope we can decide the winner next time..."


    "..."


    Jinbe just gritted his teeth.


    To be honest, he really didn''t want to fight Kisame.


    Because they are both rare and strong among the murlocs, and Jinbei also faintly admires what Kisame Kisaki did in Murloc Island... plus the strange knife in Kisame''s hand somewhat restrains him.


    In fact, what Jinbe didn''t even know was...


    As a master of murloc karate, he has actually restrained the power of Kisame Kisame very much. What he faced was only Kisame Kisame who used physical and sword skills.


    Murloc karate somewhat restrains water escape ninjutsu, and can easily guide water flow, so Kisame is also somewhat restrained in this battle.


    Anyway...


    The battle was barely over.


    King Neptune heaved a sigh of relief after the dried persimmon ghost left. He looked at Jinbei beside him and sighed: "Let''s go, let''s go back to the palace to talk..."


    "Ok."


    Jinbe nodded slowly, looked at Kisame''s back and remained silent.


    This guy has been protecting the Murloc Island all the time, why is this guy unwilling to settle his grudges with the Whitebeard Pirates? Obviously this is the best of both worlds...


    Jinbe''s frown became tighter and tighter, he faintly remembered something that Sasuke Uchiha of the Whitebeard Pirates once mentioned on the Moby Dick...


    The backside of the dried persimmon ghost shark...


    Standing is a person who even Uchiha Sasuke is afraid of!


    That young man, who wasn''t even afraid of Edward Newgate with the white beard, didn''t dare to be too arrogant whenever he mentioned the man behind Kisame Kisame.


    Even when Portgas D. Ace mentioned that person, Uchiha Sasuke would stop him, as if he was afraid that Ace would say something he shouldn''t say...


    because that person...


    Did Kisame dare not contact the Whitebeard Pirates?

 Chapter 485

    Fishman Island, inside Dragon Palace City.


    Neptune drank a large glass of wine contentedly, and sighed softly: "Because Kisame likes to drink fruit juice, we can''t drink any more."


    "Huh? Like to drink juice?"


    Jinbei''s eyes were slightly surprised, and he couldn''t help but think of Uchiha Sasuke who likes to drink juice in the Whitebeard Pirates.


    The black-haired young man not only drank juice by himself, but also forced Ace to drink juice, and even the white beard gradually started to drink juice due to his inability to drink alcohol...


    It is said that Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the red-haired pirates, is also drinking juice recently, and even forced his own captain Shanks to drink juice too...


    and¡­


    All drink only orange juice.


    this juice...


    Where did it come from? Is there a problem?


    Jinbe looked at King Neptune, with a slight apology on his face, and sighed: "Recently, I have been drinking juice with my father in the Whitebeard Pirates...Give me a glass of orange juice too Bar!"


    "..."


    King Neptune''s expression gradually fell silent.


    Don''t you want to drink? Why drink fruit juice well? Even his daughter Princess Shirahoshi just left the tower, and her drink changed from milk to juice...


    This was frightened by the dried persimmon ghost shark.


    Fortunately, this guy Jinping is not as dark as Kisame Kisame.


    Jinbe sighed, and took the lead to say: "I came back this time to make Kisame apologize to Papa Whitebeard and solve the misunderstanding that Kisame pulled the flag of the Whitebeard Pirates before... But it seems that there is no such thing now. Hope."


    "Kikisame''s character is very stubborn."


    King Neptune also sighed, shook his head and said, "If you want him to bow his head, there is no possibility..."


    "No, maybe he has to."


    Jinbei vaguely understood Kisame''s thoughts.


    Because there was another person standing behind Kisame Kisame, he didn''t dare to contact the Whitebeard Pirates, maybe he was always involuntary!


    Jinbe suddenly started to excuse Kanshikisame, this kind of thing also made Neptune''s expression a little weird, you two just had a fight!


    It''s just that Shi Ping stopped mentioning it after mentioning it, and continued: "When I go back to the Whitebeard Pirates, I''ll see if I can persuade my father..."


    "please."


    After Neptune nodded, he continued: "Why don''t I go with you too, maybe this can explain clearly..."


    "No, the target of the Whitebeard Pirates is Kisame."


    Jinbe shook his head and fell into thinking again.


    This battle of the Whitebeard Pirates against the king Shichibukai Kakikisame, in addition to punishing Kakikisame for pulling Whitebeard''s flag, also responded to the World Government''s ambush of Uchiha Sasuke and the 2nd team...


    Could it be that he also wants to test the person behind Kisame?


    Maybe this makes sense, even if it was Uchiha Sasuke''s persuasion, Whitebeard did not shake his determination, and even took the Whitebeard Pirates to dispatch in person!


    A mere king descends to Qiwuhai...


    It is indeed not worthwhile for Whitebeard to dispatch himself.


    After Jinbe thought of this, there was a hint of regret on his face: "For the sake of Fishman Island, didn''t you think that Kisame and I would go the same way?"


    For the sake of Fishman Island, Jinbe took over the position of the king Shichibukai. On the other hand, he has been working hard to maintain the relationship with various powerful pirate groups in the world.


    Fortunately, Jinbei and White Beard, whom Murloc had taken refuge in before, were good to Murloc and had never oppressed Murloc.


    Dried persimmon and ghost shark¡­


    Have you found a stronger person to rely on for Murloc Island?


    Jinbe was still a little uncomfortable. He didn''t think there was anyone more suitable to be the shelter of Murloc Island than Whitebeard.


    "Ok?"


    Neptune glanced at Jinbei in surprise, not quite understanding what Jinbei meant, but just poured a glass of wine on his own: "Actually, thanks to Mr. Kisame, the fishman island has been able to maintain peace during this period. The island is becoming more and more stable..."


    When talking about this, Neptune said again: "Yesterday he solved the Flying Pirates, and Shirahoshi will be able to leave the tower and go out to play in the future..."


    "Will Bai Xing finally come out?"


    A smile appeared on Jinbei''s face.


    Jinbe thought of Kisame''s style and words again, his smile slowly subsided again, and he sighed, "That guy is actually a nice guy with a cold face and a warm heart... Now I don''t know if the path he''s going is right or not. That''s right..."


    He insisted on choosing Whitebeard...


    Kisame insists on choosing the person behind...


    Maybe they won''t know whose choice is right until the person behind Kisame shows up and ends the war.


    However, out of understanding and respect for Whitebeard, Jinbe still will not change his mind, because Whitebeard sheltered them in the most difficult time of Murloc Island...


    Even if they have chosen to take refuge in other people, they can''t refute the face of their benefactor Whitebeard, right?


    "Don''t worry, King Neptune."


    Jinbe drank the juice in the glass, and said in a deep voice: "This war is not as simple as we imagined, and Kisame is just a pawn in this whirlpool... It seems that all we can do now is wait for the result!"


    the sea.


    The news that Whitebeard personally dispatched and rushed to Murloc Island on the Moby Dick spread throughout the sea in a blink of an eye.


    It is said that this is to punish the unreasonableness of Kisame Kisame, the king of Shichibukai, and a tribute to Kisame''s previous encirclement and suppression of the Whitebeard Pirates!


    Marlin Vandeau.


    Office of the Admiral of the Navy.


    During this period of time, the general Huang Yuan finally healed his injuries, and rushed back to Marlin Vandor from the holy land of Mariejoa, and started his life of working and fishing.


    Admiral of the Navy, Warring States of Buddha, Admiral of the Navy Headquarters Kizaru, Admiral of the Navy Headquarters Aokiji, Navy Staff Admiral Tsuru, and Pharmacist Dou are sitting here.


    Except for Admiral Akainu who was guarding the G1 branch, and Lieutenant Admiral Garp who slipped out again, the entire senior navy is here.


    They all came here for the news that White Beard and Shichibukai Kanshi Kisame were about to go to war, and discussed how the navy should respond.


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    no matter what¡­


    The war between the Whitebeard, the so-called strongest Four Emperors, and the Shichibukai, the king of Kanshi Kisame, the navy is definitely inevitable.


    If you are on the sidelines...


    The navy has no credibility!


    "It''s terrible..."


    Huang Yuan was slowly holding a cup of tea, and glanced at the information sent by the CP department from time to time, with a strange smile on his face: "That Uchiha Sasuke who defeated me twice, unexpectedly also dispatched with White Beard ?"


    When Kizaru talked about Uchiha Sasuke, there was no fear on his face, or even unwillingness, as if those two failures were nothing to him at all...


    It''s really not a big deal.


    The two encounters between Kizaru and Uchiha Sasuke were purely because of his bad luck, and each time he acted as a defensive role. Otherwise, with the ability of Shining Fruit, it would definitely be possible to deal with Uchiha Sasuke.


    Moreover, Huang Yuan''s two defeats were also considered sacrifices.


    For the first time, when Kizaru blocked Uchiha Sasuke, all the civilians on the entire island were evacuated, including three Celestial Dragons; the second time, when Kizaru blocked Uchiha Sasuke, the navy of the G1 branch also survived.


    Speaking of...


    Whether it is in the eyes of the five old stars of the world government or in the Navy headquarters, the two failures of the yellow monkey are actually more meritorious.


    And this guy who has been fishing...


    At critical times, it is surprisingly reliable!


    After hearing what Kizaru said, Marshal Sengoku coughed a few times, and comforted his subordinates: "Porusalino, don''t take that kind of thing to heart, that little fellow Uchiha Sasuke is just lucky..."


    "No, no, it''s not his luck..."


    Huang Yuan shook his head slowly, and continued with a smile: "That little guy is indeed very strong...It''s not worse than the white beard when he was young..."


    "..."


    Everyone couldn''t help but glanced at the yellow ape.


    Although they all know that what Huang Yuan said may be true, but what sounds like this always makes them feel that Huang Yuan is bragging about the strength of the enemy to put money on his face...


    After all, the white beard when he was young, even in the Warring States period, there was nothing he could do...


    "That''s not bad at all."


    Lieutenant General Tsuru closed his palms and sighed softly: "The Whitebeard Pirates after Uchiha Sasuke joined are undoubtedly the strongest pirates in the world. In this world, no one can stop them except the Navy. They''re..."


    "Well, that''s true."


    Pharmacist Doudou also nodded, looked at the pieces of information in his hand, and said calmly: "No, or it seems so...but they are not unstoppable."


    The pharmacist took out a reward order and handed it to Lieutenant General He: "I don''t know if Senior He still remembers the news we got from Colonel Naraku?"


    "Huh? That Otsutsuki Kaguya from Wano Country?"


    Lieutenant General He accepted the reward order in Pharmacist Pocket''s hand in surprise, and frowned slightly as he looked at a young man with yellow hair in the reward order.


    Because the person on the reward order does not seem to be surprising.


    It seemed that the blond-haired youth even smiled foolishly.


    Naruto Uzumaki, the chief inspector of the Hundred Beasts Pirates, is offering a reward of 520 million Baileys.


    The reward for the first time reached as much as 520 million. Although Naruto Uzumaki is a rookie pirate, and he only defeated a pirate group, he did not do much evil,...


    But his identity...


    It is indeed amazing enough!


    This is the Chief Inspector of the Hundred Beasts Pirates, second only to the position of the Pirate Governor Kaido, and even above the three disasters!


    "Is this the rookie pirate from the Hundred Beasts Pirates?"


    Lieutenant General He turned his head and glanced at Medicine Master''s Pocket, and couldn''t help asking: "Does this have anything to do with what we are going to talk about? Could it be that this person can turn the situation around..."


    "have no idea."


    Yao Shidou slowly stretched out his palm, and said in a deep voice: "Not long ago, a CP team died in Wano Country, and before they died, they sent the information they got to Colonel Naraku, and he urgently passed the information to come out¡­"


    Yao Shidou pointed to the yellow-haired young man on the reward order, and said in a low voice: "This guy named Uzumaki Naruto is the descendant of the one who occupied Wano Country Kaguya Hime...


    And if you think about it carefully, the Hundred Beasts Pirates are the Four Emperors Pirates, and they can definitely be called as strong as a forest. It is impossible for anyone to become the chief inspector of a large pirate ship. "


    "That''s right."


    Lieutenant General He''s eyes also changed slightly, and he said in a low voice: "We had similar speculations at the beginning, but we couldn''t find anything at all..."


    "It''s found now."


    Medicine Master folded his palms together, and calmly expressed his guess: "Their covenant should be stronger than we imagined. When the Whitebeard Pirates have one more monster, the Hundred Beasts Pirates may also have more monsters." There''s a monster!"


    When talking about this, Yakushido continued to add: "There is another undetermined rumor. It is said that Uchiha Sasuke was once a member of those people in Wano Country, but he turned his back on them for some unknown reason..."


    Pharmacist pocket slowly pushed his glasses, glanced at everyone present, his voice gradually became a little heavy, or he himself was shocked by what he said next.


    "Before Uchiha Sasuke turned his back on the invaders of Wano Country and entered the sea, his teammate at that time... was this Uzumaki Naruto!"

 Chapter 486

    The news is indeed astonishing.


    After everyone in the admiral''s office heard the information provided by Yao Shidou, they couldn''t help showing surprise on their faces.


    The yellow monkey slowly put down his cup, the smile on his face disappeared for a moment, and he took the reward order from Uzumaki Naruto with a smile: "It doesn''t seem very surprising, it doesn''t look like a scary guy at all. ..."


    "No¡­"


    Marshal Warring States shook his head, his face gradually became more serious: "I was a little negligent, this kid named Uzumaki Naruto may really have great power.


    Normally, Garp looks stupid, but his fist is not something anyone can block..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Lieutenant General He nodded, with a subtle expression on his face.


    Lieutenant General Crane, Marshal Warring States, and Lieutenant General Garp are all from the same navy, and they know each other very well. For example, that guy Garp''s IQ is indeed not too high...


    Well, to put it bluntly, it''s a joke.


    In this regard, Garp and Uzumaki Naruto are a bit similar in appearance.


    From the photos, it seems that Uzumaki Naruto is also a fool. Who can really say that these guys with brain problems are not strong?


    "Xiaodou''s intelligence prediction is very accurate."


    Lieutenant General He glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket with a stack of information in his hand, and said softly: "I predicted the actions of the Whitebeard Pirates against the dried persimmon ghosts before...


    This time you mentioned this little guy from the Beasts Pirates, do you also think that the Beasts Pirates will definitely fight the Whitebeard Pirates during this time? "


    "yes."


    Pharmacist nodded seriously.


    His information theory is not 100% predictive at all, but the pharmacist makes a reasonable guess about what will happen, and then manipulates it in private to ensure that it happens according to his prediction. If it doesn''t work, he goes to Uehara Naraku...


    In this way, his prediction is naturally foolproof.


    so¡­


    Pharmacist Dou has always predicted very accurately.


    Honestly, this is cheating.


    It''s just that this effect is remarkable. The navy is paying more and more attention to Pharmacist''s pocket, and now almost all intelligence channels are gradually in the hands of Pharmacist''s pocket.


    Except for CP0, which directly belongs to the Tianlongren, which cannot be transferred at will, the remaining CP troops are all under the command of Yao Shidou.


    Marshal Sengoku sat in his seat, and after thinking for a while, he said in a deep voice: "Even if Kaido and Whitebeard go to war, we can''t determine when they will start the war. Trouble¡­"


    "Perhaps there is a certain probability that it can be determined."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "We only need to do one thing, and we will force the war between the Whitebeard Pirates and the Beast Pirates to start earlier..."


    Everyone in the entire office showed a hint of doubt.


    Pharmacist took out a piece of information, sent it to Zhan Guo, and continued softly: "According to the information from the CP organization, Kaido of Beasts and the Joker of the underground dark organization have resumed trade, and we have also regained a piece of information through this." Batch Hailoushi weapons..."


    Pharmacist''s pocket tapped the table lightly with his fingers, and said in a deep voice: "The Joker who has been controlling the trade in the dark world is exactly our most troublesome king, Shichibu Kaido Flamingo, between Kaido and him. There has always been a connection of interests..."


    Yes, Doflamingo is undoubtedly the navy''s most troublesome king Shichibukai.


    The other Shichibukai can find a reason to abolish it or something, but this guy, Doflamingo, will not have this kind of situation, because his identity is a former Tianlongren, and it seems that he also holds the secret of the Tianlongren...


    The relationship between the World Government and Doflamingo is also good.


    The Warring States Marshal once used Uchiha Sasuke to defeat Doflamingo, and tried to submit a report on the abolition of Doflamingo''s identity as the Qi Wuhai.


    It is a pity that this matter was rejected by the World Government.


    Pharmacist took a look at Sengoku, who was not very good-looking, and continued in a low voice: "As long as we use the matter of recruiting the king''s Qibuhai to force Doflamingo and Whitebeard to have a huge conflict, or force Doflamingo to Brother took the initiative to ask Kaido for help...


    In order to protect his own interests, Kaido will take the initiative to fight against the Whitebeard Pirates, and it just so happens that he has regrouped and can take this opportunity to take revenge..."


    After finishing speaking, Pharmacist Knocked on the table again, and said in a deep voice: "According to my judgment, the two Four Emperor Pirates have a lot of devil fruit ability users, and their battlefield is likely to be in Punk Hazard. this area."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses back, confidence returned to his face, and he calmly withdrew his fingers: "In this way, Whitebeard will definitely withdraw to his own sea area, and we don''t need to protect a king. Shichibukai dispatched a powerful army..."


    "..."


    Everyone in the admiral''s office fell silent.


    There is nothing wrong with the strategy provided by Yao Shidou. The only problem is that the navy took the initiative to provoke a war between the two Four Emperor Pirates.


    What''s more, if the two four emperors go to war in Punk Hazard...


    The situation of this war may have been out of control!


    "Little bag..."


    Marshal Warring States took off his glasses and said in a low voice, "There is nothing wrong with your plan, it is indeed the best plan for the Navy..."


    After saying this, Marshal Warring States sighed and said, "But nothing can go 100% according to the plan.


    If something goes wrong, the Hundred Beasts Pirates did not dispatch to start a war, but because we stood by and watched, Doflamingo and Kakisame were killed by Whitebeard, the Shichibukai system under the king will be fatally hit..."


    "yes."


    Pharmacist shook his head, and his eyes slowly fell on the two generals in the office: "I have also considered this point, so I suggest that General Huang Yuan, who has the fastest support speed, should take the lead in the fishman island and Dressrosa. Patrol on a route..."


    "Oh?"


    Huang Yuan couldn''t help rubbing his palm, and said with a smile: "In this case, will I have to work hard for a while? My injury is just healed..."


    "Well¡­"


    Aokiji scratched his head, and said softly: "Let me go! Polusalino should sit here... I remember that he seems to have hunted down Fisher Tiger. With his identity, it is not easy to appear in the fish Let''s go to the Island of Man!"


    "No."


    Medicine Master looked at General Aokiji, shook his head seriously, and said, "General Yellow Ape can sit in the Dressrosa area of ??the New World.


    Although I can be 100% sure that there will be a war between the two four emperors, the subtleties of it cannot be absolutely controlled.


    Therefore, there are some troubles in the middle, such as the matter of deterring and recruiting Doflamingo, which needs to be carried out by the yellow monkey general, and the matter of trying to chase the two four emperor pirates after the war...


    General Aokiji is also very powerful, but when it comes to support and pursuit speed, it is obviously inferior to the ability of Shining Fruit. "


    After saying this, the pharmacist pushed his glasses: "And once the situation is out of our control, the ability of General Huang Yuan''s shiny fruit is flexible enough.


    When we have to change the plan, he can play a stronger role, such as delaying one of the Four Emperor Pirates, and get a big victory with the support of the navy..."


    At the end, Yao Shidou''s eyes slowly fell on Huang Yuan, and he said sincerely: "The most important thing is, although our navy is very clear, General Huang Yuan''s two defeats were unavoidable, and his merits outweigh his faults." ;


    But other people in this world don''t see it that way, so we must find a way to find an opportunity to try to restore the image of an admiral of the Navy! "


    "..."


    Aokiji glanced at Medicine Master''s pocket speechlessly.


    What the pharmacist said was very sincere, as if he was thinking about the yellow monkey and the navy, but Aokiji didn''t think about it, and he didn''t believe it at all.


    Aokiji just wants to know one thing now, and that is, are those guys from the Akatsuki organization going to attack the general Huang Yuan?


    The place this guy sent Huang Yuan to was controlled by the Akatsuki organization.


    Once the yellow ape went in alone, what problems happened in the middle, was the yellow ape after returning to Marin Vanduo, the same yellow ape?


    to be honest¡­


    Aokiji would rather let the yellow ape go to work in Marlin Fando to catch fish.


    And recently, the two admirals of the Navy Headquarters, Aokiji and Akainu, have intentionally or unintentionally tried to withdraw from the competition for the future admiral, hoping that in the future, Kizaru will be able to take the position, and at least the purity of the admiral can be maintained...


    Now the pharmacist pockets...


    No, or it is the Akatsuki organization, who intends to fight rabbits, and wants to use the reason that the war between the Four Emperor Pirates requires a general to monitor the battlefield to send the yellow monkey out...


    This is definitely not safe!


    The Four Emperor Pirates have undercover agents from their Akatsuki organization!


    Who can monitor the battlefield, why does Yao Shidou have to emphasize that it is the yellow ape?


    If it is said that Yaoshidou is trying to help Huang Yuan find a way to make some contributions in this war to restore his image, Aokiji absolutely does not believe it!


    "I can go!"


    Huang Yuan glanced at Yaoshi''s pocket, and said with a smile: "Our new generation of wise generals has made such a wonderful plan, I really want to see it..."


    "Porusalino!"


    Aokiji rubbed his forehead.


    Just when Aokiji was about to continue to say something, the pharmacist pushed his glasses and said softly: "In order to ensure the implementation of our plan, I will go to Dressrosa with Your Excellency General Kizaru..."


    "Okay..."


    Huang Yuan still had that smiling face, and he continued slowly: "Then on this journey, I hope our new generation of wise generals will give you a lot of advice..."


    Pharmacist shook his head, with seriousness on his face: "If the plan this time can be implemented perfectly, and even bring justice to a perfect conclusion in the war, we must rely on General Huang Yuan''s ability..."


    "Don''t be too restrictive..."


    Huang Yuan smiled and waved his hands, not looking like a general at all: "Although I am a general, I really hate thinking about such troublesome things. This time I will follow your command!"


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "..."


    The Marshal of the Warring States Period glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, then at the yellow ape, and calmly made his own decision: "Then let''s do it! You go to implement the plan of the Battle of the Four Emperors first, and I will start to deploy the branch navy, ready to participate at any time This war!"


    "Actually, it doesn''t have to be that troublesome."


    After Yao Shidou nodded, he continued: "If both sides of this war exercise restraint, we may just sit back and watch their war end; if this war is protracted, then is the time for our navy to really enter the battle! "


    "Ok¡­"


    Zhan Guo nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "Actually, it doesn''t matter to us that they exercise restraint, the current sea should not have too many variables;


    Moreover, our original purpose was to save the Shichibukai, the king of Qianshi Kisame, at the lowest price, and to avoid the imbalance of the times..."


    "..."


    Pharmacist Doudou followed his words and nodded.


    Whether the times will lose balance, Yao Shidou is not sure; but after this war is over, the navy will definitely have a bright future.


    Thinking of this, Yao Shi took a look at Huang Yuan.


    The admiral of the Navy headquarters was still smiling, as if he had never been serious... On the contrary, Aokiji next to the yellow monkey had a sad expression on his face.


    really...


    What is there to worry about? We will still be colleagues in the future.

 Chapter 487

    Marlin Vandeau.


    In Aokiji''s office.


    This office is a bit unorthodox, there is actually a sleeping mat on the floor, and Aokiji is lying lazily on the mat, slowly closing his eyes.


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    After Aokiji returned to his office from the meeting, he kept maintaining this posture, muttering in his mouth: "If you move one chess piece, you will win three chess pieces...Is this the guy''s most important subordinate?"


    At first, Aokiji thought that Yakushidou''s plan was to help solve the trouble Kisame encountered, and by the way provoke and weaken the Whitebeard Pirates and the Hundred Beasts Pirates...


    As a result, Yaoshidou took this opportunity to lure away Huang Yuan.


    No¡­


    In other words, this is the real purpose of the pharmacist pocket!


    Akatsuki organized this group of guys to really want to wipe out the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters!


    Once Huang Yuan had no choice but to join the Akatsuki organization, the three generals of the entire Marin Fando headquarters and one naval staff officer were all undercover agents of the Akatsuki organization...


    Well, evil has completely invaded the base camp of justice.


    "Contact that guy Sakaski?"


    Aokiji took out his own phone bug, and dialed Akainu''s phone bug slowly: "Well, Sakaski, there is something I want to ask you..."


    "You guy... is there something wrong?"


    Akainu''s mood doesn''t sound too good.


    But I have to say...


    After Aokiji and Akainu both became undercover agents of the Akatsuki organization, the relationship between the two has eased a little bit, and the number of contacts has obviously increased a lot.


    Perhaps because of a shared secret?


    Aokiji did not hesitate too much, so he told Akakenu about what happened at the Marin Fando meeting: "Well, Yakushidou and Polusalino are going out to perform a mission together, and I feel that he may not be able to escape our contacts. fate..."


    "..."


    Akainu on the other end of the phone bug fell silent.


    What the hell is going on? The two of them managed to reach a tacit understanding, stay away from Marin Fando, and try their best to let the yellow ape take the position safely in the future...


    As a result, Huang Yuan may also join Akatsuki?


    If the three generals of the Navy Headquarters become undercover agents of the Akatsuki organization, then who else will carry out the justice of the navy? Aokiji and Kizaru, two guys who like to fish and be lazy, can uphold justice as much as possible under the oppression of the Akatsuki organization ?


    "I know about it."


    After Akaken responded, he said sullenly, "Everyone...sooner or later they are all unreliable guys..."


    If the three generals of the Navy Headquarters are all undercover, then the two unreliable guys Aokiji and Kizaru are really unreliable at all!


    The Navy can basically declare it to be over!


    "..."


    Aokiji glanced at the phone bug that was hung up, and his expression became a little subtle. Can he be blamed for this kind of thing? As if they could stop the Akatsuki organization...


    The Medicine Master Dou organized by Akatsuki has now completely deceived Warring States and Lieutenant General He, even officials of the World Government, and a large number of naval officers are also very convinced of him.


    He is an ordinary admiral, what can he do?


    new world.


    G1 branch base.


    After Akainu hung up Aokiji''s phone bug, he lit a cigar for himself and dialed Kizaru''s phone bug, but unfortunately, the phone didn''t answer after a few rings.


    Akaken''s complexion couldn''t help turning dark, and he gritted his teeth and said, "This guy...could it be the wrong phone bug again?"


    After a long time, the phone bug finally connected.


    The voice of some young men fell into Akainu''s ears: "Admiral Akainu, this is the Naval Science Corps, I am the most tight-lipped man in the world, Zhan Momomaru, the old man forgot to bring a phone bug when he just left here , I and the pharmacist left..."


    "I see... that bastard!"


    Akainu couldn''t help but hang up the phone after swearing.


    Akainu''s mouth was smoking a cigar, and he smoked one after another, and the whole room was slowly filled with smoke.


    That is to say...


    If you want to contact Huang Yuan, do you have to contact Pharmacist Dou first?


    Akainu sat in his room, smoked out his cigar, pressed the butt of the cigar on the table, picked up his phone again, and slowly dialed a person he had never contacted.


    Akatsuki''s leader, Naraku Uehara.


    It''s really strange to say that Uehara Naraku has never contacted him or used him since he used Four Tails to implant into his body and forced him to join the Akatsuki organization.


    The first contact between two people...


    It turned out that Akainu took the initiative.


    After Akainu watched the phone bug on his desk connect, a complicated expression flashed across his face. Just when he was about to bow his head and say something, the other end of the phone bug spoke first.


    "General Red Dog?"


    Uehara Naraku''s leisurely voice came from the phone bug, and he seemed a little impatient after saying hello: "Well, it seems that this is the first time we have contacted. Do you have any important information for me?"


    "..."


    Akainu shook his head self-consciously, and said to the phone bug in a deep voice: "I don''t have any information, I just want to talk to you about the navy..."


    "Oh, don''t worry."


    Uehara Naraku''s chuckle suddenly came from the phone bug: "I just happen to have some good news to tell you, we will soon be able to recruit General Kizaru...


    Maybe at the next Akatsuki group meeting, you will be able to see that both of your colleagues are there, and we can change the navy into whatever we want in the future. "


    "..."


    Akainu clenched his fists tightly.


    Bastard, what else could the Navy be like?


    Akainu wanted to contact Uehara because he was worried that Akatsuki would turn the navy into those weird looks!


    The pharmacist was too quick to pick up that bastard!


    Sure enough, the meeting at Marin Vanduo was not discussing the war between Whitebeard and Kaido at all. The real purpose was clearly to lure the yellow ape and force the yellow ape to surrender!


    "..."


    Akainu grabbed the phone bug on the table, his voice suddenly became louder, and he said in a deep voice: "That guy Polusalino is my colleague and friend, but that guy''s personality is unpredictable. , is not trustworthy at all..."


    Back then, the red dog and the yellow monkey were at the same time.


    The two are also collectively referred to as monsters among recruits.


    Even without the ability of devil fruits, they still have extremely powerful power, and the two monsters will naturally cherish each other.


    In fact, the relationship between Akagi and Kizuru is not bad, and they occasionally drink tea and bubble hot springs together. The two of them can be regarded as truly harmonious colleagues.


    hehe¡­


    As for the green pheasant, it must be excluded by them.


    Akainu pinched the phone bug in his hand, and continued in a deep voice: "Polusalino''s ability is a shining fruit, Mr. Uehara Naraku, even if you can use the same ability, you may not be able to capture him completely.


    If you show your power to forcibly recruit Polusalino, but he escapes, it will easily arouse the vigilance of Marshal Warring States, and maybe the identity of me and Kuzan may be exposed...


    This is very dangerous for me! "


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was still indescribably relaxed, he calmly comforted Akainu''s emotions: "Don''t worry, this kind of thing won''t happen..."


    "So much the better."


    Akainu hung up his phone bug vigorously, but he didn''t hear the last sentence that Uehara Naraku on the other end of the phone bug said.


    "He certainly won''t escape."


    the other side.


    Wano country, the capital of flowers.


    Naraku Uehara was sitting in a conference room, looking at the phone bug in his hand suspiciously, someone dared to hang up his phone?


    "What''s wrong?"


    Otsutsuki Kaguya sat beside Uehara, looked at Uehara Naraku, and asked softly: "Hagoromo... did something happen? Did someone offend you?"


    "No, it''s okay, I''m not a feather either."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, put away his phone bug, glanced at all the members present, and ordered: "The Whitebeard Pirates have left their sea area, Mr. Shikahisa, immediately let Kaido and Uzumaki Naruto set off and led the Beast Pirates to Punk Hazard, where he was going to intercept the Whitebeard Pirates!"


    "yes."


    After Nara Shikahisa nodded, he asked a question: "Do you need the Ninja Allied Forces to join the battle? Anyway..."


    "There is no need, Wano Country must continue to lock down the country."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Shikahisa Nara, and said in a low voice: "Except for Naruto, at least before the real war breaks out, the ninja coalition who know my identity should stay in Wano Country and study hard for the time being!"


    Speaking of this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes slowly fell on the people present: "If there are ninjas who want to travel in this sea, they must go through the review...Even everyone present is no exception..."


    Just when Uehara Naraku was about to continue to say something, he couldn''t help but wrinkled his brows, and slowly raised his finger, a reincarnated man who had been released for a long time also contacted him.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    It''s really strange, what happened today...


    Some guys who basically don''t communicate much are contacting him...


    This time the person who contacted Uehara Naraku was Uchiha Itachi, because of the connection between them, Uchiha Itachi''s thoughts were instantly transmitted to Uehara Naraku.


    "Uehara Naraku, I met a person named Charlotte Katakuri here, the two of us chatted very well, this person wants to join the Akatsuki organization..."


    "Ok?"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was a little subtle, and he just casually said a sentence to Itachi Uchiha: "That guy Katakuri? Don''t leak my information...Really, you brothers really have a common language..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi fell silent.


    the other side of the sea.


    The sea area of ??BIG MOM.


    Charlotte Katakuri was lying on the ground, with burns all over his body in a mess, and his hideous mouth was exposed. It was obvious that he had just experienced a big battle.


    and¡­


    Katakuri was defeated.


    This man, who was almost called 100% perfect in the Charlotte family, failed in this battle and could only be dealt with by the enemy.


    Itachi Uchiha stood beside Katakuri, slowly lowered his fingers, opened his eyes, and looked at Katakuri with scarlet eyes: "The leader has agreed to you joining the Akatsuki organization, You can survive..."


    After Uchiha Itachi said this, he spread his palms and said in a low voice: "And I understand what you did to protect your sister...I will not kill you, and I will keep a secret for you...even if you don''t It doesn''t matter if you join Akatsuki."


    "yes?"


    Katakuri closed his eyes and shook his head, said in a low voice, "What a tricky person, forget it, at least do a few things for you to let Bree go...


    Anyway, you are also a loose organization, according to the information I got in private, it seems that you can quit this organization at any time..."


    Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help being silent for a while, and then said: "Who told you about Akatsuki? Has anyone invited you to join Akatsuki before?"


    Katakuri looked up at the sky, and replied softly: "About two months ago, a guy named Heijue appeared in Wanguo, sneaked into my room, invited me to join Akatsuki, and told me , Akatsuki can help me protect my relatives..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi fell silent again.


    At this moment, he didn''t know whether to tell Katakuri the truth.


    The Akatsuki organization has never been a loose organization. From the current point of view, any member who wants to leave the Akatsuki organization will almost have no good end in life...

 Chapter 488

    Katakuri and Itachi Uchiha met by chance.


    Originally, Uchiha Itachi came to travel in the sea area of ????BIG MOM, and happened to meet Charlotte Katakuri and Charlotte Bray brothers and sisters who were out on patrol.


    The two brothers and sisters believed that Uchiha Itachi was an intruder and wanted to solve Uchiha Itachi, but they had no choice but to face Uchiha Itachi''s undead reincarnation...


    Moreover, Itachi Uchiha also has a super high combat IQ. Katakuri had a premonition of his possible defeat, and sacrificed his life to save his younger sister Bree, who has been protecting Bree and left the battlefield with a mirror.


    And while they were fighting...


    Uchiha Itachi watched Katakuri, the elder brother, turn his whole body into glutinous balls in order to protect his sister, and was almost burned by the fire of Amaterasu...


    That''s why Uchiha Itachi decided to let him go.


    Unexpectedly, there is still a little fate between Katakuri and Akatsuki. Hei Ze and Katakuri had exchanged two months ago.


    Heijue grasped Katakuri''s weakness, saw through Katakuri''s true heart, and believed that Katakuri had the power to become a member of Akatsuki, so he lured Katakuri to join the Akatsuki organization. At that time, Katakuri Li refused.


    So Hei Jue did not report this matter.


    After Katakuri lost to Uchiha Itachi today, because he wanted to repay Uchiha Itachi''s kindness, he jumped in directly. I hope this guy will stay in the Akatsuki organization when he knows the truth!


    The Akatsuki organization is not a loose organization, it is not easy to join in, and even more difficult to quit...


    It is a pity that Katakuri''s name has now been registered with Uehara Naraku, and it is too late to quit the Akatsuki organization now.


    Now Uchiha Itachi doesn''t know what to say.


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and said in a low voice: "Forget it, anyway, you are not our core member of Akatsuki... Everything will have to wait for how the leader will treat you in the future!"


    "The leader of Akatsuki..."


    Katakuri frowned and said, "That person is also very strong, right?"


    "have no idea."


    After Uchiha Itachi shook his head, he nodded again, and his tone gradually became more complicated: "Humans have limits..."


    Uchiha Itachi slowly raised his head and looked into the distance, facing the sea breeze and whispered: "But... God, there should be no limit."


    "God?"


    A gleam flashed in Katakuri''s eyes.


    The next second, Katakuri forced himself to sit up, found something casually around his chin, and said softly: "In the future, if there is anything I can do, just contact me! I want to Go back to Wan Guo immediately, lest Bree worry..."


    "Ok."


    Itachi Uchiha nodded, and said in a low voice: "I hope you can remember that what Akatsuki needs you to do is definitely not that simple..."


    Katakuri waved his hand indifferently, and responded in a deep voice: "As long as it doesn''t hurt my family...you can do whatever you want..."


    "Your logic is wrong..."


    Uchiha Itachi sighed, and continued calmly: "If you fail to do what Akatsuki asks you to do, the person you want to protect will be in a very dangerous situation..."


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Itachi added: "Of course, if you can do it, the rewards are not low..."


    "..."


    Katakuri is full of question marks.


    Is this Xiao organization actually threatening?


    Akatsuki''s threat...


    No one dare not take it to heart.


    The Whitebeard Pirates, aboard the Moby Dick.


    Sasuke Uchiha was standing on the deck, saying the same thing, trying to persuade Whitebeard: "The guy standing behind Kisame is a very vengeful person... He will take away his enemies without any hesitation. The most cherished thing in life."


    "Gu la la la la..."


    Hearing Uchiha Sasuke''s words, White Beard smiled indifferently, and his face gradually became serious: "Sasuke kid, the person you are talking about is the leader of Akatsuki! He took away Did you miss your brother?"


    This is what Whitebeard guessed based on multiple sources of information.


    Although Uchiha Sasuke never fully talked about his home, it seemed that it was because of his inner fear and timidity, but Whitebeard still quietly learned something from Portgas D. Ace.


    For example, in order to protect him, his older brother Uchiha Itachi had to kill the whole clan with another Akatsuki member named Uchiha Obito...


    For example, his brother Uchiha Itachi died in his hands, but was resurrected and reused by Akatsuki''s leader...


    For example, Uchiha Sasuke misses his brother very much, but knows that his brother is controlled by Akatsuki''s leader...


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at White Beard, gritted his teeth and nodded, "Indeed, the person standing behind Kisame is Akatsuki''s leader... a character we should definitely not provoke now!"


    "I see¡­"


    Whitebeard slowly stood up while supporting the chair. He stretched out his palm and stroked Uchiha Sasuke''s head with a smile, and looked at the sons on the Moby Dick!


    "Little ones!"


    White Beard laughed boldly and said: "Then let''s go and help Zuo help the kid get his brother back this time!"


    "Hahahaha, of course!"


    "That''s right, Sasuke is our general!"


    "We are a family! Sasuke''s elder brother is our younger brother, how could he see his family members living outside!"


    The entire Moby Dick suddenly fell into a sea of ??joy.


    Now the Whitebeard Pirates left the Whitebeard sea area and sailed towards the first half of the great route. Their destination was Murloc Island.


    Jinbe, who returned from Fishman Island, watched this scene and sighed slowly...


    Sure enough, just as he expected, the goal of the Whitebeard Pirates was never Kisame, but the person standing behind Kisame.


    "idiot!"


    Uchiha Sasuke bit his lip, glanced at the people around him, couldn''t help but clenched his fists, and there was a touch of red on the eye circles: "I don''t need your help! Now, go back immediately!"


    These idiots can''t be persuaded no matter what!


    It would be fine if he was going to fight a dried persimmon ghost, but unexpectedly the goal of this group of guys was Naraku Uehara standing behind the dried persimmon ghost!


    Oh shit¡­


    Are they floating?


    Do you really think you are invincible in the sea? The truly invincible people in this sea probably drink juice in a corner!


    "Sasuke brat..."


    White Beard squatted down slowly, with a hearty smile on his face: "We are a family, what''s the matter, we should help..."


    After finishing speaking, White Beard looked at Sasuke''s eye circles, and patted his head: "Gu la la la la... Stop making such a bad face, go and drink a glass of juice, little devil!"


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    "This is the most juice-drinking pirate on the Moby Dick!"


    "A child who is almost eighteen years old and still dare not drink alcohol!"


    There was a sound of good-natured laughter from below.


    They obviously have no malicious intentions, the entire pirate group has accepted Uchiha Sasuke, even if this little guy has never called Whitebeard a father.


    A blush flashed across Uchiha Sasuke''s face, he just clenched his fists secretly, this group of passionate idiots really made him feel embarrassed to get angry...


    These pirates...


    It''s really much more comfortable than the world of ninjas.


    among this group of people.


    Marshall D. Teach was also brimming with his own smile, but there was a bit of ferocity and sadness hidden under his smile.


    No matter who wins or loses this war, it is of no benefit to him. White Beard wants to take the opportunity to deal with the person standing behind Kisame Kisame. I can''t go down.


    Once Whitebeard loses, it means that the Akatsuki organization that competes with him for the dark fruit is too strong...


    While the Whitebeard Pirates were sailing towards Murloc Island, the opponent they were destined to meet was also heading towards the established battlefield.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Beast Pirates.


    Two huge warships headed towards Punk Hazard.


    These two ships are the warships of Beast Kaido and Drought Jack, and they only brought more than 2,000 men on this trip.


    On the flagship of the Hundred Beasts Pirates.


    Kaido sat on the deck, poured a sip of strong wine into his mouth, wiped the corner of his mouth, and then muttered: "Nara Shikahisa told us to rush to Punk Hazard, that''s Doflamingo. The guy''s site, I hope that guy can get acquainted..."


    After finishing speaking, Kaido took another sip of wine, snorted coldly and said: "This time the war with Whitebeard, I will be ashamed, you kid won me, don''t hold back and let me No more embarrassment!"


    "Ok."


    Uzumaki Naruto took a sip of the juice, laughed confidently and said, "Sasuke and I have been sparring frequently since the ninja school, and I have never lost!"


    After saying this...


    Uzumaki Naruto didn''t even blush.


    Kaido, who was about to drink, stopped suddenly, and couldn''t help but said: "Hey, Naruto kid, how did I hear that that kid Uchiha Sasuke is a unique genius among you, you have been a crane tail since childhood!"


    "Ah...hahahaha..."


    Uzumaki Naruto scratched the back of his head in embarrassment, and said with a laugh: "The grades of childhood don''t count! After growing up, he never beat me..."


    "..."


    There was a hint of suspicion in Kaido''s eyes.


    If it weren''t for Uzumaki Naruto''s powerful performance in the previous battle, Kaido really couldn''t believe that Uzumaki Naruto could deal with Uchiha Sasuke...


    certainly.


    Kaido had a little confidence in Uzumaki Naruto.


    However, after hearing Naruto Uzumaki say that he has never lost, Kaido is not very well. This war will not develop in a strange direction, right?


    This battle is mainly based on him and Naruto Uzumaki.


    Kaido himself lost to Whitebeard, Uzumaki Naruto lost to Uchiha Sasuke, that would really embarrass him again...


    But the arrow is on the string, I have to send it!


    After the Akatsuki organization issued an order, this war could no longer be stopped!

 Chapter 489

    On the sea, the wind is raging.


    When the Whitebeard Pirates marched towards Murloc Island and Kaido led the Beasts Pirates to Punk Hazard, the navy would definitely not be idle.


    Naval Staff Admiral Pharmacist Dou and General Yellow Ape rushed from Marin Fando to the Holy Land Mariejoa, crossed the Red Earth Continent directly, boarded a naval warship from the other end of the Holy Land Mariejoia, and hurried to Dressrosa.


    Yao Shidou and General Huang Yuan stood on the bow of the boat facing the wind, Yao Shidou held a phone bug in his hand, glanced at General Huang Yuan beside him, and the corners of his mouth curled up slightly.


    "latest news."


    Apothecary pushed his glasses, and said with a low laugh: "Kaido''s revenge seems to be more anxious than we imagined. After the news of the Whitebeard Pirates and the Ginseng Kisame came out, the Hundred Beasts Pirates It has already been dispatched..."


    "Two Four Emperor Pirates? It''s scary to think about it..."


    While talking, Huang Yuan lowered his head and looked at Yao Shidou with a smile: "As expected of a wise general of the new generation, it seems that everything has not exceeded the staff''s expectations..."


    "It''s just taking advantage of intelligence."


    Pharmacist Doudou shook his head modestly, and his face gradually became serious: "Although everything is going according to our deduction, who knows what will happen in the sea, the final battle will depend on the battle between the two Four Emperor Pirates. result¡­"


    "How humble..."


    Huang Yuan smiled and praised.


    It is actually quite pleasing that Pharmacist is a naval staff officer in Marlin Vandor, because his intelligence theory is very popular in the navy recently, and he is often able to predict accurately, and he is becoming more and more valued by the world government and the navy.


    Logically speaking, such a young man should be a wunderkind.


    It''s just that Yao Shidou is not arrogant at all, perhaps because he grew up in a naval base and experienced many changes later, he is quite young and mature.


    Regardless of whether the person in front of him is an admiral or an ordinary navy soldier, Yao Shidou can be polite, neither flattering the admiral nor arrogant to the ordinary soldier.


    What an amazing person...


    General Huang Yuan imitated the appearance of the pharmacist and pushed his glasses, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually became more and more intense.


    Pharmacist took a look at General Huang Yuan''s movements, and shook his head helplessly, as if he had nothing to do with this old urchin-minded general...


    new world.


    Punk Hazard.


    Due to the order issued by Huang Yuan, the chief officer of the naval science force, all the researchers at the naval base here have been withdrawn, and all the prisoners detained in this base have also been transferred to Imperton.


    The entire island was deserted.


    Under such circumstances, the Beast Pirates directly landed on Punk Hazard, where they will be stationed temporarily, looking for opportunities to attack the Whitebeard Pirates.


    Kaido didn''t hide the news.


    This island is not far from the Murloc Island, and the Beast Pirates can attack or intercept it recklessly.


    Once Whitebeard gets the news, it is definitely impossible to sit back and watch the Beast Pirates staring at the battlefield. At that time, Whitebeard will definitely rush to Punk Hazard first to drive away the Beast Pirates.


    Thus¡­


    The war will naturally proceed as scheduled.


    It is a pity that the plan cannot keep up with the change.


    Kaido didn''t hide the news that he was stationed in Punk Hazard, and he didn''t attract Whitebeard, but he first attracted the one who likes to meddle most among the Four Emperors.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Redhead Shanks.


    The Red Foss of the Red-haired Pirates wandered slowly towards Punk Hazard. Obviously, the red-haired Shanks did not come to the island of Punk Hazard for vacation.


    When the Whitebeard Pirates might cause a world war by attacking the king''s Shichibukai Kisame Kisame, the red-haired Shanks didn''t want Kaido to join the war, he wanted to control the scale of the war.


    Punk Hazard''s port.


    The Red Forth came swimming slowly.


    The red-haired Shanks stood on the bow of the Red Forth, waving his one arm, and greeted the members of the Beasts Pirates friendly: "What a coincidence! You are also here for vacation ?"


    The vice-captain of the red-haired pirates, Ben Beckman, took a sip of the juice, frowned and said, "Although the idiot Shanks is saying hello seriously now, in the eyes of those guys from Beasts, it should be very serious." Provocative..."


    no matter what...


    Shanks, who is also the Four Emperors, does seem to be provocative.


    "asshole¡­"


    Kaido happened to be near the port, and after seeing the red-haired Shanks, a look of anger flashed across his face: "The red-haired bastard...does he want to meddle in his own business again?"


    This time he came to stop the war between White Beard and Kisame Kisame!


    The red-haired jerk just meddles in his own business if he doesn''t understand anything...


    Naruto Uzumaki, who was sitting next to Kaido, saw the red hair on the Red Forth, he was a little confused, and just waved his hands happily in response.


    "Good afternoon!"


    Naruto Uzumaki looked at the red-haired Shanks who was smiling heartily on the bow, and greeted loudly with a smile: "Hey, do you want to have a banquet together?"


    After finishing speaking, Uzumaki Naruto turned his head to look at Kaido beside him: "That person is very enthusiastic, is he an old friend of our Pirates?"


    "..."


    Kaido was silent.


    The entire Beast Pirates looked at Naruto Uzumaki speechlessly, and all fell into silence. That redhead is their deadly enemy!


    Red-haired, known as the No. 1 nosy bastard in the sea!


    "Eh?"


    When the red-haired Shanks heard someone from the Beasts Pirates responding, he couldn''t help showing a little astonishment on his face, and subconsciously touched his chin: "That guy Kaido... seems to have an extra Funny little guy!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Standing beside Shanks, Ben Beckman said slowly: "That guy is Kaido''s deputy captain! Uzumaki Naruto, who is only seventeen years old this year, not long ago single-handedly defeated a team facing Kaido. The super large fleet that launched the challenge...so the first time that guy was rewarded by the Navy exceeded 520 million Baileys."


    Ben Beckman is the mate and chief steward.


    Ben Beckman must be paying attention to the new stars of the Hundred Beasts Pirates. He also knows some information about Uzumaki Naruto, but it is limited to those that are circulated outside.


    only¡­


    Everyone''s first impression of Naruto Uzumaki is that this little guy is stupid and seems to have no brains.


    "Eh? Are you so young?"


    The red-haired Shanks didn''t think Uzumaki Naruto was stupid, the interest on his face grew stronger, and he said with a smile: "Let''s go, Beckman, let''s meet Kaido, and take a look at this interesting newcomer by the way... "


    The two Four Emperor Pirates...


    Finally met in Punk Hazard!


    The war between the Four Emperors has hardly stopped, and it is obviously impossible for the Beast Pirates to have any good looks towards the members of the Red Hair Pirates.


    With a group of tall guys staring at him, the red-haired Shanks walked towards Kaido step by step with his companions.


    The red-haired Shanks looked at Kaido with a smile on his face, as if they were old friends for many years: "Long time no see, Kaido..."


    "Red hair¡­"


    Kaido''s eyes slowly fell on the face of the red-haired Shanks, his palm slowly grasped his mace, and the domineering began to flow gradually on his body!


    The next moment, Kaido waved his mace and threw it at the red-haired Shanks: "You bastard, do you want to hinder me again?"


    The torrential air wave swept all around!


    When a group of people couldn''t help retreating under Kaido''s arrogance, the red-haired Shanks pulled out his own western sword, and blocked the mace neatly!


    Obviously two weird weapons...


    But it maintained a complete balance in the hands of the two four emperors...


    The next moment, the red-haired Shanks suddenly erupted with a group of domineering domineering, this domineering even more powerful, swept up against Kaido''s domineering, the huge air pressure continued to oppress the Beast Pirates everyone!


    The sky in Punk Hazard changed color in an instant!


    The cumulus clouds in the sky were slowly divided into two by the arrogance of the two four emperors, and the clouds were even carried upstream by the arrogance bit by bit...


    Just when some members of the Beasts Pirates were about to faint due to the oppression of the red-haired domineering, a huge golden fox tail wrapped them up.


    Naruto Uzumaki was covered with a golden chakra coat, and behind him was a golden tail composed of nine chakra coats. It was he who shot directly and protected the members of the Beast Pirates in the domineering conflict between the two four emperors. safe and sound.


    Drought Jack took a look at Uzumaki Naruto, with surprise in his eyes, and said in a low voice: "Thank you for protecting these useless little guys, Naruto..."


    For my own...


    Especially the powerful ones, Jack the Drought has always been respectful; but for those powerful enemies, Jack the Drought is often a little confused...


    "fine."


    Naruto Uzumaki''s face gradually became serious. He fixed his eyes on the red-haired Shanks who was confronting Kaido, and said in a deep voice, "That red-haired guy...is very strong!"


    "Uh¡­"


    Drought Jack''s voice was a bit stuck, but he still replied: "That guy is our old opponent, Shanks, the captain of the Red Hair Pirates... a guy who likes to meddle in his own business... there is no one in the whole sea who doesn''t hate him guy!"


    "Hey, Jack, this is too rude!"


    While the red-haired Shanks was in a stalemate with Kaido, he turned his head and glanced at the drought Jack who slandered him, and said with a smile: "I haven''t said anything now, how can you say that I am nosy Woolen cloth!"


    Obviously confronting Kaido, the Four Emperors...


    The red-haired Shanks can still find time to refute the slander of Drought Jack... This guy obviously still has a lot of room to spare in this domineering conflict between the four emperors.


    "Ok?"


    Kaido frowned, slowly put away his mace, and asked in a low voice: "You bastard... Didn''t you come to hinder me this time?"


    "Probably not?"


    The red-haired Shanks put away his western sword, scratched his chin, raised his head and smiled at Kaido: "So don''t always shout and kill, so impulsive..."


    "You''re lucky this time..."


    Kaido''s face calmed down a little, and he said coldly, "Since you didn''t come to hinder me, you bastard really came on vacation, right?"


    "No."


    Shanks shook his head, looked at Kaido seriously, and spread his palms: "I will definitely not interfere with your affairs, so I also want to ask you not to interfere with other people''s affairs..."


    "..."


    Kaido''s expression gradually became subtle.


    Even if the red-haired Shanks didn''t have to go on, he probably knew what the red-haired bastard was going to say... It''s none of your fucking business!


    The red-haired Shanks looked at Kaido''s face and didn''t care at all. He still persuaded with a serious face: "Give me face, Kaido! Don''t hinder the war between Whitebeard and Kisame, at least not now. ..."


    "asshole!"


    A flash of anger flashed across Kaido''s face, he stared at the red-haired Shanks, as if he wanted to swallow the guy in front of him: "You bastard... are you here to amuse me!"


    Oh shit¡­


    In vain, he thought that the red hair had changed, and this guy was still the same... Isn''t this a fucking thing about the sea?

 Chapter 490

    This piece of sea.


    The red-haired Shanks was notoriously nosy.


    Or rather, the red-haired guy prefers to join in the fun.


    The news that the Whitebeard Pirates are going to attack the Shichibukai Kisame has spread throughout the sea, and the news that Kaido plans to rekindle the war with Whitebeard in the Murloc Island area, this guy is at this time again jumped out.


    Kaido spewed a burst of hot air from his nose, glaring at the inattentive Shanks, couldn''t help but clenched the mace in his hand: "If you want to amuse me, you came to the wrong place today!"


    "Don''t say that..."


    Shanks waved his hands happily, and looked at Kaido with a smile: "I''m too boring in the sea, isn''t it good for me to be your opponent?"


    "asshole!"


    Drought Jack took a step forward, snorted coldly, and transformed into a mammoth directly, and said in a low voice, "Who do you think you are..."


    "Jack!"


    Ben Beckman interrupted Drought Jack. He took a sip of his own juice slowly, glanced at the giant mammoth indifferently, and continued: "When you shouldn''t speak, don''t speak casually..."


    Naruto Uzumaki was a little slow to react. He glanced at the mammoth next to him, stretched out his palm to caress the mammoth, and exclaimed: "Jack, is this your fruit ability? This is too powerful! Big How could an elephant have such long tusks!"


    "..."


    Drought Jack''s momentum suddenly weakened a bit.


    What the hell is this Naruto Uzumaki inspector? Is this the time to lose your mind?


    Even Kaido''s face couldn''t help turning dark. Did the Akatsuki organization send him only people with strength but no IQ?


    Drought Jack turned his head and looked down at Uzumaki Naruto, with a drop of cold sweat on his forehead: "Hey, Naruto, now is not the time..."


    "Hahahahaha..."


    Shanks couldn''t help rubbing his stomach and laughing wildly: "Hey, Kaido, the newcomer on your ship is really cute... Hahahahaha..."


    The entire red-haired pirate group couldn''t help laughing out loud.


    When everyone around him was laughing loudly, Ben Beckman couldn''t help frowning, and glanced at Naruto Uzumaki standing beside Drought Jack...


    Ben Beckman thinks differently.


    According to Ben Beckman''s observation, those who are pure-hearted or have thick nerves in the sea will not be hindered by external objects, and it is actually easier to focus on cultivation...


    That is to say...


    These guys with thick nerves and who may go offline from time to time, because they are more focused, are more likely to stand at the top of the sea than those with superb intelligence.


    Definitely a tough character to play against!


    Moreover, these guys have very stubborn personalities, and they often don''t hit the south wall and don''t look back. According to the information Beckman has, that guy Uzumaki Naruto probably also has this potential...


    "Uzumaki Naruto, be serious!"


    Kaido stopped Naruto Uzumaki with an ugly face, and his eyes turned back to the red-haired Shanks: "Hurry up and get rid of the red-haired group of nosy bastards, we still have to find Shiro That guy with the beard is in trouble!"


    "Yes Yes Yes¡­"


    Naruto regretfully loosened Drought Jack''s tusk.


    Uzumaki Naruto turned around slowly, looked at the red-haired pirate group, his fists closed suddenly, and a powerful arrogance emanated from him in an instant!


    "Then get rid of them quickly!"


    The golden chakra coat on Uzumaki Naruto''s body stretched instantly, nine huge tails fluttered behind him, and his gaze fell on everyone in the red-haired pirates: "I can''t wait to see Sasuke!"


    have to say¡­


    Uzumaki Naruto is still very trustworthy when he is serious.


    Following Naruto Uzumaki''s movements, the members of the Hundred Beasts Pirates standing behind him each drew their knives and guns, and looked fiercely at the red-haired group!


    The members of the red-haired pirates looked at the enemy on the opposite side and pulled out their weapons with a sneer on their faces. Everyone gradually gathered their own strength.


    Although the members of the red-haired pirates are obviously fewer, but their aura is very strong, almost everyone can be called strong!


    The entire Punk Hazard was in a state of tension in an instant!


    This battle is inevitable!


    "Jesus cloth, look at the fineness of that little devil..."


    Ben Beckman bowed his head and called out to the man standing behind him.


    Before Ben Beckman finished his sentence, a pirate standing behind Beckman suddenly played a trick, holding the sniper rifle in his hand, and aimed directly at Naruto Uzumaki.


    boom!


    A bullet flew out!


    A golden chakra tail suddenly sprang out from Naruto Uzumaki''s body. This tail suddenly pulled away and directly knocked the bullet away, but the tail was also shot through in an instant!


    But now is no time to sigh...


    War has been declared!


    Following the shot fired by Jesus Bu of the red-haired pirates, the two sides rushed towards each other immediately, and the two pirates immediately fought into a ball!


    Kaido swung his mace and hit the red-haired Shanks hard, and the battle between the two emperors began!


    Boom!


    Shanks brandished the western sword and blocked the mace!


    Kaido''s palm suddenly exerted force and pressed down little by little: "Red hair, I have more people than your subordinates!"


    "Numbers are never an advantage, Kaido!"


    A smile appeared on the corner of Shanks'' mouth, he drew out his western sword and dodged Kaido''s mace shortly, and then suddenly slashed with a slash, forcing Kaido back directly!


    The youngest Four Emperors broke the ground under his feet and rose from the ground!


    The tip of the Western Sword fell on Kaido''s body instantly like raindrops, and countless lightning flashed from Kaido''s body in an instant!


    Kaido forced Shanks back with a punch, glanced at the surrounding battle situation, and said with a gloomy face: "Number... is the advantage!"


    Although Kaido said so...


    But the actual battle situation is somewhat different.


    The two sides had just started fighting, and the entire Red Hair Pirates were almost invincible, and the Beast Pirates could not resist the attack of the Red Hair Pirates even with their superior numbers!


    "yes?"


    There was a smile on the corner of the red-haired Shanks'' mouth, and he also glanced at the surrounding battle situation: "But now it seems that the probability of you losing..."


    Before the red-haired Shanks could finish speaking, a childish voice suddenly resounded throughout the battlefield: "Ninjutsu-Multiple Shadow Cloning Technique!"


    The next moment, hundreds of clones of Naruto Uzumaki swarmed out!


    The figures of these Uzumaki Naruto merged into the battlefield in a blink of an eye, the sound of Naruto releasing ninjutsu one after another, and the spiral pills shone with black light!


    "Armed Super Domineering Spiral Ball!"


    This somewhat natural name must not be underestimated!


    A member of the red-haired pirates quickly stopped in front of a clone of Uzumaki Naruto, his upper body instantly became pitch black, trying to block the attack with his armed domineering defense!


    However, when an armed spiral pill landed on him, it broke through his defense in an instant. The attack of the spiral pill directly damaged his body severely, and even the domineering energy in his body could not be condensed!


    Kaido''s eyes flashed.


    Has this brat mastered a way to break through his body defense again?


    Fortunately, they are now in the same group. I have to say that the support of the Akatsuki organization is very strong. Kaido seems to feel that any war is sure to win!


    When thinking of this, Kaido''s eyes fell on Shanks again, and he said in a cold voice: "There is still an advantage in numbers... red hair..."


    "It''s really... I missed my eyes!"


    The face of the red-haired Shanks became slightly solemn, he slowly raised his Western sword, and said in a deep voice, "Then please allow me to go all out!"


    "Hmph, you who lost an arm..."


    Kaido waved the mace and smashed it down, his face was full of disdain: "What qualifications do you have to tell me to go all out!"


    Their battle suddenly became fierce!


    On the entire battlefield of Punk Hazard, the Beast Pirates, who had fallen into a disadvantage immediately after the start of the war, persevered with the support of Uzumaki Naruto.


    Driven by hundreds of Uzumaki Naruto, these pirates even launched a counterattack in an instant, and the entire red-haired pirate group retreated steadily!


    Ben Beckman''s face was ugly, and he pulled out a pistol in his hand instantly, and a shot pierced through the arm of Naruto Uzumaki!


    I saw that Naruto''s avatar instantly turned into smoke and dissipated!


    Ben Beckman claimed to have the strongest brain, and he immediately realized that this was the enemy''s weakness. The pistol in his hand pierced through the thigh of a shadow clone again, and that shadow clone also turned into smoke and dissipated!


    Ben Beckman''s pistol shot through a clone again, and said loudly: "These clones are all fake, their bodies cannot withstand any attack!"


    "Beckman, I found out too!"


    Jesus Bu beckoned, grinningly loaded a bullet into the sniper rifle, and without aiming at all, he shot a shadow clone between the eyebrows!


    This battle is really twists and turns.


    Although the fighting power of the Red Hair Pirates is astonishing, their battle scenes against the ordinary members of the Beasts Pirates are just like Uzumaki Naruto facing them...


    to be honest¡­


    The situation on the battlefield is a bit subtle.


    The reason why the red-haired pirates were able to keep the wind in previous wars was because when the red-haired Shanks stopped the strongest, the vice-captain Ben Beckman, who was almost as strong as Shanks, was on the battlefield. Start mowing the lawn recklessly.


    Now¡­


    Things have finally changed.


    Among the Four Emperor Pirates, the Whitebeard Pirates also have members who can compete with Ben Beckman.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    No, that statement is incorrect.


    Sasuke Uchiha, who announced that he joined the Whitebeard Pirates, directly defeated Beckman even under the huge disadvantage that the right time, place and people were far behind.


    So¡­


    Does Uzumaki Naruto in the Hundred Beasts Pirates also have the corresponding power?


    "Ok¡­"


    Ben Beckman lit a cigarette for himself, glanced at Naruto Uzumaki who was rampaging on the battlefield, slowly spit out a smoke ring, and walked towards Naruto Uzumaki.


    "Another monster to be tested?"

 Chapter 491

    "Armed Super Domineering Spiral Multi-Bomb!"


    A dozen or so golden chakra palms suddenly sprang from Uzumaki Naruto''s body, each holding a pitch-black spiral pill, which knocked over a dozen enemies into the air.


    Once in a fight...


    Uzumaki Naruto''s intuition will be extremely sharp!


    Even if Uzumaki Naruto''s shadow clone is wiped out, now only the main body is left, but he can gather his strength, and he has a greater advantage in the face of a group of red-haired pirates, and his ninjutsu is better than Uchiha Sasuke is even more peculiar!


    Using the helix pill condensed with armed domineering and chakra, it is a technique that can directly break through the defense of armed domineering and act on the enemy''s body!


    Uzumaki Naruto glanced at the battlefield, and the situation gradually tilted towards the Beast Pirates, which made him feel a little more relaxed. In his field of vision, a figure suddenly appeared with a jet-black short knife in his hand, facing towards As he walked over step by step...


    The deputy captain of the red-haired pirates, Ben Beckman!


    Ben Beckman waved his ninja sword casually, knocked down several pirates who attacked him like a stroll in the garden, and walked up to Naruto Uzumaki step by step.


    "Ben Beckman."


    "Uzumaki Naruto."


    Naruto Uzumaki frowned, he could clearly sense the power in Ben Beckman in front of him, this guy is different from others!


    After the two people reported their names, no time was wasted!


    Ben Beckman suddenly rushed forward with a knife!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Uzumaki Naruto''s speed was not slow at all, he instantly picked up a Kunai in his hand, and the armed domineering overwhelmed Kunai, blocking Ben Beckman''s knife head-on!


    A surge of domineering power suddenly spread from the battlefield!


    There was a touch of black in the scarlet domineering, and almost instantly knocked away all the enemies around them. This battlefield will not allow the weak to appear!


    Even Kaido and Shanks, who were still fighting fiercely, couldn''t help but look at Naruto Uzumaki and Ben Beckman!


    "Humph¡­"


    Kaido couldn''t help snorting coldly, retracted his gaze with disdain on his face, waved his mace and smashed at Shanks again: "Naruto Uzumaki is my secret weapon to deal with Sasuke Uchiha, Looks like your mate is going to suffer!"


    "No¡­"


    Shanks still had a smile on his face, and the western sword in his hand deftly blocked a spike on the mace. He chuckled lightly and began to refute Kaido: "That fellow Beckman will never lose... He''s my mate!"


    "He has already lost!"


    Kaido pressed his mace hard, lowered his head ferociously and said in a deep voice: "Red hair... I will remember it, it is best not to hinder me again!"


    "It''s not idle business..."


    The red-haired Shanks felt the power from the mace, and his face gradually became serious: "Kaido, I''m just here to stop you... from hindering others!"


    "...high-sounding..."


    Kaido cursed coldly.


    The next moment, the two waved their weapons and collided again, and the sky in Dressrosa seemed to be cracked open!


    No, even the earth is gradually unable to bear their strength!


    Whether it''s the battle between Kaido and Shanks, or the battle between Uzumaki Naruto and Ben Beckman, their full efforts make this island always on the verge of collapse!


    "Immortal method! Wind escape! Armed! Super domineering spiral shuriken!"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s palm instantly condensed a spiral shuriken, and various energies in his body were quickly injected into this spiral shuriken!


    The next moment, Uzumaki Naruto waved this weird spiral shuriken at Beckman, and the spiral shuriken rushed over almost unstoppably!


    Everything around was blown away by this black spiral shuriken!


    To put it bluntly...


    Anyone who stands in front of the spiral shuriken will be directly shredded by the armed domineering wind blades around it. Its sharpness is not inferior to that of a great sword!


    This is the first time Ben Beckman has seen this kind of move, and he also knows how powerful it is. If he is hit, it may even kill him!


    "Little devil, don''t underestimate the red-haired deputy captain..."


    After taking a deep breath, Ben Beckman turned around and slashed at the spiral shuriken with force!


    This slash was almost Ben Beckman''s full blow. This slash left a deep hole in the ground. This slash also lived up to Beckman''s expectations!


    Cut open that spiral shuriken neatly!


    Ben Beckman finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Although this crisis has been resolved now, this brat named Naruto Uzumaki really cannot be underestimated... No, no, it has not been resolved yet!


    Ben Beckman''s complexion changed drastically, and he watched in disbelief that the armed domineering colors in the spiral shuriken were densely gathered together like thin needles...


    Countless thin needles of armed domineering colors continued to fly towards him!


    This spiral shuriken with a lot of ingredients was so powerful that it was almost uncontrollable. When Ben Beckman cut it, it directly detonated the energy in it!


    The energy in the spiral shuriken exploded instantly!


    This is the real killing move of the spiral shuriken!


    Uzumaki Naruto no longer looked at Ben Beckman, he seemed to know the fate of the enemy, and calmly spread his palm: "What a terrible opponent, the current spiral shuriken, even Sasuke''s Susano It can''t be stopped easily..."


    "Don''t underestimate people, kid..."


    Ben Beckman snorted coldly, swung the knife in his hand violently, and the power in his body surged out quickly, a slash was like a hurricane, sweeping the explosive power of the spiral shuriken in a blink of an eye!


    A dazzling light flashed...


    The energy of the spiral shuriken disappeared without a trace, but scars were left on the ground. The center of the battlefield between Naruto Uzumaki and Beckman completely formed a ravine area with huge gaps and unevenness!


    "It''s amazing..."


    Naruto Uzumaki looked at Ben Beckman, who was panting heavily on the opposite side, smiled and said in admiration: "I thought you would be accidentally killed by me..."


    "Are all the brats this arrogant?"


    Ben Beckman gritted his teeth, and his face was a little unsightly. How could this brat make him feel more difficult than Sasuke Uchiha?


    No, it should be said to be a battle between human forms.


    but¡­


    According to Ben Beckman''s estimation, this little ghost named Uzumaki Naruto, although not as powerful as Uchiha Sasuke''s Susano, should also be a powerful Phantom Beast fruit ability user...


    if not¡­


    He will definitely not be able to secure his position as the deputy of the Hundred Beasts Pirates!


    However, so far, Uzumaki Naruto has only been shown once in the domineering conflict between Kaido and Shanks, and now he seems to have never used his phantom beast fruit form...


    "Little devil, use all your strength!"


    Ben Beckman stretched out his knife and pointed at Naruto Uzumaki: "Let me see how powerful the deputy of the Hundred Beasts Pirates has. I know this is definitely not the limit of you little brat..."


    Ben Beckman''s aura exploded with all his strength, he still had enough strength to fight Naruto Uzumaki, but Ben Beckman didn''t want to delay any longer!


    "Is that so?"


    After Uzumaki Naruto hesitated for a while, his face suddenly became serious: "It just so happens... I also want a quick victory!"


    next moment¡­


    A powerful aura appeared on the entire battlefield!


    Everyone involuntarily felt a suffocating sense of oppression!


    These pirates criss-crossing the second half of the great route sensed almost immediately that a terrifying monster was about to emerge!


    "Roar!"


    A loud roar spread throughout Punk Hazard!


    The golden chakra coat on Uzumaki Naruto swelled rapidly, and his body turned into a golden nine-tailed demon fox hundreds of heights in an instant!


    A surge of arrogance surrounds the body of the golden nine tails, and spreads towards the surroundings in an instant. All the pirates on the battlefield are forced to retreat involuntarily by this arrogance!


    "this is¡­"


    Ben Beckman stretched out his arms to block the domineering impact, his face was a little dignified, he just stared at the tall golden nine tails, and immediately began to think about the information he had.


    seem¡­


    Not like any fruit!


    "Immortal Art ¡¤ Armed ¡¤ Super Domineering Tailed Beast Jade!"


    The next moment, Naruto Uzumaki''s golden Nine-Tails opened its mouth suddenly, and sprayed a jet-black tailed beast jade towards Ben Beckman!


    Ben Beckman hastily stretched out his knife!


    Fortunately, his reaction was fast enough, this knife directly blocked the attack of Tailed Beast Jade, no, or it only blocked it for a few seconds!


    In Ben Beckman''s Perception¡­


    This tailed beast jade has the power to destroy the world, if it is directly hit by this tailed beast jade and explodes, even he cannot survive!


    No, not even those around you can survive!


    Ben Beckman stopped the Tailed Beast Jade, and gradually felt that his physical strength was exhausted. When he was a little bit hard to resist, a figure appeared beside Beckman!


    It was the red-haired Shanks who had been watching this side.


    Shanks hurriedly left Kaido''s battlefield, waved the Western sword in his hand, and worked together with Ben Beckman to fly the tailed beast jade directly!


    The pitch-black tailed beast jade soared into the sky and landed far away on the coast of Punk Hazard. The explosion produced monstrous flames that shot straight into the sky!


    The whole Punk Hazard seemed like an earthquake!


    In the shock wave of that explosion, a sky-like wave was set off on the sea, sweeping towards the depths of the sea!


    Everyone tried their best to stabilize their bodies, looking at the explosion area in inexplicable horror. A corner of this small island was directly sunk by the blast...


    If only a few more times...


    The whole island will be destroyed!


    "Do you want to continue?"


    Naruto Uzumaki''s voice echoed through Punk Hazard.


    "Wait, you little brat..."


    After Kaido stopped Naruto Uzumaki, he ordered loudly: "Jack, take him to a safe place..."


    The red-haired Shanks took a deep look at the golden nine tails, immediately made the same decision, and said loudly: "Ben Beckman, take the others away immediately..."


    "Shanks!"


    Ben Beckman frowned, and was about to reject the proposal of the red-haired Shanks in a deep voice. He just glanced at his stubborn captain, and he could only reluctantly agree: "I see, when I bring him I''ll pick you up after I leave!"


    "No need to."


    Shanks shook his head, held the western sword in his hand, and said in a deep voice: "After solving the trouble here, I will go to you soon..."


    This sentence is equivalent to the red-haired pirates admitting defeat.


    Both Shanks and Ben Beckman are very clear that Shanks is not solving things, but is going to break up as the captain.


    this war...


    They can''t go on any longer.


    While it''s one thing to stop Kaido from getting in the way of Whitebeard''s fight, it''s not worth it at all for Shanks the red-haired...


    "Hmph, let''s go, redhead..."


    Kaido sat on a stone casually, put down the mace in his hand, and waved his hand nonchalantly: "Since you have lost, don''t come to hinder me again in the future!"


    Now Kaido has no intention of leaving the Red Hair Pirates behind.


    The task Kaido received from the Akatsuki organization was to prevent Whitebeard from invading Murloc Island, and he was destined to not sacrifice too much time for a redhead.


    As for redheads...


    It''s not worth mentioning in the future!


    Kaido is confident enough that if this group of guys meddle in their own business again, there are so many strong people in their Akatsuki organization that they can completely kill the entire red-haired pirates directly!


    After Shanks heard Kaido''s words, he slowly retracted his sword, and waved his hands to signal his subordinates to put away their swords and guns.


    Shanks looked at Kaido, with a smile on his face again, he laughed and said: "Well, really, you can also communicate, do you really have to hinder Whitebeard? Whitebeard and Uchiha Sasuke are very difficult How about dealing with..."


    Although Whitebeard Pirates is still headed by Whitebeard, even Sasuke doesn''t hold any position...


    But when discussing combat power, when everyone mentions the Whitebeard Pirates, they usually list Whitebeard and Uchiha Sasuke separately.


    "Humph¡­"


    Kaido glanced at Shanks, and said coldly: "I was on the same boat with that guy with the white beard... I know all about his troubles!"


    "..."


    Everyone present couldn''t help but have subtle expressions.


    Shanks even thought of his good friend Bucky who often quarreled with him, asking if the guy with the white beard did something to apologize to Kaido...


    Kaido would rather let go of the chance to severely damage the red-haired pirates... than let go of the trouble of finding Whitebeard!


    Just in time, Uzumaki Naruto also disbanded his golden nine-tailed state, walked to Kaido''s side, and said with a smile: "Sasuke and I used to be in the same class! But his strength is not very good, worse than mine A lot of¡­"


    "..."


    Everyone''s eyes couldn''t help but become more subtle. Anyone who had seen Uchiha Sasuke''s true strength subconsciously ignored Uzumaki Naruto''s last words.


    The world is amazing...


    According to the relationship between Kaido and Whitebeard, Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke, the chief and deputy of the Beast Pirates want to trouble their former teammates?

 Chapter 492

    Moby Dick.


    The Whitebeard Pirates saw the latest news.


    Marco raised his eyebrows, looked at the news in the newspaper, and rolled his eyes unhappily: "Morgans'' news is getting worse and worse, the war between the two Four Emperor Pirates, even with only one sentence In summary..."


    "Ok?"


    Ace couldn''t help looking at Marco curiously.


    Marco handed the newspaper in his hand to Ace, and said out of boredom: "The guys with red hair and the bastards of Beasts had a big battle in Punk Hazard, and Shanks finally withdrew, it seems that it should be a hundred The Beast Pirates have won."


    "It''s a matter of course."


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the reward orders mixed in the newspaper, and looked at a young man with yellow hair who offered a reward order, his expression gradually became a little lost, and a touch of nostalgia gradually appeared on his face.


    On that reward order, there was a foolish young man printed on it.


    The chief inspector of the Hundred Beasts Pirates, Naruto Uzumaki, the nine-tailed demon fox, offered a reward of 520 million Baileys, regardless of life or death.


    Naruto Uzumaki''s bounty hasn''t changed.


    Because the navy still doesn''t know much about Uzumaki Naruto''s power, but Sasuke Uchiha knows it well, and there is a hint of worry on his face.


    this idiot...


    Was he also pulled into this world by Naraku Uehara?


    Uzumaki Naraku arranged for Uzumaki Naruto to join the Hundred Beasts Pirates. Obviously Uzumaki Naraku was the opponent Uzumaki Naraku chose for him.


    "Uzumaki Naruto..."


    Portgas D. Ace scratched the back of his head, curiously looking at the reward order in Uchihasa''s assistant: "This name..."


    "My teammate when I was still in the ninja class."


    Sasuke Uchiha still stared at Naruto Uzumaki who was smiling silly on the reward order, and snorted coldly: "Hmph...a crane tail...do you really think he can compete with me?"


    "It doesn''t sound convincing..."


    Ace hugged Sasuke Uchiha''s shoulder with a smile, and said with a light smile: "But I remember that when Sasuke scolded me before, he always liked to use him as a negative example!"


    "No¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, turned his head and glanced at Ace, a little angry: "I thought you could still be saved, but now I realize that you are a little more idiot than him..."


    "Hey, hey, this is too much!"


    "never mind¡­"


    Sasuke Uchiha rubbed his forehead, shook his head and said, "Why should I compare two idiots..."


    one or two...


    Nothing!


    No, there are still some differences.


    Uzumaki Naruto must be stronger than Ace, not to mention his fighting instinct is a bit amazing, the two of them are the reincarnation of Indra and Asura''s Chakra, Uchiha Sasuke firmly believes that Uzumaki Naruto will not lag behind him too much many.


    That crane tail...


    Been chasing after him!


    What''s more, Uehara Naraku will never send Uzumaki Naruto here for no reason. Obviously Uehara Naraku has great confidence in Uzumaki Naruto.


    When thinking of this, Uchiha Sasuke slowly put away the reward order in his hand, he glanced at Ace, and asked in a low voice: "How far are we from Fishman Island?"


    "Well, soon?"


    Portgas D. Ace scratched the back of his head: "This route is different from the route we left from Murloc Island. Find a place to coat and dive directly. You should be able to arrive tomorrow..."


    "Don''t think about it."


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, his eyes fell on the sea, his voice gradually turned cold: "Ace, we can''t go to Murloc Island anymore, the enemy we are going to face today may show up..."


    If the Whitebeard Pirates went to Murloc Island...


    The war may involve dried persimmons and ghosts.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    According to Naraku Uehara''s defensive personality, it is absolutely impossible for him to allow the war to affect Kisame Kisame, who has been following him.


    Naraku Uehara also definitely has the ability to control the war, he will definitely stop the war outside of Murloc Island!


    Newspapers arrive a little later...


    According to the calculation based on this time, the Hundred Beasts Pirates should have already started to stop them in this area...


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly closed his eyes, his senses instantly sensed a change, and the next second his eyes were fixed on the sea!


    under the sea...


    Two huge sea ships floated up from the bottom of the sea!


    In Uchiha Sasuke''s perception, there is a very familiar Chakra and the breath of Kaido. Are the members of the Beast Pirates ambushing under the sea?


    Uchiha Sasuke was not the only one who found the enemy on the Moby Dick...


    White-bearded Edward Newgate slowly took off the infusion tube on his arm, reached out and held the big knife next to his seat, and a bold smile appeared on his face: "Gu la la la la... little one Hey guys, we have guests here!"


    "All alert!"


    The warning whistle sounded throughout the Moby Dick!


    The next moment, the entire Moby Dick was moved by the wind, and figures appeared on the deck one by one. Anyone with knowledge and arrogance was sensing the enemy''s trace.


    As the two big ships under the sea got closer and closer to them, they also sensed a powerful enemy coming!


    Wow...


    The waves on the sea are churning!


    Two huge sea ships covered with coatings suddenly surfaced, one left and one right directly surrounded the flagship of the Modibuque. The moment they surfaced, the coatings instantly shattered!


    The flags on these two ships are the logo of the Hundred Beasts Pirates!


    Facing Whitebeard who has the ability of the shaking fruit, Kaido knows very well that if he can''t get close to the Moby Dick, he can only become a target for Whitebeard to use the ability of the shaking fruit!


    Therefore, after the Beast Pirates repelled the Red-haired Pirates, under Kaido''s order, the boatmen hurriedly coated the hull. After the coating, they could dive into the depths of the sea and gradually approach the white Beard''s Moby Dick flagship!


    Kaido''s plan worked.


    The two battleships of the Beasts Pirates directly surrounded and protected the Moby Dick. If there was an artillery battle, the Beasts Pirates already had a huge advantage.


    Whitebeard didn''t care at all, but walked slowly to the railing on the ship, looking at the tall Kaido on the enemy ship, he couldn''t help but grinned.


    "Gu la la la la..."


    Whitebeard looked up at the solemn Kaido, and said with a smile, "Kaido, we haven''t seen each other for a while, right?"


    "Humph¡­"


    Kaido snorted coldly.


    Just when Kaido was about to answer, Naruto Uzumaki who was standing beside him waved his arms excitedly: "Sasuke! Sasuke! I''m here to find you!"


    "Naruto!"


    Moby Dick aboard.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face darkened, and a flash of anger flashed across his face, staring at the yellow-haired young man on the Beast Pirates'' ship.


    Uzumaki Naruto is an idiot...


    Always able to disrupt the rhythm of the battlefield!


    Doesn''t this guy know that it''s the war time between the Hundred Beasts Pirates and the Whitebeard Pirates? What is this idiot jumping out to grab the limelight?


    I don''t know how to be an undercover...


    Do I have to learn to be low-key?


    "Sasuke!"


    Uzumaki Naruto didn''t care what Sasuke Uchiha thought, his figure flew up, jumped off the boat in an instant, and stood on the sea!


    Naruto Uzumaki raised his head and looked at Sasuke Uchiha on the Moby Dick, with nostalgia and regret on his face: "It''s been a long time!"


    "idiot!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face darkened, he stared at Uzumaki Naruto on the sea, and couldn''t help but said: "Don''t imitate other people''s handsome appearance in front of me! The two of us haven''t met, and it''s only been less than a year... "


    "Ahahahaha, is that so?"


    Uzumaki Naruto scratched his head, raised his head with a playful smile, and said, "You''re a year ahead of me...but now I''m catching up, Sasuke!"


    "Hey?"


    Portgas D. Ace couldn''t bear it first, glanced at Naruto Uzumaki on the sea, and then at Sasuke Uchiha beside him.


    "Sasuke, that person can stand on the sea!"


    "Treading water is just the basic skill of a ninja..."


    Sasuke Uchiha had a proud face, and sneered, "Hmph, it took that idiot a long time to finally learn to tread water..."


    After saying this, Sasuke Uchiha remembered the truth that Naruto Uzumaki couldn''t practice Chakra control, and his face couldn''t help turning black again...


    Because there is too much chakra in Uzumaki Naruto''s body.


    "Gu la la la la..."


    White Beard glanced at Uzumaki Naruto on the sea, and laughed heartily: "It seems like a rookie who is more active than Sasuke kid..."


    While talking, Whitebeard turned his head to look at Sasuke, and continued with a smile: "Sasuke kid, is this your old friend?"


    "more or less¡­"


    In fact, the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto is more complicated.


    The figure of Uchiha Sasuke rose from the ground, flew and landed on the surface of the sea, looking at Uzumaki Naruto in front of him, a touch of helplessness flashed in his heart.


    "You joined the Beast Pirates?"


    "yes¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto spread out his palm, and a look of helplessness flashed across his face: "You also know that as Akatsuki''s ninja, you must obey orders..."


    If you can¡­


    In fact, Uzumaki Naruto wanted to find a boat by himself, take Uchiha Sasuke to the sea together, and then bring Hatake Kakashi and Jiraiya.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Uzumaki Naruto must obey Uehara Naraku''s orders, not only because Uehara Naraku brought peace, but also because of Uehara Naraku''s somewhat complicated identity.


    "Humph!"


    Uchiha Sasuke snorted coldly, looked at Uzumaki Naruto and continued: "That guy sent you here to stop me, right?"


    "yes¡­"


    After Uzumaki Naruto nodded, his fists were clenched suddenly, and his face suddenly became serious: "He told me that this might be an opportunity... Let Indra and Asura''s chakra destiny, in the sea, be able to End!"


    When he said this, Uzumaki Naruto suddenly raised his head, and continued in a low voice: "But I still don''t want to fight with you...Sasuke, you and the Whitebeard Pirates get out of here!"


    "Gu la la la la..."


    White Beard stood on the railing, looking at Naruto Uzumaki on the sea, couldn''t help laughing loudly: "This battle is not up to you, a brat... Gu la la la... Brat, let me If you leave here, you must at least come with someone who is worthy!"


    "Isn''t my weight not enough!"


    Kaido stood proudly on the bow, clenched his mace, and looked at Whitebeard fiercely: "Newgate... I''m not here to play tricks with you!"


    "not enough!"


    Whitebeard squatted on the boat with a big knife in his hand, grinned his own mouth, and smiled confidently: "Kaido... I am Whitebeard!"


    As the emperor of the sea...


    There is no way out of these guys'' mouths!

 Chapter 493

    the sea.


    While the Whitebeard Pirates and the Kaido Pirates were still facing each other, the naval warships that came to monitor their war also quietly parked around.


    General Huang Yuan of the Navy Headquarters glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket beside him, and said with a smile: "It seems that our staff''s prediction seems to have made a little mistake. I really didn''t expect that this war would start at sea..."


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t look for a reason to refute, and nodded seriously: "This is my negligence. After returning to Marin Fando, I will ask Marshal Warring States to be demoted..."


    It''s all said...


    But anyone can hear that Yao Shidou is disheartened, he is the most popular vice admiral in the navy recently!


    This attitude made the yellow monkey a little bit hard to recall.


    Yao Shidou''s attitude was so serious that Huang Yuan, the admiral of the Navy headquarters, was even a little embarrassed to tease Yao Shidou.


    Huang Yuan patted the shoulder of the pharmacist, and smiled to soothe his emotions: "But don''t blame yourself too much, this is not your fault..."


    Huang Yuan looked at the medicine master''s pocket, and continued slowly: "No one would have thought that the red-haired Shanks would come to participate in this war..."


    "but¡­"


    A stern look appeared on Yao Shidou''s face: "As the staff officer of the Navy Headquarters, you must consider all factors in order to provide the Navy with a complete combat plan."


    After finishing speaking, Yao Shidou even took out his notebook, and said in a low voice: "I will remind myself again, be careful of the red-haired pirates... this pirates act too casually, and anything that happens in the future will depend on you." may be affected."


    Ok¡­


    The red-haired pirates must make arrangements.


    Yao Shidou never thought that the red-haired pirates, who had the least sense of presence among the four emperors'' pirates, would almost make his plan go wrong.


    If Naruto Uzumaki was not strong enough, if the red-haired pirates really drove away the beasts pirates, it would be too bad for Kisame Kisame...


    that time¡­


    Pharmacist Dou estimated that he could only release his army of filth to help.


    General Kizaru couldn''t think of this, he just continued dryly: "Don''t be too hard on yourself...at least Kaido and Whitebeard still met!"


    "Your Excellency, General Huang Yuan, you don''t need to comfort me."


    Pharmacist sighed, feeling a little depressed: "This time I can only say that God blesses justice, our luck is pretty good..."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and continued in a low voice: "However, above the sea, the battle between the two Four Emperor Pirates will be restrained. We want to reap the benefits after their battle. It¡¯s almost impossible.¡±


    "It doesn''t matter..."


    A smile appeared on General Huang Yuan''s face again: "Anyway, our original purpose was just to avoid the failure of Qiwuhai, a king..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Pharmacist Pou nodded heavily, pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "But we are not completely powerless, I hope our backhand can work!"


    "It''s really scary!"


    Huang Yuan also pushed his glasses, and said with a smile: "As expected of a wise general of the new generation, he made a new plan in just a few days, and used the war between the two four emperors to attract the seven kings. This force of Wu Hai accepts the call..."


    "Qiwuhai under the king claims to be a strong man, and he will definitely not miss the opportunity."


    Yao Shidou slowly closed his palms, and a look of uneasiness flashed across his face: "It''s a pity that I applied to Marshal Warring States to enlist King Shichibukai, but two of them rejected the enlistment, and only five of them were rushed over...


    The world''s number one swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk, the bounty hunter Kadotsu who is active in the sea, the persimmon Kisame from Murloc Island, the King Doflamingo of Dressrosa, Moonlight Moria, They also want to see the war between the two Four Emperor Pirates.


    Only Amazon Empress Boya Hancock and Tyrant Bear are left, these two people are not interested in the war between the Four Emperors, so they didn''t rush over..."


    "Five kings descending to Qiwuhai is scary enough..."


    Huang Yuan nodded slowly, and continued with a smile: "Moonlight Moria and Kaido have old grievances, and they are probably the most active in accepting recruitment!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Pharmacist nodded, and said in a low voice: "I hope this king Shichibukai, who once fought against Kaido, can bring us some surprises..."


    Wars between the Four Emperors were not uncommon.


    However, the scale of the war directly fought by the two four emperors, Whitebeard and Kaido, is still rare, especially since their location is not far from the first half of the great route.


    No matter how many of the princes Shichibukai want to pass through Marie Gioia or Fishman Island, they can reach this sea area very quickly.


    exactly¡­


    They can all be turned into part of the navy''s combat power.


    Even if there are a few of them who are obedient, it is enough.


    certainly¡­


    In the deeper level of the pharmacist''s pocket.


    The Qiwuhai under the king recruited this time is also a conspiracy against them.


    According to Yao Shidou''s speculation, the frontal war between the two four emperors will definitely attract some of the king''s Qi Wuhai to come...


    Let the whole Shichibukai system under the king be reshuffled!


    Among them, the three kings, Shichibu Haijiaodu, Doflamingo, and Kanshi Kisame are all of their own people. They came here specially because they were protected by three Hokages reincarnated from the dirt, and they wanted to use several of them. Hokage came to deal with General Kizaru...


    Yao Shidou''s fingers gradually closed, he turned his head to look at General Huang Yuan, and said in a deep voice: "These kings Qiwuhai are a bit rebellious... I hope General Huang Yuan can deter them..."


    "Ah, it''s hard to say..."


    General Huang Yuan quickly shook his head, and said with a smile: "The five kings descend to Qiwuhai, I am not their opponent..."


    "..."


    Yao Shidou couldn''t help frowning again, and said in a low voice, "Do you want to ask General Akainu for support?"


    "Don''t worry, let''s take a look..."


    Huang Yuan looked at the helpless Pharmacist''s pocket, couldn''t help but continued with a smile: "After all, Qiwuhai, under the king, was canonized by the world government. I can only hope that they don''t dare to be too presumptuous towards us..."


    There are only a few kings under Qiwukai... Except for Hawkeye Mihawk, who is more troublesome, Kizaru actually doesn''t really care about other people.


    After Huang Yuan finished speaking, he couldn''t help being a little surprised and said: "Why haven''t they rushed over yet? The war between Whitebeard and Kaido is about to start..."


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    "It should be soon."


    A ray of light flashed on the mirror of the medicine man''s pocket.


    This big drama intertwined with dark shadows will start soon, but their own people have already arrived!


    As for Moonlight Moriah and Hawkeye Mihawk who didn''t come over...


    Do you even need to think about it? There must have been an accident on the road!


    above the sea.


    The Beasts Pirates and the Whitebeard Pirates are still facing each other.


    Because this war is really difficult to spread out on the battlefield, only Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, two guys who can tread water, can be unscrupulous.


    "Hey, old man..."


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at the stalemate situation, raised his head and looked at the white beard standing on the Moby Dick: "Stop wasting time, the navy has already arrived, right? Let me use this war and Old friend for a bet?"


    Rather than allow a major battle to lose...


    How about letting him fight Naruto Uzumaki directly!


    What''s more, Sasuke Uchiha thinks that he has been in the world of pirates for a long enough time, whether it is swordsmanship or domineering, he has made great progress...


    This battle should be within his control!


    "It''s really rare..."


    After hearing Sasuke''s words, Whitebeard couldn''t help but smile boldly, his eyes fell from Kaido on the enemy ship to Sasuke: "Goog la la la... you brat is so polite to me, It''s really a bit uncomfortable!"


    After Whitebeard finished laughing, he turned his head and looked around him: "Little ones, it''s rare that Sasuke has a good temper today and didn''t contradict me... Shall we promise him?"


    "Hahahaha, of course I agree!"


    "It''s really rare to see! Promise him, father!"


    "This is the first time Sasuke has been so polite to Dad! Promise him!"


    On the Moby Dick, after the captains of the Whitebeard Pirates had a tsunami, everyone agreed to Uchiha Sasuke''s request.


    White Beard looked down at Sasuke on the sea, grinned and said, "Gu la la la la, did you hear that, brat! Everyone has already agreed... brat, just do whatever you want! Whatever you want to do Anything is fine!"


    White Beard seemed to have guessed what Sasuke was thinking, he stood on the deck with the big knife in his hand, and continued with a loud laugh: "Little Sasuke, don''t worry about other things, I''m right behind you today!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s palm tightened suddenly.


    At this moment, Sasuke''s mood became more and more complicated. Before he had time to say anything, Whitebeard agreed to everything, and he trusted him too much...


    Whitebeard''s temper is actually not good...


    But the old man has always been extremely tolerant to him.


    "understood!"


    Sasuke Uchiha turned his head abruptly, clenched his fists tightly, a scarlet flashed in his eyes, and looked at Naruto Uzumaki in front of him!


    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha''s domineering arrogance erupted instantly. He looked at Uzumaki Naruto and said in a deep voice, "Naruto, let''s make a bet!"


    "What bet?"


    A look of caution flashed across Uzumaki Naruto''s face, he immediately spread his hands and explained, "Hey, have you forgotten? Akatsuki is forbidden to gamble..."


    this thing...


    It''s just outrageous.


    The Fifth Hokage Tsunade within the Akatsuki organization is very fond of gambling. That woman has been complaining about Konan for a long time, because she is always losing, and the only person who can win is one of the Akatsuki members...


    "idiot!"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help cursing, and said in a deep voice: "That ban is only for two of the people in the organization, what does it have to do with you? Naruto, besides, you don''t want this war to go on like this, do you?"


    After Uchiha Sasuke looked at Uzumaki Naruto and nodded, he said his plan: "Have we not fought for a long time? Let''s have a full-strength duel between the two of us!"


    "If you lose, the Hundred Beasts Pirates will make way for us!"


    "If you win, the Whitebeard Pirates will retreat back to the new world!"


    "..."


    After thinking for a while, Uzumaki Naruto clenched his fists and said in a deep voice, "Sasuke, you should know that this bet is not very friendly to you..."


    Because whether he wins or loses...


    It is impossible for the Whitebeard Pirates to move on!


    Uchiha Sasuke must also be aware of this. If Sasuke wins, the Whitebeard Pirates will continue to move forward, but will fall into the abyss faster; if Sasuke loses, the Whitebeard Pirates will retreat directly...


    Uzumaki Naruto has an amazing intuition in this regard, he figured everything out almost instantly!


    Because of this kind of thing...


    He has done a lot!


    This guy Uchiha Sasuke wants to lose on purpose, right? Does he want to take the opportunity to save the Whitebeard Pirates!


    Just when Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes lit up, Uchiha Sasuke said indifferently: "But don''t think that I will show mercy, this time the two of us...do our best!"


    make this world...


    See their power too!

 Chapter 494

    No one in the whole sea has ever seen a real ninja battle.


    The white-bearded horse sat on the chair with a golden knife, dragging a bowl of juice in his hand, and looked at Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto on the sea with a smile on his face.


    "Gu la la la la... What a funny kid!"


    After Whitebeard raised his head and drank the juice in the bowl in one gulp, he asked with a smile: "This is the first time we have a chance to see Sasuke go all out!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Standing beside White Beard, Ace nodded and said, "Hahahaha, it''s actually the first time I''ve seen Sasuke be so serious!"


    "Gu la la la la... of course you have to be serious!"


    After Whitebeard laughed and shook his head, a look of solemnity flashed in his eyes: "Because his opponent...is not simple at all!"


    Whitebeard''s gaze was fixed on Naruto Uzumaki, and there was a power hidden in that yellow-haired brat that even he would never dare to underestimate!


    One side of the Beast Pirates.


    Kaido glanced down at Sasuke Uchiha and snorted coldly.


    The Four Emperors, who had been defeated by Uchiha Sasuke, simply sat cross-legged on the deck, grabbing his own wine gourd and drinking wildly!


    Under the gaze of the two members of the Four Emperor Pirates, Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto''s faces remained calm, and they looked at each other.


    "let''s start!"


    Uchiha Sasuke raised his finger indifferently.


    After Naruto Uzumaki was surprised for a second, his face gradually became solemn, and his fingers slowly stood up, as if it was a ceremony!


    This is the seal of opposites!


    At this moment, the two seem to have returned to the ninja school, earnestly forging the marks of opposition they once practiced in ninja battles!


    The seal of opposites symbolizes that they are about to start a battle!


    next moment¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto stepped on the sea at the same time, and rushed towards each other quickly, the domineering spirit of the two burst out at the same time!


    Boom!


    The arms between the two suddenly collided!


    Chakra''s momentum and domineering look soared into the sky with their movements!


    With their collision, the entire sea was instantly stirred up by storms, and the sky was also torn in half by the domineering conflict in an instant!


    A huge shock wave spread rapidly towards the surroundings!


    The three pirate ships were about to be overturned almost instantly. Fortunately, the four emperors, Whitebeard and Kaido, were present and took action to maintain the warships!


    "Are you kidding..."


    Diamond Joz, the captain of the 3rd division of the Whitebeard Pirates, stood firm and looked at the two people on the sea with surprise on his face: "Does that guy named Uzumaki Naruto actually have a domineering look on him? "


    "Ok."


    Ace nodded, he also possessed the arrogance of a king, and his face gradually became serious: "And he was able to compete with Sasuke''s arrogance..."


    After Diamond Qiaoz nodded, he couldn''t help but continued: "What''s even more surprising is that his strength can also compete with Sasuke... Sasuke''s strength is about the same as mine!"


    "Joz, Sasuke is actually stronger than you."


    Marco shook his head beside him, watched the battle on the sea, and said in a low voice: "But that guy''s strength is stronger than Sasuke''s... It''s just that Sasuke''s fighting skills are even stronger..."


    as expected!


    After Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto fought each other for a blow, the two quickly started a punch and kick physical confrontation, and they still maintained their normal form!


    Just in the ordinary form, the fighting power between them is amazing enough, and the waves are stirred up by their fighting almost all the time!


    Two ninjas who grew up together...


    On this sea, at this moment, contributed a feast of physical skills!


    No, it''s not a feast, it''s just their appetizer!


    "Naruto, your physical skills have been practiced deliberately..."


    A red light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s writing wheel eyes, and after his palm blocked Uzumaki Naruto''s fist, his armed domineering aura was instantly covered, and he lunged and punched Uzumaki Naruto back!


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Uzumaki Naruto indifferently, and a flash of arrogance flashed across his face: "But...that''s useless! With the help of Sharingan, my knowledgeable domineering can immediately identify your attack!"


    "Sasuke, but my fist is stronger!"


    Uzumaki Naruto didn''t care about the punch he received, a smile flashed across his face, and he didn''t hesitate at all, and rushed towards Sasuke Uchiha again!


    "It''s more troublesome than before..."


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, and dodged to avoid the wave after wave of attacks launched by Uzumaki Naruto again, he finally realized the importance of Chakra!


    Even though Naruto Uzumaki came a bit late, but because of Chakra, he gained more boost in this world... actually more than himself!


    "I''ve been trying my best to catch up with you!"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s palm suddenly grabbed Uchiha Sasuke!


    Uchiha Sasuke stepped on the surface of the sea, flew away from Naruto''s attack, and quickly closed his palms: "Fire escape, Phoenix fire technique!"


    Groups of fireballs flew out of his mouth one after another!


    Uzumaki Naruto also dodged immediately, but he could only meet waves of fire escape ninjutsu. After avoiding the Phoenix fire, a huge fireball crashed down!


    "Art fire escape ho fireball!"


    "Eh? Is this a waste of Chakra?"


    Uzumaki Naruto frowned in surprise, a cloud of jet-black armed domineering energy suddenly condensed on his fist, and he punched the fireball with a loud bang!


    According to their strength...


    No matter how strong the fireball technique is, there will inevitably be a situation of fatigue, and it only needs to be smashed with a single punch!


    The rain of fire scattered all over the sea!


    Just when Naruto Uzumaki raised his head in doubt, he only saw Sasuke Uchiha''s body turned into a ball of flames!


    At the same time, a ball of falling flames behind him suddenly disappeared!


    "Heavenly power..."


    Uzumaki Naruto immediately realized that Uchiha Sasuke used the power of the sky to exchange positions directly, and the next moment he felt the severe pain on his face!


    Uchiha Sasuke slammed Uzumaki Naruto''s face with a punch, and after sending Uzumaki Naruto flying, he flew to follow up again!


    Uzumaki Naruto glanced at Sasuke''s rushing figure, immediately put on a golden chakra coat, and entered the nine lama mode!


    A giant golden chakra hand emerged from his body, and he slapped Sasuke directly, sending Sasuke into the sea!


    "what a pity¡­"


    Sage, the captain of the 4th division of the Whitebeard Pirates, shook his head, sighed and said, "It turns out that Sasuke had the opportunity to severely injure the enemy..."


    "Hahaha, don''t worry..."


    Foil Vista touched his beard, smiled and said: "Don''t forget that Sasuke is a great swordsman! Even I dare not underestimate the great swordsman..."


    "Hey, Vista, let''s go!"


    Marco couldn''t help but raised his eyelids, and complained: "I really don''t know where the confidence comes from, Sasuke''s swordsmanship is the strongest besides Dad..."


    The next moment, the knife light suddenly rose!


    A powerful slash flew out of the water!


    This slash cut through the sea in an instant and rushed into the sky!


    Just swinging a knife from under the sea can make such a powerful slash!


    Uzumaki Naruto almost narrowly avoided this slash, and he finally realized that his teammates have also got a way to become stronger!


    Great Swordsman!


    There is no doubt that¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke''s swordsmanship has also been greatly increased in this world!


    Even, what Uchiha Sasuke holds in his hand is one of the twelve most powerful swords in the world!


    Surprise flashed across Uzumaki Naruto''s face, and he couldn''t help but look at Sasuke Uchiha who stood on the sea again from the sea: "Sasuke, do you want me to be cut in half?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, and rushed forward waving the knife in his hand: "How could you die so easily... let alone..."


    What''s more, even if you die...


    Naraku Uehara can revive you too!


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t keep his hand anymore, he slashed towards Uzumaki Naruto one after another quickly!


    Seeing Sasuke''s slash, Foil Vista couldn''t help but said, "I feel like Sasuke can challenge Hawkeye Mihawk, the world''s number one swordsman!"


    "Gu la la la la..."


    White Beard shook his head and laughed loudly: "If you just use swordsmanship, that kid Hawkeye won''t be defeated so easily..."


    Want to take the world''s number one swordsman...


    Unless Uchiha Sasuke uses Susano to cheat!


    It''s just that Uchiha Sasuke''s slash is not something anyone can follow!


    However, Uzumaki Naruto didn''t care at all, a dozen golden chakra giant hands suddenly drilled out, and a mass of pitch-black domineering almost spread from the inside of the giant hands, from the inside out!


    These giant hands are all armed and domineering!


    The next moment, these giant hands mixed with black and gold directly grabbed Sasuke''s slash, crushing these powerful slashes!


    This scene made everyone''s eyes widen involuntarily!


    A flash of surprise flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s heart, even he was somewhat amazed by the love this world has for Uzumaki Naruto!


    "This is the sea..."


    After Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, his figure disappeared in the same place instantly, and he used the sky hand power again!


    This time, the goal of changing the position of the hand force...


    It''s the sea water under Naruto Uzumaki!


    Uchiha Sasuke appeared beside Uzumaki Naruto, and suddenly a spear composed of jet-black black flames emerged from his body, and the armed domineering power instantly spread over the black flames!


    That group of black flames, under the blessing of the armed color, was so black that it was a little shiny!


    A spear penetrated Naruto Uzumaki''s body in an instant!


    Just the next second, Naruto Uzumaki''s body turned into a cloud of smoke!


    "Shadow clone?"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression changed.


    No matter how long it has passed, what he hates the most is Naruto Uzumaki''s shadow clone technique. This idiot has made a lot of fun with this technique since he learned the shadow clone technique!


    "Caught by me..."


    Uzumaki Naruto''s voice suddenly came from underwater, one arm grabbed Uchiha Sasuke''s calf, and was about to drown him directly into the sea!


    It''s a pity that Uchiha Sasuke waved the sharp sword in his hand, and a slash instantly smashed into the sea, forcing Uzumaki Naruto to give up this blow!


    The two of them were both attacking and defending, and they both stood on the sea again...


    An appetizer for two people has already amazed the two members of the Four Emperor Pirates!


    Whether it is the fighting skills or the little tricks of using ninja techniques in the battle, they are beyond their knowledge!


    Members of the Beasts Pirates and the Whitebeard Pirates realized that these two people not only have strength, but also have more superb fighting skills than them!


    "Hahahahaha..."


    Foil Vista didn''t care at all, and continued with a smile: "But why doesn''t Sasuke use Susano? It feels like the battle can end faster..."


    "Gu la la la la... Of course it can''t be used!"


    White Beard shook his head with a smile, and began to defend Sasuke: "This battle has just begun! It will definitely take a long time for them... And... that kid called Naruto also has a corresponding power in his body..."


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    a share...


    The power that makes even Whitebeard sigh!

 Chapter 495

    the sea.


    The sun was setting.


    This battle went on for a long time.


    However, Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto are still full of combat power, and the battle between them is still exciting, making the two Four Emperor Pirates look at each other in disjointed eyes!


    Beast Pirates.


    Drought Jack looked at the sea that was constantly being shaken by the battle between the two, stood beside Kaido, and said with some hesitation: "Brother Kaido, are we really not going to take action?"


    "Uh... um..."


    Kaido drank the wine in a ignorant manner, and burped loudly: "Don''t worry, just sit here and watch obediently..."


    The god of the Wano country has personally admitted...


    Uzumaki Naruto will never lose to Uchiha Sasuke!


    Just at this time, a huge wave rolled over and was about to submerge their battleship, and the battle on the sea became fierce again!


    Clouds of broken clouds appeared in the sky!


    Countless rays of thunder and lightning began to swim in the dark clouds!


    "Thunder Dun..."


    A red light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s writing wheel eyes, he raised his palm suddenly, and waved it down towards the sea: "Kirin!"


    In the next second, the lightning in the air turned into a thunder beast and fell suddenly, hitting Uzumaki Naruto on the sea surface, forcing Uzumaki Naruto to fly back and pull Sasuke away!


    At this time, Uchiha Sasuke took advantage of this opportunity, and suddenly a half body of Susanoo sprang out from his body, and flew out with a bow and an arrow!


    This action is done in one go!


    One after another, giant purple arrows shot towards Naruto Uzumaki one after another. The first arrow had just been shot, and the second and third arrows almost followed!


    Uzumaki Naruto''s face was full of surprise!


    The next moment, his body suddenly turned into a golden nine-tailed hundreds of meters high!


    Nine huge tails quickly stopped in front of him, forcibly blocking three giant arrows that hit him, and the giant arrows fell on the sea and set off huge waves!


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t care at all, his Susano quickly turned into a complete body, the mountain-like Valkyrie suddenly pulled out his ninja sword, and slashed across the sky!


    This slash directly lifted the golden nine-tailed hundreds of meters high into the air!


    The surface of the sea rolled and splashed a large wave, as if it was also hurt by this slash, and it could not be calmed down for a long time. Seeing this scene, most people couldn''t help but gritted their teeth...


    Most of the people present have withstood this slash...


    Not everyone can bear the full-strength slash of Susanoo!


    However, the golden nine tails that flew upside down stabilized his body in the air in an instant, and cast the shadow clone technique in an instant!


    After the four golden nine-tails separated, they quickly ran along the sea surface, and directly surrounded the entire body of Susanoo!


    "this is¡­"


    On the Moby Dick, Ace couldn''t help showing a hint of surprise, and turned to look at Marco: "Hey, Marco, is this the same phantom beast as you?"


    "have no idea¡­"


    Marco couldn''t help but shook his head: "And I''ve never heard of this ability... Dad, have you seen what that ability is?"


    "Gu la la la, that brat is not a devil fruit user..."


    Whitebeard laughed loudly and shook his head, a light flashed in his eyes: "That''s not his power...but the monster in his body lent him!"


    Even though White Beard has seen many strange abilities in the sea...


    I''ve never seen Naruto Uzumaki''s ability to transform into a golden nine-tails, especially when he is able to use a clone, and the avatar is also very powerful!


    "Naruto¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke stood inside Susano''s crystal, looking at the four golden nine tails with vigilance. These are not pure shadow clones!


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but gritted his teeth, and said coldly: "You really like the shadow clone technique..."


    "what¡­"


    Uzumaki Naruto stood on the body of the golden nine tails, and explained with a smile: "Maybe it''s because when I was in school, the thing I was worst at was avatars..."


    The next moment, four golden nine-tailed chakras gathered at the same time!


    Huge tailed beast jades opened their mouths and sprayed towards the complete body Susanohu surrounded by them in the center!


    Sasuke Uchiha could only control the complete body of Susanoo and waved the ninja sword in his hand, slashing and flying out one after another, detonating the tailed beast jade directly in the air!


    The flames of explosions on the sea continue!


    One after another, the tailed beast jades raged on the sea as if they didn''t need chakra, and the sound of explosions resounded in everyone''s ears!


    The sea can''t be calm at all!


    A wave just falls, a wave together!


    "Find the body first..."


    After Uchiha Sasuke frowned, he manipulated Susano to fly towards a golden nine tails, stabbed out a huge ninja knife, directly pierced the chest of a golden nine tails, and cut the golden nine tails Tail nailed to the sea!


    After the first hit worked...


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t stop, and flew away to avoid the attack of another Tailed Beast Jade, and solved two golden nine-tailed clones one after another like the same method!


    It''s just that Susanoo''s body was finally blasted through two big holes by two tailed beast jade explosions, and even the ninja sword in his hand was directly blown away!


    "Naruto!"


    Uchiha Sasuke simply manipulated Susano to punch the last golden nine tails, which is also where Naruto Uzumaki''s body is!


    The domineering look burst out from Susanoo''s body in an instant!


    The domineering black armed color flows on Susanoko''s fist, which shows that the power of this punch must not be underestimated!


    no matter who...


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    It is also impossible to ignore Susano and Uchiha Sasuke''s full blow, which may even directly destroy the foundation of a small island!


    "Sasuke!"


    Uzumaki Naruto''s voice was fearless, he controlled the golden nine tails, clenched his fists, and charged towards Susano!


    The domineering look soars to the sky!


    Whether it is the domineering color of the armed or the domineering color of the king, the domineering of the golden nine tails is not inferior to the full body Susano!


    Naruto Uzumaki...


    Sasuke Uchiha¡­


    They are the two ninjas standing at the top of the ninja world, and they also have the fusion of the power systems of the two worlds. They have already developed their power to the extreme!


    Even the white beard who is known as the strongest in the world was a little surprised. He clenched the big knife in his hand and laughed loudly: "Gu la la la la... little ones, stand firm..."


    "Humph¡­"


    Kaido raised his head and took a sip of wine, and ordered in a loud voice: "Let the helmsman stabilize the boat! Find a place to hide yourself, the next thing is not something you can resist..."


    Even if there is no need for the two four emperors to remind, all the pirates present know that the next collision between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto is not something they can resist!


    as expected.


    The fists of the golden nine tails and the full body Susano collided together!


    A shock wave spread from their fists to the surroundings instantly, and the cumulus clouds in the sky were completely scattered by this shock wave!


    The sea rolled rapidly outward from under their feet!


    Under this impact force, waves hundreds of meters high quickly lifted up from their surroundings, sweeping towards the periphery!


    Whether it is the flagship of the Whitebeard Pirates or the Hundred Beasts Pirates, it will be directly overturned by this shock wave in an instant!


    White Beard snorted heavily, stood up abruptly, with a majestic domineering look flowing on his body, he raised his big knife, blocking the surging shock wave!


    The captains on the Moby Dick couldn''t help swallowing their saliva, and looked at the monstrous waves engulfed by the shock wave with horror on their faces!


    The battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto...


    It must be too amazing!


    Even if it''s just their aftermath, it''s not a force they can easily resist... Even with the protection of white beards, their faces still inevitably look horrified!


    Kaido''s actions are more straightforward!


    The Four Emperors simply stood up, swung his mace violently, shook the incoming shock wave, and protected his flagship!


    Under the domineering suppression of the two four emperors, the overwhelming waves quickly diverted and scattered towards the surrounding sea!


    "It''s too strong..."


    Portgas D. Ace couldn''t hide his surprise, he clenched his fist tightly, his face was full of dignity: "Is that Sasuke''s former teammate?"


    "It is indeed a bit strong..."


    Marco nodded slowly.


    It is really unimaginable, where did Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto grow up, to be able to train these two tough guys...


    that kind of place...


    How terrible is it?


    Even if it''s an all-out war between the four emperors, it''s nothing more than that, right? Just the aftermath of their collision created such terrifying waves...


    No wonder Sasuke Uchiha didn''t want them to fight...


    Because Sasuke is very clear that the battle between him and Uzumaki Naruto cannot be participated by other people on the Whitebeard Pirates!


    On the sea in the center of the battlefield.


    After Susanoo and the golden nine tails shook each other hard for the first time, the two of them immediately opened fire, as if they could overturn the sea with one punch and one kick!


    The endless waves seemed to be surging all around!


    The Moby Dick of the Whitebeard Pirates and the battleships of the Beasts Pirates seemed like duckweed in the sea. If it weren''t for the two emperors on board, their ships would have capsized long ago!


    No, it should be said that a ship has capsized!


    Because Drought Jack''s Mammoth was too close, it was directly overturned by the shock wave generated by the first collision between the complete body Susanoo and the golden nine tails!


    A group of pirates are drifting on the sea with broken ship planks...


    As for the drought, Jack himself lay on the bottom of the sea again, watching countless sea fish fleeing in panic and swimming past him with his two eyes...


    He can only quietly wait for the rescue after the battle...


    Ok¡­


    Too close to the battlefield...


    While Naruto Uzumaki and Uchiha Sasuke were still fighting in this sea area, the first wave of shock generated by their collision appeared in the sight of the naval warship, and the naval warship monitoring the battlefield was also shaken!


    Although the waves are getting smaller and smaller, there is still the possibility of overturning the warship!


    The admiral of the navy headquarters on the warship, Huang Yuan, stood on the bow of the ship, armed with a domineering look, and instantly released the impact, easily repelling the waves.


    "It''s terrible..."


    The yellow monkey glanced at the wave after wave, and said with a smile on the corner of his mouth: "This kind of power, those two brats are not much worse than Kaido and Whitebeard..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Yakushido''s face also became a little dignified: "We originally listed Uchiha Sasuke as one of the most evil people that the Navy must deal with in the future, and now it seems that we have to add another name..."


    "I didn''t expect that Uzumaki Naruto is still the same monster as Uchiha Sasuke..."


    Huang Yuan still had a smile on his face, he turned his head to look at Yao Shidou, and asked, "Staff Dou, should we continue with the plan? It''s really dangerous now..."


    "Wait for our reinforcements first..."


    Pharmacist waved the phone bug in his hand, and replied softly: "Kakuto, Doflamingo and Kiyume are coming soon... The navy... must not be underestimated by pirates, even if their strength may be weaker, they must not Weaknesses in our determination to enforce justice!"


    The three of us from the Qiwuhai under the king have arrived...


    As for the remaining Moonlight Moria and Hawkeye Mihawk, these two kings, Shichibukai, shouldn''t be having a good time now, right?


    Pharmacist pocket slowly pushed his glasses...


    That fellow Moonlight Moriah should be lucky, the only members responsible for sniping him are the Red Sand Scorpion and Didara of the Art Pirates...


    but¡­


    Hawkeye Mihawk, not so lucky!

 Chapter 496

    Great route.


    A small boat sailed slowly on the sea.


    This small boat is a little bit big, and there is only one person on board. It seems that this small boat can''t stand any wind and waves on the great route.


    However, no one doubted that the little boat would have an accident at sea.


    Because the owner of the boat is the world''s number one swordsman, Hawkeye Mihawk. According to his strength and superb driving skills, he can easily pass through the wind and waves.


    Along the way, Hawkeye Mihawk drove this small boat to the waters near Murloc Island to watch the battle between the Whitebeard Pirates and the Kaido Pirates, and see if he could help navy or something...


    Just as Eagle-eyed Mihawk was sailing with the wind, closing his eyes and taking a nap, he sensed someone approaching his boat, which seemed to be coming towards him.


    It was a warship loaded with citrus.


    This warship...


    Mihawk raised his head slowly, and a pair of sharp eyes appeared under the wide brim of his hat. His eyes were fixed on the warship in front of him, and doubts flashed across his face.


    "Huh? A warship sent by the navy?"


    "yes!"


    On the deck of the warship stood a smiling man with squinted eyes, and his crisp voice fell into the ears of Hawkeye Mihawk: "Mr. Qiao Lakel Mihawk, I am the admiral sent by the pharmacist Greeting your Navy Headquarters Colonel Naraku Uehara!"


    "There''s no need for that."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk shook his head calmly, and there was a hint of undoubted meaning in his cold voice: "I will find the sea area where they are fighting by myself. If I watch the battle on a naval warship, it may cause some trouble."


    If I remember correctly...


    Hawkeye Mihawk remembered that Uehara Naraku used to be a subordinate of the former king Shichibukai Crocodile, and Crocodile was imprisoned later...


    So this guy is an undercover agent sent by the navy in the Qiwuhai under the king?


    Such people¡­


    Hawkeye Mihawk doesn''t like it at all!


    Moreover, this person named Naraku Uehara had a vaguely ominous aura, which made Hawkeye Mihawk feel a little repulsed by him.


    Maybe this Uehara Naraku...


    Also those annoying guys from the CP agents of the world government?


    Thinking of this, Mihawk closed his eyes impatiently: "You lead the way ahead, and I will be behind..."


    Before he finished speaking, Hawkeye Mihawk suddenly thought of something!


    The next moment, Hawkeye Mihawk''s arrogance instantly covered the entire warship, and his eyes slightly changed...


    How could there be only Uehara Naraku on this warship?


    In this case, it would be too wasteful!


    It doesn''t make sense...


    How did Uehara Naraku know that he, Qiwuhai, the king, had accepted the secret call of the navy this time, and how did he know that it was Vice Admiral Pharmacist Dou who invited him to this sea area?


    Joracle Mihawk''s eyes were lifted up again in an instant, and his eyes were fixed on Uehara Naraku on the deck of the warship, as if he wanted to see through everything about him!


    Uehara Naraku, the colonel of the Navy headquarters, didn''t know what Hawkeye was thinking at all, and he didn''t care about Hawkeye''s attitude, he still squinted his eyes and smiled.


    "Mr. Mihawk."


    Uehara Naraku is still tirelessly persuading: "If you take our warship, the speed will be faster, and we have already monitored the battle between the Whitebeard Pirates and the Hundred Beasts Pirates, General Huang Yuan is waiting for you... "


    "Don''t get in my way."


    Hawkeye Mihawk slowly lowered his head, interrupting Uehara Naraku''s words.


    There was some hesitation on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he continued to explain in a low voice: "I came here from a long way to meet you..."


    clang clang!


    Mihawk stood up slowly, and drew out the black knife behind him!


    Since I don''t know what''s going on...


    And now I don''t want to pay attention to the colonel in front of me, or the little agent pretending to be a colonel...then there is no need to waste time!


    According to Hawkeye Mihawk''s approach, he naturally wanted to destroy the warship blocking the way with a single blow, and continue to follow his own route.


    As for killing Uehara Naraku...


    Hawkeye Mihawk didn''t deliberately think about doing this kind of thing, he just wanted to destroy the warship so as not to waste his time.


    "Mr. Mihawk, this is..."


    Uehara Naraku, who was standing on the deck of the warship, had a flash of surprise on his face, and looked at Hawkeye Mihawk who had drawn out his black knife in horror.


    "Because you''re too wordy."


    Hawkeye Mihawk flicked the black knife in his hand, and a powerful slash directly slashed at the warship, which was about to split the warship in two!


    "This is too much!"


    A flash of anger suddenly flashed across Naraku Uehara''s face, he flew up from the deck, and kicked the powerful slash away with one kick!


    Uehara Naraku landed on the warship again, angrily looking down at Hawkeye Mihawk on the small sampan: "Chorakor Mihawk, you are just a mere king Qibukai, how dare you fight against me?" The Navy takes action..."


    It''s audible...


    As if he were the admiral himself.


    Hawk-eyed Mihawk''s eyes fell on Uehara Naraku again, a strange color flashed in his eyes, and he was a little surprised that Uehara Naraku''s kick smashed his slash...


    This¡­


    Is it really possible for a navy captain to do it?


    Even the Vice Admiral of the Navy Headquarters couldn''t just forcefully challenge his slash!


    At least from the current point of view, this Uehara Naraku should be a naval colonel with extraordinary status and strength. No wonder the navy will send this guy to meet him...


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk looked at Uehara Naraku, put away his black sword expressionlessly, and said indifferently: "It''s just a test...Even if you are a navy, you can''t break the agreement between the king''s Shichibukai at will. Help me tow the boat up!"


    After finishing speaking, Mihawk flew onto the deck of the warship with a black knife on his back: "Okay, get rid of it quickly, let''s go now!"


    "yes!"


    Uehara Naraku still looked at Hawkeye Mihawk with anger on his face, he gritted his teeth resentfully, as if he was still dissatisfied with Hawkeye Mihawk''s behavior before.


    Uehara Naraku stared at Hawkeye, and said with anger still on his face: "Then please Mr. Mihawk take a rest, I will take care of it right away!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Hawkeye Mihawk''s coffin ship, with a look of disgust on his face, and pulled the rope to drag the coffin ship behind the warship.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    "Ok?"


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk glanced at the way Naraku Uehara handled the tugboat in surprise, his expression couldn''t help changing: "Huh? That''s how you handle it?"


    "if not?"


    Naraku Uehara snapped his fingers speechlessly.


    The next moment, the sea breeze instantly floated up from the sea surface, blowing the sails on the warship, driving the warship to sail fast!


    Hawkeye Mihawk watched this scene with a face full of surprise.


    Can actually control the sea wind out of thin air, is this navy captain really serious?


    Just when Eagle-eyed Mihawk was about to ask something, he suddenly remembered the car he was dragging, and stretched out his hand to stop Uehara Naraku: "Hey, wait..."


    Unfortunately it''s too late...


    With the fast sailing of the warship, the coffin ship that had just been dragged by the warship overturned in an instant, floating in the sea like a piece of wood...


    What kind of fairy navy is this guy!


    Does this guy know how to handle sampans and ships?


    Even though Hawkeye Mihawk is calm and usually unmoved by external objects, but seeing his boat being treated so roughly at this moment, his expression is a bit ugly...


    Hawkeye Mihawk had a feeling that when he met this navy, his whole mood was not very good.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t realize it at all. He glanced at the Hawkeye pilot boat that was towed over by the warship. Finally, he felt a little better, and smiled again at Hawkeye Mihawk.


    "Mr. Mihawk, the journey will be long, would you like a glass of juice?"


    "..."


    Hawkeye Mihawk shook his head, and showed a cold face to Uehara Naraku: "Just bring me a bottle of red wine."


    Why are people drinking juice everywhere in the sea recently...


    After Hawkeye Mihawk participated in the siege of Uchiha Sasuke last time, he stopped by to see the red-haired Shanks, and saw the red-haired pirates'' deputy captain Ben Beckman holding a juice straw in his mouth, not drinking. Dip...


    Moreover, Hawkeye Mihawk vaguely recalled that Shichibukai, the two kings who had acted before, Kisame and Doflamingo, always drank juice...


    When the hell did this become popular...


    Why are juice drinkers everywhere in the sea now? Is it because the beer is not generous enough or the red wine is not elegant enough? Why do they like to drink juice like children?


    Naraku Uehara still had a smile on his face, but he just shook his head and said, "Sorry, the house is strictly controlled, there is no red wine on board, and now there is only juice."


    "..."


    Hawkeye Mihawk choked.


    What kind of broken warship is it really here to receive him?


    Any naval sergeant who receives Shichibukai the king must at least know that his favorite Shichibukai is the wine bar!


    Naraku Uehara seemed to feel a little impolite, and after hesitating for a while, he explained, "However, the juices on board are all freshly squeezed from fresh oranges."


    After being silent for a while, Mihawk found a chair and sat down, glanced at the orange tree on the warship, and said calmly: "Forget it, let''s have a drink!"


    "OK."


    Naraku Uehara nodded seriously, and casually took a cup from the table in the cabin, and put it in Hawkeye''s hand.


    The next moment, a ray of sea breeze blew.


    A few oranges fell from the tree and floated above the glass.


    Naraku Uehara suddenly spread his fingers towards the oranges, and the oranges were cut into pieces in the next second!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly clenched his fist again, and a huge force appeared out of thin air, slowly crushing the orange pieces.


    The orange juice dripped into the glass...


    "Ok?"


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk''s eyes were fixed on Uehara Naraku''s movements. This colonel of the Navy Headquarters is indeed not simple, just this move is a bit amazing...


    Naraku Uehara, like a waiter, picked up the cup and walked to Mihawk''s side, and continued to ask with a smile: "Mr. Mihawk, do you want to add ice?"


    "..."


    Mihawk was silent for a while, watching the smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, and then slowly nodded: "Yes."


    "OK."


    There was a chill in Uehara Naraku''s palm, and suddenly an ice cube appeared on the glass full of juice in his hand.


    Naraku Uehara slowly put the glass of fresh iced juice in his hand in front of Hawkeye, and said with a smile: "Please use it, I hope Mr. Mihawk can have a pleasant journey on this warship."


    because¡­


    The future life of the world''s number one swordsman...


    Maybe, should, maybe, it won''t be particularly pleasant.

 Chapter 497

    On a warship full of orange trees.


    When Uehara Naraku handed Hawkeye Mihawk the juice, he glanced vaguely at the cross on Mihawk''s chest, and at the black knife in Mihawk''s hand.


    Ok¡­


    Interesting.


    That cross is a knife.


    That black knife is called Ye, and it is one of the twelve supreme swords in this world. It is known as the strongest black knife in the world, and it is the favorite knife of the world''s number one swordsman, Hawkeye Mihawk.


    Hawkeye Mihawk took a sip of the juice in the glass, and couldn''t help but frowned: "It''s really unimaginable, why do people still like to drink such children''s things..."


    "hehe¡­"


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth curled up, and he explained with a light smile: "Maybe it''s because those people''s families are also strictly controlled!"


    Uehara Naraku felt that her personality had become more and more friendly.


    If it were the same as before, the current Hawkeye Mihawk should be hung up and beaten by him, and then hanged by him behind the warship...


    Now¡­


    Uehara Naraku would not do that.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at his system panel, and said softly: "Mr. Mihawk, there is enough rest room in the cabin, so I don''t want to disturb you. I didn''t bring too many soldiers. We will arrive at the Whitebeard Pirate tomorrow morning." The area where the regiment and the Beast Pirates fought..."


    "I see."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk nodded slowly, and a look of curiosity flashed across his face: "Colonel Uehara Naraku, are you a devil fruit capable user?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, nodded seriously and said: "It can be said that, but it is not a complete ability user."


    Ok¡­


    It seems the same can be said.


    Now he can display many natural fruit abilities at will.


    Compared with the natural fruit ability, Uehara Naraku''s domineering should be stronger now. Recently, Uehara Naraku has been quietly operating in the waters near Wano Country, and even Nicole Robin was temporarily placed in Wano Country by him .


    During this period of time, Naraku Uehara was doing some sideline or scenic missions of great route navigation, but these ordinary navigation missions were rich in rewards.


    Side mission: continue sailing on the great route (281/1000), the mission has not been completed, and the reward is unknown.


    Feel¡­


    It was as if he had traveled on the Great Line on purpose.


    Maybe that''s what it means to be in One Piece? As long as he continues to sail, his power will become stronger and stronger, and sooner or later he will take this world into his pocket.


    really...


    Puzzling.


    Uehara Naraku (regular form)


    World Power: 5,200,000


    Life energy: 1215300


    Overlord color domineering: top


    Armed color domineering: 1215300


    Knowledgeable domineering: 1215300


    Life Energy Recovery: 1296/sec


    Armed color domineering recovery: 1024/second


    Knowledge color domineering recovery: 1024/second


    Remaining gold coins: 14210 pieces


    During this period of time, Uehara Naraku just let the members of the Akatsuki organization make waves in the sea, but he quietly became stronger in secret.


    Now I feel more and more like a serious behind-the-scenes black hand...


    It used to be a little too unorthodox.


    The reason Uehara Naraku was willing to come forward today is naturally because Hawkeye Mihawk, as the world''s number one swordsman, has several tasks on him...


    In addition, Uehara Naraku is also a little worried that if other members are sent out, they may overturn on Hawkeye Mihawk.


    and¡­


    This serious-looking great swordsman is quite interesting.


    To be honest, the members of the Akatsuki organization are too unscrupulous, those guys are often not human, and there is a great need for such a serious swordsman to improve the overall style of the Akatsuki organization.


    The sun went down.


    The moonlight over the entire sea is gradually brightening.


    The warship, full of orange trees, is still sailing.


    Uehara Naraku raised his finger slowly, and watched the battle between the Art Pirates of the Red Sand Scorpion and Moonlight Moriah. The battle between them is estimated to take a long time.


    After Uehara Naraku frowned, he monitored the final battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto. The battle between these two guys is estimated to take longer...


    have to say¡­


    The growth of ninjas in this world is too great, and their physical strength has gradually become abundant. Both their physical fitness and Chakra energy are gradually increasing.


    It''s kind of weird...


    If it wasn''t for the ten-fold increase in black hole skills and ascending to the gods, it was just Uehara Naraku''s normal state, and now he is really not sure that he can deal with the combination of Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto.


    When thinking of this, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at Hawkeye Mihawk, this world''s number one swordsman who can make even Whitebeard admire, won''t it be troublesome to fight, right?


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk glanced at Uehara Naraku in surprise, frowned, and said, "Mr. Colonel, what''s the matter, don''t you want to make dinner?"


    "Uh, I forgot to bring the chef..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at his system panel, and an awkward smile happened to appear on his face: "I''m sorry, I just wanted to keep those soldiers from disturbing you, but I forgot to bring a chef. My skills are limited to rough roasting. Fish, I don''t know..."


    "Ok?"


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk frowned subconsciously, and asked, "So, is there enough food in the galley of the warship?"


    "Maybe there is..."


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s fingers moved together, and the sea water rolled up in an instant, setting off a spiral current, sending sea fish one by one directly to the deck!


    Naraku Uehara nodded contentedly, turned his head to look at Hawkeye Mihawk, and said softly, "It should be there now."


    "..."


    Mihawk''s gaze became sharper.


    Ever since he boarded this warship, the naval captain in front of him has shown some strange abilities casually.


    This guy¡­


    It''s really not easy!


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk cooked a dinner himself. Looking at Uehara Naraku who was feasting in the restaurant, he was in a slightly bad mood.


    This Captain...


    Is the brain really okay?


    Over the years, Hawkeye Mihawk has met many people, and because he has seen more and more people, Hawkeye Mihawk has become more and more fond of his knife.


    However, Naraku Uehara is such an eccentric, courageous and thick-skinned naval captain, the world''s number one swordsman, he really hasn''t seen much before...


    "All right."


    After eating dinner, Uehara Naraku wiped his mouth contentedly, raised his head to look at Mihawk sitting across the table, and slightly raised the corners of his mouth.


    "As expected of the world''s number one swordsman, his skills are really good..."


    There was a hint of sincerity in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and he asked seriously: "Let''s talk about something serious! Mr. Mihawk, do you want to come to this ship and be the chef of this ship?"


    "..."


    There was an instant silence in the air.


    Murderous aura gradually appeared in the restaurant of the entire warship.


    Murderous aura is cultivated by a swordsman who has been stained with blood for many years. With the swordsman''s emotions, it can affect the surrounding environment, let alone the world''s number one swordsman!


    Hawkeye is the number one swordsman in the world!


    How could he condescend to become a chef on a warship!


    Everyone knows that this is absolutely impossible, this is like an insult to Hawkeye Mihawk!


    This guy named Uehara Naraku is provoking him!


    This guy¡­


    Either it is powerful, or it is crazy!


    Joracle Mihawk watched Uehara Naraku calmly, and said indifferently: "Do you know what you are talking about..."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    "very clear."


    Naraku Uehara tapped his fingers slowly, ignoring Hawkeye Mihawk''s murderous intent, and continued with a smile: "This ship is now my car, and there are not many people who can board this ship. You can''t pick and choose..."


    "Boring."


    Joracle Mihawk interrupted Uehara Naraku, reached out and grabbed the black knife beside him, with a little impatience on his face: "When I boarded this warship, I thought I saw an interesting Guy, it''s going to be an interesting trip..."


    The next moment, the black knife in Qiao Lakel Mihawk''s hand pointed at Naraku Uehara, and continued in a cold voice: "Your Excellency is the second person who broke through the limit of my endurance, because I have a little power, I want to ..."


    "Wait, who''s the first person?"


    Uehara Naraku''s focus was obviously different. He touched his chin and said slowly, "Is it the red-haired Shanks among the Four Emperors?"


    "..."


    Mihawk was silent for a second.


    Obviously Naraku Uehara guessed right.


    The battle between Mihawk and the red-haired Shanks is still remembered by Mihawk so far, and even Mihawk rushed to the red-haired sea area many times to learn swordsmanship with him, until the four emperors broke their arms Just give up.


    Even so, Hawkeye Mihawk also recognized the friendship of the red-haired Shanks, and also understood the degree of that guy''s off-line, which greatly improved Mihawk''s endurance limit...


    The question Uehara Naraku asked directly interrupted Joracle Mihawk''s thoughts and what he wanted to say next...


    Now is not the time to mention Shanks the Red Hair!


    "..."


    Qiao Lakel Mihawk twisted the black knife in his hand violently, pointed at Naraku Uehara and said coldly: "Nobody, don''t waste our time anymore, report your real name and identity, like you Guy, there''s no way he''s an ordinary navy!"


    "Is this too anxious?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed.


    However, after Uehara Naraku sighed, he did not continue to delay.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku supported the table, stood up slowly, stared at the eagle-eyed eyes, and his face gradually became calm.


    "dawn¡­"


    The first word Naraku Uehara uttered made Mihawk''s eyes flash with light, because this name made a lot of limelight in the sea some time ago!


    It was precisely because of the appearance of Uchiha Itachi organized by Akatsuki that the naval forces failed to encircle and suppress Uchiha Sasuke!


    It is said...


    This is a deeply hidden organization!


    Moreover, there are some faint rumors in the sea recently, that Sasuke Uchiha of the Whitebeard Pirates seems to be one of the members who betrayed the Akatsuki organization...


    It is said that the Shichibukai Kisame may have an inexplicable relationship with the Akatsuki Organization, which has not yet been found out; and Kaido, the Four Emperors who dominate the second half of the new world, seems to have become an ally of the Akatsuki Organization .


    "A member of Akatsuki?"


    The black knife in Mihawk''s hand was clenched more and more tightly, and his eyes showed a hint of solemnity: "How did you find out my whereabouts? If I remember correctly, there should be nothing involved between us..."


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku raised the corner of his mouth slightly, raised a finger and shook his head: "Do you need me to remind Mr. Mihawk?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Hawkeye Mihawk, and the smile on his face deepened: "Do you still remember what you said in front of Uchiha Itachi? Akatsuki is an unknown small organization..."


    next moment¡­


    A fierce light suddenly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s eyes!


    "As Akatsuki''s leader..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, and the sound of the joints came out little by little: "I have a full responsibility, and I came here to tell Mr. Mihawk..."


    Uehara Naraku''s body gradually had a hint of domineering, and his eyes became faintly serious: "Let you clearly understand, what kind of organization is Akatsuki!"

 Chapter 498

    What kind of organization is Akatsuki...


    Joracle Mihawk also quietly noticed.


    Uchiha Itachi, the first member of the Akatsuki organization to appear on the sea, was able to use a strange ability to display the strange power of the Ten Fist Sword.


    Mihawk couldn''t help but be impressed.


    but now¡­


    Mihawk had only one thought.


    This Xiao organization is a bit too stingy.


    At the beginning, he didn''t understand the situation of the Xiao organization, and he just said something casually. The leader of the Xiao organization rushed over to find fault with him, the world''s number one swordsman?


    this leader...


    Are you a little small?


    Is this guy really the leader of the Akatsuki organization?


    On this sea, the real strong men and the leaders of great powers are all men with a big heart enough to accommodate the sea, and the leader of the Xiao organization in front of him is too narrow-minded...


    The Akatsuki organization has never been well-known in the sea, and this so-called leader should also be a major reason for its influence...


    "Mr. Mihawk, your expression is a little rude..."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in front of Hawkeye, his voice echoed in the cabin of the warship: "Do you really think I''m the kind of narrow-minded person?"


    As the supreme leader of a powerful organization spanning two worlds, how could Uehara Naraku come to trouble him just because of Hawkeye Mihawk''s words?


    Just by the way...


    This time, Uehara Naraku personally went out to intercept Hawkeye Mihawk. In addition to completing the side missions on Hawkeye Mihawk, the most important purpose was to control the king Shichibukai in his own hands!


    after all¡­


    This is also a character who can stand on top of the war in the future!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared in front of Hawkeye, and kicked Hawkeye Mihawk heavily, forcing the great swordsman to take a few steps back quickly!


    Mihawk stared at Uehara Naraku who suddenly appeared, marveling at his speed, so he could only hastily raise the black knife in his hand to defend!


    "So fast¡­"


    Boom!


    Naraku Uehara kicked the black sword!


    The sound of gold and iron clashing spread throughout the cabin!


    Just relying on kicking alone, it also has the power to compete with the black knife!


    The cabin of the warship was smashed into a big hole in an instant, and Hawkeye Mihawk was kicked out of the cabin together with his black knife!


    "Troublesome..."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk frowned, stretched out his black knife, and wanted to insert it directly into the warship, preventing his body from flying backwards!


    "too naive¡­"


    As Uehara Naraku''s words sounded, a flickering light came into Mihawk''s eyes, it was a fruit knife in the kitchen!


    The fruit knife pierced Hawkeye''s eyes, forcing this great swordsman to raise his head to avoid the knife light, otherwise his eyes would be directly scratched!


    Uehara Naraku''s wrist flipped, and he dropped the fruit knife on the ground. In the next second, his palm turned into a fist, and when Hawkeye Mihawk raised his head and retreated, he punched Hawkeye Mihawk. gram chest!


    Boom!


    Even the eagle-eyed Mihawk held up the black knife in vain to defend, but was still punched in the chest, and the king Shichibukai was sent flying to the surface of the sea with a punch!


    "don¡¯t worry."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the eagle-eyed Mihawk who fell into the sea, leaned over and picked up the fruit knife that fell on the deck, and said calmly: "Mr. Mihawk, I will create a fair battlefield for you To be able to exert all my strength¡­¡±


    Naraku Uehara held the fruit knife upside down, and flew to the surface of the sea.


    The sea became turbulent the moment he landed, wave after wave spread towards the surroundings, and the warship was slowly pushed far away by the waves.


    As the warship moved away, the water began to subside gradually...


    The entire sea area became calm, and there was not even a single ripple on the sea surface, as if this was not the sea at all, but a pond that had turned into stagnant water.


    A cold air fell on the sea!


    The sea water quickly began to freeze, and the temperature of the air dropped rapidly!


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    "this is¡­"


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk''s eyes changed. He flew from the sea to the ice and looked at the surrounding environment. Wherever his eyes could see, there was a thick piece of ice!


    This sea area has completely turned into a plain of ice!


    Now, is that what the guy said it was a completely level playing field?


    Hawkeye Mihawk''s expression was slightly strange: "If I remember correctly, Freezing should be the fruit ability of Admiral Aokiji of the Navy Headquarters..."


    "do not mind the details."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head indifferently.


    "..."


    Hawkeye Mihawk''s expression is subtle, can you use the fruit ability of Admiral of the Navy, or are those details that you don''t need to care about?


    It is impossible for anyone to ignore this power!


    Uehara Naraku held a fruit knife in his hand and pointed at Hawkeye Mihawk, a look of seriousness gradually flashed across his face, and said softly: "Mr. Joracle Mihawk, please allow me to be here to challenge your The world''s greatest swordsman."


    "..."


    Hawkeye Mihawk was silent again.


    After a long time.


    The sharp eagle eyes of this great swordsman landed on the fruit knife in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and asked calmly: "If I read correctly, the knife in your hand is just an ordinary fruit knife in the kitchen, right? ?¡±


    Well, you must have read that right.


    Because the fruit knife was used by Hawkeye Mihawk just now when he was cooking, he cut some fruit and made a fruit salad.


    This guy¡­


    Take a fruit knife to challenge him, the world''s number one swordsman?


    This is provoking him...


    Or are you deliberately insulting him?


    Even if you don''t have any big or good knives around, just look for an ordinary knife, you should look good!


    "Oh, sorry."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the fruit knife in his hand, rubbed his brows, raised his head again to look at Hawkeye, the corners of his mouth slightly curled up: "Is the fruit knife too big? But I can handle a table knife really well." Not quite used to¡­¡±


    "It''s really... words that make people unable to bear the anger."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk shook his head and sighed, he slowly clenched the supreme sharp knife in his hand, his eyes suddenly became serious!


    This guy¡­


    Definitely provoking him!


    "Since you want to humiliate me..."


    The black knife Ye Ye in Hawkeye Mihawk''s hand flipped instantly, pointed at Uehara Naraku, and said coldly: "So, are you ready to bear the price for insulting a swordsman? To bear the world''s strongest black knife to tear your body The price of breaking into pieces!"


    "certainly¡­"


    Naraku Uehara held the fruit knife upside down and rushed towards Hawkeye Mihawk. His voice echoed in the cold night: "With the sharp black knife in Mr. Mihawk''s hand, maybe you can help me trim my nails!"


    "arrogant!"


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk looked indifferently at Uehara Naraku who was rushing forward, shaking the black knife in his hand, a powerful slash flew towards Uehara Naraku in an instant!


    but¡­


    This guy is indeed qualified to be arrogant. In this world, not everyone can force this great swordsman into the sea with two or three moves!


    Akatsuki''s leader...


    This title is already worthy of Mihawk Hawkeye''s black knife!


    The black knife flashed a powerful slash and flew towards Uehara Naraku, but Uehara Naraku swung the fruit knife in his hand and chopped it apart!


    "Is it wrapped around the sword with the armed color domineering?"


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk looked at this scene, his eyes flickered, and he charged towards Uehara Naraku with the black knife in his hand: "Then let me see...how powerful is Akatsuki''s leader? !"


    Under the moonlight, the two figures collided together!


    Streams of sharp murderous aura and domineering aura instantly flew out from the knives in their hands and scattered around!


    Cracks instantly appeared on the thick ice surface!


    The huge black knife in Mihawk''s hand slammed into the fruit knife in Uehara Naraku''s hand, cutting a gap!


    Even if the fruit knife in Uehara Naraku''s hand is covered with a powerful enough armed domineering color, it can''t resist the sharpness of the world''s strongest black knife after all!


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk''s eyes flickered, and he swung the huge black knife in his hand and slashed one after another. Black shadows flashed, that was the light of the black knife!


    Every cut seems to directly split Naraku Uehara''s body in two!


    Naraku Uehara waved the fruit knife in his hand, blocking the black knife in Hawkeye Mihawk''s hand one after another, and the armed domineering entwined on the fruit knife was broken one after another!


    The gap in the fruit blade is getting bigger and bigger!


    Even in the confrontation under such circumstances, the black knife in Hawkeye Mihawk''s hand still slashed sharply at the same position, and soon the fruit knife was completely chopped into pieces!


    "If you want to challenge the swordsman..."


    Hawk-eyed Mihawk''s figure flipped, and the black sword Ye danced with his body and drew an elegant arc, and a knife light that was almost like a full moon cut flashed by!


    This knife is so amazing!


    No matter where Uehara Naraku wanted to hide, he was within the attack of the black knife. Even if he retreated immediately, he could not avoid the black knife''s attack at all!


    Centered around Hawkeye Mihawk¡­


    A circular slash suddenly flew around!


    Uehara Naraku''s challenge to the world''s number one swordsman Hawkeye Mihawk had just started less than half a minute before his attack was blatantly smashed by Hawkeye Mihawk!


    this moment¡­


    Uehara Naraku saw this stunning full moon slash, and thoroughly experienced the power of the world''s top swordsman!


    "It''s really admirable."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger, and touched the flying full moon slash, and the domineering look of the armed force instantly released, resisting this perfect slash.


    "I should have found a good knife if I knew it..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the eagle-eyed Mihawk who gracefully retracted the knife, and then at the broken fruit knife in his hand, sighed faintly and said, "Now that you have cut it off, what will I use next to continue?" What about fighting..."


    "..."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk flicked the huge black knife in his hand, and his sharp eyes fell on Naraku Uehara. He did not relax his vigilance at all!


    Because of that full moon slash...


    It was actually blocked by the man in front of him with one finger!


    Hearing Naraku Uehara''s words, Hawkeye Mihawk stared at the fruit knife in his hand, and said indifferently: "Even if your strength is strong enough, it is still difficult to challenge a swordsman with a knife in the kitchen." A very stupid thing!"


    Especially the ones who challenge...


    Still the strongest swordsman in the world!


    "you''re right."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Hawkeye and nodded slowly, blue skeletons emerged from his body, and the huge Susanoo instantly wrapped his body!


    Full Body Susanoo, open!


    This thousand-meter-tall Susanoo stood on the ice like a Valkyrie, and appeared in front of Hawkeye Mihawk!


    Uehara Naraku stood in the crystal above Susano''s head, manipulated Susano to pull out his ninja sword suddenly, a blue slash pierced the darkness and illuminated the sea!


    "this is¡­"


    There was a flash of surprise in Hawkeye Mihawk''s eyes. He looked up at Susano, who was thousands of meters high, and murmured in disbelief: "Is it the same power as Uchiha Sasuke... No, this Stronger than Sasuke Uchiha!"


    Just in terms of size...


    Uehara Naraku''s Susanoo is at least a thousand meters high, far surpassing Uchiha Sasuke''s complete Susanoo, and even their aura is like adults and children!


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the shocked Hawkeye Mihawk, manipulated Susanoo to wield a huge ninja sword, and slowly pointed at the world''s number one swordsman...


    The huge ninja sword in Susanoo''s hand slowly stopped in front of Hawkeye Mihawk. The terrifying momentum seems to stab someone''s body from the air!


    Naraku Uehara looked at Hawkeye Mihawk, and his slow voice resounded on the ice field: "Mr. Mihawk, this knife...should be fine?"

 Chapter 499

    Naraku Uehara...


    Kind of unreasonable.


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk stared at the sword of Susanoo with blue light in front of him, and his mood gradually became heavy. He had seen the power of Susanoo before.


    Once hit head-on by Susanoo...


    Even a giant will be cut to pieces with a single blow!


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk once faced Uchiha Sasuke''s purple Susano in person. He knew the power of Susano very well. Even he had to do his best to deal with that power...


    And Uehara Naraku''s blue Susano...


    Absolutely has the power far better than Sasuke Uchiha!


    "Mr. Mihawk."


    Naraku Uehara stood in Susano''s crystal, manipulating Susano to raise the huge ninja sword in his hand, a cold light flashed in his reincarnation eyes: "Then, let''s continue!"


    The next moment, the tall Susano suddenly swung the ninja sword in his hand!


    A half-moon-shaped blue light pierced the sky, Susano''s super powerful slash suddenly fell towards Hawkeye, and the air seemed to be shattered by this powerful slash!


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk looked at the surging slash with surprise on his face, and the ice field around him shattered, which was the huge pressure brought by the slash!


    This slash has not yet landed on Mihawk''s body...


    However, that oppressive power has already made him a little hard to resist!


    This knife does not have any swordsmanship skills at all, it is simply a knife made with the power of Susanoo, even so, it makes people feel desperate!


    Uehara Naraku''s Susano...


    But it has ten times the power of his body!


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk didn''t give up, while quickly looking for a new foothold, while waving the black knife in his hand, he slashed towards the sky one after another!


    No matter how many slashes Mihawk slashed with his knife, all of them dissipated instantly after hitting Susanoo''s blue slash, only making the falling blue light slightly dim...


    In this case, you can''t stop this blow!


    "Aha!"


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk finally stood on a solid block of ice, and suddenly raised the black knife in his hand and slashed towards the sky, facing the half-moon-shaped light blue light falling from the sky...


    Hawkeye finally made this sharp knife...


    Directly split Susanoo''s blue slash into two!


    Even though the blue slash was cut in half by Hawkeye Mihawk, it still had unrivaled destructive power, cutting through the thick layer of ice in an instant!


    The surface of the sea slowly emerged from the cracks in the ice...


    "As expected of the world''s number one swordsman..."


    Naraku Uehara stood inside Susano''s crystal, watching Mihawk Hawkeye take over his slash, and a look of seriousness slowly flashed across his face: "Then, please let me experience the world''s No. The limit of a great swordsman!"


    next moment¡­


    The complete body of Susano, almost like a Valkyrie, slashed down on Hawk-eyed Mihawk one after another, and the blue arc-shaped slashes fell continuously!


    Every arc-shaped slash carries the power to destroy everything...


    Once it cannot be broken, death will definitely be ushered in!


    More than a dozen arc-shaped slashes densely covered the ice field, leaving Hawkeye Mihawk with nowhere to hide, so he could only quickly raise the black knife!


    The black knife in Hawkeye Mihawk''s hand directly blocked his face, trying to use the supreme sharp knife that was once dependent on each other as his last resistance...


    in a flash...


    A gorgeous blue light fell!


    That was the first slash that landed on the ice sheet, followed by other blue rays of light, covering the sky of this sea area like covering the sky and blocking out the sun!


    Boom! Boom! Boom...


    The ice field was instantly shattered by streaks of blue light!


    Every falling blue light is a slash that can destroy the world, even if it is just the aftermath of the slash that falls nearby, Mihawk the Hawkeye can feel the power enough to crush his body !


    This ice field created by Uehara Naraku himself was destroyed by him again. Under the attack of Susanoko, Hawkeye Mihawk felt his own smallness and weakness...


    No, it''s not just him who is weak...


    And this sea trembling under the weight of Susanoo!


    The thousand-meter-high blue Susano seems to be a real god, and what it possesses is enough to destroy the world!


    absolute¡­


    No one can stop it?


    But as a swordsman, how could he back down here!


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk stared at the blue slashes coming from the sky, and swung his black knife to resist the powerful impact!


    A black glow flashed across the black knife!


    Hawkeye Mihawk lifted the black knife in his hand, firmly blocked a blue slash, he couldn''t help clenching his teeth, and the veins on his palm were gradually exposed!


    This power is too strong!


    Just carrying one of Susano''s slashes hard, it made Hawkeye Mihawk feel a little painful. Compared with this power, Uchiha Sasuke''s power is so different!


    This is¡­


    Akatsuki''s leader?


    "How could a swordsman fall down here!"


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk raised his head, and finally let out a roar from his throat. He waved the black knife in his hand and forcibly missed the slash he had stopped!


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk suddenly lowered his body to accumulate his own strength, stepped on the ice with one foot in the air, raised the black knife in his hand again, and jumped into the air!


    The black awns flicker in the moonlight!


    The second blue slash that flew towards Hawkeye head-on, was charged by him and sent flying!


    The third blue light...


    ensuing...


    Hawkeye Mihawk could only raise his supreme sharp knife and barely set up a line of defense for his body!


    next moment¡­


    Even though Hawkeye Mihawk defended with a black knife and armed domineering energy, he still couldn''t stop the falling powerful force, and the third blue light quickly defeated his figure!


    Hawkeye Mihawk''s body involuntarily flew upside down and landed on the ice, and he quickly backed up on the ice. The hat on his head was already broken, and the original elegant swordsman outfit was also stained red with blood. open wounds...


    Blood quickly seeped out, staining the ice surface red!


    Mihawk knelt on the ground with one knee, tightly holding the black knife in his hand, and stuck the knife directly into a piece of ice, barely supporting his body.


    "What an amazing power..."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk''s palms trembled a little, and he slowly raised his head, looking up at Susano who hadn''t moved a single step so far!


    This gap can''t help but make people feel a little disappointed...


    Because Hawkeye Mihawk has seen Uchiha Sasuke use Susano to fight with his own eyes, what kind of power this kind of figure like a valkyrie can exert, Mihawk barely knows something in his heart...


    Strictly speaking...


    Naraku Uehara is just attacking casually now, as if he was chopping melons and chopping vegetables in the kitchen. This battle is like playing with a child...


    But even so...


    Even with all his might, Hawkeye Mihawk couldn''t resist.


    Uehara Naraku was even more surprised than Hawkeye Mihawk, because this is the first man who can resist Susano, even if he just deflected Susano''s slash, he showed enough strength amazing¡­


    That''s...


    Even now, it should be enough to slice through the moon!


    "It''s really embarrassing..."


    Hawkeye Mihawk reached out and stuck his black knife on the ice, barely supported his body to stand up, and suddenly stretched out his arms towards Susano!


    This posture means that he has given up resistance!


    Mihawk''s golden eagle eyes looked at Susanoo, he gave up all his defenses, and said in a high voice: "Uehara Naraku, take everything of me! Whether it is the world''s strongest swordsman Honor, or the world''s strongest black knife beside me!"


    "Are you serious?"


    Naraku Uehara''s voice fell into the ears of Hawkeye Mihawk. He stood within the crystal on the tall Susanoo''s forehead, staring at the bloody Hawkeye.


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk''s face gradually returned to calm, and as he gathered his strength, he continued in a deep voice: "As a swordsman, recognizing the gap between yourself and the strong is the most basic ability, and I don''t need it anymore." Keep going...Kill me!"


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk raised his head and slowly closed his eyes: "A swordsman can only stand and fall. When I still have the strength to stand by you, kill me!"


    "Then I''ll..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes showed a little seriousness, he manipulated Susano again, and raised the huge ninja sword again: "I will fulfill you!"


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Hawkeye, and continued loudly: "As a compliment to you, you can dare to compete with the power of Susano with a mere mortal body...


    Joracle Mihawk, I recognize your strength. If it''s just a struggle between mortals, you really deserve the title of the world''s strongest swordsman! "


    "..."


    A look of astonishment appeared on Hawkeye Mihawk''s face.


    The next moment, a smile slowly appeared on the face of the world''s strongest swordsman. Obviously, the recognition of the enemy can undoubtedly make him die with a little satisfaction.


    this life...


    It seems that there is no regret... He has practiced swordsmanship since he was a child, and determined to become the world''s number one swordsman, and he has already achieved it!


    "but¡­"


    Naraku Uehara''s voice was full of playfulness, he flipped his palm, and a ray of light fell on Hawkeye Mihawk''s body, which was the resurrection power back in time.


    Uehara Naraku''s voice fell into Hawkeye Mihawk''s ears again: "Mr. Mihawk, between us...but there are still several accounts that have not been properly settled!


    Joracle Mihawk, you don''t think that death will offset your fault if you desecrate the reputation of the Akatsuki organization, right? "


    next moment!


    Susanoo''s sword suddenly fell!


    When Hawkeye Mihawk was still surprised, his body was instantly slashed on him by Susanoo''s sword, cutting off his life!


    After a few seconds.


    Mihawk''s figure recovered on the ice, his brows were slightly frowned, and he was staring at his palm, with a little doubt in his eyes.


    "How is this going?"


    Mihawk''s frown became tighter and tighter. He glanced at his clothes and then at the black knife stuck on the ice, as if everything just now was not a dream.


    Isn''t he already dead?


    Just when Mihawk was a little surprised by his own situation, another golden light fell on Mihawk''s body.


    Followed by¡­


    The tall Susanoo waved his ninja sword and fell down again!


    Mihawk looked at the huge ninja sword that fell in shock. If his physical injuries hadn''t fully recovered, he couldn''t help suspecting that he had experienced this scene just now...


    No, indeed experienced it!


    The bone-piercing pain is still very clear in my memory!


    The next moment, Mihawk once again felt the pain of his body being directly wiped out by the sword of Susanoo, and his consciousness sank again!


    After a few seconds.


    Hawkeye Mihawk came back to life again.


    When he was still reminiscing after his resurrection, a golden light fell on him again, and this great swordsman finally understood what happened to him.


    "Resurrection...or reincarnation?"


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk''s face became a little strange, he raised his head subconsciously, and looked at Susano in front of him: "Are you going to be killed again this time?"


    as expected¡­


    The tall Susanoo swung his ninja knife again and landed on him!


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk suddenly noticed the difference. Every time Susanoo landed in a different position, he was being revived and killed again!

 Chapter 500

    Joracle Mihok''s life has been a wonderful one.


    In this life, he had personally witnessed the death of Gol D. Roger, the opening of the era of great pirates, and the rise of the Four Emperors.


    But¡­


    Mihawk had never met such a person as Uehara Naraku.


    Because Qiao Lakel Mihawk never thought that a person who has mastered the ability to bring people back from the dead would use this ability extravagantly to punish others...


    No, this guy can''t be called a human at all!


    In other words, should Uehara Naraku be called a demon, or should he be called a real god?


    Twenty minutes later.


    Joracle Mihawk regained his consciousness again, closed his eyes again, and began to recite silently: "When the 100th death and 100th resurrection, when the sword of Susanoo slashed at him, It''s 1 centimeter off from last time..."


    After finishing speaking, Mihawk spread his arms and waited quietly for the sword of Susanoo to cut off his life again.


    The great swordsman completely gave up resistance.


    Because after one of the resurrections, Mihawk chose to pull out his black knife before Susano killed himself...


    But¡­


    Still revived.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    This also made Mihawk completely understand one thing, his life and death are indeed out of his control, it all depends on Naraku Uehara''s mood.


    Hawkeye Mihawk has lived his life well.


    But at this moment, Mihawk began to regret the wrong words he had said. Why is Naraku Uehara such a strong guy, but his mind is so small?


    At the beginning...


    Isn''t it just a wrong sentence?


    This guy named Naraku Uehara, after resurrecting him repeatedly, killed him again and resurrected him again, making him fall into this inextricable cycle of life and death...


    But, it''s not his fault, is it?


    After all, the Akatsuki organization has been hiding very deeply.


    Even the rough-headed guy like the red-haired Shanks, after hearing Akatsuki''s name for the first time, must have thought it was an unknown small organization, right?


    Moreover, Uehara Naraku, as the leader of Akatsuki, concealed his identity and pretended to be an ordinary naval colonel!


    Who knew this guy would be a character strong enough to destroy the world? No matter which king Qiwuhai is, it is definitely impossible to have any good looks towards him, right?


    This guy¡­


    Obviously fishing?


    Unfortunately, Mihawk himself was hooked.


    While Jorakor Mihawk was waiting for the light of resurrection and death to come to him again, he found that these things were delayed.


    Mihawk couldn''t help raising his head, but he didn''t see Susano, only saw Uehara Naraku floating in front of him.


    "Is it finally over?"


    Mihawk suddenly breathed a sigh of relief.


    Even after receiving the honor of the world''s number one swordsman back then, he never felt as relaxed as he is now.


    "It''s all about your attitude."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared in Hawkeye Mihawk''s ear: "Mr. Mihawk, are you willing to join Akatsuki, an unknown small organization?"


    "..."


    Mihawk fell silent.


    After a long time, the world''s strongest swordsman stared at Naraku Uehara, and asked calmly: "If I agree, what do I need to do for Akatsuki? If I refuse, what will you do?"


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and after thinking for a while, he said: "Let''s talk about your rejection first! I might still kill you, and then bring your soul from the underworld, using another way to resurrect as a puppet..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku spread his hands again, and continued: "Of course, I may let you go, and then cut off all your fetters, kill all your friends and so on... Anyway, it will make you live Better to die."


    "..."


    Hawkeye Mihawk fell silent.


    Is this how Akatsuki''s leader handles things?


    To be honest, the Akatsuki organization has not perished so far, it is purely because Uehara Naraku''s strength is too strong to make people dare not resist, right?


    Naraku Uehara thought for a while about being a member of the Akatsuki organization, then rubbed his forehead and said, "If you choose to join the Akatsuki organization...except for not revealing my identity, there seems to be nothing special that you need to do?"


    Except on top of the war...


    Is there really anything Hawkeye Mihawk needs to do?


    Hawkeye Mihawk continued to ask: "Okay, I probably know... Then, what is Akatsuki''s purpose?"


    "Let me see..."


    Uehara Naraku was still rubbing his forehead, and asked in doubt: "Now... maybe it should be to bring peace and justice to this world?"


    "..."


    Hawkeye Mihawk had a strange look on his face.


    No matter who you say this to, you can''t believe it, right?


    Hawkeye Mihawk temporarily skipped this topic, and continued to ask: "So... what is your real identity?"


    "You talk too much."


    Uehara Naraku''s face turned cold, and a time-traveling golden light fell on Hawkeye Mihawk''s body. This scene slightly changed Hawkeye''s expression.


    next moment¡­


    Naraku Uehara picked up the black knife Ye that was stuck in the ice, flashed a sharp knife, directly cut through Hawkeye''s throat, and killed the great swordsman again!


    After a few seconds.


    Hawkeye Mihawk is back to life.


    Uehara Naraku threw the black knife Ye in his hand to Hawkeye Mihawk, and asked calmly: "Now, I just need to know your answer, follow the real answer in your heart, don''t try to hide it my perception."


    Uehara Naraku watched after Hawkeye took the black knife, and continued: "As for what you want to know, you will gradually understand in the future. If you want to spy on the truth of the world, at least let me see that you can pay for it. How much does it cost..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes gradually became complicated, and his voice slowly became gloomy: "Your life and strength are not enough to see the truth of the world!"


    "I see."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk looked down at the black knife in his hand, then at Uehara Naraku who was close at hand, and slowly took a deep breath.


    If after joining the Akatsuki organization, he can clearly see the fog hidden on Uehara Naraku''s body, it is worth joining the Akatsuki organization and becoming a member of this organization!


    Joracle Mihawk put away his black knife, looked straight at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "In the future... please give me a lot of advice from the leader!"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded contentedly, and raised his palm: "Then let''s go, let''s meet another newcomer who joined the organization!"


    Following Naraku Uehara''s actions, the waves surged over.


    A warship and the coffin boat dragged behind it slowly swam over along the surging waves and stopped in front of Uehara Naraku.


    This time, Uehara Naraku gained a lot.


    Sub-quest: Defeat the world''s number one swordsman Joracle Mihawk (1/1), the task has been completed, reward 200,000 points of life energy, 200,000 points of armed domineering, and 200,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    That''s the downside of doing it yourself...


    Perhaps it was originally a reward for good skills or inheritance, but it was directly exchanged for a three-dimensional value, but Uehara Naraku really needed this value.


    Hidden task: Use a small knife to fight against the world''s number one swordsman, Joracle Mihawk, and win (1/1). The task has been completed, and the fixed reward is the passive talent skill World Kendo.


    World Kendo: The most extreme Kendo talent in the world!


    It''s such a simple description...


    Uehara Naraku stood on the warship and pondered for a while, then waved his hand to condense an ice knife, and slashed with a blow according to his own mind!


    In the distant sea, he instantly split a wave hundreds of meters high!


    It''s useless...


    The world''s number one swordsman was defeated by him, and this great swordsman also joined the Xiao organization and became his subordinate.


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk watched this scene, and slowly frowned. It was not impossible for him to do this knife with the black knife Ye, but like Uehara Naraku, he could easily do it with an ordinary ice skate. split out...


    Akatsuki''s leader...


    His kendo is also very strong!


    This man named Uehara Naraku has innumerable powers in his body. He can manipulate any power, even the way of swordsmanship is no exception?


    So¡­


    Facing a man like Uehara Naraku, would those Four Emperor monsters standing at the apex of the new world be his opponents?


    At least Shanks...


    Hawkeye Mihawk thought it might not work.


    "Your Excellency Naraku."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk frowned slightly, remembering the purpose of his trip, and asked, "Is the war between Whitebeard and Kaido over..."


    "¡­not yet."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and said in a low voice: "I hope those two guys can end this war quickly! Now they are useless..."


    after all¡­


    The Akatsuki organization is behind the scenes manipulating the war between Whitebeard and Kaido. The real purpose is to attract the general of the Navy Headquarters Kizaru, and by the way, a few kings Shichibukai.


    the other side.


    The battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto continues.


    The members of the Whitebeard Pirates and the Hundred Beasts Pirates are getting more and more nervous, because they feel that this warring sea area seems a little too dangerous!


    Uzumaki Naruto controlled the golden Nine-Tails and spread out his claws suddenly, Chakra and Haki quickly fell into the palm of his hand, gathering into a ball of tailed beast jade that was constantly spinning!


    "Immortal Art ¡¤ Armed ¡¤ Super Domineering Tailed Beast Jade!"


    This tailed beast jade flew out, and instantly flew towards Uchiha Sasuke''s purple Susano. Once hit by this tailed beast jade with ingredients, even a complete body of Susano It was directly blasted through!


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Susano to pull out the ninja knife and wiped the tailed beast jade, and directly sent the tailed beast jade into the air, and continued to fly towards the golden nine tails!


    However¡­


    But the tailed beast jade fell near the Moby Dick!


    Even though the Moby Dick was getting farther and farther away from the battlefield, it would still inevitably be affected. Whitebeard clenched his fist tightly, a ball of white light gathered on his fist, and detonated the tailed beast jade with a bang!


    After Whitebeard solved the crisis, he looked down at the people around him who were still in shock, and couldn''t help laughing and said, "Goooooh...it''s really dangerous...this battle is not for everyone to watch what!"


    yes¡­


    It''s true that not everyone can watch it.


    After the flagship of the Beasts Pirates rescued Drought Jack and the other pirates, they left the battlefield far away. Only Beasts Kaido was left watching...


    In the aftermath of the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, Kaido was unable to protect his subordinates and could only temporarily let them retreat first...


    This is the gap.


    After all, Whitebeard''s shaking fruit ability is powerful and can indeed solve many troubles. Kaido''s body is only the animal fruit ability of the phantom beast.


    If you want to protect the Hundred Beasts Pirates...


    Then he can only use his body to resist.


    However, whether it is Uzumaki Naruto or Uchiha Sasuke, if the attack of the two falls on Kaido, they can actually break his defense...


    on the battlefield.


    Uchiha Sasuke stood in Susano''s crystal, and he was barely relieved after seeing White Beard solve Tailed Beast Jade.


    Uchiha Sasuke turned his head suddenly, his eyes were fixed on the golden nine tails, Susano suddenly drew a long bow in his hand!


    "Naruto, let''s decide the outcome with one blow!"

 Chapter 501

    Whitebeard Pirates...


    In fact, it is really good for Uchiha Sasuke.


    Although in Uchiha Sasuke''s view, they are all a group of brainless idiots, but no matter how you look at it, these idiots are now his companions.


    certainly¡­


    Uzumaki Naruto is also a companion recognized by Uchiha Sasuke.


    But now Uchiha Sasuke feels that things have changed slightly. The Whitebeard Pirates he wants to protect are just like Uzumaki Naruto protecting Konoha...


    A long purple arrow lit up!


    The next moment, a wave of black flames slowly landed on the long arrow out of thin air, and a group of armed domineering energy slowly wrapped around the arrow!


    "Naruto!"


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated the complete body Susano and slowly drew the giant bow in his hand. The long arrows on it were so black that they were shiny, which made people look sideways!


    Even Sasuke Uchiha felt that it was not enough!


    A flash of lightning landed on the arrow of the long arrow. It was the lightning of Thunder Dun Chidori. It was definitely far superior to the group in both attack and destructive power!


    This is his strongest blow!


    "Sasuke..."


    Uzumaki Naruto''s eyes gradually became serious.


    Under his control, giant claws gradually grew out of the body of the golden nine tails, constantly condensing chakra and domineering, and gathering a spiral pill shuriken of different shapes.


    If there is no existence of Naraku Uehara...


    The two of them will be the apex of another world!


    Even in this world, there are powers beyond the reach of ordinary people!


    Because of this, apart from the core members of the Akatsuki organization, only Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke have the right to act freely in the Pirate World in the entire ninja world!


    "Gu la la la la..."


    Whitebeard clenched his fists, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Seeing these two brats really reminds me of my youth!"


    It''s just like¡­


    When Whitebeard and Gol D. Roger fought!


    Even now, Whitebeard still maintains his title of the strongest in the world, but he is still inevitably getting old, which even makes him unable to fight for as long as young people like Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto...


    on the sea.


    Sasuke Uchiha manipulated Susano to complete his spell, and a long black arrow wrapped in lightning suddenly shot out, flying towards the golden nine tails!


    "Naruto!"


    "Sasuke!"


    Welcome to the long arrow...


    It is a jet black spiral shuriken!


    The moment the black arrow collided with the spiral shuriken, a huge flame illuminated the night, and the next second, a violent explosion resounded through the sea!


    The sea is trembling violently!


    This sea area seems to have an earthquake!


    After the first wave of explosions, the second wave of explosions quickly swept towards the surroundings, and the flames hundreds of meters high spread outward in an instant, covering Sasuke Uchiha''s Susanoo and Uzumaki Naruto''s golden nine in an instant. tail!


    In the explosion, a cloud of black light seemed to be enough to destroy everything, quickly drowning Susanoo and the golden nine tails!


    The two attacks that were enough to destroy a small island had a violent collision here, and no one could predict the outcome of the battle between them...


    Everyone''s eyes widened involuntarily, filled with knowledge and arrogance, wanting to see clearly who will win this time!


    After a long time.


    A huge semi-circular depression was directly blasted out by the huge explosion on the sea surface, and the sea current continuously circled in that depression...


    On that sunken semi-circular sea.


    Sasuke Uchiha stood aside, only the skeletons of Susano on his body were left, his palms slowly covered his eyes, blood and tears slowly fell down the corners of his eyes...


    The golden nine tails on Uzumaki Naruto''s body are also incomplete everywhere, and even there are only two or three tails left on his body barely sticking to his body...


    "You bastard..."


    Uchiha Sasuke raised his head, and after glancing at Uzumaki Naruto, Susano on his body forcibly wanted to continue to activate and reverted to a full body form!


    At this time, a voice came from Uchiha Sasuke''s mind, interrupting his thoughts of continuing to fight: "Ha, Sasuke, are you working so hard to protect the Whitebeard Pirates?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression froze for a moment.


    This is Uehara Naraku''s voice, that guy is using the eyes of reincarnation to contact him... Could that guy also be in this sea area?


    The next moment, Sasuke Uchiha woke up.


    In this battle between him and Uzumaki Naruto, it is not worth gratifying to win the battle, because according to their agreement, after the Beast Pirates get out of the way, the Whitebeard Pirates will enter a bigger trap;


    It''s not worth being frustrated if you fail, because this will give the Whitebeard Pirates a reason to go back and protect the idiots of the Whitebeard Pirates...


    Sasuke Uchiha knows very well that Whitebeard is powerful enough, but it doesn''t mean that the old man can defeat Uehara Naraku... According to the strength that guy showed in the ninja world, he is an omnipotent god!


    this moment¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly clenched his fist.


    Now he chooses to fail...


    Or continue to fight until Naruto is defeated?


    "That guy Naruto..."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but raised his head and looked at Uzumaki Naruto, his fist was creaking, and then he slowly let go of his fist: "When I defected to Konoha and joined Akatsuki... At that time, he should be better than he is now. Am I more entangled?"


    Naruto Uzumaki back then...


    Wanting to protect Konoha and not hurting him, he is an out-and-out idiot. There is no such thing as the best of both worlds in this world!


    "Sasuke."


    Uzumaki Naruto looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and slowly spread out his palm, his face was a little complicated: "Do you want to continue? Actually, there is no need..."


    "You win."


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, interrupted Uzumaki Naruto''s words with a cold face, slowly closed his eyes, and lay on his back on the sea.


    "..."


    Uzumaki Naruto fell silent.


    "Sasuke, Daddy let us go home!"


    Marco''s voice suddenly fell into their ears.


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but rolled his eyes, and stared at the phoenix flying in the air: "Catch me quickly, I''m almost out of strength!"


    "Hey, hey, hold on a little longer!"


    The blue phoenix spread its wings and flew to the surface of the sea, grabbed Uchiha Sasuke''s body and flew away slowly, leaving only Uzumaki Naruto standing where he was.


    Uzumaki Naruto was not at all happy about winning, he just lowered his head and glanced at his chest, where was a ring of an official member of the Akatsuki organization.


    Uzumaki Naruto sighed, looked up at the phoenix flying in the sky, the corners of his mouth suddenly curled up slightly, revealing a smile.


    "That guy Sasuke...does he finally have a lot of friends?"


    Because the entire seventh class knows that Uchiha Sasuke has nowhere to go, and it is indeed a happy thing to find a place to live in this world.


    this matter¡­


    It''s more joyful than the so-called victory.


    The battle, which lasted for a day and a night, finally came to an end.


    It''s a pity that Uzumaki Naruto didn''t know that after Uchiha Sasuke returned to the Moby Dick, the captains were most curious about Uzumaki Naruto.


    These idiots don''t care that Sasuke Uchiha lost.


    They are just curious about the friendship between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, because intuitively, the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto should be good.


    Moby Dick aboard.


    Uchiha Sasuke sat on the deck and slowly mentioned his past friendship with Uzumaki Naruto: "That guy is the tail of the crane in the ninja school... Well... I am the number one in the ninja school... After graduation, we were assigned Same squad..."


    "Hey, Sasuke, don''t brag about yourself too much!"


    "Asshole, I''m serious!"


    "Gu la la la la... Sachi, don''t interrupt him, go prepare the banquet!"


    "Yes, father! But I still feel..."


    "Idiot, hurry up and prepare the banquet!"


    Marco knocked on Sage''s head and rolled his eyes: "Stupid Sach, are you afraid that you will live too happily in the future?"


    Uchiha Sasuke can''t beat Uzumaki Naruto...


    Can''t the chef Sage be hanged up and beaten?


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Saky who was going away, leaned his head on the railing, and continued in a rambling manner: "Although I can''t understand that idiot Naruto, sometimes he is a little more reliable... "


    "Really? He looks like a very serious person!"


    "It''s probably because he''s been learning how to become Hokage recently..."


    "Hokage?"


    "The head of a village is just called Hokage."


    "It''s too strict in the village, do you still need to learn?"


    "If you count Naruto''s strength, that village probably has the power of the Four Emperor Pirates, and there is a possibility of launching a war at any time. Although they are now under Akatsuki''s control, Naruto also joined Xiao Xiao..."


    "A ninja village..."


    "We defeated Akatsuki and rescued the people in that village. We must be able to recruit many companions!"


    "Idiot, don''t dream, that''s Akatsuki! The Hundred Beasts Pirates may also become their pawns! Besides, Akatsuki''s taking over and ruling that village is not without benefits..."


    "..."


    The entire Whitebeard Pirates are listening to Uchiha Sasuke telling his story with Uzumaki Naruto, and occasionally Portgas D. Ace will interject a few words.


    After Sasuke Uchiha slowly brought up the Akatsuki organization, the atmosphere gradually became serious, because the Whitebeard Pirates knew that Akatsuki was the organization that Sasuke feared.


    "My older brother is a member of Akatsuki..."


    Sasuke Uchiha folded his palms together, and continued calmly: "Later, my brother let me join Akatsuki in order to protect me. After meeting Ace, I became a pirate. Because I violated the will of Akatsuki, so I I don''t want us to collide with Akatsuki..."


    There are half-truths in these words.


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly raised his head, looked at the night sky, and said in a low voice: "The leader of Akatsuki, the guy who is called a god in the Akatsuki organization, likes to manipulate the fate of others..."


    "Manipulating fate?"


    Foil Vista couldn''t help being a little curious. He stretched out his finger and couldn''t help shaking it back and forth a few times: "How can something like fate be manipulated?"


    this thing...


    It doesn''t sound very reliable.


    Things like fate sound a bit illusory.


    The members of the Whitebeard Pirates in the crowd were also a little confused. Everyone expressed whether Sasuke Uchiha could not accept losing to his friends who grew up together, and there was a little bit of mental problems...


    Only Marshall D. Teach''s eyes changed slightly.


    Because he had been in contact with Akatsuki''s members and seen the true face of Sasuke Uchiha''s brother Uchiha Itachi, that man told his mind right away!


    Such a thing as fate...


    It is not illusory!


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    "have no idea¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, his eyes were a little heavy and complicated: "That guy monitors everything in this world, the encounters between people, the cycle of life and death, maybe they are all under the control of that guy, which makes people Can''t tell the truth from the fake..."


    for example¡­


    This time their war with the Hundred Beasts Pirates must be under Uehara Naraku''s control, but Uchiha Sasuke didn''t know Uehara Naraku''s true purpose.


    To thwart the invincible momentum of the Whitebeard Pirates at sea?


    Or is there another reason? Or is that guy finally going to start targeting the Whitebeard Pirates?


    "Gu la la la la..."


    White Beard shook his head, laughed and comforted Sasuke Uchiha: "Little Sasuke, a person''s life will not stop because of the so-called fate. Would you like to have a big glass of wine tonight?"


    "Father, I just put your IV on you!"


    Standing by the side, Marco couldn''t help interrupting Whitebeard''s words, and muttered in a babbling voice, "And you won''t be able to drink for the next week, no, a month..."


    The Whitebeard Pirates were not dejected by the temporary defeat, and the Beasts Pirates also slowly withdrew from this sea area.


    The navy, which has been monitoring this sea area, has also taken new actions after the withdrawal of the two Four Emperor Pirates.


    Just as the naval warship joined Kakuto, Kisame, and Doflamingo, the three princes Shichibukai, they immediately chose to pursue the Hundred Beasts Pirates under the command of Yakushidou...


    On the way to pursue...


    Navy Headquarters Admiral Kizaru...


    Encountered the biggest crisis in history!


    The real goal of the Akatsuki organization manipulating the collision of the two Four Emperor Pirates has finally reached the stage of closing the net!


    These members walking in the shadows finally showed their hunting fangs in the dark!

 Chapter 502

    The Whitebeard Pirates and the Beasts Pirates retreated at the same time.


    Because Whitebeard and Moby Dick left together, General Huang Yuan and Pharmacist Dou naturally would not gnaw on this hard bone, and the navy set their target on the flagship of the Beasts Pirates.


    Because of the previous spies on the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, Kaido, Uzumaki Naruto and the warships of the Beast Pirates were detected to be separated. Drought Jack''s plan.


    Coincidentally, the three kings Qiwuhai are already in place.


    An admiral of the Navy headquarters, a vice admiral known for his resourcefulness, and three powerful kings Shichibukai, with a slight time difference, it is almost easy to catch Drought Jack.


    No one has any reason to object.


    The naval warships chased the Beast Pirates all the way, until they arrived at a secluded island to rest, a strange accident happened suddenly!


    "Ninja Four Red Sun Formation!"


    All of a sudden, red barriers opened up around the island. These barriers were thousands of meters high, making it impossible to see the top at a glance!


    Just when everyone was a little confused, an arrogant voice appeared from above and spread throughout the small island: "Hashirama, this sealing technique is still flawed..."


    "Madara, stop making trouble, fill the gap quickly!"


    "Hmph... Uchiha Flame Formation!"


    As that haughty voice fell into everyone''s ears, a red barrier suddenly appeared in the sky, completely sealing off the island!


    The entire island was immediately surrounded by these red enchantment barriers!


    And just came to this small island, the navy and the three kings Shichibukai who stopped on this small island, they seem to have not recovered...


    General Huang Yuan scratched his head, raised his head with some doubts, and said, "I just...seemed to hear Uchiha? Is this old man hallucinating?"


    "no."


    Yao Shidou''s face changed slightly, and he said loudly: "That voice... seems to be talking about Uchiha! Let''s leave this island first!"


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflamingo waved his hand indifferently, and said happily, "Don''t worry, let''s rest for a while, Staff Officer, I heard that you have a good relationship with Ms. He, how is she doing recently?"


    Doflamingo had a smile on his face... but his mood was very complicated. He really underestimated the lower limit of the members of the Akatsuki organization!


    Oh shit¡­


    This pharmacist played so well!


    Wasn''t this guy personally arranging the traps on this small island?


    It is said that this time, in order to set up a trap to capture General Huang Yuan, Yao Shidou applied to the top to mobilize five powerful combat forces, and even because of this incident, the battle between the Art Pirates and Moonlight Moria was delayed.


    really...


    It makes people feel outrageous.


    "Be careful with everything."


    Yao Shidou looked at the lazy crowd and frowned slightly. General Huang Yuan was still resting on the ground, and the other kings Qi Wuhai didn''t bother to move.


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, Shen Sheng continued to urge: "General Huang Yuan, Mr. Kakuto, Mr. Kisame, Mr. Doflamingo, in order to avoid delaying the battle, leave this island now! "


    "I''m really sleepy..."


    Huang Yuan smiled and sat up, shook his head helplessly, and followed the footsteps of Yao Shidou, and the other kings Qi Wuhai also followed after seeing this.


    Although General Huang Yuan didn''t know what happened, but because of the powerful power in his body, Huang Yuan didn''t panic at all.


    He even felt that Yao Shidou was making a fuss out of a molehill.


    As for the Qiwuhai kings, they were naturally less panicked.


    When a group of people rushed to the outskirts of the island, they found that the island was completely sealed off by the red barrier from the outer sea, and even the sea water stopped flowing!


    "Ah lah..."


    General Huang Yuan touched his chin, couldn''t help looking at the red enchantment barrier, and said in surprise, "This...what''s going on?"


    "I don''t know."


    Pharmacist shook his head, his figure slowly stepped across the shallow sea, walked towards the red enchantment barrier, and tried to stretch out his fingers and landed on the enchantment!


    In the next second, his fingers were burned instantly!


    "This is a barrier like a flame..."


    Yao Shidou couldn''t help frowning, reached out and took a knife and slashed at the barrier, but saw that the barrier didn''t respond at all.


    Obviously, the strength of these enchantments is very high.


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, shook his head self-consciously and said: "Impossible, I remember any small island with strange power on the great route, there should be no accidents on this small island, this island There should be no one right¡­¡±


    Pharmacist turned his head and glanced at everyone present, and asked aloud: "Everyone, can you try to destroy this red barrier?"


    "Then let me try it first!"


    Dried persimmon ghost slowly closed his palms, opened his mouth and spewed out a huge stream of water towards the red barrier: "Water escape¡¤Shui Chongbo!"


    The water flow fell on the red enchantment, and was blocked by the red enchantment without accident, and even directly turned into a ball of water vapor!


    "Bullet line!"


    Doflamingo randomly stretched out a finger and shot a bullet line, but it still had no effect on the red barrier.


    Jiaodu''s approach is decidedly more casual.


    This King Shichibukai casually squeezed a rock and smashed it on the red barrier, without using any ability at all, this guy is just playing it off!


    Because the horns know...


    Facing the four scarlet yang formations, ordinary attacks are simply useless!


    Everyone''s gazes couldn''t help but stop on Jiaodu''s body, these gazes had a hint of condemnation, obviously dissatisfied with his perfunctory.


    only¡­


    Their eyes soon fell on the yellow ape again.


    A laser shot out from the hand of the yellow ape, and a group of people couldn''t help looking at this scene, as if they were expecting the laser to work... However, when the laser landed on the red barrier, nothing happened. what effect.


    "It''s useless..."


    Huang Yuan''s smile slowly subsided, and he couldn''t help but frown: "I feel that this barrier is more troublesome than the armed domineering defense..."


    this barrier...


    It''s really weird!


    The figure of the yellow ape suddenly disappeared in place, turned into a ray of light and rushed towards the red barrier, kicking it on top of the red barrier!


    Lightspeed kick!


    As a person with the ability of the shining fruit, the yellow monkey can turn into light, and the body can move and attack at the speed of light!


    Unfortunately¡­


    This kick at the speed of light is enough to easily break a building, but it has no effect in front of this red enchantment barrier!


    Even when Huang Yuan came back into photons, there was even a black fire mark on his shoes, which was the burning effect of the red enchantment barrier!


    "Unable to shake..."


    Huang Yuan glanced at the red barrier, slowly shook his head, touched his chin and guessed: "It seems that it can''t be destroyed by attacking alone! It feels like kicking on a mountain..."


    "so what should I do now?"


    Doflamingo grinned, and when he looked at the yellow monkey, a smile appeared on his face: "Hey hey hey...we can''t stay here all the time, can we?


    I still have a lot of business to deal with, if it wasn''t for responding to the Navy''s call, I wouldn''t leave my country..."


    "Could it be the guy named Uchiha who did it?"


    Kisame Kisame picked up his samurai broadsword, frowned and said, "After all, we all heard about Uchiha just now..."


    "I don''t know, I don''t know, don''t ask me."


    Jiaodu shook his head indifferently, the new king Shichibukai hugged his shoulders, his face full of impatience.


    This group of people discussed and discussed, but there was no result at all.


    Everyone seemed to have tried their strongest attack, but they still couldn''t shake the red barrier, so it would be a little troublesome.


    Yaoshidou tried to contact the outside world with a phone bug, but there was no signal at all. It seemed that everything here was blocked.


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses and made a suggestion: "Maybe the internal barrier is too strong, General Huang Yuan, can you try to use elementalization to try to break through this barrier and break the blockade of this barrier from the outside?" ?¡±


    "Hmm... It feels like an unreliable proposal..."


    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but shook his head, and said softly: "This barrier is somewhat similar to domineering power, elementalization is impossible to break through..."


    "Hey¡­"


    Suddenly that arrogant and arrogant voice came from the sky again: "If you don''t try, how will you know if it works or not!"


    "Ah?"


    Huang Yuan couldn''t help raising his head to look around, and asked curiously, "Your Excellency... who is it?"


    "Uchiha... Madara!"


    When introducing himself, the voice was extremely proud!


    When everyone present heard the name, their eyes couldn''t help but change, and even Huang Yuan''s smile gradually restrained.


    This year...


    All the Uchihas that come out are a group of troublesome guys!


    This guy named Uchiha Madara, just showed his head, did he directly target the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters and Wang Shichibukai?


    This guy¡­


    It''s not that simple!


    "General Huang Yuan...Leave immediately!"


    Yaoshidou stood beside Huang Yuan, his face was a little nervous, and he slowly lowered his voice: "Please use photonization to leave here immediately, and quickly bring the information here back to Marin Fando!"


    "..."


    Huang Yuan had a slightly puzzled expression on his face.


    The admiral of the Navy Headquarters suppressed his smile, narrowed his eyes, and looked at the expression on Pharmacist''s pocket: "Really... It''s obviously a big crisis now! But I still want to send back information in this situation what..."


    "yes!"


    Yao Shi looked at Huang Yuan calmly, pushed his glasses, and raised the corners of his mouth slightly: "After all, I am a naval staff officer who only thinks about intelligence!"


    "Troublesome brat..."


    Huang Yuan shook his head and sighed.


    The next moment, the figure of the yellow ape split into countless photons!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Groups of shining photons quickly appeared in all directions of the small island, looking for loopholes or exits in the red barrier!


    This is how Huang Yuan left!


    Huang Yuan has never worried that he will be blocked, he can rely on this ability to move at the speed of light and photonize to find a suitable exit!


    this world¡­


    No one can block the power of light!


    As long as there is a gap in this small island, the yellow ape can escape!


    It''s a pity that the Four Scarlet Sun Formation was built from the sea surface to seal off the small island. There may be gaps between the barriers, but the gaps should be under the seabed.


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    Countless photons regrouped to form the body of the yellow ape.


    The clothes on the admiral of the navy headquarters were somewhat scorched black.


    Huang Yuan rubbed his forehead, sighed faintly, shook his head and said, "Staff Dou, I can''t find any possibility of leaving... It seems that we can only continue to find ways to unblock these barriers... "


    "Ok?"


    Yaoshi poudou frowned, his face was a little unsightly: "General Huang Yuan, can you confirm this matter?"


    "Should be sure!"


    Huang Yuan rubbed his forehead, and continued slowly: "I can''t detect the bottom of the sea, maybe there is a gap under the bottom of the sea to leave..."


    For the rest, Huang Yuan didn''t continue to speak.


    Even if there were enough gaps in the bottom of the sea for them to leave, he, a devil fruit capable user, couldn''t go into the sea and leave.


    In this case¡­


    If their group wants to leave the island, it seems that they really can only find a way to break the red barrier in front of them, or defeat the person who set up the barrier.


    Huang Yuan shrugged helplessly, looking at Yao Shidou in front of him, obviously he meant to let Yao Shidou, the staff officer of the Navy Headquarters, make up his mind.


    who would have guessed...


    Yao Shidou slowly raised his fingers and raised the corners of his mouth: "The preliminary judgment shows that General Huang Yuan can''t break free from the Chiyang Formation, we can start now!"


    "...?"


    A question mark slowly appeared in Huang Yuan''s eyes.

 Chapter 503

    If you can¡­


    Huang Yuan really wanted to shake the pharmacist''s head full of question marks.


    Originally, when Huang Yuan was unable to break through the red barrier and leave, he wanted to fight with the people behind the red barrier to cover Medicine Master Dou, a new generation of wise generals, to leave here, because the order of the Warring States Marshal was to protect Medicine Master Dou.


    In the end, Yao Shidou seemed to know the truth about the island''s blockade...


    It even sounds like the guy was involved in this!


    this thing...


    It made Huang Yuan quite confused!


    At this moment, Huang Yuan suddenly felt as if he had fallen into some terrible vortex, why would Yao Shidou be happy knowing that he could not leave here?


    "Consultant Dou..."


    Huang Yuan slowly pushed his glasses, looked down at the medicine master pocket in front of him, and narrowed his eyes slightly: "If I heard correctly just now, it seems that you have a secret that we don''t know yet!"


    "yes¡­"


    Pharmacist Doudou nodded, looked up at the tall admiral, with a smile still on his face: "It''s really not easy... After all, if we want to deal with General Huang Yuan, we have spent quite a lot of manpower!"


    Just say nothing else...


    Just the manpower responsible for arranging the four red sun formations and the Uchiha flame formations on the periphery is enough to shock the ninjas in the Wano country!


    The original Naruto Senju Hashirama brought by Kisame Kisame...


    The second generation of Hokage, Senju Tobema, transferred from the Art Pirates...


    Three generations of Naruto Sarutobi Hiruza brought by Doflamingo...


    The four generations of Hokage Namikaze Minato brought by Kakuzu...


    And the strongest ninja Uchiha Madara!


    If this lineup is taken out, even if it is to attack the Marine Headquarters Marin Fando, they are only on the periphery, setting up a blockade to capture the general of the yellow ape!


    In front of those who arranged the barrier barrier, Kisame Kisame, Kakuzu, and Doflamingo can only be regarded as supporting roles and cheerleaders.


    Other than that...


    Uehara Naraku has also arrived in person!


    There is even Naraku Uehara next to the world''s number one swordsman who recently joined the Akatsuki organization. It may be no problem to use this lineup to destroy any force in the world...


    However all this...


    It''s all just to force the yellow ape, who has the ability of the shiny fruit, to surrender!


    "dawn¡­"


    Huang Yuan narrowed his eyes more and more tightly, scratched his forehead, and couldn''t help but said: "If I remember correctly, this organization is very secretive!


    Our marshal is also paying attention to this organization. The world government has been secretly searching for members of Akatsuki. I really didn''t expect that the new generation of wise generals in our navy is actually a member of Akatsuki lurking in the navy!


    What a spy that people can''t help but be afraid of..."


    "Yeah, I didn''t think of that either!"


    Pharmacist spread out his palms, smiled lightly and responded: "After all, the person in charge of the Xiao organization that the world government and navy are looking for has always been me."


    Speaking of this kind of thing...


    It really made Pharmacist Dou couldn''t help but laugh a little.


    Since Yao Shidou became the staff officer of the Navy Headquarters, the intelligence organizations of the Navy and the World Government are under his jurisdiction.


    Admiral Sengoku realized that after any information was analyzed by Pharmacist Dou, more detailed content could be obtained.


    This set of operations by the navy and the world government is really helpless, because Yao Shidou can maximize the use of intelligence to achieve the strategic goals of the navy.


    "..."


    The expression of the yellow ape is also very subtle.


    Even though Huang Yuan is well-informed, he can''t help but want to ask Marin Fando''s admiral what is going on in his mind...


    Warring States, the wise general of the previous era, seems to have been played by the pharmacist of the new generation of wise generals!


    "Our marshal is really old..."


    The corner of Huang Yuan''s mouth couldn''t help showing a wry smile, which seemed to be a little self-deprecating, and seemed to want to calm down his mood.


    "This is also quite normal."


    Pharmacist shook his head and explained calmly: "Because I have observed the entire navy, the navy has three generals in its headquarters, and there is no need for a stronger admiral, he needs to be a new wise general, so I have been playing this role... "


    "..."


    After thinking for a while, Huang Yuan couldn''t help but nodded: "I didn''t expect that the problem of the navy would become a loophole for the enemy to sneak in..."


    "So... who are these people?"


    Huang Yuan''s eyes slowly fell on the several kings next to Qi Wuhai, and these pirates did not show any surprised expressions from the beginning to the end...


    these guys...


    Either know, or be indifferent to these things.


    "It looks like..."


    The yellow monkey''s eyes finally stopped on Doflamingo, and he couldn''t help but said: "The kings who descended to Shichibukai may have a close relationship with Akatsuki!"


    "They are my colleagues."


    Yao Shidou didn''t hide anything, he glanced at the people around him, smiled lightly and said, "Now... how should I put it... Except General Huang Yuan, everyone present is a member of Akatsuki."


    "..."


    Even though he had guessed just now, but got the exact news from Yao Shidou, Huang Yuan was still a little speechless.


    co-authored...


    In the past few days, the powerhouses on the entire ship...


    Except for him, the general, are everyone else in the same group?


    Huang Yuan sighed, looked at the Qiwuhai kings, and said in a low voice: "The three Qiwuhai kings are all members of Akatsuki? They are really fearsome enemies...Your Akatsuki''s handwriting is unavoidable." It''s too big!"


    This organization¡­


    Definitely underrated!


    Except for Yao Shidou, a member who had infiltrated into the upper echelon of the navy, I didn''t expect that the three kings, Shichibukai, were all theirs!


    "You guessed wrong, Akatsuki''s handwriting is beyond your imagination."


    Pharmacist spread out his palms, and said calmly: "In order to lure you, the admiral of the navy headquarters, to leave Marin Fando, Xiaoke deliberately created a war among the Four Emperor Pirates, and only then did Marshal Sengoku send you An admiral..."


    One of the biggest handwriting!


    It was Naraku Uehara, the leader of Akatsuki who was dispatched!


    "..."


    There was a little surprise in Huang Yuan''s eyes, and he immediately restrained himself again.


    Even he didn''t expect that Akatsuki would take advantage of the war between the Four Emperors to lure him, the admiral of the Navy Headquarters!


    But this is also normal...


    Unless the Tianlong people are attacked, ordinarily, the yellow ape will not be easily dispatched.


    Yao Shidou saw the flash of surprise in Huang Yuan''s eyes, and continued softly: "I have been constantly adjusting my plan along the way.


    Along the way, I have been carefully guessing what you mean, supplementing my own plan according to your wishes, and only then have I successfully lured you into this trap..."


    "It''s really painstaking!"


    Huang Yuan couldn''t help shaking his head and sighing: "It''s too much to deceive other people''s feelings!"


    Along the way, Huang Yuan seldom put forward any suggestions; but whenever Huang Yuan made any suggestions, Yaoshidou showed great importance.


    Even the naval staff officer spoke very nicely.


    Even Huang Yuan, who has always been good at hiding his emotions, couldn''t help feeling a little more fond of Yao Shidou.


    did not expect¡­


    These are all designed to lure him into a trap.


    "Eh, oh, oh... are you cheating?"


    Doflamingo stretched out his hand to support his little sunglasses, and couldn''t help smiling and said: "Polusalino, we have been hiding from you for several days!


    Watching you, the admiral, constantly stir our nerves every day, it''s really interesting to think about it now! "


    "Humph¡­"


    Kakudo hugged his arm self-consciously.


    Apparently, Kakudo didn''t quite agree with the fact that the admiral of the Navy headquarters sent so many powerful forces to capture the yellow monkey.


    Kisame grinned, and said with a light smile, "Don''t say that, Mr. Dover, treat newcomers with a little more friendliness..."


    "Eh, oh, oh... I see."


    Doflamingo nodded slowly, the smile on his face deepening.


    Huang Yuan, the admiral of the Navy Headquarters, has been very arrogant during this trip, and from time to time he will inadvertently create the meaning of wanting to suppress them.


    Thinking about it now...


    His performance is really childish.


    I really don''t know how the admiral is feeling now?


    Do you feel very ashamed?


    But Huang Yuan didn''t care at all. After shaking his head self-consciously, his eyes rested on Yao Shidou again: "Speaking of which, why do you want to capture me? Could it be because of the Shining fruit? power?"


    "of course not."


    Yao Shidou shook his head, his voice gradually calmed down: "We hereby sincerely invite Your Excellency Huang Yuan to join Xiao and become one of us!"


    "that is it?"


    There was some doubt in Huang Yuan''s eyes.


    Is this pharmacist out of his mind?


    It took so much effort to get him to defect to the navy and join Akatsuki?


    Huang Yuan almost thought that this guy was the same as Vegapunk, and wanted to use him as a test subject!


    "Then I agree directly!"


    Huang Yuan nodded slowly, and continued: "Joining such a powerful and very secretive organization seems to be no problem for me..."


    among other things...


    At least you can get news from Akatsuki.


    And as a strong man who implements ambiguous justice, Kizaru really doesn''t care much about his identity, whether it''s a pirate or a navy...


    As long as the justice in his heart can be carried out, nothing else matters.


    Huang Yuan''s words almost made Yao Shidou and others break their defenses, and the general of the navy headquarters surrendered too quickly!


    Wouldn''t this be a waste of their arranging so many rounds?


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò...don''t be kidding me!"


    Doflamingo''s forehead couldn''t help but twitched: "You are the admiral of the Navy headquarters, how could it be so easy..."


    "I could get out of the Navy in the papers."


    Huang Yuan slowly proposed another solution.


    Regardless of whether the active admiral surrendered in real or a fake way, once he leaves the navy, it will deal an unimaginable blow to the reputation of the entire navy!


    Pharmacist shook his head and sighed softly: "No, General Huangyuan, our real purpose is not to get you out of the navy, but to let you continue to lurk in Marin Fando as the general of the navy headquarters."


    "Eh? Is this necessary?"


    Huang Yuan''s face was slightly surprised: "Isn''t the intelligence of the entire navy under your control? Do you need me to lurk in Marin Fando to steal information?"


    Every time I talk about this kind of thing...


    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but worry a little about the future of the navy.


    The intelligence of the entire navy has already fallen into the hands of the Akatsuki organization, and even the high-level navy is still complacent because they have found a new wise general!


    Zhijiang is a ghost!


    This is a super traitor!


    Huang Yuan looked at Medicine Master''s pocket, and his eyes narrowed again: "Speaking of which, if you want me to stay in Marlin Vanduo, you probably want me to fight back against the navy at a critical time in the future. ..."


    "It''s very unlikely..."


    Pharmacist frowned, pushed his glasses and said: "According to your personality, probably he only needs you to be willing to admit that you are his subordinate, and to carry out the tasks he entrusted to you. very simple¡­"


    To be honest...


    The three generals of the Navy Headquarters are more like the collection that Uehara Naraku wants to collect. Their strength is actually not that important.


    "grown ups?"


    The yellow ape''s eyes flickered slightly.


    "That''s right."


    Doflamingo seemed to have thought of something interesting, and the corner of his mouth grinned slightly: "And you can only join Akatsuki with the approval of the leader!"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    "Akatsuki''s leader?"


    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but raised his head and looked up into the sky. He remembered that when he was photonized looking for the exit, he seemed to see a very fierce red-eyed man!


    That man, could it be Akatsuki''s leader?


    next moment.


    A space black hole suddenly appeared in the Chiyang Formation.


    Two figures slowly came out of the black hole, one of them was the world''s number one swordsman Joracle Mihawk, and the other was Naraku Uehara.


    Pharmacist stepped back half a step to get out of the way.


    Yaoshidou''s eyes glanced slightly at Mihawk''s figure, and only through Naraku Uehara''s actions, Yakushidou had already deduced that Joracle Mihawk, the world''s number one swordsman, had joined Akatsuki.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the few people who were still living peacefully, frowned, and his eyes stayed on the yellow monkey.


    "Huh? Have you talked?"


    Uehara Naraku looked slightly surprised, looked at Yao Shidou and others and nodded, and couldn''t help asking: "Then did you beat him? Why does this admiral look so honest?"

 Chapter 504

    The situation is a little more complicated.


    Uehara Naraku listened to the report of the pharmacist, and his eyes fell on Huang Yuan from time to time. I really didn''t expect this admiral to be so unscrupulous...


    Compared with Uehara Naraku, Kizaru''s mood is more complicated.


    The admiral did not expect that the world''s number one swordsman, Hawkeye Mihawk, was also a member of Akatsuki, and most of the king''s Shichibukai were Akatsuki''s people...


    The King''s Qiwuhai policy formulated by the world government has basically become the private land of the Akatsuki organization, right?


    This Xiao organization...


    How far has it penetrated?


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    When Doflamingo saw Mihawk, he couldn''t help grinning at the corner of his mouth, and stretched out his hand to support his little sunglasses, showing a strange evil smile: "I really didn''t expect that Hawkeye, who has always been alone, ...You will join us Akatsuki too!"


    Doflamingo slowly discovered the joy he gained after joining Akatsuki''s organization, the feeling that everything in the world is under Akatsuki''s control, it couldn''t be more wonderful!


    who would have thought...


    He turned out to be the man involved in secretly manipulating the world!


    "I didn''t care what organization I joined."


    Joracle Mihawk looked sharply at the people present, then landed on Doflamingo, and said calmly: "It''s just that I didn''t expect that a person like you would Willing to be subservient..."


    "No no no..."


    Doflamingo looked at Hawkeye, raised a finger and shook it, and there was even a smile on his face: "This is not to be subordinate to others! Our leader...is a real god! A God who can change the world!"


    Doflamingo spread his palms with a smile and continued: "If you want to become the winner of the world, of course you have to join God and stand on the right side. For me... it doesn''t seem like a difficult choice. thing!"


    "..."


    Joracle Mihawk couldn''t help but glance at Doflamingo.


    This Amayasha, who is lawless in the sea, actually admires Uehara Naraku so much, and is so cute at this time?


    This guy¡­


    Could it be that he was pulled into the cycle of life and death by Uehara to be tortured?


    "Hey, Mihawk, what''s your expression!"


    Doflamingo saw the expression of Hawkeye Mihawk, and a flash of anger flashed across his face: "What are you thinking about, your expression is very rude!"


    "No, no."


    Mihawk shook his head with a casual look.


    Doflamingo didn''t believe it at all, he suddenly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and spread his palms sincerely: "Master, Hawkeye has nothing to desire, we can''t help it Guaranteed his loyalty!"


    A ferocious smile suddenly flashed across Doflamingo''s face: "It''s better to kill him and arrange for our people to take his place!"


    "..."


    Everyone couldn''t help but glanced at Doflamingo speechlessly.


    "Dover..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but help his forehead, and shook his head helplessly: "Who did you stay with recently and learned badly...Why are you so stingy!"


    "..."


    Everyone present fell silent again.


    Everyone''s eyes were involuntarily placed on Naraku Uehara.


    "You guys..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes were slightly surprised, and the next second his palms were suddenly clenched, and he coldly swept over the people present: "What does this expression... mean?"


    "No, no, nothing special."


    Doflamingo spread his palms with a smile, and changed the subject with a smile: "Master, why don''t we settle our current affairs first! It took us a lot of effort to imprison this admiral in the Here''s..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Doflamingo with a subtle expression.


    Has the Qiwuhai under the king perfectly integrated into the Akatsuki organization?


    Compared with Akakenu and Aokiji, who want to save the navy at all times, Doflamingo seems to have a stronger sense of belonging to the Akatsuki organization...


    Of course, now is not the time to discuss this.


    The most important thing now, of course, is to deal with the yellow ape.


    "There''s nothing to solve, I''ve agreed to join Akatsuki..."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    There was a smile on Huang Yuan''s face, and he looked down at Uehara Naraku with a smile: "I really didn''t expect that Akatsuki''s leader was just a captain in the navy..."


    Although the identity of this naval captain is not ordinary...


    After all, the SWORD unit of the Navy is also a secret department that the Navy has focused on cultivating during this period. It was originally used to send its members as undercover agents to spy on the intelligence of some powerful pirate groups...


    did not expect¡­


    The Akatsuki organization actually infiltrated here.


    The member who was sent out by the navy with high hopes as an undercover agent turned out to be a member of Akatsuki. The whole navy must have been infiltrated into a sieve, right?


    Especially this guy named Uehara Naraku...


    If I remember correctly, it seems that the Marshal of the Warring States took great pains to win over to join the navy. What''s the matter... Sure enough, the Marshal of the Warring States of their navy has lost his mind because he is too old?


    "Do you have any prejudice against the Captain of the Navy, Mr. General Kizaru?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his head and glanced at Kizaru, frowned and said, "Do you look down on the navy with a lower rank than yourself?"


    "That''s not the case..."


    There was a slight smile on the corner of Huang Yuan''s mouth, and he continued slowly: "I''m just a little worried, this kind of position is really not suitable for the identity of leader Xiao! There is a vacancy for a lieutenant general in the Naval Science Corps..."


    This guy¡­


    Can really talk!


    Even if she was slightly surprised after seeing Uehara Naraku as Akatsuki''s leader, she immediately hid her emotions and adjusted her attitude!


    "..."


    Everyone''s expressions became more and more weird.


    This yellow ape seems to be more upright than they imagined!


    Whether it''s the level of speaking or the attitude of doing things...it really doesn''t meet everyone''s expectations of the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters at all!


    As a general, you should at least resist a little bit, right?


    And it feels that so far, it should be Akatsuki''s advantage, but it seems that everything is in the rhythm of the yellow monkey''s conversation!


    This guy¡­


    Talking to people...


    When you see God, do you flatter me directly?


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but be a little stunned, and his brows could not help but wrinkled: "I just heard the report from Dou, and it seems that you don''t dislike joining Akatsuki..."


    "Yes, it is¡­"


    General Huang Yuan put on a very easy-going tone, and said with a light smile, "Just by seeing everyone in front of me, I can see that there is a powerful force behind Akatsuki.


    Only those who know the current affairs can last long, and the future of this sea is destined to cause huge storms, joining Akatsuki may be the right choice for me..."


    "Stop acting..."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead.


    This yellow ape...


    What a natural actor!


    Uehara Naraku felt that the yellow monkey was really suitable to join Akatsuki. This guy was also a person who was afraid of chaos in the world, and he was also a person who was both good and evil in temperament.


    pity¡­


    This guy used his acting skills in the wrong place!


    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became indifferent, he raised his head to look at Huang Yuan and said: "General Huang Yuan, I forgot to tell you, people who tell half truth and half lie in front of me usually have no good end..."


    "Ah lah..."


    Huang Yuan''s expression suddenly became strange.


    What Huang Yuan said was indeed half truth and half lie.


    Joining the Akatsuki organization is actually not a big deal for Huang Yuan...


    After being punctured by Uehara Naraku, Huang Yuan quickly restrained his expression, grinned and said with a light smile: "No, no, what I said is actually the truth..."


    "General Huang Yuan."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and his eyes gradually became serious: "Master Naraku has the power to see through the heart... If you want to deceive him, you are a little too unconscious!"


    "...This is not deception!"


    Huang Yuan shook his head and continued with a smile: "I probably understand Xiao''s way of existence... I really have a good impression of this organization. If you let me stay in the navy, you probably won''t let me give up some justice that needs to be implemented. Bar?"


    "exactly."


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his temples, sighed and said, "But I''ll beat you up first! After the beating, let''s discuss these things!"


    "The reason for the fight is too bizarre..."


    Huang Yuan couldn''t help but sighed and rubbed his forehead: "If we can''t make sense, can we still only use force to solve it? I hate these the most..."


    However, at the next moment, the figure of the admiral of the navy headquarters suddenly turned into a ray of light, and he galloped towards Uehara: "If you want to fight, let me, the fastest man, do it! Speed ??is power... Have you been beaten?" Have you ever kicked it?"


    Facing the unknown figure Uehara Naraku...


    Everyone present couldn''t help but be a little surprised that Huang Yuan launched the attack first!


    Isn''t the admiral''s courage too great?


    Who gave him the courage to attack Uehara Naraku?


    "Mr. Polusalino, it is better not to make a fearless sacrifice!"


    Before Huang Yuan could do anything, Yao Shidou noticed, and his figure suddenly stood in front of Uehara Naraku: "If you want to offend Lord Naraku, it''s a bit too presumptuous!"


    A space-time vortex appeared in front of Dou!


    This vortex must never be touched, it is an unknown territory!


    When Huang Yuan was about to touch the vortex of time and space, he stopped suddenly, and his figure flew back to the side!


    The admiral suddenly realized: "It''s really a frighteningly hidden character... No wonder you dare to be an undercover agent in Marin Fando... As a staff officer, you also have power beyond imagination!"


    "Get out of the way, pocket!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was cold, and a gust of wind blew the pharmacist aside.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly raised, and suddenly reached towards the direction of the yellow monkey, a majestic gravitational force emanated from Uehara Naraku''s hand!


    "Vientiane Tianyin!"


    This gravitational pull pulled the yellow monkey to Uehara Naraku in an instant!


    "Is it the same ability as Uchiha Sasuke?"


    Huang Yuan''s expression changed slightly. After the admiral of the navy headquarters realized the existence of this gravitational force, he immediately elementalized into countless photons!


    He wanted to try to break free from this gravity!


    If I remember correctly, this gravitational force will directly suck the enemy into his control. Unfortunately, if this move is not prepared in advance, it is absolutely difficult to escape!


    as expected!


    It''s a pity that after the yellow monkey used elementalization, he couldn''t break away from this gravitational force at all, and countless photons still flew towards Uehara Naraku!


    "Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and a huge repulsive force emanated from his hand, directly knocking the yellow monkey into the air!


    Countless photons were instantly sent flying by the repulsive force released directly, and the rays of light quickly regrouped into the appearance of a yellow ape, and the body directly smashed a boulder!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure galloped up, and just as he was about to do something, the voice of Yao Shidou suddenly fell in his ears.


    "Master Naraku, please be careful."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and explained softly: "The red sun formation and the fire formation can resist the attack of General Huang Yuan, but they can''t resist the counterforce of Master Naraku. Destroy the Four Scarlet Sun Formation..."


    Yaoshi was not worried about the battle between Uehara Naraku and Kizaru.


    Yaoshidou was only worried that the yellow monkey would flee the sea area after the barrier of the Chiyang Formation was broken, and that would not be very good for the Akatsuki organization...


    "I see."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure turned into a golden light, using the power of the light element, quickly turned into light and rushed towards the yellow monkey''s position!


    "Can you also use the power of the shiny fruit? Tian Congyun Sword!"


    The yellow monkey looked a little suspicious, and the next second, the light in his hand bloomed, turning the photon into a golden long sword, and slashed at the flying Uehara Naraku with one sword!

 Chapter 505

    The admiral challenges Naraku Uehara.


    In fact, everyone present was not very optimistic about Huang Yuan.


    This general, who had been defeated twice by Uchiha Sasuke''s assistants, dared to attack Uchiha Sasuke''s boss in this situation?


    Are all Admirals of the Navy Headquarters this brave?


    Uehara Naraku''s figure broke away from the photonization, and after obliquely brushing the Tiancongyun sword in Huang Yuan''s hand, he suddenly reached out and held the golden Tiancongyun sword!


    "It''s so powerful, it almost hurt me..."


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth curled into a smile, and he looked at the yellow monkey in front of him with a chuckle, and directly twisted the golden lightsaber with his bare hands!


    The next moment, the Tiancongyun sword in Huang Yuan''s hand turned into countless light particles and disappeared into the air, illuminating Huang Yuan''s slightly astonished expression!


    "Oh ho ho ho..."


    Huang Yuan shook his head slowly, put away his surprise, and joked with a smile: "No, no, your power is really terrifying..."


    "yes?"


    Uehara Naraku''s right leg instantly turned into a ball of golden light, and he kicked at the yellow monkey, and said with a chuckle, "That''s really a coincidence, I also feel that I am becoming more and more terrifying! Your light-speed kick, Why don''t you try it yourself?"


    "Then I''m really lucky..."


    The yellow monkey''s eyes flashed slightly, and he raised his arm suddenly, blocking Uehara Naraku''s kick, his body turned into a meteor, and fell to the ground quickly!


    After the yellow ape landed, there was no hesitation.


    This Shining Fruit ability user raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku in the air, raised his hand and shot a laser beam, which was about to directly penetrate Uehara Naraku''s body!


    However, Uehara moved faster than him!


    In an instant, Uehara''s body turned into a mass of free photons, and quickly gathered towards the position of the yellow ape, and the body of the yellow ape quickly elementalized and disappeared in place!


    Groups of golden light flickered back and forth in the formation of four red suns!


    The next moment, the two figures recovered their human form in the air at the same time, and each shot a golden laser light towards each other, and their bodies turned into photons and disappeared again!


    This scene dazzled everyone present!


    Wearing sunglasses, Doflamingo grinned and said, "As expected of the navy''s highest combat power, that guy Polusalino''s fruit ability is really the most difficult among the three generals of the navy headquarters..."


    "Ok."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, nodded and said: "If it wasn''t for Shining Fruit''s ability, I wouldn''t have deliberately called four Hokage and Uchiha Madara-senpai to set up this four red sun array with no dead ends to block it. What about his actions..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Ganshi Guixia shook his head, grinned and said with a light smile: "Even if Mr. Dou doesn''t need to set up traps and four scarlet sun formations, there is no doubt that the adults want to capture him. How can the admiral escape the power of God... "


    "..."


    Yao Shidou was silent for a second, he slowly turned his head to look at Qianshi Guishui, and suddenly smiled and said: "Senior Guishui is right... But as Lord Naraku''s subordinates, we should try our best to reduce the trouble for Lord Naraku Woolen cloth!"


    Ganshi Guixier looked at Medicine Master Dou, spread out his palm, nodded and said with a smile: "Mr. Dou...you are also very right."


    The atmosphere is a little weird...


    Doflamingo couldn''t help grinning, but he didn''t speak. He was slowly learning to understand Xiao''s situation during this time.


    This organization¡­


    In fact, it was much more complicated than he imagined.


    There seemed to be many more members of the Akatsuki organization than he had imagined.


    For example, when the Akatsuki organization of Wano Country asked him to temporarily block Kaido''s trade, it seemed that a guy named Uchiha Obito proposed it... Later, when he was asked to resume trade, it seemed that it was a guy named Hatake Kakashi contacted him.


    According to Doflamingo''s speculation, Obito Uchiha and Kakashi Hatake in Akatsuki''s organization don''t seem to deal with it very much. Could it be that Kisame and Yakushidou also don''t deal with it?


    It is said that they were the first two people to follow Uehara Naraku.


    When the two of them were discussing, it was really hard for newcomers to interrupt, but Jiaodu, the veteran of the Xiao organization, definitely dared to speak!


    after all¡­


    Strictly speaking, Kakuro grew up watching Uehara Naraku.


    Just when Pharmacist Dou wanted to continue to say something, Jiaodu suddenly said, "Dou, Guixie, do you have any information on Xie and Didala? How are they doing?"


    Jiaodu hugged his arm, and said in a low voice, "Hmph, when I came, that brat Fei Duan hadn''t seen them for a long time, so he was a little concerned about their safety. In which area of ??the sea are they active recently?"


    "..."


    Everyone present couldn''t help falling into silence.


    When did they know that the organization was a love organization? Didn''t Fei Duan always wish that the Scarlet Sand Scorpion and Didala would overturn and die earlier?


    Obviously you are the one who wants the bounty from the Art Pirates!


    Even Joracle Mihawk, a great swordsman who doesn''t deal with Kakuzu very much, has heard of Kakuzu''s name...


    It is said that Shichibukai, who was born as a bounty hunter, can kill even the king of a country that is a member of the world government as long as he is given enough money!


    It just so happens that there are no interesting newcomers during this time, the rewards of the Art Pirates should be the highest in the first half of the entire great route...


    "Senior Kakuzu, don''t worry about this."


    Pharmacist glanced at Jiaodu, pushed his glasses, a little thankful for his navy status: "Senior Scorpion and Didara are still busy these days...


    I contacted them by chance after I borrowed the Second Hokage. I heard that Moonlight Moria escaped from them. I guess I''m still chasing that king Shichibukai! "


    "Hmph, are you kidding me?"


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Jiao Du hugged his arm, and asked with some surprise: "In this sea, Scorpion and Didara can still make Moonlight Moriah''s Devil Fruit user escape?"


    as a ninja...


    As long as the brain is not like that idiot Hidan...


    On this sea, ninjas have a huge advantage against devil fruit ability users. As long as they can destroy the sea ship, the devil fruit ability users can be put in a desperate situation.


    And ninjas can walk on the sea with impunity.


    "It''s not a joke..."


    Pharmacist shook his head, the corners of his mouth gradually curled up, and he also showed a curious smile: "It seems that one of Moonlight Moria''s subordinates caused them a little trouble, and made them a little unhappy..."


    Ok¡­


    At that time, Pharmacist heard that when Didara and the Red Sand Scorpion talked about chasing and killing the Moonlight Moriah Pirates, they had a look of gnashing their teeth, as if they wanted to kill the entire Moonlight Pirates, especially one of them. girl¡­


    That little girl seems to be called Perona...


    It seems to be a ghost fruit ability user.


    This sea is not as simple as they imagined, there are many strange abilities in the world, and everyone has the possibility of overturning...


    certainly¡­


    Except Uehara Naraku, the leader of Akatsuki.


    Yao Shidou looked up at the battle in the sky. Everyone noticed his movements and couldn''t help looking at the two sides fighting in the sky.


    The dazzling golden lights made it hard to see the figures of Uehara Naraku and Kizaru. They kept elementalizing and disappearing at the speed of light, only occasionally showing their real bodies to fight...


    Doflamingo supported his sunglasses, and said with a smile, "I feel like this battle is almost over, right?"


    "Not too possible."


    Mihawk couldn''t help frowning, and said in a low voice: "Until now, Mr. Uehara seems to have only been using the ability of the shiny fruit... If you want to suppress him with the fruit ability of the yellow monkey, it should take a while .¡±


    None of them doubted that Uehara Naraku would definitely win.


    Doflamingo is because he has seen the power of Uchiha Sasuke, and he has also seen Uchiha Sasuke''s awe of Uehara Naraku. He knows that Uehara Naraku must have power beyond Uchiha Sasuke.


    not to mention...


    Uehara Naraku had already defeated the general Aokiji with his own hands!


    Hawkeye Mihawk''s guess is based on the fact that he has seen Uehara Naraku''s power with his own eyes, and he is also very aware of the evil taste and pride that this leader of Akatsuki possesses...


    Naraku Uehara...


    Seems to favor defeating enemies where they do best!


    "It should be soon."


    Pharmacist Dou knew Uehara Naraku better than these two kings, Qi Wuhai, and there was a meaningful smile on his face: "Master Naraku knows that we can''t waste time, and he won''t delay the affairs of his subordinates because of his own interests." ..."


    When talking about this, the smile on Yao Shidou''s face became deeper and deeper: "Besides, not everyone can make Master Naraku have enough interest...General Huang Yuan is only a little interested in Master Naraku, so he can''t do anything. Would like to play with him for a while..."


    "..."


    Hawkeye Mihawk''s expression was a little subtle.


    This guy actually treats the battle with the Admiral of the Navy as a game?


    The pharmacist glanced at Hawkeye Mihawk, pushed his glasses, and continued with a chuckle, "Once Mr. Naraku gets tired of playing or getting bored... there will be no suspense in this battle!"


    Yakushi Dodo is indeed the subordinate who knows Uehara Naraku best.


    The next moment, clusters of golden light in the sky suddenly gathered into the figure of Uehara Naraku, his palm suddenly protruded, and golden lights appeared around like barriers!


    These golden barriers were instantly closed!


    The elemental body of Admiral Yellow Ape was wrapped in these golden barriers, making the admiral seem to be trapped in another cage!


    especially¡­


    These cages are layered on top of each other, and they are still shrinking!


    "Eight-foot Qiong Gouyu!"


    Two rays of light flashed between Huang Yuan''s fingers, and countless densely packed photon bombs fell, as if they were about to explode the cage directly!


    However, just after he blasted a golden barrier, another barrier quickly added in, and the shrinking space of the cage became tighter and tighter, restricting the yellow ape''s ability to move!


    Even if the golden cage was completely transformed into a cuboid the size of the orangutan''s body, its shrinkage still didn''t stop!


    "Are you trying to kill me directly?"


    Huang Yuan''s eyes flashed a touch of solemnity, his body can only be elementalized, so as not to be directly crushed by this cage made of light...


    Uehara Naraku''s move developed by using the ability of the shiny fruit is really unprecedented for Kizaru, can he actually use light to create a cage!


    till the end¡­


    This cage made of light by Uehara Naraku is only half the size of a human, and it is filled with dense photons. It is the elemental general of the yellow ape...


    This admiral of the Navy...


    He was directly captured alive by Uehara Naraku!


    "I don''t want to kill my collection..."


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm slowly, manipulated the cage to fall in front of him, and then patted the golden cage.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the elemental yellow monkey in the cage through the barrier of the golden cage, and said faintly: "General yellow monkey, do you believe in light?"


    "..."


    The yellow ape in the golden cage did not answer.


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, sighed and said, "You who can use the power of light, don''t you believe in the existence of light?"


    "..."


    The yellow ape in the golden cage still didn''t answer.


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly changed, rays of light shone from his body, and his body was instantly transformed into a golden giant under the wrapping of light!


    The light of the golden giant is truly dazzling!


    The golden giant''s arms were intertwined horizontally and vertically, and a shining golden light shot out from the arm, smashing the golden cage that held the yellow ape in an instant!


    Actively maintain elementalization for a long time...


    But it consumes a lot of stamina for those with natural fruit abilities!


    And the yellow ape, who was forced to elementalize in the golden cage, finally couldn''t help recovering his body the moment he left the cage, and was immediately hit by the golden light!


    embarrassingly...


    Doesn''t seem to do much harm.


    The golden giant waved his palm down, and a mass of armed domineering energy was released from his palm, instantly crushing the yellow ape''s body!


    That armed domineering...


    It directly penetrated the body of the yellow ape!


    Huang Yuan''s body instantly fell from the air!


    The navy cloak on Huang Yuan was in tatters, and he landed on the island in a state of embarrassment. There were scars all over his body, and he couldn''t help spurting a stream of blood from the corner of his mouth!


    The golden giant slowly disappeared into the air...


    Uehara Naraku''s figure fell down, he looked down at the seriously injured yellow monkey, with a look of regret on his face: "In this world, there really is no light..."


    Even if he exploded with the power of the light element...


    It is still not as useful as the power of armed domineering.


    Huang Yuan was full of question marks when he heard it. He first raised his hand to signal surrender, and then he stretched out his hand and slowly wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth, and a trace of blood oozed from the corner of his mouth.


    Naraku Uehara''s words...


    It is really confusing.


    Not to mention that Admiral Kizaru didn''t understand Uehara Naraku''s meaning, and even a few Akatsuki members were a little confused, but that didn''t mean they didn''t have a suitable answer.


    "Master Naraku."


    The pharmacist walked up to Naraku Uehara, pushed his glasses, and said with a light smile, "Maybe light existed in this world before, but with Master Naraku, the world no longer needs the existence of light..."


    Pharmacist glanced at the yellow ape on the ground, and continued calmly: "Gods like Lord Naraku are the real light that shines on this sea..."

 Chapter 506

    Pharmacist pocket this guy...


    As expected of Uehara Naraku''s most valued subordinate!


    The people present were simply confused, they hadn''t figured out what Uehara Naraku meant, but Yao Shidou had already given an answer that made it difficult to find fault.


    "All right."


    Naraku Uehara patted the shoulder of Yao Shidou, and his eyes fell on Huang Yuan: "Let''s take a look at our general, Mr.!"


    "The old man has already surrendered..."


    Huang Yuan''s body was covered with wounds, but his mentality remained unchanged, and he even said with a smile, "It''s really unexpected, Your Excellency possesses the Shining Fruit ability that amazed me!"


    During the battle, Kizaru couldn''t help suspecting that he had eaten the fake Shining Fruit, because Uehara Naraku seemed to have developed more abilities.


    This guy¡­


    It is really strong enough!


    Moreover, Uehara Naraku''s armed arrogance erupted at the end, so that Kizaru couldn''t help being a little startled, the strength of that armed arrogance is definitely comparable to that of Lieutenant General Garp!


    "No matter how much you say, you can''t change your destiny..."


    Naraku Uehara watched Kizoru spread his palms and said softly, "General Kizaru, I guess you won''t mind if I give you some gifts?"


    "what is it then?"


    Huang Yuan still had a smile on his face, but there was a hint of vigilance in his eyes, this guy would never give him a date, would he?


    "Because you haven''t regarded Akatsuki as your home so far..."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, a black hole emerged from his hand, and a weird looking bug came out of the black hole.


    Nanao, Shigeaki!


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his hand to stroke Shigeaki''s corner, and said softly: "And I guess you may not take Akatsuki''s matter to heart, so I plan to give you something, you don''t mind?"


    As the admiral of the navy headquarters, the yellow monkey really couldn''t find a tailed beast suitable for him. Perhaps the eight tails might be more suitable, but it would be too wasteful!


    Even Nanao, Kakuzu was a little unhappy.


    Kakudo frowned, and couldn''t help but ask, "Do you want to give Shigeaki Nanao to this guy? Uehara, it''s a bit too extravagant!"


    this leader...


    What a loser!


    "It''s just for monitoring him."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm indifferently: "Because in my future plan, the navy is a particularly important part. We must ensure that the power of the navy must be under our control..."


    "I still think it''s too wasteful."


    Jiao couldn''t help but glanced at Huang Yuan, and said, "Hmph, can''t we kill this guy and support Dou to become an admiral?"


    "This is troublesome..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, chuckled and continued to explain: "Besides, I really hope that the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters can really become a member of our Akatsuki in the future! Isn''t their power very interesting?"


    The three generals of the Navy headquarters.


    Every general can be called a monster-like existence, coupled with their devil fruit ability, there is no doubt that they can become Akatsuki''s advanced combat power.


    These generals...


    Still very useful.


    And this is also for the sake of the yellow ape.


    If Kizaru can''t join the Akatsuki organization, when Aokiji and Akainu jump directly to reveal their identities in the future, only Kizaru will remain loyal to the navy...


    Isn''t it too embarrassing?


    "What is this...it looks like..."


    Kizaru looked at Shigeaki Nanao with some doubts in his eyes.


    Huang Yuan doesn''t know Nanao Shigeaki, he just thinks that this ugly looking big bug is not easy to mess with, is it given to him as a pet?


    "It''s a gift from God."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, looked at Huang Yuan whose face changed suddenly, and said in a low voice: "General Huang Yuan, this is a gift from Naraku-sama!


    If you can get its approval, your strength will be greatly improved, and the price is only an insignificant freedom..."


    "Don''t say it so scary...Kou..."


    Uehara Naraku smiled, and slowly waved his palm.


    Under his control, Nanao Shigeaki turned into a ball of chakra and flowed into Kizaru''s body. Naraku Uehara''s voice was filled with unquestionable firmness: "General Kizaru, don''t resist, I won''t harm you."


    "You don''t need it?"


    Huang Yuan''s expression became a little unsightly: "The old man has promised several times that you will join Akatsuki..."


    Stuffed a monster in his body, but said he wouldn''t harm himself?


    Do you believe this sentence?


    This... is not a human word at all!


    However, with Nanao Shigeaki''s chakra flowing into his body, Kizaru finally slowly felt that there was an extra creature in his body, and also a new power.


    In his spiritual world...


    The huge monster stayed there, as if it might explode at any time, depriving him of control over his body!


    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared in Kizaki''s spiritual world, and he said slowly: "Then, Shigeaki, General Kizaki, I hope you can get along well and don''t do things that make everyone unhappy..."


    When talking about this, Naraku Uehara warned: "If you have any questions, you can go to your friend Akainu directly and ask, you two are Jinchuriki, you can communicate in private if you have something to do..."


    "Ok?"


    The yellow monkey''s eyes fell on Naraku Uehara, and the corner of his mouth twitched slightly, revealing a strange smile: "That fellow Sakaski...couldn''t he be a member of Akatsuki too?"


    should¡­


    It can''t be true!


    Even though Huang Yuan has always had a strong psychological quality...


    But after hearing the news suddenly, Huang Yuan still couldn''t believe it.


    If it is acceptable for Huang Yuan to surrender to the Akatsuki organization, it is also acceptable for Aokiji to surrender to the Akatsuki organization, because the two of them are destined to not care about their identities...


    but¡­


    It is absolutely impossible for Akainu to surrender!


    Huang Yuan knew his friends very well, that guy Akaken had a strong personality, and when he was forced to surrender by a group of lawless guys like the Akatsuki Organization, he would rather die than join!


    "Yeah, he''s also from Akatsuki."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Kizaru''s train of thought with one sentence: "Admiral Akainu is a few months earlier than you... He must have gotten used to the power of four tails!"


    "Four tails? Seven tails?"


    Huang Yuan frowned, but he couldn''t help but breathe a sigh of relief: "Is there a similar monster in Sakaski''s body?"


    This feeling is a bit subtle.


    "Don''t say Chongming is a monster, it''s not good for you to get along."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kizaki, thinking about him: "How is it? Now the pressure is not too much, right? You and Admiral Akainu were at the same time in the naval training camp. They were colleagues in the navy and in the Akatsuki organization. Also a colleague¡­¡±


    "..."


    Huang Yuan''s expression became more subtle when he heard it.


    Although Uehara Naraku is right, if Akainu also has the same monster in his body, then this matter seems to be acceptable for the time being...


    It¡¯s no wonder that after Kizuki recovered from his injury, when he went to visit Akainu at the base of the G1 branch, he faintly felt that Akainu had become stronger and his thoughts were deeper...


    And it''s always a sigh of life''s shortness...


    turn out to be¡­


    That guy joined the Akatsuki organization in private!


    Huang Yuan''s eyes flickered, and he thought of a question: "Ah... If you count it like this, the two generals of the Navy Headquarters... are Akatsuki''s undercover agents?"


    This number is a bit dangerous!


    If it was just Huang Yuan who joined the Akatsuki organization himself, then he was still fishing for fish, and it didn''t seem to have much impact on the navy...


    If that guy Akainu joins Akatsuki...


    Does the future of the Navy depend on that lazy Aokiji? The sense that the Navy might be doomed sooner or later is growing.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t answer Kizaru''s question, but just hooked the corner of his mouth and said: "This matter... Go back and ask Akainu!"


    this kind of thing...


    How could he have the nerve to speak?


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kizoru, and continued: "Shigeaki Nanao is very helpful to you, just so you can go to the G1 branch in the New World and get some information about Tailed Beast and Jinchuriki from Akainu. He knows a lot more than you..."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara withdrew from the spiritual world of the yellow monkey.


    The goal of this trip was basically achieved.


    The persimmon ghost shark has resolved the crisis faced by the white beard pirates.


    Mihawk, the world''s number one swordsman, joined the Akatsuki organization, and the last free general of the Navy Headquarters, Huang Yuan, joined Akatsuki half-voluntarily and half-forced.


    In addition to these, Uehara Naraku also completed the missions about Hawkeye Mihawk and General Kizaru, and received quite generous rewards.


    Sub-quests: Defeat the Admiral Kizaru (1/1) of the Navy Headquarters, the task has been completed, reward 180,000 points of life energy, 180,000 points of armed domineering, and 180,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    Yellow Ape''s ability should be the most troublesome...


    It''s a pity that the system rewards are slightly weaker than those of Akainu.


    Sub-quests: Subdue the three generals of the Navy Headquarters (3/3), the task has been completed, reward 500,000 points of life energy, 500,000 points of armed domineering, and 500,000 points of knowledge-colored domineering.


    This quest rewards...


    It can be called the most luxurious reward so far!


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Even Naraku Uehara has never seen such a level of rewards come out, but this is normal, because once the general of the navy headquarters is subdued, it means that he has the power to absolutely suppress the general... It can''t be just by talking. ?


    In addition to these fixed three-dimensional rewards, there is also a hidden task reward.


    Moreover, this hidden mission was completed with the help of Pharmacist Dou before the battle, and Uehara Naraku just manipulated it behind the scenes.


    Hidden mission: Let the yellow monkey experience the feeling of being acted (1/1), the mission has been completed, and the fixed reward skill is the bondage of light.


    Binding of Light: Use the power of light elements to form a cage that restricts the enemy and blocks the enemy''s actions. The minimum consumption of life energy is 100 points, and the cooling time is zero.


    It was this hidden reward that allowed Naraku Uehara to defeat Kizaru so easily.


    This trip was a complete success for Naraku Uehara...


    Perhaps the only regret...


    It''s just that the Red Sand Scorpion and Didara were tricked by Perona''s ability, so they didn''t solve the other king Shichibukai Moonlight Moria. Fortunately, they haven''t revealed their identities...


    This sea is definitely not to be underestimated...


    Now, Akatsuki''s big operation is finally over.


    After the red sun formation on the entire island was disarmed, all Akatsuki''s members and the reincarnated ninjas returned to each other''s positions under Uehara Naraku''s order.


    It is estimated that not many people in the entire sea have realized that when their eyes are still on the aftermath of the war between the Beast Pirates and the Whitebeard Pirates... the power of this world has undergone drastic changes that ordinary people can''t imagine.


    But... they''ll soon find out.

 Chapter 507

    Big sea news birds fly around.


    A few days ago, the news reported the duel between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto, the two supernovas, and began to boast that the Navy expelled the Hundred Beasts Pirates.


    The entire newspaper used a huge page to praise the new generation of navy''s wise general, Pharmacist, for his exhaustive strategies and the powerful combat power of the navy''s general, Huang Yuan.


    really...


    Are these newspapers not boring?


    The Great Route New World.


    G1 branch naval base.


    After the big operation organized by Akatsuki ended, everyone went back to their respective homes, Yao Shidou chose to return to Marin Vanduo, and Kizuru rushed to the G1 branch base to confront Akakenu.


    When Kizuru arrived here, he didn''t even need to say anything to Akainu, the two of them sensed the Tailed Beast Chakra in each other''s body.


    really¡­


    where to go...


    We are still our own people!


    Akainu sat in his office, with a cigar in his mouth, flipping through the newspaper in his hand, and slowly exhaled a puff of smoke: "Hmph, it seems that whether it is Kaido of Beasts or us admirals, They''ve all been manipulated by that guy..."


    "There''s no other way..."


    Sitting on the sofa next to the red dog, Huang Yuan slowly blew the heat on the teacup: "Anyway, the two of us have joined Akatsuki now..."


    After Huang Yuan said this, he suddenly looked up at Akainu, and said with a smile: "I really didn''t expect it, it seems that the future of the navy will probably fall on our lazy elementary school boy..."


    The yellow ape naturally refers to the green pheasant.


    Akaken heard what Kizuru said, and his face instantly became angry: "That guy Kuzan... joined Akatsuki earlier than us!"


    "Ah?"


    Huang Yuan''s movements were a little stiff for a moment, and he slowly lowered his head and drank his tea: "Oh ho ho... If it looks like this, we are still colleagues!"


    "You guys are a little more serious!"


    Seeing Kizuru''s mediocre attitude, Chiquan became even more angry: "I originally wanted to remind you not to act with that bastard Yao Shidou...I didn''t expect you to forget to bring the phone bug and still not get rid of it!"


    "Don''t say that..."


    Huang Yuan sighed faintly: "The matter has come to this point, no one thinks about it... What should we do next?"


    Huang Yuan continued to lower his head and took a sip of tea, then sighed again: "Now that this is the case, it seems that we don''t have to be so serious in doing things in the future..."


    Since the three generals of the Navy Headquarters are Xiao''s undercover agents, will they spend their days honestly fishing in the Navy so as not to bring any harm to the Navy...


    This seems to be no different from the life of the yellow ape in the past...


    I feel that life is still the same, and it doesn''t seem interesting to join Xiao, because my colleagues are also Xiao''s undercover agents, and they don''t even have the thrill of being an undercover agent!


    "Hey, wake me up a little bit!"


    The anger on Akainu''s face couldn''t help but increase: "You guys, don''t make such weird excuses anymore, be more serious in the future!


    Before our identity as Akatsuki''s undercover agent is exposed, at least we must do more for the peace of this sea! "


    Akainu''s attitude is different from that of Kizaru.


    Originally, Akainu also wanted to learn how to fish from the yellow ape, but the situation is different now.


    Now that the Navy Headquarters has been completely infiltrated by the Akatsuki organization, he must work harder while he can still work as an admiral!


    To capture more pirates for the tranquility of this sea before their identities are exposed, how can they muddle along!


    Oh shit¡­


    Now the situation in the navy has become so serious that the three generals of the navy headquarters, the new generation of wise generals and the intelligence department are all under Akatsuki''s control!


    Why is Huang Yuan''s mentality still the same!


    wrong¡­


    Akainu suddenly felt that his mentality didn''t seem to have changed.


    Except for the addition of Xiao''s identity, nothing else has changed at all. The hardworking person is still the hardworking person, the lazy guy is still the lazy guy, and the fisherman is still the fisherman.


    "Speaking of which, don''t you find it strange?"


    Huang Yuan slowly raised his finger, and asked a question: "That fellow, Medicine Master, has contributed far more to the navy than his harm... After he became a naval staff officer, the battle damage has been reduced by at least half."


    "Hmph, it just looks like it now..."


    Akainu snorted coldly, reached out and took a document on the table: "That guy is lurking in Marlin Fandor, he must have a bigger conspiracy!"


    "Although I guess so too..."


    The yellow monkey shook his head slowly, and suddenly said: "Sakaski, do you think that if Akatsuki controls the navy, they will let the pirates flood?"


    "..."


    After Akainu was silent for a while, he put down the document in his hand again.


    The admiral looked up at the yellow ape, and said in a deep voice, "Porusalino, you can''t pin your hopes on..."


    When he said this, Akainu suddenly interrupted his words, slowly closed his palms, and frowned slightly: "Speaking of which, during this period of time, I can get along with Monkey King Four Tails...


    From Sun Wukong, I did know some detailed information. About Akatsuki and Akatsuki¡¯s leader, these are the information that Kuzan did not collect. No, or that guy¡¯s temperament, he did not collect Akatsuki¡¯s information at all. ..."


    Originally, Akainu said it well...


    As a result, when it came to the green pheasant, the anger couldn''t help rising again!


    Damn, that guy Aokiji is really lazy to a certain extent!


    Obviously that guy was the first general among the three of them to join Akatsuki, but he didn''t even get to know this organization well!


    "The Monkey King in me may not have lied to me..."


    Akainu slowly closed his palms, held his chin, and said in a deep voice: "These tailed beasts are the same as Akatsuki''s group of guys. These tailed beasts prefer to call Uehara Naraku a god walking in the world..."


    "God?"


    The corner of Huang Yuan''s mouth grinned, thinking of his battle with Uehara Naraku, he couldn''t help but chuckled and said: "Speaking of which, according to his ability to easily crush me, that person seems to be really worthy of the name For God!"


    "I''m not discussing the issue of strength."


    The red dog interrupted the yellow monkey, and continued in a cold voice: "Do you still remember the title of the Tianlong people in the world... They claim to be the descendants of the gods! Because the twenty kings who established the world government are also called gods... "


    The red dog looked at the yellow monkey, and continued in a deep voice: "The title of god is not used casually. That leader of Akatsuki may also want to rebuild the order of this world just like the former twenty kings!"


    this matter¡­


    Akainu never said anything to the outside world.


    Now Akainu is talking to Kizaru for the first time, precisely because of their friendship over the years, and the same fate.


    If the Xiao organization really wants to overthrow the order of the world government...


    If a force spying on the world order tries to subvert the world, it will cause major changes!


    And these admirals who are in the navy with justice in mind but have to be restrained by Xiao will be in a very embarrassing situation.


    Maybe that''s why...


    Pharmacist gradually grasped the power of the navy and kept accumulating the prestige of the navy. Did the Xiao organization deliberately recruit them as admirals?


    "Ah, if you''re right..."


    A smile suddenly appeared on the corner of the yellow monkey''s mouth, and he turned to look at Akainu: "Sakaski, what does this have to do with us?"


    Huang Yuan shook his head with a smile, and picked up his cup again: "Well...we are just a navy...just keep catching pirates..."


    Huang Yuan drank tea slowly, pushed his glasses, and continued with a chuckle: "Sakaski, as long as we implement the justice in our hearts, it''s enough... Besides, we can''t do better now. There are more!"


    "you''re right!"


    Akainu slowly hugged his arm tightly, and said in a deep voice: "There is no problem in the New World now, and I will go back to the base of the headquarters with you tomorrow, Marin Fando!"


    "Eh?"


    "Call Kuzan together, and ask that guy in Pharmacist Dou!"


    Black smoke of magma rose from Akainu''s hand, and he continued in a gloomy voice: "If Akatsuki really wants to change the order of the world and rule the world... where do they want to put the justice of the navy!"


    Akainu''s fist hit the table heavily, and the magma burned through the table little by little: "No, why not just leave now, so as not to waste time!"


    Just leave.


    The red dog and the yellow monkey directly boarded the warship, passed through the holy land of Mariejoya in the red earth continent, and rushed back to the marine headquarters of the navy.


    It just so happened that the generals of the Navy Headquarters gathered in Marin Fando.


    When Aokiji saw Chiquan and Kizuru came back, he also knew that Kizuru had joined Akatsuki, and everyone was on the same line again. The relationship between the three generals seemed to have returned to the previous state.


    Maybe it''s because everyone has another identity...


    When Akazuki saw Aokiji, he didn''t leave indifferently. Instead, he stopped him in a loud voice: "Kuzan, we have something to talk about, let''s come together!"


    "Well, there''s no need for that..."


    Qingzhi patted his forehead, and said slowly: "It just so happened that you came back to sit in Marlin Fando, I went out to inspect..."


    "Kuzan!"


    Akaken interrupted Aokiji''s words, and said coldly: "The current situation is very dangerous, I have very important things!"


    "..."


    Aokiji scratched his head.


    Akainu, why are there still so many things!


    According to Aokiji''s attitude, the three generals of the navy headquarters are all Akatsuki''s undercover agents, so everyone just stays in the navy honestly and continues to fish, isn''t it good?


    actually¡­


    Xiao organization will not ask the general to do bad things.


    And Xiao organization will not do any harm to the navy.


    Because Aokiji has a private contact person, he can know Akatsuki''s situation and Uehara Naraku''s attitude through Nicole Robin...


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    During this time, Aokiji knew more than Akainu.


    According to Nicole Robin who is far away in Wano Country, Akatsuki now has more powerful members, with tens of thousands of powerful peripheral armed forces.


    And speaking of Akatsuki''s policies in Wano Country, Akatsuki is not evil, and is even more friendly to civilians, and may be an organization that can bring order and peace to the world in the future.


    certainly¡­


    Aokiji thought that even if he said that, Akakenu and Kizaru would not believe it, so he just stayed in Marin Fando to spend his days leisurely.


    "Ok¡­"


    Aokiji looked at the still stubborn red dog, and then at the helpless yellow monkey, he could only nod and said, "Then let''s find a place to have a drink?"


    Speaking of...


    It seems that their three generals have never been together!


    In other words, Aokiji didn''t like it unilaterally, because he and Akainu couldn''t understand each other...


    Now because of the Akatsuki organization, the current relationship between Akakenu and Aokiji, I don¡¯t know whether it is gradually getting better or getting worse...


    The world is outrageous.


    The first meeting of the three generals of the Navy Headquarters was not because they were all the highest combat power of the world government, but because they were all Akatsuki''s undercover agents.

 Chapter 508

    Marlin Vandeau.


    A hot spring bath.


    The three admirals of the Navy headquarters were frank, soaking in the hot spring with their chests and backs exposed, all three of them couldn''t help but slowly closed their eyes, enjoying the long-lost relaxation.


    Especially red dog and blue pheasant...


    During this period of time, the psychological pressure on the two of them was quite high.


    Marlin Fando has so many navies, once he finds out that the two admirals of the admiralty are undercover agents, he will be so desperate... Now that the three admirals of the admiralty are Akatsuki''s undercover agents, it seems psychologically acceptable, right?


    "Kuzan..."


    Huang Yuan smiled and turned his head to look at Qingzhi, and asked slowly: "What is Kuzan doing on weekends? If you have nothing to do, you can come here to relax..."


    "Well, sometimes I go fishing with Senior Crane..."


    Aokiji slowly propped up his body, leaned against the stone in the bath, and said softly, "Where are Polusalino and Sakaski?"


    "We''re usually here..."


    Huang Yuan glanced at the red dog who was sleeping with his eyes closed, the corners of his mouth crooked, and he said with a light smile: "A man''s life... always needs some different colors..."


    "Hey, Polusalino, don''t say such misleading words."


    Akaken interrupted Kizuru''s words in a cold voice, his arm was resting on the stone, and the patterned tattoos on his shoulders and arms looked a bit hideous: "Okay, let''s get down to business, now Akatsuki''s danger can''t be ignored ..."


    "I don''t think it''s particularly dangerous."


    Aokiji shook his head, and said slowly: "According to my information, Uehara Naraku is the third generation leader of Akatsuki, and his strength is the strongest existence among the leaders of the Akatsuki organization. It is said that Uehara Naraku has only Failed once..."


    "Oh?"


    The corner of Huang Yuan grinned, and suddenly became a little interested: "It seems that our leader is not invincible!"


    "Porusalino, you are an admiral!"


    Akaken''s forehead couldn''t help but twitch, he glanced at the yellow monkey, and then said: "But you are right, a person who has failed..."


    "I think you should hear me out."


    Aokiji shook his head, sighed and continued: "It seems that that year, Uehara Naraku was only twelve years old, and lost to Uchiha Sasuke''s brother Uchiha Itachi...


    Well, there are also some gossips. It is said that the two brothers Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke have been played by him all the time, and he manipulated brothers to kill each other. "


    "Are you so stingy?"


    The yellow ape''s expression was a little subtle.


    Akainu''s expression was even more strange.


    Aokiji frowned, and continued softly: "That''s not really what it is... That guy treats everyone in the world as a pawn.


    But his heart is not too bad, the result of dealing with anything is generally good, but the process is a little cruel..."


    When talking about this, Aokiji thought for a while, and then added: "Well... maybe, it''s more than a little cruel."


    That''s pretty modest.


    Where is cruelty, it is clearly cruel...


    It sounds like what Uehara Naraku did is a bit like a rainbow after the storm, but not many people have the psychological quality to be strong enough to withstand the storm caused by Uehara Naraku...


    Aokiji scratched his hair, sighed and said, "Huh, that guy is definitely not as righteous as the navy, but he is not as evil as we imagined..."


    "Hey, Kuzan..."


    Akaken''s eyelids trembled, and he snorted coldly: "Remember your identity, you are the general of the Navy headquarters, you won''t really become Akatsuki''s lobbyist, right?"


    "Sakaski."


    Aokiji shook his head slowly, got up to climb out of the bath: "I don''t have any need to chat with you here, instead of wasting time here, I might as well think of a way to prevent Akatsuki from further infiltrating the navy..."


    "Eh? Don''t worry..."


    Huang Yuan suddenly stopped Aokiji, and smiled to ease the atmosphere between them: "Kuzan, Sakaski, now is not the time for tit for tat! If the three of us are here, we may have a better relationship if we work together. Make up your mind!"


    "..."


    Aokiji and Akainu fell silent at the same time.


    Huang Yuan stood up and sat on the stone, stretched out his hand to put a layer of bathrobe on himself, and said with a smile: "Speaking of which, Sakaski has a guess. Our leader has always been called a god by others. It won''t be him who wants to replace the Draco people who live in the holy land of Mariejoa, and change the order of the world..."


    "I don''t know that."


    Aokiji also sat up, put on a bathrobe, looked down at the water vapor in the bath, and said softly: "According to the information I got here, Naraku Uehara is called a god by Akatsuki''s members, even Dover Brother Lang Ming is no exception...


    In addition to the fact that Uehara Naraku''s power has no rivals in this world, there is another reason that is somewhat strange but recognized.


    It is said that he is the reincarnation of a certain creation god thousands of years ago. Of course, he has nothing to do with the scumbags of the Tianlongren, which sounds a bit false.


    Although Naraku Uehara has always denied it, the mother of the Creator God thousands of years ago, that is, the ancestor of the God, lived in the world, and she personally admitted this. "


    Aokiji stretched out his arms, and continued unhurriedly: "If according to what you say, if Uehara Naraku wants to replace Tianlongren, it''s not a bad thing.


    Now the Akatsuki organization occupies Wano Country as its base camp, and the civilians in that closed and backward country seem to live better than the civilians in other countries in this world, even homeless orphans have shelters..."


    This thing is true.


    Because civilians and nobles in Wano country are equal, at least in name, they are equal, for example, commoners and nobles will receive education in the same environment.


    Perhaps because of the gap between the rich and the poor, they enjoy different educational resources.


    However, civilians also really have the opportunity to make progress through their own efforts, instead of relying only on gifts from nobles or kings.


    the most important is¡­


    Even Akatsuki''s ninja legion is not allowed to harm innocent civilians at will, and everyone must abide by the peace rules formulated by Akatsuki.


    And after the peace of Wano country, no orphans died of freezing or starving, even Nicole Robin was surprised by it.


    In this world...


    No country can do it!


    These¡­


    This is the reason why Aokiji really began to change his attitude towards the Akatsuki organization.


    And the Akatsuki organization that can achieve this step, no matter how you think about it, it is impossible to be a bad person, these are things that the group of revolutionary troops who want to overthrow the world government have never done!


    If he didn''t know that the current Nicole Robin would not lie to him, Aokiji would not believe it...


    After talking a lot, Aokiji scratched his hair, sighed and said, "If there is a chance, let''s go to Wano Country together!"


    "Wano Country is very dangerous."


    After listening to Aokiji''s words, Akainu couldn''t help but frowned, and said in a deep voice: "It used to be Kaido''s territory, right? Although it was occupied by the Akatsuki organization, it still has to cross Kaido''s sea area, and we have to wait until we We can go there only after the Beast Pirates and Kaido are eliminated..."


    "Our words should be fine."


    Aokiji shook his head, raised his head and continued to look at the sky: "Speaking of which, the Hundred Beasts Pirates should be under Akatsuki''s control, right?"


    "yes¡­"


    A voice suddenly fell into their ears.


    This indistinct sigh changed the faces of the three generals present, their knowledgeable domineering didn''t realize that someone was peeping in the dark!


    The next moment, a big snake suddenly jumped out of the bath!


    The big snake opened its bloody mouth and slowly spit out the body of Yaoshidou. He pushed his glasses, raised his head and looked at the three generals of the headquarters with a smile...


    This scene makes people feel a little shocked...


    This pharmacist pocket...


    What kind of abilities are they?


    Pharmacist spread out his palms, and said with a light smile, "Admiral Aokiji guessed right, the Beast Pirates are Akatsuki''s outer arm... If you want to go to Wano Country, you just need to ask Naraku-sama Just apply."


    After Yao Shidou finished speaking, his eyes slowly settled on Qingzhi, and the corners of his mouth curled up slightly: "Speaking of which, General Qingzhi knows so much information, it must be Ms. Robin who told you in private. ..."


    "Nicole Robin..."


    Akainu frowned, and said in a deep voice, "The devil''s son who escaped from O''Hara back then? Kuzan, you let her go!"


    Huang Yuan rubbed his forehead, sighed and said: "Now is not the time to talk about those troubles in the past... Besides, we are only following the orders of the World Government, why bother to kill them all!"


    Huang Yuan''s attitude was still ambiguous.


    Some things can be done, and some things can not be done.


    Now is indeed not the time to pursue Aokiji''s responsibility, not to mention they seem to have found the location of Nicole Robin, it is said that she has been following Uehara Naraku''s side...


    If you do the math...


    Aokiji has been able to know information about Uehara Naraku from Nicole Robin?


    Yellow Monkey and Red Dog couldn''t help but glance at Aokiji, this junior who has always been very lazy can do things, and he can use spies!


    only¡­


    Aokiji''s spy is kind of counterproductive.


    Not to instigate against the enemy, but to instigate himself.


    After learning enough information from Nicole Robin, Aokiji may be going to join Akatsuki''s organization.


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t care about this effect, and a chilling smile flashed across his face: "General Aokiji, it seems that Ms. Nicole Robin is better at collecting information than I imagined. I can''t help but want her to join the CP organization..."


    "Du, don''t interfere with her life."


    There was a chill on Aokiji''s body, he calmly spread out his palm and said: "I asked her to do this, everyone at Akatsuki should be very clear, Robin will not refuse my request, let alone she Didn''t really do anything wrong, right? I''m also a member of Akatsuki."


    I am also a member of Akatsuki.


    This sentence obviously carries a lot of weight.


    Compared with other words that Aokiji said, they have more weight.


    Even Yao Shidou was a little helpless, what should I say about this? Aokiji and Nicole Robin really did nothing wrong, Uehara Naraku doesn''t care about these...


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    And the woman Nicole Robin is also very smart.


    Even if Pharmacist wants to call out Nicole Robin, it''s not so easy to say...


    Because Nicole Robin has nothing to do recently and has been staying in Wano Country to read the main text of history during this time, she naturally chose to attach herself to the highest-status person in Wano Country.


    That is Uehara Naraku''s teacher Konan.


    Therefore, Nicole Robin has heard a lot of stories about Uehara seriously, and has also witnessed the relationship between the master and apprentice.


    The leader actually listens to the teacher very much. He is a good boy with a strong heart (may be wrong). He often likes to say that a person named Nagato has too soft ears...


    In fact, Uehara''s own ears are also very soft...


    This matter¡­


    It''s kind of confusing.


    Nicole Robin''s vigilance towards Uehara has been reduced a lot.


    If Nicole Robin hadn''t followed Uehara Naraku for a while, and had seen Uehara Naraku''s inaction, she would have suspected that Uehara was a fake...


    It is precisely because Nicole Robin told Aokiji these interesting stories that Aokiji had a lot of affection for Uehara Naraku.

 Chapter 509

    "Speaking of which, it doesn''t seem to matter what we say..."


    Huang Yuan stroked his chin, and said with a slow smile: "Staff Dou, after all, we are also members of Akatsuki... You are not watching us, are you?"


    "of course not."


    Medicine Master spread out his palms, smiled and said, "You have four tails and seven tails in your body, why should I waste my time? I just need to find General Qingzhi for something, and I just heard something..."


    "What did you come to see him for?"


    Akainu stood up slowly and put on his bathrobe.


    "The most important thing about Xiao organization is fairness."


    The pharmacist looked at Aokiji, smiled and said, "Because only General Aokiji has no tail beast on him, Naraku-sama was worried that it would not be fair to you, so he handed Sanwei Jifu to me when we parted, and let me help you seal the three-tailed beast." , making you the Jinchuriki of the Three Tails."


    When he said this, the pharmacist turned his head to look at the red dog and the yellow monkey, and continued with a chuckle: "It seems that you should also know how much the tail beast can improve your strength, right? This is a gift from the gods. Woolen cloth¡­"


    "There''s no need for that..."


    Aokiji waved his hand, wanting to refuse this matter.


    Although it is said that the tailed beasts have helped them a lot, Qingzhi also knows something. Once they become Jinchuriki, it also means that their bodies will be restrained by the tailed beasts at all times, and they will even be monitored all the time.


    "General Aokiji."


    Pharmacist Doudou spread his palms with a smile, and said softly, "I believe no one will refuse God''s gift, and you certainly won''t refuse, right?"


    "Consultant Dou..."


    Aokiji tilted his head, looked at the pharmacist and asked, "Are you threatening me? I am also a member of Akatsuki, except for the leader Uehara, there should be no distinction between our members of Akatsuki, right? "


    In the message that Nicole Robin told Aokiji, the relationship between the superior and the subordinate of the entire Akatsuki organization is not tight, except for Uehara Naraku, all members are nominally equal.


    This matter is still very important.


    Because Nicole Robin is very aware of Aokiji''s character, she was worried that something might happen to Aokiji in the face of Pharmacist''s unreasonable demands, so she specially reminded Aokiji.


    If there is really no way to retreat, there is no need to be afraid of the pharmacist''s pocket.


    Of course, don''t offend the pharmacist.


    Because Yaoshidou is Uehara Naraku''s confidant.


    Moreover, Yao Shidou has followed Uehara Naraku for a long time, and he has also learned some of Uehara Naraku''s petty tempers, such as stinginess and grudges...


    What''s more, Yao Shidou''s IQ is very high, with a little arrangement, he can kill people without knowing how...


    "..."


    Hearing Qingzhi''s words, Yao Shidou narrowed his eyes.


    The corners of Medicine Master''s mouth couldn''t help ticking, and he revealed a smile and said, "General Aokiji is right, but letting you transplant Sanwei Isofu is a task entrusted to me by Master Naraku...Are you really going to refuse? ?¡±


    Pharmacist spread out his palm and continued with a smile: "As a member of Akatsuki, I believe that no one will reject Master Naraku, right?"


    "Well, isn''t that right..."


    Aokiji scratched his hair, and said slowly: "If I remember correctly, Mr. Uehara seems to be more tolerant than I imagined, and Mr. Uehara doesn''t seem to care about some small things..."


    Nicole Robin also told Aokiji about this.


    In fact, Uehara Naraku often doesn''t have the airs of a leader in front of them. When encountering any unreasonable orders, Akatsuki''s members can also put forward their opinions at will.


    Like that Deidara guy.


    For example, that old man in Kakuzu.


    Naraku Uehara basically didn''t refuse their requests very much.


    certainly¡­


    If provocative...


    Naraku Uehara will definitely arrange his life.


    Pharmacist looked at Aokiji, pushed his glasses, nodded slowly, and said with a light smile: "General Aokiji is right, but as a subordinate of Naraku-sama, I don''t think anyone should tolerate Naraku-sama''s tolerance. As a reason for self-indulgence..."


    The corner of Yao Shidou''s mouth was still smiling, and he continued calmly: "Forget it, since General Aokiji is unwilling now, then let''s do this first!"


    Pharmacist left the bath step by step, beckoned and said: "General Qingzhi, I will wait for you in the lounge here, after ten minutes, you will definitely change your mind..."


    "..."


    Qingzhi remained silent.


    In any case, he will not change his mind.


    After seeing Yao Shidou leaving, Huang Yuan couldn''t help touching his chin, and said slowly: "In that case, is it okay?"


    "Xiao is still very tolerant."


    Aokiji slowly turned his head to look at Kizoru and Akainu, and whispered: "We are members of Akatsuki, as long as we are within Akatsuki''s rules, we have a very high degree of autonomy..."


    This is the use of rules.


    As long as they are within the framework of the Akatsuki organization, they have a high level of freedom, even more freedom than the status of admiral.


    To be honest¡­


    As a member of Akatsuki...


    In fact, it is much more attractive than the Admiral.


    If it is possible, Aokiji really wants to resign from the position of general, Kadotsu and the few people in the Art Pirates live a life, it is simply not too easy...


    When Aokiji said this, he stretched his waist, yawned, and sat lazily by the tea table: "I feel that my current life has not changed from the past, and if I accept this fact, it will actually be easier a little..."


    "It seems to be so..."


    Huang Yuan also sat at the tea table, and said slowly, "If it wasn''t for Shigeaki Nanao in my body, I would have forgotten that I joined Akatsuki.


    It feels like this organization doesn¡¯t need us at all, obviously we can do more things with the help of our general status¡­¡±


    "..."


    Akazuki sat next to them, and said in a loud voice: "Don''t let your guard down, who knows those guys..."


    Boo boo boo...


    Boo boo boo boo...


    A rush of phone bugs interrupted their communication.


    Aokiji couldn''t help frowning, it was rare for him to find that Kizaru was actually quite easy to get along with, and Akainu seemed to have changed a bit from before.


    Aokiji wants to get along with his colleagues...


    Really, at this time...whose phone bug is calling?


    When Aokiji slowly connected his phone, Nico Robin''s voice came from inside.


    The two of them didn''t chat for a while, before Robin got down to business: "Aokiji, why did you refuse the power of Sanwei Isofu? Mr. Uehara finally agreed to my proposal..."


    "what the hell¡­"


    Aokiji rubbed his forehead, waved his hands indifferently and said, "Hey, Robin, I don''t need the strength of Sanwei Isofu..."


    turn out to be¡­


    Was it Nico Robin''s request to transplant the Three Tails? I really don''t know what Robin was thinking, and let him transplant three tails...


    "no!"


    Nicole Robin''s voice was full of unquestionable firmness, and her tone was pleading: "Aokiji, Mr. Uehara promised me that as long as you become the three-tailed Jinchuriki, he will dissolve the relationship between you. dark pact..."


    "..."


    Aokiji fell silent.


    The dark contract in his body was first established by Uehara Naraku to avoid his betrayal, and it is a more terrifying restraint than becoming a Jinchuriki.


    Speaking of...


    Aokiji almost forgot about it.


    What''s more, he gradually accepted Akatsuki''s idea, so naturally he would not care much about this contract, nor would he care about the threat of the contract, life is nothing but death...


    did not expect¡­


    Nicole Robin remembers the threat.


    "Aokiji, I told you not to do stupid things..."


    In the phone bug, Nicole Robin''s voice faintly lowered: "Remember what you promised me before, no matter what happens, we will live well..."


    "¡­Ok."


    Aokiji clenched the phone bug in his hand, and said in a low voice, "I see, Robin, I''ll go find the pharmacist for that guy..."


    "..."


    The corner of Huang Yuan''s mouth couldn''t help showing a weird smile.


    Akainu''s face was a bit unsightly, no matter what, he still couldn''t understand Aokiji''s relationship with the devil''s son.


    After a few minutes.


    The three generals of the Navy Headquarters stood in front of Pharmacist Dou.


    Qingzhi glanced at the yellow monkey and red dog beside him, sighed, and then turned to Medicine Master: "Then, let''s discuss the time to transplant the three tails!"


    "Now you can."


    The corner of Medicine Master''s mouth was still smiling.


    Huang Yuan couldn''t help showing a trace of longing on his face: "If you say that, you are about to leave Ma Linfan..."


    "There''s no need for that."


    Yao Shidou stretched out his palm, put it on Qingzhi''s arm, and said slowly: "General Huang Yuan, I am the staff officer of the Navy headquarters, how can I leave my post without authorization!"


    A space-time vortex suddenly appeared.


    The moment this time-space vortex appeared, Qingzhi and Yaoshidou were brought into the Shenwei space!


    When they reappeared, Aokiji had already got the three-tailed chakra on his body, and he seemed to have become a three-tailed Jinchuriki.


    only¡­


    Aokiji''s eyes became more serious.


    Pharmacist is not only relying on IQ to be an undercover agent who sneaked into the navy, but also relying on his strange ability!


    Just when Aokiji was about to leave, he suddenly turned his head to look at Medicine Master Dou, and asked, "Well, Dou, what price did Robin pay for releasing the dark contract on me and making me a three-tailed Jinchuriki?" ?¡±


    "It costs nothing."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, narrowed his eyes and smiled, "It''s just that she just happens to be dealing with something she doesn''t like the most..."


    Yaoshi raised his head and looked at the tall Aokiji, and continued with a smile: "This is not a bad thing, General Aokiji, you have a chance to see each other often..."


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Aokiji frowned tightly.


    "It''s really fun to say."


    The pharmacist rubbed his forehead, and said with a light smile, "Do you still remember the CP9 department that secretly joined Mr. Naraku? The top meeting of the Akatsuki organization will send a group of Anbu in the near future to enrich this intelligence and secret service department.


    Precisely because of Nicole Robin''s outstanding intelligence skills, as a price for helping you, she will be sent to the capital of seven waters to serve as the secret chief of the future large-scale CP9, and assist me in adding the Anbu ninjas to the CP9 department..."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    "..."


    Aokiji was silent.


    The next moment, Aokiji rubbed his eyebrows.


    Why did Nicole Robin, the son of the devil with a super high bounty, a person who has been hunted down by CP agents, unexpectedly become the boss of CP9 agents?


    The world must be broken, right?

 Chapter 510

    late at night.


    The capital of seven waters.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    On the pier of this floating city, a group of figures looming in the corner are the CP9 department who came to welcome the new boss.


    While the group of CP agents were chatting casually, a tall figure slowly walked towards them, and the sound of his footsteps was somewhat disturbing in the middle of the night.


    The CP agents were immediately alarmed.


    Rob Lucci and everyone became vigilant instantly, watching the tall man walking towards them in the distance, and soon they saw the appearance of the person coming.


    "General Aokiji!"


    Khalifa among the CP agents frowned slightly, and a little doubt appeared on her face: "General Aokiji, why are you in the capital of seven waters?"


    "Well, let''s see your new boss..."


    Aokiji scratched his hair, looked down at the agents present, and muttered at the corner of his mouth: "You are here, haven''t they come yet?"


    "Yes, it may take a while."


    Rob Lucci reached out to glance at his watch, and replied in a low voice: "The last time I contacted them, they were not far from the capital of seven waters..."


    A sound of waves interrupted Rob Lucci.


    As the tide surged, a merchant ship suddenly emerged from the mist of the night and slowly stopped at the pier of the port.


    A group of young men in suits and leather shoes stepped off the boat in groups of three or five. What was strange was that their postures were a bit strange, as if they might violently launch an attack at any time. Case.


    These men in suits quickly noticed Rob Lucci''s group in the corner and Aokiji, the tall admiral of the Navy, and they immediately surrounded him.


    A white-haired young man came out of a group of men in suits. He raised his head and glanced at Aokiji present, then at the CP9 agents, and said with a smile, "Excuse me, do you know how to get to the Carrera Shipbuilding Company?" ?"


    "Just follow us."


    Rob Lucci stretched out his palm towards the white-haired youth: "I am Rob Lucci, the captain and current supreme officer of CP9."


    "Well... I''m Hatake Kakashi."


    The white-haired young man slowly held his palm, turned his head and stretched out his palm to Aokiji: "Speaking of which, why is Admiral Aokiji of the Navy Headquarters here?


    How do you feel that the chakra of Sanwei Isofu is about to leak out from your body? Didn''t Medicine Master put a seal on you? "


    to be honest¡­


    Hatake Kakashi has a good sense of Aokiji, because every move of the admiral of the Navy Headquarters seems to fall asleep at any time.


    Well, this general is a lazy man.


    In this regard, Kakashi considered them to be of the same kind.


    "Well, there is no need for a seal."


    Aokiji stretched out his own hand to hold Kakashi''s hand, his eyes wandered a little: "I heard about your name from Robin..."


    "Ha, is that so?"


    Hatake Kakashi patted his forehead, then loosened the collar of his suit, and slowly turned his head and said: "Hey, it''s safe here, go and ask Miss Robin to disembark!"


    "Yes, Captain Kakashi!"


    An Anbu ninja in a suit jumped back to the merchant ship.


    Seeing this scene, Aokiji couldn''t help but twitched his brows: "Why does it feel a bit like an aristocratic style... Is there something I don''t know about?"


    "This is also impossible..."


    Hatake Kakashi rubbed his forehead, and said softly: "After all, we are new here, and we don''t know much about the situation in the first half of the great route. The first task we received was to protect her safety..."


    "..."


    Aokiji couldn''t help but twitch again.


    The first half of the entire great route is called Paradise, basically there are no powerful pirate groups, the only active ones are the Art Pirates, Kakuzu, Hidan and his gang, and he, the admiral of the Navy headquarters who occasionally patrols in the first half...


    For Akatsuki...


    The first half of the great route can be regarded as their back garden!


    Just at this moment, the sound of high heels tapping fell into their ears, and a woman wearing a top hat slowly stepped out of the merchant ship.


    The woman stretched out her palm and lowered the brim of her hat. A charming low smile appeared on the corner of her mouth, and she said softly, "Actually, there is no need to be so nervous. In the first half of the great voyage, we should not encounter any danger. , Mr. Kakashi..."


    "Of course there is no need to worry about the danger from the enemy."


    Hatake Kakashi rubbed his forehead, and responded helplessly: "But the danger brought by our own people is more troublesome...Miss Robin, you probably don''t want to see that guy from Kakuzu coming over from time to time to invite you together Cooperation?"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin choked.


    That person in Kakuto is really hard to describe.


    Nicole Robin shook her head and sighed, walked slowly to their side, looked up at General Aokiji, a smile could not help blooming on her face.


    "Long time no see, Aokiji."


    Nicole Robin looked at General Aokiji, tilted her head, and continued with a smile: "I have fulfilled our agreement this year. I have lived a good life in Wano Country and found many new companions. Aoki Where''s the pheasant?"


    "Well¡­"


    Aokiji''s expression is subtle, he seems to have thought of something, he couldn''t help but help his forehead and said: "What about me... the relationship with colleagues has improved a lot..."


    This is really embarrassing.


    Aokiji has slightly improved his relationship with the two old fellows, Kizaru and Akainu, but at other times he basically sleeps on an unknown island, on the frozen sea, and in Marlin Vanduo¡¯s office. , sleeping on a bicycle...


    Aokiji feels a little ashamed, Nicole Robin is living seriously, but she has been sleeping soundly.


    "Okay, don''t say too much, I''m just a little worried, come and have a look."


    Aokiji tapped his fingers, tapped Nicole Robin''s hat, knelt down to look into Robin''s eyes, and said in a low voice: "If you encounter any troubles in the future, just call my phone bug ,I go first."


    Originally, he was worried about any troubles with Nicole Robin and CP9, so Aokiji rushed over from Marlin Vandor.


    Now it seems that there is no problem here.


    Because Nicole Robin brought twenty Anbu teams from Wano Country, it can be seen that there should be no need to worry about her safety.


    "Aokiji?"


    There was some doubt in Nicole Robin''s eyes, and she couldn''t help frowning, she subconsciously stretched out her hand and grabbed Aokiji''s sleeve: "We just met, are we going to leave so soon? "


    "Well, I can''t stay here forever."


    Aokiji stood up, nodded slowly, put his palm on Robin''s top hat, and said in a low voice: "Let''s go, don''t worry about me in the future, I will always watch you, and I will also watch you." Knowing where it will go..."


    "Aokiji..."


    Nicole Robin couldn''t help but want to continue to say something.


    However, Aokiji just shook his head at Nicole Robin, stopped what she wanted to say, and turned and left directly.


    When the tall man walked to a dark place, he pushed out a bicycle from inside, and slowly disappeared into the night on the bicycle.


    There was a whistle in the night...


    It can be heard that Aokiji seems to be in a good mood.


    Hatake Kakashi scratched his white hair, looked at the place where Aokiji disappeared in the darkness, and sighed: "That guy...is a very cool man!"


    "..."


    There was a smile on the corner of Nicole Robin''s mouth, and the next moment she turned her head to look at Rob Lucci and other CP9 members, and her face returned to solemnity.


    "Okay, let''s find a place first!"


    Nicole Robin''s eyes gradually became serious, and she continued in a deep voice: "According to the order of the summit meeting between Mr. Uehara and Akatsuki, I will clean up the CP9 department...Mr. Rob Lucci, who was your immediate supervisor before?" ?¡±


    "..."


    The CP agents present had subtle expressions.


    Because their CP9 department was lurking before the capital of seven waters, and was responsible for arresting Nicole Robin, the son of the devil, for a while, but she often escaped...


    I really didn''t expect...


    The world is reincarnated, and Nicole Robin is going to become their chief!


    Rob Lucci didn''t hesitate, and said in a deep voice: "Some time ago, all the CP departments of the World Government, including some members of CP0, were authorized to Admiral Pharmacist Pocket, the staff officer of the Navy Headquarters, and he is our immediate superior..."


    "It''s our own..."


    Hatake Kakashi rolled his eyes, and said slowly: "It seems that the task should be easier..."


    "Well, Mr. Dou is actually better at these things than me."


    Nicole Robin nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "Let''s find a place to settle down first, and temporarily use the capital of seven waters as our base camp. I will discuss it with Mr. Dou to see if we can control it in the future." Justice Island..."


    This sentence sounds a little strange...


    A devil''s son with a reward of more than 200 million Baileys, a wanted criminal who has been wanted by the world government for more than ten years, wants to control Judicial Island...


    Isle of Justice, Marlin Vandor and Imperton¡­


    These are the most important places in the navy.


    The eyes of the CP9 agents are a little subtle. Why do people faintly feel that this woman Nicole Robin...is a bit clueless?


    but¡­


    Life is often more exciting than imagined.


    After Nicole Robin returned to the first half of the great route, she gradually sent dark teams to pretend to be the revolutionary army in the first half of the great route, gradually causing the world government to suffer.


    Pharmacist Dou had to apply to Wulaoxing to expand the CP department.


    This secret spy organization has always been very cautious in recruiting members, and basically it will not be known to outsiders, so it took a long time for Wu Laoxing to approve the plan.


    Anyway, they only pay attention to CP0, and the rest of the CP department can''t help but toss.


    The 20 Anbu ninja teams brought by Nico Robin from Wano country were gradually placed in CP9. These ninjas are not weak and they are also very disciplined.


    Said to be overwhelming...


    It''s not an exaggeration at all.


    Judicial Island thus became the expanded CP9 base, and Yao Shidou, a naval staff officer, took advantage of the opportunity to apply for the position of the Supreme Naval Officer of Judicial Island.


    Time passed slowly.


    In the first half of the great route, the Akatsuki organization''s eyes and ears covered seven routes; in the second half of the great route, the Akatsuki organization also flourished.


    Three years later.


    It has been three years since Uehara Naraku and others came to this sea, and the sea gradually began to calm down, but under this calm, there are bigger storms lurking.


    Naraku Uehara also received a phone call from Pharmacist Dou.


    "There are more and more pirate groups in the world, Eustace Kidd in the South Sea, Hawkins and Trafalgar Law in the North Sea, this group of newcomers seems to be very lively, Capone Bay in the West Sea Ji, it is estimated that he will enter the great route soon..."


    "Where''s Donghai?"


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help being a little curious.


    Why is there no news from the pirates in the East China Sea?


    Luffy, the man who claims to be the One Piece, has not gathered his companions now, or has he used a swordsman named Roronoa Zoro as a navigator?


    There was some doubt in Yao Shidou''s voice: "Donghai is still a group of little pirates like Bucky the Clown and Creek... It seems that there are no newcomers this year... It is still the weakest sea.


    However, some time ago, Lieutenant General Garp lost his temper. His grandson Monkey D. Luffy seems to be a pirate. I remember that Lieutenant General Garp¡¯s hometown is the East China Sea. "


    When talking about this, Yao Shidou suddenly thought of something, and he suddenly said: "I have received a piece of news. A few days ago, Qiao Lakel Mihawk seems to have gone to the East China Sea. I don''t know his purpose. what is..."


    "...Dou, transfer me back!"


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, and said slowly: "As a navy, I have been vacationing here in Wano Country. I feel a little sorry for the justice in my body..."

 Chapter 511

    three years have past.


    Uehara Naraku remembered that he was still a navy.


    However, the high-level navy attaches great importance to Uehara Naraku, the undercover colonel in Wano Country, because Uehara Naraku can often bring information about Akatsuki and the Hundred Beasts Pirates.


    This is really...


    CP0 is very difficult to do!


    Because the Akatsuki organization completely blocked the Wano country, no one else could enter except the members who originally lived in the Wano country.


    To be honest, it is not easy for Uehara Naraku to come back and continue to be a navy, because his value in Wano Country cannot be replaced.


    If Uehara Naraku wanted to come back, he would naturally need the help of Pharmacist Dou. This problem is not difficult to solve, as long as Uehara Naraku fled directly and returned to Marin Fando on the grounds that someone suspected his identity.


    Just in case...


    Yaoshidou even suggested that a general of the headquarters go to pick up Uehara Naraku in person.


    This incident really made the three generals of the Navy Headquarters scratch their heads a little bit, can''t that leader stay in Wano country obediently?


    If Uehara Naraku doesn''t cause trouble...


    Such a thing is obviously impossible.


    According to Yao Shidou''s attitude, the matter of Uehara Naraku could not be delayed. Only the fastest yellow monkey set out to find a way to get Uehara Naraku out of Wano Country.


    This world is truly magical.


    The admiral of the Navy Headquarters actually wants to take the initiative to welcome a black hand who disturbed the world to return to Marin Vanduo to report to his post. Who knows what trouble Uehara Naraku wants to cause after being immersed for so long...


    "Porusalino."


    In the office of the Admiral of the Navy, the Admiral of the Sengoku State solemnly ordered the yellow monkey: "It is necessary to bring Colonel Uehara Naraku back to Marlin Fando. He has a lot of detailed information about Wano Country, which is very important for us to understand the group of enemies. Big help."


    "There shouldn''t be any surprises..."


    There was a weird smile on the corner of Huang Yuan''s mouth: "Even if something happened to me, that Colonel Uehara Naraku would definitely be fine..."


    To be honest.


    He, the admiral of the Navy, has an even higher chance of accidents.


    "General Huang Yuan, don''t worry too much about the danger of this operation."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, looked at Huang Yuan meaningfully and said, "If something goes wrong, you can choose to give up Colonel Naraku. After all, the highest combat power of the navy cannot be lost, and General Huang Yuan must do it." make the best choice."


    "..."


    Huang Yuan nodded slowly.


    The meaning of threat in this sentence is simply not too serious.


    What the pharmacist said seemed to be to make Huang Yuan put his own safety first, and it sounded like a human statement.


    But if you understand their Xiao, Yaoshidou''s real meaning is that either he, the admiral of the navy, will come back with Uehara Naraku, or he himself will never come back...


    Because the Beast Sea Territory is their own people.


    Yellow Ape''s journey went very smoothly.


    When Kizaru arrived in the outer sea of ??Wano country, Uehara Naraku had already left Wano country, and was waiting in the outer sea of ??Wano country, waiting for the general of the headquarters to welcome him.


    This moment.


    The leader of Akatsuki frowned, and contacted his subordinates with the phone bug in his hand: "Hey, Mihawk, are you in the East China Sea?"


    "¡­Ok."


    Suddenly, there was a sound of gold and iron clashing from the other end of the phone bug. Joracle Mihawk was still fighting his opponent while holding the phone bug.


    After a brief second.


    The sound of gold and iron clashing stopped.


    Qiao Lakel Mihawk in the phone bug responded slowly: "I just met a somewhat interesting little guy at the sea restaurant Balati in the East China Sea. I thought he was shallow. I didn''t expect him to have the heart of a swordsman..."


    After Mihawk finished speaking slowly, he said in a low voice: "The matter is over now...do you have any orders?"


    "It''s okay, I''ll just ask."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help being a little curious, touched his chin, and asked while thinking: "Look, does that interesting little guy have green algae heads and use the three-sword style?"


    "¡­yes."


    There was some hesitation in Mihawk''s voice.


    East China Sea, near Sea Restaurant Bharati.


    Mihawk had just defeated a three-sword swordsman with a green algae head. He slowly clenched the phone bug in his hand, and his voice when speaking to the phone bug gradually became a little dignified.


    "I really didn''t expect..."


    A drop of sweat gradually fell on Mihawk''s forehead: "Even if Your Excellency is thousands of miles away, can you know what is happening here now?"


    "take it easy."


    Uehara Naraku in the phone bug calmed Mihawk''s emotions, then smiled lightly and continued, "Okay, I have nothing else to do, let me tell you the little guy in front of you, he actually has great potential to become a navigator. "


    After finishing speaking, the phone bug was hung up.


    Mihawk was silent for a while, then put away his phone bug, and then looked at the green algae-headed swordsman in front of him, a flash of apology flashed across his face.


    "Sorry, Roronoa Zoro, originally I recognized your willingness to die generously to become the strongest swordsman in the world, I should have respected the battle with you, but the person who made this call is me Can''t say no."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    The green algae-headed swordsman grinned, showed a wry smile, shook his head and continued: "It seems that I have lost more than I thought, even if you are distracted during the battle, you can easily defeat me. Strong power?"


    The green algae-headed swordsman put away his weapon, turned around and stretched out his arm towards Hawkeye, as if begging for death.


    "what do you mean?"


    Mihawk stared fixedly at the swordsman in front of him, and he remembered how generous he was when he was defeated by Uehara Naraku!


    "Kill me!"


    Sauron''s eyes flashed a look of seriousness, and a smile gradually appeared on his face: "Just kill me like this! If a swordsman dies with wounds on his back, that is a shame for a swordsman! "


    "amazing¡­"


    Joracle Mihawk nodded slowly.


    The next moment, Mihawk swung the black knife in his hand violently, cutting another huge wound on Sauron''s chest, and blood spurted out instantly!


    This young swordsman...


    Fell and fell into the sea!


    "Sauron!"


    A heart-piercing angry voice resounded in this area!


    A little guy wearing a straw hat jumped towards Hawkeye Mihawk in an instant, and was about to hit Mihawk with a punch.


    "He''s not dead yet."


    Mihawk easily dodged the attack.


    Mihawk kept his hand when he swung the knife. Roronoa Zoro''s injuries were not fatal, and he was soon picked up from the sea.


    "All right."


    Qiao Lakel Mihawk''s eyes fell on Roronoa Sauron, and his voice gradually became higher: "If you want to die now, it''s too early for you, this world You haven''t seen the strongest swordsman yet!"


    Just when everyone thought that Hawkeye Mihawk, the world''s strongest swordsman, was going to inspire this junior, Hawkeye Mihawk''s expression suddenly changed!


    The world''s strongest swordsman put away his black knife, and said loudly: "Slowly learn to recognize yourself, understand the world, and learn to become stronger!


    When you become truly powerful and see the strongest power in the world, the despair of being truly powerless will come to you. Keep going, Roronoa Zoro!


    The pain you are enduring now is actually just the beginning, but there is still unimaginable despair behind! "


    "..."


    The expressions of everyone present were slightly subtle.


    Why is this smell a bit weird?


    Is this eagle-eyed Mihawk really encouraging Sauron, a junior, instead of persuading this junior to give up the swordsman?


    What is pain has just begun...


    What does it mean that there is real despair behind?


    When anyone hears these words, they can''t help but want to give up, right?


    Roronoa Sauron suddenly coughed up a few sips of water, he forced himself to speak loudly: "Hey, no matter how much pain is ahead, I will never give up, the strongest swordsman in the world, I will never give up!" Never give up, never give up until death!"


    "..."


    Mihawk''s face suddenly showed a look of appreciation, he nodded slowly, and said loudly: "Then, remember what I said today!"


    Such a good swordsman seedling...


    It would be too wasteful to become a navigator, right?


    After Mihawk finished speaking, he slowly turned his head and looked at the little guy wearing a straw hat beside him. His eagle eyes gradually became sharp again. Just when he was about to say something, the voice of the phone bug quickly It rang.


    Boo boo boo...


    Boo boo boo boo...


    There was a faint black line on Mihawk''s face. He suppressed the impatience, connected the phone bug in his hand, and said calmly: "Is there anything else? Maybe there is still a problem on my side." There''s a more interesting young man..."


    One that made Shanks give up his arm...


    Pirates who bet on the future of this world!


    "Well, there are really..."


    Naraku Uehara''s voice in the phone bug was a little erratic, and he said slowly, "Is that young man you''re talking about wearing a straw hat?"


    "¡­yes."


    Mihawk nodded calmly.


    At this moment, he was no longer surprised by Naraku Uehara''s omniscience.


    Uehara Naraku in the phone bug chuckled, and continued: "If he still wants to become the One Piece, then help him quit the king''s addiction!"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Mihawk looked puzzled.


    In the next second, Naraku Uehara''s harsh voice fell into Mihawk''s ears through the phone bug: "Slap him for me first, and tell him by the way that a naval colonel named Naraku Uehara is on his way to the East China Sea , was ordered to wipe out all the pirates in the East China Sea..."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara hung up the phone.


    "Ok?"


    Joracle Mihawk couldn''t help frowning, put away the phone bug again, and looked at the Straw Hat Pirate in front of him with a strange expression: "What''s your name?"


    "I''m Monkey D. Luffy!"


    The little guy in the straw hat gave a thumbs up, and a confident smile appeared on his face: "The man who will definitely become One Piece!"

 Chapter 512

    What a confident little guy.


    Monkey D. Luffy, standing in front of Hawkeye Mihawk, didn''t know how difficult it was when he said he was going to become One Piece.


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk''s eyes flickered, and he said in a low voice: "To become the Pirate King, this is as difficult as becoming the world''s number one swordsman..."


    That''s not Hawkeye Mihawk boasting.


    But Hawkeye Mihawk believes that if he wants to become the real number one swordsman in the world, he must defeat that terrifying man Uehara Naraku.


    Want to be the One Piece...


    He must also defeat that man Uehara Naraku.


    Precisely based on Hawkeye Mihawk''s understanding of Naraku Uehara.


    Once Uehara Naraku mentions someone who happens to have not yet joined the Akatsuki organization, it means that his life may be unlucky.


    That is to say...


    Whether it is Monkey D. Luffy or Roronoa Zoro, they may face the manipulation of Uehara Naraku. They want to realize their dreams, and the difficulty is no less than letting Uehara Naraku be a person.


    What a pity...


    I don''t know where these two little guys can go!


    Just when Hawkeye Mihawk was sighing in his heart, Luffy stuck out his tongue suddenly with a smile: "I don''t care! Anyway, I will definitely become Pirate King!"


    "you¡­"


    Hawkeye was silent for a while, and approached Luffy step by step: "Why do you have to be the One Piece?"


    "Because I want to."


    Monkey D. Luffy clenched his fist, and a flash of determination flashed across his face: "So I must be the Pirate King!"


    His theory is extremely simple.


    Compared with other people who mentioned the wealth of controlling the world and the great secret treasure, Monkey D. Luffy''s reason is very simple.


    because want to...


    Just do it!


    However, Hawkeye Mihawk frowned, and punched Luffy''s lower abdomen, causing Luffy to bend down in pain: "What are you doing..."


    "Remember the pain at this time."


    Hawkeye Mihawk withdrew his fist, looked at Luffy calmly, and continued: "If you want to become the One Piece King, you must become stronger... stronger than the previous One Piece King Gol D. Luo Jay can!"


    Even based on Hawkeye Mihawk''s superficial cognition, he believes that Uehara Naraku definitely has more power than Gol D. Roger''s One Piece King!


    Hawkeye Mihawk landed on his coffin boat, looked at Luffy and said loudly: "Little devil, your real test has just arrived, this is just an appetizer..."


    "what the hell¡­"


    Luffy couldn''t help muttering.


    Hawkeye Mihawk didn''t explain too much, he just sailed away slowly in his coffin ship, leaving the last sentence for Luffy and others.


    "Soon there will be a navy ordered to come to the East China Sea. The name of that navy officer is Uehara Naraku. His power can easily wipe out all the pirates in the East China Sea. It is not easy for you to enter the great route..."


    When leaving, Hawkeye saw that the Creek Pirates who were making trouble near the Balati Restaurant were in the way, and he completely disintegrated the Creek Pirates with a single blow.


    This can be considered discouraging...


    Luffy scratched his head, glanced at Hawkeye Mihawk who left, and suddenly couldn''t help but said: "Eh? That guy Uehara finally became a navy? I thought that guy might not be able to become a navy, so I wanted to invite him to join me Where''s the pirate group!"


    Unfortunately, Luffy''s words were not heard by Hawkeye.


    The others ignored Luffy.


    The sea restaurant Bharati was fried in an instant.


    "Uehara Naraku...is that Uehara Naraku who came to our place before?"


    "The bastard who ate the overlord''s meal and robbed three million Baileys?"


    "I heard that Sanji was going crazy..."


    A group of chefs suddenly became noisy.


    When they were arguing, a voice suddenly fell in their ears: "Well, the Uehara Naraku you are talking about...is he a guy who looks very kind when he smiles, but he is not human at all when he does things?"


    The person who asked the question was a young and beautiful girl.


    This beautiful girl is Nami from Cocosia Village, who is currently serving as a temporary navigator in the Straw Hat Pirates.


    Although Cocosia Village is not occupied by the Aaron Pirates...


    But Nami did not get rid of her habit of stealing pirates, not to mention that Nami has also encountered a new trouble now, that is, Colonel Mouse of the East China Sea Branch.


    After Aaron''s death, the mouse colonel did not find a suitable source of income. It happened that he heard about Nami, a thief, and threatened Nami with the matter of the Dragon Pirates.


    therefore¡­


    When Nami heard that Uehara Naraku had become a navy, she was a little lost for a moment: "Did that guy become a navy?"


    Originally, Nami wanted to use Luffy''s pirate group to act together, and after going to the great route by herself, she went to Uehara Naraku secretly!


    Because Nami still remembers that Uehara Naraku once said that Cocosia Village will still face the threat of the world''s strongest pirate group, the Whitebeard Pirates...


    Originally, Nami wanted to rely on the Baroque Work Agency, but in the past three years, the situation at sea has been turbulent.


    The baroque working society perished.


    Uehara Naraku is missing, and this is Nami hearing the information about Uehara Naraku again.


    result¡­


    Here I heard that the guy became a navy.


    This incident made Nami feel a little nervous. Now she has been blackmailed by Colonel Mouse of the East China Sea branch base using her former identity, so she can only continue to earn money...


    "Ah, beautiful lady..."


    Sanji, the chef of Bharati, a restaurant on the sea, walked gracefully and appeared beside Nami: "Do you know that bastard named Uehara Naraku? I heard it just now. The Uehara Naraku you mentioned was once in Bharati raging people!"


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    After finishing speaking, Sanji was not ambiguous.


    The chef talked about how Naraku Uehara was served at the sea restaurant Bharati. They specially prepared a feast that couldn''t be faulted, but they were eaten by the overlord meal...


    He was even robbed of three million Baileys in the name of wasting time.


    "What is three million Baileys..."


    A flash of anger flashed across Nami''s face, she stretched out her palm and said, "Three years ago, that guy snatched the more than 30 million Baileys I had accumulated!"


    Still angry now!


    Because Uehara Naraku not only snatched the Bailey she worked so hard to save, but also dug up many orange trees in Bermer.


    When the two of them chatted, they felt a little bit of the same hatred.


    Monkey D. Luffy landed beside them, and explained with a smile: "I know about this, Uehara took your Bailey to help people like Sister Makino, right?" !"


    "Shut up!"


    Nami couldn''t help but punched Luffy on the head: "You don''t know anything at all! That guy sounds like a good guy...but do you know how many excessive things that guy has done!"


    "That''s it!"


    Sanji also cheered beside Nami with a cigarette in his mouth.


    Nami punched Sanji on the head again: "Hey, don''t go too far, although that guy is not a good person, he is not as bad as you think..."


    At least, he eliminated Aaron.


    At least, no one died in the entire Cococia Village.


    At least, the entire Kekexi Village has regained its freedom. The only pity is that Nami was deprived of her wealth.


    Luffy and Sanji couldn''t help but looked at each other, then turned to look at Nami, why is this woman''s personality so complicated?


    Who is she trying to scold?


    It''s just that the two of them didn''t continue to think about Nami.


    Luffy sincerely invited Sanji, the chef, to join his pirate team. The first thing the Straw Hat Pirates should do is to avoid the upcoming hunt of Uehara Naraku!


    this kind of thing...


    Sanji really agreed.


    Sanji joins the Pirates, he wants to find ALLBLUE, and also find a way to solve the trouble of Uehara Naraku, Sanji still remembers the threat of Uehara Naraku.


    that guy¡­


    Know he''s a member of Vinsmoke!


    After Luffy went out to sea, his trajectory seemed to have remained unchanged. He met Nami, Roronoa Zoro, and Usopp successively, and also had an extra pirate ship named Meri.


    Now, Sanji, the chef, has added a complete team to the Straw Hat Pirates, and they can finally go to the great route.


    only.


    Nami was a little worried that Colonel Mouse, the head of the East China Sea Branch, would blame Cocosia Village for this. After all, that guy seemed to be as greedy as Uehara...


    "Forget it, we can only take one step at a time."


    Nami glanced at the group of guys around her, and couldn''t help but twitch her brows: "Can these guys really enter the great route?"

 Chapter 513

    It sounds like fate.


    The entire Straw Hat Pirates now have only five members.


    However, three of them have seen Naraku Uehara, and Nami and Sanji have mixed feelings about him, and Monkey D. Luffy, who has no brains, has been defending Naraku Uehara.


    Luffy glanced at Nami, then at Sanji, tilted his head to think for a while, and then muttered at the corner of his mouth.


    "I don''t care."


    Luffy sat on the sheep''s head of the Golden Meri angrily: "Sister Makino said that although he also robbed your money, Uehara Naraku is indeed a good person, when you see him again in the future Just know!"


    "Humph¡­"


    With a cigarette dangling from his mouth, Sanji said slowly, "It would be nice for that guy to be a human being!"


    "Okay, don''t talk so much..."


    Usopp had never met Naraku Uehara, so he suddenly mentioned another thing Hawkeye said before he left: "Speaking of which, didn''t Hawkeye say that the person named Naraku Uehara will come to the East China Sea soon? Will we meet him¡­¡±


    "Then we can''t delay any longer!"


    Uehara Naraku''s smiling face flashed across Nami''s face, and she slammed her fist on the railing of the Golden Meili: "I want to go back to Cocosia Village and talk to Nuo Qigao, and then we will set off for the great Route!"


    to be honest¡­


    Nami still wants to see Uehara Naraku, but she is afraid that Uehara Naraku will rob her of the money she has worked so hard to save, and the Colonel Mouse at the East China Sea branch base is also blackmailing her money. Who knows if Uehara Naraku will do it again steal money?


    No¡­


    According to that person''s bad nature, he would definitely grab it, right?


    In fact, Nami was simply thinking too much. When Nami Uehara arrived at Cocosia Village in the Straw Hat Pirates, he was still on his way from the New World to the Marine Headquarters of the Navy, because Admiral Sengoku wanted him to report on his duties face to face.


    And if you want to enter the first half of the great route from the New World, you can only pass through the Murloc Island or the holy land of Mary Gioia.


    According to Huang Yuan''s meaning, he naturally hoped that one more thing would be better than one less thing. What if Uehara Naraku was humiliated by the Tianlong people and directly destroyed Marie Gioia?


    It would be easier to take the route directly to Fishman Island.


    After all, Fishman Island is Akatsuki''s territory.


    Huang Yuan rubbed his chin, looked down at Uehara standing in front of him, and said with a light smile, "If we pass by Fishman Island, we can meet Mr. Kisame.


    Speaking of which, the World Government is still very satisfied with the Shichibukai we have known over the past few years, because they have fulfilled the responsibilities of the Shichibukai..."


    "I won''t go to Fishman Island anymore."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and said slowly, "I want to see the holy land of Marie Gioia, aren''t the five old stars of the world government interested in seeing me?"


    "Is this..."


    Huang Yuan couldn''t help touching his chin, his eyes gradually became a little erratic, is this leader really clueless?


    The Five Old Stars are the highest leaders of the world government, how could they come to see a mere naval colonel, even the admiral would not be easy to meet them...


    "never mind."


    Perhaps because of staying in Wano Country for three years, Naraku Uehara''s personality seemed to have improved a lot. He just raised his head and looked at the Red Earth Continent that was getting closer and closer, and sighed slightly.


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "It seems that we can only meet when Marie Gioia is reduced to a mass of ruins!"


    "..."


    Huang Yuan''s expression was a bit subtle, and he said slowly: "It should be more than that... Maybe we will see you soon!"


    When talking about this, Kizaru continued: "When we return to Marin Fando, Mr. Uehara has made meritorious service in Wano Country as an undercover agent, and he will definitely be promoted..."


    "Almost three years..."


    Naraku Uehara closed his palms, sighed faintly and said, "The life of these three years is simply not something a human can live..."


    "..."


    The yellow monkey''s expression became more subtle.


    The Admiral of the Navy Headquarters grinned a strange smile: "Is it the life of a god? Mr. Uehara is a god who walks in the world... Speaking of which, did something interesting happen in Wano Country?"


    "It''s nothing."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Naraku Uehara frowned, not wanting to talk to Kizaru.


    The reason Uehara Naraku was in a bad mood was of course not because of Konan and Kaguya''s affairs, but because the plate of the entire Akatsuki organization was getting bigger and bigger.


    In the Akatsuki organization, some factions gradually began to emerge.


    Among them, the hawk faction who took the lead is naturally the fourth generation of Raikage and other members of the five major ninja villages. They believe that ninjas are used to the power system of this world, and if they have enough strength, they can gradually invade the world.


    Because the growth rate of ninjas will always be gradually increasing, but the land in the ninja world cannot be allocated to the five major ninja villages at all. They can only find ways to develop in the new world.


    This is also in line with the meaning of Beast Kaido.


    Both Beast Kaido and Doflamingo are very much in favor of this proposal, because they also want to take a share of this. The entire Akatsuki organization is so powerful that they don''t want to rule the world, but live in the small place of Wano Country What about having a baby?


    Now that there are hawks.


    Naturally, there will be some doves.


    Led by Admirals Aokiji and Pharmacist Dou of the Navy Headquarters, the three generals are all doves in the Akatsuki organization. They follow the rules of smooth transition and do not want too much turmoil in the world.


    If you can¡­


    It would be best for Wano Country to join the World Government, and gradually absorb the power of the World Government through these undercover agents.


    What nonsense...


    During these three years, the three generals gradually got used to the rules of the Akatsuki organization. In order to gain enough power to speak, Aokiji asked Nicole Robin for advice more than once, and made some small ideas.


    For example, win over the peace faction of the five great ninja villages.


    For example, stealthily soliciting and provoking those vice admirals who are not used to the world government''s behavior, waiting for the day when these lieutenant generals will join the Akatsuki organization...


    According to Aokiji''s division of strength, the lieutenant general of the Navy Headquarters is not low in combat power, enough to join the Akatsuki organization and become a real member.


    Navy Headquarters¡­


    But there are quite a few lieutenant generals!


    If all these lieutenant generals can really join the Akatsuki organization, they will add up to more than half of the members of the five major ninja villages in the Akatsuki organization!


    In the future, the Akatsuki organization really wants to rule the world, and these lieutenant generals will be the key for the navy to seize the right to speak in the Akatsuki organization!


    The relationship between the three generals of the current Navy Headquarters has become a little weird, and they will meet privately from time to time.


    In the internal meetings of the Akatsuki organization, the three generals will often be led by Aokiji. Aokiji is doing well in the Akatsuki organization, because Akainu''s words can easily offend people.


    If they''re talking about the navy at Marin Vand...


    Akainu and Aokiji will definitely quarrel.


    In addition to the Hawk Faction and the Dove Faction, there are also a group of centrist members in the Akatsuki organization, such as Konan, Kaguya, Hei Ze, Art Pirates, Kakuto, Kanshi Kisame and others...


    These people have many key votes in their hands.


    No one can ignore them, these centrists are not strong, but they are the earliest members of the Akatsuki organization, holding unshakable voting rights in their hands.


    Anyone who wants to persuade this group of Akatsuki members who are in a semi-retired state with no desires and desires is no less difficult than persuading Naraku Uehara to be a good person.


    While Uehara Naraku was still thinking wildly, Marie Gioia finally arrived, this holy place located at the peak of the Red Earth Continent.


    The residence of the noble Celestial Dragons of the world.


    The seat of the world government and the highest power five old stars.


    Since Mary Joya is located in an important place here, most people want to apply to the World Government if they want to pass Mary Joya. Of course, the admiral of the Yellow Ape naturally has no such restrictions.


    ¡°The location of the city is really nice¡­¡±


    Naraku Uehara looked at the scenery of Marie Gioia, and frowned: "When we destroy this city in the future, I will rebuild a new city here!"


    "Eh, blah..."


    There was a weird smile on the corner of Huang Yuan''s mouth, and he said hastily: "If Mr. Uehara didn''t want to destroy Marie Gioia at this time, he should not say such dangerous things in this place..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara raised his head, and his eyes fell on Kizaru''s face: "Porusalino, do you think I''m the kind of person who speaks out loud?"


    "Of course not."


    Huang Yuan shook his head slowly, before explaining: "I''m just a little worried, if any Tianlong people dare to offend Mr. Uehara..."


    "fine."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his finger and pointed to his own brain: "I will forgive those brainless bastards, after all, I am a very generous and tolerant person..."


    "..."


    Huang Yuan nodded without changing his expression.


    Speaking seriously, Uehara Naraku is indeed very generous to the members of the Akatsuki organization as long as they are not stingy with their loyalty and carry out their orders seriously.


    Huang Yuan can only hope that those Tianlong people understand a little bit...


    Unfortunately, however.


    When they entered Mary Gioia, they met a Tianlongren who was riding towards them on a pirate slave, and a group of guards in black suits followed him, looking arrogant.


    The style of the world''s nobles is indeed different.


    Even Uehara Naraku couldn''t help being a little envious, he was just an ordinary Tianlong man, and his style was even bigger than that of the leader of the Akatsuki organization!


    "Ahahaha, it''s Polusalino..."


    This Tianlong man knew Huang Yuan, the admiral of the navy.


    Because something happened to the Tianlong people on the sea, the first person to support them was the general of the navy headquarters, and this is one of the few people the Tianlong people can trust.


    However, when the Tianlong man''s eyes passed over the yellow monkey, and slowly fell on Uehara Naraku who was beside the yellow monkey, he was a strange young man.


    A flash of anger clearly flashed across the face of this Tianlong man, and he immediately reached out and grabbed his pistol: "Hey, untouchable, how dare you stand in front of me..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes froze slightly.


    "Saint Chaldoro."


    Huang Yuan couldn''t help interrupting Tianlongren''s words, and slowly stretched out his palm to caress his chin: "We still have something to get out of here first, Marlin Fando''s Marshal of the Warring States Period and the pharmacist''s pocket general have important things to do. To see him!"


    "Oh hahahaha... the medicine master''s pocket?"


    Hearing Huang Yuan''s words, Tianlongren''s eyes flashed brightly, he nodded slowly and said: "Then just let him go this time..."


    After speaking, this defiant guy led his guards and slaves away on his own.


    Uehara Naraku looked at his leaving back, took out a small notebook from his body, wrote down a name, and then asked, "Why, is it popular among these bastards?"


    "yes¡­"


    The yellow monkey looked at Naruto Uehara and wrote the name of Chaldolo on the small book. Obviously, the ending of this name should not be too good. The corner of the yellow monkey couldn''t help grinning: "Mr. Is it good..."


    "A good memory is not as good as a bad pen."


    Uehara Naraku put away the small notebook and continued to ask: "Dou is just a lieutenant general, does he have such face in the eyes of Tianlong people?"


    "hehe¡­"


    Huang Yuan shook his head, spread his palms and said, "Staff Dou is no ordinary vice admiral. Now he has won the support of Wulaoxing and some Tianlong people. These Tianlong people have nothing to do with him. I will not deliberately target the staff officer..."


    The current pharmacist has multiple positions, the highest officer of the Judiciary Island of the World Government, the highest officer of the CP Organization of the World Government, the highest officer of the Navy SWORD force, the vice admiral and the naval staff officer have become the smallest positions.


    If you do the math...


    In addition, if the naval science unit under Huang Yuan also supports Yaoshidou, Yaoshidou has almost touched all departments.


    When Huang Yuan said this, the smile on his face gradually became a little weird and complicated: "According to the current situation, there is a high probability that Staff Dou will become the next World Government Army after Commander Kong retires. Commander..."


    This post...


    Still above the Admiral.


    "Are you kidding me? Dou has only been in the navy for three years?"


    Uehara Naraku was full of question marks. If this matter is true, it would be a bit too nonsense for the pharmacist to go undercover to get promoted, right?


    "No, it''s true..."


    Huang Yuan shook his head, and couldn''t help showing a smile: "Because the Marshal of the Warring States Period and the Five Old Stars often have some conflicts, and the Marshal of the Warring States Period is also very old, it will be difficult to succeed the position of Marshal Kong in the future.


    Interestingly, because Staff Dou officially took over as the highest chief of the CP organization, the spy agency of the world government, the year before last, it is easier for him to comprehend the meaning of the five old stars than the Marshal of the Warring States Period.


    It is very likely that the five old stars will bypass the promotion rules of the navy and promote the staff officer from the direction of the world government to become the new commander-in-chief of the whole army.


    Although there may be a transitional person in the middle, there is no doubt that the staff will become the world commander in the future, and it is estimated that it will not be until the age of 40 or 50..."

 Chapter 514

    Mary Gioia is just horrible.


    People here really have very few brains.


    When Naraku Uehara left Marijoya, he actually wrote seven or eight names in the small book, both male and female, all of them were Tianlongren who met wandering in Marijoya.


    Huang Yuan glanced at the small book in Naraku Uehara''s hand, and couldn''t help asking curiously, "What will Mr. Uehara do in the future?"


    "You''ll know in a few months..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly put away her little notebook, and then turned her head to look in the direction of Marie Gioia: "Fate has already made its choice...Let''s go!"


    Marlin Vandeau.


    Today''s Navy headquarters is a bit busy.


    Admiral Akainu, who has been exterminating pirates, and Admiral Aokiji, who has been patrolling in the first half, are both there.


    It was even very hot recently, and Yao Shidou, who had been sitting in Judiciary Island, rushed over, and Lieutenant General Karp, Lieutenant General He and other high-level naval officials were on the list.


    When Lieutenant General He saw Pharmacist Dou, he was still a little surprised: "Xiaodou, why did you come back to Marlin Vanduo today?"


    to be honest.


    Lieutenant General He''s perception of Pharmacist Dou was somewhat complicated.


    Originally, she had always been optimistic about Pharmacist Dou, who would develop in the navy, but she did not expect that after only a few years, she would climb to a higher and higher position, and even become an opponent in the future of the Warring States Period.


    Pharmacist Dou was still humble to Lieutenant General He, he slowly pushed his glasses, and said with a smile: "Colonel Uehara Naraku is going back to Marin Fando to report on his duties in a few days, and I want to welcome our hero of the SWORD army here. come back..."


    In fact, the two guys, Admiral Aokiji and Akainu, did not go out for inspections, and they stayed in Marlin Vandor to meet Naraku Uehara.


    These two admirals...


    In fact, he was more worried that Uehara Naraku would blow Marin Fando directly to the sky.


    Hearing what Yao Shidou said, Lieutenant General He couldn''t help frowning: "Is it for the information about Xiao?"


    "yes."


    Pharmacist nodded and continued with a smile: "This time Marlin Fando needs to get specific information about Akatsuki from Colonel Uehara Naraku...I need detailed information to provide Lord Wu Laoxing with a more suitable plan."


    "..."


    Lieutenant General Crane fell silent.


    This young man who once made her think that he could carry the flag of the navy gradually used the navy as a stepping stone to enter the world government and became a popular person in the eyes of the five old stars.


    But that can''t be wrong...


    After all, a pharmacist with this level of talent will definitely be reused in both the world government and the navy. Sooner or later, he will go higher and higher.


    Yao Shidou looked at Lieutenant Admiral He with a complicated expression, and explained in a low voice: "This matter is also related to the future of the navy, and there seem to be an extraordinary number of new pirates this year.


    We have to consider whether to put the navy''s power in the first half of the great route or in the new world in the future based on the threat of the Akatsuki organization and the Four Emperor Pirates. "


    This year''s Pirates...


    It does come up a lot.


    In other words, there are quite a few pirates that pop up every year, but the new pirates that popped up this year are a bit tough, and the navies of the North Sea, South Sea, and West Sea can no longer suppress them.


    Two supernovas have appeared on the Great Route this year.


    A tall vice-admiral stood beside Pharmacist Dou, scratched his hair, and asked slowly: "Are those rookie pirates so worthy of attention? Why don''t they feel particularly strange, and they don''t seem to appear?" What a powerful ability user..."


    "Lieutenant General Stolberg."


    Pharmacist glanced at the vice admiral, and explained seriously: "Those rookies who can stand out from the world and enter the great route, the future already means that they have the possibility of causing trouble to the navy..."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and continued: "What if someone as troublesome as Fire Fist Ace appeared..."


    "Fire Fist Ace?"


    Lieutenant Admiral Stoloberg couldn''t help but frowned, and said in a low voice: "That guy did cause a lot of trouble to the navy, but his biggest danger is his companion Uchiha Sasuke..."


    While they were discussing Portgas D. Ace and Uchiha Sasuke here, the Whitebeard Pirates in the second half of the New World were fighting fiercely.


    This is a large pirate fleet challenging the Whitebeard Pirates.


    Since Whitebeard''s attacks have become less and less, the pirates in the new world have gradually realized that the strongest man in the world may really be old!


    If you don''t challenge him again...


    Whitebeard may have died of old age!


    This battle kicked off completely in the Whitebeard Sea Territory!


    This big ship group that came to challenge Whitebeard is composed of several super-large pirate groups from the New World. The captains of the big ship group are not only strong in personal strength, but also have tens of thousands of pirates under their command. Entered the Whitebeard Sea Territory.


    This large ship regiment was divided into three groups, but still maintained an absolutely strong advantage and defeated the pirate group under Whitebeard''s banner, and went straight to the main team of the Whitebeard pirate group from three routes.


    The 1st, 3rd, 5th, 6th, and 10th teams, under the leadership of captains Marko and Diamond Joz, sniped the enemy on the left wing, and the captains of the 11th to 16th teams Responsible for meeting the enemy on the right flank.


    The 2nd Division, 4th Division, 7th Division, 8th Division and 9th Division, under the leadership of Whitebeard, are responsible for meeting the powerful enemies in the central part.


    The tall Susanoo is flying in the air!


    Countless pirates on the sea are fighting against each other by boats!


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated Susano to slash one after another, splitting the enemies apart. Dozens of pirates were chopped down with each slash!


    This war did not require Whitebeard Edward Newgate''s shot at all. When Uchiha Sasuke made a shot, the victory had already been established.


    After the battle.


    This super large ship group was completely disintegrated, and the few remaining ships fled like headless chickens. The Whitebeard Pirates did not pursue it, and slowly cleaned the battlefield.


    Moby Dick aboard.


    The captain of the 4th team, Sage, came back with a box in his arms, and his face was a little uncontrollably happy: "Hey, Ace, Sasuke, come and see what I found!"


    "Thanks, Tikki."


    Sasuke Uchiha reached out to take the juice handed to him by Marshall D. Teach, and then slowly looked in the direction of Saatchi: "Did you find any fresh ingredients again? Stop doing those strange things The dishes are¡­¡±


    Because Sage is not only the captain of the 4th team, but also the chef of the Whitebeard Pirates, this guy will definitely find ingredients every day.


    "what?"


    Ace''s face suddenly showed a hint of curiosity. He looked at the thing in Sach''s hand and couldn''t help being surprised: "Devil fruit?"


    "yes."


    Saqi stretched out his hand to hold a strange devil fruit: "I''m so lucky, I found a devil fruit..."


    "That''s enough."


    Uchiha Sasuke waved his hand with some disgust: "Then eat it! It seems that when you fall into the sea in the future, I need to catch you up..."


    "Hahahahaha..."


    There was a sudden burst of laughter from the entire Moby Dick.


    Ace stood beside Sage, smilingly inciting Sage: "Try it quickly, let''s see what kind of ability it is, it feels a bit like the natural system..."


    "No."


    Saqi scratched his head, and after thinking for a while, he smiled lightly: "I have to think about it, if a chef eats a devil fruit, it will delay the search for ingredients at sea..."


    "But it will make you stronger."


    After Uchiha Sasuke responded casually, he couldn''t help but said: "It doesn''t seem right, unless you get the shaking fruit like the old man or the troublesome shiny fruit like the navy, the abilities of other fruits don''t seem to be very good..."


    When talking about this, Uchiha Sasuke even picked a typical example: "Look at that guy, Marco, he obviously ate a phantom beast fruit, but it seems to be useless other than being a punching sandbag..."


    "Hey, hey, Sasuke, this is too much!"


    "Hahahahaha, but Marco''s fruit ability is indeed too strange!"


    "If the nature-type fruit can be awakened, the recovery ability doesn''t seem to be bad... But Marco''s fruit is very handsome!"


    "Tsk..."


    After Uchiha Sasuke took a sip of the juice with his habit in his mouth, he couldn''t help but followed: "But Marco is ugly..."


    "Hahahahaha..."


    The entire Moby Dick immediately turned into a sea of ??joy.


    What I have to say is that since Uchiha Sasuke joined the Whitebeard Pirates, these members have gradually become familiar with Uchiha Sasuke''s character, and almost all the members of the Whitebeard Pirates regard Uchiha Sasuke as his younger brother. .


    Although this guy has a poisonous mouth and likes to pretend to be cool...


    Every time when it comes to fighting or strength, it always looks like everyone except Whitebeard is scumbag...


    But¡­


    Sasuke Uchiha did more for the Whitebeard Pirates.


    The entire Whitebeard Pirates can hardly pick out a few people who have not received the favor of Uchiha Sasuke. Whenever they encounter danger, once they send a signal for help, the tall and tall Susano must be the first to come to support!


    In addition, no matter who is in trouble, Uchiha Sasuke will help him. His strength is second only to Whitebeard in the Whitebeard Pirates.


    Just as the Moby Dick secretly laughed at the big brother while Marco hadn''t come back, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly noticed the strange expression on Marshall D. Teach''s face.


    The honest old team member of the 2nd team had a somewhat surprised and complicated expression at this moment, as if he had seen something that surprised him.


    "I remember the last time I got a devil fruit illustration book, and it was borrowed by someone, and who is it now..."


    When Uchiha Sasuke frowned and thought, he couldn''t help but looked up and saw Tiki: "Huh? Tiki, what''s wrong with you?"


    "Thief hahahaha...it''s okay."


    Tiqi hurriedly showed a smile, shook his head with some guilt and said, "I just remembered that I saw a trampled cherry pie on a boat today..."


    "Then let Sarge make one for you today!"


    Ace patted Sage on the shoulder happily: "He got a devil fruit today! There must be a banquet today!"


    "idiot¡­"


    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head impatiently, and said loudly: "Hey, where is the devil fruit illustration book? Check to see what ability the devil fruit he just got today is worth it. It is said that it is very difficult for him to eat it. Things to eat¡­"


    "Here I am!"


    A certain pirate who borrowed the Devil Fruit Book took the Devil Fruit Book in his hand, glanced at the fruit in Saatchi''s hand, and said loudly: "There is actually a record on it, I found it!"


    "..."


    Marshall D. Teach''s face changed.


    The next moment, the pirate slowly said the name of the devil fruit in Saqi''s hand: "It seems to be called a rubber fruit..."


    "..."


    Marshall D. Teach''s face softened slightly.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Portgas D. Ace couldn''t help but said loudly: "Hey, hey, be a little more careful, my brother Luffy eats rubber fruits, he should have just gone to sea this year... Wait... Luffy, Did something happen to Luffy!"


    "Shut up, idiot!"


    Uchiha Sasuke punched Ace on the head, and couldn''t help but said: "No matter how you look at it, this fruit is more like a natural one, right?"


    "found it!"


    The pirate''s voice fell into everyone''s ears again: "The fruit in Saqi''s hand seems to be called... the dark fruit..."


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha''s expression couldn''t help but stiffen.


    Portgas D. Ace scratched his head, rubbed his forehead and said, "I seem to remember where I heard the name of this fruit..."


    The next moment, Ace suddenly reacted: "Eh? Sasuke, didn''t Mr. Itachi say that he has been looking for this fruit? When we first met him, and a few times before he came to visit our pirate team I mentioned it when I was there!"

 Chapter 515

    Because of Uchiha Sasuke''s relationship, Uchiha Itachi has visited the Whitebeard Pirates many times, and the Whitebeard Pirates have recognized Brother Sasuke.


    Although Uchiha Itachi belongs to the Akatsuki organization and is theoretically their enemy, Uchiha Itachi''s politeness and identity make it difficult for the Whitebeard Pirates to hate.


    This group of pirates has never been imagined...


    Uchiha Itachi, who is so polite to everyone, why does Uchiha Sasuke have such a poisonous brother...


    Every member of the Whitebeard Pirates very much hopes that Uchiha Itachi can join the Whitebeard Pirates, discipline Uchiha Sasuke well, and make this disobedient brother behave better.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Itachi Uchiha cannot withdraw from the Akatsuki organization.


    However, when Uchiha Itachi visited the Whitebeard Pirates for the first time, he mentioned that after the leader of the Akatsuki organization asked him to find the dark fruit, he would agree to quit the Akatsuki organization.


    The entire Whitebeard Pirates also thought about helping to find this unknown fruit during that time, but it is a pity that Uchiha Itachi rejected this proposal, he thought it was his own destiny to choose to pursue.


    later¡­


    The Whitebeard Pirates forgot about it.


    It is only when Uchiha Itachi visits that he occasionally remembers that Sasuke''s brother has been looking for dark fruits in exchange for his freedom.


    Moby Dick aboard.


    Everyone''s eyes were involuntarily placed on Sasuke.


    As long as Uchiha Itachi gets this fruit, the two Uchiha Sasuke brothers will be reunited, and they can all see Uchiha Sasuke''s respect for his brother!


    only¡­


    According to the rules of the Whitebeard Pirates, or the rules of the pirates, in fact, the ownership of this devil fruit is still owned by Sage.


    So¡­


    What will happen to this fruit?


    Did Sach choose to eat it himself? Or choose to give the dark fruit to Uchiha Sasuke, let him exchange the fruit for his brother''s freedom?


    Marshall D. Teach''s expression was particularly tense. What he was most worried about was that Sage gave the Devil Fruit to Sasuke, because he didn''t have the confidence to steal the fruit from Sasuke.


    and¡­


    As the old man on Whitebeard''s boat, Marshall D. Teach knows Sage''s character very well, and that guy is obviously a good old man!


    as expected.


    Sachi held the fruit in his hand, smiled lightly and said, "Hey, Sasuke, give this fruit to Mr. Itachi when he comes..."


    Speaking of this, Sachi was about to put the dark fruit in his hand back into the small wooden box, and said with a chuckle at the corner of his mouth: "It seems that there will be one more person on our boat who can restrain Sasuke in the future!"


    Apparently Saky wanted to give Uchiha Sasuke the Dark Fruit, so that Uchiha Itachi would be free to join the Whitebeard Pirates, and reunite the two brothers.


    "No."


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned, and suddenly looked at Sachi and said, "Hey, Sachi, eat it, don''t let it fall into Akatsuki''s hands!"


    "what?"


    Sach''s eyes were a little surprised.


    The pirates on the Moby Dick couldn''t help but look at Uchiha Sasuke, they had long wanted Uchiha Itachi to join the Whitebeard Pirates!


    "Eh?"


    Ace even had some doubts on his face: "Sasuke?"


    "Eat it."


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Sachi, and continued in a deep voice: "That person personally asked my brother to collect this fruit. The devil fruit he wanted must be extraordinary. Eat it quickly, Sachi!"


    "Hey, hey, what are you kidding!"


    Sach''s face was full of inexplicable, he shook his head and said: "It''s just a devil fruit, can it be more important than Mr. Itachi joining us?"


    "I mean it."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression became slightly serious: "Hurry up and eat it, this fruit gives me an ominous premonition, after that person gets this fruit, there is likely to be a huge conspiracy!"


    Uehara Naraku personally named the devil fruit he wanted, and the fruit that he could remember in his heart definitely possessed powerful power and strange abilities.


    but¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke remembered when his brother came to visit, every time he mentioned the dark fruit, he would always smile unconsciously.


    Uchiha Itachi at that time...


    Definitely controlled by Uehara Naraku!


    Why did that guy repeatedly mention a dark fruit in the Whitebeard Pirates? Did he really expect that the Dark Fruit would definitely be in the Whitebeard Pirates?


    As for the words of giving Uchiha Itachi freedom after getting the dark fruit, Sasuke Uchiha didn''t believe a single punctuation in these words!


    Uehara Naraku is not trustworthy at all...


    There is definitely a conspiracy in this matter!


    This is from Uchiha Sasuke''s intuition, and also from Uchiha Sasuke''s understanding of Uehara Naraku, the dark fruit must be disposed of immediately!


    this fruit...


    Definitely a woe!


    It''s a pity that Uchiha Sasuke didn''t know what conspiracy Uehara Naraku had. He could only guess that Uehara Naraku might really want this fruit?


    not quite...


    That guy''s strength is so strong that he doesn''t need the flawed ability of a devil fruit. What''s more, if Naraku Uehara wants to find a devil fruit, the monstrous power organized by Akatsuki may have found it long ago!


    "just forget it!"


    Sachi smiled lightly and shook his head, and put the fruit away again: "I''m a chef, I don''t eat devil fruits...let''s keep it for Mr. Itachi to take it away! Speaking of which, I remember Mr. Itachi''s cooking skills Seems pretty good too¡­¡±


    Because of Sharingan''s ability to copy and observe...


    Uchiha Itachi''s culinary skills are indeed good, even not much different from him, the head chef of the Whitebeard Pirates.


    Thatch was determined not to eat this devil fruit.


    Although it is true that devil fruits can obtain strange powers, for all the members of the Whitebeard Pirates, family affection is their most precious thing.


    family¡­


    It is a truly priceless treasure.


    Reuniting the Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke brothers has been the dream of the entire Whitebeard Pirates from top to bottom in the past few years.


    not to mention...


    Uchiha Sasuke has saved Saki several times!


    "Hey, Sarge..."


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, and just as he was about to continue to say something, Ace came over and patted Sasuke on the shoulder: "Sasuke, don''t disappoint Sachi''s kindness!"


    "Yeah, it''s really rare for Sage to be so generous!"


    "Hahahahaha... Otherwise, let''s cook for our chef today! Let''s hold a banquet for our chef''s generosity!"


    "Forget it!"


    There was no nostalgia on Saatchi''s face, he just laughed loudly and continued: "I am the chef of the Moby Dick, let''s first have a grand banquet for Mr. Itachi who is about to join the Pirates! "


    The entire Moby Dick became a sea of ??joy.


    Uchiha Sasuke watched Sachi walking to him with the wooden box in his hand, he looked down at the wooden box in Sachi''s hand, and said in a low voice: "Sachi, don''t give it to me in such a hurry, you should think about eating it again. Let it go! I don''t want the dark fruit to fall into Akatsuki''s hands..."


    This attitude fell into Sage''s eyes, making him think that Sasuke Uchiha might feel that Akatsuki''s acquisition of the Dark Fruit would threaten their Whitebeard Pirates.


    "Sasuke."


    There was a slight smile on the corner of Saatchi''s mouth: "No matter what happens, for the Whitebeard Pirates, the most important thing for us is our family... Don''t forget that we bear the name of Dad, how could it be possible for a The devil fruit blocked the way back for the family!"


    "Sage!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was ugly, he shook his head and said firmly: "I''m not worried that the person from the Akatsuki organization will become stronger after getting the dark fruit, I''m just worried that that person has a conspiracy..."


    "Whatever his plot..."


    Saky put his hand on Sasuke''s shoulder, said with a light smile, "Mr. Itachi was not freed, and joining our pirate group is more important!"


    Sach, this guy is really a nice guy...


    Uchiha Sasuke felt a little sad. These pirate idiots who don''t know the world don''t know that Uchiha Itachi can''t escape Uehara Naraku''s control...


    Even if Uchiha Itachi broke away from the Akatsuki organization, it must be a fake, and it must be Uehara Nana who is behind the scenes!


    wrong¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly thought of a possibility!


    Maybe Naraku Uehara has sensed the bond between him and the Whitebeard Pirates, and is worried that he will not send information to the Akatsuki organization unreservedly as in the past.


    In this case¡­


    Uehara Naraku probably wanted to use the name of the dark fruit to arrange for Uchiha Itachi, who was reincarnated from the dirt, to join the Whitebeard Pirates!


    "Okay, Sasuke."


    Sachs smiled lightly and stretched out his palm to rub Sasuke''s hair, before persuading him, "I didn''t intend to eat this fruit anyway..."


    "no."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help shaking his head, and said in a deep voice, "Eat the fruit first! I have to think about this matter carefully..."


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    At this moment, Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help thinking of a group of smart guys with high IQs such as Hatake Kakashi, Uchiha Itachi, and Yakushidou. If they were them, they would definitely be able to guess part of Uehara Naraku''s conspiracy.


    "Thief hahaha..."


    Marshall D. Titch suddenly stuck his head out from behind Sasuke, he looked down at the eye box in Satch''s hand, and said with a smile: "Captain Satch, Sasuke''s will is very firm, you have to delay It¡¯s been a long time, and my stomach will starve to death soon!¡±


    When it came to this, Marshall D. Teach continued with a smile: "How about this, Captain Sage saves the devil fruit first, and when Mr. Itachi comes to the Whitebeard Pirates in the future, let Mr. Itachi come. Decide on this matter!"


    "It seems to be okay."


    Sachs reached out and tapped Sasuke''s forehead, said with a light smile, "Then I''ll keep it for now, and I''ll hand it over to Mr. Itachi when Mr. Itachi comes. Hey, Sasuke, remember, there is nothing on this ship. It''s more important than family..."

 Chapter 516

    The moonlight is bright.


    Night fell on the sea.


    In order to celebrate the victory and the dark fruit, the Whitebeard Pirates held a grand banquet, which ended in a hurry until late at night.


    The entire Moby Dick is full of hangover pirates.


    Even Marco and the other captains who came back recently drank a few glasses happily after hearing that they got the dark fruit. Even White Beard put down the juice and was allowed to drink a few for the first time. Bowl of wine.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke still refused to drink.


    Even though he has passed the threshold of twenty years old, an age at which he can drink in the ninja world, he still insists on drinking his own juice.


    Sasuke Uchiha stood on the bow of the Moby Dick, slowly sucking the juice in his hand, and he heard footsteps in his ears.


    "Is it Tikki?"


    Sasuke Uchiha was still looking at the moonlight reflected on the sea, and said softly: "Go and rest for a while tonight, I''ll help you watch the night..."


    "Thief hahahaha, it''s okay..."


    Marshall D. Teach walked up to Sasuke, grinning with a simple and honest smile: "Sasuke fought very hard today... Anyway, I don''t need to sleep at night, and I have done two jobs while standing guard on the Moby Dick. More than ten years!"


    Marshall D. Teach never needed to sleep.


    This matter is no secret to the entire Whitebeard Pirates.


    For more than 20 years, Marshall D. Teach has been working hard, doing night watch work on the Moby Dick, and has always been popular with the Whitebeard Pirates. Even Whitebeard praised Teach.


    essentially¡­


    Marshall D. Teach was actually afraid that he would speak his mind when he was dreaming, which would arouse the suspicion of the Whitebeard Pirates.


    This guy is extremely cautious.


    "Thief hahahaha..."


    Marshall D. Teach glanced at Uchiha Sasuke, and asked with some curiosity on his face: "Because I found the dark fruit today, Mr. Itachi will be reunited soon, so Sasuke can''t sleep tonight?"


    "No¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, slowly squeezed the juice cup tightly in his hand, and said in a low voice: "I just can''t understand why that person wants to secretly fruit...


    That person never does useless work, and everything he does is trying to benefit himself. Unfortunately, I feel that he doesn''t seem to need the power of the dark fruit, so what can he use that fruit for? "


    "Who knows..."


    Marshall D. Teach scratched his hair, took a bite of the cherry pie, and said happily, "Maybe I''m just curious!"


    "It is indeed possible..."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded, and frowned slightly: "That guy does seem to have a weird collection habit, and he always likes to collect some weird things..."


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Naraku Uehara really likes to collect things.


    It''s just that the things he collects are often a little scary, such as Konoha''s ancestor four shadows, such as the seven ninja swordsmen of Wuyin Village, such as the three generals of the Navy Headquarters, such as Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Obito and Uchiha of their Uchiha clan. Madara Uchiha¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke has a faint feeling that if his life span is exhausted, Uehara Naraku will probably reincarnate him and make him a collectible...


    The trouble is...


    Even if Sasuke Uchiha died and the body was cremated, it would be useless. Perhaps Uehara Naraku had already collected enough materials in his hands.


    What an incomprehensible obsession.


    After Marshall D. Titch nodded following Sasuke Uchiha''s words, he said with a smile: "Anyway, that guy Sachi will definitely exchange the dark fruit for Mr. Itachi, and our 2nd team will soon have more We have a new member!"


    "I''ll stop him."


    After Uchiha Sasuke frowned, he sighed again: "Forget it, I''ll go to rest first, Tiki, please."


    "Thief hahahaha, it doesn''t matter!"


    Marshall D. Teach shook his head, and said happily: "Sasuke should rest early! If everyone is so happy, maybe the banquet will continue tomorrow!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke seemed a little speechless.


    It''s just that Uchiha Sasuke didn''t scold a few idiots as before, and went back to his room to rest on his own.


    Wait until Uchiha Sasuke leaves.


    Marshall D. Titch clenched his fists tightly, with a fierce look in his eyes, his smile was almost uncontrollable: "Dark fruit... the leader of Akatsuki wants to get the dark fruit, of course it is for the dark fruit Strength!"


    And rightfully so!


    The dark fruit is the most vicious fruit in this world!


    Marshall D. Titch has been hiding in the Whitebeard Pirates for so many years, just for the power of the dark fruit. He has unimaginable admiration and dedication to the dark fruit!


    Marshall D. Teach understands the feelings of the leader of the Akatsuki organization wanting to get the dark fruit, because he thinks so too!


    It was getting late.


    The moonlight still fell on the Moby Dick.


    The figure of Marshall D. Teach appeared at the door of Sage''s room, with a ferocious smile on his face, and a dark shadow under his feet.


    Tiqi walked in cautiously, and when he raised his eyes, he saw the dark fruit that Saqi put on the table. Obviously, the captain of the 4th team trusted his companion very much.


    pity¡­


    There is an ambitious man on this ship.


    Marshall D. Teach almost couldn''t wait to grab the box, his face was filled with a shocking greed and madness!


    Just as Titch grabbed the box and left, a voice startled Titch: "What''s the matter? If you''re hungry, there''s a supper for you in the kitchen..."


    Sachi, who was lying on the bed, opened his eyes at some point.


    The captain of the 4th team couldn''t help but rubbed his eye sockets. Looking at the figure that suddenly appeared in his room, a look of surprise flashed across his face: "Huh? Tiki?"


    Isn''t this the honest guy from Team 2?


    The next moment, Sage saw the box of the dark fruit held in Marshall D. Teach''s hand, and a look of astonishment flashed across his face.


    "Wait... Tiki, what are you doing!"


    "..."


    Tiki''s expression froze.


    This man who has been hiding for more than 20 years knows very well that at this time, Sage must not alarm everyone on this ship, otherwise he will not be able to escape the pursuit of the Whitebeard Pirates!


    Especially Sasuke Uchiha!


    Welcome to Sage''s¡­


    It was a sharp knife light!


    Marshall D. Teach''s palm suddenly covered Sage''s mouth, picked up a knife and inserted it into Sage''s chest, his arm trembled a little bit!


    "Thief hahahaha...haha..."


    Marshall D. Teach even couldn''t believe what he had done. Fear and uneasiness flashed across his face, and he forced himself to hide his shock with a smile: "Thief hahaha... haha... Saatchi... I''m so sorry...I didn''t mean to..."


    The Iron Law of the Whitebeard Pirates...


    That is, you must never hurt your companions on the ship!


    It doesn''t matter even if you defect and leave the Whitebeard Pirates, but the iron law of hurting your companions must never be violated!


    Marshall D. Titch gritted his teeth, let go of Sage''s throat, and left here holding the dark fruit box in his palm.


    Tiki couldn''t believe it...


    It turned out to be him who hurt Saki!


    Take advantage of the night.


    Marshall D. Teach put down a small boat and fled the scene in a hurry, because there was a big party all over the Moby Dick, and many pirates were drunk, and no one had yet noticed his escape.


    Only one person is different.


    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t sleep very hard.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes opened involuntarily, and the Chakra perception and knowledge color opened silently and domineeringly, quickly covering the entire Moby Dick.


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke jumped out of the boat quickly!


    The figure of Sasuke Uchiha quickly appeared in Saky''s room, and he also saw Saky, who was dripping with blood and almost dying, a look of astonishment flashed in his eyes...


    "Marco!"


    A loud shout resounded throughout the Moby Dick!


    Everyone on the Moby Dick woke up instantly, and a group of pirates who heard the voice rushed towards Sage''s room.


    In the middle of the night.


    Marco, the ship''s doctor, gave Sage a medicine, and slowly supported his forehead: "Sage''s injury is too serious, there is nothing we can do... Sasuke, what''s going on?"


    "I do not know yet."


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned, and suddenly turned his head to look at the others: "Huh? Where''s Tiki? Isn''t he on guard tonight?"


    "Ticky...is missing..."


    A pirate squeezed in with an ugly face, and whispered: "Marco, Sasuke, our lifeboat is also missing..."


    "It''s Tiki!"


    Sachs weakly opened his eyes, a miserable smile appeared on his face, and blood flowed unconsciously from the corner of his mouth: "Tichi...he stole the dark fruit... Sasuke, we must chase him back, then This dark fruit is in exchange for Mr. Itachi''s freedom!"


    "Are you kidding me!"


    Ace couldn''t help showing a look of surprise.


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t believe it, and all the pirates present had doubts on their faces, and they didn''t believe that Tiki would do such a thing.


    How could Marshall D. Teach, the honest guy who has been in the second team, snatch the dark fruit, and even have the guts to hurt Sage?


    That''s an old member of the Whitebeard Pirates!


    And Marshall D. Titch even gave up the chance to become the captain. How could he hurt Sage and take away the dark fruit!


    "that guy¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s brain was numb. At this moment, Marshall D. Teach escaped with the dark fruit, so he couldn''t help but have some bad premonition.


    If there is no dark fruit...


    Uchiha Sasuke felt that Tiki would want to find another way out.


    White-bearded Edward Newgate also quickly learned what happened on the ship. After the old man looked at Sach''s injuries, he finally showed a look of pain on his face.


    I really didn''t expect...


    After so many years in the Whitebeard Pirates, there is still a traitor who violates the iron law on the ship, which makes Whitebeard a little sad.


    What makes the old man even more sad is that...


    Sage, the child who had been with him for so many years, would die at the hands of a traitor tonight.


    "Marco, you stabilize Sach''s injury first..."


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at the painful white beard and the gradually sad people around him, and said in a deep voice: "Let''s think of a way, at least we must rescue Sachi first!"


    "Sasuke..."


    Marco''s eyes showed some doubts.


    A group of people couldn''t help but looked at Sasuke suspiciously.


    "Marco, how long can Sarge last..."


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, and said in a deep voice: "Now we will rush to Wano Country immediately, and the medical ninjas organized by Akatsuki will definitely save Saki!"


    Even if the medical ninjas can''t save...


    Uehara Naraku will definitely be able to save him!


    In Uehara Naraku''s hands, human life and death have already become his toys. As long as Uehara Naraku is willing to make a move, he will definitely be able to save Sa Qi.


    "..."


    Everyone couldn''t help showing a hint of doubt and surprise on their faces.


    Wano Country is located in the sea area of ??Kaido of Beasts. If they go there, it will definitely cause a war with the Beasts Pirates, and the relationship between the Akatsuki organization entrenched in Wano Country and their Whitebeard Pirates is very delicate. ¡­


    However, Sasuke Uchiha called his brother Uchiha Itachi''s phone bug overnight and told him that someone was seriously injured here and needed the help of a medical ninja.


    "Who''s hurt?"


    Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help being a little surprised.


    Uchiha Sasuke suppressed the emotions in his voice, and said in a low voice: "It''s our ship''s cook, Sarge, I think only a medical ninja can save him, and it''s best to be His Excellency Tsunade or that person..."


    "Is that so..."


    There was a touch of hesitation in Uchiha Itachi''s voice, and he asked calmly, "Sasuke, should you pay for saving people?"


    "Nissan."


    Uchiha Sasuke clenched his phone bug tightly, and said in a deep voice, "Please tell him that if Sachi is too seriously injured and dies, I can also use reincarnation to resurrect him!"


    "Sasuke, don''t do something stupid."


    Itachi Uchiha was silent for a while before he said: "That person can make Sarge alive, but you have to give him the dark fruit..."


    "We agreed."


    Sasuke Uchiha breathed a sigh of relief.

 Chapter 517

    On a small island.


    Moby Dick stopped.


    The members of the Whitebeard Pirates saw the medical ninja sent by the Akatsuki organization. When everyone saw the medical ninja, there was a trace of weirdness on their faces.


    When Uchiha Sasuke saw the medical ninja, his expression was slightly stiff, and he unconsciously began to straighten his somewhat sloppy clothes.


    Over the past few years, Uchiha Sasuke has gradually become accustomed to the unruly pirates.


    However, when Sasuke saw this medical ninja, he still recalled his youth in Konoha. At this moment, Sasuke Uchiha seemed like a lifetime away.


    "Sasuke, do you know her?"


    Ace couldn''t help but squeezed Sasuke with his shoulder, and asked, "Pink hair...she''s a cute girl, isn''t she the medical ninja sent by the Akatsuki organization?"


    "Well, that''s her."


    Uchiha Sasuke walked up to the medical ninja step by step, his eyes narrowed slightly: "It''s been a long time, Sakura...I didn''t expect them to let you come."


    Haruno Sakura.


    Konoha''s seventh class, former companion.


    Even Sasuke Uchiha never thought that Uehara Naraku would actually send Haruno Sakura over. Did that guy want to use Haruno Sakura to humiliate him?


    "Yes, Sasuke-kun."


    Haruno Sakura nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "You should know better than me the situation of Akatsuki''s organization. No one can refuse orders from Akatsuki...and..."


    When talking about this, Haruno Sakura looked up at Uchiha Sasuke, and suddenly said: "I also want to see how you are doing in this sea..."


    "fine."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded calmly.


    There is the threat of Uehara Naraku on this sea, and there are members of the Akatsuki organization who appear all the time. It is not easy to survive, right?


    "That''s good."


    After Haruno Sakura nodded, she continued softly, "Where is the patient? I''ll go and treat him first!"


    "Well, Thatch is seriously injured..."


    Sasuke Uchiha led the way and said, "Sakura, I remember you are a disciple of Konoha Fifth Hokage Tsunade..."


    "Ok."


    Haruno Sakura''s face suddenly became serious: "The medical department has also obtained a lot of new medical methods recently. If the rescue is timely, there should be no problem..."


    Moby Dick aboard.


    Haruno Sakura re-sewed up the wound on Sage, gave him a few more injections, and finally used Chakra to slowly granulate the wound on Sage.


    "It''s incredible..."


    Marco watched the whole scene. Under Haruno Sakura''s treatment, Saky''s injury gradually improved, and a flash of admiration flashed across his face.


    The healing methods of medical ninjas are indeed unexpected.


    Even Marco did not expect that there is such a method that can use Chakra to stimulate the regeneration of human cells and treat people.


    It''s a pity that Marco doesn''t have chakra on him.


    Even in the ninja world, only the descendants of Otsutsuki Kaguya, or the descendants who have shared Chakra with the Sage of the Six Paths, can refine Chakra.


    Haruno Sakura wiped the sweat from her forehead, looked at Sage whose breathing was gradually steady, and said in a deep voice: "His injury has stabilized, and in the future, as long as he can ensure a good rest, there will be no problems in the future. "


    "What a miraculous medical treatment..."


    Ace couldn''t help showing a look of admiration on his face. He glanced at Sasuke beside him, and couldn''t help but said, "Hey, Sasuke, I think this ship doctor is much more reliable than Marco!"


    "Shut up!"


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned and interrupted Ace, looked at Haruno Sakura seriously and thanked: "Thank you, Sakura, Sachi is my companion..."


    Before finishing this sentence, Sasuke Uchiha fell into silence, Haruno Sakura in front of him was once his companion...


    Uchiha Sasuke''s mood became more and more complicated.


    Haruno Sakura''s fingers were slightly stiff. After she nodded calmly, she grabbed her medical equipment and put it in place, then slowly lowered her head: "It''s okay, Sasuke-kun can find a new companion, everyone will be happy for you..."


    Slap.


    A tear fell.


    All the pirates in the entire medical room were at a loss, and they didn''t quite understand why this pink-haired female medical ninja was crying...


    Just as a group of pirates were looking at each other, trying to get someone to comfort the girl, Haruno Sakura wiped the corners of her eyes.


    "Okay, my mission is over."


    Haruno Sakura stood up slowly, looked at Uchiha Sasuke and said in a deep voice: "Before I came, someone specifically told me that according to our agreed conditions, the Whitebeard Pirates must find us within two months." The dark fruit is sent to the Wano country..."


    When talking about this, Haruno Sakura repeated word by word: "Remember, it must be the dark fruit! Otherwise... Sasuke-kun knows the consequences of not being able to fulfill the agreement."


    This sentence is emphasized.


    If the dark fruit is eaten by Marshall D. Teach, they must kill Teach and start collecting the dark fruit again immediately on the sea.


    This is really tantamount to finding a needle in a haystack...


    It took two months to find the dark fruit, and the Whitebeard Pirates might as well hope that Marshall D. Teach didn''t eat the dark fruit!


    "Well¡­"


    Marco scratched his head, and couldn''t help but want to counter-offer: "Little girl, if Tiqi or someone eats the dark fruit, we will send him to Wano..."


    "If that''s the case, Akatsuki doesn''t need the Whitebeard Pirates anymore, and I don''t need to come here to help with treatment."


    Haruno Sakura shook her head, and her voice gradually became a little lower: "Sasuke-kun should be aware that it is not difficult for the Akatsuki organization to catch a person with fruit abilities..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was slightly dignified, he frowned and said: "It seems that that guy really gave us a huge problem... Now we can only see luck, right?"


    "Gu la la la la..."


    White-bearded Edward Newgate couldn''t help but smile, and looked down at Sage on the bed: "At least Sage got his life back! I''ll write down this favor first, no matter if I found the fruit or not." ..."


    "Uh¡­"


    Haruno Sakura''s face was slightly embarrassed, and she couldn''t help but said: "According to our agreement, no matter what happens in the world, the Whitebeard Pirates must find the dark fruit and send it to Wano Country within two months." ..."


    "Sakura..."


    Uchiha Sasuke frowned more and more tightly, and he asked in a deep voice: "What that guy means... is that we must give him the Dark Fruit, even if he gets the Dark Fruit first, then it will be regarded as our breach of contract ,right?"


    "¡­yes."


    Haruno Sakura nodded slowly.


    "Hey, what''s the point!"


    Diamond Qiaozi couldn''t help accusing loudly: "Didn''t it be enough as long as you get the dark fruit?"


    "yes!"


    Foil Vista''s face was also a little serious: "If you say that, what if you prevent us from dealing with that traitor Tiqi!"


    "If that''s the case..."


    Yizang''s face was also a little ugly, he didn''t like these enemies who invaded Wano country: "It sounds like this method is really despicable..."


    "shut up!"


    White Beard glared at the turbulent captain, then turned his head to look at Haruno Sakura, grinned and said, "Gu la la la... Akatsuki''s leader is really interesting!


    If he gets the Dark Fruit earlier than us, we can snatch it from him and give it to him again, which means we have fulfilled the agreement, right? "


    "..."


    Haruno Sakura couldn''t help taking a half step back.


    Uchiha Sasuke stood in front of Whitebeard, looked at Haruno Sakura and continued: "Sakura, is that guy''s conditions so harsh? The Whitebeard Pirates and Akatsuki teamed up to find Tiki and Dark Fruit. Is it impossible to do something like this?"


    "that¡­"


    Haruno Sakura grabbed her ninja bag tightly, and said in a low voice, "Sasuke-kun, have you stayed here too long? When did Akatsuki work with other people..."


    When Haruno Sakura said this, she continued: "And before I came, someone specifically told me to tell you, don''t do stupid things... You should know the difference between the Whitebeard Pirates and Akatsuki, right?"


    "Hey, you guys must be looking down on people too much!"


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    "We are the strongest pirate group in the world!"


    "A mere organization that hides its head and shows its tail..."


    "Just Kaido''s ally..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke looked ugly.


    Is there a big gap between the Whitebeard Pirates and Akatsuki?


    It''s really not that Haruno Sakura can insult people. Seriously speaking, the gap between the two is not so big.


    No matter in terms of top-level combat power, middle-level combat power, or bottom-level combat power, the entire Whitebeard Pirates, including all the pirates under its banner, are definitely not the opponents of Akatsuki.


    The Hundred Beasts Pirates, the peripheral force organized by Akatsuki, are the Four Emperor Pirates, just like the Whitebeard Pirates. This is just one of Akatsuki''s armed forces.


    "Speaking of which..."


    Marco waved his hand to stop a group of captains, looked at Haruno Sakura curiously and said, "Your leader Akatsuki really sounds like an unreasonable person... Isn''t he worried that we won''t be able to fulfill the agreement?"


    "Hahahahaha... Marco is really bad!"


    "But Marco is right!"


    "Little girl, we are pirates!"


    "Little girl, pirates may not fulfill their promises. Although we, the Whitebeard Pirates, will fulfill our promises, our knives are also very sharp!"


    "say no more!"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes suddenly turned scarlet, he looked at the captains present coldly, and said in a deep voice: "Vista, Sakura is a medical ninja who came to help save Saki... What do you mean?"


    this moment¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke''s arrogance is undoubtedly exposed!


    No matter who it is, it will be a little frightening!


    Whitebeard stretched out his palm, rubbed Sasuke''s hair, and softly comforted him: "Sasuke, put away your arrogance, it doesn''t matter if you scare these stupid sons, don''t scare our guests..."


    After finishing speaking, White Beard looked at Haruno Sakura, grinned and said, "Gu la la la... I''m so sorry, my sons are so rude!"


    This four emperors are really like a father.


    Because only Edward Newgate, the white beard, is using his father''s identity to apologize to Haruno Sakura, a medical ninja, for his group of unsatisfied sons.


    Just like any other father...


    "¡­It doesn''t matter."


    Haruno Sakura bit her lips, shook her head and said in a deep voice, "That person didn''t tell me what he would do, Sasuke-kun should understand."


    When Haruno Sakura said this, she looked at Sasuke Uchiha with a hint of worry in her eyes: "Sasuke-kun, did you threaten that person? Or... did you accidentally say something excessive to him?"


    "...I was concerned about Sage''s injury."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but look even uglier.


    According to his guess, Uehara Naraku probably made a mistake again, and deliberately proposed this condition, targeting him and the Whitebeard Pirates... It is also possible that Uehara Naraku is looking for a reason and wants to start targeting the Whitebeard Pirates!


    But now it has begun!


    In any case, there is no room for maneuver!


    Naraku Uehara transferred Haruno Sakura from the ninja world to help rescue Saki. It is destined that this game of life that he started to control cannot be turned back.


    For a sage¡­


    It is very likely that there will be a Whitebeard Pirates!


    The only chance for the Whitebeard Pirates to win... is to find Marshall D. Teach immediately, pray that he hasn''t eaten the fruit, and get back the dark fruit he stole!


    "Sakura."


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Haruno Sakura, and said with a serious face: "Thank you for helping to rescue Sachi, please go back and tell that person, I will earnestly fulfill this agreement!"


    "No¡­"


    White Beard reached out and patted Sasuke''s shoulder: "White Beard will fulfill the promise!"


    White Beard turned his head to look at Haruno Sakura, couldn''t help but grinned and said, "Gu la la la la... Since that guy doesn''t want my favor, little girl, then this favor is on you!"


    "No no no..."


    Haruno Sakura waved her hand hastily, with a slightly embarrassed look on her face: "Actually, there is no such need, I was just ordered to perform a mission..."


    "It doesn''t matter! Anyway, we have written it down."


    When talking about this, Whitebeard smiled and continued: "No matter what you want to do, we will help you. If you want to pick a husband from this ship, I will agree... Gu la la la la..."

 Chapter 518

    Moby Dick.


    Haruno Sakura left shyly.


    Sasuke Uchiha bid farewell to Haruno Sakura and returned to the ship.


    The pirates on the ship looked at Sasuke Uchiha, everyone couldn''t help watching Sasuke whistle, and the entire Moby Dick was full of joy.


    After the white beard Edward Newgate revealed, most of the pirates can already see the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Haruno Sakura.


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help frowning, looked at White Beard and said, "Hey, old man, don''t talk nonsense if you have something to say!"


    "yes?"


    There was a smile on the corner of Whitebeard''s mouth, he shook his head slowly, and turned to look at Marco beside him: "Goooooh... Marco, it''s nice to be young, right?"


    "Yes, father!"


    The corner of Marco''s mouth couldn''t help but twitch.


    The captains on the Moby Dick quickly surrounded Sasuke Uchiha, everyone''s faces were full of smiles.


    "Hey, Sasuke, when are you getting married?"


    "The Moby Dick is ready for a wedding anytime!"


    "Even if you have a baby, it doesn''t matter. We have had two babies on this ship. We can help you take care of the children!"


    "Miss Haruno Sakura is very cute, get married right away! You are already twenty years old, and you are a mature adult!"


    "..."


    This group of captains ran on Sasuke one by one.


    Even Portgas D. Ace couldn''t help laughing: "If the child is born, I must be his godfather!"


    "You guys..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face was a bit ugly, he couldn''t help but helped his forehead and said: "Shut up for me first!"


    "Well, it''s really strange..."


    Ace wouldn''t listen, he couldn''t help touching his chin: "I remember that Sasuke seemed to mention Miss Haruno Sakura occasionally, she seems to be your companion with Naruto?"


    to be honest¡­


    It is thanks to Uzumaki Naruto that Ace can remember.


    After all, Sasuke Uchiha mentioned the most people. If they are arranged in order, the highest one must be Akatsuki''s leader (that person).


    Generally, Uchiha Sasuke mentioned Akatsuki''s leader to warn Ace not to speak ill of that person, but unfortunately it often has the opposite effect.


    The second is Uzumaki Naruto, because the relationship between Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto is complicated, once you talk about the past, you can''t get around that yellow hair.


    Next is Uchiha Itachi. Occasionally, when Ace and Uchiha Sasuke talk about their family, Uchiha Itachi will be mentioned.


    Haruno Sakura...


    The number of appearances is very small, and it usually appears together with Uzumaki Naruto, so Ace has never discovered the emotional problems between Uchiha Sasuke and Haruno Sakura.


    "Sakura and I used to be teammates in the same class..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face became more and more ugly, he just responded angrily and said: "I didn''t say it, don''t talk about it anymore!"


    What does this make him say?


    Could it be that Sasuke himself said that when he was in Konoha''s ninja school, he was very popular with girls, and Haruno Sakura was just one of them...


    It may also be the relatively important one.


    "Really, obviously you yourself..."


    Marco shook his head helplessly, and when he was about to continue to say something, he saw Uchiha Sasuke''s unhappy face, and he quickly changed the subject: "Okay, okay, let''s not talk about this, put Ms. Haruno Sakura in the Is there any problem on that island?"


    "no problem."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded, and said in a low voice: "That guy won''t let his subordinates who are loyal to him get hurt, maybe Sakura has already been picked up at this time..."


    When they parted...


    Haruno Sakura has already told him that Uehara Naraku is very dissatisfied with his behavior, thinking that he has neglected his duty, and did not report the news of An An Guo at the first time.


    But¡­


    Everything is still not hidden from Uehara Naraku.


    Naraku Uehara even knew about Tiki''s stealing of the Dark Fruit!


    "Let''s get down to business!"


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at the white beard, and said, "Old man, I''m going to hunt down Tiki to see if I can get back the dark fruit... If Tiki eats that fruit, I will kill that guy. At this time, immediately look for the dark fruit of rebirth."


    "Sasuke, let me go!"


    Ace walked to Sasuke''s side, and said in a deep voice, "Tichi is my team member. He violated the iron law that must not be violated on this ship. I want to catch him back!"


    "Shut up!"


    Sasuke Uchiha glared at Ace.


    This time Ace didn''t flinch like before, but just whispered: "Sasuke, this is something I can never forgive myself... If I hadn''t ignored Tiki''s ambition, Sage wouldn''t have almost died."


    "Ace, it''s not your fault."


    "Yeah, no one thought that Tiqi would actually hurt his companion because of a devil fruit!"


    "Don''t blame yourself too much, Ace!"


    "Sorry, everyone."


    Portgas D. Ace took off his hat, and said seriously: "Only this time I want to make up for the mistakes I made. My boat is the fastest, and I can go by myself. Immediately." I will take back the dark fruit!"


    As the captain of the second team of the Whitebeard Pirates, Ace''s self-blame and guilt made him have to stand up and take this responsibility.


    If he hadn''t ignored Tikki...


    The Whitebeard Pirates will not have so much trouble.


    "Ace..."


    There was a little hesitation on the white beard''s face.


    The agreement between the Whitebeard Pirates and the Akatsuki organization must be fulfilled, and someone must do it no matter what to hunt down and kill Marshall D. Teach.


    But¡­


    This matter is very troublesome.


    It''s just that Marshall D. Teach has been hiding in the Whitebeard Pirates for so many years, pretending to be an honest man, and no one can see his thoughts.


    now it seems...


    That guy might be more dangerous than you think!


    White Beard shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "We''ll think of other ways to do things here these few days, don''t be too impatient, Ace..."


    "Forget it, I''ll be with Ace!"


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Ace with a stubborn face. As the former deputy captain of the Spades Pirates, Sasuke understood Ace''s mood very well.


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at White Beard and interrupted him: "Old man, we only have two months, Tiki may eat the dark fruit at any time, we can''t waste any more, let''s go!"


    "it is good!"


    Ace nodded.


    Ace stretched out his finger, and his fingertips slashed through a ball of flames, quickly burning the rope outside the Moby Dick, and a small boat powered by a flame thruster fell into the sea.


    The figures of two people soared into the sky and landed on the boat!


    "Hey, Ace, Sasuke!"


    "Wait until Dad finishes talking!"


    "You guys are too impatient!"


    A group of captains scrambled to stop them, but they could only see a ripple of air caused by the flames, and Ace''s boat was already heading towards the distance quickly.


    Whitebeard still frowned, he slowly clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice: "Marco, we can''t be idle anymore, and immediately issue captain orders to other ships to hunt down Tiki in the New World ..."


    "yes!"


    Marco nodded immediately.


    He glanced at the white beard again, and persuaded him: "Father, don''t worry too much, if Sasuke and Ace go together, the two of them will not have any trouble on the way..."


    after all¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke has the combat power of the Four Emperors, even the admiral of the Navy Headquarters will not be his opponent!


    "fine."


    White Beard shook his head, his expression still not very good-looking.


    Just as Uchiha Sasuke and Ace set out to find Marshall D. Teach, Uehara Naraku also received the news that he and Kizaru were still on their way to Marlin Vandor.


    Uehara Naraku tapped the table with his fingers, sighed softly and said, "It seems that my days in the navy may not be long..."


    According to the information recently received by Uehara Naraku, Marshall D. Teach, the man who single-handedly controlled the outbreak of the top war, has left the Whitebeard Pirates, and Uehara Naraku will definitely not let this leek go.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s idea...


    Marshall D. Teach is the perfect fit for his No. 2 owner.


    It''s just that if you want to join Tiqi''s pirate group, it may take a lot of effort. The most suitable place should be in Imperton Prison...


    Huang Yuan didn''t know what Uehara Naraku was thinking, and he couldn''t help showing a smile on the corner of his mouth: "Oh hoho...doesn''t Mr. Uehara like being in the navy anymore?"


    So much the better¡­


    Otherwise, wouldn''t he have to face two bosses all the time?


    On the surface, the boss is Admiral Buddha Warring States, and secretly the boss is Uehara Naraku, the leader of the Akatsuki Organization. If the two bosses stay together, it will inevitably put too much psychological pressure on him, a little admiral!


    Uehara Naraku wanted to leave the navy, it couldn''t be better!


    "Yeah, the Navy doesn''t mean anything."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and continued: "Before I leave, I have to do something for the navy..."


    "yes?"


    The yellow ape''s eyes became subtle.


    In fact, the navy does not need it at all, it is better to do nothing!


    However, Uehara Naraku''s request is generally irresistible, no matter whether he wants to really do good things or want to do bad things...


    If anyone dares to refuse Uehara''s kindness...


    It is said that the world will be full of malice towards that person!


    Uehara Naraku thought for a while, then suddenly looked at Kizaru: "Polusalino, if I help the World Government capture the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Dorag, the Five Old Stars will reward me for killing a few Celestial Dragons to let myself Want to have fun?"


    "..."


    The yellow ape looked puzzled.


    Uehara Naraku What the hell is this thinking?


    Capture Drago, and kill a few more Celestial Dragons?


    Which side does Uehara want to stand on?


    "I don''t know if I should say something..."


    There was some hesitation on Huang Yuan''s face, but he still said it: "The situation of Dorag is more complicated than imagined, if you want to catch him..."


    "It doesn''t matter..."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand again, and said in a low voice: "If you can''t catch the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Dorag, it doesn''t seem to matter if you grab the number two of the Revolutionary Army!"


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth hooked up, as if thinking of something happy, his fingers tapped on the table little by little.


    "It''s really curious!"


    The smile on the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth could hardly be suppressed: "I spent a little effort, and it was hard for that person to recover his memory..."


    "Who?"


    Kizaru couldn''t understand what Uehara Naraku meant.


    "It won''t be long before you find out."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and didn''t say much. The frequency of his fingers tapping on the table gradually became faster, and the smile on the corner of his mouth became more and more mysterious.


    Sabo, who has recovered his memory, should follow Dorag to Rogue Town to see off his sworn brother on the great route, right?

 Chapter 519

    Marlin Vandeau.


    The door of justice slowly opened.


    A warship sailed to the port driven by the ocean current.


    Aokiji stood by the window of Akainu''s office, watching the warship parked at the port from a distance, couldn''t help scratching his hair, and turned to look at Akainu who was still working hard to review the documents.


    "Hmm... Sakalsky, it looks like Polusalino is back."


    "Hmph, it''s really time to come back..."


    Akaken snorted slowly, closed the folder in his hand and threw it on the table, frowning dissatisfiedly: "The old man just finished processing his files..."


    Akainu put down the pen in his hand, stood up and walked to the window: "If it looks like this, that person also came together?"


    "Ok."


    Aokiji nodded.


    Within the sight of Aokiji and Akainu, they saw Kizaru walking down from the warship with the figure of a young man.


    The young man seemed to be aware of the gazes of the two admirals, he raised his head and narrowed his eyes, showing them a warm smile.


    It was Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku''s smile...


    I can''t help but feel that he must be a good person...


    "Let''s go!"


    Akainu couldn''t help but squeezed his fist, and said in a cold voice: "I heard that Pharmacist Dou and Marshal Warring States are waiting for him, the one who should come still has to come, let''s go and see what he wants to do in Marin Fando !"


    "Well, it shouldn''t be necessary, right?"


    Aokiji scratched his hair, and couldn''t help persuading his colleague: "Sakaski, if he wants to do something, we can''t stop him, right?"


    yes¡­


    In fact, they can''t do anything.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    When talking about this, Qingzhi continued slowly: "Instead of saying this, it''s better not to see him, it''s out of sight and out of mind..."


    What Aokiji said...


    It sounds reasonable at first glance.


    But this is clearly a surrender to Uehara Naraku!


    "Kuzan!"


    Akainu''s face couldn''t help but darken, a drop of magma fell from his body, he turned and walked out: "Then you stay here!"


    "Forget it, let''s go take a look with you..."


    Aokiji rubbed his forehead: "If I feel like I can''t pass now, if something happens, it will probably be difficult to end..."


    Office of the Admiral of the Navy.


    When Naraku Uehara came in with Kizaru, there were already several high-ranking navy officers sitting in this office, and they were all waiting for his arrival.


    Admiral of the Navy, Warring States of Buddha.


    Naval staff officer, crane, pharmacist pocket.


    Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, Red Dog, Aokiji.


    Vice Admiral, Monkey D. Karp.


    After Huang Yuan, the admiral of the navy, took his seat, the office already contained the strongest combat power of the entire navy.


    This formation...


    If you switch to a general navy, you should be intimidated!


    Uehara Naraku hurriedly arranged his military uniform, took a deep breath, and solemnly performed a navy military salute.


    "Master Marshal, Colonel of the Navy Headquarters, member of the SWORD unit, Uehara Naraku, come to report for duty!"


    "Cough cough cough..."


    The pharmacist covered his lips and coughed a few times, and personally moved a chair and placed it beside Uehara Naraku: "Colonel Naraku has worked hard all the way, please sit down and rest for a while..."


    Naraku Uehara seemed a little at a loss, and took the chair from the pharmacist''s pocket with a grateful face: "Thank you, the general in the pharmacist''s pocket."


    "you are welcome."


    Pharmacist squinted his eyes and waved his hands with a smile, then continued to ask with a smile: "Can I have some fruit juice? I just prepared a few cups of freshly squeezed ones..."


    "Don''t dare, it''s too troublesome..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help showing a trace of panic.


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku was a naval colonel who was treated inexplicably by the lieutenant general, and seemed a little flattered.


    Lieutenant General He looked at this scene, and couldn''t help showing a little regret on his face: "Xiaodou is really the same in dealing with people..."


    When he was in Marlin Fando, Pharmacist Dou was polite to everyone.


    If Lieutenant General He hadn''t known what Pharmacist Dou had done in the past few years to please the five old stars and the world government, she might still have a good impression of Pharmacist Dou as in the past.


    Now¡­


    Lieutenant General Crane was not used to seeing Yao Shidou treating the naval colonel Uehara Naraku so courteously, and she faintly felt that Yao Shidou had bad intentions.


    "Colonel Naraku and I were colleagues before..."


    Pharmacist reached out and picked up a glass of juice and handed it to Uehara Naraku, pushed his glasses and said with a light smile, "And we are old friends who haven''t seen each other for several years... Speaking of it, I really miss it... "


    "Does Xiaodou still remember his old comrade-in-arms..."


    Monkey D. Karp walked up to Uehara Naraku, slapped Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, and laughed loudly: "What a spirited little guy!"


    This slap down...


    The strength is not small!


    Uehara Naraku hastily tilted his body, with a hint of unbearable pain on his face: "Hiss... Lieutenant General Garp... it hurts..."


    "..."


    The expressions of all the people present changed slightly.


    The three generals of the Navy Headquarters no longer know what expression they should make. Is this Naraku Uehara really going to act like this in the Navy Headquarters?


    Oh shit¡­


    I can''t even take a slap now...


    Back then, he had the aura of hitting the general on the ground!


    Sengoku looked at Uehara Naraku''s painful expression, and couldn''t help frowning: "Hey, Karp, what are you idiot doing?"


    "Hahahaha... come get a bag of senbei!"


    After finishing speaking, Garp didn''t wait for Sengoku to refuse, he picked up the senbei on Sengoku''s desk, and returned to his place on his own.


    "Don''t do unnecessary things..."


    Lieutenant General Crane glanced at Garp reproachfully, then at Uehara Naraku, slowly folded his palms together, and said with a light smile: "He is indeed a very energetic little guy, Kuzan, and occasionally he has to ask others Learn, don''t always look unmotivated!"


    "..."


    Aokiji''s brows trembled.


    The red dog and the yellow monkey couldn''t help lowering their heads.


    Monkey D. Karp tore open the senbei in his hand, looked straight at Uehara Naraku who was still in pain, and started eating with a laugh.


    The first time I saw a wanted warrant...


    Garp once felt that Naraku Uehara might be a little dangerous.


    At that time, Garp didn''t have a particularly clear feeling, just a subconscious intuition at first glance; later, when the Baroque Work Agency ransacked Windmill Village, Garp knew from Makino, Tina and others that Naraku Uehara was actually a nice guy.


    later¡­


    Garp forgot about Uehara...


    Now that the two of them finally met here for the first time, Garp recalled this matter again, and simply slapped Uehara on the shoulder. It seems that Naraku Uehara''s reaction did not seem to be fake, and there seemed to be no danger in terms of strength. look...


    "Colonel Naraku, it''s okay..."


    The palm of the pharmacist landed on Uehara Naraku''s shoulder, rubbed it and said: "Lieutenant General Garp is very powerful, if you rub it, it shouldn''t be particularly painful right away..."


    "Thank you, General Pharmacist."


    Uehara Naraku slowly breathed a sigh of relief.


    Lieutenant General He frowned and looked at this scene, and said softly: "I''m sorry, Colonel Uehara Naraku, Garp is such a reckless person, I heard that before you joined the navy, I would like to thank you for your help in the matter of Windmill Village ..."


    "Be sure not to say that."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head hastily, and said in a deep voice: "My strength is limited, and I only did some trivial things, but at that time, I could barely save some innocent people..."


    "well said."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, glanced at Monkey D. Karp, and slowly raised the corners of his mouth: "It''s just a pity that the grandson of Lieutenant General Garp, who was rescued by Colonel Naraku, Monkey D. D. Luffy, now he has become a pirate on the sea..."


    "what!"


    The entire office was filled with consternation.


    Everyone looked at Karp involuntarily.


    Especially Admiral Sengoku, couldn''t help looking at Karp with anger on his face, he glanced at Pharmacist''s Pocket again, and said in a deep voice, "Ahem...I already know about this..."


    The naval hero was still eating senbei leisurely. When he saw Sengoku''s eyes, his eyes were a little erratic. He scratched his head and said haha: "An ignorant child, let alone Luffy now It didn''t cause any serious trouble..."


    "yes?"


    Pharmacist shook his head, watched Garp chuckle and continued: "But the information I received here is that Monkey D. Luffy destroyed a naval branch in the East China Sea. Colonel Mouse reported to me in private. Now, the situation is very serious..."


    When talking about this, Yao Shidou couldn''t help turning his head and chuckling: "Master Marshal also received it? Monkey D. Luffy''s reward should be released soon, right?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Warring States nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "I have already approved the reward order for Straw Hat Luffy''s reward of 30 million Baileys..."


    "That number is not enough."


    Medicine Master''s face immediately became serious, and he said in a deep voice: "According to my information, Monkey D. Luffy''s reward should be at least 100 million Berries, and we should even send a The fleet apprehended him."


    "Hmm... the pharmacist is the general in his pocket."


    Aokiji sat on the chair, spread his palms and said, "A pirate who has just set out to sea is still the East China Sea, which has the title of the weakest sea. If you directly offer a reward of 100 million, it will make people look down on the majesty of the navy, right?"


    "I''m just planning for a rainy day."


    Medicine Master smiled and looked at Aokiji: "Besides, I also found out the past of Straw Hat Luffy and Red-haired Shanks. Straw Hat Luffy is an extremely evil seed. If you take it too lightly, the navy will regret it sooner or later. ..."


    "Hey hey hey..."


    Lieutenant General Garp couldn''t help but smashed the table, and couldn''t help showing a layer of anger on his face: "Yao Shidou, what do you mean, he is the grandson of the old man, and he was only temporarily deceived by that bastard with red hair That''s all... Do you think this old man is also an evil pirate?"


    "I never intended to discredit Lieutenant General Karp."


    Pharmacist Dou shook his head slowly, looked at Garp and said, "I''m just discussing the matter with the attitude of being responsible to the world government and the navy..."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and continued calmly: "As the top officer of the intelligence department of the world government, we all know some things very well. Lieutenant General Karp should also know about your grandson''s life experience once he is found out..."


    "Hmph, the old man''s son is still in the revolutionary army!"


    Garp couldn''t help but hugged his arm and snorted coldly.


    "yes."


    Yao Shidou nodded with a smile, and continued calmly: "That''s why we have been secretly tracking down Monkey D. Dorag... I believe the result will not disappoint you."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but glanced at the pharmacist pocket.


    It seems that the pharmacist is a bit undercover in the world government!

 Chapter 520

    In the office of the Warring States Period.


    Garp''s mouth is obviously not as sharp as Yaoshidou''s.


    Pharmacist Dou, who has always been known for his resourcefulness and intelligence, is very aware of Lieutenant General Garp''s Achilles heel, and every word can directly hit Garp''s Achilles heel.


    Seeing that a dispute was about to break out, General He Zhong raised his head and glanced at Medicine Master''s pocket, and persuaded him, "Xiaodou, we are here to discuss about Akatsuki... Regarding the matter of straw hat Luffy, the newcomer pirate, for the time being. Put it aside!"


    The relationship between Lieutenant General He and Yao Shidou has been good before, and he has always taken good care of Yao Shidou, a new generation of wise generals. However, in the past two years, because Yao Shidou has been promoted too quickly, he gradually revealed his intention to leave the navy and go straight to a high position. A little alienated.


    Among the people present, only Lieutenant He was not of high status, and it seemed that he was relatively close to Yao Shidou and Karp in terms of relationship, so he could persuade the two of them to be sharp.


    If Lieutenant General He is qualified to persuade Pharmacist Dou...


    Then Uehara Naraku is undoubtedly able to stop the pharmacist.


    "Pocket general."


    Naraku Uehara slowly closed his palms, lowered his head and said, "When I rescued Mr. Luffy, I knew he would go to sea to become a pirate...


    And it was Mr. Lu Fei''s persuasion that made me have the courage to face up to my past, and let me understand that as long as I still have the dream of joining the navy to enforce justice, I will do it no matter how many difficulties there are ahead. "


    Uehara Naraku raised his head again, his eyes were a little firm, and his expression gradually became excited: "That''s why I am in Alabasta, dare to accept your invitation, join the Navy SWORD unit, and work together to overthrow that evil pirate Crocodile!"


    "..."


    There was silence throughout the office.


    Everyone present couldn''t help being stunned when they heard Uehara''s words!


    The expressions of the three admirals of the Navy Headquarters seemed to be struck by lightning, this fucking... what the hell is this guy talking about!


    Dare to become a navy because of the encouragement of a pirate?


    You guys act too outrageously!


    If it wasn''t for Aokiji, Akainu and Kizaru who really knew the identity of Uehara Naraku, I actually feel that Uehara Naraku''s story sounds like that...


    It''s just like the real thing.


    It''s a pity that this story doesn''t fit his real identity at all.


    The three generals of the Navy Headquarters woke up in an instant, and their expressions became very ugly. Is this Uehara Naraku pretending again?


    Unfortunately¡­


    The three old men in the office didn''t notice it.


    "Hahahaha..."


    Lieutenant General Garp looked at Naraku Uehara and couldn''t help laughing: "Little Uehara, I really like you more and more! After the incident here is over, I have two good recruits by my side. , must have a common language!"


    In fact.


    The mouse colonel in the East China Sea is not the first time Luffy has messed with him. There is also a colonel Monka in the East China Sea 153 branch who is the first navy that Luffy defeated.


    It''s just that the navy there didn''t report to Marin Fando because they were grateful to Luffy for defeating the brutal Colonel Monka. Garp knew about it when he went to the East China Sea and brought back two navy recruits.


    One of the recruits was named Kirby.


    The recruit named Kebi also seems to have joined the navy under Luffy''s encouragement.


    Just as Garp was laughing, Uehara Naraku shook his head again, and said in a low voice, "Of course, since I become a navy, I must enforce justice, so I will not let that pirate Mr. Luffy go..."


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head and looked at Admiral Sengoku: "Marshal, I request to be transferred from SWORD troops to the East China Sea to arrest Luffy!


    Because I believe in the power of Monkey D. Luffy, he will definitely not be a simple pirate, and he must also have the possibility of threatening justice! "


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    Garp, who was sitting by the side listening to Uehara Naraku, nodded with a smile, and even looked at Uehara Naraku with encouragement: "Yes, Uehara Naraku, kid, then help me quickly give me that bastard Luffy!" Catch Marlin Vandor!"


    "..."


    The Warring States of Buddha fell into silence.


    To be honest, Warring States did not want to agree to this matter.


    Because after the Navy SWORD unit proved its feasibility, Uehara Naraku was considered a rare spy talent, and Sengoku even wanted to be important to him.


    "I know that the Navy can''t go above and below."


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head slowly, and continued softly: "But I don''t want to continue to hide my identity and continue to enforce justice in the dark... because I am worried about myself, and I don''t know when I may be confused with the darkness..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fists, and said in a low voice: "I saw the darkness in Wano Country, but I could only hide aside in order not to reveal my identity... Every day, I worry about whether I will It really became so cold-blooded..."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice became lower and lower, and the atmosphere in the entire office seemed a little gloomy under his voice: "I used to secretly want to help those who fell into darkness, but the members of CP0 stopped me...


    They are also killing people. They personally kill those people I want to help, just to stop me from going out and possibly exposing my identity! "


    "..."


    Everyone present fell into silence.


    Even Aokiji couldn''t help but tilt his head. Is what Uehara Naraku said true or not, why does it feel like what he said is getting more and more true?


    This kind of thing is indeed in line with the style of CP0.


    In order to avoid the risk of a spy¡¯s sudden kindness being exposed, CP0 will take action to kill the person the spy wants to help, and solve the root cause of the spy¡¯s motivation to be exposed.


    And everyone knows that CP0 will really do this, and they have the right to do so, because CP0 directly serves the Celestial Dragons.


    certainly¡­


    The world government also has the power to mobilize them.


    Now the world government has only seven people who have the authority to mobilize CP0, and besides Wulaoxing, there are only Pharmacist Dou and Steel Bone Kong Commander.


    apparently...


    According to the guesses of Warring States Marshal and Lieutenant General Crane, what CP0 is active in Wano Country is likely to be inspired by Pharmacist Dou.


    after all¡­


    Only Yao Shidou has been monitoring Wano Country''s intelligence.


    They couldn''t help looking at the pharmacist pocket.


    Pharmacist Dou slowly pushed his glasses, with a serious look on his face: "Colonel Naraku, what CP0 did in Wano Country was my order, and everything I did was for your safety... "


    When he said this, Yao Shidou even showed a stern look on his face: "If it wasn''t for you, CP0 wouldn''t have lost so many manpower, even if these CP0''s losses in protecting the world''s nobles were not for protecting you. Bigger!"


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    This sentence is also very true.


    Since the Akatsuki organization occupied the Wano country, the manpower of CP0 has been continuously reduced in Wano country, and even the CP0 of the Tianlong people has been reduced, and the continuous blood transfusion of the entire CP department is somewhat difficult to bear the loss of CP0.


    The CP0 members sent to Wano Country every year are gone, if it is not for the medicine master who is good at training spies, the CP department may be paralyzed...


    "Pocket general, but those people who I wanted to save, not only were not saved by me, but died under our butcher''s knife because of me..."


    A shadow gradually appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face. He gritted his teeth tightly and continued in a low voice: "What do you want me to do? I dare to vent my anger only in the place where I live in seclusion. For a greater purpose, to convince myself...


    But the lingering feeling of powerlessness and guilt is like a nightmare, so I don''t know how long I can hold on..."


    "Colonel Uehara Naraku..."


    The Warring States of Buddha slowly took off his glasses and wiped the fog from the glasses. The admiral finally felt the pain and struggle of a spy.


    This story completely moved the admiral''s heart.


    At the beginning...


    His adopted son Corazon...


    In fact, you are suffering under the mentality of Uehara Naraku, right?


    No, or rather, Corazon''s torment is even worse, because Corazon''s undercover pirate group is his own brother Don Quixote Doflamingo.


    Corazon eventually died.


    Now, Naraku Uehara is suffering and has returned from Wano Country.


    If Uehara Naraku is forced to perform undercover missions, it may really cause mental problems for the navy who has chosen to fight for justice...


    Warring States slowly put the glasses back on the bridge of his nose, he shook his head and sighed, and said seriously: "Yes, after we finish this meeting, I will promote you according to your merits, and... "


    "I can''t..."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, stood in front of the Admiral''s desk, and said slowly: "Colonel Naraku is the best undercover member in the navy''s SWORD unit, how much manpower was wasted by CP0 to make him work in Wano Country Been lurking for so many years..."


    The corner of Yaoshi''s mouth hooked up, and he looked at Marshal Warring States with a sneer: "Marshal, you don''t really think that CP0 spared no expense to protect him for so long, just to make him come back to be an ordinary navy colonel?"


    Pharmacist Doudou slowly squatted in front of Uehara Naraku, said with a light smile, "No way...I will recruit him to the CP0 department and continue to do his old job..."


    "Little bag!"


    Lieutenant General He''s face suddenly turned ugly, and she looked at the white-haired young man she once regarded as the hope of the navy with some disbelief.


    Didn''t Yao Shidou hear about Uehara Naraku just now?


    Why did Yaoshidou become like this?


    Could it be that after staying in the world government for so long, will it gradually be corrupted by the power there? The current Yaoshidou regards human life like nothing!


    "Xiaodou... how could this happen?"


    Lieutenant General He couldn''t help looking at Medicine Master''s bag, sighed and said, "Colonel Uehara Naraku has lived enough of that dark life, if he continues like this, he may not be able to play the role of an undercover agent as you wish... "


    "The pharmacist is in the pocket!"


    Warring States of Buddha stood up slowly, looked at the pharmacist and said in a deep voice: "I am still the admiral of the navy, and I am still qualified to decide the appointment of a vice admiral!


    Colonel Uehara Naraku has been undercover in Wano Country for almost three years, providing inexhaustible information to the Navy and the world government. From now on, Colonel Uehara Naraku will be promoted to Vice Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, Lieutenant Admiral Pharmacist, and now you It''s a rank of rank! "


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou''s expression changed.


    The next moment, Yao Shidou stood up slowly, stretched out his hand to help Naraku Uehara squeeze his shoulder, and his smile gradually became weird: "It''s really courageous, Marshal?"


    The pharmacist picked up a glass of juice again, handed it to Uehara Naraku, who was a little stunned, and said with a smile: "The promotion speed is very fast... Lieutenant General Naraku... Then I wish Lieutenant General Naraku good luck when we are on the sea. I will let the CP department protect you at any time!"


    "..."


    These words made the face of the Warring States of the Buddha more and more ugly.


    In the view of the admiral of the navy, Yao Shidou definitely did not let the CP department protect him, but used the CP department to monitor Uehara Naraku.


    The pharmacist pockets this guy...


    Since he slowly stepped into the world government, he has become a celebrity in the eyes of the five old stars and the Tianlong people, and he has become more and more arrogant!


    and¡­


    This guy really has arrogant capital!


    That Yao Shidou who is very friendly to others, now it seems that he is actually a vulture in the coat of a peace dove!


    Unfortunately¡­


    Warring States has nothing to do with him.


    When the Warring States of Buddha and Pharmacist were arguing, the three generals of the Navy Headquarters still sat peacefully like a mountain, and they seemed to have nothing to do with them.


    At this moment, the three of them really didn''t know what to say.


    The three admirals of the Navy Headquarters looked at me and I looked at you, Aokiji held his chin and continued to be in a daze, Akainu slowly closed his eyes and took a nap, Kizaru trimmed his nails.


    Marlin Vandeau''s life is really boring...


    "Ok?"


    Aokiji reacted suddenly, and he looked at Naraku Uehara in disbelief.


    Warring States and Pharmacist Dou almost quarreled...


    As a result... Naraku Uehara was promoted?

 Chapter 521

    Office of the Admiral of the Navy.


    Aokiji couldn''t help scratching his hair.


    Obviously, he just walked away for a while, but he missed some key points, why did the Marshal of the Warring States Period and Pharmacist Dou almost fall out...


    Why was Naraku Uehara promoted?


    And it was promised by the Marshal of the Warring States Period himself!


    Obviously, Yao Shidou and Uehara Naraku are the same group!


    Although Aokiji doesn''t know what happened, but he knows one thing very well, that is, Marshal Sengoku must have been fooled!


    At this time, Admiral Sengoku regarded himself as the winner.


    Because Sengoku knew that even though Naraku Uehara might be threatened by Pharmacist Dou in the future, he has temporarily saved a navy that was about to be destroyed by Pharmacist Dou.


    "Lieutenant General Uehara Naraku."


    Zhan Guo sat down again, and said solemnly: "Now let''s start talking about the Akatsuki organization. After your job report is over, go to the logistics department to choose a suitable lieutenant general and carry out your justice on the sea." !"


    After finishing speaking, Zhan Guo turned his head to look at Pharmacist''s pocket, and ordered in a cold voice: "Lieutenant General of Pharmacist''s pocket, I remember that you usually recorded the information in the past, so it''s okay for you to record it yourself, right?"


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou''s face darkened.


    The next moment, Yao Shidou nodded slowly, with a sneer on the corner of his mouth: "Then I hope our Lieutenant General Naluo can provide us with some more detailed information!"


    The current Yaoshidou really looks like a villain!


    If it wasn''t for Aokiji, Kizaru and Chiken who knew the true identity of Yaoshidou, they really thought that Yaoshidou would put Uehara Nai to death in the future!


    Oh shit¡­


    These two guys...


    It''s more performant than expected!


    It is really unimaginable how complicated his feelings will be when the Marshal of the Warring States Period finds out that Uehara Naraku and Yakushidou are actually in the same group...


    even¡­


    He, the admiral of the navy, resolutely promoted Akatsuki''s leader himself!


    "Well¡­"


    Aokiji rubbed his hair vigorously, and his face gradually became a little embarrassed. In the future, Marshal of the Warring States Period will know these things, will he not have a heart attack?


    Aokiji can only hope that Sengoku has been admiral of the navy for so many years, and he must have a nerve and heart as tough as Admiral Garp...


    But what happened here...


    After the truth of the future is revealed, it may be difficult for Lieutenant Admiral Garp, a well-informed and strong-willed naval hero, to be able to bear it...


    The yellow monkey and the red dog also reacted quickly.


    The expressions of the three admirals gradually became synchronized again, and they felt that they were really a little blind to what happened in this office.


    However¡­


    The next thing is even less eye-catching.


    A naval admiral thinks that Akatsuki''s leader is his subordinate, so he wants to extract information from Akatsuki''s leader. Is this fucking interesting?


    It''s not what people tell...


    The Navy can only believe in what?


    What''s more, Yao Shidou, who really analyzes the information, is also a member of Akatsuki!


    Uehara Naraku sat on a chair with a glass of juice in his arms, and said with an ugly expression, "Let me start from the beginning... According to the information I got from Wano Country, it should be three years ago that the Akatsuki Organization suddenly sent troops to occupy Wano Country."


    After Sengoku frowned, he asked aloud: "I remember you contacted us once and mentioned this matter. There was a war between Beast Kaido and Akatsuki, and they were defeated in the end. What do you think about this matter?" Have you found out the detailed process?"


    "I found it, but I can''t believe it''s true or not."


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, and continued to speak: "Because according to Akatsuki, the entire Hundred Beasts Pirates should have been defeated by a woman... No, it should be said that they were defeated by the hands of God." .¡±


    "Lieutenant General Naraku, this is not funny at all."


    The pen in Yaoshi''s pocket paused for a moment, and he questioned in a deep voice: "I remember Akatsuki''s leader is a powerful man. It is said that Akatsuki''s members, even the defected Uchiha Sasuke, would only call Akatsuki''s leader the real one. God!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head slowly.


    The expressions of Aokiji, Akaken and Kizuru are subtle.


    At this moment, the three of them finally understood why Yao Shidou was regarded as the number one confidant by Uehara Naraku, and it would be hell if this guy Yao Shidou was not qualified to be the number one confidant!


    damn it¡­


    This guy, Yaoshidou, is not only powerful, but also able to assess the situation. He can always take care of everything about Uehara Naraku, including Uehara''s face...


    Obviously in the Admiral''s office, Sengoku, Garp and Vice Admiral Crane are all staring at it, how could Yao Shidou praise Uehara so straightforwardly?


    And it will not arouse the suspicion of others.


    This kind of skill...


    I really can''t learn it!


    After Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, he shook his head and said in a low voice: "It is said that the woman was sheltered by Akatsuki''s leader. I have never really seen that woman, but I have heard that her name should be Kaguya Otsuki. , I just heard about this..."


    "It''s okay, that''s enough."


    Sengoku nodded slowly, and said hesitantly: "The name Otsutsuki Kaguya Hime does sound like a king or a princess. Her identity should be really unusual. First of all, she is listed as the most dangerous one for the time being." Put it on the list!"


    "Just the name alone is a dangerous person..."


    Yao Shidou also nodded, and continued to ask: "Lieutenant General Naraku, please continue to tell the stories you heard in Wano Country!"


    "Ok¡­"


    After Uehara Naraku nodded, his face gradually became serious: "In addition to Otsuki Kaguya Hime, if Otsutsuki Kaguya Hime occupies Wano Country together, there is also a large ninja troop...


    I have seen ninjas in Wano country countless times. The strength of these ninjas does not seem to be very good. They are just used as the Akatsuki organization to conquer Wano country. However, their vigilance is very high, and I dare not fight them too much touch. "


    "Well, quite right."


    Sengoku nodded approvingly, spread his palms, and continued: "Go on, what happened in Wano Country in the past few years..."


    "yes¡­"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and continued seriously: "Since the Akatsuki organization occupied the Wano country, the leader of Akatsuki has been in his mansion to explain the profound things in simple terms, and rarely shows up in the Wano country. The entire Wano country is owned by Akatsuki." The high-level decision..."


    Naraku Uehara thought for a while before continuing: "Shortly after the war between the Akatsuki organization and the Hundred Beasts Pirates ended, the Hundred Beasts Pirates and Akatsuki reached an alliance, and I took this opportunity to sneak into Wano Country...


    What I have to say is that their alliance seems to be very strong, and even Kaido is willing to completely withdraw from Wano Country for the Akatsuki Organization, give up the factory he built in Wano Country, and hand over all business to the Akatsuki Organization..."


    Uehara Naraku picked and talked a lot, most of which were the alliance stories between the Hundred Beasts Pirates and the Akatsuki Organization, as well as the key members of the Akatsuki Organization.


    These are all intelligence for the Navy.


    It is a pity that Uehara Naraku did not collect who the leader of Akatsuki is, and can only preliminarily judge that it may be a powerful swordsman.


    because¡­


    It is said that Akatsuki''s leader has a hobby of collecting famous swords.


    It is said that the famous swords of Wano Country, the second-generation Kitoru, Yan Mo, and Tianyu Yuzhan, all fell into the hands of Akatsuki''s leader and became his collection.


    "yes?"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses and closed the document in his hand: "Regardless of whether these are rumors or not, then we may have collected almost..."


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded hesitantly.


    In fact, it is a bit difficult for Uehara Naraku to make up a story this time, because his story is not touching, at least until the truth is revealed in the future...


    His story is inspiring.


    "Then Lieutenant General Naraku, go and rest first!"


    The Warring States Marshal waved his hand and said softly: "If you have any questions, we will come to you again. After you rest, go and take up the position of lieutenant general!"


    "is that one¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a little embarrassment, as if he was a bit timid and fearful, feeling like he was afraid of the Marshal of the Warring States Period: "Marshal, can I start now? I want to stop Mr. Lu Fei..."


    "Can."


    Sengoku nodded, looked at Aokiji, and said pointedly: "It just so happens, then you take Kuzan with you on the road, it just so happens that he is going to patrol the first half..."


    "what?"


    Yao Shidou looked at Zhan Guo, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Actually, Lord Marshal is probably worried that I will be unfavorable to Lieutenant General Naraku...Don''t worry so much, everyone here should be very clear that I am not a bad person..."


    "..."


    Warring States didn''t pay attention to Yaoshidou, but still looked at Qingzhi, obviously he didn''t believe what Yaoshidou said, and wanted Qingzhi to stop by to protect Uehara for a while.


    If a Vice Admiral of the Navy is murdered by Pharmacist Dou Ji Hate right after taking office...


    This is detrimental to the majesty of his admiral!


    As for the pharmacist saying that he is not a bad person...


    Even the pigeons raised by Marin Fando would not believe this sentence. In less than three years, he climbed all the way to this high-ranking pharmacist pocket, how could he have a pure heart!


    After Qingzhi scratched his head, he nodded helplessly: "Okay, then if it''s the way, I''ll take a walk!"


    "etc¡­"


    Lieutenant General Garp showed a hearty smile: "Let me go! I haven''t seen that bastard Luffy for a long time... Hahahahaha..."


    "no!"


    Aokiji immediately rejected Garp.


    Because Aokiji was a little worried that Lieutenant Admiral Garp, a naval veteran who had always been respected, would fall into Uehara Naraku''s conspiracy.


    this thing...


    Akainu is a precedent.


    Sengoku also rejected Garp''s proposal.


    Because Sengoku knows his old friend''s temperament, he may not be cruel to Monkey D. Luffy on the battlefield. If a naval hero is not concerned about being exposed and has problems, it is easy to cause some troubles in the navy.


    not to mention...


    Cap had more important things to do.

 Chapter 522

    Due to the obstruction of Sengoku and Aokiji, Lieutenant General Garp stayed in Marin Fando.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t really want Lieutenant General Garp to act together. This naval hero is a bit confusing and a real big trouble.


    Obviously seems to have no brains...


    But this guy''s intuition is too amazing!


    And from the current point of view, Karp seems to have never lost to anyone...


    Monkey D. Cap, Whitebeard Edward Newgate, these characters standing on the top of the sea, who knows how powerful they will be if they risk their lives to fight.


    These people were quite scary when they risked their lives, and they didn''t even have a reference point for their real combat effectiveness.


    The most important thing is that Uehara Naraku went to the East China Sea this time. If he hadn''t met Sabo, he might have to assassinate Lieutenant General Karp''s son Dorag in order to let the Revolutionary Army enter the top war. Lieutenant General Garp is so cruel...


    The port of Marin Fondo.


    Uehara Naraku stood on his warship, and Aokiji stood beside him. This warship was equipped with navy personnel from the naval logistics department, and there was also a beautiful swordsman adjutant.


    Her name is Ain.


    This beautiful swordsman adjutant is Aokiji''s senior sister, also the senior sister of Yao Shidou, and also a disciple of Admiral Zefa of the Navy.


    Due to the obstruction of Pharmacist Dou, Zefa was not able to form a naval guerrilla, and he was still serving in Marin Fando, and Ain was still in the sequence of naval deployment.


    As for why Ain appeared here...


    Of course, it was because Marshal Sengoku knew that Uehara Naraku''s strength might not be enough, so he sent such a beautiful swordsman Colonel who was not weak as his adjutant, who could completely help block most of the troubles.


    This beautiful swordsman was able to be on Uehara Naraku''s boat because of the arrangement of Yakushidou, one of the members who have been secretly developed by Yakushidou in recent years.


    Holding a glass of juice, Ai En slowly walked behind Uehara Naraku and Aokiji, and said seriously: "Lieutenant General Naraku, General Aokiji, can we set sail?"


    "Let''s go."


    Uehara Naraku took the juice in Ain''s hand, nodded and said: "Let''s go! Go directly to Rogge Town in the East China Sea, without stopping along the way."


    "Well, let''s do this..."


    Aokiji nodded, and after watching Ai En leave, he couldn''t help but said, "You don''t really want to catch Mr. Karp''s grandson, do you?"


    "of course not."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Aokiji, squinted his eyes and smiled, "Maybe I just wanted to catch his son this trip."


    "..."


    Aokiji''s face froze involuntarily.


    Does this guy want to capture the leader of the revolutionary army, Drago!


    As Lieutenant General Garp''s former adjutant, Aokiji knew very well about the Garp family''s affairs, and his face was a bit ugly: "Is the target Drago? That guy is not easy to deal with at all, except for him mind and thought, and his power..."


    "The D family doesn''t seem to be easy to deal with..."


    Naraku Uehara grinned lightly and said, "Speaking of which, if I''m by my side to support you, can you catch Drago secretly for you?"


    "It''s hard to say..."


    Aokiji scratched his head, and said calmly: "Besides, it is not realistic at all for us to obtain the whereabouts of Drago...Even the staff officer has never found out his whereabouts..."


    Because Yao Shidou has been secretly tracking down the Revolutionary Army, and he has even found out information about many Revolutionary Army cadres, so he took this opportunity to gain more and more appreciation from the Five Old Stars.


    But Yao Shidou really didn''t find much information about Dorag.


    "Is that so? Let me find a chance to chat with Dou!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, he and Yao Shidou wanted to find a time to have a good chat to see how to maximize the benefits.


    Just when Uehara Naraku and others set sail to the East China Sea.


    Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace are still on their way to kill Blackbeard. They have passed through Murloc Island and entered the first half of the great route.


    With the full-scale action of the Whitebeard Pirates, the news that Marshall D. Teach injured his companions and defected to the Whitebeard Pirates also spread throughout the New World.


    Whitebeard Edward Newgate ordered Sasuke Uchiha and Captain Portgas D. Ace of the 2nd Division to hunt down the traitor Marshall D. Teach together.


    This incident shocked the New World immediately.


    Although Uchiha Sasuke often gets into trouble in front of Akatsuki, his reputation in the New World is not low at all!


    Over the past few years, Uchiha Sasuke has almost always been the main combat force of the Whitebeard Pirates, and it is not a matter of once or twice to challenge the Four Emperors...


    Even Blackbeard Marshall D. Teach, who was still on the run, couldn''t help being a little terrified. He didn''t expect that Uchiha Sasuke and Ace would come to hunt him down together!


    Even if Tichi has obtained the power of the dark fruit, he doesn''t think he has the strength to defeat Sasuke Uchiha...


    This is bullshit...


    Obviously that guy is a character comparable to the Four Emperors, but he has been hiding in the Whitebeard Pirates playing house games.


    Now that Uchiha Sasuke is coming to hunt him down, Marshall D. Teach is not helpless, he wants to try to use the Akatsuki organization...


    A small island in the first half of the great voyage.


    With a cherry pie in his mouth and a phone bug in his hand, Marshall D. Teach called Itachi Uchiha: "Thief hahahaha...Mr. Itachi, I have already got the dark fruit here. Shall we meet?"


    "Oh?"


    Uchiha Itachi in the phone bug was surprised for a second, and his voice became calm again: "Yes, you give us the dark fruit, and I will persuade Sasuke to save your life."


    "Thief hahahaha, isn''t this very good?"


    Marshall D. Teach made a haha, and continued: "Could it be...you can''t let me join the Akatsuki organization?"


    "Do you want to join Akatsuki?"


    There was some doubt in Uchiha Itachi''s voice, and the next moment his voice suddenly became cold again: "Then let''s make an appointment to meet, first give me the dark fruit in your hand, if it is confirmed, I will I will let you join Akatsuki!"


    "belch¡­"


    Marshall D. Teach hiccupped and continued to laugh: "If I am a dark fruit capable person...should I also be eligible to join Akatsuki?"


    Uchiha Itachi''s voice suddenly became indifferent, and he asked coldly: "Marshall D. Teach, have you eaten that dark fruit?"


    Hearing Uchiha Itachi''s indifference, Tiki couldn''t help swallowing his saliva, and hurriedly explained to Uchiha Itachi on the other end of the phone bug: "Mr. Itachi, doesn''t Akatsuki only need the power of the dark fruit?


    And through the dark fruit, I seem to have obtained a way to collect the ability of the devil fruit, a way that only I know! "


    When Marshall D. Teach said this, his voice gradually became ferocious: "I can help Akatsuki collect any kind of devil fruit ability you want, even including Dad''s shaking fruit ability..."


    The voice of this once ambitious man gradually became a little bewitching: "Thief hahaha... that is the fruit power enough to destroy the world!"


    This is Tiki''s hidden secret!


    Up to now, he wants to use this incident to lure the Xiao organization.


    This is the hole card that Marshall D. Teach intends to use to attract the Akatsuki organization after eating the dark fruit himself!


    "... Are you finished?"


    After listening to Marshall D. Teach''s words, Uchiha Itachi''s voice remained calm: "It sounds like you have eaten the dark fruit, right?"


    "yes¡­"


    Tiqi nodded and continued to try to explain: "But..."


    "No but."


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and continued calmly: "You are worthless now, since you got your hands on what Akatsuki wanted, there is no need to live."


    Uchiha Itachi''s voice returned to indifference: "I will tell Sasuke to kill you quickly and resurrect the dark fruit again."


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Itachi hung up the phone bug.


    Marshall D. Teach watched in astonishment as the phone bug in his hand returned to its original state, and the muscles on his face couldn''t help twitching: "This... what does it mean?"


    next moment¡­


    Tiqi clenched the phone bug tightly in his hand. Seeing the phone bug showing a painful expression, his expression gradually became more ferocious!


    "asshole¡­"


    "Who do you think you are?"


    "The dark fruit should have belonged to me!"


    "Just wait and see! When Lao Tzu''s plan is successful, I will let you sewer rats know who is the owner of the dark fruit!"


    the other side of the sea.


    Just when Marshall D. Teach was pissed.


    In the sea area of ??BIG MOM, the central island of the sea area, Ten Thousand Kingdoms, Uchiha Itachi put away his phone bug calmly.


    Katakuri, who was lying next to Uchiha Itachi, bit a huge donut and said slowly, "Why, Itachi, what happened?"


    In the past few years, Uchiha Itachi has spent most of his time with Katakuri, and the relationship between the two has become better and better.


    perhaps¡­


    Because they are both brothers?


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and said softly: "It''s okay, it''s just that another person who overestimated himself fell into the leader''s trap. By the way, don''t mention that you met Hei Ze in the future."


    "understood."


    Katakuri slowly ate up his donuts, wiped his hands and mouth, and wrapped his mouth with a scarf again: "The one who fell into the trap escaped from that old guy with white beard Marshall Titch?"


    "Ok."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded, then shook his head and said, "However, there is no need to pay too much attention to him now."


    About Marshall D. Teach.


    The Akatsuki organization has already arranged, and even Uehara Naraku has prepared a suitable partner for Tiki, and the first member of the upcoming Blackbeard Pirates has come to Tiki.


    Its name is Heijue.


    During the first half of the great voyage, Marshall D. Teach temporarily stayed on the small island.


    Just when Tiqi was still a little angry and panicked that he had provoked the big trouble of the Xiao organization again, a black shadow gradually emerged from the ground and slowly attached to him.


    This black shadow is like mud.


    Because its secrecy is so high, even Marshall D. Teach just noticed the appearance of this black shadow when Heijue was attached to him!


    "what?"


    Marshall D. Teach looked at the black shadow that suddenly appeared on his arm in shock. This dark thing was actually attached to him like this, as if it was originally an organ on his body!


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    The dark thing suddenly let out a sinister laugh: "The new owner of the dark fruit? Then do you know what it means to eat the dark fruit?"


    "Bastard! What are you?"


    Marshall D. Teach looked at this dark mass flowing on his body in amazement, he only felt that this mass might directly merge into his body at any time!


    "You who ate the dark fruit, don''t you know the power of the dark fruit?"


    Hei Jue''s voice was still smiling sullenly, and it gradually revealed a strange face on Marshall D. Teach''s arm: "Don''t you want to know why this dark fruit is called the world''s most beautiful fruit?" A vicious fruit? Don¡¯t you know why the dark fruit can¡¯t be elementalized?¡±


    "what?"


    Tikki''s face was still stunned.


    The next moment, Marshall D. Teach''s eyes suddenly showed a hint of fierceness: "You guy...is the dark fruit..."


    "No, I am you!"


    Heijue''s weird smile is like a devil: "When the owner of the dark fruit needs power, the dormant will in his heart will wake up and transform into a creature called Heijue, who will always act according to your wishes!"

 Chapter 523

    Tikki couldn''t believe it.


    It''s a pity that Tiki''s knowledge of the dark fruit is limited to his knowledge that the power of the dark fruit can temporarily disable the abilities of other devil fruits.


    What this creature named Heijue said made a lot of sense.


    Whether it is from the name or its appearance, it is similar to the dark fruit. It seems that it was also born in the dark.


    "Thief hahahaha..."


    Marshall D. Teach stared at Hei Jue in front of him, and the smile on his face gradually became ferocious: "In this way, are you the will of my father? Then you know what I want... "


    "Ho ho ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Hei Jue''s laughter suddenly turned dark, and he slowly said with a playful smile: "The dreams and ambitions of every generation of dark fruit ability users are almost the same...


    No, it should be said that only the most ambitious people are eligible to obtain the dark fruit, Marshall D. Teach, and we will not have any exceptions..."


    Heijue looked at Tiqi, and its voice gradually became more sinister: "Replace the man we admire the most, and let this sea enter an era named after us!"


    "Thief ha ha ha ha ha ha!"


    The joy in Marshall D. Teach''s heart could no longer be suppressed, his palms were slowly clenched, and a flash of greed flashed in his eyes: "Really...you can''t be more right!


    What I want is to replace my most admired dad and let this era be named after Marshall D. Teach! "


    "We have always been one will..."


    Heijue looked at Tiqi with satisfaction and nodded, and its body slowly fell off Marshall D. Tiqi: "If a dark fruit capable person doesn''t match the ambition and darkness of this fruit, then he will Never have the qualifications to awaken one''s own will and incarnate into a real black master..."


    A strange smile gradually appeared on Hei Jue''s face: "At that time, his soul will be enslaved by the dark fruit after death...


    In the end, he was completely swallowed by the darkness of the dark fruit, and slowly turned into a creature named Baijue, and became the slave of the next dark fruit ability user! "


    "..."


    Marshall D. Teach''s face froze.


    Is there any risk in this fucking ability to become the dark fruit?


    If it is not recognized by the dark fruit, then this fruit will devour the soul of the capable person. Isn''t this fruit too terrifying?


    Heijue approached Marshall D. Teach again, and said with a smile: "Teach, the dark fruit is known as the most vicious fruit, because it will devour those unqualified candidates, which is why it is called the most evil fruit. The source of the vicious fruit!"


    "..."


    There was a trace of cold sweat on Marshall D. Teach''s face. He forcibly controlled his mood and maintained his smile: "Thief hahahaha... If it looks like this, I am already a qualified candidate..."


    "good."


    Heijue''s smile was still weird, and he even nodded slowly and said, "Then do you want to see those failed products called Baijue? They are very interesting, and they are also the most powerful arm for dark fruit ability users to conquer this era! "


    The next moment, Hei didn''t wait for Marshall D. Teach to react, and immediately said: "Teach, use your will to summon Baijue, they will always hide in the depths of the ground, and they will explode with the power of the dark fruit to attract Let them reappear!"


    Heijue''s voice became more gloomy, and his smile became terrifying: "Tiqi, see the gift that the dark fruit gives you, and see the true greatness of the dark fruit!"


    next second.


    Marshall D. Teach gritted his teeth, his palm gradually turned black, and fell to the ground suddenly!


    After a long time.


    One by one white zebras quietly emerged from the ground.


    Marshall D. Teach''s face gradually became a little stiff, and he looked at these creatures named Bai Jue in disbelief, and each creature looked extremely hideous.


    This is definitely not human!


    There has never been such a creature in the sea!


    These baijue look a bit inconspicuous, but their strange appearance makes Tiqi uncontrollably a little scared. Are these dark fruit ability users who have failed?


    "Ho ho ho ho... Tiki, do you know why Bai Jue can be the strongest power to conquer this era as a dark fruit ability user?"


    Heijue''s laughter became more and more sinister, and it continued slowly: "If a person with dark fruit ability wants to become the uncrowned king and the most powerful person in this world, they can replace everyone in the world government !"


    The next moment, Marshall D. Teach''s complexion changed drastically!


    Because in his line of sight, every white beast has changed into his appearance!


    This kind of ability, Marshall D. Teach has only heard of one kind, and that is the transformation fruit, but now these Baijue can turn into his appearance out of thin air!


    It''s hard to tell even the domineering look!


    Even the breath, it looks a little tough!


    Marshall D. Teach couldn''t help being a little uneasy. He pointed to a group of transformed Bai Jue: "These failed products, can''t they also use Lao Tzu''s ability?"


    "No, their transformation ability can only be used for camouflage, but only the highest level of the Heart of Listening to Everything can discover their true identities!"


    After shaking his head with a smile, Hei Jue let a Bai Jue cut off his arm and sent it to Marshall D. Teach: "The most important thing is that the existence of Bai Jue can help heal some of your injuries at any time...


    The ability of the dark fruit must touch the enemy with your hands to make the ability invalid, so each generation of dark fruit ability users consume the most is their palm. If you encounter a terrifying enemy and cut off your hand directly, Bai Jue''s arm can immediately catch it. in your hands.


    Tiki, do you want to try it now? "


    "No... no."


    Marshall D. Titch couldn''t help but shook his head and swallowed a mouthful of saliva, a flash of fear flashed in his eyes, and he became a little greedy: "Are these monsters that can transform at any time, are I slaves? ?¡±


    damn it¡­


    This dark fruit is really a big profit!


    Originally, Marshall D. Teach was a little worried that the dark fruit could not be elementalized, what should he do if he was seriously injured...


    did not expect¡­


    The arm of a creature like Bai Jue can be transplanted to him!


    "Bai Jue will only take orders from people with dark fruit abilities..."


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Heijue''s smile became more and more weird, and its body was reattached to Marshall D. Teach: "They have one last use, which is to eat devil fruits and become an army of ability users who are only loyal to us! "


    "If you want great power..."


    Hei Jue''s eyes fell on Tiqi''s face, and he continued with a smile: "Then you can kill the original devil fruit ability users, seize their abilities, and turn Bai Jue into a team of devil fruit ability users." mighty army!


    Tiki, every generation of dark fruit users has noticed the possibility of transferring the ability of the devil fruit when they detain the enemy''s ability!


    Around them, there is a powerful army of devil fruit ability users to help them conquer this era! "


    "Thief ha ha ha ha ha..."


    Marshall D. Titch nodded slowly, his greedy eyes fell on the group of white people, he couldn''t help but nodded slowly and said: "It''s really unexpected! This kind of person who only obeys orders Lao Tzu''s creature..."


    really...


    People can''t help but want to go crazy!


    A monster that only obeys his orders, can transform into anyone at any time, can only be detected by the knowledgeable domineering who listens to the heart of all things!


    and¡­


    These Bai Jue can actually become the combat power under his command.


    It''s just that these Baijue turned out to be some unqualified dark fruit ability users, which made Marshall D. Teach feel flustered when he saw it!


    No wonder this devil fruit is known as the most vicious fruit in the world, no wonder the leader of Akatsuki tried everything possible to get the dark fruit...


    It''s really no wonder, Uchiha Itachi doesn''t want him as a devil fruit capable user at all, but kills him, and he must be secretly reborn with the fruit!


    Oh shit¡­


    As long as you become a dark fruit capable user, you will have the opportunity to obtain the Baijue Legion, and have an organ that is not afraid of any disability or serious injury!


    Any head of state in the world can be replaced!


    You can create a devil fruit army that is only loyal to those with dark fruit abilities!


    Who would have thought that even if there is only one person with dark fruit ability, he definitely has the possibility to rule the world!


    even¡­


    As long as you operate it well, the probability is not low at all!


    Marshall D. Teach couldn''t suppress his ambition, he even wanted to turn all the Baijue army in front of him into devil fruit ability users, and directly form a strongest pirate group composed of all devil fruit ability users!


    a...


    Only loyal to his Legion!


    Perhaps the only dangerous thing is that if his own ambition is not enough, he will be turned into this kind of monster who seems to have no IQ and will only obey others by the dark fruit...


    "Thief hahaha..."


    Marshall D. Teach couldn''t help showing a crazy smile: "It seems that what I need most is time... But is there only so much for Bai Jie?"


    "Ho ho ho ho... How many people with dark fruit abilities can there be in the past?"


    Hei Jue''s smile was still gloomy, and he just shook his head slowly and said: "Before the dark fruit ability user is dying, the Bai Jue summoned by him will die for him... What''s more, what you can use now is just being used by the dark fruit." Summoned by your power!"


    Heijue stared at Tiqi, with a grim smile: "When the dark power you can unleash is strong enough to be transmitted to any corner of the world, those hidden Baijue will naturally appear in front of us!"


    Of course, Bai Jue is more than that.


    As long as Bai Jue uses the spore technique to absorb chakra, he can reproduce. Unfortunately, there are only so many Bai Jue strengthened by the cells between the columns.


    "Thief ha ha ha ha ha..."


    Marshall D. Teach didn''t care so much anymore, he nodded slowly, and drops of saliva gradually flowed from the corners of his mouth.


    The madness in Marshall D. Teach''s eyes could hardly be suppressed: "Forget it, it doesn''t matter, these dozens of white ones are enough for me now! Then let us conquer this era with darkness!"


    ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª


    The double monthly pass has arrived! Ask for some tickets!

 Chapter 524

    dark fruit...


    What an intoxicating ability.


    Marshall D. Teach really felt the joy of dark fruit ability users.


    This is really not in vain the fruit ability that I obtained after suffering in the Whitebeard Pirates for more than 20 years and offending the two superpowers of the Whitebeard Pirates and the Akatsuki Organization!


    but pay...


    Really paid off hugely!


    These rewards are completely beyond Tiqi''s imagination!


    Although Tiqi has just learned that eating this fruit is quite risky,


    But as long as you have enough ambition and strength, and can control the power of this fruit, you can get anything you want in the world!


    that power¡­


    strength¡­


    power¡­


    Everything you need, give and take!


    Anyone with dark fruit ability can get everything they want. This fruit ability is definitely enough to plunge the world into darkness!


    "call¡­"


    Marshall D. Teach took a deep breath and suppressed his excitement. What should he do now? It seems that you can do anything!


    Kill the king of a country and let Bai Jue replace him; or hunt down the devil fruit ability users and let Bai Jue become an army of ability users?


    It''s really hard to choose!


    Heijue looked at Marshall D. Teach''s tangled face, and a terrifying smile appeared on the corner of its mouth: "What we have to do is to take everything from Whitebeard, and we can''t waste time here anymore. There is no such thing as Whitebeard yet. Before becoming a combat force, first gather some available people...


    Slowly find some vicious guys in this sea, let them become our pawns and subordinates, and control the coming of the dark age..."


    "Thief hahahaha..."


    Marshall D. Teach''s eyes slowly fell on Hei Jue, and he grinned and said, "It''s really what I thought!"


    Heijue''s body slowly attached to Tiqi''s body, and its voice gradually came out from Tiqi''s body: "I am your will, and I will naturally act according to your wishes...As for these Baijue, let them first Hidden to collect information about the world, even the Navy Headquarters Marlin Fandor can sneak in, and call them when we need them..."


    "Thief hahahaha... that''s right!"


    Marshall D. Teach clenched his fists violently, and his face became more and more crazy: "I am called Blackbeard now... The era of Dad will soon pass, and the future era of this sea will be called Blackbeard Bar!"


    Unfortunately¡­


    It didn''t take long for Marshall D. Teach to be arrogant, because he knew that Uchiha Sasuke and Ace were still on the way to kill him.


    And now Tiqi also wants to go to Drum Island, a big medical country, to see if his body can accommodate the power of two devil fruits...


    What he wants is to take everything from Whitebeard!


    In addition to Whitebeard''s status and influence, he also needs to seize Whitebeard''s power. If he wants to dominate the world, his own strength is not enough for him to reach the top!


    At least in the face of Uchiha Sasuke''s pursuit, there is no room to fight back!


    "Except for that brat Sasuke..."


    Marshall D. Teach couldn''t help but gritted his teeth and spit out: "Maybe there are still Xiao Xiao''s lingering guys who will probably come after him..."


    The leader of the mysterious Akatsuki has been looking for the dark fruit. It must be because the leader of the Akatsuki organization knows the true value of the dark fruit, so they don''t need devil fruit ability users, what they need is the dark fruit!


    What a hassle...


    But the little troubles he is facing now are nothing compared to the temptation to conquer this world!


    If not ambitious enough...


    But the soul will be devoured by the dark fruit!


    Just as Marshall D. Titch scolded the Akatsuki organization, Heijue attached himself to him, trying to find a way to contact Uehara Naraku through the eyes of reincarnation.


    "Hagoromo..."


    There was a hint of a smile in Heijue''s voice, which made it obvious that it was quite happy now that it had returned to its old ways.


    That''s how it deceived Uchiha Madara back then...


    Now this guy named Marshall D. Teach is exactly the same.


    Unfortunately, Hei Jue called the wrong name.


    "You got the wrong guy."


    Naraku Uehara responded indifferently, and corrected Heijue in a cold voice: "I am Naraku Uehara, not your brother..."


    "what differences are there?"


    Hei Jue''s smile was a bit regretful, and he couldn''t help sighing: "We are a family, but mother has been missing you since you left..."


    "Let''s talk about business, don''t mention her."


    "It''s really ruthless..."


    When Heijue mentioned Kaguya Ji, he would say good things from time to time, because it was Kaguya Ji''s will: "What mother did for you is pampering you in her own way, but she really wants to want¡­"


    "Hey, Heijue."


    Uehara Naraku''s attitude has obviously become a little tougher: "There is only one moon on this sea, I think we can use the Earth Explosion Star to add one, what do you think?"


    "Ho ho ho ho... let''s not talk about that."


    Heijue was very savvy, and immediately changed the subject: "Marshall D. Teach has fallen into our control, and he has recognized that I am his will..."


    "Good job."


    Uehara Naraku did not hesitate to appreciate Hei Ze''s work: "I will send Uchiha Obito to lurk around you to assist you."


    "Ho ho ho ho... this is so good."


    Hei Jue asked again with some gloominess: "Uehara, if you''re okay, you can call your mother, or you can contact her directly with the eyes of reincarnation..."


    "now was busy."


    Uehara Naraku immediately interrupted Hei Ze''s words.


    Uehara Naraku is indeed very busy now.


    Because after cutting off contact with Heijue, Naraku Uehara quickly contacted Yao Shidou and asked him to send a team of CP department personnel to assist in the arrest of Sabo or Monkey D. Dorag of the Revolutionary Army.


    This is also a credit.


    And this credit will allow Pharmacist to go a step further.


    When Naraku Uehara was discussing with Pharmacist Dou, Uehara slightly mentioned that he might defect to the navy, and Pharmacist Dou immediately approved the plan.


    Yaoshidou also thought that when Uehara defected, the bigger the better, the better...


    Because Yao Shidou planned to use the fact that he didn''t know people after Uehara Naraku''s defection to attack the Warring States of Buddha in front of Wulaoxing!


    What the pharmacist did in this matter is really not authentic at all.


    It''s really not human at all...


    Aokiji couldn''t help clenching his fists beside him.


    Pros and cons, right and wrong are all up to you? No matter what Marshal Warring States does is wrong, he will be used by the Akatsuki organization anyway...


    Even the slightest bit of space that can be used is not spared.


    "We''re almost at Rogue Town."


    They are entering the East China Sea through the windless belt of the great route, and will soon arrive at Rogge Town in the East China Sea.


    In order to ensure that before Luffy leaves Rogge Town, Uehara Naraku has been accelerating the warship at full speed.


    Aokiji rubbed his forehead, watched Naraku Uehara hang up Yakushidou''s phone bug, and couldn''t help but said: "Why is that guy Yakushidou getting worse and worse?"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    "Maybe it''s because of this corrupt world government..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, sighed, and said, "I guess I''ve seen too many intrigues in the world government in the past two years! Let''s go, let me revisit my old place!"


    Rogue Town.


    Uehara Naraku once visited this small island at the entrance of the great route, and that time he awakened his domineering look here.


    Yes.


    Uehara Naraku himself awakened the overlord-like arrogance on the execution platform. This garbage system just raised the level of overlord-like arrogance by the way.


    When Uehara Naraku arrived, the weather in Rogge Town seemed a bit harsh, and it seemed that it was not suitable for sailing at all.


    port area.


    Uehara Naraku''s warship slowly drove in, his eyes looked around, and finally landed on a boat with a simple and honest lamb on the bow.


    That''s the Golden Merry.


    It''s the car of the Straw Hat Pirates.


    Several orange trees were planted on the Golden Merry, and the deck was also very clean. It could be seen that the Straw Hat Pirates took great care of their boat.


    "Ian."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly beckoned and called his adjutant: "Did you see that boat? Now move the boat over, leave one orange tree on that boat, and move the rest to our warship , and all the money on board was searched..."


    "What... what?"


    Ain''s face was full of doubts.


    Aokiji couldn''t help but covered his cheeks, rubbed his forehead and said, "Hey, isn''t that Monkey D. Luffy''s pirate ship?"


    "Ok."


    "But¡­"


    Ai En, a beautiful swordsman, was even more suspicious, and her expression became more and more strange: "Lieutenant General Uehara, why don''t we sink it now? That way we won''t let them escape, right?"


    "You have a point."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and said again: "But I still want to empty that pirate ship first..."


    "..."


    Ain was silent.


    What kind of devil boss is this!


    Even Aokiji next to him agreed with this opinion.


    In any case, Uehara Naraku should want to let Monkey D. Luffy go, at least the grandson of Lieutenant General Garp will not fall into their hands.


    pity¡­


    Cap''s grandson is actually more dangerous now.


    On the execution platform in Rogge Town, an execution is going on here, and the object of the execution is Garp''s grandson Monkey D. Luffy.


    The clown Bucky and Al Lita captured Straw Hat Luffy, and wanted to execute Monkey D. Luffy on the execution platform where Gol D. Roger had been executed.


    Just when Luffy was about to be beheaded, a gust of thunder and lightning swept in, completely crushing the execution platform and saving Luffy''s life.


    Two figures loomed along with the thunder and lightning.


    Monkey D. Drago''s face was revealed, with a mysterious smile on the corner of his mouth, and he slowly turned his head to look at the young man beside him: "Sabo, if you want to see him, go see him Bar!"


    "Well, time flies so fast!"


    A smile appeared on Sabo''s face, he nodded and said, "I really didn''t expect that Luffy would enter the great route soon!"


    Sabo couldn''t help but glance at Drago in front of him again: "But, Mr. Drago, won''t you go meet Luffy together?"


    "not the right time yet."


    Drago shook his head slowly.


    Just at this time, a white smoke suddenly rose, quickly enveloping a group of pirates in the square, and Captain Smoker, who was stationed in Rogge Town, finally appeared!


    The captain of the navy took action to wipe out the Bucky Pirates, Alrita and others, and even directly used the natural fruit ability to capture the pirate he thought was most likely to pose a big threat!


    "Straw Hat Luffy!"


    Smoker''s figure turned into a cloud of smoke, quickly caught up with Luffy''s figure, waved his hand and released a white smoke that trapped Luffy''s body, a fierce look flashed across his face: "No matter what You escape from here!"


    "Don''t disturb me going to sea!"


    Monkey D. Luffy waved his fist, trying to disperse the white smoke in front of him, but his strength was always in vain!


    Just when Smoker held his ten hands and was about to hit Luffy directly, a water pipe suddenly appeared, blocking Smoker''s attacking hands!


    "My brother is going to be the Pirate King..."


    Holding the water pipe in his hand, Sabo slowly raised his head to look at Smoker, with a smile on his face: "So, please don''t delay his going to sea now..."

 Chapter 525

    three years ago.


    With the help of Uehara Naraku, Sabo recovered his memory. At that time, Sabo also saw Luffy when he sent Dadan back to Mount Golbe.


    Now when they meet again in Logue Town, Luffy''s face is full of surprise: "Sabo! Why are you here?"


    "Ha, I happen to have something to do in Rogge Town..."


    Sabo turned his head and glanced at his younger brother, with a refreshing smile on his face: "I''ll stop him, hurry up and leave with your companions!"


    "This white smoked man is very difficult..."


    "Don''t worry."


    Sabo shook his head with a smile, his palm slowly formed a sharp claw posture, and the armed domineering instantly floated on the palm.


    "Dragon Claw Fist!"


    Sabo dodges in front of Smoker!


    The pitch-black claws slammed towards Smoker!


    "Armed and domineering..."


    The next moment, Smoker flew back with an ugly face.


    Even so, his clothes were still torn open by the Dragon Claw Fist!


    "Let''s go, Luffy!"


    Sabo looked at Luffy with a smile, and said with a chuckle: "Follow the sea breeze that sees you off, and enter the great route! Go and see the most magnificent scenery in the world, and become stronger and stronger! Be sure to get us The promised ONE PIECE, become the One Piece of this era!"


    "Ah, don''t worry!"


    Luffy nodded with a smile, and flew towards the pier, his voice spread throughout the square of Rogge Town: "I''ve said it a long time ago, I will definitely become the One Piece!"


    "This guy¡­"


    Sabo chuckled and shook his head helplessly.


    For his brother who is offline, Sabo is really helpless, sometimes even Sabo feels that he has been infected by Luffy...


    A burst of white smoke suddenly began to spread again.


    Smoker''s figure reappeared in front of Sabo, he clenched his ten hands tightly, puffed out a puff of thick smoke from the cigar in his mouth.


    "Hmph, straw hat Luffy''s helping hand?"


    Smoker waved his hands and rushed towards Sabo again, and said fiercely: "Then you all stay here together!"


    Sabo held the iron pipe in his hand and faced Smoker''s ten hands. His smile gradually became more confident: "I will never agree to this matter..."


    In the next second, the two started a big battle in the square of Rogge Town!


    While Sabo and Smoker were fighting fiercely, Monkey D. Luffy and other members of the Straw Hat Pirates had fled to the pier and hurried to their pirate ship.


    "etc¡­"


    Sauron''s eyes seemed to see a figure on the Golden Meili for an instant, and he couldn''t help but said, "Hey, there seem to be other people on board!"


    "Huh? How is that possible?"


    Sanji glanced at the people around him: "Nami-chan, you idiot Luffy, Usopp, and you moron-headed idiot, there should be no one on board... Anyway, they are not good people, they should be thieves, get on board first Say it again!"


    "Ahhhhhh..."


    Nami saw the disappearance of the lush orange tree on the Golden Meili, and her expression quickly became irritable: "Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh...my orange tree! I should have left you alone to watch the ship if I knew it earlier. !"


    "Stop arguing, stop arguing! There are three marines on board!"


    Usopp''s eyes were fixed on the figure on the boat. As a sniper, Usopp''s eyesight was obviously the best.


    Aboard the Golden Merry.


    Naraku Uehara sat on the railing of the boat, slowly raised his head to look at the weather under the cloud, spread his palms, and said calmly: "General Aokiji, Ian, go help our Smo Colonel Greg!"


    "troublesome¡­"


    Aokiji scratched his hair and landed on the shore: "That fellow Dorag is not easy to deal with at all..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Ain, who was flying down, and said with a smile: "You just need to hold back Drago, so that Ain and CP''s reinforcements have enough time to catch Sabo."


    "Yes, Lieutenant General Uehara."


    Ai En nodded seriously, and continued: "Are we really not going to catch the Straw Hat Pirates? Opportunities are rare..."


    "It''s useless if you catch it at this time, right?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and rejected Ain''s proposal: "Now only Straw Hat Luffy has a reward, even if he is caught, he will only be locked up for a while... Don''t worry, let alone the person we are going to catch today will make you Straw Hat Luffy is even sadder."


    "clear!"


    Ain nodded.


    "It''s really bad..."


    Aokiji shook his head.


    In the next second, the two of them ran towards the direction of Rogge Town. When they met the Straw Hat Pirates head-on, the two of them didn''t stop them too much, they just dodged and rushed to Rogge Town again Inside!


    "Hey?"


    Everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates was a little surprised.


    Lu Fei scratched his head, looked curiously at the two marines heading towards Rogue Town, and couldn''t help being surprised: "Eh? Didn''t they come to catch us?"


    "Those two guys are strong!"


    Sauron''s gaze couldn''t help but change, and he clenched his hand tightly: "What do they mean? Do they look down on us?"


    "Zoro, stop talking!"


    Usopp hugged his head, looking towards the direction of the Golden Merry, with a look of fear on his face: "The guy left on the ship seems to be even scarier!"


    The next moment, the gust of wind suddenly became more violent!


    This gust of wind instantly blew away the dark clouds in the sky, and a ray of sunlight penetrated through the gaps in the clouds, illuminating Uehara Naraku who was sitting on the railing of the Golden Meili.


    In the eyes of everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates...


    This scene is so sacred and solemn that people can''t help but admire it!


    "Uehara!"


    Lu Fei recognized Uehara Naraku''s appearance, with a hint of joy on his face, he waved his arms excitedly: "Wow, long time no see, Uehara!"


    Because the Straw Hat Pirates have always mentioned Uehara Naraku recently, even if Luffy wants to forget Uehara Naraku''s appearance, he will always think of it passively.


    "that guy¡­"


    Sanji''s expression couldn''t help but change.


    It is really not easy for Sanji to have a good impression of Uehara Naraku, but he has seen Uehara Naraku''s bad behavior with his own eyes.


    Nami''s mood was even more complicated.


    A trace of anger gradually appeared on Nami''s face, and she rushed to the side of the Mei Li angrily, waving her fists angrily.


    "Hey, Uehara Naraku, those orange trees I brought from Cocosia Village on the Meili have been stolen by you again!"


    There is no doubt about it!


    Apart from Uehara Naraku in front of me, who else would steal an orange tree after eating too much!


    "Here, I left one for you!"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled and shook his head. He tossed a coin in his palm and threw it to Nami, saying, "One hundred Baileys, this is the money to buy orange trees..."


    "What... what?"


    Nami took the coin subconsciously, and her eyes suddenly changed again: "Wait, Naraku Uehara, the money we put on the boat..."


    "Well, I saw it, there are 17.93 million Baileys in the safe..."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm, and said with a sincere face: "It seems that it is not easy for you to save so much money. I promise you, I will squander them well."


    This figure is not bad at all.


    Nami''s expression became very ugly, and everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates could tell that Nami must be in a bad mood.


    but¡­


    This Uehara Naraku is too much!


    "... mixed... mixed... mixed..."


    Nami clenched her fists, and slowly raised her head to look at Naraku Uehara, as if she would be dominated by anger and wanted to yell out in the next moment.


    apparently...


    Nami''s temper was on the verge of breaking out.


    In the past few years, Nami has never forgotten what happened after she met Uehara Naraku when she was fifteen years old, and now history seems to be repeating itself again.


    This bastard, why is he robbing her all the time!


    "Nami, don''t talk nonsense."


    Naraku Uehara shook his cloak, smiled and said, "Remind me, I am the Vice Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, and I am stronger than the Colonel Smoker of the Navy Headquarters that you are going to hunt down just now. Think about what you should say." ?"


    Nami''s face froze instantly.


    Even if Uehara Naraku is not a vice admiral, Nami has to think carefully if she wants to scold him, because she knows that this guy is actually very mean...


    Thinking of the past, Nami''s heart was filled with grievances immediately, tears slowly pooled in her eyes, and she looked up at Uehara Naraku anxiously: "You are already a navy now, why do you want to grab my things..."


    delicate and charming¡­


    Wronged Baba...


    This is Nami''s usual weapon against men.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Nami''s expression and tilted his head. He thought for a while and gave an answer: "Maybe it''s because it''s not easy for you to earn money, so I have the responsibility to help you spend it... By the way, you hide I also sent someone to take away the jewelry in my room."


    "..."


    The grievance on Nami''s face immediately turned into despair.


    Uehara Naraku is still that bad bastard.


    Even if he became a navy, he still couldn''t change his nature of bullying her, a little girl, but why did this guy always find her money!


    And it always appears when she is happiest...


    Take her money, take her treasures, take her orange tree...


    The last time was when Nami was the happiest after Aaron was eliminated, and Naraku Uehara robbed her of the money she had accumulated for many years; this time, when she just returned from shopping and was about to enter the great route, both money and jewelry were robbed gone¡­


    This guy¡­


    Could it be her nightmare?


    "It''s not a man''s job to make a beautiful girl cry!"


    Sanji''s voice suddenly appeared in everyone''s ears, and his figure quickly jumped towards Uehara Naraku, kicking Uehara Naraku in a row!


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm towards Sanji who was in the air, and a beam of armed arrogance instantly released from his palm!


    Sanji''s body flew upside down at an even faster speed!


    "idiot!"


    After Roronoa Zoro scolded Sanji, he pulled out his three knives and rushed towards Uehara Naraku: "Three Swords Style Three Thousand Worlds!"


    A murderous aura and sword glow swept towards Naraku Uehara!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku stretched out a finger and pressed it on one of the knives, stopping this seemingly vigorous attack, and instantly made Roronoa Zoro''s face appear A drop of cold sweat!


    This¡­


    what is the problem!


    What a joke!


    The last time at the Bharati restaurant, Hawkeye Mihawk could crack it with a knife, and this time, Uehara Naraku cracked his sword skills with one finger!


    "You bastard..."


    Roronoa Zoro stared at Uehara Naraku, faintly feeling a little bad. They haven''t set foot on the great route, are they about to be captured by the navy in front of them?


    This kind of strength...


    Even Luffy is far inferior!


    It is really unimaginable how many strong men there are in the navy, and how many monsters there will be in the great route!


    "I won''t stop you."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, flew down from the railing of the Meili, and said seriously: "Luffy, get out of here right now, you can enter the great route, but you paid a very painful price!"

 Chapter 526

    The Golden Merry left Rogue Town.


    Everyone except Luffy is in a bad mood.


    Roronoa Zoro held his knife, leaned against the railing of the Meili, and asked in a hoarse voice: "Hey, Curly Eyebrows, is that guy Uehara Naraku?"


    Sauron was hit harder this time.


    Originally, the defeat at the hands of Hawkeye Mihawk was tolerable, but this time when facing Naraku Uehara, he was defeated by him with one finger...


    really...


    It is unacceptable.


    Sanji nodded slowly, and smoked a cigarette with a melancholy face: "I didn''t expect that guy to be so strong..."


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    "Ha, Uehara is already very strong!"


    Lu Fei''s arm suddenly stretched, jumped to their side, and said with a smile: "When I met him three years ago, I couldn''t fight back..."


    "It''s the same now!"


    Nami glanced at Luffy with resentment.


    Just as the atmosphere of the Straw Hat Pirates was gradually enlivened by Luffy, the atmosphere in Rogue Town after they left suddenly became tense.


    Monkey D. Drago appeared in a corner of the square in a green cloak. He looked at Sabo, who was still fighting fiercely, and called out to him loudly.


    "Sabo, someone else is coming... we should go."


    Because the gust of wind outside Rogge Town stopped, Drago immediately covered the surroundings with domineering arrogance, and also noticed a few tricky guys!


    One of them was the Aokiji he was familiar with.


    Several other people also made Drago feel a little familiar, and they were all difficult enemies of their revolutionary army in recent years.


    "Yes, Mr. Dorag."


    Sabo punched back Smoker''s attack, flew back and retreated to Drago''s side, wanting to leave directly with Drago.


    It''s a pity that it''s too late at this time.


    Aokiji and Ain had already appeared at the entrance of the square in Rogge Town, and several masked people also appeared on the roofs around the square in an instant!


    Admiral Aokiji of the Navy Headquarters!


    And the natural enemy of the revolutionary army, the agents of the CP department!


    "Admiral Aokiji!"


    The moment he saw Aokiji appear, Sabo''s face couldn''t help but changed immediately, and his expression immediately looked nervously at Drago beside him.


    "Mr. Dorag!"


    Sabo clenched his iron pipe tightly, and whispered: "Admiral and the others are coming from the direction of the port? Luffy and the others..."


    "Luffy has left safely."


    There was a smile on the corner of Drago''s mouth, he took off the cloak and hood on his head, and said with a light smile: "It seems that Qingzhi and this group of lackeys of the world government should be targeting us ..."


    Sabo looked at Drago in disbelief, and couldn''t help but said, "But how do these people know Mr. Drago..."


    Even within the Revolutionary Army, not many people would know the whereabouts of Dorag, especially this time they came to Luoge Town to see Luffy off in private!


    "It should be the work of that fellow, Medicine Master Pouch!"


    There was still a smile on Drago''s face. The leader of the revolutionary army probably already had his own guess in his heart, and it should be the new generation of wise generals in Medicine Master''s pocket.


    Ever since that fellow Yao Shidou completely took over the CP department, life for their revolutionary army has not been easy.


    In the past few years, the CP department under Yaoshidou''s command and the revolutionary army have never stopped fighting, and almost every time the revolutionary army will suffer a lot at the hands of Yaoshidou.


    The pharmacist arrested many revolutionary army cadres...


    This is in exchange for his own high position!


    There was still a smile on Drago''s face, but his eyes gradually turned cold: "It seems that our old opponent should have guessed that I will see Luffy off here..."


    The pharmacist pockets that guy...


    Sure enough, it''s still so difficult!


    "Well, long time no see, Dorag."


    Aokiji scratched his hair, and looked at Dorag with some doubts: "I didn''t expect you to be here..."


    "Kuzan, there seems to be nothing you can think of!"


    Looking at Aokiji''s expression, Drago said with a light smile, "If it looks like this, did they only arrange for you to catch me?"


    "This difficulty is not low..."


    Aokiji shook his head, his eyes slowly fell on Sabo next to Drago: "But... even if we can''t catch you, this time we must have something else to gain!"


    "Hey, Kuzan!"


    Smoker''s figure turned into a white smoke and flew to Aokiji''s side. He couldn''t help but frowned and looked at Aokiji and said, "Can''t you be more motivated!"


    Smoker and Aokiji are old friends.


    The relationship between the two of them is really good.


    Therefore, Smoker''s rudeness to the general was not taken into consideration by Aokiji, and Aokiji even sighed slowly: "Well, Smoker, this is not something that can be solved with effort. Lager is not that simple..."


    "Do it!"


    A muscular CP agent wearing a mask interrupted Aokiji''s words: "We don''t have so much leisure time to listen to you chatting here!"


    These CP agents don''t care about the face of the admiral Aokiji at all!


    Following his opening, the four CP agents on the roof also quickly descended, facing Drago and Sabo in a faint siege!


    "Sure enough, how many of you..."


    Drago''s eyes gradually darkened, he stared fixedly at the four CP agents, and said in a low voice: "Thunder, earth, wind, water... That guy in the pharmacist''s pocket looks like he''s right on my neck." The head must be won!"


    The four strongest CP agents under Yao Shidou''s command!


    These are the four scariest of CP agents in recent years. They are often fearless in battle, and they are also Yaoshidou''s right-hand man in capturing revolutionary cadres!


    "It turned out to be them!"


    Sabo''s expression couldn''t help changing.


    Even Sabo, who has always been nervous, couldn''t help being a little nervous when he heard the code names of these four CP agents, because these guys planted hatred in the hearts of everyone in the Revolutionary Army!


    Revolutionary Army intelligence officer Terry Kildeo.


    Karas, commander of the Revolutionary Army Northern Army.


    Maury, commander of the Western Army of the Revolutionary Army.


    Ashilu, deputy commander of the Eastern Army of the Revolutionary Army.


    All of them were high-level members of the Revolutionary Army, but they were all under the design of Yaoshidou, and were captured by these CP agents and sent to the undersea prison Impelton!


    to be honest¡­


    Sabo now faintly feels that they are a bit more ominous, and so far, few revolutionary army cadres have been able to escape from the hands of these CP agents!


    Sabo couldn''t help but sigh in his heart, he didn''t expect that the price of sending Luffy off this time would be so high, putting him and Drago in such a dangerous situation!


    Luffy''s brother...


    If he can''t become the Pirate King, I''m really sorry for him!


    "Sabo."


    Drago glanced at Rogge Town and lowered his voice: "This place is not suitable as a battlefield at all. After the battle starts, I will cover you and break out first, and escape immediately when you get the chance. Remember? "


    "Mr. Dorag..."


    Sabo looked at Dorag in disbelief, shook his head hurriedly and said: "No, after a while, I will fight with all my strength to pave the way for Mr. Dorag...Baldigo can''t lose Mr. Dorag! "


    "Sabo..."


    There was a smile on the corner of Monkey D. Dorag''s mouth, he shook his head and said: "It''s not so easy to keep me just by relying on an admiral and four CP agents!"


    The next moment, surrounded by a group of people, the leader of the revolutionary army took the lead in grabbing the burly CP agent closest to him!


    The CP agent had already noticed that his body dodged back the moment Drago grabbed him, stretched out a finger and rushed towards Drago again!


    "Hell Spike¡¤One Hand!"


    "Dragon Claw Fist!"


    Drago''s palm instantly turned into a claw, and collided with the CP agent code-named Lei, and his sharp claws crushed the CP agent''s fingers in an instant!


    However, Drago didn''t dare to be careless at all!


    Because in the past few years of fighting, Drago has also found some information. For example, the reason why these four CP agents code-named Leihuofengtu are not afraid of death is that they will never die!


    It''s like a corpse!


    Just when Drago wanted to go further and directly smashed the man''s head, a white light stopped his pursuit. The moment the light fell on the ground, it turned the slate on the ground into nothingness!


    apparently...


    Once an ordinary person encounters this white light, they are almost certain to die!


    The fingers of another CP agent instantly shot out streams of water to attack Drago, while laughing and saying: "Ahahaha, don''t be too impulsive, boy from the Kingdom of Thunder... this guy is not so easy to deal with!"


    While launching his own attack, the CP agent codenamed Shui turned his head to look at Aokiji and the others: "Hey, how long are you guys going to stand there?"


    "Humph!"


    Smoker snorted coldly, waved his ten hands and rushed towards Dorag, but before he had fought two moves, he was pressed on the head by Dorag with a dragon claw fist!


    Drago''s fingers are entwined with a mighty armed domineering force, as long as he, the leader of the revolutionary army, can scratch Smoker''s head!


    A cloud of cold air hits Drago!


    This ball of ice instantly turned into ice and enveloped Drago''s body!


    It was the ability of Admiral Aokiji of the Navy Headquarters. When his friend Smoker was in crisis, Aokiji rescued Smoker!


    "Well, it''s really troublesome..."


    Aokiji scratched his head, glanced at Smoker, who he had rescued, and said, "Smog, go and help Ain catch that yellow-haired brat. As for Drago, just Leave it to us for now!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Smoker nodded slowly.


    The navy colonel couldn''t help but glanced at Dorag, who was imprisoned by the ice. He almost thought he was going to die in Dorag''s hands just now!


    the other side¡­


    Ain and Sabo also hand in hand!


    "Mr. Dorag!"


    Sabo couldn''t help looking at Dorag, who was imprisoned by the ice, in astonishment.


    The next moment, Drago''s figure burst out of the seal!


    The leader of the revolutionary army seemed to be unharmed, with a smile still on the corner of his mouth: "Ha, the ability to freeze is getting more and more terrifying... General Kuzan..."


    "Well, I got a little interesting power recently..."


    Qingzhi scratched his head, and said slowly: "Facing you monsters, I still feel a little powerless..."


    Drago dodged the attack of a CP agent, and waved his hand to control a gust of wind, forcing the other three CP agents back!


    At this moment, Drago''s eyes finally stopped on Aokiji''s body, and his eyes became solemn: "You are too humble...you are an admiral!"

 Chapter 527

    Aokiji is very strong.


    Many years ago, Monkey D. Dorag had seen the young Aokiji.


    At that time, Drago didn''t pay much attention to Aokiji, a natural fruit ability user, even Aokiji was called a monster in the third naval training camp founded by Zefa.


    Now that they had just fought against each other, Drago immediately realized that this youngest admiral was indeed a real monster!


    When facing Aokiji...


    Drago could feel that there was a beast hidden in Qingzhi''s body!


    "Compared to others..."


    Drago slowly bent his fingers, which turned into sharp claws again, and his eyes became sharper: "You are really looking more and more like a monster now!"


    "It''s still the same!"


    Aokiji slowly shook his head, clenched his fists: "Dorag, obviously you are the real monster!"


    The next moment, the two men rushed towards each other at the same time!


    Aokiji''s body was covered with cold air, and he raised his palm and patted Drago''s body. The biting cold almost froze Drago''s body directly!


    A gust of wind suddenly burst out from Drago''s side, quickly dispelling the cold air from Aokiji, and the corner of his mouth still had that confident smile!


    "Dragon Claw Fist!"


    Drago''s sharp claws directly twisted Aokiji''s arm!


    As long as he is facing physical combat, Drago is confident that he will not fall into a disadvantage.


    Because from the time he was young, even though Drago never said it, he knew very well that his father was Monkey D. Karp. He was a powerful navy based on physical skills and domineering. Lager will not relax his training in gymnastics!


    It''s just that he grabbed Aokiji''s palm so easily, which still made Drago a little puzzled. Aokiji couldn''t just rely on his own fruit power, right?


    No elementalization at this time...


    For the safety of himself and Sabo, Drago will never show mercy to Aokiji, and will definitely break Aokiji''s wrist directly!


    "Coral Palm!"


    However, when Drago grabbed Aokiji''s wrist, Aokiji''s palm also flipped and grabbed Drago''s wrist!


    Clumps of coral grew out of Drago''s arm, wrapping around Drago''s palm almost instantly!


    in an instant...


    One of Drago''s hands was imprisoned by heavy corals!


    It is derived from the power of Sanwei Isofu in Aokiji''s body!


    Aokiji pulled away his palm without changing his expression, and watched peacefully as Drago''s right hand was instantly wrapped by the coral that popped out, making him unable to move.


    Drago flew back, quickly clenched his left hand into a fist, and slammed down the clumps of coral, but his eyes slowly showed a hint of surprise: "It''s really an interesting ability, I thought you would take advantage of the victory..."


    "I don''t think you can be easily dealt with."


    Aokiji shook his head calmly, spread out his palms and said, "Before this town is in ruins, it''s not that easy to catch you..."


    after all¡­


    The Drago in front of him is the most dangerous man in the world!


    The danger of Monkey D. Drago is not only in the ideas he spreads, but also has a very strong power. Otherwise, the world government has hunted him down for more than ten years and failed to arrest him success!


    What''s more, Aokiji''s original mission was to stop Drago and buy time for Ain and Smoker to capture Sabo.


    Drago glanced at Sabo''s battle with Ian and Smoker next to him, and then glanced at the four CP agents who continued to surround him. His figure shuttled through the group of enemies who were rounding him up like a ghost. middle!


    A group of strong winds drove the dark clouds towards Rogge Town. Amidst the lightning and thunder in the sky, it rained like a torrential downpour!


    Drago''s voice gradually became uncertain in the rainstorm: "If you don''t try, how will you know?"


    The torrential rain not only did not stop the battle, but made the battle between them fierce again!


    This battle to encircle and suppress the leaders and cadres of the revolutionary army has finally begun to play a real fire!


    However, this is not what Drago wants!


    For Monkey D. Dorag, if the battle is unfavorable, both he and Sabo may be in a life-and-death crisis, and even the career of the Revolutionary Army will suffer a major setback!


    A CP agent code-named Tu suddenly reminded: "Be careful, Monkey D. Drago may use the weather to escape with that kid..."


    It''s a pity that his reminder was one step too late!


    A bolt of lightning cut through the dark sky!


    The torrential rain seemed to converge into a rain curtain, and everyone''s sight was obstructed, and they couldn''t even see clearly what happened on the battlefield!


    A surge of domineering arrogance burst out in an instant!


    Everyone frowned involuntarily, and could only rely on their own strength to resist the catharsis of this domineering look, and had to put away their knowledgeable looks!


    Just at this moment, Drago''s figure broke through the encirclement circle of the four CP agents and Aokiji in an instant, and appeared beside Sabo, knocked back Ain with one punch, and kicked Smoker away with one kick!


    "Walk!"


    Dorag urged in a low voice.


    After finishing speaking, Drago flew onto the roof, and Sabo flew to keep up with Drago without hesitation!


    Two figures galloped across the roofs of Rogge Town in the torrential rain, and they might disappear in some corner of the town at any time in this kind of weather!


    Even Aokiji can''t do anything about it!


    In such bad weather, who knows where Dorag and Sabo will hide. As long as they can hide, even if the navy is sent to search Rogge Town, they may not be able to find their trace again!


    and¡­


    Rogue Town is not a small town!


    The size of this town is even comparable to the capital of a country!


    By the time the navy of the Rogge Town branch is dispatched, Dorag and Sabo probably have already left the town by boat!


    Just as Drago and Sabo were running wildly, they felt a ray of sunlight falling on them, which illuminated the way forward for Aokiji and CP agents who were chasing after them, and also provided the way for Drago and Sabo to escape. s position.


    The sky is getting brighter...


    A gust of wind in the air was blowing overcast clouds, and the sun slowly fell on the streets of Rogge Town. The weather that was still raining just now suddenly cleared up again.


    This weird weather change¡­


    simply¡­


    It''s unspeakably weird!


    Even in the unpredictable area of ??the Great Airway, it is impossible for such a weird weather change to happen. It was obviously raining a second ago!


    Thus¡­


    Sabo and Monkey D. Drago, who were still on the run, suddenly had nowhere to hide. Aokiji, Smoker, Ian and four CP agents quickly chased after them!


    "It''s not right, there are others!"


    Drago''s expression suddenly changed, and he suddenly turned his head to look in the direction of the Rogge Town Wharf: "He was able to reverse the weather by himself..."


    "Mr. Dorag."


    Sabo suddenly clenched the iron pipe in his hand, and immediately made a decision in his heart. The twenty-year-old young revolutionary soldier said in a deep voice.


    "Mr. Dorag, there are obviously more dangerous enemies in this town, please leave here immediately, and I will kill you!"


    After speaking, Sabo didn''t hesitate any more.


    Instead of continuing to escape with Drago, Sabo turned to face Aokiji and the others. He just wanted to make himself an outcast!


    Because it is impossible for two people to escape.


    "Hey, Sabo, I don''t need you kid..."


    Drago didn''t even have time to stop Sabo, his face became a little cloudy, and the next moment he gritted his teeth and flew away to the distance!


    If you have a Saab...


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Drago really didn''t think he had a chance to escape.


    However, if they fought against Aokiji and CP agents in Rogge Town, they might not be able to end the battle in a week.


    At that time, it is estimated that reinforcements from the world government will arrive, right?


    Forget it, as long as Sabo has not been imprisoned in Imperton by the world government, Drago has plenty of ways to rescue Sabo!


    And it is not without precedent that revolutionary army cadres were rescued...


    Over the past few years, Yaoshidou has indeed arrested many revolutionary army cadres.


    It''s just that some of the revolutionary army cadres were taken away by the revolutionary army during the escort of the navy, which also made Admiral Buddha''s Warring States very embarrassing in front of the five old stars...


    Obviously, the cadres of the revolutionary army that the CP members worked so hard to capture were lost when they were escorted by the navy, but there was no problem when the navy escorted the pirates...


    Jealousy and jealousy... Incompetence in doing things...


    In order to fight for power and profit, he will not hesitate to harm the interests of the world government...


    These big hats would be put on the head of the Warring States of Buddha from time to time, which made the admiral of the navy very anxious for a while.


    These things about Chen Zhima and rotten millet of the Revolutionary Army are also the reason why many people think that the Warring States of Buddha cannot be promoted to the position of world commander.


    After Drago escaped by himself, Sabo, who went to meet Aokiji and the CP agents, was directly injured and arrested within a few rounds.


    A CP agent code-named Feng even prepared a pair of thick golden shackles for Sabo, and imprisoned the revolutionary army cadre.


    "Hey Hey hey!"


    The corners of Sabo''s eyes couldn''t help twitching, he raised his palm, and looked at the golden shackles on his body speechlessly: "It''s too extravagant for you CP people to use gold as shackles!"


    "Don''t belittle yourself..."


    A CP member shook his head casually, and said in a low voice: "Your identity, even if it''s a cage of one ton of gold, it''s nothing...


    Although according to our investigation, your position should have been promoted not long ago, but it can also be regarded as the highest level person we have caught. "


    Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army, Sabo!


    This young man, second only to the commander-in-chief of the Revolutionary Army, was captured by the CP department and the admiral after bidding farewell to his younger brother in Rogge Town!

 Chapter 528

    On the pier in Rogge Town.


    Smoker drank his cigar with an unhappy face, because he saw Uehara Naraku in a navy uniform, and knew that this guy had a higher rank than him.


    Three years ago, Naraku Uehara was still a criminal in the Baroque Work Club; three years later, Naraku Uehara became a lieutenant general of the Navy headquarters.


    Don''t say Smoker doesn''t understand...


    Even the prisoner Sabo didn''t understand.


    How did Uehara Naraku do it?


    Obviously, this guy was a small person three years ago, and he was trembling to be a good person under the banner of the Baroque Work Club. How did he become a vice admiral now?


    "Ha, I really didn''t expect..."


    When Sabo saw Uehara Naraku, there was a slight smile on his face: "We will meet again under such circumstances, Mr. Uehara..."


    "yes!"


    Uehara Naraku held a glass of juice in his hand, shook his head and sighed, "I never thought that this would be the case when we meet again..."


    "..."


    Aokiji had a delicate expression.


    Uehara Naraku said this as if he himself was quite surprised... However, wasn''t this guy himself making the plan to capture Sabo in Rogue Town?


    "I''m going to hunt down Straw Hat Luffy."


    Smoker smoked a cigar in his mouth, and said casually, "That brat, Luffy the Straw Hat, must be a dangerous person. You must not let him go like this. You guys are responsible for escorting the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army." !"


    A captain in the navy dared to speak to the admiral and vice admiral so unscrupulously, Smoker''s thorny nature was undoubtedly exposed.


    However, Smoker''s cognition was not wrong.


    Because Smogg saw Monkey D. Luffy face it with a calm smile like Gol D. Roger before he died, he didn''t care about the life and death crisis at all, and completely gave his life to this A piece of the sea decides.


    Straw Hat Luffy will definitely be a dangerous person when he grows up in the future.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly and said: "Colonel Smoker, you and General Aokiji will be responsible for escorting Mr. Sabo, I will hunt down the Straw Hat Pirates..."


    "what?"


    Smoker frowned, and looked at Uehara Naraku with some displeasure: "Straw hat Luffy escaped from my jurisdiction, it''s none of your business..."


    "I''m a vice admiral."


    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice and glanced at Smoker: "You are just a naval colonel stationed in Rogue Town..."


    "Huh? A vice admiral who hid in battle?"


    Smoker couldn''t help showing a look of contempt on his face. He already knew that when the battle to round up Dorag and Sabo started, Naraku Uehara, the vice admiral, was hiding on the pier in Rogge Town.


    Smoker ignored the faces of Aokiji and Ian next to him, and continued in a cold voice: "Why don''t you ask those old men in Marin Fando, when did I obey the orders of my superiors, Dashiqi, prepare the warship to set off immediately! "


    "Ah...this?"


    The young naval swordsman standing beside Smoker couldn''t help hesitating.


    Is there really nothing wrong with disobeying orders in front of the lieutenant general?


    But under Smoker''s gaze, Da Siqi could only nodded cautiously, and was about to inform the naval soldiers at the base to prepare their warships for departure.


    to be honest¡­


    Dashiqi is still more afraid of Smoker.


    Because Uehara Naraku seems to be a kind person.


    "Ain..."


    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice, turned to look at the beautiful adjutant beside him: "Colonel Smoker and his subordinates at the Rogue Town base..."


    "etc!"


    Aokiji scratched his head, glanced at Smoker, and said in a low voice: "Smoger, we are going to escort the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army. As for the pursuit of Straw Hat Luffy, I will leave it to Lieutenant General Uehara Naraku .¡±


    "Ok?"


    Smoker looked at Aokiji with a surprised brow.


    Aokiji rubbed his brows, and said in a deep voice: "Compared to that fledgling brat Luffy, the identity of the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army is more important... Execute the order, otherwise I can use the name of the general to kill you." Military law!"


    These words were harsher than ever before.


    It''s not like Aokiji''s temperament at all.


    It was also the first time for Smoker to see Aokiji say such harsh words. After his brows were wrinkled, he finally let go of the dispute with Uehara Naraku.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t continue to pursue it, and took a deep look at Smoker before leaving Rogue Town with his subordinates, and slowly chased the Straw Hat Pirates along the way.


    This pair of pie...


    More like traveling.


    While Uehara Naraku was still chasing Luffy, the World Government had also received the news that the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army, Sabo, had been arrested and the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Monkey D. Dorag, had narrowly escaped.


    Justice Island.


    Pharmacist was sitting in his office, holding a phone bug in his hand, and said with a chuckle on the corner of his mouth: "I just wanted to try to find the trace of the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Drago, but I didn''t expect this It really worked once¡­¡±


    "well done."


    An old man''s voice came from the phone bug. He praised him and continued, "It''s a pity that this opportunity is so rare that we only caught the chief of staff of the Revolutionary Army..."


    When talking about this, the old man in the phone bug showed dissatisfaction again: "If you can notify the Navy Coordination in advance and dispatch enough people together, maybe this time you can catch that dangerous guy named Drago..."


    "Master Wu Laoxing, I have already notified you."


    The pharmacist continued to explain without changing his face: "After I predicted the news, I immediately notified Admiral Warring States, and hoped that he would send three generals of the Navy Headquarters to go together, and the leader of the Revolutionary Army must be captured... "


    When Pharmacist Doudou said this, there was a hint of regret on his face: "But Marshal Warring States thinks that deploying the highest combat power of the navy on an illusory guess is really too wasteful for the general''s combat power..."


    "It''s not wrong for him to say that..."


    If the Five Old Stars knew about this in advance, they would definitely not agree to transfer the three generals of the Navy Headquarters to Rogge Town, just for a guess that they might catch Dorag.


    Because this is too outrageous!


    In the end, Rogge Town was actually haunted by the Revolutionary Army, and even the first and second leaders of the Revolutionary Army. This really made Wu Laoxing regret it!


    If they knew what would happen today, they should have issued an order directly to the Warring States, and the entire navy must cooperate with the CP department unconditionally!


    after all¡­


    Once the leaders of the Revolutionary Army, Drago, and the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army, Sabo, are captured, the existence of the Revolutionary Army will be completely nothing to worry about!


    The old man in the phone bug couldn''t help but sighed and said, "Forget it, Pharmacist Dou, don''t worry about this, if you need to transfer the admiral of the Navy headquarters in the future, you can apply to us, and we will give you the right to transfer.


    Now, on behalf of the world government, we will promote you to the chief inspector of the Navy Headquarters, and have the power to supervise and command all lieutenant generals and below at any time! "


    "yes."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and continued to speak to the phone bug: "I really have a plan recently... This plan is likely to wipe out the revolutionary army and show the majesty of the world government to the whole sea!"


    "tell me the story¡­"


    The old man in the phone bug was a little curious.


    "Public punishment."


    The pharmacist hooked the corners of his mouth, and said with a light smile: "Announce to the whole world that the world government will publicly execute all revolutionary army cadres at the Marin Vanduo headquarters!


    However, it is difficult to guarantee that this incident will lead to Drago again. According to my understanding of fighting with the Revolutionary Army in the past few years, Drago is likely to sit back and watch his subordinates die..."


    This is actually quite difficult.


    Because the last thing the revolutionary army fears is sacrifice.


    The leader of the Revolutionary Army, Dorag, has been engaged in the free revolution for so many years, and he has seen many sacrifices of his comrades in arms. He may have already gotten used to it...


    If you want to lure out Drago and the Revolutionary Army, it''s just those Revolutionary Army cadres who were arrested by CP agents. In fact, it''s quite difficult.


    "Even you are not sure?"


    The old man in the phone bug couldn''t help hesitating: "If you can''t draw out Drago, is the point of doing this just to warn people in the sea to be honest?"


    "No, the execution of the revolutionary army cadres is only part of the plan."


    Pharmacist hooked the corners of his mouth, and continued slowly: "We will execute important members of another powerful force in the sea when we execute the revolutionary army, and find a way to force another powerful force in the sea to take the initiative. To disrupt the execution..."


    When Yao Shidou said this, he continued with a chuckle: "If the Revolutionary Army thinks they can have an ally to act together, the probability of attracting them is not low at all..."


    "The person you want to catch... is an important member of the Four Emperor Pirates, right?"


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    The old man in the phone bug was a little hesitant, and he said in a deep voice: "In this case, the world government and the navy are facing a world-class war!"


    "yes¡­"


    Pharmacist Dou''s voice suddenly became serious, and he explained in a low voice: "Since the beginning of this year, new pirates on the sea have been popping up...


    As long as we win, we can once again use the name of the world government to frighten the countries on the sea and demonstrate the force of the world government. This plan is the most beneficial to the world government, and I judge that our chances of winning are not low! "


    "This plan..."


    The old man in the phone bug is still hesitating.


    After a long time, a few old people argued on the phone. They are the most powerful people in the world and the apex of the world government.


    After these old people chatted for a while, they finally gave an order to the pharmacist: "Yaoshidou, then start to collect information slowly according to your ideas, and find a suitable ally for the Revolutionary Army and Drago!"


    "Yes, I have one more thing..."


    When Yao Shidou said this, he couldn''t help laughing again: "Marshal Warring States privately promoted a captain of the navy to be a vice admiral, but this vice admiral didn''t play any role in the battle of Rogge Town. effect¡­"

 Chapter 529

    Marlin Vandeau.


    In the Admiral''s office.


    Buddha''s Warring States forcefully put down the phone bug in his hand, his face was surprisingly ugly, and he even looked a little angry, which made the people around him feel a little startled.


    As the admiral of the navy, Sengoku basically never loses his temper in Marlin Vandor, unless his old friend Garp is so angry that his temper explodes.


    "What happened?"


    Lieutenant General He''s face showed a little worry.


    "fine."


    Zhan Guo adjusted his glasses, and snorted coldly: "That brat, Yaoshidou, made a small report in front of those old fellows of Wulaoxing, what a naive trick..."


    Yet this naive approach worked.


    In the phone bug just now, Wulaoxing simply demanded that the Warring States of Buddha and the Navy unconditionally cooperate with the CP department of Pharmacist Dou, and accused the Warring States of Buddha of arbitrarily promoting a powerless Uehara Naraku.


    Warring States folded his palms together, and said with an ugly face: "Starting tomorrow, Yao Shidou will be released from the position of naval staff officer, and will serve as the chief inspector of the Navy headquarters.


    This new chief inspector of the headquarters has the power to dispatch lieutenant generals and all generals below, and can even launch a demon-slaying order against any country or small island in the world..."


    this power...


    Already able to challenge him, the admiral of the navy!


    Lieutenant General He couldn''t help frowning when he heard this: "If that''s the case, whose orders should those little guys listen to in the future?"


    "The Navy has long had a different voice."


    Zhan Guo shook his head, sighed, and said, "Xiaohe, many people have chosen to support him in the past few years, but we thought he was the future of the Navy, and we didn''t see through this ambitious little guy..."


    Pharmacist Dou used all means to gain power.


    This is also the place that makes the Warring States heartache the most.


    The fall of a new generation of wise generals means that the future of the navy may go in an uncertain direction. The most troublesome thing is that this pharmacist has a high probability of becoming the boss of the entire navy...


    Yaoshidou''s strength is not very good, but his mind is very clever, so he has become the best pawn in Wu Laoxing''s hands.


    Because once Yao Shidou shows any signs of disobedience, Wulaoxing can easily eliminate him. This kind of person who can bring huge benefits to the world government but is very easy to control is exactly the talent Wulaoxing needs most.


    Especially the design of the pharmacist''s pocket this time...


    Although the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Monkey D. Dorag, escaped the pursuit due to the lack of cooperation of the navy, it also caused the world government to suffer a big loss in arresting the number one criminal, and even left the second-in-command of the Revolutionary Army behind. Run away in embarrassment.


    This time it''s good...


    The navy was held accountable, but the pharmacist was promoted.


    "Actually, you can''t say that..."


    Lieutenant General He sighed faintly, calming his old friend''s emotions: "Xiaodou''s temper is not that bad, at least everything he did did not violate justice... and he has worked hard for the navy these past few years. It''s over!"


    "..."


    There was nothing to say in the Warring States period.


    indeed.


    There is nothing to criticize about Pharmacist Dou''s deeds in the past few years. It is because of this that the Warring States Period has suffered even more.


    Obviously, everyone knows that the pharmacist''s pocket has changed...


    But when he really wanted to accuse Pharmacist Dou, he found that there was nothing wrong with him, not even a little tail that was grabbed by someone.


    Every time in the Warring States Period, when he confronted Yao Shidou, it always made people feel that he was attacking political opponents in order to promote himself to the commander-in-chief of the entire army...


    Obviously he is for the future of the Navy!


    "Forget it, don''t talk about it."


    Zhan Guo picked up a document on the table and fed it to the little goat at hand, sighed and said: "Tomorrow Pharmacist Dou will come to Marlin Fando, and we will hold a secret meeting between the few of us.


    The Five Old Stars hope that we will cooperate with CP to take the initiative to launch a world war to encircle and suppress the Four Emperor Pirates and the Revolutionary Army..."


    "Initiate a world war with the Four Emperor Pirates?"


    Lieutenant General He frowned: "Those five old fellows must have gone crazy, the current sea barely maintains its balance..."


    "Little Crane..."


    Warring States shook his head, and his expression gradually became serious: "This kind of balance has never been what the Navy wants. We always have only one purpose, to end the era of great pirates started by Goldo Roger, and let justice rule the world. ..."


    Just as the two old men of Marlin Vanduo were discussing the order of the Five Elder Stars with heavy expressions, it was too much energy for the two of them, and the pharmacist who proposed to start the world war was still drinking the afternoon leisurely on Judiciary Island. Tea.


    Justice Island.


    In the Supreme Commander''s office.


    Yaoshidou and Nicole Robin are playing chess.


    In the past few years, Nicole Robin has been staying in the Judicial Island, assisting the pharmacist to clear out all the non-directed agents of the CP department little by little, and slowly inserting the Anbu ninjas from the Wano country.


    The dove occupies the magpie''s nest.


    The members of Akatsuki seem to be very good at this trick.


    "Miss Robin, you lost."


    Pharmacist put down the chess piece in his hand, and calmly pushed his glasses: "It''s a pity, we will never be able to play chess leisurely like now..."


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    "yes¡­"


    Nicole Robin nodded slowly, and said softly: "Tomorrow, I''m going to the sea at the entrance of the great route..."


    Pharmacist raised his head and glanced at Nicole Robin: "I heard that Master Naraku gave you an order to go to the sea area at the entrance of the great route and find a way to join the Straw Hat Pirates?"


    "That''s right."


    Nicole Robin nodded, and said softly: "According to Mr. Uehara''s order, I will guide them to fight against the world step by step until the pirate, Straw Hat Luffy, is eligible to be publicly executed by the navy..."


    "Is that so?"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and raised the corners of his mouth: "I can give you some good suggestions, a world war will start in our hands soon, it''s better to hurry up, don''t let us He missed the feast..."


    "Ok?"


    There was some doubt in Nicole Robin''s eyes.


    Pharmacist spread out his palms, and continued with a light smile: "According to the plan I will implement in the future, Sabo, the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army, will be included in the list of public executions.


    During this period of time, Portgas D. Ace, the captain of the second team of the Whitebeard Pirates, has entered the first half of the great route. According to my calculations, he has also become a pawn that fell into our trap. "


    Medicine Master picked up a chess piece on the chessboard, and slowly held it in his hand, with a weird smile on his mouth: "I heard that Straw Hat Luffy is the sworn brother of the two of them, I want them to be three brothers." A reunion at Imperton and the scaffold is not in vain for the brotherhood between them... Don''t you think, Miss Robin?"


    "..."


    A drop of cold sweat appeared on Nico Robin''s forehead.


    This kind of thing is too cruel to say, right?


    Where are the three brothers reunited on the execution platform!


    To be honest, as Nicole Robin stayed with Yaoshidou for longer and longer, she gradually discovered how terrifying the number one officer under Naraku Uehara was, even Nicole Robin occasionally had some Fear the means of the pharmacist.


    "I try my best."


    Nicole Robin nodded slowly.


    Pharmacist looked at Nicole Robin, smiled and continued: "If there is any need, the CP department is all our people, and you can ask them to cooperate at any time. Among them, the agents of CP9 are your old subordinates, and they have always been there. At your command."


    "Ok."


    Nicole Robin nodded, and said softly: "I know, when I see Straw Hat Luffy, I will let them cooperate with me..."


    "Actually, this kind of thing is not that complicated..."


    Pharmacist loosened his palm slowly, and put the chess piece in his palm back on the chessboard: "Let straw hat Luffy kill a Celestial Dragon, this crime must be enough..."


    "..."


    Nicole Robin has a subtle expression.


    The pharmacist talked about killing Tianlong people, as if he was talking about slaughtering livestock, he didn''t take the identity of Tianlong people into consideration at all!


    Even Nicole Robin dare not ignore those world nobles now!


    Pharmacist looked at Nicole Robin''s expression, smiled and pushed the frame on the bridge of the nose, and said in a low voice, "Is there nothing surprising about this kind of thing?"


    "That''s the nobleman of the world..."


    Nicole Robin frowned and said: "Even if they are just attacked or even frightened by ordinary people, there will be generals from the Navy Headquarters rushing to help..."


    Well, it seems that there is really nothing to be surprised about...


    Because the generals of the Navy headquarters are members of their Xiao!


    "The lives of Draconians do matter to the World Government."


    Pharmacist shook his head, and continued with a smile: "Because the only use of these Tianlong people is to use their lives to use the sacred artifact of the Holy Land Marie Gioia... It''s a pity that Akatsuki doesn''t need Marie Gioia''s artifact."


    A gleam of light gradually appeared in Yao Shidou''s eyes: "Now this world is about to undergo drastic changes, and after this world drastic change, is the new world that Akatsuki wants..."


    When talking about this, Yao Shidou''s eyes became dark again: "Before the new world appears, everything in the old world will be cleaned up. Before these Tianlong people are executed by Master Naraku, Ms. Robin may as well go Treat their lives as waste!"


    "..."


    Nicole Robin was still frowning, she slowly shook her head and said softly: "Let''s wait until I meet the members of the Straw Hat Pirates, I don''t like this kind of thing..."


    Can''t wait to see someone...


    Just remotely control the fate of others, right?


    At least let''s see who Straw Hat Luffy and his companions are, lest there are some innocent people like O''Hara among them.


    "Don''t you like this?"


    The pharmacist stroked his chin, and said with a light smile: "That''s right, maybe they are also a good group of partners for Miss Robin!"


    After finishing speaking, the pharmacist smiled and continued: "Oh, by the way, there is one more thing, maybe I need to remind you, understand your identity, don''t get too deep like Sasuke-kun so that you can''t tell the truth. with fake..."


    Uchiha Sasuke is the opposite of an undercover agent.


    Obviously Uchiha Sasuke was asked to go undercover to penetrate into the Whitebeard Pirates, but this guy actually integrated into the Whitebeard Pirates perfectly, and sometimes he forgot his identity.


    Originally Uchiha Sasuke Station was located very high...


    This guy chose to jump into the quagmire on his own.


    "Forget it, maybe I''m talking too much."


    Pharmacist tapped the chessboard with his fingers, and said with a smile: "Miss Robin is a chess player, she probably wouldn''t want to jump into the chessboard and become a chess piece manipulated by others..."

 Chapter 530

    The Great Route, Twin Points.


    Whale Raab''s voice echoed across the sea.


    The Straw Hat Pirates just came here through the upwelling current of the Upside Down Mountain. Luffy and Whale Rab agreed to say goodbye and left Cape Twins, officially entering the great route.


    Kulocas sat on the lighthouse at Twin Cape, raised his head and looked at the receding Golden Merry, and rubbed his own lenses: "Straw hat Luffy, he is really a lively little guy, he feels better than That brat Shanks can toss about in the sea..."


    While Kurokas was still thinking about the past, a warship rushed down along the waves of the Upside Down Mountain, and was about to hit the whale Rab head-on!


    Suddenly a figure flew out of the warship!


    I saw that figure suddenly kicked Rab''s body and kicked the huge whale away. This scene made Kulocas frowned...


    This scene¡­


    Seems familiar?


    Three years ago, there seemed to be a guy who kicked the whale Rab away. Although this kind of behavior was relatively bad, it also made the whale Rab dare not easily surface the water and hit the red earth continent because of the fear of humans during that time...


    on the warship.


    Ai En looked at Naraku Uehara with more subtle eyes.


    Uehara Naraku took the juice in Ain''s hand, and said slowly: "Let''s go, let''s ask the guards at the Gemini Point Lighthouse if they have seen the Straw Hat Pirates..."


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Twin Point, under the lighthouse.


    Kulocas sat on the chair and looked at Uehara Naraku who was walking towards him with a strange expression. Isn''t this the one who kicked Rab away three years ago?


    Is he the one who kicked Raab away now?


    Now this guy has turned into a navy?


    Is this navy out of his mind? Obviously, naval warships can freely pass through the windless belt to enter the great route, but do they have to go through the upside-down mountain?


    Naraku Uehara sucked the juice slowly, looked at Kurokas and said, "Master, have you seen the Straw Hat Pirates in front of us? Which route are they taking?"


    "..."


    Kurokas shook his head silently.


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, looked at Kurokas and continued: "I don''t know...or do you simply not want to say?"


    "..."


    Kulocas shook his head in silence, stretched out his finger and pointed to his mouth, indicating that he was dumb.


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was subtle.


    This Kulokas thinks he is very humorous? Forget it, anyway, Uehara Naraku himself just came to find an excuse to arrest Kulocas.


    "Take it up and put it in Imperton."


    Uehara Naraku''s words made Kulocas couldn''t help but want to curse.


    Just when Kulocas was about to say something, a group of marines raised their guns against his body and brought Kulocas onto the warship.


    "Lieutenant General Uehara..."


    Ai En had a puzzled expression on his face.


    The beauty adjutant didn''t quite understand why Naraku Uehara wanted to capture such an innocent lighthouse keeper as Kulocas.


    Naraku Uehara shook his head without explaining too much.


    The identity of the lighthouse keeper of Gemini Cape is not that simple. He is the great help of Gol D. Roger to become the One Piece, and he won enough life for Roger to become the One Piece.


    Uehara Naraku just wanted to use Kulocas, the ship doctor of the Roger Pirates, to try to attract Pluto Rayleigh to join the top war in the future...


    Just when Uehara Naraku took the watchman from Gemini Cape and left, the Straw Hat Pirates didn''t know about Kulocas, and they, the group of newcomers who entered the great route, had just begun to face the wind of the great route. rain hit...


    But with the help of Nami, the navigator, the Straw Hat Pirates broke out safely and entered a route, which was the whiskey mountain pointed by the magnetic pointer obtained from Kulocas.


    Even though the Baroque work club has disappeared, the pirate hunters gathered at the Whiskey Peak are still maintaining their business of robbing pirates...


    Things have changed a little bit...


    The backer behind the pirate hunters of Whiskey Peak is now King Cobra of Alabasta.


    After all, only by cutting off the source of pirates from the Whiskey Mountains can Alabasta be prevented from encountering more pirate invasions, because Alabasta does not have the sand crocodile Crocodile, a national hero, to help them clean up foreign pirates!


    It''s a pity that the Straw Hat Pirates are a hard stubble...


    Early the next morning, the Straw Hat Pirates took away Princess Vivi who was patrolling the Whiskey Peak, because they were going to Alabasta to defeat King Cobra...


    This thing develops...


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help scratching his head.


    Especially what happened to the Straw Hat Pirates at the second stop on their route on the ancient island, it seems that King Cobra is a big villain...


    This ancient island was completely razed by Uehara Naraku.


    Now this island has become a natural super arena. No matter what pirates are, they hope to fight in this super arena. place.


    The people who now rule the duel field of the ancient island are the giant soldier pirates returned by Elbaf, and they are almost invincible here.


    And because this place is naturally suitable for giants to fight, the giant soldiers and pirates don''t have any other ideas, and they don''t go out to plunder much. These giants just guard the duel field of the ancient island safely, and even help deal with some arrogant bloodthirsty Pirates...


    The Straw Hat Pirates made a big fuss on the ancient island.


    Monkey D. Luffy desperately defeated a giant who was chasing them, dragging his seriously injured body and the Straw Hat Pirates escaped from the ancient island...


    When Uehara Naraku arrived here, he reported to Marin Fando by the way and helped increase the reward of Straw Hat Luffy to 130 million Baileys.


    this thing...


    Not very well done.


    Since he was dragging a seriously injured body, he naturally needed a ship''s doctor.


    Fortunately, Princess Weiwei on the way showed them the way and led them to the Drum Kingdom, a great medical country.


    Along the way, the members of the Straw Hat Pirates also learned from Princess Vivi that Cobra is a king who loves the people like his own son, so they let go of their disputes.


    Drum Kingdom.


    Since the commoners of the Drum Kingdom were forced to crowdfund one million Baileys to kill the previous brutal king Walpo, their lives have gradually become richer in the past few years.


    When the new King Dalton saw the flag of the Straw Hat Pirates, he didn''t mean to attack them, but led them eagerly to find Dr. Kureha.


    When the group of them went to Dr. Kureha''s house, Nami looked at Dalton with some doubts in his eyes: "These guys... don''t have any conspiracy?"


    "Do not worry!"


    Dalton''s smile was very hearty: "Mr. Luffy is Mr. Ace''s brother, right? We just want to repay the kindness of Luffy''s brother Portgas D. Ace.


    Last week, our country was invaded by Marshall D. Teach from the Blackbeard Pirates. Fortunately, Ace and Mr. Uchiha Sasuke helped us drive him away. I have a letter from Ace to Mr. Luffy. . "


    This matter is really fate.


    Last week, Marshall D. Teach led his newly established Blackbeard Pirates to the Magnetic Drum Kingdom. Before staying here for a day, Uchiha Sasuke and Ace chased them over. Marshall D. Tichi could only flee in a hurry.


    At this time, Tiki didn''t want to run into Sasuke Uchiha at all, no matter how brave he was, he wouldn''t gamble with something that must die!


    But Marshall D. Teach was not all for nothing!


    On the island of the Magnetic Drum Kingdom, Tiki was able to confirm his own body, and also developed the ambition to obtain the power of the Shocking Fruit!


    On the raft of the Blackbeard Pirates.


    There are not many people in this newly established pirate group, and they don''t even have their own big ship, and they only temporarily rely on this raft for navigation.


    Marshall D. Teach''s face no longer had the previous self-confidence, and he was a little worried: "If this continues, I feel that sooner or later we will be caught up by Uchiha Sasuke. If I fight Sasuke at this time, I am not sure... "


    "Then try to divert the trouble to the east!"


    Hei Jue''s voice appeared in Tiqi''s ear bleakly.


    This guy Marshall D. Teach really has no idea, if it wasn''t for Heijue who has been secretly threatening Uchiha Sasuke with verbal threats...


    Tiki this guy has already been cut in half by Sasuke!


    Heijue''s body got out of Tiqi''s arm, and he continued with a gloomy voice: "The strongest in the first half of the great route are the king''s Shichibukai and the navy, let them help you get rid of Sasuke and Ace..."


    "Thief hahahaha, this is not easy!"


    Marshall D. Teach couldn''t help laughing and said: "In the first half of the entire great route, there are not a few people who can defeat Sasuke... That guy Sasuke is a monster enough to overthrow the Four Emperors!"


    "It''s really bad..."


    The ship''s doctor of the Blackbeard Pirates said weakly: "I didn''t expect to face red-eyed Sasuke and Fire Fist Ace when I just joined your pirate team. I feel like we should divide the supplies on the ship immediately. Disband right here..."


    "Poison Q, you can''t say something nonsense..."


    Another new member of the Blackbeard Pirates had a smile on his lips, and said softly: "Ha, doesn''t this mean that our captain is not a simple character?


    Not everyone is qualified to let those new world monsters take a high look, not to mention that our captain is still facing the super rookie pirates who once chased him down..."


    "Laffitte, you guys are really not afraid of death..."


    Blackbeard Ship Doctor Poison Q reached out his hand and took out an apple from his basket, and handed it to the talking Lafitte tremblingly: "Why don''t you try and see if you can survive after eating the apple? If you can survive, we will move on, if you die, we will have one less person to distribute supplies..."


    "Thief ha ha ha ha... that''s it."


    Blackbeard stopped the disputes among his crew, and he still had a confident smile on his face: "What we have to do now is to find a way to get on line with the Navy, and it is best to solve a Shichibukai and let Lao Tzu take the lead." Take this position..."


    "Speaking of which, I have received a piece of information from my side."


    Hei Jue''s body moved slowly, and his hoarse voice fell into everyone''s ears: "A piece of information came from a Bai Jue lurking in Marlin Fando. It is said that the most powerful person in the navy is a man named Medicine Master Dou guy..."


    "Thief hahahaha, I remember it very clearly!"


    Blackbeard Marshall D. Titch nodded hastily, the smile on his face could hardly be suppressed: "We must find a way to get on the line of the pharmacist''s pocket... because the last time we were in the most embarrassing situation with Sasuke, it was set up by the pharmacist''s pocket. of!"

 Chapter 531

    The Blackbeard Pirates really want to use Yakushidou, and hope he can intervene to get rid of Uchiha Sasuke and Ace, the two people who hunted them down.


    But Yaoshidou definitely doesn''t like them...


    There is almost no one in the whole sea who does not know the name of Medicine Master Dou.


    This once-new-generation wise general of the navy has now become a high-ranking official of the world government. The CP department under his command covers the entire sea, and his shadow is everywhere on the sea. Many pirates are even afraid of the medicine master pocket. On top of the general.


    When Yao Shidou first came to power, he had been arresting revolutionary army cadres and pirates to consolidate his position in the world government.


    Some countries in the sea are also afraid of offending Pharmacist Dou, and after Pharmacist Dou joined the World Government, the number of countries joining the World Government has increased by more than 30 in recent years...


    To put it bluntly...


    Pharmacist Dou is a man with real power.


    Compared with Pharmacist''s Dou, the Blackbeard Pirates are actually nothing more than thieves. How can they have a chance to get on the line of Pharmacist''s Dou?


    "Then we must show our value..."


    Hei Jue''s body floated on Marshall D. Teach''s body, and he said in a dark voice: "It just so happens that our people detected the information, and Pharmacist, the newly appointed chief inspector of the Navy headquarters, seems to want to deal with a four The Emperor Pirates took the knife..."


    "Thief ha ha ha ha... Are you kidding me?"


    Marshall D. Teach couldn''t help but squeezed his fist, and said with a smile: "That guy''s courage is still as big as ever!"


    "yes¡­"


    Hei Jue''s smile gradually became weird: "That guy in Yaoshidou wants to catch an important person for public execution, force the Four Emperor Pirates and the Navy to take the initiative to fight, and wants to stain his official position with the blood of the pirates." ..."


    From the nominal point of view, this is information from Bai Jue.


    In fact, the real source of information was told by Yao Shidou himself to Bai Jue.


    Anyway, Marshall D. Teach couldn''t find any loopholes. Since this guy got the black and white zeal, the whole person fell into inexplicable self-confidence.


    This guy really thought that fate chose him!


    "Yao Shidou''s idea coincides with the plan we discussed earlier..."


    Marshall D. Teach clenched his fist, and said with a smile: "We can cooperate with him and send him a reason to fight the Whitebeard Pirates!


    Whether it''s catching Ace or Sasuke, the father will never ignore it, thief hahaha, obviously the body can''t hold it anymore, but he is still holding naive thoughts..."


    "This opportunity couldn''t have been better for us..."


    Hei Jue looked at Tiqi, and said with a sinister smile: "We just took advantage of the fact that we were hunted down by Uchiha Sasuke and Ace, and set up a trap with Yakushidou to catch them together..."


    To put it bluntly...


    In fact, it was to let Tiqi use it as bait for fishing.


    But now at least they still have the qualifications to be bait. If they are caught up by Sasuke Uchiha, they will have little chance of surviving.


    simply put¡­


    It''s about finding a way out of a desperate situation.


    Therefore, after discussing with the Blackbeard Pirates, they dispatched Raffitte to secretly rush to Marin Vandor, hoping that they could reach a cooperation with Pharmacist Dou.


    And at this time.


    Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace are still on the way to track down the traces of Marshall D. Teach, and the two of them almost turned the first half of the great route upside down.


    Because the deadline given by the Xiao organization is only two months...


    It''s going to be a month now, they haven''t killed Tikki yet, and they also know that Tikki ate the dark fruit...


    the most important is¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke discovered that Black Zee was lurking beside Marshall D. Teach, which meant that Teach had become Akatsuki''s pawn, and the Whitebeard Pirates had no way to hand over the Dark Fruit to Akatsuki!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about the so-called agreement of the dark fruit at all, but just played with them all the time!


    This is the big trouble...


    Perhaps the only good news is that Portgas D. Ace has also seen the news that Luffy is making trouble on the ancient island. It just so happens that the Straw Hat Pirates are on the same route as their action route, maybe the next stop can meet...


    "That fellow Luffy''s bounty has increased very quickly..."


    Ace looked at the reward order in his hand. It was the latest reward for Straw Hat Luffy that had exceeded 100 million. Ace handed the reward to his companion flauntingly.


    "Hey, Sasuke, take a look at Luffy''s new bounty, he will definitely become a supernova this year, just like we did in the past!"


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head speechlessly.


    Is there really nothing wrong with this Ace''s brain? In the first half of the great voyage, King Xia Qiwu Haijiaodu, I like these little pirates with soaring rewards the most.


    Bounties increased...


    He will definitely be watched by Jiaodu!


    Yesterday Sasuke Uchiha and Kakuzu had a phone call, and Kakuzu was still focused on making money, and asked Sasuke if he wanted to cooperate...


    What the hell time is this!


    When the Akatsuki organization is about to set off huge waves in the sea, why does Jiaodu still want to make money?


    The current Kakuto has four carefully selected devil fruit abilities in his body, including one natural fruit ability, and the other abilities are temporarily unknown...


    According to Kakuzu''s personality, what he took away must not be an ordinary ability.


    Once the Straw Hat Pirates are targeted by Kakudu, facing the combination of Kakudu and Hidan, the little guys of the Straw Hat Pirates will definitely be packed up for bounties...


    If the Straw Hat Pirates hadn''t been targeted by Kakudo...


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    That''s the real danger!


    Because Kakudo, a guy who likes to make money, can turn a blind eye to Straw Hat Luffy''s bounty, someone must have specifically explained to him that Straw Hat Luffy has a greater use...


    Maybe it''s also possible that Kakudo has been eyeing the two of them lately...


    Uchiha Sasuke knows how high the bounty is for himself and Ace, if they can be caught, Kakudo will be open for three years...


    Now the combined bounties of Sasuke Uchiha and Ace are higher than that of Whitebeard.


    Boo boo boo...


    Boo boo boo boo...


    While Sasuke Uchiha was still thinking about Kakuzu, Kakuzu''s routine phone bug greetings had already arrived. Since Sasuke and Ace entered the first half of the great route, Kakuzu would call the bug almost every day to ask about his location.


    this fucking...


    Sasuke really wanted to hit someone.


    "Sasuke."


    After Jiaodu''s phone bug dialed, he went straight to the topic: "Where are you now, it''s rare to come to the paradise in the first half, don''t you want me to be a landlord?"


    "That''s not necessary."


    Uchiha Sasuke rubbed his forehead, and his face was obviously a little more impatient: "This idiot Ace likes to eat Bawang''s meal."


    "What a bad character..."


    The voice of the horn in the phone bug was a little displeased: "Things like the king''s meal are unforgivable, let me send him to Imperton to reflect..."


    "I''ll take good care of him."


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the reward order in his hand, and suddenly said: "Speaking of which, there is a newcomer to the Great Route... Straw Hat Luffy, the bounty has already exceeded 100 million Baileys just after entering the Great Route. Didn''t you Staring at his head?"


    "100 million Berries is indeed a lot of rewards."


    The voice of the horns in the phone bug was a little hoarse, and he continued slowly: "But I can''t get that money at all... because the person who hunted down the guys from the Straw Hat Pirates was a man named Uehara Naraku Vice Admiral."


    When Monkey D. Luffy entered the great route, especially after the news of the duel field in the ancient island came out, Kakuzu actually focused on Luffy''s head.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Kakuto also learned about Uehara Naraku''s pursuit of the Straw Hat Pirates through the World Government channel. After he contacted Uehara Naraku once, he could only give up Luffy''s head.


    "that guy!"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but clenched his phone bug, no wonder Kaku didn''t go to catch Luffy, did that guy Uehara Naraku personally come forward to toss the Straw Hat Pirates?


    If Naraku Uehara is watching...


    Luffy might as well be caught by the horns in exchange for a bounty!


    Drum Island.


    The Straw Hat Pirates didn''t know all this yet, they rushed to Dr. Kureha''s house under the leadership of Dalton, but they met an unexpected person here.


    "Miss Nicole Robin!"


    Sanji looked at Nicole Robin in disbelief, because he remembered that Nicole Robin was the vice president of Baroque Works three years ago.


    As an old acquaintance of Baroque Works, when Nami saw Nicole Robin, her face was full of surprise: "Why is Sister Robin here?"


    "Sanji-san, Nami, and Luffy?"


    Nicole Robin stroked a little reindeer beside her with her palm, and said with a smile, "It''s been a long time! Why are you here?"


    "Uh, Luffy is seriously injured..."


    Sanji couldn''t help but took out a cigarette, and explained slowly: "We came from the ancient island... Where is Miss Robin? I heard that the Baroque Work Club has been disbanded..."


    "yes¡­"


    Nicole Robin nodded, with a look of regret on her face: "After the disbandment of the Baroque Works, Crocodile was also imprisoned... Later, I returned to my wandering days. Recently, I wanted to see cherry blossoms and planned to go to Drum Island stays for a while, and I want to make up for the people that Baroque Works has hurt..."


    "It''s not Robin''s fault!"


    The reindeer under Nico Robin''s feet suddenly raised his head, pursed his mouth and said, "It''s all the fault of that bastard Uehara Naraku!"


    "Chopper, don''t talk nonsense..."


    Nicole Robin smiled and rubbed the reindeer''s little head.


    There was also a smile on Sanji''s face, and he said slowly: "This civet cat is right...it was that guy''s fault..."


    "I am the reindeer with horns!"


    While the few of them were chatting, Usopp slowly approached Nami, and asked cautiously, "Hey, who is this woman! She looks very kind..."


    "I used to be the vice president of the Baroque Work Club..."


    Nami glanced at Nicole Robin, and whispered to Usopp: "In short, this is a very scary person, please don''t offend her! I remember the last time I saw her reward, it seems that It has risen to 290 million Pele..."


    "¡­hiss¡­"


    Usopp gasped in horror.


    Nicole Robin, this woman is much higher than Luffy''s bounty, 290 million Bailey''s bounty, how terrifying is this woman!

 Chapter 532

    Nicole Robin''s character is easy to get along with.


    Even if Usopp thinks he has super observation skills, it is difficult to tell from Robin''s current performance that she is a woman who has been offered a reward of 290 million Baileys.


    When they were enjoying the cherry blossoms on the island together, a small team suddenly appeared and attacked them, and launched an assassination attempt on Robin. Zoro and Sanji, as combat members of the Straw Hat Pirates, were naturally obliged to help !


    result¡­


    The two of them were almost beaten to death.


    One of the white-haired enemies is particularly fierce in swordsmanship, and Zoro is not an opponent at all; the other enemy in green tights kicked Sanji away with two or three moves...


    It wasn''t until Nicole Robin shot together that these people were finally repelled by a group of them.


    Nicole Robin glanced at the somewhat messy cherry blossom grove, shook her head and sighed: "It seems that this place can''t stay any longer..."


    "Miss Robin..."


    With the support of Chopper, Sanji sat on the chair and bandaged his wound: "What''s going on? Why would those guys want to kill you?"


    "They are CP agents of the World Government."


    Nicole Robin shook her head, with a bitter smile on the corner of her mouth: "Because I am a survivor of the former academic island of O''Hara, CP agents have been chasing me secretly since twenty years ago, I''m already used to it."


    "Twenty... twenty years?"


    Nami''s expression was a little dull.


    She knew Nicole Robin before. In Nami''s impression, Nicole Robin''s status should be very noble, after all, her subordinates are so powerful...


    I didn''t expect this woman to be hunted down for twenty years...


    Moreover, after the disbandment of the Baroque Work Club, Nicole Robin, the former vice president, had such a miserable life, even worse than that little guy like Uehara Naraku.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    The members of the Straw Hat Pirates chatted with Nicole Robin for a while, and finally learned about Nicole Robin''s life experience and why she was hunted down by CP agents.


    this woman...


    It''s actually pretty pathetic.


    Sauron bent his fingers, and couldn''t help showing a crazy smile on his face: "If we protect you, woman, for a period of time, won''t we always have the opportunity to fight against that white-haired swordsman?" ?¡±


    "Bastard, what nonsense are you talking about!"


    Sanji couldn''t help scolding Zoro, and turned his head to look at Nicole Robin with admiration: "Robin-chan, please allow me to be your knight!"


    The two of them agreed to protect Nicole Robin, but no one mentioned the matter of inviting Nicole Robin on board, only the captain invited others to board the ship.


    And when Luffy woke up, this guy didn''t care about the past at all, and took the initiative to invite Nicole Robin to join the Straw Hat Pirates, and also invited Chopper to sail with them as their ship doctor and reserve ingredients.


    Because I received the letter left by Ace, which also contained the life paper that Ace left him, which happened to point to the next stop of the Straw Hat Pirates...


    alabasta.


    When the Straw Hat Pirates arrived at this desert kingdom all the way, the warship that had been chasing them slowly also arrived here.


    Naraku Uehara got off the boat with a glass of juice in his left hand, and a phone bug receiver in his right hand, and Ain followed him to help him hold the phone bug: "Portgas D. Ace and Sasuke are in Alabasta Yet?"


    Naraku Uehara took a sip of the juice, and continued slowly: "But is this the end of Ace''s journey? It will hurt Luffy too much..."


    I''m really sorry for Luffy.


    When Luoge Town went to sea, Luffy''s brother Sabo was arrested; when Alabasta left, would Luffy''s other brother Ace also be arrested?


    "This is also impossible!"


    The pharmacist in the phone bug explained with a chuckle at the corner of his mouth: "If Sasuke doesn''t come forward to stop him, maybe he will kill Tiki soon..."


    "Then let''s make it in Alabasta!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded, sighed and said: "That''s it! But at least let their brothers meet first... Otherwise, the next time they meet again, they will actually be in Imperton Prison. Isn''t it too cruel?"


    "fire punch!"


    While Naraku Uehara was still talking on the phone with Pharmacist Dou leisurely, a flame suddenly flew out from the pier in Alabasta, and the overwhelming flames suddenly hit the warship moored on the pier!


    This scene left everyone dumbfounded!


    Uehara Naraku turned around in surprise, and saw his warship suddenly plunged into a sea of ??flames. What the hell is going on?


    While the people on the pier were scrambling to put out the fire, several figures quickly rushed out of the pier area and rushed into the city, before disappearing among the crowd.


    Uehara Naraku has already seen several familiar figures, it is the guys from Uchiha Sasuke, Portgas D. Ace and the Straw Hat Pirates...


    Ace and Luffy are reunited.


    As an elder brother taking care of his younger brother, Portgas D. Ace made an extraordinary move and directly burned the warship chasing all the way from Rogue Town.


    In fact, this is indeed Ace''s original intention.


    Ever since Ace knew that the Straw Hat Pirates were chasing a warship of the Vice Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, he had been worrying about Luffy''s safety. After seeing Uehara Naraku''s warship at the port of Alabasta, he immediately shot and destroyed it. warship.


    Even Sasuke Uchiha didn''t have time to stop him, Sasuke didn''t know what mood he was in...


    "Hey, Ace!"


    Sasuke Uchiha finally realized the reality, grabbed Ace by the collar, and couldn''t suppress his anger: "Do you guys know what you did?"


    "Hahahahaha..."


    Ace slapped Sasuke''s palm happily, and lowered his voice: "Hey, Sasuke, let go quickly, Luffy and the others are still following us, I''m Luffy''s brother, of course I have to help him solve it A little trouble..."


    "You idiot..."


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but let go of his palm, rubbed his forehead, and directly burned Uehara Naraku''s boat, so he solved a little trouble?


    When they were in the Spades Pirates, Portgas D. Ace escaped faster than anyone else when faced with the pursuit of a female naval lieutenant... Now facing Uehara Naraku, who is nominally a vice admiral Guy, Ace''s guts are a lot bigger!


    Damn, this is clearly an idiot!


    A real idiot really never bullies someone you can punch to death, but provokes someone who can punch you to death...


    Except Uchiha Sasuke...


    Nicole Robin, who just joined the Straw Hat Pirates not long ago, was covered with cold sweat, and her face was a little speechless.


    Portgas D. Ace is worthy of being the strongest super rookie pirate in history, and he dared to challenge Ukaihara Naraku head-on!


    "Let''s go, let''s go, those marines are about to catch up!"


    Portgas D. Ace beckoned to everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates, and continued loudly: "Hahahaha, Luffy, Sasuke, you go first, I''ll stop him!"


    "You go first!"


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Naraku Uehara and a group of navy chasing after him, shook his head with an ugly expression, and said, "Let me stop him!"


    "Hey, Sasuke..."


    Ace was still a little reluctant.


    "Shut up!"


    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted him, pulled out his own Kusanagi sword, and said without doubt: "Now, go as far as you can, never look back, and I will go to you when I settle the matter here! "


    Seeing that Uchiha Sasuke took the initiative to stay, Zoro couldn''t help looking at Ace, and asked, "Hey, Luffy''s brother, is it okay to leave only your companions to stop the navy? That Uehara Naraku is fine." So easy to deal with..."


    Naraku Uehara can block his three knives with one finger!


    Because Sauron hasn''t seen the world much, from Sauron''s senses, Uehara Naraku''s strength should probably be at the same level as Hawkeye Mihawk.


    Ace shook his head, and said seriously: "Please rest assured, in this world, except for Dad, no one is Sasuke''s opponent."


    "Ah, is it so powerful?"


    A look of surprise flashed across Chopper''s face, and he shook his little head in disbelief: "That man is now a vice admiral!"


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Ace squinted his eyes and smiled and continued to shake his head. He is only a lieutenant general of the Navy headquarters. Sasuke Uchiha could easily defeat the admiral three years ago!


    Nicole Robin still had cold sweat on his forehead, and gave Ace a weird look. This guy is still so calm now?


    Ace acted very calmly, because he himself didn''t have much pressure to face the Vice Admiral, it was just a hard fight...


    Just when Ace trusted his companion very much, Uchiha Sasuke was not in a good mood, because he finally saw Uehara Naraku again after three years.


    "Ha, what a formidable enemy..."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to stop a group of marines from chasing, looked at Uchiha Sasuke, and couldn''t help showing a smile at the corner of his mouth: "Uchiha Sasuke of the Whitebeard Pirates, what do you want to do to stop me here?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke fell silent, gritted his teeth with an ugly face, he looked at Naraku Uehara''s smile, and his mood gradually became complicated.


    This guy is still the same...


    As if just an ordinary person.


    Uchiha Sasuke is very clear, when Uehara Naraku smiles, it proves that everything is under his control, because he has been using a smile to cover up his arrogance.


    "I''m not here to do anything."


    Uchiha Sasuke clenched his fists, put away his Kusanagi sword, bowed seriously and apologized: "Sorry, this time Ace acted too impulsively, I apologize to you on his behalf, I hope you can forgive that idiot ..."


    "You are pirates, we are the navy..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, spread his palms, and smiled calmly: "It is normal for a pirate to burn the navy''s warship. It is also the duty of the navy to catch the pirate and kill it. There seems to be no need to pay attention to it between us." These etiquettes?"


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned.


    Things seem to be getting bigger!


    Uehara Naraku, this guy can actually speak in a good voice!


    "If you really want to apologize..."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms and said with a light smile, "Then bring the Moby Dick to me and let Portgas D. Ace burn it himself to apologize to me... This request is not too much Bar?"


    "This condition...is unlikely."


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth. No member of the Whitebeard Pirates would agree to such a condition. Obviously, Uehara Naraku deliberately opened his mouth to embarrass him.


    Naraku Uehara ticked the corners of his mouth, smiled and nodded and continued: "Since it''s not possible, then forget it. Since Mr. Sasuke has come forward, I''m just a vice admiral, so naturally I don''t dare to speak to Portgas D. Ace makes a move..."


    Speaking of this, Uehara Naraku spread his palms with a smile and continued: "But as a price for fair trade, if I didn''t do anything to Portgas D. Ace, Sasuke would not be in Alabasta. Have you made a move?"


    "Ok?"


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was a bit puzzled, and the next moment his expression changed suddenly, and he asked in a low voice with an ugly look: "You mean...Navy, no, it should be Akatsuki...do you want to do something to Ace?"


    "yes¡­"


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, and walked towards Uchiha Sasuke step by step, his voice suddenly became gentle: "Thank you, Sasuke, from this moment on, your undercover mission in the Whitebeard Pirates is over. "


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes suddenly became dull.

 Chapter 533

    Alabasta, port city.


    In a corner of the city, the Straw Hat Pirates were reunited beside Luffy and Ace, looking curiously at the reunited brothers.


    Instead of chatting with Luffy first, Ace bowed to the members of the Straw Hat Pirates solemnly and looked at them with a smile.


    "Hi everyone, I''m Luffy''s older brother Portgas D. Ace. During this time, my younger brother has been taken care of by everyone."


    Ace had learned etiquette from Makino.


    Especially after he met Uchiha Itachi, he learned a lot from Uchiha Itachi, such as how to greet his brother''s companions.


    This kind of polite appearance made the whole Straw Hat Pirates couldn''t help being a little surprised. Their unreliable captain actually has such a polite brother?


    Sanji couldn''t help but smoked a cigarette, shook his head slowly and said, "It''s unbelievable that such a polite person is actually Luffy''s brother..."


    "yes¡­"


    Nami''s expression is also very subtle.


    Ace lighted the cigarette in his hand for Sanji, and he continued with a smile: "I understand Luffy''s temperament, it must have caused a lot of trouble for everyone... I''m sorry, I made you bear with his willfulness all the time."


    "No, no, actually not too much..."


    Nami hurriedly waved her hand in embarrassment.


    The rest of the Straw Hat Pirates couldn''t help waving their hands, because in front of Ace, these people really couldn''t slander Luffy.


    Sauron held his knife, closed his eyes and said in a low voice, "Luffy is our captain, and he is very reliable in some things..."


    "..."


    Everyone present nodded along Sauron''s words.


    "yes?"


    There was a smile on the corner of Ace''s mouth, he turned his head and patted Luffy''s shoulder, and praised with a smile: "It seems that Luffy has really grown up and has become a qualified captain..."


    "..."


    Everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates turned their heads to one side.


    In fact, I was just being polite just now. In most cases, Luffy, the captain, is not reliable at all!


    If the Straw Hat Pirates are in danger, then Luffy is the most reliable person; if the Straw Hat Pirates are not in danger, in fact Luffy is the one who brought them danger...


    Just when they were about to greet each other, Nami suddenly thought of something, and looked at Ace with some doubts: "Eh? Portgas D. Ace, the strongest supernova pirate in history three years ago, the first The bounty offered in one year exceeds one billion Baileys!"


    Portgas D. Ace was famous indeed.


    Because Sasuke Uchiha defeated Beckman, the deputy captain of the red-haired pirates, many people thought that Ace might once reach the top and become one of the four emperors of the new world, but after his defeat, he directly joined Whitebeard Pirates.


    It was on the news.


    Because Portgas D. Ace can be regarded as the strongest pirate that has come out of the East China Sea in recent years, and was once featured in the news of the East China Sea.


    It was no surprise that Nami had heard about him.


    The faces of the entire Straw Hat Pirates couldn''t help but look at Ace in amazement, Luffy, a polite brother, his identity is really extraordinary!


    "Ha, actually I''m not that strong."


    Ace couldn''t help but chuckled and shook his head, stretched out his finger and tapped Luffy''s forehead, and continued softly: "Besides, those things have already passed, and now I''m just the second team of the Whitebeard Pirates. team leader¡­"


    "Whitebeard Pirates!"


    Nami clenched her palms tightly, and couldn''t help frowning, and said, "Is that... the strongest pirate group in the world, the Whitebeard Pirates?"


    "That''s right."


    A look of confidence flashed across Ace''s face.


    Nami''s hands were getting closer and closer, her face gradually became ugly, and she continued to ask slowly, "Is there a person named Jinbei in your pirate group?"


    "Yes, do you know each other?"


    Ace glanced at Nami curiously, and said with a smile, "Jinbe is the captain of our 8th team. I have a good relationship with him. Do you need me to help him greet him?"


    Originally, the captain of the 8th division was the murloc Namuir.


    Since Jinbe was driven out of Murloc Island by Kisame Kisame, he led the Murloc Pirates to join the Whitebeard Pirates, and Namuir took the initiative to give up his captaincy to Jinbe.


    Because of Jinbei''s bold personality and loyalty, Ace and Jinbei share similar interests, and the relationship between the two is indeed very good.


    "No, no need."


    Nami shook her head anxiously.


    The rest of the Straw Hat Pirates saw Nami''s thoughts.


    Because Zoro and Sanji learned about the past of the Dragon Pirates from Nami''s sister Nokiko when they were guests in Cocosia Village. The purpose of Nami joining the Straw Hat Pirates is to defeat Jinbei!


    "Ace, tell me something!"


    Luffy clenched his fists and looked at his brother seriously: "Tell that guy named Jinbei, I will definitely defeat him!"


    "Eh?"


    Ace couldn''t help flashing a series of question marks on his face. He adjusted his hat and asked in surprise, "Did Jinbe do anything wrong? His character..."


    Luffy clenched his fists and continued to speak, "Except for that Jinbei and that guy named Whitebeard, I will defeat them all!"


    This is a promise to Nami!


    Because Nami has been trapped in fear of Jinbei and the Whitebeard Pirates, especially after the disbandment of Baroque Works, this emotion has become more and more serious.


    Until now¡­


    Nami is still worried about Jinbe''s revenge for Aaron.


    "Eh?"


    Ace''s face became even more curious, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "It''s really the same as I used to be, Luffy, do you also want to directly challenge the strongest man in the sea? This is beyond imagination It''s hard..."


    Lu Fei shook his head, with an unprecedented persistence on his face: "No matter what it is for, no matter how difficult it is, I will defeat him!"


    "But you can''t even beat me..."


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Ace stretched out his two fingers, tapped Luffy''s forehead, and said with a light smile, "Forget it, let''s wait until you become stronger! When you want to challenge Dad in the future, you have to go through it first." This is where I am!"


    This difficulty is not low at all!


    Even the current Ace is not comparable to the entire Straw Hat Pirates, but he can be called a famous pirate in a new world full of monsters!


    Zoro frowned, glanced at the somewhat awkward atmosphere, and couldn''t help asking: "Speaking of which, is your companion really okay? That guy named Uehara Naraku is a very strong man... "


    "Will not."


    Ace shook his head, with a confident smile on the corner of his mouth. He believed in his companions more than anyone else: "Even if it is an admiral, it is impossible to defeat Sasuke...It may not take long before he can come and find us." ¡­Eh?"


    Ace''s eyes moved slightly, and he saw Sasuke Uchiha walking towards them in the distance. He waved his palm and said loudly, "Hey, Sasuke, this way!"


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at the young man waving his palm silently.


    The next moment, Sasuke''s figure disappeared from everyone''s sight in an instant, and appeared directly beside everyone in an instant!


    This move surprised everyone present!


    "Whoa whoa whoa whoa..."


    When Luffy and Chopper saw Uchiha Sasuke, their eyes were almost shining: "Was that teleport just now? So handsome!"


    "I didn''t see any movement at all..."


    Zoro looked at Uchiha Sasuke''s appearance with a little surprise in his eyes: "He came here from such a far place in an instant..."


    "How did it take so long?"


    When Ace saw Sasuke Uchiha come back, his expression was still a bit puzzled: "Sasuke, is that vice admiral difficult?"


    "He''s not the tough kind of question..."


    Sasuke couldn''t help but frowned and shook his head. How confident is Ace that he thinks that Naraku Uehara is just tricky?


    and¡­


    Naraku Uehara issued an order to him, announcing that the undercover mission was over, and Sasuke Uchiha offered to continue the mission to assist Akatsuki in monitoring the situation of the Whitebeard Pirates.


    Over the years...


    Uchiha Sasuke is used to everything about the Whitebeard Pirates, and if possible, Uchiha Sasuke wouldn''t even mind living on the Moby Dick for the rest of his life.


    Too bad it was all a dream.


    Now, the dream is about to wake up.


    When Sasuke slowly shook his head and sighed, he saw Nico Robin from the Straw Hat Pirates out of the corner of his eye, which made his expression change again.


    Nicole Robin this woman...


    The Straw Hat Pirates were also placed undercover...


    "Ace..."


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Portgas D. Ace, and said in a deep voice: "If there is nothing wrong, let''s find a place to talk!"


    "Eh?"


    Ace looked at Sasuke in surprise.


    While Ace and Uchiha Sasuke were discussing things on the other side, the Straw Hat Pirates were still looking at Uchiha Sasuke.


    Nami looked at Sasuke Uchiha, and couldn''t help but praise: "Sister Robin, that Sasuke Uchiha is so handsome..."


    "Not only is she handsome..."


    The corner of Robin''s mouth hooked up, and he said with a light smile, "And Sasuke Uchiha is also very powerful. Last year, his bounty amounted to more than 4 billion Baileys, which is comparable to the emperors who ruled the new world... "


    "Four...four billion!"


    This number really scared everyone present.


    Nicole Robin shook her head calmly, and continued in a low voice: "Uchiha Sasuke is considered by the world government to be the most dangerous monster of this era. It is said that he likes to call himself Evil Eye and has incredible power..."


    "Evil eyes?"


    Everyone looked at Sasuke Uchiha.


    Just at this time, Sasuke didn''t know what he had talked with Ace, and he revealed a scarlet light, which made people shiver uncontrollably.


    like¡­


    The eyes are indeed fierce!


    There was a smile on the corner of Zoro''s mouth, and there was a hint of eagerness on his face: "Robin, is that Sasuke a swordsman?"


    "maybe¡­"


    Nicole Robin nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "But the World Government has published a special news about Sasuke Uchiha, and the knife on Sasuke Uchiha should be Kusanagi, one of the twelve great knives. sword¡­"


    "Another Supreme Sword..."


    There was a look of fighting intent on Sauron''s face.


    A super pirate with a reward of more than 4 billion!


    This super pirate is even more of a great swordsman with a supremely sharp sword in his hand. Even if Zoro knew that he was invincible, he couldn''t help but want to ask Sasuke Uchiha for advice!


    Nicole Robin saw the fighting spirit on Sauron''s face, and continued in a leisurely manner: "If you want to challenge him, it''s best not to pick this time, because I feel that he should not be in a good mood now..."

 Chapter 534

    Uchiha Sasuke was indeed in a bad mood.


    Because in the eyes of the Straw Hat Pirates, Sasuke Uchiha was chatting with Portgas D. Ace, and suddenly punched Ace against the wall...


    The Straw Hat Pirates almost dropped their jaws!


    The Uchiha Sasuke who offered a reward of 4 billion Baileys is too fierce!


    After a long time.


    Portgas D. Ace and Sasuke Uchiha had finished chatting, or they were unilaterally beaten by Uchiha Sasuke with their fists.


    Portgas D. Ace had a big swollen head, walked towards the Straw Hat Pirates, and said with a smile, "Okay, we''re done talking..."


    "..."


    The Straw Hat Pirates looked at Ace speechlessly.


    Obviously you were the one who got beaten up unilaterally!


    If you ignore the swollen bump on Ace''s head, this person is still Luffy''s well-mannered, polite and seemingly reliable brother.


    Looking at his brother, Lu Fei couldn''t help but ask, "Ace, what''s going on...why does this guy want to hit you?"


    "Ha, it''s just that our opinions have some differences..."


    Ace glanced at Uchiha Sasuke next to him, smiled and waved his hands and continued: "It''s just a little problem, I''ve already solved it."


    The solution to this is to be beaten by Sasuke...


    As for the dispute between Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace just now, it was of course about Marshall D. Tichi. Uchiha Sasuke hoped that Ace could stop chasing Tiki and sneak back to the new world.


    Because Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t take the initiative to take Ace away.


    At least on the surface, Uchiha Sasuke can''t openly betray Akatsuki, Uehara Naraku will definitely not let them go, and may even intensify Ace.


    now¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke can only hope that Whitebeard Edward Newgate is superior in strength and can shelter Ace. He has no way to continue to protect Ace.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Portgas D. Ace is more stubborn than imagined, and Sasuke Uchiha can only continue to act with Ace with a headache.


    At least with Sasuke around...


    It can also guarantee that Ace can survive in Uehara Naraku''s plan.


    The Straw Hat Pirates, Portgas D. Ace, and Uchiha Sasuke didn¡¯t stay in Alabasta for too long. They dispersed and left because Ace found Marshall D. Teach and Blackbeard Hai News from the gang.


    When the Straw Hat Pirates left this time, Uehara Naraku, who had been following them, did not act together. He still stayed in Alabasta.


    Because the next thing to do is serious business!


    Alabasta, the heart of the desert.


    Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace traced the trail of the Blackbeard Pirates along the road, all the way to the central area of ??the desert.


    fortunately¡­


    They finally meet Marshall D. Teach.


    "Thief hahahahaha... You guys are still chasing after me!"


    When Marshall D. Teach saw Ace and Sasuke, instead of panic, his face was full of joy: "Join me! Ace, Daddy is too old, only I can lead you Towards a new era!"


    Marshall D. Teach¡¯s voice was full of bewilderment, and his eyes were full of coveting for Uchiha Sasuke: "Sasuke... I already chose my deputy captain when I was on the Moby Dick, and I will never let you go." There is no one more suitable than you!"


    Marshall D. Titch spread out his palm, and his expression gradually became sincere: "Now I have eaten the dark fruit and obtained the most precious treasure in this world, Sasuke, as long as we can work together, this The sea is within our grasp..."


    Tiki said this very seriously.


    Ever since Marshall D. Teach saw Uchiha Sasuke beat Kaido, he has been salivating at Uchiha Sasuke!


    Tiqi had thought for a long time that after he got the powerful fruit ability, he must win over Sasuke to become his deputy captain. This guy is powerful and has super self-discipline!


    to be honest¡­


    Back then Portgas D. Ace''s Spades Pirates were really inexplicable. If Ace hadn''t challenged Whitebeard so early, but instead slowly scrambled for territory in the new world to gather his subordinates, he would probably have become the new Four Pirates long ago. Royal!


    Not everyone is lucky enough to be able to get the almighty vice-captain with Uchiha Sasuke, but those who get it don''t cherish it...


    This is really a huge waste.


    "Don''t daydream there..."


    Ace slowly lifted his hat, and a flash of anger flashed across his face: "You who hurt Sarge, do you still have the face to slander Dad?"


    Ace opened his palm violently, and a burst of flames shot out from his palm: "Don''t dream, Tiki, originally I just wanted to arrest you and go back to question you... But we don''t have much time left, I just want to I can kill you here!"


    Only by killing Marshall D. Teach can the dark fruit be reborn, so that there is hope to complete the agreement between Akatsuki and the Whitebeard Pirates!


    "Do you want to kill me?"


    Tiqi''s palms gradually turned black, and a sinister smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Ace, haven''t you ever wondered why I was chased by you?"


    "Thief ha ha ha ha ha..."


    There was a wild smile on Tiqi''s face, he raised his head and looked at the vast and silent desert, and said loudly: "Our Lord Dou, I have already attracted you, the next thing is to Leave it to your navy?"


    "¡­Can."


    A coffin got out of the desert at some point.


    When this coffin appeared, a domineering aura slowly emerged in the desert, and the powerful domineering aura was hardly concealed!


    Even Ace has a domineering look on his body, and he couldn''t help but be shocked by the sudden appearance of a domineering look!


    This overlord-like arrogance suddenly appeared on the sand sea, setting off boundless sand waves. It forced everyone present to cover their eyes!


    This domineering aura...


    Even compared to Uchiha Sasuke is not inferior!


    "Thief hahahaha, it''s really scary..."


    When Marshall D. Teach looked at the coffin, he couldn''t help laughing wildly: "I didn''t expect the world government to have such a powerful figure... If it''s just used to deal with Sasuke, it seems that there is no problem!"


    Everyone in the Blackbeard Pirates also nodded involuntarily. Just this domineering air that soars into the sky is far stronger than Marshall D. Teach!


    Although the Blackbeard Pirates haven''t seen who is stronger between Uchiha Sasuke and the man in the coffin, at least this battle cannot be easily resolved!


    At least¡­


    They had another day in which they could easily escape.


    Heijue''s figure slowly floated out of Tiqi''s body, and its smile gradually became a little weird: "Ho ho ho ho... It looks like he is indeed a powerful person!"


    Especially this one...


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    He is still an old acquaintance!


    After realizing who the person in the coffin was, Heijue sneakily resurfaced on Marshall D. Teach''s body. It didn''t want to see that person!


    "Pretending to be a ghost!"


    The domineering look on Ace''s body suddenly exploded, resisting the domineering spirit released by the person in the coffin, and he managed to persevere in this collision of domineering looks.


    There is almost no comparison between the two domineering domineering colors...


    The sudden dominance of the people in the coffin defeated Ace''s arrogance in an instant, and boundless sand waves swept towards Ace in the blink of an eye!


    "Bah bah bah..."


    Ace spat out a mouthful of sand, turned his head to look at Uchiha Sasuke and wanted to say something, but only saw his companion staring at the coffin in astonishment.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s face was full of disbelief.


    Not only because of the person in the coffin, but also because of the arrogance that the guy in the coffin possesses now. He is obviously just a puppet who was reincarnated from the dirt. He obviously only got part of the chakra from Indra and Asura. He is obviously just a failed past life. ¡­


    why that guy...


    How could he become so strong even in this sea?


    "that guy¡­"


    Uchiha Sasuke clenched his fist, his face gradually darkened and said: "Hmph, sure enough, no matter where he goes, can that guy become a powerful monster?"


    Now Uchiha Sasuke has to admit...


    The domineering look in that guy''s body seems to be stronger than his!


    But this incident seems to be no exception, because the man in the coffin is indeed the man who is the easiest to awaken the domineering look, and is also the person who is the easiest to improve the domineering look!


    Even if he is dead...


    Even if his corpse was only resurrected by the filth...


    If he can live with flesh and blood, even if there are countless powerful enemies in this world, that man will still be able to reach the pinnacle of the world step by step!


    Even Uehara Naraku, after his death, did everything possible to find a part of his corpse, and reincarnated him with dirt to make him a collectible!


    This is also very normal...


    In addition to the filthy reincarnation of the four Hokages, Uehara Naraku also has the filthy reincarnation of Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito, so naturally he will not miss that guy!


    Boom!


    The man in the coffin kicked the coffin board away!


    A palm suddenly protruded and slowly rested on the back of the coffin.


    Everyone involuntarily looked at the coffin, staring at the man who walked out of the coffin, the man who made people hold their breath involuntarily!


    A man in red armor walked out of the coffin...


    Judging from his clothes, he looked like an ancient warrior.


    The man''s face was covered with tiny cracks, like a burnt terracotta figurine, even so, it was still hard to hide his arrogance!


    This guy seems to ignore everything in this world!


    "Uchiha... Madara!"


    Uchiha Sasuke couldn''t help but gritted his teeth.


    Even Sasuke didn''t expect that Uehara Naraku would let Uchiha Madara be in charge of dealing with Ace, even Sasuke knew Uchiha Madara''s troublesomeness!


    Even when the current Uchiha Sasuke has not really fought the current Uchiha Madara, he does not think that he is sure of winning against Uchiha Madara...


    Who knows how much Uchiha Madara has strengthened in this sea?


    Just talking about the domineering arrogance just now, this guy Uchiha Madara has never stopped improving, even with the existence of the reincarnation of the dirt, he has found an opportunity to become stronger!


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Madara looked at Portgas D. Ace and Uchiha Sasuke, and couldn''t help grinning, showing a sarcastic smile: "It seems that there are many old acquaintances here, Sasuke, now You''re having a really bad time..."

 Chapter 535

    Danger.


    very dangerous.


    Everyone in the desert of Alabasta felt a sense of tremor in their hearts when they actually saw the man in the coffin.


    "Sasuke...do you know each other?"


    There was a drop of cold sweat on Portgas D. Ace''s forehead. He glanced at Sasuke Uchiha and then at the man who came out of the coffin.


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded slowly, clenched the Kusanagi sword around his waist, and his face became extremely serious: "Well, I know him! Even now when I face him, I dare not take it lightly..."


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help laughing loudly, his laughter echoed in the desert, as if he had heard something that made him feel ridiculous.


    After a long time, Uchiha Madara''s laughter slowly subsided, his fingers slowly bent, and he grinned coldly: "Sasuke, it seems that you have become a lot stronger in this sea, unfortunately, I I also feel that I have become a lot stronger..."


    If the timing wasn''t right...


    Uchiha Madara really wants to fight Uchiha Sasuke!


    After all, an opponent like Uchiha Sasuke has the same fighting value as Senjujuma in a sense, and even more meaningful than Senjuzhuma!


    reincarnation eye...


    Kaleidoscope Sharingan¡­


    Totally Susano...


    Uchiha-style swordsmanship, taijutsu and genjutsu...


    Coupled with the domineering obtained from this sea!


    Once the battle between the two of them started, it was actually a bit like fighting with the mirrored self. The feeling of defeating oneself was the most wonderful!


    The only weird thing is that Uchiha Sasuke has the same face as Uchiha Madara''s younger brother Uchiha Quanna, so Uchiha Madara can''t help but recall the era of the Warring States Period, when he and his younger brother competed and the brothers grew up together...


    Just when Uchiha Madara was still thinking about the past, a group of navy appeared in everyone''s field of vision.


    The leader is Naraku Uehara, who has been chasing after him!


    "Huh? Haven''t started yet..."


    Naraku Uehara held a glass of iced juice in his hand, looked at the situation in the desert with great interest, and pointed to Ace: "Hey, Madara-senpai, someone burned my warship, help me catch him, the fastest Hurry up, I''m busy here."


    "...you bastard!"


    Uchiha Madara snorted coldly, his eyes fell on Ace, and he slowly raised his finger: "Do you need me to help you kill him by the way?"


    "It''s better to live."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, and said softly: "If he dies, it will be of little value..."


    "What a hassle."


    Uchiha Madara frowned, his eyes suddenly turned cold, and his sharp voice echoed in the desert: "Then beat him half to death!"


    Uchiha Madara''s eye sockets instantly turned into reincarnation eyes, and those eyes, which were very similar to Uchiha Sasuke''s left eye, made Ace''s face change drastically!


    "Be careful!"


    Uchiha Sasuke reminded loudly.


    But now Sasuke doesn''t know how to intervene...


    As the price of Portgas D. Ace burning Uehara Naraku''s warship, this battle was inevitable for Ace, and Uchiha Sasuke had no way to intervene.


    In fact, the purpose of Uehara Naraku''s arrival, Uchiha Sasuke is very clear, is to prevent him from intervening in this battle.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Sasuke Uchiha, and he slowly narrowed his eyes, a kind smile appeared on the corner of his mouth.


    While Uchiha Sasuke and Uehara Naraku were looking at each other, the battle between Portgas D. Ace and Uchiha Madara had begun!


    "Wheel Tomb Border Prison!"


    A ray of light flashed in Uchiha Madara''s eyes!


    The next moment, Portgas D. Ace flew upside down inexplicably, coughing up a mouthful of blood involuntarily from the corner of his mouth!


    "what''s the situation?"


    Ace clutched his chest in disbelief, he didn''t see any trace of the attack at all, and was hit by a strange attack!


    That is the shadow of the wheel tomb!


    Except for Uchiha Sasuke and Uehara Naraku who could see a silhouette, no one present could see the shadow of the wheel tomb!


    Continuous attacks fell on Ace!


    "Flame is on the top!"


    This big pirate who is well-known in the new world has no power to fight back at this moment. He just waved his fist weakly and released a wall of fire in an attempt to block the inexplicable attack!


    pity¡­


    This is futile after all.


    The next moment, Ace was knocked down to the ground!


    Everyone couldn''t help feeling a little chilly, they didn''t see what Madara Uchiha did at all, Ace was already defeated by him!


    "that guy¡­"


    Marshall D. Teach''s expression became a little terrified, and he slowly clenched his fist: "Is that the ability of the transparent fruit? No, absolutely not, even Haki didn''t notice any traces of battle..."


    Tiki, who had read the Devil Fruit Illustrated Book, was a little scared at this moment after seeing Uchiha Madara''s ability, and there was no attack at all...


    How should people escape...


    The entire Blackbeard Pirates were also disturbed.


    Heijue''s voice appeared in Marshall D. Teach''s ear, "Teach, Sasuke Uchiha and Portgas D. Ace are in danger of hunting us down. Let''s leave now." Here..."


    "what?"


    Tiki''s expression froze for a second, then he suddenly grinned and said, "But the next battle should be the highlight! I want to see how strong a character even Sasuke is afraid of!"


    Yes.


    The next battle is the highlight!


    "It''s over!"


    After Uchiha Madara defeated Ace, his eyes stopped on Naraku Uehara, and he said coldly: "Then it''s time for free activities!"


    "Please."


    Naraku Uehara smiled and waved his hand.


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes flashed a bright light, and his eyes fell on Uchiha Sasuke: "Then let me loosen my body!"


    The shadow of a round tomb suddenly attacked Sasuke Uchiha!


    This shadow was blown away by Sasuke waving his Kusanagi sword!


    "Madara, I don''t want to fight you right now!"


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned.


    "This is beyond your control!"


    The shadows of round tombs suddenly appeared beside Sasuke, kicked Sasuke one after another, and finally kicked Sasuke Uchiha away!


    This also completely angered Sasuke!


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly opened the Susanoo, pulled out Susano''s ninja sword suddenly, and the huge slash directly cut a sandstorm in the desert!


    Everyone present couldn''t help being a little terrified.


    In the past few years, there is a new legend circulating in the sea. It is said that when Uchiha and Susanoo appear, it means disaster and destruction!


    next moment¡­


    A blue Susano almost suddenly rose from the ground!


    It is Uchiha Madara''s Susano, the fourth member of the Uchiha clan in the sea, who finally appeared at this moment, but this person is standing on the side of the navy!


    Madara Uchiha manipulated his own Susano, wielding a huge ninja sword and slashed at Sasuke''s purple Susano, and the two Susanoos each held ninja swords and collided together!


    The shock wave generated by the collision of Susanoo swept across the desert in an instant, setting off boundless sand waves in the desert!


    "captain¡­"


    Poison Q cautiously approached Tiqi, and slowly proposed: "This level of battle is not something we can participate in now... I feel that if we don''t leave, we may have bad luck!"


    The next moment, a slash suddenly landed on their side!


    The entire Blackbeard Pirates were sent flying by the aftermath of this slash!


    "Those two guys..."


    Marshall D. Teach spat out a mouthful of sand.


    Not long ago, this man who thought he had found a shortcut to realize his ambitions and dreams, and thought that he was about to become a top powerhouse, realized his weakness.


    If they don''t leave, they will die here!


    A flash of fear flashed across Marshall D. Teach''s expression, and he quickly fled to the depths of the desert: "Everyone, get out of here immediately!"


    The Blackbeard Pirates retreat like birds!


    These ambitious people scrambled to flee to the depths of Alabasta''s desert, and they were not able to participate in this Susanoo battle!


    Because Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Madara will subconsciously avoid disturbing Uehara Naraku, but this does not mean that they still need to take care of the life and death of the Blackbeard Pirates!


    If a member of the Blackbeard Pirates is killed by mistake...


    Then they can only die here in vain.


    Just as the navy was gradually retreating on the battlefield of Susanoo, Naraku Uehara walked towards Ace step by step, and slowly squatted down in front of Ace.


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes slightly, slowly reached out to help Ace brush off the sand on his face, and said with a light smile: "Portgas D. Ace, the 2nd team of the Whitebeard Pirates Captain, do you know me?"


    "..."


    A look of confusion flashed across Ace''s face.


    The next moment, when Ace looked at Uehara Naraku, a smile suddenly appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Ha, I remembered! I remember you are the vice admiral who has been chasing Luffy all the time? Now you are You can''t catch Luffy anymore!"


    This guy''s heart is too big, right?


    I''m still thinking about my younger brother at this moment, why don''t I take a good look at my own situation? He is on a battlefield where he could die at any time...


    Now he has been captured by the navy!


    After Ace smiled, he suddenly apologized seriously: "However, I''m still sorry. I accidentally burned down your warship because I was worried that that idiot Luffy would be caught by you. I hope you don''t mind, forgive me. My previous impulse..."


    "No, not accidentally."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and reached out to help Ace put his hat on straight: "Your Excellency Ace, you burned my warship on purpose..."


    "I''m¡­ sorry."


    There was a shy smile on Ace''s face, he didn''t care about his situation at all, and even said with a smile: "But your navy is so rich, you shouldn''t care about a warship, right?"


    "Makes sense."


    Uehara Naraku nodded and touched his chin: "Not long ago, I caught a revolutionary named Sabo, and I heard that he is your younger brother...Mr. Ace, you have two younger brothers, you shouldn''t mind Shall I send one of the younger brothers to the execution platform?"


    "Sabo!"


    A look of surprise flashed across Ace''s face.


    In the past few years, Ace has known that Sabo is still alive and has joined the revolutionary army and has been wanted by the world government.


    But because Sabo has been very busy, the brothers haven''t met each other.


    Ace didn''t expect that when he heard about Sabo again, Sabo had already been captured by the navy, and he would even be sent to the execution platform!


    Ace gritted his teeth, and a flash of anger flashed across his face: "Asshole, of course I don''t mind sending Sabo to the execution platform...I only have two younger brothers!"


    "That''s it..."


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin and nodded seriously: "Sorry, I didn''t think carefully, since you don''t want Sabo to go to the execution platform by himself, then I will help you arrest all three of you brothers and send them to the prison together." Let the execution stand!"


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!

 Chapter 536

    Ace''s eyes darkened.


    Once his brother is mentioned, Ace''s character will gradually become stable. Hearing that Uehara Naraku wants to arrest all three of their brothers, Ace''s expression becomes very ugly.


    The vice admiral spoke very seriously.


    This also means that he really wants to catch the three brothers, and send all three brothers to the execution platform for execution, and he may even have caught two now!


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    "You bastard..."


    There was a heavy look on Ace''s face, and his voice almost squeezed out from between his teeth: "Did you really catch Sabo?"


    "I''m not lying to you."


    Naraku Uehara fumbled in his pocket, took out a photo and put it in front of Ace, and said softly, "This is the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army..."


    The photo was actually not very good.


    Judging from the photo, it is indeed a group photo of a vice admiral and a young man with yellow hair.


    When Ace saw the photo, he recognized Sabo at a glance. In the photo, Sabo was wearing a pair of handcuffs, but Sabo''s smile was somewhat relieved.


    Obviously Sabo was also arrested...


    But Sabo''s smile was not too depressed.


    Because after Sabo was captured by the navy, he happened to know the news that Monkey D. Luffy escaped from Rogue Town, and he also knew about the escape of Monkey D. Drago.


    To be honest¡­


    Sabo was not in a bad mood when he was arrested. After all, he fulfilled his responsibilities as his brother and the chief of the Revolutionary Army.


    Ace doesn''t see it that way!


    As the eldest brother of Sabo and Luffy, all three of them are indispensable, and everyone must walk on the road of pursuing their dreams!


    Whether Luffy or Sabo is captured, Ace will do his best to save them!


    But now he has also been arrested...


    Things got really awkward.


    Portgas D. Ace''s eyes fell on Naraku Uehara. This vice admiral is still fiddling with people to help take pictures... How can there be such a navy in the world, compared to his grandfather, Vice Admiral Garp It''s even worse!


    "Shoot nicely."


    Uehara Naraku held Juice in his left hand, and raised his scissors hands towards the camera with his right hand: "Ai En, you must take a more handsome picture than the one in Luoge Town!"


    "..."


    The beautiful adjutant glanced at Naraku Uehara inexplicably.


    Is this boss checking in at the scenic spot?


    Who taught this boss to raise his scissors hands when taking pictures?


    How to shoot this to be handsome! Moreover, Ace, the captain of the 2nd Division of the Whitebeard Pirates, was not caught by them. Does this mean that he is a war criminal?


    Naraku Uehara saw the flashing lights, nodded in satisfaction, and ordered loudly: "Put this guy in a cage!"


    "¡­yes."


    Ai En lowered his head and glanced at the camera in his hand, with a little hesitation on his face. In fact, she really didn''t think she could take any good-looking photos...


    The photo taken by Naraku Uehara and Portgas D. Ace is probably not as good as the photo taken with Sabo after he was captured!


    "Hey, wait..."


    Portgas D. Ace tried to stand up and looked at Naraku Uehara angrily: "You bastard, tell me where Sabo is!"


    This guy must know where Sabo is!


    Uehara Naraku approached Ace again, and said softly: "Don''t worry, you will see each other soon, I will arrange someone to help you three brothers prepare luxurious cells..."


    In fact, Saab was not at Imperton.


    Sabo is now secretly held on Judicial Island.


    Portgas D. Ace was quickly put into Hailoushi''s cage by several marines, and the captain of the Whitebeard''s 2nd Division would also be sent to Judicial Island.


    "Lieutenant General Uehara, over there..."


    Ai En glanced at the two tall Susanoos who were still fighting, and said in a low voice: "Lieutenant General Uehara, aren''t we going to help?"


    "Be a little more sensible..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, chuckled and said, "The battle between them is not something we can intervene in... I guess it''s only possible if you are a general?"


    This battle is indeed beyond the reach of ordinary people.


    Even Marshall D. Teach had already fled for fear of being harmed. If Uehara Naraku was not still here, these navies would be a bit reluctant even as ordinary spectators on the battlefield between Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Sasuke.


    "yes."


    Ai En nodded, and asked with some doubts: "Is the man who fought Uchiha Sasuke a subordinate of Xiaodou?"


    A man who can compete with Sasuke Uchiha!


    In any case, it is impossible to be anonymous in the sea!


    "No¡­"


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, and slowly shook his head: "That guy... At best, he can only be called an ally found by Xiaodou! In name, that guy should belong to the CP battle sequence..."


    Uchiha Madara belongs to the CP department, code-named Madara.


    In the past few years, the contribution of the CP department to the world government has even exceeded that of the past few decades, but the loss has also far exceeded that of the past.


    In order to make up for the lack of combat power in the CP department, Yakushidou even spared no effort to recruit strong men from all over the world. Uchiha Madara was also recruited by Yakushidou in name.


    "Let''s go!"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the two Susanoos who were still fighting, and said with a light smile: "They probably will fight for a while... Anyway, we can''t intervene!"


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku took another look at Ace who was put into a cage by the navy, and continued softly: "Also, tell me that the plan he made can start, and now he can predict the release of the sea. Hot first news!"


    Great route.


    New world, Baltigo.


    A group of cadres of the Revolutionary Army sat together, everyone''s face was a little heavy, and the same newspaper was placed in front of them.


    The headlines in the newspapers were all about the arrest of Sabo, the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army. The last sentence on the news was a frightening line.


    The world government will choose to publicly execute the cadres of the revolutionary army.


    "Sabo..."


    Kerla, one of the cadres of the Revolutionary Army, grabbed the newspaper in his hand, tears slowly accumulated in his eyes, and looked at the commander-in-chief of the Revolutionary Army with a grievance on his face: "Mr. Dorag, didn''t you mean to save him?" Is it? When can we save Sabo..."


    "The location of Sabo has not been found yet..."


    Monkey D. Dorag shook his head, slowly clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice: "You can''t act rashly, the world government''s public execution may be good news for us, besides Saab, there are other The cadres of the team may also be rescued together..."


    When talking about this, Monkey D. Drago''s expression became gloomy again: "But according to our previous encounters with Yao Shidou and his CP, this matter may also be a conspiracy of Yao Shidou... "


    Once it comes to Yaoshidou and CP...


    Will no doubt be connected with intrigue!


    In the past few years, the revolutionary army has suffered a lot of losses under the hands of Yaoshidou, which makes every revolutionary army extremely afraid of Yaoshidou, and Monkey D. Drago dare not be careless!


    A bold woman with a cigarette in her mouth, her face full of impatience: "Even if it is a conspiracy, we must not miss the chance to save them!"


    It was Belo Beatty, commander of the Eastern Army of the Revolutionary Army.


    Because Axilu, the deputy commander of the Eastern Army, fell into the hands of the CP department, Bello Betty applied to Drago for rescue many times, but he never got a response due to lack of intelligence.


    If the World Government is going to publicly execute all the cadres of the Revolutionary Army, maybe they can find a chance to rescue people...


    "Don''t be too rash, Bello Betty."


    Drago shook his head, put down the newspaper in his hand, and said in a deep voice, "I will send someone to slowly continue to investigate where they are held, before they are publicly executed..."


    When Drago said this, his face was a little heavy: "Because according to the news from Xiong, the undersea prison Impelton has no information about them..."


    Shichibukai Bartholomi Bear is a cadre of the Revolutionary Army.


    After Sabo was arrested, Monkey D. Dorag entrusted Xiong to help him find out whether Sabo was being held in Impelton, a large prison, but Xiong did not get any news.


    "Could it be Mary Gioia?"


    Kerla gritted her teeth, and a look of pain suddenly flashed across her face: "Why don''t I sneak into Mary Gioia and see if I can..."


    "Karla!"


    Dorag interrupted Kerla''s words in a cold voice. He slowly shook his head and said in a deep voice, "I will continue to investigate. During this time, you will first help sort out Sabo''s work..."


    As one of the former slaves of the Tianlong people, even though Kerla gradually began to walk out of the haze of the past, her fear of Marie Gioia still lingered in her heart.


    Drago would not let Kerla venture back to Marie Gioia.


    not to mention...


    The news in this newspaper is not so much a statement from the world government, but more like a declaration of war from the pharmacist to the revolutionary army!


    That insidious and cunning pharmacist pocket will definitely not end with just a symbolic news, he will definitely continue to stimulate the revolutionary army one after another!


    until¡­


    The world government has thoroughly announced the place and date of the execution!


    At that time, it was the time when Yaoshidou fully exposed its plots and traps, and it was also the moment when the revolutionary army and Yaoshidou really confronted each other!


    At that time, it will be a real secret battle!


    Before that moment, everything that was said in the newspapers was nothing more than stimulating the nerves of the revolutionary army and damaging the confidence of the revolutionary army around the world.


    Even Yaoshidou may be fishing by the way, no matter whether it is big fish, small fish or even dried shrimps, it is a windfall for Yaoshidou.


    "Starting tomorrow..."


    Drago clenched his fists, and looked at everyone present with a serious face: "All cadres suspend their operations and transfer them back to Bardigo. No one can attack without authorization!"


    "Dorag?"


    Everyone''s eyes could not help but have some doubts.


    Monch D. Dorag didn''t answer, but said in a deep voice: "Tomorrow or the day after tomorrow, the news may be even worse... Don''t vent your anger wantonly before you find a solution, or the enemy will find us The flaw!"

 Chapter 537

    Monkey D. Dorag''s guess was not wrong.


    The news for the next half month will be reporting about the Revolutionary Army every day. The resumes of every arrested Revolutionary Army cadre will be reported, and the mistakes they have made will be covered in a big book, and they will be directly beaten by the world government. became a villain.


    If it weren''t for the news from the World Government, even the Revolutionary Army would never have realized that so many people have been arrested by the CP department in the past few years...


    At least one-third of the top ranks of the entire revolutionary army have fallen into the hands of the world government!


    Even Ivankov, the commander of the Revolutionary Army''s Great Route G Army and the transvestite king Ivankov who was imprisoned at the bottom of the Imperton Prison, was revealed by the world government!


    Many cadres of the Revolutionary Army are eager to move, wanting to attack all over the world as a counterattack to the World Government, because they know that the news in the newspapers is all slander.


    However, due to Drago''s dispatch order, the cadres of the Revolutionary Army restrained themselves, and all accepted the transfer order of Drago, and all the cadres, large and small, rushed to Baldigo.


    Monkey D. Dorag is still trying to secretly investigate the place of detention of Sabo and others, but he did not find out where Sabo was held, but found the news that Ace was arrested...


    This news¡­


    It has not been exposed yet.


    "...Sabo...Portgas D. Ace..."


    Monkey D. Dorag murmured the name.


    If you haven''t contacted them, there seems to be no connection between these two people, but Monkey D. Dorag knows the relationship between Ace and Sabo.


    Therefore, Drago also knows Ace''s true life experience.


    Ace...


    He is the son of the One Piece Gol D. Roger!


    According to the degree of cunning of that fellow, Medicine Master Dou, it is impossible for him not to find out about Ace''s life experience, so Medicine Master Dou took the risk of angering the Whitebeard Pirates to arrest Ace, and it is absolutely impossible to just lock him into Imperium. It''s as simple as that...


    "Ok?"


    Monkey D. Dorag frowned, reached out and grabbed the latest reward order on the table, his face suddenly became heavy.


    "Luffy¡­"


    According to the time when Portgas D. Ace was arrested, that time happened to be when Luffy left Alabasta; according to the time when Sabo was arrested, it happened to be when Luffy left Rogue Town .


    The pharmacist pockets that guy...


    Maybe he was secretly using Luffy to capture his two sworn brothers!


    Monkey D. Drago slowly clenched his palm: "According to the route, their next stop should be Changhuan Island?"


    The first half of the great voyage.


    The Straw Hat Pirates have yet to receive an update on Sabo''s arrest.


    Moreover, the route of the Straw Hat Pirates was simply unexpected. They did not rush to the next stop, Changhuan Island, as Dorag guessed...


    It''s...Sky Island.


    Because during the recent voyage, their navigation pointer pointed to the sky, and Luffy proposed to go to the legendary empty island.


    In order to obtain information about Sky Island, the Straw Hat Pirates arrived at a nearby place called Gaya Island, where a magic valley town where pirates were entrenched was built on the island.


    Gaya Island, Magic Valley Town.


    When Monkey D. Luffy, Sauron, and Nami disembarked into Magic Valley Town to investigate information, they were a little surprised to find that this town full of pirates was somewhat harmonious.


    There were people coming and going on the whole street, drunk pirates were almost everywhere, but few pirates dared to make trouble on the street.


    There is only one silver-haired man exception.


    The man carried a long scythe on his back.


    Everyone on the street involuntarily made way for him, and even when they saw him, their faces were full of fear and uneasiness, as if they were afraid of being targeted by him!


    "That guy looks so cool!"


    Monkey D. Luffy looked at the silver-haired man walking on the street, and couldn''t help but praise him, his face was full of surprise and admiration.


    "Although it looks cool..."


    After Nami nodded slowly, she punched Luffy on the head: "But he''s obviously not easy to mess with! Didn''t you see that everyone else was avoiding him?"


    "What, it doesn''t feel that scary!"


    Luffy pouted his mouth in dissatisfaction, as if he saw something interesting, he said with a smile: "Look, Nami, he seems to be a very polite guy!"


    In Luffy''s field of vision.


    The silver-haired man took out a strange pendant from his chest, and with a smile on his face, he talked to a passer-by on the street: "Hey, do you believe in Lord Cthulhu, Lord Cthulhu will protect you..."


    "no, do not want¡­"


    "Hey, isn''t this too embarrassing?"


    The silver-haired man''s complexion suddenly became bitter.


    Passers-by on the street saw his expression, and couldn''t help but murmured, "Fei...Master Fei Duan, I''m still young..."


    "The two of us are obviously about the same age!"


    The silver-haired man spread out his palms with a grin, and invited with a sincere face: "As long as you pass the test of Lord Cthulhu, you don''t have to pay this month''s protection fee. Money is so important to us believers of Lord Cthulhu. It''s so dirty!"


    "No...it''s okay..."


    Passers-by on the street waved their hands in a whisper, and hurried away from the silver-haired man, as if they were afraid that they would be entangled by this man again.


    The others also hurried on their way, avoiding the sight of the silver-haired man.


    The silver-haired man couldn''t help but shook his head, sighed, and couldn''t help muttering in his mouth: "It''s really a group of guys without faith..."


    Just when the silver-haired man was about to turn his head and leave, he saw Monkey D. Luffy and Zoro and his party, put a smile on his face again, and said enthusiastically: "I don''t seem to have seen you, eh? Are you new to Magic Valley Town?"


    "yes!"


    Monkey D. Luffy nodded, and asked with a smile: "We are here to inquire about Sky Island..."


    "Hahahahaha...you can inquire about anything!"


    The silver-haired man became more enthusiastic, and asked with a smile, "But have you paid the protection fee since you came here?"


    "What...protection fee?"


    Monkey D. Luffy couldn''t help but tilt his head.


    Because they just arrived in Magic Valley Town, they don''t know the situation of Magic Valley Town yet.


    However, this Magic Valley Town on Gaya Island has a different atmosphere. Although this town is full of pirates, there are very few pirates making trouble here.


    Moreover, in this small town, it is not that whoever has a high reward can become arrogant, but whoever has a low reward can live a more nourishing life.


    Because this magic valley town...


    Now it has been occupied by the Qiwu Cape under the king.


    At the beginning, Jiaodu wanted to clean up the pirates in this small town and capture them all in exchange for a reward from the navy, but this would only make Magic Valley Town completely decline.


    Therefore, the horns are replaced in a new way.


    Jiaodu occupied the Magic Valley Town, and announced that every pirate entrenched in the Magic Valley Town must donate money to himself, and the money donated every month must be based on their rewards.


    As a price for making offerings, Jiaodu will guarantee their safety in Magic Valley Town and will not hunt or kill them at sea.


    If so...


    Those pirates who offered rewards as high as 40 to 50 million couldn''t pay much money, and even pirates who offered rewards of over 100 million dared not appear in the area of ??Magic Valley Town, because 100 million Baileys is not something that pirates can easily get out!


    But if the reward exceeds 100 million...


    And it''s easy to be stared at by the horns.


    Any big pirate who wants to sail in the first half of the great route and survive the hunting of Jiaodu must go to Magic Valley Town to pay enough money.


    This made Magic Valley Town prosperous again.


    Because once the money is paid, Jiaodu will not arrest people at sea, and even these pirates can have Magic Valley Town as a safe base to occupy.


    Therefore, the pirates really love and hate the place of Magic Valley Town...


    As long as they are still active in the first half of the great route, they must come to Magic Valley Town to pay. If the money is not enough, they need to go on an expedition to plunder, and the reward will be increased by the navy;


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    And once the reward is increased, more money needs to be handed over to Jiaodu, and they will go on an expedition to rob more money, and the reward will increase further...


    This is a vicious circle!


    Until one day, the pirate''s bounty will be increased by the navy to a number that is impossible to plunder anyway, and the pirate will not be able to pay enough money to Jiaodu, and will eventually be killed by Jiaodu''s companions because of insufficient offerings. Death to the Navy for a bounty...


    This corner is...


    It''s really a good way to make money.


    If the pirates in the first half of the great route refuse to enter the new world in the second half of the great route, sooner or later they will be consumed by this guy Kakuto!


    Some little pirates with very low rewards found a business opportunity.


    These little pirates simply stopped plundering and started business in Magic Valley Town on their own. Paying a little Bailey every month can guarantee that they will not be threatened by others.


    Other than that...


    There is another way to waive the protection fee.


    That is, pirates can also choose to join Hidan''s evil god religion. As long as they can become followers of the evil god, they can be exempted from Jiaodu''s protection fee.


    However, if you want to join the Cult of the Cthulhu, you must pass the so-called test of the Cthulhu, but so far no pirate has passed the test of the Cthulhu...


    Because of the evil god''s test, even if Fei Duan cut off his head, he can still survive!


    What the hell kind of test is this!


    Now the pirates in Demon Valley Town are afraid of Fei Duan''s preaching. They would rather be charged protection fees by Jiaodu than be invited by Fei Duan to join the Cult of the Evil God...


    At that time, many pirates chose to join Fei Duan''s evil god sect because of their greed for petty gain, and they all had their heads chopped off by Fei Duan on the spot!


    The silver-haired man who is spreading the cult of evil spirits to the Straw Hat Pirates is Hidan. He has preached in this sea for several years, but he is still the only believer in the cult of evil spirits...


    Fei Duan stared at the three newcomers of Luffy with bright eyes, and said with a smile: "Hahahahaha... let''s find a place to have a good chat first, as long as you are willing to believe in Lord Evil God, what news do you want to know? will tell you..."

 Chapter 538

    Tavern in Magic Valley Town.


    When Hidan and the three members of the Straw Hat Pirates came in, when the pirates in the tavern saw Hidan, they couldn''t help showing a touch of fear on their faces.


    "It''s Hidan again..."


    "You don''t want to preach to us again!"


    "Where is Kakuzu-sama, didn''t he say that he would promise to take care of Hidan? Why did this guy come out again!"


    "It seems to be preaching to those three newcomers?"


    A group of pirates hugged their wine bottles and hid in a hurry to avoid attracting Fei Duan''s attention. They carefully looked at Fei Duan and the straw hat gang that came in.


    These pirates are not strong, they are just pirates who live in the safe town of Magic Valley Town. Ever since they have seen the power of Kakuzu and Hidan''s weird and terrifying methods, these people have never thought of challenging Kakuzu again. It''s all about the authority of Fei Duan.


    Nami looked sideways slightly, looking at the many terrified pirates, she couldn''t help frowning: "Hey, Zoro, do you feel that something is not right?"


    "Have it?"


    Sauron turned his head and glanced at the people around him, shook his head nonchalantly and said, "I don''t think there''s anything wrong..."


    Sauron just felt that the surrounding pirates might be in awe of Hiduan, but he didn''t care about it.


    No matter where you go.


    It is natural for the weak to fear the strong.


    Nami turned her head slowly, glanced at Hidan who was still greeting Luffy enthusiastically, and became more and more vigilant in her heart.


    This guy looks very unusual here! At least in this small town dominated by pirates, no one seems to dare to provoke him...


    "My name is Fei Duan, and I am a loyal believer of Lord Cthulhu."


    Fei Duan reached out to take the juice handed to him by the tavern owner, and said with a smile, "Ha, since you guys are not here to pay protection fees in Devil Valley Town, you must want to become believers of Lord Evil God, right?"


    "Ah? No..."


    Lu Fei scratched his head, looked at Fei Duan suspiciously, and said bluntly: "We just came here to inquire about the news about Sky Island. I''m actually not interested at all about the evil god..."


    "No no no!"


    Seeing that Fei Duan''s face gradually became gloomy, Nami hastily stretched out her boat and covered Luffy''s mouth, smiled and nodded to Fei Duan, "Yes, yes, actually, we want to get to know this town first. The protection fee and the matter of the Lord Cthulhu..."


    After Nami finished talking to Fei Duan, she suddenly turned her head and stared at Luffy: "Idiot, hold on to this guy first!"


    "That''s it..."


    Fei Duan''s smile returned to his face, he slowly sucked the juice, spread his palms and said with a light smile: "Master Cthulhu is the most powerful god in this world, he will protect every believer in this world, Let them not suffer any harm..."


    Fei Duan leaned over and approached Luffy, clenched his palms tightly and said, "Hey, as long as you are willing to believe in Lord Evil God and dedicate your loyalty to Lord Evil God, you can obtain true immortality!"


    "..."


    Nami and Zoro looked strange.


    Is it so easy to obtain immortality?


    Why does it sound like a joke!


    This **** is really a cult of evil gods, no wonder this guy is also recruiting other people to join the cult on the side of the road, obviously he is deceiving people!


    If anyone is willing to believe it, hell be damned!


    "Really?"


    Luffy''s face was very surprised, he turned his head, and continued to ask curiously: "Just like Bucky, he can''t be killed anyway?"


    "Who''s Bucky?"


    Fei Duan tilted his head imitating Luffy, and his eyes were obviously more curious: "There are people like me, and that person is also a believer of Lord Evil God?"


    "have no idea¡­"


    Lu Fei straightened his head, shook his head and said, "Forget it, you''ll know when you see him in the future..."


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Lu Fei shook his head, and when he got down to business, his face was obviously full of curiosity and yearning: "Speaking of which, Hidan, do you know how to get to Sky Island?"


    "Hmm... um? Do you want to go to Sky Island?"


    Fei Duan had just memorized the name Bucky, but when he wanted to continue preaching, he heard Luffy''s question and couldn''t help thinking of something.


    Fei Duan raised a finger and pointed upwards: "Just fly up. I remember that Sky Island is about 10,000 meters away..."


    Fei Duan rubbed his forehead, took out a phone bug, and muttered in his mouth: "Wait a minute, I''ll call the bug to ask Jiaodu to come over, he seems to have been to Sky Island once before, from that place brought back a lot of gold..."


    "Mmmmmm...please!"


    Luffy folded his palms together to thank him.


    Just as Fei Duan was talking on the phone with his companion, Nami couldn''t help but twitched the corner of her mouth: "Hey, it''s obviously fake, right? How can a person fly? Why do I always feel that this person seems unreliable?" look..."


    "not true."


    The tavern owner said cautiously beside him: "The protagonist of this magic valley town, Mr. Jiaodu, has personally landed on the empty island and brought a lot of gold from it. Have you heard the story of the great liar Rolando?"


    "Rolando the big liar?"


    "That''s right."


    The owner of the tavern nodded, and said in a deep voice: "Rolando, a well-known fairy tale liar in Beihai, it is said that when he came to Gaya Island for the first time, he found a mountain of gold on the island, but when he came for the second time, he found a mountain of gold. Was executed by his king for failing to find the Golden Country, and was named the great liar Rolando...


    However, the Golden Country is real.


    The place full of gold was washed up into the sky by the rising current, so it also became an empty island floating in the air. When some sea ships sailed in the waters near Gaya Island, the navigation pointer would point to the sky because of this.


    This is the truth that Master Kakuzu discovered. "


    When the tavern owner said this, his voice slowly lowered down: "Last year, Lord Jiaodu flew into the sky and found the golden town that was washed up into the sky by the rising current on an empty island tens of thousands of meters high, and came back from there. He was seriously injured later, but he also brought back a lot of gold."


    "Kakuto..."


    Nami frowned as she thought about the name, and her expression suddenly changed in the next moment: "Wait...is that Wangxia Qiwu Haijiaodu?"


    "Don''t you know?"


    The tavern owner''s expression suddenly became extremely strange. He shook his head and sighed: "Forget it, but it doesn''t matter, you guys shouldn''t have any rewards, and you don''t need to pay any protection fees... This straw hat..."


    "No, this straw hat was given to him by someone else, nothing out of the ordinary."


    Nami waved her hand hastily, looked at the tavern owner with a smile and asked, "By the way, can that tell us... what is the protection fee? Is someone collecting protection fees here?"


    "You...don''t know the protection fee?"


    The expression of the tavern owner was even weirder, as if he was looking at someone from another world: "The pirates who sailed in the first half of the great route, how could they not know the protection fee of Magic Valley Town... Well, I guess it is a little pirate from some small place Bar?"


    "exactly¡­"


    Nami nodded desperately.


    The tavern owner shook his head, sighed, and said, "The protection fee of Magic Valley Town is the fee that all pirates who have bounties on their bodies in the first half of the Great Route must pay to King Qiwu Haijiao.


    The protection fee of Demon Valley Town must come to Demon Valley Town to offer once a month, and each time the fee is the reward amount of oneself. Being targeted by Lord Kakuzu until he was hunted down in exchange for a bounty..."


    After saying this, the tavern owner said slowly: "However, the protection fee is still worth it. You can continue to be active in the first half, and you can also enjoy a peaceful life in Magic Valley Town. Master Jiaodu will not want to arrest you." It''s up to you to exchange for the bounty."


    "That¡­"


    Nami glanced at Luffy, and continued to ask: "What if the pirate''s reward is too high, and there is no money to pay for enough protection?"


    Even with money...


    It can''t be wasted to such an extent!


    The tavern owner shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Then he will definitely be caught by Lord Kakuto in exchange for a bounty. Many pirates do not have enough money to offer their rewards because their bounties are getting higher and higher, but they still get lucky. In the first half of the voyage, they were all killed by Kadotsu-sama or sent to the big prison Imperton..."


    "..."


    After being silent for a second, Nami asked again: "Even if these pirates did not stay in Magic Valley Town, would they be caught or killed by Kakuzu?"


    "yes."


    The tavern owner nodded seriously, and continued in a deep voice: "Never underestimate Master Kakatsu''s energy. It is said that as long as he is willing, he can reach any small island in the first half of the great route from Gaya Island within a day. , no one can escape his pursuit..."


    The tavern owner seemed to feel that this was not convincing enough, so he added: "The truth may be more exaggerated than you imagined. Master Kakuzu''s whereabouts are unpredictable, and he can appear anywhere on the great route..."


    "..."


    Nami was silent again.


    The next moment, Nami grabbed Luffy and Zoro by the shoulders and said in a low voice, "Luffy, Zoro, what''s the reward for the two of you?"


    If I remember correctly...


    In the Straw Hat Pirates, only Luffy and Zoro have rewards, but the rewards of these two seem to be not low!


    No, not right!


    And Nicole Robin!


    Robin''s reward is 290 million Baileys!


    This means that they may face an attack from the Qixia Wuhai at any time, especially if they are still on the territory of the Qibuhai, the king of Kakuto!


    "130 million Baileys."


    Luffy scratched the back of his head.


    "60 million Baileys."


    Sauron casually closed his eyes.


    "Let me do the math..."


    Nami''s face turned pale, and her emotions almost collapsed in an instant: "If you don''t want to face an enemy under the king''s Shichibukai, you have to offer 480 million Berries..."


    It''s too much money!


    No matter what, you can''t make an offering!


    Rather than wasting this money, it would be better to let Luffy and the others try their best to defeat Kadotsu, the king''s Shichibukai, and the most important thing is that they don''t even have it together!


    If it''s only fifty or one hundred Baileys, maybe Nami thinks it can be considered... This is 480 million Baileys, even if you sell all the belongings of the entire Straw Hat Pirates, you still can''t make up the money !


    In particular, they were robbed once by Naraku Uehara in Rogue Town. To put it mildly, the Straw Hat Pirates are basically relying on their own efforts to replenish supplies recently...


    However, wanting to defeat a king Shichibukai...


    Just thinking about it makes Nami''s scalp tingle!


    At this time, Fei Duan hung up the phone, and said in a rambling voice, "I''ll be right back, what I hate the most is waiting for someone..."


    squeak...


    The door of the tavern was suddenly opened.


    A man walked in slowly under the shadow, holding a stack of reward orders in his hand, raised his head and looked at all the pirates present, his eyes slowly fell on the Straw Hat Pirates, let Luffy and Sauron''s expression instantly became tense!

 Chapter 539

    A gloomy atmosphere swept the entire tavern.


    The pirates in the entire tavern couldn''t help shivering. Just when they were nervous, they saw the man walking into the tavern, and everyone relaxed instantly.


    "Master Kakuzu!"


    "Is Kakuzu-sama back?"


    "Master Kakuzu, would you like a glass of juice?"


    The whole tavern became lively again after Jiao Du walked in.


    Although they are squeezed out of money by Jiaodu every month, Jiaodu does things without deception, and treats some loyal customers very friendly.


    To be honest¡­


    If Kakudo is willing to give up being a pirate, he will definitely be a successful businessman by virtue of his dedication to money and his attitude towards people.


    "No, I have something to do first."


    After Kakuzu nodded at the pirates present, his eyes fell on the three members of the Straw Hat Pirates, and he slowly frowned: "Straw Hat Luffy, offer a reward of 130 million Baileys, Roronoa Zoro, offer a reward of 60 million Baileys..."


    Obviously, the Straw Hat Pirates never paid.


    When Luffy and Zoro saw the horns coming in, their nerves tensed up instantly, because they knew that the horns in front of them had a dangerous aura!


    A danger that cannot be ignored at all!


    Just when Nami looked at Kakuzu who came in tremblingly, thinking that he was here to trouble Luffy and Zoro, she heard Kakuzu''s heavy question.


    "Is Nami from the Straw Hat Pirates here?"


    "Yep?"


    Nami''s expression was directly puzzled, and a drop of cold sweat flowed down her face instantly: "I don''t have any rewards on me! No, I''m not Na..."


    "Eh? Are you looking for Nami?"


    Luffy pointed his thumb upside down, pointed to Nami beside him, and said casually, "Hey, Nami, someone is looking for you..."


    "Ahhhhh... shut up, idiot!"


    Nami punched Luffy on the head, she was so angry that she was trembling all over, it must not be a good thing for this king called Shichibukai to come to her!


    She is just a navigator!


    Still a woman with no strength to restrain a chicken!


    "Don''t worry."


    Kakudo slowly spread his palms, and calmly explained: "I didn''t come to trouble you, I remember you knew a man named Uehara Naraku, and I happened to have a good relationship with him, he entrusted me to take care of him You don''t need to collect protection fees from your Straw Hat Pirates..."


    "Uehara... um..."


    Fei Duan''s eyes suddenly lit up.


    Just when Fei Duan was about to say something, Jiaodu''s palms suddenly burst out with grievances, directly sealing his mouth.


    "Uehara Naraku..."


    Nami''s expression froze immediately.


    That guy is really her mortal enemy!


    Every time Nami met Uehara Naraku, nothing good happened, but now she never thought that that guy would let a prince Shichibukai take care of her...


    that guy¡­


    Have a conscience?


    But it seems that the guy''s name can be borrowed?


    The matter of Uehara Naraku''s words...


    It can actually save Luffy''s 130 million Baileys, Zoro''s 60 million Baileys, and Nico Robin''s 290 million Baileys!


    Unexpectedly, Uehara Naraku''s face is so big!


    If there is no need to pay such a high protection fee to Jiaodu, this will also avoid the conflict between them and Jiaodu!


    As a pragmatist, Nami certainly won''t miss this opportunity!


    "That''s right."


    Nami nodded her head like a chicken pecking rice, a sunny smile appeared on her face instantly, and said with some nostalgia: "I have known Uehara Naraku for many years, and we have been good friends for many years Well, I didn''t expect him to know Kakuzu-san too..."


    "Well, I have promised him."


    Jiaodu nodded, and spoke slowly: "It just so happened that he told me that you have always been poor, and you even owed him a billion Baileys, and you couldn''t afford the protection fee at all.


    So since your Straw Hat Pirates entered the Great Route, because of his face, I didn''t plan to charge you protection money. "


    "Yeah yeah¡­"


    Nami nodded seriously, her expression gradually relaxed: "I am the financial steward of the Straw Hat Pirates, we are indeed poor, and we still owe him money..."


    Although Nami didn''t know why Uehara Naraku said she owed a billion Baileys, but this reason was enough to make Kakuzu give up collecting protection fees from their Straw Hat Pirates!


    There is no need to offend a king Qiwuhai...


    What a treat for Nami!


    Kakudo looked at Nami, nodded slowly, and suddenly changed the subject and said in a cold voice: "But half a month ago, Uehara Naraku made me lose one billion Baileys, and told me that I should come directly to find the money. You ask for..."


    This incident was not made up by Jiaodu.


    Because half a month ago, Naraku Uehara captured Portgas D. Ace, directly causing Kakuzu to lose a bounty of one billion Baileys. According to Kakutsu''s theory, the pirates in the first half of the great route The bounties should all belong to him...


    and¡­


    Kakudo raised doubts about Uehara Naraku, thinking that when Uehara Naraku was wasted, Uehara Naraku also gave Kakuto a way to compensate for the loss.


    But this way...


    It seems that Nami is not very friendly.


    Nami''s face turned pale.


    These guys...are actually devils!


    Why was she eager to admit that she and Uehara Naraku were friends just now, why did she accept the reason Kakuzu gave her just now!


    Billion Baileys¡­


    Why did you ask her for it!


    Even if Luffy, Zoro, and Robin were packaged and exchanged for a reward, it would not be half of the money. That bastard Naraku Uehara has no conscience, he is clearly a demon in human skin!


    "Wait! Listen to my explanation!"


    Nami shook her head frantically, and explained with a sincere face: "Actually, I am not familiar with Uehara Naraku at all, and I have never borrowed money from him."


    "Aren''t you friends?"


    Kakuto frowned, and said in a low voice: "I will ask him to confirm this matter in the future. Since you are not friends, before that, let''s settle the protection fee of the Straw Hat Pirates for this month. The total is 480 million Baileys..."


    "..."


    Nami shook her head hastily, and looked at Kakuzu sincerely again: "No, Naraku Uehara and I are good friends, but I have never borrowed money from him..."


    "Ok?"


    Kakudo frowned in displeasure, and said in a deep voice: "Then please wait here for a while, and wait until Uehara Naraku comes down from the empty island."


    "Uehara...in Sky Island?"


    A look of doubt flashed across Nami''s face.


    Wait, why can''t Uehara Naraku be in Sky Island?


    Sky Island was once the land of gold. According to the character of Uehara Naraku, he must go to Sky Island to find gold now!


    "Then let''s go to Sky Island too!"


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    Luffy clenched his fists tightly, with a hearty smile on his face: "Since Uehara has already gone up, we can''t be too far behind, Nami, Zoro, let''s go!"


    "You can''t leave yet."


    Kakuzu''s arm suddenly stretched out, blocking their way, and he said in a hoarse voice: "Straw Hat Luffy, Uehara Naraku just asked me to tell you a piece of news..."


    Kakuzu stared at Luffy, and continued calmly: "Your brother Portgas D. Ace and Sabo have been captured by the navy."


    "Are you kidding me?"


    A look of astonishment flashed across Luffy''s face, and the next moment his expression became uglier and gloomy than ever before: "I just parted ways with Ace and Sabo..."


    Kakudo interrupted Luffy''s words in a cold voice, and continued to explain calmly: "Two months ago, Sabo, Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army, was arrested in Rogue Town, which is the latest news headline;


    Half a month ago, Portgas D. Ace was arrested in Alabasta, this is the news headline just published today..."


    "It seems that there is such a thing..."


    A pirate opened his eyes drunkenly, and echoed, "I don''t know what Ace is, but it seems that a big man in the Revolutionary Army has indeed been arrested... Is Kakuzu-sama also paying attention to this matter?"


    "..."


    Luffy''s fist clenched suddenly!


    The next moment, when Luffy was about to rush out of the tavern, Nami hurriedly stopped Luffy: "Hey, Luffy, if you leave now, you don''t even know what''s going on?"


    Nami turned her head to look at Kakutsu, and hurriedly asked: "Hey, what is the purpose of telling us this news? No, what is the purpose of that guy Naraku Uehara?"


    "I don''t know yet."


    Kakuzu calmly looked at the three members of the Straw Hat Pirates whose expressions had changed drastically, shook his head and said, "Naraku Uehara just asked me to stop you, and let me tell you that if you want to know how to rescue Portgas D. Si and Sabo are waiting for him in Magic Valley Town..."


    After Jiao Du finished speaking, he slowly moved away from his body, and said in a deep voice, "If you still want to leave after I finish speaking, then feel free to leave..."


    "..."


    Luffy sat down calmly.


    Zoro and Nami glanced at each other, and slowly sat beside Luffy.


    Just at this moment, Usopp and Sanji of the Straw Hat Pirates rushed into the tavern and took a look at all the pirates present.


    When Usopp and Sanji saw the three of Luffy, they finally breathed a sigh of relief, as if they should come to find these people urgently.


    "Usopp, Sanji, what happened?"


    "The latest newspaper from the news bird in Magic Valley Town!"


    Usopp hurriedly waved the newspaper in his hand, and said loudly with an ugly expression: "Luffy, something big is going to happen!"


    The Straw Hat Pirates, who have been sailing on the sea all the way, finally know the usefulness of ordering newsbirds, that is, they can know the news happening on the sea at any time.


    Just when the Straw Hat Pirates saw the news bird, the news headlines on the sea had just finished the topic of the Revolutionary Army and published a more important news.


    "Fifteen days of fierce fighting, the end of the war is coming, Sasuke Uchiha is repelled! The most evil blood in the world, Portgas D. Ace, was arrested! "

 Chapter 540

    Portgas D. Ace Arrested!


    The latest headline news published by the world government is like a bomb. After the news paper was sent to all parts of the world, it immediately caused a big explosion in the entire sea!


    Everyone who got the newspaper, after seeing the news headlines, realized that this is very likely to be a big event that may change the direction of the world!


    Portgas D. Ace¡­


    No one can ignore the impact of this man''s arrest!


    The world government has made a big book about Portgas D. Ace''s life experience, telling the whole world the detailed story of Portgas D. Ace''s birth, as if he didn''t care about One Piece Gore D. What an effect Roger''s blood still has on the world!


    But¡­


    This is too amazing!


    Especially in the news of the world government, there is no stint in admiration for Ace. The implication is that Portgas D. Ace is really the chosen one. If he is not arrested, he must be The next One Piece!


    From the Spades Pirates to the Whitebeard Pirates...


    Portgas D. Ace seems to have become a subordinate of Whitebeard, but in fact he has nothing to lose, because Ace will definitely carry the blood of Gore D. Roger and the will of Edward Newgate, Crowned as the new One Piece!


    The world government did not spare any pen and ink, and even exaggeratedly claimed that this Portgas D. Ace, who carried the fate of the era of great pirates, would definitely become the new leader with the support of Whitebeard, just like his real father. One Piece!


    It''s almost blowing Ace to the sky...


    It''s just that one sentence can turn the news around. Ace, who is going to become the new One Piece, was arrested by the world government, and the danger was nipped in the bud.


    This is the first up and then down!


    No, it should be said that this is burning oil!


    Obviously, the person who wrote this article must be unusual.


    At the end of the news¡­


    The name of World Government Official Pharmacist Dou is hung on it.


    Pharmacist took this man who made Hai Hai''s face changed, and left the last sentence lightly.


    [One month later, Portgas D. Ace, the remnant of the One Piece King Gol D. Roger, and Kulokas, the ship doctor of the Roger Pirates, will be publicly executed at the same time. Their execution will be delayed. Open the prelude to the end of the era of great pirates by the world government. ¡¿


    Chambord Islands.


    In area 13, Xia Qi''s ripping off BAR.


    An old man wearing glasses was sitting at the bar counter of the tavern, looking down at the newspaper intently, and pouring a sip of rum into his mouth from time to time.


    Even though the old man''s face is gray and gray, his body still looks strong and his spirit is quite vigorous.


    It is the vice-captain of the Roger Pirates, Rayleigh the Hades.


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    As the deputy captain of the One Piece ship, Rayleigh has witnessed the truth of the Great Secret Treasure. He has long since looked down on Fengyun and retired to live in seclusion, no longer asking about anything on the sea.


    Today, his expression is obviously not quite right.


    "What''s wrong?"


    The owner of the tavern, Xia Qi, was lying on the bar counter, puffing out a circle of smoke with a cigarette in her mouth, and asked softly: "Seeing that Roger''s son is going to be executed, can you finally sit still?"


    "No."


    Pluto Raleigh shook his head, his eyes fell on the last line, his voice was a little loud: "Little Ace is a crew member of the Whitebeard Pirates, we can''t interfere with the Newgate guy''s ship, this is The iron law of the sea..."


    In fact, Rayleigh has long since stopped paying attention to Ace.


    Since Portgas D. Ace went to sea, Raleigh, the king of the underworld, has paid attention to the growth of Ace, and once wanted to help in the Chambord Islands, but when Raleigh witnessed Sasuke Uchiha was invited to join the Spades Pirates During the group tour, I was completely relieved of Ace''s going to sea.


    Pluto Raleigh was once shocked by Uchiha Sasuke''s strength. At that moment, he even thought that history never followed the rules, and history might repeat itself on their descendants!


    Even Raleigh, who had witnessed the great secret treasure and many prophecies, couldn''t help thinking at that time that Portgas D. Ace would find more and more partners like Gore D. Roger. Until defeating all the strong men in this sea...


    Climb to the top of Ralph Drew and become the new One Piece!


    Especially after Uchiha Sasuke, the vice-captain of the Spades Pirates, defeated Beckman, even the red-haired Shanks had nothing to do with them. Raleigh once thought that history might repeat itself!


    Reilly was actually very happy in private.


    The old man no longer believed in so-called prophecies.


    Raleigh even calculated with great interest that Portgas D. Ace might, like them, finally spend more than a year to arrive in Ralph Drew, and that time point also happened to be the beginning of the era of great pirates. Twenty years later.


    At that time, Rayleigh''s expectations for Ace were simply too high...


    Back then, Gol D. Roger reached the top and became One Piece and opened the era of great pirates. Twenty years after Roger''s death, his son, 18-year-old Portgas D. Ace, reached the top again. , a new era opens again!


    It just feels weird...


    Unfortunately¡­


    Everything has changed for the Spade Pirates.


    Portgas D. Ace did not break the prophecy and history to become the new One Piece as Rayleigh expected, but was infected by Whitebeard Edward Newgate and joined the warm family of the Whitebeard Pirates .


    Since¡­


    Reilly gave up on Portgas D. Ace.


    Obviously Portgas D. Ace is very young, and there is such a strong deputy captain as Uchiha Sasuke by his side. Compared with the beginning of the Roger Pirates, he does not know how many times stronger, but in the end he fell directly into a gentle town. .


    perhaps¡­


    This is evil fate?


    Back then, Gol D. Roger borrowed a captain of the 2nd squad Kozuki Oden from the Whitebeard Pirates. Because Kozuki Oden did not fulfill the agreement, the fate of nonsense made Roger¡¯s son return to Whitebeard¡¯s The ship is in debt...


    According to the rules of the sea, if Ace joins the Whitebeard Pirates, Portgas D. Ace will obey Whitebeard''s orders from now on.


    Even if Rayleigh, the king of the underworld, has an unusual status, it is impossible to interfere with the family affairs of the Whitebeard Pirates, not to mention that he has already retired.


    "You really don''t want to interfere?"


    Xia Qi looked at Pluto Leili, dragged her cheek curiously and said, "But it looks like you really want to get a hand in it!"


    "That''s not because of little Ace."


    Lei Li shook his head slowly, stretched out his hand to support his mirror frame, and sighed: "I just pay more attention to Kulocas...the ship doctor on our ship is innocent!"


    Yes.


    Raleigh really shouldn''t interfere with Ace''s affairs.


    However, Kulocas, the former ship doctor of the Roger Pirates, is truly innocent. As the former deputy captain, it is hard to say that Rayleigh, the king of the underworld, would turn a blind eye to Kulocas.


    "yes¡­"


    Xia Qi nodded slowly, and continued softly: "Kurokas, the retired ship doctor, has also been arrested. The world government will not let the vice-captain of One Piece go, right?"


    "That''s right."


    Pluto Raleigh nodded, and said in a deep voice: "The world government has been acting more and more in recent years, and it is impossible for people to understand what they want to do. Maybe they also want to use Kulocas to make me The old guy is going to throw himself into the trap!"


    This is not groundless speculation.


    It was calculated by Pluto Raleigh through the recent actions of the world government. He always feels that the world government wants to wipe out all the enemies in the sea!


    No, or rather, the strongest part of it!


    At least from the current point of view, the Whitebeard Pirates will definitely not let go of the opportunity to rescue Portgas D. Ace; even if these old guys want to make their retirement life stable, it is unlikely that they will Miss this big event...


    Originally hesitant to rescue the cadres of the Revolutionary Army, after seeing the conflict between the Whitebeard Pirates and the World Government, the probability of their end will definitely increase greatly!


    "It''s really interesting..."


    Pluto Rayleigh put down the newspaper in his hand, showing a relieved smile: "A major event that will inevitably change the world, and may even overthrow the order of this world...


    The era of great pirates created by Roger that guy will either end in this war, or it will flourish even more in this war! "


    "Does it interest you?"


    Xia Qi took a puff of cigarette slowly, and said softly: "It looks like you won''t miss it, but unfortunately I haven''t found out where Ace is being held..."


    "There will be others looking into it too."


    Raleigh waved his hands indifferently, and raised his head to take a sip of wine: "Besides, the world government has made such a big move during this period. If they want to publicly execute Ace and Kulocas, they will definitely make a big publicity... "


    Speaking of this, Lei Li picked up the wine on the table and was about to leave here. Just as he was about to open the door, he suddenly turned his head and said: "One more thing, Xia Qi, if someone is here to spy on you , then tell them my attitude!"


    "I already told them."


    Xia Qi took a puff of cigarette, blew out a puff of smoke ring, and continued slowly: "The Revolutionary Army got the news of Ace''s arrest earlier, that restless son of Karp has been looking for what he can find. ally."


    Recently, the Revolutionary Army seems to be very quiet.


    However, in private, Monkey D. Dorag is constantly connecting in series, using his own intelligence advantages, looking for candidates who may be cited as foreign aid.


    this time...


    It may be a great opportunity to overthrow the world government!


    Xia Qi took another puff of smoke rings, and continued softly: "Yesterday, before Ace''s news headlines were announced, the Revolutionary Army sold me these information, asking about your whereabouts and attitude, and I have already given them to him." Reply accurately, as long as something happens to Kurokas, you old guy will not stand by."


    At the end, Xia Qi took a deep look at Lei Li.


    The two of them knew each other very well, and Xia Qi also knew Lei Li''s choice, so she helped Lei Li respond early.


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    Pluto King Leili couldn''t help laughing loudly. He shook the wine bottle in his hand and said loudly, "I''m sorry to trouble you, Xia Qi! I''m leaving first!"


    "Is there any coating job today?"


    "It''s not coating."


    Lei Li smiled and shook his head, and continued with a loud smile: "I sold myself for 100,000 Baileys yesterday, let''s see if I can sell for 200,000 Baileys today..."


    "whispering sound¡­"


    Xia Qi waved her hand at Lei Li in disgust, and couldn''t help saying: "You old guy, you better be careful, the Chambord Islands are not so peaceful, maybe one day you old guy might capsize in the gutter... "

 Chapter 541

    Chambord Islands, Area 51.


    Most of this area is a ship coating factory. It just so happened that a leading ship was coated by the boatman, and the ship slowly sank to the bottom of the sea.


    Monkey D. Dorag stood on the deck of the ship, holding a small note in his hand, on which were written names that were recognizable.


    It was a list that terrified everyone.


    "If Raleigh the Pluto will appear..."


    Monkey D. Drago slowly clenched the list in his hand, raised his head and watched his ship fall into the bottom of the sea, his expression gradually became serious: "The next step is to visit the strongest man in the world. the man..."


    This is the most difficult!


    There is no doubt that with the pride of Whitebeard Edward Newgate, he will never think of joining forces with anyone, because he himself has the power to move the world!


    What''s more, it is not good for the revolutionary army to directly join forces with the pirates to overthrow the world government.


    Monkey D. Dorag went to visit Whitebeard Edward Newgate, just hoping that they could reach a tacit cooperation, such as dispatching at the same time, so as not to be accidentally broken by the world government...


    In name, they still save their own people.


    The Revolutionary Army wanted to rescue their Chief of Staff and a group of cadres who were executed by the World Government at the same time, and the Whitebeard Pirates went to rescue their 2nd Division Captain Ace.


    With a cigarette in the corner of his mouth, Bello Betty said slowly, "Will the Whitebeard Pirates really go out together to save Portgas D. Ace?"


    "I will definitely go."


    Monch D. Dorag nodded solemnly, his face became extremely dignified: "The navy is ready, Xiong has received a strong call from the navy, and it is estimated that the other princes Shichibukai have also received the same The call-up order..."


    Speaking of this, Monkey D. Dorag continued in a deep voice: "The navy is ready to deal with the Whitebeard Pirates, and the whole world is waiting for Whitebeard''s response. I won''t be absent on this occasion!"


    Everyone knows¡­


    No one can harm the members of the Whitebeard Pirates!


    Otherwise, they will usher in fierce revenge from the strongest man in the world!


    Even in the past, every action of the Navy against the Whitebeard Pirates was carefully calculated by Pharmacist Dou and Vice Admiral Crane.


    Even many times the navy had to be careful not to touch Whitebeard''s nerves too much, and it was only by using another Four Emperor Pirates, the Hundred Beasts Pirates and the Whitebeard Pirates, to barely maintain the balance of the world !


    Now¡­


    This balance was broken by the navy''s initiative!


    The World Government has captured Portgas D. Ace, and will carry out a public execution at an optional date. There is no doubt that they have already declared war on the Whitebeard Pirates on their own initiative!


    This is the real gauntlet!


    The Whitebeard Pirates have never been cowardly refusing to fight!


    Just as Monkey D. Dorag rushed to the Whitebeard sea area to visit the strongest man in the world, Whitebeard Edward Newgate finally received Uchi who rushed back to the Moby Dick from the first half of the great voyage. Ha Sasuke.


    Since the battle between Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Madara in Alabasta, the news of Portgas D. Ace''s arrest was immediately delivered to the Whitebeard Pirates, which was earlier than the news of the World Government a few days.


    White Beard did not blame Uchiha Sasuke, but immediately ordered the Moby Dick to meet Uchiha Sasuke to prevent Uchiha Sasuke from being captured by the navy.


    Moby Dick aboard.


    The tall Susano spread his wings and landed on the boat.


    The Susano on Uchiha Sasuke''s body turned into a phantom and drifted away. His body fell weakly on the deck, and a group of captains hurriedly surrounded him.


    "Hey Sasuke, are you okay?"


    Marco reached out to support Sasuke''s shoulder, let Sasuke sit on the ground slowly, and couldn''t help frowning: "You are injured, you should find a place to wait for us to pick you up, why are you still so strong..."


    "fine."


    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, ripped off the clothes on his shoulders forcefully, and said in a deep voice, "It''s just that I''m tired of flying over the Red Earth Continent to come back, Marco, help me bandage first..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Marco nodded slowly.


    Because Uchiha Sasuke''s shoulders and chest were covered with white cloth, he had scribbled on it himself, the bandage was very rough, and blood was slowly oozing out.


    "Sasuke, what''s going on?"


    Diamond Qiaoz squeezed his fist and said angrily, "Which bastard hurt you like this? Also, was Ace really captured?"


    "Yeah, what happened?"


    Foil Vista also surrounded him with a worried face.


    Since they met Sasuke Uchiha, they have never seen Sasuke in such a mess, even when Sasuke and the Four Emperors fought against each other, this situation has never happened.


    Jinbe squatted next to Marco, helping to treat Sasuke''s wound, and asked aloud: "Sasuke, did you meet the leader of Akatsuki? Has the Akatsuki organization cooperated with the World Government?"


    The strength of Uchiha Sasuke is seen by the entire Whitebeard Pirates.


    If there is anyone in this world who can make Sasuke fall into such an embarrassing situation, the entire sea cannot pick out a few people, unless the high-level navy collectively takes action to besiege it is possible...


    Or the leader of the most mysterious Akatsuki organization in the legend.


    "no."


    Uchiha Sasuke shook his head, nodded again, gritted his teeth and said: "A troublesome guy, the former patriarch of our Uchiha clan..."


    This former patriarch...


    Also a terrifying lunatic!


    In fact, the two of them didn''t fight for half a month, but after three days and three nights, Alabasta could no longer bear their battle...


    The Alabasta desert has been completely transformed!


    Now the desert in Alabasta has turned into an oasis. In addition to the dense forest, there are countless deep pits and canyons in the oasis...


    A single blow from a full-body Susanoo is enough to change the terrain.


    Not to mention the battle between two complete Susanoos...


    The two experienced the Susanoo War that almost divided Alabasta into countless islands, ended the Susanoo War, and began a physical and domineering confrontation. The moment of confrontation is fatal, as if they want to defend their last pride!


    A confrontation between the past life and the future life...


    Perhaps it is also an inheritance of Uchiha''s will!


    Until the last moment, Uchiha Sasuke swung the supreme sword Kusanagi sword and cut off the black stick in Uchiha Madara''s hand, and also shattered Uchiha Madara''s body!


    This battle has thus lost its meaning.


    It''s not really a victory...


    Madara Uchiha isn''t really at his peak.


    Moreover, Uchiha Madara also has a reincarnated body, and it is impossible for Uchiha Sasuke to kill Uchiha Madara, and the two left each other tacitly.


    Uchiha Sasuke still couldn''t help being a little shocked...


    If Uchiha Madara is really resurrected, this guy may become stronger in this sea if he has life. He is a madman who is really good at fighting!


    The power of this world...


    It really gave Uchiha Madara the possibility to break through the limit!


    No wonder Uehara Naraku tried his best to make Uchiha Madara into a collection. Uchiha Sasuke actually wanted to revive Uchiha Madara for a moment, to see if this guy could overthrow Uehara Naraku''s order...


    When they parted...


    Uchiha Madara acknowledged the efforts of Uchiha Sasuke. According to this world power system, Uchiha Sasuke himself has the possibility of breaking through the shackles...


    ten days ago.


    Alabasta desert.


    Uchiha Madara''s filthy body gradually recovered from being broken. The man casually hugged his shoulders and looked at the last living Uchiha in the world.


    "Uchiha Sasuke, don''t be limited by Indra''s Chakra."


    Uchiha Madara''s expression was a little indifferent, and there was even some dismissiveness in his voice: "Sasuke, our souls are all separate existences, are you still living in the shadow of the past?


    Came into this world, didn''t you realize it? You are not powerful because you have Indra''s Chakra and Sharingan, but because you are Sasuke Uchiha!


    Think about that guy Uehara Naraku, his Chakra is obviously only a part of the Chakra reincarnation of the Sage of the Six Paths, but his power far exceeds that of the Sage of the Six Paths, you guy, don¡¯t think that you have limits..."


    Even though Sasuke Uchiha''s sense of Madara Uchiha has always been bad, Sasuke is still slightly shocked when he thinks of what Uchiha Madara said when they parted.


    to be honest¡­


    Uchiha Madara''s will is much stronger than him.


    Moby Dick.


    A group of captains stood quietly beside Uchiha Sasuke, listening to Sasuke slowly talk about what happened to them in Alabasta.


    "...we fell into the trap of the Navy and CP when we were chasing Tichi..."


    Uchiha Sasuke looked at Marco''s bandaged wound, frowned and continued: "After Uchiha Madara defeated Ace in an instant with the ability of reincarnation eyes, he immediately opened Susano to fight me, a naval center I will take this opportunity to capture Ace..."


    "asshole!"


    When Joz heard this, a flash of anger flashed across his face. He clenched his fists and said with a gloomy face, "What''s the name of that vice admiral! I''ll go and kill his head!" Rip it off!"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke glanced at Jozy speechlessly.


    Why is this guy still not opening which pot?


    Fortunately, at this time, Edward Newgate, the white beard, stopped Jozzy with a loud voice: "Joz, don''t interrupt Sasuke, before we get Ace back, now is not the time to settle accounts with the Navy..."


    at this time¡­


    It''s not time to piss off the navy, wait until the day when the real war starts, let the navy realize the mistakes they made!


    While the Whitebeard Pirates were still chatting, a sentinel pirate in charge of watching said loudly: "Hey, everyone, there is a ship coming towards us..."


    "Is it a navy ship?"


    Marco couldn''t help asking aloud.


    "no¡­"


    The pirate in charge of the sentry opened his binoculars and carefully looked at the approaching pirate ship. When he saw the flag on the ship, his expression became extremely tense: "That seems to be a pirate ship... That sign... is red hair..."


    The voice of the sentry pirate echoed throughout the Moby Dick: "That ship is the Red Foss of the Red Hair Pirates!"


    The Red Forth is the main ship of the Red Hair Pirates.


    The appearance of the Red Forth means that the red-haired Shanks has arrived in person.

 Chapter 542

    Redhead Shanks.


    The youngest four emperors in the New World personally rushed to Whitebeard''s sea area and boarded the flagship Moby Dick of the Whitebeard Pirates.


    At this sensitive time when Portgas D. Ace was captured by the world government, the move of the red-haired Shanks to the Whitebeard Pirates must be enough to shock the world.


    No matter what red-haired Shanks wants to say to white-bearded Edward Newgate, even if it is a declaration of war or a declaration of alliance, it will change the direction of the world.


    Moby Dick.


    The moment the red-haired Shanks set foot on the Moby Dick, he immediately released his arrogance, and his overbearing dominance was so overwhelming that it was hard to breathe!


    The deck of the Moby Dick is also shattering bit by bit!


    The current Shanks is not at all like the optimistic pirate in the past, and now his expression has become serious. At this moment, the red-haired Shanks finally displayed the role of a sea emperor in a new world. attitude!


    "Stand back, this guy''s arrogance is beyond what you can handle."


    Marco frowned, noticing a group of members of the Whitebeard Pirates who were crumbling or even fainted under the impact of Shanks'' domineering arrogance.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Marco turned his head to look at the red-haired Shanks, and said coldly, "Hey, red-haired, do you want to demonstrate here?"


    "No, I just came to talk to you about something..."


    Shanks'' face gradually softened, watching Marco spread his palm, and said with a chuckle: "Speaking of which, Marco, do you want to get on my boat..."


    "Not that interested."


    Marco didn''t bother to pay attention to the redhead''s solicitation.


    Shanks the Red wasn''t the first to recruit Marco.


    For so many years, all the four emperors that Marco met would invite him without exception, and both BIG MOM and Beast Kaido had opened their mouths to solicit him.


    No matter how much these four emperors lower their status and value Marco''s value, Marco will never turn his back on Whitebeard. What these people do will always be useless.


    Shanks could only shake his head helplessly.


    The next moment, Shanks'' eyes moved slowly, and fell on Uchiha Sasuke who had just bandaged the wound, and his expression gradually became dignified.


    To be honest¡­


    Shanks has never seen Uchiha Sasuke so embarrassed!


    Even when Sasuke Uchiha defeated Ben Beckman, the deputy captain of the Red Hair Pirates when he was in the Spades Pirates, he was not injured in that battle.


    In the past few years, the Whitebeard Pirates have had conflicts with the other Four Emperor Pirates. It is said that except for Uzumaki Naruto of the Hundred Beasts Pirates, basically no one in the other Four Emperor Pirates was placed by Sasuke Uchiha. in eyes...


    "Sasuke is back too..."


    The red-haired Shanks narrowed his eyes slightly, fixed his eyes on the gauze on Sasuke Uchiha, and said in a deep voice: "It seems that the enemies you encountered are more troublesome than I imagined..."


    Red-haired Shanks knew exactly what was going on.


    When Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace hunted down Marshall D. Tichi, the red-haired Shanks once sent a message to Uchiha Sasuke, hoping that he would be careful about Tiki, but he did not Didn''t stop them from chasing Tikki.


    As a result, Ace was arrested and even publicly executed...


    And the red-haired Shanks received the news earlier than the news, so he came to meet Whitebeard so quickly. Shanks himself has some secret channels to get some insider information from the world government.


    It¡¯s just that when Shanks received the news, he didn¡¯t expect it... the pharmacist who made the pirates and the revolutionary army gnash their teeth with hatred, actually developed the CP department to such an extent that he recruited agents who could injure Sasuke Uchiha!


    "You don''t have to worry about it."


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced coldly at the red-haired Shanks, stretched out his hand to tighten the gauze tie on his body, and slowly picked up the Kusanagi sword beside him: "If you want to ridicule me, it''s not your turn guy..."


    Facing the red-haired Shanks, Sasuke Uchiha never flinched!


    Even if Sasuke is injured now, he still doesn''t feel that he has any disadvantages, because the red-haired Shanks broke an arm many years ago...


    Even if they fight now...


    I guess it could be considered a balance?


    "Sasuke, this is not sarcasm."


    The red-haired Shanks shook his head slowly, and said with a serious face: "After all, we are friends. After we finish talking, I will go to Kaido''s sea area to visit Naruto. He has always been very friendly. Concerned about your..."


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha had a delicate expression.


    Although the friction between the four emperors has never stopped, in the past few years, the red-haired Shanks has become good friends with Uzumaki Naruto who joined the Beasts Pirates.


    These idiots...


    It seems that they are very sensitive when they find the same kind.


    But this kind of thing is also very normal.


    According to Uzumaki Naruto''s character, facing a man with a hearty personality like the red-haired Shanks, even if the two of them are still enemies, it does not prevent them from slowly becoming friends.


    The red-haired Shanks'' attitude towards Uzumaki Naruto is simply extraordinary friendly, and even more than once hoped Uzumaki Naruto would join his pirate group.


    Naruto Uzumaki was backed by the Akatsuki organization, so he naturally refused.


    As the friendship between them gradually deepened, the red-haired Shanks gradually discovered the characteristics of Uzumaki Naruto. He believed that Uzumaki Naruto had a charm similar to that of One Piece Gore D. Roger.


    This charm must be able to attract many people to reunite with him.


    The red-haired Shanks even mentioned to Kaido in front of many people, if Kaido is willing to let Uzumaki Naruto leave the Beasts Pirates, Uzumaki Naruto will definitely be able to become a hero with One Piece Gore D Roger Same captain!


    Although the red-haired Shanks always thought he was telling the truth...


    But when these words are spoken, there are always suspicions of sowing discord against the Hundred Beasts Pirates. After all, no one in the Red Hair Pirates can defeat Uzumaki Naruto...


    Clearly, Shanks the Red is playing tricks.


    The hostility of the entire Beasts Pirates towards Red Haired Shanks is also growing.


    However, as the respected four emperors, as the most free pirate in this sea, the red-haired Shanks naturally does whatever he wants, and he doesn''t care about other people''s opinions at all when he talks to himself.


    Moby Dick aboard.


    The current red-haired Shanks still hasn''t changed his point of view. After Shanks mentioned Uzumaki Naruto, he couldn''t help but continue: "Speaking of which, Sasuke, weren''t you and Naruto partners before? If you two can If you form a pirate team..."


    "Shut up."


    Uchiha Sasuke interrupted the red-haired Shanks, and said in a cold voice: "I don''t need you to bother about him and me!"


    "What a pity..."


    The red-haired Shanks shook his head and sighed with regret. He was really optimistic about the combination of Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke.


    "Okay, red-haired brat."


    White-bearded Edward Newgate interrupted their communication, and said in a urn voice: "What do you want to do here? We don''t have time to receive guests..."


    Because of the arrest of Portgas D. Ace, the atmosphere on the Moby Dick was a bit depressed, and Whitebeard wanted to discuss with his sons about saving Ace.


    Now, Whitebeard has no intention of entertaining anyone.


    "Sorry, please allow me to explain my purpose first."


    The red-haired Shanks walked towards the white beard, and his face gradually became serious: "I''m here... to assist you in rescuing Portgas D. Ace."


    "unnecessary."


    The white beard lowered his head with displeasure, and looked at the red-haired Shanks coldly: "Ace is my son, I will save him, no one else needs to intervene!"


    "No, only this time may be an exception..."


    The red-haired Shanks shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "I know I shouldn''t interfere in this matter. Although Ace is the son of Captain Roger, after he joined the Whitebeard Pirates, everything should be done. It''s up to you, the captain, to make the decision..."


    When he said this, the red-haired Shanks changed the subject, and his expression became more serious: "Sorry, but this time is the only exception. I got a definite message. This time Ace''s arrest was premeditated. of¡­"


    The red-haired Shanks looked up at Whitebeard''s expression, his voice suddenly became heavy: "This is a conspiracy against the world...It is from Marshall D. Teach, or Blackbeard hand!"


    According to the news received by the red-haired Shanks, the capture of Portgas D. Ace was indeed a conspiracy by Marshall D. Teach, and the purpose was to provoke a war between the Whitebeard Pirates and the Navy. .


    certainly¡­


    Teach''s plot just came at the right time.


    Because the World Government does have corresponding plans against the Four Emperor Pirates, this matter is fully in charge of the Naval Headquarters Superintendent and the Supreme Commander of the CP Department Yakushidou.


    The main purpose of Yaoshidou is to target the revolutionary army, and by the way, want to lure a powerful force to dispatch, so as to prompt the weak revolutionary army to take the initiative to enter the game. It happened that Tiqi found Yaoshidou and claimed to assist the navy to capture Ace.


    Teach is all over the place.


    The same is true of the secret version circulated within the World Government. Pharmacist has not yet decided which pirate group to choose to carry out his own conspiracy plan. As a result, Marshall D. Teach took the initiative to come to the door, prompting Pharmacist to send CP The department attacked Ace.


    After the navy captured Ace, the world government also had to start urging Pharmacist to promote the occurrence of major events step by step. The navy is also dispatching troops to prepare for a world war.


    "Oh."


    White Beard''s face remained unchanged.


    Whitebeard had thought about this matter a long time ago, he didn''t care whoever conspired, even if the conspiracy was aimed at him, so what?


    In other words, Whitebeard has no other choice!


    Moreover, Whitebeard will definitely not have any other choice, no matter what, he will definitely save Ace, how can a father ignore his son who is in deep death!


    "If you are going to save Ace, you will definitely fall into Tiqi''s conspiracy. I don''t know what he wants to do, but I know he must be hiding in a dark place with his fangs..."


    The red-haired Shanks looked at the white beard that was still full of calm, and slowly made his own request: "In order to avoid a war that could destroy the world, I hope you can hold back for a while, lest the situation worsen..."


    When the red-haired Shanks said this, his speech speed gradually became faster: "Before Ace is publicly executed, I will find a way to help you bring Ace back."

 Chapter 543

    Whitebeard seems to have no reason to reject Shanks.


    In this situation, it seems that the red-haired Shanks is a bit like helping the Whitebeard Pirates take the initiative to rescue Ace.


    If the Whitebeard Pirates accept the red-haired Shanks'' proposal now, they don''t need to pay the price of war, they just need to stay in their own sea area, quietly waiting for Shanks to rescue Ace.


    no matter how you look at it...


    This matter seems to be beneficial to the Whitebeard Pirates.


    If Shanks can really rescue Ace safely, the Whitebeard Pirates probably owe a lot to the red-haired Shanks.


    This kind of favor...


    It''s hard to pay back at sea!


    Portgas D. Ace would also owe Shanks his life!


    It¡¯s just that there is another problem with this matter. In order to avoid the deterioration of the situation, the Whitebeard Pirates have been waiting for Shanks¡¯ news. waste time!


    Whitebeard doesn''t think Shanks can save Ace either.


    This is an upcoming world war, and it is also the first battle for the world government and navy to eliminate pirates. No one can prevent the war from happening!


    Even the red-haired Shanks is no exception!


    "Ace is my son..."


    Whitebeard''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he rejected Shanks'' kindness in a cold voice: "I will save him myself, no one needs to intervene!"


    "It''s not good to reject me so bluntly!"


    The red-haired Shanks''s smile slowly narrowed, his eyes gradually turned cold, and he gently held his Western sword with his palm: "I don''t have any other ideas, I just want to stop an event that might kill me." It''s just a world war for many people..."


    "Red-haired brat, who do you think you are..."


    Whitebeard suddenly stretched out his palm and pulled out the infusion tube on his arm, suddenly picked up Cong Yunqie beside him, and slashed towards the red-haired head!


    Accompanied by Whitebeard''s movements, a torrential domineering look swept out, and Whitebeard waved Cong Yunqie to split the red-haired Shanks in two!


    clang clang!


    The red-haired Shanks suddenly pulled out his western sword, blocked Cong Yunqie''s hilt, and stopped Whitebeard''s attack in a split second!


    Under the arrogance of the two four emperors, the clouds in the sky gradually surged up...


    The domineering aura of Whitebeard and Shanks is as real as it is, flashing lightning in the air, and the tyrannical suppressive force continues to spread towards the surroundings...


    People dare not look directly!


    Under the collision of the two emperors, the members of the Whitebeard Pirates involuntarily took a few steps back, looking up at the clouds that were splitting and rising in the sky...


    "The sky is cracked again..."


    this thing...


    Occurs frequently in the Whitebeard Seas.


    In the past, the entire Whitebeard Pirates had Whitebeard Edward Newgate, Uchiha Sasuke and Portgas D. Ace with three domineering people.


    When Sasuke Uchiha helped exercise Ace''s domineering look, Whitebeard would occasionally show his hand, showing the two little guys that his remaining prestige is still there...


    Whenever White Beard and Sasuke Uchiha collide with their domineering aura, the sky will slowly crack open in their domineering collision...


    The members of the Whitebeard Pirates have really seen a lot.


    "Ace is my son!"


    White Beard clenched the Cong Yunqi knife in his hand, and pressed it down fiercely, forcing the red-haired Shanks'' face to change suddenly. This huge force did not mean to show mercy at all!


    Looking at the red-haired Shanks'' expression, Whitebeard slowly withdrew his strength, waved Cong Yunqie to force Shanks back, and said indifferently: "I am Whitebeard, it is absolutely impossible to save my son. Put your hopes on others!"


    After finishing speaking, Whitebeard turned around casually, and walked back to his seat step by step with a big knife in his hand: "Let''s go, you don''t need to worry about things on this ship! Sasuke, Marco, help me see off the guests! "


    "But¡­"


    Red-haired Shanks opened his mouth and wanted to say something.


    However, the figure of Uchiha Sasuke stood in front of him, and the scarlet Sharingan and the strange Samsara looked at the red-haired Shanks coldly: "Let''s go, don''t make the old man angry, otherwise I can''t stop you!" hold him..."


    "..."


    The red-haired Shanks was silent for a while, shook his head and sighed: "Okay, but I brought the fine wine from my hometown Xihai..."


    "Ok?"


    White Beard''s footsteps paused slightly.


    Just when Whitebeard looked back at Shanks, Uchiha Sasuke interrupted Shanks in a cold voice: "The old man has given up drinking for a few years..."


    After finishing speaking, a flash of lightning flashed through Uchiha Sasuke''s fingertips, and he directly smashed the wine jar that Shanks brought up with Chidori sharp gun.


    The aroma of fine wine wafts across the deck...


    Shanks watched this scene speechlessly, shook his head helplessly, but when he turned to leave, he suddenly said: "However, I won''t give up... let''s see which of us moves faster! "


    "Then I advise you not to waste your efforts."


    Uchiha Sasuke closed his eyes, lowered his head slowly, and his voice gradually became smaller and smaller: "The world government is different from the past... If you still want to intervene, then be prepared to be involved Get ready for the whirlpool!"


    When Uchiha Sasuke said this, he suddenly opened his eyes and stared at Shanks'' back, his gaze seemed to reveal a substantial edge.


    At this moment, Uchiha Sasuke''s voice suddenly became extremely cold: "Forget it, no one can escape this maelstrom anyway... I just want to remind you, don''t be caught by the pharmacist!


    Otherwise, perhaps the war has not yet started, all the members of the Red Hair Pirates will appear on the public execution list together, and no one will save you at that time! "


    "hehe¡­"


    The red-haired Shanks stopped his steps, turned his head and smiled lightly, "Then I''ll give you back what you said just now..."


    The eyes of the red-haired Shanks also suddenly became cold, and his attitude was extremely tough: "The red-haired pirates don''t need you to tell me what to do!"


    After speaking, Shanks the Red-haired left the Moby Dick.


    The red-haired Shanks came to the Whitebeard Pirates and did not achieve his purpose, but he would not let it go, and Shanks happened to have a reason to cut in.


    Kurokas, the doctor of the Roger Pirates...


    The Red Forth.


    When the red-haired Shanks returned to his boat, Ben Beckman bit a juice straw and said slowly: "They didn''t agree..."


    "yes¡­"


    Shanks shook his head, sighed softly and said, "You guessed right, Beckman...but we don''t have to pay attention to them, just do what we want to do next!"


    "Ok."


    Ben Beckman nodded, and suddenly asked: "Then where are we going now? Should we go to the World Government at this time?


    Although we have not yet formed an alliance with the Whitebeard Pirates, as long as we act as if we are assisting the Whitebeard Pirates in front of them, we should be able to force them to let go of Portgas D. Ace... "


    This was the original plan of the Red Hair Pirates.


    If White Beard agrees to Red Hair''s request this time, Red Hair Shanks can use the banner of the offensive and defensive alliance to force the World Government to let them let go of Ace.


    However, after Shanks saw Uchiha Sasuke''s physical condition, he realized the seriousness of the matter, and what the newspaper said was actually true...


    Sasuke Uchiha¡­


    Really repelled by the people of the world government!


    "It''s hard to say now."


    Shanks shook his head with a serious expression, and continued in a deep voice: "I don''t know when the CP department of the world government has an extra powerful member. That person, Medicine Master Dou, really shouldn''t be underestimated. Maybe he is really the one in this war." With full confidence...


    No more people can come in!


    Now let''s go to the Sea of ??Beasts first to explore the attitudes of Kaido and Naruto, at least we can''t let them add trouble at this time! "


    "Is that so..."


    Ben Beckman frowned, sighed, and said, "Kaido the Beast, he never seems to listen to anyone''s advice!"


    And now the Beast Pirates hate the Red Hair Pirates the most.


    Beast Kaido is very stubborn, no matter what anyone says, he doesn''t seem to listen; of course, the same is true for the red-haired Shanks, no matter what anyone says, Shanks wants to do something or continue to do it.


    The Red Foss turned slowly, left Whitebeard''s sea area, and moved quickly towards the sea area of ??the Beasts Pirates.


    Red-haired Shanks didn''t know.


    Even if he can rush to the Sea of ??Beasts now, he will definitely not even be able to see the faces of Kaido Uzumaki and Naruto Uzumaki, because these two people are participating in a terrifying expedition ceremony in Wano Country!


    Wano Country, Kuri.


    Jiuli is different from the base camp of the capital of flowers.


    Because of the wide terrain of Jiuli, close to the inner sea port, a group of Akatsuki members gathered in Jiuli, including various affiliated armed forces under the Akatsuki organization.


    In the past few years, the number of ninjas stationed in Wano Country has doubled. Now the number of ninja troops in Wano Country has exceeded 60,000, and Wano Country also has samurai troops with varying strengths and more than 20,000 people.


    The group under the Hundred Beasts Pirates and its affiliated pirates have more than 20,000 pirates in terms of numbers alone, not to mention that the Hundred Beasts Pirates also have a large number of animal-type fruit-capable combat members .


    It''s just Akatsuki''s peripheral forces...


    It is definitely a huge army capable of changing the direction of any pirate war!


    Today, this super armed force is gathered in Jiuli, no matter in terms of strength or number, it is enough to easily crush any country in the world!


    Even if it''s BIG MOM''s IWC, it''s no longer a problem!


    Standing at the forefront of these ranks...


    All of them are the captains or captains of these troops.


    The top management of the Beasts Pirates: Beasts Kaido, Uzumaki Naruto, Drought Jack, Plague Quinn, Flame Calamity, Yamato and others.


    High-ranking members of the ninja coalition: Nara Shikamaru, Koto, Temari, Fifth Mizukage Terumimei, Jiraiya, Fourth Raikage, Kirabi and others are on the list.


    The high level of the samurai side of the Wano country: Mifune, the general of the iron country of the ninja world, will temporarily replace him.


    And behind them, there is more than 100,000 joint troops composed of ninjas, samurai and pirates. The dense figures make it impossible to see the edge at a glance!


    At the end of this coalition army, there are many giants and demons over tens of meters tall, and they stand obediently at the end of the team.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    "It''s just an expedition. As for bringing so many people?"


    Beast Kaido looked up and took a sip of wine, hiccupped loudly, and said drunkenly: "I can get rid of that old guy with white beard only with my own boat!"


    "Brother Kaito..."


    Plague Quinn shook his head, grinned, and said with a light smile, "Our expedition is to completely conquer the world..."


    "what?"


    Kaido rubbed his head, raised his head and took another sip of wine: "Where''s Lingling? Why don''t you take her with you? I owed her a favor back then!"


    "Brother Kaito, we''ll see her soon."


    Yan Huanjin stood beside him and shook his head, and said in a low voice: "The 100,000 people standing here, the first place to attack is BIG MOM''s Totland Island... I hope that old woman can be a little more sensible! "

 Chapter 544

    a week ago.


    Just before the news of Portgas D. Ace came out, the Akatsuki organization proposed to BIG MOM to formally invite her to join the Akatsuki organization.


    The conditions proposed by the Xiao organization are actually quite generous.


    In addition to Charlotte Lingling, the captain of the BIG MOM Pirates, who can become an official member of the Akatsuki organization, she will be provided with six additional official members.


    This is a proposal initiated by Uchiha Itachi''s report and Akatsuki''s comprehensive assessment of the BIG MOM Pirates at the plenary meeting.


    Because every official member of the Akatsuki organization has the right to vote on certain matters when they can dominate the world in the future.


    So far, the Beasts Pirates have joined the Akatsuki organization as official members. Except for Beasts Kaido himself and the three disasters, only three of the six Ling Kong sons are eligible to join, plus Kaido''s daughter Yamato...


    The entire Hundred Beasts Pirates only occupied a total of eight places.


    Xiao organization''s conditions are really favorable.


    Unsurprisingly, Charlotte Lingling rejected Xiao''s invitation, and even felt that this mysterious and unpredictable organization in the sea really didn''t know what to do...


    when¡­


    How dare a small organization invite a Four Emperors to join them?


    Charlotte Lingling tore up the Akatsuki organization''s invitation letter on the spot, announcing that if Akatsuki''s leader rushed to Totland Island to apologize to her, and led the entire Akatsuki organization to join the BIG MOM Pirates, she would have a chance to get a fourth Emperor''s forgiveness.


    This is really...


    Unexpected.


    In response to the BIG MOM Pirates, Akatsuki''s highest meeting announced on the spot that Akatsuki will launch a war against the BIG MOM Pirates.


    This is exactly what they had planned.


    therefore¡­


    Yao Shidou took this opportunity to report to the world government that the alliance of Beasts Pirates and Akatsuki will launch a war against the BIG MOM Pirates.


    If so...


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    The world government and navy don¡¯t have to worry about the involvement of the Big Mom Pirates and the Hundred Beasts Pirates. They only need to face the Whitebeard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army. enough.


    As for the Red Hair Pirates...


    This pirate group is also between being able to be wiped out and not being wiped out.


    The world government is not worried at all about whether the red-haired Shanks will participate in the war. If Shanks sits on the sidelines, the world government will let him go;


    If Shanks wants to form an alliance with the Whitebeard Pirates, then at the cost of losing the two Four Emperor Pirates in one fell swoop!


    The Akatsuki organization led the Beasts Pirates to declare war on the BIG MOM Pirates. On the one hand, it was a strategic deception to the world government, and on the other hand, it really wanted to solve the troubles of the BIG MOM Pirates.


    And now the war between the Akatsuki organization and the BIG MOM pirates is just a small trial. After solving BIG MOM, they will rush to the first half of the great route, always ready to participate in the final battle in this world.


    Wano country.


    The seaside of the Guri area.


    The 100,000 coalition forces were finally fully assembled.


    Drought Jack glanced around, frowned, with some dissatisfaction on his face: "Brother Kaidou, shall we continue to wait here now?"


    "Well, I have to wait for Granny Huiye."


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded slowly, and softly answered Drought Jack''s question: "One hundred thousand coalition troops is not a small number. If that guy is not here, the best way is Granny Kaguya''s time and space spells, which will bring us all together." Walk¡­"


    This is the war method organized by Akatsuki.


    When the Akatsuki organization attacked Wano country three years ago, Uehara Naraku used a space ability to directly teleport the entire ninja coalition army to Wano country, which greatly reduced the consumption of combat preparations and achieved rich returns.


    Nara Shikahisa, the coalition staff officer, adopted Uehara Naraku''s approach.


    Use Kaguya Hime''s Huangquan Hirasaka and Tianzhi Yuzhong space to transfer all the current 100,000 coalition troops and required supplies to the Shiqiu space.


    In this way, only Kaguya Hime needs to rush to the battle location, which can also greatly reduce the time required for the 100,000 coalition troops to march.


    A flash of surprise flashed across Plague Quinn''s face, and he widened his glasses in disbelief: "Wait... Naruto, if you say that, Kaguya-sama, the god who sits in Wano Country, will also be dispatched to participate. Is this expedition?"


    "If she moves too..."


    Kaido''s wine suddenly woke up halfway, he clenched his fists, and said in a deep voice: "It only takes her to get rid of the BIG MOM Pirates and Lingling, right? There is no need to mobilize a large number of people and gather 100,000 people to carry out the battle." An expedition¡­¡±


    Even after three years, Kaido still hasn''t forgotten Kaguya Ji''s horror!


    Three years ago, that terrifying woman landed on Oni Island, lightly injured him, and defeated the entire Hundred Beasts Pirates by herself!


    therefore¡­


    The Beasts Pirates still spread the horror of the Goddess of Mao!


    At this time, other people were also thinking about this issue, but the ninja coalition forces did not have so many doubts, because they knew the purpose of this war very well!


    The existence of Otsutsuki Kaguya can solve some powerful enemies.


    Except for those troublesome guys, the remaining idle enemies scattered all over the place can''t still rely on Kaguya Ji''s power...


    The 100,000 Allied Forces took on this responsibility.


    The sea area of ??BIG¡¤MOM is huge!


    Ninja Force side.


    Anxiety flashed across the face of the Fourth Raikage Ai, and he said with displeasure: "How long will that woman have to wait? If I knew it, I really shouldn''t have passed Nara Shikaku''s plan, which made us wait too long Bar!"


    "It should be soon..."


    Zilai also touched his chin, and said slowly, "If you wait too long, someone will help her..."


    While a group of people were still discussing, a black door of time and space appeared in the air, and Otsutsuki Kaguya slowly floated out from the black door.


    The moment Kaguya Hime appeared...


    The entire coalition gradually quieted down.


    Nara Shikahisa stood out from the crowd, looked up at Otsutsuki Kaguya in the air, and said loudly: "Master Kaguya, you can start now."


    "I see."


    Otsutsuki Kaguya nodded slowly.


    In the next second, the scenery in everyone''s field of vision suddenly changed, and they were brought into the Shiqiu space by Kaguya Ji in an instant. This is the first time I have seen this method!


    This spatial ability¡­


    Even more than Naraku Uehara, right?


    At least such a simple means of transferring 100,000 coalition troops is indeed compared to when Naraku Uehara sent people from the ninja world to this sea, people can''t help but think that Kaguya''s space means are stronger.


    Just as the 100,000 coalition troops entered the first ball space, they saw another woman floating in the sky, who was also the highest authority in the entire Wano country.


    Angel of God, Xiao Nan.


    The pair of paper wings behind Xiao Nan flapped slowly, driving her body to slowly land in front of Nara Shikaku and the others: "Mr. Jiraiya, Mr. Shikaku, are you ready?"


    "yes."


    Nara Shikahisa nodded, with a wry smile on his face: "I really didn''t expect that one day we would prepare such a huge army, and the size of this coalition army even surpassed the number of the Fourth Ninja World War." It''s..."


    One hundred thousand coalition troops...


    It really makes people dare not even think about it!


    Among them, the 60,000 ninja troops are quite the elite force of the entire ninja world!


    However, the combined army of the Hundred Beasts Pirates and Wano Country has more than 40,000 people. This world is too huge...


    certainly.


    The threshold for samurai and pirates is not high.


    But the minimum threshold for a ninja is to have chakra. If it is just to pull up a huge army, it is not impossible for the ninja villages of the five major countries...


    "Speaking of which, where''s Uehara Naraku?"


    Ji Lai also touched his chin, and asked curiously: "Xiao Nan, won''t that little fellow Uehara come forward to participate in this war?"


    "Naraku should not come for the time being."


    Xiao Nan frowned, shook his head and said, "When I contacted Naraku, he was still on an empty island..."


    "Tsk, that guy..."


    Zilai also couldn''t help chuckling: "It''s really a headache to have such a lively disciple..."


    "fine¡­"


    There was a touch of weirdness in Xiaonan''s voice.


    Because when Xiaonan was in contact with Uehara Naraku, Uehara Naraku mentioned that he would not participate in this war against BIG MOM, and the reason was to choose a gift for Xiaonan.


    Those gifts from Naraku Uehara...


    It is often unacceptable.


    empty island.


    This island is located at an altitude of 10,000 meters.


    Naraku Uehara found the real treasure here. He looked up at a huge golden clock, and slowly knocked on the golden clock with his fingers.


    "This gift...should be pretty good."


    Naraku Uehara listened to the reverberating sound of the golden clock, nodded in satisfaction, then shook his head and said, "I just feel that giving this gift is a bit weird..."


    When talking about this, Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at a man lying on the ground dripping with blood, and asked, "Forget it, Enilo, I think it''s better to take your Ark Proverbs as a gift for Mr. Xiaonan Bar!"


    The name of the man lying on the ground was Enilo.


    Before Naraku Uehara arrived at the sky island, Enilo was still a revered god of the sky island, and he also ruled the sky island relying on his powerful heart network ability.


    Since Enilo is a person with the ability of the thunder fruit, his heart network ability is the arrogance of knowledge and knowledge strengthened by the thunder fruit, which has almost reached the extreme of knowledge and knowledge!


    Just talking about the scope can cover the entire empty island!


    Therefore, when Uehara Naraku entered the empty island, Enilo immediately went to trouble Uehara Naraku, claiming that a divine punishment would come to him.


    result¡­


    The thunderous fruit ability user was defeated by Uehara Naraku with the same ability. The situation is unprecedentedly bleak, with open wounds all over his body, and now he can''t escape even if he wants to activate the fruit ability.


    not to mention...


    Enel could not escape either.


    "Aren''t you willing to give me your ark?"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Enilu, squatted beside him, and said slowly: "Hey, you are a god. As a real god, you must learn to be more generous. It''s just an ark..."


    "asshole¡­"


    Enil, who was lying on the ground, gritted his teeth, and looked at Naraku Uehara angrily, without the calmness that a god should have.


    The Proverbs of the Ark was built by Enilo after many years of hard work. The materials in many places are made of precious gold. This is the real painstaking effort...


    "Okay, I won''t tease you anymore."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the sullen Enilo, chuckled and said, "An ark powered by lightning... Tsk, I''m not interested in recharging a ship every day, you just drive this ship to Infinite land!"


    "..."


    A glimmer of hope suddenly appeared in Enilo''s eyes.


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth hooked up, narrowed his eyes and smiled and continued: "As the price for letting you go, I will send someone to find you after you rule the moon in the future.


    I hope that at that time, you can also give us the infinite land on the moon just like you gave me Sky Island now..."


    "..."


    Enilu''s eyes gradually became a little depressed.


    It is understandable that Naraku Uehara wants to take away the sky island. Enilo knows that he can no longer rule the sky island, not to mention that he has no intention of staying in the small place of the sky island...


    But what did this guy named Uehara Naraku just say?


    After he ruled the moon, this bastard named Uehara Naraku went to receive the moon...


    Is this still a human language?


    "Want the moon?"


    Enilu stared at Naraku Uehara: "Then tell me, are you the god who rules Qinghai?"


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku frowned and thought for a while, shook his head and sighed: "Although I don''t want to admit it, it should be over in a few months... Are you interested in coming to watch the ceremony?"

 Chapter 545

    Enel this guy...


    After all, he chose to go to the moon.


    This thunder fruit ability user wants to develop a moon base.


    For Naraku Uehara and the Akatsuki organization, no matter what Enilo''s choice is, the final result is the same, and everything that Enilo does will become Akatsuki''s achievement.


    Moon¡­


    There are also many secrets in this world!


    So far, there are relics of previous civilizations on the moon. Due to lack of resources, the former lunar people also arrived at the sea with advanced technological civilization...


    Uehara Naraku really doubts whether this world will be the same as the ninja world. The aliens in the universe have brought devil fruits or something. Their descendants rule the world and resist the coming of other aliens by the way. .


    For example, Otsutsuki Kaguya who likes to plant trees...


    "This is the contact ring..."


    After Uehara Naraku helped Enilo heal his wounds, he threw a ring to Enilu casually, and said softly: "Occasionally I will take the initiative to talk to you, if one day I find that I can''t stay on the moon anymore..."


    "impossible!"


    Enilu interrupted Naraku Uehara, and took the ring with a somewhat unsightly look: "As the price for failure in the battle of gods, this empty island is given to you..."


    "Don''t say that you are a god in the future."


    Uehara Naraku patted Enilo on the shoulder, sighed and said: "Generally, the one who likes to call himself a god is always defeated. When I return to the sea, I guess I will kill a lot of people who like to call themselves gods." For god''s sake..."


    "..."


    Enel''s expression was a little stiff.


    This has to be parted, or can''t we talk about people?


    "I see."


    Enilu put on the ring that symbolizes the members of Akatsuki, and said coldly: "But no one dares to laugh at a god. Last time a guy named Jiaodu boarded the empty island and mocked the majesty of the god. I took that The guy hit Bai Baihai..."


    "You both lose."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but twitched his mouth, shook his head and sighed: "It''s better not to be stubborn? Kakuzu is also a member of Akatsuki, and I know everything that happened between you..."


    "..."


    Enel fell silent again.


    The next moment, his figure turned into a bolt of lightning and disappeared.


    After a long time, a ship floating in the sky was full of lightning and flew towards the moon in the sky, which was the motto of Enilo''s Ark.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t spend much time in Sky Island.


    Enilo is just a pawn laid at random. On Gaya Island under Sky Island, there are Monkey D. Luffy and the Straw Hat Pirates waiting for his return.


    That''s the real top priority.


    Gaya Island, Magic Valley Town Pier.


    The Straw Hat Pirates are still here waiting for Naraku Uehara.


    Because Portgas D. Ace was arrested and even about to be publicly executed, Monkey D. Luffy felt a little more anxious. As sworn brothers who grew up together, Luffy could not ignore this something happens!


    Nami looked at the somewhat decadent Luffy, and offered a lot of news: "After the navy catches the pirates, they will be imprisoned in Imperton Prison... Will Ace be imprisoned in Imperton Prison too?" ?¡±


    "That would be more troublesome."


    Sanji shook his head with a cigarette in his mouth, "Not everyone can enter Imperton Prison. Even if they can enter, they may not have a chance to escape..."


    "Then we''ll go to Imperton!"


    Lu Fei clenched his fist violently, but after saying this, he interrupted himself: "No, I''ll go by myself!"


    "Big...big prison?"


    Chopper''s body trembled.


    However, at this time, although Chopper''s face was full of fear, he still said in his mouth: "Ace''s people are very good, I will go together..."


    Just when Luffy was about to leave the Golden Merry, Zoro knocked Luffy to the ground with a scabbard, and said in a cold voice, "Don''t be stupid, you are the captain of this ship! Calm down! We If you want to go to Imperton, you must at least inquire about the situation..."


    this idiot...


    Do you still want to leave your companion behind? Don''t you want everyone to take risks together because you are aware of the danger?


    "I guessed something."


    Nicole Robin suddenly spoke to ease the situation, and everyone''s eyes were attracted by Robin''s words and fell on her.


    After saying this, Nicole Robin continued: "If the Navy really imprisoned Mr. Ace in the Imperton Prison, they would not specifically state in the newspaper that they would secretly detain Mr. Ace. up.


    The purpose of the Navy must be to prevent Mr. Ace¡¯s Whitebeard Pirates from attacking Imperton Prison before the public execution. If we want to rescue Mr. Ace, we still need to find out that Mr. Ace is imprisoned. there¡­"


    When talking about this, Nicole Robin slowly closed her palms, and said in a low voice, "Maybe Uehara does know where Mr. Ace is being held..."


    Usopp paced back and forth impatiently, and suddenly raised his head to look at Nicole Robin, then at Luffy, and then at Nami and Sanji.


    These people have all been in contact with Uehara Naraku.


    "Hey, Robin, Luffy, Nami, Sanji, do you really think that guy named Uehara Naraku will really tell us about Luffy''s brother? That guy is a vice admiral!"


    "That guy should be able to..."


    Luffy nodded slowly, and responded with some anxiety: "Uehara and I have known each other in the past, although he has been doing no good things in front of us, but Sister Makino said that that guy is indeed a good person. There will be nothing..."


    "Indeed, Uehara''s heart is still very kind..."


    After Nicole Robin said something against her own conscience, she suddenly looked at Luffy and made another suggestion.


    "By the way, Luffy, isn''t your grandfather Lieutenant General Garp? If you can''t wait for Uehara, maybe you can get news about Mr. Ace from Lieutenant General Garp..."


    This advice is very pertinent.


    Because Monkey D. Garp, as a high-level navy officer, must know where Portgas D. Ace is being held. He is a naval hero!


    "That guy, Grandpa!"


    When mentioning Lieutenant General Garp, fear flashed across Luffy''s face: "No, grandpa should kill me, he almost killed me countless times since he was a child...


    Now I have fulfilled the agreement with Shanks and become a pirate. Maybe Grandpa will really kill me if he sees me! "


    "Lieutenant General Garp is not so bad..."


    Just when Monkey D. Luffy was talking about Monkey D. Garp''s bad behavior, a voice suddenly appeared in their ears.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared on their boat at some point, and he said softly, "If I''m not mistaken, Lieutenant General Garp should be with Ace...I heard that Lieutenant General Garp has been keeping Ace treat him as his own grandson..."


    Monkey D. Cap treats Portgas D. Ace the same way he treats his own grandson Monkey D. Luffy.


    Maybe even more special.


    The man known for his iron fist...


    Obviously his will is like steel, but he also has a soft side in his heart, especially when dealing with Portgas D. Ace.


    Garp really treats Ace as a relative.


    And Portgas D. Ace also regarded Garp as his grandfather.


    If the world government wants to capture Ace and execute Portgas D. Ace, it is absolutely impossible to hide it from Garp.


    "Stop talking about grandpa!"


    Luffy interrupted Naraku Uehara, and said earnestly, "Uehara, do you know how to save Ace? No, do you know where Ace is being held?"


    "Well, I know something."


    Naraku Uehara took a look at the people present, and said softly: "But this matter must not be leaked, and the place where Ace is held is more terrifying than you imagined. If possible, I hope you go to the Chambord first..."


    "I need to know where Ace is being held!"


    Lu Fei shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "Please, Uehara! After I rescue Ace, I will definitely go to that chambord place!"


    "Judicial Island."


    Uehara Naraku said the name of the place calmly, and then continued: "Before you go to Judiciary Island, I suggest you go to Chambord Land, look for Rayleigh, the deputy captain of the former Pirate King Gol D. Roger, and ask him Views¡­"


    "The deputy captain of One Piece!"


    Everyone present couldn''t help being a little surprised.


    Lu Fei clenched his fists tightly, shook his head, and finally showed a smile on his face: "Although I really want to see the vice-captain of the One Piece, but... I will go and rescue Ace myself!"


    "never mind¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, sighed and said, "Then before that, I want to remind you that there is only one chance to rescue Ace and Sabo...Because after the accident on Judiciary Island, we will definitely strengthen our defenses!"


    "Sabo?"


    Luffy looked confused for a moment.


    The next moment, Luffy''s expression changed drastically, becoming extremely ugly: "Wait, Uehara, was Sabo also taken away?"


    This news¡­


    Luffy also just found out!


    Because the news headlines have long been occupied by the arrest of Portgas D. Ace, the matter of the Revolutionary Army has not attracted much attention, and now no one cares...


    But¡­


    Luffy will definitely care about Sabo''s safety!


    "Ok?"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Luffy suspiciously: "Speaking of which, don''t you know about this? The news half a month ago has been talking about Sabo, Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army. Has the timeliness passed? "


    "No."


    Luffy shook his head and said in a low voice: "Thank you for telling me the news, Uehara, I will rescue both Ace and Sabo!"


    Now that you know the destination, you can proceed to the next step, which is to go directly to Judicial Island to rescue Ace and Sabo!


    This guy''s guts are really big!


    brain...


    It is not ordinary simplicity!


    Fortunately, the Straw Hat Pirates stopped the runaway Luffy. They decided to go to Judicial Island while thinking about what they should do to enter Judicial Island...


    Just as the Straw Hat Pirates left Magic Valley Town and rushed to Judicial Island, a vice admiral in Marin Fandor confirmed from the mouth of the person in charge, Ace, that Ace had been locked up on Judicial Island.


    It was Monkey D. Karp.


    In fact, Lieutenant Admiral Garp was the last among the high-ranking marines in Marlin Vandor to know the news of Ace''s arrest and where he was being held...

 Chapter 546

    Marlin Vandeau.


    In the Admiral''s office.


    After the news of the world government''s arrest of Ace broke out, Lieutenant General Garp learned of the secret arrest of Portgas D. Ace, and he also learned of the navy''s plan.


    Lieutenant General Garp stood in front of his desk, clenched his fists sullenly, and looked at his old friend: "Warring States, if I hadn''t read the news, I still don''t know that my grandson is going to be executed. ..."


    "..."


    Warring States of Buddha buried his head in silence.


    Pharmacist sat on the chair next to him, pushed his glasses, and said softly: "Lieutenant General Garp, Portgas D. Ace was imprisoned on Judicial Island.


    As for before, we kept the arrest of Portgas D. Ace a secret because we have not yet made a decision whether to start this war.


    Execution is now inevitable. If Lieutenant General Garp wants to visit him, he can go now. If Ace is willing to surrender to the navy... I believe that the son of One Piece joining the navy will bring far more benefits than executing him. "


    What the pharmacist said made sense.


    If the son of One Piece chooses to surrender and join the navy, it will indeed bring more benefits than executing him. Even the five old stars will no longer want to execute Ace, and will even spend manpower to protect Ace.


    Regrettably¡­


    Everyone knows this is impossible.


    Even Monkey D. Garp knows that according to Ace¡¯s stubborn character, Garp has hoped that Ace can join the navy and become an admiral in the future. Even if he is Roger¡¯s son, he will definitely be able to spend this life safely. ¡­


    But Ace chose to go to sea...


    He would rather die than join the navy.


    "The old man wants to see Ace..."


    After Monkey D. Garp finished speaking, he left the Admiral''s office immediately without waiting for Sengoku and Vice Admiral Crane''s answer.


    Garp has got the news he wants to know, and he is about to take a warship from Marin Vandor to Judiciary Island immediately.


    Yaoshidou didn''t stop him, but watched Karp''s leaving back, slowly pushed his glasses, and raised the corners of his mouth.


    It''s just right...


    When Lieutenant General Garp visited his grandson on Judiciary Island, he might see another grandson who came to throw himself into the net. I wonder if he will do it?


    Marin Vendo''s port terminal.


    Garp stood on the bow of his warship, looking at the busy port of Marine Vandor, the headquarters of the Navy, and at the naval units saluting him...


    The old man''s expression gradually became complicated.


    he¡­


    Also a member of the navy...


    He even dedicated most of his life to justice.


    "Let''s go, to Judiciary Island!"


    Garp clenched his fists, and whispered to his adjutant, the dog-headed warship sounded its whistle, and slowly left Marin Fando.


    After Garp''s warship left, Marin Fando still came and went.


    A naval warship was moored at the pier of Marin Fanduo, and a team of naval soldiers lined up to disembark, and under the leadership of the sergeant, they entered the barracks of Marin Fanduo.


    Because the goal of this world war is the Whitebeard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army, and may even include the Red Hair Pirates, which is larger than any previous war!


    Even the Battle of the Valley of the Gods and the Great Battle of Atwall more than 30 years ago were far less than the scale of this war!


    According to Yaoshidou''s plan, they will mobilize more than 100,000 elite navy units for this battle, almost emptying out the elite navy of the entire four seas and the great route.


    Most of the lieutenant generals of the headquarters were also transferred back to Marin Fando.


    Other than that...


    There is also the CP department under the pharmacist''s command.


    Most of the CP0 members in the vicinity of Mary Gioia were transferred to Judiciary Island and Marlin Vandor in batches, and the defense of the Holy Land seemed extremely empty.


    Fortunately, Marie Gioia is not too far away from Marlin Fandor.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Because the world government wants to rely on the victory of this battle, let the world government completely take advantage of the pirates, and gradually end the era of great pirates from this battle!


    According to the calculation of the pharmacist...


    The Big Mom Pirates, the Beasts Pirates, and the Akatsuki Alliance have declared war on each other. The war between them is bound to be protracted. When these big forces have no time to join the war, the navy and the world government have almost a 100% chance of being able to fight. win.


    even¡­


    Not long ago, when Yao Shidou reported the plan to Wulaoxing, he also mentioned with great interest the first pirate war that broke out.


    If both the BIG MOM Pirates and the Hundred Beasts Pirates were to lose, the navy might still be able to sweep the entire sea with the momentum of a big victory and wipe out all the big pirates in one fell swoop...


    have to say¡­


    The picture drawn by Yaoshidou is very attractive.


    And everything is indeed moving towards Yaoshidou''s plan.


    According to the information sent by CP0, the base camps of the Akatsuki Organization and the Beasts Pirates are empty, and the entire Beasts Pirates are dispatched to attack the BIG MOM Pirates.


    The CP agents who sneaked into the two pirate groups will always monitor the movements of the Beasts Pirates and BIG MOM Pirates, which reassures the World Government and concentrates on dealing with the Whitebeard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army.


    The only problem is...


    The red-haired mother of the sea.


    After the red-haired Shanks learned that the war between the Beasts Pirates and the BIG MOM Pirates had started, he no longer worried that Beasts Kaido might disrupt the situation.


    Shanks no longer went to the Sea of ??Beasts, but rushed directly to the Holy Land Marie Gioia on the Red Foss, hoping that the Five Old Stars could release Portgas D. Ace.


    This request was of course rejected.


    If Portgas D. Ace is released at this time, it means that the World Government is weak to the Whitebeard Pirates, and it will discredit the entire World Government!


    And now the world government has already made complete preparations, mobilized a large number of naval forces in advance, and has already planned everything in order to win the war!


    It is absolutely impossible to release Ace now!


    The arrow is on the string, I have to send it!


    only¡­


    Out of consideration for the situation, the Five Old Stars made another suggestion to Shanks. They promised that they could quietly pass the trial on Judicial Island in private, and directly adjudicate Kulokas'' innocence, thus releasing Kulokas, the former Luo. The ship''s doctor of the Jay Pirates.


    This is considered a gesture of favor to the red-haired Shanks.


    Unfortunately¡­


    The red-haired Shanks wants to save Kurokas, and also wants to save Portgas D. Ace, this guy wants everything!


    therefore¡­


    Of course they fell apart.


    After the red-haired Shanks left Marie Gioia, he planned to dive from Murloc Island on the Red Forth to the first half of the great route.


    Ben Beckman frowned while helping the boatman with coating, "Shanks, it seems that your face is useless, this war is inevitable..."


    "Hahahahaha..."


    A group of pirates couldn''t help laughing loudly.


    The red-haired Shanks scratched his hair, smiled and continued: "But it doesn''t matter, I have already found out where Ace is being held..."


    "Then shall we tell White Beard the news?"


    Ben Beckman put down the tool in his hand, reached out and lit a cigarette for himself: "Speaking of which, why would the five old stars tell you this secret, before the public execution, Portgas D. Ace''s detention place It should be top secret..."


    If the Whitebeard Pirates secretly rescued Ace before the world government''s public execution, it would also make the world government''s plan go to waste...


    certainly¡­


    It is also possible that the war will start earlier.


    After all, the current navy pays special attention to the movements of the Whitebeard Pirates, and it is absolutely impossible to turn a blind eye when the Whitebeard Pirates are dispatched.


    "Stop telling them."


    Shanks shook his head, smiled lightly and said, "Although the World Government is strictly guarding against this news, it is not a secret that the Celestial Dragons living area in Maryjoa... Let''s go directly to Judicial Island!"


    After the red-haired pirates coated the Red Foss, the pirate ship quietly dived into the sea. They will pass through the fishman island on the bottom of the sea, bypass the red earth continent, and rush to the first half of the new world part.


    Just after the red-haired Shanks left Marie Gioia, a CP agent in charge of staying in Marie Gioia immediately passed the news to the CP headquarters on Judicial Island.


    [The information has been sent, and the red-haired Shanks has learned where Portgas D. Ace is being held. ¡¿


    Justice Island.


    The base camp of the CP department has gathered many elite combat forces.


    Compared with Marin Vanduo, the defense here is as strict. The CP agent Uchiha Madara, code-named Madara, the second-generation Mizukage Ghost Lantern, code-named Water, the third-generation Raikage Ai, code-named Lei, and the second-generation Tukage, code-named Soil. No, the fourth generation of Fengying Luosha, code-named Feng.


    In addition, there are also Anbu ninjas from various countries in the ninja world who have joined the CP department. There are already more than 50 elite ninja teams. There are more than 200 people, all of which are composed of elite ninja or special ninja.


    And the person responsible for assisting these Anbu ninjas in the battle is the filthy ninja army under the command of Yao Shidou. Hundreds of undead filthy ninjas are hiding in the dungeons of Judiciary Island!


    To put it bluntly...


    This is a force that is equally powerful enough to destroy a country!


    According to Yao Shidou''s plan for the CP department in the past few years, this special agent force must ensure that it will not fall into a disadvantage in terms of top-notch combat power or balance of power.


    to this end¡­


    Pharmacist Douzai completely wiped out the CP department, and the agents of the entire CP department are all served by ninjas, so as to ensure that no secrets will leak out without permission.


    Now when the pharmacist is in Marlin Vandor, this CP department will be led by Hatake Kakashi and stationed on Judicial Island, responsible for guarding Portgas D. Ace, Sabo and others, as well as collecting information from all over the world intelligence.


    In the base camp of the CP department.


    Kakashi Hatake put down a phone bug, tugged at his mask, and said softly: "Hey, Tianzang, open the door of justice on Judicial Island. It shouldn''t be closed for the time being in the past few days. Our batches Guests are coming soon¡­¡±


    "Yes, Kakashi-senpai."


    A man sitting across from Kakashi Hatake nodded slowly. It was the ninja Yamato from another world, and now his code name was Tenzo.


    Tianzang nodded slowly, and said softly, "Then the first person to rush over should be Lieutenant General Garp, right?"


    "Well, I''ll go meet him myself!"


    Hatake Kakashi scratched his head, stood up, and said slowly: "Be careful, no one should talk too much, so as not to be discovered by others, I heard that this naval hero once looked at the photo I realized the danger of that Uehara guy..."

 Chapter 547

    In the port of Judiciary Island.


    The door of justice has been opened, Hatake Kakashi rushed here with several CP agents, waiting for the arrival of Vice Admiral Karp.


    After a long time.


    A dog-headed warship slowly drove in along the current and docked at the pier. A strong old man jumped off the ship without waiting for the warship to dock.


    It was Garp who hurried over from Marin Fand.


    The figure of Monkey D. Garp jumped to Hatake Kakashi''s side, and walked quickly to the judicial island: "Where is Ace, take the old man to see him!"


    Garp has never had a good impression of the CP department under Pharmacist Dou, because the bad things these agents have done are no less than some brutal pirates...


    These agents have always been doing dirty work for the world government! What''s more, the CP department is also the main force in arresting Ace!


    It is said that when these CP agents captured Sabo in Rogge Town, they almost captured Luffy and Dorag and his son... If this kind of thing really happened, Garp is really gray-haired People send brunettes!


    Even if Garp is a big hearted...


    It is impossible to have a good impression of CP again!


    Hatake Kakashi tugged at his mask, and followed slowly: "Well, Lieutenant General Garp doesn''t need to be so worried, Portgas D. Ace is doing well here, because he is here I saw my brother here..."


    "..."


    Lieutenant General Garp''s face became even uglier.


    Garp still doesn''t want to bother with these CP agents if it''s not necessary.


    Kakashi Hatake didn''t care, and continued slowly: "If we hadn''t caught their brothers in, they don''t know when they would be reunited, but Portgas D. Ace and A new problem has arisen among the Saabs..."


    "Ok?"


    Garp frowned, and couldn''t help turning his head to glance at Hatake Kakashi, and said coldly, "What''s the problem? Is something wrong with Ace?"


    "how to say¡­"


    Hatake Kakashi thought for a while, then continued softly: "Portgas D. Ace and Sabo have been talking about the past of their three brothers in the dungeon...


    It seems that the grandson of Lieutenant General Garp, Monkey D. Luffy, is missing. These days, we are discussing whether to capture the straw hat Luffy and let the three brothers reunite..."


    "..."


    Cap''s face suddenly turned cold again.


    Is this white-haired agent speaking human language? In front of his grandpa, is it necessary to arrest all his grandsons and the grandsons he raised together and send them to the execution platform?


    He really deserves to be that guy''s subordinate, Medicine Master Dou!


    Inside the dungeon of Judicial Isle.


    During this period of time, Portgas D. Ace had a pretty good life. The agents of the CP department did not embarrass him, and even prepared adjacent cells for him and Sabo.


    When Portgas D. Ace and Sabo met in the dungeon of Judiciary Island at the beginning, the two brothers were a little surprised and a little sad for each other''s experience.


    As a result, I stayed for a few days...


    It seems that Judiciary Island is not some kind of hell on earth.


    "Hello, Sabo."


    Portgas D. Ace held a straw in his mouth, glanced at the cell next door, and suddenly leaned over: "What do you think Luffy is doing?"


    "have no idea."


    Sabo leaned against the wall with one hand on the back of his head, looked up at the ceiling above, and suddenly a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Probably still arguing to become the One Piece! Now we have no way to compete with him. !"


    "yes¡­"


    Portgas D. Ace smiled, and suddenly said: "But I have long since given up on becoming One Piece, and now that I think about it, I still feel a little sorry for Sasuke!"


    "Uchiha Sasuke?"


    Sabo nodded slowly, and sighed softly: "I have heard of his name, Ace, your companion is a very strong person! I have heard of it back then, the Spades Pirates are the most It is possible to climb to the top and become the new Four Emperor Pirates..."


    "Ha, it''s already over!"


    Ace knocked on the railing and asked, "What about you, Sabo, is there anyone you miss? How about the Revolutionary Army?"


    "feels good."


    There was a smile on the corner of Sabo''s mouth, and there was a touch of nostalgia on his face: "I miss everyone very much, those like-minded partners... However, Kerla will no longer have to look for me everywhere, she will I won''t be angry anymore..."


    Saab misses a lot of people.


    Especially his teammate Kerra.


    Now trapped in a prison on Judicial Island, Sabo couldn''t help thinking, how would Kerla feel if he knew he was arrested?


    Although Sabo said that Kerla would never be angry with him again, he knew very well in his heart that Kerla would be very anxious now...


    perhaps¡­


    Will you cry?


    If there is nothing to do now, think carefully about Kerla, that little girl once lost the instinct to cry because of fear, but sometimes she would cry for him...


    Just when Sabo was missing Kerla, Portgas D. Ace suddenly leaned over, looked at Sabo in a low voice and said, "Hey, Sabo, let''s try to escape from prison!"


    When Ace talked about the prison escape, his eyes were full of hope: "Just like when we were young, we worked together to escape from this prison cell. As long as I can untie my sea tower stone chain, the two of us will be able to escape from here together, at least You have to escape..."


    two brothers...


    Still very dreamy.


    "what¡­"


    Sabo hooked the corner of his mouth and said in a low voice, "Don''t worry, Ace, the two of us will definitely be able to escape!"


    At this moment, Sabo''s innocent childhood smile flashed across his face. He glanced at his shackles and said with a smile: "Ace, in fact, they don''t know that I am not a devil fruit user. Lou Shi lost his strength..."


    "..."


    A look of joy flashed across Ace''s face.


    Sabo raised a finger to signal Ace to be quiet, he looked at the cell, and continued in a low voice: "But I still want to find out where the other cadres of the Revolutionary Army are, the chief pharmacist of the CP agent arrested us Little companions..."


    This is exactly Saab''s plan.


    From the moment Sabo was captured, he had thought about taking advantage of this opportunity to try to rescue other revolutionary army cadres who were captured by CP agents.


    Who would have thought that before Sabo could find out where the cadres of the Revolutionary Army were locked in the dungeon of Judiciary Island, he met his good brother...


    really...


    Coincidentally.


    Just when Ace and Sabo thought their plot had succeeded, there was a sudden sound of metal rubbing in the dungeon, which made people''s teeth sore.


    The heavy iron door of the dungeon slowly opened.


    A sound of footsteps echoed in the gloomy dungeon.


    A group of people walked towards the cells of Portgas D. Ace and Sabo. It was Karp who came to visit, accompanied by Kakashi Hatake and others.


    Hatake Kakashi led the way, Lieutenant General Garp walked behind him, and the two slowly stopped outside the cells of Ace and Sabo.


    "grandfather¡­"


    "Lieutenant General Garp..."


    When Ace and Sabo saw Garp, their expressions were slightly stiff, and the two looked at the old man outside the prison in a little bewilderment.


    after all¡­


    Cap''s affection for them was indeed deep.


    However, Ace and Sabo quickly calmed down their emotions, because they were fully sure of escaping from prison just now, and when they escape from here, I believe Garp''s face will be very exciting at that time!


    Monkey D. Cap didn''t know all this.


    The old man clenched his fists, glanced at Ace, then at Sabo, his face gradually showed a trace of depression, and he said almost weakly: "Give me the key to the cell, the old man wants to go in and see them¡­"


    "Can."


    Hatake Kakashi nodded.


    Hatake Kakashi rummaged through his body for the key to the cell, and said slowly: "By the way, Lieutenant General Karp, there is something I need to say, Portgas D. Ace The shackles of 100% pure Hailou stone are tied to his body, which will definitely make him, a person with the ability to burn fruits, lose his strength, and there is no way to leave here..."


    Hatake Kakashi took out the key and handed it to Garp, his voice became slightly solemn: "But Sabo, the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army, may not be, because he is not a devil fruit capable person, so the Hailou stone we bound on him is invalid, he may escape from prison..."


    "..."


    Sabo''s expression changed instantly.


    Ace''s expression was also slightly unsightly.


    Even Lieutenant General Garp''s expression was a little surprised.


    Sabo slowly calmed down his emotions, looked up at Kakashi Hatake and said, "You all knew that I am not a devil fruit capable user? Don''t you worry that I will run away?"


    "do not worry."


    Hatake Kakashi shook his head, and said lazily, "No one can escape from the dungeon of Judicial Island, and no one can escape our monitoring..."


    This sentence does not only refer to the CP department.


    It refers to the Akatsuki organization behind the CP department.


    Hatake Kakashi looked at Sabo, and continued slowly: "Well, by the way, Yakushidou told me one thing before leaving. There are too many things recently, and it seems that I forgot to tell you."


    Hatake Kakashi spread out his palm, and said boredly: "If you escape secretly, even if you do not succeed in escaping, you still have to pay for the escape...


    All revolutionary army cadres, including ordinary members, who were secretly arrested by us in the past will be sentenced to death immediately; and in the future, when we capture members of the revolutionary army, we will not leave them alive. "


    "mean!"


    Sabo''s expression suddenly changed. This group of CP agents really deserved to be the subordinates of that guy, Medicine Master Dou, and their behavior is really disgusting!


    Fortunately, Hatake Kakashi said this...


    Otherwise, Sabo really doesn''t know how much torture he would suffer if he killed countless revolutionary army cadres and ordinary members because of his rash escape...


    After Hatake Kakashi finished speaking, he looked at Ace again: "Portgas D. Ace, your situation is the same. , but captured many of your subordinates..."


    "¡­asshole!"


    A gleam of anger flashed across Ace''s face.


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Lieutenant General Garp was also there to help when Pharmacist surrounded and suppressed the 2nd Division of the Whitebeard Pirates. The entire 2nd Division was captured by the Navy, leaving only Ace, Sasuke and Marshall D. Teach ¡­


    Even the 2nd squad has been rebuilt.


    Ace still couldn''t ignore the life and death of those companions.


    After Kakashi Hatake finished threatening Sabo and Ace, he looked at Lieutenant General Garp: "Well, I''ll go first, you guys have a good chat...but I hope Lieutenant General Garp won''t talk for too long, because you Before coming to Judicial Island, I received a message."


    Garp frowned, looked at Kakashi Hatake with a displeased face, and couldn''t help but said, "What news did you CP bastards receive..."


    "Well, a piece of news that interests us all."


    Hatake Kakashi slowly looked around at everyone present, and continued slowly: "Two hours ago, the Straw Hat Pirates snatched a sea train in the capital of seven waters, taking the sea train Driving in the direction of Judicial Island..."

 Chapter 548

    News about the Straw Hat Pirates...


    Everyone present was very interested.


    However, the Straw Hat Pirates even came to the heavily guarded Judicial Island at this time. There is no doubt that they are throwing themselves into a trap.


    Whether it was Monkey D. Garp, or brothers Ace and Sabo, when they heard the news that the Straw Hat Pirates had come to Judiciary Island, everyone''s face became even uglier.


    "Well, that''s how it is..."


    Hatake Kakashi raised his wrist, glanced at his watch, and continued softly: "Lieutenant General Garp, according to our estimates, you still have an hour''s time before the Straw Hat Pirates arrive at Judiciary Island." Visiting hours."


    Hatake Kakashi tapped his watch meaningfully: "In an hour, the Straw Hat Pirates should invade Judicial Island, and the entire Judicial Island will be under martial law, the entrance to the dungeon will be closed, and everyone will mobilize to encircle and suppress The Straw Hat Pirates."


    Everything about the Straw Hat Pirates is under the watchful eyes of CP agents.


    When Monkey D. Luffy led the Straw Hat Pirates to snatch a sea train to Judicial Island, Judicial Island had already received detailed information.


    Even if Hatake Kakashi doesn''t need to go into too much detail, Garp, Ace, and Sabo already know the fate of the Straw Hat Pirates, and they can''t defeat the CP department!


    Whether it is Drago or Uchiha Sasuke, they have suffered a big loss in the hands of CP agents. How could the Straw Hat Pirates win?


    "Okay, everyone, please go ahead, I''m leaving first."


    Hatake Kakashi finished the mentality of everyone, tapped his watch with his fingers slowly, left the dungeon, and left it to Garp, Ace, Sabo and others.


    A flash of anxiety flashed across Ace''s face, and his address went back to the past: "Hey, old man, we have nothing to talk about, don''t let Luffy come to Judicial Island!"


    "Lieutenant General Garp"


    Sabo grabbed the iron railing of the dungeon, and said with an ugly expression: "Lieutenant General Garp, can you please take Luffy with you, he will be killed..."


    But Garp doesn''t care what they think!


    The vice admiral glanced coldly at Hatake Kakashi''s leaving back, then turned to look at Sabo and Ace.


    Garp snorted coldly and said, "I''m here to see you today. If that bastard Luffy really comes to Judiciary Island, I''ll arrest him and keep you company!"


    "..."


    Ace and Sabo fell silent.


    but¡­


    Neither Ace nor Sabo have much interest in chatting with Garp.


    three brothers...


    They can''t all be locked up, can they?


    Lieutenant General Garp held his arm, looked down at Ace and Sabo in the dungeon, and interrupted them without waiting for them to say anything: "This is Luffy''s own choice... As a vice admiral, this old man, The only thing we can do is arrest Straw Hat Luffy when that kid Luffy invades Judiciary Island!"


    Garp slowly closed his eyes, and the old man''s voice became heavy: "Back then, you three brats...you should have followed the life the old man arranged for you... instead of being a pirate..."


    "what¡­"


    Ace shook his head slowly, sighed and said, "I don''t want to be a navy. Anyway, I have become a pirate, even if I pay my life for it..."


    "me too."


    Sabo gripped the railing tightly, and said with a serious face: "In order to change this distorted world, even if you lose your life..."


    "Shut up!"


    Garp''s fist clenched suddenly, and he slammed his fist on the iron bar of Sabo''s cell. The iron bar was bent down instantly with his fist. Garp''s voice was full of anger: "You little brat was killed by Dora. G is brainwashed!"


    "Uh¡­"


    Sabo took a few steps back in fear, and said cautiously: "But Mr. Dorag saved me..."


    to be honest¡­


    Does Lieutenant General Karp really not think about his own education method? Why, as a vice admiral and a naval hero, did none of the children he educated become a navy?


    no, or rather...


    It''s not Karp''s fault, it''s the world''s fault!


    All because there is too much darkness in this world.


    In Sabo''s view, as long as the world government does not change, whether it is Drago, Luffy, Ace, or Sabo himself, they are destined not to live under the dark suffocating rule of the world government, and will never be able to become navy!


    Whether it''s for the sake of being able to live freely...


    Or to let everyone in this world live freely!


    While Garp, Ace, and Sabo were still chatting in the dungeon of Judicial Island, a sea train was running towards them. This train was an experimental machine for the sea train, and it was also the ship that was built for the One Piece King Gol D. Roger. Made by Murloc Tom.


    The person who now controls and drives this sea train is Murloc Tom''s second disciple Franky, because he is worried that the experiment opportunities left by Tom on this ship will be ruined by the Straw Hat Pirates, so he personally helps.


    "Speaking of which, are you really going to Judicial Island?"


    While manipulating the sea train, Franky turned his head and asked curiously: "That''s the territory of Pharmacist Dou, someone who even Bingshan dare not offend..."


    The iceberg in Franky''s mouth is his senior brother, the mayor of Seven Waters, Esparco, and the president of the Carrera Shipbuilding Company.


    This can be regarded as a big shot in the capital of seven waters.


    "Pharmacist pocket..."


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Nami frowned, and asked aloud: "I seem to have heard of this name somewhere... Is this person scary? Isn''t Judicial Island a place for the world government?"


    "He''s not the scary kind..."


    Frankie also frowned, and after thinking for a while, he shook his head and said, "Anyway, all I know is that Bingshan doesn''t dare to provoke him..."


    In the past few years, due to the proximity of the capital of seven waters to Judiciary Island, Pharmacist Dou would occasionally rush to the capital of seven waters, so he naturally had some friendship with the mayor of the capital of seven waters.


    "I do not care."


    Luffy clenched his fists, looking directly at the scenery outside the sea train, his voice was extremely firm and said: "No matter what, I will rescue Ace!"


    Justice Island.


    The door of justice has not been closed.


    Monkey D. Luffy and the Straw Hat Pirates directly drove the sea train into Judiciary Island, broke through the defense line of the port, and caused a riot!


    The entire judicial island is in chaos!


    "Rubber Machine Gun!"


    Monkey D. Luffy''s rubber arm knocked over a group of naval soldiers stationed on Judicial Island in an instant, and led the Straw Hat Pirates to the heights of Judicial Island!


    Zoro slowly pulled out his own knife and held it in his hand, Sanji slowly extinguished his own cigarette, and the two of them stood on both sides of Luffy...


    And behind them, Nami, Usopp, Franky, Nicole Robin, and even the ship doctor Chopper have already completed their animal form transformation!


    Monkey D. Luffy clenched his fists, looked down at a group of CP agents and navy soldiers gathered around Judiciary Island, his eyes revealed a gloomy look, and his voice became firmer!


    "tell me¡­"


    The next moment, Lu Fei''s expression suddenly became serious, and his voice released his depression after learning of Ace''s arrest in the past few days.


    "Where is Ace...!"


    "Straw Hat Luffy!"


    A white-haired man stood in front of a group of secret agents and navy soldiers, and said slowly: "Portgas D. Ace and Sabo, Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army, are both in the dungeon on Judicial Island. You came here to Accompany them?"


    It was Kakashi Hatake.


    Hatake Kakashi came here not to face the Straw Hat Pirates, but to face the last wave of guests who came to Judiciary Island behind the Straw Hat Pirates.


    Hearing Kakashi Hatake''s words, Luffy couldn''t help frowning, staring at Kakashi Hatake: "You said, Sabo is here too?"


    "yes¡­"


    Kakashi Hatake nodded slowly, and said lazily, "Didn''t you ask what Judiciary Island is before you came?"


    "I see, thanks for telling me about it."


    Luffy''s teeth clenched suddenly, and a smile slowly appeared on the corner of his mouth: "If Sabo and Ace are both here, that would be great!"


    The next moment, Luffy suddenly swooped towards the ground!


    Zoro and Sanji followed closely behind, and everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates swarmed up, facing an enemy that was a hundred times more than them, without any fear at all!


    Hatake Kakashi just glanced at the rushing Straw Hat Pirates, turned and left without looking back, and just ordered: "Tenzo, greet them well..."


    "Yes, Kakashi-senpai."


    The CP agent wearing a patterned mask nodded slowly, and his arm instantly turned into countless wooden thorns, rushing towards Monkey D. Luffy!


    Mudun Xueji from the ninja world!


    The next moment, a knife flashed by!


    Countless wooden thorns were chopped into pieces!


    "Three Swords Style Three Thousand Worlds!"


    Roronoa Zoro waved his sharp knife to help Luffy solve this attack, and a sneer appeared on the corner of his mouth: "If you want to attack our captain, don''t even think about using this kind of children''s toy." !"


    "Zoro, I''ll leave it to you!"


    Luffy''s arm suddenly elongated, and he was about to jump into the depths of Judicial Island.


    "Have you been underestimated?"


    Tianzang slowly frowned, raised his fingers, and his aura gradually became thicker: "If you let you break through here, it would seem that we are too incompetent..."


    Wooden vines surged out of the ground...


    In just a few seconds, these wooden vines turned into a wall, isolating the entire port area from the depths of Judicial Island!


    However, Luffy''s body was lifted into the air with the help of rubber elasticity, and he was about to jump over the dense wooden wall and rush directly into the interior of Judicial Island!


    Just at this time, a crisp female voice suddenly came!


    "Bagua Empty Palm!"


    On the ground, a little girl wearing a mask raised her palm, and a shock wave suddenly hit Luffy''s body, knocking him down from the air!


    "Master Huahuo!"


    There was a sudden exclamation from the crowd.


    Tianzang''s eyes turned sideways, and he glanced at the little girl wearing a mask, then slowly nodded and said, "Well done, Hanabi..."


    It was Hyuga Hanabi, the ninja that Konoha had recently sent to the sea.


    Now she has only graduated from the ninja school for three years, and passed the Jnin exam at the age of fifteen... This age is already very young, not at all worse than the age when her genius cousin Neji Hinata became a Jonin.


    Because the patriarch of the Hyuga clan, Hinata Hinata, is still too young, Neiji Hyuga stayed in the ninja world to help Hinata handle clan affairs. As the sister of the patriarch, Hanabi Hyuga is the person with the highest status sent here by the Hyuga clan of Konoha Village.


    Now¡­


    This Judiciary Island just became a battlefield for the young generation of ninjas and the young generation of pirates on the sea. At least until the tough guys from the Red Hair Pirates rushed over, no one should bother them.


    Hinata Hanabi slowly took off her mask, stepped on clogs and walked slowly to Tianzang''s side, and raised her palm at the Straw Hat Pirates.


    Hinata Hanabi stared indifferently at the Straw Hat Pirates, the muscles around her white eyes were exposed, and she said in a cold voice: "If you want to pass here, you are a bit too overconfident...Pirates!"

 Chapter 549

    In the port of Judiciary Island.


    A group of navy soldiers swarmed back, and when the CP agents came forward, ordinary navies like them were no longer needed here.


    The members of the Straw Hat Pirates watched the retreating navy soldiers vigilantly, and from time to time glanced at Tenzo and Hinata Hanabi who stood in front of them.


    Is there only two people?


    Are these guys confident enough to take them down with just two men?


    "That little girl..."


    Nami looked at Hinata Hanabi''s face with muscles and veins showing after opening her eyes, she was a little bit surprised: "Her eyes look weird..."


    Luffy, who was hit by Hinata Hanabi''s palm and fell to the ground, turned over and got up, watching Hinata Hanabi tilt his head: "Well, is her eye blind?"


    "Bastard, don''t be too rude!"


    Sanji scolded Luffy with displeasure, adjusted his clothes, looked at Hinata Hanabi, and said tenderly: "This lady is very cute, don''t care about what our idiot captain said. If so, those eyes are actually very beautiful..."


    "Hey, idiot curly eyebrows, that''s the enemy!"


    Hearing Sanji''s words, Zoro couldn''t help scolding Sanji.


    Just when Zoro wanted to continue scolding Sanji, Hinata Hanabi rushed towards them, and this fifteen-year-old girl took the initiative to attack them!


    Hyuga Hanabi stepped lightly on the ground with her toes, and flew towards Sanji, her white eyes saw through the acupuncture points on Sanji''s body in an instant, and she patted Sanji with her petite palm!


    "Ahhh, so cute..."


    A blush flashed across Sanji''s face.


    "Be careful!"


    Zoro couldn''t help reminding loudly, brandishing his sharp knife, he rushed towards Hinata Hanabi, he knew his companion''s weakness!


    It''s impossible for Sanji to do anything to a woman...


    Instead of letting Sanji fight the woman, it''s better to kill him directly!


    But Zoro has no such worries in his heart. As a figure who aspires to become the world''s number one swordsman, a woman will only affect the speed at which he draws his sword!


    not to mention¡­


    Zoro had been beaten 2,001 times by Kuina.


    Therefore, Sauron really didn''t have any pressure to fight against a strong woman, since he was just swinging a knife anyway!


    Someone was one step faster than Zoro.


    Luffy''s palm suddenly stretched out, grabbed Sanji and dragged him back!


    Hinata Hanabi watched her palm land on the empty space, frowned slightly, and stretched out two fingers towards Sanji''s body, her cold voice echoed on the pier!


    "Flying finger gun!"


    An air wave hit Sanji''s body like a bullet!


    In an instant, Sanji, who had just been rescued by Luffy, was hit directly, and the whole person flew upside down and landed on the ground, unable to stand up at all!


    "Hey, Sanji, are you okay?"


    Usopp hurried forward, trying to help Sanji up.


    Sanji couldn''t help turning his eyes, just looking at the sky, the pain from all over his body made him a little unable to move, and he could only make a sound through his throat.


    "What''s going on... I can''t move..."


    "Are you kidding, you obviously didn''t get hurt!"


    Usopp tore open Sanji''s chest, only to find a purple bruise on his chest, which didn''t seem to be a serious problem.


    "¡­have no idea¡­"


    A hoarse voice came from Sanji''s throat, and a strange smile appeared on his face convulsively: "But... I am very satisfied to die under such a lovely young lady..."


    Hyuga Hanabi injured Sanji using the finger gun extension technique in the Six Naval Styles. As a ninja who has practiced physical skills since childhood, Hinata Hanabi has made rapid progress since practicing the Navy Six Styles, and even now he can use the extended technique to fly fingers gun.


    Fortunately, Hinata Hanabi has not long been researching the flying finger gun alone, and she can barely hit the enemy''s acupuncture points with the air bullet of the flying finger gun, otherwise, Sanji''s chest should be pierced with a blood hole!


    And on the other side.


    Zoro slashed at Hinata Hanabi with his sword, and the three swords in his hand were like a whirlwind, constantly pushing back Hinata Hanabi''s footsteps!


    Hinata Hanabi frowned slightly, and then quickly relaxed it after a while.


    The fifteen-year-old white-eyed girl retreated step by step to give way to Sauron''s sharp knife, but her voice was still cold: "I have seen through all your sword skills."


    While talking, Hinata Hanabi dodged a sword glow!


    The long hair swayed slightly in the air, showing that the girl''s figure was extremely elegant!


    The next moment, Hinata Hanabi''s white palm suddenly passed through the gap between the three sharp knives, attached Chakra''s palm, and gently patted Sauron''s shoulder!


    Clang clang...


    A knife suddenly fell from Sauron''s hand and fell to the ground...


    This scene made everyone a little surprised, even Sauron was a little surprised at the sudden powerlessness in his arm!


    "How is this going?"


    Sauron looked at the knife that fell from his hand in disbelief, and his face gradually became ugly: "The arm has no strength at all... How can a swordsman put down his knife..."


    But at the next moment, Sauron''s gaze became firm again!


    Even if there is a problem with one arm now, he can still hold a knife in one hand and bite a knife in his mouth, and he can continue to fight with the dual-knife style!


    Hinata Hanabi didn''t care about Sauron''s movements at all, but just dodged Sauron''s attack expressionlessly, waving her palms and slapping Sauron''s body one after another!


    The moment each palm fell on Sauron...


    It made Sauron feel that his body had lost part of his ability to move!


    "Soft Fist Bagua Thirty-two Palms!"


    Until Hinata Hanabi gave a light drink, the palm attached to Chakra was about to slap on Sauron''s chest, completely defeating the swordsman of the Straw Hat Pirates!


    A projectile suddenly flew over!


    Although this projectile may not be fatal, it should be a shame for the Hyuga tribe who seek to avoid all attacks.


    In particular, Hyuga Hanabi is still a member of the clan.


    The white eyes of the Hyuga Zongjia can see all attacks within 360 degrees, perfect white eyes without any blind spots!


    The man who shoots the projectile...


    It is Usopp, the sniper of the Straw Hat Pirates!


    When Sauron was about to lose the ability to resist, Usopp gritted his teeth, raised his slingshot suddenly, and shot a projectile towards Hinata Hanabi''s back!


    Hinata Hanabi tilted her head, avoiding the projectile that hit behind her, and then made up the last palm of Baguazhang on Sauron''s body!


    Clang clang...


    Clang clang...


    The sound of the two knives falling to the ground was harsh.


    Sauron fell to the ground, all the meridians and acupuncture points in his body were hit, and he completely lost his ability to move. He could only stare at the sky with his eyes wide open...


    In just a short time...


    The two major strengths of the Straw Hat Pirates were defeated by the white-eyed girl!


    If Sanji''s failure is justifiable, but Zoro''s defeat is obviously a bit unbelievable. How could his swordsmanship be so easily seen by others...


    "how is this possible¡­"


    Usopp was even more surprised by the scene where Hinata Hanabi avoided the bullet: "That girl, how did she know that someone was attacking her from behind..."


    "It should be her eyes!"


    Nami stared at the veins on Hinata Hanabi''s face and those strange white eyes, and said in a deep voice: "Those strange eyes may be her ability...


    Although I don''t know what''s going on, normal people certainly don''t have such strange eyes, and those eyes must have some strange abilities. "


    According to Nami''s theory...


    It seems to be the case.


    Ordinary people certainly don''t have such strange white eyes, so those white eyes must have special abilities, after all, those strange things... definitely didn''t grow that way inexplicably.


    Hinata Hanabi slowly walked towards the remaining members of the Straw Hat Pirates, her eyes fixed on everyone including Straw Hat Luffy, and she assumed a fighting stance.


    The expressions of the other people present became slightly tense.


    Especially Nami and Usopp''s faces were a little terrified, because this girl''s attack was very ruthless, and both Zoro and Sanji were beaten into cripples by her!


    As for Nicole Robin''s expression, she was a little calm, because Robin had seen Hinata Hanabi when she was working on Judiciary Island, and was not surprised by Hinata Hanabi''s combat power.


    Robin is also very aware of the unusual identity of the little girl Hinata Hanabi, and she must have a blood relationship with Kaguya Otsutsuki from Wano Country...


    "Straw Hat Luffy."


    The girl''s voice was still indifferent, and there seemed to be no emotion on her face: "I will not deliberately show mercy to you just because your grandfather Monkey D. Cap is on this island. Fate never favors you." The weak..."


    "Ah, no need."


    Luffy stretched out his palm, lowered the brim of his hat, and said in a cold voice: "I will defeat you...defeat everyone on this island, and rescue Ace!"


    The next moment, Luffy looked up at Hinata Hanabi, his palm suddenly clenched into a fist, and he slammed it down in the direction of the white-eyed girl!


    "Rubber Machine Gun!"


    Fist after fist hit the white-eyed girl one after another!


    However, no matter what, Luffy''s fist couldn''t touch Hinata Hanabi''s body. The white-eyed girl just stepped on her footsteps lightly, as if dancing lightly, easily dodging all of Luffy''s attacks.


    "It seems completely impossible to hit..."


    Nami looked at the white-eyed girl who was dodging the attack in astonishment, and looked at this scene with some disbelief: "Did Luffy''s attack... all fail?"


    "That''s it..."


    Usopp gritted his teeth, and suddenly said loudly: "Hey, Luffy, that little girl''s eyes are so strange that she seems to be able to see all the attacks. It''s impossible for your fist to hit her!"


    "I see!"


    Luffy''s fist suddenly retracted, and his feet slammed on the ground!


    As the air around his calf gradually surged up, Lu Fei''s skin gradually turned red, and wisps of scorching steam slowly emerged from his body. This was caused by the strengthening of his body, which made the blood boil faster!


    In this case¡­


    Can improve the speed and strength of the body!


    There was a smile on the corner of Lu Fei''s mouth, his eyes were fixed on Hinata Hanabi not far away, and his voice became extremely resolute: "If the enemy dodges a punch, let the power of the fist be so strong that she can''t dodge it !Second gear!"


    Second gear status...


    This is Luffy''s recent research!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    This state consumes his physical strength extremely, and even in the extreme state, if the body cannot maintain it, it may reduce his lifespan...


    However, in order to resolve the battle as soon as possible...


    Now is the time to work hard!


    The next moment, Lu Fei gritted his teeth, and jumped into the sky, his fist fell from the sky, and was about to hit the ground heavily!


    This punch is enough to shatter everything around!


    In any case, even if Hyuga Hanabi can escape this punch, it is impossible to escape the aftermath of this punch!


    "Can''t we hide?"


    Hinata Hanabi frowned, her body suddenly fell down, and streams of chakra air were released from her body, and a soft shout spread all over the surroundings!


    "Gossip ¡¤ Huitian!"


    A spherical airflow suddenly appeared, which was enough to withstand all attacks, and it was also a family secret skill of the Hyuga clan!


    However, Luffy''s fist directly smashed down with unparalleled aura, the shock wave dissipated in an instant the chakra airflow that returned to the sky, and hit Hyuga Hanabi''s body!


    This is also his strongest blow!


    Just when Hinata Hanabi felt that Huitian was directly violently cracked by Luffy''s fist, she hurriedly took a few steps back, trying to avoid the strongest blow in Luffy''s second gear state!


    A strong figure was extremely fast, and suddenly appeared beside Hinata Hanabi. This strong figure waved a huge fist and slammed on Luffy''s body, knocking Luffy to the ground in a more violent way!


    The power of this punch was so strong that it directly broke Luffy''s defense. Luffy''s body in the second gear seemed to be leaking air, and instantly languished, and even his whole body was directly beaten into a coma. over!


    When everyone present saw the man who defeated Luffy, they couldn''t help being a little surprised: "How could it be, Lieutenant General Garp..."


    "Humph¡­"


    Monkey D. Garp looked coldly at the comatose Luffy, and said coldly, "I''m so overwhelmed, do you think you can save Ace at the price of your own life?"


    "Mr. Karp..."


    Just at this time, a man''s sighing voice came in from the sea, and he continued softly: "But Luffy has worked very hard. Facing a person who works so hard, at least he should be rewarded, right?"

 Chapter 550

    Port of the Isle of Justice.


    The third group of guests finally arrived.


    As a man''s voice fell into everyone''s ears, a pirate ship sailed in through the Gate of Justice and slowly docked at the pier.


    Everyone present couldn''t help showing a look of surprise when they saw the logo on the ship, it was the logo of the red-haired pirates!


    "The Redforth! It''s the Red Hair Pirates!"


    "Is it... the red-haired pirates?"


    "Aside from the red-haired pirates, does anyone else dare to impersonate them?"


    "That''s the Four Emperors! How could anyone dare to pretend to be!"


    "The redhead among the Four Emperors... why did he come to Judiciary Island!"


    The naval soldiers at the port looked at the pirate ship in horror, with panic and fear on their faces, and couldn''t help but start whispering to each other.


    Obviously.


    The appearance of the red-haired pirates put a lot of pressure on them.


    If the red-haired Shanks wants to do something, there is no strong military force and the highest combat general on the entire Judiciary Island to stop the red-haired pirates!


    No, it should be said that there is another one.


    The navy involuntarily looked at Garp!


    Monkey D. Garp, the naval hero who has driven the One Piece King Gol D. Roger into a desperate situation several times, has undoubtedly become their savior here!


    Just when a group of marines regained their hope, a strong domineering aura swept the entire port, and groups of navy soldiers fainted instantly under the impact of this domineering look!


    The members of the Straw Hat Pirates are no exception, Chopper, Nami, Usopp, and even Franky, the reformer, fainted...


    Only Nico Robin, Zoro, and Sanji are still holding on.


    And on the side of CP...


    Even Hinata Hanabi couldn''t bear this domineering impact, she just tried her best to resist with her will to admit defeat since she was a child!


    The figure of red-haired Shanks appeared on the pier. He stared at the crumbling Hinata Hanabi, smiled and praised: "What an amazing little girl! I didn''t expect that guy Yakushidou to have such a powerful Newcomer..."


    "..."


    A drop of cold sweat slowly flowed from Hinata Hanabi''s forehead.


    This white-eyed girl never thought that there would be such a powerful person in the world, and she could feel the huge gap between the two just by virtue of her domineering aura...


    Such a character...


    Hinata Hanabi has never been seen before!


    No, or maybe I have seen it before, but I have never vented my domineering arrogance in front of her so brazenly like the red hair!


    It''s just that the red-haired Shanks didn''t pay too much attention to Hinata Hanabi.


    The four emperors on the sea looked down at the unconscious Luffy, shook his head slightly, picked up the straw hat on the ground, and covered Luffy''s face.


    After the red-haired Shanks finished all this, he turned his head to look at Monkey D. Garp, with an exaggerated smile on his face: "Mr. Garp, Luffy is still young, don''t You are too strict with him!"


    "Red hair¡­"


    Garp''s pupils narrowed slightly, and he clenched his fists tightly, with an angry look of choosing someone to devour: "You bastard...you dare to appear in front of me!"


    The next moment, Garp punched the red-haired Shanks!


    At this moment, the naval hero didn''t care about the opponent''s identity at all, so he rushed up directly, and smashed his fist with a thick black armed domineering look!


    Compared with the power attached to this punch, Garp''s punch that stunned Luffy just now is just tickling...


    The momentum of this punch...


    As if he wanted to punch the red-haired Shanks to death directly!


    clang clang!


    Shanks pulled out his western sword abruptly, and firmly blocked Garp''s fist, a drop of cold sweat faintly appeared on his forehead!


    Tekken Garp!


    This Navy veteran...


    Still as brave as ever!


    When Monkey D. Garp chased and killed the Roger Pirates, the red-haired Shanks was just an intern of the Roger Pirates, but he had seen Garp''s strength with his own eyes... That kind of strength made Shank A power that neither Stan nor his friend Bucky dared to fight against!


    I can''t believe it''s been so many years...


    Even though the red-haired Shanks has become one of the four emperors of the sea from an intern at the beginning, he still feels a pressure from Garp.


    The moment Garp''s fist hit the Western sword...


    A surging shock wave swept across the entire judicial island!


    The ground of the entire port collapsed in an instant, and countless buildings were devastated by this shock wave. Waves tens of meters high were set off on the sea surface, rolling towards the distance...


    These two are just a hit...


    But it has already shown a power that the Straw Hat Pirates and Hinata Hanabi have not seen for so long!


    This is the strong man on the sea!


    Garp''s fist directly bent the western sword, and looked at the red-haired Shanks angrily: "If it weren''t for you, Luffy wouldn''t be a pirate!"


    "Ha, don''t say that..."


    The seriousness on the face of the red-haired Shanks faded away, showing an awkward smile: "Even if I didn''t stay in the Windmill Village, Luffy will definitely go to sea now..."


    After saying this, the red-haired Shanks immediately stopped the topic, squinted his eyes at Luffy and the Straw Hat Pirates on the ground, and said loudly: "Hey, Beckman, Lagi Lu, Jesus, help bring Luffy and his companions aboard!"


    Red-haired Shanks doesn''t care about other people''s attitude at all.


    Because he is the sea emperor of the sea, even Monkey D. Garp can''t stop him from saving Loopy and the Straw Hat Pirates from here!


    "Ok."


    Ben Beckman and a group of members of the Red Hair Pirates also jumped down, trying to take the members of the Straw Hat Pirates back first.


    Just when Lagi Lu picked up Usopp, his eyes were slightly surprised, and he couldn''t help laughing: "Hey, Beckman, look, this little guy looks very similar to Jesus Bu before. what¡­"


    "yes?"


    Jesus helped pick up Sanji and Zoro, glanced at Usopp curiously, chuckled and said, "Except that the nose is a bit long, it does seem to resemble me..."


    "..."


    Nico Robin, who was holding Nami, jumped on her forehead.


    Because she wants to be a spy in the Straw Hat Pirates, Nicole Robin knows the life experience of everyone in the Straw Hat Pirates. Usopp¡¯s father seems to be the sniper of the Red Hair Pirates... Can Jesus recognize this guy? Come out your own son?


    "What''s wrong?"


    Ben Beckman picked up Chopper and Franky, and looked at Nicole Robin with a strange look: "Is there anything else?"


    "No¡­"


    Nicole Robin shook her head, her face was a bit indescribable: "They are talking about Usopp, the sniper on our ship... It seems that his father is in the Red Hair Pirates."


    "Usopp..."


    Jesus Bu nodded, glanced at the long-nosed young man on Lagi Lu''s back, sighed, and said, "Speaking of which, my son''s name is also Usopp..."


    "..."


    Ben Beckman''s expression froze for a second.


    The vice-captain of the Four Emperor Pirates shook his head, sighed softly and said, "Sorry, there are a lot of idiots on our ship, but a father who didn''t recognize his son is still unforgivable..."


    "what?"


    Sanji and Zoro were still in the state of acupuncture, and the two couldn''t help but glanced at Jesus Bu: "Is that... is Usopp''s father?"


    "Hey?"


    "what?"


    The entire Red Hair Pirates were alarmed, and a group of pirates rushed to jump down to help deliver the members of the Straw Hat Pirates to their Redforth.


    Some pirates are curious about Jesus Bu''s son...


    What they were also very curious about was Luffy, whom they hadn''t seen for many years.


    The entire Redforth has almost become a sea of ??joy, and everyone plans to find a place to hold a banquet after leaving Judiciary Island.


    Whether it is the reunion of father and son, or the reunion of friends who forget the year.


    These are worth a good drink from them!


    Before that, they have to wait for the red-haired Shanks to do a serious business, which is to ask Portgas D. Ace from Judicial Island.


    "Let''s get down to business...Mr. Karp!"


    The red-haired Shanks withdrew his western sword, glanced at Monkey D. Garp leisurely, looked at everyone present with a chuckle, and said: "In order to prevent a war that may destroy the world, please Give us Ace!"


    "..."


    Garp''s face instantly became a little complicated.


    Garp knows very well that once Ace is taken away by the red-haired pirates, he will definitely survive, and perhaps this may be Ace''s only chance of survival.


    to be honest¡­


    If he was at sea now, Garp would really not care about Ace''s situation, even if he was rescued by the Whitebeard Pirates.


    "There is no such possibility."


    Garp shook his head, stared at the red hair, and said in a deep voice: "If you want to take Fire Fist Ace away, then step on the old man''s corpse!"


    "It''s not necessary, is it?"


    Shanks spread out his palm, glanced at the surrounding situation, there were only a few CP agents, he chuckled and continued: "Mr. Garp, there is no one on this island who can stop us Woolen cloth¡­"


    This is derived from the self-confidence of a four emperors!


    It is precisely because of his understanding of the combat power of Judiciary Island that the red-haired Shanks rushed here, trying to take advantage of the unpreparedness of the World Government to rescue Portgas D. Ace!


    "Mr. Shanks..."


    Hatake Kakashi walked up slowly, and said softly: "Isn''t this too disrespectful to our CP department?"


    As Hatake Kakashi''s voice fell, one after another CP agents came out of Judicial Island, and these CP agents slowly gathered behind Hatake Kakashi.


    The next moment, five coffins also floated out of the ground!


    A figure walked out of every coffin, especially the moment a man wearing a red armor stepped out of the coffin, a powerful aura swept across the entire Judiciary Island!


    It''s Uchiha Madara!


    Even the red-haired Shanks'' face became serious in an instant, his eyes fixed on the man in the red armor!


    There is such a scary man in the CP department!


    No, or rather, the CP department still has such a powerful force lurking!


    The pirates on the entire Redforth also woke up instantly, one after another gathered around the red-haired Shanks, faintly confronting the CP department!


    The palm of the red-haired Shanks slowly grasped the western sword at his waist, staring closely at the man in the red armor, his voice gradually became heavy.


    "Your Excellency, who is so sacred?"


    "Uchiha... Madara!"


    Uchiha Madara glanced at the red-haired Shanks, his face was still calm and impatient and bored.


    The Uchiha Clan¡­


    I really hate redheads!


    "It''s really unexpected... No wonder Ace is imprisoned here..."


    The red-haired Shanks'' eyes narrowed slightly, he looked at the CP agents who were still filing out from the Judicial Island, and continued in a low voice: "The surname Uchiha is very rare, it reminds me of a surname not long ago. Those who have seen it, did not expect that there are Uchiha clansmen in the CP department..."


    The red-haired Shanks thought of Uchiha Sasuke''s injury, suddenly seemed to have figured out something, raised his head suddenly and asked, "The person who injured Uchiha Sasuke a while ago is also Your Excellency?"


    "It''s true to say so."


    Uchiha Madara continued expressionlessly: "That little guy Sasuke has indeed grown to a terrifying level, and even I in my heyday have to deal with it with all my strength..."

 Chapter 551

    The red-haired Shanks fell silent when he heard Uchiha Madara''s words. This guy was indeed the one who injured Uchiha Sasuke!


    If it wasn''t for Uchiha Madara...


    Maybe Portgas D. Ace won''t be arrested either!


    There is actually a law in the new world...


    The strength of the Uchiha clan is very strong!


    Every Uchiha is very difficult to deal with. There seems to be a person named Uchiha Obito on the Beast Pirates. It is said that he saved Kaido when Beasts was in trouble...


    but¡­


    It is precisely because they are too powerful that they seem to be unconvinced. Each Uchiha seems to have joined different pirate groups and organizations.


    Uchiha Sasuke lived relatively freely and joined the Whitebeard Pirates; Uchiha Itachi joined the Akatsuki Organization; Uchiha Obito seems to have joined the Beast Pirates; did this Uchiha Madara choose to join the World Government?


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    If it is a character who can stand up to Uchiha Sasuke, then the combat power of Judiciary Island is a little scary. Even the red-haired Shanks doesn''t think they can have an advantage. It is really not that simple to rescue Ace...


    "Really..."


    The red-haired Shanks rubbed his brows, and said softly, "I came to end the war, not start another world war..."


    When talking about this, the red-haired Shanks raised his head and glanced at Lieutenant General Garp, and then at Uchiha Madara: "I wonder if you are interested in exchanging hostages? We happened to meet on the way to Judiciary Island." A vice admiral, invite him to be a guest on our ship, although the weight of the hostage may not be enough, but we can still talk?"


    The red-haired Shanks wants to use an ordinary vice-admiral as a hostage in exchange for Portgas D. Ace. If you count it, the weight is definitely not enough!


    In particular, the combat power of Judiciary Island does not seem to be weak!


    But¡­


    This can also be regarded as a choice given to the world government by the red-haired Shanks.


    No matter what today, the red-haired Shanks must also take away the Fire Fist Ace!


    As for whether the world government chooses to release Ace in exchange for hostages, or chooses to be abducted by the red-haired Shanks, then it is up to Wu Laoxing to think for himself...


    Anyway, speaking of these two things will make the world government lose face.


    What''s more, the identity of this vice admiral is different, because this vice admiral used to be an undercover agent and knew a lot of secrets about the CP department...


    If such a vice admiral falls into the hands of pirates, once those secrets are unearthed, it may also cause headaches for the world government!


    "Vice Admiral..."


    Uchiha Madara snorted coldly, and said nonchalantly: "You captured a vice admiral, does it have anything to do with us?"


    "Don''t say that..."


    There was a smile on the face of the red-haired Shanks: "Believe me, he really has something to do with you guys. You can ask that guy in Pharmacist Dou, maybe you guys might agree to exchange hostages!"


    "etc¡­"


    Garp''s face was a bit ugly, and a flash of anger flashed across his face: "Who did you catch, if you dare to hurt someone..."


    "No, we got along quite happily."


    The red-haired Shanks shook his head, and looked at the deputy captain with a chuckle: "Ben Beckman, see if our Lieutenant Admiral Uehara Naraku is awake? If he is awake, bring him here bring it on!"


    "Well, is this going to be separated?"


    Lagi Lu shook his head, sighed and said, "Actually, Uehara Naraku''s navy is an interesting person. I really didn''t expect there to be such an interesting person in the navy..."


    Yes.


    The Red Hair Pirates met Naraku Uehara.


    Originally, after Uehara Naraku left Gaya Island, he drove the boat back to Marin Fanduo by himself, and also returned to Judiciary Island on the way.


    result¡­


    Met the Red Hair Pirates.


    The red-haired Shanks warmly invited Naraku Uehara, the vice admiral, to be a guest on the Redforth. As an ordinary vice admiral, Naraku Uehara seemed like he shouldn''t refuse the invitation of a Four Emperors.


    certainly.


    Red-haired Shanks knew about Naraku Uehara''s past.


    When Uehara Naraku was still in the Baroque Works, he had participated in the looting of Windmill Village. After the news came out, the red-haired Shanks went to the Windmill Village in private and learned about Uehara Naraku from Makino. Taste.


    These days...


    Red-haired Shanks and Naraku Uehara get along just fine.


    This vice admiral is not so pedantic at all, they are all people who have taken care of Luffy, and they have a lot in common in this regard.


    the most important is¡­


    The red-haired Shanks knew that Uehara Naraku was an undercover navy agent. After joining the navy, this person personally participated in the subversion of Shichibukai Crocodile!


    Just don''t know why...


    Uehara Naraku no longer performed such secret missions, and was promoted to be a lieutenant general of the Navy headquarters, and even seemed to be a bit miserable...


    On the pier of Judiciary Island.


    A man wearing a navy cape slowly stepped off the Red Forth, with a hint of uneasiness on his face, as if he had done something wrong.


    It was Naraku Uehara.


    Ben Beckman pointed a pistol at Uehara Naraku, and continued in a low voice: "Don''t worry, we won''t hurt you, we just want to try to exchange you for Ace..."


    "Yes, I understand."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Beckman, and said cautiously: "Mr. Beckman, there is one thing you may not know. I have a bad relationship with the boss of the CP department, Pharmacist Dou. They will definitely not agree..."


    "It doesn''t matter if you don''t agree."


    Ben Beckman shook his head, and continued in a low voice: "Anyway, that idiot Shanks mentioned this, and he just tried it. What if it succeeds?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued in a low voice: "I feel that CP agents may want to use you to kill me..."


    "We won''t hurt you."


    Ben Beckman shook his head solemnly.


    "But¡­"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Ben Beckman and asked in a deep voice: "Now that you have kidnapped me as a hostage, have you considered my return to the Navy in the future?"


    A vice admiral who was kidnapped by pirates...


    If it gets out, what face is there to gain a foothold in the navy!


    Ben Beckman was silent for a while, shook his head calmly, and said softly: "You will be fine."


    When a group of people watched Naraku Uehara being escorted down by Ben Beckman, everyone''s expressions became a little shocked, and many people opened their mouths in surprise...


    this fucking...


    In the end is true or false ah!


    After all, Uehara Naraku is the real immediate boss of the current CP department! Did the Red Hair Pirates really capture Uehara Naraku and want to exchange him for Ace?


    Who can tell them what to do now?


    Was Uehara Naraku really caught, or was he faked? No matter how you think about it, it''s impossible for this man to be caught, right?


    This is a joke, right?


    Isn''t this guy really playing with the Red Hair Pirates?


    The red-haired Shanks glanced at Naraku Uehara who was walking over, and then at many shocked CP agents, and said in a low voice: "Mr. Uehara, your identity seems really unusual..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued in a low voice: "The person who hates the most in the entire CP department is probably me, because many CP agents died in order to protect me..."


    therefore¡­


    It also led to a super big change in the CP department.


    "Is...is it?"


    Shanks'' expression became a little weird, and he couldn''t help sighing: "This is too useless... Sorry, I didn''t mean that."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly, indicating that he didn''t care at all, and he even laughed lightly at himself and said, "I''m really useless...


    "...""


    The expressions of the others present were even weirder than that of Shanks.


    And the moment Uehara Naraku appeared, Uchiha Madara''s expression suddenly became ferocious, and he said in a cold voice: "The majesty of the World Government cannot be violated...you just kill this lieutenant general, we will avenge him!"


    "..."


    All the ninjas in the CP department looked at each other in silence.


    Every ninja''s eyes couldn''t help falling on Uchiha Madara. They didn''t know whether they should say something. After all, not everyone understood Uehara Naraku''s true combat power...


    If Uehara Naraku was really caught...


    Then the mother has to rescue people no matter what!


    Hatake Kakashi understood a little bit, he knew very well who Uchiha Madara was controlled by, he took a deep look at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "Follow Madara-senpai''s order... This is what our boss means! "


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku blinked innocently.


    At this moment, Hatake Kakashi held back a few coughs.


    There was a drop of cold sweat on the red-haired Shanks'' face, and he glanced at Uehara Naraku speechlessly: "Hey, Mr. Uehara, did you offend their boss, Pharmacist Dou?"


    "more or less¡­"


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, and whispered: "You took me as a hostage, it was a mistake, they will never care about my safety..."


    "This¡­"


    A wry smile appeared on the red-haired Shanks'' face.


    Why does it feel like this group of CP agents dared to directly sacrifice Uehara Naraku, a hostage, without asking their superiors for instructions?


    Monkey D. Karp glanced at Uehara Naraku with a complicated expression, not knowing what he was thinking, his fists were clenched little by little.


    next moment¡­


    Monkey D. Karp gritted his teeth.


    Just when Garp was about to say something, Uchiha Madara pulled out a knife, and slammed a huge slash towards Shanks and Uehara Naraku!


    Shanks hastily pulled out the western sword, flew the slash, and said in surprise, "You guys, do you still want to borrow a knife to kill someone?"


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Hatake Kakashi shook his head, his face still calm: "You people who can only see the appearance, it seems that you really don''t understand the situation at all..."


    What a bunch of idiots!


    To use Naraku Uehara as a hostage...


    What should I say about this group of red-haired pirates...


    She was so naive and terribly naive, she didn''t know the consequences of offending Naraku Uehara at all!

 Chapter 552

    In the port of Judiciary Island.


    Under the command of Hatake Kakashi, the CP department directly surrounded the red-haired pirates regardless of the safety of Uehara Naraku, a hostage!


    Hinata Hanabi frowned, turned to look at Tianzang who was standing beside him: "Senior, don''t you really need to worry about hurting that person? Although I also think it''s okay to kill him, but after all, that person..."


    "Uh¡­"


    Tianzang shook his head helplessly, and there was some hesitation and helplessness in his voice: "According to his strength, there should be no need to worry, right?"


    "You don''t have to."


    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help snorting coldly, and as the crowd of CP agents approached the red-haired pirates step by step, he glanced at Hyuga Hanabi and Tenzo, and lowered his voice: "Instead of worrying about that guy , it''s better to worry about yourself!"


    What is this white-eyed girl from the Hinata family thinking?


    I really don''t know...


    No, it''s really too weak of imagination...


    Are you still worried that Uehara Naraku will get hurt?


    Why not worry about the safety of the red-haired pirates!


    Uchiha Madara is undoubtedly the most confident in Uehara Naraku, because no matter how strong he becomes, Uehara Naraku will show stronger combat power than him!


    that bastard...


    It is hidden very deep!


    Perhaps it was not until the last moment that Naraku Uehara was willing to reveal what he wanted others to see. All the ninjas and pirates present were the victims of Naraku Uehara...


    No one can be an exception.


    "Lieutenant General Garp."


    Hatake Kakashi walked up to Monkey D. Garp, looked at the complex-looking naval hero, and said slowly: "Please don''t worry that someone will save Fire Fist Ace, we have transferred from various departments Thousands of CP agents were killed, no matter who came, it is impossible to save Portgas D. Ace..."


    Except for them Anbu ninjas...


    There is also an army of uncountable dirt!


    Monkey D. Karp saw more and more people wearing CP uniforms, his face became colder and colder, and he said with some dissatisfaction: "Hmph, it seems that the guy in the CP department has done a good job, there are more CP departments. so many people¡­"


    I really didn''t expect...


    It''s only been a few years...


    That fellow Yaoshidou actually recruited so many CP agents. He relies on these CP departments to collect intelligence, and monitor the whole world by the way!


    The efforts of the previous CP officers for so many years could not develop the CP to this scale, and their abilities could not be compared with Pharmacist Dou at all!


    certainly¡­


    The most important reason is that Yaoshidou can make the most of the information from the CP department.


    It is precisely because of Yaoshidou''s ability and wisdom in interpreting information that the Warring States of Buddha won the power for Yaoshidou to manage the CP department. As a result, Yaoshidou turned the CP department into a behemoth, and even now uses it to fight against the Warring States Period !


    "Our number is not an exaggeration, because the standard for the construction of the CP department is to be able to solve a group of Four Emperor Pirates alone..."


    Hatake Kakashi scratched his hair, and said softly: "According to Kabuki''s plan, we need to capture the red-haired Shanks before the world war against Whitebeard and the Revolutionary Army comes, so that the navy can fight without any pressure." Against Whitebeard..."


    Lieutenant General Garp frowned, with a hint of disbelief on his face: "With the words of the CP department, do you also want to catch the red-haired guy?"


    Although Lieutenant General Garp has seen Uchiha Madara''s strength, he probably knows that this is the help that the pharmacist solicited, but it is not so difficult to defeat a group of Four Emperor Pirates and even capture their captain!


    "what¡­"


    Kakashi Hatake looked at the turbulent crowd of CP agents, then glanced at Uehara Naraku next to the red-haired Shanks, and said boredly: "Anyway, there will be no accidents..."


    While they were still chatting here, Madara Uchiha and the four reincarnated shadows attacked the red-haired pirates!


    Under their leadership, hundreds of Anbu ninjas and dirty ninjas in CP uniforms rushed up with ninja swords in their hands!


    The entire pier instantly became a battlefield!


    The sound of fighting resounded throughout this judicial island!


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the CP agents rushing over, then turned to glance at the red-haired Shanks beside him: "Well, can I hide first? It feels like they might kill me, the thorn in my side..."


    "Please."


    The red-haired Shanks said casually, not paying any attention to the useless person Uehara Naraku, he grasped the hilt of the sword, and slowly pulled out his western sword: "It seems that we have really come here. place..."


    "yes¡­"


    Ben Beckman stared at Madara Uchiha rushing forward, frowned and said, "It''s really troublesome... Another guy from the Uchiha clan!"


    Ben Beckman glanced at the entire battlefield again, and continued in a deep voice: "But we can''t stay here for a long time. Marlin Fandor is not far from Judiciary Island. It is estimated that someone has already sent the main naval force of Marlin Fandor over..."


    The siege of the main naval forces and CP divisions...


    The red-haired pirates can''t stand it!


    Just as the port of Judiciary Island fell into a melee, the Holy Land Marie Gioia and Marlin Fandor had received the news respectively.


    The Straw Hat Pirates and the Red Hair Pirates have invaded Judiciary Island!


    The little pirate group in front doesn''t matter, but the purpose of the red-haired pirates'' invasion of Judicial Island is obvious, especially not long ago, the red-haired Shanks proposed to the world government to release Ace, but was rejected by the five old stars...


    Unexpectedly, this guy wanted to take back Ace directly!


    Marlin Vandeau.


    Naval headquarters base.


    Admiral Fozhi Sengoku hung up the phone bug with an ugly expression on his face: "There is news from Judicial Island. The red-haired pirates have entered Judicial Island in an attempt to recapture Fire Fist Ace. The old guy with white beard has not yet dispatched. But this guy is going to strike first!"


    This redhead... is so eventful!


    The Whitebeard Pirates are not in a hurry now!


    "This is also normal..."


    The pharmacist took a sip of the fruit juice leisurely, his expression was still very calm, and he was not shocked at all by the red hair''s invasion of his jurisdiction.


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, flipped through the documents in his hand calmly, and continued slowly: "The red-haired Shanks has always been very courageous, but he dared to invade Judicial Island at this time, obviously They are provoking the majesty of the world government and navy..."


    "Little bag..."


    Lieutenant General Crane slowly closed his palms, and asked softly, "Aren''t you worried that Fire Fist Ace will be taken away by the red-haired Shanks?"


    "There''s no need to worry about the impossible."


    Pharmacist shook his head, and continued calmly: "And I received the news earlier than Marshal Warring States. I have sent three generals from the Navy Headquarters to Judiciary Island to help intercept the red-haired pirates..."


    Because the Navy is preparing for a world war.


    As the Navy''s highest combat power, the three generals of the headquarters will naturally not be absent. Red Dog, Aokiji and Kizaru have all been dispatched from Marin Vandor to Judiciary Island to help encircle and suppress the Red Hair Pirates.


    "..."


    Marshal of the Warring States Period looked a bit ugly.


    Recently, the pharmacist has become more and more presumptuous in Marin Fando, and he directly bypassed him, the admiral of the navy, to command the three generals in the headquarters without even asking for instructions!


    "Oh, yes, there is one more thing."


    Pharmacist tapped his cup with his fingers, raised his head to look at the Warring States of Buddha, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "A while ago, the lieutenant general of the headquarters, His Excellency Uehara Naraku, who was personally selected by the Marshal of the Warring States Period, has been captured by the red-haired pirates... "


    "..."


    The expression of Marshal of the Warring States froze.


    Ever since the Warring States Period, in order to demonstrate his authority, Uehara Naraku was forcibly promoted to Vice Admiral in front of Pharmacist Dou, but this Vice Admiral left a lot of trouble!


    Now¡­


    This Uehara Naraku is really not qualified to be the lieutenant general of the headquarters. He let go of the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Dorag, because he stood by and let go of the leader of the Revolutionary Army in Rogge Town. captured...


    This really made Sengoku feel ashamed!


    Pharmacist looked at Sengoku with a wonderful look, and continued with a chuckle: "It''s interesting that the red-haired Shanks actually wanted to use Lieutenant General Naraku Uehara as a hostage, and proposed to Judiciary Island to exchange Fire Fist Ace, which is really surprising. performance..."


    amazing...


    It''s not that the vice admiral Uehara Naraku was unbearable.


    What really surprised Yao Shidou was that the red-haired Shanks'' courage was beyond imagination, so he really felt that he had lived too long, right?


    Sengoku frowned, he had already guessed Judicial Island''s approach, no matter what, Judicial Island couldn''t let go of Fire Fist Ace for a Uehara Naraku.


    "You probably didn''t agree to the redhead''s request, did you?"


    Sengoku took off his glasses and said in a low voice, "So, Lieutenant General Uehara Naraku has died in the line of duty now?"


    "Ok?"


    Pharmacist''s brows frowned slightly, and then slowly relaxed, with a mysterious smile on his face: "No, according to my understanding, Lieutenant General Naraku is still alive and well, it seems that he will Must have lived longer than anyone..."


    However, upon hearing what Yao Shidou said, Fozhi Warring States just glanced coldly at the young man who was competing with him, and he only thought that Yao Shidou wanted to target Uehara Naraku again.


    Warring States put their palms on the table, looked at Medicine Master Dou and said in a cold voice: "Before the war comes, it is best not to cause any infighting... Lieutenant General Uehara is also a point of strength in the upcoming world war, every point Combat power is extremely important to the navy!"


    "how could be?"


    Pharmacist shook his head, smiled lightly and looked at Warring States: "Before the war comes, I will not want to weaken the navy''s combat power... After all, I am also a member of the navy!"


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    "That''s good."


    Warring States nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "After the judicial island incident is over, if Lieutenant General Uehara is still alive, transfer Lieutenant General Uehara back to Marin Fando!"


    "casual¡­"


    Pharmacist Pou waved his hands indifferently.


    The navy chief inspector lowered his head slowly, but at the moment Pharmacist lowered his head, a strange mocking smile flashed across the corner of his mouth.

 Chapter 553

    Justice Island.


    The red-haired pirates and CP agents are still fighting fiercely.


    At the beginning of the battle between the pirates in the new world, they immediately realized how tricky these CP agents are. These agents have all kinds of fighting methods!


    To put it bluntly...


    Even the decisive red-haired pirates have never seen professional killing tools like CP agents. These agents seem to have been killed out of a mountain of corpses and a sea of ??blood!


    And each team cooperated extremely tacitly...


    Obviously, most of the pirates of the Red Hair Pirates participated in the Battle of the Four Emperors a few years ago, and logically speaking, they have enough combat experience. However, when they really face this group of CP agents, they can still clearly feel these CPs. The cold-blooded and bloodthirsty agents!


    A pirate waved a sharp knife in his hand, and the jet-black armed color instantly wrapped around the knife, directly cutting off the ninja knife in the hand of a CP agent, and even wanted to use it to slash the throat of the CP agent!


    However, this CP agent was fearless, and the broken knife in his hand also slanted across the pirate''s chest, leaving a long scar on the pirate''s body!


    Before dying, the agent also got the pirate''s serious injury!


    The next moment, the agent''s teammates quickly surrounded him, waved Kunai and stepped on the teammate''s corpse to appear beside the pirate, and inserted Kunai into the pirate''s throat!


    This is just the tip of the iceberg.


    The captain of the CP agent glanced at the corpse of his companion, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t worry about casualties, pay attention to keep the intact corpse!"


    "Yes, Captain."


    A CP agent nodded slowly.


    because¡­


    Naraku Uehara is here!


    Even if those Anbu ninjas who joined the CP die, they still have a chance to be resurrected by the man who was reincarnated by the Sage of the Six Paths... and it is very simple. It is enough to complete the tasks of Hao Xiao. A Guarantee!


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    life¡­


    It looks extremely cheap among these Anbu ninjas!


    When there is no clear boundary between life and death, life, which was originally too expensive to be estimated, becomes something of little value...


    These CP agents are not afraid of death, coupled with the filthy ninjas rushing up like cannon fodder, the losses of the red-haired pirates quickly increased!


    There are not many people in the Red Hair Pirates...


    Even though almost every pirate has a reward of over 100 million...


    However, in the face of the crowd tactics, the situation of the pirates immediately became difficult. The CP agents were like wild wolves eyeing their prey, constantly tearing at the front of the red-haired pirates!


    So far, they had only clashed for less than half an hour. Except for the cadres, the other members were either killed or injured immediately after the battle!


    One by one, the pirates fell on the port of Judiciary Island...


    In addition to these members, the cadres of the red-haired pirates also have their own opponents. The four reincarnated shadows each use their own means. In front of these cadres!


    "Don''t go too far!"


    A heavy look flashed across the face of the red-haired Shanks. He swung his western sword and made an earth-shattering slash. In an instant, he directly cut through the entire port of Judiciary Island, killing the surrounding CP agents. The crowd is divided!


    The red-haired Shanks looked coldly at the CP agents who were still rushing forward bravely, gritted his teeth and said, "Beckman, hurry up and take everyone back to the ship first!"


    "Want to escape?"


    Uchiha Madara looked at the red-haired Shanks arrogantly, his palms closed suddenly, and a blue skeleton emerged from his body!


    The blue Susano appeared proudly!


    What makes the red-haired pirates feel a little weird is that Uchiha Madara''s Susano is completely different from Uchiha Sasuke. The blue Susano has only half body, but Susano has four arms on his body!


    The next moment, a giant blue sword floated out from each of Susanoo''s four arms, and the four giant swords suddenly fell towards the ground, and the four slashes overturned countless people in an instant!


    The red-haired Shanks swung the western sword and made three slashes in succession, and three of the blue slashes flew away, but another blue slash flew towards the Red Forth!


    The car of the red-haired pirates...


    In an instant, it was cut into two by the blue slash!


    Every pirate couldn''t help watching this scene with teeth bared!


    Since the red-haired pirates slowly rose more than ten years ago, Shanks finally replaced the Red Foss in order to be able to carry more companions.


    The ship has been with them all along.


    With the victory of the Red Hair Pirates in the Battle of the Four Emperors, the Redforth has gradually become fearsome in the New World. This ship is also a companion of the Red Hair Pirates!


    Everyone''s affection for this ship is no less than that of their companions!


    However, the pirate group that had been with them for more than ten years was cut off by Uchiha Madara at this moment. This knife was indeed cut in the hearts of everyone in the red-haired pirate group, even Shanks There was also a flash of rage on his face!


    The pirates staying on board quickly lowered the boat from the broken Red Forth and helped relocate the Straw Hat Pirates...


    no one ever thought of...


    Red Foss will be destroyed one day...


    Every member of the Red Hair Pirates stared at the broken hull of the Red Forth floating on the sea with gritted teeth, and there was a flash of anger on everyone''s face!


    The red-haired Shanks brandished his western sword and pointed at Madara Uchiha, his angry voice echoed in the air: "Mara Uchiha... before you die, it seems that the grievances between us cannot be let go! "


    this moment¡­


    The red-haired Shanks is like a sword fighter, launching an invitation to fight against his enemies. The behavior of the four emperors at this moment seems irrational...


    Because no matter how you look at it, this time is not the time for a duel!


    Even Ben Beckman couldn''t help frowning. The CP agents on Judiciary Island are very difficult to deal with. Even if they want to leave here, it is a troublesome problem, and the main force of Marlin Fando''s navy may have rushed over...


    At this most dangerous time...


    Does Shanks want to fight the opponent?


    The Susanoo on Uchiha Madara''s body gradually drifted away, his gaze was looking directly at the red-haired Shanks, his face was full of indifference and ruthlessness: "It''s such an ugly hatred... then today we will end the grievances we just forged All right¡­"


    The next moment, Uchiha Madara suddenly closed his palms, and said coldly: "Hatake Kakashi, let all your people retreat, the next battle... let me find a little fun for entertainment! "


    "Senior Madara..."


    Hatake Kakashi frowned, but he still waved his palm. Under his signal, hundreds of Anbu ninjas and dirty ninjas from the CP department quickly withdrew from the battlefield like an ebbing tide.


    There is no doubt that¡­


    The ninjas who used to be tools, especially those Anbu who used to be active in the dark, obeyed the masks and orders above.


    After the entire CP department withdrew, a somewhat bloody and bleak battlefield was exposed, and the fishy smell wafted along the sea breeze.


    In less than an hour of the aggressive red-haired pirate group at the beginning, hundreds of pirates fell here in the battle of these CP members who were not afraid of death...


    Even the red-haired Shanks couldn''t accept this, his eyes gradually turned red, all the companions who died in the battle on Judiciary Island were all invited by him to board the ship one by one over the years...


    these people¡­


    All yearn for the freedom of the sea!


    Now because he wanted to come to Judiciary Island, he fell down here forever. Even the remaining pirates, most of them were injured with varying degrees of severity.


    "Shanks..."


    Ben Beckman stood beside Shanks and said in a low voice: "If we continue to entangle, reinforcements from the Navy Headquarters may be arriving soon. According to the trends we have, all three generals of the Navy Headquarters are in the Marine Vatican. many¡­"


    The original plan of the red-haired pirates was very simple. They directly invaded Judicial Island and rescued Fire Fist Ace who was imprisoned by the CP department on Judicial Island. They really didn''t think that the CP department could compete with the red-haired pirates.


    Facts amply prove¡­


    People in the CP department have long had the capital to compete with the Four Emperor Pirates!


    No wonder the World Government would rather let the CP department be responsible for guarding Fire Fist Ace than choose to throw Fire Fist Ace into Imperton Prison, which has never been captured.


    "CP..."


    The red-haired Shanks slowly squatted down, slowly reached out to caress a pirate with wide eyes, and helped the dead pirate close his eyes.


    The next moment, the captain''s face suddenly became firmer.


    Shanks stood up again holding the western sword, swept past Uchiha Madara''s figure, and landed on a group of retreating CP agents, and said loudly: "I will definitely... remove all CPs in the entire world!"


    "This is not the time for a battle of wills..."


    Ben Beckman shook his head and said in a low voice: "These CP''s agent abilities are very weird, and many of them can''t be killed at all. If we continue to stay here..."


    "Let''s go first!"


    Red-haired Shanks glanced at the remaining members of the red-haired pirates, then looked at Ben Beckman, and ordered almost without doubt: "Until I get rid of CP, I will never leave here. It''s the captain''s order!"


    If we continue to fight...


    The loss of the Red Hair Pirates was even greater!


    What''s more, if the entanglement continues, after the arrival of Marlin Vandor''s admiral, maybe he really can''t escape. This plan to save Ace in advance has failed!


    In order to allow more people to escape, Shanks still followed the previous method, and he himself, the strongest member of the red-haired pirates, cut off the rear in person!


    This is the responsibility of a captain!


    "Hmph, do you want to cover your subordinates from leaving?"


    Uchiha Madara saw through the plan of the red-haired Shanks at a glance, he slowly raised his finger, and narrowed his eyes slightly: "Then let''s start a game and see how many people can catch up with me!" Escape while being killed...Wood Dungeon Multi-Wood Clone Technique!"


    In the next second, blocks of wood grew out of Uchiha Madara''s back!


    The moment these blocks left Uchiha Madara''s body, they slowly turned into his appearance, and dozens of identical Uchiha Madara appeared on this battlefield!


    A group of Uchiha Madara rushed towards the entire red-haired pirate group!


    The color of Shanks'' eyes changed, as if thinking of something, he gritted his teeth slowly: "Can you actually use the same avatar technique as Naruto''s little guy?"


    Anyone from the Uchiha clan...


    It is said that whether it is domineering, swordsmanship, body art and weird ninjutsu, they are very good at each of them, and even have special abilities that belong to their own family. They are known as the most versatile family and are also known as the most perfect gods. Descendants!


    Sure enough, Uchiha Madara is no exception!


    The avatar technique used by Uchiha Madara is indeed not very eye-catching, but Shanks has seen the crowd attack created by Uzumaki Naruto with the shadow avatar technique!


    No wonder this Uchiha Madara wants to take on the Red Hair Pirates single-handedly!


    "You go first..."


    The red-haired Shanks left a word for Ben Beckman, and waved his Western sword to face dozens of Uchiha Madara head-on!


    It''s just a trick...


    It is very unfortunate that Shanks happened to have seen the technique of clone and also knew the weakness of clone technique, once the clone is injured, it will dissipate immediately!

 Chapter 554

    Justice Island.


    Shattered port area.


    Uchiha Madara led his wooden avatars to charge towards the entire red-haired pirate group, brazenly challenging the Four Emperor pirate group with his own strength!


    "It''s just in time..."


    Shanks held the western sword upside down and moved forward boldly, ignoring the number of dozens of wooden clones and the powerful aura emanating from each wooden clone!


    A group of clones who are actually vulnerable!


    The red-haired pirates once encountered a crowd attack created by Naruto Uzumaki single-handedly. In that battle, the entire red-haired pirates were defeated by Naruto Uzumaki''s army of shadow clones.


    It''s just because of that battle that the members of the red-haired pirates learned about the weakness of the shadow clone from that war...


    But the next moment...


    Dozens of wooden clones turned into giant Susan at the same time!


    This scene made the faces of all the pirates suddenly change!


    The ground crumbled in an instant, and a group of blue Susano giants flew up, waving their giant swords from the air and slashing at Shanks and the red-haired pirates!


    In an instant, the battlefield was turned into ruins, and everyone was surprised to see a group of blue Susans blatantly smashing into the red-haired pirates!


    The red-haired Shanks waved the western sword to face Uchiha Madara''s body with an ugly look, and a heavy look flashed in his eyes: "Is it another... a monster with one man?"


    one person¡­


    You can only directly transform into a powerful army!


    The entire red-haired pirate group fell into a bitter battle in an instant, and often one Susano needed these pirates to deal with it at the same time. These Susanoos were extremely sensitive. They were obviously a group of giants, but they possessed human-like sensitivity!


    "Don''t panic..."


    Ben Beckman frowned, dodged a giant sword, raised his pistol, and shot out a pitch-black bullet, which pierced Susanoo''s body in an instant. Body!


    The bullet directly hit the wooden avatar in Susanoo''s body between the eyebrows!


    The huge Susanoo disintegrated instantly, and the wooden avatar also turned into a piece of wood!


    "cover me!"


    Jesus Bufei dodged Susano''s slash, and at the moment when a group of pirates helped lure Susano away, he pulled out his sniper rifle, aimed at the wooden clone in Susano''s body and shot it!


    A domineering bullet penetrated Susano, and also penetrated the wooden avatar under Susano''s protection!


    However, their victories did not stop there...


    A group of Susano quickly gathered together, wielding the sword of Susano and slashed at the red-haired pirates one after another, the overwhelming air wave overturned the battlefield in an instant!


    The formation of the entire red-haired pirate group was instantly disintegrated!


    While leading the cadres to attack, Ben Beckman directed the pirates to withdraw to the lifeboats at sea: "Don''t love to fight, the cadres cover, and the others retreat!"


    The first pirate finally returned to the sea and boarded the last lifeboat that was lowered by the Redforth, but a Susan Slash suddenly smashed the pirate and the lifeboat into pieces!


    Blood instantly dyed the sea red...


    Uchiha Madara wants to cut off their retreat!


    The wooden clones alone made the red-haired pirates a little unbearable. Even if Ben Beckman and the cadres of the red-haired pirates were strong, they couldn''t defeat all the wooden clones Susanoo in a short time...


    "Fire Escape¡¤Extinguish Fire!"


    One of the wooden avatars stood in Susanoo''s body, opened its mouth and sprayed out a burst of flames toward the sea, the overwhelming flames evaporated the sea water, and clouds of mist began to diffuse...


    All lifeboats without exception were hit by flames...


    Even the warships that were originally parked were all destroyed by the flames!


    Even the pirates who were originally in charge of responding in the lifeboat could only take the members of the Straw Hat Pirates and hide in the sea in a hurry... until the flames dissipated, they slowly emerged from the sea with people.


    "Is this... trying to kill everyone?"


    Nicole Robin soaked in the sea weakly and found a plank to support her afloat, her brows could not help but wrinkle.


    "Now you have no way out!"


    A slightly ferocious smile appeared on Uchiha Madara''s face, and the domineering look on his body exploded with all his strength: "Then stay on this island and let me enjoy the long-lost pleasure!"


    "As long as there is still a plank..."


    The red-haired Shanks frowned, as if he was fighting for his life, he slammed into Uchiha Madara''s side, and stabbed Uchiha Madara''s chest with his sword, his eyes remained firm: "No one can Stop a man from stepping into the sea..."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    "yes?"


    Uchiha Madara was not afraid, and avoided the red-haired Western sword, and kicked the red-haired chest sideways, kicking the four emperors away!


    Shanks'' figure fell down a set of steps, but he got up again in an instant, and slashed towards Uchiha Madara!


    The two fell into a fierce battle again!


    And on the other side.


    The Red Hair Pirates have nowhere to go.


    This group of Four Emperor Pirates who were forced to return to the battlefield broke out with powerful strength. Under the leadership of Ben Beckman, after a few hours of fierce fighting, they completely eliminated the other wooden clones of Susanoo!


    Standing in front of the corpse of a wooden clone, Ben Beckman ordered in a loud voice: "Hey, go to a few people, and bring Luffy and the others to the shore! The others rushed up with me, and together with our captain, captured The island!"


    Ben Beckman took a cigarette and put it in his mouth, and continued in a cold voice: "Since you don''t want us to go, then put our red-haired flag on Judiciary Island!"


    "yes!"


    A group of pirates who were licking blood with knife-edges agreed in unison. They each licked the blood from the corners of their mouths and gathered around Ben Beckman!


    That being said...


    But if you want to do this, it is extremely difficult.


    This war is even more troublesome than when they competed for the position of the last Four Emperors among a group of big pirates. Now they have to face thousands of CP agents on this judicial island who are eyeing them!


    "Beckman, a ship is coming!"


    Just at this time, the pirate on the shore suddenly pointed at the sea and said loudly: "There is a pirate ship coming towards Judiciary Island!"


    At some point, a sheep-headed boat suddenly appeared on the sea.


    The small boat slowly swam towards Judiciary Island. The sail of the small boat was painted with a straw hat pirate flag, and it was constantly shaking with the sea wind...


    Golden Merry.


    The car of the Straw Hat Pirates.


    Although this ship is very small, it has become the only overseas ship in Judiciary Island. As long as they can board this ship and stop the enemy''s pursuit, even CP agents cannot pursue them!


    The crux of the matter is¡­


    The Golden Meili is too small to hold too many people, even if it is the remaining two or three hundred pirates of the Red Hair Pirates, it is impossible for them all to board the ship...


    Ben Beckman immediately made a decision and said loudly: "Jesus Bu, Lagi Lu, you two take your team and Luffy on board with them... The others stay with me and prepare to meet Shanks !"


    "It''s better not to use it!"


    There was a hearty smile on the corner of Jesus Bu''s mouth. He played with his sniper rifle and said with a chuckle, "Hey, Beckman, I already have a son. Let me do it for Shanks. !"


    And before Ben Beckman had any objections, Jesus reached out his hand to stop what he wanted to say, and explained softly: "Don''t say anything stupid, and I''m not for you, but for Usopp and Those young guys from Luffy..."


    Jesus raised his head and looked at the sea, with a nostalgic smile on his face: "Since Usopp was born, I haven''t done anything for my son..."


    For so many years, the father and son of Jesus Bu and Usopp have spent more time together than the father and son have spent with Luffy respectively...


    In the sight of Jesus cloth...


    The Golden Merry stopped on the sea, and members of the Straw Hat Pirates and the Red Hair Pirates boarded the boat, and there was Usopp who was still in a coma...


    Perhaps this is the last time their father and son saw each other?


    "Hello, Beckman."


    Lackey Lu glanced at Ben Beckman, grinned and said, "I''ll stay to meet the boss too! If I''m locked up in a big prison or a place like Judicial Island, then don''t forget to look for opportunities." Get me out!"


    "Pooh!"


    Jesus Bu took his own sniper rifle, tapped Lagi Lu on the head, and said with a smile: "Have a little confidence in our boss! We''re just staying to deal with Shanks!"


    "..."


    Ben Beckman fell silent.


    After a while, the deputy captain of the red-haired pirates slowly lit up the cigarette in his hand, and said softly: "Stay what should stay, and follow me if you shouldn''t stay..."


    The red-haired pirates are really no hypocritical pirates...


    Perhaps they had long guessed that one day the entire pirate group would be in trouble, and the pirates were divided into two camps in an orderly manner.


    One of the camps has fewer people, and these pirates are obviously younger, and even the injuries on their bodies are very light, and their physical strength is not bad; the pirates of the other camp are a little older, and most of them are wounded...


    The older pirates patted the young man on the shoulder and told them to leave with Ben Beckman; the young pirates responded with a smile...


    Until the moment of parting, they were still smiling.


    Except for Ben Beckman, almost all the pirates in the entire red-haired pirate group were smiling, whether they were going to leave together or staying...


    Obviously they are very clear...


    If you stay, it will be more dangerous.


    Ben Beckman led people aboard the Golden Merry, turned his head and glanced at Shanks who was still fighting fiercely with Uchiha Madara, pulled Jesus Bu''s shoulder, and whispered: "Wait for me to pick you up... I Will be right back!"


    "Beckman?"


    A look of doubt flashed across Jesus'' face.


    "How could a pirate abandon his captain..."


    Beckman shook his head, slowly let go of Jesus Bu''s shoulders, and left Judiciary Island on the Golden Merry with the remnants of the Red Hair Pirates and the Straw Hat Pirates.


    The CP agents who originally wanted to chase the Golden Meili were unable to pursue them under the desperate obstruction of Jesus Bu and others, and could only watch the Golden Meili gradually disappear.


    after an hour.


    Not long after the Golden Meili left, the three generals of the Navy Headquarters arrived at the Judicial Island, fought fiercely for three days and three nights, and finally captured all the remaining pirates on the Judicial Island.


    Among them is the red-haired Shanks, one of the Four Emperors.

 Chapter 555

    The situation on the sea changed suddenly.


    Just as everyone is waiting for the war between Whitebeard and the Navy, waiting for this world war that is about to break out.


    As a result, another shocking news suddenly came out. The red-haired pirates were completely defeated by the navy...even the red-haired Shanks, one of the four emperors, was also arrested and imprisoned!


    The other two messages are not worth mentioning.


    The deputy captain of the red-haired pirates, Ben Beckman, made a big circle. When the red-haired pirates were arrested, he led the remnants of the red-haired pirates to attack Marlin Vandor, which was not guarded by a general. As a result, he was arrested by the navy. Marshal Warring States led his troops to repel.


    In order to capture the remnants of the Red Hair Pirates, the three admirals of the Navy Headquarters immediately returned to aid Marlin Vandor. As a result, Ben Beckman did not leave after withdrawing. Instead, he took a small pirate ship and attacked the naval warship escorting the prisoners again.


    The person who happened to be in charge of escorting the red-haired pirates was none other than Vice Admiral Naraku Uehara, whom they had captured before. Isn''t this a coincidence?


    therefore¡­


    Ben Beckman once again captured Naraku Uehara, an old friend of the Vice Admiral.


    It''s just a pity that the red-haired Shanks was not on the escorted warship, he was imprisoned on Judicial Island as a felon...


    All the other pirates who were going to be sent to Imperton Prison were rescued by Ben Beckman. The deputy captain who is known as the most scheming is really elusive...


    However, compared to the red-haired Shanks being arrested and imprisoned, this little incident is simply not worth mentioning to the navy, but it made Admiral Sengoku lose face in front of the five old stars...


    Next, the first half of the great route was no longer so peaceful.


    According to the character of the red-haired pirates, they will never let go of the opportunity to rescue their own captain, just because of the performance of the CP department in the judicial island incident, the world government is really not very worried about the threat of the red-haired pirates...


    even¡­


    There is also a new glimmer of interest in the world government.


    Who would have thought that in just a few years, the CP department of Judiciary Island would be able to be compared with the Four Emperor Pirates, especially the medicine master pocket could recruit a strong man comparable to the red-haired Shanks!


    The only trouble is...


    According to Yao Shidou, the loyalty of these strong men is not very good, because the CP department can bring benefits to them, so they can work for the CP department.


    It doesn''t matter.


    A person who can be fettered by interests means that he can be used; after all, the World Government and the Navy pay Jiao a lot of money every year...


    The capital of seven waters.


    Due to the turmoil on Judiciary Island, the first half of the Great Route was a bit lively. As one of the islands closest to Judicial Island, the Capital of Seven Waters was naturally not so peaceful...


    It even became a place for pirates to occupy.


    It''s just that there are two more big deals in the capital of seven waters. The red-haired pirates paid a sum of money and asked the capital of seven waters to help build two pirate ships.


    One of the boats is for its own use¡­


    The other ship was given to the Straw Hat Pirates.


    In the Judiciary Island incident, the ship elf born from the Golden Merry rushed to Judicial Island to rescue the Straw Hat Pirates and the Red Hair Pirates at the most dangerous time.


    It''s just that this small boat can no longer experience the twists and turns of the great route...


    Therefore, the Straw Hat Pirates got a Wanli Sunshine in the Seven Waters, and the Red Hair Pirates simply built a new Red Foss in the Seven Waters.


    The new Red Foss will continue to be active in the first half of the great voyage, looking for opportunities to rescue their captain, the red-haired Shanks; the Straw Hat Pirates decided to go to the Chambord Islands to find a person named Hades Rayleigh.


    This news¡­


    When the Straw Hat Pirates were on Gaya Island, Uehara Naraku told them that once the plan to rescue Ace fails, they will go to find the deputy captain of the One Piece, Hades Rayleigh.


    The deputy captain of the red-haired pirates, Ben Beckman, was a little scratching his head when he heard about this, as if it was a mistake for them to kidnap the lieutenant general Uehara Naraku?


    really...


    That guy should be a good guy!


    It''s just that the guy''s luck is not very good, he was caught by their red-haired pirates twice in a row, and he doesn''t know how the life of the lieutenant general is going...


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Of course Naraku Uehara''s life is not going well.


    Because he was once captured by the red hair, Lieutenant Admiral Uehara Naraku followed the generals back to Marin Fando, and was reprimanded by Admiral Sengoku all afternoon...


    This matter is really unjust.


    What can an ordinary vice admiral do if he meets the Four Emperors?


    No matter which vice admiral of Marlin Fando, if he meets the Four Emperor Pirates, there is nothing he can do, so he can only tie his hands together, right?


    And I met the red-haired pirates twice in a row!


    Uehara Naraku can only say that he is unlucky.


    This is indeed his bad luck, even if it is other vice admirals, it is impossible to escape when they meet the red-haired pirates. It is a pity that this incident will finally discredit the Warring States, especially in front of Pharmacist Dou ¡­


    Moreover, Yao Shidou was sneering at Sengoku, and directly proposed to Sengoku that Uehara Naraku should leave the navy, so as not to delay Lieutenant Admiral Uehara Naraku''s life...


    Such words...


    It must be mocking.


    "Well, no matter what, Lieutenant General Uehara has made great contributions before."


    After Admiral Sengoku reprimanded Uehara Naraku, he knocked on his desk and said coldly: "At least let him take the blame and meritorious deeds in the next war!"


    But after saying this sentence, Sengoku suddenly glanced coldly at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "Forget it, let Lieutenant General Uehara go to Chambord..."


    When he was talking about this, Zhan Guo turned his head and glanced at Yao Shidou, and snorted coldly with disdain: "Staff Dou, when we were discussing just now, didn''t you say that Chambord could not have a navy to protect those world nobles who often make troubles?"


    The pharmacist took care of this lackey of the Tianlong people...


    It really makes people feel a little ashamed and incompetent.


    Originally, the navy had to protect the scum of the Tianlong people according to the order of the world government, so the navy''s attitude towards the Tianlong people was very unfriendly...


    However, Yaoshidou, who was born in the navy, relied on the CP department to curry favor with the Tianlong people and Wulaoxing in the past few years, and only then did he achieve his rapid rise today...


    Those Draconians love nothing more than haunting Chambord.


    Moreover, there is no lieutenant general in charge of stationing in Chambord.


    Simply let Uehara Naraku go to guard the Chambord Islands, protect the Celestial Dragons who often appear in the Chambord Islands, and also intercept the supernovas who are about to enter the Chambord Islands.


    Stationed in the Chambord Islands¡­


    This matter is a troublesome matter that no other navy wants to be involved in. Those Tianlong people treat everyone with arrogance, and their attitude towards the navy is also very bad.


    Whenever the Draconians come and go, it also means big trouble for the navy.


    However, even so, the Chambord Islands had to be heavily guarded.


    Because the Chambord Islands are one of the transfer points from the first half of the great voyage to the second half, many newcomer pirate ships do not know how to enter the world, and they need to be coated in the Chambord Islands before they can dive to the Fishman Island and enter the new world.


    The navy is stationed here all the year round, in addition to arresting some ignorant rookie pirates, it also protects the Tianlong people who may appear in the Chambord Islands at any time.


    It''s just that because of the upcoming war against the Whitebeard Pirates, most of the elite troops stationed in the Chambord Islands were transferred back to Marin Fando.


    Admiral Sengoku, based on the principle of waste utilization, asked Uehara Naraku to go to the Chambord Islands to take office, and directly asked him to be the nanny of the Tianlong people.


    Similarly, it is also to keep myself out of sight and out of mind...


    After all, Uehara Naraku has made many mistakes since he became a vice admiral. Every time he makes a mistake, it makes the Warring States of Buddha a headache...


    This Uehara Naraku is here to collect debts, right?


    Why did you promote this guy to lieutenant general...


    When Sengoku thinks of Uehara Naraku every day, he can''t help but feel a little regretful. This old man really regrets it...


    This Naraku Uehara is really exactly what Yao Shidou said, and he has no ability to become a lieutenant general of the Navy headquarters at all. Whenever there is a big event, he must be a link that drags the navy back!


    What a shame!


    Marlin Vandeau Office.


    The Warring States Marshal waved Uehara Naraku to leave: "Okay, Lieutenant General Uehara, after leaving this office, you can report to the Chambord Islands!"


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fists, as if a little humiliated, he exited the Admiral''s office step by step: "I see, Marshal."


    "..."


    After watching Uehara Naraku leave, the pharmacist shook his head helplessly, and couldn''t help showing a slight smile at the corner of his mouth: "Master Marshal, today you didn''t follow my advice and let Lieutenant Admiral Naraku leave the navy, you will definitely regret it in the future ..."


    "Pharmacist Dou, I am the admiral of the navy!"


    Warring States of Buddha glanced coldly at the pharmacist''s pocket, his eyes full of warning: "As long as I am still sitting in the position of admiral of the navy, you will never try to rely on your CP department and the relationship between the world government to threaten the navy to become Your tool..."


    "rest assured."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, smiled lightly and continued: "Then, let''s continue to discuss about recruiting the king''s Qiwuhai!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Sengoku nodded slowly, and made his own list: "Seven kings of Qiwuhai, except for the woman who is the empress of the Nine Snake Pirates, Boa Hancock, six of them have already chosen to agree to be recruited..."


    to be honest¡­


    This number is already pretty good.


    After all, six of them really chose to accept the call without asking for anything, and even a few of them were already on their way to Marlin Fando.


    "Ha, Nine Snakes..."


    Pharmacist chuckled lightly, a gleam of coldness flashed across the mirror, and continued casually: "Then just abolish her position as the king of the Qiwuhai!"


    "Isn''t it a bit inappropriate at this time?"


    Lieutenant General Crane frowned, and persuaded in a low voice: "If she is abolished at this time, the position of Shichibukai under the king, wouldn''t we have to face another enemy?"


    "Anyway, besides her, there are other people who will be abolished!"


    Medicine Master folded his palms together, and said softly: "No matter what, at least we must abolish Bartholomi Xiong''s King Shichibukai, because according to CP''s information, we have sufficient evidence to prove that this King is Shichibukai is an undercover agent of the Revolutionary Army..."


    "what?"


    Warring States couldn''t hide the surprise in their eyes.


    The next moment, Sengoku suddenly thought of something, and his face became a little ugly: "During this time, Bartholomew Xiong has been in contact with Vegapunk, and even the Navy''s latest technological weapon, the PX Pacifist..."


    "There''s nothing to worry about."


    The pharmacist continued slowly: "Vegapunk has always been under our control, and there will be no accidents for the pacifists...


    But the opponents we have to face are not only the Whitebeard Pirates but also the Revolutionary Army. There is no need for Bartholomew Bear to appear on the battlefield! "


    "Little bag..."


    Lieutenant General He still frowned, and said softly: "It''s not easy to find a replacement in such a short period of time. Although there are many supernovas this year, they are extremely aggressive. It''s hard to say that they will accept the position of Wangxia Qiwuhai. There is also a lot of difference in strength, right?"


    "Then choose some fallen pirates who once wanted to become the king''s seven martial arts..."


    Pharmacist tapped his fingers, and said calmly, "Didara, the captain of the Art Pirates, is offering a reward of 190 million Baileys. This figure should be enough, right?"


    When Yao Shidou said this, a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "I have dealt with him before, this guy named Didala wanted to get the position of Crocodile''s King Shichibukai..."

 Chapter 556

    In order to avoid accidents in the upcoming war, it is understandable that Yao Shidou wants to abolish Bartholomew Xiong''s position as the king of Qi Wuhai.


    Lieutenant Generals Warring States and He also agreed with his proposal.


    It''s just that the candidate nominated by Pharmacist Dou is Didala of the Art Pirates.


    Didara''s reward is actually not too high among a group of kings and seven warriors. This is because this guy doesn''t plunder much, but he often blows up things he doesn''t like.


    To be honest¡­


    Deidara is a little more like a bad-tempered kid.


    Moreover, there are not many crew members in the Art Pirates. Apart from Didara, there is only one deputy captain, the puppet artist Red Sand Scorpion.


    It is said that the rest of the crew are all puppets controlled by the Red Sand Scorpions!


    In the past few years, the Art Pirates and the King Shichibukai Moonlight Moriah have often clashed, and Moriah has offered private rewards to the Art Pirates many times!


    It seems that the red sand scorpion of the Art Pirates took away the body that Moria worked so hard to collect, and made it into a puppet...


    therefore¡­


    Will Moonlight Moriah be dissatisfied if Deidara, the captain of the Art Pirates, becomes the Shichibukai? The gain outweighs the loss.


    Sengoku frowned and thought for a while, and proposed a solution: "No matter what, Bartholomi Xiong must be arrested in advance, his devil fruit ability is too troublesome!


    In the name of Balthoromi Kuma''s refusal to accept the call, we first abolished his position as His Majesty Shichibukai, and imprisoned him immediately to avoid leaking secrets!


    And this can also be used to warn Boa Hancock, the empress of the Nine Snake Pirates, at least maintain stability before the war... Then ask other kings Qiwuhai to see if they are satisfied with Didara Candidates!


    Although this is our decision, it is now a time of war, and we have to take a closer look at whether introducing Didara as the Shichibukai will cause too much damage to the fighting power of the Shichibukai..."


    For the Navy...


    If in order to introduce a new Qi Wuhai, but lose another Qi Wuhai, this account seems to be really not worth it!


    Especially when the King Qiwuhai is needed to work!


    If this group of Qibuhai under the king happens to take this opportunity to collectively pick their picks, then the real loss outweighs the gain, and this is also the drawback of the Qiwuhai under the king system that was implemented at the beginning.


    When the navy habitually relies on the convenience of the Shichibukai system, it will gradually be constrained by the Shichibukai. Any problem facing the Qibukai needs to be treated with caution, so as not to suddenly have an extra enemy.


    "Can."


    Pharmacist Doudou nodded slowly, pushed his glasses and said: "Then we are going to send someone to invite Didara to take over the position of Qi Wuhai!"


    "Ok?"


    The Warring States of Buddha frowned in surprise, nodded again and said: "Shouldn''t we come in order? First send someone to arrest Basoromi Xiong, and report the news of the abolition of his king Shichibukai Spread the word!"


    "It''s already been done."


    Pharmacist shook his head indifferently, and said slowly: "Before our meeting, I have already applied for an arrest warrant from the World Government. General Huang Yuan has executed the order and secretly imprisoned Bartholomi Bear..."


    After saying this, Yao Shidou continued: "And I have also received news that because of the Judiciary Island incident, Wangxia Qiwuhai will arrive early, and at least four of them will come today. It''s half the number, just need to talk to them and it''s enough..."


    These four kings descend to the Qiwuhai...


    A Kakuto, a Kisame Kisame, a Mihawk with Hawk Eyes, and a Doflamingo, how could they disagree with the Shichibukai camp having one more member?


    "..."


    Zhan Guo''s expression was a little unsightly.


    Did this pharmacist pocket do it on purpose? This guy even got the arrest warrant, and even secretly sent the yellow ape out to arrest the bears, and wasted his time in the office saying why Barosomi Xiong should be abolished?


    As a naval admiral...


    He didn''t even know that Qiwuhai under the king was about to be abolished!


    The transfer of the three generals of the Navy Headquarters to Judiciary Island was also arbitrarily decided. This pharmacist directly passed him. Did he want to take him as the admiral of the navy? He has already become a puppet, right?


    "I hope the Marshal won''t mind too much..."


    The pharmacist hooked the corners of his mouth, and said with a light smile, "After all, anything about the revolutionary army is not a trivial matter, let alone I reported it to you?"


    "..."


    Zhan Guo was silent for a while, took out a document from his desk and fed it to his little goat, and said indifferently: "Forget it, before you issue any orders in the navy, you should communicate with me and Lieutenant General He in advance. It would be better to discuss it¡­¡±


    "It doesn''t matter..."


    Medicine Master still had a smile on his face, and continued with a smile: "Anyway, even if I discuss it with you, it will not change the decision I have made in the end."


    No matter what objections the Warring States of Buddha have, the world government will still issue the same order to the navy in the end, not to mention that the commander-in-chief of the three armies of the world government, Gang Gukong, has already been emptied by the pharmacist in a practical sense.


    Because Wulaoxing trusts Pharmacist Dou more.


    And Yaoshidou has indeed done a good job.


    Pharmacist tickled the corners of his mouth, looked at the anger in Zhan Guo''s eyes, and continued with a chuckle, "Originally, there are many things that I can easily solve by myself, why waste time with Marshal?"


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t seem to see the blue veins on Zhan Guo''s forehead, and his smile remained undiminished: "It''s fine if the Marshal, who is the former wise general, can find a better way, but it''s impossible for the Marshal to provide me with a better solution." suggestion, right?"


    "...Don''t be too presumptuous!"


    The admiral of the Warring States Period gritted his teeth, and slowly spread his palm, wanting to slap the smiling face of the pharmacist in the pocket!


    Now when Warring States sees the smile of Medicine Master Dou, he feels angry!


    the bastard...


    It''s really irritating!


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Originally, after Warring States scolded Uehara Naraku, he barely eliminated part of his anger, but was re-ignited by the pharmacist...


    Even, the anger in my heart is even stronger!


    "Really..."


    Pharmacist stood up slowly, not caring about the anger of the Warring States, his smile became brighter and brighter: "Whenever I see Lord Marshal, I can''t help but think of a sentence, and this sentence, Lord Marshal reprimanded you in the afternoon. Lieutenant General Naraku said that!"


    Pharmacist Doudou stood calmly in front of Zhan Guo''s desk, looked directly at the Admiral of the Navy and said in a low voice, "I''ll give that sentence to the Admiral of the Warring States as well! It''s best not to occupy a person who is incompetent. Occupying the position, it will be very tiring to live like this..."


    "¡­asshole!"


    The aura of Buddha Warring States gradually surged, and the documents on the desk were slowly blown away by his aura. The admiral finally couldn''t suppress his anger!


    Is this how Yao Shidou sees him, the admiral of the navy?


    Warring States of Buddha looked at Yao Shidou coldly, and his voice became more chilly: "Pharmacist Dou''s supervisor, I can understand that you are provoking your superiors...


    I won''t do anything to you today, I just hope you can remember that provoking a person who can take your life at any time is not wise at all, and you should be able to understand it according to your wisdom! "


    "yes?"


    Pharmacist rubbed his brows, and said with a low smile: "Interesting... let us wait and see! I hope our Marshal can keep his seat firmly, even if the Marshal already knows, the whole navy thinks you It''s already unqualified..."


    "¡­you!"


    The Warring States of Buddha clenched his fists violently!


    Because everything the pharmacist said is true!


    As an admiral of the navy, the Warring States of Buddha has already been faintly aware of this trend. Although many people still respect him as a marshal, many lieutenant generals and even generals have already voted for the camp of Pharmacist Dou...


    The information from Medicine Master''s pocket can add weight to the victory, reduce the losses of the navy''s conquest of pirates, and allow these navy to uphold justice better!


    Even Yaoshidou can protect the safety of their family members, although I don''t know if it is for protection or for surveillance and threats...


    Last year, there was an accident in Marin Fando. The family of a lieutenant admiral of the navy was secretly kidnapped by a pirate. Marin Fando was helpless and even thought that when the history of Admiral Zefa¡¯s family tragedy repeated itself, the CP organization rescued them. down...


    If it weren''t for decades of prestige, if it wasn''t for Yao Shidou''s position in the world government is high enough, if it wasn''t for Yao Shidou''s lack of strength, if it wasn''t for Yao Shidou''s inability to become a general, it would be really hard to say that in the Warring States Period he would be able to hold the position of admiral ¡­


    "Warring States."


    Just when the Warring States of Buddha was about to get angry, General He Zhong stopped him, shook his head at him and said, "Now is not the time to argue with children..."


    After finishing speaking, Lieutenant General He looked at Yao Shidou, and the old man''s eyes flashed a trace of complexity: "Xiaodou, do you still remember what I warned you? It is impossible for a person to be right forever. ..."


    "That''s right!"


    Pharmacist smiled and nodded.


    However, in his heart, there was an unspoken word... If you walk step by step according to the destiny that God has established, how can there be mistakes in life...


    Right at this time.


    In the port of Marin Fando, the sound of broadcasts echoed.


    "Mr. Shichibukai, Mr. Choracor Mihawk, Mr. Donquixote Doflamingo, Mr. Kakuto, and Mr. Kisame Kisame are about to arrive at the port in batches. Please clear the dock area quickly to make room for the road. ..."


    "..."


    In the Admiral''s office.


    Lieutenant General He couldn''t help but sighed, the four kings under Qiwuhai are about to arrive at Marin Fando, the marshal''s office only received the news after hearing the radio...

 Chapter 557

    Marlin Vendo''s conference room.


    A group of Shichibukai under the king sat here.


    Doflamingo flicked his fingers boredly, manipulating the two marines to fight with swords, while turning his head with a smile, he asked, "Would you like to make a bet and see who among them will survive?" ?¡±


    "I advise you not to do this in the end."


    Dried Persimmon Kisame grinned with ferocious sharp teeth, and said with a light smile, "Mr. Doflamingo, there is less than a month before a great war that will change the world is about to begin. So you can quit your gambling addiction..."


    "Is this advice or a warning?"


    Doflamingo glanced at Kisame Kisame with a smile, and continued with a smile: "Hey, hey, I thought Mr. Kisame wanted to keep them alive..."


    "It''s best to keep them alive."


    A voice fell into the ears of everyone present. Pharmacist walked over slowly, pushed his glasses, and said with a smile: "I sent them here specially to welcome you. A Captain in the Navy is my right-hand man..."


    "That''s it..."


    Doflamingo nodded, put away his puppet line, hugged his arm with great interest, and looked at the pharmacist pocket: "Speaking of which, we saw the orange warship on the road, the man on the warship Your Excellency the Lieutenant General doesn''t seem very happy..."


    Raising oranges on a warship...


    Only Naraku Uehara can be so weird.


    This group of kings Qiwukai met Uehara Naraku on the way here. It can be seen that their boss is not in a good mood, and they don''t know who will be his punching bag...


    "Ok."


    The pharmacist sat on the opposite side of King Xia Qiwuhai, and said softly: "Maybe it''s because Lieutenant General Naraku was transferred to the Chambord Islands! I hope he can live happily after arriving in the Chambord Islands..."


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflamingo supported his cheeks, tilted his head and grinned softly: "I happen to have some property in Chambord, and I will definitely make that Lieutenant General happy..."


    "I hope so."


    Pharmacist took a sneaky look at Doflamingo.


    Just after they had finished their communication, Warring States of Buddha walked in with a document in his arms, with a lingering anger still on his face.


    Warring States took a look at the conference room, sat down slowly, and said coldly: "It''s really surprising that four of the King''s Seven Martial Seas have arrived at Marlin Fando ahead of schedule..."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk slowly closed his eyes, and said in a deep voice, "I just want to visit Shanks on Judiciary Island, and come to Marin Fondo by the way."


    "anytime."


    Pharmacist Doudou agreed with a chuckle.


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò...I just came to Malinfondo for a trip."


    Doflamingo smiled and said: "The red-haired Shanks was arrested, and the other two four emperors are still fighting in the new world. Now there is nothing I need to worry about, so I fell in love with traveling recently. Woolen cloth¡­"


    ¡°¡­Marin Vandeau is not a tourist attraction.¡±


    Warring States looked at Doflamingo coldly: "If you want to travel, I can recommend you to Imperton."


    Seeing the smile on Doflamingo''s face, Zhan Guo looked a little ugly, he slowly picked up his document, and said in a deep voice, "Forget it, I won''t talk to you scumbags at sea anymore. , Let''s get down to business!


    The purpose of convening your meeting today is to announce the abolition of Bartholomew Bear who refuses to continue to cooperate with the world government, and to recruit Didara from the Art Pirates to become the new Shichibukai..."


    "I have nothing to say."


    Hawkeye Mihawk casually continued to doze off.


    "This candidate is not bad!"


    Kisame Kisame grinned lightly and nodded, "Isn''t this my colleague at Baroque Works? It looks like we are really destined!"


    "I have no opinion on this matter..."


    After Jiaodu nodded, he suddenly said, "But I''ve been keeping an eye on Didara''s reward, and the navy has cost me a lot of money by doing this..."


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Brother Doflaming didn''t look at the crowd, but continued with a smile: "Forget it, since everyone has no opinions, it seems that I don''t fit in with my opinions..."


    The Four Kings Shichibukai has no objection to Didara''s appointment, which is already the most satisfactory result of the world government and navy.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    The Warring States of Buddha is finally a little satisfied, at least before the war, the navy doesn''t have to worry about the troubles of the king''s Qiwuhai.


    As the world government announced the abolition of Xiongxia Shichibukai''s position on the grounds that Balthoromi Kuma refused to cooperate, and arrested him and imprisoned him, this incident indeed shocked another king Shichibukai , King Boa Hancock of Amazon Lily.


    At least it frightened the former emperor of Amazon Lily, Guloliosa, and frightened the former emperor to resort to frequent means, forcing and begging Boya Hancock to accept the navy''s call-up order.


    Maybe I was forced to do nothing...


    The world''s number one beauty chose to accept the call.


    What''s weird is that the Whitebeard Pirates still didn''t move, and they didn''t even seem to care about what happened on the sea at all. They even rejected other visitors.


    For example, the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Monkey D. Dorag.


    People can''t help but feel that the Whitebeard Pirates seem to want to give up the captain of the 2nd Whitebeard team and give up the upcoming war.


    What''s even weirder is that...


    The Beast Pirates and the BIG MOM Pirates seem to be in a sit-down battle.


    The two sides have not had any contact so far, and even the members of the Beasts Pirates haven¡¯t appeared on the sea for a long time. Even the members of the Big Mom Pirates feel a little strange. According to Kaido¡¯s temperament too should...


    IWC.


    totland island.


    The weather, sunny, cloudless.


    "Mother¡­"


    Smoothie, one of the four generals of the BIG MOM Pirates, has a weird look on his face: "It has been a week since the Kaido Pirates and the Akatsuki Organization declared war on us, but the sea slugs have not found any signs of invasion... "


    The war has yet to officially break out.


    This is not in line with Kaido''s usual reckless style.


    To be honest, the BIG MOM Pirates thought that Kaido and Akatsuki had given up on this war, and deliberately created some momentum to start the war...


    "Hee hee hee hee... Just keep on being vigilant..."


    Big Mom bit a piece of cake slowly, and said with a smile: "That guy Kaido is very smart, he didn''t come to us rashly, which just shows his danger!"


    Because BIG¡¤MOM and Kaido used to be partners on the same boat, the only female emperor knows her former companion very well.


    BIG¡¤MOM never thought that Kaido was a brainless guy... It was the first time that guy was so cautious, obviously he really wanted to have a big fight with her!


    If Kaido just wanted to vent his anger, it would be enough to rush to the world with a mace and make a scene, but there has been no movement, but it seems more like a conspiracy...


    that guy¡­


    It is estimated that a life-and-death battle is really going to be launched!


    "It''s really unexpected..."


    BIG¡¤MOM took a few bites of the cake and swallowed it. He picked up the hot chocolate on the table and stuffed it into his mouth together with the cup. The sound of the cup being chewed by his teeth made his teeth ache.


    This scene¡­


    Really scary.


    However, what is even more frightening is the complexion of BIG MOM. The gloom floated on the face of the four emperors. She chewed the cup with her teeth a little bit, and said grimly: "Kaido, maybe you really want to be with me!" Let''s fight to the death!"


    "Mother¡­"


    Smoothie couldn''t help but took half a step back, and said in a low voice, "I... I''ll go see brother Katakuri first... He''s been waiting for news about the sea slug..."


    "Go!"


    BIG MOM nodded with a gloomy face, showing his huge teeth, and said with a smile: "Katakuri has been working very hard during this time, we must take care of him instead of his mother, do you understand?"


    "yes¡­"


    A drop of cold sweat dripped from Smoothie''s brow.


    The four generals slowly withdrew from BIG¡¤MOM''s castle.


    Although all the children of BIG MOM rely on BIG MOM, the four emperors, to survive in the sea, BIG MOM is also a source of danger, and more than one child was arbitrarily deprived of his life by BIG MOM.


    and¡­


    Once BIG MOM finds that some children are not pleasing to the eye, they will be directly driven out of the world. Rather than saying that they are mother-child or mother-daughter relationship, it is better to say that they are just tools that BIG MOM can discard at any time...


    To be honest.


    The relationship between the BIG MOM Pirates is not as harmonious as that of the Whitebeard Pirates. There is no so-called maternal love here, but some use and awe...


    Just as Smoothie''s heart was trembling, he left Ten Thousand Kingdoms and hurried to the outlying island where Katakuri was located. Only Katakuri''s elder brother could help them dispel the fear in their hearts...


    Outer sea area of ??all nations.


    This is the first and most important line of defense of the BIG MOM Pirates. Katakuri has been staying on this island recently.


    In addition to Katakuri, there is also his good friend Uchiha Itachi.


    Katakuri stood on a reef, staring at the calm sea, with a vigilant look on his face: "Itachi, when will Akatsuki''s people arrive here? Are you really sure that someone can defeat Mom?"


    "Don''t worry about this kind of problem."


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and said softly: "What we need to do now is to wait to defeat BIG MOM, and then select suitable people to become Akatsuki''s official members according to the quota provided by the Akatsuki organization..."


    When Uchiha Itachi said this, he glanced at Katakuri, and continued calmly: "Akatsuki''s members mean the right to speak to rule the world in the future, so..."


    "There is no such need."


    Katakuri''s eyes flickered slightly, and he said in a low voice: "I just want to dispel the fear that has been pressing on our heads, so that Bree and the others will never face the nightmare of being taken away by their mother at any time... "


    "I''ve heard what you want."


    At this time, a woman sighed faintly in the ears of Katakuri and Uchiha Itachi: "Sounds like a poor child..."

 Chapter 558

    Katakuri was a little taken aback.


    How could someone hide in front of him without being discovered!


    Katakuri turned around slowly, and saw a strange woman with white hair like a waterfall. This woman floated peacefully in the air, looking very strange.


    It was Otsutsuki Kaguya.


    Katakuri''s knowledge-colored domineering force opened up, and his face turned pale in the next moment. This woman didn''t even destroy her domineering energy with all her strength. Just her body floating there gave Katakuri a sense of powerlessness The feeling of resistance!


    this moment¡­


    Katakuri finally realized that when Uchiha Itachi occasionally mentions the leaders of Otsuki Kaguya and Akatsuki, he often likes to use gods to describe their power...


    indeed¡­


    Although Katakuri has not met Akatsuki''s leader yet, the strength and terror of this woman Otsutsuki Kaguya can only be called a god...


    Big Mom¡­


    It can''t be compared with Kaguya Ji in front of me at all!


    Otsutsuki Kaguya''s eyes fell on Uchiha Itachi''s body, slightly frowned his forehead, and slowly floated in front of Uchiha Itachi.


    Kaguya Ji stared at Itachi Uchiha, her face showed a rare softness, and there was a little more gentleness in her voice that didn''t match her: "Itachi Uchiha, is Hagoromo''s gaze... also watching here? ?¡±


    Kaguya Hime is very clear.


    Uehara Naraku, who uses Dirt Reincarnation to control Uchiha Itachi behind his back, can use Uchiha Itachi to monitor everything that happens here at any time.


    Hearing Kaguya Hime''s question, Uchiha Itachi''s body froze for a second, then he slowly shook his head.


    "yes?"


    Otsutsuki Kaguya shook his head slowly, and the corners of his mouth showed some pampering helplessness: "Are you lying again? There is really nothing I can do about you..."


    "Don''t waste time."


    Uchiha Itachi''s voice suddenly changed to Uehara Naraku''s, and it sounded like he was in a bad mood: "I''m in a bad mood today, go to sleep for a while..."


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s will withdrew from Uchiha Itachi''s body.


    Otsutsuki Kaguya''s expression returned to calm and indifferent, her eyes slowly fell on Katakuri: "Then end this war today..."


    "..."


    A look of doubt flashed across Katakuri''s face, he frowned, and said in a low voice: "We are about three days away from Totland Island..."


    "Ok?"


    Otsutsuki Kaguya glanced at Katakuri in surprise, and her voice was a little more arrogant than anyone could doubt: "Didn''t you hear what Hagoromo said? Don''t waste time, tell me, which direction is that place! "


    Kaguya suddenly raised his palm, and there was a rare sternness in his voice: "Let''s settle everything here today! Yuyi is not in a good mood, I want to see what happened to him! "


    next moment¡­


    Countless figures appeared on the beach of this small island!


    Katakuri''s face changed drastically, his eyes fixed on the countless figures that suddenly appeared, and the sweat dripped from his forehead little by little...


    What kind of ability is this woman!


    No wonder this woman named Kaguya is called a god!


    Among this army, there are many familiar figures of Katakuri, such as Jack the Drought, Quinn the Plague, Jinder the Fire, Kaido himself is even in this army!


    All the elites of the Beasts Pirates are here!


    In addition to the tens of thousands of pirates, there are densely packed uniformed ninja alliance and samurai troops. Even Katakuri is a little amazed at the number of this army!


    Pieces of origami fluttered in the air, and slowly gathered around them to form Xiaonan''s appearance. Her expression was slightly puzzled: "Huh? Have you finally arrived in Wan Guo?"


    "yes."


    Itachi Uchiha nodded, and said in a low voice: "This is the outer line of defense in the Sea of ??Nations. It''s been a long time, Senior Xiaonan."


    "Ok."


    Xiao Nan frowned, nodded slowly, and said softly, "Naru... didn''t control your body?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, and calmly responded: "Maybe something went wrong over there, he''s not in a good mood..."


    "Then let''s settle this matter quickly!"


    Konan glanced at the people around him, and said loudly: "Your Excellency Nara Shikahisa, start to act according to our plan, and quickly recruit all the troops of the BIG MOM Pirates!"


    "yes."


    Nara Shikahisa nodded.


    Xiaonan''s eyes fell on Beast Kaido, and said coldly: "Your Excellency Kaido followed Kaguya to Totland Island, after defeating BIG MOM, wait to join us!"


    "Hi...no problem..."


    Beast Kaido hiccupped, picked up his own wine gourd and began to drink again: "Actually... I can solve Lingling by myself..."


    Plague Quinn cautiously reminded: "Brother Kaidou, this is not easy to say, that crazy old woman is not easy to deal with at all..."


    "It''s so noisy!"


    Kaido punched Quinn in the face.


    As an old friend of BIG MOM, how could he not know that BIG MOM is difficult to deal with, and that idiot Quinn will demolish him at this time?


    The entire coalition quickly began to separate.


    Each troop encircles from the outside to the inside, and gradually recruits all the pirates who captured the BIG MOM pirate group. They will always move towards Totland Island, the center of the Sea of ??Nations.


    Eventually they will meet at Totland.


    Otsuki Kaguya, Beast Kaido, and Katakuri rushed to the center of Totland Island with the help of time and space capabilities, to defeat the core members of BIG MOM and the BIG MOM Pirates.


    this kind of thing...


    In fact, it is not difficult at all. Katakuri, who is second only to Charlotte Lingling in the BIG MOM pirate group, has already joined the Akatsuki organization...


    the other side.


    Uehara Naraku was really in a bad mood.


    Because there have been no Celestial Dragons in the Chambord Islands recently, who should he go to trouble with? This matter is really worrying...


    Worst of all.


    When Uehara Naraku suggested to Pharmacist Dou that he find a way to send a few Celestial Dragons over, expressing that he wanted to take this opportunity to go to the big prison Impelton...


    Pharmacist Doudou, this frenzied subordinate, agreed very empathetically, and told Uehara Naraku that everyone in Impelton, the undersea prison except the warden Magellan, had already taken refuge in him.


    in¡­


    Naturally, it also includes Shiliu of the Rain, the warden who was imprisoned.


    this big prison...


    Is it really necessary to go?


    Uehara Naraku thought there was no need to go, but another person thought hard to enter Imperton.


    black beard¡­


    Marshall D. Teach!


    Marshall D. Teach slowly led the Blackbeard Pirates to hunt down devil fruit users according to the plan he had made with Heijue, and quietly planned to build a superhuman devil fruit army composed of Baijue.


    It''s just that Tiki is also very clear...


    This unformed Baijue army can''t exert much combat power.


    Marshall D. Teach has endured for more than 20 years. He does not want to miss the world war caused by Whitebeard and the Navy, so Marshall D. Teach also wants to enter the big prison Impelton to recruit some powerful Pirates...


    This kind of thing is a bit difficult.


    Only the Navy and the Royal Shichibukai are eligible to enter the Impelton Prison. Even if Tichi has had a cooperative relationship with Pharmacist Dou, Tiki does not think that Pharmacist Dou will give him access to Imperton. Chance¡­


    Originally, after the world government abolished Batholomi Bear''s title of Shichibukai, Marshall D. Teach thought that his chance had come, and thought of secretly asking Medicine Master to help him to become a Qibukai under the king.


    Only this identity...


    To enter Imperton Prison!


    It¡¯s just that if you want to become the king¡¯s Qiwuhai, you must have a certificate that can prove your strength to the world government, at least it is a big pirate with a reward of over 100 million...


    Unfortunately¡­


    Over the past few years, the pirates who offered a reward of over 100 million in the first half of the Great Route basically couldn''t afford Jiaodu''s protection fee, and in the end they were all exchanged for bounty by Jiaodu.


    Except for a group of newly active supernovae, but these supernovae are not on the same route, so Marshall D. Teach is also a little helpless...


    Therefore, Marshall D. Teach focused on a pirate group on his route, no, or that pirate group has been active in a certain area...


    Art Pirates.


    It is said that this pirate group haunts the terrifying three-masted ship all the year round, and has long been against the king''s Qiwuhai Moonlight Moriah. Moonlight Moriah hates the Art Pirates...


    According to Tichi''s plan, if he can dedicate the captain of the Art Pirates, Didara, who has a bounty close to 200 million, to the world government, it will prove that he has the ability to replace Bartholomew Bear as the new King Shichibukai ¡­


    and¡­


    By the way, it can also make Moonlight Moriah owe someone a favor.


    Although Moonlight Moriah is not a very good person, as the king''s Shichibukai, he also has some say in the selection of the new king''s Shichibukai...


    Just when Marshall D. Teach wanted to get rid of the Art Pirates, and started his own Wangxia Qiwuhai plan...


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    result¡­


    The World Government has announced the candidate for the new King Shichibukai.


    Art Pirates, Deidara.


    Marshall D. Teach was holding the newspaper, looking at the blond young man with a very happy smile on the headline of the newspaper, his whole mentality collapsed a bit...


    this moment¡­


    Marshall D. Teach felt the malice of the world deeply.

 Chapter 559

    "Thief ha ha ha ha ha..."


    Blackbeard Marshall D. Teach looked at the newspaper in his hand with a gloomy smile, and the headline on it was the news that the new King Shichibu Haidi Dara had fulfilled his duties.


    Because the change of Shichibukai under the king also involves the upcoming world war, and any news related to the world war is undoubtedly very popular.


    In addition to the news headlines about the change of King Shichibukai in this edition, there is also a news about the war between the Hundred Beasts Pirates and the BIG MOM Pirates.


    It is said that the allied forces of the Hundred Beasts Pirates and Akatsuki suddenly appeared and invaded the small island under the command of BIG MOM like a broken bamboo. As for the news of the Four Emperors War, it has not been reported yet, but the news agency president Morgans is still in charge. Isle of Tran draws¡­


    Marshall D. Teach doesn''t care about the War of the Four Emperors, he just cares about the title of Shichibukai, which is very useful to him.


    Blackbeard''s eyes were a little cloudy, and he was very dissatisfied with Didara''s succession to Shichibukai: "Hmph, this is too much of a waste of Shichibukai''s position! To let a brat take the lead..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Heijue''s figure emerged from Blackbeard''s body, and said with a sinister smile, "Tiqi, are you going to kill this man named Didala? Doing so may cause hostility from the navy and the world government, especially It''s Yaoshidou who might send someone to arrest us!"


    "I wouldn''t do such a naive thing!"


    Blackbeard shook his head, grinned and said, "Before the war comes, the navy must not arouse hostility, especially that fellow Pharmacist, even the red-haired Shanks fell into his hands!"


    Blackbeard touched his chin, and glanced at a group of companions not far away, those were all pirates recruited by the Blackbeard Pirates...


    If you want to rely on these guys to participate in the world war, it is not enough in strength. After all, these guys are really useless in the face of real monsters...


    Hei Jue grinned sullenly, and said in a low voice: "If we really want to become the king''s Shichibukai, go to Imperton to recruit some monster pirates. The news on..."


    "what news?"


    "Moonlight Moriah was defeated by Straw Hat Luffy!"


    Heijue gave this information, and it didn''t take long for this incident to happen. The Straw Hat Pirates strayed into the terrifying three-masted ship sea area when they were rushing to the Chambord Islands...


    Except for some ordinary corpses, the Straw Hat Pirates basically went directly to Moonlight Moria''s lair without seeing any powerful enemies...


    Because the corpses of the demon Ozzy and the dragon swordsman Ryoma were all snatched by the red sand scorpion, Moria didn''t even have any suitable chess pieces...


    Hei Jue looked at Marshall D. Teach''s surprised face with a smile, and continued with a hoarse voice: "But the navy and the world government have suppressed the news of Moria, perhaps because they don''t want this news to be used in the war. It was reported before, so as not to cause people to question the combat power of Qi Wuhai under the king..."


    "Thief ha ha ha ha ha..."


    Blackbeard Marshall D. Teach smiled again: "If we spread the news, will the world government abolish Moonlight Moria?"


    "It''s hard to say..."


    Hei Jueyin smiled and continued: "As long as he can persuade Yaoshidou, that''s enough. Isn''t he a high-ranking official who can cover the sky with one hand? I believe that Yaoshidou will definitely want us to become an obedient Qiwuhai?"


    "Thief ha ha ha ha ha ha, that''s right, that''s right..."


    Marshall D. Teach nodded, and said with a smile: "We are just an obedient little character... I really want to see that when the guy in Medicine Dou knows who the little character in his eyes is, he will reveal What a real face!"


    "Ho ho ho ho...that must be fun!"


    Hei Jueyin smiled and echoed Blackbeard''s words, its body slowly turned into a mass of liquid, and reattached to Blackbeard''s body.


    Why the hell is it interesting...


    Who would find it more interesting? That''s something that Blackbeard can''t know.


    Marshall D. Teach didn''t waste any time either. On the one hand, he sent Laffitte to continue to contact Pharmacist Dou, hoping that the senior official of the world government would give him a chance; information.


    The news agency is very interested in this kind of news that can arouse the nerves of the world, and even found out the survivors of the incident of Straw Hat Luffy''s rampant horror on the three-masted ship, and immediately put this incident on the headlines.


    no doubt¡­


    The news agency broke the news and angered the world government.


    The World Government and the Navy tried so hard to suppress the information that Straw Hat Luffy was making a scene on the terrifying three-masted ship, but it was directly exposed by a personal organization like the News Agency...


    The strength of Qiwuhai under the king immediately aroused doubts.


    All over the world questioned whether there is still a need for the existence of the Qiwuhai under the king. This kind of pirates who have no way to protect them and even enjoy the right to plunder are clearly cancerous tumors!


    However, the world government has not responded...


    The entire world government just announced a new reward order on the sea, increasing the reward of Straw Hat Luffy to 400 million Baileys, making Straw Hat Luffy the most dazzling supernova of this era Germany is not as good...


    This momentum!


    People can''t help but think of the Spades Pirates and Fire Fist Ace more than three years ago. That year was the most dazzling time for Fire Fist Ace...


    It''s so different...


    now¡­


    Fire Fist Ace is in prison and is about to be executed by the Navy.


    Now, within the world government and the navy, a group of people are still discussing fiercely whether it is necessary to abolish the position of Moonlight Moria.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    It''s just that they can''t call the shots.


    The one who can really make the decision is still in the holy land of Mary Joa.


    Mary Joa.


    Pharmacist came in a hurry to report to Wulaoxing.


    When the five old men asked Medicine Master Dou for his opinion, Medicine Master Dou''s opinion was naturally to abolish Moonlight Moria, and even his reasons were very strange.


    "There''s no need to keep this guy who keeps missing appointments..."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and continued calmly: "Since I entered the navy, I have represented the will of Lord Wulaoxing and the world government, and I have called for the king Qiwuhai many times, but Moonlight Molly Ya often agrees verbally..."


    This is also true.


    Every time Moria accepted the call of the world government, he stopped going to the appointment because of the conflict between him and the Art Pirates...


    Although Moriah''s failure to make an appointment is a force majeure factor, everyone here always only values ??the result...


    In this regard...


    Moriah is indeed not very authentic.


    Because each plan of the pharmacist''s pocket is calculated accurately, and because of Moria''s repeated failure to make appointments, the pharmacist''s pocket plan almost aborted many times...


    until later...


    Pharmacist Dou simply didn''t bother to recruit Moriah when he recruited Shichibukai, if it wasn''t for the war with the Whitebeard Pirates, he needed to concentrate every ounce of strength, and this was a mandatory recruitment...


    When Yao Shidou talked about Moria, he did not hide his disgust in his words at all, and put forward his own suggestion: "A king Shichibukai who just wants to enjoy the convenience of the king Shichibukai and is not willing to work for the world government, There is still a lack of strength, there is no need to keep him, there are many pirates who want to climb up to this position..."


    Since Moria was defeated by the Straw Hat Pirates, Yakushido has been pushing the boat along the way, and has been advocating the abolition of Moria''s King Shichibukai. It was only because the war might be coming that this matter was temporarily put on hold.


    Now this thing suddenly broke out...


    Naturally, Pharmacist Dou would not let go of this opportunity.


    "pocket."


    An old man sitting on the sofa stroked his beard, and said softly: "I will leave this matter to you, and this kind of news leakage is absolutely not allowed... Don''t let us down again, understand? "


    "yes."


    After Yao Shidou nodded, he pushed his glasses and continued: "The CP department is not all fruitless. Recently, I have been tracking down Morgans'' whereabouts...


    According to CP agents, this time the news agency secretly verified the location of the intelligence and the time when the news was sent out, and I have already locked down a sea area...


    Now CP0 has sneaked into the news agency company of Big News Morgans, mastered their whereabouts, and can monitor them all at any time..."


    "..."


    The other old man was obviously more curious: "So, the big news bird Morgans has fallen into the control of the world government?"


    "It''s just mastering the news agency..."


    Pharmacist shook his head, sighed and said: "According to the news from our agents in the news agency, Morgans is concerned about the war between the Big Mom Pirates and the Hundred Beasts Pirates. Newsbird has been lurking in Wan Guo to collect information..."


    "It''s already pretty good."


    The five old men nodded reservedly.


    For so many years, the world government could not find the headquarters of the news agency.


    One of the obviously kind old people had a slight smile on the corner of his mouth, and praised softly: "You did a good job, Dou, no matter how bad the situation is, you can always find a chance to turn it around, which surprised us a little bit." happiness¡­"


    This is why Yaoshidou has always been trusted by them.


    Other minions just keep sending them bad news.


    Only the little guy named Pharmacist Dou was an exception. Even if there was a mistake due to accidental reasons, he could always find a way to make up for it.


    As long as we can grasp the public opinion position of the news agency...


    Then from now on, the news around the world will be controlled by the world government, and there will be no more scandals about the world government...


    Although in the past, Morgans, the big news bird, has been walking on the edge of the world government¡¯s anger in order to avoid conflicts with the world government, occasionally reporting on the achievements of the world government, and occasionally reporting on the scandals of the world government, which has led to the world government¡¯s dissatisfaction with the news. She is an ambiguous bad thing that I love and hate...


    "pocket."


    A somewhat majestic Wu Laoxing stared at Medicine Master''s pocket, and said calmly: "After the war between the Navy and the Whitebeard and the Revolutionary Army is over, we will talk to Kong..."


    The other old man also stared at Medicine Master Dou, and took over his words: "Du, if this war goes as you expected, then get ready..."


    "what?"


    A flash of surprise flashed across Yao Shidou''s expression.


    The five old stars couldn''t help but looked at each other, everyone nodded at each other, and they all looked at Medicine Master''s pocket again: "If the result of this war meets our expectations for you, then you will take over Empty seat!"

 Chapter 560

    Mary Joa.


    Pharmacist Dou couldn''t help being a little surprised.


    Even Pharmacist knows in his heart that as long as it takes a little longer, the position of commander-in-chief of the world government''s army will definitely be his, and no one else can be his competitor.


    However, the current Pharmacist Dou really didn''t expect that Wu Laoxing promised that after the war, he would be appointed as the commander-in-chief of Steel Gu Kong.


    "This¡­"


    There was some surprise in Yaoshidou''s eyes, and his face gradually showed hesitation and fear, and also a mixture of timidity and joy: "Is Commander Kong in good health? And I have always obeyed the five elders." Master Xing¡¯s teachings and orders made him to where he is today, if he rashly occupies a high position..."


    "Yaoshidou, don''t talk nonsense in front of us."


    Among the five old stars, an old man who had been sitting on the sofa and watching coldly glanced at Yaoshi''s pocket, with a look of disdain and sarcasm on his face: "We all see your desire for power, Kong, the current commander-in-chief of the whole army, Shuai can''t do anything except drink tea in his own office!"


    This sentence is a bit too much.


    It was as if Yao Shidou had really emptied the commander-in-chief of the entire army. Isn''t the application form for the admiral of the navy and the Warring States period still to be given to the steel bone?


    and¡­


    The five old stars still can''t hide their arrogance!


    This is also very common sense.


    Wu Laoxing knew very well that the reason why Yaoshidou could have today''s status was due to the powers they had bestowed on Yaoshidou. Naturally, these powers and status could also be taken back.


    Pharmacist Dou can put on a high profile in front of the Admiral of the Navy, but in front of them, it''s better to learn to be well-behaved!


    "All right."


    Another old man waved his hand. He looked at the expression of the pharmacist Dou, and there was an intriguing smile on his face: "Dou, don''t worry, we decided to appoint you as the next commander-in-chief of the army after consideration... "


    The old man slowly closed his palms, and continued calmly: "This is also a reward for the new CP department created by you, which can solve the red-haired pirates...I believe that the next war will definitely not let us down." expect."


    "Ok."


    Among the five old stars, the last old man with a knife in his hand looked at the pharmacist''s pocket, and said in a loud voice: "We have officially notified the Warring States, and the upcoming war between the Navy and Whitebeard will be fully commanded by you. !


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Yaoshidou, whether you can use this war to convince everyone that you can be the commander-in-chief of the entire army depends on your own ability! "


    When talking about this, the old man suddenly grinned and continued: "According to our thinking, of course we hope that you can sit in that position as soon as possible..."


    "I see."


    Pharmacist nodded, pushed his glasses and said: "A week later, the news agency will announce the real execution time. According to our current bargaining chips, the Whitebeard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army should not miss this feast." .¡±


    "That''s good."


    The five old stars nodded in satisfaction, and one of them waved his palm: "That''s good, you can go."


    "yes."


    The pharmacist got up and said goodbye.


    The five old men who were in charge of the supreme power in the world watched Pharmacist Dou leave silently. After the door was closed, they started discussing about Pharmacist Dou again.


    "It''s really a good pawn..."


    "Even if there is a new general in the navy, it is far less useful to us than the wisdom of Medicine Master Dou."


    "It''s just a pity that his strength is too weak..."


    "Judging from Pharmacist Dou''s performance alone, such a little guy with little strength but extraordinary intelligence is sitting in a high position, which is perfect for us."


    "It is precisely because his strength is too weak that he is easily controlled by us. A person who enjoys a position that he cannot hold firmly can only continue to maintain his power by doing things for us wholeheartedly and gaining our trust."


    Because of the existence of Pharmacist''s pocket...


    Wu Laoxing did save a lot of trouble.


    No matter how difficult the world government encounters, Yaoshidou can help them solve it;


    For some important matters, all they need to do is to choose the one they like the most among the many choices provided by the pharmacist.


    Those in high positions¡­


    The most important thing is to employ people.


    At this point, the Warring States of Buddha is a bit too bad.


    In order to take away a colonel from Pharmacist Pocket, the Warring States of Buddha forcibly promoted him to a vice admiral. As a result, many things were ruined by this vice admiral.


    This moment.


    Chambord Islands.


    An unworthy vice admiral is attending a slave auction.


    Originally, the slave auction house was owned by Doflamingo, but after Doflamingo joined the Akatsuki organization, he immediately disposed of the auction house.


    result¡­


    This slave auction house was recreated by others.


    Now this slave auction house is holding a large-scale auction, and when it is time to exit, a big pirate at the finale has been auctioned off, leaving only a strong old man...


    This old man can''t seem to sell...


    In order not to lose his blood, the person in charge of the slave auction finally started calling out the cost price step by step: "500,000 Baileys, 500,000 Baileys, a strong man, although he is old, he is in very good health , at least another 20 years to work for you, at that time you can dispose of him as you like!"


    Speaking of this, the person in charge of the auction house pushed the old slave up and showed the slave''s body and spirit.


    it looks like...


    Very healthy indeed.


    Naraku Uehara yawned, glanced at the old man with shining eyes, and shouted out his price: "I want this person."


    Snapped!


    The auction hammer fell.


    The person in charge seemed to be afraid that Naraku Uehara would repent.


    Uehara Naraku spent half a million Baileys to buy an old slave, and by the way, a remote control that controlled the slave''s collar.


    It''s a bit of a loss.


    Just think about it carefully, if you use half a million Baileys to buy the deputy of the One Piece Lord of the Underworld, Sirbazz Raleigh, as a slave, it will be a bloody profit.


    If there is that power to subdue him...


    That''s right.


    This old man is none other than Raleigh the Hades.


    Whenever Raleigh the Pluto had no money to drink, he would sell himself to a slave farm, and the people in the slave farm would sell him; after he was sold, Raleigh the Pluto would tear off his collar on his own , allowing the person who photographed him to lose a sum of money.


    This is life too...


    Since Pluto Rayleigh retired, he has been living this kind of life. He has tricked countless people, but he has no way to say anything about it.


    After all, a person who only buys an ordinary old man as a slave does not look like a powerful nobleman, because those who are really rich and powerful all buy mermaids directly...


    Outside the slave auction.


    Uehara Naraku also finally met Pluto Rayleigh.


    This slave cost him half a million Baileys.


    The current Raleigh is still in good health, wearing a pair of elegant glasses and a gentle smile on his face, as if he is really just an ordinary old man.


    Pluto Rayleigh looked at Naraku Uehara, and his smile deepened.


    Uehara Naraku, as the vice-admiral of the Navy headquarters stationed in the Chambord Islands recently, is also equivalent to the highest officer of the Chambord Islands in name. Leili must know Uehara Naraku.


    Rayleigh not only knew Uehara Naraku.


    Lei Li also learned some recent things about Uehara Naraku from Xia Qi''s mouth, for example, the vice admiral was cleverly captured by the red-haired pirates...


    Moreover, they were captured twice successively, with an interval of no more than five days...


    The first time was when the red-haired pirates rushed to Judiciary Island, they captured Uehara Naraku who wanted to be used as a hostage in exchange for Fire Fist Ace. As a result, the red-haired pirates fell, and Uehara Naraku survived without incident. ¡­


    The second time was after the Judiciary Island incident broke out. Uehara Naraku escorted the prisoners of the Red-haired Pirates to Imperton Prison, but met the remnants of the Red-haired Pirates led by Ben Beckman. He was also safe and sound. survived...


    No, speaking of it this way...


    It should be said that Naraku Uehara was lucky.


    After all, he was able to survive being trapped in the Four Emperor Pirates twice. This vice admiral is really not ordinary lucky!


    In Raleigh''s view, Naraku Uehara, the vice admiral, was able to let the red-haired Shanks and Ben Beckman let go one after another. Killing him is also dirty!


    Anyway...


    This lieutenant general really made the navy lose face.


    It is estimated that because of this, Uehara Naraku was sent to the Chambord Islands to be a nanny for those Tianlong people who may wander here from time to time...


    Since Shanks has let Uehara Naraku go...


    Pluto Rayleigh felt that he didn''t need to be troublesome.


    According to the vice admiral''s way of visiting the slave auction, it is estimated that he is more likely to be an idiot vice admiral, so it doesn''t matter...


    Moreover, such an idiot will be stationed in the Chambord Islands, and it is impossible to endanger the supernovas who arrived in the Chambord Islands this year. Those are all new generations that have emerged since the era of great pirates created by Gol D. Roger...


    Lei Li reached out and took off the collar around his neck, and looked at Naraku Uehara with a smile in front of him: "500,000 Baileys is a lot of money... Losing this money, little guy, your luck is really bad." That''s great!"


    "This¡­¡­"


    Uehara Naraku showed a look of astonishment on his face, as if he watched Pluto Leili easily take off the collar of the slave with some disbelief: "How can you take off the collar?"


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly became ferocious: "You are the slave I bought for half a million Berries!"


    "..."


    Hades Rayleigh''s eyes were a little subtle.


    Is this Uehara Naraku unable to recognize the form? A person who can easily undo a slave''s collar is not a good character to be with, is it?


    Now it can be confirmed that Naraku Uehara must be an idiot.

 Chapter 561

    Kill Uehara Naraku...


    What a dirty hand!


    Pluto Rayleigh sighed inwardly, feeling the decay and darkness inside the navy, but the more useless the vice-admirals stationed in the Chambord Islands, the more and more pirates will enter the second half of the great route. many.


    "never mind."


    Pluto Rayleigh glanced at Naraku Uehara, and was about to turn around and leave without thinking: "Little guy, take your half a million Baileys as a lesson..."


    "stop!"


    Uehara Naraku hurried forward to stop Hades Rayleigh in his footsteps, his face was full of anger at being teased: "Hey, you guy dare to tease me...do you know who I am?"


    "I know I know..."


    Pluto Rayleigh nodded with a smile, as if he was comforting an ignorant child, and continued with a smile: "The commander of the Chambord Naval Base, Lieutenant Admiral Uehara Naraku... Who on the whole island doesn''t know you?"


    "Now that you know I''m a vice admiral..."


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his fist, just looked at Pluto Rayleigh, and threatened with a sinister smile: "Then do you know the consequences of offending me in Chambord? I am different from the ghost spiders! If you dare to offend me If you don''t, I can throw you into Imperton right now!"


    While saying these words...


    Uehara still felt a little weird in his heart.


    This long-lost desire to perform is really nostalgic!


    However, the world has never needed him to perform, and Naraku Uehara''s script has long been taken away by his subordinates...


    Unfortunately¡­


    Hades Raleigh is not very sensible.


    "Is your vision so narrow?"


    Pluto Rayleigh reached out and patted Uehara Naraku''s shoulder, and continued with a smile: "Little guy, do you know who I am?"


    This Lieutenant General...


    What a no-brainer!


    And as a vice-admiral, he doesn''t even know him as the vice-captain of One Piece, which is too unqualified... Sometimes these young navies really should be educated.


    It''s really incomprehensible how such a young and stupid guy can become a vice admiral and be able to hold the same rank as Cap...


    Garp is the one who can push the Roger Pirates into a desperate situation, but Uehara Naraku, the lieutenant general, has been caught twice, and he has the nerve to show off his lieutenant general status...


    "I do not care who you are¡­"


    Naraku Uehara pushed Lei Li''s palm away, and said in a deep voice: "In this world, there are not many people I can''t afford to provoke, but I know that you are definitely not one of them!"


    When he said this, Naraku Uehara waved his fist sullenly, about to punch him!


    "Is it too impulsive?"


    Pluto Rayleigh shook his head with a smile, stretched out his hand to hold Naraku Uehara''s fist, a light flashed in the corner of the old man''s eyes, and said with a chuckle, "I earned half a million Baileys today, and I''m in a very good mood ..."


    In addition to earning half a million Baileys...


    And the fun of playing a vice admiral.


    It''s so fun to bully a little navy like this!


    Lei Li slowly twisted Uehara Naraku''s arm, looked at Uehara Naraku who was full of shock, and continued with a smile: "Today is not suitable for fighting, you should go have a good drink, so as not to waste your good mood..."


    The next moment, Pluto Bailey''s smile became deeper and deeper, and he suddenly let go of Uehara Naraku''s fist, and a domineering arrogance was instantly released from Lei Li''s body!


    Under his control, the domineering impact directly hit Naraku Uehara head-on!


    This legendary vice-captain is completely able to control his arrogance freely. Under the frontal impact of this domineering arrogance, it is definitely not something ordinary people can resist!


    Pluto Rayleigh watched the idiot lieutenant general in front of him pass out under the domineering impact, he couldn''t help but chuckled, shook his head and sighed: "Really... How could such a lieutenant general protect us who live in What about the commoners of Chambord?"


    After finishing speaking, Pluto Raleigh squatted down, flipped through Uehara Naraku''s wallet, nodded slowly and said, "Well, is he still a poor man? He only has tens of thousands of Baileys on him... The little guy wouldn''t Use all the money to buy me a slave, right?"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Although Bailey doesn''t look down on this...


    But Rayleigh''s palm still took the money into his pocket honestly.


    Lei Li nodded contentedly, touched his chin, and left here on his own. Before leaving, Lei Li was still muttering: "I earned such a large sum of money today, half a million dollars. Bailey should be able to buy a bottle of rum from Xia Qi? A bottle of rum sells for half a million Baileys, I really like to rip off..."


    Since Pluto Rayleigh retired, he has been staying in the Chambord Islands, and his old friend Xia Qi has also been with him.


    And Rayleigh didn''t want to go to Xia Qi''s tavern to drink.


    Just to share today''s interesting little story.


    After Pluto Rayleigh left, Naraku Uehara slowly opened his eyes, a phone bug appeared out of his palm, and he dialed the phone number in the pocket of the pharmacist.


    Pharmacist''s pocket seems to be very convenient, and he didn''t hide Uehara Naraku''s address: "Master Naraku, is there anything I can do?"


    "Well, there is really one..."


    Naraku Uehara stood up, rubbed his eyebrows, and asked aloud: "I want to add someone to the execution list... Do you think it''s appropriate?"


    "Master Naraku is really joking!"


    In the phone bug, Pharmacist smiled, and his voice suddenly became serious: "Whose name do you need to add? I will deal with this matter immediately! It should be Raleigh, the deputy captain of the Roger Pirates. Right? I''ll send someone to arrest him immediately!"


    "not him."


    Naraku Uehara ticked the corners of his mouth, and said with a happy face: "Tsk, just a minute ago, Hades Rayleigh robbed me of a lot of money, and even played tricks on me, a vice-admiral, but it''s just a little It''s a trivial matter, sending this old man to the execution platform, isn''t it too harsh? Dou, I want to change your temper!"


    "yes¡­"


    Pharmacist Dou in Phone Bug respectfully agreed.


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head to look at the No. 13 area of ??the Chambord Islands, where Xia Qi''s racketeering bar is located. The smile on his mouth became more and more subtle: "The person who is going to be executed is a bar owner who likes to blackmail , I will catch the person myself, you just need to send someone to take her away."


    "...the bar owner?"


    The pharmacist in the phone bug hesitated for a second, and immediately thought of someone, he couldn''t help but said: "I will arrange this matter immediately, Polusalino is just free, so let him rush over to take care of it." Take them back!"


    If Xia Qi was escorted by ordinary people...


    Maybe Raleigh, the king of the underworld, might kidnap someone.


    However, if it was the admiral of the Navy Headquarters, at least for a while, Lei Li, the king of the underworld, had no choice but to watch Xia Qi being taken away.


    This is also foolproof.


    Area 13 of the Chambord Islands.


    Shaki''s Ripped Off Tavern.


    Pluto Leili sat across from Xia Qi, paid for a bottle of rum, smiled and talked about what happened today, emphatically mentioning the idiot Lieutenant General Uehara Naraku.


    "I really didn''t expect..."


    After talking about today''s affairs, Lei Li stretched out his hand to take the wine glass in front of Xia Qi, slowly drank the wine in the glass, and continued with a chuckle: "If there is such a vice admiral here, it seems that the future It''s going to be fun..."


    "Don''t go too far."


    Xia Qi lit a cigarette by herself, blew out a smoke ring, frowned and said: "You are not young, if you are noticed by the navy again, the next life will not be easy..."


    "what¡­"


    Raleigh poured himself a glass of wine, shook his head with a smile and said, "The navy will notice sooner or later, not to mention I won''t be absent from that war soon..."


    Originally, Raleigh just wanted to rescue Kurokas, and helped rescue Fire Fist Ace, but now he is going to help the red-haired pirates save Shanks.


    This war is destined to be impossible to miss.


    Once Hades Rayleigh joins the battle, it is absolutely impossible for the world government and navy to continue to ignore him, the deputy captain of the Roger Pirates!


    "Forget it, whatever you want!"


    Xia Qi shook her head, and stretched out her palm towards Pluto Leili: "But before you go, give me your life paper..."


    "¡­it is good."


    Raleigh nodded slowly.


    The paper of life is a special item of the great route, which represents the vitality of the owner of the paper of life, and can instantly let people far away know their status.


    generally¡­


    Will only be given to loved ones.


    If the life paper is intact, it means that the owner of the life paper is still alive and well, which can make the family feel at ease;


    If the paper of life is damaged or shrunk, it means that the owner is injured; if the paper of life turns into ashes, it means that the life of the owner is also exhausted...


    This war is too dangerous.


    World governments and navies are not as powerful as they used to be.


    Even Raleigh, the king of the underworld, occasionally observed the generals who came to Chambord to inspect, and the strength of the three generals of the Navy Headquarters has definitely become stronger and stronger!


    Over the past few years, many great pirates who had been lurking in the old days were all sent to the big prison by the three generals of the Navy headquarters just after they emerged!


    In addition to the three powerful generals of the Navy Headquarters who have become stronger, those powerful guys from Qiwuhai under the king, and the behemoth CP organization under the command of Pharmacist Dou!


    This spy organization...


    It has almost become a nightmare for the entire sea!


    In particular, the CP department defeated the Red Hair Pirates, which also means that this espionage organization already has the combat power of the Four Emperor Pirates.


    Even if a powerhouse like Pluto Rayleigh wants to participate in this war, it is hard to say that there will be no accidents...


    at this point¡­


    Both Lei Li and Xia Qi are very clear about it.


    The atmosphere of the whole tavern suddenly became a little depressed. After drinking a bottle of wine, Pluto Leili took out his life paper and handed it to Xia Qi, and was about to leave Xia Qi''s tavern.


    Lei Li supported his glasses, and a smile slowly appeared on his face: "Forget it, I''d better go tease that lieutenant general, and make myself happy!"


    "..."


    Xia Qi shook her head speechlessly.


    Just as Pluto Leili left Xia Qi''s tavern, a figure in a navy uniform walked in, and said arrogantly: "I have received a report that this store is suspected of extortion, if you woman don''t want to come with us , then give me ten million Baileys!"


    It was Vice Admiral Naraku Uehara of the Chambord Islands.


    "..."


    Xia Qi frowned, stubbed out the cigarette in her hand, and looked at Naraku Uehara, who walked into the tavern to ask her for money, with a strange expression on her face.


    This lieutenant general who was played by Rayleigh...


    Is this a rip off on her head?

 Chapter 562

    The Vice Admiral''s luck was really bad.


    No, perhaps it should be said that this vice admiral''s vision is really too small. Who in the whole sea can''t afford to offend, and whoever he wants to offend.


    Xia Qi feels that she is not a big shot...


    But it''s not a problem to deal with an idiot lieutenant general in the navy.


    Xia Qi looked at Naraku Uehara and shook her head, then lit a cigarette for herself again: "I know your identity, but I can''t get 10 million Baileys, but we can find another solution... "


    Xia Qi blew out a smoke ring slowly, and said slowly: "I heard that the vice admiral of the Chambord branch base was tricked by an old man... How about this, I''ll find the old man, ten million yuan Forget about profit..."


    This Vice Admiral...


    Let Rayleigh, the king of the underworld, solve it!


    Xia Qi took a look at Uehara Naraku''s expression, and continued calmly: "If your Excellency, Uehara Naraku, still needs to arrest that old man and hand him over to you to vent his anger, you only need to pay me one million Baileys..."


    "Is this too much?"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and sighed, moved his steps to the bar of the bar, stared at Xia Qi in the bar: "Hey, in the eyes of you big shots, my little character looks so stupid ?"


    this fucking...


    It''s too much!


    Rayleigh robbed him of his money...


    Xia Qi actually wanted to cheat him out of money...


    "..."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Xia Qi raised her eyebrows, looked at Uehara Naraku in surprise, and finally became a little more interested: "You little guy actually knows our identities, and you are pretending to be stupid in front of that guy. what..."


    interesting...


    This little guy doesn''t seem so unbearable!


    Naraku Uehara sat on a chair at the bar counter, sighed and said, "That''s the legendary pirate Pluto Rayleigh!"


    Naraku Uehara raised his head to look at Xia Qi, narrowed his eyes and smiled and said, "Your Excellency Xia Qi, I am just a mere vice admiral, how could I be his opponent?"


    "That''s it..."


    Xia Qi nodded slowly, then suddenly changed the subject and said: "Since you know our identities, then I will let you go, little guy, do you know the name of this bar? This is a rip-off bar, just now you But trying to rip off my head..."


    "You can also rip me off."


    Uehara Naraku''s face gradually became serious, and he said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Xia Qi, I know that you will sell any information about Haishang, and that is why I came here.


    If our navy publicly executes Fire Fist Ace, Kulkas, and Red-haired Shanks... Will Hades Raleigh participate in this war? "


    "Five billion Baileys."


    Xia Qi said a number calmly, took a puff of cigarette, and continued softly: "As long as you can afford the money, I can tell you any information."


    "The price is really not low..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, with a wry smile on his face.


    Xia Qi took a deep look at Uehara Naraku, and continued with some curiosity: "I didn''t expect you, little guy, to be so unbearable, and you would even think of asking this kind of question... The guy from the Warring States period sent you to Shampoo Land. Want to find out about this?"


    this kind of thing...


    It is indeed possible!


    Uehara Naraku skipped Xia Qi''s question, took out a coin from his pocket and put it on the table, and asked softly: "Let''s talk about the price of information! The price you gave is too high Well, how about a little cheaper, fifty Baileys?"


    "My information is never cheap."


    Xia Qi smoked a cigarette slowly, and continued softly: "Five billion Baileys will let your navy know whether Pluto Rayleigh will participate in the war. If that guy enters the arena, he has the power to affect the war. It''s very cheap¡­¡±


    To be honest.


    The price is really not expensive.


    After all, people like Rayleigh the Pluto who has the power of a general even when he is old, if he participates in the battle, the navy needs to make arrangements in advance to deal with him; if Rayleigh the Pluto does not participate in the battle, the navy can better deal with Bai Beard Pirates...


    After Xia Qi explained her price, she looked directly at Naraku Uehara and said in a low voice: "As long as you spend this money, you can buy Anxin..."


    "It''s too expensive..."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Xia Qi, and continued softly: "Boss Xia Qi, it sounds like you mean that Pluto Raleigh will not participate in this war..."


    "Who knows..."


    Xia Qi puffed out smoke rings and refused to answer this question.


    In fact, this is what Xia Qi said inside and outside the meaning.


    According to Xia Qi, if this false information can be used to fool Uehara Naraku, an unusual vice admiral, so that the navy can relax its vigilance against Pluto Rayleigh, then Pluto Rayleigh will have a greater chance of coming back alive during the war !


    This is Xia Qi''s little trick...


    Because Xia Qi hopes that Lei Li can come back alive!


    If it was another vice admiral, Xia Qi''s words should be fine; but she didn''t know that this was the last chance Uehara Naraku gave her...


    Naraku Uehara looked at Xia Qi with a playful face, and slowly opened his mouth to pierce Xia Qi''s thoughts: "Boss Xia Qi, Pluto Leili will definitely go to the war...right? But you want him to come back safely...Is that so?" ?¡±


    "..."


    A strange look flashed across Xia Qi''s eyes.


    Just when Xia Qi was about to say something, Uehara Naraku looked at Xia Qi and waved her hand nonchalantly: "Forget it, I''m not interested in listening to your sophistry, let alone..."


    Uehara Naraku, the man behind the scenes who has been secretly planning and promoting the battle on the top, how could it be possible for Pluto Raleigh to be absent?


    this world¡­


    Any character with the highest strength will not be absent.


    Even for Blackbeard Marshall D. Teach, Uehara Naraku arranged a position for him, let alone Hades Rayleigh!


    "Pluto Sirbazz Raleigh will definitely appear in this war..."


    Uehara Naraku put his arm against the bar, dragged his cheeks and tilted his head, squinted his eyes and smiled: "Even if Mr. Raleigh really doesn''t want to go, as long as you are sent to that execution platform, Raleigh will definitely go." I won''t be absent..."


    "yes?"


    A strange look flashed across Xia Qi''s eyes.


    If she was publicly executed by the Navy, would that guy Reilly go to rescue her?


    It''s just that what Xia Qi is concerned about now is not this issue, but why the Navy forced Pluto Rayleigh to participate in that earth-shattering world war!


    navy¡­


    Do you still want to do something to them?


    Xia Qi puffed out smoke rings, and a smile slowly formed on the corner of her mouth: "It''s just that your navy''s hand is too long, isn''t it? Do you want to catch White Beard and us old guys in one go?"


    "No."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, stood up slowly while leaning on the table: "This is not a war, I''m just here to invite you to witness the end of a new era, the era of great pirates will definitely come to an end, ONE PIECE will no longer be the place where people become The pirate''s reason..."


    "brat¡­"


    Xia Qi suddenly interrupted Uehara Naraku with a sentence, her eyes slowly stopped on Uehara Naraku''s body, and said softly: "It seems that these words should not be said by you, you are too young, but your tone is not small , but not very good!"


    This kind of topic...


    I always feel that it should be proposed by the Warring States of Buddha!


    How could it be the turn of such a navy admiral to talk to her? It really makes people feel weird, are young people these days so impolite?


    "That''s it..."


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth hooked up, his eyes gradually turned into reincarnation eyes, and he said in a low voice: "It seems that he is still underestimated... But there is nothing wrong with it, when I talk to you well, no one seems to pay attention pass me..."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Xia Qi, and said with a light smile, "But no one has ever thought about it. When I don''t want to talk to you, you will never have a chance to talk again..."


    The next moment, a surge of domineering color swept out!


    However, under the control of Uehara Naraku, this domineering force instantly invaded the entire tavern, destroying everything in this tavern like a hurricane passing through!


    Strangely, this domineering energy stopped instantly after touching the wall, and this tyrannical domineering energy was only vented in this tavern!


    a tiny bit...


    Domineering never broke away from Xia Qi''s ripping off bar!


    Just this control alone is not inferior to Pluto Rayleigh; and in terms of the strength of the domineering look, Naraku Uehara is even better!


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    No¡­


    Or more than one chip!


    A Vice Admiral...


    How could there be such a tyrannical domineering look!


    And the domineering look on Uehara Naraku''s body kept blowing past Xia Qi''s side, but it didn''t hurt her at all...


    However, this domineering tyranny is like a sharp stab of a knife, which makes Xia Qi''s nerves faintly tingle, and even a slight touch may hurt her...


    Xia Qi''s eyes were faintly startled, her shoulders trembled slightly...


    Now she didn''t dare to look at her own bar at all, but just stared at Uehara Naraku, her body started to retreat involuntarily, and the cold sweat dripped down on her forehead...


    this man!


    This vice admiral!


    This guy named Uehara Naraku!


    What kind of idiot is this guy? He is clearly a real monster. This time, that bastard Lei Li really caused a big trouble!


    That old guy Raleigh was still having fun playing Naraku Uehara while he was drinking; the old guy had no idea that he was the one being teased!


    "This guy¡­"


    Under the watchful eyes of Uehara Naraku, Xia Qi stepped back step by step, and cold sweat trickled down her cheeks little by little. Just by feeling, Uehara Naraku''s aura made people feel frightened. Cap that guy is even more terrifying monsters...


    As an information dealer, Xia Qi has a particularly keen sense... Uehara Naraku must be invincible to her, and even the older Lei Li is a bit reluctant!


    After all, in order to maintain the vitality and health of his body, Lei Li has been working hard to practice, but he still cannot avoid the aging of his body...


    certainly¡­


    Even when Rayleigh was in his prime, he might not be able to defeat the person in front of him...


    Xia Qi has only one plan, and that is to escape first, as long as she escapes into the complex Chambord Islands, if there is chaos, she can fish in troubled waters!


    and¡­


    Relying on her fear of Uehara Naraku, Xia Qi approached the wall little by little, her arm suddenly stretched out, and she was about to punch the wall to escape!


    "Vientiane Tianyin!"


    A gravitational force suddenly appeared!


    Xia Qi''s body was involuntarily attracted by this gravitational force and flew back!


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm, and pressed Xia Qi''s forehead, a white light flooded his palm and landed on Xia Qi''s forehead.


    This white light instantly pulled away all the strength from Xia Qi''s body, making her body limp on the ground involuntarily, and a sense of panic rose in Xia Qi''s heart!


    This guy¡­


    What exactly is the ability?


    Even the arrogance in her body no longer exists!


    Just when Uehara Naraku captured Xia Qi, a shell suddenly landed on the roof of the tavern, directly blasting through the tavern!


    Boom!


    A big hole was blown through the roof of the tavern by a shell!


    Just as Xia Qi''s eyes suddenly flashed hope, as long as it can cause chaos, there will be a chance to escape!


    However, to Xia Qi''s despair, countless dazzling photons flew out of the smoke, and gradually gathered into the appearance of a person, the general of the Navy Headquarters, Huang Yuan!


    "Well, is it really over?"


    With a smile on the corner of Huang Yuan''s mouth, he slowly walked to Uehara Naraku''s side, looked down at Xia Qi who had collapsed due to loss of strength, and said with a smile: "Oh? This is the one on the public execution list this time. emergency personnel?"


    "Ok."


    After Naraku Uehara nodded, he looked at Kizaru in surprise again: "Huh? Polusalino, where''s your subordinate?"


    "Zhan Taomaru is besieging Straw Hat Luffy..."


    Kizaru looked at Naraku Uehara and said with a smile: "When Straw Hat Luffy landed on the Chambord Islands, he beat up three world nobles, Celestial Dragons, and after he beat up these world nobles, they died on the spot. It should be Was he beaten to death?"


    Huang Yuan rubbed his chin, smiled lightly and continued: "This time, Straw Hat Luffy really got into a big disaster. No matter what, we can''t let him go today. It just so happens that Straw Hat Luffy and this person can join us at the same time." On the public execution list..."

 Chapter 563

    Great route.


    The biggest event in the past few days should be the Chambord event.


    It is said that the Straw Hat Luffy killed three Celestial Dragons, and was captured by the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, Kizaru. There is no doubt that the news of the killing of the world''s nobles will undoubtedly cause a sensation!


    In addition, the second big news is that Moonlight Moria, one of the seven martial arts under the king, was abolished and replaced by a pirate named Marshall D. Teach.


    These two things are undoubtedly able to hit the headlines!


    However, today''s news agency headlines are anything but normal.


    Because the entire page of the newspaper is used to list a list and photos. This is the list of public executions by the world government and navy.


    Fire Fist Ace, Captain of the 2nd Division of the Whitebeard Pirates


    chief of staff of the revolutionary army sabo


    Straw Hat Pirate Captain Straw Hat Luffy


    ...


    Shanks, captain of the Red Hair Pirates (former member of the Roger Pirates)


    Kulocas (former Roger Pirates member)


    Douglas Barrett (former Roger Pirates member)


    Bucky the Clown (former Roger Pirates member)


    above.


    These lists cover most of the members of the Roger Pirates that the world government and navy can find, the highlight of which is undoubtedly the son of One Piece King Gol D. Roger.


    As for the location of the public execution...


    In the end, it was set at the Marine Headquarters of the Navy, and the public execution time was set for a week later. The buffer period in between was prepared for the remnants of the Whitebeard Pirates, the Revolutionary Army, and the Red Hair Pirates.


    This list¡­


    No doubt it will be in the headlines.


    Because this list will become the real fuse of the world war and a major event that determines the direction of the world, almost everyone will be horrified by the people on this list.


    In the dungeon of Judiciary Island.


    Monkey D. Luffy walked in step by step wearing a sea stone, and the person responsible for escorting him behind him was his grandfather, Vice Admiral Monkey D. Garp.


    This is Karp''s next task on his own initiative.


    For an old man, it is a great tragedy for a white-haired person to give away a black-haired person. Even this time, Garp will personally send away the three little guys he has high hopes for.


    Monkey D. Karp was a little silent.


    Because before sending Luffy into the dungeon of Judicial Island, Garp already knew that Luffy would be taken to the execution platform together, and would be executed together with Ace and Sabo.


    These little guys who grew up together...


    Are we going to die together in Marin Vanduo now?


    Monkey D. Luffy''s face was a little weak, he was not sad about his fate, but because Luffy hadn''t eaten much recently.


    The most important thing in life is to eat.


    However, when escorting the warship, whenever Luffy ate heartlessly, Garp couldn''t help but punch him to the ground...


    This grandson enjoyed himself eating...


    I don''t care that the grandpa next to me can''t eat at all!


    Now Luffy''s mental state is obviously not very good, but a person''s voice suddenly made him feel refreshed: "Hey, Luffy, why are you here too!"


    "Shanks!"


    Luffy''s face immediately became brighter, and he looked at the red-haired Shanks in a prison with shining eyes, and said with a smile: "Hehehehe... I almost forgot, Shanks, you have been arrested for a long time. They''re in!"


    "..."


    There was a smile on Shanks'' face, and he didn''t care about his predicament at all. He chuckled and asked, "Have you seen Ben Beckman? How are they?"


    "Well, not bad."


    Luffy nodded and continued with a smile: "Your new ship is even bigger than our new ship! I also want to thank Beckman for lending us a lot of money. I will definitely return it to him after I find the big secret treasure." !"


    "it is good!"


    Shanks nodded with a smile.


    Originally, Shanks hoped that when Luffy could become a famous big pirate in the world, they would officially meet and take back the straw hat, the promised keepsake...


    The result was unexpected...


    They did not meet at sea...


    Now they met in the dungeon of Judicial Island.


    This feeling is really strange!


    Boom!


    Garp, who was standing next to him, punched Luffy on the head, glanced at Shanks coldly, and said in a deep voice, "Luffy, if it wasn''t for you, you wouldn''t have fallen for the red-haired bewitch. To the same extent as him!"


    "Grandpa, I want to go to sea and become a pirate myself!"


    Luffy looked up at Garp stubbornly, punched the ground, and said in a deep voice, "As long as you do it, it doesn''t matter if you die for it!"


    "But now you..."


    Just when Garp was about to say a few more words, the person in the next cell suddenly rushed towards the railing: "Straw Hat Luffy! You bastard!"


    "Ha, Bucky!"


    The seriousness on Lu Fei''s face suddenly dissipated, he couldn''t help grinning, he scratched his head happily, and looked at the detainees in another cell.


    It''s Bucky the Clown.


    Bucky the Clown was arrested by Smoker.


    Because the clown Bucky, like Shanks, was once an intern on the One Piece ship, and was also sent to the dungeon on Judicial Island. His cell was next to Shanks'' cell.


    to be honest¡­


    The arrival of the clown Bucky made Shanks a lot happier.


    Anyway, the two of them used to be playmates when they were teenagers, and it''s not easy to get together now, but Bucky is a bit too noisy!


    certainly¡­


    Fortunately, there are people here who can restrain Bucky.


    Just when Bucky was about to scold Luffy, an old man''s dull voice interrupted Bucky: "Bucky, don''t make too much noise, I get a headache..."


    "..."


    Bucky''s voice stopped abruptly.


    It was Kurokas, the ship doctor of Roger Pirates.


    "what!"


    The smile on Lu Fei''s face suddenly became wider, and he couldn''t help but laugh loudly: "Kuro...Kuro...you are here too! How is Rab?"


    Luffy turned his head to look at Kurokas, and without waiting for Kurokas to answer, he smiled and continued to himself: "By the way, I have found Brooke, and now Brooke is the musician on our ship!"


    When the Straw Hat Pirates rushed to the Chambord Islands, Luffy encountered the territory of Moonlight Moriah and defeated the king''s Shichibukai, which also caused the king''s Qiwukai to be abolished by the pharmacist. Makes room for Marshall D. Teach...


    On the site of Moonlight Moria, Luffy also saw Brook, the captain of the Rumba Pirates who was followed by Whale Raab, but Brook has only a skeleton left...


    Kulocas walked to the cell, looked at the smiling Luffy, and couldn''t help showing a smile on his face: "Ha, it looks like you''ve had a wonderful journey, straw hat brat..."


    "he he he he he¡­"


    Luffy smiled and scratched his head.


    Along the way, although their voyage came to an abrupt end until the Chambord Islands, the Straw Hat Pirates experienced a lot...


    Luffy looked at the people in the cell, smiled and continued: "I didn''t expect to meet such familiar people here, I feel that this place is actually not bad..."


    "This idiot..."


    A look of anger flashed across Bucky''s face.


    However, after hearing Luffy''s words, the red-haired Shanks and Kurokas couldn''t help laughing out loud. Obviously, the arrival of Monkey D. Luffy added a bit of vitality to the dungeon.


    "All right."


    Garp watched Luffy chatting with a group of people, and interrupted them in a deep voice: "Luffy, now go and meet those two bastards, Ace and Sabo! The cells of the three of you are all in the same cell, each of you An uneasy guy..."


    "Ace and Sabo are here too!"


    Lu Fei rubbed his cheeks, and instantly became more energetic. His eyes were a little bright, and he put his palms on his cheeks and shouted loudly into the dungeon: "Hey, Ace, Sabo, I''m here to find you Already!"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Even though the place where the three brothers reunited was the dungeon of Judiciary Island, it was still difficult to hide the joy in Luffy''s heart. There is nothing happier than the reunion of brothers!


    Just as Garp took Luffy away, the red-haired Shanks suddenly stopped Garp, and asked with a serious face: "Mr. Garp, even if Luffy is arrested, it should be because of the arrest. Pelton, shouldn''t be here on Judiciary Island?"


    Garp frowned, and a look of anger slowly appeared on his face: "Because Luffy killed three trash..."


    "Dragon people?"


    Shanks understood immediately.


    There is indeed too much garbage out of the Draconians.


    Lu Fei picked his ears, with some doubts and regrets on his face: "I just scared them, but they were scared to death directly..."


    In fact...


    When they were in the Chambord Islands, those Celestial Dragons fainted from the overlord-like arrogance directly erupted by the enraged Luffy, but someone did something to them.


    At last¡­


    The Draconians died in the conflict.


    And Yao Shidou, who was in charge of investigating the death of the Tianlongren, personally made this matter into an iron case, and every CP agent who was responsible for protecting the Tianlongren disappeared afterwards.


    According to the words of the pharmacist...


    They were buried for the Tianlong people.


    Shanks glanced at Luffy, then at Garp, leaning against the wall of his cell, slowly nodded and said, "I see."


    They did not continue to communicate.


    After Garp and Luffy left, a voice came from another cell: "Hey, Shanks, is that kid your chosen one? Roger''s straw hat is on his head!"


    "yes¡­"


    Shanks nodded, and said with a smile, "How about it, Barrett, you think Luffy is good too?"


    "Hmph, so-so..."


    The man in the cell was still not satisfied, but he suddenly said: "We have all been sent here, didn''t that old guy Lei Li come in?"


    "have no idea¡­"


    Shanks frowned.


    They are isolated from the outside world in the dungeon, and they don''t know the outside news at all.


    Xia Qi, who was supposed to be sent to Judicial Island with Luffy and others, was not sent to Judicial Island with Luffy, but was detained alone by Pharmacist Dou.


    Because Xia Qi...


    Know too much!


    Monkey D. Garp and Monkey D. Luffy continued to walk into the depths of the cell. There were coffins everywhere in this dungeon, which made people feel chills in their hearts.


    Lu Fei watched all this, but looked at the coffins with some curiosity: "Oh? Why are these things placed here?"


    "Don''t ask so many questions!"


    Garp punched Luffy on the head, and said angrily, "Because I don''t know!"


    "...If you don''t know, you don''t know..."


    Luffy scratched his head, and continued to look at the coffin in the dungeon alone.


    "Hey, Luffy!"


    Deep in the dungeon, the voices of Ace and Sabo came out.


    "Ace! Sabo!"


    Luffy hurried a few steps with surprise on his face.


    Even though the place where they met was not right, there was still an insincere smile on their faces, and the three brothers finally reunited under the dark dungeon.


    They have no idea...


    The whole sea has become turbulent.

 Chapter 564

    Great route.


    New World, Whitebeard Sea Territory,


    The atmosphere on the entire Moby Dick was a bit heavy.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Everyone''s complexion was not very good, because they all saw the first name on the public execution list of the news headlines, which was the Navy''s official declaration of war.


    war site...


    It''s the Marine Headquarters Marine Vandor!


    Letting a group of Four Emperor Pirates attack the Navy headquarters base is undoubtedly giving up their own advantages, but now Fire Fist Ace is in the hands of the Navy...


    Just when everyone was feeling down, the white beard sitting on the chair finished reading the newspaper, and suddenly grinned and said, "Gu la la la la... The Warring States period is going to return my son to Lao Tzu! Little ones, let''s pick up Ai. S is home!"


    "Roar!"


    "Finally found Ace''s place!"


    "It''s time to bring our little brother back!"


    The entire Moby Dick suddenly became lively.


    Uchiha Sasuke held the newspaper in his hand. After reading the execution list, he put down the juice in his hand, turned to look at Marco, and stretched out his palm towards Marco: "Hey, Marco, help me Grab a bottle of wine..."


    "what?"


    Marco couldn''t help but tilted his head. Sasuke Uchiha, a guy who was determined to drink juice, why did he suddenly want to drink alcohol?


    Every pirate has heard Sasuke''s words...


    Everyone looked at Sasuke involuntarily...


    The next moment, when they saw Sasuke Uchiha reached out to take a bottle of wine, filled a large bowl with wine, and raised it towards Edward Newgate with a white beard: "Hey, old guy, this bowl The wine is for you..."


    "Gu la la la la..."


    The smile on Whitebeard''s face was even better, and he also picked up a bottle of wine, and raised it towards Sasuke Uchiha: "Our little devil is finally growing up!"


    "Hahahahahaha... Dad is right!"


    "Sasuke, this little guy... has grown up!"


    "I can finally drink, Sasuke!"


    "After drinking this bowl of wine, let''s go rescue Ace together!"


    Now it should be the solemnity before the war, but Moby Dick seemed to be unaware of it, and it instantly became a sea of ??joy.


    The three Moby Dicks carried the entire Whitebeard Pirates to the first half of the great voyage, and as they advanced, one ship after another continued to join in.


    These are affiliated pirates of the Whitebeard Pirates...


    Their purpose is only one...


    Rescue their companion, Firefist Ace!


    Just as the Whitebeard Pirates were rushing to Marin Vandor, the Navy Headquarters base was still under construction, because there were a lot of people who were going to be publicly executed...


    It is just the execution platform, which is more than ten times more than the original project...


    After all, in addition to Fire Fist Ace, there are also a group of cadres of the Revolutionary Army, former members of the Roger Pirates... These people are some famous people, can''t they all be crowded in one place?


    Navy meeting room.


    Warring States of Buddha frowned, looked at the list of people who had been executed, and couldn''t help but said: "The enemy we were going to face..."


    "Don''t worry about that."


    Pharmacist Dou interrupted the words of the Warring States Period, pushed his glasses and said: "Marin Fando gathered a hundred thousand navy, more than a dozen lieutenant generals of the navy headquarters, three generals of the navy headquarters, seven kings under the Qiwuhai, and thousands of CPs. An elite unit of agents..."


    Pharmacist sized up all the people present, and continued calmly: "It''s a bit too wasteful to use this combat power just to deal with a white beard pirate group..."


    "..."


    Warring States of Buddha shook his head, and asked another question: "What about the Hundred Beasts Pirates and BIG MOM Pirates?"


    Because the remnants of the Whitebeard Pirates and the Red Hair Pirates must participate in this war, plus the Revolutionary Army, if there is another troublesome Four Emperor Pirates, perhaps the direction of this war will be different. out of control...


    "There''s no need to worry about this..."


    Pharmacist took a look at Zhan Guo, smiled lightly and said, "What we have to do now is to concentrate on destroying the Whitebeard Pirates..."


    boom boom boom...


    At this time, a navy soldier knocked on the door and reported softly: "Lieutenant General Pharmacist, except for Marshall D. Teach, the other princes Shichibukai have now arrived at Marlin Vandor..."


    Kodo.


    Mihawk.


    Doflamingo.


    Dried persimmon and ghost shark.


    Didara.


    Boa Hancock.


    The six kings and Qiwuhai all rushed to the port of Marin Fando, and these big pirates will participate in the battle as the navy''s combat power in this war.


    perhaps¡­


    Temporarily stand on the side of the navy.


    In the port of Marin Fand.


    Boa Hancock frowned, and looked at the other kings Shichibukai with a disgusted face, chatting together...


    Although she doesn''t like to have a man come up to her...


    But...what''s up with these guys?


    The most beautiful woman in the world is here, but these men got together and chatted, and they ignored her like this?


    There is a problem!


    Originally, Boa Hancock did not want to be recruited, but Guloliosa and her two younger sisters wanted her to participate in this world war. After all, this war determines the direction of the world, and they cannot judge the real outcome By¡­


    Most importantly, Boa Hancock''s sisters hope that her sister can try to save Xia Qi in this war... If it wasn''t for Xia Qi, perhaps the three of their sisters would have been killed in the first place.


    Doflamingo clenched his fists tightly, and the smile on his face was a bit crazy: "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò...It''s finally today..."


    "yes¡­"


    Dried Persimmon Kisame also grinned slowly.


    The real protagonists of this war have never been navy and pirates!


    The strongest group of people and the most powerful forces in this world gathered together, and the real enemy they had to deal with was Akatsuki!


    For this moment...


    These people have worked hard for three years!


    The past three years... seem to be going well.


    Deidara ignored them, just holding a miniature doll that looked similar to him, and added and subtracted it with clay.


    Just as Didara finished and nodded in satisfaction, he was about to put the clay into his bag, but a voice came from his ear.


    "ugly."


    Empress Boa Hancock shook her head, and glanced at the doll in Didara''s hand with disgust: "What an ugly man..."


    "..."


    Deidara''s expression froze for a moment.


    The next moment, Deidara held the doll in his hand violently, and wanted to throw it at Boa Hancock, blowing up the world''s number one beauty and the entire Marlin Vandor!


    How dare this woman insult his art!


    Fortunately, the dried persimmon ghost shark stopped Didara in advance, grinning and said: "Forget it, Didara, if the king''s Qiwuhai fights in Marin Fanduo, the impact will not be very good!"


    "I''m going to blow that woman away!"


    Deidara was about to throw the doll in his hand at Boa Hancock without hesitation: "How dare you insult my art!"


    Boya Hancock brushed her hair, looking a little graceful, the disgust in her eyes barely concealed: "Really, my concubine is actually with a child like you, using children''s stuff as art... "


    "Your Excellency Hancock, don''t say a few words!"


    Grinning persimmon ghost shark grinned, and continued with a light smile: "The people who can stand here are not that simple!"


    "That''s right."


    Doflamingo grinned, and walked up slowly: "I don''t want Marin Fando to be blown up by Mr. Didala before the war begins!"


    Hawkeye Mihawk didn''t bother to pay them any attention.


    Kakudo couldn''t even bother to pay attention to this group of people who couldn''t bring him wealth.


    Boa Hancock snorted proudly: "It doesn''t matter if Marlin Vandor is blown up to the sky..."


    "There are relationships."


    Pharmacist walked over slowly, pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "Before our real guests arrive here, as a vice admiral and inspector, I don''t want you to do anything out of the ordinary..."


    With the arrival of Qiwuhai under the king...


    All the combat forces that can be deployed in the entire navy are finally gathered together!


    Hawkeye Mihawk looked at the port, and asked in a cold voice, "Didn''t the newly appointed Shichibukai come?"


    That Shichibukai...


    It is also one of the root causes of war.


    If the pirate named Marshall D. Teach hadn''t colluded with the navy to capture Ace, this super-scale world war would not have happened!


    Pharmacist shook his head and said softly, "Marshall D. Teach has been allowed to visit friends in Imperton."


    Just when most of the king''s Qiwuhai arrived...


    Marshall D. Teach is still rushing to the big prison Impelton on his own boat. He wants to get some strong manpower in the big prison, and then go to participate in this war!


    fortunately¡­


    He took the position of the last King Shichibukai!


    Of course, in Tiqi¡¯s view, this is what he should have done. After all, it was Tiqi and Heijue who released the news that forced the World Government to abolish Moonlight Moria...


    "Thief hahahaha..."


    Blackbeard Marshall D. Teach stood on the bow of his ship, beside him stood several members of the Blackbeard Pirates, and behind them stood a group of devil fruit capable users, all of whom were killed by Blackbeard. The Qi strengthened Bai Jue...


    "Conquer the world..."


    Marshall D. Teach looked at the sea, and the smile on his face gradually became more and more crazy: "In a few days, when they all think this is their era, what they don''t know is that this era has long been I wrote my name on it! The thief hahahahahahaha..."


    In addition to recruiting powerful pirates as subordinates...


    Blackbeard''s target is also some devil fruit ability users imprisoned by Impelton. He wants to use these to strengthen his own white army, and then go to participate in that world war!


    that time¡­


    Blackbeard will let everyone know that the name of Marshall D. Teach must be written on the top of this sea!


    Hearing Hei Jue''s words, a group of Bai Jue standing behind the members of the Blackbeard Pirates looked at each other, and the group of Bai Jue grinned strangely...

 Chapter 565

    Chambord Islands.


    There are more and more pirates here recently.


    Since the announcement of the navy''s execution list, countless pirates have flocked here, some want to watch the upcoming world war up close, and some pirates want to take this opportunity to enter the second half of the great route and become the new four emperors.


    after all¡­


    Red-haired Shanks is about to be executed.


    Moreover, the battle between the Whitebeard Pirates and the Navy has already begun. If Whitebeard loses, two positions will be vacated immediately for the Four Emperors. This is a huge temptation for some ambitious pirates. .


    Some people even saw Shiji, the golden lion of the previous era, haunting this area, the big pirate who captured Marin Fando by himself!


    indeed¡­


    Golden Lion Shiji has arrived here.


    The legendary big pirate came here not only to intervene in this world war, but also to attract Rayleigh, the king of the underworld who appeared in the Chambord Islands.


    da da da da...


    The sound of two sharp swords stepping on the stone slab was crisp.


    Because many years ago, when the golden lion Scikey escaped from the prison of Impelton, he cut off his own feet in order to get rid of the shackles. Later, Scikey replaced his legs with these two swords...


    no doubt¡­


    This is a tough guy.


    The Golden Lion Shiji walked into a coating factory stepping on two swords, walked up to a busy coating worker step by step, slowly grinned his mouth, and said with a big smile: "We have twenty Haven''t seen you for many years, Rayleigh!"


    "Wait and talk about the old days, I''m still working..."


    Pluto Rayleigh stretched out his hands and pulled the coating to cover the hull. After finishing all this, he slowly clapped his palms and turned to look at Shi Ji, with a smile on his lips: "It seems that we are all old. ah..."


    Twenty years have passed...


    They have never seen each other since the Battle of Ait Vol, and now they are old people who used to be all-powerful on the great route...


    Even Shiji, the golden lion, gradually became wrinkled. The majestic and majestic pirate admiral appeared here alone now.


    To put it bluntly...


    The Golden Lion Shiji used to be the most powerful among the three legendary pirates, but unfortunately, the big fleet of the Golden Lion Shiji was completely destroyed by a sudden storm in the naval battle of Ait Wall ¡­


    These are all over now.


    Now there are only two old people left in this factory.


    "Humph¡­"


    The Golden Lion Shiji shook his head, and did not agree with Lei Li''s statement at all. His body gradually floated up, slowly spread his arms, and said with a big grin: "What is age? As long as I am still alive, this world will sooner or later It''s all my father''s!"


    The golden lion Shiji clenched his fists violently, and said with a frenzied face: "Roger has been dead for twenty years! Come out and follow me, Rayleigh! I heard about what happened in Chambord. Well, you guys are obviously not old yet!"


    The golden lion Shiji laughed almost arrogantly: "A world war that can change the world, as long as we join hands, we can take back everything we had before!"


    Originally, Golden Lion Shiji just wanted to take part in this unprecedented world war. It was only after hearing the news about Pluto Rayleigh that Golden Lion Shiji came to the Chambord Islands to join this world war. All power is important!


    "I reject."


    Pluto Raleigh shook his head, stared at the old Shiji with his glasses on, and said in a low voice, "Didn''t you think that this war would also attract you?"


    "Hahahahaha..."


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    Shi Ji, the golden lion, was floating in the air, smiling wildly and looking down at Lei Li: "It''s been twenty years since such a grand occasion?


    This time, I want to take a good look at what the guy with the white beard will do to Marlin Vandor! Hmph, if I am not satisfied..."


    "Gu la la la la... you shouldn''t be disappointed!"


    Just at this time, a burst of bold laughter interrupted Shiji''s words.


    White-bearded Edward Newgate walked in with his big knife, raised his head to look at the golden lion in the air, and grinned loudly: "Gu la la la... no matter where I am, I want to make a big noise, Your temper still hasn''t changed...Ski..."


    "Newgate..."


    The golden lion Shiji''s eyes flickered, and he stared at the white beard, and the smile on his face was even stronger at the next moment: "I haven''t seen you for so many years, let me see how much strength you have left now!" Bar!"


    Just as Shi Ke suddenly spread his palm, thinking about doing something here, Raleigh interrupted him loudly: "Shi Ji, this is not a place for you to run wild!"


    "Gu la la la la...that''s right..."


    White-bearded Edward Newgate couldn''t help laughing a few times, and slowly turned his head to look at Lei Li: "Rayleigh, can you get coating here?"


    "..."


    Rayleigh was silent for a second.


    The next moment, Lei Li nodded slowly, pushed his glasses, and said with a smile: "But my price is not low..."


    "You can make an offer as you like!"


    White Beard spread out his palms indifferently, and his smile became subtle: "The most precious treasure in this world is ONE PIECE, you have seen it a long time ago... Gu la la la... Any other price, you can open it as you like! "


    "I want to take your boat."


    Raleigh''s words made Whitebeard''s look serious immediately.


    However, Raleigh didn''t say anything, and just explained softly: "Just take your boat and enter Marlin Fondo, don''t think too much, Newgate..."


    "I never thought of it that way..."


    Whitebeard grinned a few times, slowly shook his head and said, "Is it for Kulocas? Or for that little girl Xia Qi?"


    Whitebeard also read the Navy''s execution list.


    It was precisely because of seeing Xia Qi''s name that Edward Newgate with the white beard came here to ask if Raleigh would go with him, and he could take a ride along the way...


    Unexpectedly, Raleigh took the initiative to propose...


    Lei Li nodded solemnly, leaned over to get his film tool, and said in a deep voice, "That would be the best!"


    "Hey! Don''t ignore me!"


    The golden lion Shiji''s complexion was a bit unsightly.


    The golden lion Shiji looked at the two people on the ground, and suddenly flipped his palms to create a gust of wind, but a gravitational force suddenly sucked him down from the air!


    I don''t know when...


    Standing beside the white beard, a young figure stretched out his palm towards the golden lion Shiji. His eyes have different and strange looks!


    It is Sasuke Uchiha!


    "Vientiane Tianyin!"


    Uchiha Sasuke manipulated the gravity to attract Shiji, and his other palm suddenly pulled out the supreme sword!


    The next moment, a blade light flashed!


    This knife looked extremely ruthless, Uchiha Sasuke seemed to want to cut the body of the golden lion Shiki directly, it seemed that the legendary big pirate would fall here in the next second!


    However¡­


    Whitebeard waved his Cong Yunqie to stop the sword glow!


    clang clang!


    The sound of the collision of the two supreme sharp knives was extremely crisp!


    White Beard stopped Uchiha Sasuke''s attack, slowly shook his head at him and said, "Sasuke, don''t worry, this guy is not our enemy now..."


    "I see."


    Sasuke Uchiha took back his sword slowly, and the appearance of Sasuke Uchiha made Shiji the Golden Lion and Rayleigh the Pluto frowned at the same time.


    However, Edward Newgate with the white beard didn''t care about the sharpness of Uchiha Sasuke''s attack, and slowly put away his Cong Yunqi knife, and continued with a smile: "Okay, wait for me for a while, wait for me and Old friends, I will go find you..."


    "I see."


    Uchiha Sasuke nodded slowly.


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t hesitate, but left the coating factory on his own. Originally, he sensed the strength of the Golden Lion Shiki, so Sasuke had to intervene...


    According to Marco...


    Before the war begins, their father must not be injured.


    Just as Uchiha Sasuke left the coating factory and returned to the Moby Dick, a group of people looked at Sasuke winkingly: "Hey, Sasuke, let''s go destroy this naval base in Chambord? I remember the navy stationed here The lieutenant general once helped capture Ace..."


    "don''t want."


    The corners of Uchiha Sasuke''s mouth twitched, and he couldn''t help but shook his head and said, "Vista, Joz, don''t worry about it until you rescue Ace!"


    really...


    Sasuke didn''t know what to say.


    In the past, whenever Sasuke wanted to destroy a base, a group of pirates would try to persuade him to give up the idea.


    As a result now...


    The person stationed in the Chambord Islands is Naraku Uehara...


    The pirates of this group of Whitebeard Pirates have grown bolder! The more you can''t provoke someone, the more you want to provoke someone?

 Chapter 566

    Fortunately, Sasuke Uchiha did not lose his mind.


    If he hadn''t stopped the Whitebeard Pirates, the Whitebeard Pirates might not have to go to Marlin Vandor, and maybe they would be arrested and put on the execution list together...


    Create a massive war...


    And in this war, to control the world in his hands, whether it is power or influence, it seems that this is the purpose of Uehara Naraku.


    For example, when he was in Ninja World, Uehara Naraku led the fourth Ninja World War. The final result was good, but the mentality of the entire Ninja World collapsed...


    but¡­


    The mentality of people in this world seems to be stronger, right?


    In any case, this war is inevitable now, unless Uehara Naraku is willing to intervene strongly to stop this war.


    After the entire group of the Whitebeard Pirates and the three Moby Dicks were fully coated, they took Hades Rayleigh and hurriedly dived to the Marine Headquarters of the Navy.


    Besides them...


    There are also two remnants of the previous generation.


    Shirbazz Raleigh, king of the underworld, and Shiki, the golden lion.


    As for all the affiliated pirates, all the collective actions were directed towards Marin Fando, and all the warships monitoring the Whitebeard Pirates along the way were wiped out by them...


    The capital of seven waters.


    When the Whitebeard Pirates were heading to Marin Fand, the New Red Foss, which was staying in the capital of seven waters, also set off for the direction of the Marine Headquarters. They were the remnants of the Red Hair Pirates.


    Imperton Gaol.


    A warship stopped here, and at this time Shichibukai Marshall D. Teach entered Imperton Prison, and broke into the ground floor of this large prison with laughter.


    Just at this time¡­


    A large fleet took the opportunity to slowly bypass the Imperton prison, and entered the whirlpool current through the gate of justice of the prison, led by a large dragon-headed ship.


    This is a large force of the Revolutionary Army.


    The Whitebeard Pirates, the remnants of the Red Hair Pirates, and the army of the Revolutionary Army are all heading in the direction of Marin Fand. They will have arrived at the Naval Headquarters base today.


    Navy Headquarters.


    Marlin Vandeau.


    The island is on unprecedented alert. Hundreds of thousands of navies are gathered in the square of Marin Vanduo. A group of lieutenant generals of the navy headquarters stand inside, directing their subordinates to check their weapons, and are always ready to participate in the battle...


    Every lieutenant general of the Navy Headquarters is like a thunderbolt!


    Vice Admiral Ghost Spider...


    Lieutenant General Dauberman¡­


    ...


    Lieutenant General Huoshaoshan¡­


    Lieutenant General Maynard¡­


    These vice admirals who made the pirates fearful on the great route, except for one vice admiral of the headquarters who shamed them, all gathered here...


    "Speaking of which, what about Lieutenant General Uehara?"


    Maynard bit his cigarette, and said slowly: "Until today''s big day, hasn''t that guy been transferred from the Chambord Islands?"


    "Probably not?"


    The ghost spider frowned, and said in a low voice: "A person who has offended the staff officer can still be stationed in Chambord, which is already a good arrangement for him!"


    "It''s already very generous."


    The flying squirrel shook his head, and explained softly: "His strength obviously cannot match the rank of a lieutenant general in the headquarters. To allow him to be the commander of a branch base, I always feel that he is not responsible enough for the lives of the soldiers in the branch..."


    "Let''s not talk about that guy, are the Qiwuhai under the king here?"


    "There is still one Marshall Teach who has not arrived yet, and the other kings Qiwuhai are already here..."


    "Today... I hope everything goes well!"


    "yes¡­"


    "I hope that fewer soldiers will die..."


    "Don''t worry about this kind of problem. When will there be too many sacrifices in the battle arranged by the pharmacist in his pocket? If the battle loss rate exceeds 50%, there must be something wrong with our commanders!"


    "That''s white beard..."


    "And that group of restless fellows from the Revolutionary Army!"


    A group of lieutenant generals gathered here and chatted livelyly, and there was no smile on everyone''s face, because they didn''t know if there would be tomorrow after today...


    Nowadays¡­


    It was the day of the public execution!


    With the help of the buffer time of the previous week, the navy continued to deploy troops to build Marin Fando''s defensive front, so as to maximize their geographical advantage.


    A long row of execution platforms is located in the center of Marin Vanduo Square.


    All the pirates and revolutionary army cadres on the public execution list have all been escorted to the dungeon of Marin Fando, and they will be executed by the navy today.


    And below the execution platform...


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    That was the defensive front of the three generals of the Navy Headquarters.


    Red dog, green pheasant, yellow ape.


    The highest combat power of the Navy Headquarters has gathered here.


    Now the three admirals are sitting under the execution platform, receiving the attention of 100,000 marines, but the three of them are still chatting with each other in different moods.


    It''s just that they weren''t talking about the Whitebeard Pirates.


    Akainu sat on the chair in the center, turned his head and glanced at Aokiji, with a lingering irritability on his face: "Hmph, what does Akatsuki mean? This war was caused by their single-handed manipulation." , but haven''t shown up yet?"


    "You are also a member of Akatsuki, Sakaski..."


    Qingzhi shook his head, his expression was still calm: "But don''t worry, you should receive the news today..."


    "yes."


    Huang Yuan pursed his lips, smiled and persuaded his fellow countrymen: "Sakaski, there is no need to worry at all. When Akatsuki has no orders, we just need to do what we want. As for what they ordered After the order, wouldn''t it be good to execute it..."


    Even if the three generals of the Navy headquarters all joined the Akatsuki organization, they still took different paths after all, but this time there were some obvious differences.


    In the navy, Akainu is obviously a hawk with a strong wrist, and has always advocated the elimination of all pirates at all costs; however, in the Akatsuki organization, Akainu has become a strange dove, advocating that the Akatsuki organization should not interfere with the navy too much ¡­


    Compared to Akainu¡­


    Aokiji, the old opponent of Akainu, is obviously different.


    In the navy, Aokiji is a dove with a slightly gentle wrist, and has his double-faced approach to everything; however, in the Akatsuki organization, Aokiji has become a weird hawk, hoping that the Akatsuki organization will replace him. The world government takes over the navy, ending the era of great pirates...


    Because the strength of Xiao organization is very strong.


    Perhaps it is because the strength of the Akatsuki organization is too strong, and the Akatsuki organization is not as ruthless as the world government to the bottom level, and they even encourage more civilians to become stronger and stronger, and then these strong people join the Akatsuki organization...


    It''s outrageous.


    Comparing red dog and blue pheasant...


    The yellow ape''s mentality is more gentle.


    If Xiao organizes to take over the navy, with his strength and status, he can continue to implement his ambiguous justice in the future, and do whatever he wants;


    If the Akatsuki organization doesn''t interfere too much with the navy, with his status as a general, he can do whatever he wants...


    Huang Yuan has no advantages, but has a very good attitude.


    Even if he learned that Aokiji and Akatsuki were members of Akatsuki, Kizaru could quickly adjust his mentality and quickly integrate into the dual identities of the admiral and Akatsuki''s undercover agents.


    "Hmph! At least let us know their purpose!"


    Hearing Kizaru''s words, Akainu held his arm and snorted coldly, and said in a deep voice, "Akatsuki, those guys...are they trying to use the navy to destroy the Whitebeard Pirates?"


    "impossible."


    Aokiji interrupted Akainu with a word, and said slowly: "According to their strength, it''s not difficult to do this kind of thing, right?"


    "Who knows..."


    Huang Yuan smiled and continued: "Maybe he wants to conquer the world? It seems that Qiwuhai has a good chat..."


    "Humph¡­"


    Akainu looked coldly at Shichibukai, the king over there, and said softly: "Except for that woman Boa Hancock, everyone else is their own..."


    "Sakaski, it''s one of our own."


    Aokiji looked up at the sky and corrected Akainu.


    Marin Fanduo is at the front of the defensive line.


    There is the seat of Shichibukai under the king.


    The navy obviously wants to use the king''s Qibuhai as a role in the charge, and these king''s Qibuhai have no objections.


    Except for Marshall D. Teach, the other six Shichibukai are just in front of the defense line of Marin Fando, and a group of them are chatting casually here.


    There seems to be no shortage of topics for chatting among these Shichibukai, and even Boya Hancock, an outsider, has a faint feeling...


    In fact, the relationship between Shichibukai under the king is not bad.


    As the center of the entire Marin Vanduo battlefield, Yaoshidou is the commander-in-chief of this war, and the Warring States of Buddha is the admiral of the navy. The two of them are now standing on the execution platform.


    In addition to them, there is Lieutenant General Garp.


    Because there are three brothers Luffy on the list of execution today.


    The Warring States of Buddha didn''t want Garp to do anything stupid, so he let Garp stand here. In case Garp did something stupid, he could restrain this old friend at any time.


    "Three hours ago, Ben Beckman, the remnant of the Red-haired Pirates, resupplied in the capital of seven waters; two and a half hours ago, the figure of the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Drago, appeared in the prison of Imperton Nearby; an hour ago, the Whitebeard Pirates disappeared from our surveillance."


    The pharmacist touched the phone bug in his hand, and continued calmly: "Based on the time calculation, it seems that they will rush to Malinfando from Chambord soon..."


    "Is everything ready?"


    The Warring States of Buddha frowned, looked down at the navy in Marin Vanduo Square, and said in a deep voice: "Even with a hundred thousand elites, it may not be easy to deal with Whitebeard, let alone that guy Uchiha Sasuke and Drago ..."


    As an opponent who used to chase Whitebeard to the north, Buddha Warring States knows the power of Whitebeard very well, and also knows how much energy that guy can burst out when he is really angry!


    Destroy Marin Vandor...


    It''s not a problem for Whitebeard!


    "There''s nothing to worry about."


    Pharmacist shook his head and said with a light smile, "In addition to the navy, all CP agents will also join the battle, and it is more than enough to deal with them..."


    In the dungeon of Marlin Vandor.


    A coffin is placed here.


    Ninjas reincarnated from the dirt came out of the coffin one by one.


    Standing in front of this group of filthy ninjas is a group of agents in uniform, all of them are Anbe J¨­nin from various ninja villages, and at this moment they are looking at the front figures in awe!


    No, the second generation of soil shadow.


    Ghost Lantern and Magic Moon, the second generation of Mizukage.


    Ai, the third generation of Raikage.


    Luo Sha, Four Generations of Kazekage.


    Sarutobi Hiruza, the third Hokage.


    As for the first Hokage, the second Hokage, the fourth Hokage, and Uchiha Madara, they are not here now.


    In addition to these CP agents, there is also a group of pacifist machines from the Naval Science Corps, which will become a sharp weapon for harvesting pirates!


    Today, everything is ready.


    All the combat forces of the entire Navy headquarters have been assembled, and the live phone bug has also been turned on.


    "It''s almost time."


    The Warring States of the Buddha took a look at Zhou Haijun''s formation, took a piece of paper in his hand, walked to the microphone in the center of the execution platform, and said softly: "Take all the people first..."


    Boo boo boo...


    Boo boo boo boo...


    The voice of the phone bug rang quickly.


    The Buddha''s Warring States couldn''t help frowning. At this critical juncture, when the whole world is watching, who will call him?


    Buddha Warring States slowly turned around and walked to the side, connected to the phone bug, seeing the appearance on the phone bug, his expression suddenly became strange...


    Because the person who called him a bug was Wulaoxing.


    The expression of the Warring States of Buddha is subtle, what is the situation? Why did the five old stars give him a phone bug, wouldn''t it be enough to go directly to the trusted pharmacist of the five old guys!


    However, when the Warring States just connected to the phone bug...


    The urgent voice of an old man among the Five Old Stars fell into Zhan Guo''s ears: "Zhan Guo, Marie Joya is surrounded, and now immediately send all the navy to support, the speed must be fast!"

 Chapter 567

    to be honest.


    Warring States felt that what Wu Laoxing said was a bit outrageous.


    Now a war that will determine the fate of the world is about to start. The navy and the pirates are about to decide in Marlin Vandou whether the wave of the era of the great pirate is bigger, or this will open the prelude to the end of the era of the great pirate!


    at this time¡­


    Wu Laoxing suddenly asked him to transfer the navy to Marie Gioia.


    The reason given by Wulaoxing was that the holy land of Mary Joa was surrounded by people.


    Mary Joya is the location of all the departments of the world government, and it is located at the highest point of the Red Earth Continent. How could someone surround Mary Joya?


    Where did the enemy come from?


    Even though a large number of CP agents were dispatched to protect the Celestial Dragons for the war, there are still many army guards in the holy land of Maryjoia. It is absolutely impossible for the news of the request for support to come after the enemy surrounded Maryjoia. ¡­


    When Warring States thought of this, he suddenly turned his head to look at Pharmacist''s pocket, because Pharmacist''s pocket has always been in charge of Marie Joya''s defenders and the CP agents stationed there.


    "What happened?"


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, glanced at the Warring States of the Buddha, and pointed to the phone bug in his hand with a chuckle: "This war is about to start, Marshal, don''t answer the phone bugs of irrelevant personnel." ?¡±


    "..."


    Sengoku''s expression gradually darkened.


    As Wulaoxing''s confidant, Yao Shidou shouldn''t say such a thing, obviously Wulaoxing has always been the support behind Yaoshidou...


    five old stars...


    When did you become irrelevant...


    Obviously, when they held a battle meeting in the conference room yesterday, Yao Shidou was still talking about using the name of the five old stars to suppress him, the admiral of the navy!


    How did you become an irrelevant person today...


    "Pharmacist pocket!"


    Wulaoxing on the other side of the phone bug heard Yaoshidou''s voice, and the whole phone worm immediately trembled inside, and Wulaoxing''s suppressed anger came: "Tell us, what''s going on, why... CP agents didn''t report News from the enemy..."


    Another angry voice from the Five Old Stars also came in: "Didn''t you say that all the information is in the hands of CP agents? Why did the Hundred Beasts Pirates and the BIG MOM Pirates appear in Mary Gioia... "


    Wu Laoxing''s voice was almost on the verge of going berserk at any time, if the pharmacist was by their side, these old people would definitely not mind tearing the pharmacist to pieces!


    That''s why...


    The five old stars didn''t call the pharmacist''s pocket at the first time, because they realized that the pharmacist''s pocket was not reliable anymore, and this guy might be deceiving...


    The dead liar...


    How fooled they were!


    If it hadn''t been for Yao Shidou''s vowed CP agents to monitor the war between the Beasts Pirates and the BIG MOM Pirates, and even to send them information from time to time, he suggested that CP agents be involved in the war between the two pirate groups. Add a hand...


    Fortunately, they really thought everything was under control!


    This is also because of the high success rate of all the strategies and strategies of Medicine Master Dou in the past few years, which have actually solved many problems of the world government, and made Wu Laoxing trust his judgment.


    Anyway, the pharmacist is disobedient, they can solve the pharmacist at any time...


    And the world government is too dependent on the CP spy department...


    Originally, the agent loss rate of the CP department had been high. Pharmacist Dou could only revive the CP department by exchanging blood and recruiting troops on a large scale, which also made this department the most proud department of the world government...


    Of course, the five old stars also have high hopes for the CP department.


    As a result now...


    The enemies have gathered and landed on the Red Earth Continent, but the CP agents have not reported anything; the enemies have surrounded Marie Gioia, and the CP agents still have not reported anything!


    The five old stars are going crazy!


    this thing...


    Let them all be at a loss!


    In any case, Wulaoxing was also a little puzzled.


    Yesterday, the world government was still the strongest force in the sea, and even when it was about to completely rule the world, the five old stars were still imagining that after the victory of the war, the era of great pirates would be completely ended, and they could also take the opportunity to ask all places to contribute more Much heavenly gold...


    woke up this morning...


    The Holy Land of the World Government, Mariejoia, was surrounded by enemies. The World Government was on the brink of extinction overnight, and everyone couldn''t help being dumbfounded...


    overnight...


    The world government is going from the apex to its demise...


    Whoever it is, wouldn''t even think about it happening now!


    Even Wu Laoxing can''t accept this kind of thing... Of course, let''s not say yes, no one in Mary Gioia can accept this kind of thing.


    A five old star snatched the phone bug, and said in a deep voice: "Yaoshidou, tell me what''s going on. Didn''t you say that the war between the BIG MOM Pirates and the Hundred Beasts Pirates is still going on? But they The two are just outside the Holy Land City, and they have decided to join forces!"


    This thing is indescribably weird!


    Because some time ago, not many people in the whole world knew the whereabouts of the BIG MOM Pirates and the Hundred Beasts Pirates, as if they disappeared strangely...


    It''s just that the sea area of ??BIG MOM has indeed been invaded a lot.


    No one has tracked them down...


    Only the CP department of Yaoshidou can find out the news.


    "Ugh¡­"


    Pharmacist pocketed the phone bug in Zhan Guo''s hand, sighed, and said to the five old stars on the phone bug''s side: "Don''t worry, the Hundred Beasts Pirates and the Big Mom Pirates are nothing to worry about. It''s just the affiliated pirate group of Akatsuki..."


    While the whole world is watching the Navy, the Whitebeard Pirates, and the remnants of the Red-Hair Pirates, the Four Emperor Pirates are about to start a world war...


    The remaining two Pirates of the Four Emperors in the New World of the Great Route have all been acquired by the Akatsuki organization, and BIG MOM himself has suffered the same fate as Kaido...


    It''s just that BIG MOM joined the Akatsuki organization.


    And will always act with the Akatsuki organization, because Otsuki Kaguya can restrain the runaway BIG MOM, and the two mothers get along pretty well...


    As the hero of Akatsuki''s quick raid to solve the war, Katakuri became the BIG MOM pirate group, or should be the new captain of the Charlotte pirate group, but this pirate group became Akatsuki''s subsidiary power¡­


    Now that I suddenly heard about the relationship between the two Four Emperor Pirates and the Akatsuki Organization, both the Warring States of the Buddha and the Five Old Stars felt a little uneasy...


    there seems to be something...


    It''s something they never knew!


    "¡­dawn?"


    Zhan Guo couldn''t help but look sideways, a drop of cold sweat gradually appeared on his forehead, and finally he asked the same sentence: "Dou, what''s going on?"


    Because Sengoku couldn''t figure it out...


    What the hell is going on here!


    "Don''t worry about it, Sengoku."


    One of the Five Old Stars gave an order on the other end of the phone bug: "From now on, all the positions on Pharmacist Dou will be released immediately, and all the navy will be transferred back to Marie Gioia immediately, and the yellow ape will come to Marie Gioia to support..."


    "..."


    Zhan Guo''s expression suddenly stiffened.


    The world government has encountered an unimaginable crisis, and the navy cannot let it go, otherwise the world may collapse...


    Even if the war is won...


    But without a world government, victory is meaningless.


    but¡­


    At this time, the navy may not have time to rush to Mary Qiaoya for support. Perhaps the only thing the Warring States can do is to first transfer the yellow ape to rush to Mary Qiaoya for support.


    However, just as Zhan Guo was about to answer, the corner of Yao Shidou''s mouth curled up, and his palm suddenly squeezed hard, killing the phone bug in his hand!


    this move...


    The Warring States of Buddha couldn''t help but be surprised!


    "Yaoshidou, what are you doing!"


    The shock and anger on Buddha''s Warring States face could hardly be suppressed!


    "Wu Lao Xing really likes to joke..."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, looked at the Warring States of Buddha and said with a smile: "When a world war is about to start, how can the navy be transferred to another place? This order is not very rational..."


    When talking about this, Yao Shidou continued: "Okay, Marshal, don''t pay attention to the trivial matter of Mary Joya, what we have to do is to win the war we are about to face..."


    "Pharmacist pocket!"


    The Warring States of Buddha clenched his fists violently, and his aura gradually surged, attracting a group of marines who couldn''t help but look sideways!


    However, Pharmacist''s smile remained unchanged, and he said with a smile: "Don''t be like this, Mr. Marshal, Marie Gioia needs to face their fate, and we also need to face our own fate. It''s a bit out of character for you to say that." Bar¡­"


    "Pharmacist pocket!"


    Zhan Guo''s face was full of shock and anger: "Yaoshidou, what is the relationship between you and Xiao, are you manipulating all this behind the scenes?"


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t care about Zhan Guo''s attitude at all, he still smiled and spread his palms, and continued calmly: "Don''t pay attention to these small things...these are really just small things.


    Because soon you will find out that everything you know now is actually nothing more than trivial things. "


    "asshole¡­"


    Warring States of the Buddha cast a cold glance at Pharmacist''s Pocket, then at Karp who had been silent all the time, and said coldly: "Karp, help me keep an eye on this guy, I''ll go and dispatch troops!"


    "..."


    Cap''s face was full of complexity.


    Because Cap heard it all.


    It''s just that the old man has never recovered, he still doesn''t quite understand what happened, but there is no doubt that there is a problem with the medicine man''s bag!


    There are also problems with this upcoming war!


    To be honest...


    Karp has mixed feelings.


    Because the world is in chaos on the one hand, and his three grandchildren on the other.


    If this war proceeds step by step, the Luffy brothers will not escape the fate of death. If there is any change in the middle, maybe they can still survive.


    next moment¡­


    After thinking for a long time, Garp finally nodded slowly.


    Garp''s eyes fell on Pharmacist Dou, and he slowly clenched his fist: "Dou, let''s have a good chat..."


    "Don''t worry, I won''t hide anything."


    Pharmacist shook his head at Karp with a smile, then turned his head to look at the Warring States of Buddha, and continued with a smile: "Oh, by the way, Marshal, if you want to mobilize troops, there may only be Lieutenant General Garp and Crane The general will obey your orders..."


    "Hmph, don''t worry about it!"


    A flash of anger flashed across Buddha''s Warring States face.


    As the admiral of the navy, Sengoku naturally knows what happened to the navy in the recent period.


    Because Yaoshidou is a student of Admiral Zefa, and many admirals are his classmates. In addition, Yaoshidou and the CP department have helped the navy a lot, but they have saved many people, and many admirals will sell him Favor...


    certainly¡­


    Sengoku did not believe that the Navy would refuse his order.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    However, the Warring States Period will not send lieutenant generals to Marie Qiaoya.


    Because of Mary Joya''s crisis, two admirals must be transferred!


    Now that the navy and the world government are about to face the siege of all the Four Emperor Pirates, the manpower is particularly stretched.


    Sengoku only hopes that the two admirals he transferred to Marie Gioia can hold back the Beast Pirates and the Big Mom Pirates. If possible, I hope that the Celestial Dragons can spare their lives and use their national treasures to solve the problem. crisis...


    Now, the one who can rush to Marie Qiaoya the fastest is undoubtedly the yellow ape with the ability of the shining fruit. Of course, the Warring States period ordered the yellow ape to rush to support.


    Unfortunately...


    At the critical moment, Huang Yuan did not leave immediately.


    The admiral scratched his head, and when he heard about Marie Gioia, he pursed his lips and said with a smile, "Speaking of which, do you really need my support? That''s Xiao..."


    "Excuting an order!"


    Zhan Guo looked at the yellow monkey with anger on his face, and was about to curse in a cold voice: "Be a little more serious, Polusalino, if you don''t handle it carefully, the whole world will perish!"


    "Master Marshal also likes to joke..."


    Pharmacist shook his head, smiled and said, "How could the world be destroyed? Akatsuki is just a peace organization, so what bad intentions can they have? They just want to destroy Marie Gioia!"

 Chapter 568

    The pharmacist has a problem with this sentence.


    A force that wants to destroy the world government, and even recruited two top pirate groups in the world, can it be called a peaceful organization with no bad intentions?


    "Pharmacist pocket."


    Zhan Guo clenched his fists tightly, staring at the medicine master pocket in front of him: "You have colluded with the Xiao organization, or you are Xiao Xiao''s undercover agent in the navy, but I can''t imagine that you will come to this step today..."


    The admiral''s mood became more and more complicated.


    In the past, these navy veterans had high hopes for Yao Shidou, but they were greatly disappointed when they saw Yao Shidou ruthlessly fighting for power and profit.


    Even so¡­


    The Warring States of Buddha is still restraining as much as possible, which can be regarded as clearing the way for the future of the navy, because he knows that the existence of Yaoshidou is of great help to the navy, but now Yaoshidou has intensified and is directly involved with the Xiao organization.


    "Forget it, your matter will be investigated after the war."


    Zhan Guo waved his hand to stop Yao Shidou who was about to respond, turned his head to look at the yellow ape who was still standing there, and frowned: "Porusalino, why are you still here? The situation is urgent. Now immediately go to support Mary Joya, the old man will immediately send Sakaski to assist you, and must protect the safety of everyone in the World Government!"


    Huang Yuan still stood still.


    The admiral of the Navy headquarters just pursed his lips and smiled.


    Even though Huang Yuan didn''t say anything, but he didn''t do anything, and let Zhan Guo understand everything, as if a lightning flashed through his brain...


    The pharmacist likes to make a decision before doing things.


    How could this guy not consider the threat posed by the general?


    The issue is¡­


    How on earth did this guy manage to be a general!


    Whether it is the Warring States of Buddha or Lieutenant General Garp, the eyes of the two fell on Huang Yuan almost at the same time, and the admiral was a little embarrassed to see...


    Warring States stared at Huang Yuan, who was once his adjutant, his aura suddenly became thick, and even a golden light shone on his body: "Polusalino, what I didn''t expect is that...as an admiral You, also colluded with Akatsuki..."


    "Don''t ask General Polusalino about this, right?"


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, smiled and explained: "Because anyway, I was the one who invited General Polusalino to join Akatsuki..."


    "..."


    Now that the yellow apes have joined Akatsuki...


    So what about the remaining Aokiji and Akainu?


    Sengoku took a deep breath, and his eyes fell on Aokiji and Akainu who were sitting under the execution platform in the distance. He was a little bit reluctant to ask the next question...


    To be honest¡­


    According to the speculation of the Warring States Period, both of these two people may join the Akatsuki organization, and it is also possible that these two people will not join the Akatsuki organization.


    Aokiji was not very satisfied with the world government for a time, and even ignored the orders of the five old stars. Speaking of which, the person who is most likely to join Akatsuki is Aokiji...


    Of course, Akainu is not very satisfied with the status quo of the navy. Especially in the past two years, Akainu believes that the navy should be tougher. No matter how much it pays, it must destroy the pirates in the new world as soon as possible...


    Garp touched his chin, and scratched his head subconsciously: "Hmm... Kuzan and Sakasky probably won''t join Akatsuki, right?"


    "No."


    Warring States already had the answer in their hearts.


    He shook his head slowly, and sighed: "Karp, you guys didn''t realize that they often get together, and the relationship between Kuzan and Sakasky, who used to be very difficult, has become It keeps getting better..."


    No need to ask.


    Just a little thought.


    Aokiji and Akainu haven''t spoken much for more than twenty years.


    In the past few years, the three admirals of the Navy headquarters have met frequently. Apart from the fact that they have a common secret in their hearts, what other things can there be?


    It''s so sad...


    The three generals of the Navy Headquarters are all members of the Akatsuki organization...


    It wasn''t until today, when the war was about to start, that Sengoku, as the admiral of the navy, discovered that the admiral he had always regarded as the trump card of the war had rebelled...


    So¡­


    There is no need for this war to continue, right?


    If all the generals with the highest combat power in the headquarters all rebel, the world government and the navy have no hope of winning. In addition, the entire Marin Fando does not know how many people are willing to obey the orders of the pharmacist. Now they can only wait for the enemy. butcher...


    and¡­


    And the CP department!


    If I remember correctly, because the CP department lost too much in the past few years, the pharmacist had to replace a batch of blood. Thinking about it this way, it is clear that the pharmacist was cleaning out the dissidents...


    "The CP department also belongs to Akatsuki?"


    "yes."


    Pharmacist Dou did not deny it.


    At this point, denial is pointless.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Sengoku nodded slowly. He had already prepared for this matter in his heart. His eyes fell on the Shichibukai, the king. Except for the empress Boa Hancock, the relationship between the other Shichibukai seems to be very familiar...


    King Shichibukai!


    So far, the Qiwuhai under the king has also been replaced by a batch!


    Warring States stared at Wangxia Qiwuhai, and said in a deep voice: "In the past few years, you have been pushing for the abolition of the replacement of Wangxia Qiwuhai, so if you think about it, there should be members of Akatsuki in Wangxia Qiwuhai, right? "


    "Are you there?"


    The pharmacist took a look at Shichibukai, the king, and said with a smile, "Except for that woman, Boya Hancock, who doesn''t like oil and salt, everyone else is our companion..."


    "..."


    Warring States choked, a little bit want to curse.


    Even Karp was a little speechless.


    Isn''t this too arrogant? Mingming Buddha''s Warring States asked who was a member of Akatsuki among the Seven Martial Seas under the King; in the end, Yao Shidou answered him, but who was not a member of Akatsuki...


    hehe¡­


    Marin Fando is really like a sieve.


    These things¡­


    The more I think about it, the more desperate I become!


    The admiral''s mood suddenly became sad!


    Pharmacist Dou swore that apart from Garp and Vice Admiral Crane, he, the admiral of the navy, would not be able to transfer anyone else. This is really not an exaggeration...


    There was a faint pain in Zhan Guo''s chest, but he persisted and continued in a deep voice: "In this way, you have planned it a long time ago. You have also deployed people in Marie Gioia, right?"


    "It can''t be called..."


    Pharmacist shook his head and said with a smile: "It was just a small trick. If my plan hadn''t gone wrong, there should be only our world commander left in the entire Mariejoya defense... "


    Mary Joa.


    The holy place was surrounded with water.


    A group of pirates kept bombarding Mary Joa''s city wall with cannons, even though the holy land in front of them was no longer fortified.


    Because all the generals of the defenders were under the control of the CP department, before the arrival of the army organized by Akatsuki, the CP department took the army and evacuated Marie Gioia in an organized manner.


    Now the Holy Land...


    It should be the most humiliating moment since the establishment of the world government.


    A group of pirates brazenly yelled and insulted outside the city, telling the world''s aristocratic Tianlong people to get out immediately and Marie Gioia died. This should be the pinnacle of their lives.


    The only one still resisting...


    It was Gang Gukong who was about to retire to make way for the pharmacist.


    There were no accidents in Yaoshidou''s plan. The world''s commander-in-chief was actually a bare-bones commander, and he could only entangle a group of slaves of the Tianlong people...


    Today, this is the only remaining armed force of Marie Gioia.


    This war didn''t even need to start, Steel Gu Kong knew they were doomed now, so what would Steel Gu Kong do to fight?


    Do you really want to beat your own skull?


    Mary Joya, in Pangu City.


    Everyone in Wulaoxing looked very ugly.


    The facts are already very clear, Yao Shidou put this guy together with them, gave up the prospect of becoming the world''s commander in chief, and colluded with the Akatsuki organization and the two Four Emperor Pirates...


    that guy¡­


    Why on earth do you want to do this!


    Is there anyone in this world who can pocket more than their pharmacists?


    Just as Wulaoxing and Steel Gukong were thinking about where this powerful coalition force came from, and how long they had to wait for their fate to come, there was a radio broadcast in the whole of Maryjoia.


    "In the year 1513 of the Haiyuan calendar, the Tianlong man Demolde shot and killed the royal family of King Gena, robbed King Gena''s concubine and princess, and killed 175 people, men, women and children along the way..."


    "In the year 1513 of the Haiyuan calendar, Koklier, a Tianlong man, plundered eleven women as wives, shot her husband and his family to death, killed fifteen people, and kicked to death a three-year-old child..."


    "In the year 1513 of the Haiyuan calendar, Doskud, a Tianlong man, shot and killed nine people on Dro Island, and ordered the former CP0 agents to kill 31 people..."


    "In the year 1513 of the lunar calendar, the Celestial Dragon''s Roswein shot and killed eleven people in the Chambord Islands, and raped seven people to become slaves..."


    "..."


    "In the year 1518 of the Haiyuan calendar, Sneinpu, a Tianlong man, killed three people on Paka Island..."


    "In the year 1518 of the Haiyuan calendar, Charros, a Tianlong man, shot and killed seven civilians in the Chambord Islands, and robbed three women as his wives..."


    The sound of the broadcast continued throughout Mary Gioia.


    The names of the Tianlong people were read out one by one, and every Tianlong person who had been out seemed to have committed a crime, relying on their status as world nobles to wantonly burn, kill and plunder.


    Because it is very easy for the Tianlong people to destroy a country, these world nobles who claim to be descendants of the creator, take everything in this sea.


    The evil deeds done by many Draconians are beyond description.


    only¡­


    Others remember these.


    Mary Joya''s radio kept broadcasting these news, which made the Tianlongren and Wulaoxing in this city finally feel a sense of absurdity...


    This group of people...


    Want to judge them?


    Do a group of pirates want to judge the nobles of the world?


    As Mary Joya''s Tianlongren and Wulaoxing looked more and more ugly, Mary Joya''s radio finally came to an end.


    "In the 1520th year of the Haiyuan calendar, eight people including Tianlongren Chardoro, Dosswood...Pandum, offended the leader of the Akatsuki organization at Mary Gioia..."


    "..."


    Everyone''s expressions gradually became subtler.


    Not only the Heavenly Dragons inside Mary Joa, but even the Pirates and the Ninja Allied Forces felt that this reason should be the real reason for their attack on Mary Joa.


    them¡­


    In fact, he is not a good person!


    Just as everyone was whispering to each other, a series of red barriers were pulled away from the surroundings, completely sealing off the entire Marie Gioia.


    It is the Four Scarlet Sun Formation.


    With the opening of the enchantment of the Four Scarlet Sun Formation, the voice of Shikahisa Nara, the chief of staff of the coalition, fell into everyone''s ears: "Then please start...Erasure everything in this city!"


    next moment¡­


    A roar echoed in the air!


    Kaido, the beast, turned into a dragon body and soared into the air, taking the lead in spitting out a scorching dragon''s breath toward the city of Marie Gioia!

 Chapter 569

    The flames of the dragon''s breath fell!


    The whole Marie Gioia fell into a sea of ??flames!


    Kaido of Beasts took the lead in attacking. Kaido has never been in awe of the holy land of Mary Gioia, and he doesn''t care about the lives of these Tianlongren!


    "Well hahahahaha... Kaido, you are too anxious!"


    BIG¡¤MOM stepped on a cloud and rose to the sky above Marie Gioia. Her palms waved slowly, laughing and loudly commanding her soul creation: "Zeus, Prometheus, let''s start to make a big fuss too!" !"


    "Yes, Mom!"


    Groups of flames sprinkled from the sky!


    The temperature in the air suddenly rose!


    Facing the two Four Emperors who were raging in Marie Gioia, the steel bone Kong who is the world''s commander finally couldn''t sit still, waved his fist and rose from the ground, hitting Kaido''s dragon head with one punch, the huge The dragon''s body was directly punched to the ground by him!


    Steel Bone Kong finally made a move!


    "Don''t be too arrogant!"


    Gang Gukong clenched his fists, and said solemnly, "This is Marie Gioia, where the world government is located. You pirates will never be allowed to act recklessly here!"


    Just when Cyborg Kong was about to continue to attack Kaido, BIG MOM''s fist suddenly blasted Weiguo towards Cyborg Kong, knocking the world commander into the air!


    "Humph¡­"


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Kaido got up from the ground, withdrew from his dragon body and turned into a human form. He rubbed his head and spat contemptuously: "Hmph, fists are not very good..."


    "Well hahahahaha... Kaido, are you still alive?"


    BIG MOM stepped on the clouds and slowly landed beside Kaido, then turned to look at the steel bone Kong who stood up, and laughed wildly: "Let me see who this is, this is not from our previous era." Mr. Steel Bone Kong? Hahahahahaha..."


    When talking about this, BIG¡¤MOM''s smile gradually became crazy: "Are you still living in the past era? Starting today, the world government and the era of great pirates are over!"


    BIG MOM''s smiling face instantly turned gloomy and cold, she looked down at the steel bone space, and said grimly: "This is the era of Akatsuki, the era when only the truly strong can rule the world... Hahahahahaha..."


    One¡­


    An era completely dominated by the strong!


    Only the truly strong are eligible to survive, only the truly strong can join the Akatsuki organization as an official member, and only the truly strong can vote at the meeting that can decide the direction of the world at any time!


    Akatsuki''s rules are very simple...


    In this organization, there is a group of people surrounding a leader who is said to be as powerful as a god. With the support of that god, the Akatsuki organization dominates the world!


    How strong is that leader...


    BIG¡¤Mom actually doesn''t know at all, but BIG¡¤Mom knows very well how strong the leader''s mother is!


    This Xiao organization...


    In fact, it feels like the relationship is the same as her pirate group!


    However, in comparison, the strength of the entire Akatsuki organization is too strong. There are at least three or four people who can compete with her alone, and they occupy the high positions of various powerful forces in this world, among them is Kaguya Otsutsuki Such people who exceed the limit...


    It is said...


    The leader of the Akatsuki organization that I have never seen before...


    His strength is stronger than Otsutsuki Kaguya!


    When BIG MOM found out about this from the members of the Akatsuki organization, he couldn''t believe it for the first time. How could anyone be stronger than Kaguya Ji, who easily defeated the entire world by himself!


    But this also made BIG MOM very interested. BIG MOM really wanted to meet Kaguya Hime''s son, and by the way, he also wanted to know how Kaguya Hime gave birth to a son that everyone would recognize as powerful...


    One¡­


    A man who can make the Akatsuki organization fear!


    There is no doubt that the Akatsuki organization is definitely the apex of this world, and that leader is standing at the apex of Akatsuki!


    Unfortunately¡­


    BIG¡¤MOM has not had the chance to see how strong that person is until now, maybe in this world war, there will be a chance to meet.


    only¡­


    Let''s deal with Marie Gioia first...


    Now the entire Marie Gioia is standing in front of them only Steel Gu Kong, even the slaves of the Tianlong people will not obey orders at all, Steel Gu Kong alone wants to stop at least 100,000 coalition troops and a group of strong men...


    "Don''t talk too much nonsense with him."


    A woman with white hair like a waterfall slowly floated over from the sky, floating above Marie Gioia, her face was full of coldness: "Lingling... get rid of him immediately, destroy this city, we have to do it as soon as possible!" Go see Hagoromo..."


    It was Otsutsuki Kaguya.


    Kaguya Hime stared at the city of Marie Gioia, and slowly stretched out her palm, and her abyss-like arrogance and chakra burst out instantly!


    Countless houses and high-rise buildings were directly destroyed under this domineering!


    Surging domineering swept the entire Marie Gioia!


    Everyone can feel the power of this domineering, but the Tianlongren, who has always been arrogant in the outside world, can only hide in Marie Gioia''s safe basement and shiver...


    "what is happening?"


    "Has Sora not dealt with the enemy yet?"


    The nearest steel bone Kong instantly felt the suffocation of his body!


    Such a woman...


    He is stronger than all the enemies Steel Gu Kong has seen in his life!


    Even Lonely Red Redfield, the strongest enemy that Steel Bone Kong had encountered during his peak period, was far inferior to the domineering power of this woman!


    Is this woman the one who controls Big Mom and Beast Kaido?


    Drops of cold sweat slowly dripped down the forehead of the world commander-in-chief, and he couldn''t help but raise his head and stare at Otsutsuki Kaguya in the air: "Your Excellency... who the hell is it?"


    The veins on Kaguya''s face bulged, her white eyes suddenly opened, her voice became colder and colder: "My name is Otsutsuki Kaguya, the goddess of Mao..."


    Marie Gioia''s Celestial Dragons have nothing to hide from Kaguya Hime''s white eyes!


    The next moment, the long hair in Kaguya Ji''s hands fluttered suddenly, turning into sharp thorns that instantly pierced through Marie Gioia''s house and the ground, and directly pierced into the bodies of the Tianlong people!


    Blood spattered out!


    In the blink of an eye, hundreds of Tianlong people died in the hands of Kaguya Ji!


    When Steel Gu Kong waved his fist to stop him, a strand of long hair condensed his armed domineering aura and sent Steel Gu Kong flying away!


    next moment...


    The domineering long hair pierced through the steel bone hollow body!


    In just a short moment, the world commander was already on the verge of death!


    Until he was about to die, Gang Gukong still looked at the strand of long white hair piercing his body in disbelief, before he even had time to fight back...


    wrong¡­


    In fact, there is no chance to fight back at all...


    Kaguya Ji manipulated her long hair and threw off the steel-bone Kong''s body, and said with displeasure on her face, "Does the vulnerable ants also want to attack the moon in the sky?"


    "This one has the hardest bones on his body..."


    BIG MOM stepped on the clouds and flew beside Kaguya Ji, and said with a smile: "Well, hahahaha... In our young age, Steel Bone Kong was the admiral of the navy. I didn''t expect it to be solved by Kaguya so easily... "


    "Before God, all resistance is futile."


    Kaguya Hime''s hair fluttered again in strands, and gradually covered the entire Marie Gioia in the air, almost covering the sky and the sun, and Marie Gioia''s sky turned white!


    Kaguya Ji calmly stretched out her palm, and her cold voice echoed in this city of Tianlong people: "As punishment for you who call yourself gods, I will bestow real divine punishment... The real gods in this world are only Concubine and Yuyi!"

 Chapter 570

    Mary Joa.


    Just as Otsutsuki Kaguya led BIG MOM and Beast Kaido to massacre Marie Gioia, the four red sun formations used to seal Marie Gioia suddenly shattered.


    A slender figure disappeared in a flash.


    Even if someone noticed the figure of that person, they didn''t have time to chase him down, because soon the figure seemed to be very good at hiding.


    It''s just that the coalition forces didn''t particularly care.


    Because the task they received was to destroy this holy place and clean up the Tianlong people in this world. Under the destruction of the two four emperors, the buildings of Marie Gioia were turned into ruins, and the corpses of the Tianlong people gradually became more and more serious. more and more...


    Otsutsuki Kaguya stood in the sky looking down at the situation on the ground, frowned slightly, and then turned his head to look at the place where the figure fled.


    That figure fled quickly!


    In the blink of an eye, he was about to escape Kaguya Hime''s sight!


    "Has anyone escaped yet?"


    Kaguya Ji shook her head slowly, and whispered to herself: "Is there anyone who can escape Yu Yi''s prediction?"


    "Black Hole Annihilation!"


    Just when Kaguya Ji was about to fly to chase after her, a voice came from above, and a pitch-black black hole suddenly opened from the sky!


    A burst of void power was suddenly released from the black hole, and that black glow hit the red earth continent in an instant!


    On that black light...


    There was a terrifying aura!


    No matter who it is, they are faintly afraid of the black light falling from the sky!


    Even BIG MOM, even Beast Kaido, even Otsutsuki Kaguya, can faintly feel the terrifying power above the black light emitted by the black hole!


    The power on this black light...


    Definitely enough to kill them easily!


    next moment¡­


    That black light suddenly pierced through the Red Earth Continent!


    In the eyes of everyone, all objects touched by the black awn are completely annihilated, no matter whether it is a rock, a boulder or a flower, grass or tree, they all become nothingness under the attack of that black awn!


    This is the power of annihilation!


    The black shadow that had already escaped from Marie Gioia looked up in horror, watching the black light come down!


    This is the real divine punishment!


    The black light suddenly wiped out the man who had escaped from Marie Gioia!


    After the enemy was eliminated, the black glow gradually began to dissipate.


    The area it devastated completely turned into a vacuum, and a leaf floated into that area, floating up and down as if losing gravity...


    Big Mom''s nose twitched slightly, and his body trembled slightly: "That power...what is it?"


    This is too dangerous!


    There is such power in this world!


    Even if BIG¡¤MOM is born with a strong body, he doesn''t think he can withstand the power of annihilation!


    Just when a group of people were still in shock, accompanied by a domineering force that made everyone dare not move, an ethereal voice slowly fell down.


    The voice of the young man was whispering like a god, and entered everyone''s ears: "Solve the trouble here immediately, and meet us at Marin Vanduo."


    After finishing speaking, that huge aura dissipated like a tide.


    It seems that this person appeared here just to deal with the person who tried to escape from Marie Gioia, and he even left here without showing up at all...


    With his departure, everyone finally began to breathe.


    "That guy Uehara... how strong is he going to become!"


    Outside Mariejoa''s city, Uchiha Madara''s face was full of fighting intent.


    Originally, he thought that he had become strong enough in this sea, but he found that Naraku Uehara seemed to have become even more terrifying!


    It''s unimaginable...


    Where is the upper limit of that kind of person!


    "Forget it, Madara, let''s meet Kaguya-dono first!"


    Senju Hashirama stood by and patted Uchiha Madara on the shoulder.


    Due to the cracking of the blockade barrier, several of them who were originally responsible for maintaining the barrier also joined together. Uchiha Madara, Senju Hashirama and Uzumaki Naruto rushed to the city, and the second and fourth Hokage rushed to the coalition forces where.


    After Kaguya Hime and BIG MOM destroyed Marie Gioia, the rest of the work of hunting down the Tianlong people hiding in the ground was handed over to the coalition forces.


    When Otsutsuki Kaguya took BIG MOM and Beast Kaido to Pangu City, Uchiha Madara, Senju Hashirama and Uzumaki Naruto also followed.


    Pangu City.


    Wu Laoxing hid here and watched all this happen.


    They never made a move.


    Even if they all saw the annihilated black light appearing in the sky, they also heard a whisper like a god.


    But they still sit quietly waiting for an order from one person.


    Among the flowers in the depths of Maryjoia, there lives a supreme figure, because now only that figure activates the national treasure of the Celestial Dragon, and it is possible to solve the crisis of Maryjoia.


    In the city...


    It''s the two Four Emperors!


    And a person stronger than the Four Emperors!


    Outside the city of Mary Joya, there are more than 100,000 coalition troops!


    However, until now, there is still no order from the flowers in the depths of Maryjoya, as if they don''t care about what happened in Maryjoya city at all.


    "Sora has already sacrificed."


    One of the old men couldn''t help frowning and said, "It would be too wasteful to let them slaughter this group of consumables..."


    Because the life of the Tianlong people is used to drive their national treasures, each Tianlong person is essentially a consumable that can use the national treasure.


    "Wait for Master Im''s order!"


    Another old man shook his head and said in a low voice: "Perhaps Mr. Im is considering whether to use that national treasure. He should just be worried that the damage will be too great... After all, we have all felt the terrifying power just now..."


    "Let them wreak havoc like this?"


    One of the old men holding a knife in his arms shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "Why don''t I go out and have a look, and try to save as many people as possible..."


    "Do you think you can kill them?"


    "Continue to sit here."


    "Wait for Master Im''s order!"


    "We have already reported this matter to Lord Im''s maid, and the result should appear soon. No one can defeat Lord Im and that national treasure..."


    While the group of five old stars were still waiting, a maid ran into their room in a panic, her face was full of panic: "Master Wulaoxing, something happened between the flowers, Mr. Yim...Master Yim... Gone!"


    "what!"


    "Are you kidding me!"


    The faces of a group of old people were filled with astonishment.


    The next moment, the eyes of the group of old people suddenly changed, as if they had thought of something, they hurriedly followed the maid to the depths of the flowers, but they only saw the empty flowers...


    Now¡­


    Who will tell them what to do?


    These five old stars have been acting according to Im''s orders, because they know that Im''s orders will never go wrong. Now do they think that the person they rely on has escaped...


    Everyone''s expression was faintly panicked!


    It was precisely because of Im''s trump card that the Five Old Stars did not act rashly. They believed that Mr. Im would easily resolve the war.


    What I didn''t expect was...


    Why did Lord Im suddenly disappear!


    One of the old people''s face turned a little ugly in an instant: "Could it be that... Mr. Im has nothing to do about this accident?"


    "perhaps¡­"


    The other old man raised his head with an ugly face, and he suddenly thought of something: "Perhaps Mr. Im has left. The energy released by the black hole we saw just now...will kill Mr. Im!"


    "I don''t have time to pay attention to these now..."


    An old man stretched out his hand and pulled out a sword among the flowers, and said in a deep voice: "Everyone, what we should consider now is how to retreat from the enemy..."


    "Why haven''t the navy''s reinforcements come yet..."


    "Maybe they can''t be dispatched anymore!"


    "If Pharmacist betrayed us, he may not allow the navy to send troops over..."


    "Couldn''t the Warring States have solved a pharmacist who usurped power?"


    "It''s impossible to count on reinforcements now, and if Lord Im is missing... everyone, we may really have to fight to the death for the world government we have been maintaining!"


    While the group of five old stars were still discussing the next step, everyone felt a darkness, and they raised their heads involuntarily.


    A shadow gradually appeared on the glass above the flowers.


    The next moment, a huge slash directly split the entire space between the flowers, and even shattered the World Government''s Throne of the Sky. The bodies of each of the five old stars were extremely sensitive, and they flew to dodge the slash !


    "Well, hahahahaha... five old stars..."


    The figure of BIG MOM slowly appeared here, and her laughter was as piercing as thunder: "Well ha ha ha ha ha ha... what are you doing here?"


    And with the appearance of BIG MOM, Beast Kaido also appeared beside her, Naruto Uzumaki, Uchiha Madara and Senjujuma appeared instantly.


    Five people¡­


    Corresponding to the five old stars.


    The Akatsuki organization attaches the greatest importance to the five heads of the world government. No matter whether it is among these five people, each of them is enough to stand at the top of the ocean!


    "That''s five against five..."


    Uchiha Madara squeezed his fist, looked at the five old stars in front of him, grinned and said with a light smile: "Really, obviously we can handle it by picking anyone at random!"


    "Don''t take it too lightly, Madara!"


    Qianshou Zhujian shook his head, and stared at Wulaoxing solemnly: "These people are not so easy to deal with..."


    "Master First Generation is right..."


    Uzumaki Naruto nodded slowly, then shook his head and said, "But let''s get rid of the trouble here as soon as possible, and go to Marin Fando right away..."


    because¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke is in Marin Fando!


    Just like Uchiha Madara, Uzumaki Naruto once thought that he and Sasuke had become strong enough in this sea, but in the end he felt the horror of Uehara Naraku again, and the sense of powerlessness that once came to his heart...


    Hope that Sasuke guy...


    Don''t do anything stupid!


    The members of the Akatsuki organization are doing their final work. Five members who are as powerful as the Four Emperors are facing the five old stars of the world government, and the other members are continuing to search for the Tianlong people.


    The screams of the Celestial Dragon before his death echoed in Marie Gioia.


    A group of surviving Tianlong people hiding in the ground trembled, all holding the phone bugs in their hands, wanting to call the navy''s support, hoping that the generals they usually can call with just one phone call will appear.


    Until finally, a Tianlong man couldn''t bear it anymore. He left the basement of his home, stood on the street, waved his arms and said loudly: "Not all Tianlong people are born with sins, many people are not even listed. None of the¡­¡±


    Boom!


    There was a shot in the street!


    "Hmph, please stop talking nonsense!"


    Plague Quinn grinned, put away his gun, slowly blew out a huge smoke ring with his pipe in his mouth, and said with a smile, "Little ones, hurry up, we still have a fight!" A grand day awaits us!"


    "Lord Quinn''s marksmanship is too handsome!"


    "As expected of Master Quinn, your marksmanship is as charming as your dancing!"


    A group of pirates cheered and waved their arms. Beside them, a group of ninjas glanced at the mentally handicapped pirates with distaste, and continued to carry out their tasks.


    Flame Calamity glanced at his companion with some inexplicable words, and said in a deep voice: "Kuin, stop messing around, pack it up quickly, if we delay the time, even if we are official members of Akatsuki, there will be no good Eat the fruit!"


    "understood!"


    Plague Quinn glanced at Yan Calamity with dissatisfaction, and muttered in his mouth: "You ordered me before joining Akatsuki, and you ordered me after joining Akatsuki..."


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    Compared with the group of Beast Pirates...


    The BIG MOM Pirates and the Ninja Alliance are obviously more qualified.


    Relying on his powerful knowledge and arrogance, Katakuri slowly searched the underground of every house, looking for those heavenly dragons who were hiding...


    As for the ninja coalition, in addition to relying on supercilious ninjutsu and sensory ninjutsu, some ninjas first directly used the detonating talisman to blow up the entire house into ruins, and then used the earth escape ninjutsu to bring out the Tianlongren hiding in the underground safe room...


    It didn''t take long for the coalition forces of more than 100,000 to pull out all the Tianlong people in Mariejoia.


    As time progressed little by little, the city soon left the five old stars who were still fighting Uchiha Madara and others.


    The 100,000 coalition forces did not stay in Mariejoya for too long, and they withdrew from the city that had been reduced to ruins. They each started to board the warships in Mariejoya port and rushed to the naval base of Marinfando.


    there¡­


    This is the final battle for Akatsuki to rule the world!


    This former holy place is just a small episode in the war.


    In addition to the 100,000 coalition troops who left the holy land, there are also some officials and defenders of the former world government. They also set off with the coalition forces on warships, but these people will rush to Judiciary Island to temporarily station according to the orders of their superiors.


    Marlin Vandeau.


    The Navy Headquarters base, the last phone bug message received here from Marie Gioia, is that the Akatsuki organization is cleaning the world''s aristocratic Tianlong people.


    However¡­


    The Navy did nothing in return.


    The Warring States of Buddha can only allow Lieutenant General Crane to use the phone bug to issue an order to the Chambord Islands, which is the closest to Marie Gioia, ordering Vice Admiral Uehara Naraku who is stationed in the Chambord Islands to try to go to Marie Gioia to support and rescue world government officials and world nobility...


    In addition, the Warring States can''t do more.


    To be honest, Warring States was a little lucky. Fortunately, he sent Uehara Naraku to the Chambord Islands because he felt that Uehara Naraku was not strong enough.


    Now it seems that the Chambord Islands branch base has become the last savior of the world government, even though Uehara Naraku may not be able to do much...


    However...


    It''s better to have a glimmer of hope than to face only despair.

 Chapter 571

    Marlin Vandeau.


    Warring States, Garp and Lieutenant General He sat together.


    The three old men watched Pharmacist take over everything in Marin Fando calmly. They felt that they were a bit of outsiders after staying in the navy for so many years.


    The entire Marin Vanduo should have been completely controlled by Pharmacist Dou. The three generals of the Navy Headquarters all watched the three old men sitting aside, except for Aokiji who was a little bit ashamed.


    How sad!


    Warring States mood is still a little tangled.


    If he really had a chance to fight Pharmacist Dou, it would mean that at the moment of the war, the navy would fall into chaos.


    Such a navy...


    There is no way to participate in the war.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    What''s more, if Sengoku wants to suppress the rebellion, the three admirals Akainu, Aokiji, and Kizaru are all here. Sengoku doesn''t think that he and Garp can solve the three generals before Whitebeard arrives. Can you? It''s hard to say how to solve it...


    In addition to the three generals, there are several kings under the Qiwuhai...


    In addition to Wangxia Qiwuhai, there are thousands of CP agents...


    After getting rid of these people, they can find a way to integrate a navy of 100,000 to face the strongest pirate group in the world, the revolutionary army, the remnants of the red-haired pirate group...


    This forced the three old men, Warring States, Garp, and Lieutenant He, to sit side by side, staring at Medicine Master Dou controlling the navy.


    what a sarcasm...


    Zhan Guo stared at Medicine Master''s pocket, his eyes were full of oldness and sadness: "This old man still can''t figure out why they choose to betray justice..."


    How can this be possible...


    When Yao Shidou was about to become the commander-in-chief of the world, and the three generals of the Navy headquarters were also high-ranking, they suddenly turned their heads and turned to an evil organization in the sea...


    "Maybe it''s because of Akatsuki''s strength!"


    Lieutenant General Crane folded his palms together, and said in a low voice: "According to the situation we know so far, Akatsuki has gathered the Hundred Beasts Pirates and the Big Mom Pirates, which means that Akatsuki has absolute suppression. Kaido and BIG MOM''s people..."


    Only then can it make sense.


    Otherwise, it is impossible for the two Four Emperor Pirates to join the Akatsuki organization. They are already the most powerful sea emperors, so how could they still be inferior to others?


    "Warring States."


    Lieutenant General He glanced at Warring States, and said softly: "If the World Government can still survive, then our resistance here is still meaningful; if the World Government has been destroyed by Xiao, the whole world will become chaotic..."


    "Then it''s time for the navy to maintain order!"


    Sengoku clenched his fists, slowly lowered his head and said, "Xiaohe, call the bug first, and ask Uehara Naraku Marie Gioia how is the situation? Let him tell Wulaoxing that Marin Fando is no longer affected by the world. The government took control of the¡­¡±


    At least for now...


    Uehara Naraku is the only navy that is still willing to obey the orders of these people, and it also allows Sengoku to have a commandable force.


    maybe¡­


    After this war is over, Sengoku will rely on Uehara Naraku''s troops to rebuild a new navy. Because of the conflict between Uehara Naraku and Pharmacist''s pocket, at least Uehara Naraku cannot rely on Pharmacist''s pocket.


    The mood of the admiral of the Warring States period became more and more complicated.


    Uehara Naraku, who was once considered disgraceful by the Warring States Period, may become his right-hand man in the future...


    If there are two navies in the world, one of them is headed by Yakushidou, surrounded by admirals of the Navy headquarters and a series of lieutenant generals who depend on them; while only Lieutenant Admiral Garp, Lieutenant Crane, and Uehara are left in the Warring States Period Naraku, the disgraced lieutenant general...


    old old.


    Waste of waste.


    Lieutenant General Crane took out his phone bug and dialed Uehara Naraku''s phone bug, and asked gently: "Uehara, have you rushed to Mary Gioia now? How is the situation over there? The World Government repelled the enemy Yet?"


    "Lieutenant General Crane..."


    In the phone bug, Uehara Naraku''s voice was faintly obscure: "The World Government...is no longer here! Pharmacist has transferred all Mary Gioia''s defenders to Judiciary Island, and Marie Gioia has only Marshal Sora who is resisting... "


    "what!"


    Crane''s voice suddenly rose!


    Even she couldn''t believe the news she heard!


    Whether it was Sengoku or Garp, the two quickly leaned against He, and asked hurriedly, "How is the battle over there now? Is Sora okay?"


    Cyborg Kong used to be the Admiral of the Navy.


    For a long time, Sengoku and the others have gradually become the mainstay of the navy thanks to Kong''s protection and guidance.


    The relationship between them is also a teacher and a friend.


    "Marie Gioia is destroyed, the World Government is gone..."


    In the phone bug, Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little more confused, as if the disappearance of the world government seemed to him, life seemed to have lost its meaning...


    Not just a pharmacist pocket...


    Even the faces of Lieutenant General He and Zhan Guo flashed a hint of confusion.


    The world government has existed for eight hundred years, and everyone is used to this behemoth relying on the absorption of allied countries to rule the world.


    Nowadays¡­


    The world government suddenly collapsed.


    No one can adapt to the world after the world government suddenly disappears. Without the world government, no one knows what the world will be like...


    There is no doubt that¡­


    Chaos and destruction are sure to be themes for the future!


    The world will soon be full of wars, pirates and riots again!


    Just as the old men were thinking with ugly expressions, Uehara Naraku''s voice came again, but this time it was a little more heavy: "Commander Kong died, Wu Laoxing and all the nobles of the world have been killed. The whole of Marie Gioia was spared..."


    "..."


    Warring States fell silent.


    Even though he had already guessed in his heart, he couldn''t help being a little shocked when he got the news now. The once invincible Tianlongren and the aloof Wulaoxing were all killed by the Xiao organization and the group of pirates!


    The world government has been destroyed...


    Wulaoxing and Tianlongren were all killed...


    This means that the order of this world has completely collapsed, the sea will really run amok, and there will be great riots in this world soon!


    And the navy is also controlled by Akatsuki...


    Warring States looked at the 100,000 navy gathered under Marin Vanduo, and his heart twitched a little bit: "If this is the case, is there any point in this war?"


    "Have."


    Lieutenant General He woke up instantly.


    The naval staff officer recovered from the shock of the World Government being destroyed, and gradually regained her sanity. She calmly said, "Maybe Akatsuki wants to rule the world. Apart from destroying the World Government, they also want to solve all problems." resistance forces..."


    Lieutenant General He slowly lowered his head, and began to analyze the actions of the Akatsuki organization little by little: "The world government has been destroyed, Beast Kaido and Big Mom have surrendered, and the navy is also under the control of Pharmacist Dou. The only people who still have the anti-Akatsuki organization are Whitebeard and the Revolutionary Army, and the red-haired remnants..."


    With the emergence of many incidents, General He Zhong analyzed the true purpose of the Xiao organization bit by bit, and her face became more and more ugly.


    "them¡­"


    "I want to wipe out all sea forces in one fell swoop!"


    "Xiaodou used the fire fist Ace to trigger the battle between the Navy and the Whitebeard Pirates, and used the revolutionary army cadres to attract the entry of the revolutionary army, and the red hair jumped into the trap..."


    "Because the navy needs to face more and more enemies, Mary Gioia''s defense has to be emptied. The Akatsuki organization just took this opportunity to destroy the world government with emptied defenses..."


    "And when the war between the Navy and Whitebeard is over, no matter who wins or loses, the Akatsuki organization will bring two Four Emperor Pirates to sweep over and reap the benefits..."


    "Here... is the end of their plan!"


    Lieutenant General He''s eyes fell on Yao Shidou, and his expression was extremely complicated: "Warring States, we really underestimated Xiaodou... Xiao''s handwriting is much bigger than we imagined!"


    While their eyes were still on the Four Emperor Pirates...


    The Akatsuki organization has long been prepared to eliminate all powerful forces in the sea!


    If you just look at the strength on paper, the Akatsuki organization already has a huge advantage. In fact, the only powerful forces that can resist today are the Whitebeard Pirates, the Revolutionary Army, and the Red Hair Pirates. Remnants...


    There are a total of seven under the king Qiwuhai.


    According to the information confirmed by Pharmacist''s pocket, except for Blackbeard Marshall D. Teach, who has not yet appeared, five of the six present are members of Akatsuki...


    In the Navy Headquarters, the three generals are all members of Akatsuki, and the vice-admirals do not know who are members of Akatsuki. It seems that every lieutenant general looks like a member of Akatsuki, and every lieutenant general does not look like...


    However, there are three major factions in the navy around the generals, and almost no lieutenant generals are neutral, which means that most lieutenant generals cannot be trusted...


    Just the current situation...


    If Marin Fando convened a high-level combat meeting immediately, perhaps the admiral of the Warring States of Buddha should not investigate who is Akatsuki''s undercover agent, but should investigate who is not Akatsuki''s undercover agent. It may be easier...


    now it seems...


    The Akatsuki organization is only one step away from conquering the world. As long as the Whitebeard Pirates are eliminated, they can declare that they have ruled the sea!


    "Conquer the world, those guys have really big ambitions!"


    The Warring States of Buddha clenched his fist and smashed it against the wall bitterly, his eyes fell on Garp: "Hey, Garp, why don''t you talk?"


    "The old man remembered something from the past..."


    Garp slowly raised his head, looked up at the sky and said, "Thirty years ago, the Rocks Pirates were as lawless as they are now..."


    The Rocks Pirates back then...


    It''s not far from conquering the world!


    However, in the Battle of the Valley of the Gods, Monkey D. Karp and Gol D. Roger jointly defeated the invincible Lockes Pirates, and completely disintegrated the Pirates that were strong enough to rule the world !


    After the Rocks Pirates were disintegrated, the traces of Rocks'' existence were quickly wiped out by the world government.


    However, even though the Rocks Pirates have disintegrated, the remaining members of the Rocks Pirates have all become the overlords of the sea...


    Shiji the Golden Lion, Edward Newgate with White Beard, Charlotte Lingling from Big Mom, Kaido from Beasts, all of these are the overlords of the sea...


    Back then, they all gathered under Lockes'' command.


    Now that Garp brought up Lockes'' old story again, Sengoku and Lieutenant General He couldn''t help frowning, their eyes trembling slightly.


    Sengoku lowered his head with an ugly expression, and said in a deep voice: "There is no doubt that Rocks was once the strongest enemy...but... Akatsuki...maybe more terrifying than the Rocks pirates! If you and Roger didn''t join forces..."


    At least Rocks never had such a big advantage.


    The world government and the navy, the righteous side has almost been controlled or directly destroyed by the Akatsuki organization; the evil side, two of the Four Emperor Pirates have joined the Akatsuki organization...


    However, Karp''s words also provided a way of thinking for the Warring States Period.


    If a few of them join hands with the Whitebeard Pirates to fight against the Akatsuki organization, they can avoid war as much as possible, prevent the bottom-level naval soldiers of the entire Marin Fando from being used as pawns by the Akatsuki organization, and may even stop the Akatsuki organization''s conspiracy to rule the world!


    Now¡­


    Either retire!


    Either keep fighting!


    The decision made by Zhan Guo was very quick. He slammed his palm on the wall and said in a deep voice: "Anyway, there is no worse situation than now... It is the navy that should rule the world, not an inexplicable organization!"


    Warring States turned his head and glanced at his two old friends, and said in a low voice: "That guy with white beard will never join any organization anymore, Garp, Xiaohe, let''s work together with Whitebeard to resolve this war, defeat the Akatsuki organization, and rebuild World Government, restore order to the world..."


    Garp looked up at the sky with subtle eyes: "Warring States, if you want to unite with that guy with white beard... Ace... Sabo and Luffy, those bastards... and Drago..."


    "I see!"


    Zhan Guo glanced at Garp angrily, and then said in a deep voice: "This is only temporary, if they are still stubborn and cause big trouble..."


    "The world government no longer exists, what trouble can they cause..."


    "Shut up!"


    Warring States felt that he was going to be pissed off by his old friend, but after thinking for a while, he said again: "Since the world government and the Tianlong people no longer exist, after we defeat the Akatsuki organization, how many people can we contact when we establish a new world government?" Lager..."


    I really didn''t expect...


    The current situation is actually in the best interest of the Karp family.


    However, if you want to unite to establish a world government, you can indeed bring in the revolutionary army, not to mention that the leader of the revolutionary army, Monkey D. Drago, is also Karp¡¯s son and a junior of the Warring States Period...


    If the alliance is established, they may not have no chance of winning against the Akatsuki organization.


    Sengoku grabbed Lieutenant General Crane''s phone bug, and directed at Uehara Naraku on the other end, and said: "Lieutenant General Uehara Naraku, take your warship and wait for us off the coast of Marin Fondo..."


    "Yes, Marshal of the Warring States Period!"


    Uehara Naraku on the other side of the phone bug listened to them all the way.


    At this moment, Naraku Uehara''s voice sounded a little excited, as if he had a backbone.

 Chapter 572

    Marlin Vandeau.


    Only Lieutenant General He stayed.


    Sengoku and Garp left Marin Fando.


    The two of them left before the battle and did not cause any disturbance. Not only did Yao Shidou not send anyone to stop them, he even provided convenience for them.


    Lieutenant General He was a little surprised by this, and felt a little uneasy, because Yao Shidou almost never made any mistakes, even if he was in the navy, he occasionally made mistakes a few times, and they were all for the Xiao organization.


    Lieutenant General He was a little worried.


    Sengoku is the admiral of the navy, Garp is the hero of the navy,


    Why would Pharmacist allow these two people who are very prestigious in the navy and are likely to shake the navy''s morale during the war to leave Marlin Vandor before the war comes?


    "Is Senior He curious?"


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, smiled lightly and said, "Why didn''t I send someone to intercept Marshal Warring States and Lieutenant General Garp?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Lieutenant General He slowly frowned, his expression full of solemnity: "Do you... have any other plans? You should not leave any loopholes..."


    "Because I know who you are looking for..."


    Pharmacist''s smile gradually became subtle, and he slowly spread his palms and said, "All the navy around Marin Fanduo are under my control, and the navy in only one place should be your hope..."


    When Yao Shidou said this, he shook his head slightly, and said softly: "No, it should be said that there is also my hope!"


    "..."


    A drop of sweat gradually appeared on Lieutenant General Crane''s temple.


    The former naval staff officer said in disbelief: "You and Lieutenant Admiral Uehara Naraku have never been at odds, is he also your subordinate..."


    "No, Senior He said the opposite!"


    Pharmacist shook his head, pushed his glasses, and said with a light smile, "Maybe it''s because Naraku-sama is too low-key, so Senior He didn''t observe his true identity, it''s understandable..."


    Yao Shidou stared at Lieutenant General He, with a strange smile on his lips: "Because Master Naraku has always been like this, you can only see what he wants you to see... If he doesn''t want you to know, you don''t anyway. will know."


    "..."


    There was more and more sweat on Lieutenant General He''s cheeks.


    Yao Shidou looked at Lieutenant General He, whose expression was getting uglier, and continued with a smile: "Senior He never paid attention to it deliberately, did he? I have never taken the initiative to target Naraku-sama, and even for Naraku-sama, I am more than enough for anyone else." respect¡­"


    This is true.


    Even Marin Fando and Yaoshidou acted as much as possible according to Uehara Naraku''s wishes on the premise of not revealing his identity.


    "..."


    Lieutenant General Crane''s body trembled slightly.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    The old man finally remembered some little things that they had neglected.


    If Yakushidou and Uehara Naraku were present together, Yakushidou would often prepare juice for Uehara Naraku specially, and even occasionally when the Warring States period scolded Uehara Naraku, he would try his best to protect him...


    It''s just because of their preconceived notions and the tone of Yao Shidou''s usual speech, which made them think that Yao Shidou was threatening Uehara Naraku...


    and¡­


    Only Naraku Uehara!


    Only Vice Admiral Uehara Naraku never cared about Yakushidou''s intelligence theory, and even he never cared about Yakushidou''s attitude towards him!


    Because Uehara Naraku knew...


    Pharmacist Dou has never been a threat to him.


    "Who the hell is Uehara Naraku?"


    Lieutenant General He''s fingers trembled little by little, and she slowly touched her phone bug with her palm, and continued to ask, "Is he also a member of Akatsuki?"


    "Master Naraku, he is..."


    Pharmacist smiled and stuck out his fingers.


    A little white snake jumped out of his body suddenly, swallowed Lieutenant General He''s phone bug in one gulp, and returned to Yao Shidou''s side again!


    After doing all this and completely cutting off Lieutenant General He''s external contact channels, Yao Shidou''s face gradually showed a serious look.


    "A god who walks in the world."


    Pharmacist pocket slowly closed his palms, showing a playful smile: "Perhaps these are a bit strange to say, why not talk about his other identity, maybe you will be more interested!"


    "What identity... the leader of Akatsuki?"


    Lieutenant General He probably already guessed it, because she remembered that someone in the sea had mentioned more than once that Xiao''s leader was a real god.


    Yao Shidou looked at Lieutenant General He''s nervous expression, nodded lightly with a smile, and said, "Yes, Master Naraku is the most powerful leader in the history of Akatsuki organization, and he is also the man who really commanded Akatsuki to conquer this world..."


    "..."


    Even Lieutenant General He had already guessed in his heart...


    However, when she really knew Uehara Naraku''s identity from the pharmacist''s mouth, there was still some uncontrollable surprise in her eyes.


    Lieutenant General Tsuru remembered that when Uehara Naraku was a member of the Baroque Work Club, his reward order appeared in front of them for the first time. Garp felt that this guy was very dangerous at first sight...


    Thinking about it now...


    Cap''s instincts always seem to be spot on!


    Although he looks very unreliable at ordinary times, when he is in trouble, Karp is actually more reliable than anyone else!


    and¡­


    Lieutenant General Crane remembered the arrest of the red-haired Shanks again.


    Perhaps it was precisely because the red-haired pirates took Uehara Naraku, who was hiding his identity, as a prisoner, which directly led to the capture of their captain, the red-haired Shanks...


    Lieutenant General He only felt his scalp tingling, and he couldn''t tell what happened in the past, what was true and what was false...


    Under the control of Xiao organization...


    Everything that happened in the past seems to have some dark shadows.


    While Lieutenant General He was still in deep thought, an adjutant came up to Yaoshidou, and said with a straight face: "Lieutenant General Yaoshidou, five minutes ago, our submarine observed the traces of three Moby Dicks." , they are still half an hour away from Marin Vanduo!"


    "Half an hour?"


    Pharmacist pondered for a while, pushed his glasses, looked at the herald beside him, and continued to order softly: "Open the door of justice first! According to my guess, we should wait longer..."


    "yes!"


    The aide-de-camp withdrew respectfully.


    "Okay, let''s continue talking about the Marshal of the Warring States Period!"


    Pharmacist turned his head and glanced at Lieutenant General He, and continued with a smile: "At the beginning, the world government destroyed all the files of the Rocks Pirates, but those things were no secret to Akatsuki, and there were two parties involved in Akatsuki... "


    Pharmacist''s smile became more profound: "If I''m right, the Marshal of the Warring States Period and Garp will take Mr. Naraku''s navy to find a way to meet Whitebeard, right? You want to repeat the same thing that happened to Rocks thirty-six years ago. The old story of the destruction of the Pirates..."


    Yao Shidou looked at Lieutenant General He''s sudden change of expression, and narrowed his eyes: "It''s a pity, everything about them has fallen into the eyes of Master Naraku, Senior He, why don''t you guess how Master Naraku will treat the Warring States period?" What about the Marshal and Lieutenant General Garp?"


    "..."


    Lieutenant General He''s face became more and more ugly, and her brows frowned: "It seems that our last hope is also destroyed..."


    "No, you succeeded."


    Pharmacist shook his head and said calmly: "It''s just a little sad. If you haven''t really seen the power of Lord Naraku, there will be people who want to resist the will of Lord Naraku. That is a god who controls the cycle of life and death!"


    A flash of light flashed on the lens of the medicine man''s pocket, and the corners of his mouth were drawn again: "A god will never care about the union of several ants.


    Everything these ants do is under the gaze of God. He will watch these ants discuss how to attack him, and then slowly stretch out his fingers to crush them to death. Perhaps this is also a rare pleasure for a god walking in the world... "


    "..."


    Lieutenant General He''s palm trembled slightly.


    Now she can''t do anything, the only thing she can do is to pray that Sengoku and Karp will be more vigilant and don''t be fooled!


    I really didn''t expect...


    The last vice admiral who was still willing to obey the orders of the Warring States Period... turned out to be the leader of the Akatsuki Organization!


    only¡­


    Lieutenant General Crane''s heart could not be conveyed to the sea.


    Sengoku and Garp left Marin Fando in a small boat and hurried to the outer sea of ??Marin Fando, where they boarded Uehara Naraku''s orange warship.


    "Find a way to find the traces of the Whitebeard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army!"


    Sengoku looked at Uehara Naraku with a serious face, and immediately issued an order to the only lieutenant general he could control now: "Before they rush to Marin Fandor, we must find the ships of the Whitebeard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army. Be quick!"


    "yes¡­"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to signal his adjutant to command the warship, then looked at the serious Sengoku, and asked softly, "Master Marshal, is there something wrong with Marin Fando?"


    "Well, you should have heard some..."


    Warring States nodded, and said in a low voice: "The Akatsuki organization invaded the navy, and Pharmacist Dou usurped the power of the navy. Many admirals in Marin Fando suffered from the corruption of Pharmacist Dou. We must eliminate Akatsuki and find a way to stabilize the country that is about to fall into turmoil. world¡­"


    When Warring States said this, he glanced at Uehara Naraku again, and continued in a deep voice: "Now that the world government has been destroyed, we need to contact Whitebeard and the Revolutionary Army to destroy the Akatsuki organization... Don''t worry about these small things for now, there is no There are more important things than eliminating the Akatsuki organization!"


    Sengoku didn''t want to cause Uehara Naraku''s dissatisfaction because of their alliance with the Whitebeard Pirates. This is the only subordinate he can control now.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care at all.


    Even Uehara Naraku asked hesitantly: "If you want to contact the Whitebeard Pirates and the Revolutionary Army, in the future, Mr. Lu Fei and his older brothers Ace and Mr. Sabo..."


    "Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Lieutenant General Garp burst out laughing when he heard the words, and patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder jokingly: "Little Uehara, I misjudged you at the beginning, but now I really like you more and more..."

 Chapter 573

    Naraku Uehara was lucky.


    Under Uehara Naraku''s destiny skills, they can easily find the right direction, but the Whitebeard Pirates'' main group is diving under the seabed.


    Therefore, Uehara Naraku could only take Garp and Sengoku to find the pirate group under Whitebeard, and wanted to contact Whitebeard himself through them.


    Now there are still forty pirates who are willing to follow Whitebeard. These people also gathered from the New World, and they all gathered and rushed to Marlin Vandor.


    Uehara Naraku''s warship quickly intercepted one of the temporarily alone pirate ships.


    Doma, the great pirate knight of the new world.


    When the ranger Doma came to help Whitebeard, he thought that someone would die in this battle, but he still came here to help Whitebeard at the cost of his life.


    have not thought¡­


    He hadn''t arrived at Marin Fando yet, but he was targeted by Garp and Sengoku.


    Originally, when Ranger Doma met the Admiral of the Navy and the naval hero, he was a little stupid. What kind of luck was it that he directly bumped into the Warring States of Buddha and Tekken Garp!


    As a result, after the Warring States slapped Doma the Ranger, he asked him to contact Whitebeard: "Dorma the Ranger, immediately contact that Newgate guy and tell him to come and meet with us. I have something important to do now. Talk to him!


    "Pooh!"


    Ranger Doma stubbornly spat at Zhan Guo: "I will not be fooled! Even if I am killed by you now, I will never delay my father''s rescue of Ace!"


    These pirates are very loyal, and only these pirates will be moved by Whitebeard, and thus slowly gather around Whitebeard.


    Ranger Doma is very stubborn.


    No matter what the Warring States period said, the ranger Doma was unwilling to delay Whitebeard''s rush to Marlin Vandor. This kind of loyalty is really worrying...


    "Hurry up and let that old guy with the white beard come over!"


    Warring States tightly clenched the collar of Ranger Doma, and roared angrily: "As long as you contact him, it is enough, there is no time to waste here now, if he arrives at Marlin Vandor before meeting with us, the whole The Whitebeard Pirates will be completely finished!"


    "I wouldn''t believe it..."


    Ranger Doma was particularly disdainful of the Admiral''s words: "No one in this world can defeat Dad, the navy is just playing tricks..."


    "Just tell Whitebeard!"


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    The Warring States of Buddha was trembling with anger from this pirate, and he said in a cold voice: "Tell him, the world government has been destroyed, the former Rocks Pirates... no, it should be more terrifying than the Rocks Pirates The evil force is resurrected, he will know what I mean!"


    "Are you kidding me!"


    Ranger Doma''s face was full of astonishment.


    To be honest, if there is a choice, even if the Ranger Doma believes that the Whitebeard Pirates will be destroyed, he will not believe that the World Government will be destroyed...


    That is the world government that has ruled the world for eight hundred years!


    Warring States looked at Doma the Ranger with a serious face, and said in a deep voice: "This is not a joke, it is a fact. You must have heard of Akatsuki''s reputation in the New World, right?"


    "Yes... I have indeed heard of it..."


    Ranger Doma couldn''t help but nodded, and said in a low voice: "When we went to visit Dad, it seemed that Sasuke occasionally mentioned that Akatsuki''s leader is a stingy guy or something...


    Not many of us care about that kind of small organization, because I heard that Akatsuki is just a small pirate who took refuge in Kaido of Beasts..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became subtle.


    Tsk, it seems that Uchiha Sasuke doesn''t have a good impression of his leader, and there are a lot of rumors about him in the new world!


    Warring States looked at the Ranger Doma and shook his head, and said in a low voice: "We thought that Akatsuki just joined Beast Kaido, but now it turns out that we were wrong. ..."


    Boo boo boo...


    Boo boo boo boo...


    At this time, the phone bug on Doma''s body suddenly rang, and Zhan Guo immediately ended his topic, reaching out and snatching the phone bug from Doma''s body.


    The call bug was from Marco.


    Originally, the Ranger Doma agreed to come to Marin Fando to help out. Marco was worried about what happened to the Ranger Doma, so he came to ask him what was going on here.


    "Hey, Doma, over there..."


    "Marco."


    Holding the phone bug in his hand, the Warring States of Buddha said in a deep voice, "Stop heading towards Marin Fando immediately, and let Whitebeard answer the phone immediately!"


    "You are¡­"


    Marco''s voice hesitated.


    The next moment, Whitebeard''s sullen voice came from the phone bug: "Zhan Guo, have you arrested my son again!"


    As an old rival...


    White Beard immediately recognized the voice of the Warring States Period!


    "No¡­"


    Warring States of Buddha shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Stop rushing to Marlin Vandor immediately, the execution of Fire Fist Ace is a trap set by the Akatsuki organization against the Whitebeard Pirates, we must find a place to talk first... "


    "What a mess..."


    Whitebeard''s voice was a little impatient.


    Isn''t Marin Fanduo the base of the Navy Headquarters!


    Even Whitebeard couldn''t turn the corner for a while. Wasn''t Marin Fando''s execution a conspiracy by the Navy? Why is it getting mixed up with the Xiao organization again!


    "dawn?"


    Just when Whitebeard was confused, Uchiha Sasuke flew to Whitebeard''s side, reached out and grabbed the phone bug in Whitebeard''s hand: "If you want to talk, tell Ace how it is? Then tell us Marlin Vandor What''s the situation!"


    Sasuke Uchiha didn''t wait for Sengoku to answer, and suddenly continued: "If I''m not wrong, the Akatsuki organization has already controlled the navy, right?"


    "yes¡­"


    Sengoku held the phone bug in his hand, his voice was full of obscurity: "The Akatsuki organization has controlled the entire Marin Fando''s navy, and has surrendered the BIG MOM Pirates and the Hundred Beasts Pirates. They have destroyed the world. The government, perhaps, is also moving towards Marin Fand..."


    Moby Dick aboard.


    White Beard, Uchiha Sasuke and Marco looked at each other.


    Even if it was the three of them, it was unexpected that such a thing would happen. The Akatsuki organization took control of Marin Fando''s navy and drove the admiral out of the naval base...


    How does this thing sound so magical...


    And they don''t know if it''s true or not...


    White Beard is not willing to believe the words of the Warring States, because he thinks this may be a conspiracy of the Warring States of the Buddha, if they arrive at Marin Fando too late...


    What if Ace is executed?


    This is the question of the credibility of the Warring States Period.


    Just at this time, there was another trustworthy man on board.


    Garp''s rough voice fell into Whitebeard''s ears through the phone bug: "Hey, Newgate, Akatsuki''s group of guys are much more powerful than the Rocks Pirates..."


    "..."


    Whitebeard fell into a strange silence.


    The Warring States is indeed not worthy of Whitebeard''s trust, but the reputation of Monkey D. Karp, a naval hero, is still very reliable.


    Gol D. Roger trusted Cap very much.


    Even Roger''s child was entrusted to Garp''s upbringing before his death.


    What''s more, Garp mentioned the Rocks Pirates...


    The Rocks Pirates, who were once invincible in the sea and pointed at the king of the world, are a powerful pirate group that no one can surpass even until now...


    Even Whitebeard knows in his heart that the current Whitebeard Pirates actually have a small gap compared to the Rocks Pirates at their peak, because he used to be a member of the Rocks Pirates...


    If Garp hadn''t mentioned the Rocks Pirates, Whitebeard wouldn''t be very interested in what Garp said to Sengoku, he just wanted to rescue Fire Fist Ace.


    "Sasuke, give me the phone bug..."


    White Beard stretched out his palm to take the phone bug from Assistant Uchihasa, and suddenly laughed loudly at the phone bug: "Goooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo son!"


    "rest assured."


    Zhan Guo nodded slowly, and said to the phone bug in a deep voice: "I hope you guys listen to what we said, and dare to go to Marin Fando to rescue Fire Fist Ace..."


    "You don''t have to worry about that."


    The corners of White Beard''s mouth grinned, revealing a bold smile: "I''m White Beard... Gu la la la... Warring States, you, the former admiral of the Navy, sound like you are more powerful than when you chased and killed Lao Tzu. How embarrassing!"


    After saying this, Whitebeard glanced at Lei Li beside him, and continued with a smile: "Forget it, let''s not talk about it, if you want to see me, come on my boat! Here is our Where''s my old friend... Gu la la la..."


    The two sides agreed on the time and place.


    They settled at a place fifteen nautical miles outside the Gate of Justice in Marin Vanduo.


    Uehara Naraku''s orange warship quickly rushed to the agreed place, where they saw Whitebeard''s flagship Moby Dick.


    The person responsible for meeting them is Uchiha Sasuke.


    Because Uchiha Sasuke is undoubtedly the most interested in the Akatsuki organization, and he also believes in what the Buddha Warring States said the most. After all, Sasuke has always heard that the pharmacist is doing well in the world government, and the admiral has long been a member of Akatsuki ¡­


    Akatsuki takes control of Marin Vandor''s navy...


    This kind of thing is really not surprising to the Akatsuki organization. That guy Uehara Naraku once commanded the Ninja Alliance!


    "According to our agreement..."


    Uchiha Sasuke stepped on the sea water and stopped in front of the orange warship, raised his head and said loudly: "The old man sent me to pick you up, don''t delay..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice stopped abruptly.


    Because he saw Sengoku and Garp, and Uehara Naraku behind Sengoku and Garp, Sasuke''s face gradually became ugly.


    this fucking...


    what''s the situation!


    Uchiha Sasuke thought they would have two more reinforcements, at least he could know some information about Marin Vandor from Sengoku and Garp!


    but¡­


    Who can tell him!


    Sengoku wanted to discuss with the Whitebeard Pirates to jointly attack the Akatsuki organization, but brought the leader of the Akatsuki organization with him. What does this person mean?

 Chapter 574

    That''s all.


    What are we talking about now?


    Uchiha Sasuke''s heart sank little by little.


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes fell on Garp and Sengoku, his eyes gradually showed a red fierce light, these two guys said they would deal with the Akatsuki organization with them, but secretly took the Akatsuki organization The leader brought over...


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Is there still a need to discuss dealing with the Akatsuki organization?


    "Sasuke Uchiha!"


    When Buddha Sengoku saw Uchiha Sasuke, he immediately became vigilant, because this young man is a monster who can defeat the Admiral and the Four Emperors!


    in a sense...


    Warring States has some confidence in joining forces with the Whitebeard Pirates to defeat the Akatsuki organization, precisely because the Whitebeard Pirates, in addition to the man Whitebeard, also has Uchiha Sasuke, a strong man who is also at the apex!


    Although in terms of strength on paper, the Whitebeard Pirates are still weaker than Akatsuki, but with the addition of the Red Hair Pirates and the Revolutionary Army who will definitely be dispatched together, the difference shouldn''t be too much!


    "The legendary super rookie pirate..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly retreated behind Garp, blinked his eyes, and said in a low voice: "When I was an undercover agent in Wano Country, I heard something that Sasuke Uchiha defeated the entrenched power in Wano Country by himself. The Hundred Beasts Pirates..."


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned.


    Didn''t this guy know why he went to trouble the Hundred Beasts Pirates in the first place? Isn''t that all his orders!


    What kind of innocent are you playing at this time!


    When seeing Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Sasuke was immediately full of despair for the alliance proposed by Sengoku, and his face was full of impatience: "Okay, we are not interested in the joint crusade against Akatsuki, we just Want to save Ace..."


    "Sasuke Uchiha."


    The Warring States of Buddha pushed his glasses, and said in a deep voice: "I don''t really understand Xiao''s situation, do you really know that Xiao is terrible? Marin Fando now has a hundred thousand navy, three generals of the navy headquarters, the king''s seven martial arts and A large number of elite CP troops..."


    Buddha Sengoku lowered his head slowly, looked at Uchiha Sasuke and continued: "Not to mention there are Beast Kaido and BIG MOM Pirates watching..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t want to answer his words.


    How terrifying is the Akatsuki organization? In fact, Sasuke knows more than Sengoku. Just Uehara Naraku and Otsuki Kaguya may be enough to crush everyone in terms of strength...


    certainly¡­


    It has never been Akatsuki''s power that is more frightening.


    Sasuke Uchiha raised his head and looked at the Warring States of Buddha, his face was full of indifference: "I was born in Akatsuki, and I know what''s going on in that organization better than you...


    The real horror of Akatsuki has never been their overwhelming power, but that they control your life all the time, and everything you do is within their expectations! "


    "..."


    Sengoku and Garp couldn''t help frowning.


    At this moment, they remembered the pharmacist''s plan.


    The next moment, Sengoku''s eyes slowly fell on Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku stood behind Garp, with a hint of fear in his eyes: "Wait, I suddenly remembered, when I went undercover in Wano Country in the SWORD army, was I also under Akatsuki''s surveillance?"


    "You''re just being used."


    Sengoku couldn''t help comforting his subordinates softly, his brows frowned slightly, and he began to recall the three years that Uehara Naraku had been undercover in Wano Country...


    During that time...


    Originally, the CP agents suffered heavy losses in order to protect Uehara Naraku, so Yakushidou had to carry out a major rectification of the CP department.


    Thinking about it now, he should have used Naraku Uehara to completely change the blood of the CP department, and thus completely grasped the intelligence department of the CP department.


    Ever since Uehara Naraku came back, Yao Shidou has been trying to hold Uehara Naraku in his hands, but was forcibly stopped by the Warring States...


    Later, Yao Shidou once wanted to secretly target Uehara Naraku, and everywhere wanted to use his power to clean up the vice admiral, but all of his actions were stopped by the Warring States Period.


    Now that I think about it...


    Maybe Yaoshidou thought that Uehara Naraku might discover Akatsuki''s secret?


    That''s why Yaoshidou wanted to get rid of Uehara Naraku!


    Sengoku patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, and said in a deep voice: "Lieutenant General Uehara, please recall carefully, what secrets did you discover in Wano Country..."


    After saying this, Sengoku looked at Naraku Uehara in deep thought, then turned his head to Sasuke Uchiha, and said, "Sasuke Uchiha, take us to see Newgate!"


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha had a strange expression.


    He has already hinted so clearly!


    Hasn''t the admiral of the Warring States figured it out yet?


    Just when Uchiha Sasuke was about to say something, he saw Naraku Uehara standing behind Garp raised his head, with a dangerous smile on his lips.


    This smile makes people feel chills in their hearts!


    This guy¡­


    Threatening him again!


    Moby Dick aboard.


    White-bearded Edward Newgate saw Sengoku and Garp, and a big smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Sengoku, I heard that you, the admiral of the navy, were kicked out of Marlin Vandor. After decades, you are still the first Be so embarrassed for the first time!"


    "Newgate..."


    An embarrassing look of anger flashed across Zhan Guo''s face.


    Only Garp had a smile on his face, he didn''t care about his predicament at all, he just stared at Raleigh the Hades on the Moby Dick...


    This is his old friend.


    However, the pirates on the Moby Dick didn''t think so. Following what Whitebeard said, all the pirates on the Moby Dick burst out laughing.


    "Hahahaha... I really didn''t expect that!"


    "A naval admiral was kicked out of Marlin Vandor!"


    "Hahahahahahahaha ... Marshal and naval hero who was kicked out!"


    A group of pirates laughed and pointed at Sengoku and Garp. This was a rare time for them to laugh at the navy.


    Especially taunting admirals and naval heroes.


    An opportunity like this may only come once in a lifetime!


    "All right."


    Whitebeard waved his hand to stop the pirates under his banner, looked at Garp and Sengoku and said in a deep voice: "Tell me, Sengoku, what''s going on... Our time is running out, don''t delay me to save my son !"


    "Ok¡­"


    Zhan Guo nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "Our time is indeed running out. Apart from coming to see you, we also have to meet those guys from the Revolutionary Army..."


    Warring States slowly sat cross-legged on the deck, and said in a deep voice: "First of all, the world government has been destroyed by Xiao, and this world is about to fall into turmoil..."


    "etc¡­"


    Marko stopped the words of the Warring States, and couldn''t help asking: "Your Excellency, Admiral, although we pirates have always disliked the world government, but how they were destroyed, at least explain clearly!"


    Warring States was silent for a while, and said in a low voice: "The pharmacist dispatched all the defense forces of Marie Gioia, and the Akatsuki organization gathered Beast Kaido and BIG MOM to destroy Marie Gioia, and killed the five old stars and all of them. The nobles of the world..."


    "Is that so..."


    Whitebeard couldn''t help frowning, and asked with a strange expression, "Where were you... at that time? Didn''t anyone save those garbage this time?"


    "That''s what I''m going to say next."


    Warring States suddenly raised his head, and said with an ugly face: "Wu Laoxing was deceived by Pharmacist Dou and gave him too much power. The entire Marin Fando''s navy followed the order of Pharmacist Dou. We can''t rush to support, Kuzan, Sakaski and Polusalino are both members of Akatsuki..."


    "Three Generals of the Navy Headquarters!"


    Marco couldn''t help but rolled his eyelids, and said in surprise, "Are they all members of Akatsuki?"


    In this case¡­


    This war is really troublesome!


    Unless you have the combat power of Uchiha Sasuke, no one can ignore the combat power of the Admiral of the Navy Headquarters, plus the words of Kaido and BIG MOM...


    "Except for them..."


    Warring States was silent for a while, and continued: "As far as I know, at least five of the Qiwuhai under the king are also members of Akatsuki..."


    Warring States did not hide too much.


    Because the situation has become extremely bad.


    Whether it was the Akatsuki organization that gathered two Pirates of the Four Emperors to destroy the world government and all the nobles of the world, or that Marin Fandor had been completely controlled by the Akatsuki organization, the three generals of the navy headquarters and the five kings Shichibukai were all members of Akatsuki ¡­


    These¡­


    The Warring States all told Whitebeard.


    Regardless of everything Sengoku said, the entire Whitebeard Pirates were astonished. They couldn''t believe that what Sengoku said was true...


    if so¡­


    Aren''t they going to face the two Pirates of the Four Emperors, the powerful Navy Headquarters, the King''s Seven Martial Sea forces, and the Akatsuki organization whose specific strength is not yet known...


    At least¡­


    The members of these Whitebeard Pirates have realized one thing, that is what Uchiha Sasuke once said is true...


    Akatsuki is indeed a powerful organization!


    Of course, even though the members of the Whitebeard Pirates knew how dangerous the enemy they were facing, some people still couldn''t help but laugh out loud.


    "Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha¡­"


    One of the pirates finally couldn''t help laughing: "Hahahahaha...I''m sorry, but I can''t help it...It''s really unexpected...except for the admiral and the hero of the navy, everyone else is Akatsuki... "


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    The entire Whitebeard Pirates burst out laughing again.


    "All right."


    White Beard waved his hand to signal everyone to stop, his eyes fell on Buddha Zhan Guo, and said softly: "Zhan Guo, the purpose of your coming to see me is to invite me to join you in the crusade against Xiao Organization?"


    "That''s right."


    Sengoku nodded slowly, and continued in a deep voice: "We all know very well that Akatsuki is a more terrifying force than the Rocks Pirates!


    To stop their ambitions, every bit of our strength is precious now, otherwise, we will be defeated by them even before we see the leader of Akatsuki..."


    "..."


    White Beard was silent for a long time.


    It wasn''t until Warring States thought that White Beard might refuse, that White Beard said in a low voice: "I just want to save my son... I will attack Marin Fando in half an hour."


    Time is equivalent to a signal.


    Obviously, White Beard agreed to join forces with Warring States.


    Whitebeard just provided an attack time. For the pirates, this is already a joint effort.


    Warring States stood up slowly, nodded and said: "Okay, I see, time is too tight, I still have to see the Revolutionary Army''s Drago..."

 Chapter 575

    Compared to the pirates like Whitebeard...


    Obviously, the revolutionary army is much more rational.


    Uehara Naraku''s orange warship quickly found the Revolutionary Army''s large fleet. Sengoku and Karp caused a sensation after they appeared, but after chatting with them, Monkey D. Drago thought for a while and agreed directly down.


    Because Monkey D. Karp is by Sengoku''s side.


    Even if Drago is unwilling to believe in the Warring States of Buddha, he still believes in his father very much.


    It''s just that Drago didn''t expect...


    The direction of this war is so favorable for the revolutionary army.


    The Akatsuki organization destroyed the world government, which was a surprise to the revolutionary army, and even their revolutionary army could participate in the formation of a new world government.


    This is something to think about...


    The Revolutionary Army is a group of dragon slayers, they cannot become evil dragons...


    Moreover, Drago also helped to contact Ben Beckman''s remnants of the red-haired pirates, and invited them to jointly launch a crusade against Akatsuki!


    certainly¡­


    Now their allies who have established a relationship hastily, the first thing is still to attack the naval headquarters base Marlin Vandor, and rescue everyone who was publicly executed by the Akatsuki organization.


    Once the cadres of the Revolutionary Army and the red-haired Shanks are rescued...


    It means that their alliance can greatly increase in strength!


    But this is also quite difficult...


    Because what their fragile alliance has to face is a super organization with the Navy Headquarters and two Four Emperor Pirates!


    dawn!


    This little-known organization...


    After showing its fangs for the first time, it was enough to shock the whole world!


    Now this organization has finally lifted the veil on their faces, and the first ones to be trampled under their feet are the Tianlong people and the world government who have ruled for eight hundred years!


    This is really...


    If you don''t do it, it''s already...


    Whatever you do, you won''t be disappointed!


    Today, the Akatsuki organization possesses some of the strongest forces in this sea, and no one can predict how many terrifying monsters they still have inside!


    but¡­


    There is no way out for anyone!


    Even if they retreat, they can''t do it anymore. They can only move forward step by step, at least in Marin Fando, annihilating the existing armed forces of the Akatsuki organization in one fell swoop, otherwise, they can only be reduced to fish when the Akatsuki organization cannibalize the world!


    Standing on the leading battleship, Drago slowly stretched out his palm, summoning the hurricane to propel his big ship forward all the way: "A war that can directly determine the fate of everyone in this world is finally coming to an end." it has started!"


    Marlin Vandeau.


    One by one the prisoners were led to the execution platform.


    Medicine Master held the microphone in his hand, calmly reading the list in his hand: "Fire Fist Ace, son of Pirate King Gol D. Roger, now captain of the 2nd Division of the Whitebeard Pirates;


    Sabo, a nobleman of the Kingdom of Goa, is now the Chief of Staff of the Revolutionary Army; Straw Hat Luffy, the son of the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Monkey D. Dorag, is now the captain of the Straw Hat Pirates..."


    Fire Fist Ace walked at the front, Sabo walked in the middle, Luffy walked at the end, and the three brothers slowly stepped onto the execution platform, but everyone seemed to have a smile on their faces.


    Because they are sworn brothers.


    It doesn''t seem unacceptable to die together today, if you can.


    Pharmacist looked at the three brothers kneeling on the execution platform, picked up the list in his hand, and continued to read: "The following are the remnants of the Roger Pirates, the thousand-two clown Bucky, the red-haired Shanks, Croux, Douglas Barrett..."


    The agents of the CP department escorted the figures one by one onto the execution platform and placed them in an area on the execution platform.


    Pharmacist looked at the red-haired Shanks who was also smiling, picked up the list in his hand again, and said in a low voice: "The following are the cadres of the Revolutionary Army, the Northern Army..."


    Just as Pharmacist Doudou was about to continue reading the list, a herald in charge of the lookout seemed to have discovered the strange situation of the Gate of Justice, and suddenly raised his voice to remind him.


    "Pharmacist is in the pocket, someone is passing through the gate of justice!"


    The waves inside Justice''s Gate are churning.


    Pirate ships slowly passed the Gate of Justice.


    The next moment, the herald kept watching with a binoculars, his expression slowly changed, and he said loudly: "Those are the pirates under Whitebeard... Elmi, Maku Guy, Dekar Brothers...all of them are great pirates in the new world!"


    Forty pirate ships are heading towards Marin Fando mightily, and almost every pirate ship is fully armed!


    These ships carry nearly 20,000 pirates!


    This is what Whitebeard has attracted the pirates who have followed him all these years!


    Now all these pirates have come to Marlin Fando to help out!


    The naval herald''s expression became more and more ugly, because in his field of vision, one ship after another sailed into Marin Vandor: "There is also... and the fleet of the Revolutionary Army! The leader is...Monch. D. Dorag''s leading battleship!"


    Dozens of warships of the Revolutionary Army followed closely behind!


    These are almost all the properties of the Revolutionary Army. Originally, Drago wanted to rely on this war to start a battle with the World Government, but things seemed to go smoothly beyond imagination!


    Now the World Government is destroyed.


    Drago no longer needs to continue to accumulate strength in order to overthrow the world government. It is enough to defeat the Akatsuki organization together with the Whitebeard Pirates and the Red Hair Pirates!


    Now both of them...


    Who wins this world war...


    Who can have the power to dominate the world!


    One after another, the pirate ships and the ships of the Revolutionary Army passed through the Gate of Justice and arrived at the open sea of ??Marin Fondo. A group of shore fire artillery in charge of peripheral defense immediately began to engage these people sporadically.


    Yao Shidou stood on the execution platform, pushed his glasses, looked at a group of pirate ships and revolutionary warships, there was no panic on his face, and he even smiled lightly.


    "It''s really good."


    Pharmacist nodded slowly, and said with a smile: "In this way, we can catch them all here..."


    After finishing speaking, the pharmacist turned his head and glanced at the aide-de-camp next to him, and continued: "Okay, bring all the cadres of the Revolutionary Army here, and don''t delay our public execution. Now the whole world is broadcasting it live!"


    indeed¡­


    The whole world is broadcasting today''s events live!


    Starting today, the world will change!


    "Whitebeard..."


    Lieutenant General He stood beside Pharmacist Dou, with a hint of worry on his face: "White Beard, Warring States, Karp...didn''t they appear with them?"


    If they hadn''t appeared with these people... would this mean that Whitebeard, Garp and Sengoku fell into the trap of Akatsuki organization!


    Pharmacist shook his head, slowly put his fingers together, and said with a light smile, "Don''t worry, there are always some special ways for big shots to appear..."


    As soon as Pharmacist''s voice fell...


    The entire inner harbor of Marin Fando was surging with waves of sea currents, and everyone with knowledgeable domineering involuntarily probed into the inner harbor!


    next moment¡­


    Large ships wrapped in coatings come out proudly!


    Three Moby Dicks of the Whitebeard Pirates, a new Red Foss of the Red Hair Pirates, and an Orange Warship!


    "That is¡­"


    "Moby Dick!"


    "The strongest man in the world is here!"


    "Whitebeard Edward Newgate!"


    "It even submerged from the bottom of the sea by wrapping the ship with coating!"


    "And the remnants of the Red Hair Pirates... Is that ship the ship of Lieutenant Admiral Uehara Naraku? Has that guy been captured by pirates again?"


    "No, there are Lieutenant General Garp and Marshal Sengoku on that ship!"


    The face of Marin Fanduo''s navy was full of surprises. The five ships that suddenly sneaked into the inner harbor were too amazing. These navy involuntarily began to discuss with their colleagues around them.


    Whether it is the appearance of the Whitebeard Pirates, or the participation of the Red Hair Pirates...


    Or why Sengoku and Garp suddenly emerged from the bottom of the sea, these are enough for these navies to discuss for a while...


    While they were still wondering, Edward Newgate with the white beard walked up to the bow of the ship holding his broadsword, and his eyes fell on the execution platform.


    "Ace, are you alright?"


    The next moment, the strongest man in the world grinned: "Gu la la la la... Xiao''s little bugs... If you want to see me, don''t use it to frame my son!"


    "What... what... Xiao..."


    "What is he saying?"


    A group of marines looked at each other.


    Just when they were still about to discuss, their general said: "Don''t listen to his nonsense, carry out our order, our order today is to destroy the Whitebeard Pirates, the Revolutionary Army and the red-haired Shanks." Remnants!"


    "All sailors!"


    However, at this moment, Warring States stood on the bow of the Juzi warship, looked at Medicine Master Dou on the execution platform and said loudly: "Yao Shi Dou has already betrayed justice..."


    "Your Excellency Marshal of the Warring States Period!"


    Just as Warring States had just opened his mouth, the pharmacist held his microphone in his pocket and said with a light smile, "Stop doing such useless work. As a person who has served in the navy for more than fifty years, you definitely don''t want more innocent people to die. ?¡±


    "..."


    Warring States fell silent.


    "Forget it, Sengoku."


    Garp patted Zhan Guo on the shoulder, looked at Medicine Master Dou on the execution platform, squeezed his fist, and said with a big grin, "Little Dou... You kid, you haven''t tasted the old man''s fist, have you?"


    "certainly."


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    There was still a smile on Pharmacist''s pocket, but it was a pervasive smile: "I am very happy to fight against Vice Admiral Garp who has defected from the navy. Maybe today we all will know who the strongest vice admiral is. It''s..."


    "Hey, Medicine Master Dou, don''t talk about that!"


    Standing on the bow of the new Red Forth, Ben Beckman spoke slowly with a cigarette in his mouth: "Our captain is all right!"


    "Beckmann!"


    The red-haired Shanks knelt on the execution platform and said with a grin on his face, "I''m doing fine here, don''t worry!"


    "Idiot, shut up!"


    A flash of rage flashed across Ben Beckman''s face.


    This idiot captain...


    In one sentence, Ben Beckman, the deputy captain, directly failed!


    In comparison, Pluto Rayleigh, the former deputy captain, is more kind.


    Rayleigh''s eyes fell on a group of Roger Pirates crew members: "Bucky, Shanks, you don''t have to fight in prison! Barrett, it seems that you have grown a lot taller! Kulocas, your body its not bad, right¡­"


    Until the end, Pluto Leili''s eyes finally fell on Xia Qi. Holding his glasses, he said in a deep voice, "Xia Qi...I''m here to save you."


    "..."


    The expressions of the members of the Roger Pirates suddenly became subtle, and the weird expressions on everyone''s faces were obviously a little bit hard to look directly at.


    While this group of people was still making noise before the battle...


    The sky suddenly fell one after another and hit Marin Fando.


    The arrogant and arrogant voice of the Piao Piao fruit power user Golden Lion Shiji spread throughout the naval base: "Hahahahaha... I am not late! Since you have not fought yet, let me help you start the war first !"


    "Are you kidding me!"


    "Is this the ability of Piao Piao Guo?"


    "Twenty years ago, he was the one who broke Marin Fanduo!"


    A group of marines looked at the falling ship in horror. Just when these marines were full of fear and uneasiness, a halo of light suddenly shot out from the ground. Under the influence of this halo, the speed of the falling ship changed very slowly...


    If you don''t pay attention...


    It even makes people think that these sea ships have stopped falling!


    The next moment, another halo fell on these sea ships, and all the sea ships that were about to hit Marin Fando were thrown out!


    Even Shiji, the golden lion, was ejected!


    Jiaodu slowly withdrew his palm, raised his head to look at the golden lion Shiji who was bounced away with displeasure, and said indifferently: "It''s better for young people not to be too arrogant... Huh, remember, From now on, only Akatsuki can use this way of greeting."

 Chapter 576

    Marlin Vandeau.


    No one thought of it.


    According to the legend of the last era, Shiji, the golden lion, would be thrown away by a king Shichibukai, and Kakuzu''s fruit ability also aroused the surprise of a group of people...


    "At least two fruit abilities..."


    There was a smile on the corner of Doflamingo''s mouth, he looked at Kakuzu with a smile and said, "Hey Hey Hey Hey...you really missed it...Master Kakuto!"


    "Tsk..."


    Dried persimmon ghost grinned, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth: "I really can''t help being envious of Earth Resentment Yu''s ability!"


    "Tch, take away someone else''s heart again!"


    Deidara shook his head in disgust.


    Even the eagle-eyed Mihawk looked at Kakutsu with some surprise. He had long heard of Kakutsu, the extremely money-greedy king Shichibukai, and he always had some disdain for this member of the Akatsuki organization. ¡­


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    Unexpectedly, Kadotsu could use the abilities of two kinds of devil fruits!


    This is against the laws of the sea!


    "All right."


    Angle interrupted the topic.


    Kakudo lowered his head slowly, his eyes fell on the ship of the Whitebeard Pirates, and he said in a hoarse voice: "Our task is to stop the cadres of the Whitebeard Pirates, right?"


    "That''s right."


    Doflamingo nodded with a smile, and said in a low voice, "But there''s no need for Sasuke to stop him, right? Besides, I''m more than willing but not enough..."


    "There''s no need to pay attention to that brat..."


    Kisame grinned, looked at Sasuke Uchiha standing on the Moby Dick with a smile, and continued with a chuckle: "Sasuke has been very unbecoming in recent years! Maybe he found a suitable home here, Want to leave the control of adults..."


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò... so interesting..."


    Doflaming helped his little sunglasses, and his smile became a little more sinister: "Obviously he could stand on the side of the winner, but he chose a dead end..."


    Standing beside him, Didara couldn''t help muttering: "Anyway, people from the Uchiha clan like to go to the end..."


    "maybe¡­"


    Hawkeye Mihawk''s sharp eyes fell on the Moby Dick of the Whitebeard Pirates, and his eyes suddenly became sharp when he looked at Whitebeard: "The strongest man in the world is finally about to make a move... "


    "Oh?"


    Kisame''s eyes fell on the orange warship next to the Moby Dick, and in Kisame''s sight, Uehara Naraku was still drinking juice leisurely.


    Dried Persimmon Kisame couldn''t help but shook his head, glanced at Mihawk, grinned lightly and said, "I thought you were talking about adults, but I didn''t expect Mr. Mihawk was talking about White Beard..."


    At least for now.


    Whitebeard Edward Newgate is still the strongest man in the world, even if the man is very old, and even he has an IV line inserted before the battle.


    "Wait for me, Ace."


    White-bearded Edward Newgate raised his head to look at the execution platform, put down his broadsword, clenched his two fists tightly, and blasted towards the sides with all his strength!


    Two white rays of light floated on Whitebeard''s fist!


    The air is split under his fist!


    There was a sudden vibration from the ground of Marin Fando, and a huge tsunami gushed out from the ground, and the monstrous waves almost flooded the naval base in an instant!


    The tsunami caused by the earthquake caused by the power of the quake fruit...


    In an instant, the waves of the tsunami surpassed the height of Marin Vanduo!


    "White Beard wants to directly destroy Marin Fandor?"


    Zhan Guo''s expression couldn''t help but change. Even though he and Whitebeard are now fragile allies, he is still a little shocked by the horror of Whitebeard''s ability to shake the fruit!


    This trick down...


    But it is enough to destroy Marin Fando!


    Yao Shidou stood on the execution platform, with a smile still on the corner of his mouth, he calmly held the microphone in his hand: "General Qingzhi, you can start."


    "..."


    Everyone''s eyes fell on the three men under the execution platform!


    Those are the three generals of the Navy Headquarters!


    Just as the entire Marine Vanduo navy was panicking about the sweeping tsunami, Admiral Aokiji, who was sitting under the execution platform, raised his head slightly.


    "What a hassle..."


    The figure of the green pheasant disappeared in the same place in an instant!


    The next second, Aokiji appeared in midair, and two groups of cold air shot out from his palm, freezing all the waves on both sides!


    "Aokiji..."


    Sengoku looked at Aokiji, who had stopped the tsunami attack, with a complex expression on his face. This Aokiji, whom he once regarded as his successor, now stood on the opposite side of them.


    After Aokiji solved the tsunami, he flew and landed in the inner sea of ??Marin Fando.


    The cold air from the frozen fruit gurgled out, and the cold air spread outward in an instant!


    Aokiji''s body has the chakra energy provided by Mio Isobu, and even Isobu''s body has ice attribute chakra composed of water and wind, which directly strengthens Aokiji''s ability to freeze fruits!


    In just a few seconds...


    The freezing ability freezes the entire inland sea of ??Marin Fando, creating the most suitable ice battlefield!


    Standing on the ice, Qingzhi raised his head and raised his palm towards the white beard on the boat, and softly shouted: "Ice escape...Ice thorn spear!"


    next moment¡­


    The water molecules in the air start to condense!


    Suddenly, two ice spears appeared on the top of Whitebeard''s head, and the two ice spears were about to pierce Whitebeard''s body directly!


    clang clang!


    The sound of the quick knife coming out of its sheath was extremely crisp!


    Uchiha Sasuke waved his Kusanagi sword and smashed the ice spear directly!


    Sasuke Uchiha stood beside Whitebeard, coldly looking down at Aokiji on the ice, a red light flashed from his eyes: "Isoo Mio''s chakra...whether it''s you or Isomo Mio, we all It''s an old opponent!"


    "Gu la la la la... today is not the time to have fun!"


    Whitebeard grinned, his eyes were still watching the row of prisoners above the execution platform, and he continued with a smile: "Sasuke, you go and save Ace... I will open a way for you, and you don''t have to worry about other things !"


    In this war...


    Uchiha Sasuke will undoubtedly be the main combat force!


    Because only he has the formidable power to break through all the obstructions of the navy, and can break through the final blockade of the admiral!


    Whitebeard reached out and grabbed his knife again, slowly raised his fist towards the sky, raised his arms and shouted: "Little ones, go save Ace!"


    "Roar!"


    Tens of thousands of pirates surged down!


    Whether it''s the Moby Dick or the affiliated pirates!


    Tens of thousands of pirates brandished their weapons, jumped off the ship, and charged towards Marin Fando''s execution platform!


    Pluto Raleigh pushed his glasses, quickly pulled out a knife, leaned over and jumped onto the ice, and rushed to the execution platform with a group of pirates!


    Ben Beckman raised his eyebrows, and greeted the members of the red-haired pirates to rush towards the coast of Marlin Fondo!


    They can''t let others rescue their captain first!


    A group of cadres of the Revolutionary Army jumped from the large ship of the Revolutionary Army. Belo Betty, the commander of the Eastern Army, took a bite of a cigarette and raised the flag in his hand: "Let''s go together, overthrow this world, and rescue Sabo and the others." !"


    "yes!"


    The voice of tens of thousands of revolutionary troops was almost earth-shattering!


    With the support of those who have the ability to encourage fruits, everyone''s courage gushes out from the bottom of their hearts, and they will not be afraid of the coastal defense artillery and the huge number of elite navy!


    Monkey D. Drago frowned slightly, and said in a low voice: "Using the ability of frozen fruit to create a battlefield... Did you really lure us here?"


    After saying this, Drago turned his head and looked at Kerla: "Kerla, how is the peripheral monitoring situation? What about the Beasts Pirates and BIG MOM Pirates?"


    "It hasn''t appeared yet..."


    A look of worry appeared on Kerra''s face.


    The little girl held her phone bug tightly in her hands, and looked at their leader with some hesitation: "Mr. Dorag, can I go to rescue Sabo and the others together?"


    There was a smile on the corner of Drago''s mouth, he stretched out his palm and patted Kerla''s small head, and said with a light smile, "Don''t worry, I will go to rescue Sabo... Your task is to communicate with our peripheral surveillance people at any time. Get in touch and investigate the trail of the Hundred Beasts Pirates and BIG MOM Pirates!"


    "¡­yes."


    Clara nodded hesitantly.


    Just as a group of pirates and the revolutionary army launched a charge, Sengoku and Garp hesitated for a moment, then flew down and rushed towards Marin Fando''s execution platform!


    Warring States looked at Garp who was advancing fast, and said loudly: "Garp, let''s go up together, cover me from rushing to the execution platform, and get rid of that bastard Pharmacist''s pocket. As long as I can get rid of Pharmacist''s pocket, at least Marin Fando can be saved now." situation!"


    "Ok!"


    Cap nodded hurriedly.


    Perhaps because of the identities of the two of them, when they rushed to the execution platform, no navy bombarded them with artillery along the way.


    under these circumstances¡­


    Many pirates simply charged along the route of the two of them!


    Marin Fando''s coast defense front.


    The navy looked at the mighty enemy rushing forward, and every navy soldier couldn''t help feeling a little tingly, looking at all this with embarrassment.


    Dried persimmon ghost looked at a group of enemies swarming in, closed his palms, and slowly formed a handprint: "Water escape, big explosion, water rush!"


    next moment¡­


    A monstrous stream of water spewed out from the mouth of the dried persimmon ghost shark, and swept towards countless pirates who were rushing, making every pirate feel a little horrified!


    Just when the momentum of the pirates'' charge was blocked, a figure jumped out. The former king Shichibukai and the current captain of the Murloc Pirates under the Whitebeard Pirates, Jinbei, stood up!


    "Shuixin¡¤Sea Flow Over Shoulder!"


    Jinbe urges his palm violently, and beats back this huge wave wave after wave, his voice is full of heavy: "Your Excellency Kisame, as a murloc, you really have to stand Akatsuki''s side?"


    "Mr. Jinbei is still so naive..."


    Kisame grinned, and slowly pulled out the shark-muscle sword on his back, and appeared next to Jinbe in an instant, and sent Jinbe flying with the sword!


    With the fight between Kisame and Jinbei, the others couldn''t sit still.


    Deidara neatly rode his clay giant bird into the sky and flew into the sky: "Then let''s start making a fuss!"


    "random."


    Eagle-eyed Mihawk closed his eyes slightly, and said in a low voice, "It just so happens that I also have some things I want to solve..."


    A group of Shichibukai jumped down from the coastal defense line and attacked the pirates and the revolutionary army. Soon they found each other''s opponents!


    Hawkeye Mihawk stopped Ben Beckman, waved the black knife in his hand and kept pushing the red-haired vice-captain back, and said in a deep voice: "Don''t make fearless sacrifices... as long as you are willing to surrender, Shank Si will be fine!"


    "The world''s number one swordsman who has been hiding from Shanks for taking refuge in the Akatsuki organization, but now he says this kind of thing is not convincing..."


    Ben Beckman shook his head, raised his pistol and shot a bullet at Hawkeye Mihawk, the bullet was cut off by Mihawk directly!


    Ben Beckman didn''t care at all, and still slowly filled the bullet, while commanding loudly: "Hey, Lagi Lu, Jesus Bu, you two take people to rescue Shanks and Luffy, leave this to me Bar!"


    "Is there any problem?"


    There was some worry on Jesus cloth''s face.


    Hawkeye Mihawk is no ordinary character!


    Even in this group of Qiwuhai under the king, Hawkeye Mihawk''s power can definitely be called the pinnacle of existence!


    "rest assured."


    Ben Beckman shook his head, watched Hawkeye rushing towards him, and continued calmly: "As long as you rescue Shanks, the rest will be much easier to solve!"


    When Ben Beckman and Hawkeye Mihawk started a fierce battle, Kakudo raised his head and looked at Marko, the captain of the 1st division of the Whitebeard Pirates who had transformed into a phoenix in the air.


    In Kakuto''s sight...


    No matter what kind of attack it is, it will not work against Marco.


    The powerful recovery ability of the phoenix fruit made Marko fearless at all!


    Kakuto frowned slightly: "These guys who can''t be killed no matter what are troublesome, I should have brought that guy Hidan here..."


    Voice down...


    The next moment, Jiaodu stepped on a cloud of mist and flew towards Marco!


    In the cloud and mist, Jiaodu''s figure changed rapidly, and instantly turned into a strange beast like a lion. This beast was glowing with a light color!


    Just by looking at it, you can tell that what Kakuzu used just now is definitely not a simple devil fruit ability, no matter who it is, some people can''t recognize the name of this beast...


    There is no doubt that¡­


    Definitely the devil fruit ability of the phantom beast species!


    This is indeed a kind of animal-type Phantom Beast Devil Fruit ability carefully collected by Jiaodu, Phantom Beast-Pixiu Fruit, which is the same legendary beast as the phoenix!


    on the sky.


    Jiaodu stepped on the clouds and quickly approached Marco, rushed towards him, bit the phoenix in the air, and directly bit him down from the sky!


    This world war is indeed terrifying...


    Just now, there are already two Phantom Beast Devil Fruit abilities that are more precious than the natural system, but everyone knows that there must be a third person on the battlefield who has the Phantom Beast Devil Fruit ability...


    "Yaoshidou, this old man will get rid of you right away!"


    Warring States boldly jumped towards the execution platform, his body instantly turned into a golden Buddha in the air, and the tall golden Buddha reached out and grabbed the pharmacist pocket on the execution platform!

 Chapter 577

    no matter how you look at it...


    There are no other helpers around Pharmacist Dou.


    General Aokiji had already rushed into the battlefield to fight, but was stopped by Sasuke Uchiha with a sword; It''s hard to beat!


    Now around Medicine Master Dou, no one seems to be able to stop the Phantom Beast fruit ability user who was the admiral of the navy half an hour ago!


    No matter who is present...


    Whether he is a pirate or a navy...


    Everyone is very aware of the power of the Warring States of the Buddha!


    The most important thing is that Yaoshidou has always been active in the name of the new generation of smart generals. Except for the first time he appeared to capture the imitation fruit ability Mr2 Feng Kelei of the Baroque Works, Yaoshidou has almost never made a move in public.


    No one thought that Yaoshidou could resist the power of the Warring States Period!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Just when they thought that as long as the Warring States of Buddha captures the pharmacist pocket, and then integrate the navy with the reputation of his former admiral to end the war...


    A light-colored ray of light shines from Yaoshidou''s body...


    This ray of light gradually became a bit dazzling, it was a ball of flowing white liquid on Yaoshidou''s body, this white liquid covered Yaoshidou''s body with radiance!


    It was the white weapon on Yaoshi''s pocket!


    "Really..."


    Before Yao Shidou''s body was completely covered by Bai Jue''s armed forces, there was still a confident smile on the corner of his mouth: "Why do people always think that my strength is weak..."


    Medicine Master looked at the golden Buddha that was almost as tall as the execution platform, and his voice suddenly became cold: "Even in the entire Akatsuki organization, I am one of the earliest subordinates to follow the Lord!"


    next moment¡­


    A cold and evil aura leaked from the white liquid weapon on Yao Shidou''s body, making people shudder!


    As the Baijue armed forces completely covered Yaoshidou''s body, a strange beast with eight heads appeared boldly, and the same eight tails grew at its tail!


    The body of this beast is glowing!


    No, just the weird appearance alone makes people know that it is definitely not an ordinary ability, the animal is snake snake fruit ¡¤ phantom beast species ¡¤ Yamata no Orochi fruit!


    On this battlefield...


    The fourth Phantom Beast Devil Fruit Ability User Appears!


    No one can imagine that Yakushidou is also a monster with the ability of a phantom beast like the Warring States of Buddha, the legendary beast Yamata no Orochi!


    Even more amazing is...


    Yaoshidou''s development of fruit ability is absolutely no less than any other Phantom Beast''s fruit ability user, because just the size alone has surpassed anyone present!


    Just the height alone has surpassed the height of Marin Fando!


    Compared with the black charcoal snake of the previous generation of Yaqi fruit ability, Yakushidou is more compatible with Yamata no Orochi, and the development of fruit ability is more perfect, because for the understanding of snakes, Yakushidou can almost be called the number one in the world. one person!


    Nobody ever thought about it...


    Yaoshidou actually has a phantom beast devil fruit...


    They never thought that Yao Shidou could develop this devil fruit to such an extent that even the people from Xiao organization were amazed!


    Dried persimmon Kisame waved his shark-muscle sword and sent Jinbei flying again. He looked up at the mountain-like Yamata no Orochi, grinned lightly and said, "As always, people can''t help but want to Praise..."


    have to say¡­


    As a commoner-born ninja, Yaoshidou really used his wisdom to transform all the resources he could get into his own power, and he never wasted every ounce of power!


    Even Kisame Kisame couldn''t help admiring and admiring Yao Shidou, because it seemed that only Yao Shidou was working hard to become stronger in the entire Akatsuki organization!


    Even Kisame sighed a little...


    In fact, the strength of many people in the Akatsuki organization gradually fell behind when they were chasing the back of their leader Naraku Uehara... Only this guy, Yao Shidou, still did not give up!


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflaming helped his little sunglasses, and looked at the tall Yamata no Orochi with a big grin: "Is this the gift that the adults asked me to pass on to Mr. Dou?"


    When Uchiha Sasuke made a big fuss in Wano Country and killed Heitan Orochi, the Yamata Orochi Devil Fruit was reborn in Wano Country.


    Except for Pharmacist Dou, no one seems to be suitable.


    This phantom beast devil fruit was quickly tossed from Doflamingo''s hands, and finally passed into the hands of Yaoshidou. Yaoshidou didn''t waste it, and directly pulled Orochimaru and White Snake Immortal to study this fruit.


    In addition to the high-level natural devil fruit, only the strange fruit ability of the phantom beast can make the pharmacist tempted.


    According to White Snake Immortal and Orochimaru''s speculation, practicing the Ry¨±chi Cave Immortal Mode and the Baqi Art are both compatible with snakes, and can quickly develop the ability of this phantom beast devil fruit!


    Unfortunately¡­


    Orochimaru has no body.


    In order to avoid wasting and causing Uehara Naraku''s unhappiness, Yakushi let the white weapon on his body eat the Phantom Beast Devil Fruit.


    Yaoshidou often communicates with the White Snake Immortal and Orochimaru, the natural energy endowed by the White Snake Immortal and the research of Orochiwan, it does not take much time to develop the power of this phantom beast devil fruit!


    Eight heads with dragon-like heads...


    Clouds and thunder surround every head...


    The next moment, the eight heads raised their heads and roared!


    One of the heads spit out bursts of flames towards the Warring States, one head spit out gusts of hurricanes, and the other head spit out gusts of thunder towards the Warring States!


    Whenever Yamata no Orochi appears in the world, it means that disasters are coming to this world, because Yamata no Orochi can directly create disasters!


    The Warring States period was fearless, relying on the defense in the form of a golden giant Buddha to bear the gust of wind, flames and thunder, raised his hand and slapped the mountain-like Yamata no Orochi!


    The golden giant Buddha is already huge enough...


    However, when facing Yamata no Orochi, it still looks a little young, even a head is bigger than the Golden Buddha of the Warring States Period!


    There was a sudden blow from the palm of the Golden Buddha, and a huge shock wave flew towards a head of Yamata no Orochi, wanting to smash this head directly!


    The weird thing is...


    The shock wave seemed to land in the empty space!


    This shock wave directly penetrated Yamata no Orochi''s head and shot into the sky, dispersing a cloud in the sky!


    The Warring States of Buddha did not expect his attack to be nullified at all!


    Just when the Golden Buddha''s face was a little bit confused, the Golden Buddha was hit by the strong wind, flames and thunder, and fell from the sky, falling to the ground in a bit of embarrassment!


    The eight heads of Yamata no Orochi slowly hang down...


    Every head is swallowing the snake core, staring at the golden Buddha lying on the ground, as if looking for where to start to swallow the golden Buddha...


    The voice of the pharmacist came out of Yamata no Orochi''s head, his voice was still mixed with a smile, and it even sounded a little leisurely: "Master Marshal, we should know each other well these few years! Why do you think Can you beat me yourself?"


    "asshole¡­"


    The Warring States of Buddha slapped the ground suddenly and rose from the ground!


    The next moment, the Golden Buddha attacked Yamata no Orochi again!


    However, no matter how the Golden Buddha wants to attack, it will be useless in the end. All the attacks fall into the empty space, and it even affects Akainu and Garp who are fighting next to them!


    The eight heads of Yamata no Orochi leisurely swallowed the snake core, and one of the heads even took advantage of the gap to spit out a stream of mudslides towards the Warring States Period, burying his golden Buddha directly!


    Even though the Warring States period rushed out of the mudslide quickly, the Buddha, which was originally shining with golden light, became muddy and looked a little embarrassed...


    No matter what kind of attack...


    None of them can hurt the body of Yamata no Orochi...


    Instead, Yamata no Orochi has been allowed to attack all the time. This battle is really aggrieved like never before. If this continues, defeat is only a matter of time...


    and¡­


    If the Warring States period couldn''t break the Medicine Master''s pocket attack, the other people present might not be able to deal with the Medicine Master''s pocket...


    Even so far, Yaoshidou has only used the power of four of its heads, but in mythology, Yamata no Orochi has the same powerful immortality ability as the phoenix!


    No¡­


    Or¡­


    Yamata no Orochi has a stronger recovery ability!


    It is said that every head that is cut off will be restored directly. Unless the eight heads of Yamata no Orochi are dealt with at the same time, it is impossible to kill Yamata no Orochi!


    "I really didn''t expect..."


    The golden Buddha raised his head and looked at the huge Yamata no Orochi, his expression became more and more ugly: "No wonder the Akatsuki organization dared to send you to join the navy..."


    Pharmacist pocket this guy...


    It''s too deep to hide!


    Whether it''s Marie Gioia or Marin Fando, everyone has never seen Medicine Master Dou make a move, but they have seen Medicine Master Dou''s practice.


    According to their knowledge, Yao Shidou''s strength can only be comparable to that of an ordinary naval captain or rear general in the Navy headquarters...


    No one would have imagined that this would happen today...


    Yaoshidou''s strength has always been very strong!


    He is a phantom beast fruit ability user so powerful that it makes one''s scalp tingle, and now he can even play with the former naval admiral of the Warring States of Buddha in the palm of his hand!


    Even Garp, who was fighting Akainu next to him, couldn''t help frowning. He hasn''t seen Sengoku in such an embarrassing battle for many years...


    "We must get rid of Sakaski as soon as possible, and help the Warring States solve the bag..."


    Karp shook his head slowly, his eyes fell on his opponent, Admiral Akainu, and his expression gradually became serious: "It''s just that Sakasky is getting stronger and stronger. ..."


    indeed.


    Akainu is getting stronger and stronger.


    As the opponent of Akainu, Karp is the most intuitive person!


    Because whether it is physical strength, knowledge-colored perception ability or the power of magma, Sakaski seems to be better than before!


    Once a monster of Navy training camp...


    Seems to be more of a monster than ever!


    Garp''s gaze seems to be able to see a huge monster hidden in Akainu''s body through Akainu''s body!


    Garp clenched his fists tightly, his fists were crunched by himself, and a big smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Hahahahahaha... that''s how interesting! Let the old man help you young people Let''s take a lesson!"


    next moment¡­


    Karp waved his fist and rushed towards Sakalski, and the jet-black armed domineering energy wrapped around his fist in an instant!


    The powerful punch directly bypassed Akainu''s block, and hit Akainu''s head hard!


    This punch is very simple and unpretentious...


    It seems that there is nothing special to pay attention to...


    However, Akainu''s body was thrown upside down by a punch, smashing a building, his body quickly got up, and his brows were slightly frowned: "Are you kidding... Are all four tails afraid of his power? "


    Cap, a Navy veteran...


    Even though he is over seventy years old, he still maintains such powerful strength and speed. Even Akainu, who was once known for his strength, feels his head is a little dazed!


    Tekken Garp¡­


    This title was punched out by Karp!


    Akainu took a deep breath slowly, and straightened his hat. Clouds of magma gradually emerged from his body, and he walked towards Garp calmly.


    it looks like...


    Today he is going to face a troublesome opponent!


    Compared with Garp''s self-confidence in facing Akainu, Pluto Rayleigh is a little bit more than capable, because he also feels the difficulty of the general yellow monkey...


    In a cloud of fog.


    The fog blocked Rayleigh''s vision.


    Because the mist is the environment created by the yellow ape using the seven-tailed Shigeaki in its body to spit dust. This environment is conducive to the scattering of light, allowing the yellow ape to appear in any place in the form of light particles, which is most conducive to the battle of the yellow ape.


    The battle between the two of them had only just begun.


    However¡­


    The two fought against each other for hundreds of rounds.


    "As expected of a legendary figure, it''s really scary..."


    Huang Yuan looked at Pluto Leili with a smile, and his figure once again turned into streaks of golden light and merged into the mist: "What a headache...how should I attack next time?"


    next moment¡­


    The figure of the yellow ape suddenly gathered from the mist, and appeared beside Lei Li, the king of the underworld, and a golden lightsaber suddenly slashed towards Lei Li''s head!


    clang clang!


    Lei Li swung his sword to block the attack!


    The legendary pirate slowly adjusted his glasses, staring solemnly at the smiling yellow ape: "The former little devil has grown up now..."


    "No matter where the attack was launched, it was blocked by you..."


    As Huang Yuan said these words with a smile on his mouth, a golden light suddenly appeared on the soles of his feet, and he kicked Lei Li''s body!


    Lei Li was kicked by the yellow monkey!


    It''s just that there was a smile on the corner of Lei Li''s mouth, and his palm was covered with armed domineering, and he suddenly grabbed the yellow monkey''s ankle!


    As a natural fruit ability user, Huang Yuan will never take the initiative to enter elementalization when launching a physical attack!


    Lei Li has been waiting for this opportunity for a long time, the sharp sword in his hand is about to slice through the body of the yellow monkey, and now the yellow monkey can''t block this premeditated blow at all!


    With the yellow ape unable to block or dodge, Lei Li wanted to cut off his leg directly!


    "If that''s the case, you won''t be able to escape!"


    "Who knows..."


    The yellow monkey didn''t care about his danger at all.


    However, at the next moment, a tail suddenly grew from the back of the yellow ape, and it directly sent Lei Li, the king of the underworld, flying away!


    The tail on the back of the yellow ape slowly retracted, looked up at Lei Li who was thrown out, and said with a smile on his face, "It''s really scary... If it wasn''t for Chongming, he might have been killed almost! "

 Chapter 578

    The entire Marin Vanduo has been reduced to a battlefield.


    The flames of war gradually spread to the entire port, every big pirate with a name and surname is fighting against the admiral, and everyone has their own rival!


    Even Dorag and Aokiji are fighting against each other!


    Uchiha Sasuke rejected White Beard''s proposal to rescue him, but stood by White Beard''s side to help protect the old man...


    Because Sasuke knows very well...


    Whitebeard''s body may not be strong enough to survive this war!


    And on the other side.


    The phantom beast Yamata no Orochi, incarnated by Yakushidou, is also wreaking havoc in Marin Fando, and anyone who wants to get close to the execution platform will be easily repelled by him!


    It''s just that the pressure on the upper echelons of the navy is increasing...


    Because Whitebeard Edward Newgate hasn''t shot yet!


    Now, because the three generals of the Navy Headquarters were restrained, and the top masters of the CP department did not show up for a long time, the battle between the entire Marin Fando''s navy and the pirates fell into a stalemate, and the fight was a little bit tied.


    The balance has finally been tipped!


    The defeat of the first navy with the highest combat power directly broke the balance of the war. Admiral Akainu of the Navy headquarters was defeated by Lieutenant General Garp!


    Everyone originally thought that the battle between Akainu and Garp would be the longest delay, but they were the first to decide the winner!


    Garp waved his pitch-black fist, hitting various places on Akainu''s body like a storm, and finally knocked Akainu to the ground with one punch!


    Even if Akainu enters Tailed Beast mode...


    But he was kicked out of Tailed Beast mode by Karp!


    Garp waved his fist and smashed the red dog to the ground, wiped the burns on his body nonchalantly, and tremblingly walked towards the execution platform: "Just lie down like this, Sakaski, the old man is going to rescue His own grandson!"


    "..."


    Akainu fell silent.


    He had wounds all over his body.


    There are even many broken bones in his body. Even if his wounds can heal extremely quickly with the help of Chakra, it still takes time...


    And on the other side.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Pluto Rayleigh, who was still fighting fiercely with the yellow ape, no longer hid himself, and released his domineering arrogance, which was surrounded by black and red lightning, breaking through the fog and dust under the yellow ape cloth in an instant, and forced back The admiral!


    This arrogance is too pure...


    Even Huang Yuan dared not fight close to the domineering Pluto Rayleigh.


    "No more time to waste..."


    A light flashed in the eyes of Pluto Leili, and he looked for the position of the yellow ape domineeringly and quickly. His figure jumped several times and rushed towards the yellow ape!


    The only thing Huang Yuan can do is to fly and float in mid-air, raise his hand and shoot out his own photons: "It''s really troublesome, if this is the case, we can only hit casually... Bachi Qiong Gouyu!"


    Countless photons fall...


    Every photon is flying towards Pluto Rayleigh!


    Pluto Rayleigh suddenly spread his palm towards the air, and a burst of armed arrogance was released from his palm, detonating countless photons in mid-air!


    Before the strong armed force coming out, the yellow monkey''s body turned into countless photons and dissipated in the air, his voice still sounded leisurely: "It''s really scary... If there were no more terrifying people present, Maybe I''m going to die!"


    "..."


    Hades Rayleigh frowned slightly.


    It''s just that Raleigh didn''t have time to think too much, he turned over and jumped towards the direction of the execution platform, where Karp and Sengoku were fighting together with Pharmacist Dou!


    "There is no way to attack his body..."


    The golden Buddha raised his palm, and then slowly put it down. He raised his head and looked at the huge body of Yamata no Orochi, and said in a low voice: "If you can''t attack the main body, you can only continue to be beaten passively..."


    "Then let the old man try it!"


    Garp grinned, squeezed his fist, his figure suddenly appeared on Yamata no Orochi, and hit it with a punch!


    In the next second, Garp''s fist penetrated Yamata no Orochi''s body. This kind of weird ability makes it impossible for anyone to deal with it!


    However, Garp still had a smile on his face. His fist slowly spread out, his palm overlapped with the body of the illusory Yamata no Orochi, and he laughed and said: "Dou Xiaogui, you can''t keep it forever." This state..."


    As long as the pharmacist''s pocket is free from the illusion of divine power...


    Garp''s palm can tear open Yamata no Orochi''s body!


    This method is a stupid method.


    Sitting on the sidelines and waiting for the rabbit is the way Garp wants.


    As long as Pharmacist is out of the illusory state of Shenwei, Garp can directly attack this body; if not, the illusory state of Shenwei can only last for five minutes...


    It''s not that Garp is just thinking about it...


    Garp''s knowledge color can observe the body of Yamata no Orochi most of the time, only when the Sengoku attack is launched, Yamata no Orochi''s body will disappear from the knowledge color''s domineering perception, which means that during that time there is no won''t last...


    The pharmacist inside Yamata no Orochi fell silent.


    I really didn''t expect that someone would use such a stupid method to break Shenwei, but this method is really too risky...


    after all¡­


    If you want to capture the divine power, how can you not pay the price!


    The next moment, one of the heads of Yamata no Orochi suddenly turned back, and suddenly spewed out a burst of fierce thunder toward Garp on the ground!


    Fortunately, the Buddha Warring States next to him quickly stopped Garp and helped his old friend block the blow: "Garp, this method is effective...but every part of his body may disappear!"


    "Then cut off its exposed body!"


    The voice of Hades Rayleigh fell into their ears.


    Hades Rayleigh had just forced the yellow ape back, and he had already appeared beside Garp, and slowly drew out his sharp sword, in a state of slashing at any time...


    only¡­


    A group of heads of Yamata no Orochi suddenly poked over at the same time!


    "Immortal method...inorganic reincarnation!"


    The eight heads opened their mouths and roared at the same time, and the eight tails stuck in the ground at the same time, causing the expressions of Garp, Sen Guo and Lei Li to change at the same time!


    next moment¡­


    Spikes suddenly protruded from the ground!


    Each spike was wrapped in jet-black domineering, as if it wanted to pierce them directly, forcing Garp and others to retreat quickly!


    Originally thought that the three of them could easily deal with Yaoshidou, but unexpectedly, even the three of them fell into a hard fight under Yaoshidou''s strange ability!


    At this moment, Whitebeard didn''t have the patience to continue waiting.


    Whitebeard wants to rescue Portgas D. Ace before the Beasts Pirates and the BIG MOM Pirates show up in Marin Fandor.


    From beginning to end, White Beard never forgot his purpose!


    "Gu la la la la... Let''s save Ace, Sasuke brat!"


    After Whitebeard scanned the battlefield, his fist suddenly slammed in the direction of the execution platform, opening up a way forward!


    White Beard held his own Cong Yunqi knife, and walked slowly on the battlefield step by step. No one on the entire battlefield dared to stop his movements!


    No¡­


    In other words, no one can disturb him!


    The current navy is indeed short of manpower, and all the people who came to stop Whitebeard from advancing were easily stopped by Sasuke Uchiha. This old man, who was sitting on the strongest man in the world, walked towards the execution platform calmly and step by step. .


    "Gu la la la la..."


    There was a big smile on the corner of Whitebeard''s mouth, and he couldn''t help laughing loudly when he saw Buddha Sengoku and Karp who had been passively beaten by the Yamata no Orochi who was still on the edge of the execution platform: " It''s really embarrassing..."


    "asshole¡­"


    A look of embarrassment flashed across Zhan Guo''s face.


    Originally, he thought that Pharmacist''s pocket was a little guy he could take down steadily, but now he shot together with Garp and Rayleigh, but he was still in a hard fight, and even so far he hasn''t hurt Pharmacist''s pocket at all...


    "It''s normal that they can''t take the pharmacist''s pocket..."


    Uchiha Sasuke stood beside White Beard, slowly raised his head to look at Yamata no Orochi in the air, and said in a low voice: "After all... Yakushido also got Uchiha''s power... Only Uchiha can defeat another Uchiha! "


    whatever else...


    At least from the current point of view... the medicine master pocket who now possesses Shenwei Sharingan is definitely an invincible existence!


    Several people present...


    There is definitely no way to deal with him.


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly clenched the Kusanagi sword in his hand, and said in a deep voice, "Go and save people... Leave this to me..."


    "Sasuke brat..."


    Whitebeard couldn''t help frowning.


    Hearing Uchiha Sasuke''s words, Yaki Orochi''s head suddenly lowered from the clouds, and sixteen huge eyes stared at Uchiha Sasuke!


    Facing Sasuke Uchiha...


    Pharmacist Dou didn''t think he won 100%!


    Yao Shidou''s laughter slowly came out of Yamata no Orochi''s mouth: "Oh? Sasuke-kun... If you say that, are you going to betray us again?"


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha had an ugly expression, and he couldn''t help but glance at White Beard.


    However, Whitebeard''s expression did not change at all. The old man may have guessed Uchiha Sasuke''s embarrassing position in the Akatsuki organization, and he was very clear about Sasuke''s thoughts.


    Uchiha Sasuke slowly raised his head, looked at Yamata no Orochi in the air, and said in a deep voice: "It doesn''t matter about betrayal, I never thought of joining Akatsuki...


    That place has always been nothing but a place where a bunch of cold-blooded and heartless guys live, and I used to just think I was one of you!


    It hurts to think about it now...


    No matter what you do in that place, you have to consider the price, you have to consider the attitude of that guy, and you have to follow the fate that you have never held tightly in your hands. Now you can''t even save your friend''s life! "


    Originally, Uchiha Sasuke had been living in the pain of being a double agent, always worried about the possible punishment of Uehara Naraku, so he often carried out missions seriously; and worried that Uehara Naraku might be detrimental to the Whitebeard Pirates, so he always reminded Watch out for others...


    Now¡­


    In this war that is coming to an end...


    After Uchiha Sasuke struggled, he finally chose to follow his own heart!


    Uchiha Sasuke clenched the Kusanagi sword in his hand, slowly lowered his head, and said in a low voice: "Even if I have been obeying that guy''s orders, it is impossible to change the fate of Nissan, and it is impossible to change the fate of Ace. ..."


    "that guy?"


    Sengoku immediately found the key point, and a look of surprise and solemnity flashed across his face: "Sasuke Uchiha, are you talking about Akatsuki''s leader?"


    Just when Uchiha Sasuke nodded, intending to reveal the truth about the leader of the Akatsuki organization, a voice came from the air and slowly fell into everyone''s ears.


    "Well, Sasuke, so you always thought so?"

 Chapter 579

    Marlin Vandeau.


    Three figures fell to the ground.


    They are three different people, but they are saying the same words: "Sasuke, I thought you would treat me a little better when you grow up, but I didn''t expect you to be the same..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes changed, and the Kusanagi sword in his hand was clenched tighter: "Bastard...do you want to threaten me with Nissan''s soul again?"


    The three people who suddenly appeared now are the Uchiha trio controlled by Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Obito!


    Sasuke Uchiha had already guessed it!


    only¡­


    Today Uchiha Sasuke finally decided to choose a showdown!


    "I already know very clearly that no matter what I do, no matter how many things I do, you will never let Nissan''s soul go!"


    indeed.


    The existence of Uchiha Itachi is a shackle for Uchiha Sasuke, but the existence of Uchiha Sasuke is not Uchiha Itachi''s shackles?


    Continue like this¡­


    One day, there will definitely be a crash!


    Uchiha Sasuke gritted his teeth, his gaze skipped over the three people in front of him, and landed on the Orange warship in Marin Fando''s Inner Harbor, his voice gradually became a little cold: "Uehara Naraku, you guy, you''re here Now, do you still want to hide behind the scenes!"


    "Sasuke Uchiha!"


    There was a hint of anger in Yaoshidou''s voice, Yamata no Orochi suddenly disappeared out of thin air, and his figure appeared in front of everyone.


    At this moment, Yao Shidou... had an unprecedented coldness on his face!


    "Sasuke Uchiha¡­"


    A gleam of color gradually appeared in Yao Shidou''s eyes, and his voice suddenly became eerie: "Do you know what you''re talking about?"


    Pharmacist''s pocket in fairy mode exudes a very different aura. There are eight thick snake tails growing on his back, which makes him a little more terrifying out of thin air!


    This momentum is indeed enough to scare ordinary people...


    However, most of the people present possessed profound domineering aura, and everyone was a top figure in the sea, and a little domineering aura on their bodies prevented the pharmacist from being aggressive!


    "I know very well."


    Uchiha Sasuke didn''t look at the pharmacist''s pocket, a drop of cold sweat slowly oozes from his forehead, still looking directly at the man on the orange warship in the distance: "Uehara Naraku...I have put in a thousand times more effort than before... Now I want to try too... see your limit!"


    The moment the words are spoken...


    Sasuke Uchiha knew very well that there was no turning back for him!


    When he came to this sea, Sasuke Uchiha broke through his own shackles. He is working hard to cultivate the power of this world, maintaining the intensity of his past practice and becoming stronger!


    Especially after fighting Uchiha Madara...


    Uchiha Sasuke gradually realized that he might abandon his past impressions and challenge Uehara Naraku who once made him invisible...


    Maybe make yourself stronger!


    Uchiha Sasuke''s overbearing arrogance was fully released, and this arrogance went straight to the orange warship, and the people present finally confirmed the name in Uchiha Sasuke''s mouth...


    It was Naraku Uehara.


    It''s just that when everyone present heard Naraku Uehara''s name, they faintly felt that their ears had heard it wrong. No matter how the name looked like, it was a bit wrong...


    The figure of Sengoku transformed from the form of the golden Buddha to his own body in an instant, his eyes couldn''t help shaking: "Hey, Uchiha Sasuke, you called the wrong person! How could Uehara be the leader of Akatsuki!"


    "Uehara..."


    Cap''s face was full of confusion.


    This Uehara Naraku should not be the person they know, right?


    After all, Naraku Uehara¡¯s performance in the navy has not been very good, and he often has bad luck by accident. It feels like he has committed a crime with the navy...


    this man...


    It seems really dangerous!


    "No, Sasuke kid is right!"


    Garp''s brain suddenly remembered a photo he had seen before, that is the wanted warrant of Naraku Uehara squinting and smiling!


    that time¡­


    Garp immediately felt a wave of malice!


    It''s just that Karp and Sengoku quarreled at the time and didn''t pursue it further. After all, in Garp''s view, dangerous people will jump out sooner or later!


    As a result, later on...


    Instead of showing any danger, Uehara Naraku was slowly transformed into a qualified navy, which is simply miraculous.


    Now¡­


    Has the danger finally emerged?


    The mind of the Warring States of the Buddha also gradually closed, his eyes also fell on the orange warship, and his heart sank little by little...


    Putting it this way...


    Everything they did fell into Uehara Naraku''s eyes?


    Whether it is contacting the Whitebeard Pirates or the Revolutionary Army, Naraku Uehara has always seen all this in his eyes, and even offered to help...


    And the Warring States of Buddha has never felt the power of Uehara Naraku...


    However, it is not a lie for a strong man like Uchiha Sasuke to challenge Uehara Naraku. Is this guy...hiding so deeply?


    No¡­


    This is not surprising at all!


    Because no one would ever think that Yaoshidou also has the power to stand at the top, but Yaoshidou has never shown it...


    Then Naraku Uehara, the leader of the Akatsuki organization...


    It doesn''t seem surprising to hide one''s own strength!


    The expression of Nether King Leili also became a little weird. After Uchiha Sasuke exposed Uehara Naraku''s true face, Leili vaguely remembered that day.


    That morning, Rayleigh had just played with Uehara Naraku;


    That afternoon, Xia Qi was suddenly taken away by the Admiral of the Navy...


    Shanks on the execution platform also showed a strange look in his eyes. The Uehara Naraku mentioned by Uchiha Sasuke was actually the Uehara Naraku who was caught by their red-haired pirates, which is too strange Bar!


    no matter what...


    That Vice Admiral doesn''t look like Akatsuki''s leader!


    Monkey D. Luffy knelt beside Ace and said softly, "Hey, Ace, why did your companion challenge Uehara..."


    "Because he is the one Sasuke fears the most!"


    Ace''s eyes changed slightly, and he couldn''t help but whispered: "Akatsuki''s leader...Since Sasuke and I met, he never dared to mention that person''s name, I occasionally guessed...but I didn''t think of it, The name that Sasuke said would be him..."


    "Hide, lurk, undercover, spy."


    Sabo knelt on the other side of Ace, and said with an ugly face: "These are all the tricks of the CP department and Akatsuki... But I haven''t thought about it, because I can restore my memory, all relying on Mr. Uehara''s help to rescue Dadan Just in time to meet us..."


    no matter what¡­


    It''s impossible to think of it!


    Uehara Naraku is obviously a hidden good person!


    If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku, Sabo would not have found his lost memories, nor would he have had the chance to reunite with Luffy, Ace and the brothers...


    Especially Monkey D. Dorag has always wanted to win Naraku Uehara to join their revolutionary army and become an undercover agent for their revolutionary army to break into the navy.


    The result was unexpected...


    That guy is the king of undercover!


    Sabo still couldn''t believe it, and a strong smile slowly appeared on his face: "It''s really...unexpected..."


    after all¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s demeanor is so friendly!


    Only the white-bearded Edward Newgate, who has always believed in Uchiha Sasuke, followed Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes to look at the orange warship far away in the inner harbor...


    There¡­


    Standing was a young man who had been drinking juice the whole time.


    No matter what kind of war happened outside, he never left the orange warship after the war started, and the navy, pirates and revolutionary army never made trouble for him.


    It was Naraku Uehara.


    After hearing Uchiha Sasuke''s words, Naraku Uehara still held his cup in his hand, slowly sucking the juice in the cup, as if everything outside had nothing to do with him.


    Obviously, there is a war that can decide the world outside...


    Uehara Naraku''s calm here really looks abnormal!


    The eyes of the top powerhouses present all fell on Uehara Naraku, and he still drank his juice slowly until he drank the juice completely, and calmly put the cup in his hand on the railing of the warship.


    Uehara Naraku''s body was floating in the air strangely, his eyes looked down at Uchiha Sasuke who was challenging him, his face gradually became as calm as Furui Mubo.


    this moment¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s aura changed drastically!


    His body seemed to have become like an abyss!


    Everyone can clearly feel that their domineering prying eyes or domineering temptations disappear instantly after touching Uehara Naraku''s body!


    Obviously looks like an ordinary human being...


    But it looks like a black hole that can absorb everything!


    this moment¡­


    No one has to believe that...


    This weird young man is definitely Akatsuki''s leader!


    As the most mysterious leader of the Akatsuki organization in this era on this sea, no matter how strange the power is on him, it is not surprising!


    this person¡­


    It is the messenger who destroyed the world government!


    this person¡­


    It is the most powerful leader who has surrendered the two Four Emperor Pirates!


    this person¡­


    It is the black hand behind the scenes who controls everyone''s entry into the war!


    this person¡­


    He is the man who completely subverted the world!


    The top powerhouses on the battlefield slowly stopped their fighting, and everyone looked up at Uehara Naraku in the air, with complex expressions on their faces.


    They have never seen Uehara Naraku in this state...


    Except for the smiles on the faces of a group of core old members of the Akatsuki organization, such as Ganshi Kisame and Kakuzu, everyone else''s expression became faintly dignified!


    because they know...


    This war is finally coming to a real climax!


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Sasuke Uchiha, his eyes were a little clear, and there seemed to be nothing unusual...


    However, when Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Uchiha Sasuke, Uchiha Sasuke felt his heart suddenly tense!


    Uehara Naraku stared at Sasuke Uchiha, and said blankly: "Everything is not beyond my expectations, Sasuke, you really chose to join them..."

 Chapter 580

    "It''s like this again..."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Uchiha Sasuke''s face was instantly furious, staring at Uehara Naraku, clenching his teeth bitterly.


    It''s like the past again!


    No matter what happens, it seems to be always under Uehara Naraku''s control!


    Even now that he mustered up the courage to declare war on Uehara Naraku, he has chosen to break free from Uehara Naraku''s control, but now he still seems to be under Uehara Naraku''s control...


    This feeling makes Uchiha Sasuke especially depressed!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Uchiha Sasuke almost broke the hilt of the sword in his hand, his voice squeezed out from his teeth: "Bastard..."


    Uchiha Sasuke suddenly pulled out his Kusanagi sword, pointed at Uehara Naraku in the air, and his voice suddenly became louder: "You guys will always control everything in the world like a puppet, let everyone I dare not rebel against your rule...but..."


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke''s expression suddenly became gloomy, his voice became louder and louder, but his body was still trembling: "Uehara Naraku, do you think today will be the same as the past? Today... I must personally break everything about you!"


    "..."


    Everyone involuntarily looked in the direction of Sasuke Uchiha.


    Some people are astonished by Uchiha Sasuke''s daring, and some people are thinking about what Uchiha Sasuke has experienced in the Akatsuki organization in the past...


    "I am looking forward."


    Uehara Naraku''s gaze was fixed on Uchiha Sasuke, even though Uchiha Sasuke was so provocative, Uehara Naraku''s expression remained unchanged.


    However¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s calmness made Sasuke Uchiha even more angry!


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Sasuke Uchiha stood in front of him holding his own Kusanagi sword, and the jet-black armed arrogance instantly spread from his palm to cover the Kusanagi sword. This armed arrogance was so sharp that it almost seemed to split the air !


    Uchiha Sasuke swung the Kusanagi sword fiercely, and slashed at Uehara Naraku through the air, his face was full of determination: "Let me see...how strong are you!"


    An arc-shaped slash flew towards Uehara Naraku!


    A red light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes, and a pitch-black flame floated above the swirling slash in the air out of thin air!


    "Amaterasu...Flame Slash!"


    This slash covered in Amaterasu''s black flame...


    It seems to melt and split everything around!


    Even Mihawk, the world''s number one swordsman, Hawkeye, couldn''t help but look at the sword slashed by Uchiha Sasuke in amazement!


    No matter who is present...


    They all know that this knife is definitely not something they can easily block!


    In addition to Uchiha Sasuke''s swordsmanship attainments, and the sharpness of armed domineering, coupled with the weirdness of Amaterasu Black Flame, no one can be sure that he can survive this knife!


    Just when they wanted to see the result of this knife...


    But all I saw was the pitch black slash that flew out and stagnated in the air out of thin air!


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm calmly, and grabbed the pitch-black slash flying from the air. This pitch-black slash was still struggling, as if trying to get out of his control!


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyelids slightly, watching the pitch-black slash, his eyes gradually turned into a pair of strange eyes.


    "Super... Shenluo Tianzheng."


    A torrential repulsion swept out!


    In an instant, the repulsive force released from Uehara Naraku''s palm directly shattered the slash from Uchiha Sasuke, and disappeared without a trace!


    In an instant, even the people present saw the surging repulsive force released by Uehara Naraku, turning the slash of Uchiha Sasuke into nothing!


    Sasuke Uchiha''s attack...


    It was easily resolved by Uehara Naraku.


    This doesn''t seem to have come as a surprise to anyone.


    Naraku Uehara would not be surprised by this, his eyes fell on Sasuke Uchiha, and he said calmly: "If you challenged me three years ago, maybe I would really have to spend a little effort..."


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly became dark, he just looked down at Sasuke Uchiha on the ground, and continued indifferently: "Sasuke, you are never the only one who becomes stronger in this world..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly spread out his palm, and the breath on his body changed a little bit: "As an appreciation and reward for your fearless courage...I will let you see the power I have gained in this world!"


    next moment¡­


    Pairs of wings gradually grew from behind Naraku Uehara...


    As the wings on Uehara Naraku''s body gradually grew, his aura gradually became stronger and stronger!


    A domineering aura suddenly released from Uehara Naraku''s body!


    Those who were still fighting fiercely on the entire battlefield were so oppressed by this domineering pressure that they dared not move. Countless pirates and marines passed out under the impact of this domineering power!


    The air in the sky was directly washed away by this domineering aura in an instant, and countless clouds quickly gathered under the attraction of air pressure, and the sky above Marin Fando became cloudy in a blink of an eye!


    Under the impact of Naraku Uehara''s domineering aura, the dense clouds slowly cracked into gaps, and the differences between the clouds became clear!


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers moved slightly, picking out a strong energy, blatantly tearing apart the clouds around him...


    no, or rather...


    It tore the sky apart!


    The sunlight slowly passed through the gap between the clouds, and fell on Uehara Naraku''s body, covering him with layers of golden light...


    at this moment¡­


    The young man flapping his wings in the sky really seemed like a god!


    A look of surprise flashed across the faces of everyone who was still awake on the ground, and they looked at Uehara Naraku in the air in amazement. They had never seen such a terrifying figure before!


    Even Edward Newgate with the white beard, who was recognized as the strongest man in the world, had an unprecedented expression on his face!


    The next moment, the corners of Whitebeard''s mouth suddenly grinned again: "Goooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo...


    "Such a strong domineering color..."


    The eyes of the Warring States of the Buddha stared at Naraku Uehara: "Just staying there makes people afraid to approach him..."


    I really didn''t expect...


    Naraku Uehara can be so strong!


    No matter how they imagined, Naraku Uehara was still underestimated after all!


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    Karp clenched his fists tightly, raised his head and laughed loudly: "Your luck is really good, Sengoku! You can still meet such a strong person when you are about to retire..."


    "yes¡­"


    Raleigh looked up at Naraku Uehara in the air, and adjusted his glasses: "This is not a sad time, to be able to see a person of this level with his own eyes... If Roger is still alive, he should also be very happy Bar!"


    indeed¡­


    The man in the sky is really strong!


    Even if he just stays there and unleashes the domineering arrogance, it makes them who are at the top of the world unable to approach easily!


    The feeling of Pluto Rayleigh seeing Uehara Naraku made him even more amazing than the ONE PIECE he had seen with his own eyes!


    Uehara Naraku''s arrogance has surpassed his cognition!


    Perhaps only his captain, Gol D. Roger, could possibly know where Uehara Naraku stood!


    Monkey D. Dorag raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara, and then glanced at Aokiji, who was also a little uneasy: "Kuzan, it seems that you are indeed standing in a good position..."


    "Ah, maybe..."


    Aokiji shook his head indifferently.


    In fact, Aokiji''s defection to the Akatsuki organization is not just Akatsuki''s power, but the attitude of the Akatsuki organization towards the common people at the bottom of the world. They seem to have a more advanced system.


    Although it seems...


    The attitude of the Akatsuki organization is that the strong dominate the world.


    However, the Akatsuki organization has handed over the promotion channel to the civilians, allowing the civilians to have the power to dominate the world as long as they work hard.


    And on the other side.


    Jinbe stared fixedly at Naraku Uehara in the air, and his voice became a little obscure: "Mr. Kisame, is that the person you chose?"


    "yes¡­"


    Kisame Kisame grinned lightly, and said slowly, "A god who can destroy the world, but treats everyone in this world kindly..."


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò..."


    Doflamingo laughed in a low voice, but his smile could no longer be suppressed: "Hahahahahahahaha ... it is really looking forward to it ... even if we have never seen the real power of the leader!"


    "This domineering look..."


    Empress Boa Hancock''s face was full of shock, and a shadow slowly appeared on her face: "The arrogance of getting up... is completely irresistible..."


    Even though she has a domineering aura on her body, compared to Naraku Uehara''s arrogance, she doesn''t even have the qualifications to collide!


    Uchiha Sasuke raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku, his face gradually showed a touch of madness: "Hahahahaha...Uehara Naraku, I can''t help but get excited! It''s this power that makes people dare not move..."


    "Let me take a look... Naraku Uehara!"


    Uchiha Sasuke slammed the ground and jumped into the air: "This is what you want to show us...or your true limit of strength!"


    The majestic overlord-like arrogance wrapped Uchiha Sasuke''s body, resisting Uehara Naraku''s domineering suppression for him, and rushed towards Uehara Naraku in the air!


    However, in Uchiha Sasuke''s sight...


    Uehara Naraku''s figure became a little illusory...


    If you look carefully, it is the afterimage left by Uehara Naraku after moving at a high speed. As for his real location, no one can detect it!


    Boom!


    Uehara Naraku''s body collided with Uchiha Sasuke head-on, his fist was covered with jet-black domineering, and directly hit Sasuke''s lower abdomen!


    The next moment, Uchiha Sasuke flew back at a faster speed, fell heavily on the ground, and smashed a huge deep hole!


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Sasuke who got up in a panic, slowly shook his head and said: "Sure enough, it would be a waste if this power is only used to deal with you..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes moved slowly, and landed on Karp, Whitebeard and others, and continued calmly: "The most important person in this world is fairness, and other people present have the right to be treated equally..."


    "..."


    The battlefield suddenly became silent.


    What kind of fairness is this!


    This is clearly a gauntlet to everyone!


    "Gu la la la la..."


    There was a big smile on the corner of Whitebeard''s mouth, but his eyes were full of seriousness: "Do you want to use your own strength to fight us old guys! Sasuke doesn''t dare to be so arrogant..."

 Chapter 581

    There has never been such a scene at sea.


    A group of big figures standing at the apex of the world gathered here, whether it was the apex of the pirate world or the apex of the navy or the revolutionary army, they all stood on the same front.


    Whitebeard Edward Newgate.


    Admiral of the Navy, Warring States of Buddha.


    Naval hero, Iron Fist Garp.


    The deputy captain of the Roger Pirates, Raleigh the Hades.


    And the most ferocious criminal in the world, the leader of the Revolutionary Army, Monkey D. Dorag, who has just arrived at their side.


    Everyone''s name here can be said to be thunderous, and many people almost grew up listening to their names, and even regarded them as the most admired people.


    However, these people now have only one enemy to face!


    Akatsuki''s leader...


    The scariest man they have ever seen in this life!


    Uchiha Sasuke let go of the palm covering his lower abdomen, slowly wiped the blood oozing from the corner of his mouth, raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku who was in the god-climbing mode, and said in a deep voice: "Be careful... this Uehara Naraku in this state... I have never seen anyone who can defeat him, not even a god!"


    Even Uchiha Madara, who has always been insolent, once suffered a lot in the hands of Uehara Naraku in the ascension mode, and was even defeated by Uehara Naraku with a punch!


    There is no need for Uchiha Sasuke''s exhortation, the people present are very aware of Uehara Naraku''s strength, just that domineering look has already suppressed everyone present!


    Just when everyone''s expressions were vigilant, Uehara Naraku''s figure was lost in their field of vision again, and everyone''s knowledgable arrogance could not help but spread out with all their strength!


    "Dragon Claw Fist!"


    Monkey D. Drago suddenly stretched out his palm, which turned into a pitch-black sharp claw, and tightly clasped an attacking fist!


    This moment is really too late!


    Even Drago was a little surprised!


    According to his intuition, Drago suddenly took the attack of Uehara Naraku, but what is frightening is that just taking this punch has completely split the tiger''s mouth of Drago''s wrist, and there is a sound in the palm of his hand. There was a clicking sound!


    This is the sound of cracking hand bones!


    "Can''t you bear it with only half strength?"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, then suddenly withdrew his fist, swung his foot and kicked sideways, kicking Drago''s body away!


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm in an instant towards Drago''s flying body, making up for his last blow!


    "Armed Color Release!"


    "too fast¡­"


    Drago''s face trembled, and his body was instantly covered with armed domineering, trying to protect his body with domineering: "Armed ¡¤ covered!"


    However, Uehara Naraku''s arrogance is even stronger!


    A powerful armed force turned into a shock wave and swept across Drago''s body, and the armed domineering Qi isolated from Drago''s body was directly broken by Uehara Naraku''s armed shock wave, hitting Drago''s body!


    The leader of the revolutionary army fell directly into the ruins and never got up again, making people wonder whether he was dead or alive...


    No one thought that Naraku Uehara would directly defeat this man at the top of the revolutionary army with just three moves!


    Even if they only fought each other for a few seconds...


    Monkey D. Drago has already lost the battle!


    This scene happened so shockingly that everyone present didn''t even have time to react, and Drago had already been defeated by Naraku Uehara...


    Cap''s face suddenly changed.


    As a naval veteran, although Garp never interfered with what Drago was doing, he didn''t have much interaction with this son. At this moment, Karp rushed towards Drago quickly!


    It wasn''t until Karp cleared the ruins that he breathed a sigh of relief...


    Although Monkey D. Drago was covered in blood, it was impossible to find out how seriously he was injured, but now it seems that he just passed out because of the huge impact...


    "Don''t worry."


    Sasuke Uchiha looked at Uehara Naraku vigilantly, and said in a deep voice: "For those who are useful to Uehara Naraku, he will not kill easily, and even dying in front of him is just a luxury..."


    When talking about this, Sasuke Uchiha opened his mouth and added: "Don''t think this is a good thing... because under his control, it will only make people survive but not die... Even if we die here, he still has ways to play Our souls!"


    This is Uchiha Sasuke''s experience...


    Uehara Naraku possesses the power to reincarnate life and death. Even if you want to commit suicide, you need to look at Uehara Naraku''s attitude. Even if you really die, Uehara Naraku has a way to bring people back to life with the reincarnation of dirt...


    The leader of the Akatsuki organization...


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    There is no possibility of anyone escaping!


    Unless they can defeat Uehara Naraku or completely seal him!


    As for killing Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Sasuke himself never thought about it, because in his cognition, Uehara Naraku has a way to avoid death...


    Even if Naraku Uehara is really dead... Maybe his soul will get another sense of eternal life like his previous Sage of the Six Paths!


    Uehara Naraku shook his head slightly, and sighed: "Sasuke, in your opinion, am I actually this kind of person?"


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke was silent for a second.


    The next moment, a little cold sweat dripped from Uchiha Sasuke''s forehead, his voice gradually lowered, and he said in a deep voice: "If you can still be called a human..."


    this word...


    Uchiha Sasuke wanted to say it a long time ago!


    When Naraku Uehara asked such a question, didn''t he think about how many inhuman things he had done?


    But when Sasuke Uchiha said these words, Naraku Uehara disappeared from the sight of everyone again, his figure was elusive like a ghost!


    Even if the knowledgeable domineering sensed Uehara''s actions...


    The people present also felt that it might be difficult for them to catch up with his speed!


    "That move...is to shave!"


    A flash of surprise flashed in Garp''s eyes, and his figure disappeared beside Drago in an instant, and returned to the battlefield: "Sengoku...Uehara is using the Navy Sixth Form!"


    only¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s Navy Six Style is extremely proficient!


    Compared with other people stepping on the ground, Uehara Naraku has combined Tsukibu and Shaved, he can step on the air and disappear in an instant!


    No¡­


    should say¡­


    Is it because his speed is so fast that he can step on the air... or should it be said that the air under his control seems to be like a substantial ground!


    "It''s Sasuke kid..."


    Whitebeard Edward Newgate immediately sensed Naraku Uehara''s attack, and this time Naraku Uehara attacked Uchiha Sasuke!


    Whitebeard clenched his fist and blasted towards the position he perceived, his fist glowed with white light, trying to stop Naraku Uehara''s attack!


    have to say¡­


    The power of Whitebeard''s fist is quite great!


    Especially when White Beard used his fruit ability!


    That is the most powerful fruit known in this world, the superhuman-type Zhenzhen fruit ability, this blow directly blasted Uehara Naraku''s body with the ability of the Zhenzhen fruit!


    Uehara Naraku, who had rushed to Uchiha Sasuke''s side, was hit back half a step by the impact of Whitebeard''s punch, and only then did he remove the vibration force from the shaking fruit!


    Uehara Naraku''s brows were slightly frowned, and the recovery speed in the ascension mode quickly recovered the injuries that had just appeared in his body, but he couldn''t help but glance at the white beard...


    It is not to be underestimated!


    As expected of the reputation of being the strongest man in the world...


    Compared to Uehara Naraku''s surprise, White Beard''s mouth grinned involuntarily: "What a scary little ghost!"


    after all¡­


    Not everyone can take his punch so easily!


    Ordinary vice admirals would be directly killed by his punch, even Garp and Sengoku didn''t dare to ignore Whitebeard''s fist!


    However, when Uehara Naraku received this punch, he only took half a step back, and didn''t even show any abnormalities at all, as if he was unharmed...


    "..."


    Uchiha Sasuke''s expression was slightly astonished.


    Obviously Sasuke Uchiha knew Whitebeard''s situation better, even he didn''t expect Uehara Naraku to be repelled by Whitebeard, even if it was only half a step back!


    It''s just that Uchiha Sasuke will not miss the opportunity!


    A red light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s eyes, and he swung his Kusanagi sword and took the opportunity to slash at Uehara Naraku, intending to use this supreme sword to severely injure Uehara Naraku!


    "Ok?"


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, suddenly stretched out his fingers to pinch the Kusanagi sword, and kicked Uchiha Sasuke''s lower abdomen!


    "Susano!"


    Susano''s skeleton suddenly appeared on Uchiha Sasuke''s body, and Susano in the first form instantly, the purpose was just to block Uehara Naraku''s flying kick!


    The purple Susan''s skeleton was kicked into pieces!


    Fortunately, this also gave Sasuke enough time, his figure galloped back quickly, and broke away from the entanglement with Uehara Naraku!


    "trouble¡­"


    Sasuke Uchiha frowned tightly. He turned his head and glanced at the people around him, and said in a deep voice, "You must not be attacked by Naraku Uehara, otherwise you may lose your fighting power..."


    "Sasuke Uchiha¡­"


    The Warring States of Buddha gave Uchiha Sasuke a strange look, and asked softly: "Before we started the war, didn''t you get punched by him?"


    "..."


    Sasuke Uchiha shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "If I''m not wrong, his strength was not strong at that time, it was just a test, to test the limits of our body..."


    Even if it''s just a tentative force...


    But it also hurt Uchiha Sasuke a lot!


    Just at the moment just now, Uchiha Sasuke felt the long-lost terror, the majestic power that defeated Susano with a single blow, the power that was ready to go in the hands of Naraku Uehara!


    "Gu la la la la..."


    Whitebeard laughed and finally stretched out his hand to untie the robe on his body, and slowly arched his body: "Then let me try it too!"


    try...


    do your best...


    Can you defeat Uehara Naraku in front of you!

 Chapter 582

    Click!


    Whitebeard''s fist slammed into the air!


    Cracks began to spread outward from his fist, which was the air shattered by his punch, and the vibration ability of this punch also flew to Uehara Naraku!


    A burst of strong force is coming!


    Naraku Uehara folded his palms to block Whitebeard''s shaking fruit ability. This punch still seemed to have no effect on him...


    Uehara Naraku''s figure flew towards White Beard in an instant, and when he was about to attack White Beard, a figure stopped between him and White Beard!


    Monkey D. Karp waved his fist and slammed it at Uehara Naraku, and the fists of the two collided instantly!


    Boom!


    A dull voice fell into everyone''s ears!


    The moment Garp and Uehara Naraku''s fists collided, a strong impact was released from their fists. At this moment, Garp finally realized what Drago had gone through!


    Even if he is known as Iron Fist Garp...


    At this moment, I also felt the huge power coming from the fist!


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, turned his fist into a claw, and clasped Garp''s fist. Just when Garp''s expression changed slightly and he wanted to break free, Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly exerted force, and Garp''s whole body was thrown away. out!


    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to follow up and continue to attack Garp, Whitebeard''s fist hit Uehara Naraku, and the giant fist was about to fall on Uehara Naraku with a ball of white light!


    Just at this time, Uchiha Sasuke and Pluto Rayleigh also waved their sharp knives from both sides and slashed at Uehara Naraku''s body!


    In a blink of an eye...


    Naraku Uehara is already under siege!


    It''s rare that they can still play such a wave of cooperation in such a short period of time. This is a tacit understanding formed by their instinct to find fighters during years of fighting!


    Void walk!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure instantly melted into the void and disappeared!


    Just at the moment when Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared, a purple light flashed in Uchiha Sasuke''s reincarnation eyes, and he also suddenly threw a ring towards the center of the attack in his hand, which was the contact ring of Akatsuki organization!


    "I already guessed your time and space ability..."


    A heavy look flashed across Sasuke Uchiha''s face, and his Hitomijuten hand power was activated instantly, swapping the ring with Uehara Naraku who had just left the place!


    next moment¡­


    Naraku Uehara has returned to the center of the siege!


    Everyone looked at this scene in astonishment, whether it was Doflamingo and the others or everyone on the execution platform, they didn''t know how Uehara Naraku should escape at this moment!


    "Is it the power of heaven?"


    However, when all the attacks were about to land on Naraku Uehara, the wings behind him gradually wrapped his body and protected him!


    A golden mask also appeared on Uehara Naraku''s body...


    Any attack that falls on this golden mask cannot penetrate it, and it cannot even cause a little ripple at all. This is the moment of the holy judgment!


    next moment¡­


    Countless golden lightsabers appeared beside Naraku Uehara!


    Every golden lightsaber flew towards the crowd, and there were layers of jet-black domineering on the lightsaber out of thin air, wanting to pierce their bodies directly!


    However, Uchiha Sasuke suddenly unfolded his own Susano, and put everyone in Susano''s body, blocking countless lightsabers!


    "Don''t attack..."


    Sasuke Uchiha stared at Uehara Naraku with his brows, and said in a deep voice: "Uehara Naraku in this form is in a state that cannot be harmed no matter what, even I can''t think of a way to deal with it for the time being..."


    When talking about this, Uchiha Sasuke slowly stared at Uehara Naraku, and murmured in a low voice: "The next battle, Uehara Naraku will be serious..."


    "what?"


    Hades Rayleigh felt as if he didn''t hear clearly.


    Sasuke Uchiha glanced at Lei Li, and explained softly: "No, maybe it''s not serious, but it must make each of us more..."


    Boom!


    Uchiha Sasuke''s voice has not finished yet!


    A big hole was suddenly torn open in purple Susanohu''s body, and Naraku Uehara floated in from the hole, staring at everyone present: "The warm-up is over..."


    When he said this, a light flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes: "Next, please show some real strength..."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara spread out his palm suddenly!


    A huge gravitational force suddenly flew out of Naraku Uehara''s palm, pulling everyone in his direction involuntarily!


    When these people flew halfway, Uehara Naraku''s eyes darkened slightly, he whispered, and suddenly reversed his own strength!


    "Super Shenluo Tianzheng!"


    A surge of repulsive force rewinds out!


    Everyone was thrown out by the repulsion!


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Uchiha Sasuke''s Susano was almost completely shattered by the repulsion from the inside out!


    The strength of this repulsive force even made Sasuke Uchiha couldn''t help but doubt whether he has been too indifferent to the ability of Shenluo Tianzheng...


    Why this trick...


    In the hands of Uehara Naraku, it can destroy the world!


    The body of Buddha Warring States even wanted to turn into a golden Buddha form to resist Uehara Naraku''s attack, but he was inevitably thrown away by the repulsive force after all!


    "Amazon Cloud Sword!"


    A ball of golden light glowed in Uehara Naraku''s palm, and countless light particles gathered in his hand, turning into a sharp sword in his hand!


    Immediately after...


    Naraku Uehara threw this sharp sword straight down!


    Uchiha Sasuke was nailed to the ground by Aman Congyunjian!


    One after another, the Tiancongyun sword transformed into photons appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hands, and almost everyone was directly nailed to the ground by him!


    Monkey D. Garp waved his fist, and forcibly deflected a Tiancongyun sword that was shot at him. Whitebeard shattered the Tiancongyun sword with the ability of the shaking fruit. Turn it into a photon again!


    "Earth Explosion Star."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about the only two people left on the battlefield, he just waved his palm and sealed all the people who were nailed to the ground with Earth Explosive Stars!


    Uchiha Sasuke desperately wanted to explode his pupil power, and unfolded his full body Susano, but was sealed together with Susano!


    this moment¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke finally realized something.


    Uehara Naraku, who can develop such a powerful reincarnation eye ability like Shenluo Tianzheng, how could he not be good at the sealing technique that transcends class like Earthburst Star!


    Three huge stone balls appeared across the battlefield...


    In the Warring States of Buddha, Hades Rayleigh and Uchiha Sasuke were all sealed away!


    Only Garp and Whitebeard were still standing on the ground, looking at Uehara Naraku with heavy faces. The two of them were slightly suspicious. Was it because Uehara Naraku felt that they still had the ability to move?


    Just when the battle between them restarted again...


    A few tall figures and a group of pale monsters were quietly hiding in the ruins of Marin Fando, and everyone''s face was a bit unsightly.


    It was the members of the Blackbeard Pirates.


    Blackbeard Marshall D. Teach secretly sneaked into the Imperton Prison. After finding a few powerful companions from the prison, Blackbeard led his people to Marlin Fandor to continue his plan.


    He wants to take Whitebeard''s devil fruit ability!


    However, right now, Marshall D. Teach saw Whitebeard and a group of people crumbling under Uehara Naraku''s attack, which made Teach unable to bear another thought...


    "Thief hahahaha... Is that the power of Akatsuki''s leader?"


    A hint of obsession and madness flashed across Marshall D. Teach''s face: "It can even make Dad unable to fight back, his fruit ability must be stronger than Dad..."


    "Does the captain want to take that guy''s fruit?"


    A tall man wiped the big sharp knife beside him. The second-generation Guiche, one of the twenty-one workers, couldn''t help but grinned and said, "For us, this is not easy!"


    It was Shileu of the Rain.


    Since Xizhi of the Rain joined Blackbeard in Imperton Prison and helped defeat Magellan, the warden of the prison, he became the number two figure in the entire Blackbeard Pirates.


    Even if Shiliu''s strength is strong...


    He also didn''t think that the Blackbeard Pirates could defeat someone like Uehara Naraku, not to mention they didn''t dare to fight that leader of Akatsuki!


    "Thief hahahaha, this kind of thing is hard to say..."


    Marshall D. Titch looked at the white beard that was crumbling under Uehara Naraku''s attack, grinned and said: "Father is already old, as long as he dies or is seriously injured...you can get the ability of the shaking fruit... Thief hahahaha..."


    After Blackbeard laughed a few times, his face gradually became crazier: "I don''t believe that Dad will be defeated, as long as he and Akatsuki''s leader are both defeated, we will go to snatch the fruits from Dad, and I will also Let''s see what kind of fruit ability that leader of Akatsuki has!!"


    "¡­Hahahaha¡­"


    Hei Jue emerged from Marshall D. Teach''s body sullenly. It grinned sinisterly and said, "Continue to reap the benefits of the fisherman?"


    "Thief hahahaha..."


    A fire flashed in Marshall D. Teach''s eyes, and his face became more and more crazy and excited: "Of course, this kind of opportunity is once in a lifetime! When they are fighting hard, they will never think of really conquering The people of the world are Lao Tzu!"


    "Hahahaha¡­"


    Hei Jue didn''t say much, just glanced at Tiqi, smiled sullenly and sank into Heibeard''s body again.


    "..."


    Shiliu of the Rain''s eyes were a little strange.


    The tall man looked around at the members of the Blackbeard Pirates, and his expression gradually became more and more weird, because many of the weak members of the Blackbeard Pirates were killed by him...


    Now the members of the entire Blackbeard Pirates are all big pirates released from Imperton Prison, and each big pirate is very powerful...


    But¡­


    They also had the same experience.


    The only surviving members of the Blackbeard Pirates present, each of them had been taken into the dungeon of Judiciary Island and held secretly for a period of time.

 Chapter 583

    Blackbeard was right.


    The only problem is that Whitebeard Edward Newgate and Garp have been unable to suppress Uehara Naraku for a long time, and it is even difficult to resist Uehara Naraku''s attack...


    It''s just that their will is strong enough...


    Monkey D. Garp was covered in injuries, but he still stood upright. He seemed to have returned to the era when he fought Lockes...


    However, the enemy he faces now...


    But he was a character that even Rocks back then could hardly hold a candle to!


    A man with an extremely powerful body, the speed of light, and a strength dozens of times stronger than the world''s strongest man, Whitebeard...


    And the ability of almost all natural elemental fruits!


    Facing such a terrible enemy, how should we defeat him?


    You can only rely on your own strong will!


    This answer does not sound like ordinary nonsense, but now the will is what supports Garp and Whitebeard and allows them to continue fighting...


    In fact, the battle has only just begun in less than a few minutes.


    In fact, for Karp and Whitebeard, their battle is coming to an end, because under the high-intensity collision, it is difficult for them to resist all this...


    "Ice Spear...Armed Color Coiled!"


    Naraku Uehara raised his palm, and ice spears appeared beside him, and a jet-black domineering spiral wound around the ice spears!


    More than a dozen ice spears galloped towards Karp!


    Garp waved his fist and sent all the ice spears flying. The ice spears pierced obliquely into the ground, and the whole ground exploded in an instant!


    this force...


    Garp would never dare to ignore it!


    It''s just that when he flew these ice spears away with his iron fist, there were wounds on his fist again, which were the abrasions from the high-speed collision!


    Garp took a deep breath...


    Even though his body is still almost in the peak state of his youth, it is still a huge challenge for Karp to use high-intensity armed domineering collisions and knowledge-colored domineering full perception...


    Yet their enemies...


    But still as easy as the beginning.


    This battle has completely become a one-sided crush.


    As for the white beard on the other side who is old and frail or even sick, his condition is even worse than that of Garp. Although he can use the power of the shock fruit to defuse Uehara Naraku''s attack, it consumes his physical strength greatly...


    After all, that level of attack...


    A moment of slack will be fatal!


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly, a ray of light flashed across his fingertips, and countless photons turned into speckles of light and scattered on the ground!


    This is the sparkling fruit ability!


    As for the Shining fruit ability user Huang Yuan, he just watched the scene with a chuckle, not caring that someone has already surpassed him in the development and use of the fruit ability...


    this kind of thing...


    The yellow ape has long been used to it.


    Whitebeard clenched his fists solemnly, and when he wanted to defuse the photon attack, a blue phoenix suddenly flew into the air, stopping countless photons!


    "Father!"


    However, the body of this phoenix was instantly penetrated by the photon!


    It was the phoenix Marco!


    The captains of a group of Whitebeard Pirates finally couldn''t hold back, they joined forces to block a group of Shichibukai, and asked Marco to come to support their captain!


    "Ok?"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm flipped suddenly, beams of light suddenly shot out from his palm, blocking Marco''s way, trapping the phoenix in a light prison!


    "Marco..."


    Whitebeard quickly pulled out his Cong Yunqi knife, a domineering mass covered the knife, cut off the beams of light one by one, and rescued his son from the prison of light...


    Whitebeard grabbed Marco''s shoulder suddenly, looked at the blood oozing from the corner of Marco''s mouth, and glanced at Marco''s gradually recovering body, and he was slowly relieved.


    White Beard looked at Marco, and said in a deep voice, "Marco, I''ll cover you and bring everyone back!"


    "Father..."


    "Don''t talk nonsense, follow the captain''s order!"


    Whitebeard took a deep breath, and continued in a deep voice: "I will stop this guy, you and the red-haired guys go back to the new world, and you must find a way to find the big secret treasure that guy Roger said!"


    Whitebeard had already recognized the situation.


    The current situation is no longer up to him to decide. Even if he risked his life, he might not be able to defeat Naraku Uehara in front of him. This world has announced a change of owner in the future...


    If you want to resist...


    Only the great secret treasure mentioned by Roger!


    Of course, that may not be the way to defeat Uehara Naraku, but it is definitely a news that can shake the world, so that the free pirates in the sea will never be cut off!


    Their generation has lost...


    Sooner or later, the next generation of pirates yearning for freedom will defeat Naraku Uehara!


    "Father..."


    There was some disbelief on Marco''s face.


    "Go!"


    Whitebeard grinned as usual, showing a smile: "This is the final captain''s order, take everyone back to the new world, tell this world that the great secret treasure exists, and tell this world that the dream of pirates will not end of!"


    "Father!"


    Marco couldn''t help but gritted his teeth.


    Just the next moment, Marco quickly turned into a phoenix again. He has stayed on Whitebeard''s ship for more than thirty years and never refused Whitebeard''s orders...


    apparently...


    Marco already knew that Whitebeard had planned for the worst.


    Uehara Naraku did not stop all this, he even watched Marco fly away with great interest, because he knew that no one could escape from this battlefield.


    While they were fighting here...


    The 100,000 coalition forces under the Xiao organization have completely surrounded this place!


    Just not mentioning other people, but Kaido of Beasts and Big Mom, the two four emperors, it is absolutely impossible for people to pass through their encirclement.


    Not to mention¡­


    There is also Otsutsuki Kaguya sitting in town.


    "It''s almost here..."


    Naraku Uehara raised his fingers together, and a laser beam pierced Garp''s chest, finally causing the naval hero to completely fall to the ground!


    After Uehara dealt with Garp, another beam of laser light flew out from his fingertips, but it split and pierced Whitebeard''s shoulder and thigh on the way, making the legendary big pirate involuntarily go limp!


    It''s just that the white beard tried his best to support his own Cong Yunqie, so that he stood firmly in place, and he even had a smile on his face: "Gu la la la la... have you reached this step? Before dying At least ask a few questions..."


    "Want to delay time for your son?"


    Uehara Naraku pierced White Beard''s words, and continued indifferently: "Tell me, let me see, are you interested in answering..."


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    "I''m so proud..."


    Whitebeard sized up the battlefield, then grinned at Naraku Uehara and said, "What''s the relationship between you and the old Rocks...?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes were subtle.


    Obviously this sentence reminded him of a bad memory.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the white beard and said calmly: "It doesn''t matter, if I find his body, maybe there will be a new relationship between us... a big pirate who used to roam the sea, I am very interested He made his own collection¡­¡±


    While they were chatting here...


    Blackbeard Marshall D. Teach faintly couldn''t hold back.


    Because according to his vision, he had been able to see through Whitebeard''s failure long ago, but he didn''t expect Whitebeard to lose so quickly and so badly. It seemed impossible that both sides would be hurt. Fortunately, Whitebeard was seriously injured...


    As long as he can absorb the power of the shaking fruit, for Blackbeard Marshall D. Teach, he has the power to compete with Uehara Naraku!


    not to mention...


    Tikki is really sure.


    During this period of time, Tiqi has become familiar with the power of the dark fruit in order to capture the devil fruit ability user, as long as he can make Uehara Naraku''s ability invalid...


    after all¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s status, no matter how you look at it now, this person is a devil fruit capable person... It just so happens that Marshall D. Teach is best at dealing with devil fruit abilities,


    the most important is¡­


    Titch couldn''t bear Whitebeard''s death at the hands of others, especially in this situation, which made Titch very angry with Whitebeard!


    "Thief ha ha ha ha...forget it..."


    The figure of Marshall D. Teach slowly came out of the ruins, his eyes were full of ambition: "I can''t wait any longer... Let''s take away the strongest fruit ability on him, and here we can simply surpass it." Him!"


    "Ho ho ho ho...Ticky..."


    Hei Jue''s body got out from the back of Marshall D. Teach, and said with a sinister smile: "In this situation, do we still have to make a move? That is the person who easily defeated a group of top experts..."


    "Of course we will!"


    Tiki nodded slowly, fixed his eyes on the white beard in front of Uehara Naraku, and coldly ordered a group of Baijue behind him: "Go and help me entangle Akatsuki''s people, create for me to take away the Zhenzhen Fruit time, the others will go with me to deal with Whitebeard..."


    While walking out of the ruins, Marshall D. Titch said with a dark smile: "The thief hahahaha... Dad is too old, leave the next era to me! I will help him solve Xiaoxiao! "


    "..."


    The white men looked at each other.


    Every Baijue is a bit mentally retarded, but it doesn''t prevent them from thinking that Tiqi is really mentally retarded.

 Chapter 584

    "Thief hahahaha..."


    When Blackbeard Marshall D. Teach led the Blackbeard Pirates and emerged from the ruins, everyone in the Whitebeard Pirates instantly showed anger!


    When White Beard''s body was on the verge of its limit...


    Marshall D. Teach this guy jumped out!


    Even though the Whitebeard Pirates are still facing the invincible enemy of the Akatsuki organization, they hate the traitor Marshall D. Teach even more!


    "I''m not late, Dad..."


    Marshall D. Teach raised his head to look at the tall white beard, grinned and showed his broken teeth, and laughed sinisterly: "The thief hahahaha... It seems that you are not too late, just enough to send daddy to the end One ride..."


    This arrogant posture...


    It doesn''t look low-key at all!


    "Ticky!"


    White Beard was able to use Cong Yunqie to prop him up by himself!


    The old man looked at Marshall D. Teach with sullen anger on his face: "How dare you appear in front of me..."


    "Thief hahahaha... why don''t you dare!"


    Marshall D. Teach opened his arms suddenly, and said loudly: "Father, I came here specially to see you off... I have endured for more than twenty years for today, just to be able to stand like this today. In front of you!"


    "I used to worship and admire you countless times... Father..."


    Marshall D. Teach''s eyes became gloomy again: "But... you are too old now, and you can''t even beat a single person..."


    How powerful Whitebeard was once!


    No one in the whole ocean dared to provoke him!


    However, the current Whitebeard can''t even defeat the leader of the Akatsuki organization. He wants to rescue Fire Fist Ace, but he can''t even get close to the execution platform!


    at this point¡­


    It''s too disappointing for Tiqi!


    "..."


    Whitebeard remained silent.


    It''s a bit easy for Tiqi to say this...


    In their battle just now, Garp, who symbolizes the domineering apex of physical skills and armed color, and White Beard, who represents the apex of devil fruit ability, were easily crushed by Naraku Uehara.


    If you can¡­


    Whitebeard really wants Marshall D. Teach to know how strong Naraku Uehara is in front of him. In fact, this guy is not an enemy that anyone in this world can defeat...


    At least¡­


    Definitely not now!


    Even in the past, there was no one who could match Naraku Uehara!


    Even if the guy Gol D. Roger recognized by Whitebeard is resurrected, he is not the opponent of Uehara Naraku, because now it is crushed by pure power!


    "Interesting, all debtors are here..."


    Naraku Uehara was suspended in mid-air, looking at Blackbeard and Whitebeard, he slowly tilted his head: "Both of you once promised to give me the Dark Fruit, but neither of you fulfilled your promise... "


    "..."


    Whitebeard fell silent again.


    Because in order to save Sa Qi, they directly agreed to hand over the dark fruit to the Xiao organization, but they have not fulfilled their promise so far...


    No matter how many things happened in the middle, according to their agreement, the dark fruit must be handed over to the Xiao organization. Unfortunately, they failed to do so. After the war broke out, this matter was also left behind by everyone.


    In fact, there is no need to mention this kind of thing.


    Because the Akatsuki organization has never planned to get the dark fruit from them, this is a trap set by the Akatsuki organization at the beginning... However, even if the Whitebeard Pirates do not step on this trap, it is impossible to hinder the Akatsuki organization''s plan to rule the world.


    "Thief hahahaha, that''s the dark fruit!"


    Marshall D. Titch''s palm gradually turned black, and he looked at Naraku Uehara mockingly: "How could the dark fruit be handed over to someone else like this..."


    Marshall D. Titch raised his palm and looked at Whitebeard with great interest: "Father, you don''t know... Akatsuki has been looking for this fruit, precisely because this fruit represents domination Power of the world!"


    Marshall D. Teach''s eyes fell on the battlefield, and he grinned and said: "No matter who is attracted by this power, as long as you get this fruit, you will own the whole world, whether it is power or strength..."


    "Lost by the power of a fruit?"


    Whitebeard looked at the darkness in Tiqi''s hand, and a look of contempt suddenly appeared on his face: "For this fruit, I violated the iron law on the ship and assassinated my companion..."


    The next moment, Whitebeard punched Tiqi with a punch!


    Strangely, the moment the white light of the shaking fruit ability touched the darkness in Tiqi''s hand, it immediately became invalid and was directly absorbed by Tiqi!


    "See? Dad..."


    Marshall D. Titch grinned and shook his head, laughing as if showing off: "You who didn''t get the dark fruit...how could you understand the power of this fruit!"


    When he said this, there was a flash of greed in Tiqi''s eyes: "But you will understand soon!"


    Marshall D. Teach''s palms and body were instantly wrapped in darkness, and his eyes were full of madness: "Father, let your abilities be swallowed by darkness! Become a part of the dark fruit, and let me replace you to reign over this place era!"


    Following the actions of Marshall D. Teach, a group of members of the Blackbeard Pirates and Bai Ze who looked extremely fierce appeared one after another!


    But it''s kind of weird...


    Most of the eyes of these members fell on Yakushidou who had been watching the battle, and some even fell on Uchiha Madara next to Yakushidou...


    Marshall D. Teach''s face was full of smugness.


    He even stretched out his arms, looked up at Uehara Naraku and showed off loudly: "The thief hahahaha...you see, Akatsuki''s leader!


    This is the power you have always wanted, but Lao Tzu has been a small character for more than 20 years in order to obtain it, so why do you want to take away Lao Tzu''s fruit with just one word..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara looked at the arrogant Tiki with a delicate expression.


    Marshall D. Teach waved his arms, showing off his White Legion: "The person who rules the world is destined to be..."


    Boom!


    A pitch-black shadow suddenly emerged from Marshall D. Teach''s body, and its palm suddenly penetrated Teach''s body!


    this accident...


    Neither the Whitebeard Pirates nor the Blackbeard Pirates had time to react!


    Especially the crew members of the Blackbeard Pirates, everyone couldn''t help being a little startled, and they glanced at Yakushidou and Madara Uchiha secretly...


    However, Uchiha Madara''s expression is more subtle than theirs. This weird change seems to remind Uchiha Madara of some bad things...


    next moment¡­


    A mass of darker matter enveloped Marshall D. Teach''s body!


    "how come¡­"


    Marshall D. Teach''s eyes were full of astonishment, his eyes widened involuntarily, staring at the black palm piercing through his chest: "I can''t move my body...heijue...how could you ..."


    Heijue''s gloomy voice fell on everyone''s ears, and its smile was still very nasty: "Tichi, in front of God, why do you think you can rule the world?"


    "Heijue..."


    Marshall D. Teach clenched his teeth, feeling the pain in his body: "You are my will..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Heijue''s smile became more and more strange, its body gradually covered Tiqi''s whole body, completely controlling Tiqi''s body.


    A strange smile appeared on Hei Jue''s face, and he said with a light smile, "Tichi... It took me more than 20 days to find a chance to pretend to be your will!


    Ever since you got the dark fruit, I have been looking for opportunities to make you a tool we can use, but unfortunately you are too suspicious! "


    "You bastard..."


    Marshall D. Teach desperately grabbed Heijue''s body with his hands, trying to pull Heijue out of his body: "What the hell is that!"


    "Tichi, I was never your will..."


    Hei Jue didn''t care about Tiqi''s movements at all, and said with a low smile: "Hey, hey, long time ago, before the appearance of the giant kingdom, there was a pair of mother and child in this world. Both of them possessed earth-shattering power. The mother is revered by the world as the Goddess of Mao, and the son is revered by the world as the Immortal of the Six Paths..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was subtle.


    Why is this guy Heijue starting to make up stories again! Obviously, he never ordered such a thing! And this kind of story obviously has loopholes...


    But now...


    As if they were happy.


    Because everyone present seems to be attracted by the story of Heijue...


    Even everyone on the execution platform listened intently to the story of Hei Jue, because they are still very interested in these historical stories and even the mysteries of the gods...


    "...two powerful gods fought for the idea of ??world domination. In order not to destroy this planet, they recreated another world as a battlefield...


    In the end, the mother Otsuki Kaguya was sealed away by the victor, and her son Otsuki Yuromo was reincarnated due to exhaustion of life...


    Until later, the reincarnated son broke the seal with my help, and returned to the planet where their mother and son once ruled, but it has become a world beyond recognition..."


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    When Hei Jue said this, he continued on his own: "But Kaguya Ji left behind a will before she was sealed. She regrets competing with her son for power, and hopes to give more love to her son. That''s what I exist for!"


    "..."


    Marshall D. Teach clenched his teeth and squeezed out a sentence: "Asshole... what does this matter have to do with me!"


    Ah ah ah ah ah¡­


    Tikki felt like he was going crazy!


    damn it¡­


    This fucking... the whole family is insane!


    You want to improve the relationship between mother and child... What does this matter have to do with him!


    "Because Akatsuki''s leader mentioned the dark fruit..."


    Hei Jue''s smile became more meaningful: "After the mother was broken again by her regretful son, she doted on her son even more and gave her everything she wanted...


    Accidentally, when Kaguya knew that her child had mentioned the Dark Fruit, she decided to help her son get this Devil Fruit..."


    "so¡­"


    Marshall D. Titch gritted his teeth, glanced at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "You are here to give me to the leader of Akatsuki as a gift!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell into a strange silence.


    To be honest, if Naraku Uehara knew everything, even including the original truth of the two worlds, he would start to wonder whether this story is true or not...


    Black this guy...


    Quite able to make up ah!

 Chapter 585

    Hei must be too good at making up.


    Not to mention people from the Pirate World, even people from the ninja world can''t help but feel that what it tells is the truth, who let only their family have the right to explain the past...


    this kind of thing...


    Hei Jue can say whatever he wants!


    Maybe this kind of thing may be true. The drama of the battle between the Sage of the Six Paths and Kaguya Otsutsuki in order to compete for power seems to be more reliable than the Sage of the Six Paths to save the world.


    After all, Naraku Uehara, the reincarnation of the Chakra of the Sage of the Six Paths, is here. Everyone can see what kind of virtue this person is...


    this one¡­


    Hei Jue also said that he has humanity in him!


    One can imagine...


    What kind of virtues did Naraku Uehara have in that inhuman past life?


    "Thief hahahaha..."


    After listening to the story of Heijue, Marshall D. Teach grinned forcefully, and could only suppress the fear in his heart with laughter: "The god before the huge kingdom...hahahaha...sounds really scary... "


    Tikki said...


    But he scolded Hei Jue over and over again in his heart!


    Heijue, that bastard, isn''t he just playing with him?


    In comparison, White Beard''s psychological acceptance ability is much better, his gaze is slightly tightened, is there a god that existed before the huge kingdom?


    This means that¡­


    Akatsuki''s mother and son...


    Want to get back their former power!


    The power that once ruled the world!


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand towards Heijue, and said softly: "Okay, don''t kill him, he is useless now... Just use him as a sacrifice!"


    "Sacrifice..."


    Blackbeard''s heart trembled.


    That word doesn''t sound very good!


    Even at sea, Blackbeard knew very well that a sacrifice usually meant sacrifice, that they wanted his life!


    "Has someone finally replaced us as a sacrifice?"


    "Another companion survived!"


    "Hahahaha...I''ve long thought that Tiki is so stupid..."


    Just when Blackbeard was nervous, a group of silly Bai Jue seemed very happy. They were finally happy to see Blackbeard end up like this.


    Heijue''s body slowly fell off Tiqi''s body, and the jet-black body made people feel extraordinarily weird...


    But the moment Heijue fell off, Tiqi regained control of his body. Regardless of the wound on his chest, he quickly wanted to hide behind his crew: "Quick, everyone, get on them and kill them!"


    "..."


    The crew of the Blackbeard Pirates looked strange.


    Everyone''s eyes fell on Yao Shidou involuntarily.


    As the pharmacist pushed his glasses, Shilieu of the Rain slowly lit his cigar, sighed softly and said, "Okay, let''s work!"


    "..."


    The crew members of the Blackbeard Pirates looked even more subtle.


    The next moment, these big pirates picked up their pistols and knives, and placed them on Marshall D. Teach...


    "Asshole...you..."


    Marshall D. Teach is totally dumbfounded.


    The ambitious pirate held his pistol and looked at the crew he recruited from Impelton with horror and anger: "You bastards rebelled...do you want to dedicate me to the Xiao organization?"


    Marshall D. Teach looked angrily at the leader of this group of big pirates, grinned and forced a smile: "Shiliu, you guy...do you have a share too?"


    "Captain, don''t blame me."


    Shilieu of the Rain took a puff of his cigar with a sad face, exhaled a big smoke ring, and sighed softly: "There is something I have never found a chance to tell you..."


    Shiliu of the Rain blew out another smoke ring, turned to look at Tiqi, and sighed again: "On our ship, you are the only one who is not from the Akatsuki organization..."


    After listening to Shilieu of the Rain''s words, the other people around couldn''t help laughing, even the Whitebeard Pirates in the distance had subtle expressions.


    If it weren''t for the tense situation...


    The Whitebeard Pirates couldn''t help but laugh too.


    Deidara almost couldn''t straighten up laughing: "Hahahahaha... what are you doing! Hey, Uehara, why do you always arrange a group of undercover agents!"


    What kind of devil''s arrangement is this!


    The undercover agents of other people¡¯s families arrange one person to lurk in in other forces, and slowly pass on information; the Xiao organization arranges undercover agents, they always arrange a group of people to lurk in, and gradually take that force out of control...


    this fucking...


    Everyone knows it''s going to be crazy!


    "…ò…ò…ò…ò…ò...that''s what''s interesting, isn''t it?"


    Doflaming helped his little sunglasses, and continued with a smile: "No matter what he wants to get or know, he must get Akatsuki''s permission!"


    "..."


    Blackbeard didn''t pay much attention to the ridicule of Doflamingo, Didara and others, and still looked angrily at Shilieu of the Rain.


    "Don''t look at me like that..."


    Shilieu of the Rain continued slowly with a cigar in his mouth: "Oh, yes, in order to avoid the exposure of our Akatsuki undercover agents on board, I killed all the people you recruited in Impelton..."


    "..."


    Blackbeard finally couldn''t help but cursed: "You bastard... you''ve been lying to me, and it''s a waste of me trying to save you!"


    How could this bastard have the nerve to say such things at this time!


    When he was in Imperton Prison, after Shilieu of the Rain joined the Blackbeard Pirates, he brazenly killed Lafitte and a group of crew members on the grounds that the weak are not worthy of being with the strong!


    At that time, Blackbeard chose to forgive Shiliu.


    Because Shileu of the Rain is far more powerful than the rest of the crew.


    Now Tichi heard Shileu of the Rain talking about that kind of thing again, just to keep their undercover agents from being exposed, Tichi really couldn''t help but want to kill Shiliu now!


    Oh shit¡­


    This bastard is worse than Hei Jue!


    No, neither of these is a good thing!


    "You arranged it well..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the furious black beard, couldn''t help raising his eyebrows, and glanced at the pharmacist pocket who had been standing beside him.


    "No, this is also the arrangement of the adults."


    The pharmacist raised the corners of his mouth, and explained with a light smile: "Master Naraku once wanted to travel to Imperton Prison. In order to prevent anyone from offending you, I arranged some people there in advance, and I also recruited Some subordinates who seem to be quite strong..."


    As for how to recruit...


    Just by looking at these people''s fear of Yaoshidou, it is clear that Yaoshidou''s methods are not particularly bright, but there is nothing to blame no matter what method is used to deal with these villains.


    not to mention...


    They also only took a fancy to Yao Shidou''s identity and the monstrous power under his command. The only thing they didn''t expect was that there was really a powerful god standing behind Yao Shidou...


    "We are the subordinates of Lord Dou..."


    Shiliu of the Rain stared at Uehara Naraku, with drops of cold sweat gradually appearing on his face, and said in a loud voice: "Master Dou originally wanted us to receive a great person, but I didn''t expect it to be a god..."


    "Put down your cigar."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said in a low voice: "Don''t be too rude in front of Master Naraku, I have taken a fancy to your strength, and I want to recommend you to join Akatsuki and become our official member..."


    "understood."


    Shiryu of the Rain grabbed his cigar with a displeased face, pressed it hard in his palm to extinguish it, and then looked at Uehara Naraku again.


    "It does not matter."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head calmly, and said softly: "I''m very generous, I don''t care about little things..."


    "..."


    Shiliu of the Rain breathed a sigh of relief.


    The other people present couldn''t help but lower their heads. This Shiryu of the Rain shouldn''t take Uehara Naraku''s words seriously, right?


    "Okay, let''s get down to business!"


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, and a ray of light from his fingertips fell on White Beard''s body. He calmly said, "Your body can''t hold it anymore!"


    "this is¡­"


    A look of surprise flashed across the white beard''s face.


    Because as the white light fell into his body, he only felt that all the injuries and physical strength on his body were recovering rapidly, making him stronger than before...


    White Beard couldn''t help but glanced at Uehara Naraku, what does this guy mean? Giving him this life at this time, is he consciously able to subdue him easily...


    "Don''t try to resist."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the white beard coldly, slowly raised his finger, and said softly: "I just give you a little life, so that you can live a little longer, just so that you can see an old friend again That''s all... Anyway, you should be together in the future, so it''s better to meet again in advance."


    "Old friend?"


    The color of the white beard''s eyes was a little weird.


    How many old friends can he have in this world?


    Moreover, what does Uehara Naraku''s companion mean?


    "Dou, are you ready for everything you''re looking for?"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, and pointed to a place casually: "If you are ready, put it there!"


    "Yes, Master Naraku."


    Pharmacist Doudou nodded slowly, took out a psychic scroll from his body, and took out a pile of black hair from it: "I found this from the traces of all the documents of the World Government, and I also use this Chance has harvested the remains of many strong men..."


    "Then let him out!"


    Uehara Naraku closed his palms, and his expression became slightly serious: "If you want to quickly end everything in this world, the only way is for that person to start the era of the Great Pirate, and let him end here... the art of reincarnation! "

 Chapter 586

    The wind in Marin Fando was a little noisy.


    Under everyone''s gaze, the black hair on the ground slowly turned into confetti, and stuck to the body of a Baijue sacrifice, wrapping it up like a mummy.


    next moment¡­


    A strong man jumped out of the mummy hideously!


    This figure doesn''t look tall, but when he gradually appeared, his body exuded a domineering aura, which instantly swept the entire Marin Fando!


    Anyone can see that...


    A terrific character is about to appear!


    Naraku Uehara waved his hands to untie the two Earth Explosive Stars, and the Warring States of Buddha and Pluto Leili fell to the ground in a collapsed state, with doubts on their faces...


    It''s just that when they followed the gaze of the battlefield and saw the figure who was about to appear, their faces couldn''t hide their shock, and even a cloud of fear appeared in their hearts!


    The pupils of Edward Newgate with the white beard narrowed slightly, and his eyes were fixed on the figure who was about to appear, his expression became extremely dignified!


    Tan Captain Cap, Tan Trench Coat¡­


    And that familiar face, that familiar smile, but there are a few more cracks on his face, as if a sculpture is cracked...


    Even so, it still does not block his power!


    The Pirate King Goldo Roger who was executed 20 years ago...resurrected!


    Whitebeard clenched his fists tightly, looked at the original figure in disbelief, and asked himself in a low voice: "This aura...is really you..."


    "Roger..."


    Garp''s weak voice came out.


    Lei Li lay on the ground and raised his head to look at the familiar figure, his face became somewhat nostalgic and complicated: "I never thought that I would see you again twenty years later..."


    The face of the Warring States of the Buddha became frightened and angry, and his expression became a little complicated in an instant, and he slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "How is it possible... this guy... can really control life and death... why put That bastard Goldo Roger has come back to life!"


    "That person...is One Piece...Goldo Roger!"


    "Goldo Roger is resurrected!"


    "One Piece is back!"


    All the pirates in the entire Marin Fando immediately recognized the figure of the One Piece, and the emotions of each pirate suddenly became excited!


    For pirates...


    The last Goldo Roger who was crowned as One Piece is very meaningful, and even most of the pirates on the scene grew up listening to the legend of Roger!


    "Roger!"


    A look of shock flashed across the faces of Douglas Barrett, Kulokas and others on the execution platform, and everyone became emotional when they looked at the figure!


    Bucky gritted his teeth, but couldn''t help the tears streaming down slowly: "How is it possible...the captain...has been resurrected!"


    "captain¡­"


    The excitement on Shanks'' face gradually faded, and cold sweat slowly dripped down his cheeks. His eyes tightened slightly, and a panic appeared in his heart: "How did that guy Uehara Naraku do it...why did he revive the captain...he Do you want to get the big secret treasure of Ralph Drew?"


    "Hey, is that the One Piece?"


    Lu Fei poked his neck desperately to look at the figure on the ground, a big smile suddenly appeared on his face, and he turned to look at his brother: "Hey, Ace, take a look, that''s your father, right?" ?¡±


    "Luffy!"


    Sabo glanced at Ace nervously.


    What''s the matter with their younger brother, why is it that they don''t open the pot every time and lift the pot every time, they clearly know that this guy Ace doesn''t like his father!


    "My father...has only white beards!"


    Ace''s face was unimaginably ugly, but even though Fire Fist Ace didn''t say anything, his eyes couldn''t stop falling on Roger.


    That''s not a photo...that''s not a wax figure...


    That''s not the pirate that others have been criticizing all the time...


    That is a real standing there, the revived One Piece King Gol D. Roger, and also his real biological father!


    "I really didn''t expect... to resurrect the One Piece..."


    Doflamingo, who was originally standing in the camp of the Akatsuki organization, was also full of uncontrollable shock when he saw the One Piece resurrected by Uehara Naraku.


    "The words of One Piece..."


    Kisame Kisame has no idea about One Piece, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "This kind of character is probably qualified to be the collection of the leader!"


    "Collection¡­"


    A drop of cold sweat flowed from Doflamingo''s forehead: "This sentence probably doesn''t mean what I thought... If I read correctly, Mr. Uchiha Madara and Mr. Uchiha Itachi also seem to have the same face as Goldo ¡¤ The same rift on Roger''s face..."


    "That''s what you mean."


    Kisame Kisame grinned lightly, and said slowly: "Anyone of value has the hope of becoming a Master''s collection, and can retain most of the power they had during their lifetime... After all, the Master revived them, so naturally they have to serve the Master. !"


    "..."


    Doflamingo slowly lowered his sunglasses and grinned: "…ò…ò …ò …ò…ò ... say that ... One Piece has also become our person?"


    As the dried persimmon ghost shark said...


    Goldo Roger, no, or Gore D. Roger, the One Piece king, has been manipulated by Uehara Naraku just after his resurrection.


    certainly¡­


    Under normal circumstances, unless necessary conditions, Uehara Naraku does not like to forcibly manipulate others.


    In comparison, using the fetters of others in the world to make people willingly carry out his orders is what Uehara Naraku is best at.


    "How is this going¡­"


    Gol D. Roger frowned.


    When he came back to life, the first thing he did was to check his condition. The strange sensation in his body seemed to force his soul into a container that could barely hold it...


    It would allow him to display most of his strength...


    Moreover, the reincarnated body of the dirt will not die. The only trouble is that his body faintly feels that someone is in his will, and it seems that he can control his actions at any time.


    When Gol D. Roger was just resurrected, he wanted to try to break free from this bondage. Unfortunately, the person who manipulated him was stronger...


    His strength doesn''t seem to be enough to get out of control.


    "Gol D. Roger."


    Uehara Naraku hugged his arms slowly, stared at the legendary One Piece, and said softly: "Don''t think about breaking free from control, I won''t restrain your actions soon, and call your old friend first. Say hello..."


    "Hahahahahahahaha...is it?"


    Gol D. Roger couldn''t help grinning, his eyes slowly looked around, and instantly landed on Raleigh the Pluto: "It looks familiar... isn''t this...Rayleigh? Rayleigh! Hahahahaha...Rayleigh, are you already this old? I really can''t recognize you!"


    After finishing speaking, Roger saw Garp and Sengoku again from the corner of his eye: "Hahahahaha... Garp, Sengoku, you two guys are getting old too..."


    Until the end, Roger''s eyes fell on White Beard: "Ha, Newgate, how many years have passed since we haven''t seen each other..."


    "You greeted me in the wrong way."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Gol D. Roger.


    The next moment, Gol D. Roger''s body uncontrollably rushed towards Whitebeard. The legendary One Piece waved his fist and slammed his old friend on the chin!


    "Wait... my body... watch out, Newgate!"


    Roger''s face turned ugly in an instant, and his fists landed on Whitebeard''s body one after another, directly knocking this old friend to the ground!


    "You bastard..."


    Whitebeard probably guessed the truth.


    It''s just that his mood has become a little weird. Was this Uehara Naraku who just treated his injury just to make him get beaten?


    This guy¡­


    Is this a human thing?


    "Goldo Roger!"


    Portgas D. Ace knelt on the execution platform and looked at the scene below, his face was full of anger: "What the hell are you doing!"


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Seeing Whitebeard being beaten by his biological father... Fire Fist Ace really couldn''t stand it at all!


    "Ace!"


    Shanks stopped the furious Ace, slowly lowered his head and said in a low voice: "The captain was resurrected by Uehara Naraku, his body should be out of my control..."


    "Don''t hurt him!"


    Gol D. Roger stood in front of Whitebeard holding his fist, looking at this old friend and opponent, he tried his best to control his body with this punch!


    In the end, Roger still swung down vigorously!


    White Beard fell to the ground with his head up!


    Naraku Uehara controlled Roger''s body to stop, and said calmly: "Okay, if you have greeted your old friend, let me introduce you to others!"


    Uehara Naraku floated beside them, looked at the ugly-looking Gol D Roger, and said softly, "Should I look up first..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger and landed on the execution platform: "Do I need to introduce you? The son you left behind during your lifetime, and your former companions are all on it. After twenty years, maybe you Can''t you recognize it?"


    "Twenty years..."


    Gol D. Roger''s eyes moved, and he raised his head to look at the execution platform. He couldn''t recognize anyone on it until he saw Bucky: "Huh? Bucky? Then the person next to him... is Xiang Alex?"


    Gol D. Roger slowly turned his head to see Ace and the others, his eyes finally stopped, although he had never seen Portgas D. Ace...


    However¡­


    With the little freckles on Ace''s face...


    Gol D. Roger instantly recognized that it was his son, his and Portgas D. Loujo''s son!


    Gol D. Roger reluctantly looked away from Ace to the others on the battlefield.


    The expression of this One Piece gradually became extremely solemn: "Then, what is the purpose of your Excellency gathering my friends here and bringing me back to life..."


    yes¡­


    Here are all his former friends and companions.


    There is even the son who I just met today.


    If counted, the closest bonds of Gol D. Roger were here, but what Roger didn''t expect was that his friends seemed to be in a bad situation now...


    them¡­


    It seems that they have been severely injured.


    Judging from the situation, this should be an unprecedented war. Maybe Whitebeard, Sengoku and the others suffered losses, and the man in front of him took advantage of it...


    certainly¡­


    It is also possible that the young man in front of him who revived him defeated everyone by himself. After all, the man in front of him is someone who cannot hear his heart with the knowledge and color of listening to the heart of all things. He can''t resist!


    "It looks stronger than I imagined, I thought you would talk about the past first..."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms, and said calmly: "Since we want to talk about something serious, let''s talk about it!


    Twenty years have passed since you started the Great Pirate Era before your death... The Great Pirate Era that you started with your own hands, you will end it yourself, is this trivial matter okay? "


    "..."


    Gol D. Roger fell silent.


    Pluto Raleigh struggled to raise his head, and said in a deep voice, "Roger, don''t promise him, they will soon rule the world, and the sea will soon enter the darkest age, and ONE PIECE is the only hope... "


    It''s just that Raleigh''s words haven''t finished yet...


    The figure of Gol D. Roger rushed towards Rayleigh!


    Just when Gol D. Roger''s fist was about to land on Rayleigh, he forcibly controlled his movements, and slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku like a hungry wolf: "I said...don''t hurt Rayleigh..."


    Uehara Naraku moved his fingers and continued softly: "If you can''t do it, Pluto Rayleigh is just the first one. I don''t mind if you pay more. The world government has been destroyed by us, and the world no longer needs it." Pirates..."


    When the Draco and the World Government fall...


    In fact, the world no longer needs pirates who make trouble.

 Chapter 587

    Marlin Vandeau.


    While they were still in a stalemate, the Gate of Justice poured into warships one after another, and each warship was full of ninjas, samurai and pirates.


    "That''s... the Beast Pirates and the Big Mom Pirates!"


    A group of revolutionary troops in charge of guarding the periphery looked at this scene with horror on their faces. In their sight, densely packed warships surrounded the entire Marin Fando.


    The coalition forces finally arrived at Marin Fando.


    This coalition force of more than 100,000 men became an overwhelming force.


    Whether it was the Whitebeard Pirates who wanted to retreat, the Revolutionary Army, or the remnants of the Red Hair Pirates, they were all completely surrounded and captured by this coalition force.


    The coalition also overwhelmed the navy.


    This is to prevent some people in the navy who are still loyal to Sengoku and Garp from causing any disturbances in Marin Fando.


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    With the arrival of this coalition army, everyone knows in their hearts that they have already lost this war, perhaps when Uehara Naraku showed his invincible power, they had already lost...


    It''s just that the arrival of the coalition forces became the last straw that overwhelmed them.


    This also means that the Akatsuki organization does not only have strong people, they also have a huge army, and it is a force that is recharging its energy.


    "Forget it, let''s end here..."


    Gol D. Roger, the newly revived One Piece, has returned to his bold smile on his face: "The story of the pirate...will end eventually!"


    ten days later.


    The war that shook the world is long over.


    During this period of time, the entire world''s news papers were once out of stock, because every incident in that war was enough to hit the headlines, and it was enough to shock everyone in the whole world.


    The most shocking of these are undoubtedly two things...


    First, the world government was destroyed by the Akatsuki organization, and the world entered the era of Akatsuki; second, the pirate king Gol D. Roger was resurrected by the leader of Akatsuki.


    This means that no one can take away the big secret treasure one step earlier than One Piece.


    As announced by the Akatsuki organization, the era of great pirates started by Gol D. Roger has come to an end, and the world no longer needs pirates.


    just in exchange...


    Akatsuki created a new model.


    Any pirate group that has not directly or indirectly caused huge losses to all parts of the world can go to Marin Fando to appeal to cancel the reward and register as a sailing group.


    Each adventure group even has a strict level division.


    Every year, the Akatsuki organization conducts an assessment, and each elite member of the sailing group will be accepted as an official member of Akatsuki after a rigorous assessment.


    Every official member of Akatsuki has the right to vote in the World Conference.


    This kind of matter was naturally opposed by many countries that joined the world government. In this case, only the strong can have the right to speak. What should the kings of these countries do?


    Many countries on the sea do not recognize the rule that Akatsuki inherited from the World Government, and there are even some small countries that want to follow the example of the Twenty Kings who established the World Government...


    These countries are just here for a joke...


    Because the original Four Emperor Pirates have all registered as S-class sailing groups after the announcement of this policy, the people who replaced Whitebeard were Marco and Portgas D. Ace.


    Whitebeard Edward Newgate was gone.


    No one knows his whereabouts. Some people speculate that he was imprisoned in Imperton by the Akatsuki organization, and some speculate that he may have passed away.


    There is also speculation that he may want to maintain his last dignity as a pirate...


    After all, as a remnant of the old era...


    From then on, it seems that no matter how you think about it, it is unacceptable to break away from the pirate identity that you have used all your life.


    no matter what¡­


    They are all in the past.


    No matter how many people are optimistic or not optimistic about the rule of the Xiao organization, they must face the rule of Xiao. This is the superpower that has already recruited the two four emperors, and even accepted all the troops left by the world government!


    Marlin Vandeau.


    Xiao organized a plenary meeting.


    A group of members of Akatsuki are here, a meeting that includes all the powerful people who have dominance in this world, many of whom were hostile to them even ten days ago.


    However, Xiao organization doesn''t care about all this...


    Akatsuki''s members don''t care about these former enemies, because they know each other very well who is the winner and who is the conquered.


    As admirals and naval heroes, Warring States of Buddha and Karp also have their own positions. The two of them casually wear a black robe of Xiangyun.


    In fact, for the Navy...


    It doesn''t matter who they pledge their allegiance to.


    What''s more, the Akatsuki organization doesn''t seem to be that evil now. It is said that the policies and systems they implement in Wano Country are much more advanced than other countries...


    And to be honest...


    The world government, a group of organizations established by Tianlong people, has already been rotten at its roots. Even if the Xiao organization is even worse, how bad can it be?


    Not to mention that the Xiao organization seems to be doing pretty well...


    If the Warring States of Buddha had known the power of the Akatsuki organization and the claims of the Akatsuki organization for a long time, perhaps he might not mind working for this organization...


    This also proves that they don''t want to turn the world into an amusement park for pirates, but rather want to manage the world well.


    That''s normal...


    Winners don''t necessarily want their world to be a mess.


    The only more troublesome thing is that no one knows the character of Uehara Naraku, the leader of the Akatsuki organization, because he is a bit like the kind of guy who does whatever he wants...


    And the eyes seem to be a little small...


    Just as the Buddha''s Sengoku was thinking wildly, Kaido sat down beside Sengoku, and San Calamity and a few of his men sat behind him.


    Kaido stared at the host platform in the conference room, and said, seemingly unintentionally, "Marshal Warring States, consider forming an alliance with us... We have an issue, and Lingling has already agreed, at least in our meeting there have been ten ticket¡­"


    "..."


    Garp, who was sitting next to him, heard Kaido''s words and couldn''t help laughing: "Hahaha... What''s the situation with the alliance... I always feel that something is wrong!"


    It''s weird...


    A big pirate in the past actually came to find an admiral to form an alliance with a naval hero. This is really puzzling!


    "..."


    Sengoku adjusted his glasses, glanced at Yaoshidou and Aokiji who were sitting not far from them, and said in a low voice: "Kaido, we only have two votes. With so many people, it doesn''t seem to matter. Special effect..."


    "Hmph, it seems that you still don''t understand Xiao''s situation, what a waste..."


    Kaido stood up slowly and left here, led his subordinates to change positions, and returned to BIG MOM.


    soon¡­


    With the start of Akatsuki''s meeting, Warring States of Buddha finally understood how important the two votes between him and Karp are, even if there is a difference of one vote, something may happen...


    "The first issue is the opinion on how to deal with the East China Sea. So far, none of the joining countries in the East China Sea has expressed surrender to Akatsuki... This weakest sea should be completely destroyed to warn other sea areas... They have no value and were born The odds of being strong are very low..."


    "We think it''s the quickest way to directly create a tsunami of thousands of meters and sweep across the entire East China Sea..."


    "..."


    Karp was going crazy.


    What the hell kind of devil''s meeting is this!


    Why is the first thing to do is to destroy his hometown, even talking about the nose and eyes, it sounds a bit unbelievable that the tsunami of thousands of meters...


    but¡­


    It doesn''t seem that complicated.


    Only BIG¡¤MOM can do it!


    Warring States of Buddha and Karp watched a group of guys wearing Xiangyun black robes either vote for or abstain, as if it didn''t matter, and there were even a few guys wearing earth and thunder hats to encourage others to vote for ticket¡­


    This is really driving me crazy...


    Fortunately, there were more people abstaining from voting in Xiao''s organization, and with the help of Yaoshidou, this issue was not passed by one vote...


    In this kind of meeting...


    One vote is very important, not to mention Sengoku and Karp still have two votes!


    "Don''t come to Akatsuki''s meeting unprepared."


    After a long meeting, Pharmacist looked at the Warring States of Buddha and said softly: "This meeting can decide the fate of the whole world at any time. If you don''t pay attention, there will be a devastating disaster. Marshal and Mr. Karp Just follow us..."


    "..."


    Sengoku''s expression was a bit ugly.


    Before the Akatsuki organization ruled the world, he was the puppet of Yaoshidou; after the Xiao organization ruled the world, he was still the puppet of Yaoshidou...


    What is he...


    Didn''t he join the Akatsuki organization for nothing?


    Just when Zhan Guo wanted to say something to Pharmacist Dou, the sky suddenly darkened in an instant. It was clearly daytime just now, but it turned into night in an instant...


    "It''s about to start."


    Medicine Master slowly closed his eyes, and murmured in a low voice: "From this moment on, the two worlds will be connected; from this moment on, Master Naraku will become an omniscient god!"


    "..."


    Sengoku has a strange expression.


    Fortunately, the night didn''t last too long, and after about a few minutes, the sun fell on the sea again.


    The whole world panicked for a while and it was over.


    No one knows exactly what happened.


    Only Ainilu, who was still on the moon in the original universe, looked at the empty space next to the moon, and scratched his head in a daze. Who could tell him where his hometown went?

 Chapter 588

    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Red earth continent.


    Akatsuki''s headquarters was finally built.


    Xiao Nan named this city the Rain Capital, and the members of Akatsuki live in this city, which is a place for cultivation and living.


    This new holy place is completely different from the old Mariejoya. It is actually a holy place for cultivating the strong, rather than a symbol of supremacy.


    Even so¡­


    There are still countless people in the sea who want to enter here.


    If they can come in, they will see that the conditions here are actually far inferior to the outside world. In comparison, it is not as prosperous as Dressrosa in Doflamingo.


    In the entire rain capital...


    The only building that can be called prosperous is the main hall used by the members of the Akatsuki organization for meetings. The other buildings have not been specially repaired.


    Uehara Naraku floated in the air, slowly watching the entire scenery of the rain capital, his eyes finally fell on a blue-haired woman on the ground.


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger.


    The next moment, patches of dark clouds floated in the sky.


    Overcast clouds slowly accumulated over the city of rain, and the rain slowly fell like silk threads. The sound of pattering rain gradually began to appear in the city of rain.


    People can''t help but feel nostalgic.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure fell beside Xiao Nan, and an umbrella appeared out of thin air in his hand, covering Xiao Nan''s head.


    "Naraku?"


    Xiaonan turned around in surprise, and saw Uehara Naraku standing in the rain, her brows slightly frowned: "The temperature here is very low, don''t stand outside in the rain..."


    The Rain Capital was built on the highest point of the Red Earth Continent.


    The temperature here is indeed much lower than other places, and the raindrops falling on people''s bodies only make people feel that the rain is a bit cold.


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, and hid under the umbrella. The two of them walked slowly in the rain with an umbrella, just like in the past.


    This scene fell in the eyes of many people.


    Dried Persimmon Kisame stood on a high platform, looked down at the figures of the two people, grinned his own mouth, and said with a light smile: "It seems that except for Sunday, the whole rainy city will inevitably rain..."


    "That''s not bad..."


    The gigantic Princess Shirahoshi approached cautiously, and asked in a low voice beside her, "That...Master Kisame, will I always live here from now on?"


    "You can leave."


    Kisame Kisame glanced at Princess Shirahoshi, grinned lightly and said, "If you don''t want to stay here, you can choose to leave Akatsuki at any time. In the past, no one could leave Akatsuki..."


    "But...but..."


    Princess Baixing glanced around timidly, then cautiously continued: "Master Kisame...I...I dare not..."


    This mermaid princess...


    The guts are really not ordinary.


    Jin Ping Fei landed next to Gui Jiao, and said with a serious face: "Princess, don''t leave Akatsuki casually, this matter is related to the survival of our Fishman Island..."


    As one of the ancient weapons of the Sea King, Princess Shirahoshi has the qualifications to become a full member of Akatsuki. This matter made both King Neptune and Murloc Island feel at ease.


    The name of a member of Akatsuki...


    Enough to shelter the entire Murloc Island!


    After all, now every country and small island in the sea is looking forward to a formal member of Xiao in their country, so that they can protect their lives.


    If no one shelters them...


    Before the Xiao organization introduced new policies, these countries did not have any voting rights at the meeting, which meant that they could only be slaughtered.


    And Fishman Island is more than just a place...


    Now if you add Kisame and Jinpei, there are three official members of Akatsuki in Fishman Island. As long as you don''t offend some powerful forces and those unreasonable second generations of Akatsuki, no one will dare to provoke Yu Isle of Man!


    Fishman Island is really lucky...


    In comparison, Daughter''s Island Amazon Lily''s luck is also good.


    In order to protect Daughter Island, Boa Hancock, the world''s number one beauty, took the initiative to apply for an assessment to join the Akatsuki organization. In fact, the world''s number one beauty has other plans...


    "Master Kaguya, it''s raining!"


    Boa Hancock''s voice echoed melodiously in a luxurious house, and a suspicious blush flashed across her face: "Master Kaguya, it feels good on a rainy day... Shall we go for a walk together! "


    "..."


    Otsutsuki Kaguya showed a little confusion on his face.


    Boa Hancock''s face was full of joy, and he screamed excitedly: "Ahhhhh, the confused Kaguya-sama is so cute too!"


    "..."


    Otsutsuki Kaguya''s face became even more confused.


    Since this woman named Boa Hancock entered the Rain Capital, her place has become lively, and Boa Hancock''s provocative voice echoes every day...


    this woman...


    what is the problem?


    Compared with Boya Hancock''s life in the Rain Capital, Doflamingo''s life is much calmer. As the king of Dressrosa, he can choose to continue to stay in his palace, but Dover Brother Lang Ming chose to live here for a long time.


    Because for him, this is the symbol of the winner.


    Moreover, as the leading boss of the underground world, Doflamingo single-handedly captured many bosses of the entire underground world into Impelton, which also caused him a lot of trouble.


    If it wasn''t for Doflamingo living in the Rain City...


    Then, before Pharmacist Dou completely cleans up the underground world, Doflamingo will have to face these troubles for a long time.


    Now Doflamingo is living quite comfortably. He even connected his lover Violet to the Rain City to marry her, and plans to have a son to revive the Don Quixote clan!


    In the future...


    Doflamingo intends to allow his son to join the Akatsuki organization before he retires. This person really doesn''t know what to think...


    Maybe it''s because...


    Doflamingo saw the lives of the other second generations of Xiao?


    indeed¡­


    It didn''t take long for the Xiao organization to rule the world, and a group of so-called second generations of Xiao began to appear in this world.


    Now the most famous Xiao II in this sea is probably Monkey D. Luffy of the Straw Hat Sailing Group, because everyone knows his life experience because of a war.


    Father Monkey D. Dorag, grandfather Monkey D. Garp, older brothers Portgas D. Ace and Sabo, these are all official members of Akatsuki.


    Monkey D. Luffy''s strength is also advancing rapidly, and everyone knows that this little guy is destined to join the Akatsuki organization in the future.


    It''s really enviable...


    Originally, before the Akatsuki organization ruled the world, the family background uncovered by Monkey D. Luffy was amazing enough; after the Akatsuki organization ruled the world, Monkey D. Luffy¡¯s life still seems to be doing well...


    He should have been on the scaffold...


    As a result, because of the surrender of his father and grandfather, and the fact that the Straw Hat Pirates hadn''t done anything bad at the beginning, and Nico Robin''s private intercession, Luffy was released after the war.


    It''s just that Monkey D. Luffy is not doing well...


    The main reason is that the dream of becoming the One Piece was cut off, and now they can only call themselves the Straw Hat Sailing Group, the main purpose is to find ONE PIECE.


    All the former pirates in the sea are looking for ONE PIECE.


    Because as long as you can find ONE PIECE, you can get a chance to join the Akatsuki organization. Although this is a bit different from the old saying that you can get the world if you get ONE PIECE, it is still a good reward...


    However¡­


    Private robbery is not allowed at sea.


    If you want to go to sea, you have to prepare supplies and money yourself, and even tolls on various islands and other messy things.


    To raise funds¡­


    While sailing on the sea, Wanli Sunshine earns money by pulling goods.


    Luffy, the captain, is inevitably reduced to a porter. Every time he arrives on an island, he has to do coolies to help their customers move goods.


    Of course, they have not forgotten their old profession.


    Occasionally they would also go hunting, looking for a few treasures at sea to make a fortune.


    "What kind of devil''s day is this..."


    Nami looked at the money in her hand with a sad face, with a hint of pain on her face: "I have counted it several times, and we earned 300,000 Baileys on this sailing trip... It''s not as good as Nuoqi and I planting oranges income..."


    "Then let''s have a party!"


    Lu Fei raised his arms with a smile: "If we earn money now, we can sail for a long time again!"


    "Have a ghost party!"


    Nami punched Luffy on the head furiously.


    The next moment, the navigator sighed self-consciously again, and squatted in a corner on the deck: "It would be great if that big man would give me back the money that was stolen from us..."


    "This..."


    Nicole Robin glanced at Nami delicately, and said in a low voice, "Although...but don''t slander Akatsuki''s leader..."

 Chapter 589

    Whitebeard Sea Area.


    When the life of the Straw Hat Sailing Group was difficult, the life of the Whitebeard Sailing Group was also a little sad, because they lost two generals on board.


    White Beard and Sasuke Uchiha.


    It''s just that, because the Akatsuki organization banned many pirate groups, they don''t have to face many challenges, but they also face the problem of sitting and eating.


    If they still want to live at sea, there seems to be no better way than to help out with shipping.


    The Whitebeard sailing group is too large, and it is definitely impossible to continue to be pirates, because once they cross the border, they will be attacked by Akatsuki.


    What''s more, in order to keep the name of Whitebeard alive, Portgas D. Ace and Marco also participated in the assessment organized by Akatsuki and became a member of it.


    If the sea is not dry, there will be endless pirates.


    There will always be some villains who will take risks and become pirates...


    Moreover, there are storms and storms everywhere on the sea, and there are sea kings'' attacks from time to time. Not everyone can sail on the great route, which also allows the Whitebeard Sailing Group to gradually increase their escort and shipping business.


    In the past, Whitebeard was also very loyal. For the many people left behind in the New World, the entire Whitebeard sailing group gradually got on the right track, and even slowly expanded their business to other sea areas...


    The change... is outrageous.


    No one would have imagined that the Whitebeard Pirates, who used to dominate in the New World, would one day become a group of sailing crews who made their living as escorts and shipping...


    Moby Dick aboard.


    Marco, Ace, and a group of captains counted their money here all night. These business trips took them more than two months, and they even crossed the windless zone several times.


    Now, he finally made a lot of money.


    "We need to build a few more Moby Dicks..."


    Marco adjusted his glasses and put away several boxes of money.


    Because the business of the Whitebeard Sailing Group has been getting better and better recently, they need to build more ships if they want to undertake more shipping business, and the Moby Dick itself has a spacious design, which is very suitable for bulk cargo transportation.


    "it is good."


    Ace nodded thoughtfully.


    "Is there a party?"


    Marco glanced at Fire Fist Ace.


    Because in the past, Fire Fist Ace liked to have a banquet the most. Whenever he encountered something happy, Ace would clamor for a banquet.


    Since the end of the war, Ace has rarely smiled on his face, and Marko doesn''t want Ace to be immersed in grief like this...even if Marco himself is still in pain.


    "..."


    Ace fell silent.


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Compared with the past, after experiencing the great change of Marin Fando, his biological father Gol D. Roger, his adoptive father Whitebeard, and his friend Uchiha Sasuke disappeared...


    Ace has grown up a lot.


    Now Ace has gradually begun to assume the responsibility of this sailing group. After thinking for a while, he slowly lowered his head: "Then let''s have a banquet! We haven''t had a banquet for a long time, Dad Sasuke and I don''t want to see everyone living in sadness..."


    While Ace was still talking, tears couldn''t stop flowing down his cheeks slowly, dripping onto the deck...


    Just when everyone thought that Ace was about to cry, Ace wiped away his tears and laughed loudly: "Hahahaha... Sachi, the party is on, let Dad and Sasuke take a look, Let them know we made a lot of money!"


    "yes!"


    "Papa will be happy to see us sons making a lot of money!"


    "How can a father be unhappy when he sees his son earning money!"


    "Daddy, we''re having a party!"


    The entire Moby Dick suddenly became noisy, everyone looked at the sea involuntarily and screamed, but their laughter was also mixed with grief...


    Obviously smiling...


    But everyone had tears on their faces...


    Everyone misses their father in their hearts, no matter what, it is impossible to forget, that father gave them a home when their lives were darkest and confused...


    On the Moby Dick, the lights were bright all night.


    The drinks purchased on the entire ship were reduced, and almost everyone on board was drunk, except for Portgas D. Ace and Marco.


    Ace stood outside the railing of the deck, looked up at the sea in the dark night, took a sip of the juice in the glass from time to time, occasionally showed a smile, and occasionally showed a touch of sadness.


    "Ace, don''t you hate drinking juice the most?"


    With a glass of juice in his hand, Marco walked slowly to Ace''s side, reached out and patted Ace''s shoulder, and said softly: "Ace, Jozi and Vista have been working hard these days, go Have a drink with them!"


    "No, I''m going to watch the night."


    Ace shook his head slowly, and sighed softly: "Sasuke has already left, I want to take his part and live together..."


    "..."


    Marco fell silent for a moment.


    The banquet on the Moby Dick was still going on, but the two men, Ace and Marco, stood on the deck looking at the sea in thought, occasionally wiping the tears from the corners of their eyes.


    While they were still crying...


    A small boat sailed below the Moby Dick at some point, and there were four figures of different heights standing on the boat, and a familiar laughter came from the sea.


    "Gu la la la la..."


    This unique laugh instantly caught the attention of Ace and Marco!


    White-bearded Edward Newgate stood on the boat, grinning at his two sons: "It seems that my sons are doing well..."


    "Father!"


    "Father!"


    Marco and Ace''s eyes lit up at the same time, and they wiped their eyes as if they couldn''t believe it. They didn''t jump off the Moby Dick until they confirmed that it was Whitebeard!


    Moby Dick aboard.


    Sach saw this scene with drunken eyes, and most of his wine woke up on the spot: "Hey, Marco and Ace seem to have jumped into the sea drunk, bastard...they are devil fruit users, Vista, hurry up Follow me to save people!"


    A group of drunk guys rushed to the railing like the wind, and they all saw the figure that they would never forget in their lives, and everyone couldn''t help but wiped their eyes.


    "I am not wrong, right¡­"


    "That should be Dad!"


    "How could you mistake your father!"


    "Daddy seems to be getting younger!"


    "That''s my father when I was young!"


    "Hey, Dad is back!"


    "Is daddy back?"


    "Everyone, Dad is back!"


    "Sasuke seems to be back together!"


    "It seems that Raleigh and Goldo Roger are beside them!"


    The entire Moby Dick swarmed down, more than a thousand people rushed down and almost capsized the boat, and a few devil fruit users were floating in the sea...


    It wasn''t until Whitebeard and Uchiha Sasuke returned to the Moby Dick surrounded by them that this group of former pirates was considered stable.


    Whitebeard has changed a lot.


    There are many cracks on the white beard''s face now, and his body, like Gol D. Roger next to him, also exudes the breath of the dead.


    Whitebeard is dead.


    During that war, Whitebeard''s illness could not last for too long. After the war, Whitebeard''s life had come to an end.


    It¡¯s just that when some people in the Whitebeard Pirates were imprisoned, they also saw Whitebeard resurrected like Gol D. Roger...


    Resurrection Offerings¡­


    It was Marshall D. Teach.


    So now the entire Whitebeard Sailing Group defines their missing captain as missing, not dead, even though they know Whitebeard is dead.


    Moby Dick aboard.


    A group of people stood on the deck in tears.


    Whitebeard stretched out his wide palm, stroked their heads one by one, and grinned: "Gu la la la la... Vista, Joz, Sachi... don''t cry..."


    "Father, what''s going on?"


    Marco clenched his fists, his sanity gradually recovered, and he asked with a heavy face, "What did Naraku Uehara do..."


    "Let me talk about it."


    Sasuke Uchiha took a deep breath.


    Uchiha Sasuke did not die, but during this period of time, Uchiha Sasuke has actually lived a more painful life than death, and now his life is worse than life than in the past.


    He finally chose to stand on the opposite side of Uehara Naraku in that war, but it didn''t change anything in the end.


    As a punishment for Uchiha Sasuke, a white beard who should have been able to rest in peace was reincarnated and resurrected by Naraku Uehara, and became the reincarnation of Naraku Uehara.


    After Naraku Uehara revived Whitebeard Edward Newgate, Uchiha Sasuke and the reincarnated Whitebeard Edward Newgate formed a team.


    Their task is to patrol the world secretly.


    Uchiha Sasuke wanted to revive Whitebeard, but was always stopped by Whitebeard.


    The same is.


    The same is true for Rayleigh, the king of the underworld, and Gol D. Roger, who was reincarnated from the dirt. These two people also became a team of partners. Their task is also to assist the Akatsuki organization to patrol the sea.


    This really made them wonder whether they should thank Uehara Naraku for his kindness, or hate Uehara Naraku''s inhuman methods even more...


    no matter what¡­


    At least we can meet again.


    Gol D. Roger was more open-minded. He watched his son crying beside White Beard, and sighed: "That man...although the process seems to be painful...but judging from the result, it is actually not bad¡­"

 Chapter 590

    The Whitebeard Sailing Group has actually been very lucky.


    Because there are still many people in this world who are unwilling to join the Akatsuki organization, because they cannot occupy a high enough position in the Akatsuki organization, and can only be reduced to peripheral forces under the jurisdiction.


    Some are even in the ranks of the Xiao organization''s attack.


    For example, the Wensmoke family in Beihai.


    Due to the existence of Vegapunk, the Wensmoke family has become dispensable to the Akatsuki organization, and Wensmoke has promoted many wars.


    They were powerless against Akatsuki''s rule.


    And I don''t want to be liquidated by the Xiao organization like this.


    As a king, Vinsmoke Gage decided to cut off his wrists and rebuild his Germa kingdom into a sailable ark, leaving this planet ruled by the Akatsuki organization.


    Because once Vinsmoke Gage got some knowledge from Vegapunk, he knew that there are other planets in the world.


    The universe is big and they are not alone.


    "Are we really leaving here?"


    Hearing his father''s plan, Vinsmoke Reijo''s face was a little hesitant: "It''s like a gamble for us to go elsewhere, and Sanji is still here..."


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Sanji of the Straw Hat Pilots...


    The outcast child of the Vinsmoke clan.


    "Leave him alone."


    Vinsmoke Gage is a tough parent, his face is full of indifference: "Many warring kingdoms in the North Sea are already in turmoil. If you don''t leave here, you will be surrounded by Akatsuki..."


    "Actually, it doesn''t matter!"


    Vinsmoke Yuji said with a smile: "Information from the front, Akatsuki''s army has passed through the windless belt, and this time the person leading the team is Charlotte Katakuri... Let''s kill him first." He, let Akatsuki know that we are not so easy to provoke..."


    This guy has never known what fear is since he was a child...


    Because his blood factor has been modified, becoming a killing tool that loses most human emotions, the most important of which is losing the fear of the strong...


    No¡­


    This is no longer fear.


    According to his sister Reiju, Vinsmoke Yuuji is purely brainless.


    Everyone in the sea is afraid of Akatsuki''s name. This organization has blatantly destroyed the world government, incorporated the strongest armed organization in the sea, the navy, and surrendered all the Four Emperor Pirates to become their peripheral armed forces.


    But the Vinsmoke clan...


    In fact, they don''t even have the strength to deal with a group of Four Emperor Pirates.


    Vinsmoke Gage ignored his mindless son, but continued in a deep voice: "During this time, we will try our best to shrink our defense line, cut off all business and contacts, try our best to transform our fortress, and leave this planet. ..."


    When talking about this, Vinsmoke Gage added: "Leaving at this time is to return with a stronger posture in the future. There are technologies on other planets that we have never seen before. Let''s absorb them." Their scientific research results have established a stronger Germa Kingdom!"


    The Vinsmoke clan moved quickly.


    Katakuri led the Charlotte Sailing Group under his command across the windless belt, swept the entire North Sea with a strong military force, and defeated all the kingdoms and small islands that did not obey Akatsuki.


    However during this time...


    The Vinsmoke family has been hiding, and sometimes even hid in the windless zone. In addition, there are no peripheral members of the Germa Kingdom who can join, but it also allowed them to hide for a long time until Vinsmoke. Gage transformed the fortress into an ark that flew into space.


    This technical difficulty...


    It''s actually not that big.


    The only trouble is the energy problem, but Gage has already calculated that their energy will definitely be able to reach a nearby inhabited planet.


    According to Gaji''s observation, the planet is not big, but there are traces of human activities, and the level of technological civilization is not high. As long as it can reach that small planet, the Kingdom of Germa can occupy that small planet. Use that small planet as a base to continue sailing in space, or just be a ruler on that planet...


    This wish is quite beautiful.


    Just when Katakuri still wanted to encircle and suppress the Germa Kingdom, Akatsuki''s highest meeting suddenly issued an order, instructing Katakuri to let the Germa Kingdom go.


    This command is simply inexplicable...


    It is obvious that the group of warmongers will be caught soon...


    Moreover, Akatsuki''s leader, Uehara Naraku, and the council leader, Angel Konan, arrived in Beihai at the same time.


    "do not worry about it."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Katakuri and his Charlotte Sailing Group, and calmed him down: "Get ready to clean up, they can''t escape Akatsuki''s control, I will personally go to encircle and suppress Germa Kingdom."


    "yes¡­"


    Katakuri restrained himself.


    Was it the leader of the Akatsuki organization who took action in person?


    Is that Germa kingdom actually very powerful?


    Just as Katakuri left the North Sea, the war fortress of the Kingdom of Germa had also been remodeled. Vinsmoke Gage left with his children and a group of genetic soldiers in this new space ark. This is a planet full of seas.


    their destination...


    It''s the asteroid that arrived near this planet.


    What they don''t know is...


    That asteroid is Ninja World.


    Ninja World is also the first planet that Uehara Naraku collected in his own black hole universe, and it is also the true base camp and origin of the Akatsuki organization.


    I really don''t know what they will think when they reach that asteroid...


    ninja world.


    The country of rain.


    It is still peaceful here.


    Just as the Germa 66 space ark had gone through several months of space voyage, it finally arrived at the land center of this somewhat backward small planet.


    It''s just that the weather here doesn''t seem to be very good, it''s been gloomy all the time.


    However, Vinsmoke Gage still breathed a sigh of relief, anyway, they finally escaped from Akatsuki''s pursuit.


    "Reiju, Iji, Niji, Yuji..."


    Vinsmoke Gage waved his hand to wake up their genetic soldiers, and opened the door of the space ark: "Go out and do a big job! Conquer this world in the shortest time!"


    "yes!"


    The three sons seem to be full of energy.


    As for the only daughter Reiju, she stood by the window in a daze.


    Vinsmoke Gage looked a little displeased, glanced at his daughter, and asked in a deep voice: "Reiju, do you have any other opinions?"


    "Outside the window..."


    Vinsmoke Reiju stared out the window, her face finally showed a trace of anxiety: "There...are there any members of Akatsuki?"


    outside the window.


    A red-haired young man wearing Xiangyun''s black robe uniform stood near the space ark, his eyes were very clean and clear, as if he had never been contaminated by the filth of the world...


    Because it was a pair of reshaped eyes.


    "Let me check..."


    Vinsmoke Gage quickly took out a thick book, looked at the red-haired young man, and said in a deep voice: "This person is not on Xiao''s member list, maybe it''s just that the clothes are a bit similar... Anyway, Get rid of him first, and then interrogate the news, if Xiao really chases after him, we will charge the ark here at a high speed, and escape from this planet!"


    "It''s a bit rude to say that..."


    A voice suddenly appeared beside them.


    I saw a young man sitting on the throne of this space ark at some point, with a warm smile on his face, he seemed to be a kind man...


    However¡­


    Vinsmoke Gage, however, seemed to be facing a formidable enemy!


    This elusive person... Akatsuki''s leader... Naraku Uehara!


    As someone who knows a little bit about the Akatsuki Organization, they all know what the leader of the Akatsuki Organization, Uehara Naraku, looks like. He is a guy who must not be provoked!


    even¡­


    Never get caught!


    If possible, do not meet Uehara Naraku, because once you see Uehara Naraku, it means that the misfortune of life is about to begin!


    What made Vinsmoke Gage even more terrified was that standing beside Uehara Naraku was a blue-haired woman in a black robe of Xiangyun...


    The chairperson of the Akatsuki Supreme Council... the angel of God Konan!


    According to the latest news from Haishang, there are three giants in the Xiao organization, namely the leader Naraku Uehara, the head of the council, the angel Konan, and the goddess Otsutsuki Kaguya!


    "I really didn''t expect..."


    Sweat slowly began to drip down Vinsmoke Gage''s face, and he murmured to himself in a low voice, "The second of Akatsuki''s Big Three...will be on our ship..."


    "This is also impossible."


    Naraku Uehara smiled and stood up slowly, staring at Vinsmoke Gage, his smile gradually became gloomy: "The Nagato-sama outside the window is the leader before Akatsuki, if you offend him, you will It makes Teacher Xiaonan and I very unhappy!"


    Naraku Uehara slowly opened his arms, and introduced in a cold voice: "Everyone, let me introduce to you... Congratulations, everyone, you have come to our base camp of Akatsuki, and this is also the place where Akatsuki originated!"


    "..."


    Vinsmoke Gage''s heart shook violently.


    The luck of their family seems to be a bit bad!


    No, this can no longer be described as bad luck!


    In the past few months, they have gone through space voyages thinking that they have arrived at a new habitat, but in the end they are loaded into the origin of the Akatsuki organization...


    This is really just out of the wolf''s den and into the tiger''s den!


    "All right."


    Xiao Nan frowned, lowered his head and said in a low voice: "Hurry up and get rid of everything here... We... actually haven''t seen Nagato for a long time... Before you leave us next time, go see him and say goodbye Bar!"


    "is teacher."


    After Uehara Naraku''s voice fell, his eyes suddenly changed: "Then I hope that you can tie your hands in front of me..."


    The air on the Space Ark suddenly began to condense, turning into physical shackles, imprisoning the entire Vinsmoke family!


    No matter how they resisted, they could not break through the shackles!


    "Mr. Gage."


    Uehara Naraku walked beside Vinsmoke Gage, smiled and said, "I just wanted to prepare a gift for Nagato-sama, how about using the ark you built as a gift... this matter is not Will it be too difficult for you?"


    "..."


    Vinsmoke Gage didn''t want to talk.


    Is it embarrassing or not? I don¡¯t have any points in my heart?


    No wonder Katakuri stopped suddenly when he was chasing and killing Germa, this Uehara Naraku was waiting for their space ark to be completed...


    No, it should be said...


    Waiting for them to drive the space ark to this planet and then take it away, this guy''s personality is too bad!


    "Okay, your journey is here..."


    Naraku Uehara waved his palm, opened the door of the space ark with a smile, and stepped out step by step, his voice gradually lowered: "My journey...has just begun!"

 Chapter 591

    Iron Forest.


    In this pitch-black forest, a figure fled in embarrassment, even the clothes on his body couldn''t cover his body in a hurry, and a pale skeleton was exposed under the clothes.


    this figure...


    It was a skeleton.


    If it were in other places, maybe this skeleton would scare many people, but this is a game world called "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)". Not to mention skeletons, there are many weirder and strange creatures.


    No¡­


    It cannot be said to be a skeleton.


    It should be said to be undead or undead.


    Just when the undead player didn''t dare to turn his head back and just ran for his life, a figure appeared behind him as if teleporting, and smashed down with a stick!


    This stick hit the back of the undead player directly!


    The next moment, the undead player''s body shattered instantly, and his bones scattered all over the ground. It can be seen that this player died very bleakly.


    gurgling...


    White skulls rolling on the ground...


    "It''s the seventh time I''ve met you. It''s really bad luck!"


    Just as the skull was rolling on the ground, the figure attacking the undead player held the stick in his hand and blocked the rolling skull.


    next moment¡­


    The figure waved his stick and sent the skull flying. The white skull rose into the air and landed in a small town near the Misty Forest.


    And in the safe zone of the town, the undead player who had just been killed was revived. He was looking at his dropped experience with some distress when he was hit on the head by this skull...


    "this is¡­"


    After hesitating for a second, the undead player slowly picked up the skull that fell on his head, and a look of grief and anger gradually flashed across his face: "This is my corpse..."


    Because the degree of freedom in this game world is very high.


    There are very few characters with the same appearance in the whole game. It is estimated that he is the only undead player who happens to be near the Misty Forest, and most people will not choose the undead who is just a skeleton like him...


    To be honest¡­


    A little angry.


    Well more than a little bit.


    "This guy¡­"


    The undead player finally couldn''t help becoming irritable, and opened the mall indignantly, and bought a prop that shouted to the world!


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    [Flying Squirrel]: The latest world boss, Uehara Naraku, has been refreshed, and now it appears in the Dark Iron Forest in Jotunheim. Has anyone formed a group to kill him?


    [Xiaobai who won''t disturb the author''s rest]: Are you kidding? A game company publicly declared the strongest world-class boss, how to kill it with the current level equipment? Do you want to take human life and experience to pile up...


    [Phantasy that won''t disturb the author''s rest]: This idea is very good, think about the last guild that used human life to push the boss... that magnificent mountain of corpses...


    [Never reminding Xidiao]: Actually, it''s pretty good. If you don''t try it, when will it be overthrown? Isn''t the existence of BOSS just for players to kill?


    [A lonely dog]: If you push it now, it always feels ridiculous...


    [My son who returned to China, Qianji]: Having said that, don¡¯t you think that the game company¡¯s launch of such a BOSS is not enough?


    [Who is Wu Ya?]: In any case, at least Naraku Uehara, the boss, is very helpful for the game company to recover those world-class props with bugs... Of course, it is also possible that he will drop more props that affect the balance.


    [Thick ink and pouring books]: By the way, your game ID is quite cute. I wonder if there is anyone here who is willing to help give my friend a game ID...


    While a group of people on the World Channel were discussing, the world boss Uehara Naraku who appeared in the Iron Forest was still walking, as if admiring the scenery.


    Look at the appearance of this BOSS...


    This is a very kind-looking young man.


    Speaking of which, many game companies probably wouldn''t make such an ordinary character, because this character doesn''t look special at all.


    Perhaps the only usefulness is to make people feel that he must be a kind person, people can''t help but want to believe him...


    However¡­


    In this game, this young man made the players feel ashamed.


    Because every player knows that under this young man''s kind face, there is an extremely terrifying combat power and indiscriminate action mechanism. It is said that he may instantly attack any player in his field of vision because of his mood or the weather!


    the most important is¡­


    The place where the BOSS Uehara Naraku appears is uncertain.


    This also means that he may appear in any of the nine worlds of "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)" at any time. Once he encounters Naraku Uehara, it will be a disaster for the players, and experience lost by death is almost essential ¡­


    What makes players feel even more headache is...


    Naraku Uehara may appear even in the main city or guild resident, and at this stage, no one can defeat him yet!


    It is said that there were originally two guilds fighting fiercely in the wilderness, and unexpectedly met Uehara Naraku who suddenly refreshed, and all members of the two guilds were killed by Uehara Naraku...


    The only way to solve Naraku Uehara...


    Those are world-class props that affect the balance of the game.


    And it must be the top 20 among the world-class props to be possible, of course it is only possible, because there is information that Uehara Naraku also holds [Twenty] in his hand!


    Those 20 super powerful world-class props code-named [Twenty] each possess incredible power, and each one is enough to stir up the situation of the entire game!


    Once one of these twenty top world-class props is used, it will completely destroy the balance of the game!


    [Twenty] Among the world-class props, there is one named [Sacred Slayer''s Spear], which can completely delete a character. The corresponding price is that the user will also be deleted, but it can be restored with other world-class props.


    Even with this tool...


    However, there is an item called [Five Elements Restraint], which can even modify some systems of the entire game, that is, change the gameplay of some players!


    Compared with [Five Elements], there is also an item called [Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring], which can even allow the game company to change any system for him, even if it is to combine the nine separate super large maps of this game into one. arrive!


    Among these world-class props, the strongest prop is named [World Will], which can continuously become stronger without any limit...


    These horrible props¡­


    It''s almost like destroying the game completely...


    It''s a pity that the game company ignored the players'' complaints and did not modify or delete these items at all. Their only restriction on [Twenty] was that after using a certain item once, that item would disappear and be reborn.


    Until recently...


    The production company of "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)" seems to have suddenly enlightened. It has made a super big update to the game and announced that it has added a very interesting character to the game world.


    An NPC named Uehara Naraku.


    According to the introduction of Naraku Uehara in the announcement of the game company, the setting of this NPC is very interesting. He seems to come here to recover world-class props.


    According to the game company, Naraku Uehara will appear in every part of the game map without interruption, looking for world-class props that may appear [Twenty].


    However¡­


    Rather than saying Uehara Naraku is an NPC, it is better to say that he is a world boss, because he seems to be unfriendly to players during the search process.


    Ok¡­


    Actually very unfriendly.


    Any player who appears in front of Uehara Naraku will encounter indiscriminate attacks at any time. This is Uehara Naraku''s action mechanism, and he will never show mercy.


    certainly¡­


    There is no way to make Naraku Uehara peaceful.


    According to the current information, if you want to survive in front of Uehara Naraku, the player must throw an ordinary world-class item in front of Uehara Naraku before he attacks, which will make him stop the current attack, and Make a chat request to a player...


    next...


    That''s the real highlight.


    After Uehara Naraku asked the player to chat, the player took the initiative to donate his world-class props to Uehara Naraku.


    If the player refuses to give it, Uehara Naraku will forcibly take away the world-class items and continue to kill the player, which is simply unspeakable cheating...


    Only players who give world-class props can survive...


    However, this player will receive a special handwritten letter from Uehara Naraku, which states the location where he will appear the next day, and he will stay in that area and wait for the player for a day, hoping that he will Can bring more world-class props.


    no one knows...


    What will happen if you give Uehara Naraku the second and third world-class props as rewards, because giving one is already a huge loss!


    at the very beginning¡­


    Many people also feel that this business is a huge loss!


    Until a player on the forum finally pointed out the big trouble with Naraku Uehara''s elusive whereabouts, and the fact that he could disappear at any time because he was bored.


    If the player trades successfully with Uehara Naraku, Uehara Naraku will stay at the location on his handwritten letter for a week. In fact, this is an opportunity for the player to ambush Uehara Naraku!


    after all¡­


    No one knows what happened to Uehara Naraku after being pushed down!


    Maybe it will drop another or even more world-class props, because Naraku Uehara has been collecting world-class props ever since he existed!


    The game company did not announce these.


    They just put out a poster of Naraku Uehara smiling.


    In the poster, the game company thoughtfully pointed out the treasures that players wanted.


    The ordinary stick held by the world-class BOSS Uehara Naraku is the strongest world-class prop in the [Twenty] series [World Will], and his index finger is wearing the scariest [Eternal Snake Ring] in the [Twenty] series!


    This is almost a clear way to let the player overthrow the world boss!


    Unfortunately¡­


    If he wants to overthrow Naraku Uehara, the world boss, and get the top world-class props from the boss, he must first hand over one...


    Game World Channel.


    When a group of players chatted about what rewards they might drop if Uehara Naraku was overthrown, they all chatted very enthusiastically, until someone asked about the undead players who had just started.


    [Bubble Teapot]: Well, who was killed at the beginning, please tell me the exact location of Naraku Uehara? I want to try to see if I can resist his attack.


    [Flying Squirrel]: Uehara Naraku is still near the Iron Forest. I was killed by him just now. Today, I have been chased and killed by him for the eighth time. It will always be a second move, so I should not come here...


    [Bubble Teapot]: It''s okay, I''m very resistant!

 Chapter 592

    after an hour.


    A pink slime staggered to the town of Iron Forest, it was Bubble Teapot who claimed to be trying to defend against the attack of the world boss Uehara Naraku.


    As a profession of the defense system, Bubble Teapot came here just to make a stand for them to overthrow the BOSS Uehara Naraku in the future.


    "Slime..."


    The undead player Momonga looked at the pink slime suspiciously, his skull was slightly stiff: "Can the slime also resist Uehara Naraku''s attack?"


    "It''s okay..."


    The pink slime swayed a few steps slowly.


    The voice of Bubble Teapot sounded soft, like a gentle big sister: "Well, what do you call it, Momonga... San? Can you tell me where the boss is now?"


    "Female... girl?"


    Momonga was even more surprised.


    In this game, girls generally choose some beautiful or charming racial occupations, and there are even girls who choose slime and defense occupations!


    Especially this girl''s voice sounds very beautiful...


    [YGGDRASIL (World Tree)] This game really has all kinds of players!


    Flying Squirrel originally thought that choosing the profession of undead skeletons was already unconventional enough, but there are even more unconventional players than him!


    Soon, Momonga realized his impoliteness, and quickly opened his mouth to relieve the awkward atmosphere: "Of course that''s fine. When you came, I was killed by him for the ninth time when I was just scouting his location..."


    "Thank you!"


    Pink Slime stood on the spot and jumped. The bubble teapot made a little happy voice, which made people feel like she was a little loli.


    After a minute.


    Bubble Teapot and Momonga squatted at the resurrection point.


    The two alien players squatted here a little suspicious of life.


    "confused¡­"


    The body of the slime of Bubble Teapot lay on the ground.


    The female player seemed to have lost her way, she turned her head and glanced at the flying squirrel: "Fonging squirrel-san, were we attacked by that world boss just now?"


    "probably?"


    Momonga''s face was also a little uncertain.


    Skull thought for a while, opened his light curtain system panel, and after seeing the damage value below, nodded slowly: "It should be an assassin''s back attack, and it killed us instantly..."


    "..."


    The bubble teapot was silent for a second.


    The next moment, its slime body suddenly climbed up, and the voice was as passionate as the heroine in the anime: "As a tank, how can it fall down so easily, it will be destroyed by Peroroch Nuo laughed at it!"


    It''s just that its body is walking but staggering...


    After all, a creature like slime really can''t get excited!


    Just as Bubble Teapot was about to rush out of the resurrection point, a rebirth light appeared in the resurrection point. This was a worm player who was killed.


    Just by looking at the equipment on this bugman player, you can tell that its strength must be very extraordinary, because these equipments are of high level, and even a lot of krypton gold is needed to buy these equipments...


    "There is absolutely no way..."


    The bugman player clenched his weapon, and his voice was a bit dignified: "In addition to powerful equipment and world props, there are even unimaginable fighting skills... The game company really made a powerful BOSS!"


    "this¡­"


    Momonga thought for a while, and hesitated to ask: "You were also killed by Uehara Naraku..."


    boom!


    Before Momonga finished speaking, a mighty shock wave fell from the sky. Just by looking at it, one could tell that the power of this move cannot be underestimated!


    really¡­


    This move directly kills all three players in the resurrection point!


    Whether it was the insect player who had just been resurrected, or the flying squirrel and the bubble teapot who were at the resurrection point, they were all directly solved by this trick!


    The souls of the three players are wandering...


    However, none of them chose to be resurrected directly.


    Because in their field of vision, the World Boss holding a stick walked into the resurrection point, staring at their souls, as if looking forward to their resurrection.


    "This boss..."


    Momonga looked at this scene, his voice was full of astonishment: "Shouldn''t they want to guard our corpses and kill them?"


    Corpse guard.


    It''s actually a very annoying behavior.


    Originally, this kind of behavior should have happened in PVP. After a player killed another player, he hid beside him and waited for the player to resurrect and kill him again...


    Repeatedly...


    Until the player who is forced to be killed chooses to return to the resurrection point...


    This also means that the killed player can only abort his mission.


    But now the problem is...


    Uehara Naraku, the world boss guarded their resurrection point, how can they be resurrected, are they going to be killed here forever?


    "If i remember correctly¡­"


    Bubble Teapot''s eyes fell on the soul of the insect player, and said in a low voice: "Uehara Naraku''s boss mechanism is to take back all world-class props, and every player with world-class props will be targeted after he sees them." ..."


    apparently...


    There are no props on the Bubble Teapot.


    And the flying squirrel next to him is completely a rookie, and even now he is only in his twenties. This means that he has lost a lot of experience levels after being killed. Even if he has not been killed so many times, it is impossible to get any world-class props.


    "Sorry, it might be because of me."


    The bugman player didn''t hide anything, he explained in a deep voice, "Maybe it''s because I revealed world-class props in front of him...I''ll let the boss leave..."


    "Could it be a deal with Uehara Naraku?"


    Momonga had also heard about the way to lure Uehara Naraku away, so he couldn''t help but said, "Your Excellency has world-class props on you, why do you still appear here!"


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    Any player with world-class props will not approach Naraku Uehara easily, because once they are detected to have world-class props on them, they will be chased and killed by Naraku Uehara continuously, and it is impossible to escape...


    so¡­


    There have been not many strong men who dared to challenge Naraku Uehara.


    Because once they are targeted, the world-class props on them will be lost, unless they quit the game immediately, there is hope for temporary preservation...


    However, Uehara Naraku will still be guarding in the offline area of ??the game.


    He cannot be lured away until another player uses another world-class item.


    It''s just that this kind of thing is meaningless, because unless the player who is targeted by Uehara Naraku takes the initiative to delete the account, otherwise, he must trade him a world-class item to avoid hunting...


    This clause...


    It''s unimaginably overbearing!


    It''s just that this seems to be in line with the balance mechanism of the game.


    After all, those world-class props are too powerful. If you get a world-class prop, you will definitely pay a heavy price. It is absolutely impossible for ordinary people to have any hope of holding it.


    "Because I want to try to challenge him!"


    The insect player answered Momonga without any hesitation.


    At this moment, the worm player seemed to be a real game player: "If I don''t challenge the BOSS, what''s the point of me recharging money and practicing game skills in the game, I won''t bully the weak!"


    to be honest¡­


    This is a high-level player who doesn''t like to abuse food.


    Just as the Bubble Teapot and the flying squirrel''s soul looked at the worm player with admiration, the worm player said again: "Of course I also want to reveal the two strongest [twenty] world items in the hands of the BOSS." Level props..."


    This is the real idea.


    In this game, krypton gold does not determine everything.


    Because the top world-class props are truly priceless, as long as they can get the two [Twenty] series of world-class props in the hands of Uehara Naraku, it almost means that they have obtained everything in the entire game world at this stage!


    "It seems that I can''t beat him now. I have to learn all the skills and super skills before I can try again. It''s best to get a special job..."


    After the bugman player finished speaking, he began to prepare to revive his body. He continued softly: "But I have also prepared an alternative plan, and I also want to see that two world-class props can be recovered from Uehara''s hands. In exchange for what..."


    "Two pieces!"


    Momonga looked at the insect player in surprise.


    [YGGDRASIL (World Tree)] As a super popular online game, there are almost countless players, but the whole game only has 200 world-class items, and this bugman player actually has two world-class items in his hands!


    Especially at this stage of the game...


    It''s hard to imagine how he got it...


    After the three of them were revived, the bugman player took out his world-class props and threw them on the ground, signaling that he would not attack Uehara Naraku with world-class props, so that Uehara Naraku, the world-class boss, stopped attacking.


    Under the gaze of Momonga and Bubble Teapot...


    Naraku Uehara made a transaction with the bugman player. The world boss took out a blank piece of paper, handwritten a location and handed it to the bugman player.


    However, the bugman player did not accept the handwritten letter. He took out a world-class item from his package and handed it to Uehara Naraku as a sign of a deal...


    Everyone saw a strange scene.


    The world boss who was frightening in the game smiled and lowered his head, suddenly put away his handwritten letter, took out a ring from his body and handed it to the insect player, and said the first thing he said to the player. Sentence: "Taki Mi players, when you have collected more world-class props, come and call me!"


    After speaking...


    The world boss seemed to feel that he had nothing to gain, so he left the town''s resurrection point and disappeared without a trace in an instant.


    After Naraku Uehara leaves...


    Momonga and Bubble Teapot looked at the insect players in amazement. They knew that they seemed to have witnessed a history, and they knew the strategy to deal with Naraku Uehara!


    Insect player Taqi Mi stared at the ring in his hand, and said in a deep voice, "I thought it would be the Eternal Snake Ring in the [Twenty] series, but I didn''t expect it to have such an effect..."


    Ring of Fate


    HP (life value) +20%


    MP (magic value) +20%


    All element attributes +10%


    All elemental resistance +10%


    All skill levels +1


    Asylum of Fate: Under normal circumstances, Uehara Naraku will not take the initiative to attack you.


    Destiny Encounter: You can ask Uehara Naraku''s location at any time.


    Intersection of Destiny: Automatically add NPC Uehara Naraku as a friend to unlock the primary favorability, and each level of favorability can unlock more interactions with Uehara Naraku.


    Fate''s Price: Ask Naraku Uehara to show up to join your battle. (Note: When Uehara Naraku shows up to participate in a battle, he must pay a world-class item as a reward.)


    Bound, untradeable, and indestructible.


    Note: When you get this ring, it means that you have been chosen by fate, Mr. Taki Mi, the goddess of luck is smiling at you.


    Equipment manufacturer: Naraku Uehara

 Chapter 593

    YGGDRASIL (world tree).


    In another corner of this game world.


    Naraku Uehara put away the two world-class props given to him by Taki Mi, a black hole popped out in his hand, and calmly took the two world-class props into it slowly.


    As the two world-class props fell into the black hole and disappeared, Uehara Naraku''s world power quickly increased by 200,000, and each absorbed world-class prop could provide him with an increase of 100,000.


    As for the top [Twenty] series, each piece of world-class props in the [Twenty] series can provide him with an increase of 500,000 world power, and the [World Will] can directly provide him with 1 million world power !


    When the power of these world-class props was absorbed by Uehara Naraku, these world-class props that countless players desire disappeared forever in this game world.


    certainly¡­


    Another reason is to maintain the balance of this game world, so that the nine worlds of this game can be more stable.


    Because the "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)" game has a total of nine split maps, which also means that this game has nine worlds. Once the game is completely closed, Naraku Uehara will be able to directly collect the power of the nine worlds!


    simply put¡­


    This is a welfare task.


    In addition to these nine worlds and about two hundred world-class props providing world power, there is actually a bigger map.


    That is, after the game is shut down, everyone in a place called the Great Tomb of Nazarick may travel to another different world!


    Because this is the initial setting of the King of the Undead...


    The undead skeleton named Momonga that Uehara Naraku kept chasing and killing at the beginning will become the master of the Nazarick tomb in the future.


    After Momonga traveled through another world with his full-level equipment, full-level attributes, and a bunch of innumerable artifacts and world-class props, he changed his name to Anzi Urgon and started a magical period in that world. Proud Journey¡­


    Naraku Uehara can find a way to sneak into the Great Tomb of Nazarick at that time, to see if he can travel with Nazarick and enter another world...


    So as to get a hidden different world!


    If it is done properly, plus a real world, Uehara Naraku will hope to obtain eleven planets. Although these planets are not complete, they can also provide him with enough power in the world, so that he can in the future. Meet greater challenges!


    Since using the black hole series of skills in Pirate World, Naraku Uehara has deeply felt the power of black hole skills. No matter how powerful a person is, as long as his world power is strong enough, he can destroy it...


    man...


    Sooner or later it will become stronger.


    A person cannot always be immersed in his invincibility in the past, but also live out the invincibility of the present and the invincibility of the future.


    What Uehara Naraku didn''t expect was that because of his pursuit, the members of the future Ainz-Wur-Gon Guild met in advance...


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care.


    Because his next task is to go to the forum to see if Taki Mi, Momonga and others have released any strategies about Uehara Naraku.


    Otherwise, Uehara would have to find a way to send out his own strategies. It would be best if he could take back all the world-class props and earn enough world power during the period when the game server was launched.


    Naraku Uehara


    Power of the world: 16.3 million


    Life: 100000 points


    Mana: 100000 points


    Life regen: 1296/sec


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Mana Recovery: 1024/sec


    Remaining gold coins: 0 pieces


    Due to the fact that there are too many undeveloped tasks in One Piece World, and the ability to absorb planets is slightly different, most of the gold coins on Uehara Naraku''s body were directly exchanged.


    It''s just that the exchange is rich enough!


    Because the pirates provided nearly 10 million world powers, this power exploded enough for Naraku Uehara to control the black hole to annihilate or absorb a planet!


    Back to the "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)" game.


    Uehara Naraku has gradually gotten used to the life of being a world boss. He will appear in irregular places every day, kill a group of players immediately, and continue to search for world-class props...


    As this game becomes more and more popular, more and more players, and higher levels, more and more players are beginning to challenge the world boss Uehara Naraku, hoping to get it from Uehara Naraku. Several world-class props.


    Unfortunately¡­


    These players can''t even see Uehara Naraku''s shadow.


    Because the most basic condition for wanting to challenge Uehara Naraku is to meet Uehara Naraku, and trade a world-class item with Uehara Naraku as a threshold, so that Uehara Naraku will be allowed to stay in a fixed place for a day.


    And being able to see Uehara Naraku...


    There were only a few players who got the ring presented by Naraku Uehara.


    Once these players learn that some guilds are looking for Naraku Uehara, they will know that they may have world-class items in their hands. These players will immediately try to destroy those guilds and snatch world-class items from them. ¡­


    Then¡­


    Then give the world-class props to Uehara Naraku.


    Because these players know very well that these guilds are definitely not opponents in the face of Uehara Naraku who holds the Ring of the Eternal Snake and the two pieces of the [Twenty] series of World Will...


    In this case...


    It would be better to simply let them snatch the world-class props of these guilds in exchange for Uehara Naraku''s assistance in attacking a difficult stronghold, destroying a hostile force, or first clearing a level with rich rewards.


    These can help the guilds of these players.


    For example, the Anzi Urgon guild where Taki Mi belonged to used two world-class props to ask Naraku Uehara to make a move twice, in exchange for generous returns.


    the first time¡­


    After the new dungeon was opened, Taki Mi quickly used world-class props and asked Uehara Naraku to help them get through the first dungeon, allowing the members of the guild to get an extremely rare hidden job reward.


    the second time¡­


    The Anzi Urgon guild attacked the Great Tomb of Nazarick as their guild residence, and encountered many guilds encircling and suppressing them. It was Uehara Naraku who defeated a group of guilds encircling them.


    Compared to the Ainz Urgon Guild...


    The other player is much more resourceful.


    This player met the most powerful opponent ever in the first World Competition. This player simply used world-class props to request Uehara Naraku...


    This once caused a sensation!


    No one thought that in this competition, someone would summon the world boss Naraku Uehara to the arena. Isn''t this fucking cheating!


    That player advances straight to the final!


    In the final decisive battle, Naraku Uehara was called again, and he used two world-class props to win the position of the world champion of the first competitive competition...


    and¡­


    Became the first player to have the hidden profession of world champion.


    In addition, you can also freely choose a piece of equipment that surpasses artifact-level props.


    However, the game company did not judge the violation, but announced that the use of world-class props will no longer be allowed in competitive competitions from now on...


    Players in the game are talking about it...


    Everyone didn''t know whether the player made a loss or a profit. Anyway, the game company should definitely not lose money, right?


    In any case, two world-class props in exchange for a world champion career still feels a bit unworthy. After all, there is a great hope that these two world-class props can help him win the championship without accidents...


    However, during the interview...


    The player said that the existence of world-class props affected the balance of the game.


    In the game, only Uehara Naraku will completely recycle these items. He just wants to give them to Uehara Naraku to protect the absolute balance of the game...


    certainly¡­


    corresponding.


    The player did not deny it either.


    Because this player lost two world-class items, so he won the world championship in the first competition, as a little bit of compensation, isn''t it too much?


    This is really high-sounding!


    However, the most players in this game were immediately touched, and they also began to wish for the disappearance of these world-class props that affect the balance!


    They never got it anyway...


    This trend of boycotting world-class props was once publicized!


    In fact, the game company has been secretly taking back these world-class props. With this shareholder wind, the game company finally began to suppress the existence of world-class props...


    If world-class props cannot appear in the competitive competition, its value will be slightly discounted. According to the idea of ??the game company, they also very much hope that the greatest value of world-class props should be given to Naraku Uehara...


    Naraku Uehara''s strategy information has already appeared on the forum, as long as one world-class item can make him stop attacking, two world-class items can be exchanged for the super artifact and unlimited benefits presented by Naraku Uehara!


    Just when the whole game is in motion...


    The world boss Naraku Uehara quietly disappeared into the game world.


    In the real world, in the office building of YGGDRASIL (World Tree) game production company, a game sleeping cabin connected to countless lines lit up a red light.


    After the game sleeping cabin turned on the red light, figures appeared beside the sleeping cabin one by one, eagerly waiting for the people in the sleeping cabin to come out.


    Slap!


    The door of the sleeping compartment opened slowly.


    A figure came out of the sleeping cabin, rubbed his shoulders and neck, and said sleepily, "Well, I''ve been in the game for a long time this time... Is there anything new happening outside? "


    "I think should not be?"


    A middle-aged man in a suit and leather shoes glanced hesitantly at the young man in front of him, and then slowly closed his mouth. What''s so novel?


    It should be said that apart from what happened in this company, there seems to be nothing worthy of the attention of the young man in front of him!


    "President Uehara, your juice."


    Another gentleman-looking man in a suit walked up to Naraku Uehara and respectfully handed him a glass of juice.


    "Thank you, the competitive competition was well done."


    Uehara Naraku took the juice, picked up the document handed to him by the man in the suit, and asked slowly, "Speaking of which, have you found out what Suzuki Satoru is doing recently?"


    Suzuki Satoru.


    His identity is the undead player Momonga in the game world, he is also the current president of the Anzi Urgon Guild, and he will be a full-level master player who will travel to another world in the future.


    The man in the suit hesitated for a while before he said in embarrassment: "It should still be a game! Because on weekends, unless you need to visit customers and work overtime, Suzuki Satoru doesn''t go out very much, and is online almost all day long..."

 Chapter 594

    A gamer who likes to stay at home¡­


    There is not even a chance for Uehara Naraku to get in touch.


    This long-lost feeling made Uehara Naraku think of the time when his scalp was numb by those guys from Uzumaki Naruto... No matter how impeccable the game he arranged, it would be easily resolved by those simple-minded people.


    The reason they don''t fall for it is...


    They never overcomplicate things.


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    Naraku Uehara sat back in the sleeping cabin of the game again, and closed his eyes: "Starting tomorrow, prepare to open a new world dungeon, set the rewards for the first pass a little bit richer, let those players hand over their world-class props as soon as possible in exchange for The generous rewards for the first pass..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku slowly opened his eyes again: "Also, the first guild battle can start, PVP is the mainstream of the game..."


    "Yes, President."


    After the man in the suit nodded, he asked softly: "About the change of the company president, we need to announce this to the public according to the regulations..."


    "casual¡­"


    Uehara Naraku lay in the game sleep cabin indifferently, and said to himself casually: "Anyway, this game won''t last long..."


    Everything in this game world is moving forward in an orderly manner.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Unexpectedly, the first guild war was a chaos of demons. Three powerful guilds used world-class props to besiege one of the guilds, but they were summoned by a player holding the Ring of Destiny The Uehara Naraku who came here made a group...


    It''s just outrageous.


    And those three world-class props were also taken away by Uehara Naraku.


    It doesn''t matter if you lose the guild battle, and the world-class props are also lost. It really makes several guilds lose their underwear...


    Facing Naraku Uehara, who possesses the [Will of the World], the guild at this stage is still a bit unsatisfactory...


    This also presents another problem.


    More and more guilds in the game world began to secretly collect world-class props, but they all wanted to call Uehara Naraku at the most critical moment.


    Even the Anziwuergong Guild is no exception.


    World-class props must not be used easily anymore, because every prop means that they will get the help of Uehara Naraku at a certain critical moment...


    Of course, an interesting thing happened during this time...


    When two of the guilds were fighting, they arranged for players with the Ring of Fate to use world-class items to call Uehara Naraku.


    The end result is also rather weird...


    Uehara Naraku took away their world-class props, chose to attack one of the players with a relatively low favorability, and wiped out their guild.


    really...


    It makes people want to curse.


    In this way, if they want to use Uehara Naraku''s strategic nuclear weapon-level assistance, it means that they need enough favorability...


    Since then, the guild battles in this game world have become strange. First of all, the war between the big guilds must have a world-class item to avoid the haunting of Uehara Naraku. Favorability...


    In ten years time.


    This made Naraku Uehara very comfortable.


    Again, this creates a huge headache.


    That is, in the past ten years, players have never overthrown Naraku Uehara, the world boss, which also led to Naraku Uehara''s success in getting out of the circle. Finally, game players found out that the source of this world boss is the new president of the game company, Uehara...


    Generally speaking...


    Game company bosses are not very popular with players.


    Therefore, whenever the players are unhappy or happy, especially when there is a cheating update in the game, the crowds of players will search for traces of Uehara Naraku on a large scale, and try to push the world boss Uehara Naraku...


    Even just throwing a fireball at Uehara Naraku can make people vent their anger, and the chance to beat the president of the game company at close range is really rare...


    Uehara Naraku, the world BOSS that has ravaged players for ten years, is also an NPC who has been helping players. The final result is to successfully get out of the circle, making the game "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)" popular again...


    Some players even suggested¡­


    If you don''t overthrow Naraku Uehara, you don''t quit YGGDRASIL!


    Even though there are many players who have gradually quit the game due to life or work reasons in ten years, they still enjoy talking about Uehara Naraku...


    And Uehara Naraku''s image is not bad...


    This person is very healing when he smiles, but once he strikes, he is very ruthless, which makes people feel a bit cute in contrast, coupled with the luxurious equipment and powerful strength on his body...


    It is indeed quite attractive.


    Batch after batch of Xiaobai, under the influence of the super high popularity of this game, also entered the game "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)" to be abused...


    This kind of incident also brought new troubles to Uehara Naraku.


    Because of the history that Uehara knew, the game in this period should have gone downhill significantly. Only the Ainzi Urgon guild has only three people left from the forty-one people at its peak...


    but¡­


    The current Ainz Ooal Gown Guild...


    It seems that there is no retreat of personnel.


    Even just looking at it now, the Ainz-Wurgon guild is still firmly seated in the top ten of the world guild rankings, and their overall strength is still the strongest...


    In the past ten years, the Anzi Urgon Guild has handed over only five world-class props to Naraku Uehara, and this does not include the price for Taki Mi to get the Ring of Destiny!


    This guild definitely treasures other world-class props!


    But why haven''t they retreated...


    Calculated according to the time, there should be only three people left in the Anzi Wuergong Guild, and even these three people should only occasionally go online!


    And it''s not just the Ainz Ooal Gown Guild...


    Many large and small guilds are still continuing to grow and develop.


    "If I remember correctly..."


    Uehara Naraku sat in the game sleep cabin, looking at the latest game data, with a hint of confusion in his eyes: "At this time, "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)" should have less and less players, why is this broken game? It''s not cold yet..."


    If this continues...


    In the future, after the 12-year time-travel time is up, it is estimated that there will be as many as 100,000 players who have not quit the game. If the server is closed at that time, will these players travel to another world together or what will happen?


    If you don''t shut down...


    Will there be such a thing as crossing another world?


    "What the hell is this..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his palms, lay down in the game sleep cabin and doubted his life: "Why is it so troublesome to make a game cool down?


    In the game, you can¡¯t let all these players quit directly, and you need them to help find world-class props in the game, and you can¡¯t let the game continue to be popular..."


    He is just a mastermind behind the scenes!


    Not a serious game company boss at all!


    Why is the situation developing like this now, isn''t this a welfare world that collects the power of the world seriously?


    I feel like I''m going in the wrong direction...


    "Let someone come to the meeting!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the man in the suit, and said in a deep voice: "If this continues, I feel that this game will gradually become a well-known old-age game... Now, we must find a way to make some changes!"


    "..."


    The man in the suit is full of question marks.


    It has been ten years since the server was launched... Isn''t it good to be an enduring old-age game now?


    Anyway, the monthly revenue has been continuously increasing...


    Among other things, the president who has been playing the role of the world boss in the game should know how valuable the artifact equipment and props in this game are, right?


    Now, a player with the Ring of Fate, if he wants, can get a good salary in a big guild...


    Compared with Uehara Naraku, who is not very happy...


    Momonga, the guildmaster of Ainz Urgon, was very happy.


    Originally, Momonga was a bit lonely in real life, and only realized the precious friendship in the game. Many guild partners actually wanted to quit the game and leave, just because they often saw the news about the game "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)", and back slowly...


    These partners are in the Schr?dinger state...


    They may abandon the pit at any time, and they may continue to play at any time.


    Anyway, Chairman Momonga is very happy that the old friends can continue to be together...


    "I''m getting busier at work, so I don''t want to waste time in games..."


    The weird body of the Bubble Teapot slowly squirmed, holding in its arms the little NPC guy Yaura he made, and his voice was a little clear and charming: "But we suddenly received a dubbing of "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)" , for a new release... Oh, this is a secret that cannot be told!"


    "What the hell secret..."


    Peroroncino was lying on the table in the guild hall, looking at his sister speechlessly: "Ni-chan, the game announcement for the new dungeon has already come out..."


    "Ah... new copy..."


    The skull of Momonga looked at Bubble Teapot, and said in surprise, "Is Hull, daughter of Loki, the final boss of the new dungeon, actually the voice of Bubble Teapot Sauce?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Bubble Teapot nodded, and continued with a smile: "And there will be more dubbing in the future... because they... hehe, this is also a secret!"


    "Sounds like it would be fun..."


    Taki Mi sat in his seat and said calmly: "Speaking of which, has Bubble Teapot Sauce ever been to the production company of "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)?"


    "How about next week¡­"


    Bubble Teapot nodded his head, helped Yaura in his arms to tidy up her hair, and continued in a low voice: "This year''s "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)" is really big, this game is really reluctant to quit Woolen cloth¡­"


    "How could it be possible to quit..."


    Momonga sat at the president''s seat, looking at the guild hall full of people, there was an undisguised smile in his voice: "As long as I and it are still alive, I can play this game for another ten years and I won''t be able to. Tired!"

 Chapter 595

    Uehara Naraku''s plan is good.


    In order to be able to collect enough world power faster, he has carried out a super difficult major update to the game, which is also the largest update in ten years.


    Uehara Naraku hoped that after the update, someone would want to exchange world-class props for him to help go through the first copy, beat other world bosses, or occupy new map strongholds.


    this behavior¡­


    It is equivalent to sending the opportunity to pass the level to the player!


    However, players seem to be not very interested in these, because this major update after ten years seems to have ignited the passion of the players when they first played the game. fight progress...


    Even a one percent lead is worth bragging about...


    certainly¡­


    The most important thing is that there are not many world-class props in this game.


    Back when there were hundreds of game items, the Grand Guild traded them to Uehara Naraku almost without blinking an eye, but now it''s a bit different...


    There may be less than 20 world-class props left in the hands of players in the entire game world. According to the statistics of interested players, the world boss Naraku Uehara has recovered at least 150 world-class props through various methods...


    This also means that there are about 30 undiscovered world-class props in the world, each of which is so precious that it can be said that it will be completely out of print after being truly lost.


    These guild masters have new ideas...


    They think that whoever holds the last item that has not been traded to Uehara Naraku will become the only guild that can use Uehara Naraku, and perhaps the last guild that has a chance to overthrow the boss of Uehara Naraku!


    If it is only used for the first pass of the dungeon...


    No matter how generous the reward is, it is a waste.


    What''s more, even if you use Uehara Naraku''s summoning opportunity when you use it to open up new maps, you can only wait for death when you are attacked by the enemy in the future...


    Facing this circumstances¡­


    Uehara Naraku is not helpless.


    Game production company headquarters.


    Uehara Naraku sat in his game sleep cabin and put forward his own idea: "The response of the new version seems to be good, so let''s start the catastrophe event led by me!"


    This is a drudgery.


    No, or it is a big cleanup of the game world!


    Every guild and even every player will fall into this catastrophe, and absolutely no one will be spared!


    "A catastrophe event?"


    A group of people couldn''t help but look at each other.


    These people have known for a long time that the president of their company had such an idea, but they never thought that they would directly prepare to launch Cataclysm during the big update on the 10th anniversary of the service!


    This is too fast!


    Originally, they had also thought about this problem. This would cause heavy losses to the players of the entire game. Will the players accept this new version?


    "So be it!"


    Uehara Naraku grabbed the juice on the glass and said softly: "Weren''t they very happy when they besieged me before? At least let me get back a little bit!"


    "..."


    A group of people you look at me, I look at you.


    A strange idea floated in everyone''s mind, probably this is the most important purpose of their president! Who made this president like to play the world boss in the game!


    Since this time...


    Being bullied by gamers all the time...


    This president, whose mind is smaller than a needle, will definitely want to take revenge. I didn''t expect that he would open the cataclysm version so quickly to take revenge, and even take the identity of the world boss as the protagonist of the cataclysm version!


    The president of a game company...


    Once the calculations are made, even the players want to take revenge...


    Such a narrow-minded president really makes people dare not provoke him!


    It''s just that since the president has spoken, the people below can only obey... and there is nothing particularly troublesome about this version.


    The man in the suit thought for a while, then said softly: "So where should we start? So far we haven''t had any missions or NPCs related to Uehara Naraku..."


    "Choose a resource point for a new map!"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the man in the suit in surprise: "Which guild is the fastest progress? Which new map are they opening up?"


    "It seems to be the Ainz Oool Gon Guild..."


    The man in the suit hesitated for a second, and said softly: "If I remember correctly, it should be a resource point called the Valley of the Gods. There are several corpses of gods in this resource point, and the value can be ranked among all resource points." Get to the front..."


    "It''s them."


    Uehara Naraku put down the cup in his hand heavily.


    YGGDRASIL game world.


    After the version update, the Anzi Urgon guild once had a considerable advantage in the land reclamation progress. Although their number was not large, their overall strength was higher than other guilds.


    Whether it''s opening up new dungeons or capturing resource points on new maps, the Ainz-Wurgon guild has a good lead. The guild leader, Momonga, hasn''t had a good rest for a long time.


    Hard work is never in vain.


    Today, the Anzi Urgon Guild will hopefully occupy a new resource point, a generous resource point called the Valley of Gods!


    The resources in the Valley of the Gods can be used to make more artifacts and equipment for them or continue to increase their efforts to build their Nazarick Great Tomb stronghold!


    Whether it''s the geographical advantage, the rich resources, or the beautiful scenery, it''s unbearably heart-wrenching, and it can even be used as an alternative guild residence!


    Valley of the Gods.


    The Anzi Urgon guild finally overthrew the boss of the Valley of the Gods and pushed all the way to the depths of the Valley of the Gods. They only need to find the control point of the Valley of the Gods...


    Momonga''s skeleton frame stepped into the depths of the Valley of the Gods one step at a time, followed by dozens of players from the Anzi Urgon Guild: "Speaking of which, we should be the first to successfully open up wasteland!"


    "Maybe?"


    "The top three guilds seem to be making good progress..."


    Just as a group of guild players were chatting casually, their footsteps suddenly stopped, and endless reminders suddenly popped up on everyone''s system panel!


    "You have entered the realm of the gods..."


    "You have invaded the realm of the gods..."


    "You disturb the peace of God..."


    The next moment, the sky suddenly changed color!


    Peroroncino suddenly raised his head and looked at the sky, and subconsciously said, "Is it the weather control of the sixth-level magic? This is too contemptuous of us players!"


    In ten years time...


    The strength of players is not the same as in the past.


    The sixth-level magic is really not enough to see at all, because these players have already mastered the existence of launching super-level magic!


    "This is not weather control!"


    Momonga immediately shook his head, raised his head to look at the sky, and said in a deep voice: "This is the elemental chaos in the super-level magic, and the rain of elemental chaos will usher in immediately. Everyone, put up your defenses first. The attack cannot be withdrawn for the time being!"


    next second...


    A bunch of strange magic tricks fell from the sky quickly!


    Lightning, flames, falling rocks, hurricanes, magma, countless kinds of chaotic and complicated magics poured down, and all elemental magics except super-level magics fell from the sky!


    "If i remember correctly¡­"


    The skeleton of Momonga raised his head and looked at the magic that was still pouring down in the sky, his face became slightly weird: "Not many people have mastered this super magic...Even among the NPCs, there seems to be only one person who has used it..."


    As a magic class, Momonga pays more attention to magic skills than others, and he also likes the skill of elemental chaos...


    Because of this skill...


    If it can be successfully released, it can directly create a battlefield that makes it difficult for the enemy to move an inch and be beaten passively. Until there is no way to break the elemental chaos, it will have to bear the attack of the elemental chaos rain!


    Even in today''s games with countless super-level magic, this skill has always been the favorite of magic professionals, but it''s a pity that so far, few players can master it...


    "Advanced defensive enchantment!"


    The two slimes, Bubble Teapot and Helo Hero, activated their skills at the same time, protected their companions under their own hands, and propped up the other side of the defensive barrier to resist the elemental attacks falling from the sky!


    Hei Luo Hei Luo couldn''t help turning his head to look at Momonga, and said loudly: "Hey, Momoga, can you use the transfer magic to transfer everyone directly!"


    "There is no way..."


    Momonga slowly shook his head, and used his skills to help his companions defend together. He explained in a deep voice: "Even if I use the teleportation magic, I can''t escape the range of the Valley of Gods. Even my MP is enough to support the rain of chaos of the elements." Covering the entire Valley of the Gods...


    And this BOSS who uses Rain of Chaos, if he has enough MP, the range of this skill is enough to cover the surface of any world map in the nine worlds, which is also enough to destroy the world, so it is called the ultimate super magician A bit of magic..."


    No matter what kind of magic profession...


    They all want to get the elemental chaos and the derivative skills behind it!


    It''s just that the prerequisite for obtaining this skill is to successfully cultivate the power of all natural elements. This is a bit difficult to handle, because some elements can only be mastered by specific occupations...


    While Momonga was still talking...


    A world announcement suddenly jumped out!


    [The Anzi Wuergong Guild disturbed the peace of God in the Valley of Gods. As a small punishment for the ignorant, God''s punishment will come to the Nine Worlds!


    The holder of the will of the world, Uehara Naraku, will continue to create catastrophes on the nine worlds for 7 days. Please prepare for it! ¡¿

 Chapter 596

    The hints of the game system are very simple.


    All the players in Anziwuergong Guild are in a bad mood, because they stepped into the Valley of the Gods, did they start a catastrophe that is about to befall the Nine Worlds?


    this catastrophe...


    It is definitely at the level of extermination.


    The military girl Meng of the guild couldn''t help but scratched her head, and sighed faintly: "Oh, it''s because of us that the words about Naraku Uehara''s death have been drawn out. It feels like we are going to become public enemies of the whole server!"


    Peroroncino flipped his palm: "Hey, when did you have the illusion that we are not public enemies!"


    As a very strange alien guild in the whole game, they were not very popular in the game. Although they have a small number of people, they are very strong...


    This means that they will never be left behind in certain competitions for resources.


    Therefore, the reputation of the Anzi Urgon Guild in this game is indeed not very good.


    "What should we do now?"


    Hei Luo Hei Luo looked up at the magic that was still falling from the sky, and couldn''t help but said: "If the magic damage continues like this, Bubble Teapot Sauce and I will be unable to bear it sooner or later..."


    "Let me see..."


    Momonga scratched his bones, and said softly: "For the time being, let''s slowly exit the Valley of Gods along the way we came from, and each use their skills to counteract the magic in the rain of elemental chaos... I set up a Teleportation point, as long as the distance is long enough, use teleportation magic to take everyone away together!"


    According to Momonga''s method, Ainzi Urgon guild escaped from the rain of elemental chaos that covered the entire Valley of Gods without anyone being killed...


    It''s just that everyone''s MP and HP are almost at their limit...


    Momonga looked at the Valley of the Gods with some lingering fear, and slowly breathed a sigh of relief: "I really didn''t expect that the range and duration of the rain of elemental chaos are too amazing..."


    "Momoga did a good job too..."


    Bubble Teapot, the slime, rubbed Momonga''s bones, and praised with a smile: "You can take us away in such a chaotic place..."


    The president chosen by the Anzi Oool Gon Guild was indeed right.


    Although Momonga has always played the role of a grinder, he is indeed a top player.


    Even in the rare super-level magic like Rain of Elemental Chaos, it can find a ray of life for everyone, especially this super-level magic is most likely released by Uehara Naraku...


    Because so far...


    Only Uehara Naraku has used this skill.


    And according to part of the information about Uehara Naraku collected by their players, it has been shown that in addition to the full proficiency similar to the warrior profession, Uehara Naraku also has the power of all elements and full magic proficiency...


    "How can it be so powerful..."


    Momonga couldn''t help but took half a step back.


    Although the voice of Bubble Teapot sounds cute, but her image in the game world is really something that Momonga can''t care about!


    Momonga turned his head and glanced at the Valley of Gods covered by the rain of elemental chaos, and said in a low voice: "It seems that we have to go back to the guild''s residence this time to see what is going on with this catastrophe event!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Taki Mi nodded, stroked the ring on his hand, and said in a deep voice: "There is a problem with the Ring of Destiny that Naraku Uehara gave me back then, and several passive skills have been grayed out, so it should only be temporarily invalid. ..."


    "what?"


    Everyone looked at Taki Mi.


    Momonga thought for a while, couldn''t help touching his bones and chin, and said in a low voice: "Almost all the passive skills above are related to Uehara Naraku. If those passive skills fail, it may mean that Uehara Naraku will In this catastrophe event, all players are attacked indiscriminately..."


    "Perhaps the game company has left a foreshadowing."


    Taki Mi shook his head, sighed softly, and said, "Originally, this ring reminded me that under normal circumstances, Naraku Uehara would not take the initiative to attack... But now it seems that the catastrophe is not an ordinary situation..."


    "It''s really bad..."


    Bubble Teapot squirmed and walked to their side, and said quietly: "Ten years ago, the game company was ready to start the catastrophe ten years later?"


    In fact...


    Game companies are much worse than they imagined.


    No, it should be said that Naraku Uehara was much worse than they imagined.


    The role of this ring of destiny is not only here, the most important thing is to allow Uehara Naraku to lock their positions at all times, to find out whether they have hidden world-class props...


    if necessary...


    Naraku Uehara can also get a glimpse into the game life of the ring holder.


    Along with the doubts and criticisms of the Anzi Urgon Guild on the World Channel, the catastrophe event of the game "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)" also kicked off. The protagonist of this event, Uehara Naraku, also appeared in his first destination!


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    An unbreakable guild garrison!


    Asgard Sky City, located at the top of the Nine Worlds!


    This Sky City is also the top of the entire World Tree game!


    Just from their terrain, we can know how difficult this guild resident is. It is said to be the most difficult resident in the entire "YGGDRASIL (World Tree)", and the only names for it are the Great Tomb of Nazarick and Styx and other places!


    now¡­


    The guild in this station is on full alert!


    Because right next to their guild, a young man with six wings appeared, his eyes were indifferent, and he held an ordinary stick in his hand...


    It was Naraku Uehara!


    Uehara Naraku now looks completely different from before, no longer that warm smile, just a face full of indifference and heartlessness!


    "It''s really scary..."


    An Angel Race player looked at Uehara Naraku floating in the distance with cold sweat on his face: "Uehara Naraku, the world boss, would actually attack the player''s guild site... Did this cataclysm just start, did it come to our guild directly? "


    "President..."


    Another Angel Race player flew to his side, and said in a deep voice: "Everyone is ready, are you going to start attacking Uehara Naraku? This is our resident, but there are many powerful NPCs and players inside, maybe It is also our chance to overthrow this BOSS..."


    Yet at this very moment...


    A voice suddenly interrupted the communication between them!


    "God''s punishment!"


    Uehara Naraku pointed to the sky!


    Thunder and lightning descended from the sky, converging into a thick thunder!


    This thunderbolt instantly bombarded the sky city, and this thunder directly penetrated the entire sky city, and blasted the whole sky city into ruins in an instant!


    "Asshole... Raising your hand is an instant super-level magic!"


    Guild Leader Angel was completely blown away. This is because they don''t give players a chance at all, and it makes their guild fight. It''s clear that the game company is targeting players!


    Just when angels would sulk...


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside him, flicking the stick in his hand casually, about to hit him!


    The [World Will], which is known as the strongest world-class item, is actually only used as a normal attack item in the hands of Naraku Uehara!


    "Dimensional Shield!"


    The president of the angel raised his palm!


    A magic formation appeared in front of him, but it was smashed by Uehara Naraku in the next second, and the [World Will] was about to smash up again!


    It is said that this trick can kill any player in an instant!


    "Space transfer!"


    The figure of the Angel president suddenly shuttled to another location!


    As a game world, spatial skills are standard for them at this level, and even for them it is just a common skill!


    It''s just that the moment he just transferred, Uehara Naraku seemed to have guessed his position, appeared beside him in advance, and pressed his hand on his head!


    Thunder and lightning wrapped around the body of the angel president...


    The next moment, he became a corpse.


    It''s just that two world-class props exploded from the body of the president of the angel. Uehara Naraku put away the two world-class props calmly, but he did not take away the ring of destiny from the president...


    After doing all this.


    Naraku Uehara raised his head to look at the sky, a burst of dark clouds began to gather, and ice and snowflakes began to fall from the sky. Every snowflake that fell on the player''s body would cause the player to lose a lot of blood, and the entire Asgard was turned into A snowy area!


    After the first world was resolved in this way, Uehara Naraku watched the players in the entire Asgard under the attack of the super magical ice and snow world, had no choice but to go offline, and finally showed a gratified smile on his face...

 Chapter 597

    Player Forum.


    The atmosphere was noisy.


    Players on the entire map of Asgard turned against each other in the forum, because none of them dared to continue online, and if they went online, they would only be overwhelmed and killed by super magic skills.


    "Does the game company want everyone to quit the game?"


    "Who will take a look, can people from Asgard still go online?"


    "No, I was killed by Ice and Snow World just after I went up, and I lost another level of experience..."


    "The main city of Midgard was also destroyed. Uehara Naraku just slaughtered all the players in the city, and Midgard can''t go online anymore..."


    "Niflheim is also finished...the whole map is raining magma...the damage can''t be resisted for a few minutes..."


    "Muspelheim, the land of fire, has also been turned into a world of ice and snow... The boss of this world is really going to destroy the world!"


    "..."


    "Is there only the last Helheim left in the Nine Worlds?"


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    "The last news before going offline seems to be that Naraku Uehara is attacking Nazarick, the last guild resident. It seems to be the guild''s resident of Ainzi Urgon, right?"


    "Is that the garrison that claims to never fall like Sky City, the garrison that wiped out 1,500 coalition troops?"


    "Is there such a fierce guild?"


    "You don''t even know about Mengxin. The Anzi Wuergong Guild is a group of aliens. It seems that they only accept RMB players. Basically, they rarely participate in large-scale events... because the number of people is too small..."


    "It''s been less than a day, right? Naraku Uehara went all the way from Sky City in Asgard, the top map of the game, to Nazarick in Helheim, the bottom map..."


    "I just want to know when this catastrophe will end..."


    "I want to know what the game company wants to do..."


    "Insider information, it seems that Uehara, the president of the game company, heard that the world boss based on him has been being attacked by players, so he made a cataclysmic version..."


    "real or fake?"


    "Is there such a president?"


    "This is too much! Then there is no need to say anything. After the catastrophe is over, go online and continue to form a group to push Hara Naraku. How can this not come back with revenge..."


    "+1!"


    "Is it really hopeful to say that..."


    "Last time, five of our five guilds produced five magic casters who used super-level magic. They brought countless krypton gold props and blasted away 10% of his blood in one breath... In the end, Naraku Uehara backhanded an elemental chaos The cloud of rain is gone..."


    "Awkward¡­"


    "Shout our slogan!"


    "If you don''t overthrow Naraku Uehara, you don''t quit YGGDRASIL!"


    There was an uproar on the entire forum.


    The phone number of the game company''s customer service department was about to explode.


    It''s a pity that they can''t make any decisions. The only person who can make decisions is attacking the last guild resident, the Great Tomb of Nazarick, the guild resident of Anzi Urgon.


    This guild...


    It also has the most world-class props!


    Between the thrones under the tenth floor of the Great Tomb of Nazarick, all the members of the Ainzi Urgon Guild gathered here, and they were discussing how to face Uehara Naraku.


    "The catastrophe event may not be as simple as we thought."


    Bu Niumeng sat on the chair, and said slowly: "According to the information we have obtained, any player who holds world-class items will definitely drop them when killed. This incident may also be a means for the game company to recover world-class items... "


    "What if you quit the game?"


    "It''s not realistic either."


    Momonga shook his head, took over the words and explained: "According to the known information, all players must go through the baptism of the catastrophe event, even if they quit the game, they will continue to stay in the game in the form of hanging up, which means that anyone Slaughter, unless you die once and then quit the game..."


    Bu Niumeng nodded, looked at the crowd and continued: "And if we kill the person who holds the world-class props now, they will definitely drop them, which means that the world-class props will definitely appear in front of Uehara Naraku... "


    "Then let''s fight a defensive battle on our territory!"


    "This is our home field, maybe we will be the first guild to overthrow the world boss, Uehara Naraku..."


    "Shalltear Bradfren, the guardian of the first to third floors created by Peroroncino, has already gone to fight!"


    "Uehara Naraku has come in, hurry up and discuss a countermeasure..."


    A mirrored light curtain was opened on the desktop of the entire Anzi Urgon Guild, and a cute silver-haired girl in bright red armor was revealed. She was the guardian NPC created by Peroroncino, and she was also at the top of the overall strength. Top Guardian!


    Shalltear Bradfren!


    Even some players in the Anzi Oool Gown guild may not be as strong as Shalltear, because she is wearing a full body of legendary equipment, as well as an artifact, a dropper spear!


    It''s just that Shalltear''s power should be invincible in group battles...


    Because she can use the dropper spear to absorb the HP of the people around her at any time!


    In fact, this is exactly the case. Before Shalltear faced the battle, the creator Peroronchino specially manipulated Shalltear to summon a group of vampire brides and interfere with the enemies to replenish Shalltear''s own HP...


    The second floor of the Great Underground Tomb of Nazarick.


    Just as Uehara Naraku had just stepped in, Shalltear swung a dropper spear and stepped forward to fight. This cute silver-haired red-armored girl was about to unleash her invincible melee ability!


    However, a fist hit Shalltear, bypassing the dropper spear directly, and was about to knock this girl NPC to the ground!


    "High-level teleportation!"


    Shalltear''s figure fled in an instant!


    However, it didn''t work. The silver-haired girl''s face remained in place in a daze. Why did her space teleportation skills seem to be invalid...


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s fist hit Shalltear''s face, sending the silver-haired girl flying. He also directly grabbed the dropper spear from Shalltear''s hand, ripping off the dropper spear and Shalltear''s body link!


    Immediately after...


    Uehara Naraku threw out the dropper spear violently, nailing Shalltear''s body to the ground. The silver-haired girl was still confused as an NPC before she died...


    The first to third layers of guardians...


    Shalltear Bradfren, killed!


    Uehara Naraku just blocked the space and used two normal attacks to directly kill this NPC girl who was at the top!


    The bottom floor of the Ainz Urgon Guild.


    Peroroncino covered his head, and said with a displeased face, "Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh, how could that guy treat Shalltear like this!"


    "Hey Hey hey!"


    Bubble Teapot looked at his younger brother, and slowly persuaded him: "Be reasonable, that''s an NPC... Besides, that Shalltear is not very good at all!"


    "That''s the cutest creature ever!"


    "What''s the cutest creation? It''s obviously the most unsightly. You pervert have added all your hobbies to Shalltear''s settings!"


    "You''re the one who dubs some games, you''re a pervert! And look at your own slime image, it''s like a walking ding..."


    Boom!


    While Peroroncino and the Bubble Teapot were still arguing, and the others were still discussing countermeasures, the mirrored light curtain on the table suddenly lit up, and a strong vibration made all the guild members couldn''t help but feel a sigh of relief. shock!


    A picture flashed in the mirror light curtain.


    Two broken corpses fell on the arena on the sixth floor!


    Those were two dark elf NPCs, the twins Aura and Mare made by Bubble Teapot. The guardian of the sixth floor was also killed!


    This is just great¡­


    Bubble Teapot and Peroroncino don¡¯t have to quarrel anymore, the NPCs made by both of them have been killed...


    Momonga couldn''t help asking: "Wait, the guardian of the sixth floor has been killed, what about the guardian of the fifth floor, Cocytus?"


    "It must have been killed..."


    "Don''t panic, we''ll just wait on the ninth floor, and our trump card will be on the eighth floor. We''ll wait until Naraku Uehara breaks through the eighth floor..."


    "Let''s take a look at the battle situation on the seventh floor... Is there any hope that Demiurge can make Uehara Naraku lose some more blood? So far, his HP seems to be full, right?"


    "Unrealistic..."


    "Wait, why does it feel like we are the bosses who are about to be defeated in those dungeons and maps, but Uehara Naraku is like a player in the Raiders dungeon!"


    "It seems that our roles are reversed..."


    "Whether it''s identity or strength, it feels like it''s reversed..."


    "..."


    The noise of the entire Anzi Wuergong Guild suddenly stopped.


    Every player has finally realized that something is wrong. It is obvious that there is an invincible world boss attacking their guild resident outside. Why do they have the feeling that the other party is actually raiding the dungeon?

 Chapter 598

    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.


    After Uehara Naraku had just finished off the two dark elves Mare and Aura, he shattered the barrier with one punch and directly entered the seventh floor of the Nazarick Tomb.


    A group of fierce-looking demons swarmed towards Uehara Naraku!


    A ray of light suddenly bloomed, and countless golden rays of light shot out from Uehara Naraku''s fingertips, turning all these demons into broken limbs!


    The next moment, among countless broken limbs and broken corpses, a figure rushed towards Uehara Naraku with slender claws, and flames suddenly shot out from its body to wrap itself!


    "Aspects of the Devil¡¤Purgatory Robe!"


    It is Demiurge, the guardian of the seventh floor!


    Although it seems that Demiurge rushed to Uehara Naraku with great momentum, almost no member of the entire Ainz Urgon Guild thinks that Demiurge can cause any trouble to Uehara Naraku...


    as expected.


    Naraku Uehara''s palm turned into a ball of ice, which completely froze Demiurge''s body in an instant, and shattered Demiurge''s body that had been turned into ice with one punch!


    The fierceness of the action...


    It even made it too late for Demiurge to use his magic skills!


    If the first seven floors of the Great Tomb of Nazarick are breached, then the eighth floor will be the last reliance of the Ainz-Wurgon Guild. They must start a decisive battle on the eighth floor!


    If the eighth floor can win...


    Then the Ainz-Wurgon Guild can replicate the miracles of the past!


    If it fails...then the legend that the Great Tomb of Nazarick will never be breached will come to an end!


    And Naraku Uehara holds two top world-class props [World Will] and [Eternal Snake Ring] in his hands, which means that the world-class props have no effect on him...


    "The speed of being broken through is too fast..."


    Momonga looked at the mirror light curtain silently, he stood up slowly, and said in a deep voice: "It''s time to go to the eighth floor to participate in our decisive battle..."


    The next moment, Momonga disappeared into the guild hall.


    Everyone in the Anzurgon guild disappeared into the guild hall with him. Each of them had a teleportation ring and could travel freely within the Nazarick tomb.


    The eighth floor of Nazarick.


    In addition to the forty-one members of the Anziwuergong Guild, there are many NPCs here, but most of them are cannon fodder created by them...


    And the tens of thousands of undead creatures, death knights and skeleton undead summoned by Feishu using his undead talent skills!


    Although these undead creatures can only be used as consumables...


    Just as Ainz-Wool-Gon''s entire team gathered on the eighth floor, a ray of light pierced the darkness and landed on the wilderness on the eighth floor...


    Uehara Naraku''s figure slowly floated down, and three pairs of wings spread out from his back, driving his body to float in mid-air...


    "Ok¡­"


    Two red lights flashed on Momonga''s skull, and his empty eye sockets raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku in the air: "It turns out...is it an Archangel clan?"


    "perhaps¡­"


    Taqimi shook his head slowly, and said in a deep voice: "There are too many races with wings, such as Peroroncino''s bird-human race... Peroroncino, come and say hello to him first!"


    "Got it...it''s really troublesome...I hate guys with wings like me the most!"


    A golden light radiated from Peroroncino''s hand, and a longbow that didn''t look ordinary appeared in his hand. It was the Houyi Bow equipped with divine equipment!


    A golden light flew towards Uehara Naraku in the air, relying on the powerful sniping skills of Houyi bow, Peroroncino almost never missed!


    Naraku Uehara just raised his palm, and knocked the golden light away to the side. The moment the golden light landed, it exploded!


    "Hey, this is too much..."


    Peroroncino put away his Hou Yi bow indignantly, and said with a displeased face, "I raised my hand and knocked down my powerful sniper..."


    The next moment, Peroroncino''s eyes showed a strange look: "Huh? What does he want to do? Hey, Hei Luo Hei Lausanne, Ni Jiang, I seem to have reached the boss..."


    In the sight of all, Naraku Uehara raised his palm slowly, and a strange golden light emanated from the ring on his hand...


    That is the light of the Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring!


    The next moment, the Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring turned into a longbow and fell into Uehara Naraku''s hands. This scene made the faces of the entire Anzi Wuergong Guild change drastically!


    "Houyi Bow!"


    The red light in Momonga''s skull eye sockets!


    The legendary Snake Ring of Eternal Tribulation, the strongest world-class prop, not only allows the game company to change the system in a wider range, but also can copy the ability of any other world-class props with the permission of the game company!


    Unexpectedly, Naraku Uehara, the world boss, was only used to copy the divine equipment of the Houyi Bow, it was an overkill...


    No¡­


    Perhaps this is to show his invincible power!


    next moment¡­


    A ray of golden light shot out from the bow of Hou Yi copied from Uehara Naraku''s hand. This golden light bypassed Hei Luo Hei Luo''s block in an instant, and directly nailed the bird man Peroroncino to the ground!


    This blow Uehara Naraku''s powerful sniper...


    Kill Peroroncino directly on the spot!


    It''s just that for advanced players, the resurrection scroll and resurrection skills are commonly used, and Peroroncino was resurrected soon!


    "Hey Hey hey¡­"


    Peroroncino came back to life in a hurry, and muttered: "Ni Jiang, Hei Luo Hei Luo Sang, you two tanks should hurry up and hold the boss!"


    But the next moment...


    Another ray of golden light flew over!


    Uehara Naraku actually wanted to guard the corpse in front of the entire Anzi Wuergong guild members, this is really unbearable...


    Bubble Teapot, a weird-shaped slime, wanted to stop the flying golden light, but was nailed to the ground by her younger brother Peroroncino!


    The defense of the Bubble Teapot is the strongest in Ainz Urgon. Even another ancient slime, Hei Luo He Luo, who has a black body, is also a lot worse in defense, but now he is directly killed by Naraku Uehara. !


    Uehara Naraku held the transformed Houyi bow of the Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring in his hand, as if he had awakened a new talent, his palm suddenly pulled on the bow, and this scene made everyone''s faces change drastically!


    "Tenth level skill...flying feathers all over the sky!"


    The next moment, countless dense spots of light fell!


    Behind each light spot are feather arrows, and the entire eighth floor was completely covered by Naraku Uehara''s attack in an instant!


    Whether it''s the undead skeletons, the guardians of this floor, or the members of the Anzi Wuergong Guild, they are all within the coverage of countless feather arrows!


    "Be careful!"


    Momonga violently waved the guild scepter and built a tall bone shield wall, but this shield wall was shot through in an instant!


    A group of people used their own skills to help their companions stop the attack, but they were powerless in the dense feather arrows...


    in a minute.


    All members of the Anzi Urgon Guild were buried here.


    I really didn''t expect that their guild was wiped out easily, it seems that this is quite normal...


    Everyone is in the state of soul, looking at the feather arrows that are still falling in the sky, a little confused why they were all killed so quickly...


    Some people couldn''t help scratching their heads: "It''s just the tenth-level skill of the archer...why can''t even stop the damage..."


    "Hey, hey, do you have any misunderstandings about archers?"


    Peroroncino looked at this companion strangely, and said angrily: "Super-level magic is a skill that you only have. Our profession can only be a tenth-level skill at most, okay?"


    "What''s more, it''s not just tenth-level skills..."


    The flying mouse shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "That is the weapon copied from the Eternal Tribulation Snake Ring... Plus it has the bonus of the will of the world... And every attack is not all physical damage, there are also elemental attribute attacks..."


    "That, I''m so sorry..."


    Hei Luo Hei Luo was a little embarrassed, looked at a group of companions in the soul state, and said awkwardly: "There is no way to help everyone take down the attack..."


    "It''s not your fault... Hei Luo Hei Luo Sang..."


    Momonga comforted his companion, and said softly: "That is the strongest world boss in ten years... No matter what version the game company updates, he has never weakened..."


    "Because he is the president of the game company..."


    Peroroncino couldn''t help but complained: "If the boss based on the president is weakened, I feel that the employee will not be able to keep his job..."


    "It''s been ten years, is there still no way to overthrow this BOSS?"


    "Speaking of which, what about Vertim, the guardian of the eighth floor? Didn''t the skills after it die succeed?"


    "useless¡­"


    "This BOSS feels like it won''t be overthrown in the next ten years!"


    "Maybe we can only wait until Naraku Uehara retires from the game company, so I feel like I can hope to overthrow him!"


    "He''s younger than us..."


    "This is too much..."


    A group of people from the Ainz Urgon guild complained, and a group of people went offline to avoid it. With the breach of the Nazarick Tomb, it was obvious that this guild resident could not continue to stay within seven days of the cataclysm...


    The only thing they hope for is...


    This guild resident can be slightly damaged by Uehara Naraku.


    Cui Yulu''s expression suddenly showed a little sadness: "Wait, Albedo is still in the throne room... Albedo has such a cute appearance... character... She should not be given by the world boss of Uehara Naraku¡ª¡ª - right now!"


    Albedo...


    It is an NPC created by Cuiyulu.


    Similarly, she is also the chief guardian of the Great Tomb of Nazarick. Her race is a succubus, but she has a contrasting and cute personality set by Cui Yulu.


    Of course none of this matters.


    The most important thing is that Cuiyulu created three NPCs at the beginning, namely, the eldest sister Nicolede, the second sister Albedo, and the third sister Lubedo. Among them, Cuiyulu''s favorite is naturally Albedo. Give her a world-class item.


    This also means that Albedo...


    You will almost be attacked by Naraku Uehara on your own initiative!


    In addition, Cuiyulu''s heartache is his own hard work, because many of the mechanism designs in the entire Nazarick Tomb were personally completed by him, a great alchemist...


    "Hey, Cuiyulu...be more sensible!"


    Someone couldn''t help knocking Cuiyulu on the head, and said softly: "YGGDRASIL is a serious game! No matter how you say it, they are just NPCs, and it is impossible for NPCs to defile NPCs..."


    "I''m just kidding."


    Cui Yulu shook his head, and said softly: "Forget it, let''s go offline first... Wait until seven days later to revive Albedo and the others. It costs 500 million gold coins to revive a high-level NPC..."


    this price¡­


    But it''s not low at all!


    If calculated in this way, if they revive the NPCs that were cleaned up in this catastrophe event, they will need to spend more than two or three billion gold coins...


    Fortunately, everyone is a krypton gold player.


    Although Albedo has not met Uehara Naraku yet, Cuiyulu can almost guarantee that Albedo will be killed by Uehara Naraku...


    So far, there is no survivor left in Uehara Naraku''s hands...


    Not to mention that Albedo is still holding world-class props, for Uehara Naraku who likes to collect world-class props, Albedo is simply a piece of meat delivered to his mouth...


    the other side.


    After Uehara Naraku wiped out all the members of the Anzi Urgon guild, he directly collected six world-class items, which was much more than any other guild!


    Uehara Naraku''s footsteps did not end, because he also remembered the special role of Albedo, the guardian of the Great Tomb of Nazarick...


    It is said...


    Albedo held a world-class item.


    Although I don''t know if the world-class items are becoming more and more precious, Albedo still has this item in her hands...


    but¡­


    Always check out...


    The Throne Hall of the Great Tomb of Nazarick, this is the last stronghold of the Ainz-Urgon Guild and where they usually gather.


    Now, the throne room is in ruins.


    A double-horned succubus fully armed and covered with artifact armor wields her giant sword to block the enemy''s attacks. She is Nazarick''s last line of defense!


    It was the Guardian Albedo!


    Beside Albedo, an old man in a suit and leather shoes was supporting her attack. It was the housekeeper Sebastian!


    This old NPC is very good at fighting skills, because Sebastian was created by the player PK competitive world champion Taqimi!


    However¡­


    This kind of NPC that has not yet been born with enough intelligence can only do mechanical attack and defense here!


    Naraku Uehara hit Albedo with a punch, cracking the armor on her body inch by inch, and then slammed her kick back, kicking the NPC straight out!


    "..."


    Albedo remained silent.


    Albedo flew upside down, smashed through the wall, and finally fell to the ground, spurting streams of blood from her mouth...


    Her HP has bottomed out.


    Now, this succubus NPPC has finally revealed her original appearance. Although her body looks bumpy and her face looks very beautiful...but her expression is always cold and ruthless, she looks like other NPCs Nothing but no emotion.


    "Don''t you even feel pain?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, a ball of lightning flashed from his fingertips, and it fell directly on Albedo''s body in an instant!


    After the succubus NPC was killed by him with an indifferent face, a world-class item dropped out.


    "Is it still there?"


    Just when Naraku Uehara was about to pick up the world-class item, Sebastian who was next to him rushed up again, and was about to force him back with a flick of his leg!


    Boom!


    Uehara Naraku''s arm was in front of his leg!


    Under the collision of the two, Sebastian''s kicked leg was directly blocked by Uehara Naraku''s arm, and even the leg bone was broken as if it hit the steel!


    Uehara Naraku punched Sebastian in the face, and sent the butler who was also expressionless, he pinched his fingertips slowly: "Mr. Sebastian, look Looks like I''m a little bit stronger than you..."


    "..."


    However, Sebastian remained expressionless.


    After all, the current Sebastian is just an NPC, no matter how high the degree of freedom in the game world is, it is impossible to directly give him a soul...


    "Well, don''t you understand?"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and sighed, leaned over and picked up the world-class props beside Albedo, and helped the succubus close his eyes by the way: "Forget it, it won''t be long before you understand It''s..."

 Chapter 599

    Time flies.


    In the last time, every year Uehara Naraku will start a catastrophe event for players, which has also become an escape game for players.


    certainly¡­


    Every year Naraku Uehara would never let go of the opportunity to invade Nazarick, killing all the NPCs here...


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku ignored the player''s freedom in this game. In the third catastrophe event, the player created a spaceship to escape from the world, and survived a lot...


    It''s outrageous.


    This is also considered a victory for the player.


    They called the airship the new Noah''s Ark.


    Even though the players and the boss of the game company are having a great time fighting, Naraku Uehara''s plan to collect world-class props in the game world is still coming to an end.


    Except for two insignificant world-class props that have not yet appeared, the rest of the props have been collected by Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku also started his first step.


    In order to be able to arrange everything that happened on this planet, Naraku Uehara created a polar night phenomenon in the real world, taking the lead in bringing the original planet of reality into his own black hole universe.


    As long as you master this planet...


    In order to arrange everything that follows.


    And this is also related to whether these players will retreat.


    While scientists all over the world are thinking about the origin of this rare polar night phenomenon, YGGDRASIL players have not noticed that their lives have gradually changed...


    Work got busier and busier.


    Even for some rich people who spend wantonly in the game, their businesses have gradually encountered some troubles, and they have to spend a lot of time returning to the real world.


    No one can imagine...


    All of this is just someone trying to get the gamers in YGGDRASIL to retire as soon as possible, so that this game will gradually come to an end...


    The number of players online is dropping rapidly...


    This drop in the number of people online is simply weird.


    Because Naraku Uehara has begun to gradually arrange their real life according to the identity of the players, this person has really worked tirelessly.


    Sitting in the office of the game company, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but look up at the sky: "I feel like my style is constantly declining..."


    in the past...


    As a behind-the-scenes manipulator, he controlled the entire ninja world with one hand, and changed the era of great pirates with one hand, but now he is here to control the real world and try to make players retreat...


    Why does it feel like my style is getting worse and worse!


    But in this case, it seems that it is easier for players to accept it than to let the game company directly announce the shutdown of the server, right?


    Players in the entire game world have not escaped Uehara Naraku''s clutches.


    Whether it''s the top guilds or the players who have been living for a long time, they are all arranged by Naraku Uehara in the society, so that they can experience the beatings of the society again...


    anyway...


    At least live in the real world...


    It''s better than traveling to another world!


    Inside an office building in Tokyo.


    A successful young man sat in his office dejectedly, and crawled out of his game cabin with a melancholy expression. He had just launched the game and announced to his guildmates that he would quit the game.


    Over the past few years, his company has been thriving.


    It''s just that during this period of time, the company has been facing constant minor troubles, which finally forced the young man to let go of his hobbies and return to his normal life.


    In fact, he originally wanted to quit the game...


    It¡¯s just that the game YGGDRASIL is really fun, especially the balance of the game is getting better and better, and the players are facing the same hatred against the world boss, which also allows him to find a long-lost friendship...


    However the basis of the game is in reality.


    Trouble arose in the real world and he was finally forced out of the game.


    In a small mansion.


    A middle-aged man carried a huge game sleeping capsule and put it in the basement warehouse. From then on, he would bid farewell to the game and return to reality.


    Because his work is getting more and more heavy...


    If this continues, it is very likely that he will lose his job, and his wife doesn''t like him continuing to stay in the game world.


    Today, men finally have to let go of the dream of walking around the world with a sword in the game and return to the real world.


    Things like this happen in every corner of Japan.


    Facing the pressure of reality, more and more players had to quit the game, making YGGDRASIL more and more barren.


    Even the Ainz Urgon Guild is no exception.


    Even though their number is not large, they have never escaped from the clutches, and more and more members have announced their withdrawal from the game, and now the number of online members of this guild is becoming less and less...


    There are only three or five people who are online for a long time...


    Because most of the people in this guild are members of society, they were all clearly arranged by Naraku Uehara, and Momonga has gradually become an empty-nest...


    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.


    Now the guild resident here is sparsely populated, and the guild hall that was originally very lively, at this time, there are only two people, Momonga and Taki Mi.


    Taki Mi sat on a chair in the guild hall, raised his head and looked at the flying squirrel: "I''m sorry, flying squirrel-san, I''m leaving the game too."


    "Tachi Mi?"


    There was a hint of surprise in Momonga''s voice.


    "Because work has been troublesome recently..."


    Taki Mi sat on the chair, and it was rare for him to change his heavy style. Instead, he chatted as if he was a little relaxed because he was leaving the game world: "The daughter at home has grown up, and the things at home are getting more and more serious. many¡­"


    "This is also normal..."


    Momonga nodded slowly, and continued softly: "There''s nothing to apologize for... Besides, there are many companions who want to leave the game, but I''m too embarrassed to say it..."


    When talking about this, Momonga suddenly said: "How about this? I''ll ask how many of my companions want to leave. Let''s organize a final farewell. At least we can still know their news, and won''t leave quietly because of embarrassment... "


    "..."


    Taki Mi was silent for a while.


    This man who used to be quite prestigious in the Anzi Urgon Guild raised his head, looked at the flying squirrel in front of him, and nodded slowly: "Actually, Urbert and the others were right...Fong Shu-san, you are really the best!" A suitable candidate for the president."


    Obviously the one who hates these game companions the most...


    However, Momonga still has to think about his companions, he will not try to keep them, and he will even take the initiative to bid farewell to these cherished friends in the game world.


    A man who likes to think about his friends...


    It''s no wonder that Ulbert likes presidents like Flying Squirrel very much, because Ulbert is not walking the right path in the real world, and people like them like to get along with people like Flying Squirrel the most.


    All the members of the Ainz Urgon guild received a message from the president, Momonga, which did not accuse them of not continuing the game, but excused them. This message just hopes that everyone can make an appointment to bid farewell .


    At least¡­


    Don''t leave quietly without a word.


    Just in time.


    One thing disrupted Momonga''s plans.


    No, or let Momonga''s plan be more perfect.


    YGGDRASIL Gaming has made a new announcement.


    Due to the decreasing number of online players, the game company announced that it would permanently shut down YGGDRASIL, a game that had been in operation for twelve years, regardless of the wishes of the players.


    To be honest¡­


    Many players are more grateful to game companies.


    Because they are getting more and more busy in the real world, they don¡¯t have time to play games at all, and they are a little embarrassed to face their friends from the past. Now the game company has voluntarily announced the suspension of the game YGGDRASIL, so that they don¡¯t have to face the guilt in their hearts .


    Because this is an uncontrollable factor.


    And just the day before the game shut down, the number of online users of YGGDRASIL almost reached the peak in the past few years, almost more than when the annual catastrophe event came!


    This is really out of control again...


    The Anzi Urgon Guild is no exception.


    With the exception of a few who just couldn''t get away, most of the members returned to the game to say their final goodbyes to their friends.


    "Really..."


    Momonga sat on a chair in the guild hall, looking at the people present, he felt a little uncomfortable.


    Obviously, Momonga just wanted to say goodbye to his friends, but because the game was going to be completely shut down, he was also sent away by the game company...


    it''s good now¡­


    We all have to say goodbye.


    "Everyone¡­"


    Momonga stood up slowly, looked at the many companions who were complaining about troubles in the real world, and said loudly: "We are leaving now, why don''t we come to the last guild event..."


    "What event?"


    "It won''t be too long, right? You must go to bed before twelve o''clock, so that the chances of pregnancy will increase..."


    "Ah? Is there such a thing?"


    "Hey, hey, this method is not scientific at all!"


    "At least a little bit of hope..."


    "I''m going to put the baby to bed in a while..."


    "..."


    A group of members of the Ainz-Wurgon Guild were noisy, as if they had reopened the chatterbox, and everyone started talking about their own life again.


    Momonga stretched out his hand to hold the scepter of their guild, slowly lowered his head, and said softly: "Forget it, then let''s bid farewell here, and hope to meet again one day..."


    The flying squirrel is just like the old days...


    Always a nice gentleman.


    No matter what happens, he is prioritizing his friends, just to maintain their friendship, which he regards as the most precious friendship in life.


    "etc¡­"


    A person stood up, watched Momonga spread his palms and said, "Hey, hey, don''t give up so quickly, let''s talk about what activity it is..."


    "Push down the world boss Naraku Uehara."


    Momonga said with some embarrassment: "We have done almost everything in this world, as if there is nothing we can''t do..."


    "That''s it..."


    Taki Mi nodded, looked at everyone present, and continued: "It seems that we have not formally challenged Uehara Naraku because of me, except for the catastrophe event?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Momonga looked at his friend, nodded and continued: "Because we were worried about Taki Mi and Uehara Naraku''s favorability gain in the past, we never fought with all our strength. This game will be closed after twelve o''clock. Good job Uehara Naraku Sensitivity is useless to us..."


    Because once the player holding the Ring of Destiny attacks Uehara Naraku, the Ring of Destiny will be directly taken back by Uehara Naraku, and all favorability will be completely cleared.


    And they have always been worried that the loss of challenging Uehara Naraku is too great. If the death drop is too serious, it will lead to a decline in the strength of the entire guild...


    This is why they did not challenge Naraku Uehara.


    Hearing Momonga''s proposal, all the members of the Ainz Oool Gown guild looked at their companions, and after whispering a few words to each other, all members nodded lightly...


    Such activities...


    Doesn''t seem like much time would be wasted.


    Now that this game is about to close, they don''t need to worry about their own losses, and they don''t need to worry about temporary gains and losses. They only need to do one final indulgence!


    In fact.


    Challenge Naraku Uehara...


    It''s really not just the Ainz Ooal Gown Guild who thought of it.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    There are at least twelve guilds with players holding the Ring of Destiny, and they are also qualified to challenge Uehara Naraku, and they are doing so...


    result¡­


    Nature is no different from what it used to be.


    There are even several guilds united together, calling on all players in the world to start an ultimate carnival feast on the plains of Midgard that will overthrow Naraku Uehara!


    this kind of thing...


    It is absolutely impossible to do normally.


    However, when the game is about to be shut down today, players rushed to participate in this carnival, even though they knew it might be a carnival of death!


    On the plains of Midgard.


    No matter how big the battlefield is, it is difficult to spread it out. Hundreds of thousands of players are tossing and dying, and countless precious artifacts and equipment are dropped on the ground, but no one picks them up, because no one cares about these virtual items that are about to disappear.


    Because after twelve o''clock...


    The game will be completely shut down.


    Hundreds of thousands of players don''t care about the equipment and level they drop, they just keep dying and resurrecting quickly, until they fall to the lowest level limit...


    Some players even died hundreds of times, and even their professional level has dropped, but they just continued to charge in the direction of Naraku Uehara in a blank suit!


    Even if a little blood is forcibly deducted...


    That is also the victory of these players!


    As long as each player can attack and deduct a little blood from Uehara Naraku, they can overthrow the boss of this world. There are hundreds of thousands of players here!


    "These people are crazy..."


    Naraku Uehara threw a wave of thunder with his hand, knocking a group of players in white board clothes to the ground, with a slightly unsightly look on his face: "If they don''t quit the game before twelve o''clock, something big will happen... "


    that time¡­


    What should it be called?


    After twelve o''clock, if these players continue, they will most likely enter another world in this state. What should this group of players be called at that time?


    Life in a different world from scratch?


    "Forget it, let''s kill them collectively at the end..."


    Uehara Naraku closed his palms and summoned a flood that submerged the entire Midgard plain. A light flashed in his eyes: "Taki Mi from the Anzi Urgon Guild invited me to Nazarick Great Tomb... I hope they can be more sensible!"

 Chapter 600

    Eleven o''clock at night.


    There is still one hour before the game closes.


    The members of the entire Anzi Urgon Guild gathered together.


    Everyone has put on their most precious equipment, and their backpacks are already full of krypton gold props and potions, and they are going to launch the last guild event here.


    Taki Mi glanced at Momonga, slowly stretched out his hand to caress the ring on his hand, and began to call for Naraku Uehara to appear.


    next moment¡­


    A teleportation array of spiral light streaks appeared in the sky above Nazarick.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared. He looked down at the heavily armed figures on the ground, and he already knew what the members of the Ainzi Urgon Guild wanted to do.


    only¡­


    As a qualified NPC, you have to speak standard lines at this time.


    "Player Tachi Mi."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Taki Mi, and said in a cold voice: "You call me with fate, do you need my help?"


    "No¡­"


    Taki Mi slowly took off the Ring of Destiny, and used the system''s destroy function to destroy the Ring of Destiny in his hand. He slowly continued: "We are here to launch the final challenge to Your Excellency!"


    next moment¡­


    Taki Mi suddenly made a strange pose!


    Following Taki Mi''s movements, four big characters with golden special effects suddenly appeared behind him, and justice came!


    It''s just that this is a meaningless krypton gold special effect...


    Generally, no one is willing to spend money on this.


    It is estimated that only Taki Mi, who has the soul of the second class in his heart and a winner in life with considerable financial resources, will spend money to buy golden special effects...


    "..."


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, no matter how many times he had seen Taqi Mi''s golden krypton gold special effects, he still felt ugly when they saw each other again!


    This guy¡­


    Do you really not know what embarrassment is?


    It''s just embarrassing, Uehara Naraku was even more surprised by the gamble of Taki Mi and Anzi Urgon Guild, these players are crazy!


    To be honest¡­


    Originally, Uehara Naraku once thought that if they could still meet in another world after the game world was closed, he also planned to give these players who hold the ring of destiny some special rewards and care, as a way to help them all the time. Thanks to him for collecting world-class props¡­


    result¡­


    All players holding the Ring of Destiny tonight have given up this benefit!


    It''s really confusing...


    Even Taki Mi, the last one holding the Ring of Destiny, chose to give up. These guys really don''t know what this means for them to lose...


    Naraku Uehara watched the Ring of Fate in Taki Mi''s hand turn into ashes and disappeared, his brows slightly frowned: "Player Taki Mi, you have lost the blessing of fate..."


    A golden lightsaber suddenly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and his voice suddenly became louder: "If we can meet again in the future, you will definitely regret everything you did today..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Taki Mi, and his expression gradually became indifferent: "Those who challenge fate... remember the fear of being dominated by fate!"


    "..."


    No one in the Anzi Urgon Guild answered.


    Because they know that these are the lines of Uehara Naraku, and they will not guess the meaning hidden in these lines...


    next moment¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, and his figure rushed to Taki Mi on the ground with a lightsaber in his hand. Obviously, he wanted to kill the player who destroyed the Ring of Fate!


    "Heiluohei Luosang, prepare to attract hatred!"


    Holding the guild''s golden scepter in his hand, Momonga began to set it up loudly: "Everyone, don''t worry, Naraku Uehara doesn''t have a world-class item this time!"


    "OK¡­"


    The ancient dark body slime responded, raised his hand and released his taunting skills towards Uehara Naraku. He is the main tank of this guild event!


    As for the deputy tank...


    It''s the weird-looking slime from Bubble Teapot.


    Just as everyone in the Anzi Wuergong Guild was about to wait until Hei Luo He Luo took over the hatred of the boss, Uehara Naraku, they saw Uehara Naraku''s figure crashing into their formation!


    The entire Anzi Wuergong Guild was thrown into disarray!


    Naraku Uehara waved the golden lightsaber in his hand, galloping like a god of war among the people in the Anzur Gon Guild, each sword he swung took the life of a player, piercing through it in an instant. This guild!


    in a minute.


    All the members of the Anzi Urgon Guild fell to the ground.


    It¡¯s just that they still haven¡¯t given up, they keep using props to revive, but it¡¯s still difficult to change the fate of the fallen. Except for the two main tank professions of Hei Luo He Luo and Bubble Teapot, unless they use invincibility, no one can resist Uehara Naraku One sword!


    "Suzhan Mingzun!"


    The second-style Enlei of the ninja profession quickly changed his appearance, turned into a giant, waved the weapon in his hand and slammed a blow at Uehara Naraku!


    This look...


    Just like Susanoo!


    No, or Susanoo''s original name is Suzhan Mingzun!


    Uehara Naraku''s body also suddenly appeared Susano''s skeleton, and the thousand-meter-high giant Susano directly chopped Suzhan Mingzun of the second-style Yanlei to pieces!


    After all, when making this game, I used to refer to the popular anime two hundred years ago, but Uehara Naraku knows how to use Susano to fight!


    No one knows ninja and Susanoo better than him!


    Uehara Naraku manipulated Susanoo and swung the Susanoo Sword in his hand, a majestic sword energy slashed across, beheading all the members of the Ainz Urgon Guild!


    ten minutes later.


    Uehara Naraku has already started to use the lightsaber in his hand to make up for the knife, because almost all members of the entire Ainzi Urgon guild have lost experience above level 15...


    They are getting weaker and weaker...


    As their levels and equipment drop more and more, this also means that they have less chance of resisting in the hands of Uehara Naraku!


    These players...


    It''s not about fighting anymore...


    Or maybe they just want to squander all the savings they''ve accumulated on this game at the end of the game''s closing time!


    Anyway these...


    It''s almost useless!


    Eleven fifty-nine.


    All the members of the Ainz-Wool-gon guild never got up again. This time, the last guild activity of the Ain-z-Wool-goon guild failed again without accident.


    Even every member has lost all their equipment, and all the krypton gold props have been exhausted, and this tortured catharsis has just come to an end...


    Guild members with an average level of one hundred...


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    At this time their average level is only ten.


    this fucking...


    What a group of players who want to start life in another world from scratch!


    Uehara Naraku took a look and no one was resurrected anymore. It seemed that they had consumed all the krypton gold resurrection props. They should choose to resurrect at the resurrection point of the guild resident.


    After Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, his figure disappeared into the air and appeared in the depths of the Nazarick Tomb, quietly waiting for the result to come.


    Time is passing away little by little...


    The twelve o''clock bell rang throughout the game world.


    This game, which has been in operation for twelve years, is finally coming to an end at this moment!


    However, after the game was completely closed, each player was a little surprised to find that they hadn''t gone offline and were still in the game!


    this is¡­


    Is it a big gift package from a game company? In fact, the game company just made a joke, this game will never end?


    The depths of the Great Tomb of Nazarick.


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyes slightly, and he felt the fluctuation of the power of time and space. As a person who has mastered a black hole universe, he couldn''t be more sensitive to these!


    "Is it finally about to start..."


    A black hole suddenly floated in Uehara Naraku''s palm, and he took the lead in collecting the nine worlds in the World Tree game into his own black hole universe!


    Each world can provide him with two million world powers!


    In his black hole universe, a world tree hanging from nine worlds appeared out of thin air, and this world tree provided him with 18 million world powers!


    To put it bluntly...


    The biggest treasure of this trip has been taken away!


    198 world-class props, the nine worlds of the world tree, plus a real planet, these provide him with 40 million world power, which is more than the sum of Naruto World and Pirate World. More!


    Naraku Uehara


    Power of the world: 60.4 million


    HP: 100000


    Magic value: 100000


    Life regen: 1296/sec


    Mana Recovery: 1024/sec


    Remaining gold coins: 0 pieces


    Uehara Naraku used the power of a million worlds to do it just because he once wiped out a pirate world...


    "Sixty million world power..."


    After Naraku Uehara glanced at his numerical panel, he slowly relaxed his mind and chose to sink into the power of time and space.


    The power of time and space...


    Players are constantly being screened!


    No one knows what the traversal mechanism is, and Uehara Naraku can only quietly hide in the Nazarick Tomb, hoping that this place can be selected.


    tick tock...


    tick tock...


    Three seconds later.


    Uehara Naraku slowly closed his eyes.


    next moment¡­


    There was a change in the entire Nazarick Tomb!


    Others didn''t notice this change, only Uehara Naraku faintly felt a strange force completely relocated the guild resident to another place!


    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.


    The players in the Anzi Oool Gown Guild were still thinking about how to log out but couldn''t find the system panel no matter what, everyone couldn''t help becoming a little irritable.


    What surprised them even more was that...


    All the NPCs they created in the guild resident became like living people, and each NPC even had their original personality!


    The most troublesome thing is...


    The level of these NPCs is higher than them!


    Because of the challenge to Uehara Naraku, their level equipment dropped rapidly, which is more troublesome. If one of the NPCs betrays, it is possible to kill all the players present...


    The only good thing is...


    These NPCs have great respect for them.


    "Master Cuiyulu..."


    Albedo looked at her creator with a smile on her face, the smile on her face was indescribably alluring: "Is there anything unhappy? Shall we do something happy?"


    "No...no..."


    Cui Yulu''s expression was slightly strange.


    Why is Albedo talking so blatantly... Wait... If he remembers correctly, Albedo''s character design seems to be a cute contrast...


    She''s a bitch!


    If so, wouldn''t Albedo do this and that...


    "Go down first!"


    Momonga suddenly clenched the guild scepter in his hand, which was the only weapon they hadn''t dropped, and he ordered loudly: "Albedo, Demiurge, Aura, Mare, Ke Setus, Sebastian, go down first, we have something to discuss!"


    "yes!"


    All NPCs exited the guild hall respectfully.


    "Momoga, what should I do?"


    The voice of Bubble Teapot was a little nervous, and he asked softly: "I can''t find the offline panel, so will we be trapped in the game..."


    "If it was later, my wife would scold me to death..."


    "Let''s find a way to go offline now..."


    "..."


    "Do not worry."


    Momonga reached out to comfort his little friend, and said in a deep voice: "Although there are only ten levels left, the magic power and skills in the body can still be used, and it seems that there is no delay in contact. Let''s discuss with other players first..."


    "Ok."


    Urbert nodded, and said in a low voice: "We must quickly find a way to get off the assembly line. Today, the Jiying team and I have a battle for a bar..."


    "See if I can contact the GM..."


    "I always feel that this game has become more real?"


    "indeed¡­"


    "NPCs seem to be like living people..."


    "Could it be a prank by the game company, they announced that the closure of the game is just to attract many players to go online, to carry out a super large-scale update, let the players find that the game world has a higher degree of freedom, and retain more players to stay? "


    "Hahahahaha... If this is the case, it seems that it is not unacceptable!"


    "It feels like another world here. If the game is really made so realistic, maybe this game will explode again!"


    "It seems that there should be a new announcement in a while..."


    "I just hope that the GM can go online sooner and tell us how to operate the new game..."


    "..."


    While a group of people in the Ainz Urgon Guild were comforting themselves and chatting, Uehara Naraku felt that something was wrong...


    Ok¡­


    More than a little bit!


    Besides Nazarick, there are hundreds of thousands of other players in this time travel, and they have even started to contact the aborigines!


    Some people think they have time-traveled... yet when they see a group of players, it feels like they are still in the game world.


    after all¡­


    Time travel is either the chosen one, or the unlucky...


    It can''t be that everyone is the chosen one and the unlucky one!


    "Something went wrong..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face became a little weird: "I thought the time of time travel would be different. I didn''t expect most players to travel directly?"


    This is not life in another world from scratch...


    It is clearly the invasion of the fourth natural disaster!

 Chapter 601

    After the panic.


    All that''s left is to wait.


    For the players, they only need to wait for the game company''s BUG to be fixed, and they don''t worry about their own safety at all, even life and death don''t matter...


    not to mention...


    There are no dangerous monsters in this world.


    After hundreds of thousands of players spent a few days in the different world, they gradually began to regain their composure, and many players began to form a group to contact the aborigines of this world.


    For players, the aborigines here are all NPCs.


    The level of these civilians is very low, even some warriors are only a dozen levels, and only the top warriors are only more than 30 levels, not as good as some players who have dropped levels before the game is closed.


    Just for survival, there is no pressure for a large number of players.


    Hundreds of thousands of players poured into various countries while cursing the game company, began to understand the background story of this world, and sought opportunities for quests and level-ups.


    after all¡­


    There are still some 30-level players.


    Everyone feels the same, that is, the world updated by the game company this time is very real, as if it is really a living world.


    Every NPC the players encounter is like a real person, but it is too unfriendly for players like them who are used to being guided by the system.


    It takes enough time to get used to it all.


    If it weren''t for the players to clearly feel that a group of attributes and props such as mana and health are still on them, it is estimated that they have already suspected that they have crossed...


    It''s just that there are still many players who are looking forward to going offline...


    They originally only wanted to remember their youth, not to continue the game, but unfortunately the game system cannot be ejected, and there is no way to go offline...


    This group of players is really helpless...


    As a player, when you encounter a new map, you will naturally start to play your own adventure skills passively, and start your old business in this world...


    Raiders, land reclamation.


    According to the current exploration and intelligence feedback among their players, there are currently four main maps and camps that they can develop in the entire world.


    One, the Kingdom of Riestije.


    Second, the Bajas Empire.


    Third, the Slan Theocracy.


    Fourth, the dwarf country.


    Compared with the first three human countries, only the dwarf country has higher restrictions, and only dwarf players can join it.


    It doesn''t matter.


    The hundreds of thousands of players traveling through different worlds covered all races, and naturally there were many dwarves among them, so the players also got information about the dwarves.


    In addition to the camps and maps developed by the current players, there are still some unknowns such as the kingdom of elves and dragons, etc...


    Of course, none of these are troublesome for players.


    Looking at it so far, the maps they have come into contact with are still relatively low-level.


    It is said that the most powerful magic professional NPC in the Bajas Empire is the chief of the Empire''s Ministry of Magic, but he can only use fifth-level magic, and his strength is extremely low...


    According to players'' guesses...


    Maybe the game company has just started designing, so the low-level map will be opened. Maybe the game company is letting Uehara Naraku''s world boss secretly find a way to eliminate their levels and equipment again and again, so that they can re-explore the new version of the map. ¡­


    But this map is fine...


    Instead, the game company''s system is full of bugs.


    After the game company fixes the bug in the offline system, they must demand compensation from the game company, at least one Ring of Fate!


    some corner of the world.


    Uehara Naraku has been secretly monitoring everything here, and he has frozen the time of another real earth world in his black hole universe.


    These players think this is the game world...


    Then we can only find a way to turn this different world into a real game world first.


    As long as this different world can be included in the black hole universe, Naraku Uehara can try to connect the different world-the game world-the real earth world.


    only¡­


    With Uehara Naraku crossing over to a different world...


    Now a series of missions on him have finally been refreshed!


    Strictly speaking, this different world is the real main world, after all it is the main body of the second dimension!


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    everything that happened before...


    It''s all just for profit!


    However, every time Uehara Naraku saw the main mission, some strange expressions inevitably appeared on his face, and he was slightly embarrassed...


    Main task: Spread your fear in this world, the progress of the current task is 3%.


    If I remember correctly, this number was less than 1% when I traveled to another world on the first day, and it rose to 1% two days ago, why did it suddenly jump to 3% today?


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but gritted his teeth. If he remembered correctly, the only people in this world who knew his name were those players who were still pioneering wasteland, right?


    Although this group of players seems to be helping him complete the task...


    But these guys must have nothing good to say!


    this kind of thing...


    It must be a matter of course!


    No matter what troubles these players have encountered in this world, the first person who will definitely talk about it... must be Naraku Uehara!


    If it wasn''t for the crusade against Uehara Naraku...


    The equipment and levels on them will not drop so much...


    If it wasn''t for the bug in the updated game of Uehara Naraku''s company, they wouldn''t be able to go offline with so many players, and could only continue to open up wasteland...


    If a player is dissatisfied with a game...


    The first person to be scolded must be the president of the game company!


    Because these adventurers who appeared suddenly cursed a guy named Uehara Naraku, the indigenous civilians in the different world gradually got used to hearing this name...


    the name...


    It seems very unusual!


    Those powerful adventurers, once encountering something unhappy, have been repeatedly cursing a person named Uehara Naraku in their mouths...


    This name seems to be a very evil person.


    One of the most pervasive¡­


    After a group of people who just entered the Adventurer''s Guild were promoted to become adamantine-level adventurers at an extremely fast speed, the first thing this group of people said was to scold Uehara Naraku...


    "Uehara Naraku, this bastard is too dark, isn''t he?"


    "That''s why our reward was hacked by him?"


    "At least give some experience for leveling up, right? What about occupations? At least the occupation level should be given out, right? Is this the end?"


    "Isn''t this group of NPCs really teasing us? We have worked so hard to get steel-level adventurers. Even if there is no artifact, according to this stage, at least one piece of purple equipment or blue equipment should be given! "


    "Your span is a bit big..."


    "Yeah... there''s a lot of level difference between the artifact and the blue equipment..."


    "nonsense¡­"


    The player who scolded very happily had a displeasure on his face: "If it weren''t for the crusade against that bastard Uehara Naraku, who lost so many artifacts and levels, hum...do you think I would care about what equipment?"


    in the past...


    All were very well off.


    According to their small team with strong strength, almost everyone has all kinds of messy krypton gold props and artifact equipment, but they dropped a lot of equipment when they attacked Uehara Naraku before closing the server. Fortunately, the level did not drop too much...


    Now this small team still has an average strength of more than 30 levels. In addition to the racial level, there are also some professional levels. They can also use many skills...


    That''s why...


    This small team became the first adventure group like a player to be promoted to a steel-level adventurer, but they didn''t expect that they didn''t even have a reward...


    Not even a prestige boost can be seen!


    These players worked so hard, but they didn''t even see the rewards. Naturally, they wanted to scold Naraku Uehara a few words!


    This group of players scolded Uehara Naraku for being very active, which aroused the response of other players staying in the Adventurer''s Guild, which naturally surprised the natives...


    This group of adventurers seems to be dissatisfied with them...


    The problem is, this group of adventurers are not satisfied with them, why do they still scold the person named Uehara Naraku?


    It''s so strange...


    Why do these adventurers and adults scold Uehara Naraku for everything they encounter?

 Chapter 602

    While the players were cursing Naraku Uehara...


    This name has also gradually flowed into the entire different world, more and more NPCs are beginning to be full of awe and fear for it, they don''t know Uehara Naraku...


    but¡­


    From the mouths of these adventurers, I know...


    This Uehara Naraku must be very scary!


    So just when Uehara Naraku was about to start his first step plan, he encountered a very big trouble, that is, his reputation has been completely ruined by these players...


    Empire of Bajas.


    Royal capital, Ministry of Magic.


    This is the highest magic department in the entire Bajas Empire. The chief executive, the great magister Fluttershy, is the veteran of the three dynasties and the teacher of the current emperor of the Bajas Empire. He is good at most of the magic of the fifth level and below, which is already the strongest in the empire the magician.


    Originally, this Ministry of Magic should be respected...


    However, since the players flooded into the Bajas Empire and learned of the strength of the Ministry of Magic, they simply sneered at Flutter''s power.


    Because many players have mastered super-level magic, a mere low-level magician is nothing to them...


    Among the players alone, there are many magicians who can be compared with Fluder, and these players are actually all dropped...


    This also caused Fluder''s reputation to drop a lot.


    The emperor of the Bajas Empire, who had always respected Fluttershy, was also privately recruiting magicians and strong players among the players to maintain and strengthen the military power of the Bajas Empire, which made Fluida dissatisfied.


    If it weren''t for their numbers and strength...


    Flutter really wanted to drive all these guys out!


    Now Flutter''s status is particularly embarrassing. He still holds the title of emperor teacher, but he no longer has the same transcendent status as before... Moreover, these players seem younger than him, and they respect the emperor more.


    Many players actually like role-playing games.


    Some people even accepted the official position of the Bajas Empire, which is equivalent to gaining the status of the faction. Players can''t wait for this kind of thing.


    The only trouble...


    Perhaps the players are too greedy.


    In order to maintain the enthusiasm of these players, Emperor Gil of the Bajas Empire could only double the rewards for the players he recruited.


    Fortunately, the requirements of these players are not too strange. They only need to be given enough gold coins and equipment to satisfy these players... This has led to more and more players turning to the Bajas Empire.


    Although the strength of the Bajas Empire has been continuously strengthened, the emperor Jill has seen through the temperament of this group of players. These players are simply mothers...


    Even though these players have always maintained respect for him as the emperor, as a talented and wise emperor, Jill still sensed their rebelliousness from the superficial respect these players had for him.


    fortunately¡­


    He originally just wanted to take advantage of this group of players.


    What I have to say is that although the emperor of the Bajas Empire is young and not very strong, he has a rather eye-catching personal charm.


    It was even rated as the most popular NPC by the players at one time.


    Coupled with the emperor''s iron-blooded wrists when he eliminated the nobles in the country, and the careless treatment of civilians and adventurers, it really attracted many players to become his fans...


    "Don''t say anything else!"


    A player sat in the tavern of the Bajas Empire Adventurer''s Guild, and proudly raised the wine bowl in his hand: "The emperor is much more generous than that inhuman guy Uehara Naraku!"


    "That''s true..."


    Another player slowly nodded in agreement: "Uehara Naraku only pays for equipment from us people, the emperor is a serious NPC..."


    "Hehe, maybe the employees of the game company are also secretly rejecting him. The NPC made by the president of the game company is actually a blood-sucking guy..."


    "I just want to know when I can go offline..."


    "I''m not sure. The game time in this world should be different from our real time. Otherwise, the game company must have solved it after such a long time!"


    "I hope the compensation can be more generous..."


    "This game is too real, it really makes people reluctant to quit..."


    "Forget it, continue to wait for compensation..."


    While a group of players were chattering about something, a figure in a robe slowly raised his head in the tavern, his face was so cold that one could shudder!


    It was Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku''s mood couldn''t be worse now, he just wanted to come here to inquire about the news, but he heard endless slander...


    This group of players...


    He really spared no effort to ruin his reputation!


    Naraku Uehara picked up the juice on the table and drank it all. Thinking of this chaotic world, he just felt that the world was a mess, and he really felt a little helpless...


    "Forget it, let''s try the old method!"


    Uehara Naraku put down the cup in his hand, and a ball of lightning flashed on his fingertips, and the lightning suddenly pierced through the most arrogant player in the tavern!


    That is also the strongest player in this tavern!


    There is no way to upgrade in this world, the only way is to practice constantly, the strongest player now is the player who lost the least level at the beginning...


    In other words, when the server was shut down, he died the least number of times...


    The most arrogant player, on the contrary, was the one who had been lying dead before the game shut down and suppressed Uehara Naraku...


    Players who know a little bit now...


    They have already begun to quickly search for ways to re-upgrade and become stronger.


    There is no doubt that cultivation is the easiest way, which is also very consistent with the setting of this new game, which makes people feel like a second world.


    Because some players have already discovered one thing, that is, there are no prohibitions in this world, they can do anything to NPCs!


    This degree of freedom...


    It''s really too wide!


    However, it is precisely because of this that many long-term players have noticed this situation, and they know that this game will definitely become popular again.


    In this case, becoming stronger as soon as possible will be one step ahead of others!


    Still in the tavern...


    Either they came out to enjoy themselves, or they were short-sighted, or they were sent by some big guilds to inquire about the news...


    Just as everyone in the tavern couldn''t help but watch in amazement as the strongest player in the tavern was killed by someone, they slowly turned their heads in the direction of the lightning...


    Uehara Naraku met their eyes, frowned slightly, and his cold voice slowly fell into their ears: "It''s unexpected, you who have never been favored by fate...do you still want to talk nonsense here?"


    "Uehara... Naraku!"


    At this moment, they saw their own nightmare.


    In this more real world, everyone can clearly feel the pressure on Uehara Naraku, it is a force of despair!


    Naraku Uehara is still Naraku Uehara!


    They are no longer what they used to be!


    Of course, this does not mean that they have become stronger, but that they have become weaker... In the past, they dared to challenge, but now they only feel the involuntary fear of their bodies!


    No one thought of...


    To meet Uehara Naraku here!


    The original game boss in the world tree, the demon king who launched three cataclysms to destroy the world, was actually updated to this version by the game company!


    No¡­


    It''s not surprising either...


    After all, Naraku Uehara was made by the game company based on the president, so he definitely wouldn''t dare to delete this NPC in private...


    etc¡­


    The current version of the game is different.


    What kind of personality will this living Naraku Uehara have? Based on what he did in the game, it is clear that he should be a world-destroying demon king...


    "Don''t look at me like that..."


    Uehara Naraku stared at them, slowly spread his palms, and slowly showed a smile on the corner of his mouth: "Anyway, you are also loyal users of our company! Let me introduce myself, maybe it shouldn''t be this time, maybe it''s It should be in the more distant future..."


    When talking about this, Naraku Uehara''s smile gradually became weird: "But I''m getting impatient... Then let me tell you who you are here... My name is Naraku Uehara, and I''m the president of the game company .¡±


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!

 Chapter 603

    A group of players looked at each other.


    One of the players reacted first.


    The player stared at Uehara Naraku with dumbfounded eyes, and couldn''t believe his words for a while: "Wait, you mean...you are the president of the game company himself...not the world boss made by game programmers?"


    This joke is a bit too big...


    The president of a game company actually appeared as the world boss...


    Just when Uehara Naraku thought that this group of players was finally sensible, the tavern suddenly became lively again, and the continuous discussions of the players fell into his ears.


    "Hey, hurry up and get your money back!"


    "Restore the offline system first!"


    "Yes, at least take the system offline and restore it first!"


    "It''s just that the new version of the game is really well done. Compared with the previous words, it seems to be more real, but it is not very friendly to novices..."


    "Hey, hey, it''s a bit biased to describe it as a good job. It''s obviously done amazingly. The Oppa here is a real touch. It''s amazing. I''ve never played it before. Such a great game!"


    "Yeah, as expected of the game company that developed YGGDRASIL, it''s really amazing that it can develop a game with a higher degree of freedom!"


    "Speaking of which, I can''t even find a recharge point now. In fact, this game has just started internal testing, right?"


    "That''s for sure..."


    A player turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku while discussing, and asked loudly: "Hey, President Uehara, when will the official release begin!"


    "I''m ready to quit my job and keep playing this game!"


    "I feel like I don''t need to get married in real life anymore! The lady boss Marian has a great figure, I want to give her everything I own!"


    "Hey, hey, your brain is a little more normal!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually stiffened.


    A group of players around him didn''t show any particular panic. They were just surprised for a while, and then immediately put the topic of discussion back into this novel and interesting world...


    These guys...


    Seems to be doing pretty well here!


    And they haven''t discovered the truth until now, but they seem to feel more at ease after seeing Naraku Uehara. After all, the boss of the game company can''t take the risk of being locked in the game world like them all the time!


    Just when Naraku Uehara was about to continue talking, a player suddenly made a suggestion: "Hey, President Uehara, if this game inherits all the attributes of YGGDRASIL, do you still have the power to destroy the world!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded silently.


    Finally some players have found the right direction...


    The next moment, the player suddenly said loudly: "The president is the only GM of the system... Can we share our opinions! Now we are playing too chaotically, there is no penalty for PK or anything, and Resurrection point..."


    "Yes, yes, the resurrection punishment is too severe now!"


    "You can only consume your own level and experience to revive..."


    "For leveling, it seems that you can only practice hard at present, and there is no experience or equipment drop for killing monsters. This also needs to be changed!"


    "Actually, this is in line with reality! After all, killing monsters will drop equipment gold coins or something, it doesn''t seem to be true at all!"


    "Be reasonable, we are playing a game..."


    "But I think it''s more realistic to play like this!"


    "Then why don''t you go to practice, and spend every day in the tavern..."


    "Isn''t this to take care of the business of Madam Marianne!"


    "..."


    This group of players went off the rails while chatting. A group of players didn''t care about Naraku Uehara''s ability to destroy the world.


    They went off the rails again.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression froze slightly.


    If it goes on like this, it feels like he will be led astray...


    This group of players can no longer stay, and must find a way to gather them all together and expel them all. The brain circuit of the fourth natural disaster is beyond his imagination...


    "Hey, stop!"


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm to stop their dispute, took a deep breath, and said in a deep voice: "A month later, I will announce this game in the imperial capital of the Bajas Empire... No, it''s this world... Forget it doesn''t matter Already... I will announce important matters about this game in the Imperial Capital, you go and help me inform everyone who comes to the Imperial Capital..."


    Waves of teleportation slowly appeared under Uehara Naraku''s feet, and he slowly waved his palm: "If you want to know all this, or have any opinions on this game... then you will be in Bajas a month later. Assemble the imperial capital!"


    When it came to the end, Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared completely, leaving only the last sentence: "And only I can help you log out and leave this game... If anyone has not come to the imperial capital, they can only wait for the company to fix the BUG ..."


    "Hey, wait..."


    "Don''t be in a hurry to go!"


    "We still have a lot to talk about!"


    "If you can go offline, send me away first!"


    A group of players hurriedly wanted to stop Naraku Uehara, but they couldn''t stop the teleportation from starting at all, and could only watch Naraku Uehara leave the tavern.


    After Uehara Naraku left, one player after another immediately began to contact their friends or guildmates, and told everyone the news of Uehara Naraku''s appearance.


    The capital of the Bajas Empire was bustling like never before.


    In addition to the local players of the Bajas Empire, players from the Slen Theocracy and the Riestij Kingdom also swarmed towards the Bajas Empire.


    Just as the players flocked to gather...


    Naraku Uehara appeared at the highest point of the Bajas Empire''s imperial capital, watching a group of smiling players entering the city one after another, feeling a little complicated.


    Even the members of the Anziwuergong Guild secretly sneaked into the imperial capital.


    Knowing that the power of other players has been greatly weakened, the Ainz Oool Gown guild still wants to rely on their several full-level NPCs to try to defeat other guilds and seize all the resources of this game first.


    Momonga, who has always been cautious, worried that other guilds might have similar NPCs, so they temporarily suspended the plan.


    Now the news about Uehara Naraku made them a little bit impatient...


    Except for Momonga who continued to stick to the Great Tomb of Nazarick, all the other members of the Anzi Urgon Guild rushed to the imperial capital. They were the ones who really wanted to go home.


    Only Momonga isn''t too interested in this...


    If it wasn''t for his gentle personality, in fact, he really wanted to tell his companions that the days when they couldn''t log off and leave the game during this period were the happiest for him all these years.


    The real world is so lonely...


    Only in Nazarick, Momonga can feel the warmth of friendship.


    Momonga''s skeleton body sat in the throne hall, slowly stroking the guild''s scepter with his hand bones: "If Naraku Uehara didn''t show up, it would be great if he could stay offline forever... But everyone else has families and lives..."


    Especially in Nazarick now...


    Apart from their former guildmates, the NPCs also seemed to be real people, and Momonga really felt like his home here.


    Just as Momonga was knocking on the guild scepter alone, Takimi''s contact suddenly fell into his ears: "Fong Shu, this is a real world, don''t touch Uehara Naraku, it''s all his conspiracy!"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!

 Chapter 604

    When Momonga received the news, he was still a little confused.


    Why do you say that this is a conspiracy by Naraku Uehara? What happened? No, Taki Mi and the others seem to have gone to the capital of the Bajas Empire!


    Because they want to go offline and leave the game!


    The next moment, Momonga regained consciousness immediately, and hurriedly contacted Taki Mi, wanting to ask the truth from Taki Mi, at least he also wanted to know what happened from his friend!


    The Imperial Square of the Bajas Empire.


    Hundreds of thousands of players were lying on the ground unsteadily.


    Originally, when they gathered here, they thought they would get a big gift package from the game company, but they didn''t expect that what greeted them was not a compensation reward... but an attack by Uehara Naraku with his overwhelming strength!


    Uehara Naraku stood at the highest point of the square, looked down at the players on the ground, and calmly said what the players thought was the truth: "You don''t really think this is a game world, do you? This has always been a real world. An NPC you think is actually a living human being!"


    "..."


    A group of players lay powerlessly on the ground.


    It''s just that every player''s eyes can''t hide the surprise.


    Obviously, there are too many people traveling through them, and they still retain the ability to play games, even if they have occasional doubts, they quickly dispel this idea...


    Because they can be resurrected in this world!


    And they have also seen that NPC humans here can use resurrection skills at a huge cost. If it is the real world, how can there be resurrection?


    Can life and death be reversed?


    the most important is¡­


    Traveling from a game world to another world sounds incredible, especially when hundreds of thousands of people have traveled here at the same time.


    The issue is¡­


    These things are known from Naraku Uehara, and it seems that he has no need to deceive them now, because hundreds of thousands of players have been directly crushed to the ground by his momentum.


    If this is a real world...then can these players who have traveled to another world go back?


    "I have known the existence of this world since twelve years ago."


    Uehara Naraku looked down at all the players on the ground, and continued calmly: "At that time, I knew that the YGGDRASIL game world was actually connected to another world of another dimension, and could even bring all the props and abilities of the game world here..."


    "So starting twelve years ago, I created a world-class NPC named after myself, and raised my game stats to a level that no one can beat, so that I can maintain absolute power in this world. The pressure of..."


    "..."


    The expressions of each player changed.


    Twelve years ago, not long after the YGGDRASIL game server was launched, the game company suddenly carried out a large-scale update. After that update, the game world began to have a world-class boss of Uehara Naraku.


    Even before the game was shut down, this world-class boss had never been defeated by any player, and there was no existence in the game that Naraku Uehara could not defeat...


    Later I learned that Uehara is the president of the game company...


    Players also jokingly called the BOSS created by the game company''s programmers to please the president. They never thought that the tyrannical world BOSS was actually the body prepared by Naraku Uehara for himself!


    To conquer the world...


    He has already prepared a tough role for himself!


    "I remembered..."


    Bubble Teapot was covered with cold sweat, and there was a hint of fear in her delicate voice: "When I went to the game company...someone seemed to have mentioned...the world-class boss Naraku Uehara was almost completely made after the president of the game company..."


    "Do not be afraid¡­"


    Peroroncino comforted his sister.


    Ulbert raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara floating on the highest point of the Imperial Plaza: "So at that time, what he asked the game company to update was not a world-class BOSS at all, but a body that was used by the president of the game company to conquer ..."


    "Have you been preparing since then?"


    Cui Yulu''s expression gradually revealed a little confusion, and he couldn''t help asking curiously: "But what''s the point of saying that? Why would he want to live in another world?"


    "Strength, life, power, status."


    Taki Mi responded calmly, and said in a low voice: "Because in the real world, no matter how noble his status is, he can''t stand at the apex of that world...Only in this lawless zone, he can rely on his own strength to get everything. "


    Taki Mi''s thinking is very sharp, and he continued to search for reasons for Naraku Uehara in a soft voice: "If our race and occupation can be brought into this world together, it means that the life span will be greatly extended, and he can live in this world." The world never dies..."


    If anyone gives him a chance...


    A chance to conquer a world and gain eternal life!


    Taki Mi didn''t know if he would withstand such a temptation himself!


    A winner in life like him will involuntarily doubt his heart, let alone other people. Many people who live in hardship in the real world are full of regrets at this moment...


    If you know the truth in advance...


    Those players will definitely keep their level equipment, and start a new life in this different world, a successful life!


    "Unfortunately."


    Naraku Uehara stared at the players on the ground, and continued calmly: "There are things in the YGGDRASIL game world that can threaten me, and that is the world-class props that a group of people put out to increase the fun..."


    "Therefore, I have been secretly planning to take back any world-class props in the YGGDRASIL game world that could threaten me to conquer this world. I didn''t get along with them until I got the two strongest world-class props, the Eternal Snake Ring and the Will of the World. You guys meet publicly in the game..."


    "And after I got these two items, I started to use you to take back other world-class items until I got all the world-class items in my pocket to ensure that this world will not pose any threat to me..."


    "..."


    The players looked a little regretful.


    These people seem to have the ability to stop Uehara Naraku, but gradually because Uehara Naraku''s ability is easier to use, they want to use world-class props to ask Uehara Naraku to help them work, but they did not expect to become Uehara Naraku''s accomplices...


    Among them, when the guild battle was the most brutal, Naraku Uehara received eleven world-class items in one day, and there were only two hundred world-class items in the entire YGGDRASIL, and Naraku Uehara collected at least 99% of them.


    Even with one or two more¡­


    It is also impossible to do any harm to Naraku Uehara.


    Among them, the ones who regret the most are without a doubt the members of the Anzi Urgon guild. They are the guild that contributed the most world-class props to Uehara Naraku... Except for those that were dropped and recovered during the catastrophe, those who just sent them out on their own initiative As many as five or six pieces!


    "Don''t regret it."


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "Because all the activities produced by the game company are all prepared to instruct you to provide me with world-class props as much as possible..."


    "In order to get more world-class props, I have been promoting the battles of various guilds, and even every battle will let you learn how to use me..."


    "At that time, you must have thought that you could use a world-class boss to be complacent, right? In fact, it was just to wipe out the last threat..."


    "hehe¡­"


    One of the players suddenly raised his head, couldn''t help laughing at Uehara Naraku, and mocked loudly: "I said so much, but it''s just for a few props, it sounds really petty, President Uehara !"


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    "Yes, this is too stingy!"


    "If you had begged us with your status as president, maybe we would have given it to you!"


    "It''s really disappointing..."


    "In vain. We thought that your game company was trying to recover world-class items for the sake of game balance. I didn''t expect it to be just because of your own selfish desires..."


    "Too stingy!"


    A group of players suddenly became noisy.


    It seems that Taki Mi stared at Uehara Naraku in the air and slowly fell into deep thought. After thinking for a long time, he finally chose to contact Momonga again.


    "The crisis is over."


    "Although Naraku Uehara''s conspiracy is a bit scary, I thought he was a scary guy at first, but now it seems..."


    "Uehara Naraku seems to be a good person."

 Chapter 605

    Naraku Uehara seems like a nice guy.


    After Momonga received this news, he fell into ignorance again. What does Taki Mi mean by this, and what happened over there?


    However, Taki Mi didn''t continue to answer after delivering this news to Momonga, because the Imperial Capital Square of the Bajas Empire where they were located became lively again.


    All the players are lively discussing the troubles they encountered in real life, could these troubles be caused by Naraku Uehara...


    A player touched his chin, turned his head and tapped his friend''s shoulder: "My wife is going to divorce me, could it be Naraku Uehara who did it?"


    "what?"


    When his friend heard this, he couldn''t help but smiled awkwardly: "It should...it should be...you don''t go home very often lately..."


    "Because I''m too busy with work..."


    The player rubbed his brows, and said with a displeased face, "I''ve been having a lot of entertainment lately, maybe that guy Uehara Naraku did it..."


    "Hey!"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression froze, a strange flash flashed across his expression, he raised his hand and burned one of the players to ashes with a flame: "This guy, it''s obviously your fault, don''t let me take the blame..."


    However¡­


    Naraku Uehara solved it here, but he couldn''t solve everyone.


    Uehara Naraku''s forehead kept jumping wildly.


    These players obviously made him feel more and more headache...


    What is going on with these people? Shouldn''t the discussion at this time be that he, the black hand behind the scenes, manipulates their real life...


    Why are they now...


    He even blamed all the mistakes on him.


    How does this group of guys feel that if they are out of his control, life can become positive again...


    All the players in the Imperial Capital Square seem to have found the meaning of life again, and they blame Uehara Naraku for the difficulties they have been suffering...


    Naraku Uehara''s words did indeed bring them the confidence to face life again. If Naraku Uehara hadn''t played tricks... their lives would definitely be as happy as before!


    I really don''t know where their confidence comes from...


    "Hey, Naraku Uehara, hurry up and get us offline!"


    "Since you know this world, you must also know how to leave this world!"


    "Yeah, let''s get out of here!"


    "Hey, hey, but if we leave, who will stop Uehara Naraku, the lady boss Marianne is still waiting for me!"


    "Bastard... don''t you want to go home?"


    "Of course I want to go back, but Madam Marianne is still waiting for me..."


    "She''s waiting for a lot of people!"


    "I live very lonely, and only the broad mind of Madam Marianne can bring me warmth..."


    "Your loneliness is caused by Naraku Uehara!"


    "If it wasn''t for Uehara Naraku, you would have many good friends!"


    "Well, what you said makes sense..."


    The whole square became noisy again. A group of players wanted to argue with Uehara Naraku, but they started arguing with the people around them...


    Hundreds of thousands of players quarreled together.


    Some players hope that they can stay in this world because they are lonely and unsatisfactory in real life; some players want to go back to the past because they want the warmth of home more.


    There were also some disputes in the Ainz Oool Gown Guild.


    It''s just that Taqimi has almost figured out everything, and his voice gradually became dark: "Speaking of it, it seems that everything about us is in the hands of the president of the game company. If we want to go back, we can We can only see what he can do..."


    As a mature adult¡­


    Tachi Mi is often reliable in critical moments.


    For example, at this time, he was the first to recognize the situation.


    Ulbert was a little upset. He glanced at Taki Mi, the winner of his life who he didn''t like all the time, and said with a cold snort: "But what about this world? Who knows if he will really send us back ?


    In this case, why don''t we defeat Uehara Naraku first, didn''t this guy say that world-class props can threaten his existence..."


    There was some uneasiness in Bubble Teapot''s voice: "But... he has taken away all the world-class props in this world, right?"


    "No... there are two more."


    Ulbert slowly raised his head, said with a chuckle, "Those two world-class items are actually in the hands of one person, because one of them is a world-class item that can hide all player information, so Naraku Uehara never I haven''t found any..."


    "Ulbert?"


    Everyone''s eyes couldn''t help being a little surprised.


    From what it sounds like, Ulbert seems to know the truth!


    Because Ulbert is quite popular in the Anzi Urgon Guild, and in a certain sense, he can stand up to Takimi, and his personality is also good...


    "Don''t look at me, it''s not in my hands."


    Ulbert glanced at Taki Mi, and said slowly: "Something happened to our guild, so after the last cataclysm, I found the last two world-class props and handed them over to a proper people keep..."


    "..."


    Taki Mi fell silent.


    Because Taki Mi trusted a player too much and pulled him into their guild, but that player stole a world-class item from the Anzi Urgon guild and defected, which caused Taki Mi''s prestige to increase. drop.


    It was from that time...


    Because of Taki Mi''s silence, Momonga, a good old man in the guild, gradually became the most convinced person in the Anzi Urgon guild...


    Of course this is no conspiracy theory.


    Taki Mi has a very good relationship with Momonga himself.


    In other words, all the members of the entire Ainz Oool Gown guild have a good relationship with their guild leader, Momonga, because that guy has a really bad character...


    but¡­


    But he is also unusually persistent in protecting his companions.


    Tachi Mi looked at Ulbert, slowly nodded and said: "It seems that you gave those two items to Momonga, indeed... there is no one among us who is more suitable for keeping world-class items than Momonga." It''s..."


    "Ok."


    Urbert nodded and said: "It''s just that Cuiyulu''s collection addiction is just a crime. At that time, the game was getting more and more desolate, and not many people valued world-class items, so I took the opportunity to get it..."


    Ulbert saw that Taki Mi remained calm, and then continued loudly: "I gave the two items to Momonga, and one of them can hide any information, even the information of world-class items, so there has been no information about it." One can perceive..."


    Taki Mi questioned subconsciously: "So you want to defeat Uehara Naraku with world-class props and force this guy to take us home?"


    "Do you still want to beg him?"


    Ulbert snorted coldly, and said in a urn: "Think about it, Taki Mi, this guy has gained unrivaled power here, do you think he would care about the attitude of ordinary players like us who travel through time?" ?"


    In comparison...


    Ulbert believes in power even more!


    "Although I don''t want to say that..."


    Tachi Mi shook his head, and continued in a deep voice: "But Uehara Naraku''s personality is not particularly bad, he is not as bad as we imagined... No, or he is just a guy with a bad taste..."


    Tachi Mi looked at Ulbert, and continued: "It''s not like no one has world-class props to attack Uehara Naraku in the past. It''s not like you haven''t seen it before, not to mention our current level and equipment..."


    indeed.


    In the game world, there has never been a shortage of people who crusade Uehara Naraku.


    However, even with world-class props, it is impossible to defeat Uehara Naraku who possesses the [Twenty] series of World Will and the Snake Ring of Eternal Tribulation!


    "That''s the game world!"


    Ulbert hugged his arm and said coldly: "This is the real world, and no one knows what power world-class props can exert in the real world..."


    "But it might irritate him..."


    "Then shall we go and beg him?"


    Ulbert smiled and said, "Maybe if we go to beg him, he might really let us go!"


    He is a very good person!


    How could you be willing to bow your head!


    "Maybe..."


    A voice fell in their ears.


    "Ok?"


    When the people in the entire Anzi Wuergong Guild heard this voice, they couldn''t help but change their expressions!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure slowly drifted down beside the members of the Anzi Wuergong Guild, with a warm smile on his face: "Interesting, I can hear all the sounds in this square, the whereabouts of the two world-class props..."


    An ordinary stick slowly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hand, and his smile gradually became thicker: "No wonder I couldn''t find those two world-class props no matter what, I didn''t expect one of them to be a prop with a hidden function... "


    "..."


    Ulbert''s face was a little darker.


    "As expected of an advanced krypton gold player!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Ulbert, and his aura gradually erupted, suppressing Ulbert from moving. He continued slowly: "I actually said a lot just now...but the most important thing is actually only one...then Only world-class props can pose a threat to me, it seems that you have taken this matter into your heart..."


    "What''s the meaning¡­"


    "his meaning¡­"


    Taki Mi looked at Ulbert who was trembling all over, and stood up in front of him: "I just want to take advantage of this opportunity to see if I can take back the last two world-class props. Those words are a trap in the first place." !"


    When talking about this, Tachi Mi stared at Naraku Uehara, and asked in a deep voice: "The world-class props are actually just a matter of convenience! Besides taking back the world-class props, what else does President Uehara want to do?" ?¡±


    "As expected of the person I bestowed the first Ring of Destiny on!"


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "Yes, I need to create a big event so that my name can spread to any corner of the world, so that everyone can''t help but tremble when they hear my name..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Takimi who was in a defensive posture, and also saw the special effect of justice behind Takimi. The corner of his mouth couldn''t help but twitched, and then he continued: "Probably nothing compares to killing several people in one go in the capital of an empire." One hundred thousand adventurers are even more frightening..."


    "..."


    Everyone couldn''t help but shudder in their hearts!


    The purpose of this guy calling all the players was to kill these hundreds of thousands of players and create a big event of a horrific massacre!


    However, Taki Mi suddenly let out a low laugh. He seemed to try his best to suppress his laughter, but he couldn''t suppress it after all: "Hahahahahahaha...hahahahahaha...it''s so interesting!"


    "Taki Mi..."


    Bubble Teapot looked at his partner worriedly.


    A group of people couldn''t help but looked at Taki Mi worriedly.


    The next moment, Tachi Mi''s expression suddenly became serious, and he said seriously: "It''s really kind...Compared with killing hundreds of thousands of civilians in this world in one go...killing us players who can be resurrected, It''s really kind enough!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku had a strange expression, and he couldn''t help asking: "You guy...don''t you worry that you won''t be able to resurrect after you die?"


    "Of course I''m worried."


    Taki Mi smiled, and continued calmly: "But just now I heard the story of President Uehara manipulating other people''s lives. It seems that no matter how I think about it, it makes me feel like punishing evil and promoting good!"


    Taki Mi chuckled and continued: "Such a president doesn''t seem to be called a villain! Maybe your bad taste is really unacceptable, but I believe you are not that kind of pure villain..."


    "How courageous..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but sighed faintly.


    Tachi Miping spread out his palm, and continued softly: "If possible, before President Uehara wants to create this big incident, I would like to leave a message to my friend, hoping that he can return safely , or he prefers to stay in this world, it may not be..."


    "...you talk about it first."


    Naraku Uehara held his arm curiously.


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.


    Momonga finally couldn''t sit still completely, his figure disappeared in the throne hall, and appeared in the deepest part of the treasury of the Ainz-Wur-Gon guild, slowly chanting a spell of the evil god.


    An empty cell appeared in the vault.


    This cell is one of the world-class props, called the world gap, where any player and any prop can be placed.


    And no one will find the existence of the gap in the world.


    This prop can avoid anyone''s prying and attack, and can protect any prop from being discovered, but it can only be used as a purely hidden prop and cannot be used to launch an attack.


    therefore¡­


    This powerful item is not included in ¡¾Twenty¡¿.


    Another world-class prop that can really be used to attack is hidden in the prop of the world gap. Ulbert found these two props after the last cataclysm... This is also the reason why all members of the Ainz Urgon Guild can Safe cards.


    Just as Momonga was about to put away two world-class props and rush to the capital of the Bajas Empire, Taki Mi sent him another message.


    "I really miss when we first met..."

 Chapter 606

    Bajas Empire, Empire Plaza.


    Uehara Naraku floated in the sky again, his palms slowly pressed against the ground, a huge pressure began to squeeze the air little by little!


    At this moment, all players saw with their own eyes Uehara Naraku''s true strength, or in their opinion, how the game company created this powerful BOSS!


    Under Uehara Naraku''s control...


    This huge pressure sank little by little, slowly killing players who couldn''t support it on the spot, but it wouldn''t affect the entire imperial capital too much.


    Two minutes later.


    More than 100,000 player corpses lie here.


    After Uehara Naraku killed hundreds of thousands of players, he sent their consciousness back to the original game world, allowing them to go offline after being revived there.


    This life and death thing...


    Players have long been bearish.


    Remember when they were killed by Uehara Naraku in the game world, the corpses were strewn all over the place? Now, it''s just going through the process of going home again.


    next moment¡­


    A black hole appeared in the sky...


    This black hole is constantly sucking the souls of players from their corpses!


    As long as they pass through the black hole, they can return to the game world, and then go offline to face real life...


    but¡­


    This scene fell in the eyes of the people of the Bajas Empire...


    That is, a nightmare-like demon king appeared in this world!


    Among the hundreds of thousands of adventurers, there are not only human players, but also many elves, angels, dwarves, etc., but none of them have any intention of resisting...


    As witnesses of this massacre, many civilians in the imperial capital were terrified. Many people hurriedly left the vicinity, went home to pack their belongings, and tried their best to escape from this prosperous imperial capital.


    These civilians are afraid that the nightmare will spread to them...


    In comparison, the emperor of the Bajas Empire, Jilknif, gradually calmed down after being shocked, and he quickly came up with a series of countermeasures.


    first¡­


    Such a demon king who set off a massacre will definitely not be accepted by the entire continent. In the future, there will definitely be a counterattack against Naraku Uehara in various countries on the entire continent.


    After all, hundreds of thousands of powerful adventurers can be slaughtered overnight...


    Then it definitely has the strength to slaughter hundreds of thousands of troops overnight!


    Especially this guy...


    Right here in their capital of Bajas!


    "Let''s go and have a look first..."


    Emperor Jilknever looked at the figure floating in the Imperial Square with a heavy expression, manipulating the black hole to restrain the souls of adventurers, and couldn''t help but feel a chill in his teeth.


    Originally, the emperor appeared here to recruit the hundreds of thousands of adventurers gathered in the imperial capital, but now the people he wanted to recruit were slaughtered...


    Even though Gilknive claimed to be the blood emperor who was ruthless when he killed the nobles of the kingdom, there was inevitably some panic in his eyes at this moment...


    only¡­


    He is the emperor of this empire.


    For the safety of the imperial capital, this is definitely not the time for him to back down!


    The fact that the emperor is unwilling to back down does not mean that his subjects are willing to die together. Only three of the newly appointed four knights of the Bajas Empire are still with the emperor...


    The other sneaked into the crowd and slipped away...


    And the emperor''s teacher, Fluttershy, the chief executive of the Ministry of Magic, didn''t want to go with him, and he even wanted to run away desperately!


    after all¡­


    That is no simple character!


    Before he really guaranteed his own safety, Flutter didn''t want to touch danger at all, even though he knew that he might be able to get a higher level of magic from that dangerous person...


    "Jill!"


    Flutter hurriedly wanted to reach out his hand to stop his student, but the old man''s face was full of horror: "Don''t go there at this time, didn''t you see the massacre method of that guy just now? It is definitely a magic above the ninth level, destroying the entire imperial capital. It''s more than enough to lose us..."


    "Fluda!"


    Jilknever frowned, looking at his teacher with a little impatience on his handsome face, he even called his teacher by his name!


    His Majesty the emperor stared at Flutter, and said in a deep voice: "When the empire is facing the most danger, as the emperor of the empire, if he doesn''t think of a way to solve the crisis in the imperial capital, is there any need for the emperor to exist? Me and I Those brothers and sisters are not the same!"


    Back then when his family seized the throne, there was a lot of jubilation... However, once the Bajas Empire faced a crisis, it didn''t stand up at all!


    if not¡­


    Jilknever won''t be on the throne either!


    "well said."


    Uehara Naraku''s slow voice appeared beside them, his palms bulged slightly, and he said with a smile: "This is the attitude an emperor should have..."


    "Your Mightiness¡­"


    Jilknever''s expression became a little heavy. He stared at Uehara Naraku in front of him, and slowly organized his words: "It''s what these adventurers always say...all the time..."


    "Uehara Naraku who has been abusing you all the time?"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and directly said the unfinished words in Jirkniff''s mouth, as if he didn''t care at all.


    "Your Excellency... you are generous."


    After hesitating for a second, Jilknever praised Naraku Uehara''s heart, and looked at the black hole above the capital of Bajas, and couldn''t help asking: "What is that? That kind of magical ability is against Their bodies..."


    "that¡­"


    Uehara Naraku touched his chin, smiled and said: "Haven''t they been ruining my reputation all this time? I will take their souls away and send them to another world to continue to suffer..."


    This is not wrong.


    For many of them, living on this earth is far less relaxing and enjoyable than in another world.


    Perhaps their only consolation...


    Just tell yourself that the sufferings you have endured are all the conspiracy of Uehara Naraku.


    Now that Uehara Naraku has chosen to stay in another world and no longer stay on the earth, their lives will definitely get better and better in the future...


    The emperor of the Bajas Empire, Jirknif, didn''t know this. The emperor''s expression was slightly stiff, and his face turned pale: "But they are already dead... death can''t escape punishment?"


    this moment¡­


    Jilknever really wanted to take back his words. This person is not generous at all, and he is really stingy!


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "In any case, there is always a price to be paid for slandering other people''s reputation?"


    When talking about this, Naraku Uehara turned his head to look at Jilknif, and said with a light smile, "Your Majesty... If someone says you are stingy every day, what will you do?"


    "Forgiveness, of course..."


    Before Jilknif finished speaking, he suddenly remembered that the person in front of him was a stingy guy, showing his generosity in front of a stingy guy...


    Seems a little out of place?


    No¡­


    It is very inappropriate!


    Especially the man in front of him has the strength to kill everyone in the imperial capital at any time!


    Jilknever''s expression became serious in an instant, and he said in a deep voice, "Of course I choose...follow your Excellency''s advice on how to deal with it!"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s smile gradually froze.


    The next moment, Uehara stared at Jilknif with a serious face, and suddenly smiled again: "Ha, it makes sense, it seems that we will have a lot of common topics to talk about..."


    This emperor...


    Seems interesting!


    No wonder in the original history, after the emperor led his empire to contact the Great Tomb of Nazarick, he immediately reached a cooperation with the Bone King Anzi Oulgon...


    And in the future history, he also obeyed the Sorcerous Kingdom established by Bone King Ainz-Wulgon, in exchange for Bone King Ainz-Wolgon''s protection of Bajas Empire...


    No¡­


    Shouldn''t be called the Bone King anymore.


    It should be called an empty-nest bone squirrel...


    Even though Uehara Naraku made the world a mess, Momonga became an empty nester in the end, and his friends chose to leave here...


    Just before leaving...


    Tachi Mi has arranged everything for his friend.


    What I have to say is that Taki Mi seems to be able to understand Uehara Naraku very well, perhaps because these alien players themselves have a certain chaotic nature...


    Taki Mi made a promise with Naraku Uehara.


    This is a very interesting agreement, and it is also an opportunity for Taki Mi to choose for his good friend Momonga.


    If Momonga can see through the essence of the agreement... from now on, Momonga will have a very happy time in the Great Tomb of Nazarick in this different world.


    This agreement is a puzzle.


    As long as Momonga can crack it.


    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.


    Momonga still felt a little confused.


    In fact, he has been in a state of ignorance today.


    At the end, Taki Mi left a sentence saying that he misses the scene of the first meeting, and there was no further message, and even the contact signal was interrupted.


    So far, Momonga still doesn''t seem to know what Taki Mi and other members of Anzi Urgon experienced in the capital of the Bajas Empire.


    Anyway...


    Taki Mi left only three paragraphs.


    The first time I left a message, I pointed out that Uehara Naraku was a conspirator, and everything was controlled by Uehara Naraku behind the scenes; the second time I left a message, but changed the statement, saying that Uehara Naraku seemed to be a good person; Like a last word?


    Momonga was a little confused.


    It''s just that this doesn''t delay what he wants to do.


    Momonga immediately tried to find a way to get the NPCs in the guild to inquire about the news, because they still had a lot of game gold coins in their warehouse, even if they were killed by Naraku Uehara, they could be resurrected with gold coins.


    three days later.


    Momonga got the news from outside.


    A shocking news has spread throughout the continent of the other world. A man named Naraku Uehara brazenly launched a massacre, killing hundreds of thousands of adventurers. Imperial Plaza!


    This news¡­


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    Let everyone tremble with fear!


    Because the Riestij Kingdom, the Bajas Empire, and the Slen Theocracy have realized the power of these adventurers who suddenly appeared. Originally, they wanted to use these adventurers to replenish their national strength. They were slaughtered...


    Naraku Uehara''s fame...


    In just a few days, it spread throughout the entire continent!


    The fear of this devil began to spread throughout the continent!


    Massacring hundreds of thousands of people overnight, no one dared to imagine such a thing. This is already equivalent to the population of a city!


    Even more frightening is...


    According to the news from the capital of Bajas, Uehara Naraku not only killed these people, but also directly took away their souls. Even using the resurrection skill could not revive these adventurers again!


    and¡­


    The emperor of the Bajas Empire, Jilknif, who witnessed it... After witnessing the fear of Uehara Naraku with his own eyes, he chose to take refuge in Uehara Naraku...


    The largest empire on the continent...


    In this way, he chose to submit to the Demon King.


    It must have disappointed the other kingdoms too much!


    The Great Tomb of Nazarick.


    After Momonga got the news, he fell into depression. All his friends left during the incident in the capital of the Bajas Empire...


    even¡­


    I don''t know whether I was killed or returned to the present world...


    However, no matter what the situation is, it is not a happy thing for Momonga.


    Ever since they traveled across the different world, Momonga felt more and more that in the Great Tomb of Nazarick, these friends were like family...


    Now¡­


    They all left...


    Except for Momonga, the NPCs in the entire Nazarick Tomb are also full of pain, and their creators have also left this world.


    The entire Great Tomb of Nazarick fell into despair.


    However, after only being silent for a day, Momonga quickly came up with a solution. He summoned most of the NPCs in the throne hall and declared that he would use the name of Anzi Ur-gon!


    "We don''t know if Tachi Mi and the others are really dead..."


    Holding his hand bones, Momonga said in a deep voice: "I don''t know if they will be resurrected in a certain corner of this world...so we have to find a way to find their traces and see if we can find them back! "


    "Master Momonga..."


    "Don''t call me that name..."


    Momonga slowly clenched his scepter tightly, his bones creaking: "Even if Taki Mi and the others are really dead... I will pass down the name of Anzi Urgon...forever! They are here It really existed in this world!


    In the name of Ainz Urgon, I will launch a revenge against Uehara Naraku. Even if this revenge may end in failure, I will not spare any casualties! "


    "yes¡­"


    Albedo lowered her head slowly.


    Every NPC lowered its head slowly.


    Since the flying squirrel is the president of the Ainzi Urgon guild, the respect these NPCs have for the flying squirrel is second only to their own creator.


    Momonga raised his head abruptly, and a red glow flashed in the eye sockets of the skull''s head: "Then, from today onwards, change my name to Anzi Urgon, and I will replace Taki Mi and the others... in this world ..."


    Just when Momonga was about to propose to replace his companion and act in this world under the name of Anz-Wool-gon, a panicked voice came over!


    "Master Momonga!"


    Shalltear, the caretaker on the first three floors of the Great Tomb of Nazarick, delivered a message to them with a terrified face: "Naraku Uehara... is here!"

 Chapter 607

    Naraku Uehara is here!


    This sentence made the entire Nazarick tomb tense up like a wolf coming, and every NPC couldn''t help but recall the past when Naraku Uehara crushed them!


    Momonga''s voice was slightly stuck, and he was just about to announce his next plan when he was interrupted by Shalltear''s words.


    at this time¡­


    What should Uehara Naraku do when he comes to the Nazarick Tomb?


    Although I don''t know how much Naraku Uehara''s combat power has been preserved after he traveled to this world, but judging from the fact that he slaughtered hundreds of thousands of players without any pressure, it seems that there should be no problem in solving the entire Nazarick Tomb...


    Momonga was silent for a while, and immediately thought of a solution, he said in a deep voice, "Hide in the gap in the world for now, so that we won''t be found..."


    world gap.


    This hidden world-class prop is the trump card of their Anzi Wuergong Guild. As long as they hide in the gaps in the world, they will never be discovered by Naraku Uehara.


    Momonga and Ulbert''s final step agreed upon together.


    Even if they encountered any danger in this world, their Ainzi Urgon guild would be able to preserve it intact.


    "Shalltear''s words..."


    Momonga thought for a while, then said in a deep voice: "After Uehara Naraku leaves, let''s revive her..."


    fortunately¡­


    There are still a lot of game gold coins in the guild warehouse.


    As Momonga opened the gap in the world, he hid in with Albedo, Aura, Mare, Sebastian and others, and re-chanted the spell to hide the gap in the world.


    after awhile.


    A sound of footsteps appeared in the throne room.


    Uehara Naraku walked in carrying the fully armed Shalltear like a chicken, and threw the ancestor of the vampire to the ground with his hands.


    Uehara Naraku stroked his chin and looked at the environment of the Throne Hall: "Well, have you hid... You can hide to such an extent..."


    This kind of game props is troublesome...


    I didn¡¯t know what was going on in the planning of those games back then, but I actually developed such a BUG item, which can definitely hide this attribute¡­


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    A crazy smile flashed across Shalltear''s face, and she looked at Naraku Uehara with disdain on her face: "You who killed forty Supreme Beings including Lord Peroroncino, want to hurt the last A supreme being? Stop dreaming!"


    "This sentence is wrong, try it again."


    Uehara Naraku leaned over and squatted beside Shalltear, and said slowly: "Everything I do is for the peace of this world, why do you say that I seem to be a villain?"


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    "Hahahahahaha...that''s really funny!"


    The smile on Shalltear''s face became even crazier, as if he had heard some big joke: "You who once launched a cataclysm that destroyed the world, how dare you claim to be for the peace of the world hahahahahaha..."


    After these NPCs awakened their wisdom, they did become much more lively than before. At least in the game world, Shalltear would never dare to taunt so forcefully, and would only speak according to Peroroncino''s settings.


    Now Shalltear really looks like a real person...


    And it was generated according to Peroroncino''s settings, a loli who should have a contrasting cuteness in Peroroncino''s heart, but her real body is a monster...


    "never mind."


    Uehara Naraku sat on the seat in the throne hall, and said slowly: "Then let''s start playing an interesting game..."


    "Ok?"


    A hint of confusion flashed across Shalltear''s eyes.


    The next moment, a flush flashed across Shalltear''s face, she clamped her legs tightly, hugged her chest tightly with her palms, and said with a disgusted face, "Hmph, heh, After finding nothing, did you finally start to covet my body? Did you actually want to take my spoils here to vent..."


    "Shut up!"


    Uehara Naraku''s face darkened.


    The group of guys in the Anziwuergong Guild created some weird NPCs, but they were not judged as prohibited at the beginning. The system of the game company is really too lenient...


    Peroroncino who created Shalltear...


    If I knew about it, I would have banned him!


    Just when Uehara Naraku disliked Shalltear, Momonga and a group of NPCs in the world gap also hid inside and observed them outside.


    "Humph¡­"


    Albedo snorted coldly, and said with displeasure on her face, "That bitch Shalltear gets excited whenever she thinks about it..."


    "Uh¡­"


    There was a faint embarrassment on everyone''s face.


    Even Aura, who is also a woman, was a little speechless.


    Momonga''s expression was slightly weird, he seemed to grasp the point subconsciously: "Wait, why do you need to use it..."


    "It''s disgusting, Momonga-sama!"


    A blush flashed across Albedo''s face, she glanced at the people around her, and slowly approached Momonga, muttering in a low voice: "Master Momonga, if they are outside...do we also..."


    "..."


    Momonga''s chin froze in shock.


    almost forgot...


    When Cui Yulu first made Albedo, she set her up as a bitch, no matter what the topic was, she could talk nasty things naturally...


    Unfortunately¡­


    Momonga is an undead player.


    All he has is a skeleton body.


    The next moment, when Momonga was shamefully shy, a ray of light suddenly appeared on his body, which was a BUFF light.


    Force calm.


    No matter what happens, you can calm down.


    Even if he thinks of something embarrassing, he can calm down in an instant and directly enter the state of a sage who has no desires or desires.


    "This passive skill is still there..."


    A flash of rejoicing flashed in Momonga''s heart, and the next moment his voice became serious again: "Okay, now let''s see what Uehara Naraku wants to do first!"


    Inside the Throne Hall.


    Naraku Uehara took out an hourglass from his body, slowly put it on the table, and said softly: "The time hourglass, a world-class prop, can control the time around us to accelerate..."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Shalltear, and continued to explain: "This time hourglass can compress a year''s time into one minute at most, and can continue to compress for two hours...


    In other words, when we stay here for like two hours, the outside world and the ground where he is located have become what they will look like a hundred and twenty years later. Let''s see if he will Appear. "


    "One hundred... twenty years?"


    Shalltear''s expression was faintly startled.


    The next moment, Shalltear seemed to have heard some funny joke, and couldn''t help but said: "Hahahahahaha, it''s really interesting, don''t you want to compete your lifespan with the undead Mr. Momonga?"


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, and said in a leisurely manner: "I was just thinking, even if he is an undead, wouldn''t it be too boring to stay in one place as an ordinary human psychologically?"


    "..."


    Shalltear''s face hesitated for a while, as if she didn''t understand this kind of thing, she frowned and asked, "Why do you still come to Nazarick!"


    "A promise."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku continued slowly: "Taki Mi made an agreement with me before leaving, he said that he believed that Momonga would be able to escape my threat, so I came here to fulfill our promise. agreement."


    "..."


    Shalltear fell silent.


    And within the world gap.


    The flying squirrel and a group of NPCs finally experienced the feeling of living like a year. They have been in the gap in the world for an unknown amount of time.


    There is even a clock specially placed for timing.


    Just when Uehara Naraku and Shalltear had spoken a few words, the hands of the clock had already moved for a long time, and they had been hiding in the gap between the worlds for more than a year...


    But Momonga behaved unusually calm.


    As an undead, he doesn''t need to eat, and he doesn''t need much rest. He just needs to stay safely in the gap between the worlds and practice his magic power.


    Other NPCs don''t matter either.


    No matter which NPC it is, it has a long and long lifespan.


    Of course, boredom is inevitable...


    It took more than a year for them to finish listening to the conversation between Uehara Naraku and Shalltear, and this was the most uncomfortable part for them!


    "Agreement..."


    Momonga finally spent a year listening to Uehara Naraku''s words, as if he was cracking a code, he recorded every character he heard in a year, and spelled out all the words bit by bit.


    A group of NPCs also surrounded Momonga.


    From the point of view of meaning alone, it seems very easy to understand, that is, Uehara Naraku and Taki Mi made an agreement, Taki Mi believes that Momonga can escape from danger and solve the threat posed by Uehara Naraku.


    at this point¡­


    It feels a little unreal.


    Because Taki Mi, who has the strongest combat power in the entire Anzi Urgon guild, has nothing to do against Uehara Naraku, why does he believe that Momonga can solve it?


    To be honest¡­


    Momonga thinks that the way to get rid of Naraku Uehara''s threat is to hide in the gap between the worlds until Naraku Uehara leaves the Great Tomb of Nazarick...


    The issue is¡­


    This guy actually has a world-class item like the time hourglass in his hand!


    This also meant that when Uehara Naraku stayed in the Nazarick Great Tomb for two hours, they had to experience a hundred and twenty years of boredom and boredom!


    no, no...


    After all, Uehara Naraku has already obtained 198 world-class props...


    No matter what he took out, it was normal!


    This means that he is an undead player of more than ten levels, holding two world-class items, one of which is a hidden item with no combat power, to fight against a top world boss who holds 198 world-class items ¡­


    No matter how you think about it, it seems impossible to win!


    While the flying squirrel was still thinking hard, Sebastian suddenly said beside him: "Master flying squirrel, since Master Taki Mi chooses to trust you...do you have any news for you?"


    As the maker of Taki Mee, Sebastian chose to believe in his creator unconditionally, so of course he would want to speculate based on the few words left by Tachi Mee.


    "Have."


    Momonga nodded slowly, and said in a loud voice: "The first piece of news, everything is a conspiracy by Uehara Naraku, whether we came to this world or something else, everything should be his conspiracy;


    The meaning of the second message is that Uehara Naraku is a bad guy. Although he has done something bad, he seems to be a good person;


    The third message, I miss the scene when we first met..."


    These news...


    It seems that no effective information can be judged at all.


    Sebastian was silent for a while, looked at Momonga slowly, and continued: "So...Master Momonga, do you still remember the scene where you and Mr. Taki Mi met for the first time?"


    "of course I remember."


    Momonga nodded, touched his chin with his finger bones and began to recall: "That was also the first time Bubble Teapot and I met, she was arguing to try our own defense, and we were instantly killed by Uehara Naraku ¡­


    Later, when we were at the resurrection point, we met Taki Mi, who was also hunted down by Naraku Uehara, just because Taki Mi had world-class props on him, and Naraku Uehara blocked our resurrection point...


    At last¡­"


    Speaking of which...


    Momonga''s voice slowly stopped.


    At this moment, Momonga seemed to remember something.


    Under the surprised gazes of a group of NPCs, Momonga was still thinking slowly, but he couldn''t make up his mind what to do, whether to choose to trust Taki Mi, or choose to continue hiding like this...


    After a long time.


    Momonga began to chant his own spell.


    Just when a group of NPCs wanted to stop Momonga and prevent him from getting into danger, Momonga stopped them with a wave of his hand and said softly, "You don''t know the story inside, don''t stop me...I will always trust my friends."


    Even though Taki Mi trusted others too much, which eventually led to the loss of their world-class props, causing the entire Ainzi Urgon Guild to suffer huge losses...


    Since then, Taqi Mi has also become silent and lost the right to speak.


    In other words, from that time on, Taki Mi gradually spent less and less time online. The reason why he wanted to leave the game was not because of family reasons, but because he lost the trust of other friends in the Anzi Urgon guild. .


    The gap in the world opened.


    Momonga walked out from the gap in the world by himself, took out another world-class prop, gestured to Uehara Naraku, and slowly dropped it on the ground.


    this is


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face darkened.


    This is the mechanism of the world boss Naraku Uehara in the YGGDRASIL game. As long as the player throws a world-class item on the ground, Naraku Uehara will stop attacking.


    The next step is to trade a world-class item first...


    "Idiot...this is not a game!"


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but help his forehead.


    Momonga''s expression was stunned for a while, as if he had guessed wrong, just when he was a little flustered, Uehara Naraku shook his head and sighed.


    "Your Ring of Destiny."


    Uehara Naraku slowly reached out and took out a ring from his body, and handed it to Momonga in front of him: "Okay, this is not a game world, we don''t need to go through the process, this agreement, you have won."


    According to Uehara Naraku''s setting.


    As long as you give Uehara Naraku two world-class items, you no longer need to worry about his attacks. This is the guarantee for Ulbert and Taki Mi to stay for Momonga when they cooperate. .

 Chapter 608

    Naraku Uehara took away the last two world-class props from the Anzi Urgon Guild and gave Momonga a Ring of Destiny. This deal was a very good deal.


    For flying squirrels...


    This deal is also very cost-effective, at least in his opinion, there is no need to worry that Uehara Naraku will come to trouble them in the future.


    Momonga carefully put the Ring of Destiny on his phalanx, looked at Uehara Naraku and asked, "Taki Mi and Ulbert are still alive..."


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara nodded indifferently, put away the world-class props, and said softly: "If you want to meet them, you may have a chance in the future. This world will be connected to the game world soon."


    "Connected?"


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and explained in a low voice: "It''s just that the game company has to completely produce an NPC that maintains the world order...and when future players come back, they must be downgraded."


    if not¡­


    This world will become a paradise for players to act recklessly!


    As long as Uehara Naraku puts away this different world, he will reconstruct a new world tree, and put eleven worlds including the earth where the player is located, the nine worlds of the game and the different worlds together in the same galaxy in the black hole universe .


    Now the last two world-class props are available...


    And the fear brought about by the massacre of hundreds of thousands of adventurers before spread to the entire continent of the other world. After the main mission was completed, Uehara Naraku took action to bring the other world into the black hole universe.


    This welfare mission has finally come to an end.


    Just the player earth, the nine worlds, and the most important different world, plus two hundred world-class props, greatly increased Naraku Uehara''s world power!


    "The power of the world..."


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Naraku Uehara glanced at his numerical panel, and frowned slightly: "The power of 80 million worlds should be enough... The next world is for the soul, it seems that we need to find a way to prepare well."


    Black hole universe.


    In the depths of this universe.


    Uehara Naraku opened up a secret God''s Domain area, and the black hole in the God''s Domain area slowly opened an entrance, and one after another figures slowly walked in.


    "How is Pirate World doing?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the pharmacist pocket at the front.


    "It''s on track."


    Pharmacist spread out his palm, said with a light smile, "Xiao represents the highest status in the world, and no one will dare to resist Xiao''s rule..."


    After saying this, the pharmacist looked around at the figures around him, and his smile became deeper and deeper: "It seems that I was the first to catch up with Master Naraku..."


    Because other than him...


    Surrounded by reincarnated people!


    Uchiha Madara, Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Obito, Senju Hashirama, Senju Banma, Sarutobi Hiruzen, Namikaze Minato, Gore D. Roger, Edward Newgate...


    Not a single living person from the entire Akatsuki organization appeared here!


    Of course, Yao Shidou would not believe that Naraku Uehara wanted to kill him to reincarnate in the dirty soil, because he knew his boss very well, and this boss would never attack his own people...


    If you don''t betray Uehara Naraku...


    You can definitely see more majestic scenery.


    According to Yao Shidou''s speculation, Uehara Naraku did not summon other people, which means that in Uehara Naraku''s heart, only himself is useful to Uehara Naraku''s future plans.


    after all¡­


    Only Pharmacist Dou himself performed best in One Piece World.


    To put it bluntly, Yaoshidou has long realized that the gap between Akatsuki''s members and Uehara Naraku will become bigger and bigger, so he will do everything possible to find a way to keep up!


    "Well, let''s put it this way..."


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, and said softly: "Because I may need some dead souls in the next world, it just so happens that what you are best at is the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, and there are a group of dirty soil members in your hands..."


    Because the next world to go is the world of death.


    And in that world, the filthy ninjas in the hands of the pharmacist are the most suitable to survive in that world, as long as they can absorb spiritual power and become gods of death...


    It can be transformed into a group of powerful combat forces!


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Pharmacist Dou''s expression suddenly became serious, he looked at Uehara Naraku and said softly: "Master Naraku, can you tell me a little bit about the power secrets of that world?"


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, nodded and said: "It''s a little complicated, their power is very weird, the mainstream power is to use spiritual power and turn it into Zanpakuto..."


    The time for this exchange was not short.


    Following Naraku Uehara''s explanation, Yao Shidou gradually got a general idea of ??the world.


    The corner of Yao Shidou''s mouth suddenly smiled: "Master Naraku... If you need to use the dead soul to practice, I think Master Orochimaru may be able to help you..."


    To be honest¡­


    Naraku Uehara and Yakushi Dou were very sorry for Orochimaru.


    For a long time, Orochimaru just wanted to study his own affairs. On the contrary, Uehara Naraku used to plot against Orochimaru from time to time, forcing Orochimaru to stand up and resist... However, every time he resisted, he fell into the control of Uehara Naraku .


    till the end¡­


    Orochimaru still did not escape the fate of becoming a pawn.


    If possible, Yaoshidou hoped to save Orochimaru, at least not to spend his life in a dark place like Longdi Cave.


    Orochimaru has no body until now.


    Orochimaru can''t do his favorite research, so he can only protect his soul with chakra every day to survive in Ry¨±ji Cave...


    As a pharmacist who had been taken care of by Orochimaru, he naturally didn''t want to let another person he respected have such a miserable life...


    "Orochimaru?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and began to recall the scene when he first met Orochimaru, he finally sighed slowly: "I see, Dou, but this time our trip will be very hard ..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Yao Shidou shook his head with a smile, and said softly: "Oshemaru-sama once told me that he is no longer the person he used to be...just the study of the soul, I believe that Oshewan-sama will definitely be able to help Naraku-sama."


    "Then let him come too!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and said softly: "Maybe this time you will have to endure hundreds or even thousands of years of loneliness. That world doesn''t have much sense of time..."


    What the pharmacist said is not wrong...


    That guy Orochimaru is indeed useful, and he seems to know the soul quite well. Anyway, there are not too many researchers like Orochimaru, Naraku Uehara.


    Grim Reaper is a new world...


    The more people you have, the better of course.


    and¡­


    among other things...


    It''s more convenient for Orochimaru to take the blame.

 Chapter 611

    Which student goes out with a guard!


    Matsumoto Rangiku would not really continue to follow Uehara Naraku''s words, she still remembered the solemn look on Ichimaru Gin''s face when he mentioned Uehara Naraku.


    They must not bring disasters on the head of their orphanage, Yao Shidou, and absolutely must not leave any excuse for the Uehara clan to attack the head of the orphanage!


    Zhibo Yixin didn''t have so many scruples anymore, he didn''t care about his deputy captain''s eyes, and patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder happily: "It would be great if Xiao Naraku could come to the tenth team after graduation..."


    When Zhibo Yixin said this, he touched his chin: "And Ranju just found a good little guy. If Xiao Naraku can also come, we will have two talented newcomers!"


    "Captain, stop talking silly!"


    Matsumoto Rangiku''s forehead couldn''t help but twitch.


    Everyone knows that this is absolutely impossible.


    Because all the high-level officials knew very well that according to Naraku Uehara''s identity, if he could not become the captain because of his cowardly personality, the most likely one to join should be the first team commanded by the chief captain Motoyanagi Shigekuni himself.


    "Sorry, Your Excellency Naraku, our captain is too rude."


    Matsumoto Rangiku closed his palms, slowly lowered his head towards Uehara Naraku, and expressed his apology: "We still have to go to perform the task, so we can only leave it for now."


    "Then... goodbye."


    Uehara Naraku waved his palm with a smile, and walked into Seireitei with two guards, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito.


    On the tower of Seireitei.


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni stands here.


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni is the pinnacle of the god of death in the entire soul world, not only referring to his status, but also his strength, he is the most powerful god of death in the entire world of souls!


    Zanpakuto is like fire...


    Claiming to be able to burn everything in the world!


    Once this old man releases his fire-type Zanpakuto, the entire Soul Soul World may not be enough for him alone...


    this old man...


    Definitely the strongest god of death in the soul world!


    On the tower of Seireitei.


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi looked at the three Uehara Naraku who were slowly walking in from a distance, closed his eyes slightly, and couldn''t help murmuring: "The little guy seems to get along better than we imagined." Woolen cloth¡­"


    "yes¡­"


    A figure walked up to Shigekuni Yamamoto, pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose, and said with a chuckle, "I''ve seen this since Mr. Naraku entered school... Although the relationship between me and the Uehara clan is very tense, but I have to say that the kindness of this Lord Naraku really makes people feel no hostility."


    "Pharmacist pocket."


    Yamamoto Motoyakusai Shigekuni turned his head slightly, looked at the silver-haired young man beside him, and frowned slightly: "I hope you really think so. It seems that Naraku Uehara has been assassinated several times during this period of time..."


    "I don''t know anything about that."


    Yao Shidou shook his head quickly, and asked with a light smile, "Is the captain suspicious of me? I have no reason to hurt a person who is willing to show kindness to me..."


    "It''s better that way."


    Yamamoto Motoyakusai Shigekuni''s eyes suddenly opened, and a tyrannical spiritual pressure emanated from his body, suppressing the pharmacist from making any movements!


    Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni''s voice gradually became sharper, and he continued in a deep voice: "A slow-witted person like this old man has already sensed the undercurrent of the soul world, and the person who masters the technique of reincarnation in the soul world is the only one in the soul world. You and Uehara Naraku are left..."


    "It''s really impossible to talk about it..."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, smiled and continued to argue: "Didn''t the Patriarchs of the previous generations of the Uehara clan also master the reincarnation of the dirty soil?"


    "No."


    A stern light flashed in Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni''s eyes, and he continued in a low voice: "As a member of the Zero Division, you should know the secrets of the Uehara clan...the death gods of their clan have always been only one person."


    The look of Yao Shidou remained unchanged, and he spoke slowly in place of Shigekuni Yamamoto: "Yes... the secret of that clan... The reason why each generation of the Uehara clan has a short lifespan but is powerful is precisely because they have a kind of inheritance. Occult¡­


    Each generation of Patriarchs of the Uehara Clan will sacrifice their souls after their descendants reach adulthood, and seal their spiritual power on the death gods of their closest relatives, so that the descendants can gain powerful power as soon as possible, thus protecting their clan''s status as a wealthy family forever ..."


    so¡­


    For a long time, there is almost only one real member of the Uehara clan, and the other thousands of death gods, and even the thirteen dead servants, are all just servants of the Uehara clan!


    As for the inheritance secrets of the Uehara clan, it was a little guy named Kisuke Urahara who discovered an incomplete manuscript of the forbidden technique left by Orochimaru many years ago.


    The above only has the effect of forbidden surgery.


    It was this incomplete manuscript that made the upper echelons of the soul world aware that the Uehara clan might be using this inheritance secret...


    Back then, the entire upper echelon of the Soul Realm was almost frightened.


    They also never thought that the patriarchs of the Uehara clan would dare to sacrifice everything for their own clan. Just because of this courage, it is no wonder that they can become the most prosperous family in the soul world!


    Originally, this secret could be used...


    It is a pity that the marriage and childbirth of the Patriarch of the Uehara clan are all confidential.


    Before the Uehara clan announced the change of the patriarch, almost no one in the soul world knew whether the Uehara clan''s patriarch was married or not, no one knew whether the Uehara clan''s patriarch had any heirs, and this clan seemed to know their weaknesses.


    This also makes it difficult to arrange any tricks against the Uehara clan.


    Unfortunately¡­


    After Uehara Naraku succeeded as the head of the family, he did not grasp the inheritance of spiritual power that he had obtained from himself, so he began to exercise the power of the head of the family...


    This gave Xiaoxiao the opportunity to act.


    Hearing the secrets of the Uehara clan now that Yakushidou was talking about, Yamamoto Motonyakusai Shigekuni frowned more and more tightly. The spiritual power accumulated for thousands of years.


    However, according to our observations, it will take some time before he can quickly begin to awaken and master the spiritual power in his body, and according to his talent, at that time he may at least gain power beyond the captain''s level..."


    "yes¡­"


    The corner of Yao Shidou''s mouth curled into a smile, and he said with a low smile, "So if you want to assassinate Your Excellency Naraku, this time is the most suitable opportunity."


    "That''s right."


    Yamamoto Motoyakusai Shigekuni stared at Yakushidou, and said word by word: "If Uehara Naraku is killed, you will be the only one who can control the reincarnation of the filth in the entire soul world...


    Only you have the motive to assassinate Uehara Naraku, only you know about Uehara Naraku''s weakness information, only you are still active outside as a member of the Zero Division, how can you let the old man not doubt you? "


    "Really..."


    Pharmacist shook his head, couldn''t help laughing and said: "I will transplant the power of the Spirit King tomorrow, and I will live in the Palace of the Spirit King forever. Does Your Excellency Yamamoto still doubt me?"


    "..."


    Yamamoto Genryasai Shigekuni fell silent.


    If Yao Shidou was about to perform the transplant of the soul king''s flesh and blood, he would no longer appear in the Seireitei from now on, but would stay in the soul king''s palace to protect the soul king''s body and maintain the balance between the spirit world and the present world.


    In this case¡­


    It seems that there is no need to be too vigilant about the pharmacist''s bag.


    Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni hopes that Yakushi Douzhen will give up his past grudges.


    "All right."


    Pharmacist turned around slowly and left, leaving only the last sentence: "I don''t need you to urge me to transplant the power of the spirit king. I am very interested in the legendary spirit king. After all, I am also curious about this kind of immortality. the power of..."


    "..."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni did not respond.


    It wasn''t until Yaoshidou left that the old man''s expression slowly eased, because the existence of Yaoshidou had indeed caused a lot of trouble to Seilingting.


    hundreds of years ago.


    After Yao Shidou came to the world of corpses and souls, he opened an orphanage on Liuhun Street and adopted many homeless children from Liuhun Street. This orphanage is still in operation.


    After many vagrants grew up, most of them entered the Zhenyang Academy of Spiritual Arts to study, and after graduation they all became gods of death.


    Just counting it now, Saraki Kenpachi and the vagrant Kusaka Yachiryu, who Yakushi had taken in, have become the captain and vice-captain of the eleventh team.


    Recently, Ichimaru Gin and Matsumoto Rangiku have become vice captains; and according to the decision of the Central Forty-six Office, Ichimaru Gin will be promoted to the captain of the third team in the near future.


    Except for these captains and vice-captains...


    There are also many young Reapers who come from this orphanage.


    This was originally a good thing.


    This orphanage is very famous in Liuhun Street, and Yao Shidou has become very respected because of this, giving him a very high prestige in Liuhun Street.


    To put it bluntly...


    The pharmacist''s pocket already represents the will of the Reaper''s common people.


    However, the centuries-old conflict between Yakushidou and the Uehara clan has never been eliminated, making Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni a little worried that these new gods of death will become Yakushidou''s tools...


    As long as Pharmacist Dou is willing to live in Lingwang Palace forever...


    Then all the fetters between him and Seireitei will be cut off slowly.


    Under the gaze of Shigekuni Yamamoto Genryasai, Yakushi walked down the tower and walked slowly and steadily on the streets of Seireitei.


    This person who almost caused a civil war in the soul world...


    From the back view, it is really an ordinary one.


    Of course, looking at it from the front, Yaoshidou is just an ordinary person, the only difference may be that he always wears the skeleton made by himself.


    "Your Excellency Pharmacist Dou!"


    Just when Yao Shidou was about to move forward, a group of gods of death stopped Yao Shidou, and the old man at the head asked in a deep voice, "Where is Yao Shidou going, Your Excellency?"


    "Your Excellency Sparrow..."


    Pharmacist''s eyes flickered slightly.


    Because the person who prevented him from leaving Seireitei was the vice-captain of the Gotei 13th Squad''s 1st Squad Squad Minister Jiro, and also a friend of the general captain Yamamoto Motonyanagi Shigekuni!


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, smiled and said, "I want to go to the orphanage on Liuhun Street to see those little guys...can''t I?"


    "of course can."


    After Sparrow Minister Jiro nodded, he still stopped in front of Yao Shidou, and continued in a deep voice: "However, His Excellency Naraku Uehara and the two Deadpools seem to be passing through this area... For his safety, this area needs to be temporarily guarded. "


    "..."


    Pharmacist was silent for a while, then suddenly smiled and nodded: "Okay, I see, then I will stay here for a while..."


    these guys...


    Are you still worried that he will be unfavorable to Uehara Naraku before the Changjuling Palace?


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Yao Shidou stared at a group of vigilant gods of death, his eyes narrowed slightly, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually became more profound. They are really a bunch of idiots...


    Tread, tread, tread...


    There was a sound of footsteps getting closer.


    Under the watchful eyes of a group of death gods, Uehara Naraku led his two dead servants slowly through the street, until they passed by the medicine master pocket and the first team, Uehara Naraku''s footsteps slowly stopped.


    Uehara Naraku turned around, looked at Yao Shidou, Sparrow Minister Jiro and others, slowly tilted his head and narrowed his eyes, showing a sunny and warm smile.


    "Good afternoon, seniors."


    "..."


    A group of gods of death were a little overwhelmed.


    Because it is rare to see such a polite guy in the soul world!


    "I did have a good time this afternoon... Your Excellency Naraku."


    Yao Shidou couldn''t help chuckling, he slowly looked at Uehara Naraku, and showed the same warm smile as a response to Uehara Naraku.


    Obviously, Yao Shidou was also smiling kindly...


    However, Sparrow Minister Jiro felt a little drummed in his heart, and he couldn''t help but keep raising the danger level of the pharmacist''s pocket. How could this guy be gentle with the Uehara clan!


    "Then I''ll go first."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Medicine Master Dou with a sincere look on his face: "If there is a chance, I hope that Your Excellency Medicine Master Dou can take time to visit our family and eliminate the unhappiness that has arisen between us in the past..."


    this attitude...


    The little Patriarch''s attitude is really low.


    It''s just that his sincere invitation didn''t get the desired response.


    "That''s really a pity, Your Excellency Naraku..."


    The pharmacist supported his frame, and a glint of light flashed on his lens: "Tomorrow, I will go to a secret place to practice for a long time... There should be no chance for us to meet again in the future."


    "Is that so?"


    Uehara Naraku showed a little regret on his face, he sighed slowly, and then nodded: "Then, I will take my leave first."


    After speaking.


    Uehara Naraku nodded again at Sparrow Minister Jiro and a group of Reapers of the first team, and even said goodbye one by one, and then slowly left with Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito.


    "What a polite little fellow!"


    Looking at Uehara Naraku''s back, Sparrow Minister Jiro couldn''t help but praise in a loud voice: "Except for the kindness that the little guy shouldn''t have too much, in every other respect, he seems to be an impeccable genius. ..."


    "Yeah, I think so too."


    Medicine Master narrowed his eyes, smiled and nodded.

 Chapter 609

    under the sky.


    A strange monster tore open the sky.


    This weird monster stuck out its body and slowly landed on the ground, walking towards a dwelling house on the ground step by step, jumping up, it was about to break into this dwelling house and carry out its massacre!


    The ordinary people in the house couldn''t see it at all. These human beings didn''t realize that death was about to come to them.


    This is a creature from the cracks in the dimensional world.


    Evolved from the human soul... a monster named Xu!


    This virtual body looks like a monkey, but it is very large. There is a symbolic hole in the chest, which represents the emptiness in their hearts, and the face is also an inherent bone mask.


    Because Xu is a strange soul-body monster, human beings who are still alive in this world cannot see Xu, and it is impossible for them to escape Xu''s attack.


    Only a few people can see the virtual existence...


    For example, some human beings with strong spiritual power in the present world...


    This kind of human being is very rare, and there are more other creatures that can see Xu, and that is Xu''s sworn enemy... the death gods from the world of corpses and souls!


    Wherever there is a void...


    There will almost certainly be a Grim Reaper appearing!


    Just as this weird Xu rushed into the residence, a figure in a white uniform suddenly appeared in front of Xu, and kicked the monster away!


    "Ok?"


    Struggling to stand up again, the head slowly lowered his head to look at the figure in the white uniform, and his voice was filled with distaste: "It''s you gods of death again, really like a group of bedbugs in a puddle..."


    Just when this head wanted to continue cursing, it saw the boy in a white uniform, and suddenly laughed as if he had discovered something new.


    "Oh ho ho ho ho... let me see, isn''t this a little boy who hasn''t graduated from school yet?"


    The head rushed up to the figure in the white uniform, and said wantonly and arrogantly: "Oh ho ho ho ho... have I killed all the gods of death in the soul world? Send a brat over?"


    "No."


    The boy in the white uniform shook his head slowly, and said calmly, "It''s just a graduation exam. I just happened to be assigned here..."


    next moment¡­


    The boy''s figure tossed and twitched and disappeared in place, and appeared in the sky above Xu Xu in an instant, and his palm suddenly reached out and grabbed Xu''s mask!


    "So fast¡­"


    This empty body stiffened in an instant!


    Even it never thought that this young Reaper actually has an unimaginable speed, faster than anyone it has ever seen!


    Just when the head was about to struggle desperately, the young man had tightly held the corner of the life-threatening bone mask on its head!


    "Feel sorry¡­"


    The boy''s palm tightly grasped Xu''s mask, and he said calmly: "Don''t let your heart be empty any longer, return to your original state, this world is not as bad as we thought, I will help you. The most complete soul burial ceremony..."


    "Bastard... bastard..."


    This head howled in pain!


    Once the bone mask on the face of a creature like Xu is torn off, the spiritual power of the body will be lost quickly, which means that it will be slaughtered!


    This monster waved its sharp claws trying to tear the boy''s chest open!


    Just when the young man was facing the most dangerous moment, a handsome figure appeared beside them in an instant, and he casually pulled out the Zanpakuto from his waist. A sharp light from the sword flashed, splitting the head in two. !


    Obviously this man is killing...


    If people can''t help but feel a gentle warmth from his body when seeing his face, I believe he must be a good person.


    "Captain Aizen..."


    The boy''s eyes widened involuntarily, looking at the handsome man who suddenly appeared, he said as if in disbelief, "Why did you appear here..."


    "I am always here."


    There was a gentle smile on the handsome man''s face, he slowly helped his black-rimmed glasses, and said softly: "I believe that with Naraku''s strength, I will definitely pass this test, but your temper is still too kind. ..."


    This is actually the graduation exam of the young Shinigami.


    Compared with other candidates, the examination of the young Reaper is obviously more troublesome, because his status is extraordinary.


    even¡­


    Even his examiner is a high-ranking official in the soul world.


    It is one of the captains of the guard team of Seireitei in the central area of ????Soul Soul World, and the captain of the fifth team of the Gotei 13th Squadron Aizen Soyousuke.


    If the young Shinigami''s battle can satisfy the examiner Aizen Soyousuke, he will be allowed to graduate from the Shino Academy of Spiritual Arts and directly join the Goutei Thirteenth Team.


    Now the examiner has made his move...


    This assessment should end in failure.


    "I can actually handle it myself..."


    After the young man just made an excuse, he lowered his head, as if he was ashamed because of his excuse: "Sorry... Captain Aizan... I shouldn''t..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Aizen Soyousuke still had a gentle smile on his face, he looked down at the boy, smiled and calmed his emotions: "Naraku, don''t be too depressed, you have done a good job, I have not seen A genius who can instantly defeat an enemy at this age like you..."


    "Is...is it?"


    The young man still had some shame on his face, he held his fingers uneasily, and said in a low voice: "But I''m still too cowardly, if Captain Aizen didn''t take action..."


    "It''s not cowardice."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head with a smile, patted the boy on the shoulder, and continued to explain: "This is kindness, and kindness is a noble character worthy of praise."


    have to say¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke speaks contagiously.


    Even if the boy knows that kindness is not suitable to appear in a cruel battle, he will feel that what Aizen said makes people subconsciously be convinced.


    "But¡­"


    The young man seemed to have some self-blame in his heart.


    Just when the boy wanted to continue to blame himself, Aizen interrupted him: "Naraku, don''t blame yourself too much, just do what you want..."


    "Yes, Captain Aizan."


    The boy nodded slowly and took a deep breath.


    After saying this, the young Reaper took out a bunch of paper flowers from his body, folded them in his hands, and his expression gradually became solemn.


    next second...


    The paper flower burst into flames out of thin air!


    This scene caused Lan Ran''s eyes to shrink slightly. No matter when he saw the young man''s subtle use of spiritual power, he would be involuntarily amazed!


    Even though the young man still has the cowardice that should not appear in the god of death, this does not prevent him from being an unparalleled genius!


    In the light of burning paper flowers...


    The young man slowly closed his eyes, and prayed softly: "I hope you will never encounter suffering in the future, and I hope your next life will be safe."


    The boy was praying for Xu who was killed by Aizen.


    This kind of behavior looks a bit naive in anyone''s eyes, especially in the eyes of these gods of death who know the origin and end of this monster.


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t say anything, just watched the boy praying calmly, two light flashed slightly on his lens.


    The paper flowers slowly burned out in the flames.


    Just after the young man finished praying, a spatial vortex appeared in the air, and two figures in red robes of auspicious clouds emerged from the vortex and landed in front of the young man.


    The two ignored Aizen Soyousuke next to him.


    One of them bowed his head to the young man respectfully, and said in a low voice, "Master Naraku, it''s time for us to go back."


    "I see."


    A look of helplessness flashed across the boy''s face, he looked at Aizen Soyousuke next to him, and said apologetically, "Sorry, Captain Aizen... Please tell Hina Morita and the others for me, I have to go back first gone."


    "Ok."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded with a smile, and after agreeing, he continued with a smile: "Go back and rest early, tomorrow... there should be some good things happening."


    "..."


    An irrepressible joy flashed across the boy''s face.


    Because judging from the current situation, for the young man, there should be nothing that makes him feel better than passing the exam!


    As the chief examiner, Soyousuke Aizen must pass his assessment!


    It''s a pity that the young man had no time to say some words of thanks, so he could only leave the world with two figures in black robes of auspicious clouds.


    The boy had just left.


    A young man with light purple short hair walked over slowly. He is Aizen Soyousuke''s subordinate and the current vice-captain of the 5th team, Ichimaru Gin.


    Ichimaru silver always likes to squint his eyes, as if he can''t see anything, and people can''t see his eyes clearly, and can''t guess what he is thinking in his heart.


    Ichimaru Gin slowly walked towards Aizen, and he said in a faint voice: "Based on the current situation, our plan to attack Naraku in the exam seems to have failed..."


    "That was exactly what I expected."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s face is still calm, but this calm makes people feel cold, he continued casually: "After all, Naraku Uehara is the patriarch of the only wealthy clan in the world of souls, even if he is only attending classes at the Zhenyang Academy of Spiritual Art. When the time comes, there will always be the personal protection of the thirteen dead servants, not to mention this exam that will be held in this world..."


    It is impossible for anyone to imagine that Aizen Soyousuke, who saved the boy from Xu''s sharp claws just now, actually wants to attack the boy just now in this exam!


    I really don''t know...


    If the kind boy who seemed to be very convinced by Aizen just now, after hearing the conversation between Aizen and Ichimaru Gin, how would he feel in his heart...


    "Ok."


    Ichimaru Gin nodded indifferently, and continued with a smile: "And it''s more rigorous than we imagined. The Thirteen Deadpools have also entered the scope of the virtual circle, and they may have arrived in the present world to threaten Uehara Naraku. ..."


    "Those Daxu were originally the victims of temptation..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly helped his glasses, and frowned slightly: "The only thing I didn''t expect was that, if you just put aside his talent, Uehara Naraku''s performance is a bit too cowardly... "


    Ichimaru Gin looked at Aizen''s actions, as if thinking of someone.


    Ichimaru Gin lowered his head, continued with a smile, "But Director Yaoshidou praised Naraku Uehara himself. Since I was a child, I have never seen Director Yaoshidou praised anyone..."


    Ichimaru Gin is a vagrant in Rukon Street.


    It wasn''t until a man named Yaoshidou opened an orphanage on Ruhun Street that Ichimaru Gin and his childhood friends could grow up safely, so he respected the dean who raised him.


    nature¡­


    Ichimaru Gin was very convinced by what the dean said.


    "Of course Yaoshidou likes this cowardly little guy."


    Aizen still didn''t care about Ichimaru Gin''s words, and said softly: "According to Uehara Naraku''s cowardly character, this little guy is the patriarch of the Uehara clan, and it is indeed in the interests of many people in the soul world, even us..."


    When talking about this, Aizen gently closed his glasses, and whispered: "Forget it, tomorrow I will find a way to assign Uehara Naraku to the fifth team, and we will have more opportunities to kill he."


    "As long as you kill Uehara Naraku..."


    Ichimaru silver squinted his eyes, and continued slowly: "The world of corpses and souls will immediately cause chaos, and even the possibility of destroying the world of souls and souls is not out of the question..."


    "Ok."


    A breeze blew by.


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his palm, as if trying to catch the wind, his voice gradually became illusory: "The world is too peaceful, making people feel that this world is too dull."


    "What a dangerous thought..."


    Ichimaru Gin hugged his Zanpakuto, chuckled and continued, "If Naraku Uehara, that innocent and kind little guy, knows that Captain Aizen, who has been taking care of him all this time, wants to kill him all the time to set off the spirit world I don''t know how sad he will be in his heart..."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head calmly, and said softly: "If Naraku Uehara dies under my control, that will be the last lesson I will teach him."


    When he said this, Aizen Soyousuke helped his black frame, and his face became gentle again: "Even if it is the last lesson that can only be learned before dying, it is also a very precious lesson. "


    "It''s really an interesting statement..."


    Ichimaru Gin smiled lightly, the corners of his mouth curled up slightly.

 Chapter 610

    As long as Uehara Naraku can be killed, a great turmoil will be set off in the world of corpses and souls. This matter is by no means a fiction, but something that every death god knows.


    Because Uehara Naraku''s identity is too special.


    About thousands of years ago, the Shinigami organization in the world of souls was still in its infancy, and many Shinigami didn''t even know how to operate in this world, until a Shinigami named Orochimaru developed a forbidden technique called Dirty Reincarnation, which can Create a body for Death to move in this world.


    that shell...


    Not old, not injured, not hungry, can be called the most perfect body.


    Even if the artificial skeleton technology appeared later, it was not enough to compare with the perfect body reincarnated from the dirt.


    However, Orochimaru chose to transfer this forbidden technique to a close friend named Uehara, but he disappeared mysteriously in the world of corpses and souls. Many people once speculated that Orochimaru might have joined the legendary Zero Team.


    after all¡­


    Created the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, it is indeed possible to be allowed by the spirit king to join the zero team!


    Some people also speculate that Orochimaru may have been assassinated by the Uehara clan.


    Anyway, no matter how you guess, Orochimaru has disappeared in the Soul Soul Realm.


    And Orochimaru''s friend Uehara, relying on the arbitrary ability to create a human body for the god of death through the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil, began to recruit the god of death as his subordinates.


    Many gods of death who obtained their bodies through the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil gradually became affiliated members of the Uehara clan.


    A super wealthy clan named Uehara was born in the soul world!


    Perhaps in order to keep secrets, the patriarchs of the Uehara clan have only one heir, and they never show up in front of people. It is difficult for anyone to see them.


    But even so...


    The Uehara clan has also relied on more and more loyal subordinates, and has become the only powerful clan in the history of the soul world!


    Even the thousand-year-old nobles such as Kuchiki and Sifengin are far inferior, and even the Thirteenth Guarding Team of Seireitei in the Soul Realm dare not ignore the power of the Uehara clan!


    No¡­


    On a more serious note...


    It should be that the Uehara Clan and the Goutei 13th Team can fight against each other!


    What''s more, for thousands of years, many members of the Uehara clan themselves joined the Thirteenth Guarding Team.


    Even in addition to those, the Uehara clan still has thousands of Reapers in the clan, and there is also the Thirteen Deadpools in the clan who claim to be comparable to the captains of the Thirteenth Guarding Team!


    However, there are also many contradictions...


    Even with the emergence of the art of reincarnation, it still cannot meet the standard of the art of reincarnation from the dirty soil.


    Due to the overpowering and oppressive power of the Uehara clan, it gradually caused dissatisfaction among most of the Reapers in the soul world who did not want to join the Uehara clan, which also led to deeper and deeper conflicts between them.


    Until hundreds of years ago...


    A young man named Yaoshidou deciphered the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil.


    Since then, the situation in the world of corpses and souls has finally begun to ease, and the status of the Uehara clan has been impacted. Even though their status is still respected, they will never return to the previous supremacy.


    Unless the Uehara clan kills Pharmacist Dou...


    Re-monopolize the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil in your own hands!


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    If it was the previous Patriarch of the Uehara Clan, it is indeed very likely that Yao Shidou will be killed, because Pharmacist Dou has expressed fear of the previous Patriarch of the Uehara Clan more than once...


    Maybe if the patriarch of the Uehara clan of the previous generation brazenly started a civil war in the soul world in order to kill Yao Shidou, the enemy who changed their family status, the result now is really hard to say.


    Many gods of death in the world of corpses and souls have also been melancholy about this issue.


    If the Soul Soul Realm wants to clean up the Uehara Clan, it means that the Shinigami of the Soul Soul World must suffer a huge loss; if the Uehara Clan is not cleaned up, the Uehara Clan will continue to grow after killing the medicine master...


    Even the captain of the Gotei Thirteenth Team, Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni, did not want any conflict between the Uehara Clan and the Gotei Thirteenth Team. He hoped that both sides could restrain themselves and continue to live in peace.


    Even if it is the highest council of the soul world like the Central Forty-six Chamber, or even the legendary Zero Division, most people don''t want to start a civil war rashly.


    fortunately¡­


    A young man named Uehara Naraku succeeded as the head of the family.


    This somewhat naive young patriarch seems to have been spoiled too much since he was a child. He didn''t pursue Medicine Master Dou for cracking the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil, and he took the initiative to let the Uehara clan integrate into the Thirteenth Guarding Team of the Soul Realm.


    even¡­


    Uehara Naraku himself also entered the Maou Academy of Spiritual Art to study.


    This kind of behavior is equivalent to sending a friendly signal to the political circles of the soul world. The Central Forty-six Office and Motoyanashi Shigekuni Yamamoto naturally accepted all of them, and took the initiative to open up various permissions for Uehara Naraku.


    No matter it is any spiritual cultivation secret book...


    Uehara Naraku can be read directly in the school.


    Even though Uehara Naraku already has his own teacher, Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni is still willing to teach Uehara Naraku in person from time to time.


    If you can¡­


    Naraku Uehara was supposed to be promoted to captain directly after graduation.


    As the patriarch of a wealthy family, Uehara Naraku''s strength is definitely sufficient.


    It''s a pity that his character is too innocent and kind. To put it bluntly, he is too cowardly, and it is difficult to kill a monster like Xu.


    This made the Central Forty-Six Room and Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni a little melancholy...


    Obviously, more than anyone else, they hope that Uehara Naraku can integrate into the soul world, but this Uehara Naraku is a bit too weak to support the wall...


    It would be most suitable for Uehara Naraku to enter the legendary Zero Division team, but unfortunately he is too young, and there are already more suitable people than him to join the Zero Division team.


    Now we can only wait for the passage of time...


    At least now the Uehara clan has made a change.


    This is a good thing for all the gods of death in the entire soul world, at least for them, they don''t have to worry about the coming of the civil war.


    Perhaps the Uehara clan will gradually decline in the future, until after thousands of years, they will slowly degenerate into nobles like Kuchiki and Sifengin...


    Yes.


    Even if the strength of the Uehara clan continues to shrink in the future, they will only degenerate into upper-class nobles in the soul world. How outrageous is this family!


    but¡­


    At this point in time, the Uehara clan still has to be looked up to by others.


    Even if Yao Shidou had cracked the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil, now it would not delay the Uehara clan''s ability to use the dirty soil to reincarnate, and absorb the god of death who was willing to become a subordinate of the Uehara clan.


    certainly¡­


    As a relatively equal price, when Yao Shidou cracked the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, under the intervention of the soul world, he made an agreement with the Uehara clan that he would never disclose the secret of the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil to anyone.


    From the looks of it, the Uehara clan doesn''t seem to be at a disadvantage.


    The Uehara clan only needs to be patient for a while. After Yao Shidou dies, they will be able to continue to maintain their supremacy in the world of corpses and souls with the technique of reincarnation...


    but!


    Only certain upper-level captains know!


    The Uehara clan must have been tricked!


    Because hundreds of years ago, Yao Shidou was secretly invited to join the legendary Zero Team after he cracked the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil. As long as he transplanted the power of the spirit king, Yao Shidou would get an immortal body!


    It''s just that for hundreds of years, Yao Shidou''s invitation to join Team Zero has always been an absolute secret, and he didn''t use the power of the Spirit King, just to avoid arousing the vigilance of the Uehara clan.


    With the death of the previous Patriarch Uehara and the succession of the cowardly Patriarch Uehara Naraku, the current Medicine Master Dou can transplant the power of the Spirit King and achieve immortality!


    This also means...


    The technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil will no longer be exclusive to the Uehara clan!


    "The world is like an intricate chess game..."


    Uehara Naraku walked on the streets of Ruhun Street, with a warm smile on his face, and said words that had nothing to do with his cowardly character: "It''s really strange, why does everyone think they can control everything? ..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito among the Thirteen Deadpool were silent.


    Didn''t Naraku Uehara blush when she said these words? Why do the upper echelons of the corpse soul world think they can control everything, isn''t it all thanks to you?


    Except for that guy in the pharmacist pocket...


    It is estimated that only Thirteen Deadpool knows very well that Uehara Naraku in front of him has never been a good person, and his strength is by no means as weak as he is now.


    and¡­


    The means have also become more severe than in the past!


    Indeed, Uehara Naraku''s methods seem to be more skilled than in the past.


    The current Uehara Naraku took advantage of the time difference, but only released a dirty soil reincarnation technique and a group of dead souls, established a wealthy clan from scratch, and disturbed the entire Soul Soul World!


    "Speaking of which..."


    Naraku Uehara stopped his steps, and glanced at Itachi Uchiha: "When I was taking the exam in the real world today, how is the situation on the virtual circle?"


    "Someone wants to murder you."


    Itachi Uchiha frowned slightly, and said in a low voice: "It''s just that some unscrupulous methods are used, and they won''t pose any threat at all..."


    In fact, someone sent seventeen Kirian-level daxu, but in Uchiha Itachi''s view, it was indeed just a low-level means.


    What''s more, before the enemy sent these Daxu to attack Uehara Naraku, Xuquan had already delivered the news to them.


    "and also¡­"


    Uchiha Itachi''s eye sockets gradually revealed a tinge of red, and he continued softly: "Today, the captain of the fifth team, Aizen Soyousuke, seems to want to use illusion on you..."


    "yes?"


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, and smiled lowly: "Then I''m looking forward to his illusion... You all hope that I won''t be manipulated by him. Illusion has always been my least good ability!"


    "..."


    Itachi Uchiha and Obito Uchiha didn''t want to talk.


    Even though Uehara Naraku is the least good at using illusions, the reincarnation eyes above Sharingan alone are enough for him to see through all illusions.


    And the reason Uehara Naraku is not very good at using illusion...


    Because he can directly control the fate of others in reality, he doesn''t need the ability of illusion at all!


    Just when Uehara Naraku and the others walked to the gate of Seireitei, the gate of Seireitei slowly opened, and a group of Reapers dressed in death costumes came out, and each Reaper involuntarily slowed down.


    This team of Reapers is the tenth team that is going out to perform missions.


    The leader is none other than Isshin Kurosaki, the captain of the 10th Division. No, he should be called Isshin Shiba, or a shinigami with a very hearty personality.


    "Yo, isn''t this Xiao Naluo?"


    "team leader!"


    Standing beside Shiba Isshin, the vice-captain Matsumoto Rangiku couldn''t help frowning, and reminded in a low voice: "We should be called Naraku-dono..."


    To be honest¡­


    Matsumoto Rangiku doesn''t like Uehara Naraku.


    Because Matsumoto Ranju grew up in Yakushidou''s orphanage like Ichimaru Gin, and she admired her dean very much. She also knew the antagonistic relationship between Yakushidou and the Uehara clan.


    Naturally, it was impossible for Matsumoto Rangiku to like the enemy Yakushidou had to face.


    It''s just that the Uehara clan''s status is respected, and if they are a little too rude, they will arouse the hostility of a group of death gods, and Matsumoto Rangiku doesn''t want his captain to get into any trouble.


    the most important is¡­


    Both Dean Yakushito and Ichimaru Gin once reminded Matsumoto Rangiku!


    When facing Naraku Uehara, no matter what the situation is, you must not be rude to Naraku Uehara!


    According to Ichimaru Gin''s explanation, it is that the Uehara clan is powerful, and children from orphanages like them must not offend the Uehara clan anywhere, so as to avoid causing the Uehara clan to attack the president of the medicine master...


    have to say¡­


    When Ichimaru Gin explained in this way, Matsumoto Rangiku, who respected Yakushidou, immediately remembered it in his heart.


    "It''s okay..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Matsumoto Rangiku, who was forced to respect herself, and said softly to comfort her: "Actually, I don''t like these etiquettes either. I''m just an ordinary student in the academy..."


    Which student goes out with a guard!


    Matsumoto Rangiku would not really continue to follow Uehara Naraku''s words, she still remembered the solemn look on Ichimaru Gin''s face when he mentioned Uehara Naraku.


    They must not bring disasters on the head of their orphanage, Yao Shidou, and absolutely must not leave any excuse for the Uehara clan to attack the head of the orphanage!


    Zhibo Yixin didn''t have so many scruples anymore, he didn''t care about his deputy captain''s eyes, and patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder happily: "It would be great if Xiao Naraku could come to the tenth team after graduation..."


    When Zhibo Yixin said this, he touched his chin: "And Ranju just found a good little guy. If Xiao Naraku can also come, we will have two talented newcomers!"


    "Captain, stop talking silly!"


    Matsumoto Rangiku''s forehead couldn''t help but twitch.


    Everyone knows that this is absolutely impossible.


    Because all the high-level officials knew very well that according to Naraku Uehara''s identity, if he could not become the captain because of his cowardly personality, the most likely one to join should be the first team commanded by the chief captain Motoyanagi Shigekuni himself.


    "Sorry, Your Excellency Naraku, our captain is too rude."


    Matsumoto Rangiku closed his palms, slowly lowered his head towards Uehara Naraku, and expressed his apology: "We still have to go to perform the task, so we can only leave it for now."


    "Then... goodbye."


    Uehara Naraku waved his palm with a smile, and walked into Seireitei with two guards, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito.


    On the tower of Seireitei.


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni stands here.


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni is the pinnacle of the god of death in the entire soul world, not only referring to his status, but also his strength, he is the most powerful god of death in the entire world of souls!


    Zanpakuto is like fire...


    Claiming to be able to burn everything in the world!


    Once this old man releases his fire-type Zanpakuto, the entire Soul Soul World may not be enough for him alone...


    this old man...


    Definitely the strongest god of death in the soul world!


    On the tower of Seireitei.


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi looked at the three Uehara Naraku who were slowly walking in from a distance, closed his eyes slightly, and couldn''t help murmuring: "The little guy seems to get along better than we imagined." Woolen cloth¡­"


    "yes¡­"


    A figure walked up to Shigekuni Yamamoto, pushed the glasses on the bridge of his nose, and said with a chuckle, "I''ve seen this since Mr. Naraku entered school... Although the relationship between me and the Uehara clan is very tense, but I have to say that the kindness of this Lord Naraku really makes people feel no hostility."


    "Pharmacist pocket."


    Yamamoto Motoyakusai Shigekuni turned his head slightly, looked at the silver-haired young man beside him, and frowned slightly: "I hope you really think so. It seems that Naraku Uehara has been assassinated several times during this period of time..."


    "I don''t know anything about that."


    Yao Shidou shook his head quickly, and asked with a light smile, "Is the captain suspicious of me? I have no reason to hurt a person who is willing to show kindness to me..."


    "It''s better that way."


    Yamamoto Motoyakusai Shigekuni''s eyes suddenly opened, and a tyrannical spiritual pressure emanated from his body, suppressing the pharmacist from making any movements!


    Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni''s voice gradually became sharper, and he continued in a deep voice: "A slow-witted person like this old man has already sensed the undercurrent of the soul world, and the person who masters the technique of reincarnation in the soul world is the only one in the soul world. You and Uehara Naraku are left..."


    "It''s really impossible to talk about it..."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, smiled and continued to argue: "Didn''t the Patriarchs of the previous generations of the Uehara clan also master the reincarnation of the dirty soil?"


    "No."


    A stern light flashed in Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni''s eyes, and he continued in a low voice: "As a member of the Zero Division, you should know the secrets of the Uehara clan...the death gods of their clan have always been only one person."


    The look of Yao Shidou remained unchanged, and he spoke slowly in place of Shigekuni Yamamoto: "Yes... the secret of that clan... The reason why each generation of the Uehara clan has a short lifespan but is powerful is precisely because they have a kind of inheritance. Occult¡­


    Each generation of Patriarchs of the Uehara Clan will sacrifice their souls after their descendants reach adulthood, and seal their spiritual power on the death gods of their closest relatives, so that the descendants can gain powerful power as soon as possible, thus protecting their clan''s status as a wealthy family forever ..."


    so¡­


    For a long time, there is almost only one real member of the Uehara clan, and the other thousands of death gods, and even the thirteen dead servants, are all just servants of the Uehara clan!


    As for the inheritance secrets of the Uehara clan, it was a little guy named Kisuke Urahara who discovered an incomplete manuscript of the forbidden technique left by Orochimaru many years ago.


    The above only has the effect of forbidden surgery.


    It was this incomplete manuscript that made the upper echelons of the soul world aware that the Uehara clan might be using this inheritance secret...


    Back then, the entire upper echelon of the Soul Realm was almost frightened.


    They also never thought that the patriarchs of the Uehara clan would dare to sacrifice everything for their own clan. Just because of this courage, it is no wonder that they can become the most prosperous family in the soul world!


    Originally, this secret could be used...


    It is a pity that the marriage and childbirth of the Patriarch of the Uehara clan are all confidential.


    Before the Uehara clan announced the change of the patriarch, almost no one in the soul world knew whether the Uehara clan''s patriarch was married or not, no one knew whether the Uehara clan''s patriarch had any heirs, and this clan seemed to know their weaknesses.


    This also makes it difficult to arrange any tricks against the Uehara clan.


    Unfortunately¡­


    After Uehara Naraku succeeded as the head of the family, he did not grasp the inheritance of spiritual power that he had obtained from himself, so he began to exercise the power of the head of the family...


    This gave Xiaoxiao the opportunity to act.


    Hearing the secrets of the Uehara clan now that Yakushidou was talking about, Yamamoto Motonyakusai Shigekuni frowned more and more tightly. The spiritual power accumulated for thousands of years.


    However, according to our observations, it will take some time before he can quickly begin to awaken and master the spiritual power in his body, and according to his talent, at that time he may at least gain power beyond the captain''s level..."


    "yes¡­"


    The corner of Yao Shidou''s mouth curled into a smile, and he said with a low smile, "So if you want to assassinate Your Excellency Naraku, this time is the most suitable opportunity."


    "That''s right."


    Yamamoto Motoyakusai Shigekuni stared at Yakushidou, and said word by word: "If Uehara Naraku is killed, you will be the only one who can control the reincarnation of the filth in the entire soul world...


    Only you have the motive to assassinate Uehara Naraku, only you know about Uehara Naraku''s weakness information, only you are still active outside as a member of the Zero Division, how can you let the old man not doubt you? "


    "Really..."


    Pharmacist shook his head, couldn''t help laughing and said: "I will transplant the power of the Spirit King tomorrow, and I will live in the Palace of the Spirit King forever. Does Your Excellency Yamamoto still doubt me?"


    "..."


    Yamamoto Genryasai Shigekuni fell silent.


    If Yao Shidou was about to perform the transplant of the soul king''s flesh and blood, he would no longer appear in the Seireitei from now on, but would stay in the soul king''s palace to protect the soul king''s body and maintain the balance between the spirit world and the present world.


    In this case¡­


    It seems that there is no need to be too vigilant about the pharmacist''s bag.


    Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni hopes that Yakushi Douzhen will give up his past grudges.


    "All right."


    Pharmacist turned around slowly and left, leaving only the last sentence: "I don''t need you to urge me to transplant the power of the spirit king. I am very interested in the legendary spirit king. After all, I am also curious about this kind of immortality. the power of..."


    "..."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni did not respond.


    It wasn''t until Yaoshidou left that the old man''s expression slowly eased, because the existence of Yaoshidou had indeed caused a lot of trouble to Seilingting.


    hundreds of years ago.


    After Yao Shidou came to the world of corpses and souls, he opened an orphanage on Liuhun Street and adopted many homeless children from Liuhun Street. This orphanage is still in operation.


    After many vagrants grew up, most of them entered the Zhenyang Academy of Spiritual Arts to study, and after graduation they all became gods of death.


    Just counting it now, Saraki Kenpachi and the vagrant Kusaka Yachiryu, who Yakushi had taken in, have become the captain and vice-captain of the eleventh team.


    Recently, Ichimaru Gin and Matsumoto Rangiku have become vice captains; and according to the decision of the Central Forty-six Office, Ichimaru Gin will be promoted to the captain of the third team in the near future.


    Except for these captains and vice-captains...


    There are also many young Reapers who come from this orphanage.


    This was originally a good thing.


    This orphanage is very famous in Liuhun Street, and Yao Shidou has become very respected because of this, giving him a very high prestige in Liuhun Street.


    To put it bluntly...


    The pharmacist''s pocket already represents the will of the Reaper''s common people.


    However, the centuries-old conflict between Yakushidou and the Uehara clan has never been eliminated, making Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni a little worried that these new gods of death will become Yakushidou''s tools...


    As long as Pharmacist Dou is willing to live in Lingwang Palace forever...


    Then all the fetters between him and Seireitei will be cut off slowly.


    Under the gaze of Shigekuni Yamamoto Genryasai, Yakushi walked down the tower and walked slowly and steadily on the streets of Seireitei.


    This person who almost caused a civil war in the soul world...


    From the back view, it is really an ordinary one.


    Of course, looking at it from the front, Yaoshidou is just an ordinary person, the only difference may be that he always wears the skeleton made by himself.


    "Your Excellency Pharmacist Dou!"


    Just when Yao Shidou was about to move forward, a group of gods of death stopped Yao Shidou, and the old man at the head asked in a deep voice, "Where is Yao Shidou going, Your Excellency?"


    "Your Excellency Sparrow..."


    Pharmacist''s eyes flickered slightly.


    Because the person who prevented him from leaving Seireitei was the vice-captain of the Gotei 13th Squad''s 1st Squad Squad Minister Jiro, and also a friend of the general captain Yamamoto Motonyanagi Shigekuni!


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, smiled and said, "I want to go to the orphanage on Liuhun Street to see those little guys...can''t I?"


    "of course can."


    After Sparrow Minister Jiro nodded, he still stopped in front of Yao Shidou, and continued in a deep voice: "However, His Excellency Naraku Uehara and the two Deadpools seem to be passing through this area... For his safety, this area needs to be temporarily guarded. "


    "..."


    Pharmacist was silent for a while, then suddenly smiled and nodded: "Okay, I see, then I will stay here for a while..."


    these guys...


    Are you still worried that he will be unfavorable to Uehara Naraku before the Changjuling Palace?


    Yao Shidou stared at a group of vigilant gods of death, his eyes narrowed slightly, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually became more profound. They are really a bunch of idiots...


    Tread, tread, tread...


    There was a sound of footsteps getting closer.


    Under the watchful eyes of a group of death gods, Uehara Naraku led his two dead servants slowly through the street, until they passed by the medicine master pocket and the first team, Uehara Naraku''s footsteps slowly stopped.


    Uehara Naraku turned around, looked at Yao Shidou, Sparrow Minister Jiro and others, slowly tilted his head and narrowed his eyes, showing a sunny and warm smile.


    "Good afternoon, seniors."


    "..."


    A group of gods of death were a little overwhelmed.


    Because it is rare to see such a polite guy in the soul world!


    "I did have a good time this afternoon... Your Excellency Naraku."


    Yao Shidou couldn''t help chuckling, he slowly looked at Uehara Naraku, and showed the same warm smile as a response to Uehara Naraku.


    Obviously, Yao Shidou was also smiling kindly...


    However, Sparrow Minister Jiro felt a little drummed in his heart, and he couldn''t help but keep raising the danger level of the pharmacist''s pocket. How could this guy be gentle with the Uehara clan!


    "Then I''ll go first."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Medicine Master Dou with a sincere look on his face: "If there is a chance, I hope that Your Excellency Medicine Master Dou can take time to visit our family and eliminate the unhappiness that has arisen between us in the past..."


    this attitude...


    The little Patriarch''s attitude is really low.


    It''s just that his sincere invitation didn''t get the desired response.


    "That''s really a pity, Your Excellency Naraku..."


    The pharmacist supported his frame, and a glint of light flashed on his lens: "Tomorrow, I will go to a secret place to practice for a long time... There should be no chance for us to meet again in the future."


    "Is that so?"


    Uehara Naraku showed a little regret on his face, he sighed slowly, and then nodded: "Then, I will take my leave first."


    After speaking.


    Uehara Naraku nodded again at Sparrow Minister Jiro and a group of Reapers of the first team, and even said goodbye one by one, and then slowly left with Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito.


    "What a polite little fellow!"


    Looking at Uehara Naraku''s back, Sparrow Minister Jiro couldn''t help but praise in a loud voice: "Except for the kindness that the little guy shouldn''t have too much, in every other respect, he seems to be an impeccable genius. ..."


    "Yeah, I think so too."


    Medicine Master narrowed his eyes, smiled and nodded.

 Chapter 612

    The residential area of ??the Uehara clan.


    Strictly speaking, this should not only be called a residential area.


    The gods of death in Seireitei like to call the residential area of ??the Uehara clan "Uehara Castle", because this is a city that occupies a central location like Seireitei and occupies a radius of Shangbailingli.


    The whole city is divided into inner city and outer city.


    Regardless of whether it is the inner city or the outer city, the city walls are all made of murderous aura stones, a specialty of the soul world. This material can completely isolate spirit seeds and spirit pressure, forming a double barrier.


    If a dead soul from Ruhun Street wants to infiltrate the Uehara Clan''s castle, they must first break through the murderous stone barrier of Seireitei, and then break through the murderous stone barrier of the outer city of Uehara City and the murderous stone barrier of the inner city. Opportunity to face the current Patriarch of the Yuan Clan...


    Whether it is the inner city or the outer city, there will be death squads patrolling the walls every day. Their duty is to protect Uehara City from being invaded.


    In fact...


    They are just equivalent to ordinary caretakers.


    Behind the outer city wall is the most prosperous outer city of Uehara City.


    The entire outer city covers many facilities such as training grounds, production areas, residential areas, commercial streets, spirit arts institutes, hospitals, etc., and it has become a small seireiting.


    The entire outer city is inhabited by all the gods of death and their families who have taken refuge in the Uehara clan for thousands of years in the soul world. Even if some gods of death have exhausted their spiritual power and died, their descendants and their families are still allowed to live here.


    and¡­


    Most of these descendants will enter the spiritual academy established by the Uehara clan to study. From the perspective of time, the spiritual arts academy of the Uehara clan has actually existed longer than the Seireitei Academy of Spiritual Arts.


    The teachers of the Spiritual Art Academy will judge based on their grades, expertise, talents, hobbies, etc., and decide whether these subordinates can take up jobs in Uehara City, or become the death gods of the family.


    This is equivalent to raising a child from childhood to adulthood.


    This is also the envy of many dead souls in Liuhun Street.


    Because once you join the Uehara clan, it means that you don''t need to worry about it in the future, you just need to practice hard or study hard.


    Even guys who don''t know the Uehara clan can know a few words from the death gods who belong to the Uehara clan, that is, the patriarchs of the Uehara clan have always been very generous to their own people.


    therefore¡­


    This also made many of the affiliated death gods of the Uehara clan fearless of death, even though they were actually controlled by the technique of reincarnation.


    Because there are so many dead souls and gods of death living in the outer city, the outer city of Uehara City is much more prosperous than any place in Seireitei.


    Sometimes, when some Reapers of the Guarding Thirteen Team were allowed to enter Uehara Castle, they preferred to wander around the outer city to buy rare things.


    to this end¡­


    Many nobles also very much hope that the outer city can be opened.


    However, this kind of thing is not realistic at all, because the real purpose of the existence of the outer city is to protect the inner city of Uehara City, which is also the core area of ??Uehara City.


    The inner city wall is more tightly defended.


    There are at least ten squads of ten people on the city wall, and hundreds of Reapers patrolling back and forth on the city wall, protecting the inner city from being invaded by anyone.


    Even if it is the Shinigami attached to the Uehara clan, if they want to enter the inner city, they must obtain the consent of one of the thirteen dead servants.


    As the core of Uehara City, there are not many buildings in the inner city, only Naraku Uehara''s mansion, the House of Parliament, the Research Institute, the Hidden Rain Tower, the Academy of Secret Arts, the Dirty Earth Villa, and the residence of the Thirteen Deadpools.


    Compared with the prosperity of the outer city...


    The inner city really couldn''t be simpler.


    The tallest building in the entire inner city is the Yuyin Tower, which is also the center of Uehara City. It is located in the mansion of the head of the Uehara clan, but it has been empty all year round, and it looks like a symbolic building.


    And near the mansion of the head of the Uehara family, there are dotted with the residences of the thirteen dead servants, which is also their training area.


    Thirteen Deadpool.


    These dead servants are the peak combat power of the Uehara clan!


    Almost every Deadpool has the power of a captain-level Death God, and even the strongest of them may have power beyond the captain-level!


    The first seat, Uchiha Madara.


    The second seat, Qianshouzhujian.


    Third seat, Gore D. Roger.


    Fourth seat, Edward Newgate.


    The fifth seat is between the Thousand Hands.


    The sixth seat, Hiruza Sarutobi.


    The seventh seat, Namikaze Minato.


    The eighth seat, Uchiha Obito.


    Ninth seat, Uchiha Itachi.


    The tenth seat, the third generation of Raikage Ai.


    In the eleventh seat, the second generation Tukage no.


    The twelfth seat, the second generation of water shadow ghost lantern magic moon.


    The thirteenth seat, four generations of Fengying Luosha.


    These former souls are all in the collection of Uehara Naraku.


    Each of them has died in the original world, and their souls have absorbed spiritual power in the world of corpses and souls, recovering their peak strength and even going further.


    The first four seats are undoubtedly the strongest existence.


    The ranking of these people is not in any order, but Uchiha Madara may be a bit of a problem. Once you meet Senju Zhuma, you have to compete... Senju Zhuma, Edward Newgate and Gore D. Roger and others are more Buddhist.


    Under normal circumstances, the first four seats are never used.


    The four of them practiced in their own residences almost every day, and their existence was also the pinnacle of the Uehara clan''s current combat power.


    The remaining nine seats are responsible for handling all the big and small things in Uehara City.


    As the former second-generation Hokage Senshou Tokaima, he naturally took care of all the sundries unceremoniously. In fact, it seemed that there was no more suitable candidate than him.


    I have to say is¡­


    Under the governance of Senshou Feima, the entire Uehara Castle in Seireitei slowly slipped to the embarrassing position that Uchiha once held in Konoha, and everyone will live in the way they hate the most...


    In addition to superficially managing everything in Uehara Castle, Qianshou Feijian also secretly selected batches of gods of death to carry out reincarnation manipulation in the dirty soil, and arranged them to lurk in the various teams of Seireitei!


    Any sign of trouble...


    It is impossible to hide it from Qianshoubanjian!


    same¡­


    Qianshou Feijian is also in charge of the Academy of Secret Arts and Research Institute, mainly responsible for the study of the use of spiritual power, breaking the way, ghost way and binding way, there is almost nothing that Qianshou Feijian does not study...


    and¡­


    It seems that there is nothing that is incomprehensible between the thousand hands.


    Thousands of years ago, the Uehara clan did not have a secret academy when they first started. As time passed, they had to build a secret arts academy in order to store all kinds of forbidden arts created by Qianshoubeijian.


    This former second-generation Hokage...


    The talents in these crooked ways are simply ridiculously strong.


    The Third Hokage Hiruzaru Sarutobi manages the Academy of Spiritual Arts, and is mainly responsible for teaching. Apart from the Will of Fire, he still has two talents in education.


    The Fourth Hokage Namikaze Minato commanded all the gods of death in Uehara Castle, and the other kages who used to make up the numbers were responsible for assisting him, and they were responsible for decorating the surface of Uehara Castle.


    Besides them...


    Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Itachi are mainly responsible for protecting Uehara Naraku, or to show the presence of Thirteen Deadpools to the outside world...


    Thirteen Deadpool.


    Every one has their best use.


    If the Thirteen Deadpools are the pinnacle of the Uehara Clan...


    Then the one who supported them to stand at the top was Naraku Uehara, who had been slowly tampering with the history of the Soul World since thousands of years ago!


    This huge force...


    It is definitely not something that Seireitei''s Gotei Thirteen Team can shake!


    Uehara City, the inner city.


    When Naraku Uehara returned to his residence, the first four dead servants were already waiting for his return, and each of them had different expressions on their faces.


    When Uehara Naraku participated in the assessment in the present world, they circled in the gap between the present world and the soul world, blocking Daxu who wanted to attack Uehara Naraku.


    to be honest¡­


    There is absolutely no need for such a thing.


    After all, Aizen Soyousuke secretly sent out to attack Uehara Naraku''s daiku, almost all of them were of the Kirian level, and even Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito could easily solve them.


    "Hmph, I''m going to take those children''s exams again..."


    Uchiha Madara snorted coldly, with an evil smile on the corner of his mouth: "I really can''t understand why you always like to pretend to be that weak..."


    "If you show too much power, it will make too many people despair?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a chuckle, and explained casually: "It would be too cruel for them to have to suppress their ambition to rule the world because of fear. ..."


    "Oh, that''s kindness..."


    Of course Uchiha Madara disagreed with this, and sneered and retorted: "Humph, draw out their ambitions with one hand, and push them to stand on a high place with the other hand..."


    When Uchiha Madara said this, the expression on his face gradually darkened: "When they stood at the top of the world, they thought they had realized their dream of controlling the world, and then pushed them from the sky into the quagmire..."


    "Isn''t that nice?"


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "They stood at the high place of the world and saw the scenery that they could not have seen in their past life, and I also maintained the justice and peace of the world. need¡­"


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara fell silent.


    After a long time, Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara Naraku with a complicated face: "You guys are really serious every time you talk nonsense..."


    "Okay, Madara."


    Senju Bashirama walked to Uchiha Madara''s side, patted his friend''s shoulder, turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku and asked softly: "Speaking of which, this time we caught the black hand who directed Daxu to attack you. An Achukas-level Hollow..."


    When they said this, white beard Edward Newgate and Gore D. Roger moved away from their seats, revealing their hideous heads slumped on the floor.


    Yachukas-level Daxuan...


    Even in the virtual circle, it is rare. This level of Daxu ranks in the second tier in the entire virtual circle, and can manipulate the actions of the lowest-level Jilian Daxu.


    This big xu doesn''t seem to have evolved very much. Now it is restrained by the Mingshen gate in Qianshouzhujian and cannot move, and it still maintains its original hideous appearance...


    "It doesn''t look good..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly showed a little disgust on his face, slowly shook his head, and sighed: "Just sent an ordinary Achukas Taixu to attack me, Captain Aizen is really a bit petty..."


    "Hmph, it''s not useless..."


    Uchiha Madara walked up to Uehara Naraku''s side, hugged his arm and said slowly: "The bastard in Senshou Feima suggested that it could be handed over to the Gotei 13th team, and secretly guide them to find out the behind-the-scenes instructions to instruct it to act. people..."


    "it''s useless."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said softly: "If you give it to the Gotei 13th Team, the Gotei 13th Team should get the name of the head from the mouth of the head... Maybe before it attacked me, Aizen Have you considered the consequences of its arrest?"


    "..."


    Daxu''s body on the ground trembled slightly.


    This Yachukas-level giant managed to raise his head, looking at the young Reaper standing among a group of tough guys, showing his extraordinary status.


    That''s what it was sent to strike...


    This young god of death is really not simple. He even guessed Master Aizen''s plan. No wonder Master Aizen doesn''t have much confidence in this plan...


    Before it was sent by its master Aizen Soyousuke to attack Uehara Naraku, once it was arrested, it could find a way to induce its interrogators to transfer the crime of attacking Uehara Naraku to Yakushi Tou...


    this kind of thing...


    Blue dye is very skilled.


    If the thirteenth team of the court, Yaoshidou, and the Uehara clan can be induced to continue fighting, Aizen can hide under the muddy water of their struggle and continue with his plan.


    This big head struggled to get rid of the shackles of Mingshenmen, but in the end it could only give up powerlessly. It looked up at the group of guys, and smiled strangely: "You guys, how do you want to deal with me..."


    "How to deal with it?"


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his fingers and rubbed the center of his brow, he turned his head and looked at the people around him: "Speaking of which, I remember that the academy doesn''t need Yachukas-level masters, right?"


    Uchiha Madara grinned, and sneered with disdain: "Humph, is there anything worth studying about this kind of waste? If it is true that even this kind of waste needs to be studied, then the guy in charge of the research institute must be a waste, right?" !"


    "..."


    Everyone''s expressions gradually became subtle.


    Because everyone knows who is in charge of the institute.


    Senju Bashima looked at Uchiha Madara, his eyes were a little melancholy: "Mara...in charge of the research institute...has always been Tobima..."


    "That''s why I said he was..."


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to stop Uchiha Madara''s possible disputes and slanders, and he slowly stretched out his palm towards the void.


    A Zanpakuto condensed and appeared in his hand!


    The next moment, Naraku Uehara swung his Zanpakuto and slashed at the masked head of Daxu!


    In an instant, this big empty body was split into two and annihilated. At this moment, Uehara Naraku was completely different from the gentleness shown by the outside world!


    "Humph¡­"


    Looking at this scene, Uchiha Madara seemed to have thought of something, and couldn''t help but sneered: "The attack is really merciless... Do you want to prepare a soul burial ceremony for this guy?"


    Regarding some actions of Uehara Naraku...


    Uchiha Madara is really not used to it.


    As the former patriarch of the Uchiha clan, Uchiha Madara really couldn''t bear the style of Uehara Naraku, the patriarch.


    "Of course there will be a soul burial."


    Uehara Naraku narrowed his eyes, a piece of origami appeared in his palm, and turned into a bunch of paper flowers in his hand.


    Holding the bouquet of paper flowers, Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his head and showed a kind smile: "Only by maintaining good habits will you not show your flaws in front of others."

 Chapter 613

    The paper flower slowly burned in Uehara Naraku''s hands.


    A group of superpowers looked at Naraku Uehara and prayed for the dead Daiko, and everyone couldn''t help feeling a little bit stuck and confused.


    If this person is really innocent and kind, they might take it lightly, but Uehara Naraku doesn''t have any of these beautiful characters...


    this picture...


    It makes people look very nonsense.


    It wasn''t until Uehara Naraku finished praying that Uchiha Obito suppressed his emotions and said, "The medicine master is waiting for you in the Kamui space, something must have happened..."


    "Hmph, what can happen?"


    Uchiha Madara hugged his arm, and a sneer flashed across his face: "That guy has fought us very hard for hundreds of years..."


    During the hundreds of years in Seiling Court, Yao Shidou and the Uehara clan were in an absolute hostile relationship, and no one believed that they could live in peace.


    Even after Uehara Naraku appeared as the Patriarch during this period, Yaoshidou has always respected Uehara Naraku''s title, every time they met, Yaoshidou would show his innocent smile to Uehara Naraku...


    However¡­


    But it has always made people think that the pharmacist has malicious intentions.


    Because of his experience...


    It''s just too deceptive.


    After all, according to Yao Shidou''s identity, and his stories of battling wits and bravery with the most powerful family in the corpse and soul world for hundreds of years, no matter how you look at Yao Shidou''s innocent smile, I can''t help but feel hairy...


    For example, Aizen Soyousuke, the man behind the scenes who also stirred up the situation in the world of corpses and souls, actually doesn''t think much of the Uehara clan, but he values ??the existence of the medicine master''s pocket...


    Because in Aizen''s view...


    Pharmacist Dou has the same aura about him.


    It''s a pity that Yaoshidou''s own strength is not weak, and his scheming is also very deep, and there are many gods of death who are willing to follow him.


    the most important is¡­


    Yao Shidou also knew the true face of Aizen Soyousuke.


    In other words, the two of them know each other''s true colors, and they sometimes cooperate and sometimes deceive each other.


    When Aizen Soyousuke accepted Ichimaru Gin as his subordinate, he knew that there must be a connection between Ichimaru Gin and Ichimaru Gin, and he only used this to take advantage of the relationship between Ichimaru Gin and Ichimaru Gin, who are like masters and fathers.


    It''s just that Aizen Soyousuke doesn''t know...


    All he knew and saw was what Yao Shidou wanted him to see.


    As for the true identity of Yakushidou, it will only appear in the most secret place, which is the space of Kamui that both he and Obito Uchiha can connect to.


    Shenwei space.


    This mysterious space, which only Kamui Sharingan can enter, became the meeting place for Yakushidou, Thirteen Deadpool, and Uehara Naraku.


    When Yao Shidou saw Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Madara and others entering the Shenwei space, a touch of respect flashed across his face, and the corner of his mouth couldn''t help but smile: "Master Naraku, because tomorrow I will live in the Lingwang Palace forever." Guilty, so I want to report some news to you today..."


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, his body sat down slowly, and a stone chair suddenly appeared on the ground to support his body.


    It was originally a plan they had made hundreds of years ago to let Yao Shidou join the Zero Team and enter the Lingwang Palace through the reincarnation of the dirty soil or other methods.


    Originally, Orochimaru had also been invited by Team Zero, but Uehara Naraku rejected the proposal because Orochimaru was not strong enough.


    In comparison, Yaoshidou, who has developed the Baijue Armored Coat, is more suitable for entering the Lingwang Palace, and can also report news of the Zero Division to Kahara Naraku at any time.


    "Let''s talk about it."


    Naraku Uehara sat on the stone chair, slowly raised her cheeks with her palms, and a lazy aura slowly exuded from her whole body.


    Just this laziness...


    It''s more like a ferocious beast in a deep sleep.


    Even just sitting there...


    But it seems that people can see a black hole that can swallow everything!


    "It''s unbearably frightening..."


    The corner of Yao Shidou''s mouth curled up, and he began to praise: "Compared to Master Naluo''s mighty power, King Ling is really not enough..."


    As a person who has seen the Spirit King with his own eyes, Yao Shidou knows how powerful the spiritual power of the Spirit King is, but he does not think that the Spirit King can be compared with Uehara Naraku at his peak!


    No matter how powerful a person is...


    When Uehara Naraku really reveals his strength, he will appear vulnerable. This is due to Yao Shidou''s confidence in Uehara Naraku.


    It''s still the saying among them...


    The Uehara Naraku that everyone can see is exactly what Uehara Naraku wants them to see, and no one can know the real hidden power in Uehara Naraku''s body!


    No matter how strong a person is...


    Uehara Naraku will definitely become stronger than him!


    Uchiha Madara looked at the pharmacist with disdain and said: "Hmph, although what you say should be the truth, it sounds more like a compliment to Uehara..."


    "..."


    Pharmacist Dou''s expression became a little strange.


    As someone who has worked with Madara Uchiha, Yakushi understands Madara Uchiha''s character. In fact, this man has never been stingy in praising those powerful people...


    But this time...


    Listening to Uchiha Madara''s words always makes people feel weird.


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head, and said slowly, "Du, let''s get down to business, is everything arranged properly?"


    "yes."


    Yao Shidou nodded seriously, and said softly: "After I leave, Yinhui will temporarily take over my position and directly deliver the information about Aizen Soyousuke and Bengyu to Master Naraku..."


    The silver in the pharmacist''s pocket...


    Naturally referring to Ichimaru Gin who grew up in an orphanage.


    Now Ichimaru Gin is ostensibly a subordinate of Aizen Soyousuke, and also the vice-captain of the fifth team, and Ichimaru silver is about to be promoted to the captain of the third team.


    "Oh? Ichimaru Gin?"


    Curiosity flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, he tapped his cheek with his fingers, and asked slowly: "Dou, if you enter the Soul King Palace, do you think Ichimaru Gin will still be reliable? "


    "There will be no problems."


    The pharmacist pushed his glasses, and he calmly explained: "We have always believed that no one is more suitable than Master Naraku to become the supreme god who rules this world, and Silver is no exception..."


    When he said this, a ray of light flashed under the lens of Yao Shidou, and the corner of his mouth suddenly curled up slightly: "Besides, Yin grew up by my side, he is exactly the same as me when I was a child, I know him very well. s Choice¡­"


    Because Yao Shidou found the same kind of breath from Ichimaru Gin''s body.


    When Ichimaru Gin was growing up in the orphanage, Yakushidou noticed the characteristics of Ichimaru Gin. Once people like them find the fetters in their hearts...


    Never lose your way again!


    Similarly, you can no longer escape the fetters!


    As long as there is still a fetter in Ichimaru Gin''s heart, there is no need to worry about his betrayal. The most important thing for Ichimaru Gin is three things.


    Matsumoto Ranju, Yakushido, Orphanage.


    What Yaoshidou did was very simple. He took care of the homeless children who grew up in this group of orphanages just like what his own dean, Yaoshi Nonaiyu, did.


    Now Yaoshidou and Yaoshi No Naoyu are very similar, they are both the head of the orphanage, they are both medical ninjas, they will pay attention to every child they adopt...


    It''s a little tricky...


    They are all someone''s spy.


    Listening to what Pharmacist said, Naraku Uehara gradually realized a problem, and his expression became a little strange: "How do you feel this situation is vaguely familiar..."


    This¡­


    What''s the situation!


    It would be fine if he took Hei Ze''s script, and it''s acceptable to take the Uchiha Clan''s script, why does it still feel like he''s got Shimura Danzo''s script now!


    "Don''t worry about Yin''s accident."


    Yao Shidou smiled and continued: "Not long ago, Master Oshemaru, who lived in seclusion in the virtual circle, had secretly contacted Yin. He also believed that this little guy has quite extraordinary potential, even better than me in the past..."


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression became more and more strange, and the corners of his mouth couldn''t help twitching. Now this matter is more and more like Shimura Danzo''s past...


    never mind.


    Even though the progress of the situation is somewhat similar to the past, Uehara Naraku knows that there is an essential difference between himself and Shimura Danzo. Shimura Danzo is not a good person...


    Uehara Naraku pondered for a while, then nodded slowly and said: "Since you chose Ichimaru Gin, then I will trust him for now... How is Orochimaru''s situation?"


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    "Oshemaru-sama''s side is also going well."


    Pharmacist nodded, and said with a light smile, "According to our arrangement, when Aizen Soyousuke goes to Xuquan next time, he will soon meet Master Orochimaru and learn the truth from him. The secret of the Uehara clan thousands of years ago..."


    This is really a big move...


    But Aizen Soyousuke is indeed a character!


    Even Yaoshidou has to admit Aizen''s excellence. In addition to arranging Ichimaru Gin to lurk beside Aizen, they also need to specially arrange Orochimaru who lives in seclusion in the virtual circle as another dark secret lurking beside Aizen Soyousuke. son¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke doesn''t trust anyone.


    But Aizen will not let go of anyone who can be used!


    Orochimaru, a person whose identity and background story has been specially arranged by Uehara Naraku, plus Orochimaru himself is also good at soul research experiments, has a fatal temptation for Aizen!


    Whether it is the secrets that Orochimaru knows or the abilities that Orochimaru possesses, Aizen Soyousuke will never let go of recruiting this person who existed thousands of years ago!


    "it is good."


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, and said in a low voice: "Since you have already made arrangements, let''s practice for a while at the Lingwang Palace and Team Zero... If you encounter any danger, tell me immediately through the Shenwei space."


    As his most trusted subordinate...


    In other words, it is also the subordinate with the highest value at present.


    The pharmacist''s pocket is of great significance to Uehara Naraku, and it is definitely impossible for him to be damaged in the Lingwang Palace by any accident.


    seriously...


    If it is for the safety of the medicine master, Uehara Naraku doesn''t mind directly overturning the table in the entire soul world, brazenly fighting the entire soul world head-on!


    As for the main task of collecting the collapsed jade...


    It can''t be said that Uehara will have to do it himself at that time!


    In this world of death, for Naraku Uehara, the most important thing is the Bendama made by Aizen Soyousuke and Urahara Kisuke by accident.


    The problem is that this kind of thing has been unclear...


    So far, no collapse jade has been produced, but a lot of high-level big ghosts have been born, maybe it needs the right time and place and specific spiritual power...


    Collapse jade.


    In fact, it is the product of accidents and accidents.


    Because the existence of Bengyu can guide the potential of the master, so that the master can evolve greatly, thus gaining power beyond the limit of the dimension...


    This weird power...


    Even for Naraku Uehara, it may have a miraculous effect!


    In addition to Beng Yu, Uehara Naraku speculates that there may be hidden tasks in this world to collect the power of the Spirit King. After all, as the will of the entire world, it is absolutely impossible for the Spirit King not to appear in the task list.


    Thousands of years of layout.


    Uehara Naraku played chess in the soul world little by little.


    Every step is very reasonable, and by creating conflicts little by little, they finally push the soul world and the virtual circle to the track they want to enter step by step.


    As for the next step, Orochimaru and Ichimaru Gin are responsible for following up with Aizen Soyousuke, and Yakushido is responsible for going to the Lingwang Palace to monitor the status of the Lingwang at all times.


    "Speaking of which..."


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head again, and remembered a person who had been out of the situation: "Dou, has Urahara Kisuke contacted you?"


    Kisuke Urahara¡­


    He is an important person who made the collapsed jade!


    In a sense, Urahara Kisuke is no less resourceful than Aizen Soyousuke, even all his plans are smooth sailing, obedient to other people''s conspiracy arrangements, and inserting his own little tricks little by little...


    "not yet¡­"


    Apologetic flashed across Yao Shidou''s face, and he said in a low voice, "Since Pu Yuan was expelled from Soul Soul Realm, I haven''t seen any trace of him again."


    "What a pity..."


    A look of regret flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, he slowly shook his head and said, "Urahara should be the first disciple you accepted in Soul Soul Realm, right?"


    "Feel sorry¡­"


    A drop of cold sweat gradually dripped from the forehead of the pharmacist, and he hurriedly said: "But at that time, I hadn''t controlled Urahara''s fetters, so I didn''t disclose my relationship with Master Naraku to Urahara, and he won''t hinder our relationship." plan¡­"


    It''s just that apart from these, Yao Shidou taught Urahara a lot, because it was the first time he saw a little guy like Urahara Kisuke who could completely follow his thinking.


    However, because of this, Yao Shidou also made some mistakes...


    He didn''t realize that Urahara Kisuke would leave him!


    Originally, when Yao Shidou was teaching Urahara, he thought everything was under control, and even planned to gradually train Urahara to become a full-fledged member of Akatsuki. Unexpectedly, Urahara Kisuke would act without authorization and break away from his sect!


    In the end, Kisuke Urahara had to leave Soul World because of his unauthorized confrontation with Aizen in the Masked Legion incident, and was tricked by Aizen...


    Yao Shidou deeply felt that in this world, there really cannot be any negligence.


    Whether it is Aizen Soyousuke, Urahara Kisuke, or even Ichimaru Gin, they all have their own super-high wisdom and strategies. If Uehara Naraku is not standing behind him, Yakushito cannot guarantee that he can gain the upper hand in each other''s calculations!


    These people are not brainless pirates!


    People in this world have a very high level of intelligence!


    Yao Shidou slowly lowered his head, and said in an obscure voice: "I''m sorry, Mr. Naraku, the matter of Urahara... let you down..."


    "No problem."


    Uehara Naraku sat upright, folded his palms together, and said slowly: "You can stay at the Lingwang Palace, I will deal with this matter... cheated my most proud subordinate, I will let him know Some taboo things have already marked the price..."

 Chapter 614

    Naraku Uehara is really kind to his subordinates.


    This powerful leader never seemed to blame his subordinates for their ineffectiveness, nor would he dislike the strength of his subordinates, nor would he interfere with his subordinates'' small actions.


    Maybe it''s because his strength is enough to end all troubles.


    For Naraku Uehara...


    As long as the subordinates are willing to dedicate their loyalty to him, it is enough.


    Even former heroes like Uchiha Madara have to admit that this characteristic of Uehara Naraku made them have to admit this guy''s unique charm.


    Treating outsiders is as cold and ruthless as winter, and playing with outsiders as if playing with marionettes; when treating one''s own people, it is as warm as spring, and sometimes even feels a little pampered.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the pharmacist''s pocket, still a little cautious, and spoke softly to soothe his emotions: "Okay, don''t worry about Urahara Kisuke, before you leave, let''s go see your hard work... Over there at the orphanage, I''ll arrange for someone else to take over."


    "yes."


    Yao Shidou slowly lowered his head, and said softly: "Then I will leave everything to Lord Naraku, there are many children in the orphanage who can become gods of death..."


    "Hey Hey hey¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression became more and more weird: "Dou, I''m not that guy Shimura Danzo, I don''t need to use them to supplement our combat power..."


    "¡­yes."


    The corner of Pharmacist''s mouth curled into a smile, and he explained with a smile: "But it is the best choice for them to be able to work for Master Naraku."


    No one is born to be on the victor''s side, only they know what it means to stand beside Uehara Naraku.


    It''s just that Yao Shidou didn''t continue to say anything more, not to mention that unless he was a vagrant who had the qualifications to join Akatsuki, he would carefully train them.


    Today''s orphanages are not small.


    However, there are fewer and fewer children who are as outstanding as Urahara Kisuke and Ichimaru Gin.


    Even if another child, Asai Renji, who grew up in the orphanage, has now entered the Shino Academy of Spiritual Arts, and even became a classmate of Uehara Naraku, he is still not qualified.


    At least in the eyes of Pharmacist Dou, he is not qualified.


    After all, Pharmacist Dou values ??wisdom more than strength and talent.


    A Sanjing Renji''s character is really too reckless, he doesn''t know how to restrain his temper at all, which is not in line with Yao Shidou''s expectations for his successor.


    What''s more, Ichimaru Yinzhuyu is in front...


    It''s really hard to find a better character.


    Today''s orphanage is a bit lively.


    When Yao Shidou came here, a group of attendants stood at the gate of the orphanage, forbidding anyone to enter. Their clothes had the family crests of the Rottenwood Clan.


    These are the five nobles in the soul world...


    No, it should be said to be the dead wood family among the four great nobles.


    Compared with the wealthy clan Uehara Clan, the Kuchiki Clan is not enough, but they can hold their ground in places like Liuhun Street. No dead souls would dare to underestimate the Kuchiki Clan.


    after all¡­


    The patriarch of the Kuchiki clan has been the captain of the sixth team of the Gotei Thirteen Team all year round.


    What appeared in the orphanage now was not the current head of the Kuchiki clan, but the young head of the Kuchiki Byakuya, the future head of the Kuchiki clan.


    The reception room of the orphanage.


    A girl with big eyes hurriedly served a pot of tea and put it on the small table. There was too much water in the tea pot and it even overflowed.


    Her name is Rukia.


    Now the oldest child in the orphanage.


    When the pharmacist is not around, Lucia will take out the responsibility of the big sister to help adopt other children and take care of the little guys in the home. Fortunately, Ichimaru Silver and Matsumoto Rangiku will come to help occasionally, sending some money or daily necessities .


    And Rukia''s little friend Asai Renji often comes to help, even though Asai Renji sometimes comes to help.


    Now that Yakushido, Ichimaru Gin, and Matsumoto Rangiku are not around, the Kuchiki clan came to visit the orphanage, and among a group of radishheads, Rukia had no choice but to stand out...


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s arrival puts a lot of pressure on Rukia.


    Facing the heir of a great nobleman like Kuchiki Byakuya, Rukia felt that she was under a lot of pressure, but she still had to forcibly assume the aura of the contemporary eldest sister of the orphanage...


    Rukia clumsily put the overflowing teapot on the table, and scalded her hand when she picked up the cup to pour the tea, which made her eyes widen instantly, and the corners of her mouth couldn''t help twitching...


    It''s hot!


    Rukia gritted her teeth, put down the scalding teacup, forced herself to sit in her seat calmly, looked at Kuchiki Byakuya opposite, and pretended to be calm: "Ahem, cough, cough... Your Excellency, Please drink tea."


    "..."


    Byakuya Kuchiki fell silent.


    He has no interest in the tea in the orphanage.


    In comparison, Kuchiki Byakuya paid more attention to Rukia, a clumsy girl, and he paid attention to everything just now.


    Kuchiki Byakuya looked at Rukia''s delicate face, a flash of nostalgia slowly flashed in his eyes, he closed his eyes to restrain his emotions.


    this girl...


    Is it his wife Kuchiki Hime''s real sister?


    To be honest, except for the looks between their sisters, Rukia is much worse than Kuchiki Feima in any other place.


    At least it seems to Kuchiki Byakuya...


    Whether it''s etiquette or temperament, Rukia is a little careless, really unlike her gentle sister.


    Not long ago, Kuchiki Hime passed away.


    Before his death, Kuchiki Hime left his only last wish, hoping that Kuchiki Byakuya could take care of his younger sister Rukia.


    In fact, Kuchiki Feizhen knew that Rukia was in the orphanage of Yaoshidou, because when she had to abandon her sister in order to live, she put her sister Rukia at the gate of the orphanage.


    It''s just that after Kuchiki Feizhen married into the Kuchiki clan, when she wanted to get her sister back, she didn''t dare to approach her again, perhaps because she was a little shameless due to her past guilt.


    However, every day, Kuchiki Hime appears in the orphanage almost quietly, secretly observes Rukia''s every move, and even secretly donates funds or daily necessities to the orphanage, but never dares to appear in front of his sister.


    Until the time of dying...


    Kuchiki Hima finally dared to face this matter.


    Taking care of Rukia is the only last wish left by Kuchiki Byakuya''s late wife, and he will not refuse, or in other words, he will never refuse anything from his wife.


    "..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya slowly put away his emotions, opened his eyes again and looked at the girl sitting opposite him, his voice became more indifferent than ever: "Miss Rukia, are you willing to join the Kuchiki clan?"


    "Huh? What?"


    Rukia''s big eyes couldn''t help blinking, and scratched her head curiously: "Lord Kuchiki, you are joking!"


    "no."


    Kuchiki Byakuya shook his head calmly.


    Kuchiki Byakuya did not say the real reason why he invited Rukia to join the Kuchiki Clan, but mentioned that the Kuchiki Clan was optimistic about her ability to become a god of death and talent for spiritual cultivation, and proposed to adopt Rukia as their younger sister, so that she Named with the surname of the Kuchiki clan.


    Unfortunately¡­


    What Kuchiki Byakuya got in return was rejection.


    To be honest, Rukia has no interest in joining the Deadwood clan now.


    This orphanage is where she grew up, and her current life is actually not particularly difficult. In the future, Yao Shidou will probably send her to the Spiritual Art Institute.


    Rukia doesn''t think she needs another brother, because she already has a dean who takes care of them like a father and brother.


    Compared to the indifferent Kuchiki Byakuya...


    The kind pharmacist is indeed easier to get along with.


    Even though Rukia knew in her heart that joining the Deadwood Clan meant having better living conditions and resources, it wasn''t enough for her to change her mind.


    This orphanage...


    This is her real home.


    Rukia rejected Kuchiki Byakuya without much thought, and even waved her hands carelessly: "Hahahaha... excuse me for refusing, I''m not interested..."


    "This orphanage will soon be disbanded."


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s words directly changed Rukia''s expression, but his expression was still calm and even cold: "I know that the director of this orphanage is Medicine Master, but he will go to other places to practice soon. I no longer have the energy to take care of this orphanage."


    It is no secret to the four major families that Yao Shidou has joined the Zero Team.


    In particular, the Central Forty-six Office hopes that Yao Shidou will fulfill the agreement as soon as possible, not to stimulate the nerves of the Uehara clan in the world of souls, and let Yao Shidou live in the Lingwang Palace for a long time in the near future and will not go out.


    These things¡­


    Kuchiki Byakuya, who is about to succeed the Kuchiki clan, knows it all.


    Kuchiki Byakuya didn''t care about Rukia''s face, and continued calmly: "As children who grew up here, you should be very clear about who exactly Medicine Master has offended..."


    That''s the Uehara clan...


    Their rotten wood clan is inferior to many wealthy clans!


    "Yao Shidou offended the Uehara clan, and after Yao Shidou leaves, I don''t need to elaborate on the fate of the orphanage he created..."


    When Byakuya Kuchiki said this, he continued calmly: "And as far as I know, the people of the Uehara clan have always been narrow-minded and very stingy. Anyone who offends them will not end well..."


    This matter is not aimless.


    For thousands of years, the Uehara clan has treated the enemy ruthlessly as if the autumn wind swept away the fallen leaves. Many people dare not offend the Uehara clan easily.


    Even the four great nobles will not easily shake the tiger''s whiskers!


    Kuchiki Byakuya looked at the expression on Rukia''s face, and continued: "After Yao Shidou left, this orphanage didn''t even need them to take action in person. Some gods of death who wanted to please the Uehara clan could easily destroy this place..."


    Even Ichimaru Gin and Matsumoto Rangiku couldn''t have sheltered this orphanage, and they even had to rely on their identities as the Gotei Thirteen Team to protect themselves.


    The suppression of a wealthy clan is definitely not that simple!


    Listening to Kuchiki Byakuya''s words, Rukia was silent for a while, then slowly lowered her head, and said in a low voice, "Sorry, I can''t leave anymore... If I leave, how about the other little guys here? to live?"


    First of all, no matter what Kuchiki Byakuya said is true or not, but those children who abandoned the orphanage who called her big sister...


    Definitely not something she should have done!


    "..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya glanced at Rukia unexpectedly.


    Just when Byakuya Kuchiki was a little surprised by Rukia''s loyalty, and even admired the girl, Rukia ruined his image again with one sentence...


    "but¡­"


    The girl rubbed her palms, and a flattering smile flashed across her face: "Well... I heard that the Deadwood Clan is the four great nobles in the Soul Realm. If Dean Dou really leaves here, if I join the Deadwood Clan , can it shelter here?"


    "..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes couldn''t help shaking, his face darkened subconsciously, he forced himself to maintain his calm face, and slowly shook his head.


    this little girl...


    It seems a bit thick-skinned!


    It''s really not as good as her sister in the slightest except for her looks!


    "no."


    Kuchiki Byakuya rejected Rukia''s proposal in a cold voice, and continued indifferently: "When you bear Kuchiki''s surname, you must consider the Kuchiki clan..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s refusal was not unreasonable.


    Because Kuchiki Byakuya just wanted to adopt Rukia according to his wife''s last wish, instead of taking the risk of offending the Uehara clan to protect a group of little guys in this orphanage!


    Rukia just knows that the Uehara clan is very powerful...


    However, Kuchiki Byakuya is very aware of how powerful the Uehara clan is. It is the only wealthy clan in the world of souls, a wealthy clan that even the Central 46th Office and even the Zero Division would never dare to treat lightly!


    Even if it is a little trouble, it will become a big deal in the eyes of the Uehara clan.


    Who knows if they think that the Kuchiki clan''s shelter in the orphanage of Yaoshidou is to replace the status of the wealthy clan?


    "Oh, forget it."


    Rukia couldn''t hide the disappointment on her face.


    "..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya felt strange in his heart.


    This is too obvious!


    At least hide your thoughts a little bit! Such an obvious move, didn''t she know that such a thing would be rude in front of him!


    However, when Byakuya Kuchiki saw the sad expression on Rukia''s face, he thought of his dead wife again, and couldn''t help but said, "It''s not impossible to protect this orphanage, if you can Work hard to become a god of death that is so powerful that even the Uehara clan can''t ignore it..."


    There''s really little hope for this one.


    So far, for thousands of years, no one in the entire Gotei Thirteen Team has been looked down upon by the Uehara clan except for the captain Yamamoto Motonyanagi Shigekuni.


    "Is that so?"


    Rukia was suddenly lost in thought.


    The girl''s face was full of confusion.


    Even if she doesn''t know how strong it is to make the Uehara clan dare not ignore her wishes, there is no doubt that even Kuchiki Byakuya dare not easily offend the Uehara clan...


    she¡­


    Can it really be done?


    Just when Lucia was still frowning and thinking, Yao Shidou''s voice appeared in their ears: "Do what you want! Lucia, I have already arranged everything.


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    There is no need to worry about the revenge of the Uehara clan. Your Excellency Naraku is actually more magnanimous than the young head of the Kuchiki clan imagined. "

 Chapter 615

    "Dean?"


    Hearing the voice of Pharmacist''s pocket, Lucia looked in surprise at the silver-haired young man who appeared at the door of the reception room, and was about to rush into the arms of Pharmacist''s pocket.


    Pharmacist Dou, the dean who raised these street children like a father and elder brother, is undoubtedly the person Rukia respects the most!


    "The guests are still here."


    With a smile on his face, the pharmacist knocked on Lukia''s head with his fingers, and said with a smile, "Lukia, don''t mess around..."


    "yes."


    Rukia timidly stood beside Pharmacist Dou, and asked something serious in a low voice: "Um... Dean, are you leaving..."


    This is what Rukia cares about the most.


    When Kuchiki Byakuya told her just now, Rukia was a little unwilling to believe it, and wanted to know the truth of the matter from the pharmacist''s mouth.


    "That''s right."


    Pharmacist smiled and nodded, patted Rukia on the head, and then continued: "There is no way to do this... People have to be separated after all..."


    "Dean..."


    "All right."


    The pharmacist turned his head to look at Kuchiki Byakuya who was sitting on the guest seat, and said with a smile, "Lukia, you step back first, let me have a good talk with the young head of the Kuchiki clan..."


    "This¡­"


    Rukia looked surprised for a second.


    However, out of trust in Pharmacist Dou, Rukia still nodded seriously, and slowly exited the reception room.


    After Rukia withdrew, Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes flashed a stern look, he could ignore Rukia, but he definitely couldn''t ignore this guy named Yakushido!


    Hundreds of years ago, Yao Shidou had served as the captain of the Eighth Division in charge of intelligence. During that time, the presence of the Eighth Division was overwhelming.


    To put it bluntly...


    The eighth team''s limelight almost overwhelmed any other team!


    The most important thing is that the Kuchiki Clan actually owes Yakushi Dou a great favor, that is, Kuchiki Byakuya''s father, Kuchiki Sojun, the current head of the Kuchiki Clan and Yakushi Dou are close friends.


    And in a certain mission, Kuchiki Canojun led the Sixth Division into danger, but luckily the pharmacist rescued them.


    This favor is here...


    Otherwise, Kuchiki Byakuya would not have personally appeared in the orphanage to discuss with Rukia, but would have directly sent someone to forcefully bring Rukia back to Kuchiki''s house.


    Unfortunately.


    Although Kuchiki Aojun has always been very talented and even treated people very kindly, he still cannot truly possess the spirit of a patriarch.


    In comparison, Kuchiki Byakuya is even more suitable than his father, and also has the majesty of the head of the clan.


    Kuchiki Canojun hoped to take care of Yakushidou''s orphanage after Yakushidou entered Team Zero, but Kuchiki Byakuya didn''t agree with his father''s opinion, which was another reason why he came to the orphanage.


    It''s just because of Kuchiki Sosumi''s gentle personality that Kuchiki Byakuya married Kuchiki Hime who was born as a commoner without too much pressure...


    This makes their father-son relationship good.


    Therefore, facing his father''s best friend, Kuchiki Byakuya was a little hesitant.


    What''s more, from a certain point of view, Yao Shidou often visited the Kuchiki Clan, but actually watched him grow up...


    "Don''t be restrained in front of me."


    The pharmacist sat opposite Kuchiki Byakuya, poured himself a cup of tea with a smile, and said calmly, "I really didn''t expect that Byakuya has really grown up, and he has learned to think from the standpoint of the family. Is it..."


    "Yes... I want to adopt Miss Rukia."


    Kuchiki Byakuya frowned slightly, staring at Medicine Master Dou in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "Your Excellency Dou knows all about the relationship between my wife Feizhen and Rukia..."


    If it wasn''t because Rukia was Kuchiki Hima who put herself in Yakushito''s orphanage, Kuchiki Byakuya couldn''t help but wonder if it was Yakushito''s tricks. The always smiling director of the orphanage is too thoughtful. ¡­


    "Ok."


    The smile on the corner of Pharmacist''s mouth became stronger, he nodded slowly and said: "I will never stop this kind of thing, and I also hope that Rukia can live a better life..."


    "yes."


    Kuchiki Byakuya nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "Although we all think that the Patriarch Uehara of this generation is kind-hearted, the Thirteen Deadpool around him..."


    "No need to worry."


    The pharmacist took a sip of tea and continued calmly: "I believe Your Excellency Naraku will take care of all this..."


    They are all their own.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    There is no need for outsiders to worry about these issues at all.


    Compared with these trivial matters, they might as well worry about which team Naraku Uehara will go to after graduation. After all, if Naraku Uehara becomes the captain of a certain team, it can be regarded as a real condescension.


    the next day.


    Seireitei.


    Zhenyang Academy of Spiritual Art.


    Because today is the day when the captain of the 5th team, Aizen Soyousuke, announced the results of yesterday''s assessment, many students who participated in the assessment gathered in the school.


    Uehara Naraku is no exception.


    Perhaps today he will graduate from this school.


    Although Uehara Naraku himself didn''t stay in this school for cultivating the god of death for a long time, he still became a man of the school with his legendary status and super talent.


    Whether it''s former top students such as Kira Izuru and Hina Mori Momo, or a passionate idiot like Asai Renji who refuses to admit defeat...


    Everything has become a footnote to Uehara Naraku.


    "Naraku..."


    When a girl with a bandaged head saw Uehara Naraku, she waved her palm happily at Uehara Naraku: "Hurry up, Captain Aizen will come today to announce that he has passed the examination list!"


    "Hello, Chisen."


    Asai Renji glanced at Uehara Naraku with a displeased face, and walked over with another companion, Kira Izuru: "This is the patriarch of the Uehara clan, maybe he will become the captain after graduation!"


    Asai Renji didn''t hate Uehara.


    What Asai Renji hated even more was the Uehara clan.


    The children from the orphanage didn''t have a good opinion of the Uehara clan.


    Even if Asai Renji knew that Uehara Naraku hadn''t done anything wrong, he would just subconsciously blame Uehara Naraku for the mistake of the Uehara clan''s suppression of Pharmacist Dou.


    It is estimated that only Ichimaru Gin, who knows the truth, will know the true relationship between Uehara Naraku and Yakushidou...


    "Lenji..."


    There was still some grievance on Chu Sentao''s face.


    The little girl has always had a good impression of Uehara Naraku, because in their contact, Uehara Naraku never used his identity to suppress others.


    Even in the face of Asai Renji who has always been grumpy, Uehara Naraku was always able to treat him gently, never caring about Renji''s offense to him.


    Even after Asai Renji habitually expressed his dissatisfaction with the Uehara clan, he felt a little regretful in his heart.


    Because he knows Uehara Naraku''s character.


    This is purely to vent my anger.


    "Ah, sorry, Uehara."


    A Sanjing Renji hugged his arm, a flash of apology flashed across his face, and he said loudly: "There is no special meaning, I just feel a little unhappy..."


    after all¡­


    Today was not only the day when they announced their candidates for graduates, but also the day when Yakushidou left Seireitei, so Asai Renji was naturally a little unhappy.


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes, looked at Renji Asai with a sorry face, shook his head and said: "I know that the identity I don''t want may bring you discomfort..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s face became more apologetic, and he even said awkwardly: "Sorry, I didn''t expect that we have been together for so long, and you would still be dissatisfied with me because of my identity..."


    This is a bit of green tea.


    If it is calculated seriously, it is indeed the fault of Asai Renji, Uehara Naraku has never put on airs!


    Even because of his status, Naraku Uehara kept his attitude low when facing the students of Shino Spiritual Art Academy. Every student knew that Naraku Uehara had a noble status, but he was actually a kind person in his heart.


    To put it bluntly...


    This is simply naive already.


    If Naraku Uehara was not the head of a wealthy family, it is estimated that there would be students who dared to bully him in the Shino Academy of Spiritual Art, and someone would come to Naraku Uehara every day...


    but.


    This innocence is very popular in school.


    Whether it was Hinamori Momo or Kira Izuru, they couldn''t help looking at Asai Renji, and everyone''s face was full of blame and dissatisfaction.


    In their view, Renji took the initiative to find fault every time... and Naraku Uehara not only never responded, but even apologized.


    so¡­


    such a kind person...


    Who would have the nerve to bully him!


    Asai Renji noticed the condemning gazes of Hinata Mori and Kira Izuru, and his face couldn''t help twitching: "Hey, hey, I''ve already said that''s not what I mean at all!"


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and forced himself to smile: "I''m used to it, let''s not talk about these unhappy things..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at A Sanjing Renji''s aggrieved expression, and slowly changed the subject: "Speaking of which, our assessment seems to be different. What kind of assessment did you encounter yesterday?"


    "Encountered some trouble."


    Kira Yihe''s face suddenly became serious, and he said in a deep voice: "Yesterday we encountered a group of false attacks, and the Death Squad who was in charge of protecting us was almost wiped out..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Chi Sentao still had some fear on her face, but when she talked about it, a look of admiration flashed across her face: "Fortunately, Captain Aizen came to support! Otherwise, everyone would be really in danger..."


    "That''s really lucky..."


    Naraku Uehara nodded slightly.


    Yesterday Aizen Soyousuke really didn''t waste time!


    That fellow Aizen Soyousuke sent Oku to assassinate him, the patriarch of the Uehara clan, and after seeing the assassination failed, he would come forward to help clean up the mess and appease him, a kind student...


    When the matter on his side is resolved, he has to rush to the side of Asai Renji, Hinamori Momo and others, and use this false attack as an opportunity to hook up with the girl...


    What a master of time management.


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly, and said in a deep voice: "It''s a strange thing to say, for some reason, the place where I participated in the assessment should be confidential, but I was still attacked by Xu, and even Daxu... "


    "Huh? Daxu!"


    A Sanjing Renji''s expression changed in an instant, and he couldn''t help asking hastily, "Is nothing wrong with you?"


    "No."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and continued in a deep voice: "Seventeen daxu, no, it should be said to be eighteen daxu, they wanted to cross the boundary wall and enter my assessment site to attack me, and all of them were killed by members of our clan. Deadpool stopped..."


    When Naraku Uehara said this, he couldn''t help lowering his voice, and said in a low voice: "I''m just a little curious, how did those Daxu know the place where I was assessed, so they attacked me..."


    "what do you mean¡­"


    Kira Yizuru frowned, and asked in a deep voice, "Are those Xu deliberately trying to attack you?"


    Chisentao shook her head slightly, spread her palms and said, "Speaking of which, it''s normal, after all, Naraku''s identity is here, and it''s not surprising that those Daxu want to attack Naraku who has an important identity..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s forehead jumped.


    Can these two guys figure out what''s going on?


    No wonder these two people have been played and manipulated by others, why can''t they think of a serious direction at all!


    Asai Renji''s expression was slightly gloomy: "Uehara, do you mean that someone secretly leaked the place where you took the exam?"


    "Well... no."


    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to bury the nail quietly along the Huatou, he even planned to bury the nail when he met Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni in the future.


    As a result, the spiritual pressure of two people suddenly appeared within his perception range.


    Aizen Soyousuke and Ichimaru Gin!


    Uehara Naraku noticed their appearance from the corner of his eyes, and the conversation immediately shifted: "Our family guesses that maybe some masters have mastered the method of tracing our bloodline, after all, it is a bit secret... Forget it, it''s just that this matter will tell me causing some trouble..."


    "What''s the trouble?"


    Aizen Soyousuke stood beside Uehara Naraku, smiled gently and said: "If my future companion encounters some difficult troubles, it will make me, the captain, feel very troubled for my companion..."


    "Captain Aizen!"


    Surprise flashed across everyone''s face.


    Hina Morita''s face instantly showed admiration, and Kira Izuru bowed his head slightly to express his respect for the captain of the fifth team.


    Asai Renji looked at Aizen Soyousuke indifferently, and his eyes fell more on Ichimaru Gin next to Aizen: "Hey, Brother Gin, long time no see!"


    "Renji is here too..."


    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes and glanced at Renji with a smile, then turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara, and said with a smile: "Your Excellency Naraku, Captain Aizan will soon announce that you will be assigned to our fifth team...


    If you have no objection to this matter, then we will become companions in the future! "


    "of course not!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and even stepped back slightly to show his humility: "No...it should be a great honor...to be able to become the subordinate of Captain Aizen and Vice-captain Ichimaru Gin..."


    "No."


    Ichimaru Gin slightly opened his eyes, revealing his light blue eyes, and there was a touch of respect in his laughter that ordinary people can hardly hear: "This matter...in fact, it should be our honor, too right!"


    However, this deference from Ichimaru Gin...


    In terms of their current superficial identities, it sounds more like a mockery.

 Chapter 616

    Ichimaru Gin really doesn''t look like a nice guy.


    Mingming Ichimaru Gin spoke to welcome Uehara Naraku to join the fifth team, but his smile was very mocking, as if he was deliberately mocking Uehara Naraku''s identity.


    Everyone present frowned involuntarily.


    Asai Renji looked at their senior in the orphanage, Ichimaru Gin, and couldn''t help but muttered: "Hey, Brother Gin, this guy Uehara hasn''t relied on his identity much..."


    "Yeah... Naraku has no pretensions..."


    Chisentao couldn''t help timidly agreeing, and she carefully glanced at Aizen Soyousuke again, remembering the heroic figure of the captain who saved them yesterday.


    Chisentao lowered her head gently, and added in a low voice: "Actually, Naraku''s character is just like Captain Aizen..."


    Chisentao''s original intention was that the two of them had no airs, they were very lenient towards everyone around them, and never relied on their own identities.


    But as soon as she said those words...


    The scene fell into an eerie calm.


    Gin Ichimaru raised his eyes slightly, and there was a cold smile in his eyes looking at Chisentao. Who can tell him what is going on with this little girl?


    One sentence almost broke the truth...


    If the real masks of the two people are really pierced here...


    The entire soul world... can be declared completely destroyed about today!


    "not like this."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head hastily, and looked at Aizen Soyousuke like Hina Morita, with an obvious admiration in his eyes: "I still have a long way to go from Captain Aizen...the captain has a lot to deserve. Where I study..."


    "Because I know that I still admire Captain Aizen."


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Uehara Naraku sighed, his face full of regret: "Maybe one day when I think that I no longer worship Captain Aizen, it is because I don''t have to rely on the status of the head of the Uehara clan to be truly qualified to stand with you When we were together..."


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head again, and sighed faintly: "Looking forward... is actually the furthest distance between people..."


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help being thoughtful, his mouth couldn''t help a smile, and he watched Uehara Naraku carefully.


    This sentence¡­


    It kind of suits him.


    If Naraku Uehara doesn''t have a particularly important identity, Aizen Soyousuke really doesn''t mind taking him under his command...Of course, maybe he can consider doing so in the future.


    A patriarch of a wealthy family in the soul world became his subordinate because of admiration... It seems to be a good thing.


    When it comes to identity alone...


    Uehara Naraku''s status is actually more noble than the king of the virtual circle.


    It''s a pity that this kind of thing can only be considered slowly in the future. If you admit that Uehara Naraku is weak now, it would be a bit out of line with your personality.


    not to mention...


    There are thirteen deadpools watching over here!


    Uehara Naraku can say that he admires Aizen Soyousuke...but if Aizen Soyousuke admits it, it will definitely cause him a lot of trouble now!


    After a while.


    Aizen Soyousuke gently patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, smiled and praised: "Naraku, you don''t need to underestimate yourself, you are good enough now.


    The Academy of Spiritual Arts has not graduated early for many years, and you are the only one in this year, you have already joined the fifth team, and now you are standing by my side..."


    After speaking of this, Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku and continued slowly: "The current me is just a piece of scenery you have seen during your journey. If there is a chance in the future, we will go to see a wider starry sky... "


    that time¡­


    That''s when this little guy really needs to look up to him!


    When Aizen Soyousuke was talking, Renji A Sanjing interrupted him recklessly: "Wait, is Uehara the only one who passed the graduation examination?"


    This sentence really ruins the atmosphere!


    Obviously Aizen Soyousuke cryptically talked about his vision for the future, Hina Mori Momo and Kira Izuru also looked forward to it, and Uehara Naraku and Ichimaru Gin were also cooperating in acting...


    Asai Renji, this guy directly talked about the business...


    This guy is too good at destroying this beautiful atmosphere!


    Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help but glanced at Renji Asai, and took a little note of this guy who was not very knowledgeable. He would never take this guy under his command!


    Because of such a reckless and passionate idiot...


    Even having one under his command made him feel too much!


    It''s just that what A Sanjing Renji said was also a serious matter. A simple-minded guy like him really cares more about who will graduate...


    However.


    The entire Maou Academy of Spiritual Art.


    This time, only Naraku Uehara was allowed to graduate ahead of schedule.


    If it is only based on his usual performance at the Shino Spiritual Art Academy, Uehara Naraku does have this qualification, and no matter what teacher he is, he has to admit his amazing talent.


    Among the students of the Shino Academy of Spiritual Art in the past, no matter which so-called genius student they are, they are far from being comparable to Naraku Uehara. Not everyone can master all courses at this age.


    certainly¡­


    This is also supported by his identity.


    Uehara Naraku''s status as the head of a wealthy family in the Soul Realm brought him great convenience. Yesterday''s huge graduate assessment...


    In fact, it was only for him alone.


    Asai Renji, Kira Izuru, and Hina Morimomo, who have just been admitted to the hospital, have failed in their wish to graduate early, and they must continue to study at Mao Lingju Academy.


    Originally, their strength was not enough...


    Naraku Uehara looked at the few friends he had made during his one-year study at the Shino Spiritual Art Academy with a guilty face, slowly lowered his head and said, "Sorry, I thought..."


    "Hey, there''s no need to apologize for this kind of thing!"


    Although Asai Renji''s face was very unhappy, he complained: "Anyway, during the practice in the class, there is no one who can survive a round or two under your hands. If only one person can graduate, it must be You bastard!"


    After Asai Renji finished speaking, he still solemnly extended his palm towards Naraku Uehara, grinning and said, "Anyway... congratulations on graduating first!"


    "Yes, congratulations, Naraku..."


    Chisentao and Kira Yizuru nodded, trying to suppress the disappointment in their hearts, and congratulated their friends softly.


    "thanks."


    Naraku Uehara suppressed the joy on his face, and spoke softly to comfort his friend: "Maybe we can see each other next year..."


    "Hmph, well said!"


    A Sanjing Renji grinned, and his face became more wanton: "Don''t think that you will get rid of me just like this, I am practicing hard, and I will catch up with you soon!"


    A Sanjing Renji secretly made up his mind.


    A passionate guy like him would never admit that he was behind!


    However, what Renji didn''t know was that from this moment on, the school never held a graduation assessment for these low-grade students in advance...


    certainly¡­


    Soon Renji will not have to worry about such things.


    Because his little friend Rukia who grew up in the orphanage... No, it should be said that Kuchiki Rukia, who was just adopted by the Kuchiki clan, also entered the Maou Academy of Spiritual Arts.


    the other side.


    After Uehara Naraku separated from his friends, he also rushed to the residence of the fifth division of Gotei Thirteen under the leadership of Aizen Soyousuke and Ichimaru Gin.


    here¡­


    It will be their residence in the future.


    In addition to being the place where they live, it is also the place where they practice.


    Aizen Soyousuke stood in front of the gate of the fifth team with his hands folded, and looked at the young Shinigami beside him: "Sorry, Naraku, compared to your house, it''s a little rough... If there''s anything that doesn''t suit you , must tell me as soon as possible.¡±


    Because the captain of the thirteenth team of Gotei Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni specifically asked Aizen Soyousuke to take good care of this wealthy patriarch.


    If you can¡­


    Cultivate this Patriarch as soon as possible.


    This group of captains knew very well that according to Uehara Naraku''s status, it was absolutely impossible to stay in the fifth team all the time, and they had to become a captain as soon as possible.


    This is a little bit in line with his identity.


    "No, it''s already good."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a smile, and looked at Aizen Soyousuke with a sunny smile: "Here lives Captain Aizen, even if the house is shabby, it will look bright because of Captain Aizen What about Hui..."


    "Perhaps we should put it another way..."


    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes, and said with a smile: "Your Excellency Naraku is the first patriarch of the Uehara clan who is willing to join the Gotei 13 Team, because of Your Excellency Naraku, in fact, the entire Gotei 13 Team will become noble because of this." ..."


    this word...


    It sounded a little sarcastic again.


    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at Ichimaru Gin, and stopped Ichimaru Gin in a low voice: "Gin, Naraku is our companion, don''t go too far because of your personal affair..."


    "Yes, Aizen-sama."


    Ichimaru Gin nodded kindly.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Ichimaru Gin and blinked his eyes slightly.


    The fifth team.


    The state of this team is a bit weird.


    Compared with the situation of other teams, the fifth team, under the leadership of Aizen Soyousuke, is a bit like a freshman training team for death.


    Ok¡­


    Probably not like.


    Just by looking at it, the fifth team is really getting more and more low-key and declining.


    When Mako Hirako, the former captain of the fifth team, was around, the performance of the fifth team has always been very impressive, and Mako Hirako''s combat power is also at the forefront.


    However, since dozens of years ago, Mako Hirako and a group of death captains, vice-captains, ghosts and others inexplicably turned into emptiness, and almost turned into irrational emptiness, so they were expelled from the Soul Realm by the Central Forty-Six Room.


    This is also known as the starting event for Masked Corps.


    Urahara Kisuke also escaped from Soul Society because of this incident, and Urahara Kisuke''s friend Yoichi Yoshifuin had to escape together, and he was even almost implicated in Yakushidou because of this incident.


    After the Masked Legion incident ended, Aizen Soyousuke became the captain of the fifth team, and since then began his low-key career...


    Under the hands of Aizen Soyousuke, the fifth team has gradually become a team that cultivates new gods of death. Every freshman who graduates will be assigned to the fifth team.


    Even Aizen himself...


    He also worked part-time as a calligraphy teacher at Mao Lingju Academy!


    Of course, this does not mean that Aizen Soyousuke has become low-key. In essence, as Hirako Mako, Urahara Kisuke and others escaped from the world of souls, Aizen became more unscrupulous than before when he acted in secret.


    and¡­


    In order to welcome Uehara Naraku''s arrival, Aizen Soyousuke even did not hesitate to perform a magic manipulation on the death gods of the fifth team, just to ensure that all the whereabouts of Uehara Naraku, the wealthy patriarch, can be brought under his control.


    If it looks like now...


    Except for the newcomer Uehara Naraku, the entire fifth team is now under the control of Aizen Soyousuke!


    Naturally, this kind of thing can''t be hidden from Uehara Naraku...


    It''s a pity that Uehara Naraku doesn''t seem to have anything to do, he has to find a suitable opportunity and use others to expose this kind of thing quietly...


    What a reincarnation!


    People never expected...


    Uehara Naraku used to place a bunch of spies around the enemy, so that he could control everything about the enemy, but today it was his turn to be surrounded by a bunch of spies.


    Of course, Uehara Naraku is not worried about this kind of problem.


    Because Uehara Naraku knows very well that Aizen Soyousuke has arranged a bunch of spies against him on the surface field of the fifth team; his spies.


    Whether in the virtual circle or in the soul world, there are spies targeting Aizen.


    From the current situation, on the surface, it is impossible for Uehara Naraku¡¯s every move in the fifth team to escape the sight of Aizen Soyousuke; behind the scenes, it is impossible for Aizen Soyousuke to escape any movement Surveillance by Naraku Uehara.


    Which means they''re a wave of swaps...


    This world of death is really exciting!


    To be honest, Naraku Uehara never felt so exciting even when he was competing with the millennium behind-the-scenes mafia in the ninja world!


    What Uehara Naraku never expected was...


    Aizen Soyousuke just brought him into the fifth team, and gave him a blow, no, or it should be his active training.


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at a group of death gods who came to greet them, and announced his order: "Starting tomorrow, Naraku will serve as the third officer of our fifth team."


    In the entire fan team, the captain is the head, the deputy captain is the second, and then the third person in the fan team is the third officer.


    "Captain Aizen..."


    A flash of hesitation flashed across Naraku Uehara''s face, and he said restrainedly: "I just joined the fifth team, this is inappropriate..."


    "team leader!"


    A young god of death interrupted Uehara Naraku, and he slowly walked out holding his own Zanpakuto, and said with a sullen face: "Even if I know that as a subordinate, I should not resist the captain''s order, what''s more, I also know that this The identity of the newcomer...


    But according to the rules of our Guarding Thirteenth Team, the new third officer who is about to replace me, at least let me see his strength! "


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the unknown young Shinigami.


    The meaning of this young man''s death myth is to challenge him as a rookie, but this young man''s death is controlled by Aizen Soyousuke''s Kyoka Suigetsu!


    after all¡­


    Would a normal god of death dare to find fault with the Patriarch of the Shangyuan Clan?


    Except for the captain of the 11th team Saragi Kenpachi and the gangsters under his command, which god of death would dare to say that he would compete with a wealthy patriarch?


    Naraku Uehara restrained his eyes again, and turned his doubtful, puzzled and pleading eyes to Aizen Soyousuke who was manipulating this matter behind the scenes...


    Is it interesting to watch a play directed by yourself?

 Chapter 617

    Aizen Soyousuke really likes to manipulate everything.


    Just like the current situation, secretly manipulating Uehara Naraku to fight the former third chief, he wanted to see the true power of the Uehara clan with his own eyes.


    Even though I have seen Uehara Naraku fight several times...


    However, Aizen knew very well that those battles were nothing more than pediatrics.


    Aizen Soyousuke''s intelligence collection on Uehara Naraku is still far from enough. If you want to subdue or kill Uehara Naraku, you must have more detailed information.


    therefore¡­


    The opponent arranged by Aizen will naturally not be too weak.


    No, in other words, he is also a powerful god of death.


    The name of the former third officer of the fifth team is Pu Cheng. Unlike the other gods of death controlled by Jinghua Shuiyue, Pu Cheng is a confidant of death accepted by Aizen in the world of souls and souls. To Aizen, he is quite important tool.


    Compared with the purpose of obtaining or killing Uehara Naraku, this tool is actually not important, so he was directly thrown out by Aizen to test Uehara Naraku.


    certainly¡­


    Uracheng challenged Naraku Uehara...


    On the surface, Aizen Soyousuke would certainly not agree.


    Aizen looked at the original third officer of the fifth team, his brows could not help but slightly frowned, and he said hesitantly: "Pucheng, you should step down first, I will arrange for Uehara to be the third officer." Not because of his identity, but because I believe in his power..."


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    "Captain Aizen!"


    Pu Cheng interrupted Aizen Soyousuke''s words, and turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "No matter how many suitable reasons you give, it''s better to let everyone see for yourself the power of our third officer! "


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was subtle.


    It''s not easy for Aizen Soyousuke...


    Obviously it was the third officer he arranged to challenge him, and he solemnly acted as if the subordinates did not obey his arrangement...


    This is singing a double reed in front of him!


    It''s really hard work to maintain my good personality!


    It is not easy for everyone to act, and Uehara Naraku himself is no exception...


    "Sorry, Captain Aizan..."


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked at Aizen Soyousuke, with some hesitation on his face, he said: "Actually, I am very satisfied to be able to pass the graduation examination and join the fifth team. fight..."


    "Hey!"


    Pu Cheng looked at Uehara Naraku angrily, and said with a displeased face: "You guy, do you mean to look down on me?"


    Uehara Naraku stepped back in a hurry, a look of panic flashed across his face: "No... sorry... that''s not what I meant, I never looked down on seniors..."


    "Even if you look down on me, so what?"


    Ichimaru Gin couldn''t help but chuckled, and said slowly: "As Lord Naraku, he can look down on anyone present..."


    This sentence is a bit too much.


    Whoever it was sounded like they were trying to sow discord.


    Ichimaru Gin didn''t care about the eyes of the people, and continued on his own: "But speaking of it, the position of the fifth team''s chief executive is really too low for Your Excellency Naraku!


    It just so happens that I want to find a time to step down as the vice-captain, so it¡¯s better to choose today, but I have to wrong Lord Naraku and give up my current position..."


    "silver."


    Aizen Soyousuke cast a reproachful glance at Ichimaru Gin, and said calmly, "Don''t say such sarcastic words in front of Naraku in the future. A person''s kindness should not be an excuse for others to attack him unscrupulously..."


    "team leader¡­"


    Uehara Naraku showed a little gratitude on his face, and looked at Ichimaru Gin again: "Vice-captain, I''m not..."


    "Your Excellency Naraku."


    Ichimaru Gin looked at Uehara Naraku with a smile, and continued with a smile: "Please don''t decline, I am not deliberately mocking... The Central Forty-sixth Office has appointed me as the captain of the third team, so it is naturally impossible to continue to stay in the fifth team." Team up."


    certainly¡­


    The apparent reason is this.


    The real reason is naturally that Ichimaru Gin does not want to be Uehara Naraku''s boss, even if it is only a superficial boss, Ichimaru Gin feels a little dangerous...


    "That''s true."


    Aizen Soyousuke tapped his fingers, and said in a low voice: "Silver will soon succeed the captain of the third team, and the position of vice-captain has been vacated..."


    But if that''s the case...


    The battle between Naraku Uehara and the third chief...


    Unexpectedly, Ichimaru Gin looked at Naraku Uehara at the next moment, smiled and invited: "I know Captain Aizen has always been optimistic about His Excellency Naraku, and will definitely support His Excellency Naraku as the vice-captain of the fifth team, and the captain himself has the power to appoint;


    But, before that, why don''t you ask Your Excellency Naraku to show off your one-thousandth of your power, and let everyone know your power, even becoming the captain of the 13th Guarding Team is actually enough..."


    It''s outrageous.


    If it wasn''t for the fact that Yao Shidou brought Ichimaru Gin to meet him, Uehara Naraku would have felt that this guy was deliberately mocking him...


    However, Ichimaru Gin is revealing the countermeasures to Uehara Naraku.


    Uehara Naraku had always refused Aizen''s secret temptation.


    Instead of letting Aizen continue to be curious about the strength of the Uehara clan, it is better to try to cut off one of his claws directly, and let him think about how much he can pay when he tries Uehara Naraku again!


    Of course it can''t just go on like this at this time...


    There must be someone to give Uehara Naraku a step up.


    "It''s not...the vice-captain..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and said in an obscure voice: "I just graduated from school, I just want to be..."


    "Naraku."


    Aizen Soyousuke interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words gently, and said with a smile: "Everyone here is a companion who will accompany you day and night in the future... At least let them know your ability, and let them know that I The reason why I want to choose you as the vice-captain."


    this brat...


    What a hassle...


    If it hadn''t been found out from some secret information that the Uehara clan might have a way to deal with certain illusions... Aizen Soyousuke had already hypnotized Uehara Naraku and Uracheng for a life-and-death duel with Kyoka Suigetsu!


    "It''s... Captain."


    Uehara Naraku took a deep breath, and it looked like he had accepted some great challenge and task.


    On the practice field of the fifth team.


    Naraku Uehara and Uracheng stood on the field, and the others stood around.


    Pu Cheng suddenly pulled out the Zanpakuto in his hand, looked at Uehara Naraku who was standing opposite with his bare hands, and said in a deep voice: "This year''s No. Bar?"


    Zanpakuto is the weapon that Shinigami relies on for survival.


    The shape, shape and ability of Zanpakuto are all constructed by the soul of Shinigami. Each Zanpakuto has its own name, and Shinigami uses Zanpakuto based on the communication with Zanpakuto the power of.


    If Shinigami and his own Zanpakuto can truly communicate with each other, they can make the power of Shinigami soar out of thin air through the two forms of Shijie and Swastika.


    "I don''t really want to use my Zanpakuto..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, lowered his head and said in a low voice: "It''s not because I underestimated the seniors, but because our clan''s Zanpakuto is slightly different..."


    "Doesn''t that make people more curious?"


    Pu Cheng frowned slightly, and said in a deep voice: "Let me see your Zanpakuto! At least this will allow me to go all out without any distractions! Don''t let me be too disappointed, newcomer...be irritable, Hui tooth!"


    The spiritual pressure on Pu Cheng''s body suddenly soared, and the Zanpakuto in his hand also suddenly changed its appearance, with dense jagged teeth growing on the blade!


    This is his initial form!


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a moment, then slowly stretched out his palm and grabbed the air out of thin air, a powerful spiritual pressure erupted from his body!


    in an instant...


    Uehara Naraku''s Reiatsu has completely overwhelmed Uracheng!


    This spiritual pressure even made the members of the fifth team take a few steps back involuntarily. As for Pu Cheng who was facing this spiritual pressure, he seemed to be out of breath!


    Just Reiatsu¡­


    It was so strong that the third officer was a little frightened!


    "Ok?"


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned slightly, staring at Naraku Uehara''s back, and whispered in a low voice: "It is mentioned in the secrets about the Uehara clan in the reference room that every generation of the Uehara clan''s patriarch will transfer the spiritual power pass it on..."


    "yes¡­"


    Ichimaru Gin nodded with a chuckle at the corner of his mouth, not caring about the shocking Reiatsu in front of him, and seemed to say casually: "Even if this is only a part of the inheritance of spiritual power accumulated over thousands of years, It''s amazing enough..."


    Although his mouth is saying surprised words...


    However, from Ichimaru Gin''s expression, it seemed that he didn''t care how strong Uehara Naraku''s Reiatsu was at all, as if he didn''t care how strong Uehara Naraku was.


    Just when Aizen Soyousuke was thinking about what information about the Uehara clan''s Zanpakuto was mentioned in the reference room besides spiritual power, Aizen saw Uehara Naraku''s Zanpakuto. Showing up made his eyes suddenly tighten!


    A golden light appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hands!


    These golden lights converged into a golden lightsaber in a short moment and appeared in Uehara Naraku''s hands. Rather than saying that the lightsaber is composed of spirits, it is better to say that they are photons!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised the golden lightsaber in his hand, and began to chant the self-compiled opening words with a serious face: "Bask in the light... the sword from the sky!"


    next moment¡­


    The long sword in Uehara Naraku''s hand was shining with golden light!


    The surge of spiritual pressure and dazzling light quickly enveloped the entire fifth team''s garrison, and only slowly dissipated when it touched the murderous stone building...


    "Senior, let''s begin."


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised the golden lightsaber in his hand, and his face became more serious than ever: "Go ahead and attack me, I will restrain my strength... Tian Congyun Sword is a Zanpakuto that symbolizes justice and light , will never harm innocent people."


    "The existence of Tiancongyunjian is light."


    Uehara Naraku held the golden lightsaber in his hand, and said slowly: "The Tiancongyun Sword can endow me with the power of light, which is enough to give me the courage to overcome any difficulties..."


    "..."


    Pu Cheng''s expression froze for a second, and in the next moment he rushed forward brandishing his jagged Zanpakut¨­, with a flash of anger and disdain flashing across his face: "Stop looking down on people!"


    soon¡­


    He flew out at a faster speed!


    Naraku Uehara waved the golden lightsaber in his hand, and slashed directly on Uracheng''s Kuiya Zanpakutao, and directly sent the third official flying with the sword!


    Pu Cheng''s feet suddenly stepped on the ground, and his figure disappeared in the blink of an eye. This is Shunpo from the 13th Team of Seireitei Gotei!


    Pu Cheng waved the Kuiya Zanpakudao in his hand, the sawtooth on the knife suddenly became sharper, and slashed towards Uehara Naraku''s neck!


    This knife...


    As if to split Uehara Naraku into two!


    "It seems to be in danger..."


    Ichimaru Gin stood beside him and said slowly: "Speaking of which, it seems a bit inappropriate to take this opportunity to kill Your Excellency Naraku here, right?"


    "There is nothing appropriate or inappropriate."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, and calmly explained: "Besides, Naraku''s power is not as simple as you think... In the last graduation assessment, the one I helped him kill was a failure in evolution. , Kirian Daxu, who is good at concealing and disguising..."


    Aizen Soyousuke continued slowly: "However, before I help him kill him, he can easily capture a Kirian by virtue of his close-up ability..."


    "What an amazing genius..."


    Ichimaru Gin''s smile was a bit nasty, he stared at Uracheng who had been knocked into the air by Uehara Naraku one after another, and couldn''t help but continued: "His kendo skills seem to be amazing, it seems that Uracheng is about to lose... "


    "Won''t."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head with a smile, and continued to speak; "Look carefully... Uracheng''s dark teeth are not that simple!"


    indeed¡­


    Although after Uehara Naraku''s Zanpakuto came out, Uracheng did fall into a disadvantage for a short time, because there was a huge gap between the two people''s Reiatsu and Zanpakuto... However, this gap was not enough for Uehara Naraku to use his extremely powerful The posture crushes Pucheng!


    Every time Uracheng''s Zanpakuto landed on Uehara Naraku''s golden lightsaber, it would inevitably cast a layer of gray shadow on the golden lightsaber, as if it had dusted the lightsaber!


    This is the ability of the dark tooth...


    If it collides, he can use his spiritual pressure to gradually erode the Zanpakuto in the enemy''s hand through the Zanpakuto!


    Obviously if the fight continues...


    The Tiancongyun sword in Uehara Naraku''s hands should be completely useless!


    "Is there no other way?"


    The next moment, the lightsaber in Uehara Naraku''s hand dissipated, and he slowly closed his hands and began to chant the spell in the ghostly way of death in an orderly manner: "The thundering carriage, the gap between the spinning wheel, this thing has light, and it is divided into six..."


    The golden light in Uehara Naraku''s hands dispersed instantly, and almost instantly gathered into a light prison, imprisoning Pucheng in a light prison, and finally chanted the last line of his spell: "... the sixty One, six light prisons!"


    Naraku Uehara watched Pu Cheng being restrained by the prison of light, and then slowly breathed a sigh of relief: "Phew, it''s finally finished. What I''m worst at is reciting ghost spells and seal seals..."

 Chapter 618

    The battle continues.


    Uehara Naraku wasted a lot of time and chanted a powerful ghost spell, using an enchantment to trap Uracheng, the third officer of the fifth division.


    The sixty-one of binding the way.


    Just speaking, the difficulty of cultivation is not low.


    Of course, this is only for those academic students.


    For a genius like Aizen Soyousuke, he has mastered the ghost way very early, and he can even use the power of the ghost way without singing. As long as his spiritual pressure is strong enough, he can use any The power of ghosts...


    "Ok?"


    The corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth twitched into a smile, and he said slowly: "Does the Sixty-One of Binding Dao also need to be chanted? It seems that Naraku hasn''t awakened the spiritual power accumulated by that family for thousands of years..."


    "It looks so..."


    Ichimaru Gin nodded with a chuckle, and then continued slowly: "Moreover, the six-stick light prison that has been chanted does not seem to have achieved the expected power... Judging from Pucheng''s spiritual pressure, it should be broken soon, right?"


    really.


    Before Ichimaru Gin''s voice fell.


    Pu Cheng waved the Zanpakudao in his hand and stood on top of the six-stick light prison one after another. In an instant, the entire prison cell was completely shattered!


    Pu Cheng''s feet lightly stepped on the ground, and Shunpo appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, Zanpakutao raised boldly, trying to tear a wound on Uehara Naraku''s body!


    this battle...


    It''s far from over!


    However, everyone knows that Pucheng is definitely no match for Uehara Naraku in terms of kendo alone!


    Seriously speaking...


    This patriarch should be cultivated by a wealthy clan with all his strength, how could he be weaker than others on the basis of swordsmanship!


    clang clang!


    The lightsaber in Uehara Naraku''s hand rose again, and suddenly stopped Pucheng''s Zanpakuto, the spiritual pressure on his body skyrocketed, and he was sent flying again!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the figure of Pu Cheng flying out, held the lightsaber in his hand flat, and whispered calmly: "You must always believe in the existence of light..."


    The next moment, the lightsaber in Uehara Naraku''s hand suddenly dissipated, turning into a dagger and flying towards Pucheng, and the high-pitched voice resounded in the training ground along with Uehara Naraku''s spiritual pressure: "Go, Heaven Congyun Sword!"


    Countless golden daggers flew towards Pu Cheng in an instant, nailing Pu Cheng in place like nails!


    This trick...


    Pu Cheng has no chance to break free again!


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his finger, looked at Pucheng who was pinned in place by him, and said softly: "Senior, you lost."


    "..."


    Pu Cheng frowned and gritted his teeth resentfully.


    clap clap clap...


    A burst of applause suddenly rang out.


    Ichimaru silver smiled and puffed up his palms, and said with a slow smile: "As expected of your Excellency Naraku, even with just a little bit of strength, you can defeat the third officer of the fifth division. It is really more powerful than I imagined." Woolen cloth¡­"


    "indeed¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded slowly, and his eyes under the lens became softer than ever before: "Although he still has no fighting spirit as before, but the Reiatsu and Kendo alone have suppressed Pucheng all the way..."


    indeed.


    Uehara Naraku''s battle was obviously restraining his own strength.


    Uehara Naraku doesn''t seem to have used any killing moves so far...


    He even claimed to release a ghost binding ability that he was not good at. Maybe he just wanted to end the battle decently in a way that would not hurt his teammates.


    Obviously nothing out of the ordinary...


    However, Pu Chenggong was defeated by Naraku Uehara.


    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at his confidant, the third officer, and said calmly: "Okay, since the battle is over, let him go, Naraku..."


    "Yes, Captain."


    Naraku Uehara raised his palm, and the lightsaber nailed to Pu Cheng''s body turned into photons and disappeared before everyone''s eyes.


    Just when Naraku Uehara had just released his control over Pu Cheng and disbanded his Tian Congyun Sword, a stern look suddenly flashed in Pu Cheng''s eyes!


    This officer who was just defeated by Uehara Naraku...


    Impressively want to take his own Zanpakuto and make a sneak attack!


    "Be careful!"


    A look of surprise flashed right across Aizen Soyousuke''s face, and he hurriedly wanted to rush over to stop Pucheng, and said anxiously to stop Pucheng: "Hurry up, Pucheng, your battle is over It''s..."


    However, Pu Cheng seems to have never heard of it...


    Still holding the Zanpakutao in his hand and slashing up!


    A look of horror and uneasiness flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, and hurriedly wanted to gather his own Zanpakuto to stop Pucheng''s attack!


    It''s a pity that it''s too late...


    At this moment, a group of black flames suddenly appeared out of nowhere on Pu Cheng''s body, and a calm and indifferent voice appeared in everyone''s ears!


    "Amatras!"


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    The fire of Amaterasu instantly burned in the air!


    Everyone in the fifth team watched with disbelief as the ball of black flames spread across Pu Cheng''s body, and the third officer could only howl in pain amidst the burning of the black flames...


    A space-time vortex appeared on the practice field.


    Two figures in black robes of auspicious clouds appeared from the vortex of time and space. Many people present recognized their identities. They were Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Dai earth.


    "Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa!"


    Pu Cheng wailed in pain amidst the black flames of Amaterasu!


    Because Amaterasu seemed to be burning in his soul, burning everything in his body bit by bit, as if to burn him into nothingness!


    this pain...


    It was unbearable!


    "Senior Pu Cheng!"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Pucheng who was burned, and a look of pain flashed across his face. His voice seemed to be suppressing his own grief, and he said in a deep voice: "Mr. Itachi, please take back your Amaterasu Fire..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi was silent for a second.


    In the next second, Uchiha Itachi slowly shook his head, stared at Uracheng who was burned by Amaterasu, and said indifferently: "Master Naraku, according to our agreement with the Gotei 13th Team, the 5th Team''s No. The three officials should be punished as treason, and we can deal with them ourselves..."


    After finishing speaking, Uchiha Itachi set his sights on Aizen Soyousuke again, and his spiritual pressure slowly climbed up: "Your Excellency Aizen Soyousuke, captain of the fifth team, you seem to be against us. The agreement with the Gotei Thirteenth Team..."


    indeed.


    There is some kind of secret agreement between the Uehara Clan and the Goutei Thirteenth Team.


    Anyone who attempts to assassinate Naraku Uehara will be deemed as an attempt to provoke a civil war in Seireitei, and is guilty of overthrowing Seireitei and Soul Society.


    "Feel sorry."


    An apology flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s face, and he said softly, "I didn''t notice Pu Cheng''s action just now, thank you for your timely action..."


    certainly.


    Aizen Soyousuke was very wary of Uchiha Itachi in front of him. He knew part of the information about Uchiha Itachi and some information about Uchiha Obito.


    These two deadpools with strange abilities do not occupy the top ranks in the ranking of the thirteen deadpools, but Aizen Soyousuke will not despise them, not to mention the two guys with the surname Uchiha and the ranking of the thirteen deadpools The first Uchiha Madara must be related...


    This name is actually not conspicuous in the soul world.


    However, this name is really popular in the virtual circle!


    It is said that a long time ago, the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan broke into the virtual circle for chasing and killing someone, killing the entire virtual circle with corpses scattered all over the field, and forced the entire virtual circle''s daxu into the underground daxu forest to survive ¡­


    The most notorious of them¡­


    It is Uchiha Madara among the Thirteen Deadpools!


    When Aizen Soyousuke conquered the Xu circle, he learned something about the Thirteen Deadpools from some Dai Xu''s mouths, such as Uchiha Madara''s ability...


    It is said that the guy...


    It has really realized the virtualization of the god of death a long time ago!


    Uchiha Madara, the head of the Thirteen Deadpools, is also a person that Aizen is particularly afraid of, even more than Urahara Kisuke, because the Uehara clan''s death ghost experiment may have come ahead of them!


    This also convinced Aizen that...


    The Uehara clan had secretly carried out virtualization experiments on the Thirteen Deadpools.


    The Uehara Clan''s lead in the virtualization experiment is also the reason why Aizen Soyousuke has always wanted to find an opportunity to provoke a war between the Soul Soul World and the Uehara Clan, so as to get rid of the Uehara Clan!


    Unfortunately¡­


    The central forty-six room does not decide everything.


    The relationship between the Uehara Clan and Seireitei is so complicated that only Yamamoto Motoyanagi and the Zero Division have the right to decide. Because the relationship is too important, the Central Forty-six Office and the four nobles have only suggestions on this matter. right.


    only.


    At least Aizen Soyousuke can still have an equal dialogue with Thirteen Deadpool.


    When Naraku Uehara saw Uchiha Itachi, a nervousness flashed across his face, as if he was a little afraid of the dead waiter in front of him, as if he was a patriarch restrained by his retainers!


    Naraku Uehara looked at Itachi Uchiha, and said in a low voice, "Mr. Itachi, but senior Urasei and I are just discussing each other, he didn''t intend to attack me..."


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku looked at Pucheng who was burned by the fire of Amaterasu, a look of pity flashed across his face, and said in a deep voice: "Mr. Itachi, please take Amaterasu back!"


    "..."


    A trace of confusion flashed across Uchiha Itachi''s face strangely.


    The next moment, Uchiha Itachi''s voice became even more indifferent, and even faintly resented him: "Master Naraku...this is not the kind of mercy a patriarch should have!"


    Just after Uchiha Itachi had just finished saying this, Uchiha Obito, wearing a mask, opened a scarlet Sharingan, and stared at Uehara Naraku. This momentum made Uehara Naraku back halfway involuntarily. step.


    Uchiha Obito stared at Uehara Naraku, and said as if warning: "Master Naraku, you should remember the family rules of the Uehara clan..."


    Uchiha Obito''s voice is more sinister than Uchiha Itachi''s, and he seems not at all afraid of Uehara Naraku''s identity.


    Seeing that Uehara Naraku''s face shrank, Uchiha Obito said in a cold voice: "For the safety of the Uehara clan, as the highest force of the clan, Thirteen Deadpool has the right to reject disapproval issued by the patriarch who is less than one hundred years old. Reasonable order..."


    "you¡­"


    A flash of anger flashed across Naraku Uehara''s face, and he couldn''t help gritting his teeth.


    "When Master Naraku grows up, he will naturally understand our painstaking efforts..."


    Uchiha Itachi seemed to sense the antagonism between the two, and said softly: "Master Naraku, after you have settled down for another eighty years, we will obey all your orders unconditionally.


    In order to respect your will, the Thirteen Deadpools have retreated enough, otherwise, you would not be allowed to enter the Thirteenth Guarding Team... Only the safety of your lord is something we cannot let go lightly.


    Because only adults are the foundation of the Uehara clan''s inheritance. "


    Say these words.


    Even Soyousuke Aizen and the members of the fifth team understood.


    Although Naraku Uehara is the Patriarch of the Uehara Clan, it seems that this young patriarch can''t be the master, or he can''t be the master.


    and¡­


    Logically speaking, Uehara Naraku should not continue to oppose what his bodyguard Deadpool has done to protect him.


    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth, as if he really had nothing to do, his compassionate eyes looked at Pucheng who was burned by Amaterasu''s flames, as if looking at the third officer screaming in pain with some despair ¡­


    "Only this kind of thing is absolutely impossible!"


    Naraku Uehara watched Amaterasu''s flames still burning, and his voice was full of pain: "I''ve had enough of you killing innocent people to protect me... Even if he wants to sneak attack me, he just wants to win this victory That''s all..."


    "Sneak attack is no different from assassination, and death will not be punished."


    Uchiha Itachi shook his head, stood beside him and said in a deep voice, "Anyone who wants to hurt Naraku-sama is innocent."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his palm and roared loudly: "If you don''t want to take it back, I will extinguish it now, break the way..."


    "Master Naraku."


    Uchiha Itachi grabbed Uehara Naraku''s arm, raised his eyes slightly, his expression was full of confusion.


    Uchiha Itachi still sighed, and persuaded: "Naraku-sama should know what it means when Amaterasu appears... Amaterasu is the ultimate fire that can burn even flames!"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara gritted his teeth and wanted to get rid of...


    However, no matter what, he couldn''t break free from Uchiha Itachi''s palm.


    As a young Shinigami who wanted to save people, he could only watch helplessly as the third chief executive who was still alive just now was gradually burned to ashes by the black flame of Amaterasu...


    real¡­


    Almost done.


    If you can¡­


    Itachi Uchiha really wants to ask!


    In fact, there is no need to act so hard!


    Isn''t it you who manipulated his power to kill Pu Cheng, the third chief officer?


    However, just looking at the current situation, Uehara Naraku really looks like a kind person... If Uchiha Itachi doesn''t know who is the person who manipulated him to release Amaterasu and directly burn the third officer to death...


    While manipulating the killing...


    While still struggling to save people...


    This is not something a normal person can do.


    Aizen Soyousuke would never have thought that Naraku Uehara could directly control Itachi Uchiha. The captain of the fifth team did not say a word, but just stared at the Amaterasu Black Flame in front of him, and a smear of black flame was reflected on the lens...


    If anyone noticed...


    You will find a strange smile on Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth, as if he found something very interesting.


    Uchiha Itachi''s gaze even slowly sized up the members of the entire Fifth Team until it landed on Ichimaru Gin...


    Ichimaru returned a kind smile.


    Even if the smile looks extraordinarily provocative.


    Itachi Uchiha stared at Ichimaru Gin for a while, and finally stopped his eyes on Aizen Soyousuke, and said softly: "Lord Aizen...then I will ask you to take care of Naraku-sama in the future, I hope there will be no more today What happened, otherwise we will sever all agreements with His Excellency Yamamoto Genryasai Shigekuni."


    These words really sound like a threat, and it sounds like Uehara Naraku has come to the fifth team, to be an uncle who needs to be protected and served, not a team member...


    "I see."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded calmly, lowered his head and said, "I will also truthfully report what happened to Commander Yamamoto and the Central Forty-six Office..."


    Now it seems that he is just a useless captain of the fifth team.


    Facing the powerful thirteen dead waiters, there is nothing to do with these dead waiters, they can only go to the cowardly people who sue their parents.


    "Is that so..."


    Uchiha Obito slowly opened the time-space vortex, and disappeared in place at the same time as Uchiha Itachi, leaving only an indifferent sentence.


    "Then please do it!"

 Chapter 619

    If you hadn''t seen it with your own eyes...


    No one could believe that the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan were so arrogant.


    On the territory of the thirteenth team of the Gotei, in front of the captain of the fifth team, he did not pay attention to anyone present, and directly killed a seat official.


    "These guys..."


    A Reaper from the fifth team gritted his teeth bitterly, but he didn''t continue to say bad things because he was worried about Uehara Naraku being present.


    As the patriarch of the Uehara clan, Uehara Naraku seemed a bit out of tune with his retainers. He looked at Aizen Soyousuke apologetically, and said softly, "Captain...I''m sorry, I can''t go against Mr. Itachi''s will..."


    "..."


    The captain of the fifth team, who is always gentle on the surface, shook his head and smiled to comfort Uehara Naraku: "Okay, Naraku, it''s not your fault... Never blame others'' mistakes on your own." body."


    Aizen Soyousuke gently patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, and continued softly: "What happened today, only Naraku is the victim... If you feel uneasy, then take on the responsibility of being the vice-captain of the fifth team." responsibility!"


    "team leader¡­"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Aizen Soyousuke in disbelief.


    If it wasn''t for knowing what kind of core Aizen Soyousuke is inside, if it wasn''t for the fact that everything just now was controlled by Uehara Naraku, maybe Uehara Naraku might have been really moved by Aizen...


    What this man said...


    Always be able to persuade others'' hearts.


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression, smiled and continued: "Okay, it''s okay, just leave this matter to me..."


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.


    A group of members of the Fifth Division dispersed separately.


    After everyone left, Aizen Soyousuke had a dark smile on his face, and a shadow in his eyes.


    "What a bunch of crazy people..."


    Aizen Soyousuke sat on the rest chair in the practice field, slowly closed his palms, and said slowly: "Even after so many years, the temperament of this family has not changed..."


    "Oh?"


    Ichimaru Gin stood beside him with a smile, and asked with a chuckle, "What is Aizen-sama going to do now, are you really going to report today''s events to Captain Yamamoto?"


    Aizen Soyousuke lowered his head and restrained his eyes: "Of course, even if there is a secret agreement between the Gotei 13th Team and the Uehara Clan, it is definitely not the reason why they can take action at will...


    It seems that I have found a better way, the gap in Seireitei will never be eliminated, it will only become wider and wider. "


    This matter should of course be reported.


    Aizen Soyousuke never intended to hide.


    The only thing that disappointed Aizen Soyousuke was that after knowing about this, Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni, the captain of Gotei 13th Team, didn''t say much. Instead, he just told Aizen Soyousuke to protect Uehara well. Naraku.


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni held his cane, lowered his eyes, and there was no anger on his face, as if he didn''t take this matter to heart at all.


    For thousands of years...


    The chief captain was no longer as jealous as he used to be.


    In comparison, Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni paid more attention to Uehara Naraku''s growth, and he pinned his hope for future peace in Seireitei on Uehara Naraku.


    "Our secret agreement with the Uehara clan existed before the Gotei Thirteenth Team..."


    Motoyanagi Yamamoto murmured in a low voice, and said calmly: "When that little guy Uehara Naraku really grows up and can take responsibility, this kind of thing won''t happen in the future..."


    if only¡­


    This little guy who carries the hope of peace has become the captain of the thirteenth team of the court, and he will slowly integrate the Uehara clan into the Soul Soul Realm.


    Turn your face at this time...


    Undoubtedly the worst choice.


    It is absolutely impossible for Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni and the Zero Team to declare war with the Uehara clan for a chief who attacked Uehara Naraku...


    not to mention...


    Even if the third official did not die in the hands of Uchiha Itachi, Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni would put him in prison as an explanation to the Uehara clan.


    "Yes, I understand."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly lowered his head.


    As for his heart, he has more disdain for the captain. Because he has lived longer and longer, has he started to fear war?


    What a coward...


    Whether it''s Naraku Uehara or Shigekuni Yamamoto...


    It''s just that Aizen Soyousuke didn''t expect the captain to be tough, he just came here for a formality.


    Just as Aizen Soyousuke visited his ostensible superior Yamamoto Genryasai Shigekuni, his subordinate Ichimaru Gin was meeting his real superior.


    "Master Naraku."


    Ichimaru Gin had his habitual smile on his face, and stood beside Uehara Naraku with his arms folded, and said softly: "Because I have to stay by Aizen''s side to watch him for a long time, it is really troublesome to see the adults. ..."


    "It''s okay, I don''t care about such small things."


    Naraku Uehara was sitting on a chair in the gazebo, holding a glass of juice in his hand and slowly sucking it, his attitude seemed a bit incompatible with the world of souls and souls.


    Hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, Ichimaru Gin''s smile froze for a moment, but it returned to its original state in an instant.


    With a smile on his face, Ichimaru Gin chuckled and said, "Even though Naraku-sama has a generous personality and doesn''t care about such small things, as a subordinate, I still feel very sorry..."


    Ichimaru Gin looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression, chuckled and continued: "But I didn''t waste the time my lord gave me. Not long ago, Aizen found a piece of news about the other half of the collapsed jade made by Urahara Kisuke. whereabouts of..."


    "This news is of little use to us."


    Uehara Naraku put down the juice cup in his hand, and continued calmly: "Kuchiki Rukia... If I remember correctly, she should be called by this name now."


    "That''s right..."


    Ichimaru Gin nodded with a smile, and continued: "Yesterday Rukia just joined the Kuchiki Clan and officially changed her name to Kuchiki Rukia... Maybe Kisuke Urahara thought that Master Dou could help him protect Bengyu''s whereabouts, so he took the Bengyu was placed in Rukia''s body."


    Ichimaru Gin knows Rukia.


    Ichimaru Gin is the most promising one among the street children who came out of the entire orphanage. He is also a role model set up by the pharmacist in the orphanage, and he often returns to the orphanage to help.


    The eldest sister of the orphanage was Matsumoto Ranju...


    The eldest sister of this generation of orphanages is Rukia. She just joined the Kuchiki clan yesterday and officially changed her name to Kuchiki Rukia.


    this matter¡­


    It''s kind of weird to say it.


    Collapsing jade is a very peculiar substance.


    Aizen Soyousuke used Shinigami to create an unfinished Honkama, and Urahara Kisuke used fiction to create another more mature Honkama.


    nature¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke wanted to take away Urahara Kisuke''s Bengyu, trying to get a real perfect body, which is also what Uehara Naraku wanted.


    "anyway¡­"


    Naraku Uehara''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he said softly, "You think Urahara Kisuke put his Bengyu in Rukia''s body... The original intention was to use the power of the bag to protect his Bengyu..."


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and stared at Ichimaru Gin, his voice became more gloomy: "Kou is my most important subordinate, so it''s a little bit excessive to use him without his permission...isn''t it a bit excessive?"


    "certainly."


    The smile on Ichimaru Gin''s face narrowed slightly, and he slowly opened his eyelids, revealing a pair of beautiful eyes, and his face became more serious than ever.


    Ichimaru Gin''s face became a little indifferent, and he continued calmly, "When I was young, Master Dou regarded Kisuke Urahara as his disciple..."


    Such behavior...


    It can no longer be described too much!


    Ichimaru Gin, who has been following Aizen Soyousuke as an undercover agent, is very aware of Aizen Soyousuke''s strength, even Yakushido may not be able to defeat him, right?


    And Kisuke Urahara...


    Store the Bengyu that Aizen wants in Rukia who is still in the orphanage!


    Before leaving Seireitei yesterday, Yakushido asked Rukia to agree to Kuchiki Byakuya''s adoption request, which also meant to protect her and the orphanage.


    As the successor of Yaoshidou...


    Of course, Ichimaru Gin would not think Urahara Kisuke is innocent!


    No matter who knows about this matter, they will feel dissatisfied with Kisuke Urahara.


    Even if they knew that Kisuke Urahara was doing it for Bengyu''s safety, but because of this they put those who cherished him in danger, this kind of behavior would be too self-righteous...


    "That guy really wants to use everything..."


    Naraku Uehara leaned on the pillar of the gazebo, chuckled lightly and said, "Anyway, we can''t tell Kisuke Urahara''s original intention now, so let''s deal with him together!


    Yin, let''s start preparing for our plan. Before Ben Yu''s position is determined by Aizen, let him determine the position of Kisuke Urahara! "


    "yes."


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Ichimaru Gin nodded seriously, and continued in a deep voice: "I will investigate this matter immediately, but since Kisuke Urahara is hiding in this world, it is hard to say that he can find his spiritual pressure..."


    "It''s not that complicated."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and said softly: "The mouse hiding in the sewer wants to fight another mouse, it always needs a little bit of stockpiling supplies, as long as Aizen puts enough pressure on him, he will show up sooner or later... "


    "Also, find a chance to transfer me to the present world."


    Naraku Uehara closed his palms, and said softly, "As long as I can reach the present world, I can find out the whereabouts of Kisuke Urahara... Then I will find a way to get our Captain Aizan and Store Manager Urahara to fight in advance!"


    "yes."


    After Ichimaru Yin agreed, he smiled lightly and said, "My lord, there is one more thing. Before I succeed as the captain of the third team, Aizen may rush to Xuquan with me. It''s time for Master Oshemaru''s secret to let him know." Did you find it?"


    "it''s time."


    Uehara Naraku showed nostalgia on his face, and said softly: "I haven''t seen my old friend for many years..."


    "..."


    Ichimaru Gin had a strange expression on his face.


    Is this old friend a serious old friend?


    Because Ichimaru Gin once knew some of Orochimaru''s past on the sidelines, and I heard that Mr. Orochimaru once had a glorious moment...


    Of course, the most glorious time...


    There is no doubt that when Orochimaru saw Uehara Naraku at first sight, he treated this adult as an experimental material, which eventually caused his life to start ups and downs.


    However, every ups and downs...


    They are all played by the adults in front of them in the palm of their hands.


    Uehara Naraku also seemed to feel a little weird, turned his head and glanced at Ichimaru Gin: "I heard that you also respect Oshemaru very much, which is quite similar to Toku..."


    "yes."


    Ichimaru Gin sighed softly.


    After a long silence, Ichimaru Gin said: "When we rush to the virtual circle next time, once Aizen Soyousuke discovers Master Orochimaru''s experiment, he will definitely not give up recruiting Master Orochimaru..."


    When talking about this, Ichimaru Gin''s mouth suddenly showed a smile again: "He will get a huge army of broken faces..."


    "Army..."


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "I have wasted so much Baijue, I don''t know how many qualified Pomian he can make..."


    "Now there should be more than a hundred."


    Ichimaru Gin revealed a not-so-low number, and said softly: "If Oshemaru-sama can also succeed in the fusion experiment of Kirian-level Daixu and Baijue, this number will probably skyrocket..."


    "That''s not bad."


    This yield rate is really good.


    White Jue is probably the most suitable material, whether it is used as a sacrifice for the reincarnation of the unclean soil or as a test object, it can be called the most suitable existence.


    The cost is also very low.


    As long as you have the spore technique and spiritual power, you can quickly cultivate them.


    And there are the most Kirian-level Daxu in the virtual circle. If the fusion between them can successfully create a broken surface, even a low intelligence is enough to become a combat power...


    Thousands of years ago, Orochimaru was sent to Xuquan by Uehara Naraku after he was blamed in Soul Soul Realm, where he repaired his soul by devouring Xu...


    same¡­


    Experiments with virtual circles are also underway.


    Now Orochimaru is cultivating the broken-faced army produced by the fusion of Xu and Jue!


    Once it can be thoroughly transformed and integrated, it means that the entire virtual circle will give birth to a brand new species, or a brand new civilization...


    the most important is¡­


    A group of powerful combat forces will be born!


    Because the spiritual power in Da Xu''s body is naturally strong enough!


    "Okay, that''s it, all these things are left to you."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, grabbed a scroll from the void and threw it to Ichimaru Gin, and said softly: "It will be very dangerous to be around Aizen. In the past, there was a pharmacist around to check and balance, and he didn''t dare to do anything to you. Sample¡­"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Ichimaru Gin''s puzzled expression, and continued softly: "Now that I have left Seireitei, who knows if Aizen will suddenly want to harm you..."


    "My lord, I will pay attention to..."


    "It''s always good to be careful."


    Uehara Naraku closed his palms, looked down at the scroll, and said softly: "If you encounter trouble, open it, there is a copy of the Broken Dao Ninety-Nine ¡¤ Five Dragons Turning Off that I used myself, I just don''t know How about the power..."

 Chapter 620

    To be honest...


    Is Uehara Naraku''s Broken Way Ninety-Nine really trustworthy?


    If other people saw Uehara Naraku''s clumsy singing of releasing the six-stick light prison before, they would probably dismiss this seal scroll, but people like Ichimaru Gin are completely different.


    With a smile on his face, Ichimaru Gin accepted the seal scroll that Uehara Naraku gave him. He believed in Uehara Naraku''s power, just as he believed in his original choice.


    decades ago.


    In the corner of the alley end of Liuhun Street.


    The boy Ichimaru silver unscrewed the water glass carefully, he licked the corner of his mouth, and put the water glass in his hand on his right hand.


    On the right side of Ichimaru Gin, the girl Matsumoto Rangiku was biting a piece of bread with her eyes blank, her face still had the fear of robbing the black market merchant just now.


    This is the life of these waifs, in constant fear.


    Generally speaking, undead souls do not need to eat, they only need to absorb spirit seeds from the Soul World to survive. However, undead souls such as Ichimaru Gin and Matsumoto Rangiku, who have high spiritual power in their bodies, must eat to survive.


    This is their luck.


    It is also their misfortune.


    If they want to survive, they must constantly ingest food and water. These two things are especially precious in Liuhun Street, and they can only risk their lives to snatch them...


    In the most difficult time, they even ate some raw taro, the only way to maintain their body''s movement.


    "Are we going to keep going like this?"


    The girl Matsumoto Rangiku finally came back to her senses, she looked down at the pancake in her hand, swallowed a mouthful of saliva, and handed the remaining half of the pancake to Ichimaru Gin.


    The girl was still very hungry.


    Her reluctance can even be seen from her heaving chest, but the bread in her hands may be the only harvest they have today, and she should not enjoy it alone.


    "Heh...don''t force yourself..."


    Boy Ichimarugin chuckled, stretched out his hand to take the bread in Matsumoto Rangiku''s hand, broke off a small piece and stuffed it into his mouth.


    Because Ichimaru silver knows the nature of girls.


    Now is not the time for him to give in to each other.


    Boy Ichimaru Gin pushed the water glass in the direction of the girl, squinted his eyes and smiled, and began to nibble on the bread: "You go home first...I want to go out for a walk by myself."


    "¡­it is good."


    The girl Matsumoto Rangiku lowered her head while holding the water glass.


    Although Ichimaru silver said to let her go home, where do they have a home? It''s just a dilapidated and desolate wooden house, only the two of them depend on each other...


    "drink more water."


    Boyichi Marugin reached out to rub the girl''s orange hair.


    It''s just that when his palm was about to touch the girl''s hair, he finally stopped slowly and took it back on his own.


    The boy said nothing more.


    One thing, the boy Ichimaru Gin did not tell the girl Matsumoto Rangiku that their biggest gain today was not the food and water in their hands, but overheard a very important news for him.


    Food and water have been procured in large quantities on the black market.


    Tomorrow, someone will come to make a deal on the black market.


    Juvenile Ichimaru Gin already knew the place where they met, and he planned an attack on buyers. As long as he could get enough money in this attack, he and Matsumoto Rangiku would have a chance to live a stable life. Life.


    Although Ichimaru silver knew that there was a lot of food and water in this batch, the buyer must have sent many people to carry it, which also meant that the degree of danger would be greatly increased.


    but¡­


    This may be his only chance.


    This is a chance for Matsumoto Ranju to live comfortably from now on.


    late at night.


    In a desolate warehouse.


    A rough-looking black market businessman appeared in the warehouse with hundreds of strong men carrying bags of food and water. His face was full of ferocious smiles.


    Ruhun Street has no rules.


    When this black market merchant knew that someone wanted to buy a large amount of food and water from him, his first thought was not to make a legitimate transaction, but to try to see if he could eat the other party directly!


    This black market businessman gathered all his subordinates, including a few wandering souls who were willing to work for him. They also had a lot of spiritual power, and such power could be said to be powerful in the entire Liuhun Street.


    certainly¡­


    If the other party brings enough people and is strong enough, then you can trade safely and securely, and you can still get a big client, no matter how you calculate it, it seems that you will not lose money.


    The moonlight gradually became brighter.


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    A hooded figure slowly walked into the warehouse.


    The black market merchant and a group of his subordinates looked at the visitor suspiciously. Their expressions were faintly confused, and their faces were full of puzzlement.


    "one person?"


    "is it not OK?"


    The person who came slowly took off his hood, revealing a face with silver hair and glasses, and a strange smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Your Excellency seems to have brought a lot of people... this cargo Isn''t it worth bringing so many people?"


    "Hahahahahaha...it''s really not worth it!"


    There was a crazy laugh on the face of the black market merchant, he looked at the person and said loudly: "If you are alone, it doesn''t look like you are here to trade!"


    When he said this, the black market merchant suddenly stopped his laughter. He stared at the person, and said in a deep voice: "What do you mean? We brought all the goods, and your money brought come yet?"


    "certainly¡­"


    The visitor reached out to help his glasses, took out a scroll, took out a box of money from the scroll, put it on the ground, and said with a smile, "According to our agreement, the money should be enough, right?"


    The box was full of money.


    No matter who saw that box of money, their eyes would fall on it unconsciously. This amount of money is enough for anyone to live a rich life in Soul Soul Realm for hundreds of years.


    "Of course... enough!"


    The black market merchant squinted his eyes and began to think about the identity of his buyer. After all, the method of withdrawing money from the sealed scroll just now...


    It seems to be the god of death who has practiced the ghost way.


    But no matter how you think about it, he is definitely not a member of the thirteenth team of the guarding court!


    As long as it''s not from Gotei 13th Team and Seireitei, then there''s no need to care who this guy is, anyway, he can''t afford to offend him!


    Even Seireitei...


    It''s not like the Grim Reaper who didn''t plant on Liuhun Street!


    The next moment, as the black market merchant made a gesture, a group of people swarmed up and surrounded the silver-haired young man wearing glasses. A tall man directly swung a knife and chopped off the silver-haired young man''s head...


    A group of people who succeeded didn''t seem to have thought that this silver-haired young man who seemed to have some tricks was so easily dealt with by them?


    This is really...


    People never expected.


    The black market merchant didn''t care, and waved his men to take the money, reload their goods, and planned to leave the trading warehouse.


    The praying mantis catches the cicada, and the oriole follows behind.


    Just when they were delighted with the ease of this trip, each steel wire disintegrated into a sharp blade, and slanted across the entire warehouse in a blink of an eye!


    A group of tall people were instantly dismembered on the spot!


    Only a few vigilant people escaped this sneak attack!


    However, the entire warehouse seemed to be turned into a battlefield of hidden weapons. Sharpened shards of iron and steel needles flew everywhere, making these people frown!


    Someone is trying to attack and kill them in the dark!


    Until the end, the densely packed hidden weapons finally stopped, and the figure of a young man appeared in the warehouse, holding a sharp iron thorn in his hand.


    next moment¡­


    Juvenile Ichimaru Gin rushed forward waving the iron spike in his hand, the howls and screams in the warehouse were endless, and the blood was flying under the moonlight like a red train!


    It is he who is secretly planning all this!


    When the black market merchant was planning to cheat, he carefully checked the black market merchant''s subordinates and calculated his probability of success!


    After a long time.


    The warehouse finally fell silent.


    Just as the boy Ichimarugin was inspecting his loot and thinking of Matsumoto Rangiku who was waiting for him at home, a burst of applause interrupted his thoughts.


    "..."


    A look of surprise flashed across the boy Ichimaru Gin''s face.


    It''s just that when he turned his head, he saw the silver-haired young man who should have died a long time ago, which added to the surprise on his face.


    No, this is normal.


    How could such a person be easily killed?


    Ichimaru Gin turned his head and glanced at the place where the silver-haired youth was killed. It turned into a wooden stake at some point.


    That kind of people¡­


    It''s so weird!


    Immediately, Ichimaru Gin''s brain began to think about his chances of winning and what happened. He slowly turned his head to look at the silver-haired young man, suddenly bent his eyebrows, smiled and said, "You are satisfied with my performance. ?"


    "...that''s really smart!"


    The silver-haired young man slowly closed his palms, not stingy with his admiration: "When did you figure it out? Or did I know it when I observed you?"


    "Just now..."


    Boy Ichimaru Gin''s face gradually calmed down, and he said softly: "Just now I just figured it out, just yesterday when I overheard that you were about to make a transaction, it was a trap laid for me, no, or it was a test..."


    "enough."


    The silver-haired young man walked in slowly, squatted down in front of him, smiled and looked at this young man who was somewhat similar to himself: "Originally this test should not exist...but I want to see, yours ability¡­"


    Now it seems that this little guy''s intelligence and talent are really good, and with a little polishing, he could be a suitable assistant.


    Boy Ichimaru Gin showed the same smile as the silver-haired youth, and said softly: "Then can you tell me your name now?"


    "Pharmacist pocket."


    The silver-haired young man stretched out his palm and placed it on his shoulder: "Now that you have passed the exam, do you want to follow me?"


    "If I follow Your Excellency, what can I gain?"


    "You can''t get anything."


    Medicine Master''s smile gradually became a little gentler. He calmly approached the boy Ichimaru Gin, and said with a light smile, "No, it should be said that there is still one thing that can be obtained, such as...protect your companion."


    "..."


    Boy Ichimaru silver squinted his eyes and nodded.


    In fact, it is enough to get this.


    Soon after, Yao Shidou Orphanage had two more children.


    Gin Ichimaru and Rangiku Matsumoto grew up in this orphanage, and they never had to live the life of starvation they once had.


    Here, the boy Ichimaru Gin and the girl Matsumoto Rangiku grew up and began to learn to care for the children of the orphanage, and both of them inevitably learned a part of Yakushi Toto.


    Ichimaru Gin learned the deepness and ambiguity of Yaoshidou, and his nature gradually became more and more like Yaoshidou, or he and Yaoshidou are the same kind of person.


    However, Matsumoto Ranju has learned the gentleness from Yakushidou, which is the maternal nature passed down from the former dean of Yakushidou, Nonoyu.


    In fact...


    The pharmacist lied.


    No, this cannot be called a lie at all.


    Ichimaru Yin knew very well that what they got in this orphanage was actually far more than what Ichimaru Yin expected at the beginning; and what they had to pay did not cost anything at all.


    Because according to Yao Shidou''s ability, they don''t need to do anything at all. His purpose is very simple, it seems that he really only wants to adopt two orphans...


    if¡­


    If there is still that test.


    Until Ichimaru Gin finally thought that he had to do something for Yakushito in order to pay off everything owed by him and Matsumoto Rangiku, Yakushi Dou gave Ichimaru Gin two choices.


    One option is to join an organization called Akatsuki.


    One option is to inherit the Yaoshidou Orphanage in the future.


    Ichimaru Gin remembered that his expression was a bit puzzled at the time, he really didn''t expect that Yao Shidou adopted him only to find the director of an orphanage!


    However¡­


    Ichimaru Gin chose to join Akatsuki.


    He has access to a whole new world of entitlement.


    A different world.


    A secret history of a thousand-year-old wealthy family, a thousand-year secret case sealed in time, a god hidden in the world of corpses and souls for a thousand years.


    No one would think of it.


    The patriarch of a thousand-year-old wealthy family has always been the same person. He is like a shadow in the dark that never shows up.


    Naraku-sama.


    Compared with the Naraku-sama in front of him, the captain of the fifth team, Aizen Soyousuke, who hides his true face, is like a child playing.


    Although everything about Aizen Soyousuke is disturbing enough in Ichimaru Gin''s eyes, it is still far inferior to this person who had an earlier layout.


    Perhaps the only pity is that...


    This boss is always a little off-line habitually.


    For example, at the moment, Uehara Naraku''s question made it difficult for Ichimaru Gin to answer: "Speaking of which, do you think I am a kind person?"


    "..."


    How would Ichimaru Gin answer this question?


    Ichimaru Gin looked down at the scroll in his hand, and then said softly: "Of course, if it wasn''t for Naraku-sama, there would be many orphans in Ruhun Street who wouldn''t be able to reach adulthood..."


    "It''s due to Dou, because his adoptive mother is the director of the orphanage, and he just inherited the will of the former director."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Ichimaru Gin''s expression, and seemed to feel that this subordinate doubted his seal scroll, so he couldn''t help but said: "Don''t doubt what I gave you, maybe it''s not enough to destroy the entire Soul Soul World, but destroying Sei Ling Ting''s words should be more than enough, even if it has the protection of the murderous stone..."


    "Uh...yes."


    Ichimaru Gin carefully put away the scroll.


    Wait, why did this immediate boss give him a scroll that could destroy Seiritei! And let him carry this scroll with him to protect himself...


    this boss...


    Are you overestimating the strength of your subordinates?


    If I had known earlier...


    Ichimaru Gin somewhat missed the other choice offered to him by the director of the orphanage. Maybe he should have agreed to inherit the position of the director of the orphanage.

 Chapter 621

    The life of the Gotei 13th Team is quite interesting.


    Uehara Naraku, who was the vice-captain of the fifth team, also attended several meetings with Aizen, because of his status, he received a lot of attention.


    During this period of time, many new members have been added to the thirteenth team of the court, so some personnel changes have also taken place.


    First, Ichimaru Gin became the captain of the third team; secondly, Kuchiki Byakuya entered the sixth team and succeeded the captain.


    In comparison...


    Uehara Naraku, a wealthy patriarch whose identity is more important than Kuchiki Byakuya''s, seems a little inappropriate just to be a vice captain. This is also a problem that makes Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni a headache.


    Other than that...


    The 10th team has also entered a newcomer.


    Hitsugaya Toshiro, a newcomer who was born with a very powerful Reiatsu.


    The meeting room of the General Team of the Thirteenth Guarding Team.


    The head of the thirteenth team of Gotei Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni looked around at all the captains and vice-captains present, slowly lowered his head, closed his eyes, and said in a deep voice: "Recently, there is a discovery. It''s becoming more and more active...Whether it''s the real world or the soul world, more and more ghosts are starting to appear..."


    "It seems like this..."


    The current captain of the eighth team, Jingle Chunshui, sat on the left seat of the conference table, and said slowly: "It should be in the near future, about not more than fifty years, Xu has become more and more active. Especially more active recently..."


    The current captain of the eighth team, Jingle Chunshui, seems to be a bit lazy by nature, and when he talks, it seems that he doesn''t care about anything.


    The character of Jingle Shunsui...


    Laziness is a bit like the yellow ape general in One Piece World.


    It is really unimaginable that the thirteenth team of the court will let such a captain be in charge of intelligence work. Isn''t such a captain too late?


    Compared with the former captain Yao Shidou, after Jingle Chunshui took over the eighth team, the intelligence work of the entire team has almost degenerated at a speed visible to the naked eye. Be reduced to the Salted Fish Squad...


    After all, not everyone is a pharmacist.


    Not everyone attaches as much importance to intelligence work as the ninja-born Yakushidou.


    So far, the eighth team''s intelligence work is almost entirely based on the foundation left by Yao Shidou when he was the captain before, and Jingle Chunshui feels a little powerless.


    Just as the captain...


    Jingle Chunshui''s combat power is definitely enough.


    And he is also one of the disciples of Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni.


    "Spring water."


    Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni frowned slightly, looked at this disciple with some displeasure, and said in a low voice, "Is there no more detailed information? What about your intelligence analysis?"


    "Isn''t it all on your desk?"


    Jingle Chunshui raised his head while supporting the bamboo hat on his head, and said slowly: "It''s just some imaginary activity, it doesn''t look like there''s any change, it''s all been resolved... there''s no need to deliberately analyze these things, right? ?¡±


    "..."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto could only shake his head helplessly.


    At this moment, the old man began to miss the pharmacist who had entered the zero team.


    After all, when Pharmacist Dou was in office, he would not only give him enough information, but also give him information analysis and corresponding strategies.


    During the time that Yao Shidou was in office, there was no disadvantage in the battle between Shinigami and Xu. Every tricky Xu would be specially marked, made into a kind of booklet, and handed out to Shinigami.


    Originally, Yaoshidou also produced some arrest warrants, calling on people with powerful spiritual powers in this world and the soul world to encircle and suppress these troublesome virtual...


    that period of time¡­


    The soul world and this world are really peaceful!


    The loss of the Gotei 13 team is also the lowest point ever.


    It''s a pity that Yao Shidou joined the Zero Division later, and then the death siege and annihilating the Quincy happened, so the arrest warrants and the like were no longer useful.


    "I have encountered some troublesome guys here..."


    The captain of the tenth team, Zhibo, leaned on his chair with all his heart, with a rare stern look on his face: "Recently, the Reiatsu that appeared has become stronger and stronger, it feels like...as if they are evolving..."


    "Aren''t they evolving all the time?"


    The captain of the twelfth team, Nirvana Yuri, hooked the corner of his mouth, and said with a light smile: "Thousands of years ago, the data showed that there was no difference between ghosts and dead souls... Later, more and more ghosts appeared, and gradually disappeared. Divided into levels by us..."


    "This feeling is different..."


    Zhibo shook his head with all his heart, changed from his previous unscrupulousness, and said with a serious face: "If this continues, I feel that sooner or later there will be a emptiness that subverts our cognition..."


    "Then kill them."


    The captain of the 11th Division Saragi Kenpachi grinned sneeringly: "They are still too weak now! It''s better to become stronger!"


    "Ajian!"


    Kusanagi Yachiryu put his shoulders on Saraki Kenpachi''s shoulders, and said with a smile, "Don''t be so irritable all the time! There are very cute people here!"


    When talking about this, Caolu Yaqianliu''s eyes fell on Uehara Naraku, and he waved at him: "President Dou told us, when you join the thirteenth team of the court, let us treat you well." Oh!"


    this care...


    It doesn''t feel like serious care!


    "Hey¡­"


    Zaragi Kenpachi looked at Uehara Naraku following Kusaka Yachiryu''s eyes, and said with a sneer: "Yachiru, don''t say such misleading things to this guy... that guy is not worth trusting...but I do owe a lot to that guy..."


    "Cough cough cough..."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni interrupted the communication between them, and said in a low voice: "Don''t go off topic, let''s talk about serious things! From now on, all teams must strengthen inspections. Dissatisfied with the loss¡­¡±


    Yes.


    Death''s loss is getting bigger and bigger.


    However, there are fewer and fewer Shinigami who can be recruited into the thirteenth team of Gotei, because there is a family that is also recruiting Shinigami in Seireitei.


    In fact, there is a good way to quickly replenish the number of Reapers, and that is to find a way to let the Reapers of the Uehara Clan directly join the Guarding Thirteen Team, but that is equivalent to being occupied by the Uehara Clan...


    Anyway.


    Virtual intrusions are becoming more and more frequent.


    Only two people present knew why this happened, because the current master of the virtual circle, Aizen Soyousuke, needs to use his own secretly modified experimental product to conduct experiments, and by the way, to search for the whereabouts of Kisuke Urahara...


    As for Naraku Uehara...


    Because the movement of the virtual circle cannot be hidden from him at all!


    There is no need to take this kind of thing to heart. The only troublesome thing is that due to the frequent invasion of Xu, even the fifth team, which seems to be somewhat Buddhist, has to start facing the most important part of the life of the god of death...


    That is the war between Death and Hollow!


    A war that will never stop!


    The barren land of the soul world.


    Hundreds of ghosts broke through the space boundary wall and entered the corpse soul world, screaming and wanting to invade Seireitei and Ruhun Street in the central place!


    The 10th Division, which happened to be in charge of patrolling all the time, immediately fell into a hard fight. In addition, there was no shortage of big ghosts among this group of ghosts, so they had to ask for help from Sei Lingting.


    Naturally, the Fifth Division was also sent to support.


    Aizen Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku led the fifth team to support, this battle was really difficult under the leadership of the two actors.


    after all¡­


    Uehara Naraku is the god of death who does not kill.


    Naraku Uehara waved his Zanpakut¨­ to repel a group of hideous Voids, quickly stuck out his fingertips, and began to chant: "Destroy yourself, Rondanini''s black dog, after reading it, Completely burn it, cut your own throat! The ninth of the bound road, collapse the wheel!"


    A golden light transformed from Lingzi shot out from Uehara Naraku''s fingertips!


    The moment these golden spirits touched the group of virtuals, they instantly turned into golden ropes, directly binding the group of virtuals!


    If Naraku Uehara still needs to chant this point, his attainment in the ability of ghosts does not seem to be weak, especially the Nine of Binding Dao seems to have been played out of flowers in his hands.


    Unfortunately¡­


    This is a battle of life and death, the most direct way to deal with monsters like Xu should be to cut off the masks on their heads!


    Although he easily controlled a group of monsters, the rookie of the fifth team still seemed a bit out of place on the battlefield!


    "Roar!"


    A group of Xu looked at Uehara Naraku and roared angrily!


    This group of ghosts desperately wanted to break free from the shackles of the golden rope, as if they wanted to tear Uehara Naraku into pieces immediately, but the restraining power of the crescent wheel far exceeded their Reiatsu, and this group of monsters could only vent their anger with roars!


    "Step aside!"


    A short white-haired figure crossed Naraku Uehara, brandishing the Zanpakuto in his hand and slashed out one after another, splitting the bound Xuichi into two!


    This figure looks like a teenager who hasn''t grown up...


    However, this guy''s fighting momentum and violent spirit pressure are stronger than many death gods, and even his hands are extremely fierce!


    A group of gods of death looked at the short figure in surprise, and unconsciously murmured the name of the white-haired boy: "That''s... the rookie of the tenth team... Hitsugaya Toshiro!"


    This rookie who joined the tenth team not long ago...


    He has already shown the potential to become a captain-level god of death, no, or he already has the spiritual pressure and power comparable to the captain-level god of death!


    Compared to Hitsugaya Toshiro¡­


    Uehara Naraku, the new vice-captain of the fifth team, is obviously not good enough. Although his performance on the battlefield is not bad, he seems a little soft-hearted.


    "Are you Chisen''s friend?"


    Toshir¨­ Hitsugaya put away his Zanpakut¨­, turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, a look of impatience flashed across his face: "I really don''t know how you surpassed Hinamori to become the number one in the Shinigami school...how could you Show mercy to monsters like Xu..."


    "¡­Feel sorry."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes darkened slightly, staring at the short Toshir¨­ Hitsugaya in front of him, and calmly said: "They are also souls... souls worthy of redemption."


    "Just don''t die."


    Hitsugaya Toshiro returned to the 10th squad with his Zanpakuto in hand, and left the last sentence in a cold voice: "Hinamori heard that you became the vice-captain of the 5th squad, but I miss you more and more. Go to your fifth squad!"


    Because Toshiro Hitsugaya grew up with Momo Hina, he is very clear about his childhood sweetheart''s thoughts. Recently, Toshiro Hina Mori wants to enter the fifth team, and he is almost bewildered...


    Admire Uehara Naraku, the first place in the same period...


    Longed-for gentleman captain Aizen Sousuke...


    Now that these two people are both in the fifth team, and they are also the captain and deputy captain, Chisentao must be more and more eager to enter the fifth team.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    If possible, I really want to give Hitsugaya Toshir¨­ the words "Just don''t die" to Hina Morita!


    The fifth team now has two movie kings... If an innocent girl comes to the fifth team, doesn''t she want to jump into the tiger''s mouth!


    especially¡­


    Here are two tigers in sheep''s clothing.


    When Chisentao thought that she would come to the heavenly fifth team, she had no idea that she actually came to hell, a hell with infinite reversals...


    After this battle is over.


    Uehara Naraku took the initiative to help treat the wounded.


    I have to say that this kind of fact is very popular, especially Uehara Naraku''s application of spiritual power treatment, which can bring a god of death back to life in just a few seconds, and the efficiency is even higher than that of the fourth person who is in charge of medical treatment team members.


    The captain of the 4th team, Unohana Retsu, is a little confused. She is considering whether to pull Uehara Naraku into the 4th team. She feels that her captain has someone to succeed her again...


    After the treatment of the wounded is over.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the battlefield that was gradually becoming empty, and slowly stretched out his palm, and paper flowers rose up with the wind, and landed on every place where the void disappeared on the battlefield.


    "this is¡­"


    Hitsugaya Toshiro couldn''t help frowning.


    Zhibo Yixin stretched out his palm and covered Hitsugaya Toshiro''s head, shook his head and sighed softly: "Ah, a kind little guy, want to pray for those empty souls!"


    "Pray for nothing?"


    Hitsugaya Toshiro frowned even tighter, staring at Uehara Naraku: "This guy...why does he feel more innocent than Hina Mori?"


    "Isn''t it good to be simple?"


    Zhibo looked at Uehara Naraku wholeheartedly, and said with a smile: "A person who was spoiled and raised since childhood, but still maintains the heart of a child..."


    A group of gods of death looked at the scene of Naraku Uehara''s sacrifice and prayer. Some gods of death lamented Naraku Uehara''s simplicity, some gods of death mocked his stupidity, and some gods of death didn''t care about it...


    This time the battle is over.


    The gods of death from the other teams began to leave the battlefield in groups, but the fifth team still stood there, watching Uehara Naraku silently praying for the gods of death to kill them.


    Right at this time.


    A crack was torn open in the space boundary wall in the sky, and a pale-skinned young man stood on the edge of the crack. This young man looked unusually strange.


    A short curly hair...


    Wearing a half-skeleton mask on it...


    The young man''s figure looked a little thin and thin, and his face was extremely pale. There were long tear channels under his green eyes.


    However¡­


    The spiritual pressure on him is extremely powerful!


    This weird young man did only three things.


    In the first second, the pale-skinned young man looked down at Uehara Naraku below; in the second second, the pale-skinned young man turned his head and glanced at Aizen Soyousuke.


    The third second...


    The young man suddenly stretched out his finger, and suddenly sent out an emerald green flash towards Naraku Uehara on the ground!


    He moves so fast...


    So much so that the members of the fifth team didn''t even have time to react!


    Even this group of people is still thinking about who this pale-skinned young man is, and this young man has already attacked their members brazenly!

 Chapter 622

    No one thought of...


    After the gods of death from the other squads wiped out Xu and left, there was a strange pale young man who invaded the world of corpses and souls, and raised his hand to launch a destructive Xu flash at Uehara Naraku!


    "Be careful, Vice Captain Naraku!"


    The gods of death of the fifth team looked at this scene with horror on their faces!


    Uehara Naraku raised his head unconsciously, and saw the emerald green false flash flying down from the sky, his palm suddenly lifted towards the direction of the false flash, and quickly began to gather the spirits around him!


    "Fire array!"


    A red enchantment suddenly appeared in front of Uehara Naraku!


    Uehara Naraku raised his hand to release the enchantment, which seemed a little unusually hard, and even blocked this emerald green flash, but the enchantment was slightly dim...


    But seeing that Uehara Naraku was safe and sound, all the gods of death, including Aizen Soyousuke, couldn''t help but breathe a sigh of relief.


    Just the next moment...


    It turned out to be another emerald green false flash falling down!


    The energy of the second false flash became stronger, and it landed on the barrier of the flame formation in an instant, quickly impacting the defense of the barrier of the flame formation, but cracks had already appeared on the formation of flames, and it was about to be directly crushed. False flash destroyed!


    A gentle singing voice appeared on the field.


    The figure of Aizen Soyousuke rushed to Uehara Naraku quickly, raised his fingers and chanted the mantra in a low voice: "The proud son of heaven, the iron city wall, the dragon''s walk..."


    This is the chant text of the eighty-one Duan Kong of Po Dao!


    However, everyone could see that it was too late for Aizen Soyousuke to complete Duankong''s chant, the emerald green flash tore through the flame formation, and the vast shock wave was about to fall directly on Uehara Naraku''s body!


    Just at this time¡­


    At the most dangerous time...


    The figure of Aizen Soyousuke appeared beside Uehara Naraku in a blink of an eye, stretched out his arms to block Uehara Naraku''s face, the corners of his mouth were smiling as he watched the emerald green void rushing towards him. flash!


    The emerald green flash energy fell on Aizen Soyousuke!


    The captain of the fifth team had strands of blood oozing from the corner of his mouth, but he still firmly stood in front of Uehara Naraku, but he tilted his head slightly as if leaving a last word and said: "Naraku, if I leave, I will Assuming the responsibility of the fifth team..."


    "Captain Soyousuke..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was full of uncontrollable surprise and sadness. The next moment he wanted to pull Aizen Soyousuke back, but Aizen Soyousuke stood firm like an unshakable city wall. He resisted the impact of the false flash for him.


    above the sky.


    The pale-skinned young man standing in the gap in the space looked at this scene with an expressionless face. He stretched out his finger, and saw emerald green energy condensed. When the enemy was about to launch a false flash...


    The shape of a scarlet Sharingan appeared behind the pale young man!


    Everyone in Xuquan knew that the appearance of Sharingan meant that the group of bastard deadpools from the Uehara clan had appeared, and the face of the pale-skinned young man couldn''t help but change.


    The next moment, he closed the space crack and fled in a hurry!


    Only Aizen Soyousuke, who was seriously injured, was left at the scene...


    The captain of the 5th Division fell down trying to protect his subordinates.


    "Captain...don''t..."


    Naraku Uehara looked at the fallen Aizen Soyousuke in disbelief, and hurriedly reached out to support him, his face was full of sadness and pain, and the spirits that quickly gathered at his fingertips were about to heal Aizen.


    "Don''t waste your energy."


    Even though Aizen Soyousuke was seriously injured, he still tried his best to maintain his elegant demeanor in front of his subordinate, so that this subordinate could feel at ease: "The enemy may not have gone far, Naraku, take everyone back to Seireitei immediately."


    "¡­yes."


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head slowly.


    What happened just now seems to have had a great impact on him, his captain Aizen Soyousuke almost died in a false flash in order to protect him...


    if¡­


    It wasn''t Ulquiola''s words that made the move.


    The enemy who appeared just now is a naturally disfigured Daxu, his name is Ulquiorra, and he can be called powerful both in the soul world and in the Xu circle.


    The key is¡­


    The identity of this guy Ulquiorra.


    Just as a group of people from the Fifth Division hurriedly carried Aizen Soyousuke back to Seireitei, Ulquiorra, who launched the attack, was standing in the crack of the space.


    Beside Ulquiola stood a lazy man in a white robe. The Reiatsu on this man made Ulquiola feel a little uncomfortable...


    After all, this one can be said to be the strongest natural face...


    Kyata Stark.


    Ke Yatai Stark''s strength is so strong, if he is not strong enough, even standing by his side may be directly killed by the spiritual pressure he unconsciously released!


    Although the strength of this guy is very strong...


    But he is also a lazy guy.


    The current Keyatai Stark did not show the strongest appearance at all, just dragging a little girl wearing a skeleton bone brace like a father and brother, softly soothing the little girl''s emotions: "Hey, Lilinette ,Calm down¡­"


    "Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!"


    The little girl turned her head and glanced at Stark, then at the two figures in black robes standing opposite them, she couldn''t help but said, "Stark, that''s Uchi who once offended Lord Orochimaru Po Weasel!"


    "I really can''t do anything about you..."


    Ke Yatai Stark pressed the little girl''s head, shook his head and sighed: "Be quiet, Mr. Orochimaru didn''t even care about these..."


    Standing by the side, Ulquiola said softly, "Lilinette, fighting among Akatsuki''s members is prohibited unless there is a necessary reason..."


    "Goo..."


    The little girl pursed her lips unhappily.


    The rules of Akatsuki''s organization are very simple, but everyone knows the punishment for violating it, so the little girl can only give up the trouble of finding Uchiha Itachi in frustration.


    It''s just that she soon found a new toy...


    It didn''t take a while to ride on the neck of Ke Yatai Stark.


    Ke Yatai Stark could only helplessly carry her body, and said slowly: "Speaking of which, Ulquiorra, how is your mission accomplished?"


    "There should be no mistakes."


    Ulquiorra nodded slowly, and said calmly: "Just as Aizan-sama and Naraku-sama planned, the current Aizan-sama has been seriously injured in order to protect Naraku-sama..."


    "Why does it sound weird to hear you say it..."


    The little girl, Lilinette, rubbed Stark''s hair, and muttered, "I really don''t understand why the two of them clearly know why but they still pretend not to know..."


    Ke Yatai Stark patted the little girl''s thigh, and explained softly: "Because there are some things that Master Aizen knows, and some things that only Master Naraku knows."


    "I still don''t understand..."


    "very simple."


    Ulquiola spread out his palm, his pale face and shiny green eyes made people feel a little permeable, he opened his mouth and explained seriously: "My original purpose was to injure Lord Aizen severely, so as to find a way to find Opportunity is out of the sight of the Uehara clan, and I get a chance to move freely to the virtual circle...


    According to Aizen-sama''s plan, let me pretend to be a member of the masked army when the soul world doesn''t know how to break the face naturally, and attack Naraku-sama by the way, so as to attract the eyes of Naraku-sama and the Uehara clan to the present world The masked army.


    When their eyes have noticed the present world, Aizen-sama will be able to get rid of the surveillance that the Uehara clan has been watching from time to time, and return to the virtual circle to continue accumulating the power of our broken face.


    By the way...


    Master Aizen can also reap the gratitude of the Uehara clan and Master Naraku. "


    I have to say is¡­


    This plan is indeed a bit of a head scratcher.


    Since Uehara Naraku has lived in the fifth team recently, the dead servants of the Uehara clan have increased their manpower to protect him, and they take turns on duty in the space crack.


    Among them, there are naturally some characters that Aizen Soyousuke has to pay attention to!


    This also led to Aizen Soyousuke''s actions being forced to be watched by the Uehara clan. In order to avoid showing his flaws, Aizen Soyousuke had to find a way to arrange the Uehara clan out as soon as possible, and fight for a chance for himself to act freely.


    For this action...


    Aizen Soyousuke even called out Ulquiorra and Ke Yatai Stark, two of his most recognized natural underdogs!


    Hands-on by Ulquiorra...


    The combination of Ke Yatai Stark and Lilinite is responsible for blocking the two deadpools Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito!


    To be honest¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke''s thoughts are not inappropriate.


    The little girl Lilinite still couldn''t help scratching her head, and said softly, "But Master Aizen has done all this... Doesn''t Master Naraku know all about it?"


    "..."


    Everyone present fell into silence.


    Because the little girl asked an extremely embarrassing question.


    It''s just that Ulquiorra was not embarrassed, and he even said calmly: "Because according to Master Naraku''s plan, what he needs is Master Aizen who thinks he can get rid of the monitoring sight of the Uehara clan and rush to the virtual circle, return Come under our watchful eye..."


    "..."


    Lilinette''s eyes were a little dull.


    Ke Yatai Stark supported her body, and explained: "Actually, I want Master Aizen to walk from a palace full of surveillance to another palace, but he thinks the second palace is his territory, but this The site is also full of surveillance..."


    "It would have been better to have said that earlier!"


    Lilinette pouted while rubbing Stark''s hair.


    Ulquiorra shook his head, and continued in a deep voice: "How can Master Naraku''s layout be so simple, since Master Naraku joined the fifth team, he has been secretly manipulating all of this.


    Naraku-sama personally arranged for the dead servants to monitor the fifth team, and forced Aizan-sama to find an opportunity to formulate and execute this operation with us.


    And the ultimate purpose of this action... is to make Master Aizen choose to temporarily believe that he controls Master Naraku.


    And most of the time, people''s trust is mutual.


    After everything that happened today is over, Naraku-sama will definitely respect Aizan-sama more, and Aizan will think that he will be able to hold Naraku-sama in his hands.


    Aizen-sama thought he controlled everything by himself...


    Little did he know that everything he did was controlled by Mr. Naraku behind his back. "


    "..."


    Everyone present was silent for a long time.


    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito could still hear clearly, but Ke Yatai Stark and Lilinette were already going to sleep after hearing these messy things.


    "never mind."


    Ulquiorra looked at Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito, and said in a deep voice: "Then let''s part here... I still have to arrange for Aizen-sama and Orochimaru-sama to meet, this is Naraku-sama''s arrangement. Master Aizen''s ultimate goal of returning to the virtual circle."


    "it is good."


    Uchiha Itachi nodded slowly.


    To be honest, Uchiha Itachi hasn''t seen a guy as diligent as Ulquiorra for a long time, even if it was the members of their group of Akatsuki back then, it seems that only Kisame Kisame is so diligent!


    Dried persimmons and ghost sharks from that period...


    It seems to have been multi-tasking!


    Obito Uchiha looked at Ulquiorra, a model worker, and seemed to think of something unhappy, and said indifferently: "Remember to ask Orochimaru to prepare a story in advance, one that is enough to attract Aizen Soyousuke story."


    "rest assured."


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Ulquiorra stopped his steps, and said softly: "This story will definitely be exciting enough, and it will completely attract the eyes of Lord Aizen, making him think that Lord Orochimaru will be his greatest help..."


    When talking about this, Ulquiola said softly again: "Besides, Master Orochimaru does have the power to create any decisive power..."


    "hope so."


    Uchiha Obito''s voice is hidden under the mask, no one knows his expression and attitude, only his indifference can be heard.


    The next moment, a space-time vortex flashed in Uchiha Obito''s eye sockets, driving him and Uchiha Itachi to leave here together.


    Ulquiorra didn''t stay here either. As for Kyate Stark and Lilinette, these two guys came purely to travel with their own names...


    imaginary circle.


    When Ulquiorra, Keyatai Stark, and Lilinite returned to the virtual circle, they did not rush to Aizen Soyousuke''s virtual night palace. They opened the cave under the desert and entered the underground The Great Void Forest.


    They walked to the depths of the Great Void Forest step by step.


    A woman with a skeleton bone set on her head stood at the entrance of a cave, wearing a white robe, and her lake-green hair fell loosely on the white robe.


    The lake-green haired woman slightly folded her palms, making her look extremely demure. She was responsible for coming to greet Ke Yatai Stark and others.


    "Ok?"


    Ke Yatai Stark carried Lilinette on his back, looked down at the demure woman standing at the entrance of the cave, and greeted casually: "Speaking of which, it''s been a long time since we joined Void Night Palace, Nellie dew¡­"


    "It''s been a long time indeed."


    The woman with lake green hair raised her eyes slightly, landed on the three Pomian Daixu who came forward, and said calmly: "Stark, Lily, Ulquiorra, Master Orochimaru are waiting inside. you¡­"

 Chapter 623

    imaginary circle.


    The Forest of Daxu.


    Dark underground caves.


    A group of shattered monsters passed through the dark corridor of the cave, and small snakes crawled everywhere in the damp corridor, which made people feel a little dizzy.


    These little snakes didn''t panic when they saw people, they hissed and sipped their snake cores and straightened up to watch them, because they were the eyes of Dashemaru.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    When Nelliel led Ulquiorra and the others into a cave with a snake-like mouth, they entered the base that Orochimaru had hidden in the virtual circle for thousands of years.


    It doesn''t look like the base is particularly large.


    However, there is a hidden hole in it. Orochimaru has enslaved tens of thousands of Kirian-level Daixu. After thousands of years of transformation, the entire base is almost all over the underground of the Daixu Forest.


    It''s just that most of the ground in the base is full of bred white zealots... and a large number of Kili''an-level daxu who are used as experimental materials and guard members.


    certainly¡­


    In addition to this, there are hundreds of others who have broken their faces.


    These are all experimental products of Orochimaru, and they are also his direct subordinates.


    Thousands of years ago, Orochimaru was brought to this world by Uehara Naraku, and after appearing in the Soul Society as a stepping stone tool for the rise of the Uehara clan, he was thrown into the Soul World by Uehara Naraku for experiments.


    To be honest¡­


    This kind of thing is not unacceptable.


    As a person who has set foot on the peak, Orochimaru has experienced the power of God, even if it is manipulated to become a tool of others;


    As a person who has fallen into a trough, Orochimaru has also experienced the feeling of a remnant soul in the world. Of course, even if he was down to that extent, the guy named Uehara Naraku did not let go of using him. He is really not human at all...


    But the world is okay.


    In this world, Orochimaru is slowly devouring Xu and strengthening his soul, and with the protection of Akatsuki Organization and Uehara Naraku behind him, Orochimaru has actually been living comfortably for thousands of years.


    If not, you still need to obey the orders of Uehara Naraku...


    Orochimaru really thinks that he has returned to his peak era.


    There is one thing that Orochimaru admires, that is, Uehara Naraku is really good to his subordinates, and this person''s heart may not be as small as he imagined...


    Now Orochimaru is in the laboratory, he has just finished a set of fusion experiments between Killian-level Daixu and Baijue, but the experiment failed again... because Killian-level Daixu must regain enough sane ability Enough to control Bai Jue''s body.


    apparently...


    This is very troublesome.


    Such a monster must not be released.


    Although its physical strength has indeed been strengthened, if it is not rational, it will become a super monster slaughtered in the Daxu Forest.


    "Get rid of it...Grimmjow."


    Orochimaru glanced at the grotesque monster he created, frowned slightly, and left the laboratory after giving a casual order.


    "Yes, Oshemaru-sama."


    A broken-faced Daxu with short light blue hair nodded and grinned. His figure instantly appeared beside the monster and chopped off its head!


    In the base hall of Orochimaru.


    When Orochimaru came here from the laboratory, Ulquiorra, Ke Yatai Stark and others had been waiting for a while.


    "Master Orochimaru, we are coming to see you!"


    Lilinite excitedly waved her small fist towards Orochimaru, while Ulquiorra and Ke Yatai Stark bowed their heads humbly towards Orochimaru.


    because of them¡­


    They were all cultivated by Orochimaru.


    No, or rather, Orochimaru should have raised them single-handedly.


    Both Ulquiorra and Ke Yatai Stark were adopted by Orochimaru before they completed Pomian, and after they completed Pomian, Orochimaru taught them like a master.


    therefore¡­


    It''s hard for them not to respect Orochimaru.


    In a sense, Orochimaru is the real enlightenment teacher of the entire virtual circle, because with the help of Dashewan, more and more big virtuals that can be transformed into human forms appear in the virtual circle, and these big virtuals become more and more powerful. Be more rational.


    to be honest¡­


    Orochimaru is quite good at taking children.


    These Pomian Daixu were all trained and taught by him, so they have always respected Dashemaru, even though they actually know that Dashewan is not a good person...


    It doesn''t matter.


    Anyway, these ghosts are not good things.


    "Huh? Ulquiorra?"


    Orochimaru habitually had a strange smile on his mouth, and asked in a hoarse voice: "Is there any news from the world of corpses and souls? What order did Uehara send you..."


    "yes."


    Ulquiorra nodded, and said softly: "We met Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito, they conveyed to us the order of Naraku-sama, and Orochimaru-sama can meet with Aizen-sama soon..."


    In fact...


    Orochimaru has not received an order for a long time.


    In other words, Orochimaru originally only had the mission of becoming a stepping stone for the rise of the Uehara clan. As a result, he did a good job in the virtual circle, and only then did he get a new opportunity.


    After hearing Aizen''s name, the smile on Orochimaru''s face became more intense, and he couldn''t help sticking out his tongue and licking his lips: "Aizen... Soyousuke?"


    "yes."


    Ulquiorra nodded, and said in a deep voice: "Master Aizen never trusts anyone, so we must find a way to make Master Aizen trust you a little bit..."


    "Is that so..."


    The smile on the corner of Orochimaru''s mouth remained the same, and he chuckled and said, "Remember what I taught you? Ulquiorra, trust is something that cannot be cultivated between people, just like Naraku Uehara forever It¡¯s impossible to really trust me like¡­¡±


    It''s a bit embarrassing to say this.


    After all, Uehara Naraku really believed in Orochimaru enough.


    No matter which organization it is, it is estimated that there will be no boss like Uehara Naraku who dares to trust his subordinates and let Orochimaru play freely.


    certainly¡­


    This may also be a kind of exile.


    Orochimaru looked at Ulquiola and continued with a chuckle: "But... if they think we are indispensable... trust is irrelevant..."


    "yes."


    Ulquiola lowered his head modestly.


    Orochimaru hooked the corner of his mouth, and said with a light smile: "Then according to Uehara''s arrangement, let Aizen Soyousuke realize that he will come into contact with the truth of history when he sees me!"


    "¡­yes."


    Ulquiorra nodded seriously.


    While Orochimaru, Ulquiorra and others were discussing his first meeting with Aizen and making up stories for himself, another protagonist, Aizen Soyousuke, was still recovering from his injuries.


    At least¡­


    Now he is recuperating.


    Corpse world.


    Aizen Soyousuke has been recuperating in the medical team recently.


    Now Aizen simply took this opportunity to entrust all the work of the fifth team to Naraku Uehara, while he secretly controlled everything in the world of souls by remote control.


    Due to the attack on Naraku Uehara...


    The entire soul world became a little jittery.


    The Forty-Sixth Room of the Central Committee and the Thirteenth Team of the Gotei were very angry at the incident where someone dared to attack Uehara Naraku in public. This incident is likely to lead to a civil war in the Soul Society!


    First they must find the murderer!


    According to the situation described by Aizen Soyousuke, Uehara Naraku and the fifth team, the Central Forty-Six Room believes that the person who attacked Uehara Naraku should be the Masked Legion decades ago!


    Because Ulquiorra''s outfit looks too much like a Grim Reaper...


    During this period, no one has discovered that the Valstord-class Daxu can also be transformed into an appearance that is indistinguishable from ordinary humans.


    As for the God of Reaper who can achieve virtualization, only the Masked Legion decades ago, maybe a newcomer secretly developed by the Masked Legion...


    And there is only one person who can make death blur!


    That is Kisuke Urahara, who escaped from Soul Soul World decades ago!


    No matter how you think about it, Kisuke Urahara has possible motives!


    Because the Soul Society wanted to execute Urahara Kisuke decades ago, he was rescued by Yoichi Sifengin in the end, and the two escaped from the Soul World with the Masked Legion.


    According to the analysis of the Central Forty-Six Office, Kisuke Urahara probably wanted to kill Uehara Naraku, so as to use the civil war between the Uehara Clan and the Goutei 13th Team to destroy the World of Souls!


    After all, for the sake of strength, one dares to study the ghost of death...


    It shows that Kisuke Urahara is a lunatic himself!


    Coupled with the inextricable relationship between Urahara Kisuke and Yakushitou, it is difficult for people not to doubt Urahara Kisuke''s motives that definitely existed...


    Whether Kisuke Urahara and the Masked Legion did it or not...


    At this critical juncture, Kisuke Urahara and the Masked Legion must have done it!


    Because the current Uehara clan is in urgent need of a murderer''s name to prove their clan''s strength after being attacked in Naraku Uehara!


    This attack is too dangerous!


    The two dead waiters who were in charge of protecting Uehara Naraku were both lured away, which almost caused Uehara Naraku to be killed. If it wasn''t for Aizen Soyousuke''s urgent action, the Gotei 13th Team might also have huge suspicions!


    The entire Uehara City has also entered the alert stage.


    Among the Thirteen Deadpools, Namikaze Minato and others led the Uehara Clan''s Reaper Legion to patrol and guard everywhere to prevent anyone from sneaking into the Uehara Clan.


    And on the other side.


    Among the thirteen dead servants, Senshou Feijian rushed to the first squadron of the Gotei Thirteenth Squad, and started a meeting with the captain Yamamoto Motoryasai Shigekuni.


    a...


    Talks about the attack on the head of the Uehara clan.


    "This is a conspiracy against the entire soul world..."


    Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni glanced at the leather-armored Thousand-Handed Tokaima in front of him, and said in a low voice, "According to Mr. Tokaima''s wisdom, it should be clear that the murderer''s purpose is to provoke the soul world. civil unrest¡­¡±


    "That''s true..."


    Qianshou Feijian nodded with a gloomy face, and said in a deep voice: "However, this incident aroused the anger of the entire Uehara clan. After all, Naraku has never encountered such a bad incident. We heard that the Central Four Room 16 has found clues to the murderer..."


    "I''m just skeptical..."


    Yamamoto Genryasai Shigekuni wrinkled.


    In fact, Yamamoto Genyakusai Shigekuni is not willing to believe that this is the ghost of Urahara Kisuke, and the masked army was Yamamoto Genyakusai Shigekuni''s subordinates back then, and he does not believe those captains and deputy captains who escaped from the world of souls They will choose to do this...


    "For the Uehara clan, just suspicion is enough."


    Senshou folded his arm between the doors, and said softly: "I heard that the murderer is the Masked Legion and Urahara Kisuke who escaped from Soul Society decades ago...Let us find out the rest of the matter and the truth inside. Bar!"


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni frowned, and wanted to reject Senshou Tomona''s proposal: "This matter should be handed over to..."


    "His Excellency Shigekuni Yamamoto."


    Qianshou looked at Shigekuni Yamamoto in front of him, and continued in a deep voice: "Don''t worry, our actions will not surpass the thirteenth team of the court. After all, it is the will of this generation of patriarchs to let the Uehara clan integrate into the soul world. I will not deliberately violate..."


    Seeing that Shigekuni Yamamoto''s brow eased slightly, Senshou Fujian put forward his own real opinion: "We hope that Naraku can personally investigate the whereabouts of Masked Army Forces and Urahara Kisuke. This can be regarded as a kind of experience for him. ..."


    Senshou Feijian saw that Shigekuni Yamamoto did not directly object, and continued: "The Uehara clan will send enough people to protect Naraku..."


    When talking about this, Qianshou Feijian continued: "Similarly, we also hope that the thirteenth team of the court can send people to assist him in the investigation..."


    "..."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni fell silent.


    As for the Sparrow Minister Jiro next to him, he already wanted to wink!


    It seems that there is nothing to refuse this kind of proposal!


    In any case, the Senshou Feima sent by the Uehara clan to negotiate has already put on a low profile to the Goutei 13th team!


    "Mr. Toma..."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni said slowly, "Can you tell me why you sent Uehara Naraku as the vice-captain?"


    "Because it made him realize the reality!"


    Qianshoufan snorted coldly, and said dissatisfiedly: "This is also the experience of Naraku. He has been spoiled since he was a child. He obviously lives in a cruel world, but he still refuses to recognize the reality. There are many people who want to put him to death..."


    When it came to this, Qianshou Feijian seemed to be a little indisputable and said: "This is decided by my elder brother Qianshou Zhujian himself! This time, let him know that if no one is secretly protecting, there are people in this world. I''ve always wanted to kill him, don''t hold on to those naive thoughts of the past... that will kill the entire Uehara clan sooner or later!"


    "..."


    Yamamoto Genryuzai was silent for a long time.


    The old man shook his head slowly, and said, "Vice Captain Naraku is just a little kind, and we all know that his nature is not bad..."


    "..."


    This time it was the turn of Thousand Hands to fall silent.


    Yamamoto Motonyanagi Shigekuni didn''t look at Senshou Tomona''s face, and continued softly: "Forget it, just follow Tomona-san''s suggestion, the Gotei 13th Team will arrange people to assist him..."


    There are really not many people in the entire Gotei 13th team who can assist Uehara Naraku.


    First of all, if the captain-level god of death goes to assist Uehara Naraku, it will inevitably be a case of overreaching, and it is difficult to pick the right one for the vice-captain...


    after all¡­


    This time they are looking for the Masked Legion, those who were captain and vice-captain decades ago, they must not be too far behind in the battle of strength...

 Chapter 624

    The entire Guarding Thirteen Team has a lot of people.


    However, the Central Forty-Six Office wanted to find out the gods of death who had no special connection with the Uehara clan, Yakushidou, Urahara Kisuke and others, but they couldn''t pick out a few at all!


    until the very end...


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni personally selected a team of candidates, led by the vice captain Uehara Naraku of the fifth team, Isshin Shiba, the captain of the tenth team, and Matsumoto Rangiku, the vice captain, and rushed to the present world to find the whereabouts of Urahara Kisuke.


    According to the results of the talks between the Uehara Clan and the Goutei 13th Team.


    The Uehara Clan will also send members of the Thirteen Deadpools to act.


    A death army is led by the seventh officer, Namikaze Minato, the eighth officer, Uchiha Obito, and the ninth officer, Uchiha Itachi;


    In addition to these, the second officer Senju Hashirama and the fifth officer Senju Tomona will also be dispatched in person, leading a small army secretly to support and protect Uehara Naraku.


    This joint action between the two parties is a big deal.


    For thousands of years, except when Yuhabach invaded the world of souls thousands of years ago, the Uehara clan sent the third and fourth officers of the thirteen dead servants to come forward.


    Except for that time, the Uehara clan has almost never sent the Thirteen Deadpools and the Thirteenth Guarding Team to act together.


    this time...


    The Uehara clan dispatched five of the thirteen dead servants!


    In particular, every seated officer here can be said to be powerful, and there is even a Senshouzhujian who lives in the second place of the thirteen dead servants!


    certainly¡­


    The brothers Senshou Zhuma and Senshou Feijian are only acting secretly.


    The Uehara Clan''s only real officials are Namikaze Minato, Uchiha Obito, and Uchiha Itachi. The Gotei 13th Team is more realistic. The only people they dispatched are Shiba Isshin and Matsumoto Rangiku.


    In order to make this joint operation a success, Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni even personally presided over the meeting of the two operation leaders Shiba Isshin and Namikaze Minato, hoping that the two of them can cooperate happily in this operation.


    This meeting also overturned the impression of the Uehara Clan from the 13th Goutei team. They did not expect that among the 13 Deadpools there was such a sunny-looking chief, Minato Namikaze...


    This doesn''t look like Deadpool at all. If you say it, Namikaze Minato is quite suitable to be the captain of Goutei 13 Team or something...


    Shiba Isshin has a good impression of Namikaze Minato.


    After the talks.


    Matsumoto Rangiku, the deputy captain of the 10th team, was a little surprised by Namikaze Minato''s character. Seeing Namikaze Minato leading the Uehara Clan''s Shinigami away, he couldn''t help but said: "If you don''t know his identity, you can''t tell that he is ten One of the Three Deadpool..."


    "Really? Actually, he is more suitable for the captain, he is a natural leader..."


    After Zhibo Yixin smiled and nodded, he seemed to have thought of something, but his expression became serious again: "But this time, if the Uehara clan sends him here, they really want to take down Urahara..."


    "Ok?"


    Matsumoto Rangiku looked a little surprised.


    Zhibo stroked his beard with all his heart, and said slowly: "Do you know he has a nickname? It is said that he is the golden glitter of the Uehara clan..."


    "Golden... glitter?"


    Matsumoto Rangiku had some doubts on her face. After thinking for a few seconds, she suddenly said, "I seem to have some impressions. Is this the name of his Zanpakuto? I heard that His Excellency Naraku Uehara, who joined the fifth team not long ago, also owns it. ..."


    "It''s not Zanpakuto''s name."


    Zhibo Yixin shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Among the entire Gotei 13th team, only the former captain of the second division, Shifengin Yaichi, had the fastest Shunpo... However, Namikaze Minato''s speed is faster than that of Sifeng Minato. Fengyuan Yeyi is even faster..."


    Zhibo talked slowly about the past history with one heart, and explained softly: "Sifengyuan Yeyi entered the outer city of Uehara at the beginning, tried to sneak into the inner city secretly, but was easily captured, and the family of Sifengyuan was almost carried away. Can''t hold my head..."


    That incident shocked the entire Seireitei at that time.


    If Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni hadn''t come forward in person, maybe Sifengin Ye would have been directly executed internally by Uehara Naraku early in the morning. There is really no reason for such a thing.


    When Zhibo Yixin said this, a look of uneasiness flashed across his face, and his face became a little serious: "The person who easily captured the former captain of the second team in Uehara Castle was the Fengshui Namie who met us just now. Your Excellency the door..."


    "what?"


    A look of surprise appeared on Matsumoto Rangiku''s face.


    As far as Shunpo''s speed is concerned, the entire Seireitei captain and vice-captains actually know that Yoruichi Shifuin has the fastest weird speed, and the one who rescued Urahara Kisuke in the central forty-six room!


    have not thought¡­


    Did Sifengyuan Yeyi ever lose?


    If the Uehara clan sends out Namikaze Minato to act together, it seems that they will definitely win such a thing as capturing Urahara Kisuke!


    the other side.


    Namikaze Minato''s sense of Shiba Isshin is also okay, he feels that this carefree captain of the 10th Division has a personality that feels a bit like his former teacher Ziraiya...


    Shiba is all about this kind of person...


    It''s quite reliable when it''s serious...


    The only problem is, most of the time they don''t seem to be serious.


    After the meeting between the two parties, Namikaze Minato and Shiba Isshin each led their subordinates to the present world, and Uehara Naraku followed them and left the Soul Realm.


    after they left.


    Aizen Soyousuke, who was supposed to be recuperating quietly in the hospital, quietly disappeared, and led his subordinates Tosen Kaname and Ichimaru Gin to Xuquan.


    Because Aizen Soyousuke got an important message from Ulquiola when he delivered the order to Ulquiola!


    one for him...


    The attractive news is also very big!


    Ulquiola claimed that a trace of a person had been found in the void on the ground. Orochimaru, who created the technique of reincarnation thousands of years ago, is still hidden in the void!


    This news is not surprising!


    Because according to Aizen Soyousuke''s knowledge, Orochimaru mysteriously disappeared thousands of years ago. Many people think that he joined the Zero Division, and some people think that he is dead...


    anyway...


    This matter is worth Aizen Soyousuke personally rushing over there!


    Even Kisuke Urahara''s Bengyu may not be as attractive as Orochimaru at this time, because the existence of Orochimaru represents the entire history of Soul Soul World!


    Until now¡­


    There are still many manuscripts of Orochimaru in Seireitei.


    Whenever someone in Seireitei finds the manuscript of Orochimaru in the Soul Realm, it almost means that they can discover a big secret!


    Now Orochimaru himself is hidden in the virtual circle...


    This temptation is not too big for Aizen Soyousuke!


    According to the known information so far, the only people who have been alive for thousands of years are Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni, Uehara Clan Thirteen Deadpool and Zero Division... These are obviously not Aizen Soyousuke who can get information and secret candidates.


    I really didn''t expect...


    There is even a surprise in conquering the virtual circle!


    At this moment, Aizen Soyousuke suddenly remembered one thing, that is, once Daxu mentioned that Uchiha Madara, the chief officer among the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan, once entered the virtual circle, and it seemed that he wanted to find him in the virtual circle. who¡­


    perhaps¡­


    The Uehara clan is looking for traces of Orochimaru!


    No, maybe they''re not looking for Orochimaru...


    Maybe the Uehara clan wanted to kill Orochimaru directly!


    When thinking of this, Aizen Soyousuke has already started to think a little bit about the grievances between the Uehara clan and Orochimaru. The wealthy clan in the soul world has a secret that is absolutely unknown, and this secret must be scary enough!


    Only in this way¡­


    Everything can be connected in series!


    When Aizen Soyousuke arrived at Xuye Palace, Ulquiola had been waiting here for a long time, and there seemed to be a unique tacit understanding between the two of them.


    "Ulquiorra."


    When Aizen Soyousuke saw Ulquiola, his face still showed no rush, and he said slowly: "Come on, tell me, what did you find..."


    "Yes, Aizen-sama."


    Ulquiola took out an eye from his pocket, and showed what he saw in the eye to Aizen Soyousuke and the people present.


    That is in the void circle desert.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    Just by looking at it, the desert seems to be a little quiet.


    The next moment, a ball of yellow sand in the desert suddenly floated up. This ball of yellow sand was slowly flowing like a stream of water, and it gradually approached a big ghost in the desert...


    No, that''s not yellow sand!


    It was a giant snake tens of meters long!


    Sure enough, the giant snake suddenly floated out of the desert, its body tightly wrapped around the head, and it was successfully captured in an instant. After the hunt was successful, the giant snake suddenly opened its bloody mouth!


    Just when everyone looked at it and thought it was going to enjoy its prey, a thin man with loose black hair slowly crawled out of its mouth. This scene made people feel a little uncomfortable...


    soon¡­


    They could see the appearance of that man clearly. It was a man with a sullen face. Just looking at his appearance would make people feel a little terrified.


    It seemed that the next moment this vicious man would swallow people alive!


    The man seemed to have noticed that someone was watching all of this, with a mocking smile on his face, he casually threw a scroll in the desert, and left here with the Daxu and the giant snake he had captured...


    his appearance¡­


    Seems like it''s just for show.


    "Huh? What does this mean?"


    Ichimaru Yin squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "Is it just to tell us that he lives in the virtual circle? And is he really Orochimaru?"


    "yes."


    Aizen Soyousuke pressed his fingers on the stone chair, frowned slightly, and said in a deep voice, "I''ve seen a picture of Orochimaru before, and it still looks like this even after thousands of years..."


    "This joke is not very funny..."


    Ichimaru Gin seemed a little surprised on his face, and couldn''t help but chuckled and said, "Even if we are gods of death, our souls will age due to spiritual power or age... I always feel that someone may be pretending to be..."


    "Oshemaru is different."


    Aizen Soyousuke tapped the stone chair with his fingers, and continued calmly: "Because of the pioneering of the reincarnation of the dirty soil, some of his materials are still kept in the world of corpses and souls. Among them is a portrait of Orochimaru. The data room only Members of the Central Forty-Six Room have the authority to open¡­


    Moreover, according to the data, Orochimaru once completed an experiment on himself so that he would not be exhausted or even aged due to time, but the content of this experiment was not detailed.


    As far as I know, only the current captain of the twelfth division, Yuri Mayuri, seems to have obtained a part of the remnants of the Orochimaru experiment, and has been trying to conduct the same experiment on himself..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s face became calmer and calmer, as if he didn''t care about the scene he saw just now: "If it is really Orochimaru, he who has been hiding here for thousands of years, is more concerned about the secret of the virtual circle than he is." We know more... Maybe he showed up to tell us... Nothing we did escaped his eyes..."


    When Aizen Soyousuke said this, Tosen Kaname and Ichimaru Gin''s expressions changed slightly, and they seemed to have thought of something.


    If Seireitei finds out what they did in the virtual circle...


    It seems that for them, it will be a big trouble!


    Ichimaru Gin took the lead to calm down, and restored the original smile on his face: "Since he appeared in front of us instead of Seireitei, it means that this legendary figure has no intention of becoming our enemy..."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded slowly, his voice still very calm: "Whether he is a friend or an enemy, we don''t need to care...I only care about...his secrets."


    indeed.


    Regardless of whether Orochimaru is a friend or an enemy, Aizen Soyousuke can be sure that this guy, Orochimaru, has been hiding in the virtual circle for thousands of years and has not been discovered...


    Proof that he dare not show his face!


    Otherwise, such a big shot would never just hide like this!


    After saying this, Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his palm towards Ulquio, his meaning is self-evident.


    Ulquiola took out a scroll from his body, handed it to Aizen Soyousuke, and said softly: "This scroll was deliberately left in front of our people. The danger has always been with me..."


    "Ok."


    Aizen Soyousuke reached out and took the scroll.


    Sousuke Aizen didn''t care at all about Ulquiorra''s inspection of the scroll or possibly seeing its contents, and he didn''t care about such things at all.


    Although Aizen won''t completely trust Ulquiorra...


    But Aizen knew that Ulquiorra would trust him completely.


    Aizen Soyousuke opened the scroll, and casually whispered: "I hope... this one can bring us more surprises..."


    indeed.


    Orochimaru brought them a surprise.


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at the scroll, his face remained unchanged, making it impossible to see his thoughts at all, but he didn''t know what was going on in his heart...


    Because it is written on the scroll...


    It''s the ability of his Zanpakuto Mirror Hua Suigetsu!


    As well as the cracking method and defense method of the flower in the mirror and the moon in the water!


    Among them, what shocked Aizen Soyousuke the most was that Orochimaru also listed the members of the Uehara clan who were immune to and cracked the illusion of the mirror flower and water moon...


    The corners of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth curled up slightly, and he couldn''t help but chuckled: "It''s really interesting, did this legendary figure forget to include himself on the list?"

 Chapter 625

    Even Aizen Soyousuke has to admit that Orochimaru, a character who lives in legends, is really not easy. It is so easy to learn about his Zanpakuto Hashihashi ability...


    What makes Aizen Soyousuke even more amazed is...


    Orochimaru really knows the characters of the Uehara clan well.


    For a long time, Aizen Soyousuke has only been wary of people in two places, one of which is naturally the legendary Lingwang Palace and the Zero Team who live in it; Three Deadpool.


    really¡­


    Thirteen Deadpool was never that simple.


    However, the more difficult person is Orochimaru who knows Thirteen Deadpool!


    Because the abilities of the thirteen dead servants have been hidden for thousands of years, so far no one knows their true power. The entire soul world knows that the secrecy of the Uehara clan''s information in the clan is beyond imagination.


    should say¡­


    Orochimaru living in legend...


    Is he worthy of being the best friend of the first Patriarch of the Uehara Clan?


    No, in other words, it may also be the sworn enemy of the Uehara clan!


    "It seems that we are going to meet this legendary figure..."


    Aizen Soyousuke gathered spirit seeds in his palm, smashed the scroll in his hand, and continued slowly: "Ulquiorra, announce to the entire virtual circle that I am looking for Mr. Orochimaru, I believe he will definitely Find a way to meet us..."


    After Aizen Soyousuke finished speaking, a smile suddenly appeared on the corner of his mouth: "No, maybe he''s already here, maybe it''s for us to visit him..."


    "Ok?"


    There was some doubt on Tosen Kaname''s face.


    Aizen Soyousuke stood up slowly, left his throne step by step, raised his head and said softly: "There are already guests here... Ulquiorra, prepare to welcome the guests!"


    "..."


    Ulquiorra nodded dully.


    At this time, Ulquiola also sensed that there were other powerful Daxu''s spiritual pressure reaching the periphery of the Void Night Palace. He turned his head to look at Ke Yatai Stark, frowned and said: "Except for us , is there any other broken face in Xuquan?"


    "..."


    Koyatai Stark was silent for a moment.


    The strongest faceless person so far shook his head slowly, forcibly maintaining the composure on his face, how the hell did he answer the conversation?


    Is Ulquiola addicted to acting?


    It''s not like they haven''t seen hundreds of broken faces in Dashewan base...


    Ulquiorra didn''t care about Ke Yatai Stark''s attitude, and calmly walked towards the gate of Xuye Palace with his Zanpakuto, waiting for the guests who approached Xuye Palace.


    Outside the gate of Xuye Palace.


    Nelliel with light green hair and Grimmjow with light blue hair walked over slowly. They came as envoys of Orochimaru. Obviously, the purpose of the two of them was only for Orochimaru to turn to Aizen. Present your results.


    Disappointing.


    In other words, the unnatural Daxu was transformed into a human form.


    Aizen Soyousuke is still experimenting with the technique of possessing the power of death in Oxopomian, and Orochimaru, who lives in seclusion in the virtual circle, has already mastered this technique thoroughly.


    This is Orochimaru announcing to Aizen Soyousuke...


    Before Aizen Soyousuke entered the virtual circle, he had figured out everything in the virtual circle, and even mastered all the directions about the evolution of Daxuo!


    This is the announcement...


    It''s also a badass!


    First, he punctured Aizen Soyousuke Kyoka Suigetsu''s tricks, and then directly used his own self-made shattering plan to puncture Aizen Soyousuke''s shattering plan in the virtual circle!


    "It''s really interesting..."


    Aizen Soyousuke held his cheek with his palm, and slowly grinned a strange smile, but there was a little shadow in the smile: "Is it possible that this person wants to tell me that everything I do now is Do their characters play the rest?"


    "Who knows..."


    Ichimaru Gin stood beside Aizen Soyousuke, squinted his eyes and said with a smile, "The technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil that Dean Tou cracked was also left by this senior Orochimaru..."


    "..."


    The smile on Aizen Soyousuke''s face eased slightly.


    Originally, Aizen Soyousuke was a little unhappy in his heart, but thinking of the traces that Orochimaru had left in the world of corpses and souls, even people like Yaoshidou only got his fur, and I felt like Ichimaru Gin said so. If so, it seems somewhat acceptable.


    There is no need to worry about these now.


    In comparison, the more things Orochimaru shows, the more beneficial it is for Aizen Soyousuke, at least these secrets are no longer buried underground!


    and¡­


    Orochimaru didn''t seem to want to offend him.


    Otherwise, Orochimaru could have sent one of his subordinates to send over Kyoka Suigetsu''s cracking method, but Orochimaru personally sent it over...


    certainly¡­


    This must also be suspected of provocation.


    For example, Ulquiola saw the contents of the scroll, knew the secret of the mirror, and forced Aizen to kill his subordinates.


    However, Aizen Soyousuke will not blame Ulquiola for this, because he knows that his real strength is himself, not the Zanpakut¨­!


    In any case, the most important thing is to get enough secrets from Orochimaru, at least to know the truth of history!


    Outside the Xuye Palace.


    Nelliel, the messenger of Orochimaru, stood at the door, watching Ulquiora calmly: "We are here to invite the master of Xuye Palace to be a guest at the order of Master Orochimaru..."


    "Humph¡­"


    Grimmjow, who was walking together, stood beside Nellielu, and sneered at Ulquiorra: "Niliel, don''t be too polite to these ignorant guys, they are just a bunch of wild..."


    Boom!


    The vast spiritual pressure burst out instantly!


    The Reiatsu on Ulquiola''s body was like a mountain, which made people breathless. His finger slowly raised and pointed to Grimmjow!


    A disagreement seems to be a fight to the death!


    However, at this moment, Nelliel suddenly reached out and grabbed Ulquiorra''s arm, and said softly: "Sorry, our people are too rude..."


    Although Nelliel said something, her subordinates showed no mercy!


    in an instant...


    A stronger Reiatsu than Ulquiorra erupted from Nelliel. This seemingly gentle woman, Daxu, has such a powerful Reiatsu!


    The strength of this spiritual pressure...


    No matter it was Ichimaru Gin or T¨­senyo, Ke Yatai Stark, all involuntarily looked in the direction of the gate of Xuye Palace!


    I really didn''t expect...


    There is even a big Xu in Xuquan who can suppress Ulquiorra in Reiatsu!


    Ichimaru Gin stood on the spot with his sleeves folded, feeling the strength of this spiritual pressure, and said with a smile: "If this is the research result of that senior Oshemaru, then he is really amazing..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he said softly: "The ghost of death...the ghost of death...I really can''t help but want to see it..."


    "I''m going to catch them in!"


    T¨­senyo gripped his Zanpakut¨­ tightly.


    However, Aizen Soyousuke stopped Tosen Kaname, slowly shook his head and said: "Don''t be too rude, tell Ulquiola to let our guests in!"


    Outside the gate of Xuye Palace.


    Ulquiorra and Nelliel are still confronting each other.


    The collision of spiritual pressure almost flashed black lightning bolts in the air, forcing Grimmjow next to him to be a bit unbearable to stay beside the two of them...


    It''s just that Grimmjow seems to be a bit stubborn by nature, he gritted his teeth and insisted on standing where he was, enduring the suppression of his spiritual pressure from the two powerful shamans...


    It''s just acting!


    Don''t take these two seriously!


    To be honest, Grimmjow was a little amazed at Nelliel''s power. He had never thought that this silent female Daizo in Orochimaru''s base had been only doing trivial tasks all the time. Work¡­


    As a result, at this time, a spiritual pressure and strength beyond his erupted unexpectedly, which really surprised Grimmjow!


    certainly¡­


    In fact, Orochimaru prefers to train Grimmjow.


    For those Daxu who have already formed, Orochimaru often thinks that they are born to stand at the end, and the only way to move forward is to carry out taboo experiments...


    Grimmjow, a guy with a bit of blood in battle, seems to be nothing special, and he is even just an Achukas-level big brother, but he still has the possibility of evolution, and he himself has the desire to become stronger. will¡­


    like right now...


    If other Daxu encountered this situation, they might have despaired of the strength of Ulquiorra and Nelliel, but Grimmjow thought that he could also become so strong!


    Just when Ulquiorra and Nelliel were about to transform, T¨­sen Kaname appeared beside them: "Ulquiola, Aizen-sama invites our guests in, don''t come in Waste of time here..."


    "..."


    Ulquiola was silent for a while, and then silently withdrew her finger.


    Nelliel''s face was still calm, and she even said to Ulquiola politely: "Thank you... for your mercy... Orochimaru taught me that it''s not because of your strength, but because you need to be here. Be courteous and polite on such occasions."


    "..."


    The scene was slightly awkward.


    Ulquiola got out of the way as if he had never heard of it.


    In the virtual night palace.


    Aizen Soyousuke, who was sitting on the throne, finally saw the two Pomian Daixu, were these two Pomian Daixu cultivated by Orochimaru?


    "The owner of the Void Night Palace."


    Nelliel took out a letter from her hand, looked up at Aizen Soyousuke who was sitting on the throne like an elegant gentleman, and said in a low voice: "We are the envoys of Lord Orochimaru, Lord Orochimaru I hope to invite Xuye Palace to visit the graduation exam of the freshmen with a faceless face..."


    "Ok?"


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned slightly.


    It seemed like he had never heard of this situation!


    Could it be that there are still a lot of new students who are out of shape? There is even a graduation exam for these big fakes, this is a big fake, not those death students!


    Or¡­


    Orochimaru has already gathered a group of broken faces to create a society, this is a bit too amazing...


    imaginary circle...


    Can you also live like a god of death?


    "Oh? Can you give me a detailed introduction?"


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Nelliel with a tender face, and said with a smile: "I''m just an outsider who arrived in the virtual circle not long ago, and I''m very interested in your life... These things seem to be Ulqui Orla and Stark have never heard of it either..."


    "..."


    Nelliel was strangely silent for a second.


    After a while, she said softly: "Because the Xumen of Natural Pomian are naturally powerful, they already belonged to the powerful Xu at the beginning of Shamen, and there is no need for Master Orochimaru to test them..."


    When talking about this, Nelliel continued to speak: "Shortly after Mr. Ulquiola and Mr. Keyatai Stark broke face naturally, Mr. Orochimaru knew about them and erased them. name¡­"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    "Ok?"


    Lan Ran''s face became slightly weird, but he regained his composure in an instant, and said with a light smile, "I''m curious, why did you erase their names..."


    "Because the emptiness of the natural surface often means insufficient..."


    Nellie showed her face and continued without changing her expression: "Only those who have been truly cultivated by Orochimaru and obtained a body that belongs to them are eligible to truly join the real world of Hollow..."


    "Virtual... real world?"


    "Yes, a real society and world."


    Nelliel nodded slowly, and continued tirelessly in a gentle voice: "The emptiness of nature often means that it is difficult to restrain one''s anger and desire to fight. Only the emptiness taught by Master Orochimaru..."


    "Hold on¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned slightly, and said softly: "If I heard correctly... Mr. Orochimaru... seems to be in the virtual circle... to build a virtual society? This seems a bit incredible..."


    This news¡­


    It must be a bit too amazing!


    A virtual society is far more than just building a virtual army, which means that virtual people can already live like humans and gods of death...


    "what?"


    Grimmjow grinned beside him, showing a wild smile: "Aren''t you the god of death? Isn''t it all thanks to Master Orochimaru that you can live a stable life?"


    "It''s really not..."


    Ichimaru Gin smiled and retorted: "Although Oshemaru-senpai did leave a lot of ink and ink in the world of corpses and souls, but..."


    "silver."


    Aizen Soyousuke waved his hand to stop Ichimaru Gin. He reached out to take Nelliel''s letter, adjusted his glasses, and said with a smile, "I will visit Mr. Orochimaru...in a sense , no, it should be said that in various senses, I should call him senior."


    Nelliel looked at Aizen Soyousuke, slowly nodded and said: "Then... we will wait for your Excellency in the Daiko Forest."


    After finishing speaking, Nelliel added another sentence: "Of course, Lord Orochimaru told me before leaving that he also wanted to see Your Excellency... It will definitely stir up the soul world, no, or stir up all the worlds people!"

 Chapter 626

    There seems to be nothing unusual about the conversation between the two parties.


    After the two parties made an agreement, Nelliel handed the invitation letter to Aizen Soyousuke, took a deep look at this gentle man, and said in a low voice: "If there is nothing else, let''s go back first." Return to Oshemaru-sama."


    "Then, we will see you at the appointed time."


    Aizen Soyousuke watched Nelliel and Grimmjow leave slowly, a mysterious smile appeared on that gentle face again.


    In the virtual night palace.


    After Nelliel and Grimmjow left, Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes and said with a smile: "If I read correctly...the one named Grimmjow... seems to be just a Yachuca in terms of Reiatsu Is Si-level daxu?"


    "Ok."


    Ulquiorra nodded slowly, looked at Aizen Soyousuke, and said softly: "Theoretically speaking, Achukas should not have the possibility of breaking his face naturally... Maybe this is Mr. Orochimaru The results of the research?"


    "We''ll find out when we go and have a look..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly walked back to his throne, smiled lightly and said, "Perhaps you will have more companions soon...I really didn''t expect that they are located in the underground big Void Forest..."


    When Aizen Soyousuke said this, he explained one more sentence: "If this senior Orochimaru has been hunted down by the Uehara clan all this time, it seems that only the complex underground forest of Daizou can let him go." He''s hiding..."


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his palm to support his cheek, and continued with a smile: "Then let''s prepare well, the legendary big man just wanted to show us his ability, if we don''t do something to him Some responses would make him look down too much..."


    "Master Aizen means..."


    Ulquiorra thought for a while, then slowly raised his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke and said, "... Shall we start a war with that Orochimaru?"


    "War... it sounds a bit serious."


    Aizen Soyousuke moved his fingers, and said with a chuckle, "It''s just a trouble that can be solved in a day, so it''s not qualified to be called a war, right?


    Although I haven''t really come into contact with him, I''m not sure who can solve who, but the narrowness of the Throne of Heaven can only accommodate one person..."


    "Looks like it''s going to be a good show..."


    Ichimaru Gin chuckled, and continued: "A good show that completely collapses the underground of the virtual circle... how about... How about calling it the collapse plan of the Daixu Forest?"


    "very good."


    Aizen Soyousuke smiled and nodded.


    From the name alone, the name really fits his wishes.


    The Daxu Forest under the ground is a site that Aizen Soyousuke has never cared about. He thinks that those Daxu who hide underground like mice in the gutter and escape are never worth his attention.


    just didn''t expect...


    There is actually a big snake hidden in the Great Void Forest!


    Of course, Aizen Soyousuke didn''t even expect that the collapse plan of the Daizo no Mori that he discussed with Ichimaru Gin and Ulquiorra in Xuyue Palace would be delivered to Orochimaru not too long ago.


    This plan...


    The name alone made Orochimaru''s expression a bit complicated, and the content made Oroshemaru''s expression more and more weird.


    What''s going on here?


    Did that guy, Yakushido, talk a lot to his disciple, Ichimaru Gin?


    If Ichimaru Gin hadn''t made up the plan for the collapse of the Great Hollow Forest, Orochimaru would have swallowed the scroll with the information written on it into his stomach on the spot!


    The Great Hollow Forest collapse plan.


    Strictly speaking, the purpose of this plan is to find opportunities to assassinate or conquer Orochimaru during this Daxu assessment process, so as to take the opportunity to recruit all Orochimaru''s subordinates.


    to be honest¡­


    This plan is very risky.


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care about the danger of this plan at all.


    Seriously speaking, this risky plan is actually very safe, because absolutely no one would have imagined that Aizen Soyousuke would dare to attack Orochimaru and his Pomen Army with only a few Shinigami and Pomen !


    therefore¡­


    The success rate is actually not low.


    If this plan doesn''t reach Orochimaru...


    According to the plan made by Aizen Soyousuke, Ichimaru Gin and others, they will launch a surprise attack on Oshemaru, the real leader of the Daiko Forest, during the assessment of the Daiko Forest...


    certainly.


    The main purpose is not to kill Orochimaru.


    If Orochimaru''s power is not strong enough, Aizen Soyousuke will do it directly and force-land the entire Daikor Forest by himself!


    If Aizen Soyousuke finds that Orochimaru is very dangerous...then they will adopt another plan.


    A powerful sealing barrier constructed by Ichimaru Gin creates a place where no one can interfere, and where Orochimaru and Aizen Soyousuke can fight alone...


    at this point¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke believes he can win.


    And neither Ulquiola nor Ichimaru Gin thinks Aizen Soyousuke will be defeated by Orochimaru, they have great confidence in Aizen Soyousuke.


    If it fails, it also proves that Aizen is not qualified to become a god!


    If you can win...


    Aizen Soyousuke was able to easily control the situation, succeeding Orochimaru to become the leader of those bad-faced Daxu, ruling the entire Xu circle!


    To be honest, this plan sounds a bit rough, it¡¯s almost like a replica of Orochimaru¡¯s Konoha collapse plan, and it even looks worse...


    Of course, time is urgent after all.


    Aizen Soyousuke also had to consider a problem.


    If you don''t deal with the hidden Orochimaru in Xuquan as soon as possible, who knows if Orochimaru will play some chess pieces in the soul world to trap him...


    The circle thing...


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t want more people to know.


    Orochimaru and his Pomian army, Aizen Soyousuke, are bound to win these. He needs the secret that Orochimaru said, and also needs Orochimaru''s technology of making Pomen!


    Orochimaru''s base.


    Orochimaru finished reading the collapse plan of the Great Hollow Forest.


    Nelliel looked at the strange expression on Orochimaru''s face, and couldn''t help asking softly, "Master Orochimaru, is there any problem with the information from Ulquiorra?"


    "no problem."


    Orochimaru shook his head, and slowly put down the collapse plan of the Great Hollow Forest in his hand. A strange smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, and he said with a light smile: "I just remembered some things in the past, it''s really worth remembering..."


    "Is there something Orochimaru misses?"


    There was a look of surprise on Nelliel''s face.


    As Dashemaru''s Pomian Daixu who was raised and raised by himself, they have never seen this man, Dashemaru, with such a look. Oroshemaru is like a tool that can never go wrong...


    No, not right.


    It should be said that he is a man who will never have feelings.


    In the eyes of Orochimaru, he always only yearns for knowledge and experiments.


    "yes¡­"


    Orochimaru nodded slowly, and his smile gradually became more and more weird: "I really miss that era when everyone was very simple..."


    "simple¡­"


    Nelliel couldn''t help but frowned. It seemed that this word shouldn''t have appeared in Orochimaru''s mouth, because it didn''t fit his identity at all...


    No matter how you think about it, simplicity has nothing to do with Orochimaru!


    certainly¡­


    Orochimaru''s so-called simplicity...


    It refers to the time when everyone thought that Uehara Naraku was just a small character, and at most he had a little strength. Who knew that this guy turned out to be a monster hiding behind the scenes and manipulating the world...


    Now¡­


    Uehara Naraku became the same as before.


    No, Uehara Naraku has become even worse than before!


    Now Uehara Naraku has begun to directly create a history that belongs to his own control, and bury these truths that have been erased by time...


    I really want to see it...


    When others thought they had discovered the historical truth and were shocked by the truth, the real story hidden behind the truth has just surfaced.


    "Let me take a look..."


    Orochimaru took out a photo frame from his desk, and looked at the young figure in the frame with a smile: "Souyousuke, you who have been valued and trained by Uehara Naraku since you were a child, will you have a chance to escape his control? ..."


    Yes.


    Orochimaru has all the information of Aizen Soyousuke here.


    Ever since the name Aizen Soyousuke appeared in the eyes of the Uehara clan, there have always been people monitoring him around him...


    The monitors of the Uehara clan continuously passed all the information about Aizen Soyousuke to Orochimaru in the soul world, letting Orochimaru know what kind of character he will face in the future... what kind of character!


    Until Aizen Soyousuke awakened a powerful spiritual pressure...


    At that time, the Uehara clan withdrew the monitoring of Aizen Soyousuke in order not to arouse the vigilance of Aizen Soyousuke, but they soon arranged for Ichimaru Gin to join Aizen Soyousuke''s command!


    No one understands why Naraku Uehara did this...


    Until Aizen Soyousuke gradually revealed his dark side, and began to absorb power in order to ascend to the supreme throne, and gradually stirred up the situation in the soul world with conspiracy...


    at this time¡­


    before someone realized...


    Naraku Uehara may be training his opponents.


    Because the two of them are so similar!


    If you don''t pay attention at the beginning, everyone will subconsciously regard Aizen Soyousuke as an ordinary person. Only those who really understand Aizen Soyousuke will know how deep and deep this person is hidden under the sunshine on the surface. mind...


    Aizen Soyousuke, who was clearly the culprit in the death ghost case decades ago, turned his hands into clouds and rain, using the rules and people''s hearts of the soul world to overthrow Urahara Kisuke and a group of bad-faced gods of death.


    Aizen Soyousuke''s control over human nature...


    Just like Uehara Naraku''s manipulation of emotions!


    The two people are so similar in some respects that people have to wonder whether Naraku Uehara wants to train his new subordinates, or whether he wants to train a suitable opponent for himself...


    Orochimaru slowly put down the photo frame in his hand, and raised the corner of his mouth: "If all fate is arranged by him, do you still have hope and confidence to surpass him?"


    When he said this, Orochimaru slowly raised his head, looked at the room where he stored the data, and a shock slowly rose in his heart!


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    Even if he...


    They will be involuntarily moved and frightened by these materials!


    The entire three bookshelves as high as the roof, like a library, are densely packed with file bags, which clearly record every move of Aizen Soyousuke!


    From his first class...


    From the first time he knew how to use Reiatsu...


    From the joy of his first mastery of the ability to break the ghost path...


    From the first time he realized the loneliness of a genius...


    Since his first awakening of Zanpakuto, his concealment behavior...


    From the first time he really dabbled in the darkness in order to ascend to the throne of the sky...


    In Aizen Soyousuke every moment, even how he hides his emotions from everyone else.


    When encountering happy things, Aizen Soyousuke will hide his joy, how will he leak his inner sense of accomplishment through some small movements or micro expressions...


    In any difficult situation, Aizen Soyousuke will have a slight expression to show that he is very confident in his heart, or he will choose to give it a go...


    These data...


    All in this room.


    Ever since Aizen Soyousuke''s name appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, all his information will be sent here bit by bit!


    leisure time.


    In addition to studying his own experiments, Orochimaru is studying how to deal with Aizen Soyousuke. He does not know how long he has been preparing for this day...


    To be honest¡­


    In front of this mountain-like database, Orochimaru didn''t think that Aizen Soyousuke could escape Uehara Naraku''s control, and everything Aizen did would end up being someone else''s wedding dress.


    Even if Orochimaru is actually very optimistic about Aizen''s ability and wrist...


    However, in front of the well-prepared Uehara Naraku, how could Aizen have a chance to escape, even if he could escape, it is impossible to have the power to surpass Uehara Naraku, right?


    unless¡­


    It is the collapse jade that Uehara Naraku has been looking for.


    While Orochimaru was still slowly flipping through Aizen Soyousuke''s latest information, Aizen Soyousuke sat quietly in his own room in Xuya Palace.


    No one can bother him.


    Even Ulquiorra himself stood guard outside the room.


    Because Aizen Soyousuke was also flipping through a file.


    No, or rather, he was flipping through the things he had collected in the past, which was something that was never known to outsiders and had been silently collected by him.


    a box.


    In front of Aizen Soyousuke was a strange-looking box. This box was very old, and even had a sealing barrier on it.


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his finger, and used his own method to break the seal barrier little by little, with a nostalgic smile on his face.


    "Speaking of which..."


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his palm to open the box, looked down at the contents of the box, the smile on his face gradually became deeper and weirder: "Mr. Orochimaru, you Is it the first audience in my life?"


    in the box.


    There are densely packed snake sloughs!


    It makes people''s scalp tingle involuntarily!

 Chapter 627

    present world.


    Just when Orochimaru and Aizen Soyousuke in the virtual circle thought they could calculate each other, Uehara Naraku and a group of Shinigami with different identities had arrived in the present world.


    The modern world of the God of Death has some modern atmosphere. Here, Naraku Uehara finally came into contact with the convenience of modern urban life again.


    Naraku Uehara was holding a can of Coke, standing in front of the checkout counter of a supermarket, digging through his pockets, trying to get money out of it...


    It''s a pity.


    The person who helped him prepare the clothes did not prepare the money for him.


    Until the supermarket cashier looked at this sunny young man with contempt on his face, no longer waiting for Uehara Naraku to pay, and arrogantly took away the Coke on the cashier counter, waving his hand to tell Uehara Naraku, a poor ghost, to get out immediately...


    This is really embarrassing capitalization.


    Fortunately, at this time, a figure appeared beside Naraku Uehara, who came forward to help him pay the money, which made Uehara less embarrassed...


    When they met in a secluded place, the figure''s body gradually changed into black and white, with a dark smile on its face: "Ho ho ho ho ho ho... I thought you would kill him ...Hagoromo...has really become more generous..."


    It is Heijue.


    In other words, it is a combination of Hei Jue, Bai Jue and a Da Xu.


    Compared with when he was in another world, Heijue finally got his own power now, it can use the power of Death God, and it can also use the power of Xu.


    Similarly, it also got the power of the dark fruit!


    The will created by Kaguya Otsutsuki can be fused with any species, and it has also become Naraku Uehara''s assistant in detecting any information in the world.


    Hearing Hei Jue''s slightly dissatisfied ridicule, Uehara Naraku shook his head self-consciously, pulled the ring of the can in his hand, and said slowly: "There is no need to worry about some small things, I am not a bad person..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Heijue just smiled and said nothing.


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and took a sip of Coke, nodded with satisfaction, then turned to look at the black and white figure: "How is the situation in the virtual circle?"


    "Everything is as you arranged it."


    With a gloomy voice, Heijue reported to Naraku Umihara the current situation of the virtual circle: "That brat Aizen Soyousuke has made a plan for the collapse of the Daizo Forest against Orochimaru..."


    After speaking, the smile on this figure was even more weird, as if I saw something that made it unable to suppress: "Oh ... however, Dashe Wan also got all the details of the Big Forest collapse plan ... "


    "and then?"


    Naraku Uehara opened a can of Coke.


    "Then the funniest thing happened..."


    The smile on Heijue''s face became more and more weird, and even the laughter in his throat couldn''t be restrained: "Aizen Soyousuke doesn''t think the collapse plan of Daixu Forest can be successful, he seems to have other ideas, just as As you arranged, Aizen Soyousuke suspects that Orochimaru is the one who has been watching him all this time..."


    When talking about this matter, Hei Ze even admired Uehara Naraku''s badness: "It''s really too much, ho ho ho ho... When Aizen Soyou may find that someone is watching him, let him I appeared wearing Orochimaru''s snake slough..."


    It''s really embarrassing.


    In order to allow Aizen Soyousuke to focus on Orochimaru at this time, Uehara Naraku arranged all this early on.


    After Aizen Soyousuke''s super-powerful Reiatsu awakened, Heijue began to secretly frame Orochimaru, allowing Aizen Soyousuke to occasionally discover the snake slough of Orochimaru...


    In this case¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes will definitely be firmly focused on Orochimaru.


    In fact, it is precisely because of this that after Aizen Soyousuke learned of Orochimaru''s whereabouts, he immediately tried every means to rush to the virtual circle, because Aizen Soyousuke believed that Orochimaru was the one who had been watching him since he was a child!


    Such a nightmarish figure...


    How could Aizen Soyousuke let it go!


    Compared with other people, Orochimaru will definitely attract Aizen Soyousuke''s attention more easily, and it will also provide some convenience for Orochimaru to enter Aizen Soyousuke''s camp in the future...


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, looked at the sunset in the distance, and said softly: "We don''t need to go too far... After their battle is over, tell Orochimaru about it, at least explain my intentions , lest he be unhappy..."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and continued to explain: "If you tell Dashewan now, maybe he can''t accept being arranged to be a scapegoat psychologically, right? When the matter is over, then the ability to accept it in his heart will definitely increase. Some¡­"


    "..."


    Hei Jue had a weird expression on his face.


    Did this person think about it when he said those words?


    Counting so many worlds, apart from Xiaonan, Otsuki Kaguya, and Nagato, who else can become happy when they meet you?


    And did this person forget what he did to Orochimaru?


    Obviously, in the ninja world, Orochimaru has been tossed hard, but now in this world, the blame for monitoring Aizen Soyousuke is still pinned on Orochimaru''s head...


    That''s all for it...


    What does it mean to accept something after it happens?


    No one can accept this kind of thing...


    To be honest, Heijue thinks that they should have discussed this matter with Orochimaru earlier, and if Oroshemaru disagrees, they should beat him...


    How can there be such a person who directly blames the blame first!


    This kind of behavior is worse than forcing people to accept the arrangement!


    really...


    Nothing human.


    Hei Ze still overestimated Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku slowly drank the Coke in his hand, then suddenly turned his head and continued: "By the way, after your work in the virtual circle is over, if you have nothing to do, you can study by the way..."


    "Um... what to study?"


    "Learn about modern knowledge..."


    Naraku Uehara threw the can into the trash can, narrowed his eyes towards Heijue and showed a sunny smile: "For example, what should I do to bankrupt a supermarket? As for the test subject, choose the one where we bought the Coke just now." Bar!"


    "..."


    Hei Ze seemed a little unable to look directly at Uehara Naraku.


    I really should let my mother come over to take care of my eldest son. Can Uehara Naraku be able to do it... Why is his heart so small...


    In vain it thought Uehara Naraku had changed...


    Yes.


    It has indeed changed.


    The eyes of the mind become smaller.


    It''s just that the collapse of a supermarket is an insignificant trivial matter. In comparison, the upcoming collision between Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru in the virtual circle is the real big event.


    Because this time...


    There will be many secrets leaked through Orochimaru!


    Although these secrets were actually leaked to Aizen Soyousuke on purpose.


    The Forest of Daxu.


    When Aizen Soyousuke led T¨­senyo, Ichimaru Gin, Ulquiorra and Kyatei Stark to arrive here, a group of bad-faced people were waiting for him.


    "Your Excellency Aizen."


    A broken face stood in front of Aizen Soyousuke and others, and said softly: "Master Orochimaru asked me to welcome you, please follow us into the underground world."


    "¡­it is good."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded while supporting his glasses.


    Ever since conquering the virtual circle on the surface, Aizen Soyousuke has not paid attention to the underground, he has always thought that the underground is a desolate place.


    However, when following this shattered Daxu, Aizen Soyousuke discovered that this place has indeed gradually taken on a social appearance. An Daxu is working here...


    it looks like...


    It is still the lowest level of slave society.


    Because it is difficult for Jilian Daxu to awaken any will, so they can only become the lowest tools. Perhaps these Jilian Daixu will be of no use until the virtual fusion experiment of Orochimaru is fully popularized.


    "This graduation assessment will last about ten days..."


    The Pomian Daixu who led the way ahead led the way, while introducing this special exam softly to Aizen Soyousuke and others: "All freshmen Pomian Daixu will participate, and there are about one hundred and eighty people who have participated so far. bit..."


    "One hundred and eighty?"


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned slightly.


    This number is a bit beyond his imagination.


    Because it is very difficult to break the face of the big virtual into a human form, and the danger is even far more difficult than that of the god of death, which makes the face-breaking big virtual more precious.


    However, Orochimaru is just an assessment...


    One hundred and eighty bad faces can be taken out!


    This number is really not low at all, but I don¡¯t know how many Yachukas-level middle-level Daixu and Valstord-level superior Daixu will be in it...


    but¡­


    There will be an introduction soon.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    "Only eleven Achukas-level daixu participated in the assessment, and the rest were all the test subjects of Kirian daixu recently cultivated by Oshemaru. Success, only last month had a breakthrough..."


    It is precisely because of the success of Jilian Daxu''s experiment that Xu''s social composition has hope, because the huge number of Jilian Daxu in the virtual circle is the huge population that constitutes Xu.


    If it''s just the rare Achukas and the even rarer Varstord, it''s still far from being able to develop into a new social species...


    When he said this, Pomian, who was leading the way, suddenly chuckled: "However, Kilian''s strength is not that weak... Those who can be selected by Master Orochimaru to become a test product... None of them are weak."


    "Picked by Orochimaru...?"


    A smile flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s face.


    This sentence sounds really... interesting!


    Let Orochimaru choose someone...


    I can''t stop being curious...


    How does Orochimaru choose candidates?


    Pomian Daixu, who led the way ahead, didn''t notice anything wrong with Aizen, and still introduced the freshman Pomian Daixu''s exam to Aizen Soyousuke.


    The whole exam is divided into three sessions.


    The first one is a written test, which mainly assesses whether the intelligence and psychology of each bad face is normal. This written test is not as simple as imagined!


    Or¡­


    This is a particularly rigorous test.


    Compared with the last two games, the difficulty of the written test is far beyond.


    Because once you are eliminated in the written test...


    That means that the eliminated Daxu will be failed experiments, and will determine their future fate. This is also a kind of survival of the fittest!


    After all, what Orochimaru wants to cultivate is an army of broken faces that can normally obey commands, or even a brand new species, not an army of lunatics!


    If Po Mian Daxu''s intelligence and psychology are not qualified enough, they can only be included in the ranks of inferior products. Only those who are mentally and psychologically qualified are eligible to enter the next exam...


    The location of the second exam is in the Great Void Forest.


    The entire underground forest of Daxu has not been completely conquered by Orochimaru, because there will be a steady stream of dead souls entering the void and turning into void. This is a hell that will never be conquered!


    The content of the test is very simple.


    A group of two people who passed the first exam will be divided into two groups, and they will snatch the scrolls from the fellow students who also took the exam in the dangerous forest of Daixu!


    Because members of the Akatsuki organization act in teams of two...


    This can also be regarded as the power to cultivate backup for the Akatsuki organization.


    As for the third test.


    Of course it is a personal battle.


    Whether it is cooperation or anything else, only power is the truly eternal topic, and only with strong power can there be value in existence!


    The third exam will not deliberately care about the outcome.


    According to Orochimaru''s attitude, he must also hope that there will be a group of excellent shattering monsters, not a group of tools that can only show off.


    After Aizen Soyousuke listened to the content of the three exams arranged by Orochimaru, he felt a little weird in his heart. Speaking of which, Orochimaru seemed to be doing pretty well...


    If in the future there are more and more broken faces...


    It is even very possible to form a huge new social creature. It seems that more such examinations can be conducted to change the status quo of the virtual circle through the survival of the fittest.


    As the master of the virtual circle...


    It would be nice if the virtual circle can be as prosperous as the soul world.


    "Here we are."


    With the Pamian Daxu who led the way stopped, the group finally arrived at their destination, a towering tower located in the Daxu Forest.


    The tower has obviously been built for a long time.


    It''s just that it hasn''t been used much.


    Except for the graduation assessment of the shattered Daxu, they will not come and go here, and most of the time they just stay in the underground base of Orochimaru to practice, and perhaps only the freshman assessment of the shattered Daxu can be regarded as them. These imaginary events.


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly raised his head, looking at the hundreds of strangely shaped Pomen Daizo near the tower, these are all Pomen cultivated by Orochimaru...


    The number is indeed astonishing!


    As expected of a character who has been hidden in the virtual circle for thousands of years, he has actually completed the virtual death god, which also has to make Aizen admire...


    It''s just that Aizen still can''t figure out how Orochimaru was cultivated, whether it used the legendary collapse jade...or some other means...


    Just as Aizen Soyousuke was still thinking, an eerie laugh suddenly fell into Aizen Soyousuke''s ears: "Ho ho ho ho ho... the truth is never on the surface... welcome, sir, to the virtual world world."

 Chapter 628

    imaginary circle.


    The Forest of Daxu.


    There was silence around the entire tower.


    A group of disfigured people slowly backed away to make way for a path, and a gloomy man with long black hair came out slowly accompanied by Nellie Lu and Grimmjow.


    This man looks very young...


    But it''s just the weird smile on his face that makes people a little uncomfortable...


    Those cold snake pupils made one seem to see a giant python that chooses to eat someone!


    Orochimaru!


    Even though he has been away from the world of corpses and souls for thousands of years, what he left behind can still affect the world of corpses and souls, and even every time his manuscript appears in the world, it can make people feel like a treasure...


    Just a secret technique he researched can make the Uehara clan who got that secret technique the number one rich family in the world of corpses and souls...


    "This is really..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s face was as calm as ever, he slowly raised his glasses with his fingers, and said softly: "I have admired your name for a long time...Mr. Orochimaru."


    "yes?"


    Orochimaru raised the corners of his mouth, showed a cold smile, chuckled lightly and said, "It''s really an honor to say that..."


    "No¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke supported his mirror legs, the corners of his eyes narrowed slightly, and his smile gradually became more and more weird: "The one who is really honored should be me..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru just let out a chuckle from the corner of his mouth.


    Although everything that happened in the thousands of years of the soul world was arranged by Uehara Naraku, and all the deeds of Orochimaru were also controlled by Uehara Naraku... But it did make Orochimaru very satisfied with this kind of senior Feel.


    At least when facing Aizen Soyousuke...


    Orochimaru is like a person who once stood on the top and looked down at the ground.


    To be honest, this feeling is quite good. The arrangement of this guy Uehara Naraku is quite reasonable. Oshemaru¡¯s rare resentment towards Uehara Naraku dissipated in his heart, and a little bit of affection for that guy rose in his heart...


    If we can really cooperate with Uehara all the time...


    In fact, this kind of life can also be passed.


    In comparison, if you live like the kid Aizen Soyousuke, who has been under Uehara Naraku''s control from the very beginning, think about it, it''s really pitiful...


    When thinking of this, Orochimaru raised his head and looked at Aizen Soyousuke, as if he was looking at a prey who was about to be tortured by himself, and smiled slightly at the corner of his mouth: "Okay, let''s take a look at the appetizers first? The group of broken noodles The little guy''s exams have just begun..."


    "OK."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded slowly, squinted his eyes slightly and said with a smile: "It just so happens that I am also very interested in these..."


    "Ho ho ho ho... that''s good."


    Orochimaru couldn''t help sticking out his long tongue and licking his lips.


    Even though Orochimaru has supplemented his soul power by devouring Oku, and has a body that can be called immortality, when he sees a character like Aizen Soyousuke, Orochimaru still can''t help but want to get his body .


    The first written test for the freshmen, who was blatantly bluffing, had just begun.


    Aizen Soyousuke originally wanted to take advantage of this time to have a good chat with Orochimaru, but he couldn''t help being a little interested when he saw the test questions.


    Because of the above test questions...


    Once it is leaked out, it will make the entire soul world shudder!


    When these test questions fell into the eyes of Aizen Soyousuke, his eyes narrowed slightly, because the information on the test was the information of the 13th Team of the Gotei, covering all the captains of the 13th Team of the Gotei !


    Among them even Uehara Naraku, who has just become the vice-captain of the fifth team!


    Information about the soul world...


    Is Orochimaru really in your hands all the time?


    Even in this written test question, it also includes discussing the ability of Shigekuni Motoyanagi Yamamoto, the captain of the Gotei 13th Team, and the ability to solve it...


    No¡­


    In other words, all the essay questions are all about answering the messages from the captains of the thirteenth team of the court, and the first solution and the swastika are almost compulsory questions!


    This also means...


    The freshmen who are now sitting in the examination room and taking the written test, they have already grasped the information on the captains of the thirteenth team of the guarding court from this moment on!


    nature¡­


    It also includes his mirror image.


    It''s scary...


    Even Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help but sigh.


    "You really deserve to be a big shot who has lived in the mouth of the soul world for thousands of years..."


    Aizen Soyousuke sat in front of the tea table, and slowly praised: "Let these Daxu who have just finished breaking their faces already know their opponents from this moment..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru nodded with a chuckle, and said slowly: "It seems that the importance of information doesn''t need to be said too much..."


    "That''s right."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes flickered, and a light flashed in the lens, he turned his head to look at Orochimaru and asked softly: "The Uehara clan in the soul world is very strict about the protection of information. Is this also derived from the teachings of Mr. Orochimaru back then..."


    "Uehara..."


    The smile on Orochimaru''s face narrowed slightly, and then hung on his face again: "What they blocked was just some irrelevant gossip... I already knew the entire Uehara clan like the back of my hand!"


    at this moment¡­


    Orochimaru seemed to be trying to hide his feelings towards the Uehara clan.


    However, the moment the smile on his face disappeared, it already showed that his relationship with the Uehara clan was not as friendly as the legend in the world of corpses and souls!


    Orochimaru didn''t want to hide it either, he looked at Aizen Soyousuke, and slowly showed a sinister smile on his face: "It seems that there is no need to hide it from you... You have gradually noticed it, right? The relationship with the Uehara clan..."


    "yes."


    Aizen Soyousuke raised his head slowly, and said slowly: "During this time, it seems that I can be lucky enough to hear an interesting story from thousands of years ago..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    The smile on Orochimaru''s face suddenly became a little nervous, his palm suddenly clenched the teacup on the table, and his hoarse voice was a little gloomy: "Then listen to this story, a story about the king of the world..."


    "Thousands of years ago..."


    When Orochimaru said this, he frowned slightly, and continued: "Perhaps earlier, when the whole world was still circulating, even Xu was just a part of Lingzi, but there was a little deviation in the middle...


    Xu began to devour the spirit.


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    This also means that the cycle of the world has gone wrong.


    Once Xu keeps devouring it, the world will be annihilated, and all spirits will be swallowed by Xu, turning into a terrifying big Xu, until the whole world falls into silence.


    And at this time, their creator finally appeared in this world, a god named Spirit King used the power of annihilation to destroy Xu..."


    "Spirit King..."


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned subconsciously.


    Because Ai Ran also really wants to know what this so-called spirit king is, but he knows that the spirit king is mysterious but has never seen it...


    However, Aizen Soyousuke knew the existence of the Lingwang Palace!


    To enter the Lingwang Palace, only Wang Jian is needed. Unfortunately, Aizen is also researching the production method of Wang Jian recently...


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru''s eyes tightened slightly, revealing a strange and sinister smile: "For the world of corpses and souls, the existence of the Spirit King is indeed the supreme god... But for us, it is just an experimental product!"


    "Experimental product?"


    The surprise in Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes was fleeting.


    Orochimaru stared at Aizen Soyousuke, smiled lightly and said, "Hohohohoho...don''t be so surprised, isn''t the current Zero team also using the spirit king as an experiment?"


    Speaking of this, Orochimaru changed the subject of Team Zero and brought up the past again: "Thousands of years ago, when the Soul World was slowly forming, that era was full of stars, Even I am but a nameless pawn..."


    "It''s nothing like..."


    Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help chuckling: "Even after thousands of years, Mr. Orochimaru is still famous in the world of souls! It''s just reincarnation of dirt..."


    "Do you also think that the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil was developed by me?"


    A strange smile suddenly flashed across the corner of Orochimaru''s mouth, as if he was watching something ridiculous: "No, or it''s not wrong to say that... In fact, there should only be three people who have really studied the technique of reincarnation..."


    "Three?"


    "good."


    Orochimaru stared at Aizen Soyousuke, then glanced at Ichimaru Gin next to Aizen Soyousuke, chuckled and said, "Both Yakushito and I just perfected this technique... and the first The person who researched the reincarnation of the filth...it was the Senshou Feijian who took refuge in the Uehara clan...but he was halfway through the research and then abandoned it because of Uehara''s order..."


    "The first generation Patriarch of the Uehara Clan?"


    Aizen Soyousuke raised his eyebrows slightly.


    Because it was mentioned in the secret of the soul world, the head of the first generation of the Uehara clan was named Uehara, and he was also a close friend of Orochimaru.


    "You thought he was my friend too, didn''t you?"


    When Orochimaru said this, he couldn''t help but sneered: "I used to treat that guy as a friend, but he failed my trust time and time again..."


    Orochimaru gritted his teeth slowly, a flash of anger flashed across his face: "Whenever you try to trust him, he will openly abandon you..."


    These words¡­


    It''s all Dashewan''s true thoughts.


    "so¡­"


    A light flashed in Aizen Soyousuke''s lens, and he whispered as if bewitched by a devil: "You have broken up, and Mr. Orochimaru and the Uehara clan have become old enemies who want to put each other to death..."


    "That''s right..."


    Orochimaru smiled again, looking at Aizen Soyousuke in front of him, as if he was looking at an ignorant child: "Just like I want to destroy the Uehara clan... the entire Uehara clan has been secretly chasing kill me."


    Orochimaru turned his head and glanced at the Daixu Forest in the dark, and said coldly: "At first, we cooperated happily, but when I want to study the King of Souls, we can all become real gods and become gods." The supreme god who rules the entire soul world!"


    "Study the Spirit King... become a god..."


    Aizen Soyousuke narrowed his eyes slightly.


    First of all, there must be lies in what Orochimaru said. Aizen Soyousuke himself did not believe that Orochimaru would share the opportunity to become a god with others, because Aizen himself would not share the opportunity to become a god with others.


    But their key point is not here.


    The focus of the two people is how to become a god through the spirit king...


    "That''s right."


    A flash of madness flashed across Orochimaru''s face, and he said in a cold voice, "As long as...you get the Spirit King, you can get the world''s largest aggregate of spirit particles..."


    Orochimaru''s words seemed to conceal a part.


    He deliberately concealed how to become a part of God through the soul king.


    This is the most critical part, and it is also what Aizen Soyousuke pays the most attention to, but Aizen Soyousuke has found a way himself, and he is very clear that Orochimaru will not easily leak these things...


    And Aizen Soyousuke also knew the purpose of Orochimaru. The purpose of this guy''s cooperation with him should be to obtain the spirit king...


    Aizen Soyousuke was silent for a second, then suddenly changed the subject: "In this way, the spirit king is also the source of the split between Mr. Orochimaru and the first Patriarch Uehara..."


    "Ho ho ho ho... of course."


    Orochimaru turned his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke, and sneered: "Uehara hypocritically claimed that the spirit king is the source of maintaining the stability of the world, swallowed all my experimental results, and sent the thirteen dead servants under his command to be suspected of violating the law. The experiment chased me down, and I had no choice but to escape from the Soul Realm and hide in the Void Circle..."


    Orochimaru slowly grasped his palm, with a look of viciousness flashing across his face: "To this day, Thirteen Deadpools are still tracking down my whereabouts, and those Uehara lackeys are still executing his orders. to kill me..."


    this moment¡­


    He seemed to be an old friend who was betrayed by Uehara!


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly digested part of the truth he got, nodded and said: "Indeed, otherwise, Mr. Orochimaru might become the master of the virtual circle one step earlier than me..."


    Of course, to be honest.


    In fact, Aizen Soyousuke believed in the person named Uehara more.


    Because Aizen Soyousuke has met Uehara Naraku, the current patriarch of the Uehara clan, a innocent and innocent little guy, it seems that he has nothing but super talent and powerful spiritual pressure...


    However such a person...


    It will definitely gain the trust and followers of more people.


    Aizen Soyousuke is more willing to believe that what the first Patriarch Uehara said is true. If the Spirit King is killed, it may really destroy the world or something.


    but¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care about this issue either.


    For this world, if you destroy it, you will destroy it...


    Aizen Soyousuke was more concerned about another issue. He slowly raised his head and looked at Orochimaru and said calmly: "In order to return to the soul world to get the spirit king, and to destroy the Uehara clan, Mr. Orochimaru has been Secretly looking for suitable personnel..."


    "Ho ho ho ho... that''s right."


    Orochimaru nodded with a chuckle, and a flash of approval flashed across his face: "Aizen Soyousuke, when I saw you conquering the virtual circle, I knew that the person I wanted was here..."


    "yes?"


    The corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth also curled up into a smile, and he reached out and took the box that T¨­sen had been holding on his body all the time, and slowly placed it in front of Orochimaru.


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly opened the box, looked at the piles of snake sloughs in the box, as if he was looking at some treasure, and said with a smile: "No, it should be earlier... about a few hundred years ago Before or earlier..."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Orochimaru, and said with a light smile, "Because if it was earlier, my Reiatsu would not be enough to find the traces that Mr. Orochimaru sent your pet to spy on me..."

 Chapter 629

    Sometimes, it''s no wonder Orochimaru wants to curse people.


    Orochimaru''s eyes fell on the snake slough in the box, and his expression became a little bit stiff. In fact, this is not the shed skin of his pet at all...


    This is the snake slough left after he devours Da Xu every time!


    Moreover, there are traces of Orochimaru''s thin spirit seeds on these snake sloughs.


    No need to think about it at all, Orochimaru can immediately guess who threw his snake slough to Aizen Soyousuke, making Aizen Soyousuke think that Orochimaru is sending someone to watch him!


    Except for that bastard Naraku Uehara...


    Who else would eat enough to do that?


    Besides Uehara Naraku, who else could do such an inhuman thing!


    From Orochimaru''s point of view, the existence of these snake sloughs is not only to make Aizen Soyousuke misunderstand him, but it is probably also used by Uehara Naraku to warn him...


    Because every time Orochimaru devours Daxu and evolves, it is his weakest moment, and the existence of these snake sloughs means that Uehara Naraku is always monitoring him.


    that guy¡­


    Never let go of his vigilance!


    Obviously, didn''t they agree before that they would no longer care about the past grievances and resentments and cooperate with each other in a friendly manner? Even if he said that he wanted to use Uehara as a test object at the beginning, thousands of years have passed since the time of Soul Soul Realm...


    As for it!


    Not so!


    Orochimaru''s whole heart is a little broken, can''t this Uehara Naraku inform him before doing something?


    indeed¡­


    This is more in line with Uehara''s plan.


    "Mr. Orochimaru..."


    Aizen Soyousuke supported his glasses, looked at Orochimaru with a cloudy expression, and continued slowly: "If I''m not wrong, there should be a room in your base that is full of people who I grew up with. The study room for all the information..."


    "you¡­"


    Orochimaru''s face became even uglier.


    Which bastard leaked this to Aizen Soyousuke?


    Or did Aizen Soyousuke discover it himself?


    And according to Orochimaru''s suspicion of Uehara Naraku''s nature, he is more willing to believe that this matter must have been leaked by Uehara Naraku, and maybe Uehara Naraku manipulated a certain big fake to pretend to defect and report this to Aizen ¡­


    Now Orochimaru really has a mouth and can''t tell!


    Because in Orochimaru¡¯s base there is really a study room full of Aizen¡¯s information, that one is full of Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s information from childhood to adulthood, this kind of thing will prove that Orochimaru is the one who monitors him behind the scenes ¡­


    Orochimaru couldn''t help but gritted his teeth.


    Judging from the current situation...


    Even if he reveals that Uehara Naraku is the real mastermind behind the scenes, Aizen Soyousuke will take it as a way to lead hatred...


    Judging from their previous exchanges, the current Aizen Soyousuke should have determined that the Uehara clan is the conservative faction in the soul world that protects the soul king, and Orochimaru is the culprit who wants to destroy the soul world and the soul king...


    That guy Uehara Naraku...


    It''s really a ring of rings!


    While constantly sending information about Aizen Soyousuke to Orochimaru''s base, he kept secretly sending people to leave traces of Orochimaru''s existence beside Aizen Soyousuke...


    In any case, the current Orochimaru can no longer clear up the suspicion!


    Naraku Uehara, that bastard...


    Are you really not worried about tearing your face at all?


    No, that guy really doesn''t need to worry, because Orochimaru knows very well that Uehara Naraku''s power is now enough to overturn the table and make everyone unable to live...


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s mood gradually calmed down, he has re-accepted the reality of being manipulated by Uehara Naraku, just looked at Aizen Soyousuke and asked in a deep voice: "Aizen Soyousuke, tell me, how much do you know? ?¡±


    "Looks like I guessed right..."


    There was a smile on the corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth. He regained the initiative in this meeting, but watched Orochimaru speak slowly and continued: "In order to destroy the Uehara clan and regain the power of the spirit king , Mr. Orochimaru has been secretly spying on the world of souls, looking for people who can cooperate..."


    When he said this, Aizen Soyousuke showed a little more confidence on his face, and he continued to analyze calmly: "And at that time, you finally found me who was still studying in the Zhenyang Academy of Spiritual Art, and it happened that I have been hiding my strength all the time..."


    Aizen Soyousuke stared at Orochimaru, his voice became calmer and calmer, and even his emotions gradually became more and more unpredictable: "So you want to treat me as a future counterattack against the soul world and the Uehara clan?" A pawn of¡­¡±


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s expression was slightly stiff.


    According to the script he and Uehara Naraku made, there is no deviation in Aizen Soyousuke''s thinking. In fact, Aizen is still being misled by Uehara Naraku...


    The only problem is that...


    Once Uehara Naraku operated it, Orochimaru himself could not wash himself away in front of Aizen Soyousuke, because he had monitored Aizen Soyousuke since he was a child, and Aizen Soyousuke would never believe him again anyway. half an hour...


    Naraku Uehara, that bastard...


    Orochimaru feels that every time he cooperates with Uehara Naraku, he will be pissed off!


    When they were in the ninja world, the two agreed to jointly steal the book of seals. As a result, Uehara Naraku sold him to deal with Tsunade, and he turned into a pharmacist. He threw the blame to Orochimaru and stole the book of seals Ran away¡­


    Now in this world...


    Uehara Naraku sold him to Aizen Soyousuke again!


    Why can''t this bastard change his temperament of not being a son of man?


    Although Orochimaru knows that he is not trustworthy, but occasionally he really wants to cooperate with Naraku Uehara!


    It''s a pity that this sincere desire to cooperate...


    It often doesn''t last long before being destroyed by Uehara Naraku.


    never mind¡­


    That''s all.


    Next, we can only continue to go according to the plan.


    Orochimaru slowly calmed down the anger in his heart, looked at Aizen Soyousuke who was holding the wisdom pearls all over his face, and suddenly grinned and said: "What a smart boy, can you tell me when you knew about this?" Well, I''m curious about that..."


    "hehe¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke chuckled, and said slowly: "When we look at the abyss, the abyss will also look at us... When I have enough strength to chase the abyss, I will naturally find that the abyss existed before. Mark of."


    Orochimaru sat down again, slowly picked up the teacup on the table, and smiled self-deprecatingly: "It seems that all the information I got will be overturned..."


    If Aizen Soyousuke knew that someone was watching him...


    That means that all the information of Aizen Soyousuke is false. Now that he knows that someone is watching him, how could this person leak his real information...


    "No, that''s all true."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly shook his head, hooked his lips and smiled lightly, "Only by being true can you get a more authentic response... If you are too deliberate, it will inevitably arouse your vigilance."


    "..."


    Orochimaru shook his head in disbelief.


    For a person like Aizen Soyousuke who has two faces, who knows if he will have a hidden third face?


    This is a man who is always lying to others.


    Aizen Soyousuke seemed to have guessed what Orochimaru was thinking, and said slowly, "In the eyes of Mr. Orochimaru, what kind of person am I..."


    "Ho ho ho ho... who knows..."


    Orochimaru smiled contemptuously.


    What''s the point of saying this now?


    Over the years, I have done so much homework for nothing!


    That bastard Uehara Naraku just exposed him like this, isn''t he afraid that Aizen Soyousuke hides too deeply, so that he will be backlashed in the end?


    that bastard...


    Too confident!


    "No, I know, and Mr. Orochimaru knows too."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Orochimaru, stroked his mirror frame, and said with a smile: "In the study room where Mr. Orochimaru stores materials, there is a document with the most detailed analysis. Li commented on me..."


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s forehead began to have a little question mark.


    Wait, why doesn''t he have an impression of this information?


    This fucking can''t be made by Naraku Uehara again, right? How much did that bastard hide from him? Why didn''t he know that he had written an evaluation of Aizen Soyousuke!


    the bastard...


    Really can do things!


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t know what was hidden here, but continued on his own: "The mind is peaceful, the eyes are quiet, like a ball of extremely stable fire... Just these few words make me think We must introduce Mr. Orochimaru as a confidant."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Orochimaru with a smile on the corner of his mouth, and continued: "Perhaps only bystanders can see the hidden self...Even I can''t find a better adjective than these two sentences."


    "..."


    Orochimaru remained silent.


    He didn''t know these words at all.


    Because Orochimaru can only see the darkness and ambition in Aizen Soyousuke, and apart from him, it is estimated that only the guys from the Uehara clan know Aizen Soyousuke best...


    the bastard...


    Can''t you give him a copy of the manuscript?


    "In the beginning there was no one standing in the sky..."


    Aizen Soyousuke continued slowly: "Even I agree with this sentence, whether it is me, Mr. Orochimaru, or Captain Yamamoto Motonyanagi Shigekuni, no one can sit there. The supreme throne of heaven...


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Orochimaru, and there was a flash of approval in his eyes: "Although I have enough confidence to cut off this window period of the throne of heaven, I still have to admire Mr. Orochimaru''s long-sighted eyes...


    Even without guidance, Aizen Soyousuke will stand in a place farther than the sky and the stars in the future... Is this why Mr. Orochimaru just watched from the side, but never interfered in my life? "


    "..."


    Orochimaru remained silent.


    This fucking has nothing to do with him!


    So what the hell is the material that Aizen Soyousuke so-called obtained from his study, and no one can tell him that material?


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Orochimaru''s ugly expression, and said slowly: "Don''t worry, Mr. Orochimaru, I won''t care about your monitoring. It is precisely because of the existence of that information that I believe that Mr. Orochimaru who understands me Can be my best partner¡­¡±


    "...ho ho ho ho ho..."


    An ugly smile flashed across Orochimaru''s face, he glanced at Aizen Soyousuke, and then at everyone present, feeling a bit like a clown.


    Even if they were able to cooperate...


    The two are already full of distrust for each other.


    Pay attention to the official account: the base camp of book friends, pay attention to get cash and coins!


    Moreover, the two people who could not be called equal in status are now standing on equal status again, which makes Orochimaru feel a little uncomfortable.


    Orochimaru no longer looks down on Aizen Soyousuke like a child from above, and Aizen Soyousuke doesn''t need to look up to this senior in the soul world anymore.


    Right at this time...


    The first written examination for the freshman, Daxuan, has ended.


    The second round of group confrontation assessment also started directly, without any need for a break, the host Grimmjow simply and rudely divided the groups and announced the start of the assessment.


    In the lounge of Orochimaru and Aizen Soyousuke, a white screen soon appeared, monitoring the bad-faced Daiku taking the exam.


    Orochimaru took a deep breath, stood up slowly, hooked the corners of his mouth and barely maintained his dignity: "Your Excellency... this exam will be very interesting, I have to deal with some personal matters first... Your Excellency... it should be nothing opinion?"


    "of course not."


    Aizen Soyousuke returned a gentle smile, nodded lightly and said, "Forget about the proposal of cooperation with Mr. Orochimaru, I am very interested in this blatant exam itself..."


    "Ho ho ho ho... good."


    Orochimaru felt that he was losing ground in this confrontation, and he maintained his sinister smile: "Then please sit down for a while... excuse me!"


    After finishing speaking, Orochimaru left the meeting room accompanied by Nelliel, and hurried to his base. Now he wants to ask Uehara Naraku the truth immediately!


    When Orochimaru left.


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at the back of Orochimaru leaving, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually became a little mocking: "Before the enemy came, I was planted a seed of doubt... because I stood on a high place for too long , Has it become unacceptable to stand on the ground?"


    "It''s really interesting..."


    Ichimaru Yin squinted his eyes and smiled, "At first, I thought everything about us was controlled by this senior... I didn''t expect that Aizen-sama''s just a few words made this senior Orochimaru start to doubt himself." Has your subordinate leaked the secret?"


    "I didn''t think of it either..."


    Aizen Soyousuke chuckled, and continued to speak: "Maybe this senior has been hit too hard before, and the psychological defense line seems to be weaker than I thought... But before the war between us and him begins, let us He suspects that there are traitors in his subordinates, which is a surprise to us."


    indeed.


    The study in the base.


    All the information in the study room was leaked.


    Orochimaru will definitely suspect that a traitor has appeared in his base.


    "yes¡­"


    Ichimaru Gin nodded slowly, and casually asked Aizen Soyousuke, "So... in this enemy''s base, did Aizen-sama instigate rebellion long ago?"


    "I only found out yesterday."


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t answer Ichimaru Gin''s question directly, but just poured himself a cup of tea, and said nonchalantly: "For me, it''s just an unexpected surprise from an experiment many years ago, and I didn''t Thought it would make such a big difference¡­¡±


    many years ago...


    When Aizen Soyousuke used the spiritual power of the god of death to create a collapsed jade, he did not let go of Ooki. In the early days, like Kisuke Urahara, he secretly used Ooki to conduct an experiment in making a collapsed jade!


    Unfortunately, that experiment failed...


    That failed experiment gave birth to a monster named Heijue!


    And after Orochimaru''s envoys Grimmjow and Nellie Lu appeared in Xuye Palace, Aizen Soyousuke secretly dispatched Heijue to follow the trail of Nellielu and Grimmjow from Orochimaru''s Enough information has been collected in the base!


    It is precisely because Heijue has provided enough information...


    Aizen Soyousuke, who always likes to make decisions before taking action, dared to lead a few people like Ichimaru Gin to the base of Orochimaru, the Longtan Tiger''s Den, to carry out the collapse plan of the Great Hollow Forest!

 Chapter 630

    Aizen Soyousuke''s most valued subordinate is Kuroze.


    Because in Aizen Soyousuke''s view, Heijue is the product that appeared when he failed in the experiment of making the collapse jade, and he is a creature that has recognized him as the master since birth.


    So far, Aizen Soyousuke has never let Heijue show up in front of people, just to hide Heijue''s ability and let Heijue provide him with enough information.


    In fact...


    Heijue has never disappointed Aizen Soyousuke.


    In addition to the difficulty in obtaining information about the Uehara clan, Aizen Soyousuke was able to use the god of death to create the collapsed jade in the soul world so smoothly, and it has not been discovered by anyone since Hei Ze provided him with enough information.


    decades ago...


    When Aizen Soyousuke framed Urahara Kisuke and Heiko Mako and others, he also got the help of Heijue. This subordinate he made by himself really gave Aizen a lot of convenience, and it also became a tool for him to monitor other people. One of people''s trump cards.


    However, what Aizen Soyousuke doesn''t know is...


    Heijue, who had always been his trump card, appeared in Oshemaru''s study at this moment, and was meeting with this guy.


    "Uehara Naraku is in...huh?"


    When Dashemaru saw Heijue, his face became a little weird.


    When Orochimaru returned to the base, he felt that he was going to be mad, but his mood gradually calmed down when he saw Hei Ze...


    All right.


    Keep the change, please.


    Orochimaru already knew who did this kind of thing.


    Orochimaru grinned slowly and stretched out his tongue to lick his lips, and said with a sinister smile, "It looks like I should be able to get the information that Aizen Soyousuke got..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Heijue grinned softly, took out a document bag from his body and threw it to Dashewan: "This document was given to you by Yuyi, our plan is going well, I hope you Don''t betray his trust in you..."


    "..."


    Orochimaru took the file bag with a strange expression.


    Because of Hei Ze''s reminder, Orochimaru became more and more sober. He was indeed dissatisfied with Uehara Naraku''s private arrangement, but he is not qualified to resist now...


    When Orochimaru opened the document bag containing Aizen Soyousuke''s comments, Kurotsuki smiled slyly and said, "The things inside are written by Hagoromo himself... definitely for Aizen Soyousuke. The kid''s most authentic evaluation."


    "Ho ho ho ho... eh?"


    Orochimaru just looked down at the document in his hand.


    In fact, this document should not be called a document, but a comprehensive analysis of Aizen Soyousuke. Facts have proved that the evaluation of Aizen Soyousuke written by Uehara Naraku himself used the All the information was obtained by Orochimaru.


    Just the opening topic...


    The corner of Orochimaru''s mouth couldn''t help but twitch.


    "The Story of Aizen Soyousuke"? What kind of weird name is this? Orochimaru''s first thought was that this thing really wasn''t ghostwritten by that guy Jiraiya?


    It''s just that as Orochimaru looks more and more...


    In his heart, he gradually realized that there was something missing...


    In Uehara Naraku''s attitude, he gave Aizen Soyousuke a very high evaluation, and even believed that Aizen Soyousuke really had the ability to subvert everything.


    But Orochimaru always only thinks that Aizen Soyousuke is a chess piece... a chess piece controlled by them.


    This is an essential difference.


    In other words, this is the gap in knowledge between them!


    Although Uehara Naoko has always regarded Aizen Soyousuke as a chess piece in essence, but in this document, Aizen Soyousuke already has the qualification to become a chess player beyond the chess pieces under his description!


    This is too fake...


    No wonder Aizen Soyousuke likes this material so much, because this material is full of praise for Aizen Soyousuke, and of course there are some private goods mixed in...


    for example¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke longs for companions in his heart, even if he is as ignorant as T¨­seny¨­, even if he has evil intentions like Ichimaru Gin, even if he is cruel and ruthless like Ulquiorra, even if he is lazy like Stark, he may still be cowardly and incompetent The little guy Uehara Naraku.


    This is so...


    Everyone praised Aizen for being good...


    Why did they start to poke and dig holes when they got to the back?


    "..."


    The corners of Orochimaru''s eyes couldn''t help twitching, and after slowly destroying the documents in his hand, his face became calm again.


    Orochimaru slowly raised his head to look at Heijue, narrowed his eyes slightly, and said with a sneer: "Hey...Although I know that all of this is for the smooth implementation of the plan...but I hope that before that guy plots against me next time, I will Good to let me know in advance... After all, we are now on the same front!"


    "Find out who you are, Orochimaru..."


    Hei Jue looked at Orochimaru, grinned and said, "If you don''t want to, you can leave...I believe there will be many people who are willing to take your place and stand with us... Yuyi will never lack followers."


    Hei Jue looked at Orochimaru''s uncertain face, and continued slowly: "Oshemaru, don''t let Yuyi down...You can appear in this world because Yaoshidou used his achievements in assisting Yuyi to conquer a world. ..."


    If it wasn''t for the pharmacist''s plea...


    Uehara Naraku will never easily agree to release Orochimaru, although Uehara Naraku has been using him after releasing Orochimaru...


    Five days passed.


    Time flies.


    Orochimaru never came back.


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care.


    It was Nelliel who sent the news that Orochimaru needs to deal with their internal affairs, but Orochimaru will appear during the final exam.


    During this period of time, Aizen Soyousuke has been observing the second exam that the shattered daixues took. He is quite interested in a few daixues with unique abilities...


    Until the end of the five-day assessment...


    The winner of the second test is finally announced.


    In all, only twenty winners made it to the final round.


    This ratio is much less than the more than 180 contestants.


    However, the second test is very interesting. Let the faceless masters cooperate to fight and cultivate the tacit understanding of cooperation between them. There are many two faceless masters who directly crush their split opponents through cooperation. This kind of exam is indeed very interesting. usefulness.


    have to say¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke admired Orochimaru more and more.


    Just the assessment of freshmen''s faceless and vain appearance can make so many tricks, which is much better than the assessments of cultivating gods of death in the soul world...


    Moreover, the cooperation between these disfigured faces is smoother than that of the gods of death in the world of corpses and souls. Perhaps they have long been accustomed to this way of fighting side by side.


    The perfect cooperation of two big fakes...


    It is definitely not as simple as 1+1 equals 2!


    What I have to say is that Orochimaru is very dedicated to the cultivation of these broken-faced daixu, even the arrogant Yachukas-level daixu will learn to cooperate with their companions to fight.


    Just after the second round of exams was over, a group of Kilian Daxu opened their mouths and spewed out flashes to create a flat land in the Daxu Forest as the venue for the third exam.


    This is also the last exam...


    It will undoubtedly be the most exciting!


    The third test will be a personal battle, which also means that these big ghosts can display their ultimate strength and show the results of their cultivation to Orochimaru!


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at the picture displayed on the screen, ticked the corner of his mouth, and said with a light smile casually: "Okay, get ready to start our plan!"


    Although both he and Orochimaru have the intention of cooperating in their hearts...


    However, the primary and secondary order of their cooperation should be clearly defined... No, or it is not a cooperation, but a merger and acquisition between forces.


    This conflict that is about to break out is bound to be unstoppable!


    Aizen Soyousuke wants to take advantage of this opportunity to defeat Orochimaru and all the forces under his command in one fell swoop, and incorporate the last hidden danger in this virtual circle!


    As long as Orochimaru is included...


    Not only does it mean that Aizen Soyousuke can save a lot of time, but he can also take this opportunity to harvest a powerful army, which has the qualifications to compete head-on with the entire soul world!


    "Hehe... Is it finally about to start?"


    Ichimaru silver squinted his eyes and smiled and took a step forward.


    For a long time, Ichimaru Gin should be the most sober person on the field. In fact, Ichimaru Gin knows a little bit more than Ulquiorra and Kyate Stark. He is looking forward to this The conflict that erupted in the field...


    "Well, are you really going to carry out that dangerous plan?"


    Ke Yatai Stark rubbed the center of his brows, and couldn''t help but muttered: "The enemies have all gathered here... There are hundreds of bad faces on the field alone... This power is heart-warming just by looking at it." Surprised!"


    It''s obviously a super strong Vastord-class broken face...


    Ke Yatai Stark can''t get any motivation at all!


    However, everyone present seemed to understand his character, and did not pay attention to what Ke Yatai Stark said. This guy felt a little too modest...


    "There''s no need to care."


    Holding the Zanpakuto at his waist, Ulquiola said in a cold voice, "Except for that guy named Nelliel, there is no one worth mentioning on the field..."


    "That''s right."


    Tosen Kaname also nodded indifferently.


    "Don''t take it too lightly..."


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his hand to cover half of his cheek, showing a mysterious smile: "Oshemaru is a senior who has left legends in the soul world for thousands of years. How many broken faces have been cultivated here..."


    Just when other people thought that Aizen Soyousuke was going to remind them to be careful when he said this, Aizen Soyousuke suddenly changed the subject, and there was a hint of arrogance in his voice: "But in front of us, there is indeed nothing worthwhile. The opponent you care about is..."


    After speaking, Aizen slowly stood up.


    Just at this time, a broken face knocked on the door of the meeting room, and said softly: "Your Excellency Aizen, Master Orochimaru, please go to a high place to watch the ceremony..."


    "I see."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded slowly.


    The top of the auditorium in the exam room for the third exam.


    Orochimaru sat here calmly waiting for the arrival of Aizen Soyousuke, a sense of absurdity flashed across his face, he felt as if he had experienced this scene before!


    No...not that he experienced it!


    But his teacher Hiruzaru Sarutobi had experienced it before!


    If I''m not mistaken...


    Aizen Soyousuke should carry out the collapse plan of the Oko no Forest in the third exam, just like the Konoha collapse plan launched by Orochimaru...


    It''s ironic when you think about it...


    "Humph¡­"


    Orochimaru glanced at Aizen Soyousuke who was walking over, and a look of disdain flashed across his face: "That guy Uehara...does he really think that I will be easily solved by that brat Aizen Soyousuke? Let everything become the powerful nourishment for that brat!"


    After so many years in this world...


    Orochimaru is very aware of his own shortcomings, so he supplements his strength little by little. He is still trying to integrate the power of the two worlds...


    To be honest¡­


    If there were no Uehara Naraku and the Uehara clan in this world, Orochimaru would have dared to use his own strength and the shattered Daxu army created by his subordinates to directly attack the Soul Soul Realm, enter the Soul King Palace and seize the Soul King''s body!


    If it wasn''t because he couldn''t see through Uehara Naraku all the time, he was worried that he would be liquidated by Uehara Naraku if he tried... Orochimaru actually wanted to try how much Uehara Naraku weighed!


    However, Orochimaru thought about how many cards he had in his hand that could be played, but inevitably found that the cards in his hand were all given to him by Uehara Naraku...


    "Mr. Orochimaru."


    Aizen Soyousuke still had a gentlemanly smile on the corner of his mouth. He slowly sat on the chair next to Orochimaru and adjusted his glasses: "This exam is coming to an end soon, we should also talk about it." It''s about time..."


    "..."


    Orochimaru grinned at the corner of his mouth, turned his head to look at the two Daxu who were fighting in the examination room, and said with a low voice, "Hmph, don''t worry, first let me see if these little guys under my hands have progress¡­"


    "I don''t think it''s necessary anymore..."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, said with a light smile: "Although I have to admit that Mr. Orochimaru is very good at the research on broken faces, and these big facts have opened my eyes, but I have to say that they also It can only be used to deal with some small characters..."


    When talking about this, Aizen Soyousuke turned his head to look at Orochimaru, and the smile on his face became more and more intense: "If you encounter the existence of our class, you must still be a group of vulnerable waste , I believe Mr. Orochimaru will have the same point of view as me, right?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru slowly fell silent.


    Yes, Aizen Soyousuke said the truth.


    Gathering these destructive forces might be able to break into the Soul Realm, or even defeat the Gotei 13th Team, but it is absolutely impossible to be under the ruthless sword of the head of the Gotei 13th Team, Yamamoto Motoryuzai Shigekuni Take the first half step...


    Just when Aizen Soyousuke was about to say something, Orochimaru''s mouth suddenly showed a strange smile: "Hmph, I didn''t put my hope on them in the first place. When I created them, I just thought When I step onto the throne of God in the future, without the audience seeing what I have done, it will seem a bit too lonely..."


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked slightly surprised.


    The next moment, the new-generation behind-the-scenes man nodded slowly, and said as if admiring: "That''s right, the road to the summit of Yunding is indeed lonely, and if there are no audiences, it is indeed a bit disappointing." It''s unbearable..."


    "..."


    The smile on the corner of Orochimaru''s mouth became more and more weird.


    I really didn''t expect that guy Uehara Naraku really knew Aizen Soyousuke, he just said it casually according to Uehara Naraku''s information...


    "However, the most important thing is to set foot on the top of the cloud first."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly reached out to caress his glasses, and whispered softly: "If it''s possible, I really don''t want to attack Mr. Orochimaru..."


    next moment¡­


    A wave of spiritual pressure suddenly erupted from Aizen Soyousuke''s body!


    The light of a Zanpakuto flashed out of Aizen Soyousuke''s hand almost in an instant, and slammed across Orochimaru''s neck. Aizen Soyousuke was so fierce and sinister when he made a move!

 Chapter 631

    Even Orochimaru didn''t think about it...


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Aizen Soyousuke did it so brazenly!


    The moment Aizen Soyousuke shot Zanpakuto, Orochimaru''s figure disappeared instantly, and his arms suddenly turned into long snakes. The ferocious long snake opened its fangs and bit Aizen Soyousuke''s head!


    "Is it just a little trick?"


    The Zanpakuto in Aizen Soyousuke''s hand flashed a bright light, and cut off the heads of all the long snakes in an instant, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Mr. Oshemaru, if you treat me too much If you are too careless, I can''t help but look down on you..."


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t use Kyoka Suigetsu''s ability.


    Because if you use Kyoka Suigetsu at this time, in front of Orochimaru, a person who knows the flaws of Kyoka Suigetsu, Aizen Soyousuke can''t be sure whether Orochimaru can crack Kyoka Suigetsu, or how quickly he can crack Kyoka Suigetsu...


    should be able to.


    Maybe.


    No matter what, Orochimaru must have a way to break Kyoka Suigetsu in his hands, which is why Aizen Soyousuke had to give up Kyoka Suigetsu''s ability to control the five senses...


    But this does not hinder!


    Because Aizen Soyousuke, in addition to Kyoka Shuigetsu, also possesses the spiritual pressure and power far beyond the captain-level Shinigami!


    he¡­


    Originally a genius.


    A genius on a high!


    Aizen Soyousuke held the Zanpakuto in his hand, straddled between them, and said with a chuckle, "Pull out your Zanpakuto, Mr. Orochimaru, if you want to fight me with bare hands, it''s unavoidable." A little irrational..."


    Speaking of this, Aizen Soyousuke waved the Zanpakuto in his hand and threw a beautiful sword flower, his eyes slightly lowered: "Besides, I really want to see Mr. Orochimaru''s Zanpakuto ability ..."


    in this world¡­


    Zanpakuto means the upper limit of power!


    Even if Aizen Soyousuke knew something about Orochimaru''s magical ability, he was more curious about what Orochimaru''s Zanpakuto looked like, because in Aizen Soyousuke''s information, he was missing information about Orochimaru. Zanpakuto!


    Although¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke thought he would still win.


    However, at this moment, Orochimaru is the first thousand-year-old monster that Aizen Soyousuke wants to challenge, one who is as old as Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni...


    Almost equivalent to a big figure in the history of the soul world!


    I can''t help but be a little curious...


    What kind of Zanpakuto would a big man like Orochimaru come up with? Or is it that such a person will show some strange abilities?


    Aizen Soyousuke was a little excited.


    Because he has had no rivals since he was a child.


    Now he is challenging people like Orochimaru, only such people are qualified to be his opponents, even Aizen Soyousuke believes that such a person will eventually turn into a stepping stone for him to step into the sky!


    "Heh heh heh... You really are an arrogant brat!"


    A flash of sarcasm flashed across Orochimaru''s face, he slowly raised his finger, sneered and sang his Zanpakut¨­''s opening words: "Let''s set off the wind of disaster that stirs up the world... the clouds of the sky! "


    next moment¡­


    A long snake got out of Orochimaru''s sleeve!


    A long and narrow Zanpakutao suddenly shot out from the snake''s mouth!


    From the appearance alone, this Zanpakuto looks very handsome, yes, such an adjective can be used on a weapon...


    It''s just the powerful Reiatsu on it...


    It shows that this Zanpakutao seems to be a bit difficult to mess with.


    The Zanpakuto is a weapon that emerges from the inner communication between Reiko and the master. Each Zanpakuto has a strange ability beyond imagination. It is really hard to imagine that the Zanpakuto of Orochimaru would look like this...


    After this extremely handsome Zanpakuto fell into Orochimaru''s hands, he threw out a huge wind blade and flew towards Aizen Soyousuke!


    "Mr. Orochimaru..."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Orochimaru with a smile on his face, moved his fingers, and the Reiatsu on his fingertips raised the wind blade!


    Aizen Soyousuke broke the blow casually, and continued with a chuckle: "If you are used to standing on a high place, it is difficult to change your mood, no matter if you are facing ants or mice..."


    It''s just that when talking about this, Aizen Soyousuke glanced at the Zanpakuto in Orochimaru''s hand, and couldn''t help but praise: "It''s really an elegant Zanpakuto..."


    "Thank you for the compliment..."


    Orochimaru grinned slightly at the corner of his mouth, showing a weird smile: "But I hope you won''t be afraid of it because of its ability..."


    "That''s nothing to worry about."


    Aizen Soyousuke was a little curious and said: "It''s just that I just heard the name of Zanpakuto... The Zanpakuto in Mr. Oshemaru''s hand is somewhat similar to that of Uehara Naraku, which makes me a little curious..."


    What is somewhat similar!


    In fact, the names are almost exactly the same!


    Although Uehara Naraku''s Amazono Cloud Sword is a golden lightsaber, the Zanpakuto in Orochimaru''s hand is a very unusual sharp weapon...


    "..."


    The corner of Orochimaru''s mouth couldn''t help twitching.


    Because Aizen Soyousuke''s question reminded him of another thing.


    "Little devil, you should be aware of another thing..."


    The corners of Orochimaru''s mouth curled up forcibly, and he said slowly: "The inheritance secret of the Uehara clan, each generation of patriarchs of their clan can cross the window period of spiritual power growth in a very short period of time and become a god of death beyond the captain level... "


    This secret is no secret among the captains.


    Or most of the top executives in the soul world know this secret.


    The Patriarch of the previous generation of the Uehara Clan will transfer his spiritual power to his descendants by using secret techniques after the next generation reaches adulthood, so that the next generation will become a powerful god of death in the shortest possible time!


    This is paving the way for the next generation with the sacrifice of the previous generation!


    I have to say that this kind of sacrifice is extremely tragic!


    However, this also makes almost every generation of the Uehara clan''s patriarchs have quite strong power, enough to protect the Uehara clan, and fight against the high-level seiritei of the soul world!


    certainly¡­


    When this secret was discovered...


    It has been clearly marked that this is a secret technique invented by Orochimaru!


    "Heh heh heh... haven''t thought of it yet?"


    A sinister smile flashed across the corner of Orochimaru''s mouth, looked at Aizen Soyousuke and continued: "What does the relationship between spiritual power and Zanpakuto mean...do I need to say more?"


    "Ok?"


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned slightly, as if thinking of something, he couldn''t help but said in surprise: "Could it be that...the Zanpakuto in Naraku''s hand...was held by the first generation of Uehara Clan Patriarch Zanpakuto?"


    The Zanpakuto of the first Uehara Clan Patriarch...


    Has it been passed down by the Uehara clan to this day?


    The Zanpakuto held by the Patriarchs of each generation of the Uehara Clan turned out to be the one forged by the Patriarchs of the first generation!


    It''s no wonder that Zanpakuto has a similar name to Orochimaru''s Zanpakuto...


    After all, Orochimaru and Uehara, the head of the first-generation Uehara clan, are close friends, and the two have names in certain aspects or have the same hobbies...


    Just when Aizen Soyousuke was still thinking about the power of the Zanpakuto of the first Patriarch of the Uehara Clan, Orochimaru''s words shocked Aizen Soyousuke''s heart again!


    "Ai Ran, you are too naive to think..."


    There was a gloomy smile on Orochimaru''s face, and he continued slowly: "Do you still remember the function of that secret technique? It can let the spiritual power be passed down from generation to generation. Every generation of the head of the Uehara clan, they Both cultivated and inherited spiritual power will be passed on, do you need me to remind you again?"


    "¡­this is¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke''s pupils shrank suddenly!


    If this is the case, it means that he really thinks too little!


    Aizen Soyousuke thought of his cowardly and naive vice-captain, and couldn''t help but muttered in a low voice: "That is to say... Naraku holds the Zanpakuto of the previous generations of Uehara clan patriarchs... and also has the ability to use these Zanpaku The power of the knife..."


    This is a bit surprising...


    No, this is simply against common sense! No, this seems to be no exception at all, after all, the Uehara family is the inheritance of a wealthy family for many generations!


    Uehara Naraku has the spiritual power of the previous Uehara Patriarchs, so it seems that he can also get their Zanpakuto...


    really...


    People can''t help but want to give birth to some jealousy.


    Even Aizen Soyousuke has to admit that Uehara Naraku, who was born to stand at the top, really makes no one envy his luck...


    The spiritual power accumulated by a wealthy clan for thousands of years, as well as at least ten Zanpakutos with more than ten strange abilities, really stood at the apex that other people could hardly stand on in their lifetime from the moment he was born!


    Even if Uehara Naraku doesn''t practice...


    He also has the qualification to stand on a high place!


    "Ho ho ho ho... Looks like you figured it out..."


    Orochimaru stuck out his tongue, licked the Zanpakuto in his hand, and continued with a chuckle, "Need I remind you? The lifespan of each generation of the Uehara clan is generally not more than two hundred and fifty years old." , including his own Zanpakuto, he has thirteen Zanpakuto in his hand..."


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke remained silent.


    Thirteen Zanpakuto with different abilities!


    Although Aizen Soyousuke didn''t know where Orochimaru got the news from, he believed that what Orochimaru said must be true...


    Because Orochimaru and the Uehara clan are old enemies.


    In terms of facing the Uehara clan as enemies, Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru must have reached a consensus with each other in their hearts.


    The next moment, Aizen Soyousuke seemed to have thought of something, and suddenly smiled and said: "Although he holds thirteen Zanpakut¨­ in his hand now, Naraku still needs time to master those Zanpakut¨­, right? "


    "...ho ho ho ho ho... you are indeed smarter than I thought."


    Orochimaru nodded slowly, and continued with a chuckle: "Now Uehara Naraku has just started to master the first Zanpakut¨­... He still needs time to adapt to the spiritual power he has obtained, and awaken other Zanpakuto..."


    "Then it looks like I still have time to sort this out..."


    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at the clouds in the sky in Orochimaru''s hands, and the Reiatsu on his body gradually re-emerged, pressing towards Orochimaru like a mountain!


    indeed.


    Uehara Naraku still has time to settle things.


    The most important thing now is of course the battle between him and Orochimaru!


    With the riot of spiritual pressure on his body, Aizen Soyousuke''s voice became a little colder: "Before then...Mr. Orochimaru...Let us decide on a good candidate...Let''s use spiritual power to prove, Who is the person who will dominate the world in the future!"


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru looked at the powerful Reiatsu on Aizen Soyousuke''s body, and couldn''t help but sneered, and the muddy Reiatsu on his body also became a little irritable: "Little brat...it''s too much to want to change the dynasty... Can''t wait!"


    Just when the two of them were fighting on the high platform...


    Ichimaru Gin, Tosen Kaname, Ulquiorra, and Ke Yatai Stark under Aizen Soyousuke are also fighting against the broken army under Orochimaru!


    Except for Nelliel who knows the truth...


    The other shamens besieged Ichimaru Gin and the others like crazy!


    Even if Ulquiorra and Koyatai Stark''s level and spirit pressure were one level higher, it would be a bit incompetent to suddenly face so many blunders...


    Fortunately, under the command of Nelliel...


    The battle between them finally became orderly.


    Except for T¨­sen who was in a bit of a panic, Gin Ichimaru, Ulquiorra, and Keyatai Stark finally began to show their strength and began to crush these broken-faced legions...


    Acting is really not an easy task!


    really...


    If you want to win smoothly...


    She still needs to rely on Nelliel''s help.


    Ulquiola brandished his own Zanpakut¨­ and attacked Nelliel, his face was full of indifference, making it impossible to see his emotions at all!


    only¡­


    The corners of Ulquiola''s mouth moved slightly, and his voice fell into Nelliel''s ears vaguely: "Nellie, don''t forget our plan, hurry up and find a chance to solve it quickly here. T¨­sen wants to..."


    "I see!"


    Nelliel blinked her eyes, glanced at the situation on the battlefield, and asked in a low voice: "I will command the Unfaced Legion to launch a wave attack against you. Can you guys survive the wave attack?"


    Wave attack.


    This is a smashing army style of play.


    To put it simply, it is a battle relying on the number of Da Xu.


    Because the face-shattering army under Orochimaru occasionally cooperates with each other, this style of play can be initiated under the command of Nelliel.


    In the wave attack alone, no one can resist the false flashes launched by hundreds of face-shattering masters commanding thousands of Kirian masters...


    This style of play is a bit shameless.


    Anyway, it''s useless for them to show off their faces...


    "rest assured."


    Ulquiorra nodded slowly, and murmured in a low voice: "According to Naraku-sama''s order, we will get rid of the Tosen Kao, and the only companions that Aizen-sama can rely on are us..."

 Chapter 632

    The situation of the battle took a turn for the worse.


    In order to avoid revealing their flaws, under the command of Nelliel, the offensive of the Faceless Legion suddenly became extremely fierce, and even Ichimaru Gin and Ulquiola were a little difficult to contend with.


    The entire battlefield was slowly divided.


    No matter who they are, they can no longer support each other under the siege of a group of Da Xu.


    Nelliel is indeed the member who has followed Orochimaru for the longest time. Relying on their shattered army, they have brought out the advantages of their numbers to the fullest!


    even¡­


    Ulquiorra was forced into the state of returning to the blade!


    Ke Yatai Stark also quickly hid in the Great Void Forest!


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    Ichimaru Gin still had a smile on his face.


    Gin Ichimaru also had a few wounds on his body under the siege of these broken faces, but he didn''t panic, and with the help of his sharp gun, he escaped from the encirclement and hid in the forest of Daxu.


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Only Dongxian was in trouble.


    This group of Pomian Daxu knew his weaknesses very well, and even his Zanpakuto ability was analyzed very thoroughly, making Dongxian appear extremely dangerous under the siege of Pomian Daxu!


    Especially the people responsible for besieging him...


    It is the most ferocious Grimmjow under Orochimaru!


    As Orochimaru''s capable subordinate, Grimmjow is naturally not to be outdone. After receiving Nelliel''s order, he led a group of bad-faced warriors and began to besiege Dongsen Kao. The appearance of Daxu Zhisen!


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Grimmjow had a ferocious look on his face, and he waved his sharp claws and left a long wound under T¨­sen Kaname''s chest!


    The splattered blood almost stained people''s sight red!


    A crazily grin flashed across Grimmjow''s face, and he said sarcastically, "It''s really funny...Is this the death captain of the Thirteenth Guarding Team?"


    "asshole¡­"


    Dongxian Kaname frowned slightly, and raised the Zanpakuto in his hand violently, forcing back a group of swarming Daxu, and a stern look flashed across his face instantly!


    The Zanpakuto in Tosen Kaname''s hand is not his own.


    The Zanpakut¨­ was originally held by a friend of T¨­sen Kaname. T¨­sen had to find a way to communicate with Zanpakut¨­ to gain the right to use it. In his hands, he can also display quite strange new abilities!


    "Tweet... Qing Bug!"


    Dongxian Yao chanted Zanpakuto''s Hajikuyu in a low voice, Zanpakuto was trembling violently in his hand, and a small sound came out!


    This Zanpakudao named Qing Chong can produce sound waves like the chirping of insects!


    Once this sound wave falls into the ear of an enemy with a low spiritual pressure, it can be used to directly hypnotize the enemy, which is equivalent to a strange sound wave ability!


    However, this ability is obviously not enough!


    After all, Grimmjow''s boss, Orochimaru, is very good at studying sonic abilities. Even Orochimaru himself has developed a lot of sound ninjutsu. Therefore, for the abilities that Dongxian wants, these shattered faces have long been able to solve them. !


    "Is it only to this extent?"


    Grimmjow picked out his ears, grinned softly, and a red flash appeared in his palm, and flew towards Dongxian: "Hmph, get out of the way, let me Finish this guy here!"


    "Grimmjow..."


    A group of shattered faces looked at each other in blank dismay.


    If it comes to rank, they should be at the same level as Grimmjow.


    However, Grimmjow is deeply loved by Orochimaru, and he has always been Orochimaru''s confidant, which made him stand out from the crowd of Achukas-level masters...


    Because Grimmjow''s appearance is relatively handsome, and even he himself has a super self-motivated spirit than other Achukas-level Oko, that''s why he was favored by Orochimaru.


    "You guys still want to go against my will?"


    The corners of Grimmjow''s mouth twitched, and he showed a sneering smile when he saw a group of shabby faces: "A group of inferior people who were lucky enough to be planted by Master Orochimaru... also want to resist those who have the curse seal of the sky." Me..."


    "..."


    A group of bad guys cursed in their hearts.


    If it weren''t for the inappropriate occasion, they would really like to work together to educate Grimmjow. There is nothing to say about this guy''s strength, but this guy''s mouth is too stinky...


    "All right."


    Grimmjow slowly stretched his arms, and bone spurs grew on his body bit by bit, spreading all over his body!


    next moment¡­


    Grimmjow turned into the Returning Blade form!


    Grimmjow in this form is like a leopard man. Just by looking at his figure, one can feel the power hidden in this guy!


    I have to say is¡­


    Grimmjow in Returning Blade form, the Reiatsu alone is a bit overwhelming!


    Yet this state of evolution is not over yet!


    Grimmjow slowly stretched out his claws, brushing light blue hair little by little, revealing a jade-shaped curse mark between his neck, this curse mark began to spread on his body like a flame spread out...


    "Oshemaru-sama''s power..."


    Grimmjow rubbed his long hair, feeling the spiritual power infused into his body little by little, and his face became a little bit crazy: "It''s really... so obsessed that I can''t help it The power of intoxication!"


    Heaven''s Curse Seal!


    It was the power given to him by Orochimaru!


    The Heaven''s Seal, improved from another world, can quickly absorb spirits from this world, increasing Grimmjow''s strength and speed!


    Even his spiritual pressure has been greatly improved!


    When the flame-like curse seal finally stopped spreading slowly, leaving jet-black lines on Grimmjow''s body, the spiritual pressure on his body also skyrocketed to its peak!


    Grimmjow in this state is completely capable of fighting against the top Valstord-class Daxu, even Ulquiola was a little surprised when he saw this scene!


    The result of Orochimaru actually allowed Grimmjow to cross the most dangerous threshold of Daikon''s evolution, and he obtained the power of the Valstord-level top Daikon...


    really...


    It is indescribably surprising!


    Even Aizen Soyousuke, who was confronting Orochimaru, couldn''t help being slightly surprised when he saw Grimmjow''s state: "Huh? It seems that I underestimated that little guy? Reiatsu Already strong enough to rival Ulquiorra..."


    if it is like this¡­


    Then his subordinate Dongxian Yao is a little bit dangerous!


    Aizen Soyousuke also doesn''t think the current T¨­sen will be able to defeat Grimmjow in this state, but he has no plans to save people...


    to him¡­


    Dongxian Yao was originally a time bomb.


    Because if Dongxian is a blind man, he can''t see Aizen Soyousuke''s Kyoka Suigetsu, and he won''t be controlled by Aizen Soyousuke''s Kyoka Suigetsu, so he will be paid by Aizen Soyousuke in advance...


    However, Aizen Soyousuke will not completely trust anyone.


    If T¨­sen is going to die here, it just means that Aizen Soyousuke just happened to get rid of a slightly weak subordinate...


    Such a cowardly and incompetent subordinate...


    It doesn''t matter if you die here!


    Just enough for Aizen Soyousuke to test the strength of the new subordinate Grimmjow he wants to recruit...


    Grimmjow transformed into the curse-sealed state and the returning blade state...


    It seems that the value is indeed many times higher than Dongxian''s price!


    In fact, this was exactly the case, Grimmjow in this state almost completely suppressed T¨­sen Kaname, his sharp claws quickly circled around T¨­sen Kaname, leaving wounds on T¨­sen Kaname''s body!


    Even the Zanpakuto in Dongxian Yao''s hand...


    Grimmjow used his sharp claws to open a series of cracks!


    "Aren''t you open to your swastika?"


    Grimmjow looked at the embarrassed Tosen Kaname mockingly, stretched out his tongue to lick the blood on the sharp claws, and said with a sneer: "Still... you still don''t have the ability to finally liberate your What about Zanpakuto?"


    "..."


    Dongxian wanted to remain silent.


    He is indeed a bit embarrassed now.


    However, these injuries were not fatal.


    If he really wants to fight to the death, he still has his own hole card, which is a spell taught to him by a person whom Dongxian respects very much...


    It''s just that the information must not be disclosed as a last resort.


    In other words, the moment he was exposed, he was no longer useful to that person, which made Dongxian have to make his own choice...


    That person once mentioned...


    Make him have to hide his identity.


    Be sure to find out what value Aizen Soyousuke has.


    "There seems to be nothing worth noting..."


    T¨­sen wanted to squeeze the Zanpakuto in his hand, and thought to himself: "Aside from creating a collapsed jade to break through the limitations of Shinigami and Xu''s abilities... Aizen Soyousuke shouldn''t have any other value... This answer sheet is for Tokama-sama That should be enough."


    If it''s really a last resort...


    Then use the trick Master Tobima taught him to destroy this place and escape!


    After all, in addition to being an undercover agent under Aizen Soyousuke, he also has the identity of the captain of the ninth division of the Gotei Thirteenth Squad, and is also a very important subordinate to Tomonama-sama...


    What a pity...


    Originally, Dongxian wanted to think that he could absorb more information.


    For a long time, even in the face of other dead servants of the Uehara clan, T¨­senk¨­ never revealed his identity, just to avoid his exposure.


    certainly¡­


    It is precisely because of this.


    T¨­senkao didn''t know the true identities of Orochimaru, Ichimaru Gin and others.


    The next moment, T¨­sen Kaname''s finger was quietly hidden in his sleeve, and he began to remotely contact the person who controlled him, because he had accepted the reincarnation of the dirt.


    The god of death who once accepted the reincarnation of the filth...


    They can all contact the person who performed the dirty soil reincarnation technique on him.


    As Qianshou Feijian, who invented the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil, naturally he will not forget to use this trick to control his subordinates, and also rely on this method to communicate with his spies.


    soon.


    Dongxian Kao remotely reported the situation here to Qianshou Feijian.


    Even Senshou Feijian really never thought that his subordinates would encounter such a situation and be besieged by Orochimaru''s subordinates!


    really...


    What is it called?


    Is it an internal struggle within the Akatsuki organization?


    present world.


    Not long after Senshou Feima and Senshou Zhujian arrived in the present world, the two of them began to secretly track the whereabouts of Urahara Kisuke and the Masked Legion according to Uehara Naraku''s order!


    As a result at this time...


    Qianshou Feijian received the news from Dongxian.


    At the first moment, Senshou Feijian thought that this chess piece was quite useful. After all, in Qianshou Feijian''s opinion, Dongxian Yao''s most important identity was the captain of the ninth team!


    This identity is enough for Senshou Feijian to get enough information from the thirteenth team of Gotei!


    after all¡­


    Senshou Fujian and Ichimaru Gin''s faction under Yakushido''s command were not very easy to deal with, and he believed in some key information from his own channels.


    It''s just that the door of a thousand hands is far away in this world...


    To solve the crisis of T¨­sen Kaname, it seems that he can only rely on Uehara Naraku.


    "What are you kidding?"


    After learning the information from Senshouban, Uehara Naraku''s face was full of you as if you were teasing me, and his expression was a little weird: "Wait... When did you take Dongxian under your command? You Don''t you know that our Akatsuki''s style is to eliminate all the people around the enemy who don''t belong to us?"


    Just disintegrate everyone around the enemy...


    That means that any news the enemy wants to know will be manipulated by Uehara Naraku, and Aizen Soyousuke''s progress in making Benyu and any conspiracy cannot hide from Uehara Naraku''s sight.


    "It was a long time ago."


    Standing beside Naraku Uehara, Qianshou Feijian explained with an unhappy face: "A small incident happened in Seireitei back then, so you wouldn''t care if you stayed in Uehara City to practice, but I noticed it at that time. T¨­sen wants the darkness on that little guy to be a valuable person to us..."


    At the beginning, Dongxian Yao was still an ordinary blind man in Liuhun Street.


    It''s just that there is a woman who doesn''t dislike Dongxian if he is a blind man, but gives him warmth and is willing to become friends with him.


    Unfortunately¡­


    After this woman married into a wealthy noble family, she was killed by her husband because of a conflict with her husband... Because her husband was a nobleman, the central forty-six room chose to make a big deal a small one.


    This matter was originally ignored.


    However, Tosen Kaname chose to uphold justice for his friends. Of course, the fact that an ordinary wandering soul wanted to seek justice was not accepted by Seireitei.


    It''s just that this matter was noticed by Qianshou Feijian.


    In other words, Qianshou Feima has been looking for a spy who can be his ambush in the thirteenth team of the guarding team in the world of souls, and Dongxian is barely a suitable candidate.


    Kill a noble scum...


    It was really not a difficult task for Senshou Feijian who held the power of Uehara Castle. He easily brought Dongsenyao under his command and gained Dongsenyao''s allegiance.


    In order to guarantee the spy''s loyalty, Qianshou Feijian will naturally not forget to use the technique of reincarnation on Dongxian, but he has never used this chess piece...


    As a result, Dongxian Yao skyrocketed...


    Not only was Aizen Soyousuke favored, but he also became the captain of the ninth team of the Gotei 13th team, which gave him a lot of surprises.


    "Is that so?"


    Naraku Uehara touched his chin, and said slowly: "Speaking of which, the other chess pieces seem to be inappropriate to pierce Captain Aizen... Then save him to pierce Captain Aizen in front of Captain Yamamoto in the future." true colors?"


    this kind of thing...


    Uehara Naraku is also very good at it!


    I think when he was in the ninja world, he exposed Uchiha Obito''s true identity not long after the start, which led to the road of Uchiha Obito''s behind-the-scenes black hand going downhill...


    "Speaking of which..."


    Uehara Naraku looked up at the sky, as if he wanted to see the war happening in the virtual circle through the sky, he continued slowly: "If T¨­sen Kaname, who has been following Captain Aizen and under his control, will be protecting you Team Ting Shisan exposed the true face of Captain Lan Ran, the captain shouldn''t be hurt too much, right?"

 Chapter 633

    imaginary circle.


    The Forest of Daxu.


    Ichimaru Gin, who had just escaped from danger, had a strange expression on his face.


    Who would have imagined that Aizen Soyousuke''s most loyal subordinate, Tosen Kao, turned out to be a spy of Senshou Feijian, which is really unexpected...


    after all¡­


    Dongxian must look like an honest person!


    The power of the Uehara Clan is really overshadowing the sky in the world of corpses and souls, even the captain of the Ninth Division, Tosen Kaname, is also a pawn of the Uehara Clan!


    "There''s no other way..."


    Ichimaru Gin cast a glance at Pomian Daixu who was chasing him from behind, pulled out his Zanpakuto, and said with a low chuckle: "Although Dean Dou doesn''t like the Senshou Brothers'' faction, after all, we all It is allegiance to Lord Naraku..."


    Just after thinking about it for a while...


    Ichimaru Gin finally made up his mind, and if he makes a move, it is likely to arouse Aizen Soyousuke''s suspicion, and even suspect that he and T¨­sen want two people.


    Expose yourself if possible...


    Ichimaru Gin would rather sacrifice Tosen Kaname.


    It''s just that besides Ichimaru Gin, there are other people on the battlefield. Ichimaru Gin immediately contacted Ke Yatai Stark and Ulquiorra, and asked them to find a way to save Tosen Kaname on the battlefield.


    This little thing is not too simple.


    It''s just that Ulquiorra was a little confused when he got the news. Where did their boss reach out? How could Dongxian be their spy?


    The whole imaginary circle...


    Isn''t Aizen Soyousuke the only one left?


    Originally, there was also a Vastod-level daiku named Emperor Balegon in the virtual circle, but that Emperor Balegon tried to stop Uchiha Madara from wreaking havoc on the virtual circle a long time ago...


    In the end, Emperor Bailegang was chopped into bones by Uchiha Madara.


    Now in the entire virtual circle, apart from Aizen Soyousuke, all the remaining Pomian Daizou, as well as Ichimaru Gin and Tosen Kaori who came to assist are all subordinates of Uehara Naraku...


    This situation...


    It really made Ulquiorra a little afraid to think about it.


    Fortunately, Aizen Soyousuke has never believed in these subordinates, and has always relied on his own strength, treating them as embellishments of his power...


    Otherwise, if Aizen Soyousuke is replaced by a boss who believes in his subordinates, he will probably go crazy after knowing the truth.


    Just when Ulquiola risked his life to stop Grimmjow and saved T¨­sen Kaname, Aizen Soyousuke, who was standing on a high place and confronting Orochimaru, remained calm...


    to him¡­


    It doesn''t matter if T¨­sen dies.


    It doesn''t matter if T¨­sen wants to live.


    This is the cruelty of Aizen Soyousuke.


    Although the battle between Ulquiorra, Nelliel and Grimmjow was extremely fierce, and the lights of Void and Wang Shan flickered everywhere, the entire venue had already been turned into a large piece of ruins because of their battle...


    However¡­


    In the eyes of Aizen Soyousuke, there is still something that is not enough.


    In comparison, Aizen Soyousuke paid more attention to Orochimaru in front of him!


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his hand to caress the Kyoka Shuigetsu in his hand, and said slowly: "I have been waiting for this day since I gradually realized that someone was watching me, because I also really want to know what is going on now. Can I satisfy Mr. Orochimaru..."


    Two flashes of light flashed on Aizen Soyousuke''s lens, and a slight smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "After all...in the whole world, there seems to be no more suitable person for me to test my own strength than Mr. Orochimaru?"


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    The corner of Orochimaru''s mouth couldn''t help a chuckle, and the next moment he suddenly became sullen, he clenched his teeth slightly and said mockingly: "What a sharp-mouthed brat... Now your subordinates are at a disadvantage! "


    "It''s just some trash used to decorate the Xuye Palace."


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care about the damage of his subordinates, and continued lightly: "When I defeat Mr. Orochimaru, there will naturally be more ornaments to decorate Xuye Palace..."


    Yes.


    In the eyes of Aizen Soyousuke, the group of people below are like chickens and dogs, and they can''t stop Aizen Soyousuke from dominating the virtual circle at all!


    "The tone is so loud..."


    Orochimaru''s fingers trembled slightly, and the Sky Congyun Zanpakuto fell into his hand in an instant, and a sinister smile flashed across his face: "Hmph, then let me test you little brat... I hope you kid won''t let me down!"


    after all¡­


    You are the one who Uehara Naraku puts high hopes on!


    If you can''t even pass his level here, it will be too disappointing for Orochimaru. They haven''t been doing it for a weak guy all these years...


    "Mr. Orochimaru is worrying too much..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly helped his mirror frame, and a powerful spiritual pressure suddenly gathered on his fingertips: "Perhaps Mr. Orochimaru should consider whether I will be disappointed in you... If you let me be too If we are disappointed, our future relationship may be very unpleasant!"


    next moment¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes were full of laxity, and he just slowly read out the ability he used: "Sixty-three of the broken way, Thunder Roar Cannon..."


    The moment this spiritual pressure left Aizen Soyousuke''s fingertips, it turned into a roaring thunderbolt, flying towards Orochimaru with an aura of destroying everything!


    Breaking the Way No. 63, Lei Hou Pao!


    Without any chanting at all, and even any preparation, he released this powerful breaking move at the moment when the spiritual pressure was condensed!


    Even if it is the former chief of ghosts in Seireitei, it is impossible to be as understated as Aizen Soyousuke!


    The speed of this group of lightning is fast!


    It is impossible for anyone present to withstand this blow unscathed!


    However, this move is only Aizen Soyousuke''s preliminary test of Orochimaru, using the high speed and impact explosive power of the Thunder Roar Cannon to test the speed of Orochimaru...


    "Eighty-one of the Way of Binding, Duan Kong!"


    Orochimaru''s palm suddenly protruded, and erected a transparent spiritual pressure shield wall towards the front. The inexhaustible spiritual power of Dashemaru on him was enough for him to use this move without singing. This is also approaching the limit of Orochimaru!


    This trick is empty...


    Enough to resist any breaking ability ranked below eighty-nine!


    As a matter of course, the Thunder Roar Cannon of Breaking Dao No. 63 was easily blocked by the air-breaking barrier, without even bringing any waves...


    However¡­


    The next moment, the empty barrier shattered instantly!


    In Orochimaru''s slightly surprised eyes, he saw the shining Zanpakuto in Aizen Soyousuke''s hand as if it had fallen on the glass...


    Easily shattered the empty barrier!


    It is enough to easily withstand the blast of Thunder Roar Cannon...


    But he couldn''t resist Aizen Soyousuke''s knife at all!


    With just one blow, Duankong''s defense was directly shattered!


    This knife is so gorgeous and graceful that Orochimaru can''t help being a little dazed. Is this guy Aizen Soyousuke using Kyoka Suigetsu?


    No¡­


    It''s not a mirror image!


    It''s just Aizen Soyousuke''s extremely skilled swordsmanship!


    Whether it is Zanpakuto, Shunpo, White Fighting or Kido abilities, Aizen Soyousuke is proficient in almost all of them, and the swordsmanship he learned by hand can make him stand at the top of the world!


    Even when fighting characters like Orochimaru...


    Aizen Soyousuke''s fighting posture is still so elegant!


    From this point of view, it also shows the confidence of this guy!


    clang clang!


    Tiancong Yunjian hurriedly stopped in front of Dashewan!


    Orochimaru, who had been hidden in the virtual circle for thousands of years, couldn''t help being a little surprised on his face. Through their intersecting blades, he looked at Aizen Soyousuke on the opposite side and grinned in appreciation: "What a swordsmanship genius... obviously I haven''t seen it You have seriously studied swordsmanship..."


    If I remember correctly...


    In the study room of the database at the base, Aizen Soyousuke practiced swordsmanship for a very short time. He seemed to have given up his swordsmanship practice after he got the first explanation of Jinghuashuiyue.


    This is also very normal.


    Because what Shinigami needs more is to release the Reiatsu of Zanpakuto.


    Now it seems¡­


    That''s not giving up on swordsmanship at all!


    But Aizen Soyousuke had already mastered enough swordsmanship at that time, so there was no need to waste too much time on this!


    Just breaking through the defensive barrier in the blink of an eye just now, and the gorgeous sword that was about to kill Orochimaru is enough to prove Aizen Soyousuke''s swordsmanship attainments...


    "Swordsmanship?"


    Aizen Soyousuke chuckled, slowly waved the Kyoka Shuigetsu in his hand, and slashed towards Orochimaru one after another: "When I came into contact with swordsmanship, I already knew that relying on swordsmanship alone can get me to How far is the end of..."


    Aizen Soyousuke kept slashing bright lights towards Orochimaru, and said with a smile at the corner of his mouth: "In my opinion, I have invested enough time in swordsmanship..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s sword glow flickered!


    At this moment, Aizen seems to be a master of swordsmanship who has been tempered for many years. No, he originally relied on his talent to pass the stage of cultivation without taking time!


    "This guy''s talent..."


    Orochimaru''s face was a little ugly.


    [Receive cash red envelopes] Read the book and get cash! Follow WeChat. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp], cash/coins are waiting for you!


    Now Orochimaru can only hold the cloud in the sky in his hand, resisting Aizen Soyousuke''s blade one after another, and occasionally stabs out a sword like a cold poisonous snake!


    Originally Orochimaru had been thinking about whether Uehara Naraku had given Aizen Soyousuke too much praise, but now thinking about this question is too funny...


    This is no exaggeration!


    It should be greatly underestimated!


    Now when Orochimaru and Aizen Soyousuke really fought against each other, he finally realized why Uehara Naraku had high hopes for Aizen Soyousuke. This guy''s talent is terrible...


    Obviously it was just a sword fight...


    However, the Kyoka Shuiyue Zanpakutao was commanded by Aizen Soyousuke like an arm, sometimes cutting out a half-moon, and sometimes stabbing out a shooting star!


    This guy simply understands swordsmanship by analogy!


    Even Orochimaru can see the shadow of Orochi-style swordsmanship!


    If relying solely on swordsmanship, Aizen Soyousuke is enough to deal with any swordsmanship, and in an instant Aizen has seen through the weakness of Orochi-style swordsmanship with his own eyesight!


    Obviously Orochimaru used the Orochi-style swordsmanship he had created for the first time in this world in front of Aizen Soyousuke, but after a short time of fighting, Aizen Soyousuke directly saw through it, and directly used it on Orochimaru''s body!


    The insidious Orochiu swordplay is just like a snake...


    It is possible to protrude out and bite the enemy in any gap!


    As he himself said, Aizen Soyousuke has already cultivated his swordsmanship to the extreme, no, it should be said that he has cultivated any ability to the extreme!


    Shunpo!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s figure disappeared instantly!


    The moment he disappeared, Aizen Soyousuke had already shuttled beside Orochimaru, the Zanpakuto in their hands clashed one after another, the sound of gold and iron clashing mixed with lightning!


    This blow did not succeed!


    Shunpo''s move is indeed not enough in front of Orochimaru!


    Even if Aizen Soyousuke''s Shunpo speed is very fast, it is not enough to deceive Orochimaru who has experienced the baptism of time and space magic!


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    Aizen Soyousuke raised the Kyoka Mizugetsu in his hand!


    A bright sword light split out, and the sword light of Jinghua Suiyue was covered with a layer of invisible spiritual pressure, and the arc moon cut instantly forced back Orochimaru!


    Even Orochimaru doesn''t think he can resist this knife...


    Just this Dao Arc Moon Slash alone has more than 80 destructive powers!


    The spiritual pressure of this arc moon slash was so strong that it almost split the entire venue obliquely into two in an instant, and the Pomian Daxu were dodging in panic!


    However¡­


    This trick is just bait.


    The next moment, Aizen Soyousuke''s figure appeared behind Orochimaru Shunbu, waving the Kyoka Suigetsu in his hand and drew a beautiful arc!


    Flower in the Mirror, Water Moon, Zhanpakuto...


    Aizen was stabbed upside down into Orochimaru''s body!


    Even Orochimaru couldn''t help but be amazed. This is a move in Orochi-ryu''s swordsmanship, and he didn''t even use it himself. He didn''t expect that it would be deduced by Aizen Soyousuke himself in the battle at this time!


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t look at Orochimaru behind him, but just smiled lowly at the corner of his mouth, and praised softly: "I really can''t help but admire...Even I have never seen such exquisite swordsmanship ..."


    indeed.


    The study of swordsmanship in the soul world is slightly lower.


    After graduating from the Shinyang Academy of Spiritual Art, the gods of death are more willing to focus on communicating with Zanpakut¨­ to cultivate the first solution and the swastika, because this can make their spiritual power stronger...


    And after being able to understand and understand...


    Practicing swordsmanship seems to be useless.


    After all, there is no need to practice any special swordsmanship for the enemies that can be dealt with by the moves of the swastika; if the enemies that cannot be dealt with by the swastika, it seems that they themselves have no way to deal with them...


    tick tock...


    tick tock tick tock...


    Blood trickled down the Kyoka Shuiyue Zanpakutao.


    Aizen Soyousuke tilted his head slightly, glanced at the injured Orochimaru standing behind him, and whispered softly: "Mr. Orochimaru, if it just ends like this, it will disappoint both of us, right?"


    "Ho ho ho ho... not even a warm up..."


    There was a weird smile on the corner of Orochimaru''s mouth, but his injuries recovered in an instant. This is super-speed regeneration...


    No¡­


    This speed of recovery is even more terrifying than the speed of super-speed regeneration!


    When Orochimaru was recovering from his injuries, the Sky Congyun Zanpakut¨­ in his hand slowly merged into his body, this scene seemed particularly strange...


    Clouds in the sky...


    It was originally in the body of Yamata no Orochi!

 Chapter 634

    The Forest of Daxu.


    The air seemed to be stagnating gradually.


    As the clouds in the sky in Orochimaru''s hand merged into his body, a huge and mixed Reiatsu vented out from his body, sweeping half of the Daxu Forest in an instant!


    These Reiatsu...


    All were obtained by Orochimaru swallowing Da Xu!


    The appearance of Orochimaru has not changed in any way, which really does not conform to the rules of Xuquan at all, he seems to have simply awakened his own Reiatsu!


    This very different state of returning to the blade is really unheard of...


    No matter whether it''s Shinigami Void or Pomian Daxu entering Returning Edge, there will be some changes in the body without exception, but Orochimaru has not changed at all...


    Even Aizen Soyousuke was a little surprised by the soaring spiritual pressure on Orochimaru, which did not delay Aizen Soyousuke raising his hand to attack Orochimaru!


    "Ok?"


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at the spiritual pressure and the healed wound on Orochimaru, and chanted the mantra in a low voice: "The wave of filth, the boat of madness; boiling! Numb! Flashing! Sleepless; the princess of steel is also embroidered, The clay puppets also collapsed; assemble! Against the enemy! Still flooding the ground to let them know their powerlessness..."


    Aizen Soyousuke sang while watching Orochimaru flying towards him. He didn''t care about Orochimaru''s attack at all, but waved Kyoka Suigetsu lightly resisting Orochimaru''s attack while continuing to sing in a low voice spell...


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    The corner of Orochimaru''s mouth couldn''t help laughing, staring at Aizen Soyousuke and said: "This is the ninety-ninety spells of the broken way... Hehehehe... If I remember correctly, you should have already Can you give up singing?"


    "no the same¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke finished singing his mantra, shook his head slowly, and raised his palm towards Orochimaru: "If it is only a black coffin with one-third of the power, it is not enough for Mr. Orochimaru." respect¡­"


    indeed.


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t need to chant mantras at all to release the black coffin with a broken way of 90. This is a move with a broken way of more than 90. Others may not even dare to imagine that such a move can give up singing!


    certainly.


    If the mobilization of chanting and spiritual pressure is abandoned, the power of the black coffin can only exert one-third of the original power, and one-third of the power is not enough!


    Even for Orochimaru''s enemies who became great figures thousands of years ago, the full power of the black coffin can''t hurt them too much...


    Just check it out.


    The next moment, Aizen Soyousuke''s violent spiritual pressure quickly swept away, and he finally calmly read the name of the technique he used!


    "Ninety of the broken way, black coffin!"


    The pitch-black wall spread out quickly!


    In an instant, Orochimaru was imprisoned in a pitch-black cuboid!


    Countless black spiritual pressure turned into sharp blades and pierced Orochimaru''s body in an instant. There is no way to dodge this level of attack!


    Orochimaru didn''t seem to want to avoid it either.


    Even though Orochimaru was severely injured the moment the black coffin was activated, he still manipulated the clouds in the sky in his body to rush out of his body, turning into a giant sword and piercing the black coffin!


    one move¡­


    It solved the dilemma.


    When Orochimaru walked out of the black coffin, there was still a faint smile on his face, and the body that had just been severely injured by the black coffin was also recovering quickly...


    Super fast regeneration.


    This kind of ability that is unique to Daxu, I don''t know how much it has been strengthened by the Orochimaru that has been devouring Daxu. After all, this guy''s goal has always been to live forever...


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    "As expected of a legendary figure..."


    Aizen Soyousuke flicked the Kyoka Shuiyue in his hand, and slowly praised: "The black coffin received a blow from the front, and the spiritual pressure on the body has not weakened at all... It even easily broke the black coffin''s imprisonment."


    The ability to regenerate at such a high rate...


    Even surpassed Ulquiorra!


    This means that if you continue to fight, Dashemaru doesn''t seem to care about his injury at all, because he can recover almost unlimited!


    but¡­


    This will make Aizen Soyousuke find it interesting!


    In the long history, Aizen Soyousuke has seen too many people, those people are not worthy of his own shot, and even made him feel that it is indebted to give him an extra look!


    Only people who are equivalent to history like Orochimaru and Yamamoto Motonyanagi Shigekuni are qualified to let him take a high look and treat him with heart!


    Then defeat Orochimaru in one fell swoop!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s figure disappeared like a ghost!


    In Orochimaru''s sight, Aizen Soyousuke wielded Kyoka Suigetsu, and the swordsmanship performed with Zanpakuto turned out to be like a meteor shower rushing towards his face!


    Countless sword lights quickly pierced Dashewan''s body!


    This blow was a bit bright in everyone''s sight!


    I have to say that this blow looked very beautiful, and so bold and deadly, it reminded Orochimaru of the scene when the Fourth Hokage performed the shuriken shadow clone technique...


    That is countless stars!


    It''s just far less deadly than Aizen Soyousuke''s star-like swordsmanship. He obviously just stabbed with a knife lightly, but under the blessing of his powerful spiritual pressure, every blow seems to be easily Harvest life...


    Daxu Forest is like a shooting star passing by!


    The spiritual pressure pierced by Jinghua Shuiyue almost penetrated the entire Daxu Forest!


    Countless Kirian Daiko who were hiding in the Daiko Forest were smashed through the air by strands of Reiatsu pierced by Aizen Soyousuke in confusion!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s move...


    It proves that he has the power to destroy the Great Void Forest!


    Just relying on the swordsmanship performed by Reiatsu, it almost pierced through the forest of Daxu. Countless rocks, trees and Kirian Daxu were pierced by Aizen Soyousuke''s swordsmanship like a shooting star!


    "Is there such a power..."


    There was some cold sweat on Ichimaru Gin''s forehead.


    Ever since he was successful in his studies, he has been ordered to follow Aizen Soyousuke, and he has never found Aizen Soyousuke to show such strength!


    If Aizen Soyousuke is willing...


    He can easily clear the Daxu Forest!


    It''s no wonder that Aizen Soyousuke dared to take a few of them to the appointment. How much strength does this guy hide? He seems to have never shown his true strength...


    Yes.


    Aizen Soyousuke is always such an understatement.


    No matter what kind of enemy he is facing... No, it should be said that Aizen Soyousuke has never seen an enemy that can threaten him... I don''t know if Orochimaru is one... Maybe Orochimaru is just an enemy that can make Aizen Soyousuke is a slightly interested person.


    real¡­


    As expected of a person who can make Uehara Naraku pay attention!


    A look of amazement flashed across Ulquiola''s face, but the next moment his face regained his composure, and he just raised his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke''s opponent Orochimaru...


    "Such spiritual pressure and power..."


    Ulquiorra lowered his head slowly, and murmured in a low voice: "Master Orochimaru... will there be a chance to force Master Aizen to get the swastika?"


    "Who knows..."


    Dongxian was about to wave the Qing Chong in his hand, forcing back a group of bad-faced daxu, and he also said in a low voice: "Since I was ordered to hide under Aizen Soyousuke, I have never paid attention to Aizen Soyousuke. When I performed swastikas..."


    indeed¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke has never performed swastika.


    It is precisely because he has never encountered an enemy who uses the swastika.


    However, if it is said that Aizen Soyousuke does not know how to sijie, no one will believe it. According to Aizen Soyousuke''s genius level, the sijie may be mastered in about the same time as Shijie!


    after all¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke can release Zanpakuto without singing!


    Because when Aizen Soyousuke mastered Shijie, Uehara Naraku had no way to secretly send someone to spy on Aizen Soyousuke, let alone spy on his …djie ability.


    The entire Uehara clan doesn''t know when Aizen Soyousuke mastered the Swastika, which is also a rather troublesome problem... Aizen Soyousuke has never revealed his Swastika ability!


    The God of Reaper''s Zanpakuto is also too weird...


    The purpose of Uehara Naraku arranging Orochimaru to face Aizen Soyousuke is to let him seek refuge with Aizen Soyousuke or form an alliance with Aizen Soyousuke after the battle...


    another purpose...


    Naturally, I want to see Aizen Soyousuke''s swastika!


    I just don''t know if Orochimaru has this power...


    Today''s Orochimaru looks a bit miserable, because he is resisting Aizen Soyousuke''s shooting star-like swordsmanship head-on. Even if Orochimaru defends in a hurry, his body is pierced with countless holes by this swordsmanship, and the blood slowly Flowing out of the hole...


    even¡­


    Almost half of Orochimaru''s body is hollow, this is a real serious injury, and even super-speed regeneration cannot easily recover...


    "It''s a terrible Reiatsu..."


    There are two more holes on Orochimaru''s face, and the whole person looks extremely hideous and terrifying, but there is still a smile on his face: "Even if you look at it thousands of years ago, just the words of Reiatsu have the same It is possible for a group of guys to stand shoulder to shoulder..."


    Aizen Soyousuke hooked the corners of his mouth, looked at Orochimaru''s still calm expression through his mirror frame, and said in a low voice: "Thank you for the compliment... It''s just that Mr. Orochimaru seems to be better than I thought. Be more tenacious."


    This move cost him a lot of spiritual pressure!


    Even if it is used to display the ninety-nine of breaking the way, it is more than enough!


    Although Aizen Soyousuke can clearly feel the reduction of spiritual pressure on Orochimaru''s body, but it is far from achieving the effect Aizen Soyousuke wants...


    But this is also normal.


    After all, Orochimaru was a well-known figure in the world of corpses and souls thousands of years ago. He couldn''t be like those captain-level gods of death, and be defeated by him with one move, right?


    "Is it tenacious?"


    Orochimaru grinned.


    It''s just that his smile got bigger and bigger, and his mouth suddenly opened in the smile, and a palm suddenly stretched out from Dashewan''s mouth!


    This scene¡­


    It looks very eerie and weird!


    what is happening!


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned slightly, watching the weird and terrifying palm open Orochimaru''s mouth little by little, a figure slowly emerged from Orochimaru''s mouth...


    That is¡­


    Another Orochimaru!


    As another Orochimaru crawled out of his original body, his original body quickly withered away, like an empty shell...


    This Orochimaru is like a newborn!


    The wound stabbed by Aizen Soyousuke before disappeared without a trace!


    Except that the Reiatsu on Orochimaru''s body is a bit weak, his injuries have been completely healed. This is the effect of the Orochiyu Substitution Technique. Even in this world, Orochimaru still researched the method of using spiritual power to use the Orochiyu Substitution Technique...


    "Unbelievable..."


    Aizen Soyousuke pushed his frame, a flash of admiration flashed in his eyes, and he praised softly: "I really want to know how many strange abilities the once brilliant Mr. Orochimaru still has... "


    It is indeed very miraculous.


    Originally, Aizen Soyousuke thought that his move was enough to destroy Orochimaru''s super-speed regeneration ability, so he launched a powerful attack that directly severely injured or even killed Orochimaru...


    did not expect¡­


    Orochimaru also has a solution to this situation.


    If it is an ordinary injury, Orochimaru can solve it with super-speed regeneration. If it is a fatal injury, Orochimaru will consume its own spiritual power to create regeneration...


    Really tricky guy!


    "Use the swastika..."


    Orochimaru looked at Aizen Soyousuke, smiled lightly at the corner of his mouth and said, "If you don''t use the swastika, you seem to have nothing to do with me now, brat..."


    "yes?"


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded slowly, the spiritual pressure on his body skyrocketed again, and the spiritual pressure quickly gathered on the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakut¨­, and the aura seemed particularly captivating!


    this moment¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke still seemed to be holding a wisdom pearl, and said slowly: "It seems that Mr. Orochimaru still has more cards in his hand... If I use the swastika, it just makes me feel that I might lose it!"


    A cold light flashed in Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes, and he continued calmly: "I used the swastika here, so how should I face the head of the thirteen deadpools of the Uehara clan... Uchiha Madara Woolen cloth?"


    Before the collapse of jade is completed...


    Aizen Soyousuke will never reveal his cards easily!


    What''s more, since the battle with Orochimaru, Aizen Soyousuke is very clear that he has always had the advantage, and this is not the time to use …d½â!


    "I''ve never used so much spiritual power...Let me see...Mr. Orochimaru..."


    Aizen Soyousuke walked towards Orochimaru slowly, this time his speed was especially slow, when he swung Kyoka Suigetsu again, the speed of this Zanpakuto became extremely elegant and slow!


    This is Zanpakuto''s spiritual pressure is too heavy!


    This is because Aizen Soyousuke''s Reiatsu attached to his Zanpakut¨­ is too powerful, so powerful that even Kyoka Shuigetsu can''t enjoy his power!


    "This spiritual pressure..."


    The smile on Orochimaru''s face slowly froze.


    This guy named Aizen Soyousuke is probably exactly the same as Uehara Naraku, always hiding his power!


    This blue dye...


    It has long possessed the power to rival the entire soul world!


    "Let me take a look..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slashed down with his knife, Captain Death''s white robe fluttered on his body, making his whole figure look very elegant!


    Even with a knife...


    He still doesn''t change his demeanor!


    It''s just that this knife seems to split the entire forest of Daxu!


    Aizen Soyousuke still maintained the posture of wielding the knife, and raised his eyes indifferently: "Let me see, will Mr. Orochimaru''s strength match your vitality...it is not commensurate with your strength. Life is a great waste!"


    Boom!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s repressed spiritual pressure... exploded after Aizen''s voice fell!


    A long and narrow sword cut across!


    The entire Daxu Forest was cut with a long cut. This terrifying hell hidden in the ground of the Xu circle saw the light of day for the first time!


    The clouds of the sky in Orochimaru''s body popped out, as if they wanted to help block Aizen Soyousuke''s sword pressure, but were cut off directly by this sword pressure!


    "Are you kidding me..."


    Orochimaru still had a stiff smile on his face.


    His smiling face, however, slowly split into two in the next moment.


    Aizen Soyousuke took back his Zanpakut¨­ slowly, without looking at the Orochimaru that was split in two by the knife, and just continued on his own: "The ability that allows me to show Hajiri for the first time Going all out...for both of us, maybe it should be called...lucky..."

 Chapter 635

    This scene is simply horrifying!


    Xuquan has never had a duel of this level!


    Everyone present thought that Orochimaru and Aizen Soyousuke should be evenly matched, at least they shouldn''t end the battle so quickly...


    However, Aizen Soyousuke let everyone recognize that he has the power to easily defeat Orochimaru with his explosive power. Everyone knows that Aizen Soyousuke may be very strong...


    just didn''t expect...


    Aizen Soyousuke cut the Orochimaru, the guide of the virtual circle, into two with a single knife in the state of initial solution. Generally speaking, this is already a fatal injury!


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t seem to think that Orochimaru would be killed by him.


    Perhaps it was because Orochimaru was so weird that Aizen Soyousuke didn''t even think that the knife that burst out of his whole body''s spiritual pressure could completely kill Orochimaru.


    indeed.


    Whether it''s a ghost or a god of death...


    Anyone can be buried under the knife of Aizen Soyousuke...


    However, Orochimaru survived. After his body was split into two, his whole body turned into countless little white snakes and fled in all directions, then quickly gathered together again, forming a big white phosphorous snake!


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    A gloomy and indifferent human face appeared on the head of the white phosphorous serpent. The face slowly opened its mouth, and Orochimaru''s hoarse voice came out: "It''s really a scary brat... how can you force me to such an extent? ..."


    The next moment, countless purple mist burst out from the body of the white phosphorous serpent!


    These purple mist are all paralyzing and highly poisonous from the white phosphorous serpent, but these highly poisonous poisons fell on Aizen Soyousuke''s body but did not have any effect at all.


    Under the attack of spiritual pressure...


    The purple poisonous mist was completely eliminated!


    "Useless trick."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, and murmured in a low voice: "Mr. Orochimaru, no matter how many weird abilities you still hide, you cannot compete with absolute strength..."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked up at the white phosphorous snake high in the sky, and said slowly: "I''ve been ready for today since I knew someone was spying on me...


    From that day forward, I no longer release my spiritual pressure, no longer use any spells that exceed the limit, no longer use any power that can arouse your vigilance, and make you subconsciously think that everything I do depends on the magic of the mirror and the moon. The conspiracy hidden behind the scenes..."


    The corners of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth twitched slightly, and he continued with a smile: "Only in this way, Mr. Oshemaru will think that everything about me is under your control, and induce you to put the possibility of controlling me in what way?" Cracking the Flower in the Mirror and the Moon in the Water..."


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s expression was slightly stiff.


    Because at this moment, behind Aizen Soyousuke there is a faint shadow of Uehara Naraku, no, Aizen Soyousuke is becoming more and more like that guy Uehara Naraku!


    Even with the help of Heijue...


    No, in other words, even without Heijue''s help, Aizen Soyousuke might be able to reverse the situation with his own resourcefulness!


    Aizen Soyousuke almost completely relied on his forbearance and cunning to achieve a reversal. He started to make arrangements when he realized that someone was monitoring him!


    Orochimaru couldn''t help but a drop of cold sweat slowly appeared on his forehead. Aizen Soyousuke was right, because Kyoka Suigetsu''s ability to manipulate the five senses was so powerful that Orochimaru also thought that Aizen Soyousuke would definitely Fighting with the help of the mirror...


    Who would give up the strange ability of such a Zanpakuto?


    therefore¡­


    Orochimaru''s gaze has also been focused on Kyoka Shuiyue.


    Even though Orochimaru knew very well that the Reiatsu in Aizen Soyousuke''s body was very strong, he didn''t know that he had become so tyrannical...


    What''s more, Aizen Soyousuke has never revealed his true strength, and Orochimaru will subconsciously ignore Aizen Soyousuke. In fact, this guy has long been outrageously strong!


    Even if it is not as good as the Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni who made many people tremble thousands of years ago, it has already far surpassed Jingle Chunshui and others...


    "You brat..."


    The mouth under the white phosphorous snake slowly opened, revealing a pair of ferocious fangs: "You are really good at hiding yourself..."


    "It''s also frustrating."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked up at the white phosphorous snake, and continued calmly: "Because it is impossible to judge that Mr. Orochimaru has been monitoring me from a certain moment, no matter how I hide it, it is impossible to escape Mr. Orochimaru''s inherent impression of me... "


    With an indifferent smile on Aizen Soyousuke''s face, he slowly put away his Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakut¨­ and continued: "At this time, using wisdom to layout has become useless, and only relying on your own strength can break the situation." ..."


    Speaking of this, the Reiatsu on Aizen Soyousuke erupted again, like a substantive Reiatsu sweeping the entire venue, forcing all the shamans present to leave the venue in embarrassment !


    at this moment¡­


    Even Ke Yatai Stark, who is known as the strongest spiritual pressure, couldn''t help but look sideways!


    "Although I hate using absolute power..."


    Aizen Soyousuke clenched his fists, and his face gradually became a little dissatisfied, as if he was really not happy with his strong power: "But in a situation controlled by others, there is no better chosen¡­"


    Yes.


    There is no better choice.


    If you are forced to control your life by other people, there seems to be no other way than relying on your own tenacious will to burst out a powerful force to change the situation...


    after all¡­


    No matter what conspiracy Aizen Soyousuke wants to use, it is impossible to surpass that enemy who has watched him for many years...


    "This spiritual pressure..."


    The white phosphorous snake stared at Aizen Soyousuke: "It''s really curious... What did you kid do to yourself... This is not the height you can reach now... Even if it is compared to Yamamoto Motoryuzai Shige Country, maybe it won''t be too bad..."


    "It''s very simple, find a way to break through the limit."


    "It''s not that easy to do..."


    The white phosphorous serpent''s face suddenly became indifferent.


    "No, it''s easy."


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t seem to care about Orochimaru''s current state, as if he had the winning ticket in hand, he explained casually: "When a person''s emotions explode, he can easily let himself explode beyond the limit of his body. The so-called potential..."


    Aizen Soyousuke helped his mirror frame, and continued: "However, people who are too rational are very good at restraining their emotions.


    So when I want to be angry or even a little bit excited, it is a little harder than I imagined, even when I know that Mr. Orochimaru has been watching me..."


    When talking about this, Aizen Soyousuke raised his head and glanced at Orochimaru, and continued calmly: "It''s a bit too extravagant for people like us...Of course, it also means that when we lose our minds , there should be two results.


    Let yourself be unable to exert the power you have because of losing your mind, or let yourself burst out of the power that your body cannot develop because of losing your mind. "


    "Ho ho ho ho ho...interesting..."


    The white phosphorous snake nodded slowly, and a cold laugh came out of its head: "Indeed, some hot-blooded idiots can exert the hidden power in their bodies... The first result is often easier for us Appeared on..."


    to be honest¡­


    This is emotion over reason.


    However, this is generally the characteristic of those passionate idiots, and they who have been rational all the year round will never appear in this state.


    Because if you lose your mind...


    It might get weaker for them!


    The next moment, the white phosphorous serpent suddenly raised another question: "If you lose your mind and become stronger, it doesn''t seem to fit your state at all. From your body, you don''t see any signs of losing your mind..."


    no matter who...


    It is estimated that there is nothing wrong with Aizen Soyousuke.


    Because this guy was particularly calm during the whole battle, except for the explosion that didn''t match his strength, there seemed to be no other flaws...


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Orochimaru, and asked calmly, "Then... why didn''t Mr. Orochimaru find anything wrong?"


    "Ok?"


    The white phosphorous serpent''s head shook slightly.


    next second...


    Orochimaru immediately thought of something wrong!


    Soon, Orochimaru wanted to understand all this, and the voice of White Phosphorus Orochi seemed to be gnashing his teeth: "Your Zanpakuto... Kyoka Suigetsu... seems to have never been used like it is now, right?"


    Except for the mirror image!


    This Zanpakuto of the flowing water system!


    Originally, Kyoka Suigetsu''s initial ability was to manipulate people''s five senses. From their ninja world''s point of view, this was the existence of the illusion system. It was impossible to exert such a powerful combat power in the hands of Aizen Soyousuke. This was not at all in line with law!


    A Zanpakuto that dominates illusion...


    How could it become so powerful!


    No, in other words, how could a guy like Aizen Soyousuke be willing to use this Zanpakuto like this?


    This is the illusion ability that can manipulate and deprive the five senses!


    "You guessed it right..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly clenched the sheath of the Zanpakuto, and continued with a smile: "I always thought that Kyoka Suigetsu should be like me...fighting should always be graceful...but until I researched its solution .¡±


    Aizen Soyousuke stroked the Kyoka Shuigetsu on his waist, and continued indifferently: "I have never used Kyoka Shuigetsu''s Swastika, not because I want to hide Kyoka Shuigetsu''s Swastika form, after all, in the Swastika form, Shinigami''s ability will be greatly enhanced¡­¡±


    When talking about this, Aizen Soyousuke continued softly: "Because of its Swastika ability...it is an ugly appearance hidden deep in my heart...it makes me no longer want to get the power of Swastika."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru seemed to have guessed something, and there was a terrifying smirk on the strange face of the white phosphorous snake: "Interesting... So, its …d²Ý form is actually the second you... No, it should be said that it hypnotized you Another look!"


    The white phosphorous serpent''s face suddenly became crazy, as if it had discovered a huge secret: "No wonder you never use the …d½â of Jinghua Shuiyue... that''s because it knows your truest thoughts, which just happen to be your rational mind." I don''t want to face the situation..."


    White Phosphorus Orochi''s laughter gradually permeated: "Let me think about it, you won''t get... Would that be a better Aizen Soyousuke?"


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke was silent for a while, and then said slowly: "In a sense, maybe it can be said that... but there are some subtle differences..."


    "And that''s not being better than me..."


    Aizen Soyousuke held his own Kyoka Shuigetsu, and continued in a cold voice: "It''s just a Kyoka Shuigetsu hypnotized... just a shadow in my heart..."


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    somehow...


    Orochimaru''s guess was not wrong!


    Because Zanpakuto reflects the true heart of a person.


    Even a deep-minded person like Aizen Soyousuke has a desire that he doesn''t want to imagine. That is the scene of him standing on a high place...


    Lonely¡­


    Everyone who stands on a high place has an inevitable state of mind, just as Ke Yatai Stark, a subordinate of Aizen Soyousuke, chose to split his soul.


    Flowers in the Mirror and Moon in the Water are just like its name...


    In the form of …d½â, this Zanpakut¨­ will reflect the appearance of another Aizen Soyousuke just like the moon in the water mirror!


    Another appearance of Aizen Soyousuke has been hidden in the Kyoka Suigetsu, he will transform into Kyoka Shuigetsu to fight with Aizen Soyousuke...


    That Aizen Soyousuke!


    But it''s also something Aizen himself absolutely doesn''t want to see!


    Therefore, Aizen Soyousuke has never used Kyoka Shuigetsu''s Swastika state in front of people, and even after he learned of his Swastika state, he didn''t use it, but completely restrained it!


    I have to admit that...


    Aizen Soyousuke in that state is a better existence.


    The flower in the mirror and the moon in the water obviously look exactly the same.


    However, in the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto''s reaction, Aizen Soyousuke in Kyoka Suigetsu is better than Aizen himself!


    because¡­


    That Aizen Soyousuke has already stood in the sky!


    When Aizen Soyousuke himself quietly liberated Kyoka Shuigetsu, he saw Aizen Soyousuke in another form in the world of Kyoka Shuigetsu, another Aizen Soyousuke who looked like the real master of the world!


    high above...


    Let people look up to...


    It''s unimaginable...


    Obviously just a character in Aizen''s hypnotized fantasy...


    The shadow hypnotized by the mirror flower and the water moon overlooked his own body, easily defeating his body time and time again...


    That''s why.


    Only Aizen Soyousuke can become stronger.


    In order to make his strength stronger, Aizen Soyousuke had to turn on Kyoka Shuigetsu''s Swastika from time to time, and fight with the shadow spawned from his own heart by Kyoka Shuigetsu''s Swastika, trying his best to cross the limit state he faced...


    because¡­


    The moon-like shadow in the mirror provided him with a perfect reference, let him know his true limit, let him know how much power he could get!

 Chapter 636

    Always unexpected.


    No, or always outside the frame.


    Even Orochimaru has some doubts. Aizen Soyousuke used his own swastika to break through the shackles step by step. Was he able to hide it from Uehara Naraku...


    this matter¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke should not be known by anyone.


    Orochimaru''s heart became a little strange, but now Aizen Soyousuke was exposed here without any care, this guy wouldn''t regard him as the last behind-the-scenes mastermind, right?


    interesting...


    The white phosphorous snake slowly lowered its head, looked down at Aizen Soyou Jieyin and said with a smile, "It''s really interesting... you actually told me your swastika at this time, do you think you are sure to win?"


    "It seems that there is no need to continue fighting..."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked up at the ferocious and terrifying white phosphorous snake, and spread his palms: "You escaped two fatal blows, your Reiatsu is already weak to the extreme...I don''t think you can still use it under such circumstances. There is a possibility of a counterattack."


    Aizen Soyousuke stared at the white phosphorus Orochimaru, his eyes were slightly dark: "Besides, I don''t want to be able to kill Mr. Orochimaru... After all, I really hope to get Mr. Orochimaru''s help. We have a common enemy."


    common enemy...


    Corpse Soul World, Seireitei, and the Thirteenth Guarding Team.


    Team Zero, Lingwang Palace, Uehara Clan.


    Whether it is the power exposed by the soul world or the power that has been hidden all the time, it is not something they can easily solve in this period.


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at the relaxed expression of the white phosphorous snake, and continued calmly: "Mr. Orochimaru should be clear... The real power of the Uehara clan today is those dead servants. Is my power enough?"


    This was analyzed by Aizen Soyousuke himself.


    In fact, this is not an analysis, because the Uehara family has never concealed their structure, and the group of thirteen dead servants are not respectful enough for the new Patriarch Naraku Uehara, which proves that they still have a huge influence...


    Or¡­


    The power to control the huge force of the Uehara clan.


    And from Orochimaru, hundreds of broken-faced daixu have been created, but they still have to hide in the forest of daixu, and even need to find a god of death like him who has the power to subvert the soul world, which means that Orochimaru is still Not sure of winning...


    If you continue to fight at this time, it will only damage their strength in vain, because some losses will allow some powerful beings to heal for hundreds of years...


    This would be a waste of time.


    What Aizen Soyousuke wants is not a Orochimaru that needs to be recuperated, but a combat power that can be used at any time!


    "It''s not enough..."


    The white phosphorous snake slowly slid down to the ground and turned into the shape of Orochimaru again. A sneering smile flashed across the corner of his mouth: "If it''s just this level, I want to face the top four of the thirteen deadpools." Sergeant, it''s even worse..."


    "I''m curious..."


    Aizen Soyousuke held the Kyoka Suigetsu in his hand, stood up the Zanpakuto on the ground, and said in a low voice: "If I... add this knife, is it enough?"


    In a state of swastika...


    The Zanpakuto that is enough to make Aizen Soyousuke''s Reiatsu break through the limit and explode!


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s expression became a little weird.


    Why does this sound so weird?


    If Aizen Soyousuke is willing to pick up Kyoka Suigetsu and get rid of his distaste for Kyoka Suigetsu, his strength will indeed have to be recalculated...


    Such Aizen Soyousuke...


    It seems that he does have the qualifications to confront the first four seats of Thirteen Deadpool.


    etc¡­


    However, there is one huge problem...


    That is, Orochimaru and the Uehara clan have never been mortal enemies, he is just another spy that Uehara Naraku wants to place beside Aizen Soyousuke.


    When thinking of this, Orochimaru''s heart became even weirder, he slowly shook his head, his voice gradually became lower and lower: "As for whether you can defeat those guys, let me try..."


    No matter how much Aizen Soyousuke said...


    After all, Orochimaru still needs to use his own strength to test Aizen Soyousuke''s hole card, which is also the task assigned by Naraku Uehara.


    It''s just a swastika that comes out...


    This is not enough information to be handed over to Uehara Naraku!


    Orochimaru looked down at Aizen Soyousuke, his body became more and more swollen, and a cold smile slowly emerged from the corner of his mouth: "Ho ho ho ho... Aizen, I have to admit that you already have a relationship with My qualifications for cooperation, only cooperation between us can defeat the enemies we need to face in the future, but before that... Let¡¯s make a priority here!"


    "Please."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly closed his eyes, clenched the Kyoka Suigetsu in his hand, nodded slowly and said: "I just want to avoid unnecessary losses...Since Mr. Orochimaru has other means, then ...please do."


    "Ho ho ho ho... What a confident brat..."


    Orochimaru''s body swelled more and more, his lower body gradually turned into a snake body, his body shape gradually changed strangely, and his voice suddenly became sinister!


    This is his final form!


    It is also a sign that Orochimaru is about to enter the swastika!


    Zanpakuto of the Clouds of the Sky


    "Recover..."


    Orochimaru''s body finally turned into a huge monster, only his head was still floating, swallowing the snake''s head like a strange snake, hissing and singing his own swastika: "The clouds in the sky The real master..."


    Until the end of the chant...


    Orochimaru''s body suddenly changed completely!


    A huge strange snake appeared in front of everyone, with eight huge snake heads shaking in the air, screaming the same name at the same time!


    That''s their name!


    Yaki!


    Orochimaru in this state can be said to be in the state of swastika, and it can also be called the state of returning to the edge of the second stage, which is also his final form!


    Compared with the past Yamata no Orochi...


    The current Yamata no Orochi suddenly changed its appearance!


    No, it should be said that on the basis of the original Yaqi technique, the white bone armor made with Reiatsu was added. These white bones grew densely on the body of Yamata no Orochi like scales, making its body look extremely hard !


    If you look closely...


    You will find that the white bone scales on the body of this Yamata no Orochimaru, each bone hides a hollow appearance!


    It''s not so much the Yamata no Orochi...


    Rather, it is a monster transformed by Orochimaru''s fusion of spiritual seeds and chakra, which is similar to the new energy of senju chakra!


    empty soul...


    Death Spirit Son...


    Ninja Chakra...


    For thousands of years, in order to replenish his own soul and make himself stronger in this world, Orochimaru cannot calculate how many virtual souls he has devoured...


    Now it has finally become such a terrifying behemoth!


    A group of huge heads looked down at the tiny Aizen Soyousuke on the ground. Each snake head suddenly opened its mouth towards Aizen Soyousuke. The mouth of the snake head is converging!


    "False flash?"


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Yamata no Orochi in front of him, a look of surprise flashed in his eyes, he stretched out his hand to hold Kyoka Suigetsu''s knife handle, and couldn''t help murmuring: "No, no, it''s better than the virtual flash gathered together. The energy is more powerful¡­¡±


    Just as Aizen Soyousuke was thinking, Yamata no Orochi had already completed its spell, and each snake head had a strange energy bomb in its mouth!


    Colorful energy bombs!


    It makes people feel that there is a coquettish beauty!


    far away.


    When Nelliel saw this scene, her expression suddenly became extremely serious, and she loudly ordered her subordinates to gather together: "Close to me quickly!"


    After finishing speaking, a pitch-black ball appeared in Niluelu''s hands, and her face was full of solemnity and seriousness: "Hurry up! If you come late, I can''t guarantee that you will survive!"


    A group of shabby faces fled to Niluelu''s side in embarrassment!


    Although they don''t know how powerful Orochimaru''s move is...


    But if Nelliel, who is the head of the eldest sister, wants to escape, then they will definitely not be able to resist the aftermath of that move!


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    According to their guess, Orochimaru should use a false flash, but that kind of false flash is very different from other methods...


    And amidst these blatant emptiness...


    Grimmjow was undoubtedly the one who moved the fastest towards Nilu!


    As the first batch of Daxu who followed Orochimaru, Grimmjow was very aware of Orochimaru''s power, and had helped Orochimaru hunt Daxuan...


    that energy...


    It''s not something he can resist now!


    After all the bad guys gathered together, Nelliel smashed the black ball in her hand, and her figure and a group of bad guys disappeared in place at the same time!


    That was the artifact Orochimaru bestowed on her...


    Able to briefly allow them to enter a different dimension.


    "An anti-membrane bandit?"


    Ulquiola looked at a group of disappearing shamans, and took out a small black cube from his pocket, and disappeared in the same place with Dongsenyao.


    this battle...


    It''s no longer something they can watch!


    Only Orochi Yamata and Aizen Soyousuke, who are about to spit out energy bombs, are left on the entire battlefield, and the others have all tried their best to disappear without a trace!


    "It does look scary..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly clenched the Kyoka Shuigetsu in his hand, and murmured in a low voice: "I hate seeing you very much... But at this time, it seems that only you can be my partner..."


    next moment¡­


    A drop of water appeared on the Kyoka Mizugetsu in Aizen Soyousuke''s hand!


    This Zanpakudao, which can be said to be at the top of the soul world, slowly dripped and fell to the ground!


    When the water droplets of the mirror flower and water moon fell on the ground, it slowly turned into a weird lake surface, reflecting another shadow of Aizen Soyousuke like a mirror...


    "Come to the surface... the mirror image of the water moon!"

 Chapter 637

    Mirror image of the water moon.


    It was the name of Aizen Soyousuke''s swastika move.


    Ripples slowly appeared in the mirror image of the lake surface on the ground, and a somewhat thin and illusory figure slowly floated out of the mirror image of the lake surface.


    Another Aizen Soyousuke.


    In other words, he should be called the mirror image of Aizen Soyousuke.


    This weird mirror image didn''t seem to have any spiritual pressure at all, just like his normal body, as if he had no special abilities.


    There are some subtle differences between this mirror image and the main body.


    Because the mirrored face did not wear glasses, and his hair did not hang down in a mess like Aizen Soyousuke''s body, but stood up high...


    In particular, the unique upright hair bun on the forehead gave the mirror image Aizen a bit of bohemian charm out of thin air.


    Compared with Aizen Soyousuke''s body...


    Mirror blue dye makes people look more stylish.


    "Weak, we meet again..."


    After the mirror image of Aizen Soyousuke appeared, he just glanced at his own body with a smile, and said slowly: "What gave you confidence... let a weak person have the courage to offend my height..."


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s body remained silent.


    This is exactly what he hates mirror images the most!


    Because his mirror image is so similar to him!


    Whether it is appearance or temperament, they are almost exactly the same.


    Even because the mirror image is hypnotized by Kyoka Suigetsu, it is even more powerful. This mirror image is more like himself than the real body, which makes Aizen Soyousuke even more annoying!


    It''s not that I''m jealous of the power of the mirror image...


    Instead, he hates the appearance of a person who is exactly like him!


    Even if Aizen Soyousuke is very clear, this is just a mirror image... But from the state of this mirror image, Aizen Soyousuke also knows how arrogant he is...


    This arrogance allows him to criticize others unscrupulously, but when someone criticizes him with arrogance, Aizen Soyousuke is particularly dissatisfied.


    he¡­


    Should be unique.


    No, he was originally unique!


    Aizen Soyousuke helped his mirror frame, stared at the mirror image in front of him, and whispered: "It''s just an accessory that obeys my orders..."


    The mirror image Aizen raised the corners of his mouth, and interrupted the main body''s words slowly: "Is a loser qualified to say such things?"


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s body fell silent again.


    At this moment, he finally understood the feelings of other enemies facing him, and the anger of being controlled and suppressed by others could not help but appear in his heart...


    It''s really annoying...


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly closed his eyes, ignoring his own mirror image, but stretched out his hand to hold his Zanpakuto Kyouka Suigetsu tightly.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive them. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Public number [book friend base camp]


    Because through the looking glass and the moon in the water...


    It is the source of manipulating the mirror image of the water moon!


    As Aizen Soyousuke covered the Zanpakut¨­, the illusory mirror image Aizen couldn''t help but chuckled, and rushed towards the huge Yamata no Orochi head-on with a Zanpakut¨­!


    Every snake head of Yamata no Orochi revealed a surge of anger, and in an instant, all the snake heads sprayed the energy bombs in their mouths towards the mirror image of Aizen Soyousuke!


    Every energy bomb seems to wipe out the mirror image of Aizen Soyousuke directly!


    Mirror Image Aizen raised the Mirror Image Zanpakutao in his hand, a gorgeous blue light shone like a barrier in front of himself!


    next moment¡­


    Eight energy bombs hit the barrier in an instant!


    In an instant, a dazzling light shone in the entire Daxu Forest. The light instantly pierced the darkness, bringing light to the dark hell!


    same¡­


    It also brought destruction!


    The moment the two came into contact, endless energy exploded!


    The entire Daxu Forest was instantly swept away by the energy shock wave, and Jilian Daxu, who was close to them, was directly annihilated by the energy shock wave before he even had time to turn his head!


    The other Xuxu living deep in the Great Xu Forest looked at this scene with horror on their faces, each looking for a place to hide, they don''t want to suffer the disaster!


    Endless energy swept out wave after wave!


    Most of the Daxu Forest was almost flattened by this energy!


    Because the ground lost the support of the growth of the Great Void Forest, the ground finally began to slowly collapse, and cracks and collapsed openings appeared almost everywhere in the entire Void Circle...


    The virtual people in the virtual circle seem to feel that the world is going to be destroyed, each looking for a safe place where they can hide, crouching inside and trembling...


    Two strong men in the form of swastika collide...


    It can almost be said to be ruined!


    Even Aizen Soyousuke himself was a little surprised by the impact of this collision. He himself hid in a barrier and watched the cracks on the barrier...


    Orochimaru''s swastika and second-stage return to blade status...


    It''s so strong that it''s scary!


    This guy is worthy of being a famous figure in the world of corpses and souls. Just this blow alone is not something that anyone can easily resist...


    Even if Orochimaru wants to destroy Seireitei with his own power, he seems to have enough strength to do it... Even if Orochimaru wants to destroy the Soul Soul Realm, it may not be impossible to do it with his Yamata no Orochi body!


    No wonder Orochimaru was able to subdue Xuquan earlier than him...


    None of these legendary characters are easy to get along with, after all, each of them once stood on a high place in the world...


    As for the mirror image Aizen who suffered a full blow from Orochimaru''s Swastika state and the second-stage Returning Blade state, he has already become a bit dilapidated and embarrassed...


    The mirror image of Zanpakut¨­ in Aizen''s hand has been broken...


    Even Aizen''s body gradually became somewhat transparent, as if he was like a brittle glass that might break at any time...


    apparently...


    After bearing this blow head-on, he didn''t seem to be having a good time.


    However, compared to Orochimaru who sent out this blow on the other side, the image of mirror image Aizen is at least barely maintained, and Orochimaru''s image is even more bleak...


    The body of Yamata no Orochi has long been forced to withdraw...


    Because he has gathered all his spiritual pressure, it is impossible for Orochimaru to continue to maintain his swastika form and second-stage return to the blade state, and maybe he will also be able to maintain the curse-sealed fairy form...


    Orochimaru looked extremely exhausted.


    Now he looked as if he could be killed easily!


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly helped his mirror frame, and for the first time frowned slightly, he slowly raised his palm, as if calling, and summoned his mirror image to his side .


    Mirror image Aizen''s body turned into a cloud of water vapor and flew to Aizen Soyousuke''s side, reintegrating into the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakut¨­...


    Under the cover of water vapor...


    Aizen Soyousuke''s figure was hazy and somewhat illusory.


    This once invincible man put away his Zanpakuto, slowly stretched out his fingers, and rubbed the center of his brows under the cover of water vapor.


    "Although I don''t like this way..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s voice came out of the hazy water vapor, and fell into the ears of the exhausted Orochimaru: "It seems that I won in the end...Mr. Orochimaru."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru''s voice sounded weaker than ever before, he tried his best to stand on the spot with his arms folded, and said with a sinister smile, "Yes, from the results, it is true that you won, ho ho ho ho ho... It''s really hard to underestimate my descendants..."


    "Mr. Orochimaru is overrated."


    Aizen Soyousuke stepped out of the steam, his spiritual pressure was only slightly weakened, and he seemed not to be affected by the battle just now.


    Just when Orochimaru was about to fall, Aizen Soyousuke raised his palm and used Reiatsu to create a stone chair for Orochimaru, allowing the senior to sit down.


    The battle has only just ended.


    What they really need to face is only just beginning.


    Facing a defeated person, Aizen Soyousuke doesn''t mind showing his generosity, because he has always been a magnanimous character.


    at this point¡­


    Much stronger than someone else.


    Aizen Soyousuke sat down slowly by himself, and a stone chair slowly appeared under him, carrying his body, and his voice was faintly more respectful: "Even Mr. Orochimaru just now, Can''t you defeat those people?"


    If such Orochimaru dare not face Thirteen Deadpool...


    Then maybe the power of those thirteen dead servants will be recalculated again!


    Could it be said that the top four officers of the thirteen dead servants that Orochimaru is afraid of all have the same power as Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni?


    This is a bit too incredible!


    Just think about it carefully, but it is very reasonable, because Yamamoto Shigekuni is powerful but conservative, and those dead servants who have always been loyal to the Uehara clan also maintain the old order just like Yamamoto Shigekuni...


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru couldn''t help but chuckled.


    This person who has been famous in the world of corpses and souls for thousands of years did not answer Aizen Soyousuke''s question directly, but just asked a new question with a smirk: "Ho ho ho ho... brat, do you think the cliff Are the flowers blooming beautifully?"


    "They are no different from ordinary flowers."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slightly, and said calmly: "And we think the flowers blooming on the cliff are beautiful, because we only stop on the edge of the cliff, not like those flowers growing on the cliff, Further to the sky above the cliff..."


    "Ho ho ho ho . . . well said."


    A flash of approval flashed across Orochimaru''s face, and his voice was much more serious and regretful: "I''m just a person who stopped on a cliff, those people... never stopped..."


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke was silent for a while.


    The extremely confident Captain Bleach slowly raised his head, stared at Orochimaru in front of him, and helped his frame: "No one can refuse the temptation of the sky, and I will not stop on the cliff..."


    "Ho ho ho ho...Of course I do."


    Orochimaru chuckled, but the expression on his face showed some regret again: "But...they have traveled thousands of years longer than you."

 Chapter 638

    Orochimaru was right.


    Among the Thirteen Deadpool, there is no weakling.


    If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku''s support and Orochimaru''s hard work, Orochimaru himself could barely be ranked in the top ten seats of the Thirteen Deadpools, which is a bit extravagant...


    Even Orochimaru is no match for Senshou Feima and Uchiha Itachi among them.


    Not to mention, as the existence of the top four chief executives, each of them has once stood at the top of the world, and each has a unique title!


    Even Orochimaru had some lingering fears when facing them in person...


    For thousands of years, these officers did not need to sleep and recuperate their souls like in the past world. Instead, they only needed to stay in Uehara City to absorb spiritual seeds and practice to become stronger...


    To put it bluntly...


    Uchiha Madara and others no matter what world they are born in, they will be able to stand on the top sooner or later according to their talent and willpower, not to mention they have gone thousands of years longer than Aizen Soyousuke and have experienced other worlds Baptism of...


    If you want to catch up with them...


    This is not an easy task.


    Hearing Orochimaru''s lack of confidence in his strength, Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care at all, just hooked the corner of his mouth, smiled and whispered: "It seems that Mr. Orochimaru should be able to tell me A lot of information..."


    "Can¡­"


    There was a flash of sharpness in Orochimaru''s eyes, and he became gentle again after a while: "As long as you realize how powerful they are...hehehehe...you won''t be afraid of them. Dare to resist..."


    "It seems that there is no need to remind."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, and said softly: "If you stop your footsteps because there are some thorns growing on the road ahead, it means that you will no longer be able to spy on the scenery on the thorny road..."


    "That''s not a thorn..."


    Orochimaru''s eyes were slightly darkened, and there was some anger and fear on his face: "If we are serious...they should be the real flood that can drown the world of souls..."


    "All ears."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded slightly.


    As a person who likes to explore the unknown, Aizen Soyousuke is very willing to listen to the stories and information from other people, but what Orochimaru needs him to distinguish...


    So as not to be fooled by Dashewan.


    "Then let''s talk about the enemies we need to face..."


    Orochimaru glanced at Aizen Soyousuke, lowered his head slightly and said, "Because the inheritance of the Patriarch of the Uehara Clan depends on their secret techniques, it will take a long time for Uehara Naraku to become our great enemy..."


    "No."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, interrupted Orochimaru''s words directly, and said in a low voice: "Even now Naraku, his strength is not something we can underestimate... Although he can''t pose a threat to us, but I I have seen him capture a Kirian Daxu with my own eyes, this is not the height that other gods of death can reach now..."


    In other words.


    Many gods of death can''t even achieve this level in their entire lives.


    However, Naraku Uehara easily captured Kirian Daixu at this age, and if life and death were at stake, there was a possibility that he could compete against Yachukas-level Daixu...


    When Aizen Soyousuke said this, he continued to add softly: "And according to Oshemaru-sama, Naraku should still be in his infancy... How long will it take for the patriarchs of the Uehara clan to grow from this period to the peak, Orochimaru?" Mister must have an impression, right?"


    "Ho ho ho ho ho... not bad."


    Orochimaru nodded with a sinister smile, and then talked about the secrets of the Uehara clan: "Generally speaking, the patriarch of the Uehara clan will grow to his peak around the age of one hundred and fifty. Will last about a hundred years..."


    This number has been accurately calculated.


    Because the general Shinigami will slowly enter the mature stage around the age of one hundred and fifty, and in the future, it will start to rely on the accumulation of time and gradually become stronger and stronger.


    When Orochimaru said this, he added another sentence: "There are some differences in Uehara Naraku. Among the patriarchs of the Uehara family that I have spied, they will start to master the first one when they are around twenty years old. Zanpakuto..."


    "but¡­"


    A ray of light flashed under Aizen Soyousuke''s lens, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, and he continued in a low voice: "Naraku is only fifteen years old this year, and he has already mastered the number one thing that their family has passed down from generation to generation. Zanpakuto..."


    "No, it''s two!"


    Orochimaru looked at Aizen Soyousuke, and abruptly reminded him: "Because you can only touch the Zanpakuto held by the first Patriarch Uehara if you have cultivated your own Zanpakuto to the level of …dÊõ. "


    Although Orochimaru knows that these are all made up according to the script...


    But Orochimaru has actually worked very hard to provide enough news for Aizen Soyousuke, and Orochimaru really hopes that Aizen Soyousuke can pay attention to Uehara Naraku...


    At least¡­


    Show a little evenly matched posture!


    "Is that so..."


    Aizen Soyousuke supported his mirror frame, and couldn''t help but chuckled: "It seems that I really underestimated my subordinates... This little guy is compared to Mr. Orochimaru''s best friend, the first Uehara patriarch... Who would How about going further?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru suffocated a little.


    Aizen Soyousuke really asked a good question!


    After thinking for a while, Orochimaru frowned slightly, and said in a low voice: "That brat Uehara Naraku is more talented... If nothing else happens, he is likely to be the strongest one!"


    After finishing speaking, Orochimaru added another sentence: "It''s just that according to his personality, the combat power he can display may also be the weakest one..."


    This is not wrong.


    Even Aizen Soyousuke had to admit it.


    Now Uehara Naraku is like a spoiled child who doesn''t know the slightest bit of seriousness. If it wasn''t for the protection of Thirteen Deadpool, he would have been killed many times...


    "Is that so..."


    The smile on the corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth grew bigger and bigger, as if he had heard something happy: "Interesting, then if you can find a way to let Naraku display all his strength, maybe you will be a good opponent in the future..."


    Ok¡­


    Such an opponent...


    He just happened to be his opponent to reach the summit in the future.


    If after the completion of Bengyu in the future, he can control Naraku''s life little by little, making him stronger and stronger and becoming a stepping stone for himself...


    This kind of thing seems very interesting.


    "Are you crazy?"


    Orochimaru glanced at Aizen Soyousuke strangely, and couldn''t help persuading him: "Shouldn''t we kill him with all our strength at this time?"


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke was silent for a second, looked at Orochimaru with a smile and asked a difficult question: "Mr. Orochimaru... Can we kill Thirteen Deadpools now?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru also fell into a strange silence.


    Because Uehara Naraku, the bastard, was always worried that he would have to expose his power, so he worked hard to train Thirteen Deadpool as his bodyguard. The purpose was to prevent someone from plotting against him, so that others would not dare to covet him...


    "Mr. Orochimaru."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Orochimaru, and calmly introduced: "From the first time I saw him until he became the vice-captain of the fifth team, I never gave up the idea of ??killing Naraku, but ..."


    There is no need to say anything later.


    Because of the existence of the thirteen dead servants, Aizen Soyousuke''s ideas always failed to succeed. Before Bengyu was completed, Aizen Soyousuke didn''t want to expose his identity by himself...


    "Then tell me the story of Thirteen Deadpool..."


    Orochimaru nodded slowly, a flash of nostalgia flashed in his eyes, and he said softly: "Among the thirteen dead servants, except for the last four seats that can be solved by breaking the surface, the others are not ordinary characters..."


    "The strength is really terrifying..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s expression remained unchanged, and he continued calmly: "Mr. Orochimaru, can you tell me about the Thirteen Deadpools?"


    "Ho ho ho ho... ok..."


    Orochimaru chuckled, nodded slowly, and talked about the information on the thirteen dead servants in his mouth, and he had a part of each dead waiter that he could leak information.


    Because only enough information leaked out...


    In order to further force Aizen Soyousuke to create a complete collapse jade!


    The thirteenth official, Luo Sha, was in charge of the finances of the Uehara clan. Because of his ability to refine precious minerals such as placer gold, he was listed as the thirteen dead servants.


    The twelfth officer, Ghost Lantern Huanyue, is also the holder of the Zanpakuto of the water system, and is also good at illusion. A low profile version of Flowers in the Mirror and Moon in the Water...


    The eleventh officer, Wu, holds the Zanpakuto that can annihilate everything. As long as his aura is enough, he can theoretically annihilate any enemy weaker than his aura...


    The tenth official, Ai, holds the thunder-type Zanpakuto, but what Ai is better at is not the ability of the god of death, but the physique that is enough to head-to-head with Pomian Daxu!


    When talking about the Ninth Officer, Orochimaru''s face suddenly became a little ugly, and he said with gritted teeth: "The Ninth Officer...Itachi Uchiha...that bastard..."


    "It sounds like there are some stories..."


    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at Orochimaru with an ugly look, and said slowly: "I have been in contact with this ninth officer named Uchiha Itachi, and seriously, his ability is exactly what I thought. To get a¡­¡±


    Uchiha Itachi''s Amaterasu Black Flame is enough to burn the flames!


    Aizen Soyousuke really wants to know whose flame is stronger between Uchiha Itachi''s Amaterasu Black Flame and Yamamoto Motoryasai Shigekuni''s Ryuken Wakaha...


    Orochimaru quickly told Aizen Soyousuke the answer.


    "Don''t expect extravagantly..."


    Orochimaru gritted his teeth, and continued in a deep voice: "That''s a natural ability like Pomian Daixu...A kind of Amaterasu Black Flame that can burn a blade like fire..."


    "Is that so..."


    Aizen Soyousuke lowered his head in thought.


    Compared with Uchiha Itachi''s innate ability to break the flow of fire, Aizen Soyousuke is more interested in Orochimaru''s attitude towards Uchiha Itachi...


    This legendary senior...


    Does it seem that he suffered a big loss in the hands of the Ninth Officer?


    It''s just a pity that they have just started to cooperate, and Aizen Soyousuke doesn''t think this is an appropriate time to ask.


    perhaps¡­


    You can check it out in the future.


    "The eighth officer, Uchiha Obito, has no special ability, it''s just that people can''t catch his whereabouts... The seventh officer, Namikaze Minato, has no noteworthy ability except speed... The sixth seat Officer, Sarutobi Hiruzen, used to be my teacher..."


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s expression gradually became subtle.


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    Aizen Soyousuke always thought that Oshemaru, the senior, would be able to fight head-to-head with the first four officers, but now it seems that his thinking is a bit biased...

 Chapter 639

    Orochimaru this guy...


    It doesn''t seem to be that powerful.


    If he hadn''t seen Orochimaru''s Yamata no Orochi form with his own eyes, Aizen Soyousuke would have wondered if he picked the wrong partner...


    The ninth officer, Uchiha Itachi, made him suffer a lot...


    The information on the Eighth and Seventh Officers is not detailed enough...


    The sixth chief officer Sarutobi Hiruzen is also Orochimaru''s former teacher...


    Just for those low-ranking officers, Aizen Soyousuke can hear from Orochimaru''s unclear words that it is very difficult to deal with. How did this person survive?


    certainly¡­


    Fortunately, Aizen Soyousuke has seen the life-saving ability of Orochimaru with his own eyes, whether it is super-speed regeneration, Orochiyu substitute technique and white phosphorous Orochi...


    This guy has many ways to save his life.


    No wonder.


    The reason why Orochimaru can hide in the virtual circle is probably because he has turned all his abilities into how to survive the enemy''s attack...


    It is really to do anything to survive.


    Aizen Soyousuke was silent for a while, skipping the sixth officer''s question, because he thought Orochimaru continued to ask softly: "Where is the fifth Senshoubeijian?"


    So far, Aizen Soyousuke still remembers what Orochimaru mentioned...


    That is Orochimaru, Yaoshidou and another person, a person who has taken refuge in the Uehara clan, who once really researched the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil!


    If I remember correctly...


    Because the first four officials of the Thirteen Deadpools seldom show up, Qianshou Feijian is the most famous Deadpool of the entire Uehara clan, and also holds the power of the entire Uehara clan, claiming to be able to mobilize the power of the entire Uehara city !


    Most importantly, the power of Qian Shou Feijian should not be underestimated. Now he is the fifth-ranked seat, only below the top four seats of Thirteen Deadpool!


    "A room with a thousand hands..."


    Orochimaru''s face suddenly became more dignified than ever before, a trace of fear flashed in his eyes, and he said in a deep voice: "Senju Banma is the teacher of my teacher Sarutobi Hiruzen, who used to be the person I admired the most... "


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s smile became weird again.


    Senju Tobima is Sarutobi Hiruzen''s teacher, Sarutobi Hiruzen is Orochimaru''s teacher, this Orochimaru doesn''t seem to have such a high status as imagined?


    so¡­


    The most suspicious thing is...


    Will Orochimaru and Uehara really be best friends?


    Orochimaru was once a retainer of the Uehara Clan, but later he reincarnated and defected from the Uehara Clan for the sake of dirt, right?


    this thing...


    Thinking about it is also a bit reliable.


    "Are you thinking of something impolite?"


    Orochimaru noticed Aizen Soyousuke''s strange gaze, and a gloomy smile flashed across his face: "It seems that no matter how much I say, I won''t understand what kind of enemy we are going to face, why don''t you go and see for yourself The strength of those guys..."


    Orochimaru slowly raised his head, and the smile on his face became more and more sinister: "I heard that this time, that kid Uehara Naraku was assassinated... Senju Hashirama, the second officer among the thirteen deadpools, and the fifth The chief executive Qianshou rushed to the present world?"


    "That''s true."


    Aizen Soyousuke helped his frame, and said in a low voice: "In addition to the second officer Senju Hashirama and the fifth officer Senju Tomonama, there are also the seventh officer Namikaze Minato and the eighth officer Uchi Wave Obito, Ninth Chief Uchiha Itachi..."


    The Uehara clan dispatched five officers in one go!


    This lineup is so strong that it is impossible for people to ignore it!


    All the captains of the Gotei 13th team know about this, and Aizen Soyousuke, as the fifth team captain and Uehara Naraku''s immediate superior, is no exception...


    "Five seats..."


    Orochimaru squeezed his fingers slowly, and said with a sneer: "This time, the power they sent out is enough to destroy the entire world!"


    Aizen Soyousuke remembered his arrangement, and slightly hooked the corner of his mouth: "It seems that something interesting will happen..."


    same moment.


    Within the space of different dimensions.


    It was a little awkward for T¨­sen to be with Ulquiorra.


    Although they are all in the same camp, Tosen''s immediate superior is Senju Tomonama, Ulquiorra''s original immediate superior was Orochimaru, and later belonged to Uehara Naraku himself.


    seriously...


    Dongxian wants a slightly lower level.


    Ulquiorra looked at Tosen Kaname who was blinded, and asked softly: "Mr. Tosen Kaname, I am a little curious. Master Orochimaru has praised His Excellency Tomonama''s wisdom many times. What kind of person is he?" What about people?"


    "A... great man."


    T¨­sen lowered his head slowly.


    Because he just got the promise from Senshou Tomona, as long as he finds a suitable time in the future, let him point out Aizen Soyousuke''s crimes in front of Yamamoto Shigekuni, and successfully expel Aizen Soyousuke from Soul Society...


    Qianshoubeijian will transplant both eyes for him!


    Whether it''s the kindness of helping him kill his enemies before, or the promise of transplanting his eyes for him, Dongxian is willing to be loyal to Qianshou Feijian!


    present world.


    The story of the virtual circle is about to come to an end.


    The exciting story in this world has just begun.


    The Gotei 13th Squad led by Shiba Isshin, and the Anbe Reaper Squad led by Namikaze Minato did not conceal their whereabouts, and people who were hiding in the world soon got news of them.


    Urahara store.


    Ever since Aizen Soyousuke planned the Shinigami Apocalypse incident, Kisuke Urahara and others escaped to the seclusion in the real world with the help of Yaichi Sifengin.


    Because Yoichi Sifengin is a nobleman...


    Moreover, Hirako Mako and others were also captain-level gods of death.


    Now Kisuke Urahara has opened a store in this world, specializing in the sale of Shinigami supplies, and at the same time secretly collecting news about the Soul World.


    The main thing is...


    Collect Aizen Soyousuke''s movements.


    It''s just that there have been constant news from the world of corpses and souls during this period of time. No matter every piece of news is released, Kisuke Urahara and others are extremely shocked.


    first news...


    Kisuke Urahara''s teacher, Yakushido, disappears.


    This news actually did not cause Urahara Kisuke to panic.


    Because Urahara Kisuke was highly valued by Yakushidou in the past, and he also knew about Yakushidou''s joining the Zero Division, and he even used the help of Yakushidou to enter the Zero Division many times to practice for a period of time.


    In Urahara Kisuke''s view, Yakushidou''s disappearance should have entered the Lingwang Palace to practice in seclusion like Hikishu Kiryu. After all, Yakushidou was accepted by the Zero Division hundreds of years ago...


    The only problem is Kuchiki Rukia.


    Fortunately, the little Kuchiki Rukia was also adopted by the Kuchiki clan, and no one seems to have noticed anything...


    Second news...


    Naraku Uehara, the new head of the Uehara clan, joined the fifth team.


    This news undoubtedly made Kisuke Urahara feel like he was sitting on pins and needles. In any case, the Uehara clan is also related to the safety of the Soul Society. Once Uehara Naraku is assassinated or used by Aizen Soyousuke, it will definitely trigger a civil war in the Soul World.


    However, before Urahara Kisuke wanted to discuss with Yoruichi to contact Uehara Naraku and remind that little guy to be careful of Aizen Soyousuke, the third news came...


    The Masked Legion sent people to assassinate the new head of the Uehara clan, intending to provoke a civil war in the world of souls and destroy the world of souls, which is a heinous crime!


    The news is bad news.


    Whether it is for Urahara Kisuke and others, or for those masked troops such as Hirako Mako who are active in this world, this news even sounds a bit fatal!


    The most terrible news came soon...


    [Reading Benefits] Send you a cash red envelope! Follow the vx public [Book Friends Base Camp] to receive it!


    Naraku Uehara, deputy captain of the fifth team, Isshin Shiba, captain of the tenth team, and Namikaze Minato, the seventh officer of the thirteen deadpools, have teamed up to lead a large force into the world to catch the murderer!


    "Just kidding..."


    Kisuke Urahara looked at the black cat sitting across from him, his mouth couldn''t hide his surprise, and even stopped the small fan he was holding in his hand: "How could this kind of crime fall on us, Hirako and the others have not Is it peaceful?"


    "I don''t know..."


    While the black cat was talking, her figure gradually changed.


    A brown-skinned, purple-haired beauty sat across from Urahara Kisuke, her face was no longer happy, she just frowned and said: "This time the assassination of Uehara Naraku is too big, the fifth chief officer of the Uehara clan, Senju Tobima personally put pressure on the higher authorities, and must find the murderer as an example to avoid similar incidents..."


    "Heh, it''s Aizen who messed up again..."


    Kisuke Urahara chuckled, and immediately revealed the name of the mastermind behind the scenes.


    When Aizen Soyousuke framed him and Heiko Mako and others, Urahara Kisuke had already regarded Aizen Soyousuke as the greatest enemy in his life, and he knew Aizen Soyousuke''s methods very well!


    Urahara Kisuke shook his head slightly, with a little regret on his face: "It seems that we have been treated as scapegoats! Shiba Isshin and the tenth team are easy to deal with, and the Uehara clan is a wealthy family that even the teacher would shy away from. ..."


    When Urahara Kisuke said this, he said softly again: "I remember Teacher Dou mentioned that the Patriarch of the Uehara Clan will have the Eighth and Ninth Officers as guards who never leave him. Seventh official Namikaze Minato..."


    "That guy Namikaze Minato..."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi recalled the old grievances, she slowly shook her head and said in a low voice: "That guy is not a big trouble this time, because the real trouble is yet to come..."


    Yaichi Sifengin raised his head to look at Kisuke Urahara, and said in a deep voice: "According to the information I got at Seireitei, apart from that fellow Namakaze Minato, in fact, Senju Hashirama, the second official of the Uehara clan, and Senju Hashirama, the No. The five chief officers, Qianshou Feijian, also dispatched together..."


    "..."


    Kisuke Urahara fell silent.


    Because he was once a teacher of Medicine Master Dou, Kisuke Urahara had to know the ranking of the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara Clan. Kisuke Urahara especially knew what the top four seats meant...


    Each of the first four chairmen...


    They are all forces standing at the pinnacle of the corpse soul world!


    It is precisely because of the existence of the first four chief executives that the captain of Gotei 13th Team Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni and the members of Zero Division dare not rashly start a civil war against the Uehara clan!


    To put it bluntly...


    They really got into big trouble this time!

 Chapter 640

    Sifengyuan Yeyi felt a little heavy.


    The appearance of Senju Hashirama, the second chief officer of the Thirteenth Deadpool, is almost equivalent to the captain of the Goutei Thirteenth Team, Yamamoto Motoryasai Shigekuni, who comes out to kill people with a blade like fire...


    Who can feel better?


    In particular, the relationship between Yaichi Sifengin and the Uehara clan was not very good, and he was personally arrested by the chief officer of Namikaze Minato, and even nearly died in Uehara Castle.


    Kisuke Urahara felt a little different.


    "Sounds a little scary..."


    Urahara Kisuke gave a low laugh, lowered his head slightly to cover his gaze, and suddenly suggested, "Speaking of which...Yeichi, do you want to wear one of my clothes first?"


    after all¡­


    Now the image of Sifengyuan Yeyi is a bit unsightly.


    Sitting naked in front of Kisuke Urahara, a beautiful woman with a hot body made him feel a little restrained. It seems that it is not suitable to continue discussing serious matters in this situation...


    "Ha, are you still paying attention to this kind of thing?"


    Seeing Kisuke Urahara''s expression, Yaichi Sifengin couldn''t help but chuckled, stood up, not hiding his good figure at all, took out a coat from the hanger next to him and put it on his body.


    The brown-skinned beauty sat in front of Urahara Kisuke again, her face became serious again, and she asked in a deep voice, "Have you figured out what to do? If the Uehara clan insists on arresting us..."


    This is no joke!


    Even if Sifengyuan Yeyi was so courageous that he once made a big fuss about the forty-sixth room of the Seireitei Central Committee, he did not dare to underestimate the chief officer sent by the Uehara clan.


    Whether it is Shifengin Yeichi or Urahara Kisuke, both of them have served as the captain of a certain team of Gotei 13 Team, and even entered the Zero Team. suppression...


    They understand the horror of the Uehara clan better than anyone else!


    Seriously speaking, the four nobles of Seireitei are really not worthy of carrying shoes in front of the Uehara clan, and they can even be said to be beggars at all...


    Back then, Sifengyuan Yeyi sneaked into Uehara Castle rashly and was arrested by Namikaze Minato. He would have been sentenced to death on the spot. He died there early in the morning!


    "And... I''m afraid they mean it."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi thought of the young man who was as warm as the sun, couldn''t help but gritted his teeth, and said in a low voice: "That guy Namikaze Minato is quite difficult..."


    that bastard...


    Obviously looks so sunny and kind...


    He was merciless when he raised his hand!


    Even though Yoichi Sifengin has grown up a lot now, he still doesn''t think he can get anything good from Namikaze Minato''s hands, that person''s speed is too fast...


    coming soon...


    Even she couldn''t see clearly!


    "there is always a solution to a problem."


    Kisuke Urahara lowered his fan slowly, revealing a pair of sharp eyes, his voice lowered slightly: "Maybe this time may be our chance..."


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx [Book Club] Recommend your favorite novels and receive cash red envelopes!


    "Ok?"


    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s face was a little surprised.


    What chance is there?


    The two of them had a bad relationship with the Uehara clan before...


    This time, the 46th Office of the Central Committee also used it as a scapegoat for the Uehara clan to vent their anger, so this action must be the result of approval by many parties.


    "When the crisis comes, the opportunity is also around."


    Kisuke Urahara''s voice became lower and lower in the secret room, as if he was talking to himself: "The new Patriarch of the Uehara Clan is a nice little guy... I heard Teacher Dou also mentioned that he is the hope for peace."


    Kisuke Urahara slowly raised his head, looked at Yoruichi Sifuin in front of him, and said softly, "Perhaps this time... is also our chance to expose Aizen Soyousuke."


    When he said this, Urahara Kisuke''s eyes trembled slightly, and he said in a low voice: "The first problem we have to face... is that we must find a way to find out the real murderer of the assassination of the little Patriarch."


    "This is not easy to handle..."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi shook his head, frowned slightly, and said in a low voice: "According to what I know, the members of the other squadrons had already left the battlefield that day. When he was assassinated, only the first Members of the Fifth Division..."


    "Ah¡­"


    The smile on Kisuke Urahara''s face became even stronger, and his laughter was almost uncontrollable: "Then it must be Aizen Soyousuke who did it... It seems that things are simpler than I imagined, we have to Find a way to meet that little Patriarch."


    In fact, this is purely Urahara Kisuke thinking too much.


    No matter what, Kisuke Urahara would not have imagined it, whether it is Uehara Naraku or Aizen Soyousuke, the goals of the two of them are the same at this moment...


    No¡­


    Even the goal of the entire soul world is the same...


    That is to put the blame for Uehara''s assassination on Kisuke Urahara''s head!


    Originally, Uehara Naraku had a slight liking for Urahara Kisuke, and even thought that this was a character who could be included in their Akatsuki organization...


    As a result, Kisuke Urahara broke away from his teacher, the pharmacist, and even this guy used the pharmacist as a tool he could use.


    Even though Uehara Naraku thinks he has a generous temperament, he will definitely find a place for his subordinates. Obviously everyone can get together and relax if they don''t get along well...


    but¡­


    Using the pharmacist''s pocket is a bit too much.


    this kind of thing...


    Undoubtedly provoking Akatsuki and Uehara Naraku.


    While Kisuke Urahara was still thinking about his own countermeasures, a tall figure rushed into the room and said in panic, "Manager, something serious happened! News came from Hirako and the others that a team of gods of death have already targeted them! "


    "what?"


    Surprise flashed across Urahara Kisuke''s face, and he put away his fan in an instant, with a slightly unsightly expression on his face: "That guy Hirako...isn''t too impulsive?"


    If you are too impulsive...


    It could easily cause the situation between them to be irretrievable!


    If Mako Hirako and the others had a conflict with the Uehara clan, according to the domineering nature of the Uehara clan, even if it wasn''t Uehara Naraku they assassinated, they would definitely be regarded as enemies!


    if that is the case¡­


    They are still here thinking about what is the point of countermeasures!


    And at that time...


    There is absolutely no way to recover everything!


    present world.


    An empty building.


    With the help of a Shinigami stationed in reality, Shiba Isshin and Namikaze Minato temporarily chose this place as their resting area for these Shinigami.


    At the same time, Naraku Uehara also temporarily lives here.


    Now that they finally arrived at the convergence of reality, they began to discuss their actions in this world. The first step must be to search for the whereabouts of Urahara Kisuke, Heiko Mako and others.


    "This is really harder than finding a needle in a haystack..."


    Zhibo couldn''t help but scratched his head, and said softly: "Besides, they are all acting in this world, so they will definitely be wearing skeletal bones to hide their spiritual pressure..."


    This is more troublesome.


    If they didn''t meet them head-on, they would definitely not be able to tell where those guys were hiding. After all, they haven''t heard from them for so many years...


    Even if I occasionally know that the Masked Army is active in this world, these people disappear quietly like water drops sinking into the sea, and it is too late to track down the traces of Reiatsu...


    And speaking of...


    Shiba Isshin actually doesn''t really hope to catch Mako Hirako and the others.


    After all, Mako Hirako''s masked army was once the captain or vice-captain of the Gotei 13th Team. Strictly speaking, they were also victims...


    What''s more, this time Uehara Naraku''s assassination is in doubt.


    Zhibo is bent on the captain wanting to delay...


    The Uehara clan has no intention of procrastinating!


    "Please don''t worry about that."


    Namikaze Minato shook his head slowly, and said in a low voice: "After Tomona-sama ordered us to find out the area where the Masked Legion is active, I have already sent people to that area in advance, and sent them to use Ziyang Formation The border has sealed off that area..."


    In fact...


    The strength of the purple sun barrier may not be able to block people, the purpose of that barrier is only to let Mako Hirako and others expose their traces.


    After Uehara Naraku arrived in the present world, he found out the whereabouts of Hirako Mako and others, and by the way, he also gave them enough time to pass on the whole story of the Uehara Clan and Goutei 13 Team''s joint encirclement and suppression of them to Urahara Kisuke...


    According to the enmity between these people and Aizen Soyousuke...


    Hirako Mako, Urahara Kisuke and others will definitely blame Aizen Soyousuke for everything that happened!


    No¡­


    These were originally instigated by Aizen Soyousuke secretly!


    He, Uehara Naraku, is just a victim of ignorance.


    Uehara Naraku sat on the main seat, he slowly raised his head and glanced at Namikaze Minato, rubbed his eyebrows, and said helplessly, "Mr. Minato, quickly settle the matter here, catch those After the assassin, we will return to Seireitei immediately..."


    "..."


    Namikaze Minato''s expression became slightly strange.


    What the hell is this boss trying to do?


    Aren''t you the one who single-handedly controlled the assassination incident, ordered them, the chief executives, to come to the present world, and tried to delay the time, waiting for Aizen Soyousuke and Urahara Kisuke to bite?


    How did this guy become the same again!


    Obviously everything that happened now was guided by him, and he pretended to be kind there...

 Chapter 641

    Motegi Town.


    The spiritual power in this area is quite strong.


    During this time, the Masked Legion has been active here.


    Since decades ago, Aizen Soyousuke conspired to create a virtualization experiment, and conducted a virtualization experiment on a group of powerful gods of death, such as Mako Hirako and Hiyori Sarkaki, which forced the group of gods of death to escape. Soul world.


    Fortunately, with the help of Kisuke Urahara, these gods of death barely controlled their holiness. Now they have Zanpakuto of the god of reaper and the ability of holiness.


    we can even say¡­


    Their strength may have improved a little bit.


    It''s a pity that they were kicked out of the Soul Soul Realm.


    Today, these masked gods of death who master the virtualization are hiding in the world, collecting information from all parties at all times, and preparing to avenge Aizen Soyousuke. They call themselves the masked army!


    However¡­


    The Soul Society calls them the Masked Legion.


    Today, the leader of the Masked Corps is named Mako Hirako.


    Mako Hirako has yellow hair in the shape of a watermelon. In addition, Mako Hirako always has a loose character. She likes pretty girls very much. She doesn''t seem like a good person...


    certainly.


    If you underestimate Hirako Mako because of this, it would be a bit too careless, because before Hirako Mako became the masked god of death, she was the captain of the fifth team.


    Yes.


    Hirako Mako is the captain of Aizen Soyousuke.


    In a sense, Hirako Mako is also a person whom Aizen Soyousuke used to be wary of, because Hirako Mako has long seen the danger in Aizen Soyousuke...


    That''s why Hirako Mako gathered Aizen Soyousuke by her side, so that she could monitor Aizen Soyousuke at all times, lest this guy create any dangerous things...


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Unfortunately¡­


    Hirako Mako underestimated Aizen Soyousuke''s power.


    Instead of getting Aizen Soyousuke into any trouble, Hirako Mako aroused Aizen Soyousuke''s vigilance, and was plotted and assassinated by Aizen Soyousuke first, and almost died in the virtualization experiment...


    If you count it like this...


    Hirako Mako and Aizen Soyousuke are also sworn enemies.


    No, it should be said that the entire Masked Legion is at odds with Aizen Soyousuke, wishing to kill them quickly, but unfortunately they can''t do this...


    Except Mako Hirako.


    Another leader of the Masked Legion is relatively reliable.


    Akishi Hiyori.


    A cute looking little girl!


    In fact, Sarkaki Hiyori is really attractive!


    The former vice-captain of the 12th squad, and the former subordinate of Urahara Kisuke, a little girl with blond hair and twin ponytails looks like a god of death.


    Sakinaki Hiyori''s usual attitude is very arrogant. According to their daily relationship, people often think that she is the biggest player in Masked Corps...


    In fact, she is also the least to be provoked.


    Because this little girl is like a god of death, and she also has a little girl''s temper. Once she sees something unpleasant, she will directly abuse and beat her on the spot...


    Even Hirako Mako can hit it right.


    In addition to the two of them, there are Fengqiaolou, Liuche Quanxi, Aichuan Luowu and others. Almost every one of them is the former captain or vice-captain of the Gotei Thirteenth Team!


    There is even a deputy head of ghosts who practice ghosts!


    The current eight members of the Masquerade Legion can be said to be all captain-level Reapers or above, and each of them should not be underestimated. This is why the 13th Guarding Team was unwilling and did not want to come to encircle them. !


    Now, the members of this group of Masked Legion are hiding in Motegi Town, and everyone is strong enough, so they all see the barrier that traps the entire Motegi Town.


    Now there is a purple enchantment barrier over the entire Motegi Town, preventing Hirako Mako and others from leaving Motegi Town.


    Not so much blocking...


    It is better to say that the monitoring is more serious.


    Moreover, the Masked Legion also received news from the world of corpses and souls. During the assassination of Uehara Naraku, they became the direct blamers, which also made these guys very angry...


    Can''t find who the murderer is...


    Just push it on them?


    Is this... still a human thing?


    Although they also knew that Uehara Naraku''s assassination was indeed a major event that would shock the soul world, but this still does not prevent the group of masked gods who are free now from feeling unhappy...


    "Just chop it up..."


    Mako Hirako lay bored on the roof, looked up at the purple enchantment, and said casually: "Could the Uehara clan underestimate us... Well, if you want to trap us, you must at least take out the red Sun Array, shall we?"


    As the high-level officials of the thirteenth team of the Goeti, all of them had known the information of the Uehara clan, and they understood what Mako Hirako meant.


    There are two very famous secret enchantments in the Uehara clan.


    One of them is called the Four Purple Sun Formation, which claims to be able to trap Killian and even Yachukas-level Daxu, as well as captain-level Reapers.


    The other one is called the Four Scarlet Sun Formation, which claims to be able to trap a Vastord-level Daxu, and also claims to be able to trap a Captain-level Death God...


    In fact, they have only seen the Four Purple Sun Formation.


    The enchantment of the Four Purple Sun Formation is not that scary. In fact, it is just an enchantment used by ordinary death gods under Uehara''s clan in battle. It seems that it is basically not very useful, at least it cannot cause much hindrance to them...


    In comparison...


    The enchantment of the four red sun formations is more secretive.


    It is said that no one has ever seen the enchantment of the Four Scarlet Sun Formation. Those are the secret techniques that can only be mastered by the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan, and they rarely appear outside.


    Once the scarlet sun formation enchantment appears...


    That must mean the haunting of Thirteen Deadpool!


    Sarushi Hiyori heard Mako Hirako complaining about the weakness of the Purple Sun Formation, a flash of anger suddenly flashed across her face, and she punched Mako Hirako on the head!


    This punch directly knocked Mako Hirako off the roof!


    Sarushi Hiyori hugged his little arm with a full face, and cursed loudly: "Are you an idiot? They didn''t come to trap us at all, they came to track down our whereabouts!"


    As long as they show up and break the Purple Sun Formation...


    The gods of death under the command of the Uehara clan must flock here!


    This is the most troublesome place!


    "Then what should I do..."


    Hirako Makoto scratched the big bag on her head and muttered: "Let those guys slowly mobilize their hands to surround us? This is not in line with my style..."


    When it came to the end, Mako Hirako grinned suddenly, and said with a smile: "Hey, why don''t we try the power of the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan... We couldn''t provoke them when we were still in Seireitei, but now us¡­"


    "Shut up!"


    Sarkaki Hiyori flew down!


    The next moment, the little girl kicked Mako Hirako in the face, leaving a small footprint on Mako Hirako''s face, and kicked Mako Hirako flying!


    Now¡­


    Of course, don''t provoke powerful enemies casually!


    That is the only wealthy Uehara family in Seireitei!


    Kiryu Hikifune, the most admired member of Team Zero, also mentioned by Sarkaki Hiyori himself that he must never provoke that clan at will, so as not to cause big troubles that cannot be solved...


    Although it seems that these Masked Legion can be lawless...


    But in fact, that wealthy family that doesn''t even look down on the entire Guarding Thirteen Team is truly lawless!


    "Hey, stop making trouble..."


    Liuche Quanxi frowned slightly, his eyes were fixed on the barrier of the Ziyang Formation, and he said in a deep voice, "Someone seems to be coming from outside the barrier..."

 Chapter 642

    Outside Motegi Town.


    Hundreds of gods of death swarmed over.


    The masked gods of death looked at this group of obviously unfriendly enemies, and everyone''s face became a little dignified. They slowly stood up and looked at the enemies flying towards the barrier in the distance.


    The person in the lead happened to be acquainted with them.


    Shiba Isshin, the current captain of the 10th Division of the Goutei Thirteenth Team, Namikaze Minato, the seventh member of the Uehara clan''s thirteen dead servants, and Naraku Uehara, the young patriarch of the wealthy family in the Soul World.


    "It''s really disturbing..."


    Mako Hirako landed on the roof, with a terrifying smile on her lips: "Hey, it looks like they''ve identified our location..."


    "so what should I do now?"


    The little girl Sarushi Hiyori flew onto Hirako Mako''s shoulder, stepped on Hirako Mako''s head and watched the enemy in the distance, and slowly frowned: "Are you going to run away at this time?"


    "There seems to be no better way?"


    A girl in a sailor suit wearing glasses standing beside them had a strange expression on her face. She touched her glasses and said in a low voice, "Maybe you can stay and consider teaching them a lesson so that they can remember our inviolability." ..."


    Her name is Yadoumaru Risa.


    Yadoumaru Lisa used to be the former vice-captain of the eighth team, but the girl Shinigami in sailor uniform has a cold expression on her face at this moment...


    "That...be more sensible..."


    Ariakita Bogen, the former vice head of the ghost circle, slowly shook his head, and muttered in a low voice, "There seem to be other enemies here..."


    The next moment, You Zhaotian Boxuan''s expression changed, and he said in a deep voice, "Wait...they are rushing towards us directly, do you want to retreat immediately?"


    "That''s too late!"


    Liuche Kenxi shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "If you run away now, you will only become prey hunted by the enemy... Mr. Namikaze Minato, so far, not many people have the confidence to escape in front of him... "


    "Ah?"


    Another girl with short green hair glanced at the enemy in the distance, couldn''t help but shook her head, and said softly: "I seem to remember that he is the fastest in the soul world..."


    In fact it is true.


    Namikaze Minato is known as the number one speed in the soul world!


    Just talking about the use of Shunpo, it is also known as the number one in the world of corpses and souls!


    Even if their group of former captain-level gods of death can increase their speed with the help of blurring, they cannot surpass Namikaze Minato, and it is very likely that under the control of Namikaze Minato''s speed, it will evolve into a chase scene of a lion chasing a rabbit ¡­


    Wow...


    While the Masked Reapers were still thinking about countermeasures, the Four Purple Flame Array shattered in an instant, and someone used external force to forcibly break the Four Purple Flame Array!


    Two figures jumped up quickly and landed beside them, one of them urged loudly: "Hey, Pingzi, why don''t you go away, why are you waiting here?"


    It was Kisuke Urahara and Yoruichi Shifuin who came in a hurry.


    After getting Namikaze Minato and Shiba to encircle and suppress the masked army, Urahara Kisuke and Sifengin Yoruichi hurried here!


    To exchange good books, pay attention to the vx public account. [Book Friends Base Camp]. Pay attention now, you can receive cash red envelopes!


    Unfortunately¡­


    They came a little early.


    No, or rather, for others, they came just in time!


    A dazzling golden light flew over, and suddenly stopped in front of the Masked Legion and Urahara Kisuke, and gradually changed into a slightly immature appearance again!


    Naraku Uehara.


    Standing on the roof, the newly-promoted vice-captain of the fifth team looked at the masked army and Kisuke Urahara and others below, with a flash of compassion in his eyes: "Sorry, please hurt Captain Aizen in the sneak attack. Hand over your murderer..."


    This sentence is not wrong.


    In any case, in the assassination of Uehara Naraku, the only person who was really injured on the surface was Aizen Soyousuke who was hit by a false flash to protect Uehara Naraku.


    That''s why...


    Aizen Soyousuke is also kind to Uehara Naraku.


    What''s more, the relationship between the two of them is already good, Uehara Naraku has always admired his captain, at least it seems so...


    When talking about Aizen, there was a flash of struggle on Uehara Naraku''s face, and his voice gradually became serious: "Otherwise... I can''t guarantee what I will do..."


    The moment I finished saying this...


    Uehara Naraku''s face has become full of strength and unyielding!


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku seemed to be a passionate young man who came to avenge his captain!


    "..."


    There was silence.


    The masked gods of death looked at each other.


    Is this the little patriarch of the Uehara clan?


    Just looking at it, it doesn''t seem to be a big deal, but his flying ability that turned into light just now feels a little amazing...


    speaking...


    It would be great if this guy Aizen Soyousuke was really injured!


    "What a naive child..."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku with a serious face, and couldn''t help but a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, and looked up and down the little Patriarch: "Huh? It doesn''t look like he has grown up at all, I If I remember correctly, the patriarch of the Uehara clan at this age can''t make the decision, right?"


    If I remember correctly...


    During this period of the Uehara clan, the thirteen dead servants should be in charge!


    A patriarch like Uehara Naraku who doesn''t seem to be an adult is just treated as a spoiled child by Thirteen Deadpool, and has no real power at all...


    "Yeyi, don''t talk nonsense."


    Kisuke Urahara interrupted Yoichi Sifengin''s words, looked at Uehara Naraku in front of him, coughed a few times, and lowered his head in a slightly polite way: "Ahem, ahem... It''s great for us to be able to meet Naraku-sama in this world today. It''s a great honor to¡­¡±


    This is the etiquette Urahara Kisuke wants to follow.


    Anyway, let''s relax the atmosphere a little bit first. ''


    Because Urahara Kisuke is also very good at coaxing children, the best way to deal with this kind of hot-blooded little guy is to induce obedience to his attitude and communicate...


    "There is no need to mention some topics that should not be provoked."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Urahara Kisuke, frowned slightly, and said in a deep voice: "I will not listen to any of your sophistry, I just want to know where the masked Shinigami who injured Captain Aizen is hiding! "


    Makoto Hirako grinned, and couldn''t help muttering: "If anyone of us could kill that bastard Aizen, he would have sneaked into Soul Soul Realm to kill Aizen..."


    How could it be possible to be surrounded here by the Uehara Clan and the Goutei Thirteenth Team?


    If Aizen Soyousuke can be killed, Hirako Mako really wants to find the Shinigami who severely injured Aizen President Soyousuke...


    pity¡­


    That person must be Aizen''s spy!


    "Your Excellency Naraku..."


    Urahara Kisuke patted Hirako Mako on the shoulder, stopped Hirako Mako''s words, he stretched out his palm and pushed the brim of his hat, and said softly: "If you look carefully, there should be no one you are looking for here... "


    Kisuke Urahara glanced at both sides of Uehara Naraku, as if he had sensed the hidden spiritual pressure nearby, he continued softly: "I think what we need to do now is not to waste useless spiritual power to fight, but to find that person together The mask that attacked you... or should I say that guy is also probably a mask..."


    Kisuke Urahara spread out his palms, and added with a smile: "Although we have left Soul Soul World many years ago, we were old friends with Captain Aizen, and he doesn''t want His Excellency Naraku to harm innocent people rashly... "


    This is the wisdom of Kisuke Urahara.


    Ever since he learned that Uehara Naraku, the young master, joined the fifth team, Urahara Kisuke guessed that Aizen Soyousuke must have performed well in front of Uehara Naraku...


    This also means...


    The relationship between Uehara Naraku and Aizen Soyousuke must be good.


    Therefore, at this time, it is not possible to reprimand Aizen Soyousuke for not being a good thing like Heiko Mako, but to follow Uehara Naraku''s wishes first, and then slowly change his mind...


    This requires a little trick.


    "Urahara Kisuke..."


    Just as Urahara Kisuke was still thinking about his own words, Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, and interrupted Urahara Kisuke''s train of thought with a cold voice: "Before I came, someone specifically told me that I must not be let down by yours." Words bewitch..."


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku''s face flashed a touch of determination, he lowered his head and said in a low voice: "Now it looks like what he said... What you are best at is using words to instigate others to become your pawns... Every No one you meet will escape your temptation..."


    "..."


    Urahara Kisuke still had his own smile on his face, but after a second of silence, he immediately said, "This kind of cognition just proves that what I say makes sense and can convince others... Your Excellency Naraku, in fact, I also feel the same way in my heart." Do you think so?"

 Chapter 643

    Never deny your own words at any time.


    Even if the lies on the lips have been directly exposed by others, you can''t change your attitude at will. Only in this way can you gradually gain the trust of others.


    Even when using others...


    Be as frank as possible.


    This is Kisuke Urahara''s code of conduct. He has never shy away from others'' doubts, but only persuades others through interests and common goals to achieve the cooperation he wants.


    this way¡­


    It''s always been good.


    Hearing Urahara Kisuke''s persuasion, Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, his face seemed to be a little hesitant, as if he was half persuaded by Urahara Kisuke...


    Just when Kisuke Urahara''s mouth curled up slightly, and was about to continue persuading Naraku Uehara, Naraku Uehara interrupted him first: "Senior, no matter what you want to say... I must control you first before that!"


    "etc¡­"


    Kisuke Urahara''s face froze.


    What the hell is going on with this little guy?


    Aren''t you about to be persuaded by him?


    Uehara Naraku''s figure slowly floated in the air, he looked down at Urahara Kisuke and the masked gods of death, and continued in a deep voice: "As long as we capture all of you, we will naturally be able to find out the mask that injured Captain Aizen... Is it one of yours!"


    Kisuke Urahara did nothing wrong.


    The only problem lies in only one place, that is, Aizen Soyousuke is not the mastermind of all these accidents...


    The real black hand behind the scenes is Uehara Naraku himself!


    How could Kisuke Urahara convince a man behind the scenes?


    If it is really calculated, the people who can convince Naraku Uehara to be behind the scenes, the total number of people in the four worlds will not exceed the number of one hand.


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his palm, a golden light appeared in his hand, his voice gradually became solemn: "I will not directly convict you just because you once tried to frame Captain Aizen, I just want to find out the real culprit..."


    This sentence sounds weird...


    Although Uehara Naraku will guarantee fair treatment, and will not deliberately hostile to these people because of their grievances with Aizen Soyousuke...


    But no matter who heard Uehara Naraku''s words, they would not think that Uehara Naraku would be friendly to them, and they would also blame Uehara Naraku''s current state on Aizen Soyousuke...


    Even Kisuke Urahara is no exception.


    After all, Uehara Naraku has always seemed harmless to humans and animals, and even treated everyone in the soul world very friendly. On the other hand, that bastard Aizen Soyousuke... Kisuke Urahara and this group of masked gods of death have met Aizen Soyousuke before. true colors!


    Urahara Kisuke''s expression was slightly heavy, he stared fixedly at Uehara Naraku, and murmured in a low voice: "It seems that the situation is a bit bad... Uehara Naraku...has been confused by that guy Aizen?"


    "Hmph, was that bastard Aizen doing something good again..."


    Shinko Hirako grinned, showing her gleaming teeth, and said with a smile, "It seems that if we don''t want to stand still in front of this little patriarch, we have no choice but to resist..."


    "There seems to be no other way but to fight, right?"


    Yaichi Sifengin stretched out his palm, squeezed his wrist slowly, looked at Namikaze Minato and the others rushing over from a distance, nodded slowly and said: "That guy Namikaze Minato, Shiba Isshin Mister, Matsumoto Rangiku... are there only a few captain-level figures like them now?"


    Except for these captain-level Shinigami, neither the Tenth Squad nor the Anbu Shinigami Squad of the Uehara Clan were put in the eyes of Yoichi Sifengin and the Masked Shinigami...


    "No, there are two more..."


    Kisuke Urahara shook his head slowly, looked at the air beside Naraku Uehara, and said in a low voice, "The eighth officer, Obito Uchiha, and the ninth officer, Itachi Uchiha, should also be on the side...the two guards of Patriarch Uehara, They never go against their duty..."


    When he said this, Urahara Kisuke also frowned, and said in a deep voice: "It would be great if I could see the second officer Senju Hashirama and the fifth officer Senju Hirama...


    Maybe those two people who can be the masters of the Uehara clan can still chat, the little Patriarch Naraku Uehara is still too young after all..."


    Although Brother Thousand Hands is too strong...


    But at least Brother Thousand Hands can still communicate for a while.


    What''s more, according to the status and wisdom of Senju Hashirama and Senju Tomonama, they shouldn''t be easily confused by Aizen Soyousuke like Uehara Naraku, right?


    At this moment, Minato Namikaze and Isshin Shiba also led their subordinates to arrive, and directly surrounded the Masked Legion, Kisuke Urahara and others!


    Holding a golden lightsaber in Uehara Naraku''s hand, he pointed at Urahara Kisuke and the others, and said in a deep voice: "Mr. Minato, Shiba-senpai, take them down! Be sure to find out the murderer''s whereabouts from them." !"


    "yes!"


    Namikaze Minato instantly appeared beside Uehara Naraku, and slowly pulled out a pitch-black kunai from his hand, the handle was wrapped with bandages.


    This is the Kunai of Namikaze Minato.


    In fact, it is also the Zanpakuto cultivated by Namikaze Minato!


    Namikaze Minato calmly raised the kunai in his hand, held the handle end of kunai with one hand, and pressed the tip of kunai''s sword with the other hand, and sang his first interpretation language in a low voice!


    "The will of unquenchable fire..."


    "The heart of a ninja flying through time and space..."


    "The three-pronged blade entrusted with love..."


    The whole battlefield echoed with the whisper of Minato Namikaze chanting Sakaiyu!


    When Namikaze Minato read the first sentence, the Masked Reapers couldn''t help becoming vigilant, and even Gotei 13 was ready to fight!


    Only Kisuke Urahara has a strange expression...


    Sifengyuan Yeyi even plucked his ears out of boredom...


    When Namikaze Minato read the second sentence, the expressions on the faces of the Masked Reapers became slightly weird, and Urahara Kisuke''s expression was still weird...


    Sifengyuan Yeyi is still picking out his ears...


    [Receive the red envelope] The cash or coin red envelope has been issued to your account! Follow the public.public.account [Book Friends Base Camp] on WeChat to get it!


    When Namikaze Minato uttered the third sentence, Hiyori Akigaki, the Masked Shinigami, finally couldn''t hold back, and muttered, "Hey, why is that guy''s Hashikyu so long? What''s the name of the sword?"


    What''s going on with this Namikaze Minato?


    Isn''t it known as the fastest speed in the soul world?


    Why is his Zanpakuto so long-winded!


    Are there more Zanpakutos in the entire Soul World than Namikaze Minato''s Hajiekieyu? Why is the number one god in the corpse soul world so slow!


    "It seems to be called something..."


    Yoichi Sifengin frowned, recalling the name of Namikaze Minato''s Zanpakuto, her face was a little unsightly, and she just said to herself: "It seems to be called the Sword of Ninai? Anyway, it''s a Very troublesome Zanpakuto..."


    When talking about this, Sifengyuan Yeyi''s expression suddenly became serious, and her voice became more serious: "Be careful, because this guy''s speed is so fast...he may not have read out his spell yet." Name, you may have lost!"


    While this group of people were still complaining...


    When Uehara Naraku''s face was a little strange...


    "... across time and space...


    "...you will be everywhere in this world..."


    "...Let''s go, Sword of Endurance!"


    Namikaze Minato finally completed his initial interpretation, the symbol of the sword of Ninai appeared on the Kunai in his hand in an instant, and his figure disappeared in the same place in an instant!

 Chapter 644

    There must be problems with Namikaze Minato''s thinking.


    As the dead servant of the Uehara clan, especially since he is also the leader of the Anbe Shinigami, Namikaze Minato must have mastered the swastika to be qualified to gain a foothold.


    Once the god of death masters the swastika...


    When Zanpakut¨­ is released, it is no longer necessary to chant Shijieyu.


    This is also the reason why other people did not interrupt Namikaze Minato''s chanting, because this kind of thing is actually useless at all...


    But for Namikaze Minato...


    Chanting Shijieyu is a sense of ritual.


    Namikaze Minato''s personality is actually a bit weird. This man, who is as warm as the sun, always likes to give his moves some strange names, and must introduce his moves loudly...


    Really named ghosts.


    The only problem is that it makes people feel that Namikaze Minato is very long-winded.


    It''s just that this impression won''t last too long, because when Minato Namikaze stops talking, people will see the horror of the number one speed in the soul world!


    The moment Namikaze Minato''s figure disappeared suddenly, Sifengin Yoruichi''s face suddenly became serious, and she waved a short knife in her hand to block Namikaze Minato!


    Even if she thinks she is not as fast as Namikaze Minato...


    But he also has his own title, Shun Shen Ye Yi!


    clang clang!


    Namikaze Minato clenched his Kunai to block the short knife in the woman''s hand, and a warm smile appeared on his face, obviously he still had an impression of Yoichi Sifengin.


    Namikaze Minato seemed to see his old friend, and greeted with a smile: "It''s been a long time, Miss Yoruichi..."


    "yes¡­"


    Sifengyuan Yeyi tightly clenched the short knife in his hand, and a smile flashed in his eyes: "It''s been a long time..."


    The next moment, Yoruichi Yoruichi of Sifengin swung his dagger violently, and after pushing back Minato Namikaze, he raised his hand and stretched out his palm towards Minato Namikaze!


    This hot and charming woman...


    The power is also so strong that it is a bit hot!


    A thunderbolt transformed from Reiatsu suddenly shot out from Yoichi Sifengin''s palm, and it shot directly towards Minato Namikaze, and it was about to annihilate Minato Namikaze''s body in an instant!


    In this unforgiving moment...


    Namikaze Minato''s figure disappeared under Lei Ting''s attack, and suddenly appeared behind Yoichi Sifengin in an instant!


    The blade of the sword of enduring love was pressed against Yoichi Sifengin''s neck!


    In one second, the winner will be decided!


    The faces of the masked gods of death were full of astonishment, as if they were looking at Namikaze Minato''s movements in disbelief, how did this guy escape Sifengin Yoruichi''s attack just now?


    and¡­


    How could the speed be so fast!


    Even before they had time to say anything, the battle between Minato Namikaze and Yoruichi Sifengin had been reversed directly!


    "The speed is still so fast..."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s body slowly turned into a phantom and dissipated.


    The night was predicted early in the morning! Because when Namikaze Minato disappeared under her thunder attack, Yoruichi Sifengin had already expected that this scene might happen now!


    "After such a long time, Minato-san is still attacking the same location..."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s voice quietly echoed throughout the battlefield, her body wandered quickly on the battlefield, leaving only an elusive afterimage in the air from time to time!


    "Ok?"


    A flash of surprise flashed across Namikaze Minato''s face, and a smile slowly appeared on his face: "Miss Yeichi, you have really grown up a lot..."


    While Minato was smiling...


    Yoruichi''s body suddenly appeared in the sky above Minato Namikaze, her calf bent suddenly and was about to directly lock onto Minato Namikaze''s neck!


    That slender brown beautiful leg is full of murderous intent!


    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s speed was obviously extremely fast, but she didn''t make any sound at all, and even when she was attacking, her spiritual pressure was quickly hidden!


    At this moment, Shun Shen Ye Yi is the coldest assassin in the world!


    When Yoichi Sifengin thought she was about to lock her throat directly on Namikaze Minato, Namikaze Minato who was standing there suddenly turned into an afterimage and disappeared directly in front of her!


    next second...


    Namikaze Minato''s body appeared directly in front of Yoichi Sifengin, holding his Ninja Sword upside down, about to stab into Yoichi''s body!


    "Tch, it''s like this again..."


    Yoichi Sifengin held her short knife and blocked the sword of Ninai, she looked directly at the god robe on Namikaze Minato, gritted her teeth and said, "You guys at least show some real skills!" Come on, don''t use this trick to coax children anymore!"


    From the perspective of others at the scene...


    Two gods of death known for their speed have started a battle of speed and life! Anyone who wants to intervene will definitely become a victim between their battles...


    However, in Yoichi Sifengin''s eyes...


    Namikaze Minato still didn''t show his due speed!


    Does this guy still treat her as a vulnerable child like in the past?


    Yoichi Yoruichi of Sifengin slammed his whip and kicked in front of Minato Namikaze, his slender legs wrapped in an unstoppable momentum, and he was about to kick Minato Namikaze''s body to pieces!


    But everyone knows...


    This kind of white fight is useless...


    Sifengyuan Yeyi is also very clear about this, her real ultimate move is the hidden weapon hidden under this blow, it is a kunai wrapped with a rope!


    The rope can be extended according to Yeyi''s will, as long as the rope Kunai can get close to Namikaze Minato, the seventh officer can be restrained and captured!


    "Is it a hidden weapon?"


    Namikaze Minato had a weird face on his face.


    It seems that this kind of move shouldn''t be used by Yoichi Sifengin, right?


    Although the Kunai rope of Yoichi Sifengin can indeed limit the movement space of other people, but for those of them who are known for their speed...


    Such a trick actually has no special effect, but at this time you need to dodge it to avoid a real rollover in the gutter...


    The next moment, the figure of Minato Namikaze disappeared in place, and appeared behind Yoichi Sifengin again in an instant!


    However¡­


    It''s a trap!


    "Instant coax!"


    A sharp light flashed in Sifengyuan Yeyi''s eyes, and she slowly appeared clusters of high-density ghostly spiritual pressure, which instantly exploded the clothes behind her!


    This is Sifengyuan Yeyi''s instant coaxing mode.


    In Sifengin Yeichi in this state, both speed and strength will be greatly improved under the urging of spiritual pressure!


    Even just one blow can cause huge destructive power!


    Sifengyuan Yeyi in instant coaxing mode seems to have changed her appearance again. The faint spiritual pressure on her body makes people dare not look directly...


    Sifengyuan Yeyi raised his hand and slapped Namikaze Minato''s body with a palm!


    This blow was surrounded by a huge spiritual pressure, and it was narrowly avoided by Namikaze Minato in an instant!


    "Tsk, missed again..."


    This hot woman slowly raised her head, raised the corners of her mouth, and slowly grew two horns on her head, and a moving chuckle appeared on the battlefield!


    "Then... how else can you hide now? Instant coaxing... Thunder God Battle Form!"


    A Taiko Gouyuhuan appeared behind Sifengyuan Yeyi!


    At this moment, Sifengyuan Yeyi seemed to have become a real Thor!


    No, or rather, she is indeed Thor now!


    Yoichi Sifengin stretched out her palm towards Namikaze Minato suddenly, and countless thunderbolts appeared beside her, one after another, they shot towards Namikaze Minato!


    These thunderbolts seem to completely annihilate Namikaze Minato here!


    Everyone on the battlefield had to retreat quickly to avoid being hit by Yoruichi Shifuin''s attack. Even Kisuke Urahara quickly retreated a certain distance.


    Because Kisuke Urahara knows...


    Sifengyuan Yeyi has completely entered the fighting state!


    In this case, it seemed that it would not be easy to disturb Ye Yi''s interest.


    Just as everyone was watching the battlefield and Namikaze Minato under the lightning attack, they really wanted to know how the seventh officer should break the situation...


    After all, the current Sifengyuan Yeyi...


    It seems that few people present dare to think that they can compete with her power!


    However, Namikaze Minato''s method of cracking the move is very simple, he just held his kunai with both hands, and began to chant with a serious face!


    "...Flying Thunder God Formation!"


    A barrier suddenly appeared in front of Minato!


    Countless thunderbolts landed on the barrier but disappeared without a trace!


    No matter how many thunderbolts Sifengyuan Yeyi manipulated to hit the barrier, he couldn''t cause any damage to the barrier!


    Akita Bogen of the Masked Legion looked at the Flying Thunder God Barrier, cold sweat dripped down his forehead, and murmured in disbelief: "That''s... the space ability of the Ghost Dao system... it''s so easy. Can it be used..."


    no need to chant...


    Didn''t even get any prep in advance!


    It''s so easy to use!


    As the deputy head of ghosts, Akita Bogen is very aware of the difficulty of cultivating the ability of space ghosts, at least he can''t do it like an arm...


    soon.


    With Akita Bogen, he knew that he was surprised too early.


    The next moment, the figure of Namikaze Minato disappeared suddenly with the aid of Hiraishen, and appeared beside Yoichi Sifengin in an instant. This seventh officer with the title of golden flash swung his sword of Ninai across An arc cut!


    one strike¡­


    Cut up the Liugu Gouyu behind Sifengyuan Yeyi directly!


    "Immortal Method Spiral Pill!"


    A strange spiral pill was also imprinted on Sifengyuan Yeyi''s back, directly disrupting the ghostly spirit pressure in Yeyi''s body, and directly breaking up her instant coaxing mode!


    Namikaze Minato''s speed was so fast that even the people present couldn''t see his trajectory carefully. Only a few people who were good at space ability sensed the space fluctuations.


    That''s not Shunpo...


    Instead, it relies on super-speed teleportation in space!


    No wonder this guy is known as the fastest speed in the world of corpses and souls!


    Compared with Namikaze Minato''s speed, his moves are also not to be underestimated, just a spiral pill, which broke up Yoruichi''s instant coaxing mode in an instant!


    As many years ago...


    The various moves practiced by Yoichi Sifengin, whether it is the spiritual pressure in the body or the speed, have made great progress, but in front of Namikaze Minato who is a little more serious, it still seems so vulnerable.


    Although their victory has not yet been decided, everyone present knows that Sifengyuan Yeyi, who had to quit the instant coaxing mode, has no hope of winning...


    The only exceptions are Kisuke Urahara and Naraku Uehara.


    The corners of Urahara Kisuke''s mouth curled up slightly, he slowly helped his hat, and said with a low smile, "You''re still so courageous... Are you going to use yourself as a bait again?"


    next second...


    Just as Namikaze Minato''s spiral pill was pressed on the back of Yoichi Sifengin, sheets of white paper fell from the air, turning into a prismatic sealing barrier!


    This sealing barrier is so narrow that it directly seals the space, and also traps Minato Namikaze in place!


    "Phew... finally hooked..."


    Sifengyuanye didn''t care at all about the injury from being hit by the spiral pill on his back, but slowly turned around to look at Minato Namikaze who was bound in place by the barrier.


    There was a smile on the corner of Sifengyuan Yeyi''s mouth, and he became serious again, muttering in a low voice: "Sorry, Mr. Minato... I have known about your space technique for a long time. You went to improve the sealing technique..."


    As aristocrats in the soul world, the Sifengyuan family has a unique sealing technique.


    However, this sealing technique is too slow to activate, and its strength is slightly insufficient. When Yoichi Sifengin was learning this sealing technique, she realized that this sealing technique has a value that can be improved. I improved a bit during training...


    It is to seal Namikaze Minato at this moment!


    Now, Sifengyuan Yeyi has finally found his place again!


    "Tsk..."


    Yoichi Sifengin had a playful smile on his face, he looked at Naraku Uehara in his spare time, and said with a teasing smile: "If the guards around you don''t come out, it will be your turn next, it looks like a really good person." What about the simple little guy..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression became slightly weird.


    People in this world are too much!


    I really didn''t expect that Yoichi Sifengin, a catwoman who he always thought was straightforward and generous, would use this kind of trick. look...


    Fortunately, he is the biggest behind-the-scenes manipulator.


    This made Uehara Naraku feel a little more comforted.


    and¡­


    This woman, Yoichi Sifengin...wouldn''t really think that Namikaze Minato was sealed by her so easily, would she?


    To know¡­


    Namikaze Minato is also a genius who studies and practices sealing techniques!


    "you¡­"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Yoichi Sifengin with fiery eyes, turned his head hastily to look at the sealed Namikaze Minato, and asked anxiously, "That...Mr. Minato...do you need help?"


    "Don''t bother Master Naraku."


    "Ok?"


    Sifengyuan Yeyi looked slightly surprised.


    The next moment, she suddenly turned her head to look at the location of the prismatic seal barrier!


    The seemingly indestructible sealing barrier slowly cracked open bit by bit, revealing the figure of Minato Namikaze, with that sunny smile still on his face...


    "Hmm... What a powerful sealing technique!"


    Minato Namikaze looked at Yoichi Sifengin, and he did not hesitate to appreciate his appreciation: "If there is a chance, I can go to Uehara Castle as a guest. Kushina really hopes to have a friend who also likes to study sealing techniques..."

 Chapter 645

    "how is this possible¡­"


    Sifengin Yoruichi stared at Namikaze Minato who escaped from trouble with an ugly expression. She carefully arranged multiple traps at the beginning of the battle. The ultimate goal was to use the sealing technique to trap Namikaze Minato The Feng Shui gate is closed!


    How could this guy be good at sealing?


    No, it doesn''t seem so surprising...


    As the seventh chief officer of the Uehara clan, how could Namikaze Minato only have that little trick? The Uehara clan that has existed in the world of corpses and souls for thousands of years must have more secret arts than their Sifengin clan. More than anything!


    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s hand flipped over and a piece of white paper reappeared, and flung it out fluently, fluttering beside her, imprisoning the surrounding space!


    This is to guard against Namikaze Minato''s sneak attack!


    After using the sealing technique to seal the space for a few seconds, Sifengyuan Yeyi clenched his fists tightly, slowly grinned and said with a low smile: "It looks like I''m really desperate now..."


    Yes.


    Really want to work hard!


    If the little trick just now didn''t work against Minato Namikaze, she can only use her hard power to stop Minato Namikaze!


    "Instant coaxing..."


    The corner of Sifengyuan Yeyi''s mouth curled into an evil smile, and a mass of spiritual pressure erupted from her body again, and thunder and lightning began to emerge from her body like water splashes!


    next moment¡­


    A low growl came from her mouth!


    "Thunder Beast Battle Form!"


    Lightning wrapped around Yoichi Sifengin''s body in an instant!


    At this moment, her palm also gradually changed, and the lightning transformed from the spiritual pressure slowly covered her palm, slowly forming a pair of lightning cat claws...


    At the same time...


    On the top of this woman''s head, a pair of cat ears formed by the gathering of lightning slowly grew, and even an active lightning tail grew on her buttocks!


    At first glance, under the blessing of thunder and lightning, Sifengyuan Yeyi has turned into a half-human, half-animal appearance, which looks very cute and cute...


    this moment¡­


    She really turned into a catwoman just as she liked!


    This form has a very beautiful name, Shunlong Black Cat War Ji!


    Under such a disadvantageous situation, Yoichi Sifengin''s incarnation as the black cat war princess is not just for cuteness, the spiritual pressure on her body is also constantly changing, and it looks a little fluctuating, but anyone can see it come out¡­


    In that delicate body...


    What a powerful force is hidden!


    Namikaze Minato watched Sifengin Yoruichi''s black cat warrior form, and he could feel how fast a woman in this state would explode!


    Namikaze Minato slowly clenched his Ninai Sword, his expression gradually became serious, and he praised softly: "It seems that Ms. Yoruichi''s cultivation is really hard, maybe there will be a very interesting event today. What about the battle..."


    "yes?"


    Sifengin Yeichi''s body seemed to turn into lightning, and she flew towards Namikaze Minato suddenly, and there was even a hint of uncontrollable madness on her face: "Then let''s see...you today... Makes my body more excited!"


    The figure of Namikaze Minato turned into a golden light and went towards him!


    The golden flash and the blue lightning intertwined in an instant, and the two figures kept flickering around, making it impossible to see their battle clearly...


    This is also the most troublesome!


    Whether it is Namikaze Minato known as the golden flash, or Sifengin Yoichi known as the instant god, it also makes people wonder how to arrange to continue fighting or retreat...


    At least for now, not many people present can tell who is stronger, Yoruichi Sifengin or Minato Namikaze...


    And as Yoruichi Shifengin and Minakaze Minato fought into a ball, Kisuke Urahara''s eyes flashed a hint of worry, but the corner of his mouth was still smiling lightly.


    But when Urahara Kisuke was smiling, his voice quietly fell into the ears of Mako Hirako and the others: "Hirako, we are going to retreat..."


    "Aha?"


    A doubt flashed across Hirako Mako''s face.


    The two of them haven''t officially played against each other yet!


    Is it time to retreat? Now, including Sifengin Yoichi and Urahara Kisuke, there are at least ten captain-level shinigami on their side!


    Apart from Namikaze Minato, only Shiba Isshin and Matsumoto Rangiku are left on the opposite side, and perhaps Uehara Naraku, who has been newly promoted as the vice-captain of the fifth team... If only talking about the top-level combat power, they should be able to crush the enemy Pressed?


    Urahara Kisuke shook his head slowly, and didn''t explain too much, but his voice fell into Mako Hirako''s ears under the wrapping of Reiatsu: "Get out of here...now is not the time to conflict with them!"


    "Cut...it doesn''t look like much..."


    Makoto Hirako pursed her lips, waved her arm to summon the Masked Reapers, and was about to lead her group of subordinates away.


    But the next moment, Mako Hirako asked curiously again: "Wait... If we leave, what about the two of you?"


    "Of course we have a good chat with our friends!"


    Urahara Kisuke chuckled, picked up the cane in his hand, pointed at Shiba Isshin, and said with a smile, "Captain Isshin, while they are still fighting, do we have time to chat?"


    "Ok?"


    Zhibo Yixin looked slightly surprised.


    It''s just that, as the captain of the 10th Division of the Goutei 13th Team, Shiba Isshin is not very willing to fight against the Masked Legion...


    The next moment, Shiba Yixin looked at Urahara Kisuke and nodded slowly, a hearty smile slowly appeared on his face, and said softly: "Okay, let''s talk..."


    "Senior with one heart."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Shiba Isshin''s words, slowly clenched the golden Tian Congyun Sword in his hand, and said in a deep voice: "Be careful... I''ve heard that Urahara Kisuke was once the most cunning person in the Soul World ..."


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku looked a little serious, and continued in a low voice: "Urahara Kisuke was the one who framed Captain Aizen, and I even heard that Urahara Kisuke''s teacher Yakushito was once played by him Within the palm of your hand..."


    "..."


    Urahara Kisuke''s expression suddenly turned subtle.


    It''s a bit inappropriate to mention the pharmacist''s bag on this occasion, isn''t it?


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    After all, Urahara Kisuke also knew that he felt sorry for the pharmacist who had been training him... Fortunately... fortunately, he had a thick skin.


    For Kisuke Urahara, what is embarrassment?


    "Ha, the little Patriarch really knows a lot..."


    Kisuke Urahara helped himself to the brim of his hat, and couldn''t help but chuckled and said, "Well, I was really sorry for his training for not obeying Mr. Dou''s order...but I never framed that guy Aizen Soyousuke Woolen cloth¡­"


    When he said this, Urahara''s eyes were dimmed, and his voice was even helpless: "On the contrary...I should be the victim...Aizen Soyousuke used his method to frame me..."


    This captain-level god of death who has been lurking in this world...


    No, or it is definitely the god of death of the super captain!


    The moment Aizen Soyousuke was mentioned, the Reiatsu on Urahara Kisuke''s body swept towards Uehara Naraku like a tide, and he wanted to use his own powerful Reiatsu to bully Uehara Naraku, a newcomer...


    Isn''t this a little unbecoming?


    "Little Patriarch..."


    Kisuke Urahara raised his cane and pointed at Uehara, staring at the young patriarch who was under his spiritual oppression with a nervous face, and continued with a smile: "The truth is often hidden under the abyss, don''t be confused by the hypocritical face oh..."


    "Don''t slander Captain Blue Ran in front of me."


    Naraku Uehara frowned, pointed at Kisuke Urahara with the golden lightsaber in his hand, and said in a deep voice: "Kisuke Urahara, the former captain of the 12th Division, we have already found out everything that happened to you... "


    Urahara couldn''t help but let out a low laugh, looked at Uehara Naraku and said slowly: "Little Patriarch, there seems to be no one who is qualified to prove it except for the person concerned. The things you found out are the truth, right?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and there was a little hesitation on his face.


    At this moment, he seemed to be moved by Urahara Kisuke. After all, theoretically speaking, when the death ghost incident happened back then, apart from Urahara Kisuke, only the Masked Legion knew about it, right?


    "..."


    Kisuke Urahara''s mouth hooked up.


    Just like the rumors in the world of corpses and souls, the little patriarch of the Uehara clan has a very kind personality, which means that he is not so difficult to be persuaded...


    Just keep taking advantage of his goodness...


    Although very embarrassed, Kisuke Urahara couldn''t find a better way!


    Because Urahara knows very well that the fight between Yoichi Yoruichi of Shifuin and Minato Namikaze is actually not smooth, she is just buying time for the communication between Kisuke Urahara, Isshin Shiba and Naraku Uehara!


    This is a time not to be missed!


    When thinking of this, Urahara Kisuke smiled again, and continued with a light smile: "If the little Patriarch has checked the files of the Masked Legion, he should know that they have never done anything wrong over the years, right? Was he expelled from the world of corpses and souls, but he still upholds the justice of the god of death and maintains the stability of this world..."


    "yes¡­"


    The hesitation on Uehara Naraku''s face deepened a bit.


    Theoretically, this is not bad. The Masked Legion has always been very stable in this world, and has never caused any major troubles.


    This kind of information...


    The entire Seireitei has it.


    Urahara looked at Uehara Naraku''s uncertain face, smiled and continued: "Then don''t you think there are many suspicious things in it?


    Because according to what you said, the real purpose of the so-called Masked Shinigami before assassinating Aizen Soyousuke was to assassinate the little Patriarch...


    And now we have ten captain-level gods of death, but we are still here willing to talk calmly, and we don''t even plan to open any website, just want to find out the truth..."


    "¡­yes."


    The hesitation on Uehara Naraku''s face deepened.


    This point is indeed hard to refute. From the perspective of the number of papers, the Masquerade Legion actually has an advantage.


    "Looks like we could talk a little longer..."


    Urahara looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression, and the smile on his face gradually became deeper and deeper.


    It''s just that when Urahara was talking, he quietly raised his finger behind his back to make a gesture towards Hirako Mako and others, signaling Hirako Mako and others to leave here immediately!


    The masked gods of death felt a little dissatisfied, but they owed Urahara Kisuke''s life-saving grace many years ago, and they didn''t want to go against his wishes at this time...


    "Tsk, trouble..."


    Mako Hirako glanced at Yoruichi Sifengin and Minato Namikaze who were fighting fiercely, a look of regret flashed across his face, and the gods of death with masks frantically fled towards the distance!


    And on the other side.


    Uehara Naraku stood opposite Urahara Kisuke, and when he was about to speak up to defend Aizen Soyousuke, he suddenly saw the Reapers of the Masked Legion fleeing towards the distance!


    Being tricked...


    Does Urahara Kisuke want to delay them by himself and let the Masked Legion leave here first? This guy is so confident in his own strength?


    No, or, is he sure that the Masked Legion can escape?


    "Sure enough, you guys are too cunning..."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, looked at Urahara Kisuke in front of him, dissatisfaction flashed across his face, and said in a deep voice: "Senior Yixin, please trouble senior to chase after the Masked Legion, be sure to arrest those people!"


    "Ha, I see..."


    Zhibo supported his forehead with all his heart, looked at Uehara Naraku who was being manipulated by Urahara Kisuke with words, and sighed in a low voice: "It''s really... cunning, let''s go, Ranju, let''s go after Hirako them!"


    "Yes, Captain!"


    Matsumoto Rangiku nodded hurriedly.


    Although they are just lip service...


    In fact, Zhibo Yixin didn''t have much serious thoughts in his heart.


    Even the current captain of the 10th team patted his forehead lightly to show his annoyance, and then hurriedly led the 10th team in the direction of the Masked Reaper!


    The speed that Shiba pursues with all his heart...


    I''m really sorry for his status...


    In fact, it would be perfect for the Reapers of the Masked Legion to escape here, at least Zhibo is determined not to violate his own principles of justice and arrest them...


    after all¡­


    The Reapers of the Masquerade Legion used to be the backbone of the Goutei Thirteenth Squad.


    At the beginning, these masked gods of death were expelled because of their virtualization, and it has always been a taboo of the 13th team of the guarding court. Many captains are lenient to these masked gods of death...


    It is precisely because of this.


    Only masked gods of death can hide in this world.


    Of course, Shiba Yixin also wanted to take this opportunity to ask first, whether it was someone from the Masked Legion who wanted to assassinate Uehara Naraku, and accidentally injured Aizen Soyousuke...


    After all, this crime was originally committed by the Central Forty-six Office in order to appease the Uehara clan, so it directly blamed the Masked Legion.


    "Huh? Finally left?"


    Urahara Kisuke glanced at Shiba Isshin who was going to hunt him down.


    Urahara didn''t try to stop Shiba Isshin and the 10th team, and he didn''t seem to care about Yishin''s pursuit of Masked Reaper. Originally, he asked Hirako Mako and others to distract some people...


    As Shiba Yishin knew, Urahara Kisuke knew the whole story well, and the capture of the Masked Army was just Seireitei''s attempt to give the Uehara clan an explanation.


    Therefore, if you want to dispel the suspicion of the Masked Legion''s assassination of Uehara Naraku, the best way is to persuade Uehara Naraku, a little guy, to let the Uehara Clan temporarily give up the pursuit...


    This time is not suitable for Hirako Mako, Shiba Isshin and others to be present.


    "What is the little Patriarch thinking?"


    After Hirako Mako, Shiba Isshin and others left one after another, Urahara Kisuke looked at Uehara Naraku with a smile: "Don''t worry about them, do you have anything to ask now?"


    Urahara wanted to lure Naraku Uehara to say some doubts himself, and then provide evidence for Naraku Uehara little by little, so that it would be easier to win the trust of the little Patriarch.


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and a puzzled look flashed across his face: "I don''t care what you want to say, I just care about why they escaped..."


    "Ok?"


    A look of doubt flashed across Urahara Kisuke''s face.


    Just when he was about to give a reason, a sympathy flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face, and he whispered: "Many people are hiding it from me. In fact, I have always known that this time Mr. Hashirama and Tobima Mister will protect me in secret, the two of them will never show mercy to any enemy that may harm me, I don''t want to hurt anyone..."


    "..."


    Just when Urahara Kisuke''s face was slightly weird, the ground suddenly trembled violently, and a majestic voice fell into their ears!


    "Wood escape¡¤True thousands of hands!"


    After this earth-shattering roar, a majestic spiritual pressure swept across the small town in an instant. The power of this spiritual pressure was so strong that it even made people''s heart tremble!


    Whether it was Kisuke Urahara or Naraku Uehara, both of them involuntarily looked towards the direction of the burst of Reiatsu. At some point, a huge wooden statue of Buddha appeared there, stopping the masked army who wanted to escape!


    Within sight of Kisuke Urahara...


    The wooden statue of Buddha raised his hand and punched out one after another!


    Every palm of the wooden giant Buddha smashed on the Reapers of the Masked Legion, and sent those Masked Reapers who had just escaped not far away, all flying back!

 Chapter 646

    The wind is a little noisy.


    The Reiatsu of the sky is suffocating.


    There is also a breath of fear floating in the air.


    The tall wooden statue of the Thousand-Handed Buddha stands outside Motegi Town like a giant mountain, making it difficult to ignore its existence, or no one would dare to ignore its existence.


    Just now...


    In plain sight...


    This Buddha easily defeated the entire masked army!


    If this wooden statue of Buddha is awe-inspiring because of the power it emanates, then the two men standing on the wooden statue of Buddha will make people feel a little intimidated...


    A white-haired man in blue plate armor.


    The fifth chief of the legendary Thirteen Deadpool, Thousand Hands!


    It is said that Qianshou Feijian is the most powerful dead waiter in the entire Uehara clan. He controls the life and death of the entire Uehara city, and is the actual manager of the entire Uehara city!


    whenever...


    Qianshoubanjian, the fifth official, never showed any smile on his face, and he always had a cold look on his face. No god of death in Uehara City would dare to make trouble in front of him!


    In comparison, another black-haired man in red plate armor looks a bit gentle, he is the elder brother of Qianshou Feijian...


    Thousand-hand column room!


    The second officer of the legendary Thirteen Deadpool!


    The gods of death in the entire soul world are very clear that the first four officers of the thirteen dead servants are very different from other officers, and the first four officers are the most powerful force of the Uehara clan!


    them¡­


    It is also the pillar that keeps the Uehara clan standing still!


    No one has ever dared to doubt the strength of the top four officials!


    Now, Senjujuma, the second officer who has almost never made a move, shows the strength of the first four officers here, and easily defeated the Death God of the entire masked army with just one move. they!


    "It''s been a long time since I''ve used fairy art..."


    Standing on top of the wooden giant Buddha, Senshou Bashima scratched his head: "The spirits in this world can also be used as energy similar to the chakra of the fairy art, and it is so easy to use a real number. Thousand hands..."


    Originally in the past, True Thousand Hands should have been used as a bottom-of-the-box move by Qianshou Zhujian, but after thousands of years of cultivation in this world, it can be easily used.


    These dead souls in another world, after being nourished by the spirit seeds of this world, become stronger than before.


    Besides, living in this world is not bad...


    Because Senjujuma''s younger brother and friends are by his side.


    Even Konoha''s descendants are here, so there is no need to worry that his hometown Ninja World will be invaded by the enemy.


    "The energy of spirits is no less than that of chakra."


    Qianshouban glanced down at the wooden giant Buddha under his feet, then at the group of masked gods of death who pulled out Zanpakuto, and snorted coldly: "Hmph, it''s just that people in this world treat Lingzi Cognition is a bit behind..."


    In fact...


    Compared to my brother who is very easy to please...


    The person who is really like a fish in water is Qianshoufeijian.


    A brand new world means brand new power. This world is very beneficial to the survival of these dead souls, and it also allows Qian Shou Fei Jian to have a long time for research and creation.


    As the top manager of the entire Uehara City, with the support of the huge power of Uehara City, Qianshou Feijian can obtain very rich resources, and it can even be said that it can take whatever it wants from the virtual circle and the soul world.


    Even the legendary Spirit King...


    Qianshoubeijian can also get part of the body of the Lingwang.


    In a sense, this fifth officer is essentially well-deserved, and can even be compared with Uchiha Madara, Senju Zhuma and others.


    It''s just that if you want to become the real top powerhouse in the world, apart from the extreme talent and perseverance, you can even have a heart and spirit, etc...


    Qianshou Feijian couldn''t be as pure as the first four officials.


    Just as the Senju Hashirama and Senju Tomonama brothers looked down at the Masked Legion, Shiba Isshin and others underground, these people were also looking at them.


    When seeing Brother Qianshou, everyone''s expression was extremely heavy.


    They didn''t need to explain too much, they already knew the identities of these two people, and the huge pressure weighed on their hearts like a mountain!


    "Pingzi, are you sure?"


    Yakomaru Lisa in the Masked Army clenched her Zanpakut¨­, looked up solemnly at Brother Thousand Hands above the head of the wooden giant Buddha, and continued in a deep voice: "These two people... seem to be the same as we imagined. Something is different..."


    "yes¡­"


    Mako Hirako grinned slowly, with that loose smile still hanging on the corner of his mouth, but his words were obviously more serious: "The legendary big man...seems to be stronger than we imagined!"


    indeed¡­


    too strong!


    The contrast between them seems to be a gap!


    As the former captain of the fifth team of the Gotei Thirteenth Team, Mako Hirako occasionally heard the rumors of the former four chief officers, but this time he really felt the power of Senju Bashirama!


    Just a manufactured wooden statue of the Great Buddha directly made their eight captain-level death gods helpless, and even the spiritual pressure on the Great Buddha was a bit unbearable!


    "Are we going to fight them?"


    A good-natured Yu Zhaotian Boxuan looked a little uneasy, he raised his head and glanced at the wooden statue of Buddha, and said cautiously: "Although this is the first contact... but... I feel that it is not so easy to win... "


    "Hey, hey...don''t be too depressed!"


    Hiyori Sakinaki who looked like a little girl got up from the ground, and stood in front of everyone holding his Zanpakut¨­, with a rebellious look on his small face: "Hmph, we can''t just sit back and die, we''re just A small defeat..."


    "But¡­"


    Liuche Quanxi held his own Zanpakuto, frowned slightly, and said in a low voice: "Although it was only a small defeat, the gap seems to be a bit big..."


    If you''re serious about it...


    Their Masked Army was indeed a small defeat.


    The entire masked army did not enter the virtual state, and was caught off guard by the attack of the Senjujuma brothers, and was directly repelled. Everyone was seriously injured, but they did not completely lose their fighting power. ¡­


    but!


    just one hit...


    Let them be able to judge the gap!


    Even if it''s a face-to-face confrontation between their Masked Legion and Senju Zhujian brothers, there shouldn''t really be any chance of winning.


    Judging from the spiritual pressure on the two brothers Senju Hashima and Senju Tomona, it makes people feel that it is almost the same as the captain Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni who supports the entire Soul Society!


    "Well¡­"


    Jiu Nanbai, another little girl in the Masked Legion, lowered her head and muttered for a while, then suddenly put on a strange pose, and said aggressively: "But... if you must lose, why don''t you try? Don''t we Can you still surrender?"


    "..."


    There was an eerie silence.


    After they left the world of corpses and souls, they had nothing to do with Sei Lingting long ago. Could it be that they guys can surrender now?


    Once you surrender...


    That would be at the mercy of others!


    "Tch, then there is no way..."


    Hirako Mako rubbed the wound on her body, tied up the wound on her chest tightly with her clothes, grinned and said with a low smile: "From the beginning when I was in Seireitei, I wanted to challenge the Uehara clan. Is it..."


    Hirako Mako really wanted to challenge the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan.


    Because in the past thousands of years, in the eyes of the gods of death in Seireitei and the world of corpses and souls, the existence of the Thirteen Deadpools is almost an antithesis to the captains of the Thirteenth Guarding Team.


    When a civil war breaks out...


    The captain of the Thirteenth Guarding Team must face the Thirteenth Deadpool.


    At first, everyone thought that the Thirteen Deadpools should be almost the same as the captain-level death gods. It was not until the occasional Deadpool chief appeared that they gradually realized the reality... The Thirteen Deadpools of the Uehara clan were about to be He hung up the captain-level god of death and beat him.


    In fact, what Mako Hirako wants to challenge is the low-ranking official of the Uehara clan. Unfortunately, the current situation does not allow it. A difficult character to deal with...


    While the masked gods of death were preparing for the battle, the wooden giant Buddha gradually disappeared into the air, and the brothers Senshou Hashirama and Senshou Feijian appeared in front of them in an instant!


    This scene made Hirako Mako and the others'' eyes narrow!


    If you read it right just now, there is almost no difference between Senju Tomonama and Senjujujuma''s appearance and Namikaze Minato''s teleportation ability. Are they also good at space ability?


    "It''s really interesting..."


    Senju Bashirama looked at Hirako Mako and the others with great interest, and smiled gently: "It''s rare to see such a courageous little guy! I''m Senju Bashirama, please state your name here , little ones, I am very interested in you!"


    "what?"


    There was some astonishment on the faces of the masked gods of death.


    If it is not confirmed that Senshou Hashirama is their enemy, it is really hard to imagine that this person will be the second official of the thirteen deadpools in the legend of the Uehara clan...


    They have never seen such a lenient enemy.


    "OK!"


    The smile on Mako Hirako''s face became more intense, he nodded slowly and chuckled: "Ping with flat feet, plus sister Ono''s son, true foreskin, plus Xin Ziming''s son¡ªso it''s Mako Hirako, Please teach me more."


    "Saruki Hiyori!"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    The little girl Sakinaki Hiyori flew and landed next to Hirako Mako!


    "Yakumaru...Liza!"


    Risa Yakomaru, a girl in a sailor suit, stood on the other side of Mako Hirako!


    "There is Akita Bogen..."


    Akita Bogen, who looked like a good old man, read out his name carefully, and stood behind them, ready to unleash ghost power to support them at any time.


    "Six Chariot Boxing West!"


    The fighting spirit Liuche Quanxi stood beside his teammates!


    "Ai Chuan Luo Wu..."


    The cheerful Aikawa Luowu even carried his Zanpakuto backwards, and gave a thumbs up to the two brothers Senju Zhuma, saying hello with full of personality!


    "Long, long, long... Jiu Nanbai!"


    The third girl in the Masked Legion, Jiu Nanbai, a young girl with an innocent look, blinked her eyes, looking very innocent.


    "Fengqiaolou Juro."


    The last one is Fengqiao Loujuro, a blond young man who looks quite aristocratic, but his face is obviously a little melancholy.


    Every time a member of the Masked Legion greets them, the momentum of the entire Masked Legion seems to be stronger, and everyone''s heart gradually emerges with a fighting spirit!


    No matter what enemy lies ahead...


    They are the unique masked army in this world!


    The members of the entire Masked Legion quickly reported their names, exuding the Reiatsu of the captain-level god of death all over their bodies, working together to resist the suppression of Senshou Hashirama!


    at least it seems...


    The Masquerade Legion already has the power to fight!


    Just when their aura had just erupted, they hooked the corners of their mouths with a cold face, and said with a sneer: "It seems that the virtualization experiment on you has succeeded. Has a virtual spiritual pressure..."


    This is not surprising.


    Everyone present knew the situation of Masked Reaper.


    However, Qian Shou Feijian''s next sentence suddenly made everyone''s expressions change!


    "There''s one thing you probably don''t know..."


    Qianshou Fanjian looked at all the people present, and said indifferently: "I have mastered the experiment of the ghost of death a long time ago..."


    "what!"


    The faces of the masked gods of death changed!


    Because they all know very well that the ghost of death is an experiment that is absolutely forbidden in the entire world of corpses and souls. How dare the Uehara family conduct such a criminal experiment...


    No¡­


    This is also normal.


    The Uehara clan has always been independent from Seireitei, and outsiders would never know that they were able to carry out the Death God Apocalypse experiment. Even if they knew, the Central Forty-six Room would not be able to expel the entire Uehara clan. At most, it would only corrupt the Uehara clan. fame...


    wrong!


    The masked gods of death present quickly thought of another question...


    That is Aizen Soyousuke, who once conducted a virtualization experiment on them. Could it be that the Uehara clan is standing behind that man? Perhaps it is because of the support of the Uehara clan that Aizen Soyousuke dared to do such evil experiment of!


    If so...


    It''s no wonder that the Uehara clan is going to wipe them out this time!


    Because Aizen Soyousuke wanted to silence the masked gods of death a long time ago, but he never got the support of Motoyanagi Yamamoto.


    Just when these masked gods of death were thinking wildly, Senshou Feijian sneered again: "Hmph, I heard that you turned to Urahara Kisuke in order to gain power, and became his experimental subjects. A group of people who fell for power guy..."


    "Hey, you bastard!"


    The little girl Sakinaki Hiyori grinned at Senshouban, "You don''t know anything..."


    The other masked gods of death were also full of anger.


    Because they didn''t degenerate and degenerate themselves for the sake of power, but were set up by Aizen Soyousuke to trap them!


    "We''re not here for power."


    Hirako Mako stopped her companion, grinned lightly and said: "I don''t believe that the Uehara clan can''t find out some truth, maybe you are covering it up..."


    "Decades ago."


    Qianshou Feijian interrupted Mako Hirako''s words indifferently, and continued in a cold voice: "When the Shinigami Apocalypse incident broke out, I proposed that I could help you strip off the apocalypse spirit, so as to ease the relationship between the Uehara clan and the Goutei Thirteenth Squad. ..."


    When he said this, Qianshou Feijian looked at the masked gods of death present, and continued calmly: "However, my proposal was rejected."

 Chapter 647

    Motegi Town.


    The entire masked army looked dignified.


    Before meeting Senju Tobema, they always thought that the person who framed them was Aizen Soyousuke, and now Senju Tobema has uncovered a layer of fog for them...


    Back then they had a chance to get rid of the virtual...


    But there was another person who turned down the opportunity instead of them!


    After a flash of surprise flashed in Hirako Mako''s eyes, she immediately refuted with a light smile, "Ha... Who knows if what you said is true or not..."


    Among the people present, Mako Hirako was calmer.


    Regardless of what Senshou Feijian said is true or not, it is impossible for them, the masked army, to go back to the past, and now the fifth officer of Senshou Feijian is their enemy!


    If a few words from the enemy disturbed my mind at this time...


    like¡­


    It doesn''t matter, right?


    Judging from the situation, they are not yet the opponents of Brother Thousand Hands, and delaying time at this time does not seem to be a bad thing for them.


    "Let''s not discuss whether we are actively blurring or forced to blur..."


    Shinko Hirako grinned lightly, and asked, "Then, can I ask Mr. Senshou Feijian to enlighten me, is there anything else we didn''t know back then?"


    "Humph¡­"


    Senshou held his own arm between the doors, turned his head and glanced at Kisuke Urahara in the distance, and then continued in a cold voice: "Is there any point in saying this now?"


    "certainly¡­"


    Hirako Mako glanced at Kisuke Urahara''s direction following Senshou Tomona''s gaze, then turned around and said with a playful smile: "Sometimes we also regret it... If we knew that Mr. Senshou Tomona could really strip us The emptiness in the body..."


    Although some don''t want to believe it...


    But Mako Hirako had vaguely guessed a few candidates.


    There are very few people in this world who can talk to the Uehara clan, except for Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni, I just don¡¯t know if Urahara Kisuke, who rescued them back then, is also one of them...


    However, the truth of the matter is far from that simple.


    In other words, this matter is not as easy as Qianshou Feijian said, because this matter involves the recruitment of Xiao organization.


    If nothing goes wrong...


    Originally Urahara Kisuke might join Akatsuki''s organization.


    decades ago.


    The incident that Hirako Mako and others blurted out broke out.


    Urahara Kisuke, the former captain of the 12th squad, refused the order of his teacher Yakushito, and rushed to rescue Hirako Mako and others with the former commander of the ghosts and priests, Daguidouchang.


    When Hirako Mako and others lost their will and consciousness and became monsters like Hollow, Urahara Kisuke and Hishitsusai rescued Hirako Mako and others back to the Technology Development Bureau, but they were helpless against their Hollow...


    Technology Development Bureau decades ago.


    Kisuke Urahara was rubbing his hair, with the research materials on Bleach''s virtualization placed around him, thinking about how to get Hirako Mako and others out of the virtualization...


    Unfortunately, this cannot be resolved in a short while.


    At the most critical moment, Senshou Tomona appeared in front of Urahara Kisuke.


    The fifth chief officer of the Uehara Clan appeared in the Technology Development Bureau and took the initiative to directly curb the virtualization of Hirako Mako and others. This method made Kisuke Urahara think that he saw hope, and subconsciously thought that the Uehara Clan might be Also carried out the method of blurring the god of death!


    Qianshou Feijian did not deny this matter. The power to break through the limit always has to go on a path that ordinary people dare not imagine. By lifting the restrictions of the god of death, the god of death can retain consciousness while possessing the ability to blur. It is not a means to become stronger.


    same.


    Qianshou Feijian claimed that he could help solve the uncontrollable virtualization of Hirako Mako and others, and save the elite captains of the 13th Goutei Team...


    certainly.


    It''s a deal.


    Since it is a transaction, there is always a price to pay.


    Senshou Feima was not trying to ease the relationship between the Uehara Clan and the Goutei 13th Team, he just made a request to Urahara Kisuke: "As long as you are willing to join the Uehara Clan, this old man can help you solve these people''s virtual reality... "


    "Huh? Let me join... the Uehara clan?"


    A look of astonishment flashed across Urahara Kisuke''s face, even he didn''t expect that Senshou Feijian would invite him to join the Uehara clan?


    etc¡­


    No, this is also very normal!


    Because Kisuke Urahara himself is a disciple of Yakushido!


    This is for Kisuke Urahara to choose whether to betray his teacher Yakushido!


    To be honest, if Kisuke Urahara didn''t have the pharmacist''s bag on his body, he wouldn''t mind having some relationship with the Uehara clan. Who in the soul world doesn''t know how good the welfare of the Uehara clan is?


    Senshou Feijian also seems to be quite confident, and continues to recruit Urahara Kasuke: "As long as you are willing to join the Uehara clan, the old man can even abolish a dead waiter and let you replace him as the new dead waiter. Obito to the thirteenth seat Luo Sha, you can choose one of the seats at will..."


    This treatment is not unreasonable!


    The Thirteenth Deadpool''s status is highly respected by the Uehara Clan, as long as Urahara Kisuke is willing, he can immediately become a senior member of the Uehara Clan!


    It seems that the Uehara clan is really sincere...


    Of course, since he wanted to make a deal, Qianshou Feijian did not give up the big stick in his hand other than the carrot.


    "If you don''t agree..."


    Senshou glanced at Mako Hirako and the others, who were half-illusioned, then looked at Kisuke Urahara, and said with a sneer, "Reaper illusory is a forbidden experiment in Seireitei...you little brat should have Big trouble..."


    "This is Aizen Soyousuke who framed them!"


    A flash of anger flashed across Urahara Kisuke''s face, just when he was about to continue to say something, he suddenly realized a problem!


    Why did Aizen Soyousuke dare to frame the Masked Shinigami at this time?


    Could it be that Aizen Soyousuke has long since joined the Uehara clan?


    At this time, Kisuke Urahara suddenly began to suspect that the Uehara clan and Aizen Soyousuke were colluding to frame these Death God captains, because all the eight captain-level Death Gods of the Gotei 13th Team had problems, which was most beneficial to the Uehara clan!


    Urahara Kisuke thought of this possibility, couldn''t help being a little dumbfounded, he slowly took a deep breath, calmed down, and said in a deep voice: "Mr. "


    "The vice-captain of the fifth team?"


    The eyebrows in Qianshouban frowned, and he said displeasedly: "I remember that he seems to be a guy with no characteristics... Do you think the Uehara clan will recruit other people at will? The Uehara clan doesn''t accept waste! You just said that Aizen Yousuke framed them?"


    "..."


    Urahara Kisuke also frowned.


    On the surface, Aizen Soyousuke does not look special, but behind the scenes, Aizen Soyousuke is not that simple. Hasn''t the Uehara family discovered the true face of Aizen Soyousuke?


    What exactly is going on?


    While Kisuke Urahara was still thinking about it, Senju Tomona continued to threaten: "I am not interested in discussing other things with you. If you don''t join the Uehara clan, it is definitely not true just because you conduct the experiment of ghosting the god of death without permission." What the Lingting can tolerate..."


    After saying this, Qianshou Feijian snorted coldly and said: "As long as you can join the Uehara Clan, this old man can help you solve all your troubles. I know that you have a close relationship with the head of the Sifengyuan Clan, but that kind of small There is nothing in the family that can help you solve these problems..."


    "Then can I know Mr. Tomama''s purpose?"


    Urahara Kisuke slowly raised his head to look at Senju Tobima, and said softly, "Mr. Tobima''s purpose... is to help Teacher, right?"


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Because the Uehara Clan and Pharmacist Dou have been hostile for a long time because of the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil, they invited Urahara to join the Uehara Clan, it must be to attack his teacher, Pharmacist Dou!


    at this point¡­


    It is absolutely irrefutable between Qianshoubanjian!


    In fact, Senshou Feijian did not refute, he took a deep look at Urahara Kisuke, and said in a deep voice: "You are right... For the entire Uehara clan, there is nothing more important than the reincarnation of the dirt. The foundation of Soulworld."


    "..."


    Urahara Kisuke slowly fell into deep thought.


    If he chooses to accept Qianshou Feijian''s proposal and join the Uehara Clan, he will be able to save the elite captains who are about to fall into the 13th Team of the Void Guard!


    These are the elite forces of the Thirteenth Team of the Protecting Court!


    It is also a powerful witness who can prove that Aizen Soyousuke is a dark person!


    If these captain-level gods of death are lost in the virtualization incident, the thirteenth team of the guarding court will also lose too much, which will be very detrimental to the situation of the entire soul world!


    There is also Urahara''s vice-captain inside.


    The life and death of the eight elite gods of death are linked by a thread.


    This is a difficult time.


    Kisuke Urahara sat in the Technology Development Bureau, his face became more and more ugly: "Mr. Senju Hima, can you wait for me to go to the Central Forty-sixth Room first, and the Central Forty-sixth Room will negotiate with the Uehara clan, and they will definitely give it to you." Offer a price that is not low..."


    "Hmph, what do you think?"


    Senshou Fuken looked at Urahara Kisuke displeasedly, and said coldly: "The Uehara family has proposed countless deals to Seireitei and the Central Forty-six Office, including countless tyrannical secret arts of ghosts, but they are still reluctant to give up. Opportunity to check and balance the Uehara clan..."


    "That''s it..."


    Urahara Kisuke slowly closed his eyes, and sat down on the chair with a dejected face: "Mr. Tomama, why do you think I am willing to give up Mr. Dou for these people?"


    yes¡­


    Hirako Mako and these people are just his colleagues!


    Is it really necessary to join the so-called Uehara clan for these people?


    Senshou Fujian held her own arm, looked down at Urahara Kisuke who was sitting on the chair, and said with a touch of complexity in her voice: "Because we have been observing you for a long time, Urahara Kisuke... Now, can you tell me your choice? "


    "I see."


    Kisuke Urahara lowered his head, and said in a low voice: "Mr. Senju Tomona, I don''t want to target my teacher... If this is the case, can our deal continue? Will the Uehara clan still want to recruit me?"


    "That''s all."


    Senshou watched Kisuke Urahara, his expression gradually became complicated, he was silent for a while, and then slowly said: "I will not help them strip the void in their bodies, I will only tell you how to curb the void, even I won''t solve any troubles for you later... because your value is only so much, then congratulations on becoming the death god of the Uehara clan."


    "Then...thank you."


    Urahara Kisuke finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    In order to understand the rescue of Hirako Mako and others, he has almost exhausted his energy. At this time, someone can point out the direction for him, which makes him very grateful.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Kisuke Urahara didn''t know what he lost.


    That night, Urahara Kisuke created the Bengyu with Xu''s spirit son, allowing Hirako Mako and others to successfully break through the restrictions of the Shinigami, and mastered the ability of the Shinigami to blur.


    That night, Urahara Kisuke and Yao Shidou terminated the master-student relationship.


    That night, Yao Shidou sat alone in his room without sleep. Urahara Kisuke was the disciple he seriously wanted to train, but he failed Akatsuki''s test after all.


    Despite this ordeal...


    It may seem inhumane.


    But it looks very simple.


    In fact, as long as Kisuke Urahara can prove his loyalty!


    He will have the opportunity to spy on the truth of the struggle between Yao Shidou and the Uehara clan, and it will be easy to save Hirako Mako and others...


    Unfortunately¡­


    Kisuke Urahara did not pass the test. In order to get a life-saving news from Senshou Tomona, he chose to betray Medicine Master Dou.


    If Urahara Kisuke hadn''t intervened in this matter, the Uehara clan would not have stood idly by, but would have maximized the benefits by helping Hirako Mako...


    But when Urahara stepped in...


    The incident of the ghost of death became his exam question.


    It''s a pity that Kisuke Urahara failed the examination.


    After the Shinigami incident, Kisuke Urahara nominally became a member of the Uehara clan, but he never went to Uehara Castle...


    The Uehara Clan asked Uehara Kisuke to obey the order and hand over the collapse jade he made. Uehara Kisuke categorically rejected the order and severed his relationship with the Uehara Clan!


    This guy''s guts are beyond imagination!


    Obviously this guy Urahara is just using the Uehara clan!


    After playing with the Uehara clan, Kisuke Urahara went to ask his teacher for forgiveness, but Yao Shidou chose to turn a blind eye to him...


    After that, his life was not so easy.


    Aizen Soyousuke manipulated the Central Forty-Six Room to interrogate Kisuke Urahara, Mako Mako and others, and carried out the experiment of the ghost of death, and wanted to sentence them all in one fell swoop!


    The Uehara clan chose to stand by and watch.


    Yaoshidou also chose to stand by and watch.


    Fortunately, Urahara Kisuke and his former companion Yoichi Sifengin helped out, and with the help of Yoichi Sifengin, they escaped from the world of souls.


    This is not the beginning of Urahara''s good luck...


    As a person who betrayed Yakushido and played tricks on the Uehara clan, and offended Aizen Soyousuke, who knows what he will be like...


    Someone sows a seed of evil, and in return must be the fruit of evil.


    Decades have passed.


    Kisuke Urahara is finally forced to meet his own destiny.

 Chapter 648

    Kisuke Urahara''s betrayal is actually worth pondering.


    Uehara Naraku''s test of Urahara Kisuke is actually hoping that Urahara Kisuke can stick to his loyalty to Yakushidou instead of jumping back and forth between the Uehara clan and Yakushidou.


    Even if Kisuke Urahara joins the Uehara Clan in order to save Hirako Mako and others, he will eventually be abandoned by Uehara Naraku; if Urahara Kisuke continues to be loyal to Yakushido, he will get a reward that he will never get in his life.


    Unfortunately¡­


    [Reading to get cash] Follow vx public. Public account [Book Friends Base Camp], you can also get cash for reading!


    Kisuke Urahara seems to have no integrity.


    Time returns to Motegi Town in the present world.


    A reunion of grievances and hatred after decades.


    A look of impatience flashed across Qianshoupanjian''s face, and he looked coldly at the masked gods of death in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "Hmph, it was the old man who gave him the information about Bengyu back then, and asked him to create Bengyu before letting him go. Your virtual experiment was successful..."


    "what?"


    Hirako Mako''s eyes wandered slightly.


    The next moment, the former captain of Death God regained his cynical look, and said with a chuckle, "So this time, Mr. Hashirama and Mr. Togama are dispatched for the collapse jade made by Urahara?"


    "No."


    The eyes of Qianshou Feijian narrowed slightly, and he said calmly: "It''s just a half-finished collapsed jade, my brother and I just want to find out the murderer who assassinated Uehara Naraku..."


    After finishing speaking, the face of Qianshoupan suddenly became icy cold, and he said in a deep voice: "There is no need to talk nonsense...Brother...Take them down!"


    The voice fell.


    The Senshou Hashirama wearing the red plate armor and the Senshou Banjian wearing the blue plate armor disappeared in place at the same time, rushing in the direction of the Masked Legion!


    "Be careful!"


    Liuche Kenxi waved his Zanpakuto to meet him!


    Just as he was about to stop Qianshouban, the blue figure in his sight suddenly disappeared in front of him. This scene made his eyes freeze!


    That is¡­


    Is it similar to Namikaze Minato''s instant body art?


    "Be careful¡­"


    Just when Jiu Nanbai had time to remind him of two words, he saw the figure of Qianshou Feijian appearing behind Liuche Quanxi!


    next moment¡­


    A Kunai with a spell was nailed to Liuche Kenxi''s body!


    That spell was engraved with a spell that could fix the soul, and when it was nailed to Liuche Quanxi''s body, it made Liuche Quanxi''s soul stop immediately!


    Whether it is the spiritual pressure on the body...


    Or the Zanpakuto in his hand...


    Almost all fell into a state of silence!


    Qianshou Feijian withdrew his palm with disdain on his face, and instead of looking at Liuche Quanxi who was immobilized by his spell, he flew towards the next enemy!


    Is there a second in this time?


    No, probably not, right?


    Almost in an instant, Senshou Feijian directly solved a captain-level death god, and even captured him directly without using his own Zanpakuto!


    The other masked gods of death also noticed this scene, and each member quickly raised their palms, about to put on the virtual mask and enter the virtual state!


    Only in the virtual state...


    Maybe there is the power to resist!


    In addition to those who participated in the battle, there were also members of the tenth division of the thirteenth team of the court watching the battle, and the faces of every god of death were full of shock!


    Even the captain of the 10th team, Zhibo Yixin, was a little stunned, with a few drops of cold sweat faintly streaming down his forehead, as if he couldn''t believe that a member of the masked Shinigami was captured so easily...


    "This is¡­"


    Matsumoto Rangiku''s eyes were so surprised that he was a little confused, he just stood there and muttered in a low voice: "In the legend...the fifth official who even Yin dared not face directly... Is it between the Thousand Hands?"


    Gin Ichimaru once mentioned to her...


    Don''t easily provoke the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan!


    Because the power of the Thirteen Deadpools far surpasses the captain-level Shinigami of the Goutei Thirteenth Team, especially the fifth officer Senju Tobuma and the first officer Uchiha Madara among the Thirteen Deadpools, absolutely... Absolutely do not provoke!


    Compared with the words of Qianshoubeijian...


    His older brother Senju Hashirama is obviously even different!


    The palms of Qianshou Zhujian closed suddenly, a look of seriousness flashed in his eyes, and he looked at a group of masked gods of death and shouted softly: "Mu Dun¡¤Wu Clone!"


    More than a dozen wooden clones grew out from behind Qianshou Zhujian!


    The next moment, Senju Bashima and his wooden avatars rushed towards the masked gods of death, and the palms of each wooden avatar closed at the same time!


    "Wood Dungeon Wooden Dragon Art!"


    More than a dozen wooden dragons swarmed away!


    A huge group of wooden dragons surrounded the masked gods of death!


    "Don''t underestimate people!"


    Sarkaki Hiyori put on his virtual skeleton mask, brandished his Zanpakut¨­ and slashed at the head of a wooden dragon!


    Just when the little girl''s Zanpakuto was about to fall on the top of the wooden dragon''s head, vines suddenly grew out of the wooden dragon''s body, directly tying Hiyori Akishi to the top of the wooden dragon''s head!


    When Hiyori Sarkaki desperately tried to break free from the vines, she felt that the vines were rapidly absorbing the spiritual power in her body, causing her body to lose strength little by little...


    even¡­


    Even the power in her body is being absorbed bit by bit!


    In just a few seconds, the virtual skeleton mask on Hiyori Sarkaki''s face fell off, and the whole person was tightly trapped by the vines weakly!


    "Be careful¡­"


    Sarkaki Hiyori turned his head to look at Hirako Mako who was fighting with several wooden dragons, and shouted with all his strength: "Idiot Mako... Be careful! Don''t be caught by them, you will lose your Reiatsu! "


    "It''s too late to remind..."


    Yakomaru Lisa, a girl in a sailor suit, looked at Hiyori Sarkaki speechlessly. Her body was also captured by the wooden dragon, and her ethereal state disappeared immediately because the spiritual pressure was absorbed.


    Except for the two of them.


    Others are also being hunted down by a group of wooden dragons.


    Aikawa Luowu brandished his Zanpakuto Tengumaru, and smashed Tengumaru on the top of a wooden dragon with all his strength, smashing the wooden dragon''s head!


    The wooden dragon that lost its head instantly lost its vitality, and the huge wooden dragon fell to the ground quickly, setting off a large cloud of dust...


    However, the other wooden dragon bit Aichuan Luowu''s body!


    In an instant, the spiritual pressure in Aichuan Luowu''s body was also absorbed by the wooden dragon!


    Fengqiaolou Juro did not escape the pursuit of the wooden dragon either, he had just escaped the attack of a wooden dragon when he was stabbed into the body by a Kunai with a soul confinement spell!


    When Fengqiaolou Juro couldn''t move, the wooden dragon roared and bit his body, absorbing the spiritual pressure in his body!


    It may only take a minute to start the war, and most of the members of the entire masked army have already been captured by the brothers Senju Hashirama and Senju Higashima!


    The only masked gods of death who can still move on the battlefield are Hirako Mako, Akita Bakuen and Kunanbai, and even they are trying to support...


    The gap between this combat power...


    It''s almost involuntary to despair!


    It can even be said that there is no power to fight back!


    "Is it only to this extent?"


    Mako Hirako wore a virtual skeleton mask on her face, and there was still a wild smile in her voice: "If this is the case, then I will start to fight back!"


    "Then I want to see..."


    The figure in Qianshoufan suddenly appeared behind Mako Hirako, and said in a cold voice, "How will you fight back? Use that reverse blowing illusion?"


    "¡­Ah¡­"


    Hirako Mako chuckled, and suddenly swung out her Zanpakuto and struck out a red flash, almost hitting the Senshou door in front of her directly!


    Even if you can''t hit the Thousand Hands...


    It can also defeat the wooden dragon roaring behind Qianshouban!


    next moment!


    Qianshou Feijian calmly raised his palm, and the red flash disappeared in his palm the moment it hit him!


    Just when Hirako Mako was a little surprised at how Qianshoubeijian absorbed the false flash, he heard a scream on the battlefield!


    A red false flash appeared out of thin air, and directly hit the little girl Jiu Nanbai who was still fighting with the wooden dragon. A wooden dragon screamed and bit Jiu Nanbai''s body, and captured her!


    Mako Hirako''s eyes tightened, and she couldn''t help looking towards the direction of the battlefield between Namikaze Minato and Yoichi Sifengin, and murmured in a low voice: "This move... is that guy''s Flying Thunder God..."


    "Hmph, it''s not that little guy Minato."


    Qianshou Feijian shook his head slowly, and said with a sneer: "That is my technique, and I am the creator of the Flying Thunder God technique."

 Chapter 649

    If there is any forbidden technique that breaks through common sense and its inventor cannot be found, then you might as well ask Qianshou Feijian, because it is usually invented by Qianshou Feijian.


    The technique of Flying Thunder God is just one of the many forbidden techniques created by Qianshou Feijian, which has been handed down. Compared with his other forbidden techniques, it is much safer.


    Outside Motegi Town.


    The battle had only started for a minute.


    Under the joint attack of Senju Tomona and Senju Zhuma, only Mako Hirako and Ariakita Bogen are left in the entire Masked Legion to resist.


    Even in this situation...


    Neither of them could resist for long.


    Akita Bogen, the former vice head of the Ghost Daoists, manipulated the barrier to seal himself up to avoid being surrounded by a group of wooden dragons. He looked at his captured companions with fear and anxiety on his face: "The chief of the Uehara clan Officer, it''s really as scary as the rumors say..."


    They, the senior officials of the thirteenth team of the court, vaguely knew that the chief executives of the Uehara clan were powerful, and they also witnessed the wooden statues and Buddhas smashing them all with one punch!


    But as it is now, it is still a bit unacceptable to lightly capture their group of masked gods of death, like ravaging children...


    Hirako Mako''s face was ugly like never before.


    Originally, he wanted to intimidate Qianshou Feijian with the virtualization, but Qianshou Feijian used the Flying Thunder God to directly transfer him to Jiu Nanbai''s back, instead harming his companion...


    "Backbrush!"


    Hirako Makoto suddenly yelled the name of his Zanpakuto, and activated his Zanpakuto ability in a deep voice: "Fall down, Nifu!"


    A strange fragrance suddenly emanated from his Zanpakut¨­...


    The smell of this fragrance is so attractive that even wooden dragons on the battlefield are attracted by the fragrance, making people want to smell it involuntarily!


    This is the original solution ability of Hirako Mako Zanpakuto!


    Once someone smells this fragrance, up and down, front and back, left and right, the direction of seeing and the position of being attacked will all become opposite in his vision!


    Strictly speaking...


    This is also an illusion similar to hypnosis!


    After smelling this fragrance, in the sight of Qianshou Feijian, the world he saw has become an upside-down world!


    "Interesting ability..."


    Staring at the upside-down world, he slowly closed his eyes and said softly, "Brother, leave this to me! You go and get rid of that ghost leader..."


    "Hahahahaha...Okay..."


    Senju Bashima smiled awkwardly, scratched his head, and flew towards the position where Akita Bakugen was, leaving only a burst of hearty laughter.


    how to say?


    This person in Senjuzhuma...


    It always makes me feel that IQ is a bit problematic.


    Seeing Senshou Hashirama leaving, Hirako Mako couldn''t help but chuckled: "Huh? Telling my companions to leave here... Does it seem to be worried about Ni Fu''s ability?"


    indeed.


    Hirako Mako''s rebellion is indeed terrifying.


    It is even possible to accidentally injure your companion.


    No, if Mako Hirako chose the swastika, it would indeed be enough for the enemies within the coverage of the swastika to kill each other.


    However, this move is too dangerous...


    It was once forbidden to be used in the world of souls.


    This trick of swastika was originally used by Mako Hirako to deal with Brother Senshou, but unfortunately before it could be used, the situation became a one-on-one situation between Mako Hirako and Senshou Fei.


    And the ability to reverse...


    It just so happens that it doesn''t help much in heads-ups.


    "Hmph, the old man is not worried about the ability of that Zanpakuto..."


    The fingers between Qianshou''s doors paused, and he snorted nonchalantly: "What I''m worried about is that if big brother''s mood is disturbed by your Zanpakut¨­, this worldly city will be directly destroyed by him. ..."


    Speaking of this, Senshou Feima glanced at Uehara Naraku in the distance. Once Senshou Zhuma was really tempted by the Nifu Zanpakuto and went crazy regardless of the enemy or himself, I don''t know if Uehara Naraku would take action to stop it. ¡­


    Although Uehara Naraku has not been so kind all the time, but according to Senshou Feijian''s cognition, this guy seems to have a little bit of bottom line...


    Should, maybe, perhaps, yes?


    One thing more is worse than one thing less, it''s just that Hirako Mako is just a masked god of death, if Senshou Feijian wants to solve him, there is no need to spend too much effort...


    "It''s just that the direction of vision is reversed..."


    Thousand Hands snorted disdainfully, the perception of Chakra and Reiatsu spread silently in an instant, and his fingers gradually stood on his chest.


    For a person who is good at developing spells...


    He has so many ways to solve this trouble.


    "Ok?"


    Hirako Mako tilted her head, looked at Qianshoupan in surprise, and when she wanted to see what the fifth officer was going to do, a monstrous wave of water suddenly swept over her!


    "Water Escape...Big Explosion Water Shockwave!"


    A stream of water suddenly spewed out from the mouth of Qianshoubeijian!


    In an instant, this stream of water converged into an oval water polo, directly wrapping him and Mako Mako in it!


    The next moment, Qianshou Feijian suddenly opened his eyes, continued to erect his finger marks, and muttered in a low voice: "Even if the vision is limited, it is enough to attack all areas without any difference..."


    "The ability to directly change the terrain is too illegal!"


    Hirako Mako quickly swam out of the water polo, he didn''t want to fight with Thousand Hands in the water, it didn''t fit his character at all!


    It will also limit his ability!


    "Want to escape?"


    A trace of contempt flickered at the corner of Thousand Hands'' mouth, in this huge water ball formed by his Reiatsu and Chakra, no movement could escape his perception!


    The fingers that were close together between the thousand hands stood up again, and the corners of the mouth whispered coldly!


    "Water Escape 21 ¡¤ Binding Dao ¡¤ The Art of Water Prison!"


    The next moment, a series of strange spells formed on the surface of the water polo, converging into a sealed barrier, making this place into a water prison!


    Mako Hirako just swam out of the water polo, brandishing her Zanpakuto to open a gap, but she was powerless against the barrier...


    He is not very good at this kind of sealing ability!


    Just as Hirako Mako was still trying to break through the sealing barrier, waves slowly rolled up behind him, attracting his attention...


    That is¡­


    Water dragons are being generated!


    The brows and eyes between the thousand hands are still closed, and they are manipulating water dragons to wander towards Hirako Mako, with an indifferent expression on his face: "Seventy-nine of Water Escape ¡¤ Broken Dao ¡¤ Nine Dragons Bite and Explode!"


    Huge water dragons roared and gathered to form!


    A look of surprise flashed across Mako Hirako''s face, and she looked at the huge water dragons in disbelief, and couldn''t help but twitched her mouth: "Hey, I''m just joking...Does the five dragons have such power? ?¡±


    Even if it is the ninety-nine five dragons that break the way...


    From the point of view of power, it is also faintly inferior to the Nine Dragons in the Thousand Hands!


    Of course, maybe this is also because the person who practiced Wulong Zhuanmie is not comparable to Qianshoubeijian in terms of spiritual pressure, but this does not mean that the power of Nine Dragons Bite Explosion is too weak!


    Hirako Mako looked at the swimming dragon, and the expression on his face became more and more strange: "In any case, this ability should also belong to the forbidden art, and it was released so quickly. Is it really reasonable... Is there no record of such a technique in Seireitei?"


    Of course, there will be no solution in Seireitei.


    Because of the forbidden technique invented by Qianshou Feijian, many people cannot practice and learn it, but he alone has the ability to use it.


    What''s more, most of these forbidden techniques are included in the Uehara Clan''s Academy of Secret Techniques, which was specially set up to store the forbidden techniques researched by Qianshoubeijian!


    Strictly speaking...


    Most of the forbidden spells are ghost art spells against Seireitei.


    For example, the Nine Dragons Bite Burst currently used by Senshou Feijian was developed to target Seireitei''s Ninety-nine Five Dragons Turning to Destruction!


    Senshou Feijian has an unimaginable talent in researching and cracking forbidden techniques. All the ghost art techniques researched by the entire Guarding Thirteen Team hardly take too long to be completed by Senshou Feijian. Research out the corresponding solution!


    What''s even scarier is...


    Qianshou Feijian even combines ghost chant and ninjutsu mudra, complementing each other to shorten the time of making seals and chant sentences, and easily release powerful spells!


    "Hey, I give up resisting..."


    Looking at the nine roaring giant water dragons, Mako Hirako slowly closed his eyes, and said loudly: "Speaking of which, no matter what, the descendants will not be killed, right?"


    "You''re smart..."


    Qianshou Feijian snorted nonchalantly, and waved away the water dragons one after another. His figure glides in the water and rushes towards Mako Hirako, intending to bind Mako Hirako with a kunai with a charm.


    Just as Qianshou Feijian was rushing head-on, a mocking smile flashed on the corner of Hirako Mako''s mouth, and he waved the reverse brush in his hand and slashed towards Qianshou Feijian: "Are you kidding... how could Mr. Hirako Mako Will surrender!"


    How could he surrender!


    Now he is the leader of the masked army!


    The next moment, Qianshou Feijian''s body was slashed on him by Hirako Makoto, and his body was split into two by the Nifu in Hirako Makoto''s hand!


    When the fifth official was dealt with, there was even a hint of astonishment on his face, as if he couldn''t believe that Mako Hirako would deceive him...or, what he couldn''t believe was that Mako Hirako dared to deceive him!


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    "Ok?"


    Hirako Mako frowned slightly, a little strangely noticed that Qianshou Feijian was easily dealt with by him, just when he was a little surprised, the separated body of Qianshou Feijian suddenly turned into a splash!


    Is this body fake!


    No, judging from the spiritual pressure, it doesn''t seem to be fake!


    That''s not right, it is said that the Uehara clan has a secret technique that allows Death to obtain a clone whose ability is similar to his own!


    Mako Hirako''s face changed suddenly, and he wanted to find the real body of Qianshou Feijian in the water. At first, he was a little surprised that Qianshou Feijian was so easy to deceive, but he didn''t expect the enemy to use a fake body to fight him ?


    Outside the oval water dungeon.


    Standing in mid-air, Qianshou Feijian looked at Mako Hirako who was sealed by the water prison, and his face was full of disdain: "This is really a miscalculated expectation. If the former captain of the thirteenth team of the guarding court only has this ability, Maybe it''s time to consider the next step..."


    The moment Hirako Mako used Reverse Fu, Senshou Feima had already created her own water body, and exchanged with the main body for a long-range flying thunder god!


    Even when fighting minor characters...


    Qianshoubeijian will not let himself go into danger.


    Because Senshou Feima had already learned this kind of lesson when he was the second generation of Konoha Hokage, and that lesson was too painful...


    Therefore, when the Senshou Feijian began to unravel, it had already left the range of the fragrance of the Nifu Zanpakut¨­...


    next moment.


    Thousands of Hands suddenly raised his fingers, quickly began to form handprints, and began to sing in a low voice: "The sea never quits the river, the river never quits the stream, the lake never refuses the rain... the dragon inhabiting the water, Resuscitating in the storm..."


    In an instant!


    Suddenly, clouds floated in the sky!


    Little drops of rain began to fall from the sky, and gradually turned into a torrential rain, falling on the ground with a clatter!


    I don''t know when the ground cracked a series of gaps, and the water flowed upstream one after another, gradually flowing into the oval-shaped water prison...


    The surrounding creeks and rivers also seem to start to flow backwards, and the small water flows slowly converge towards the oval-shaped water prison...


    Qianshou Feijian looked down at the oval-shaped water prison getting bigger little by little, his chanting and seal seal gradually came to an end, and his voice became lower and lower as he murmured the name of this technique like a whisper : "...The Eighty-Nineth Water Escape ¡¤ Breaking the Path ¡¤ Hundred Dragons Bite and Explode!"


    As the chanting of Thousand Hands came to an end, the torrential rain on the entire battlefield became heavier and heavier, and strange roars appeared on the battlefield...


    In the dungeon...


    It also suddenly set off a storm!


    The next moment, the water waves in countless areas changed into huge water dragons and rushed towards Hirako Mako, hundreds of water dragons roared and rushed towards Hirako Mako!


    Luckily this is outside Motegi¡­


    If these water dragons fell on Motegi Town, the impact of hundreds of water dragons alone would be enough to destroy the city!


    Hirako Mako looked at this scene with a face full of astonishment, the smile hidden under the bone mask gradually became stiff, and she couldn''t help but slowly raised her palm, as if smiling apologetically and said: "Ha... Sir, in fact, there is no deep hatred between us, so there is no need for such a big battle, right?"


    "Cowardly brat..."


    Qianshou Feijian didn''t bother to pay attention to Hirako Mako, just raised his fingers, manipulated water dragons to pounce on the leader of the masked army, and completely defeated him!


    The roaring water dragon hit Hirako Mako head-on with an impact force, but the first water dragon made Hirako Mako hit his entire body directly as if a giant hammer had been hit on his chest!


    Hundreds of water dragons roared past!


    After a long time.


    Hirako Mako fell to the ground on her back.


    As for the virtual skeleton mask on his face, it had already been knocked off by the water dragon.


    The leader of the masked army completely lost his mobility. He stared at the sky in a trance, feeling that his body no longer belonged to him...


    "Sorry, everyone..."


    A flash of guilt flashed in Mako Hirako''s eyes, and she murmured in a low voice, "I''m really incompetent..."


    "Wake up."


    Hiyori''s voice fell into Mako Hirako''s ears. She was trapped on top of the wooden dragon, but she still cursed her companion without delay: "Hirako, you idiot, wake up a little bit, we I didn''t pin my hopes on you either!"


    "Yeah yeah¡­"


    The other masked gods of death also spoke to comfort Mako Hirako.


    Although some words are a bit hurtful, but these masked gods of death have never been sure of defeating Brother Qianshou, they have already expected such a failure...


    The only thing I didn''t expect was...


    Hirako Mako''s performance was a little bit bad.


    Originally, these Masked Legion just wanted to buy some time for Urahara Kisuke, to buy enough time for Urahara Kisuke to deal with the little Patriarch Uehara Naraku...


    Or¡­


    Let Kisuke Urahara be able to convince the little Patriarch.


    Before any turning point came, except for the little Patriarch Uehara Naraku who was their breakthrough point, they had no possibility of winning in terms of hard power.

 Chapter 650

    Kisuke Urahara''s thoughts are actually very thoughtful.


    Because the information obtained from Soul Society is quite detailed, Kisuke Urahara has considered the possibility of the brothers Senju Hashima and Senju Tomona appearing.


    Before the brothers Senjujuma and Senjubima appeared, Urahara Kisuke also communicated with the Masked Reaper Legion, hoping that they would show the power brought by the virtualization, so that the Uehara clan would not dare to act rashly against them.


    After all, after gaining the power of blurring...


    Hirako Mako and a group of captain-level gods of death have already broken through the limit.


    According to Kisuke Urahara''s thinking, not only can he defeat the brothers Senju Hashirama and Senju Tomonama, but at least they can entangle for a considerable amount of time, letting the Uehara clan know that these deportees are not to be manipulated by others...


    However¡­


    The Masked Army lost too quickly!


    In other words, the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan are too powerful!


    After this confrontation, even within a few minutes of the head-on battle, the entire masked army had been completely defeated. Power defeated Ariakita Bogen.


    The entire Masked Army was easily captured alive...


    In this battle, Senjujuma and Senjufujian didn''t use their Zanpakuto at all. The gap in combat power between the two sides was so big that it was a bit helpless.


    Compared to the battle on their side...


    The battle on the other side is also coming to an end.


    Namikaze Minato used the flying thunder god technique to suppress Yoichi Yoruichi, who was in the form of the black cat war princess, and captured the woman he had captured alive again.


    The whole battlefield...


    Kisuke Urahara no longer has any advantage.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the masked gods of death who had been captured alive, and said softly: "It seems that they are not the opponents of Mr. Hashirama and Mr. Tomona... I just don''t know that the one who attacked me and Captain Aizen was hidden by you. Where¡­"


    "That person should have nothing to do with the Masked Legion..."


    Urahara Kisuke frowned slightly.


    According to the news from the world of corpses and souls, it was a young man wearing a virtual skeleton mask who assassinated Uehara Naraku and severely injured Aizen Soyousuke.


    this kind of thing...


    It can only deceive ignorant people.


    Aizen Soyousuke is not such an easy character to deal with!


    How could a guy who could release Duankong directly without chanting be easily attacked and seriously injured by a masked god of death!


    Yet it works...


    Because Aizen Soyousuke was injured in order to protect Uehara Naraku.


    It is precisely because of this that the little Patriarch Uehara Naraku spared no effort to track down the real culprit, and the entire Uehara clan also supported his actions.


    If everyone is pure and ignorant, in fact, the Uehara clan, a giant in the soul world, should owe Aizen Soyousuke a favor.


    Now¡­


    Naraku Uehara behaved as if he owed Aizen favor.


    "Mr. Urahara..."


    Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, and said in a deep voice: "I can''t judge whether what you said is true or not, but according to the information I know, you are the only sinner who has carried out experiments on the virtualization of death over the years..."


    "etc¡­"


    Kisuke Urahara couldn''t help interrupting Naraku Uehara''s words.


    This sentence is a bit of a hat, right?


    What is the only sinner who has carried out the death virtual experiment in these years!


    Are you Uehara clan clean? Such a wealthy clan must have conducted experiments on forbidden techniques in private more than once, right?


    Tens of years ago, when Senshou Feijian met Urahara, he admitted that their Uehara clan had already conducted experiments on the ghost of death!


    However, before Urahara Kisuke could explain, Uehara Naraku shook his head and stopped what he wanted to say, his face gradually became serious: "There is no need to explain, Mr. Urahara, please don''t force me to do something rude to you ..."


    "what?"


    Kisuke Urahara couldn''t help but clenched his cane tightly.


    Inside his cane is his Zanpakuto Hongji!


    Just when the Reiatsu on Kisuke Urahara was about to riot, Obito Uchiha and Itachi Uchiha suddenly appeared from a space-time vortex, floating beside Uehara Naraku to protect their Patriarch.


    Kisuke Urahara had no choice but to suppress the thoughts in his heart, because he was not sure of winning against this group of people...


    not to mention...


    Yoichi Sifengin and the Masked Legion have both been captured by the Uehara clan.


    "Little Patriarch, even if you catch us, it''s useless."


    Urahara Kisuke played with his palm, slowly stretched out his hand to support his hat, and said in a low voice, "Because I don''t even know who the mask who assassinated Aizen is...We are just innocent people living in seclusion in this world..."


    Urahara Kisuke was a little self-defeating.


    Even in front of Uehara Naraku, Urahara Kisuke didn''t mind being miserable at all.


    "Ok?"


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly.


    At this moment, he seemed like a newcomer who was at a loss. He didn''t know what to do with Kisuke Urahara... After all, he has always been a kind person.


    Kisuke Urahara looks...


    It is indeed quite innocent in this matter.


    The next moment, Uehara''s expression was slightly weird.


    Isn''t this nonsense!


    Urahara Kisuke is of course innocent!


    In the case of being assassinated, only Uehara Naraku and Aizen Soyousuke were playing each other''s acting skills. Urahara Kisuke was just a victim who was inserted in the way. He just happened to have a grudge with Uehara Naraku and Aizen Soyousuke, the two behind-the-scenes black hands...


    Naraku Uehara really thought of a solution...


    It''s just that this bad guy really can''t be done by him.


    Naraku Uehara frowned, as if his face was a little uncertain, his fingers slowly stood up in his sleeves.


    next moment¡­


    Qianshou Feijian flew over under his control.


    "If you don''t want to hand over the murderer, then force him to hand it over!"


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    The figure in Senshou''s door floated beside Naraku Uehara, and he snorted coldly and said, "Although Kisuke Urahara doesn''t know who the murderer is, he is the most suspect!


    Let''s take all his companions away first, and release his companions when he finds out the truth and hands over the murderer to us!


    If you are really innocent...


    Then show proof of your innocence! "


    "This¡­"


    A little hesitation appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face.


    "As the Patriarch, what are you still hesitating about!"


    Qian Shou Feijian couldn''t help but want to scold people, this guy Uehara manipulated him into being a bad guy, why would he play a good guy here?


    When Senshou Token wanted to scold Uehara Naraku...


    Kisuke Urahara also wanted to scold Senju Tobuma, the fifth official.


    As expected, his teacher, Pharmacist Doudou, was someone who was in awe. He was really despicable to a certain extent. This group of people couldn''t find the real murderer, so they came to trouble him as a suspect. Is this a human thing?


    Kisuke Urahara''s eyes suddenly turned cold, and his voice suppressed anger: "Mr. Tomama, you mean to use Yeichi and Heiko to threaten me to help you find the murderer?"


    A look of seriousness flashed across Urahara Kisuke''s face, he stared at Uehara Naraku firmly, and said as if he was questioning, "Is this the attitude of the Uehara clan to treat innocent people like this?"


    "Ok?"


    Senshou Feijian turned his head to look at Kisuke Urahara, a look of contempt flashed across his face, and he said in a cold voice: "Who do you think you are? You used to be a disciple of Pharmacist Dou, and the old man still thinks highly of you. Now you It''s just a traitor and abandoned son of the Uehara clan..."


    Seeing Kisuke Urahara''s dismay, Chisuke coldly snorted and continued, "If you are not the real culprit behind all this, then find out the evidence of the real culprit!


    I was able to save your life today because the old man thinks you still have a bit of humanity in you kid, go find out the murderer and come back to Soul Realm to exchange for your companion..."


    "There are only two roads in front of you now!"


    Senshou stared at Kisuke Urahara, and said in a cold voice: "If you can convince the Central Forty-six Chamber and the council of the Thirteen Deadpools, then go to the Soul Realm to be tried together with the old man; if you want to rescue Sifeng Yuan Yeyi and those masked brats, then take the murderer who tried to assassinate Naraku, and go to Uehara City to find the old man!"


    Kisuke Urahara will definitely not go to trial.


    Because once he goes to trial, no one will save him this time.


    This is also Uehara Naraku''s plan.


    Capturing Kisuke Urahara doesn''t help much here.


    Because Urahara Kisuke is indeed quite innocent in this matter, it is better to capture Yoichi and the Masked Legion in this way, and force Urahara Kisuke, a reclusive person, to act and find trouble with Aizen Soyousuke!


    Uehara Naraku and Aizen''s assassination case, according to Urahara Kisuke''s brains, he must have guessed that Aizen Soyousuke was behind the scenes, just let these two guys touch each other!


    "I see."


    Kisuke Urahara stroked his hat with his palm, and said in a low voice, "I will find out the truth and hand over the murderer to you...I hope you won''t regret it after you know the truth."


    It seems there is no better option.


    not to mention...


    Kisuke Urahara already had a guess.


    No, or there is no need to speculate at all, behind this incident must be Aizen Soyousuke who also secretly conducted the virtualization experiment!


    As long as we can find out the truth...


    It seems good that the Uehara clan can recognize the true face of Aizen Soyousuke. It just so happens that there is an inextricable hatred between Urahara and Aizen Soyousuke!


    Then use this opportunity to uncover the true face of Aizen Soyousuke!


    I hope that the arrogant and arrogant guys of the Uehara clan will not regret their performance at this moment in the future!


    If they knew that the murderer who assassinated Aizen they were going to find out at this time was actually a person manipulated by Aizen Soyousuke behind the scenes, when the truth is revealed, the faces of the Uehara clan will definitely be very exciting!


    hope they...


    I will not be too regretful and ashamed!


    "I''ll find out as soon as possible..."


    Kisuke Urahara raised his head to look at Naraku Uehara, and asked softly, "But before that, Yoruichi, Heiko and the others will be entrusted to the little Patriarch to take care of them... Please make sure not to let them fall into the hands of the Central Forty-Six Room. "


    Except for Uehara Naraku, who is a teacher who has praised kind people...


    Kisuke Urahara didn''t trust the rest of the Uehara clan at all.

 Chapter 651

    Outside Motegi Town.


    Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Itachi captured all of Kisuke Urahara''s friends, including the Masked Legion and Yoichi Yoruichi Yoruichi, Uchihain, into the Kamui space, leaving Kisuke Urahara alone.


    After all his friends were taken away, Kisuke Urahara sat alone on a rock in the field of Motegi Town, looking a little depressed.


    Urahara Kisuke''s mood now is more complicated than being framed by Aizen Soyousuke in the past, and even the situation is more difficult than before.


    Uehara Naraku stood beside a space gap, looked at Urahara Kisuke on the ground, couldn''t help but chuckled and said: "It seems that the interns we once wanted to recruit seem to be in a bad mood now..."


    "After going through this kind of thing, how can you be in a good mood?"


    Floating beside Uehara in the Thousand Hands, he snorted coldly and said, "It''s really a bad act, taking away all the fetters around him..."


    This guy¡­


    I really don''t do anything anymore.


    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, and continued with a chuckle: "This is wrong... If he doesn''t take all his friends away at this time, how can he trust another friend?"


    "Is that a friend..."


    Qianshou Feijian couldn''t help grinding his teeth.


    How on earth did this guy have the nerve to say it!


    "Let''s go!"


    Uehara Naraku took a last look at Urahara Kisuke, raised his fingers slightly, and said in a low voice: "Before I leave, let''s give him another rain... I hope it can make him feel better."


    The voice did not fall.


    The sky is slowly gathering dark clouds.


    Sparse rain fell again.


    Uehara Naraku turned around and entered the space rift surrounded by Senju Tomona, Senjubashirama, Namikaze Minato, Uchiha Obito, Uchiha Itachi and others.


    As for Shiba Isshin and the death gods of the tenth team, they have already returned to the world of souls to return to Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni, hoping that Yamamoto Shigekuni can negotiate with the Uehara clan and ask Hirako Mako, the former captain of death gods, to protect them The thirteenth team of the court detained him.


    Motegi Town.


    After everyone leaves.


    A white figure slowly emerged from the ground, it approached Urahara Kisuke, holding a huge plantain as an umbrella, shielding Urahara Kisuke from the rain.


    "You don''t seem to be in a good mood... Urahara."


    "what?"


    Kisuke Urahara slowly raised his head, looked at the white figure in sight under the brim of his hat, and couldn''t help but said, "Yoichi Heiko and the others were all taken away by the Uehara clan, it''s strange to be in a good mood at this time Bar?"


    "Feel sorry."


    The white figure grinned, showing his sharp teeth: "If my strength can be stronger... Forget it, I still feel that no matter how strong I become, I don''t have much confidence to resist against the monsters of the Uehara clan, so Still not going to die."


    "Your consolation words are really low..."


    Kisuke Urahara shook his head helplessly, sighed lightly and said, "I don''t know if other Baijue have such low EQ like you..."


    Absolutely nothing.


    Kisuke Urahara is a byproduct obtained when making Honkama.


    Because Urahara Kisuke used Xu''s soul and spirit seeds to make the collapsed jade, when he saw a creature like Bai Jue for the first time, he even thought it was a newborn Daixu.


    As a result, Urahara Kisuke later discovered that Bai Jue was somewhat different from Daxu. Bai Jue''s combat ability was not strong, and his only ability might be that he was good at hiding.


    No, there is one more point.


    That is, it can reproduce through the technique of spores.


    After Urahara Kisuke obtained Bai Zee for the first time, he discovered that Bai Zee''s spore technique could absorb spirit seeds and quickly reproduce other Bai Zee. He was almost shocked at that time!


    If Bai Jue could reproduce infinitely with the technique of spores, and no one could restrict them, this kind of creature could even occupy the entire world!


    fortunately¡­


    Bai Jue''s IQ is very low.


    Otherwise, I really don''t know how much harm these guys will cause!


    Now standing in front of Kisuke Urahara is the original body of Hakuzai. After the body of Hakuzae was born, he thought that Kisuke Urahara, who created the collapse jade, was his master, and he has been working for Kisuke Urahara.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Even Bai Jue''s body.


    Its intelligence doesn''t seem too high either.


    Its combat power is far inferior to that of Masked Reaper.


    Therefore, Kisuke Urahara seldom used Baijue except when he wanted to investigate information occasionally, but this also provided him with great help.


    It is because of Baijue...


    Kisuke Urahara has just found out some secret information about the Uehara clan!


    For example, when the little patriarch Naraku Uehara practiced, the spiritual pressure was very powerful. For example, Uchiha Madara, the head of the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan, had any special little habits...


    These secrets are actually quite interesting sometimes.


    It was because of Baijue''s information that Urahara knew that Naraku Uehara''s little patriarch was really kind by nature, so he believed that Naraku Uehara was deceived by Aizen Soyousuke.


    And it is precisely because of Bai Jue who can provide information...


    Urahara Kisuke dared to agree, and tried every means to find out the real culprit of Uehara Naraku''s assassination case, and find out the evidence that Aizen Soyousuke manipulated everything!


    This time is Aizen Soyousuke''s opportunity to take the opportunity to attack those insiders like Kisuke Urahara and the Masked Legion, so why not Kisuke Urahara''s opportunity?


    Urahara Kisuke has long wanted to find a chance to expose the true face of Aizen Soyousuke, but he has never had the opportunity to intervene in the world of souls!


    The Uehara clan wants to use him...


    Why didn''t he want to take the opportunity to use the Uehara clan to return to the soul world!


    After all, it is not an easy task for a sinner who was once expelled from the world of souls to return to the world of souls to overthrow the captain of the fifth division of the thirteenth squadron of the guard!


    In particular, the entire Central Forty-six Office may already be under the control of Aizen Soyousuke. If you want to bypass the authority of the Central Forty-six Office, you can only use the power of the Central Forty-six Office. Rich clan!


    Originally, Urahara Kisuke wanted to use Yakushido and Team Zero to get rid of Aizen Soyousuke, but unfortunately his teacher Yakushido was completely disappointed in him and completely severed contact with him...


    This is something Urahara Kisuke especially regrets.


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    "Urahara, do you need me to do something now?"


    Bai Jue looked at Kisuke Urahara, and didn''t know what Kisuke Urahara was thinking in front of him. He just smiled and continued, "If I were to rescue Ms. Yoichi from the Uehara clan, it would be very difficult..."


    After saying this, Bai Jue scratched his head again, and said with a smile: "If I were to monitor Aizen Soyousuke, it would be difficult... He also has my nemesis by his side. ..."


    "I know."


    Kisuke Urahara nodded slowly, and said in a low voice, "It''s that guy named Heijue, right? Is that the accessory he got by using the soul of Shinigami to make Bengyu..."


    There will always be opposites in this world.


    Or light and dark, positive and negative, yin and yang.


    No, or in other words, it is not an absolute opposition, but a complementary relationship.


    When Aizen Soyousuke used the soul of the god of death to create the Bengyu, he got a monster called Heijue; when Urahara Kisuke used Xu''s soul to create the Bengyu, he got a creature called Baijue.


    Both creatures have their own advantages.


    Heijue under Aizen Soyousuke''s hand seems to have powerful power. Whether he can restrain the existence of Baijue, he can not only swallow Hollow, but even swallow and fuse creatures like Baijue to make himself stronger.


    Unfortunately, there is only one Heijue.


    However, Bai Jue, under Urahara Ki''s assistant, can reproduce infinitely through the technique of spores, becoming a monster that will never disappear, and can even possess the body of the god of death to devour the spiritual power of the god of death.


    According to Kisuke Urahara''s guess, the characteristics of the two creatures, Heijue and Baijue, are related to Bengyu''s characteristics.


    For example, Aizen Soyousuke''s Black Destroyer is created by using the soul of the God of Death, so it just happens to restrain the corresponding creature like Hollow; Urahara Kisuke''s White Desolation is created by using the soul of the Hollow, and it happens to be able to restrain the God of Reaper who is opposite to the Hollow .


    "Help me check..."


    Kisuke Urahara stroked his palm, and said in a low voice: "You don''t need to monitor him, monitor his subordinates, and see if anyone among his subordinates has been subjected to the death ghost experiment by him, the person who assassinated Uehara Naraku, It was definitely sent by him..."


    "Okay!"


    Bai Jue nodded with a smile, his body slowly sank into the ground, and said with a low smile: "Hehehehe...I will arrange it now, and when I arrange enough people, I will send them to the corpse. World, we just need to wait for the news..."


    It''s just that when Bai Jue slowly sank into the ground, it suddenly came out again, and only one head on the ground suddenly persuaded: "Oh, by the way, Urahara, don''t rain too much, it''s not good for your health." ..."


    "I see."


    Urahara Kisuke couldn''t help but helped his forehead, and cursed secretly: "But can you think a little more, I''m wearing a skeletal skeleton now, and this skeletal skeleton is broken, so it''s just a matter of changing it." what¡­"


    Although that being said...


    But Urahara Kisuke still had a warm feeling in his heart.


    It has to be said that although Bai Jue is a group of idiots, they are indeed kind-hearted, even more likable than those shadowy and treacherous gods of death in the world of corpses and souls.


    "Really..."


    Urahara Kisuke supported the hat on his head with his palm, and sighed softly: "If Xu could be like Bai Ze, maybe there would be no more disputes in this world..."


    Unfortunately.


    Kisuke Urahara didn''t think about it.


    In Kisuke Urahara''s eyes, he was an idiot creature, the first thing after leaving him was not to complete the task he gave, but to meet someone that Kisuke Urahara could never have imagined.


    Bai Jue went to see Hei Jue.


    They are two together.


    After leaving Kisuke Urahara, Bai Ze hurried to see Hei Ze, ignoring the affection he had shown just now. These two creatures, who were drawn to help by Kisuke Urahara and Yousuke Aizen, often secretly talked to each other in private. Transfer information...


    After all, the two of them were old colleagues who had worked together for many years!


    Even this is the third world where the two of them work together!


    late at night.


    This moment.


    Bai Jue was sad in a supermarket.


    Because it is going to start a task assigned to it by Uehara Naraku, and find a way to make this supermarket that was rude to Uehara Naraku go bankrupt.


    "Huh? What are you doing?"


    Bai Jue''s body slowly floated out from the ground.


    Because within its line of sight, Heijue shook a can of Coke vigorously, and then put the Coke back into the distance again. This scene looked very strange...


    "It''s okay...does Kisuke Urahara have any information?"


    Hei Jue shook his head, turned his head to look at Bai Jue who appeared beside him, and suppressed the thought of complaining about Naraku Uehara.


    because it knows...


    This guy Bai Jue likes to kill.


    If this guy Bai Jue suddenly spreads Uehara Naraku''s narrow-mindedness, it will not be a good thing!


    "It feels weird..."


    Bai Jue glanced at the shelves of the supermarket in surprise, smiled lowly and started talking about the business: "Hehehe... Uehara led the group of people from Senshou Feijian to capture Urahara Kisuke''s friend, and forced Urahara Kisuke to find the assassination Aizen Soyousuke''s murderer really looks like a bad guy!


    But Kisuke Urahara has already agreed.


    Now Urahara Kisuke has confirmed that Aizen Soyousuke is responsible, and wants me to monitor Aizen Soyousuke''s subordinates, and find out who among Aizen''s subordinates has conducted the experiment of the ghost of death.


    Is there any information I can give him? "


    This is the white way.


    Once Kisuke Urahara asked him to investigate Aizen Soyousuke, Bai Zee went directly to Hei Zee, and obtained information about Aizen Soyousuke from Hei Zee.


    It can directly take the information from Aizen Soyousuke''s capable subordinate Hei Ze, is there an easier way than this?


    "Ho ho ho ho... just right."


    Heijue smiled sadly, and said in a low voice: "You can go back and tell Kisuke Urahara that Aizen Soyousuke has already left Soul Soul Realm, and his traces have not appeared in this world, even his There is still a breath of emptiness around me..."


    "Okay, is there any more?"


    "That''s enough."


    A strange smile appeared on the corner of Heijue''s mouth: "As long as you tell Urahara Kisuke these things, he will suspect Xuquan... It just so happens that our manpower in Xuquan is unprecedentedly sufficient. As long as Urahara Kisuke is willing, he can discover many things. Evidence about Aizen!"


    indeed.


    As long as Urahara Kisuke is willing to enter the virtual circle, Orochimaru and the others can try their best to send a bunch of evidence of Aizen Soyousuke''s troubles to Urahara Kisuke at any time!


    Even if Aizen Soyousuke hasn''t made a big mistake yet...


    They can also find a way to throw the blame on Aizen Soyousuke!


    "Hee hee hee... I see."


    Bai Jue slowly sank back into the ground, and before leaving, it suddenly added: "Speaking of which, will Aizen Soyousuke be shitting this time?"


    "¡­Won''t."


    Hei Jue''s voice seemed to suppress his anger.


    Aizen Soyousuke is not a human being, he is the god of death, and all the food and water eaten by the god of death are the energy that supports the activities of the spirit body!


    Besides, what Bai Jue asked was all devilish questions. After so many years, why hasn''t Bai Jue got rid of his stinking problem now!

 Chapter 652

    Corpse world.


    Inside the Seiring Court.


    Ever since Uehara Naraku and others put Yoruichi and members of the Masked Shinigami under house arrest from the present world, the atmosphere in the entire Seireitei has become a little tense.


    After all, the Masked Reapers were once the captains of the Gotei Thirteenth Team.


    Shigekuni Yamamoto convened a meeting with the current captains of the Gotei Thirteenth Team to discuss how to get Mako Hirako and Yaichi Sifengin back.


    Interestingly¡­


    Naraku Uehara, as the vice-captain of the fifth team, is also on the list.


    Perhaps this is Shigekuni Yamamoto''s request. The old man obviously has no good intentions and hopes to solve this matter through Naraku Uehara.


    "After all, they used to be the captains of the Guarding Team Thirteen..."


    Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni coughed a few times, and said slowly: "It''s not appropriate for the Uehara clan to be detained on their behalf..."


    "Huh? Nothing wrong, right?"


    Uncle Jingle Chunshui leaned on his chair, trimmed his nails slowly, and said with a chuckle, "They were suspected of assassinating the head of the Uehara clan, so I think it''s reasonable to imprison them in Uehara City." , as long as the Uehara clan doesn''t use any lynching, it''s not a big deal to just put them under house arrest..."


    "Huh? Chunshui?"


    A look of doubt flashed across Shigekuni Yamamoto''s face.


    The other captains of the entire Gotei Thirteenth Team also looked at each other in blank dismay. They really didn''t understand why Jingle Shunsui spoke for the Uehara clan?


    Even Naraku Uehara was a little skeptical...


    Is this Jingle Chunshui also a spy arranged by his subordinates?


    This is a bit unrealistic, right? Kyoraku Shunsui has been following Yamamoto Genryasai Shigekuni, it seems that there is no chance of penetration, right?


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or coins, and you can receive it within a limited time of 1 day! Follow the public account [Book Friends Base Camp], get it for free!


    not to mention...


    Jingle Shunsui will become the captain of the next generation Gotei Thirteenth Team! Is it possible to continue his myth in the world of pirates in this world of death?


    This time, Naraku Uehara was obviously thinking too much.


    Yamamoto Genryuzai Shigekuni was puzzled for a moment, and his face seemed to understand. He knew his disciple very well, but he just said in a low voice: "Shunshui, don''t damage the honor of Goutei for a moment of emotion, Hirako Mako and the others conducted the virtualization experiment privately, so they should accept the trial of the Central Forty-six Chamber..."


    When he said this, Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni slowly closed his eyes, and continued to add softly: "Yakumaru Lisa used to be your companion, and it is no exception..."


    As expected of the teacher of Jingle Shunsui.


    Yamamoto Shigekuni figured out what his disciple Jingle Shunsui was thinking and why he wanted to defend the Uehara clan in a short while.


    Because Yakinaru Lisa used to be the vice-captain of Kyoraku Shunsui, and it was he who ordered Yakinaru Lisa to replace the Oki Dochan to support the ninth team. He was falsely accused of being a ghost experimenter.


    This incident also made Jingle Chunshui feel guilty all the time.


    According to the order of the Forty-Sixth Office of the Central Committee, Hirako Mako and Yakomaru Lisa should both be candidates for execution. Once they are escorted back to the 13th Brigade of the Court, they are estimated to be sent to the execution platform immediately.


    certainly.


    If Yakomaru Lisa hid in Uehara Castle, even the Central Forty-Six Room would have nothing to do about it, and could only find a way to get her back first.


    Jingle Shunsui didn''t want to see Yakomaru Lisa enter the execution platform after being captured. All he could do now was to say a few words at this meeting so that Yakomaru Lisa could hide in Uehara Castle and live.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Jingle Shunsui''s thoughts were completely understood by the old man Shigekuni Yamamoto.


    It''s just that Jingle Chunshui didn''t seem to intend to hide it deliberately. He just gave a low laugh a little loosely, and then continued: "What if the Uehara clan doesn''t want to hand them over? Hirako and Lisa were both caught by the Uehara clan themselves. sinners..."


    When Jingle Chunshui said this, he turned his head and looked at Naraku Uehara: "Speaking of which, Vice Captain Uehara, I heard that Mr. Hashirama, the second officer in your clan, and Mr. Himama, the fifth officer in your clan, arrested him. , seems to have made some agreement..."


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously, and responded in a low voice: "Because it is impossible to directly find out the actual evidence that Urahara Kisuke conspired to plan the assassination incident... In order for him to prove his innocence, Mr. Tomona allowed him to investigate the truth."


    The current captain of the second team, Suifeng, couldn''t help but raise his legs, and said in a low voice: "In order to make people prove their innocence, put his friend under house arrest in Uehara City, or hand him over to our mobile team." Lock it up..."


    Because Yoichi Sifengin was the captain of the second division and Suifeng''s former boss, she has complicated feelings about her boss.


    nature¡­


    Suifeng also doesn''t want to see Sifengyuan Yeyi being held as a prisoner in Uehara City, she doesn''t want to see the downcast Yeyi!


    What''s more, the identity of Broken Bee is not ordinary.


    In addition to being the captain of the second division, Suifeng also serves as the commander-in-chief of the secret mobile unit independent of the Gotei 13th division.


    From the surface alone, perhaps the secret mobile force should be at the same level as the Thirteenth Guarding Squad, and has been responsible for monitoring, patrolling and even executing the Death God.


    It''s just that after these years, because the former commander-in-chief of the secret mobile force, Yoichi Shifengin, and the current Suifeng are both the captains of the second division of the Gotei 13th Squad, and they all prefer their own status as the captain of the division. As a result, the secret mobile unit seems to be gradually becoming the subordinate of the second team...


    Of course this is only superficial.


    In fact, the entire secret mobile force has been infiltrated by the death gods of the Uehara clan, and this secret organization has not escaped the sight of the Uehara clan.


    After thinking for a while, Naraku Uehara slowly lowered his head and said, "I will bring this matter up to Mr. Tomama, but...Captain Sapphire, I still don''t think we need to hurt them until we find out the truth..."


    "..."


    Broken Bee fell silent.


    After a while, Suifeng suddenly asked: "I see, will Uehara Castle be open during this time? I want to go and see the woman who left the second team."


    "I... can''t be the master yet."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little restrained, and he explained softly: "Because of the previous assassination incident, Mr. Tomama and the others are a little nervous..."


    "Show off your patriarch''s aura a little bit?"


    Suifeng frowned slightly, feeling a little dissatisfied with Uehara Naraku.


    Because in addition to her duties in the Gotei Thirteenth Team, Suifeng is also a god of death from a lower-level noble family, so she doesn''t like Uehara Naraku''s cowardly appearance very much.


    It''s a pity that she can''t say more...


    Seriously speaking...


    The lower-level aristocratic Feng family where Suifeng lives is actually very different from the Uehara clan. This kind of nobleman can''t even grasp his own destiny.


    Motoyanagi Yamamoto glanced at Suifeng, and changed the subject: "Okay, don''t talk about that, now we are discussing negotiations with the Uehara clan..."


    After finishing speaking, Shigekuni Yamamoto looked at his disciple: "Haruzu, after you leave, go to the Uehara clan to visit Mr. Tokima, and hope that you can hand over Mako Hirako and Yoichi Sifengin to the Central Forty-six Room for further investigation. Judgment..."


    As captain...


    What Yamamoto Shigekuni wants to maintain is the authority of the Gotei 13th Team and the Central Forty-sixth Room!


    It is a pity that not many of the captains present seem to take this authority seriously. After the meeting was dissolved, Jingle Shunsui did not obey the order, but instead invited Uehara Naraku to get together with him...


    This get together...


    It sounds a little unorthodox.


    Exactly at this time.


    Aizen Soyousuke returned to Soul Society.


    No, in other words, after Aizen Soyousuke got the news, he had to go back to the world of corpses and souls, because the masked god of death and others he wanted to kill fell into the hands of the Uehara clan!


    This is not in line with his plan...


    Once the Masked Shinigami handed over too much information in the Uehara Clan, Aizen Soyousuke was very worried that this might affect his position in Uehara Naraku''s heart!


    Aizen Soyousuke wanted to make Naraku Uehara, the patriarch, his own!

 Chapter 653

    Seireitei Ambulance Center.


    Aizen Soyousuke returned to his ward.


    Now Aizen Soyousuke is still the captain of the fifth team who was attacked and seriously injured. This man will always play the role he should play well.


    Before Aizen Soyousuke entered the virtual circle, he had been using Kyoka Suigetsu to manipulate the five senses of the gods of death in the rescue station, so that he did not show any flaws. However, after Uehara Naraku came back, Aizen Soyousuke thought that Kyoka Shuigetsu might not be effective for the Uehara family. .


    And Aizen Soyousuke knew very well that the first thing Naraku Uehara did when he returned to Soul Soul Realm was to visit him as the captain. This was his understanding of Naraku Uehara.


    apparently...


    Aizen Soyousuke did not guess wrong.


    Because Uehara Naraku knew from Xuquan that after Aizen returned to Seireitei, he also went to visit Aizen Soyousuke who was still in the hospital according to his own personality.


    It''s all a cycle.


    Uehara Naraku believes that as long as he returns to the world of souls, Aizen Soyousuke will also return from the virtual circle, which is just enough for Urahara Kisuke to go to the virtual circle to investigate the truth.


    As long as Urahara Kisuke gets enough evidence to prove that Aizen Soyousuke had privately carried out the death virtualization experiment and manipulated the virtual circle, and Senju Tobema arranged for T¨­sen Kaname who might turn against the water and stab back at any time, then he would be able to get Aizen Dye''s true face is directly exposed...


    this kind of thing...


    Naraku Uehara did it very skillfully.


    Uehara Naraku was still a self-made Mengxin back then, so he arranged Uchiha Obito clearly by relying on the show operation of eating two ends by himself...


    Seireitei Ambulance Center.


    When Uehara Naraku came here to visit Aizen Soyousuke, the captain of the fifth team was sitting in the room leisurely writing calligraphy, looking peaceful.


    In addition to Aizen Soyousuke, Hina Morita, a student who has not yet graduated, happened to be visiting Aizen too. She stood by the table and watched Aizen wiping her pen, and quietly helped Aizen polish the ink. This picture is eye-catching It looks wonderful.


    only¡­


    This scene fell in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, as if he saw a little sheep sticking to a hungry wolf in sheep''s clothing without looking back, and wanted to rely on the fake sheepskin to keep warm.


    "Ahem..."


    Aizen Soyousuke heard the footsteps, held his chest and couldn''t help coughing a few times, turned his head and saw Uehara Naraku standing at the door, with a slightly weak smile on his face.


    "Naraku, are you back?"


    Aizen Soyousuke is still so gentle.


    "..."


    Hey, I can really act!


    This guy Aizen Soyousuke obviously went to the virtual circle to play a trick of turning his hands into clouds and covering his hands with rain, and even played a kingly demeanor when he was in the virtual circle...


    Now he''s putting on a gentle parental demeanor here again.


    Compared with Aizen Soyousuke''s words, Hina Morita''s smile is obviously more sincere, she waved her arms with some joy, and greeted Uehara Naraku: "Ah, Naraku, long time no see! Xiaobai Are you back too?"


    The Xiaobai in Hina Morimomo''s mouth refers to Toshiro Hitsugaya who grew up together.


    "Long time no see, Chisen."


    Uehara Naraku sighed inwardly, with a little hesitation on his face, he nodded slowly, and then looked at Aizen Soyousuke, a little sincere guilt flashed in his eyes: "Captain, I''m really sorry ..."


    "Is there anything to apologize for?"


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, smiled and calmed Uehara Naraku''s emotions: "There is no need to apologize to me, Naraku, we are each other''s companions, no matter what you have done, I will support you behind your back..."


    "¡­but¡­"


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head, and said with some frustration: "I didn''t find out the truth, and I didn''t catch the murderer who injured the captain..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku looked up at Aizen Soyousuke, the apology in his eyes deepened, and he said with self-blame: "Mr. Tomama seems to have other arrangements. I can''t defy him until I grow up." the will of..."


    "Relax."


    Aizen Soyousuke patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, smiled and continued: "Although I don''t know what he has arranged, but I believe he must be for you..."


    After saying this, Aizen Soyousuke''s voice became softer: "Just as I hope you can succeed as the captain of the fifth team in the future, I believe Mr. Tomona''s approach should also hope that you can challenge him in the future." Take on the responsibility of a family head."


    "team leader¡­"


    Naraku Uehara had a look of disbelief on his face.


    Can Aizen Soyousuke still say that?


    I can really make it up, I think anyone who changed it would be moved!


    If the two of them can face each other sincerely, Uehara Naraku really wants to tell Aizen Soyousuke that what he wants is not the captain of the fifth team, but the throne of heaven that Aizen Soyousuke is also coveting...


    Unfortunately.


    There was also a person present who did not cooperate with the performance.


    "what?"


    Chimorita''s face was also a little surprised. Hearing Aizen Soyousuke''s words, she slowly covered her mouth with her hand: "Could it be that Naraku-san will be the captain of Goutei 13 Team in the future?"


    But just after Chimorita finished speaking, a little apology appeared on her face, and she hurriedly apologized to Uehara Naraku: "I''m really sorry, that''s not what I meant, I know Naraku will be very happy to be the captain.


    And Naraku-san will definitely be the captain in the future. They all say that your status is the most noble in the soul world. The new Kuchiki Rukia-san in our school is not as good as your status. Sorry, sorry, I seem to say again What''s wrong..."


    The more this little girl explained, the worse she got.


    It doesn''t look like someone who is behind the scenes.


    At least in the eyes of Uehara Naraku and Aizen Soyousuke, they are too immature.


    "All right."


    Aizen Soyousuke waved his hand with a smile, and said softly to help the little girl out: "Chen, can you take out the rice paper on the table for me to dry?"


    "Yes, Captain Aizan!"


    Chisentao finally found a reason to leave.


    In such an embarrassing situation, she was not at all embarrassed to stay any longer!


    After Hina Morita left, there were only Aizen Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku left in the whole ward, and the atmosphere suddenly became a little delicate.


    "Can you tell me about the situation?"


    Aizen Soyousuke waved his hand to signal Uehara Naraku to sit down, and said softly: "I heard part of the situation. It seems that there are still people arguing here in the morning. It is said that the Uehara clan imprisoned Captain Hirako Mako and other former captains..."


    When mentioning Mako Hirako, Aizen Soyousuke immediately frowned, and said in a low voice: "Mako Hirako is the former captain of our fifth team. Originally, I followed him all the time because I reported to him once. When I was working, I suddenly discovered Kisuke Urahara and him conducting the experiment of blurring the god of death together..."


    Aizen Soyousuke sighed, lowered his head and said softly: "I found out about this at the beginning but didn''t report it because I was worried that Captain Hirako would be punished for it. Now that I think about it, it was because I didn''t want to argue with him at the beginning. , made him make a big mistake..."


    These words can be regarded as traceable.


    Except for those members of the Masked Reaper Corps and Urahara Kisuke, no one else knew the real story of this incident. In the original case records, Aizen Soyousuke was undoubtedly innocent.


    And there is evidence that Urahara Kisuke conducted the virtualization experiment back then!


    Even if Urahara Kisuke''s original intention was to create Bengyu and rescue the virtualized Hirako Mako and others, but this matter will not be believed at all.


    on the contrary.


    In the records, Aizen Soyousuke was still framed by them.


    After Aizen Soyousuke finished talking about Hirako Mako, without waiting for Uehara Naraku to speak, he looked at Uehara Naraku and said softly: "If I make any mistakes like Captain Heiko in the future, you must stop me, don''t take into account I am your captain."


    After saying this, Aizen Soyousuke stared at Uehara Naraku, his face became more solemn than ever: "Naraku, you must remember that first of all, we are companions who can depend on each other, and then I am your captain...Only in this way Only then will Captain Hirako¡¯s tragedy be avoided.¡±


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku felt a little strange in his heart.


    If it wasn''t for Aizen Soyousuke''s last sentence, Uehara really wanted to play cards out of common sense at this time, and really followed Aizen Soyousuke''s words, directly pressed Aizen Soyousuke to the ground, and put him All of my thoughts are revealed...


    Unfortunately¡­


    This guy is still acting now.


    However, Uehara Naraku still intends to record Aizen Soyousuke''s words, and when the two of them talk about today''s events in the future, they will definitely feel very happy.


    certainly¡­


    It may also be Uehara Naraku''s unilateral pleasure.


    Uehara Naraku had already arranged the script in his heart, but a flash of anger flashed across his face, but he still defended Aizen Soyousuke forcefully: "Captain, stop talking nonsense! How could you offend Hirako Mako and the others?" The mistakes made by the seniors, when we were at the Shinyang Academy of Spiritual Art, we often said that you are the most perfect god of death in the world of corpses and souls..."


    When it came to the end, Naraku Uehara''s voice slowly lowered, he gritted his teeth and said: "If you make mistakes, captain, then it must be the world! I don''t think the captain will go for strength like Hirako-senpai do wrong things¡­"


    "Calm down, Naruto."


    There was a smile on the corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth, but he slowly shook his head and said softly: "I''m not as perfect as you imagined... But, I tell you this, just because I don''t want to do it again in the future. There are regrets that have happened to me.¡±


    "team leader¡­"


    A look of respect flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face.


    At this time, Aizen Soyousuke is indeed worthy of respect, no, it should be said that facing Aizen Soyousuke in this state, he should show a respectful expression.


    really.


    There was a deeper smile on the corner of Aizen''s mouth.


    What a cute little guy!


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression, and the smile on the corner of his mouth became more and more gentle. In fact, he agreed with what Uehara Naraku said just now.


    That is what is wrong with the world right now.


    There is no high throne in this world.


    This is simply unbearable.


    The power in the body of the god of death in this world is limited, and it even takes time to accumulate to become stronger, which makes Aizen Soyousuke unbearable.


    He needs stronger power, power enough to make the entire soul world look up to!


    I really don''t know...


    Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help but have some fun in his heart. I really don''t know how the little guy Uehara Naraku will feel when he gets the Bengyu and achieves a breakthrough in the future, and all the truth is about to be revealed.


    Will this little guy try his best to stop him, the captain who made mistakes, as he said today?


    certainly¡­


    It will be too late then!


    Aizen Soyousuke patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, and gently raised another topic that he was more concerned about: "Speaking of which, haven''t you met Kisuke Urahara, the sinner who once tempted Captain Hirako to fall? If it wasn''t him , Captain Hirako will not fall into this situation..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was a little speechless.


    Aizen Soyousuke is too skilled at deceiving people? Why is Hirako Mako depraved or something when she opens her mouth and shuts her mouth?


    unknown¡­


    I really thought that Aizen Soyousuke and Heiko Mako had a good relationship between superiors and subordinates!


    Obviously the two people didn''t like each other back then, Mako Hirako saw through the insidiousness and cunning hidden by Aizen Soyousuke, and Aizen Soyousuke didn''t want the dangerous person Mako Hirako to keep staring at him, so he personally solved Mako Hirako Already...


    Now at this time, Aizen opened his mouth again and said Hirako Mako should not have made a mistake, as if he was very sorry for his former captain who went the wrong way...


    this fucking...


    Just let Uehara feel...


    The situation is a little bit familiar.


    It''s a bit like Uehara himself opened his mouth and shut his mouth Hanzo back then, under the guise of Sansho Hanzo, forcefully let Sansho Hanzo live in his mouth for seven or eight years, if it wasn''t for every time he went to Yuyin Village, he could see it Seeing Hanzo''s corpse hanging in public, Uehara Naraku sometimes almost thought that Hanzo was really alive.


    anyway.


    Aizen Soyousuke''s real goal is not Mako Hirako.


    It is Urahara Kisuke who has been swimming outside, and that is the real goal of Aizen Soyousuke. One is to eliminate the hidden dangers of Urahara Kisuke, and the other is naturally for the incomplete product that Urahara Kisuke once developed...


    That collapsed jade...


    [Give red envelopes] Reading benefits are here! You have up to 888 cash red envelopes to be drawn! Follow the weixin public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to draw red envelopes!


    In theory, it took shape earlier than Aizen Soyousuke''s Bengyu.


    Although Urahara Kisuke developed the collapsed jade a little later than Aizen Soyousuke, Urahara Kisuke completed the collapsed jade far faster than Aizen Soyousuke.


    After all, Urahara Kisuke was born in the twelfth division and the Technology Development Bureau, and was once a disciple of Yakushidou. Coupled with his brain and wisdom, he is indeed very talented in studying these small things.


    "We met Kisuke Urahara."


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly, as if he didn''t like that person very much, he explained softly: "Because no one was found who assassinated the captain, but we all think that the assassin should be Kisuke Urahara''s subordinate, after all, the assassin It is a masked god of death that can be blurred, and only Urahara Kisuke has conducted the experiment of blurring the god of death..."


    "Did he escape?"


    Aizen Soyousuke raised his eyebrows.


    "No, maybe he was let go..."


    A look of doubt flashed across Naraku Uehara''s face, he slowly shook his head and said: "Mr. Togama and Mr. Hashirama have captured all the enemies, but they haven''t found the murderer.


    So Tobima-san and Urahara Kisuke reached an agreement, only if Urahara Kisuke handed over the murderer to us, he will release Miss Yoichi of Sifengyuan and Heiko-senpai...


    In fact, I don''t agree with this matter, but according to our rules, I can''t violate the orders of Hashirama-san and Togama-san. "

 Chapter 654

    Aizen Soyousuke understood Uehara Naraku''s helplessness very well.


    As a god of death who has not yet entered adulthood, Uehara Naraku can''t do anything about it, and everything must be obeyed by the dead servants of Senshou Feijian.


    In Aizen Soyousuke''s view, this should be to prevent the Patriarch of the Uehara clan from going down the wrong path, but if these dead servants are still in power, Aizen Soyousuke is not very friendly All right.


    Because Aizen and Orochimaru reached a covenant, Aizen also learned a lot of secrets about the Uehara clan from Orochimaru. The Thirteen Deadpools will undoubtedly be one of the most powerful enemies they will face in the future!


    and¡­


    It''s already causing big trouble.


    Aizen Soyousuke was also a little surprised that the two top dead servants, Senju Fujian and Senju Zhujian, did not bring Kisuke Urahara back. This is not good news for him, and even Might be a threat.


    No, it must be a threat!


    Because Kisuke Urahara wants to rescue Yaichi, Hepingko Mako and others in Sifengin, and if all these results are overturned, Kisuke Urahara will definitely do everything possible to find and overturn the incident of the ghost of death back then, and expose the truth at that time!


    exactly¡­


    Now that the Uehara clan is intervening, although Kisuke Urahara is very unfriendly to Kisuke Urahara, it also gives Kisuke Urahara an opportunity to reverse the case for himself again.


    Aizen Soyousuke stared at Uehara Naraku beside him, with a smile still in his eyes, but under his warm smile, he was calculating all this bit by bit...


    plan.


    Maybe earlier.


    No, or rather, he seems to be able to take advantage of this opportunity to intervene.


    When Urahara Kisuke came to the world of souls to expose the truth about the illusory god of death, Aizen Soyousuke felt that this was an opportunity for him. The opportunity for him to get the Bengyu may also be an opportunity to wipe out the enemy...


    "All right."


    When thinking of this, Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku with a smile, and said softly: "Go back and rest early, Naraku, my injury will take a while to heal..."


    When he said this, Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes became more gentle, he slowly helped his frame, and continued in a low voice: "And...after you come back, I will trouble you to continue to take on more responsibilities as the captain gone."


    "team leader¡­"


    A look of worry flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face.


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku seemed to lose his backbone if he lost Aizen Soyousuke. Unfortunately, he could only leave the ambulance station worriedly under the order of Aizen Soyousuke.


    After Naraku Uehara left.


    Aizen Soyousuke immediately began to think quickly. In this situation, he seems unable to intervene in the affairs of the Uehara clan, so he can only make two-handed preparations...


    The first plan, of course, is to contact Orochimaru secretly immediately, and ask Orochimaru to send their shattered army to attack Urahara Kisuke. It would be best if Urahara Kisuke can be caught... If not, then implement the second plan!


    The second plan is to try every means to make Kisuke Urahara''s plan go smoothly, find out where Kisuke Urahara''s collapsed jade is hidden, and whether it is hidden on his body...


    If this can be confirmed, then Kisuke Urahara will be secretly lured to find out about the bluff, and when Kisuke Urahara comes to the Soul Realm to overturn the case, then take the Bengyu from Kisuke Urahara!


    that moment¡­


    It will also be the moment when he steps on the throne of heaven!


    that moment¡­


    [Reading Benefits] Follow the public.. account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books every day to draw cash/point coins!


    It will also be the moment when the history of the entire Soul World is rewritten!


    that moment¡­


    It will also be the moment when the whole world ushers in their domination!


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly closed his eyes, raised his finger, and immediately contacted Hei Ze, because the matter this time was too important, and he still chose to believe that it was relatively reliable to manipulate Kisuke Urahara secretly. The Black Jue...


    After all, this guy Ichimaru Gin knows that he has a different heart just by looking at his appearance. He is obviously not a loyal guy, and he only follows him because of Yao Shidou''s order; Dongsen Yao is very loyal to Aizen, but Dongsen Yao''s brain is too stupid...


    Heijue will never refuse Aizen Soyousuke''s contact, even when it connects to the spiritual power network, it seems to be a little impatient: "Hohohoho...Master Aizen, what''s so special about contacting me at this time? command?"


    Under normal circumstances, Aizen Soyousuke seldom uses Heijue.


    In most cases, Aizen Soyousuke will always ask Heijue to help him explore some secret information in various places and the whereabouts of Urahara Kisuke''s collapsed jade. Only when something really important, Aizen will choose Use Hei Jue''s hole card.


    "There is indeed something..."


    Aizen Soyousuke raised the corners of his mouth with a smile, and slowly told Heijue his plan, and asked Heijue to carry out the plan according to his ideas: "I will let Yin rush to Xuquan to contact Orochimaru , I hope the first plan can go smoothly... If the first plan cannot be achieved, Hei Jue, then you will carry out the second plan."


    After saying this, Aizen Soyousuke smiled and praised Heijue: "I believe that only you can do the best in this matter."


    This is not pure vanity.


    Aizen Soyousuke really likes Heijue as a subordinate very much, because Heijue was born in the Bengyu Experiment, and he has never let him down. In a certain aura, Aizen Soyousuke also feels that he and Heijue are very compatible .


    "Ho ho ho ho... as ordered."


    After Heijue heard Aizen Soyousuke''s plan, he automatically filtered Aizen Soyousuke''s first plan in his heart, and immediately began to prepare for the implementation of the second plan.


    Because the second plan to seduce Urahara Kisuke is also the plan that it will execute under the order of Uehara Naraku.


    "Then leave it to you."


    Aizen Soyousuke was very relieved of Heijue''s efficiency, and suddenly asked another question: "Has the whereabouts of the collapsed jade created by Kisuke Urahara not been found yet?"


    "not yet¡­"


    Hei Ze immediately found a suitable reason, and it could even be used to win the trust of Aizen Soyousuke: "Because there are too many Bai Jue around Kisuke Urahara...Although the strength of those wastes is not very good, their ability is great. It''s too weird..."


    "Then keep looking..."


    Aizen Soyousuke was not displeased at all, and even comforted his subordinates: "I''ll leave this to you, Heijue."


    He had also heard of that group of Bai Jue.


    And it is also because of the white creature around Urahara Kisuke that Aizen Soyousuke''s trust in Hei Ze has increased a bit.


    Sometimes, Aizen Soyousuke even feels that he and Urahara Kisuke are fateful opponents, the two always walk on the same path, and they always part ways to confront each other.


    Neither of them are satisfied with the status quo of Soul Soul World.


    Both of them produced an incomplete Bengyu.


    Both of them got the product of making Bengyu.


    The subordinate subordinates of the two, Hei Jue and Bai Jue, are also species that have opposed each other since their birth, just like the opposition between the two of them.


    Aizen Soyousuke is superior in strength, Urahara Kisuke is superior in wisdom, and they both believe in themselves, and sooner or later they will win the struggle against each other.


    but¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke looks down on Kisuke Urahara''s vision. He thinks that Kisuke Urahara has the possibility to break through the restrictions of the god of death, but he still chooses to continue living the same life.


    at this point...


    Kisuke Urahara is much worse than his teacher, Yakushi Todo.


    Aizen Soyousuke remembered the last communication with Yao Shidou before he entered the Lingwang Palace, and a flash of memory flashed across his face.


    "Mr. Dou...why did you choose me?"


    "I hope this decadent world can be changed, but my power is too weak, Urahara has let me down, and Yin''s talent is not enough... I hope that there will be someone who can truly change this world sitting on the throne."


    "Then please look forward to it."


    "Then I''ll wait and see."


    that day.


    Yao Shidou stood in front of Aizen Soyousuke and told him that as long as he was willing to ascend to the throne and change the current declining world of souls, he could become Aizen without trying to find out information about the key of the Lingwang Palace. Soyousuke is the key to enter the Soul King Palace.


    This also means...


    Yakushido, a member of Team Zero, has become an ally of Aizen Soyousuke in a sense, and it is precisely because of this that Aizen Soyousuke is more willing to indulge Ichimaru Gin''s wantonness, and even doesn''t care at all Ichimaru Gin''s attitude towards him.


    Let''s put it this way...


    In Aizen Soyousuke''s view, Ichimaru Gin is the material cultural heritage left to Aizen after Yakushido entered the Lingwang Palace.


    To be honest.


    Aizen Soyousuke quite likes Ichimaru Gin.


    In addition to Aizen Soyousuke''s love for the decisive and intelligent Ichimaru Gin, it was also because Yakushidou specifically mentioned that he hoped Aizen Soyousuke could take good care of Ichimaru Gin.


    This is equivalent to the fact that Ichimaru Gin is Aizen Soyousuke''s hostage who can threaten Yakushido, and it is also the link between them.


    Therefore, Aizen never cared about Ichimaru Gin''s offense.


    Even if Aizen would never trust Ichimaru Gin, he would not take the initiative to hurt Ichimaru Gin.


    After Aizen Soyousuke contacted Hei Ze, he summoned Ichimaru Gin and gave an order for Ichimaru Gin to rush to the virtual circle to contact Orochimaru, and ordered the Pomen Corps to go to the real world to search and capture Urahara Kisuke.


    just.


    Ichimaru Gin doesn''t like Urahara Kisuke.


    For the children who grew up in an orphanage, anyone who knew the relationship between Kisuke Urahara and Yakushidou, almost no one would like Kisuke Urahara, the guy who betrayed Yakushidou, even Matsumoto Rangiku.


    "I see¡­"


    Ichimaru silver squinted his eyes and nodded, chuckled in a low voice and said scary words: "If the dean had stopped me from going to trouble with Senior Brother Urahara, he would not have survived until now. I wanted to do it a long time ago. I''m going to nail him to the wall with a sharpshooter..."


    "It''s rare to see you being so irritable...Silver."


    A helpless smile flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s face, but in his heart he was somewhat happy with Ichimaru Gin''s attitude.


    This also means that Ichimaru Gin is not without weaknesses.


    Ichimaru Gin, who is thoughtful and seems to be always calm, also has his own temper tantrums, which shows that he is not perfect.


    It''s a pity that Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t just let Ichimaru Gin go to kill Urahara Kisuke, but just calmed Ichimaru Gin''s emotions gently: "Our purpose is not to hurt him...or at least not now. he."


    After saying this, Aizen Soyousuke added: "Just like Mr. Dou raised you, he also raised him from a young age...Even if Urahara betrayed Mr. Dou, he would definitely not think about it." To see you killing each other, this is exactly the kindness of Mr. Dou."


    "I see."


    Ichimaru Gin nodded slowly, with the smile on his face still undiminished, and continued with a smile: "Until the plan is successful, I will not kill him... Then I will go to Mr. Orochimaru to convey the order of Master Aizen, Hope our plans go well."


    "Then I''m counting on you, Silver."


    Aizen Soyousuke helped his glasses, continued to splash ink on the desk, and continued: "After this time, we will be able to leave this dull place."


    "Do you want to leave Seireitei?"


    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes shrank slightly, and he regained his original smile. He nodded slowly: "That really makes people look forward to the arrival of a new life!"


    If you leave Seireitei...


    There will be a long period of time when Matsumoto Rangiku cannot be seen.


    But it doesn''t matter.


    For Ichimaru Gin, no matter whether he stays in Seireitei or goes to Xuquan, anyway, these two places are the territory of their Akatsuki organization...


    As long as it is on the territory of the Xiao organization, everything can be discussed.


    Aizen Soyousuke watched Ichimaru Gin turn and leave, and he still found it funny in his heart. He rarely saw Ichimaru Gin being so irrational...


    This is also very good.


    This is the kind of subordinate Aizen Soyousuke likes.


    After Aizen Soyousuke arranged everything, he sat back at his desk again, writing his calligraphy quietly, as if it wasn''t him who was discussing the conspiracy just now, he was still that gentle man.


    And on the other side.


    After Aizen Soyousuke''s subordinates Hei Ze and Ichimaru Gin received his order, they contacted Uehara Naraku directly by coincidence.


    This kind of thing is simply outrageous.


    No one would have thought that someone would plant a circle of spies around him, no matter what he said or did, it would be impossible for him to escape the watchers.


    Even if Aizen wanted to know something, Uehara Naraku arranged for him to know it through Kuroze, Ichimaru Gin, Ulquiola and others.


    In Uehara Castle.


    The slide figures of Kurozai and Ichimaru Gin appeared in the meeting room, and the two reported Aizen Soyousuke''s orders to Uehara Naraku one after another.


    "Destroy his first plan directly..."


    Uehara Naraku leaned on a tall seat, and his whole body was in the shadows.


    In the darkness, Uehara slowly propped up his palms to support his chin, with a playful smile on his face, and said slowly: "As for the second plan, follow what Captain Aizen wants. Do it with the result!"

 Chapter 655

    present world.


    The space barrier slowly opened.


    Figures in white uniforms floated out of the space rift one by one.


    There is a strange bone mask on the face of each white uniform, and a powerful spiritual pressure floats on everyone''s body. They are the face-shattering army under the command of Orochimaru.


    Or¡­


    Now they are the face-shattering army under the command of Xuye Palace.


    Now Nelly Alle and Ulquiorra are in charge of commanding the Broken Face Corps. Since Ulquiorra wants to stay in the world of souls, this time the action of coming to the present world is entrusted to Nelly Alle and Ulquiorra. Grimmjow had two to direct.


    Only Nelly Alle knew it.


    On this trip, she led hundreds of people with a lot of fanfare to search for Kisuke Urahara in the present world, but in fact, she just came here for show.


    real action...


    It also lies on the bodies of Ulquiorra and others in the Void Night Palace.


    Of course, it''s not like they have nothing to do. Hundreds of people are dispatched out of nowhere, so they can''t just let them travel at public expense, can they?


    Grimmjow glanced at the peaceful present world, grinned and sneered, "Nilu, let''s go straight to action, catch that Shinigami named Kisuke Urahara, and get rid of a few Shinigami by the way, right..."


    "¡­wrong."


    Nelly All was silent for a second, slowly shook her head, and said loudly: "The purpose of this trip is only to hunt down Kisuke Urahara, don''t cause trouble in this world.


    If you encounter the gods of death stationed in this world, there is no need to kill them, use your most terrifying means to expel them, let them feel the fear from the Void Night Palace..."


    In other words, this is their real purpose.


    Only Kisuke Urahara unilaterally found the evidence that Sosuke Aizen manipulated the virtual circle, which may not be taken seriously by Seireitei, but also conveyed the threat of the virtual circle to expel all the gods of death and try to rule the world to the world of souls.


    "I know, I know."


    Grimmjow waved his hand indifferently.


    Over the years, Grimmjow has always been favored by Orochimaru, and after breaking his face, Grimmjow has basically been taken care of by the elder sister, Nelliel.


    Therefore, the relationship between Grimmjow and Nelliel is also good, and there are not so many superficial respectful tricks between them.


    This is also a shameless pride.


    No, it should be said Wang Xu''s pride.


    In fact, if Grimmjow was allowed to die in battle to protect Nellie, Grimmjow would not have frowned before he died, but if Grimmjow bowed his head to Nellie , That''s something that can''t be done with more money!


    "Okay, let''s start in groups of two."


    Nelliel turned around and gave a few instructions to a group of faceless lords, watching hundreds of faceless lords quickly grouped into groups and disappeared in front of her.


    Just when Grimmjow was about to disappear into an afterimage, Nelliel suddenly called out to him, "Grimmjow, you and I will act together."


    "what?"


    Grimmjow''s face was slightly astonished, and he couldn''t help but help his forehead: "With the strength of the two of us, there is no such need..."


    "necessary."


    Nelliel frowned slightly, and her lake-green hair fluttered slightly in the wind. She knew this junior very well, and she didn''t mention that she was worried about Grimmjow''s temper.


    Nelliel stretched out her palm to brush her hair, and continued softly: "Don''t forget our purpose, what we want to do is to conquer the present world and replace the god of death... instead of carrying out meaningless killings in the present world."


    This order did not come from Aizen Soyousuke, but from Orochimaru, and the purpose of doing so was just to supplement a certain plan.


    If the occasion is not inappropriate...


    Xuquan really wanted to send a representative to declare war on the soul world.


    However, expelling the gods of death stationed in this world in this way is enough to prove how much of a threat their shattered army in the virtual circle can bring to the world of souls.


    When Urahara Kisuke found out the news that Aizen Soyousuke used the Pomian army to rule the Xu circle, and handed over the news to Seireitei... It just so happened that Seireitei also received the news that the Pomen Daixu collectively dispatched to capture worldly threat.


    Can the Seiring Court not pay attention to this?


    This kind of approach is actually quite detrimental to Aizen Soyousuke. It is almost like directly forcing Aizen Soyousuke to become an enemy of the whole world.


    Of course, Orochimaru issued such an order, perhaps just to pay tribute to the past that was once forced to be an enemy of the whole world under the manipulation of someone...


    Other than that.


    There is another purpose.


    That is to make a show for Kisuke Urahara, and let Kisuke Urahara know the existence of Pomian Daixu, and the current virtual circle may defend against the illusion of emptiness.


    Only Nelliel knows these things.


    Grimmjow is still ignorant of all this.


    Listening to Nelliel''s words, Grimmjow couldn''t help but dig his ears, his face was full of unhappiness.


    "Well, I got it, I got it...I''m listening to you."


    "Be a little more serious with me."


    Nelliel couldn''t help scolding coquettishly.


    While making noise casually, the two broken faces turned into two afterimages and disappeared here at high speed, and the spatial rift behind them also slowly closed.


    After Nelliel and the Faceless Legion left this area.


    A few figures slowly appeared on the ground, it was Kisuke Urahara, Bai Zee, and the former master of ghosts, Ling Tesai, who was the only power that Kisuke Urahara could use.


    "Yeah, something seems to be wrong..."


    Bai Jue scratched his head, and said in surprise: "It shouldn''t be...how come there are so many scary guys?"


    "Hey Hey hey¡­"


    Holding Ling Tiezhai couldn''t help but punched Bai Jue on the head, with some hatred for his indisputable meaning: "Didn''t you say that you have found out that there are not many monsters like that in Xuquan! Those bad guys The guys are all captain-level enemies!"


    "OK OK¡­"


    Kisuke Urahara patted Ling Teizhai''s shoulder, smiled and persuaded this old friend, and softly smoothed things over: "Bai Jue is able to sneak into the virtual circle secretly, and it is already very good for us to find out that the virtual circle has broken news." It''s easy..."


    When he said this, Kisuke Urahara''s smile slowly subsided, he gently adjusted his glasses, and a stern light flashed in his eyes: "It is estimated that no one would have thought that there would be so many flaws in the virtual circle." Big Xu, it seems that our old opponent has long joined forces with the master of the Xu circle..."


    "That bastard Aizen..."


    Holding Ling Tieshai straightened up, slowly squeezed his fist, and said in a low voice: "If that guy really colluded with Xuquan..."


    "We''re going to find evidence."


    Urahara Kisuke interrupted Hishitsusai''s words in a low voice, and said softly: "For us, the best way is to catch the guy who once assassinated Uehara Naraku... If we really can''t catch it, we have other options." way."


    "any solution?"


    "Looking for several other shady faces who participated in the assassination incident."


    Urahara Kisuke''s expression became more and more serious, and he opened his mouth to analyze softly: "I suspect that there is not only one Shamen Daizo who tried to assassinate Uehara Naraku back then, but at least three... It seems that Aizen may have mastered Daiko Face to face."


    After finishing speaking, Kisuke Urahara held his cane, with a gloomy look in his eyes, and continued in a low voice: "According to the information we got from Soul Soul World, there was no assassin in the group of bad-faced daxu just now." existence of those.


    Assassination of Uehara Naraku...or Aizen wants to use the assassination incident to profit for himself. This matter is not low, because it needs manpower to entangle the two dead servants Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Itachi who are responsible for secretly protecting Uehara Naraku .


    It is not an easy task to entangle the two dead waiters, so besides the assassin, there must be other shady helpers, which means that there are not many people involved in this matter .


    Moreover, the position and status of the broken face Daixu who can entangle the thirteen dead servants will not be too low in the virtual circle. As long as we can enter the virtual circle, we should be able to easily find out those who participated in the assassination of Uehara Naraku As long as you can find a way to catch one of them, or find out the current situation of the virtual circle..."


    After finishing the analysis, Kisuke Urahara''s voice gradually became firmer, and he continued word by word: "In this way, we can know how much that guy Aizen has done behind the scenes, and even expose everything he has done. Overthrow that incident back then..."


    have to say.


    Kisuke Urahara''s brain is really easy to use.


    In just such a short period of time, he analyzed almost everything to a watertight level. If Naraku Uehara did not exist in it, almost everything Aizen Soyousuke did would not have been hidden from Kisuke Urahara''s calculations.


    As Urahara Kisuke said, there were at least three people who participated in the assassination incident, but the strength and status of these three people were all extraordinary.


    However, there is still a problem...


    That is whether this matter can win the trust of Seireitei!


    After holding Lingtiezhai''s silence for a moment, he immediately raised this question: "The question is... can we find evidence? Even if we put everything in front of the Central Forty-six Room, it may not be able to win their trust..."


    "It''s not them that we need to win the trust of."


    Kisuke Urahara shook his head, sighed slowly and said, "We only need to win the trust of the Uehara clan, as long as the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan believe in this matter, they will help us solve the next trouble... "


    indeed.


    Kisuke Urahara was very sober.


    When the Uehara clan captured Sifengin Yaichi, Hepingko Mako and others threatened him, Urahara Kisuke thought about using the power of the Uehara clan to overthrow everything that happened in the past!


    If it wasn''t for such a plan...


    How could Urahara Kisuke watch other people fall into danger, and how could he bring Sifengin Yoichi to clash with the dead servants of the Uehara clan when he knew he was at a disadvantage!


    "How could they believe..."


    [Benefits for book friends] You can get cash or coins by reading books, and iPhone12 and Switch are waiting for you to draw! Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Base Camp] to get it!


    Holding Ling Tie Zhai''s brows were still tightly frowned.


    Although Kisuke Urahara''s words sound reasonable, Hishitsusai still doesn''t believe that everything will develop as Kisuke Urahara expected...


    Even if they find out the truth...


    How can it be used as evidence?


    "They will believe it."


    The corners of Kisuke Urahara''s mouth curled up slightly, and he explained with a light smile, "Because thousands of years ago, a traitor from the Uehara clan must have been hiding in the virtual circle... As long as there is news of that traitor, the Uehara clan will definitely believe us evidence of."


    "Who?"


    "A name we all know well..."


    Urahara Kisuke helped his own glasses, and whispered, "Even now we still bear his legacy, even Mr. Dou and I have to look up to...the legendary Mr. Leng...Oshemaru."


    This name suddenly opened his mouth, and his face couldn''t help being full of shock. He looked at Kisuke Urahara in disbelief: "Wait, didn''t Orochimaru say...he is a good friend of the first Patriarch Uehara?" ?"


    "No."


    Kisuke Urahara shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "The Uehara clan has been chasing and killing Orochimaru for thousands of years... because Orochimaru should be a traitor who escaped from Soul Soul Realm with the technique of reincarnation. It was analyzed from the intelligence and some secrets..."


    "Hee hee hee... I was scared too!"


    Bai Jue nodded his head with a smile, and said stupidly: "It''s a pity that I can''t dare to get close to Orochimaru, so after my avatar found the information about Orochimaru in Xuquan, I immediately told it to you. I¡­


    And I also know where all the lost Baijue clones went, those idiots were all captured by Orochimaru and used as experimental products! "


    This information...


    Of course, Bai Zee took the initiative to leak it to Urahara Kisuke.


    Because without Orochimaru, Urahara Kisuke would not believe that he could win the trust of the Uehara clan, so how could he firmly implement his plan?


    Only when Urahara Kisuke believes that the Uehara clan will definitely choose to stand by him as long as they get the information of Orochimaru, Urahara will rush out!


    "So as long as we find traces of Orochimaru''s existence in the virtual circle, and get a bit of solid evidence about the existence of Orochimaru in the virtual circle, it will definitely be enough to win the trust of the Uehara clan on our side. The outsider of the art..."


    When Urahara Kisuke said this, a flash of nostalgia flashed across his face: "In order to solve these outsiders, they will pay a very heavy price... Even if it is just a little news, the Uehara clan will not let it go."


    this moment¡­


    Kisuke Urahara thought of his teacher again.


    But soon Kisuke Urahara''s thoughts returned to the present, he took out an eyeball from his body, and said in a low voice: "Then let''s start to act...even the worst result doesn''t matter!


    As long as we can find out the current situation of the virtual circle and find the evidence that Orochimaru is hidden in the virtual circle, we can continue our plan in an orderly manner, and gain the opportunity to overthrow the past mistakes of Seireitei through the trust of the Uehara clan, and completely solve Aizen So You Jie! "


    "Then let''s go! Jiekong!"


    Holding Ling Tie Zhai spread out his palm, as if tearing hard, tearing open a space crack little by little!


    Kisuke Urahara shook his own palm, and walked into the passage with Ryotecsai and Baijue. They will enter the virtual circle from the point of contact here.


    From this moment on...


    They will take their destiny in their own hands again!


    Now that everything is clear, they will never be manipulated by Aizen Soyousuke like in the past!


    when they left.


    A dark shadow slowly emerged from the ground.


    Hei despaired of the disappearing space rift, with a sinister smile on his face: "Hohohohoho... It seems that Hagoromo''s role for Orochimaru is just right... If there is no such thing as Orochimaru, the stage that was just built is really a mess. It¡¯s not good to open the curtain!¡±

 Chapter 656

    imaginary circle.


    This desolate world gradually prospered.


    The Xuye Palace towering over the wilderness ruled the world, and the sun in the sky also made the entire virtual circle a little brighter, and the active virtuals on the ground gradually increased.


    Compared with the rule of Emperor Bailegang and Aizen Soyousuke, Orochimaru seems to be better at how to organize a dilapidated world. After Aizen Soyousuke temporarily handed over the power to manage Xuye Palace to Orochimaru, the entire virtual world The circle gradually became more orderly.


    Even killing is still the unbroken theme of the virtual circle.


    However, compared to the past, because the great virtuals in the entire virtual circle are already under the jurisdiction of the virtual night palace, except for some killings necessary for evolution, the great virtuals have gradually given up swallowing some ordinary virtuals.


    When Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsuzhai entered the virtual circle, they encountered many virtual existences along the way. When they saw the two of Urahara, instead of choosing to launch a mindless attack, they quickly fled towards the distance !


    Because the Xuye Palace makes the meaning of these virtual existences...


    It is also to let them serve as eyeliners to report the strange enemies invading the virtual circle at any time!


    "The Nine of Bind Dao, Crash Wheel!"


    Holding Ling Tiezhai raised his palm, and the ropes made of spiritual power captured several Xu Xu easily and brought them in front of them.


    "Are you going to kill them?"


    "No, ask them."


    Kisuke Urahara held his palm in front of one of the timid-looking Xu, and said with a smile, "Can you tell me, who is the master of the Xu circle now?"


    "Bastard... bastard... do you think you can order anyone?"


    There was a hint of fear in this hollow voice, and he said bitterly: "I won''t tell you...Kill me! Lord Orochimaru will not let you invaders go!"


    "..."


    There was an eerie silence.


    Is this guy just out of his wits, or is he not that tough at all? How did you say the name of Orochimaru so easily?


    "I already know the answer."


    Kisuke Urahara nodded slowly, as if he was satisfied with the answer of the head, he smiled lightly and said, "Don''t worry, we are not some bad people...you go!"


    "Really let us go?"


    "certainly."


    After getting Urahara Kisuke''s answer, the group of ghosts didn''t have the slightest intention to stay, and after holding Ling Teizhai untied their shackles, they quickly fled towards the distance!


    Just as they were fleeing towards Xuye Palace, they didn''t even notice that Urahara Kisuke and Hishigo Tetsusai followed their trail of spiritual power and rushed towards Xuye Palace!


    Xuye Palace, on the top.


    Ulquiorra and a group of villains stood here to monitor the movement of the virtual circle.


    As the current leader of the Void Army of the Void Night Palace, Ulquiola will naturally not lack subordinate officers, but these are all conquered by him with his strength, because Ulquiola has been hiding himself, and many broken Mian Daxu didn''t know Ulquiola''s true identity, so he was naturally not convinced by him.


    "Haven''t you come yet?"


    Ulquiorra frowned slightly.


    From the time Urahara Kisuke and Hishitsusai stepped into the virtual circle, Ulquiola already knew about it, and he has been waiting for those two people here.


    "Should be there soon?"


    A broken face glanced at the smoke and dust in the distance, and grinned softly: "Why, is Master Ulquiorra going to do it himself?"


    This sentence is somewhat disrespectful.


    Even if they are suppressed with extremely powerful force, it is not polite to speak of Xuquan''s blasphemous appearance. This is their nature.


    Unless life and death are controlled by others, maybe they will follow their hearts.


    Ulquiola didn''t care about the tone of these juniors, but nodded calmly and said: "Go and report to Mr. Orochimaru... The person we want to see is coming soon."


    "Know."


    A figure jumped down.


    The other subordinate officials gathered around Ulquiola, waiting with him for the arrival of Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai.


    Ulquiola stood on the top of the Xuye Palace, watching a group of Xuye rushing towards the Xuye Palace, and the two figures behind the group of Xuye, finally there was some light in his eyes.


    That''s Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai!


    "According to the rules..."


    Ulquiola slowly stretched out his finger, and the emerald green gleam appeared on his fingertips: "No matter whether the enemy you see is strong or weak, you should say hello to them first."


    next moment¡­


    The emerald green flash suddenly flew out from Ulquiola''s fingertips, and shot at Urahara Kisuke and Hishitsusai behind the group of ghosts!


    "Be careful!"


    Hishitsusai suddenly stood in front of Kisuke Urahara!


    A defensive barrier blocked the path of this false flash!


    However, in an instant, cracks appeared in the defensive barrier, which was about to be destroyed by the emerald green flash. Obviously, the ghost defense that Lingtiezhai hastily released was not enough to block the flash!


    But it bought him a little time!


    "The proud son of heaven, the city wall made of iron, the dragon''s walk, the lion''s roar, the tiger''s howl, the wolf''s run, cut off the sky and the earth before it collapses, the eighty-one that binds the Tao, breaks the sky!"


    A huge defensive wall suddenly appeared in front of them!


    The moment the emerald green false flash landed in the sky, it caused a huge explosion, stirring up a huge cloud of emerald green flames, and the sand and dust on the ground swept up!


    However, Duan Kong was not shaken after all!


    The dust and smoke dissipated slowly, and the huge defensive wall in the void also turned into spirit particles and disappeared, revealing the figures of Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai.


    The two raised their heads and looked at the Xuye Palace towering over the wilderness, with unconcealable surprise in their eyes. The appearance of this kind of building means that there is already a civilization in Xuyuan!


    Such a monster...


    Is there wisdom after all?


    However, when Urahara Kisuke and Yahishi Tetsusai looked at the figure standing on the top of Xuye Palace, the surprise in the eyes of the two people was even stronger, and they could see it immediately from the appearance of that figure!


    pale skin...


    A short, thin figure...


    Green eyes and dark green broken lines...


    And the unique emerald green false flash!


    All these prove that the figure standing on the top of Xuye Palace is the target of their trip, and that guy is the perpetrator of the assassination of Naraku Uehara!


    And the only murderer exposed!


    "hehe¡­"


    The corner of Kisuke Urahara''s mouth curled up into a smile, and he couldn''t help but chuckled, "It looks like we''re lucky, we really found the right place with those guys..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Holding Ling Tieshai nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "According to your plan, is Bai Jue ready? Shall we start?"


    "certainly."


    Kisuke Urahara sighed, and said in a low voice: "It''s a pity that the enemy noticed it before sneaking in and seeing Orochimaru!"


    "This is where Orochimaru exists!"


    Suddenly a head popped out from under their feet.


    Bai Jue poked his head with a grin, and grinned: "I can feel that there are many clones of me here, it seems that those idiots are all put here by Orochimaru, maybe I can try this time... "


    "Then let''s get this guy''s attention first..."


    Kisuke Urahara nodded slowly, threw an eyeball-shaped machine in his hand to Bai Jue, and said in a deep voice: "We have found the assassin, wait until we try to see if we can force out Orochimaru, and the rest It may be up to you to get the evidence!"


    That eyeball-shaped machine was invented by Urahara Kisuke for taking pictures. He thought that the worst situation would be that they couldn''t take anything away, so he could only rely on this eyeball to capture the traces of Orochimaru''s existence.


    "I see."


    Bai Jue took the eyeball with a smile, and slowly dived into the ground. Its laughter came from under the ground: "Then I''ll take a picture of all of this, don''t beat me too embarrassingly, Urahara..."


    "Who knows..."


    Kisuke Urahara took a deep breath, and said in a low voice, "Anyway, our luck is already very good... At least there is no need to continue searching aimlessly..."


    indeed.


    Their luck is very good.


    I met a group of cowardly Xu Ye, and brought them to Xu Ye Palace, and even saw the murderer involved in the assassination in Xu Ye Palace, and also knew the trace of Orochimaru.


    "let''s start!"


    Urahara Kisuke slowly raised his palm, a gleam flashed in his eyes, and his voice suddenly became serious: "Since someone gave us a gift, it must be given in return as a courtesy... Sixty-three, Leihoupao!"


    A thick thunder shot towards the top of Xuye Palace!


    This thunder attack with breaking ability appeared in front of Ulquiola and the others almost instantly!


    The astonishing thing is...


    Ulquiola just tilted his head, stretched out his palm, and relied on his steel body to directly block the attack!


    This scene¡­


    People can''t help but be surprised!


    This is the first time they have seen someone who can block the power of the Thunder Roar Cannon with bare hands!


    As the leader of the shattered world, Ulquiola''s physical strength is almost unmatched by anyone, and his physical strength is not as good as that of Ke Yatai Stark, who is known as the strongest shaman !


    The first long-range confrontation between the two sides ended without a problem, or their attacks were all resolved by the enemy, but the way Ulquiola resolved the attacks was even more shocking...


    "Hold the water chestnut, help me hold the battle."


    Urahara Kisuke gave a low voice, and slowly stretched out his hand to press the brim of his hat, with a shadow in his eyes, and slowly pulled out the Zanpakut¨­ in his walking stick with his other hand, and calmly sang his own Zanpakut¨­. The name of Soul Sword.


    "Wake up, Hongji."


    A dazzling red light appeared on the Zanpakuto in Ki Urahara''s assistant!


    As a Grim Reaper, the initial interpretation at this time is obviously a signal to invite battle, and Ulquiola did not hesitate!


    "Go call Stark and prepare for the first round of action!"


    Ulquiola gave a low voice command to his other subordinates, reached out and pulled out the Zanpakuto from his waist, and rushed towards Kisuke Urahara!


    Urahara Kisuke held the red princess Zanpakuto upside down and rushed towards Ulquiola, a crescent-shaped red slash flew out from the Zanpakuto, and slashed towards Ulquiorra!


    This red edge seemed to cut through everything!


    However, Ulquiola still lightly sent the crescent slash flying away!


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    Kisuke Urahara''s mouth curled into a helpless smile, he slowly raised his Zanpakuto, smiled lightly at the knife and said, "Are you right, Honghime?"


    next moment¡­


    The Zanpakuto Hongmang in Urahara''s hand is even better!


    What I have to say is that Urahara Kisuke is definitely a true genius. As a genius who can master the Swastika in only three days, his development of his Zanpakuto ability is almost as good as anyone in the Soul Society!


    Or¡­


    Urahara Kisuke''s Zanpakuto ability is under his development, and perhaps it can be called the most Zanpakuto among Shinigami Zanpakuto!


    #ËÍ888Ö±²¥ºì°ü# Follow the vx. public account [Book Friends Base Camp], watch popular masterpieces, and draw 888 cash red envelopes!


    "Restrain, Hong Ji!"


    Urahara Kisuke brandished his Zanpakut¨­, cut out a series of spiritual nets gathered by Reiatsu, and wrapped them towards Ulquiorra!


    He didn''t come here to kill people!


    If possible, Urahara Kisuke would rather capture Ulquiorra alive!


    However, the next moment Ulquiola''s spiritual pressure suddenly exploded, and his spiritual net was cut in two by Ulquiola!


    At the moment when the spirit net was broken...


    Ulquiorra''s figure rushed towards Kisuke Urahara!


    At this time, Kisuke Urahara finally saw Ulquiorra clearly, the cold look, the indifferent eyes, and the powerful spiritual pressure hidden in his body...


    This guy¡­


    It''s like you don''t care about life at all...


    Just by looking at it, you can tell that it is not such an easy character to deal with!


    The two confronted each other in an instant, and the crisp sound of the Zanpakuto slashing each other echoed on the battlefield. With their confrontation, the Reiatsu burst out little by little!


    While Ulquiorra and Kisuke Urahara were fighting...


    Orochimaru and Ke Yatai Stark in Xuye Palace received the news one after another.


    Orochimaru didn''t make any moves, still carrying out his experiment in the Void Night Palace, Ke Yatai Stark rushed to the direction of the battlefield with his subordinate officer Lilinite.


    When they rushed to the battlefield, Ulquiola and Kisuke Urahara were still fighting fiercely, and it seemed that neither could completely win the other.


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    Ke Yatai Stark scratched his brow, sighed and said: "Can''t you just give all the information to this guy? You know that you must let this guy get the information, and let people eat so much." How hard is it..."


    "Stop talking nonsense!"


    Lilinette flew and sat on Ke Yatai Stark''s neck, stretched out her fist and smashed the man''s head, and said hastily: "Hurry up, hurry up!"


    "I know, I know¡­"


    Ke Yatai Stark shook his head speechlessly, coughed lightly, and his face suddenly became solemn: "Go after it, pack of wolves..."


    A ray of light fell on him and Lilinette.


    The next moment, in the light, Lilinite disappeared beside him!


    Ke Yatai Stark had a large fur trench coat on his body, and two gun-like weapons in his hands, and he entered the state of returning to the blade in an instant.


    This is Ke Yatai Stark''s returning blade form, which is to recombine with his once split soul body Lilinite!


    Ke Yatai Stark sighed helplessly, as if a little unmotivated: "Then let''s start, let''s say hello first, right? Lilinette?"


    "Yes yes yes! Hurry up!"


    Lilinite''s voice came from the two guns.


    "Understood... then let''s do it..."


    Ke Yatai Stark shook his head, raised his pistol towards Urahara Kisuke in the distance, and said weakly: "Then shoot him a thousand false flashes first..."

 Chapter 657

    "Hope he''ll like...the blue light..."


    Ke Yatai Stark slowly raised the two guns in his hands, aiming at Kisuke Urahara, who was fighting fiercely with Ulquiorra, causing a flash of panic in Urahara''s heart.


    this moment¡­


    Urahara suddenly felt a deadly danger!


    A blue flash flew towards the battlefield, as if it wanted to wipe out Ulquiola and Kisuke Urahara at the same time!


    At the moment when the virtual flash came, Ulquiorra flew back using the virtual''s ringing ability to fly away. As a half friend of Ke Yatai Stark, Ulquiola knew very well that the virtual who is known as the most powerful spiritual pressure Strength!


    Just as Urahara Kisuke frowned slightly, swung the red princess in his hand and slashed out, knocking the blue flash into the air, he saw an astonishing scene...


    Countless blue flashes caught his eyes!


    Thousands of false flashes flew like shooting stars!


    This scene made Urahara Kisuke''s face change drastically, and his eyes even had some uncontrollable shock: "Is this a joke... how could this happen..."


    In this world...


    Is there even a big ghost who can achieve infinite flash?


    [Reading books to get red envelopes] Follow the official account [Book Friends Base Camp], read books and draw up to 888 cash red envelopes!


    How could such a thing happen?


    No one can believe it!


    As Daxu''s special ability, Daxu needs Daxu to concentrate the high concentration of spiritual pressure to emit a flash of rays, and its destructive power is quite amazing.


    Generally speaking, Daxu can only shoot one false flash in a short period of time.


    It''s just that Ke Yatai Stark, the face-shattering master with the strongest spiritual pressure in history, seems to treat the false flash as a child''s play, and shoots thousands of false flashes directly!


    Looks like this guy is more than capable...


    Urahara Kisuke''s thoughts were changing, facing a broken face who could fight him in close quarters without losing the wind, plus a long-range broken face with infinite flash, this battle was already very unfavorable for them!


    "Retreat first!"


    Holding Ling Tetsuzhai quickly set up a series of defensive barriers, loudly urging Kisuke Urahara to leave together, the right time and place are not on their side, it is not suitable to continue fighting now!


    Under the pursuit and coverage of thousands of false flashes, Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai fled in embarrassment, and the two of them didn''t even look back!


    "Get out of here first..."


    Kisuke Urahara''s body leaped across afterimages, avoiding the attack of the blue flash, and a solemn look flashed across his face: "It seems that the guy who appeared just now should have assisted in the assassination incident." Stop Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito''s broken face..."


    "Is that so?"


    Holding Ling Tiezhai''s face was also full of shock: "I really didn''t expect... There is such a terrifying Daxu in the virtual circle!"


    "Wait until we find a safe place first..."


    Urahara Kisuke sideways avoided a false flash, and continued in a deep voice: "Let''s discuss sneaking into this palace to steal information!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Holding Ling Tiesai nodded slowly.


    After the two of them escaped from the battlefield, Ulquiorra slowly returned to the Palace of the Void, and the first step of their plan had been completed.


    Set up obstacles for Kisuke Urahara to obtain information.


    Only the information obtained by Urahara Kisuke through untold hardships and even a narrow escape, he will believe that this information is of value.


    The two guns in Kyathai Stark''s hands turned into a ray of light, revealing Lilinette''s body. The little girl hugged Koyathai Stark''s neck, and sat in his arms, pouted unhappily. opened his mouth.


    "Stark, I just played for a while and haven''t had enough fun yet!"


    "too troublesome."


    Stark held the little girl''s body, carried her on his neck, and continued slowly: "It''s really troublesome, fortunately they were driven away so quickly..."


    "Stark, give me a little motivation!"


    Lilinite reprimanded softly, and couldn''t help but tugged at Stark''s ears.


    The relationship between two people is extremely intimate, because their souls are originally one existence, which is closer than any relationship, and there is no distinction between each other.


    It''s just that if the two of them are so close...


    Ulquiorra standing next to him seemed a bit redundant.


    Fortunately, they don''t care about these trivial matters at all, and Ulquiola himself is more concerned about the tasks assigned by the above: "Now Urahara Kisuke already knows that Xuyue Palace is tightly guarded, and there is no way to break through with their strength. The next thing we have to do is to let him discover Master Oshemaru''s laboratory..."


    "Then it has nothing to do with us..."


    Ke Yatai Stark patted Lilinette''s smooth calf to keep the little girl from moving around, and then he continued: "Our task should only be to hunt them down after they get the information..."


    "Ok."


    Ulquiorra nodded slowly, just looked at the lazy Stark, and couldn''t help shaking his head: "Then be prepared at all times... I will continue to arrange the next step of our plan .¡±


    The first step of the plan has been completed.


    The second step of the plan seems to be more troublesome. It is not an easy task to guide Kisuke Urahara to discover the laboratory of Orochimaru and let him find the evidence of the virtual circle of Orochimaru...


    certainly¡­


    This matter is actually not complicated.


    Because Kisuke Urahara''s intelligence officer, Bai Zee, is also theirs.


    After Urahara Kisuke and Wahitsuzhai found a deserted and safe cave, Bai Jue appeared in front of them and provided them with good news.


    An abandoned cave.


    In other words, it was an abandoned experimental base.


    In this cave, Urahara Kisuke found traces of the existence of the virtualization experiment. This base was either used by Aizen Soyousuke or Orochimaru.


    no matter whose...


    This also proves that Xuquan already has mature face-breaking technology!


    Some people are using this mature face-breaking technology to create big fake faces in batches. This is not good news for them!


    No¡­


    Or it is also good news!


    What they have to do now is to continue to explore, or find a way to sneak into Xuye Palace and get evidence that can prove the existence of Orochimaru!


    Unfortunately¡­


    It''s not easy at all!


    Because Urahara and Whispering Tetsusai have already appeared in Xuye Palace, and they are defined as intruders who are still lurking in Xuye.


    There began to be more Patrols in the virtual circle, and they commanded the Kirian-level Daixu to carry out a carpet search of the virtual circle. Once they found the trace of Urahara Kisuke, they would immediately call in the siege!


    Fighting is naturally not Urahara''s goal.


    Therefore, once confronted by a patrol, Urahara and Yahitsuzhai could only flee in embarrassment. Fortunately, there was Bai Jue beside him who could provide information, allowing them to escape many crises.


    Although they don''t know...


    Bai Jue, who has been following Urahara, is the source of the crisis...


    In the virtual night palace.


    It is rare for Orochimaru not to soak in his own laboratory.


    Since the battle with Aizen Soyousuke, Orochimaru seems to prefer to toss in the laboratory, and he began to study some experiments that can break through the limitations.


    Or¡­


    It is an experiment that breaks through common sense.


    The experiment of Orochimaru seemed to have progressed today, but he was in a slightly better mood, and appeared in the meeting hall of Xuye Palace with great interest.


    "Master Orochimaru."


    A group of broken faces saluted Dashewan respectfully.


    As a broken face endowed with spiritual wisdom and strength by Orochimaru, Orochimaru is equivalent to their parents to them, who is really the kind who is both a strict father and a loving mother...


    "Ho ho ho ho... are they all here?"


    Orochimaru sat on the second seat slowly, and looked at Ulquiola who was presiding over the meeting: "How far has that so-called plan progressed?"


    "It will take a while."


    Ulquiorra stood up respectfully, and responded softly: "When the news of Nellie Lu and Grimmjow''s attack on the living world to expel the god of death spreads to the world of corpses and souls, we will introduce Kisuke Urahara to us. planned target area."


    This is a series of plans.


    First, Kisuke Urahara was lured into the virtual circle to search for information; secondly, Nellie Lu and Grimmjow launched a battle against the god of death in this world, which aroused the attention of the high-level officials in the soul world for the frequent occurrence of broken faces; finally , They will try every means to get Urahara Kisuke to get the information, and return to the Soul Soul Realm with all the information, completely detonating the situation in the Soul Soul Realm.


    Orochimaru hooked the corner of his mouth, said with a light smile, "I''m very interested in this little guy who sneaked into the virtual circle, tell me the final target area, and let me see what this little guy who is said to be a genius has." A different place¡­¡±


    "¡­yes."


    Ulquiorra nodded slowly, and said softly: "It would be great if Master Orochimaru is willing to do it himself, and he will definitely win Urahara... According to our plan, the area where they will eventually be introduced is an experiment of Master Orochimaru. room."


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s smile stiffened slightly.


    Why is it one of his laboratories?


    Once anything gets involved with his name, Orochimaru feels that the situation is a little bit bad, as if someone is going to trick him again...


    Didn''t you say that you were just trying to arrange Aizen Soyousuke? !


    The next moment, Orochimaru''s smile returned, and there seemed to be some doubts in his voice: "This matter...why didn''t I know?"


    Was it the private arrangement of that bastard Uehara Naraku again?


    Is this guy going to blame him again?


    That bastard was so reckless and wanted to put all the troubles on his head, wouldn''t he think he was Shimura Danzo!


    "..."


    Ulquiorra fell silent.


    Obviously this silent answer meant that the person who gave him the order was the Akatsuki organization, and it was not suitable to mention it on this occasion.


    After thinking for a second, Ulquiola continued to respond: "It''s just a small matter, and it should not damage the reputation of Master Orochimaru..."


    Ok¡­


    probably not.


    It''s just to update the identity of Orochimaru again.


    As long as Kisuke Urahara brings the information about Orochimaru back to the Soul Society, the entire Soul World will know that Orochimaru is not a close friend of the Uehara clan, but a traitor who fled thousands of years ago with the technique of reincarnation...


    certainly¡­


    Under this, Orochimaru has another layer of identity, that is, he is not a traitor of the Uehara clan, and has always been one of Uehara Naraku''s subordinates.


    In addition to the information about Orochimaru, there is also information about the alliance between Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru, which will be given to Kisuke Urahara as the final reward.


    These news...


    It must be enough to detonate the soul world.


    Of course, before that, it is necessary to crazily attack the god of death in the world with the use of Pomian Daxu, so that the world of corpses and souls will realize the threat of Pomian Daxu.


    Only in this way can the Soul Society pay more attention to what is happening in the virtual circle, and make Seireitei deeply aware of the threat of Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru!


    present world.


    Naruki City.


    The shinigami of the tenth division are stationed in various towns of the city.


    On weekdays, these gods of death only occasionally perform soul burial rituals on the souls of the deceased, killing some degenerate spirits, and they are actually living a good life.


    Unfortunately¡­


    They are not having a good day today.


    Two powerful broken faces attacked them brazenly, smashing the skeletons on their bodies directly, forcing these gods of death to contact their companions and flee back to the world of souls together!


    This kind of incident happens one after another!


    There have been at least dozens of incidents of blasphemy attacking the god of death in the entire world!


    In addition to Naruki City, the contact points of the present world and the soul world have also encountered irresistible enemies, and the god of death stationed here has no power to fight back!


    A man with light blue hair knocked them all down with ease!


    Kyoto.


    The sky above a shrine.


    A man with light blue hair and a woman with emerald green hair floated above the ruined shrine. It was Grimmjow and Nelliel who were in charge of commanding the Broken Army. a point of contact.


    Among the ruins of the shrine, there were more than a dozen seriously injured gods of death, each of them had been crushed with Zanpakuto, and even part of the souls of many gods of death had been scraped off!


    Obviously it''s just two people...


    No, it should be said that there is only one shot!


    But that one man with light blue hair, with a face full of arrogance, defeated them, the elite gods of death, and even defeated them as if they were playing a game!


    "Is it Kamen... Or Xu... No, Xu doesn''t have this level of intelligence... Was Kisuke Urahara messing it up again?"


    The head of the Reaper''s face was full of anger, he held his bleeding shoulder tightly, and continued to ask through gritted teeth: "No matter whose subordinates you are, think clearly, attacking the Reaper in this world is tantamount to attacking the Seireitei. declare war..."


    The spiritual pressure of these two guys is too strong!


    They still have a virtual spiritual pressure breath!


    However, the spiritual pressure on them was more terrifying than any Daxu they encountered, even the man with light blue hair they couldn''t compete with, let alone the woman with emerald green hair who had been watching the battle...


    From the perception of spiritual pressure...


    That emerald green haired woman with a demure face must be stronger!


    "If you want to call this a declaration of war..."


    Nelliel looked down at the Grim Reaper on the ground, slowly shook her head, and continued softly, "Then you should treat it as a declaration of war..."


    Grimmjow held his sharp sword on his shoulders, grinning and showing a ferocious smile: "Go back obediently! Tell your parents that the era of death is coming to an end from this moment..."

 Chapter 658

    Corpse world.


    Seireitei, ambulance station.


    Due to the activity and actions of the Pomian Corps, most of the Death Gods stationed in the present world were surrounded by the Pomian Daxu, and hurriedly fled back to the Soul Realm with their seriously injured bodies.


    Among them, most of the gods of death stationed in the present world belong to the tenth division.


    As the current captain of the 10th squad, Shiba Isshin, when he found out that his squad was seriously damaged, he immediately ordered Hitsugaya Toshiro and Matsumoto Rangiku to report to the top about the active situation of Pomian Daiko, and rushed to the present world alone to respond other subordinates.


    The news that the Faceless Legion is active in the present world has caused an uproar in the entire Seireitei. This situation can be said to be extremely dangerous. If the entire present world is occupied by Daxu, there may be a hell!


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni immediately summoned all the captains of the Gotei 13th Team, and worked together to find a way to deal with this sudden threat.


    No matter which captain it is, the complexion is not good. Obviously, they are also very aware that those shattered Daxu who are active in this world are a huge threat to the world of corpses and souls. Who knows if those Daxu will attack after occupying the world Corpse Soul Realm...


    wrong¡­


    Those Daxu cannot be allowed to occupy the world at all!


    The captain of the 10th Division Zaragi Kenpachi is a combat lunatic, with a ferocious smile on his scarred face, he said coldly: "Speaking of which, it seems that we have nothing else to do except fight. Find a way!"


    As a guy who likes to fight, Saraki Kenpachi led the entire eleventh team like a wolf and a tiger. After receiving the news that a powerful enemy appeared in the world, the first thought of the eleventh team was to directly rush into the world as a vanguard. !


    "Isn''t it better to find out the source of the enemy before that?"


    The leader of the fourth team, Uno Hana Ritsu, shook his head slowly, and looked in the direction of Jingle Shunsui: "Speaking of which, did the intelligence department of the eighth team get any corresponding information?"


    A group of death captains couldn''t help looking at Jingle Chunshui.


    After all, they still don''t know the source of the shattered legions that are active in this world. At least they have to find out the enemy''s intelligence first, so as to avoid losses as much as possible.


    The captain of the eighth team, Jing Le Chunshui, noticed that the scene suddenly became quiet, and a group of people looked at him, so he slowly shook his head and said: "Ah? Information... It is true that there is nothing found here, those The guy seemed to come out of nowhere..."


    "How could an enemy appear out of thin air..."


    "Whether they come from the virtual circle or have been hiding in the real world, this large organization must have existed for a long time, and it is absolutely impossible not to show a trace..."


    "From the current point of view, the only news may still be traced back to the previous assassination incident. Perhaps the assassin was not a virtual death god, but the so-called face-shattering human form."


    [Read books to get cash] Follow the vx public account [Book Friends Camp] Read books and get cash!


    "In that case..."


    All eyes fell on the two of the fifth team.


    It just so happened that Aizen Soyousuke had recovered from his injuries. This time, he and Uehara Naraku attended the meeting together, and also got news of the operation of the Broken Legion.


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care about the actions of the Destroyer Corps. He didn''t care much about the actions of the Destructive Corps. He just handed everything over to Orochimaru, Ulquiola and others.


    One thing to say...


    Although this action has caused a lot of trouble, it can be regarded as arousing the vigilance of the soul world, but it can be more high-profile when he defected to the soul world in the future.


    Ever since Sifengin Yeichi, Hepingko Mako and others'' masked army were captured into the world of souls, Aizen Soyousuke has realized that he will have trouble in the world of souls sooner or later.


    Might as well use this to get away.


    Aizen Soyousuke hasn''t asked Heijue yet, and he doesn''t know how far their plan has progressed. If hundreds of Daxu from the Pomface Corps invade the real world, it shouldn''t hinder the capture of Kisuke Urahara, right?


    But at this time, Aizen Soyousuke still needs to hide in the soul world for a while, at least to determine which step the two subordinates, Hei Ze and Ulquiorra, are going to plan...


    When the eyes of a group of people fell on Aizen and Uehara Naraku, Aizen Soyousuke slowly clenched his fist to his lips, coughed a few times: "Speaking of which, maybe the last time I attacked me The ones with Naraku should be the same as the Daxu who attacked the world, they also belong to the mutated face-shattering Daxu, but I don¡¯t know who ordered them..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly raised his head, with a dignified look under his disheveled hair: "There is no doubt that they should be enemies who want to stir up chaos in Seireitei and Soul Society, because they The goal is to assassinate Naraku..."


    When talking about this, Aizen Soyousuke took a look at Uehara Naraku, and continued softly: "Although Naraku has always disliked acting on his own identity in Seireitei, his identity is indeed related to Seireitei''s safety¡­"


    "team leader¡­"


    Naraku Uehara had a look of disappointment on his face.


    It can be seen that Uehara Naraku really doesn''t like his identity, and he has always really disliked relying on his identity as the head of a wealthy clan.


    Even if Aizen Soyousuke mentioned this sentence a little bit, it made the little Patriarch a little bit disappointed, as if what he got now was all because of his identity.


    "..."


    The captains of the entire Guarding Thirteen Team nodded slightly.


    What Aizen Soyousuke said is indeed reasonable. If the person who attacked and assassinated them was also a shattered human figure, he must also be their mortal enemy in the soul world Seireitei!


    Because that guy or the people behind that guy tried to assassinate the Patriarch of the Uehara Clan, which obviously provoked the conflict between the Uehara Clan and Seireitei, and wanted to subvert or even destroy the Soul Soul Realm!


    "Then there''s nothing to say..."


    Dongxian, the captain of the Ninth Team, followed Aizen''s intentions, and continued in a deep voice: "If those people are our enemies... then we must purify all the evil!"


    "I also feel that way¡­"


    Ichimaru silver squinted his eyes and nodded slowly, then continued with a chuckle: "It just so happens that we haven''t experienced a decent battle for a long time..."


    "That''s right..."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni closed his eyes, nodded slowly, and said in a deep voice: "Then start from this moment... Please prepare your army for war! This war to retake the world, Please plan well!"


    After all, they are gods of death!


    Once Shinigami and Pomian Daxu go to war in this world, it is hard to say that the space of this world will not be destroyed, even if it is just a tampering or even a certain captain''s swastika, it is possible to destroy a certain city or region in this world...


    Therefore, their best way is to introduce those shattered faces into an open area, or into the world of corpses and souls. In this way, the gods of death can directly use their full strength without taboo.


    before that¡­


    Troops must be dispatched!


    The whole Soul World and Seireitei became tense like never before, and the elite gods of death from each division of the Goutei Thirteenth Team were transferred back to Seireitei, because they had to deal with hundreds of bad-faced human figures this time. !


    Every face-shattering figure is huge...


    They all need the power of a captain-level god of death to deal with them!


    This also means that each fan team can only dispatch their officers, and they must be officers with strong combat capabilities, all of whom are the elites of the entire Guarding Thirteen Team!


    Just as the thirteenth team of the Imperial Court was in full swing to gather elites...


    Urahara Kisuke and Yahiro Tetsusai, who were still active in the virtual circle, finally sneaked into an experimental base of Orochimaru under the ground of Xuye Palace with the help of Bai Jue.


    The size of this experimental base far exceeded their imagination.


    Even Urahara Kisuke was a little surprised, even when he was the captain of the twelfth division, he never had such a luxurious base...


    All kinds of sleeping daxu...


    Zanpakuto of various styles¡­


    Weird experimental equipment...


    And a reference room that is as spacious as a warehouse, filled with all the bookshelves!


    Even the names written on those bookshelves, Kisuke Urahara has only heard of it from the mouth of the pharmacist, but has never seen the experiment in person!


    Many are research and development experiments of forbidden techniques...


    If he could stay in this reference room for a year, no, or just a day, Kisuke Urahara would feel comparable to what he had gained in the past 100 years!


    This is the experimental base of the former Leng Jun Orochimaru. All the experimental materials left by Orochimaru here are. To put it bluntly, these are enough to promote the technological progress of the soul world!


    Especially since most of them are forbidden...


    Those forbidden techniques that only appeared in rumors!


    For example, Kisuke Urahara is most interested in artificial human technology.


    This technology is to transplant a powerful soul into a clone to create a human being who is no different from ordinary people, and even retains complete spiritual power...


    Such human beings can completely hide in the present world and live like real human beings, which is a step further than uprising...


    This can already be said to be brought back to life.


    Kisuke Urahara has been coveting this technology for a long time.


    For so many years, Urahara Kisuke has been constantly developing the hidden artifact in order to hide his actions in the present world. Urahara has actually figured out the clue, and he only needs a little more inspiration or guidance to greatly speed up the progress of his experiment!


    Unfortunately¡­


    They don''t have time to stay here any longer.


    This is the underground of Xuye Palace, and they may be discovered by the Pomian Daxu patrolling here at any time, and it will be extremely difficult for them to escape at that time.


    "It shouldn''t be a problem to get a little bit of data, right?"


    Kisuke Urahara scratched his head, and when he slowly reached out to pick up a piece of data, his eyes saw another line of writing!


    Compared with artificial human technology...


    Kisuke Urahara felt even more moved by the forbidden technique marked in that line!


    The world''s most perfect technique of prosthetic skeletons, the legendary basis for the Uehara clan''s foothold in the world of corpses and souls, and the legendary technique of reincarnation from dirty soil!


    If you can get the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil...


    He doesn''t even need to continue to take risks to search for evidence, as long as he can crack the secret of the reincarnation of the dirty soil, he can directly let the Uehara clan release them!


    certainly¡­


    This plan is a bit dangerous.


    Even if such a dangerous plan is not carried out, Kisuke Urahara will be satisfied just by taking a look at the technique of reincarnation. In other words, there is no researcher in the Soul World who will not be surprised by this forbidden technique!


    no doubt¡­


    This may be the highest secret tome in the entire soul world!


    Just when Kisuke Urahara was about to pick up the technique of reincarnation, a cold voice stopped him: "I heard that you are a student of Dou?"


    "who!"


    Hishitsusai and Urahara Kisuke suddenly turned their heads away!


    A slender figure with pale skin stood at the door of the laboratory reference room. A long tongue slowly protruded from his mouth, and he licked his lips...


    This scene¡­


    It makes people look extraordinarily weird!


    Orochimaru!


    Leng Jun Orochimaru!


    Kisuke Urahara didn''t need to ask at all, because these researchers used to have a special longing for Orochimaru, and they would never mistake the appearance of Orochimaru!


    "Ho ho ho ho, shouldn''t you salute me at this time?"


    Orochimaru licked his lips, with a ghastly smile on his face: "Didn''t your teacher, Yao Shidou, tell you... who is his teacher?"


    "..."


    Kisuke Urahara fell silent.


    Obviously, the words of Orochimaru were not created out of thin air.


    At this time, Dashewan mentioned Yaoshidou, which shows that he and Yaoshidou do have a very close relationship, and they are even mentors and apprentices in the same line.


    Perhaps this can also prove why Yaoshidou developed the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil, or maybe it was the information he got from Dashewan?


    "Your Excellency Orochimaru."


    Kisuke Urahara took a deep breath, waved his hand to stop Ling Tetsuzhai behind him, and said in a deep voice, "Your Excellency...do you know me?"


    "Although I am hiding here, I have been paying attention to the world of souls..."


    Orochimaru''s laughter became more and more permeating, and even made people''s bones tremble: "A smart and talented child like you can help me avenge, or become my best pawn, of course I won''t let it go, it''s a pity What''s more, that guy seems to like you very much, he took the first step to protect you..."


    "Teacher Dou..."


    A look of surprise flashed across Urahara Kisuke''s face.


    At this moment, Pu Yuan''s eyes suddenly changed, he thought of Yao Shidou''s nurturing and care for him, and his protection all the time, the two of them, master and apprentice, are almost like father and son.


    Listening to Orochimaru now...


    It seemed that Pharmacist Dou had done more for him than he knew.


    According to Urahara Kisuke''s own analysis, he speculated that Orochimaru might be a traitor of the Uehara clan. Now it seems that Dashemaru not only defected from the Uehara clan, but also wants to avenge the Uehara clan.


    Just when Urahara Kisuke was about to try to ask for information, Orochimaru''s laughter suddenly became stern, as if filled with endless resentment: "I almost forgot...You kid also betrayed the bag...It seems that we Mai¡¯s masters and apprentices really have the same disposition... They all betrayed their own teacher¡¯s teachings..."

 Chapter 659

    It''s really strange to say.


    Up and down the line of Orochimaru, there is an old tradition of betraying the master.


    When Urahara Kisuke heard Orochimaru talking about this matter, there was a flash of dejection in his eyes, and then he became firm again, and his face became a little serious.


    "In that case..."


    Urahara slowly grasped his palm, and said in a low voice, "Does Mr. Dou and Mr. Oshemaru also have a relationship that I don''t know about?"


    "Ho ho ho ho... do you need to think about it?"


    Orochimaru grinned at the corner of his mouth, and said with a chuckle: "That guy Dou was just an assistant who helped me with chores... No, he can''t even be called an assistant, he is not even qualified as my experimental product." The presence¡­"


    These words are all true.


    Originally, Yaoshidou was not taken seriously by Orochimaru.


    However, Naraku Uehara took Yakushi Dou under his command. With the help of Yakushi Dou, Orochimaru was manipulated by Uehara Naraku and lived a very dangerous life.


    Since then, Orochimaru has had a rather sad life.


    Even until Yao Shidou was willing to help again, he worked hard to win a world for Uehara Naraku, in exchange for the rebirth of Orochimaru.


    to be honest¡­


    Orochimaru has complicated thoughts about Yaoshidou.


    If it wasn''t for the pharmacist, he wouldn''t have been released by Uehara Naraku, and he wouldn''t have had the chance to see the wider world, but he just felt a little awkward...


    Therefore, every time when Yaoshidou is mentioned, Dashewan will inevitably have a bit of contempt, and it can be seen that Dashewan is actually very unhappy that Yaoshidou, who was once despised by him, died because he took refuge in Naraku Uehara. Completely surpass him.


    certainly¡­


    It wouldn''t be fun for anyone.


    Orochimaru lowered his head and sneered, then raised his head again to stare at Urahara Kisuke in front of him: "Hmph, maybe this is fate... That guy in the pocket protected you well, little brat, but it''s a pity that you made the same choice as him and betrayed yourself Where is my benefactor!"


    Orochimaru slowly spread out his palm, and the smile on his face became more and more sinister: "The me at the beginning brought him out of the abyss..."


    "..."


    Kisuke Urahara remained silent.


    In a short time, Urahara had figured out the past of Orochimaru and Yaoshidou, his head slowly lowered, and said in a deep voice: "It seems that Mr. Orochimaru just wants to treat Teacher Dou as a teacher." It''s just my pawn..."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Hearing Kisuke Urahara''s words, the sinister smile on Orochimaru''s face grew bigger and bigger, and even the smile suddenly became a little crazy: "Ho ho ho ho ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha... in this world, everyone is just a pawn !"


    indeed.


    Everyone in this world is a pawn.


    It''s just that many chess pieces don''t know it.


    In comparison, Orochimaru is a pawn who knows his identity, and Kisuke Urahara is not even qualified to be a pawn now.


    A sternness flashed across Orochimaru''s eyes, he stared at Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai, and suddenly raised his fingers: "Forget it, let''s leave you here!"


    A terrifying Reiatsu emanated from Orochimaru''s body!


    A flash of horror flashed in the eyes of Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai, and the two couldn''t help but looked at each other and nodded.


    Just from the spirit pressure on Orochimaru, they knew that they were definitely not opponents, especially since this was the enemy''s home field!


    The legendary Lord Leng Orochimaru...


    It''s not just a simple character!


    The sky above the Xuye Palace.


    Ulquiorra was floating in the air, his face was as indifferent as ever: "Stark, get ready...it will be your turn to chase them after a while."


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    Ke Yatai Stark scratched his head, picked up Lilinette who was hugging him, and sighed softly: "Will Master Orochimaru kill them?"


    Before the implementation of this plan, Ke Yatai Stark didn''t think that Orochimaru was in a good mood. Would Orochimaru really not kill Urahara and the other two in anger?


    Ulquiorra didn''t even frown, just shook his head slowly and didn''t answer, because he knew Orochimaru was more rational than anyone else.


    Even in rage...


    The Oshemaru-sama who trained them by himself will not lose his mind. Even in the desperate situation, Ulquiola thinks that Orochimaru will still remain calm.


    And Ulquiorra has also heard some gossip...


    For example, Orochimaru seems to have encountered something more cruel.


    In the underground base of Xuye Palace.


    Small snakes came out from every corner of the base.


    In the blink of an eye, Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsuzhai were already under heavy siege.


    "Thirty-three of the broken way: the blue fire pendant!"


    Holding Ling Tie Zhai suddenly stretched out his palm, and a burst of flames fell on the ground, sweeping away the snakes on the ground in an instant!


    But after he killed all the snakes, Kisuke Urahara''s expression changed, he hastily covered his mouth and nose with his hands, and said in a deep voice, "Be careful! The blood of these snakes is poisonous!"


    next second...


    The corpses and bloodstains of the snakes on the ground turned into clouds of mist under the burning of the flames, and spread along the mist in this huge reference room.


    This is Orochimaru''s trap!


    Amidst the purple poisonous mist, Kisuke Urahara took a look at the situation in the reference room, suddenly reached out and grabbed a document, and used spiritual pressure to temporarily blow away the poisonous mist in front of him, and even directly Broken a wall!


    Urahara violently dragged Ryohitsuzhai to escape!


    "Ho ho ho ho... still want to escape?"


    Orochimaru''s body suddenly elongated, as if it were a snake man, and suddenly spit out a Kusanagi sword from his mouth, and flew towards Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai!


    Boom!


    Urahara swung his cane and was about to knock that Kusanagi sword flying!


    To his surprise, the Kusanagi sword was also stretched in an instant, as fast as Ichimaru Gin''s sharp gun Zanpakuto!


    The huge Kusanagi sword and Urahara''s cane collided suddenly!


    "Walk!"


    Kisuke Urahara spurted a mouthful of blood from the corner of Kisuke Urahara''s mouth, and he flew out in a panic, but he got up again in an instant and fled towards the exit when he came!


    Hold Ling Tie Zhai close behind!


    However, what greeted them was a dense group of snakes!


    "Array of Ten Thousand Snakes!"


    Countless long brown snakes covered the corridor!


    Every long snake spit out a grass shaving sword from its mouth at the same time!


    The speed of this group of long snakes was so fast that they caught up with Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai in a blink of an eye. The two of them involuntarily followed their line of sight, looking at the group of snakes on the wall that were running side by side with them, and the sharp blades in the mouths of the group of long snakes. !


    "Breaking Dao No. 63, Thunder Roar Pao!"


    Kisuke Urahara''s palm shot out a thunderbolt!


    In an instant, the formation of ten thousand snakes behind him was wiped out!


    Holding Ling Tieshai also stopped at this moment, raised his hand and released bursts of explosive flames, cleaning up the snakes near them!


    However, when they cleaned up the formation of Wansheluo, the expressions of the two became extremely ugly, because Orochimaru had been lost in his sight.


    apparently...


    Orochimaru should not give up chasing them.


    Kisuke Urahara turned his head to look in the direction of their exit again, and Orochimaru''s figure was already blocking them, and in the short time he turned back to use the Thunder Roar Cannon... Orochimaru surpassed their speed and blocked them the way to go.


    "when¡­"


    There was a drop of cold sweat on the face of Ling Teizhai: "I didn''t notice his trace at all... Is it that kind of terrifying Shunpo again?"


    "Not Shunpo..."


    Urahara Kisuke slowly shook his head, slowly stretched out his hand to cover the brim of his hat, and said in a low voice: "Just now, the legendary figure just turned into a snake among the snakes, and with the help of the cover of the snakes, caught up with us..."


    "Is it necessary?"


    Holding Ling Tie Zhai''s face was a bit perplexed.


    "Every animal has a habit of hunting..."


    Kisuke Urahara took a deep breath, and explained in a deep voice, "Just like when a cat catches a mouse, it likes to play with the mouse bit by bit until it dies..."


    After saying this, Kisuke Urahara''s voice became deeper and deeper, even a little depressed: "When a snake catches its prey, it likes to entangle the body of the prey little by little until the prey is suffocated. Enjoy your own meal¡­¡±


    Kisuke Urahara lowered his head slowly, and said in a deep voice, "This legendary big man seems to have the same habit..."


    And what''s more troublesome is...


    It doesn''t matter that this legendary big man is strong, he has a lot of combat experience, and he seems to like to use his brain to fight. After all, not every strong man will be full, and he will set traps when fighting ¡­


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru''s voice was extremely rampant in the corridor, and his laughter was as sinister as this dark corridor: "Little devil, I have been paying attention to your existence, and with your wisdom, you can be my assistant... "


    "That''s not going to work..."


    Kisuke Urahara shook his head slowly, and lowered his voice: "If it were the past, maybe being Mr. Oshemaru''s assistant would be something I could only wish for...how about we discuss it, and wait until I finish my business , come to Mr. Orochimaru?"


    "Then you should stay here forever and become my nourishment!"


    A violent gust of wind is coming!


    Orochimaru''s body instantly turned into a white phosphorous serpent, his mouth opened suddenly, and he swallowed towards Urahara Kisuke, as if he was going to swallow him directly into his stomach!


    "..."


    Kisuke Urahara waved the Red Princess Zanpakuto silently and charged forward!


    A fierce battle is unfolding under this underground!


    However, the strength of the two sides in this battle is somewhat different. Even Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai join forces, but they can''t shake Orochimaru...


    Even within a few rounds of the fight, the white phosphorous snake''s body was densely packed like scales, and the little white snakes would suddenly fall down, biting wounds on the bodies of Urahara and Lingtiezhai!


    No matter whether it was Kisuke Urahara or Hishitsusai, after being bitten by these little white snakes, they all clearly felt that their vision was blurred and their bodies were weakening little by little!


    Poison again!


    Why does this legendary big man like to use poison so much?


    "Use the binding method..."


    Kisuke Urahara took a look at Ling Teizai, and said in a deep voice: "Let''s see if we can work together to seal him for a moment... You must leave here immediately, otherwise, other enemies will probably come to support soon."


    "Ok¡­"


    Holding Ling Tiesai nodded slowly.


    Under such circumstances, any battle is not good for them. Taking ten thousand steps back, even if they desperately defeated Orochimaru, they are still in a life-and-death crisis.


    Their goal has never been to defeat anyone...


    Instead, get evidence of the existence of a virtual circle in Orochimaru!


    The next moment, the two looked at the white phosphorous snake at the same time, and closed their palms together. They abandoned singing and used the same ability!


    "The ninety-nine of the Tao! Forbidden!"


    Countless spiritual powers were turned into cloth strips and nails to restrain the white phosphorous snake!


    It''s just that the next second after being restrained, the body of the white phosphorus snake swelled up rapidly, but the tiny white snake on its body slowly melted into the body of the white phosphorus snake pill at this moment!


    "..."


    Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai had strange expressions on their faces.


    Although it seems that the Tao binding has been successful...


    But looking at Orochimaru''s appearance, Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai were not sure if Orochimaru would break free in the next second, and they couldn''t stay here any longer!


    The two of them jumped over Orochimaru and fled towards the exit in an instant!


    as expected!


    In the next second, the entire Xuye Palace began to vibrate!


    After a tremor in the ground of the Xuye Palace, a huge Yamata no Orochi suddenly jumped out, and the eight snake heads opened their mouths at the same time, spraying sharp blades towards the ground!


    Under this rain of blades...


    Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai fled in embarrassment!


    Both of them were covered with bloodstains. It was obvious that they were both injured under the rain of sharp blades. The most troublesome thing was that both of them still had uncleaned snake venom on their bodies. It is really possible that they will confess this time it''s here!


    no matter what¡­


    To escape or to escape!


    As long as there is still a glimmer of life, you should never give up!


    Yamata no Orochi slowly straightened up, and its huge body covered the entire Xuye Palace. This legendary monster roared violently, as if calling for the entire Soul Realm!


    Orochimaru''s body came out of the mouth of one of the snake heads, and he stared coldly at Urahara Kisuke and Hishigotsusai who were staggering and running away!


    next moment¡­


    Ke Yatai Stark, who had been lying in ambush nearby, appeared in an instant, merged with Lilinette in an instant, and started shooting a blow at Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai!


    Just by looking at it...


    Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsuzhai are already unable to escape!


    Unfortunately, Ke Yatai Stark''s pursuit did not last long. During the pursuit, Kisuke Urahara and Hishitsusai suddenly disappeared on the ground.


    In desperation, Stark had no choice but to return to the Void Night Palace.


    After Stark left.


    Under the ground, Kisuke Urahara and Hiroshi Tetsusai breathed a sigh of relief. Fortunately, they had left a helper before, so they escaped the danger.


    "Thanks to Bai Jue who arranged the boundary piercing pillars in this area in advance..."


    Urahara Kisuke took a look at Shirozai''s main body and its dozens of clones, and finally heaved a sigh of relief before taking out the information he had stolen from Orochimaru''s laboratory.


    This piece of information is not a reincarnation technique.


    It is the forbidden technique "Hachi no Jutsu" in the style of Orochimaru.


    At this time, Urahara Kisuke knew that he already had enough enemies, and what he had to do now was to turn enemies into friends with the Uehara clan, instead of continuing to make enemies for the so-called perfect skeletal forbidden technique described by the reincarnation of the dirt.


    Kisuke Urahara put away the forbidden scroll of "Hachigi no Jutsu" in his hand, and slowly removed a white eyeball decoration from his walking stick, lowered his head and said, "Get ready to go to the world of souls... I hope... everything is as I guessed!"


    As long as the Uehara clan can be persuaded, perhaps with the support of this clan, the true face of Aizen Soyousuke can be exposed!


    "Are we going back to Soul Soul Realm now?"


    Hishitsusai glanced at Kisuke Urahara, and asked in a low voice, "Don''t you need any other evidence?"


    "That''s enough."


    Kisuke Urahara shook his head, and glanced at Bai Jue beside him: "Bai Jue, have you collected enough information?"


    "Hee hee hee...don''t worry, Urahara."


    Bai Jue nodded, took out an eye tool and handed it to Urahara Kisuke, and said with a smile: "This is all the evidence you want, but it''s a pity that they didn''t take pictures of them defecating..."

 Chapter 660

    imaginary circle.


    Kisuke Urahara didn''t stay for long.


    Because in the virtual circle from time to time there will be big virtual wandering patrols to track down their tracks, it is too dangerous for them to continue here.


    Now the most important piece of evidence has arrived...


    Then there is no need to stay any longer.


    "Let''s go..."


    Kisuke Urahara put away the evidence he wanted to get, and opened a door to the transfer world. He walked in first, and said to himself: "I will go to the soul world to negotiate with the Uehara clan... you are waiting for me in this world. .¡±


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX¡¾Book Friends Base Camp¡¿Read books and get cash red envelopes!


    "etc¡­"


    Yasuhiro Tetsusai reached out to stop Kisuke Urahara.


    Because they all know very well that the negotiations between Urahara Kisuke and the Uehara clan will definitely not be particularly smooth, and there may be troubles.


    It''s just that Urahara Kisuke didn''t stop his footsteps, and disappeared from their sight after passing through the gate of transformation. Obviously, Urahara wanted to face this ordeal alone.


    And originally this was Urahara''s own plan.


    Corpse world.


    Seireitei, Uehara Castle.


    Uehara Naraku sat on his throne, surrounded by a group of phantoms of the phantom of the phantom. In addition to Uchiha Madara, Senju Hashirama and other thirteen dead waiters, Orochimaru, Ulquiorra, and Black Zetsu, etc. People are also impressively listed.


    After Urahara Kisuke left the virtual circle, Uehara Naraku received all the details of Ulquiorra and Orochimaru''s execution plan.


    "So, did Kisuke Urahara take away the Hachigi technique?"


    Naraku Uehara held his cheek, with a wicked smile on the corner of his mouth, and said with a chuckle, "I thought he would take away the technique of reincarnation... What a pity, he lost the opportunity to know the truth of the world once." Opportunity."


    Uchiha Madara frowned, glanced at the Thousand Hands, and said in a cold voice: "Is there anything written in the scroll of the evil soil reincarnation?"


    "Complete forbidden technique."


    Uehara Naraku tapped his cheek with his fingers, and continued with a smile: "Naturally, the dead who were reincarnated and resurrected by the dirty soil will be controlled by the magician. This forbidden technique explains..."


    "..."


    The faces of everyone present could not help but change.


    If Kisuke Urahara really took away the Jutsu of Unholy Reincarnation, and knew the effects of the spells in the Jutsu, maybe there would be a storm in the world of souls...


    After all these years...


    No one knows how many gods of death have been secretly controlled by the Uehara clan with the art of reincarnation, which is enough to cause a major earthquake!


    can only say¡­


    Fortunately, Urahara Kisuke is knowledgeable.


    Otherwise, if Urahara Kisuke really took the Dirty Land Reincarnation Scroll, he would realize the dark truth of the Uehara clan, and it would be great fun!


    "Wait until the future to find a chance to let him know..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly sat up her body, and her eyes fell on Senju Tomona''s body: "The next thing is, I will be ready to meet our store manager Urahara... Please ask Mr. Tomona to be persuaded by him and find a way with him Force Captain Aizan to defect!"


    "Hmph, I see."


    Qianshou Feima stood in his own position, holding his arms and said in a cold voice: "After Aizen Soyousuke defected, as long as that brat Aizen stays in the virtual circle, all his actions will completely fall into our control." Under surveillance..."


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and continued with a smile: "Let all his sources of information be under our control, and let all his actions be under our guidance..."


    "..."


    The expressions of all the people present were not good-looking.


    Many people present have had such a similar experience. Once Naraku Uehara is not doing human affairs, is he really human...


    Ulquiorra lowered his head slightly, and said respectfully: "Master Naraku, according to my observation, even if we put everything in front of him, Aizen-sama may not be treated as we imagined. Our secret manipulation and guidance, his purpose seems to have always been very clear..."


    "I know."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Ulquiola, chuckled and said, "The purpose of Captain Aizen is just a trap that was arranged in advance...Of course, if he can jump out of the trap, he may receive the rewards in his life." An unimaginable award."


    When Uehara Naraku said this, his smile gradually became more and more intense, but his voice slowly lowered down: "Another bigger trap... Ulquiorra, what do you think of this award?"


    "..."


    Ulquiorra bowed his head respectfully.


    Just as they were still discussing about Aizen Soyousuke, a figure appeared in the secret room through the magic lantern body technique and sent a message.


    "Kisuke Urahara is here!"


    Yes.


    Kisuke Urahara is here.


    Urahara Kisuke just got the information about Orochimaru and Pomian Daikor''s Legion from Xuquan, so he went directly to Corpse Soul Realm and infiltrated Seireitei, and rushed to Uehara Castle, waiting for a deal with the Uehara clan.


    No, or negotiate.


    "I see."


    Senshou Feijian couldn''t help but let out a cold snort, his phantom figure disappeared in place instantly, his body quickly woke up, and went to meet Kisuke Urahara.


    Uehara Castle, the inner city.


    Kisuke Urahara finally set foot here.


    It is said that under the strict protection of the Uehara clan, no one in the entire soul world has set foot in the inner city of Uehara for thousands of years, and no one knows what secrets lie in this inner city.


    There is no doubt that¡­


    There are many powerful gods of death lurking in this inner city.


    Just some involuntary leaked Reiatsu, people can''t help but feel a little frightened and uneasy, even Urahara Kisuke is a little amazed at the strength of these Reapers'' Reiatsu!


    Among them is the second dead waiter Senju Zhuma who I have seen before...


    Compared with what he saw in this world, the spiritual pressure of Qianshouzhujian seems to be stronger in the inner city of Uehara, even though he is only emitting it unconsciously now!


    it turns out¡­


    Have you ever suppressed your power in this world?


    Even though Senjujuma suppressed the power he could use in this world, he could easily defeat the entire masked army!


    The strength of the Uehara clan...


    It is indeed too strong!


    However, the stronger the strength of this group of people, the better. For Urahara Kisuke, the stronger the strength of the Uehara clan, the higher the possibility of his plan''s success!


    "Very few people get to set foot here."


    Just when Kisuke Urahara was thinking about it, the indifferent voice from Senshoubei came to his ears: "This old man thought you would bring good news, so he specially ordered the guards to take you to the inner city after seeing you." ..."


    The inner city of Uehara is not so easy to enter.


    So far, everyone who wants to enter the inner city of Uehara must obtain the permission of the Thirteen Deadpools, and even the permission of the top few.


    Even if Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni wants to come, he must follow this procedure honestly. This is the foundation of a thousand-year-old wealthy clan.


    Or¡­


    It is also necessary for them to hide their secrets.


    Senshou took a look at Urahara Kisuke, and the expression on his face suddenly became a little displeased: "Hmph, it seems that the old man values ??you too much, the old man thought you would bring the murderer''s body... Now it seems that you are Do you want to convince the old man with your own words?"


    "of course not."


    Urahara Kisuke shook his head slowly, stretched out his hand to support the brim of his hat, a look of confidence flashed across his face: "What I can bring out this time...may be what Mr. Tomona and the entire Uehara clan want most."


    indeed.


    According to Kisuke Urahara''s guess.


    What he has in his hands is definitely what the entire Uehara clan wants most!


    A flash of disdain flashed across the face of Qianshoubanjian, and he said in a cold voice: "What the Uehara clan wants most is the life of Yaoshidou... Can you still kill Yaoshidou with you brat?"


    "No¡­"


    Kisuke Urahara still shook his head slowly, his expression became more serious, and he continued word by word: "What if I say... I found the source of the leak of the Unholy Reincarnation Technique?"


    "..."


    Qianshou Feijian''s expression suddenly changed.


    For the Uehara clan, there is obviously nothing more important than the reincarnation of the dirt!


    Senshou poked out his palm from the door, grabbed Kisuke Urahara, and disappeared in place instantly with the help of the Flying Thunder God technique!


    The moment they disappear...


    Kisuke Urahara didn''t even have time to stop him!


    By the time Urahara Kisuke realized it, his body had already appeared in a secret room driven by Senshou Banma.


    Senshou Paijian''s face was extremely gloomy, he fixed his gaze on Urahara Kisuke, and said in a deep voice, "You little brat...what do you know?"


    "Much."


    Kisuke Urahara understood immediately.


    At this moment, Urahara seemed to have taken the initiative, and said slowly, "Maybe it''s insignificant compared to the thousands of years of history, but this alone is enough for Mr. Tomona and the Uehara clan, right?"


    "Ok?"


    Qianshou Feijian narrowed his eyes slightly, making people subconsciously feel the threat from Qianshou Feijian, and he seemed to be ready to make dangerous moves at any time.


    Kisuke Urahara didn''t care at all.


    The store manager put his hand on the brim of his hat, and said in a low voice: "Thousands of years ago, the legendary Leng Jun Dashewan''s whereabouts..."


    When he said this, Urahara took a look at Senshoubanjian''s eyes, and immediately changed his words: "No, maybe it should be said that it is the whereabouts of Orochimaru, a traitor of the Uehara clan!"


    "...huh...interesting!"


    The shock on Qianshou Feijian''s face flashed away.


    At this moment, it was as if a huge secret had been punctured in the Qianshoubeijian.


    However, because of his identity, Senshou Feijian immediately reacted, he just snorted, and suddenly looked at Urahara Kisuke with a sneer: "This kind of thing should not be something you, a brat, can know..."


    "But I already know."


    Kisuke Urahara retorted, and then hastily explained: "Of course, this is not meant to provoke Tomona-san... I just want to explain a fact, and I don''t think I am the only one who knows about this kind of thing in Seireitei. "


    After saying this, Kisuke Urahara raised his head abruptly, and said with a serious face: "There is another person who may know more about the relationship between Orochimaru and the Uehara clan than me, because he has been erasing evidence for Orochimaru all this time. people!"


    "¡­Ok?"


    Senshou Feijian suddenly raised his head, with obvious anger on his face: "You are talking about... His Excellency Shigekuni Yamamoto?"


    "¡­Uh, of course not."


    Urahara Kisuke couldn''t help but rubbed his head, just now he was almost misled by Senshoubanjian''s words, after reacting, Urahara immediately said: "If possible, I would like to know the truth about that year , maybe I have greater confidence..."


    "What are you sure about?"


    "Greater certainty..."


    Urahara Kisuke raised his head and looked at Senshouban, with a confident smile flashing across his face: "Help the Uehara clan catch Orochimaru... and the guy who is covering Orochimaru!"


    "..."


    Thousands of Hands fell into silence again.


    After a long time, Qianshou Feijian slowly sat on a chair in the secret room, and calmly closed his eyes: "Before that, are you ready to accept the truth of all this? If you dare to deceive the old man , you should know the fate of offending the Uehara clan in the world of souls..."


    "certainly."


    The corner of Urahara Kisuke''s mouth hooked slightly.


    Who in the entire soul world doesn''t know the fate of offending the Uehara clan?


    Urahara Kisuke was a disciple of Yao Shidou back then, but he knew that his teacher was almost put to death by the Uehara clan countless times, as long as one of the tricks was used on him, Urahara would never have a place to die!


    But Urahara Kisuke has this confidence.


    Urahara''s expression when he saw the Senshouban and heard the news of Orochimaru, he knew that he had already succeeded in half. As long as he could get the complete truth thousands of years ago, not only would he be sure to persuade the Uehara clan to form an alliance with him, maybe he could also Let the Uehara clan and the pharmacist turn enemies into friends!


    The Uehara Clan¡­


    It seems that I hate Orochimaru more than I hate Yaoshidou!


    "It''s not really a secret..."


    Qianshou closed his eyes and whispered a long story: "It seems that you should also know that the technique of reincarnation of the dirty soil was invented by the old man, but it was completed by that little guy named Orochimaru later. It was perfected in the hands of your teacher, the pharmacist..."


    "..."


    Kisuke Urahara lowered his head, a look of horror flashed in his eyes, he really didn''t know about such things!


    Senshou Hiken didn''t go to see Kisuke Urahara either, but closed his eyes and continued, "After Orochimaru completed the reincarnation of the dirty soil, he left the soul world in order to get a powerful dirty soil army. Before that, we didn''t I didn''t want to pursue him...until he relied on the dirt to reincarnate and disturbed the order of life and death in this world..."


    A not-so-nice story was narrated, and even Qianshoubei closed his eyes the whole time when he was talking, as if he was not used to opening his eyes and telling nonsense...


    From what Senshou Feijian said, they seem to be very tolerant towards Orochimaru, just like Yakushido treated Urahara Kisuke with that kind of tolerance...


    "...Because Orochimaru hides many secret arts, in order to avoid the leakage of the secret arts in the clan, Uehara went secretly to kill Orochimaru, but unfortunately Orochimaru escaped in the end...


    We are well aware of the danger and difficulty of Orochimaru. In order to cover up the danger of Orochimaru, the Uehara clan has been deliberately downplaying the existence of Orochimaru for thousands of years, and even made up a story for him...


    Unfortunately, fakes are fakes after all. "

 Chapter 661

    There is no fog in the world that cannot be cleared.


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day. As long as you pay attention, you can receive the last benefit at the end of the year. Please seize the opportunity. Official account [Book Friends Base Camp]


    Qianshou Feijian finished the story of the past calmly.


    This story of grievances between Orochimaru and the Uehara clan in the world of corpses and souls seemed extremely plain in his mouth, as if it was just a story about a small traitor and a wealthy family.


    Of course, if Uchiha Itachi or Sarutobi Hiruzen were to tell this story for Urahara Kisuke, the story might be even more ups and downs.


    It''s just that the reliability will be slightly reduced.


    Because Uchiha Itachi can only deceive his stupid younger brother, and Sarutobi Hiruzen can only deceive those stupid boys in their village.


    Kisuke Urahara is very smart.


    Only when someone as important as Senju Tobema utters these fabricated truths will Kisuke Urahara''s approval be obtained, and he will be allowed to go to the next step according to their plan.


    "It doesn''t look much different from what I guessed..."


    Kisuke Urahara shook his head calmly and sighed.


    Senshou Feima just looked at Urahara Kisuke in front of him and didn''t respond. Of course Urahara Kisuke''s guess was correct, because Uehara Kisuke arranged for Bai Ze to tell him all the information that Urahara Kisuke received!


    even a pig...


    It will also be guessed by Uehara Naraku!


    "The old man has already told you everything..."


    Thousands of hands clasped his arms tightly again, and said in a stern voice: "Then it''s best to tell this old man everything you know, otherwise, you should be clear, let alone saving your companion, even if it is you Nothing good will come of it..."


    As the voice between the thousand hands gradually became heavier, the spiritual pressure on his body also increased little by little, and the oppressive spiritual pressure forced Urahara not to move like a substance!


    If Kisuke Urahara doesn''t give him a satisfactory answer...


    It seems absolutely impossible to get out of Uehara Castle alive today!


    After all, this is the secret of the Uehara clan, and it can even be said to be the secret of the entire Soul Soul World. What he said is enough to alarm the entire Soul Soul World!


    Just the news that Orochimaru is still alive...


    It is enough to drive the entire nobles of Seireitei crazy!


    After all, for thousands of years, whenever Seireitei discovered the experimental data left by Orochimaru or a few words of forbidden techniques, it was enough to make Seireitei ecstatic!


    and¡­


    If Orochimaru, the traitor who mastered the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil, is still alive in the world, it will also be a huge blow to the prestige of the Uehara clan in Seireitei.


    "I will give you a satisfactory answer."


    Kisuke Urahara glanced at Senshouban, reached out and took out the forbidden scroll of "Hachi no Jutsu" that he had seized in the virtual circle, and said softly: "This is one of the evidences that I found that Orochimaru actually exists in the virtual circle." one¡­"


    After finishing speaking, Urahara Kisuke took out two eyeball-shaped cameras from his arms, and continued: "In addition to the news that Orochimaru exists in the virtual circle... I also found out the murderer who tried to assassinate the little Patriarch Naraku ..."


    "Oh?"


    Qianshou raised his brows slightly, reached out to accept the Eight Qi Art, just glanced at it, and then used spiritual pressure to turn this forbidden art into nothingness: "Hmph, I just stole some of the old man''s art at the beginning. It''s just a forbidden technique researched by fur..."


    "..."


    Urahara Kisuke''s eyes flashed.


    Although Urahara didn''t know whether what Senshou Feijian said was true or not, it seemed that the fifth dead waiter''s face was indeed full of disdain.


    Qianshou glanced at the eyeball machine in Urahara Ki''s assistant, and said with a cold snort, "Then let me see what you found!"


    "yes."


    Kisuke Urahara nodded slowly.


    In this secret room, Urahara Kisuke projected everything he had experienced in the virtual circle, and the first eyeballs were Ulquiorra and Ke Yatai Stark he had met in the virtual circle.


    "One of them is the murderer who assassinated the little Patriarch of Naraku..."


    Kisuke Urahara''s fingers landed on Ulquiorra and after introducing a sentence, his eyes fell on Kyate Stark: "If I guess correctly, the other shady face is responsible for the assassination. Are you the one who intercepts Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Itachi?"


    When he saw these two people and heard Kisuke Urahara''s words, Senshou Feijian''s expression changed immediately, and he looked at Kisuke Urahara suddenly: "You little brat... you really gave me a big surprise what!"


    According to the script that is about to be known to everyone, Ulquiorra is indeed the murderer responsible for assassinating Uehara Naraku, and Ke Yatai Stark is also responsible for intercepting Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Itachi. Obviously Kisuke Urahara guessed them Have a good script.


    The first eyeball machine was photographed by Bai Jue.


    Here are the scenes where Urahara Kisuke fought with Ulquiorra and Ke Yatai Stark, and every scene in it seemed extremely real.


    However compared to what the first eyeball showed...


    The second eyeball machine was secretly photographed by Urahara Kisuke himself, which obviously surprised Senshou Fujian, because the second eyeball machine was all about Orochimaru''s information!


    Including the experimental base of Orochimaru and the tall forbidden art reference room!


    There was even a close-up shot of the Unholy Reincarnation technique!


    These are enough to make Qianshou Fanjian furious!


    In other words, at this time, the Qianshoubeijian should indeed be shocked!


    "That traitor..."


    Senshou Feijian clenched his palms tightly, and said sharply: "It seems that his life is really comfortable! That bastard Uchiha Madara is really a waste, and he didn''t find this traitor when he went to sweep the virtual circle." trace¡­"


    Even though I know it''s all fake...


    Even when Uchiha Madara swept up the virtual circle at the beginning, it was to help Orochimaru, and he still scolded Uchiha Madara without delaying Senshou Feijian...


    Urahara Kisuke listened to Senshou Fujian scolding the legendary No. 1 Deadpool, and couldn''t help raising his eyebrows. Could it be that the internal relationship of the thirteen Deadpools of the Uehara clan is not very good?


    This is also normal...


    After all, the dead servants of this clan are very powerful, and it is normal for them to dislike each other, especially Senshou and Uchiha. Obviously, these two surnames account for a lot of the chief executives of the Uehara clan.


    "All right."


    Qianshou reached out and knocked on the table, no longer mentioning the internal issues, and said in a cold voice: "The news you brought is very precious, I can decide to return your companion to you, and clear that you are assassinating Suspects in the incident..."


    "Grateful."


    Urahara Kisuke took off his hat, bowed slightly to show respect, and then suddenly said: "But the real crisis has not disappeared, the person who colluded with Orochimaru still exists in Seireitei..."


    "The old man knows."


    Qianshou waved his hand nonchalantly, and said in a nonchalant manner, "Your teacher, Yaoshidou, isn''t he? The old man saw at a glance that the brat was a disciple of Orochimaru, or a pawn of Orochimaru..."


    This is pretending to be confused.


    It was also Senju Tobima who took this opportunity to gain Urahara Kisuke''s trust.


    After all, as a big clan who has been chasing and killing Orochimaru, it would be a bit too fake if even Yao Shidou was not able to tell that he was a disciple of Orochimaru.


    "No."


    Kisuke Urahara shook his head slowly, and said solemnly: "What I want to say... there is someone else... The person who colluded with Orochimaru is by the little Patriarch Naraku''s side!"


    "What did you say?"


    At this moment, Qianshou Feijian''s face was full of astonishment!


    While Senju Tomona and Urahara Kisuke were communicating here, a similar conversation was happening on the other side of Seireitei.


    Seireitei.


    The Fifth Division is stationed.


    Since Uehara Naraku was called back home, Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care so much, so he directly summoned Heijue to report to him about Urahara Kisuke and Xuquan.


    "... Orochimaru has been discovered by Urahara..."


    "...Ulquiorra and Koyatai Stark did not hide from him..."


    "...I killed a few Baijue in the virtual circle. Those idiots reproduce too fast, and it is impossible to kill them all. Those Baijue should have been hiding in the virtual circle for a long time..."


    Heijue reported information about the virtual circle to Aizen Soyousuke little by little. The information was provided to Aizen Soyousuke in every detail, and there was no need to conceal it anyway.


    Aizen Soyousuke wrote his own calligraphy slowly, with a calm expression on his face, and even changed several kinds of calligraphy with great interest.


    Aizen didn''t pay attention to the matter of Xuquan at all.


    In other words, Aizen didn''t care what Kisuke Urahara got at all.


    Whether Urahara Kisuke discovered the traces of Orochimaru, or Urahara Kisuke is likely to return to the world of ghosts and make everything in the virtual circle public, none of these can make Aizen Soyousuke lose face, he already had such a plan .


    "There is no secret in the world that can remain hidden forever."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly put down the brush in his hand, and said softly: "When we saw a white zealot, maybe the entire virtual circle already had a hundred white zealots. Haven''t escaped Urahara''s eyes all this time..."


    "It is indeed possible..."


    Hei Jue nodded slowly, grinning and showing a sinister smile: "But the strength of those guys is not very good at all. No matter how many they breed, they are just prey to be slaughtered for us..."


    "Well said."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded slowly.


    In fact, Lan Ran privately thinks that Bai Jue is more useful, allowing him to monitor everything in the entire soul world, but Hei Jue is a subordinate he is willing to use, so Lan Ran does not have the confidence to attack Hei Jue.


    "Now Urahara has obtained information from Mr. Oshemaru. Mr. Oshemaru is a defected character from the Uehara clan. He should have been hunted down by the Uehara clan..."


    Aizen Soyousuke changed the subject, and continued slowly: "If Urahara can use this information reasonably, he will definitely be able to use this information in exchange for the support of the Uehara clan... In this case, the virtualization incident many years ago may be It''s going to be reversed."


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Heijue smiled in a gloomy voice, and continued: "At the beginning, I helped Lord Lan Ran control the people in the 46th Room of the Central Committee. They are still our pawns..."


    "It''s not necessary."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head and interrupted Heijue''s words, and continued calmly: "The Central Forty-six Office has never been an institution that can decide everything, they are just a tool in charge of governing the soul world."


    After saying this, Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his hand to help his glasses, and said in a low voice: "If the Uehara clan is on Kisuke Urahara''s side, even the Central Forty-Six Room will be useless, unless there is a riot. The civil war in Lingting..."


    "Ho ho ho ho...that''s not bad, either."


    Heijue nodded, and said with a sinister smile: "When the battle between the Uehara clan and Seireitei is over, it will be the time when Lord Aizen will lead the broken-faced army to rule the world..."


    "That''s not going to happen."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, and said softly: "Captain Shigekuni Yamamoto will not allow the Central Forty-Sixth Office to make such a stupid decision, not to mention that I don''t want to ascend to the throne in this way, it would be too obvious Too much to humiliate my plan."


    The corners of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth curled up slightly, and he continued with a smile: "When I step on the throne of heaven, that will be the time when I will transform into a god under the eyes of the whole world... No one can resist God strength."


    "Ho ho ho ho... really confident..."


    Heijue smiled sadly, and then continued: "That day should come soon, right? There are not many people in this world who can compete with Master Aizen!"


    Facing Heijue''s flattery, Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care at all, just shook his head and smiled lightly: "No, this is not enough, the real god should be a higher level existence, when the god comes , making people unable to develop the will to resist God..."


    "¡­yes."


    Hei Jue grinned, and slowly lowered his head.


    "All right."


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched his waist, and said slowly: "Although I have been living here, I still can''t help but want to say that I finally have the opportunity to really leave this rotten place that makes people feel suffocated... "


    After hearing the information about Xuquan from Heijue, Soyousuke Aizen didn''t think about staying here any longer, he wouldn''t just wait for Kisuke Urahara to reverse the case.


    Aizen intends to leave the Soul Realm and betray Seireitei.


    Of course, before defecting and leaving Soul Soul Realm, Aizen didn''t intend to do nothing, he had already arranged a plan: "Get ready to face the big storm... After the storm, Heijue, you stay here and continue to monitor Everything here...now you can go down."


    "¡­yes."


    Hei Jue''s body slowly sank into the ground.


    After Heijue left, Aizen Soyousuke reached out and grabbed the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto he had placed on the table, with a playful smile on his face: "Maybe before leaving, you can indulge a little bit and try to see the big snake The power of those dead waiters that Mr. Maru said."


    this moment¡­


    He has been looking forward to it for a long time!


    For so many years, the dead waiter has always been known as being powerful, no matter which captain of the death god, he can''t help but want to challenge the dead waiter of the Uehara clan...


    And after getting information about the Uehara Clan''s Thirteen Deadpools from Orochimaru, Aizen Soyousuke naturally yearns for the power of the Thirteen Deadpools!


    not to mention...


    This is also the first step for him to set foot on the throne of heaven in the future!

 Chapter 662

    Seireitei.


    During this period of time, the thirteenth team of the guarding court was made scalp numb by the successive bad news in this world.


    All the Gods of Reaper stationed in the present world have been expelled by the Unfaced Legion, and even some non-staffed Reapers have also been murdered by those Disfigured Daxu, as if the present world has completely become an active paradise for the Disfigured Legion.


    Under such circumstances, the Thirteenth Guarding Team accelerated the call-up process, and many Reapers who were patrolling around the Soul Realm were recalled to the Seiling Court, preparing to form an army capable of competing with the Broken Face Corps.


    Headquarters of the Thirteenth Team of the Guarding Court.


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni leaned on his own crutches and sat in the meeting room of the corps with his eyes closed. In front of him was a group of captains and vice-captains of Gotei 13. He was listening to these captains report on various issues. The situation of the team.


    Except for Shiba, the captain of the 10th squad, who went to the present world to support and save his subordinates alone, all the senior officials of the 13th Gotei squad were already sitting here.


    After Shigekuni Yamamoto listened to all the captain''s reports, his eyes fell on Matsumoto Rangiku, the vice-captain of the 10th squad, and the old man''s voice was more kind: "Ranju... Is there any news from Isshin? "


    "..."


    Matsumoto Rangiku frowned, slowly nodded and said: "The news from the captain yesterday is the stationed base in the current Kyoto..."


    Late last night, news came from the world.


    Zhibo single-mindedly repelled two Pomian Daixu who tried to attack the stationed stronghold in Kyoto, and saved more than a dozen Reapers, but this also aroused the vigilance of the Pomian Army.


    Under the siege of more than a dozen Daxu, Zhibo Yixin led the Reapers stationed in the present world to withdraw from the stronghold, and was forced to hide in the present world to continue looking for opportunities to counterattack.


    "As long as he''s safe."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni slowly closed his eyes, and said in a deep voice: "Then prepare, the tenth and eleventh teams that have completed the reorganization will take the lead in entering the present world..."


    "Captain Yamamoto!"


    A voice suddenly interrupted Yamamoto Shigekuni''s words!


    A white-haired little boy broke into the meeting room, his face was full of tension, it was Toshiro Hitsugaya, the chief officer of the 10th team. The captain has a message from the present world that the Faceless Legion is gathering at the entrance of the world of souls and the present world!"


    "What?"


    Surprise flashed across every captain''s face!


    What are you kidding?


    They haven''t prepared to launch a siege against the Faceless Legion. After making a fuss in this world, do those guys still want to invade the Soul Soul Realm?


    This is a bit too rampant!


    Even Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni opened his eyes involuntarily, and a look of hostility flashed in his eyes: "Huh? Those bad faces... want to enter the world of corpses and souls?"


    Shigekuni Yamamoto doesn''t care about problems in this world.


    Because as long as Soul Soul World and Seireitei are still safe, they will be able to return to the world sooner or later, but if those broken-faced legions want to attack Soul Soul World, they will undoubtedly provoke a world war between Xu and Shinigami!


    What makes Shigekuni Yamamoto really unbearable is that the group of broken-faced legions want to destroy the balance of this world and break the order of this world!


    The captain of the thirteenth squadron, Shishiro Ukitake, shook his head, and said with some surprise: "Does that group of broken-faced legions really want to invade the world of souls? This kind of behavior seems not wise at all, will it Could there be some kind of conspiracy..."


    "Who knows what those bad faces think?"


    Zaragi Kenpachi held the back of his head and said with a sneer, "Maybe he thinks that the shinigami stationed in this world are too weak, and that we guys are vulnerable!"


    "Captain Saraki Kenpachi..."


    Matsumoto Rangiku couldn''t help but frowned.


    This Zaraki Kenpachi must be deliberately mocking the weak strength of their tenth team members? Who doesn''t know that the tenth team is stationed the most in this world!


    "alright."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto interrupted the upcoming quarrel, looked at Toshir¨­ Hitsugaya standing at the door and asked softly, "What''s the situation in the real world?"


    Hitsugaya Toshiro nodded hastily, and said in a deep voice, "Captain Isshin is trying to find a way to lure or stop them at the entrance..."


    This was also Shiba''s wholehearted thought.


    Zhibo does not want the Faceless Legion to rush into the world of souls.


    Because Zhibo Yixin is very aware of the combat effectiveness of this group of Pomen Daixu army, it would be fine if this group of Pomen Daixu really went to attack Seireitei... But after entering Seireitei, this group of Pomen Daixu separated and reorganized If it is zero, the entire soul world will be in big trouble!


    Because unless the captain-level god of death is dispatched, the other gods of death have nothing to do with this group of face-breaking legions, even if it''s just a two-person face-breaking team!


    When observing the gathering of the Pomian Daixu army, Zhibo Yixin planned to delay the time and prevent them from entering the world of souls.


    "There''s no need for that."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni held his own crutches, slowly shook his head and said: "There will always be people who want to challenge the order of this world, so let those who try to disrupt the order step into this world and let them know that this world is truly Where does the order exist..."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni knows the power of Soul Soul Realm very well.


    Even if hundreds of shamans are brought in, Shigekuni Yamamoto is confident enough to solve this trouble. As long as they enter the Soul Soul Realm, all troubles will be easily solved.


    "Do you want to put the enemy into the soul world?"


    The captain of the eighth team, Jingle Chunshui, chuckled and stretched slowly: "It seems like we can have a good fight in this way!"


    "Hmph, that''s not bad!"


    Captain Kenpachi Saragi of the 11th Division stretched out his hand to put Kusaka Yachiru who was lying on his shoulder beside him, and said with a sneer, "You don''t need to tie your hands and feet anymore..."


    When these death captains are active in this world, they are always afraid to use their full strength because they are worried about destroying the space of this world.


    If you fight in the world of souls...


    There is no need to be taboo so much!


    The other Shinigami captains are not fighting lunatics like Saraki Kenpachi, but when they heard that Shigekuni Yamamoto planned to put this group of bad-faced daikon into the world of souls, their faces were a little relieved.


    If they can use their full strength in the soul world, this group of death captains will not be afraid of any enemies!


    A look of worry flashed across the faces of a few people present, and they were a little worried about what might go wrong in this sloppy decisive battle.


    Even for the best of results...


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day, as long as you pay attention, you can receive it. The last benefit at the end of the year, please seize the opportunity. Official account


    It may also be a lose-lose situation.


    At least the Thirteenth Guarding Team could not be safe and sound.


    In comparison, these captains hope to solve the problem in this world. It is better to send elites to defeat the teams of the Face-Shattering Legion one by one... instead of directly fighting with hundreds of Face-Shaping Legion .


    The captain of the thirteenth squadron Ukitake Shishiro still frowned, and said with an ugly face: "So this group of scumbags...why would they suddenly want to gather and invade the Soul Realm?


    Could it be that the God of Death who is stationed in this world thinks that the 13th Guarding Team is vulnerable? Or do they have other plots...


    The biggest trouble is, if we really want to fight them in the soul world, will we use the life of Death God to win? "


    "Who knows..."


    Jingle Chunshui leaned on the back of the chair, and said slowly: "Anyway, it doesn''t seem like a bad thing for them to gather together... Anyway, at least we can wipe out all these guys, and the crisis in this world will be resolved, right?"


    "Anyway, it''s better not to take it lightly."


    The captain of the 4th team, Unohana Lie, shook his head, and said softly: "According to our information, every member of this group of bad-faced legions has the power of death that is no different from that of an officer or even a captain-level god of death." Combat power..."


    This is no joke!


    Although their captains and vice-captains are prepared to fight in their hearts, it is only because their own combat power is strong enough, but this does not mean that the other members of the Guarding Thirteen Team are strong in combat power!


    Maybe they will face the problem of insufficient manpower in the end...


    After all, there are only so many captain-level death gods in the entire Guarding Thirteen Team...


    Of course, if we really pay attention to it, we still have to wait until the 13th Guarding Team and the Faceless Legion collide. After all, there is a huge gap in the combat power between the captain-level death gods...


    For example, Captain Shigekuni Yamamoto...


    This captain can defeat the entire Gotei Thirteen Team with one person.


    It''s just that Shigekuni Yamamoto''s shot may hurt the world of souls. If Shigekuni Yamamoto can''t make a shot with all his strength to avoid destroying the world of souls, then the captains of the Gotei 13th team may have to use the lives of their subordinates to pile up Victorious.


    Every captain seems to have thought of this...


    Everyone''s mood gradually became a little heavy.


    "alright."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni took a look at everyone present, and his eyes fell on the captain of the second team, Sui Feng, who was a little silent at this moment.


    Shigekuni Yamamoto stared at the silent Sube, and said softly: "Then the second team and the secret mobile team will go to the entrance to set up surveillance first..."


    "..."


    The captain of the second team, Sufeng, was still silent with his head bowed.


    Today, the captain of the second team seemed a little weird, not at all like her usual personality, and she couldn''t see her past publicity at all.


    Even when Shigekuni Yamamoto assigned tasks, she was a little dazed.


    Shigekuni Yamamoto''s brows slowly frowned, and his voice became slightly more weighty: "Huh? Suho? Do you have any other suggestions?"


    "Um¡­?"


    Broken Bee raised his head sharply.


    The next moment, Broken Bee seemed to wake up suddenly, slowly shook his head and said: "No...no... no, it should be said, there are some..."


    "..."


    Seeing the restraint and nervousness of the second team, doubts flashed across the faces of each captain, which was not at all like the appearance of Suifeng in the past.


    With Broken Bee''s emphasis on the task...


    To be lost in such an important meeting place?


    "I heard just now that we are actually understaffed now..."


    Suifeng''s complexion gradually returned to normal, and her eyes swept over everyone one by one, only pausing for a second when she passed Aizen Soyousuke, and then slowly moved to other directions.


    Broken Bee slowly put his palm on the table, and continued softly: "If the war between us and those guys is in the Soul Realm, the large number of Reapers should be enough to win, but our loss..."


    "It''s an inevitable sacrifice."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni closed his eyes again, and he continued softly: "After this meeting is over, I will order someone to visit the Uehara clan, and invite Mr. Senju Himama from the Uehara clan to come to negotiate and gather Seireitei All forces to deal with the invasion of the Faceless Legion."


    This is why Yamamoto Shigekuni intends to place the battlefield in Seireitei.


    If the war is placed outside, the Uehara clan may not necessarily participate in the war; but if the war takes place within the soul world, the Uehara clan has never been absent from the battle to defend Seireitei for thousands of years.


    After saying this, Shigekuni Yamamoto slowly opened his eyes, and glanced at Uehara Naraku who was sitting next to Aizen Soyousuke. The patriarch of the Uehara clan is here. How could the Uehara clan be absent from this war?


    "yes¡­"


    After Shabuchi nodded, he continued softly: "It''s just that I have one more thing to say. Yesterday, the secret mobile team observed that Uehara Castle released Mako Hirako, Hiyori Sarugaki, Yoichi Sifengin and others, and even We also found traces of Kisuke Urahara''s activities..."


    "Um?"


    The faces of each captain couldn''t help becoming serious.


    At this time, Broken Bee suddenly mentioned this news, what is her intention? Could it be that Kisuke Urahara, Mako Mako and others have some conspiracy?


    According to the current information, the Gotei 13th Team believes that Kisuke Urahara and others have some kind of connection with the Shamen Taixu Army. If the Shamen Army and the Masked Army join together, it will indeed add a lot of powerful combat power to the enemy camp. ¡­


    Just as the eyes of the people present glanced at Suifeng and slowly landed on Naraku Uehara, Shishiro Ukitake asked directly: "Your Excellency Naraku Uehara, is there any special reason why the Uehara clan released Mako Hirako and the others? "


    "I have no idea¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head in confusion, and said softly, "I remember Mr. Tomama and Urahara Kisuke made an agreement, it seems that as long as Urahara Kisuke can find the murderer who assassinated me and the captain..."


    "Wait, let me take a look..."


    Jingle Shunsui tilted his head, rubbed his brows and said, "So, Kisuke Urahara has already found the murderer... No, is there something wrong here? Kisuke Urahara has also sneaked into Soul Soul Realm ?


    No, no, Uehara Castle released Yakomaru Risa and the others... Is it because Urahara Kisuke has already found the murderer who assassinated you? "


    "Wait... Did Kisuke Urahara infiltrate Soul Society?"


    "Could Kisuke Urahara be an accomplice of the Unfaced Legion''s invasion of the Soul Realm?"


    "Your Excellency Naraku, is there no news from you? What''s going on here..."


    "Sorry, I don''t know..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was full of doubts, and he even looked more confused than other people present: "Sorry, I have been arranged by Tokima-san to practice in the clan during this time, and I was not even allowed to go to the fifth team to continue my training. If there is no plenary meeting today, Tomagama-san would not even agree to let me come."


    Boom!


    "enough!"


    Suifeng slapped the table with a palm, and said in a deep voice: "Forget it, since Your Excellency Naraku doesn''t know the details at all, then there is no need to waste time talking about it!


    The Hidden Mobile Squad captured Kisuke Urahara yesterday. When I was interrogating him about his relationship with the Disfigured Corps... I tortured that guy to find out a secret, a secret that almost overturned the entire Seireitei! "


    Suifeng''s eyes fell on Aizen Soyousuke, and said in a deep voice: "Captain Aizen, do you have anything to explain now?"

 Chapter 663

    Following Suifeng''s words, the atmosphere suddenly became tense.


    All the eyes of the entire Gotei Thirteenth Team were focused on Sui Feng, and then turned to look at Aizen Soyousuke, staring at this gentle man who looked like a modest gentleman.


    No one expected that Suifeng, the captain of the second team, would attack the captain of the fifth team, Aizen Soyousuke, at this time!


    "Captain Broken Bee, what are you talking about?"


    A look of displeasure flashed across Naraku Uehara''s face, and he stood up abruptly.


    Just when Uehara Naraku wanted to argue with Sui Feng, Sui Feng suppressed Uehara Naraku with one sentence: "Your Excellency Naraku, didn''t Mr. Tomama tell you about this?"


    "What... what?"


    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became dumb, and he seemed to be in awe of Senshou Toikama: "This...does this have anything to do with Mr. Togama?"


    "Your Excellency Naraku."


    Suifeng stared at Aizen Soyousuke, who was still indifferent, and said in a cold voice: "The captain of the fifth team you respect, Aizen Soyousuke, has been colluding with Orochimaru, the traitor of the Uehara clan, trying to kill you , and even provoked a civil war in Seireitei, don¡¯t you know about this?¡±


    "..."


    The whole conference room fell into silence.


    The next moment, the Guarding Team Thirteen was in an uproar!


    No one expected that Suifeng, the captain of the second team, would accuse Aizen Soyousuke of such a serious crime at this time, and even tarnish Orochimaru''s name here!


    The captain of the twelfth division, Yuri Mayuri, grinned strangely, and said in a gloomy voice: "Mr. Orochimaru is very respected in the Technology Development Bureau... Some things should not be said casually..."


    "Hey, Broken Bee, don''t just talk nonsense!"


    "How could Captain Aizan do such a thing!"


    "This is not the time to casually accuse colleagues, let''s call the Central Forty-six Office to investigate first!"


    "Central Forty-Six Room has already been controlled by Aizen Soyousuke with Kyoka Suigetsu!"


    Suifeng interrupted one of the captains'' proposals in a cold voice, looked at Aizen Soyousuke coldly and continued: "Speak out... Your Excellency Aizen, your ability to understand people''s five senses can be manipulated." Right! Since decades ago, the entire central forty-six rooms have long been under your control, right?"


    "Broken Bee..."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni''s dull voice interrupted Suifeng''s words, and the old man stood up slowly leaning on a cane, and said softly: "Now is not the time to accuse... Some things need to be based on evidence. "


    "Then please allow me to present evidence!"


    Sapphire gritted her teeth, and continued in a deep voice: "I have already asked Mr. Senju Tomona and Urahara Kisuke to come here, and they all have evidence of the collusion between Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru..."


    "Then show it!"


    Jingle Chunshui smiled with great interest: "It just so happened that I also received some interesting news. I just thought it was interesting... Now, it seems that those are very useful information!"


    Just yesterday.


    After Kisuke Urahara, the Masked Legion, and Yoichi Sifengin left Uehara Castle, everyone went to meet their old friends or bosses. Naturally, Yamamaru Lisa also visited Kyoraku Shunsui and revealed to him the truth about the past. the truth.


    With Jingle Shunsui standing on Suifeng''s side, everyone''s eyes fell on Aizen Soyousuke, and everyone''s face was a little unbelievable. What will happen to the captain of the fifth team? evil charges.


    However, the captain of the second division Suifeng and the captain of the eighth division Jingle Shunsui are equivalent to the intelligence department and supervision department of the Gotei 13th squad. The Aizen Soyousuke who they both pointed out together should not be so innocent. ?


    "Go and invite Tomona-san and the former captain of the 12th division Urahara Kisuke..."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s dull voice appeared in the meeting room, his eyes fell on Aizen Soyousuke, and the urn continued: "Soyousuke, do you have anything to argue?"


    All eyes were on Aizen.


    Everyone is waiting for Aizen''s answer.


    I saw the captain of the fifth team slowly raised his head to look at the people present, stretched out his hand to support his mirror frame, and showed a gentle smile, just like his past smile.


    At this time, Dong Xianyao, the captain of the seventh team, suddenly stopped talking, and said in a deep voice: "I''m sorry, maybe I have to explain something...Because of my blindness, I have a document that I may need your help with. I''ll take a look."


    "Ok?"


    Broken Bee''s eyes flickered.


    Jingle Shunsui''s smile gradually subsided.


    Because in the news that the two of them got, if Aizen Soyousuke, Ichimaru Gin and T¨­sen were accomplices, T¨­sen would suddenly jump out at this time...


    It''s just that they are really hard to stop.


    It''s just that when Dongxian was about to take out the document in his arms and put it on the table, surprise flashed across the faces of every captain who had read the document and circulated it.


    This is a record of the traces of Aizen Soyousuke''s Reiatsu.


    Strictly speaking, it can even be said to be a description of Aizen Soyousuke''s crimes for decades, if the things in this document can be proved...


    "It should be said that when I was still at the Zhenyang Academy of Spiritual Art..."


    Dongxian wanted to hang his head, and said softly: "When I was angry at the darkness of this world, Captain Aizan once tempted me to join him in the name of changing the world. I thought he would change the world. ¡­


    However, I realized later that it was because my long-blind eyes would become a flaw for his Zanpakuto Kyoka Suigetsu, so he had gathered me in his camp early on, in order to eliminate the hidden dangers of Kyoka Suigetsu.


    Decades ago, Mako Hirako was framed by Aizen Soyousuke because he secretly discovered the little tricks of Soyousuke Aizen. All the captains or vice-captains who went to participate in the rescue were subjected to blur experiments by him. I was there at the time.


    And the previous assassination incident was also planned by Aizen Soyousuke. His original intention was to gain the trust of the Uehara clan, and he also wanted to send Uehara Naraku and the Thirteen Dead Servants away, and also let him get free time. Conquer the virtual circle.


    Aizen Soyousuke''s ambitions are far beyond our imagination. One thing is not as Captain Suifeng said, he did not form an alliance with Orochimaru, but conquered Orochimaru and the entire virtual circle by his own force , became the master of the virtual circle.


    I didn''t see any of this...


    But my ears and my heart heard it all happen!


    Even if I am blind, it will not affect my judgment of justice, Aizen Soyousuke, I have never thought of taking refuge in you, everything I do is for true justice, and you have violated the law that belongs to you. The rules of justice in this world!


    Your ambitions are too great.


    How can a man who is ambitious to rule the world let me see justice in him? "


    "An interesting way of saying it... Tosen."


    Aizen Soyousuke still had that gentle smile on his face, and he even nodded slowly following T¨­sen''s words: "If you really listen to what you say, I seem to be really like those ambitious people Woolen cloth¡­"


    This sentence sounds the same as Aizen Soyousuke in the past.


    But it made everyone present feel a little weird. It seems that Aizen should not be so calm in the face of the accusations of several captains...


    Everyone''s mood slowly picked up.


    Aizen Soyousuke changed the subject, and looked at Tosen Kaname, with a gentler smile on his face: "But there is one thing you said wrong, Dongsen, I don''t want to call those ambitions, I would rather Willing to call them hopes."


    For others, it was Aizen Soyousuke''s ambition.


    For Aizen Soyousuke, that was the hope that rose in his heart.


    Now, T¨­senyo''s betrayal was beyond Aizen Soyousuke''s expectation.


    Aizen Soyousuke originally wanted to use his pawns in Seireitei to bring Urahara Kisuke, Heping Mako and others back to their original form, and wait until Seireitei fell into civil strife again before launching his defection plan.


    But now T¨­sen Kaname''s betrayal interrupted Aizen''s plan.


    Aizen Soyousuke knew very well that T¨­sen, who had been following him all this time, had too much evidence about him, even though Aizen Soyousuke would not care about those evidences.


    The captains of the Goto 13th Team involuntarily clenched their Zanpakut¨­, and the Reiatsu on their bodies gradually began to riot. Their footsteps moved slowly to guard the exit of the conference room, and some even slowly Close to Ichimaru Gin.


    "What do you want to do? Luanju."


    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes, smiled and asked the woman behind him without looking back: "Now you are standing behind me with your own Zanpakuto, do you want to kill me at any time? ?¡±


    After Ichimaru Gin had just finished speaking, before Matsumoto Rangiku could answer, he continued with a smile on his own: "Although I think it''s not bad to die by your sword like this now... But will you be allowed to die in this place?" Is it too lonely to live in the world?"


    "Is it true what they say?"


    Matsumoto Rangiku held his own Zanpakuto, gritted his teeth and refused to respond to Gin''s words, and continued to ask: "Gin, tell me, Aizen Soyousuke and you...what are your identities?"


    Matsumoto Rangiku was a little unwilling to believe it.


    For a long time, Matsumoto Rangiku knew that he didn''t understand Ichimaru Gin.


    But Matsumoto Rangiku didn''t care about this, she thought that Ichimaru Gin inherited the wise side of Yakushi Todo, and she inherited the other side of Yakushi Todo''s kindness.


    What I never thought about now is that Gin Ichimaru is involved with Aizen Soyousuke, and even has a plan to overthrow Seireitei...


    this matter¡­


    Matsumoto Ranju faintly couldn''t accept it. What she couldn''t accept was that Gin Ichimaru violated Yakushido''s teachings and walked on the wrong path.


    "Hasn''t someone already said that?"


    Ichimaru Gin shook his head, squinted his eyes and continued with a smile: "Aizan-sama and I are both dangerous people who want to overthrow Seireitei... This point, Aizan-sama did not deny it, and I don''t seem to have any reason to deny it. ?¡±


    "You really¡­"


    Matsumoto Rangiku gritted his teeth and refused to say another word.


    Just as the couple who grew up together were communicating, Aizen Soyousuke on the other side was surrounded by a group of captains.


    Aizen Soyousuke did not deny it.


    Or rather, he no longer denies it.


    Regardless of whether there is any evidence for the crime that Suifeng or Dongsen wanted to say, Aizen Soyousuke did not deny it, and even slowly revealed his true face hidden under the mask of modesty.


    The captain of the 4th team, Unohana Retsu, looked at Aizen Soyousuke, his face was full of bitterness and regret: "These are not things you would do at all, Soyousuke...why did you become this look?"


    "It''s a pity, I didn''t expect you to misunderstand me so deeply..."


    Aizen Soyousuke still had humility on his face, and continued with a smile: "Actually, the Aizen Soyousuke you knew from the beginning didn''t exist...Of course, even now, it doesn''t prevent me from still admiring you ...Your Excellency Hua Lie, the first generation of Sword Eight Maos."


    The news that Unohanaretsu was the first generation of Kenpachi caused a little disturbance, but the people present seemed to understand the urgency of the situation better. They just glanced at Unohanaretsu for a while, and then turned their attention to Aizen Soyou again. Jie''s body.


    "team leader."


    A childish voice with some difficulty fell into everyone''s ears.


    Every Grim Reaper captain couldn''t help but look at that immature person. The vice-captain of the fifth team, Uehara Naraku, should also be the Grim Reaper who respects Aizen Soyousuke the most.


    Under their gaze, Uehara Naraku clenched his fists, looked at the strange Aizen, bit his teeth, and said in a deep voice: "Captain, what you said is not true, right? Obviously You saved me!


    Captain, as long as you tell the truth, that they framed you... I am willing to protect you in the name of the Patriarch of the Uehara Clan, even if the entire Seiring Court cannot punish you! "


    "Your Excellency Naraku!"


    "Your Excellency Naraku!"


    "Your Excellency Naraku..."


    A flash of surprise flashed in the eyes of each death captain.


    If Uehara Naraku, an important figure, insists on standing by Aizen Soyousuke''s side, this is not good news for them!


    Let''s put it this way...


    Now that Naraku Uehara chooses to side with Aizen Soyousuke, probably these captains should call out why the king rebelled?


    After all, the wealthy status of the Uehara family is almost equal to that of the royal family, and it is even more troublesome than the royal family in terms of strength.


    Fortunately, someone changed the situation at this time.


    The figure in the thousand-handed door appeared beside Uehara Naraku in an instant through Flying Thunder God, and said impatiently: "Shut up, this is not the time for you to speak, and you can''t represent the Uehara clan now! "


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth.


    Just when he was about to continue to say something, Senshou Feijian glanced at Uehara Naraku indifferently and continued: "Every word you say will become Thirteen Deadpool''s judgment on you, which will affect you. You made the decision to integrate the Uehara Clan and Seireitei."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara gritted his teeth and stepped back.


    After sending Uehara Naraku away with a few words from Senshoubeijian, his eyes fell on Aizen Soyousuke, and said in a deep voice: "Our patriarch misunderstood some sinners too much, I will take care of this matter later. Deal with it, let''s deal with the troubles in front of us before that!"


    "Really..."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, a gentle pity flashed across his face: "Why do you treat a person who is destined to stand at the top of the world in the future like this... We should all know that a young flower always blooms before it blooms. An existence in need of care."


    "This has nothing to do with you."


    The voice from Qianshoubei was still indifferent.


    "yes?"


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, the spiritual pressure on his body exploded little by little, and his voice became a little unpredictable: "Since you don''t like Naraku...then leave him to me .¡±


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Naraku Uehara, who retreated to the side with low air pressure, and smiled to soothe his emotions: "Be a little happier, Naraku, this place will end soon, and I will show you the difference scenery!"


    next moment¡­


    A series of virtual flashes of red light descended from the sky!


    The entire meeting room was turned into ruins in an instant!


    No one would have thought that when the situation in Seireitei was at its most tense, a group of broken-faced Daxu and a mixed army of Kilian Daxu and Xu invaded the world of corpses and souls!


    Moreover, they directly crossed the barrier of murderous spirit stones, invaded the entire Seireitei, and even almost wiped out the captains of the entire Goeti 13th team!

 Chapter 664

    A gap opened in the sky of Seireitei.


    A group of disfigured ghosts floated in the air and stared at the gods of death who were fleeing in panic in the Seiring Court with grinning faces, and flashes of ghosts spewed out from their hands or mouths!


    The low-level Kirian Daxu crowded densely in the space cracks, and under the command of their superior Daxu, they condensed and sprayed on the land of Seiringting!


    This group of big ghosts are rampant here without any scruples, venting their virtual flash spiritual pressure in the base camp of their old enemy Death God!


    In addition to Daxu, some reformed Xu are also grinning and fighting the god of death in Seireitei, showing their madness recklessly!


    When the captains of the entire Guarding Thirteenth Team stepped out of the ruins in embarrassment, anger flashed in the eyes of each captain, and the sound of Zanpakuto unsheathed one after another!


    "So be it!"


    Aizen Soyousuke''s voice fell into everyone''s ears, his body slowly floated up, looked down at the panicked Seireitei, and said indifferently: "From this moment on, let the world feel There is a God in the sky..."


    Under the watchful eyes of all the captains, the bodies of Aizen Soyousuke and Ichimaru Gin slowly floated into the air. What made people terrified was that Aizen Soyousuke''s hand was still holding Naraku Uehara''s shoulder. I don''t know when the little Patriarch was taken away!


    Just at this time, a vortex of time and space appeared behind Aizen Soyousuke, and a palm was about to grab the captain of the fifth team who had just defected!


    Aizen Soyousuke took Uehara Naraku and disappeared in the same place, and his voice added a touch of confidence: "Mr. Obito, when you appeared from the space, you appeared too slowly. This weakness is very important for us. It''s too obvious to say..."


    "Humph!"


    Uchiha Obito snorted coldly, and appeared in the air wearing a tiger-stripe mask, along with Uchiha Itachi who had been acting with him.


    As the two officers in charge of protecting Uehara Naraku, they will never be absent on any occasion when Uehara Naraku appears!


    It''s just that no one would have expected that Aizen Soyousuke was so courageous that he would kidnap Uehara Naraku at this time!


    Even Naraku Uehara herself...


    I never thought that Aizen Soyousuke wanted to take him to defect!


    this thing...


    It''s so exciting!


    All the dead servants of the Uehara clan present at the scene, whether it was Senshou Feijian, or Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Itachi, didn''t know whether this was the arrangement of Uehara Naraku, or Aizen Soyousuke himself. ¡­


    Are you crazy?


    Going to kidnap a mastermind behind the scenes?


    Compared with the officers of the Thirteen Deadpools, the Gotei Thirteenth Team was even more shocked by Aizen Soyousuke''s actions. A flash of anger flashed across Shigekuni Yamamoto''s face. At this moment, he was more like Worried about Uehara Naraku''s elders!


    "Let go of Lord Naraku."


    The crutch in Shigekuni Yamamoto''s hand disappeared little by little, revealing the true face of his Zanpakuto, which is said to be the strongest Zanpakuto in the history of the Soul World...


    Flow like fire!


    Shigekuni Yamamoto leaned on his own Zanpakut¨­, looked coldly at Aizen Soyousuke in the sky, and the anger in his eyes was almost no longer suppressed: "If you let go of Your Excellency Naraku now, the old man can alleviate your crime of causing this turmoil !"


    Uehara Naraku is the first patriarch of the entire Uehara clan to join the thirteenth team of the court for thousands of years, and the only patriarch who advocates for the Uehara clan to integrate into the soul world!


    To put it bluntly, he is the hope of stability and peace in the spirit world.


    Yamamoto Shigekuni has always placed high hopes on Uehara Naraku for the stability of the Soul World, hoping that the head of the Uehara clan can guide the Uehara clan to integrate into the aristocratic system of Seireitei and Gotei 13.


    If something goes wrong with Naraku Uehara, who is currently the vice-captain of the fifth team, in the hands of Aizen Soyousuke, Shigekuni Yamamoto has no doubt that the Uehara clan will never be willing to have anything to do with Gotei 13 from now on. entanglement¡­


    even¡­


    The Uehara clan may turn against each other!


    After all, the 13th Guarding Team couldn''t even protect the Patriarch of the Uehara Clan, and even put Uehara Naraku in danger. Any member of the Uehara Clan would doubt the ability of the 13th Guarding Team, right?


    Perhaps the only good news is that...


    The patriarch of the Uehara clan seems to have always been a single lineage.


    Of course, this kind of thing can''t be determined. Anyway, that huge wealthy clan is in Seireitei, and if it turns around a little bit, it may cause some troubles. Who knows if there will be any offshoots.


    Naturally, Yamamoto Shigekuni''s thoughts were not hidden from Aizen Soyousuke.


    In other words, Yamamoto Shigekuni has never cared about revealing his thoughts, he just used the conspiracy to slowly let Seireitei accept the Uehara clan.


    "Why did you let Naraku go?"


    The corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth was still drawn with that smile, he gently pushed his glasses with his fingers, and continued calmly: "Do you think he will choose to immerse himself in the lies of this world, or prefer to choose How about seeing the real side of this world?"


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes fell on Uehara Naraku who was beside him, and continued with a chuckle: "Naraku, would you like to tell me your answer?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku remained silent.


    At this time, Uehara faintly felt that there might be something wrong with his physique.


    Why does he always attract the attention of villains? Why do these villains always hope to make him their own?


    That''s how it used to be.


    The same is true of blue dye now.


    Could it be that his mind is not bright enough?


    No, he should be the one standing under the light now!


    Uehara Naraku looked down at Shinigami and Xu who were fighting in a ball on the ground, a look of pity flashed in his eyes: "Captain... did you do what happened in front of me?"


    "yes¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke was still holding Uehara Naraku''s shoulders, and said with a chuckle at the corner of his mouth: "The corrupted and depraved Seireitei, a world that is dirtier than the virtual world, always needs someone to help them clean it up a bit. Let them know that the world was never..."


    clang clang!


    A sharp sword light interrupted Aizen Soyousuke''s words!


    Uehara Naraku''s body suddenly broke free from Aizen''s palm, and at some point in his hand a Zanpakuto with black glow appeared, and the tip of the knife pointed at Aizen Soyousuke!


    Under Aizen Soyousuke''s gaze, Uehara Naraku''s face was full of confusion and anger: "The captain should know that I never want to see this kind of war... now you... are instigating a war of innocents ¡­team leader!"


    "Almost forgot."


    Aizen Soyousuke still had a smile on his lips.


    Even though Uehara Naraku pointed at him with the Zanpakut¨­, Aizen Soyousuke still didn''t panic in his heart, just smiled and continued: "I once said that the kindness in you is actually a commendable virtue..."


    After saying this sentence, Aizen Soyousuke changed the subject and continued calmly: "But, Naraku, have you denied the definition of kindness?


    If you choose to drive out the wolves in order to save the sheep on the prairie, and drive out the lions in order to save the wolves, what will happen in the end? "


    Before Uehara Naraku responded, Aizen Soyousuke gave the answer on his own: "The final result will make you feel very unhappy, because there will always be other animals that will pay the price.


    The grassland will be devoured by sheep and turned into desert. Sheep, wolves and lions will starve to death one after another, and the endless desert will swallow and bury all these vibrant things. "


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku whose face changed, smiled and continued to say cruel words: "You have done nothing wrong, but it is better to do nothing..."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku''s face with satisfaction, slowly spread his palm, smiled and persuaded: "Naraku, this world is not as simple as you imagined, and the people in this world will not As pure as you, not everyone treats everything around you with the same pure mind..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth.


    If he didn''t grit his teeth at this time, he was a little worried that his expression might faintly collapse.


    certainly.


    The expressions of some people present became subtle.


    Ichimaru Gin, Senju Higama, Uchiha Obito, and Uchiha Itachi couldn''t help lowering their heads. Their expressions didn''t collapse, but their mentality collapsed a bit.


    Why does Aizen Soyousuke think Uehara Naraku like this!


    "Haven''t figured it out yet?"


    The smile on Aizen Soyousuke''s face deepened, and he continued softly: "Standing above the sky rewrites the fate of all existence in this world, so that everything in this world can survive under the sky. It''s true kindness..."


    "..."


    There was a little confusion in Uehara Naraku''s eyes.


    The next moment, the Zanpakuto in his hand will be slowly put down.


    Just at this time, a voice fell into Uehara Naraku''s ears: "Hmph, even if you talk about the hype, the person who instigates a bloody war, no matter how you think about it, it has nothing to do with kindness, right?"


    Looking at Aizen Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku in the air from the Qianshoubei, he sternly shouted: "Take your own Zanpakuto, Naraku! You are the head of the Uehara clan, don''t be confused by what the people in front of you say !"


    "Mr. Toma..."


    Hearing the words of Senshou Tomona, Uehara Naraku clenched the black sword in his hand again, and glanced at Aizen Soyousuke who still had a confident smile on his face. This man seemed to hold the truth of the world as always.


    Seeing Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes, Naraku Uehara couldn''t help turning his head away, as if he didn''t dare to look directly at the current Aizen Soyousuke, but whispered: "Although I know what the captain said is right The...but...sorry...that''s not what I wanted."


    next moment!


    The Zanpakuto glowing black was raised again!


    The spiritual pressure on Uehara Naraku''s body fluctuated and rioted, and his voice became firmer than ever: "Captain, the future you said may be correct! But what I want to do is to stop everything that is happening now!"


    "No matter what you say..."


    "Captain... now you..."


    "It''s true that you have done something wrong!"


    Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became more passionate, as if he had found himself again, he looked into Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes, and continued in a deep voice: "I still remember you once said... If the captain made a mistake, I will definitely To stop you, don''t take into account that you are the person I respect the most..."


    "Really? You remember that kind of thing..."


    Aizen Soyousuke ticked the corner of his mouth, and continued with a chuckle: "At that time, I should be saying that I felt great regret for not preventing Captain Hirako from conducting the virtualization experiment..."


    "..."


    Everyone present was shocked.


    They all remembered the incident of the ghost of death.


    They don''t need to think about it at all, the people present already know what words Aizen Soyousuke will use to attack Naraku Uehara!


    as expected!


    The smile on Aizen Soyousuke''s face became more and more strange, and his eyes gradually became deeper. He looked at Naraku Uehara and said, "Have you forgotten that Tosen exposed me at the meeting? Conducted the experiment of blurring the god of death..."


    Aizen Soyousuke overlooked the ground of Seireitei, he had already seen the Masked Legion appearing on the battlefield of resistance, he continued with a smile: "Everything is false, what you hear and see It''s not real..."


    "Mako Hirako has nothing to do with virtualization experiments on her own."


    "Kisuke Urahara didn''t study the ghost of death in private."


    "For everything that happened that year, I implanted the power of the void into their bodies, forcing them to transform into voids without reason..."


    "So, I lied to you at the beginning."


    Aizen Soyousuke took a look at the Zanpakuto in Naraku Uehara''s hand, and followed the black glow of the Zanpakuto to land on Naraku Uehara''s face little by little. He watched Naraku Uehara''s expression gradually becoming a little broken, and smiled. He continued: "The captain Aizen you knew in the past never existed from the very beginning. Now you, do you still want to point your knife at me now?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face turned pale a little bit.


    this moment.


    No matter who it is, they have to open their mouths to admire Aizen Soyousuke''s sharp words, just one sentence can easily defeat a person''s will.


    Aizen Soyousuke took advantage of Uehara Naraku''s admiration for him, and fundamentally denied Uehara Naraku''s reason for raising the sword again.


    If everything is false...


    Then Uehara Naraku''s belief in raising the sword should not exist...


    Aizen Soyousuke finished beating Uehara Naraku, and calmed his emotions: "I said, Naraku, as long as you stand by my side, you can see the reality of this world... Then, now you want to see To a real Aizen Soyousuke?"


    "A frog at the bottom of a well, do you think you have seen the whole world?"


    A domineering voice suddenly appeared on the battlefield!


    A surging aura swept towards the battlefield in an instant, countless gods of death and Xu Jinshu were suppressed by this aura and could not move!


    Even the mighty Faceless Daxu couldn''t help but tremble all over. After feeling this momentum, the low-level Ji Lian Daxu rushed to escape back to the virtual circle through the space rift!


    this moment¡­


    They seem to feel the murderous intent of their natural enemies!


    A vast blue slash flew out of nowhere, and hundreds of Pomian Daxu were directly thrown out by the spiritual pressure of this slash, and fell to the ground in embarrassment!


    That vast blue slash crossed the sky, splitting the low-level Kirian Daxu who wanted to escape in the space rift into two, and even directly slashed the space rift that was slowly healing, and it was frozen here In place!


    A black-haired figure in red plate armor appeared in the sky above Seireitei like a ghost, his face was full of arrogance, and his words were full of disdain: "You just spied a corner of the world, do you want to challenge the world?" ?¡±

 Chapter 665

    The entire Seireitei fell silent.


    Reaper and Xu, who were still fighting, involuntarily looked at the man who appeared in the air. Under the oppression of the man''s huge momentum, their bodies could not move at all!


    There were even many gods of death and Xu who fainted directly!


    "That is¡­"


    Many people present have never seen the man in the sky.


    Just looking at the soaring spiritual pressure and the surging momentum suppressing the entire Seireitei, they also knew that a truly lawless person was coming!


    Uchiha Madara, come here!


    From the moment he appeared, everyone''s eyes would involuntarily fall on him, and an unprecedented panic rose in their hearts!


    this man...


    More dangerous than anyone they''ve ever seen!


    Even Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes became slightly more serious, he could clearly feel the danger of Uchiha Madara...far more than Orochimaru!


    "Meet what I most want to meet..."


    Aizen Soyousuke stared at Uchiha Madara, and a slight smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "In other words, it is also the last thing I want to meet... It seems that your posture should be the first seat of the legendary thirteen deadpools. Officer... Uchiha Madara?"


    Many people have not seen Uchiha Madara...


    Aizen Soyousuke got Uchiha Madara''s information from Orochimaru''s hands, one of which shocked Aizen Soyousuke the most was that in Orochimaru''s description...


    Madara Uchiha¡­


    Became a real god once!


    What surprised Aizen Soyousuke even more was Orochimaru''s evaluation of Uchiha Madara.


    Uchiha Madara is a man who can stand at the top of the world. Even after he has become strong enough, he is still far from reaching his limit. What has always limited Uchiha Madara is not his talent, but the world. The power that can be accommodated is limited.


    certainly.


    Aizen Soyousuke thought it might be a little exaggerated.


    However, it seems that Orochimaru is not particularly exaggerated. On Uchiha Madara''s body, Aizen Soyousuke felt an unprecedented dangerous atmosphere!


    "What should I say now..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly helped his glasses, the corners of his eyes narrowed slightly for a moment, and the smile on the corner of his mouth became more and more weird: "When I haven''t stood on the top, I saw it now, maybe it''s already Is that enough to stand in the sky?"


    Yes.


    If someone can stand in the sky and overlook the whole world, Aizen Soyousuke has no doubt that Uchiha Madara is also qualified to compete. The arrogance of Uchiha Madara in front of him makes no one doubt his domineering at all!


    It''s just that Uchiha Madara is hard to hate...


    It seems that such a person is born to act so arrogantly!


    above the ground.


    Matsumoto Rangiku''s forehead was covered with sweat, and he looked at the domineering man exuding terrifying Reiatsu in disbelief: "The man in the red plate armor... is the legendary first official of the Uehara clan?"


    "good¡­"


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni nodded seriously, and explained in a deep voice: "That is the first official of the Uehara clan... a man named Uchiha Madara!"


    Even Shigekuni Yamamoto, the captain, has seen Uchiha Madara a handful of times in these thousands of years. In a sense, the arrogant first official above Seireitei is It is the real trump card for the Uehara clan to become a wealthy clan.


    Because there are four chief officers headed by Uchiha Madara, Seireitei''s Gotei 13th Team and Lingwang Palace''s Zero Team will not rashly have any disputes with the Uehara Clan, and even encounter problems. Take the initiative to alleviate the contradictions between them.


    Unfortunately.


    So far, Uchiha Madara has made very few shots.


    This man who occupies the position of one person or more in the Uehara clan has spent most of the thousands of years just staying in the Uehara clan to practice penance.


    "How could there be such a person..."


    Ukitake Shishiro covered his lips, and said softly: "Is there such a powerful Reaper in this world... If you want to feel his Reiatsu, you will feel suffocating... "


    "It''s terrible..."


    Jingle Chunshui still had a casual smile on his face, but his palm clenched his Zanpakuto little by little: "Speaking seriously, it seems that this is the first time we have seen this legendary Are the characters making a move?"


    "good."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto nodded slowly, shook his head again, and explained in a loud voice: "The legendary first officer of the thirteen deadpools... Madara Uchiha... once entered the void circle by himself thousands of years ago , in exchange for thousands of years of peace in the world."


    That''s why...


    Xuquan is full of fear of Uchiha Madara!


    Even though many freshmen here have never seen Uchiha Madara, they still know the demon in red plate armor that Xu circle has passed on by word of mouth!


    The battlefield that was in a panic has calmed down, and all the ghosts are constantly shrinking, hoping not to attract Uchiha Madara''s attention...


    Grimmjow in the Broken Army grinned, suppressing the fear in his heart with a smile: "Hohohohoho...Is this the big man who once entered the Void Circle to hunt down Lord Orochimaru? "


    "good."


    Nelliel''s face was full of solemnity, she nodded lightly and said, "Don''t act casually...Grimmjow, this is not a battle we can participate in."


    Only Nelliel knows...


    Thousands of years ago, Uchiha Madara entered the virtual circle, almost killing the powerful Daixu in the entire virtual circle. The real purpose was not to chase down Orochimaru...


    Instead, it was for the peace of Orochimaru.


    Now is not the time for them to act.


    Now is the time for Aizen Soyousuke to make a move.


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly took off his glasses with one hand, and the glasses that had been hiding his true face and making him appear modest and elegant were crushed to pieces!


    "Speaking of which, I still feel a little excited..."


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his hand to caress his hairline, and the scattered hair hanging on his cheeks rose up little by little. As his hair gradually stood up, the spiritual pressure on his whole body also suddenly rioted. To compete with Uchiha Madara!


    this moment¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke finally stopped hiding himself!


    The handsome face that is always hidden under the scattered hair and the mirror frame, with a proud smile, looked at Madara Uchiha with a chuckle, and said to himself: "If a person stands on the top without hindrance If you don''t, you will feel that the world is very lonely, right?"


    Uchiha Madara came just in time...


    It just so happened that he also wanted to challenge the legendary No. 1 officer before leaving Soul Soul Realm, the No. 1 officer who would be afraid of both Orochimaru and Heijue!


    Aizen Soyousuke stroked his hair little by little, and slowly lowered his head to look at the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto in his hand: "Oh, are you also excited? Kyoka Suigetsu... This is really a rare situation..."


    At this time, Uehara Naraku looked at Aizen Soyousuke who had changed his face with a complicated face, and said softly: "Captain, I have something to ask you..."


    "At this time?"


    Aizen Soyousuke raised his head curiously, looked at Uehara Naraku, then at Uchiha Madara who was standing in the air and watching here, chuckled and said: "Maybe let me guess...


    The appearance of that Mr. Madara made you think that I will definitely die in his hands, so you want to ask me a question and get an answer that you think you can plead for me in front of that Mr. Madara, is that so? Naraku? "


    "No...not..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly felt a little embarrassed, as if he had guessed what was on his mind.


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Naraku Uehara''s expression, and his smile became more gentle: "It seems that even Naraku has no confidence in me..."


    The next moment, a small jet-black cube suddenly appeared in Aizen Soyousuke''s hand, and he threw it at Uehara Naraku''s position!


    That is the anti-membrane bandit who imprisoned people in a different dimension!


    In the next second, Uehara Naraku''s figure was suddenly hit by the anti-membrane bandit and disappeared in this space. This scene made the faces of many people present extremely ugly!


    "I''m so sorry... Naraku..."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his hand slowly, sighed softly and said, "Only if I catch you in advance, can I fight without distractions..."


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day. As long as you pay attention, you can receive the last benefit at the end of the year. Please seize the opportunity on the official account


    "What an ignorant brat..."


    Uchiha Madara''s voice appeared in Aizen Soyousuke''s ear.


    His figure fell little by little in front of Aizen Soyousuke, with contempt and disdain still on his face, as if he was not angry or surprised at all because Uehara Naraku was arrested.


    "Do you want to catch him and threaten me..."


    Uchiha Madara looked at Aizen Soyousuke contemptuously, and continued with disdain: "Do you think I care about Uehara Naraku''s life or death?"


    There was a sneer at the corner of Uchiha Madara''s mouth, slowly spread his palm, and bent his fingers a little bit: "No, or you think I need to care about someone who is stronger than me... in the end Is it dead or alive?"


    "It seems that the Uehara family has reserved a lot of means for their successors!"


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uchiha Madara, and continued calmly: "That''s okay, please put Naraku''s question aside, why don''t we get to know each other first..."


    Aizen Soyousuke stood up straight for a long time, put on a proud posture and said: "Aizen Soyousuke, the master of the virtual circle."


    "The god of the virtual circle, Uchiha Madara."


    Uchiha Madara gave a low laugh, and the disdain on his face grew a bit more.

 Chapter 666

    above the sky.


    Everyone''s eyes are fixed on the opposing Uchiha Madara and Aizen Soyousuke, and they seem to see two similar but very different people in these two people.


    Uchiha Madara has an arrogant and domineering air on his body!


    This man never seems to hide these things, as if he doesn''t care about others'' fear of him, or what he enjoys is the fearful eyes of others!


    Therefore, he can unscrupulously call himself the god of the virtual circle!


    In a sense, with the support of Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Madara, who really dominated and changed the history of the virtual circle, can indeed call himself the god of the virtual circle!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s body is completely different!


    If Uchiha Madara''s aura is extroverted, then the pride hidden in Aizen appears extremely restrained. He seems to be the kind of person who seems to be humble and polite... In fact, all these modesty are pity for the weak!


    Even when Aizen claimed to be the master of the virtual circle, it seemed that he was not proud of his identity at all, but was just stating a fact calmly...


    What two people who are equally proud...


    Hearing Uchiha Madara claiming to be the god of the virtual circle, Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes flashed, and a smile appeared at the corner of his mouth: "God...? There is no god in this world, even if it existed before , when gods no longer dominate the lives of sentient beings, they are hailed as the existence of gods, and they are not qualified to be called gods..."


    "Ha... is it?"


    Uchiha Madara looked at Aizen Soyousuke coldly, and a mocking smile flashed across the corner of his mouth: "How do you know... who owns everything in this world?"


    How ignorant!


    This guy doesn''t know the truth of the world at all!


    He hasn''t even touched a clue about Uehara yet!


    And Aizen''s point of view is really in the wrong direction. Naraku Uehara is indeed rarely willing to control the lives of those weak and weak, because that bastard has always only manipulated those who like to call themselves gods!


    "Maybe it''s a coincidence..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly put down his palm, and continued with a smile: "I know some secrets about the Uehara clan... It''s a pity that your secrets don''t seem to be so amazing."


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara fell into a strange silence.


    The next moment, the smile on Uchiha Madara''s face suddenly became rampant, as if he had seen something extremely interesting: "Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha...that''s really unexpected, brat...I don''t know whether to say your ignorance now...or should you Kudos to you for your courage!"


    really...


    Ridiculous guy!


    If Aizen Soyousuke doesn''t know the truth but pretends to be great, then everything he does is just a joke; if Aizen knows the truth but still dares to do this, then he is truly daring!


    certainly.


    Judging from Aizen Soyousuke''s attitude towards Uehara Naraku, this guy doesn''t know much. After all, no one will be so kind to Uehara Naraku after knowing the truth...


    Anyone who has seen Uehara Naraku''s true face can resist killing Uehara Naraku not because of his good temper, but because he can''t beat him...


    "Madara, don''t talk too much nonsense!"


    The Thousand Hands on the ground frowned dissatisfiedly, and said in a deep voice, "Hurry up and end this farce now..."


    "Shut up!"


    Uchiha Madara glanced indifferently at Senshou Feijian, and snorted coldly with disdain: "Who do you think you are when Hashirama is not around?"


    "asshole!"


    Qianshou couldn''t help but gritted his teeth.


    Whenever the two of them met, they could hardly help abusing each other.


    In the eyes of others, it is obvious that Senju Tobima, the fifth officer, is dissatisfied with Uchiha Madara, the first officer, with the support of his brother Senju Zhuma...


    Seeing that the two of them were about to quarrel again, Uchiha Itachi said softly: "It seems that now is not the time for us to argue..."


    "Hmph, who can control them..."


    Obito Uchiha couldn''t help but snorted contemptuously.


    Just when these officers didn''t care about Aizen Soyousuke''s threat at all, and were about to attack each other verbally, the expression of each officer suddenly couldn''t help but change!


    It was as if some message had reached their brains!


    That was the news from Naraku Uehara, who was hiding in the space of the anti-membrane bandit. It seems that he doesn''t like to stay in the different space...


    Madara Uchiha slowly raised his fingers, his face suddenly turned cold, and his eyes gradually turned into a pair of scarlet sharing sharing eyes, which looked very strange!


    "Hmph, this is the end of the exchange!"


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes fell on Aizen Soyousuke, and he snorted coldly: "For us whose power is not in the same dimension, no matter how much we say, it''s just a waste of words..."


    There is no need to communicate like this!


    Uchiha Madara''s contempt and disdain are barely concealed!


    [Reading books to get cash] Follow the vx official account to read books and get cash!


    "this is¡­"


    A look of surprise flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s face, he couldn''t help but look back at Obito Uchiha and Itachi Uchiha, these people with the surname Uchiha seem to have similar eyes!


    "Another pair of red eyes?"


    A strange look flashed across Aizen''s face.


    Those scarlet eyes are indeed very strange. Aizen has also seen the abilities of Uchiha Obito and Uchiha Itachi, so what is Uchiha Madara''s ability?


    next moment¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t expect it at all!


    Uchiha Madara appeared in front of him instantly!


    In just a split second, he almost snatched the Kyoka Shuigetsu from Aizen Soyousuke''s hand. This guy''s speed was astonishingly fast, even at this distance, it was comparable to the Flying Thunder God Technique between Thousand Hands!


    "Ok?"


    Aizen Soyousuke hurriedly leaned back to avoid Uchiha Madara''s palm, but in an instant Aizen Soyousuke saw Uchiha Madara''s subsequent attacks!


    No, just seeing doesn''t help at all!


    In other words, Aizen Soyousuke just saw Uchiha Madara in action, and it is still impossible to judge what kind of attack it is!


    The speed... I can''t keep up with it!


    How fast is this guy''s shunpo!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s body retreated rapidly, and suddenly waved the scabbard in his hand, trying to force back Uchiha Madara who was attacking him!


    next moment¡­


    A huge force hit Aizen Soyousuke''s lower abdomen!


    In Aizen Soyousuke''s line of sight, he seemed to see Uchiha Madara easily avoiding his scabbard with a kick, and kicked him directly in the lower abdomen wrapped in a spiritual pressure!


    This force was so great that Aizen Soyousuke''s body flew upside down involuntarily, and even when he was flying upside down, he was still reminiscing about Uchiha Madara''s movements!


    this moment¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke also immediately understood what Uchiha Madara said to him!


    In terms of strength alone, the two of them are indeed not in the same dimension!


    This Uchiha Madara is very strong, absolutely stronger than anyone Aizen Soyousuke has met, but the speed and power of Taijutsu are surprisingly strong!


    Boom!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s body instantly fell to the ruins on the ground!


    No one thought that in the first round of the fight between the two, Aizen Soyousuke had already fallen behind in the taijubai fight, and he was even helpless to fight back!


    Even if it''s just dodging, it can''t be done!


    "It''s really unimaginable..."


    A circular barrier appeared on Aizen Soyousuke''s body, so that he would not be too embarrassed when he fell into the ruins, and his face became a little bit more solemn: "It feels like he has been seen through. what¡­"


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Madara looked at the ruins where Aizen fell with disdain, and said coldly: "Under the gaze of Sharingan, everything is in vain..."


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly shook his head.


    Compared with Uchiha Madara''s white body technique, when Aizen was even more surprised by Uchiha Madara''s use of Reiatsu, this guy seems to have covered all Reiatsu on his feet just now?


    That feeling is a little unclear...


    It''s like Uchiha Madara can freely mobilize the huge spiritual pressure on his body, and concentrate the spiritual pressure on one point of attack, thus causing huge destructive power!


    That''s why he was kicked away.


    No¡­


    Not right either!


    This is not the real reason!


    Even apart from Uchiha Madara''s Taijutsu skills, his Reiatsu is too huge, after all, this is an old man who has accumulated strength for thousands of years!


    To put it bluntly...


    This is also a person who is almost equivalent to the history of the soul world!


    "how?"


    Uchiha Madara looked down at Aizen Soyousuke on the ground, waved his hand to stop other people who wanted to go up to encircle Aizen Soyousuke, and said with a sneer, "Only with this ability...do you want to challenge the world?"


    "of course not."


    Lanran slowly raised his head, and was about to chant ghost art in a low voice, but when the spiritual pressure on his body just exploded, he saw a group of dragon heads falling down!


    "Breaking Dao¡¤Fire Escape¡¤Longyan sings!"


    That''s Uchiha Madara''s fire escape technique!


    Flame from the dragon''s head that fell almost like a meteor!


    The densely packed flames made it impossible to dodge. This kind of weird technique seems to be unheard of, and almost no one present has seen this kind of weird ability!


    Even more disturbing is the¡­


    Uchiha Madara doesn''t seem to be singing...


    He even just raised his finger, and spit out balls of dragon head flames!


    Uchiha Madara stared contemptuously at Aizen Soyousuke on the ground, slowly put away his fingers, and said coldly: "Hmph, if it''s a forbidden technique below ninety-nine, there''s no need to show it See you now, brat..."

 Chapter 667

    Long Yan''s song was burning like the fire of hell!


    The ruins where Aizen Soyousuke was located were covered by clusters of dragon head flames. This former B-level fire escape ninjutsu was used by Uchiha Madara at this moment, but it was like the end of the world!


    The gods of death in the entire Seireitei couldn''t help backing away!


    As Uchiha Madara, who was born in the family of Fire Escape, the research and use of Fire Escape is like an instinct imprinted in his bones. The combination of Reiatsu and Chakra makes the power of Uchiha Madara''s Fire Escape almost geometrically increasing!


    "A technique that can''t help but be amazed..."


    A look of solemnity flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s face, and he flew away from the ruins in a flash, and Aizen''s body quickly dodged in the gap between the flames of Long Yan singing!


    Seriously speaking...


    This is the first time Aizen Soyousuke evaded the enemy''s attack.


    At other times, even if it was Orochimaru''s technique, Aizen would use his Dao Breaking technique to defend or counterattack. However, facing the overwhelming dragon head flames, Aizen didn''t think he was sure he could block this move!


    Kind of scary.


    No, more than a little.


    "..."


    The flames of the boundless dragon head fell like rain, Aizen Soyousuke passed through the gap, staring closely at Madara Uchiha in the air, a flash of admiration flashed in his heart.


    What a formidable powerhouse!


    Aizen Soyousuke once thought about how a strong person who can truly stand at the top of this world should act.


    Now Aizen saw it.


    If such a strong man should show any posture, then there is no doubt that it is Uchiha Madara''s appearance in front of him, arrogantly despising everything in the world!


    above the ground.


    Ukitake Toshiro looked at Aizen Soyousuke, who was hiding under the Ry¨±en Katana, in astonishment, and then glanced at Uchiha Madara in the air, and said softly: "That Mr. Madara...what did you just say... "


    Jingle Chunshui couldn''t help but let out a low laugh, and said softly: "Mr. Madara seems to have said that there is no need to embarrass the use of spells below ninety-nine of the broken way...sounds really terrible words..."


    "But¡­"


    Matsumoto Rangiku twitched the corner of his mouth, and asked: "In the ghost way, the ability to break the way is the highest, isn''t it the ninety-nine-five dragons turning off?"


    So, what the hell is that called!


    What do you mean, don''t show off your abilities below ninety-ninety ninety-nine? These captain-level gods of death even have many people who can''t cultivate successfully at all, okay!


    If you don''t feel overwhelmed...


    All the Death Captain present could not help but grit their teeth.


    The number one Deadpool is too humiliating! One sentence not only humiliated Aizen Soyousuke, but also unintentionally hurt these bystanders!


    "Although it hurts, I think what he said is the truth."


    After saying this, Jingle Chunshui''s eyes flickered, and he murmured: "Compared with his words, is his power more terrifying? Just the technique just now is already close to five years old." The power of the dragon''s annihilation, right?"


    "It''s hard to say..."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni slowly shook his head, and explained softly: "In your opinion, that technique is indeed comparable to the five dragons turning off, but to that Mr. Three tricks..."


    "Hmph, what do you mean?"


    Saraki Kenpachi couldn''t help rubbing his head.


    "Fool!"


    Kusanagi Yachiryu rubbed Zaragi Kenpachi''s head, and muttered: "Don''t Kenpachi know! The meaning of this sentence is to say..."


    "I know!"


    Zaragi Kenpachi tapped Kusaka Yachiryu lying on his back, and said dissatisfiedly: "Hmph, although the 11th squad never uses ghosts, but I also know the ranking and power of ghosts. Pressure related.


    What Mr. Yamamoto means is that the technique used by Uchiha Madara is actually not very difficult, but with the blessing of his spiritual pressure, it is already comparable to the five dragons used by others, right? "


    "That''s pretty much what it means!"


    Jingle Shunsui nodded slowly, and his eyes fell on Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni: "Old man, that Mr. Madara seems to have a strong fire ability..."


    The reason why Jingle Shunsui asked Yamamoto Shigekuni was because the Zanpakuto in Yamamoto Shigekuni''s hand was the strongest fire-type Zanpakut¨­.


    Moreover, Yamamoto Shigekuni is also the only person who is of the same generation as Uchiha Madara, and only Yamamoto Shigekuni knows how strong Uchiha Madara is!


    "good."


    Yamamoto Motoyakusai Shigekuni nodded slowly, opened his eyes, and said in a deep voice: "Just the attainment of the fire element ability is enough to be comparable to the flow blade Ruohuo..."


    certainly.


    Shigekuni Yamamoto didn''t mention his Zanpakuto …d·´Ôª»ðÌ«µ¶.


    For the strength of people like Yamamoto Shigekuni and Uchiha Madara, they dare not use their full strength every time they make a move, otherwise it will bring big trouble to the world.


    "What an arrogant guy..."


    Zaraki Kenpachi grinned, and glanced at the Xu who fled around the entire battlefield, but Uchiha Madara directly forced all the enemies back with his shot...


    To be honest¡­


    Zaragi Kenpachi was indeed a little upset.


    It''s a pity that Uchiha Madara is on their side, otherwise in this case, Zaraki Kenpachi really wanted to try Uchiha Madara''s power.


    the other side.


    Aizen Soyousuke finally escaped from the scope of Ryuyan''s singing, his clothes were still spotless, but he was still inferior to Uchiha Madara in terms of momentum.


    "Little devil, are you timid?"


    Uchiha Madara looked down at Aizen Soyousuke contemptuously, hugged his shoulders slowly and sneered: "Why, didn''t you say you want to challenge the world?"


    The man who was once the most proud man in the world looked at Aizen Soyousuke, sneered at Aizen without any concealment from the corner of his mouth, and continued to mock: "If you want to challenge the world, you should at least come up with a little something to make you laugh." I think it¡¯s the power of fun, right?¡±


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s palm slowly clenched the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto.


    Feeling the power transmitted by Kyoka Suigetsu, Aizen Soyousuke humbly nodded to Uchiha Madara, and said: "Then...as you wish."


    next moment¡­


    A sword light flashed out suddenly!


    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s Kyoka Suigetsu flashed a bright light, he didn''t use Kyoka Suigetsu''s hypnotic ability, but blatantly swung a slash towards Uchiha Madara!


    However, to meet this slash...


    It''s just that Uchiha Madara fiddled with his palm casually!


    That slash was directly shattered by Uchiha Madara''s palm, and he even tugged at the corner of his mouth in boredom: "Tch...is it just this kind of method?"


    Just the next second...


    A Zanpakuto also appeared in Uchiha Madara''s hand, and a mockery flashed across his face: "If you want to challenge me with swordsmanship, then let you see Uchiha''s swordsmanship, hmph, this is also It makes you feel more vulnerable..."


    After saying this, Uchiha Madara''s ridicule became a little bit arrogant: "Little ghost, pray to the gods you don''t know, and pray that before I have a little interest in your power, don''t just go on like this." Die by my sword!"


    next moment!


    A Zanpakuto suddenly appeared in Uchiha Madara''s hand!


    The appearance of this Zanpakuto is so weird, and there is a Uchiha fan logo engraved on the handle, which is the family emblem of the Uchiha clan in the past!


    And at the end of the handle where Uchiha Madara is holding the knife, there is a solemn-looking decoration of a god statue, and there are strange hooked jade floating on the knife surface!


    "Open your eyes, God of Tianjin!"


    Uchiha Madara reached out and stroked the blade of his Zanpakut¨­, and softly began to sing the name of his Zanpakut¨­ and Hajimeyu.


    When looking at Zanpakut¨­...


    Uchiha Madara did not hide his love for Zanpakut¨­ at all!


    After coming to this world, Uchiha Madara practiced his own Zanpakutao. The name of his Zanpakutao is Tianjin God, and he is a quite famous god in mythology!


    certainly¡­


    The most important thing is that this Tianjin God Zanpakuto is somewhat tit-for-tat with another Zanpakuto. The name of that Zanpakuto is Guojin God, and it is the Zanpakuto of Senshouzhujian.


    on the battlefield.


    As the Zanpakuto in Uchiha Madara''s hand began to unravel, the Gouyu on the long sword turned red little by little, as if countless pairs of eyes had grown on the sword!


    at this moment¡­


    A supreme spiritual pressure gradually covered the entire Seireitei like a real lake, making everyone in Seireitei feel an unprecedented divine power!


    Shigekuni Yamamoto''s face couldn''t help but change.


    This power made Shigekuni Yamamoto faintly feel the aura of the supreme spirit king in the world of corpses and souls, no, it should be said to be similar to the aura of the spirit king!


    The Uehara Clan¡­


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or point coins for a limited time of 1 day to receive! Follow the official account to get free!


    Did you also get the body of the Spirit King?


    Or, is this Uchiha Madara already comparable to the Soul King?


    Before Shigekuni Yamamoto had time to continue to think deeply, the unprecedented oppressive force disappeared without a trace in an instant, as if it had never existed...


    It''s not going away.


    It''s just restrained by itself.


    The Tianjin God in Uchiha Madara''s hand is a Zanpakut¨­ with the power of a god!


    above the sky.


    Uchiha Madara suppressed the Tenjin God''s Reiatsu, brandished the Tenjin God Zanpakuto and slashed at Aizen Soyousuke!


    Uchiha Madara looked at Aizen Soyousuke who wanted to resist, his eyes were full of grace for Aizen Soyousuke: "Hmph, kid, let''s celebrate your good luck, maybe you are the first to die in The dead souls under the gods of Tianjin..."


    clang clang!


    The moment the Zanpakuto of the two collided!


    The entire Seireitei seemed to feel a tremor!


    As the surging spiritual pressure impact swept over, countless people couldn''t help stretching out their arms in front of themselves to resist the impact, and even more people were trying their best to see the result of this battle!


    "Tianjin God...an interesting Zanpakuto name."


    Aizen Soyousuke held the Kyoka Suigetsu in his hand, tried his best to resist the Zanpakut¨­ in Uchiha Madara''s hand, and sighed in a low voice: "Is it a Zanpakut¨­ in the name of God?


    Although I haven''t seen its true power yet, I can still feel the powerful spiritual pressure contained in it...Your Excellency suppressed your Zanpakut¨­ and didn''t use all your strength. Are you underestimating me? "


    "Hmph, I still have some knowledge..."


    Uchiha Madara looked at the Zanpakuto in his hand, then slowly raised his head to look at Aizen who was close in front of him, and sneered: "It''s much more interesting to play tricks on a bug that can be trampled to death at any time than to trample it to death directly... "


    After saying this, Uchiha Madara knocked Aizen Soyousuke flying with a slash, and he waved the Tianjin Shenzhanpakuto in his hand, pulled out a sword light and rushed up again: "I just want to It''s not easy to grasp the power to play tricks on bugs without killing them!"


    The sword shines like a star!


    Uchiha Madara''s Zanpakuto shone with a bright light!


    No, it should be that his swordsmanship was so fast that he swung the Zanpakut¨­ like a mirror. Under Uchiha Madara''s attack, Aizen Soyousuke almost dodged the attack on the left and right. !


    this is¡­


    A real master of swordsmanship!


    Even Orochimaru is far behind!


    Orochimaru is not enough to compare with Uchiha Madara!


    What a terrifying family, every character who comes out seems to be an all-rounder, and there will be no weaknesses in them...


    Perhaps their only weakness is pride.


    Aizen Soyousuke was only slightly distracted for a moment, and his white clothes were instantly cut open by Uchiha Madara, and blood oozed out and stained his clothes red in an instant!


    next moment¡­


    Countless sword lights flashed!


    Before Aizen Soyousuke had time to continue thinking in the future, the Tianjin God Zanpakuto in Uchiha Madara''s hand had already broken his defense, covering his whole body in an instant!


    Seven or eight wounds ooze blood at the same time...


    Uchiha Madara seemed to be playing tricks on his prey, and sometimes swung a knife to leave a wound on Aizen Soyousuke''s body, and even opened his mouth to remind his opponent with great interest: "See clearly? I have slowed down enough ..."


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke hurriedly backed away!


    This is an experience that Aizen Soyousuke has never had before!


    Whether it was in the Shino Academy of Spiritual Art, in the World of Souls or in the Hollow Circle, Aizen Soyousuke had never felt such a sense of powerlessness. He seemed to be crushed in all directions...


    Reiatsu is obviously far inferior to Uchiha Madara...


    Physically, there is a world of difference between them...


    The fabled No. 1 Deadpool officer also seems to have quite advanced attainments in swordsmanship, making Aizen Soyousuke feel as if he has no power to fight back in front of this big man!


    "Come to the surface... the mirror image of the water moon!"


    Aizen Soyousuke looked up at Uchiha Madara who was chasing him, without any hesitation, he immediately launched his Zanpakuto Xikai at this moment!


    At this moment, he didn''t care about his aversion to the mirror image of Suigetsu, and immediately wanted to summon the …d½â state of the mirror flower Suigetsu Zanpakuto!


    A rippling water surface quietly appeared in the air!


    This rippled water blocked Uchiha Madara''s face!


    Another slightly illusory Aizen Soyousuke emerged from the water, brandishing a long knife to meet Uchiha Madara who was chasing him!


    However¡­


    What Aizen Soyousuke never expected was...


    The Suigetsu mirror Aizen, which he had to look up to all this time, was chopped to pieces by Uchiha Madara wielding the Tianjin God Zanpakut¨­ head-on!


    The mirror image of the water and the moon turned into pieces like a broken mirror, and the bits and pieces of light disappeared without a trace like the morning dew...


    just one hit...


    Kyoka Suigetsu''s swastika was broken by Uchiha Madara!


    At the moment when the mirror image of Shuiyue Aizen shattered, he slightly turned his head to look at his own body, his eyes seemed a little puzzled, as if he couldn''t believe that he was directly broken by someone like this, and he couldn''t believe him either. The ontology has provoked such a powerful enemy...


    However...


    After all, Aizen, the mirror image of Shuiyue, is still like his own name, turning into an illusion again.


    "Does this happen too?"


    Even Aizen Soyousuke never thought of such a situation. In his opinion, at least Suigetsu mirror image contamination should also have the qualifications to fight Uchiha Madara!


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Madara retracted the Tianjin God Zanpakuto with a face full of disdain, stretched out his palm and stroked his eye sockets, and said with a sneer, "It''s just an illusion..."

 Chapter 668

    Uchiha Madara is strong!


    Stronger than Aizen imagined!


    Even if Aizen Soyousuke got some information about Uchiha Madara from Orochimaru and Kuroze before, he couldn''t help but marvel at Uchiha Madara''s power!


    Uchiha Madara just relied on a Tianjin God Zanpakuto to shatter his …d½âˮԠmirror image so brazenly!


    this kind of thing...


    Even Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t accept it!


    From now on, Kyoka Suigetsu''s swastika state is already the strongest method Aizen Soyousuke can use, but it seems so vulnerable in the hands of Uchiha Madara!


    yes¡­


    Vulnerable...


    Anyone can see the ease and comfort when Uchiha Madara chopped the mirror image of Suigetsu Aizen, as if it was as simple as chopping a mirror.


    This is the mirror image of Suigetsu who once defeated Orochimaru!


    It turned out to be so vulnerable in front of Uchiha Madara!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s expression finally became heavy. He also realized how terrifying the enemy in front of him is. Uchiha Madara is a strong man who has existed for thousands of years!


    Even thousands of years ago, Uchiha Madara had already stood at the peak, and he has been getting stronger and stronger with the passage of time, and he has enough time to practice and become stronger!


    The Uehara clan rarely uses such a big killer as Uchiha Madara!


    Therefore, the number one dead waiter can stay in Uehara City forever to practice, and he also has other dead waiters as his opponents. It can be said that he is getting stronger all the time, even stronger than Yamamoto Motoryuzai The heavy country can be stronger!


    click...


    When Aizen Soyousuke''s mind was still here, a crack suddenly appeared in the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto in his hand, which made his eyes tighten!


    this is¡­


    what''s the situation?


    "A mere illusion..."


    Uchiha Madara''s figure landed beside Aizen Soyousuke, glanced at the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto in Aizen Soyousuke''s hand and snorted coldly: "Even if the illusion can be reflected in reality, it is absolutely impossible to escape. Illusion will eventually come to a shattered ending..."


    After saying this, Uchiha Madara raised his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke who was still flustered, and said in a cold voice: "But your little devil''s swastika is really commendable, even I have to praise you The swastika is very interesting..."


    "Is it just to make you feel interesting?"


    Aizen Soyousuke was still a little out of sorts.


    "An interesting sentence is enough as a reward for you."


    Uchiha Madara sneered before continuing: "The ability you think is powerful is just Uchiha''s toy, you brazen brat, you are really a fearless ignorant..."


    This sentence is really a bit heavy.


    As a behind-the-scenes man who can manipulate the entire Seireitei in his hands, there will be a day when he will be scolded as ignorant...


    certainly.


    Uchiha Madara is qualified to say that.


    Because Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image of Suigetsu is somewhat similar to the release method of Izanagi, the forbidden technique of the Uchiha clan.


    The mirror image of Suigetsu can turn the other self in Aizen Soyousuke''s illusory imagination into reality with the help of …d½â''s Kyoka Suigetsu as a medium; Izanagi can turn Uchiha''s damage in reality into a dream with the help of Sharingan .


    "Is there any other way?"


    Uchiha Madara''s sharing eyes flashed a strange red light, staring at Aizen Soyousuke in front of him, he snorted coldly and said: "If there is only such a small method, then your journey will come to an end , brat..."


    "That''s it..."


    Aizen Soyousuke seemed to take a deep breath in his chest, his eyes raised slightly, and a smile slowly appeared on the corner of his mouth: "It seems that I have indeed failed... But there is one thing I might want to let Your Excellency knows..."


    "What''s up?"


    "About Naraku..."


    Aizen Soyousuke smiled and said: "Without the control of the caster, the anti-membrane bandit''s different space will last for a long time, even if people in the different space choose to break free from the anti-membrane bandit, he will appear in the In the Void Night Palace..."


    The Xuye Palace is the center of the Xu circle.


    The current Xuye Palace is also the base camp of Aizen Soyousuke.


    According to Aizen Soyousuke, even if he is solved by Uchiha Madara here, this group of dead servants will not be able to rescue Uehara Naraku who was trapped by him in the anti-membrane bandit!


    Once he is killed...


    Uehara Naraku could only be passively teleported into Xuye Palace!


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly stretched out his palm and clenched it slightly, and said coldly: "At the beginning of my battle with Your Excellency, I deliberately did this..."


    "hahahahahahahahahaha!"


    Uchiha Madara almost smiled instead of anger, his eyes were full of pity: "It seems that you really don''t know anything, you brat...do you want to threaten me with this?"


    The most ignorant is...


    This guy actually wanted to threaten him like this!


    Not to mention anything else, even if he is killed here, Uehara Naraku is just surrounded by a group of his own subordinates...


    Xuye Palace has never been Aizen''s territory!


    In a sense, it is the base camp of Naraku Uehara!


    "Not a threat, but an announcement."


    The corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth curled into a smile, his body backed away quietly, and a ray of light enveloped Aizen in an instant!


    at the same time.


    The other beams of light also fell.


    Except for Aizen Soyousuke and Ichimaru Gin, rays of light appeared above the heads of all the broken faces, covering their bodies!


    this is¡­


    The technique of protection and teleportation used by Wang Xu of Xuquan!


    As long as it can be activated, it cannot be stopped at all!


    Aizen Soyousuke stood under the shroud of light, watched Madara Uchiha and said softly: "From your Excellency, it can be seen that there are indeed many secrets in this world.


    However, there are still some established rules in this world that are destined to be unbreakable, such as Wang Xu''s unique protection ability.


    I will wait for the day when I meet you again with Nai Luo in the virtual circle, and hope that we will no longer be enemies at that time..."


    In addition to capturing Uehara Naraku at the beginning of the battle, Aizen Soyousuke even arranged Wang Xu''s teleportation in advance. Under this protective golden light, he can escape with certainty...


    All eyes fell on the golden lights.


    According to the files recorded in Soul Soul Realm all the time, these Wang Xu''s protective teleportation is indeed unbreakable, and he can only let the enemy leave.


    "Who told you that rules can''t be broken?"


    Uchiha Madara sneered at the corner of his mouth, his Sharingan stared at Aizen who was about to leave, and continued in a cold voice: "Little... Did no one tell you that in this world, there are no rules that the strong cannot break? "


    The next moment, Uchiha Madara''s palm suddenly lifted!


    No money to read novels? Send you cash or point coins for a limited time of 1 day to receive! Follow the official account to get free!


    His eyes turned into eyes of reincarnation the moment he raised his palm!


    "Humph¡­"


    Uchiha Madara''s samsara eyes stared at Aizen Soyousuke, his eyes were full of sarcasm: "It''s just a mere gravity, who do you think killed the entire virtual circle back then...under the gaze of these eyes, still thinking Want to slip away?"


    next moment!


    The Reiatsu in Uchiha Madara''s hand is activated!


    A pitch-black sphere quickly formed in his hand, and it was tightly attached to the protective golden light. This scene made Aizen Soyousuke''s expression pale!


    On this strange black ball, Wang Xu''s protective golden light was distorted and a hole appeared. This black ball is twisting a channel of space!


    Wang Xu''s protective golden light was originally to create a unique space and bring people in the space back to the virtual circle. The hard space protection barrier is strong enough to resist any attack...


    However¡­


    This black ball has broken the limit!


    A spell that broke the rules of this world!


    No, or this is Uchiha Madara''s use of rules!


    Uchiha Madara''s figure appeared next to the black ball in a flash, and kicked Aizen Soyousuke along the space passage, and this kick directly kicked Aizen Soyousuke away, making the always decent Lan Ran flew out in embarrassment and smashed into the ground in ruins!


    Uchiha Madara glanced at the other Ichimaru Gin and others who were sent away by the golden light protected by Wang Xu, and then at Aizen Soyousuke who fell to the ground, and sneered: "Want to challenge the world but still fear the rules... It''s ugly..."


    "..."


    This really makes people subvert their own ideas a bit.


    No one would have thought that the progress of this battle would be so weird that everyone present did not know what expression they should put on.


    From the perspective of the Gotei Thirteenth Team.


    Now Aizen Soyousuke, who has been unilaterally ravaged by Uchiha Madara, seems to be a bit of a law-abiding person, and Uchiha Madara is really lawless...


    What a crazy person...


    How dare you flout the established rules of this world!


    Looking at it now, it seems that the victory and defeat have been divided, but people did not expect Aizen Soyousuke''s last resort to be to use the protection and teleportation ability of those Wang Xu in the virtual circle...


    To be honest¡­


    It is a bit disappointing.


    Although many people present couldn''t solve Wang Xu''s protective teleportation ability, it still makes people feel a lot less interesting...


    "Arrest the former Captain of the Fifth Division first!"


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni glanced at the people present, and said: "Wait for the trial in the 46th room of the Central Committee... Now try to find a way to rescue Naraku..."


    When talking about this, Shigekuni Yamamoto looked at Senshou Tobima: "Does Mr. Togama have any way to deal with the anti-membrane bandits?"


    "Don''t worry."


    Qianshou Feijian shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Obito Uchiha, the eighth dead waiter, has the ability of time and space, as long as he finds the location where the anti-membrane bandit space exists, he can rescue Naraku back. ..."


    "That''s good."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto nodded slowly.


    Just when the captain of the thirteenth team of the Guarding Court was a little relieved, a terrifying spiritual pressure suddenly erupted in the Seiring Court!


    Aizen Soyousuke, who had fallen to the ground as if he had lost his resistance, erupted with a powerful Reiatsu, which directly knocked away a group of Death Gods who wanted to arrest him!


    What is surprising is not Aizen''s sudden burst of spiritual pressure...


    It was Aizen Soyousuke who had almost become half of his appearance.


    Ai Ran Soyousuke''s body did not know when a mass of jet-black matter appeared, this mass of matter was tightly attached to Aizen Soyousuke''s body, not only providing him with spiritual power to consume, but even sticking to his wound Healing his body...


    Half of Aizen Soyousuke''s body is still intact, but the other half of his body has been covered by the black substance. Half of his face is still gentle and elegant, but the other half of his face looks extremely hideous and terrifying like a monster!


    That is¡­


    There is a monster possessing Aizen''s body!


    "what is that?"


    Matsumoto Rangiku''s face was full of astonishment.


    "A monster called Heijue."


    Urahara Kisuke appeared next to this group of people at some point, his eyes were full of solemnity: "Aizen used to collect the monster created by the soul of Death... that monster has always been Aizen Soyousuke''s most loyal minion. "


    This moment.


    The most loyal minion of Aizen Soyousuke is taunting its master.


    "It''s really embarrassing, Aizen-sama..."


    Half of Heijue''s face was full of ferocious smiles, half of its mouth slowly grinned, and said with a sinister smile: "I told you a long time ago, Lord Aizen, the dead servant of the Uehara clan is It''s a very terrifying existence, I was just close to spying on this Uchiha Madara''s mansion, and I was almost noticed by him..."


    "I already know."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s voice was a little indifferent, he seemed a little dissatisfied with his image, and slowly frowned: "Can you only help me recover my spiritual power and injuries?"


    "Then I must try to get another kind of power, maybe so that Master Aizen can become stronger..."


    Heijue''s smile was even more sinister, and he continued with a smile: "As long as we can find out where Kisuke Urahara''s collapsed jade is hidden, let me devour that collapsed jade..."


    "Forget it, these are enough."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, and slowly closed his eyes: "Take me out of here first, Heijue."


    This is Aizen Soyousuke''s trump card!


    As long as he can meet Heijue, he is sure to escape from here!


    "yes."


    Heijue gradually covered Aizen''s body, and under everyone''s gaze, their fused body quickly sank into the ground!


    "Breaking Dao¡¤Fire Escape¡¤Dragon Fire Art!"


    A flame suddenly fell down!


    Uchiha Madara in the sky raised his fingers expressionlessly, as if he was a little confident that his technique could eliminate the blue dye and black color on the ground.


    The weird thing is...


    Heijue''s body seemed to be a protective cover, firmly protecting Aizen Soyousuke within his body, preventing Aizen from any harm.


    next moment¡­


    Right in plain sight...


    Aizen Soyousuke and Hei Ze sank into the ground.


    Every god of death couldn''t help but bewildered. How should they find it? Are they going to dig underground at this time?


    When these gods of death hesitated, Uchiha Madara didn''t hesitate at all!


    The legendary number one dead waiter pulled out the Zanpakuto in his hand again, and raised his hand to make a huge slash towards Seireitei!


    Relying on the spiritual pressure from Uchiha Madara''s Zanpakuto...


    This knife may divide the entire Seireitei into two, and may even destroy the entire Seireitei. This guy is a lunatic who doesn''t care about the price at all!


    clang clang!


    An old figure desperately stopped him!


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni held his own sword like a fire, took a breath, and his face was full of sincerity: "Mr. Is it worth the loss?"


    "Step aside!"


    Uchiha Madara looked at Yamamoto Shigekuni coldly.


    Immediately, he sent Shigekuni Yamamoto flying with a single blow!


    The pillar captain of the Guarding Thirteenth Team was directly chopped off by the knife and fell to the ground, his legs were firmly sunk in the ground!


    "Don''t be impulsive, Madara!"


    Senju Tomona stood beside Shigekuni Yamamoto, looked up at Uchiha Madara in the air, and said coldly: "The most important thing now is to rescue Naraku, catch the sinner Aizen Soyousuke, and find out from his mouth The whereabouts of Orochimaru!"


    "Hmph, the rest... I''ll leave it to you bastards!"

 Chapter 669

    Aizen Soyousuke''s escape route was too weird, no one expected that this guy would escape into the ground, which also made it impossible for the ghost community to continue chasing him.


    Aizen Soyousuke escaped.


    Uchiha Madara naturally had no interest in staying.


    What''s more, this itself is within Uehara Naraku''s plan. Only when Aizen Soyousuke realizes that the greater the gap between them will make Aizen become more infatuated with how to gain power.


    exactly¡­


    Orochimaru can help him.


    If you want to achieve your goal, Aizen Soyousuke must make himself stronger, even powerful enough to suppress the entire soul world!


    Of course, in addition to finding ways to contend with Uchiha Madara, Aizen Soyousuke is also thinking about resolving his and Uehara clan''s affairs peacefully, which may be able to take advantage of that simple Uehara Naraku.


    It''s just a pity.


    The Uehara clan easily cracked his anti-membrane bandit and rescued Uehara Naraku back to the Soul Realm, which made the entire Seireitei feel relieved.


    If Naraku Uehara is captured...


    Who will suppress those dead servants who are like wolves and tigers!


    The situation in Seireitei has changed slightly.


    The original Bleach Apocalypse incident was cleared up. The masked Bleach who had served as the captain of the Bleach was also accepted by Seireitei after this incident. Shigekuni Yamamoto even personally communicated with Heiko Mako and others once.


    [Collect free good books] Follow vx to recommend your favorite novels to receive cash red envelopes!


    Because the Uehara Clan dispatched the dead servants several times, faintly revealing a little power that Seireitei could not contend with, this also made Yamamoto Shigekuni have to find a way to maintain the balance between the Gotei 13th Squad and the Uehara Clan.


    It just so happened that the Masked Legion was able to return.


    Since the Shinigami captains had no vacancies, Ichimaru Gin and Aizen Soyousuke defected together, leaving only the captains of the third and fifth teams.


    Hirako Mako led the Masquerade Army to the third team and served as the captain of the third team. Saruki Hiyori and others served as the vice-captain and chief officer respectively. Only Yakomaru Lisa returned to the eighth team captain Kyoraku Chun Shui served as the deputy captain.


    According to common sense, Mako Hirako should return to her position as captain of the fifth team, but unfortunately someone took the lead.


    Senshou Tomona had a long talk with Shigekuni Yamamoto all night. In addition to discussing the Gotei 13th Team and the Uehara clan''s joint preparations to hunt down Aizen Soyousuke and hunt down Orochimaru, they also discussed about Uehara Naraku''s ownership.


    finally.


    Uehara Naraku became the new fifth team captain.


    In a sense, Uehara also became the youngest captain-level god of death.


    The upper echelons of Seireitei did not have much objection to this. They were very aware of the power of the Uehara clan, and they also knew that this was also a step for the Uehara clan to integrate into Seireitei.


    Since the defection of Aizen Soyousuke, the situation in Seireitei has become faintly united due to the farce, and the strength of the Gotei 13th Team has also grown a lot due to the return of the Masked Legion.


    Sei Lingting''s life became a little turbulent.


    In addition to occasionally dispatching a team to hunt down the Honor who invaded the world, more energy is spent on searching for information on Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru.


    Kisuke Urahara and Yoichi Sifuin did not return to Seireitei, the two returned to the real world, guarding against the invasion of the real world by Pomian Daixu.


    During this period, nothing special seems to have happened, only the tenth team captain Zhibo Yixin''s delay in returning has caused many people''s worries, but according to the news from the present world, Zhibo Yixin also stayed in the present world to guard.


    Time flies by.


    Flash forward decades.


    A lot has happened in these decades.


    The Gotei 13th Team and the Uehara Clan teamed up to crusade against the virtual circle twice, but Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru invaded the real world and the soul world with a false shot, which made the Gotei 13th Team into a mess, and even the tenth time Captain Zhibo Isshin disappeared in the last human battle, and Toshir¨­ Hitsugaya took his place.


    Uehara Naraku¡¯s friends at Mao Lingju Academy graduated early, and Asai Renji joined the sixth team, and became the vice-captain personally identified by Kuchiki Byakuya;


    Kira Kuzuru and Hinamori joined the fifth team together, and became the vice-captain and chairman of the fifth team appointed by Uehara Naraku. They are all former classmates of Uehara...


    In comparison.


    Originally Asai Renji''s childhood partner Kuchiki Rukia, because of her noble status, she was exempted from graduation exams and tests, and directly joined the 13th Division, which caused a lot of criticism, Kuchiki Rukia Also inexplicably delayed getting promoted.


    Kuchiki Rukia, a death girl with a high starting point, became the most backward person in the same period, and was even sent to station in the present world.


    in a sense...


    Reaper was sent to station in the world means an exile.


    Uehara Naraku and his classmates went to bid farewell to Kuchiki Rukia. After seeing Kuchiki Rukia entered the gate of the world and left the world of souls, a smile slowly appeared on the corner of his mouth.


    "you are happy?"


    "Well, I think of some happy things."


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile, and said softly: "Actually, it''s a good thing that Rukia left Seireitei. I heard that her brother Kuchiki Byakuya''s discipline is very strict... Maybe she can be free in this world!"


    Naraku Uehara was of course happy.


    For the harvest season is at hand.


    For him, this world is just the beginning. Of course, for Uehara Naraku, this is also a step towards the end.


    Now, with the entry of Kuchiki Rukia, is Kurosaki Ichigo finally officially starting?


    Naraku Uehara glanced at his main mission.


    His system has actually been haunted for a long time...


    Main task: Defeat Kurosaki Ichigo, the world''s strongest hacker, and prove that you are the only cheater in this world (0% completion).


    Yes.


    Whether it is Uzumaki Naruto or Monkey D. Luffy, compared with Kurosaki Ichigo''s growth track, it seems too long, and Kurosaki Ichigo is the real cheater...


    Because the world of death is too powerful.


    Compared with the Ninja World and the Pirate World, the Shinigami World involves life and death. The Shinigami here can play with the space at will, and even play with the rules.


    This made Uehara have to try his best to complete the main task in order to bring the world of death into his own black hole universe.


    In order to allow Kurosaki Ichigo to be born smoothly, Uehara Naraku really worked tirelessly, letting Orochimaru instill in Aizen Soyousuke whether the combination of Quincy, Reaper and Hollow will become another way to break through the limit of power. possibility.


    According to Orochimaru...


    Once this fusion experiment is successful, Orochimaru can use the fusion of the body of the soul king, the god of death, and Xu to create a terrifying skeleton for Aizen Soyousuke.


    Aizen Soyousuke also cooperated very well.


    Although Aizen Soyousuke was very suspicious that Orochimaru might embezzle the skeleton, he still decided to agree to the plan according to Orochimaru''s intention.


    to this end¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke created a Valstord-level daiku named Xushiro, implanted this daiku into the body of a Quincy named Kurosaki Masaki, and secretly controlled Kurosaki Masaki and the present world. Shiba, the stationed Shinigami captain, is devoted to love.


    Kurosaki Ichigo is just fifteen years old this year...


    He has grown to an age where he can awaken.


    Moreover, Kurosaki Ichigo''s growth trajectory has not changed much, but Kurosaki Ichigo''s mother also left his son when he was a child.


    Masaki Kurosaki did not die from Holo''s attack.


    Because someone saved Kurosaki Masaki when he was in danger; of course, this person usually doesn''t like doing human affairs very much.

 Chapter 670

    six years ago.


    The seaside of Karaza Town.


    Nine-year-old Kurosaki Ichigo met a disguising Kon at the beach.


    The young and ignorant Kurosaki Ichigo thought that Xu was a little girl who wanted to jump into the sea, and rushed to save someone, but ran head-on into Xu''s hunting circle.


    When mother Kurosaki Masaki wanted to expose her Quincy power and killed that Xu in order to save her son, the power in her body disappeared inexplicably in an instant, making this powerful pure-blooded Quincy lose her all power.


    When that head wanted to kill Kurosaki Masaki, a strange red glow appeared in its eye sockets. This head bit the shoulder of Kurosaki Masaki, dragged Kurosaki Masaki into the sea and disappeared without a trace.


    At that time, Kurosaki Masaki disappeared.


    Originally a happy family, only father Kurosaki Isshin lived with his son Kurosaki Ichigo and two daughters Kurosaki Shirley and Kurosaki Youko.


    Kurosaki Isshin is the captain of the 10th Division, formerly known as Shiba Isshin.


    As the former team leader, Kurosaki Isshin contacted the Gotei 13th team and found out the name of the ghost who was good at disguising. The ghost named Grand Fisher was still in reality after Masaki Kurosaki disappeared. active...


    Xu is still alive.


    Kurosaki Masaki disappeared.


    Now that he had obtained the information from that head, Kurosaki Isshin finally put on his Death Fighter outfit again, and picked up his Zanpakut¨­.


    For revenge.


    For the only hope.


    However, when Kurosaki came into contact with the zodiac named Grand Fisher with all his heart, he almost lost all hope in his heart, because this zodiac is not that simple at all!


    According to Seireitei''s information, this should be a ghost with some special abilities. As a result, when Kurosaki Shinshin really fought, he discovered that the power of this ghost was beyond his imagination. It did not know when it had grown into a Yachuca. A shattered face of the Sri Lankan level!


    "Hee hee hee hee hee... you mean that Quincy woman?"


    "That woman''s resistance before she died was quite fierce!"


    "But eating her spiritual power made me evolve successfully!"


    "If she didn''t use her son to blackmail her, would I really be killed by her? Hee hee hee... Shiba Isshin, captain of the tenth division of the former Gotei thirteenth team, are you her companion?"


    "If it''s just for revenge for my companions, I should at least bring a fan team over! I want to eat those delicious gods of death more and more!"


    "..."


    Kurosaki fell into a long silence.


    Kurosaki Yixin has long lost his former enthusiasm. Besides being a husband, he is also the father of three children, so he must shoulder his own responsibilities.


    finally¡­


    Kurosaki was determined to kill Xu.


    Unfortunately, his wife could never come back.


    After Kurosaki Yixin stood in the rainstorm overnight, he rubbed his cheeks, took off his death-fighting costume, put on the skeleton, and returned to his real home.


    He is not Death now.


    Rather, a father with three children to support.


    This kind of thing is a bit cruel for the three young guys. Kurosaki Yixin can only use his cheerfulness to influence the children a little bit, and it has also made his son Kurosaki Ichigo and Kurosaki Yuko sisters in the past few years. Ri stepped out of the shadows slowly.


    Unfortunately¡­


    Kurosaki Yixin didn''t know that his wife was still alive, because his wife was now under house arrest in the most closely guarded place in the world.


    Uehara Inner City.


    A blond woman carefully watched the guards here. In order not to attract the attention of others, she even stepped on the floor with bare feet.


    Just as the blond woman was counting the interval between guard patrols and wanted to continue sneaking away, a golden chain bound her body!


    This golden chain instantly made the blonde woman lose her strength!


    "Masaki..."


    A red-haired woman slowly landed in front of the blond woman, and said helplessly, "Didn''t I already tell you, don''t think about escaping from here? At least think about your family a little bit." !"


    "For them, I have to go back."


    Kurosaki Masaki looked at the red-haired woman in front of her, and a plea flashed across her face: "Kushinna, you are also a mother... Can you also bear to leave your child forever?"


    "..."


    The red-haired woman fell silent for a moment.


    Because the red-haired woman in front of her is Kushina Uzumaki, when Uehara Naraku brought people to this world thousands of years ago, she brought many souls from the underworld of the Naruto world.


    Uzumaki Kushina is one of them.


    A strange look flashed across Uzumaki Kushina''s face, and she couldn''t help but said, "There are some things we can''t control... I miss Naruto too..."


    Uzumaki Kushina really couldn''t answer this question.


    Compared with Kurosaki Masaki''s son Kurosaki Ichigo, Uzumaki Kushina''s son Uzumaki Naruto is actually having a more difficult life. At least Kurosaki Ichigo had a beautiful childhood.


    "Believe me."


    Uzumaki Kushina looked at Kurosaki Masaki in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "If you escape, the ending will go in an unpredictable direction; if you stay, the process may be a little bit more difficult for you and your family. It''s kind of ugly..."


    When Uzumaki Kushina said this, she stretched out her thumb and index finger and made a metaphorical gesture, with an embarrassed smile on her face: "It''s just a little ugly, but the ending is definitely safe. "


    should¡­


    Just a little bit?


    Now Uehara Naraku doesn''t do bad things anymore!


    From the perspective of Uzumaki Kushina, who has never experienced the fear of being dominated by Uehara Naraku, their family has actually been favored by Uehara Naraku.


    At least their family is doing well now.


    Also as a mother, Kushina Uzumaki and Masaki Kurosaki have a pretty good relationship. She doesn''t want her new friends that she has made in recent years to fall into the abyss because of ignorance.


    "Be patient!"


    Uzumaki Kushina stepped forward and hugged Kurosaki Masaki, and whispered in her ear: "Believe in your son, he will have a good life... You must learn to trust your son, I have always believed in Naruto, I believe That little guy Ichigo will take care of his little sister."


    Uzumaki Kushina held Kurosaki Masaki''s shoulders, and said in a low voice, "Don''t worry... Minato told me that everything here will be over soon."


    "and¡­"


    Uzumaki Kushina took a deep breath, and continued softly: "Madara-senpai and First Daime-sama are still looking for unknown enemies... Without the protection of this city, you will encounter even more terrifying enemies, unimaginable enemies .¡±


    Only this city can protect Kurosaki Masaki.


    Only this city with Uehara Naraku behind it is the safest place in the world.


    "Does this woman still want to escape?"


    Just at this time, a voice fell into their ears, the voice sounded cold and unfeeling: "If she wants to escape again, just kill her, use her flesh and blood to try to track down You Habach s position¡­"


    click click click click...


    click click click click...


    The four figures walked into Uehara City step by step.


    Walking in the forefront are two men in red plate armor, the first two officers of Thirteen Deadpool, Uchiha Madara and Senju Hashirama.


    Walking behind them was a bearded man in a brown coat and a six-meter-tall giant with a white beard, who were the third officers of Thirteen Deadpool, Gore D. Roger and Edward Newgate. .


    They''ve been tracking Yohbach lately.


    A powerful enemy who invaded the world of souls and souls thousands of years ago, he is also the ancestor of the Quincy Master of the entire world, and the son of the God Spirit King of the world of souls and souls.


    In a sense, Juhabach should be the strongest existence other than the Spirit King, and his omniscience and omnipotence can almost be called a new god.


    Omniscient, can see through everything and even the future.


    Almighty, he can nullify all the abilities he knows, even the ability to kill Yuhabach will be nullified after he knows the ability.


    Even Juhabach can see all the futures, and to a certain extent, set up and modify the future that is not good for him.


    Even if he is dead, he can use this ability to set the future and give himself resurrection after death.


    This kind of enemy...


    People don''t know how to defeat him at all.


    However, for people like Uchiha Madara, they don''t care about Yuhabach''s ability, because some things can''t be known to change the ending.


    Perhaps Yuhabach knew that his ending was not good, so since he woke up, he has been hiding secretly?


    After all, Yuhabach was defeated thousands of years ago.


    Thousands of years ago, Whitebeard Edward Newgate and One Piece King Gol D. Roger once assisted Yamamoto Genryasai Shigekuni in the battle with Yuhabach, and Yuhabach fell into a deep sleep after that battle.


    It is estimated that Yuhabach has also fallen into confusion...


    Because when he sees through the enemy''s ability, the enemy seems to be able to see through his movements and thoughts, and even use his fists to fight him directly.


    Yohbach has the all-seeing eye...


    Gol D. Roger has the know-how domineering to listen to the heart of all things.


    The two of them could be said to be rivals in chess, which made Juhabach a little confused. Where did these two reckless beards, Roger and Newgate, come from?


    Thousands of years ago, Yuhabach was defeated, and before he fell asleep, he deeply remembered the two reckless men, Roger and Whitebeard.


    now¡­


    Juhabach woke up, but the man disappeared.


    Six years ago, Yuhabach woke up and activated the Holy Restoration Power, and when he was extracting the power and soul of the Half-Blood Quincy, he noticed that the Half-Blood Quincy was mixed with a lot of people called Qianshou Feijian. piece.


    therefore¡­


    Juhabach knew he was being targeted.


    Someone has planned for thousands of years to catch him.


    Yuhabach really wanted to meet the mastermind behind the scenes, but a group of his subordinates accidentally encountered four pursuers headed by Uchiha Madara...


    There is no way...


    Qianshou Feijian has no way to send spies to Yuhabach''s side. After all, Yuhabach only believes in the souls he can control.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t care about losing for a while.


    Now Uehara Naraku''s eyes are more focused on Kurosaki Ichigo and Aizen Soyousuke, sending Uchiha Madara and others to continue hunting Yuhabach, just to prevent this guy from causing any trouble to his plan.


    There is no rush for this kind of thing.


    As long as he can complete the main task and take over the control of the world, Naraku Uehara can easily solve the problem of Yohabach.


    Uehara Naraku is not in a hurry...


    Uchiha Madara was a little impatient.


    Uchiha Madara also can''t understand Uehara''s tolerance towards Kurosaki Masaki, and often wants to try to use Kurosaki Masaki, a pure-blooded extermination master, to conduct forbidden arts experiments, and use her flesh and blood to search for the location of her ancestor friend Habach .


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes fell on Kurosaki Masaki, and continued indifferently: "If this woman doesn''t have enough flesh and blood...I heard that she has three children...should they all be used?"


    "..."


    There was a flash of fear on Masaki Kurosaki''s face.


    "Don''t scare the kids, Madara..."


    Senju Bashima patted Uchiha Madara''s shoulder, smiled at Uzumaki Kushina and Kurosaki Masaki and said, "That Uzumaki little guy, hurry up and take your friend back to the residence first!"


    "It''s... Master Hashirama."


    Uzumaki Kushina hurriedly grabbed Kurosaki Masaki and left.


    "Humph!"


    Uchiha Madara turned his head in disgust, and glanced at white bearded Edward Newgate and Gore D. Roger: "If you two guys hadn''t been merciful back then, how could that guy have escaped?"


    "Gu la la la la..."


    White Beard didn''t care about Uchiha Madara''s attitude at all, he grinned and shook his head and said: "There is no way to do that, that guy is not so easy to deal with, and it is very easy for someone who can bear my punch forcefully." It''s rare..."


    "Humph¡­"


    Listening to White Beard''s words, Uchiha Madara''s mouth flashed a touch of disdain, and he continued in a cold voice: "Don''t Yuhabach and his group of little bugs like to hide in the shadows? Let Uehara Naraku put the Nara clan''s group Call the trash over here!"


    "Let''s look again..."


    Senshou Zhujian shook his head, somewhat disapproving.


    The rules of this world are different, and the living may not be so easy to adapt.


    The high-ranking officials of the Uehara clan left here soon and returned to their mansion. Their future task is to track down Yuhabach.


    Naraku Uehara''s hands...


    It seems too rich.


    Of course, Uehara Naraku has a lot of people available, and it doesn''t mean that he will contribute for no reason. Since Yuhabach appeared, the Uehara clan has given the news to Shigekuni Yamamoto.


    Shigekuni Yamamoto¡­


    But Yu Habach''s old opponent!


    Yamamoto Shigekuni pays special attention to the possible threat of Yuhabach!


    Therefore, the captain Shigekuni Yamamoto has become more and more active recently, and he has also joined the ranks of tracking Yuhabach.


    This is the sophistication of Uehara Naraku.


    If someone wants to hide and be the mastermind behind the scenes, first uncover the true face of the mastermind behind the scenes, and then prepare an old enemy for him to let him feel the domination of fate.


    How to trouble this kind of competitor...


    Hello everyone, our official account will find gold and coin red envelopes every day. As long as you pay attention, you can receive the last benefit at the end of the year. Please seize the opportunity on the official account


    Uehara Naraku is very skilled in this method.

 Chapter 671

    Seireitei.


    Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru huddled in the virtual circle, Yuhabach also hid in the shadows and did not dare to show his head, the entire Seireitei was still in peace.


    After Uehara Naraku sent Kuchiki Rukia away, she started her regular life, went to the corridor of the Great Soul Book, and began to watch the live version of Shinigami anime.


    The Great Spirit Book Corridor belongs to the Tsunayashiro clan, one of the four great nobles.


    Their family is responsible for recording all the history of the world of corpses and souls, and they are also the family who know the most secrets of the world through the management of the corridor of the Great Spirit Book.


    In the place where Uehara Naraku existed, Tsunayashiro knew that too many aristocratic families could survive, naturally because they secretly took refuge in Uehara early on.


    This nobleman...


    or one of our own...


    Or the dead of the dead.


    "grown ups."


    When the current Patriarch of the Tsunayashiro clan saw Uehara Naraku, he bowed respectfully and saluted, and said softly: "The spy bug has sent a real-time video of Kurosaki Isshin and his son."


    He thinks Uehara Naraku is concerned about Kurosaki Isshin, the former captain of the 10th team. After all, Kurosaki Ichigo is still an ordinary student.


    and¡­


    Just a student with a little spiritual power.


    Uehara Naraku sat in front of a display screen in the Great Spiritual Power Corridor, stretched out his fingers and slowly lifted his chin, and looked at Kurosaki Ichigo displayed on it.


    This is a fifteen-year-old Japanese high school student.


    Key words, Japanese high school students, this profession alone is a hidden powerhouse!


    A vortex of time and space appeared in front of Uehara Naraku, and the figures of Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito appeared in front of Uehara Naraku.


    "Speaking of which..."


    Naraku Uehara pointed to Kurosaki Ichigo on the display screen, chuckled and said, "Do we have any members who are suitable for high school?"


    "..."


    This book is organized and produced by the official account. Follow VX to read books and get cash red envelopes!


    Obito Uchiha fell into a strange silence.


    Uchiha Itachi also had a slightly weird expression on his face.


    Is this man a little too much? It''s fine if you want to deal with an ordinary high school student, but you still have to arrange an undercover agent?


    "Are you two thinking of something impolite?"


    The corners of Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, and he couldn''t help raising his eyebrows: "Don''t underestimate this high school student, his growth will far exceed your imagination... What you have gone through for thousands of years, maybe he will be able to catch up soon." Come up!"


    This is also a place where the world of the god of death is often criticized...


    Because Kurosaki Ichigo''s growth is almost a pure history of cheating, he has almost no time to practice hard, and simply walks a path.


    hang up.


    Can''t beat it.


    Continue to hang up.


    Still can''t beat it.


    Open a super hang directly.


    Ever since Kurosaki Ichigo came into contact with the profession of Reaper, until he defeated Aizen Soyousuke, the super behind-the-scenes man, his growth rate was so fast that it was unscientific.


    Of course, not only is it unscientific, but it is not death at all.


    In comparison, Uzumaki Naruto and Monkey D. Luffy paid significantly more. Almost every time they become stronger, every time they defeat a powerful enemy, it is a new transformation.


    Kurosaki Ichigo got too much...


    The price he paid was not high in comparison.


    This is one of the reasons why people have always criticized him.


    In fact, perhaps because of Kurosaki Ichigo''s psychic growth too early, at least he doesn''t behave like a normal high school student now.


    Kurosaki Ichigo seems to have seen through the world, and even behaved very kindly, and would perform soul burials for some spirits that were about to disappear.


    Now Kurosaki Ichigo''s life is fairly peaceful.


    However, after Kuchiki Rukia entered Karakura Town, the protagonist of this drama has been arranged, and the curtain of a performance will be opened soon, and a drama that has been hidden for thousands of years will also be opened soon. It will close quickly again.


    "Well, he''s a kind person..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kurosaki Ichigo on the display screen, leaned lazily on the chair, and said softly: "It''s almost time for Ulquiola to start, let Aizen Soyousuke start to control his Let''s live! We just need to manipulate Captain Aizan!"


    "..."


    The expressions of Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito couldn''t help but get weirder.


    Is this person''s character getting worse and worse! Has it evolved to the point where it likes to play other behind-the-scenes players?


    certainly.


    In comparison, they are also very interested in Kurosaki Ichigo.


    "Will he grow to some height that even you fear?"


    There was some doubt in Uchiha Obito''s voice, looking at Uehara Naraku and continued to ask in a deep voice: "The last time you asked us to take away his mother when we were young, were you worried that he would pose a threat to Akatsuki? If so, Why don''t you get rid of him..."


    "That''s a very boring question."


    Naraku Uehara slowly closed his palms and put them on his lap, acting like a boss of a dark organization, the corners of his mouth slightly hooked: "Speaking of it, I don''t even know how far he will grow... Maybe even Bengyu can''t match it..."


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku''s voice even faintly lowered, and his eyes fell on Kurosaki Ichigo on the display screen again: "If there is a threat, maybe there is, maybe there is no, he represents The pinnacle of this world..."


    "Just taking his mother away, it''s a bit..."


    "Are you trying to say mean?"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, tilted his head and said: "It''s better to think clearly before talking! I''m the savior of their family... At least their family still has a chance to reunite, if they can seize the opportunity!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand casually, and said softly: "Okay, don''t bother me, let''s start making arrangements... let the group of guys in the 46th room in the central room also go to make preparations!


    When Kuchiki Rukia arrives in Karakura Town, she will immediately violate the rules of Shinigami, and Kuchiki Byakuya will bring her back for execution..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Itachi''s expression was slightly stiff.


    This guy is really a devil!


    None of them know that Kuchiki Byakuya secretly loves Kuchiki Rukia. He is a complete sister-in-law who asked Kuchiki Byakuya to bring his sister back to be sentenced to death... just because Kuchiki Byakuya said it once back then Do you have a small mind?


    it is good¡­


    This is indeed Kuchiki Byakuya''s own problem.


    "Where is the pocket?"


    Uchiha Itachi hesitated and said: "Kuchiki Rukia was originally a child adopted by Yakushito, if you treat her like this..."


    "It''s just a slightly torturous process."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and continued softly: "Tell this matter to Captain Aizen secretly, let him sneak into the world of corpses and take away the other half of Kuchiki Rukia''s body, and let Captain Aizen take a look at it by the way. What do you think of my growth?"


    "..."


    Of course not!


    Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito are too lazy to care about him!


    This guy Uehara Naraku has been performing secretly, and secretly asked them, the dead servants, to make trouble for Aizen Soyousuke, which has already added a lot of trouble to Aizen...


    Didn''t Aizen lock him up for a few minutes with the anti-membrane bandit?


    Now that Uehara is going to face Aizen Soyousuke in person, this guy finally can''t hold back, is he going to let Aizen Soyousuke experience the fear of being dominated?


    "Go ahead."


    There was a nostalgic smile in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, he looked at Kurosaki Ichigo on the screen with a light smile and said: "By the way, please help me report, I am going to make a tour of the world, just to meet you This very interesting high school student¡­¡±


    Naraku Uehara turned his head slowly, and looked at his two subordinates expectantly: "If someone bullies Kurosaki Ichigo with his noble status as Seireitei, and I go to save him, will he think I''m a good person?" ?¡±

 Chapter 672

    present world.


    two months later.


    An ordinary high school in Karakura Town.


    An orange-haired boy was spinning the pen in his hand boredly, looking at the sky outside the window in boredom, and he was a little more thoughtful than before.


    It was Kurosaki Ichigo.


    In the past two months, Kurosaki Ichigo''s world view has undergone a huge subversion. He came into contact with a god of death named Kuchiki Rukia, and obtained the power of the god of death. Duty to protect the world.


    To be honest, Kurosaki Ichigo feels pretty good.


    At least you don''t have to live as ignorantly as you used to.


    Recently, Kurosaki Ichigo came into contact with the strange Quincy Ishida Uryu, a very stubborn but arrogant guy. Feelings have improved a lot.


    Speaking of it, although he became the god of death, there were some twists and turns in his life, but it was more interesting than before, and Kurosaki Ichigo also slowly accepted his identity as the god of death.


    The only problem is...


    Send you a cash red envelope!


    Kuchiki Rukia''s emotions became a little bit wrong during this period. She was not as cheerful as before, and she often liked to be alone in a daze. Occasionally, there would be some old-fashioned words, which made Kurosaki Ichigo feel a little uncomfortable Habit.


    "Good afternoon, Ichigo-san!"


    A lively girl suddenly appeared beside Kurosaki Ichigo, frightened him so that he hurriedly grabbed the pen in his hand, and a sweet smile came into his eyes.


    "Ah, Inoue, don''t be so sudden all the time!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo couldn''t help but shook his head, and he relaxed a little. Since he became the god of death, his mental state was obviously a little tense.


    This girl is Kurosaki Ichigo''s friend Inoue Orihime.


    Similarly, he is also one of the people who knows the identity of Kurosaki Ichigo.


    Orihime Inoue scratched the back of her head, and asked with a smile: "Did Rukia-san not come today? It seems that she often asks for leave these days! Do you want to visit together after school?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Kurosaki Ichigo nodded indifferently, then shook his head hastily: "Well, there''s no need, that guy Rukia doesn''t seem to like being disturbed by others... I''ll go first!"


    How could it be possible for someone to visit Rukia!


    Kuchiki Rukia is now living in the closet in his room!


    It''s just that Kuchiki Rukia''s state is indeed a bit wrong recently, Kurosaki Ichigo frowned, said goodbye to Inoue Orihime, and left the school.


    Karakura Town.


    Kurosaki House.


    Kuchiki Rukia sat in Kurosaki Ichigo''s room, finished writing a secret letter with a heavy face, left the secret letter on the table, and left the place where she had lived for two months.


    Can''t go on any longer.


    Since she shared the spiritual power of the god of death with Kurosaki Ichigo, she has violated the rules of the god of death, which is absolutely not allowed to be violated by Seireitei and Gotei 13.


    and¡­


    Kuchiki Rukia meets other Shinigami.


    The fact that she shared the power of the God of Death with Kurosaki Ichigo has been exposed, and the Gotei 13th Team is expected to send someone to deal with it soon... Once this matter spreads to the soul world, her strictness is almost flawless His older brother Byakuya Kuchiki will definitely deal with her, right?


    The family tradition of the Kuchiki clan...


    She will never allow such a disgraceful fellow!


    Especially since she has been raised by Kuchiki Byakuya with a strict attitude, Rukia knows very well what her adoptive brother will do...


    Kuchiki Byakuya won''t even let her sister go, so how could he let Kurosaki Ichigo go, in order to eliminate her sister''s embarrassing past...


    Kurosaki Ichigo will be in danger!


    During this period of time, Kuchiki Rukia was actually having a good time.


    Compared with the intricate environment of the soul world and the strict family education of the Kuchiki clan, the time spent at Kurosaki Ichigo''s house is undoubtedly the most relaxed time for Kuchiki Rukia.


    Of course, Kuchiki Rukia didn''t know that Kurosaki Ichigo was the son of Kurosaki Isshin, the former captain of the 10th squad, so maybe she would relax a little.


    Unfortunately, Kuchiki Rukia joined the job too late.


    By the time Rukia Kuchiki joined the team, the captain of the tenth team had been replaced by Toshir¨­ Hitsugaya, and the former captain had already lived in seclusion in the present world.


    Night gradually fell.


    "Forget it, that''s it!"


    Kuchiki Rukia left the letter on the table and quietly left Kurosaki Ichigo''s house. She was going to the entrance of Karakura Town and Soul World, waiting for Seireitei to call her envoy.


    It¡¯s just that when Kuchiki Rukia saw Seireitei¡¯s envoy who came to arrest her at the entrance, her expression couldn¡¯t help but become a little ugly...


    Because the first figure she saw was her companion Asai Renji who grew up in the orphanage together, and also the vice-captain of the sixth team!


    And beside Asai Renji...


    Standing was a man full of aristocratic air.


    Kuchiki Byakuya¡­


    Arrived in this world in person!


    Ever since the news that Kuchiki Rukia secretly shared the power of death with human beings spread to Seireitei, Kuchiki Byakuya personally applied to come to the world to arrest his sister without the dispatch of the Central Forty-Six Room!


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s arrival is naturally to investigate the specific situation in this world and see if he can help Rukia get rid of the crime. He doesn''t want this kind of thing to fall into the hands of others!


    "Ha, Rukia, did you really do that?"


    Asai Renji carried his own Zanpakuto and landed in front of Kuchiki Rukia, a mocking sneer flashed across his face: "I don''t need to tell you, share the power of Shinigami with How serious is the consequence of this incident for humans?"


    "I know¡­"


    Kuchiki Rukia had no intention of arguing with Asai Renji, because of Kuchiki Byakuya''s appearance, she didn''t dare to speak back at all.


    "..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya slowly opened his eyes, a strand of cherry blossom petals surrounded him, setting off his otherworldliness.


    A slight coldness flashed in the eyes of this man who always paid attention to his appearance, and asked coldly, "Where is that human...?"


    The air seemed to be a few degrees lower.


    A chill appeared in Kuchiki Rukia''s heart, anyone could feel the chill in Kuchiki Byakuya, this man who has always been steady was angry!


    "..."


    Kuchiki Rukia turned her head slightly, recalling the details of getting along with Kurosaki Ichigo during this period, slowly shook her head and said: "It''s none of his business..."


    This is the first time Kuchiki Rukia has disobeyed Kuchiki Byakuya''s words.


    The next moment, the coldness on Kuchiki Byakuya became even worse, his body instantly appeared in front of Kuchiki Rukia, and his cold eyes fell on the girl Rukia: "You want to say, this matter Did it happen voluntarily by you?"


    "¡­yes."


    "Then let''s go!"


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes slowly narrowed.


    Just as they were about to leave, a black sword light and a blue arrow flew towards them, and someone rushed here!


    It was Kurosaki Ichigo who noticed something was wrong after returning home, and the Quincy Ishida Uryu who came to stop them together. They had already regarded Kuchiki Rukia who had been helping them understand the world as their companions!


    Unfortunately¡­


    A Kurosaki Ichigo who has just obtained the spiritual power of the god of death and a young Quincy are not the opponents of Asai Renji and Kuchiki Byakuya!


    These two young guys¡­


    He didn''t even see Kuchiki Byakuya''s movements at all, and was completely defeated by Kuchiki Byakuya, and was almost beheaded by Kuchiki Byakuya!


    In this disparate battle...


    Kuchiki Byakuya defeated the two of them with ease, and directly abolished the spiritual power shared by Kuchiki Rukia in Kurosaki Ichigo''s body, and even put Kurosaki Ichigo on the verge of dying!


    "This human..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes narrowed slightly, ignoring the dying Kurosaki Ichigo, but his eyes fell on his younger sister Kuchiki Rukia, and said softly: "Your spiritual power should not exist..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya shook his head self-consciously, and continued calmly: "Forget it, I''ve disabled his spiritual power, he''s dead, let''s go..."


    "Brother..."


    Kuchiki Rukia slowly clenched her fist.


    This is something Rukia Kuchiki never thought would happen!


    Kurosaki Ichigo was killed by Kuchiki Byakuya...just because of her trouble... This is something that Kuchiki Rukia will never forgive herself!


    Just when Kuchiki Rukia gritted her teeth and wanted to speak to stay and die with Kurosaki Ichigo, Kurosaki Ichigo who was in a dying state suddenly revived inexplicably!


    Even though he had fallen to the ground and lost his spiritual power, Kurosaki Ichigo still stretched out his palm and grabbed Byakuya Kuchiki''s trousers tightly: "Hey, if you want to take Rukia away , at least make sure that I have lost my breath..."


    The life force of this guy...


    It is really tenacious beyond imagination!


    In the case of being stabbed in the vitals by Kuchiki Byakuya, he was able to survive and even maintain a clear mind!


    only¡­


    For the aristocratic Patriarch Kuchiki Byakuya who loves cleanliness, it is undoubtedly an offense to grab his trouser legs, especially Kuchiki Rukia who knows his brother''s expression suddenly changed!


    Kurosaki Ichigo this idiot...


    He will definitely be killed by his furious brother!


    If Kurosaki Ichigo is not stopped, even if he comes back to life for some unknown reason, it is impossible for him to live another minute!


    next moment¡­


    Kuchiki Rukia suddenly appeared beside Kurosaki Ichigo, and kicked Kurosaki Ichigo away from Kurosaki Byakuya''s palm, gritted his teeth and said, "You''re mere human! Who told you to offend big brother?" ..."


    "Rukia..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s face was suddenly a little confused.


    The whole street fell into silence.


    Kuchiki Rukia lowered her head slowly, with a suppressed painful voice in her throat: "Kurosaki Ichigo...recognize your identity for me! You are just an ordinary human being..."


    Kuchiki Rukia covered her eyes with her hand, and after a moment of silence, she raised her head and looked at Kuchiki Byakuya: "Brother...I''m already awake...He''s just a human being...Leave him here and let him die in pain. Alright...let''s go, big brother, back to the Soul Realm..."


    "..."


    Byakuya Kuchiki fell silent.


    The next moment, the noble patriarch nodded slowly. How could Rukia''s little thought be hidden from his eyes?


    However, Kuchiki Rukia''s request, as the elder brother Kuchiki Byakuya, did not refuse to make her sad, not to mention Kurosaki Ichigo, who was stabbed in the vitals by him with the Zanpakuto, would never survive. too long...


    Da da da¡­


    Da da da da da...


    Suddenly there was a sound of footsteps on the street.


    A figure slowly walked over from the darkness, and the gentle voice fell into everyone''s ears: "Well said... this little guy is just a mere human...


    Why didn''t I know that there were such proud students in the Shinyang Academy of Spiritual Art. I haven''t seen them for more than two months. How could you become like this, Rukia? "


    "Ok?"


    Byakuya Kuchiki frowned slightly.


    He has already heard who the voice is!


    No matter in the past or now, every identity of this guy is a trouble, especially his identity even Kuchiki Byakuya has to face up to it... The identity of the head of the Kuchiki clan is not worth mentioning in front of him!


    certainly.


    There were also friends who came here.


    A Sanjing Renji also heard the voice of the visitor in an instant, and a strange look flashed across his face, and he couldn''t help but look in the direction of the visitor: "Hey, Uehara Naraku, why did you appear in this place?" here?"


    They are old classmates!


    A Sanjing Renji is not out of sight at all!


    Of course, Renji Asai did not expect that Uehara Naraku appeared in front of them this time, but he wanted to make trouble for them!


    "Just came to inspect the present world."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared under the streetlights, he was wearing a white captain''s uniform, with an indelible sadness on his face: "It''s just that I didn''t expect that Kuchiki Byakuya-senpai would intend to kill human beings in this world... "


    Uehara Naraku looked up at Kuchiki Byakuya, and continued calmly: "Please tell me, Kuchiki Byakuya-senpai... Is there any difference between you like this and those who have invaded the world?"


    "..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya frowned even tighter.


    To be honest, he doesn''t usually hate Uehara Naraku very much, but he always looks down on this wealthy patriarch who is a bit prodigal.


    In Seireitei, almost every god of death knows very well that Uehara Naraku is notoriously merciful and has no pretensions towards anyone.


    There''s nothing wrong with Reaper killing a human being...


    After all, the battle between Reaper and Xu cannot always be without problems. Human life and death are not a problem in the view of Reaper. After the death of human body, the soul will definitely go to the world of corpses and souls, and it will also be in another way. Survive.


    However¡­


    This kind of thing is obviously forbidden.


    It¡¯s just that in private, the god of death never cared much about the affairs of human beings, especially as Byakuya Kuchiki, let alone killing a human being, even killing a god of death will not cause any trouble...


    All of this is based on the fact that no one is holding it accountable!


    The Central Forty-Sixth Office will definitely not pursue Kuchiki Byakuya, the noble patriarch, and the rest of the Gotei 13th Team will certainly not care about such things...


    The only thing I would care about was Naraku Uehara in front of me.


    Unfortunately, no matter how you look at it, Naraku Uehara is qualified to compete with Byakuya Kuchiki because of his dual identities as the captain of the fifth team and the patriarch of the Uehara clan.


    "Rukia-san..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Kuchiki Rukia who had a complicated face, and his expression became serious a little bit: "I heard it, it sounds like Rukia-san was a little arrogant when she talked about her brother...Humans are in your eyes What does it mean?"


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Kuchiki Byakuya: "Rukia-san, please tell me, is your brother... a very distinguished status?"

 Chapter 673

    Byakuya Kuchiki was in a bad mood.


    Is this deliberately humiliating them?


    If they hadn''t understood Uehara Naraku''s character of Notre Dame, Kuchiki Byakuya, Asai Renji, Kuchiki Rukia and others who were present all felt that Uehara Naraku was finding fault!


    Uehara Naraku this guy...


    He is obviously the most honorable person in the world, yet here he acts like everyone is equal. This guy really was born into the wrong family!


    Don''t think about it at all, if he didn''t have the halo of the head of the Uehara clan, how could he be qualified to communicate with them here?


    "Hey, Uehara..."


    Asai Renji frowned, and explained: "It''s not what you think, this human being..."


    "Lenji."


    Kuchiki Byakuya interrupted Asai Renji''s words, and instead of looking at Uehara Naraku, continued in a cold voice: "Rukia, Renji, let''s go."


    Obviously.


    Byakuya Kuchiki didn''t bother to talk to Naraku Uehara.


    At this time, Byakuya Kuchiki is more concerned about the crimes committed by Rukia Kuchiki, so he doesn''t want to spend more time here with Naraku Uehara, a guy with the heart of the Virgin!


    "how?"


    A light flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and his face turned cold a little bit: "The Patriarch of the Kuchiki clan seems to disdain to explain to an ordinary human...does he also look down on me, the captain of the fifth team? At least a few words of explanation should be left..."


    "..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya gripped the Senbon Sakura in his hand.


    Even though Kuchiki Byakuya thought that Uehara Naraku really wanted to seek justice for Kurosaki Ichigo on the ground, he couldn''t help feeling a little unhappy!


    Kuchiki Rukia and Asai Renji watched the conflict between Uehara Naraku and Kuchiki Byakuya, the two of them felt a little nervous...


    Because they understand Kuchiki Byakuya''s character...


    This man who was born in an aristocratic family didn''t bother to waste his words. According to Kuchiki Byakuya''s arrogance, he would not succumb to other people''s threats...


    If there is a conflict...


    What should they do, and on whose side?


    Just as Rukia and Asai Renji expected, Kuchiki Byakuya was still too lazy to argue or defend with Uehara Naraku, but he just raised the Senbon Sakura in his hand, wanting to open the door to the world of souls.


    "Senior Byakuya."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared in front of Kuchiki Byakuya, his eyes darkened a bit, and there was obviously some neglected anger on his face!


    Uehara Naraku stared at Kuchiki Byakuya with an indifferent face, and said in a deep voice, "Senior Byakuya, I can tolerate your rudeness...but this is not the reason why you can ignore me..."


    "¡­Step aside."


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes remained indifferent.


    There was even a hint of impatience on his face!


    If Byakuya Kuchiki knew that making a move here would affect the relationship between the Gotei 13th Team and the Uehara Clan, he would never have just swallowed his anger like this!


    From the beginning of the meeting, he has given Uehara Naraku enough patience!


    This guy¡­


    If you want to continue...


    Byakuya Kuchiki wasn''t sure that he could continue to endure it!


    "Instead of stopping me here..."


    Byakuya Kuchiki slowly raised his head and looked at Naraku Uehara, without concealing the disgust on his face: "Why don''t you use your spiritual power to save that dying human being, isn''t that your favorite thing to do?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a second.


    The next moment, he slowly raised his palm!


    A light green light fell on Kurosaki Ichigo''s body, his body healed quickly in the blink of an eye, and soon his injuries disappeared without a trace.


    However, Kurosaki Ichigo''s spiritual power belonging to Kuchiki Rukia was completely lost after all because of the pierced vitals... Even so, this healing method is amazing enough!


    Kuchiki Rukia finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    The entire soul world knows that Naraku Uehara has a strong healing ability, and was even wanted by Unohanarui to introduce the fourth team as the captain... If Naraku Uehara saves people, at least Kurosaki Ichigo''s life can be saved.


    Kurosaki Ichigo also caressed the wound on his body in disbelief, but the ability he released casually made him heal, this ability is too amazing!


    That Kuchiki Byakuya almost killed him directly...


    The guy who just came out pulled him back from the brink of death straight away! Are these so-called authentic Reapers all so terrifying in their abilities?


    certainly.


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s heart faintly has a little more affection for Uehara Naraku who just appeared, not only Uehara Naraku saved his life, but more importantly, what Uehara Naraku said...


    This Grim Reaper is not at all as arrogant as Renji Asai and Byakuya Kuchiki, he looks like a good guy!


    Byakuya Kuchiki watched Naraku Uehara healed Kurosaki Ichigo in an instant, his eyes narrowed slightly, and he turned around to go around Naraku Uehara: "If you want to know anything, just ask this human, don''t delay my mission... "


    "Who sent you the task..."


    Naraku Uehara spread his arms and stopped Byakuya Kuchiki: "Who gave you the power to kill a human soul rashly in this world?"


    "none of your business."


    "But I see it."


    "No one is obliged to explain it to you."


    "That''s it..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his arm, as if he wanted to let Kuchiki Byakuya leave, but his next words made everyone''s faces change drastically: "If there is no reasonable explanation, then let Senior Byakuya experience ordinary human life..."


    "Ok?"


    A look of doubt flashed across Kuchiki Byakuya''s face.


    The next moment, Byakuya Kuchiki saw Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly raised, a strange spell floated on the palm, and it slammed towards Byakuya Kuchiki''s chest!


    This guy¡­


    What do you want to do!


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s figure quickly backed away!


    No one thought that Uehara Naraku would take the lead, even at such a fast speed, no matter how Kuchiki Byakuya dodged, the distance between him and Uehara Naraku has never changed!


    Uehara Naraku is very familiar with Shunpo... After all, Namikaze Minato, the number one god of death in the world of corpses and souls, is in the Uehara clan, and he is also a subordinate of Uehara Naraku...


    The issue is¡­


    How dare this guy!


    Why did Uehara Naraku dare to attack him!


    Kuchiki Byakuya couldn''t figure it out, his body just retreated quickly, no matter it was his cleanliness personality or the dangerous aura from the spell in Uehara Naraku''s palm, Kuchiki Byakuya didn''t want to be touched by Uehara Naraku!


    Seeing Uehara Naraku getting closer and closer to him in the transfers, Kuchiki Byakuya''s face flashed a look of solemnity, waving the Senbon Sakura Zanpakuto in his hand to force Uehara Naraku back!


    "interesting¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm grabbed Senbon Sakura''s Zanpakuto suddenly, and the spell in his palm instantly continued Senbon Sakura''s blade to cover the entire Zanpakuto!


    A series of weird spells flowed on Qianben Sakura''s sword, completely covering it in a blink of an eye, and sealing off its spiritual power!


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s brows frowned in an instant, he already had a sense when Senbon Sakura was sealed, and he subconsciously wanted to activate Senbon Sakura''s Hajime...


    "Let''s scatter... Senbon Sakura!"


    However, the sealing spell on the knife suddenly lit up!


    Senbenzakura, who was supposed to turn into countless blade cherry blossoms in the original form, was directly blocked by the black spell on the sword!


    "Thousand cherry blossoms are sealed..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s face was extremely ugly.


    If Qianben Sakura is sealed, his power will be greatly reduced!


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s frown became tighter and tighter, and he wanted to activate Senbon Sakura''s swastika by singing directly: "Let''s scatter... Senbon Sakura''s Jing Yan!"


    pity¡­


    Nothing happened.


    Under the urging of Kuchiki Byakuya, Senbon Sakura seemed to be firmly trapped by a rope, and could not release any Reiatsu no matter what...


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s Zanpakuto...


    It was directly sealed up!


    A Sanjing Renji looked at this scene, with a look of surprise on his face: "How is it possible? The captain''s Shijie and …djie...are all invalid?"


    Are you kidding me?


    Is there still the ability to seal Zanpakuto in this world?


    Compared to Asai Renji, Kuchiki Byakuya seemed to be calmer. He held the Zanpakuto in his hand flat, and the other palm slowly raised his fingers together, and a ball of spiritual pressure covered the fingertips. Want to use spiritual pressure to eliminate the sealing spell on Senbon Sakuratou!


    But the next moment, a black shadow suddenly appeared in the corner of Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes, Uehara Naraku appeared in front of him again at some point, and slapped Kuchiki Byakuya''s chest!


    "Four Elephant Seals!"


    The sealing spell that appeared in Uehara Naraku''s palm quickly passed through the clothes, and stuck tightly to Kuchiki Byakuya''s body!


    As the sealing spell came into effect, Kuchiki Byakuya''s spiritual pressure quickly declined, and he himself could feel the horror of this sealing power the most!


    Under this sealing power...


    Kuchiki Byakuya couldn''t use his spiritual power at all!


    "You bastard..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s face finally flashed a flash of anger, both his Zanpakuto and his own spiritual power were sealed by Uehara Naraku at this moment!


    Kuchiki Byakuya is somewhat ashamed that...


    Facing such a junior, he was powerless to fight back!


    As for the seal that Uehara Naraku imposed on Kuchiki Byakuya, he will have his own way to remove it, as long as he is given a period of time, he can break through the shackles of the seal...


    However, this sense of humiliation cannot make Byakuya Kuchiki forget so easily!


    "Almost forgot."


    Uehara Naraku calmly withdrew his palm, and five balls of spiritual power slowly emerged from his fingertips, and his voice became a little more arrogant: "If there is only the four-element seal, it may soon make Senior Bai Zai breakthrough¡­"


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm turned over, and five fingers glowing with spiritual power slapped Kuchiki Byakuya''s chest fiercely again!


    "Five elements seal!"


    The power of this palm is so great...


    So much so that Kuchiki Byakuya was sent flying the moment the seal was applied, causing him to fall directly to the ground in embarrassment, and the white clothes on his body were instantly covered in dust!


    This is the embarrassment that Kuchiki Byakuya has never experienced before...


    No matter at any time, he seems to be a flawless nobleman, his clothes are always clean, even in battle, Kuchiki Byakuya also has this almost pathological cleanliness...


    Now¡­


    Kuchiki Byakuya showed a murderous gaze.


    If eyes could kill, Kuchiki Byakuya would never be stingy!


    Uehara Naraku stood where he was, looking down at Kuchiki Byakuya who was full of murderous intent, and said as if unconsciously: "Now senior can experience the life of ordinary people..."

 Chapter 674

    Kuchiki Byakuya was arranged clearly.


    Uehara Naraku actually doesn''t dislike Kuchiki Byakuya, the Shinigami captain who has a bit of abstinence in appearance and personality, and even had a good impression of Kuchiki Byakuya.


    The problem is that Kuchiki Byakuya often habitually expresses to others that the patriarchs of the previous generations of the Uehara clan are actually narrow-minded or something...


    Speak ill of people secretly behind their backs...


    Is this what a Grim Reaper should do?


    Now Uehara Naraku just sealed Kuchiki Byakuya''s spiritual power and Zanpakuto, and let him experience the life of an ordinary person, which is considered tolerant.


    "Hey, Uehara!"


    Asai Renji hurried up a few steps, held his Zanpakut¨­ and stopped in front of Uehara Naraku, and explained: "We are here to arrest Rukia..."


    Speaking of this, Renji Asai''s eyes fell on Kurosaki Ichigo who had already recovered, and continued to explain: "It''s just this guy and his companions who came to stop us, so the captain will take action against this guy... "


    This reason is enough to take out to deal with anyone.


    If Kuchiki Byakuya was not too cold and cold, but explained his reasons directly to his superiors, Uehara Naraku should not have taken action.


    No, it should be said that Renji Asai explained too late. As a vice-captain, he is the one who should explain in this conflict!


    after all¡­


    Uehara Naraku and Kuchiki Byakuya are both the captains of the Gotei 13th Team. They should be at the same level. According to Kuchiki Byakuya''s proud character, someone naturally needs someone to help him explain.


    It''s a pity that Asai Renji didn''t have that brain.


    To be precise, Renji Asai thought Uehara Naraku was his classmate and friend, and he was not used to explaining it like this; now that his captain was sealed, Renji Asai began to explain the reason.


    "Is that right?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned, his eyes turned slightly, skipped Kuchiki Rukia, landed on Kurosaki Ichigo, and said softly: "Human boy, do you have any excuses?"


    "what?"


    Kurosaki Ichigo was surprised for a second.


    Kurosaki Ichigo still doesn''t know the identity of the person in front of him.


    Just when Kurosaki Ichigo scratched his head and was about to speak, Kuchiki Rukia stood in front of him nervously, and said first: "Captain Naraku, none of this has anything to do with Ichigo...it''s my own fault! "


    "Hey Rukia, I..."


    "Shut up!"


    Kuchiki Rukia interrupted Kurosaki Ichigo, and continued in a deep voice: "Brother and Renji are just here to carry out their mission...It has nothing to do with them..."


    Ichigo this idiot!


    This is definitely not the time for him to interrupt!


    "Did I do something wrong?"


    There seemed to be some shame in Uehara Naraku''s eyes.


    "No problem."


    Kuchiki Byakuya glanced at Uehara Naraku, his face remained calm: "Just unseal the seal."


    Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, and walked towards Kuchiki Byakuya with a little apology on his face, as if he wanted to walk over to break Kuchiki Byakuya''s seal.


    However at this moment...


    A time-space vortex appeared, and two figures appeared beside Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito suddenly appeared.


    Uchiha Itachi suddenly grabbed Uehara Naraku''s arm and stopped his movement: "Master Naraku, please remember your identity, how can you bow your head to the Patriarch of the Kuchiki Clan..."


    "Ok?"


    "Your identity."


    Uchiha Obito stood beside Uchiha Itachi, and said coldly: "As the head of the Uehara clan, this is not what you should do!"


    these two people...


    Always come out when Naraku Uehara is weak!


    Now that Uehara Naraku had just confessed his mistake and unsealed Kuchiki Byakuya''s seal, the two of them suddenly jumped out!


    "Byakuza Kuchiki is guilty."


    Itachi Uchiha looked at Byakuya Kuchiki, and a red light flashed away: "As the head of the Kuchiki clan, I''m not respectful enough to Naraku-sama..."


    Uchiha Itachi stared coldly at Kuchiki Byakuya, and continued in a deep voice: "Forgiveness is only a gift from Naraku-sama... I hope Byakuya-sama will remember that your first identity is the patriarch of the Uehara clan who is also a nobleman!


    "..."


    What the fuck is the reason!


    On the surface, the status of the Uehara clan and the four nobles should be equal. It has always been just because of the strength of the Uehara clan that the four nobles would shrink back a little, but this is not the reason for the Uehara clan to bully others!


    According to the agreement between Seireitei and the Uehara Clan, only taking action against Uehara Naraku will be considered a violation of the agreement, right? How can Uchiha Itachi bully others?


    This time, Uehara Naraku took the initiative to attack indiscriminately!


    Itachi Uchiha, the dead waiter, popped up just because their Patriarch Uehara Naraku wanted to apologize, and wanted to find a reason to save face?


    This is too bullying!


    Everyone''s faces turned ugly, Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression became more and more surprised, and he looked back and forth in the eyes of everyone curiously.


    Especially when it fell on Naraku Uehara...


    This person named Uehara Naraku seems to be a bit troublesome!


    "Small punishment, big commandment."


    Uchiha Obito¡¯s voice was a bit hoarse, but the cold voice seemed to be pronouncing: ¡°Seal the head of the Kuchiki clan¡¯s spiritual power for one month and live in this world to experience the life of ordinary human beings, as a punishment for the Kuchiki clan¡­ I think Kuchiki The patriarch of the clan should accept it, right?"


    "etc¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s face was a little surprised, and he was about to stop him immediately: "Senior Byakuya is also the captain of the Goutei 13th team..."


    "I accepted."


    Kuchiki Byakuya lowered his head calmly.


    Sometimes, as the Patriarch of the Kuchiki Clan, he should never bow his head; sometimes, as the Patriarch of the Kuchiki Clan, he must bow his head.


    As humiliating as it may seem...


    Kuchiki Byakuya has already heard the hidden meaning of Uchiha Obito, if he does not bow his head, the Kuchiki clan may face the impact of the Uehara clan!


    This is an innocent disaster!


    "That would be all the better."


    Under Uchiha Obito''s tiger-striped mask, his voice gradually became clearer.


    to be honest¡­


    Although it seems that Uchiha Obito is very majestic...


    But Obito Uchiha still wanted to curse a little bit in his heart.


    He probably already knew his identity. Whenever Uehara Naraku wanted to be a good person, he and Uchiha Itachi would come out to sing red faces and be bad guys...


    Can this guy do some personnel work?


    It''s also fortunate that the two of them are just passers-by in this world... If they were in the ninja world, who could bear their lives for so many scapegoats for no reason?


    certainly¡­


    Obito Uchiha has already endured this kind of thing.


    "Let''s go!"


    The figures of Obito Uchiha and Itachi Uchiha turned into space-time vortexes and disappeared in place. Their appearance seemed to be to help suppress Byakuya Kuchiki.


    This is...


    Kind of a bully.


    As for Byakuya Kuchiki, who had just experienced the persecution of the Uehara Clan''s dead servants, his face remained unchanged, and he didn''t even have the slightest intention of being humiliated.


    The eternally cold Captain Death just took a look at everyone present, and ordered softly: "Renji, bring Rukia back for trial..."


    "Captain, what about you?"


    "I''m going to stay in this world for a while."


    "but¡­"


    "No but, I have already promised."


    Kuchiki Byakuya cut off Asai Renji''s words in a cold voice, his eyes fell on Naraku Uehara, and then slowly averted his eyes.


    Asai Renji had no choice but to leave with Kuchiki Rukia first,


    Before leaving, Renji Asai asked Naraku Uehara to help protect Byakuya Kuchiki when he was patrolling the world.


    Although the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan don''t seem to be good people, Uehara Naraku is quite reliable in the eyes of Asai Renji.


    Uehara Naraku seemed a little guilty, and naturally he would not refuse Asai Renji''s request, it seemed that he really planned to stay with Kuchiki Byakuya in this world to protect his safety.


    Only four people were left at the scene.


    Uehara Naraku, Kuchiki Byakuya whose spiritual power was sealed, Kurosaki Ichigo, and the seriously injured Quincy Ishida Uryu.


    Kuchiki Byakuya did not stop.


    Even if he lost his spiritual power, he didn''t lose his strength of character. He left the place without saying anything more, and he didn''t seem to care whether Uehara Naraku would protect him.


    "Kurosaki Ichigo."


    Kurosaki Ichigo walked towards Uehara Naraku first, and thanked him earnestly: "I am Kurosaki Ichigo, thank you for saving me just now..."


    "You''re welcome."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, showing a gentle smile: "I am Uehara Naraku, a Shinigami from the Gotei Thirteenth Team...Maybe I will stay in this world this month, if there is any trouble, please ask Mr. Nu, give me some advice."


    "Ah, that''s too polite..."


    It was the first time for Kurosaki Ichigo to see such a kind Shinigami, even compared to Kuchiki Rukia, Uehara Naraku''s attitude seemed to be beyond imagination.


    especially¡­


    This guy''s identity seems to be unusual, that Kuchiki Byakuya who seriously injured him just now, seems unwilling to provoke Uehara Naraku!


    The identity of this person...


    We must find someone to inquire about it!


    I feel that this guy is not so easy to provoke, no matter in terms of strength or status, he is more troublesome than Kuchiki Byakuya!


    fortunately.


    Although Kuchiki Rukia left, Kurosaki Ichigo got to know many people, including Urahara Kisuke and Sifengin Yoichi who lived in seclusion and stationed in the present world!


    Whether it is to regain the power of the god of death, or to find a way to rescue Rukia, Kurosaki Ichigo just needs to contact Urahara Kisuke...


    Kurosaki Ichigo didn''t know.


    Kisuke Urahara and Yoichi Sifuin were hiding around here.


    It wasn''t until Byakuya Kuchiki left Uehara Naraku''s sight that Yoichi Sifengin appeared in front of Byakuya Kuchiki, with a teasing smile on his face: "Well, let me guess, you want to take this opportunity to Staying in this world...what is it for? To save my sister?"


    "It''s you?"


    A cold look flashed in Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes, and he called out Yoichi Sifengin''s nickname: "Cat demon, I don''t understand what you mean."

 Chapter 675

    cat demon.


    This is Kuchiki Byakuya''s only derogatory term for Yoruichi Sifengin.


    Yoichi Sifengin always relied on his Shunpo to bully Kuchiki Byakuya when he was a child, forcing Byakuya Kuchiki to work hard to practice Shunpo, and also made Byakuzu Kuchiki feel extremely angry and somewhat respectful towards Yoichi Sifengin in his heart .


    The two are acquainted.


    Yoichi Sifengin and Byakuya Kuchiki are both the heads of the four great nobles.


    This also allowed Yoichi Sifengin to understand Kuchiki Byakuya''s character very well. She knew what this little guy''s personality was like, a complicated person who obeyed the rules but attached great importance to emotions.


    "Tsk..."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi chuckled lightly, flew down in front of Kuchiki Byzai, and flirtatiously stretched out his hand to grab the cold young man''s chin: "I really don''t know what to say about you... you are not at all compared to when you were a child." So cute!"


    "¡­you!"


    The high-cold youth flies back!


    It''s a pity that when his spiritual power was blocked by Naraku Uehara, his movement speed was far slower than Yoichi Sifengin, and his jaw was instantly pinched by Yoruichi Sifengin!


    "Tell me obediently, why do you stay in this world..."


    Yoichi Sifengin smiled and stroked Kuchiki Byakuza''s chin, and continued: "You are only suitable to be a high-ranking Death Captain, how could you be willing to stay in a place like this world, even if you are sealed away? Li, staying in Soul Soul Realm is also safer!"


    "Shut up."


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s face darkened immediately, and he said coldly, "Cat demon, tell me, where is Kisuke Urahara?"


    Even though his spiritual power has been temporarily sealed, Kuchiki Byakuya''s aura is still cold and arrogant at the moment, as if he is still the powerful captain of the sixth team!


    "Why are you looking for him?"


    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s face suddenly showed a little interest: "Could it be that you want to buy a pair of skeletons from Urahara? Are you really planning to live in this world?"


    "I want to ask what he did to Rukia..."


    A chill flashed across Kuchiki Byakuza''s face, his eyes fixed on Sifengin Yoichi in front of him, and in an instant he caught the astonishment in Sifengin''s eyes, which made Kuchiki Byakuza''s heart It also suddenly became tense!


    Byakuya Kuchiki slowly clenched his fingers, looked directly at Yoruichi Sifengin and continued: "I think you guys should know where I adopted Rukia..."


    "..."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s expression finally changed completely.


    In this world, there are very few people who can take the woman of Yoichi Sifengin seriously, but that definitely includes the owner of the orphanage where Rukia used to be...Yaoshidou!


    That''s Kisuke Urahara''s teacher!


    Kuchiki Byakuya looked at Yoichi Sifengin whose face changed drastically, and continued in a cold voice: "When I adopted Rukia, Mr. Dou told me something...


    If something happens to Rukia one day, let me find his former disciple Urahara and ask him, let me know what Urahara did to Rukia. "


    Although Kuchiki Byakuya doesn''t really like Yakushito, the always smiling director of the orphanage, but Kuchiki Byakuya''s father has a very good relationship with Yakushito.


    What the pharmacist said was barely believable.


    In other words, for Byakuya Kuchiki, the most important thing at this time is to find Kisuke Urahara and find out the truth!


    Kuchiki Byakuya respects the rules of Seireitei.


    Kuchiki Byakuya also doesn''t want to see Rukia being tried by Seireitei for no reason. According to his guess, Rukia will be sentenced to death almost 100%.


    If Rukia really committed a heinous crime, Byakuya Kuchiki would never violate the rules, but if Rukia was really plotted against...


    Then don''t blame him for what he can do to save his sister!


    Originally, Kuchiki Byakuya was still a little doubtful about what Yao Shidou had left behind, but seeing Yoichi Sifengin''s face, he already knew that what Yao Shidou said was indeed true!


    His sister Rukia...


    A huge secret is hidden!


    "..."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi was silent for a while, and then an exclamation flashed across his face: "Mr. Dou, did you know about that a long time ago... Yes... such a thing... how could you hide it from Mr. Dou?"


    They hid the unfinished Bengyu in Kuchiki Rukia''s body, thinking that they had been hiding the truth from Pharmacist Dou, but they never thought that Pharmacist Dou had been watching this matter...


    Compared with Yoichi of Sifengin, Urahara Kisuke is more accepting of this kind of thing. He already knew that his teacher had a high probability of knowing the secret of Rukia.


    Since Yakushito had already told Kuchiki Byakuya about Rukia, Urahara Kisuke and Sifengin Yoruichi no longer concealed this matter.


    Once Rukia Kuchiki is executed...


    The secrets in her body will definitely be revealed!


    No matter what, that collapsed jade must not be exposed in the corpse soul world. No matter whose hands that collapsed jade falls into, it may cause disaster!


    Especially there are two forces that are secretly coveting Beng Yu...


    Orochimaru and Aizen Soyousuke who are hiding in the virtual circle...


    And the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan who have been coveting Bengyu for a long time, the fifth thousand hands!


    "Okay, first help me unlock the seal..."


    Byakuya Kuchiki glanced at Kisuke Urahara.


    He didn''t care about being sealed by Uehara Naraku before, it was because he believed that Urahara Kisuke could help unlock the seal. After all, besides Urahara, there is also a former great ghost priest here.


    these two people...


    They are all very good at ghost art!


    It''s just a mere seal, isn''t it easy to grab?


    Unfortunately, Urahara Kisuke still let him down.


    Urahara didn''t look at the seal on Kuchiki Byakuya at all, but slowly shook his head: "There''s no need to remove it, the seal will dissipate your spiritual power in a month..."


    "Help me undo it now."


    "This can''t be done..."


    Urahara Kisuke shook his head slowly, with a little regret flashing across his face: "The sealing technique of the Uehara clan is not that simple...especially the seal on your body is a double seal, which has completely sealed off the spiritual seeds on your body. "


    certainly.


    Most importantly, Urahara Kisuke doesn''t want to get into trouble.


    At least at this time, Kisuke Urahara didn''t want to have any more conflicts with the Uehara clan, but he managed to ease the relationship with the Uehara clan.


    At this time, there was a knock on the door outside the Urahara store.


    A strange look flashed across the faces of Kisuke Urahara and the others, obviously they had already sensed the people outside the door, and several people looked at each other, each with a hint of surprise in their eyes.


    It was Kurosaki Ichigo and Ishida Uryu.


    These are two pawns that I sent to my door.


    "Help help!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo hastily unloaded Ishida Uryu.


    Kuchiki Byakuya looked at Ishida Uryu who was seriously injured on Kurosaki''s back, and frowned slightly: "Well, that guy saved you...why didn''t you save him?"


    That''s a little bit out of the ordinary.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s personality, even if there is an injured animal on the road, he will help to treat it. How could he let the seriously injured Ishida Uryu go?


    "Uh¡­"


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression suddenly became weird, and he whispered: "This guy Ishida...is a bit rude to that person named Uehara Naraku..."


    "Ok?"


    Everyone present looked a little shocked.


    Everyone''s gazes involuntarily fell on Ishida Uryu on the ground, whether it was the daimon priest Hishitsusai, Kuchiki Byakuya, Sifengin Yoichi and Urahara Kisuke...


    There is no doubt that there is an attitude in their eyes, this Ishida Uryu lying on the ground is really a very courageous guy who is not afraid of death...


    "He actually survived?"


    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s face was full of surprise.


    "He actually survived?"


    Urahara Kisuke also looked a little surprised.


    "How did he survive?"


    Holding Ling Teizhai''s eyes widened in disbelief.


    "Hey hey hey! You guys!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo couldn''t help but clenched his fists, and a cross appeared on his forehead: "So who is that guy named Uehara Naraku! There is also the one wearing a tiger-striped mask and the other with tears Who is the man in the ditch?"


    "Tell me first..."


    Kisuke Urahara touched his hat, and asked softly, "How could Ishida survive... What happened?"


    "Hey!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo looked at the crowd violently, glanced over them one by one, and said in a deep voice, "Tell me who those guys are first...those guys...they claim that Ishida didn''t respect that Naraku Uehara enough." People, took Ishida Uryu''s father away."


    "what!!!!"


    Everyone''s face is even more shocked!


    what is happening?


    Why was Ishida Uryu''s father captured by the Uehara clan!


    This is really confusing, but compared to Ishida Uryu''s father being taken away, Ishida Uryu''s survival doesn''t seem to be particularly serious.


    Kurosaki Ichigo glanced at everyone present, slowly lowered his head, and told what happened after Kuchiki Byakuya left.


    two hours ago.


    Byakuya Kuchiki just left.


    Just when Uehara Naraku was about to leave, Kurosaki Ichigo sincerely invited Uehara Naraku to help Ishida Uryu. Naturally, Uehara Naraku would not refuse such a thing.


    However¡­


    Ishida Uryu woke up by himself.


    "I don''t need death''s treatment."


    Ishida Uryu got up from the ground by himself, covered the wound on his shoulder, and looked at Uehara Naraku with disgust: "Especially the dirty Uehara clan..."


    Obviously, Ishida Uryu knows something about the Soul World. He has heard of the name of the Uehara Clan, the most powerful family in Seireitei, and he also knows that the Uehara Clan is also the mortal enemy of the Quincy Division.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku withdrew his palm in embarrassment.


    The next moment, he slowly shook his head and sighed softly: "Is that so? The hatred between the Quincy and the God of Death cannot be resolved by us..."


    In the war between the God of Death and the Quincy, Uehara Naraku chose to side with the God of Death, because the Quincy didn''t make a good impression on him...


    Let''s put it this way...


    The Quincy clan is a bit like the Uchiha clan.


    Even though Uehara Naraku once wanted to incorporate this clan, but those guys behaved more arrogantly than Uchiha Sasuke. No matter how powerful the Uehara clan showed, few of the Quincy clan were willing to succumb...


    This family is really hopeless.


    Of course, the biggest problem is that Uehara Naraku doesn''t want to reveal his information, so that Yuhabach can get news about him when he launches the sanctuary.


    Ishida Uryu is so weak and so arrogant, Uehara Naraku didn''t want to argue with him, let Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito show up to intimidate this little guy, and then act like a good person...


    Ishida Ryuxian, who just came to look for his son, saw this scene, brazenly activated the Quincy''s ability, and wanted to kill them directly...


    Then¡­


    Ishida Longxian was taken away.


    This is as punishment for Ishida Uryu''s disrespect to Uehara Naraku.


    The expressions on the faces of all the people present became a little weird, obviously they didn''t expect that Ryuxian Ishida and his son were so courageous that they dared to take action against the Uehara clan!


    Holding Ling Tesai helped his small glasses, and slowly uttered a sentence: "Ishida Uryu, this little brat... and his father, Mr. Ishida Ryuxian... are both lucky..."


    At least they all survived.


    This incident is not surprising.


    Because of the place where Uehara Naraku existed, the dead servants of the Uehara clan would rarely kill the weak in front of Uehara Naraku because of the heart of their Patriarch.


    "Then why did they take Ishida''s father away?"


    Kurosaki Ichigo looked at them with some surprise: "Those guys are too strange! And what are their identities?"


    "What are their identities..."


    Urahara Kisuke adjusted his glasses, and said in a low voice, "Anyway, they are the ones you never want to provoke...Even if it''s me, I don''t dare to provoke them again."


    After saying this, Urahara Kisuke suddenly raised his head again, and said softly: "But if possible, that person named Uehara Naraku may become your friend...that is a kind little patriarch."


    They didn''t discuss it much.


    After Urahara Kisuke helped save Ishida Uryu, he asked Kurosaki Ichigo and Ishida Uryu if they could rescue Kuchiki Rukia. If they were willing, they would have to go through special training with him and Shifengin Yoichi .


    Kurosaki Ichigo agreed.


    Ishida Uryu was forced to agree.


    The two were taken to the underground of the Urahara store by Hishitsusai. As for Kuchiki Byakuya, Urahara Kisuke, and Sifengin Yoichi, they still have to discuss the rescue of Rukia.


    "Speaking of which, why did they arrest Mr. Ishida Ryuxian?"


    "have no idea."


    Urahara Kisuke shook his head, and continued in a deep voice: "Maybe the Uehara clan needs the power of Quincy... Let''s continue talking about Seireitei!"


    Urahara Kisuke looked at Kuchiki Byakuya, then at Sifengin Yoruichi, and said in a low voice: "The current emptiness of defense in Seireitei is a good thing for us, but it is also a very difficult one. question.


    One thing we all know is that an enemy from a thousand years ago has been resurrected, and Mr. Yamamoto and the dead servants of the Uehara clan are collectively dispatched to search for his whereabouts.


    The current Seireitei should no longer have a Shinigami as powerful as Uchiha Madara and Senjujuma, which means that once Bengyu is exposed, no one in the Seireitei can stop Aizen Soyousuke. "


    "so¡­"


    Kuchiki Byakuya clenched his fists, and his voice was firmer: "We must find a way to rescue Rukia before execution."

 Chapter 676

    Seireitei.


    Kuchiki Rukia was imprisoned in the Tower Prison.


    Because Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni was not in Seireitei, the Central Forty-Six Chamber tried Rukia Kuchiki at an alarming speed and sentenced her to death.


    The execution date is two months away.


    During these two months, the news of Kuchiki Rukia was immediately passed on, whether it was Urahara Kisuke and others in the present world, or Aizen Soyousuke and his group in the virtual circle, all received the news.


    and¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke also found out about Bengyu.


    Void Night Palace.


    Aizen Soyousuke sat on his throne.


    Since he escaped from Soul Soul Realm many years ago, he has lived in this palace for a long time, and occasionally hid in the Great Void Forest under the palace.


    Because Soul Soul Realm once sent people to attack the virtual circle.


    Moreover, Uchiha Madara, the dead servant of the Uehara clan, would occasionally appear in the virtual circle, massacring Daixu in the virtual circle, and even destroyed the virtual night palace several times.


    It wasn''t until Uchiha Madara and others went to hunt down Yuhabach that this kind of venting behavior had to be suspended, and Aizen Soyousuke returned to Xuye Palace.


    Lan Ran tapped the armrest of the throne slightly with his fingers, and his eyes fell on Hei Jue who was standing on the ground, listening to Hei Jue reporting to him information about the soul world and the present world.


    Among them, what interested Lan Ran the most was undoubtedly the news of Bengyu.


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Hei Ze spread out his palm, with a sinister smile on his face, and reported the news he should report: "The collapse jade made by Urahara has been hidden in Kuchiki Rukia''s body.


    Urahara was worried that Aizen-sama and Uehara Clan''s Senshoubei would get news of the collapse of the jade, so they also planned to rescue the little girl on Kuchiki Rukia''s execution day..."


    "That''s really interesting..."


    Aizen Soyousuke sat upright, with a confident smile on the corner of his mouth: "In this case, it seems that Seireitei will be very lively on the execution day."


    When talking about this, Aizen Soyousuke narrowed his eyes slightly, showing a dangerous look: "And there is one more thing... We haven''t had time to intervene in the Central Forty-six Room, it seems that other people are also staring at It''s the crumbling jade inside Kuchiki Rukia''s body.


    Not Mr. Orochimaru...


    It is Mr. Senju Hima of the Uehara clan. "


    "It doesn''t matter, does it?"


    Heijue raised his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke on the throne, and gave a low laugh: "The four chief executives headed by Shigekuni Yamamoto and Madara Uchiha have left Seireitei, and went to investigate the situation that happened thousands of years ago. enemy.


    In the entire Seireitei, there is no enemy who can threaten Aizen-sama... On that day, Aizen-sama is the strongest existence, no matter what they want to do, it doesn''t seem to matter, right? "


    "Don''t be too careless..."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, stretched out his palm and inserted it on the hair on his forehead, his smile gradually became thicker: "Although it looks like this...but don''t underestimate the other people in this world. People...before I got the Beng Yu..."


    Yes.


    Aizen Soyousuke has always been cautious.


    Before getting Bengyu, Aizen Soyousuke would never act hastily, he would make all the plans to ensure that he could achieve his goal and at the same time ensure his own safety.


    Even after experiencing a disastrous defeat against Uchiha Madara decades ago, Aizen Soyousuke still retains quite strong self-confidence, because he himself knew the probability of winning or losing between himself and Uchiha Madara back then.


    Perhaps the only unexpected...


    Probably Uchiha Madara is too powerful.


    Even so, Aizen Soyousuke still retreated, and he has figured out the gap between him and Uchiha Madara, which also made him more cautious than before.


    Everyone can be a pawn.


    Everyone can be a chess player.


    Aizen Soyousuke closed his eyes slightly, and when he began to think about his own countermeasures, the present Urahara Kisuke seemed to be communicating with his own source of information.


    In the tearoom of the Urahara store.


    Kisuke Urahara carefully brewed a pot of hot tea for himself. He was listening to the information brought by Bai Zee''s body, which was the basis for him to formulate a perfect plan.


    "Hee hee hee, our news has been leaked..."


    There was no guilt at all on the face of Bai Jue''s body, and he even took it for granted: "The three Bai Jue avatars under the ground who were in charge of guarding here were killed... Looking at the wound, it was the one next to Aizen Soyousuke. Only Heijue killed it..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Kisuke Urahara nodded, poured himself a cup of tea, and said softly, "From the looks of it, that guy Aizen should also know about Bengyu..."


    Kisuke Urahara didn''t blame Bai Jue.


    Because he knows Bai Jue''s temperament and ability, Bai Jue''s ability to bring these news can already provide him with a lot of ideas.


    Kisuke Urahara never thought about being envious of Aizen Soyousuke''s very capable black zealot. What he likes most is using limited cards to create a future with infinite possibilities.


    and¡­


    Bai Jue is so idiotic and innocent, but it''s actually quite funny.


    "Hahahaha¡­"


    The main body of Bai Jue continued with a smile: "Urahara, you can''t blame me for this matter...Under the ground, our combat power is too weak...Only I can barely fight against Hei Jue...Those idiot clones are not its at all opponent¡­"


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Urahara Kisuke shook his head, caressed his teacup calmly, and grinned at the corner of his mouth: "Actually, this is not a bad thing... If it looks like this, it seems that Aizen, who has received the news of Bengyu, will not miss it." Here''s another chance..."


    just.


    No, it should be said that it couldn''t be better.


    Originally, Kisuke Urahara was still thinking about how to deal with the little guy with the collapsed jade in his body when he rescued Kuchiki Rukia in the future...


    Now, he has a better way.


    If Aizen Soyousuke wants to intervene in this incident, then Kisuke Urahara can take advantage of Aizen''s intervention to find a way to exonerate Kuchiki Rukia!


    Now there is no powerful person in the entire Seireitei, and at least half of the captains of Gotei 13 can be persuaded by Urahara Kisuke, as long as they fight against Aizen Soyousuke, the mastermind behind the scenes...


    no matter what...


    All can be forgiven.


    Of course, the little guy Kurosaki Ichigo must also enter the Seireitei, so as to gain the approval of the Seireitei in this incident, otherwise he may not have room to grow.


    Kurosaki Ichigo has even wider possibilities.


    Or¡­


    Kurosaki Ichigo is also the only existence that has integrated the power of Shinigami, Hollow, and Quincy for thousands of years. Kisuke Urahara also wants to see where Kurosaki Ichigo will go...


    One step can push the boundaries of possibility.


    "But before that..."


    Urahara Kisuke''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he slowly put down the teacup with his palm, and whispered softly: "We must spread the news that Aizen Soyousuke may invade the Soul World...to prevent Rukia from being really caught by Aizen." The guy took it away."


    must¡­


    There must be someone as the last guarantee!


    If possible, Urahara Kisuke certainly hopes to be Shigekuni Yamamoto, but unfortunately he doesn''t know the whereabouts of Shigekuni Yamamoto, so he can only find a way to pass the news to someone he can trust: "...It seems that apart from the little patriarch of the Uehara clan, There is no more suitable candidate, right?"


    This moment.


    Uehara Naraku, whom Urahara Kisuke was talking about, was watching a good show where old friends reunited, which was also arranged by Uehara himself.


    Ishida Longxian.


    Masaki Kurosaki.


    The encounter of two pure-blood Quincy masters.


    When Kurosaki Masaki saw Ishida Ryuxian, who was captured by Uchiha Itachi and others, he was a little dazed: "Ryuxian, why are you here?"


    Masaki Kurosaki and Tatsuru Ishida were childhood sweethearts, and they were even engaged at one point. It wasn''t until Masaki Kurosaki and Yixin met that they gradually separated.


    To be honest, I am really happy to see old friends; however, seeing old friends in the inner city of Uehara makes people feel a little flustered.


    Ishida Ryuken who was caught in was even more surprised than Kurosaki Masaki!


    Who can tell him...


    Why Kurosaki Masaki is still alive!


    And it seems to be doing well in the inner city of Uehara!


    Before Ishida Ryuzuru could reminisce about the past, Uehara Naraku yawned slowly: "Forget it, I feel that it would not be good for Mr. Kurosaki Isshin if you continue to chat.


    If you two want to reminisce about the past, there will be opportunities in the future... Itachi-san, Obito-san, help me put Mr. Ishida Ryuzuru in the dungeon. "


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku seemed to have thought of something, and turned to look at Kurosaki Masaki: "Oh, by the way, Ms. Kurosaki should not worry about her friends, she should worry about her son first...Your family is very We will be reunited soon!"


    "What do you want to do to Ichigo!"


    "I haven''t done anything."


    Naraku Uehara waved his palm, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "And this time I went to the present world, I saved him... Maybe we will become friends when we meet next time?"


    At least¡­


    Kurosaki Ichigo should consider him a friend.


    As long as Uehara Naraku showed enough kindness, Kurosaki Ichigo would always accept this kindness.


    Uehara Naraku has always looked like a harmless guy to humans and animals... Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito will help if there is a little threat.


    This feeling¡­


    Really good.


    Time passed bit by bit.


    The date of Kuchiki Rukia''s execution is getting closer.


    People in every world know the exact execution date of Kuchiki Rukia, groups in every world are ready, and everyone is waiting for that date to come.


    First hands on...


    Naturally, it was Kurosaki Ichigo and his team supported by Urahara Kisuke!


    Because they can''t wait for that time to come, they don''t want to see the leak of Bengyu, so they must find a way to rescue Rukia before the execution day!


    In the passage between the soul world and the present world.


    Kurosaki Ichigo, Chadu Yasutora, Inoue Orihime, Ishida Uryu, the four brazenly passed through the passage at this stage and invaded the soul world!


    Kuchiki Byakuya, Sifengin Yoichi and Urahara Kisuke hid in the dark, trying every means to create convenience for them, directly allowing Kurosaki Ichigo and his group to pass through the gate of the Murderous Stone and enter Seireitei!


    After this team entered Seireitei...


    Immediately set off a riot caused by human beings!


    Under the secret guidance of Kuchiki Byakuya and Sifengin Yoichi, Kurosaki Ichigo and others quietly followed the defense loopholes of Gotei Thirteen Brigade to the tower prison where Rukia was imprisoned!


    Above the Tower Prison.


    Naraku Uehara stood by the window of the prison cell on the top of the tower, looking at Seireitei who was in turmoil, and said softly: "Miss Rukia, your friend is unexpectedly very capable... and now he has passed the request of His Excellency Kenpachi Saragi. The 11th squad has blocked the line..."


    "..."


    Kuchiki Rukia fell silent.


    It''s just a little bit of sweat on her forehead.


    Even if Kurosaki Ichigo''s former companions became stronger, they still couldn''t break through the last line of defense, a line of defense guarded by the captain of the fifth team, Uehara Naraku himself.


    "Do not worry."


    Uehara Naraku turned her head slightly, and looked at Kuchiki Rukia: "I didn''t do it to stop Mr. Ichigo and the others... If they can break through the siege and rescue you, that''s what I would like to see."


    Uehara Naraku met Kuchiki Rukia''s puzzled eyes, slowly shook his head self-servingly, and continued softly: "I never feel that there is any guilt in what you did, so that you let an excellent god of death die in vain. On the execution ground..."


    "But¡­"


    Kuchiki Rukia held her fist somewhat restrainedly, and said softly: "Captain Naraku...won''t this cause you trouble?"


    Just after saying this, Kuchiki Rukia smiled self-deprecatingly: "I''m sorry... I was self-righteous. Anyway, thank you very much."


    How could Uehara Naraku be in trouble in Seireitei!


    Kuchiki Rukia raised her head slightly, and glanced at Uehara Naraku who was standing by the window, a look of amazement flashed across her face, such a person really didn''t look like a wealthy patriarch at all.


    Asai Renji stood behind the prison door, and said with a displeased face: "Hey, Uehara, you guys obviously want to change all of this, why did you vote against it at our previous captain meeting? If you vote, Rukia will get off the hook, right?"


    some days ago.


    Just as the execution was approaching, the captain and deputy captains of Gotei 13 Team discussed about Kuchiki Rukia. Many captains believed that Kuchiki Rukia was not guilty of death, and planned to report to the Central Forty-six Room Petition for reconsideration.


    They dared to do this because Yamamoto Shigekuni was not around.


    It is a pity that during the voting, the captain of the fifth team Naraku Uehara chose to abstain, and the captain of the sixth team Byakuya Kuchiki was not there, which directly led to the internal vote of the captain of the Gotei 13th team to abstain from voting to maintain the status quo.


    "Will not."


    Naraku Uehara did not go to see Renji Asai, shook his head and continued: "That day I got a news that Captain Aizan secretly manipulated some members of the Central Forty-sixth Room. It is secretly manipulated and will not give us a chance to change..."


    "The former captain who defected?"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku still looked out of the window and said in a low voice: "I am here to guard against Captain Aizen''s surprise attack...This time will definitely not be the same as last time...Captain."


    The voice fell.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, appeared next to Asai Renji, and waved Asai Renji away!


    Just when A Sanjing Renji was a little startled and annoyed, he saw a sharp sword piercing the position where he was just now out of thin air, and someone used the 26th Curved Light to hide his figure!


    Someone is hiding here!


    After Naraku Uehara rescued Asai Renji, the air slowly twisted, and a figure appeared in front of them out of thin air!


    "very nice."


    "Compared to the past..."


    "You''ve grown a lot... Naraku..."

 Chapter 677

    Who would have thought...


    Aizen Soyousuke has already sneaked into the cell!


    When everyone present saw the man who appeared, they couldn''t help but panic. The man who once single-handedly caused turmoil in the world of corpses and souls!


    When Naraku Uehara forced out Aizen Soyousuke, his face was also full of seriousness, his voice became a little more dignified unconsciously, and his eyes became slightly complicated: "Long time no see, Captain Aizen .¡±


    For the two of them, it was indeed a reunion after a long absence.


    Everyone present knew very well that Aizen Soyousuke was once the person Uehara Naraku respected the most, and Uehara was also most saddened by Aizen Soyousuke''s defection.


    At least Chisentao, who has been guarding outside the cell, knows this.


    The face of the girl Shinigami was suddenly full of tension, and she murmured to Aizen Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku who were in conflict in the cell: "Captain Aizen...Captain Uehara...don''t..."


    It''s a pity that the two of them didn''t stop because of her words.


    With a playful smile on the corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth, he spread his palm towards Naraku Uehara, and said with a light smile, "Naraku, can you leave with me this time?"


    "Impossible...captain."


    Uehara Naraku slowly clenched his fists, shook his head vigorously and said in a deep voice, "This time...I will keep you here...absolutely...never let you escape again!"


    "I''m much more confident... Naraku."


    Aizen Soyousuke smiled even more, and praised softly: "Since you became the captain of the fifth team, I have been paying attention to everything about you. Compared with you in the past, you are getting better and better now.


    Whether it''s your Reiatsu or your character, it''s really surprising that Naraku has become a qualified captain after we haven''t seen each other for so long. "


    After finishing speaking, Aizen Soyousuke moved his fingers slightly, and there were ripples in the space. The corner of his mouth chuckled and continued: "However, some gaps cannot be made up by talent, just as no matter how hard I try, I can''t make up for it." It is possible to surpass Mr. Madara across time.


    Now you are still not my opponent, Naraku...


    Mr. Itachi and Mr. Obito who have been protecting you have met their old opponents again. It seems that no one is protecting you this time. Do you feel fear in your heart now? "


    "Ok?"


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly.


    At this moment, he should really be wondering that Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito haven''t shown up yet. After all, if there is any danger, Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito will show up directly.


    "Don''t remember?"


    Lan Ran stepped forward step by step, and explained with a smile: "When I planned the assassination, I sent two of my subordinates to stop them..."


    Now¡­


    It''s just repeating the old tricks.


    It''s just that if this happens, everyone''s face can''t help but feel a little worried. As they have seen the vast spiritual pressure on Aizen Soyousuke with their own eyes, they don''t think that everyone present will join hands to defeat Aizen Soyousuke. possible!


    "Naraku..."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked around, looked at everyone with a smile and said, "Now you are the only one here to protect Rukia... Do you think you can protect her?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth.


    Renji Asai pulled out his Zanpakut¨­ with a full face of displeasure, looked at Aizen Soyousuke and said loudly: "Hey, you guy, don''t take other people seriously!"


    "And... and me..."


    Chisentao also slowly clenched her Zanpakut¨­.


    However, Aizen Soyousuke just shook his head slightly at the struggle between the two of them, and the next moment his figure suddenly appeared beside Asai Renji!


    "Be careful!"


    Naraku Uehara reminded loudly with a face full of surprise.


    It''s a pity, how fast Aizen Soyousuke is!


    When Uehara Naraku reminded him, Asai Renji''s eyes widened involuntarily, and he slowly lowered his head to look at the tip of a knife protruding from his lower abdomen...


    That is¡­


    Mirror Flower Water Moon Zhanpakutao!


    Aizen Soyousuke severely wounded Renji Asai, and then slapped Hina Morita, a burst of powerful spiritual pressure instantly severely injured Hina Morita!


    in a flash...


    Naraku Uehara is the only one left in the cell...to face the black hand Aizen Soyousuke who once stirred up the situation in the world of corpses and souls!


    "Don''t underestimate people...Captain."


    Naraku Uehara gritted his teeth and raised his right hand!


    The next moment, eleven Zanpakut¨­s of different shapes and shining lights suddenly appeared in front of Naraku Uehara, and he grabbed one of them with his palm!


    "Eleven Zanpakuto?"


    A look of surprise flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s face, as if he was a little surprised in disbelief, and then slowly turned into a smile again: "It''s really an amazing talent, although Mr. Orochimaru told me a long time ago There is such a possibility..."


    Orochimaru has been vaccinating Aizen Soyousuke.


    When the two of them chatted, Orochimaru often praised Uehara Naraku''s talent, claiming that Uehara Naraku might be the most talented patriarch of the Uehara clan ever.


    According to Orochimaru''s guess, of the thirteen Zanpakut¨­ that Uehara Naraku possesses, perhaps he should have mastered ten or even eleven of them, which means that Uehara Naraku will be a hundred years old. Master all Zanpakuto...


    Or¡­


    Probably sooner.


    According to the information analyzed by Aizen Soyousuke, Naraku Uehara mastered two Zanpakut¨­ when he was fifteen years old, and now less than sixty years have passed, and Naraku Uehara has mastered nine more Zanpakut¨­. The guy''s talent is really strong...


    "It really shouldn''t be underestimated..."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Uehara Naraku''s serious expression, smiled and continued: "I really hope you can stand with me...Naraku...you also have the qualifications to arrange this world."


    "Needless to say...Captain..."


    Uehara Naraku raised the Zanpakuto in his hand and pointed it at Aizen Soyousuke, and said coldly: "When the captain left Soul World...I swear that I will bring you back...This Zanpakuto is for the captain You prepared it!"


    The Reiko in Uehara Naraku''s hand covered the Zanpakut¨­ in his hand little by little, and the Zanpakut¨­ slowly revealed its original appearance...


    The blade is gorgeous...


    There are all kinds of carved beams and paintings floating on the blade!


    Just looking at the blade will make people involuntarily delve into it, as if they want to enter the blade to peek at the beautiful scenery!


    However, behind the gorgeousness, the Zanpakuto looks extremely dreamy, as if it looks like a cloud without roots, and there is no entity at all!


    "Need me to introduce you?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the Zanpakuto in his hand, and then at Aizen Soyousuke who was opposite him: "If you''re not careful... even the captain who holds Kyoka Suigetsu will completely sink under this knife!"


    "There''s no need for that."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, stretched out his hand to help his broken hair on his forehead, and said with a smile: "Mr. Orochimaru told me all the information... the fifth-generation Uehara clan head''s knife, mirage ..."


    This is the information that Aizen Soyousuke got.


    The Zanpakuto of the fifth-generation Uehara Clan Patriarch, Mirage, this Zanpakuto is said to have the ability to turn all reality into a mirage...


    This Mirage Zanpakut¨­ is generally a water-type Zanpakut¨­ like Kyoka Shuiyue.


    And the initial interpretation of this Zanpakut¨­ is also very terrifying. It is clearly a real reality, but it will also become an illusory mirage under this sword...


    Whether it''s a real person...


    Or any attack!


    As long as you are contaminated by the clouds floating on the blade of Mirage Zanpakut¨­, you will be completely determined by this Zanpakut¨­ to become a mirage-like existence at any time!


    If you know this weakness, Mirage Zanpakut¨­ may not be so difficult to deal with, as long as you are careful not to be floated by the clouds on the knife body, it will be enough to deal with it... However, this Zanpakut¨­ can even manipulate the water vapor in the air to turn into clouds at any time!


    At this point...


    It''s almost the same as Flowers in Mirrors and Moon in Water!


    In Aizen Soyousuke''s view, all of this seems to be fate. If possible, Aizen Soyousuke would like to fight against the former fifth-generation Uehara Clan Patriarch to see which knife Mirage and Kyoka Shuigetsu have. stronger...


    It is a pity that the head of the fifth generation Uehara clan disappeared too early.


    But it doesn''t matter, Uehara Naraku, who inherited the entire Uehara clan, can also fight him with a mirage!


    Aizen Soyousuke suddenly pulled out the Kyoka Shuigetsu in his hand, and the crisp sound of the knife resounded in the cell: "Shatter it... Kyoka Shuigetsu!"


    "Close your eyes!"


    Naraku Uehara sternly sipped at Kuchiki Rukia, and explained in a deep voice: "Once you see the beginning of Kyoka Suigetsu, you will become a slave of Kyoka Suigetsu!"


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku quickly waved the Zanpakuto in his hand, and rushed towards Aizen Soyousuke. Following his footsteps, white clouds fell under his feet in an instant, and even in the empty area he passed generate!


    In just a split second...


    The entire cell seemed to have turned into the sky!


    Aizen Soyousuke swung Kyoka Suigetsu and slashed at Uehara Naraku, and this slash went straight to Uehara Naraku like a sharp arrow!


    But the next moment...


    Naraku Uehara raised the Zanpakuto in his hand!


    A white cloud suddenly appeared in front of him, and the slash that flew like a sharp arrow directly slashed on the white cloud!


    The moment the two came into contact, Aizen Soyousuke''s slash turned into nothingness, even if that slash hit Uehara Naraku, it passed directly through Uehara Naraku''s body!


    This is the horror of the mirage!


    Any attack will be directly turned into a mirage!


    "The rather troublesome Zanpakuto..."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, his eyebrows frowned slightly, and the next moment his palm suddenly raised towards Naraku Uehara: "Ninety of the broken way, black coffin!"


    A black wall suddenly rises from the ground!


    In the blink of an eye, Naraku Uehara was surrounded by black walls!


    No, it should be said that his body was locked in a black coffin by Aizen Soyousuke!


    The sharp thorns made of spiritual seeds suddenly stabbed towards the black coffin. These sharp thorns were about to pierce Naraku Uehara inside the black coffin. The sword pierces the heart!


    only¡­


    The black coffin will really pierce people''s hearts with thousands of swords!


    However, before the sharp thorns were pierced into the black coffin, the whole black coffin instantly became somewhat transparent, and Uehara Naraku''s body jumped out of the somewhat transparent black coffin!


    This guy¡­


    And using the characteristics of the mirage to turn the black coffin into an illusion!


    Click!


    Uehara waved the Zanpakuto in his hand, chopped all the sharp thorns in the air, his face relaxed slowly, looked at Aizen Soyousuke and said: "No matter what degree of attack, in this mirage In front of them, they will all become invalid..."


    Naraku Uehara danced a sword flower, and said sincerely: "You have no chance of winning in front of this Zanpakuto, captain..."


    "Is that so?"


    Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help but let out a low laugh, a clear sound of water splashing was fleeting, and his figure disappeared in the same place in an instant!


    next moment¡­


    The figure of Aizen Soyousuke appeared behind Uehara Naraku, and a gentle voice appeared in Uehara Naraku''s ear: "This knife still has a fatal weakness... Naraku... only where you can see it , the real existence becomes a mirage, right?"


    When he said this, Aizen Soyousuke calmly stretched out his palm to grab a white cloud, and continued softly: "Even the existence of a mirage needs an audience... If there is no owner of the sword as an audience, the mirage will be destroyed." would be meaningless..."


    "How...how did you find out?"


    Uehara Naraku clenched the Zanpakut¨­ in his hand in disbelief, and even became a little bitter in his throat: "This should be the first time Mirage has shot..."


    This moment is not faking...


    But Naraku Uehara was really surprised!


    Because this Zanpakuto was successfully cultivated by Uehara Naraku, he discovered this shortcoming, but he never told anyone about this shortcoming...


    Even Orochimaru!


    And this Zanpakuto called Mirage should be the first time it has appeared in the world, and a similar Zanpakuto has never been born before...


    should say¡­


    Is he worthy of being a legendary genius?


    Obviously, it hasn''t been long since they fought each other, and even just two rounds of fighting, Aizen Soyousuke has already discovered the shortcomings of Mirage Zanpakuto...


    "I just opened my mouth to test something, and it seems that I guessed it right."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly reached out and grabbed the white cloud, and squeezed the white cloud into a ball of water vapor. His voice gradually became a little illusory: "It''s still the same... Naraku... now you, still don''t Learn to deceive the enemy..."


    It''s really just a test.


    After Aizen Soyousuke learned of Mirage''s terrifying ability, he thought about the weakness of this Zanpakut¨­. There is no doubt that the Zanpakut¨­ of water-type illusions should be related to sight!


    After his slash was easily blocked by Uehara Naraku, Aizen Soyousuke directly used the black coffin for the second trial...


    Obviously Uehara Naraku could use the Zanpakuto to create more water vapor and white clouds to destroy the black coffin and the sharp thorn together, but because the black coffin blocked Uehara Naraku''s sight, he had to resolve the black coffin first, and then deal with Lingzi Li Thorn attack.


    no doubt¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke is a genius in the world of the god of death, as long as it is the ability of the world of the god of death, Aizen Soyousuke seems to be able to find additional weaknesses!


    at this point¡­


    Uehara Naraku is not so pure.


    Perhaps it was because he had too many cards in his hand.


    "I''m so sorry, I may not learn to lie."


    Naraku Uehara took a deep breath, clenched his Zanpakut¨­ with his right hand, turned around and slashed towards Aizen Soyousuke behind him, his voice gradually became agitated: "Even if it''s deceiving the enemy... it''s a bit too much. Don''t respect them!"

 Chapter 678

    Aizen waved the Zanpakuto and retreated!


    In the prison cell, lightning and flint!


    In this small space, the sound of the metal and iron clashing of the Mirage Zanpakuto in Uehara Naraku''s hand and the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto in Aizen Soyousuke''s hand can be heard endlessly!


    It looks extremely dangerous in this battle!


    Every time Uehara Naraku swings a knife, a white auspicious cloud floats out. Every white cloud is pregnant with danger, and once it is touched, it may turn into a mirage!


    Even the current Aizen Soyousuke didn''t dare to be careless, he just relied on his own Shunpo to dodge at high speed, and sometimes in Uehara''s blind spot, he shot to smash the white clouds!


    "A pointless battle."


    The figure of Aizen Soyousuke flickered behind Uehara Naraku again, his voice was as gentle as spring water: "Even when you are fighting with me, you are showing mercy everywhere... Naraku, your sword has no power."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku brandished Zanpakuto and slashed at Aizen Soyousuke''s chest, with a rare look of determination on his face: "Captain...don''t underestimate people!"


    "Oh?"


    There was a smile on the corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth, and he stood quietly on the spot, watching Uehara Naraku''s Zanpakut¨­ approaching his chest before dodging away.


    After dodging one attack after another, he continued calmly: "Then...please tell me, why do you still call a defector the captain?


    Is the reason for fighting to get me back to Seireitei?


    you should know...


    Naraku...


    If it''s just winning or losing, I won''t have any thoughts of changing. Only by getting the collapsed jade in Kuchiki Rukia''s body and making me an existence in another dimension, maybe I will return to this place as you wish. Rotten world...


    and¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke''s voice paused slowly, and the corner of his mouth smiled a little more, as if he was talking to himself: "Of course...why do you think that I will also have meaningless sex with you?" What about the battle... Naraku?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s attack stopped suddenly.


    The next moment, he suddenly raised his head and looked in the direction of Kuchiki Rukia!


    Behind that girl Shinigami, an illusory Aizen Soyousuke appeared at some point, and he was raising his hand to take out a radiant sphere from Kuchiki Rukia''s body...


    That is¡­


    That collapsed jade hidden in Kuchiki Rukia''s body!


    Aizen Soyousuke released Kyoka Suigetsu''s swastika at some point!


    Perhaps before they fought, Aizen Soyousuke had already completed the Swastika. He himself fought with Uehara Naraku and attracted everyone''s attention, but he used the mirror image of Kyoka Suigetsu''s Swastika Shuigetsu to capture the collapse of Kuchiki Rukia''s body. Jade!


    Aizen Soyousuke never engages in meaningless battles.


    Aizen''s purpose was never to show the gap between them to Uehara Naraku, he just wanted to take the collapsed jade from Kuchiki Rukia''s body!


    "return!"


    Naraku Uehara rushed towards Aizen''s mirror image of Suigetsu!


    However, that illusory Aizen turned his head slightly like a god and glanced at Uehara Naraku, a scorn flashed at the corner of his mouth, and he swung a transparent Zanpakut¨­ and slashed out!


    This slash is just blocking...


    The next moment, the illusory Aizen Soyousuke grabbed the collapsed jade and quietly turned over and returned to the main body. After handing the collapsed jade to the main body, he went back to the mirror!


    "I thought I needed to kill her to take out the Beng Yu..."


    Aizen Soyousuke stared at the ball of light in his hand, with a little sigh in his eyes: "I didn''t expect it to be so easy... This should be the collapsed jade made by Urahara back then."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth and watched this scene, he still turned around and stretched out his hand to support Kuchiki Rukia, and stretched out his hand to push the girl''s shoulder.


    fortunately¡­


    Kuchiki Rukia looked fine.


    Uehara Naraku withdrew his palm and threw Kuchiki Rukia on the ground, the sound of the heavy object falling to the ground was a bit dull.


    Kuchiki Rukia tried her best to turn her head to look at Uehara Naraku, the horror of Aizen Soyousuke in her eyes gradually disappeared, and she was completely speechless to Uehara Naraku: "Hey, be a little lighter..."


    This guy¡­


    Can''t it be lighter!


    Uehara Naraku had no intention of dealing with Kuchiki Rukia, he held the mirage tightly in his hand and slashed towards Aizen Soyousuke: "Come back!"


    A vast slash full of his anger!


    Aizen Soyousuke still had a smile on his mouth, put away Bengyu with his sleeves, waved his hand and hit Duankong to stop the slash, Shunpo was about to disappear in front of everyone''s eyes!


    However, a figure jumped in from the window!


    A jet-black spiritual pressure turned into a slash and slashed towards Aizen Soyousuke!


    "Crescent sky rushes!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s voice was full of anger!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image took down the picture of Bengyu, he happened to see it clearly, and this blow also contained Kurosaki Ichigo''s anger!


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his finger calmly, stopped the black slash, and a slight smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Travel boy...is he finally here?"


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s face was full of shock and anger!


    Ever since he and his friends sneaked into Seireitei, they have encountered powerful enemies constantly, which made him have to spend a period of time practicing...


    During this time, Kurosaki Ichigo also completed his own swastika!


    Crescent moon sky rush is Kurosaki Ichigo''s most convenient ability, but he didn''t expect that he would be easily blocked by Aizen Soyousuke!


    Even the enemy uses only one finger!


    However, this did not make Kurosaki Ichigo fearful, instead his fighting spirit became stronger: "Asshole... I don''t know what you took from Rukia...but... give it back now !"


    "Sorry, it can''t be done."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, with a smile still on the corner of his mouth: "It''s really good... Your growth is also in line with my expectations... It''s more in line with my expectations than Naraku''s... But I still look forward to our next encounter .¡±


    Both Uehara Naraku and Kurosaki Ichigo are opponents that Aizen Soyousuke wants to cultivate. In Aizen Soyousuke''s view, these two young guys have unlimited possibilities.


    Naraku Uehara has the spiritual power and Zanpakuto accumulated by the Patriarchs of the Uehara clan in the past, which can make Aizen Soyousuke see the limit of death accumulated over time...


    Kurosaki Ichigo has the fusion power of Shinigami, Quincy, and Hollow, and it is also another path that Aizen Soyousuke hopes for...


    They will meet.


    But it shouldn''t be now.


    Because Aizen himself also knows his own shortcomings, he needs Bengyu to make up for his shortcomings and allow himself to further evolve!


    perhaps¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Naraku Uehara and Ichigo Kurosaki with his eyes. Perhaps in the future, these two little guys can be used as the audience for him to sit on the throne.


    "Farewell, Naraku, Kurosaki Ichigo."


    Aizen Soyousuke waved his hand, and suddenly released a thunder cannon!


    The huge beam of light set off a large cloud of smoke and dust!


    When Uehara Naraku and Kurosaki Ichigo resisted the Thunder Roar Cannon at the same time, the figure of Aizen Soyousuke had disappeared in this cell.


    Uehara Naraku jumped towards the window, looking for Aizen Soyousuke, but he couldn''t find any trace at all.


    "Did that guy... escape?"


    Kurosaki Ichigo jumped to Uehara Naraku''s side, and asked in a deep voice, "What did he take from Rukia?"


    "It is said that it is an object called collapse jade..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was full of sadness, and he slowly shook his head and said: "I once heard Mr. Tomona mention that the collapse jade is an extremely dangerous item... It will give the god of death a power beyond the limit... like that one The collapse jade was placed in Rukia by Mr. Urahara."


    "never mind."


    Kurosaki Ichigo shook his head, he didn''t know what happened to Aizen Soyousuke, he only cared about Kuchiki Rukia''s condition.


    Fortunately, nothing happened to Rukia.


    Kurosaki Ichigo landed beside Kuchiki Rukia, reaching out to grab Rukia''s body, and wanted to take her out of the cell.


    "Don''t take her away."


    Uehara Naraku stopped Kurosaki Ichigo, and said softly: "Now that Captain Aizen has appeared here, this matter is far more serious than the fact that she shared the power of the god of death with you. Her charges should be cleared immediately. Cleaned up."


    "Ok?"


    "never mind."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kurosaki Ichigo who was full of vigilance, and waved his hands helplessly, his face was full of despair and helplessness: "Whatever you want... I will help Renji and them heal first... If you want to take Rukia away, Please feel free!"


    "Thank you!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo picked up Rukia on his back, and was about to turn around and leave here.


    It''s just that when he walked to the door of the cell, he seemed to think of something, and couldn''t help turning his head and said, "By the way, where is Ishida''s father?"


    They sneaked into Seireitei this time, not only to rescue Kuchiki Rukia, but also to rescue Ishida Uryu''s father, Ishida Ryuxian.


    "Are you talking about Mr. Ishida Ryuzuru?"


    Uehara Naraku was surprised for a second, shook his head and said: "I don''t know where he was locked up...maybe he was killed...maybe in other places..."


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his head and looked at Kurosaki Ichigo, and continued softly: "By the way, there is one more thing... Your friend may not be as simple as you think... Quincy''s There are many secrets in him... he sneaked into Seireitei not only to save his father, right?"


    "What''s the meaning?"


    "The ancestor of the Quincy has been hiding in the Seireitei."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was full of solemnity, and he explained in a deep voice: "Thousands of years ago, Yu Habach, the ancestor of the Quincy, tried to destroy all worlds including the present world.


    Thousands of years ago, Yuhabach set off a great war in the soul world. Yuhabach was stopped by our captain, Mr. Yamamoto Shigekuni, and two senior officers of our clan, but Yuhabach was still alive, secretly using his own power The younger generations are causing chaos in the world.


    In order to make this world unbalanced, the Quincy Master began to massacre Xu hundreds of years ago, completely destroying Xu''s spirit son, and almost plunged the present world, Xu''s world, and the soul world into chaos...


    Not long ago, our family got the news that Yuhabach reappeared in this world, and he has been continuously guiding his descendants, the Quincy family..."


    Speaking of this, Uehara Nai gave a strong dose of medicine: "If I''m not wrong, your friend wants to come to Seireitei, maybe not to rescue Rukia, but to meet Yuhabach. Dangerous man, get the power of the Quincy from him..."


    "Hey, stop talking nonsense!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo shook his head quickly, and said with a displeased face: "Ishida is not the kind of person you said...I''ll go first!"


    After the words fell, Kurosaki Ichigo took Rukia over the window and fled into the streets of Seireitei to meet his friends.


    Uehara Naraku stood by the window and looked at his figure, calmly raised his fingers, and a strange smile appeared on the corner of his mouth.


    The other side of Seireitei.


    Ishida Uryu is in a huge crisis.


    Compared with other people''s routes, Ishida Uryu hardly passed smoothly!


    Along the way, there are always countless gods of death chasing after him, leaving him no time to save Rukia and Ishida Ryuseki!


    Just when Ishida Uryu was in the most danger, a black shadow appeared beside Ishida Uryu, grabbed Ishida Uryu''s arm, and grabbed him into the shadows!


    "this is¡­"


    Ishida Uryu''s face was full of surprise.


    On a tall throne, a dark figure sat on it, and his voice was a little gloomy: "A pure-blood descendant? No, it turned out to be a half-blood who survived, which is really rare..."


    The shadow in the darkness stood up slowly, looked down at Ishida Uryu, and said arrogantly: "A few gods of death can drive you into a desperate situation... Ishida Uryu..."


    "you know me?"


    "certainly."


    The shadows in the darkness slowly solidified.


    A tall man appeared in front of Ishida Ulong, and asked in a urn: "Ishida Ulong, do you know where your blood comes from..."


    "..."


    Ishida Uryu frowned gradually.


    Just as Ishida Uryu in the shadows communicated with the man who saved him, the gods of death who were hunting in Seireitei stopped.


    On the corner of the street in Seireitei.


    The Reaper team that was chasing down Ishida Uryu stopped in place.


    Because Ishida Uryu suddenly disappeared here, they couldn''t even detect his position through perception, so how could they chase him down?


    These gods of death looked at each other and nodded to each other!


    In the next moment, the eyes of each god of death suddenly became a little absent-minded, as if they were controlled by someone.


    Uehara Inner City.


    Senshou raised his finger between the doors, his eyebrows frowned slightly, and then relaxed a little: "Brother and Madara can be notified... as long as Ishida Uryu appears, you will be able to find out Yuhabach''s It''s gone."


    "Then leave it to you."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice appeared in the brain of Senshou Fujian, and his voice was a little playful and smiling: "Before Captain Aizen merges with Benyu, don''t let Yuhabach bother us... and get rid of him completely."


    After Uehara Naraku finished giving his orders, he opened his mouth and added: "Oh, by the way, let Ishida Uryu go forward with the darkness on his back!


    Let me think about his character design, a pure-blooded descendant of the Quincy Master who will do anything for power, in the name of saving people, let someone help him sneak into Seireitei, but in fact he didn''t care about his friends at all, just for Get strength from your ancestors..."


    "..."


    Thousands of hands fell silent.


    In this way, can that little guy Ishida Uryu still have friends?


    After thinking about it for a while, Qian Shou Fan seemed to have thought of something, and sighed, "You treated him like this... just because that brat scolded you?"


    "Do I seem like such a stingy person?"


    "...not like."

 Chapter 679

    Uehara cut off contact.


    Qianshou couldn''t help gritting his teeth.


    Uehara Naraku, this little bastard, has the nerve to say that he is not a stingy person, he can''t recognize what he is in the eyes of other people, right?


    It''s just that Senshoubanjian''s attention should be more on Ishida Uryu and Yuhabach, and he is too lazy to care about this guy Uehara Naraku.


    As for that Aizen Soyousuke who just collected the collapse jade...


    Senshou Feima probably knew in his heart that Aizen Soyousuke was Uehara Naraku''s prey, and they, the so-called dead servants, would not be allowed to intervene at all.


    Inside the Seiring Court.


    Countless gods of death are searching for the whereabouts of Aizen Soyousuke.


    When the gods of death originally wanted to continue to arrest Kurosaki Ichigo and others, Uehara Naraku spoke out to testify for Kurosaki Ichigo and resolved the crisis of Kurosaki Ichigo and others.


    Compared with Kurosaki Ichigo and his gang, it is obvious that Aizen Soyousuke is the confidant of the soul world, and the whole Seireitei is boiling!


    It''s just that they never expected that the current Aizen Soyousuke has not left Seireitei, and is even still in the most important place in Seireitei.


    The entrance to Seireitei and Reingwang Palace.


    Aizen Soyousuke stood here calmly, quietly watching the space in front of him slowly open a gap, and a voice fell into his ears.


    "You are not strong enough now."


    "It doesn''t matter, it will be enough soon."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded with a smile, and said with a smile: "Mr. Dou, can''t you give me the key to the Lingwang Palace now?"


    "good."


    A calm voice came from the space crack: "Your strength is not enough... not far enough... If you want to sit on the throne... at least you must have a spiritual pressure that surprised me..."


    "Is that so?"


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded again, narrowed his eyes slightly, and continued softly: "It''s okay, I just want to see... whether Mr. Dou has forgotten our agreement."


    "no need to worry."


    In the crack of space, the voice of the pharmacist was still calm, and he even sighed: "Hundreds of years or even thousands of years have passed... I have never been in a hurry... I thought you would stand on a higher place, so I can''t wait for you." Will contact me again."


    "This time will not be too long."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly took out the collapsed jade that he had folded up, and said with a smile, "I just fused two collapsed jades together... I found a very interesting thing, the collapsed jade is actually a living The presence."


    Yes.


    Beng Yu turned out to be a living creature!


    Even Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help being a little surprised after discovering this. How could an object like Bengyu be a living creature?


    No, or rather, this is not surprising at all!


    Before Urahara Kisuke made the Hoengyu, Aizen Soyousuke created his own Hoengyu, and even got the accessory Heijue, but his Hoengyu was not satisfied no matter how much soul and spirit he swallowed, until two Hoengyu Only when the jade is completely integrated can it be considered a success.


    And the effect of collapsing jade is very interesting.


    This collapsed jade can be realized by absorbing people''s hearts.


    In a sense, Beng Yu''s ability is to be able to realize people''s wishes, literally fulfilling people''s wishes, this ability can be called terrifying!


    therefore¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke''s first thought when he got the Bengyu was to find a way to enter the Lingwang Palace, so he contacted the former pharmacist pocket without thinking.


    In this way...


    Did Bengyu really fulfill his wish?


    "Then why are you here?"


    Yaoshidou''s voice was still steady, as if he didn''t care about the Bengyu in Aizen Soyousuke''s hand, he just continued: "Do you want to get information about Bengyu from me?"


    "Maybe I had this idea before."


    The corners of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth twitched slightly, and he said with a smile: "But it''s not necessary now, and we will see each other again soon."


    Strictly speaking...


    This is the first real collapsed jade in the world.


    Aizen Soyousuke came to see Yaoshidou just because he wanted to know how to enter the Lingwang Palace, and Beng Yu unconsciously led Aizen Soyousuke to come here.


    Now Aizen Soyousuke has discovered the strangeness of Bengyu...


    Then what he needs to do next is to return to the virtual circle, use his own power to make this collapsed jade submit to him, and make himself the real master of collapsed jade!


    The cracks in space quietly closed.


    Pharmacist Dou''s voice was no longer heard.


    With a smile on the corner of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth, he quietly left the world of corpses and souls. He has found his own evolutionary direction.


    As long as you get Bengyu''s approval...


    Then his real plan can begin!


    With Aizen Soyousuke''s appearance and departure, as well as the news that he took Rukia Kuchiki''s body and collapsed jade, the entire Seireitei had to pay attention to this former traitor again.


    According to the wishes of the Gotei 13th Team, they certainly hope to enter the virtual circle, but they are slightly short of manpower now, and they can only wait for Yamamoto Genryuzai to give orders after his return from the country.


    Kuchiki Rukia stayed in the soul world to practice.


    Kurosaki Ichigo, Inoue Orihime, and Chadu Taitora got the understanding of the Gotei 13th Team, and they are still searching for the whereabouts of Ishida Uryu in Seireitei.


    Unfortunately, there have been no clues.


    Those gods of death who were responsible for hunting down Ishida Uryu also told Kurosaki Ichigo what they had encountered. They believed that Ishida Uryu should have taken refuge in a powerful existence.


    Under such circumstances, Kurosaki Ichigo came up with Uehara Naraku''s remarks with some curiosity, and these remarks were immediately accepted by the Shinigami of Seireitei.


    Even Kisuke Urahara, Yoichi Sifuin and Byakuya Kuchiki would not refute!


    The Uehara clan is the oldest clan, and Uehara Naraku is also the most sincere patriarch of that clan in history, and will not use this matter to deceive others.


    Even though Kurosaki Ichigo believed that his friend would never do that, he couldn''t find Ishida Uryu after all. Waiting for Ishida Uryu''s return...


    If Ishida Uryu really used them to infiltrate Seireitei in order to gain the power of the ancestor Quincy, then they really don''t know what to do...


    Time slipped away bit by bit.


    Staying in the soul world for a long time is not a good thing for the living.


    "It seems impossible..."


    "Let''s go first, come back later..."


    "Only Uehara Castle is not searched?"


    "It seems that outsiders are not allowed to enter there."


    "Could it be that Ishida was taken away by the Uehara clan..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo, Inoue Orihime and the others were still discussing this, and when they slowly focused on Uehara Castle, they wanted to blame the Uehara clan on their heads...


    Fortunately, someone helped to speak.


    Kisuke Urahara shook his head, and explained softly: "The death team who were chasing saw Ishida disappear into the shadows with their own eyes, that''s why they chased Ishida away... Moreover, Uehara Naraku never lied, and he would not kill indiscriminately. innocent."


    "Uh¡­"


    Kurosaki Ichigo scratched his head: "But when we first met, Ishida scolded Uehara... Could it be because of this reason..."


    "impossible."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi frowned, denied a correct answer, and continued: "The little Patriarch Uehara Naraku is still very generous, not to mention that the dead servants of the Guarding Thirteen Team are not in Seiling Tingnei, there should be no one else who would do such a thing..."


    "Your Excellency Naraku Uehara said the truth."


    Kuchiki Byakuya took the conversation, and a look of unnaturalness flashed across his face, as if he was not willing to say good things for the Uehara clan.


    Only at this moment, Kuchiki Byakuya knew that he should not hide the truth: "Your Excellency Naraku is right... the enemy Captain Yamamoto has been chasing, the existence known as Yuhabach a thousand years ago is indeed a member of the Quincy clan. patriarch,"


    There is no way to avoid this kind of thing.


    The history of thousands of years is known among the four great nobles in the world of corpses and souls. Of course, Yuhabach is not a special secret, but this kind of thing needs to be concealed.


    However, Uehara Naraku made an opening first.


    The little patriarch directly spoke out about the relationship between Yuhabach and the Quincy, and even the grievances between Yuhabach, Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni and the Uehara clan''s four dead servants.


    In this case, there is no point in Kuchiki Byakuya continuing to hide, it is better to just tell what he knows, so as to make Kurosaki Ichigo and others give up.


    There have been constant persuasion, which made Kurosaki Ichigo, Inoue Orihime, and Chadu Yasutora very troubled, and they had no choice but to choose to retreat first.


    Just as Kurosaki Ichigo and others were about to withdraw to the present world, the entire Seireitei began to resound with alarms again, and another enemy invaded. From a distance, a sharp arrow shining with blue light shot through Seirei in an instant. Tin the sky!


    This familiar move...


    Let everyone''s eyes can''t help but light up!


    Only Quincy Masters will use this ability similar to purification!


    "Ishida!"


    A look of excitement flashed across Kurosaki Ichigo''s face.


    The next moment, Kurosaki Ichigo, Inoue Orihime, Chadu Yasutora and others quickly rushed to the direction where the bow and arrow came out, where they saw their long-lost friends!


    No¡­


    should say¡­


    They are completely different friends!


    When Ishida Uryu, who had been missing for many days, reappeared, the Reiatsu on his body was a little strangely powerful, even compared to those powerful captain-level death gods in the slightest!


    Facing a group of besieging gods of death...


    Ishida Uryu showed strong suppression!


    This kind of power is completely different from the previous Ishida Uryu!


    Everyone present saw Ishida Uryu whose spirit particles were extremely active, and felt a little heavy in his heart. Perhaps this guy is indeed like Uehara Naraku said, the purpose of sneaking into the world of souls is precisely to obtain this power from his ancestors !


    Uehara Castle.


    above the high wall.


    Ishida Uryu stood by the wall of Uehara Castle, with a cloak on his back, standing against the wind, holding a white spirit bow in his hand!


    Yes.


    Ishida Uryu has indeed gained great strength.


    Ishida Uryu saw Yuhabach in the shadow space, and Yuhabach was shocked by his identity, because Ishida Uryu is not a true pure-blood descendant, he is a pure-blood Quincy and a mixed-blood Quincy descendants of.


    However¡­


    However, Ishida Uryu survived when Yuhabach cast ''Holy''.


    From an absolute point of view, when Yuhabach casts "Holy" to absorb power from other Quincy, the pure-blood Quincy will temporarily lose power, and the mixed-blood Quincy will absolutely lose power and life!


    Ishida Uryu survived!


    This had to make You Habach a little surprised. He guessed that Ishida Uryu might have something or possibility that could surpass him. Similarly, this also made You Habach a little speechless about Ishida Uryu''s incompetence.


    therefore¡­


    Yuhabach personally performed the awakening ceremony for Ishida Uryu, which enhanced his strength and endowed him with the knowledge of the Quincy. Even Yuhabach once wanted to make Ishida Uryu his successor.


    With Yuhabach''s sacrificing, there are not many Quincy in this world. A talented little guy like Ishida Uryu who is still obsessed with the power of Quincy is very useful.


    Who made Juhabach''s living environment so bad?


    Shigekuni Yamamoto and the four dead servants of the Uehara clan are chasing and killing him, even Yuhabach can''t help but feel a little overwhelmed, he really needs some help and subordinates now...


    therefore.


    After Yuhabach gave Ishida Uryu the power and knowledge about the Quincy, he released Ishida Uryu back to the present world and asked him to test the Uehara clan.


    coincidentally¡­


    For Ishida Uryu, this is what he wants to do too!


    Because Ishida Uryu saw with his own eyes that the enemies of the Uehara clan captured his father Ishida Ryuseki, he needed this power to defeat the Uehara clan and rescue his father!


    Ishida Uryu could feel that he is very powerful now, even he himself can clearly feel that he has obtained a terrifying promotion!


    "Hand over my father."


    Ishida Uryu pulled the spirit bow in his hand, and the spirit child quickly turned into a light arrow and appeared on the bow, slowly aiming at the streets of Uehara Castle.


    Ishida Uryu stared at the people in Uehara City, his face was full of arrogance and indifference: "Maybe in this case, I will bypass your lives..."


    "stop!"


    Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared on the city wall, his eyes narrowed slightly, and he said in a deep voice, "Ishida Uryu, I will help you find out your father''s whereabouts, don''t do anything here, there are innocent people here... You don''t want these people to die in the aftermath of the battle, do you?"


    "I won''t care."


    Ishida Uryu sneered at the corner of his mouth, and suddenly pointed the spiritual bow in his hand at Uehara Naraku, his palm suddenly released, and shot out the spiritual arrow!


    A few months ago, he just scolded the Uehara clan a few words in this world, and his father was taken away by the dead servants of the Uehara clan. Now he wants to know if he killed the head of the Uehara clan, will those bastards will go crazy!


    "Another guy who likes to play with bows and arrows..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head.


    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his palm, and a black hole appeared in front of him, and his voice was inexplicably more brisk.


    "Sasuke, let''s do some work..."


    "asshole¡­"


    An angry curse came from the black hole.


    Following this curse, a purple arrow wrapped in lightning suddenly shot out from the black hole, and this long purple arrow defeated Ishida Uryu''s light arrow in an instant!


    Even this long purple arrow is unabated!


    Directly nailed the astonished Ishida Uryu to the wall of the city wall!

 Chapter 680

    "Are you kidding me..."


    Blood gushed from the corner of Ishida Uryu''s mouth.


    The huge purple arrow that flew out of the black hole pierced his body directly, causing him to be severely injured before he even had time to react!


    Obviously he has just awakened the power of Quincy...


    The guy named Yuhabach told him that this power was enough for him to easily defeat the captain-level Shinigami of the Guarding Thirteenth Team, but he was directly suppressed before being arrogant for a moment...


    In that black hole...


    What monster is hiding!


    The power contained in this huge purple arrow is more terrifying than the holy arrow of the Quincy Master, and the arrow he shot will be defeated directly with one blow!


    fortunately.


    Ishida Uryu didn''t just improve his spiritual power, he also got the magical ability from Yuhabach, so that he wouldn''t lose confidence directly.


    "Completely reverse!"


    Ishida Uryu''s eyes suddenly looked at Uehara Naraku!


    The next moment, Ishida Uryu pulled out the giant purple arrow from his body with all his strength, and his injuries recovered quickly at a speed visible to the naked eye, and he returned to his original state in a blink of an eye!


    And Uehara, opposite Ishida Uryu...


    A blood hole appeared on his body strangely!


    This is the ability obtained by Ishida Uryu in the awakening ceremony, which can completely reverse and change the events that have happened, and assign them to other people!


    This kind of weird ability is also the biggest uncertainty in the Death God world!


    Even Uehara Naraku couldn''t help being a little surprised, he couldn''t help lowering his head slightly, looking at the wound on his body, the surprise on his face was undisguised.


    Is this the complete opposite of Ishida Uryu?


    This wound is almost the worst injury Naraku Uehara has ever suffered!


    This injury is not surprising.


    The wound on Uehara Naraku himself was also recovering rapidly, and even slowly recovered under the gaze of Ishida Uryu. If it weren''t for the blood around the wound, it would not even be possible to see what kind of injury Uehara Naraku had suffered...


    The damage caused by Uchiha Sasuke''s ordinary Susanoo arrow is no different from a serious injury to Ishida Uryu, and it is not a big trouble for Uehara Naraku now.


    Even so, this wound is amazing enough!


    Not to mention Uehara Naraku himself, even Uchiha Sasuke who was hiding on the other side of the black hole world and Senjuban who was observing all this in the castle were full of surprises!


    This is the first time someone directly hurt Uehara Naraku!


    It''s a pity that...


    The damage caused by Ishida Uryuu''s complete counter stand to Uehara Naraku is too small, or the damage caused by Uchiha Sasuke''s Susanoo Arrow is too small...


    really...


    Uchiha Sasuke has some regrets, he would have used Indra''s Arrow if he knew it earlier!


    Of course, if Uchiha Sasuke uses Indra''s Arrow, Ishida Uryu may not have any life to withstand his attack...


    After all, not everyone has the exuberant vitality of Naraku Uehara.


    "how is this possible¡­"


    Ishida Uryu''s face was a little horrified, he knew exactly how terrifying the piercing wound of that giant purple arrow was!


    However, the Uehara Naraku in front of him has fully recovered in just a few seconds. Is the captain-level death god of the soul world so terrifying?


    "Very terrifying power."


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head and looked at Ishida Uryu. He waved his hand to put away the black hole universe, and a look of seriousness flashed across his face: "Ishida Uryu, this is the first time I have seen someone who can hurt my body. It''s really scary..."


    "Hey... you bastard!"


    There was a little anger in Ishida Uryu''s eyes, and he said angrily almost undisguisedly: "It''s obvious that you didn''t suffer any injuries at all!"


    He saw Uehara Naraku recover with his own eyes!


    Compared with completely reversing this weird ability, Uehara Naraku in front of him can recover from such injuries by relying on his physical fitness alone, which makes Ishida Uryu a little uneasy!


    This means that it is difficult for him to kill Uehara Naraku!


    Because Ishida Uryu didn''t think his attack could have the power of Susanoo''s Arrow!


    "This is not calculated according to the injury."


    A voice suddenly appeared in their ears.


    A white-haired man wearing a blue leather armor stood on the city wall at some point, his gaze was fixed on Ishida Uryu, and there was almost undisguised anger in his expression: "Kid Quincy, it seems that you don''t Knowing Naraku''s identity..."


    It is between the thousand hands.


    As for why this guy is angry, it is probably because Ishida Uryu''s ability is too weird, but because of Ishida Uryu''s own strength, he can''t deal with Naraku Uehara...


    certainly.


    The thought of Qianshoubanjian was only fleeting.


    To be honest, compared to solving Uehara Naraku, it is obviously more beneficial for them to follow Uehara Naraku. The only problem is that they are a little bit aggrieved.


    this scourge...


    If you can''t kill him, you can only stand with him!


    When thinking of this, a flash of emotion flashed in Qianshoubanjian''s heart, and anger gradually grew on his face: "Anyone who hurts Naluo will be regarded as subverting the peace of the soul world... It seems that I want you to stay Here and your father are the old man''s test subjects."


    "¡­Ok?"


    While Ishida Uryu was still wondering, the figure in the Thousand Hands Gate suddenly disappeared from Ishida Uryu''s sight!


    this speed...


    Immediately, a trace of uneasiness appeared in the eyes of the Quincy Master!


    As a Quincy archer, the most taboo thing is that the enemy disappears before his eyes, which means that it is difficult for his eyes to keep up with the speed of the enemy!


    If you can''t even keep your eyes on the enemy...


    Then how can he attack the enemy''s body!


    He couldn''t see the figure in the thousand-handed door at all, how to penetrate the body of this enemy with a bow and arrow, Ishida Uryu''s mind was torn!


    In the next instant, Ishida Uryu''s body rose from the ground!


    The genius Quincius who had been awakened by Yuhabach stopped at his feet, Fei Lian''s feet disappeared instantly, and a ball of spirit particles even appeared under his feet, supporting his body and flying into the air!


    Ishida Uryu''s palm suddenly pulled up the spirit bow!


    Arrows of light flew down towards the ground!


    At this moment, Ishida Uryu relied on his intuition and speculation about the enemy''s attack, thinking that Senshou Feijian would attack his place!


    It''s just that Ishida Uryu never expected that the figure floating in the sky between the Thousand Hands, calmly holding his arms and watching Ishida Uryu shoot countless light arrows towards the ground...


    A sneer flashed across the corner of the Uehara Clan''s fifth chief officer, and he slowly raised his fingers and chanted the name of his spell: "Hmph... What an ignorant and naive brat... Breaking Dao ¡¤ Water Escape ¡¤ Water Dragon Bouncing technique!"


    Lingzi detached from the whole body between the Thousand Hands, and slowly roared waves, turning into a water dragon and roaring towards Ishida Yulong!


    The water dragon caught Ishida Uryu''s body in an instant, and directly smashed the Quincy to the ground and passed out!


    Just one move solved Ishida Uryu!


    "Take him to the lab..."


    "etc!"


    A high-pitched voice interrupted the Qianshoubeijian!


    Kurosaki Ichigo flew onto the wall of Uehara Castle, waving the Zanpakut¨­ in his hand and confronting Senju Tobe, Chadu Yasutora, Inoue Orihime, Urahara Kisuke and others also rushed towards this side!


    Unlike Kurosaki Ichigo''s recklessness...


    Kisuke Urahara and Yoichi Sifengin had solemn expressions on their faces. They didn''t want Kurosaki Ichigo and the Uehara clan to have a conflict at all!


    If there is a conflict at this time...


    Kurosaki Ichigo will undoubtedly not be the opponent of the Uehara clan!


    Even Kisuke Urahara and Yoichi Shifengin may ruin their relationship with the Uehara clan after hard work!


    Now it seems the only ones who can count on...


    Urahara Kisuke slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku on the other side of the city wall, and only this one could stop the impending conflict.


    It''s a pity that Naraku Uehara didn''t seem to want to intervene.


    This little Patriarch who has always been tolerant and kind had a complex face. Looking at Ishida Uryu lying on the ground, his face seemed to be slightly disgusted and dissatisfied.


    What the hell...


    what''s going on?


    "Ichigo."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kurosaki Ichigo who wanted to prevent the Death Squad attached to the Uehara clan from capturing Ishida Uryu, and softly persuaded: "Don''t hinder Toma-san..."


    "Ishida is my friend!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo looked at the Senju Higashima in the air with a displeased face, waved the Zanpakuto in his hand and pointed it at the Senju Higashima: "Hey, we have already talked with Seireitei, and we will come alone You can''t go back any less!"


    "Don''t talk nonsense! Ichigo!"


    Sifengin Yoruichi appeared next to Kurosaki Ichigo in an instant, and knocked Kurosaki Ichigo down with a slap!


    Yoichi Sifengin suppressed Kurosaki Ichigo, raised his head and looked at Senju Tomona, with a smile on his face: "Mr. You are a little rude..."


    indeed.


    Seireitei forgave Kurosaki Ichigo and his group of accidents.


    Because Kurosaki Ichigo and Aizen Soyousuke are also enemies, and the captain of the Gotei 13th team intercedes for Kurosaki Ichigo and others, and Kurosaki Ichigo is the former captain of the tenth team Kurosaki Yixin''s son, this will make Sei Lingting make concessions.


    However, the Uehara Clan has nothing to do with the senior officials of Seireitei!


    Seriously speaking, Seireitei''s decision may not be acceptable to the Uehara clan, and offending the Uehara clan rashly will have no good results.


    Not to mention the current Kurosaki Isshin...


    Even when the Shiba clan that Kurosaki Isshin belonged to was still aristocratic on the same level as Kuchiki and Sifengin hundreds of years ago, they didn''t dare to offend Uehara, a wealthy clan!


    What''s more, Kurosaki Isshin has already retired and lived in seclusion.


    "Hey hey hey..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo struggled desperately to stand up.


    However, Yoichi Sifengin stepped on Kurosaki Ichigo''s head, but still looked at Senshou Tomona with a smile on his face: "Mr. Shall we take them away first?"


    this they...


    Naturally, it refers to Kurosaki Ichigo and Ishida Uryu.


    His eyes were full of contempt, and he pointed his finger at Ishida Uryu, looking at Yeichi Sifengin indifferently: "Yeichi Sifengin, do you know the relationship between this Quincy brat and Yuhabach? ?"


    "What... what?"


    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s expression was slightly stiff.


    Because Kurosaki Ichigo mentioned what Uehara Naraku had said, of course she knew something in her heart, and perhaps guessed that Ishida Uryu should have come to Seireitei to look for Yuhabach.


    That is the thousand-year-old enemy of Seireitei!


    But this kind of thing...


    There should be no evidence, right?


    "The ancestor of the Quincy is Yuhabach."


    Qianshou held his arm between the doors, and explained softly: "This kid has already contacted Yuhabach, and got the evil power bestowed on him by Yuhabach. Their evil is compared to Uchiha...huh..."


    Qianshou Feijian seemed to have slipped his tongue, coughed a few times, and continued: "This little ghost is not just an ordinary Quincy master!


    It has only been a few months since he entered Seireitei today, and the power on his body has changed a lot. Many gods of death have seen this Quincy kid enter the shadows with their own eyes. shadow space!


    In order to obtain the power that Yuhabach bestowed on him, this kid used you to enter Seireitei, and now his goal has been achieved!


    The old man suspects that he is an assassin sent by Yuhabach, who came to assassinate Naraku, with the purpose of causing turmoil in the world of souls!


    The Quincy family has never been uneasy and kind!


    Two hundred years ago, the turmoil that wiped out the Quincy was definitely not a wrong decision, and the Quincy family is not worthy of tolerance! "


    The gaze between the thousand hands looked coldly at the people present, and continued in a cold voice: "I will propose to the Central Forty-six Room, whether it is any descendant of the Quincy Master, any human being with the blood of the Quincy Master, Once the identity is verified, they must be quickly hunted down!"


    "..."


    The faces of Kisuke Urahara, Byakuya Kuchiki and the others who followed couldn''t help but change, and everyone involuntarily looked at each other.


    If Senshou Banma proposes...


    The Central Forty-six Room will never deny this proposal!


    The mere descendant of the Quincy Master, it just so happens that the ancestor of the Quincy Master is the enemy of the Soul World for thousands of years, it would be great to sell it to Qian Shou Fei Jian for a favor...


    However, there is a problem here...


    That means Kurosaki Ichigo is also a descendant of Quincy!


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s mother Kurosaki Masaki is also a pure blood Quincy master!


    It''s not easy to hide this matter, because as long as the Uehara clan is willing to investigate, they will definitely be able to find out the relationship between Ishida Uryu''s family and Kurosaki Ichigo''s family!


    Now¡­


    It seems to be troublesome...


    It''s not just about saving Ishida Uryu, but also escorting Kurosaki Ichi out of Soul Society immediately, and then trying to cover up those traces!


    What''s more, the suspicion on Ishida Uryu is too great.


    They have already seen the sudden surge of spiritual power of Ishida Uryu, plus the testimony provided by the Death Squad who hunted down Ishida Uryu, Ishida Uryu has indeed entered a certain shadow space...


    to be honest¡­


    The evidence is a bit much.


    "Ichigo."


    Uehara Naraku slowly walked towards Kurosaki Ichigo, and he reached out to help Kurosaki Ichigo up.


    Facing Kurosaki Ichigo''s bewildered eyes, Naraku Uehara said softly: "Ishida Uryu is temporarily detained in Uehara Castle, and when Mr. Madara and Captain Yamamoto capture Yuhabach and find out all the truth, they will return it to him." clean."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku said sincerely: "Before then, I will let Mr. Tomama not embarrass them... As a friend who has fought side by side, are you willing to believe my promise now?"

 Chapter 681

    "Do not believe."


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s words made Naraku Uehara almost explode.


    What is the IQ of this group of hot-blooded anime male protagonists... I don''t know what''s going on at all, so I want to engage in hot-blooded lines at any time!


    What''s the benefit of conflicting with the powerful evil forces of their Uehara clan at this time, Qianshou Feijian can crush you, a cub with three powers, to death in minutes!


    This is indeed the character of Kurosaki Ichigo.


    Kurosaki Ichigo didn''t care about the mess.


    Now Kurosaki Ichigo just wants to rescue his friend, no matter whether he is a pawn sent by Yuhabach or not. I know that''s not a good person either...


    certainly¡­


    Naraku Uehara in front of him is a good person.


    Even if Kurosaki Ichigo believed in Uehara Naraku''s words, he still wanted to rescue Ishida Uryu, and he would not give up his friend until he asked the answer himself!


    This makes it seem that Kurosaki Ichigo is a little ignorant of current affairs.


    However, it is precisely because he is willing to risk his life for a friend that he is recognized by others.


    "Hmph, arrogant and arrogant!"


    Senju gave a cold snort, and flew to appear beside Kurosaki Ichigo!


    Just as Kurosaki Ichigo was vigilant, he pulled out his Zanyue Cleave and moved towards Senshouban who was attacking, but he saw the finger of the white-haired man in blue leather armor suddenly touch his Zan Yue Chop. Come on!


    There was a look of horror on Kurosaki Ichigo''s face, his body was unable to move under this finger, and the spell spread along his body little by little...


    "Mr. Tomama!"


    Yoichi Sifengin, Kisuke Urahara, and Naraku Uehara spoke at the same time.


    After the three of them opened their mouths at the same time and wanted to stop Senshou Feijian, they looked at each other again. Urahara Kisuke and Sifengin Yoichi took a few steps back, and they placed their hope of convincing Senju Feijian on Uehara Naraku .


    Obviously, Uehara Naraku did not disappoint them either.


    At this point in time when the net is about to be closed, Uehara Naraku will not let anyone down on him, only in this way will these people see what real despair is.


    "Tobima-san, please let go of Ichigo!"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm landed on Senshou Fujian''s wrist, he clenched his teeth and said in a deep voice, "Ichigo is my friend..."


    "..."


    Qianshou Feijian withdrew his arm dully.


    Declare Ichigo Kurosaki your friend at this time?


    That kid''s life was pretty miserable.


    As we all know, anyone who is regarded as a friend by Uehara Naraku at this time is already at the pinnacle of life, and his life will be ups and downs from now on...


    "If Ichigo doesn''t want to believe it..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the thousand-handed door, a strange color flashed in his eyes, and said softly: "Then wait for Mr. Ishida Uryu to wake up, and we will ask him again... I believe that with his proud character, he should not deceive us."


    "There''s no need for that."


    Qianshou Feijian shook his head, and shouted to the Death Squad next to him: "You guys, go and bring the witnesses who hunted down Ishida Yulong! The evidence is already conclusive, and it is not for him to refute it. The entire Quincy clan Both the descendants of the Quincy are Yuhabach''s pawns!"


    "Ishida won''t..."


    "Mr. Tomama is right."


    Kisuke Urahara suddenly interrupted Kurosaki Ichigo''s rebuttal, stretched out his hand to press the brim of his hat, and said in a low voice: "Let Ishida Uryuu be handed over to Mr. Naraku to take care of... Ichigo, Rukia has been pardoned, and you have no You are eligible to stay in Seireitei."


    No one expected that Kisuke Urahara would stand beside the Senshouban, even Naraku Uehara couldn''t help being a little surprised...


    No, it doesn''t seem like a surprise.


    Because Senshou Feima will soon propose to hunt down the remaining Quincy masters and their descendants in the whole world. The Kurosaki Ichigo in front of him is the son of Shinigami and Quincy Master, and he is also on the hunt!


    Urahara Kisuke needs to keep Kurosaki Ichigo safe!


    Compared with Ishida Uryu, who is a Quincy with doubtful identity, Kurosaki Ichigo, a human being who possesses the power of Quincy, Hollow, and Shinigami, is the person Kisuke Urahara wants to secretly protect, and he is also the most valuable. people!


    Urahara Kisuke has a very different position in the hearts of Kurosaki Ichigo and others. His views can easily influence several people present. Yuan Ye winked.


    They also had to approve the proposal.


    Kuchiki Rukia stepped forward, grabbed Kurosaki Ichigo''s arm, and whispered to her friend: "Ichigo, leave Seireitei immediately!"


    "Yes, let''s go!"


    "If you don''t leave, Uncle Yixin will be worried too! We''ve been here for such a long time, Xia Li and Youzi have already been worried!"


    "Relax, Ichigo."


    "If you don''t leave..."


    Kisuke Urahara grabbed Kurosaki Ichigo''s shoulders and whispered in his ear: "Whether it''s you, Taitora and Inoue, they will all be in danger... Go back immediately and tell your father everything that happened here! "


    "..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression was slightly puzzled.


    After a long time, he still nodded dully, and was forced to leave here with his friends, but before leaving, he still asked Uehara Naraku to take care of Ishida Uryu.


    Uehara Naraku naturally agreed.


    After Kurosaki Ichigo and his friends left, the comatose Ishida Uryu was directly sent to the research institute in the inner city of Uehara, and Senshou Feijian would find a way to extract the blood of Ishida Uryu from the body of You Habach .


    Because of the awakening of the Quincy Master...


    What is needed is the blood provided by Juhabach!


    According to Naraku Uehara''s thoughts, he naturally wanted to get rid of Yuhabach before the decisive battle with Aizen Soyousuke. What he hated the most was uncontrolled guys.


    The research institute in the inner city of Uehara.


    The instruments in the underground research room are filled with corpses.


    These corpses are all the mixed-blood Quincy masters who died when Yuhabach launched the sanctification, and their blood was also collected by Thousand Hands and made into weapons to hunt and kill Yuhabach.


    Compared with thousands of years ago, the present Seireitei is actually more dangerous for Yuhabach. Perhaps he himself knows this kind of thing, and has been hiding in the shadow space and has never shown up.


    Even the arrest of Ishida Uryu did not lead to Yuhabach''s appearance. This guy''s cautiousness really makes people want to scratch their heads...


    This is Ishida Uryu!


    In a sense, Ishida Uryu was once designated as the heir to the empire by Yuhabach himself, which is equivalent to the prince of the invisible empire, similar to Portgas D. Ace''s status in the Whitebeard Pirates!


    "never mind."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Ishida Uryu, who was drowsy and collapsed after being extracted from Yuhabach''s blood, and waved his hand to send him into the dungeon. He shook his head and sighed: "It seems that the soul king can only be used as bait in the future. The guy is brought out..."


    Except for the soul king, there seems to be nothing worthy of Yuhabach''s attention. Compared with Aizen Soyousuke, Yuhabach has obtained too much.


    And Aizen Soyousuke''s ultimate goal is also the soul king...


    People in the Lingling Court would never have imagined that someone would want to use the Lingwang as bait to catch the two ultimate masterminds in this world.


    It''s just that the action style of the two behind-the-scenes men has gradually changed.


    Worried about Seireitei''s current power, Yuhabach has been hiding in the shadow world and refuses to show up, and he will not even appear in the virtual circle or the real world.


    However, Aizen Soyousuke, after obtaining Bengyu, frequently dispatched Pomian Daizo to disrupt the world, and even after hearing about Inoue Orihime''s power, he wanted to send Ulquiorra to secretly kidnap Inoue Orihime Walk.


    However, Kisuke Urahara got the news from Bai Zee, stopped Ulquiola''s action in time, and saved Orihime Inoue.


    With the frequent actions of the Pomian Daixu Army, Sei Lingting also realized that Aizen Soyousuke was no longer silent, and he probably wanted to set off a decisive battle.


    under these circumstances¡­


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni, the captain of the Gotei 13th Team, had no choice but to give up hunting Yuhabach, and refocused on encircling and suppressing Aizen Soyousuke.


    imaginary circle.


    In the Palace of Void Night.


    Aizen Soyousuke sat calmly on the throne, tilted his head and stared at the Bengyu in his hand, with a slight smile on the corner of his mouth, he had just achieved his goal and successfully subdued the finally completed Bengyu with his own power. Jade.


    "Is this Bengyu?"


    Ichimaru Gin squinted his eyes and looked at the shining Bengyu curiously: "It looks very ordinary, who would have thought that it would contain quite terrifying power..."


    "Ok."


    Aizen Soyousuke chuckled, looked at Ichimaru Gin and said, "Gin, do you need me to help you use Bengyu to get the power of Xu? This will make your power go further..."


    "It''s not necessary, is it?"


    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes were still squinted, and he slowly shook his head and said: "Teacher Dou once told me that if you don''t have enough overwhelming strength, it would be a very stupid thing to fuse your own unknown power without authorization..."


    "That''s really a pity."


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care either.


    Compared with the original Shinigami history, Aizen Soyousuke''s tolerance for Ichimaru Gin has increased a lot, even now he knows that Ichimaru Gin is not loyal to him.


    It''s just that the current identity of Ichimaru Gin is not simple. He is the hostage that Yakushido kept by Aizen Soyousuke''s side, and he is also the disciple that Yakushido deliberately entrusted Aizen Soyousuke to take care of...


    Aizen Soyousuke wants to get the key to enter the Soul King Palace from Yakushi Tou, a member of the Zero Team, and it is definitely impossible to start with Ichimaru Gin.


    In fact...


    Aizen Soyousuke also has a good impression of Ichimaru Gin.


    In the entire Xuye Palace, most of the Pomen Daixu army is loyal to Orochimaru, and only Ke Yatai Stark and Ulquiorra are loyal to Aizen Soyousuke.


    Apart from these, the only confidant of Aizen Soyousuke is Ichimaru Gin.


    Whether it''s Ichimaru Gin''s strength, or Ichimaru Gin''s wisdom and identity, Aizen Soyousuke loves this subordinate very much, and he hopes to use his charm and strength to make Ichimaru Gin completely submit to him.


    Then¡­


    Then influence the pharmacist pocket through the city pill silver.


    This pair of master and apprentice who can be called all-round talents has always been the two subordinates Aizen Soyousuke most wanted, even Ulquiorra is far behind.


    "Congratulations..."


    Ichimaru Gin slightly opened his eyes and took a look at Bengyu, then turned his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke: "In this case, our goal seems to be achieved soon..."


    "Everything is still unknown."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, and said softly: "Although our plan has not been very smooth, we have come to this day... After I merge with Bengyu, I will notify Mr. Orochimaru and prepare to start attacking the soul world !"


    "Directly... attack the soul world?"


    "good."


    Aizen Soyousuke tapped the table with his fingers, and said in a deep voice: "I got a promise from Mr. Dou, as long as we can stand in front of him, he will open the gate of the Lingwang Palace for us. It is enough to lose the thirteenth team of the guarding court."


    When he said this, Aizen Soyousuke had a smile on his mouth, and he continued softly: "Of course, there is also that little guy Naraku, I really want to see how far he will grow, except In addition to taking care of Kurosaki Ichigo, it seems that Naraku also needs a little extra care!"


    According to Aizen Soyousuke''s thoughts, Kurosaki Ichigo and Uehara Naraku were both cultivated under his guidance in secret!


    Now Kurosaki Ichigo frequently encounters a broken face, and has been sharpened by Aizen Soyou little by little, especially during this period of time, Kurosaki Ichigo has obtained the power of Kushiro in his body, and he is in Urahara Kisuke With the help of Masquerade, I learned the face-breaking ability of Masked Legion...


    It''s just Uehara Naraku''s side...


    But it made Aizen Soyousuke a little difficult.


    Because that little guy''s strength is too difficult to define, and he is always protected by the dead servant, his character seems to be getting weaker and weaker...


    This is not what Aizen Soyousuke expected!


    Therefore, Aizen Soyousuke hopes to inspire Uehara Naraku''s fighting spirit through one thing. If a real strong man does not have the heart of a strong man, he is just a useless person...


    Aizen Soyousuke¡¯s ideas are to some extent the same as those in other worlds, and he also likes to use emotions to manipulate others: ¡°The most important thing in this world is the bond... For Naraku, who is the most important person?¡±


    "Ha, this question..."


    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes narrowed again, and he couldn''t help chuckling and said, "For him, the person who influences him the most should be Captain Aizen, right?"


    "That''s really frustrating..."


    Aizen Soyousuke let out a laugh, remembering that decades ago he manipulated Uehara Naraku into the fifth team with one hand, and manipulated the assassination incident and defection incident with the other hand, which completely hurt the little guy''s young mind.


    "Just make it up to him a little bit."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly retracted his fingers, and the smile in his eyes gradually subsided: "Then, after fusing with Beng Yu, I''ll go see him again... Coincidentally, before the decisive battle, I also want to use those mats. Let the officials personally test the power of Bengyu."


    Even if Aizen Soyousuke believes that Beng Yu will bring about a qualitative change in his power, but this still requires an actual battle, what if he accidentally overturns the car again?


    If it really comes to the decisive moment...


    If Aizen Soyousuke found out that Beng Yu could not change the situation of the battle, wouldn''t he have no chance of turning the tables?


    If there is no reference, Aizen Soyousuke can''t personally judge how much power Bengyu can improve him!


    Just an unfathomable Uchiha Madara, Aizen Soyousuke is not fully sure, he must personally experiment with Bengyu''s infinitely possible evolutionary ability!


    "if things go smoothly¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes fell on Ichimaru Gin, and he ordered softly: "Let Mr. Orochimaru and the Pomen Legion attack the Soul Society in advance!"

 Chapter 682

    In the virtual night palace.


    A secret room that only Aizen can enter.


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly raised the Bengyu in his hand, a flash of obsession flashed in his eyes, as if he was looking at the truth of this world, because only he knew Bengyu''s true ability.


    Collapsing jade is not breaking through the limit.


    It is to realize people''s wishes by materializing people''s thoughts.


    Aizen Soyousuke held Bengyu in his hand, slowly closed his eyes, recalling his true inner thoughts, he wants to stand at the apex of this world!


    Bengyu''s light flickered slightly.


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly realized the ability that the Bengyu gave him. This Bengyu can make him immortal, and he can recover no matter what kind of injury he receives.


    Once he is unable to defeat the enemy, he can further evolve his power to gain power beyond the enemy.


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly opened his eyes, and the corners of his mouth slightly curled up: "Maybe next time we meet, we can see what level of that Mr. Madara''s ability is... It''s really exciting. Whenever I think of When he saw him, he could feel his nerves trembling..."


    That Uchiha Madara is too powerful!


    It''s just that after getting the ability to evolve from Bengyu, Aizen Soyousuke wanted to try to fight Uchiha Madara, so that he could gain another dimension of power!


    And according to the information provided by Orochimaru and Yaoshidou, as long as he firmly believes that his strength will surpass the enemy sooner or later, Beng Yu will allow him to evolve continuously, giving him the possibility to defeat any strong enemy...


    As long as he always maintains self-confidence and maintains the strength recognized by Beng Yu, otherwise, once his heart collapses and shrinks, Beng Yu will stop evolving!


    "But the first officer may not be the strongest person, right?"


    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at Bengyu with a smile, and continued talking to himself: "Speaking seriously, as the Patriarch of Mr. Madara, that little fellow Naraku definitely has the power to surpass him..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s words came to an abrupt end.


    Because Aizen Soyousuke clearly felt the movement of Bengyu!


    Aizen Soyousuke put all his attention on the communication with Bengyu, he clearly felt that Bengyu''s light was dimmed...


    "You''re afraid."


    Aizen Soyousuke narrowed his eyes slightly.


    "But not afraid of me."


    The power of Aizen Soyousuke''s palm is getting stronger and stronger.


    "Is the person I mentioned a presence that frightens you?"


    Aizen Soyousuke''s voice was slightly bewitching, but he didn''t get Bengyu''s answer, Bengyu can''t speak, it only has its own emotions.


    Naraku Uehara!


    Why does Uehara Naraku scare Benyu!


    Because Uehara Naraku has the spiritual power of the thirteen Uehara family heads! Does the existence of those spiritual powers even make Beng Yu afraid of it?


    Or¡­


    In fact, Naraku Uehara has the power to scare Beng Yu?


    Aizen Soyousuke put Bengyu away again, and began to think about the encounter between him and Naraku Uehara, that little guy has always respected him very much...


    this respect...


    When I think about it now, something is a little bit wrong.


    Aizen Soyousuke''s fingers bent a little bit. It seemed that Uehara Naraku''s body had no flaws at that time, and his expression looked like a pure and kind child...


    that feeling...


    Aizen Soyousuke felt more and more familiar.


    A guy who looks harmless to humans and animals, obviously has a very high status, but everyone in Seireitei believes that he will never hurt Seireitei...


    This feeling¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke''s finger dropped suddenly!


    Isn¡¯t what Naraku Uehara is doing now, what he himself did when he was the captain of the fifth team of the Gotei 13th team!


    The two of them are so similar!


    Aizen Soyousuke was once considered the most genius Shinigami, even though he has been hiding his brilliance, hiding his power beyond other Shinigami captains, and hiding the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto in his hand, he behaved like an ordinary Same as Captain Reaper.


    Even so¡­


    But he didn''t hide from Orochimaru''s sight.


    What about that guy Uehara Naraku?


    Orochimaru has never denied Uehara Naraku''s talent and terror!


    Even compared to himself, Orochimaru seems to recognize Uehara Naraku''s talent more!


    So¡­


    Why didn''t Uehara Naraku''s strength surpass him?


    Uehara Naraku possesses the spiritual power of thirteen ancestors, thirteen powerful Zanpakut¨­s in any era, the resources and secret techniques of the entire Uehara clan for thousands of years, and the power to influence the entire Teihara clan. The power of the spirit court and even the soul world!


    So¡­


    Why do you think Uehara Naraku will not surpass himself?


    Aizen Soyousuke once calculated his own strength. With his talent, he has jumped to the pinnacle of death in a short period of time. The rest of the progress can only be accumulated through time for him to accumulate spiritual power.


    ignored it...


    Uehara Naraku, whose talent is stronger than him in other populations, why didn''t he show any strength enough to match him!


    If it was because of Uehara Naraku''s respect for Aizen Soyousuke, he refused to do it, Aizen Soyousuke would not believe it at all!


    There must be a flaw here.


    Once Aizen Soyousuke thought he had exposed Uehara Naraku''s true face, he began to retrospectively deduce from what Uehara Naraku had done...


    Yes.


    Uehara Naraku chose to join the Gotei Thirteen Team.


    This situation does seem to be harmful to the independent status of the Uehara clan, but it also eased the relationship between the Uehara clan and the high-level officials of Seireitei, and once made the power and influence of the Uehara clan more prosperous than before!


    If all this is hidden by Uehara Naraku...


    Then the so-called integration into Seireitei may be just a bait dropped by Nai Uehara!


    Over the years, the Central Forty-six Office and the Goutei Thirteenth Team thought they could slowly incorporate the Uehara Clan, and have never rejected any request from the Uehara Clan. Room''s concessions were resolved...


    The Forty-Sixth Room of the Central Committee and the Thirteenth Team of the Court are giving way forever.


    However, the Uehara clan made more and more excessive demands in this kind of concession.


    The Forty-Sixth Office of the Central Committee and the Thirteenth Guarding Team have been giving almost forever, but what the Uehara Clan has paid is only a patriarch who claims to join the Thirteenth Guarding Team...


    The Central Forty-Sixth Room and the Gotei Thirteenth Team lost their eyes.


    Because the Patriarch''s performance is so excellent, every high-ranking officer and Captain Reaper are willing to believe that the Uehara Clan will definitely integrate into Seireitei under his leadership...


    However¡­


    All this is an illusion.


    Whenever there is a conflict of interests that is detrimental to the Uehara clan, the thirteen dead servants of the Uehara clan will come forward, and they are like diehards to stop their patriarch Uehara Naraku from making concessions to the central forty-six rooms thing¡­


    The end result is...


    The Central Forty-Six Room was forced to make concessions in front of these dead servants.


    Uehara Naraku said lightly that he could not violate the name of the dead waiter, and asked the Central Forty-six Office to forgive him, hoping that Uehara Naraku would grow up and take power...


    It''s so interesting...


    What makes Aizen feel weird is...


    This happens not too often.


    It''s a pity that the Central Forty-Sixth Room and the Gotei Thirteenth Team are always deceived by Uehara Naraku, because he behaves too much like a young and ignorant but kind-hearted little guy!


    No one ever suspected it.


    Even Aizen Soyousuke never doubted this.


    If Bengyu hadn''t become afraid of the name Uehara Naraku today, Aizen Soyousuke wouldn''t have wanted to doubt Uehara Naraku...


    Obviously that guy''s performance is so clumsy!


    Obviously that guy is just acting cowardly that doesn''t fit his identity!


    However, it was precisely because of that cowardly appearance that everyone lost their judgment!


    The Patriarch of the No. 1 wealthy clan in the Soul Realm can do whatever he wants in the entire Seiring Court, how can he act so cowardly?


    Everyone is hating it!


    But no one will doubt it!


    Because they all think that Uehara Naraku is relying on the entire Uehara clan, there is no need to do this, but he has been pretending!


    certainly.


    It would be too arbitrary to define Uehara Naraku as a person who likes to pretend if he only relies on Uehara Naraku to hide his own strength...


    However, Naraku Uehara''s character design is too lovable, and his character design definitely does not include the item of hiding his own power, so everything about him is a disguise!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s brain was thinking quickly.


    Everything that happened between them once appeared in Aizen Soyousuke''s mind, and when I think about it now, it was full of flaws at that time!


    Why did Uehara Naraku show mercy to Xu?


    Is that because of his cowardice, or because of his kindness?


    No, that''s because his strength is strong enough, so powerful that he doesn''t need to care about Xu''s life and death at all!


    Even at that time, Uehara Naraku''s displayed power could already kill any Daxu who wanted to assassinate him... Not to mention that he still has hidden power!


    Many secret techniques used by the dead servants of the Uehara clan...


    Uehara Naraku has almost never used it, and he even rarely makes shots, because he doesn''t need to make shots at all, or he is too lazy to make shots!


    Once shot, the chance of exposure is too great!


    And Uehara Naraku''s latest fight was when he snatched the collapse jade in Rukia''s body. At that moment, he only used one of the mirage Zanpakuto... a very dangerous Zanpakuto with a very strong self-protection ability !


    That little guy didn''t stop him from taking Beng Yu...


    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at the Bengyu in his hand.


    In just a short moment, Aizen Soyousuke seemed to see through Bengyu, and saw Uehara Naraku''s disdain for Bengyu. Has his power become so strong that he doesn''t care about Bengyu?


    No wonder...


    Even Ben Yu has the fear of Uehara Naraku.


    If you think so, what is Uehara Naraku''s real purpose?


    Aizen Soyousuke completely eliminated this thought in an instant, and he decided on two answers almost instantly.


    Uehara Naraku wants to become the god of the soul world.


    Naraku Uehara wants to rule the entire world of souls.


    Apart from these answers, there seems to be no other answers at all, right? After all, Naraku Uehara has already had what other people want all their lives...


    And that''s all.


    That''s why Uehara Naraku hides himself at all costs.


    And no reputation was spared.


    Because as long as Uehara Naraku can do it, everything he has done before is just a small pleasure for him to play with the soul world as a god.


    Aizen Soyousuke withdrew his fingers little by little, and clenched his fist again, but a smile slowly appeared on the corner of his mouth, as if he was a little self-deprecating, but also a little appreciative.


    this moment¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke''s embarrassment can be imagined.


    A kid who he has always looked down upon and even regarded as a pawn, has been playing with him, the mastermind behind the scenes, in the palm of his hand. That kid must be secretly mocking him?


    no wonder...


    Mr. Yaoshidou has never dared to underestimate Uehara Naraku, even after Uehara Naraku just graduated from the Shino Academy of Spiritual Arts, he hastily hid in the Lingwang Palace!


    Aizen Soyousuke couldn''t help guessing, maybe Yakushido had doubted Uehara Naraku before, but he also had a glimmer of hope for Uehara Naraku...


    Aizen Soyousuke forgot his embarrassment and anger, he had no time to deal with those useless emotions, he had to think about his own countermeasures...


    Now he discovered the true face of Uehara Naraku.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t know that he had discovered all this.


    As long as you operate well, there may be other hopes, such as continuing to stand behind the scenes to instigate Uehara Naraku''s true face, and let Uehara Naraku and Seireitei fight to the death?


    Under the ground of the Xuye Palace research room.


    At this time, when Aizen Soyousuke was still thinking about these things, Heijue under the ground was extremely surprised, it heard what Aizen Soyousuke said to Beng Yu...


    Aizen Soyousuke must have suspected Uehara Naraku.


    According to the wisdom of Aizen Soyousuke, he must be able to hide his power through Uehara Naraku and deduce other hidden things of Uehara Naraku.


    "Finally suspect?"


    Hei Jue''s eyes narrowed slightly, and a sinister smile appeared on his face: "There has never been a secret that is hidden forever in the world, how could Yu Yi, who knows the most about these secrets, not do anything for the secret to be revealed? "


    Aizen Soyousuke discovered it too early!


    And the most troublesome thing is Aizen Soyousuke''s collapsed jade, which can actually serve as a warning for Aizen Soyousuke!


    It''s not surprising either...


    Because the person Bengyu feared...


    It should be a god that everyone in this world fears!


    The only problem is that Heijue also needs to test it to see what the hell is Aizen Soyousuke''s collapsed jade. It is best to find a way to enter Aizen Soyousuke''s body and find out the function of the collapsed jade !


    In case Bengyu makes Aizen Soyousuke doubt it...


    That would be too detrimental to their plan to monitor Aizen Soyousuke!


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku seems to have mentioned that the collapse jade is a living thing, and it seems to be just a strengthening tool...


    "Forget it, it''s too troublesome to think about it..."


    The corners of Hei Jue''s mouth grinned, and his sinister smile grew bigger and bigger: "When a person is thinking about a problem, you have to follow his thinking and give him an answer he wants, and it will be difficult for him to think about it again." Going to find other solutions to this problem.


    Yuromo gave us an answer.


    Now is the time to give Aizen Soyousuke an answer. "


    This is the best way to manipulate other people.


    As long as Heijue tells him the news that Aizen Soyousuke wants to get, maybe Aizen Soyousuke will think again that everything is still under his control!


    Months passed.


    Aizen Soyousuke is still thinking about how to deal with Uehara Naraku.


    Recently, Aizen Soyousuke prefers to stay alone in the secret room more and more, because he hasn''t come up with a suitable solution yet.


    "Master Aizen."


    A dark figure emerged from the bottom of the secret room.


    "Ok?"


    There was some displeasure on Aizen''s face.


    "I''m so sorry..."


    Hei Jue lowered his head, with a mocking smile on the corner of his mouth: "Hohohoho...Master Lan Ran, I know I shouldn''t disturb you at this time...


    But yesterday, when I was monitoring Kisuke Urahara, I devoured a Bai Ze who reported to Kisuke Urahara, and I found a very interesting secret from its memory, a secret that you will definitely be interested in..."


    Heijue slowly raised his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke, and the mocking smile on his face became deeper and deeper: "The little patriarch of the Uehara clan that you have always valued... It seems that it is not as simple as we imagined. !"

 Chapter 683

    Hei Jue''s sarcasm was a bit harsh.


    It made Aizen Soyousuke sound like he was mocking him.


    This kind of feeling is really good. Hei Ze is mocking Aizen Soyousuke face to face, and even has some self-deprecating meaning in these words. It is the claim that Naraku Uehara lied to us.


    These little details matter.


    In this way, it would appear that Hei Jue is also a duped fool.


    What''s more, Heijue is very aware of Aizen Soyousuke''s personality, he is quite a magnanimous person, even more magnanimous than the reincarnation of his unfilial brother.


    Aizen Soyousuke naturally wouldn''t blame Heijue for his sarcasm, he slowly raised his cheek with his palm, and smiled slightly: "Oh? About Naraku...do you find anything?"


    Aizen Soyousuke did not reveal that he recognized Uehara Naraku''s true face, he seemed to be unaware of it, and held the original attitude towards Uehara Naraku.


    Seeing Aizen Soyousuke''s smile, Heijue grinned at the corners of his mouth, narrowed his strange eyes slowly, nodded and said, "Very interesting... In that Baijue''s memory, there is actually a bird named Uehara Naraku The fight between the kid and Uchiha Madara..."


    The mocking laughter in Heijue''s voice is more meaningful, and it seems to be showing his own credit: "Lord Aizen would never have thought... that Uchiha Madara, the dead waiter who once defeated you, has nothing in the hands of Naraku Uehara. Fight back."


    When it came to this, Heijue added in a sinister manner: "Even Uchiha Madara went all out and used the blue giant he used to slaughter the virtual circle..."


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke put his palm down again, his fingers nodded on his armrest, and a projection suddenly appeared on the wall of this secret room.


    On that projection screen, there is a tall blue Susanoo, waving the Susano Sword in his hand and cutting open deep ravines!


    "Mr. Madara in this form?"


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly lowered his head to look at Heijue, and said softly, "That little fellow Naraku...is he so powerful?"


    "yes¡­"


    Hei Jue nodded, and said with a sinister smile: "Lord Lan Ran never thought of it, did he? We have always regarded him as a backup pawn..."


    "I already know."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, and continued softly: "Bengyu warned me, it felt the power hidden by Naraku..."


    "Master Aizen already knew?"


    A look of surprise flashed just right on Hei Jue''s face.


    "Ok."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded, and calmly explained: "I just don''t want to let other people show their flaws in front of Naraku, so I have been hiding this news..."


    The corners of Aizen Soyousuke''s mouth twitched slightly, and he said with a low smile: "Naraku wanted to hide his power, maybe he was just worried that other people would feel ashamed... But as his former captain, naturally he can''t just keep silent like this ..."


    to be honest.


    It would be best if Kurojue didn''t kill Bai Zee who had monitored Uehara Naraku''s power, then Urahara Kisuke and Seireitei''s senior management would be aware of Uehara Naraku''s true face.


    As long as there is a little provocation, when they kill each other, and even the Zero Division is going to fight against the Uehara clan, Aizen himself will come forward as the real behind-the-scenes manipulator to collect the benefits of the fisherman...


    However, Hei Jue is also loyal to him.


    As an accessory of the previous experiment, Aizen Soyousuke felt a little relaxed when he saw this Heijue who was still willing to be loyal to him even after seeing Uehara Naraku''s power.


    What makes Aizen Soyousuke a little uncomfortable is that after he got the Bengyu, he thought that if he broke through the limit of the power of the god of death, he would gain an advantage among the virtual circle led by him, the Uehara clan and the Seireitei .


    Looking at it now, he is still at a disadvantage.


    "Heijue, find a way to reveal the news to Seilingting!"


    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at Heijue, and continued in a low voice: "I''m going to see Mr. Orochimaru, maybe I have to postpone the decisive battle first..."


    "Yes, Aizen-sama."


    Hei Jue''s body sank slowly to the ground.


    After Heijue left, Aizen Soyousuke slowly reached out and stroked his chest, where he transplanted Bengyu.


    There must be a way...


    Allow yourself to become stronger.


    It might not be enough just to have Beng Yu alone!


    Aizen Soyousuke reached out and grabbed the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakut¨­ in his hand, staring at the face reflected on the Zanpakut¨­, with a rare hesitation in his eyes.


    decades ago.


    In that defection incident, he was seriously injured, and the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto was destroyed by Uchiha Madara. Fortunately, Orochimaru helped restore his Zanpakuto.


    At the beginning, Aizen Soyousuke once thought that after Bengyu, he would discard this Shinigami Zanpakuto. He thought that he would definitely surpass the mirror image Aizen in the form of Jinghua Shuiyue Xijie, and he didn''t want to see another person with him. He compares.


    Even another false self.


    If you look at it now...


    No power should be wasted.


    Through the Looking Glass is still very useful.


    In Aizen Soyousuke''s fusion of Bengyu, the ability of Suigetsu''s mirror image Aizen has also been greatly enhanced, and the combination of the main body and the mirror image will be even better.


    but¡­


    Perhaps this is still not enough!


    He still needs more!


    And no one in Xuye Palace could give him better advice than Orochimaru, Aizen Soyousuke reached out and stroked the broken hair on his forehead, and opened the door of the secret room.


    "Master Aizen."


    Ichimaru Gin stood by the door with his hands sleeved, and said with a chuckle at the corner of his mouth, "I don''t know... Is the fusion of Bengyu successful? How do you feel?"


    "very good."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded slowly, then turned his head suddenly, and asked casually, "Silver, is there a way to contact Mr. Dou? Maybe I have something to ask him..."


    Except Orochimaru...


    It seems that you can still contact the pharmacist pocket?


    Although Yaoshidou used to be a disciple of Orochimaru, the gentle character of Yaoshidou is obviously more reliable than that guy of Orochimaru...


    "Do you want to contact Teacher Dou?"


    Ichimaru silver squinted his eyes and smiled, stretched out his fingers and rubbed his temples, and continued to answer: "Hundreds of years ago, Mr. Dou used secret techniques to secretly control several gods of death, and through them, he could observe every move of the outside world. One move, but it will be very troublesome if we want to contact those gods of death..."


    "Is that so..."


    Aizen Soyousuke pinched his chin thoughtfully.


    While Aizen Soyousuke was still thinking about which gods of death would be controlled, Ichimaru Gin smiled and continued: "After all, those gods of death controlled by Mr. Dou... are the last four dead servants of the Uehara clan. officer!"


    "!!!"


    The surprise on Aizen''s face was fleeting!


    This kind of thing... how is it possible!


    No, such a thing is also possible!


    Otherwise, Yao Shidou was once alone, how could he escape the pursuit of the Uehara clan, because he has a well-connected news channel!


    "I was surprised when I found out..."


    Ichimaru Gin still squinted his eyes, watched Aizen Soyousuke''s expression change with satisfaction, and continued with a smile: "Although their ranking is low and their strength is not particularly strong, they are the dead of the Uehara clan after all. The waiter..."


    Yes.


    Just because they are just the dead servants of the Uehara clan, they can get too many secrets from them!


    I really didn''t expect...


    Pharmacist''s pocket actually hides such a trump card!


    "Is that so..."


    There was a flash of light in Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes, his eyes fixed on Ichimaru Gin, his face became a little serious: "Tell me the purpose of these information at this time..."


    Ichimaru silver smiled and spread his palms, and said softly: "Because if we are going to fight the Uehara clan... some chess pieces are indeed time to use!


    If Aizen-sama doesn¡¯t get the Bengyu, Teacher Dou will keep this secret forever... Now that Aizen-sama has obtained the Bengyu, Teacher Dou will naturally place his hope on Aizen-sama.¡±


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded to himself.


    At this time, he seemed to think of something, his eyes tightened slightly, and he said in a low voice: "If this is the case, do Mr. Dou and you know something about Naraku..."


    "I used to want to force out his true face!"


    Ichimaru Gin slowly raised his head, looked into Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes and continued with a chuckle: "It''s a pity that he didn''t show his flaws no matter what... In other words, Uehara Naraku never showed his flaws easily."


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke was in a bad mood.


    Now think about the way Ichimaru Gin and Uehara Naraku used to get along, Ichimaru Gin seems to always use exaggerated ways, trying to ridicule and anger Uehara Naraku!


    However, Uehara Naraku has been forbearing...


    That being said, he is still the last person who knows the true face of Uehara Naraku. Ichimaru Gin and Yakushito have known about Uehara Naraku for a long time but did not tell him!


    Until he got the Beng Yu...


    Only then did the master and apprentice tell him the news!


    This pair of master and apprentice just wanted to use him to solve the threat of losing the Uehara clan, so why did they hide the news about Uehara Naraku, were they worried that he would shrink back?


    and¡­


    "Since you know Naraku''s true face..."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Ichimaru Gin''s smiling face, and continued to ask softly: "Why didn''t Mr. Dou tell Seireitei about this? If this is the case, Seireitei is also the enemy of the Uehara clan, right?"


    "There is no way to explain."


    Ichimaru Gin shook his head slightly, slowly opened his eyes, his face looked extremely dignified: "Because when we met His Excellency Uehara Naraku...his strength has grown to such an extent that Teacher Dou has to back down."


    When Ichimaru Gin said this, the expression on his face became more and more dignified: "And Aizen-sama should know our identities.


    In any case, Seireitei would not trust the enemies of the Uehara Clan, not to mention that according to Teacher Dou¡¯s observation, the Uehara Clan also had their spies in Seireitei, such as Dongsen Yao who betrayed Lord Aizen...


    In this case¡­


    Teacher Dou didn''t dare to startle the snake rashly. "


    "..."


    A look of fear flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s face.


    If at that time from Dongxian, his every move was under the surveillance of the Uehara clan, then this is really a big joke!


    "As for why you didn''t report it to Aizen-sama..."


    Ichimaru Gin narrowed his eyes again, and continued to explain with a smile: "Teacher Dou thinks that Aizen-sama might be killed in the incident where we defected to the virtual circle...


    Even though Aizen-sama had special means to escape from Seireitei, he was easily defeated by the first official, it seems that there is no need to tell Aizen-sama this kind of secret..."


    Ichimaru Gin''s meaning was very clear.


    That is, Aizen Soyousuke is not strong enough, and it is not worth letting Yaoshidou tell him these secrets. Only after he got the complete Bengyu, Yaoshidou thinks Aizen Soyousuke has the qualification to know these secrets ¡­


    "According to Teacher Dou''s research, Bengyu should be very difficult to subdue... Once the fusion experiment fails, no one can guarantee what Master Aizen will become."


    The corners of Gin Ichimaru''s mouth curled up slightly, and he continued with a light smile, "Even Teacher Dou would not dare to conduct such a dangerous experiment. Now that Aizen-sama has left the secret room, congratulations on your progress..."


    "..."


    The character of the master and apprentice...


    It''s as bad as ever!


    Aizen Soyousuke also had no reason to criticize Ichimaru Gin, because the relationship between them was not particularly loyal, and it was normal for Yakushito and Ichimaru Gin to conceal him.


    only¡­


    This feeling of being treated as a chess piece... really makes a generous person like Aizen Soyousuke feel a little ironic.


    But at this time, Ichimaru Gin has already compromised...


    And it''s not the time to go after Ichimaru Gin.


    "It''s...interesting."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly raised the corners of his mouth, and there was some sarcasm in his words: "Because you think you can''t defeat a powerful enemy, do you pin your hopes on a stronger one?"


    perhaps¡­


    This is the first step in the imminent birth of God.


    When other people pin their hopes on him, it means that he has already taken a step towards God...


    It''s just that it''s a little sad.


    "Because we dare not speak of death lightly."


    Ichimaru Gin looked at Aizen Soyousuke with a smile, and explained as if talking to himself: "There are bonds in us, and we all have people who are more important to us...so we absolutely...absolutely can''t take risks easily Die... I''m sorry, Aizen-sama."


    "No problem."


    "But from what you heard just now, Master Aizen seems to have discovered the true face of Uehara Naraku?"


    "It''s been a while."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at the slight surprise on Ichimaru Gin''s face, and continued calmly: "But I''m still very grateful for your news..."


    "It''s good to be able to help you."


    Ichimaru silver lowered his head slightly, and said with a light smile: "After all, we want to eliminate the threat of the Uehara clan to us... Whether it is us or Mr. Orochimaru, we can only rely on Aizen-sama who has obtained the collapse jade."


    Aizen Soyousuke felt a little strange in his heart. Did he think that the road to becoming a god is actually just some people pinning their hopes of overthrowing the Uehara clan and Seireitei on him?


    "It''s okay, I''m just curious about one thing..."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, and asked softly: "The dead servants of the Uehara clan have survived for thousands of years, even the weakest last four. Can Mr. Dou With his secret technique, can he control them all the time?"


    "Or it''s not a secret technique."


    Ichimaru Gin showed a little weirdness on his face, and said as if sighing: "Because Aizen-sama got the successful Bengyu, naturally he didn''t think about what kind of gift the failed Bengyu would give...


    Mr. Dou has a living soulless creature named Baijue Armed implanted on his body, it was a living creature without a soul that he got when he failed to make the Bengyu together when he was still studying with Mr. Orochimaru..."

 Chapter 684

    The information provided by Ichimaru Gin is very useful.


    When Aizen Soyousuke separated from Ichimaru Gin, he was still thinking about the story Ichimaru Gin told. It seemed that more than one person in this world had created Bengyu.


    According to Aizen Soyousuke''s information, Yakushidou didn''t exist for a long time, but he crossed the time and broke through the power limit of Shinigami. Maybe there is a role called Baijue Armed Forces in it.


    Aizen Soyousuke thought about Heijue, the derivative of Bengyu when he made it, and frowned slightly. Maybe he could wait for Heijue to come back after completing the task, and try to make Heijue, like Bengyu, be able to integrate into his body...


    after all¡­


    Heijue has devoured many souls and great voids, and its spiritual power is also quite strong, and it may be able to give him a higher foundation by then.


    Hei Jue is a derivative of his failure to create Beng Yu...


    Now there is still a complete and successful collapse jade in his body.


    Hei Jue''s power and Beng Yu''s power complement each other, plus he has the spiritual power of the god of death in his body, which may be another possibility to break through the limit.


    While thinking, Aizen Soyousuke slowly walked into Orochimaru''s laboratory, which was a little dizzying even for him.


    Orochimaru is still tirelessly researching the upper limit of Xu''s strength. He has been trying to use quantity to break through quality. In this laboratory alone, there is one Vastord-level Daiku and two Yachukas-level Daiku.


    These Daxu, who are comparable to Captain Shinigami in the outside world, are just test subjects in the experiment of Orochimaru.


    "It''s a rare visitor..."


    Orochimaru put down the experimental equipment in his hands, took off his gloves, and invited Aizen Soyousuke to sit down, and said with a chuckle: "Ho ho ho ho... You shouldn''t be in your laboratory at this time Do you want to study the collapsed jade?"


    "I have something I want to ask Mr. Orochimaru."


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t sit down, but stood at the door watching Orochimaru, and said softly: "How much does Mr. Orochimaru know about Uehara Naraku?"


    "The most gifted Grim Reaper in the world."


    Orochimaru spread out his palm, and a sinister smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "I have been coveting his body since he was twelve years old... as long as I can get his body, I will become the king of all worlds." god!"


    This is not a lie!


    After Orochimaru defected to the Akatsuki organization, he was hunted down by Uehara Naraku. That was his first humiliating memory. Since then, Orochimaru has often paid attention to Uehara Naraku.


    Taijutsu, Senjutsu, Ninjutsu, Genjutsu, Chakra...


    Uehara Naraku has almost no shortcomings.


    Moreover, Uehara Naraku also experienced another world, in which the rule of the Akatsuki organization was established like a god, and it was in that world that Yakushidou obtained some magical abilities, and also gained the power to completely surpass Orochimaru.


    As for the world of God of Death, Naraku Uehara didn''t feel uncomfortable at all, and it didn''t take long for him to show his powerful talent, breaking through the boundaries of God of Death.


    that kid...


    It seems that there has never been a limit to strength!


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t know all this, he was just thinking about it, and the atmosphere in this laboratory gradually became a little heavy.


    Until a long time later.


    Aizen Soyousuke suddenly raised his head, looked at Orochimaru and said, "So...Mr. Orochimaru knows that Naraku''s power has surpassed Uchiha Madara''s?"


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    There was no surprise on Orochimaru''s face, he just grinned and shook his head slowly, then nodded suddenly: "This kind of thing...isn''t it destined to happen? I reminded you..."


    "Actually, Naraku is hiding her own strength."


    Aizen Soyousuke interrupted Orochimaru''s words.


    "Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha!"


    Unexpectedly, at the next moment, Orochimaru grinned open his mouth, almost laughing and said: "It''s really interesting... Aizen...


    Don''t you think that the Uehara clan will have any good people? The Uehara clan... Will there be any naive people? I have long suspected that brat''s disguise! "


    "Maybe the naive one is me."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slightly, and continued: "When life and death in the world are meaningless, there will be no boundaries between good and evil."


    "good."


    Orochimaru agrees very much with Aizen Soyousuke''s words, but he said again: "But you don''t have to worry too much... Even if that little guy Uehara Naraku becomes a god, you can evolve to another dimension if you get the collapse jade gone."


    When talking about this, Orochimaru suddenly smiled and said: "Now that you have got the Bengyu, we can''t delay any longer, right? When can I start my revenge?"


    "soon."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Orochimaru, and said softly: "Mr. Orochimaru, please start preparing...After I conduct the last experiment, prepare for the war!"


    As the last insurance, as the final strength improvement, Aizen Soyousuke wanted to wait until Heijue returned and absorb Heijue in his body.


    this world¡­


    After all, it is the world of the powerful.


    While Aizen Soyousuke is leading the active preparations for the war, he is secretly dispatching Hei Zee to try to instigate the relationship between the Uehara clan and Seireitei. He is waiting for the last opportunity.


    Fortunately, Hei Jue brought him bad news.


    Originally, Aizen Soyousuke wanted to plan for a while longer, but a sudden change forced Aizen Soyousuke to give up the idea of ??watching from the sidelines!


    The pharmacist who was far away in the Lingwang Palace sent a message...


    They must overthrow the Ling King''s rule as soon as possible!


    Because several members of Team Zero want to permanently close the Soul King Palace, this group of guys seem to have no regard for the stormy Soul World, they only care about the safety of the Soul King!


    Once the Lingwang Palace is completely closed...


    No one knows if there is still a way to open the sealed space of the Lingwang Palace!


    Aizen Soyousuke secretly wants to tell the Uehara Clan this news behind his back, hoping that the Uehara Clan can bring him surprises... However, the Uehara Clan suddenly launched a new crusade against the virtual circle in the world of souls!


    It was difficult for Seireitei to refuse the request of the Uehara clan.


    And the group of idiots in the 46th Room of the Central Committee, after learning part of the news about Bengyu from Urahara Kisuke, also vowed to take back Bengyu!


    That''s Bengyu...


    It must not fall into the hands of the Uehara Clan!


    In a sense, the priority of this collapsed jade may be higher than that of the Uehara clan''s township secret art of reincarnation!


    In Uehara Castle.


    Between the underground thrones.


    "Captain Aizen is still so cautious..."


    Uehara Naraku sat on the throne, stretched out his hand to support his cheek, and sighed lightly: "If I hadn''t specially asked Dou to convey the news of the past Lingwang Palace to him, maybe he would continue to endure in Xuquan...


    He has clearly become the master of the virtual circle, and even got the Bengyu, so why do he still like to play tricks? "


    It is impossible to hide the matter of the virtual circle from Uehara Naraku.


    And all the news channels of Aizen Soyousuke are controlled by Uehara Naraku.


    The news that Aizen Soyousuke sent Heijue to instigate the Uehara clan and the senior officials of Seireitei has already spread, which is really a headache.


    Aizen¡­


    But a person who can endure for hundreds of years!


    If you don''t force Aizen Soyousuke, maybe you will wait until Kurosaki Ichigo dies of natural illness before Aizen Soyousuke will start to act...


    "You guys are not qualified to say that he is cautious..."


    Standing under the throne, Qianshou Feijian couldn''t help but complain.


    Senshou Feijian really doesn''t know how to evaluate Uehara Naraku. If Uehara Naraku is reckless, this guy has been hiding his strength; if Uehara Naraku is cautious, this guy has given up strange tools like Bengyu...


    "Aren''t you worried that there will be problems with Bengyu?"


    "There''s no need to worry."


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, and the smile under the shadow was a little weird: "Do you think Captain Aizen''s opponent is me? His real opponent has always been the little guy he cultivated..."


    "Kurosaki Ichigo?"


    Qianshou Feijian''s brows frowned: "No matter how you look at it, that little guy is not enough to compete with Aizen Soyousuke at this time, right? Even if Aizen Soyousuke does not have Bengyu, he is not able to compete ..."


    "Don''t underestimate these people..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, couldn''t help but chuckled and said: "When saving the world, Kurosaki Ichigo, like Naruto, can erupt quite powerful power..."


    "..."


    Qianshou Feijian couldn''t help but want to complain again.


    Even if it can burst out with a powerful force, can it save the world from you?


    "etc¡­"


    After thinking about it for a while, Senshou Feijian suddenly said: "So... you have been secretly cultivating Aizen Soyousuke... just to make him a nourishment for Kurosaki Ichigo?"


    This guy¡­


    What the hell are you doing!


    Since Uehara Naraku got the news of Aizen Soyousuke, he has been quietly monitoring everything about Aizen Soyousuke, helping Aizen Soyousuke to clean up the tail of the death blur incident, and secretly helping Aizen Soyou Repair Zanpakuto...


    He even gave him an artifact like Bengyu...


    In the end, all that Uehara Naraku did was just to make Aizen Soyousuke the driving force for Kurosaki Ichigo to become stronger?


    Senshou Feijian thought Uehara Naraku had a bad taste!


    "It''s not just like that, is it?"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and responded with a chuckle: "In short, let''s do this first! I want to see who will win this time, the so-called protagonist and the villain...and..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly put down his palm, and the smile on his face deepened: "Don''t you think it''s very interesting?


    When Captain Aizen thought he had trained Kurosaki Ichigo to be a test subject to test his own strength, but found that he was being used as nourishment for cultivating Kurosaki Ichigo, his face must be very funny at that time ? "


    "You bastard..."


    The expression of Senshou Banma is extremely ugly: "Now Aizen Soyousuke already knows that your power has long surpassed the limit of Shinigami, so it is impossible for him to be interested in Kurosaki Ichigo again?"


    "He will."


    Naraku Uehara folded his hands, and a strong confidence flashed in his eyes: "If he really doesn''t want to, then I can only be their opponent.


    Then I hope their Zanpakuto blades can be sharper, which can be regarded as a little bit to make up for the fun I lost in wanting to watch a good show..."


    "..."


    Thousands of hands fell silent.


    If you don''t have a strong heart, you really can''t communicate with Uehara Naraku who shows his true face. This guy always says something that doesn''t sound like human words;


    Of course, if you don''t have a stronger heart, you can''t deal with the disguised Uehara Naraku, because the disguised Uehara Naraku often does not do human affairs...


    "There is nothing absolute in this world."


    Uehara Naraku gently closed his palms, and said calmly: "Who between Captain Aizen and Kurosaki Ichigo is the strongest nourishment for each other, and who is the winner who can finally receive the reward in my hand? It depends on the battle between the two of them."


    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly leaned back, leaning against the back of the tall throne, he said softly: "Let Orochimaru capture Inoue Orihime, and lure Kurosaki Ichigo into the virtual circle... at least let him have the right to enter The chessboard is qualified as a chess piece."


    This chess game with the current world, virtual circle, corpse soul world, and Lingwang Palace as the chessboard, if the strength is not enough, you don''t even have the qualifications to become a pawn!


    The captain-level Grim Reaper can only serve as a pawn in this game of chess!


    And those who can really be used as common chess pieces by Uehara Naraku are those who break through the conventional boundaries of Shinigami!


    There was silence between Senshouban for a while, and then asked again: "Where are Uchiha Madara and Big Brother? Yamamoto Shigekuni has returned to Seireitei to sit in town, should they continue to look for Yuhabach''s whereabouts?"


    "It''s not necessary."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and continued softly: "Summon them back... let Dou cooperate with them, and eliminate the members of the Zero Division in the Lingwang Palace..."


    Uehara Naraku stretched his waist, and said slowly: "This is a big show, if they are absent, they will feel very sorry!"


    "..."


    Qianshou Feijian didn''t bother to complain.


    They don''t want to participate in this so-called drama at all!


    If it weren''t for the interest in Kurosaki Ichigo and Aizen Soyousuke, two people who have always been favored by Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Madara and Senju Zhuma would definitely not bother to pay attention to this so-called drama!


    Everything is going on in an orderly manner.


    After receiving Uehara Naraku''s order, Orochimaru, in the name of a precious test product, secretly sent the Pomen Daixu to capture Inoue Orihime, and captured Inoue Orihime to the virtual circle. very interested.


    In the basement of Xuye Palace.


    Orochimaru looked at Orihime Inoue, who was full of panic, and stuck out his tongue to lick the corner of his mouth. The girl was so frightened that she curled up into a ball and hid shyly in the corner.


    Orochimaru captured Inoue Orihime here, which naturally attracted the attention of Kurosaki Ichigo. This fearless guy picked up his Zanpakuto and broke into the virtual circle with the help of Hakuzai, who was under Kisuke Urahara''s command. !


    Void Night Palace.


    Inside Aizen''s secret room.


    At this time, Aizen Soyousuke had just summoned Heijue, and integrated Heijue''s power, and was still feeling the strengthened body and spiritual power behind Heijue.


    Aizen Soyousuke ordered Ulquiorra and Orochimaru''s subordinate Nelliel to stay at Xuye Palace, and personally invited Orochimaru to lead the Broken Legion to Soul Soul Realm to welcome the final battle of the century!

 Chapter 685

    imaginary circle.


    The space barrier slowly opened.


    Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru stood at the front.


    Behind them, there stood a dense army of Pomian Daixu, hundreds of Pomian Daixu gathered together, these are the masterpieces of Orochimaru.


    And behind these broken-faced legions, tens of thousands of black-covered Kirian Daxu controlled by them are constantly surging on the ground!


    This is all the power of Xuye Palace.


    From the point of view of quantity alone, this combat power can almost crush the war against the soul world. If you ignore the too terrifying enemies of Shigekuni Yamamoto...


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru frowned slightly, and a mocking smile flashed across the corner of his mouth: "Is it necessary to launch a decisive battle against Soul Soul Realm at this time?"


    "It''s enough."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly raised his head, a strand of hair fluttering in the wind on his forehead, he slowly raised his palm, and in his sleeve was a black and strange smiling face.


    The current Aizen Soyousuke is stronger than ever!


    The power he has now is something he never imagined!


    Just fusing the spiritual power provided by Heijue''s body, Aizen directly broke through the power limit of Death God and Xu!


    next moment¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke''s voice echoed across the land!


    "This is a great war."


    "A war like no other."


    "Since the birth of this world, there has never been a war as great as it is today, and there has never been a power as powerful as ours in the virtual circle."


    "For the emergence of this day, Mr. Orochimaru has worked hard here for thousands of years, so that the kings who used to live only for fishing and hunting other souls have the meaning of life again. The existence of the kings is born to change this world. world."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s voice always has a special charm. Whenever he speaks, his composure and tranquility will gradually make others listen to his words involuntarily like an infection.


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly lowered his palm, the man''s voice became calmer and calmer, his voice and tone seemed to be as calm as the tea party he often held with the members of the Shattered Void Legion in his spare time .


    "too long."


    "The virtual circle has been silent for too long."


    "In the thousands of years before the existence of the Void Night Palace, the Void Circle has always been fragmented, the world has always been decayed, and the sky has always been gray."


    "At this moment, the power of the entire virtual circle is gathered here."


    "The purpose of our being here is only to give a voice to the world. The virtual circle has never been a paradise for fallen souls. When we appear, it will be the time when we rule the world."


    "Let''s go to the soul world..."


    "Go to Seireitei..."


    "Soon, we will re-enter the world of corpses and souls, completely rewrite this world, and let the Void Night Palace sit on the throne that dominates the world."


    "Don''t worry about the enemies you will encounter."


    "Don''t worry about how powerful the enemies you encounter will be."


    "No matter what happens, no matter what kind of enemies you encounter in Soul Soul Realm, all you need to know is that I will advance and retreat with you."


    "Go ahead..."


    "We are in front of us, absolutely invincible."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s conversation finally came to an end. After his voice fell, the earth and sky in the virtual circle fell into a dead silence, and everyone''s faces were a little suppressed and excited.


    Although Aizen Soyousuke''s voice is calm...


    However, there is a soul-stirring power in his words!


    next moment¡­


    The roar of the Faceless Legion almost pierced the sky!


    "We are in front of us, absolutely invincible!"


    "Master Aizen, please give orders!"


    "Master Aizen, please let our team go first!"


    "Hey! Aizen-sama, let''s make a big fuss!"


    "..."


    Accompanied by bursts of soaring roars, the Face-Shattering Legion scrambled to fly along the space rift opened by Aizen Soyousuke, their faces were full of madness!


    For this group of brutal guys...


    There is nothing more in line with their wishes than a riot in the soul world!


    When the Shamian Daixu army was advancing, the Shamian Ten Blades led by Ke Yatai Stark appeared beside Aizen Soyousuke.


    Most of these broken face ten blades were cultivated by Orochimaru, because there have never been many Valstod-level daixues and Yachukas-level daixues in the entire virtual circle.


    Basically, Daxu of these levels has long been subdued by Orochimaru.


    "What an interesting pre-war mobilization..."


    Orochimaru stuck out his tongue, licked the corner of his mouth, looked at Aizen Soyousuke who was standing beside him, and smiled lowly: "Then...let me see...the hypocrisy that has been suppressed for thousands of years Circle, to what extent can it be achieved..."


    Sometimes it''s ironic.


    Aizen Soyousuke''s pre-war mobilization was quite easy to mobilize the emotions of the Broken Legion. He was blatantly announcing to the members of the Broken Legion that no one was their opponent in front of their upcoming battle.


    in a sense...


    This situation cannot be called wrong.


    It¡¯s just that for Aizen Soyousuke, this sentence is obviously inappropriate, no matter in front of him or behind him, there are all enemies who want to put him to death...


    "Aizen..."


    Orochimaru suddenly stopped Aizen Soyousuke, chuckled and said, "If we fail, have you considered the outcome?"


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t answer, and his figure didn''t even stop.


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    And Heijue, who was staying in Aizen''s sleeve, answered in place of Aizen in a dark voice: "Mr. Orochimaru, how could we fail?"


    "..."


    Orochimaru''s expression became slightly weird, he frowned as if a little disgusted, and flew to follow the figure of Aizen Soyousuke.


    the other side.


    Under the central tower of Seireitei.


    Just as Aizen Soyousuke led the Xuquan army approaching the Soul Realm, Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni led the captains of the Gotei 13th Team to prepare for battle.


    A group of Reaper''s army dressed in death tyrants gathered under the central tower, and the captains of the Gotei 13th Team stood beside Shigekuni Yamamoto, reporting the number of members of their squadron who came to participate in the war.


    Now there are about 3,000 members standing under the central tower, and most of them are the elite Reapers of the 13th Guarding Team, which is almost half the strength of the 13th Guarding Team.


    Except for the gods of death who are responsible for guarding the world and patrolling the world of corpses and souls, all the gods of death that can be mobilized in the entire Seiling Court are here.


    From the point of view of intelligence analysis alone, what these gods of death need to face is an army of broken faces composed of hundreds of broken faces that may appear in the virtual circle.


    Compared with the death army of the Thirteenth Guarding Team...


    Standing next to this army of death gods, a group of legions densely dressed in Xiangyun black robes seemed to be more eye-catching. They were reinforcements sent by the Uehara clan.


    It is said...


    These reinforcements were won by Uehara Naraku from the mouth of the dead waiter.


    In terms of numbers, the number of reinforcements sent by the Uehara clan is even larger than that of the 13th Goutei team, at least 5,000 people.


    As for the leaders of the filthy army that led more than 5,000 people, they are naturally the dead servants of the Uehara clan. The last four seats of Luo Sha from the tenth seat to the thirteenth seat are all listed.


    It can almost be said that half of the Uehara clan has been mobilized.


    "No wonder the central forty-six room keeps retreating..."


    Sweat dripped from Suifeng''s forehead, and he couldn''t help but whispered: "In terms of numbers alone, the Uehara Clan can mobilize more Reapers than the number of Standing Combat Teams of the 13th Guarding Team..."


    "The quality is not bad at all..."


    Jingle Chunshui looked down at the filthy army of the Uehara clan, pursed his lips and said with a light smile: "I heard that the selection criteria for the filthy army in Uehara City are stricter than our assessment of the little fellows from the Zhenyang Academy of Spiritual Arts!"


    This is another reason.


    In Uehara City, apart from these elite filthy troops, there are many death gods who have never been mobilized. Those gods of death are too weak to live like ordinary people.


    Just as the Thirteenth Guarding Team selects the souls of the entire soul world, the Uehara clan can also select souls in the soul world, and absorb the souls with powerful spiritual power to enter Uehara City and become the power of the Uehara clan.


    To be honest¡­


    The Forty-Sixth Room of the Central Committee is helpless in the face of such powerful and powerful nobles, and it is really because they have no better way.


    Whether it is high-end combat power or low-level combat power, the strength of the Uehara clan is almost comparable to that of the Gotei 13th team.


    Fortunately, the appearance of Naraku Uehara changed this situation...


    Since Uehara Naraku became the head of the family, the cooperation between the Uehara Clan and the Gotei Thirteen Team has increased, which has greatly eased the relationship between them.


    Recently, Uehara Naraku has even announced that he has voluntarily abandoned Uehara Castle''s policy of gathering souls in the soul world, which is equivalent to taking the initiative to make concessions to the senior officials of Seireitei.


    After hundreds or thousands of years, the Uehara clan will gradually integrate into the Seireitei system like the Kuchiki clan and other four noble families.


    "Speaking of which, what about Naraku?"


    Jingle Shunsui looked around, looked curiously at Senshouban sitting beside Shigekuni Yamamoto, and asked aloud, "Has Captain Naraku not come over at this time?"


    "The old man and His Excellency Yamamoto forbid him to participate in this war."


    The face of Qianshou Feijian was full of displeasure, and he snorted coldly: "Taking advantage of Madara and Big Brother''s absence, I arbitrarily mobilized the elite dirty soil army in the clan to assist in the battle... Forget it, since he has already promised you, the old man can''t help it." Don''t cooperate with him."


    "Ahem..."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto next to Senshou Feijian couldn''t help being a little embarrassed, and said softly: "Don''t worry, when Captain Naraku is away, I have temporarily ordered the captain of the third team, Mako Hirako, to lead the members of the fifth team... "


    Mako Hirako was originally the captain of the fifth team.


    Hirako Mako and the members of the Masked Legion under his command were once the captains of the Fan Squad, so this arrangement is reasonable.


    It''s just a pity that Naraku Uehara was absent.


    Because the captains of the thirteenth team of the Goeti sighed at the high-level meeting that their combat power against the virtual circle''s broken-faced army was a little insufficient. After hearing these words, Naraku Uehara took the initiative to mobilize the dirty soil army of the Uehara clan to fight together. .


    this kind of thing...


    Naturally, diehards like Qianshou Feijian would not be happy.


    It is inevitable that Senju Tobema will ground Uehara Naraku before the battle.


    In fact, Shigekuni Yamamoto speculated that there may be another reason for this.


    That is, Senshou Feima was worried that their patriarch, Uehara Naraku, would suffer unpredictable damage in this unprecedented war that was about to break out. If something went wrong, it might make the Uehara clan of the single lineage extinct.


    In recent years, Uehara Naraku has indeed encountered frequent dangers. Even with the close protection of Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Obito around him, Aizen Soyousuke will inevitably take advantage of the loopholes.


    Before this great war came, Uehara Naraku''s absence could indeed be forgiven.


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni also very much agrees with Senju Tomona''s opinion, because the existence of Uehara Naraku is the basis for the integration of Seireitei and Uehara clan.


    The Fifth Division is stationed.


    The station is now empty.


    There are no more death guards here.


    And in the captain''s room.


    The current captain of the fifth team, Uehara Naraku, was leisurely drinking a glass of juice, sitting in his seat, and flipping through a book at hand with great interest.


    The vice-captain of the fifth team, Hina Morita, was a little restless, her fingers slowly mingled together, and asked cautiously: "That...Naraku...captain...now all the captains of the Goutei 13th team have assembled Now... can we really not participate in the battle?"


    "not the right time yet."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, closed the books on the table, and looked up at Chisentao: "I''m sorry, Chisentao, don''t blame me for keeping you here... let a person who respects Captain Aizen go to join the crusade His wars were too cruel."


    "No, that''s not a problem..."


    Chisentao shook her head, and hurriedly explained: "I know... Captain... In fact, we are all the same, we all want Captain Aizen to come back! I was just wondering, will Captain Aizen..."


    She was worried that Sosuke Aizen would die in the war.


    Because judging from the troops mobilized by the Gotei 13th Team, Hina Morita does not think that any force will be the opponent of the Gotei 13th Team, even Aizen Soyousuke whom she respects...


    "no need to worry."


    There was a smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, and he said seriously: "No one knows the direction of this war, maybe we can''t sit here for too long..."


    When talking about this, Naraku Uehara slowly stretched his waist: "Well, it''s almost time... It''s time for a glass of juice, what I want should be here soon, right?"


    "what?"


    There was some astonishment on Chu Sentao''s face.


    Now, the girl has not understood what Uehara Naraku meant.


    At this time, a time-space vortex appeared beside Uehara Naraku, a palm appeared from the space vortex, and a white finger bone was placed on the table.


    "this is¡­"


    Chisentao''s face was full of panic.


    Why is there a finger bone here?


    "Wang Key."


    Uehara Naraku picked up the phalanx on the table, a slight smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, and explained with a low smile: "Wang Jian is the key to enter the Lingwang Palace. Manufactured.


    If you want to eliminate the thirteenth team of Goutei, you must kill the soul king and the zero team.


    If you want to kill the Soul King and Team Zero, you must enter the Soul King Palace.


    If you want to enter the Lingwang Palace, you can only pass the King Key.


    For thousands of years, Seireitei was worried that the Uehara clan would find out that they entered the Soul King Palace to destroy the Soul King and the Zero Division, and they covered up the secrets of the Soul King Palace in every possible way, so that even ordinary Shinigami captains had difficulty accessing news about the Soul King Palace. Only the four nobles will know this. "


    "..."


    Chisentao''s face changed slightly.


    At this moment, she felt that there was something wrong with Uehara Naraku in front of her. Seireitei was covering up these secrets, but Uehara Naraku discovered these, and even got the key to the Lingwang Palace...


    No¡­


    Something is very wrong!


    Even if Hina Morita has never heard of the secret of the Lingwang Palace, as the vice-captain, she has also heard of the name of the Zero Division. It is said that it is Seireitei''s strongest trump card!


    Team Zero...


    Claiming to be stronger than the entire team of the 13th Goutei team!


    "Would you like to see it?"


    Naraku Uehara still had a faint smile on his lips, as if he didn''t notice anything, he said, "The top four chief executives of the Uehara clan, facing the zero team with the highest combat power of the Seireitei, who will win? , don''t you feel curious?"


    "..."


    Chu Sentao couldn''t help but blacken in front of her eyes.


    etc¡­


    Why did the four chief executives of the Uehara Clan fight against the Zero Division?


    Obviously, in the central square of Seireitei, the legions of the Uehara Clan and the Gotei 13th Squad have assembled, and they are going to face Captain Aizen''s virtual circle army together, right?


    "Naraku..."


    Chisentao slowly clenched her fist, clenched her teeth, and said in a deep voice, "Tell me what happened? Why did the four chief executives of the Uehara clan fight with the Zero Division?"


    She still didn''t want to believe the truth.


    Chi Sentao couldn''t help thinking of another possibility in her heart, and her voice was particularly fragile: "They... have they defected?"


    this moment¡­


    Chi Morita hoped that it was the defection of the four chief executives, not Uehara Naraku''s rebellion.


    "They didn''t defect..."


    Naraku Uehara said slowly, "They were just ordered by me to destroy Team Zero..."


    "..."


    Chisentao''s expression changed drastically.


    At this moment, the girl almost passed out!


    At this moment, the girl finally felt the malice of the world, and she felt an unprecedented sense of strangeness from Naraku Uehara, her friend and boss for many years.


    No¡­


    Or¡­


    It''s a different kind of familiarity.


    That feeling was like when Hinamori saw Aizen Soyousuke defecting.


    Now her former friend and most trusted captain, Uehara Naraku, turned out to be rebellious like Aizen Soyousuke?


    Why does this world always make people like this...A gentle person like Aizen Soyousuke defected from Gotei 13...A kind person like Uehara Naraku...also defected?


    "you¡­"


    Chu Sentao''s eye circles turned red in an instant, and tears fell down drop by drop: "You...you...why do you always do this...conspiracy...deception..."


    "No, it''s not a conspiracy..."


    Uehara Naraku raised a finger and shook it, smiled and spoke to appease the girl''s emotions: "What I have is never a conspiracy, it''s just a very long story..."


    "Then tell me..."


    Chisentao''s face was full of pain and struggle, she stared closely at the friend in front of her, a glimmer of hope flashed in her eyes, as if she wanted to find a reason for herself to defend Naraku Uehara.


    Even if she really knew about Naraku Uehara''s betrayal, Morita Hina didn''t want to believe it.


    Now Chimori Tao even wants to find a reason to persuade Uehara Naraku to turn around: "Tell me... what is the story... now you... what do you want to do... everything can be redeemed... Naraku."


    "I can''t tell you that..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, and smiled lowly at the corner of his mouth: "If you want to talk about the reason...that is, if you are the only audience, it would be a waste of my story."


    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, looked down at the girl with red eyes, and continued with a smile: "This is a story I have carefully prepared for thousands of years...Hinamori...even you are not enough to be a line of this story. "


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm and landed on Hina Morita''s hair, slowly rubbed the girl''s head, and said softly: "As the price of deceiving you, after this war is over, I will let Lan Captain Ran is back..."

 Chapter 686

    Lingwang Palace.


    This is an independent space hidden in the soul world.


    The upcoming world war between the Xuquan army led by Aizen Soyousuke and the Seireitei army led by Yamamoto Shigekuni is all for the space of the Soul King Palace.


    However, this space that is almost never open, at this moment, someone used the king key to open the closed seventy-two barriers and entered this closed space.


    The spirit seed density in the Lingwang Palace is very high.


    Any ordinary Shinigami who enters this space will be overwhelmed by the high-density spirit particles, and even the captains of Shinigami will feel like they are in water when they enter this space.


    However, the people entering this space now seem to be unaware of it.


    Five figures of different heights stepped into the passage to enter the Lingwang Palace step by step. The leader was Uehara Naraku, and his followers were the four chief officials.


    Uchiha Madara had a sneering smile on his face, holding his Tianjin God Zanpakuto in his hand, and the corner of his mouth curled slightly: "Hmph, it''s just a group of ants who only dare to live in this space..."


    "Hahahaha...don''t underestimate people in this world!"


    Senshou Bashima waved his hand with a smile, and softly persuaded his friend, who also held his Zanpakuto Kunijin in his hand.


    Comparing the two of them, Gol D. Roger''s face was obviously a little excited, and the beard at the corner of his mouth trembled slightly: "Ahahahahaha... the power of this world is still very mysterious! I have always been very curious !"


    "Gu la la la la..."


    White-bearded Edward Newgate was carrying his big knife, and his feet left huge footprints on the ground, grinning at the corner of his mouth: "Let''s get rid of the guys here quickly... I haven''t seen you in thousands of years." Live over your own sons!"


    "Don''t worry, the flow rate of time in the two worlds is different."


    While talking, Naraku Uehara slowly unbuttoned his chest, took off his captain''s uniform and threw it on the ground.


    Uehara Naraku reached out again and took out a uniform of the Akatsuki organization Xiangyun black robe from a black hole space and put it on his body, then slowly raised his head and looked into the depths of the passage: "Huh? Is there someone already waiting to welcome us?" ?¡±


    "Hmm... did you find out?"


    Suddenly, a thick and hearty voice came from the depths of the passage. The voice was a little rough: "Hey, the Uehara clan, you actually secretly made a king key to break into the Lingwang Palace... You are more courageous than we imagined!"


    Although this voice sounds a bit generous and rough... However, the meaning in his words is full of hostility towards Uehara Naraku and others!


    in a sense...


    Team Zero also restricts the existence of the Uehara Clan!


    Therefore, the members of the Zero Division must know the information of the Uehara Clan, and they are naturally very aware of the strength of the Uehara Clan''s four chief executives!


    apparently...


    Now the Patriarch of the Uehara Clan personally leads the four chief officials, privately creates Wang Jian to enter the Lingwang Palace, it doesn''t look like he wants to show his surrender to the Lingwang and Seilingting!


    "Tsk..."


    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his mouth, and slowly continued to move along the passage. The spiritual power on his body gradually radiated out. He squinted his eyes and smiled and said hello to the depths of the passage: "I feel that this power should be zero. Mr. Ichibei, the captain of the team, right? This is the first time we meet, please give me your advice..."


    "I don''t dare to take it as an advice... It seems that you know a lot!"


    There was a touch of anger in the voice of a soldier guard in the army master''s department deep in the passage, and he was immediately suppressed by him: "However, this is not the place where you should appear... If you want to meet the Spirit King, this is not the right time. Suitable¡­"


    "Isn''t there a more suitable opportunity than now?"


    Uehara Naraku led Uchiha Madara and others to advance along the passage step by step, and continued to answer softly: "The Gotei 13th team and the virtual circle army are about to start a war, Yuhabach is also paying attention to that war, no one will pay attention to here¡­"


    Uehara Naraku stepped forward, his and Uchiha Madara''s bodies crossed dozens of barriers as if they were teleporting, and appeared in front of Ichibei and others in the depths of the passage.


    The end of the deep passage.


    It was Ichibei and other members of the Zero Division.


    The first place is a military guard of the main military department.


    Bingzhu Yibingwei is the leader of the entire Zero Division. He has a thick beard on his chin, a string of thick rosary beads around his neck, and a huge brush in his hand. Soul sword is a word.


    The power of Ichimonji Zanpakuto has almost the same power as the rules. It can even erase the enemy''s name, re-name the enemy, and change the enemy''s power.


    Ichibing, the head of the army, can completely erase a certain person''s name and re-name it as a black ant, and that person''s power will be as weak as an ant...


    Because Bingzhubu Yibei himself is the namer of many things in the world of corpses and souls!


    All the things since the birth of the entire soul world are all named after the military master Ichibei, and he also knows all the secrets that can be mastered in the world, even including Bengyu!


    In a sense, Bingzhubu Ichibei is also one of the creators of history, and also one of the most powerful gods of death in the entire soul world and even Seireitei!


    Although it seems that the image of Ichibei, the head of the army, looks a bit like Lu Zhishen, a flower monk, but his mind can be as delicate as an embroidery needle...


    certainly¡­


    Except for the Uehara clan.


    Because the Uehara clan was isolated from the entire Seireitei.


    The Uehara Clan had everything they had at the beginning of their birth, and no one could intervene. Even the Bingzhubu Yibingwei had never met any patriarch of the Uehara Clan.


    The second place is Hikifune Kiryu.


    More than a hundred years ago, Hikifune Kiryu created an artificial soul and was able to use it, so he was able to join the Zero Division. Before that, he was the captain of the 12th Division, and he was also the captain of the entire Gotei Thirteenth Division. respected person.


    Today, Hikifune Kiryu is unusually plump, with so much flesh on her face that her eyes cannot be seen at all, and her expression cannot be seen.


    But these are appearances.


    Because Hikifune Kiryu''s body has Reiatsu of different dimensions, her body can be used to make materials that contain the essence of the soul, and can also be used to make other objects for fighting.


    When her spiritual pressure is exhausted or the cooking is finished, this fat lady will lose weight and become a hot beauty.


    Hikifune Kiryu carried a huge spoon on his shoulder.


    This member of the Zero Division should be the person who knows the Uehara clan best, because the first purpose of her making artificial righteous souls as soldiers was to deal with the possible rebellion caused by the Uehara clan.


    It is a pity that the plan of man-made righteous souls as soldiers did not succeed.


    The third place is Ermeiwu Wangyue.


    This guy Ermeiwu Wangyue is definitely not to be underestimated!


    Because this man with punk curly hair is the creator of the Zanpakuto of the Shinigami World. Except for the Uehara clan, all other Zanpakuto of the Shinigami were created by him!


    More than 2,000 years ago, Ermeiwu Wangyue joined the Zero Team because he created the Zanpakuto, and he also has a large number of Zanpakuto!


    This guy''s ability is beyond guessing!


    The fourth place is Tianshiro from Kirin Temple.


    Kirinji Tenshiro was once the god of death with the best medical skills in the entire soul world, and even guided the medical skills of Uno Hana Ryu. He was also one of the members who entered the zero team in the earliest period.


    The man with the nose of the plane upright, with a straw in his mouth, was full of disdain on his face: "How dare you break into the Palace of the Spirit King like this, you are really fearless and brave..."


    "The concubine feels that they should not be underestimated..."


    A delicate-looking woman stood up, with skeleton arms emerging from her body, wearing various instruments on her arms and began to play music.


    The fifth place is Shutara Senjumaru.


    Shutara Senjumaru is the most junior female member of Team Zero.


    This woman had long black hair parted sideways, a complicated gold headdress, and a long white dress that looked like a cape. She looked quite like a noble princess.


    This woman is also the creator of the deadly costume.


    It is roughly equivalent to a tailor, and her name is also Oori Mori.


    This woman used to be a member of the Technology Development Bureau, and she seemed to like to make things happen, and at this time, she even played music to invigorate the atmosphere.


    True manual BGM.


    This woman''s behavior is really weird, but the music she played is quite stylish, so that Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but want to go back to the ninja world to ask Nagato to create a puppet specially made for BGM...


    Now, it seems a bit inappropriate?


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and suddenly stretched out his palm towards the woman Shutara Senjumaru, and his pupils turned into reincarnation eyes in an instant!


    "You''re too noisy... Wanxiang Tianyin."


    "Be careful!"


    An arm suddenly grabbed Shutara Senjumaru''s shoulder, and hurriedly pulled the woman aside, even so Shutara Senjumaru was in a panic!


    A powerful gravitational force was launched out of thin air!


    So much so that other members of Team Zero didn''t even realize that there was such a weird ability!


    The six skeleton arms and musical instruments on Shutara Senjumaru''s body were all sucked away and destroyed by the gravitational force of the Vientiane Sky!


    If someone hadn''t reached out to save her in time, there was a high probability that this woman would be captured and defeated by Naraku Uehara!


    who would have thought...


    There is actually someone who has a pupil technique that can be released directly without the help of spiritual pressure!


    As for the person who saved Shutara Senjumaru, it was naturally the sixth member of Team Zero, Yakushido, who joined by mastering the technique of reincarnation in the dirty soil.


    Today''s pharmacist looks extremely serious.


    "Your Excellency Naraku..."


    The pharmacist supported Shutara Senshouwan with one hand, slowly pushed his glasses, looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "At this time, what is the purpose of your coming to the Lingwang Palace? It should be... isn''t it because of me? "


    clap clap...


    clap clap clap...


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched into a smile, slowly stretched out his hands and applauded, looked at the pharmacist Dou and praised: "As expected of the person I value the most... Dou... the only person who has known me for a long time is you..."


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku glanced at the members of the entire Zero Division one by one, and said softly: "As long as you hand over the pharmacist who has mastered the secret technique of reincarnation of our clan, I can guarantee that everything will be fine today." It didn''t happen."


    "..."


    There was silence.


    The entire Zero Division members seemed to have been struck by lightning.


    Now someone has broken into the Lingwang Palace, declaring that they can act as if nothing had happened if they asked Team Zero to hand over their teammates. Is there something wrong with this world?


    "when¡­"


    A flash of anger flashed across the face of Qilin Temple Tianshilang, the most irritable member of Team Zero, and he shouted in a cold voice: "Someone dares to act presumptuously on us in the Lingwang Palace! Little guy, even your ancestors would not How dare you be so presumptuous!"


    The next moment, the figure of Kirinji Tenshiro appeared behind Uehara Naraku in a blink of an eye, brandishing his Zanpakuto Kinbika on Uehara Naraku''s neck!


    This guy''s Shunpo is pretty fast!


    Those who are good at Shunpo in the world of corpses and souls, Yoichi Sifengin and Suifeng, etc. can''t be compared with Tianshirou of Kirin Temple at all!


    "Hmph... General, brat!"


    Kirin Temple Tenshiro bit the straw at the corner of his mouth, and announced his victory with a cold face, but he never expected to capture Uehara Naraku so easily.


    Somewhat unexpectedly...


    The four dead servants beside Uehara''s family slowly backed away a few steps, and they even had mocking smiles on their faces, as if they didn''t care that Naraku Uehara was held hostage.


    "Go back, Tianshiro!"


    Looking at Naraku Uehara''s strange reincarnation eyes, Ichibei of the Bingzhubu seems to have thought of something, and rushed over suddenly, reminding his companion loudly!


    However... it was still a step too late.


    Uehara Naraku''s face was still calm, and the smile was still on the corner of his mouth, and he spit out four words gently from his lips.


    "Shenluo Tianzheng."


    "..."


    next moment!


    A powerful repulsive force suddenly emanated from Uehara Naraku''s body!


    The Qilin Temple Tianshiro who was close at hand was directly knocked into the air by this repulsive force!


    There was blood streaming from the corner of this guy''s mouth. It was obvious that his internal organs had been ruptured, and he was severely injured by Naraku Uehara''s move of Shenluo Tianzheng!


    The start has not yet officially confronted...


    One member of Team Zero had already been severely wounded.


    Naraku Uehara slowly turned his head to look at Team Zero present, and said with a smile, "Just now you have one more person than us, now it''s five against five."


    "Hmph, that''s not necessarily..."


    Qilin Temple Tianshiro stood up abruptly, the spiritual pressure on his body flowed out like a liquid, and turned into a thin water film, which quickly healed his injuries.


    This should be called...


    Self-healing?


    As a medical officer, Qilin Temple Tianshirou''s medical skills are very good, enough to cause serious injuries to others, he has easily healed them.


    "Ha... it''s still six against five, kid!"


    The cured Tianshilang of Qilin Temple had a new look of arrogance on his face, and he even said a little more arrogantly: "No, or let me come to a one-on-five!"


    "yes?"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, as if he was asking and answering himself, he said: "What I said should not go wrong."


    "asshole!"


    Just when the members of Team Zero were surprised, a scream suddenly sounded, and everyone involuntarily followed the sound and looked behind them!


    With a face full of disbelief, Shutara Senjumaru turned her head, looked at the pharmacist who had been supporting her all the time, bit her lips tightly with her teeth...


    The woman stared fixedly at the pharmacist''s pocket, her face was full of ferocious hatred, and there were spells on her clothes. With the extension of these spells, the spiritual pressure of Xiutara Senshou Wan also Little by little it was sealed...


    And at the starting point of these sealing spells, it was the palm of the pharmacist holding Shutara Senshoumaru!


    "yes¡­"


    There was a smile on the corner of Medicine Master''s mouth. He looked at Shutara Senshouwan, who had been sealed by him, and said with a light smile, "Master Naraku is right... God''s eyes are on the future. From the very beginning, it was a battle between the ten of us!"


    Medicine Master withdrew his palm, helped his mirror frame, and explained politely: "This battle... no, it should be said that this war, from the very beginning, was to please Mr. Naraku, the only audience..."

 Chapter 687

    No one ever thought about it.


    Yaoshidou turned out to be Naraku Uehara''s subordinate.


    Even when Yao Shidou revealed his identity, the members of Team Zero were still a little stunned, and the sealed Shutara Tentemaru was the first to react!


    "Dou, you bastard!"


    The sealed woman cursed Medicine Master Pou bitterly.


    This world is so magical that Shutara Tentemaru, who has always had a dark heart, couldn''t help but curse at people bitterly.


    two minutes ago.


    Yakushidou rescued Shutara Tentemaru under the guidance of Uehara Naraku, and the woman couldn''t help being a little wary of Yakushidou.


    In any case, Yaoshidou''s appearance stood out among a group of crooked members of the Zero Division, and it was inevitable that Xiutara Tenshoumaru would be more fond of him.


    a minute ago.


    Uehara Naraku asks the Zero Division for a pharmacist pocket.


    In order to protect Yao Shidou, Team Zero blatantly rejected this request, and even Kirinji Tenshirou was so enraged that he rashly attacked Kahara Naraku!


    Now in a minute.


    Yakushido had already betrayed Team Zero, and directly sealed Shutara Tentemaru beside him, announcing that he was Naraku Uehara''s running dog.


    this behavior¡­


    It can really drive people to death!


    When the members of the Zero Division were fighting to protect Yakushidou and Uehara Naraku, Yakushidou suddenly announced that he was a subordinate of the Uehara clan...


    Isn''t this fucking playing with them!


    Xiuduoluo Tianshouwan couldn''t move, so he could only open his mouth and curse in a cold voice: "Yaoshidou, I never thought that you would be such a despicable and shameless person, and my love for you for many years was wasted..."


    The woman''s saliva almost sprayed on the glasses in the pharmacist''s pocket!


    The next moment, a flash of anger flashed across Yao Shidou''s face!


    Slap!


    "No no no..."


    Medicine Master''s palm landed on Xiutara Tentemaru''s mouth, directly blocking the woman''s mouth.


    A sealing spell was directly pasted on the woman''s mouth, sealing the woman''s mouth, and Shutara Tentemaru''s eyes widened in anger.


    "this is¡­"


    A look of curiosity flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face.


    Medicine Master shook his head slowly, and calmly explained: "Master Naluo, she is a lunatic, you don''t need to let her disturb your mood."


    "No no no..."


    Shutara Tentemaru became even more angry.


    The faces of the other members of the Zero Division gradually became ugly, and they also had to recognize the reality that there was a traitor among them.


    No, it should be said to be a traitor.


    These people have never thought that someone would infiltrate the Zero Division and become a spy. The members of the Zero Division symbolize the supreme status in the world of souls. You can ignore it!


    Is this pharmacist out of his mind?


    Is it because the status of the Zero Division is not high enough, or the immortal body of the Zero Division members is not attractive enough for him, why should he become a spy for Uehara Naraku?


    The most troublesome thing is...


    The members of Team Zero know the secret of the Soul Palace!


    Now that the Uehara clan has Yakushidou, a member of the Zero Division, as a spy, the situation is already a bit unfavorable to them... What''s more, before the battle officially started, Shutara Tenshoumaru was sealed by Yakushidou.


    "Pharmacist pocket..."


    The beard of Ichibing Wei, the head of the army, trembled slightly, and the anger on his face was no longer concealed: "You should know how tolerant we are to you...Why do you want to betray at this time..."


    "There was never any betrayal..."


    Yao Shidou shook his head slowly, with a strange smile on his mouth: "The captain of the military master, I have always been Lord Naluo''s most loyal subordinate!"


    Yaoshidou raised his palm slowly, took off his glasses and wiped it lightly: "In this world, there is no so-called Yakushidou, a member of the Zero Division team, no Yaoshidou, the sworn enemy of the Uehara clan, and no technique of cracking and stealing the reincarnation of the filthy soil." The thief pharmacist''s pocket..."


    Pharmacist pocket slowly wiped the glasses clean, and put the cleaned glasses back on the bridge of his nose. He spread his palms and put on a smile again.


    "Allow me to introduce myself...the only member of the Akatsuki organization under Naraku-sama who is allowed to act alone, Medicine Master Dou."


    "Xiao... this name..."


    The head of the army, Ichibei, frowned slightly, and the other members of the Zero Division looked at their captain curiously, with some doubts in their eyes.


    "I remember a long time ago..."


    The face of the soldier''s chief soldier Yibingwei gradually became a little shocked, as if looking at the pharmacist pocket in disbelief: "It should have been thousands of years ago or even earlier...someone sent me a letter, inviting Shigekuni Yamamoto and I joined an organization called Akatsuki...claiming that they can rule the world..."


    It''s just that those guys who hide their heads and show their tails don''t even want to show their faces. It''s a bit contemptuous to send him and Shigekuni Yamamoto in a letter!


    "But you all said no, didn''t you?"


    Pharmacist Doudou nodded calmly, and continued softly: "If you agree, maybe this world won''t be like this..."


    There was a strange smile on the corner of Yaoshi''s mouth, and he chuckled lightly: "It''s a pity, if you go further, maybe you will become the eternal rulers of this world, and we don''t have to waste thousands of years..."


    "!!!"


    The face of Ichibei from the main military department became more and more ugly.


    If so, this so-called Akatsuki organization has been coveting the corpse soul world for thousands of years, but they have never received any news...


    Because for thousands of years, the Akatsuki organization has never shown up except for that letter, and Ichibei, the head of the army, even once thought that the so-called Akatsuki had perished a long time ago...


    did not expect¡­


    They have been in the soul world...


    Even established a huge rich and noble family in the world of corpses and souls!


    "pocket."


    Uehara Naraku called to stop Medicine Master, and said with a smile, "No need to go into too much detail, bring me a glass of juice, the real fun is yet to come, there is no need to waste our time on these useless people."


    "Yes, my lord."


    Pharmacist nodded respectfully.


    Uehara Naraku watched the pharmacist leave, and sat down directly. A throne made of stones slowly emerged from the ground, slowly supporting his body.


    "let''s start."


    Naraku Uehara held his cheek with his left hand, raised his right hand, and ordered with a chuckle: "Catch and hang the people from Team Zero... A good show needs a group of qualified audiences, and these people haven''t That person is qualified to listen to my story."


    "asshole!"


    Kirin Temple Tenshiro looked at Uehara Naraku angrily, and roared loudly: "How dare you brat..."


    Boom!


    A huge fist directly sent Qilin Temple Tianshiro flying!


    "Gu la la la la... don''t underestimate this little guy!"


    White-bearded Edward Newgate rushed forward with a big grin, his fist glowing with white light, and slammed it at the people of Team Zero: "Anyway, this brat is a guy recognized by Lao Tzu and Roger! "


    "Ah ha ha ha ha ha ha!"


    Gol D. Roger brandished a pirate knife and slashed at the crowd. The beard on his face was also trembling, and the whole person turned towards the bearded master Yibing. He rushed over: "This guy looks very strong, so leave it to me!"


    However, Uchiha Madara is one step faster than him!


    A burst of flames flew towards a soldier guard in the main army!


    Uchiha Madara slowly withdrew his palm, and said in a cold voice: "Go and clean up that guy next to him, this person is not so easy to deal with..."


    in a sense...


    By being able to name things to determine their power, Bingzhu Buichibei can already be said to have a part of the power of a god!


    Uchiha Madara, Senju Hashirama, Gore D. Roger, Edward Newgate.


    The four dead servants of the Uehara clan quickly rushed to the remaining four members of the zero team, and the two sides began to fight each other in this palace of the spirit king!


    The members of Team Zero know very well...


    After Yao Shidou betrayed them, they had no way out, and the only way to solve the crisis in the Lingwang Palace was to defeat the enemy in front of them!


    It doesn''t matter to Uchiha Madara and others...


    They no longer need to worry about what will happen to them after death. Whether it is the ninja world or the pirate world, peace has been restored under the rule of the Akatsuki organization.


    The moment the two sides meet...


    The aura of Lingwang Palace suddenly became chilling!


    Uehara Naraku sat on his throne, reached out to take the juice that the pharmacist handed over, and felt a little more leisurely that was extremely inappropriate for this battlefield.


    "pocket."


    Uehara Naraku turned his head slightly, and said softly: "Is the battle on Seireitei''s side about to start? Is there any news from Gin''s side? And Ulquiorra''s side, won''t he still die in Kurosaki Ichigo''s hand?"


    "Yes, let me check."


    Pharmacist raised his finger and put it on his chest, a flash of sharpness suddenly flashed in his eyes, and the next moment his consciousness appeared in the dirt army under his command!


    After a long time.


    Yaoshi Doucai slowly withdrew his fingers, and replied in a low voice: "The Xuquan army led by Aizen Soyousuke and Oshemaru-sama has just arrived at Seireitei..."


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku raised his cup, symbolized the juice in the cup as wine, and said loudly: "Then I hope Captain Aizan is doing well! If he can''t get here through the blockade of Seireitei, he won''t be able to get it." Our final reward for him!"


    the other side.


    Inside the Seiring Court.


    The Gotei 13th Squad led by Yamamoto Shigekuni and the Dirty Land Corps led by Senju Tomona have completed their reorganization. When the two were discussing going to the virtual circle to destroy Aizen Soyousuke, a space crack appeared in Seireitei''s above.


    One by one, the broken faces emerged from the cracks in the space...


    The densely packed broken faces quickly filled the sky of Seireitei, attracting the attention of the entire Seireitei, they had already guessed what was going on...


    Before they launched the encirclement and suppression of Xuquan, Xuquan''s broken-faced army actually took the lead in launching a war against the Soul Soul Realm!


    finally.


    Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru led the figure of the ten blades in the virtual circle to appear here. They slowly lowered their heads, overlooking the death army composed of the Thirteenth Goutei Squad and the Dirty Land Army.


    "It would be great if everyone was here."


    Aizen Soyousuke raised his palm slightly, pointed at the death army on the ground, and said an unquestionable order in a calm voice!


    "Go, Faceless Legion... and wipe out everyone here!"


    "Yes... Lord Aizen!"


    A group of shattered faces fiercely entered the state of return to the blade, and rushed towards the death army on the ground. Even though their number was small, their momentum was even better!


    "That is¡­"


    "Aizen... Soyousuke!"


    "And that..."


    "Is it the legendary Orochimaru?"


    "Hey, be careful, the enemy is coming!"


    "Get ready to meet the enemy! That''s Aizen Soyousuke''s shattered army!"


    The captains of the thirteenth team of the guarding court couldn''t help but grit their teeth, staring at the shamans who were ordered to fly down from the sky, each captain clenched his own Zanpakuto!


    Ever since Aizen Soyousuke''s rebellion, they have almost all fought against the Faceless Legion. Every captain knows that these enemies are not easy to deal with, and at least the God of Reaper above the seat officer is required to fight against a Faceless Daxu alone...


    Yamamoto Motoryuzai Shigekuni suddenly opened his half-closed eyes, and calmly ordered his own order: "The captains of the various teams, immediately lead the various teams to meet the enemy... the old man and Mr. Tomona are also with you fight..."


    The wooden cane in Yamamoto Shigekuni''s hand turned into ashes little by little, revealing the appearance of the Zanpakuto in his hand, which is the strongest fire-type Zanpakuto in the entire soul world!


    Flow like fire!


    clang clang!


    Yamamoto Shigekuni pulled out the Zanpakuto in his hand, his body flew into the air little by little, and slashed at the battering legions rushing towards him!


    "Everything, everything will be reduced to ashes... Blades are like fire!"


    The Zanpakuto in Shigekuni Yamamoto''s hand burst into flames little by little, and the flames burned the sky in an instant!


    The temperature of this flame...


    It''s almost impossible to approach!


    Some Daxu who were still approaching in the Faceless Legion were frightened and fled from the range of the blazing flames, for fear of being contaminated by the flames and being burned to ashes!


    "keep going."


    Aizen Soyousuke raised his palm slowly, and said softly: "There is no need to worry, Mr. Orochimaru and I will be by your side and fight with you..."


    After Aizen Soyousuke appeased the broken-faced army under their command, he slowly turned his head to look at Orochimaru beside him, and said, "Then... I''ll leave it to Mr. Orochimaru here."


    "Ho ho ho ho, don''t worry."


    There was a nostalgic smile on Orochimaru''s face, he reached out and took out a huge scroll, and said with a chuckle: "I''m familiar with the ability of the fire attribute, but I didn''t expect to use Zilaiye That idiot''s spell..."


    The next moment, Orochimaru''s fingers suddenly moved together!


    Orochimaru''s hoarse low shout spread throughout the battlefield!


    "That''s all...Li Bindao¡¤Fire Seal!"

 Chapter 688

    Libo said.


    This is the difference between Uehara Naraku and his subordinates to distinguish them from the ghost art used in the world of death, and the effect of Ribodo''s art is obviously stronger.


    After the fire-sealing seal manipulated by Orochimaru was activated, the raging flames in the sky that blocked the advance of the Pomian Daixu army turned into a slender stream of fire, which slowly flowed into the seal in front of Orochimaru like a stream. within the scroll.


    The flames in the sky are empty.


    Orochimaru took back his sealing scroll slowly, looked at Shigekuni Yamamoto and sneered: "Hohohohoho... This is a fire-sealing seal that can seal even Uchiha Itachi''s Amaterasu... Huh, even if you use Jiraiya, that idiot The technique makes me uncomfortable..."


    "Looks pretty effective."


    Aizen Soyousuke glanced across the sky, landed on Shigekuni Yamamoto on the opposite side, and said softly: "As long as Captain Yamamoto and Mr. Tomona are dealt with, there should be no one in the Soul Realm to stop us..."


    "good."


    A cold light flashed in Orochimaru''s snake pupils, he nodded slightly, and asked aloud, "Why didn''t that kid Uehara Naraku appear here?"


    "Is Naraku not here?"


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned slightly.


    This time when they came to attack the Soul World, Aizen Soyousuke was most worried about Naraku Uehara, and he even planned to provoke the relationship between Naraku Uehara and the Uehara clan before the battle, but Naraku Uehara did not appear here...


    In this case¡­


    His plan is a bit difficult to operate.


    "never mind."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, and suddenly pulled out the Zanpakuto in his hand, and said in a low voice: "Then let''s deal with the people present first... Break it apart, you''re in the mirror!"


    There was a clear sound of drawing a sword!


    Everyone who was looking at Aizen Soyousuke saw the light on the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto, and this scene was clearly reflected in their eyes!


    "Be careful! Don''t look!"


    "Don''t read Aizen Soyousuke''s Hajime!"


    The captains of the Thirteenth Team of the Protecting Court all opened their mouths to remind their subordinates that they already knew the effect of the Mirror Flower and the Water Moon, but they themselves had already been tricked!


    Thousands of gods of death have been recruited!


    Even the members of Uehara Clan''s Dirty Earth Reincarnation Legion are no exception!


    next moment¡­


    The whole battlefield was fighting together!


    In addition to these ordinary gods of death, the captains of the thirteenth team of the guarding team also used their own means to fight together, even the dead servants of the Uehara clan were no exception!


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Orochimaru looked at the chaotic battlefield with a sneer on his face, and said grimly: "The five senses that are manipulated are really terrifying abilities..."


    No matter what time it is, the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto in Aizen Soyousuke''s hand can still be called a terrifying weapon!


    On this kind of super-large battlefield, Aizen Soyousuke''s Kyokazuki effect is maximized, he can unscrupulously manipulate other people''s five senses, change their image of the enemy and us, and force them to kill each other!


    In such a chaotic battlefield, the Faceless Legion almost rushed straight in, broke through all obstacles in just a few minutes, and attacked those sane gods of death!


    In just a short moment, the battlefield has completely gone out of control!


    "It''s terrible..."


    Orochimaru stuck out his tongue and licked his lips.


    The last time this super-large illusion appeared, Orochimaru had no chance to see it because only the soul was left; now seeing this terrifying illusion, Orochimaru''s eyes are almost full of greed.


    "If it was before, it would be a bit difficult..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly raised his palm, looked at Heijue in his sleeve, and whispered as if talking to himself: "It''s just that after I got Heijue and Bengyu, let my soul power It¡¯s even better to be able to do all this so easily¡­¡±


    Just talking about hard work is really overestimating myself!


    If it was before getting Bengyu, Aizen Soyousuke would not have dared to use Jinghua Shuiyue on many people at the same time. Now, with the support of Bengyu and Heijue, he can easily manipulate the five senses of the people on the ground like a god!


    This power to manipulate others at will...


    This feeling is like a god overlooking all living beings...


    It''s really a bit unbearable to indulge in it!


    However, compared to controlling the many gods of death on the ground battlefield, only defeating Senshou Toikama and Yamamoto Shigekuni is the decisive force to change the direction of this war!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s fingers trembled slightly, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "There are only two left...Mr. Tomama...Captain Yamamoto...What a pity..."


    It is indeed a pity.


    Because Yamamoto Shigekuni and Senju Feijian''s will and their methods of cracking the Zanpakuto abilities of each department are quite familiar, as if they have not been affected by the mirror at all.


    It''s just that the battlefield below is really worrying.


    "As long as you hold the Kyoka Shuiyue Zanpakuto, you won''t be manipulated by him..."


    Yamamoto Genryasai Shigekuni''s face became more dignified than ever before, he slowly let go of the Zanpakut¨­ in his hand, and slowly raised his sleeves, revealing his muscular muscles.


    Shigekuni Yamamoto tilted his head slightly, and reminded Senshou Toikama next to him: "Mr. Toikama, the most urgent task is to defeat Aizen... As long as you defeat him, Kyoka Shuigetsu will naturally resolve it."


    "Ok¡­


    Qianshou Feijian nodded slightly.


    To be honest, Senshou Feijian and Yamamoto Shigekuni are indeed strong, but unfortunately, their strengths are somewhat opposite. One is good at fire-type moves, and the other can play with water-type abilities...


    Now Shigekuni Yamamoto gave up the Zanpakuto and chose to use Taijubashi to fight, obviously wanting to cooperate with Senju Feijian...


    "The old man went first."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni''s palm suddenly clenched into a fist, and rushed towards Aizen Soyousuke!


    "clear."


    Qianshou raised his palm proudly, and his fingers completed the seal in an instant, and the spiritual pressure around him instantly turned into a roaring water dragon: "Break the way ¡¤ water escape ¡¤ water dragon bullet technique!"


    The water dragon came whistling, and suddenly lifted Shigekuni Yamamoto''s body, and the old man and the water dragon rushed towards Aizen Soyousuke together!


    Yamamoto Shigekuni stepped on the head of the water dragon, and rushed towards Aizen Soyousuke like a royal dragon, and the muscles and veins on the old man''s body burst out little by little!


    This scene makes people look bloody!


    In this world, who hasn''t thought about being able to walk with a dragon?


    At this moment, Shigekuni Yamamoto looked majestic, even though he didn''t have the strongest fire-type Zanpakuto by his side, he still showed the demeanor of the captain of the Gotei 13th Team!


    This feeling of riding a dragon...


    Let Shigekuni Yamamoto feel the blood that has not been seen for thousands of years!


    "Eighty-One of Binding Dao: Breaking the Void!"


    A look of surprise flashed in Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes, and he raised his hand to release a huge defensive wall to resist Shigekuni Yamamoto who came from Yulong.


    Orochimaru frowned slightly, and reminded: "Don''t underestimate that guy... If it''s just breaking the sky, it may not be able to stop it..."


    boom!


    There was a dull impact sound!


    Shigekuni Yamamoto''s fist and the head of the water dragon hit the defensive wall, like smashing fragile glass, smashed the transparent defensive wall, and hit Aizen Soyousuke straight!


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his palm calmly, and his palm turned into pitch black at some point, blocking Shigekuni Yamamoto right in front of him!


    This palm...


    It also completely blocked the momentum of Yamamoto Shigekuni''s charge, and the water dragon bomb created by Senshou Feijian turned into water waves and dissipated in an instant!


    "Pretty scary power."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s words sounded a bit like sarcasm.


    Although Aizen Soyousuke was praising Yamamoto Shigekuni, judging from the results of this round of battle, he lightly blocked this rather terrifying force.


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at Shigekuni Yamamoto, who was full of anger in front of him, and explained softly: "This is a real compliment, not a mockery. If it was me in the past, I might die under this punch." will lose."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s palm suddenly grasped Yamamoto Shigekuni''s fist, and twisted it suddenly, and there was a sound of bone dislocation and fracture in the air!


    next moment¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke threw Yamamoto Shigekuni away with his hands!


    This scene makes people feel that the old man Shigekuni Yamamoto is as weak as a child who was thrown away by Aizen. It is obvious that this situation will never happen in the battle between the two of them!


    all the way...


    Aizen Soyousuke only used one arm!


    Many people present looked at this scene in disbelief. In front of Aizen Soyousuke, who was a fusion of Bengyu and Heijue, Shigekuni Yamamoto was surprisingly fragile!


    "That guy''s body... has monster-like power..."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto stood up again, firmly grasped his dislocated and broken arm, and forcibly twisted it back to its original position. This kind of pain that others thought was unbearable, Shigekuni Yamamoto seemed to feel nothing.


    "In a sense, there is indeed a monster in his body."


    Senshou Feijian nodded slowly, and continued in a deep voice: "Perhaps after His Excellency Shigekuni Yamamoto smashed the air-breaking defense, his physical strength was a little weak..."


    "perhaps¡­"


    Shigekuni Yamamoto shook his head unconsciously.


    To be serious, he drove the water dragon to smash into Duankong and didn''t release much power, but the remaining power was blocked by Aizen Soyousuke''s palm...


    this kind of thing...


    Shigekuni Yamamoto couldn''t believe it a little bit.


    "Feel my evolution?"


    Aizen Soyousuke stared at Shigekuni Yamamoto and Senshou Higashi in the distance, the black liquid on the palm of his hand gradually faded, and his eyes gradually became a little deep.


    "Now we..."


    "It''s no longer a creature of the same dimension."


    "You are still resisting my footsteps."


    "Because you can''t understand how powerful the power that is one dimension higher than you, or many dimensions higher than you, is."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly raised his palm, and continued softly: "If you talk about it seriously, maybe you should be called a god..."


    indeed.


    The current Aizen Sousuke...


    Behavior seems more and more like a god.


    Aizen Soyousuke''s slowly raised palm suddenly pressed down on Senshou Fujian and Yamamoto Shigekuni, and a calm voice echoed in the air: "The power of the gods is that you can change the world with just a few gestures."


    next moment¡­


    The spiritual pressure in the sky suddenly became heavy!


    The bodies of Senshou Feijian and Yamamoto Shigekuni fell down involuntarily under this heavy pressure, and there was a little panic on the faces of the two of them!


    The two of them...


    It seems that there is really no power to fight back in front of Aizen Soyousuke!


    "His Excellency Shigekuni Yamamoto..."


    Qianshou Feijian tried his best to support his body to fall on the ground, and said in a deep voice: "This can''t go on anymore, Aizen Soyousuke is completely different from him in the past...We must have other helping hands to be enough!"


    "Even if you don''t want to admit it..."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni nodded slowly, with a heavy tone in his tone: "But the current Aizen has indeed surpassed the boundaries of the god of death..."


    Not just because of the accumulation of time...


    It seems that Aizen Soyousuke still has the power to restrain the god of death!


    Qianshou Feijian nodded in agreement, and said softly: "The direction of this war is no longer clear, it seems that we must fight to the death..."


    "Then risk your life..."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto slowly gathered his spiritual power again, and said in a deep voice, "Even if he risked his life, he cannot be allowed to take a step forward..."


    "Stubborn."


    Aizen Soyousuke raised his finger suddenly, and shot a blank bullet at Shigekuni Yamamoto, which directly pierced Shigekuni Yamamoto''s arm!


    It''s just that Shigekuni Yamamoto didn''t seem to feel the pain, the spiritual pressure on his body exploded again, and rushed towards Aizen Soyousuke!


    The battle suddenly became bloody!


    However, it is a pity that no matter how desperate Yamamoto Shigekuni is, in the case of losing Zanpakuto, he is still at an absolute disadvantage in the face of Aizen who has Bengyu and Heijue...


    A series of wounds...


    A drop of blood...


    Shigekuni Yamamoto''s injuries are increasing almost every second, and his physical strength is vastly different from that of Aizen Soyousuke who has a collapsed jade battery life...


    "Just one chance... a chance!"


    Yamamoto Shigekuni watched Aizen Soyousuke''s movements, a light flashed in his eyes suddenly, and he punched Aizen Soyousuke''s lower abdomen with a punch!


    "One bone!"


    A spray of blood appeared from Shigekuni Yamamoto''s fist!


    This blood flower bloomed on Aizen Soyousuke''s white clothes!


    Just when Shigekuni Yamamoto thought that this move would at least hit Aizen Soyousuke hard, he saw a black face whispering like a devil: "Ho ho ho ho... If you want to hurt Aizen-sama, you must first hit him Just smash my body..."


    "Thank you, Heijue."


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t regret his thanks, his eyes fell on Yamamoto Shigekuni again, and he said calmly: "The clothes that blaspheme the gods will make him angry more easily than hurting the gods... Sometimes, I Will be happy to help those who don''t want to live."


    next moment¡­


    There was a mass of Reiatsu in the palm of Aizen Soyousuke, and it was about to cover Shigekuni Yamamoto''s chest directly, as if this blow was going to completely eliminate the captain!


    "Crescent sky rushes!"


    A black sword glow suddenly struck!

 Chapter 689

    A celestial crescent caught Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes, making Aizen temporarily let go of the idea of ??continuing to attack Shigekuni Yamamoto, and grabbed the black light with his hand!


    Boom!


    Aizen Soyousuke crushed the black glow with one hand, and sent Shigekuni Yamamoto flying with one punch, before slowly turning his head to look in the direction of the person coming.


    Zanpakut¨­''s abilities are unique.


    Many people present knew who Yueya Tianchong''s Zanpakuto ability was, everyone''s face was surprised, and they all turned their heads to look at the comer.


    Kurosaki Ichigo, here we are.


    The young Grim Reaper''s face was full of fortitude, and he was draped in a deadly tyrant outfit, fluttering in the wind. He wore a hideous skull mask on top of his head, and held a pitch-black Zanpakudao in his hand. He was a bit sassy. look like.


    Aizen Soyou looked at the young Kurosaki Ichigo, with a flash of admiration on his face: "Since you appear here, it seems that Ulquiorra has failed..."


    "Let''s just say that..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo scratched his head, he didn''t know whether to complain about something, because in a sense, Ulquiorra was indeed defeated by him.


    However, when Kurosaki Ichigo was about to kill Ulquiorra, Nelliel suddenly appeared and rescued Ulquiorra, and defeated his bull-headed state, allowing Kurosaki Ichigo to recover directly waking state.


    that woman...


    It''s kind of scary.


    What puzzled Kurosaki Ichigo was that Nelliel did not take advantage of the victory to pursue, and even took the initiative to release Orihime Inoue, and let him come to the world of souls to join the battle.


    "Sure enough..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly spread out his palm, and smiled lightly at the corner of his mouth, "I''ve been looking forward to your growth from the very beginning... I hope you won''t let me down, Kurosaki Ichigo."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s body gradually showed a sharp edge that would no longer be restrained, and the spiritual pressure slowly covered his surroundings from his body, and his smile seemed a little weird under this amazing spiritual pressure.


    "From the beginning?"


    Kurosaki Ichigo frowned slightly.


    "Yeah, from the beginning..."


    Aizen Soyousuke smiled lightly and stretched out his arm towards Kurosaki Ichigo: "Strictly speaking, before you were born, I had already arranged everything."


    "Your father, Kurosaki Isshin."


    "It used to be Shiba Isshin, the captain of the 10th Division of the Gotei Thirteenth Team."


    "Your mother, Kurosaki Masaki."


    "She is one of the few pure-blood Quincy left in the world."


    "The void in your body is white."


    "It''s a Valstod-level shattering void whose entire virtual circle can be called extremely talented."


    "grim Reaper."


    "The Exterminator."


    "False."


    "The three powers are all gathered in your body."


    Every word of Aizen Soyousuke made Kurosaki Ichigo''s face change a bit, and when Aizen was about to finish speaking, Kurosaki Ichigo had become extremely ugly!


    no matter who...


    Knowing that your life is being arranged, it is impossible to have a good face!


    Especially Aizen Soyousuke, who directly arranged for his parents and Xubai in his body, he was confirmed and controlled by Aizen Soyousuke before he was born!


    This guy¡­


    It must be too dark!


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care about Kurosaki Ichigo''s face at all, and even pointed to Kurosaki Ichigo with some interest, and praised with confidence: "Kurosaki Ichigo, from the moment you were born, I I already knew that my most perfect work in the world was born."


    "From your birth."


    "Since you came into contact with Kuchiki Rukia."


    "From the time you entered the soul world, you became stronger little by little."


    "The virtual power you get has the power to break the surface."


    "I''ve been watching you."


    Every word of Aizen Soyousuke pierced Kurosaki Ichigo''s heart, making this young Shinigami''s face almost so gloomy that water dripped out.


    This feeling that life is arranged by others...


    It really made Kurosaki Ichigo feel an indescribable anger in his heart!


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t seem to care about Kurosaki Ichigo''s mood at all, he was just enjoying the feeling of manipulating others like a god.


    "I know everything about you..."


    "Everything you have encountered is under my control..."


    "Then please tell me... Ichigo."


    Aizen Soyousuke withdrew his palm, smiled and asked, "How should you fight me now? Does your sword have the power to resist?"


    "..."


    The battlefield fell into an eerie silence.


    Whether it was Kurosaki Ichigo who was still confronting Aizen Soyousuke in the sky, or the captains of Gotei 13 Team who were fighting on the ground, everyone felt a little heavy.


    everyone¡­


    They all had to be shocked by Aizen Soyousuke''s arrangement!


    When Kurosaki Ichigo was not born, Aizen Soyousuke had already arranged everything for him. Will Kurosaki Ichigo really have the will to resist Aizen Soyousuke now?


    difficult.


    If they were placed in the position of Kurosaki Ichigo, most people might fight with death instead of daring to swing a knife at Aizen Soyousuke...


    "Hey, hello, Aizen!"


    A hearty voice suddenly attracted everyone''s attention, and a middle-aged man shouted loudly from a distance: "You bastard, don''t take the credit for raising this bastard kid on yourself, that kid is my son!"


    "Captain One Heart!"


    "Kurosaki with one heart..."


    "Asshole dad..."


    The people present looked at the middle-aged man who came in wearing a domineering outfit. It was Kurosaki Ichigo''s father Kurosaki Isshin, the father who raised his son.


    When living in this world, Kurosaki Isshin never revealed his identity in front of Kurosaki Ichigo, just like an ordinary father, no, even more old and disrespectful than other fathers in this world.


    However at this time...


    Kurosaki Isshin appeared like a savior!


    "You guys are too greedy!"


    The figure of Kurosaki Isshin stopped in front of Kurosaki Ichigo, he ignored his son, just watched Aizen Soyousuke pick his ear.


    "Ichigo, the bastard, was not born for the power of the so-called Quincy and Shinigami, he was just an accident of a married life..."


    "..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s face darkened again.


    Although he knew what his father meant, but after his father said this, he felt even worse...


    Kurosaki Isshin didn''t seem to think about taking care of his son, and continued on his own: "It was just an accident, the woman I love the most wanted to be a mother, so we chose to give birth to this bastard... "


    "What does our family''s affairs have to do with your arrangements...You fellow, don''t take the credit for yourself!"


    "And you kid!"


    Kurosaki looked at his son with a displeased face: "You are the one my favorite woman risked her life to protect, how can you say a few words because of this guy..."


    "I don''t!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo looked at his father with a dark face, and became a little depressed under his father''s gaze: "Well, in fact, I know all this, but I feel a little uncomfortable..."


    "This is a battlefield, brat!"


    Kurosaki focused on holding his Zanpakut¨­ upside down, looked at Aizen Soyousuke in front of him, and said in a deep voice: "The enemies on the battlefield will use any despicable means to win... They don''t care about your mood!"


    "I see¡­"


    Kurosaki Ichigo took a deep breath, gripped his Zanpakut¨­ again, and pointed at Aizen Soyousuke!


    Although the two of them seemed to be teasing and unraveled their feelings, but when they faced Aizen Soyousuke, the eyes of the father and son became serious at the same time!


    This guy''s Reiatsu...


    It has far exceeded their cognition!


    Even a man with an open-minded personality like Kurosaki Isshin can''t help but feel a little heavy. The current Aizen Soyousuke is not just scary... From the current point of view, maybe it should be called horror?


    Urahara Kisuke and Sifengin Yoruichi stood beside them, ready to support Kurosaki and his son at any time with their horns indistinctly...


    The only one who can support them in the battle with Aizen Soyousuke is Senju Tomona, but at this moment he is dealing with Orochimaru. This battle can only be relied on by themselves...


    Just when Kurosaki Ichigo was the first to launch Crescent Moon, a voice like a magic spell loomed in his brain.


    "You have no way to beat him."


    "Ichigo."


    "Now you, there is no way to defeat him."


    "Ichigo."


    "Don''t make fearless sacrifices, there are limits to your strength."


    "this is¡­"


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s brows were slightly frowned, and he seemed to think of something in an instant, and his whole mind appeared in his soul communication space: "...Uncle Zhanyue?"


    According to Kurosaki Ichigo''s cognition, this bearded man is his Zanpakuto.


    It''s a bit weird to say, other people''s Zanpakuto is either a girl or a young girl, only his Zanpakuto is a bearded uncle...


    In Kurosaki Ichigo''s soul communication space, the bearded man who Kurosaki Ichigo thinks is Zanpakuto floats in the air, his voice is still faintly visible.


    "Here, your safety can be protected."


    The entire soul space has changed.


    The next moment, this soul space changed its appearance and turned into the appearance of Seireitei, and a certain location in it was marked with a location.


    "no."


    Kurosaki Ichigo shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "If you haven''t tried it yet, how could you just give up so rashly!"


    "..."


    The bearded man was silent for a moment, then quietly disappeared into Kurosaki Ichigo''s soul communication space, his voice was still somewhat illusory: "I hope you can survive this war... because this war has just begun."


    Yes.


    The battlefield has just begun.


    Although everyone else thinks the war has reached its limit.


    There is no way for everyone to retreat. In order to protect Seireitei and Soul Soul World from the hands of Aizen Soyousuke, they put everything they have.


    On the battlefield of Seireitei.


    The Thirteenth Guarding Team was almost retreating steadily.


    The Uehara Clan''s Uehara Clan''s Uehara Clan''s Dirty Land Legion was also retreating in defeat, Senshou Feijian, the fifth dead waiter, was also faintly losing in the hands of Orochimaru.


    The only ones on the entire battlefield who are still maintaining an offensive posture are Kurosaki Ichigo, Kurosaki Isshin, Urahara Kisuke, Shifengin Yoichi and others.


    Unfortunately, they didn''t last too long.


    Aizen Soyousuke showed his terrifying power, just using the terrifying spiritual pressure brought by the possession of Heijue, he suppressed everyone present!


    "Prepare to respond and save them."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni glanced at the battle in the air, and said in a deep voice: "Everyone... retreat to the entrance of the Lingwang Palace... Ukitake, and contact Ichibei, the leader of the Zero Division."


    "is teacher."


    Shishiro Ukitake is the captain of the thirteenth division, and he is also one of the noble disciples, who knows the secrets of the Lingwang Palace the most.


    "Faster."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto urged in a low voice.


    this war...


    There is currently no hope of victory.


    At least from the current point of view, the Gotei 13th team they stayed in Seireitei could not compete with Aizen Soyousuke, Orochimaru and their broken face army.


    The battlefield has been defeated.


    If you continue to fight Aizen Soyousuke under such circumstances at this time, it will undoubtedly be a meaningless act of sacrifice.


    If you can use the swastika to solve the residual fire dagger...


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni''s eyes fell on the Zanpakuto beside him, he slowly pulled out the Zanpakut¨­ from his palm, and pressed the Zanpakut¨­ back into the scabbard again.


    The current Seireitei not only has the Gotei 13th Team.


    If it was just sacrificing the Gotei 13th Team to stop Aizen Soyousuke, Shigekuni Yamamoto would never begrudge this sacrifice...


    The power of the Remnant Fire Taidao is enough to destroy the entire Soul Soul World!


    According to Shigekuni Yamamoto''s observation of the fire-sealing seal used by Orochimaru, that kind of ghost art can''t stop the catharsis of the residual fire sword!


    However, the Uehara clan still exists in Seireitei.


    Among them, the four dead servants are chasing the traces of Yuhabach. None of them are in Seireitei, and even if they stay in Seireitei, they may not die under the fire sword.


    If Uchiha Madara and the others return, only to find that Uehara Castle has been reduced to ashes by his remnant fire sword, there will definitely be another World Extermination War in Seireitei!


    Rather than that...


    It''s better to let the zero division team attack.


    Perhaps this time Aizen Soyousuke''s invasion can be used to let the Uehara clan realize the power of the Zero Division, and it can also make Seireitei more united.


    The retreat of the Guarding Team Thirteen was not concealed.


    Qianshou Feijian led the Dirty Earth Army and followed closely behind.


    "Want to escape?"


    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at the army that was gradually retreating, and a black gleam appeared on his fingertips: "The world of corpses and souls is so small, where can you escape to?"


    "Crescent sky rushes!"


    Seeing this scene, Kurosaki Ichigo soared into the air instantly, brandishing Zanpakuto and slashing out a black light, interrupting Aizen Soyousuke''s flickering movement!


    If only a little slower!


    Under that false flash, who knows how many lives will be lost!


    "Mr. Yixin, let''s go first!"


    Urahara Kisuke clutched the wound on his arm, appeared beside Kurosaki Isshin, and said softly, "The direction they are retreating...is the entrance to the Soul King Palace...it should be..."


    Some words need not be said.


    These captains have all heard about the Lingwang Palace and Team Zero.


    "I see!"


    Kurosaki blocked Aizen Soyousuke with his Zanpakuto sideways, and said loudly, "Urahara, Yoruichi, take Ichigo and go first!"


    "Dad..."


    "hurry up!"


    Kurosaki Isshin grinned, laughed and repeated what he said many times: "Ichigo, you are the man my favorite woman has protected with her life..."


    Kurosaki was determined not to look at Kurosaki Ichigo, turned his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke who was like a god, and continued in a deep voice: "So... Ichigo...you must live well!"


    "Dad bastard!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo wiped his red eyes with one hand, and clenched his teeth: "But... the me now, I don''t want to be like that time again..."


    A jet-black Reiatsu rioted on Kurosaki Ichigo''s body like lightning. Just as a new skull mask gradually reappeared on Kurosaki Ichigo''s face, an arm suddenly hugged Kurosaki Ichigo belly!


    "Stupid son really wants to work hard!"


    Herosaki, who was still resisting, picked up his son wholeheartedly, and ran towards the entrance of the Lingwang Palace in a blink of an eye: "The masters here have all withdrawn, why are you still here!"


    This guy¡­


    There is really no morals.


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke pondered for a moment, finally raised his finger, and shot an empty bullet in the direction where Kurosaki Isshin and his son were fleeing!


    The empty bomb exploded instantly, causing a shock wave!


    However, when the shock wave and smoke gradually dissipated, there was no sign of Kurosaki Isshin and his son on the ground, as if they died under the empty bomb.


    As the smoke clears...


    The shadow of the smoke is also slowly dissipating...


    "Ok?"


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned slightly, because he knew that the empty bullet couldn''t kill Kurosaki Ichishin and Kurosaki Ichigo so easily, but no matter how he used the Reiatsu search, he couldn''t detect their aura. trace!


    "never mind."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s brows stretched out, his eyes fixed on the retreating direction of the Reaper''s Army and the Dirt Army, and then on the Faceless Army below.


    They won.


    Because of the Kyoka Shuigetsu Zanpakuto''s ability to control the five senses, the Death God Army and the Dirty Earth Army were on the verge of collapse. Coupled with the defeat between Shigekuni Yamamoto and Senjube, they finally won this battle...


    This war...


    No, it should be said that it was the first confrontation, and they won.


    "Go ahead and hunt them down."


    Aizen Soyousuke waved his palm slowly, pointed to the direction where the Death God army retreated in the distance, and gave his order: "Go, Pomen, go after the Death God until... chase them to The end of the world!"

 Chapter 690

    Lingwang Palace.


    The entrance to the deep passage opened wide.


    Ukitake Shishir¨­ and Jingle Chunshui were ordered to arrive here first. They looked at each other with some doubts on their faces.


    "Has Team Zero already known that we are defeated?"


    "It''s strange that they can''t detect it with their strength!"


    Jingle Chunshui responded casually, and sighed softly: "I am here to take care of the old man, you go and contact them, it seems that we really need to rely on their strength this time!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Shishiro Ukitake nodded hesitantly.


    Just as Shishirou Ukitake was about to step into the passage connecting the Soul Realm and the Soul King Palace, a figure slowly walked out of the passage and appeared in front of them.


    "Mr. Pocket?"


    Surprise flashed across Ukitake Shishir¨­''s face.


    Jing Le Chunshui''s face became slightly weird when he saw Pharmacist Dou, because speaking of it, Jing Le Chunshui felt sorry for Pharmacist Dou.


    When Yao Shidou was the captain of the Eighth Division, the Eighth Division relied on intelligence and almost became the most powerful division in the entire Goutei Thirteenth Division; however, after Jingle Chunshui took over, the Eighth Division seemed to gradually become waste.


    "We already know everything that happened in Seireitei."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and said softly: "Squad Zero specially allows all the Reapers of the 13th Team of the Guarding Court to temporarily take refuge in the passage in the Palace of the Soul King, because the next battle may affect the entire Seiling Court. ..."


    "yes!"


    A look of gratitude flashed across Ukitake Shishiro''s face, and he never thought that Team Zero would be so magnanimous, willing to let the Shinigami of the entire Gotei Thirteen Team enter the tunnel.


    There was some doubt in Jingle Chunshui''s eyes, and he suddenly said: "Mr. Dou, the Thirteenth Guarding Team can be allowed to enter the passage... Then, what about the Uehara Clan''s Dirty Army?"


    "The Dirt Legion..."


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and the corners of his mouth curled up slightly: "The order of the Zero Division is that as a reward for their willingness to fight with the Guarding Thirteenth Team, we will allow the Dirt Army to station at the entrance."


    "!!!"


    Surprise flashed across the faces of Ukitake Shishir¨­ and Jingle Shunsui at the same time!


    The Thirteenth Guarding Team of Seireitei can enter the passage to take refuge, but the Uehara Clan''s Dirty Land Army is only allowed to hide at the entrance of the passage.


    No¡­


    This is to borrow a knife to kill!


    Even at this time, did the Zero Division still not give up the idea of ??infighting?


    In other words, Yakushidou, who has become a member of Division Zero, finally took advantage of this once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to swing his butcher knife at his old enemy, the Uehara clan!


    After all, if the Uehara clan knew that Yao Shidou had become a member of Team Zero, a near-immortal existence, they would definitely not be able to let it go...


    Right now, the most elite Dirty Army of the Uehara Clan is being chased by the Disrupted Army behind them, and the Pharmacist can destroy this elite army here with just one stumbling block!


    Wait until this war is over...


    The Uehara Clan, whose power has been greatly damaged, can no longer hope to seek revenge from the pharmacist. Even after this war is over, whether the Uehara Clan will exist in Seireitei is another matter...


    It has to be admitted that this is indeed the best opportunity to eliminate the Uehara clan.


    It''s just that this kind of opportunity is somewhat unacceptable.


    Ukitake Shishir¨­ and Jingle Chunshui''s expressions gradually turned ugly, and the two looked at Yao Shidou with faint dissatisfaction and indignation.


    until this time...


    Yao Shidou even wanted to fight among himself!


    "This is an order from Team Zero."


    A light flashed under the lens of Yaoshi''s pocket, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Jingle, Fuzhu, don''t look at me like that... Indeed, I proposed this matter, and I have been waiting for it for a long time. It''s the day."


    "But¡­"


    A look of anxiety flashed across Ukitake Shishiro''s face.


    "No but."


    Pharmacist Dou interrupted Ukitake Shishir¨­, and continued with a chuckle: "After today, all disturbing factors that hinder peace will be completely eliminated..."


    "Mr. Pocket."


    Jingle Chunshui clenched his Zanpakuto, suddenly raised his head and said, "Can we stay at the entrance and accompany the Dirty Army to continue fighting?"


    If Team Zero''s wish was to let the Uehara Clan''s filthy soil army guard the entrance to die, they would never have watched their comrades who fought with them just now die under the conspiracy of their own people!


    Even if they can''t change the ending, they won''t just sit back and watch all this happen. They would rather fight Aizen Soyousuke at the entrance of the passage with the Dirt Legion!


    Even... die in battle!


    "I advise you not to do this."


    Yao Shidou''s expression suddenly turned indifferent, he slowly helped his mirror frame, and said coldly: "If you want to change the fate of the Uehara clan, then I hope you can persuade the members of the Zero Division to request that this rule be revoked." Order!"


    After Yao Shidou finished speaking, a sneer suddenly flashed on the corner of his mouth: "If you can convince them... I believe they will be more rational than you..."


    "asshole¡­"


    Shishiro Ukitake couldn''t help gritting his teeth.


    At this moment, he didn''t have any scruples about Yao Shidou being a member of Division Zero.


    It is a pity that at this time, neither Ukitake Shishiro nor Kyoraku Shusui can change all this, and the two can only wait for the arrival of Shigekuni Yamamoto.


    The Reaper Army led by Shigekuni Yamamoto and the Dirty Earth Army between Senshoubeijian did not lag behind for too long. Under the pursuit of the Pomian Army, their retreat speed was very fast, which is also different from the Pomian Army''s like a cat playing with a mouse. Seriously about killing.


    When Yamamoto Shigekuni and Senju Tomona arrived here, they naturally knew the order from the Zero Division, and also saw Yakushidou who was a member of the Zero Division.


    "..."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto was silent for a long time.


    The old man who carried thousands of years of history of Seireitei slowly lowered his head, and said in a deep voice: "Captains, first lead the various teams into the passageway to evacuate..."


    "Captain!"


    There was some disbelief on every Captain Death''s face.


    "Go in now!"


    Shigekuni Yamamoto clenched his Zanpakutao like a fire, and looked at his disciple: "From now on, Jingle Shunsui will take over the post of captain of the 13th Goutei team. This is the last order of this old man. !"


    "..."


    The eyes of the Reaper captains grew more astonished.


    They quickly figured out what Shigekuni Yamamoto meant.


    This captain, who has controlled the Thirteenth Team of the Court for thousands of years, wants to fight side by side with the Uehara Clan''s dirt army here until he dies in battle, as the price for the order of the Zero Division!


    Yamamoto Shigekuni would not want to go against the wishes of Team Zero, which represented the will of the higher-ups and the Soul King, and he didn''t want to leave his teammates behind, so he could only choose to die in this way.


    "There''s no need for that anymore."


    Qianshou Feijian shook his head in an obscure tone, looked at Medicine Master Dou standing at the entrance of the passage, and his face became gloomy: "Your Excellency Shigekuni Yamamoto, you have deceived the Uehara clan from the very beginning and let Medicine Master Dou Joining the legendary Zero team, and thus thoroughly mastering the art of reincarnation in the dirt, is really a good move..."


    Senshou''s eyes looked coldly at Shigekuni Yamamoto who was ashamed and closed his eyes, and then swept across all the members of Gotei 13th Team present, and continued in a deep voice: "From today onwards, the Uehara clan will no longer abide by any covenant. ..."


    Qianshou Feijian''s tone became more and more gloomy, his eyes were so terrifying that people could hardly look directly at him, and his voice became more and more high-pitched: "Since you have violated the agreement first, then after this war is over... no , from now on, the Uehara Clan and Seireitei have officially entered a state of war!"


    Senshou Feijian''s eyes fell on Yamamoto Shigekuni''s face again, and then looked at the smiling Pharmacist pocket beside him, the hostility on his face almost became heavier and heavier!


    "Now... get out!"


    "..."


    All the gods of death in the thirteenth team of the guarding court slowly lowered their heads.


    Ashamedness could not be concealed on the faces of every Shinigami, and dissatisfaction hung on the faces of every Shinigami captain. Their dissatisfaction with Team Zero had almost reached its peak!


    Until Kisuke Urahara and Yaichi Sifengin arrived, the two of them couldn''t help being silent when they heard the order from Team Zero...


    Unfortunately, no one can change all this.


    "I will save Captain Naraku''s life."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni still closed his eyes, and promised: "As long as the old man is still here, Captain Naraku will definitely..."


    "He''s safer than you!"


    A hint of sarcasm flashed across Qianshoubanjian''s face, and he said with a face full of disdain: "From today onwards, Uehara Naraku will no longer be the captain of the fifth team!"


    "..."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto shook his head, then nodded slowly, and continued solemnly: "No problem, the old man''s promise will not be invalidated."


    "roll!"


    Under the watchful eyes of the filthy army, the death army of the thirteenth team of the court slowly entered the passage. Shigekuni Yamamoto stood for a moment, and could only slowly walk into the passage under the angry eyes of Senshouban. middle.


    "Please follow me."


    Pharmacist Dou''s smile was a bit bright, he led the way at the front and said: "In order for everyone to be able to withstand the density of spirit particles in the Lingwang Palace, we have worked very hard..."


    "..."


    No one wanted to respond to him.


    No one is willing to respond to Yao Shidou, this insidious villain. At this moment, the image of Yao Shidou has become a synonym for despicability in the eyes of others.


    Those gods of death who were born in the orphanage, such as Asai Renji, Matsumoto Ranju, Kuchiki Rukia, etc., wanted to defend their dean, because no one knew better than them the crisis that Yakushidou had encountered ¡­


    It was just the atmosphere at the scene that made them unable to speak.


    The atmosphere in the passage became more and more depressed, and there were constant whispers, all the gods of death were dissatisfied with their senior management.


    At the entrance of the channel.


    The Dirt Legion led by Qianshou Feijian was stationed in place.


    Even though they were abandoned by the top team of Zero Division as abandoned sons, the Dirt Army was still very quiet, just quietly surrounded by the dead waiter.


    The broken-faced army led by Aizan Soyousuke and Orochimaru was not slow in action. They quickly chased the entrance of the passageway of the Lingwang Palace, and saw the densely packed dirt army.


    "this is¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke raised his eyebrows slightly, subconsciously began to think, he was guessing what was going on.


    Orochimaru didn''t wait for Aizen Soyousuke to finish thinking, and a mocking smile appeared on his face: "Isn''t this my most respected Mr. Toikama? It seems that the Uehara clan has been rejected by the Soul King Palace. ..."


    "..."


    Qian Shou Fei Jian''s face darkened.


    Although Senshouban didn''t say anything, judging from his expression, what Orochimaru said should be the truth.


    "Say something a little bit..."


    The smile on Orochimaru''s face remained the same, and he said sarcastically: "Will you continue to work hard for Seireitei to stop us...or make way for us?"


    "..."


    Senshou''s face turned even darker, he slowly raised his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru in the air, and then glanced at a group of sarcasm-faced legions, and waved his hands weakly.


    "spread!"


    Following Qianshou Feijian''s order, the army of the Dirty Earth Army ordered to forbid it, and immediately dispersed quickly, clearing a way for the Pomface Army!


    Aizen Soyousuke waved his palm, slowly lowered his head to look at the Dirt Army, and said softly: "If you are willing to contribute..."


    Senju Fumama interrupted Aizen Soyousuke with a gloomy face: "Little devil, let''s wait until you have a chance to defeat Big Brother and Madara!"


    "yes?"


    Aizen Soyousuke chuckled, and suddenly said lightly: "Don''t you...shouldn''t you wait until I have a chance to defeat Naraku?"


    "..."


    Qianshou Feijian''s face changed slightly.


    At this moment, he seemed to be aware of the family secret by Aizen Soyousuke.


    "Tell me, where is Naruto?"


    Aizen Soyousuke lowered his eyes slightly, and without waiting for Senshoubeijian to answer, he replied to himself: "Let me guess...he should be hiding somewhere now, waiting for me and Seireitei to come back." Let''s clean up the mess after the war is over?"


    Aizen Soyousuke glanced at the filthy army on the ground, and continued on his own: "In order to let us kill each other, Naraku really worked hard..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly raised his palm, and his voice was as gentle as a spring breeze: "But... this time, I will disappoint him... To crush an ant, you only need to raise the strength of one finger... and to crush it to death The other ant is just a finger."


    For the current Aizen Soyousuke, defeating the Gotei 13th team did not waste much of his spiritual power at all, and it can even be said to be as simple as effortless!


    After defeating the Gotei 13th Team and the Dirt Army, Aizen Soyousuke has enough confidence to clean up Seireitei and Zero Division, and then go to clean up the hidden Uehara Naraku!


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes flickered, and he slowly waved his palm, his voice became indifferent: "Okay, this time I will let you go, killing some abandoned children will tarnish the whole world." A war I''m all proud of.


    As the price of letting you go, help me send a message to Naraku!


    For half an hour, I will lead the Faceless Legion to destroy the entire Lingwang Palace. After I destroy the Lingwang Palace, I will sit on the throne of the Lingwang Palace and wait for him to challenge me.


    I hope this time, he will show his true strength!


    This is my last chance for him.


    Destroyer Corps, keep going. "


    After Aizen Soyousuke finished speaking, he stopped looking at Senshoubeima and the Dirty Earth Army, and led the Pomian Army with Orochimaru into the passage of the Soul King Palace.


    Not long after they entered the passage of the Lingwang Palace.


    Qianshou Feijian''s face returned to normal, he watched the broken-faced army entering the Lingwang Palace, his eyes were full of dangerous coldness.


    "Monkey, Minato, lead the sealing team to start setting up barriers, sealing off all the space barriers in the Lingwang Palace, and not allowing anyone to escape!"

 Chapter 691

    Lingwang Palace.


    There is a light at the end of the passage.


    Shigekuni Yamamoto led the Gotei 13th Team to the end of the passage, and slowly stopped his footsteps. The old man reached out his hand to signal the entire Gotei 13th Team to stop.


    Yamamoto Shigekuni raised his head and looked at the somewhat empty Lingwang Palace, his pupils suddenly constricted, and his brows were tightly frowned: "Huh? This...what the hell is going on?"


    The appearance of the entire Lingwang Palace was slightly different from what he remembered.


    Because the current Lingwang Palace has become a wide square, there are no buildings as far as Shigekuni Yamamoto can see, and the palaces where the members of the Zero Division members lived and the palace where the Lingwang crystal coffin was stored disappeared without a trace!


    Unobstructed views of the entire expansive space.


    There are only five tall stone pillars and a tall stone tablet standing in the center of the square, which makes people feel that this closed space with high status is a bit barren...


    "That is¡­"


    Shigekuni Yamamoto''s eyes stayed on the stone pillars and steles.


    When the old man saw the five stone pillars and stele clearly, his expression suddenly became solemn, and his palms clenched his Zanpakut¨­ tightly!


    On five stone pillars...


    Each of the five members of Team Zero is bound!


    Ichibei, Hikifune Kiryu, Kirinji Tenshirou, Nimeiya Oyue, Shutara Tentemaru, the five members of the Zero Division who once rewrote the history of the Soul World, at this moment their The figure looked extremely embarrassed!


    Every member of the Zero Division was covered with black sealing spells, and their bodies were tightly bound above the stone pillars, with their heads bowed as if they had lost their breath.


    How could this happen?


    Just the members of these five zero-squad squads, their combat power combined is stronger than the entire Gotei 13th squad!


    Now, they are tied to the pillars like captives!


    Who is it that has the power to capture these immortal Zero Division members, and even humiliate them like this...


    Shigekuni Yamamoto''s eyes slowly stopped on the stele in front of the five pillars, and he finally saw clearly what the stele was...


    That''s not a stele!


    But a tall throne!


    A throne occupying the center of the Lingwang Palace!


    And around the shocking throne, stood four figures of different heights, guarding the throne like attendants.


    Or¡­


    They are guarding the man on the throne.


    Shigekuni Yamamoto''s complexion visibly became ugly to the naked eye, and the captains of the Gotei 13th Team beside him also saw all this clearly, and a look of surprise flashed across everyone''s face!


    "How did the Lingwang Palace become like this?"


    "How is it possible? Have all the members of Team Zero been... defeated?"


    "What the hell is going on here?"


    "Why was Team Zero arrested..."


    "Those people under the throne... are... Mr. Madara..."


    "The four chief officials of the Uehara clan... What the hell is this..."


    The faces of the captains of the Thirteenth Guarding Team became more and more ugly, until they could clearly see the young man sitting on the throne, that man who was like an abyss!


    this moment¡­


    The Reiatsu on the man sitting on the throne gave people a feeling as deep and terrifying as an abyss hell, making people dare not even look at him directly for a long time!


    However, at this time, the Death God captains and the Death Gods under their command couldn''t help but look at the man on the throne!


    "Captain Uehara?"


    The entire Guarding Thirteen Team was in an uproar.


    The captains of the thirteenth team of the guarding court have different expressions, and everyone''s face is extraordinarily exciting, and everyone''s eyes are somewhat incredible and complicated.


    "Uehara...how did he appear in the Lingwang Palace?"


    "There are four other chief executives... What''s going on here?"


    "Are you kidding me? Did the members of Team Zero get captured?"


    "What''s going on here? It can''t be that Captain Uehara Naraku led the four chief executives to defeat Team Zero and destroy this Lingwang Palace, right?"


    Although the captain of the thirteenth division Ukitake Shishiro put forward some kind of truth in his speculation, he himself couldn''t believe it was true after he said it.


    on the throne.


    Naraku Uehara raised his head slowly, looked at the messy Goutei 13th team, raised the corner of his mouth, and a gentle voice echoed in the space.


    "Is it finally here? Gentlemen..."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was still gentle and approachable, as if the host was treating guests with a polite smile: "But I''m sorry, we still have a few guests who haven''t arrived... Before that, do you want... a glass of juice first?"


    Obviously Uehara Naraku''s attitude is no different from the past...


    However, in this state, no one would think that Uehara Naraku in front of them is still the cowardly and gentle captain of the fifth team they knew!


    The eyes of every captain of the Grim Reaper became a little colder. They seemed to see the shadow of the previous captain of the fifth team, Aizen Soyousuke, in Naraku Uehara, the captain of the fifth team. Aizen Soyousuke is even more dangerous!


    Now, no one would think that the members of the Zero Division were captured and tied to the stone pillars would have nothing to do with Naraku Uehara!


    Every Captain Death thought that the Palace of the Spirit King would be a safe place, but they didn''t expect such an accident to happen in the Palace of the Spirit King!


    Nobody would have guessed...


    The most secure place, the Lingwang Palace, actually hides an even bigger conspiracy!


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Saragi Kenpachi, the captain of the 11th Division, had a nervous smile on his face, and a flash of fighting intent flashed in his eyes, and he looked at the other Shinigami captains: "Hey, you won''t return now. Some people think Uehara Naraku is a good person, right?"


    "Jianba can tell that something is wrong..."


    The vice-captain of the 11th squad, Kusanagi Yachiryu stretched out his hand and grabbed Kenpachi Saraki''s clothes nervously, his small face was full of worry and fear: "How can other people not see the problem...I also feel that Naraku seems to be something wrong¡­"


    "..."


    Zaraki Kenpachi''s expression became even uglier.


    Although Zaraki Kenpachi knew that Kusaka Yachiryu was speaking from his heart, but it was precisely because this little guy spoke from his heart that he felt even more sad!


    asshole!


    That makes him sound like he has a low IQ!


    There is no need to use your brain for a problem that can usually be solved with a knife!


    Even people as slow as Saraki Kenpachi and Kusaka Yachiryu can detect the problem, not to mention the other captains of death, these people figured everything out in a blink of an eye.


    Perhaps the Uehara clan never quit the war.


    The only thing that surprised them was...


    Uehara Naraku, who has always acted as harmless to humans and animals, would actually be the plotter who broke through the Zero Division, because no matter how you look at it, Uehara Naraku doesn''t look like this kind of person, maybe Senshou Feijian under his command is more like this kind of person. conspirators...


    No¡­


    should say¡­


    In fact, Uehara is also very similar to this kind of person!


    Because there is such a lesson as Aizen Soyousuke!


    Is there a problem with the position of the captain of the fifth team of the Gotei 13th team? The two Captains of the Fifth Division turned out to be conspirator...


    "Today''s weather is fine..."


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and glanced at the clear sky, then looked at the many gods of death with ugly faces, and continued slowly: "It''s really a good weather, the sun will shine, everyone''s eyes will be bright ..."


    Obviously Uehara Naraku still had a gentle smile on her face...


    However, his smile was not like the one in front of him that would make people relax their vigilance and bring warmth to people. This time, it made the hearts of all the gods of death present couldn''t help but feel a little cold.


    Every Captain Death''s mood became particularly complicated.


    Even if they roughly guessed that Uehara Naraku was planning all this behind the scenes, they were unwilling to involve Uehara Naraku sitting on the throne with the Uehara Naraku they remembered!


    At the meeting just a day ago, Uehara Naraku still stubbornly stated at the meeting that he would join the war together, even as a medical or logistics force, as if he could be easily persuaded...


    However¡­


    Now¡­


    Now Naraku Uehara...


    Like a high and mighty king!


    Whether it''s the backrest of the tall and towering throne, whether it''s the four chief executives standing beside him, whether it''s the five Zero Team members who are tied up around him...


    Everything made these death captains feel the impact!


    Even in their sleep, these death captains would never have imagined that Naraku Uehara would appear in front of them in this image...


    tread¡­


    Tread, tread, tread...


    The sound of clogs trampling on stone slabs was particularly loud.


    Yamamoto Genryasai Shigekuni held the handle of the Zanpakut¨­ tightly in his palm, and he took the lead step by step towards the direction of the throne. Every time he took a step, the spiritual pressure on his body would become stronger!


    It wasn''t until Yamamoto Shigekuni walked up to the throne that he stopped his footsteps. A look of pity and embarrassment flashed in his eyes. His pity was because he went in the wrong direction with Uehara Naraku, and the embarrassment was because he was played by another behind-the-scenes manipulator The thirteenth team of the court.


    "All of this...is a conspiracy by the Uehara clan?"


    Shigekuni Yamamoto didn''t even ask Uehara Naraku if he had taken refuge in Aizen Soyousuke''s stupid words, because he knew that Uehara Naraku, who was sitting on the throne, would obviously not be inferior to others!


    "Cough...cough cough...quick...run away..."


    Before Uehara Naraku could answer, a painful groan fell from the stone pillar first, and Ichibei, the main soldier bound on the stone pillar, struggled to raise his head.


    As the captain of the Zero Division, when did Ichibei, the head of the army, have such a predicament? There were even two wounds on his forehead, and blood dripped down his cheeks little by little...


    Just uttering a word to remind Shigekuni Yamamoto made Ichibei of the main military department spit out a mouthful of blood, but the captain of the Zero Division was still suppressing the pain caused by his serious injury, struggling to continue to remind his old man friend.


    "...quick...run away..."


    "...you are not...their...opponent..."


    "...run away...leave...get out of here..."


    "...cough...cough..."


    "Ichibei..."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni raised his head and looked at his old friend, with a faint complexion on his face, he slowly shook his head, his voice gradually lowered: "When we entered the Lingwang Palace, no one can escape..."


    Yes.


    No one can escape.


    Because the passage entrance of the space barrier of the Lingwang Palace is stationed in the Qianshoubeijian and the Dirty Land Army, which were abandoned by their 13th Guarding Team, this closed space is not the safe house of the 13th Guarding Team, but the 13th Guarding Team. Team Grave!


    "Pharmacist pocket!"


    Yamamoto Shigekuni turned his head abruptly, looking at the medicine master who came with him, the old man''s eyes showed a biting gaze!


    "Are you... from the Uehara clan?"


    At this moment, Shigekuni Yamamoto thought everything through!


    The captain of the thirteenth team of the guarding court felt unprecedentedly sad and heavy, and his eyes were fixed on the pharmacist''s pocket!


    "After finding out Bengyu, it was you who gave the order to take back Bengyu in the name of Team Zero... Before the war started, it was you who suggested that Team Zero could provide support... When we retreated to the Lingwang Palace, it was you who took the opportunity to let The Unholy Legion stopped at the entrance..."


    All this happening...


    Now it looks like they are all being manipulated!


    If Yao Shidou, the members of Team Zero, were spies, they would be reduced to pawns, and they wouldn''t even be able to see even a little bit of fog in the world of corpses and souls!


    Shigekuni Yamamoto''s voice slowly lowered, as if the whole person had completely aged: "No one would have thought that... the Uehara clan wished to kill the medicine master who was quick to kill him, and it turned out to be a spy of the Uehara clan..."


    "yes¡­"


    Pharmacist pushed his glasses, and there was a playful smile on the corner of his mouth: "If I didn''t act like I was cornered by the Uehara clan, how could I hope to join Team Zero?"


    "You have been pretending in Seireitei..."


    On the palm of Shigekuni Yamamoto, the veins bulged little by little, showing the irrepressible anger in the old man''s heart, and his cold eyes fell on Naraku who was on the throne: "The purpose...is it for this moment? catch everyone..."


    "yes."


    Naraku Uehara nodded slightly.


    Even at this time, Naraku Uehara still had a slight smile on his face, and his gaze swept over Shigekuni Yamamoto and landed in the direction of the end of the passage.


    "Our other guest has arrived."


    Uehara Naraku sat on his throne and calmly spread out his palms: "Captain Aizen, there is no need to hide anymore, aren''t you coveting this throne of heaven... Now, it is here."


    "..."


    There was a commotion in the death army at the end of the passage.


    Thousands of Shinigami from the thirteenth team of the court were overturned directly by a huge impact. Aizen Soyousuke and Orochimaru led the broken-faced army and slowly stepped into the empty Soul King Palace.


    this moment¡­


    It is true that there were wolves before and tigers behind!


    It''s just that at this time, Aizen Soyousuke didn''t seem to care about the Gotei 13th team, because he heard what Yakushitou said!


    "It''s really unexpected..."


    The figure of Aizen Soyousuke slowly flew up, his eyes fixed on the area in the center of the square, and the smile on the corner of his mouth gradually became cold: "I always thought that Mr. Dou would be my loyal ally, but I didn''t expect that Mr. It will be from the Uehara clan..."


    Yes.


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t expect it either.


    Aizen once thought that Yao Shidou was the person who recognized him the most!


    However, now is not the time to tangle with Pharmacist Dou.


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes moved slowly, and looked at Uehara Naraku, the rightful master who secretly instigated Yakushidou, his eyes also became a little cold: "So...you knew from the beginning...everything I have to do ..."


    The next moment, Aizen Soyousuke seemed to have thought of something, he turned his head slightly to look at Gin Ichimaru who flew to Yakushidou, his eyes became colder and colder.


    If Yao Shidou is from the Uehara clan...


    Then to whom is Ichimaru Gin, the disciple of Yakushido, loyal... It seems that there is no need to think about it at all.


    "Not just at the beginning..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s fingers slightly bent, and they clenched into fists little by little. His eyes fell from Ichimaru Gin to Uehara Naraku: "It''s... all the time."


    I have to rejoice that...


    Aizen himself never trusted anyone.


    Therefore, Aizen Soyousuke never told Ichimaru Gin about some top-secret matters, because he already knew that Ichimaru Gin was not trustworthy, and naturally he would not repay him with any absolute trust.


    Gin Ichimaru would betray such a thing...


    Aizen Soyousuke was already prepared.


    Unfortunately¡­


    A person suddenly fell from the sky and stood beside Naraku Uehara, causing Aizen Soyousuke''s expression to change again.


    Even Aizen Soyousuke has a very low level of trust in this person, even lower than his trust in Ichimaru Gin and Yakushido, and he can''t just bear that this person is also standing in front of Uehara Naraku. side!


    Naraku Uehara hooked the corner of his mouth, and extended his warm greetings to the subordinates who returned to him: "Welcome back, Silver, Mr. Orochimaru."

 Chapter 692

    it''s clear.


    Under the warm sunlight, the gods of death in the Lingwang Palace couldn''t help feeling a little chilly in their hearts. The world they saw was completely overturned.


    "As you can see..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes withdrew from Orochimaru''s body and landed on Aizen Soyousuke''s face, and explained with a chuckle: "Since Tobu and Gin are both my subordinates, Mr. Orochimaru is naturally my subordinate."


    "From the beginning?"


    "Yes, from the beginning."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said softly: "Do you still remember the legend of the virtual circle? The so-called Uchiha Madara''s pursuit of Orochimaru is essentially just to help Mr. Orochimaru clear the troubles of the virtual circle..."


    "...I see, thank you for your clarification."


    Aizen Soyousuke still forced himself to maintain a calm face.


    But if even Orochimaru is a subordinate of Uehara Naraku, then the broken army created by Orochimaru may not be loyal to Xuyegong...


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes flickered slightly, and he looked at the Pomian Legion flying towards this side, skipping over these Pomian Daixu who were controlled by Orochimaru and landed behind Uehara Naraku''s throne, until Stopped on Koyatai Stark...


    etc¡­


    Koyatai Stark?


    Why is this leader of the Shattered Ten Blades also a member of the Uehara clan?


    Aizen Soyousuke looked at the other Ten Blades from Ke Yatai Stark. These Ten Blades hesitated for a few seconds under his gaze, and followed Ke Yatai Stark to stand behind the throne without hesitation...


    in an instant...


    Aizen Soyousuke became a loner.


    Orochimaru and the Broken Legion have all betrayed him!


    Obviously, before Aizen Soyousuke was in command of the shattered army that could shake any organization in the world, in just a few seconds, he lost all his subordinates...


    This¡­


    It must be a bit too much!


    The captains of the thirteenth team of Goutei couldn''t help but feel a little more sympathy when they looked at Aizen Soyousuke. The master of the virtual circle is too miserable, right?


    Who would have imagined that all the subordinates around Aizen Soyousuke turned out to be the enemy''s spies, which also means that he has been under the enemy''s surveillance...


    and¡­


    Is the Uehara family sick?


    It''s fine if it''s just a spy who is a shady face, but why did you send out so many spies just to monitor Aizen Soyousuke?


    this fucking...


    Except for Aizen Soyousuke, are everyone else their spies?


    Is this something that humans can do?


    "Kiyatai Stark turned out to be too..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes gradually became dangerous, and he looked at Uehara Naraku again: "Since Stark is also your subordinate...then...Ulquiorra..."


    "Just as you imagined."


    Naraku Uehara nodded calmly, and continued with a smile: "It''s really interesting to think about it now... The assassination plan hosted by Captain Aizen was all under my supervision... Captain Aizen actually wanted to use Ulquiorra Playing a bitter trick in front of me...but I saw Captain Aizen''s performance at the time, which made me very happy."


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke spread his fingers again.


    Although Aizen''s face is still calm, everyone can feel Aizen Soyousuke''s repressed riot spirit pressure. It is really difficult for people to accept this kind of thing calmly...


    Now that I think about it...


    Back then, Aizen Soyousuke really looked like a clown!


    Obviously the assassination plan that was carried out was very smooth, and even Soyousuke Aizen himself was satisfied with that assassination plan, which made Naraku Uehara more convinced by him...


    However¡­


    Looking at it now, all of this is within the sight of Naraku Uehara. The little patriarch of the Uehara clan is like watching a clown performance. Watching Aizen Soyousuke pretending to be in front of him, he doesn''t know in his heart. ridicule or ridicule...


    Aizen Soyousuke squeezed his fingers, and there was a sound from his knuckles, it seemed that he was not in a good mood...


    This is normal.


    At that time, Aizen Soyousuke always thought that Uehara Naraku was in the palm of his hand, but he did not expect that it was Aizen Soyousuke himself who was being played in the palm of his hand...


    "There''s no need to hide your anger, Captain."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm with a smile, and persuaded him sincerely: "Just like when you controlled Kurosaki Ichigo''s life in your own hands...your life has always been under my control...


    Ever since I heard about your name and things, I have been sending people to observe you secretly. Since you entered the Central Academy of Spiritual Art, people have been reporting to me everything about you, including how many pills you ate during meals. rice¡­"


    When he said this, the smile on Uehara Naraku''s face became brighter: "It''s a pity that you grew up too fast, and even almost found the trace of the tracker... In order to get rid of your doubts, I have to put your Suspicion led to Mr. Oshemaru."


    "It was a good decision."


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded slowly, the spiritual pressure on his body gradually stabilized, and continued softly: "In this way, the news I got about the Uehara clan is all fake, and your age... seems It''s not the so-called new successor of the Uehara clan..."


    No more guesswork at all!


    Aizen Soyousuke thinks about the fact that the Uehara clan has been hiding their inheritance, information about their previous patriarchs, and all their history...


    Even the thirteen dead servants never showed signs of betrayal!


    A somewhat terrifying answer appeared in Aizen Soyousuke''s heart.


    "You guessed right...Captain!"


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth gradually showed a little bit of playfulness. He looked at Aizen Soyousuke, then at Yamamoto Shigekuni and the other Death Captains who came over, and continued with a chuckle: "The Uehara clan has never had any successors." Patriarch, the patriarch for thousands of years has always been myself..."


    "How wonderful this is... Doesn''t a patriarch with a short lifespan meet Seireitei''s expectations for the Uehara clan? If it is a patriarch of a wealthy family who has lived for thousands of years, people will always be scared when they mention it?"


    "Don''t look at me with that kind of eyes. Didn''t everything I do meet your expectations? What do you think...Captain Yamamoto?"


    "..."


    A sigh flashed in Shigekuni Yamamoto''s heart.


    A little fear gradually appeared on the faces of the captains of the Guarding Team Thirteen.


    A patriarch of a wealthy clan that has existed for thousands of years will indeed make them involuntarily start to speculate on Uehara Naraku''s power and Uehara Naraku''s purpose...


    no one will feel...


    A wealthy patriarch has kept his name incognito for thousands of years just to reassure Sei Lingting.


    Uehara Naraku this guy...


    It''s amazing how much I can bear it!


    For thousands of years, I have hidden myself like this...


    "Want to hear a story?"


    Uehara Naraku leaned on the throne, and said leisurely: "The weather is so good today, it seems very suitable to hold an outdoor tea party!"


    "Speaking."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto''s palm pressed the hilt of the knife with a sharp blade, and this old man who was deceived seemed to be able to draw the knife at any time!


    Naraku Uehara didn''t care about the threat posed by Shigekuni Yamamoto at all, he just tilted his head and smiled lightly: "This is a rather long story... so that most of the time I wonder why I can endure this kind of loneliness .¡±


    "If you do a serious calculation, it should be three thousand years ago. The thirteenth team of the Guarding Court had not yet been established, and the Seireitei was still a barren land. The so-called nobles were just a few weak little guys..."


    "In order to integrate into it, we wanted to attract the strongest soldiers, Captain Ichibing and Captain Yamamoto, but unfortunately they refused!"


    "In order not to arouse their suspicion, my subordinates and I established the Uehara Clan, and established a wealthy family in the wilderness... It is really interesting to say that the Uehara Clan, which was once excluded, stood in the former On top of the five nobles... there is even a family of nobles who have taken refuge under my command..."


    A group of gods of death heard it with horror on their faces.


    No one would have thought that the Uehara clan had been hiding for thousands of years!


    For thousands of years, how did this group of guys spend their lives without revealing their true colors in front of everyone!


    Especially Naraku Uehara...


    In everyone''s eyes, he was once a kind little guy... The real face is a behind-the-scenes man who has been hiding the world for thousands of years...


    What is the so-called successor head of the family...


    What is the so-called inability to violate the will of the Thirteen Deadpool...


    Everything is just a disguise for this behind-the-scenes manipulator to hide his identity.


    The expressions of the gods of death are faintly broken. Even though those words came from Uehara Naraku''s mouth, their brains are still hesitating and unwilling to convince themselves to believe...


    this kind of thing...


    It''s really hard to believe...


    Only Matsumoto Rangiku''s face flashed a flash of astonishment, this woman finally thought of what Yakushido and Ichimaru Gin once told her, telling her never to disobey Naraku Uehara''s words, and not to show any disrespect in front of Naraku Uehara...


    "Very terrifying forbearance..."


    However, when they accepted this fact, everyone would involuntarily lament the horror of Naraku Uehara and the Uehara clan!


    Just hiding it for thousands of years under the eyes of so many people is definitely not something that other people present can do!


    Even Aizen Soyousuke showed signs of it!


    "The Tsunayashiro clan has taken refuge with you, right?"


    Shigekuni Yamamoto slowly closed his eyes, and whispered the name of the family that took refuge in Uehara Naraku: "Only if they take refuge in you, can you hide all this..."


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku sighed and nodded, and continued: "The corridor of the Great Spirit Book records all the major events that happened in the world of corpses and souls, which is not a small trouble...


    From then on, we hid our strength and secretly watched Seireitei, which was as weak as a village, gradually grow bigger and bigger, and watched the enemies of the Gotei 13th Team disappear again and again..."


    "The old man is very curious..."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto opened his eyes and stared at Naraku Uehara: "Thousands of thousands of years, even if there are Tsunayashiro clan to cover up the secrets for you... it is impossible to guarantee that no secret will be leaked..."


    In fact, Shigekuni Yamamoto wants to ask more...


    How many people did the Uehara clan place in the thirteenth team of the court!


    Because the lessons learned by Aizen Soyousuke are there, no matter how unbelievable things may appear in front of them, even Shigekuni Yamamoto can''t help but wonder how many spies there are in Gotei 13...


    "I guess what the captain wants to ask is exactly."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Yakushidou and Orochimaru, and said with a light smile, "Don''t you think that you don''t need to pay any price for the perfect skeleton brought by the reincarnation of the dirty soil?"


    "..."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto fell silent.


    Reincarnation of the Unholy Earth...has a huge problem!


    At this moment, Shigekuni Yamamoto vaguely understood why the Uehara Clan would be so strict on the assessment of the reincarnation of the dirty soil, and even many death gods who received the gift of the reincarnation of the dirty soil chose to join the Uehara Clan, because they were already controlled by Uehara Naraku...


    "never mind."


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked at the Goutei 13th team in the distance, and said loudly: "At this time, it seems that there is no need to hide it... Anyone who bears the name of Akatsuki... Now, stand behind me !"


    "Yes... my lord."


    The captain of the ninth team, Tosen Kaname, and the captain of the seventh team, Komamura Zuojin, walked out first, and one after another, the gods of death followed behind them!


    The Grim Reaper captains of the Guarding Thirteenth Team looked at this scene with ugly faces. Among them, there were only two Grim Reaper captains who left, but there were thousands of Grim Reapers who left together!


    That guy Uehara Naraku...


    There are so many people arranged in the thirteenth team of the court!


    Even if it is not as good as the control over Aizen Soyousuke, it still makes the Shinigami captains of the Gotei 13th team a little unacceptable, especially the captain of the 8th team, Kyoraku Shunsui!


    because¡­


    Kyoraku Shusui was left with only his vice-captain Yakomaru Lisa.


    All the members of the Eighth Division are all spies planted by Naraku Uehara. No wonder the Eighth Division often fails to collect any information!


    fortunately¡­


    He also has a subordinate.


    Jingle Shunsui even had some fun in the bitterness, reached out and patted Yakomaru Lisa on the head, and said with a light smile: "It seems that my luck is good, that guy also left me with a subordinate who can be dispatched ..."


    "... let go!"


    Yakomaru Lisa''s expression was a bit ugly.


    This kind of thing is really no comfort without comparison.


    Compared with the lonely Aizen Soyousuke, the situation on the Gotei 13th team is slightly better, although they are also angry at the betrayal of their teammates...


    Except for the manipulated gods of death...


    There are also some gods of death who grew up in the Yaoshidou Orphanage, some of them think that they were deceived and used by Yaoshidou, after all, some orphans chose their own directors.


    In the choice of standing in this team, Matsumoto Rangiku, Asai Renji and Kuchiki Rukia were a little at a loss. They didn''t know which side to stand on...


    Fortunately, no one cares about them.


    Shigekuni Yamamoto glanced at the thirteenth Gotei team, whose team had shrunk significantly, with a hint of self-mockery in his eyes: "It seems... I don''t have the face of an old man..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, chuckled and said, "After all, Your Excellency the Captain has always taken care of me...Although you just want to use me..."


    "Now that everything is clear..."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni nodded slowly, and pulled out his own Zanpakuto suddenly: "Then what happens next, this should be the last battlefield now!"


    "The loser only needs to accept the rule of the Throne of Heaven."


    Aizen Soyousuke quietly landed beside Shigekuni Yamamoto, and slowly raised his head to look at Uehara Naraku, the Reiatsu on his body gradually turned into gusts of strong wind!


    "Now this is our battlefield..."


    "Let''s decide the final winner here..."


    "It''s quite a wonderful plan, so much so that I have to break my heart... But in the end of all this, we still need to rely on our strength to decide the winner..."


    "I want to see¡­"


    "Even though I''ve been manipulated to this point, I still want to see if I''m that caged bird..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a moment, watching Aizen Soyousuke approaching him step by step, Gol D. Roger and Edward Newgate rushed forward to stop Aizen.


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand to signal them to step aside, slowly stood up and looked at Aizen Soyousuke and nodded.


    "as you wish."


    "As a thank you for saving me."


    "I will give you the opportunity to use your full strength."

 Chapter 693

    "come together!"


    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, looked at the other Death Captains present, and hooked the corner of his mouth: "After all, most of you seem to be dissatisfied with my cowardice, I should prove it here..."


    As Uehara Naraku''s voice became more and more serious, the Reiatsu rolled over his body like a substantial wave of air, and the powerful Reiatsu set off a shock wave in an instant!


    A hint of wonder flashed in the eyes of each Death Captain!


    Whether they have seen the power of Shigekuni Yamamoto, or when they were studying in Team Zero, they have never seen a Reiatsu as terrifying as Naraku Uehara!


    Even Aizen Soyousuke is inferior!


    "I heard a saying..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes swept over everyone one by one, and the smile on the corner of his mouth became deeper and deeper: "It is very difficult to step over an ant without killing it, but now I want to try it. I have to ask everyone to play the role of ants..."


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    The captain of the 11th squad, Zaraki Kenpachi, pulled out his own sword abruptly, and rushed towards Naraku Uehara, with a crazy smile on his face: "Hahahahaha...then let you come and see The power of the ants to kill the elephant!"


    "I am looking forward."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in front of the throne, and appeared in front of Zaraki Kenpachi, grabbed the long knife in his hand with his bare hands, and the Reiatsu in his palm vibrated violently!


    click click click...


    The long knife was directly shattered by Uehara''s palm!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku''s palm crossed the light of the sword, and slapped Saraki Kenpachi''s chest, and more than a dozen broken blades were wrapped by his palm and tied to Saraki Kenpachi''s body!


    The eleventh team captain rolled his eyes and flew out!


    Zaragi Kenpachi fell to the ground in embarrassment, and fell into a coma immediately. Blood gurgled from the wound on his body where the blade was pierced, and he seemed to be alive or dead...


    in an instant...


    Saraki Kenpachi had already been defeated.


    "We''d better go together...ho ho ho ho..."


    The captain of the twelfth division, Niryu Mayu Riyin, pulled out his Zanpakuto with a smile, released Hajime in an instant, and whispered the words of Swastika: "Open your claws, and kill Jizo! "


    A golden boy appeared behind Nirvana Yuri!


    The other Bleach captains hesitated for a second, each held their own Zanpakuto, and began to release their …d½â.


    A trumpet-shaped air wave hits the face!


    Several death captains were directly blown away by this blow!


    As for the golden boy who was born after Nir Mayori completed the unraveling of the Ksitigarbha Gold Swastika, it was also torn into pieces by this trumpet-shaped air wave!


    Toshir¨­ Hitsugaya, the captain of the 10th team, was carrying his Zanpakuto Hirinmaru, a pair of white water wings grew out of his back, and he rushed towards Uehara Naraku: "Uehara Naraku, you bastard... Where is Hina Mori? You Where did you leave Chisen!"


    "no need to worry¡­"


    Uehara Naraku stuck out his fingers, and a Reiatsu directly penetrated Hitsugaya Toshiro''s body, and also pierced the wings behind him!


    Hitsugaya Toshiro fell to the ground in embarrassment!


    Uehara lowered his head slightly to look at Toshir¨­ Hitsugaya on the ground, with a touch of tenderness flashing across his face: "I will be merciful to an ant like you, not to mention Hina Mori, who even calls her an ant. Overrated people¡­¡±


    "..."


    This is really a bit humiliating by accident!


    Even though Toshir¨­ Hitsugaya couldn''t help but want to curse, he was slightly relieved, at least Naraku Uehara didn''t physically hurt Hinamori...


    perhaps¡­


    Chisentao suffered more psychological damage!


    After all, the two captains of the fifth division she has always respected and loved are all behind the scenes, and Naraku Uehara is even more terrifying than Aizen Soyousuke who defected before!


    "Let''s scatter, Qianben Sakura Jingyan!"


    Kuchiki Byakuya''s eyes narrowed slightly, the Zanpakuto in his hand slipped from his hand, and the moment it landed on the ground, it turned into countless cherry blossoms and dissipated!


    Every cherry blossom...


    Both are the blades of Senbon Sakura Zanpakuto!


    Tens of millions or even hundreds of millions of Senbon Sakura Zanpakuto danced in the air and gathered around Kuchiki Byakuya, allowing him to defend against attacks from any direction and attack any target!


    The Qianben Sakura Zanpakuto released by the swastika...


    It can achieve an all-round offensive and defensive integration without dead ends!


    At this moment, Kuchiki Byakuya has the aura of a noble son...


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes shifted, staring at Kuchiki Byakuya with a face full of indifference under countless cherry blossoms, his figure suddenly disappeared in place!


    next second...


    Uehara Naraku walked through the cherry blossoms in the sky!


    Thousands of copies of Sakura Zanpakut¨­''s blade wanted to pierce Uehara Naraku''s body, but was directly destroyed by the Reiatsu of his body protection!


    Countless cherry blossoms fell on the ground...


    Under the watchful eyes of everyone, Uehara Naraku broke through Senbon Sakura''s swastika so forcefully, and grabbed Kuchiki Byakuya''s throat with one hand!


    "Heh... do you want to dance too?"


    A gloomy low smile flashed across the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth, he clasped Kuchiki Byakuya''s throat with his palm, and threw the head of the Kuchiki clan to the ground!


    "Ahem..."


    Kuchiki Byakuya spat out a few mouthfuls of blood in embarrassment.


    "Don''t go too far..."


    Kyoraku Shunsui Shunpo appeared in front of Kuchiki Byakuya.


    With the appearance of Kyoraku Shusui, his younger brother Ukitake Shishiro also appeared beside Kuchiki Byakuya in an instant, and brought the noble patriarch away from here...


    because next...


    It is the home of Jingle Chunshui!


    As the Grim Reaper captain of the entire Gotei Thirteen Team, in terms of combat power, Kyoraku Shunsui should be second only to Yamamoto Shigekuni!


    Any of the Shinigami captains present would not have any objections to this, because they all know Jingle Shunsui''s Zanpakuto ability!


    When used correctly...


    Enough to overthrow any strong enemy!


    Jingle Shunsui''s Zanpakudao is called Huatian Kuanggu, and its own abilities are so complicated that no one in the Soul Soul Realm can figure out its true ability!


    Except for its owner Jingle Chunshui!


    Once within the scope of Huatian Kuanggu''s domain, the initial solution alone has the power of rules. No one knows Huatian Kuanggu''s complicated calculation ability of initial solution and swastika...


    "Fantastic Bone... Brain Ghost!"


    Jingle Chunshui sang the beginning of Huatian Kuanggu Zhanpakutao in a low voice. The first ability he used was Shinki, and the real meaning of his moves was just a child''s play...


    That is, during the use of the brand new ghost, the tallest one wins!


    Whoever stands taller will win, the winner''s slashing power will be greatly enhanced, and the loser''s slashing will be greatly weakened!


    This is Jingle Chunshui''s most commonly used ability!


    This is also the first ability he will use against Uehara Naraku, and it will also be his first step in using sword skills to face Uehara Naraku!


    pity¡­


    The first step ushered in a premature death.


    Just as Jingle Shunsui soared into the sky, Uehara Naraku''s palm flipped and pressed Jingle Shunsui''s body directly to the ground with one palm!


    The power of this palm is so great that Jingle Shunsui''s body sank into the ground. Even if he tried to raise his head, he could only see Uehara Naraku''s shoes...


    Uehara Naraku stared at Jingraku Shunsui, and slowly stretched out his palm towards the void, and a Zanpakuto as wide as a saber appeared in his hand!


    "Shadow Ghost!"


    Jingle Shunsui gritted his teeth, his body instantly disappeared in place, and appeared in the shadow of Uehara Naraku!


    The next moment, Hua Tiankuang in Jingle Harunai''s hand stabbed Uehara Naraku''s body!


    Shadow Ghost!


    The side whose shadow is stepped on loses!


    Just when the Zanpakuto in Kyoraku Harunai''s hand was about to pierce Uehara Naraku''s body, he saw the target in front of him suddenly disappear in place!


    this moment¡­


    Jingle Chunshui''s face changed drastically!


    A sharp pain appeared in his body!


    Jingle Chunshui slowly lowered his head, looking at the blade that appeared on his chest and abdomen, the blade was covered with traces of blood...


    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly emerged from the shadows, stood behind Jingle Chunshui, and whispered softly: "Children''s tricks, after all, are not going to be used. What do you think, Jingle leader?"


    "yes?"


    A smile flashed across the corner of Jingle Chunshui''s mouth.


    The captain, who has always been informal, didn''t care about his injury at all. Instead, he slowly untied the wine gourd from his body, smiled and handed it to Uehara Naraku behind him: "Would you like... have a drink first?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a moment, kicked Jingle Shunsui in front of him to the ground, shook his head expressionlessly and said, "Sorry, my education doesn''t allow me to drink alcohol..."


    "That''s really a pity..."


    Jingle Chunshui turned over and lay on the ground. After shaking his head and sighing, he grabbed the Zanpakuto in his hand and murmured: "The last pot of wine is here...Fantasy and crazy...Heisong''s heart!"


    A dark scene appeared on the entire battlefield!


    A powerful spiritual pressure appeared around Jingle Shunsui and Uehara Naraku, the environment around them gradually turned into a dim theater, and Huatian Kuanggu Zhanpakudao also turned into a few pine trees that looked like theater decorations!


    Accompanied by the appearance of this dark theater, Uehara Naraku''s chest and abdomen suddenly had a wound that was the same as Jingle Shunsui, and blood was scattered out in an instant!


    The Swastika of Huatiankuanggu...


    It''s a kind of ability that goes all the way!


    "Hesitating Trauma Sharing..."


    Jingle Shunsui looked at Uehara Naraku, whose face was still calm, and lightly smiled and stroked his wound, explaining: "All the damage I suffered before I activated the swastika will be fully fed back to Your Excellency..."


    "Is that so?"


    Naraku Uehara didn''t even frown, he shook his head slowly and said, "Have you not thought about it before using this trick? An ant can only bear the damage of one finger..."


    Naraku Uehara took a calm look at the gradually healing wound on his chest and abdomen, and his eyes fell on the stunned Jingle Harunui, and continued calmly: "And the injury of this finger fell on the elephant, but even for it Can''t stop itching..."


    "..."


    Jingle Shunsui''s expression finally changed.


    If this is the case, this swastika is meaningless at all!


    No matter how many serious injuries he received, Uehara Naraku''s body was only a minor injury that could heal at any time!


    I thought it was the same...


    I didn''t expect it to be just a child''s farce!


    "Perhaps I should praise it, quite an interesting ability."


    Uehara Naraku held up the broad Zanpakutao in his hand, and slashed into Huatian Kuanggu''s …d½â¿â space with one slash, and the sun fell on him again!


    on the battlefield.


    Everyone saw this scene.


    Uehara Naraku, who was like a god, held that broad Zanpakut¨­, pulled it upside down and chopped off the Huatiankuanggu in Jingle Harunai''s hands!


    ¡°Desserts were delicious.¡±


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the rest of the death captains, and a ball of white light appeared on his fingertips. This white light ball split in an instant, piercing through the bodies of other death captains like sharp arrows!


    "I have seen a very interesting Zanpakuto just now, so naturally I won''t have any special interest in your scrap copper and iron..."


    "asshole¡­"


    Suifeng, the captain of the second division, clutched her wound and clenched her teeth in hatred. She had never experienced such humiliation before!


    It''s just that whether it''s Broken Bee or the other captains who haven''t made a move yet, they can only hold their bleeding wounds and slowly fall to the ground...


    "The next thing is dinner."


    Uehara Naraku turned around slowly, looked at Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke, and the wide and unpretentious Zanpakut¨­ in his hand slowly dissipated.


    "Two..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the two strongest enemies, stretched his palms into the void again, and continued to ask: "Who will come first? Or...together?"


    This sentence is a bit too humiliating to others.


    Whether it is Yamamoto Shigekuni or Aizen Soyousuke, they can be said to be able to destroy this piece of soul king''s palace by themselves, but Uehara Naraku''s attitude towards them seems to be the same as that of ordinary death captains...


    "This old man wants to say the same..."


    The Flowing Blade Ruohuo Zanpakut¨­ in Shigekuni Yamamoto''s hand slowly changed its appearance, and the spiritual pressure on his body almost multiplied exponentially. The flame on the sharp blade was like a flame, and the flame on the blade slowly disappeared and was contained in the blade!


    this moment¡­


    Shigekuni Yamamoto completely liberated his Zanpakuto!


    The strongest fire-type Zanpakuto is released, and the remnant fire sword in the swastika form after thousands of years is finally reappearing!


    Although the flame on the sword body gradually restrained itself, the scorching heat on that Zanpakut¨­ could not even bear the air around it, and waves of heat gradually emerged...


    "Now¡­"


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni narrowed his eyes slightly, looking at Aizen Soyousuke and Uehara Naraku, the old man''s voice calmly fell into their ears: "Who will come first...or...together? "


    "interesting."


    Aizen Soyousuke grasped the Kyoka Suigetsu next to him, and slowly put the Zanpakuto in front of him, an illusory figure appeared from the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto and landed on Aizen Soyou Jie''s side!


    this is¡­


    The swastika of the flower in the mirror and the moon in the water, the mirror image of the water and the moon!


    The mirror image of Aizen Soyousuke and the main body were each holding a Zanpakut¨­, and the gentle voices fell into the ears of Uehara Naraku and Yamamoto Shigekuni at the same time: "Now there is no need to deliberately choose each other''s opponents... two, Let''s go together!"

 Chapter 694

    Naraku Uehara.


    Aizen Soyousuke.


    Yamamoto Genyanagi was heavy country.


    For those who can be said to be invincible, it is their pride to be strong that they will never give up, even on this battlefield that can be called the final place.


    Even if two of them are behind it.


    "It''s really a troublesome ability..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Aizen Soyousuke''s body and mirror image, then at Shigekuni Yamamoto, shook his head slightly and sighed: "Captain Aizen, Captain Yamamoto, at this time, they are facing two powerful enemies at the same time. , is not a rational decision for you..."


    This sentence¡­


    Uehara Naraku always makes people feel weird when they say it...


    Damn it... Isn''t this guy the one who said it first?


    "If you have to do this..."


    Uehara Naraku''s hands stretched out into the void at the same time, and each of his hands drew out a Zanpakut¨­, and the sharpness of each Zanpakut¨­ made people couldn''t help but retreat!


    A Zanpakuto looks like a samurai sword...


    The other Zanpakuto looks like a long sword...


    Knife and sword!


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised the knife and sword in his hand, folded them together and crossed them in front of him, and then suddenly slashed down the two sharp blades, and a string of electric sparks was thrown out from the metal-iron strike!


    That Zanpakuto that looks like a samurai sword, Aizen Soyousuke has seen it before, it is the mirage water system Zanpakuto that can turn any attack into an illusion...


    The name of another Zanpakut¨­ that looks like a long sword...


    "Mirage, autumn waters forever."


    Uehara Naraku introduced the name of his Zanpakut¨­ without hesitation, and he did not hesitate to love these two Zanpakut¨­: "I hope...the two of you will not let them down...After all, they rarely appear on the stage..."


    As for the ability of Qiushuichangtian Zanpakuto, Naraku Uehara did not introduce it, or there is no need to introduce this Zanpakuto at all!


    Whenever they fight...


    Whether it is Aizen Soyousuke or Yamamoto Shigekuni''s instinctive reading of fighting, they will soon know the ability of this Zanpakut¨­!


    "Then...let''s start! Swastika!"


    Uehara Naraku slammed the two Zanpakut¨­ violently!


    Compared with those so-called chanting liberation, Uehara Naraku used these two Zanpakut¨­ quite roughly, just shaking them a little bit directly puts them into the swastika state!


    A spray of water appeared on the Qiushui Changtian Zhanpakutao, turning into a trickle and circling on the edge of the blade, circling continuously around the edge of the blade!


    A white cloud floated on the Mirage Zanpakuto, and the white cloud gradually dissipated, covering the blade like a mist!


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes flickered slightly.


    The next moment, the mirror image of Aizen Soyousuke separated from the main body in an instant, and rushed towards Naraku Uehara and Shigekuni Yamamoto respectively. The Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakuto in their hands flashed a sharp edge in the sun!


    "The dying day...prison clothes."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto slightly opened his eyes.


    A spiritual pressure turned into a raging flame and came out of his body out of thin air, covering his body with a coat of flames, making his whole body dazzling and scorching like a huge high-temperature fireball!


    As for Aizen Soyousuke, who had just rushed to Shigekuni Yamamoto, the moment he saw this scene, he had to stop his footsteps, and a solemn look flashed across his face!


    Shigekuni Yamamoto in swastika form!


    It''s almost like a different person!


    At this moment, Shigekuni Yamamoto seemed to have become the strongest god of death who suppressed everything a thousand years ago, named ''Sword Demon''!


    The moment Shigekuni Yamamoto opened his eyes, the spiritual pressure on his body swept across the entire Lingwang Palace in an instant, and the Zanpakuto in his hand waved, and a blaze of flames slashed out following his movements, turning into a streak of tens of thousands. Thousands of kilometers of flames rolled towards the battlefield!


    "Is this... the power of Captain Yamamoto?"


    A bright light flashed under Urahara Kisuke''s lens, even though he had already searched the history of Shigekuni Yamamoto from the data, he couldn''t help but be a little amazed at Shigukuni Yamamoto''s ease and freehand brushwork of the flame ability in the swastika form!


    Just an easy cut...


    He turned the entire battlefield into his home field!


    "It''s so terrifying that people can hardly give birth to the will to resist..."


    Sifengyuan Yeyi''s face was unprecedentedly heavy, and she had never seen such a terrifying scene. This ability to change the environment in an instant is too strong!


    If it were another person...


    Maybe even exhausting all the spiritual pressure may not be able to achieve this step!


    However, Shigekuni Yamamoto just swung his knife lightly!


    While the Gotei 13th team was admiring Yamamoto Shigekuni''s powerful combat power, Uehara''s camp was full of disdain for Yamamoto Shigekuni.


    "Hmph, do you still need to use Zanpakuto?"


    Uchiha Madara''s mouth flashed a touch of contempt, but he nodded again: "But for people in this world, this kind of power is enough to destroy everything, right?"


    "It''s not easy even for us..."


    Senju Bashirama shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "Madara, I still have to admit that His Excellency Shigekuni Yamamoto is indeed very strong... Even if you want to release a fire escape technique of this scale, you still have to admit it. Isn''t it easy?"


    "Hmph, it''s not necessary."


    Uchiha Madara shook his head disdainfully, and said coldly: "I just disdain to study this low-level ability..."


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Senju Bashima just scratched his head, he knew that what he said at this time would definitely cause Uchiha Madara''s dissatisfaction.


    Edward Newgate leaned on his Ozeki knife, and did not hide his amazement at all. He thought of one of his stupid sons: "Ace is still far from Mr. Yamamoto... Gu la la la, but Ace You''re still young after all..."


    "How about the gap of thousands of years..."


    Gol D. Roger nodded slowly.


    With Shigekuni Yamamoto waving the Zanpakuto in his hand, the sea of ??flames continued to spread on this battlefield, forcing the crowd watching the battle to retreat...


    And Aizen Soyousuke on the edge of the sea of ??flames...


    At this moment, I can only use spiritual pressure to block the attack of fierce flames...


    Compared with the battle on Aizen Soyousuke''s main body, the situation encountered by Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image is not smooth, because he is facing Naraku Uehara!


    Uehara Naraku who has never shown any shade!


    Uehara Naraku''s Reiatsu is even stronger than Yamamoto Shigekuni''s. The Qiushui Changtian Zanpakuto in his hand draws a trace in the sky, and a huge water curtain almost meets the sky in his vision. The main body of Ranso Yousuke had to retreat!


    Huge waves of water rolled down, completely submerging the sea of ??flames!


    Fog began to spread in the battlefield...


    Naraku Uehara, Shigekuni Yamamoto, and Aizen Soyousuke''s body and mirror image simultaneously started to attack each other. Three people, four figures, fell into a fierce battle in an instant!


    The sound of gold and iron colliding continued to come from the mist!


    Soon, Aizen Soyousuke realized his own disadvantages, and his mirror image and body immediately began to converge, luring the three parties into a melee!


    Naraku Uehara slashed through the mist with a knife, and also slashed at Shigekuni Yamamoto''s body with a knife. The vast slash went towards Shigekuni Yamamoto covered in fierce flames!


    Accompanied by Uehara Naraku''s attack, Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image and main body were dispatched at the same time, appearing on both sides of Shigekuni Yamamoto, and two Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakut¨­ cut out at the same time!


    in a flash...


    Shigekuni Yamamoto is in crisis!


    only¡­


    The old man was fearless, his eyebrows trembled slightly, his figure dodged three slashes in an instant, and appeared beside Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image!


    "Rising sun...blade, cut!"


    A sharp blade flashed across!


    In this ray of knife light, the flame left a scorched black trace in the air, splitting Aizen Soyousuke''s mirror image into two in an instant!


    It''s just that the mirror image of Aizen Soyousuke was really split like a divided mirror, but it didn''t disappear like when it was smashed by Uchiha Madara...


    This scene is too weird...


    "Ok?"


    Shigekuni Yamamoto looked at the divided mirror image, and a strange color flashed in his eyes. The direction of attack he chose just now was the weakest opponent!


    Yamamoto Shigekuni narrowed his eyes slightly, and quickly found the answer: "Huh? When Zanpakuto was about to attack him... did you split your mirror image?"


    "yes¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke nodded slightly, and sighed softly: "It''s really scary...a battlefield where you may lose your life if you don''t pay attention...


    ...Any loss will lead to the end of defeat...so even if it''s just a mirror image used for support, don''t dare to damage it easily..."


    Click!


    The sound of mirror shattering is very small!


    However, it is especially crisp between the three of them!


    "The flames of the Sunblade can burn everything..."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni glanced indifferently at the gradually shattered mirror image, and said coldly: "Once it is contaminated by the flames of the Rising Sun Blade, its end is already doomed... just escaped for a while..."


    next moment¡­


    The originally separated mirror image, where the two halves of the body were separated, gradually burned into a mass of flames, and gradually began to decompose under the burning of this terrifying flame... Burning...


    until...


    reduced to ashes.


    "It''s still so scary...Captain Yamamoto."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, but did not lament the death of his mirror image.


    A cloud of pitch-black liquid gradually appeared in Aizen''s hand, slowly covering the Kyoka Suigetsu Zanpakut¨­ in his hand, he never cared about losing for a while!


    "As expected... the strongest Zanpakuto of the fire element..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed softly, and his figure suddenly appeared in front of Yamamoto Shigekuni, holding up the autumn water in his hand and slashing on the remaining fire sword!


    With the support of Uehara Naraku''s spiritual pressure, the trickle of the autumn water in the sky gathers little by little, and confronts the fierce flame hidden in the remaining fire sword!


    Flames fly!


    Splash!


    Naraku Uehara waved the Autumn Water Changtian in his hand and forced Shigekuni Yamamoto back!


    "The water-type Zanpakuto that can compete with the Remnant Fire Tachi..."


    A flash of surprise flashed in Yamamoto Shigekuni''s eyes, and he slowly shook his head: "No, it''s only because the Reiatsu is stronger that the Zanpakuto is stronger..."


    "Yeah, this knife is not enough..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed and shook his head slowly.


    "I remember you have thirteen Zanpakuto..."


    Aizen Soyousuke stared at Naraku Uehara, he didn''t believe that Naraku Uehara only had a Zanpakuto that could compete with Shigekuni Yamamoto!


    "Well, you may have been deceived by me..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, the color of Qiushui Changtian in his hand changed a little bit, and a blue halo appeared on the edge of the blade: "I don''t have thirteen Zanpakut¨­...but I can create any A zanpaku sword..."


    Naraku Uehara slashed his sword at Shigekuni Aizen and Aizen Soyousuke smoothly, and a boundless cold air came out of the sword!


    There are dots of cold stars in this cold air!


    Even though Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke retreated in a hurry, they were inevitably stained by speckled cold stars, and a cloud of ice appeared on both of them at the same time!


    In a blink of an eye...


    Both of them were sealed in the ice!


    Even though Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke broke through the ice and escaped from the inside in an instant, there was inevitably a touch of surprise on their faces!


    Uehara Naraku this guy...


    Is it possible to change the attributes of Zanpakuto at any time? No, should it be said that this guy can use his Reiatsu to create Zanpakut¨­ at any time? No matter what kind of enemy he faces, he seems to have the ability to restrain the enemy!


    Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke fixed their eyes on Uehara Naraku, and without any hesitation, the two instantly set their target on Uehara Naraku!


    The current situation is delicate...


    After seeing Uehara Naraku''s ability to create Zanpakuto, both of them knew very well that as long as one of them was defeated in the melee, the other would soon be defeated by Uehara Naraku''s Zanpakuto restraint!


    "do not worry about it¡­"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, threw out the Zanpakuto in his hand, and continued calmly: "Even if you attack together, you can''t change the doomed ending from the beginning...but if you face you, you may need an invincible sword." Zanpakuto..."


    "¡­Ok?"


    Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke were a little wary.


    In this world, is there any Zanpakuto that can be called invincible?


    Any Zanpakuto has its weaknesses and restraints!


    "I hope it doesn''t scare you..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes changed little by little, the reincarnation eyes shone strangely in his eye sockets, and illusory skeletons appeared on his body...


    Susano!


    "That is¡­"


    Aizen Soyousuke''s expression changed drastically!


    "...Bloody?"


    There was some surprise in Shigekuni Yamamoto''s eyes.


    It''s just that before they had time to think and wonder, Uehara Naraku''s body had more and more skeletons, and in a blink of an eye it turned into a complete body with a height of thousands of meters, covering his body!


    A terrifying spiritual pressure suppressed everyone present like a god, forcing everyone to use their own spiritual pressure to counteract this terrifying suppressive force!


    boom!


    The entire space of the Lingwang Palace is trembling!


    Naraku Uehara stood in the crystal of Susanoo, looking down at the two people on the ground, his voice gradually became a little arrogant: "Sorry, I''m sorry... In a sense, this is me. The Zanpakuto used!"


    The next moment, the tall Susano suddenly pulled out the sword of Susano from his waist, and slashed towards Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke!


    When this slash directly swept away the two people, it also blatantly tore a crack in the space of the Lingwang Palace!

 Chapter 695

    One knife!


    Directly hit Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke severely!


    The prison clothes of the dying days on Shigekuni Yamamoto were directly torn apart by this knife, and he spit out a mouthful of blood while covering his chest with the palm of his hand. If it wasn''t for the defense of the prison clothes of the dying days on his body, this knife might have allowed him to enter Dying...


    Aizen Soyousuke''s body was full of torn wounds. If he were an ordinary person, he would have been killed at this moment. It''s just that the collapse of Yu and Heijue fused in Aizen''s body began when he was on the verge of death. Stitching and repairing his body...


    even¡­


    Bengyu is still urging Aizen Soyousuke''s evolution!


    "It''s really hard to control this feeling..."


    Naraku Uehara manipulated the thousand-meter-high Susanoo to hold the sword of Susano again, watching Yamamoto Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke who were lying on the ground and continued: "Captain Aizen is right, I think To step on a group of ants without killing them, it is really difficult to control this kind of strength..."


    "Do you treat us like ants..."


    Yamamoto Shigekuni struggled to stand up, leaning on the Zanpakuto in his hand and looking at Susano, who was like a mountain in front of him, the old man slowly closed his eyes.


    "but¡­"


    The spiritual pressure on Yamamoto Shigekuni once again hovered around him, the flames on the Zanpakuto shot up into the sky, his eyes opened suddenly, and the old man''s eyes were extremely serious: "It''s too early to tell the outcome now ..."


    The Zanpakuto in the old man''s hand drew an arc, holding the handle tightly with both hands, and slashed heavily towards the mountain-like Susanoo!


    "Ten trillion dead funerals!"


    The monstrous flames rushed towards Susano!


    The spatial temperature of the entire Lingwang Palace rose again, and the incoming heat wave was almost untenable. People from every camp were using various means to resist the heat wave emitted by the flames!


    In the blazing flames, the black skeletons bathed in the flames were reborn into the world, waving their sharp claws and pounced on Susano!


    This is one of Shigekuni Yamamoto''s swastika abilities. Using the remaining fire sword to cut out a flame that can destroy the world with a single blow, the enemies who have been killed by Shigekuni Yamamoto will be reborn in the flames, and will rush towards him in an immortal posture. enemy!


    And his enemies...


    The tall Susano raised the Susano Sword again, the wind wrapped the giant blade, and slashed towards the endless flames!


    A vast and boundless slash came out from Susan, tearing countless black skeletons into pieces in an instant, splitting the flames into two like cutting white paper!


    Everyone saw that brilliant and gorgeous slash!


    This gorgeous slash blatantly tore apart the entire battlefield of flames, and it fell on Yamamoto Motoryasai Shigekuni''s body as before!


    Boom!


    Shigekuni Yamamoto was instantly sent flying by a strike!


    The old man who had been around for thousands of years fell to the ground like a piece of rag, blood oozed from his body, and slowly began to spread outwards, staining the ground red...


    Naraku Uehara stood in the crystal of Susanoo, looked down at Shigekuni Yamamoto who never got up again, and whispered softly: "This knife...is called Zankatsu...the real Zankuni."


    because¡­


    It once literally cut through the moon!


    The entire battlefield was silent.


    This scene happened so fast that many people didn''t react.


    The moment before, Shigekuni Yamamoto''s sword seemed to destroy the entire Lingwang Palace, making everyone present think that the sword would easily tear Susanoo apart, and directly defeat Uehara Naraku who was hidden in it;


    At the next moment, Uehara Naraku''s knife directly tore apart Shigekuni Yamamoto''s cremation formation, and completely defeated the old man with the power to destroy the world with one knife!


    After Naraku Uehara defeated Shigekuni Yamamoto, his eyes fell on another enemy, and Susano below him almost rose into the air under his control!


    "The legendary... Susanoo!"


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes narrowed slightly, patches of jet black appeared on his body, covering his body, this is the defense that Heijue put on him.


    Aizen Soyousuke once heard the name of Susano from Orochimaru, and it is said that it is also the ability used by Uchiha Madara to kill the virtual circle...


    Now witnessing the thousand-meter-high Valkyrie with his own eyes, Aizen Soyousuke was shocked, because such a terrifying ability had never appeared in the entire history of Soul World!


    "Still afraid?"


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned slightly, staring at the giant Susan flying towards him, and whispered softly: "Fear is the most useless emotion... let''s start evolving, Bengyu."


    The collapsed jade in his body...


    Fear was born again.


    There was a burst of light from Aizen''s chest, and the light from Bengyu gradually became more and more intense. In a blink of an eye, its spiritual pressure began to flow around Aizen Soyousuke''s whole body, and the pale liquid slowly covered Aizen Soyousuke''s whole body...


    a moment later...


    Aizen Soyousuke''s image changed drastically.


    Three pairs of pale butterfly wings grew on his back, and the spiritual pressure on his body gradually evolved towards a higher level, and the strength of his body increased exponentially, almost making him unable to hold back the urge to punch!


    Bengyu directly made him break through the dimension of the power of the god of death!


    This power gave Aizen Soyousuke the confidence to face any enemy!


    And the Heijue in Aizen Soyousuke''s body also turned into a jet black liquid, flowing on his body, leaving black lines...


    Black and white left a clear boundary on his body, and it also made him instantly feel the rapidly expanding power in his body!


    "Naraku!"


    Aizen Soyousuke waved his fist to meet Susano, and his rationality gradually began to fade in his mind. The rapidly expanding power brought rapidly expanding self-confidence!


    "Has it evolved to this level?"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyebrows trembled, and Susano gradually disintegrated under his control, and in an instant he released the Susano mode!


    next moment¡­


    Naraku Uehara''s fist suddenly clenched!


    Endless spiritual pressure was released from his body!


    Three pairs of white wings suddenly appeared behind Naraku Uehara!


    Fairy mode, open!


    The figure of Uehara Naraku greeted Aizen Soyousuke as if teleporting, and the two waved their fists at each other at the same time, falling into a hand-to-hand battle!


    Two beings that transcended dimensions at the same time...


    Every punch, every kick almost set off a burst of air tremors, and the air was trembling under their fists!


    "This is the power beyond death..."


    A crazy smile flashed across Aizen Soyousuke''s face, and he punched Uehara Naraku''s head, but Uehara turned his head slightly to avoid it!


    "That''s true...but..."


    Uehara Naraku punched Aizen''s chest, the fist was almost deep into the white flesh on Aizen''s body, the great pain made Aizen Soyousuke twitch his cheeks involuntarily!


    Naraku Uehara watched Aizen with a painful expression on his face, and the Reiatsu on his fist was released instantly, smashing Aizen Soyousuke to the ground!


    Aizen''s body fell to the ground like a cannonball, and a huge deep hole was instantly smashed out, causing his body to gradually disintegrate!


    In physical combat...


    No one has ever been able to defeat Naraku Uehara''s sage mode!


    "This is the power I give you."


    The wings behind Naraku Uehara fluttered slightly, driving him to slowly land beside Aizen Soyousuke, spreading his palms and saying: "Before we fought, the outcome between us was already doomed, Captain Aizen..."


    "The evaluation of you in the past was really wrong..."


    Aizen Soyousuke slowly crawled out of the deep pit, the butterfly wings on his back gradually gathered together and turned into a pair of light wings, he shook his head slightly: "Everyone thinks that the humility you possess is actually That''s what you''re most proud of, because you never put them in your eyes..."


    Bengyu started to evolve again!


    In other words, during the battle with Uehara Naraku, Bengyu was preparing for the next evolution all the time. Even after this evolution, Bengyu was still preparing for the next evolution, and it was still afraid The man in the sky!


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t have time to pay attention to Bengyu who was still afraid of Uehara Naraku, the light wings behind him flapped slightly, and his body instantly disappeared in place!


    next moment¡­


    Aizen Soyousuke turned into a ray of light, and suddenly appeared behind Uehara Naraku, and his palm suddenly grabbed the position behind Uehara Naraku''s heart!


    "Heh, do you believe in the light?"


    The corner of Uehara''s mouth hooked slightly.


    Just when Aizen Soyousuke''s palm scratched his back, everyone saw Naraku Uehara''s body dissipating into countless light particles and dissipating in the air...


    "but¡­"


    "Who can understand the existence of light better than me?"


    In the next second, countless light particles regrouped into Uehara Naraku''s appearance, his fingertips glowed with a golden light, and a ray instantly shot at Aizen Soyousuke!


    The golden ray split into countless rays on the way, directly piercing Aizen Soyousuke''s body through countless small holes!


    Naraku Uehara looked down at Bengyu, who was treating Aizen Soyousuke, and shook his head slightly: "Bengyu''s power is nothing more than that... Or, your power is nothing more than that..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku showed a playful smile on his face: "But it''s understandable, because I know everything about you."


    "From the moment you were born..."


    "From the time you entered the Central Academy of Spiritual Arts..."


    "Since you started to generate darkness..."


    "..."


    "Is that so?"


    Aizen Soyousuke''s palm suddenly became pitch black, and his figure suddenly disappeared in place, reappearing next to Uehara Naraku, and his palm turned into sharp claws and clasped Uehara Naraku''s chest!


    "How long will it take for the next evolution?"


    Uehara Naraku grabbed Aizen Soyousuke''s wrist tightly, slowly shook his head and sighed: "Because this world is too small, so your vision is limited... Captain Aizen... Bengyu is not a omnipotent existence, it Will be afraid of creatures stronger than themselves."


    "But I''m not afraid..."


    The sharpness in Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes is still there!


    "What''s the point of that?"


    Uehara Naraku let go of Aizen Soyousuke''s palm, and a mass of repulsive force suddenly repelled Aizen Soyousuke from his palm, and directly knocked Aizen Soyousuke into the air: "Everything about you is under my control, we The battle has long been doomed, it''s just a dessert I taste to meet my next opponent..."


    "Nobody can control everything in this world."


    Aizen Soyousuke climbed out again, stood on the ground and looked up at the enemy above and shook his head slightly: "The future you think and the accident you don''t want to see... We never know which one will come first... "


    next moment¡­


    The black liquid on Aizen Soyousuke''s body is flowing faster and faster!


    When Bengyu was still afraid of Uehara Naraku and dared not act, Aizen Soyousuke could only temporarily rely on the black power in his body!


    "maybe¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head mockingly, and suddenly changed the topic: "Maybe I can''t control this world, but I should be able to control you... The last few guests have already sneaked into the Lingwang Palace, there is no time to waste, let''s do it!"


    After Uehara Naraku entered the fairy mode, he knew almost everything about the entire Lingwang Palace. A powerful spiritual pressure appeared from the shadows in a flash, and at that moment, he did not hide it from Uehara Naraku.


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head slowly, still wanting to refute Naraku Uehara''s words: "Your innocence doesn''t seem to be..."


    "He''s right."


    Click!


    The accident happened suddenly!


    A hoarse voice appeared in Aizen Soyousuke''s ear!


    A pitch-black palm suddenly penetrated Aizen Soyousuke''s chest and abdomen, and directly grabbed the Bengyu that had fused on his chest!


    "He was right."


    There was a sneer in Heijue''s voice, mocking Aizen who possessed him: "Maybe he really can''t control this world, but it''s more than enough to control everything about you...Master Aizen."


    "Heijue..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes widened little by little, and he slowly lowered his head to look at the black palm that appeared on his chest, the astonishment in his eyes gradually enlarged...


    The next moment, the anger in Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes could hardly be contained: "I created you, and I gave you life..."


    "Ho ho ho ho...everyone thinks they made me."


    Heijue''s body slowly covered Aizen''s cheeks, and a hoarse voice echoed in the space: "Whether it''s you or Kisuke Urahara, you have never created anything...all of this comes from us. Bestow."


    "Master Aizen, I was never created by you..."


    Heijue''s laughter became more and more sinister, and continued with a low smile: "It''s a sad reality...Master Aizen, you never trust anyone...That''s why I became your favorite pawn to use..."


    "From the very beginning, when you were researching Bengyu, in order to determine whether Bengyu could pose a threat to our world dominance, we secretly used the product of the failed experiment of Bengyu to sneak into your side..."


    "so¡­"


    "Everything about you has not been hidden from our eyes..."


    Accompanied by Hei Jue''s voice...


    One by one Bai Jue also came out from the ground of the Lingwang Palace...


    This group of Baijue and Heijue sealed Aizen Soyousuke together...


    This scene made Urahara Kisuke''s expression change, he never knew that there would be Bai Zee sneaking into the Lingwang Palace!


    "Hee hee hee... I''m so sorry..."


    Bai Jue looked at Urahara Kisuke with a smile on his face, and waved at him: "I never thought that there would be people who would be tricked by us..."


    "..."


    Urahara Kisuke''s face was slightly embarrassed.


    Although he didn''t participate in the battle, he felt that he had suffered a lot in his heart, especially because Urahara trusted Bai Jue and this group of funny creatures very much!


    In Urahara Kisuke''s view, Heijue and Baijue have always been two absolutely opposing creatures fighting each other, and they are also spies sent by that guy...


    Is that guy Uehara Naraku going a little too far?


    Not only Kisuke Urahara thinks so, but all the gods of death present are also thinking about how much this guy Naraku Uehara can do...


    It turns out...


    They were right.


    Naraku Uehara could indeed do even more excessive things.


    "Ichigo, Isshin-san."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to signal Heijue to seal Aizen Soyousuke, his eyes fell on a huge shadow, and he said softly: "There is no need to hide in the shadow world, this is not good for us...I know , you must really want to meet someone, right?"


    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly fell to the ground, snapped his fingers lightly, and a space-time vortex appeared beside him.


    A woman with long orange hair was sent out.


    "That is¡­"


    There was some surprise on everyone''s face.


    While they were still wondering, Urahara Kisuke and others who had known that woman before were full of astonishment: "How is it possible... Mrs. Kurosaki Masaki?"


    "The Shadow Realm... Isn''t that the space where Yuhabach is hiding?"


    "Who is Masaki Kurosaki?"


    "Ichigo''s mother, Captain Isshin''s wife."


    "Wait... Didn''t you say that the woman named Kurosaki Masaki was swallowed up by Hollow long ago? Or... it was another pawn laid by Naraku..."


    "What exactly is going on?"


    There was an uproar in the entire Lingwang Palace.


    They seem to be too young to know Uehara Naraku.

 Chapter 696

    Lingwang Palace.


    The weather is still sunny.


    The wind is still a little noisy.


    A huge shadow gradually emerged on the ground.


    This shadow is like an abyss, so that everyone can feel the darkness hidden in it, and the spiritual pressure hidden in it and slowly leaking out. Two men wearing deadly costumes slowly emerged from the shadow.


    Kurosaki Ichigo.


    Kurosaki wholeheartedly.


    When the two of them saw Kurosaki Masaki, the father and son were unwilling to hide in the Shadow Realm no matter what.


    After the World of Souls war started, when the Dirty Land Corps and the Gotei 13th Team were retreating, Isshin Kurosaki and Ichigo Kurosaki faced a huge crisis. Fortunately, Uhabach from the Shadow Realm rescued their father and son.


    and¡­


    Yuhabach once again determined that Kurosaki Ichigo would be more suitable than Ishida Uryu to become the successor of the invisible empire, and he took the shot to guide Kurosaki Ichigo''s internal void power.


    Yuhabach thinks that they should hide for a while longer, and take part in the battle after mastering all the information about Uehara Naraku and the four major dead servants under his command. Unfortunately, when Kurosaki Ichigo saw his mother appearing, he finally couldn''t hold back Ask to show up.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Kurosaki Ichigo and Kurosaki Isshin who appeared, and his face suddenly showed a little disappointment: "Why doesn''t Mr. Yuhabach refuse to show up together? Are you worried that I will hurt him?"


    Yohbach this guy...


    The guts are unexpectedly a little small!


    "..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo didn''t answer.


    The orange-haired young Grim Reaper just looked at Kurosaki Masaki next to Uehara Naraku, his throat was a little choked, and his eyes gradually turned red: "Mom..."


    "Ichigo..."


    Kurosaki Masaki held her fingers tightly, tears streaming down her cheeks, she finally saw her son again after many years!


    No need to judge at all...


    Kurosaki Ichigo knew it must be his mother!


    Before Kurosaki Ichigo wanted to say something nostalgic, Kurosaki next to him slapped his son down with a single slap, carrying his own Zanpakuto, and said loudly: "Boy Uehara, put my favorite son on the ground. Give me back the woman, Ichigo, this little guy is at your disposal!"


    "..."


    Kurosaki''s single-minded words directly dissipated the tense atmosphere of the mother-son reunion. This father is really outrageous at all!


    One word explains it...


    Parents are true love, sons are accidents.


    However, only a few people know that the real purpose of Kurosaki Isshin is to hope that his son can wake up and not lose his mind just because Kurosaki Masaki is in the hands of the enemy...


    "Asshole dad..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo got up and scratched his head.


    Although he knew what Kurosaki Isshin meant, he still felt a little awkward in his heart. Can''t this father act like a father?


    Uehara Naraku looked at the father and son, smiled and spread out his palm: "Don''t worry, I have no conspiracy..."


    "That sentence is not funny at all..."


    Kurosaki ticked his nose in boredom: "Is there anyone in this world who has more schemes than you?"


    Uehara Naraku, the world''s biggest behind-the-scenes man, said here that he had no conspiracy? It''s not obvious that you want to treat them as fools!


    Hearing Kurosaki Isshin''s words, Naraku Uehara frowned slightly: "Mr. Isshin, I don''t like others to interrupt me..."


    Before the words fell, Naraku Uehara suddenly raised his finger!


    An empty bullet formed by spiritual pressure suddenly shot at Kurosaki Isshin!


    It''s just that Kurosaki Yishin''s reaction is quick. Although this middle-aged man always looks like a bohemian, he is far more vigilant than others in battle!


    With all his heart, Kurosaki raised the Zanpakuto in his hand to block the blank bullet, but unexpectedly, the blank bullet directly interrupted his Zanpakuto, piercing his lower abdomen in an instant!


    Kurosaki Isshin''s body flew upside down!


    "Dad!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo flew to stop his body, checked Kurosaki Isshin''s injuries, and finally felt relieved when he saw that Kurosaki Isshin''s life was not in danger.


    "One heart!"


    Kurosaki Masaki also hurried to her husband.


    Uehara Naraku did not stop Kurosaki Masaki, but walked towards the reunited family step by step, and continued with a smile: "This time is just a lesson...Facing the person who saved your family, you should at least say thank you to me Bar?"


    "There may be one thing that needs to be clarified."


    "Back then, you had no power to resist against that big void, because your ancestor Yuhabach launched the sanctification and took away the power of all the Quincy masters in this world."


    "But I sent someone to save you at that time. No matter how you look at it, it should be your real savior..."


    "etc¡­"


    Kurosaki Ichigo suddenly raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "Yuhabach... took away mother''s power? You know the truth back then, why didn''t you tell..."


    "Why tell anyone else?"


    Uehara Naraku said that after asking a question with a smile, the smile in his eyes gradually became a little dangerous: "Who do you think is qualified to ask me the truth? Ichigo, I saved your mother, now you should at least be right Shall I say thank you?"


    "..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo was silent for a moment.


    This somewhat honest youth Reaper lowered his head.


    "Anyway... I really should say... thank you..."


    "Your Excellency Uehara Naraku..."


    Masaki Kurosaki raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "If your purpose in saving me back then...was to threaten my son and husband today..."


    "The logic of that statement is interesting."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head indifferently, slowly raised his finger and pointed at Kurosaki Masaki: "I saved your life, now your family shouldn''t be my enemy, right?"


    This logic is somewhat dialectical.


    In a sense, Uehara Naraku saved Kurosaki Masaki, and Kurosaki Ichigo and Kurosaki Isshin really shouldn''t be hostile to him...


    "I never thought of being your enemy."


    Kurosaki Ichigo shook his head, clenched his Zanpakut¨­ and stood up, staring at Uehara Naraku who was approaching them step by step, and said in a deep voice: "But you have always been an enemy of this world, no one would want to live In a world ruled by conspirators!"


    "I''m so thankful you saved Mommy..."


    "Despite delaying our reunion for so many years..."


    "I will thank you for your kindness, and I will stop your conspiracy to rule the world... Other than this, I will promise you no matter what you want to do!"


    "yes?"


    Uehara Naraku raised his head slightly, looked at the entire Lingwang Palace, and spread his palms: "But besides putting down the Zanpakuto in your hand, do you think there is any other value in yourself... Ichigo?"


    "..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo fell silent.


    Facing Uehara Naraku who is about to rule the whole world, Kurosaki Ichigo has no other value that Uehara Naraku can use...


    At this time, there seemed to be nothing he could do other than surrender.


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, shook his head and said, "Forget it, I didn''t care about your rewards when I rescued Mrs. Masaki Kurosaki..."


    "..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression became even more embarrassed.


    "If you want something in return..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became serious, and a spiritual pressure gradually emerged in his hand to form a black knife, and he continued in a cold voice: "Then do your best and let me enjoy a hearty battle Bar¡­"


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, and his voice became more and more indifferent: "At least it makes me feel...the world is not too boring..."


    "..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s expression suddenly froze.


    The young Grim Reaper looked at Naraku Uehara in disbelief!


    After a long time, Kurosaki Ichigo nodded slowly, clenched the Zanpakuto in his hand, tilted his head slightly and said in a low voice: "Mom, take care of Xia Li and Youzi together with Dad..."


    "Ichigo..."


    "..."


    But Kurosaki Ichigo didn''t respond to his mother anymore, he just walked towards Uehara Naraku step by step, his face gradually became solemn!


    "if you need¡­"


    Kurosaki Ichigo held the Zanpakuto in his hand upside down, and his pace became faster and faster, almost running towards Uehara Naraku: "I can risk my life!"


    perhaps¡­


    He was going to risk his life!


    If possible, Kurosaki Ichigo really wants to use his life to defeat Uehara Naraku, or use his own life to awaken Uehara Naraku!


    "Crescent sky rushes!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo brandished the Zanpakuto, and slashed at Uehara Naraku head-on, a black light was the first to attack Uehara Naraku!


    "The darkness you thought was really darkness?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his black knife, slashed Crescent Moon Tencho, and rushed towards Kurosaki Ichigo!


    Heidao and Zhanyue clashed instantly!


    Purple lightning kept appearing between the two Zanpakut¨­!


    The fight between Uehara Naraku and Kurosaki Ichigo entered into a fever at the beginning!


    "Your knife...is powerful..."


    Uehara Naraku blocked Zhan Yue''s attack with a black knife, smiled lightly, and continued to praise: "It seems that you have learned a lot from Yuhabach..."


    "not enough¡­"


    Kurosaki Ichigo shook his head slowly, and closed his eyes suddenly: "If I want to defeat you... it''s not enough!"


    next moment¡­


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s face suddenly appeared with a virtual skull mask, the power in his hand increased greatly, and he waved Zhanyue and slashed towards Naraku Uehara!


    "Even this is not enough..."


    Naraku Uehara waved the black knife to force Kurosaki Ichigo back, and the sharp edge of the knife cut off the skull mask on Kurosaki Ichigo''s face in two!


    "The power of Xubai is indeed very strong..."


    Uehara Naraku brandished the black knife and pointed the tip of the knife in his hand at Kurosaki Ichigo: "But it would be a bit too much to deal with me! Come and let me see it... The last scene before the god of death fell like a firework !"


    "The so-called..."


    "The last crescent sky rushes!"

 Chapter 697

    Kurosaki Ichigo has never experienced such a predicament.


    Even Ulquiorra and Nelliel, who met in the virtual circle, their strength is nothing compared to Uehara Naraku''s Firefly and Haoyue Yaoyang...


    One knife directly shattered his virtual state!


    The skull mask on Kurosaki Ichigo''s face slowly shattered and fell to the ground, revealing an unbelievable face. The young Shinigami just panicked for a second, and the determination returned to his face again!


    Reiatsu riots again!


    The Zangetsu in Kurosaki Ichigo''s hand suddenly stuck on the ground!


    The soaring spiritual pressure turned into streaks of purple lightning flashing on his body, and a larger virtual mask emerged from his head bit by bit!


    A strange bull head virtual mask covered Kurosaki Ichigo''s head, which was not enough. Pale skeletons slowly appeared on Kurosaki Ichigo''s body, transforming them to defend against the enemy''s attack armor!


    The skeleton is still spreading...


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s palms and feet were also gradually surrounded by skeletons, turning into sharp white claws, and purple lightning kept flashing on his palms and soles of his feet!


    Today''s Kurosaki Ichigo...


    Compared with the words of humans and gods of death, it looks more like a pure Daxu!


    Perhaps the entire world has never seen such a terrifying Great Hollow Reiatsu as Kurosaki Ichigo, perhaps this has surpassed the boundaries of the Valstord class, even the strongest Ke Yatai Stark so far is far behind. Not enough!


    Kurosaki Ichigo¡­


    Evolved again!


    Now Kurosaki Ichigo has completely evolved into a higher level of Daiko, and even the Zan Yue in his hand is armed with a layer of white bones!


    The current Kurosaki Ichigo has evolved more thoroughly than when he became Utau Daiken when he was in the void. He was even awakened by Yuhabach because of the power of the Quincy in his body. keep your sanity...


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s voice came out from the bull''s head and skull mask, his voice was a bit dull: "The power of this virtual state is too strong, even for me, it is difficult to control it, and it can only last for less than five minutes ..."


    "Don''t worry."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, raised the black knife in his hand and pointed at Kurosaki Ichigo who was in the state of Ugyutou, and chuckled lightly: "If you only have this little strength, you won''t be able to last five minutes in my hands." ..."


    There is no need for Kurosaki Ichigo to worry about the duration of his fighting state, because even Kurosaki Ichigo in this state cannot compete with him!


    "Hey, hey... this is too much!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo felt that his whole body was not well!


    It may indeed be the case...


    But when Uehara Naraku said this, he was quite shocked. Now he is actually not that bad!


    "Stop wasting our time..."


    The ground under Uehara Naraku''s feet shattered instantly!


    Uehara Naraku took advantage of his strength to soar into the air, and the impact brought by the extremely fast movement instantly set off a gust of wind, forcing Kurosaki Ichigo to subconsciously reach out to block the gust of wind!


    next moment¡­


    It was only then that Kurosaki Ichigo reacted suddenly, and suddenly raised the skeleton in his hand to arm Zayue, and resisted Uehara Naraku who charged!


    click...


    The sound of bones breaking is especially crisp!


    Just receiving Uehara Naraku''s blow, Kurosaki Ichigo has already seen a gap in the bone arm attached to his Zanpakuto!


    Lightning transformed from spiritual pressure continuously circled around the two of them!


    Naraku Uehara waved the black knife in his hand, like a swordsman, he kept slashing towards Niutou Daxu''s body!


    At this moment, the sharp black knife in Uehara''s hand turned into countless black shadows under his swordsmanship, and attacked Niutou Daxu''s body!


    click...


    click click click...


    The sound of cracking bones keeps coming...


    The tremor in Kurosaki Ichigo''s heart almost never stopped!


    Under the attack of the black knife, the skeleton armament on Zhanyue in Kurosaki Ichigo''s hand was cut to pieces just by resisting the attack, and the bone fragments were flying everywhere... Even the skeleton defense on Kurosaki Ichigo''s body was also destroyed Dozens of bones were cut off!


    The sound of the black knife cutting on the bones was especially dull!


    Uehara Naraku''s repeated attacks forced Kurosaki Ichigo to retreat step by step!


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s brain was left blank, obviously he had entered his strongest state, and he couldn''t even resist under Naraku Uehara''s swordsmanship!


    Click!


    The skeletal armament on Zhanyue was finally completely chopped to pieces by Uehara Naraku!


    Ichigo, who was in the state of Niutou Daxu, held Zhanyue tightly, and was directly sent flying by the huge force of the last knife!


    Kurosaki Ichigo, who flew upside down, raised his head suddenly, and the two horns of the bull''s head on top of his head instantly burst into wisps of spiritual pressure, turning into a red virtual flash and shooting towards Uehara Naraku!


    The oppressiveness of this false flash is so strong...


    No one can match the entire army of broken faces!


    Kurosaki Ichigo has this self-confidence, no one can resist this blow!


    clang clang!


    This is the sound of Zanpakuto being inserted into the stone slab!


    Within the line of sight of Kurosaki Ichigo, he saw Uehara Naraku plunge into the stone slab with a knife, turned around and kicked the false flash!


    With just one kick, the virtual flash was kicked back!


    "Are you kidding me!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo, who was hiding under the bull''s head mask, was full of astonishment!


    Even though he knows that there are indeed people in this world who can easily resist the false flash, but the false flash that Uehara Naraku resisted should be the strongest one in the world!


    This virtual flash also exhausted the empty power in Kurosaki Ichigo''s body!


    Was kicked back so easily?


    The flash that was kicked back directly hit Ushitou Daixu, and the flames of the explosion flooded Kurosaki Ichigo''s body in an instant, and the skeleton defense on his body instantly shattered!


    It wasn''t until the explosion was completely over that Kurosaki Ichigo came out of the smoke in embarrassment, and slowly picked off the bone fragments on his head. The skeleton defense on his body was completely shattered, and the bull''s head mask was also shattered into pieces...


    Kurosaki Ichigo spat out a mouthful of dust, stretched out his hand to wipe a wound on his forehead, shook his head, and dispelled the drowsy feeling.


    in his heart...


    Faintly a little desperate.


    Uehara Naraku''s strongest fighting state, Utou Daxu, was completely defeated in the hands of Naraku Uehara within ten seconds, and he couldn''t do it even if he counterattacked...


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s body.


    "Hee hee hee... It''s hard to win against such an enemy..."


    Just when Kurosaki Ichigo was a little desperate, Xu Shiro in Kurosaki Ichigo''s body suddenly let out a low laugh, which made Kurosaki Ichigo''s mind sink into it.


    Inside Kurosaki Ichigo, Xubai''s voice was a little weak, and he grinned and said, "That''s an easy victory over that old man Shigekuni Yamamoto and that adult Aizen Soyousuke, and even Yuhabach didn''t dare to realize it." What about the person..."


    "Are you just sitting there waiting to die?"


    Kurosaki Ichigo frowned.


    Xu Bai nodded slowly, and grinned lowly: "If you let me say it... it is indeed the best choice to sit and wait!"


    But after saying this, Xu Bai suddenly said again: "However... Although the chance of you, a brat, winning is very small... But it is not so ugly to want to lose... It is not a troublesome thing..."


    "There are three different forces in your body..."


    "Now that you have distinguished these three forces with the help of that old fellow Yuhabach, you have all the answers in your hands..."


    "The next thing to do..."


    "It''s like I lent you all my spiritual pressure..."


    Xubai clenched his palms tightly, a huge arc appeared on the corner of his mouth, and his voice suddenly became a little cruel: "Think of a way from your Zanpakuto, from the blood on your body... Force out all the power of the Quest!"


    "before that¡­"


    "Let me help you one last time, brat!"


    After saying this...


    The pale body gradually turned into liquid...


    Starting from its feet, stopping its upper body, its body slowly turned into a mass of liquid, turning into a white Zanpakut¨­!


    Because of its Reiatsu¡­


    He was completely exhausted by Kurosaki Ichigo in the previous battle!


    The current Xubai has no strength to continue participating in this battle at all, the only thing it can do is to turn its body into a Zanpakuto at this moment!


    "Haven''t you even thought about winning?"


    "It''s rare to see this arrogant guy so cowardly..."


    "But the hope of victory is indeed very slim..."


    As Xubai''s body turned into a white Zanpakuto, another black Zanpakut¨­ also appeared in Kurosaki Ichigo''s soul space, and the black Zanpakuto''s voice was a bit dull.


    The white zhanyue represents the power of Xu, and the black zhanyue represents the power of death. Obviously, the character of this black zhanyue does not seem to be very good...


    "what?"


    Kurosaki Ichigo raised his head hesitantly.


    "Cowardly brat..."


    The black Zhanyue gradually turned into a ball of liquid and landed beside Kurosaki Ichigo: "As long as you don''t die, it''s not time to admit defeat... Now I''m asking you, in order to fight against the invincible outsider Man, what price are you willing to pay?"


    "..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo fell silent.


    After a long time, Kurosaki Ichigo slowly raised his head, his voice was a little heavy: "I don''t know...but I promised that guy Naraku Uehara to fight with him until he dies..."


    "What is the purpose of your fighting?"


    "I have no idea."


    "I don''t know what will become of the world he rules..."


    "It''s true that the world isn''t that good right now, but it''s not that bad either..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo lowered his head slowly, then suddenly raised his head again, and said loudly: "Now I must fight him until one of us falls down completely!"


    As for who falls...


    Kurosaki Ichigo really didn''t care much.


    This feeling is like being able to win Uehara Naraku, that is a blessing; if you can''t win, then look at what Uehara Naraku has turned the world into...


    to be honest¡­


    Kurosaki Ichigo was indeed a little confused.


    Because Uehara Naraku said he was a villain, he didn''t seem to have done anything bad to them, and he didn''t hurt them seriously...


    But if Uehara Naraku is a positive person... the entire soul world probably won''t agree!


    "Confused boy..."


    The black Zangetsu turned into a cloud of mist and slowly merged into Kurosaki Ichigo''s shoulder, and its voice gradually became a little cold: "If you can''t find the meaning of fighting, then remember now... from now on, Defeat every strong enemy in front of you!"


    Kurosaki Ichigo was silent for a while, and slowly stretched out his hand to hold the two Zanpakut¨­, when he grasped the two Zanpakut¨­, he immediately realized everything!


    After a long time.


    Kurosaki Ichigo nodded slowly.


    Inside the Lingwang Palace.


    Kurosaki Ichigo stood there and closed his eyes tightly.


    It''s just that the injuries on his body are recovering rapidly. There are streaks of black mist and liquid hovering on his right arm, and streaks of white mist and liquid hovering on his left arm!


    That is¡­


    The power of the black Zhanyue and the white Zanyue!


    The next moment, Kurosaki Ichigo opened his eyes suddenly, and a sharp light looked straight at Uehara Naraku, and his figure suddenly disappeared in place!


    final battle...


    Finally open!


    Kurosaki Ichigo not only used the power of Shinigami and Hollow, but also used the ability of Quincy in his body, and unconsciously used the blood-moving suit to improve his combat ability!


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s body appeared in front of Uehara Naraku almost instantly, and the black mist on his left arm turned into a long and narrow blade, cutting towards Uehara Naraku''s chest!


    "Empty Crack Flash!"


    "Ok?"


    Naraku Uehara drew out his black knife to resist.


    However, the black knife in his hand was cut off in an instant!


    Kurosaki Ichigo slashed Uehara Naraku''s body heavily with this blow, and instantly chopped Uehara Naraku''s body into the air!


    The whole battlefield was in an uproar!


    There was surprise on everyone''s face!


    Everyone saw Naraku Uehara''s body flying upside down turned into a meteor and hit the space barrier of the Lingwang Palace directly, directly smashing the space barrier of the Lingwang Palace!


    What a joke!


    How could Kurosaki Ichigo have such power!


    This kid actually cheated in front of so many people present?


    To be honest, even though Uehara Naraku is often not stingy in praising Kurosaki Ichigo, there are not many people present who believe that Kurosaki Ichigo can fly Uehara Naraku. As a result, Kurosaki Ichigo really has the potential to defeat Uehara Naraku !


    Uehara Naraku''s figure returned to the battlefield in an instant!


    The air crack flash just now was really powerful, but it didn''t hurt him. This is a problem that makes people become rational again...


    Except for the ability of the rule system, so far no one can hurt Uehara Naraku in terms of strength.


    "It''s really hard to win..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s face was full of fortitude, and his body rushed towards Uehara Naraku again in an instant, and the weapon in his left hand turned into a white Zanyue and slashed at Uehara Naraku''s body!


    "Yeah, it''s really hard to lose..."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, raised his hand and grabbed Bai Zhanyue!


    Under the inertia, the bodies of the two people involuntarily flew backwards, and then fell to the ground in embarrassment!


    Boom!


    Naraku Uehara punched Kurosaki Ichigo on the head, and sent him flying with his punch. His figure chased after him in an instant, and kicked Kurosaki Ichigo in the chest!


    Kurosaki Ichigo was thrown and flew out!


    The next moment, Kurosaki Ichigo got up in an instant, and the two started a life-and-death fight again, but this time the battle between them was more intense!


    The shock wave from every punch!


    The slash with every swing of the knife!


    Let no one dare to approach easily!


    The space barrier of the entire Lingwang Palace was crumbling under their battle. No one expected that this battle would be so intense!


    It''s just that everyone can see that...


    Kurosaki Ichigo is still at a huge disadvantage...


    Although Uehara Naraku''s Zanpakuto would be chopped off by Kurosaki Ichigo every time, but every time Kurosaki Ichigo cut off Uehara''s Zanpakuto, he would be severely injured...


    And Naraku Uehara...


    Still so calm!


    until¡­


    Kurosaki Ichigo, who was covered in blood, stood up abruptly, let out a suppressed roar in his throat, and slashed at Uehara Naraku!


    "Crescent sky rushes!"


    This crescent moon is completely different from the past!


    The huge black sword light covered the sky and the sun, as if to cut off the entire space of the Lingwang Palace. This crescent moon and the sky are all the power in Kurosaki Ichigo''s body!


    no matter who...


    Everyone has to be amazed by this crescent sky!


    Naraku Uehara raised his palm, and a black awn extended from his arm, firmly blocking the crescent moon, the sharp wind of the crescent was getting closer and closer, almost cutting off his forehead hair!


    "Is this the last crescent sky?"


    Uehara Naraku raised his head slightly, and the broken hair on his forehead was finally cut off by Yueya Tianchong''s sharp edge, and a wave of spiritual pressure that was so vast that the whole world trembled instantly erupted from his body!


    The space of the Lingwang Palace is crumbling...


    Whether it is the Spirit King Palace, the world of corpses and souls, the present world, the broken world, hell, the virtual circle...all people with spiritual power have felt a vast and ethereal spiritual pressure!


    "This guy has become stronger again..."


    Uchiha Madara''s expression was also a little dignified.


    Whenever Uchiha Madara thinks he is getting stronger and can catch up with Uehara Naraku, Uehara Naraku will appear in a more terrifying posture...


    Oh shit¡­


    When will it be a good idea to chase after this?


    "Just kidding..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo''s eyes darkened.


    This knife is his last crescent sky rush!


    However, Naraku Uehara took it with his bare hands. This is a bit disappointing, but it''s not a pity, is it?


    A flash of relief flashed across Kurosaki Ichigo''s face. This knife was already his strongest. After this knife, both the power of Shinigami and the power of Xu in his body had been exhausted, and the body containing the blood of Quincy was also exhausted. extremely weak...


    In the shadow world.


    Yuhbach''s expression was unusually ugly.


    If you just look at it, the strength of this spirit pressure is almost better than that of the spirit king back then, how could there be such an existence!


    Unless... the spirit pressure of the Spirit King... was also absorbed by that guy!


    In this case¡­


    Who is likely to beat that guy!


    While Yuhabach was still hiding in the shadow world and meditating, he saw Naraku Uehara crushing the crescent moon with his bare hands, and slowly raised his palm...


    this moment¡­


    A sense of crisis suddenly appeared in Yuhabach''s heart!


    However, being all-knowing and all-powerful, he couldn''t figure out where the crisis came from. He could only hastily gather members of his invisible empire to prepare for battle...


    "Is that the last crescent sky?"


    Naraku Uehara walked up to Kurosaki Ichigo step by step, and after softly praising him, he suddenly raised his palm towards the sky: "Perhaps no one in the entire soul world is better, as a respect for you, I I will also use my strongest move..."


    "..."


    Kurosaki Ichigo had a weird expression on his face.


    The strength in his body has been exhausted!


    Even when the strength in his body was the strongest, he couldn''t stop Uehara Naraku''s attack, so how could he be able to block Uehara Naraku''s strongest move!


    "Black hole..."


    Naraku Uehara raised his palm, and the entire Lingwang Palace seemed to enter the darkness in an instant, and the light was restored in an instant!


    This is his move to bring the entire death world into the black hole universe.


    Uchiha Madara, Yakushidou and others already knew about this, and everyone relaxed slightly, which also meant that their mission was over.


    but¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s action is not over yet.


    "Annihilation..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes suddenly fell under a shadow, and a jet-black energy suddenly penetrated into the shadow world, completely annihilating the invisible empire hidden in it!


    The horror of this black hole annihilation...


    Even better than Kurosaki Ichigo''s last crescent sky rush!


    Every Grim Reaper and Pomian Daiko couldn''t hide the horror on their faces, even Aizen Soyousuke, Urahara Kisuke, Yamamoto Shigekuni and others also changed color!


    Although they don''t know the effect of this blow, it is obvious that Yuhabach in the shadow world should not feel well...


    perhaps¡­


    It is unknown whether it has been wiped out.


    This war can be declared over by this time.


    The Gotei 13th Team and Kurosaki Ichigo have completely failed, but they have seen the terrifying power of Uehara Naraku with their own eyes, and they are not too disappointed...


    Moreover, Uehara Naraku, as the victor, did not seem to have the idea of ??executing the captives and the defeated, and even ordered his subordinates to help treat the wounded.


    "Your Excellency Uehara Naraku..."


    Ukitake Shishiro stood up holding the wound on his chest, and asked in a deep voice: "What do you want to do with us? And the whereabouts of the King Ling..."


    "The Spirit King collapsed on his own when he saw me."


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows slightly, and said softly: "This world no longer needs a spirit king to maintain stability. That guy wants to live an ordinary life, so let him go... As for how to deal with you... Pocket?"


    Faced with this kind of thing, Uehara Naraku still chose to believe in Dou.


    Pharmacist nodded, stood up, calmly began to follow the various regulations of other worlds announcing their Xiao organization.


    It''s just because the world of death is relatively complicated.


    The Thirteen Guarding Team of the Corpse Soul Realm and the Face-Shattering Legion of the Void Circle will form an alliance to attract their own ghosts and Voids respectively, and they must not interfere with each other''s actions or disrupt the stability of the world, etc...


    These¡­


    Pharmacist Dou is very familiar with it.


    What''s more, Ichimaru silver and others are also helping.


    When Yao Shidou finished handling everything and reported to Uehara Naraku, he finally felt a little nervous when he saw Uehara Naraku''s expression of disbelief.


    "Master Naraku..."


    Yao Shidou knelt on the ground with one knee like a ninja. This was a move he had never done before, and Naraku Uehara couldn''t help being a little surprised.


    "What''s wrong?"


    The relationship between them has always been informal.


    Pharmacist Doudou slowly raised his head, with a slight smile on the corner of his mouth, but there was a layer of mist around his eyes: "Master Naraku''s power is getting stronger and stronger... This time, please allow this subordinate to stay here It''s..."


    in the past...


    Yaoshidou could still feel the gap between them, and now Yaoshidou felt the difference between him and Uehara Naraku.


    Although it will be sooner or later...


    It''s just that after the death world was absorbed into the black hole by Uehara Naraku, Yao Shidou found that he could no longer keep up with Uehara Naraku.


    "Ok¡­"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the pharmacist''s pocket, and then at Shutara Senjumaru who was secretly observing the pharmacist''s pocket, and the corner of his mouth couldn''t help twitching: "I see... I wish you happiness."

 Chapter 698

    Stark Industries Building.


    During this period of time, Stark Industries was hot.


    A few months ago, at the press conference, Tony Stark, the boss of Stark Industries, announced to all the reporters present that he was Iron Man.


    At that moment, people''s admiration and desire for superheroes was completely detonated.


    There are always many reporters hiding around Stark Tower, looking forward to meeting Tony Stark and grabbing an exclusive interview with the billionaire.


    However, Tony Stark has never appeared in front of the Stark Tower in the past few days. He seems to like flying around in his steel suit, flying directly from his seaside holiday villa to the top of the Stark Tower .


    Today is no exception.


    Suddenly a jet of flame cloud appeared in the sky!


    Amidst the amazed cheers of a group of people on the ground, the red steel battlesuit drew an elegant arc in the air and landed directly on the roof of Stark Tower.


    Tony Stark stretched out his arm, and with the help of the machine, the armor on his body fell off. The female secretary Pepper Potts, who was waiting by the side, hurried forward a few steps and walked towards Tony Stark. Report on the situation of the company.


    Since Tony Stark canceled the weapons department not long ago, the revenue structure of Stark Industries has changed. During the painful period of transformation, the affairs of this large group have become more and more.


    "Pepper, wait a minute..."


    Tony Stark held his chest and coughed lightly, waved his hand to signal Pepper to stop first, he stroked his chest, and forced himself to be safe and sound: "Jarvis, give me a drink first. drinks."


    Jarvis is an artificial intelligence created by Tony Stark.


    And in a sense, Jarvis knows Tony Stark''s physical condition best. Since Tony Stark installed the energy block of the steel suit on his chest, he has been facing the problem of palladium poisoning. Toxin can be relieved.


    "Yes, Boss."


    Jarvis''s mechanical sound remained unchanged.


    As it agreed to the order given by Tony Stark, a mechanical hand appeared in front of Tony Stark holding a glass of green vegetable juice.


    This is extracted from a certain plant. Just by looking at its color, you can tell that this stuff is not something that people should drink...


    It must be terrible.


    And it''s not as bad as usual.


    "..."


    Even though Tony Stark has been relying on vegetable juice to relieve his symptoms of poisoning, Tony Stark''s cheeks couldn''t help twitching when he saw it.


    Unfortunately, there is no cure for palladium poisoning. The only way to relieve it is to rely on chlorophyll in vegetable juices. He has no other choice.


    Tony Stark reached out and grabbed the glass of vegetable juice, forced himself to swallow a few mouthfuls, and said something casually to Pepper next to him, diverting his attention.


    Tony Stark mentioned the plan he had imagined: "Well, Pepper, if it goes well next week, everything here will be handed over to you..."


    Because of the deep palladium poisoning in his body, Tony Stark is not sure how long he can survive. Recently, he is planning to gradually transfer everything in Stark Industries to Pepper Potts. This woman is The closest person to him.


    "Tony, don''t¡­"


    Pepper supported his forehead, his face was a little dejected.


    Obviously, this woman is not like other people. She doesn''t like Tony Stark''s arrangement, and even feels that after her boss became Iron Man, her own brain has become a little more arrogant.


    "Of course it doesn''t matter..."


    Looking at the helpless female secretary, Tony Stark finally felt better, and chuckled lightly: "Anyway, no one can stop my decision."


    It''s a pity that Tony Stark''s mood soon turned sour.


    Because when Tony Stark and Pepper walked to the glass balcony, he leaned on the railing and lowered his head to look at the office area downstairs, and saw a black-haired young man with juice in his hand.


    It can be seen that young people like to drink fruit juice very much.


    The black-haired young man seemed to have sensed that someone was watching him, and slowly turned his head to see Tony Stark above him, as well as the vegetable juice in Tony Stark''s hand...


    Ok¡­


    At this time, they should be of the same kind.


    The young man smiled and raised the juice in his hand as a gesture, and then drank the juice happily again with the straw in his mouth.


    "..."


    Tony Stark was in a bad mood. Seeing others drinking fruit juice happily, he could only drink the bitter vegetable juice in his hand...


    That guy even raised a glass to him!


    Isn''t this really provoking him?


    Although Tony Stark knew in his heart that the young man didn''t know, this subtle contrast still made Tony a little uncomfortable...


    "Who is that guy?"


    "I do not know yet¡­"


    Pepper Potts shook his head, looked down at the black-haired young man who was drinking juice, and frowned slightly: "It should be a new job during this time..."


    "Looks like a very interesting guy, let me check..."


    Tony Stark took out his mobile phone, and a virtual screen appeared in front of him. His finger slid slightly, and took a picture of the black-haired youth.


    After a while.


    The ID photo of the black-haired youth squinting his eyes and smiling appeared in front of Tony Stark. Just by looking at the image on this photo, no matter who he is, he must think that the black-haired youth is a good person.


    Uehara.


    This is the name of the black-haired youth.


    What matches this photo is Uehara''s meager information, and even his home address is the working apartment provided by Stark Industries for him.


    Most of the core employees of Stark Industries have gorgeous resumes and academic qualifications from quite famous colleges, but this black-haired young man named Uehara is quite ordinary, with no special features at all, and he is probably the most common passerby in society.


    Jarvis is a pretty smart AI.


    In addition to calling out Uehara''s information, he also called up all the videos of Uehara in the past few days, all of which were videos of him during his work.


    Most of the time, this man named Uehara was drinking juice and playing games, and seemed out of place with other Stark Industries employees.


    no doubt¡­


    This is a jerk.


    This guy wasn''t working hard at all, and he seemed to be dawdling in Stark Industries. How did this guy get into Stark Industries?


    "Looks like something went wrong with our personnel department..."


    Tony Stark''s expression was a little weird, and he slowly turned his head to look at Pepper Potts, the little pepper beside him, and couldn''t help but said: "This kind of person who drinks juice and plays games every day at work, how did he pass?" During the internship?"


    "I have no idea¡­"


    Pepper Potts held his temples, feeling a little headache: "The personnel department is not going to send an insignificant employee information to my office, and it seems that his job is insignificant..."


    "Wait...we''re going to talk about a very serious question."


    Tony Stark flicked a few times on the virtual projection, and directly hacked into the operating program of a computer, which was the work computer used by the employee named Uehara.


    The computer programs are all popular games on the market.


    Just a rough calculation of the memory shows that his work computer is full of games, and even to make room for installing a certain large game, it seems that this employee named Uehara uninstalled several internal working software of Stark Industries.


    "Let''s discuss this serious matter..."


    Tony Stark flicked through the games on the computer in boredom, and slowly analyzed: "You tell me, his work is irrelevant... But the problem we are going to talk about is... Do you think this guy really has a job? ?


    Let''s see how many games he has downloaded on his work computer... um... all of them are Japanese and Chinese versions... some of them are very difficult to operate...


    But this guy hasn''t cleared the level yet, he doesn''t look like a game master, and the game record is not as good as I played it in a few minutes... And these games with virus plug-ins...


    Fortunately, our own firewall is not bad..."


    "do not talk¡­"


    Pepper Potts couldn''t stand Tony Stark''s venomous tongue, and kept rubbing his temples: "I said it a long time ago, I can''t be the president of Stark Industries..."


    During this period of time, Tony Stark has slowly let go and handed over all the company''s affairs to her. As a result, it didn''t take long before such a mistake happened...


    Of course, it''s just a trivial matter for a bastard to get in the company.


    The question is how did such a person get into the company?


    Does this mean that after she took over the company, the personnel and administrative departments were perfunctory to her orders, and they were unwilling to complete even the simplest recruitment seriously.


    "All right."


    Tony Stark is not always used to women showing their weak side, he stretched out his finger and rubbed the woman''s forehead, and said softly: "Pepper, it''s not your fault, just fire that guy , just a small liquidated damages..."


    "He should still be in the internship period..."


    Pepper Potts was still rubbing her temples.


    "Then just fire him!"


    Tony Stark looked at Pepper Potts who was having a headache because of a trivial matter, patted the bangs on her forehead, and chuckled, "It just so happened that we didn''t even have to pay him the liquidated damages... Although for Stark There is no need for this in industry."


    Originally, Tony Stark was in a bad mood again, but after eliminating a bastard employee who was in Stark Industries, his good mood seemed to be back...


    Thinking of this, Tony Stark leaned on the glass railing, glanced at the black-haired young man who was still drinking juice, and couldn''t help but want to have some bad humor.


    The workspace of Stark Industries.


    Uehara drank his own juice slowly. He just met Tony Stark, the main character in this world. After a while, it will be just around the corner to get some Mark Iron suit collection.


    Now Uehara is in a pretty good mood.


    Just when Uehara returned to his workstation and planned to continue playing games and fishing for a whole day, he saw a pop-up window appear on his computer screen.


    ¡¾Mr. Uehara, you have been fired. ¡¿


    [From your boss, Tony Stark. ¡¿


    "..."


    Seeing the expulsion notice on the pop-up window, Uehara''s expression became slightly unsightly, and he fell into a depression.


    After a long time.


    Uehara''s mood finally calmed down. He took out his mobile phone from his pocket and calmly took a photo of the expulsion notice on the desktop.

 Chapter 699

    Life is always so impermanent.


    The sky did not know when it was full of clouds.


    As an employee who was expelled from Stark Industries by Tony Stark himself, Uehara Naraku''s treatment naturally needless to say, and he was even criticized as a negative example.


    Faced with such a harsh workplace, Uehara could only leave Stark Tower with his own box in his arms. This was the most unfavorable start in all the worlds.


    Of course, Uehara is not homeless.


    Uehara thought for a moment, then immediately took out his mobile phone and dialed a number that he hadn''t contacted for a long time: "Hello, Chief Ferry, I am Naraku Uehara, Level 7 agent.


    There is something to report, I have just been fired from Stark Industries, Tony Stark may suspect that I am an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D...¡±


    Yes.


    Uehara Naraku is not only an employee of Stark Industries, but also a level 7 agent of S.H.I.E.L.D. This level is not particularly high, but it is certainly not low.


    The main reason is that Uehara has always been regarded as a good fighting ability, even comparable to Natasha Romanov, Clint Barton and others in fighting.


    S.H.I.E.L.D.


    One of the most important organizations in the entire Marvel.


    After Uehara Naraku entered this world, he sneaked into SHIELD through another organization hidden in SHIELD, and his promotion went very smoothly.


    Now Uehara Naraku is contacting Nick Fury, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and the person who arranged for him to go undercover in Stark Industries.


    "Don''t worry, he has no doubts..."


    Nick Fury on the other end of the phone seemed helpless.


    Because after Uehara Naraku was fired by Tony Stark, Nick Fury learned about it from another agent hiding in Stark Industries.


    to be honest¡­


    Uehara Naraku, an agent, really left Nick Fury speechless. A dignified level 7 spy was fired for fishing and playing games during work...


    If one day in the future, Tony Stark knows that the agents of their S.H.I.E.L.D. are all guys like Uehara Naraku, will S.H.I.E.L.D. be trustworthy?


    And Naraku Uehara is really too lazy...


    If it weren''t for this guy''s strong fighting ability, Nick Fury couldn''t help but want to expel this guy from S.H.I.E.L.D. How did this kind of person get recruited by the people below?


    After Nick Fury slandered Uehara Naraku for a while, he still wanted to appease the injured subordinate: "Okay, it''s not your fault, maybe in the future, we will add an extra item in our agent training courses. The undercover agent of the group, although it is too good to easily arouse suspicion from others, but it is too poor..."


    When he said this, Nick Fury''s voice stopped abruptly, and the conversation changed to another thing: "But it''s not a bad thing for you to be fired..."


    At least Stark Industries will not doubt employees with strong working ability during this time.


    Just enough to allow Natasha Romanoff, another perfectly all-around S.H.I.E.L.D. agent, to give full play.


    "My mission was forced to end."


    Naraku Uehara stretched his waist, sighed softly and said, "Then should I go back to the headquarters to report now or go on vacation?"


    "Didn''t you screw it up on purpose because you were going on vacation?"


    "Director, you should trust my character..."


    "Then report back to the headquarters and be on standby!"


    Nick Fury hung up the phone directly.


    S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Secretary''s Office.


    Nick Fury, director of S.H.I.E.L.D., is a bald black man.


    After hanging up Naraku Uehara''s phone call, Nick Fury couldn''t help scratching his scalp: "Who recruited Naraku Uehara..."


    "That guy is too lazy to think."


    A charming woman standing in front of the desk frowned. After thinking for a while, she defended her colleague a few words: "But I have to admit that Uehara Naraku''s fighting ability is quite terrifying."


    "If it wasn''t for this, he would have been fired a long time ago..."


    Nick Fury shook his head and sighed, and looked at the woman in front of him: "Agent Romanov, we can only rely on you to contact that guy Tony Stark..."


    the other side.


    Naraku Uehara put away his cell phone helplessly.


    Ever since he entered this world, he has hardly had a good mood, because the combat power of this world far exceeds those of the previous worlds.


    Fortunately, his combat strength did not drop too much.


    And because the black hole universe in the body has gathered many worlds, it has also received quite a lot of bonuses, and its current ability has almost reached the ceiling.


    Naraku Uehara


    Power of the world: 1 billion


    Life energy: 1 billion


    Psychic energy: 1 billion


    Soul energy: 1 billion


    After gathering the world of the god of death, Naraku Uehara finally received the feedback from the black hole universe, or the world of the god of death filled the vacancy of the black hole universe.


    Therefore, Uehara Naraku''s power has also been released a little.


    If you calculate it carefully, Uehara Naraku can destroy a planet by using more than one-tenth of his own energy. This is the result of personal experiments.


    this force...


    Is it possible to hold an infinite stone with bare hands?


    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, only feeling that the world was a little empty. Apart from this star-bursting combat power, does he have anything else in this world?


    and also.


    He also seems to have a car.


    When Nao Uehara found her pickup truck in the parking space on the side of the road, she suddenly heard cheers and exclamations from passers-by, and everyone around her looked up at the sky.


    In the sky.


    A red figure flies past...


    It''s Tony Stark again...


    Naraku Uehara glanced at his pickup truck, then at the steel suit flying in the air, why was that guy so happy after he fired himself?


    "It''s really..."


    Uehara Naraku sat in the driver''s seat of the pickup truck, slowly raised his finger, and murmured: "Don''t go out casually on a rainy day..."


    Overcast skies...


    The rain fell with a steady patter.


    Tony Stark, who was driving a steel suit in the sky, didn''t care about the light rain at all.


    He fired a jerk employee as a prank today, and saw Pepper Potts embarrassed and shy in front of him again, and he was in the happiest moment.


    The artificial intelligence Jarvis detected the weather outside and constantly reminded Tony Stark, hoping that he could quickly descend his altitude.


    "Sir, the weather is very bad..."


    "Jarvis, don''t worry!"


    Tony Stark glanced at the display screen inside the steel suit, couldn''t help but smile, and explained casually: "This kind of weather is nothing at all..."


    Click!


    A bolt of lightning struck the steel suit!


    It is impossible for a single lightning bolt to cause any damage to the steel suit, because Tony Stark has considered this kind of thing a long time ago, adding an electrostatic discharger and a device to absorb the capacitance of the surface armor at the tail of the steel suit.


    Slap!


    The sound of a hailstone hitting the steel suit was especially loud!


    It is very dangerous for an object flying at high speed to encounter even a ping pong ball, let alone a fist-sized hailstone!


    The power of this hailstone is not light, making Tony Stark twist his body involuntarily, removing the huge impact force!


    next moment¡­


    Dense hailstones the size of fists smashed down!


    Even if the protective ability of the steel suit is superior, it cannot prevent hailstones encountered at high speeds, especially these huge hailstones are quite heavy under the acceleration of gravity!


    "Are you kidding me?"


    Tony Stark''s face froze slightly, and he hurriedly started to slow down the steel suit, maintaining his balance in the sky: "Is the weather so bad today?"


    "The weather forecast shows 24 hours of sunny weather."


    Jarvis''s mood remained unchanged.


    "Then they are really useless..."


    Tony Stark''s expression was a little ugly.


    Unfortunately¡­


    The bad weather didn''t seem to be going to let him go.


    Countless hailstorms fell from the sky, causing the steel suit to sway back and forth like a small boat in the wind and rain, until two locations where the flying jets were loaded were directly damaged, and the whole person fell from the sky...


    The location where Tony Stark landed was a beach. He had expected this situation a long time ago, and the steel suit could well avoid most of the impact for him.


    Not so lucky.


    Tony Stark was unable to contact his artificial intelligence Jarvis due to the damage to his entire body of the steel suit and his energy was exhausted. Even when he just took off the helmet part of the steel suit, a few small hailstones hit his face ¡­


    "And the phone..."


    Tony Stark, with a bruised nose and a swollen face, took a deep breath, carefully took out his mobile phone, and glanced at the power of the mobile phone with satisfaction.


    Fortunately, because today I just used my mobile phone to tease the bastard employee named Uehara, and the mobile phone still has a lot of battery power, Tony Stark can easily contact Jarvis or Pepper to bring him back...


    Not so coincidentally.


    A hailstone fell from the sky and hit his cell phone directly.


    "This damn weather..."


    The joy on Tony Stark''s face disappeared without a trace. What else could he do now on this seemingly deserted beach?


    after an hour.


    Tony Stark finally came to the side of a road, waiting for traffic to stop, and he was confident enough to convince any passing vehicle to give him a ride.


    Everyone knows he''s Iron Man!


    Everyone knows he''s a billionaire!


    Even in this embarrassing moment, Tony Stark still wears a luxurious watch on his wrist, the price is enough to buy a sports car!


    However¡­


    There are no sports cars on this road.


    It wasn''t until Tony Stark waited on the side of the road for two or three hours, feeling sleepy, that he finally saw a fast-moving pickup truck with loud music on it, and the driver of the pickup truck hummed slowly. With an unknown ditty...


    "This is just the beginning~just the beginning~"


    this moment¡­


    Tony Stark seemed to see a savior, and hurriedly waved his arm towards the pickup truck, hoping that the pickup truck would stop in front of him!


    Fortunately¡­


    The owner of this pickup truck has a kind heart.


    Unfortunately, when Tony Stark saw the owner in the driver''s seat of the pickup truck, his expression became slightly stiff.


    this man...


    It seems to be the bastard he fired today.

 Chapter 700

    Destiny always brings people who are destined to meet each other.


    In this embarrassing situation, Tony Stark was a little surprised when he saw the person who thought he was the savior turned out to be a bastard employee who was fired by himself.


    next moment¡­


    Tony Stark took out his watch, pretended not to know Uehara Naraku, and raised the watch in his hand nonchalantly: "I don''t remember how much it is worth, but I can definitely buy a hundred of you car..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara lowered his eyes slightly, and glanced at Tony Stark standing beside him, but he didn''t pick up Tony Stark''s watch.


    Uehara Naraku just took out his mobile phone in silence, opened the photo album calmly, and put the photos he took today in front of Tony Stark.


    The pop-up window on the photo is a bit out of place.


    ¡¾Mr. Uehara, you have been fired. ¡¿


    [From your boss, Tony Stark. ¡¿


    "..."


    Tony Stark looked slightly embarrassed.


    However, no matter how embarrassing the situation was, Tony Stark still had a solution. The man''s reaction speed was fast, and he raised his hand and handed over his watch.


    "Oh, you can trade your phone for a watch..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara took back the phone expressionlessly.


    Tony Stark is really good at pretending to be stupid!


    "Ok¡­"


    Tony Stark sighed, looked at Uehara Naraku with a calm face, and continued to persuade: "I see, you need to add money, right? As long as you don''t go back to work at Stark Industries, you can say whatever amount you want ..."


    In addition to letting Uehara Naraku return to Stark Industries to work, he cannot easily agree, even if Uehara Naraku offers a price of several million dollars, it is only the money for Tony Stark to buy a car, and he is completely acceptable.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and looked at his former boss with interest: "Mr. Stark, do you think I am someone who cares about money?"


    "picture."


    Tony Stark nodded quickly, spread his palms, and explained his answer: "No one doesn''t care about money, it''s impossible for someone not to be interested in money..."


    "One hundred thousand."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Tony Stark, and continued to add: "As long as you are still alive, give me one hundred thousand dollars a month as the price for you to fire me today, so that I will let you take my car..."


    "I agree."


    Tony Stark immediately made this a fait accompli.


    But after saying this, Tony Stark''s face became serious again, and he explained in a deep voice: "Mr. Uehara, I will give you one hundred thousand dollars every month in the future, not compensation for firing you , but paid today¡¯s fare!¡±


    this man...


    It''s quite principled!


    In any case, Tony Stark will never regret firing Uehara. This kind of bastard employee who knows how to play games and drink juice every day at work must be fired!


    "The name is in vain..."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, looked at Tony Stark and nodded slowly: "As long as you are willing to pay, you can do whatever you say..."


    "..."


    Tony Stark looked at Uehara Naraku''s bright smiling face, and felt a little unhappy again.


    "Let me remind you."


    Tony Stark raised his watch at Uehara Naraku: "The price of this watch is at least a million dollars, and you only need one hundred thousand dollars a month, which is not worth it..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head nonchalantly, and his smile became even brighter: "I just enjoy the feeling that Mr. Tony Stark gave me money. One hundred thousand dollars a month is enough, and I can lie down and play games for a lifetime..."


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s mood was even worse.


    Look at what this guy said...is this human?


    After thinking for a while, Tony Stark reminded again: "But there must always be a limit to the time we agreed on?"


    "Right¡­"


    Uehara Naraku touched the steering wheel in his hand, and after thinking for a while, he showed a playful smile: "Then until Mr. Stark dies?"


    "..."


    When it came to death, Tony Stark fell silent.


    Because of the palladium poisoning contained in his body, Tony Stark knew that his death was not far away, and perhaps this month was the limit of his life.


    Seems like this is also good?


    And when Uehara Naraku learns about his death on the news in the future, he should be very sad that he lost a lot of money today, and he will definitely curse himself for being played by Tony Stark again!


    Before dying...


    Like a prank?


    Tony Stark''s mental state has improved again.


    "it is good."


    In order to avoid revealing his flaws, Tony Stark nodded seriously at Uehara Naraku: "As long as I am still alive, I will pay Mr. Uehara one hundred thousand dollars a month."


    "..."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s mouth became wider, and he gestured to the pickup truck''s cargo compartment with his fingers, and said with a light smile, "Mr. Stark, please get in the car!"


    "Wait... can''t I take the co-pilot?"


    "cannot."


    Naraku Uehara tapped the steering wheel with his fingers, and said slowly: "If you really want to take the luxury seat of the co-pilot..."


    "It''s not luxurious at all!"


    Tony Stark was in a bad mood again, and waved his hand indifferently: "Just tell me, what else do you want..."


    "I have to pay more!"


    "This watch is also for you!"


    "Get in the car, get in the car..."


    The pickup truck on the road again has a little more joyful atmosphere.


    Uehara Naraku slowly held the steering wheel, his face was a little excited, Tony Stark in the passenger seat next to him was wearing a badly damaged steel suit, leaning against the seat, as if he had been broken by playing.


    Due to wasting a lot of energy wearing a steel suit and blocking cars on the highway in the afternoon, Tony Stark soon fell into a drowsy sleep.


    Naraku Uehara turned his head slightly to glance at the sleeping Iron Man, took out a strange mobile phone from his pocket, tapped a few times and dialed a number.


    "Hi, Minister Pierce, I''m Naraku Uehara..."


    "I met Tony Stark on the way back to Washington. It should be that his steel suit encountered bad weather. I am taking him back to Washington..."


    "It''s not very reliable to take him away, and it''s not realistic to take off his steel suit. Director Nick Fury has been staring at him, and we are too easily exposed..."


    "And Iron Man has never been that iron suit, but Tony Stark, a scientific genius."


    "I''m good at being an undercover..."


    "I have a plan to try and gain Tony Stark''s trust..."


    "Does our Hydra have any subordinate gangs, preferably the bad ones, because it may require a little sacrifice..."


    "No matter what the plan is, as long as it works."


    "Maybe in the process, Mr. Tony Stark can suffer a little more. He has eaten too much in his life, and maybe he has suffered a little less..."


    "Okay, I''ll drive slower."


    Uehara Naraku finished talking on the phone, held her mobile phone, and slightly hooked the corner of her mouth.


    "Yes, long live Hydra."


    After saying this, Naraku Uehara hung up the phone slowly,


    This call was made by Uehara Naraku to another direct supervisor of himself, Alexander Pierce, the minister of the World Security Council. Pierce''s status is still above Nick Fury, and he is even the previous director of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Interestingly¡­


    Alexander Pierce is not only the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D. and the minister of the Security Council, he is also the leader of S.H.I.E.L.D.''s rival Hydra lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Look at how people do undercover!


    Sit directly on the highest position of your own rival!


    Just this alone made Uehara Naraku feel that Alexander Pierce could not be kept. One such super spy in the world is enough...


    After Uehara Naraku reported a plan to Pierce, he didn''t worry about Pierce''s action efficiency, and slowly drove his pickup truck towards the front.


    It was getting late.


    This night is destined to be very long.


    When Tony Stark woke up, the whole person fell into ignorance. The pickup truck was pointed at by a dozen guns, and a group of gangsters with automatic rifles surrounded them. Sitting in the driver''s seat, Uehara Naraku Holding up his hands, a look of surrender...


    "this is¡­"


    Tony Stark felt that he hadn''t woken up yet, and rubbed his eye sockets: "What''s going on? Did you drive me to Iraq?"


    "No."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and reminded him in a friendly manner: "We are only a few tens of kilometers away from Washington, and there was a small accident in the middle..."


    "Get out of the car!"


    A gang leader knocked on their glass with a pistol, the threat was self-evident, and the irritable guy looked like he might shoot at any time.


    The pickup truck door opened.


    Uehara Naraku walked down with her hands raised.


    Tony Stark was still sitting in the co-pilot trying to sort out the situation.


    A young man with yellow hair saw the iron suit sitting on the co-pilot, and quickly took a few steps back: "Wait...Tony Stark? Brother, we seem to have blocked Iron Man''s head..."


    "..."


    A group of gangsters involuntarily took a few steps back!


    Even if they had guns in their hands, they looked like they were going to run away at any time!


    Who hasn''t heard of Iron Man these days? This freshly minted superhero has a penchant for attacking terrorists everywhere, and with the firepower of their gang...


    "Yes, yes, Iron Man is in my car!"


    Uehara Naraku quickly pointed to Tony Stark on the co-pilot: "Everyone, have you heard of Stark Industries? Now his steel suit can''t be used. Just kidnap Tony Stark once, and the money will be enough for your next life." Flowers, a small role like me..."


    "Hey!"


    Tony Stark''s expression froze.


    Can this guy keep his mouth shut!


    At this time, Tony Stark was a little suspicious that Uehara Naraku and the group of gangsters who robbed him were in the same group!


    It was dark now.


    Originally, even if he encountered robbery criminals, Tony Stark could quickly use his identity as Iron Man to scare off these guys, but Naraku Uehara directly revealed his situation...


    Is this guy stupid?


    really.


    After hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, a group of gangsters surrounded them with guns again, and the leader even smoked a cigarette with great interest: "Help Mr. Tony Stark take off his steel suit. The gold master is better..."


    After finishing speaking, the gang leader glanced at Uehara Naraku, and suddenly raised his pistol!


    Click it!


    The sound of the pistol being loaded was very loud!


    "Get rid of this driver..."

 Chapter 701

    Alexander Pierce is not very good at getting things done.


    Uehara Naraku hoped that Pierce would find a group of ruthless gangsters to die, but these guys are clearly looking for death!


    Just as the gang leader raised his pistol and was about to shoot Naraku Uehara with one shot, Tony Stark suddenly spoke and interrupted his movements.


    "etc!"


    Tony Stark raised his palm to stop the gang leader, then stretched out his finger and pointed at Uehara Naraku: "I am willing to pay an extra $100,000 to let him survive."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression was slightly surprised.


    The gang leader tilted his head, and a mocking smile flashed across his face: "Mr. Stark, since we kidnapped you, do you think we will care about a hundred thousand dollars?"


    "But this guy is worth a hundred thousand dollars at most."


    Tony Stark shrugged his shoulders indifferently.


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face became even weirder.


    However, Tony Stark didn''t pay attention, he just looked at the gang leader''s indifferent expression, and explained softly: "Give me face, the price I paid is already very high, since you are going to kidnap me, you will also need one after the kidnapping is over." Will the driver take me home?"


    "Hahahahaha..."


    The gang leader quickly agreed, with a playful smile on the corner of his mouth: "Does Mr. Stark still want to go back?"


    But... he didn''t think about letting Tony Stark go back!


    Originally, the gang leader had received an order to intercept a pickup truck on this road, kidnap a rich man, and collect some activity funds for the organization.


    It turned out that they kidnapped Tony Stark!


    Who on earth issued this cheating order! Kidnapping Tony Stark, I really don''t want them to live!


    If Tony Stark can go back alive, this superhero from a rich family will never let them go; however, if Tony Stark dies by their hands, their lives should not be easy in the future...


    This is a hot potato.


    In short, first tie the person back, and then ask the people in the organization how to deal with it. The gang leader intuitively feels that the fewer people who know about this matter, the better.


    this driver...


    Or just kill it...


    Tony Stark has no face with their Hydra!


    Just as the gang leader raised his gun again, Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but sighed: "My friend, have you always been so brave?"


    "You''re saying..."


    Click!


    There was a crisp bone cracking sound!


    No one expected that Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly stuck out, grabbed the gang leader''s throat, and instantly broke his neck!


    No one can believe this scene...


    Obviously he looked like a cowardly guy, but he just broke the neck of a gang leader, especially when the person he killed was still holding a loaded pistol in his hand!


    Many people didn''t even react at all!


    Uehara Naraku''s movements were fast, and he grabbed the pistol in his hand in an instant, but he seemed to be a bit unable to play with firearms, so he went off and almost hit Tony Stark...


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku also has a solution!


    The next moment, Uehara Naraku threw the corpse of the gang leader beside him and knocked over a group of people, punched another gangster next to him in the temple, pulled out a fruit knife from his body and entered the crowd!


    The sword light dances!


    Blood spatter!


    Five seconds later.


    There were no longer any enemies around the pickup truck. A group of corpses were piled up on the ground, and the smell of blood gradually wafted on the road.


    Tony Stark involuntarily widened his eyes.


    It wasn''t until Naraku Uehara shook the pistol in front of him that Tony Stark reacted as if waking up from a dream: "Hey, hey, put the gun down!"


    Tony Stark broke out in a cold sweat!


    This guy''s marksmanship is too bad!


    No, this guy''s courage is too great, and his skill is too strong. A dozen gang members with guns were killed by him alone...


    Even though Tony Stark has seen many bodyguards with strong skills, he has never seen someone as quick as Naraku Uehara...


    This kind of skill is simply not human!


    "What the hell are you..."


    "Hey, I wanted to get along with you as ordinary people..."


    Uehara Naraku reached out and wiped the fruit knife and pistol, and wiped off the fingerprints on them: "But I met a group of guys who have a short life and take shortcuts..."


    Uehara Naraku threw down the two weapons, shook his head and sighed: "Don''t they know that I am the strongest person in this world?"


    "..."


    Tony Stark almost choked.


    This guy... is too good at blowing, right?


    "It''s almost done... It''s not a small trouble to kill these guys, although they don''t look like good people... I will help solve this trouble when I go back."


    Tony Stark shook his head, and waved at Uehara Naraku: "Get in the car first, and tell me who you are. You didn''t show that you have fighting skills in Stark Industries'' entry information." ability¡­"


    If it was the past, Tony Stark would never take risks easily, he would definitely do everything possible to put himself in a safer situation...


    However, due to palladium poisoning recently, Tony Stark can always speculate how long his life is, and he wants to satisfy his curiosity.


    Uehara Naraku doesn''t seem like a bad guy...


    Not to mention anything else, Tony Stark suddenly felt that Uehara Naraku had a big heart, at least he didn''t take advantage of this opportunity to attack himself, the former boss who fired him...


    certainly¡­


    It could also be that the guy is short of money.


    "It should have been there."


    Naraku Uehara sat back in the driver''s seat again, and continued softly: "I originally wanted to join the security department of Stark Industries, but the salary you paid for the security is too low, so I can only sneak into the R&D department of Stark Industries... "


    "That''s the salary proposed by the Administration Department..."


    Tony Stark shook his head.


    "Wait, we''re not discussing this..."


    Tony Stark quickly sorted out his thoughts, and continued to ask: "I''m curious as to who would be so..."


    Tony Stark shook his palm before finding an adjective: "...so...such a brutal method...mercenary? Agent? Killer?"


    "It''s all right."


    Uehara Naraku nodded indifferently.


    "It''s not a question of everything!"


    Tony Stark fell on the seat with his head up, and was almost pissed off by Naraku Uehara''s words. Now they are discussing Naraku Uehara''s past career, whatever it is? !


    next second...


    Tony Stark suddenly reacted, staring at Naraku Uehara: "Wait...you mean...you''ve done all of this?"


    "It will be all right."


    "Don''t be so perfunctory!"


    "Let''s not talk about that."


    "It must be said!"


    "Too lazy to say."


    Uehara Naraku leaned on the seat and glanced at Tony Stark: "After I send you back, remember to call me another one million hush money, don''t tell anyone, I can pretend that you didn''t read anything today arrive¡­"


    "Okay...wait a minute, we''ve turned on each other! Obviously you should give me a million dollars in hush money!"


    "You''re not short of money..."


    "you''re right."


    Tony Stark nodded in agreement, he no longer delved into the matter of Uehara Naraku, and put on his seat belt: "Send me home first..."


    As soon as you get home...


    Tony Stark thinks that he has a lot of ways to find out the details of Naraku Uehara. It is impossible for such a powerful guy to be so unknown!


    Tony Stark will not contact him until he goes home and thoroughly investigates his details. Maybe there is still a place where Uehara Naraku needs to be used.


    It is a pity that Uehara Naraku did not send Tony Stark back to his home in Washington, but directly left the billionaire on the street.


    "Don''t forget to pay."


    "Don''t always mention money, I never care about money!"


    Tony Stark leaned against the window of the pickup truck, and said seriously, "You have lost a chance to become friends with Iron Man..."


    "Okay, I get it now."


    Uehara Naraku calmly rolled up the window.


    According to some strange laws, Uehara Naraku guessed that Tony Stark, who was very curious about his past along the way, would probably use Jarvis to check his news when he returned home.


    Unless Tony Stark deliberately breaks through the firewall of S.H.I.E.L.D. and hacks into S.H.I.E.L.D.''s database, he can find out the first layer of identity hidden by Naraku Uehara.


    Tony Stark shouldn''t have thought of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Tony Stark will only use crawler-style searches to grab any public information that Uehara Naraku may have on the Internet.


    Therefore, Uehara Naraku had to take advantage of Tony Stark''s own time difference to go home, and find someone to help create a resume that Tony Stark could believe.


    This is the instinct of a time-management guru.


    washington.


    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    Uehara Naraku stood in the director''s office.


    Naraku Uehara reported to Nick Fury that he rescued Tony Stark on the road and solved a gangster who was blocking the road, which made Nick Fury couldn''t help but shine.


    In fact, Uehara Naraku didn''t need to tell his plan at all, but just mentioned a few words that Tony Stark was very interested in him, and Nick Fury immediately realized the value of this coincidence...


    "I will find a way to arrange a suitable resume for you."


    Nick Fury''s eyes lit up, he nodded and said: "All of these can be found by Tony Stark, and it is absolutely possible for him to trust you...


    I would arrange for Agent Romanoff to secretly instruct Pepper Potts to increase security, which would allow you to return to Stark Industries, and even Tony. "


    "I just saved Tony Stark on the way back. Why did you ask me to perform tasks related to him..."


    "This is the best opportunity."


    Nick Fury looked at Uehara Naraku, and persuaded him seriously: "Uehara, I hope you will be recognized by those with superpowers in the future and become a member of the Avengers plan...Tony Stark is our future revenge The first candidate in the candidate plan."

 Chapter 702

    Nick Fury desperately wanted a superhero squad.


    Because Nick Fury once met a woman named Carol Danvers when he was young and ignorant, he has since become obsessed with the power of superpowers, who can solve any abnormal troubles.


    certainly.


    This superhero squad must be under control.


    And these extraordinary superheroes must be full of personality.


    The only way to control the direction of this superhero squad is through guidance, which is to mix some sand from S.H.I.E.L.D. in this squad...


    In this way, the movement of the team can be monitored at all times.


    One of the most troublesome problems is to let superheroes with full personality recognize the sand mixed with their S.H.I.E.L.D., instead of disgusting the identity of these monitors.


    Nick Fury is quite optimistic about Naraku Uehara.


    Nick Fury believes that Uehara Naraku is the most likely to integrate into the superhero team. This guy who is a bit lazy and has a bit of personality may be more suitable than Natasha Romanoff and Clint Button.


    Now this is a great opportunity.


    Nick Fury sat on his desk and snapped his fingers slowly, causing the agent below to knock off his hand, and helped create an identity for Naraku Uehara within an hour.


    The identity of an agent.


    A whole new story is born.


    According to Nick Fury, Naraku Uehara was a special agent who had served in the FBI. In order to save an innocent person, he killed a group of terrorists arbitrarily during his mission, which almost delayed his mission.


    At the end of the story, Naraku Uehara was expelled by the sick director of the FBI for ignoring the regulations.


    certainly.


    The event actually happened.


    Naraku Uehara also rescued the people, and Naraku Uehara also solved the terrorists. The only problem is that Naraku Uehara accepted the assignment from S.H.I.E.L.D.


    "I understand the truth..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at his brand new information and touched his chin: "Why is the director of the FBI in this story having a problem with his brain instead of the director of the CIA?"


    "Because the director of the FBI wants to steal our funds this year..."


    "Have you got it yet?"


    "Of course I didn''t get it."


    Nick Fury looked at the story compiled by his subordinates contentedly, and continued slowly: "But that guy wants to steal funds from S.H.I.E.L.D. this year, something must have gone wrong with his brain."


    "You''re right."


    Uehara Naraku followed the good example, watching his new stories being quietly placed in batches in the database on the Internet: "Well, I hope Mr. Tony Stark will like this story."


    To be honest, the story is kind of cheesy.


    Compared with Uehara Naraku''s past story, it is a bit monotonous and simple.


    never mind.


    Anyway, more exciting stories are always at Uehara Naraku''s fingertips, and this fictional story can be arranged by Nick Fury at will!


    washington.


    Tony Stark also has a villa here.


    As Naraku Uehara guessed, Tony Stark was very curious about Naraku Uehara''s skills, and immediately asked the artificial intelligence Jarvis to search all the information of Naraku Uehara when he went home.


    These data are very fragmentary.


    For example, Uehara Naraku will occasionally appear on the news pages of state dignitaries visiting other countries to maintain law and order;


    For example, on the news pages where a group of terrorists or gangsters were destroyed, Naraku Uehara would occasionally appear.


    until¡­


    Tony Stark sneaked into the FBI''s internal network for 15 seconds, stole the information of Uehara Naraku, and thought he had found out Uehara Naraku''s life.


    Tony Stark barely pieced together the first half of Naraku Uehara''s life: "Hmm... an agent who was fired by the FBI for saving people?"


    This identity is a bit subtle.


    Tony Stark is quite indifferent to FBI agents, but he is a little bit interested in the expelled agent, especially the identity of this agent is good.


    anyway...


    Uehara Naraku is indeed a good person.


    At least Tony Stark believes that people like Uehara Naraku should not be fired, but should be active in protecting ordinary people.


    "The director of the FBI has something wrong with his brain..."


    Tony Stark didn''t have any more doubts.


    Because he knows what he wants to know.


    Tony Stark tapped his finger slightly on the virtual screen, connected to Uehara Naraku''s phone, took a sip of vegetable juice, and said slowly: "Hello, Uehara, can you hear who I am?"


    "..."


    There was an eerie silence on the other end of the phone, and a man''s calm voice came over: "For the money, just transfer it to my original salary card."


    "¡­puff!"


    Tony Stark couldn''t help but spit out a sip of vegetable juice, why every time he communicated with Naraku Uehara made him feel a little stuffy!


    This guy¡­


    Can''t we have a serious chat?


    Tony Stark couldn''t help rubbing his eyebrows: "Don''t make it seem like we''re doing some shady deal, I''m not talking about money..."


    "You want to renege on your debt?"


    "You can''t live your life just for money!"


    Tony Stark shook his head with a headache, and quickly said to the man on the other end of the phone, "I''ll transfer the money to you right away..."


    "Thank you for your patronage, see you again when we have a chance."


    "etc¡­"


    Tony Stark heard that Naraku Uehara wanted to hang up the phone, and hurriedly stopped him, and continued: "Uehara, do you have time to talk about your work?"


    "I don''t need to work."


    Uehara Naraku on the other end of the phone smiled: "Mr. Stark calls me 100,000 dollars every month, why go to work..."


    "I found it."


    Tony Stark interrupted Naraku Uehara, and continued softly: "Those things you did before... The Internet actually has memory... Well, it''s just that it hides a little deep... Interested in talking about your work?"


    Tony Stark didn''t believe that Naraku Uehara, a former secret agent, would continue to do nothing for a mere $100,000!


    Because Naraku Uehara''s first-level identity has not been found out, Tony takes it for granted that Naraku Uehara is still giving up on himself for being expelled from the FBI...


    anyway¡­


    When this guy was fired by the director of the FBI, he gave up on himself. Why did he play games while working in Stark Industries? Is this appropriate?


    Is it a bit of a bully?


    If he didn''t know that Uehara Naraku is a good person, Tony Stark really didn''t want to chat with Uehara Naraku...


    Just when Tony Stark was feeling overwhelmed, he heard Uehara Naraku''s displeased voice, and Uehara Naraku''s unhappiness made Tony Stark feel excited again!


    "You checked me?"


    "a little bit¡­"


    Of course, Tony Stark would not say that in order to find out Uehara Naraku''s past, he even hacked into the FBI''s internal network. That kind of thing is also a trouble for him.


    "Just a little bit¡­"


    Tony Stark continued slowly: "How should I put it...the current director of the FBI, Robert, is an idiot...he even fired you..."


    "Didn''t you fire me too?"


    "It''s different!"


    Tony Stark''s voice was a little higher, and he was very determined when he mentioned this matter: "We all know these differences, if you work seriously in Stark Industries..."


    "too late."


    Naraku Uehara''s voice was still calm, but his tone seemed a little more tired and emotional: "Anyway, forget what happened tonight...I''m just an ordinary person."


    After finishing speaking, Naraku Uehara hung up the phone directly.


    Tony Stark''s brows couldn''t help frowning, he was cut off by Uehara Naraku before he could express his thoughts just now.


    never mind.


    There will be a chance to talk about it in the future.


    Maybe leave this to Pepper.


    Tony Stark''s palm slowly supported the energy reactor on his chest, his expression faintly ashamed, he couldn''t even cure the palladium poisoning, he could only quietly wait for his own death...


    Now he hasn''t even solved his own troubles!


    the other side of the phone.


    Uehara Naraku slowly put down her cell phone.


    Nick Fury nodded in satisfaction, and began to educate his subordinates: "Yes, that''s it, now is not the time for you to meet again..."


    "How to say?"


    "Do you think Iron Man needs bodyguards? No, or does he need something to help his companions now?"


    "Unless there is an emergency..."


    "good."


    Nick Fury nodded slowly, and tapped his fingers lightly on the table: "When he encounters some dangerous emergencies, it''s time for you to meet..."


    "Will Iron Man encounter a dangerous situation?"


    "Iron Man probably won''t."


    Nick Fury shook his head, his eyes dimmed slightly: "But...with Tony''s personality, there will definitely be dangerous situations!"


    The guy with the last name Stark...


    The bones are full of adventure genes!


    Especially when Tony Stark is facing palladium poisoning, a smart and arrogant guy who thinks he is incurable will definitely encounter dangerous situations in the future!


    The fact is exactly as Nick Fury expected.


    During this month, Tony Stark did one of the few serious things, which was to host the opening of the Stark Industry Expo, spread the seeds of technology, and by the way, give some of his property to certain green organizations.


    However, Tony Stark still did not change his insolent personality.


    Taunted a senator at a public hearing to get him to hand over his Iron suit, and hacked his business rival, Justin Hammer, by the way.


    At that hearing, Tony Stark could be said to have used his poisonous tongue to the extreme. If it weren''t for Justin Hammer''s courage, he might have bought the murderer after the end...


    And the senator who was ridiculed by Tony at the hearing was a senior official of Hydra. The real purpose of this hearing was that Hydra wanted to take advantage of public opinion and take the opportunity to seize Tony Stark''s steel suit. technology¡­


    Unfortunately¡­


    Tony Stark''s eloquence is too good, and his mouth is too bad, abruptly turning the situation around in this public hearing.


    Uehara Naraku watched the entire hearing, and slowly closed his palms, watching Tony Stark who sprayed others to pieces on TV with his tongue.


    "Ah...people can''t...at least they shouldn''t be so arrogant..."

 Chapter 703

    It turns out.


    If your strength is not enough, don''t be too arrogant.


    Days before that public hearing ended, Tony Stark faced a terrorist attack on the Monaco circuit.


    A Russian named Ivan Vanke, dressed in a crude battle suit, attacked Tony Stark on the racing track, and even nearly killed Tony Stark and Pepper Potts...


    This terrorist attack also completely made Tony Stark realize the fact that he must improve the security level of himself and Pepper Potts.


    Even without Ivan Vanke''s attack, Stark Industries, which stores the energy reactor arc technology, still faces the coveting of others, and he must arrange these properly.


    Tony Stark finally remembered the employee he fired last month, and called Naraku Uehara: "Hello, Uehara, I may need your help...Of course this job should make you like it..."


    "Let me play games at Stark Industries?"


    "Even if you play games on my private jet."


    Tony Stark took a deep breath, and continued in a deep voice: "Before that, let''s find a place to talk first! This matter may be a little troublesome..."


    "I don''t like trouble..."


    "This month may be the last time I transfer money to you."


    "Are you going to break the contract?"


    "No."


    Tony Stark stood on the platform of his beach house in California, and peeked back at Pepper and her assistant Natalie, who were busy working in the room.


    Natalie is Pepper''s most recent legal department counsel.


    Tony Stark confirmed that the women inside couldn''t hear him, so he slowly lowered his phone and whispered: "I''m going to die."


    When talking about this, Tony Stark quickly continued: "Once I die, the agreement between us will be automatically terminated.


    The promise I made with you back then, I just wanted to wait until the news of my death came out, so that you would find out that the promise was actually just a...a prank..."


    "Then I will write down this account first."


    Naraku Uehara didn''t seem to care about Tony Stark''s words at all, and said softly: "Although I don''t know if what you said is true or not...Forget it, give me an address!"


    "I''ll email it to you!"


    Tony Stark finally breathed a sigh of relief, and added: "This matter does not need anyone else, no matter who it is... I will wait for you at home."


    Tony Stark kept this from everyone.


    Originally, Tony Stark planned to hide this secret until his death. Neither his old friend Rhodes nor his close assistant Pepper knew the secret.


    He even had Jarvis prepare a will.


    Keeping a secret in your heart can be very depressing.


    After Tony Stark confessed the secret of his imminent death to Naraku Uehara, a trustworthy stranger, he suddenly felt much more comfortable.


    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    Naraku Uehara got into his dilapidated pickup truck.


    Nick Fury gets into his bulletproof armed car.


    Both of them will rush to California today. It can be seen that the treatment of the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. and ordinary agents is quite distinct... Nick Fury originally wanted to take Hara Naraku for a certain distance, but Uehara Naraku seemed to prefer his own pickup truck.


    Nick Fury slowly rolled down his car window, and told Naraku Uehara through the window: "Uehara, I will find a chance to reveal that you are an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D. , but you and Tony must get along well before that."


    "rest assured."


    Naraku Uehara nodded seriously, and said softly: "When I was performing missions in the past, many people finally chose to accept the truth after knowing my identity..."


    "That''s good."


    Only then did Nick Fury nodded in satisfaction, and continued: "Remember, except that you can''t tell Tony that you are an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., you can do whatever you want, and you can do whatever you want."


    What Nick Fury needs is for Uehara Naraku to be recognized by Tony Stark and be able to become a partner in the future Avengers plan, instead of making Tony Stark think Uehara Naraku is still an ordinary agent of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Therefore, in addition to that personality with a bit of personality, it is also very important for Uehara Naraku to show his strength at the right time.


    This is Nick Fury''s strategy.


    After saying this, Nick Fury thought for a while and added: "Uehara, also, the most important thing in getting along with people is sincerity, if you grasp this point..."


    "Director, you should know my character."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help but frowned, as if he was a little dissatisfied with Nick Fury''s suspicion of his character: "Didn''t you say that I, an agent who is not very good at lying when performing missions, is an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D. Is it an outlier?"


    "Hahahaha...this is different."


    Nick Fury shook his head and laughed a few times before continuing: "It is because you are not good at lying that I will let you perform this task."


    Yes.


    Uehara Naraku is indeed not very good at lying.


    Therefore, in most cases, Nick Fury can only regard Uehara Naraku as a combat agent, and even has to send someone to cooperate with him to sneak undercover. This is why Nick Fury is more willing to believe that Uehara Naraku can become a member of the future Avengers team.


    two days later.


    An old pickup truck drove into Tony Stark''s seaside villa. This scene made the corners of Tony Stark''s eyes twitch. Doesn''t this guy know that time is life?


    When seeing Uehara Naraku, Tony Stark asked directly: "Can a little bit of time be the concept of life..."


    "Anyway, you won''t die for a while."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Tony Stark, whose eyes were bloodshot, and then glanced at the bruised and purple blood vessels on his neck, which was a sign of palladium poisoning.


    Now Tony Stark''s palladium poisoning is getting worse.


    "Forget it, let''s get down to business!"


    Tony rubbed his eyebrows, ignored Uehara Naraku''s angry tone, as if explaining his funeral: "Uehara, I hope you can serve as a security consultant for Stark Industries and help me protect Pepper''s safety ..."


    Tony reached out and took a glass of vegetable juice and handed it to Naraku Uehara. He took a glass and swallowed a few mouthfuls before continuing: "Sorry, I only asked you here at this time. This position may be quite dangerous, but I can''t find a more suitable position." of people..."


    "What''s the reason?"


    Uehara Naraku refused to pick up the glass of vegetable juice, and continued slowly: "There are many security companies in the world..."


    "only you."


    Tony Stark spread out his palm and explained softly: "Only you, the strongest one I have ever seen..."


    After finishing speaking, Tony Stark tapped the energy reactor on his chest again, and continued: "Of course except me..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became strange, this person felt that he was going to die, why was he still so proud?


    In fact.


    It wasn''t just Naraku Uehara''s fighting ability that Tony Stark really valued.


    What he values ??more is Uehara Naraku''s own shining points of humanity. In addition to these, Uehara Naraku also has experience as an FBI agent.


    "Don''t look at me like that..."


    Tony Stark shrugged indifferently, took Naraku Uehara into his living room, and said casually, "Jarvis, bring a glass of juice to our guest."


    "Yes, Sir."


    A mechanical hand reached out holding a glass of juice.


    Uehara Naraku took the juice, looked at the luxurious living room curiously, and then continued: "By the way...why do you think I won''t refuse?"


    "Two hundred thousand dollars a month."


    Tony Stark directly offered a super high price, and he added: "If it is not enough, you can add more."


    Tony Stark stared at Naraku Uehara, and added calmly: "Of course, it''s not just about money..."


    in a sense...


    The two of them should be the same kind, they both have a sense of justice to protect the weak, they should be the same kind who cherish each other.


    After finishing speaking, Tony Stark saw that Uehara Naraku had no intention of rejecting him, and immediately made it a fact: "Now you can officially go to work, I still have a lot to tell you, you can treat it as... Will?"


    After Tony Stark revealed his secret, the whole person let go a lot, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Maybe you can publish a book in the future, "Tony Stark''s Last Days Story" or "Iron Man "The Last Word" or something like that..."


    "I''m not good at writing."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, drank the juice in his hand, and said softly: "And I don''t like to reveal other people''s secrets."


    "¡­it is good."


    A smile appeared on Tony Stark''s face.


    Although Uehara Naraku looks a little lazy, this person''s character and personality are really good.


    Tony Stark felt that they got along very well, and it didn''t seem like a bad thing to be able to make a good friend before they died?


    Everything is settled.


    Tony Stark even showed off his equipment for testing palladium poisoning with great interest, like a big boy who likes to share toys.


    "Did you see it? The palladium poisoning concentration is 76%..."


    "Wait until it gets to 100%, or 95%, 98%..."


    "Maybe I will be completely finished? Anyway, it''s an ugly death!"


    pity.


    Tony Stark wouldn''t think of that.


    When Uehara Naraku left his villa, the first thing he did was to call Nick Fury and directly leaked Tony Stark''s secret.


    "Currently Tony Stark''s palladium poisoning concentration is 76%..."


    "Good job, this is a specific value that the Romanov agents have not found out!"


    "Is there really a way to save him? Tony himself is a little desperate..."


    "Don''t worry, Tony won''t die."


    Nick Fury shook his head, his voice became serious: "In this world, only the light before darkness is the most precious... I hope he can learn to cherish this world..."


    After finishing speaking, Nick Fury hung up the phone.


    Naraku Uehara listened to the busy tone on the phone, and fell into deep thought. Is the dawn before darkness the most precious?


    After a long time.


    Uehara Naraku took out a black envelope from his body.


    A red auspicious cloud was painted on the black envelope.

 Chapter 704

    The content of the letter in Uehara''s hand is quite simple.


    This is a letter from the Xiao organization to Tony, but the content is written in the name of Tony''s father, Howard Stark.


    Just a letter seems to easily arouse suspicion?


    Naraku Uehara thought for a while, then raised his finger, and a dark figure was summoned out of thin air, and appeared in front of him.


    "The technology in this world is very advanced..."


    "It''s a pity that this is not a purely scientific world."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, reached out and took out a USB flash drive with a drawing of the Hydra Hydra, and threw it to the pitch-black figure: "Go and control Ivan Vanke, let someone record a threatening Tony Stark Join Hydra''s video, I will transfer the content to you..."


    "Who is that?"


    "The person who attacked Tony Stark not long ago."


    Uehara Naraku''s fingertips glowed with a mass of energy, which was printed on the forehead of the jet-black figure: "After the video is recorded, let a snake be delivered directly to Stark''s home..."


    "clear."


    The jet-black figure quietly sank into the ground.


    At that time, the USB flash drive with the video must have been handed over to Tony by Hydra, and the contents of this USB flash drive will inevitably be coerced and lured.


    This will make Tony Stark feel more contrast when he receives the letter, and everything must be left to others enough contrast...


    Only in this way can people compare Dao Xiao''s kindness.


    In addition to these, Naraku Uehara also hoped that Nick Fury would discover Hydra''s tricks earlier, so as to provoke a conflict between S.H.I.E.L.D. The more stable you are.


    As for whether this kind of thing will arouse others'' suspicion...


    Naraku Uehara has plenty of ways to dispel this suspicion.


    Since Naraku Uehara rushed to California, he and Tony Stark have spent more and more time together, and the friendship between men seems to be easily cultivated.


    The only trouble is that...


    Tony Stark seems to have a lot to say.


    In other words, Tony Stark seems to be looking for an existence that can record his life before his death, preferably a living person who can let him pour out some of his secrets.


    Uehara Naraku is such a character.


    Today is a special day.


    At Tony''s home, Uehara Naraku met Pepper Potts, the current CEO of Stark Industries, and also met Pepper Potts'' new assistant Natalie.


    Or rather, S.H.I.E.L.D. Level 7 Agent Natasha Romanoff.


    "Uehara..."


    Tony Stark pressed Pepper Potts'' shoulder, and said softly: "Pepper, the current CEO of Stark Industries probably doesn''t need my introduction..."


    After finishing speaking, Tony immediately looked at Natasha next to Pepper, and said frivolously: "This is Natalie, a new employee in the legal department of Stark Industries, and our contract will go through her. review..."


    "Hello."


    Naraku Uehara watched Natasha stretch out her palm.


    The two S.H.I.E.L.D. colleagues meet again under such circumstances.


    "¡­Hello."


    Natasha did not hide the hotness in her eyes at all.


    As an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D. known for her strong fighting ability, Uehara Naraku has a full sense of presence, and she has heard of it many times.


    Pepper Potts glanced at Naraku Uehara, with doubts in his eyes: "But we don''t need any security consultants..."


    Especially this security consultant, who knew before that he was fishing and playing games in the company, and was once criticized by Stark Industries internally...


    "Believe me, Uehara is amazing."


    Tony Stark shook his head, thought for a while, and suddenly whistled: "Uehara, do you want to fight Natalie? Natalie can knock down Happy with one blow..."


    Tony Stark turned his head and looked at Natasha again: "Are you interested in trying it? Natalie, Uehara is Stark Industries'' new security consultant. His employment contract needs you to draw up and review it!"


    "Tony..."


    Pepper Potts was a little dissatisfied with his aggressive behavior.


    "I just want Uehara to prove his strength."


    Tony Stark shrugged his shoulders indifferently, glanced at Natasha next to him, and continued to pick things up: "Although I think Uehara only needs about one second? Two seconds? Or three seconds, you can Knock you down easily..."


    "I believe."


    Natasha nodded seriously.


    "what?"


    Tony Stark was a little dumbfounded.


    "But I don''t mind seeing..."


    Natasha''s eyes lit up, she kicked off her high heels, and said softly, "The salary contract of 200,000 US dollars per month also needs to be actually reviewed to see if he is worth the price..."


    "Meaningless."


    Naraku Uehara lowered his head and took a sip of juice.


    The corners of Natalie''s eyes tightened, and she kicked him in the face suddenly. This woman was just a sneak attack, and she didn''t talk about martial arts at all!


    Moreover, she wore a provocative long skirt with slits today. At this moment, her slender legs were all exposed, and a touch of red lace was even faintly visible!


    this woman...


    I don''t care if I''m gone!


    Natasha really doesn''t care about these things. Only Natasha, who has personally experienced training with Uehara Naraku, knows that Uehara Naraku is not a well-known agent in S.H.I.E.L.D....


    Boom!


    Uehara Naraku calmly kicked Natasha''s lower abdomen!


    Natasha''s body bent like a longbow the moment she was kicked by him, and she was kicked seven or eight meters away by Naraku Uehara!


    Everyone present didn''t even have time to react, they stared dumbfounded at Uehara Naraku politely withdrawing his legs: "Sorry, I don''t like physical contact very much, so it probably won''t make people think that it will be sexual harassment to you..."


    "Intentional harm is much more serious than sexual harassment..."


    Natalie stood up clutching her lower abdomen, the pain on her face was undisguised, and drops of cold sweat fell from her cheeks.


    "It''s too heavy to start..."


    Pepper Potts couldn''t help frowning, she was a little dissatisfied with Uehara Naraku''s tricky hands, and of course she didn''t want Tony Stark to be hotheaded for a while.


    Uehara Naraku''s fighting ability may be very strong, but it''s hard to see how strong he is when a big man defeats Natasha...


    From the perspective of being responsible for Tony Stark and Stark Industries, Pepper Potts, the new CEO, is more accustomed to characterizing this matter as a commercial act: "Speaking of our company''s contract with another security company ..."


    Since it''s a business...


    Then the expenditure of this security consultant must be justified, not to mention Uehara Naraku''s salary is only a little lower than that of her CEO!


    Just as Pepper Potts was habitually using business negotiation skills, a big snake several meters long suddenly appeared in her eyes, making her scream instantly!


    "Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!"


    "Ok?"


    The juice cup in Uehara Naraku''s hand shot out instantly, and killed the snake with one blow. Unexpectedly, the snake suddenly began to shed its skin and came back to life!


    This weird scene makes one''s scalp tingle!


    Just when Naraku Uehara was about to make a move, the snake suddenly opened its mouth and spit out a small bag containing a USB flash drive. There was even a lot of mucus on the small bag...


    "It''s disgusting..."


    Tony Stark watched the big snake die on the spot after spitting out the USB flash drive, frowned and ordered Jarvis to dispose of the snake''s body, check the security measures by the way, and then help him dispose of the small USB flash drive bag .


    Jarvis quickly found out everything.


    According to the footage that Jarvis retrieved from the surveillance camera, it was a long snake that sneaked in while the villa platform was open during the day.


    As for the U disk contained in the small bag that the snake sent over... there is a beautiful pattern painted on it, which looks like a ferocious Hydra!


    Hydra Hydra!


    "this is¡­"


    The expressions of Naraku Uehara and Natasha couldn''t help but change.


    The surprise on Uehara Naraku''s face didn''t seem to disappear. Natasha, a professional agent, quickly regained her composure, and even deliberately reminded Uehara Naraku. Surprised!


    As a level 7 agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., it is natural to be exposed to the history of S.H.I.E.L.D. Both of them have heard of the legendary Hydra organization...


    "It doesn''t seem to say that many of us are not allowed to appreciate..."


    Tony Stark put the link in the USB flash drive into a drive, saw the only video in the USB flash drive, and clicked on that video directly.


    A masked man appeared on the virtual screen.


    "Mr. Tony Stark."


    "Very glad you received a message from our organization."


    "I believe you should have met Ivan Vanke, and know that the energy reactor that has been driving the steel suit is the result that your father, Mr. Howard Stark, stole from his father, right?"


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s face turned ugly.


    When he was in Monaco, when he learned about it from Ivan Vanke, he was still a little dubious... Does the masked person in the video now know this secret thing?


    and¡­


    Who would have thought that this kind of news would burst out in this USB flash drive!


    In addition to Tony Stark''s ugly face, when Pepper Potts, Naraku Uehara, and Natalie heard the news, their faces also changed at the same time...


    Unfortunately¡­


    The video won''t stop there.


    The man in the mask even continues to speak in the video.


    "If you''d like to cooperate with us..."


    "We will be happy to help you clean up Ivan Vanke and clean up Mr. Howard Stark''s troubles, although he was once our enemy..."


    "But there are no eternal enemies in this world, only eternal interests. I believe that as Howard Stark''s son, you should protect your father''s reputation, right?"


    "Mr. Tony Stark should be clear, once the news that your father Howard Stark has stolen other people''s achievements is exposed... what kind of storm will the huge Stark Group encounter?"


    "Don''t doubt..."


    "Ivan Vanke has already told us everything..."


    "The taste of palladium poisoning is not good, right? Mr. Tony Stark, if you are willing to cooperate, we can also help you solve the problem of palladium poisoning..."


    "Please believe that we have this capability."


    "Before 1945, we had mastered a rather special energy block, which is far cleaner than palladium energy, enough to allow you to survive safely."


    "I hope that when we contact you next time...you will give us the answer we want."

 Chapter 705

    The entire video has finished playing.


    The faces of all the people present were gloomy.


    Compared with the concerns of Tony and Uehara Naraku, Pepper Potts is more concerned about Tony Stark''s body: "What does palladium poisoning mean? Why do I listen to him, is your body poisoned? Why not tell me?"


    "There is no problem now..."


    Tony Stark rubbed his brows, comforting Pepper Potts'' emotions, he didn''t want his physical condition to worry those around him.


    Although his physical condition is quite bad...


    But Ivan Vanke''s problem is obviously more serious.


    "Jarvis!"


    Tony Stark stopped what Pepper Potts wanted to ask, his face became calm again, and he restored his original rational image: "Check the whereabouts of Ivan Vanke, I remember he should have been sentenced to death !"


    Yes.


    After Ivan Vanke created the Monaco attack, he should have been sentenced to death early tomorrow because of the death and serious injury of many people!


    Jarvis has some pretty bad news.


    Twenty-four hours ago, Ivan Vanko escaped from the prison where he was serving his sentence. So far, his whereabouts are unknown, and it is clear that he has indeed fallen into the hands of the so-called Hydra.


    "Ahem..."


    A smear of blood suddenly leaked from the corner of Natasha''s mouth, she tightly covered her lower abdomen that had been kicked, and said with an extremely painful expression: "Sorry, Miss Pepper, I may have to go to the hospital first... "


    "I''ll let Happy take you there!"


    "I''ll send her off!"


    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the opportunity to help Natasha, turned his head and glanced at Tony Stark who had a headache, and continued: "Tony, you should have something to say to Miss Pepper, right?"


    "¡­yes."


    Tony Stark nodded slowly.


    Now that his secrets have been revealed by Hydra, he must explain his situation clearly to Pepper Potts and calm down Pepper''s emotions.


    A pickup truck rushed out of the underground garage.


    Natasha was sitting in the co-pilot, and she didn''t see the pain just now. She just took the opportunity to leave Tony Stark''s house immediately and report to Nick Fury what happened today.


    "You shouldn''t have left with me."


    Natasha took out her mobile phone and calmly said to Uehara Naraku: "You should stay at Tony Stark''s house and monitor the choices he may make."


    this moment¡­


    Calm returned to Natasha.


    Now Natasha Romanoff''s behavior has changed back to the ace agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., and her words and deeds seem to have no emotion.


    "Feel sorry¡­"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Natasha who had returned to normal, with some shock in his eyes for a moment, and a little guilt in his voice: "Agent Romanov, I thought I really injured you...Obviously I have controlled the power..."


    "It''s really..."


    Natasha couldn''t help but shook her head, and gave Uehara Naraku a blank look: "No wonder you guys have been failing in the acting training class, except for that monster-like fighting ability, I can''t see how you joined S.H.I.E.L.D. of¡­"


    "Feel sorry¡­"


    "Forget it, it doesn''t matter anymore."


    Natasha shook her head and sighed. Her mobile phone was finally connected to Nick Fury. The woman''s face instantly became more anxious: "I am with Uehara Nana, and there is an emergency at Stark''s house..."


    Natasha didn''t mean to hide anything.


    Whether it was the snake that survived after shedding its skin, or the U disk engraved with the Hydra pattern, and the video content of the Hydra threatening Stark in the U disk, all of them were reported to Nick Fury.


    The situation is indeed urgent.


    Whether it is the appearance of the Hydra organization or the crisis facing Tony Stark, Nick Fury must find a way to solve all this.


    "I see."


    Nick Fury''s voice sounded rather calm.


    Even his heart may be a little nervous, but when the two subordinates are nervous, he, the boss, must also put on a calm look.


    Only in this way can the military''s morale be stabilized.


    "I''ll give you the address of a hospital."


    Nick Fury''s voice on the phone was very steady, and he gave his order in a deep voice: "After Uehara sent Agent Romanov to the hospital, return to Tony''s house immediately, and monitor their next contact at all times. We must contact Tony in advance. Stark."


    Yes.


    They must contact Tony Stark in advance.


    Regardless of whether the so-called Hydra organization is real or fake, they must contact Tony Stark in advance to prevent Tony Stark from being cornered.


    The so-called historical truth can only be known by S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Under the arrangement of Nick Fury, Uehara Naraku sent Natasha Romanov to a hospital, and then set off to return to Tony''s villa.


    on the way back.


    Uehara Naraku took out his other mobile phone and called Alexander Pierce: "Minister Pierce, Nick Fury found out that our organization threatened Tony Stark with information from Ivan Vanke..."


    "what?"


    Alexander Pierce has not yet reacted, and is even a little confused: "We have been using the Monaco incident in the news to force Stark Industries to submit. Nick Fury must know about this... Wait, what exactly does Nick Fury know?"


    In fact.


    Alexander Pierce knew nothing.


    For the most recent period, Alexander Pierce has been directing Hydra-controlled media and government departments to report on the Monaco attack.


    This kind of behavior is nothing more than wanting to use this to combat the uniqueness of Iron Man, forcing Tony Stark to hand over the Iron Suit technology under pressure from the military and the government.


    As long as Tony Stark handed over the steel suit technology, the United States, which has penetrated like a sieve with Hydra, will definitely be easily obtained.


    Naraku Uehara did not hide what Pierce meant, and directly told Pierce what happened at Tony Stark''s house tonight.


    this kind of thing...


    There is no need to hide either.


    And what he said at this time can easily clear Uehara Naraku''s suspicion, at least Alexander Pierce believes in his subordinates very much.


    "Which bastard is acting privately..."


    Alexander Pierce''s voice was mixed with anger, and he was a little rejoiced after scolding: "Fortunately, I found a way to arrange you by Tony Stark''s side, otherwise we would never know the news..."


    Since the end of World War II, Hydra has been kept in the dark.


    Especially after Hydra sneaked into S.H.I.E.L.D., any details that might be exposed would go through S.H.I.E.L.D. first and be hidden by Alexander Pierce.


    Even over the years, Hydra can be said to have disappeared.


    However, after Nick Fury knew about it, Pierce knew that it was impossible to hide it this time, and he could only find a way to make it up.


    Alexander Pierce suddenly showed a murderous look on the other end of the phone: "You should kill Natasha Romanov on the way, lest the news leak out...Forget it, even if you can kill her, you can''t kill Tony S. Tucker."


    "Feel sorry¡­"


    Uehara Naraku sighed, with some regret on his face: "Tony Stark is not wearing his steel suit, I don''t know if this is your order, I just want to report to you as soon as possible that Nick Fury already knows News of our organization''s existence..."


    "You''ve done enough."


    Alexander Pierce praised Uehara Naraku on the other end of the phone, and continued: "You continue to carry out Fury''s order and monitor the situation at Tony Stark''s house. I will find out who is acting privately, and don''t expose it. own identity."


    After finishing speaking, Alexander Pierce continued: "What you need to do is to continue to lurk, without worrying about revealing your identity... Regardless of whether it was done by our people this time, as long as you don''t get the steel suit technology, I will It would turn them into fakes."


    "yes."


    Naraku Uehara''s voice finally calmed down, as if he had found the backbone.


    As for Alexander Pierce turning the Hydra that appeared this time into a fake, Uehara Naraku is not worried at all...


    The black pot that appeared today...


    This is his own operation, and Hydra will definitely not be able to get rid of it...


    After Uehara Naraku hung up Alexander Pierce''s phone, his eyes turned into reincarnation eyes, and he contacted the Hei Jue he had sent out.


    His business is very busy today.


    Strictly speaking, everything tonight is going on normally under his control, and the next thing he has to do is to detonate the news of Hydra little by little.


    "Good job."


    Uehara Naraku, like his two bosses, is not stingy with his appreciation for his subordinates: "The next thing is to contact Tony Stark for the second time, and I will give you the base address of Hydra, so that everyone can believe that The return of the King of Hydra..."


    "Ho ho ho ho... won''t they suspect you?"


    "of course not."


    Naraku Uehara supported the steering wheel with one hand, and said slowly: "In Hydra, a small character like me has no right to know the whereabouts of that base!"


    Hydra has bases all over the world.


    In a sense, if an underdeveloped area has a secret base with a large number of modern armed forces, if it does not belong to the United States and S.H.I.E.L.D., it is basically Hydra''s.


    Even if this base belongs to the United States and S.H.I.E.L.D., there is a high probability that it is Hydra''s secret base. Hydra''s penetration ability is quite terrifying...


    No one sleeps tonight.


    Everyone is anxiously awaiting the news.


    Alexander Pierce was undoubtedly the most anxious one. After contacting all the Hydra executives he could contact, everyone denied that they had acted privately.


    If it wasn''t for Nick Fury who hadn''t reported to Alexander Pierce, he would have wished he had cut off one of Hydra''s heads first, so as to protect the existence of Hydra.


    When Uehara Naraku returned to Tony Stark''s villa, Tony Stark also comforted Pepper Potts, and the relationship between the two went even further.


    Alas, a crisis for Stark Industries looms.


    The two of them are thinking about how to break the situation. The first question must be to find Ivan Vanke first. Only by finding Ivan Vanke can they hope to find the Hydra organization!


    However, relying on Jarvis alone could not find out the whereabouts of Ivan Vanke and Hydra. The only thing they could do was to wait for Hydra''s next contact.


    Hydra wanted his answer.


    There must be a chance to meet them.


    The next day, before Hydra contacted Tony Stark again, S.H.I.E.L.D. director Nick Fury came to the door first, and he couldn''t wait any longer.


    "Are you that...what bureau?"


    When Tony Stark saw Nick Fury coming to the door, his face was a little unhappy: "I said, I''m not interested in that super boy project now..."


    "I''m going to talk about something that interests you."


    Nick Fury stood in Tony Stark''s living room, and said softly: "Before that, let''s confirm the frankness of our conversation this time, you can come in, Agent Romanov..."


    Nick Fury beckoned behind him, and Natasha Romanoff walked to his side, making Tony Stark''s eyes widen involuntarily.


    "You woman..."


    Tony Stark immediately understood the source of the leak and why Nick Fury would visit him, and he didn''t hide his anger.


    "you are fired."


    "It''s not just me..."


    Natasha''s mouth evoked a coquettish smile, and she glanced at Uehara Naraku standing behind Tony Stark, without hiding her intentions at all.


    apparently...


    Uehara Naraku also seems to be her accomplice.


    "Uehara!"


    Tony Stark looked at Uehara Naraku following Natasha''s gaze in disbelief, his face was really shocked and angry at this moment!


    Compared with Natasha, Uehara Naraku knows more of his secrets, even his physical condition, and his childish words and deeds!


    This is the first time he is willing to trust someone sincerely!


    Even Tony Stark has nothing to say about Uehara Naraku!


    How much trust Tony Stark had in Uehara Naraku before, how much anger and shame he felt in his heart at this moment, all his estimates were reported to S.H.I.E.L.D. by Uehara Naraku!


    this moment¡­


    Let Tony Stark feel that it is his public execution!


    "You''re not the agent who got fired from the FBI..."


    "It''s all fake."


    Naraku Uehara was still sucking the juice slowly, and said softly: "In order to make you believe in my identity, Director Nick Fury specially prepared a trustworthy identity for me, and he also praised me for leaving you on the street. Enough time to forge an identity..."


    "Agent Uehara Naraku..."


    Nick Fury stopped Naraku Uehara from talking.


    This Uehara Naraku''s EQ has never been very high, now is not the time to anger Tony Stark, now it is necessary to convince Tony Stark of them.


    Nick Fury spread out his palm, trying to help Uehara Naraku explain to ease the atmosphere: "Although his identity is forged, but the things you found were indeed done by him... In addition to hiding his identity, Agent Uehara Naraku Everything else is true."


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s expression eased a lot.


    However, the billionaire still had the anger and shame of being deceived in his heart, and turned his head to Uehara Naraku with an uneasy face: "Now! You! The second time! Completely! Expelled..."


    "Hold on¡­"


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Tony Stark, quickly took out his phone and started recording a video: "Wait a minute, I''ll record a video first."


    Naraku Uehara pointed his phone at Tony Stark, and sincerely invited: "Mr. Stark, can you repeat what you said about me being fired just now?"


    "..."


    Everyone present had a slightly weird expression on their faces.


    The shame and anger on Tony Stark''s face was even better, and he instantly remembered the fear that he had been dominated by Naraku Uehara holding a photo!


    "Can you... be a normal person!"

 Chapter 706

    I really want to hit someone!


    If it wasn''t for not wearing a steel suit at this time, Tony Stark knew that he was no match for Uehara Naraku, and he really wanted to beat Uehara Naraku directly...


    Tony Stark was really mad at Naraku Uehara''s behavior, why did Naraku Uehara record a video when he wanted to lose his temper?


    What kind of deceptive behavior is this?


    There is a problem with this person''s designation!


    Tony Stark slammed his fist on the wall beside him, and turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara''s immediate superior: "That Director Nick Fury, let your men out of my sight first, I don''t want to see this guy... "


    "Agent Uehara Naraku."


    Nick Fury waved his hand at Uehara Naraku, signaling this low EQ subordinate to leave here first: "You go out and stay for a while, and I will chat with Mr. Tony Stark for a while."


    "OK."


    Naraku Uehara nodded calmly, recorded Tony Stark''s ''evidence'', and left here under Tony Stark''s angry gaze.


    Wait until Naraku Uehara leaves.


    Tony Stark calmed down slowly, sat on the sofa calmly, frowned and looked at Nick Fury and said, "Tell me, why did you plant two spies by my side? "


    "Because of your father."


    Nick Fury''s words caught Tony Stark''s attention.


    After finishing speaking, Nick Fury looked at Tony Stark in a daze, and continued to add softly: "Let''s start from the beginning...it should start when you met that guy named Ivan Vanke in Monaco, right? "


    "You know him?"


    Tony Stark suddenly looked a little unhappy, slowly shook his head and said: "Ivan Vanke told me that the Ark reactor was made by his father..."


    "He told you that your father stole the research results?"


    Nick Fury shook his head and continued: "One thing is true, the thing called the Ark Reactor on the chest was researched by your father, Howard Stark, and Ivan Vanke''s father, Anton Vanke..."


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s expression suddenly became tense.


    Nick Fury slowly tells a story.


    "After they developed the Ark Reactor, your father originally wanted to use the Ark Reactor to eliminate the world''s nuclear reactors, turning the arms race of the Cold War into an energy race to maintain the peace of the world..."


    "But Anton Vanke only wants to rely on the Ark Reactor to make money. Your father thinks that the Ark Reactor technology is not yet mature enough for application."


    "After Anton Vanke showed signs of evil, your father drove him away... Anton Vanke returned to the Soviet Union and wanted to use the Ark Reactor in exchange for a high position of power."


    "It''s just that the Soviet Union found that Anton Vanke couldn''t make finished products at all, so he was exiled to Siberia. That place didn''t seem to be suitable for children to grow up...so his son Ivan Vanke asked you for revenge."


    "So, don''t worry about the character of your father Howard Stark, his character is not inferior to the Uehara Naraku agent you asked me to drive out."


    "..."


    Tony Stark listened well at first, but when he heard Uehara Naraku''s name, he couldn''t help flashing a flash of anger on his face!


    "Uehara Naraku is a liar!"


    "Among the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., Agent Uehara Naraku is actually the one who is the worst at deceiving people. If he has concealed many things from you, it must be because he has a necessary reason."


    After Nick Fury finished talking about Naraku Uehara, he brought up Howard Stark again: "Your father also concealed a lot of things from you? He once said that the technology of the Ark reactor has not been mature enough, and only you can perfect it. technology¡­¡±


    "impossible."


    Mentioning his father, Tony Stark quickly shook his head.


    "He never said he liked me. Since he was a child, he hoped that I would stay away from his sight and not delay his work. That''s what he wanted to see the most. The happiest time for him was the day when he threw me into the boarding school."


    "How much do you know about your father?"


    "Deep-minded, indifferent, and good at calculating."


    After Tony Stark finished speaking, his eyes fell on Nick Fury, who was full of disbelief, and continued: "It seems that you may know him better than me..."


    "It seems to be so..."


    Nick Fury nodded and continued: "Howard Stark is one of the founders of S.H.I.E.L.D. He spent most of his life in technology and work. Maybe I know a little more than you..."


    Nick Fury waved at Natasha: "Natasha, ask Agent Uehara Naraku to help you bring the box left by Howard Stark..."


    After finishing speaking, Nick Fury stared at Tony Stark with one eye, and said softly: "God only saves those who save themselves. If you want to save yourself, you can only rely on yourself to find a way to solve the problem of palladium poisoning caused by the Ark reactor." Trouble, instead of relying on what Hydra.


    Your father left a lot of things in S.H.I.E.L.D., and it''s time to give them to you. I hope you can find what you want from it.


    Finally, I can remind you by the way.


    Howard Stark used to be the top three on Hydra''s assassination list. The guy who tempted you to cooperate with Hydra probably also wanted to pay his father''s debt. "


    "..."


    Tony Stark was lost in thought.


    Because Naraku Uehara walked in with a box and put it in front of him, with a note on it representing the former owner of the box.


    Owned by Howard Stark.


    Nick Fury glanced down at his watch, then looked at Tony Stark again: "That''s about it, I have other things to do."


    "Romanov will help you deal with the troubles of Pepper Potts and Stark Industries, Agent Uehara Naraku will continue to protect and monitor you until you completely solve the problem of palladium poisoning on your body, don''t leave this house until then. "


    "I go first."


    "remember."


    "I''ll keep an eye on you."


    "Don''t assume that there will be other people to help you solve the problem."


    After Nick Fury finished speaking, he turned his head to look at Naraku Uehara and Natasha, and continued softly, "I will leave this to you. If Tony really can''t hold on, I will leave a shot of lithium dioxide, which can help Temporarily relieve his symptoms."


    "I don''t want to be a nanny anymore."


    Uehara Naraku frowned.


    "I don''t want to see this guy either!"


    Tony Stark''s face turned ugly again.


    Originally, Tony Stark planned to forgive Uehara Naraku after Nick Fury finished speaking, but what did this guy say that he didn''t want to be a nanny?


    "Do what you have to do."


    Nick Fury rejected their request, patted Tony Stark on the shoulder, and then Uehara Naraku''s shoulder: "Well, it seems that you get along well..."


    "..."


    Where can I see that we get along well!


    If they can become companions in the future, they must get along as equals. At least in Nick Fury''s view, Uehara Naraku is doing pretty well.


    And most importantly...


    No one knows what method Hydra will use to contact Tony Stark next time. Uehara Naraku should be the most capable agent in S.H.I.E.L.D. Only he can protect Tony Stark''s safety.


    "Report any emergencies to me immediately."


    Nick Fury left a word and left here in a hurry.


    After dealing with Tony Stark, Nick Fury must urgently return to Washington to report to the Security Council the troubles of Hydra''s reactivation, at least in this name to start expanding the influence of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    If the future Avengers team is top-notch combat power, the numerous agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. and their intelligence channels are the basis for supporting the actions of the Avengers team.


    If Hydra revived, it would indeed be a big trouble.


    For S.H.I.E.L.D., if the old enemy Hydra is really resurrected, it is a real opportunity for S.H.I.E.L.D. to prepare urgently, so that it can deal with a bigger crisis than Hydra.


    For example, in the Mexican state in the southwest area recently, there seems to be an incident of suspected aliens, which makes Nick Fury even more troublesome.


    this world¡­


    In other words, this universe has never been so peaceful.


    Compared with the Hydra reappearing on the earth, those aliens who may descend on the earth are the most troublesome existence, especially when Nick Fury was young, he had experienced the crisis of aliens trying to destroy the earth.


    After Nick Fury left.


    Tony Stark looked at Naraku Uehara and hesitated for a while before saying, "Uehara, you have to apologize for cheating me before, otherwise I won''t..."


    "I''ll stay out of this house."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly threw a needle at Natasha, and stepped out of the room calmly: "As long as Mr. Stark doesn''t go out, I won''t interfere with anything you do."


    At this moment, his back looked extremely pitiful.


    This man only likes to do things in silence, as if he never likes to explain everything, and occasionally doing some petty actions may be the only time for him to vent his emotions.


    Tony Stark suddenly understood what Nick Fury said, Uehara Naraku was not good at lying, even worse than him.


    "This is the incomprehensible man."


    Natasha Romanov walked to Tony Stark''s side, looked down at Tony Stark''s neck, and suddenly took out a needle and stuck it on Tony Stark''s neck!


    "etc¡­"


    "Don''t worry."


    Natasha''s voice was unprecedentedly gentle, full of maternal care, which made Tony Stark feel a little relieved before she explained: "This is lithium dioxide, which can temporarily relieve your symptoms and allow you to work with peace of mind. "


    Natasha watched the purple blood vessels on Tony Stark''s neck recede, and continued softly: "Agent Uehara Naraku has always been a very careful person, he saw your condition, so he asked me to help you. Lithium Dioxide."


    "that guy¡­"


    Tony Stark frowned again.


    Uehara Naraku, who looks indifferent on the outside but warm in his heart, makes him feel a little sympathetic...


    The world is strange.


    If anyone in this world pity Uehara Naraku, it can only prove one thing: his life experience is not rich enough.


    In this world, there is not only Tony Stark, a person who has not been beaten by society, but also Alexander Pierce, the Minister of the Security Council far away in Washington.


    Just when Tony Stark had some sympathy for Uehara Naraku, Uehara Naraku also contacted Hydra''s Alexander Pierce outside the villa to report to him the news of Nick Fury''s contact with Tony Stark.


    "I see, well done."


    Alexander Pierce praised Uehara Naraku''s efficiency, and issued his new order: "Continue to stay by Tony Stark''s side, and find out that fake who wants to collude with Tony Stark in private!"


    "Fake?"


    "good."


    There was a burst of anger in Alexander Pierce''s voice: "Someone is secretly impersonating us, maybe some small organization..."


    Because Alexander Pierce urgently contacted all the high-level Hydra that could be contacted, until it was confirmed that no one acted privately, he made up his mind to clean up this group of people pretending to be Hydra!


    Even if it is really the remnants of a certain branch of Hydra, Alexander Pierce intends to clean them up. For the greater good, a strong man must sever his wrists!


    "Find them out."


    There was a murderous meaning in Alexander Pierce''s calm words: "Before that plan is completed, any Hydra found by Fury will be an impostor..."


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku accepted the order seriously, and then said with some hesitation: "Director Ferry hasn''t suspected us yet, and I''m a little worried that this matter may cause Director Ferry to randomly speculate whether there will be any in S.H.I.E.L.D. The existence of our Hydra..."


    "Don''t worry."


    Alexander Pierce couldn''t help but chuckled: "It would indeed be dangerous if there were only one or two Hydra members...but who knows how many people are hidden in S.H.I.E.L.D.?"


    Speaking of Hydra hiding in S.H.I.E.L.D., Alexander Pierce couldn''t hide his pride: "Hehehehe, now we want Fury to know what he can know..."


    "...Hehe, really..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help chuckling.


    The last sentence sounds a little familiar!

 Chapter 707

    The earth is too small.


    There is simply no room for two behind-the-scenes black hands.


    Alexander Pierce is still proud of his masterpiece of leading Hydra to sneak into S.H.I.E.L.D. many years ago, and a conspiracy against him is going on in secret.


    New York.


    A cavern deep beneath the ground of this bustling city.


    Heijue was lurking underground in the city, grinning lightly and said, "Hohohohoho...It''s almost time to start...Let''s release Ivan Vanke first!"


    A space vortex appeared.


    Ivan Vanke was thrown out like a dead dog.


    A group of terrifying-looking Bai Jue appeared from the space vortex at the same time like his escort, and they had already completed their transformation with a grinning grin when they landed.


    This group of whites quickly turned into a group of agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., and one of them even turned into Alexander Pierce, which made Ivan Vanke a little uneasy.


    These monsters...


    It must be a legendary demon!


    Forget it, it doesn''t matter.


    Now Ivan Vanke has become a wanted escaped prisoner, as long as he can get revenge alive, he doesn''t care who he is with!


    "I don''t know what you want me to do..."


    Ivan Vanke spit bloody saliva on the ground, and said dissatisfiedly: "As long as you take revenge on the Stark family, even with you demons..."


    "It''s up to you now..."


    Hei Jue interrupted Ivan Vanke''s words, stretched out his palm and squeezed Ivan Vanke''s face, showing a sinister smile: "As long as it is the person we want to use, whether it is a living person or a dead person It doesn''t matter..."


    Heijue''s face looked extremely terrifying, it slowly lowered its hoarse voice, and chuckled: "In fact, killing you is not bad, human emotions are always difficult to control, as long as we have your soul and A corpse can enslave your will..."


    "..."


    Hearing Hei Jue''s words, Ivan Vanke''s eyes suddenly tightened. In their fairy tales, demons are best at torturing human souls!


    Why did he fall into the hands of these demons!


    Why are these demons targeting him, the Avenger?


    "Actually, there''s no need to kill him, right?"


    Bai Jue stood next to Hei Jue on his own, and said with a smile: "This way, my avatar will be wasted as a sacrifice to revive him. Anyway, this is just an ordinary human being. We can directly control him..."


    "Ho ho ho ho . . . that''s true."


    Hei Jue stood up, glanced at a group of Bai Jue who had transformed into agents and Alexander Pierce, nodded and said, "Looking at it now, your avatar is much more useful in this world than an ordinary human..."


    Compared with other worlds, Bai Jue''s role in the Marvel world is unparalleled. Just the application of transformation can disrupt most of the world!


    The only trouble is that Bai Jue must never show his original shape, because there are many instruments in the world that can detect Bai Jue''s avatar, which is also a troublesome place.


    Bai Jue himself created a spore and sneaked into Ivan Vanke''s body, grinning grinningly and said, "Okay, then you don''t have to kill him, and you don''t have to worry about him betraying..."


    "what did you do to me?"


    "Hee hee hee, that''s the spore technique..."


    Bai Jue squatted down slowly, smiled and said: "As long as you dare to reveal our secret, it will suck all the life in your body and turn your body into nourishment..."


    "..."


    A layer of cold sweat slowly appeared on Ivan Vanke''s forehead.


    Although I don''t know if what these demons are saying is true or not, but for Ivan Vanke, he still doesn''t have any strength or room to resist...


    "Don''t worry."


    Hei Jue looked down at Ivan Vanke, and said with a sinister smile, "As long as you are obedient, what you can get will far exceed your imagination..."


    "Can I... take revenge on the Stark family?"


    "Is it just revenge?"


    Hei Jue slowly shook his head, grinned and continued: "For you, do you want revenge in the so-called physical sense, or revenge in the psychological sense?"


    "¡­I¡­"


    Ivan Vanke hesitated.


    At this moment, he wanted to say that he wanted them all!


    However, because of his vigilance against the devil, he faintly felt that this might be a terrible deal, which made him a little afraid to speak.


    "Little Vanke..."


    Bai Jue squatted in front of him, laughed and persuaded, "Until you figure it out, it''s better to obediently do things for us...it will all be up to you after a while."


    "You have to find a way to win Justin Hammer."


    Hei Jue looked down at Ivan Vanke, and calmly gave his order: "Let his Hammer Industry produce a batch of steel suits in the shortest possible time, ho ho ho ho... There is a batch of trial production in his factory models can be used."


    "you¡­"


    "Don''t worry."


    There was a killing intent in Heijue''s eyes, which made Ivan Wanke shut up automatically, and then he nodded in satisfaction, and looked at a group of transformed Baijue: "After Ivan Wanke is finished, you pretend to be safe As the council, take away those steel suits, and I will give you the addresses of Hydra''s secret bases..."


    "etc¡­"


    Bai Jue''s body interrupted Hei Jue''s words, and asked a question: "Can we take it away secretly?"


    "Alexander Pierce must show up!"


    Hei Jue shook his head, looked at Bai Jue and continued in a deep voice: "At least let Justin Hammer know that World Security Council Minister Alexander Pierce supports him and Ivan Vanke in forging Stark''s steel suit!"


    After Hei Jue conveyed all the orders to Ivan Vanke and Bai Jue, Bai Jue''s body instantly turned into a ball of white liquid, wrapped around Ivan Vanke''s body like a layer of tights, and supported Ivan with its strength Vanke stood up.


    It''s time for them to go on a mission.


    Tonight will be the beginning of their manipulation of the world.


    Hanmer Industries.


    Hammer Industries Group is a weapons dealer. Their boss, Justin Hammer, does not have Tony Stark''s scientific talent, so he can only rely on productivity to monopolize the low-end weapons market.


    Justin Hammer regards Tony Stark as his old enemy, because Tony Stark looks down on him, a low-end weapons businessman, and has repeatedly expressed contempt for Hammer Industries in various public or private occasions.


    Wouldn''t this be a feud?


    Especially since the two of them are still feuding.


    Justin Hammer actually has no scientific talent, but he is very eager to get the high-end weapon market that Tony Stark once left behind. Recently, he has his eyes on Tony Stark''s steel suit technology.


    It''s a pity that Hammer Industry doesn''t have any outstanding engineers, and it can''t solve the energy problem of the steel suit. Justin Hammer originally discovered Ivan Vanke in Monaco, but when he planned to rescue Ivan Vanke, he was cut off in advance.


    Justin Hammer was a little sad.


    Just as Justin Hammer was still lamenting that he might only be able to spend his whole life in the low-end weapons market, a few agents from S.H.I.E.L.D. walked in.


    These S.H.I.E.L.D. agents quickly controlled Justin Hammer and the bodyguards around him. The leading agent stared at the terrified Justin Hammer, showing a haughty face.


    "Justin Hammer, Minister Alexander Pierce of the World Security Council wants to see you. This meeting must be kept secret..."


    "Yes Yes Yes¡­"


    Justin Hammer nodded quickly.


    Justin Hammer has been dealing with the US military over the years, but he has also met Alexander Pierce through several senators...


    This is a real boss!


    Although I don''t know why Alexander Pierce wants to meet him, it is obviously irrational to refute or resist at this time. Justin Hammer is very timid!


    more importantly¡­


    Justin Hammer faintly felt that his chance was coming!


    In fact.


    Justin Hammer felt right.


    A group of people who looked like agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. and a man who was obviously in a high position walked into Hans Industrial, and they even brought Ivan Vanke with them!


    "Take control here."


    The man who looked like Alexander Pierce took a look at Hammer Industries, and ordered softly: "During this period, no one is allowed to reveal the secrets!"


    "yes!"


    A group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents quickly spread out and directly controlled all who saw them appear!


    Justin Hammer approached quickly, and asked cautiously: "Minister Pierce, what''s the situation? You are..."


    "Don''t worry."


    Alexander Pierce shook his head, signaled his subordinates to push out Ivan Vanke, and said softly: "It''s just Mr. Ivan Vanke from Russia, Mr. Hammer, do you need me to introduce you?"


    "No, there is no need..."


    A flash of hope flashed in Justin Hammer''s heart.


    As a person who once saw Ivan Vanke wearing a crude steel suit and fighting Tony Stark in Monaco, he knew very well what the appearance of Ivan Vanke meant!


    This member of the World Security Council showed up at his company with Ivan Vanke, who can manufacture steel suits. Does this mean that his company may still have access to the technology of steel suits?


    "Mr. Ivan Vanke will stay in your company during this time to assist in the development of the steel suit belonging to Hammer Industries. He has mature technology in his hands..."


    Alexander Pierce looked at the beaming Justin Hammer, and there was some warning in his eyes: "During the completion of the steel suit by Hammer Industry, this matter must not be known to anyone, including your military friends. It is to prevent this secret from being passed on to the ears of Stark Industries through channels as much as possible..."


    "I understand! I understand!"


    Before Alexander Pierce could finish speaking, Justin Hammer couldn''t suppress the joy on his face, and hurriedly nodded his head: "When our steel suit is completed, we will give Tony Stark a big surprise!"


    What is it called?


    Science, technology and wealth descended from heaven!


    Originally, Justin Hammer was still bemoaning his fate, lamenting that he had no chance to get back to Tony Stark, but someone sent this opportunity to him!


    "Remember, this is confidential."


    Alexander Pierce looked at Justin Hammer coldly, and continued in a deep voice: "During the development of the steel suit, all relevant personnel involved must be controlled, including Mr. Justin Hammer..."


    Alexander Pierce looked at Justin Hammer who nodded hurriedly, beckoned him to come over, and said in a low voice: "Whether it is the military or the World Security Council, they all hope that Hammer Industries can replace that disobedient Iron Man ..."


    "Guaranteed to complete the task!"


    Can''t wait to finish listening to those words, Justin Hammer straightened his chest immediately, and gave a standard military salute to Alexander Pierce.

 Chapter 708

    "Get ready for a big fight!"


    Justin Hammer sent off Alexander Pierce, ignoring a group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents who stayed behind to watch them, his face instantly filled with excitement and joy!


    This time, not only was he able to obtain the steel suit technology, but he also made friends with a very powerful official. What a fucking surprise!


    This is called a surprise!


    In the future, when they complete the steel suit technology to celebrate, Justin Hammer even wants to set today''s date as a corporate day for their Hammer Industry to celebrate!


    certainly.


    Justin Hammer did not forget to please Ivan Vanke, the scientist brought by Pierce himself, and extended his palm to Ivan Vanke excitedly: "My friend, welcome to Hammer Industry, I hope we Able to work together sincerely¡­¡±


    Justin Hammer didn''t wait for Ivan Vanke to shake hands, he hurriedly grabbed Ivan''s palm, and whispered in his ear: "I hope we can together...sweep Tony Stark and his steel suit into the trash!"


    "That... happy cooperation."


    Ivan Vanke nodded hesitantly.


    If anyone noticed Ivan Vanke''s eyes, they would find that Ivan Vanke''s eyes towards Justin Hammer were full of sympathy and pity.


    This guy''s IQ doesn''t look like much...


    To be honest, Ivan Vanke couldn''t see that Justin Hammer was worthy of being Tony Stark''s opponent. Why was he also targeted by those demons?


    really...


    Catastrophe.


    Under the ground of Hanmer Industries.


    After Bai Jue''s transformation, Alexander Pierce was still lurking here.


    After hearing its report, Heijue contacted their immediate superiors: "Hey ho ho ho... Yuyi, everything has been arranged."


    "Okay, arrange for our people to contact Tony!"


    Naraku Uehara took out an envelope with a red cloud on a black background, and couldn''t help but frowned slightly: "Speaking of which, firstly, there is a USB flash drive with the Hydra logo on it, and then an envelope with the Akatsuki logo on it. Does anyone suspect that it was the same kind of person who did it?"


    "Ho ho ho ho... don''t worry."


    Heijue chuckled lightly, soothing Uehara Naraku''s emotions: "People in this world attach great importance to markings, and no one will particularly doubt us..."


    After finishing speaking, Hei Jue''s laughter suddenly became gloomy: "Ho ho ho ho ho... It doesn''t matter if someone doubts it? Hammer Industries accepted Ivan Vanke, which will become the reality that Alexander Pierce is behind the HYDRA The ironclad evidence of the high-level..."


    "Right."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.


    "Ho ho ho ho... Who will deliver the letter this time?"


    "It seems to be all right..."


    "Xiao Nan?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly fell silent.


    After a long time, Uehara Naraku said softly: "This universe is too big, and there are still some dangers that I can''t really confirm whether I can''t easily solve them, so at this time I don''t want Teacher Xiaonan to live in this world. "


    especially¡­


    Naraku Uehara knew that a strange thing had happened in New Mexico. A hammer that fell from the sky could not be taken away by anyone and any force.


    Asgard''s eyes have been set on the earth, and there is a super mage in New York who holds the time gem to seal the darkness.


    Although I don''t know why...


    But they have not yet contacted Uehara Naraku.


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    At this moment, Hei Jue felt the weakness of Uehara Naraku''s heart for a long time, and couldn''t help but chuckled: "It''s just that Xiao Nan came here to help deliver a letter..."


    "never mind."


    Uehara Naraku lay on the beach in California, looked up at the starry sky, shook his head self-consciously, and did not answer Hei Jue''s words for a long time.


    It wasn''t until Heijue almost thought that the connection between the two of them was disconnected that he heard Uehara Naraku''s faint sigh.


    "I''m just worried that when I see Teacher Xiaonan again... maybe I don''t want Teacher to leave anymore?"


    "..."


    Hei Jue couldn''t help falling into silence.


    After Naraku Uehara sighed, he continued calmly: "And when we spent thousands of years in the world of the god of death, Mr. Xiaonan was actually still living in the ninja world for a few days after I left. Now she should not have special¡­"


    The night sky is full of stars.


    It''s just a pity that under the stars in the sky, it is not beauty, but dangers enough to threaten everything on the earth.


    "Let''s not talk about that."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly, jumped up from the grass, and flew towards Tony Stark''s villa: "The preparations are about to start, Tony Stark probably has discovered all of this, he is going to leave here Get the key!"


    Underground garage exit.


    Tony Stark''s sports car roared out.


    Tony Stark saw the video left by his father, Howard Stark, and was deeply aware of his father''s implicit expectations of him. He even guessed that Howard Stark had left the Stark Industry Fair model Tu may be the key to new energy elements!


    Unfortunately¡­


    A model drawing of the industry fair at the Stark Industries Building.


    Tony Stark took a sneak peek and found that Uehara Naraku was no longer around, so he planned to sneak out in his sports car and bring back the model diagram of the Industrial Expo.


    "Mr. Stark, what do you want to do?"


    A figure stood in the middle of the road and stopped Tony Stark''s sports car. Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared in front of Tony Stark against the lights of the sports car.


    "Aren''t you afraid of death?"


    The corners of Tony Stark''s eyes couldn''t help twitching. Looking at Uehara Naraku who blocked his way, he casually said: "Ha, it''s mainly because the house is too boring..."


    Although Tony Stark suspects that the model of the industrial expo is likely to be the key to the new energy of the steel suit, it may be able to replace the palladium energy plate and solve the problem of palladium poisoning in his own body.


    but¡­


    Tony Stark didn''t want to tell Uehara Naraku this secret at all, even if Tony Stark knew that Uehara Naraku was in the same camp as him now!


    However, Naraku Uehara once lied to him, and Tony Stark swore that he would never share any secrets with Naraku Uehara!


    Or¡­


    Tony Stark doesn''t believe in S.H.I.E.L.D. either!


    Tony is not sure whether SHIELD will change their attitude and hide the key first after SHIELD also knows where the key to the new elemental energy is!


    "Is the beach house still boring?"


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly, and walked to Tony Stark''s sports car step by step, his face gradually became stern: "The order I received is to protect your safety before you solve the danger in your body, no You are allowed to leave this villa."


    "I know I know¡­"


    Tony Stark''s fingers tapped the steering wheel slowly, while thinking about his own countermeasures: "But Pepper just told me that something urgent happened at the Stark Tower..."


    "I have not heard from Agent Romanoff or Miss Pepper."


    Uehara Naraku dismantled Tony Stark''s lies in one sentence, and continued softly: "And no matter what trouble Stark Industries encounters, Agent Romanov will help to deal with it. Any trouble is not a trouble for S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    "Well¡­"


    Tony Stark couldn''t help being a little tangled, and continued slowly: "I have a little idea here, and I need to buy some materials. Can you buy them for me?"


    "You can buy what you need late at night..."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice stopped suddenly, and his whole body froze suddenly. His face seemed to be frightened, and his body seemed unable to move at all.


    "That is¡­"


    A look of surprise flashed across Tony Stark''s face!


    Although Tony Stark couldn''t judge Uehara Naraku''s state, under the light of the sports car, more than a dozen thin lines connecting Uehara Naraku''s body shone slightly!


    I can tell¡­


    These thin threads are pretty tough!


    Could it be these long thin lines...


    Did you freeze Uehara Naraku''s body? !


    Tony Stark slowly raised his head along those thin lines and looked towards the sky!


    Under the moonlight and star river, there is an ugly white giant bird, that giant bird does not look like a living thing!


    What surprised Tony Stark even more was that there were two figures in black robes of auspicious clouds standing on top of the giant white bird, which seemed unscientific at all!


    Tony Stark felt that his worldview had been subverted!


    One of the red-haired boys stared at the ground indifferently, his fingers curled up like playing a piano, as if he was the one who used those thin strings to control Naraku Uehara so that he couldn''t move!


    As for the other blond young man with a face full of joy, he jumped down laughing and laughing, and stood lightly on the hood of Tony Stark''s car, as if his body was weightless.


    The blond young man grinned a few times, and raised his thumb to point to Uehara Naraku, who was unable to move behind him: "Hee hee hee... Howard Stark''s son, do you need us to help kill the guy behind who restricts your freedom? ?¡±


    "It doesn''t seem like a bad guy."


    The red-haired boy standing on the white giant bird suddenly spoke, and explained softly: "I can feel his inner will through the puppet line, this person wants to protect you in front of us, it seems that he is not the enemy of Howard Stark''s son ..."


    "you¡­"


    Today should be Tony Stark hearing his father''s name from the mouth of the second person. These two young people who look young know his father!


    this world¡­


    How bizarre can it be?


    Soon Tony Stark recovered from his astonishment, hurriedly waved his hand, and said softly: "There is no such need...Although Agent Uehara Naraku once deceived me, he is indeed a kind person..."


    "yes?"


    The blond young man squeezed his lips, and nodded slowly: "Then what we are going to say next, there is no need to avoid him being by the side..."


    "No no no..."


    Tony Stark shook his head quickly. At this moment, he regretted that he didn''t wear the steel suit.


    It''s a pity that he is worried that his body can no longer bear more palladium poisoning, and he must leave enough time to study the energy of the new element.


    Facing these two people alone is a little dangerous!


    However, if all the secrets are known by Uehara Naraku, an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., Tony Stark must be reluctant!


    Tony Stark quickly figured it out, Uehara Nana seemed helpless in front of these two people, there was no way to protect his safety...


    and¡­


    The two men in Xiangyun''s black robes didn''t look malicious either. They seemed to be old friends of his father, Howard Stark, but they didn''t know if they were enemies or friends...


    These two people...wouldn''t be Hydra people, would they?


    Tony Stark pondered for a while, then suddenly said: "Let''s find a separate place to talk...how is my house?"


    "Hey, it''s all right!"


    The blond young man nodded cheerfully, took out an exquisite clay doll from his pocket and put it in Uehara Naraku''s pocket, and said happily: "Then stand here and rest for a while, don''t move around, otherwise It''s going to blow up..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded hesitantly.


    The man slowly lowered his head and glanced at the doll in his pocket. It was a life-sized clay doll of a blond youth. If I remember correctly, this thing seems to be a C4 series?


    One¡­


    Enough to blow up a mountain!


    In Stark Villa.


    Just as Tony Stark secretly instructed Jarvis to turn on the defense system, the red-haired boy first took out a black envelope with an auspicious cloud drawn on it.


    This pattern...


    It is faintly similar to the clothes on these two people!


    The two of them are definitely in a mysterious organization, but they don''t know whether this organization is Hydra or some other organization...


    "We are the Dawn of Dawn."


    "Mercenaries that exist in the universe."


    "If you use the inherent statement of this planet, we are humans from aliens, maybe not the same as you imagined, son of Howard Stark."


    "No, no, no, it''s hard to overstate how miraculous alien life is..."


    Tony Stark slowly shook his head, just by looking at him, he could tell that something was wrong with this red-haired boy, his body seemed to be made of wood!


    However, the body of the red-haired young man has quite strange abilities, and even has a brain and consciousness. Is this a kind of super intelligent mechanical life?


    Tony Stark couldn''t help thinking, how could such a highly intelligent mechanical life be made?


    At least you can be sure...


    This is indeed an alien!


    This kind of powerful artificial intelligence life will never appear on the earth, and the current level of technology is still impossible to achieve, especially these two people still have strange abilities!


    "Son of Howard Stark."


    The red-haired boy noticed Tony''s distraction, reminded him softly, and slowly pushed the envelope on the table towards him: "This is left by your father Howard Stark, let us observe the Rubik''s Cube in the Universe as a price." , entrust us to keep it on your behalf.¡±


    "this is¡­"


    "We didn''t unpack it."


    The red-haired boy slowly shook his head, and continued softly: "In order to keep the contents of the letter confidential, the person who made the envelope is the teacher of the leader of our organization."


    "We have not found the body energy belonging to Howard Stark. It seems that he has not broken through the limit of human life after all."


    "According to our agreement with Howard Stark, this letter should be returned to his son before the end of this year on this planet."


    "However, our organization is facing some crises during this period, and may be on the verge of destruction, so I can only hand it over to you at this time."


    "..."


    Tony Stark silently picked up the envelope.


    Just when he was about to open the envelope, the envelope of that letter suddenly fell off naturally, turned into a piece of origami, fluttered in the air and slowly burned and dissipated...


    There was only one letter left on the table.


    "Then, the agreement is completed."


    The red-haired boy nodded, stood up and was about to leave here.


    The blond youth pursed his lips a little unhappily, and glanced back at Tony Stark, as if he wanted to have a few more words with him.


    The red-haired boy stopped him and was about to leave with him.


    Tony Stark glanced at the first few sentences in the letter. His father, Howard Stark, really knew it very well, so he introduced the Xiao organization at the beginning of the letter.


    This is a trustworthy organization.


    In a sense, what Howard Stark meant in the letter seems to be to believe in this organization called Dawn of Dawn more than the S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Of course, Tony Stark was a little skeptical.


    If he has read this letter thoroughly, maybe he will trust it a little bit. He is still an earthling, and he must have all kinds of suspicions about the universe beyond the earth...


    "Wait a mininute."


    Tony Stark suddenly stopped them: "Maybe I might say something a little out of my control, what crisis have you encountered?


    And... that... can you talk to me a little more, after all, it''s the first time I''ve seen alien life, is there anything I can do to help? "


    "not enough."


    The red-haired boy slowly shook his head, and said calmly: "It is the Chitauri who wiped out us, and even the armed forces of this planet are far from enough.


    Howard Stark used to be our friend. As his son, you may also have an adventurous way of thinking, which is not advisable.


    I have to remind you, don''t learn from your father and study the energy of the Rubik''s Cube in the universe. This will bring irresistible interstellar war disasters to this planet.


    It was precisely because we accidentally leaked the news that we had observed the Rubik''s Cube in the universe that we brought about a huge crisis that could overthrow the organization..."


    "What is the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube?"


    Tony Stark frowned slightly.


    "do not you know?"


    There was some doubt in the eyes of the red-haired boy, he slowly shook his head and said, "If you don''t know, just pretend that you don''t know anything. In this universe, the less you know, the more likely you are to live. longer."


    After speaking.


    A giant white bird stopped in front of them.


    The red-haired boy and the blond boy jumped onto the back of the giant white bird.


    The blond young man, who looked obviously a little happy, waved his hand at Tony Stark, and said with a smile: "Hahahaha, goodbye! Remember to throw away the artwork I left just now, because this world ¡­art is a blast!"

 Chapter 709

    A space vortex appeared in the sky.


    Tony Stark couldn''t hide the surprise on his face.


    As a physical scientist, Tony Stark''s eyesight is extraordinary, he can recognize at a glance that this is an existence similar to a space wormhole!


    This technique¡­


    The earth is absolutely impossible!


    Because this is an existence that almost violates the common sense of geophysics!


    And what surprised Tony Stark the most was that this space vortex turned out to be a controllable existence. The space vortex slowly sucked in air, but did not reveal an overly strong gravitational force.


    Alien technology in those universes...


    What a terrifying level of development!


    This scene made Tony Stark have no doubts about the identity of the Akatsuki organization as a cosmic mercenary. This kind of technology only exists in a universe wider than the earth!


    "Maybe there is no chance to see you again!"


    "Son of Howard Stark!"


    The blond youth waved his arms in farewell.


    The red-haired boy looked up at the space vortex, and sighed softly: "We can create a space vortex, and we would like to thank Howard Stark for allowing us to study the Rubik''s Cube. He is a true genius who seeks truth..."


    "Speaking of which, the leader of our organization has always said that Howard is a genius. Why does it seem that Howard Stark''s son doesn''t seem to have anything particularly noteworthy... We...don''t invite him to join the organization, right?"


    "Shut up, Deidara..."


    "Genetic inheritance does not just optimize..."


    "And...the situation with our organization..."


    "Let''s go..."


    "..."


    Just when the curiosity on Tony Stark''s face was even stronger, and he wanted to ask to stay, the giant white bird and the two people from Akatsuki flew into the space vortex.


    The space vortex quietly closed.


    The giant white bird and the two people disappeared without a trace.


    The last two conversations before the two left fell into Tony Stark''s ears, making his face darken. These two aliens seemed to look down on him a bit!


    You bastard, you actually look down on him!


    And the aliens think his father is better than him!


    Tony Stark''s affection for the two aliens immediately decreased, but he was more curious about them and the universe. He had to know what was going on!


    But at this time, Tony Stark''s doubts about the identities of the two Akatsuki members were minimized. His father should indeed have had friendship with alien mercenaries!


    only¡­


    Tony Stark was in a bad mood again.


    Originally this afternoon, Tony Stark was still a little moved when he saw the video left by his father Howard Stark...


    Because in the video, Tony Stark saw his father recognize himself in the video, and even declared that Tony was the greatest work in his life!


    result¡­


    at night...


    Tony Stark was hit!


    What is the greatest work in your life? It is estimated that anyone who knows Howard Stark will not think there is anything outstanding about his son, right?


    Both aliens said it!


    And those two guys don''t look down on him at all!


    He didn''t even bother to chat with him, Howard''s son!


    If it weren''t for the letter left by Howard Stark at home, Tony Stark would really like to drink and get completely drunk for a while, watering his wasteful life.


    Fortunately, there is still that letter.


    Tony Stark managed to pull himself together and went back to his living room. When he picked up the letter, he read the letter left by his father nonchalantly. He no longer felt that the letter would be of any use...


    "Tony.


    When you read this letter, the Akatsuki organization appeared in front of you. You should know how big this universe is, right?


    The universe is big.


    Earth is never alone.


    Tony, you must be very confused now, right?


    I was once as confused as you are now, thinking that it is impossible for us to catch up with other human beings in the universe anyway.


    It''s just those technologies that we can''t even imagine, and it''s impossible to catch up anyway.


    Akatsuki''s leader asked me a question, which I should pass on to you as well.


    If the ancient humans appeared in this era five thousand years ago, would he think that his tribe would never become what it was in this era?


    The earth is young.


    In other words, we are all young.


    I once asked about some things about the universe. The oxygen content on some planets is too high, and the legendary family of Titans may be born.


    Perhaps this can tell you.


    The myths and legends on earth should all be true.


    The legendary nine kingdoms really exist. In Norse mythology, Odin is the king of Asgard, and Thor is his son. There are also legends of Asgard in the universe.


    Somewhat sadly, I cannot reveal this to anyone on Earth.


    The news might end the Cold War, it might bring everything on Earth to its knees.


    Tony, I want to tell you this when you grow up, maybe you don''t need it anymore.


    Because the Akatsuki organization secretly tracked down a certain god named Igo and came to the earth. It is said that Igo is the incarnation of the will of a planet. I can¡¯t believe it myself when I say it.


    You could look it up in the future if you get a chance.


    Akatsuki''s leader is my friend.


    Or, he could be our friend.


    This sentence is not to guide you. If I guess correctly, they will invite you to join them when they find that you have wisdom beyond mine. You can refuse this.


    Although I recommended you, Akatsuki''s leader promised to give you a place.


    When you become one of them, I believe you will find that this organization is actually much more interesting than you guessed, although I mostly heard it from the leader of Akatsuki. "


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s expression became slightly weird.


    At this moment, Tony Stark really wanted to tell his father that his son was embarrassing to him, not only did the Xiao organization not invite him to join, they thought he was not qualified!


    And those two aliens have always shown their arrogance, they don''t look down on the earth, and they don''t look down on the earth''s armed forces at all...


    While Tony Stark was still secretly feeling a little unhappy, he thought about the last words of the red-haired boy, that the Akatsuki organization was facing a crisis of destruction...


    perhaps¡­


    This is the most important reason?


    Tony Stark faintly remembered what the two aliens said when they finally left.


    Perhaps the current situation of the Akatsuki organization is really too dangerous, so he just skipped the invitation to join the Akatsuki organization...


    this moment¡­


    Tony Stark faintly realized why his father recommended him to join the Akatsuki organization...


    Because the members of the Akatsuki organization, like their father and son, appear indifferent on the surface, but in fact they all have their unique warmth in their hearts!


    For example, that blond young man should be called Didala, right?


    He seems to have said that there will be no chance to see each other again, maybe after returning, he may have to face a strong enemy...


    Tony Stark understands his father a little bit.


    It was precisely because of this that his father believed in the Akatsuki organization, and became good friends with Akatsuki''s leader, because such similar friends could be called confidants, right?


    Tony Stark couldn''t help but think of S.H.I.E.L.D. Agent Naraku Uehara, another guy with a cold and vicious tongue but a soft heart...


    There are really many such people in this world!


    next second.


    Tony Stark remembered what the blond youth said before he left, the artwork he left behind is likely to explode!


    Tony Stark quickly put away the unread letters, rushed to his platform, and saw Uehara Naraku, who was carefully holding a clay doll, and was slowly moving away from the house!


    that idiot...


    Sure enough, they are the same kind of people...


    I would rather go all out to prevent my friends from getting their lives in danger than to easily say things that can ease their relationship.


    "that guy¡­"


    Tony Stark''s eyes became a little deep for a moment, and he immediately dialed Uehara Naraku''s phone number: "Hey, come back quickly, first take the things in your hand and let Jarvis scan them... Maybe it''s really just a piece of clay. The doll that came out..."


    "¡­fine."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head while holding the phone.


    "I suggest you bring it here quickly."


    Tony Stark immediately found Uehara Naraku''s weakness: "If you are too far away from this house, can you still monitor me?"


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent.


    five minutes later.


    Uehara Naraku returned to this villa.


    Jarvis scanned the clay doll, which contains huge energy, which may detonate at any time, and can even directly blow up everything within a radius of ten kilometers!


    "That guy left such a dangerous thing..."


    Tony Stark couldn''t help raising his eyebrows, and the corners of his eyes twitched: "Could it be that you want to blow us up together?"


    "I''m going out for a while."


    Uehara Naraku quickly grabbed the clay doll and drove away, leaving behind an unfinished sentence: "Don''t think about leaving here, if I don''t see you when I come back, I will..."


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s face gradually became serious.


    Although the words that Uehara Naraku said were still so ugly, they were more heart-warming than the words that praised him in the news media.


    "Jarvis, help me put on my steel suit."


    "Sir, your body."


    "A few minutes, it doesn''t really matter."


    After Tony Stark put on the steel suit, he flew out of his house in full armor, clinging to Uehara Naraku''s dilapidated pickup truck driving at high speed, and knocked on his window with his fingers.


    "what you up to?"


    Just after Uehara Naraku opened the car window, Tony Stark quickly grabbed the clay doll bomb that might explode at any time, and flew away into the distance!


    Naraku Uehara stared at Tony Stark''s figure, a strange expression slowly appeared on his face...


    This guy really likes to kill himself!


    late at night.


    The gorgeous loud noise is earth-shattering.


    All the trees and animals in a canyon were exploded into smoke and disappeared!


    Tony Stark recalled that when he detonated the clay bomb, he still had some uncontrollable fear in his heart.


    He seemed to be a little reckless this time, but luckily he was flying above 10,000 meters...


    In terms of the power of the explosion alone, this clay bomb is too terrifying. It can directly destroy everything within a ten-kilometer radius from the molecular state!


    like¡­


    What a waste!


    The only problem, is that some are out of control.


    What kind of monsters are Xiao''s members? Just a small doll bomb made of clay is so terrifying that it is no less powerful than a small tactical nuclear bomb, and even more destructive!


    The enemies they face...


    How scary will it be?


    "unimaginable¡­"


    Tony Stark kind of understood the confusion his father mentioned in his letter. He stood in an empty underground pit, shook his head and murmured.


    "Earth...does it really have a chance of catching them?"


    In order to be able to find the answer, Tony Stark dug out the letter left by Howard Stark.


    Tony Stark planned to read Howard Stark''s letter in this place before Naraku Uehara asked questions, and then deal with Naraku Uehara after returning.


    The content of this letter is too explosive...


    Uehara Naraku must not let Uehara Naraku know about this letter now!

 Chapter 710

    Tony Stark didn''t want Naraku Uehara to know that he had received a letter.


    However, Tony Stark would never have thought that this letter was written by Uehara Naraku, and even every letter was considered by Uehara Naraku himself.


    It only takes some simple words to easily influence others. Language is sometimes the cheapest and most simple cost in this world.


    Even if Tony Stark received Howard Stark''s relics from S.H.I.E.L.D., it would not delay adding some distrust of S.H.I.E.L.D. to this letter.


    Howard Stark in the letter mentioned that he left some things in S.H.I.E.L.D., which contained the key to unlock the energy elements of the future.


    And be blunt!


    Model drawing of the Stark Industries Expo!


    "Tony.


    I discovered a new elemental energy from the Rubik''s Cube.


    Xiao''s leader once told me that this kind of energy is the purest energy in the entire universe, and the huge energy will not contain any impurities or harm.


    However I don''t have time to make it.


    In the future, I will hide the atomic structure of the new element in the model of Stark Industries Fair, in fact, I hope you will find the key before you receive this letter. "


    Ok¡­


    Now Tony Stark doesn''t need to verify it anymore. He only needs to get the model of the Industrial Expo, and he can find out what new elements should be used in the Ark reactor of the steel suit...


    His father, Howard Stark, taught him a lesson all over again!


    And those guys from S.H.I.E.L.D. seem to be useless...


    Although S.H.I.E.L.D. brought back his father''s relics, and even contained videos and the like, it was not as useful as the paper letter kept by the Akatsuki organization.


    Just as Tony Stark was still thinking about why his father left two means, Howard Stark''s letter gave the answer.


    "Tony.


    After the end of World War II, I teamed up with friends to create a very interesting organization, where I also left clues for new elements.


    That was a temptation for them.


    We had hoped that that organization would one day be the front line against future cosmic aggression, so I knew its potential.


    If they don''t give you clues to the new elements, that organization has become your enemy, and hopefully you''ll find your way to take them out.


    Feel sorry.


    I left you with a problem.


    Tony, it may be difficult for you to understand, because in my opinion, if that organization goes on the wrong path, it will definitely become a nightmare for the whole world. "


    "..."


    Tony Stark breathed a sigh of relief.


    Now it seems that this letter can''t let S.H.I.E.L.D. know!


    Ok.


    All clues are now aligned.


    His father, Howard Stark, was indeed the founder of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    If S.H.I.E.L.D. didn''t give him the clues of the new energy elements, then he would have to find a way to destroy S.H.I.E.L.D. His father would really make trouble for him...


    Fortunately, S.H.I.E.L.D. gave him the clues of the new elements. At least in this way, Tony Stark felt that he didn''t have to solve S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Now it seems that S.H.I.E.L.D. has not changed its appearance, and there are still many guys with good personalities, at least that guy Uehara Naraku is quite appetizing...


    Tony Stark''s eyes slowly moved down, and he looked at the last paragraph left for him in Howard Stark''s letter. Not surprisingly, it was some father''s apology.


    "Tony, sorry.


    We are all first time.


    Just as you grew up as a human being for the first time in this world, so I became the father of a human being for the first time.


    The saddest thing in the world is that you don''t have to pass any exams to be a father, and I''m overwhelmed by your presence...and the only source of fatherhood I can draw on seems to be your grandfather.


    We are all first time.


    I became a father for the first time.


    Perhaps this is the happiest thing in my life, and it is also the most regrettable thing.


    Tony.


    If I do something that accidentally hurt you in the future, it doesn''t matter if you never forgive me, no matter what you become in the future, I will always love you.


    All right, here we go.


    From Howard Stark. "


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s eyes were slightly red.


    For a long time, no matter who he was in front of, Tony Stark always had that haughty appearance, as well as the self-esteem that had always been maintained from his inner pride.


    Now this man finally couldn''t suppress his emotions, tears flowed down from the corners of his eyes, and slowly fell on the letter paper in his hand...


    this letter...


    Let Tony Stark completely forgive his father.


    Even the video of Howard Stark brought by S.H.I.E.L.D. is far inferior to the emotion that this letter conveyed to Tony Stark, making him finally understand the deep love of a father.


    Tony Stark didn''t wipe his tears away.


    The man just watched the content of the letter silently, and it flowed down little by little, and slowly landed on the paper...


    the other side.


    Uehara Naraku drank the juice slowly, and maliciously speculated on Tony Stark''s expression at this moment: "That guy must have started crying? After all, I was moved by the letter I made up...Father''s love is like a mountain what¡­"


    Naraku Uehara believes in her language skills very much.


    As long as Tony Stark reads the letter, he will definitely not doubt the source of the letter, because the father-son emotion he needs will make Tony Stark subconsciously make him no longer doubt that it is his father Howard. Stark wrote it down.


    Uehara Naraku is very proficient in using the emotions and bonds between people to achieve his own goals. All of this has only one purpose in the end.


    Make Tony Stark believe everything in that letter!


    From then on, Tony Stark will definitely have a good impression of the cosmic mercenary Xiao organization because of that letter and the attitude of his father Howard Stark...


    It is even possible to believe in it!


    The only problem is, if Tony Stark knew that the letter wasn''t from his father, but from Naraku Uehara''s forgery...


    It will be bright.


    With the dawn of dawn, Tony Stark returned to his seaside villa with the model diagram of the Stark Industry Expo, his eyes were still a little red and swollen.


    It can be seen that Tony Stark has not slept all night.


    Overnight, Tony Stark seemed to have grown up. He could only bury everything in that letter in his heart, and he could not tell anyone about the contents of the letter.


    At least, not yet.


    Naraku Uehara stood at the seaside villa waiting for Tony Stark to return home, with a slight anxiety on his face: "I have notified Director Fury and Agent Romanov, where did you go? Those two people who appeared yesterday who is it?"


    "how?"


    Tony Stark looked at Naraku Uehara, who was anxious because he knew nothing, and said jokingly at the corner of his mouth: "They are my friends, do you want to know them?"


    "Do not make jokes!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head quickly, and said with a serious face: "I heard them call you, son of Howard Stark? They don''t even know who you are?"


    what...


    This man''s face is too thick!


    How dare he say it was his friend!


    "Well, maybe not yet."


    Tony Stark spread out his palm, and continued slowly: "In short, I have no obligation to explain to you that they are not members of Hydra, nor are they our enemies..."


    "I have to report to Commissioner Fury..."


    "No comment."


    Tony Stark''s face turned cold instantly, looked at Uehara Naraku and said: "Agent Uehara Naraku, I saved your life last night, maybe more than one life, so it''s best not to delay my work now."


    "..."


    There was a little hesitation on Uehara Naraku''s face.


    At this moment, as a person who was saved by Tony Stark, it is indeed not suitable to stop his savior, but as an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., he must be responsible...


    Uehara Naraku''s expression gradually became more and more tangled.


    Tony Stark didn''t bother to pay attention to Naraku Uehara''s complicated mood. He took a picture of the model of the Stark Industry Expo that he had brought over, and continued: "If you''re okay, come here and help...I''m going to start working."


    new element.


    New energy board.


    New Iron Suit.


    And new life and life.


    Tony Stark didn''t want to waste his time at all, and quickly analyzed the structure of the new element through the model diagram of the Stark Industry Expo.


    A brand new element that does not belong to the earth.


    This element will be used as a new energy for his steel suit, to solve the problem of palladium poisoning in his body, and to make the battle of the steel suit last longer!


    For several days, Tony Stark was busy with his work.


    He completely blocked everything from the outside world, and even the military''s request to him was directly rejected by Tony Stark!


    It''s just that because Lieutenant Colonel James Rhodes of the military is his friend, Tony Stark handed over the Mark 2 he eliminated to Rhodes directly, and asked him to take it back for business.


    While Tony Stark was diligently synthesizing and manufacturing new elemental energy, Ivan Vanke of Hammer Industries in New York was also transforming his fighting machine...


    Naraku Uehara was not idle either.


    Naraku Uehara has always played the role of double agent perfectly, and he reported to Nick Fury and Alexander Pierce about the strange things he encountered at Tony Stark''s house recently.


    Nick Fury is pretty nervous!


    If Nick Fury hadn''t been discussing with Alexander Pierce in Washington to discuss the pursuit of Hydra, he would have gone straight to California to question Tony Stark!


    Alexander Pierce is more nervous than Nick Fury!


    Because during this period of time, Nick Fury has been discussing Hydra with him, which made Alexander Pierce''s nerves ache to the extreme!


    Now there are members of a small organization suspected of pretending to be Hydra, Alexander Pierce will naturally not let it go, he calls Uehara Naraku almost every day to ask about the work progress, and can''t wait to rush over to supervise the work in person!


    "It''s really long-winded..."


    When Uehara Naraku hung up Pierce''s phone, the corners of his mouth couldn''t help twitching, and he slowly turned his head to look at the somewhat dark sea: "How could there be people pretending to be Hydra in the world, Minister Pierce , I am also a member of Hydra..."


    The sky darkened at some point.


    The dark clouds were getting lower and lower, almost joining the darkened ocean, and thunder and lightning floated uninterruptedly in the dark clouds!


    Boom!


    Thunder and lightning suddenly pierced the sky!


    In the flash of lightning, a sea snake over 100 meters slowly surfaced and swam towards Tony Stark''s seaside villa!

 Chapter 711

    "Hydra is coming!"


    When Tony Stark saw the 100-meter-long sea snake, his expression became heavy, and he could confirm it directly without any explanation!


    Except Hydra...


    What other organization can have such a giant snake?


    Naraku Uehara quickly dialed Nick Fury''s phone number, and even sent a top-secret video email to Nick Fury, which was the hundred-meter-long sea snake swimming over!


    "Director Fury, Hydra is here!"


    "Keep the call open, pay attention to concealment!"


    Nick Fury saw the prehistoric monster-like sea snake in the video, and his face became serious: "I just happened to be going to see Pierce, and let him see the evidence of Hydra''s complete resurgence, I remember You have a pinhole video on you..."


    "¡­yes."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became strange.


    Uehara Naraku did not continue to be idle, and secretly sent a video email to Alexander Pierce to warn Alexander Pierce in advance!


    "What the hell..."


    The sea snake in the video really left Pierce speechless.


    The Hydra organization has never had the chance to see this monster-like 100-meter giant snake, and the guy pretending to be them looks more like that than the real Hydra!


    Are they Hydra fakes?


    Accompanied by lightning, thunder, and violent storms, the thick sea snake with a length of more than 100 meters swam to the shore boldly, roaring at Tony Stark''s villa!


    Even Tony Stark was a little surprised. He had to admit that this huge sea snake really frightened him...


    "It looks pretty scary..."


    This sea snake can definitely swallow a sports car in one bite!


    Fortunately, Tony Stark completed the new element energy board and put on his brand new steel suit, so he had the courage to face this terrifying monster.


    Tony Stark squeezed his fingers slowly, his whole body was wrapped in a steel suit, and he raised his head to look at the huge sea snake: "It seems that when we meet again this time, we must discuss a result..."


    "good."


    The sea snake opened its mouth slightly.


    And as the 100-meter-long sea snake opened its mouth, a foul-smelling wind and a hoarse, gloomy voice came out of the sea snake''s mouth.


    "It seems that after so many days, Mr. Stark must have figured it out and gave us the answer, right?"


    "I hope Mr. Stark can give us a satisfactory answer..."


    "All along..."


    "We Hydra only accept the results we want!"


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s expression was hidden under the steel mask, his throat rolled, and he was almost speechless for a moment.


    A little unexpected.


    This sea snake can even speak human words!


    So is this sea snake a monster with human consciousness... or is it a monster controlled by humans and made by humans with the help of a certain instrument?


    And on this sea snake...


    There are also some that are as strong as substantive coercion and murderous aura!


    Even if this coercion and murderous aura are isolated from the steel suit, it still makes Tony Stark who is hidden inside feel a little out of breath...


    Tony Stark couldn''t understand, he just felt that he might have been frightened, but fortunately the steel suit kept reminding him to regain his sobriety...


    Is this the threat from Hydra?


    It is indeed the enemy that his father Howard Stark has been unable to eliminate, or is this the enemy his father once faced?


    to be honest.


    It''s kind of hard to imagine.


    Faced with such a terrifying enemy, how did his father Howard Stark and S.H.I.E.L.D. defeat Hydra in World War II?


    "If I say yes..."


    Tony Stark spread his arms casually, and continued softly: "What can I get? Wealth? Status? It seems that they are all things I have now..."


    "There is no satisfaction of human desires."


    The sea snake lowered its head slightly to look at Tony Stark, just one eye was almost the same size as Tony Stark!


    The sea snake opened its mouth slightly, and the stinky sea breeze hit its face again: "Mr. Stark, Hydra can bring you far more than you can imagine. Before you cooperate with us, I can''t tell you Answer¡­"


    "OK, I probably understand."


    Tony Stark made a gesture, nodded himself and continued: "It means that if we haven''t negotiated a cooperation between us, you don''t even want to give me a bad check, right?"


    "It''s not a blank promise."


    The sea snake slowly shook its head, and continued with a hoarse voice: "Hydra will never deceive our partners. Before you give a definite answer...we must not tell you what we want to give you."


    "What if you give...I don''t want it?"


    "..."


    The sea snake was strangely silent for a while.


    The next moment, Sea Snake shook his head again, and continued: "No, Mr. Stark, you will definitely want it. No one in this world can refuse Hydra''s kindness, and no one can refuse our request for cooperation..."


    "It''s really an insincere cooperation intention... To be honest, this gentleman from Hydra, you must be very good at robbery, right?"


    Tony Stark was full of complaints about Hydra, how did this evil organization survive, and people had to cooperate with them without saying anything?


    Isn''t this bullying honest people?


    If there is any company in this world that dares to mention cooperation in this way, then their company must be so strong that people dare not refuse or are reluctant to refuse...


    honestly...


    Hydra may indeed have such strength.


    "Mr. Stark shouldn''t be able to refuse us."


    The sea snake opened its mouth again, and continued: "Your father didn''t want us to make public the fact that your father stole the achievements of Anton Vanke, did he? Mr. Tucker''s way..."


    But Tony Stark didn''t care at all.


    Because he already knew the past of Howard Stark and Anton Vanke, and now he just wanted to get Hydra information.


    Tony Stark nodded slowly, and continued to speak: "Okay, let''s talk about it first, how can we cooperate..."


    "It looks like Mr. Stark hasn''t let us down."


    The huge sea snake slowly nodded its head, and suddenly opened its mouth to spit out a small bag containing a USB flash drive, and its voice suddenly became gentler.


    "I''m just a pawn coming to visit."


    "As for the actual negotiation, our negotiating members will wait for Mr. Stark''s arrival at this position tomorrow morning...


    Whether it is what we want or what Mr. Stark wants, we can propose it tomorrow. I believe our price will satisfy you. "


    "Can."


    Tony Stark frowned slightly.


    Tony Stark picked up the USB flash drive contained in the small bag, he was a little curious about the specific coordinates of the negotiations in this USB flash drive...


    Originally, Tony Stark planned to continue chatting a few words about obtaining information, but he felt that the sea snake brought too much pressure on his heart, which made his mind a little dizzy.


    that feeling...


    It''s like being in a sea of ??corpses and blood all the time!


    After seeing Tony Stark agreeing to come down, the sea snake shook its huge head like a human and nodded slowly.


    "Then... I hope we can cooperate happily..."


    "If Mr. Stark doesn''t show up on time tomorrow, I will visit again. This is our last peaceful discussion."


    After finishing speaking, the sea snake with a height of more than 100 meters turned its huge body, slowly moved to the seashore, and then quickly dived into the seawater.


    Things went surprisingly well.


    Tony Stark was a little confused by Hydra''s confidence.


    Is this evil Hydra organization sick? Or, they are already so powerful that they never thought about it, will someone play tricks on them?


    no matter what¡­


    At least Tony Stark seems to have successfully obtained information on Hydra.


    After the sea snake left, Uehara Naraku came out in shock, even holding the phone in his hand, his palm trembling uncontrollably...


    apparently...


    Uehara Naraku seemed to be quite frightened too.


    "Jarvis, scan the USB drive."


    Tony Stark ordered Jarvis before turning his head to look at Uehara Naraku: "Hey, do you think the person behind the hydra is too stupid?"


    "maybe¡­"


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly, and continued softly: "I have already reported this to Director Nick Fury. He and Minister Alexander Pierce of the World Security Council have already discussed it, and will send people over to support it soon..."


    "Do you think support is useful?"


    Tony Stark drank a glass of whiskey slowly before continuing: "It sounds like that monster-like sea snake is just a soldier of Hydra...


    If we''re going to raid Hydra tomorrow, it feels like we''d better have nuclear warheads or something to make it work! "


    "Director Fury should be able to apply for a nuclear warhead..."


    "Are you kidding? Is your SHIELD so powerful?"


    Tony Stark was a little surprised by Uehara Naraku''s words!


    While the two of them were still chatting here, Jarvis finally scanned the USB flash drive, and opened the program in the USB flash drive after confirming its safety.


    This program displays a coordinate.


    After Tony Stark checked the coordinates, he faintly felt as if he had been tricked, because the coordinates he found showed that there was a military military base there.


    Did Hydra send fakes?


    Just at this moment, Tony Stark''s cell phone rang suddenly, and he received a call from Ivan Vanke: "Why did you call here?"


    "Let''s talk..."


    Ivan Vanke''s voice was a little sluggish.


    "it is good¡­"


    Tony Stark walked into another room holding the phone.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tony Stark, and quietly sent the coordinates he just knew to Nick Fury and Alexander Pierce.


    The same coordinate location received two replies with different contents.


    "That''s a military base that our S.H.I.E.L.D. is using!"


    This is a reply from Nick Fury to Naraku Uehara.


    "That''s a military base that our Hydra is using!"


    This is a reply from Alexander Pierce to Naraku Uehara.


    The military base at this coordinate is really indescribably miraculous, even both S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra are claiming it...


    Although Nick Fury felt that Hydra had given him a false coordinate, he still hurriedly sent someone to the military base to find out if there was any Hydra conspiracy hidden in it...


    As for Alexander Pierce...


    The Minister of the Security Council and the top leader of Hydra finally couldn''t sit still, once Nick Fury sent his own people to investigate the military base...


    Nick Fury will find that there is no Hydra conspiracy hidden in that military base at all, but the entire base is full of members of Hydra!


    This is a conspiracy against their Hydra!


    In any case, Alexander Pierce must stop Nick Fury from going to check the military division base, and then arrange for them to check it themselves, or pull everyone out!


    Nick Fury is over.


    And Tony Stark flew over earlier. After listening to the threatening call from Ivan Vanke, he had to rush to the military base where the coordinates were located.


    "Tony, I know you''re teasing Hydra..."


    "Actually, Hydra is also teasing you..."


    "The coordinates they gave you are not a place for negotiation at all, but a place for the two of us to have a fair confrontation. Whoever has the strongest steel suit after the decisive battle..."


    "I''m also teasing the idiots of Hydra, I just asked them to help find a place where we can fight fairly, and now I''m here waiting for you!"


    "If you don''t make it by tomorrow morning, Hydra will blow up the entire Stark Industries Building into rubble!"

 Chapter 712

    A military base.


    Gathered the attention of countless people.


    Washington, SHIELD headquarters.


    Nick Fury stood in front of the floor-to-ceiling windows of the director''s office of S.H.I.E.L.D., and issued orders to the military base far away in Arkansas, reminding them to prepare for war quickly.


    "Immediately prepare for war!"


    "Field staff disperse! Search for any suspicious persons!"


    "In an hour, I''ll be at the Arkansas base!"


    Although Nick Fury didn''t know why Ivan Vanke and Tony Stark were going to fight there, and he didn''t know why Hydra chose that military base...But at this time, there is nothing wrong with being alert and preparing for war!


    Moreover, Nick Fury has ordered the Quin-jet fighter plane of SHIELD to pick him up, and he himself will rush to the Arkansas military base immediately to avoid any mistakes.


    "Yes, Sir."


    The commander of the military base took the order seriously.


    Then the commander wanted to contact Alexander Pierce...


    After all, the commander''s true allegiance is Hydra, or the entire Arkansas military base is composed of Hydra people. What else needs to be hidden?


    This is their Hydra''s backup training base!


    When the commander of the military base contacted Alexander Pierce, Pierce was thinking that the military commander and the members of the entire base could die heroically in the upcoming war.


    Pierce felt that those fakes were eyeing them Hydras. At this time, a Hydra base that may have been exposed seemed irrelevant...


    In particular, this base is only a logistics training office.


    "Follow Fury''s orders!"


    Alexander Pierce pressed his mobile phone and pressed his fingers on the desk little by little: "I don''t want anyone to be exposed at this time, it will kill many people... Colonel Wim, do you understand what I mean?"


    "Yes, we will pay attention to hiding."


    The commander''s face was very firm.


    "idiot!"


    Pierce couldn''t help but curse!


    Now that the entire Arkansas base is very likely to have been exposed, what''s the use of hiding it at this time? The most important thing now is to destroy the evidence!


    No matter what, Nick Fury must be stabilized now, and Nick Fury must not be allowed to suspect that there is something wrong in S.H.I.E.L.D.!


    "Now you immediately destroy all the information on Hydra in the base...Nick Fury is likely to thoroughly investigate the Arkansas base, and no information can be missed."


    Alexander Pierce paced back and forth in his office, pressing his forehead with one hand: "Before Nick Fury rushes to the Arkansas base, be ready to start the self-destruct procedure, once he finds out that there are Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D. ..."


    "Sir..."


    The commander clenched the receiver in his hand, slowly raised his head to look at the flame cloud that appeared in the sky, and swallowed his own saliva: "We may be too late..."


    "Sir, UFO raid!"


    A person in charge of the radar display reported loudly!


    The commander glanced at a group of red dots on the radar display, and screamed in despair: "Enemy attack! Everyone be on alert immediately, return to your position!!"


    Boom!


    A cluster missile was inserted into this military base!


    The violent explosion resounded throughout the base, the shock wave instantly swept everything around, and the smoke and dust flooded the entire base!


    A tall steel battle suit flew into the air and landed on the top of the military base, and two whips glowing with lightning suddenly popped out of his hands!


    A whip rope directly cut through the roof of the base like a sharp knife!


    It was Ivan Vanke!


    Accompanied by Ivan Vanke''s first dispatch, each armed machine also fell from the sky, and each barrel and machine gun was aimed at this military base!


    Hundreds of machine guns tore through the defense line of the base in an instant!


    This kind of steel machine swarm raid operation, which surpassed half an era, completely lost its opportunity before they didn''t have enough firepower to solve the air raid...


    They also never thought about how a military base in the safe middle of the United States could face such a terrorist attack!


    In less than ten minutes.


    Ivan Vanke led hundreds of armed machines to destroy all the resistance forces in the entire military base. This was originally his long-planned battle plan!


    The only usefulness of this military base is to ask for help from a nearby air force base and army base.


    Hundreds of kilometers away.


    A tank battalion from the army base is already heading here.


    Two F22 Raptor fighter jets from the air force base took off and came to support the attacked S.H.I.E.L.D. base, but the two fighter jets were destroyed by two lasers on the way.


    The military was in chaos in an instant.


    The Department of Defense in Washington immediately convened all the generals to discuss whether to use missiles to directly destroy the Arkansas base, destroying the SHIELD members and the enemy together...


    Nick Fury certainly disagrees.


    Nick Fury claimed that Iron Man Tony Stark had rushed to the Arkansas military base to support; the military also simply sent Tony Stark''s friend Lieutenant Colonel Rhodes to wear his newly armed war machine to assist in combat.


    Moreover, Nick Fury himself rushed to the Arkansas base in a Quin-jet fighter plane. He wanted to investigate the hidden secrets behind this incident...


    In fact, he didn''t have to investigate on his own at all.


    Because after Tony Stark and Rhodes got in touch, they both arrived at the ruined Arkansas military base, and saw rows of armed robots and the steel battle suit worn by Ivan Vanke.


    The bodies of these steel weapons are all printed with the same exquisite patterns.


    Both Tony Stark and Rhodes are very familiar with those patterns. It is the LOGO of Hammer Industries, and both of them are a little speechless.


    "Is Justin Hammer crazy?"


    Lieutenant Colonel Rhodes in Gears of War twitched his lips, and couldn''t help but continued to mock: "Or is he just a fool? To provide terrorists who attacked military bases with steel battle suits, weapons that the military cannot even deploy... Wait, how did he do it?"


    "Because Ivan Vanke..."


    Tony Stark''s bright red steel battlesuit floated in the air, looking at the rows of armed robots on the ground, a look of worry flashed in his eyes: "That idiot Justin Hammer has the guts to collude with Hydra..."


    Regardless of the outcome of their battle...


    Justin Hammer''s charge of treason will certainly not escape!


    Unless Hydra helps him solve this problem.


    Tony Stark knew very well that the engagement between Ivan Vanke and him was not only an end to their family''s feud, but also a reason why Hydra was secretly promoting it.


    That terrorist organization hiding in the dark...


    I want to select the strongest steel suit technology through this fight!


    Boom!


    Fierce artillery fire pierced the night sky in an instant!


    Ivan Vanke drove his iron battle suit and led hundreds of armed machines to attack Iron Man and War Machine in the air!


    "Rod, be careful!"


    Tony Stark raised his height quickly, the legs of the steel suit were lifted slightly, and miniature bombs flew out one after another, blowing up seven or eight armed robots one after another!


    "Don''t worry about me, my firepower is stronger than yours!"


    Lieutenant Colonel James Rhodes drove his latest armed war machine and poured fierce firepower towards the ground. He was loaded with large-caliber machine guns and grenades!


    Armed robots fell one after another in his attack...


    These armed robots are just consumables for Ivan Vanke, purely to reduce the ammunition and energy of Tony Stark and Rhodes.


    Ivan Vanke himself looked up at the exchange of fire with his leisurely mind, tightly holding two whips with flashing arcs in his hands, and a toothpick in the corner of his mouth.


    "Are you going to treat me as an abandoned child..."


    "In your organization, it''s really miserable to have no use value...you group of demons, never thought that I would defeat Tony Stark?"


    "Hee hee hee...you are just a pawn..."


    Bai Jue''s body slowly fell off Ivan Vanke''s body, and quickly dived into the ground, and continued to ask with a smile: "Hehehehe... There is a difference between a chess piece and an official member, but if you want If you are resurrected, we don''t mind taking your soul away..."


    "Oh, there''s no need."


    Ivan Vanke shook his head, manipulating his iron suit and slowly clenched the arc whip in his hand, his voice suddenly became gloomy: "Tony Stark... let''s finish here!"


    Accompanied by the sound of gunfire gradually subsided.


    Tony Stark and Rhodes destroyed all the armed machines and stood in front of Ivan Vanke. The two looked at the Hammer Industries logo on Ivan Vanke''s body inexplicably.


    "Justin Hammer is such an idiot..."


    "I think so¡­"


    "That idiot should have been tricked..."


    "Even being cheated can only just show his stupidity..."


    Tony Stark shook his head, and quickly asked Jarvis to call Uehara Naraku, and asked Uehara Naraku to rush to Hammer Industries immediately to avoid the disappearance of evidence.


    This matter must have something to do with Hammer Industries.


    Regardless of whether there is enough evidence, as the most suspected Hammer Industries, SHIELD or the military cannot easily let him go.


    Unless Justin Hammer can come up with the Iron Armor to atone for his sins, just without the help of Ivan Vanke, it is impossible for Justin Hammer to make it...


    "Uehara."


    Tony Stark talked on the phone with Uehara Naraku without anyone else: "There may be a collusion between Hanmer Industries and Hydra. It is best to be faster and maybe find out the whereabouts of Hydra. I doubt that Hydra may destroy all evidence. ..."


    "Relax."


    Naraku Uehara quickly calmed down after panicking for a while, and explained softly: "I have notified Agent Romanov and Director Fury.


    Tony, be careful on your side, it''s best not to fight by force, Director Fury should have mobilized support and will arrive soon..."


    "No, no, no support is needed."


    Tony Stark hung up the phone calmly.


    "What an idiot..."


    Ivan Vanke looked at Tony Stark and Rhodes contemptuously, then glanced at the Hammer Industries logo on his arm armor, and slowly closed his eyes.


    Even a smart scientist like Tony Stark would never have imagined all the riots and battles that happened tonight...


    real purpose...


    Just for one thing.


    Someone deliberately found Hammer Industry''s head.


    As long as they find the head of Hammer Industries, they will find out the truth about the collusion between Justin Hammer, Alexander Pierce, Ivan Vanke and others.


    As for the other side.


    During the emergency operation of SHIELD agents to surround Hammer Industries.


    Justin Hammer didn''t know anything about it. He was still sitting in his office, tapping his fingers on his mobile phone, feeling a little bit tangled in his heart.


    Since Ivan Vanke offered to test drive the Iron Suit tonight, Justin Hammer doesn''t need to abide by the so-called gag order.


    Justin Hammer ponders whether to tweet...


    Is it announced now?


    Or wait until the press conference?


    Or wait until he announces it at Stark Industries Expo?


    Justin Hammer picked up his mobile phone, looked at a photo on the phone, and felt a little itchy in his heart.


    It was a group photo.


    In the middle is a steel suit with the LOGO of Hammer Industries.


    On the left is Justin Hammer himself, who is smiling, and on the right is Minister Alexander Pierce. The two stand on both sides and give thumbs up at the same time.


    This photo was proposed by Justin Hammer as a commemorative group photo to celebrate Hammer Industries'' successful manufacture of its own steel suit.


    In Justin Hammer''s view, this photo is the password of his future wealth in life.


    "Forget it, just send one?"


    "I haven''t tweeted for so long, let''s post a few more!"


    Hammer Industries has manufactured a stronger steel suit, so that Justin Hammer finally couldn''t help announcing to the world that he has surpassed Tony Stark!


    Justin Hammer rubbed his palms excitedly, quickly edited out new tweets, and attached various photos.


    "Stronger Iron Man! [Photo]"


    "Hammer Industries'' new Iron Suit is coming! ¡¾Photo¡¿"


    ¡°A new era of peace has arrived! [Photo]¡±


    "Hammer Industries Reports to the United States and Allies! [Photo]"


    "Thank you to my new friend, Secretary Alexander Pierce of the World Security Council, who will be my friend forever and ever! [Photo]"

 Chapter 713

    Life is too ridiculous.


    There will indeed be a person in this world, and it only takes one tweet to cause the entire upper class of the United States to be in a state of distress, but it is definitely not at this time.


    Washington, U.S. Department of Defense.


    The photo with Alexander Pierce sent by Justin Hammer was displayed on the big screen, and everyone present couldn''t help falling into silence.


    The next moment, everyone reacted quickly!


    Regardless of whether they were members of Hydra or not, they all issued the same order to quickly control Alexander Pierce of the World Security Council!


    Regardless of the mentality of Alexander Pierce colluding with Justin Hammer to create a steel suit used by terrorists, now they must first control Pierce and find out all the truth here!


    over the United States.


    On a Quinjet fighter plane.


    Nick Fury''s one-eyed was a little dignified, staring closely at the group photo and lost in thought, because he knew best what message was hidden behind this group photo.


    "Did Pierce pretend to be Hydra and take Ivan Vanke away?"


    Nick Fury tapped the screen with his fingers, and remembered another possibility that he didn''t dare to imagine, and a trace of doubt arose in his heart: "...or the real Hydra?"


    Since this period of time, Alexander Pierce''s actions have been too suspicious, and his insistence on not believing that Hydra''s resurgence has become his biggest doubt.


    Since you don''t believe in the resurgence of Hydra, why do you act in the name of Hydra in private, and why don''t you tell him, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., about this?


    The two of them are true old friends!


    Nick Fury has a very high degree of trust in Alexander Pierce, even more than the group of agents under him, because the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is Pierce.


    "Agent Romanov."


    Nick Fury immediately contacted Natasha, and gave an order in a deep voice: "Take Justin Hammer under control immediately, and when I return to New York to interrogate myself, no one will know...Also, help me investigate Minister Pierce''s track of action."


    Washington, World Security Council.


    Alexander Pierce was still anxiously waiting for news from the base in Arkansas when his cell phone was blown up by Hydra members lurking in the Senator and the military.


    "What did you say?"


    Alexander Pierce was in a state of confusion. Who would tell him when he collaborated with that idiot Justin Hammer?


    There was even a group photo between them?


    Alexander Pierce was going crazy when he thought of what happened tonight. This man kicked his desk hard!


    According to the latest news from the Arkansas military base, the steel suit that attacked the Arkansas base and is currently confronting Tony Stark and Lieutenant Colonel Rhodes is 100% from Hammer Industries!


    Moreover, Tony Stark and Lieutenant Colonel Rhodes have contacted S.H.I.E.L.D. and the military respectively. The steel suit was made by Ivan Vanke...


    We all know...


    Ivan Vanke was rescued by Hydra!


    Even if Alexander Pierce knew that it must be a fake Hydra, now that he has seven or eight mouths on his body, he can''t declare to others that it is not their Hydra...


    this fucking...


    Why did Tian Sheng fly over with a horizontal pot and forcefully buckle it on his body!


    Now the entire upper echelons of the United States believe that Justin Hammer, Ivan Vanke and his minister of the Security Council have colluded, or that he pretended to be Hydra and rescued Ivan Vanke, or that he was originally Hydra...


    Alexander Pierce sure didn''t do it himself!


    Now he must find a way to come up with real and possible time evidence to prove that the photos sent by Justin Hammer are all fake, and then clear the suspicion of Hydra on his body!


    this fucking...


    Who did it!


    It must be the fakes of those Hydras!


    Those bastards must want to kill him as the genuine one, and then their group of fakes can pretend to be the real genuine one!


    The character is too low...


    If those fakes are willing to join their Hydra, their Hydra doesn''t mind having one more capable guy. What kind of man is he who engages in such indecent methods now?


    "Naraku Uehara, I''m Pierce."


    Alexander Pierce made a call, and said in a deep voice: "Nick Fury should have gone to control that idiot Justin Hammer in advance by now, and help me find out the time for the fake person pretending to be me to meet him..."


    Alexander Pierce needs evidence to make an alibi.


    First of all, getting rid of your suspicion is the most important thing, otherwise, if it is found out that he is Hydra, it is likely to cause a chain reaction!


    In the entire S.H.I.E.L.D., Alexander Pierce can 100% believe that there are not many agents who can do things, and Naraku Uehara is one of them who is not bad...


    At least more trustworthy than Hitterwell and Crossbones.


    "It''s so troublesome..."


    Naraku Uehara hung up on Pierce.


    Naraku Uehara is also a little confused now. When he saw Justin Hammer''s Twitter, he was a little shocked. What''s wrong with this funny guy?


    Uehara Naraku even felt a little embarrassed.


    Now just to expose Alexander Pierce and Hydra, is it really better to make such an interesting tease than a place to die?


    Actually it doesn''t matter.


    Uehara Naraku stroked his chin and fell into deep thought. Now what he should consider is how to solve Alexander Pierce''s dying struggle, and step on Pierce when Pierce just fell into the pit, lest Pierce climb out directly.


    this thing...


    In fact, it is not difficult to do.


    It was getting brighter.


    New York, Hammer Industries.


    After Justin Hammer tweeted, he got phone call after phone call.


    Most of the phone calls were about his relationship with Alexander Pierce, Ivan Vanke and others, as well as threatening him to hand over the steel suit technology and so on.


    Naturally, some members of the military told Justin Hammer that the Arkansas military base had been attacked by steel suits made by Hammer Industries, and asked him to rush to the Ministry of Defense to surrender immediately, perhaps to save his life.


    If he didn''t know that he couldn''t escape the pursuit of the military, Justin Hammer really wanted to escape. Now he is sitting in his office with dazed eyes, waiting quietly for others to capture him, no matter what organization captures him. It doesn''t matter if you go...


    Crime of treason.


    This crime is definitely not light.


    No one can save him!


    Justin Hammer knew the law, he knew the situation, he would at least be convicted of this crime by the court, and he might even be court-martialed.


    da da da da...


    The crisp sound of little leather boots came to my ears...


    A woman with various looks opened the door of this office. Just as her eyes fell slightly and she was about to say something, she saw Justin Hammer stretching out his hands calmly.


    This guy¡­


    It seems that he knows that he has caused a big disaster!


    "Looks like I don''t need to bother."


    Natasha Romanov took out the handcuffs and handcuffed Justin Hammer''s hands directly, and said softly: "Leave here with me now, there are many people outside who want to kill you, maybe there will be a turnaround... "


    Natasha winked at Justin Hammer, and when she was about to continue talking, she saw a sudden call on Justin Hammer''s cell phone.


    "Help me hang it up."


    Justin Hammer didn''t believe Natasha''s words at all. He didn''t believe that anyone would dare to save him under such circumstances. It is estimated that this call was to urge him to surrender again...


    "Connect it."


    Natasha Romanov glanced at Justin Hammer, slowly took out a recorder, and continued softly: "Don''t show your flaws, maybe this may get you off the hook..."


    "how is this possible?"


    Justin Hammer shook his head.


    How happy he was when he first tweeted group photos, but now he feels so much pain in his heart, why did he send those few tweets so cheaply?


    Although he knew that if he didn''t tweet, he couldn''t escape this disaster...


    When Ivan Vanke attacked the Arkansas military base, as long as someone checked the production log of Hammer Industries, he was doomed this time.


    The wry smile on Justin Hammer''s face could hardly be suppressed, he sighed, and pressed the connect button on the phone: "Anyway, this treason..."


    "Hahahaha¡­"


    There was an eerie laugh on the phone.


    The voice was faintly harsh, and just as Justin Hammer was about to curse, Natasha directly covered his mouth with her hand.


    "Mr. Hammer, do you want to make a deal?"


    "In addition to being the minister of the World Security Council, Alexander Pierce is secretly the leader of Hydra. You should know how much he hates you now for letting him be exposed?"


    "..."


    Natasha''s expression changed slightly.


    They are still not sure about this within S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Once Alexander Pierce is really the leader of Hydra, the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. is bound to set off a major investigation, because Pierce is also the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D.!


    Justin Hammer glanced at Natasha, and said cautiously, "No... I don''t know... It should be... all right?"


    "Don''t you know Pierce''s arrangement?"


    "He wasn''t optimistic about your cooperation with Ivan Vanke!"


    "Pierce claimed that in order to test the best steel suit technology, he would let Ivan Vanke and Tony Stark find a location to duel. As for his real purpose...in fact, it is to destroy the military base in Arkansas."


    "The Arkansas military base is Hydra''s hidden base in S.H.I.E.L.D. During this period, it was exposed due to the frequent movements of Hydra. In order to clean up all traces of this base, Pierce deliberately sent Ivan Vanke Go silence..."


    "Originally, Pierce wanted to wait until the result of this battle came out before he decided to keep you as a lackey...or kill you to silence him."


    "You... who are you?"


    Justin Hammer''s voice stuttered a bit.


    The voice on the other end of the phone didn''t matter: "I''m just someone who can save you, as long as you hand over the technology of the steel suit in your hand, I can find a way to save your life..."


    "I will think about it¡­"


    Just when Justin Hammer was about to hang up the phone, he saw a line written by Natasha, and said again: "How can I... trust you? How can I trade?"


    "Huh? There''s someone next to you."


    The person on the other side of the phone was very alert.


    Just a question from Justin Hammer, it immediately hung up the phone, and when Justin Hammer dialed back, it could no longer be connected.


    "No need to fight."


    Natasha shook her head, put one hand on Justin Hammer''s shoulder, and said in a deep voice, "Leave me immediately now...things... are more serious than imagined!"


    No matter who is on the other end of the phone...


    At least Natasha got a very top secret tip!


    If the Arkansas military base verifies that there are traces of Hydra, it is almost 100% certain that Alexander Pierce is related to Hydra!


    Natasha really didn''t know how to tell Nick Fury the sad news...

 Chapter 714

    Everything is detonated.


    The battle for the ruins of an Arkansas military base is coming to an end.


    Under the simultaneous attack of Tony Stark and Rhodes, Ivan Vanke''s body was hit by two energy rays, and the steel suit on his body exploded instantly!


    The man looked at Tony Stark and Rhodes before he died, with a mocking smile on his face: "Hahahahahaha...Tony Stark...you have been targeted by sharks...the shadows under the deep sea...you can''t escape Drop it, Stark!"


    "Ok?"


    Tony Stark lifted his mask, frowning slightly.


    Although Ivan Vanke has died in battle, this does not mean the end of all these incidents. The Hydra standing behind Ivan Vanke is still about to move.


    boom rumble...


    A Quin-jet fighter landed on the ground.


    Nick Fury walked down with a dozen S.H.I.E.L.D. agents. His face was extremely heavy, and he turned a blind eye to Ivan Vanke''s death.


    Nick Fury didn''t even bother to recycle his Iron Suit.


    Nick Fury knows very well that the most important thing for a steel suit is energy drive. Only the new Ark reactor and the new elemental energy plate developed by Tony Stark can perfectly drive a steel suit.


    Nick Fury waved his hand to stop Tony Stark from saying hello, and waved his hand to signal his agents to disperse: "Go and check to see how many survivors are still in the Arkansas base, and rescue them immediately..."


    "yes."


    A group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents immediately dispersed.


    Fortunately, the infrastructure of this military base is of good quality, and a group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents quickly found several survivors and even a small team.


    Nick Fury looked at these survivors, a look of complexity flashed across his face, he slowly walked to a survivor, lowered his voice and said something in his ear.


    "Long live Hydra."


    "..."


    Surprise flashed across the survivor''s face, and he stared at Nick Fury in front of him, the joy in his eyes couldn''t be suppressed.


    Is the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. also one of their Hydra?


    "Long live Hydra!"


    "..."


    Nick Fury was rarely silent. He just reached out and patted the survivor''s shoulder, and walked to the next survivor.


    Seventeen survivors!


    Seventeen are all Hydra members!


    The Arkansas S.H.I.E.L.D. base is full of Hydra people!


    Just a secret base responsible for training agents and field personnel is all Hydra people, how many Hydra people are lurking in the entire S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Nick Fury received a message from Natasha on the plane.


    Originally, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. had already made some psychological preparations, but after personally confirming the truth, Nick Fury still felt complicated...


    If Alexander Pierce, the former Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., is the leader of Hydra, who knows how many Hydra agents he secretly released into S.H.I.E.L.D.!


    The new war between S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra is about to start!


    The only problem is that there are countless Hydras lurking in the entire S.H.I.E.L.D., and Nick Fury himself can''t find out how many Hydras there are;


    Counting it down now, there are not many agents that Nick Fury can trust in S.H.I.E.L.D., especially the manpower that can be used, not even more than one slap.


    Clint Barton, Natasha Romanoff, and Nick Fury''s newcomer Coulson...


    Naraku Uehara can also be counted as one.


    Just because of this guy''s personality, it''s hard to think of him as a spy. Who the hell would have no brains to send this kind of person out as a spy?


    "Stark."


    Nick Fury reached out and held Tony Stark''s palm, and said softly: "I may have something to deal with here. You can go back to California first. See you in Washington in half a month."


    "It depends on my time..."


    Tony Stark nodded, and greeted Lieutenant Colonel Rhodes to put on the face armor together, and flew away in their respective steel suits.


    Wait until they leave.


    Nick Fury took out his pistol, loaded it with a click, and whispered to the agents he brought over.


    "Take all the people here and keep them in secret custody."


    Here is not the most critical.


    The real trouble is S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    Nick Fury didn''t pay attention to any evidence. He read the information Natasha got from Hammer Industries and directly identified Alexander Pierce as the leader of Hydra.


    But before Nick Fury could do anything, urgent news came from Washington. Facing the pursuit of the military, Pierce had no choice but to flee Washington directly without thinking about finding evidence to reverse the case for himself.


    Among those who ordered to hunt him down, there were many accomplices who sent him letters; among those who were responsible for hunting him down, there were also many subordinates of their hydra...


    It is not so much that Alexander Pierce escaped smoothly, it is better to say that he just moved a house, and even remotely commanded the Hydra members of S.H.I.E.L.D....


    If it weren''t for Justin Hammer to make things too big, and the military also intervened, Alexander Pierce might be able to kill Nick Fury and support one of their Hydra cadres as the puppet director.


    The whole of S.H.I.E.L.D. has come under scrutiny.


    In just three days, Senior Agent Sitwell and Field Force Commander Crossbones defected one after another, and the S.H.I.E.L.D.


    In less than a week after SHIELD''s official review, a group of Hydra brazenly dispatched to attack and create wars, and the battle between SHIELD and Hydra reopened.


    Pre-war censorship became a joke.


    Everyone knows that this situation is no longer suitable for continuing to examine how many internal spies there are in S.H.I.E.L.D. Now what they need to deal with is Hydra''s raid after decades!


    While Nick Fury was so busy, he couldn''t help but want to give up the mess of S.H.I.E.L.D. He didn''t really need a S.H.I.E.L.D. like an iron barrel.


    Just drop S.H.I.E.L.D....


    It doesn''t matter if S.H.I.E.L.D. is infiltrated by Hydra like this, anyway, he will soon rebuild an elite squad, as long as he has a superhero squad, he can quickly defeat all threatening enemies.


    "Directly speed up the Avengers plan..."


    Nick Fury sat in his office, held his forehead and pondered for a while, and immediately dialed an internal phone on his desk: "Help me send all the action reports of Agent Uehara Naraku."


    "Agent Uehara''s?"


    "Well, go faster."


    Half a month ago.


    The Hydra incident broke out. Even if Nick Fury believed in Uehara Naraku, he had to transfer Uehara Naraku to the S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters for a symbolic review.


    However, Hydra began to act recklessly, Uehara Naraku, a level 7 agent with strong fighting ability, had to be sent out to perform the mission, and Nick Fury directly canceled the imprisonment and review of Uehara Naraku.


    To be honest.


    If Uehara Naraku hadn''t been beside Tony Stark to report the appearance of Hydra one after another, Nick Fury didn''t know how long it would take to find the trace of Hydra...


    This person can''t be Hydra.


    Most of the Hydra spies detected by S.H.I.E.L.D. are very diligent, and Naraku Uehara''s style alone can confirm that this person is definitely not in the same group as Hydra...


    and¡­


    There is one more proof.


    When Uehara Naraku was active in India, many Hydra members wanted to assassinate Uehara Naraku, but he solved them all, including Hitwell and a group of S.H.I.E.L.D. defectors...


    While S.H.I.E.L.D. was hunting Hydra members, the Hydra men were also secretly hunting down their S.H.I.E.L.D. elite agents.


    "and also."


    Nick Fury thought for a while, and then continued: "Help me send all the materials of Dr. Bruce Banner, including all the recent news about the big Hulk, and help me make an appointment with General Ross..."


    Compared with the destruction of the Arkansas military base, another news is the most lively.


    The Hulk suddenly appeared and started a big battle with the military in a school. Many people died or disappeared, and the video was directly posted on the Internet.


    Who would have thought that this matter is not over yet...


    The Hulk and another huge monster fought in New York, and the whole New York witnessed this giant battle, which directly embarrassed the military...


    Nick Fury took a fancy to the strength of the Hulk, and also saw the character of the Hulk''s body, Bruce Banner, and he wanted to list the Hulk as one of the candidates for the Avengers team.


    Originally, the recent Hydra incident made S.H.I.E.L.D. unable to raise its head in front of the military, and Nick Fury had no chance to intervene in this matter.


    Fortunately, with the outbreak of the New York incident, General Ross, who has been in charge of the Hulk project, suffered consecutive defeats. Every time the siege and pursuit of the Hulk was lost, this gave Nick Fury a chance to intervene.


    This alone is not enough.


    Nick Fury needs to have enough cards to play, at least he needs to be able to prove that he can deal with the Hulk''s troubles.


    Coincidentally, he happened to have a card in his hand, and that was Tony Stark who was willing to admit the Avengers plan. Even Tony Stark wanted to quickly form the Avengers team, because Tony Stark had already set his sights on the Avengers from the universe. threat.


    "Hello, Tony."


    Nick Fury called Tony Stark, and said slowly: "There is a person who is suitable to be an Avenger who has encountered a little trouble recently. You may need to solve his problem. You should have heard of his name. ..."


    "Who?"


    "Dr. Bruce Banner."


    After Nick Fury mentioned the name, he added: "Maybe you should know his other name... Hulk."


    "give it to me!"


    Tony Stark took the task, and suddenly said curiously: "I found some information about him, he can''t control his emotions at all, right?"


    "According to my information..."


    There was a hint of sharpness in Nick Fury''s eyes: "The agent in charge of investigating Bruce Banner recently discovered that he may be able to control his own transformation..."


    "Heh, can you believe what Agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. say?"


    Tony Stark''s voice on the phone was full of ridicule towards S.H.I.E.L.D.: "I''ve heard of it. Does S.H.I.E.L.D. still have credible agents?"


    S.H.I.E.L.D. does not have a good reputation in the upper echelons of the United States, because it has been lurking in Hydra for so many years, and it has been in a state of being ridiculed recently.


    "You just need to see General Ross in the military..."


    After Nick Fury provided a name, he added: "Also, the news about Dr. Bruce Banner was provided by Agent Uehara."


    "It''s just that guy is so credible..."

 Chapter 715

    Uehara Naraku has been very busy recently.


    Since the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. is in chaos, no one knows which agent suddenly becomes Hydra, so the agents trusted by Nick Fury are basically busy dogs.


    Even Agent Coulson, who is an ordinary person, has been transferred all over the world. It is said that Agent Coulson was thrown into the Arctic Ocean to dig Captain America just after handling the hammer incident in New Mexico.


    Uehara Naraku, Clint Barton and Natasha Romanoff, as the three aces of S.H.I.E.L.D., were also dispatched by Nick Fury to eliminate Hydra terrorists.


    Compared with Clint Barton and Natasha Romanov, Uehara Naraku''s life is not bad, he can still contact Alexander Pierce, and naturally he can find a way to transfer to where he wants to go.


    For example, if Uehara Naraku wants to go to India, he only needs Alexander Pierce to send a group of people in Hydra to India to create terror and chaos and die, and Nick Fury will send Uehara Naraku to India.


    And because Hitwell and Crossbones were forced to defect, Naraku Uehara has become Hydra''s highest-ranking member of S.H.I.E.L.D....


    the most important is¡­


    Naraku Uehara is in charge of Nick Fury''s Avengers program.


    Not only does Nick Fury want to add sand to the future Avengers squad, Alexander Pierce and Hydra also want to have a foot in the Avengers squad.


    After the Hulk vs. Abomination incident broke out in New York, Uehara Naraku suggested that Pierce investigate Bruce Banner''s whereabouts and discovered Bruce Banner''s whereabouts in advance.


    Then¡­


    Uehara Naraku sold Bruce Banner''s yoga practices in India to Nick Fury in exchange for the power to monitor Bruce Banner.


    That''s why.


    Uehara Naraku finally lived a few days of leisure.


    Now Naraku Uehara, besides monitoring Bruce Banner''s actions every day, is killing a few hydra''s ghosts.


    Today seems to be a bit of an exception.


    After Bruce Banner finished practicing yoga, he suddenly left the downtown area of ??Kathmandu all the way, and stopped when he came to an abandoned factory.


    "Come out!"


    Bruce Banner''s voice was a bit gentle, but his attitude was a bit unquestionable: "From the first day you followed me, I knew you were following me..."


    Because he had been hunted down by the military, Bruce Banner never relaxed his vigilance in this regard. He had already noticed that someone was spying on him in the past few days.


    It''s a little troublesome...


    Bruce Banner couldn''t get rid of this stalker at all.


    Moreover, places like India are really hard to describe. Even if Bruce Banner wanted to escape and change places, he didn''t earn enough airfare and living expenses.


    Perhaps the only good news is that unlike those countries in South America, it cannot be called the back garden of the United States. If the US military wants to appear in India, it is still a bit troublesome.


    Bruce Banner wants to talk to the stalker first.


    If you can''t reach an agreement, then get rid of this tail.


    "It''s not that you discovered me long ago."


    A man walked out from behind a pillar in the factory, with a juice straw in his mouth, he said slowly, "I want you to find out..."


    "..."


    Bruce Banner''s expression suddenly became tense.


    However, some worried about the appearance of the Hulk, Bruce Banner could only suppress his emotions and calm his mind.


    As long as his heart beats too fast...


    The Hulk hiding inside him will show up!


    "Don''t worry."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, squeezed the juice in his cup with one hand, and persuaded softly: "There is no one here, and no one will find out, whatever you want to do, even if it is to call out The Hulk inside you can too..."


    "who are you?"


    "Anyone can."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palms and introduced himself indifferently: "My identity doesn''t really matter to you...you only need to know one thing..."


    "what¡­"


    "I can help you."


    Naraku Uehara walked towards Bruce Banner slowly, with a weird smile on his lips: "I can help you completely control the Hulk in your body..."


    "Ok?"


    There was some doubt on Bruce Banner''s face, and he quickly stretched out his palm to stop Uehara Naraku from coming forward, and explained by himself: "Sorry, you may not know Hulk well..."


    "I know it better than you do."


    Uehara Naraku stopped his steps, smiled and continued: "My target has never been you, but the guy in your body... because controlling yourself is useless, as long as you control it, you will naturally be able to control you .¡±


    "What''s the meaning?"


    "Very plain and easy to understand."


    Naraku Uehara pointed a finger at Bruce Banner, and continued softly: "Dr. Bruce Banner, you haven''t thought about controlling your body... Let Hulk come out, I''m... here to help you people..."


    A golden light suddenly protruded from Uehara Naraku''s fingertips!


    This golden light pierced through Bruce Banner''s shoulder in an instant!


    The severe pain instantly made this gentle man unable to suppress his emotions, his eyes instantly turned green, and the flesh on his body swelled rapidly!


    "Hulk!"


    After a thick roar!


    The huge Hulk suddenly appeared, his green bare feet smashed the floor, and he waved his huge fist and smashed towards Naraku Uehara''s head!


    It wanted to smash Uehara Naraku''s head with one punch!


    Boom!


    Uehara Naraku punched Hulk''s fist!


    After this punch was handed over, a flash of pain flashed in Hulk''s crazy eyes, and its body was directly thrown upside down by Naraku Uehara''s punch!


    For the first time, this so-called infinitely powerful monster was defeated in this kind of confrontation, and it was even inferior to an ordinary human being in strength!


    "..."


    However, after being puzzled for less than half a second, Hulk''s anger reoccupied Hulk''s thinking, and his body jumped up again, rushing towards Uehara Naraku!


    Boom!


    Naraku Uehara slapped Hulk''s chest with a palm, stopping its rushing momentum. The palm suddenly turned into a fist, and it hit Hulk''s belly!


    next moment¡­


    The huge Hulk couldn''t bear the pain of the punch, a smear of blood leaked from the corner of his mouth, and he knelt on the ground with one knee in a bit of embarrassment!


    "You can''t beat me."


    Uehara Naraku stood in front of the Hulk, softly reached out and pressed his hand on top of its head: "Better behave, otherwise I might kill you..."


    "Hulk¡­"


    The Hulk slowly raised his head, glanced at Uehara Naraku with a ferocious face, and suddenly stretched out his arm and grabbed Uehara Naraku''s waist!


    next moment¡­


    The Hulk is about to smash his enemies into a wall!


    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, raised his arm, and slammed it heavily on the Hulk''s shoulder, the huge impact instantly swept Hulk''s body!


    The huge hulk was knocked straight to the ground!


    Hulk rolled his eyes weakly, and fell down in front of Uehara Naraku...


    "Only I can accept your existence in this world."


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the Hulk who fell on the ground, and continued calmly: "Whether it''s Bruce Banner or anyone else, they just want to use your power, and only people who are stronger than you can accept your existence ..."


    Yes.


    No one in the entire world likes the Hulk.


    In other words, people on Earth only need the power of Hulk, until one day after Hulk left the earth, he won the approval of other people and transformed for nearly two years...


    Once Hulk turned back to Bruce Banner and returned to the earth, Hulk never wanted to appear again in the mid-term battle of Thanos'' invasion of the earth.


    "you¡­¡­?"


    Hulk slowly raised his head, his face wrinkled into a ball.


    Because it was the first time to speak, its voice was vague and stuttering, and it was even difficult to say a single word...


    Only after being beaten can it regain consciousness.


    "Only I can accept you."


    Uehara Naraku slowly lowered his body, rubbed Bruce Banner''s head, and continued calmly: "You will soon find that no one in this world will choose to accept Hulk except me, they just want to use you the power of¡­"


    "You...you...you...the same..."


    "I''m not like them."


    "have what¡­"


    "I don''t mind if you continue to exist."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, and his voice gradually became lower and lower: "I don''t need your strength to fight, as long as you are willing to obey me, it doesn''t matter what you want to do in the future, this is a deal..."


    "what would you like¡­"


    "very simple."


    Naraku Uehara held Hulk''s hair, dragged his body abruptly and turned over, looked down into his eyes, and said with a smile.


    "Help me monitor Dr. Bruce Banner, and if he wants to leak my secrets in the future, you will show up immediately to stop him from leaking..."


    "You are still¡­"


    Hulk''s eyes instantly turned red.


    "It looks really impossible to communicate..."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted it indifferently: "It''s obviously a gift for you, if you don''t want it, then be nice now...Heijue!"


    A mass of pitch-black liquid quickly drilled out from the ground, merged into Hulk''s body, and directly controlled this body in a blink of an eye!


    The pitch-black liquid gradually covered the entire Hulk''s surface, and Heijue''s sinister laughter came out: "Hohohohoho...a very powerful body, but it contains two rather weak souls..."


    "Who''s in charge?"


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Heijue''s gloomy laughter is full of confidence: "Of course it''s me... Whether it''s Hulk or that weak human soul, I can let any one of them take over the body..."


    "Then educate them well!"


    Uehara Naraku said slowly: "I hope they will be more sensible in the future and willing to accept orders from us."


    "Tomorrow I will report to Nick Fury that Dr. Bruce Banner has completely controlled the Hulk''s will and applied to bring Dr. Banner back to New York or Washington. India is really enough."

 Chapter 716

    Dr. Banner was a little sad.


    There are three souls in a small body.


    In addition to Bruce Banner''s own soul, there are Hulk and Heijue, two guys who may seize his body at any time.


    Perhaps the only thing to be thankful for is that Hulk''s soul is restricted by the blackness, no matter how fast his heart beats, he can guarantee to maintain his body.


    This is really sad.


    Originally, according to Naraku Uehara''s plan, he wanted Hulk Hulk as his spy, so that he could directly control Bruce Banner''s body and force Banner to become his accomplice in the Avengers team.


    As a result, Hulk couldn''t communicate at all...


    In comparison, Dr. Bruce Banner is more obedient.


    Instead of hating the addition of a soul to his body, this somewhat cautious man thanked Heijue for helping to restrict Hulk''s existence.


    seriously¡­


    At least in this way, Bruce Banner can guarantee himself a stable life, and he doesn''t have to worry about releasing a terrifying monster if his heart beats a little faster.


    Just say nothing else...


    It is enough for Bruce Banner and his ex-girlfriend Betty to meet again and even fall in love safely.


    In the past, Bruce Banner couldn''t even do some extreme exercise with his girlfriend, because it would make his heart beat faster and lead to Hulk...


    "Well...can you introduce your identity a little bit?"


    Bruce Banner rubbed his palms restrainedly, with a bit of embarrassment on his face: "I am very grateful that you can help control the Hulk in my body..."


    "The blackness in you will tell you."


    Naraku Uehara patted Bruce Banner on the shoulder, showing a gentle smile: "Now I''m going to take you back to New York to join a superhero team. What you have to do is very simple, that is, become a member of the team that the team trusts." companion..."


    As long as they''re willing to believe Bruce Banner...


    Bruce Banner can make them believe in Naraku Uehara.


    No one could have imagined that Bruce Banner would be a spy inserted into the Avengers team by Naraku Uehara. This man is quite generous and gentle...


    Uehara Naraku looked at the thoughtful Bruce Banner, and the smile on the corner of his mouth deepened: "If you reveal the secret between us, you may turn into a Hulk at any time and hammer the people in front of you to pieces. Whether it''s your lover, or your companion..."


    "..."


    There was a faint layer of cold sweat on Bruce Banner''s forehead.


    Now he roughly understands what he wants to do. He wants to be a spy who is placed in the superhero team. Can he really do a good job as a spy?


    "Ah, sorry, I may not be suitable for..."


    Before Bruce Banner finished speaking, he suddenly noticed the recovery of a beast in his body!


    The man could only slowly clenched his fists, trying to suppress the violent Hulk coming out of his body, and showed a trembling smile.


    "We can actually discuss it again..."


    Suburbs of New York.


    S.H.I.E.L.D. safe house.


    Ever since Nick Fury experienced an alien invasion, he has been building safe houses intermittently around the world, with particular emphasis on top-secret and security.


    This can ensure that no matter what crisis is encountered in the future, as long as the earth is not destroyed, any safe house can become a fortress for Nick Fury to survive.


    This bald braised egg really went to the extreme to save his life.


    However, Nick Fury is so rare and generous today that he is willing to open a safe house in the New York area to welcome Naraku Uehara and Bruce Banner he brought back.


    Ok.


    Uehara Naraku is not important.


    What matters is the extremely dangerous Bruce Banner.


    Although Naraku Uehara stated in the report that Bruce Banner can completely control the Hulk in his body, Nick Fury still needs to ensure safety and privacy.


    At least get Bruce Banner up first.


    "Dr. Bruce Banner."


    Nick Fury was wearing a windbreaker, extended his palm friendly, and greeted politely: "Welcome back to New York, do I need to introduce you to the Avengers plan?"


    "No...uh, it''s okay..."


    Bruce Banner scratched the back of his head a little cautiously, and subconsciously turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku standing behind him.


    "Agent Uehara Naraku."


    Nick Fury glanced at Uehara Naraku, and continued: "Agent Coulson may be in a lot of trouble soon, can you go and help? Let our veteran calm down a little..."


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.


    After seeing Naraku Uehara leave, Nick Fury showed a little smile on his face: "It seems that our agent didn''t seem to do unnecessary things... I hope his work did not cause Dr. Banner''s displeasure."


    "Uh...not bad..."


    Bruce Banner clasped his hands tightly.


    What else can he say at this time?


    What Uehara Naraku did was not only easy to cause other people''s unhappiness, he didn''t consider other people''s mood at all, right?


    The one-eyed man named Nick Fury in front of him really lost one eye, he didn''t see who his subordinates were at all, right?


    Nick Fury didn''t know what Banner was thinking.


    Now Nick Fury only feels that his plan has never been smoother!


    First of all, Iron Man Tony Stark joined the Avengers team; now, Hulk Bruce Banner was also brought back to New York by Naraku Uehara; plus Captain America Steve Rogers, who was salvaged by Coulson the day before yesterday...


    Just the combat power they have now is enough to act as a superhero team, plus Clint Barton, Natasha and Naraku Uehara, the three ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D....


    The entire Avengers team took shape.


    No matter how chaotic the situation of S.H.I.E.L.D. is now, no matter how many spies and agents are mixed inside, it is not a problem for Nick Fury. He already has a superhero team that can be used at any time.


    The more troublesome part is that these superheroes are full of personality, and they need to be slowly induced by Uehara Naraku and others who are mixed in...


    the other side.


    Naraku Uehara got back into his pickup truck, took out a cell phone that had been hidden all the time, and dialed Alexander Pierce''s number.


    "Agent Uehara."


    Alexander Pierce sounded in a good mood, and his voice sounded a little leisurely: "It was a good job to clean up Hitwell in India before... That traitor was reluctant to leave S.H.I.E.L.D., and even wanted to sell me in exchange for more High location¡­¡±


    When he said this, Pierce changed the subject, and his voice suddenly became a lot gentler: "Agent Uehara, you are my direct subordinate, I have always trusted you... I hope you will bring me a good one this time." news."


    Because of the recent internal review of S.H.I.E.L.D., there are fewer and fewer subordinates that Alexander Pierce can trust, or fewer and fewer Hydra agents who have access to the core secrets of S.H.I.E.L.D. Uehara Naraku''s existence is particularly valuable.


    "Sir Pierce."


    Uehara Naraku clenched his phone tightly and sighed softly: "I''m contacting you this time, there is indeed an important message..."


    "what news?"


    "Our Hydra''s greatest enemy ever..."


    Naraku Uehara clasped his fingers on the steering wheel little by little, and whispered softly: "Steve Rogers... has been resurrected."

 Chapter 717

    During World War II, Hydra was fierce.


    The Hydra led by the Red Skull can be regarded as the strongest organization in the entire world. It once researched many black technologies beyond the times, and even mastered the legendary Rubik''s Cube.


    Until they met Captain America Steve Rogers, a somewhat unreasonable super soldier who beat Hydra to the ground with a shield.


    Many years have passed.


    Alexander Pierce, the Hydra leaders of the new era, didn''t have a deep hatred for Captain America, and it was even a little strange to hear his name suddenly.


    Alexander Pierce hesitated for a while, then quickly reacted: "Do you think... he might pose any threat to us?"


    "Maybe there will be a little trouble."


    Naraku Uehara tapped his steering wheel with his fingers, and said softly: "According to the news I received, he has just been resurrected from the polar ice, as our old opponent of Hydra, should you give him a gift?" A meeting gift?"


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    "and¡­"


    Naraku Uehara waited until Pierce laughed before continuing: "I really hope that I can take this opportunity to lurk beside Captain America.


    In fact, I just want to see how Captain America, who used to destroy Hydra as his mission in the future, will feel if he finds out that the person helping him is Hydra..."


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    Alexander Pierce seems to have a bit of a low laugh.


    After laughing, he continued: "Agent Uehara, it seems that I need to introduce you to other Hydra people, they must also like this plan very much!"


    "If you need manpower for what you want to do, go to the computer room of S.H.I.E.L.D. and contact Dr. Anim Zola. He has all the members of Hydra agents in his hand!"


    "Yes, sir."


    Uehara Naraku slowly signed on to his mobile phone, calmly started his pickup truck, and rushed to the New York base where Steve Rogers was located.


    Since Agent Coulson dug up Captain America Steve Rogers, S.H.I.E.L.D. medical experts successfully thawed the super soldier, who is still in a deep sleep.


    Perhaps worried that Steve Rogers, a World War II veteran, would not be able to integrate into modern society, Nick Fury also specially sent someone to replace his living area with the decorations of the 1940s.


    According to Steve Rogers'' vital signs, the Captain America should gradually recover during this time, and Nick Fury should have come to greet him... But compared to Captain America, the Hulk Bruce Banner is also very important.


    Therefore, Nick Fury intends to send Uehara Naraku there first.


    Because it seems that Uehara Naraku, a SHIELD agent, has a good relationship with the Avengers team. Neither Tony Stark nor Bruce Banner have a bad impression of Uehara Naraku.


    Of course, Nick Fury also hopes that Uehara Naraku and Captain America can also establish a good friendship, so that they can perfectly mix a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent that everyone wants to believe in into the Avengers team.


    New York base.


    The base is a bit busy right now.


    All work revolves around the World War II veteran.


    Steve Rogers, the former World War II veteran, can be called a superhero who has influenced generations of Americans, and even S.H.I.E.L.D. has many fans of Captain America.


    Nick Fury and S.H.I.E.L.D. have reversed their image by digging out Steve Rogers, a hero veteran who once belonged to the United States. At least from the perspective of the upper class in the United States, S.H.I.E.L.D. seems to have a lot of uses.


    Nick Fury this guy...


    There is always a way to scratch the itch of those upper classes.


    Captain America is such an important superhero, and many agents are nearby to protect him, and also to prevent his appearance from causing chaos.


    When Uehara Naraku arrived here, he saw Agent Coulson with a nervous face, he was the temporary head of the base.


    The super agent of S.H.I.E.L.D. is like a big boy at this moment, holding a poster of Captain America with a restrained face...


    Coulson wants to sign.


    "Long time no see, Coulson."


    Naraku Uehara closed the door of the pickup truck and looked up at the somewhat quiet base: "Director Fury asked me to come over to prevent his emotions from getting out of control. The one sleeping inside...hasn''t woken up yet?"


    "Long time no see, Uehara."


    Coulson held Naraku Uehara''s palm, and said sincerely, "If he loses control of his emotions, you can''t beat him, Uehara."


    Coulson knew about Naraku Uehara''s work.


    Once the captain of the United States has emotional problems because he finds that the time is wrong, an agent with strong fighting ability is very important when he cannot use firearms, and he can deal with many unexpected problems on the fly.


    Coulson doesn''t quite see Naraku Uehara as a rival to his idol.


    It''s not a fan filter either.


    Although Uehara Naraku is one of the three ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., it is said that fighting ability and fighting experience are the limit that humans can reach at this stage... But that is the United States that once prevented the crisis and defeated Hydra by itself team leader!


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth twitched, and he looked down at the poster in Coulson''s hand. Originally, he was still a little sorry for Coulson.


    because next...


    He might want to beat up Coulson''s idol in front of Coulson.


    Now after listening to Coulson''s words, the embarrassment in Uehara Naraku''s heart disappeared without a trace...


    The friendship between the two of them for so many days is not as good as a virtual idol that has existed for so many days?


    Let Coulson realize the reality!


    Uehara Naraku stepped into the base with his head held high.


    The base is deliberately made into a compartment container, the entire compartment is decorated with 1940s decorations, and there is even a radio inside.


    The sound of a football game came from the radio.


    "A beautiful curveball!"


    "This ball is really high and far away!"


    "The Dodgers are tied again, 4-4..."


    "It''s 4-4..."


    "The Dodgers have three more reserves ready to go..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Coulson beside him speechlessly.


    Coulson noticed Naraku Uehara''s surprised gaze, and explained with a smile: "We found this after all our hard work. It was a ball game in May 1941. The commentary was in line with the era he lived in. He arouses suspicion..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was even more speechless.


    This guy is actually a little smug!


    In fact, Coulson didn''t even know that this game was the source of Steve Rogers'' suspicion the most, because Steve Rogers himself was at the game in 1941!


    As long as Steve Rogers wakes up and hears the game, he will know that the disguises deliberately arranged by S.H.I.E.L.D. are all fake...


    and¡­


    S.H.I.E.L.D. also deliberately arranged for a woman who looks similar to their founder Peggy Carter, which seems to be to appease Steve Rogers'' emotions, because the Captain America and Peggy Carter once fell in love...


    "Uehara, when is the best time for me to ask for an autograph?"


    Agent Coulson was still reluctantly looking at the poster in his hand.


    "Anyway, it''s not this time..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, sighed and said, "I hope his emotions won''t get out of control... Otherwise, we can only wait until I subdue him."


    "You can''t beat him."


    "If I can beat him, I will sign your autograph on his head. Perhaps this may be your only chance in this life, Coulson..."


    "But you can''t beat him..."


    While Coulson and Uehara Naraku were still chatting casually, there was a sound in the container room, apparently the sleeping man in the room woke up.


    Coulson waved his palm.


    The woman who looked like Peggy Carter immediately put on a loving smile, opened the door of the room, and walked in shyly.


    Ten seconds later.


    There was an argument in the room.


    A tall man with light blond hair directly pushed away the woman with a gentle face, rushed out of the room, and knocked down two agents who were trying to stop him!


    "Unfamiliar environments can easily make people lose control of their emotions..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and sighed, and took a step to stop the blond man: "Captain Rogers, calm down..."


    "Step aside!"


    Steve Rogers, who had just woken up, ran over regardless!


    Now this is the time when he is most confused, he must find a way to figure out the environment and time he is in, because he still has a dance to attend...


    However, what greeted him was a knee bump!


    Uehara Naraku''s knee directly hit Steve Rogers'' lower abdomen, and before he could even react, he twisted his arm with one hand...


    Then¡­


    Skillfully took out a pair of handcuffs and handcuffed his wrists.


    It''s just that this Captain America''s toughness far surpasses others, even after his wrists were locked, his head slammed into Naraku Uehara''s chest!


    A hand knife hit Steve Rogers'' neck!


    While the captain of the United States was directly knocked to the ground by the hand knife, Naraku Uehara''s knee pressed his back, making him unable to break free no matter how hard he struggled!


    "..."


    Coulson, who witnessed all this, opened his mouth slightly.


    Naraku Uehara pressed Steve Rogers hard with his knees to prevent him from breaking free. He waved at Coulson and said loudly: "Hey, Coulson, I held him down. Didn''t you want him to sign the autograph?" ?"

 Chapter 718

    In a closed room.


    Steve Rogers sat in a chair.


    The captain of the United States seems to be in a bad mood.


    No matter who it is, just waking up in a strange place, and being beaten up by a strange guy, it is unlikely that they will be in a good mood.


    Standing in front of him, Coulson bowed to his idol earnestly and apologized: "I''m very sorry, we had to use this method to calm you down..."


    "..."


    Steve Rogers slowly raised his head and twisted his wrist: "Who the hell are you? What is this place? I don''t have time to continue with you..."


    hum...


    buzz buzz...


    "Wait a minute, I''ll take a call."


    Coulson glanced at his mobile phone, reached out his hand to signal Steve Rogers, and turned around and left the room on his own: "Sir, he is awake, he wants to leave here by force, Agent Uehara has subdued him ..."


    "..."


    There were two more people left in this room.


    Naraku Uehara looked at Captain America, narrowing his eyes slightly.


    Steve Rogers shook his head, pressed one hand on the table, his face was full of determination: "Hey, that guy, tell me what is here..."


    "No comment."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a little cold, but he calmly turned his wrist behind his back: "Before our chief arrives, we have nothing to say."


    Steve Rogers'' face drooped, and his palms clenched into fists a little bit: "It looks like we''re going to have another serious fight..."


    "Can you really do it?"


    "I can play all day!"


    Steve Rogers'' expression remained firm.


    Whether it''s his super will or the abundant physical strength brought to him by the super soldier serum, he can easily support him in long-term battles!


    Even when Steve Rogers hadn''t been injected with the super soldier serum, he had this unyielding will to admit defeat!


    no matter how long...


    He can keep fighting!


    "just¡­"


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm again, and slowly moved his fingers, with a little sharpness in his eyes.


    "I can hit you...all day!"


    "..."


    Is this fucking speaking human language!


    Steve Rogers propped up the table with one hand, and kicked Uehara Naraku bravely, his movements were extremely sensitive, this is the fighting instinct in his body!


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head slightly and avoided the kick!


    The strength of this kick was so great that it kicked the wall for a while, and even cracks appeared on the wall, and the tile fragments were directly chapped!


    After Steve Rogers hit the first shot, his attack did not stop, as if he had become a boxer, waving his fist at Naraku Uehara!


    Two people tossing and turning in the small room!


    Until Uehara Naraku kicked Steve Rogers in the lower abdomen again, kicking the man back half a step, his feet twisted around his neck and twisted his body!


    Slap!


    Steve Rogers was beaten to the ground again!


    This swaying posture looks extremely embarrassing...


    Naraku Uehara pressed his knee on his neck, and said in a deep voice: "Captain Steve Rogers, calm down, times have changed..."


    squeak...


    The door suddenly opened.


    Coulson, who walked in with a smile on his face, became a little stiff when he saw this scene: "Agent Uehara, can you let Captain Rogers go, he can''t breathe like this... "


    in a minute.


    Steve Rogers sits grumpily in a chair.


    No matter who, just woke up and got beaten twice, he probably won''t be in a good mood, especially when he was defeated by the same person... twice.


    "Feel sorry¡­"


    There was an awkward smile on Coulson''s face: "Captain Rogers, our officer has just informed me that I can tell you everything now..."


    "..."


    Steve Rogers'' brows slowly relaxed.


    Coulson did not hide the plan of Captain America. S.H.I.E.L.D. originally discovered Captain America in order to let the hero who once destroyed the Red Skull Hydra stand up again and become a superhero of the new era.


    Especially at this delicate time...


    It was the time when S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra fought.


    "The Second World War is already a matter of the last century..."


    "It''s been more than sixty years since that era. After the war, Ms. Peggy Carter and Mr. Howard Stark assisted in the creation of S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    "If you count it carefully, SHIELD and the remnants of Hydra have continued to fight for more than sixty years, and the remaining battles have never stopped..."


    "Recently, Hydra has completely revived, and there is even a trend of intensifying. We have to find ways to deal with new wars..."


    "so¡­"


    "We finally had to wake you up..."


    "Captain Rogers, this era needs a new hero, a superhero who can protect the people, we need a new era of Captain America..."


    "If you want to see Ms. Peggy Carter again, we can help arrange it, but it needs to be postponed for a while. Ms. Carter is almost ninety years old this year. We are very worried about her body and hope she will not suffer too much stimulation. ..."


    After speaking.


    Coulson took out a photo and placed it in front of Steve Rogers. The photo showed a particularly old woman with a kind and kind face.


    Perhaps only the hairstyle and the gentleness in the eyebrows and eyes can be recognized by familiar people. They are the heroines who once shined in World War II.


    "..."


    Steve Rogers sat on the chair and said nothing for a long time.


    It was not until a long time later that he stared at the photo on the table, slowly stretched out his palm, and rubbed it vigorously on his cheek.


    The lover of the past has long been old and old, his body is still as strong as when he was young, his appearance has not changed much due to years of ice, and he still looks like a youth...


    The contrast between the two is so stark.


    There was also some regret on Coulson''s face, and he couldn''t help comforting his idol: "Captain Rogers, this is not your fault..."


    "I missed a dance date..."


    Steve Rogers'' voice was muffled.


    He once met Peggy Carter and participated in a celebration ball after the war. Unfortunately, he and the Red Skull fighter were buried in the Arctic Ocean for nearly seventy years...


    "It''s also a good thing..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Coulson next to him, then at the depressed Steve Roger, and comforted him casually.


    "Captain Rogers, Ms. Carter has had a great time."


    "I vaguely remember who mentioned to me that Ms. Carter met her true love not long after the end of World War II..."

 Chapter 719

    Two hours later.


    When Nick Fury rushed back to the base, he saw Captain America holding his head and looking a little depressed, which made the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. a little confused.


    "what happened?"


    Nick Fury immediately looked at his proud subordinate.


    Coulson shook his head with a strange expression, helplessly spread his palm, and said awkwardly: "Sir, why did you ask Agent Uehara to come here..."


    "..."


    Nick Fury glanced at Naraku Uehara, who looked like no one else, his eyelids trembled slightly: "Did this guy say something that shouldn''t be said?"


    "No."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head seriously, and glanced at the quiet Steve Rogers: "I comforted Captain Rogers, and now he is no longer attached to Ms. Carter."


    "..."


    Nick Fury''s eyes twitched.


    Although Steve Rogers doesn''t seem to be obsessed with seeing Peggy Carter now, he doesn''t seem to be in a good state either!


    As the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Nick Fury certainly has a way to cheer people up. He knows this World War II veteran better than Coulson and Uehara Naraku present.


    Only one task is needed...


    This can revive the soldier who once obeyed orders.


    "Captain Rogers."


    Nick Fury squatted down, looked at the blond man with his head bowed in front of him, and said softly: "Maybe you should have a good rest at this time, but you should know that Hydra has been resurrected from Coulson, right?"


    "..."


    Steve Rogers slowly lowered his palm.


    The next moment, his body gradually regained a firm momentum, and he slowly stood up and clenched his fists: "I see...Is there anything I can do?"


    In fact.


    Steve Rogers has a lot to do.


    The entire S.H.I.E.L.D. currently only has Naraku Uehara, Clint Barton, and Natasha Romanov as the three main forces. The awakening of Steve Rogers has given S.H.I.E.L.D. an extra trump card.


    The WWII veteran was pretty obedient to orders.


    Nick Fury also needs Steve Rogers'' combat power. When he needs to vent his emotions, he directly airdrops Steve Rogers with a Quinjet fighter, which makes the Captain America regain his glory and brazenly breaks through the three nines. The base of the head snake.


    The record is nothing short of amazing.


    Under such circumstances, Hydra''s hatred for Captain America can be imagined, and their actions have become more and more crazy, and there are many spies hidden in S.H.I.E.L.D.


    For example, today''s battle to attack the bunker.


    Holding up his shield, Steve Rogers took the lead and rushed into the Hydra base, leading a group of field soldiers to directly break through the defense line.


    While the American captain was carefully searching for the enemy in the base, several field soldiers suddenly rushed up and pushed him down an iron-cast dungeon!


    "Steve Rogers, this is a gift from Hydra!"


    "Long live Hydra..."


    A few field soldiers bowed their heads and silently recited a slogan of their organization, then silently took out a grenade, opened the insurance and threw it into the dungeon.


    "...A spy again!"


    Steve Rogers curled up in the corner, covering his body with his shield, and Captain America felt like he was about to collapse!


    Who can tell him how many Hydras are lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D.?


    During this period of time, he not only had to avoid the hail of bullets from the front, but also the assassination of spies from the rear. This kind of combat environment was even worse than when he was fighting the evil Hydra back then!


    On the battlefield between S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra, it is never possible to tell who is his teammate and who is his enemy. Whenever Steve Rogers wants to give his back to his comrades, his comrades Just in time to stab him...


    If it were someone else, they would have gone crazy already, right?


    Steve Rogers quickly dialed the communicator on his wrist, and while avoiding the hail of bullets, he called for his reinforcements: "Uehara, I need reinforcements here..."


    "Hold on for twenty seconds."


    Naraku Uehara leisurely held a straw in his mouth, and said with a serious face: "I still have 20 seconds to get to your place..."


    "clear!"


    Twenty seconds later.


    A black-haired man descended from the sky, quickly kicked a few times, and kicked several field soldiers who had betrayed S.H.I.E.L.D. into the dungeon!


    Steve Rogers rolled to their side shortly, waving his shield and knocking these guys down to the ground!


    A thick rope yanked Steve Rogers up.


    Steve Rogers took a deep breath, grabbed Naraku Uehara''s palm with one hand, and said in a deep voice: "Mr. Uehara, I don''t know if I can escape the assassination from behind next time. I can make my trusted comrade in arms..."


    "never mind."


    Steve Rogers shook his head self-consciously again, and clenched Uehara Naraku''s palm: "You saved me again, it seems that I still have a trusted comrade-in-arms, a new comrade-in-arms."


    "No, we should be sorry."


    An apology flashed across Uehara Naraku''s face: "When we return to Washington, I will suggest to Director Fury to increase the review..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the several corpses in the dungeon, and said in a deep voice: "However, the intensity of assassination has been getting lower and lower recently. Maybe this is the last time someone assassinates Captain Rogers..."


    "..."


    Steve Rogers was silent for a while, then shook his head and said: "Although this matter is very effective, it also means that we don''t trust our real companions enough..."


    Review this kind of thing...


    It can only be said that there are good and bad.


    In comparison, those trusted S.H.I.E.L.D. agents will definitely not be too happy when they encounter scrutiny, especially the scrutiny of S.H.I.E.L.D. is very torturous...


    certainly¡­


    In fact, there is one of the most dangerous situations.


    In case members of Hydra get mixed into the reviewers, SHIELD agents become the people being reviewed instead. This is the most dangerous situation for SHIELD.


    exactly¡­


    Several of Nick Fury''s most trusted cronies were sent out to perform more confidential tasks, and the power of the reviewers could only be slowly delegated to some members who passed the review.


    Washington, SHIELD headquarters.


    An interrogation room located underground.


    A S.H.I.E.L.D. agent is wheeled into the interrogation room.


    Several agents in black came in, sat opposite him, turned on a light in a businesslike manner, and flipped through a notebook.


    Originally, the S.H.I.E.L.D. agent thought it was just a routine, because he was a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent himself, and he was able to prove his innocence...


    However¡­


    The fact was beyond his expectation.


    Just as the S.H.I.E.L.D. agent passed a series of reviews, the member in charge of the review suddenly took out a plastic bag that contained a paper with a beautiful swastika pattern.


    "Agent William, we found some burnt ashes in your room, and recovered the paper with the swastika drawn on it. We suspect it has something to do with Hydra..."


    "..."


    The face of this S.H.I.E.L.D. agent changed drastically!


    "It was framed by someone!"


    "Wait a minute...we''re not talking about framing."


    The agent in charge of the review held the paper written in German, and continued calmly: "Please don''t be nervous, this German secret letter did not come from Hydra, we did not suspect you..."


    "The content of the secret letter is to kill the traitor Red Skull..."


    "Signed by Adolf Hitler..."


    "This secret letter should have been brought out during the Arctic Ocean salvage operation for Captain Steve Rogers three weeks ago, and you happened to be one of the personnel involved in that operation..."

 Chapter 720

    German Secret Letter¡­


    Kill the traitor Red Skull...


    The order was initiated by Hitler...


    Key words gathered in the heart of this S.H.I.E.L.D. agent named William, and he vaguely felt a big net blowing towards his face.


    "It''s not mine, I don''t know..."


    Agent William shook his head palely.


    Because Agent William really doesn''t know anything about these.


    The agent in charge of the review thought for a while, and suddenly said: "We are not discussing whose possession this thing is, but why this secret German letter was destroyed in your residence..."


    "I have no idea!"


    "I don''t know what''s going on!"


    Agent William fell into a frenzy for an instant. He knew that what he should do at this time was definitely not to plead guilty, but to strongly deny all of this!


    As an agent, William knew very well that the only way to get rid of these people''s hints was to deny these all the time. He must not be confused!


    The agent in charge of the review shook his head, with a look of disbelief on his face, but continued calmly: "Agent William, after the salvage operation was over, I heard that Agent Coulson visited your home because of this German secret letter. Do you believe it?


    As we all know, you, like Agent Coulson, are fans of Captain Steve Rogers. Is this why you destroyed this secret German letter? "


    "No...not..."


    Agent William quickly shook his head, his face was a little bewildered, and he just kept repeating a sentence: "I don''t know...I don''t know...This has nothing to do with us..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    The agent in charge of the review shook his head, raised his hand in front of William with the secret letter, and sighed: "Anyway, this evidence is enough, and it can completely let you and Coulson and Steve you admire Captain Rogers died without a place to die..."


    "..."


    William''s body stiffened suddenly.


    The next moment, the man jumped up violently, grabbed the bag containing the secret German letter, and was about to snatch the evidence away!


    However, other agents have long been on guard...


    The sound of the gunshot instantly shook the entire basement!


    The other side of S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    After Coulson returned to the S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters, he greeted everyone present eagerly. Even if he became a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent, Coulson''s temperament was as enthusiastic as ever, and his popularity was always good.


    "Hello, James..."


    "Hello, Officer Coulson..."


    "Good afternoon, Bella..."


    "Good afternoon, Coulson, have you heard? It''s William''s turn to review!"


    "..."


    Coulson''s expression froze for a second.


    Because Agent William is his subordinate, the relationship between them is not bad, especially since they are both fans of Captain America


    Especially after they successfully salvaged Captain America, Coulson was also invited to visit William''s house, and the two celebrated this great journey together...


    The sudden censorship of William made Coulson a little uncomfortable, because Coulson believed that William could never be a spy of Hydra...


    It''s just that censorship is something every S.H.I.E.L.D. agent can''t avoid...


    Just when Coulson was about to ask about the results of the review, he saw an agent with an ugly face approaching, who happened to be his subordinate once.


    "George, what''s the matter? Are you feeling unwell?"


    "..."


    The S.H.I.E.L.D. agent slowly shook his head, then slowly lowered his head and said, "Mr. Coulson, go to the Archives Department to have a look, there seems to be something wrong..."


    "That''s not Agent Hill..."


    "Agent Hill is not here, it seems to be related to our salvage operation..."


    "I see."


    Coulson nodded hastily, and immediately ran to the direction of the archives department. If there is any problem in the Arctic Ocean salvage operation, he, the person directly in charge, cannot escape the blame.


    It turned out that when Coulson rushed to the archives department, he realized that it was just a trivial matter. The internal staff responsible for sorting out the Arctic Ocean operation found that the working video of Agent William''s salvage was not clear enough.


    All these videos, including document reports, must be uploaded to the S.H.I.E.L.D. database, and will be easily called by Nick Fury or others who need them in the future.


    This kind of thing is not sloppy.


    Due to the reason William was under scrutiny, the Arctic Ocean salvage operation can only be temporarily explained in detail by the person in charge who accompanied William...


    The two chatted briefly.


    The internal staff of the Archives Department left the room with an excuse, leaving only Coulson to look down at the video of their work, as if watching a documentary, watching the whole process of his idol being rescued.


    After a few minutes, the internal staff of the archives department came back here, and casually chatted with Coulson about the trivial matters in the salvage operation.


    "If Agent Coulson wants, I can make a copy and send it to you or give you the original version. It seems that it would be interesting to cut it into a documentary..."


    "is it okay?"


    "of course can."


    The internal staff of the archives department looked down for a moment, and handed a storage hard drive to Coulson: "It must be very interesting to make a documentary by yourself..."


    "yes¡­"


    This incident did not attract Coulson''s attention.


    Until the afternoon, a hot female agent returned to the archives department and began to review the work reports of the SHIELD agents.


    Her name is Hill.


    Hill used to be an elite female agent under Nick Fury. She was promoted by Nick Fury some time ago, and was promoted from a field agent to an officer in charge of internal affairs.


    Just as Hill was looking down at the files on the screen, her brows suddenly frowned, because she saw that the data of the Arctic Ocean salvage operation was less, and the video of the rescue operation of Captain America Steve Rogers was completely deleted...


    "How is this going?"


    Hill frowned slightly, and suddenly called out to the person next to him: "Find a way to restore the data, and call out the internal work video of the archives department by the way..."


    "yes¡­"


    "Hurry up!"


    The results were a little less than good.


    Somewhat embarrassingly, the data appears to have been completely erased, with no way to restore it, and even the original stored backup is gone.


    "that¡­"


    One of the internal staff of the archives department said cautiously: "Agent Coulson seems to have appeared in the archives department in the afternoon, and he wants to leave the storage hard drive from me..."


    "Call out the work video!"


    Hill''s face instantly became very ugly!


    Fortunately¡­


    The work video of the archives department was quickly called out.


    Everything else in the video is no exception, except that Coulson suddenly appeared today. After chatting with the staff of the archives department, he asked people to leave the room...


    Then¡­


    Coulson sat alone in front of the computer in the archives department for a while...


    After a while, when the personnel from the archives department came back, Coulson chatted with the personnel from the archives department again, and took a storage hard drive from the archives department, which made Hill frowned slightly.


    What does it mean?


    Is there something wrong here?


    Why did Coulson want to send people away, and why did he take away the storage hard drive? Just this operation makes people unable to help but feel some doubts in their hearts...


    "I''m going to find Coulson..."


    Hill simply left her seat and asked Coulson what happened, because she knew her old friend''s temperament.


    After Hill left.


    The subordinates who were sitting near her looked at each other. Everyone lowered their heads, and a weird smile appeared on the corner of their mouths. One of them quietly deleted all the videos of today.


    Unfortunately, Hill did not have time to find Coulson.


    Because Coulson got a message that his subordinate and friend William died in the underground interrogation room of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    The inspectors seemed to have a bit of humanity, and hoped that Coulson would go to the interrogation room to help collect the corpse and give his friend a ride.


    Coulson went to the interrogation room like a walking dead. He didn''t believe that his subordinates were members of Hydra...


    New York.


    safe house.


    Nick Fury visited Bruce Banner once and invited the superhero who could transform into the Hulk to attack Hydra''s base together.


    Bruce Banner agreed to help out if necessary.


    If a weapon of human warfare joins the battle, one can imagine the outcome of the war between S.H.I.E.L.D.


    therefore¡­


    Nick Fury is in a good mood.


    Although the S.H.I.E.L.D. bureau has scrutinized Hydra spies, the battle between S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra went very smoothly.


    Steve Rogers changed the situation directly by himself!


    This put Nick Fury in a good mood, and he was even planning to let Tony Stark and Dr. Bruce Banner join the war against Hydra!


    The Avengers Squad is really useful.


    Just as Nick Fury was thinking about who to contact Tony Stark, his cell phone rang suddenly, and a cautious voice fell into his ears.


    "Sir, I am Cote, a level 5 agent in charge of the archives department. Something happened today. I think I should report to you. Some videos of the Arctic Ocean salvage operation have been deleted, and the originals were also taken away by Agent Coulson... "


    "This matter belongs to your chief Hill."


    Nick Fury frowned suddenly.


    The fifth-level agent seemed to hesitate and continued: "But Officer Hill deleted all the work videos of the archives department today, and asked us to keep the fact that Agent Coulson took the original documents confidential. She said she would take care of everything... "


    "..."


    Nick Fury fell into deep thought immediately.


    As the real king of secret agents, Nick Fury is very thoughtful.


    The real purpose of the Arctic Ocean salvage operation is to rescue Captain America Steve Rogers. Nick Fury did not have too much suspicion about this successful operation, because Coulson completed the S.H.I.E.L.D. plan and brought Captain America back for them.


    now it seems...


    There may be some doubts in the Arctic Ocean salvage operation.


    Nick Fury thought for a while, and just as he was about to give an order, another call came in suddenly!


    Nick Fury could only hurriedly issue an order: "Agent Kurt, I will return to Washington immediately, and let Agent Hill wait for me at her post..."


    "yes!"


    The fifth-level agent immediately agreed.


    However, after they hung up the phone, the agent named Kurt called a few colleagues to leave together and began to search for traces of Hill at the S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    And on the other side.


    Nick Fury gave an order, connected another incoming call, and the roar and screams hurt his eardrums!


    "Sir, Steve Rogers is loyal to Hitler!"


    "Sir Coulson, put down the gun!"


    "Phil Coulson, how dare you!"


    "..."


    The voice on the phone was a riot.


    Nick Fury''s expression turned ugly in an instant, he hurriedly waved his hands to greet his subordinates, and ordered with a serious face: "Quick, return to Washington immediately!"


    While urging a helicopter to be dispatched loudly, Nick Fury held his phone tightly: "Now give Cole your phone..."


    "I will never let anyone slander Captain Rogers!"


    "Agent Coulson, wake up!"


    "The conspiracy and tricks of your group of hydra..."


    "Agent Coulson, we are not the Hydra group!"


    While the other side of the phone was still arguing, a crisp gunshot shook Nick Fury with a headache, and his phone call was cut off instantly.


    Now no one knows what happened on the other end of the phone.


    It is estimated that the mobile phone that made the call was directly shattered by this shot.


    Nick Fury quickly called Hill, who he thought was most likely to stop Coulson, but he suddenly thought of what the last agent reported.


    Coulson took the video hard drive of the arctic salvage operation...


    Hill deletes footage of Coulson''s work as he took the video hard drive...


    Although it was only a moment, Nick Fury had already figured everything out, and he quickly connected all the clues together to come up with a story that was close to the truth.


    Doubts abound in Arctic Ocean salvage operations.


    There may be evidence against Steve Rogers, for example, the captain of the United States is loyal to Hitler, the head of the German Third Reich...


    To be honest, Nick Fury doesn''t want to believe this kind of thing.


    However, the current conflict at the S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters in Washington proved that he didn''t just sit back and ignore it if he didn''t want to believe it. Maybe there was something wrong with it.


    The most important thing now is to return to Washington immediately!


    While urging to speed up, Nick Fury tried to dial the cell phones of Coulson and Hill, whose cell phones have been unable to connect.


    However, when Nick Fury dialed the number of other people in the SHIELD headquarters, he got a bad news... Hill and Coulson escaped from the SHIELD headquarters with an important piece of evidence , disappeared without a trace.


    But the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. did not dare to deal heavy blows to them because of their scruples about their status as officers, and even shot only to injure them.


    The only good news...


    Probably the left-behind agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. collected all the information before and after the defection of Coulson and Hill and put them on the desk in the director''s office...


    Some of these materials are missing.


    However, even if the information is missing, as long as Nick Fury reads through the remaining information, he can directly reveal the truth of this incident!


    In a warehouse in Washington.


    Hill and Coulson, who had just escaped from the S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters from a group of agents, finally breathed a sigh of relief. The two of them immediately wanted to contact Nick Fury.


    In any case, the two of them are willing to trust their boss after all.


    However, two black shadows quietly appeared behind them, knocking Coulson and Agent Hill unconscious with a hand knife!


    When Coulson and Hill woke up, the two of them were imprisoned in a dungeon, and they saw a familiar man sitting outside the cell.


    "Hello, Agent Coulson, Agent Hill."


    The man leisurely handed them two glasses of juice, and looked at his colleague with a smile. The smile on his face was extremely friendly.


    "Welcome to the luxurious VIP double room I prepared for you..."


    "At this time, I think we should have a glass of juice to celebrate..."


    "The celebration starts at this time today. Director Nick Fury can only trust our people in the future... Respect our director Mr. Nick Fury, long live Hydra!"

 Chapter 721

    Hydra!


    Naraku Uehara shouted the slogan of Hydra!


    Now that everything is under the control of Naraku Uehara, Coulson and Hill certainly don''t think that Naraku Uehara will deceive the two of them...


    If it was any other time, Coulson must have felt that Naraku Uehara was joking, but now this guy''s expression really looks like a murderer who is secretly manipulating everything!


    This feeling of darkness coming...


    It''s even worse than facing Director Nick Fury!


    "Uehara Naraku, is this your true face..."


    Hill slowly walked to the side of the prison, looking at Uehara Naraku''s smiling face, she couldn''t help but feel a chill in her heart: "It''s quite an excellent disguise, so that people can''t see that you have any potential to become a spy, so that no one can Wouldn''t have guessed you''d be a Hydra spy..."


    To be honest¡­


    In the eyes of SHIELD, Naraku Uehara doesn''t have the ability to be a spy at all. If he lurks in the Stark Industries Group, he will be fired for playing games at work!


    this thing...


    Kind of outrageous.


    Why do people still do spies like this?


    If someone says that Uehara Naraku may be a Hydra spy, probably the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. will think that this person has a brain problem. Agent Uehara Naraku can¡¯t even perform a few simple lurking tasks well, and he can still be a hammer spies!


    Inside the entire S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Among the agents of the three aces, Uehara Naraku may be the most unqualified one, or it may be the most unqualified agent in S.H.I.E.L.D.


    If it wasn''t for Naraku Uehara''s strong fighting ability, which made Nick Fury reluctant to waste it, this guy would have been fired from S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Look at how this guy behaves in S.H.I.E.L.D.!


    Isn''t that what a spy should look like!


    Does Uehara Naraku really know how to be a spy? In addition to the mixed martial arts courses, he often fails the special agent skill training assessment!


    and¡­


    How can a spy be so lazy!


    How can a spy still show goodwill so often!


    According to the analysis of the work of Uehara Naraku, who is active as a spy in SHIELD, this fucking... is not qualified at all!


    As a Hydra spy...


    Shouldn''t he be trying to work hard to gain S.H.I.E.L.D.''s trust?


    It is precisely because Uehara Naraku has always been lazy, and even has a slightly awkward and kind personality. He has always only obeyed Nick Fury''s orders, so that Coulson vouched for Uehara Naraku when Nick Fury started the review. ¡­


    To be honest¡­


    Even Natasha Romanoff or Clint Barton declaring they are HYDRA agents is more believable than Naraku Uehara declaring himself as HYDRA...


    A real spy should be like Agent Natasha Romanoff who is proficient in all agent skills, has an ever-changing personality, and is exquisite in all directions...It is really impossible to be like Agent Clint Barton with a cold face every day. !


    Perhaps it is precisely because of Uehara Naraku''s maverick and often unqualified work attendance that people will not doubt his identity...


    Who would doubt that a man who is good at anything but fighting has a little kindness at his heart?


    Yet precisely because of this...


    Naraku Uehara has fooled too many people.


    This guy''s acting skills are so good, he always plays a person who is at the lower limit of the special agent''s professional qualifications, so that no one finds his true face.


    "S.H.I.E.L.D. has really fallen..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Agent Hill with an ugly face, and continued with a smile: "I never thought about it myself, people like me can still lurk in S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    To be honest¡­


    Nick Fury is worse than Tony Stark!


    At least Tony Stark doesn''t think too much at all, he just acts according to his nature, and immediately fires people who are fishing, and doesn''t ask this guy what special abilities he has during the interview, and also prevents Naraku Uehara from sneaking in as a spy. his company.


    Uehara Naraku''s smile deepened.


    In comparison, Nick Fury, the suspicious director of S.H.I.E.L.D., just likes to think wildly, but once he starts thinking wildly, he will give unrealistic fantasies to a simple person like him...


    suspicious¡­


    But big taboo!


    "Wait... Naraku Uehara!"


    Coulson couldn''t help but change his face, and he grabbed the steel pillars of the cage with both hands: "You are a spy of Hydra, and that German secret letter is fake... Everything today is your conspiracy, You want to frame us and Captain Rogers!"


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku didn''t deny it either, just smiled lightly.


    He slowly let go of his palm, and two glasses of juice floated out of his palm, floating in front of Coulson and Hill...


    This magic-like superpower that can make objects float in the air undoubtedly caused a little horror in the eyes of Coulson and Hill...


    This guy¡­


    Not only is it powerful in fighting, but it also has superpowers!


    Is the Hydra person mentally ill? How could this kind of person be put into SHIELD to act as a spy... and there seems to be something wrong with them inside SHIELD. How could this guy succeed in lurking?


    This shows that there are more Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D.!


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Coulson gritted his teeth, did not look at the hanging glass of juice at all, and continued to ask: "How many people are lurking in the S.H.I.E.L.D. Bureau, you Hydra, can you tell us at this time to make us give up?"


    "Hush, do you still want to spy on information at this time?"


    Uehara Naraku put a finger on his lips, smiled and shook his head and said: "Agent Coulson, as long as you enter the Delta Wing headquarters, everyone will be a member of S.H.I.E.L.D. Where is there any Hydra? You also like to delve into other people too much..."


    "..."


    Coulson''s expression was a little twisted.


    Hill''s expression was a little normal.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t disclose any information until this time, and his sense of secrecy is really a bit like a spy!


    When Coulson and Hill looked ugly, Naraku Uehara suddenly smiled and said, "As long as you drink the two glasses of juice in front of you, I will tell you the truth about it, Coulson, Agent Hill, what do you think?" ?¡±


    "..."


    Coulson and Hilton were silent for a while.


    There is no need for the two of them to think too much, to know that the two glasses of juice suspended in front of them are definitely not that simple, does Naraku Uehara want to poison them?


    Uehara Naraku''s smile still changed slightly, and even his smile faintly revealed a bit of joy: "Why, are you not satisfied? The two of you may not know that letting guests drink a glass of freshly squeezed orange juice is my highest hospitality. Etiquette..."


    "..."


    Coulson couldn''t help but gritted his teeth again. He could feel the teasing in Naraku Uehara''s mouth, and said dissatisfiedly: "Juice is a drink only for children. Even if you want to kill us, you should at least have two glasses of whiskey." ?¡±


    Uehara Naraku this guy...


    Definitely want to humiliate them in this way before they die!


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s smiling face drooped instantly.


    Whether it''s Coulson or Hill, they can clearly see that Uehara Naraku''s mood has dropped instantly, and even makes people feel a terrifying pressure...


    "That''s really embarrassing."


    Uehara Naraku slowly opened his lips, and said indifferently: "The elders in my family are not allowed to drink alcohol, so I can only treat you to drink fruit juice."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku''s patience seemed to be exhausted, and he continued impatiently: "So are you two going to drink or not?"


    "..."


    Coulson silently picked up the juice glass.


    Hill thought for a while, following Coulson''s actions, she seemed to realize that today''s glass of juice is inevitable.


    gurgling...


    gurgle gurgle gurgle...


    I have to admit that the taste of fruit juice is quite delicious, at least it makes people feel more relaxed than simply committing suicide by taking poison.


    Just as Coulson and Hill had solemn eyes, they wanted to think about what kind of poison the glass of juice might have poisoned based on the symptoms that might appear in their bodies. These are compulsory courses for their special agent training, and some of the poisons are incurable...


    some poison...


    It can actually induce vomiting.


    It''s a pity that only the sweet and sour taste of the fruit juice reverberates, making the two of Hill feel more and more vigilant. Colorless and tasteless poisons are hard to distinguish...


    "We''re done."


    Hill let go of the empty cup in his hand, and said calmly, as if he didn''t care about his own life or death, "Can you tell us the truth about all this now?"


    "certainly."


    Uehara Naraku sat down on his own, smiled and said: "First of all, allow me to introduce myself! The supreme commander of the Hydra branch in S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    "..."


    Coulson''s expression froze.


    Uehara Naraku''s status is really not low!


    "Of course, only the incumbent."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Coulson with a wonderful face in satisfaction, and continued with a smile: "I have finally become the commander of the Hydra S.H.I.E.L.D. branch since I forced Minister Pierce to lead Hitwell and Rumro to defect. official¡­"


    "What the hell is the S.H.I.E.L.D. branch?"


    Coulson felt that his whole body was not well!


    What the hell is the Hydra SHIELD branch, how arrogant are these Hydra spies, and they call SHIELD that way!


    "Forced?"


    Hill''s expression was faintly puzzled.


    This female agent is quite sharp, and immediately figured out the joints based on some mission reports: "Alexander Pierce, Hitwell and Rumlow''s defections... all of them are you secretly exposing their Hydra identities? Or are you forcing them to surrender? Hydra?"


    "Of course they''re Hydra..."


    Uehara Naraku stood up, walked slowly outside the prison, and sighed softly: "They used to be my superiors and seniors. In order to get the position of commander, I forced them all away. What''s the matter?" It makes me sad¡­¡±


    "..."


    Hill was a little speechless.


    To be honest, she didn''t feel sad at all!


    And Hill also felt that Naraku Uehara was a little bit happy!


    "You don''t know..."


    "Actually, I''m under a lot of pressure..."


    "Since I became the supreme commander of the Hydra branch of S.H.I.E.L.D., I have had to think about a question, how to ignite the three fires for the new officer to take office..."


    "I''ve always been confused..."


    "Not sure how to lead the S.H.I.E.L.D. branch..."


    "..."


    Hill was speechless again.


    Coulson also felt that something was weird.


    Is a spy like Uehara Naraku really serious? As a spy commander lurking inside the enemy, do you still want to make some political achievements after taking office?


    To be honest, Coulson has a faint feeling that under the leadership of this kind of cannibalism and mentally handicapped commanders, the Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D. will probably end sooner or later...


    Unfortunately¡­


    Hydra spies aren''t done yet...


    Instead, the two senior agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. would be finished first.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about the weird expressions of Coulson and Hill, but continued to tell his own story and his own mental journey.


    "Just at this time."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Coulson, with a smile on his lips again: "Coulson has dug out our Hydra''s biggest enemy, Captain Steve Rogers, there is probably no more acceptable action than assassinating Captain America. ?¡±


    "So you forged the German secret letter?"


    "yes."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, sighed and said, "Originally, I just wanted Director Nick Fury to suspect that Steve Rogers was not Captain America at all, but a spy Erskine secretly introduced to Hitler..."


    "No one will believe you!"


    Coulson shook his head quickly, with a confident smile on his face: "Captain America is the spiritual symbol of the entire United States, no one would believe it..."


    "No one would really believe that."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Coulson, and continued with a smile: "I was just putting on a show, and I never thought this plan would be successful..."


    "until¡­"


    "I saw you adoringly holding a poster of Captain America..."


    "At that time, I began to think why not use Agent Coulson? Even the worst result can drive away the cronies around Director Fury..."


    "I deliberately forged a secret German letter from Hitler..."


    "However, if you want the king of secret agents, Director Fury, to believe the secret German letter, it''s not enough to just forge it. It''s too easy to arouse his suspicion..."


    Uehara Naraku took out the German secret letter and slowly burned the secret letter in his hand: "The real use of this German secret letter was never sent to Director Fury..."


    "The real use is to let Agent Coulson destroy all the evidence against Captain Rogers even if he defected..."


    "So¡­"


    "Do you think Director Nick Fury will be suspicious when Agent Coulson will destroy all the evidence against Captain Rogers even if he defected and disappeared?"


    "Won''t."


    Coulson shook his head, and said in a deep voice, "Sir, you won''t doubt me. Everything you have done is in vain... He will soon know that someone is secretly manipulating all this!"


    "Yeah, originally he would know soon..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes moved slightly, and he looked at the female agent next to Coulson: "What if the other person he trusts the most... Agent Hill is also destroying the evidence for you?"


    "Now¡­"


    "On the desk in the office of the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is a pile of bits and pieces of evidence..."


    "Even the King of Agents can only come up with two answers based on the evidence. The first answer is that Agent Coulson and Agent Hill are members of our Hydra..."


    "The second answer, Agent Coulson destroyed the evidence against Captain Rogers, Agent Hill destroyed the evidence when Agent Coulson destroyed the evidence, the two were forced to defect in full view after destroying most of the evidence..."


    "My character is a bit simple."


    "Even if it is the enemy of our Hydra, I don''t want to give the enemy those quizzes that I can''t figure out. I prefer to give the enemy more multiple-choice questions..."


    "It''s just that Director Fury is a little different."


    "In addition to giving Director Fury the power to choose the direction, let him enjoy the fun of detective puzzle solving, let him piece together the truth to prove that he chose the right answer."


    "Mr. Coulson, Agent Hill, tell me, I am such a subordinate who thinks about leadership, will Director Ferry give me an extra bonus this year?"

 Chapter 722

    Coulson finally realized their mistake.


    Uehara Naraku''s mind and IQ surpassed anyone he had ever met!


    The mere understanding and grasp of human nature makes Coulson and Hill, two agents who are used to seeing those fierce characters, unbearably terrified!


    Who would have thought that the real purpose of everything that happened in S.H.I.E.L.D. was just to let Nick Fury see those trivial information...


    And when Nick Fury saw those trivial materials, he fell into the trap. He would get the two answers that Uehara Naraku wanted to pass on to him from those trivial materials. If he removed an obviously wrong answer, he could only choose another...


    another¡­


    In fact, it is also wrong.


    In this case, how can they reverse the result?


    Compared to Coulson, who was a little more enthusiastic and kind, Agent Hill was calmer. She put her palm on Coulson''s shoulder.


    "Colson, calm down."


    Hill''s palm grasped Coulson''s shoulder, her eyes fell on Uehara Naraku''s body, and continued softly: "Agent Uehara Naraku, I''m curious, how many Hydra spies are there in the headquarters, this time there will be So many move together at your command..."


    "Actually, not much, right?"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his temples, hesitated to think for a while, and then said: "You have always been wary of Hydra lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D., such a thing is unnecessary.


    In fact, there are not many Hydra spies in the whole S.H.I.E.L.D., including field soldiers and security members at the gate, the real number is really pitifully small..."


    "..."


    Coulson''s face looked better.


    He felt relieved, perhaps in order to frame them, Uehara Naraku used most of the Hydra spies?


    In this case¡­


    As long as Nick Fury is not limited by those trivial information, and is not induced by the false identity of Captain America and the defection of their two agents, maybe he will find out the truth soon?


    Those HYDRA spies must not escape...


    It¡¯s just that Agent Hill¡¯s brows are still frowning, she¡¯s thinking about how little this so-called is, she doesn¡¯t quite believe what Uehara Naraku said, Hydra has lurked into almost all departments, how can there be fewer spies?


    as expected.


    "Let me do the math...it seems..."


    While talking, Naraku Uehara raised his head to look at the faces of Agent Hill and Coulson, with a regretful smile on the corner of his mouth: "Our manpower in S.H.I.E.L.D. has not exceeded 90%... "


    "..."


    Coulson''s expression instantly collapsed.


    Oh shit¡­


    This breath of relief was too early.


    God, why are there not many people at all?


    Didn''t the bastard Uehara Naraku really lie to them? There are so many Hydra people in S.H.I.E.L.D.? This is also called SHIELD with a hammer!


    Agent Hill, a calm woman, was also a little uneasy.


    Just now Agent Hill was vaguely guessing that Hydra''s spies might be around 5% to 10% in S.H.I.E.L.D., which is already quite high...


    result¡­


    There are only 10% of our own people in S.H.I.E.L.D.?


    This is really a number that makes anyone despair when they hear it!


    If you want to completely clean up Hydra, it means that the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. has to be overturned and rebuilt directly, or only by destroying S.H.I.E.L.D. can the Hydra spies be eliminated!


    this kind of thing...


    Can it really be done?


    Uehara Naraku looked at the two with ugly faces, chuckled and persuaded, "So there is no need to be vigilant against Hydra spies..."


    Yes, it is not necessary at all.


    S.H.I.E.L.D. can never be cleaned up unless it is broken and rebuilt.


    "Most of the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. is able to run smoothly and expand with our help..."


    This is also true.


    Without the Hydra spies, S.H.I.E.L.D. would be completely paralyzed.


    Compared with these words, the most troublesome thing is the last thing, that is, the current internal review of S.H.I.E.L.D., what will happen to the review controlled by Hydra? !


    "The current internal review seems to be very effective, but we have already secretly focused the review on the agents who are loyal to S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    "..."


    Coulson''s eyes were a little lost.


    Coulson was probably in despair.


    Even if he is a senior agent brought up by Nick Fury, he can''t imagine how Nick Fury can make a comeback in this situation...


    "Colson, trust our officer."


    Hill pinched Coulson''s shoulder, shook his head slightly at him, and continued: "If it were us, maybe we really didn''t have the courage to break SHIELD... But our chief, once aware of this, He will have the determination to rebuild S.H.I.E.L.D.!"


    Hill''s way of thinking is very correct.


    Hill''s courage is actually not as small as she said.


    Since being transferred to the interior commander, Hill has gradually learned his way of thinking from Nick Fury, and she has always had her own thoughts...


    In fact, as Hill guessed.


    Once Nick Fury realized that S.H.I.E.L.D. had been completely occupied by Hydra spies, he did not lack the courage to let S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra spies die together!


    "Agent Uehara Naraku."


    Hill looked at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "Actually, there is one last real answer, Director Fury can still choose to suspect that there is something wrong with the entire S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Agent Uehara Naraku, you haven''t considered that Director Fury won''t believe anyone, have you? He is the real king of secret agents! No matter how secretive you are..."


    "I thought about it, but he always has to make a choice."


    Uehara Naraku scratched his hair, smiled and continued: "If Director Fury suspects that there is a problem with the entire S.H.I.E.L.D., then I will stand by his side and suspect that there is a problem with S.H.I.E.L.D. Will you still trust me?"


    "..."


    Hill was also a little at a loss for words.


    This person... how can he play like this!


    Is Uehara Naraku really a serious spy?


    How could a real spy do that? !


    Shouldn''t you, the commander of Hydra, persuade Nick Fury to trust S.H.I.E.L.D.''s men so that Hydra can continue to lurk?


    This is what a fucking spy commander should do!


    How could this guy stand on Nick Fury''s side as the commander of the spies when Nick Fury suspected that S.H.I.E.L.D. was full of spies?


    What kind of trouble is this?


    This is true without leaving any flaws!


    If it really develops according to this situation, even if Nick Fury really suspects that there is a problem with the SHIELD headquarters, it is impossible to suspect that there is a problem with Uehara Nana...


    washington.


    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    Nick Fury hadn''t thought of that much yet.


    The Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. had just returned, and he immediately invited several agents who had witnessed the defection of Hill and Coulson to come to question him, and also got some trivial news.


    Now Nick Fury got the answer to his first guess from those messy trivial information and materials:


    Coulson and Hill are Hydra men.


    This is pure nonsense, Nick Fury doesn''t think Coulson will be a Hydra spy at all, because he knows that the Coulson he brought out doesn''t have that brain at all...


    As for the second answer.


    Nick Fury glanced at the report sent by several agents in charge of the review, his black face darkened slightly, and he was in a bad mood.


    Because Coulson and Hill took the German-language secret letter when they defected to the SHIELD headquarters, there is no tangible evidence to prove that Steve Rogers was Hitler''s humanoid weapon used to deal with the Hydra who betrayed the Third Reich...


    However¡­


    The king of agents does not need to pay attention to evidence in handling cases.


    Nick Fury put down a lot of materials in his hands, looked at the photos of Coulson and Hill, and fell into deep thought. The defection of these two people hit him hard, which directly caused Nick Fury to have almost no one on hand. available.


    This statement is a bit biased.


    At least Nick Fury still has three trump cards on hand.


    "Hey, Agent Naraku Uehara, report back to the Delta Wing headquarters in Washington immediately, I have a very important task to give you..."

 Chapter 723

    washington.


    Autumn is getting a little bit cooler.


    Nick Fury stood in front of the floor-to-ceiling windows of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D.''s office, looking down at an old pickup truck that drove swiftly and stopped at the door of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    The corner of Nick Fury''s mouth still couldn''t help twitching.


    The entire S.H.I.E.L.D. knows that their ace agent Naraku Uehara is driving such a dilapidated pickup truck, which makes people feel that this car may break down at any time...


    Before Nick Fury waited for Uehara Naraku to take the elevator up, his mind began to rethink. Is he really going to give the most important task to Uehara Naraku, who seems unreliable?


    Apart from Uehara Naraku, there seems to be no one who is particularly suitable.


    Natasha Romanoff is still tracking down a smuggling arms dealer, and Clint Barton is still in charge of building an underground base to protect the Rubik''s Cube.


    not to mention...


    This time the mission is also related to Captain America Steve Rogers, and it can only let Uehara Naraku, who has been partnering with Steve Rogers during this time, come.


    The first sentence Uehara Naraku walked into the office revealed a deep sense of unreliability: "Sir, during this period of time, Captain Rogers and I wiped out Hydra''s base very well. I was asked to report to the headquarters. I really didn''t want to Are bonuses paid out in advance?"


    "There will be bonuses."


    Nick Fury''s one-eyed trembled, and he stretched out his hand to let Naraku Uehara sit at his desk before saying in a deep voice, "Let''s get down to business first! Twenty-seven hours ago, Agents Coulson and Agent Hill carried an important letter. File defected..."


    "Are you kidding me?"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes widened involuntarily, and he shook his head quickly: "This kind of thing is unlikely! I don''t believe that Coulson and Hill will defect, even if Agent Romanov and Clint defect, Cole It''s impossible for Agent Sen to..."


    "This is a fact."


    Nick Fury knocked on the table, looked at Naraku Uehara seriously and continued: "I issued a confidentiality order yesterday...Although I also suspect that there may be other reasons for their defection, they must be recovered as soon as possible."


    "Understood, I also think there are other reasons here."


    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously, and said softly: "The two of them combined are not my opponents, I will chase them back as soon as possible..."


    it has started!


    It''s about to start again!


    As long as you follow Nick Fury''s thinking, you don''t have to worry about Nick Fury suspecting him. As for the task of recovering Coulson and Hill...


    Just enough to give him some time off.


    "very good."


    Nick Fury didn''t know that Naraku Uehara took the opportunity to fish.


    The S.H.I.E.L.D. director nodded contentedly.


    Although Uehara Naraku likes to use force to solve problems in S.H.I.E.L.D., his fighting ability is quite reassuring...


    "Wait until Coulson and Agent Hill are recovered..."


    When Nick Fury said this, he also lowered his voice: "There is no need to bring them back immediately, report to me immediately, and find out the truth about their defection..."


    There are also Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Before everything is found out, letting Coulson and Hill return to S.H.I.E.L.D. can only scare the snake away, and Nick Fury doesn''t want this to alarm Steve Rogers...


    After all, that''s Captain America!


    The faith of an era in the United States!


    And it''s an important member of the Avengers team...even now it''s helping S.H.I.E.L.D. to clear Hydra''s base.


    "give it to me!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded quickly.


    No matter what truth Nick Fury wants, Uehara Naraku can help him find out... No, or, Uehara Naraku has already started planning what kind of truth to Nick Fury.


    This matter still needs to be carefully considered...


    From what it looks like now, it seems that Nick Fury still has some trust in Coulson and Agent Hill, so he has to find a way to kill these a little bit...


    have to say.


    Nick Fury really found the right guy.


    If Nick Fury finds other agents to carry out this task, it is estimated that the whereabouts of Coulson and Agent Hill will not be found for a year or so...


    "there''s one more thing¡­"


    Nick Fury''s body slowly leaned out, staring at Uehara Naraku in front of him, and continued to ask: "You and Captain Rogers have been on the front line during this time, Agent Uehara Naraku, what do you think of Captain Rogers?"


    This is the most intuitive way to understand!


    During this period, only Uehara Naraku and Steve Rogers had the most contact, and only Uehara Naraku was most familiar with Captain America.


    Nick Fury also had some doubts in his heart.


    Did Coulson take away the important German secret letter because he was worried that Steve Rogers would be framed, or was it just to help hide Steve Rogers'' true face?


    "The captain has a lot of combat experience."


    The answer given by Uehara Naraku was quite ingenious. He thought for a while and continued: "Speaking of which, I also have one thing..."


    Naraku Uehara frowned slowly, and said softly: "Since the captain and I wiped out the Hydra base, it has often brought victories..."


    "But recently, I feel that the Hydra spies lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D. are becoming more and more restless. Last month, the captain was assassinated seven times..."


    "Not long ago, we also discussed together to increase the review and find out the hidden spies as soon as possible. If this continues, the frontline war..."


    "Don''t worry about this."


    Nick Fury shook his head slowly, and continued softly: "I will visit Dr. Bruce Banner again next week and invite him to help siege Hydra''s base..."


    Nick Fury doesn''t really want to mention such things as censorship, he has been thinking about it, and then slowly continue to expand the scope of censorship within S.H.I.E.L.D.


    To be honest¡­


    S.H.I.E.L.D. has become a troublesome liability.


    The current S.H.I.E.L.D. is really messed up, especially after Coulson and Agent Hill defected, it just added fuel to the situation...


    Now Nick Fury is paying more and more attention to the Avengers team he established. He has planned to use the Avengers team as a combat team and the S.H.I.E.L.D. effect.


    Now encircling Hydra just happens to be the best opportunity...


    Nick Fury originally wanted the Avengers team to take this opportunity to fine-tune the cooperation with the agents of the SHIELD. The SHIELD provided information, and the superheroes of the Avengers team took action to cut off those threatening terrorists.


    "correct."


    Nick Fury glanced at Uehara Naraku in front of him, and continued: "The matter of tracking down Coulson and Agent Hill should be completed as soon as possible...Before you leave, you fill out a form of information to join the Avengers team."

 Chapter 724

    This world is so ridiculous.


    Nick Fury asked Uehara Naraku to join the Avengers team, the intention is very obvious, that is, he wants to add some sand from S.H.I.E.L.D. to the Avengers team.


    Naraku Uehara was also unambiguous.


    Since Nick Fury asked himself to be a sand, of course he can''t live up to the kindness of his boss, and he will redouble his efforts to directly turn the Avengers into a mess.


    "Now go and track down the whereabouts of Coulson and Agent Hill!"


    Nick Fury put away Naraku Uehara''s qualification form for joining the Avengers team, added his subordinate''s name to the Avengers list, and waved him to leave.


    "Yes, Sir."


    Uehara Naraku nodded seriously.


    It''s just that when Uehara left the S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters, he still felt a sense of loss in his heart.


    He will be on vacation starting today. Didn''t Nick Fury really give him a long vacation for sending him such a mission to track down Coulson?


    this task...


    Isn''t it just to let him, the murderer, take hostages?


    For Naraku Uehara, a long vacation is really about to begin.


    "First¡­"


    Uehara Naraku opened the world map on the phone, and his face was a little more tangled: "...Where should I go to play around?"


    According to the task given to him by Nick Fury, Uehara Naraku formulated a reasonable travel route, the first stop is to go to the Arctic Ocean, and the second stop is to go directly to Germany...


    Because the Arctic Ocean is the location where Steve Rogers was salvaged, as for Germany, where Hydra was once entrenched, it was also the place where Steve Rogers fought...


    The world has undergone a slight change.


    If it weren''t for Naraku Uehara''s occasional news about Coulson and Agent Hill, Nick Fury really wouldn''t know if that guy was traveling around the world or hunting Coulson...


    In half a year.


    Steve Rogers attacks Hydra''s base with his own shield.


    Naraku Uehara hunts down Coulson and Hill.


    Bruce Banner entered the battlefield and broke through several Hydra bases with the power of the Hulk Hulk, which once severely damaged the power of Hydra.


    Naraku Uehara is still hunting Coulson and Hill.


    Tony Stark occasionally entered the battlefield, and with his advanced steel suit, he eliminated many terrorists attached to Hydra.


    Naraku Uehara is still chasing Coulson and Hill.


    If Nick Fury hadn''t received news from Uehara Naraku from time to time, he would have wondered if Uehara Naraku had taken the opportunity to go on vacation...


    Of course, Nick Fury is also wondering whether the two defected agents, Coulson and Hill, are in a relationship, and they may even be married in private?


    Otherwise, why do they always appear in those scenic spots? It''s really not a honeymoon trip?


    But Uehara Naraku is not without gains.


    Been one of the most recent!


    Naraku Uehara even reported that he had captured Coulson!


    It was just not long after Uehara Naraku reported to Nick Fury, Agent Hill rescued Coulson, which really fell short...


    Facing two senior agents, Uehara Naraku, who is only good at fighting, is really no match for them...


    However, Nick Fury has no time to pay attention to Naraku Uehara.


    Because Nick Fury has more important things to do, he resumed SHIELD''s research on the Rubik''s Cube, trying to use the Rubik''s Cube to create weapons that can protect the earth.


    Since the incident in New Mexico, Nick Fury has learned the news from Asgard, the legendary kingdom of gods, and also learned about the origin of those Norse myths...


    Thor.


    The true god has descended.


    This also means that the earth must no longer be indifferent to the possible alien invasion. Nick Fury decided to launch the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube project.


    Out of the principle of confidentiality, Nick Fury did not disclose the matter of the Rubik''s Cube. Only Clint Barton and the agents at the military base where the Rubik''s Cube is located knew about it.


    According to the fact that 90% of the agents in S.H.I.E.L.D. are Hydra spies, Uehara Naraku naturally knew about it, and he has been waiting for this opportunity...


    This opportunity is not far away.


    Because of the sense of urgency that alien invaders may appear, Nick Fury urged the physics Ph.D. he convened to study the energy that drives the cosmic Rubik''s Cube, which triggered a burst of space energy...


    This kind of behavior naturally attracted the attention of some people in the universe, such as the evil god Loki who once came to the earth. As a mage raised by a witch, Loki is naturally sensitive to energy, and it is easy for him to Attract and capture the explosive point of space energy.


    Loki has been to Earth before.


    Six months ago, Loki descended from Asgard to show off his brother Thor in New Mexico, but it turned out that all of this was controlled by Odin behind the scenes...


    In the process of competing for the throne with his brother Thor, Loki became a stepping stone for their father Odin to hone Thor...


    The plan that Loki worked so hard for so long was treated as a child''s trick, and he fell into the Rainbow Bridge in a fit of anger, and has never been seen since then...


    certainly¡­


    He will definitely be back!


    as a prince...


    Even an adopted prince!


    Loki''s heart is also full of obsession with the throne!


    beyond the universe.


    In a desolate broken star.


    A young man stretched out his fingers, causing a little ripple in the space. The corners of his mouth were slightly raised, and he felt a little uncontrollable joy at capturing these bursts of space energy.


    It is the evil god Loki.


    Recently, in order to regain his throne, Loki came into contact with the Chitauri, a fighting race in the universe. These Chitauri are actually not very powerful, but behind them stands a cosmic overlord ... Thanos!


    Anyway...


    This group of chitauri can barely be used as a tool.


    It''s just that this group of Chitauri also use Loki as a tool.


    "My lord has always wanted the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube..."


    The leader of the Chitauri floated by Loki''s side, and said grimly, "Now is your chance. You said before that the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube is on a small planet. This news has been confirmed by the Lord. The Cosmic Rubik''s Cube woke up..."


    The recent space energy has frequently erupted.


    Thanos standing behind the Chitauri finally confirmed that what Loki said was true, the cosmic Rubik''s Cube he wanted most has begun to wake up, and he wants to get this space artifact!


    "so¡­"


    With a smile on the corner of Loki''s mouth, he continued slowly: "Have you finally agreed to cooperate with me? I want to become the king of the earth..."


    Since I can''t sit on the throne of Asgard yet, becoming the king of Midgard (earth) first seems to make Loki feel a little more comfortable. Both Asgard and Midgard What about the nine kingdoms of the World Tree...


    "That planet belongs to you."


    The leader of the Chitauri looked at Loki, and a hoarse voice came from his gloomy and empty face: "If you can bring back the Rubik''s Cube..."


    "rest assured."


    Loki nodded confidently, slowly clenched his fingers like a real king, and the smile on his face became deeper and deeper.


    "The power of a god is irresistible to those powerless mortals."


    "The wisdom of God is beyond the imagination of those ignorant mortals."


    "..."


    The Chitauri leader paid no attention.


    Can do what you can!


    It''s almost worth it...


    "Okay, this is what the adults gave you."


    The leader of the Chitauri handed a strange scepter to Loki, and continued in a gloomy voice: "It''s best that everything is as you said...Once you fail, there will be no place for you in the entire universe." place!"

 Chapter 725

    Earth.


    The secret base of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    A group of agents quickly packed their things. They were packing and evacuating from this secret base, because the cosmic Rubik''s Cube underground would burst out with energy from time to time.


    However¡­


    Dr. Selvig, the scientist in charge of studying the Rubik''s Cube, knows nothing about it. He has no way to control the Rubik''s Cube, nor can he prevent the secret base from being destroyed by the Rubik''s Cube.


    The awakening of the Rubik''s Cube is uncontrollable.


    Because it itself is the most energy source in this universe!


    Faced with this situation of losing control at any time, the commander of the base, Clint Barton, had no choice but to apply for evacuation upwards. For this reason, Nick Fury had to rush to the scene and commanded the agents here to move all the base equipment. Walk.


    However¡­


    The energy of the Rubik''s Cube is still exploding...


    Someone secretly channeled this mysterious energy!


    Until the energy of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube finally increased to a new explosive point, the soaring energy suddenly opened a blue space wormhole in the underground base!


    A man named Loki appeared in the space wormhole!


    This man just held a scepter and easily beat all the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. in the underground base to pieces. His physical strength far surpassed that of humans on Earth!


    "I''m Loki...from Asgard!"


    Loki stretched out his hand to hold his scepter, arrogance and viciousness appeared on his face at the same time, facing a group of earthlings, his attitude was unprecedentedly arrogant!


    The Asgardians are the gods who once descended on the earth!


    Nick Fury had observed the Hammer incident report in New Mexico many times, and he immediately understood that this was an invasion from aliens, which he had been vigilant for a long time ago!


    There may be aliens in the universe who are friendly to the earth like Thor, and naturally there will be aliens like Loki who want to invade the earth!


    just didn''t expect...


    This invasion came so fast!


    Loki simply and neatly used the scepter to manipulate Clint Barton and a group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents, hooked up with Nick Fury, took away the Rubik''s Cube, and left the secret base.


    In the underground parking lot of the base.


    Rocky got into the trunk of a pickup truck without hesitation.


    Even if Clint Button is controlled by Loki, he won''t disobey his orders, so he couldn''t help hesitating for a second before persuading him: "Sir, it''s better to change to another car. The owner of this car is a Pretty troublesome guy."


    The pickup truck belonged to his troublesome co-worker.


    Because that troublesome colleague has been traveling around the world for the past six months, his car was temporarily taken back by S.H.I.E.L.D. Why did someone actually drive this pickup truck?


    Clint Button thought in his heart that he had to obey Loki. They and the owner of the pickup truck were already enemies, and he also subconsciously wanted to avoid this trouble.


    "Walk."


    Loki gave an order indifferently, sneered, and stared at Hawkeye Barton: "What God wants to do, never considers the feelings of ants."


    "yes."


    Clint Barton can only take orders.


    late at night.


    The night is getting darker.


    The prelude to the evil god Loki''s invasion of the earth has just begun.


    Nick Fury did not hesitate at all, and immediately returned to the SHIELD headquarters, ordering the latest researched war weapon, the aerospace aircraft carrier, to search for traces of Loki, Patton and others.


    "Agent Uehara Naraku."


    Nick Fury directly contacted Naraku Uehara and gave an order to assemble the Avengers team: "Go to New York immediately and contact Tony Stark and Dr. Bruce Banner. I remember they are all in New York..."


    After a second, Nick Fury added another sentence: "There is also Captain Steve Rogers, someone will meet you at New York Airport..."


    Although Nick Fury still doesn''t trust Steve Rogers enough, he can''t give up any strength at this time...


    Because they have to face is a mythical figure!


    "Sir, what happened?"


    Uehara Naraku yawned, and there was still some hesitation in his voice: "I have found the target again, and I will catch Coulson and Agent Hill soon..."


    "Agent Uehara Naraku!"


    Nick Fury interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words with an unprecedentedly heavy voice: "The Asgardians took away the Rubik''s Cube, and now it''s a level 7 event... The war has begun!"


    "clear."


    Uehara Naraku agreed quite readily.


    Most of the superheroes in the entire Avengers team have nothing to do with Uehara Naraku. He once protected Tony Stark, also found Bruce Banner himself, and has a good relationship with Steve Rogers.


    Naturally, Natasha Romanov didn''t need Naraku Uehara to notify her. After receiving the news that Barton had been brainwashed, this woman rushed to New York immediately.


    As for Naraku Uehara...


    He was still slowly calling to inform people.


    "Hi, Mr. Tony Stark..."


    beep beep beep...


    The phone was hung up immediately.


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a second, looked at the above call log and took a screenshot, and persistently called Tony Stark until his mobile phone number was blocked.


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly, a space vortex slowly floated, and a masked man in auspicious cloud black robe appeared beside him.


    "Any other shady orders?"


    "Go and tell Howard Stark''s son that the Rubik''s Cube has awakened, which has attracted the attention of the Chitauri people. Don''t let humans on Earth study the Rubik''s Cube."


    "¡­What else?"


    "There is nothing else, I will control you..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the masked man in front of him, and said softly: "Maybe this experience will make them quite interesting, it''s time for them to get in touch with the outside world."


    "..."


    The masked man fell silent.


    He re-entered the space vortex and disappeared quietly.


    Uehara Naraku contacted Bruce Banner again, this honest man who was controlled by him with black magic naturally did not dare to resist, and obediently accepted his orders;


    As a World War II veteran, Steve Rogers naturally has no objection to Nick Fury''s order.


    After the members of the Avengers team rushed to the New York airport, they were all taken away by a Quin-jet fighter and sent to the aerospace carrier that had already started cruising in the air.


    As for Tony Stark...


    After he heard the warning from the mysterious masked man, he was about to drive his steel suit to the aerospace carrier immediately, and he wanted to find out what happened!


    Tony Stark hesitated for a while before leaving, looked at the man in auspicious cloud and black robe wearing a mask beside him, and continued: "Perhaps you can rest here first...I''ll check the situation first."


    "Ok¡­"


    The mysterious masked man nodded slowly.


    Although the man is wearing a mask, Tony Stark has seen his real face through perspective, which is full of scars and cracks...


    the most important is¡­


    There is no temperature on this man''s body!


    Tony Stark has no doubts either. He knows that this is a member of Dawn. Because the Rubik''s Cube awakened, he rushed to the earth quickly with space power, and came here to warn the earth humans to be careful of the Chitauri...


    to be honest¡­


    If it is not an emergency, we must immediately find out what is going on with the Rubik''s Cube. Tony Stark wants to chat with this masked man again...


    "Maybe I can also try to help hide the energy of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube."


    The mysterious masked man glanced at Tony Stark, and said in a hoarse voice: "I can gain the ability to control a part of the space precisely because Mr. Howard Stark let me study the Rubik''s Cube..."

 Chapter 726

    Pacific Ocean.


    S.H.I.E.L.D.''s aerospace carrier.


    This aerospace aircraft carrier has not yet taken off, but its size and different design are still shocking. Listening to Natasha''s introduction, Bruce Banner and Steve Rogers were a little shocked that this behemoth actually has a lift-off mode.


    boom!


    A figure in a steel battle suit flew towards the aircraft carrier, streaked across a cloud of flames in the air, and landed directly on the deck, attracting everyone''s attention.


    "You''re late, Mr. Stark."


    Natasha reached out and brushed her wavy hair, and walked towards Tony Stark: "But it''s not too late, we haven''t taken off yet..."


    "Tell me first, where is the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube?"


    Tony Stark opened the visor on his face, and looked at Natasha with a serious face: "You study the Rubik''s Cube in private, and don''t ask for professional advice... You''re going to be in big trouble!"


    Tony Stark trusted Akatsuki''s judgment.


    Now that the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube is waking up on Earth, it will definitely attract the attention of many aliens in the universe who want to seek the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube. This matter must be alerted to S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Not so coincidentally...


    Tony Stark''s reminder came too late.


    After seeing all the members of the Avengers team assembled, Nick Fury explained the history of the Rubik''s Cube and the unexpected events that happened last night, including the identities and personalities of Asgard and Loki.


    Nick Fury has nothing to hide.


    Because in the face of war, no information can be missed.


    And Nick Fury handed over information about the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube and the light gamma rays it emits to everyone present, except Uehara Naraku and Natasha.


    Tony Stark rubbed his forehead, feeling a little unhappy: "So, before I have time to remind you, an outsider named Rocky has already robbed the Rubik''s Cube?"


    "That''s it."


    Nick Fury nodded slowly.


    "Well, maybe I might have to remind you again."


    Tony Stark raised his head and glanced at Nick Fury, and then at everyone present: "In addition to the outsider from Asgard, there are also a group of Chitauri who are also paying attention to the Rubik''s Cube. They will rush to our house soon..."


    "How do you know this?"


    Steve Rogers frowned.


    Tony Stark raised his eyebrows, and said casually, "My father once had some friends... I know from his friends."


    anyway...


    It''s something to be proud of.


    While the eyes of this group of people were still staring at the Hydras on the earth, Tony Stark had already looked into space and focused his attention on Akatsuki.


    "Why don''t I know this?"


    Steve Rogers'' brows still hadn''t stretched, but they frowned even tighter: "Howard Stark''s friend, do I know him?"


    If he remembers correctly...


    Howard Stark probably doesn''t have many friends...


    "You don''t need to know."


    Tony Stark shrugged nonchalantly.


    "Okay, Tony."


    Nick Fury interrupted the possible dispute between them, and asked solemnly: "Tony, can you tell me where the information came from? You seem to know some information that we don''t know..."


    "There is no need to explain..."


    Tony Stark rubbed his eyebrows, and continued: "Until I get permission, I can''t disclose their news..."


    "Tony."


    Nick Fury looked at Tony Stark with one eye, and said in a deep voice: "If possible, I would also like to see them, I have never heard of Howard Stark has any friends in the universe, he will not be in his profile hide this from..."


    "Because he knew that SHIELD has become what it is now, so he didn''t write this kind of thing into the data..."


    "Is it those two people?"


    Naraku Uehara, who was standing by the side and had been drinking juice, suddenly interjected, and looked at Tony Stark intently: "Those two people wearing black clothes painted with red clouds and appearing on strange birds..."


    "..."


    Tony Stark was silent for a moment, then nodded slowly.


    Bruce Banner rubbed his palms a little uneasily, and said cautiously: "That... Mr. Stark, if it sounds like they are also aliens, how can you be sure that they don''t want to get the Rubik''s Cube?"


    "I trust them."


    Tony Stark shook his head quickly, and continued to explain: "If they wanted to, they would have taken away the Rubik''s Cube thirty years ago...Compared to SHIELD, which conceals that we are studying the Rubik''s Cube in private, they more trustworthy."


    This reasoning is a little unclear...


    S.H.I.E.L.D. did not tell Tony Stark about the Rubik''s Cube, because they felt that Tony Stark must know nothing about the Rubik''s Cube.


    As a result, Tony Stark has other channels to learn about the Rubik''s Cube, and even knows the possible dangers of studying the Rubik''s Cube, which greatly reduces the trust between them...


    Steve Rogers immediately retorted: "You don''t choose to believe in your comrades, but believe in those aliens?"


    As a soldier who was born as a veteran of World War II, Steve Rogers valued his comrades very much, and he was a little disgusted with Tony Stark''s attitude...


    However, how could Tony Stark admit defeat in a war of words?


    Tony Stark shook his head indifferently, and smiled lowly: "If they had trusted me as a comrade in arms, today''s crisis would not have happened."


    yes¡­


    If S.H.I.E.L.D. trusts them, the Avengers, they should disclose the news about the Rubik''s Cube to them and ask for their opinions.


    In addition to Naraku Uehara and Natasha, two low-educated agents, Steve Rogers has been in contact with the Rubik''s Cube. Bruce Banner is quite familiar with the energy gamma rays leaked from the Rubik''s Cube. Tony Stark, the science Not to mention genius...


    However¡­


    S.H.I.E.L.D. chose to conceal them and researched the Rubik''s Cube without authorization, which directly led to the Rubik''s Cube being taken away, and its whereabouts are still unknown...


    Now that the Avengers team has just officially assembled, they are on the verge of splitting because of their different attitudes. Naturally, lubricants are needed at this time.


    "Everyone..."


    Natasha shook her head, with a little worry in her eyes: "What we need to do most now, isn''t it to find a way to find out the location of the Rubik''s Cube and Loki''s whereabouts?"


    "..."


    Everyone suddenly fell into silence.


    Nick Fury glanced at everyone, then glanced at Natasha with satisfaction, and said softly: "Natasha, Agent Uehara Naraku, take them to the laboratory, maybe there should be something you can use..."


    "Yes, Sir."


    Naraku Uehara nodded calmly, and was about to lead the people present to the laboratory of the Aerospace Carrier. The expressions of the group of people were still unhappy.


    After walking to the laboratory.


    Bruce Banner was about to search for the energy source of gamma rays. Tony Stark walked to the side with his mobile phone and dialed the landline at the Stark Industrial Building headquarters.


    Because the mysterious masked man from the outer space of the universe is still waiting for his news, he wants to seek off-site assistance from someone he trusts.


    After all, there is an alien in the house...


    Just ask this alien if he knows Loki''s information.


    "hello."


    Tony Stark asked his question bluntly: "Does Dawn have information about Loki and Asgard?"


    "Huh? The third princess of Asgard?"

 Chapter 727

    The three princesses of Asgard?


    What the hell is this called!


    Isn''t Loki the prince from Asgard?


    Tony Stark scratched his cheek, his expression was a little stiff: "Could it be that the Loki in the myth...is a woman? And I just saw that in the information about Asgard, Loki seems to have only one Brother who has been to Earth..."


    "It''s just a contemptuous term for Loki."


    The voice of the mysterious masked man on the phone was extremely indifferent, but the information he provided to Tony Stark was very effective.


    "Loki, the adopted son of Odin, the God King of the Nine Kingdoms of the World Tree.


    I don''t know why he was exiled by God King Odin. It is said that he failed to seize the throne... According to our information, Loki has been in the territory of the Chitauri recently. How do you know about Loki? "


    "Well¡­"


    Tony Stark hesitated for a while, thinking back to Steve Rogers'' accusations against him that he didn''t trust his comrades but trusted aliens.


    However, the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube is a big deal...


    After Tony Stark hesitated for a second, he felt that there was no need to hide this matter: "Well, in fact, Loki took away the Rubik''s Cube..."


    "It''s over."


    The voice of the mysterious masked man dropped instantly, and he said in a deep voice: "The Cosmic Rubik''s Cube can open the space channel, allowing the Chitauri to descend on the earth... Son of Howard Stark, maybe this time we need to fight side by side on the earth. "


    "what?"


    Before Tony Stark could react, the next moment he instantly understood the meaning of the mysterious masked man''s words: "That guy named Loki stole the Rubik''s Cube to open the space channel and let the Chitauri occupy the earth? "


    "Perhaps that''s about it."


    The mysterious masked man nodded quickly, and continued in a deep voice: "Please help me tell the leaders of the earth... If the Chitauri descend on the earth, Akatsuki''s army must also descend on the earth to fight the Chitauri."


    "Wait... the army?"


    Tony Stark was suddenly speechless.


    Once the so-called army is mentioned, it seems that it is not an easy matter to solve. How can the army be summoned properly?


    This Xiao organization...


    How can you be so frightened by a Loki?


    Are Loki and Chitauri really that scary?


    "There is no time to explain too much."


    "The Cosmic Rubik''s Cube has fallen into Loki''s hands, and the Chitauri may come at any time. We must gather troops to rush to Earth as soon as possible... Otherwise, the consequences will be disastrous!"


    "etc¡­"


    Tony Stark remembered Nick Fury''s request, and said softly: "I suggest that you meet with a major leader of a world peace organization on Earth. Maybe things are not that bad. We are taking back the Rubik''s Cube..."


    "..."


    There was silence on the other end of the phone.


    The next moment, the mysterious masked man suddenly said: "In five minutes, I will arrive at your location. If he is willing to talk...I will give him ten minutes."


    "..."


    Tony Stark hung up the phone.


    Tony Stark hurriedly left the laboratory and rushed to the command module of the aerospace carrier. The faces of other people present were slightly puzzled, and they felt a sense of separation.


    This feeling is like...


    Tony Stark disdains to be with them.


    Steve Rogers stood up suddenly, about to block Tony Stark''s actions, but fortunately Uehara Naraku reached out to stop Steve Rogers.


    "Let me go talk to Mr. Stark!"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, motioned for Steve Rogers to sit down again, and he hurried a few steps to catch up with Tony Stark.


    "Mr. Tony Stark."


    Uehara Naraku followed Tony''s footsteps and said softly: "Is there anything I can do to help now? If it is a material that needs to be tested..."


    "unnecessary."


    Tony Stark shook his head, stopped his footsteps, looked at Naraku Uehara and said, "I just made a phone call, and my friend promised to see that one-eyed black man... Get ready for a reception room!"


    "I''ll notify Commissioner Fury immediately."


    Naraku Uehara nodded quickly, and when he was about to leave in a hurry to make arrangements, he turned his head and looked at Tony Stark again, his eyes slightly serious.


    "Mr. Stark, maybe those outsiders wearing Xiangyun black robes are so-called friends to you; but we humans who were born on the earth... are also your comrades-in-arms."


    This is Naraku Uehara''s serious advice.


    The meaning of this sentence is very clear, Uehara Naraku and the others are their own people, and Akatsuki is just an outsider!


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s expression suddenly became tangled.


    Uehara Naraku, this guy said it well...


    In a sense, Dawn of Dawn is a mercenary in the universe. As a person on Earth, he certainly shouldn''t trust this mercenary team too much.


    However, his father mentioned in the letter that this mercenary team is a trusted friend of the earth, and they have never done anything to endanger the earth...


    What should he do now?


    If it was the past, Tony Stark must have felt that he could handle everything by himself, but only after seeing Akatsuki''s strange ability did he know that the universe is huge...


    They need to muster more strength.


    For the earth, the Akatsuki organization is actually a natural ally.


    What he should have to do now is to find a way to unite Akatsuki''s mercenary organization with the earth, at least take back the Rubik''s Cube or deal with the possible Chitauri?


    five minutes later.


    The reception room of the aerospace aircraft carrier.


    Nick Fury and Tony Stark were sitting in the reception room, waiting for the member of Dawn to arrive. Tony Stark occasionally introduced a few words about Dawn.


    "Akatsuki is a cosmic mercenary organization."


    "The leader of Akatsuki came to Earth more than 30 years ago when he was chasing and killing a fugitive named Igo. At that time, he met my father by chance. They were friends and studied the Rubik''s Cube together."


    "Akatsuki''s enemies are the Chitauri."


    "Not long ago, the Akatsuki organization was still preparing to fight the Chitauri. They may be weaker than the Chitauri in terms of strength, but they are friends of the earth. At least in my opinion, they can be regarded as our friends..."


    "..."


    While Tony Stark was chattering, a space vortex quietly appeared, even without any warning, it appeared in front of them!


    This scene made Nick Fury''s eyes tighten!


    This kind of weird ability is hard to guard against!


    If members of the Akatsuki organization have this weird ability, does it mean that they can invade any corner of the earth at any time?


    "You have ten minutes."


    The figure of the mysterious masked man quietly appeared from the vortex of space, and only one eye was exposed on his mask, but there was a touch of scarlet in his one eye.


    The two one-eyed men looked at each other.


    Nick Fury stretched out his palm first, and put his broad palm on it: "Welcome to Earth, I hope to have more time to have a good chat, the Earth may not be as weak as Mr. imagined..."


    "Akatsuki has never underestimated the earth."


    The mysterious masked man shook his head, and continued softly: "Decades ago, our leader knew that the Cree wanted to destroy this planet. When we came to support the earth, we heard that someone on the earth tried to destroy the planet by himself. Repelled the Kree fleet..."


    "..."


    The smile on Nick Fury''s face froze for a second.


    This incident has always been Nick Fury''s biggest secret, and it is also the beginning of the Avengers plan. Does the Akatsuki organization even know this kind of thing?


    Before Nick Fury met with them, he was still thinking carefully about which card he should play to allow the Akatsuki organization and the earth to reach an equal cooperation, believing that the earth has the ability to handle the problem of the Rubik''s Cube in the universe.


    result¡­


    The Akatsuki organization directly punctured the trump card that he had hidden and never thought of playing. That was Nick Fury''s friend when he was young, and the strongest superhero in Nick Fury''s heart, Captain Marvel Carol Danvers.


    Oh shit¡­


    This can really catch people off guard!


    "Oh?"


    The corners of Tony Stark''s eyes twitched instantly, and he said with a face full of surprise: "Do we still have such a powerful guy here? Why didn''t I know there was such a..."


    "Tony, she''s the first Avenger hero!"


    Nick Fury stopped Tony Stark, stretched out his palm, invited the mysterious masked man to sit down, and said with a smile: "Since Xiao knows that this kind of thing happened on the earth, why don''t you believe that the earth can do it this time?" How about it?"


    "We never doubted the power of the Earth."


    The mysterious masked man shook his head slowly, and continued in a deep voice: "The earth has never believed how terrifying the power outside the universe is... We must ensure one thing, whether it is the earth or the Rubik''s Cube in the universe, it must not fall into the Chitauri in human hands."

 Chapter 728

    The discussions organized by Nick Fury and Akatsuki did not go well.


    Strictly speaking, the Akatsuki organization unilaterally issued an ultimatum to S.H.I.E.L.D. within 24 hours, the Akatsuki organization''s army will stay on the periphery of the earth.


    Once S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Avengers team can''t recover the Rubik''s Cube, Akatsuki''s army will descend on Earth to face the Chitauri. This is not a tone of discussion!


    "Ok."


    Nick Fury restrained his irritable nerves, and said softly: "As for Akatsuki''s army staying outside the earth''s atmosphere, I need to report to the higher authorities and try to mediate as much as possible..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    There was a strange red light in the one eye of the mysterious masked man, and he said indifferently: "Once the Chitauri descend, this place will become a battlefield between Xiao and the Chitauri."


    "Sorry, we probably don''t need much¡­"


    "It''s not a discussion, we''ve given enough time."


    The mysterious masked man shook his head slowly, and continued calmly: "When lions and wolves are fighting, there is no way to consider the thoughts of the ants under their feet..."


    The meaning of this sentence sounds familiar.


    Nick Fury''s expression is becoming more and more ugly, and even Tony Stark''s expression is a bit ugly. Isn''t this the attitude of the United States towards the backward areas of the earth?


    "There''s no need to show that look."


    The mysterious masked man stood up and looked at their faces: "Akatsuki is an organization that maintains peace. We will not invade any planet without reason..."


    When the mysterious masked man said this, he habitually said: "Any war launched without the consent of the Xiao organization is an illegal war..."


    "..."


    Nick Fury didn''t know what to say. How could this cosmic mercenary organization be more domineering than them?


    "I hope you''re going faster."


    The man in the mysterious mask turned into a space vortex and disappeared in place, leaving the last sentence: "Akatsuki''s army will come soon... This is the reward for the Akatsuki organization''s research on the cosmic Rubik''s Cube, and it is also the last time the Akatsuki organization helped the earth."


    "..."


    Nick Fury''s palms clenched suddenly.


    What the hell has Howard Stark been up to?


    Is this Akatsuki organization the backhand left by Howard Stark in order to protect the earth? It''s just that the people in this organization are a bit domineering...


    This group of people outside the universe...


    The attitude towards the earth is really annoying!


    "Search for the whereabouts of Loki and the Rubik''s Cube immediately!"


    Nick Fury slammed his fist on the table, glanced at Tony Stark with a complicated face, and said in a deep voice: "The earth must not be allowed to become a battlefield for two alien forces!"


    The people in the Vengeance Squad really don''t worry at all!


    Tony Stark is secretly involved with an alien organization, and Steve Rogers is suspected of being loyal to Hitler.


    Only Dr. Bruce Banner is normal...


    Xiao organization walks the talk.


    Just when Nick Fury returned to the command room, a group of satellite images had already taken pictures of part of the atmosphere, which made people feel a chill in their hearts!


    "Sir, photos taken by satellites outside the atmosphere!"


    As soon as Nick Fury returned to the command room, he received a group of photos. Looking at these photos, the corners of Nick Fury''s eyes couldn''t help but twitch!


    Hundreds of strange-looking people in Xiangyun black robes.


    This group of people looks somewhat human, but their skin is pale, their faces look a little cold and heartless, and there are strange knives hanging from their waists!


    This group of people didn''t seem to need to absorb air at all, just standing directly in the space outside the atmosphere, they didn''t look like they were easy to mess with!


    Comparing their words...


    Standing behind them are thousands of hideous monsters!


    The appearance of each monster is very simple, the body tens of meters high is completely dark, only a hideous and hollow face grows on the head, it looks like the legendary god of death...


    Under the Xiao organization''s command, the virtual circle army!


    Above this army, there are six meteorite-carved seats floating, and there are a group of strange people sitting there. Everyone looks like a man in a high position...


    These guys should be the cadres of the Akatsuki organization.


    The first man was wearing an auspicious cloud black robe from the Xiao organization, and a red armor like a samurai inside, with prickly black hair and a bohemian smile on his face, looking contemptuously at the earth wrapped in the atmosphere.


    The man who has experienced three worlds, Uchiha Madara!


    The second man was also wearing an auspicious cloud black robe and a similar red armor underneath, with a gentle smile under his soft hair.


    The strong man who is as famous as Uchiha Madara, Senju Hashirama!


    The third man was dressed in a deliberately made auspicious cloud black robe and a medieval-looking triangular captain''s hat, and laughed heartily at the people around him.


    One Piece, Gol D. Roger!


    The fourth man was a tall giant, holding a long Daguan knife in his hand, with a white crescent beard on his face, and he was also grinning.


    Whitebeard, Edward Newgate!


    The fifth man is an old man who is dying, with a wooden cane in his hand, long eyebrows and beard, looks quite calm, sitting in his position with his eyes closed.


    Captain Shinigami, Shigekuni Yamamoto!


    The sixth man was a rather handsome young man with a fashionable hairstyle on his head, narrow eyes staring at the earth''s atmosphere, and a cold smile on the corner of his mouth, which made people feel dangerous.


    The master of the virtual circle, Aizen Soyousuke!


    These powerful characters are all treasures of Naraku Uehara. This is the first time they have appeared in the Marvel world. From then on, they will act under the name of Akatsuki!


    Of course, Nick Fury didn''t know this group of guys. He took it for granted that these men sitting on the Void Seat were Akatsuki''s cadres...


    to be honest¡­


    This army staying outside the atmosphere puts a lot of pressure on Nick Fury. Just because they can stay in a vacuum environment and ultraviolet radiation for a long time means that the strength of this army is definitely far greater than any army on earth...


    For the earth...


    This is an army made up almost entirely of superheroes!


    Nick Fury wiped the cold sweat off his forehead, and glanced at the agents beside him: "How did they appear, did the satellite surveillance capture video of their actions?"


    "Yes... yes..."


    The agent immediately called up the video.


    In the video.


    A pitch-black black hole appeared out of thin air.


    Six men sitting on the Void Throne passed through the black hole to stay in space first, and a group of broken-faced Daxus wearing auspicious clouds and black robes led thousands of ordinary Daxus to fly out.


    Just as a satellite was orbiting and passing by this army, several ordinary big ghosts opened their mouths, and the red ghost flashes turned into laser beams and pierced through this hapless satellite in an instant!


    Nick Fury''s fists trembled slightly. Just the group of simple-looking miscellaneous soldiers can exert a power no less than that of a missile with one blow...


    If that was the case, Nick Fury could still calm down a little, but the next scene made Nick Fury''s eyes pop!


    I don''t know what the first arrogant man said, but the old man sitting on the throne suddenly opened his eyes, and slowly pulled out a knife, and suddenly a ball of flames appeared on the knife!


    The old man suddenly swung his sword at a group of satellites around them, and a flame at least tens of kilometers long swept over, instantly turning many satellites into nothingness!


    This is¡­


    Akatsuki''s army?

 Chapter 729

    The army organized by Akatsuki really can''t be provoked.


    Nick Fury calmly watched the video of the old man burning up all the surrounding satellites with a knife. He watched it over and over again, hoping to find scientific laws from it.


    I have to say that there are indeed scientific laws in it.


    At least the temperature of the flame released by the old man is still very scientific.


    "Sir, the reason for the satellite''s damage should be that it was instantly melted..."


    The agent glanced at his boss and explained tremblingly: "According to the measurement report before the satellite was destroyed, the temperature of the flame far exceeds the surface temperature of the sun, at least millions of degrees, enough to instantly melt all the metals on the earth..."


    "..."


    Nick Fury''s whole person is not good again, his only right eye is staring at the agent who is reporting in front of him: "In other words... is this person equivalent to a walking star?"


    This is even more unscientific!


    Why would someone be able to release a temperature comparable to the sun!


    "Quickly copy this information and send it to the laboratory..."


    Nick Fury slowly clenched his fist, and said in a deep voice: "Help me connect to the World Security Council, I need their authorization now!"


    The old man alone is not someone the earth can solve. If the information supports it, he can easily use his own flames to detonate any nuclear arsenal on the earth!


    Who knows what that old man is capable of!


    Even if the entire earth is turned into a sea of ??flames, it is not surprising!


    In addition to the old man, there are five other cadres in Xiao''s organization, and no one knows what strange abilities those five people will have!


    It is not that Nick Fury has never seen aliens. He has seen the Skrulls who can transform, the Kree guided by the supreme wisdom, and the characters in Norse mythology like Loki. ¡­


    but¡­


    There is too much difference between this group of aliens and the Akatsuki organization!


    If the Cree fleet hadn¡¯t met Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers, or the Akatsuki organization, it would have been directly burned to ashes... The members of the Akatsuki organization also have the ability to destroy an alien team with their own power. The power of Starfleet!


    Oh shit¡­


    This alien organization is too strong!


    Just a few people can hang up the earth and beat it!


    How did Howard Stark become the founder of S.H.I.E.L.D.? Why didn''t they know how to establish a friendly relationship between the earth and this alien organization at that time?


    Now the most troublesome problem is...


    We must find Loki immediately and take back the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube!


    Otherwise, once the Chitauri descend on the earth, who knows whether the earth will have a chance to survive... A cadre of the Akatsuki organization is so powerful, and now they are all going to send an army to fight the Chitauri. ?


    In fact, it''s not just Nick Fury who has some fear in his heart...


    The entire World Security Council was in a mess when it received the satellite video, the military began to call up the army, and all nuclear warheads were loaded with missiles...


    Nick Fury can only explain to the World Security Council that the alien army is helping them fight against other alien invaders, and now they should not fight the army parked in the outer space of the atmosphere...


    However¡­


    The World Security Council doesn''t believe it.


    If he could, Nick Fury would really like to teleport to this group of Security Council members on the video network and smash their heads in the stomach...


    Are they useful now believe it or not?


    "If you insist on declaring war on the army in outer space, it means that we are facing two alien forces that can crush the earth...


    Even if we can repel them by exhausting all the power of the earth, what about facing another army that is eyeing the earth? "


    "Then what do you say to do?"


    "My subordinates are still searching for Loki''s whereabouts."


    Nick Fury clenched his fists and put on a confident look: "Now we still have 24 hours... I hope to get all authorizations from the World Security Council to find Loki and the Rubik''s Cube as soon as possible."


    "As long as the Rubik''s Cube can be found, the Chitauri led by Loki can be prevented from descending on the earth, and Dawn''s army has no excuse to stay..."


    "Now we are in the twenty-four hours that determine the fate of the earth!"


    "If we can perfectly solve this crisis on the earth, maybe this is also an opportunity for us to go to outer space. The universe is huge, and we are never alone...Since there are enemies who spy on the earth in this universe, there must also be friends who are peaceful. "


    "That''s not exactly what an agent should say..."


    "If there is no other way..."


    Nick Fury shook his head slowly.


    If it wasn''t for the fact that the power of the earth is too weak, he hasn''t gathered all the power at hand, and there is no way to meet an interstellar battlefield, and he doesn''t want to say such things...


    S.H.I.E.L.D. is a secret service organization...


    As a secret agent leader, how could Nick Fury be willing to comfort himself with the so-called friends who yearn for peace? It''s not because I feel overwhelmed!


    In order to speed up the process of finding Loki, all the cameras in the world, including every mobile phone camera, have been hacked by S.H.I.E.L.D., and they are looking for Loki''s whereabouts by comparing every face that the camera has touched recently.


    It''s a pity that...


    Clint Barton is controlled by Loki.


    This agent from S.H.I.E.L.D. is very aware of S.H.I.E.L.D.''s working mechanism, and never lets Loki appear in any place where he can connect to the Internet.


    until¡­


    They must get the iridium element in the meteorite to establish a stable space channel for the Rubik''s Cube. At this time, there must be an eye-catching live target to support Clint Barton to steal a research institute. iridium element.


    Rocky chooses to be this bait.


    Because he still had darker thoughts in his heart, he already knew the information of the Avengers team from Clint Barton, and he wanted to take this opportunity to wipe out the Avengers team.


    It took only half a minute for Loki to show up in public before he was found by the powerful S.H.I.E.L.D.


    "Sir, the avatars match 99%, we have found Loki!"


    S.H.I.E.L.D.''s aerospace aircraft carrier found Loki''s whereabouts, and everyone subconsciously breathed a sigh of relief!


    "The Avengers team is out, bring him back!"


    Nick Fury immediately issued his own order, and asked his strongest mobile team to carry out the order, and other agents seemed to be unreliable.


    Now Loki''s identity is very important...


    Earth could at any moment become a battleground between two alien forces.


    Tony Stark, Steve Rogers, Bruce Banner, Naraku Uehara and Natasha Romanoff all Avengers members are out!


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the dignified crowd, sat in the corner of the Quin-jet fighter, and slowly closed his eyes.


    Germany.


    In a luxurious party hall.


    Loki was dressed in gorgeous clothes, holding his own scepter in his hand, quietly appeared in this gathering hall, with a smile on the corner of his mouth, staring at everyone present.


    These people are social elites.


    Just as Loki was walking towards the group of people, a voice appeared beside Loki, and greeted him with a smile: "Hello, are you interested in chatting? The son of God King Odin, no, it should be ...son of Laufey, the Frost King..."


    "..."


    Loki''s face suddenly became ugly, the gray of the Frost Giant''s blood gradually appeared on his cheeks, and he turned his head coldly to look at the person standing beside him.


    There are still people on earth who know his identity...


    It''s a pity that this person who knows his identity doesn''t know that mentioning the dead Frost King Lau Fei is offending his Ni Lin!


    "Introduce yourself."


    The visitor ignored Loki who had a somewhat angry face, stretched out his palm towards Loki, and said with a smile: "Ho ho ho ho ho, we are also a member of the myth...Mr. Loki should have heard of it. Hydra, right?"


    The visitor looked at Loki''s unsuspecting expression, and gave a low chuckle helplessly: "Well, it looks like I''ve never heard of it! Allow me to introduce myself again, we are the true heirs of Asgard The subordinates of the death goddess Hela..."

 Chapter 730

    Loki frowned.


    Is there a goddess of death in Asgard?


    Why had he never heard of the name?


    It''s just that the man in front of me swears by this name. Obviously, the goddess of death named Hela is real. From what this person said, it can be judged that the goddess of death Hela should be a relative of the god king Odin.


    But this man does have a strange breath of death...


    This man was dressed in a white long robe, with light purple almost silvery white hair, and a pair of narrowed eyes, he seemed out of place in this world...


    seem¡­


    Kind of like an Asgardian? At least this guy is not an ordinary person, is he a traitor from Asgard?


    "Death Goddess Hela..."


    Loki''s eyes slightly narrowed into a long and narrow arc, and the corner of his mouth smiled lowly: "Asgard has never had such a woman... and there is only one real successor of Asgard, and I am the king who came to Asgard!"


    "What an interesting statement..."


    The visitor looked at Loki who was full of arrogance, and suddenly shook his head slowly, a sneer flashed across the corner of his mouth: "A prince who can''t even lift Mjolnir, the hammer of the Death Star...is really qualified to hold the Asgard The Gun of Eternity in the


    "you!"


    Loki''s face turned ugly in an instant!


    Does this guy in front of him have to poke his heart?


    When God King Odin gave the artifact Mjolnir to his elder brother Thor, and made Thor the successor of Asgard, that father was a real eccentric...


    The belonging of Mjolnir is also what Loki hates the most!


    But what I have to say is that the man in front of him seems to know about their Asgard very well, even the Mjolnir Hammer and the Eternal Spear...


    There seems to be something about this man...


    There are indeed some interesting secrets in him!


    next moment!


    The scepter in Loki''s hand swung suddenly, and it was about to directly pierce the chest of the man in front of him. As long as he controls this guy, he can know all the secrets of this guy!


    By the way...


    Also let this guy know who is the master!


    "Prince Loki doesn''t have to be angry..."


    The visitor slightly avoided Loki''s scepter, and continued with a sneer: "We have come to discuss cooperation in good faith... relying on your strength alone, even with the help of the Chitauri Maybe return to Asgard again?"


    "What do you want to say?"


    Loki''s gaze was a little dark: "There is only one throne in Asgard, and a group of little mice also want to spy on it..."


    "The old king of the gods sitting on the Asa Shrine is the mouse..."


    As soon as the visitor grasped Loki''s scepter, his eyes were full of sharp killing intent: "Princess Hela has never had any interest in being trapped in a god''s domain in Asgard...


    The mere Nine Realms is not enough to be the residence of Princess Hela...


    If God King Odin hadn''t conspired and imprisoned his daughter at a critical moment, the entire galaxy, and even the entire universe, would have long ago become Asgard''s pasture..."


    "Hela... who the hell is she?"


    Loki stared at the person coming, and said coldly: "I''ve never heard Odin and the queen say that they have other children..."


    Could it be that¡­


    Anyone else who was adopted like him?


    "If Prince Loki returns to Asgard and breaks the portrait in Asgard, he will naturally know the existence of Princess Hela... You can ask His Majesty the God King Odin if he has ever felt guilty for sealing his daughter ..."


    "She is the first child of God King Odin..."


    "It is also Mjolnir''s first master..."


    "The goddess of death who once wielded the hammer that symbolizes the successor, rode the demon wolf Fennir, and led her army to conquer the Nine Realms..."


    The visitor stared at Loki, whose face changed slightly, with a strange sneer on the corner of his mouth: "Let''s pretend that I have never appeared today... When Prince Loki really knows the existence of Princess Hela, it will be the time for us to make a covenant again... "


    "As long as Prince Loki can let God King Odin break the seal, all the gods in Asgard will not be able to prevent Princess Hela from returning to the realm of the gods. The goddess of death with infinite power is stronger than the Titan universe overlord you turn to." strong presence..."


    "When Princess Hela returns to Asgard, when death covers the Nine Kingdoms again, the new Lord of the Nine Realms, Princess Hela, is willing to canonize Prince Loki as the true God King..."


    "Even if you don''t do it, it''s useless. Odin''s power will become weaker and weaker, and Princess Hela''s power will become stronger and stronger, and one day she will return to Asgard!"


    "..."


    Loki fell into a strange silence, he suddenly looked at the person in front of him and slowly shook his head, grinning lowly: "Hehe, it seems that you don''t know what happened in Asgard at all, the Rainbow Bridge leading here It''s been broken..."


    "yes?"


    The man who turned and left suddenly stopped in his tracks, turned his head slightly and showed a mysterious smile: "But... didn''t you get the cosmic Rubik''s Cube that can repair the Rainbow Bridge? Prince Loki, how could the king of Midgard compare What about Asgard''s Asgard?"


    "..."


    Loki silently watched the person disappear.


    This man is indeed right, but how can he be the king of this backward planet, Earth, compared to Asgard''s Asgard?


    but¡­


    There doesn''t seem to be any rush now.


    Now he is holding a spiritual scepter given to him by Thanos in his hand, and he has also obtained the artifact of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube. Let''s settle the matter of the earth first...


    As for the secret of Hela, the goddess of death...


    Wait until he returns to Asgard!


    This organization belonging to the goddess of death Hela is called Hydra, right?


    He seems to know these secrets vaguely from Clint Barton. The scale of this organization is not small. After conquering the earth, he will discuss Hella with Hydra...


    At least Loki also wants to know if Hela, the goddess of death, will really prevent him from ruling Asgard in the future.


    To be honest.


    If something really went wrong with the god king Odin, Loki never worried that his stupid brother Thor would take his throne, because with a little trickery, Thor could jump into it by himself. in the trap...


    That brother is really stupid, so stupid that he is an idiot!


    It''s a pity that the brother who is as stupid as an idiot often likes to act recklessly with his intuition, which often brings a lot of trouble to his genius...


    "Almost forgot one thing..."


    When the visitor was about to leave, he suddenly stopped, drew a dagger from his waist and pointed it at Loki, grinning lowly!


    "Shoot him, sharpshooter!"


    The blade of the dagger suddenly stretched out!


    Its speed is so fast that even Loki can''t react!


    Even though Loki hurriedly avoided for a moment, the blade that stretched hundreds of meters suddenly pierced through his shoulder, nailing him to the wall next to him in an instant!


    This guy¡­


    Surprise attack!


    Loki''s body trembled slightly, and he looked at the penetrating wound on his shoulder and the blood flowing from the wound with a face full of astonishment. He still hadn''t figured out why the man wanted to sneak up on him...


    "I''ll take the spiritual scepter first..."


    The visitor walked slowly to Loki''s side, grabbed Loki''s wrist with one hand, forcibly snatched the spiritual scepter from his hand, squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "This scepter is given as a gift from His Royal Highness. Give my sister a present..."

 Chapter 731

    This man''s brain is sick!


    Loki had no idea what this guy was thinking!


    Just now, he was talking about the alliance between him and Hela, the goddess of death, but he turned around and took away the spiritual scepter in his hand. Is this what a fucking normal person did?


    "Hydra, Hela..."


    Looking at the disappearing figure, Loki gritted his teeth bitterly, the viciousness on this evil god''s face no longer restrained: "Idiot, that scepter doesn''t belong to me, that guy''s things are not so It''s easy to get robbed..."


    That was something Thanos gave him!


    Moreover, the leader of the Chitauri specifically mentioned the importance of this scepter when he handed him the spiritual scepter. If it is lost, it will arouse the wrath of Thanos!


    Just wait and see!


    The so-called death goddess Hela and her Hydra!


    If you want to take away Thanos'' spiritual scepter, you have to bear the wrath of Thanos!


    Although it sounds like Hella and her Hydra don''t care about Thanos'' power, Loki doesn''t think they have the strength to challenge the overlord who stands at the apex of the universe!


    The entire banquet hall fell into a commotion after seeing Loki being attacked. Naturally, some of them fled in panic, and some wanted to step forward to help take Loki to the hospital...


    "roll!"


    Loki scolded a group of people back angrily!


    Now the spiritual scepter was taken away by Hydra''s sudden appearance, and his plan was forced to die before it started, so he can''t continue to expose it here...


    Originally, Loki wanted to use the scepter of the mind to guide the civil strife in the Avengers team, but now he has to change his plan and use the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube first to let the Chitauri come to this world, and he also wants to raise the mind to the leader of the Chitauri. The thing about the scepter being taken away...


    As long as the Chitauri occupy Earth...


    Naturally, there are ways to regain the spiritual scepter!


    "Loki!"


    It''s really leaking in the house and it rained overnight. Just when Loki was thinking wildly, a group of people in strange costumes suddenly walked into this hall!


    The Avengers team under the command of SHIELD!


    After learning of Loki''s whereabouts, the entire Avengers team immediately set off on a Quinjet fighter jet and arrived here in less than half an hour.


    "Loki!"


    Steve Rogers rushed up the steps in a few steps!


    Tony Stark flew to Loki''s side in an instant in his steel suit, and a row of missiles shot out from his arm and aimed at Loki!


    "How did this guy get hurt?"


    Tony Stark glanced at the wound on Loki''s shoulder, then turned to look at the comrades beside him: "Hey, do you need to call an ambulance for him?"


    "No, just take it away."


    Natasha shook her head, took out her own handcuffs and handcuffed them directly to Loki''s wrists, and continued softly: "There is an alien army in outer space, we have no time to waste, we must ask him as soon as possible. The whereabouts of the Rubik''s Cube in the universe..."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Loki, who was empty-handed and had an injured shoulder, and nodded solemnly: "We can''t waste any more time, Director Fury is still waiting for our news, hurry up and take him back for interrogation!"


    Naraku Uehara looked down at Loki''s face. The Prince of Asgard''s face was very ugly when he was captured. It seemed that he was not in a good mood...


    This is also normal.


    No matter who it is, when they are having fun, they are suddenly robbed of an artifact, and their mood probably won''t be much better...


    "Speaking of which..."


    Bruce Banner stroked his chin and looked at Loki in surprise: "Don''t you find it strange? How could he be injured suddenly? It feels like he is deliberately waiting for us to catch it back..."


    "I have a video here..."


    Tony Stark checked the video on the screen of the steel suit, and suddenly said strangely: "Just now a man injured him and took away the scepter in his hand... Wait... the clothes on that man, Hydra painted on the shoulder!"


    "..."


    There was a look of surprise on everyone''s face.


    How could the people of Hydra appear and snatch Loki''s scepter? No, it''s not surprising that Hydra stole Loki''s scepter, those guys want to grab everything!


    Whether you want to use that scepter to control other people, or have other uses, it is quite a big trouble!


    Oh shit¡­


    They are still working hard for the peace of the earth, and the bastards of Hydra have come out to make trouble again at this time!


    These bastards...


    Sooner or later they will be cleaned up without a single one left!


    "Let''s go back first!"


    Natasha pressed the earphone in her hand, and said softly: "I will report to the officer, and immediately let other agents take over to block this place and take back Loki''s scepter!"


    There seems to be no good way now.


    What they have to do is to find the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube within 24 hours as soon as possible, and solve the problem of the Chitauri''s arrival and the army organized by Akatsuki fighting on Earth!


    but¡­


    Now that Loki is captured, the Chitauri shouldn''t be able to descend, right?


    On a Quinjet fighter.


    Steve Rogers and Tony Stark asked Loki, but they couldn''t find out the whereabouts of the Rubik''s Cube, and even got ridiculed by Loki.


    "Don''t waste your time..."


    "Now I don''t know where the Rubik''s Cube is..."


    indeed.


    Loki also doesn''t know where the Rubik''s Cube is.


    However, Loki had anticipated his arrest a long time ago, and issued an order to Clint Barton in advance, asking him to find a way to get the iridium element, and then rescue him, the master, from the prison of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    The only problem is...


    If there is no spiritual scepter to lure Bruce Banner into the Hulk, there will be no riots on the space carrier. Will Clint Barton have a chance to rescue him...


    When thinking of this question, Loki''s face inevitably became more sinister, and his hatred for the death goddess Hela and Hydra increased a bit...


    If it wasn''t for those bastards...


    His plan must be perfect!


    As for the whereabouts of the Rubik''s Cube...


    Now that artifact should have been brought near New York, and we are going to start building a stable space channel tomorrow to welcome the arrival of the Chitauri...


    Everyone on the Quinjet fighter plane didn''t seem to be in a good mood, everyone had their own concerns, whether it was the captured Loki or the Avengers team, their faces looked a little melancholy...


    boom boom boom...


    There was a burst of lightning and thunder in the sky.


    Hearing the thunder outside, Loki couldn''t help shrinking a little bit, he shrank his body carefully.


    "Are you afraid of thunder?"


    Tony Stark looked at him curiously.


    Loki shook his head slowly, a strange smile flashed across his face: "No, I just don''t like people who follow the thunder..."


    Boom!


    There was a sound above the Quin-type fighter, maybe a heavy object fell on the Quin-type fighter, Tony Stark frowned, and immediately opened the hatch of the Quin-type fighter, planning to go out to see what was going on Condition¡­


    A strong man with blond hair was holding a hammer, and he appeared at the edge of the hatch first. After coldly looking at everyone present, he suddenly grabbed Loki and jumped off the Quinjet fighter plane!


    Thor!


    His father, King Odin, spent a huge amount of dark energy to send him from Asgard to Earth. He appeared here at this time, naturally for his younger brother Loki and the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, which can only be repaired by the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube. The Rainbow Bridge to Asgard.


    Only by getting the Rubik''s Cube can Thor return to Asgard!


    "Stop him!"


    Steve Rogers can''t stop it!


    Tony Stark rushed out in the steel suit in an instant, and Bruce Banner jumped off in an instant, transformed into a Hulk and landed on the ground. In order to snatch Loki, they immediately handed over Thor!


    Thunder and lightning flashed in the sky!


    Whether it is Tony Stark or Hulk, neither of them is a problem that Thor can solve immediately, and even he himself is not an opponent!


    Natasha manipulated the Quin-jet fighter to slowly descend, frowned and said: "Captain Rogers, Thor is not our enemy..."


    "I''m going to stop them!"


    Steve Rogers glanced at the height, jumped down holding the shield in his hand, and rushed to the battlefield where the three were fighting!


    Uehara Naraku stood on the edge of the hatch, looking down at the battle below, a light flashed in his eyes: "I really envy these guys'' superpowers..."


    Now he''s just an ordinary human being.


    Naturally, you cannot participate in this kind of war.


    It''s just that when the New York War ends, he will no longer be an ordinary human being, but will use this opportunity to make himself a reasonable superpower...


    A superpower capable of crushing everything!

 Chapter 732

    "What a bunch of scary guys..."


    Through the glass of the Quinjet fighter, Natasha Romanov looked down at the lightning and thunderous scuffle below, frowning tightly.


    This group of superheroes is really out of control!


    Natasha turned her head and glanced at Naraku Uehara at the hatch. With her and Naraku Uehara''s strength, they two ordinary people had no way to intervene in it. They could only wait for Steve Rogers to stop the scuffle.


    Uehara Naraku noticed Natasha''s gaze, nodded slowly, and clenched his fists: "Yeah, what a group of scary guys..."


    Fortunately, the scuffle didn''t last long.


    With Thor being punched to the ground by the Hulk, the melee was declared over, and the two princes of Asgard were brought back to the Quinjet.


    Thor sat next to his younger brother with a bruised nose and a swollen face, looking at this and that with an unhappy face, but unfortunately no one paid attention to him except his younger brother.


    "I heard something..."


    Loki folded his palms together, turned his head and glanced at his brother, lowered his head and said in a low voice, "Odin also has a daughter, her name is Hela, the Goddess of Death... Hela is the real successor of Asgard. , you are only temporarily..."


    "Loki!"


    Thor slapped Loki on the shoulder, ignored the pain on Loki''s face, and said to himself: "Did you get hurt by the turbulence of the universe? There are only two of us, father and queen. child!"


    "Who knows..."


    Loki leaned back on the seat and looked up at the iron plate of the Quin-jet fighter: "At the beginning, I always thought I was their child..."


    At that time, Loki never doubted that he was the child of Odin and Frigga. He once thought that Odin was partial to the eldest son Thor, and even let Thor inherit his throne...


    I thought it was my parents'' preference...


    He turned out to be a picked child.


    And Odin has been hiding this matter for so many years, who knows if Odin still conceals their matter, but Loki thinks that Hela, the goddess of death, should be real...


    Tony Stark glanced at the two brothers curiously, raised his head and said, "The one with the hammer, isn''t Rocky your real brother?"


    "yes!"


    Thor looked at Tony Stark and the others, and said loudly: "Loki is the prince of Asgard! People on earth are not qualified to judge him, only Odin..."


    "No, adopted."


    Loki interrupted Thor indifferently.


    "Loki!"


    Thor looked at Loki suddenly, and squeezed his shoulder with one hand: "You are my real brother! Even if you are adopted, we are brothers!"


    Thor was still trying his best to demonstrate to everyone what brotherhood is, but the disgust on Loki''s face was hardly concealed, and he even moved his seat.


    Loki couldn''t stand this guy''s enthusiasm.


    Loki prefers to restrain his temperament relatively.


    And his elder brother Thor hardly conceals his thoughts, and puts any psychological thoughts on his face. Thor is lying or something, which can be seen at a glance.


    However, Thor did not lie.


    Thor has indeed always treated Loki as his own brother, but now that he wants to show the brotherhood between them so clumsily, Loki doesn''t have to think about it at all. This guy must be for the whereabouts of the Rubik''s Cube?


    really.


    Thor''s eye circles slowly turned red, but the next sentence revealed his purpose: "Loki, where is the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube? Give me the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, and we will return to Asgard together. Father and Queen saw you Will definitely be very happy¡­¡±


    "¡­I have no idea."


    Loki smiled nonchalantly.


    This provocative smile immediately angered Thor!


    Such a disobedient brother...


    Thor couldn''t help but want to use some direct methods, according to the best method they used when they were young, of course beat up Loki!


    Thor''s Hammer Mjolnir flew into Thor''s hands in an instant!


    Steve Rogers grabbed Thor''s wrist with one hand, glanced at Loki next to him, and said in a deep voice, "Don''t make trouble on the plane...we''ll be there soon."


    Aerospace aircraft carrier.


    When the Avengers team captured Loki and came back, SHIELD was still tirelessly searching for the Rubik''s Cube, but there was still no result.


    Nick Fury directly ordered Loki to be imprisoned in a cell specially prepared for him, and was going to try to threaten the prince of Asgard, to see if he could find out the whereabouts of the Rubik''s Cube...


    but¡­


    Nick Fury was threatened by Rocky instead.


    "When the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube revived on Earth, the entire universe has already focused its attention here. Are you ready for the interstellar war?"


    "I am the king of Asgard, and I have the power to rule Midgard, why not surrender to me, as long as you surrender to me, I will let the earth survive safely..."


    It couldn''t be more outrageous.


    Loki was obviously captured by them and became a prisoner of their S.H.I.E.L.D. However, Loki''s posture was extremely arrogant, like a king returning to his own kingdom.


    The entire S.H.I.E.L.D. is helpless.


    Even though Natasha Romanov showed weakness and went to Rocky''s cell to ask about Clint Barton''s whereabouts, he was severely mocked by Rocky. This guy is not an ordinary poisonous tongue...


    Time passed bit by bit.


    The members of S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Avengers squad looked sad.


    The whereabouts of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube are unknown, the Chitauri may descend on the earth at any time, and the army organized by Akatsuki is also stationed in outer space, and the earth may be used as a battlefield at any time...


    Loki in the cell was full of complacency.


    It''s just that Loki is actually a little worried in his heart. Now that his spiritual scepter is lost, how can he cause chaos on the aircraft carrier?


    According to the configuration on the aerospace aircraft carrier, the entire Avengers team is here. If Clint Barton comes to rescue him, it is equivalent to delivering food to the Avengers, right?


    Whether it is decent or villain, everyone is worried.


    perhaps¡­


    There is only one person on the entire aerospace carrier who is not worried, and even this man is still drinking fruit juice leisurely, quietly waiting for the opening of the New York War.


    "Get our people ready..."


    Naraku Uehara slowly held a juice straw in his mouth, and looked at a group of agents standing in front of him: "As soon as Clint Barton comes to the aerospace carrier, send someone to let that guy Loki go... Tell Loki, this is Princess Hela''s order."


    "Princess Hela?"


    "Yes, Princess Hela."


    Uehara Naraku squeezed the juice cup in his hand and threw it into the trash can: "Princess Hela, the goddess of death who created our hydra, just revealed this to Nick Fury, let him know that Aspen Gard''s god is not a good thing..."


    Ok¡­


    Asgard is not a good thing...


    Only Akatsuki will be a trustworthy friend in the future.

 Chapter 733

    "Go get ready!"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to signal the Hydra spies around him to retreat, took out one of his mobile phones, and planned to take this opportunity to contact Alexander Pierce.


    At least the death goddess Hela must be confirmed.


    "By the way, there is one more thing."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly stopped his subordinates and gave another order: "If Clint Barton appears on the aerospace carrier, report his location to me at that time, I remember he drove away my pickup truck car."


    "¡­yes."


    The Hydra spies looked at each other.


    After the group of guys left, Naraku Uehara glanced at the call records on his mobile phone. It seemed that he hadn''t contacted Alexander Pierce for a while.


    "Sir Pierce, I''m Naraku Uehara."


    After the call was made, Uehara Naraku clenched his cell phone, and his voice immediately became serious: "There is something important to report to you..."


    "You haven''t dealt with Steve Rogers!"


    Alexander Pierce didn''t seem to be in a good mood, and his mood sounded quite irritable: "Nick Fury''s Avengers team brought us quite a lot of trouble! Four military bases were destroyed in their hands last month!"


    Since Nick Fury dispatched the Avengers team to attack the Hydra base, the war between S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra has been overwhelming, causing Hydra to lose a lot...


    Of course Naraku Uehara couldn''t say that he did it on purpose.


    If Alexander Pierce knew that Uehara Naraku used the Avengers team to wipe out their Hydra factions, he would probably be blown away...


    "That''s not a bad thing."


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and persuaded in a deep voice: "Sooner or later, those exposed bases will be wiped out by S.H.I.E.L.D. Much trust..."


    "This is not what we expected..."


    Alexander Pierce was still somewhat dissatisfied.


    Because Uehara Naraku did not play the real role of a spy, according to his expectations, Uehara Naraku should find a way to plan an operation with him to attack the Avengers...


    "if¡­"


    Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his mouth, showing a weird smile: "Can we regain the position of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D.?"


    "What did you say?"


    "Not long ago, I planned the defection of Coulson and Hill. In the entire S.H.I.E.L.D., Nick Fury no longer has any subordinates he can rely on. Now all his intelligence channels have been controlled by us..."


    "Recently, I have begun to use intelligence channels to make Nick Fury pay more and more attention to me, and let me be involved in all the plans he has in hand. As long as the opportunity is right, I can take over his position and regain our nine heads. Serpent''s S.H.I.E.L.D...¡±


    Uehara Naraku''s plan has been proceeding smoothly.


    I have to say that this plan really moved Alexander Pierce. Since Hydra was exposed, many of their actions have been restricted...


    Because S.H.I.E.L.D. is involved with the military and the World Security Council, the identity of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is very important. If a director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is still Hydra, the help to Hydra cannot be greater...


    Alexander Pierce took a deep breath and said in a deep voice, "I will let Dr. Anim Zola cooperate with your plan..."


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku showed a gentle smile.


    Now after drawing a big pie to Alexander Pierce, Naraku Uehara will naturally give him a head: "Sir Pierce should know the latest things, right? An alien named Rocky controlled Clint Barton, Stolen the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube..."


    "Well, I just heard about this..."


    "Loki''s scepter has been taken by us."


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, he heard Pierce''s breathing suddenly increased.


    That spiritual scepter that can control people''s hearts, that weapon from outer space and universe, how could Hydra not be moved?


    "Tomorrow I''ll send someone to Sergeant Pierce."


    "Good job!"


    Alexander Pierce''s joy was almost uncontrollable on the phone. He even coveted the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube: "If you can get the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube...it originally belonged to our Hydra..."


    "We won''t be able to keep the Rubik''s Cube if we get it."


    There was some hesitation in Uehara Naraku''s voice: "Because Thor, the God of Asgard, returned to the earth, his purpose was for the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube. It is said that many people in the universe covet the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, and Nick Fury already has it. The thought of giving up..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and continued in a deep voice: "I doubt that Nick Fury will hand over the Rubik''s Cube to Thor for the safety of the earth, in exchange for Asgard''s trust in S.H.I.E.L.D. In exchange for Thor''s help..."


    "that guy!"


    There was a sound of smashing the table on the phone.


    Even Alexander Pierce knows the troubles of those aliens, and lost the official skin of SHIELD and the Secretary General of the World Security Council. Pierce doesn''t think that after they take away the Rubik''s Cube, Thor will be soft on Hydra...


    the most important is¡­


    Thor is also on the list of the Avengers squad!


    This also means that Thor, the god of thunder, will also join the ranks of encircling and suppressing Hydra in the future. A legendary Norse god is not something Hydra can compete with!


    Uehara Naraku seemed to understand Alexander Pierce''s concerns, and said softly: "Now there is a Thor from Asgard in Nick Fury''s Avengers team, and we Hydra must also find someone who can compete with Thor. It''s..."


    "That''s the legendary god..."


    There was some weakness in Alexander Pierce''s voice: "Perhaps in the future, we can only hope that there will not be too many exchanges between Asgard and Earth..."


    "This may not be possible. Asgard still has prisoners imprisoned on Earth..."


    Uehara Naraku hesitated for a while before continuing: "I heard something from Thor and Loki. There was once a princess who was vying for the heir to the king of Asgard and was imprisoned on the earth. Her power is very strong. powerful¡­"


    When Naraku Uehara talked about this, he mentioned his purpose: "We may find a way to find this princess and use her to counter Thor...


    It is said...the power of this princess is too strong, even God King Odin can''t kill her, so she can only be sealed and imprisoned somewhere on the earth...


    Her name is also quite scary.


    She is said to be the mythical goddess of death, Hela. "


    Suddenly, the sound of Alexander Pierce''s breathing became heavier from the receiver. Uehara Naraku hooked the corner of his mouth and continued softly: "The only pity is that Thor and Loki don''t know their sister''s whereabouts..."


    "..."


    Alexander Pierce was silent for a while, then slowly said: "I see! I will immediately send someone to start searching and find out the whereabouts of this goddess of death. Perhaps we should also form a team to compete with the Avengers!"


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku agreed with Alexander Pierce''s opinion very much, and continued: "As long as we also have a Hydra team, plus my intelligence..."


    "Be careful to protect yourself..."


    "Yes, Chief Pierce, long live Hydra."


    Naraku Uehara hung up the phone in his hand slowly, stretched slowly, and twisted his body.


    A violent explosion suddenly sounded!


    There was a strong vibration under my feet!


    A burst of sirens resounded throughout the aerospace aircraft carrier!


    Countless agents are running back and forth in the narrow passage of the aerospace aircraft carrier!


    Uehara Naraku looked down at the vibrating cell phone, slowly connected the call, and heard a report from a spy.


    "Sir, Loki has been let go."


    "Clint Barton sneaked into the aerospace aircraft carrier, and is currently active in the northeast region. Our people are still investigating the exact location..."


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku squeezed his fingers, raised his eyes to look in a certain direction, and said softly, "I already know his location."

 Chapter 734

    Aerospace aircraft carrier.


    Hawkeye Clint Barton did a good job.


    Even though Clint Barton was controlled by Loki, his skill and intelligence did not suffer any discount, and he easily led people to sneak into the aerospace carrier.


    As for Loki...


    After Clint Barton sneaked into the aerospace aircraft carrier, Loki was quietly released by taking advantage of the chaos to help release his Hydra spies under the command of the goddess of death, Hella.


    This Death Goddess Hela is really everywhere!


    Loki couldn''t help but be extremely wary of this sister who had never been famous!


    After escaping from the prison of the aerospace carrier, Loki simply left Hawkeye Clint as an abandoned son, and left the aerospace carrier alone in a fighter plane.


    Even if he became an abandoned child, Clint Barton was still very loyal to Loki, he didn''t care about his own life at all, and led other agents under Loki''s control to wreak havoc on the aerospace aircraft carrier...


    until¡­


    Someone kicked him seven or eight meters away!


    Clint Button got up in a hurry, quickly pulled out an arrow from his back, and aimed at the enemy who blocked him!


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Clint Barton''s heart shuddered!


    Just at this moment, Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly rushed up, pushed away the iron arrow he shot with one hand, and punched him on the head with one fist!


    A feeling of dizziness filled Hawkeye''s brain!


    The character originally controlled by Loki also slowly dissipated under this punch. Clint Barton rubbed his head and slowly regained his sanity!


    "Your fist is still so hard..."


    "Where''s my car?"


    Naraku Uehara squeezed his wrist, grabbed Hawkeye''s palm with one hand, and was about to pull the colleague up.


    "Looks like it was blown up..."


    Clint Button was still regaining consciousness with his eyes closed tightly. Just after he finished saying this, he felt his palm loosen, and his body fell heavily to the ground again!


    "Are you too careful?"


    "Stand up and follow me..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced down at Hawkeye who was still rubbing his head, and said softly: "Can you still remember where Loki asked you to send the Rubik''s Cube?"


    "Seems¡­"


    Clint Button rubbed his head and stood up. He recalled the orders Loki gave him while controlling him, and his face suddenly became ugly!


    "New York¡­"


    "Manhattan..."


    "Stark Tower!"


    In addition to the information brought by Clint Button, Tony Stark, Bruce Banner and others also guessed the location where Loki used the Rubik''s Cube...


    The place where the cosmic Rubik''s Cube is built to fix the space channel must be the most insane building in the world, and it must have enough energy to support it...


    no doubt¡­


    Counting the entire United States, there is no place more ostentatious than Tony Stark¡¯s newly built Stark Tower. It just so happens that his Stark Tower uses a new and abundant clean energy¡­


    The elements of this energy¡­


    It just happens to be the same element as the energy of the Rubik''s Cube.


    Tony Stark murmured a few curses, and quickly drove his steel suit to New York, where he was still thinking about tracking down the Rubik''s Cube...


    As a result, his new home will be stolen by Loki!


    "Be fast!"


    Nick Fury immediately ordered the Avengers team to set off together, his face faintly becoming more and more ugly: "We must get the Rubik''s Cube first..."


    Once the Loki framing completes the fixed space passage...


    The Akatsuki army from the outer space of the atmosphere will also come together!


    Unfortunately.


    By the time the Avengers made their way to New York, it was too late.


    New York.


    Stark Industries Building.


    A burst of blue energy suddenly shot from the roof of the building to the sky, opening a stable space wormhole in the air, and a group of purple light spots loomed in the space wormhole...


    The Chitauri''s vanguard team rushed out of the space wormhole!


    Tony Stark had just arrived in New York, when he saw this scene, his face immediately became ugly. Dozens of small missiles flew out from the shoulders of the steel suit, blowing up the team into countless fireworks!


    "It''s over..."


    Countless Chitauri swooped down with their flying machines!


    Tony Stark''s steel suit is already the most advanced technology on earth, and it is impossible to stop this Chitauri army by himself!


    A huge Chitauri trooper opened its fangs, swam down from the space wormhole like a deep-sea giant whale, and opened its mouth to bite Iron Man in the air!


    "..."


    Tony Stark raised his hand and shot a blast of laser energy, but there was only a burst of sparks on the troop carrier. He could only fly around the high-rise buildings in New York to avoid it!


    Fortunately at this time...


    The Avengers team arrived on the scene.


    Bruce Banner jumped down from the air, transformed into the Hulk Hulk, and stopped the huge troop carrier with a punch. Thor, the God of Thunder, waved his Thor''s Hammer to summon Thunder, and barely stabilized the early stage. situation.


    "We build defenses on the ground!"


    Steve Rogers glanced at the remaining three ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., and didn''t dislike the strength of these comrades in the slightest, and gave his order in a deep voice!


    "Clint, air support from above!"


    "Uehara, Natasha, let''s stop their attack on the ground!"


    "clear!"


    A group of people immediately performed their duties!


    What they have to do now is to intercept the Chitauri''s offensive and temporarily control the battlefield in this area. At least for now, these alien invaders must not be allowed to spread unscrupulously towards all parts of the world!


    Naraku Uehara knocked down a Chitauri with one punch, grabbed the weapon in his hand, and nailed the enemy to the ground with one blow!


    After killing an enemy, Naraku Uehara looked up at the azure blue light at the top of the Stark Industrial Building, with a smile on his face...


    That is the energy of the Rubik''s Cube!


    Now that New York no longer has Loki''s spiritual scepter, the Avengers have no other way to close the Rubik''s Cube, so he, a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent, can only sacrifice himself...


    Inside the Stark Industries building.


    There was a wave of fluctuation quietly in the space.


    Following this fluctuation, several figures suddenly appeared in the Stark Tower. They were wearing sophisticated high-tech battle suits, which seemed out of place in this world.


    Zila...


    The visors on their faces faded quietly, revealing their true faces, but each of them had a dignified face.


    If anyone was there, they would definitely be able to recognize some of them as members of the Avengers, but their appearance is slightly older than this era.


    The leader, Steve Rogers, looks a bit vicissitudes. It seems that he has not lived well these years. Standing next to him is a man wearing a robe and mage cloak. At first glance, people think he is a learned man...


    In addition to Steve Rogers and the robed mage man, there are two very tall figures that are undoubtedly more eye-catching...they are more than two meters tall and look a little different from ordinary humans.


    A giant is covered in purple.


    A giant is all green.


    "As we mentioned earlier..."


    The man in the robe slowly raised his head, looked at everyone present, and continued in a deep voice: "Our purpose is not to change history, but to use the infinite gems from the past to drive away Uehara Naraku and prevent him from taking our universe..."


    "Strange, but our chance is rare..."


    Steve Rogers held his wrist and said in a deep voice, "If we can avoid letting Naraku Uehara come into contact with the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube at this time, he won''t become that terrifying man in the future..."

 Chapter 735

    These are the people of the future.


    For future generations like them, the opportunity is indeed very rare. As long as they can avoid contact between Uehara Naraku and the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, they can completely change the history of the future.


    in future history.


    In the future 2023, Naraku Uehara, who was born on the earth, has conquered the entire universe and began to use his power to collect planets in the universe!


    He wants to make the entire universe his own with his own power!


    The Avengers are naturally unwilling to sit idly by.


    Because of certain things in the future, the Avengers Alliance has split, and some of them are not strong enough, and it just so happens that a certain overlord in the universe is also somewhat ruthless.


    So they got in touch and worked out a way to travel through time and space to go back in time and get six infinite gems to destroy the future Uehara Naraku.


    In order to ensure nothing goes wrong.


    There are four strong players from 2023 to 2012.


    Captain America, Steve Rogers.


    Sorcerer Supreme, Doctor Strange.


    Hulk, Dr. Bruce Banner.


    The former Titan overlord, Thanos.


    "Is this where it all started?"


    Thanos raised his head and looked at the army of Chitauri coming out of the window. These Chitauri used to be his troops, and they were also ordered by Thanos of this era to invade the earth.


    Unfortunately¡­


    This time the invasion of the earth did not achieve the result he wanted.


    Even by accident, the earth gave birth to a terrifying superhero, no, or rather, a terrifying demon king was born.


    Thanos'' head lowered slightly, and he glanced at Uehara Naraku, who was still entangled with a Chitauri on the ground, with a complicated look in his eyes: "A weak human being on Earth will bring us more trouble in the future than I did before. All that I''ve been through..."


    This earthling called Uehara Naraku...


    Let all his hard work be destroyed!


    If it''s just a failure, it''s fine, but the way to failure is something that Thanos is absolutely unwilling to experience again. This Uehara Naraku is a complete disaster, how can a person be so despicable and shameless!


    If they were to use the words of that Tony Stark, it would be Naraku Uehara, that bastard, who alone lowered the lower limit of the moral quality of the entire universe!


    "What are you thinking?"


    Bruce Banner walked up to Thanos.


    This future Bruce Banner has already merged with the Hulk Hulk, and his size has long since become the size of the Hulk Hulk.


    Bruce Banner looked at Uehara Naraku following Thanos'' gaze, couldn''t help but twitched the corner of his mouth, and softly persuaded: "We can''t change the past, we can only change the future..."


    "yes?"


    Thanos'' eyes flickered slightly, he turned around slowly, and looked at Steve Rogers and Strange: "Maybe we should try it..."


    "Do not impulse."


    Strange moved his fingers slightly, and said in a deep voice: "The army of the Akatsuki organization is in outer space, and they will soon face the Chitauri and descend on the earth. Our strength is not enough to compete with the Akatsuki organization!"


    According to history...


    Akatsuki''s army will come soon!


    Once Thanos really jumps out to kill Uehara Naraku rashly, he will definitely face the siege of the Akatsuki organization. Once their identities are revealed, it will be quite dangerous!


    "that guy¡­"


    The future Steve Rogers gritted his teeth, looked at Steve Rogers and Uehara Naraku who were fighting side by side on the ground, and said through his teeth: "Obviously, you have already started to frame me, and you still have to pretend As if risking his life to save..."


    This is what pissed off Steve Rogers the most!


    Because Steve Rogers knows very well how much he trusts Naraku Uehara in 2012, and how painful the pain in exchange for in the future will be!


    that bastard!


    It''s really nothing to do with human affairs!


    "If Uehara Naraku hadn''t touched the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube at this time..."


    Steve Rogers looked up at the azure blue light at the top of the building, and murmured: "That guy won''t get that kind of terrifying power, and as an ordinary person, he won''t be known because of it." Tissue absorbs..."


    "future¡­"


    "He will not bewitch Akatsuki''s members step by step, and become Akatsuki''s leader step by step!"


    "This cosmic peace organization will not become his minion either!"


    "Our universe will not become what the future looks like!"


    Steve Rogers slammed his fist on the railing bitterly, and the anger on his face became more and more difficult to control: "If we can get rid of him at this time!"


    "Captain Rogers!"


    Dr. Strange pressed Steve Rogers'' shoulders, and said in a deep voice, "Don''t be impulsive, no matter how much we do in this era, it won''t help, and it is absolutely impossible to change in the future!"


    "If you don''t try it..."


    Steve Rogers still gritted his teeth.


    Speaking of the anger of the people present at Uehara Naraku, Steve Rogers, the person who once trusted Uehara Naraku the most, should be the most, because he is also the one who was betrayed and played by Uehara Naraku the most!


    "Maybe we can try..."


    Thanos'' technological battle suit turned into nano-molecules and fell off, revealing a strong body. Just by looking at his body, you can tell how strong the hidden power in his body is!


    Thanos slowly twisted his wrist, and his pupils trembled slightly: "Even if we get all the infinite gems, we may not be able to solve Uehara Naraku 100%..."


    Thanos turned around again, looked at everyone present, and said in a deep voice: "If the future can really be changed, getting rid of him here may be our best chance."


    Now Uehara Naraku is so weak...


    It only takes a punch or a missile to kill him. This kind of opportunity is really once in a lifetime, and it is really hard for people to withstand this temptation!


    After all, the future Uehara Naraku is so powerful that it makes people feel desperate, and there is no way to eliminate him at all, and he can even shake the power gem...


    "Can''t do that."


    Fortunately, Strange''s sanity is online.


    The future supreme mage quickly shook his head, and then glanced at the people who still looked unhappy, before explaining: "Let''s go to see Gu Yi, the supreme mage of this era, she should be in the New York Temple right now. .


    Let''s ask her if there is a solution to Uehara Naraku, or the possibility of changing history, the ancient one is the keeper of the previous time gem, and the supreme mage who used the power of the time gem the most..."


    "An ancient guardian of the earth..."


    Thanos'' eyes flickered slightly, and he said in a loud voice: "I heard a long time ago that a supreme mage with profound knowledge is guarding the earth..."


    "I''m also very curious... Can you take me to learn more?"


    A voice quietly appeared beside them.


    This voice made everyone feel a little strange, but at the same time felt very familiar, everyone couldn''t help but look at the person coming!


    "Uehara Naraku!"


    Everyone tensed up involuntarily! When everyone saw him, they couldn''t help feeling uneasy!


    "When did this guy appear here!"


    "Did he also travel through time and space together?"


    "No, not the future Uehara Naraku, he is the Uehara Naraku of this era! The future Uehara Naraku will always only wear Akatsuki''s Xiangyun black robe, he is the Uehara Naraku of this era!"


    "How is it possible...he is just an ordinary person..."


    "..."


    The faces of the four people in the future changed drastically.


    Is there anything here that they don''t know?


    Or are they being played by Uehara Naraku again?


    "Akatsuki''s army is coming..."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t have the consciousness of an ordinary person at all, and walked slowly out of the window to look at the shadows in the sky, and said softly: "At this time, no one will notice my disappearance, because I ordered Akatsuki''s army and the Chitauri''s The war will last for a while, so disappearing temporarily won''t let me reveal any flaws..."


    "..."


    There was a bad idea in everyone''s heart.


    What the hell does this guy mean when he says that?


    Could it be that¡­


    Have they been lied to all along?


    "You are not the Akatsuki organization that you contacted at this time..."


    Thanos'' eyes tightened instantly, and his face slowly became heavy: "You didn''t gain strength in this era..."


    Oh shit¡­


    They were cheated again!


    What Uehara Naraku got the power after contacting the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube!


    This bastard has actually possessed superhuman strength long ago, and he has been using the energy of contacting the Rubik''s Cube as a cover up!


    "yes¡­"


    Naraku Uehara squinted his eyes and nodded with a smile, his eyes swept over everyone present one by one, and slowly stopped on Hulk.


    Ok¡­


    his pawns...


    Sure enough, it''s always been useful.

 Chapter 736

    The world has gone a little bit awry.


    The faces of the future Steve Rogers, Thanos and others are not so ugly. They always think that Naraku Uehara became the future big devil by luck.


    Now it seems that their cognition has gone a little bit wrong.


    It turns out that Uehara Naraku is not an ordinary person, nor is it a superhero who becomes stronger after touching the energy of the Rubik''s Cube by chance, nor is it a lucky one who is favored by the Akatsuki organization.


    be cheated¡­


    This bastard...


    Has extraordinary power from the beginning!


    It has been inextricably linked with the Akatsuki organization from the very beginning!


    "I''ve always been Akatsuki''s leader..."


    "I really miss it..."


    "I miss the days of being an intern..."


    "However, time is fast...maybe after today, I will have a chance to experience the life of an intern again...even if it''s just a fake..."


    Uehara Naraku walked to the glass French window, lowered his head and glanced at the battle between the Avengers team and the Chitauri on the ground, and then slowly raised his head to look at the increasingly dark sky.


    That is the shadow of the Xiao organization''s army descending!


    Uchiha Madara, Aizen Soyousuke and others led hundreds of Pomen Daiko and tens of thousands of Kirian Daiko''s army from outer space and slowly landed on the earth!


    A vast blue slash flew out!


    A Chitauri trooper was split in two by this slash!


    After cutting off the huge troop carrier, the vast slash remained undiminished, leaving a deep gully on the ground of New York!


    This scene frightened the entire New York battlefield!


    Everyone couldn''t help raising their heads, looking at the black cloud that was slowly falling in the sky, they could feel the terrifying air pressure in the black cloud, which made them faintly breathless!


    "what is that¡­"


    Steve Rogers on the ground was holding a Chitauri weapon in one hand, trying to support himself standing in place, a terrifying pressure forced him to not even stand at all...


    What the hell is that!


    Natasha Romanov fell to the ground in a sluggish state, and fell to the ground in a daze. With the last bit of strength, she shot and killed a Chitauri who was close at hand...


    "That''s Akatsuki''s army!"


    Tony Stark descended from the sky in a steel suit, and an energy cannon repelled a Zeta Swiss soldier, and stood by Natasha''s side: "Hey, can you wake up?"


    "..."


    Natasha shook her head feebly.


    In fact, it''s not just her.


    In addition to Thor and the Hulk who were barely able to resist the coercion from the cadres of the Akatsuki organization, Hawkeye Clint Barton was also leaning on the guardrail on the roof in some embarrassment, barely supporting his consciousness...


    As for the citizens of New York City on the ground, they have already passed out under this coercion.


    boom!


    A ferocious-looking Killian Daxu wandered the streets of New York, opening his mouth with a red flash and blasting a group of Zeta Swiss soldiers to pieces!


    Hundreds of disfigured ghosts floated over New York, raising their hands from time to time with a green flash to kill the Chitauri who slipped through the net...


    With the arrival of the Akatsuki army, the battlefield situation in New York was reversed in an instant, and the Chitauri army collapsed in an instant...


    "How is this possible¡­"


    Loki''s palms trembled a little, he glanced at the Void Void flying all over the sky, and then at the six Void Thrones floating in the air, a stern look flashed across his face!


    at this time¡­


    He has no way out!


    No matter which side the group of monsters who came to support belonged to, he must fight the battlefield. No matter how strong these monsters are, what can they do?


    The Chitauri fleet is just beyond the space channel!


    "Army attack!"


    Loki''s body was slowly covered with a layer of golden light, he put on his Asgard clothes again, and looked up at the stable space channel!


    More than a dozen huge troop carriers swam out from the entrance of the passage!


    "Oh, weak world..."


    Uchiha Madara sat on the Void Throne, looked at the Chitauri army wandering down the space passage with disdain on his face, grinned and said: "Let them slow down... That guy Uehara seems to need a little time."


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned, put his palm on his cheek slowly, and whispered leisurely: "It is indeed a troublesome thing... Maybe it would be easier for us to destroy this world."


    "Never underestimate a world..."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni shook his head and slowly closed his eyes: "This world is much bigger than we imagined... This is just a corner of this world... Take a break... I hope there will be no troubles ..."


    Anyway, they are all immortal.


    In addition to the Kili''an Daxu Army, the entire Shaman Army was also reincarnated from the dirt, and almost all sane beings were immortal.


    Xiao organized the army very calmly.


    Just as their powerful army descended in New York, the whole earth exploded, and people all over the world were discussing the alien army descending in New York.


    The most embarrassing of them...


    There is no doubt that it is Nick Fury, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Aerospace aircraft carrier.


    Nick Fury looked nervously at the army descending from the surveillance, and witnessed that the group of Chitauri who were raging in New York were helpless in front of the army organized by Akatsuki...


    "Nick Fury."


    A group of people suddenly appeared on the screen.


    After seeing the chaos in New York, the group of World Security Council officials finally couldn''t sit still anymore, and everyone had a look of anxiety on their faces.


    "Launch a nuclear bomb to the battlefield immediately!"


    "These two alien armies must not be allowed to spread outward!"


    "That''s right!"


    "The earth must not become a battlefield for alien forces to fight!"


    "So what is the difference between us and those colonies of the last century?"


    "Everyone, please calm down!"


    Nick Fury hastily interrupted the intense discussion of this group of people, and explained in a deep voice: "First of all, there is Manhattan...Secondly, one of them is our potential allies, and you are sure to use nuclear bombs to destroy the allies who help us protect the earth ?"


    "Earth never asked for their help!"


    "They don''t care what Earth thinks!"


    "These people are also invaders..."


    "Everyone!"


    Nick Fury could only interrupt the discussion between them again, and said in a deep voice: "Although we really hate this group of good-hearted people who make their own decisions...


    But I hope you will seriously consider...


    If we really launch a nuclear bomb, it means that we have provoked a group of terrifying enemies in advance before entering the interstellar, and these groups were originally our potential allies..."


    to be honest¡­


    Nick Fury also hated the army that the Akatsuki organization came down on its own initiative.


    However, the unrealistic ideas of this group of World Security Council officials made him feel even more tired. This group of people simply cannot understand these people with extraordinary power...


    How much trouble will it cause!


    "Take a step back..."


    Nick Fury tapped his fingers, and continued in a deep voice: "We have all seen the video of the satellite being destroyed in outer space yesterday... I don''t think the nuclear bomb may cause them any trouble."


    This is the most critical place!


    That knife is enough to cut out the blazing flame that burns all the steel on the earth, and it can easily cause the detonation of the nuclear bomb directly. The nuclear bomb on the earth is like a fake...


    Once nuclear weapons can''t deal with Xiao''s army, the whole earth will provoke a super alien force organized by a group of superheroes!


    This group of people can easily beat the earth people to the ground where they can''t find their teeth!


    and¡­


    In fact, Nick Fury also has certain expectations.


    The appearance of Loki, the prince of Asgard, means that Asgard, their constant ally on Earth, may not be so reliable...


    What''s more, Nick Fury also got a gossip half an hour ago, it is said that there is an Asgardian princess standing behind the Hydra.


    The earth will face more and more alien invasions in the future, and a potential ally will be their trump card in the confrontation with those alien invaders...


    "Then tell me..."


    An old man slowly closed his palms and looked at Nick Fury through the screen: "We can''t do nothing, can we?"


    "Put all nuclear missiles on alert..."


    Nick Fury slowly clenched his fists, with some firmness in his eyes: "Before this war gets out of control, it is the best choice for us to stand still, and my team is also on the front line of the battlefield..."


    "Don''t worry."


    A hoarse voice appeared in Nick Fury''s ear.


    A space vortex quietly appeared beside Nick Fury, and a mysterious masked man quietly appeared on this aerospace aircraft carrier, and said calmly: "Xiao is a peace organization, and the meaning of our existence is to eliminate the unreasonable things in the universe. Star Wars..."


    "..."


    Nick Fury hesitated for a second.


    To be honest, he is actually familiar with this kind of clich¨¦...


    Because they also often call themselves a peace organization... a peace organization that can mobilize F22 fighter jets and any army below the battalion level at any time.


    "Earth was once a member of the Akatsuki organization."


    The mysterious masked man looked at the vigilant agents around him, and continued calmly: "Howard Stark, our leader''s friend, was once the representative of Earth at Dawn... on behalf of Earth willing to abide by Akatsuki''s rules."


    "..."


    Nick Fury''s expression hesitated again.


    "What is Akatsuki''s rule..."


    Several officials of the World Security Council frowned, and one of them, a bearded old man, explained politely: "Howard Stark can''t actually represent the people on Earth... Before we don''t understand Xiao''s rules, maybe we won''t admit the past Agreement."


    What exactly are Akatsuki''s rules?


    Howard Stark, the founder, claimed to represent the people of the earth and sold the earth to the Akatsuki organization?


    This is not approved by the World Security Council, they absolutely do not recognize the so-called Xiao rules!


    "Wait a mininute¡­"


    Nick Fury frowned, and asked in a deep voice: "Dawn of Dawn... Is it just a loose alliance, similar to some cooperative organizations that exist for a common goal?"


    if it is like this¡­


    Maybe they Earth could join in!


    No, this kind of cosmic organization is not too kind compared to the Asgardians, Chitauri, and Cree!


    and¡­


    As long as the earth joins it... can the army of the Akatsuki organization assist the earth in the name of peacekeeping to deal with alien aggression?


    "Howard Stark died a long time ago."


    Nick Fury quickly turned his head to look at the mysterious masked man, his one eye was fixed on the one eye of the mysterious masked man: "Can we discuss things like restoring Earth''s seat in Akatsuki, I hope Akatsuki understands That kind of peace organization..."


    "you guessed wrong."


    The mysterious masked man slowly shook his head, and continued in a low voice: "Before that, maybe you should know more about the qualifications to join Akatsuki...


    In this universe, no one or any force is qualified to join Akatsuki. Anyone who wants to wear the Xiangyun black robe has a decisive power. "


    The mysterious masked man turned his head to look at the real-time monitoring screen of the battle in New York, his gaze fell on the six Void Thrones above New York, and he continued calmly: "Those who sit on the Void Thrones, each has the power to destroy The power of the planets..."


    "..."


    Nick Fury''s expression suddenly stiffened.


    If what the mysterious masked man said is true, why are there so many dangerous characters appearing in this war, they would rather the earth deal with the Chitauri by itself!


    "so¡­"


    "Anyone who wants to be a member of Akatsuki..."


    "The most important requirement is to have great strength or wisdom..."


    The mysterious masked man looked at the members of the Avengers team, and said softly: "At least those in New York who have special abilities are not qualified to become Akatsuki''s peripheral members...Only those with strong strength or extraordinary wisdom are eligible to wear Go to Xiangyun black robe."


    "..."


    Nick Fury''s expression froze for a second, and he suddenly asked: "There should be many planets in the universe without suitable candidates to join Dawn, right? You..."


    "good¡­"


    The voice of the mysterious masked man gradually became lower and lower: "Whether it is their safety or their fate, Xiaolai can only help them decide... There are no grown-up children, only adult family members to guide their future. "


    "It''s really interesting..."


    A smile suddenly appeared on the corner of Nick Fury''s mouth, but the smile was a little embarrassed: "It feels like a pair of parents want to go better for the future of the child, so the parents have to decide the fate of a child..."


    "It''s the best option."


    "Before the weak become the strong, they are not qualified to decide their own destiny..."


    "unless¡­"


    The mysterious masked man looked at Nick Fury, and then brought up the earth: "They can become as lucky as the earth..."


    "This is also called luck..."


    Before Nick Fury finished speaking, he interrupted himself. He stared at the mysterious masked man beside him, and said in disbelief: "Lucky people like the earth, we... have a suitable candidate ?"


    "It doesn''t exist yet."


    The voice of the mysterious masked man was still gloomy and hoarse. Looking at the frowning Nick Fury, he shook his head and talked about another matter.


    "but¡­"


    "The planet is indeed lucky."


    "The leader of Akatsuki once made an agreement with Howard Stark. As one of the rewards for our study of the Rubik''s Cube, when the leader of Akatsuki allows the earth to contact us again, he will select an intern from the earth."


    Speaking of this, the mysterious masked man looked at Iron Man flying on the screen, and muttered to himself in a low voice: "There is no more suitable candidate on Earth. After the war is over, we will ask about the descendants of Howard Stark... "


    "Tony?"


    Nick Fury thought for a while, then nodded slowly: "It might be good if Tony can represent Earth to join Akatsuki..."


    Compared with other people, Tony Stark, a member of the Avengers team, is also acceptable, at least this is barely considered his own...


    pity¡­


    It would be even better if it was someone who could follow orders from S.H.I.E.L.D.

 Chapter 737

    Stark Industries Building.


    The war in New York City continues.


    The atmosphere in this building is more tense than war.


    The future Steve Rogers, Thanos and others were staring at Uehara Naraku, but the behind-the-scenes man who concealed his identity and power turned a blind eye to their faces, and he was still admiring from the glass French windows.


    "Is my subordinate okay?"


    Uehara Naraku showed a smile at the corner of his mouth, and slowly turned his head to look at these future fighters, his eyes finally stopped on Thanos.


    "It''s really good."


    Thanos twisted his wrist.


    Compared with the Chitauri and alien legions under his command, the army organized by Akatsuki can also be regarded as the most elite army in the entire universe.


    Forbidden.


    In other words, everything is under the control of Xiao organization cadres.


    As for the cadres of the Akatsuki organization, they are stronger than the generals of the Black Demon Five under his command, and the two are not at the same level at all!


    Thanos slowly lowered his eyes, looked at Uehara Naraku in front of him, suddenly stretched out his big hand, and grabbed Uehara Naraku''s head!


    "Do not impulse!"


    Dr. Strange is going to stop Thanos!


    However, his movements were one step slower!


    No, or rather, someone moved a step faster!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly appeared beside Thanos, grabbed Thanos'' fingers with one hand, and smashed the cosmic overlord to the ground!


    The luxurious floor shattered in an instant!


    "Didn''t you hear?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Thanos who was thrown to the ground by himself, raised his eyebrows and said: "Your companion told you not to be too impulsive..."


    Uehara Naraku hadn''t finished his words, and a chuckle suddenly appeared on the corner of his mouth: "It''s really unacceptably weak..."


    In the next second, his fist directly smashed down!


    At this moment, Uehara Naraku seemed to directly kill this Thanos who came from afar from the future universe on the spot, everyone''s faces could not hide their shock!


    Steve Rogers flew in front of Uehara Naraku, raised the shield in his hand and raised his hand to knock Uehara Naraku out!


    his actions...


    All that was exchanged was a mocking low laugh...


    "what?"


    Uehara Naraku''s fist suddenly spread out, and he grabbed the shield in Steve Rogers'' hand with one hand, and his five fingers suddenly left five deep finger holes on it!


    This guy¡­


    It is still so unexpected when fighting!


    "Tsk..."


    Uehara Naraku kicked Steve Rogers in the lower abdomen, kicking Captain America upside down, and the broken stones on the floor flew randomly!


    "There''s some hands and feet here..."


    Naraku Uehara turned his head and glanced at the vigilant Doctor Strange, rubbing his fingers: "Dr. Strange, can you open a door for me? Take me to meet Gu Yi, the supreme mage of this era! "


    Uehara Naraku took a look at the four people present, and continued softly: "A group of suitable opponents should find a suitable battlefield..."


    "You know what''s coming..."


    Strange''s pupils narrowed slightly.


    If there is no mistake in time, Strange in this era is still a doctor, and has nothing to do with a mage at all...


    Uehara Naraku this guy...


    He is very familiar with him!


    "Correct it."


    Naraku Uehara raised a finger and shook it, then chuckled and said, "Isn''t everything that will happen in the future under my guidance?"


    Naraku Uehara smiled and spread out his palms, shaking his head as if helpless, his voice suddenly became deep in the next second.


    "When you return to your own future era...


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers closed little by little under their gaze, and his eyes became a little bit breathtaking: "You will know everything that is happening here now... Whether you came to this era to borrow infinite gems, or want to To make up for the so-called shortcomings of life..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes finally stopped on Captain America, and his smile made people feel cold: "... Forget it... I left you a big surprise in the future. I wish you a pleasant journey when you go back."


    "As for now..."


    Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared suddenly, and appeared in front of Strange Doctor Strange again. His palm directly clasped the neck of the Supreme Mage, and he ordered in a cold voice: "Take me to see the Ancient One...I have already It¡¯s been a long time since I had a good fight.¡±


    There was a slight smile on the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth, and his fingers slowly loosened Strange''s neck, his voice suddenly mixed with a bit of admiration.


    "Just right, here are a few suitable sandbags."


    "..."


    The few futurecomers present were involuntarily silent.


    What do you take them for?


    Use them as sandbags for practice?


    No matter what era it is, Naraku Uehara, a bastard, still doesn''t seem to be able to speak well. Is this what a fucking person should say?


    Uehara Naraku looked at Strange who was standing still and refused to move, frowned and explained softly: "Dr. Strange, you should know that no one can save you in this era except the Ancient One, you better behave yourself a little¡­"


    "..."


    Strange was still silent.


    While Strange was silent, a door to the circular space that was radiating with sparks slowly opened, and a gentle sigh came from inside.


    "Strange, bring him with you."


    It was a woman''s sigh.


    The person who spoke seemed to have no temper at all, and people could hear her aloofness when they heard her voice. This must be a person worthy of respect.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care whether there would be a trap behind this door of space, and stepped into the door of space with his head held high, and entered the other side of the door of space.


    Strange shook his head helplessly, and stepped into the space gate with other future fighters to meet his teacher.


    The supreme mage of this era.


    ancient one.


    New York Temple.


    On the other side of the gate of space is the roof of the New York Temple. Standing here, you can see the fierce aerial battle of the Great War in New York. The Ancient One mage is waiting for them here.


    The Sorcerer Supreme is an androgynous Celt.


    Now Mage Gu Yi showed more of her feminine side, but she didn''t have half a hair on her head, and she was only wearing an old brown-yellow robe.


    "The scenery is good."


    Gu Yi smiled and praised the battle between the Xiao organization and the Chitauri, slowly turned his head to look at a group of guests, and snapped his fingers crisply.


    A teapot and several teacups floated in the air and slowly landed on the table on the roof. This is the most common way for mages to show off their skills.


    Gu took a look at the people present, stretched out his hand to invite everyone to sit at the table, and upheld his hospitality with a smile: "Coffee? Tea? Drinks? Beer?"


    "Orange juice."


    Naraku Uehara ordered a drink without any hesitation.


    Hearing Naraku Uehara''s words, the corners of the eyes of everyone present could not help but twitch.


    Gu Yi didn''t care about Uehara Naraku''s request, and after nodding with a smile, he slowly poured orange juice into the cup in front of Uehara Naraku with a teapot in his hand.


    After Gu Yi finished pouring the orange juice, he looked at the other people present and continued to ask with a smile, "What about you?"


    "coffee."


    "coffee¡­"


    "Same, bring them a glass of orange juice."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted them, casually picked up the orange juice in the glass and drank it down, and continued in a low voice: "They come from the future, they should have realized the truth of this world, and only those with big fists can decide."


    "..."


    The future Steve Rogers couldn''t help but twitch his mouth.


    Even a person with big fists can make decisions, but a guy who even wants to help others decide what to drink, is too meddling in other people''s business...


    "That''s right."


    After Gu Yi nodded gently, he slowly raised the teapot in his hand and poured glasses of orange juice into everyone''s cups.


    This supreme mage...


    Has a tolerance that ordinary people can''t imagine.


    "I know why you''re here..."


    Mage Ancient One slowly sat beside them, bending his eyes softly: "You want to borrow the Infinity Gem of this era, but the Time Gem can actually be lent to you...but..."


    "..."


    The futurists subconsciously breathed a sigh of relief.


    If it wasn''t for Naraku Uehara staying here next to them, they would probably feel a lot more relaxed. At least the business is not delayed now.


    "But when it comes back..."


    Master Gu Yi''s smile became a little deep, and her eyes slowly fell on Uehara Naraku: "Maybe Mr. Uehara''s people returned it?"


    This sentence directly exposes the truth.


    "how could be?"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly.


    Well, Master Ancient One guessed everything right.


    For Uehara Naraku, it really doesn''t matter that these future generations borrow the Time Stone in this era.


    Regardless of whether these people take the time gem and never return, or want to do something else, as long as they borrow the time gem, the time gem will not escape his control...


    Ok¡­


    Because he has pieces.


    Moreover, he can also make himself a little more happy.


    "For the safety of the gemstone, I can''t lend it to you..."


    Gu Yi''s eyes fixed on Naraku Uehara, and his voice gradually became thicker: "I haven''t fully seen what the future will look like, but among the countless changes in the future, there are places that I can''t observe..."


    Ever since Gu Yi saw the army of the Xiao organization coming to New York, he instantly became vigilant and hid in the New York Temple to explore the future direction.


    Just by borrowing the power of the time gem, Gu Yi can detect tens of millions or even hundreds of millions of future possibilities in just a few minutes... What is a bit tricky is that the members of this group of Akatsuki organizations have no future possibilities at all. Word.


    The time gem can''t detect the future of the Xiao organization at all, and it can''t even detect their past, so Gu Yi can''t help but feel that there is something wrong with the time gem...


    Ancient One can only explore his own future.


    Then¡­


    She discovered the troublesome truth.


    Every possibility of her future is more troublesome.


    Among them, what troubled Gu Yi the most was undoubtedly that he would definitely meet Naraku Uehara, a man who made people unable to survive or die...


    Let no one live or die.


    Even Ancient One had envisioned many futures, such as using the results of the future he had explored to remind people to be careful about Naraku Uehara...


    However¡­


    The ending remains unchanged.


    No, it should be said that the ending was even worse.


    Gu Yi couldn''t help but looked at Uehara Naraku and fell into deep thought.


    If she can use the time gem to investigate Uehara Naraku''s past or future direction, she may be able to find a way to change the future. Unfortunately, the power of the time gem cannot affect Uehara Naraku. This person is more difficult than the darkness of those alien planes...


    Obviously hundreds of years ago, after she learned to use the time stone, she began to explore her future, so as to bring herself to a more perfect ending...


    result¡­


    The future inadvertently changed again.


    How did time turn a corner inadvertently?


    Why did Naraku Uehara, such a terrible person, appear in this universe, and there was no such person who appeared hundreds of years ago...


    "Sorry."


    Gu Yi slowly shook his head, looked at Dr. Strange with a look of apology on his face, and then at the other people present: "Before I have really detected all the changes in the future, I can''t put time Gem loan..."


    "You can lend them."


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and put down the cup in his hand heavily: "The future supreme mage Strange came to borrow the time gem himself, he is the most outstanding mage among you, don''t you believe him?" ?¡±


    "I believe in him."


    The Ancient One mage nodded slowly, then shook her head resolutely and slowly, her eyes slowly turned from Strange to Uehara Naraku.


    There is actually another sentence behind this.


    Master Gu Yi was embarrassed to say it in front of Uehara Naraku, should she just say that I believe in Strange, but I can''t believe you!


    Of course the ancient one believed in Strange.


    The future supreme mage was personally selected by her.


    However, this Uehara Naraku...


    I really can''t let Gu Yi believe it...


    "Let me be fair..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face became more serious than ever before, and he continued in a deep voice: "Dr. Strange was single-handedly chosen by you, so believe in your choice..."


    "fine¡­"


    Strange didn''t know Gu Yi''s thoughts, he glanced at his teacher, and then at Uehara Naraku, with a slightly weird expression on his face.


    what is happening?


    Are these two opposites?


    His teacher Supreme Master Gu Yi refused to lend them the Time Stone, but their enemy Uehara Naraku was urging Gu Yi to lend them the Time Stone...


    here¡­


    There seems to be a conspiracy.


    "Ancient mage."


    Steve Rogers raised his head slowly, his eyes locked on Naraku Uehara, and continued calmly: "Because our enemy is there..."


    "Even if he''s not there, I can''t lend it to you..."


    Gu Yi frowned, and continued softly: "I''m sorry for wasting your time, there are many secrets in this matter that cannot be explained in detail..."


    "I see."


    Strange nodded, glanced at their only enemy, and then at his companions: "Let''s go, go to other places..."


    "etc¡­"


    Naraku Uehara stopped them from leaving.


    Uehara''s palms were slowly pressed on the table, his eyes looked at Gu Yi, and his eyes gradually became a little dangerous: "Please lend them the Time Stone, Your Excellency Gu Yi! It''s not easy to come all the way..."


    "And...it''s not often when I''m kind..."

 Chapter 738

    "I need to think about it."


    There was a smile on the corner of Ancient One''s mouth.


    Facing the incomprehensible guy Uehara Naraku, Master Gu Yi could only think deeply and come up with a solution to the current situation.


    This guy isn''t an actor in New York Wars...


    Apparently because what happened here interested him more.


    Although Mage Ancient One was unable to observe Naraku Uehara''s future, she was not particularly aware of Naraku Uehara''s conspiracy. There was no doubt that Naraku Uehara asked her to lend the Time Stone to Strange. There was definitely a conspiracy.


    If you want to deal with Uehara Naraku, it is the safest way to explain all of Uehara Naraku''s every move with conspiracy theories.


    A wave of fluctuations quietly appeared in the space.


    Master Gu Yi calmly picked up the teacup in front of him, just when the people present thought she was deep in thought, Gu Yi''s palm suddenly flipped!


    The space quietly folds like a mirror!


    Before everyone could react, Mage Gu Yi had taken the group of future warriors into the mirror space, and the actions of this supreme mage caught people off guard!


    "this is¡­"


    Steve Rogers glanced at the surrounding environment that was exactly the same as the outside world, with a little doubt on his face: "Where are we?"


    "Mirror space."


    Dr. Strange glanced at Ancient One, then raised his finger, pointed to a group of prismatic glass mirrors in front of him, and explained to Steve Rogers the principle of mirror space.


    "You can think of it as a world in a mirror."


    "Those are the spatial barriers between the mirrored space and the real world. People in the real world cannot watch what happens in the mirrored space, but people in the mirrored space can hide here and observe the outside world without anyone noticing."


    "The methods commonly used by our mages are of course not to steal other people''s secrets, but to monitor the possible darkness in this world."


    When Dr. Strange said this, he observed Uehara Naraku who was still in the real world through the group of prismatic glass-like space barriers.


    Uehara Naraku in the real world doesn''t seem to have reacted yet.


    After all, a group of big living people just disappeared in front of him.


    Dr. Strange looked at Naraku Uehara, who was full of confusion in the real world, and finally heaved a sigh of relief: "Okay, it should be safe for us to hide here now... I remember that Naraku Uehara didn''t have the ability to crack the mirror space..."


    Ok¡­


    Mirror space is definitely safe.


    One time, the future Naraku Uehara chased and killed the members of the Avengers. Fortunately, Strange was quick and wise and brought them into the mirror space, which saved the lives of those people.


    this kind of thing...


    Dr. Strange has experience.


    Crash!


    A sound of shattering glass interrupted Strange''s words!


    No, this is not the sound of glass shattering, but the sound of the space barrier between the mirror image and reality shattering, this sound is so moving!


    "Yo¡­"


    Uehara Naraku slowly withdrew his fist and walked into the mirrored space. He looked at the people present and raised the corner of his mouth: "If you want to hide here, you must at least bring me with you, right? "


    "Wait...why can you crack the mirror space..."


    Dr. Strange felt that his life had been turned upside down again.


    Now Strange suddenly felt that his mind was in chaos.


    He didn''t know if Uehara Naraku of this era was playing tricks for his future self, or if the future Uehara Naraku had been playing tricks for this era''s self...


    This fact is indistinguishable...


    Anyway, they are the one being played with.


    Mage Ancient One slowly raised her palm, and an orange magic circle appeared in her palm. She stared at Uehara Naraku who broke through the space barrier!


    "Stand back, Strange!"


    Master Gu Yi waved the magic circle in his hand and rushed towards Uehara Naraku, her face was full of solemnity and uneasiness: "Get out of here first!"


    "Don''t be in a hurry to get out of here!"


    Naraku Uehara refuted the words of the Ancient One Master, chuckled and said, "Maybe the Ancient One Master in this era is seriously attacked by dark energy, and she deliberately lied to you not to hand over the gems?"


    "..."


    Dr. Strange and a group of future soldiers were dumbfounded.


    If the person who said this was not Uehara Naraku, maybe he would have believed this kind of nonsense, but compared to the Ancient One who once stole dark energy...


    Naraku Uehara is the real Dark Lord!


    Such a liar who cheated their friendship and feelings, how dare he say that others are cheating, he is the master of the conspiracy and deceit!


    While Strange and a group of future warriors were still pondering, Naraku Uehara and Master Gu Yi had already started fighting!


    The mages in this world are best at using magic circles.


    By releasing the mana in the body, a bright orange magic circle can be formed. This kind of magic circle is quite stable. In addition to being transformed into a magic circle blade attack, it can also be turned into a magic circle shield defense!


    Boom!


    Uehara Naraku''s fist hit the magic circle shield in the hands of Master Gu Yi!


    There was a sound of the shattering of the magic circle quietly, but the ancient master moved quickly, and hurriedly used his own mana to restore the defense of the magic circle shield!


    "Tsk, the magic circle of the mage is really beautiful..."


    Naraku Uehara waved his fist again, and after smashing the magic circle shield of Mage Ancient One with one punch, his fist spread out the moment the defense was broken!


    A powerful shock wave suddenly rushed out!


    Naraku Uehara seems to have a lot of combat experience!


    It was too late for Mage Ancient One to form a defensive formation again, her brows were slightly wrinkled, and she slowly spread her hands to welcome the arrival of this shock wave...


    A large transparent glass shield loomed between the hands of Mage Gu Yi, helping her block the shock wave of Naraku Uehara''s surprise attack!


    click...


    The transparent glass shield quietly shattered.


    At least it has fulfilled its mission and helped Gu Yi block Uehara Naraku''s sudden attack, but Master Gu Yi did not heave a sigh of relief...


    Because Uehara Naraku seemed to have expected that she would use the shield long ago, after releasing the shock wave, her figure flickered and rushed towards Mage Ancient One again!


    at this time¡­


    Master Gu Yi actually thought of something else...


    It is obvious that Naraku Uehara has done many things in the world, manipulating the emotional fate of others. He seems to be a complete conspirator... However, this so-called conspirator is extraordinarily passionate when fighting!


    This guy¡­


    Really came to find someone to fight!


    Uehara Naraku directly opened the way with his fist, and punched him again!


    Master Gu Yi flew back to avoid the punch, and when he raised his palm slightly and was about to use the spell again, Uehara Naraku''s fist suddenly extended a finger towards Gu Yi!


    in battle...


    There can never be useless movements!


    Mage Ancient One tilted his head again to face the finger pointing at her!


    A laser shot out from Uehara Naraku''s fingertips, and the laser brushed past Master Gu Yi''s shoulder, this move almost pierced her head!


    After the miss, Uehara Naraku''s actions did not stop at all, his body took the opportunity to rush up again, his fingers clasped slightly and grabbed Master Gu Yi''s neck!


    Uehara Naraku''s movements changed quickly, which dazzled the others present. Even the Ancient One, who has hundreds of years or even richer combat experience, still felt a little terrified when fighting...


    kind of...


    Unpredictable feeling!


    Although the two of them have not used any terrifying abilities so far, just relying on fighting and some small tricks, it makes people dazzled...


    This battle is very exciting.


    Whether it''s Dr. Strange or Steve Rogers, they can''t help but put themselves into it, thinking about how they can escape those attacks...


    How could they escape!


    They can''t even intervene in this battle!


    Because the intense scene now is just a warm-up between the two sides... They have really seen the power of Uehara Naraku!


    "Want to grab me straight away?"


    The ancient master''s body retreated quickly, she looked down at Uehara Naraku''s clasped fingers, feeling that Uehara Naraku might grab her by the throat at any time!


    next moment¡­


    Naraku Uehara''s body suddenly accelerated!


    Master Gu Yi noticed it immediately, she leaned back slightly, and when she was about to avoid Uehara Naraku''s throat lock, she suddenly realized something!


    wrong¡­


    According to Naraku Uehara''s fighting style...


    If the guy doesn''t grab her by the throat with one blow...


    Then he will immediately change his moves or attack target!


    Master Gu Yi understood Uehara Naraku''s next move in an instant. After seeing Uehara Naraku''s miss, she grabbed the pendant on her chest with her palm!


    The pendant on the chest of the ancient mage is the eye of Agamotto, and it is also an artifact for the supreme mages to store the time gem!


    "It''s really..."


    There was a wry smile on the face of the ancient master, and he buried it in Uehara Naraku''s chest first, and before Uehara Naraku got it, he slapped Uehara Naraku''s chest with his palm!


    This palm seems gentle...


    Can beat Uehara Naraku''s soul out!


    This trick that the Ancient One mage likes to use very much, can project the illusory soul into reality, and can make people lose their fighting power instantly...


    "don''t want!"


    Dr. Strange saw this scene, and quickly reminded his teacher that this technique of projecting the soul would not work against Uehara Naraku at all!


    Because Naraku Uehara...


    The soul power is also terrifyingly powerful!


    According to their cognition and understanding of Uehara Naraku for so many years, Uehara Naraku is a perfect existence, and the only flaw is probably his character...


    as expected.


    As Strange guessed.


    Master Gu Yi''s palm was printed on Uehara Naraku''s chest.


    This palm...


    failed.


    When the soul of the ancient master, who has always been invincible, slapped Uehara Naraku with his palm, it seemed to be slapped on a wall, no, it might have been slapped on a cliff!


    This palm even made her soul tremble a little!


    Uehara Naraku''s spiritual power is also terrifyingly strong!


    At this moment, Master Gu Yi was even a little absent-minded. Perhaps this Uehara Naraku also has the possibility to become the Supreme Master? A supreme mage who is powerful in spirit and can not be affected by the time stone?


    Ok¡­


    It''s just that his character is not reliable.


    In terms of unreliable character, Naraku Uehara never disappoints people. At this moment, he still chose the worst method!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t want to look at the attack of Master Gu Yi, picked up the Eye of Agamotto on her chest with the palm of her hand, and pulled it off with all her strength!


    The back of Master Gu Yi''s neck hurts a bit!


    This guy¡­


    The means are a bit too rough!


    Uehara Naraku held the Eye of Agamotto in his hand, and gestured to Master Gu Yi: "Is this the container of the time gem... Is the time gem here?"


    "..."


    After the ancient mage nodded silently, he shook his head slowly: "Except for the supreme mage, no one can take the time gem out of it..."


    "Of course no one can get the Time Stone out of it."


    Uehara Naraku crushed the Eye of Agamotto in his hand, sprinkled the fragments on the ground little by little, and sighed: "Is it similar to the space teleportation method? It seems that you can only use a bit tougher method." The means..."


    If the Time Stone can only be made to appear except for the specific spell of the Supreme Mage, then it seems that he can only force the Ancient One to hand over the Time Stone...


    "..."


    The ancient master turned his palm silently.


    A chilling atmosphere appeared in this mirrored space, and the other people present were staring at their movements until someone suddenly mentioned something...


    "Can''t we participate in their battle?"


    Steve Rogers rubbed his brows belatedly: "This is not a training session between them...it''s a war for the Time Stone."


    "Then where are we standing?"


    Bruce Banner scratched the back of his head honestly, and said with a naive smile, "Naraku Uehara wants to help us get the gems... That Supreme Ancient One is Strange''s teacher..."


    "Banner!"


    Steve Rogers glanced at Bruce Banner with some resentment, and held his forehead helplessly: "How can you believe what Naraku Uehara said? Even Naraku Uehara of this era!"


    Haven''t they learned enough?


    You can''t trust Uehara Naraku under any circumstances!


    Were these future people not deceived badly enough?


    "..."


    Bruce Banner''s expression froze.


    "This battle is not suitable for you to intervene..."


    Dr. Strange shook his head, slowly raised his finger, and said softly: "I will find a chance to help the Supreme Mage..."


    The next moment, Strange saw an opportunity!


    Strange quickly protruded a thick dark red whip from his hand, and it was about to bind Uehara Naraku''s body in an instant. He knew how tough this dark red whip was!


    However¡­


    Uehara Naraku saw the dark red in the corner of his eyes, he raised his hand and released a shock wave to force the ancient mage back, then turned around and grabbed the whip with all his strength, and pulled Dr. Strange over !


    Naraku Uehara waved his other fist, and punched Dr. Strange who flew involuntarily, knocking the future supreme mage to the ground!


    "Looks like you don''t understand yet..."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, aimed at Doctor Strange''s head, and said softly, "The battle between gods is not something you should intervene in..."

 Chapter 739

    This battle is indeed beyond Dr. Strange''s interference.


    If the future supreme mage wants to participate in this level of battle, he needs to practice for at least a few hundred years...


    Maybe he is qualified to play soy sauce in this kind of battle?


    Doing it rashly now is simply sending you to death!


    "Strange!"


    Master Gu Yi''s face immediately became a little nervous. She really couldn''t just sit back and watch Uehara Naraku want to attack her future disciple...


    According to Uehara Naraku''s power...


    The shock wave he unleashes at close range is even enough to kill Strange!


    Master Gu Yi stretched out his hand to lift his robe, raised one leg and drew a semi-curved shape, and then stomped heavily on the ground, the whole world began to twist and turn upside down in an instant!


    Everyone''s bodies fell down from the ground involuntarily, everyone scrambled to find a foothold, and Strange also slipped down from the side of Uehara Naraku!


    Fortunately, Strange''s cloak drove him into the air...


    As for the others, they can only stand on the walls of tall buildings!


    The entire mirror space...


    The ground turned ninety degrees directly!


    The sky and the earth began to appear weird vertical!


    Uehara Naraku''s body slowly floated in the air. He lowered his head and stared at Master Gu Yi. He slowly poked out his fingers, and a laser beam shot out!


    Master Gu Yi raised his left hand and quickly released a magic circle shield to resist the laser attack. His right hand quickly formed a strange handprint, and he leaned over and slapped it on the ground!


    The entire space twisted like a wave!


    Except for the area where the future Avengers stood, all the tall buildings above the mirror space were broken from the vertical ground, and these tall buildings began to fall rapidly from above, hitting Naraku Uehara''s body!


    The densely packed tall buildings fell from the sky!


    This is more than half of the high-rise buildings in New York in the mirror space!


    Hundreds of shattered high-rises and ruins fell together, and Uehara Naraku was about to be submerged directly, allowing him to have an endless free fall with most of New York!


    Naraku Uehara raised his head to look at the crisis in the sky, his eyes quietly turned into reincarnation eyes, staring at the ancient master who controlled everything, and slowly said a few words from the corner of his mouth.


    "Six Paths Earth Explosion Sky Star."


    With Uehara Naraku''s voice...


    The entire mirror space suddenly changed its appearance!


    Master Gu Yi''s complexion immediately became ugly, and she could feel that her body seemed to have been locked by Uehara Naraku''s weird eyes!


    next moment¡­


    An endless gravitational force emanated from her body, and the ruins of tall buildings that were still falling were attracted out of thin air and flew towards her!


    No¡­


    Not just the ruins of falling tall buildings!


    Even the ground where the mirrored space is perpendicular to the sky began to split apart, the earth shattered into pieces, flying towards the ancient mage together with the ruins of high-rise buildings!


    This is the Earth Explosion Star released by Naraku Uehara!


    Out of thin air, with the body of the ancient mage as the core, the entire New York in the mirror space was turned into the power to seal this supreme mage!


    "this is¡­"


    Ancient One''s palm bounced quickly, and a burst of spatial fluctuations floated up again, trying to scatter the ruins wrapping towards her!


    Everything in the mirror space is flipped again!


    The earth and the sky are parallel again!


    However¡­


    It doesn''t help at all!


    All the objects in the entire mirror space, even the future Avengers, flew towards the Ancient One involuntarily!


    fortunately¡­


    They are just the subsidiary seals of Earthburst, and it is not difficult to resist this gravitational force. Thanos grabbed Steve Rogers'' body with one hand, and Dr. Bruce Banner grabbed Dr. Strange!


    The four future generations stood in place and watched the fission of the entire mirror space, and also watched the ancient one who seemed to be powerless against the seal of the Earth Explosive Star...


    Under the watchful eyes of this group of people, the body of the Ancient One was submerged by endless fragments of the earth and the ruins of high-rise buildings...


    finally¡­


    A huge spherical meteorite planet appeared in the sky.


    The entire spherical meteorite floats in the air, and the shadow that blocks the sky and the sun covers this mirrored space, making people feel awe involuntarily...


    and¡­


    It''s still releasing gravity.


    If this planet appears in outer space, it will slowly attract meteorites and planetary debris in the universe, and grow into a real planet...


    The only problem may be that there is something wrong with the core of this planet. The core of the planet is actually a supreme mage who resists the invasion of darkness...


    "This power..."


    Thanos slowly clenched his fists, his voice sounded a little hoarse: "You don''t need the power of the Infinity Stones to create and destroy... Naraku Uehara of this era already possesses the power of the gods."


    No¡­


    It is more terrifying than those legendary gods!


    Thanos once heard of a certain god named Ego in the universe.


    The god named Yi Ge relied on his own core to slowly attract meteorite and stardust, and after a long period of growth, he turned his body into a complete planet.


    However, in front of them, the futurists, Uehara Naraku showed how to create a planet...


    Ok¡­


    You can create a planet just by looking at it.


    How can this make people play!


    Fortunately, there is still a glimmer of hope for them.


    Thanos knows that when the power of the six infinite gems gathers together, they have the power to destroy the entire universe. This power will definitely be able to compete with the future Uehara Naraku...


    To be honest, this Thanos from the future has experienced a lot. In fact, he has always wanted to find a beautiful planet to live in seclusion and farm... Even Thanos had already found a planet to live in seclusion and farming, and there were no other humans living on that planet!


    later¡­


    Before Thanos had time to return to the countryside, he heard that the planet was swallowed and absorbed by Uehara Naraku, so it was really not easy for the titan overlord to maintain his calm attitude in the face of Uehara Naraku...


    This can also prove how sensible Thanos is.


    This can also prove from the side how many people the future Uehara Naraku has provoked... Uehara Naraku never seems to let go of anything that can make people uncomfortable.


    Just when others thought that Master Gu Yi had been defeated, the entire mirror space seemed to be frozen, and time stopped at this moment!


    next moment¡­


    The planet in the sky slowly split apart.


    Everything in the entire mirror space began to restore as if in slow motion, everything returned to its original position, and the future Avengers returned to their original positions according to their own trajectory without realizing it...


    "The energy of the time gem..."


    Strange immediately sensed the strangeness of time, but his strength could not compete with time at all, so he could only accept it passively.


    time¡­


    Slowly reset.


    Human memory also resets over time.


    Everything goes back to that fixed point in time.


    This is the Ancient One Mage who was sealed in the Earth Explosion Star, using the time gem in her hand to reset the time of the entire mirror space!


    She wants to use this method to solve the predicament!


    In other words, she will use this method to try to defeat Uehara Naraku!


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes flickered slightly, his memory has not disappeared, and he is not even affected by the Time Stone, as if he is an outsider in this universe...


    Everything is restoring...


    The earth-exploding stars in the sky quickly disintegrated and fell, and gradually the whole earth returned to its original state. This scene seemed so miraculous in Uehara Naraku''s eyes...


    Time reset!


    That''s what can really change the past!


    The figure of Mage Gu Yi reappeared with the disappearance of Earthburst Star, a green light floated on her chest, and a small green stone was in the center of the light!


    That''s the Time Stone!


    "Vientiane Tianyin!"


    Uehara Naraku raised his palm, and a gravitational force instantly flew out of his palm, attracting the time gem on the chest of Master Gu Yi to fly towards him!


    "..."


    Master Gu Yi''s palm instantly formed a handprint, and put the time gem back into her hands. She already knew everything by watching Naraku Uehara''s movements!


    This is a formidable enemy like Dormammu!


    No, this guy is more dangerous and terrifying than Dormammu!


    The time gem can no longer be used in this battle, because Mage Ancient One no longer has the certainty of victory in her heart, and she can no longer keep the time gem by her side...


    the only way...


    Maybe it''s because I believed in my choice and handed over the Time Stone to Dr. Strange. At least Strange should live up to her expectations!


    Just one more problem here...


    That''s why Uehara Naraku also hoped that she would give the gem to Strange and the future people at the beginning... If her guess is correct, Uehara Naraku should be sure to get the time gem from Strange.


    but¡­


    The ancient master believes in the successor he chooses!


    "Strange!"


    The ancient master''s eyes fell on Strange, and he said softly: "I put the time gem in the space you know, and leave this world with the time gem! Don''t hesitate, I will stop Uehara Naraku for you !"


    "yes!"


    Dr. Strange nodded quickly, his fingers suddenly grabbed the air together, and a green light appeared on his fingertips!


    As the supreme mage, Strange naturally knew in which space Gu Yi put the time gem, and he quickly got the time gem that Gu Yi wanted to give him!


    Now their most important purpose in this era has been achieved!


    next moment¡­


    Strange waved his hand to hold the time gem in his hand, activated the space-time shuttle suit on his body, and loudly reminded his companions: "We can''t stay in this era, Uehara Naraku is too dangerous..."


    "clear!"


    Everyone else nodded their heads!


    Everyone puts on their time travel suits again!


    Originally they wanted to get other infinite gems in the Battle of New York in this era, but now they can only find a way to find them in another era...


    fortunately¡­


    The future Dr. Pym is still around.


    They also have the hope of time travel.


    It''s just that this kind of time travel is too dangerous...


    Originally, the era of the Battle of New York was considered a safe time, and what these futurecomers were worried about was the members of the Ancient One and the members of the Akatsuki organization...


    In the end, the most dangerous person in this era is still Naraku Uehara!


    Oh shit¡­


    How deceiving!


    That bastard actually hid his super power before the Battle of New York, at least the few people present were not sure to fight the ancient one!


    Naraku Uehara is such a liar...


    The most dangerous person in the future is Naraku Uehara. The most dangerous person in this era is still Naraku Uehara, and they have suffered a little psychological trauma...


    "Strange!"


    The Ancient One took a deep look at Dr. Strange, and said in a deep voice: "I believe you will definitely make the most correct choice..."


    "yes!"


    Dr. Strange and the Avengers activated the space-time travel suits, and their figures shrank and disappeared in an instant, leaving this era directly!


    Master Gu Yi looked at Uehara Naraku warily.


    Because she knew that with Naraku Uehara''s power, she would be sure to stop Dr. Strange and others before they disappeared...


    However¡­


    Uehara Naraku did not make a move.


    There was even a smile on the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth.


    "don¡¯t worry."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hands slowly, glanced at the place where Dr. Strange and others disappeared, and continued with a chuckle: "I really hope they can use the power of the Infinity Gem to defeat me in the future..."


    Ok¡­


    if¡­


    if it is possible.


    "On you..."


    Master Gu Yi looked at Uehara Naraku''s smile, but his face became more and more serious: "There is an incomprehensible self-confidence... This kind of self-confidence... really makes those who stand on the opposite side unbearably afraid. "


    "Then why are you standing across from me?"


    Naraku Uehara looked at Master Gu Yi, with a slight smile still on the corner of his mouth, his voice softened slightly: "Actually, I have always respected you..."


    "Thanos..."


    "Odin..."


    "the Avengers¡­"


    "These people have their unique marks on them."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Master Gu Yi, with an unprecedentedly sincere smile on his face: "It''s just that in my opinion, they are far inferior to Master Gu Yi... This is my most sincere thought."


    "..."


    Master Gu Yi frowned slightly.


    At this moment, Master Gu Yi didn''t quite understand what Uehara Naraku meant. Her power was indeed very powerful, but she was not truly omnipotent.


    "I would love for you to join us."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm, a black hole space channel appeared in his hand, and a delicate ring landed in his palm.


    Naraku Uehara threw the ring in his hand to Mage Gu Yi, and said with a light smile, "The ring is Akatsuki''s communication tool and a symbol of identity..."


    "..."


    Master Gu Yi still frowned.


    The Supreme Mage looked down at the ring in her hand, which was so delicately made that it could even hold the magical power in her body.


    A black letter is engraved on the ring.


    one.


    "It''s a coincidence..."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms, and explained with a smile: "The code name of Akatsuki''s previous leader, Nagato-sama, is Zero...Your Excellency Gu Yi, I specially prepared this for you."

 Chapter 740

    Uehara Naraku had already had an idea about Master Gu Yi.


    For a long time, in order to resist the invasion of Domamu, the Ancient One finally came into contact with dark energy, which caused her to fall into a long-term inner entanglement.


    Because she had to choose to be in contact with dark energy, Mage Ancient One couldn''t guarantee her heart, nor could she set an example for other mages. She even worried that she might fall under the bewitching of Domamu one day.


    Until the Ancient One took Dr. Strange as the successor of the supreme mage, he chose the way of physical death and left the earth, living in the universe in the state of soul.


    Look at the moral quality of the Supreme Master!


    Master Gu Yi, as the leader of a mage, just touched a little bit of dark energy, and let his body die directly and his soul become eternal...


    Let''s look at the big guys in the Akatsuki organization...


    Basically, they are the super villains of various worlds, or the leaders of superpowers in various worlds, and their behavior is more or less unclean.


    Fortunately, Uehara Naraku brought these villains into the Akatsuki organization, and then led them to the right path. Now it is just right for Master Gu Yi to join the Akatsuki organization, so that those guys can see what personal qualities are...


    certainly.


    There is another reason.


    Uehara Naraku has been using the black hole universe to gather the worlds he has experienced. The black hole universe has established divided galaxies, and each galaxy needs a manager.


    The top manager of the ninja world is naturally Nagato, the previous generation leader of the Akatsuki organization, and this is one of the two people Uehara Naraku respects the most!


    The manager of One Piece World is currently the Akatsuki organization meeting led by Konan and Otsutsuki Kaguya, including the former Four Emperors Kaido and BIG MOM, Admiral Sengoku and Naval Hero Karp, etc. Naturally, there are other members...


    For example, dried persimmon ghost shark, a member of the super VIP elders of the Akatsuki organization...


    In addition, there are wage earners such as Sasuke Uchiha and Naruto Uzumaki...


    Among them, Xiaonan and Kisame Kisame, who accounted for the majority of votes, have nothing to do every day, basically traveling in the world of one piece, while Sasuke Uchiha and his good friend Portgas D. Ace are running for the peace of the world of one piece busy...


    There is no manager in the Bone King world.


    Uehara Naraku purely regarded that world as wild stocking. After all, most of them are game worlds, with only one real planet.


    The manager of Death World is Medicine Master Dou.


    Yakushi Dou used to be Uehara Naraku''s favorite subordinate, and so far Yakushi Dou still provides Uehara Naraku with his disciple Ichimaru Gin to drive!


    Uehara Naraku also plans to find an opportunity in the future so that Yao Shidou and his teacher Orochimaru have to come out and pretend to be Hydra or something...


    Now it''s the turn of the Marvel universe.


    As the largest world that Uehara Naraku has experienced, there are many planets in the Marvel world, and Uehara Naraku even wants to enrich the entire Marvel universe with his own universe.


    nature¡­


    This also requires a manager.


    The strength of the other people in the Akatsuki organization is relatively insufficient, and Uehara Naraku''s eyes are basically aimed at a few guys with good strength...Master Gu Yi is undoubtedly the first choice among them.


    At least it can be seen...


    Ancient One''s character is reliable.


    Uehara Naraku thought that Mage Gu Yi had a good character, and wanted to win her over to join the Akatsuki organization, and secretly wished that she would become the manager of the Marvel world in the future...


    However, there is a problem here...


    Naraku Uehara took a fancy to Master Gu Yi''s character...


    Master Gu Yi couldn''t see the character of Naraku Uehara!


    After all, the future Dr. Strange and the Avengers have a look of bitterness and hatred towards Uehara Naraku, as if Uehara Naraku will do a lot of excessive things to them in the future...


    Gu Yi twirled the ring with his fingers, and frowned slightly: "Sorry, I''m afraid I can''t accept your invitation, the duty of the supreme mage must let us maintain fairness, and we should not join any organization..."


    After finishing speaking, Master Gu Yi raised his hand to return the ring in Uehara Naraku, but was rejected by Uehara Naraku.


    "Take the ring first!"


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Through this ring, maybe you can discover other powers... No matter what power it is, it is brighter than Dormammu''s dark power, right?"


    "you¡­"


    Master Gu Yi frowned even tighter, only to relax in the next second: "It seems that the supreme mage is not the only one who monitors the darkness of this world..."


    only¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s words made Gu Yi more and more vigilant!


    Naraku Uehara still had a calm smile on the corner of his mouth, but his smile made people faintly see the danger hidden under the smiling face.


    "Want to feel it?"


    Naraku Uehara watched Master Gu Yi put away the ring, chuckled and continued: "It just so happens that they left here, we can try our best to fight here..."


    The battle just now was like playing for Uehara Naraku.


    Except for Thanos, the group of future Avenger fighters may not even be able to bear the momentum of his burst of power, and now the group of unsightly guys have left...


    "..."


    Master Gu Yi''s face instantly became serious.


    Mage Ancient One stretched out her left hand, and put her petite palm on her chest, and a strong magical power suddenly burst out from her body!


    this force...


    It''s completely different from just now!


    The palm of Master Gu Yi slapped the air in front of him, and the buildings in the entire mirror world rolled like waves on the sea!


    No¡­


    The air in the mirror world is also tumbling!


    A powerful shock wave centered on Mage Gu Yi, and spread towards the surroundings in an instant. The huge force brought by this shock wave hit Uehara Naraku''s body!


    Naraku Uehara punched the air with a punch!


    The air began to crack instantly under this punch!


    The entire mirror world even trembled under this punch, and a more powerful impact than before swept towards Mage Gu Yi!


    "This power..."


    Master Gu Yi''s face became even more tense, he flipped his palms together and slapped her in front of her, a prism-shaped space barrier appeared in front of her!


    Uehara Naraku''s punch is enough to split the entire America!


    Even if Master Gu Yi defended through a space barrier, it would not help!


    click...


    As expected...


    The space barrier shield immediately shattered!


    All Gu Yi needed was this little time. She flipped her palm again and made the same gesture. A thicker prism-shaped space barrier finally blocked the aftermath of the punch...


    In the past, how did Gu Yi encounter an enemy like Uehara Naraku?


    Just relying on his powerful physical energy, this guy can fight against a supreme mage who has brought out his spiritual energy to the extreme!


    "The first punch was well blocked..."


    Uehara Naraku''s laughter quietly fell into Gu Yi''s ears: "Then, what should I use to block the second punch?"


    click...


    The thicker space barrier in front of Gu Yi suddenly shattered!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure boldly passed through a pile of fragments of the space barrier, and rushed towards the body of Master Gu Yi!


    "So fast¡­"


    Master Gu Yi''s arm flipped over in an instant, and her body suddenly turned into afterimages and disappeared on the spot. Her fingers still didn''t stop when she escaped from Naraku Uehara''s melee attack!


    A door of space quietly appeared at her feet!


    This is also a common method used by mages...By flexibly using the door of space, most people can be played with in the palm of their hands!


    "Black hole annihilation."


    Uehara Naraku opened his fingers and pointed at the door of space under Gu Yi''s feet. He immediately sensed Gu Yi''s thoughts and cut off Gu Yi''s thoughts.


    next moment.


    A jet-black light radiated from Uehara Naraku''s palm, annihilating the space gate under Gu Yi''s feet in an instant!


    "Troublesome..."


    The face of the Ancient One mage was even uglier!


    Her body quietly turned into afterimages!


    Only through this high-speed movement to a form that is almost a clone, can Uehara Naraku''s melee attack be avoided. The problem is that this guy is not only good at fighting!


    With the formation of afterimages...


    Endless Gu Yi clones appeared in the air!


    In comparison, the shadow clone technique in the ninja world is not enough!


    "Flame, burn."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm was raised again, and the scorching fire wave instantly submerged all the clones of Master Gu Yi!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure instantly disappeared in place, and with the help of the cover of the flames, he slapped Master Gu Yi on the shoulder with his palm!


    Boom!


    A soul body was photographed!


    Gu Yi''s soul was directly slapped out by Uehara Naraku!


    At this moment, Gu Yi faintly felt that the world was a little ridiculous. She never thought that someone would use her trick!


    No¡­


    they are different...


    Naraku Uehara was able to photograph her soul only because he has extremely terrifying spiritual power, and he can use brute force to knock out human souls!


    The two clashed again in terms of spiritual energy!


    The flames burn everything in the air!


    Under the control of Gu Yi, the waves on the ground swept in and drowned the flames!


    The scorching water vapor began to spread throughout the mirror space!


    With the future Avengers leaving here, the entire mirror space has become a battlefield between Uehara Naraku and Gu Yi!


    "Wind escape."


    Uehara Naraku raised his hand to create a gust of wind, instantly blowing away the mist and steam in the mirror space, and suddenly pointed his palm at Gu Yi!


    "Ninety of the broken way, black coffin!"


    A square column imprisoned Gu Yi''s soul!


    Naraku Uehara possessed enough power to deal with the soul body of Master Ancient One. When they confronted each other at the soul level, Naraku Uehara was even better!


    Thousands of years of accumulation in the world of the god of death, as well as the spiritual power of the world of the god of death, are enough to make Uehara Naraku''s soul so strong that it makes one''s scalp tingle!


    boom!


    The black coffin was slapped open by Gu Yi!


    The eyes of the supreme mage became a little complicated.


    "flesh¡­"


    "soul¡­"


    "element¡­"


    Master Gu Yi counted Uehara Naraku''s abilities bit by bit.


    This guy really has no dead ends in all directions...


    In this battle, Ancient One did not use the ordinary magic of those supreme mages, because she knew that they would be useless and useless...


    "Forget it, let''s go here..."


    While Master Gu Yi was still thinking, Uehara Naraku suddenly called to stop the battle: "Something went wrong, the war outside is almost over..."


    Something went wrong in New York!


    This is what Naraku Uehara is most worried about.


    Because the New York War was the origin of his rise as a superpower in SHIELD, and he also wanted to use Akatsuki''s identity to start acting, so that the entire earth accepts Akatsuki''s existence.


    "Ok?"


    Mage Ancient One''s eyes were a little puzzled, and the eyes gradually glowed with light. She wanted to use her magical power to observe the outside world.


    The New York War did go wrong.


    No, it should be said that something is wrong with the Chitauri.


    With the Xiao organization joining the battlefield, even if this group of people restrained their own strength, they still inevitably launched a massacre against the invading Chitauri...


    The Chitauri mothership...


    He was accidentally hit by a blue false flash.


    All the chitauri who invaded the earth seemed to be disconnected. After their neural network was cut off, they lost their lives completely...


    war¡­


    It ended so abruptly.


    No, it should be said that it is just the end of a war.


    "I have to go clean up the aftermath."


    Naraku Uehara raised his hand to release a gravitational pull that pulled Gu Yi''s soul!


    Uehara Naraku held Gu Yi''s soul with one hand, and Gu Yi''s body with the other, combining them into one. This feeling made Gu Yi''s mind more and more strange...


    How could she have such a day?


    Isn''t it all about her projecting other people''s souls into reality?


    "I go first."


    Naraku Uehara raised his palm, and slapped the space barrier of the mirror world with force, and the space barrier instantly shattered in front of Naraku Uehara: "I hope you can think about the matter of inviting you to join Akatsuki..."


    A channel is opened directly!


    Breaking through the space barrier with brute force is more imposing than the mages in this world using magic power to open the door of space!


    One with its own powerful strength...


    One that can only be tricked by magic...


    After Uehara Naraku walked through the space passage, he slowly turned his head and watched the space barrier close behind him again.


    Naraku Uehara and Mage Gu Yi looked across the smaller and smaller space passage, the faces of the two people were different, and the thoughts were also different.


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to Master Gu Yi to say goodbye, his smile became more and more intense: "Even if you only have your soul left, you can''t escape, death is never the end..."


    not to mention¡­


    Even if the future Ancient One Master dies...


    Uehara Naraku just happened to be able to directly arrest her soul...


    Another reason why Uehara Naraku ended the battle was also because he felt the strength of the soul power of the Ancient One mage...of course the most important thing is...


    Someone has returned the Time Stone.


    Time is so impermanent.


    "It''s a busy life..."


    For the group of future Avengers, they may have borrowed the time stone for a long time, but the person who came to return the time stone came to the next point in time.


    "Let''s solve the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube first..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head and looked at the space energy channel where the Rubik''s Cube was still running. His figure instantly disappeared on the roof of the New York Temple.


    "Then there''s the Time Stone and the Mind Stone..."

 Chapter 741

    New York.


    Manhattan.


    The war is finally over.


    The Akatsuki organization has just defeated the Chitauri''s mothership and resolved the Chitauri''s invasion of the earth. Loki, the planner of this war, was also captured by the Avengers.


    "The problem now is to close the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube..."


    Steve Rogers looked up at the roof of the Stark Industrial Building, turned his head to glance at his companions, and immediately frowned.


    Steve Rogers pressed his headset tightly, trying to connect to Naraku Uehara''s signal: "Uehara, where are you?"


    "I''m dealing with the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube."


    Naraku Uehara stood on the roof of the Stark Industrial Building, and said with an ugly face: "I had a little trouble closing the Rubik''s Cube here..."


    "What trouble?"


    Tony Stark''s voice of concern immediately came from the headset channel.


    Loki heard the communication between them, and said with a smile: "The energy of the Rubik''s Cube cannot be closed, right? It is the most abundant energy in this universe."


    Looking at the ugly faces of everyone, Loki continued with a smile: "No one can restrain the energy of the Rubik''s Cube at all... Hehe, if you can help me get the scepter back, I can help you close it."


    Although the battle was lost...


    But Loki seemed to be in a good mood.


    In fact, Loki really has no choice but to blame himself for picking the wrong ally. The Chitauri were so rampant in front of him, but they were vulnerable to the army organized by Akatsuki...


    What a bunch of trash teammates.


    Now Loki has lost his spiritual scepter.


    Thanos asked the leader of the Chitauri to lend it to him!


    The failure of this war must have disappointed Thanos. If Loki can''t get back the spiritual scepter, only Asgard can protect him in the entire universe, right?


    certainly¡­


    For Loki, it doesn''t matter.


    Because in this war, Loki knew that he hadn''t made any mistakes and everything was going according to the plan, but what really didn''t help was the group of pig teammates, the Chitauri...


    damn it¡­


    During the entire war, the Chitauri were suppressed by the army organized by Akatsuki, and were even beaten so hard that they could not leave the entrance of the space passage. Is this also called the space war nation?


    What a group of pig teammates...


    Loki''s heart was full of dislike for the Chitauri. The Prince of Asgard''s eyes moved slowly, looking at the six figures on the Void Throne in the air...


    if¡­


    If I can get the Akatsuki organization as an ally now... not to mention the whole earth, even if it is to counterattack Asgard, there is hope? !


    Except Loki...


    Nick Fury is also paying attention to the outcome of this war. He is also paying attention to the whereabouts and ownership of the Rubik''s Cube, for fear that the Akatsuki organization will take action to snatch the Rubik''s Cube.


    Now the strongest force in New York is Akatsuki''s army.


    If the Akatsuki organization wanted to steal the Rubik''s Cube, what would they do? Would there be another interstellar war? The Chitauri alone can cause them a lot of trouble, and the army organized by Akatsuki hangs the Chitauri up and beats them...


    Loki slowly raised his head, looked at the Void Throne floating in the air, a gleam flashed in his eyes, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Aren''t you worried that these people also want to rule the earth?"


    Be sure to take a chance!


    Loki is very clear about the intelligence of the earth, they all know nothing about the power of the Akatsuki organization, whether the earth and the Akatsuki organization will be peaceful is still a question!


    After all, the disparity in power between them is so great, once the Xiao organization launches an attack on the earth, it is impossible for the entire earth to have the power to resist!


    Loki guessed right.


    Whether it''s Nick Fury or the members of the World Security Council, they all have some concerns about these situations. Even if they got news about the Akatsuki organization from the mysterious masked man, they are also faintly worried that the Akatsuki organization may change their minds at any time...


    Because of the great disparity in power, fate is not in one''s own hands. When this feeling really appears, it is quite uncomfortable...


    "Shut up, Loki!"


    Thor looked at his brother helplessly.


    Thor never thought about it that much, he directly pulled out a small machine from his body, and locked Loki''s mouth.


    "Let''s solve the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube first!"


    Thor, the god of thunder, glanced at everyone present, and explained softly: "If there is no Rubik''s Cube, I will not be able to return to Asgard. The rainbow bridge between Asgard and the earth has been broken, and only the Rubik''s Cube can repair¡­"


    "Ok."


    Tony Stark looked at the people present, and sighed helplessly: "Go and see Uehara first, there will be a lot of trouble after the war..."


    Tony Stark looked up at the roof of his company building, and when he was about to ask Naraku Uehara what kind of trouble he was in, he noticed that the six void thrones in the sky were slowly approaching Naraku Uehara...


    "Uehara, be careful."


    Tony Stark quickly reminded: "The six people floating in the sky flew towards your position, now we will go there immediately!"


    "You guys better not come here..."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice became heavier and heavier.


    "Ok?"


    Tony Stark immediately understood what was going on, and while leading the crowd to the roof of the building, he couldn''t help raising his voice an octave: "Are you in danger? What''s going on?"


    "...Don''t come here, bye."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he immediately fell silent.


    The entire Avengers team quickly reached the top of the building through the elevator.


    They finally saw what the trouble Uehara Naraku was talking about, and finally knew why Uehara Naraku refused to let them appear here...


    The Cosmic Rubik''s Cube still shines brightly.


    Uehara Naraku''s palm tightly grasped the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, but his body could not move at all, because the energy of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube was rapidly flowing into his body...


    This energy flows to speed...


    Uehara Naraku''s body might explode at any time, right? The Cosmic Rubik''s Cube seems to be using its own energy to turn Uehara Naraku into a human bomb!


    Uehara Naraku''s body gradually glowed with a light blue light, which was an extremely dangerous signal, which meant that his body was changing!


    The blue light on Uehara Naraku''s body became more and more intense, and the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube in his hand became faintly smaller. His body has absorbed a lot of energy...


    As the energy of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube flowed back little by little, the space channel in the sky lost its energy support and finally closed completely, and the energy transmission between Uehara Naraku and the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube continued!


    Continue like this¡­


    His life will soon be coming to an end!


    No one knows if Naraku Uehara will explode in the next second!


    "Feel sorry."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the group of Avengers, his eyes dimmed slightly: "I can''t find a better way to close it, let''s go."


    "Uehara..."


    Natasha''s voice was a little sad.


    The faces of the other members of the Avengers team became a little complicated. After all, there was still a victim in this war, but it was unexpected that after the war ended...


    Next second!


    A dazzling blue light shone from his body!


    This light caused a violent explosion in an instant!


    The members of the Avengers team evacuated one second before the explosion, looking for shelter. Fortunately, Thor and Bruce Banner were fast!


    "Six Scarlet Sun Formation..."


    Just as the explosion swept across New York, red light curtains quietly fell from the sky, enveloping the entire Stark Industrial Building!


    A hexagonal red enchantment appeared in downtown New York!


    The explosion triggered by the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube was instantly blocked by the barrier!


    The crisis in New York quietly lifted. However, due to the impact of the explosion, the Stark Industrial Building, which was surrounded by six red suns, was confined to a small area and became the only victim of the explosion...


    Moreover, the Stark Industrial Building, which Tony Stark worked so hard to transform with new energy, has just been put into use for less than three days, and it has been directly turned into ruins...

 Chapter 742

    Within the enchantment.


    The energy explosion of the Rubik''s Cube is still going on.


    The entire Stark Industrial Building has been completely wiped out.


    Tony Stark was stunned, and subconsciously murmured: "Oh, it''s over, Pepper plans to use this building as a sample of new energy business next week..."


    The atmosphere at the scene was a bit weird.


    Their companion Uehara Nana fell inside and was smashed to pieces!


    After Tony Stark finished speaking, he felt that the surrounding atmosphere was not good, but he didn''t explain it, because he was also sad for Uehara Naraku''s sacrifice in his heart.


    The agent who is indifferent on the surface and warm in heart...


    Suddenly, he died like this after the victory of the war.


    No.


    should say.


    Because of Uehara Naraku''s sacrifice, they won the final victory of this war. No one knows what aliens will appear in the space channel...


    Uehara Naraku sacrificed his life to close the Universe Rubik''s Cube to completely resolve the crisis. This man, who was actually somewhat inarticulate, only showed some emotion before he died. His only farewell was goodbye.


    goodbye.


    The Avengers team has been able to fight side by side until today. Uehara Naraku, the agent who helped them, does not look very conspicuous, but he is the most recognized companion.


    Everyone present has a deep friendship with Uehara Naraku.


    The iron armor mask on Tony Stark''s head slowly opened, his eye circles were slightly red, and he slowly lowered his head: "Natasha, Clint, does Naraku Uehara have any relatives? Maybe we need... "


    "No."


    Natasha Romanov shook her head, with some regret and sentimentality in her voice: "Agent Uehara... has always been alone..."


    Even if you sacrifice here...


    And no one will care about his death...


    As the three ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., the relationship between Natasha and Naraku Uehara is not bad. She respects this man who is serious in fighting.


    and¡­


    Uehara Naraku actually took good care of her.


    When they occasionally had to cooperate to perform missions, Uehara Naraku always liked to take over some dangerous combat missions on his own. When she was in danger, Uehara Naraku would taunt her a few words and then resolve her crisis.


    If it wasn''t for Uehara Naraku''s mouth that offended people a little bit, Natasha actually felt that the relationship between them could become better.


    certainly.


    Such Uehara Naraku is also very good.


    Although Uehara Naraku is not good at appeasing other people''s emotions, he often takes care of those people unconsciously. Such a cold-faced and warm-hearted companion can easily get hidden favors.


    "Now he''s not alone."


    Steve Rogers walked up to Natasha, patted her on the shoulder, and said in a deep voice, "And we..."


    "Ok."


    Clint Barton frowned and nodded heavily.


    "???"


    Bruce Banner scratched his neck embarrassingly, then shook his head, feeling a little uncomfortable all over.


    What should he say?


    How could Uehara Naraku, a scourge, die!


    How could Uehara Naraku, who had been deceiving them all this time, die here so easily, and the black spirit controlling his body hasn''t disappeared yet!


    Even the black monster in Bruce Banner''s body is still warning him not to speak casually!


    This is so nonsense...


    A group of people are feeling sorry for the departure of the agent Naraku Uehara, but they don¡¯t know that the agent is actually taking the opportunity to make trouble secretly...


    the other side.


    Aerospace aircraft carrier.


    Nick Fury, who was monitoring all this the whole time, was also a little bit painful for the sacrifice of his subordinates, his palms trembled a little...


    lost a general...


    Because Coulson and Hill, whom Nick Fury trusted the most, betrayed and fled, now the people Nick Fury trusts the most are undoubtedly his three ace agents.


    Among them, Naraku Uehara''s lazy character can make Nick Fury give him many confidential tasks with confidence. No matter when it is, Naraku Uehara''s personality is indeed quite likable.


    certainly.


    Another thing that worries Nick Fury more.


    The senior cadres of the Akatsuki organization suddenly took action to create a sealing barrier, which prevented the explosion crisis of the Rubik''s Cube in New York, and indeed saved many innocent citizens.


    same.


    This also means that the Akatsuki organization has trapped the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube.


    No one can guarantee that the Akatsuki Organization, an alien force that understands the energy of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, will not get involved in the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube... Once the Akatsuki Organization takes the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube...


    Is there any special significance to this war?


    The final result will be a version, that is, the Akatsuki organization and the Chitauri people regard the earth as a battlefield, and the victor takes the earth''s cosmic cube as a trophy...


    The mysterious masked man stood beside Nick Fury, glanced at the heavy-faced director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and couldn''t help shaking his head slowly...


    next moment.


    The accident happened suddenly!


    While everyone was still sentimental, the energy explosion of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube subsided suddenly, and a figure glowing with azure blue light burst out!


    This figure blatantly tore through the enchantment of the Six Scarlet Sun Formation, broke through the sky directly, and even stirred up the dark clouds in the sky above to disperse, and the sun directly sprinkled down!


    Everyone involuntarily looked up at the sky.


    above the sky.


    Under the shining of the sun.


    The azure blue light on this figure slowly receded, and Uehara Naraku, who was full of astonishment, appeared in their sight.


    Uehara Naraku in the sky seemed to be a little unbelievable in his own strength, he slowly clenched his fists, and then breathed a sigh of relief like the rest of his life...


    "that guy¡­"


    Tony Stark stared dumbfounded at Uehara Naraku floating in the air, and rubbed his eye sockets vigorously: "Am I not mistaken?"


    "He''s still alive!"


    A look of joy appeared on Clint Barton''s face.


    Steve Rogers and Natasha waved their palms towards Uehara Naraku, and greeted the inexplicably surviving friend!


    Although they don''t know what''s going on...


    But Uehara Naraku undoubtedly survived!


    "Is it because you got the energy from the Rubik''s Cube?"


    When Tony Stark saw that Uehara Naraku was still alive, his heart suddenly became lighter again, and he began to think about what happened, and sighed softly: "Now I feel that this guy has got the energy of the Rubik''s Cube, and he has completely changed. Became a superhero..."


    This incident is not a bad thing for the Avengers squad.


    A teammate who might otherwise have been sacrificed survived and gained greater strength, allowing them to face the crisis of the future of the earth with greater certainty...


    Just as Uehara Naraku flew to the ground, the six Void Thrones in the sky slowly landed and appeared beside the group of Avengers.


    Following their movements, the entire army of the Akatsuki organization also moved a little bit, and hundreds of shady faces appeared behind them, looking a little overbearing...


    Everyone immediately became vigilant!


    Because when the Universe Rubik''s Cube exploded, the Akatsuki army that suddenly changed seemed to want to snatch the Universe Rubik''s Cube!


    However¡­


    They were wrong.


    "Your Mightiness."


    Uchiha Madara was playing with a ring in his hand, staring at him and said in a cold voice: "According to the agreement we reached with the members who were born on the previous earth, the Akatsuki organization will recruit an intern on the earth, and you are the most qualified candidate." , would you like to join Akatsuki?"


    "..."


    The members of the Avengers fell silent.


    Tony Stark suddenly thought of his father''s letter, put one hand on Naraku Uehara''s shoulder, and said in a low voice: "Uehara, tell them quickly, you agreed..."


    Akatsuki...is a friend of the earth!


    The last Earthborn member was his father, Howard Stark!


    Tony Stark doesn''t like his father, Howard Stark, that doesn''t mean he doesn''t trust his father, in fact Tony Stark trusts his father''s vision more than anyone else!


    According to the letter left by Howard Stark...


    Naraku Uehara joining the Akatsuki organization will definitely do no harm to the earth!


    The only question may be why the Akatsuki organization recruited Uehara Naraku as an intern instead of a full-time member... Does this cosmic organization still have a probationary period?


    "Feel sorry¡­"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head hesitantly, and was about to reject the proposal of the person in front of him when he opened his mouth, a hurried voice came from his headset!


    "Uehara, promise him!"


    Nick Fury in the headset seemed to be urging his life, urging Uehara Naraku to quickly agree to Akatsuki''s proposal.


    As for the fact that Tony Stark''s intern spot was robbed... Nick Fury really shouldn''t be too lucky!


    If Tony Stark joins the Akatsuki organization, once he knows the true situation of the Akatsuki organization, this super genius and rich man may act more and more ostentatiously...


    Maybe Tony Stark may devote more energy to the work of the Akatsuki organization, and even give up his membership of the Avengers...


    If Tony Stark really joins the Akatsuki organization, as for what the World Security Council and S.H.I.E.L.D. want him to propose within the Akatsuki organization, he has to find a way to coax this super rich man who is quite difficult to serve. The simple thing is¡­


    result¡­


    Naraku Uehara was selected as the intern of the Akatsuki organization!


    This incident was a blessing from heaven for Nick Fury. An agent who has never had any ambitions should still be willing to obey his orders...


    Other than that...


    Nick Fury was even more surprised that Uehara Naraku absorbed the energy of the Rubik''s Cube, because he once knew something from his old friend Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers...


    Naraku Uehara will be the new Captain Marvel!


    Nick Fury has seen with his own eyes that the captain of the surprise, Carol Danvers, has defeated the alien fleet that once invaded by himself. That kind of power can be called invincible in the world...


    Oh shit¡­


    In this war, their S.H.I.E.L.D. is the biggest winner!


    "Looks like Earth is in luck."


    The figure of the mysterious masked man appeared beside Nick Fury, and said softly: "We have heard about Ms. Carol Danvers, but we did not expect that there will be a second human being who can carry the energy of the Rubik''s Cube in the universe..."


    "...Danvers?"


    Nick Fury shook his head slowly.


    Now Nick Fury feels very comfortable in his heart, and there is another really powerful superhero in his hands out of thin air. He can also use Uehara Naraku to befriend the Akatsuki Organization, an alien force, and maybe he can learn more about the universe from the Akatsuki Organization. ¡­


    Like Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers.


    Nick Fury hasn''t seen this Captain Marvel for a long time, no, it shouldn''t be since they separated when they were young...


    However, Carol Danvers left a small toy for Nick Fury. When the earth is in danger, she can call her directly to call her back to the earth...


    Now the result is better.


    There''s a new Captain Marvel on Earth.


    A superhero born entirely within S.H.I.E.L.D., as for whether he will continue to obey S.H.I.E.L.D.''s orders in the future, it depends on Nick Fury''s management level...


    Nick Fury believes in his management skills.


    Because Uehara Naraku''s character is really easy to control.


    Nick Fury observed Uehara Naraku for a while, and then slowly entrusted Uehara Naraku with a heavy responsibility. To put it bluntly, Nick Fury just took a fancy to Uehara Naraku. In fact, this guy has no opinions, and it is easier to be persuaded by him...


    New York.


    Naraku Uehara heard Nick Fury''s voice in the headset, and glanced at Tony Stark, who was urging him in a low voice, a look of doubt flashed in his eyes.


    but.


    Naraku Uehara did not seem to have any opinion.


    Following Nick Fury''s order and Tony Stark''s persuasion, Uehara Naraku looked at Uchiha Madara and others, and slowly nodded in agreement with Uchiha Madara''s invitation.


    "I agree."


    Uehara Naraku walked up to Uchiha Madara and the others, and slowly stretched out his palm towards Uchiha Madara, with an unnatural smile on his face.


    "Your Excellency... please take care of me."


    "..."


    After Uchiha Madara was silent for a second, he stretched out his hand to hold Naraku Uehara''s palm, and said softly: "Then... welcome your Excellency to join."


    What a ridiculous world.


    No.


    It should be said that another world will be ruined by Naraku Uehara.


    "If you join the Akatsuki organization, do you need to travel?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Uchiha Madara and others, and explained slowly: "Sorry, I haven''t left the earth yet..."


    "There''s no need for that."


    Uchiha Madara took a deep breath, and his face became a little stiff: "If you need it one day, the Akatsuki organization will send someone to pick you up and leave..."


    Is it necessary to act out this kind of thing?


    Doesn''t it depend on your own opinion?


    Do we still need to take precautions for the future now? Now the people around you already trust you, right?


    "Okay, the Chitauri fleet here has been destroyed, and the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube can be preliminarily determined to be safe. There is no need for us to stay here..."


    After Uchiha Madara handed the ring in his hand to Uehara Naraku, he waved his hand behind him and said softly: "If you have any orders from the Akatsuki organization in the future, or if you have any requirements for the Akatsuki organization, use the ring to contact us¡­"


    After speaking.


    A black hole quietly appeared in the sky.


    The army organized by Xiao slowly floated up and flew into the black hole passage in the sky.


    "Akatsuki didn''t create any conflicts on Earth..."


    "Looks like a pretty friendly and proud group of people..."

 Chapter 743

    The battle in New York is over.


    After the Xiao organization defeated the Chitauri, this large alien army left the planet, making it feel like this organization is here to do good things without asking for anything in return.


    At least Tony Stark thinks so.


    This is the organization his father Howard Stark once joined, and the letter his father left him also mentioned about Akatsuki.


    Tony Stark knew a little bit more. He glanced at the Akatsuki organization that used the black hole to teleport away from the earth, and then looked at Naraku Uehara, who was full of doubts.


    "Uehara, you don''t know about Akatsuki, do you?"


    Tony Stark patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, his eyes slightly complicated: "You are really lucky...do you need me to introduce you to the Akatsuki organization?"


    Tony Stark''s mood is really a bit complicated.


    When the members of Zengxiao organization came to the earth to send him a letter, Tony Stark was still a little arrogant, and he was not very used to this organization that looked down on him...


    As a result, a New York battle ended...


    Akatsuki''s army crushed the Chitauri.


    Tony Stark faintly wanted to have more contact with this organization. The information he got from his father''s last letter made him unable to help but want to learn some knowledge from the Xiao organization.


    Especially the leader of the legendary Akatsuki organization, who actually filled his father Howard Stark with admiration in his heart...


    Now Tony Stark saw with his own eyes that the senior cadres of the Akatsuki organization invited their companion Uehara Naraku to join Akatsuki before they left, and Tony couldn''t help feeling a little regretful.


    "what?"


    A hint of doubt appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face just right, he hesitated and looked at Tony Stark and nodded slowly: "Okay... I still don''t quite understand... What exactly does the Akatsuki organization do? Let me join in."


    this moment¡­


    Uehara Naraku''s conscience ached a little.


    This guy Tony Stark was really deceived too deeply by him... He actually wanted to introduce information about the Akatsuki organization to him, the leader of the Akatsuki organization?


    This is really...


    So much fun.


    Maybe it''s just from Tony Stark''s mouth to ask this playboy''s impression of the Akatsuki organization? In this way, you can also judge whether your long-term plan has been successful?


    and¡­


    In the future, according to Tony Stark''s impression, he can gradually decorate the Akatsuki organization into what he wants, and gain more trust from Tony Stark and the Avengers.


    certainly.


    Uehara Naraku still couldn''t help thinking in his heart, did he have to hide the fact that he was the leader of the Akatsuki organization in his heart?


    Before the real ending comes, it is necessary to give people the impression that he gradually became the leader of Akatsuki''s organization, not the leader of Akatsuki from the beginning...


    Otherwise, there might be fatalities.


    And when this moment has to be revealed in the future, it''s best to ask Pepper to make an appointment for a medical examination for Tony Stark, lest this guy''s heart can''t take it... No, there are still fragments in Tony Stark''s chest, and the heart was originally Not very healthy!


    According to Tony Stark''s pride, if he knows the truth one day, he will definitely have no face to appear in front of Uehara Naraku...


    "Well, the war is over."


    Nick Fury''s voice appeared in their contact channel, and he continued softly: "I will rush to New York soon, let''s find a place to talk first... We have to talk, and I happen to know some people here information."


    "there''s one more thing!"


    Nick Fury contacted Uehara Naraku again and issued his own order: "Agent Uehara Naraku, you should take back the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, right?


    Don''t give it to anyone, no matter what general or secretary general they sent, until I get to New York! "


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.


    "Thank you everyone for saving this crisis."


    After Nick Fury solemnly expressed his gratitude, he said again: "Captain Rogers, Agent Patton, and Agent Romanov, please start the rescue where you are, and all field agents will obey your orders..."


    The damage caused by this war was not small.


    The entire Manhattan district of New York has become a battlefield, and it is inevitable that there will be some casualties, and many people will be crushed under the rubble.


    Steve Rogers took the initiative to take over the task of presiding over the rescue, and Natasha Romanoff and Clint Barton naturally chose to follow Nick Fury''s orders.


    The two ace agents had some guesses in their hearts...


    The threat of war from outer space is over, and S.H.I.E.L.D. is about to revisit Captain America, Steve Rogers, a suspected superhero...


    Before S.H.I.E.L.D. hasn''t found Captain America Steve Rogers, he can''t let him know some super secret information for the time being...


    As for Hulk Hulk, an uncontrollable big guy, after the war, he resumed his appearance as Dr. Bruce Banner, but he, Dr. Bruce Banner, had to temporarily leave the crowded downtown area to go back to rest.


    New York.


    In a closed restaurant.


    Uehara Naraku and Tony Stark appeared here, and Thor, the God of Thunder, also brought his younger brother Loki to the party.


    Originally, Loki should have been directly imprisoned and interrogated by the field agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., but Thor refused in the name of Asgard. He didn''t want to see the people on earth interrogate an Asgard prince.


    And Thor has another reason. Only he personally escorts his younger brother to prevent Loki from playing tricks and slipping away. Only he can guarantee that Loki will not escape...


    This man is really confident...


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but glanced at Thor.


    Thor, the god of thunder, is also a full-fledged brother-in-law!


    It just so happens that Uehara Naraku''s favorite characters are these brothers and sisters. The fetters on them mean that they will be easily used by others...


    But Thor is a little different.


    If Loki goes against the so-called justice, Thor seems to support justice, and even forced his younger brother Loki to support justice together...


    This younger brother is still a bit unqualified.


    There was still some excitement at the table.


    There were only four of them in this group, but they were discussing two topics. The two sides occasionally interjected into each other''s topics, and the chat was very lively.


    "Remember to plead guilty to your father when you go back."


    Thor held a large glass of beer, drank beer, and looked back at his younger brother from time to time: "My mother''s mood has been very low, Loki, remember not to make us angry and worried, I only have you younger brother¡­"


    "But I have a sister."


    Loki choked Thor to death with a word.


    Loki, the legendary Nordic evil god, watched his brother choke on the beer, and couldn''t help grinning from the corner of his mouth: "It''s really lucky, fortunately, I don''t have only one brother..."


    "That woman named Hela is not sure about her identity yet!"


    Thor drank the beer in the glass in one gulp, and continued nonchalantly: "We have lived in Asgard for so long, have you heard of the name Hela?"


    "Maybe it''s because Odin concealed it?"


    Loki raised his eyes and glanced at his brother, with a mocking smile on the corner of his mouth: "Hmph, Odin always likes to hide the truth..."


    For example, his own life experience.


    Before the truth was revealed, Loki always believed that Odin and Queen Frigga were his biological parents, and longed for their approval...


    Loki has always enjoyed the selfless maternal love of his adoptive mother, Queen Frigg, and even received Frigg''s magic inheritance. The witch really regarded him as her son.


    This made Loki''s mentality often unbalanced. On the one hand, he showed an attitude of indifference to the Odin family, and on the other hand, he was eager to do something to make Odin and Frigga look at him with admiration.


    Maybe it''s because of habit.


    Maybe because of something else.


    Maybe it''s because I want to find the meaning of existence.


    In short, getting the throne is still what Loki wants to do most.


    Originally, after Loki led the Chitauri to defeat, he put his hope of ascending the throne of Asgard in the future on Hela, the goddess of death.


    "Hopefully we''ll have a chance to meet that sister of ours."


    A mocking smile flashed on the corner of Loki''s mouth, and he said softly: "Hehe, I hope that when we return to Asgard, Odin will not hide the truth anymore..."


    "We don''t have sisters."


    Thor suddenly leaned out, pressed Loki''s shoulder, and said with a smile: "I only have one brother, and you only have one brother..."


    "idiot¡­"


    Loki rubbed his forehead.


    Tony Stark glanced at Thor and Loki, who were having a lively chat, and couldn''t help finding a gap to intersperse: "Hey, Thor, maybe you really have a sister... Loki''s scepter, isn''t it Was it taken away?"


    "Trust me, Loki is the best at deceiving people."


    Thor shook his head and refilled himself another large beer.


    "Loki was right."


    "You do have a sister."


    "And your sister is hiding somewhere on the earth, and secretly developed Hydra as her minion..."


    "The enemy information we got on the aerospace carrier shows that they are said to be the Hydra under Hella, and they let Loki go on the aerospace carrier."


    A man''s voice came from outside the door.


    As Nick Fury walked into the restaurant slowly, he explained about the death goddess Hella: "The latest information I got is that our war is not over yet, and the Hydra under the command of the death goddess Hella has begun. New action..."


    Yes.


    The battle in New York isn''t over yet.


    There are many Hydra agents secretly looking for Hela in the world, which is a headache for Nick Fury. Is there going to be another interstellar war?


    Loki in front hasn''t left yet...


    Hela at the back quickly made up for it...


    Can these princes and princesses of Asgard calm down! How can we toss about such a small place as the earth?


    Compared with the group of alien invaders led by Loki, the Chitauri are actually not that difficult to deal with once they have figured out the information of the Chitauri...


    However¡­


    The Hydra under the command of the goddess of death, Hela, has infiltrated into every department in the world, and even their S.H.I.E.L.D., the Hydra''s deadly enemy, still has a large number of spies...


    This is more of a headache for Nick Fury.


    The goddess of death, Hella, is even harder to deal with than Loki!


    Therefore, before Nick Fury discusses the intelligence of the Akatsuki organization with Uehara Naraku and Tony Stark, he must first finalize one thing, and that is the relationship between Asgard and Hela!


    Or¡­


    Nick Fury wants to know whether Asgard will support Hela''s operations on Earth, and whether Asgard can help arrest Hela, just like arresting Loki...


    Thor''s face was still confused, but he drank another glass of beer heroically, and then said: "After I go back to see my father, I will ask about the death goddess Hela. Asgard and the earth have a similar relationship. A long friendship¡­¡±


    "But before that..."


    Thor looked at Uehara Naraku, and said sincerely: "We must use the Rubik''s Cube to rebuild the Rainbow Bridge to ensure the smooth flow of Asgard and the earth...and..."


    Thor sighed slowly: "The Cosmic Rubik''s Cube has awakened. If it continues to stay on the earth, sooner or later the earth will encounter enemies that you can''t face at all..."


    As long as there is a Rubik''s Cube on the earth, maybe at some point someone will gather the energy gamma rays radiated from the Rubik''s direction to form a new space channel...


    therefore.


    It is safest to put the Rubik''s Cube in Asgard.


    "Agent Uehara."


    After Nick Fury took a deep look at Thor, he said casually: "The Cosmic Rubik''s Cube should be by your side, right? Give him to Thor for safekeeping..."


    Nick Fury has no nostalgia at all.


    Because Nick Fury has also recognized the real situation, the earth has not been fully prepared to deal with the powerful alien invaders in the universe, they can only hand over the Rubik''s Cube to the allies of Asgard for safekeeping.


    And now it seems that the Rubik''s Cube must be given to Asgard first, otherwise, Thor and Loki can only stay on the earth...


    "Yes, sir."


    Naraku Uehara took out a Cosmic Rubik''s Cube that was one size smaller, put it on the table in front of them, and said softly: "It seems that there are some changes, and it should still be usable..."


    Of course it still works.


    The real core of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube is the space gem among the six infinite gems in the universe, and it is also the most powerful and abundant gem in the entire universe.


    As for the reason why it is in the form of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, it is only because the Space Gem has released too much energy for a long time, so that the Space Gem has an extra layer of protection from the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube...


    "Okay, then Loki and I will go back to Asgard first."


    Thor nodded, took the Rubik''s Cube from the table, glanced at several people present, and said softly, "I''ll report to King Father about Hela right away..."


    After finishing speaking, Thor grabbed his younger brother Loki, took the Rubik''s Cube and turned it into a teleportation rainbow bridge, and disappeared in front of them.


    "All right."


    After Nick Fury glanced at Thor and Loki disappearing, he looked at Uehara Naraku and Tony: "Let''s talk about Akatsuki... There is a reason why someone must join the Akatsuki organization on Earth."

 Chapter 744

    "Akatsuki is a cosmic organization that pursues peace."


    Nick Fury''s words spoke to Naraku Uehara''s heart.


    After finishing speaking, Nick Fury glanced at Naraku Uehara, who stretched his brows, and softly comforted his subordinates: "Don''t worry about becoming a member of Akatsuki. This will be an opportunity for our earth to slowly contact the universe."


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly.


    Nick Fury knocked on the table with satisfaction, and talked to them with the information he had about the Akatsuki organization: "According to our observations, the situation of the Akatsuki organization is somewhat similar to our Earth''s international peace organization. They also have an interstellar peacekeeping force." army¡­"


    When Nick Fury said this, he shook his head and continued: "However, the Akatsuki organization has strict requirements. Members who can join Akatsuki not only represent their planet, but also possess some incredible superpowers..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded hesitantly.


    In fact, there are no representatives from other planets among the members of the Akatsuki organization, but only the top experts from various worlds.


    Nick Fury glanced at Uehara Naraku, and said softly: "Uehara, it seems that you have obtained the energy of the Rubik''s Cube and become a new superhero. How does it feel?"


    "Very... strong, right?"


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and slowly clenched his fist, a blue light loomed on his fist.


    This is the power Naraku Uehara got.


    In other words, this is the energy of the Rubik''s Cube absorbed by Uehara Naraku, but judging from this energy, it can indeed be called powerful.


    "You''re not the first to get this power."


    Nick Fury took a deep look at Uehara Naraku, and continued in a deep voice: "At the beginning, in order to carry out the space arms race, the country formulated the Pegasus program, but it attracted an alien attack. The female pilot Carol at the time Danvers got this power..."


    There was a little nostalgia in Nick Fury''s one-eyed eyes, and he sighed softly: "At that time, Danvers used her power to defeat an alien fleet that came to try to destroy the earth. She named herself Captain Marvel..."


    These are all things that happened when Nick Fury was young.


    At that time, Nick Fury was still very young, just an elite agent in charge of investigation. Now the high-level S.H.I.E.L.D. agent Coulson who defected was just a small follower intern who followed Nick Fury back then.


    After Nick Fury talked about the story of Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers, he explained softly: "It was because of Danvers that I began to prepare for the Avengers plan and build a superhero team to meet the crisis..."


    "..."


    Tony Stark couldn''t help but interjected: "Why didn''t you say this? What about the Captain Marvel? Shouldn''t she be on the list of Avengers?"


    If there is such a powerful Avenger...


    Do they still need to fight so hard in New York?


    "She was the first member of the Avengers."


    Nick Fury glanced at Tony Stark, and explained: "However, the power Danvers possesses destined her to accept greater responsibilities. Now she is still in space to solve the crisis that may threaten the earth."


    "Ok¡­"


    Tony Stark shrugged and glanced at Naraku Uehara next to him: "Now that Uehara has joined the Akatsuki organization, won''t he also fly into space in the future?"


    This thing is almost inevitable.


    The Akatsuki organization, an interstellar organization, cannot allow the earth to only enjoy the protection of Akatsuki. It must also need the earth to assist the Akatsuki organization to maintain peace. Uehara Naraku, as the only person who became an intern of the Akatsuki organization, is also a rare person on Earth...


    "With great power comes great responsibility."


    Nick Fury patted Naraku Uehara on the shoulder, and said softly: "The Akatsuki organization has always wanted to invite Danvers to join them. Now you join Akatsuki instead of Danvers, which is roughly equivalent to being the representative of the earth in Akatsuki..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent again.


    Since when did the Akatsuki organization always want to invite Captain Marvel Carol Danvers to join them? Why doesn''t he, the leader, know?


    Nick Fury can''t make up his mind, can he?


    Obviously he just controlled the mysterious masked man and casually mentioned Captain Marvel to Nick Fury. The purpose was to plant the seeds in Nick Fury''s heart. There is actually a precedent for Naraku Uehara to obtain the power of the Rubik''s Cube...


    As for representing the earth or something...


    Isn''t this kind of thing common to Uehara Naraku?


    As long as Uehara Naraku is willing, he, the leader, can let the Akatsuki organization guarantee the interests of the earth; as long as Uehara Naraku is unwilling, he can use the name of the Akatsuki organization to turn around and suppress the earth...


    This is about eating two ends, right?


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Nick Fury, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and slowly lowered his head. He actually had an idea...


    Maybe he can take advantage of his status in the Akatsuki organization, so as to obtain the position of the future Director of SHIELD for himself more smoothly... After all, a director of SHIELD seems to be able to represent the earth no matter what!


    Although Nick Fury has no idea of ??finding a successor yet, Uehara Naraku has already started planning to find a way to drive Nick Fury down...


    Or according to their Hydra''s original plan, let Nick Fury escape according to his original fate.


    In this way, Uehara Naraku can perfunctory Hydra and occupy the position of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    In addition, Uehara Naraku can also use the name of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. to perfunctory the Avengers, pretending that he is Nick Fury''s puppet controlling S.H.I.E.L.D., so as to completely control the Avengers'' news channels.


    But if that''s the case...


    He needed to get rid of his old boss, Alexander Pierce.


    without him.


    Pierce knows too much.


    If Alexander Pierce suddenly happily shows off to Nick Fury one day that Hydra has regained the position of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., isn¡¯t this going to pit himself, the future Director of S.H.I.E.L.D.?


    Nick Fury didn''t know that Naraku Uehara''s thinking was so broad that he was about to replace him. The current Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. was still tirelessly teaching Naraku Uehara.


    "...Uehara, apart from having a powerful superpower corps, the Akatsuki organization also has a wide range of news channels. We must find a way to find out whether the Akatsuki organization has left anything on Earth..."


    "¡­yes."


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head slowly.


    "All right."


    Nick Fury patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder, and said softly: "I still have to check the news about Hydra and Asgard''s goddess of death, Hela, you just finished the war and take a good rest..."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded again.


    People in this world are very busy, Uehara Naraku is also going to receive the time gem returned to him by the future, and Nick Fury is also going to take over the trouble caused by the goddess of death Hela and her Hydra.


    really hard...


    It seems that since Uehara Naraku joined S.H.I.E.L.D., Nick Fury, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., has never been idle. This just ended the battle in New York and he is about to start looking for information on Hydra and Hela...


    This is too tiring...


    Fortunately, these things were all done by Uehara Naraku himself.


    After Uehara Naraku himself takes over as the future director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Uehara Naraku will be able to make some troubles with one hand, and hold the troublesome information with one hand. It will definitely not be as hard as Nick Fury.

 Chapter 745

    New York, Manhattan.


    After the war, the bustling urban area was devastated.


    After Uehara Naraku left the meeting cafe, he walked in the neighborhood with his head buried, looking for the future man who came to return the time gem for him.


    Just as Uehara Naraku walked to a rescue point, he paused slightly, and raised his head to look at a hooded figure among the crowd at the rescue point.


    The hooded figure noticed Uehara Naraku''s gaze, and she immediately walked out of the crowd, walking in front of Uehara Naraku.


    No one has spoken.


    Just as they reached a deserted street, the figure walking in front slowly shook its fingertips, opening an orange-yellow space door.


    The other side of the door of space...


    It happened to be Naraku Uehara''s residence in New York.


    The hooded figure in front stepped into the space door and stopped in the living room, slowly turned around to look at Uehara Naraku who came in with her.


    This figure also revealed her true face.


    An ancient mage.


    No, it should be said that he is the future Ancient One mage.


    "It looks like there''s nothing wrong with my plan..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the kind-hearted Mage Gu Yi, and chuckled at the corner of his mouth: "Has the future Avenger collected all the Infinity Stones?"


    "Because of your help, they did collect it."


    Master Gu Yi nodded slowly, with a look of indescribable expression on his face: "However, Your Excellency who controls everything behind this scene should know the result..."


    this thing...


    Some are beyond words.


    The infinity gems that the future avengers worked so hard to collect from the past era turned into a wedding dress after all, and these gems still fell into the hands of the future Uehara Naraku.


    And to make everything fall into place.


    The future Naraku Uehara gave these infinite gems belonging to different eras to himself in different eras. This is the tacit cooperation between the future and the past.


    now¡­


    And the person who came to the era of the New York War and handed over the Time Stone to Uehara Naraku was the future Master Gu Yi and the former owner of the Time Stone.


    it looks like...


    The Ancient One mage finally chose to join the Xiao organization in the future.


    In fact, this is normal. As a supreme mage who pays attention to results, mage Gu Yi can recognize what is most beneficial to this universe.


    Although Uehara Naraku, the boss, has no character at all, seems to have no personality, let alone human nature, but the result created by Uehara Naraku in the future is acceptable to Master Gu Yi, that is, a truly eternal and stable world.


    "This is the time stone."


    The future ancient mage took out a well-decorated ball from his breast pocket, and handed it to Uehara Naraku in front of him: "This is a box that can carry and hide the power of infinite gems, and no one will notice it. The presence of gems."


    "It looks fine."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his hand to take the ball, and with a slight force in his palm, he directly crushed the ball, staring at the time gem in his palm.


    In fact, there is no need to build any hidden power at all.


    For Naraku Uehara, every gem will be stored in his own black hole universe, and the power of each gem is an increase in the black hole universe.


    Only by obtaining the complete six infinite gems will his black hole universe be completely stabilized and become a world that will slowly expand with the power of the infinite gems.


    A black hole quietly appeared in Uehara Naraku''s palm, and the green time gem quietly disappeared in Uehara Naraku''s hand.


    Mage Ancient One seemed to have foreseen this scene, she just shook her head slowly, and sighed softly: "From now on, there will be no more time gems in the hands of Supreme Mage, Mage need more courage and courage strength to meet the darkness that may befall the world..."


    "Don''t worry about Dormammu."


    There was a touch of green in Uehara Naraku''s palm.


    After Uehara Naraku collected the time gem into his own black hole universe, he could clearly feel that he could use the power of the time gem.


    this moment¡­


    Uehara Naraku has another hole card.


    "Don''t use the power of the time gem too much."


    The future Ancient One mage frowned, and couldn''t help reminding: "Your power can resist the collapse of time and space, but other people in this world can''t..."


    Master Gu Yi thought for a second, and gave an example: "The embankment of a thousand miles was destroyed by an ant nest. Once time and space collapse, the collapse will gradually spread to the entire universe...


    Although you can protect all life in this universe, it will take time even if you seize the existence of the entire universe. "


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded in a kind manner, and the touch of green in his palm disappeared without a trace, but he still asked: "Speaking of which, I was thinking about one thing. I wasted twenty dollars by taxi the day before yesterday. Did it come back?"


    "..."


    The corners of Master Ancient One''s eyes twitched.


    If Uehara Naraku hadn''t done bad things in order to let her join the Akatsuki organization, Master Gu Yi really didn''t want to face this kind of boss at all...


    Didn''t she just say that!


    Don''t use the power of the time gem lightly!


    I want to use the Time Stone to get it back for a mere twenty dollars!


    Does Uehara Naraku in this era know what the time gem is? This is the crystallization of the entire universe, the priceless treasure of the entire universe!


    Even in any bustling city, a bustling planet, or a bustling galaxy, the sum of all the wealth is not enough to match the infinite gems!


    Especially the time gem that can reverse time!


    but¡­


    Even if this boss is crazy, he is now a god who can change the world. Master Gu Yi is really worried about what experiment Uehara Naraku is doing...


    The ancient master could only sigh helplessly, and explained the theory of the time gem according to the example of Uehara Naraku: "If you want to get back the twenty dollars, go back to the area where you spent the money and reverse the entire area. Time, but this situation will definitely cause the timeline to collapse..."


    When the ancient master said this, he continued: "Or you can reverse the time of the entire universe and re-choose how to spend the twenty dollars... because your power will not be affected by the time gem, it will be preserved. own memory."


    "I roughly understand."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said softly: "If I feel that my twenty dollars was wasted, I can choose to reverse the entire universe and restart the time of the universe, and I can choose twenty dollars again if I keep the memory. How do dollars spend¡­¡±


    "¡­yes."


    Master Gu Yi felt that she was a little tired, she nodded helplessly, and put forward her own suggestion: "I personally don''t think that you should spend a lot of time to reverse the timeline of the universe because of such a trivial matter..."

 Chapter 746

    Uehara Naraku''s theory is well grasped.


    The only problem is that Uehara Naraku''s thinking is too divergent, so that a gentle person like Master Gu Yi can''t help but feel a little migraine...


    Is it really the right choice to give Uehara Naraku the power of the time gem at this time? Wouldn''t it really be premature to destroy the universe?


    This person''s thinking is very dangerous!


    No, no, this person''s thinking has always been dangerous!


    Master Gu Yi couldn''t help but start thinking, according to Uehara Naraku''s thinking, in the future, Uehara Naraku will reverse time because of a small incident, and the self in this era must always be confused about why the universe restarts again and again?


    fortunately.


    Uehara Naraku also knows the severity.


    "Do not worry."


    A little smile appeared on Uehara Naraku''s face, comforting Master Gu Yi: "I won''t use the time gem because of such a trivial matter. This kind of power that can manipulate time should be used in the most appropriate place..."


    "That''s good¡­"


    Master Gu Yi finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    However¡­


    Master Gu Yi soon realized that his relief was too early.


    Uehara Naraku showed a smile on his face, and said confidently: "Now I have found the best way to use the time gem!"


    Uehara Naraku clenched his fists hard: "If a person does not have the memory of the time stone being reversed, I can use different methods and rhetoric to attack him by reversing time and returning to the same point in time, and get the right answer." Best choice for me!"


    "..."


    Ancient One was silent again.


    The supreme mage looked up at Uehara Naraku''s face helplessly, and said softly: "This method is too dangerous, and it is not the correct way to use it...


    If you really want, you can observe the future through the time gem, and directly find the best choice you want from countless futures. "


    Obviously, it is enough to observe the future!


    Why do you have to reverse time and do it all over again! This guy actually wants to start over by reloading the entire universe like playing a game!


    The reason why their supreme mages are always on the right side is that they observe countless futures through infinite gems, so as to find the best one!


    certainly¡­


    The main reason is that there will be many changes in the future, and accidents are likely to happen.


    If there is an accident, it is not impossible to use the time gem to reverse the timeline, but I feel that this is not a big deal!


    If a person is not immune to the rules of the time gem, he is definitely not the opponent of Uehara Naraku, and there is no need to spend so much trouble, right?


    "Well, what you said makes sense."


    After Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, confidence returned to his face: "It seems that there is only another usage..."


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth slowly outlined a dangerous smile: "If a person has a memory that has been reversed by the time gem, such as Dormammu..."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm slowly spread out, and slowly clenched again: "If I want him to submit to Yu Xiao, I''ll kill him directly, and then use the time gem to reverse the timeline to restore it to start over again, so that the It experiences infinite pain..."


    When it came to the end, Naraku Uehara''s eyes even shone a little: "It just so happens... I can still experience infinite happiness... Things like time gems... are much easier to use than those illusions that Tsukuyomi understands!"


    There are many people in the universe who can counter illusions.


    The power of the time gem is not something they can contend with.


    If these people can resist the rules of the time gem and retain the memories before reversing the timeline, then they will encounter an infinite loop of beatings by Uehara Naraku...


    have to say.


    This method is exactly the same as Uehara Naraku''s method of pulling people to join the Akatsuki organization. Back then, Yakushidou, Hawkeye Mihawk and Doflamingo had been killed by Uehara Naraku again and again and revived again and again...


    like¡­


    In this case, using time gems is still a bit of a waste?


    No, it''s not right, and it''s not a waste.


    Because anyone in this universe who can retain their memories in the time gem reversal timeline, it is not impossible for them to continue to exist after death...


    And compared to playing with and rewriting death, Uehara Naraku feels that the gameplay of manipulating time seems to be more advanced.


    "..."


    The Ancient One mage remained silent.


    Because this supreme mage really doesn''t know what to say... This kind of way to beat others can be imagined, this Uehara Naraku is a devil, right?


    How could there be such a person!


    Is the Time Stone really that useful?


    Let people experience the experience of being beaten to death again and again!


    Is this really something that one person can do?


    "Your Excellency Ancient One."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Gu Yi, and a sincere smile appeared on his face: "Can Gu Yi, the supreme sorcerer of this era, ignore the rules of the time gem and retain the memory of reversing the timeline?"


    "..."


    The ancient master was startled.


    Hearing Naraku Uehara''s words, Mage Gu Yi seemed to recall some bad memories, and her expression became slightly weird.


    This guy¡­


    You don''t want to use the time gem to deal with her like this, do you?


    "Don''t worry, I''m just curious."


    Uehara Naraku spoke to calm the emotions of Master Gu Yi, and continued with a smile: "I have always been sure that you will make the most correct choice... But sometimes, people need a little bit of help to get on the right path. s help."


    "..."


    There was a little helplessness on the face of the ancient master.


    Naraku Uehara really wants to do this!


    "If you count it seriously, using the power of the time stone to carry out an infinite cycle of death on a person is just a kind of torture for this person..."


    When Master Gu Yi said this, he looked at Uehara Naraku and sighed faintly: "Everyone has experienced unimaginable suffering without accident..."


    "The way to die will be different."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Gu Yi, and continued softly: "I can arrange countless ways to die, and sooner or later these people will find death and pain that they cannot bear, and the real purpose is just to let me feel the joy of killing them ..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku this guy...


    How can you always come up with ways to toss other people?


    Master Gu Yi''s expression became more and more strange, and her voice gradually lowered: "Your Excellency has done enough to let me join Xiao."


    Seriously, if it wasn''t for being unable to defeat Uehara Naraku, the leader of Akatsuki would have been killed tens of thousands of times by turns...


    Perhaps the only advantage of Naraku Uehara is that he does not deliberately target those weak. This guy always likes to block a powerful enemy for physical and psychological torture...


    exactly.


    Master Ancient One knew his own weight.


    As a supreme mage, she happened to be in the ranks of Uehara Naraku''s torture, and before she joined the Akatsuki organization, her life was indeed difficult...


    Master Gu Yi pondered for a while, then looked at Uehara Naraku and said, "If you are willing to be more frank, you may get something beyond your imagination."


    "can you?"


    Uehara Naraku was a little suspicious.


    If he is willing to be honest with the Avengers about his true identity now, there is a small probability that many people will collapse, and there is a high probability that it will cause their crusade...


    so¡­


    Let''s hide it for a while longer!


    Master Gu Yi didn''t know what Uehara Naraku was thinking, but said softly: "The time gem has been delivered to Your Excellency, and now my task has been completed... Your Excellency, then I will leave first."


    Before leaving, Master Gu Yi took a deep look at Uehara Naraku: "Perhaps, you can try to be kinder to this world..."


    be nice...


    Not really friendly.


    I just hope that Uehara Naraku will do less inhuman things.

 Chapter 747

    To be fair.


    Master Gu Yi had high expectations for Naraku Uehara.


    Uehara Naraku''s fingertips glowed green, and he nodded slowly, not knowing whether he agreed or not.


    Before leaving, the future mage Gu Yi took one last look at Uehara Naraku, and shook his head helplessly, his figure instantly shrunk and disappeared in this era.


    After the future mage Gu Yi left, Uehara Naraku threw the touch of green on his fingertips into the room, and the whole room slowly began to turn upside down.


    After a while.


    The room was restored to what it looked like a week ago.


    The dust in the entire room disappears invisible over time.


    Uehara Naraku nodded with satisfaction, glanced at the time collapse crystals that appeared in the room, and waved his hand to release a black hole to destroy the time collapse point. Cleaning the room with time gems is also a meaningful thing, right?


    Just after Naraku Uehara finished all this, he slowly took out a glass of juice from the refrigerator, nestled in the soft sofa, stretched out his hand and raised two fingers, and contacted his subordinates: "Silver, send the spiritual scepter here now Bar!"


    "Yes, my lord."


    Ichimaru Gin respectfully agreed.


    ten minutes later.


    A space crack appeared at the door of Naraku Uehara, and Gin Ichimaru appeared in front of Naraku Uehara''s house with a long box in his hand.


    This is the psychic scepter that Ichimaru Gin snatched from Loki. By the way, when he snatched the scepter, he planted a scapegoat for creating Hydra on the head of the goddess of death Hela.


    certainly.


    Now it''s not considered a scapegoat.


    Because Alexander Pierce, the leader of Hydra, is looking for the trail of the goddess of death Hela, and wants to use the eldest princess of Asgard to form a superhero force to counter Nick Fury''s team.


    "grown ups."


    Ichimaru Gin put down the box with a smile.


    "During this period of time, hide and don''t do anything casually."


    Uehara Naraku bit a juice straw in the corner of his mouth, and waved his hand at Ichimaru Gin: "In order to prevent Pierce and Nick Fury from noticing the problem..."


    "yes."


    Ichimaru Gin still smiled and nodded.


    After Uehara Naraku thought for a second, he opened his mouth and continued: "You go to the New York Temple, I will give you the address now, and help me monitor the supreme mage..."


    "yes."


    Ichimaru Gin nodded seriously.


    Recently, Nick Fury has been tracking down the whereabouts of Hydra and the Goddess of Death. Gin Ichimaru, the instigator who once snatched Loki, was too easily spotted by Nick Fury.


    I just asked Ichimaru Gin to avoid the limelight... By the way, I also went to monitor the Ancient One and let him learn the magical power of this world.


    As for Uehara Naraku himself, he slowly dialed the number of his hidden superior: "Hey, Chief Pierce, do I want to send Loki''s scepter to you?"


    "The sooner the better."


    After Alexander Pierce gave the order, he said with some regret: "Did the Rubik''s Cube be taken away by Nick Fury?"


    "No, Director Fury returned it to Asgard."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and continued softly: "Because Nick Fury needs Asgard as an ally of S.H.I.E.L.D....and Nick Fury already knows that we are looking for the goddess of death, Hela."


    "As expected of the super agent I once had a fancy to..."


    Alexander Pierce praised Nick Fury aloud before continuing: "Forget it, I heard that you also got some magical powers in the New York War?"


    Alexander Pierce''s intelligence is also outstanding.


    Of course, the most important thing is that Naraku Uehara was too eye-catching at the end of the Battle of New York, there was no way to hide it, and he himself didn''t think about hiding Pierce.


    after all¡­


    Pierce is not long to live.


    "The effect of the force cannot be determined at this time."


    Uehara Naraku played a sloppy eye, and then said softly: "However, the physical fitness has increased significantly, and he has the ability to fly... It is almost a better integration into Nick Fury''s superhero team."


    "Then let someone send over the scepter of the Prince of Asgard..."


    Alexander Pierce tapped his desk on the other end of the phone: "Our scientists are very interested in its ability to control the mind..."


    Of course, it''s not just scientists.


    Hydra started by controlling the thoughts of others. They have a complete brainwashing system that can brainwash people they want to use into Hydra thugs.


    This method is also very troublesome.


    Therefore, when Pierce learned that Uehara Naraku could bring him the spiritual scepter, Pierce was actually very happy...


    "there''s one more thing¡­"


    Alexander Pierce suddenly heard a chuckle on the phone: "Now Nick Fury is useless, as long as we find a way to get rid of Nick Fury, we can arrange for you to become the new Director of S.H.I.E.L.D.... "


    "For me, there''s no better news than this."


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, and suddenly there was a touch of surprise in his voice: "Is it because of our insight plan?"


    "yes."


    After Alexander Pierce finished speaking, he continued: "In any case, our insight plan must continue.


    As long as our hydra''s combat aircraft carrier hovers in the sky at any time, it can easily kill anyone on earth who threatens our existence.


    It''s a pity that I can''t continue to serve in the World Security Council. I need someone who really holds power in S.H.I.E.L.D. to push forward the insight plan. Only by making you the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. can the plan go on..."


    "clear."


    Uehara Naraku naturally agreed.


    The more good things like this, the better for him.


    In this outrageous era, as an undercover spy, if he can''t be the boss of the enemy, can he still be called a serious undercover agent?


    Uehara Naraku fully promised her good deeds, and planned to take a good rest for a while and wait for the day when she would be promoted. This time is not far away.


    The world is undercurrent.


    The battle in New York had just ended.


    The dark forces on the earth are slowly refloating, they have never disappeared, and they are slowly hiding in various parts of the earth in a dark way.


    certainly.


    The superheroes of the Avengers have never stopped. They are also constantly training and strengthening their strength, and they are fighting against the evil forces in this world together.


    No doubt about it.


    The Hydra is the most serious force hit by the Avengers. The Avengers rely on the intelligence of the SHIELD to eliminate the Hydra, the source of terror, all over the world.


    Facing the power of a group of superheroes, Hydra has almost no power to fight back, and can only abandon bases and laboratories in embarrassment.


    Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Nick Fury, received more and more news of victory. Instead of taking it lightly, he solemnly looked for his subordinates to talk about the world under the simmering undercurrent...


    Naraku Uehara was also invited.

 Chapter 748

    Nick Fury has been in the limelight lately.


    A war in which aliens descended on New York led to the rise of S.H.I.E.L.D., a department dedicated to aliens and unnatural cases, coupled with the Avengers'' victory in the war against Hydra, making Nick Fury Life is not bad.


    It has to be said that the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. has become more and more powerful, and he took this opportunity to almost completely override the military, asking the military to transfer members from the military''s special forces and the FBI to S.H.I.E.L.D.


    therefore¡­


    Nick Fury intends to carry out the purge plan again, and intends to exchange the members of S.H.I.E.L.D., and all new members will be controlled and reviewed by himself.


    Except for the three ace agents, Nick Fury doesn''t even think that any member of S.H.I.E.L.D. can be fully trusted by him. He has to find a way to get rid of all agents in S.H.I.E.L.D. that may be Hydra agents.


    There is no need to worry about war issues.


    After the New York War, the appearance of the Avengers can also help solve the frontal war against Hydra. This opportunity is hard to find for Nick Fury...


    This is truly a rare opportunity.


    It''s just that such a big move is really hard to hide from people.


    However, Nick Fury didn''t bother to pay so much attention.


    He just arrived in New York today, and he planned to gather the members of the Avengers, let them stabilize the Hydra battlefield, and slowly start cleaning up the insiders of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    New York streets.


    Uehara Naraku stood on the highest point in New York, overlooking the street scene of New York, until his eyes stopped on a luxury bulletproof car.


    That''s Nick Fury''s car.


    The director of S.H.I.E.L.D. summoned the Avengers to come to New York for a meeting, with the purpose of restarting S.H.I.E.L.D.''s replacement plan.


    In this case¡­


    The director of S.H.I.E.L.D. can no longer be allowed to continue.


    Once Nick Fury really adopts the exchange plan, no one knows how much sand he will mix in Aegis, and many Hydra agents will definitely be cleared out.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at the bulletproof car parked in front of the traffic lights, opened his mobile phone and dialed an internal number, with a smile on his face.


    "Get ready to do it!"


    "Yes, sir!"


    There was a dull reply on the phone.


    "Go, get rid of him right here!"


    Uehara Naraku thought for a second, and then said: "First check the vehicle with your New York police identities, check slowly until you find Nick Fury''s car, don''t arouse his vigilance..."


    "clear."


    "Then do it!"


    Naraku Uehara hung up the phone in his hand, and looked down at the movement on the street.


    A few figures in police uniforms on the street came out from the side of the road, began to check the vehicles along the traffic lights, and slowly surrounded Nick Fury''s bulletproof car.


    They looked like normal New York cops.


    Just from Uehara Naraku''s perspective, you can see that with the dispatch of these men in police uniforms, there are dozens of men in suits in the surrounding streets, holding a bunch of light and heavy weapons in their hands, surrounded by Nick Fury''s position and go.


    This is a killing game against Nick Fury.


    Several men in police uniforms stood next to Nick Fury''s bulletproof car. One of the men knocked on the window and motioned Nick Fury to roll down his window.


    "..."


    Nick Fury''s expression was slightly puzzled. He watched the man in police uniform through the car window, frowning slightly.


    what happened?


    Could it be that this group of New York City police officers are so used to inspections that they only saw that he was driving a black man, and didn''t notice that his license plate was a government license plate?


    Nick Fury slowly opened the window, his face showed the majesty of a superior, and said impatiently: "Before you check, remember to look at the license plate..."


    After finishing speaking, Nick Fury was about to close the bulletproof window.


    A strange smile suddenly flashed across the face of the man in the police uniform. He instantly pulled out the pistol from his waist in his hand, and fired three shots at Nick Fury!


    I never expected that the task would be so easy!


    The director of their S.H.I.E.L.D. would be so reckless!


    It''s just that Nick Fury felt bad when he saw the man in the police uniform reaching for the pistol on his waist, and quickly lay down on the co-pilot next to him, only to be shot in the shoulder!


    The next moment, Nick Fury quickly closed his car window!


    The man in the police uniform outside the car pressed his pistol against the car window, wanting to continue shooting at Nick Fury and shoot the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. directly!


    However¡­


    The machine gun bullets are booming!


    Nick Fury has a machine gun in his car!


    The man in the police uniform was instantly hit by the machine gun bullets, and the other people who surrounded him had to dodge the machine gun fire!


    Nick Fury quickly raised the car window, and while giving himself a shot of anesthesia, he ordered the car''s auxiliary system to turn on the car''s automatic driving and leave here!


    As the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., he has been assassinated all the time, so his car reserves are quite complete, and there are necessary medicines in addition to weapons.


    A group of men in suits lined up on both sides of the street, raised all kinds of light and heavy weapons and aimed at his car!


    Countless bullets lasing!


    In a blink of an eye, Nick Fury''s car became a hornet''s nest!


    The people on the street were shot and assassinated in the street, screaming and evading in panic, and the people waiting at the intersection didn''t dare to pay attention to the traffic lights anymore, and they rushed to drive for their lives!


    Nick Fury took advantage of the crowd and relied on the strength of his bulletproof car to rush out of a road and escape!


    "It really doesn''t work..."


    This group of ordinary agents is naturally not as powerful as the members of the Xiao organization.


    It''s just that they didn''t expect to order them to besiege a Nick Fury, and they couldn''t even push the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. into a corner!


    How can this plan go on?


    Naraku Uehara watched Nick Fury rush out of the siege, and shook his head helplessly, a mass of pitch black appeared on his fingertips, and a black hole was formed at his fingertips!


    A small missile suddenly appeared in the black hole!


    This missile was launched from the black hole of Uehara Naraku in an instant, and flew towards Nick Fury''s car, directly blowing Nick Fury''s car out!


    when necessary...


    He can only finish it.


    Uehara Naraku''s sneak attack was really fatal, and it directly made Nick Fury, who just thought he had escaped from life, fall into hell again!


    The entire bulletproof car was instantly overturned by the missile!


    Even the system inside was instantly destroyed by the explosion!


    Nick Fury could only struggle to take out a gas welding cutting tool, carefully cut a big hole in the ground, and sneaked into the sewer under the street...


    Naraku Uehara watched all this from a high place. He could sense the movement of Nick Fury''s breath, took out his mobile phone again, and dialed the number of Hydra: "The commando blocked and searched the sewer entrance in this block. , find the whereabouts of our chief!"


    "yes!"


    The Hydra people have one advantage, that is, once their chief gives an order, this group of people will follow the order very seriously.


    Even if they were wearing suits, it didn''t delay them from climbing into the sewer near them and continuing to search for Nick Fury...


    For Nick Fury, it was a disaster...


    He just thought he hid in a safe place, and when he was about to leave this stinking sewer and look for his safe house, he was hunted down again...


    Nick Fury had no choice but to try to find a safe place to hide while calling for his own rescuers. His first call was directly to Naraku Uehara!


    Because Naraku Uehara is the closest...


    And Naraku Uehara is the strongest guy!


    Uehara Naraku, who just got superpowers in the New York War not long ago, must be able to get here as fast as possible; what''s more, Uehara Naraku''s superpowers can easily defeat these pursuers!


    certainly.


    Nick Fury wouldn''t have imagined that Uehara Naraku, who he thought was a rescuer, was the real culprit behind putting him to such a death...


    Highest point in New York.


    When Uehara Naraku was still here watching the fun, his cell phone rang suddenly. It was Nick Fury calling. What''s going on?


    Why are you still calling the black hand behind the scenes at this time?


    Nick Fury suspects his identity?


    If Nick Fury really doubts his identity, then this guy really can''t stay. Even if Naraku Uehara spends some other effort to get the position of director of S.H.I.E.L.D., he can''t be leaked His Hydra identity...


    In order to be able to keep his identity secret, Uehara Naraku is even planning recently to get Bruce Banner to prepare to attack and destroy the secret base hidden by Alexander Pierce!


    "Uehara!"


    Nick Fury was panting slightly, and it sounded like his voice was a little hurried: "Where are you now?"


    "I''m home in New York..."


    Uehara Naraku yawned quietly, and said softly: "What happened? Didn''t you say that the Avengers will be summoned at night?"


    "I was attacked in New York!"


    Nick Fury directly talked about his situation, and continued in a deep voice: "I will appear in Dongqiao District on Fifth Street in three minutes!"


    "I see."


    Naraku Uehara nodded slowly, and responded on the phone with a dignified expression: "I will arrive to meet you in a minute."


    "it is good¡­"


    Nick Fury finally felt relieved.


    With at least one strong support coming in, he doesn''t have to worry about his own safety, as long as he can survive this minute, he can wait for his strongest subordinates to arrive!


    only¡­


    Nick Fury wouldn''t have thought...


    Uehara Naraku had just hung up his phone, and used another mobile phone to dial the head of the Hydra agent who assassinated Nick Fury: "Nick Fury has already walked near the sewer in Dongqiao District. , you cornered Nick Fury; in a minute, I''ll be in the Cave Bridge District."


    "yes¡­"


    After the head of the Hydra agent agreed, he couldn''t help but said: "Sir, what should we do when we get in touch? Shall we surround and kill Nick Fury together?"


    "No, just run away."


    Uehara Naraku reached out and took out a glass of juice from his black hole, and said slowly: "It doesn''t matter if you can''t escape, the commando team will arrest you all, and they are all our own people."


    "..."


    This subordinate didn''t know what to say.


    this fucking...


    Isn''t it playing with Nick Fury?


    Those who assassinated Nick Fury were their own people; those who saved Nick Fury were still their own people; those who captured these assassins were still their own people...


    A group of my own people...


    Just to play a scene in front of Nick Fury!


    The face of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is really not ordinary!


    Uehara Naraku certainly didn''t want to kill Nick Fury just like that, otherwise how could he get the position of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. peacefully?


    in a minute.


    Uehara Naraku appeared in Dongqiao District.


    It''s a pity that Nick Fury and the Hydra agents who hunted him down are still killing each other, and he hasn''t found a chance to leave safely...


    Uehara Naraku waited for Nick Fury to appear in this area, and secretly gave orders to his subordinates to force Nick Fury into a desperate situation... At least let Nick Fury stay on the hospital bed for a long time Lie down for a while!


    In the sewers of New York.


    Nick Fury hid in a dark corner with the pistol in his hand, holding his pistol tightly, listening to the surrounding sounds vigilantly.


    next moment¡­


    There was a lot of gunfire!


    Under the scattering of machine gun bullets, the entire sewer suddenly seemed to be daylight!


    Nick Fury never expected that the group of spies who assassinated him would force him out of the dark corner just like that!


    "there!"


    "Rush up and kill him!"


    "Fix it quickly without delay!"


    "Left and right teams outflank and completely block his position"


    The whole sewer suddenly became noisy.


    A group of men in suits ignored the sewage and sludge under their feet, and slowly surrounded their target with various weapons!


    "asshole¡­"


    Nick Fury could only flee in embarrassment!


    In the process of escaping in the sewer, Nick Fury was hit by a few more bullets. Fortunately, these were not fatal wounds, and the smell of blood gradually began to spread...


    Bits of blood slowly dripped into the sewage...


    Nick Fury could only fight back while raising his gun, while looking for a new place to hide. He had to find a way to leave the sewer and return to the ground!


    only so...


    To see Naraku Uehara!


    As long as he can see Uehara Naraku who came to the rescue, he will not let go of any of these people who came to assassinate him!


    Boom...


    The manhole cover of the sewer in Dongqiao District suddenly opened!


    Nick Fury, dripping blood all over his body, slowly crawled out of the sewer, scanning the entire street with one eye, trying to find his rescuer!


    "Sir, are you okay?"


    Naraku Uehara grabbed Nick Fury''s shoulder with one hand, and dragged him out of the sewer with the other: "I''ll take you to the hospital first..."


    "do not¡­"


    Nick Fury shook his head quickly, one eye full of heaviness and exhaustion: "Take me out of here first, find a hidden place... Also, catch a few murderers... Find out who is behind them!"


    Nick Fury didn''t want to go to the hospital.


    Because he didn''t believe in the hospital''s sense of secrecy.


    Uehara Naraku nodded quickly, picked up Nick Fury''s shoulder with one hand, and shot energy rays at several agents who were chasing and killing Nick Fury with the other hand!


    In a blink of an eye, a group of people were directly knocked to the ground!


    "Tell me..."


    Nick Fury leaned against Naraku Uehara, looking weakly at the men in suits who chased him down the most fiercely: "Who ordered you to do this..."


    "..."


    The leading man in a suit fell silent.


    Because when he was lying on the ground, he saw Uehara Naraku standing next to Nick Fury. The existence of this person made him shut his mouth tightly...


    Can''t really say anything...


    Because the messenger...


    Just by their own side!

 Chapter 749

    There are some things that cannot be said with words.


    Uehara Naraku, who fell from the sky in front of him, was the rescuer recruited by Nick Fury, and he was also the behind-the-scenes instigator of this group of assassins.


    The group of agents who assassinated Nick Fury ignored Nick Fury''s questioning at all, and everyone still picked up their guns and aimed at Nick Fury and Uehara Naraku!


    Bullets fly!


    boom!


    Uehara Naraku raised his arm abruptly, and a blue shock wave wandered out from his fist, blocking the flying bullets!


    In the next second, this azure blue shock wave instantly knocked all the people who assassinated Nick Fury into the air, and the group of people fell to the ground in embarrassment and passed out!


    The assassination seemed to end in such an anticlimactic manner...


    "Contact the commandos, lock them up for interrogation first!"


    Nick Fury glanced at the agents who had been defeated by Naraku Uehara, and covered his wounds with one hand: "There are even field personnel from S.H.I.E.L.D. in this group..."


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, reached out and took out his mobile phone, and slowly dialed a number, suddenly a dazzling light flashed in the sun!


    That was a sniper bullet!


    Uehara Naraku''s palm had just a touch of azure blue, and he reached out and grabbed the bullet of the sniper rifle, and a dull explosion sound appeared in his palm!


    However, he had no chance to stop another sniper bullet!


    Just when Naraku Uehara turned around to guard Nick Fury, he saw a bullet hit Nick Fury''s chest, splashing a large amount of blood!


    This is the real killing move of this assassination!


    If it was just a chaotic siege, the chaotic situation would easily lead to uncontrollable situations. What if Nick Fury was really shot to death by random shooting?


    therefore¡­


    After the assassination riots were resolved...


    After Uehara Naraku arrived, it was time to really start the assassination!


    Only when Nai Uehara falls here can he guarantee that Nick Fury will not die, and that the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. will be seriously injured...


    In case Nick Fury dies, Naraku Uehara has to reset the time...


    If Nick Fury is not seriously injured, Uehara Naraku will have to ask someone to give Nick Fury another shot...


    Who made Nick Fury his boss?


    You can only blame Nick Fury for his bad luck.


    Nick Fury also felt that his luck was not very good. No, it should be said that the assassination was arranged too deadly. In addition to the group of gunmen, the person who assassinated him even arranged two snipers in advance!


    Even more deadly...


    Those who assassinated him included Agents of S.H.I.E.L.D.!


    This means that this group of Hydra spies lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D. wants to clean up him, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. This is a real crisis!


    No matter what, it can''t go on like this!


    If the Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D. can never be cleaned up, the Avengers killing the Hydra base will never be able to eradicate this group of parasites...


    "Uehara!"


    Nick Fury pressed his chest tightly, feeling the warm blood on his palm, gritted his teeth and said reluctantly, "Get out of here first..."


    After the words fell, Nick Fury passed out completely.


    "Sir?"


    Uehara Naraku hurriedly reached out and grabbed his shoulder, put his finger under Nick Fury''s nose, and felt a weak breath.


    fine¡­


    Nick Fury is still alive.


    It''s just that even if he is still alive, it is impossible to continue his duties for at least two or three months. Someone must take over S.H.I.E.L.D. when he is seriously injured and dying.


    As a Kingsman¡­


    Especially Naraku Uehara, the leader of the three ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., is naturally obliged, and he simply took out his mobile phone: "The plan to assassinate Fury has succeeded, and we can prepare for the Hydra congressman to nominate me as his successor." Is there a position for the chief?"


    "I''ll let him know."


    Alexander Pierce on the other end of the phone hesitated for a while, and then continued: "However, I suspect that the Security Council may not approve this proposal, because it will take some time for your qualifications, maybe you can arrange a person who is a vegetarian to go up..."


    "I''m Akatsuki''s intern."


    Uehara Naraku took out his identity and stated his reasons: "If you want me to represent the earth in the Akatsuki organization, you can just give me a suitable position..."


    This is the reason Uehara Naraku dared to let Alexander Pierce help him become the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and this reason is indeed justified.


    After all, Uehara Naraku is the representative of the Earth Zaixiao organization.


    What kind of cosmic peace organization is the Akatsuki organization? Nick Fury has already clarified to the World Security Council and other upper echelons, and the status of Akatsuki''s members is not low.


    In a sense, Uehara Naraku really needs a not-so-low position to ensure that he, the earth representative of the Akatsuki organization, has a certain amount of power.


    This is amazing.


    Uehara Naraku can eat two ends at any time.


    In this Marvel world, Naraku Uehara seems to be eating two forever.


    Use your identity in the Akatsuki organization to allow yourself to obtain a high position in SHIELD, and use your position in SHIELD to let Hydra give yourself a high position.


    this kind of thing...


    Uehara Naraku played more and more slippery.


    After being silent for a while, Alexander Pierce suddenly chuckled: "I almost forgot about this identity. If you can suppress those old guys from the World Security Council under the name of Akatsuki, you indeed have great hopes of succeeding Fury." The location...hahahaha..."


    When talking about this, Alexander Pierce''s laughter could hardly be suppressed: "Hahahaha... After many years, the people of Hydra have taken over S.H.I.E.L.D. again. It seems that our deadly enemy still can''t escape its fate. ..."


    "This is the destiny we have given S.H.I.E.L.D."


    Naraku Uehara held his mobile phone to his lips, and said softly and timidly: "Then please, Officer Pierce, long live Hydra..."


    "Long live Hydra..."


    Alexander Pierce hung up the phone.


    It has to be said that Hydra''s work efficiency is very fast.


    Uehara Naraku only sent Nick Fury to the secret hospital under Stark Industries for treatment, and the news of Nick Fury''s assassination spread throughout the entire high-level.


    The World Security Council hurriedly convened a meeting to discuss a person who could take over S.H.I.E.L.D. They hoped to transfer a suitable candidate from the military or the FBI.


    It¡¯s just that some people suggested that they could be promoted from within S.H.I.E.L.D., preferably under Nick Fury¡¯s subordinates, because Nick Fury¡¯s life and death are still unknown, so if Nick Fury returns from recovery in the future, everything will end well¡­


    And at this time.


    Because of Coulson and Hill''s defection, Naraku Uehara, Natasha Romanov, and Clint Barton are already the top three ace agents, and Naraku Uehara, as the earth representative in the Akatsuki organization, naturally occupies another part. Advantage.


    Stark Hospital.


    Uehara Naraku knew all this.


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku is still staying in the hospital at this time, waiting for his boss Nick Fury, quietly waiting for the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. to wake up and say good things for him.


    If nothing unexpected happens, Nick Fury, who has always attached great importance to the earth''s external exchanges, knows that the World Security Council will select a suitable person from his subordinates to take over S.H.I.E.L.D., and Nick Fury will probably be on his side...


    because¡­


    Only a lazy person like Uehara Naraku would make Nick Fury think he could secretly take over the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., right?


    Uehara Naraku stood outside the window of the hospital''s operating room, watching a group of doctors take out the bullet for Nick Fury, with a slightly worried look on his face.


    If the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. refuses to act according to his wishes after waking up, everything will have to happen again...


    "Are you worried about that guy?"


    Tony Stark walked up to Naraku Uehara, handed him a glass of juice, and said casually: "Don''t worry, the probability of failure of the operation is very low. This is Stark Hospital, which has the most professional medical team..."


    "...I see, thank you."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, took the juice cup in Tony Stark''s hand, and slowly sat on the bench outside, with a little self-blame on his face: "But...he had an accident under my protection. "

 Chapter 750

    Naraku Uehara spoke the truth.


    If it wasn''t for his protection, Nick Fury wouldn''t have been seriously injured. He was shot at least seven or eight bullets all over his body, and there was a deadly sniper bullet in his chest.


    If it wasn''t for his protection...


    Maybe...Nick Fury escaped?


    Uehara Naraku''s face was full of sadness and self-blame, and there was a touch of worry in his heart. What if Nick Fury didn''t agree to take over S.H.I.E.L.D. after he woke up?


    Another shot at him?


    Or should someone give him two more shots?


    But there should be no one more suitable than yourself, right?


    While Uehara Naraku and Tony Stark were still waiting for Nick Fury''s surgery to end, a call suddenly hit his cell phone.


    "Mr. Uehara, I''m Air Force Vice Admiral Ross."


    The voice on the phone was a bit old and stable: "We already know the situation of Director Nick Fury, and now we need you to come to Washington to report to the World Security Council and the military..."


    "Sir, my officer is still awake..."


    Uehara Naraku was a little hesitant when he said it, and he continued softly: "If possible, I want to wait for Chief Fury to wake up before going over..."


    "There''s no need for that."


    General Ross rejected Uehara Naraku''s request on the other end of the phone, and said without a doubt: "Now it is about the ownership of SHIELD and your Avengers team...


    Hope you can get to Washington in an hour, this distance is not particularly difficult for a superhero, right? "


    "¡­yes."


    Uehara Naraku nodded in embarrassment.


    Now that the military and the World Security Council have summoned him to report on his duties, it is estimated that the matter of letting him take over the S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Uehara Naraku entrusted the safety of Nick Fury to Tony Stark, turned into a blue streamer and took off in the direction of Washington.


    washington.


    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters conference room.


    People from the World Security Council and military representatives are here, waiting for the arrival of Uehara Naraku, who has been selected by them after many considerations.


    Lieutenant General Ross sat in the middle of the conference room. After seeing Naraku Uehara walk into the conference room, he slowly closed his palms: "Agent Uehara, let''s conduct a routine debriefing interview first..."


    "yes."


    "We heard that you got part of the power of the Rubik''s Cube..."


    Lieutenant General Ross reached out and took out the file in his hand, and asked softly: "Do you think you are a superhero of the Avengers team, or an agent loyal to S.H.I.E.L.D.?"


    Speaking of this, Lieutenant General Ross waved his hand again, correcting himself: "Of course, the two do not conflict. Have you ever thought about whether you will fly around New York in the future, just like Tony Just like that Tucker guy..."


    This is a little dangerous.


    Although most Americans actually worship and like superheroes, as representatives of the government, they will definitely not like those uncontrolled superheroes.


    "Feel sorry."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, interrupted Lieutenant General Ross, his face flashed a serious color: "If one day I fly in New York, it must be because of the order of the superior..."


    "First of all, I''m an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D."


    "Secondly, I''m the lucky one who got superpowers."


    "In the end, even a superhero obeys federal laws, and I don''t consider myself a superhero, I''m just a special agent on a federal mission."


    When Naraku Uehara said this, his face gradually became heavy: "The Avengers plan is Director Fury''s plan, and the role of a S.H.I.E.L.D. agent in the Avengers team is to guide those who may not be willing to obey the law. People continue to obey the law..."


    "We get it."


    Lieutenant General Ross stretched out his hand to greet Uehara Naraku without saying much, but a chuckle flashed at the corner of his mouth, and he didn''t say much about what Uehara Naraku said right now.


    Although I don''t know if what Naraku Uehara said is true or not...


    But there is no doubt that Uehara Naraku''s attitude is much better than other superheroes, at least this is a person who seems willing to contribute his strength.


    among other things...


    The fact that Naraku Uehara is willing to abide by the law sounds like his ideological awareness is much higher than that of other superheroes, much better than that guy Tony Stark.


    "second question."


    Lieutenant General Ross continued to flip through the documents in his hand, and continued with a smile: "So what do you think about Director Nick Fury''s Avengers plan?"


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, before he considered and said: "Sorry, I can''t provide my opinion, because this is Director Fury''s plan."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Lieutenant General Ross spread his palms indifferently, and said with a light smile: "Agent Uehara, you can let go of it here, Iron Man, Hulk, Captain Rogers, pick one at random, no matter who you are talking about..."


    "Is there nothing to say?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and glanced at everyone present: "Because of the Avengers plan, these superheroes are at least willing to obey some orders from S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    The previous ones can express their views.


    At this time, you must not express your opinion casually.


    Because the Avengers are actually much more important than SHIELD, and that is the ultimate power to protect the earth in the future.


    "Then skip this topic for now..."


    Lieutenant General Ross opened the last document, and his face gradually became serious: "I heard that you are a member of Akatsuki, representing the earth joining this cosmic organization. What do you think of Akatsuki organization?"


    "I haven''t got the news of the complete Xiao."


    Uehara Naraku frowned, and his face became more and more serious: "There is one thing I can tell you, the earth must find a way to occupy a place in this organization, and this is also the task assigned to me by Director Ferry.


    The Akatsuki organization is a cosmic peace organization, and it may very likely determine the fate of many planets, but it is impossible for the earth to entrust its own destiny to others.


    If Akatsuki was a rule...


    Then we have to find a way to slowly master the rules.


    At least now we know some of the rules, if there are still members in the Akatsuki organization on Earth, the Great War in New York will not become a battlefield between the Akatsuki organization and the Chitauri, but will leave the war to the Earth to resolve itself..."


    "..."


    Lieutenant General Ross fell silent.


    The air force lieutenant general turned his head to discuss with a few old people next to him. They spoke in a low voice, whispering in front of Naraku Uehara.


    This so-called debriefing is actually a formality.


    Because the S.H.I.E.L.D. cannot pick out a more suitable candidate than Uehara Naraku, but they just want to investigate Uehara Naraku casually and want to be the last insurance.


    After a few brief chats, Lieutenant General Ross thought that this candidate was almost suitable, and people from the World Security Council also thought it was okay... The only question is probably when Nick Fury woke up.


    anyway...


    This can be regarded as their seizure of power at a time when Nick Fury is inconvenient.


    In fact, it is not considered a seizure of power, because Uehara Naraku, a subordinate, shows in the data that he obeys Nick Fury''s orders quite well.


    In other words, Naraku Uehara respected almost any orders from his superiors, and he didn''t seem to have made any mistakes in principle.


    "Then, Agent Uehara."


    After Lieutenant General Ross chatted for a few words, his eyes fell on Uehara Naraku again: "During the period when Director Fury is recovering from illness, the intelligence work of SHIELD needs to fall on you. I hope you can take on the responsibility. The responsibility of the Acting Director of S.H.I.E.L.D...¡±


    "Acting Director?"


    Uehara Naraku raised his head in disbelief.


    "yes."


    Lieutenant General Ross spread his hands and explained: "Because of the assassination of Nick Fury, S.H.I.E.L.D. had no leader for a long time. Someone must take Fury''s responsibility..."


    Lieutenant General Ross stared at Uehara Naraku, and continued seriously: "You represent the earth in the Akatsuki organization, and you also need a not low position..."


    This is the most critical reason why they consider Uehara Naraku.


    Compared with other people, Naraku Uehara has a unique advantage.


    No one can be sure whether the earth will encounter interstellar wars in the future. There is no doubt that it is not a bad thing to cultivate a qualified representative of the earth in advance...


    To be honest¡­


    If some of them present can obtain part of the power of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, and can join Akatsuki, the cosmic peace organization, as a representative of the earth, they will also be able to get a high position in the White House...


    Lieutenant General Ross glanced at Uehara Naraku, who was stunned by their decision, chuckled and continued to talk about the reasons why the World Security Council and the military supported Uehara Naraku as the director of the Shield Bureau.


    "You are Akatsuki''s representative on Earth..."


    "You are also part of the Avengers..."


    "We have thought about it and there is no more suitable candidate than you. At least while Fury is recuperating, the work of S.H.I.E.L.D. will be handed over to you..."


    buzz buzz...


    The dull vibrating sound of the mobile phone interrupted Naraku Uehara''s intended statement, and Tony Stark''s profile picture frequently shook on the answering page...


    "Sorry, I have to answer the phone."


    Naraku Uehara touched his mobile phone, and continued softly: "It should be that Director Fury''s operation was successful, and I have to rush back to New York immediately..."


    "Uehara..."


    Tony Stark''s voice became more hesitant and uneasy, and he continued cautiously: "Fury''s operation failed...the time of death was a minute ago..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell into a strange silence.


    At this time, there is no need to think about it, Uehara Naraku guessed that Nick Fury might fake his death, because Nick Fury likes to do it many times...


    and¡­


    Naraku Uehara was by Nick Fury''s side at the time, but he took him to the hospital after making sure that Nick Fury was not in any particular danger after being shot...


    If Nick Fury had died beside Uehara Naraku, Uehara Naraku would have used the time gem to reset the time!


    The issue is¡­


    Why is this guy feigning death?


    Could it be that he can''t trust his successor?


    If it is in the original world, it is understandable that Nick Fury chose to use suspended animation to deceive Alexander Pierce and Hydra... What is Nick Fury doing in this situation? Just to get rid of the trouble with Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D.?


    After Naraku Uehara finished chatting with Tony Stark, he directly reported the death of Nick Fury to Lieutenant General Ross and the World Security Council, and everyone was shocked.


    "..."


    Lieutenant General Ross glanced at Uehara Naraku, then at the other people present, and continued slowly: "Agent Uehara, it seems that I have to call you Director Uehara in advance, so please take the post of Director Uehara Naraku immediately! "


    New York.


    In Stark''s Secret Hospital.


    Tony Stark buckled his cell phone, and glanced at Nick Fury who was lying on the bed speechlessly: "Should Uehara also hide things like suspended animation?"


    Yes.


    This is what Nick Fury means.


    The director of S.H.I.E.L.D. somehow wanted to hide his death by feigning death. Tony Stark couldn''t understand what Nick Fury was thinking. Is it necessary?


    "Let''s hide it from him first..."


    Nick Fury glanced at Tony Stark, sighed softly, and said, "Only this chance can we get rid of the HYDRA lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D. They will come out only when I die .¡±


    "It''s hard to say..."


    There was still some hesitation on Tony Stark''s face, and he continued slowly: "Speaking of which, Naraku Uehara seems to be the new director of S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    "...isn''t this better?"


    Nick Fury slowly closed his eyes, and continued softly: "Whether it''s S.H.I.E.L.D. or the Avengers, there won''t be any major changes..."


    Nick Fury suddenly opened his one eye again, and said coldly: "And we can also see what those people want to do after they assassinate me!"


    not to mention...


    It''s not a bad thing for Uehara Naraku to become the director of S.H.I.E.L.D....


    In the bloated SHIELD that is full of traitors, there is a superhero director who can guarantee his own safety... and Uehara Naraku is not only a member of the Avengers, but also a member of the Universal Peace Organization.


    He does need a higher position, too.


    certainly.


    Nick Fury also suspected Naraku Uehara.


    Therefore, he asked Tony Stark to hide his fake death escape from Uehara Naraku, also because he had certain doubts about Uehara Naraku. This old tenth-level agent would not trust anyone after being assassinated...


    It''s just that what Nick Fury didn''t expect was that after accepting the post of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Naraku Uehara, the first thing he did was to visit his body at Stark Hospital...


    This is absolutely unexpected...


    No, this doesn''t seem to be unexpected...


    At least it shows that this subordinate is still very conscientious.


    Tony Stark can only say that Nick Fury''s body has been pulled to the incinerator in New York, and slowly changed the subject: "Hey, hey, now you are replacing Fury as the new director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Do something? Gather everyone?"


    "have no idea¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and then said softly: "It should be to find a way to find out the whereabouts of those Hydras first, and kill them all to avenge Director Fury... As for the matter in S.H.I.E.L.D., the World Security Council will help to deal with it. "


    Uehara Naraku slowly raised his head against the wall, and he could clearly feel Nick Fury''s suppressed breathing coming from the room behind the wall.


    This guy¡­


    Sure enough, he was feigning death!


    Did the old boss not trust him anymore?


    Oh shit¡­


    Haven''t you had enough guns?


    Why doesn''t the bastard Nick Fury trust him? Just because he''s the director of S.H.I.E.L.D.?


    Is this still a person?


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly in his heart, a sneer flashed in his eyes, while chatting with Tony Stark, he showed his attitude to Nick Fury who was hiding behind.


    "Forget it, that''s it. I never thought of being the director of SHIELD and handing over those troublesome powers directly to them. Like Captain Rogers, I am only responsible for performing tasks..."

 Chapter 751

    Kind of outrageous.


    Until Uehara Naraku left, Nick Fury, who was suspended animation, did not show up. After hearing Uehara Naraku''s words, it was not that he didn''t believe Uehara Naraku.


    Nick Fury just didn''t think the timing was right.


    Because the hidden enemies inside SHIELD have not yet fully appeared, Uehara Naraku, the new director of SHIELD, has not yet fallen into trouble, and it is useless for him to take the initiative to say his plan to fake death.


    Rather than this...


    It would be better to let Uehara Naraku sit in the tricky position of the Director of SHIELD by himself, and wait until Uehara Naraku can''t hold on in SHIELD in the future...


    He, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., reappeared to solve the possible crisis between Naraku Uehara and S.H.I.E.L.D., so as to win people''s hearts.


    Nick Fury is very savvy.


    Naraku Uehara pondered for a while. At this time, he really couldn''t let Nick Fury, who had escaped from feigning death, be sniped again, so he had no choice but to get up and leave.


    Apart from secretly writing down an account for his old boss in the small notebook in his heart, Uehara Naraku couldn''t do anything else...


    Nick Fury, the old boss, can''t move...


    Then the old superior, Alexander Pierce, can only be touched.


    Naraku Uehara is in a bad mood now, so he has to bring out a boss to kill him, right?


    After Naraku Uehara returned to S.H.I.E.L.D., he sat on Nick Fury''s office chair, slowly turned his mobile phone, contacted Bruce Banner, and ordered the Hulk Hulk to attack Alexander Pierce''s base.


    Western America.


    in a valley.


    Uehara Naraku and the Hulk stood on the cliff, watching a group of armed soldiers patrolling in the valley, and slowly took out their mobile phones.


    "Hi, Officer Pierce."


    Uehara Naraku felt the strong wind blowing on his face, and asked softly: "I have already taken the position of director of S.H.I.E.L.D., can I visit the officer?"


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    The laughter on the other end of the phone was almost uncontrollable. After Alexander Pierce laughed, he agreed, "Of course, it''s just today! There are many people in charge of the base here today. You SHIELD Of course, the commander of the branch cannot be absent, and we are also discussing how to use the energy of S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    The new director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Hydra''s deadly rival, is his own subordinate, which actually made Alexander Pierce quite proud.


    Today, the heads of many Hydra bases are here. In addition to discussing the future direction of S.H.I.E.L.D., they are also discussing the experiment of the spiritual scepter here.


    "Yes, sir."


    Uehara Naraku nodded and agreed, hung up the phone in his hand, and raised his head at Bruce Banner next to him: "Go...go here and make a big fuss! Kill everyone !"


    Uehara Naraku hugged his arm, chuckled and continued: "I am the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. and the leader of Hydra. The death of Chief Pierce was done by you avengers. ..."


    "..."


    Bruce Banner glanced at the boss next to him speechlessly, and shook his head self-consciously: "Actually, I don''t think there is any need to be so careful..."


    This is really a person!


    Just now this guy was talking and laughing with Alexander Pierce, now let him kill Alexander Pierce...


    "I like to clean myself..."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and continued slowly: "But in front of the Avengers, I did it with you to eliminate Alexander Pierce."


    "..."


    Bruce Banner''s eyelids twitched.


    Does this guy have the nerve?


    "Don''t waste your time."


    Naraku Uehara raised his wrist, glanced at his watch, and said softly: "Although time has no meaning in front of me..."


    "¡­ok, I get it."


    Bruce Banner clenched his fist helplessly, he turned his head and looked into the valley, his body slowly swelled up, and the clothes on his body were gradually torn...


    "Roar!"


    The tall Hulk appeared proudly!


    The moment Hulk appeared, he jumped off the cliff and jumped into the valley, waving his fists and beating a group of patrolling armed soldiers to the ground!


    Gunshots resounded throughout the valley!


    Hulk''s physique made Hulk not afraid of any guns at all, but made him more irritable. He punched a trembling soldier beside him, and the gunshots in the entire valley became less and less, and gradually only the green man was left. The giant''s roar...


    under the cliff.


    This secret Hydra base also received news of the Hulk''s attack, and groups of armed soldiers continued to head to the valley at the entrance of the base with various weapons...


    There are at least hundreds of soldiers in charge of guarding this Hydra base, equipped with all kinds of light and heavy weapons, but everyone knows that their attack can only delay time...


    "Why is Hulk here?"


    Alexander Pierce hurriedly left the conference room at the base, and while taking his friends to the secret safe passage, he slowly took out his mobile phone: "I''ll call Uehara, what''s going on, why did he No message came..."


    Hulk''s attack on the base was too sudden.


    The armed force of the entire base is actually enough to withstand the attack of a US regiment, but there is nothing to do in the face of monsters like the Hulk. At most, they can only use sonic attack weapons to drive that monster back...


    certainly.


    Pierce is more concerned that there are other superheroes.


    If there are two superheroes, Tony Stark and Steve Rogers, besides the monster Hulk, the base will fall sooner or later...


    This is the most troublesome.


    Today, the heads of many Hydra bases are also here with him!


    "Hey?"


    "Uehara!"


    After Alexander Pierce made the call, his anger was barely concealed: "What''s going on? Why did Hulk appear here?"


    Follow their old rules.


    When the Avengers and S.H.I.E.L.D. attacked which Hydra base, Uehara Naraku would notify Pierce in advance, and only let Hydra leave a group of cannon fodder in the base to die...


    What''s going on today!


    In addition to Alexander Pierce, there are many high-level officials of Hydra who are also here. He was just saying that the new director of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Uehara Naraku this guy...


    Have you betrayed them?


    Inside the safe passage of this base.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure quietly appeared in the safe passage. He stared at the heavy iron door in front of him, held his mobile phone, and said lightly, "Don''t worry, wait a minute, sir..."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm was a little bit harder, and cracks appeared on the phone a little bit, and his voice gradually became a little brisk: "Anyway...we will meet soon."


    "What do you mean!"


    click...


    The mobile phone was instantly reduced to scattered parts.


    Uehara Naraku let go of the fragments of the phone, while arranging his collar, looking as if he was about to enter some important occasion.


    The heavy iron door of the safe passage opened slowly.


    Alexander Pierce was still questioning the phone that had been hung up with a displeased face. He raised his head to look at the safe passage after hearing the iron door of the safe passage opened.


    as well as¡­


    The man in the formal suit in the safe passage.


    "Surprise."


    Uehara Naraku raised his head with a smile, and spread his palms towards Alexander Pierce and a group of heads of the Hydra base.


    "FUCK!"


    Alexander Pierce threw away his mobile phone with one hand, and the fury on his face was barely concealed: "Now go and deal with that monster outside!"


    After Alexander Pierce subconsciously gave his order to Naraku Uehara, he realized his mistake instantly!


    This guy¡­


    Why did it appear in the safe passage of this base!


    "etc¡­"


    Alexander Pierce''s eyes were instantly filled with vigilance: "Naraku Uehara, why are you here!"


    "of course¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s smile got bigger and bigger, and he stretched out his finger calmly: "Take your place, sir."

 Chapter 752

    The light is shining.


    When the leaders of a group of hydra were still a little doubtful, Uehara Naraku''s fingertips suddenly shot out countless dazzling flashes, which directly penetrated their bodies!


    This group of high-ranking base leaders suffered heavy casualties!


    "kill him!"


    Alexander Pierce clutched the hole in his shoulder, gritted his teeth and called the soldiers in the base to attack Uehara Naraku: "Kill this traitor!"


    "Is this jealousy?"


    Naraku Uehara''s fingertips glowed with flames, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "Mr. Pierce, you who are destined to be eliminated by the times, don''t understand that only I can lead Hydra to the light... a group of out-and-out waste¡­"


    The flames suddenly expanded!


    Just when the flame was about to stain Alexander Pierce, it suddenly stopped in front of Pierce, scaring the Hydra leader into a cold sweat!


    The threat so close at hand made Pierce dare not act rashly!


    next moment¡­


    The flames suddenly split into two, bypassing the figure of Alexander Pierce, and attacked a group of soldiers raising guns around them. The sound of explosions resounded throughout the cave base!


    A group of soldiers guarding Alexander Pierce was also cleaned up by Uehara Naraku in a blink of an eye, and there was not even a wailing sound!


    Near the safe passage of the entire base, only Alexander Pierce was left. His nose trembled slightly, and a drop of sweat fell down...


    Fear spread in his heart little by little...


    At this moment, Alexander Pierce remembered that his subordinates were also superheroes, and they would completely crush them in battle.


    A superhero comes to assassinate them... just like Steve Rogers once destroyed the Red Skull faction single-handedly.


    "You bastard..."


    Alexander Pierce''s palm slowly stretched out, tightly holding the pistol at his waist, which was the only weapon that could bring him a sense of security.


    However¡­


    Pierce knew it all.


    This pistol can only bring a little psychological comfort, and it can''t pose any threat to Uehara Naraku at all. Death is just a number counted by a watch.


    "There''s no need to resist, is there?"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly spread open, and a gravitational force exploded, sucking the pistol around Pierce''s waist into his palm, and the scorching flames ignited the pistol...


    L¡­


    Sparse fiery red molten iron fell on the ground...


    "Naraku Uehara, what do you want to do?"


    Alexander Pierce''s forehead jumped, and he tried to maintain his composure: "You think you can control Hydera by killing us? Don''t think too far..."


    Alexander Pierce muttered the Hydra proverb under his breath: "Chop off one head and grow two... No one knows how many people Hydra hides... No one can completely control Hydra..."


    "I can."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a smile, and continued: "In other words, Dr. Anim Zola can, but he has quite detailed information in his hand..."


    Anim Zola.


    A former scientist under the banner of Red Skull.


    After the end of World War II, the Hydra leader Red Skull was solved by Captain America Steve Rogers. Many Hydras were cleaned up by the Strategic Science Corps, the predecessor of SHIELD, and the scientists among them were also recruited by them.


    Among them, Dr. Anim Zola was recruited by Howard Stark, one of the founders of S.H.I.E.L.D., and entered S.H.I.E.L.D.


    However, Dr. Anim Zola did not change his mind. He was lurking in SHIELD as a cadre of Hydra, bit by bit eroding the deadly enemy of SHIELD, and also guiding Hydra and SHIELD. A chicken-and-egg scheme between bureaus.


    When Arnim Zola was seriously ill and was about to die, he stored all his thoughts and memories in the computer of the Strategic Science Corps, and survived in this world in a virtual way, relying on his super powerful algorithm Guiding Hydra''s various plans...


    To put it bluntly, Anim Zola is the life mentor of the modern Hydra.


    "Zora..."


    Alexander Pierce''s eyes narrowed slightly, he shook his head slowly and said, "Impossible...it will never betray Hydra..."


    "Who knows?"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms indifferently: "After you''ve been dealt with, I''ll ask Dr. Zola if he would like to cooperate with me to bring Hydra to a wider world...if it doesn''t want to..."


    Uehara Naraku''s smile got deeper and deeper, and even made Pierce see a bit of eerie meaning: "A missile can solve it..."


    Naraku Uehara picked his fingers slowly, and continued softly: "Actually, it doesn''t matter. Any Hydra base that does not belong to my rule, I will directly let S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Avengers clean them all up..."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care at all.


    Now he holds the power of S.H.I.E.L.D. in his left hand, and a superhero of the Avengers in his right hand. Behind him stands the cosmic organization Akatsuki, and Hydra is just one of its tools.


    If it weren''t for the fact that the Akatsuki organization was too bright, Hydra was needed. This villain played with Nick Fury, who was suspended animation, and a few disobedient Avengers...


    The bottom layer of Hydra is useless except for being obedient.


    but¡­


    For Uehara Naraku, this group of subordinates who are willing to obey orders is really worthy of his boss''s cherishment.


    after all¡­


    Few of Uehara Naraku''s real direct subordinates are obedient.


    clang!


    Suddenly there was a punch sound in this base!


    The tall hulk smashed an iron door with his fist, kicked away the messy things in front of it, and appeared in front of them.


    After Alexander Pierce saw this scene, panic flashed across his face, and he subconsciously thought that he had found a lifeline!


    if¡­


    If the Avengers knew that Naraku Uehara was a Hydra...


    If the two of them fight here, there may still be a glimmer of life... I just don''t know if Hulk, the Hulk, has the sense to treat Naraku Uehara as an enemy...


    certainly¡­


    If Uehara Naraku''s identity is exposed, Uehara Naraku, the new director of S.H.I.E.L.D., will be removed, and there will even be another cleansing of Hydra in S.H.I.E.L.D. They have hidden Hydra for seventy years before developing to this step...


    There was a little struggle on Alexander Pierce''s face, whether to expose Uehara Naraku for his own chance, or to hide for Hydra...


    to be honest¡­


    Uehara Naraku, a hidden, ruthless guy, is also considered the best candidate for the head of Hydra, maybe he is the second Red Skull of their Hydra...


    that is¡­


    This bastard is a traitor who betrayed his boss!


    Alexander Pierce suddenly rushed towards Uehara Naraku, a flash of madness flashed in his eyes, but his voice suddenly lowered: "Then step on our corpses...and lead Hydra to become the king of this world!"


    "Sir Pierce, what are you impressing yourself with?"


    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a little playfulness, looking at his old boss, he suddenly kicked Alexander Pierce away!


    "..."


    Alexander Pierce''s face suddenly turned ugly. He didn''t quite understand what Uehara Naraku meant, until Pierce was lying on the ground struggling and turned his head to look in the direction of the Hulk...


    The tall Hulk walked over step by step...


    This monster who had created terror in New York walked to Uehara Naraku''s side with a face full of pain, standing behind Uehara Naraku like a well-behaved little brother.


    "Task¡­"


    Hulk gritted his teeth, with scarlet in his eyes, staring closely at Uehara Naraku, and said word by word: "It''s done..."


    "There''s one last one."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Alexander Pierce, stepped lightly into a black hole, and his figure was about to disappear into the base.


    "Kill him. I came here just to let him be a fool before he died. It''s a pity that his identity was exposed, and he is no longer worthy of my collection..."


    After Naraku Uehara stepped into the black hole, he seemed to think of something, turned his head to look at Alexander Pierce, smiled and said: "I almost forgot, Chief Pierce, when your identity was suddenly exposed, I was actually the one who did it." ghost."

 Chapter 753

    Oh shit¡­


    Really not human!


    What is this guy doing?


    Alexander Pierce watched Uehara Naraku disappear in front of him with an ugly expression, the corners of his mouth could not help trembling, the cause and effect were all understood...


    Uehara Naraku the bastard...


    Let Hydra be fully exposed in S.H.I.E.L.D....


    Then use S.H.I.E.L.D. to clean up other Hydra factions for him...


    Immediately afterwards, the agents who manipulated Hydra killed Nick Fury, and finally used their Hydra members in the military and high-level members to promote him to become the director of S.H.I.E.L.D....


    Until now, the Avengers have been instructed to clean up the high-level Hydra, and so far the two rival organizations of S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra have all become in his hands.


    Now neither Hydra nor S.H.I.E.L.D. has been able to restrain Uehara Naraku, they have all been tricked!


    really...


    Play beautifully.


    Even if Alexander Pierce claims to be a spy among spies, as a Hydra leader who once sat on the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., he has to admit that Naraku Uehara played beautifully...


    Originally thought Naraku Uehara was his younger brother...


    Unexpectedly, Naraku Uehara, a part-time worker, overturned the stall abruptly!


    "Roar!"


    Hulk''s roar resounded in the cave, and he walked to Alexander Pierce''s side step by step, his eyes gradually turned scarlet.


    next moment¡­


    Alexander Pierce on the ground became a corpse!


    After Hulk killed Alexander Pierce, his figure slowly shrank and became Dr. Bruce Banner again.


    There was still a touch of cowardice and anxiety on this nice gentleman''s face.


    "Sorry¡­"


    Bruce Banner rubbed his palms with some embarrassment, and glanced at the messy corpses, his eyes flashed a little complicated.


    Even Hydra, a group of evildoers, looked a little pitiful in the ending controlled by Uehara Naraku...


    Obviously these guys are the terrorists behind the scenes manipulating the world, but they were manipulated to death by Uehara Naraku...


    "May God bless you."


    Bruce Banner slowly squatted down, and while smoothing Alexander Pierce''s open eyes, he continued as if talking to himself: "I really envy you...you can die...you can completely stay away from that man named Uehara Naraku."


    Death is a cruel thing.


    However for Bruce Banner there is some luxury.


    Because there is Hulk in his body, he can''t die even if he commits suicide. Recently, there is another monster named Heijue in his body. It will be even more difficult to die...


    Although Uehara Naraku has not arranged for Bruce Banner to do bad things now, Dr. Bruce Banner really doesn''t like to be an undercover agent...


    Who knows how Uehara Naraku will use him in the future?


    Dr. Bruce Banner doesn''t know much about Uehara Naraku''s real purpose, but he knows very well that Uehara Naraku is definitely not a good person...


    Who''s good guys put spies in a superhero organization?


    Even pretending to be a superhero in it!


    It''s a pity that Dr. Bruce Banner couldn''t get rid of the blackness in his body, and couldn''t escape Naraku Uehara''s control.


    "Ho ho ho ho ho..."


    Just when Dr. Bruce Banner lamented that Alexander Pierce''s death was lucky, Hei Jue''s figure quietly appeared, and he agreed with Dr. Bruce Banner''s opinion with a sneer: "Fate is friendly enough to this guy, but he dared to call Yu Yi drink it..."


    These days...


    Being Naraku Uehara''s boss is a high-risk job!


    If the boss can''t prove his worth, basically nothing good will happen, unless his name is Nagato or Konan...


    "..."


    Dr. Bruce Banner couldn''t help his eyes twitching.


    Although he has never quite understood why Hei Ze in his body always likes to call Uehara Naraku as Yuromo, but he knows that Hei Ze may be the person who knows Uehara Naraku best.


    actually¡­


    That Uehara Naraku is narrow-minded, right?


    Bruce Banner didn''t dare to tell the truth of his speculation.


    What''s more, the guys like Alexander Pierce are definitely not innocent. As the leaders of Hydra, it is commonplace to create evil human experiments and set off terrorist riots in the world.


    "Let''s go¡­"


    Hei Jue showed a strange smile: "When we return to the base of the Avengers, don''t forget that this is the information that Yuyi found... Hehehehe... This is for him to be assassinated by the terrorists of Hydra. Nick Fury''s revenge..."


    "¡­Ok."


    Dr. Bruce Banner nodded somewhat incomprehensibly.


    the other side.


    The old site of the Strategic Science Corps.


    This is where the predecessor of S.H.I.E.L.D. was located.


    After Uehara Naraku solved the group of leaders of the Hydra faction, he rushed here to meet Dr. Anim Zola, who is also an old antique in Hydra.


    Coming here now is to create an alibi.


    In order to ensure safety, Uehara Naraku also produced electromagnetic waves to cut off the network signal here, destroying the satellites that can be connected to the Internet. Inside this old base building is a bunch of machines loaded with the consciousness unit of Dr. Anim Zola.


    The moment Naraku Uehara was disconnected from the Internet, Arnim Zola knew it. Only when he was disconnected from the Internet would he realize the value of the Internet.


    It''s just that Dr. Arnim Zola doesn''t know what happened, and Dr. Zola, who exists as a semi-network ghost, can only hope that when the Hydra people come to him for help, they can help repair the network. ¡­


    Naraku Uehara pushed open the heavy iron gate, hurried into the base, looked at the densely packed machines, and showed a bit of panic on his face just right.


    "Dr. Zola!"


    "It''s you little guy... what''s wrong?"


    Dr. Arnim Zola''s voice was mixed with an electric sound, because his consciousness unit could only produce sound with the help of machines, and these old machines were obviously not detailed enough.


    As the old antique behind Hydra and the most talented scientist of Hydra, Dr. Anim Zola naturally knows all the news about Hydra, and also knows Naraku Uehara, the new commander of the S.H.I.E.L.D.


    certainly.


    Uehara Naraku was able to serve as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., which also has the credit of Dr. Anim Zola. He also believed through computer calculations that Uehara Naraku as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is the candidate most likely to agree with the high-level.


    Again, definitely the best choice for Hydra.


    There was a sound of piercing electricity, and the image of Dr. Anim Zola appeared on the monitor of an old headphone: "It''s just in time, please help me check the satellite and network cable, the network connection on my side there is a problem¡­"


    "It was the network that I cut off in advance!"


    Uehara Naraku walked towards the area where the host machine was located, and first took a scapegoat: "The news of Nick Fury''s death spread, and Tony Stark suddenly invaded the S.H.I.E.L.D. data, and the existence of the Doctor has been found..."


    "Officer Pierce is worried that Tony Stark may use his own artificial intelligence to steal your information through the Internet, let me inform you of the new order."


    "Sorry, Dr. Zola¡­"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at a bunch of old servers present, and his face became a little bit more apologetic: "Officer Pierce''s order, for our safety, the communication between us Hydra can no longer pass through the network..."

 Chapter 754

    Sometimes the name of the dead is more useful than the living.


    When Uehara Naraku communicated with Dr. Anim Zola, he naturally borrowed the name of Alexander Pierce, ignoring the fact that he had cleaned up Pierce.


    Uehara Naraku also played very well with this kind of thing.


    As long as other people are not allowed to communicate with Dr. Anim Zola casually in the future, who knows that Dr. Anim Zola has been secretly placed under house arrest by him?


    certainly.


    It is also unlikely to limit this completely.


    In the future, Dr. Arnim Zola will definitely not only see Uehara Naraku, and there will be a few people with the name of Alexander Pierce coming to see him...


    As for the tragic death of Alexander Pierce, there is no need to let Dr. Arnim Zola know?


    After all, the relationship between this doctor and Pierce is really good, what if he finds out that Chief Pierce is dead and goes crazy...


    The only problem is...


    Could there be something out of place here?


    Dr. Anim Zola''s IQ is not low, especially the way of thinking of his consciousness unit is all dependent on the algorithm of the computer, maybe it is really possible to count it as a flaw?


    When Uehara Naraku deceived Arnim Zola under the name of Alexander Pierce, the machines in the whole room suddenly fell silent...


    "Pierce told you to kill me?"


    The head of Dr. Anim Zola suddenly appeared on an old monitor, and he said indifferently: "According to Hydra''s plan, any existence that may be exposed must be cleaned, especially me. There are still so many secrets in him..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a second.


    Hydra''s spirit of sacrifice is a bit strong...


    For the safety of Hydra, the loyal members of this group of Hydra do not seem to regret their own deaths, making Naraku Uehara feel that these guys are not like villains...


    However, the thought of Uehara Naraku had just flashed through, and Dr. Anim Zola brought their image back to their original form in one sentence: "Little guy, you don''t know why Pierce let you come here too... ho ho ho ho ho... "


    Dr. Arnim Zola''s voice was more sinister and sarcasm out of thin air: "Because you are also on the removal list, die with me...hehehehe..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes twitched.


    It was rare for him to have a little affection for Hydra, and Dr. Arnim Zola directly pulled this favorability to a negative number!


    These bastards!


    I really don''t want my life!


    "Don''t worry, we won''t die painfully."


    Dr. Arnim Zola seemed to have seen Naraku Uehara''s expression, and comforted him with a sly smile: "I have already prepared enough explosives here... Pierce should have arranged a missile to be aimed at all times. Here... ho ho ho ho... little one... death is not painful... I died once and it was over soon..."


    "Death doesn''t matter..."


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Dr. Arnim Zola''s monitor, and couldn''t help but frown. A cloud of blue light appeared on his fingertips, which landed on Dr. Zola''s machine: "I was going to take you As a chess piece, now it seems that even a chess piece is not qualified..."


    "what?"


    Before Dr. Anim Zola could react, the blue light energy slowly enveloped the server storing his consciousness unit, and in a blink of an eye, this bunch of machines were completely paralyzed!


    in a flash...


    The whole building exploded!


    In front of Naraku Uehara, a jet-black space door appeared, and he stepped in, and his figure disappeared here in a blink of an eye.


    Oh shit¡­


    A bunch of psychos!


    Originally, he still wanted to count on Dr. Anim Zola to control the Hydra on the entire earth. Now he should clean up the Hydra completely, and let him arrange the future of Hydra!


    Now Alexander Pierce and a bunch of Hydra base leaders have been cleared by him, and the Hydra groups in other bases have no leaders. Let the Avengers clean up these Hydras and get rid of these restless elements!


    but¡­


    There is one more base that must remain!


    That is the base where the psychic scepter is located. It is said that the base has already started the experiment after getting the psychic scepter. The subjects of the experiment are two twin siblings. They seem to have acquired a little bit of super power...


    Scarlet Witch Wanda Massimov.


    Quicksilver Pietro Massimov.


    Among them, Kuaiyin''s ability is dispensable, but Scarlet Witch''s power is likely to exceed the limit, and there is still a certain use value...


    the most important is¡­


    Scarlet Witch is quite emotional.


    As long as there is a fetter on her body, there is a possibility to use it, at least Uehara Naraku is sure to be able to control her power.


    Time passed little by little.


    Uehara Naraku, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., is becoming more and more stable.


    With him serving as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., the speed at which the Avengers clean up the Hydra base is getting faster and faster, and the other Hydras all over the earth can''t wait to hide themselves again...


    Only Hydra in S.H.I.E.L.D. is doing well...


    Because there is no Nick Fury watching from above, Uehara Naraku, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., is still their highest officer. Hydra''s development in S.H.I.E.L.D. is getting better and better...


    In particular, Uehara Naraku doesn''t care whether SHIELD is a decent or a villain in the future, and it doesn''t matter whether Hydra will put people in various departments of SHIELD...


    Thus¡­


    Even if Nick Fury returns from feigning death and wants to be the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., it is better to re-create a new S.H.I.E.L.D.


    S.H.I.E.L.D. now...


    It can be called the Snake Shield Bureau.


    It''s just that the earth is not peaceful during this time.


    Not long after the new year, a Mandarin who claimed to be the leader of the Ten Rings Gang, a terrorist organization, went around creating humanoid terrorist attacks...


    This group of terrorists transplanted the Extremis virus with super energy. Once the Extremis virus is detonated, it can explode with the explosive energy of a cluster bomb almost instantly!


    The Mandarin stepped on the head of the whole world as if he had no scruples, wantonly announcing on TV that he would carry out a defenseless terrorist attack...


    As a superhero protecting the earth, Tony Stark angrily announced his home address and declared war on the Ten Rings and the Mandarin!


    However, the real behind-the-scenes murderer is a Kilian hiding in Mandarin, he is a scientist, or a biologist.


    This is also the sin of Tony Stark''s own death...


    Ten years ago, Tony Stark looked down on anyone when the world was full of beauty, and Killian was still a die-hard fan of Tony Stark...


    This die-hard fan once wanted to meet Tony Stark, the rising corporate star, at a banquet...


    As a result, Tony Stark verbally agreed to Killian''s meeting request, but forgot the agreement because he hooked up with a beautiful biologist that night...


    that night.


    Snowflakes fluttered and the wind was cold.


    When Tony Stark was discussing physiology with a beautiful female biologist on a warm bed, Killian stood in the cold wind on the roof all night, just waiting for Tony''s appointment, but unfortunately he didn''t wait...


    Killian was once so disheartened by his somewhat failed life that he committed suicide by jumping off the building... However, when he saw the fireworks, the flame of revenge ignited in his heart.


    Yes.


    Killian is a huge fan of Tony Stark...


    After that night, I completely turned black on Tony fans.


    A black fan transformed from a die-hard fan. Obviously, the disaster caused by this black fan must be far more than other black fans...


    it''s good now¡­


    Ten years in Hedong and ten years in Hexi.


    Killian, a little guy who was once unknown, now holds the Extremis virus in his hands, and started his road to revenge. The terrorist incidents created by the Mandarin and the Ten Rings Gang are just the beginning...


    Because the Extremis virus can free the disabled from disability and regenerate new limbs, Killian manipulated the pioneering technology he created and slowly entered the sights of the US military and top officials, and even a vice president was involved.


    The real purpose of the murderer behind the scenes...


    It is to use the Extremis virus to control the entire United States.


    Uehara Naraku recalled Killian''s crazy plan. Killian, a terrifying guy, even wanted to live broadcast the world to kill the president, and use the terror of the Extremis virus to make people submit!


    Unfortunately¡­


    Killian was a villain, and his plan naturally failed.


    "I have to figure out a way..."


    Uehara Naraku''s desk had piles of files on Killian, Pioneer Technology, and the Ten Rings Gang. He looked down at the files from time to time, and tapped his fingers slowly on the table.


    We must think of a perfect way to let Killian live broadcast to kill the president, and by the way, make this scapegoat bigger and stronger, and try to pin it to the entire upper class of the United States...


    Make sure the President is killed!


    This happens to be able to clean up the Vice President and the military''s collaborators of the Extremis virus. By the way, it also makes Iron Man Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes responsible for protecting the President. On most of the black pot...


    after all¡­


    If Naraku Uehara remembers correctly, the way Killian, the black hand behind the scenes, took the president away was to use Colonel Rhodes'' war machine...


    As long as there is a relationship with Colonel Rhodes, this matter must also be suspected of Tony Stark, and the blame on these two people is basically determined.


    "It''s really..."


    Uehara Naraku opened his mobile phone, opened the photo album on his mobile phone, looked at the dismissal notice when he was working in the Stark Industrial Building, and sighed slowly: "The debt owed by Tony can only Let him pay it back slowly..."

 Chapter 755

    The world situation deteriorated rapidly.


    Killian backed the Mandarin and led the Ten Rings to create terrorist incidents everywhere, and even asked the Mandarin to record and broadcast a video declaring war on the entire United States.


    After Tony Stark issued a declaration of war to the Mandarin, Uehara Naraku directly ordered SHIELD to hand over part of the Mandarin''s information to Tony.


    This is Uehara Naraku''s only support.


    Even after sending the information email, Uehara Naraku also sent a video recorded by himself, persuading Tony Stark to focus on business.


    "Tony, there''s no need to care about those clowns..."


    "We are the avengers, and the first goal now should be to eliminate the Hydra. What we should do is to avenge Director Fury, instead of focusing on those terrorists who committed suicide. This small trouble, the military will fixed."


    "..."


    After Tony Stark saw the video of Uehara Naraku, the whole person fell into a confusion, and he felt a little sorry for Uehara Naraku...


    Because Tony Stark knew Nick Fury was just faked his death.


    What he didn''t expect was that Uehara Naraku went around to retaliate against Hydra in order to avenge Nick Fury, and even eliminated Alexander Pierce...


    If Naraku Uehara knew that Fury was just suspended animation...


    What will this stubborn and arrogant guy do?


    Tony Stark soon had no time to think about what Uehara Naraku would do, because when he was checking the profile of the Mandarin, a missile suddenly flew and hit his home...


    Several armed helicopters flew over and instantly turned Tony Stark''s seaside mansion in California into ruins. Tony Stark''s life and death are unknown!


    Nobody expected...


    Tony Stark will be wiped out by several gunships!


    In the morning, this terrorist attack had just happened in California...In the evening, newspapers throughout the United States published the news of Tony Stark''s death.


    The whole world is going crazy.


    The matter seemed irrefutable at all.


    Because Tony Stark''s seaside mansion was in ruins, and the current president of Stark Industries, Pepper Potts, did not issue a statement to refute the rumors, everyone seems to have tacitly agreed that Tony Stark was killed.


    There are also many people who refuse to believe this news. Who would believe that the famous Iron Man will be wiped out by a few terrorist gunships?


    Killian naturally wouldn''t believe it either.


    Facing the enemy Tony Stark, Killian would not give up without seeing his body, and he also sent many people to chase and kill Tony Stark.


    certainly.


    At least now that he has the upper hand, Tony Stark no longer dares to take the lead, and even now he doesn''t know the real culprit, he just thinks it''s the Mandarin who did it.


    but¡­


    There will always be someone who knows the truth early.


    Florida.


    A manor that looks a little deserted.


    There are dozens of armed guards all over this huge manor, and there are also many hounds inside to guard the safety of the manor.


    This is where the Mandarin hides.


    During this period of time, the horror and deterrence videos of Mandarin that always appear on TV come from this manor, which is also the temporary residence of Killian.


    Two men walked towards the gate of the manor.


    The leading young man was wearing a black leather jacket, and the light purple-haired man walking behind him was wearing a white robe with a samurai sword hanging from his waist.


    "Hey!"


    The armed guards at the gate of the manor walked over with automatic rifles, and were about to stop their progress: "This is a private residence..."


    clang clang!


    The crisp sound of knives flashed!


    As the light purple-haired man pulled out the sharp blade at his waist, the light of the blade flashed in an instant, cutting off the neck of the guard blocking the way, and a head fell directly to the ground...


    "What a bunch of ignorant humans..."


    The light purple-haired man squinted his eyes, and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth: "It looks like a cleanup plan is needed here..."


    "Ha, then I''ll trouble you, Silver."


    The young man in black leather laughed, and walked straight towards the manor without stopping, as if he couldn''t see the group of armed guards with guns at all.


    There was no gunfire at all.


    The entire manor resounded only with the crisp sound of knives, a suppressive battle, no, or killing quietly unfolded in this manor.


    Every armed guard who appeared in front of them in the manor was killed by the man with light purple hair, and the blood slowly flowed on the ground, filled with the smell of blood...


    Monitoring room.


    A middle-aged man biting a piece of bread looked at the one-sided killing in the manor with a face full of panic, his pupils involuntarily widened a little bit...


    He was intimidated.


    The man in the monitoring room saw the young man in black leather go under a camera and smiled strangely in the direction of the camera.


    A green glow loomed in the young man''s eyes.


    The heart of the middle-aged man in the monitoring room tightened involuntarily, and he reached out in panic to pick up the walkie-talkie on the table. This was an unprecedented crisis!


    However¡­


    Just as the middle-aged man reached out to grab the walkie-talkie, he didn''t even notice a green light wrapped around him quietly...


    The middle-aged man was horrified to see the palm of his hand that looked like the bark of an old man''s dead tree. His physical strength declined almost instantly, and he was even unable to pick up the walkie-talkie at all!


    "this is¡­"


    The middle-aged man looked at his palm in disbelief, he clearly felt the rapid passage of time in his body, and his life quickly came to an end...


    The power of the Time Stone...


    It is not something an ordinary man can resist.


    The killing outside the manor had stopped, but no one inside the manor noticed.


    The black-haired young man in leather clothes tidied up his leather clothes, stood in front of the door with a smile, and knocked on the door a few times with his fingers.


    boom boom boom...


    boom boom boom...


    The weird knock on the door didn''t seem to attract anyone''s attention.


    The people of this house are all engaged in a noisy filming in a studio inside. They are all preparing to shoot the new threatening video of Mandarin, and no one can hear the knocking on the door of the house.


    The black-haired leather-clothed youth and the light-purple-haired man outside the door were in a very good state of mind. They stood outside the door like this. If the blood in the manor was ignored, they were calmly waiting for the reception of the manor owner like polite guests. them.


    In the studio.


    Killian was wearing a white suit, looking at the horror of the Mandarin in front of the camera, with a smile on the corner of his mouth.


    This bearded Mandarin is his puppet.


    He is also the scapegoat in his plan.


    According to Killian''s plan, this scapegoat named Mandarin by him has been soliciting human bomb terrorist attacks that appear in the United States and around the world.


    In the future, the Mandarin will also be charged with killing the president.


    Killian calmly watched the Mandarin''s arrogant video shooting, and then waved his hand in satisfaction: "Good job, you can go down now..."


    "OK OK!"


    The bearded man who was still arrogant and domineering nodded, gestured carefully, turned around with a smile on his face and was about to leave.


    boom boom boom...


    boom boom boom...


    After the entire filming set was quiet, someone finally heard a knock on the door.


    A look of displeasure appeared on Killian''s face, he turned his head and glanced at a bald young man beside him, and ordered in a low voice: "Go ask the group of guys outside what''s going on..."


    Oh shit¡­


    They are terrorists!


    If you have something to report directly, knock on the door with a hammer!


    The bald young man nodded slowly, with a look of fire on his face, walked all the way to the door, and stretched out his hand to open the door.


    Then he saw two young men at the door.


    And the body of the guard lying on the ground in the manor.


    Before the anger on the bald young man''s face surfaced, the black leather-clothed young man standing at the door smiled and said, "Sorry, I knocked on the door for five minutes, and I thought the owner of this house wasn''t here...Excuse me, Aldredge Ki Is Ryan there?"


    "correct."


    "Introduce yourself."


    The young man in black leather stretched out his palm towards the bald young man in front of him, and said kindly, "I am Naraku Uehara, Director of S.H.I.E.L.D."

 Chapter 756

    As a terrorist...


    What was it like to suddenly see the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. in front of you?


    The bald young man couldn''t help but frowned. He was a disabled veteran, and he had heard about SHIELD, a somewhat arrogant department, from his superiors.


    Probably more than a little.


    The most important thing is that the Tony Stark they are chasing recently belongs to the Avengers, which was formed by S.H.I.E.L.D.


    They just beat Tony Stark...


    Are the parents behind Tony Stark looking for trouble?


    What a bunch of troublesome people...


    The most troublesome thing is that Uehara Naraku in front of him is also a superhero, a superhero who was exposed in the New York War and transformed directly!


    strength¡­


    Pretty good!


    The bald young man''s palm was ablaze. This was the high-temperature burning ability endowed to him by the Extremis virus. He subconsciously wanted to attack the leather-clothed young man in front of him!


    "It''s best not to do it."


    Uehara Naraku stood there calmly, with a kind smile still on the corner of his mouth: "Life is short, even five minutes are precious..."


    "Ok?"


    The bald young man tilted his head subconsciously.


    The next moment, the bald young man didn''t think about it any more, a look of disdain flashed across his unruly face, and he stretched out his hand to grab Naraku Uehara''s neck!


    As long as his palm touches an ordinary person, it can cause high-temperature burns. He wants to directly injure the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. in front of him!


    Boom!


    Uehara Naraku''s palm suddenly grabbed his wrist, and he didn''t care about the fire and high temperature of the bald young man''s wrist. He chuckled and said, "Is this the Extremis virus? Only this temperature? Do I need to warm you up?"


    "..."


    Meet a tough character!


    The high temperature of the bald young man''s wrist rose rapidly, and he stared at Uehara Naraku with hesitation on his face: "Are you here to avenge Tony Stark?"


    "No."


    Uehara Naraku smiled and shook his head, the temperature of his palm also rose a little bit and turned into hot magma, which slowly wrapped around the bald young man''s wrist, directly melting the bald young man''s wrist instantly!


    "Ahhhhhh..."


    The roar of pain spread throughout the manor!


    The bald young man held his arm tightly, watching his palm fall to the ground, streaks of red appeared on his body, and his face gradually became ferocious!


    Uehara Naraku ignored the high-temperature and desperate virus on his body, reached out and held his neck, his face gradually became indifferent: "I''m here to negotiate a deal with Killian, and I''ll give you a ride along the way..."


    Anyone who has seen his true face...


    It is absolutely impossible to survive here!


    A pale green color appeared on Naraku Uehara''s palm, and the power of the Time Gem quietly floated on the bald young man''s body, rapidly consuming his vitality.


    "From this second, you still have five minutes to live, enjoy the torment I am waiting outside..."


    Uehara Naraku let go of his palm, looked at the bald young man who was aging rapidly and lying on the ground, and walked around his body indifferently: "Let''s go, Yin..."


    "asshole¡­"


    The body of the bald young man was rapidly aging into a bald old man, his face was covered with wrinkles, and he could only roar with a trembling and hoarse voice!


    "What a lucky human being..."


    Ichimaru Gin glanced at the bald old man lying on the ground, squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "My lord''s punishment for you is really generous..."


    "..."


    Thick hammer!


    Is the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. a psychopath?


    The bald old man lay on the ground trembling, staring at Uehara Naraku and Ichimaru Gin who walked into the room, scolding Uehara Naraku from head to toe in his heart!


    damn it¡­


    Knocking on the door of the room without barging in despite having such a strong strength... Isn''t this fucking crazy?


    There is still such a reason to punish him...


    And...and turned him into what he is now!


    Nowadays.


    Not a lucky day.


    The bald young man who was unlucky to stop Uehara Naraku and Ichimaru Gin just now was not the first one. The desperate virus carriers rushed out one after another and quickly attacked Uehara Naraku!


    There was a green light in Uehara Naraku''s palm, and he patted them one after another, directly accelerating the passage of time on them, and everyone only had five minutes of life left!


    A group of veterans carrying a super virus quickly turned into weak old people under the palm of their hands, and even standing up is a luxury...


    Dazzling green light swirls in the room...


    The power of the Time Stone is used luxuriously here...


    In less than half a minute, the most elite batch of experimental subjects under Killian lost the power to resist, and even Killian himself didn''t realize what happened...


    "this is¡­"


    Killian walked out of the studio and watched what happened in the room. The surprise and confusion on his face slowly subsided, and his eyes gradually became serious.


    kinda...


    fear.


    Killian''s eyes swept over the subordinates lying in the corridor of the room one by one, and the faces of each subordinate quickly turned into old people...


    A fire slowly appeared on Killian''s face, and then disappeared quickly. His eyes moved slowly, and fell on Naraku Uehara and Gin Ichimaru who were standing at the end of the corridor. At that moment, a heart palpitation suddenly surged up.


    This is¡­


    The legendary new Director of S.H.I.E.L.D.?


    Killian stared at the smiling Naraku Uehara, and forced an exaggerated smile on his face: "Hahahahaha...welcome new friends...hahahaha..."


    Killian spread out his hands, shook his palms casually, and pointed to a group of elderly people who fell on the ground: "Wow...it''s pretty cool...and it''s also quite powerful...to make the perfect creatures we created age directly, it''s worthy of Mr. Director of S.H.I.E.L.D.!"


    "An insignificant little trick."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head towards Killian with a smile, and stretched out his palm friendly: "I knocked on the door for five minutes just now, but no one opened the door for me, so I only give them the last five minutes now." s life¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s smile gradually became dangerous, and his voice was a little light: "Mr. Killian, do you think anyone will dare to waste five minutes of my time in the future?"


    "..."


    This is a warning!


    This is a warning to him!


    Because only Killian himself saw the fate of these people!


    If he dared to waste Uehara Naraku''s life, these subordinates lying on the ground from young to old would be his own fate!


    Resolutely admit counsel in a disadvantageous situation!


    This is the only answer to be able to survive!


    Killian instantly understood the meaning of Naraku Uehara in his mind. He rushed over in a hurry, grabbed Naraku Uehara''s hand almost staggeringly, and forced himself to smile: "No one will dare to do this in the future... Sir , do you have any orders?"


    Uehara Naraku let go of his palm and smiled as if mocking himself: "Mr. Killian is the guest of Mr. Vice President, how dare I have any orders?"


    "..."


    Killian''s heart shook.


    No one knows about this at the moment!


    In his plan, the vice president is a key part of his future!


    Because the vice president has a disabled little girl in his family, he got the vice president to agree to join his Extremis virus plan. This vice president is also the face of Killian who will control the entire United States after the plan is successful in the future.


    The issue is¡­


    How much does Naraku Uehara know?


    What is the purpose of Naraku Uehara coming here?


    Obviously, Naraku Uehara knew a lot.


    "The vice president is a nice guy."


    Naraku Uehara stared at Killian, and said slowly: "Control the Mandarin to declare war on the United States, find an opportunity to kill Mr. President... use the succession system to make the vice president the new president... control our new president to control the entire United States... Is this the reason for your collusion with Mr. Vice President, Mr. Killian?"


    "..."


    The smile on Killian''s face disappeared little by little, and panic emerged in his heart little by little. The director of S.H.I.E.L.D. in front of him told everything about him!


    That''s right!


    That was indeed his plan!


    Now that the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. has told the truth about his plan, which means that the person in front of him has a very detailed grasp of his plan, so how will the president''s bureaucratic lackey treat him?


    "Ha ha ha ha¡­"


    Killian forced himself to smile again: "How could it be? How could it be possible? Sir, we are legal citizens doing business..."


    "Don''t waste my time."


    Uehara Naraku''s warning made Killian calm down instantly.


    apparently...


    A group of old people lying on the ground are still in front of them.


    "Then what does Mr. Uehara mean?"


    Killian clenched his palms tightly, and the temperature on his body rose little by little. He continued in a deep voice: "Is it to destroy us instead of them? To maintain world peace instead of the Avengers? Or to take revenge instead of Tony Stark? What do you want to use?" Come and kill me..."


    "I''m here to help you."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a smile, turned around and waved to Ichimaru Gin behind him: "Gin, come here and meet your future boss..."


    After Uehara Naraku finished speaking, he turned his head and looked at Killian again: "Your subordinates are a bunch of trash, how can the plan succeed, so I will give you a new helper to protect your safety..."


    "Mr Killian."


    Ichimaru Gin came to Uehara Naraku''s side, squinted his eyes and nodded with a smile: "It''s our first meeting, I''m Ichimaru Gin... Please give me your advice."


    "..."


    Killian fell silent, he looked at the smiling Uehara Naraku, and then at Ichimaru Gin who was wearing a white robe, his heart sank a little.


    Something is wrong with the Director of SHIELD!


    Uehara Naraku wants to send someone to monitor his every move, why? To keep that president safe? Or to steal his achievements? Or to unite his plans?


    "Don''t think about it."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and explained: "I admire your mind very much, your plan is quite good, and it fits my heart...so..."


    Uehara Naraku''s expression suddenly became indifferent, a heavy pressure instantly covered the whole room, and Killian''s body fell to his knees involuntarily!


    Naraku Uehara looked down at the villain scientist who was kneeling on the ground, and the dull and majestic voice fell into Killian''s ears.


    "Now it''s my plan."

 Chapter 757

    Oh shit!


    The Director of SHIELD!


    Does this bastard know what an intellectual property patent is?


    If you can do it...


    If it wasn''t for the body being immobilized by an inexplicable pressure... Killian really wanted to punch Naraku Uehara''s head in the stomach!


    Obviously, it was he who worked so hard for so many years to formulate the plan of the mastermind behind the scenes, but turned around and was directly taken away by the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D....


    The point is that Killian can''t resist at all.


    Uehara Naraku didn''t seem to intend to give him a chance to refute.


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Killian, who was kneeling on the ground, and stretched out his palm to pull him up: "It seems that Mr. Killian agrees to transfer his plan to me, so wish us a happy cooperation?"


    "..."


    Killian looked up at Naraku Uehara speechlessly, then stretched out his palm and grabbed Naraku Uehara''s hand and stood up...


    Oh shit¡­


    Does he have room to resist?


    But this also made Killian reluctantly breathe a sigh of relief.


    At least his life can be saved today. With Uehara Naraku, the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., behind him, his plan seems more likely to be realized.


    "But I''m curious about one thing..."


    Killian stood up and looked at Uehara Naraku, and asked softly: "Why would Mr. Director want to participate in this plan, SHIELD shouldn''t be..."


    "Hush..."


    Ichimaru Gin stretched out his index finger to his lips to interrupt Killian''s inquiry, and said with a smile: "Mr. Killian, there are some questions that cannot be asked..."


    After saying this, Ichimaru Gin''s eyes narrowed even tighter, but his smile was still gentle: "Only what the adults allow you to know, can you know...things you shouldn''t know, and if you accidentally know it, it will be very dangerous. !"


    "..."


    The corner of Killian''s mouth couldn''t help grinning, showing an indifferent smile: "Okay, then I won''t ask any more questions."


    In fact, there is no need to ask too much.


    Why would the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., a high-level lackey, suddenly want to participate in his plan, and even participate in the murder of the president?


    It is nothing more than wanting to control the country.


    "It''s good that you are sensible."


    Uehara Naraku took a deep look at Killian, turned around and left here calmly, leaving a last sentence: "Then I will leave this place to you, Yin."


    "Yes, my lord."


    Ichimaru Gin bowed his head humbly towards Naraku Uehara''s leaving back.


    A door to a space-time black hole quietly appeared.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure entered the black hole and disappeared in place.


    This scene amazed Killian, a scientist, and even unconsciously wanted to step forward to find out, but before he had time to pass, the door of the black hole had disappeared.


    And after Uehara Naraku left.


    The clear and crisp sound of the sword suddenly sounded in Ichimaru Gin''s hand, and Ichimaru Gin held his own Zanpakuto in the palm of his hand, and suddenly cut off Killian''s palm with a single blow!


    "Ahhhhhhhhhh..."


    Killian held his broken wrist tightly, and the painful roar in his throat could no longer be suppressed, and the extremis virus on his body exploded rapidly!


    The rising heat made Killian''s body turn red in flames!


    Killian held his wrist tightly, the temperature of his wound was getting higher and higher, the wound on his wrist seemed to have molten iron coming out, and a new palm grew again...


    "This is punishment."


    Ichimaru Gin smiled and looked at Killian, ignoring the irritable look on his face, just continued with a self-satisfied smile: "I hope Mr. Killian will remember today''s delivery, and he won''t treat you in the future." Are you being rude?"


    Ichimaru Gin slowly put his knife back into the scabbard, looked at Killian and continued: "Although my lord has a gentle personality, it is not a reason for others to offend him... What do you think, Mr. Killian?"


    "Really... I don''t know where I offended him..."


    Killian slowly flicked his newly grown wrist, scolding Ichimaru Gin, Uehara Naraku''s running dog, over and over again in his heart...


    are you crazy!


    If it weren''t for the Extremis virus he developed that can regenerate limbs, he would have been chopped off by Gin Ichimaru today!


    Ichimaru Gin smiled and waved his hands, his eyes slowly opened, revealing a pair of clear eyes: "When facing an adult... just kneeling is enough, isn''t it?"


    "¡­I see."


    Killian nodded slowly.


    Oh shit¡­


    Sure enough, it''s still a neuropathy!


    For a long time, Killian thought that what he did was enough to be called terrifying, but facing Naraku Uehara and Ichimaru Gin, he felt that he was still a child...


    These two people are even more cruel!


    It was just because Uehara Naraku knocked on the door for five minutes out of affection, and everyone in the room was deprived of their lives, and they had to linger for five minutes before they could die, and claimed to let them experience the preciousness of five minutes...


    And just because he followed Uehara Naraku''s gesture and stretched out his hand to stand up with strength, Ichimaru Gin chopped off his wrist afterwards...


    This is the real murder!


    them¡­


    Really don''t regard life as life, these two people simply regard them as a group of ants that can be trampled to death at any time!


    The people in the whole house were cleaned up by Uehara Naraku with the power of the time gem, so there is no need to stay in this Florida mansion.


    Facing the ruthless character of Ichimaru Gin, Killian didn''t dare to say that Naraku Uehara killed so many of his subordinates to delay things, so he could only take Ichimaru Gin back to his base camp aggrieved.


    Killian''s base camp is an oil tanker off the coast of Florida.


    This oil tanker that once leaked crude oil off the coast of the United States has long been abandoned, and it has also become the base of Killian and the Extremis virus experimental subjects.


    Due to Ichimaru Gin''s surveillance, Killian didn''t dare to contact other people to leak the news. Who knows if any of the politicians who voted for him had any arrangement with Naraku Uehara?


    The only thing we can do now is to continue to implement our plan.


    However, Killian also got the benefit of cooperating with Uehara Naraku, that is, he could obtain some necessary information from Uehara Naraku.


    for example¡­


    The movement of the military.


    In order to prevent the unmanned bomb attack by a group of terrorist organizations in Mandarin, the military dispatched a steel patriot to hunt down Extremis virus experimental subjects... This steel patriot is Colonel Rhodes who is driving the war machine steel suit.


    When Colonel Rhodes was dispatched, his information was directly sent to Killian, which was inspired by Naraku Uehara.


    Obviously.


    Uehara Naraku also wanted to use Rhodes.


    "Just in time."


    Killian sat in the base of the base camp, looked at a group of subordinates around him, and arranged his own arrangement in a deep voice: "Go and capture Rhodes, we use Rhodes'' steel suit to sneak into the president''s side..."


    "It''s better to go faster..."


    Ichimaru silver squinted his eyes and looked at the people present, and continued softly: "Your time is running out, I heard that there is Christmas in this country..."


    "¡­What''s the meaning?"


    Killian frowned, and turned his head to look at Ichimaru Gin next to him in surprise: "Do you need to prepare Christmas presents for you?"


    "certainly."


    Ichimaru Gin nodded slowly, spread out his palm, and slowly held it again: "This country...is the most suitable gift."


    dedicated to


    A gift from that grown-up!


    In other words, it is also a rare gift from this planet...

 Chapter 758

    The sky is still clear.


    Colonel Rhodes drove his war machine across the air, searching for traces of the Mandarin and the group of terrorists, until his radar alerted that there was an anomaly in this area.


    However, a thousand-meter-long sharp blade spread up from the ground, pierced through the war machine, and also pierced Rhodes'' lower abdomen, pulling Rhodes down from the sky!


    A man glowing with fire walked to the side of the war machine, stretched out his high-temperature fingers, and landed on Rhodes'' steel battle suit...


    It was Killian.


    "I still don''t quite get it."


    Killian glanced at Gin Ichimaru who took back the long bladed knife, couldn''t help shaking his head and said, "This kind of power should be able to easily cut off Air Force One''s hijacking of the president, right?"


    "Are you questioning your lord''s decision?"


    Ichimaru Gin looked down at the war machine that fell unconscious on the ground, then at Killian, narrowed his eyes slightly and said with a smile: "If everything is up to us, why should we let you survive? If Mr. Killian can''t prove his role, I can let Mr. Killian die peacefully."


    "..."


    How could you kill someone at every turn?


    Killian shook his head speechlessly, and beckoned to his subordinates to transport the war machine to a safe location, and he was about to start his next plan.


    "Force Colonel Rhodes out."


    Killian glanced at the war machine pierced by the sharp blade, waved his hands and said, "Fix this steel suit again, this is the car we will welcome Mr. President."


    "and also."


    Ichimaru Gin looked down at Colonel Rhodes, and raised the corners of his mouth: "Put Colonel Rhodes in your original base and let Tony Stark find him... Otherwise, who will let that Iron Man go to our base camp?" Woolen cloth?"


    "..."


    Killian was silent for a while, and rubbed his hair: "You mean, use Colonel Rhodes to attract people, and we will fight Tony Stark at the base camp?"


    "yes¡­"


    Ichimaru Gin glanced at Killian, squinted his eyes and smiled and said, "When you execute the president in the base camp, Mr. Iron Man had better show up at the right time...


    Just before fate finally arrives, there will be a fateful confrontation with his former idol. Don''t Mr. Killian want to try? "


    "Tsk..."


    Killian smacked his mouth, touched his chin, and nodded slowly: "Then add some other bets!


    My man Maya Hansen was with Pepper Potts, the president of Stark Industries, and I went to bring her back, just in time for the victor''s trophy. "


    "random."


    Ichimaru Gin looked indifferent.


    Tony Stark''s friend Colonel Rhodes has been directly captured by Killian, and his girlfriend Pepper Potts is about to fall into Killian''s control.


    And Tony didn''t know anything about it.


    Mr. Iron Man, who thought he was hiding, was still tirelessly tracking down the aid of those human bombs. Tony Stark even got information on pioneer technology from the family of a retired Marine Corps soldier.


    Killian was killed by Uehara Naraku a group of men. Because of the shortage of manpower, he didn''t have time to hunt down Tony Stark, but it made Tony''s progress in tracking down Pioneer Technology very fast.


    Christmas day.


    Tony Stark finally found out where the Mandarin was, but the mansion was already empty, with only traces of a pile of charred corpses.


    It''s over.


    The investigation was completely deadlocked.


    Just as Tony Stark was searching for traces in this mansion with some helplessness and despair in his heart, there was a noise in the basement, which finally caught his attention.


    People Trapped in the Basement¡­


    It was his good friend Colonel Rhodes.


    "Tony?"


    When James Rhode saw Tony, his face was full of surprise, and immediately turned into a heavy face: "Tony! Please help inform Air Force One! They took my steel suit away! They want to use the suit to sneak into Air Force One." Kidnap the President!"


    "???"


    Tony Stark was full of question marks.


    Just a second later, Tony Stark understood what James Rhode meant, and he quickly took out his mobile phone to try to contact the official.


    However¡­


    It''s too late.


    The first time Tony Stark took out his phone, he saw the news of the accident on Air Force One... and an email sent to him by a person.


    There is only one video in the email.


    In the video, Pepper Potts is tied to an experimental machine, and someone next to her is injecting her with the Extremis virus, causing her body to burst into flames from time to time.


    "Hi, Tony Stark, my idol."


    A man''s face appeared in the video, with a smirk on the corner of his mouth, as if he could see Tony''s face through the screen: "Long time no see, I''m Aldredge Killian, remember? ?¡±


    In the video, Killian put a finger on his temple and rubbed it, and said slowly: "I guess you may not remember me, do you need me to remind you?


    On Christmas 1999, when you and Maya Hansen were in bed, I stood on the roof of the building and wanted to jump off and end my life..."


    When he said this, Killian in the video suddenly twisted his camera and looked at the corpse of a woman on the ground, which was the corpse of Maya Hansen.


    "This woman has not forgotten you."


    Killian pointed the camera at himself again, and continued: "When I wanted to take Miss Pepper away, I seemed to have other ideas, so I could only kill her... Huh, this used to be my most loyal cooperation buddy!"


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s scalp was slightly numb.


    His brain was spinning rapidly, recalling little by little what happened at Christmas in 1999, and he and Maya Hansen also met at that Christmas banquet.


    like¡­


    Tony Stark rubbed his forehead firmly. He seemed to have indeed agreed to meet a man named Aldredge Killian at the beginning, just because Maya Hansen''s body was too attractive. I can only miss my appointment with Killian tonight...


    This is a revenge after fourteen years!


    The man whom he had broken a promise with came back with hatred and pain, and took revenge on him, the former breaker, and even involved Pepper in it!


    "Tony, there''s no Mandarin."


    Killian in the video is still talking, and every word makes Tony Stark feel like falling into an ice cave. He seems to be able to guess Tony Stark''s expression, and he smiles very happily in the video.


    "There was never any Mandarin."


    "The Mandarin you see, the Mandarin you see in this world, is just an actor I caught from London. Let''s say...his acting skills are not bad!"


    "Everything is controlled by me behind the scenes."


    "Tony."


    "Everything about you is under my control."


    "Let me check the time..."


    In the video, Killian glanced at the watch on his wrist, then suddenly raised his head and grinned: "Hahahahaha...it seems not right, I don''t care about the time here, I''m just guessing you It''s time for the video."


    "Judging from the time you received the video, you should have received the news by now, right? Air Force One news, after all, I just got it and will send you this video."


    "Air Force One should be miserable."


    "No one was spared except our Mr. President."


    "As for our Mr. President, according to the time difference, he should have almost fallen into my hands at this time."


    "Guess what I''m going to do to him?"


    "Tony."


    In the video, Killian slowly approached the camera, his eyes gradually becoming dangerous: "Whether you want to save the president or Pepper, come here!


    Don''t bring too many extra people, by the way, Colonel Rhodes can bring along, if it wasn''t for him, we wouldn''t have caught Mr. President so easily! "


    "Tony."


    "A big Christmas feast awaits you."


    "Just like that Christmas in 1999, this time, you are still the protagonist of the whole banquet, and all eyes will be on you."


    "This is my very sincere invitation to the Christmas party!"


    "I have carefully prepared for you for fourteen years! Tony, do you know how I got here for these fourteen years?"


    "..."


    At the end of the video, Killian deliberately turns away from the camera to reveal Pepper Potts on the experimental steel frame, his smile is extremely dangerous.


    "Tony."


    "I want to see¡­"


    "This time, will you miss the appointment?"

 Chapter 759

    Killian''s video is a declaration of war.


    Tony Stark slowly turned off the video in his hand, his fists were clenched a little bit, and the veins in his hands tensed involuntarily.


    It never occurred to Tony Stark that Aldredge Killian was behind it, and it never even occurred to Tony that it would be him.


    In fact, Tony Stark still has some impressions of Killian. Apart from those sporadic memories, he still remembers that Killian visited Stark Industries not long ago.


    Killian and Pepper Potts had been chatting for quite some time in the office at the time, and Tony was still a little jealous.


    Now¡­


    Killian had prepared all the traps before he confessed to his opponent that he was clearly asking Tony to jump into the traps set in advance.


    "Tony, what do you want to do?"


    Colonel Rhodes glanced at his friend, and persuaded softly: "Don''t lose your life in vain, let''s notify the major general first, and then contact Director Uehara of the S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    "..."


    Tony Stark was silent for a moment, stretched out his palm to grab his hair, his mind calmed down a little bit from the shock, and he analyzed the current situation in a deep voice: "Rhode, I can''t notify your boss, will you Surprise Killian..."


    After finishing speaking, Tony Stark was silent for a while, and muttered again: "You can''t notify that guy Uehara... Well, let him be notified when we arrive, so that he is ready to rescue our Mr. President at any time?"


    Tony Stark''s palm slowly stopped, and he said in a deep voice: "That guy only allows the two of us to pass together...then we can only pass together first!"


    "¡­crazy?"


    Colonel Rhodes'' eyes widened a little.


    Now this is not something the two of them can handle!


    Now their president has been kidnapped!


    If Killian only kidnapped Pepper Potts, Colonel Rhodes didn''t care if they went to the rescue, but Killian also kidnapped the President!


    This is not the time to be a hero!


    "Rod."


    Tony Stark turned his head to look at Rhodes, and slowly reached out and pressed his shoulder: "Believe me...we can save people, as long as the two of us are enough."


    because¡­


    Except for the two of them...


    He also has dozens of steel suits of various models!


    "Time is urgent, I don''t have time to make a detailed plan..."


    Without thinking, Tony Stark arranged the task directly: "When we are about to arrive at the destination, I will ask Jarvis to announce the news to others... Then I will go to Pepper, and you will save the other one."


    This plan¡­


    This is not a plan at all!


    Before Colonel Rhodes had time to think, Tony dragged him to search for means of transportation and rushed to the location provided by Killian, which was an oil tanker off the coast of Florida.


    after an hour.


    Killian''s stronghold.


    The president of this country is suspended from two elevated towers.


    Killian stood by the railing of the tanker, playing with his mobile phone slowly, and casually ordered his subordinates: "Prepare to start the live broadcast, and every camera position must be photographed..."


    "yes."


    One by one, the cameras were quickly turned on.


    Television signals across the United States were quickly switched.


    "Merry Christmas, gentlemen and ladies."


    Killian''s voice appeared on the TV, and he calmly recounted what was about to happen: "This is a challenge to Tony Stark... If he doesn''t show up here in five minutes, I will kill him." Our beloved Mr. President."


    "certainly¡­"


    "I don''t think anyone likes this idiot president, so on Christmas day, I want to just treat him as a Christmas present for everyone."


    When Killian said this, he suddenly chuckled: "It''s a pity, I can''t fit his head into your socks...even if his body is divided into countless pieces, it can''t fill 300 million people socks."


    This guy Mingming Killian is saying a horrible thing...


    However, he said his own cold jokes as if he didn''t realize it.


    Every family that gathered in the living room to watch the show on Christmas Eve saw the live broadcast on TV and saw Killian''s smile, and everyone couldn''t help feeling a little scared in their hearts!


    The fact that the president was kidnapped and even publicly executed quickly spread throughout the United States!


    No need for Tony Stark to inform...


    The entire United States has already known the news, and everyone up and down is crazy. Uehara Naraku has received a call from the Security Council, asking him to let the Avengers team dispatch immediately to rescue their president!


    Naraku Uehara of course...


    I chose to call Tony Stark first!


    In any case, the task of rescuing the president is absolutely impossible. The only thing to do is to think about how to reasonably cast the blame on Tony!


    Not so coincidentally...


    The phone didn''t go through.


    The only thing Uehara Naraku can do is to contact Steve Rogers, Natasha and others, so that they can quickly find out Killian''s coordinates and rush to the destination to save people.


    Uehara Naraku, the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., could only sit on a Quinjet fighter while watching the live broadcast of the public execution initiated by Killian.


    to be honest¡­


    This is definitely too late.


    The only thing Uehara Naraku can do is to watch the live broadcast on the plane, and by the way, ask his subordinates to bring him a glass of juice and popcorn or something...


    Naraku Uehara is a paddler.


    The only ones that can really be useful are Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes who got the news in advance. They have already taken the opportunity to sneak into this huge tanker.


    on the giant tanker.


    Killian was still standing by the railing of the tanker, flipping his phone back and forth, his brows furrowed from time to time, he was still waiting for Tony Stark to show up.


    A dull gunshot broke the silence of the night!


    The guard soldiers in charge of patrol found Tony Stark and Rhodes sneaking into the tanker, and more than a dozen experimental subjects of Extremis virus rushed towards the target location!


    To welcome this group of experimental subjects...


    It''s dozens of flying steel suits!


    "Jarvis!"


    Tony Stark threw away his pistol, put on one of the protective steel suits, and ordered himself: "Select all Extremis virus experimental subjects...destroy these so-called perfect creatures!"


    "Yes, Sir."


    Jarvis'' mechanical voice remained calm.


    Dozens of steel battle suits quickly started a fierce battle with the Extremis virus test subjects under its automatic control, destroying seven or eight test subjects almost in the blink of an eye!


    Tony Stark himself was wearing a steel suit and rushed in the direction of Killian. He wanted to get Pepper''s whereabouts from Killian!


    As for the president hanging from the overhead...


    Colonel Rhodes broke the steel wire hanging the president with two shots, jumped up and grabbed the first president who was kidnapped urgently, barely saving him...


    "Sir, don''t worry!"


    Colonel Rhodes carefully grabbed the somewhat chunky man, and directly grabbed him to their foothold, smiling and maintaining the calmness of a soldier, trying to build confidence in their president.


    "Wow wow wow!"


    The president accompanying them was rescued.


    The entire United States fell into cheers in an instant!


    Originally they thought it was a horrific execution, but they didn''t expect to rescue the man just a few minutes after Iron Man and Colonel Rhodes entered the arena...


    No surprises.


    The upper echelons of the United States and the military breathed a sigh of relief.


    Of course, they are not really out of the crisis yet, because the terrorist leader is still fighting Tony Stark, and it is too early to tell the outcome...


    Maybe even lose.


    Because Tony Stark on the other side was hanged up and beaten after the confrontation with Killian, and lost two or three steel suits in succession and failed to stabilize...


    "Without the battle suit, you are nothing..."


    Killian grabbed Tony Stark''s shoulder with one hand, and forcibly removed Tony''s steel suit with his bare hands. He pressed his palm to Tony Stark''s face, and his palm began to heat up: "Tony, what a time!" After all these years, you have let me down..."


    "..."


    Tony Stark gritted his teeth, tilted his head to avoid Killian''s palm, and quickly got rid of the battle suit on his body, out of Killian''s palm!


    Just as Tony Stark took off his battle suit, another suit flew towards Tony Stark quickly and put it on him!


    However¡­


    Still unable to defeat Killian who was covered in high temperature!


    After solving the high temperature problem of the Extremis Virus, Killian was finally able to maximize the power of the Extremis Virus. As long as he was not hit directly, he was almost immortal!


    Killian stood fearlessly on the high platform, raised his head and sprayed a burst of flames towards Tony Stark flying in the air, stepped on the high platform and jumped into the air!


    Killian hugged Tony Stark and smashed it to the ground, his palms mixed with heat melted through Tony Stark''s new suit!


    The two fell into a fierce battle again!


    "Tony, this is the perfect creature!"


    Killian''s palm grabbed Tony Stark''s arm again, and the high temperature quickly melted the internal system of the steel suit: "See? I have become..."


    Boom!


    A thick steel pipe sent Killian flying straight away!


    Killian''s body landed on a pile of oil barrels, and the violent explosion instantly ignited flames, engulfing his body in the blink of an eye!


    Standing in front of Tony was a woman holding a steel pipe, braving the heat all over her body. She had an undisguised panic on her face after knocking Killian into the air.


    It was Pepper Potts.


    "Tony, am I dying, they planted a virus in me..."


    "No...not..."


    Tony Stark''s eyes couldn''t help but widen. He glanced at the steel pipe in Pepper''s hand, and hurriedly said, "Don''t worry, I will cure you. I know Extremis virus well... In other words, what is going on here? ?¡±


    "I have no idea¡­"


    Pepper shook his head, looked anxiously at the high temperature on his arm, and said something he couldn''t understand: "I don''t know why I was caught, yes, that Maya Hansen, she''s your ex-girlfriend...


    They injected me with that virus, and a man with lilac hair let me out, and he said that Killian wasn''t a perfect creature..."


    "Take it easy, Pepper, calm down..."


    Tony Stark looked nervously at the high temperature on Pepper''s arm, slowly pressed his hand to signal her to calm down, and explained softly: "Don''t worry, don''t worry about everything, with me..."


    A steel suit suddenly flew over!


    Its full body weapon aimed at Pepper Potts in an instant!


    Tony Stark also showed a look of panic on his face, and hurriedly ordered Jarvis to put down his weapon: "Jarvis, lift the order about Pepper..."


    Not waiting for Tony Stark''s order to be conveyed...


    Already feeling the danger, Pepper Potts'' fist was glowing with heat, and his whole body jumped up, destroying the steel suit with one punch!


    "OK OK¡­"


    Tony Stark was inexplicably a little scared.


    but¡­


    Thankfully everything worked out.


    Now both the president and Pepper have been rescued, Killian has been engulfed in flames and explosions, and a group of Extremis virus experiments have been quickly strangled by a group of steel suit machines. The battle soon came to an end.


    Just when a group of Extremis virus test subjects were killed by the steel suit machine, an invisible man with light purple hair suddenly appeared beside the president...


    City Maru silver.


    Before everyone could react, Ichimaru Gin kicked Colonel Rhodes away, held a needle in his hand and directly stuck it on the president''s body, instantly injecting the Extremis virus in the needle into the president''s body!


    next second.


    The high temperature instantly spread over the short and fat man''s body!


    In less than a second, the President of the United States was directly dominated by the Extremis virus, and his body temperature rose rapidly, as if to melt him!


    The steel armored machines that were still carrying out the order to clean up the Extremis virus experimental body quickly surrounded the President of the United States, and were about to shoot energy cannons at their president!


    "Tony!"


    Colonel Rhodes'' voice was a bit heart-piercing!


    "Jarvis, stop!"


    Tony Stark quickly stopped his own machine!


    If it is a little later, his machine will directly smash the president of this country to pieces, and basically there is no need to think about living in this country in the future...


    "It''s really boring..."


    There was a smile between Shimaru Gin''s brows and eyes, and there was some irrelevant regret in his voice: "I thought you would have the guts to kill your boss..."


    Such a courageous person is rare!


    It''s just a pity that the Extremis virus is out of control...


    Gin Ichimaru originally thought that by instantly transforming the President of the United States into a test subject of the Extremis virus, Tony Stark''s steel suit machine would automatically track the test subject and kill their president in public...


    pity¡­


    What a pity¡­


    Tony Stark was one step faster.


    "who are you¡­"


    Tony Stark''s face was a bit ugly, and he slowly walked towards the light purple-haired man and the president: "Well, no matter who you are, I hope you can hand over our president to me first, The Extremis virus in his body is very dangerous and may explode at any time..."


    There are few American presidents assassinated in history...


    Once the Mr. President dies in front of him, Tony Stark can imagine how much trouble the future S.H.I.E.L.D.


    how to say¡­


    Once this president dies here...


    That''s the real big deal!


    "This kind of thing doesn''t make sense..."


    Ichimaru Gin shook his head with a smile, and suddenly pulled out the sharp blade from his waist. While Tony Stark and others stared in horror, he chopped off the head of the president in front of him!


    "some people¡­"


    "I''m destined to die here..."


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s mind was blank.


    The really big event...still happened!

 Chapter 760

    The live TV signal is still there.


    Everyone saw their president beheaded, and they also saw the powerlessness of the superhero Tony Stark for this execution.


    Tony Stark stood there in a daze, looking at the head that had appeared on TV countless times before rolling to their feet...


    "Oh...My God..."


    Pepper Potts'' eyes were full of fear, and he couldn''t help covering his eyes tightly, not daring to look at the head and bleeding corpse on the ground.


    The most powerful man in the country...


    Just like that, someone chopped off his head in a hurry!


    Colonel Rhodes fell to his knees slumped on the ground, despair gradually surfaced in his heart, as a soldier, he knew exactly what the president''s death here meant!


    If it was an assassination, it might only cause a commotion...


    However, during the live broadcast of TV signals throughout the United States, the president was beheaded by terrorists, which would plunge the United States into panic and chaos!


    Rhodes is a soldier.


    For a long time, since the Mandarin and the Ten Rings gang showed up, Rhodes usually drives the war machine to protect the president... Now, he can only look at the corpse of his target.


    "You don''t have to be so sad, do you?"


    Ichimaru Gin held his Zanpakuto on his shoulders in boredom, squinted his eyes and chuckled: "I can only blame this Mr. President for being greedy for power... Who made him sit too high? Even if it is me I also feel that his sitting position is not very good..."


    "you!"


    What is greed for power!


    Could it be that a president who is still in office is scared to resign because of terrorists? It''s just that no one thought that their president would actually die at the hands of these terrorists...


    Colonel Rhodes punched the ground bitterly, pulled out the pistol from his waist with one hand, and shot at Ichimaru silver like crazy!


    "Now let you know what you, bastard, have provoked... You have provoked the most powerful country on earth! Never die!"


    "It''s an interesting statement..."


    Ichimaru Gin squatted on the ground, slashed a few times with his hands, and knocked away the flying bullets, with a smile still on the corner of his mouth: "Death is just the end for you, and it''s just the beginning for us." ..."


    "Rod, back off!"


    After Tony Stark reacted, he quickly distinguished the current situation. What they had to do was not to get annoyed, but to get rid of the person in front of them first!


    Just catch or kill the murderer...


    Everything that happened now is still a remedy for the dead!


    No matter what, Killian, the leader of this group of terrorists, is dead now, and only the last bold man with light purple hair is left!


    "Jarvis, get rid of him!"


    Tony Stark quickly grabbed Colonel Rhodes and Pepper Potts and retreated, while calling out to his artificial intelligence Jarvis!


    Now there are more than a dozen steel suits of various models on the entire battlefield. Following Tony Stark''s order, all the steel suits flew towards this corner!


    The energy rays glowed with dazzling light!


    In a blink of an eye, Ichimaru Gin was directly submerged by the energy shock rays released by a group of steel suits, and a transparent barrier suddenly opened in his palm!


    A dozen energy rays were blocked by Ichimaru Gin!


    but


    Tony Stark didn''t think it would be easy to deal with, whoever appeared at the end was easy to deal with, and they all had to fight desperately...


    Tony Stark reached out and pressed his headset, and controlled more than a dozen steel suits to fly towards Ichimaru Gin. The warning sounds of the steel suits self-destructing came and went!


    "Detonate! Detonate!"


    Tony Stark watched the steel suits fly to Gin Ichimaru one by one, and all of them detonated the self-explosive destruction devices in their bodies!


    Anyway, he wants to get rid of these models too...


    Just use these steel battle suits that are about to be discarded, and get rid of this daring terrorist directly!


    The sound of explosions one after another is endless!


    "Looks like I''m going to be rude..."


    Ichimaru Gin glanced at the steel suits that exploded one after another. He didn''t try to avoid these explosions, but tilted his head helplessly.


    Under the light of the sky, Gin Ichimaru stared at the steel suits flying towards him, stood there as if in a daze, and was turned into ashes by the self-explosion of more than a dozen steel suits!


    Until the end, Ichimaru Gin still had a smile on his lips...


    this man...


    Are you not afraid of death at all?


    "..."


    Tony Stark frowned tightly, staring at Gin Ichimaru who was surrounded by the self-detonation of the steel suit, and was torn apart like a rag doll!


    Tony''s face was still ugly.


    This guy is so unafraid of death, and dares to appear in front of them, is it just to kill the president arrogantly in front of them?


    Simply crazy?


    Or are there other terrorist leaders behind it?


    Tony Stark couldn''t figure it out, because he just learned about Killian''s information today, and he didn''t know the light purple-haired man in front of him at all, he had never seen it before...


    to be honest¡­


    a bit confused...


    Wait, I seem to have heard...


    While Tony Stark was still thinking about the identity of the man with light purple hair, Jarvis, the always calm artificial intelligence, suddenly warned sharply: "Sir, be careful! He''s resurrected!"


    "Ok?"


    Tony Stark raised his head suddenly!


    above the sky.


    Under the light of the entire tanker, the dust and scraps of paper that fell on the ground flew towards a position as if they had created gravity out of thin air!


    gradually...


    The man who was just defeated by the Iron Suits...


    It turned out to be resurrected and appeared in front of them!


    Tony Stark felt unprecedented anxiety in his heart, and his fingers rubbed the center of his brows a little bit!


    Ichimaru Gin chuckled, and said slowly, "Perhaps you don''t need to worry about death or life... It''s inevitable that you will lose a bit of elegance in battle... I''m so sorry... Everyone..."


    Because his body is a prosthetic bone created by the dirty soil reincarnation technique, Ichimaru Gin doesn''t need to worry about his body being physically destroyed...


    As for being destroyed by the self-explosion of the steel suit...


    It''s just to delay the arrival of someone.


    Ichimaru Gin pulled out the long knife at his waist again, and pointed the blade at Tony Stark and others with a disturbed face while smiling, whispering softly on his lips...


    "Shoot him, sharpshooter!"


    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes sparkled!


    The next moment, the sharp blade in his hand extended suddenly, and the sharp blade extended tens of meters in an instant, stabbing towards Tony Stark and others!


    now¡­


    More than a dozen steel suits have already exploded...


    Now Tony and the others are just three ordinary people!


    No, or Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes are ordinary mortals. Pepper Potts still has Extremis virus in his body at this time, which is stronger than the two men...


    But neither Tony Stark nor Colonel Rhodes thought about letting Pepper stand in front of them, and they didn''t have time to think...


    This knife...


    Come too fast!


    Just at this time.


    A streak of azure blue energy came across, piercing Ichimaru Gin''s body first, and thus saving Tony Stark and others!


    "This is... Uehara?"


    The uneasiness in Tony Stark''s heart faded slightly.


    It was Uehara Naraku who saved him at this time, perhaps before he had time to rush over, he could only use energy rays to save people in a hurry...


    Tony estimated it, and estimated that Uehara Naraku would arrive soon.


    Because of the energy of the Rubik''s Cube in the New York War, Naraku Uehara obtained a body far beyond that of a mortal, coupled with the use of super energy, Naraku Uehara''s combat power in the Avengers is amazing...


    At least¡­


    It will be safe now.


    "Oh? A great person has come..."


    The corner of Gin Ichimaru''s mouth was still chuckling. The pierced wound on his body was rapidly filling up and recovering. He looked at the direction where the blue energy was coming from, and then looked down at Tony Stark on the ground.


    "Mr. Stark, Colonel Rhodes..."


    Ichimaru Gin''s eyes opened slightly, and the slightly bright eyes made people feel uneasy: "It seems that you are lucky this time...


    Now you can''t even protect the president of this country, so... two, who else can you protect? "


    "..."


    This is a thrilling question.


    And it''s not just about the two of them.


    Neither Iron Man nor his war machine friends can protect the president who is already well-guarded. For terrorists, who else in the United States is safe?


    Ichimaru Gin didn''t seem to be expecting their answers, he just disappeared in place as an afterimage in an instant after Shi Shiran finished his routine questioning.


    The TV signal is still live.


    Following the killing of the president and the final interrogation by Gin Ichimaru, the whole of the United States fell into turmoil. It seems that this year''s Christmas Eve can''t calm down at all...


    Because of the death of the President of the United States...


    And this is a president who died on Christmas Day.


    The president of a country died under the public execution of terrorists, will anyone dare to resist these terrorists? In some cities and small towns, there have been many gangsters pretending to be members of the Ten Rings and the Mandarin.


    certainly.


    This confusion is not pure chaos.


    For some politicians, this is an opportunity.


    For the vice president who is waiting to take over, the death of the president is a great thing, and he will take over the term directly, especially since the vice president named Old Mike knows the truth about the president''s killing, and he is also sure of resuming his position. popular.


    Because Vice President Mike Sr. and Killian were originally on the same side...


    As long as they secretly manipulate and let Old Mike attack the terrorists brazenly, they can win people''s hearts smoothly, then the election for the next term will not be a problem...


    On a Quinjet fighter.


    Naraku Uehara restrained the president''s body and brought back Tony Stark, Colonel Rhodes and others. He did not blame Tony and others, but just watched the live TV broadcast of the successor President Old Mike with them.


    In the live TV screen, the somewhat old vice president stood in front of the camera, calmly talking about the speech he had prepared in advance.


    "terribly sorry."


    "This Christmas Eve is not having a good time for everyone."


    "Our Mr. President unfortunately died today..."


    "I will inherit his will and continue to fight..."


    "I don''t need to find someone or find any superhero to protect me... because as president, there is only one duty, and that is to protect the people until my life comes to an end..."


    I have to say is.


    The vice president has a good way of placating people.


    Ordinary people throughout the United States are still worried about terrorist attacks, because the president cannot guarantee safety, and their own safety cannot be guaranteed 100%.


    However¡­


    As soon as the Vice President changed the subject, these contradictions instantly became that they are not afraid of death and must fight to the end. Veteran politicians have ideas...


    Uehara Naraku felt the same way.


    Colonel Rhodes stared blankly at the TV, before speaking after a long time: "It seems that our new Mr. President is very confident..."


    "It''s impossible."


    Pepper Potts shook his head and explained softly: "If he can''t regain his confidence, no one in the entire United States will have the confidence to fight against Killian''s group of terrorists..."


    "Killian is dead."


    Tony Stark was still frowning, and stroked his temples with his fingers: "There is only that lawless guy left, that guy with light purple hair who is always smiling, Jarvis can''t find his information at all... "


    "Can''t find his information?"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at Tony Stark in surprise, reached out and took out a tablet, drew out a photo and handed it to Tony Stark, and said softly: "It seems that you didn''t use illegal means... because of his information, Only in S.H.I.E.L.D.."


    "Ok?"


    Tony Stark looked at the tablet in surprise, his eyes fixed on the photo, and his face became a little ugly.


    Because that photo was before the big battle in New York...


    A photo of Cthulhu Loki and Gin Ichimaru.


    This photo was taken by the camera inadvertently. It is the photo left by Ichimaru Gin when he took away Loki''s scepter, and it is also the only information that Ichimaru Gin appears.


    Because Loki''s scepter was taken away ahead of time, it did not cause a particularly big commotion, and this matter did not attract much attention during the New York War. monster field.


    Tony Stark glanced at Uehara Naraku, and immediately realized the identity of the light purple-haired man: "I remember before the New York War, it was Hydra who took away the crutch that can control people''s hearts from Loki..."


    "That''s right."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and said softly: "The man who killed the president was called Yin by Alexander Pierce. This guy named Yin should have a high status in Hydra, because the scepter seems to have been in him all the time. hands.


    Moreover, it seems to have a direct relationship with Hela, the goddess of death in Asgard. I suspect that he took the scepter for Hela, the goddess of death in Asgard...


    A few months ago, when Dr. Bruce Banner and I killed Alexander Pierce to avenge Commissioner Fury, Pierce mentioned Silver''s name before he died.


    Because Pierce had been uttering a prophecy before he died...


    The goddess of death Hela, the owner of Hydra, will launch Ragnarok, and use death to re-rule the world... Silver is the first god of death sent by Hela. "

 Chapter 761

    Once someone dies...


    It doesn''t matter what anyone else says about his last words.


    Sometimes Uehara Naraku said the so-called last words, and he couldn''t help but believe that Hela, the goddess of death, must be the master behind the Hydra.


    The instigator Uehara Naraku almost believed it, and Tony Stark naturally believed it very much, and it was impossible for him to discover the reason why Uehara Naraku lied.


    Even Tony felt a little guilty about Uehara.


    Tony Stark''s eyes dodged a bit, and Naraku Uehara was still fighting Hydra to avenge his old boss, Nick Fury. He didn''t know that the bald director of Nick Fury was feigning death, and was even quietly and secretly affecting A.I.E.L.D. bureau...


    certainly.


    Now is not the time to pick on Nick Fury, what they have to do is to continue to track down Hydra and avenge the former president who just died.


    Naraku Uehara took back his tablet and sat on his seat: "I will let SHIELD track down the man who killed the president. As for now...I need to visit our new president and solve his security problems .


    The directors of the FBI and CIA should have already gone, the former president died at the hands of terrorists, maybe those of us will be demoted or something..."


    After all, the presidents were killed by terrorists, and the chief agents of the FBI, CIA, and S.H.I.E.L.D. will definitely be held accountable.


    just¡­


    The new president can take the opportunity to install his own staff.


    In addition to these, there are the troubles of Tony Stark and Rhodes.


    When talking about this, Naraku Uehara glanced at Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes, and continued softly: "Also, Tony, you may face charges and need to attend a hearing about the murder of the president. I know this too well, what can I do for help..."


    "It''s okay, I''ll take care of it myself."


    Tony Stark rubbed his brows, because the president died in front of him and Rhodes, this hearing could not be avoided anyway.


    Not a big deal for Tony Stark, though.


    Compared with the hearings that Tony needs to attend, what Colonel Rhodes encountered is the real big trouble, because he is a military member responsible for protecting the president.


    "Colonel Rhodes..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes shifted to Rhodes, and his expression gradually became serious: "I''m sorry, I have to perform my duties. You have been found to be directly related to the murder of the president..."


    Strictly speaking, the capture of Colonel Rhodes led to terrorists using his war machine to sneak into Air Force One and kidnap the President for public execution.


    "Yes, sir."


    Rhodes had been prepared for this, but sighed softly, and calmly stretched out his hands towards Uehara Naraku.


    Tony looked a little ugly, he glanced at Rhodes who was tied up, then at Uehara Naraku, and frowned: "Wait...Uehara, you should have seen the power of that purple-haired guy , Rhodes he..."


    "Tony!"


    Colonel Rhodes stopped his friend in a deep voice, shook his head and said: "Anyway, it is indeed my fault, I have to go to a military court..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku also ignored the discussion between them, waved two agents to handcuff Rhodes, and took the colonel into custody.


    Throughout the voyage, Tony Stark didn''t have a good face.


    Because according to the procedure of the military court, the possibility of Colonel Rhodes being sentenced is extremely high, and he is directly responsible for the murder of the president.


    Even though Uehara Naraku saved them, Tony Stark was still a little unhappy, because he wanted to say something on the way, but the indifference on Uehara Naraku''s face made Tony Stark have to stay away.


    Obviously.


    No matter how much he begged for mercy, it was useless.


    Instead of trying to convince Uehara Naraku here, it is better to find a way to find other people, even Nick Fury, the guy who faked his death, is more reliable than Uehara Naraku.


    When they arrived in Washington, they parted ways.


    Uehara Naraku sat in a bulletproof car, watched Tony Stark and Pepper Potts go away, and suddenly called to stop them.


    "Tony, wait a minute..."


    "Well, I don''t have time for small talk..."


    Tony Stark came over, lying on the window of the bulletproof car, and muttered, "I need to quickly find a way to rescue my innocent good friend..."


    "..."


    Uehara hesitated for a while, then said slowly: "If it can be proved that Colonel Rhodes and Killian have no collusion, and he is also one of the victims that Killian wants to hurt, I will transfer him to S.H.I.E.L.D. , so as to prevent him from being court-martialed..."


    This approach will make Colonel Rhodes the most likely to get rid of the crime.


    After all, it is impossible for Colonel Rhodes to collude with Killian. In this way, he is not a soldier who protects the president''s dereliction of duty, but a victim of the Killian incident.


    Uehara Naraku wants to use his identity as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. to rescue Rhodes.


    Tony Stark understood what Uehara Naraku meant in an instant. He stared at Uehara Naraku for a while, and nodded vigorously at Uehara Naraku.


    "thanks."


    "No need to thank you, because we all know that Colonel Rhodes is innocent..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, and said softly: "If there is no problem with the military, I want Colonel Rhodes to join the Avengers team as a war machine or a steel patriot. Do you have any other ideas?"


    "It could not be better."


    Tony Stark was happy to see this, he spread his hands indifferently and said: "It seems that I will help him make a Mark 2 steel suit again when I go back..."


    "Well, goodbye then."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, rolled up his car window, and softly told the driver sitting in front: "Let''s go, go to the White House to visit our new president."


    White House.


    The new president has a lot of airs.


    Because he was involved in the plan to kill the president, it can be said that he sat on the throne of the country''s head of state by virtue of his own strength.


    It''s just that the new president still has something on his mind.


    Since Killian died on Christmas Eve, the new president was not sure whether other people knew about his relationship with Killian. Otherwise, if the leak came out, he would be impeached and resigned or even jailed.


    therefore¡­


    There has to be a way to sort this out.


    Of course, before that, now the new president desperately hopes that some of the terrorists still have the hopeless virus that can regenerate severed limbs!


    Because his beloved youngest daughter is a disabled person and still needs the Extremis virus to stand up and walk again... After making up for this regret, then find his confidants to kill the group of terrorists and completely eliminate the future troubles!


    According to American practice, the president''s family will also move to the White House, and they can even hold important positions in the White House and directly participate in politics...


    Just when the new president wanted to visit his daughter, a space door quietly appeared in the office, and a man with light purple hair came out.


    It was Gin Ichimaru who killed the former president on Christmas Eve!


    "Looks like your new office is fine..."


    Ichimaru silver slowly sat on the chair next to him, smiled and hugged his arms: "It''s a pity, Mr. Killian died a terrible death, and now we can''t share the joy of our success together..."


    "Who sent you here?"


    The new president''s eyes couldn''t help but twitch, his face turned cold instantly, and he said in a deep voice, "There are security surveillance everywhere in the White House... If they know about my relationship with you..."


    "What does it matter?"


    Ichimaru Gin smiled and squinted his eyes, and said lightly: "For us, you are just a pawn to be helped up, as long as you are obedient... If you are not obedient, we can find a way to help you up again." bit."


    "you¡­"


    The old new president''s heart twitched suddenly, he pressed the palm of his hand hard on the desk in front of him, and maintained his attitude firmly: "Don''t think that I have to obey your orders, only cooperation can achieve our goal...


    Only I will support your Extremis virus in the whole government, and only I will cooperate with you terrorists in order to make my daughter stand up again! "


    After speaking, the new president felt that something was not right.


    Why does this terrorist look like he can turn his face at any time, but he, the highest authority, wants to emphasize win-win cooperation here?


    Oh shit¡­


    Is the relationship between them reversed?


    Obviously now that he has taken the position of president, shouldn''t this terrorist be worried that he, the new president, will turn his back on him? Why do you still look so confident?


    "Cooperate?"


    Ichimaru Gin still had a smile on his lips, and with his hands in the sleeves of his robe, he continued slowly: "If Mr. Killian is still alive, maybe we don''t mind cooperating, because I don''t want to cooperate with you pawns." Chess dealing..."


    When he said this, Ichimaru Gin paused for a second, his eyes slowly opened, revealing a pair of indifferent pupils: "Now Killian is dead... What we need is a chess piece that can be 100% obedient... "


    "you¡­"


    The corners of the new president''s eyes trembled a little, and his lips murmured, "Killian... isn''t your leader?"


    Why do things seem to go a little bit wrong again...


    On the surface, the leader of this group of terrorists is the Mandarin, but in fact it is Aldredge Killian, a terrorist scientist, who is manipulating all of this; but now someone tells him clearly that Killian is just a man controlled pawns!


    The group of terrorists standing behind Killian...


    What kind of organization? Who is it!


    Oh shit¡­


    What kind of organization did he contact!


    Now this organization is here to force him, the new president!


    Just when the new president was looking ugly and wanted to have a good talk with Ichimaru Gin, a phone call suddenly came into his office. It was from his secretary.


    "Sir, Naraku Uehara, director of S.H.I.E.L.D., is here. He is in the reception room and wants to discuss security issues with you..."


    "I see."


    While looking at Gin Ichimaru in front of him, the new president indifferently ordered to the other end of the phone: "Let him wait in the reception room for a while, I still have something to do here..."


    "Don''t make him wait."


    Ichimaru Gin suddenly interrupted the new president, narrowed his eyes and smiled again: "It is not convenient for me to appear in the corridor, I am here to prepare, I can only ask our new president to meet him... "


    "..."


    The face of the new president fell into a strange silence, he tightly covered the microphone with his palm, and said coldly: "If I remember correctly, the two of you just met last night on Christmas Eve, he


    Uehara Naraku is a superhero and the director of the special department S.H.I.E.L.D. His duty is to clean up all of you terrorists who endanger the world! "


    "I see."


    Ichimaru Gin smiled and nodded, and continued slowly: "Then hurry up to meet him, it''s best not to keep our Mr. Chief waiting too long..."


    "It''s dangerous!"


    The new president tightly covered the microphone with his palm, and said with an ugly expression: "Once our relationship is exposed to Naraku Uehara, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    "Don''t worry."


    Ichimaru Gin opened his eyes again, and he walked slowly to the desk, staring at the cold sweat on the face of the new president, couldn''t help chuckling and said: "If your speed is a little slower, it will be better for you. That''s the real danger..."


    "I called and asked him to come over."


    The president''s card is still there.


    Even when he was the vice president before, in fact, he could call Uehara Naraku, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., but they had never dealt with each other.


    "I advise you to greet him in person..."


    Ichimaru Gin went back to his chair, reached out for a clean teacup, grabbed a few oranges from the fruit plate on the table, squeezed the oranges with his spiritual power, and tried to squeeze out a cup of tea with his hands. Juice.


    "Shut up!"


    The new president interrupted Gin Ichimaru with an ugly face, and then ordered his secretary: "Let Director Uehara come to my office directly."


    After finishing speaking, the new president hung up the phone.


    After putting down the phone, the anger on his face couldn''t be concealed anymore: "This Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. is not the old fritter of Nick Fury, the previous director. ?¡±


    "Do you want to meet him here?"


    "Do you want to fight him directly in the White House?"


    "Go and hide inside right now, or get out of here!"


    The new president raised his hand to signal Ichimaru Yin to hide in the small bedroom next to the office. After he said something, his anger gradually dissipated, and his attitude improved again: "Don''t worry, I won''t betray you. Everything that is said will let you know..."


    "yes?"


    Ichimaru Gin bowed his head and chuckled, reached out to pick up the juice cup he had squeezed with spiritual power, stood up slowly, and walked to the door of the office.


    Ichimaru Gin ignored the increasingly ugly expression of the new president, and continued with a chuckle on his face, "However, Mr. President, there is one thing you said wrong... No matter what I said to you, I will let this Director Uehara Know."


    "What the hell are you trying to do!"


    There was some panic in the new president''s eyes.


    Is this guy named Ichimaru Gin trying to expose them? Is it still too late to pretend to be hijacked by Ichimaru Gin and want to murder? Can Uehara Naraku, the novice director, be fooled?


    If he acted like he was being hijacked by Ichimaru Gin now, would he be able to fool Uehara Naraku?


    Just as the new president was thinking a lot, the outer door of the president''s office suddenly opened, and Uehara Naraku, who was wearing a black leather coat, stepped in.


    The new president immediately showed an expression of seeing a savior, and hurriedly asked for help: "Director Uehara, be careful of the murderer, he is going to be in the White House..."


    Before he could finish his plea for help, and before his acting skills exploded, the new president''s voice stopped abruptly.


    Because in his line of sight, Ichimaru Gin just lowered his head with a smile, took the juice in his hand towards Uehara, and handed it to Uehara Naraku.


    "Your juice, my lord."


    "Well¡­"


    Uehara Naraku took the juice from Ichimaru Gin''s hand, and after drinking it all, he praised: "Tsk, the taste is not bad. Did I teach you the trick of squeezing juice with spiritual power?"


    "yes."


    The picture of the two getting along is very harmonious.


    It was as if their relationship had always been so familiar.


    It seems that Uehara Naraku has always enjoyed Ichimaru Gin''s offerings so familiarly.

 Chapter 762

    White House Office.


    Judging from the relationship between Uehara Naraku and Ichimaru Gin, he, the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., must be behind the plot to kill the president on Christmas Eve.


    This is embarrassing...


    Let the new president''s performance just now look very dull.


    He originally wanted to pretend in front of Naraku Uehara that he was the second victim of the president who was about to be murdered by Ichimaru Gin, but he didn''t expect that these two guys were in the same gang...


    What a joke!


    Ever since Nick Fury passed away, the entire top management of the United States knew that S.H.I.E.L.D. was a mess. The new director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Uehara Naraku, was a political novice, and anyone could step on it, but it turned out that this guy was a hidden big boss. !


    A secret agent, a superhero, and a mastermind behind the scenes, which one is Naraku Uehara''s true identity?


    No, each one is his true identity!


    "You are together..."


    The new president couldn''t help taking a step back, and sat in his chair, dumbfounded: "Uehara Naraku, you and the group of Killian...you...you..."


    "Tsk, don''t say that..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, crossed Ichimaru Gin to the president''s desk, and slowly lowered his head to look at the old man: "Isn''t it you who have been colluding with the terrorists in Killian all this time...Mr. President? I have Proof of..."


    "..."


    The palms of the new president couldn''t help shaking.


    It''s over!


    It''s over!


    He suddenly figured it out...


    He knew that his cooperation with Killian must have evidence...


    If all the evidence of his cooperation with Killian has been held in the hands of Naraku Uehara, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., this would have been a conspiracy against him, against the former president, and against the entire United States!


    to be honest¡­


    The new president can accept cooperation with Uehara.


    It''s just that Naraku Uehara has been hiding behind the scenes, which makes it appear that his new president, like Killian, is just a pawn of Naraku Uehara... Any high-ranking president cannot accept that he is a pawn.


    No matter what happens!


    Now that he is the president of the United States, Uehara Naraku is just a director of S.H.I.E.L.D. He may be banned by him at any time!


    This Director of S.H.I.E.L.D....


    Now after the conspiracy is successful, he will be used to control the entire United States. Although his new president is not a good person, he doesn''t want to be Uehara Naraku''s dog!


    The power of the statesman has returned to the new president.


    The old man''s eyes gradually became sharper: "I don''t know, you are behind Killian... Director Uehara, what are you planning all this behind the scenes?"


    "Well, what do I want to do?"


    Naraku Uehara sat at the desk, looking at the majestic old man with some playfulness: "Let me think about it, what I want to do now is how can I make you recognize the facts and be obedient... Although you are actually It''s no use..."


    This is a world of superheroes.


    Now it seems that the status of the president of this country is very high. In essence, he is just a little ant who can survive after snapping his fingers. It is not an exaggeration to say that an alien force can pick up this president when he comes to the earth. kill.


    "Sir, do you need to kill him now?"


    Ichimaru Gin walked over slowly, and stood beside Uehara Naraku with his arms folded, and said with a smile: "People in this world are always a bit high-minded, but there are enough ordinary people, there will always be someone who will truly recognize the existence of adults..."


    "Let me think about it... as if killing him doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku held his chin and looked at the old man sitting across from him, showing a look of serious thinking, as if he really planned to change another president.


    Oh shit!


    These are two lunatics!


    Crazy people can''t communicate normally! These two guys don''t even know how hard it is to put another suitable person into the presidency, do they?


    The new president quickly adjusted his mentality, sat at the desk, and said in a deep voice: "Director Uehara, if you want to achieve something through me, what we should do is not who stands on the high ground, or who Should cooperate sincerely.


    I hope we can all realize that we are now grasshoppers on the same rope. If I die here or be assassinated by you... you don''t want to see your plan that you have planned for so long go to waste, do you? "


    "That''s what it says..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes became more playful, and a slight smile unconsciously appeared on the corner of his mouth: "But I still feel that an obedient president will make me feel more fulfilled...Can you fulfill my wish?"


    "..."


    Oh shit!


    This is no way to communicate, right?


    The new president scolded Uehara Naraku countless times in his heart, and he thoroughly recognized the fact that this bastard Uehara Naraku is a political novice!


    If he is in the position of Uehara Naraku, he has the handle of the president in his hands. He can make friends with the president through this kind of thing, and secretly influence and control the entire United States...


    Instead of directly threatening to kill people like now...


    It''s not what you do...


    "Okay, I won''t tease you anymore."


    The smile on Uehara Naraku''s face narrowed, and he said indifferently: "I have evidence in my hand that you cooperate with Killian, which can ruin your reputation at any time..."


    "¡­Ok¡­"


    The new president''s face was a little aggrieved.


    Although this is true, can''t this new asshole be a little more tactful? This will only make the relationship between them farther and farther... If it is Nick Fury, that old fritter, he can reap countless benefits!


    damn it¡­


    Why is the man behind the scenes such a political idiot!


    This world is really unfair...


    Uehara Naraku didn''t bother to pay attention to what the new president thought, and said his request slowly: "I don''t need you to help me with anything... as long as you are obedient and obedient... Now you come to prepare and let the FBI and CIA issue the order at the same time. A warrant."


    "What warrant?"


    The first request seems not difficult, and the old man''s focus was quickly diverted: "You are the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. If you are wanted, you should have the right to issue it within S.H.I.E.L.D....who do you want to want to arrest?" ?¡±


    "Wanted for my former director, Nick Fury."


    Uehara Naraku tapped his desk with his fingers, and slowly spread his palm, a black hole appeared in his hand, and a document floated out of the black hole.


    This superpower is far more effective than the previous threats!


    "Nick Fury?"


    Surprise flashed across the president''s face: "Hasn''t Nick Fury already died? I remember the World Security Council report..."


    "It''s just a fake death."


    Uehara Naraku directly put the document on the desk, and said softly: "The detailed information is on it. Nick Fury was promoted by Alexander Pierce, so he is one of the leaders of Hydra..."

 Chapter 763

    To be honest¡­


    Nick Fury doesn''t quite look like Hydra.


    In fact, the president thinks Uehara Naraku''s behavior is more like a hydra.


    It''s just that Naraku Uehara has some brain problems and he has a handle in his hands, so the president can only accept the information helplessly.


    "I''ll make arrangements."


    After the old man looked at the information and nodded slowly, he suddenly raised his head and said, "Why is there no other detailed supporting information? It feels like it''s all data. Is this true? Nick Fury is really a Hydra spy?"


    "No, I made it up."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, and continued: "However, the data in it is real and effective, and Nick Fury doesn''t know about it... because I am the biggest leader of Hydra now!"


    These two sentences almost choked the president to death!


    Who the hell dares to bring fake information to him! Uehara Naraku, doesn''t he know how to do things, why does he always like to tell the truth!


    Can''t he tell some lies at this time?


    Everyone else is wanted, and the charges must be confirmed!


    Moreover, a leader of Hydra actually sat on the position of director of their old enemy S.H.I.E.L.D. How damn corrupt is this government going to be!


    If it weren''t for...


    If it wasn''t for Uehara Naraku who had something to do with him, and who would turn his face at every turn, the new president really wanted to have Uehara Naraku arrested...


    The president lowered his head and glanced at the so-called information in his hand. This information is really hard to describe. It is basically the relationship between Nick Fury and Alexander Pierce, and the increase in the number of Hydra spies in S.H.I.E.L.D. during Nick Fury¡¯s tenure. ¡­


    to be honest¡­


    Not fully corroborated.


    But it can also prove that Nick Fury is suspected of being the leader of Hydra.


    These guys who know how to fight and kill just have no brains, and let him teach a novice, Uehara Naraku, to tell lies...


    The president couldn''t help but sighed, put down the information in his hand, and said earnestly: "I''ve never heard you talk about this today...Director Uehara, you are the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. It will be directly under the security department."


    "Tsk... understandable."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the old man in front of him, nodded with a light smile: "I really admire you presidents, even if you keep your eyes open, you can still tell a lot of nonsense. For an honest person like me, I can only hope that Mr. President will take care of you in the future." It''s..."


    "..."


    The president couldn''t help but choked again.


    You guys are not a good thing either!


    A Hydra terrorist leader sat in the position of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and even planned to change a president. Are you saying that he is an honest man?


    Is he really blind and deaf?


    "Also, besides these..."


    Naraku Uehara tapped the table with his fingers, and continued: "The hospital of the Stark Industries Group should have a piece of evidence. The last medical place before Nick Fury escaped from the fake death was at the Stark Industrial Hospital... We have reason to suspect that Tony Stark K and Nick Fury."


    "This¡­"


    The president''s eyes tightened instantly!


    "Colonel Rhodes is a good friend of Tony Stark, so we can reasonably suspect that he is also suspected of colluding with Hydra."


    Naraku Uehara ignored the president''s eyes, and continued calmly: "It just so happens that Yin, who killed the former president, is undoubtedly a cadre of Hydra..."


    "..."


    The president only felt a little pain in the back of his head when he heard this.


    Uehara Naraku just said indifferently about his fabricated reasoning: "If we can operate properly, we can push everything to their heads.


    Using what you just said, the murder of the former president on Christmas Eve must have been planned by Nick Fury and Hydra. He may have used Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes, and they may also have collusion.


    Otherwise, why didn''t Silver kill Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes?


    Even Tony''s girlfriend Pepper Potts survived, only our poor former Mr. President died there in the end. "


    Uehara Naraku''s body leaned forward slightly, and continued in a cold voice: "If all these are connected in series, it should be able to bring a lot of trouble to Tony Stark and the others, right?"


    "..."


    The president felt his scalp go numb.


    At this moment, he wanted to take back his words.


    Sure enough, it was Naraku Uehara''s disguise just now. Naraku Uehara is definitely not a novice in politics. This guy is clearly a master of conspiracy!


    If the president himself did not know that the truth of all this was secretly planned by Uehara Naraku, and he got what Uehara Naraku just said in an inexplicable situation, he would definitely think that the death of the former president was caused by Nick Fury and Tony Stark. The layout of the snake!


    This Naraku Uehara...


    It''s kind of scary...


    The president took a deep breath, with a heavy face on his face: "If we weren''t involved in it, I think what you said is very reasonable..."


    "Of course it makes sense."


    Naraku Uehara gave a low laugh, and continued: "Hydra is mine. I see everything about Tony Stark and Nick Fury. What I say is the truth."


    "..."


    When the president heard what Naraku Uehara said, he just faintly felt a little shudder behind him. He seemed to be able to see the darkness in this guy through Naraku Uehara''s smile.


    The young man had a bright smile on his face.


    However, under his smile, there is a terrifying dark giant, bit by bit touching the fate of countless people with the palm of his hand.


    Everyone thought that the murder of the president on Christmas Eve last night was the end of a terrorist operation. Who would have thought that it was actually just the beginning...


    The layout of this guy...


    It''s too scary!


    With a few words, Uehara Naraku was about to put a big hat on the heads of Nick Fury, Tony Stark and others, and everything might be planted on them!


    "Why are you telling me this..."


    Mr. President suddenly said something, and then explained softly: "I feel that you can quietly influence the orders issued by the White House, why did you put everything..."


    "why?"


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm indifferently, and said softly: "As you said, we are our own people after last night. No matter what happens, I think we should be honest with each other..."


    "..."


    The president felt a sense of gratitude inexplicably, maybe Naraku Uehara, a partner, was not as bad as he thought?


    certainly.


    say partner...


    In his heart, he didn''t want to admit that he was still a chess piece manipulated by Uehara Naraku, but his body was relatively honest.


    "Then, it''s all told to you."


    Naraku Uehara pushed aside the chair and stood up. A door of space slowly opened behind him, slowly swallowing him and Gin Ichimaru into it: "Someone is here, and I will leave the rest to you. Let''s go first." Well, before I leave, I gave you a gift, I hope you will like it..."


    "what gift?"


    The president opened his mouth to ask, but the gate of space had disappeared in place, and Uehara Naraku and Ichimaru Gin had left without a trace.


    Just at this time.


    The door of the president''s office suddenly opened.


    A little girl came in tremblingly. She seemed a little unaccustomed to walking, with joy and anxiety on her face.


    "Daddy..."


    It was the president''s youngest daughter.


    The little girl who had a disabled right leg before now has a good right leg. Standing by the door of the office, she carefully looked at her father, and then took another look at her right leg: "Daddy... It... suddenly grew out..."


    Looking at his healthy daughter, the old man''s eyes suddenly turned red, and his dissatisfaction with Uehara Naraku quickly faded away.


    What that bastard said was not nice...


    But he seems to be doing pretty well...


    The crux of the matter is¡­


    It is now known that only the Extremis virus can regenerate a person with a severed limb. How can he make his daughter, who has been reborn from a severed limb, stand uprightly?


    Oh shit¡­


    It seems to be tricked again...


    From then on, his daughter could only find a way to hide it. Neither the director of the FBI nor the director of the CIA is considered his own. Only Naraku Uehara, who knows the truth, can send agents to protect his daughter...

 Chapter 764

    Naraku Uehara was in a good mood.


    No matter who it is, if they do a great deed, they won''t be in a bad mood.


    They arranged everything in the President''s Office just now. Nick Fury''s fake death will be exposed by the White House, FBI and CIA. He is still the unwitting director of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    In a few days, when the new president in the White House issues an arrest warrant, the fake death of Nick Fury and the fact that Hydra is undercover broke out...


    As a pure Director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Uehara Naraku wondered if he wanted to question Tony Stark as a concealed victim.


    This is the professionalism of a man behind the scenes.


    he.


    Naraku Uehara.


    Always be a victim.


    At least until the truth emerges.


    As for whether Tony Stark and Nick Fury will have psychological problems after the truth is revealed, I don''t know... The Avengers team is a group of big-hearted people, and their psychological quality should be excellent.


    This time, the White House was very efficient.


    After all, this is the first time that the president sitting in the White House has helped Uehara Naraku with dirty work. It is also to wash the sewage on their bodies, and directly pour the dirty water on Nick Fury. Overseer...


    In less than two days.


    Naraku Uehara received an order from the White House on the bright side. In addition to asking S.H.I.E.L.D. to assist in the hunt for Nick Fury, there are other small requests...


    For example, the new president ordered Naraku Uehara, director of SHIELD, to reorganize S.H.I.E.L.D. under the guidance of the White House, and eliminate the influence of Nick Fury, the director of the ''Hydra'', on S.H.I.E.L.D. Simply put, it is to clean up the people promoted by Nick Fury. one time.


    This is really a stroke of genius!


    Uehara Naraku had long wanted to cleanse Nick Fury''s staff thoroughly, and make S.H.I.E.L.D. a clean secret service department that only obeyed his orders!


    Simultaneously.


    In order to ensure SHIELD''s mission of maintaining world peace...


    The new president deliberately issued his own presidential decree to allocate funds to expand the scale of S.H.I.E.L.D. It must change the "cowardly" situation when Nick Fury, the "Hydra Director", was in power before, and endow S.H.I.E.L.D. with the ability to mobilize hundreds of U.S. troops overseas The base has the right to unconditionally cooperate with operations.


    until the end of the command.


    The White House even denied the Avengers plan run by Nick Fury and Tony Stark. Every superhero recruited by Nick Fury must be investigated, and everything will be handled by the new director Uehara.


    What is a politician!


    This is what a real politician is!


    Even though Uehara Naraku has worked as a behind-the-scenes man in several worlds, he has to sigh that the new president can indeed do things, and he can even use Nick Fury as an excuse...


    really...


    Everyone has his use.


    Even if he is just an old president.


    When Uehara Naraku felt this way, he felt a bit like Versailles, but this was the result of hours of hard planning during the Killian incident. Those who worked hard must be rewarded...


    Naraku Uehara patted the paper order document on the table contentedly, before reaching out to grab the phone on his desk: "Hello, I''m Naraku Uehara, where is Colonel James Rhodes now? Take me to see him. "


    Now is the time to get ready to ask questions!


    the first person.


    Naturally, it was James Rhodes who was locked up in S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Rather than saying that Colonel Rhodes was imprisoned, it is better to say that he was only on vacation under the surveillance of SHIELD agents, and even his prison was the most relaxed and the conditions were the best.


    Now¡­


    Everything has to be re-liquidated.


    Delta Wing Building.


    Outdoor basketball court at S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    As a prisoner who was personally asked to be treated well by the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Colonel Rhodes had a really good life, and he still had a few hours of exercise every day.


    When Uehara Naraku came to the court with a dozen agents, James Rhodes threw the basketball in his hand, drew an arc on the court and fell into the basket, and a super long three-pointer went directly into the net, allowing Rhodes'' I feel much better.


    "Hey, Uehara."


    After Colonel Rhodes threw the ball, he turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku who came here, and greeted him cordially: "Uehara, do you want to go together?"


    "Next time¡­"


    Uehara Naraku stared at Colonel Rhodes, slowly adjusted his face, showing a complicated expression: "If there is a next time..."


    "What happened?"


    Colonel Rhodes looked at Uehara Naraku''s face, and probably knew that the situation was not good: "Things are not good? Am I going to a military court? This may be good, and I don''t need to cause too much trouble to others..."


    Rhodes was very calm.


    He knew that the murder of the former president was a major event, and he, the person who caused the murder of the president, would definitely not pass the test so easily, and he felt a little bit sorry.


    only¡­


    Things were not as simple as Colonel Rhodes thought.


    Naraku Uehara stared at Colonel Rhodes silently for a few seconds, stretched out his palm towards his back, and took out an arrest warrant: "Colonel James Rhodes, now we suspect that you are suspected of murdering the former president, and put him in prison." trial room!"


    Several agents rushed forward and grabbed James Rhodes directly. A shiny handcuff was handcuffed on his wrist, and someone even held a gun against his back!


    James Rhodes looked at a group of agents who were facing an enemy, and couldn''t help but said: "Everyone, don''t be so nervous, I will go by myself..."


    "No one is allowed to visit Colonel Rhodes."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Colonel Rhodes, and said indifferently: "I''m going to arrest Tony Stark, and no one is allowed to touch him until I come back!"


    "yes!"


    "Wait...why catch Tony?"


    Rhodes was a little surprised, and couldn''t help but said: "Uehara, you should know that this matter has nothing to do with Tony, he just..."


    "James Lord."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice was a bit cold, and he walked up to Colonel Rhodes in one step, the chill on his face getting deeper and deeper, which made the Air Force Colonel a little uneasy.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes narrowed slightly, his palm suddenly pressed on Rhode''s shoulder, and continued in a cold voice: "You and Tony Stark were very proud when they used me? I was still thinking of ways to help you Exonerated..."


    "Wait, what happened?"


    Rhode felt more and more uneasy, and said directly: "Uehara, the murder of the former Mr. President is indeed my problem, but Tony is innocent..."


    what''s the situation?


    Why did Uehara Naraku suddenly turn his back on him?


    Even if this guy wants to do business, he should know Tony''s innocence. What''s going on with this guy, what happened?


    "Are you still apologizing for Stark?"


    Uehara Naraku was actually a little angry and smiled back, his eyes were indifferent: "Tony Stark and Nick Fury, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., have been colluding together to win over Dr. Bruce Banner to form a Hydra superhero team... "


    "Wait wait... Nick Fury?"


    Colonel Rhodes was still confused: "I remember that is not the director of your S.H.I.E.L.D., he is already dead..."


    "Nick Fury is not dead."


    Uehara Naraku let go of his palm, and continued with a cold face: "He is Hydra''s spy in S.H.I.E.L.D. Before Nick Fury was about to be exposed, Tony Stark helped him feign death and escape from S.H.I.E.L.D.... "


    "Now, put him in the interrogation room!"


    "When I come back, we''ll talk about everything that happened!"


    "I''ll show you the price of cheating on a man''s friendship!"


    When Naraku Uehara talked about the final throwing sound, everyone present could feel the anger of Naraku Uehara, and everyone''s mood was different!


    Especially the Hydra subordinates around Uehara Naraku...


    If it wasn''t for the professional training of their group, they would have laughed out loud when they heard their boss slapping the blame on Nick Fury, his deadly enemy, in a serious manner here...


    What a turn of events...


    Who would have thought that Nick Fury, the really hard-working director of S.H.I.E.L.D., would be beaten into a Hydra criminal...they, a group of Hydra people, would occupy S.H.I.E.L.D. in a grandiose manner!


    "Sorry, I don''t know..."


    James Rhodes wanted to explain a few words before being taken away, and wanted to defend Tony Stark, but he didn''t know how to explain, so he could only continue hesitatingly: "But I believe Tony must be..."


    "I trusted you and Tony once."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted James Rhodes indifferently, and his face became complicated again: "But... Rhodes... you, or you and Tony, reward me by tarnishing the friendship between men and hiding everything from me. Everything, everything that is closely related to me..."


    "Sorry, Uehara, but..."


    "Take him away."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand.


    An agent stepped forward directly, put a sealing lock on James Lord''s mouth, and sealed his mouth.


    Until James Rhodes was escorted away, he kept turning his head and whimpering, hoping that Uehara Naraku could listen to him a few more words...


    However, Naraku Uehara only put away his expression after watching him being taken away with a complicated face. A helicopter gunship just landed on the basketball court.


    "Let''s go."


    Uehara Naraku raised his feet and got on the helicopter, and took the walkie-talkie on the helicopter: "The combat squadron immediately controls the Stark Industrial Building, one air force squadron enters the cruising state, and the other squadrons are ready to support at any time, and all New York is under flight control!"


    This battle is not insignificant.


    Just to round up Tony Stark, Uehara Naraku arranged to dispatch three ground combat squadrons and one air force squadron. Twenty-four F22 fighter jets roared and hovered over New York, ready to shoot down any flying objects that might appear!


    Because Tony Stark dispatched dozens of steel suits on Christmas Eve, it made the top management of the United States realize how rich Tony Stark is...


    Stark Industries Building.


    Tony Stark is sitting on the ground experimenting, and Pepper Potts is discussing their new building next to him. Stark Industries plans to build more than 4 Stark new energy buildings in the United States in the future.


    Whether these buildings are used for offices, for research, or as a base for the Avengers...


    However, the fighter jets circling in the sky of New York always make Tony Stark a little uncomfortable. The sound insulation effect of the underground is good, but at this time Tony just wants to take this opportunity to fly and test his new suit...


    With so many fighter jets flying in the sky, his experiment will be very troublesome.


    If it was in the past, he could complain to his good friend James Rhodes that he was an air force colonel, and now he is still waiting for the news that Colonel Rhodes is pending trial...


    "What''s wrong?"


    Pepper walked to Tony Stark''s side and reached out to help him squeeze his shoulder: "Tony, are you still worried about Colonel Rhodes?"


    "No, not at all."


    Tony Stark shook his head indifferently, and said softly: "That guy Uehara will clear Rhodes'' charges, that guy has always been a... um... Anyway, his face is always smelly, but his heart is really soft... "


    "Sir, someone is here."


    Jarvis'' voice interrupts Tony Stark and Pepper''s communication.


    A virtual display screen appeared around the underground laboratory.


    All the screens were real-time images from the surveillance cameras near the Stark Industrial Building. A group of heavily armed agents were operating under their surveillance, and they soon surrounded the entire Stark Industrial Building.


    "How is this going?"


    Tony Stark frowned, supported his chin and said: "Jarvis, investigate the latest news from the government, and by the way, help me check the database of S.H.I.E.L.D. or the FBI. I want to check what happened. what''s up..."


    "Yes, Sir."


    Jarvis'' voice was still a calm mechanical voice.


    Tony Stark looked at the group of fast-moving agents in the surveillance screen, and ordered again: "Also, prepare two spare Mark 42s for me and Pepper!"


    If it''s an agent looking for trouble...


    If this is the remnant of a group of Killians, then you must prepare the steel suit in advance, and it must not fall into the hands of the enemy!


    "Take it easy, Tony..."


    Pepper''s face was a little surprised, she hurriedly picked up her mobile phone and started calling the officials: "Let me ask what happened..."


    "No."


    Tony Stark shook his head, his eyes fixed on a surveillance screen, in which seven or eight agents walked into the Stark Industrial Building surrounded by Naraku Uehara!


    "Pepper, you go to the bottom floor."


    Tony Stark stretched out his arm, the sensors installed on his body quickly started to work, and a part of a golden and red steel battle suit flew over!


    An armed steel battle suit quickly put on him!


    Tony Stark reached out and grabbed the visor, and slowly put it on his face. He turned his head and comforted his girlfriend with a synthetic mechanical voice: "Don''t worry, I''ll go and see what happened, Uehara also If you come to us together, it won''t be a big problem..."

 Chapter 765

    oom boom boom...


    Naraku Uehara came very quickly.


    Before Tony Stark had time to wait for Jarvis to invade the database to get the information, Naraku Uehara took a group of his men and stood at the door of the laboratory.


    Uehara Naraku and a group of black-clothed agents stood by the glass door, looked through the glass at the fully armed Tony Stark in the laboratory, and knocked on the door with their fingers.


    "come in!"


    The anti-theft glass door opened slowly.


    Tony Stark opened the visor on his head, glanced at Uehara Naraku who walked in and a group of agents behind him, and couldn''t help raising his eyebrows: "Huh? It''s rare for you to be a serious person today." ...um...official?"


    Today''s battle is not small.


    Uehara Naraku has always been a loner, and rarely shows up with a large number of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents like today, and he doesn''t pay attention to the ostentation of the director.


    "I have something to confirm with you..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head, and waved to a group of agents who wanted to come in with him to stop where they were: "No need to come in, you wait for me outside."


    "Director Uehara, it''s an order from the White House..."


    "I just asked Tony Stark a few words."


    Uehara Naraku turned his head and glanced at the agent who questioned him, and said coldly: "Or, I don''t even have the right to routine interrogation now?"


    "yes."


    A group of agents filed out and guarded the door.


    Tony Stark paid attention to the communication between them all the time, and he probably already analyzed it clearly. The order from the White House made Naraku Uehara lead people to surround the Stark Industrial Building.


    It is estimated that Uehara Naraku also had to do it.


    And it seems that Uehara''s life is not very good. His agents dare to resist the orders of his director. No one dared to do this when Nick Fury was in office...


    Naraku Uehara watched his subordinates stand at the door of the laboratory and closed the door, then turned to look at Tony Stark, silently brewing his emotions.


    "Well, didn''t you want to ask something?"


    Tony Stark glanced at Naraku Uehara, whose expression was getting more complicated, in surprise, and his brain quickly began to think about the current situation and what happened.


    In the end what happened?


    Why is Naraku Uehara in a bad mood?


    Why did Uehara Naraku bring a group of S.H.I.E.L.D. agents to surround this place? Is he trying to capture him?


    Why did the agent say an order from the White House just now, what order did the White House issue? What does the newly inaugurated president want to do to him, a billionaire?


    Uehara Naraku''s emotions were finally brewing, his complexion gradually became indifferent, and there was even some anger in his eyes: "Mr. Tony Stark, I want to know one thing, is Director Nick Fury still alive..."


    "..."


    Tony Stark was silent for a moment.


    After Nick Fury was assassinated, he escaped from suspended animation in a hospital under the Stark Group, which was also the only thing that Tony owed Uehara psychologically.


    this time...


    He seemed unable to force a lie any longer.


    Because Uehara Naraku came here to ask this question, he must have had enough evidence, if he lied again, he would be exposed directly, and his friends would have nothing to do.


    After Tony Stark was silent for a while, he said slowly: "Well, you already know... I don''t care much about this matter.


    It''s all between you guys anyway?


    Didn''t the bald man tell you? At the beginning, he said that there must be a lot of hydra lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D., so he wanted to lure them out with his own death, and see if those guys have any plans..."


    to be honest.


    Nick Fury''s plan isn''t bad.


    It''s just that the result of this suspended animation plan is a bit cheating.


    Because after Nick Fury''s fake death, the Hydra in S.H.I.E.L.D. was not drawn out, but the Hydra bases around the world suffered instead...


    One thing the entire Avengers squad knows is that new S.H.I.E.L.D. director Naraku Uehara is going around cleaning up Hydra bases around the world in order to avenge his boss.


    Even Alexander Pierce, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., who was a Hydra spy, and a bunch of Hydra base leaders and cadres were killed by Hulk.


    This can be regarded as revenge for Nick Fury.


    It is estimated that Nick Fury did not expect this result.


    Because this kind of thing is too outrageous. On the surface, as soon as he died as a bureau chief, his subordinates killed all his opponents to accompany him after taking office. Can only blame him, the former bureau chief, for being too charismatic and loved by his subordinates? !


    but.


    Hydra in S.H.I.E.L.D. did not jump out.


    Because no matter how you look at it, the Hydra outside is completely wiped out, and the Hydra inside will definitely not dare to take the lead. This also makes Nick Fury''s fake death operation disrupted by Uehara Naraku''s riot operation, which is completely meaningless Already...


    Looking at it now, the fake death plan that Nick Fury took the opportunity to carry out really makes people feel stupid.


    Tony Stark thought so too.


    "At that time, I thought that the bald man''s plan was too stupid."


    Tony Stark talked about Nick Fury''s suspended animation plan, still chattering: "But you know that guy''s brain is always a little weird, so when he asked me to keep it secret..."


    "Shut up."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Tony Stark with an ugly face, and continued in a cold voice: "Tony Stark, do you... know what you did?"


    "what?"


    A question mark appeared on Tony Stark''s face. He looked at Naraku Uehara, who was a little angry on his face, and blinked his eyes: "Don''t be too angry... I also think his plan of suspended animation is not very reliable..."


    "Then why did you help him!"


    Uehara Naraku gritted his teeth violently, as if he was not under the control of his anger, he punched Tony Stark with a blunt punch!


    This attack came too suddenly!


    Originally, Tony Stark stretched out his hand and wanted to resist subconsciously, but Uehara Naraku punched him out and fell him onto a test bench!


    Luckily he was wearing a suit of steel...


    "Are you crazy?"


    Tony Stark closed his mask with lingering fear.


    If he hadn''t just put on this steel battle suit temporarily, he would have been seriously injured by Naraku Uehara''s punch. Has this guy gone crazy?


    Uehara Naraku''s figure rushed towards Tony Stark again, his palm directly grabbed Tony''s arm, and he threw him over his shoulder to the ground!


    this moment¡­


    He seemed to be dazzled by anger!


    "Do you know what you have done!"


    Uehara Naraku pressed Tony Stark tightly to the ground, grabbed his steel mask with one hand and lifted it, and continued angrily: "Director Fury... no... Nick Fury, he is Hydra''s cadre!"


    "..."


    Tony Stark was stunned.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Tony Stark with a look of astonishment, and continued in a deep voice: "Ferry... Nick Fury''s suspended animation plan is not to lure Hydra, but to leave S.H.I.E.L.D. reasonably, because soon Someone found his head..."


    "impossible?"


    Tony Stark couldn''t believe it.


    If that Nick Fury guy is Hydra, what has he been doing all this time? So what exactly is he doing now?


    "unambiguous evidence."


    Naraku Uehara looked down at Tony Stark, who was still in astonishment, and his emotions gradually calmed down: "Now the White House has issued a warrant for the FBI and CIA... everything is irreparable, and the murder of the former president is probably caused by him. Control!"


    "how is this possible¡­"


    Tony Stark''s eyes gradually became a little confused.


    Tony Stark was confused for less than two seconds, and quickly thought about the fact that Nick Fury is Hydra, if it is true, how much it would affect him: "If Nick Fury is really Hydra cadres..."


    "Need you clear your mind?"


    Uehara Naraku pulled the Iron Man to stand up with one hand, and said softly: "Nick Fury is really a cadre of Hydra... It seems that you don''t know how troublesome it is?"


    "I don''t know..."


    Tony Stark shook his head, and subconsciously said: "Isn''t SHIELD and the government doing things badly? I don''t care, you are taking our taxpayers'' money..."


    "Don''t be fooled."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted him, and Tony Stark fell into the ice cave with one sentence: "Tony, did you forget the Christmas Eve a few days ago?"


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s face was instantly ugly.


    There was no need for Uehara Naraku to remind him too much, he had already figured out these troubles, because a president died on Christmas Eve!


    and¡­


    The person who kills the president is the person of Hydra!


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Tony Stark, and continued calmly: "The guy who killed the president and almost killed you is the cadre Death of Hydra.


    This incident cannot be concealed at all, and now the White House has determined that the bizarre death of the former president was a terrorist attack controlled by Hydra.


    And you just happened to survive that night.


    Even if I happened to save a few of you, this established fact cannot be avoided... The former Mr. President died, and you survived, this is really a coincidence..."


    When Naraku Uehara said this, he looked at Tony, whose face was getting uglier, and continued: "It''s even more coincidental...Before that, you assisted the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Nick, one of the cadres of Hydra, Fury, has escaped government surveillance."


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s complexion finally completely darkened.


    According to Uehara Naraku''s logic, he, Iron Man, was also one of the accomplices involved in the murder of the president, because he was indeed involved with Hydra!


    "Looks like you''ve figured it out."


    Uehara Naraku stared at Tony Stark, and continued calmly: "When our new president summoned me at the White House the day before yesterday, I told him that no matter who is a Hydra spy, you cannot be a Hydra a member of.


    Because when I succeeded the director, I saw that your father, Mr. Howard Stark, was one of the founders of S.H.I.E.L.D., and I also saw a document.


    After all, your parents Howard Stark and his wife were assassinated by Hydra, but the White House believes that you are still suspected of the murder of the former president. The president and the World Security Council ordered me to control you and Colonel Rhodes..."


    "Thank you...wait?"


    Tony Stark paid attention to something different in an instant, his eyes widened suddenly, and he grabbed Uehara Naraku''s shoulder forcefully: "What did you just say?"


    Naraku Uehara frowned, and repeated it self-consciously: "The President and the World Security Council ordered me to control you and Colonel James Rhodes, and send people to enter..."


    "My mother..."


    Tony Stark tightly grasped Uehara Naraku''s shoulders, and a shadow appeared on his face out of thin air: "Assassinated by Hydra... tell me what''s going on!"


    This is what a person is used to.


    Even if Tony Stark knew that Howard Stark and his wife were killed together, he would subconsciously hate the person who killed his mother.


    "Don''t you know about this?"


    Naraku Uehara didn''t seem to notice it, he didn''t seem to know what important things he said at all, but there was a look of surprise on his face, he frowned and said: "I remember there was a warehouse in SHIELD A release record, the relics about Howard Stark have already been given to you..."


    Uehara Naraku''s frown became tighter, and he continued to ask: "The materials of S.H.I.E.L.D. have been taken away, did no one give you the video tape?


    Not long ago when we cleaned up the Hydra base, we also got a videotape to be re-sealed, after all, it was the information of Howard Stark, the founder of S.H.I.E.L.D...¡±


    "What video tape!"


    Tony Stark''s eye circles instantly turned red!


    At this moment, as if he had grasped something, he firmly grasped Uehara Naraku''s shoulder without moving, and the strength in his hand was getting stronger and stronger!


    "Please... tell me, Uehara!"


    "Video of Howard Stark and his wife before they were killed..."


    Uehara Naraku was silent for a while when he said this, and then continued: "Sorry, Tony, I don''t know if I should tell you about this..."


    Uehara Naraku had some hesitation on his face, but his mouth was very fluent: "The previous materials inside SHIELD were taken away in advance. I only learned about this sealed-up document from their base when I was destroying Hydra. file.


    Your father, Mr. Howard Stark, and your mother, Ms. Maria Collins Howard, were controlled by Hydra and caused a car accident. They had a chance to be saved, but they were ambushed by Hydra killers nearby Bucky Barnes kills¡­


    Sorry, I thought you already knew about this. "


    "Bucky Barnes?"


    Tony Stark slowly let go of his palm, and suddenly said: "I don''t know... Jarvis! Help me find out the information about Bucky Barnes..."


    "Tony!"


    Uehara Naraku pressed Tony Stark''s shoulder with one hand, and said in a deep voice: "Promise me, don''t investigate now... You must return to S.H.I.E.L.D. with me now!"


    "Don''t stop me!"


    Tony Stark pushed Uehara Naraku away with his backhand, his eye circles were so red that he even wanted to cry, his eyes were full of pleading: "Uehara, if you still treat us as friends, don''t stop me..."


    "Tony! I won''t stop you."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and continued softly: "But you can''t find out, Bucky Barnes is a spy who has been lurking for a long time, and all the information on his life exists in S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Now you have to go back to S.H.I.E.L.D., where you can watch these slowly, I have to make sure you are under the control of S.H.I.E.L.D., make sure you are not Hydra''s pawn, sorry, only in this way can you be safe .


    This is my pledge before the President and the World Security Council. "

 Chapter 766

    Uehara Narakuyu looks like a good person with a serious heart.


    Uehara Naraku''s words are indeed explaining that he is a good person inside and out. He doesn''t have the airs of the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and he has been thinking about Tony Stark.


    This feeling warmed Tony Stark''s heart.


    However, this kind of warmth made Tony a little ashamed, because he seemed to be playing the role of a bad thing all the time, and what he couldn''t bear the most was Nick Fury''s deception!


    He helped Nick Fury escape by feigning death and escaping the upcoming censorship, but he didn''t expect that guy to be a cadre of Hydra, the Hydra that killed his parents!


    Now the most troublesome thing is...


    The World Security Council and the White House still want to control him. Even if Naraku Uehara is willing to stand by his side to protect him, he doesn''t know how much pressure he will bear...


    And Rhodes.


    If even he, a superhero, is to be controlled, what kind of interrogation will his friend James Rhodes accept?


    "Where is Rhodes?"


    "Colonel Rhodes was temporarily locked up by me."


    Naraku Uehara didn''t hide Tony''s meaning at all, but continued softly: "People from the White House and the World Security Council are staring at us... We have to prove your innocence. As your friend, the suspicion of Colonel Rhodes will be cleared." clear."


    "thanks¡­"


    Tony Stark nodded, and slowly sat down on the ground against his experimental table, with a look of despair on his face, and he felt his own confusion and powerlessness again.


    All this is like the day of the New York War, when Tony saw the Chitauri and the Akatsuki army fighting in New York, but he could only drift with the crowd in that war.


    only¡­


    Letting him and Naraku Uehara return to S.H.I.E.L.D. made him a little bit reconciled, because he knew very well that once he entered S.H.I.E.L.D., it would be difficult for him to leave in a short time.


    At that time, no matter what the government or the World Security Council wants to do, he, Iron Man, seems to have no way to change it. In fact, he is more inclined to another approach...


    That is to catch Nick Fury first!


    Whether it is the domination of hatred in Tony Stark''s heart, or the key to breaking the situation, it must be achieved by catching Nick Fury!


    Gotta get that bald guy!


    "Uehara, do you trust me?"


    Tony Stark suddenly raised his head and looked at Uehara Naraku who was standing in front of him: "Let''s catch Nick Fury first, and then..."


    "Tony."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Tony Stark, slowly squatted in front of him, and said calmly: "That is the task of the CIA and FBI, what you have to do now is to return to S.H.I.E.L.D. with me. "


    Uehara Naraku stared at his red eye circles, and continued calmly: "In order to ensure that you are under the control of S.H.I.E.L.D., the Air Force dispatched a formation to patrol the sky in New York. This time I really can''t help you get out of here... "


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became depressed: "Tony, please...can you think about us this time...


    If I let you go this time, do you think the World Security Council and the White House will think I''m Director of S.H.I.E.L.D.... or just another Hydra spy in cahoots with you, a Hydra suspect? "


    "..."


    Tony Stark fell silent again.


    If Naraku Uehara still allows him to act today, his friends will be in danger, at least the White House and the World Security Council will definitely not trust them.


    Tony Stark hung his head in frustration for a while, and muttered persistently: "But as long as I catch Nick Fury..."


    "How long will you be obsessed with it?!"


    Naraku Uehara laughed back a little angrily, slowly shook his head and said: "The most important thing for us now is to clear your suspicion, and you have to help me prepare the materials in SHIELD.


    Besides you, the rest of the entire Avengers team must also be vetted by the Security Council, and only Dr. Bruce Banner passed.


    We still have a lot of troubles...


    Much¡­"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his brows, and continued in a low voice: "There are so many real troubles that you can''t imagine, even troubles that you can''t believe..."


    "Tony, I can''t spend forever on you."


    When it came to the end, Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly softened: "If you still have the attitude of being able to handle everything by yourself, it will be too disappointing. If you insist on not going back with me today, we will not be together again in the future." We are friends..."


    "..."


    This emotional card is really uncomfortable to play!


    Even Tony Stark couldn''t stand the excitement a little bit! How could it be that his friend is always looking for trouble, obviously he has been working very hard to help!


    After being silent for a second, Tony Stark stretched out his palm, and the iron suit on his body quickly fell off, disarming his only armament.


    After finishing this matter, Tony Stark turned his head and looked at Uehara Naraku: "I''m going to say goodbye to Pepper, and... where is our plane to Washington?"


    "It''s on the roof."


    Uehara Naraku showed a relaxed look on his face, he nodded and continued: "It''s best not to reveal too much to Pepper, don''t make her worry too much...you don''t have to worry, investigate the power of the Stark Industries Group Belongs to S.H.I.E.L.D."


    Obviously.


    Uehara Naraku''s meaning is very clear, relying on his relationship with Tony Stark as the director of SHIELD, SHIELD will not cause too much trouble for Stark Industries.


    In fact, as Naraku Uehara expected, when Tony Stark said goodbye to Pepper, he just said a few words and left with Naraku Uehara.


    In the sky.


    Tony Stark and Uehara Naraku boarded an armed helicopter, and a dozen fighter jets circled around them to escort them, which was more than the number of escorts on Air Force One.


    "It looks like it''s in good condition."


    Tony Stark glanced at the fighter jets flying nearby, and said softly: "Now let''s talk about it... What troubles have we encountered... Also, I need a lot of information."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded indifferently, inserted his palms into his hair, and sighed: "A lot of trouble... Compared with other people in the Avengers team, your problem is about the same as they attacked the bank, and you Just bought a hamburger and didn''t pay for it."


    "Is the gap that big?"


    The corners of Tony Stark''s eyes couldn''t help but jump: "It sounds like our superhero team is in a bad situation, and it looks like it might be disbanded at any time..."


    so¡­


    How bad is the situation inside the Avengers?


    Let Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but start to have a headache?


    "The existence of the Avengers still makes sense."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his forehead, and continued softly: "Because of an alien invasion, the World Security Council and the White House also want to continue to maintain the existence of the Avengers team, but they must ensure that all superheroes are not terrorists..."


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Tony Stark thought for a second, guessed: "You don''t want to tell me, except for the two of us and Hulk, other people..."


    "Agents Clint Barton and Natasha Romanoff were both Furyan''s spies in the Avengers team. Since Fury''s death, the whereabouts of the two of them have been unknown..."


    When Naraku Uehara said this, he looked at Tony Stark and sincerely confessed his identity: "Before I became a superhero because of the energy of the Rubik''s Cube, I should have been placed in the Avengers team by SHIELD." Spy, in order to guide you to be willing to obey the orders of S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    There is no need to hide this matter.


    According to Tony Stark''s IQ, he can understand this matter, not to mention he didn''t care much about Naraku Uehara''s identity.


    "I know, what about the others?"


    "Dr. Bruce Banner has told you about it."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Tony Stark, spread his palms and explained: "Dr. Banner''s personality is relatively simple, and he basically reported everything about him...


    Although the Hulk in Dr. Banner''s body is the most dangerous one, it is now the one that has been reviewed the fastest.


    As for our captain, Steve Rogers..."


    When Naraku Uehara talked about Steve Rogers, he fell into a strange silence. After being silent for a long time under Tony Stark''s gaze, he hesitated to speak.


    "The whereabouts of Captain Rogers are currently unknown. As for his specific situation, when we return to the headquarters, you can take your time to see for yourself..."


    "What else is there to see in that antique who is so rigid in his mind that he only knows obedience..."


    Tony Stark is not too cold about Steve Rogers, but it doesn''t hinder his trust in Steve Rogers. That rigid soldier should be fine.


    However¡­


    Steve Rogers was the one who was in the most trouble.


    After Tony Stark and Naraku Uehara arrived at the base of S.H.I.E.L.D., the Iron Man had no chance to visit Colonel Rhodes, because Naraku Uehara gave him a lot of information.


    Among them, Tony Stark is most concerned about...


    Of course it''s about the tapes of his parents dying.


    The basement data room of S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    Uehara Naraku pulled out a video tape and handed it to Tony Stark, stretched out his hand and patted him on the shoulder comfortingly: "Sorry, Tony, as your friend, I don''t know if I should let you watch it, because I don''t want to Concealing you, but I don''t want to see you lose your mind..."


    Most people can''t bear this kind of tea flavor.


    No matter who hears this kind of words, they probably understand the entanglement in the heart of this friend Naraku Uehara. This person seems to be always thinking about his friend''s mood. He wants to let his friend know the truth, but he doesn''t want to make him sad...


    Tony Stark shook his head sullenly, and took the video tape in Uehara''s hand: "I know...don''t worry...Uehara...I already knew it in advance."


    It doesn''t matter.


    What else could be on the tape?


    Anyway, he already knew in advance from Uehara Naraku that his parents died under the assassination of Hydra, what else could make him more angry?


    Yes.


    Indeed there are.


    Even if Tony Stark knew the truth about the death of his parents in advance, after he witnessed what happened to his parents before they died...


    Naraku Uehara knew very well that when Tony Stark saw the contents of the video tape, his anger must not be suppressed.


    In front of an old TV.


    Tony Stark took out the video tape and put it in the DVD, staring at the black and white screen on the TV, calmly watching the picture on the screen.


    first.


    A car crashed into a tree bizarrely.


    An indifferent young man on a motorcycle appeared beside the car.


    A white-haired old man slowly crawled out of the driver''s seat in the car, trembling with blood on his face, his appearance was unprecedentedly embarrassing.


    It was Tony Stark''s father, Howard Stark.


    This father, who had left countless traces of arrogance in Tony Stark''s life, was so embarrassed at this moment that Tony couldn''t accept it...


    However¡­


    This is just the beginning.


    Black and white TV screen.


    The elderly Howard Stark, who had just climbed out of the car, seemed to have heard the sound of the motorcycle. He pushed himself hard and climbed towards the direction of the motorcycle, still muttering: "Help my wife...please Please¡­"


    "..."


    The indifferent young man put down his motorcycle and walked to the old man''s side. He suddenly grabbed the old man''s hair and stood beside the car!


    This guy doesn''t look like he''s here to save people!


    The old man''s eyes changed, he seemed to recognize the young man''s identity, tremblingly he seemed to call out the young man''s name.


    They must have known each other.


    While Tony Stark was still thinking, his heart suddenly tightened!


    Because he suddenly saw a scene that terrified him, the young man named Barnes on the black and white TV, punched the old man in the eye socket viciously!


    punch...


    two punches...


    three punches...


    In the black and white screen of the TV, this indifferent young man held the old Howard Stark''s hair and beat the old man to death with his own fist!


    This is a real beating to death, through the screen you can feel the pain Howard Stark suffered before he died, the pain of being punched in the eye socket!


    No matter who it is, they can''t accept that their father was beaten to death with fists, even if Tony Stark respects and fears his father more!


    However, Tony Stark has no way to change all this.


    In the black and white screen on the TV, the indifferent young man is still going on. After killing Howard Stark, he left the body of the great scientist in the driver''s seat...


    Then¡­


    The young man walked to the side of the co-pilot of the car and stretched out his palm. In the video, a woman could be seen sitting on the co-pilot.


    The young man stretched out his palm, calmly and firmly stretched out his hand to grab the woman''s neck, strangled the woman to death in the passenger seat...


    "..."


    Tony Stark''s fist clenched violently!


    The woman who was strangled to death was his mother!


    Even if he knew about the death of his parents a long time ago, it couldn''t compare to witnessing their miserable death with his own eyes. The anger flooded his chest almost in an instant!


    The picture on the black and white TV continued.


    After the indifferent young man killed Howard Stark and his wife, he walked to the camera with a cold face as if he had done nothing. He showed his face by the camera, and he calmly drew a gun and shot at the camera.


    That''s the end of the footage on the tape.


    "Tony, it''s over, don''t be sad."


    Uehara Naraku walked to Tony Stark''s side, reached out and pressed his shoulder to calm his emotions.


    "that person¡­"


    Tony Stark''s eyes were red, and his face was full of pain and anger. He bit his teeth tightly: "Tell me! Uehara! Tell me... where is he!"


    "He''s Bucky Barnes."


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head, and whispered helplessly beside Tony: "And... he is also a friend of Captain Steve Rogers..."

 Chapter 767

    Uehara Naraku did not tell lies.


    Bucky Barnes is indeed a good friend of Steve Rogers. They can even be said to be biological brothers, and they can almost give their lives for each other.


    Moreover, the existence of Bucky Barnes is also the fetter of Steve Rogers'' only surviving old friend. His existence makes Steve Rogers feel that he, the guy seventy years ago, is not alone in this world.


    The bond between the two is too complicated.


    To put it bluntly, the bond between the Winter Soldier and Captain America can make everyone brainstorm for a whole day. The last time Naraku Uehara saw such a complicated relationship was the two restless little things Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto...


    Tony Stark wouldn''t realize this complicated relationship, or the hatred must have flooded his brain, and now he only remembers one thing...


    his parents¡­


    Murdered alive by Steve Rogers'' friends!


    "Where is he?"


    After Tony Stark asked this sentence, he added another sentence: "Uehara, where are they? The American soldier and his murderer friend!"


    "Unable to ascertain."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, turned on a switch in the data room, pulled out a virtual screen, and explained: "Since Fury''s suspended animation, Steve Rogers has disappeared... No, or earlier, he It has mysteriously disappeared."


    Virtual screens don''t quite fit in with black and white TVs.


    Tony Stark finally focused on the virtual screen opened by Uehara Naraku, on which the biography of two people appeared, and the above information was quite detailed.


    Captain America Steve Rogers.


    The Winter Soldier Bucky Barnes.


    "Before World War II, before Steve Rogers was injected with super soldier serum and became Captain America, the two of them were friends."


    Naraku Uehara swiped his finger on the virtual screen, and pulled out a photo of two people who joined the army at that time: "After the war expanded, a large-scale conscription began in the country, and the two of them began to serve separately and entered different troops.


    Later, Steve Rogers injected the serum and became Captain America. During the war, he rescued a group of soldiers from the prisoner-of-war camp, including his friend Bucky Barnes. commando.


    This commando targeted the Red Skull in Hydra and eliminated many of Hydra''s men. In the final battle, both Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes fell in the Arctic Ocean and were frozen for decades. "


    When talking about this, Naraku Uehara stopped his fingers and said softly: "But there are some doubts in it, because we can''t find out who they are loyal to..."


    "What''s the meaning?"


    There was some doubt in Tony Stark''s eyes.


    What else can''t be found out?


    Shouldn''t these two have pledged their allegiance to the Allied Forces in World War II?


    etc¡­


    Why would Bucky Barnes be a HYDRA killer and kill his parents if their allegiance was to the Allies? And...why did Steve Rogers suddenly disappear?


    Tony Stark felt a little dizzy.


    However, Uehara Naraku will give him the answer soon.


    Naraku Uehara swiped open the screen again, pulled out a video file, and said softly, "Tony, do you still remember Agent Coulson?"


    The video is surveillance footage from S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    The above shows the video of Agent Coulson and Agent Hill defecting to S.H.I.E.L.D. In the video, the two escaped from S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters with a bloody path.


    "this is¡­"


    Tony Stark''s face became a little surprised. He recalled that he had dealt with Coulson before he became Iron Man, and Coulson even helped him and Coulson during the final battle against Obaday Stan. Pepper''s busy.


    "He defected."


    Uehara Naraku''s finger slid again, opened the next video, and said in a deep voice: "The reason why Agent Coulson defected is because some bad things were found in the S.H.I.E.L.D....


    When Captain Steve Rogers was salvaged in the Arctic Ocean, an agent hid a German secret letter on him, which contained an order from Adolf Hitler, the head of state of the German Third Reich. "


    "..."


    Tony Stark couldn''t help but gasped.


    The Iron Man suddenly realized the seriousness of this problem. Once Steve Rogers, the Captain America, is an undercover agent to invade Germany, it will collapse people''s beliefs!


    Tony Stark turned his head suddenly, looked at the video of Coulson''s defection on the virtual screen, and asked in a whisper: "The secret letter...so the reason for Agent Coulson''s defection...is to take the A secret letter in German?"


    "Well, without a doubt."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued softly: "At first we thought it was Agent Coulson''s private action, because he has always admired Captain America...


    Later, when I was chasing Agent Coulson and Agent Hill, I found that they were able to escape from me every time, as if they knew my location. "


    When Uehara Naraku said this, his fingers stopped, and his voice was a little low: "At that time, the only person who could know my location... was our Mr. Director at the time, Nick Fury."


    "..."


    Tony Stark patted Uehara Naraku on the shoulder.


    Tony Stark understands Naraku Uehara''s depression. The boss Naraku Uehara has always admired has always been a hostile spy and plays Uehara like a pawn...


    This feeling is really not good.


    "It was only yesterday that I began to suspect that something went wrong during the manhunt."


    Uehara Naraku lowered his head, closed his eyes and sighed: "All of us have always known that Director Ferry trusts Agent Coulson and Agent Hill, or he trusts them most in S.H.I.E.L.D. indivual¡­"


    Uehara Naraku shook his head vigorously, took a deep breath to calm his emotions: "Stop talking about this, we are going to continue talking about the problems of Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes, they gave this The world is more trouble than you can imagine..."


    A photo appeared on the screen.


    This photo is of Dr. Erskine, who is also the inventor of the Super Soldier Serum and creator of Captain America.


    For Uehara Naraku, Dr. Erskine is just a dead man, and he can take this photo of Dr. Erskine and make it up.


    even¡­


    Uehara Naraku felt that he could still make up a very organized story.


    "Abraham Erskine, inventor of the super soldier serum."


    Uehara Naraku pulled out two more photos, namely Adolf Hitler and Red Skull John Schmidt, and began to tell the story: "Erskin once played for the Red Skull and *** Germany, or he is more loyal to Adolf Hitler, the war maniac.


    To be honest, it is somewhat incomprehensible. Most of these scientists from Germany have unimaginable loyalty to Hitler.


    For example, Mr. Howard Stark once recruited a German scientist Dr. Arnim Zola for S.H.I.E.L.D. We also found out that he was a parasite hidden by Hydra and the Third Reich, and that guy also left It caused a lot of trouble. "


    "Hmm... did he miss it too?"


    Tony Stark contemplates his father cryptically.


    This is Tony Stark''s subconscious behavior. He always wants to surpass his father, so he will quietly find his father''s shortcomings.


    Naraku Uehara nodded, and continued softly: "There is nothing wrong with this, because no one can understand what those scientific lunatics think... In short, Dr. Erskine is the same, he received a top-secret mission from Hitler.


    At the beginning of World War II, the cooperation between Hitler and Red Skull was very pleasant. Hitler even authorized the establishment of an army for Red Skull, so that Red Skull, who was only one of the cadres of Hydra at the time, completely surpassed the other nine On top of the Snake faction base.


    but¡­


    Red Skull chose not to be loyal to Hydra''s supposed mission.


    Not long ago, when Dr. Banner and I eliminated Pierce, we found some information about Hydra from Pierce''s base.


    From the day Hydra was founded, they have been trying to rescue their founder, Hela, the goddess of death in Asgard, who is Thor''s elder sister.


    But not everyone thinks so...


    After all, no one has ever seen Hela, the goddess of death, and even Thor seems to have never heard of this name, not to mention that Hydra is just a group of ordinary people gathered together. "


    "so¡­"


    Tony Stark understood what Uehara Naraku meant in an instant, and pondered: "That Red Skull never thought of rescuing that unknown goddess named Hela?"


    "should be."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and continued softly: "Because there are some historical materials about Hydra in the Pierce base, it was mentioned that the Red Skull is a traitor.


    After getting the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, the Red Skull was obsessed with the power of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, and chose to betray the mission of Hydra and Adolf Hitler. "


    When Naraku Uehara talked about this, he continued to explain: "We learned about the existence purpose of Hydra from Pierce, probably to get the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube and experiment with the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, so as to rescue their founder Hela, the goddess of death. .


    Fury may also think so, but there are some problems in his experiment. Instead of saving Hela, the energy of the Rubik''s Cube attracts Loki and the Chitauri.


    Fortunately, Mr. Howard Stark became friends with the Akatsuki organization..."


    "His vision... is indeed not bad."


    Tony Stark couldn''t help but muttered again, and urged softly: "Uehara, stop talking about this, hurry up and tell me what''s going on!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Naraku Uehara nodded before continuing to return to the topic just now: "The Red Skull betrayed Hydra and Hitler for the power of the Rubik''s Cube, and he completely offended them because they all needed the power of the Rubik''s Cube.


    Hitler needs to use the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, a power that exists outside of earth science, to win the war, and Hydra needs to use the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube to rescue Hela, the goddess of death.


    However, at that time, there were many Red Skulls who had mastered the Rubik''s Cube, and the Allied forces were advancing all the way in the European battlefield. They had nothing to do with the Red Skull.


    at this time¡­


    Dr. Erskine, the head of the Super Soldier Project, received a top-secret order from Adolf Hitler to remove John Schmidt from the Red Skull.


    Dr. Erskine received the order and chose to sneak away from the control of the Red Skull. Since the Allied forces surrounded Germany, he chose to join the Allies as a spy scientist and joined the Allies under the guise of a plan to create super soldiers. "


    Speaking of this, Naraku Uehara rubbed his forehead, swipe the virtual screen, and pulled out two comparison photos of Steve Rogers before and after injecting the super soldier serum.


    In one of the photos, Steve Rogers is as skinny as a stick.


    In another photo, Steve Rogers has become very muscular.


    Then¡­


    He continued to make up.


    "We can''t tell what''s wrong with it..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the two photos on the virtual screen that looked almost different from each other in terms of stature, and continued: "During the Super Soldier Project, Erskine instigated Steve Rogers, making him Captain America and a *** German spy."


    Naraku Uehara pulled the screen, opened a detailed time history, and continued: "Since then, Steve Rogers has been active as Captain America. His purpose is only one, to completely destroy the Red Skull and get the Rubik''s Cube.


    At that time, the Red Skull was the enemy of the world.


    Hydra, Hitler, the Allies, almost all are encircling him.


    Among them, Steve Rogers, the captain, is the center of the world, surrounded by allied troops to provide weapon support, and even Mr. Howard Stark was ordered to build a vibrating gold shield for him.


    With the military support of the Allied Forces, and with the help of intelligence from Hitler and Hydra''s internal spies, the whole world was helping him at that time. In the end, he lived up to expectations and successfully eliminated the Red Skull, which was already a powerful force at that time.


    Unfortunately, Steve Rogers successfully solved the Red Skull, but did not bring back the Rubik''s Cube. Instead, he took the Rubik''s Cube and fell into the Arctic Ocean because of the plane out of control.


    Hitler did not wait for the Rubik''s Cube he brought back, and committed suicide under fire in Berlin.


    The other factions of Hydra did not wait for the Rubik''s Cube, they took the opportunity to lurk in various parts of the allied countries, hid themselves after the war, and continued their plans. "


    "..."


    Tony Stark stuck his fingers in his hair and rubbed his head: "These... are the sealed truths?"


    Tony Stark felt that his cognition had been completely subverted.


    These things¡­


    It''s too shocking!


    It''s impossible for anyone to figure it out, right?


    If it weren''t for Uehara Naraku telling the history here in a thread-by-thread manner, it would be impossible for anyone to know the sealed truth, and these truths should continue to be sealed in the future...


    Because the identity of Steve Rogers is quite troublesome...


    The United States is unlikely to allow Captain America to have a dirty identity.


    "I was more shocked than you when I first found out."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and said softly: "If it wasn''t for the request from the higher authorities, the German secret letter happened to be found, and these things will continue to be sealed by Fury... Moreover, Steve Rogers and Hydra are still implicated."


    Speaking of this, Naraku Uehara took the opportunity to blame Nick Fury again. He pulled out the video of Coulson and the reviewers fighting fiercely, and pressed the pause button with his finger.


    "When the secret German letter incident was first exposed, Nick Fury received two calls from the review agent, asking the review agent to hand over the secret letter to Coulson.


    It¡¯s just that some of these censors have tough personalities. Most of them are retired soldiers, not the spies placed by Nick Fury and Pierce in Hydra. They asked to be submitted to the World Security Council for review.


    Eventually, Coulson eliminated the witnesses and defected.


    The only thing left in the archives today is the video of the interrogation, which proves that a private letter from Adolf Hitler to Steve Rogers did appear in the Arctic Ocean salvage operation. "


    After Naraku Uehara finished speaking, he turned his head and looked at Tony Stark who was still scratching his head, and said softly: "Tony, these are top secrets, and they must not be leaked until the World Security Council and the White House confirm the disclosure..."


    "Ok¡­"


    Tony Stark nodded weakly.


    Once these are exposed, many people will go crazy, right?

 Chapter 768

    Naraku Uehara feels like a genius editor.


    You only need to use a photo at the beginning, and make up the rest by yourself. These fabricated facts can still be well-founded, and Tony Stark has to believe it.


    after all¡­


    The amount of information he disseminates is so great!


    Uehara Naraku took advantage of the gap between explaining the story, looked at Tony Stark who was a little dazed, and gave a thumbs up to the story he made up in his heart.


    such a wonderful story...


    Besides him and Heijue, who else could tell?


    It may be difficult to have such a wonderful story in the future. If you want to hear it again, you will have to wait until he, the man behind the scenes, reveals the truth and tells his own story...


    and¡­


    The story is also a win-win story.


    Uehara Naraku once again had the pleasure of fabricating history and manipulating everything behind the scenes; Tony Stark would no longer have any grudges in his heart, he could ignore Steve Rogers, Hitler''s lackey, and he could go after him with confidence. Bucky Barnes¡­


    In essence, Tony Stark really needs such a story. As long as Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes are completely turned into villains, Tony will not have any psychological burden when chasing them down...


    Naraku Uehara gave himself another like.


    Now is the correct way to open the Avengers Civil War!


    "Okay, what are we going to do now?"


    Tony Stark took a deep breath. He had just listened to the massive amount of information that subverted the three views, and needed to find something to relieve his mood.


    "First prove your innocence and that of Colonel Rhodes to the White House and the World Security Council."


    Uehara Naraku put forward his own suggestion, and continued to explain: "Only if we convince the World Security Council and the White House and obtain authorization from them, can you and Colonel Rhodes act in the name of reintegrating the Avengers team..."


    "It''s not necessary..."


    Tony Stark frowned. He was quite unimpressed with those bureaucrats, but his friends Naraku Uehara and Colonel James Rhodes would obey orders seriously.


    Tony Stark sighed, and said softly: "Forget it, Uehara, find some time, let''s meet those old guys from the World Security Council..."


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded, took out a stack of plans about the Avengers, and handed it to Tony Stark: "During this period, you should stay in my office for a few days, and take a look at this information, while we wait for security News from the council, while preparing for the next step.¡±


    "it is good."


    Tony Stark casually opened the information in his hand, saw that it was the expansion plan of the Avengers team, and couldn''t help but said: "Increase and expand the number of superheroes of the Avengers, and build a training base for Avengers members..."


    "right."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head resignedly, and continued: "This is the basis for our communication with the World Security Council, not to mention that the current Avengers team has existed in name only...


    Steve Rogers, Natasha Romanoff, Clint Barton can almost be dealt with as defectors, only Dr. Bruce Banner, you, me, and Colonel Rhodes... Thor Still in Asgard, we must rebuild a new team of Avengers. "


    "Ok¡­"


    This is also an established fact.


    After all, the form of the Avengers is still recognized by Tony Stark. Compared with letting him join those official organizations, the existence of this superhero team is acceptable.


    "Then I''ll get it sorted, you can live in your own home in Washington, I need to get some agents... you get what I mean, Tony, it''s unavoidable, and on top of that, it''s going to be outside under someone else''s supervision connection."


    The conditions given by Uehara Naraku are quite loose. Although everything about Tony Stark must be monitored, at least he does not have to be locked in the interrogation room.


    Tony was a little unhappy, but he knew that this was already the most comfortable condition Uehara Naraku could provide him.


    After Uehara Naraku arranged for Tony Stark, he began to prepare for his next plan, or to put an end to the story he compiled.


    first¡­


    There is a very troublesome problem in the story made up by Naraku Uehara.


    That''s when Captain America Steve Rogers isn''t missing.


    Steve Rogers is even staying obediently at his home in Brooklyn, New York, and he is still waiting for Uehara Naraku to call him to clean up Hydra.


    The Captain America also deeply trusted Naraku Uehara.


    This is outrageous.


    After Uehara Naraku left his office, he called a Hydra agent and gave his order in Hydra.


    "Send someone to our Hydra base in Sokovia, bring Wanda Maximoff over, and give her some necessary espionage training."


    "Tell Wanda to let her re-recognize her current identity. She is no longer a superpower trained by Hydra, but a superhero excavated by S.H.I.E.L.D., code-named Scarlet Witch."


    "By the way, let me convey my order to make her brother Pietro Maximov the head of the Hydra base in Sokovia."


    Wanda Maximoff.


    Pietro Maximov.


    They are twin brothers and sisters who voluntarily accepted Hydra to cultivate extraordinary powers when they were teenagers.


    After the Hydra base in Sokovia got the mind stone scepter from Uehara and Pierce, Pietro Maximoff became the fast silver with super speed, and Wanda Maximoff became the Scarlet Witch of power.


    After Uehara Naraku cleaned up Alexander Pierce and a bunch of heads of Hydra bases, he took over the bases of these Hydras.


    This pair of twin brothers and sisters also became one of the legacy left to Uehara Naraku by the high-level cadres of Hydra.


    As a qualified boss, Uehara Naraku naturally wants to maximize the benefits. The power of these two people is quite interesting, and the relationship between brother and sister is also quite close. It is even said that there is a telepathy between twins.


    Since they depend on each other...


    Then they had to be each other''s hostages.


    As long as one of the two brothers and sisters is still in the hands of Uehara Naraku, it is impossible for them to betray Uehara Naraku.


    In comparison, the Scarlet Witch Wanda is more powerful, so Uehara Naraku plans to transfer Wanda to the Avengers, and let him personally monitor this power.


    As for Quicksilver...


    This good brother of Wanda was promoted from an experimental body to the person in charge of a Hydra base. This promotion speed was like a rocket, and he directly reached the pinnacle of his life!


    This is to slap a slap and give a sweet date...


    certainly.


    When Naraku Uehara cleaned up Alexander Pierce and the group of cadres, he received quite a rich inheritance, for example, Bucky Barnes among them.


    This reformed warrior who was first excavated and resurrected by Hydra was still brainwashed and controlled by Hydra. Now it''s time to use Bucky''s legacy.


    washington.


    Under the ground of a mansion.


    The basement of the mansion was transformed into a laboratory and interrogation room, and it is also where Hydra has been holding Bucky Barnes.


    Now Bucky Barnes was lying on a test bench, his body was tied with dense chains, firmly fixed him in place.


    Hydra can brainwash and control Bucky Barnes'' mind.


    However, this control method cannot be called safe. Whenever Bucky Barnes returns, he needs to be brainwashed and controlled again to avoid signs of defection in his brain.


    When Uehara Naraku came to this basement, he saw Bucky Barnes'' body struggling desperately, writhing and trying to leave the laboratory bench.


    The predicament of this super soldier made Uehara Naraku feel a little heartbroken, and he beckoned to call the person in charge of the laboratory.


    "Sir, are there any new orders?"


    Lab leaders know very well who their masters are.


    Uehara Naraku pointed to Bucky Barnes on the experimental table through the glass, and said with some regret: "You are so inhumane, go and untie Mr. Bucky''s chains, and give him an order to let him go. Help us kill Steve Rogers."


    "..."


    The person in charge of the laboratory was a little confused.


    What the hell is this order?


    Obviously it''s the boss, you black hands are even more inhumane!


    As a base responsible for brainwashing and controlling Bucky Barnes, most people here know the close relationship between Captain America Steve Rogers and Winter Soldier Bucky Barnes, they are best friends...


    Now the boss says he feels sorry for Bucky Barnes suffering in the lab, but orders Bucky Barnes and Steve Rogers to kill each other...


    It''s just that the person in charge of the laboratory can''t be negligent, so he can only open his mouth to remind the risk as much as possible: "Sir, I need to remind you in advance that the relationship between Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes is very close. Once Bucky Barnes Barnes has been stimulated by his old friend, and it is likely that he will regain his sanity during this assassination mission..."


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, looked at Bucky Barnes in the laboratory, and continued softly: "Anyway, it will be over in a few days... I want to get rid of Steve Rogers, my deadly enemy of Hydra, You have to be willing to take the bait."

 Chapter 769

    Uehara Naraku is the supreme leader of Hydra.


    Under Uehara Naraku''s arrangement, Bucky Barnes was quickly released by the laboratory, and the Winter Soldier calmly accepted the order to assassinate Steve Rogers.


    Before leaving, Uehara Naraku arranged for a Hydra agent to pass on unique assassination techniques to Bucky Barnes, lest Steve Rogers experience too comfortable an assassination.


    "Agent Bucky, you don''t want any pretense."


    "Steve Rogers used to be the captain of a special operations team of our Hydra, and then he chose to betray us after being revived by S.H.I.E.L.D. seventy years later."


    "Seventy years ago, in World War II, you were part of the special operations team led by Steve Rogers. When he saw you, he must have wondered why you survived. this era."


    "Steve Rogers must not be wary of you."


    "Because Steve Rogers would never have thought that our Hydra did not die with the war. This traitor who turned to S.H.I.E.L.D. for the sake of prosperity and wealth would never have thought that we are still hiding in this world."


    "When the traitor Steve Rogers is delighted to be surprised that you''re still alive, you don''t need to ask the question why he betrayed Hydra, and we don''t need his answer."


    "For a traitor, only death can eliminate his evidence. When you meet, you just need to kill him cleanly and stab him in the chest with your knife."


    "Agent Bucky, get rid of the traitor Steve Rogers."


    "This is the mission entrusted to you by our supreme leader."


    "As long as you can complete this task, the supreme leader will let you replace Steve Rogers and make you the new Hydra captain."


    "Go, Agent Bucky!"


    "Let Steve Rogers, a traitor, feel what despair and pain are, and let him know what an unbearable price it will be to betray Hydra!"


    The Hydra agent babbled and taught Bucky Barnes the technique from Uehara Naraku before letting Bucky Barnes leave the base.


    In fact, this is not an assassination technique at all.


    It''s just the new story that their Hydra instilled in Bucky Barnes, and through methods such as stealing the day and changing the world and changing his identity, Bucky Barnes first implanted the idea of ????Steve Rogers Hydra traitor.


    In fact, he is not a Hydra person at all...


    Seriously, they are the deadly enemies of Hydra.


    certainly¡­


    Bucky Barnes isn''t their Hydra guy either...


    It''s just a guy controlled by their Hydra brainwashing, this guy named Bucky is also their former enemy of Hydra...


    If you think about it now, it seems that their leader, Naraku Uehara, had a pretty good plan to let these two rivals of Hydra directly kill each other... especially these two were once comrades-in-arms who depended on life and death.


    After Bucky left, Uehara Naraku''s figure appeared in the room, and he said slowly, "How do you feel about my assassination plan?"


    "Sir, isn''t the plan a bit too hasty?"


    The agent frowned, a little dissatisfied: "Although it will hurt Steve Rogers'' heart, I always feel that this kind of action can hardly put Steve Rogers to death. He is Captain America... "


    "You''re still too young..."


    Uehara Naraku patted him on the shoulder, chuckled and said: "I didn''t intend to kill him, it is easy to kill a person, but it is difficult to make him feel pain.


    You are too young to understand the power of bonds, what we have to do is not to get rid of Steve Rogers, but to make our Captain America feel the pain. "


    Uehara Naraku turned on the surveillance camera while talking, and watched Bucky Barnes leave the base on a motorcycle, chuckling and continued: "Let our deadly enemy slowly learn to get used to this feeling ¡­


    Get Captain Steve Rogers used to what it''s like to be stabbed by his friends, and he''ll get used to it. "


    "..."


    The Hydra agent didn''t want to talk much.


    Because he only thinks that his boss is really a devil.


    No wonder their leader can serve as the leader of Hydra while also serving as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., because their leader is so heartbroken.


    Uehara Naraku suddenly turned his head and asked the subordinates beside him: "By the way, is the tracker on Bucky Barnes arranged?"


    "The tracker is in his arm."


    "Good job."


    Uehara Naraku nodded in satisfaction, and continued: "By the way, help me prepare a piece of information about Bucky Barnes, preferably one that can prove that he belonged to Hydra seventy years ago. I''ll take it away in a while."


    Overnight.


    The morning sun is still beautiful.


    After spending the night in Brooklyn, New York, Bucky Barnes put down his motorcycle and took out a map showing where Steve Rogers lived.


    "It feels very familiar..."


    Bucky''s brows could not help but tighten, and there was a hint of confusion in his eyes. He felt that this street location was very familiar, and he must have been to this place.


    In just a few seconds, Bucky Barnes found a reason for himself. Steve Rogers was his captain when he played for Hydra in the past. He should have often come to Steve Rogers at that time home.


    When Bucky Barnes plugged in the keys of his motorcycle and was about to go to Steve Rogers'' house to meet him, a muscular blond youth ran towards him.


    It was Steve Rogers.


    The Captain America has always maintained a high level of military self-discipline. Every day he has to run for a long time in the morning to maintain his best physical condition.


    Just as Steve Rogers was running towards him, he saw from the corner of his eye a somewhat luxurious motorcycle next to him, and a young man with black long hair on the motorcycle...


    The dark-haired young man had a rather familiar face.


    "Bucky?"


    Steve Rogers slowed down involuntarily, and looked at the man on the motorcycle in disbelief: "Bucky? Is that you? Bucky!"


    this person¡­


    Must be Bucky!


    Even after seventy years of isolation, Steve Rogers can still recognize his good friend Bucky Barnes at a glance, this is his best friend!


    Steve Rogers believed in his eyes, he was sure that he did not recognize the wrong person, he rushed towards Bucky Barnes, stopped next to the motorcycle with a few strides, and held Bucky with one hand shoulders!


    "Bucky! You''re alive!"


    "Steve?"


    Bucky Barnes unconsciously spat out his friend''s name.


    The blond young man standing in front of him gave Bucky a more familiar feeling, and this blond young man was his assassination target this time.


    Steve Rogers.


    The Hydra agent was right. He and Steve Rogers should indeed have been comrades-in-arms who relied on life and death. The moment he saw Steve Rogers, his brain couldn''t help but tingle, and he couldn''t help trying to Reminiscing about the past between them.


    And when Steve Rogers heard his friend call out his name in the tone of the past, the joy in his heart almost jumped out of his chest!


    Bucky''s hesitant call made Steve Rogers completely lose his mind, and he was finally sure that this was his friend!


    his friends¡­


    As alive as he is!


    "Bucky, you''re alive!"


    Steve Rogers was so excited that he wanted to cry, he hugged Bucky''s shoulders hard, his wrist was so strong that Bucky couldn''t break free and could only let him hug himself.


    pity¡­


    The joy of reuniting old friends can only be enjoyed by Steve Rogers.


    No matter how much Bucky Barnes subconsciously misses this feeling of hugging, his reason is also reminding him not to forget his mission...


    Kill his former captain...


    Kill Steve Rogers, the traitor to Hydra!


    No matter how friendly the relationship between Steve Rogers and him is, it can''t change the fact that Steve Rogers is a traitor!


    Hydra gave him the task of cleaning up the traitors!


    Hydra''s order...


    He absolutely cannot defy!


    While the two were still embracing to celebrate their reunion, Bucky Barnes, who had been brainwashed by Hydra, flipped his palm deftly!


    A sharp dagger hidden in his wrist fell into his palm!


    next moment¡­


    Bucky Bals clenched the dagger in his hand and stabbed directly at Steve Rogers'' spine, trying to pierce Steve Rogers'' body from behind!


    "Bucky?"


    Steve Rogers sensed something was wrong when Bucky Barnes flipped his palm, why did his friend flip his wrist?


    The experience of being attacked from behind by Hydra agents lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D. saved Steve Rogers'' life countless times before. The dagger just pierced his body, and the pain behind him made Steve Rogers subconsciously Get moving!


    This feeling of being attacked from behind...


    Gives Steve Rogers a special sense of familiarity¡­


    Because when he just woke up and the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. attacked the Hydra base, he was always attacked from behind by the Hydra spies lurking in S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Teammates I trust...


    To stab him in the back!


    Why do such crap things always happen to him!


    Even though he had just met a friend who was able to rely on each other''s lives seventy years ago, he wanted to attack him from behind!


    Fortunately, after being baptized by the Hydra spies, Steve Rogers is actually very experienced in dealing with this kind of life-and-death crisis. His arm suddenly exerted force, and Bucky Barnes was thrown out, and he broke free dangerously. Dangerous!


    The sharp dagger just scratched across Steve Rogers'' back, cut his clothes, left a long cut, and blood gushed out!


    Severe pain instantly spread throughout Steve Rogers'' whole body!


    However, compared to the internal organs that were pierced through the body, it was just a wound cut by a dagger. In fact, this kind of injury is still within the acceptable range...


    The only problem is...


    Steve Rogers'' mentality collapsed a bit.


    Why does this always happen to him? Why even his friend Bucky Barnes came to assassinate him? Is there anyone trustworthy in this world?


    Steve Rogers barely straightened his chest, allowing the muscles in the wound on his back to contract to keep from bleeding too much.


    "Bucky..."


    Steve Rogers'' eyes were a little hurt. He looked at his friend who got up again, and he felt a little heartbroken: "Bucky, why did you do this? Who sent you here? Bucky, you forgot about us..."


    "Captain Steve Rogers."


    Bucky Barnes interrupted Steve calmly, and rushed towards him again holding his dagger indifferently: "Captain, we don''t need to talk about the past... Steve, today I will kill you."


    "Bucky!"


    Compared to Bucky''s actions...


    Bucky''s words were obviously more hurtful.


    Because it''s not that Bucky doesn''t know him, but that he still chooses to attack him forcibly when he clearly knows him!


    Steve gritted his teeth to suppress the pain in his back, and dodged to avoid the sharp dagger. He looked at his friend''s familiar face, and couldn''t bear to hit him...


    However¡­


    Even so¡­


    Bucky Barnes wasn''t Steve Rodgers'' captain either.


    Even though Steve Rogers was deliberately suppressing the strength of his fist, he still managed to capture Bucky''s wrist in just a few strokes by virtue of his extraordinary physique and fighting experience!


    Steve Rogers twisted Bucky''s wrist to shake off the dagger, grabbed Bucky''s arm violently, and fell directly over his shoulder, knocking Bucky to the ground heavily!


    Bucky Barnes fled in embarrassment...


    Steve Rogers chased Bucky frantically all the way. When he was intercepted by several gunmen, he could only helplessly watch his friend disappear before his eyes, and then he wanted to rush to the hospital to treat his wound ¡­


    Brooklyn.


    in a drink shop


    Naraku Uehara has a juice straw in his mouth and a phone in his hand to film the anticlimactic scene between Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes.


    This big drama he arranged had so many scenes including meeting old friends, stabbing in the back, chasing after life and death, and chasing and fleeing, it took less than five minutes in total...


    That is to say...


    In less than five minutes, Bucky Barnes changed from a dominant assassin to a weak chicken being chased, and Naraku Uehara was a little speechless.


    "Real dishes..."


    Naraku Uehara complained about Bucky Barnes'' fighting ability, and shook his head helplessly and glanced at the photos taken on his mobile phone: "This guy... since he can''t beat him, it''s okay to catch up with his old friends more what¡­"


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, opened his phone photo album, and found the first photo of Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes reunited and hugging.


    fortunately¡­


    There is also this photo that can be used to give Tony Stark, letting Tony Stark know that Bucky Barnes is still alive, and that Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes still have collusion.


    "Ok¡­"


    "Bucky Barnes is wanted here..."


    "You should almost disappear by yourself? Mr. Captain..."


    "The next words are Mr. Nick Fury, the old superior, and my two old colleagues..."

 Chapter 770

    Time is constantly advancing.


    Uehara Naraku controlled Tony Stark and Colonel James Rhodes in S.H.I.E.L.D., and deliberately created the involvement of Bucky Barnes and Steve Rogers, and immediately started his own serial plan.


    The entire United States began to act quickly.


    With the White House issuing a comprehensive wanted order, the news that the FBI and the CIA jointly wanted the former S.H.I.E.L.D. director Nick Fury finally spread among high-level officials.


    The entire high-level American government knew about this shocking case of a spy lurking and feigning death.


    Natasha Romanoff and Clint Barton, the two ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D., learned the news through these channels, and both of them were a little confused.


    what is happening?


    Whether it''s Alexander Pierce or Nick Fury, how can anyone who has served as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. belong to Hydra?


    In fact, both Natasha and Barton knew about Nick Fury''s fake death, and even Nick Fury had obtained information from SHIELD through them, and both of them also knew that Nick Fury used the fake death to secretly investigate SHIELD The thing about Hydra spies inside the bureau...


    result¡­


    Why did Nick Fury turn into a Hydra?


    Is this Nick Fury accidentally getting too deep and finding out his true identity? Or was he framed by Hydra people and became Hydra?


    Anyway, Natasha''s first thought when she got the news was to quietly call Nick Fury to see what was going on with the old superior...


    but¡­


    Someone contacted Natasha first.


    "Romanov, I''m Naraku Uehara."


    The voice of the man on the phone was a bit dull, and he seemed to be in a bad mood: "Director Fury is still alive...Agent Romanoff, are you now serving for S.H.I.E.L.D. or serving our Director Fury?"


    "..."


    Natasha felt that this question was not easy to answer.


    These two answers seem to be wrong. Before she can really guess Uehara Naraku''s intentions, Natasha feels that no matter which answer she uses, it is a trap.


    "Hmm... Where''s our new Mr. Director?"


    A touching smile flashed across the corner of Natasha''s mouth, and she said into the phone with a subdued voice in her throat: "Are you loyal to S.H.I.E.L.D.... or to our former director?"


    "I?"


    Uehara Naraku hesitated for a while before giving Natasha''s answer: "I don''t know who I am loyal to... Now I can only choose to be loyal to justice."


    "me too."


    Natasha immediately followed up with the same answer, quickly changed the topic, and started to ask about the business: "So what does Mr. Director ask me to do now? Find our former director? Since you took office, Kelin and I It''s been a long time since I took on a mission..."


    "This is my dereliction of duty."


    Naraku Uehara sighed on the phone and apologized: "I''m sorry, I have been clearing out Hydra''s base to avenge Director Fury since I took over..."


    "result¡­"


    Natasha couldn''t help but sighed too.


    Ever since Naraku Uehara took office as director, he didn''t understand anything at all. He knew that he was desperately fighting Hydra to avenge Director Nick Fury, but he didn''t expect Nick Fury to fake his death, and he was even suspected of being a senior spy of Hydra...


    The world is changing so fast...


    It is estimated that Naraku Uehara was also confused when he received the news, right?


    "Let''s not talk about this..."


    Uehara Naraku''s voice became more depressed, and he continued with a sigh: "In short, Director Fury is quite troublesome, and we can''t just intervene... Now I have a more difficult problem on my side, and I need you and Ke Lint will deal with it."


    "what is the problem?"


    Natasha couldn''t help but chuckled, and said helplessly, "Is there anything worse than our old boss being Hydra?"


    yes¡­


    Is there a worse problem for S.H.I.E.L.D. than two directors, Alexander Pierce and Nick Fury, both spies for Hydra?


    "Have."


    Naraku Uehara calmly skipped the topic and mentioned another matter: "Natasha, the database shows that you have fought Bucky Barnes before?"


    S.H.I.E.L.D. does have this job file.


    Natasha Romanoff and Bucky Barnes once fought, and in the end Natasha''s waist and abdomen were left with a deep wound by Bucky. I can''t even wear a bikini.


    Hearing the news of Bucky Barnes, Natasha''s mood suddenly became heavy: "That guy... Is there any news about his actions?"


    "Things are a bit bad..."


    Uehara Nara hesitated on the other end of the phone. He sent an email to Natasha''s mailbox before continuing: "Bucky Barnes was instigated by Hydra a long time ago, and now he should confirm Undoubtedly a member of Hydra..."


    "That''s right."


    This matter was confirmed by Natasha herself.


    Because in that fight, Bucky Barnes was like a ruthless killing machine, no matter whether his opponent was male, female, old or young, he would mercilessly kill the killer .


    "but¡­"


    Uehara Naraku''s words came to a standstill in the middle, and he slowly said: "Forget it, I don''t know what to say... I have already sent the information to your mailbox.


    This intel is the final message from our agent nearby watching Captain Steve Rogers'' side, who has been killed by Bucky Barnes. "


    "Okay, let me take a look."


    Ding dong.


    An email turned up in Natasha Romanoff''s mailbox.


    Natasha opened the mailbox and saw a photo of Bucky Barnes and Captain Steve Rogers hugging and reuniting.


    apparently...


    There must be something wrong here.


    Either Bucky Barnes has betrayed HYDRA, or Steve Rogers has betrayed the Avengers, how else would they get along so well?


    "Go and look it up, Natasha."


    Uehara Naraku''s mood was also unprecedentedly low, and people could hear the depression in his voice: "Call Clint to find out about Bucky Barnes''s problems, and Captain Steve Rogers, he also has some problems ¡­you remember the defection of Agents Coulson and Hill?¡±


    "Ok¡­"


    "The reason they defected was because they discovered that Captain Steve Rogers might be a spy placed by Adolf Hitler in the Allied Forces to use the Allied Forces to clean up the Red Skull..."


    "how is this possible?"


    Natasha didn''t know that there was such a secret behind it!


    Naraku Uehara sighed faintly, and continued calmly: "After I took over as director, I checked the archives of S.H.I.E.L.D., which is indeed the case...


    Even if it''s Hydra...or even Commissioner Fury, who seems to be Hydra, wants to frame Captain Steve Rogers, we have to find out. "


    This black pot...


    Bang Dang fell on Nick Fury''s head!


    No matter the final result is that Steve Rogers was identified by everyone as Hitler, or Steve Rogers was framed by Nick Fury...


    Naraku Uehara did not lose this wave.


    certainly.


    The worst result is that several of them trust each other, trust each other as their own, and then blame everything on the Hydra spies.


    but¡­


    What does this have to do with him, Director Uehara Naraku?


    "I''ll find out about this."


    Natasha agreed to Uehara Naraku''s request, and said with some doubts and worries: "Speaking of which, Uehara, how is your situation? I heard that the FBI and CIA group wanted Fury, but the S.H.I.E.L.D. issued a similar order..."


    "If I don''t do anything, the White House and the World Security Council shouldn''t do anything to me, because I''m still an intern of the Akatsuki organization, and my status as a member of this cosmic organization can make them dare not act rashly..."


    When Naraku Uehara said this, he smiled self-deprecatingly: "However... the two directors, Alexander Pierce and Nick Fury, are Hydra spies... They have sent people to take over all the affairs of S.H.I.E.L.D. I can only follow their orders."


    he.


    Naraku Uehara.


    Natural non-stick black pan.


    Natasha Romanov naturally wouldn''t think of this, she spoke softly, soothing Uehara''s emotions: "Just be patient, Uehara, until we find out all the truth, there will be nothing wrong with you... "


    "¡­Ok."


    Naraku Uehara snorted, and continued: "Forget it, SHIELD is just a department that can provide intelligence to us, and the most important thing now is to ensure the independence of the Avengers, which is the only thing we can do now. "


    After saying this, Naraku Uehara lowered his voice again, and said in a low voice: "Also, you guys secretly check Director Fury, whether he is a Hydra spy or not..."


    "and also."


    "If there are other S.H.I.E.L.D. internal staff calling and asking you to return to the headquarters or the base, you must not come back according to their request!"


    "The World Security Council has gone crazy. They want to completely control S.H.I.E.L.D., completely control the Avengers, and completely control everything in this world..."


    "in addition."


    "Don''t tell Tony Stark."


    "Because Tony Stark was under house arrest in S.H.I.E.L.D., but he saw the truth that his parents were killed by Hydra''s Bucky Barnes. Now, in order to avenge his parents, he will do anything. Might be able to do it..."


    "As for..."


    "Forget it, that''s it."


    "It''s all up to you, Natasha."


    There was a beeping sound on the phone, and Naraku Uehara''s call came to an abrupt end, and Natasha could only shake her head helplessly, and put away her cell phone.


    The call was informative.


    Natasha stretched out her fingers and rubbed her temples, then took out her mobile phone, and flipped through the numbers in her phone''s address book. Now she had to think about who she should call.


    Steve Rogers?


    Nick Fury?


    Clint Barton?


    There are three candidates in total, and two of them are not very reliable.


    Natasha thought for a long time, but she still chose the only person she could trust 100%, and that was Clint Barton who recruited her into S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Whether she''s investigating Nick Fury or the Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes issue, she needs an ally.


    Now that SHIELD is controlled by the White House and the World Security Council, Naraku Uehara, the director, has been suspended and even monitored. She can only find allies by herself.


    Just as Natasha was thinking about it and was planning to contact Clint Barton, a S.H.I.E.L.D. internal agent called and asked her and Clint to report back to the headquarters immediately...


    It was hit by Naraku Uehara!


    The World Security Council wants to put them under house arrest, these ace agents of S.H.I.E.L.D.!


    According to Uehara Naraku''s instructions, Natasha will naturally not obey this order, because Uehara Naraku told her long ago that once she and Clint choose to return to the headquarters, they will be under house arrest by people sent by the World Security Council.


    At that time, S.H.I.E.L.D. can only be completely slaughtered, and no one can find out the truth about Nick Fury, and it is impossible for anyone to escort the existence of the Avengers!


    the most important is¡­


    She doesn''t have the identity of Xiao organization intern to protect herself!


    Natasha ignored these summoning orders, and she didn''t care about the consequences of violating these orders, because she knew that the most important thing now was the truth!


    Just find out the truth...


    Just don''t worry about any consequences!


    And Uehara Naraku, the puppet director of the White House and the World Security Council, will guarantee her, because she is now obeying the orders from Uehara Naraku.


    pity¡­


    Natasha would never have thought of it.


    It was the person who gave her the order to investigate Steve Rogers and Nick Fury, and personally signed the arrest warrant for her and Clint Barton...


    Human nature is so complicated.


    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    In the chief''s office.


    Naraku Uehara drove Black Widow Natasha Romanoff and Hawkeye Clint Barton out of S.H.I.E.L.D. with just a few phone calls.


    Now he was holding a fountain pen to sign his order.


    "In the name of the World Security Council, immediately issue this arrest warrant to all bases and all field agents, and by the way, to the FBI and CIA, Natasha Romanoff and Clint Patton have betrayed God Shield..."


    This wave of operations.


    Uehara Naraku intends to give himself 100 points.


    "All right."


    Uehara Naraku handed over the orders in his hand to his subordinates, and with a slight swipe of his fingers, he opened a virtual world map in the office.


    Now.


    He was going to start quietly waiting for the good show to play out.


    Which safe house will Director Nick Fury, who is now being hunted by the whole world, hide in? How many safe houses did that guy secretly build...


    Suburbs of New York City.


    An old house stands here.


    This house looks a little old, but in fact it has a hole in the sky. It is located hundreds of meters below the house. It has a large and well-furnished refuge room, which stores densely packed ammunition and various living supplies.


    Obviously, this is a safe house.


    Even if there is a nuclear war in this world or the crisis of alien invasion and destruction of the earth, the owner of the house can hide in the refuge room for more than a year.


    The owner of this safe house is none other than Nick Fury.


    Nick Fury has built a lot of safe houses similar to this one, and he prepared for a possible fatal crisis a long time ago.


    only¡­


    Nick Fury did not wait for a nuclear war, nor did he wait for aliens to destroy the earth. He only waited for the news that he was wanted by the White House and the Secret Service.


    and¡­


    Still dubbed the Hydra spy.


    Nick Fury knew that he was not Hydra, and his first thought was to believe that this was Hydra''s conspiracy against him. The question is why would his fake death be leaked?


    There are only three people in the whole world who know about it.


    Natasha Romanov, Clint Barton, and Tony Stark, who helped hide, didn''t even tell his most valued subordinate, Naraku Uehara!


    "Now¡­"


    Nick Fury took out his mobile phone, flipped through the numbers, and landed on Naraku Uehara''s number, with a wry smile on his lips.


    "I really didn''t expect..."


    "The three of them are excluded in this way..." Only Uehara, who has always been ignorant, is the one who can barely be trusted..."


    Yes.


    The leak of the suspended animation operation indicates that there must be spies among them.


    As for Naraku Uehara, who knew nothing about it, he became the only person who was sure and trustworthy.

 Chapter 771

    have to say.


    Nick Fury is not a good-looking guy, but he thinks pretty well.


    The former director of S.H.I.E.L.D. seems to have forgotten that he did not notify Uehara Naraku when he suspended his death, and now he is in trouble and wants Uehara Naraku to help find out the news.


    "Let''s try it first..."


    Nick Fury''s finger rested on the phone, and finally dialed Naraku Uehara''s number: "Look at how Uehara''s situation is... at least I can be sure that Uehara is not Hydra, but I can''t be sure whether he is being deceived."


    Yes.


    At least Nick Fury can be sure that Naraku Uehara must not be a member of Hydra. After all, his subordinate has always been lazy, and he doesn''t look like a spy no matter how he looks...


    certainly.


    The most important thing is that Uehara Naraku''s crazy attack on the Hydra base, and even killed Alexander Pierce in order to avenge him, this incident made Nick Fury sure of Uehara Naraku''s identity.


    to be honest.


    There is no need to doubt Uehara Naraku at all.


    Because Nick Fury has a lot of information in his hands, he can confirm the information of this guy, Naraku Uehara, either explicitly or secretly. Not only is this guy not a member of Hydra, he does not even belong to any force. Bureau is a simple dawdle.


    Naraku Uehara was on the verge of being fired every day...


    If Nick Fury hadn''t been worried that Uehara Naraku''s skills would be so agile, once he was recruited by those terrorist organizations, it would definitely cause a lot of harm. He would have fired Uehara Naraku, a dawdler, a long time ago!


    Such a person was able to obtain the elemental power of the Rubik''s Cube by accident, and even ascended to the position of director of SHIELD during the crisis, which is undoubtedly a disaster for SHIELD...


    The facts are not bad either.


    After Uehara Naraku succeeded the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., he focused on attacking Hydra''s base, and didn''t know how to deal with the old antiques of the World Security Council, which also minimized the influence and power of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    The current S.H.I.E.L.D. looks like a caged tiger, usually put there for display, and occasionally released by the World Security Council to bite people.


    At least¡­


    Nick Fury thinks so.


    Or, most people think so.


    beep¡­


    beep¡­


    beep¡­


    Nick Fury looked down at the phone, and it took more than ten seconds for his phone to be connected by Uehara Naraku, which made Nick Fury feel a little vigilant.


    Why take so long?


    In the past, Uehara Naraku almost always answered his calls in two or three seconds, as if he was afraid that his boss would check the gang...


    Nowadays¡­


    Something is not quite right.


    Ten seconds is enough to arrange many things.


    "Oh, I thought you wouldn''t contact me."


    Uehara Naraku''s depressed voice came from the phone, and he continued slowly: "Director Ferry, why did you choose to leave us instead of returning to S.H.I.E.L.D. the day I saved you?"


    "Because I need to find out the Hydra hidden inside..."


    Nick Fury''s fingers tapped his thigh lightly, while slowly returning to Uehara Naraku''s words: "Uehara, I thought you would at least want to catch up with me first, and then ask me this question..."


    "There''s no need for that between us."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Nick Fury calmly, and continued softly: "Director Fury, are you leaving here to find out the spies lurking inside SHIELD... or are you worried that others will find out your identity? Hydra?"


    "..."


    Nick Fury was silent for a while, and did not answer Uehara Naraku''s question directly, but said to himself: "Well, it''s still so straightforward, it seems that this straightforward way of talking is not bad, you seem to have always been so straightforward, and want to ask Ask anything..."


    "What''s the answer?"


    "I''ll tell you next time I have a chance."


    After Nick Fury finished speaking, he glanced at the call time, and suddenly hung up his cell phone decisively.


    For a long time, Nick Fury''s fingers stopped on the phone.


    Because Nick Fury can''t really tell...whether someone on the other side of Uehara Naraku is using their communication to find out his location.


    Naraku Uehara sounds like he came here to inquire about the crime, and his attitude of speaking is not very good, but it makes Nick Fury confirm one thing in his heart...


    That is, Uehara Naraku, a former subordinate, can still be used.


    after all¡­


    Uehara Naraku has been angrily questioning him about his suspended animation, instead of deliberately reminiscing about the past and delaying time, which shows that Uehara is very concerned about his affairs.


    This is an old subordinate who wants to know the truth.


    If Uehara Naraku has been delaying time on the phone, Nick Fury will probably understand that someone on the other side should want to use their contact to locate his location.


    certainly.


    In order to ensure his own safety, Nick Fury still chose to hang up the phone, because he had already got the answer he wanted.


    That''s Naraku Uehara''s attitude.


    According to the current situation, the upper echelons of the United States and the World Security Council have been deceived, and he, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., has been turned into a Hydra spy.


    Naraku Uehara seems to have been deceived too, but he wants to know the truth instead of being deceived to become a running dog of the White House and the World Security Council...


    S.H.I.E.L.D. headquarters.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at his hung up mobile phone, the depression on his face disappeared without a trace, and there was even a distressed smile on the corner of his mouth.


    "It''s really troublesome..."


    Naraku Uehara put down his cell phone, shook his head helplessly, and picked up a glass of juice: "Why are there always so many people willing to trust me?"


    "Sir, what does Fury mean..."


    A Hydra agent came over and asked cautiously, if he felt that his boss was out of his mind.


    After all, Nick Fury hung up the phone so decisively, no matter how you look at it, he didn''t mean to continue communicating with Uehara Naraku, right?


    "You don''t know our old boss."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, and continued: "First of all, his first law is to put his own safety first, so he is stuck on the call time to prevent someone from using communication to locate his location."


    "Secondly, this should be his first call."


    "Because our external appearance has been taken over and controlled by the White House and the World Security Council, once he knows the current situation of S.H.I.E.L.D., he will never call me."


    "Now Fury doesn''t get any information at all. He probably only knows that he is wanted by all agents collectively, so he wants to get some news from me."


    "I knew our former chief very well."


    "Now, he probably has figured out how to use me to slowly steal information."


    "As long as Natasha Romanoff and Clint Barton contact him, Fury will learn about my situation from their mouths, and learn that I, the director, have been arrested by the White House and the World Security Council. monitor¡­"


    "that time¡­"


    "He will continue to trust me as a so-called puppet."


    "..."


    After listening to Naraku Uehara''s analysis, the Hydra agent showed a sinister smile: "Then we can find him and kill him completely..."


    "That would be boring."


    Uehara Naraku put down the juice in his hand heavily: "Start preparing for the next plan, start hunting down Natasha and Clint who refused to come back to report on their duties, and Steve Rogers who may flee soon...


    persecute them...


    Let them join forces with Nick Fury...


    With nowhere to go and nowhere to go, I will secretly guide Nick Fury to lead them to seek refuge in another hidden country, the one that hides everything from themselves...


    Let''s Hydra... showdown to the whole planet! "


    "Earth is too small..."


    "Whether it''s S.H.I.E.L.D. or the Avengers, I''m playing with it in the palm of my hand...I''m a little bit uninterested in continuing to toss here!"

 Chapter 772

    New York City.


    Brooklyn.


    A taxi pulls up on the side of the road.


    A woman in a black tights came down, but the monotonous tights looked unique on her body, setting off her proud figure.


    "The weather is not bad."


    A well-dressed man got out of the car right after him, holding a long suitcase in his hand, and looked at the surrounding environment with vigilance.


    "That can''t be taken lightly."


    The man and woman are Hawkeye Clint Barton and Black Widow Natasha Romanoff, who came to Brooklyn, New York to investigate Steve Rogers.


    There is also a reason for the two of them to be so careful.


    Because they found that someone was tracking their whereabouts recently.


    There was a hint of worry in Natasha''s eyes, and she asked softly: "We just refused to go back to report on our work, but now someone is secretly following us... They can seek assistance, it should be from the S.H.I.E.L.D. colleague."


    "Well, that''s ironic."


    A slight smile flickered on the corner of Clint Barton''s mouth, and he looked at Natasha and said: "We are carrying out the mission according to the order of the director of SHIELD, but other agents of SHIELD are following us and want to arrest us ..."


    "what¡­"


    Natasha couldn''t help showing a smile on her face, and said softly: "At least we are not bad, and we don''t have to be locked in a cage like our Mr. Director..."


    "Yes, let''s go!"


    Clint Button nodded and smiled, ending the topic.


    The two avoided the cameras along the street, while observing whether there was anything unusual about anyone around them. There was no problem on this road, and they arrived in front of the house of Captain America Steve Rogers.


    Clint took out a wire from his pocket, stretched out his hand and began to fiddle with it: "Let''s see when he left home first..."


    However.


    Suddenly there was a sound of footsteps in the room.


    The Captain America had just removed the bandages on his wound when he heard rustling sounds outside the door. He walked to the cat''s eye and saw these two people appearing at his door.


    "Clint? Natasha?"


    Steve Rogers opened the door, glanced at the wire in Clint''s hand, and then at Natasha and Clint with shocked faces.


    The three people present had expressions of surprise on their faces.


    what''s the situation?


    "Clint..."


    The corner of Steve Rogers'' mouth twitched, and he said strangely: "You can knock on the door directly when you come to my house..."


    "He''s just used to it."


    Natasha made complaints about Clint, raised her eyebrows at her teammates, and signaled her teammates to restrain themselves with her eyes.


    "It''s easy for a while..."


    Clint''s expression suddenly became a little embarrassed.


    Who can tell him why Steve Rogers is still at home! Doesn''t this guy know he''s in trouble?


    not right...


    Maybe the guy didn''t even know he was exposed?


    What should we do now?


    "It just so happens that I need to find you guys..."


    Steve Rogers frowned and invited them into the house: "Come in and have a cup of coffee first...Things may be troublesome."


    Steve Rogers did need help.


    In other words, Steve Rogers needed someone to help him find his old friend Bucky. Even if Bucky assassinated him and almost killed him, Steve Rogers still wanted to find out what happened to Bucky.


    Bucky''s appearance...


    Let Steve Rogers really know that he is not alone in this era.


    Natasha and Clint looked at each other, the two nodded tacitly, and followed Steve Rogers into the house.


    Steve Rogers handed the two a can of coffee, sat across from them, and talked about himself and Bucky: "I met a guy the other day...Bucky Barnes...he became very friendly. It used to be very different...he wanted to kill me."


    "but¡­"


    "Seventy years ago, we were comrades-in-arms who could rely on life and death, or we could say that we were the kind of brothers who could sacrifice their lives for each other."


    "It''s just that he disappeared after assassinating me. I suspect he may be controlled by Hydra or some other organization..."


    Steve Rogers rambled on about his own guesses, and told the two teammates of the Avengers, he didn''t know what he looked like in the eyes of Natasha and Clint.


    This Captain America...


    Still as simple as ever.


    Natasha and Clint were not innocent at all, and their expressions gradually became weird. Didn''t Steve Rogers collude with Bucky Barnes?


    What is going on here?


    And while they were talking about Bucky Barnes inside, tall Humvees drove into Brooklyn.


    headed on a car.


    Uehara Naraku sat on the co-pilot and closed his eyes to rest.


    A man and a woman were sitting in the back seat of the car. They were Coulson and Hill who had defected from S.H.I.E.L.D. half a year ago. Their hands were wearing strong shackles.


    "Naraku Uehara, what are you going to do?"


    Agent Coulson didn''t try to open the handcuffs because he knew that he and Hill were no match for Uehara Naraku, he was just curious why Uehara Naraku let him and Hill out.


    Because since the "defection incident" between him and Hill was planned by Uehara Naraku, the two of them have been imprisoned by Uehara Naraku''s monsters.


    Originally, Coulson thought that he and Hill would be imprisoned to death by Naraku Uehara, but within half a year, Naraku Uehara took him and Hill out again.


    Uehara Naraku kept his eyes closed, tapped his fingers slowly, and rarely explained: "Come and let you watch a big show with me..."


    "..."


    are you crazy!


    Coulson and Hill were a little bit tempted to curse.


    What is this guy trying to do that is not human?


    "If a human has done something extraordinary, he needs others to help him remember it. It just so happens that I am such an ordinary human..."


    Uehara Naraku spoke slowly, opened his eyes, and his eyes fell on a house through the black bulletproof glass: "Of course, the most important thing is, I want you to look at your idol again." , because maybe this is the last time you will see him..."


    "Captain Rogers?"


    Coulson turned his head and looked out, his expression suddenly changed: "Naraku Uehara, what are you trying to do to the captain again!"


    that house!


    is the home of Captain Steve Rogers!


    Because the property rights of this house were handled by Coulson himself for Steve Rogers, he is very familiar with the residence of his idol.


    "Let me test Captain Steve Rogers'' skills..."


    Uehara Naraku reached out and grabbed the walkie-talkie on the car, and softly gave his order: "Special service team, start action immediately, don''t worry about any casualties!"


    "The first team understands!"


    "The second team understands!"


    "The three teams understand!"


    Seventy or eighty special service members jumped out of more than 20 jet-black Humvees, each holding a submachine gun in their hands, and some even took grenade guns and rocket launchers out of the carriages.


    Agent Coulson and Hill watched the group of Secret Service members rush towards Steve Rogers'' house.


    This armed force...


    Even if Steve Rogers is a super soldier, it is difficult to say that he can survive with certainty.


    "Uehara Naraku, you will definitely be punished..."


    "I''m looking forward to that day."


    Uehara Naraku shook his mobile phone, wrote an email to Natasha, and showed it to Coulson and Hill to take a look: "These are all done by the World Security Council, what does it have to do with me?" ?¡±


    Steve Rogers'' home.


    They are still discussing about Bucky Barnes, but Natasha and Clint obviously have a subtle expression, because they can''t quite understand why Steve Rogers wants to tell them everything about him and Bucky ¡­


    perhaps¡­


    Steve Rogers is innocent?


    Natasha believed in Steve Rogers'' character a little in her heart, and she even guessed that the original German secret letter might be a conspiracy of Hydra spies.


    This World War II veteran seventy years ago...


    In fact, he is a very simple man.


    Just as Natasha was thinking about how to secretly test whether Steve Rogers knew about the secret German letter, she received an email from Naraku Uehara on her mobile phone.


    [Just received news that the training ground of the Field Service Department is unmanned, and the World Security Council has sent three special service teams to Brooklyn. ¡¿


    Natasha looked down at the phone, her expression changed instantly, and she suddenly raised her head to look at Steve and Clint!


    "Gentlemen...it looks like we''re in big trouble!"


    "what?"


    There was still some doubts on Steve Rogers'' face.


    This World War II veteran still doesn''t know that there are some problems in the upper echelons of the United States, and he doesn''t know that S.H.I.E.L.D. has been targeting him!


    Next second!


    There was a sound of clanging footsteps outside the door!


    "Fire!"


    Countless bullets were fired at this house!


    The rockets pierced through the wall and glass in an instant, and the three people in the room quickly lay down on the ground, avoiding the impact of bullets and artillery fire!


    "There are three secret service teams outside!"


    Natasha looked at them uneasily, watched Steve Rogers cautiously and said, "The news that Uehara just sent... The World Security Council wants to arrest you!"


    "why?"


    "..."


    Natasha was silent and did not answer.


    Clint opened his box, pulled out a gunpowder arrow, raised his hand and shot it out of the window, while easing the topic: "Anyway, let''s get out of here first!"


    "Ok¡­"


    Natasha nodded slowly, and said softly: "Steve, we, like you, have been wanted by S.H.I.E.L.D.... S.H.I.E.L.D. has completely become a puppet of the World Security Council, perhaps Hydra spies run it all."


    Before Steve Rogers could say anything, the wall of the living room was completely destroyed, a dozen special service members raised their submachine guns, and bullets flew towards them densely!


    "Go first!"


    The three frantically shuttled around the house!


    Clint raised his hand and shot an arrow through the shoulder of an agent carrying a bazooka!


    It''s just that the arrow was a bit too forced, Clint''s movement was a little slow, and he was hit by a few stray bullets on the shoulder and thigh, instantly losing his fighting power.


    Steve Rogers dragged his body and ran away in the house with him on his back, while calling Natasha: "Quick, follow me to the basement first!"


    As a Veteran¡­


    Or as a veteran who doesn''t want to see the light, Steve Rogers built himself a wide basement for training.


    There is also an external passage there.


    At least get them out of here safely.


    The field team members who were in charge of sniping and surrounding the house rushed into the house with their guns and checked carefully, but found no trace of Steve Rogers.


    They could only report the bad news to Shang Yuan Naraku.


    "It doesn''t matter."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about their problems at all, and calmly continued to order them to return to the car with their weapons: "Everyone get in the car, I will go back first, and you go to the next place."


    "..."


    Agent Coulson, who was just glad that Steve Rogers escaped, couldn''t help being a little curious when he heard Naraku Uehara''s order.


    "You bastard...what else do you want to do?"


    "Make trouble for our old boss!"


    Naraku Uehara tilted his head, and chuckled lightly: "Director Nick Fury thought that no one could find him because he was hiding in the safe house... But as long as we want to find someone, there is nothing we can''t find."


    "Now the aerospace aircraft carrier is cruising in the sky, and the entire United States is under the surveillance of S.H.I.E.L.D. How long do you think our old chief can hide?"


    "...Director Fury, you also forced him out of S.H.I.E.L.D.?"


    "No, he went by himself."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, sighed and said: "In order to let us hydra lurking in the S.H.I.E.L.D. Are you going to approve me to join S.H.I.E.L.D.?"


    "..."


    Coulson couldn''t help but want to curse again.


    Oh shit¡­


    This guy still has the nerve to say it?


    "Let''s go, Agent Coulson."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Coulson with a smile, and continued: "Now I am the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. Once I am developed, I must not forget my old friend..."


    "What do you want to do!"


    "I just want our old bureau chief to see how miserable he himself is, and how well our old subordinates are living..."


    Uehara Naraku''s car left here first, and all the other secret service members got on the car. This time, the Humvee convoy drove methodically along the traffic flow towards the safe house in the suburbs of New York.


    There¡­


    This is where Nick Fury lives temporarily.


    It''s just that Nick Fury has rich experience and is far calmer than Natasha and Clint. When he saw this Hummer team on the news, he became vigilant and withdrew from his safe house.


    Naraku Uehara didn''t do much.


    He simply ordered the Secret Service to destroy Nick Fury''s safe house.


    Moreover, Uehara Naraku asked someone to call out all the locations where Nick Fury had used funds to build safe houses in S.H.I.E.L.D., and conducted a thorough investigation from the flow of funds and the trajectory of Nick Fury and his agents.


    the most important is¡­


    The construction of these safe houses is mostly due to the contributions of Coulson and Agent Hill, and the trajectories of these two have become the focus of the investigation.


    As long as a house is unoccupied, it will be investigated in depth by the special service team. Once a problem is found, it will be demolished immediately with violent bombs.


    Ning kills the wrong...


    Don''t let go.


    Safe houses throughout New York were destroyed.


    After this operation, Nick Fury, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., became completely homeless, and he himself would face the pursuit of the FBI and CIA.


    After a day and a night.


    Nick Fury slept in a small town parking lot.


    The man was a little suspicious of what was wrong.


    Until Nick Fury secretly checked the latest news, he saw the latest news published by the World Security Council, and the director of the World Security Council was announced on the news.


    Then¡­


    Nick Fury saw the photo of the board director.


    A fairly familiar person.


    A man whom Nick Fury will miss dearly.


    The photo of the board director is exactly the indifferent Coulson.


    Judging from the photos, Coulson''s face seems to be very authoritative.


    Except Coulson...


    And the man standing in the corner.


    It was Uehara Naraku who was clearly unhappy but made a forced smile.

 Chapter 773

    In a messy parking lot.


    Nick Fury looked down at the news released by the World Security Council on his mobile phone, and watched his former confidant Coulson become a senior official, and the corners of his eyes couldn''t help twitching.


    As Coulson''s old boss, Nick Fury can be said to have single-handedly turned the novice Coulson into a top agent, but now his old boss can only nestle in his driver''s seat, curled up in the car. Have a cold night.


    Once encountering a difficult situation, human beings can''t help but think wildly.


    Today, those safe houses that were once built were destroyed by SHIELD, and Nick Fury himself had to hide in this abandoned parking lot to avoid pursuit;


    Today, Coulson, an agent who once defected to S.H.I.E.L.D., returned and became a senior official of S.H.I.E.L.D.''s superior World Security Council.


    These two things add up to¡­


    I really can''t help Nick Fury thinking about it!


    What''s more, when these safe houses were built, most of them were actually handled by Nick Fury with the help of his confidant Coulson.


    There was more pain in Nick Fury''s eyes, and the subordinate he brought out with one hand became the murderer who wanted to kill him: "If these two things have nothing to do with each other... I guess that guy Uehara wouldn''t believe it? "


    Nick Fury lay on the seat, thinking about all that he had experienced, why did he go from a director of S.H.I.E.L.D. to today''s betrayal?


    Since he thought that he would leave S.H.I.E.L.D. by feigning death, he would be able to find a way to make the Hydra hidden in it show up. As a result, the Hydra has not been found, but he is in danger...


    Moreover, now it seems that Coulson, his former confidant, has also betrayed him, who else is worthy of his trust?


    Nick Fury looked down at the photos on the phone, and looked at Naraku Uehara, who was standing next to Coulson, who was not very conspicuous, his fingers were scrubbing the screen little by little...


    It''s not over yet!


    He must take the risk to meet Naraku Uehara!


    As long as he can see Uehara Naraku, Nick Fury is sure to convince Uehara Naraku to believe in him, he will be able to get information from the World Security Council, and he will be able to slowly find out the Hydra lurking at the top of the United States again, and he will be able to expose all of this the truth!


    Nick Fury regrets a bit...


    If I had known that when I left in suspended animation, I should have discussed everything with Uehara Naraku in advance, and he could control the situation remotely...


    At the beginning, Nick Fury was only worried that Uehara Naraku, who was simple-minded, might be tricked into obtaining information, but now he has to find a way to win back the loyalty of this old subordinate.


    "Hope he''s still awake..."


    Nick Fury dialed Uehara Naraku''s number, and there was a gleam in one eye: "But judging from the news, maybe he won''t sleep well tonight..."


    Uehara Naraku once hunted down Coulson.


    As a result, after Coulson returned, he changed from a defector to a senior official of the World Security Council, and maybe he did something that made Naraku Uehara unhappy.


    New York.


    An underground secret base of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Uehara Naraku sat cross-legged in the office of the base, watched the latest news released by the World Security Council on the virtual screen in front of him, smiled and turned to look at Agent Coulson who was handcuffed to the chair.


    "How about it?"


    Uehara Naraku hugged his arms, and asked with a chuckle: "It wasn''t long before I took the position of director of S.H.I.E.L.D., and I will arrange for you directly to be the director of the World Security Council. This is the position where Chief Pierce once sat. , my old friend is not bad?"


    "..."


    Coulson only wanted to curse.


    What surprised him the most was not Uehara Naraku''s magical brain circuit, but Uehara Naraku''s attitude towards the World Security Council!


    This guy¡­


    How can these be arranged in one sentence?


    How firmly does Uehara Naraku hold the World Security Council and S.H.I.E.L.D.? Why is the World Security Council willing to follow his orders?


    Agent Hill frowned, glanced at Coulson, who was unhappy, and then at Uehara, who was full of arrogance all over his body: "Naraku Uehara, what exactly are you trying to do? Do you want to tease Coulson?"


    "Please call me Director Uehara."


    Uehara Naraku corrected Hill''s title, and pointed to Coulson who was handcuffed next to Hill: "Please call Mr. Coulson Director Coulson, now the whole world knows the former S.H.I.E.L.D. agent Cole Mr. Sen has been promoted and raised his salary, as for what I want to do..."


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but smiled, glanced at his mobile phone on the table, smiled and said: "Don''t worry, you will know in a while."


    hum...


    hum...


    hum...


    The phone on the table suddenly vibrated.


    Uehara Naraku picked up the mobile phone and gestured towards them. It showed an unfamiliar number, but Uehara Naraku never did meaningless things. Obviously, the number he called late at night was not simple.


    "Let''s make a bet!"


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers stopped on the dial button, and continued with a chuckle: "Guess who is calling? I think it will be someone we all know..."


    "...Director Nick Fury!"


    Agent Hill''s mind flashed the appearance of their old boss''s bald-headed egg: "Everything you arranged today is to attract Director Fury!"


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and instead of answering the phone, he yawned first: "I ordered the secret service team to deliberately destroy all his safe houses and let the news of Coulson''s promotion be on the news...


    you guess¡­


    Who would our old boss suspect of presiding over an operation against him? "


    "..."


    What a devil!


    Agent Hill''s face couldn''t help shaking. Why does Uehara Naraku always stare at Coulson to frame him?


    Coulson''s eyes were faintly startled, because he helped Nick Fury renovate most of the safe houses, and he basically knew the location of the safe houses!


    Now...


    He''s so dirty he couldn''t be washed off by jumping into the Mississippi River!


    "Shh, be quiet..."


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers stood on his lips, and a terrifying coercion instantly filled the whole room, making Coulson and Hill feel like a heavy burden was placed on their bodies, and they dared not move even a single bit of their bodies!


    Naraku Uehara pressed the connect button with his finger, and he also deliberately pressed the hands-free button on the call interface, and soon the familiar voices of the three of them came from the phone.


    "Uehara, it''s me."


    It was their old boss, Nick Fury.


    Coulson and Hill immediately widened their eyes, desperately trying to unleash their physical strength, and opened their mouths to say something to remind Nick Fury on the other end of the phone!


    However¡­


    The coercion in the room quietly increased!


    This coercion seems to be oppressing their souls, making them dare not open their mouths at all, and can only listen to the exchange between Naraku Uehara and Nick Fury...


    This strange ability made Coulson and Hill feel a little palpitating.


    Uehara guy...


    Who the hell!


    This power is no longer like an ordinary superhero!


    Naraku Uehara suppressed the two people in the room again, and then casually spoke to Nick Fury on the other end of the phone: "Director Fury, if you want to prove your innocence or release your wanted arrest, you can contact the department Director Elson.


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku interrupted his words and explained softly: "Oh, yes, maybe you don''t know yet, Agent Coulson is back, and he has been promoted to the director of the World Security Council.


    And because he used to be your subordinate, and the defection of the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D. was too bad, now Director Coulson is in charge of your case. "


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku added another sentence: "One more thing, starting today, SHIELD will hunt down defectors under the command of the World Security Council.


    Sorry, Director, regardless of whether you have any involvement with Hydra, from today on I have no right to intervene in the defection case of the former Director of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    Or, you can pretend that I have no right to meddle in S.H.I.E.L.D.''s affairs.


    After all, Agent Hill, who returned with Coulson, is more suitable for the position of director of S.H.I.E.L.D. than me. I will be able to pack up my things and leave in a few days. "


    "..."


    Nick Fury on the other end of the call has been listening quietly.


    As for the office, Coulson, who watched Naraku Uehara say these words, couldn''t help but get angry, and Agent Hill was a little speechless...


    This guy¡­


    How dare you say these words out loud!


    Before framing them, you should also consider the feelings of the two parties involved! Especially splashing dirty water on them in front of them!


    After listening to Naraku Uehara''s complaints, Nick Fury suddenly said: "I thought after they went back, you old friends got along pretty well..."


    "maybe¡­"


    Uehara Naraku responded indifferently, and his voice gradually became lower and lower: "We have enough talk time today, I don''t know if you are Hydra or S.H.I.E.L.D.... In short, be more careful in the future, I can''t help you anymore gone."


    "I see."


    Nick Fury''s voice was a little relieved.


    Because after receiving the summary of Uehara Naraku''s information, he got some news that made him feel uneasy and somewhat fortunate.


    first¡­


    When the FBI and CIA tracked him down, Uehara Naraku probably didn''t let SHIELD get involved, and must have helped his old boss to cover up something.


    Otherwise, why has no one been able to find him?


    This shows that Uehara Naraku still has some trust in him.


    However, after the return of Coulson and Agent Hill, they took over S.H.I.E.L.D. in their new identities, and issued an order to hunt down him, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    The current Uehara Naraku should have been completely reduced to a puppet. It is estimated that if he did not have the identity of an intern of the Universal Peace Organization, he might be in trouble.


    After adding all the information in his mind, Nick Fury finally made up his mind, and said in a deep voice, "Uehara, based on what I know about Coulson and Hill, your phone may be being monitored by them..."


    "I see."


    Uehara Naraku sighed, and continued: "If I hadn''t represented Earth''s position in the Akatsuki organization, I should have been dealt with by them long ago, right?


    I''m sorry, no matter what you want to say or do now, I can''t promise you, Director Ferry, I have to think about the earth, I can only stand by and watch all this. "


    "Why don''t you consider breaking the boat?"


    Nick Fury''s voice suddenly increased, and he continued in a deep voice: "Let''s meet and talk in detail. SHIELD, the Security Council, the Senate, the House of Representatives, and the White House may all have been infiltrated by Hydra..."


    "Director Fury, I don''t want to know this."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Nick Fury, he was silent for a while, and then suddenly said: "The last news is that Natasha, Clint and Captain Steve Rogers have all been included in the wanted list."


    "them¡­"


    Nick Fury''s voice stopped abruptly.


    This is the Avengers team he worked so hard to build!


    Now half of this Avengers team is wanted!


    Nick Fury took a deep breath, and continued to ask in disbelief: "So... what about the others?"


    "The rest are honest."


    The remaining people mentioned by Naraku Uehara refer to other members of the Avengers team, obviously including him, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    "I see."


    Nick Fury''s heart sank suddenly.


    "Then, so be it."


    Naraku Uehara finished all this calmly, and added seemingly nothing: "If you have a chance to meet Natasha, remember to say hello to them instead of me... because I will not be in the United States next week, and I plan to travel to Africa a period of time."


    "Africa¡­"


    Nick Fury''s brain skipped a bunch of messy grasslands and desert landscapes in an instant, and he locked on to a country almost immediately, which made his mood even heavier.


    There''s nothing notable about Africa...


    Among them, the highest value in Africa is undoubtedly the super kingdom hidden in a bunch of agricultural countries in Africa!


    Wakanda!


    The most technologically advanced country on earth!


    A technological kingdom living in seclusion on a backward continent, Wakanda has become an advanced country far surpassing any civilization on earth by virtue of its rich vibrating gold content!


    It''s just that this country doesn''t show mountains and water, and the people there are also very closed, always appearing as a backward African country.


    However, Nick Fury knows the existence of Wakanda. After all, the vibration gold flowing out of the world is leaked by Wakanda. He, the former director of S.H.I.E.L.D., naturally pays special attention to Wakanda.


    "Then... I wish you the best of luck."


    Nick Fury calmed down, and began to think about whether Naraku Uehara mentioned Africa for something else.


    "the same as you."


    Uehara Naraku''s answer is very interesting.


    Nick Fury figured it out from Naraku Uehara''s simple answer almost instantly. Naraku Uehara must be going to Africa, and even invited him to go with him!


    Putting it this way...


    They might be able to meet in Wakanda!


    Wakanda, which just so happens to be a country that S.H.I.E.L.D. and not even the US can touch.


    Uehara Naraku slowly left the last riddle: "I hope that by that time, the situation in Africa will still be peaceful... No, I should say I hope the world will still be peaceful!"

 Chapter 774

    This call is over.


    Uehara Naraku snapped his fingers in boredom, relieved the oppressive pressure in the room, and then slowly put his hands together and leaned on the chair.


    Coulson and Hill had listened to Naraku Uehara fooling Nick Fury the whole time. The pressure on the two of them had just been relieved, and they looked at Naraku Uehara with complicated eyes.


    How is this person so good at deceiving people?


    And still in front of the two of them, throw all the blame on the two of them, and then cheat Nick Fury''s trust in himself...


    this man...


    How can you play this set so neatly?


    This guy is obviously a senior leader of Hydra, but he acts more like his own than the two cronies brought out by Director Fury himself!


    to be honest¡­


    Even if Coulson and Hill racked their brains, they couldn''t figure out how to make a comeback for Nick Fury, who was played by Naraku Uehara.


    "what¡­"


    Uehara Naraku yawned, waved towards the door, and arranged for someone to take them down: "Take Mr. Coulson and Agent Hill back and let them rest early."


    After saying this, Uehara Naraku suddenly stopped his subordinates again: "By the way, have the new members of our organization rushed to the Avengers Base to report? I need her to prepare for the African operation."


    Newcomers to their organization.


    Of course it''s Wanda the Scarlet Witch.


    "She''ll be here tomorrow, Sir."


    The Hydra agent nodded seriously, and continued: "Is there anything else I need to order?"


    "Well, and..."


    Naraku Uehara tapped his fingers on the table, and said softly: "Let the New York branch base, let Bucky Barnes go! Otherwise, I have no reason to make Tony Stark willing to obey my wishes .¡±


    Now Tony is completely caught in the persistent pursuit of Bucky Barnes, as long as he comes up with the news that Bucky and Steve Rogers colluded, Tony Stark will never let it go.


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku suddenly said again: "By the way, wait, take Mr. Coulson there, and find a way to secretly let Bucky Barnes know that Mr. Coulson has been ordering He assassinated Captain Steve Rogers.


    and also¡­


    Mr. Coulson is going to use S.H.I.E.L.D. and the Avengers team to attack Wakanda in Africa to capture Vibranium as a weapon, which also gets Bucky Barnes to leak it all. "


    "..."


    The Hydra agent nodded wordlessly.


    Coulson and Hill couldn''t help but want to curse.


    this fucking...


    Can''t Uehara Naraku do something that people do?


    Now that Hydra has released Bucky Barnes, once Bucky Barnes regains his sanity, Bucky''s words will definitely confirm the news that Coulson is a Hydra spy. Can Sen still be whitewashed in the future?


    pity¡­


    Uehara Naraku would not care about such trivial matters.


    If Coulson is really worried that this kind of black pot on his body will not be shaken off or cleaned, Naraku Uehara can actually teach Coulson how to wash it, but he doesn''t have much time right now.


    Time is short.


    Naraku Uehara is actively preparing for the ultimate battle on Earth.


    There are not many members in the Avengers base, and some of them are temporarily on his side through some means.


    Iron Man, Tony Stark.


    Gears of War, James Lord.


    As for Bruce Banner, as a strict neutral, he will naturally not participate. Banner will remain neutral until his pawn needs to be used.


    Now¡­


    Naraku Uehara meets the new members of the Avengers.


    scarlet witch.


    Wanda Maximoff.


    This hot woman was wearing a crimson windbreaker, with a large white chest exposed. She flew to Uehara Naraku''s side with the crimson super power.


    "grown ups."


    The Scarlet Witch lowered her eyes slightly, lowered her head to show a gesture of surrender, and presented the spiritual scepter in her hand to Uehara Naraku: "When I came, Pietro asked me to bring this scepter back and hand it over to Uehara Naraku. into your hands."


    Scarlet Witch, Wanda.


    Now her brother Quicksilver Pietro Maximov is very safe and alive, and is still in charge of Hydra''s Sokovia base.


    so¡­


    Wanda is also an undercover agent from Hydra.


    Moreover, when she came to report to the Avengers base, she had already received some corresponding training. Wanda was a little curious about the boss Naraku Uehara.


    The boss freed the siblings from their plight, brought them out of the darkness, and gave them a new life.


    "It seems that you two brothers and sisters are doing well..."


    Naraku Uehara reached out to take the spiritual scepter, and a strong spiritual pressure instantly emanated from the palm of his hand, directly destroying the scepter in his hand!


    "grown ups¡­"


    Wanda frowned slightly, looked at Uehara Naraku''s movements with some surprise in her eyes, and asked in a low voice: "Its power should have value?"


    such a precious thing...


    Is it destroyed so easily?


    And Wanda was even more surprised by the strength displayed by Uehara Naraku, with the hardness of this spiritual scepter, it couldn''t hold his bare hands!


    The moment the spiritual scepter shattered, a powerful shock swept across the surroundings instantly. What was a little strange was that the fragments of the scepter floated in the air strangely...


    And among the fragments...


    Interspersed with a shiny yellow gemstone.


    "It does have value..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the yellow gem, slowly stretched out his fingers, pinched the gem, and continued calmly: "Its value is the container, just to hide the existence of this gem, the soul gem. "


    There are only six Infinity Stones in the entire universe.


    Since the end of the Battle of New York, Thor, the God of Thunder, returned to Asgard with the cosmic cube containing the space gem to recast the Rainbow Bridge; the time gem was brought to the future, and was brought back to this era, falling into Uehara Naraku hands.


    Mind Gem.


    It should be the second gem that fell into Uehara Naraku''s hands.


    In other words, this gem has never left the control of Uehara Naraku. Since it appeared on the earth in the form of a spiritual scepter, this gem has become the palm of Uehara Naraku.


    "The Mind Stone..."


    Wanda raised her head and stared blankly at the gemstone in Naraku Uehara''s hand. She looked at the yellow light, as if she could see the power of the universe through the gemstone.


    She shares the power of this gem.


    She couldn''t help being amazed by the power contained in this gemstone!


    Ever since Wanda gained extraordinary abilities, she has never felt that anything could exceed the power in her body...


    "It''s beautiful..."


    There was a hint of obsession in Wanda''s eyes.


    In her eyes, the yellow mind gem was beautiful, more beautiful than any diamond jewelry she had ever seen!


    This gem...


    It seems that people can see the universe through it!


    At this moment, a black hole appeared in Uehara Naraku''s palm, instantly absorbing the power of that gemstone into the black hole!


    The moment Wanda, who was still obsessed, saw the black hole, she couldn''t help feeling a little panic in her heart. Under her spiritual perception, that black hole had the power to devour everything!


    "The Power of Boredom..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face was a bit ugly.


    Just after using the black hole to devour the power of the mind gem, Uehara got the ability and usage of the mind gem, but the power of the mind gem made him feel a little boring.


    As the name suggests.


    The mind gem can enhance a person''s spiritual power, and can use the amplified super mental power to do many things that ordinary humans cannot do.


    Through the Mind Stone, Uehara Naraku can read other people''s thoughts and brains with ease, and can even use the power of the Mind Stone to control or even change people''s thinking.


    only¡­


    This power is a little tasteless.


    If it is not a last resort, Uehara Naraku actually doesn''t like to change other people''s thinking and character. Uehara Naraku prefers to let nature take its course.


    for example¡­


    Those collections actually don''t like Naraku Uehara. Many people think that they want to kill him in their dreams, but they have to obey him.


    for example¡­


    Those who knew all this clearly could not escape the fate he arranged.


    A behind-the-scenes man who can really control everything should break away from this simple and crude control method and choose to control a higher fate.


    That''s what a man behind the scenes should do.


    Perhaps the most important ability for Uehara Naraku is the ability to make Uehara Naraku, like a god, directly listen to the thoughts of the creatures in the black hole universe.


    The existence of the Mind Stone...


    Let Uehara Naraku''s control go one step further.


    Ok¡­


    Uchiha Sasuke scolded him in his heart.


    Why is Sasuke always scolding him? No matter which world you are in, you are scolding him? This account has to be written down first, and then it will be settled slowly later.


    certainly.


    In addition to these.


    Uehara Naraku also got other subsidiary abilities.


    The mind gem exists in his black hole universe, allowing his brain to further evolve, and he can freely develop the power of his body.


    Among them, changing the density of the body similar to the illusion, blurring one''s own body, or directly using the focused beam, also has the ability of Quicksilver and Scarlet Witch.


    "Forget it, talk is better than nothing..."


    Uehara Naraku''s fingertips glowed with a red light, and this red light was like a cloud of smoke, directly wrapping around the body of Scarlet Witch Wanda!


    "This ability..."


    Wanda looked at the mass of red energy entangled her body, her eyes showed a hint of surprise. Isn''t this power... her superpower?


    Why was Naraku Uehara able to use it?


    Even compared to when she used this power, Uehara Naraku seemed to be more familiar with it, and his mental strength was also higher!


    Another burst of red energy radiated from Wanda''s body!


    However, no matter how Wanda resisted, she couldn''t break free from Uehara Naraku''s control, which was due to the suppression of stronger energy!


    Even in the spirit of pride...


    Wanda had to admit that she was still no match for Uehara Naraku...


    No wonder this man is able to master Hydra, just in terms of strength, this guy probably has no one on earth as his opponent?


    Naraku Uehara controlled Wanda''s body to fly slowly in front of him little by little, controlled Wanda to slowly fall to the ground, and then waved away the ball of red energy.


    While talking, Uehara Naraku slowly stretched out her palm to help Wanda straighten her windbreaker, which was stiff all over, and showed a warm smile: "Did it scare you? Don''t worry, it''s just an insignificant wind." the power of."


    "¡­No, not at all."


    Wanda shook her head cautiously.


    "That''s good."


    Uehara Naraku nodded with satisfaction, continued with a smile: "Probably tomorrow or the day after tomorrow, they will take action. Have they trained you?"


    "As you will, my lord."


    Wanda stopped looking directly at Naraku Uehara, and lowered her head again.


    Naraku Uehara frowned, raised his eyebrows and asked, "What did they do that shouldn''t be done, am I scary?"


    "No...you are worthy of awe."


    Wanda shook her head slowly but firmly.


    The woman''s eyes became more and more complicated, and finally there was more awe of the unknown and the strong.


    If it is said that before, the Scarlet Witch and her brother were still a little wanton in order to obtain super powers and the high-level position of Hydra... Now that she felt the power of Uehara Naraku, she restrained her thoughts.


    The supreme leader of Hydra is not that simple!


    At least Wanda knew that he and his brother Pietro were not rivals at all.


    time flies.


    Or there are so many things that make time seem to pass quickly.


    Especially for Nick Fury, in order to get more helpers, Nick Fury took the risk to contact Natasha, Clint and others.


    From the mouths of these two old subordinates, Nick Fury knew more about Uehara Naraku, and also knew that Uehara Naraku had been protecting their old friends.


    In addition to Natasha and Clint, Nick Fury also met Captain America Steve Rogers, the king of secret agents finally decided to have an open and honest talk with Steve Rogers.


    nature¡­


    They unraveled some mysteries.


    Whether it was Nick Fury, Natasha and Clint, they all believed that the German secret letter was a conspiracy set up by Hydra to frame Steve Rogers...


    They also reached some consensus.


    For example, they all think that they need more information from Uehara Naraku. This time they are going to Africa, hoping to have a face-to-face talk with Uehara Naraku.


    certainly¡­


    They also identified the real culprit behind the scenes.


    There is no doubt that Coulson is locked into a Hydra spy with a super suspicion, especially after they met Bucky Barnes, this suspicion has been changed to a certainty.


    Bucky Barnes is back to assassinate Steve Rogers.


    Only this time, Bucky has to face three super agents in ambush, Natasha, Clint and Nick Fury, who easily assist Steve Rogers to capture him.


    Nick Fury is very familiar with these brainwashing methods. He helped clean up Hydra''s brainwashing information, restored Bucky''s sanity, and gave them an extra support...


    Simultaneously¡­


    They also got a message.


    A guy named Phil Coulson sent Bucky Barnes to kill Steve Rogers, and even since Pierce left, his brain seems to be following the orders issued by this guy Coulson ¡­


    "One more message..."


    Bucky Barnes was sitting on a chair, rubbing his head desperately: "They want to use someone... want to start a war...take some gold from a country...no...platinum...anyway, it should be very valuable something..."


    "Zhenjin."


    Nick Fury''s voice became extremely heavy, and his one-eyed eyes were a little lost: "Hydra... for Zhenjin...use Uehara and Tony to win a war against Wakanda..."

 Chapter 775

    vibration gold.


    The hardest metal material in the universe.


    Vibrating gold does not exist on the earth, only space meteorites can bring this kind of material, and so far only the country of Wakanda in Africa has received this gift from space.


    Due to Wakanda''s monopoly on this unique material, the country has only sold a very small amount of vibranium in history, allowing Wakanda to gain a jump in wealth.


    Compared with other backward nations in Africa, Wakanda is the only country with a large technological power. Through Zhenjin technology, it can compete with any country.


    It¡¯s just that the kings of Wakanda have been very low-key, and they have always implemented a closed-door attitude, which also prevents the outside world from knowing the truth about Wakanda. This isolation has always made the outside world think that Wakanda is still a poor country. backward agricultural country.


    If you don''t know Wakanda, no one will know that this so-called backward country is actually the most technologically advanced country on earth.


    same.


    The most advanced technology on earth brings to Wakanda naturally advanced education levels, advanced living standards, advanced medical levels, and advanced military levels.


    The citizens of Wakanda have been proficient in any mainstream language of the earth under the undifferentiated education environment of the whole people, and they also have mastered various advanced science and technology.


    With the help of vibrating technology, doctors in Wakanda have even developed medical technologies that are sufficient to treat cancer and other terminal illnesses, so that Wakanda people do not need to worry about their bodies at all.


    The soldiers of Wakanda have the most advanced and powerful equipment in the world. Relying on vibranium weapons makes Wakanda soldiers so strong that they can be called real super soldiers.


    The most amazing thing is...


    Wakanda''s spy agency.


    There are many intelligences that the CIA and FBI cannot detect, but Wakanda''s spy agency PRIDE knows those intelligences well, allowing the king of Wakanda to know anything they want to know.


    There are also superheroes in this country.


    The king of Wakanda is their superhero, known by the people as the black panther protecting Wakanda, and it is also the belief of many tribes in Wakanda.


    If you''re serious...


    Black Panther is roughly equivalent to a combination of Iron Man Tony Stark and Captain America Steve Rogers. His affluence and technological battle suits are far beyond everything, and his physical fitness is also comparable to Steve Rogers injected with super soldier serum.


    The first time Nick Fury knew about the existence of Wakanda, it was because of the tradition in S.H.I.E.L.D., because Howard Stark, the founder, had contacted Wakanda and bought some vibration gold for $10,000 per gram. Created a shield for Steve Rogers.


    later¡­


    Nick Fury has also been secretly investigating Wakanda''s intelligence. The earth has such a powerful power, and he really wants to include this power in the ranks of protecting the earth.


    Of course, the king of Wakanda didn''t bother to pay him any attention.


    All the vibrating gold on earth is in the hands of Wakanda, and they don''t need to do anything superfluous at all, as long as they remain detached.


    Now they cannot remain detached.


    Because Hydra wants to manipulate the most powerful forces on the earth, and wants to go to war directly with Wakanda to seize Wakanda''s vibration gold resources.


    "We have to find a way to stop this war."


    Nick Fury''s face was extremely solemn, his palms slowly closed in front of him, and he explained in a low voice: "If this war really breaks out, the world may be destroyed in this war, they Have no idea of ??the true power of Wakanda..."


    After finishing speaking, Nick Fury no longer worried about revealing any secrets, and described an isolated superpower to the people present.


    One¡­


    A country that lacks nothing.


    One¡­


    A superpower capable of disrupting the pattern of the earth.


    "But how do we stop it?"


    Natasha frowned, and said softly with some helplessness: "From the current point of view, we have no way to change all this. Hydra or the military''s hawks control everything. The only thing that can be done in front of them Only Uehara and Stark are the only ones to say..."


    "They are under house arrest."


    After Clint finished speaking, he added another sentence: "And they are not trusted, maybe it is easier for us to instigate Coulson."


    "..."


    Nick Fury was lost in thought.


    If you are serious, it seems that it is easier to instigate Coulson. The problem is that Coulson will definitely not obey their wishes... and if you want to catch Coulson, you need Uehara to help them provide information and help .


    "Maybe it''s too late..."


    Bucky Barnes said hesitantly. He rubbed his temple and continued: "When Coulson asked me to clean up Steve and you, he mentioned that this war would probably start on the seventh...but I don''t know the exact time..."


    "The time now..."


    Steve Rogers glanced at the clock, and his expression suddenly became heavy: "It''s ten o''clock in the evening on the 6th... Even if we start a war at midnight, we still have two hours to change everything."


    "I''ll contact Uehara!"


    Natasha took out her mobile phone and dialed Uehara''s number directly: "I hope this guy won''t rest at this time, and it''s too late to worry that he won''t be exposed..."


    hum...


    hum...


    hum...


    After a long time.


    Only then did a strange female voice appear on the receiver of the mobile phone, and the voice said softly, "Sorry...he fell asleep."


    "..."


    Everyone''s foreheads jumped.


    At ten o''clock in the middle of the night, a strange woman took Naraku Uehara''s mobile phone and said that he fell asleep. What happened before that, there is no need to explain it at all, right?


    Why is Uehara Naraku sleeping at this time!


    In other words, why is Naraku Uehara still sleeping with a woman at this time? What the hell went wrong... Did they guess wrong?


    Just as the woman on the other end of the phone quietly hung up the phone, there was finally a burst of engine roaring from the receiver, as if a super engine was starting!


    They hear the problem right away!


    "It was the sound of the engine starting of the aerospace carrier just now..."


    Nick Fury stood up and straightened his clothes, and said in a deep voice: "It seems that Uehara''s communication has been cut off, and if the SHIELD''s aerospace aircraft carrier has been dispatched, it means that the war is about to begin. "


    "Is there any other way?"


    "Can I contact Tony?"


    "I can''t get in touch now. After Tony Stark was under house arrest, he could still talk to Pepper Potts at a fixed time... After Coulson returned a few days ago, Tony Stark''s contact was also cut off."


    "It''s not that there is no other way..."


    Nick Fury took a deep breath and whispered: "The United States actually has an intelligence contact point for Wakanda. I don''t know if this contact point is still in use..."


    "We have to give Wakanda advance notice?"


    "Convincing Wakanda that they''re about to face a war without any proof, and let them sort it out themselves?"


    "Perhaps this is the only way..."


    Steve Rogers stood up abruptly, his face suddenly became serious: "If the intelligence we get makes us misjudge, then at most we will be ridiculed, and Wakanda, which we have never been in contact with, will think it''s much ado about nothing." What¡­


    If we judge success, it may be possible to resolve this war in advance. These wars should not exist in this world. For this purpose, we can sacrifice our lives or everything. "


    "Then let''s go..."


    Nick Fury took out the keys from his pocket, and said casually: "If there are five people together, the car may be a little crowded..."


    Regardless, they finally settled on a plan.


    If they did not choose to contact Wakanda, perhaps at twelve o''clock in the morning, Uehara Naraku would pretend to secretly prepare a Quin-jet fighter for them to fly directly to Wakanda.


    Even so.


    Uehara Naraku still sent an email to Natasha at twelve o''clock in the morning, reporting in detail the means of transportation he used to go to Africa for a ''business trip''.


    An aerospace carrier flagship.


    Three Air and Space Combat Carriers of Plan Insight.


    The momentum of this war is not too big, there are not hundreds of thousands of troops to cooperate, only a few aerospace aircraft carriers and equipped fighter jets.


    Other than that...


    No special troops were involved either.


    In addition to this information, Naraku Uehara even deliberately helped Nick Fury and others gain the trust of Wakanda, and directly started to make S.H.I.E.L.D.


    for example¡­


    Wakanda¡¯s intelligence agency, PRIDE, found a piece of news that dozens of media in the United States are rushing to prepare a series of news about the existence of weapons of mass destruction in Wakanda and the abuse of indigenous people by the feudal king¡­


    this news...


    It sounds full of strong American style!


    If there is no accident, the United Nations General Assembly will be held the next day. The representative of the United States in the United Nations will take out a small bottle of washing powder at the meeting, followed by the mighty aircraft carrier and fighter jets of the entire United States flying to Wakhan Da...


    Oh shit!


    Are you sick?


    This group of Americans still wants to repeat the old tricks. They don''t really think that Wakanda has no weapons of mass destruction, do they?


    Now it seems that the war may indeed break out. King T¡¯Chaka of Wakanda was a little unhappy when he heard the news, but he heard that a team of agents was contacting them and told them that the war was caused by Hydra conspiracy¡­


    I have to say is¡­


    The intelligence that Nick Fury brought was quite useful.


    Just saying nothing else, just the combat readiness of the United States and the World Security Council to launch a war against Wakanda is enough to make Wakanda believe part of what he said.


    and¡­


    Nick Fury also brought up one thing.


    That is, they can resolve the war peacefully as much as possible, and T''Chaka asked people to bring Nick Fury, Steve Rogers and others back to Wakanda overnight.


    If the spies of Hydra can be eliminated, the aerospace carriers can be resolved, and the war can be resolved peacefully, the old king does not want to expose the existence of Wakanda.


    Just as Nick Fury and others boarded the plane and rushed to Wakanda, SHIELD was also urgently preparing their aerospace aircraft carrier battle group.


    "Tony."


    Naraku Uehara came to the laboratory where Tony Stark was under house arrest, threw him a stack of photos, and said in a deep voice: "This is the latest news I found... Nick Fury, Steve, Natasha, Klin T, they''re with Bucky Barnes."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku added another sentence: "And... half an hour ago, they left the United States through a country called Wakanda..."


    "Wakanda?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded and continued: "That country is a hidden super technological power, the only country on Earth that has vibration gold resources.


    Maybe they defected to Wakanda, or Wakanda itself is one of them, because there also exists a superhero named Black Panther.


    and¡­


    When Mr. Howard Stark made the shield for Steve Rogers, it was Wakanda that provided some vibrating gold, you should have heard the name..."


    "I know¡­"


    Tony Stark''s fingers pinched the photo a little bit, his eyes fixed on Bucky Barnes in the photo, and the circles of his eyes became a little bit red.


    This is the man!


    Killed his mother!


    In the photo, Bucky Barnes patted Steve Rogers on the shoulder, his smile was very gentle, and it was completely impossible to see that he was the demon who killed an elderly couple!


    If such a person can still live so happily...then this world is too unfair!


    It''s not fair to Stark!


    Not fair to his parents!


    "My dad also helped make shields for Steve Rogers..."


    Tony Stark looked at the person in the photo, and said word by word: "Steve knows... does his friend Bucky kill my parents?"


    "I have no idea¡­"


    Naraku Uehara reached out and patted Tony on the shoulder, bent down slightly to look at the photo in Tony''s hand, and calmed his emotions in a low voice: "But...Director Fury and Natasha must know..."


    Yes.


    Nick Fury and Natasha must know!


    Because Natasha got this video, Nick Fury must have seen this video during his tenure as director!


    They were originally a gang!


    They were originally in collusion with everything!


    "Uehara, where are they now?"


    Tony Stark''s fingers tore up the photo in his hand little by little, raised his head and looked at Uehara with red eye circles: "When will I get out of here!"


    Tony Stark''s palm grabbed Uehara Naraku''s sleeve suddenly, and his voice was mixed with anger and pleading: "Uehara! I want to get out of here! I can''t stay here any longer! I can''t take it anymore! Uehara! Help!"


    "You can get out of here soon."


    Uehara Naraku patted his arm and whispered: "If Wakanda is really in collusion with Hydra, we may all have a reason to leave here.


    Because the White House and the World Security Council are well aware of how dangerous a country like Wakanda is in collusion with Hydra, I went to report it to them.


    Tony, relax.


    We still have a lot to do if we are to regain our freedom. "

 Chapter 776

    Dawn came quietly.


    A seaside base of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    A group of people stood on the roof of the base, looking down at the turbulent seawater receding, and huge steel cabins floated out of the seawater.


    Several orders were sent from the command platform, the steel deck hundreds of meters wide slowly opened, and huge aerospace carriers revealed their true faces from the cabin.


    One of the aerospace carriers existed as the command ship of S.H.I.E.L.D. in the Battle of New York, and the other three aerospace carriers are extremely armed combat weapons!


    "Is this the S.H.I.E.L.D. vehicle?"


    "That''s right, an aerospace carrier."


    Tony Stark and James Rhodes, wearing their respective steel battle suits, stood by the fence and watched the aerospace carriers emerge from the cabin.


    Both of them couldn''t help but marvel at these warships capable of flying into the sky. Even if they had seen it before, they had to admire this epoch-making war tool.


    "Where''s Naraku Uehara?"


    James Rhodes looked around and asked curiously: "He asked us to come here...to take us to that Wakanda?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Tony nodded slowly, and continued: "Uehara Naraku convinced the Security Council to allow the Avengers team to participate in this attack on Wakanda to eliminate Hydra, which is considered to have lifted our sentence..."


    Just as the two of them were discussing Uehara Naraku, the flagship of the aerospace carrier battle group opened the hatch, and the staff in it quickly cleaned the deck.


    A woman in a red windbreaker flew over from the air, landed beside Tony Stark and James Rhodes, and said softly: "Mr. Stark, Colonel Rhodes, Director Uehara asked you to board the ship quickly, five minutes Then we should go¡­¡±


    "Okay, Wanda..."


    Tony Stark nodded kindly.


    Tony Stark had no objection to this newcomer who joined the Avengers. Naraku Uehara took care of everything, and he didn''t bother to pay attention to the recruiting of the Avengers.


    The only thing Tony cares about is¡­


    Clean out Hydra and Bucky Barnes.


    As an avenger, Tony Stark will carry out his will this time, and he will avenge his parents who died in Bucky''s hands!


    Now the World Security Council is organizing the attack on Wakanda. Except for the agents and soldiers of SHIELD, only he, Rhodes, Uehara Naraku and the Scarlet Witch Wanda in front of him participate as members of the Avengers team.


    after all¡­


    There is no need for too many people to know about Wakanda''s collusion with Hydra.


    Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes followed Wanda to board the flagship of the aerospace carrier, and they also saw the commander Uehara Naraku in the command room.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at his teammates, nodded to them, and then turned his head to give his own order: "It''s almost time, get ready to set sail..."


    "Yes, sir."


    As the orders were conveyed to each control room, the ground of the command room of the aerospace carrier shook slightly for a moment, and a sense of weightlessness swept over the person''s body in an instant!


    next moment¡­


    Huge aerospace aircraft carrier flew into the sky!


    The other three air and space combat aircraft carriers followed closely behind!


    This battle group composed of aerospace aircraft carriers flew into the sky mightily, and after turning on the stealth mode, it flew directly towards Wakanda in Africa!


    According to the flight speed of the aerospace carrier, they only set off a few hours later than Nick Fury, but they arrived in a similar time.


    Africa.


    Wakanda.


    Most of the country''s territory is grasslands and mountains.


    In other words, most of what is exposed to the outside world are grasslands and high mountains. Ordinary people can¡¯t see any sign that Wakanda is a technological power. They can only see tribes grazing one by one, but what they herd is precious rhinos. .


    Once these rhinos are dressed in vibration gold equipment, they will quickly become soldiers shaking the ground. They belong to a large tribe under the king of Wakanda.


    Nick Fury, Steve Rogers and others watched their plane not stop at Wakanda''s airport at all, but kept lowering the altitude and flying towards a forest area on the ground.


    "If you fly at such a low altitude again..."


    Steve Rogers, who used to fly a plane, is not optimistic about flying at low altitude: "Tell the captain to climb quickly, or we may hit the mountain..."


    "no need."


    Nick Fury shook his head, and continued in a deep voice: "Soon we will be able to arrive at the real capital of Wakanda. King T''Chaka is waiting for us at the airport..."


    This time they came to Wakanda in a hurry, and they couldn''t quite understand what to do, so they could only pass by the mountains and forests.


    until¡­


    Through a thin layer of protective cover.


    A group of people who came together by plane quickly began to look around, and they also noticed the enemy.


    certainly.


    They also saw what Wakanda really looked like.


    Tall technological buildings and densely packed high-end buildings stand in the sky of Wakanda, showing the true face of this country that has always been hidden.


    The people present couldn''t help but sit on the edge of the glass of the plane, and their eyes reflected the extremely prosperous capital of Wakanda full of futuristic technology.


    This is Wakanda.


    Looks out of place in the African setting.


    Once it broke through Wakanda''s protective defenses, the plane flying from the United States finally stopped its journey and landed at Wakanda''s capital airport.


    What awaits them is...


    It is the current King of Wakanda and the current Black Panther T''Chaka.


    The black king is not young anymore, but because of the characteristics of the African, he still looks very strong.


    In fact, T''Chaka is already planning to retire.


    If the opportunity is right, T''Chaka intends to retire directly and hand over the power of Wakanda and the Black Panther to his son T''Challa.


    result¡­


    This happened when I was about to retire.


    The mood of T''Chaka, the old king, can be imagined.


    "Welcome to Wakanda."


    T''Chaka stepped forward, stood and walked down from the nearby crowd, and extended his palm towards them in a friendly way: "I have long admired your name, Mr. Nick Fury, and Captain Steve Rogers, Agent Natasha With Agent Clint..."


    "It should be said that we interrupted."


    Nick Fury reached out and took the palm of the black king.


    At this moment, the two black men seemed to be joining forces.


    Just after they greeted each other, T''Chaka didn''t shy away, and directly mentioned the business: "This time, I would like to thank everyone for your information...Everything is just as you said, someone wants to start a war with Wakanda..."


    Boom!


    Suddenly there was an explosion in the sky!


    Missiles came from nowhere, and directly blew up on Wakanda''s defensive shield. Ripples appeared on the defensive shield, but they couldn''t break through the defensive shield in the end!


    Zhenjin Technology''s shield is not so easy to break through!


    It''s just that missiles one after another are sprinkled on the defense mask as if they don''t need money. It seems that they are just venting, and they don''t care whether they can break through Wakanda''s protection...


    Accompanied by the missile attack, four huge aerospace aircraft carriers suddenly appeared in the sky and slowly appeared in the sky above Wakanda in the shape of earth!


    This aircraft carrier battle group slowly floated in the sky, leaving huge black shadows on the ground, which made people palpitate!


    The real protagonist of this war... has arrived!

 Chapter 777

    The sky is no longer clear.


    The aerospace carrier group is adjusting their combat form.


    The people on the ground watched the appearance of the aerospace aircraft carrier battle group, and watched the densely packed gun barrels on the heavily armed combat aircraft carrier mobilize, and a sense of oppression rushed over their faces!


    "Open the shield."


    Wakanda King T''Chaka''s face slowly calmed down, and after calmly giving the order to open the shield, he turned his head and looked at Nick Fury and others: "Don''t worry, there is no weapon on Earth that can break through Wakanda''s protection..."


    as expected.


    The three aerospace aircraft carriers opened fire brazenly!


    Neither machine guns nor loaded missiles nor large-caliber cannons could shake Wakanda''s defensive mask, which made Nick Fury and others slowly relieved.


    After the tentative salvo of the first round of artillery.


    The agents on the aerospace aircraft carrier quickly began to calculate the impact force that the defensive mask on the ground could withstand, and bad news appeared on each aircraft carrier.


    "Prepare to resume the attack."


    Naraku Uehara continued to give the attack order before he raised his head and drank the juice in his hand, and put the cup on the tray next to him.


    Uehara Naraku''s figure disappeared in place, and his figure appeared above the Sky Carrier, raised his hand and punched the ground!


    A blue ray of light flew down from an aerospace aircraft carrier, like a brilliant shooting star, hitting the protective light shield heavily!


    A violent shock wave swept across the grasslands of Wakanda!


    next second...


    The original hard protective mask disappeared as quickly as melting!


    "Fire."


    Immediately after the protective mask was broken, the aerospace carrier battle group quickly adjusted, and launched another round of artillery bombardment towards the Wakanda people on the ground!


    "defense!"


    The captain of Dora''s women''s guard beside the king of Wakanda hurriedly urged, with a vibrating gold shield standing in front of them, resisting the artillery fire from the sky!


    This group of female escorts covered their king and guests and retreated towards a safe area. They didn''t think that the aerospace aircraft carrier in the sky could be solved by Dora''s escort!


    click click...


    click click...


    Boom boom boom boom boom!


    The air-space combat aircraft carrier adjusted the direction of the machine gun, and the roar of the machine gun echoed in the sky of Wakanda again. The artillery fire from the main gun directly and completely destroyed the plane parked on the ground!


    at the same time.


    Naraku Uehara stood in the command room of the aerospace aircraft carrier, looking through the glass at the fleeing King of Wakanda and Nick Fury, and others. He picked up the communication phone at hand and connected to Tony Stark and Colonel Rhodes channel.


    "Tony, Colonel Rhodes, you can go out now."


    "it is good."


    "clear."


    In the next second, two figures in steel suits flew out of the flagship of the aerospace carrier, Tony Stark and James Lord flew out of the cabin!


    Small missiles flew out of their steel suits, clearing away the Wakandas who were still trying to resist, and the two went straight to Nick Fury and the others!


    Compared with the overwhelming coverage of the aerospace aircraft carrier battle group, the attacks of Tony Stark and James Rhodes are more precise, and the steel suits on their bodies are also the strongest individual weapons on the planet!


    "Bucky Barnes! Don''t try to escape!"


    Tony Stark''s voice appeared on the battlefield. He flew towards Bucky Barnes in his suit, and suddenly shot out an energy beam from his palm!


    A Wakanda guard stepped forward, lifted his cloak abruptly, and a light blue protective shield stood in front of them, blocking the energy shock beam!


    "Tony?"


    Steve Rogers turned his head in surprise and looked at the charging Tony Stark: "How could Tony attack us, he is not..."


    "Don''t worry about it too much!"


    Natasha grabbed Steve Rogers'' arm with one hand, and hurriedly urged: "Let''s leave here with King T''Chaka and find a safe place. The combat aircraft carrier in the sky is the ultimate weapon created by S.H.I.E.L.D. !"


    "He probably knew... that I killed his father."


    Bucky Barnes said the answer directly, with some obscure pain in his eyes: "Mr. Howard Stark and his wife... were killed by me..."


    "what!"


    Steve Rogers'' eyes widened in disbelief!


    What a joke!


    Steve Rogers and Howard Stark were old friends during World War II. The cooperation between him and Howard Stark and Peggy Carter has been close...


    Now his comrade-in-arms Bucky Barnes suddenly broke the news, making Steve Rogers'' brain into a mess in an instant!


    "I don''t think now is the time to discuss these..."


    T''Challa, Prince of Wakanda, held a vibrating gold spear in his hand, and raised his hand to shoot an energy shock wave. The power of this energy shock was so fast that it directly knocked out Tony Stark who was rushing over. !


    After T''Challa repelled Tony Stark, he shot back the war machine that wanted to fly over, and then turned his head and continued: "Gentlemen, I still think we should leave here now, and then discuss these comparisons." Suitable¡­"


    If they continue to hide here, the artillery fire from those aircraft carriers in the sky will soon overwhelm this place. It is not something their flesh and blood can resist...


    It is estimated that except for the black panther suit made of vibrating gold on his father T''Chaka, the other people present will probably be torn to pieces by machine gun bullets, right?


    Nick Fury followed closely beside King T''Chaka, and asked anxiously: "Your Majesty, does Wakanda have no power to fight back?"


    "You can fight back..."


    T''Chaka nodded hesitantly, and continued: "But the army needs a certain amount of preparation and reaction time, because this is the first time someone has invaded Wakanda..."


    The dangers that this country has encountered in the past have all been dealt with by him, the Black Panther, and the intelligence agencies under his command. He has never been attacked by the enemy like this before.


    and¡­


    Their most important defensive mask will be broken in one fell swoop.


    This is something that the Wakandas have never experienced. The Wakandas, who have always been invincible with vibrating gold weapons, did not expect that someone would be able to directly destroy their defensive masks.


    After this group of people fled into the jungle, the machine guns of the Aerospace Carrier Battle Group fired at the entire jungle, turning the entire jungle into a sea of ??flames!


    in the jungle.


    The light blue protective shields flickered one after another.


    The existence of these vibranium protective weapons that symbolize Wakanda ushered in the more saturated artillery design of the aerospace aircraft carrier, and the jungle was completely flooded by flames and shells!


    In order to avoid being spotted by the aerospace aircraft carrier in the sky, Nick Fury and Steve Rogers hope that these Wakanda guards will cover their bodies as much as possible.


    They even moved close to the edge of the sea of ??flames. Although this might plunge them into the sea of ??flames, it could also avoid thermal imaging detection of their action positions.


    ten minutes later.


    The attack of the aerospace carrier battle group finally stopped.


    The agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. determined that traces of the enemy had been lost, and the ultimate battleship in the sky began to change its course and flew towards the capital of Wakanda.


    "Tony."


    Uehara Naraku got through the communication channel between Tony Stark and Colonel James Rhodes, and said softly: "We can''t confirm the enemy''s whereabouts here, Bucky Barnes and the group are handed over to you, don''t hurt Wakhan Royals of Wakanda, let''s take the capital of Wakanda and end this war as soon as possible..."


    "I see."


    Tony Stark took a deep breath, activated his steel suit again, and flew in the direction of the jungle flames.


    James Rhodes followed his friend with a war weapon, and said softly, "This war doesn''t seem to be that troublesome..."


    According to their military principles...


    At this time, once the beheading plan is successful, the war can basically be declared over, and the next step is the security war to be dealt with by ordinary garrisons.


    "Not sure yet..."


    Tony Stark disagreed with James Lord''s opinion, and explained in a low voice: "The trouble caused by a superhero is more troublesome than the army of a country... As long as we can catch Steve... with the fighting power of others It doesn''t matter."


    Yes.


    As long as Steve Rogers can be defeated, the remaining group of people are not worth mentioning at all. Whether it is Clint, Natasha or Bucky Barnes, they will only become their captives.


    Maybe there are still some troubles...


    Like Wakanda''s vibranium weapons.


    Just now Tony Stark suffered the shock wave released by the vibrating weapon head-on, and he was able to repel his steel suit. Just a single blow can release energy no less than that of a cannonball!


    really¡­


    Technology is the future.


    Just as Tony Stark and James Rhodes rushed into the flames in their steel suits, searching for Steve Rogers, Nick Fury and others, the two of them didn''t know that they were the abandoned sons of Uehara Naraku.


    to be honest¡­


    Uehara Naraku doesn''t quite believe that the two of them can defeat Steve Rogers, Bucky, Clint, Natasha, the current Black Panther T''Chaka, and Dora''s guard captain and Prince T''Chaka who are wearing vibrating gold weapons beside him pull.


    To put it bluntly...


    Wakanda is a real super soldier manufacturing kingdom, and anyone can become a super soldier with the blessing of powerful vibration gold weapons.


    It doesn''t matter.


    Anyway, it was just for them to delay the time. This time should be enough for Naraku Uehara to lead the agents of SHIELD to occupy the capital of Wakanda.


    Who made the country of Wakanda small?


    The military power of the whole country is not concentrated. Among them, only the Dora Guard is responsible for guarding the royal army in the capital, and most of the other troops are distributed in various tribes.


    Now that the captain of Dora''s guard and the king are trapped in the jungle outside the capital, who else can gather soldiers to resist in the capital?


    The flagship of the aerospace carrier hovered over the capital of Wakanda.


    The other three combat aircraft carriers surrounded the entire capital city in a triangle shape, and their thick machine guns aimed at the tall buildings in the city.


    A burst of radio echoed in the city.


    "Hi everyone, I''m Naraku Uehara."


    "Under the World Security Council, Director of S.H.I.E.L.D."


    "Everyone in this city, please don''t resist, especially the princess of a certain royal family. I know that Her Royal Highness must hold the most powerful batch of vibrating gold in Wakanda, but please don''t think that vibrating gold weapons can determine everything .¡±


    Naraku Uehara specifically mentioned Suri, the daughter of the current king of Wakanda. He knew that the little princess of Wakanda was one of the top scientists on earth.


    Or she can be any scientist.


    Because Princess Suli is also a super medical expert.


    Due to her exposure to Zhenjin technology since she was a child, the princess is comparable to Tony Stark, Bruce Banner and others in terms of scientific talent.


    Plus she''s royal...


    If Wakanda really has any terrifying vibrating weapons of mass destruction, then probably this Her Royal Highness should be the one who holds such weapons.


    "These invaders..."


    In the underground vibrating laboratory, a black girl bit her lip bitterly, and her finger rested on the edge of a button, pending.


    In front of her are several virtual screens.


    What is shown on these virtual screens is the location and area of ??several aerospace carriers. If she wants to solve these aerospace carriers, she must find a way to solve the disaster caused by the fall of these aerospace carriers in advance.


    Once these aerospace carriers land in urban areas...


    It will definitely turn the small half of Wakanda''s capital into ruins!


    A middle-aged black woman came in and said in a low voice, "Suri, can''t you open the protective shield of the city?"


    this woman...


    It is the current queen of Wakanda.


    "Mom, the situation is more troublesome than you imagined..."


    The black girl shook her head, her eyes full of confusion and uneasiness: "There are people on these warships who can destroy our protective shield with one blow..."


    When she said this, she raised her hand and swiped the virtual screen in front of her, and a video replay appeared on the screen.


    Above is the command flagship of the aerospace carrier.


    A figure appeared out of nowhere above the Aircraft Carrier, raised his hand and punched them, breaking their protective shield with just one blow!


    This power beyond the girl''s scientific cognition...


    It was also the reason why Su Li didn''t dare to act rashly.


    "We cannot give in..."


    Su Li gritted his teeth, and said with a deep breath, "But... Now we must find a way to delay the time. When Dad and brother come back, their clothes are protected by vibrating gold... They must be safe from the bombing just now."


    "I think so¡­"


    A voice quietly appeared in this laboratory.


    While the princess and queen of Wakanda were discussing, a black hole slowly corroded a door of space as if corroding the space.


    A young man in a black windbreaker came out of the black hole, nodded at them with a smile, and said softly, "Shouldn''t I need to introduce myself? My information should have appeared on your desk long ago. .¡±


    "..."


    Two women in Wakanda''s royal family fell silent.


    The young man in front of me really needs no introduction. The new director of S.H.I.E.L.D. has been acting as an unqualified successor in the world. Everyone knows that S.H.I.E.L.D. has gradually declined since he took office...


    result¡­


    Now this guy named Uehara Naraku led SHIELD to attack Wakanda brazenly, and directly captured the capital of Wakanda, which already shows that this guy is not a weak guy!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent queen and princess, and nodded with satisfaction.


    "Since both of you have no objections..."


    "Well, now let me tell you about my reason for coming!"


    "I want to use the most advanced city on earth to announce something, and I hope the royal family of Wakanda will not mind."


    "And until the return of His Majesty the King and His Royal Highness, we, as subordinates of the World Security Council, are also obliged to help protect the security of the capital of Wakanda."


    "As for now, in order to avoid the chaos of the city''s armed forces and prevent the people in this city from being confused about who is the master of the city, please order the soldiers in the capital to put down their weapons first..."


    Uehara Naraku reached out and picked up a vibrating gold weapon in the laboratory, and while calmly twisting it off, he sighed in a low voice: "After all, I don''t want to destroy the most advanced weapon on the earth just for some trivial matter. What about the city..."

 Chapter 778

    Wakanda, the capital of the kingdom.


    As a scientist, Princess Suri was able to see the situation clearly.


    The guy in front of him who twisted off the vibration gold with his bare hands is definitely not something that the guards in this city can solve. Perhaps only the king who relies on the power of the black panther can contend.


    Under the orders of the queen and Princess Suri, the Dora guards directly under the royal family of Wakanda protected them from the royal capital, and had no choice but to hand over their homeland to the invaders.


    "Do you need me to hunt them down?"


    Wanda stood behind Uehara Naraku, watching the group of women who left the capital, with an undisguised killing intent on her face: "The weapons of this country are quite strange, and they are a threat to our people after all. "


    "no need."


    Uehara Naraku did not stop them from leaving.


    Uehara Naraku is very much looking forward to them finding the king and his party in Wakanda. When this group of people returns as avengers, he can take advantage of the opportunity to wipe out the rebels.


    "Go and order our people to remove the vibrating gold weapons."


    Uehara Naraku turned and walked towards the palace hall, Gu Zi ordered Wanda who was standing behind him: "After they take away the vibrating gold weapons in Wakanda''s warehouse, let all the aerospace aircraft carriers go back!"


    "yes."


    Wanda lowered her head slightly, and said in a low voice, "Don''t we need them to face those rebels who may come back at any time?"


    "There''s no need to put these ordinary people through this."


    "yes."


    After being silent for a long time, the scarlet witch, who always showed her sharpness, suddenly asked softly, "My lord, do you need me to wait with you for those..."


    "If you want... whatever."


    Uehara Naraku responded indifferently, and said again: "Oh, yes, let them put Agent Coulson and Agent Hill down."


    Wakanda''s warehouses have accumulated vibrating gold weapons made over thousands of years, and the vibrating gold consumed by these vibrating gold weapons is only one-thousandth of Wakanda''s vibrating gold reserves.


    For the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. and Hydra, these vibrating weapons dazzled them, and it took a lot of time just to carry them.


    In addition to some conventional Zhenjin weapons, there are also many precious materials such as aircraft, medical equipment, and experimental equipment manufactured by Zhenjin Technology.


    This trip to attack Wakanda can be said to be very rewarding. Several aerospace aircraft carriers with a load capacity that is not enough to exceed the load are all directly filled with hundreds of tons of vibration gold ore.


    If the price of vibrating gold is about 10,000 U.S. dollars per gram according to the shortage of supply in the vibrating gold market and the non-renewable relationship of vibrating gold, and there is no market for long-term prices, the price of materials taken away by these aerospace aircraft carriers will exceed trillions of dollars. .


    This war is really easy and profitable.


    All the aerospace carriers who came to participate in the war can be said to have returned with a full load.


    Only the commander of this war stayed here, and he was still sitting in the palace of Wakanda, in the tallest building in Wakanda, quietly waiting for the arrival of the group of rebels.


    Agent Hill and Coulson were also held here.


    And in the hall on the first floor of the palace.


    Scarlet Witch Wanda finally chose to stay here with Uehara Naraku, and now she will be the first line of defense to stop those rebels in Wakanda.


    If the Avengers underestimated her strength by virtue of her spiritual superpower, they would definitely put their lives on the first line of defense forever.


    This is a woman who can stand against Thanos on her own in the future!


    The issue is¡­


    Wanda was thinking a little too much.


    This woman thought she was helping Naraku Uehara to wipe out her enemies. She didn''t know that what she did made Naraku Uehara feel like an ultimate boss.


    And Wanda is the gatekeeper before the Avengers attack the BOSS.


    This feeling¡­


    It''s too much like a villain.


    the next day.


    early morning.


    In the jungle outside the capital of Wakanda.


    The army of the entire Kingdom of Wakanda has been assembled.


    King T''Chaka and Prince T''Challa of Wakanda assisted Steve Rogers and others to defeat Tony Stark and James Lord who came to avenge Bucky, and took them to the Confluence Queen and Princess Surrey Led the Wakanda army.


    While they were on their way, Tony Stark''s eyes were still full of hatred for Bucky Barnes, and it seemed that he might violently kill people at any time.


    Just to be safe, Tony was disarmed by them.


    Steve Rogers persuaded Tony with a worried face, hoping that his friend would also let go of his hatred: "Tony, that''s not what Bucky wanted to do, Hydra controlled him..."


    "Heh, aren''t you Hydra?"


    A hint of sarcasm flashed across the corner of Tony Stark''s mouth, his eyes slowly looked at everyone in the field, and finally fell on Nick Fury.


    Now who doesn''t know that Nick Fury is a Hydra spy?


    "You have been lied to."


    Nick Fury rubbed his temples helplessly, and explained in a deep voice: "The Hydra people control the World Security Council, control the S.H.I.E.L.D., and may even be able to influence the White House. In order to eliminate us, define us as HYDRA terrorist wanted..."


    "To be honest, I don''t believe you are Hydra..."


    Colonel Rhodes spread out his palms and chirped about his affairs: "But why do you want to feign death? Naraku Uehara was very painful when she knew she was being deceived..."


    "I know... I know all..."


    Nick Fury nodded slowly, and continued: "But Uehara also believes that we are framed, otherwise he wouldn''t have been helping us..."


    "I understand."


    Colonel Rhodes nodded and continued: "If it wasn''t for Uehara, maybe Tony and I would also be treated as Hydra spies because of the murder of the former president..."


    This is what happened to them.


    Because they have all received help from Uehara Naraku.


    Almost everyone present has dealt with Uehara Naraku, and almost everyone has received help from Uehara Naraku. For this friend who has been helping them, everyone is still very grateful.


    only¡­


    They chatted and chatted...


    It was found that something was not quite right.


    If Naraku Uehara has been helping people on both sides, why did they come to the point where they have to fight with their lives? Especially when Uehara Naraku sent Tony Stark and James Lord to hunt them down after the aerospace carrier bombarded them.


    The prince T''Challa of Wakanda was a bystander, and he was the first to tell what was wrong: "Wait... If that Director Uehara Naraku knew the truth, why did you and this Mr. Iron Man come to hunt us down?"


    "..."


    The people present were suddenly a little stuck.


    "It should be for us to contact."


    Natasha made a guess, and she continued to analyze softly: "If Uehara didn''t send them out to carry out the task of hunting us down, it would be very difficult for Tony and Colonel Rhodes to leave the control of the World Security Council..."


    This guess is very reasonable.


    Everyone subconsciously did not want to believe that Naraku Uehara would be an enemy.


    Steve Rogers frowned, questioning this slightly: "But Uehara can tell Stark and Colonel Rhodes the truth..."


    Clint raised his eyebrows, and he insisted on Natasha''s judgment: "Until we find out, no one can be sure what is the truth... We are not sure whether Hydra really exists around us, and Uehara may not be sure either. ? Captain Rogers, the possible suspicions about you and Hitler have not been washed away at all!"


    "Now is not the time to discuss these things."


    Nick Fury interrupted their possible dispute, and said in a deep voice: "What we have to do now is to end this inexplicable war..."


    to be honest¡­


    More people believe in Naraku Uehara.


    Is not this nonsensical¡­


    A group of people always accept the help of Uehara Naraku, and no one is ashamed to doubt the person who has been helping them, especially this person is still giving charcoal in difficult situations...


    If he had done nothing, the group of them would have been wiped out by agents of the CIA, FBI, or the World Security Council long ago...


    As for Steve Rogers'' guess, it''s just because he was betrayed a lot by his teammates, so he was a little nervous.


    Until their group met Princess Suri and the Wakanda army, most people still thought that it was Uehara Naraku who deliberately saved Princess Suri and the queen, otherwise the two royal family members and Dora¡¯s guards would be defeated because of resistance. And was killed.


    this statement...


    It does make sense.


    Now that the aerospace carrier battle group has left Wakanda, there is no firepower in the sky that can threaten this army.


    After everyone assembled, the mighty Wakanda army and the Avengers followed Wakanda''s King T''Chaka to regain the capital.


    They took it for granted that the World Security Council would leave a lot of people stationed there, but they did not encounter any resistance along the way and directly entered the capital.


    until¡­


    They reached the palace.


    When the guards of Dora''s Guard were about to enter the palace to re-establish the defense line for the first time, a powerful spiritual force wrapped around their bodies and threw them directly out of the gate!


    "There are still enemies!"


    The entire Dora''s guards were on alert in an instant!


    In addition to Tony Stark who was still handcuffed, the Avengers also quickly took out their own weapons. This ability is obviously not ordinary human beings!


    "Oh, that''s Wanda."


    Colonel Rhodes recognized that this was Wanda''s ability, turned around and explained: "Wanda is a newly recruited Avenger, because your defection caused heavy losses to the Avengers team, so Naraku Uehara had to recruit a new superhero." Those with the ability to maintain..."


    Just when James Rhodes was about to explain, a ray of bright red mental power suddenly appeared and wrapped around his body, throwing him heavily to the wall!


    "Be careful!"


    Steve Rogers flew out and pulled Colonel Rhodes over. A look of solemnity flashed across his face, and he raised his hand to grab his shield!


    Nick Fury held a pistol in his hand, shook his head and said in a low voice: "This kind of behavior doesn''t seem like what an avenger should do... She should be our enemy, maybe someone else inserted into the revenge people who..."


    "Then subdue her first!"


    Steve Rogers took the lead in raising his shield and rushing in!


    As Captain America, the most Steve Rogers does is lead the charge when trouble comes, even though it''s also put him in danger countless times...


    However, his body flew out at an even faster speed!


    A bright red spiritual force directly wrapped his body, smashing his body through the wall of the palace in an instant, throwing the Captain America onto the street!


    This is embarrassing...


    Steve Rogers didn''t even see the enemy, and was thrown out directly. He stood up with his body in a state of embarrassment, and limped to the side of his shield.


    "Let us do it..."


    Prince T''Challa of Wakanda holds back a smile.


    The prince beckoned to command Wakanda''s army to assemble. A line of strong soldiers raised the vibrating gold shields in their hands, and protective shields appeared in front of them.


    The group of soldiers advanced cautiously and slowly.


    Countless tables, chairs, bricks and stones were directly smashed down!


    With the blessing of powerful spiritual power, Wanda can manipulate everything around him without any scruples. Even the stone slabs on the ground are cracking rapidly, and stones pile up quickly, trapping all the advancing soldiers into the ground!


    Taking advantage of this opportunity, Steve Rogers waved the vibrating gold round shield in his hand, blocked all the attacking objects, and rushed towards the woman in the red windbreaker in the palace hall!


    Bucky Barnes held a submachine gun in his hand, and just like seventy years ago, he followed closely behind his comrades-in-arms to provide support at any time. The cooperation between the two people is still tacit, and they couldn''t help but feel a little bit of a world apart. a feeling of¡­


    Clint, Natasha, and Nick Fury also sneaked into the hall through the window. Everyone raised their weapons and aimed at Wanda standing in the center of the hall!


    King T''Chaka of Wakanda was wearing a black panther suit and rushed into the palace as nimbly as a cheetah. His son T''Challa and daughter Suri looked at their father enviously, and they also took Qi Zhenjin Weapon rushed in after him!


    "You are surrounded..."


    Nick Fury aimed at Wanda with a pistol in his hand, and wanted to persuade him to surrender in a deep voice: "No matter whose subordinate you are..."


    A ray of bright red spiritual power hovered in the hall like a ghost, and all the places swept by the spiritual power were destroyed as if swept by a storm!


    "shot!"


    No need for Nick Fury to direct!


    The bow and arrow in Clint''s hand suddenly shot!


    Bucky Barnes and Nick Fury raised their guns and fired, and bullets flew towards Wanda''s fragile body. They didn''t dare to bet their lives!


    "trouble¡­"


    Wanda frowned and withdrew her mental power, and she quickly raised her palm to prop up a red shield in front of her, blocking all the incoming bullets.


    clack clack...


    Bullets fell to the floor one by one...


    Seeing this scene, everyone couldn''t help but have the same thought in their hearts.


    This is a pretty tricky woman.


    This woman''s super power is almost omnipotent, whether it is attack, defense or control, it can be easily done by relying on super power.


    certainly.


    This woman is not without flaws either!


    Almost everyone present is a good fighter, and they probably already know that this woman may only be able to do one thing with her super power when she concentrates on it...


    Steve Rogers and Bucky exchanged glances, and he slammed the shield in his hand towards Wanda. The shield made of vibrating gold alloy could almost destroy steel, let alone attack a woman''s body!


    Wanda hurriedly raised her palm, controlled the shield with her mental power, and threw it away!


    This little time is enough...


    Before Wanda could react again, the submachine gun in Bucky''s hand fired a burst of bullets, and the bullets instantly penetrated Wanda''s body!


    Groups of blood flowers bloomed!


    Wanda lowered her head in disbelief, and slowly stretched out her hand to caress her body. The palm of her hand was quickly stained with a cloud of bright red blood...


    this is¡­


    her blood?


    Is this the end?


    The other people present couldn''t believe that this woman who was still reckless just now was murdered by two veterans, Steve Rogers and Bucky, with such a small plan...


    Just when Wanda felt that her life was passing by quickly, a somewhat bored voice appeared in her ears: "A subordinate who always likes to make his own decisions will trouble me, the boss..."


    Just as the voice sounded, a ray of light green light flew from the sky above the palace hall, and fell directly on Wanda''s body...


    When this pale green light enveloped Wanda''s body, the wounds on her body healed quickly, and bullets flew backwards from her wounds...


    this is¡­


    The power of time.


    Time seemed to redefine Wanda''s body, allowing her body to quickly return to what it should have been. Everyone was stunned by this scene...


    this world¡­


    Is there still this ability to bring people back to life?


    No¡­


    it should be¡­


    The ability to turn back time!


    When everyone was surprised by Wanda''s death and resurrection, Naraku Uehara''s gentle voice echoed in the hall of the palace: "Wanda, if you accidentally killed them just now, it would make me very unhappy... "


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s voice suddenly became cold again: "Of course, they killed my subordinates just now, which made me feel even more unhappy..."


    "Okay, everyone..."


    "Come up with Wanda!"


    "Anyway, I arranged for you to come here. There is no turning back, right?"

 Chapter 779

    matter¡­


    It seems that something unexpected has happened.


    Uehara Naraku''s voice and attitude are not what he should be. This guy has never had such a high-ranking attitude in front of anyone.


    Whether he became a superhero, whether he became an intern of the Universal Peace Organization, no matter whether he became the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., Uehara Naraku has never changed.


    Nowadays¡­


    He has become different.


    Everyone''s heart is a little uneasy.


    After hearing Naraku Uehara''s order, Wanda walked into the elevator neatly, reached out and pressed the number on the top floor of the building, her eyes slightly swept over the people who stopped at the door: "You guys, don''t you dare to go up? "


    "..."


    Who is this mocking!


    Steve Rogers walked into the elevator first. Fortunately, the elevator in the Wakanda Palace was big enough, and it seemed more than enough for the group of them to squeeze in together.


    "What''s your relationship with Uehara?"


    Nick Fury stared at the hot Scarlet Witch. There was no obsession in the eyes of the king of agents, only strong vigilance: "Are you a Hydra spy? Did Hydra brainwash my original subordinates? Or Uehara? ..."


    "..."


    Wanda thought for a second, and when she wanted to talk about Uehara Naraku, she remembered the training she had received from a man named Ichimaru Gin before she came to Uehara Naraku.


    Shouldn''t have said...


    Never speak.


    Thinking of the light purple-haired man who squinted and smiled, Wanda turned her head away from Nick Fury, and responded indifferently: "The doomed ignorant... If you want to know this, let the adults tell you in person. You!"


    After finishing speaking, Wanda refused to speak again, but stood beside the glass elevator, looking down at the scenery of the capital of Wakanda.


    The elevators are fast.


    Everyone''s eyes slowly stopped on the display screen of the elevator, watching the number on it increase little by little until it was about to reach the top of the building, everyone became nervous!


    No one can be sure what trap will be here!


    Just as Steve Rogers raised his shield and stepped out first, all he saw was a man perched atop the Wakanda throne.


    The man sat on the throne with his back to the elevator, and he was also looking at Wakanda, a country of technology. The rising sun in the morning fell on his body, making his body shine and radiate infinite light.


    "only one person?"


    "Uehara?"


    "Uehara Naraku?"


    A group of people walked out of the elevator cautiously.


    "Good morning."


    Naraku Uehara, who was sitting on the throne, turned around slowly, stretched out his hand gracefully and snapped his fingers: "It seems that there are fewer people coming than I thought, and it seems that I need to add two more spectators..."


    Captain America Steve Rogers.


    The Winter Soldier Bucky Barnes.


    Former S.H.I.E.L.D. director Nick Fury.


    Black Widow Natasha Romanoff.


    Hawkeye Clint Barton.


    The current king of Wakanda, T''Chaka.


    Prince of Wakanda, future Black Panther T''Challa.


    As well as Iron Man Tony Stark and War Machine Colonel James Rhodes who were captured by them on the road, plus Uehara Naraku''s Scarlet Witch Wanda.


    Almost half of the Avengers are here...


    but¡­


    Uehara still feels that the audience this year is not very good...


    A look of disgust flashed across Uehara Naraku''s mouth, maybe in the future when doing things in the universe, more audiences will be needed?


    never mind¡­


    At least for now.


    next second.


    Accompanied by the crisp sound of Naraku Uehara snapping his fingers, two groups of black shadows fell out of thin air. They were Agent Coulson and Agent Hill.


    "..."


    Nick Fury''s eyes tightened in an instant, and he glanced at the two subordinates he trusted the most, but the defection of these two subordinates later caused him a lot of trouble...


    Shortly thereafter, Coulson turned to the World Security Council, and even provided information to help the World Security Council hunt down his former boss...


    Nick Fury took another look at Uehara Naraku who was sitting on the throne.


    Ok¡­


    This subordinate also has problems.


    If Nick Fury tried his best to let his brain think in a positive way, he could probably come up with a paragraph of Uehara Naraku who captured Coulson and Hill, two Hydra spies, and brought them to his former boss to claim credit ¡­


    Can''t think anymore.


    Because Naraku Uehara can really do this kind of thing...


    The only problem is, that''s the Uehara Naraku he knew before!


    Now this Uehara Naraku makes Nick Fury feel a little strange, obviously speaking in exactly the same tone, but he has a sense of crisis that makes Nick Fury palpitate...


    This comes from the keenness of an agent king!


    "Director Fury, why are you looking at me like that?"


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, pointed at Coulson and Hill who fell to the ground: "I helped you catch the traitor back, shouldn''t you be grateful to me at this time?"


    "Don''t say such stupid things..."


    Nick Fury retorted subconsciously, and his eyes on Uehara Naraku instantly became sharper: "Aren''t you going to tell us all the truth? Now that we have come to this point, there is no point in trying to hide anything, right? ..."


    Nick Fury gripped his pistol tightly in his palm, even though he knew the pistol was of no use to a superhero like Naraku Uehara...


    The man who was once known as the king of secret agents forced himself to calm down: "Tell me... Uehara... How many truths are hidden under the black water..."


    "Let me see..."


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his fingers and rubbed his temples, with a smile on the corner of his mouth, he said, "Let me think about it, let me think about it, when did I start talking... or did it start with someone here?"


    "..."


    This guy is too arrogant!


    Everyone present couldn''t help but look at each other, why do they feel that this guy has become so shameless, how many shameful things he has done...


    Not only can it be classified in detail by time...


    We can also start from the stories of each of them...


    "The look in your eyes is too rude..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at them, couldn''t help but shook his head and sighed: "I just did a little thing for everyone... If you want to talk about it seriously, maybe it should start when I was transferred to S.H.I.E.L.D. Bar?"


    "after all¡­"


    Naraku Uehara twitched the corner of his mouth, and said with a light smile: "It was very hard for Chief Pierce to find a way to transfer me to S.H.I.E.L.D."


    "..."


    Nick Fury''s fingers trembled slightly!


    Naraku Uehara, this guy is really a Hydra!


    In the entire S.H.I.E.L.D., no matter how many people he suspects, he will never want to suspect Uehara Naraku, because this guy doesn''t look like a Hydra spy in any way...


    But¡­


    Precisely because he doesn''t quite look like...


    It has been lurking until now!


    "Spying is hard work."


    Uehara Naraku raised his head and looked at the ceiling above, and said quietly: "I worked for SHIELD, and I also worked for Hydra. Sometimes I can''t tell whether I am a spy of Hydra or SHIELD. Agent..."


    "..."


    Everyone''s tense mood eased a lot in an instant.


    This guy seems to be a poor man...


    Just when they felt a little relaxed, and even lamented Uehara Naraku''s mental state, Uehara Naraku spoke again...


    "This feeling is painful..."


    Uehara Naraku still looked at the ceiling, sighed faintly and said: "In order to solve my abnormal mental state, I had to kill Chief Pierce and other leaders of Hydra, and became the only commander of Hydra..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Nick Fury, and he continued softly: "But this is not enough...so I took the opportunity to drive away Director Fury and make myself the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. "


    "Because that''s the only way..."


    "When I thought I was Hydra, I was Hydra, the leader of Hydra!"


    "When I thought I was S.H.I.E.L.D., I was the king of agents in this world!"

 Chapter 780

    At first glance it sounds...


    What Uehara Naraku said was a bit sympathetic.


    A double-faced agent who lives in entanglement every day is indeed prone to psychological problems. Many people who are not firm-willed may even suffer from schizophrenia or even commit suicide because of this...


    Is this a serious spy?


    Where is this kind of person, because he can''t tell whether he is S.H.I.E.L.D. or Hydra, he simply becomes the boss of these two organizations...


    But that''s right, Uehara Naraku became the boss of two opposing departments, so he didn''t have to worry about whether he was a member of Hydra or a member of S.H.I.E.L.D.


    It''s so genius that people can''t even think of it...


    but¡­


    This is also nonsense!


    Even Coulson, who was lying on the ground, couldn''t bear to listen any longer, he raised his head stubbornly and hurriedly said, "Everyone, don''t listen to his nonsense!"


    Coulson has met a lot of different people.


    However, he still thinks that Uehara Naraku is the only conspirator he has ever seen in his life. This guy is deep in thought, delicate in action, bold in character, and unscrupulous in his actions...


    If it comes to being a bad guy and a legendary villain, then Uehara Naraku is undoubtedly the most successful one, no matter what Ivan Vanke, Opadi Stan or even the Red Skull who made Hydra popular in the first place, perhaps It is not as insidious and deceitful as Naraku Uehara...


    "all of these¡­"


    "Everything¡­"


    "Everything you see..."


    "Everything now, everything! No matter what you see, it is Uehara Naraku''s conspiracy, he is watching all this behind the scenes, no, it should be said that he is manipulating all this, he is the most vicious in the world criminal!"


    "..."


    The audience stared at Coulson dumbfounded.


    I don''t know how long Coulson had held these words in his mouth, and he suddenly had a chance to speak, which made Coulson excited!


    Even if he was thrown to the ground, he couldn''t help but force himself to stand up with some excitement, wanting to continue pointing out Naraku Uehara''s crimes!


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was a little depressed.


    Oh shit¡­


    How could this person steal his lines!


    The bastard Coulson said that he is a big villain, doesn''t he himself know that stealing lines and spoilers are the biggest crimes?


    to be honest¡­


    This crime is much more serious than Coulson wanting to attack him...


    "Hello, Coulson."


    Naraku Uehara''s eyelids twitched, he rolled his eyes at Coulson, and muttered, "You''re not the person involved, and you know everything?"


    "I¡­"


    Coulson was stuck for a second, and then he retorted subconsciously: "I''m not the party, I''m the victim!"


    "..."


    Can do what you can!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t want to talk to him anymore, but just shook his head speechlessly, and stretched out his palm towards Coulson!


    "You''re not a victim..."


    There was a red light in Uehara Naraku''s palm, and the spiritual power directly controlled the floor to float up, blending Coulson into the ground, and even his mouth was sealed by a flat stone!


    "No no no..."


    Coulson''s throat struggled for sound.


    "Now is not the time for you to speak."


    Uehara Naraku''s body floated from the throne out of thin air and flew to Coulson''s side. He looked down at Coulson and chuckled softly: "Colson, you are my carefully arranged witness... not the most important thing Aren''t witnesses not allowed to speak when


    "Woooooooooooooooooooo..."


    Coulson''s throat was even filled with sobs!


    Ever since Naraku Uehara framed him and Agent Hill, this bastard has manipulated these discourse powers, making him, an old subordinate who is loyal to Nick Fury, a lot of scapegoat!


    Now he still doesn''t let him speak!


    Is this still a person!


    "Uehara..."


    Nick Fury frowned, looked at Coulson who was being merged into the floor miserably, and couldn''t help but said: "Can you let Coulson go first? Let''s talk slowly if you have anything to say... Anyway, everyone is here, already Is there nothing to hide?"


    "Yeah...maybe..."


    Uehara Naraku''s words were a little ambiguous, he nodded slowly, raised his hand to create stone chairs on the floor, and stretched out his hand to invite them to sit down: "The story we want to tell will be very long, why don''t you sit down first and drink a glass of juice ?¡±


    "..."


    The people present couldn''t help but look at each other.


    No one thought that Uehara Naraku would still be able to remain indifferent under such circumstances. He still wanted to have a tea party in this kind of showdown...?


    No¡­


    Things are not looking good...


    Nick Fury''s heart thumped suddenly, if everything was under Uehara Naraku''s control, why couldn''t Uehara Naraku stay calm!


    Uehara Naraku in front of me...


    It really made Nick Fury feel like he didn''t know this person.


    For example, Uehara Naraku''s attitude when he speaks, as if he has always stood at the height of the world, this is not something that can be raised by being the director of SHIELD for a few months...


    For example, Naraku Uehara''s scheming is deeper than that of a tenth-level agent. Even he can''t see that Naraku Uehara usually has the slightest sign of Hydra. Who would have thought that a man who is not qualified as an agent would be an Aegis The deepest spy hidden in the bureau?


    Let''s talk about Uehara Naraku''s weird super power...


    Nick Fury looked at Coulson, who was imprisoned by the floor, and then at a pile of stone benches that appeared out of nowhere on the floor, his eyes gradually dimmed a little.


    This ability...


    Simply unheard of!


    This is not like the super power given by the Rubik''s Cube in the universe!


    Because Nick Fury once saw with his own eyes what a superman created by the energy of the Rubik''s Cube should look like, so it is definitely not what Uehara Naraku is now!


    "Don''t talk too much nonsense with the enemy."


    T''Chaka, the king of Wakanda, walked towards Naraku Uehara in one step, and said in a loud voice: "Now first control the damage that the enemy may cause to Wakanda..."


    The old king T''Chaka felt a little uneasy.


    T''Chaka didn''t know why this Uehara Naraku had a showdown in their Wakanda palace. It originated from the vigilance of a black panther in their family, which made him extremely vigilant against Uehara Naraku.


    Who knows what other plots this guy has?


    Who would believe that a conspirator who may be the most troublesome in the world, just wants to chat with them here, who knows if his Hydra subordinates are coming here, wanting to attack Wakanda again ?


    perhaps¡­


    This guy is trying to stall for time?


    As T''Chaka, who was wearing a black panther suit, took a step forward, followed by his son T''Challa holding a vibrating gold spear, the eyes of the others became slightly sharp...


    The old king was right.


    As long as Uehara Naraku is taken down, no matter what they want to know, they can ask him out of his mouth. All they have to do is arrest him instead of chatting here!


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help frowning, sighed and said, "Really...can''t you calm down a little? I''ve helped you a lot...how come there are always such ungrateful people?"


    "grown ups."


    Wanda waved her hands, bright red mental power was brewing in her palms, her eyes gradually became scarlet: "Let me clean them up! I won''t make mistakes again..."


    "There''s no need for that."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head gently, stretched out his hand and waved his hand, and pushed back the Scarlet Witch who wanted to make a move: "King T''Chaka is an old superhero senior, we must respect the senior...even if it''s just a little respect for him ..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku''s fingertips glowed with a green light, which fell like a meteor on T''Chaka, the king of Wakanda standing at the forefront!


    "Be careful!"


    But it''s too late!


    T''Chaka felt the green light wrapping around his body, and his brows frowned slightly. The old king only felt that his body was slowly regaining the strength of his youth, and his flesh and blood were gradually becoming younger. stand up!


    What power is this!


    Could it be that he used the wrong ability?


    Why does it feel like the enemy added a BUFF before the fight?


    No¡­


    wrong!


    The time of T''Chaka''s body almost quickly returned to his peak time, but the time has not stopped, and his body is still going backwards!


    this is¡­


    To what extent should his body recede!


    In a blink of an eye...


    Right in plain sight!


    Time seemed to pass slowly, making people feel imperceptible, but time passed quickly on T''Chaka''s body!


    "Wow ah ah ah..."


    A baby''s cry echoed loudly throughout the hall.


    A black child curled up in the panther suit, crying with tears in his eyes, his body couldn''t support the suit at all, and he couldn''t even maintain his standing posture after crying, and fell to the ground directly...


    The baby cries harder...


    Everyone felt that the time was only a few seconds, and the old Black Panther King T''Chaka turned into a baby again, returning to his childhood...


    this power...


    It is almost even more incredible than bringing people back from the dead!


    How can there be such a power that can make people go back to the past!


    "If he is no longer a senior, then there is no need for respect..."


    Uehara Naraku''s mouth curled into a smile, and he looked down at T''Chaka, who was in a baby state: "Of course... For children, we still have to take care of them... After all, such a fragile baby cannot withstand the aftermath of a battle... "


    "Now¡­"


    "Is anyone else interrupting my conversation?"

 Chapter 781

    "Uehara, I''ll listen carefully..."


    Nick Fury slowly squatted down, leaned over and hugged T''Chaka, who was turned into a black baby by the Time Gem, and murmured in a low voice: "It just so happens that there are many things I don''t know..."


    "For you, ignorance is the greatest luck."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, smiled and spread his hands and explained: "We all know that everything in the world requires a price, and when the truth is revealed, it will definitely come with danger."


    "so¡­"


    Natasha couldn''t help interjecting, and her eyes became more and more serious: "Are you sure you can control the situation, so you can show your true face in front of us?"


    "perhaps¡­"


    Naraku Uehara glanced at everyone one by one, and continued softly: "Perhaps what I think should be that we meet honestly...after all..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku unconsciously smiled deeper: "After all, I always know where you are, what you do every day, and what you think...so I should be more honest with everyone."


    "..."


    This guy is really shameless!


    The corners of Nick Fury''s eyes twitched, he suddenly put away his pistol, turned around and sat on a stone chair: "Then let''s have a good talk... always let us know who you are...for example...we still Not knowing who you are...or the part we don''t know..."


    Now it seems that Uehara Naraku is willing to take the initiative to talk, and they don''t need to rush to start a big fight. After all, this guy is more dangerous than they imagined...


    certainly.


    As a basic quality of an agent, it is also a habit to use routines from the mouths of these terrorist criminals, especially when you meet Naraku Uehara, who is willing to confess...


    Uehara Naraku''s body...


    But there are many secrets...


    "My identity..."


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, slowly leaned back against the back, and said slowly: "The supreme leader of Hydra, the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., the underground controller of the world..."


    When he said this, a warm smile suddenly appeared on the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth: "Among them, my favorite identity... should be... Akatsuki''s intern..."


    "..."


    Nick Fury''s eyes tightened instantly!


    Nick Fury naturally wouldn''t think that Naraku Uehara in front of him was missing the simple self in the past, he was just guessing the reason for Naraku Uehara''s daring...


    Maybe it''s because...


    Standing behind him is the cosmic peace organization named Akatsuki?


    Naraku Uehara dared to do this because of the Akatsuki organization as a backer! Now Uehara is still using the name of the Akatsuki organization to intimidate Nick Fury!


    the bastard...


    Do you really think there is only a powerful organization like Akatsuki in the universe?


    An idiot sitting in a well...


    Nick Fury couldn''t help but cursed in his heart.


    It¡¯s just that Nick Fury was cursing in his heart, and he still wanted to persuade Naraku Uehara a few words in his mouth: ¡°Uehara, because you joined the powerful cosmic organization of Akatsuki, do you think that no matter what you do, the Akatsuki organization can protect you? ?¡±


    Nick Fury spread out his palm, and continued earnestly: "According to my understanding, the Akatsuki organization doesn''t seem to be an organization that likes to manipulate other planets..."


    "If... the members of the Akatsuki organization knew what you were doing on Earth, what would they think? I never thought that Akatsuki was an organization of ambitious people..."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes became a little strange.


    Why does Nick Fury have this impression of the Akatsuki organization?


    What exactly went wrong? Aren''t the people in Xiao''s organization a bunch of careerists? Compared to the storms that those bastards caused in their world, what Uehara Naraku did on Earth is like playing tricks here...


    The group of people in the Akatsuki organization...


    But there are quite a few big villains who are dedicated to destroying the world...


    If he, the savior, hadn''t struck out with a heavy fist and brought in those terrifying, evil and powerful guys to reform them, those worlds would have been destroyed long ago...


    after all¡­


    There is an unwritten tacit understanding in the selection criteria of the Akatsuki organization, that is, the hero who saves the world or the culprit who destroys the world can join first.


    to be honest.


    If there is a chance, Uehara Naraku really wants to introduce the stories of the collections he has in hand to Nick Fury, and let him know what the people in Akatsuki''s organization are...


    "Ugh¡­"


    Uehara Naraku sighed faintly, and explained indifferently: "I think the Akatsuki organization must have no objection to what I did on Earth..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head self-consciously, wanting to skip this topic, his eyes fell on Nick Fury again: "Forget it, let''s not talk about those guys with big problems, let''s talk about our happy Come on... talk too much and you''ll despair."


    Uehara Naraku paused for a second before adding another sentence: "Of course...you have never had any hope...let''s start from the beginning...since...when? When I was transferred to S.H.I.E.L.D."


    Nick Fury quickly began to recall Uehara Naraku''s file: "If I remember correctly, it should be Hitwell who transferred you to S.H.I.E.L.D...."


    "It seems that there is such a person?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned and thought for a while, then suddenly put on an indifferent look: "Anyway, whether it is my immediate boss, Chief Pierce, or Hitwell Crossbones, I have already killed them all..."


    "but¡­"


    "Their sacrifice was worth it."


    "Because I am now sitting on the position of Director of S.H.I.E.L.D. and regained the power of S.H.I.E.L.D., Hydra has become even greater in my hands..."


    "Their thinking is too outdated..."


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head and continued with a smile: "As a Hydra agent, how can you advocate serious work in S.H.I.E.L.D.?"


    "..."


    MMP!


    Several S.H.I.E.L.D. people present couldn''t help cursing in their hearts.


    The bastard Uehara Naraku has been lurking so deeply because he didn''t work hard and violated the law of work in the spy world... This bastard didn''t even know that working hard for his opponent during the undercover period was actually the unspoken rule of spies, okay?


    "They always try to command me."


    Uehara Naraku supported his cheek, and continued softly: "In order to prove myself right, I sent someone to reveal the secret of Hydra, remember Ivan Vanke? I framed his cooperation with Pierce..."


    "I wasted a lot of effort to get you to drive Chief Pierce and Sitwell out...Of course, you didn''t live up to my expectations and succeeded in making me Hydra''s commander in S.H.I.E.L.D. "


    "Then¡­"


    "I created the German secret letter incident."


    "etc¡­"


    Natasha couldn''t help but be a little surprised: "You created that German secret letter incident? You wanted to frame Steve, why did you still defend Steve in front of us when we were discussing this? Jeff Rogers excuse?"


    Crazy!


    Is this person out of his mind?


    Shouldn''t he have started planning and arranging for S.H.I.E.L.D. to encircle Captain America after concocting the German secret letter incident?


    Why are you still helping Steve Rogers explain it inside S.H.I.E.L.D.?


    "Because a fake is a fake after all..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head calmly, and continued: "In case Captain Steve Rogers is found to be innocent one day, of course there will be no suspicion of Hydra on my body, even if my body at that time There is a suspicion of Hydra, and you will regain the trust of Director Fury, right?"


    "not to mention¡­"


    "My goal was never Captain Steve Rogers..."


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised his finger, pointing at Director Nick Fury, who was thinking dully: "The purpose of that letter is only one, and that is to force Agent Coulson and Agent Hill, who are most trusted by Director Fury, to defect... "


    "Since¡­"


    "The only people Director Fury can trust are us."

 Chapter 782

    "For agents, the most important thing is intelligence."


    "When the entire S.H.I.E.L.D. intelligence source is in our hands, we don''t care whether it''s a pig or a black director sitting on our head."


    "It''s just that this still makes me feel a little awkward..."


    Uehara Naraku talked on the phone, and slowly pointed his finger on Nick Fury: "After all, I worked so hard to get rid of the Hydra cadres in S.H.I.E.L.D., not to let you control S.H.I.E.L.D. Ah... Chief Fury."


    Nick Fury lowered his head slightly, and pondered: "So...you sent Hydra''s killer to assassinate me...then why did you save me when I was most dangerous?"


    "I''m not a cruel person..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with his fingers upright, and said with a chuckle: "And... after I saved you, did you ever doubt that I was a Hydra? No one in the entire United States would doubt that I am a Hydra person... including revenge By."


    "..."


    This is true.


    After all, no one would have thought that Uehara Naraku, the big boss of Hydra, has been following the opposite routine, right?


    "Have you forgotten?"


    There was a smile on the corner of Uehara Naraku''s lips, and he continued: "When I rescued you, didn''t you get shot? If you didn''t get the shot, I would signal for them to shoot the second shot and let you lie on the bed. Lie down for a few months..."


    "..."


    The corners of Nick Fury''s eyes couldn''t help jumping again.


    You can do this kind of thing, you are really a person!


    "Then my suspended animation..."


    "I know."


    Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly showed a distressed expression, and he sighed and said: "Director Fury, I thought you would always trust me and let me know all your plans... But I didn''t expect you to even do this kind of thing. Keep it from me!"


    "I didn''t intend to hide it from you."


    Nick Fury explained subconsciously: "That''s because the news of my death has not yet spread, and you immediately succeeded as the director of S.H.I.E.L.D. I think there may be Hydra spies around you..."


    etc¡­


    Here he explains a hammer!


    Why explain such a thing!


    From the facts now, Uehara Naraku should not have been told anything at the time, because this guy himself is the biggest spy chief of Hydra...


    Damn, what the hell is going on in this world, a HYDRA spy chief is accusing him here of faking his death, why didn''t he tell him?


    "Well, I forgive you."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand generously, and talked about the next topic: "Anyway, when I came back from the World Security Council report, Tony told me about your death at Stark Hospital, and at that time I sensed that you were next door ..."


    "..."


    Nick Fury wanted to curse again.


    Since the bastard Uehara Naraku already knew everything and played with him in his hands, why did he have the nerve to accuse him just now?


    Is this the same as cursing people after getting cheap?


    How come I never found out that this guy is so bad!


    The others looked at each other in dismay when they heard it, and Tony Stark, who had been hiding behind these people, had a somewhat unsightly expression. His mood was probably the most complicated... because he was captured by Steve Rogers and others Came here.


    result¡­


    Now that he knows Naraku Uehara''s true identity and the past, Tony Stark''s mood can be imagined, he was deceived so miserably...


    Uehara Naraku has blamed him several times for helping to conceal Nick Fury''s fake death, but this guy knows everything...


    Tony Stark couldn''t help but muttered a few words: "So you have been lying to me, and you still blame me in the name that I have cheated you..."


    "No no no..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, looked at Tony Stark and argued, "Although I like to lie to people, I don''t like others to lie to me."


    "..."


    This is too double standard!


    Meeting such a person can really make people go crazy!


    "I have to say, I should be grateful to you, Director Fury."


    Naraku Uehara turned his head slowly, looked at Nick Fury, and slowly opened his palm and clenched it a little bit: "Because of your so-called death, I can just ask the Avengers to help clean up in the name of revenge for you." Get rid of all the dissidents of Hydra, rectify all the bases of Hydra, and bring this largest organization into the palm of your hand..."


    "And when I hold all the Hydra bases in my hands, I can start thinking about the next plan...that is to use S.H.I.E.L.D. to completely control the entire United States."


    "Opportunities are often reserved for those who are prepared."


    "Unfortunately, I''m always ready."


    "Ten years ago, a scientist named Aldredge Killian became a terrorist leader with a hatred for Stark, which is quite an interesting guy, he and I have the same The purpose is to secretly control the United States."


    "..."


    Tony Stark raised his head suddenly, staring at Uehara Naraku: "Have you ever cooperated with Killian?"


    This name makes Tony Stark unable to sit still!


    All because of Killian!


    If it weren''t for the Killian incident, the former president died in that turmoil, he and Colonel Rhodes would not have been questioned by officials all the time, and they were even detained by Uehara Naraku in the name of their good In S.H.I.E.L.D.!


    "His plan was perfect."


    Uehara Naraku softly praised Killian before explaining: "So I turned his plan into mine... It''s just a pity that the earth is so small that there can only be one behind-the-scenes black hand. I have to Kill him with your hand."


    "certainly."


    "I have inherited his legacy, too."


    "For example, our current Mr. President is a chess piece left by him."


    "..."


    The situation is more serious than they imagined.


    Nick Fury''s expression is extremely heavy, he is not as relaxed as the Avengers, because he knows the power of the United States very well.


    If the current president is a member of Uehara Naraku, coupled with the infiltration of the high-level Hydra, it means that all the armed forces of the entire United States can be freely mobilized by Uehara Naraku...


    Tony Stark''s focus is not on these, he has only one focus: "So you arrested Rhodes and me in SHIELD and imprisoned you, saying that the White House and the World Security Council always give you orders that you don''t want Orders that had to be carried out..."


    "It''s all a lie to you."


    Uehara Naraku''s words made Tony Stark furious, and he added: "In this way, doesn''t it make me look innocent?"


    "...you are a genius!"


    Tony Stark raised his middle finger at Uehara Naraku bitterly, why is there such a person as Uehara Naraku in the world!


    "Who told you to fire me in the first place?"


    Uehara Naraku leaned back on the chair slowly, and said slowly: "If you hadn''t fired me back then, maybe I''m still performing undercover missions, playing games in Stark Tower every day..."


    "But, Tony..."


    "I didn''t lie to you about one thing."


    "Howard Stark and his wife were indeed killed by Bucky Barnes. This was an order from Alexander Pierce. Although I have killed Pierce, the murderer is still alive..."


    "So what''s your choice now, Tony."


    "You have to choose to be on my side..."


    "I still have to choose to stand on their side..."

 Chapter 783

    The palace of Wakanda was silent.


    Tony Stark stood in the middle of the crowd, he slowly turned his head to look at the eyes of everyone present, passing everyone''s eyes little by little.


    The iron man''s mood is the most complicated.


    According to Tony''s past ideas, he must have rejoined the Avengers immediately, and all the Avengers united to defeat Uehara the Great Demon King.


    but¡­


    Now let him return to the ranks of this group of Avengers without any grievances, Tony Stark''s mood must be unacceptable. He still remembers the video of his parents being tortured and killed.


    Even if Tony already knew that Bucky Barnes was following the orders of Hydra at that time, he couldn''t forgive him so simply...


    and¡­


    Tony Stark was actually a bit confused about Naraku Uehara, the super villain in his heart, and he didn''t know what attitude he should use to face Uehara.


    Admittedly, Uehara is not a good thing.


    However, there are still some questions that have not been clarified. These questions make Tony''s perception of Uehara Naraku very complicated, but he has not yet figured it out.


    "I don''t need me to do the so-called standing in line at this time, right?"


    Tony Stark took a few steps back slowly, until he exited to the entrance of the hall, he said: "Now...I''m going back to repair my battle suit...I won''t get involved with you until I understand all this. battle."


    After finishing speaking, Tony turned his head to look at Colonel Rhodes, and called his friends to leave together: "Rhodes, let''s go!"


    "Hmmmmm."


    James Rhodes nodded hesitantly.


    Naraku Uehara watched them exit the palace hall with great interest, but did not stop them, and even stopped Wanda who wanted to do it.


    "There is no need to hunt him down, his brain is very valuable."


    Uehara Naraku stood up slowly, looked down at the other people in the hall, and continued calmly: "In the future, you can help me make some good collections."


    "As for the rest of you..."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes swept across the remaining people present, and a burst of powerful coercion gradually erupted from his body: "I have no interest in recruiting everyone, I am here... let us decide the fate of the earth!"


    This coercion instantly swept the entire palace hall!


    The furnishings in the palace were all destroyed as if swept by a hurricane!


    Everyone was instantly knocked into the air by the impact of this coercion!


    Uehara Naraku looked at a group of people who fell to the ground in embarrassment, and continued calmly: "The person who lost today... will live in the sewer as a mouse from now on!"


    "This guy¡­"


    Nick Fury reached out and wiped the wound on his forehead that had just been touched, and the blood slowly flowed down his face...


    the first time¡­


    He realizes his mistake.


    This is a real decisive battle!


    As an agent, he should not participate in this battle, but should do something for the victory of this battle outside the battlefield.


    Uehara Naraku''s strength seems to be a bit beyond expectations, no, it should be said that his strength was originally beyond the expectations of others.


    If the energy of the Rubik''s Cube made him a superhero, then Nick Fury knows how strong this superhero is. He once saw a...


    Before the battle even started, Nick Fury was already somewhat pessimistic about the battle, and their odds of winning seemed extremely low!


    those present...


    When the Black Panther T''Chaka was turned into a baby, Natasha and Hawkeye Clint''s strength was too mediocre. Now only Steve Rogers can be regarded as a superhero. This World War II veteran may not be able to Contend against Uehara Naraku!


    "Please..."


    Nick Fury stretched out his hand to grab a pager in his pocket with difficulty, and murmured, "We must be able to rush back..."


    "She will definitely come back."


    The figure of Uehara Naraku appeared beside Nick Fury in an instant, looked down at Nick Fury''s movements, spread his palms and smiled lightly: "Carol Danvers, I remember this name? Now She''s in the solar system..."


    "How do you know..."


    "Shouldn''t I know?"


    Naraku Uehara gave a low laugh, and slowly lowered his body: "You must know that there is Akatsuki standing behind me, how much do you think I know about the secret of Captain Marvel?"


    "..."


    Nick Fury finally remembered that when the Akatsuki organization invited Uehara Naraku to join them, they had mentioned Captain Marvel Carol Danvers.


    Obviously.


    They did not hide this matter from Uehara Naraku.


    This guy has already considered the appearance of Carol Danvers in advance!


    Uehara Naraku had seen through the last hole card in his hand!


    "Don''t be dumbfounded..."


    Uehara Naraku greeted Nick Fury and took out the pager in his hand, and urged: "Hurry up... There is no need to conceal it at this time, I believe you don''t want me to approach her in the name of a friend in the universe in the future, right? "


    "..."


    Makes sense.


    Now that the existence of Carol Danvers has been discovered by Uehara Naraku, there is no point in concealing it any longer. It is better to tell her that this person is a villain now...


    If Uehara Naraku approached Danvers in the name of S.H.I.E.L.D. in the future, it might be another trick...


    Nick Fury''s finger quickly pressed the dial button. The signal of this pager can cover the entire solar system, and it will soon be received by Captain Marvel Carol Danvers!


    Naraku Uehara


    And before that...


    What they have to do is stall for time!


    Steve Rogers and Bucky Barnes rushed towards Uehara Naraku quickly, they thought Uehara Naraku was going to be bad for Nick Fury!


    Naraku Uehara disappeared in place instantly, and suddenly appeared behind Rogers, grabbing his shoulder with one hand.


    "behind!"


    Bucky Barnes quickly opened his mouth to remind!


    Steve Rogers turned around suddenly, waved his shield and smashed Uehara Naraku''s head, but Uehara Naraku grabbed the shield directly!


    It''s a lot of power...


    He couldn''t even get his own shield back!


    Uehara Naraku watched the painful look on Steve Rogers'' face, and some dull voices appeared in Rogers'' ears.


    "Captain Rogers, be careful, don''t break my shield."


    "..."


    How shameless is this guy!


    When did the shield symbolizing Captain America become yours!


    In the next second, Uehara Naraku directly took away the vibrating gold shield, kicked Rogers on the lower abdomen, and sent Captain America flying to the wall!


    Uehara Naraku calmly raised his finger.


    With the shaking of Uehara Naraku''s fingers, the wall turned into liquid and spread rapidly like a stream of water, tightly wrapping Steve Rogers'' body!


    Bucky Barnes, who was about to rush over just now, was quickly trapped in place by the liquid rock emerging from the floor!


    natasha...


    Clint...


    Techara¡­


    Without exception.


    Every person who wanted to resist was easily restrained by Naraku Uehara. He just moved his fingers and solved all the enemies who wanted to resist!


    Uehara Naraku sat down calmly, and a stone chair emerged from under him, directly supporting his sitting body.


    "Hope Ms. Carol Danvers will come sooner..."


    Uehara Naraku closed his fingers in boredom, and continued slowly: "I don''t have that much time to play with you, and I have to go to the next place!"

 Chapter 784

    solar system.


    In a super-large experimental cabin in the universe.


    A blond woman sat at the table, giggling and teasing a kitten nearby, and she seemed to have a very comfortable life here.


    A few strange-looking aliens standing behind her carefully looked at the cat in her hand, everyone''s eyes were full of fear for the cat.


    That''s no kitty!


    It''s a Yuan Devourer with a very high level of danger!


    This group of aliens is a strange race of Skrulls who can transform into other people by touching their bodies, and even change their inner DNA.


    It was Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers, who rescued them more than 20 years ago, so the group of Skrulls have followed her and been protected by her.


    A tall Skrull looked at her teasing movements, and couldn''t help but said, "Danvers, let this little guy live in a cage..."


    "Don''t worry, it won''t bite."


    Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers responded with a smile, and when he wanted to continue to say something, he suddenly saw a series of warning symbols appearing on his watch!


    This is an instrument closely related to Nick Fury''s Pager!


    Once there is a danger signal, it means that there is an unsolvable crisis on the earth. Nick Fury is contacting her and urgently needs her to rush to the earth for support!


    "Something happened to Fury!"


    Carol Danvers put down the cat in her hand, twisted her wrist quickly, and a beautiful battle uniform quickly wrapped her whole body!


    The Captain Marvel turned around and walked out of the cabin, while exhorting loudly: "I will rush to the earth immediately, and you will continue to control the laboratory flight here, and wait for me to come back to join you!"


    "it is good."


    Their group of Skrulls also had contact with Nick Fury.


    When they first contacted, Nick Fury was still an agent of S.H.I.E.L.D., and they were old friends.


    in space.


    The figure of Carol Danvers flew towards the earth like a meteor falling, and she could fly freely in space, even at a speed exceeding the speed of light!


    It won''t be long before she reaches Earth.


    This is why Nick Fury has always regarded her as the biggest hole card, because Captain Marvel can return to Earth at any time.


    However¡­


    Not long after Captain Marvel left.


    Space passages appeared in space one by one.


    Figures with strong aura floated out from the space passage, each of them was wearing auspicious cloud black robes, and each of them had a sharp edge in their eyes, staring coldly at this giant laboratory in space.


    This is the current high-level combat power of the Akatsuki organization.


    them¡­


    It was sent to steal the house.


    They got the task that Uehara Naraku arranged for them in advance, which is to control this huge laboratory as the base for the Future Akatsuki organization to be active in the universe.


    the bastard...


    Use the strategy of diverting the tiger away from the mountain to transfer the strongest combat power of this space laboratory, while sending them to take over the laboratory on time.


    What a talent!


    The guy''s schemes always seem to be intertwined.


    Before everything is revealed, no one can guess what this guy''s real purpose is, so no one can really target Uehara Naraku.


    Earth.


    Wakanda Palace.


    Uehara Naraku had completely controlled everyone present, holding a glass of juice prepared by Wanda, leisurely watching the others struggling.


    During this time.


    The soldiers gathered in Wakanda launched several charges towards the palace, but were easily repelled by Wanda single-handedly.


    Uehara Naraku held the pager in Nick Fury''s hand, glanced at the symbol calling Captain Marvel on it, and asked softly: "Director Fury, how long do you think Ms. Carol Danvers can come back? I may not Have enough patience..."


    "..."


    Nick Fury didn''t know whether he should answer or complain.


    This little bastard has been hiding in S.H.I.E.L.D. and HYDRA for so long, and his methods are so despicable, and now he says he has no patience?


    Uehara Naraku slowly put down the cup in his hand, and his voice suddenly lowered: "But according to her speed, she should be coming soon, right?"


    after all¡­


    Uehara already knew just now that after Carol Danvers left her base, the people he sent out had already stolen the house of Captain Marvel.


    In that space laboratory, members of the Akatsuki organization captured many Skrulls. Scientists headed by Senju Fuma and Orochimaru have begun to take over the space laboratory, so as to transform that space laboratory into the space of the Akatsuki organization as soon as possible. base.


    Now.


    Carol Danvers did arrive.


    Uehara Naraku sensed that a powerful guy quickly passed through the atmosphere and flew towards Wakanda, where Captain Marvel should be!


    high speed¡­


    Faster than expected!


    If she just fell down at this speed, even the inertia would be enough to easily penetrate most of the protective facilities on Earth...


    "Let''s see the meteor!"


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised his fingers and put them on his chest, a red light wrapped around his fingertips, and the whole palace started to vibrate slowly!


    The sky above the entire building...


    Suddenly a gap opened!


    The steel-cast building slowly melted like ice and snow, and the luxurious palace hall turned into an open square under the eyes of everyone!


    Everyone looked up at the sky in disbelief...


    Right at this very moment...


    A brilliant meteor streaked across the sky!


    next moment¡­


    This meteor flew straight towards them!


    Complexity flashed in Nick Fury''s eyes. He knew it was the arrival of his old friend Carol Danvers, but he didn''t know whether he should be happy or worried...


    Maybe a bit of both.


    Marvel captain Carol Danvers never seems to let him down after his awakening power...


    really.


    This time, Danvers did not let him down!


    When the surprise captain Carol Danvers arrived, she had already seen the situation, and her speed stopped suddenly in an instant!


    This heroic woman exuded terrifying energy fluctuations all over her body, she frowned slightly and looked at Uehara Naraku who was standing beside Nick Fury.


    "Fury, is this the enemy?"


    To her, enemies are just things that get punched away!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t wait for Nick Fury to answer, and said with a chuckle: "It''s a bit arbitrary to just use friends and enemies to distinguish us..."


    "It doesn''t matter... to me, there are only enemies, friends and strangers."


    The woman clenched her fist calmly, her figure flew towards Uehara Naraku suddenly, waved her fist and smashed Uehara Naraku''s head!


    Carol Danvers can tell the difference...


    Among the people present, only Uehara Naraku gave her the strongest feeling!


    Boom!


    Naraku Uehara squeezed her fist with one hand, twisted suddenly and turned the Captain Marvel sideways, and hit her belly hard with a knee!


    This is an unreserved force!


    Unprecedented pain instantly spread throughout Carol Danvers'' whole body!


    She only felt that her internal organs were severely injured by this knee blow, which was something she had never felt since she became Superman!


    Carol was instantly sent flying into the air!


    Uehara Naraku appeared next to her mercilessly, leaned up and punched her chest, the force of this punch almost penetrated her back!


    The power of this punch is very heavy...


    It was so heavy that Carol Danvers couldn''t hold his figure at all!


    She never thought that there would be such a powerful character on earth, and such a character would be an enemy!


    Nick Fury¡­


    It''s really a big trouble!


    next moment¡­


    Captain Marvel, who had just arrived on Earth in the form of a meteor, was once again turned into a meteor by Naraku Uehara''s punch, and flew straight into space!


    in an instant...


    Captain Marvel''s figure has already left everyone''s sight...


    Naraku Uehara raised his hand to cover his forehead, and looked up at Captain Marvel who had turned into a small black dot in the sky: "You said... the moon is strong?"


    "what?"


    Everyone didn''t quite understand what Uehara Naraku meant.


    Their focus is also on Naraku Uehara and Carol Danvers'' first encounter!


    Everyone can see that Carol Danvers, who was summoned by Nick Fury, is quite powerful!


    Of course, what is more terrifying is Uehara Naraku, this guy can still directly suppress, even beat that tyrannical woman so that she can''t see her figure...


    "Tsk, nothing..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and sighed, looked up at the sky again, and said slowly as if talking to himself: "Come on... big sister who drives the spaceship..."

 Chapter 785

    Carol Danvers'' body is on the rise!


    But now she doesn''t worry about where she will be sent flying by a punch, she only feels the unbearable pain in her body, this punch seems to punch out her internal organs...


    That bastard''s fist...


    It really can be called ruthless!


    It wasn''t until Carol Danvers flew out of the atmosphere backwards that she realized that her body had been thrown out of the earth uncontrollably and hit the moon directly...


    Boom!


    When Carol Danvers hit the surface of the moon, the surface of the moon seemed to be hit by a meteorite, and a circular deep pit was instantly cracked!


    In the pit.


    Carol Danvers lay on her back and waited for her injuries to recover, quietly watching the earth in the distance, her pupils finally couldn''t help but widen.


    "Just kidding..."


    "How could there be such a person..."


    Carol Danvers looked a little out of control.


    Since she became Captain Marvel, the enemies she has been facing seem to be easily solved. This is the first time she has seen an enemy of Uehara Naraku''s level...


    "It''s really interesting..."


    Carol Danvers twisted her body, squeezed her fist, turned into a meteor and flew towards the earth again!


    Earth.


    Wakanda Palace.


    Nick Fury looked at Captain Marvel, who was knocked away by the two moves, and there was a hint of worry in his eyes, and his eyes fell on Naraku Uehara complicatedly.


    Nick Fury''s pupils tightened a little bit, staring at Naraku Uehara: "The energy of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube allows you to gain more power than Danvers..."


    "Who knows... maybe?"


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth smiled slightly, he slowly raised his head to look at the sky, and said in a low voice: "Oh, one day, you will know..."


    In the sky.


    The meteor streaked past again.


    Carol Danvers is back!


    Uehara Naraku has been waiting for her return with all his leisure, because he has longed for a punching sandbag for a long time...


    "Hey!"


    Carol Danvers'' body was glowing with a golden light of energy, waving his fists and descending from the sky, and slammed into Naraku Uehara heavily with a huge gravity inertia!


    The moment her body fell, it even brought a hurricane-like air current!


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyes slightly, his right hand slowly clenched into a fist, and he swung his fist towards the position Danvers was rushing towards!


    Boom!


    The whole world is silent!


    Carol Danvers was punched by Naraku Uehara, and she fell backwards and fell out. She only felt that her wrist seemed to have been broken, and the energy particles in her body were quickly recovering the injuries in her body!


    next second...


    Carol Danvers fights Naraku Uehara again!


    The aftermath of energy surging out of the sky unscrupulously impacted everything around. No one has ever seen such a terrifying confrontation between people on earth!


    However¡­


    The gap in combat experience cannot be made up.


    Naraku Uehara kicked Carol Danvers'' leg, took the opportunity to twist her knee and hit her chin, and pressed her chest with her calf, pushing the surprised The captain hit the ground!


    boom!


    A large cloud of smoke and dust splashed across the earth!


    The civilians in Wakanda''s royal capital scrambled to escape!


    Uehara Naraku stood up, looked at Carol who was in a mess, stepped on her chest, and pressed Captain Marvel who wanted to get up again!


    "I hit a lot of people."


    Uehara Naraku bent down slightly, stared at the unyielding Carol, and continued calmly: "But you are the second one who can make me so happy in battle, Ms. Carol Danvers, maybe this Is there anything I want to thank you for?"


    "You bastard..."


    Carol waved his fist, and an orange energy shock wave rushed straight towards Naraku Uehara''s head!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure retreated quickly!


    Carol climbed up again, stepped on the ground, and slammed into Naraku Uehara''s figure. The energy all over her body surrounded her, making her body glow again!


    this energy...


    Also gave her strength again!


    The two fought together again, but the battle had only just started for a few seconds, and it soon turned into a one-sided beating again.


    Uehara Naraku raised his hand to block her fist, flipped his palm to grab her wrist, and punched her hard on the head again with his right hand, knocking her straight into the air!


    next second...


    Carol flew back again!


    The energy in her body allows her to have endless power, and also allows her to have a hard body, and also allows her to resist any attack by Uehara Naraku!


    This woman, who has never been afraid of pain since she was a child, finally burst out a strong resistance at this time relying on her indomitable will!


    yes¡­


    Just resist it...


    Because compared to Carol Danvers, who was getting more and more crazy in the battle, Naraku Uehara seemed to be taking a walk leisurely. He even put Nick Fury and others in the place when he was repelling Carol. safe place¡­


    This fight lasted a whole day.


    The endless aftermath of energy released completely reduced the entire king of Wakanda to ruins in this battle, and even deep pits of hundreds of meters appeared on the ground.


    "How long will this battle continue..."


    Natasha looked at the two confronting figures in the sky with some anxiety, and said in a low voice, "Who do you think will be the winner?"


    "Danvers."


    Nick Fury chooses to trust his friends.


    Hawkeye Clint Barton couldn''t help but said: "Although I hope so, but we saw that the woman has been beaten, she has been beaten by Naraku Uehara for a whole day, it''s not so much a battle, it''s better Said it was an abuse..."


    "I have to admit..."


    Captain America Steve Rogers looked up at the fierce battlefield in the air, and said in a deep voice: "Naraku Uehara may have more combat experience...his strength may also be stronger...because he didn''t take his attitude seriously when fighting..."


    "Remember what you said?"


    Nick Fury took a deep look at Steve Rogers, and said softly: "Your physical strength and willpower can fight all day...Danvers'' strength, no matter how long you play, you will not feel tired."


    Speaking of this, Nick Fury added another sentence: "Although it seems that the guy Uehara Naraku seems to be the same... His source of power is the same as Danvers, which is derived from the energy elements of the Rubik''s Cube."


    "but¡­"


    "We can''t hang around like this any longer."


    "In this world... there is another person who can participate in this battle. Maybe it''s time to call him along. His power is also endless!"


    "Hulk."


    The eyes of several people present suddenly lit up.


    Their knowledge of Hulk Hulk made them full of confidence in Hulk, which is also a monster who is not afraid of injury, or before they knew the power of Uehara Naraku and Captain Marvel, they thought Hulk was the real monster !


    indeed.


    Hulk is the real monster!


    However, when they found the communication equipment and wanted to contact Dr. Bruce Banner, they never got through to the doctor''s phone for a long time, and the message from the microphone was always please leave a message.


    Nick Fury couldn''t help but clenched his phone tightly, and immediately deduced his answer: "No, Naraku Uehara had expected this situation a long time ago. He controlled Dr. Bruce Banner, but he didn''t want Dr. Banner to Know all this now!"


    "Who else can come now?"


    Hawkeye Clint looked at the sky and slowly shook his head: "Honestly, I don''t think this is a battle we can participate in...I feel like they can destroy a city with one punch."


    "Let me see..."


    Nick Fury rubbed his temples, and said hoarsely: "The Asgardians may be able to, but Sol..."


    Right at this time...


    The sun in the sky suddenly appeared a shadow.


    Everyone looked up at the sky, even Carol Danvers and Naraku Uehara, who were still fighting, stopped and looked at the strange sky.


    It''s not a rainy day...


    It''s not a simple solar eclipse either!


    A look of surprise flashed across Carol Danvers'' face, and her eyes burst into an orange light piercing the sky: "The celestial bodies... are converging..."


    "yes."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm and explained calmly: "Because I know that from this moment on, the nine kingdoms will gather together, and the position of Asgard will be truly exposed in the universe..."


    "The most mysterious substance in the universe..."


    "No, it should be said that for me, this should be my favorite gem, the gem of reality, which will truly reappear in this world, a gem that can truly immerse people in another reality."


    "Speaking of which..."


    "This gem is much more useful than our illusion."


    When speaking of this, Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm towards Carol Danvers, drawing an arc in a vague way.


    "so¡­"


    "I will choose today to solve all the hidden dangers of the earth."


    next moment.


    A green magic circle appeared in Uehara Naraku''s palm.


    Green energy emanates from this magic circle, which directly wraps Captain Marvel''s body in the blink of an eye. This scene makes people''s eyes turn red!


    Because they have seen¡­


    These green energies symbolize time!


    Once entangled by time, no one can predict what Uehara Naraku will use his time ability to do to Carol Danvers...


    "Ms. Carol Danvers."


    Naraku Uehara manipulated the energy magic circle of the time gem with one hand, and asked politely: "What age do you miss the most? It should be when you were just allowed to become a pilot?"


    "Ok¡­"


    Carol Danvers replied subconsciously.


    Because that time is indeed the time she misses the most. Her dream has just come true, and there are friends around her who can make friends with each other. Her life mentor, Dr. Ma Will, is still alive...


    next second.


    Carol Danvers saw something was wrong!


    The energy in her body is rapidly decaying, her appearance is changing rapidly, and the memories in her life are constantly disappearing!


    soon.


    She couldn''t remember anything.


    Uehara Naraku controlled her body and landed on the ground, and softly ordered: "Wanda, imprison everyone and let your boss take over everything here. I will leave the earth for a while."


    above the sky.


    The celestial bodies of the nine kingdoms are still gathering.


    Naraku Uehara stretched out his palm, opened a jet-black space door, and stepped in.

 Chapter 786

    The world is dark.


    Nine countries slowly gathered together.


    Naturally, it is impossible to hide this weird celestial phenomenon from Asgard.


    Asgard.


    The shrine of the king of the gods.


    The whole of Asgard is waiting.


    Odin, the supreme god-king of Asgard, stood on the height of the palace, holding his eternal gun tightly in his hand, looking up at the darkening sky.


    All the Asgardians present thought that the god king Odin might be wary of the weird celestial phenomenon that the nine kingdoms would gather, and Thor, the god of thunder, walked to his father''s side on his own initiative.


    "Father, I want to go to Earth..."


    "Let''s go then."


    Odin turned around slowly, took a deep look at Sol, and continued in a urn: "Remember, don''t do unnecessary things in Midgard... to find the ether particles, and then go to Midgard Sorcerer Supreme, she will understand me."


    "Yes, father!"


    Thor nodded excitedly.


    Since the last New York incident, he has never returned to Earth, and he hasn''t seen his sweetheart on Earth for a long time.


    Odin slowly opened his eyes and watched his son leave. The old palm slowly regained strength, and the wrinkles in the palm were tightly attached to the Eternal Spear.


    "Sol."


    Odin suddenly called out to his son, and continued loudly: "Take Loki to Midgard together, and let him atone for what he has done."


    "Loki?"


    Saul couldn''t help but turn his head.


    Although Thor couldn''t figure out why his father asked him to take Loki with him, the king of the gods was finally willing to let him go.


    No matter how many times he and Queen Frigga interceded for Loki, God King Odin refused to let go. Now at least it shows that the father king has forgiven Loki.


    There was a smile in Sol''s eyes, he raised his hand to signal his father, and flew to the place where Loki was being held!


    Don''t say that Saul can''t understand this kind of thing.


    When Loki got the news, he couldn''t understand why Odin released him, and even let him follow Sol to the earth.


    However, this just happened to get him what he wanted.


    As long as he can get him out of here, he will be able to find a way to turn things around. Loki followed Sol with a smile and left Asgard by using the rainbow bridge.


    Just when the rainbow bridge was lit up, God King Odin watched his two sons disappear before his eyes, and couldn''t help muttering to himself: "Perhaps for Asgard, this will be a better way. Good choice¡­"


    "What happened?"


    Queen Frigg couldn''t help asking curiously.


    "..."


    Odin slowly turned his head and looked at his wife. After staring at Frigg for a long time, he calmly shook his head under his wife''s puzzled eyes, and said in a low voice, "It''s nothing, let everyone get out of here , I want to rest for a while..."


    "it is good¡­"


    The puzzled look on Frigg''s face grew stronger.


    Frigga probably already had a bad guess in her heart, but she chose to believe that God King Odin could handle everything that might happen.


    Just as the people around the shrine retreated towards the surroundings, God King Odin stopped the queen who was walking towards him, and continued calmly: "Frigga, you should also go to rest...I have something to ask myself Think about the answer."


    "..."


    Frigg was silent for a while.


    Just as the couple who had been with each other for so many years looked at each other, Frigga suddenly flinched, raised her skirt slightly and bowed to Odin, then turned and left the shrine on her own, and walked towards the place where she was. palace.


    Odin watched his wife leave with lowered eyes. The king of the gods who had ruled Asgard for hundreds of thousands of years suddenly felt a sense of relief in his eyes.


    "What a qualified husband..."


    A voice suddenly appeared in Odin''s ear.


    Accompanied by the sound, a pitch-black space black hole also appeared behind Odin, and a figure in black leather clothes slowly walked out of the black hole.


    It was Naraku Uehara.


    Naraku Uehara walked slowly to Odin''s side, and didn''t care about Odin''s silence, and continued on his own: "A qualified husband, a qualified father, I always thought that God has no feelings..."


    "That kind of thing..."


    A deep look flashed in Odin''s eyes, as if he was nostalgic. The word "feeling" hadn''t appeared in his ears for a long time.


    "I''m curious."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Odin slowly, and continued softly: "When did you know that I came to Asgard? Why did you send your son to the earth? You thought I would do something to Asgard. what?"


    "When the Nine Kingdoms Gather..."


    Odin turned around calmly, staring at Uehara Naraku with one eye, and his dull voice echoed around them: "When a black hand appeared in the universe and inserted into time, when a gap appeared in time, when a throne appeared in the gap... "


    "Really... worthy of being a god king."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help admiring leisurely: "I''m curious, why didn''t His Excellency Odin choose to attack me when I appeared in this world?"


    "..."


    There was a hint of complexity in Odin''s eyes.


    Now, does this guy standing in front of him have some problems with his own strength perception?


    A guy who just appeared in the world and exploded a planet with a single punch, can even flash infinitely through the power of space, who would provoke him when he is full and has nothing to do?


    Even that supreme mage Gu Yi...


    Isn''t it also passive to be approached all the time?


    Although Odin is very powerful, his life has already entered the countdown. Just to test a terrifying guy, let Asgard go to Ragnarok in advance?


    He is a god king, not a psychopath.


    "Don''t you answer?"


    Naraku Uehara narrowed his eyes slightly, and continued with a chuckle: "Then let''s change the subject, why did you let your son leave?"


    "Hate."


    Odin slowly grasped the Eternal Spear, slowly landed on the ground, and explained dully: "A true king can never be blinded by hatred..."


    "There should be no hatred between us..."


    Uehara Naraku rolled his eyes, looked at Odin with a smile, spread his palms and continued to ask: "Why does Your Excellency Odin think there is any hatred between me and Sol? We are both Avengers." Comrades..."


    "..."


    Odin was silent again.


    Is this guy underestimating him as a god king?


    The Avengers on Earth haven''t been tormented enough by you? Do you really think that he, the god-king, only knows how to sit in Asgard and have a banquet?


    Odin stared at Naraku Uehara, and said in a deep voice, "Although I only have one eye, I can see everything on Midgard..."


    "That''s really embarrassing..."


    Uehara Naraku covered his cheeks in embarrassment, but his mouth kept on saying, "Then I''m quite curious, can Lord Odin see through my intentions?"


    "everything."


    Odin watched Naraku Uehara calmly, and would not underestimate Naraku Uehara because of his small actions, and continued: "Take everything...everything you can see."


    "Guess right."


    The awkward smile on Uehara Naraku''s face suddenly stopped, his eyes suddenly became sharp, and a black hole like an abyss emerged from behind him!


    "Then bring them all!"

 Chapter 787

    Boom!


    A crisp metallic sound!


    The Gun of Eternity slammed heavily on the floor!


    God King Odin looked at the black hole of the abyss behind Uehara Naraku, grabbed the spear of eternity to release his divine power, and kept his figure from being sucked into the abyss!


    Just the words...


    It is not enough to resist the black hole that has swallowed many worlds!


    Once being swallowed into the black hole by Naraku Uehara, no matter time, space or even everything will be controlled by him, Odin does not want to fall into that situation!


    At least¡­


    not now!


    The azure blue light suddenly became dazzling!


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes tightened slightly, he saw the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube in the hands of God King Odin, and couldn''t help but chuckled: "Really... I didn''t expect that His Excellency Odin would want to use space gems to restrict me. strength¡­"


    "Perhaps this is the only way to restrict Your Excellency..."


    Odin held the gun of eternity in his left hand and the Rubik''s Cube in his right hand. A mass of azure blue energy slowly floated between him and Naraku Uehara, turning into a space wormhole, preventing Naraku Uehara''s black hole from invading.


    "That''s such a pity..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head with a smile, calmly retracted his black hole, and slowly raised his palm, a green magic circle appeared under his palm!


    Time Gem!


    If you want to deal with the power of the universe stone, only another universe stone can do it, and there is no doubt that the power of the time stone is the most weird!


    next second...


    The space wormhole slowly disappeared in place!


    "Supreme Ancient One..."


    The corner of Odin''s mouth couldn''t help murmuring a name, his brows were tightly frowned, and he said with some doubts and incomprehension: "When exactly... Supreme Ancient handed over the Time Stone to Your Excellency... "


    This is impossible!


    When did Supreme Ancient One leave the time gem outside, even if she died in battle, she would not be able to abandon the responsibility of guarding the time gem!


    "how to say?"


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his eyebrows, sighed faintly and said: "Maybe the current Ancient One Mage hasn''t figured it out...but that future Ancient One Mage has chosen to completely devote himself to my command, but I will give it to you." gave her a rather high position!"


    "..."


    The corners of Odin''s eyes couldn''t help twitching.


    Because the Supreme Ancient One blinded everything on Earth during the New York War, Odin didn¡¯t know what happened to Earth at all, and he was still thinking about what happened to the Supreme Ancient One...


    As a result, someone now tells him...


    The future Supreme Ancient One has surrendered!


    To be honest, for a supreme mage who can see through the past and the future, whether he surrenders in the future or the present, there is actually no difference at all...


    "Looks like she chose to trust you..."


    God King Odin''s eyebrows slowly relaxed, and he said in a hoarse voice: "Maybe I am making the same choice now..."


    "Then...why don''t you get out of the way?"


    Naraku Uehara smiled slightly, looking down at the fairyland-like Asgard: "The scenery in Asgard is very good, my family should like it very much..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku explained again: "Of course, I just like the scenery here. In fact, the place they prefer to live is the small village that is always rainy all year round."


    "Because it''s not time to finally give up..."


    God King Odin raised his Eternal Spear with one hand, shook his head and said, "I don''t think anyone will take the initiative to give up their homeland...even if they know the direction to go is leading to the abyss... "


    "Need I add one more thing?"


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Odin with a smile, and continued: "Besides, Your Excellency Odin is about to reach the end of his life, so you want to try to see if you can get rid of me at this time, right?"


    "¡­yes."


    Odin nodded slowly, because his aging body has long been unavoidable, so why not just gamble here!


    If he can win... Even if he dies here, he can also destroy a terrifying enemy for Asgard!


    As for after he died in battle, his daughter Hela, the goddess of death, might come out of the sealed land. Odin believed that his son Thor could solve the problem...


    certainly.


    If it fails... Odin saw what Uehara Naraku did to the members of the Avengers when the Nine Stars gathered, and he probably understood Uehara Naraku''s personality in his heart...


    This terrifying guy likes to use others very much. It doesn''t matter whether it is out of self-confidence in strength or arrogance, which means that Thor is also safe to a certain extent... Besides, Odin entrusted his two sons to the Supreme Mage Gu. one.


    The only problem is that...


    Odin really didn''t know that the future Ancient One had chosen to surrender.


    But it doesn''t matter, Odin has long considered that he may die in the hands of Uehara Naraku, and in order to ensure that Sol and Loki will not be blinded by hatred, they will also find ways to deliberately drive these two children out of Asgar Germany.


    As an old father¡­


    Odin really planned everything for his children.


    If possible, in fact, Odin really wants to commit suicide here, and hand over the wonderland of Asgard to Uehara Naraku!


    Because once Asgard falls into the hands of Uehara Naraku, according to this guy''s bad personality, his eldest daughter Hela, the goddess of death, and his two sons Sol and Loki, will be able to survive well...


    but¡­


    Asgardians are warriors from the moment they are born!


    Until the last moment, the God King was unwilling to let Asgard fall into the hands of the enemy, and he did not want his children to lose their dignity in the future!


    Uncertainty ahead...


    Nothing is known yet!


    Not to mention that Odin holds the Rubik''s Cube and the Eternal Spear in his hand, and can use all the artifacts in his treasure house. No matter if this god king faces any enemy in the universe, he will definitely have the power to win the battle!


    Even if the cosmic overlord Thanos is standing in front of him, God King Odin is sure to take care of that little titan!


    and¡­


    Odin now...


    But a god king who is not afraid of death!


    "Mind if we change the battlefield?"


    Odin held the Rubik''s Cube tightly in his hand, looked at Uehara Naraku in front of him, and then turned his head to look at his country: "There is no second place in the universe for such a beautiful scenery, and it will be very difficult to destroy it." It''s a pity..."


    "I think so¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, spread out his palms, and said with a smile: "Then, I just have a suitable place... I hope there will be room for us to loosen our muscles and bones a little."


    "Is it your universe?"


    Odin glanced at Uehara Naraku.


    It would be too unfair if they went to fight in Uehara Naraku''s black hole universe. For Odin, going to a strange universe would be at the mercy of others...


    "No, it''s in this world."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head with a smile, and continued softly: "I once observed a planet with a good scenery, where the sunset scenery at dusk is very beautiful, I think it is suitable as the tomb of the fallen god king..."


    "certainly."


    "the most important is."


    "If I''m not wrong, that planet with a beautiful sunset should be a place where a big guy with a purple potato head plans to use it for retirement..."


    "Since even he thinks the planet''s scenery is good, I think that after our battle is over, I can just put that planet in my universe as a star embellishment..."

 Chapter 788

    A strange planet.


    There is an endless field here.


    The entire field is covered with tall plants, and the branches of each plant are full of huge fruits, each of which is the size of a human head.


    Here, it is not at all like the planet that ordinary human beings should live on.


    Just when Uehara Naraku and Odin arrived here, it was at dusk on this planet, and the sunset was shining on the fields, and the scenery of the fields was so beautiful.


    "Ok?"


    Odin looked at the scenery of this planet, his eyes narrowed slowly, and said in a deep voice: "There are traces of Titans here, is this the planet that Titans once colonized?"


    "This planet is well taken care of..."


    Naraku Uehara spread his palms indifferently, and said with a light smile: "I guess the owner of this planet will come back to take care of here occasionally? It seems that the guy is sure that his plan can be successful, so he has already prepared his own retirement home." ?¡±


    "Thanos..."


    Odin''s one eye suddenly landed on Naraku Uehara.


    If it can be confirmed that this is the territory of the Titans, the most famous person in the entire universe is undoubtedly the guy who is now killing people indiscriminately in the universe!


    Thanos!


    This planet is Thanos'' territory!


    The question is how did Uehara Naraku find Thanos'' territory, and why did he drag him, the god-king of Asgard, to Thanos''s territory for a duel?


    this man...


    Still counting on that lunatic Thanos?


    "Now... let''s make our rules!"


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about Odin''s thoughts, he just raised his finger and pointed to the afterglow of the sunset in the distance, and said loudly: "When the sun has completely set, if Lord Odin is still alive, I will allow Asgard to regain freedom ..."


    "It''s really a generous condition..."


    God King Odin didn''t care about the humiliation in Uehara Naraku''s words at all, he had already passed the age of having this mentality.


    Today''s young people...


    Are they all this crazy?


    "Because I''ve always been a very generous person."


    Naraku Uehara slowly turned his head, looking at Odin''s calm face, a dangerous arc was drawn at the corner of his mouth: "Of course, if Lord Odin dies here before the sun completely sets, then nothing will happen." There''s no need to talk anymore..."


    "Impossible conditions..."


    The king of the gods in Asgard nodded slowly, raised his robe, and the old man''s voice became calm and distant: "Time is running out, I, an old man, can''t take advantage of too much, then let''s start!"


    Boom!


    The air waves on Naraku Uehara and Odin surged!


    With the breath from the two people, the whole planet seemed to feel their terror, and all creatures suddenly fell silent!


    Even the breeze that blows dissipates under their air pressure!


    However¡­


    The planet was silent for just a moment.


    Naraku Uehara and Odin stared at each other, their auras quickly rose, and their bodies tensed up as if they might move like thunder at any time!


    next moment...


    Just for a moment!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure suddenly disappeared in place, and rushed straight towards Odin. A jet-black spherical object flowed like a liquid, and quickly turned into a long knife in his hand!


    boom!


    The pitch-black long knife and the eternal gun suddenly collided with everything!


    Odin held the Eternal Spear tightly, pressed the tip of the gun firmly against the blade of the black long knife, and tried his best not to let Naraku Uehara take another step forward!


    And the moment they collided!


    Thunder... began to spread on the two of them!


    Streams of air pressure that is more vast than this planet spread out from the two of them, turned into lightning bolts, and hit them all around!


    momentum¡­


    Still climbing!


    As a god king who has been in charge of Asgard''s domain for hundreds of thousands of years, even though Odin''s body is getting old, his divine power is still as deep as the holy mountain of Asgard!


    "I really can''t underestimate anyone in this universe..."


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth was still smiling slightly, the jet-black long knife in his hand had cracks, all relying on his strength to repair it quickly, he could only barely contend with the eternal spear temporarily...


    Just looking at the quality of the weapon...


    Daoist Jade can''t compete with the Eternal Spear at all.


    Odin brandished the eternal spear and suddenly moved forward. The divine power turned into a golden light and pierced through the black long knife in an instant, and pierced Uehara Naraku''s right arm with the eternal spear!


    But that''s all there is to it!


    Uehara Naraku''s left hand tightly held the edge of the Eternal Spear, so that the artifact that pierced into his arm could no longer advance half an inch!


    blood...


    Drop by drop fell from the wound...


    "It really is¡­"


    Uehara Naraku showed a wry smile, his smile gradually became bigger and bigger, and his eyes became more clear: "It''s been a long time since I got hurt!"


    too long¡­


    It''s been so long that he''s almost forgotten...


    "Fortunately, the teacher is not here..."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm exerted a little bit of force, and he forcibly pushed out the Eternal Spear stuck on his right arm, which made Odin''s one eye widen instantly!


    Now Naraku Uehara...


    Just relying on the strength of the body to force him back!


    What kind of magical species is this guy? The strength of his body alone surpasses the divine body of Asgard!


    The wound on Naraku Uehara''s right arm was healing quickly, he shook his arm slightly to knock the remaining blood drops to the ground, and said calmly: "It seems that it''s because I haven''t met anyone who can hurt me for a long time. Inevitably, it loses a bit of elegance... But let''s stop here!"


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm, and a black hole appeared in his palm, and a miniature of the World Tree loomed in the black hole...


    "That is¡­"


    Odin''s eyes trembled slightly.


    If he read it correctly, the miniature shape of the world tree is the same as that of the nine kingdoms. Is it the nine kingdoms of another world?


    This guy¡­


    want to do something.


    "It''s really unfair..."


    Naraku Uehara smiled and shook his head, controlled the black hole to gradually expand, and sighed: "The weapon gap between us is too big... Now it seems that I have to find a way to make this battle fair..."


    "There has never been such a thing as fairness in the world..."


    Odin slowly grabbed the Eternal Spear, glanced at the weapon that had been with him for many years, and the old man''s voice was kindly: "If your Excellency is too difficult, do I need to give up the Eternal Spear?"


    "No need, I''ve been to a very interesting place."


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about revealing his identity, and while pulling out a spear from the world tree miniature in the black hole, he explained slowly: "That place is a game world, also known as the Nine Great Worlds. It has a channel with the real world, and no one knows whether it is real or illusory...


    Because it can be a game, it can create many artifacts that are powerful enough to affect the world, and because it can also be real, many weapons created from the game world can be used in reality..."


    When Naraku Uehara explained this, he suddenly raised the spear he pulled out from the black hole, aiming at God King Odin: "So I just created another eternal gun from that place, so... The battle between us is fair!"


    Two handles...


    Almost identical to the Eternal Gun!


    Two handles...


    Almost exactly the same artifact, even its coercion and even weight!

 Chapter 789

    "Another..."


    "The Gun of Eternity..."


    Odin''s eyes tightened a little bit, one eye looked at the golden spear held by Naraku Uehara, and then looked down at the eternal gun in his hand.


    exactly the same.


    Exactly.


    An eternal gun that symbolizes the authority of the god king was created by Uehara Naraku Nobuki. Hearing what he said, it seemed that it had just been created for fair confrontation.


    Odin grasped his weapon tightly, and felt a little sigh in his heart. He suddenly understood why the future Supreme Gu Yihui chose to seek refuge with Naraku Uehara...


    He is not a destroyer.


    He is also a creator.


    "God?"


    Odin couldn''t help murmuring a name he hadn''t seen for a long time. He fully realized that apart from his formidable power, Uehara Naraku in front of him was more terrifying than those planetary life forms!


    At least¡­


    They can''t create artifacts at will!


    "I''m just an ordinary person..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head slowly, pointed the replica version of the Eternal Gun in his hand at Odin, and continued softly: "It''s just that I bought a book that shouldn''t be bought at the beginning. The way I like..."


    "yes?"


    Odin didn''t quite understand what Uehara Naraku meant, but the god king knew that all of this was just a self-made humility of a man''s arrogance.


    next moment¡­


    The two men fought together with their long spears in their hands. When the two eternal guns collided, a storm erupted on the entire planet!


    No one flinched!


    If there is a seat at the apex of this world, then both Uehara Naraku and Odin can sit on that seat!


    Relying on the terrifying divine power accumulated over hundreds of thousands of years, Odin never fell behind at the beginning of the fight, and when fighting with his more familiar fighting style, Odin almost quickly saw Uehara Naraku''s weakness !


    This guy¡­


    It must be a little too underestimated him!


    A golden light radiated from the spear in Odin''s hand, and directly shot Naraku Uehara''s spear flying, piercing Naraku Uehara''s shoulder!


    next second...


    The old man habitually flung Uehara Naraku far away, but unfortunately, Uehara Naraku''s wound healed at the moment of detachment!


    No one in this universe understands the Eternal Gun better than Odin...


    Even if Uehara Naraku is a creator, he can''t understand what the Eternal Spear means. This is the artifact that the gods really love!


    It symbolizes the authority of God...


    What is more symbolic is the power of God!


    The king of gods in Asgard suddenly raised the Eternal Spear in his hand, thunderclouds began to slowly gather in the sky, and his voice suddenly became thicker: "Maybe I still need to show you The real gun of eternity..."


    Dark thunderclouds flooded in like covering the sky and blocking out the sun!


    In a blink of an eye, the entire sky is already a haze!


    If anyone could see this planet from outer space, they would see layers of clouds and lightning, which did not follow the law at all...


    This is divine power!


    The might of God, the king of Asgard''s gods!


    Accompanied by Odin waving the Eternal Spear, dense lightning gathered on the tip of the spear, forming a power grid, and pressed down towards the ground!


    Countless thunder and lightning fell!


    If Thor, the god of thunder, was watching the battle here, he might be horrified by Odin''s control over the thunder. This kind of density of thunder and lightning cannot be drawn out by him, the god of thunder...


    However, for Odin and Uehara Naraku, no matter how many lightning bolts fall, they are just sporadic raindrops...


    Odin stared at the man who looked up at the sky in the thunder lightly, and the eternal gun in his hand was raised again, and he threw it towards Uehara Naraku abruptly!


    The Gun of Eternity penetrated the air with a whirlwind!


    Amidst the lightning like a fishing net, the spear of eternity that flew from it was extremely dazzling, and the divine power cast a layer of golden light on the body of the spear!


    Accompanied by the flight of the Eternal Spear, accompanied by the dazzling golden light of divine power, the lightning in the sky seemed to have attracted a strange attraction, and fell towards the direction of the Eternal Spear. Layers of purple electricity...


    The thunder on the tip of the spear flashed with lightning...


    When the gun of eternity passed through the air, clusters of small hurricanes were brought up. It was so fast and powerful that the sound of the sonic boom was far inferior to its speed...


    The most frightening thing is that with the lightning falling on the gun, the speed of this eternal gun is still accelerating, even if it is just a feeling, I know its power...


    perhaps¡­


    This planet will be directly penetrated by it!


    Naraku Uehara frowned slightly. When Odin threw the Spear of Eternity, he had roughly estimated the power of this artifact in his heart...


    Today''s thunderclouds are sweeping along with the spear of eternity, even if they want to turn into light and disappear in place, they can''t escape the attack of this artifact...


    Time is too short.


    Uehara Naraku almost subconsciously chose to accept this move abruptly.


    However¡­


    next second...


    A weird gray-blue space wormhole appeared in the air, and the flying eternal gun disappeared just before it touched the target!


    "Ok?"


    Uehara Naraku''s brows tightened, and his eyes immediately looked in the direction of Odin, wanting to find out what the king of the gods meant.


    Because the cosmic Rubik''s Cube in Odin''s hand was slightly glowing, it was obvious that the disappearance of the Eternal Gun just now was Odin''s own masterpiece...


    What does it mean?


    First show the power of this trick that can destroy any planetary body in the universe, and then use the cosmic Rubik''s Cube to send this power to other places?


    Maybe just want to use this trick to frighten him?


    If this is the case, then the mind of the king of the gods is too simple!


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help but feel a little funny in his heart, and the corner of his mouth really smiled: "I have to say, your divine power is still amazing... If Your Excellency the King of God thinks that blow can scare me... this The joke is not funny at all..."


    "In this universe, no one should dare to despise the apex..."


    Odin shook his head calmly. The Cosmic Rubik''s Cube in his hand was still glowing with light blue light, but the old man''s voice gradually calmed down: "If it''s just this little power, it''s not enough for Your Excellency..."


    "That''s what it says..."


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a chuckle, and added: "But for me, that blow was interesting enough. I have experienced many things and seen many powerful enemies, but I haven''t seen them for a long time. It can threaten the strength of my body..."


    The divine power poured out by the majestic king of the gods...


    This guy is saying it''s just for fun...


    Odin lowered his head calmly, looking at the Rubik''s Cube in his hand, the light blue light was like a night light, especially bright in the dark weather.


    "An interesting shot?"


    The old man raised his eyebrows, and his mouth seemed to be talking to himself: "I''m really sorry, there''s not much I can do..."


    "Why not let it fly over...?"


    Naraku Uehara still smiled and asked Odin, he seemed to want to know why the king of the gods sent away with the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube just before the attack was about to fall.


    However¡­


    The voice has not completely fallen...


    Uehara Naraku seemed to suddenly think of something in his heart, his eyes fixed on the cosmic Rubik''s Cube in Odin''s hand: "Because... that gun of eternity can still become stronger!"


    When the eternal gun with lightning and divine power flew towards it, its speed was far from reaching its peak, and its power even had its limit!


    but¡­


    If Odin uses the Rubik''s Cube to send the gun of eternity to a free-flying space and continuously increases its speed, the power of that gun will also become stronger!


    In the sky¡­


    The space wormhole quietly opened...


    A golden flash directly penetrated down!


    What would happen if a meteorite fell on a planet faster than the speed of light? That would instantly disintegrate a planet into stardust!


    If this is an artifact harder than a meteorite... how much pain will this person feel if it forcibly penetrates a person''s body at super-light speed?


    Naraku Uehara...


    Perhaps the first to feel this power.


    Before Uehara Naraku even had time to raise his head, the spear of eternity pierced through his chest like light, nailing his body firmly in place!


    It''s too fast!


    Even Uehara Naraku didn''t have time to open the black hole and leave!


    Uehara Naraku couldn''t help subconsciously looking down at the artifact that pierced him. The thunder and divine power attached to the Eternal Spear quickly poured into his body, destroying everything on his body...


    What surprised Uehara Naraku the most was...


    There is even a terrifying flame on the body of the gun... Another mythical object in the legend of Asgard, the eternal fire!


    The most ancient and mysterious eternal fire in the entire Nine Realms, it is said to be enough to burn everything in the world, and it is also enough to endow everything in the world with the power of flame...


    This blow really made Odin take out all his belongings!


    Uehara Naraku''s body has quickly begun to disintegrate. This is a severe injury he never thought he could suffer. No, this is a collapse!


    Even if his body is as hard as a star...


    It is absolutely impossible to resist the power of this blow!


    There was a wry smile on Uehara Naraku''s face, his palm spread out and grasped the eternal gun piercing his body, the thunder and eternal fire burned his palm...


    "It turns out...it hurts so much..."


    The bitter smile at the corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth froze on his face, his neck slowly drooped, his body gradually became completely stiff, and he couldn''t breathe any more.


    Odin raised his hand to dissipate the dark clouds in the sky, looked at the sun that had not yet set, couldn''t help but shook his head and sighed: "It was really a short battle..."


    Obviously before the war...


    This man named Uehara Naraku was brazenly trying to get rid of him, the king of the gods, before sunset, but he got rid of him before sunset...


    Maybe I overestimated this guy?


    Just when Odin looked at Naraku Uehara, planning to take Naraku Uehara''s body back and put it in his treasure house, he saw a change in Naraku Uehara''s body...


    The guy''s body...


    It turned into a wooden statue from top to bottom... directly!


    Accompanied by the burning of the eternal fire, Uehara Naraku, who had turned into a wooden statue, was quickly burned directly to ashes, which made Odin''s fist clenched involuntarily!


    "what?"


    Suddenly there was a voice of doubt in the air.


    Accompanied by the appearance of this doubtful sound, the door of the black hole space appeared on this planet, and the young man in the black-haired leather jacket walked out slowly.


    It was Naraku Uehara.


    Naraku Uehara rubbed his hair, looked at the wooden clone that was burned to ashes, and sighed: "As expected of the king of the gods, it''s really scary, it''s the first time I saw my wooden clone killed It''s gone..."

 Chapter 790

    It is not easy for anyone to accept such a thing.


    Odin used his strongest power, and even he himself knew that this was his strongest blow, but he only dealt with one of the enemy''s puppet clones.


    Odin''s arm slowly lowered, his eyes glanced at the wooden statue pierced by the gun of eternity, and then at Uehara Naraku''s body.


    "...is it just a clone?"


    "I thought that was enough."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and sighed, his voice could not help but feel a little regretful: "It seems that my own mentality is too inflated, even the lion knows that it needs to use all its strength to hunt rabbits, not to mention that my prey is Asgard King of the Gods of Germany..."


    "It seems that I am really underestimated..."


    Odin shook his palm, and the Spear of Eternity flew back into his palm like lightning. He held his weapon again, but his voice became dull: "Of course, I thought I had already overestimated Your Excellency enough, Now it seems that I still underestimated..."


    The blue light flickers...


    The Rubik''s Cube created a space wormhole around Odin!


    Odin''s figure disappeared in place again along with the golden gun of eternity!


    In the next second, the king of gods suddenly appeared behind Uehara Naraku, and the eternal gun in his hand fell like a thunder towards Uehara Naraku''s back!


    In order to prevent Naraku Uehara from escaping, Odin even activated the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube in his hand ahead of time, sending out a burst of azure blue energy to seal off the space!


    boom¡­


    There is a heartbeat...


    No, this should be the sound of the heartbeat about to stop.


    Because within Odin''s line of sight, he looked at the Eternal Spear, which was as fast as lightning, and stopped in place in a daze. Even the divine power and lightning on the gun also stagnated strangely!


    The spear wrapped in lightning and divine power...


    At this moment, it is so quiet that people feel a kind of thrilling beauty...


    "time¡­"


    A smear of disappointment flashed in Odin''s eyes.


    But after an instant, Odin immediately thought of a way to break the situation. He looked down at the Rubik''s Cube in his hand, and then at Naraku Uehara, whose fingertips glowed with a light green light. The thoughts of the two overlapped. Together¡­


    The power of the universe stone...


    They can completely cancel each other out!


    It just so happens that both Odin and Uehara Naraku are very good at using the Cosmic Stone, which is why Odin can easily break free from the power of the Time Stone...


    same¡­


    Uehara Naraku seemed to have thought of this too.


    Odin''s palm directly crushed the outer shell of the Cosmic Rubik''s Cube, revealing the true colors of the Space Gem, the most powerful rough stone in the universe!


    In the rough and old palm of the king of Asgard''s gods, azure blue gemstones glistened, and when he flipped his palm, he directly opened a space wormhole!


    The Eternal Spear, which was originally locked in time by Uehara Naraku, fell into the wormhole and returned to Odin''s hands again!


    There was a touch of golden divine power in Odin''s hand, he pressed hard on the space gem in his hand, and directly pressed the original cosmic stone on the spear of eternity!


    this moment¡­


    Odin sighed a little.


    If he had chosen to use the Nine Realms as the basis to conquer the entire universe, capture more rough universe infinity stones, and even get the real infinite glove instead of the fake collection in the warehouse, maybe it would not be so difficult now ¡­


    It is really a pity.


    If Naraku Uehara came later, he could have his son Thor take back the ether particles and recondense them into reality gems when the Nine Realms converged. Maybe the situation would be better...


    Now it is a bit tricky to fight Uehara Naraku, who owns the time gem, with only a space gem.


    Even now that he is holding the Spear of Eternity inlaid with space gems, today''s Odin can be said to be the most powerful moment in hundreds of thousands of years!


    "It''s finally interesting..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the azure blue light and the Eternal Spear of Thunder God Power, and a low smile flashed across the corner of his mouth: "It''s really rare...It seems that the two of us have been underestimating each other, and life is full of surprises."


    "Life always has some surprises..."


    Odin raised his head and looked at the afterglow of the sunset in the distance, the space wormhole suddenly appeared, and disappeared with his figure along with the eternal gun!


    In Uehara Naraku''s hands, a golden light gathered and turned into a golden long sword. A touch of light green gathered in the center of the golden lightsaber, but his eyes slowly closed...


    A spatial fluctuation suddenly appeared!


    Uehara Naraku quickly waved the lightsaber in his hand, and a brilliant golden light mixed with the energy of the time gem slashed towards the direction where the space fluctuation appeared!


    Wherever the golden light reaches!


    All were destroyed by this blow!


    Even the thunderclouds deep in the sky were chopped to pieces!


    The light green energy in it even turned the thunderclouds into water vapor, which rained down on the planet!


    Odin''s heart was beating!


    If he had rushed out of the opened space wormhole just now, he would have been severely injured by this blow. Fortunately, a strange intuition made him choose to stop!


    As Uehara Naraku''s shot ended, a space wormhole appeared above him, and the shining eternal spear pierced his head!


    Boom!


    Naraku Uehara raised the golden lightsaber in his hand to block it!


    This golden lightsaber was so hard that it was able to compete with the Eternal Spear, and the two of them fought together in an instant!


    The whole planet trembles at each of their blows!


    Whenever the golden sword in Uehara Naraku''s hand falls, a deep gully will be cut out of the ground directly, and the plants on the ground will wither under the power of time!


    Whenever the Eternal Spear in Odin''s hand is provoked, the thunderclouds in the sky will be surging, and the afterglow of the sunset will be refracted and dissipated by the power of space!


    This is a confrontation between the strongest in the universe!


    This is an unprecedented hearty battle!


    Uehara Naraku had never encountered an enemy who could fight him this far, especially in this kind of close combat and confrontation of strength!


    "It''s really... refreshing!"


    Uehara Naraku waved the golden lightsaber to force Odin back, and suddenly raised his palm to emit bursts of hot golden light, forcefully knocking all the thunderclouds in the sky away!


    The thunderclouds are gone...


    The afterglow of sunset has come to an end.


    Odin held the Eternal Spear tightly in his palm, relying on the energy of the space gem to supplement his divine power, but his mood was a bit more complicated than ever!


    Whether it is heavy or light...


    Uehara Naraku''s offensive was too fierce, which made him a god king a little bit too much, but this battle was indeed hearty for him!


    It has been a long time since he conquered the Nine Realms that he has not experienced this kind of battle, which makes Odin feel as if he has returned to the era of full energy...


    "Is it time?"


    Uehara Naraku''s words brought Odin back to reality.


    The king of the gods glanced at the ray of sunlight in the distance, and felt a little absurd in his heart. Naraku Uehara intends to keep his promise?


    According to the rules they made before the battle, as long as he can persist until the sun goes down completely, Uehara Naraku will give up Asgard...


    Uehara Naraku looked at the sun in the distance, and suddenly said: "Maybe I should stop the rotation of that star now, but it would be unfair to the old man, a happy life-and-death fight is enough..."


    "What a...proud person..."


    A sharpness flashed in Odin''s one eye.


    At this moment, Odin suddenly had an impulse in his heart. He inexplicably wanted to use his own power to change the rotation of the stars, and fight Uehara Naraku again!


    Just the next second...


    The thought is fleeting!


    Because his enemy suddenly burst into a burst of soaring energy!


    An abyss-like energy rushed out of Uehara Naraku''s body, and the young man''s palm spread out, grabbing straight for the sky!


    Boom!


    Countless pitch-black energies flew out of Naraku Uehara''s palm, like ribbons, quickly swept across the planet!


    Odin''s one eye widened suddenly, and he watched in disbelief that the space of the entire planet was blocked by Naraku Uehara with his bare hands!


    A huge sense of absurdity swept Odin''s brain!


    No wonder Uehara Naraku didn''t take away the Rubik''s Cube from the universe at all. This guy doesn''t need space gems at all, he can seal the space with his bare hands!


    "Had a great time today..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly turned around and looked at Odin. The golden lightsaber in his hand was slowly soaked with jet-black energy. The horror of this energy made people feel a little horrified!


    That energy does not represent darkness... but extreme destruction!


    The planet suddenly fell silent!


    Uehara Naraku suddenly raised the already dark long sword in his hand, and the overwhelming black light flew towards Odin!


    "Goodbye."


    The black lightsaber in Uehara Naraku''s hand dissipated, and he slightly waved at Odin who was about to be annihilated.


    Odin glanced at the overwhelming black light, his one-eyed desperately wanted to find life from it, but he couldn''t find any way at all. This is a force that is enough to annihilate any life in the universe!


    "rest assured."


    Uehara Naraku watched the old man who was about to disappear, his voice gradually calmed down: "At least your son won''t lose everything...although he may still have a hard time."


    "Believe me¡­"


    "Just work a little harder."


    "If he can stop drinking later."

 Chapter 791

    After the battle.


    The whole planet is in chaos.


    Uehara Naraku raised his hand to heal the scars of the planet a little bit, put away the space gem left by Odin, and opened the black hole to put away the planet.


    The space suddenly became empty.


    Uehara Naraku nodded with satisfaction: "It seems that some people need to change to a place to retire, maybe he will not have the opportunity to retire in the future..."


    If nothing else...


    In this life, Thanos shouldn''t have to think about retiring.


    Now Naraku Uehara is holding the strangest time gem and the most powerful space gem in his hand, as well as the mind gem that he got early, and a reality gem that will soon become his palm...


    Of the six infinity gems in the entire universe, there are still power gems with the strongest physical attack and the most mysterious soul gems left outside.


    These two gems are no longer relevant.


    At least give the gem collector Thanos some hope, right? Even Uehara Naraku took the initiative to find a way to leak clues to Thanos about the remaining two infinite gems.


    Moreover, collecting the most mysterious soul gems is also a bit troublesome. Who would willingly sacrifice their favorite person to get soul gems, just to dedicate them to this BOSS?


    This requires a little trick...


    Uehara Naraku was not at all willing to sacrifice the two most important people to him, and he didn''t even think about such a thing at all. He planned for a long time to revive Nagato, and arranged for Nagato who wanted to die clearly...


    "but¡­"


    Uehara Naraku thought of the guardian of the soul gem, and couldn''t help but flashed a thought in his heart: "As the current supreme leader of this Hydra, sacrifice our predecessors of Hydra, I don''t know if the soul gem will recognize it..."


    Ok¡­


    Now the guardian and guide of the soul gem is Red Skull, the leader of Hydra at its peak, and the nemesis of Captain America Steve Rogers...


    At the end of World War II, Steve Rogers and the Red Skull fought a battle. The Red Skull was sent to the location of the soul gem by the Rubik''s Cube, which also gave the Red Skull the power of immortality and the body of a half-human and half-ghost.


    The Red Skull on the planet Vormir has been away from the earth for a long time. He has no idea that there is a younger generation who is not willing to pay for his life. This former Hydra boss is still guarding Vormir conscientiously. star.


    "I don''t know if sacrificing the senior Red Skull will work..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed in his heart, this approach is probably not feasible, but if it succeeds, it will be a blood profit, and if it fails, it is just a loss of a Hydra senior...


    Anyway...


    Uehara Naraku had also killed many Hydra leaders long ago.


    Using a Red Skull as an experiment, there is really no psychological pressure on Naraku Uehara''s conscience, not to mention that Red Skull himself is also a person who likes to do experiments...


    "Just treat it as a sacrifice for the rise of Hydra..."


    Naraku Uehara thought of a reason, and slowly opened a space wormhole. Just as he was still thinking, he suddenly sensed something!


    Odin just died...


    Something happened just after the divine power seal on the earth disappeared!


    Earth.


    Nordic Norway.


    After Uehara Naraku defeated the Avengers, the earth basically declared that it had completely fallen into the control of Hydra and Akatsuki, and the superheroes quickly fell silent.


    Hulk Dr. Bruce Banner, Iron Man Tony Stark and War Machine James Lord chose to retire, only appearing occasionally to solve minor troubles.


    As for the rest of the Avengers...


    Naturally, they were all imprisoned after the end of Wakanda.


    As for the surprise captain Carol Danvers who was defeated by Uehara, she originally planned to stay and fight side by side with Nick Fury and others again.


    It''s just that Hydra and Uehara Naraku, the black hand behind the scenes, made Carol Danvers not dare to act rashly. He could only rescue Nick Fury and others from prison after regaining his strength, and chose to leave the earth temporarily to find The way to defeat Naraku Uehara.


    Nick Fury, Steve Rogers and others rejected the proposal to leave the earth with Carol Danvers. They will continue to stay on the earth and fight for opportunities to subvert Hydra, even if they live in hiding...


    to be honest.


    Fortunately, they chose to stay on Earth.


    Otherwise, they would not be able to survive in space at all.


    Because Carol Danvers''s laboratory spaceship was stolen, only a small survival capsule and a letter were left for her, mentioning that her laboratory spaceship was requisitioned by the Akatsuki organization...


    It''s true that when people are in adversity, everything goes wrong...


    This incident made Carol Danvers almost blown away. It was something left to her by her life mentor, Dr. Ma Will, and there were Skrulls and her little pets on it!


    certainly.


    Carol Danvers also didn''t think about going to trouble with Xiao''s organization at this time, firstly because she didn''t know Xiaoxiao''s whereabouts, and secondly because she also knew something from Nick Fury, the one who defeated her Naraku Uehara is just an intern organized by Akatsuki...


    A guy who can defeat her head-on is just an intern of the Akatsuki organization. There must be something in this so-called cosmic organization.


    and¡­


    Carol Danvers was still a little relieved, at least in this way she could have a reason to contact the Akatsuki organization, and maybe she could also join this so-called cosmic peace organization.


    Because Nick Fury told Carol one thing when Carol left the earth, that is, the Akatsuki organization wanted to invite Carol to join...


    If you can join the Akatsuki organization...


    Maybe you can learn how to defeat Uehara Naraku from the Akatsuki organization, and you can also replace Uehara Naraku''s position in the Akatsuki organization!


    It''s still a nice idea...


    However, this kind of thinking may not be able to come true for a while, because the members of the Akatsuki organization have temporarily left this universe after stealing the laboratory spacecraft...Only there is Ichimaru Gin on the earth who is an official member of Akatsuki, but unfortunately they don''t know .


    If Gin Ichimaru knew their plan, he would probably help out with all his heart, push Carol Danvers to join the Akatsuki organization, and then smash Carol''s mentality with a backhand knife...,


    However, Ichimaru Gin is very busy right now.


    Now Ichimaru Gin and Wanda are standing in Nordic Norway, quietly waiting for Hela, the goddess of death, to break through Odin''s seal and escape. Naturally, they want to recruit the goddess of death...


    pity¡­


    Hela, the goddess of death, doesn''t seem to appreciate it.


    The moment Odin, the king of the gods in Asgard, passed away, the seal of divine power on the earth was lifted instantly, and a woman exuding a terrifying aura appeared on the seashore.


    It was Hela, the goddess of death.


    Since she was imprisoned by Odin, she has been wearing away Odin''s seal, but Odin''s death allowed her to directly break the seal of divine power, allowing her to finally see the light of day again!


    "Congratulations to Your Highness Hela for breaking free from the seal..."


    Ichimaru Gin walked up with narrowed eyes and a smile.


    "Does anyone else know me?"


    Hela, who had just returned, slowly turned her head and looked at Ichimaru Gin. Her eyes were a little wanton looking at the god of death from another world.


    No need to search at all, Hela can perceive the weird soul energy on Gin Ichimaru, and she can''t help but smile at the corner of her mouth: "It''s such an interesting little thing..."


    "Odin, king of the gods, has fallen."


    Ichimaru Gin didn''t care about her wanton gaze, and said softly: "Maybe His Highness Hela wants to go back to Asgard to regain his throne, but I hope His Highness can wait here for a while, there is an adult who wants to see you ..."


    "Ok?"


    Hela couldn''t help tilting her head, her long hair was hanging down on her chest, the goddess of death''s eyes were obviously full of puzzlement and doubt, she squinted her eyes halfway: "I heard that right If so, you let me wait for someone here?"


    "certainly."


    Ichimaru smiled and nodded.


    For them, Gin Ichimaru thought he was polite enough; for Hela, Gin Ichimaru, the squinting little thing, was obviously provoking her!


    "never mind¡­"


    Hela looked up at the sky, slowly shook her head and said, "I''ll let you survive today, I don''t have time to waste..."


    Now that the nine kingdoms have completely converged, this also means that the channel connecting each other has been opened. Even if there is no channel for the Rainbow Bridge, Hela can return to Asgard!


    and¡­


    Hela is very aware of what the convergence of the nine kingdoms means. In addition to the link channel, there is also an ether particle that has been sealed for countless years will surface!


    Now is not the time to waste time waiting for someone!


    Just when Hella ignored Ichimaru Gin and flew straight into the air, Wanda suddenly manipulated a ball of red energy to grab her ankle, dragging her down abruptly!


    The one who made the move was Wanda!


    Caught off guard, Hela was directly thrown to the ground, but she supported the ground with one knee and one hand, barely letting herself fall too ugly!


    Wanda looked at Hela, the Goddess of Death, who was pulled back by her spiritual power, and a look of disgust flashed in her eyes: "It''s best to stay here obediently and wait for your lord to summon..."


    really can''t understand...


    Why did Uehara Naraku want to win Hela...


    Because this goddess of death is not as good-looking as her, and she must be too old, her body is not as good as her, and her strength does not seem to be very good...


    "Oh?"


    Hela maintained her body balance, raised her head to look at Wanda, and said with a chuckle, "Very powerful mental power, you should have come into contact with the Mind Stone?"


    "..."


    Wanda couldn''t help but frowned. What the hell is this Goddess of Death, Hela, and she revealed the source of her power with just one sentence!


    "What an impolite little thing..."


    Hela stood up slowly, and thorns gradually emerged from her hands: "The adult you mentioned seems to be contemptuous of Asgard...do you think you two can stop me? "


    Death energy radiated from her body little by little...


    The power of this goddess of death, who has been imprisoned for thousands of years, is rapidly recovering, even rising more and more!


    "Midgard''s power is too little..."


    Hela frowned slightly.


    Now she needs to return to Asgard as soon as possible, only if she stays in her hometown Asgard, will her strength recover faster and she will become stronger!


    But now...


    It''s better to get rid of these two little bugs that are blocking her first!


    As long as she is within the Nine Realms, this is her home field!


    Accompanied by the surging aura from the goddess of death, sharp black thorns spread wildly along the coast, turning this place into a kingdom of death in a blink of an eye!


    Ichimaru Gin and Wanda arrived desperately, and even wanted to fight back at one point, but was easily resisted by Hela with her immortal body...


    As long as Asgard exists...


    Hela will never die!


    Whether it is Ichimaru Gin or Wanda, both of them seem to underestimate their opponents a little too much. This goddess of death was once the god who truly led the army to conquer the Nine Realms. There were many powerful evil gods in the Nine Realms in that era!


    "What an unconscious little thing..."


    Hela raised two black thorns with her hands, and nailed Ichimaru Gin and Wanda to the ground. She squinted her eyes and sneered: "When my father, Odin, fell, there was no one in this world anymore." able to threaten me..."


    "That''s it..."


    A strange voice appeared behind Hela.


    It was Naraku Uehara.


    The young man in black leather walked out of the space wormhole with the voice. Just as Hela turned around, he suddenly raised his palm and grabbed at Hela!


    "Vientiane Tianyin!"


    A gravitational force suddenly pulled Hela!


    Uehara Naraku''s palm tightly clasped Hela''s neck, and lifted the goddess of death, his eyes were already light blue eyes of reincarnation.


    "What luck..."


    Uehara Naraku''s fingers pressed her neck, leaving a red mark, and his voice suddenly became calm: "I just killed your father Odin, his body was still hot just now... If you kill him again Would it be too cruel to kill his daughter?"


    "..."


    Hela''s struggling body froze suddenly!


    What does this person... mean!


    If you observe carefully, you can indeed sense that there are traces of Odin''s divine power on this guy who suddenly appeared. They should have experienced a fierce battle...


    There is even the burning breath of eternal fire!


    "do not be afraid."


    Uehara Naraku slowly put Hela down, and his palm moved away from Hela''s neck, stroking Hela''s cheek, and gently spoke to comfort the panicked Hela: "However, originally I wanted to take As soon as you go to receive my spoils Asgard, it''s a pity that you did something wrong..."


    "..."


    Obviously this guy''s voice became more and more gentle, but Hela only felt a little cold in her heart. She always felt that the palm touching her cheek would break her head!


    "Since I did something wrong..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly approached Hela, and his two pairs of gray eyes looked at each other, his voice became more and more gentle: "Then you must obediently pay the price for the mistakes you made, Your Highness also thinks so Bar?"


    "..."


    Hela nodded subconsciously.


    "Looks like we had a nice exchange."


    Naraku Uehara released another shock wave with his right hand, crushing the death forest that bound Ichimaru Gin and Wanda, and said: "Gin, Wanda, help to hang His Highness Hela up, and hang it by the sea for a week... "

 Chapter 792

    this person¡­


    There must be something wrong with the brain.


    Hela wanted to resist this humiliating punishment, but was slapped on the ground by Uehara Naraku, unable to get up even if she wanted to...


    The goddess of death, who was full of humiliation and unwillingness, was hung on a tree by the sea, and her heart was full of doubts about Uehara Naraku.


    This kind of punishment is harmless...


    It''s just extremely insulting to her, the goddess of death.


    Naraku Uehara held a juice straw in his mouth, and looked up at Hela on the tree boredly: "His Royal Highness, can you be a little more obedient? As long as you hang here obediently for a week, I will make you the king of Asgard... "


    "Asgard is too small!"


    With disheveled hair, Hela looked like a crazy woman. She bit her teeth and cast a death-like gaze at Uehara Naraku who was sitting under the tree: "I want to be the king of Asgard. Now I want to be the king of Asgard. You can do it yourself!"


    After finishing speaking, Hela changed the subject and said loudly: "As long as you put me down, I can cooperate with you to conquer the entire universe!"


    "This universe is too small..."


    Naraku Uehara shook his head slowly, and returned what he said just now to Hela: "As long as I want, I can now..."


    "asshole¡­"


    Hela felt like she was going crazy.


    If it wasn''t for her strength not fully recovered now...she really wanted to poke Uehara Naraku seven or eight holes, and hang him by the sea for a thousand years!


    certainly¡­


    Hela was also a little panicked.


    Because she vaguely thinks that even if she returns to Asgard and becomes stronger and stronger in Asgard, she doesn''t know when she will be able to compete with Uehara Naraku...


    This guy¡­


    It is too strong!


    Even her father, God King Odin, could not suppress her power lightly like Uehara Naraku!


    "You want Asgard, don''t you?"


    Uehara Naraku raised his palm towards the sky, and continued slowly: "It''s a pity, according to my bet with Odin, Asgard is already my territory..."


    "I won''t admit it..."


    "I''m not asking for your opinion."


    Uehara Naraku directly interrupted Hela''s words, his palm shot a black glow straight into the sky, and all the space along the way was wiped out by the black glow...


    After a few seconds.


    Just when Hela was still wondering what this guy was trying to do, the black glow quickly shrank back, which made people feel inexplicable...


    However¡­


    Until the black glow completely fell into Uehara Naraku''s palm, a delicate spherical decoration was held in his palm, inside was a beautiful fairyland...


    Hela recognized the appearance of that fairyland at a glance, because the most conspicuous building in that sphere was the towering fairy palace!


    That is the most gorgeous building in Asgard!


    "Asgard..."


    Hela''s pupils suddenly constricted, and her eyes were always a little panicked: "This is Asgard...you use Asgard''s space..."


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara nodded, looking intently at Asgard in his hand, there were even some ignorant figures walking around in it...


    Obviously.


    These Asgardians don''t know that their homeland has become a doll. No, it should be said that there is another person who knows, that is Heimdall who is in charge of the Rainbow Bridge of Asgard. Looking up at the sky by the Rainbow Bridge!


    Because in Heimdall''s sight...


    He saw a tall giant holding the whole of Asgard in his palm, using this fairyland as a plaything in his palm!


    "Did you find it? However, you alone can''t change anything..."


    Uehara Naraku looked at the astonished Heimdall, just smiled slightly at the corner of his mouth, and waved the ball in his palm into his own black hole universe.


    From then on.


    Asgard, the wonderland of the Nine Realms, disappeared into the universe. They will live in another universe, which may be a kind of luck for them.


    certainly.


    There are also several Asgardians living outside, such as Odin''s eldest daughter and two sons, and the Valkyrie Lucky who once escaped from Asgard.


    Just as Uehara Naraku was thinking about what it would be like for Sol and Loki to find out that their home had been stolen, he received a message in his brain, which originated from Akatsuki''s ring.


    that one...


    The ring he once gave to Gu Yi.


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes instantly turned into a pair of reincarnation eyes, and an illusory figure appeared in front of him under his control, it was Gu Yi who appeared through the magic lantern body technique.


    "Your Excellency the Supreme Master, have you finally figured it out?"


    Uehara Naraku tilted his head, looking at the compassionate Supreme Ancient One in his spare time: "I thought you would wait for a long time to figure it out..."


    "No, I want to say something else."


    Gu Yi shook his head slowly, raised his finger, a bright red liquid hovered around her fingertips, it looked like blood, but was as moving as a jewel.


    ether particles.


    Or rather, the fabled Reality Gem!


    Since the gathering of the Nine Kingdoms, Thor and Loki have rushed to the sealed place left by their grandfather, and took out the ether particles... But when they succeeded, they were hunted down by the dark elves.


    For this reason, Thor and Loki could not return to Asgard, so they could only flee to the New York Temple where the Supreme Mage was, and asked the Supreme Ancient One to expel the dark elves.


    After the ancient one expelled the dark elves, Thor couldn''t keep the ether particles. Regardless of Loki''s objection, he handed over the ether particles to the ancient one, hoping that the ancient one would help keep them...


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and continued: "Where are Sol and Loki now? Their sister is out of prison, why don''t you come and visit?"


    "..."


    Gu Yi silently shook his head.


    Uehara Naraku is not a big deal for watching the excitement. Anyone who knows the history of Asgard must understand that Sol and Hela will definitely fight when they meet...


    this man...


    Do you just like watching brothers and sisters fight each other so much?


    Now that this guy has taken Asgard blatantly, he wants to instigate the masters of Asgard to kill each other here? This is a bit unreasonable!


    Gu Yi looked at Uehara Naraku''s expression, thought for a while, and finally told Thor''s whereabouts: "There are some problems, they are searching for the whereabouts of the dark elves..."


    "Tell me in detail."


    Uehara Naraku took a sip of the juice and said softly: "Please explain in as much detail as possible, I still have a lot of time."


    "¡­Ok."


    Gu Yi sighed helplessly.


    In order to protect the ether particles from being used by the evil dark elves, the Ancient One expelled the leader of the dark elves, Malekith, and wanted to send them back to the dark kingdom.


    As a result, there was a problem in the middle...


    Dormammu of the Dark Dimension has long been lurking in this world. This Dark Overlord and the Ancient One Mage confronted each other in a different dimension, subdued those guys who are good at using dark energy, and bestowed his power on Malekith and others. A group of dark elves.


    Malekith''s purpose is very pure, and he wants to get the ether particles from the ancient one again, and rewrite the entire universe into a dark kingdom by influencing reality.


    Dormammu''s purpose is even simpler.


    This dark overlord has only one purpose, and that is to conquer all worlds and plunge all worlds into the dark dimension!


    In theory...


    This is Uehara Naraku''s colleague.


    Because Uehara Naraku''s purpose is to collect the planets of this world into his own black hole universe, but Uehara Naraku is not picky like Dormammu.


    Uehara is a little more picky.


    Every planet that enters the black hole universe must be personally selected by Naraku Uehara, perhaps a planet with special significance.


    That guy Domamu is hungry.


    "Just get rid of Dormammu''s threat..."


    Master Gu Yi slid the ether particles with his fingertips, and said calmly: "I can give you the ether particles... I can even join Xiao according to your wishes."


    "Just to solve Dormammu?"


    "yes."


    The ancient one nodded and continued: "If there are other enemies in this world, it will be the next generation of supreme mage Strange..."


    "That''s it..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head self-consciously, and suddenly said: "Is there no other reason? For example, if I don''t make a move, you want to exchange ether particles for time gems or something..."


    "unnecessary."


    Master Gu Yi shook his head calmly, staring at Uehara Naraku with gentle eyes, as if he could see through everything: "Because I know, there is no need to talk about anything else between us."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku fell silent strangely.


    It has to be said that this supreme mage has a good vision, she is very clear about Uehara Naraku''s request, she can see what Uehara Naraku wants.


    "Really...you see through..."


    Naraku Uehara clutched his forehead helplessly, his eyes looked through his fingers at the ancient mage who was in the magic lamp state: "then, supreme ancient one, welcome to join Xiao, from now on, Xiangyun black robe will be envelop your life..."


    "..."


    The ancient master was silent for a while.


    Because at this time, she didn''t know how to strike up a conversation with her, so how should she answer the second grade?


    But Master Gu Yi knew one thing very well, that is, when facing a boss like Uehara Naraku, he must not stand coldly. Once Naraku Uehara feels embarrassed...


    For the world, it is basically a disaster.


    Master Gu Yi looked at Naraku Uehara, who expressed his welcome sincerely. Just as she was trying to think about how to answer, a black hole passage suddenly appeared in the New York Temple...


    An auspicious cloud black robe fell down.


    "..."


    Ancient One was silent again.


    Since he didn''t know much about Akatsuki''s situation, Gu Yi thought that there would be some important ceremony. It turned out that Uehara Naraku just gave her a uniform...


    "Okay, I''m going to deal with Dormammu."


    Naraku Uehara watched Gu Yi put on the Xiangyun black robe, nodded with satisfaction, and gave his first order: "As for you, please help me comfort Sol and Loki! I promised Odin, keep them alive..."

 Chapter 793

    Dormammu is actually in a pretty good mood.


    As the master of a dark dimension, it has always been eager to expand its territory, and it just so happens that this universe has always been its prey.


    As a result, for so many years, there have been two kinds of monsters in this universe, the Supreme Mage and the King of Gods, which directly led to the failure of Dormammu''s plan...


    Now¡­


    It finally waited for the perfect opportunity.


    The nine kingdoms gathered here, Odin, the king of the gods, fell, and the hidden dark kingdom appeared, and the supreme mage Gu Yi was injured by an unknown little guy...


    Canadian border.


    In a world of ice and snow.


    A group of dark elves stood curled up in the snow.


    A crack appeared in the sky, and a thick dark energy suddenly protruded from the crack, changing instantly like a branch, and the branches ruthlessly pierced into the backs of the heads of the dark elves, inputting the dark energy into their bodies!


    "Go!"


    A giant eye manifests in the rift.


    It is Dormammu, the master of the dark dimension!


    Dormammu looked at the group of dark elves on the ground that he had just lured to take refuge in it, and an ethereal voice echoed in the ears of these dark elves: "Go, elves, use the power I bestow on you to kill the Supreme Ancient One!" , let darkness cover everything..."


    With the intrusion of dark energy, the appearance of a group of dark elves gradually became ugly and vicious, and their aura became more and more terrifying...


    As Dormammu''s order came into mind, the group of dark elves ran towards the distance quickly, and their destination was the direction of the New York Temple.


    certainly¡­


    Dormammu didn''t count on these dark elves.


    To it, these dark elves are just victims used to delay the ancient time, what it has to do is to use this time to open a space channel!


    Let your true power descend from the dark dimension!


    Just as Dormammu began to use dark energy to expand the space channel little by little, the giant eye that existed in the space crack saw the dazzling golden light!


    That golden light is like the sun!


    The next moment, golden lights radiated all over the place!


    This golden light pierced through the dark elves who had been infused with energy one by one, and shattered the group of dark elves who had been sacrificed!


    "who¡­"


    The giant eyes in the cracks in the void suddenly widened.


    "Dormammu!"


    Accompanied by the shining golden light, a young man dressed in black leather appeared in front of the crack in the void, and the young man''s loud voice echoed throughout the land!


    "Dormam, I''m here to help you!"


    This sentence sounds really soul-stirring!


    If Dormammu hadn''t witnessed this young man destroying all its chess pieces with one blow, and even the energy aura revealed by the young man was deeper than its dark dimension, maybe Dormammu would really be willing to believe that this young man came to help him. of¡­


    after all¡­


    The tone of this young man''s speech is extremely firm!


    Not only did the young man''s tone of voice be firm, but even his actions were extremely decisive!


    After this guy arrived here in an instant, he just said a word to Domamu, and a huge blue energy burst out of him, and in a blink of an eye, a thousand-meter-high giant Susano enveloped him his body!


    The blue giant Susan suddenly opened his hands, grabbed both ends of the void crack, and tore the space barrier forcefully, trying to expand the void crack!


    Endless dark energy gushes out from the crack...


    However, no matter how much dark energy there is, it cannot corrode the thousand-meter-high Giant Susan, and even those dark energies leaking from the dark dimension are absorbed by Giant Susan in just a moment, without hurting it at all...


    "Wait, don''t come here yet..."


    Dormammu saw that Giant Susan was indeed helping to expand the space channel, as if he really wanted it to descend on the earth. There must be something wrong here!


    Dormammu, the master of darkness, didn''t feel the joy of having an extra helper in his heart, but panicked out of thin air: "Wait, don''t come here, little thing, your name is Uehara Naraku, right? What''s wrong with you?" There may be such a powerful energy..."


    As the dark master who has been lurking and observing in this world for a long time, Dormammu has also seen Uehara Naraku before, and even knows that he is a superhero...


    But Dormammu didn''t pay much attention to it, because whenever it detected Uehara Naraku, it would subconsciously ignore this person, thinking that this person was no threat...


    In fact, it''s not just Dormammu.


    Anyone who wants to detect the existence of Uehara Naraku will only be blinded by his use of the black hole universe. All they know is what Uehara Naraku can allow them to investigate.


    "Does it scare you?"


    Uehara Naraku stood among the crystals on the forehead of the giant Susan, he slowly smoothed the monstrous momentum overflowing from the giant''s body, and gently comforted Dormammu: "Don''t worry, Dormammu, I''m really here help you..."


    While talking, Naraku Uehara manipulated the giant Susan to slowly tear open a huge gap in the void, and the huge dark energy was vented more and more...


    "stop!"


    Dormammu loudly wanted to stop Uehara Naraku''s actions, and his dull voice was mixed with anger: "Fate will put a price on everything you get... If you are looking for me to cooperate, first explain clearly what your conditions are! "


    "Really, what are the conditions..."


    Uehara Naraku gazed through the crack in the void, looking at the dark dimension at the other end of the crack, and couldn''t help showing a smile on his face: "After all, I am not here to negotiate... Ha, Dormammu, the planes and planets you collected are different. Less!"


    have to say¡­


    Dormammu''s collection is really rich.


    As a master of darkness across the ages, Dormammu has been eroding the worlds that the dark dimension can touch in order to expand his power and territory.


    therefore¡­


    There are many planets in the dark dimension.


    These planets, which were introduced into the dark dimension by Dormammu for countless years, have been completely occupied by Dormammu''s dark believers, and have become one of Dormammu''s sources of power.


    to be honest¡­


    Dormammu''s collection is much richer than Uehara Naraku''s.


    "what you up to?"


    Although the illusory giant eye condensed by Dormammu is as large as a star, the thousand-meter-high giant Susan looks like a tiny bug in front of its eyes...


    Dormammu''s giant eyes stared at the giant Susan, for fear that the giant would make any changes. It didn''t think that such a guy exuding the horror of the abyss would be a good thing!


    inexplicably...


    Dormammu felt the breath of the same kind from Naraku Uehara. This guy seems to be the same kind in the hunting world, maybe stronger than him!


    "I don''t think you''re here to help me..."


    Dormammu''s voice was full of vigilance, and spears of dark energy gathered around its giant eyes, as if they might rush out at any time: "If you really want to cooperate, as long as you can give me Satisfactory conditions, I can promise to carve up this world with you, anyway, it¡¯s just a world to us..."


    "Okay, now that you''ve said that, let''s talk first..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face seemed a little helpless, he shook his head and sighed: "I just opened the space channel for you, and then dragged you to this world to beat you up, and then let you go back to the dark dimension obediently... "


    "...you bastard!"


    Dormammu''s voice instantly became irritable!


    The bastard! Before this bastard speaks, can he think about it a little bit, is what he said human?


    Does this bastard know how many years it has been staring at this world? For so many years, it has been almost always blasted by the Supreme Mage, but it never gave up...


    Just got beaten up...


    Could it be that it can''t stand this kind of thing and give up?


    "Don''t be angry, I haven''t finished yet..."


    Naraku Uehara quickly calmed Dormammu''s emotions with a gentle voice, and persuaded softly: "Dormammu, after I really saw you, especially after seeing what is in your dark dimension, I suddenly changed my mind... "


    "What''s the meaning?"


    Dormammu''s voice was still mixed with fury, but its emotions seemed to have eased a lot, perhaps because Uehara Naraku finally started to speak human words...


    It turns out.


    The Lord of Darkness is still too naive.


    Just as Dormammu was thinking about how Naraku Uehara would change his mind, how they should get along with each other in future cooperation, and how the dark master should find an opportunity to trick Naraku Uehara, a blue sword light Suddenly hit!


    The thousand-meter-high giant Susan suddenly pulled out the Sword of Susan from his waist, and slashed at Dormammu''s giant eye, forcibly splitting the giant eye in two!


    Uehara Naraku controlled the giant Susan to finish all this. Seeing Dormammu roaring in the crack of the void, he calmly raised the sword of Susan again!


    "What I''m thinking now..."


    "Just to beat you first..."


    "Then let''s discuss the ownership of the dark dimension..."


    When Uehara Naraku said this, his eyes did not hide his praise: "After all, it is rare to see so many high-quality planets gathered here..."

 Chapter 794

    Dormammu was in a bad mood.


    If a powerful person breaks into your home with a knife and praises that there are many valuable things piled up in your home, how will the owner of the home feel at this time?


    That''s how Dormammu feels right now.


    This master of darkness has been plundering worlds and planets, and has accumulated these collections and sources of power in his own dark dimension, which is not for people to appreciate!


    Uehara Naraku certainly didn''t come to appreciate it.


    "Speaking of which, the two of us are also colleagues..."


    Uehara Naraku glanced at Domamu, who had split into two giant eyes, and couldn''t help looking at the densely packed planets, sighing softly: "I also like to keep many planets as my collection, they are also my source of strength... "


    In a sense, there is no difference between Uehara Naraku and Domamu, one depends on the power of the black hole universe, and the other depends on the power of the dark dimension.


    indeed.


    The two of them are peers.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the planet in the dark dimension, and re-controlling Susano raised the giant sword in his hand, and sighed faintly: "But... I... what I hate the most is my colleagues!"


    As Uehara Naraku''s voice fell, Susano swung the giant sword in his hand violently, and slashed a series of vast slashes, slashing towards the entire dark dimension space!


    Whether it''s those planets...


    Or the dark energy floating in the space...


    All of them were smashed to pieces by a series of azure blue slashes!


    "stop!"


    Dormammu''s giant eyes condensed quickly, manipulating the dark energy into a huge circular barrier, trapping Uehara Naraku''s Susano in place!


    Click!


    The sound of the barrier shattering was extremely loud, and the entire dark barrier hadn''t survived for a second before it was smashed to pieces by Susano within it!


    Uehara Naraku ignored Dormammu, but calmly manipulated Susano under him and raised his palm, and small spiral-shaped flying blades appeared in Susano''s hand!


    These tiny spiral flying blades flew to all parts of the dark dimension in a blink of an eye, blasting this dead and barren space to pieces!


    This alone is not enough...


    The red light rose from Xu Zuo''s hand again, appearing in the dark dimension like a blood moon, and bursts of red light shot out in an instant!


    The endless dark energy was almost washed away under the baptism of the red lights, and even Dormammu couldn''t sense the existence of the dark energy!


    the bastard...


    What are you doing here!


    Uehara Naraku looked at the dark dimension after being cleaned, and slowly dismissed Susano, and also put away the red light in Susano''s hand...


    It is the ether particle.


    In other words, it should be called a reality gem.


    As long as he has enough energy support, he can use the Reality Gem to rewrite all known realities and change the world into what he wants to see...


    Uehara Naraku just used the Reality Gem to directly rewrite everything that exists in the dark dimension, and he can easily completely control the situation, which is why his own power is strong enough...


    Even if Gu Yi and Odin were to use the reality gems, they would not be able to directly rewrite the entire dark dimension like Uehara Naraku. According to their power, they could only change the reality of a planet.


    "mix¡­"


    "What the hell are you..."


    "What do you want to do!"


    Dormammu''s illusory spirit body stared at Naraku Uehara with giant eyes, and roared at Uehara violently. Almost anyone could hear the anger and panic mixed in it from its voice!


    "Don''t worry..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, his fingertips twirled a red gem, and whispered softly: "I just came to test whether the thing Gu Yi gave me is real..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku glanced at the empty dark dimension again, and nodded with satisfaction: "It looks like it should be the real thing..."


    "That Guy Gu Yi asked you to come!"


    Dormammu''s voice instantly became heavy!


    "I made a deal with Gu Yi."


    Naraku Uehara had no intention of hiding anything, and continued playing with the red gemstone on his fingertips, continuing: "Gu Yi chose to agree to my conditions, become my subordinate, and give this thing to me. She only offered one condition, which is Let me find a way so that you can no longer erode any corner of this world..."


    "That little thing..."


    Dormammu gritted his teeth a little bit.


    For so many years, it has been fighting with Gu Yi for so long, and it still has some sympathetic respect for Gu Yi, a dead-headed supreme mage...


    Unexpectedly, Gu Yi would lose his dignity and seek refuge with others!


    Isn''t this leading wolves into the house!


    Even if it, the master of darkness, invaded the world, it was nothing more than a search of planets. The guy in front of him who can easily clear the dark dimension is much more dangerous than him!


    Gu Yi''s brain is not enough!


    certainly¡­


    But it worked.


    At least Dormammu knew he had to give up.


    Now its dark dimension does not know how long it will take to recover...


    Its spiritual power in front of it must not be able to compete with Uehara Naraku. Although Dormammu is immortal, he does not want to lose his power in vain. It has to erode other planes to restore power as soon as possible. As for this world, it is not worth it...


    Dormammu immediately finished thinking about the gains and losses in his heart, and said in a deep voice: "Okay, I agree to your conditions, and the energy of the dark dimension will not appear here again..."


    "Don''t worry..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly interrupted Domamu, and said slowly: "Why don''t you appear here? I welcome you here... Domamu, although we are colleagues, who said that we are colleagues? Can''t we cooperate?"


    "Ok?"


    Dormammu turned his mind again, and his voice finally relaxed: "So now you want to cooperate with me to annex this world?"


    If it''s this kind of cooperation...


    In fact, Dormammu felt that he was not unacceptable!


    certainly¡­


    More than acceptable!


    If Uehara Naraku chooses to abandon Gu Yi and choose to cooperate with it, it will simply turn Dormammu''s Jedi back. It can even think of how ugly that guy''s face will be when he sees Gu Yi again in the future!


    It''s just a pity...


    Someone is not a friendly partner.


    Hearing Dormammu''s cooperation method, Uehara Naraku''s face flashed a touch of disgust: "It''s so naive, Dormammu, is your lack of thinking to such an extent? Your guts are too small, right? ?¡±


    "bring it on¡­"


    "Let me show you..."


    "What is the correct way of cooperation!"


    When he said this, Uehara Naraku suddenly raised his palm again, and a ball of red light flew out of his hand, rewriting the reality of the dark dimension again in a blink of an eye!


    After just a few seconds...


    The entire dark dimension has returned to its original appearance!


    Just after the dark dimension was restored, a black light appeared from behind Naraku Uehara, turning into a huge space channel, frantically absorbing all the planets in the dark dimension!


    While manipulating the black hole to absorb the planet, Uehara Naraku looked up at Dormammu who became furious again, and defeated Dormammu''s spirit body with one finger!


    "That''s how we work together."


    Naraku Uehara watched Domamu''s spiritual body recover, defeated it again with one finger, and continued softly: "Whenever you capture a planet or world, bring them all to me, and let me choose myself I like it... Do you understand, Dormammu."

 Chapter 795

    Get yourself out there hunting planets¡­


    Come back and hand over the best planet among the prey to Uehara Naraku?


    What kind of shit cooperation is this!


    Isn''t this letting this dark master be a dog!


    "Little thing, who do you think you are!"


    A cloud of colorful energy spewed out of Dormammu''s mouth in an instant, and it wanted to take advantage of its fury to attack and destroy Naraku Uehara!


    pat...


    Uehara Naraku looked at the flying dark energy, and suddenly snapped his fingers, and a strange green light surrounded his wrist!


    At the same time, the gem of reality also shot out a red light, which wrapped around Uehara Naraku''s wrist together, and the energy of time and reality quietly converged!


    "Let me think about how the time loop should be used..."


    Uehara Naraku raised his hand and shot out a ball of golden light, which directly defeated the dark energy. The golden light in his palm directly penetrated the dark energy, and rushed towards Domamu''s spirit body again!


    In an instant, Domamu''s spiritual body became riddled with holes!


    Even the golden light in Uehara Naraku''s hand didn''t know what kind of weird energy it was, which made Dormammu, the master of darkness, feel the burning pain!


    "Ah ah ah ah ah¡­"


    Painful roars echoed in the dark dimension!


    While quickly recovering his spirit body, Dormammu re-gathered its strength angrily, and it opened its mouth and spewed out a cloud of dark energy towards Uehara Naraku!


    next second...


    The same scene happened again...


    Naraku Uehara raised his hand to defeat the dark energy with golden light, and the undiminished golden light penetrated Domamu''s spiritual body again, and the burning pain swept Domamu''s mind again!


    It''s that familiar feeling again...


    Dormammu regained his body again, and once again spewed a cloud of colorful dark energy at Uehara Naraku violently, and knew what would happen in the next scene without even thinking about it!


    "What exactly is going on!"


    Dormammu watched in shock as his body was penetrated by the golden light again, trying to suppress his impulse, but it instinctively began to condense dark energy in its mouth...


    "This should be my time loop?"


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows, raised his hand for the fourth time to defeat Domamu''s dark energy, and then defeated Domamu''s spirit body, and explained calmly: "I optimized this ability a little bit, intercepted a section Your most painful moment, then fix this time, and use the power of the time gem and the reality gem to repeat it, to be honest, the principle is a bit like the illusion used by one of my subordinates..."


    Because pure time doesn''t really work for them.


    Whether it is Naraku Uehara or Domamu, even though they are all within the time loop, they all retain the memory of the previous loop.


    This is the scary thing about high-dimensional creatures.


    This is also the sadness of high-dimensional creatures.


    If every time Dormammu is wounded, its memory will be automatically deleted at the moment of the time loop, it is estimated that Dormammu will not care about this time loop...


    However¡­


    Sadly, Dormammu''s mind has the memory of each time loop, and it has to watch itself get beaten repeatedly in this time loop!


    "Tell me, after the cycle..."


    A trace of anxiety appeared in Dormammu''s giant spiritual eyes. It subconsciously gathered dark energy to attack Uehara Naraku again, and was easily defeated by Uehara Naraku again...


    "And then it goes on and on like this!"


    Naraku Uehara cast a look indifferently, and explained slowly: "Actually, I used to do this kind of thing often, so I don''t feel bored, and my technique is much more proficient now than before..."


    "There was someone who offended me before, and I had to kill that person one hundred and one times as punishment. I thought he would be killed by me and fall into a nightmare doubting his life..."


    "But a strong man is a strong man after all. I didn''t expect that guy to be able to shift his body by one millimeter every time I killed him, so as to maintain his will..."


    After Uehara Naraku finished talking about these old things, his voice suddenly became serious: "But... this kind of thing won''t happen in the future..."


    "It''s a time loop!"


    "This is history that I have already set!"


    "Everything will happen as planned, and there will be no deviations in anything. This is an ability that is countless times more perfect than my Izanami illusion!"


    "..."


    Dormammu wanted to curse while being beaten.


    It doesn''t care at all what the Izanami illusion under Naraku Uehara is, it just wants to know how to break this time loop!


    certainly¡­


    Dormammu cares more about one thing!


    Domamu was beaten for a while in silence, and suddenly said: "The man you killed more than a hundred times... how did you treat that man in the end?"


    "In the end? I didn''t do anything to him..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head indifferently, and said softly: "Because he promised me and was willing to offer his loyalty to me."


    "..."


    Dormammu was silent again.


    The master of darkness watched the golden light in Uehara Naraku''s hand strike again according to the law, defeating its dark energy, and smashing its spirit body into pieces...


    Dormammu endured the burning pain that swept through his mind, and gritted his teeth to maintain his will: "Let''s talk... Tell me about your conditions!"


    "Don''t worry..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, and explained: "This is the first time I have used the ability of time loop, and I want to try other things, for example, I want to destroy and devour the entire dark dimension, and then freeze time in the dark dimension The moment you are destroyed and disappear, let me see how you will perish, and I will repeat the process of your demise..."


    "...I agree to your terms!"


    Dormammu let out a dull growl, and directly interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words. It didn''t want to discuss this terrifying topic with Uehara Naraku!


    This guy¡­


    How can you say something like destroying a dimension lightly!


    This guy clearly knows that a dimension is equivalent to a universe, doesn''t he know how many people live in it? Even if these people are its believers...


    Once the dark dimension is destroyed, it, the master of darkness, can only go to perish. This bastard actually wants its demise process to enter the time loop...


    that sense of powerlessness...


    Dormammu had seen it with his own eyes in other planes, so he swore that he would never go to the kind of silence when the universe collapsed and died!


    "Do you choose to agree?"


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to stop the time loop, frowned and said, "I don''t seem to have told you about my current conditions, right? Now I want to modify the conditions, after all, you are as weak as Odin Same¡­"


    "you!"


    damn it¡­


    when¡­


    Odin, the king of the gods, has also become a weak adjective!


    In the past, in order to show its own strength in this universe, Dormammu always used Odin as a synonym for its strength, and it always liked to call itself stronger than Odin!


    result¡­


    Now some say it''s as weak as Odin!


    Dormammu tried his best to suppress his anger, and continued in a deep voice: "If I hunt planets in other planes, I will give you everything you want in them. Isn''t this kind of cooperation enough? Isn''t it you? Did you ask for it!"


    "This kind of cooperation is too low-level..."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted Dormammu, he slowly raised his head to look at Dormammu, a kind smile suddenly appeared in his eyes: "You are afraid of your own dark dimension going to perish, that''s why you keep hunting other worlds , I can now give you a chance..."


    The black hole space behind Naraku Uehara quickly opened up, covering the entire dark dimension in a blink of an eye, and there was a touch of bewilderment in his voice: "Dormammu...join me...just join me...you don''t have to worry about this in the future Kind of a thing... I can make your dark dimension a certain dimension that exists in my universe..."


    "..."


    Dormammu wanted to curse again.


    As a master of darkness, it has always been the one who lures and bewitches others to fall for power. Today, someone is bewitching it...


    "This kind of opportunity is rare."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Dormammu leisurely, and said softly: "Dormamur, you are very lucky, this time you met a kind person like me, who knows if you will meet more terrifying enemies in the future? ?¡±


    "I¡­"


    Dormammu still wanted to curse.


    As the master of the dark dimension, how could it encounter enemies that could threaten it? This guy is clearly the only exception, okay?


    Can''t fight but still can''t hide?


    This time, it had an accident of its own, and was captured by Naraku Uehara at the coordinates of the dark dimension, and as a result, this bastard invaded its territory...


    Uehara Naraku looked at the silent Dormammu and tirelessly persuaded: "For a high-dimensional creature like you, only existence is the most important thing..."


    "..."


    Dormammu really wanted to curse out loud.


    Compared with those ordinary people on the earth, its existence does not have those consciousnesses at all, and the most important thing is that thinking can exist.


    This is also a normal thinking dominated by a dimension.


    but!


    These things don''t mean they''re not important!


    Even if it is the master of the dark dimension, occasionally it will be replaced by the way of thinking of ordinary people, why should everything be taken away from it!


    but¡­


    And but...


    That is, Uehara Naraku, this bastard is a bit dangerous.


    Because this bastard seems to have found a different kind of fun here, like he found some interesting collectibles...


    After Dormammu was silent for a long time, its giant-eyed spirit body stared at the smiling Uehara Naraku, and its voice was suddenly a little sad.


    "you are right¡­"


    "For us..."


    "Existence is the most important thing..."

 Chapter 796

    New York Temple.


    Master Gu Yi was in a very relaxed mood.


    After the supreme mage negotiated the terms with Uehara Naraku, she no longer worried about the trouble of Dormammu''s invasion. She sat in the roof garden of the temple and chatted with Sol and Loki brothers.


    Thor held the small teacup, casually gulped it down, and said with a sad face, "Asgard''s Rainbow Bridge broke again, and I don''t know what Heimdall is doing...Your Excellency Ancient One, can you help us?" Have you reached Asgard?"


    This time the situation is a little more troublesome than in the past.


    Sol has no way to contact Asgard at all, and even Loki, a little clever brother, has no way to contact Asgard.


    What does it mean?


    Had his old father exiled the two brothers?


    The Ancient One mage was silent for a while, then slowly shook his head and said: "Sorry, I can''t do it either, maybe His Excellency Odin hopes that the two Highnesses can leave his wings..."


    This answer is a bit dry.


    It was really hard to satisfy Saul.


    Thor''s face rolled up instantly, and he slammed his fist on the table: "But Asgard is our home..."


    "..."


    Gu Yi was silent again for a while, slowly picked up the teacup, and then slowly lowered his head: "A warm home is the most comfortable grave of heroes... This world will change, and His Excellency Odin cannot grasp it. You brothers have found the most suitable path."


    "It sounds like he has something else planned that we don''t know about..."


    Loki scratched the table with his fingers, and his eyes were full of evil intentions: "He put us on the earth, did he want us to become the king of the earth?"


    "That joke is not funny."


    Gu Yi smiled and shook his head.


    Just when the supreme mage was about to say something, she suddenly seemed to sense something, and suddenly raised her hand to open a space channel around her.


    "Your Highness, please leave here temporarily!"


    Gu Yi''s expression gradually became solemn, and he said in a deep voice: "Sorry, the temple can''t protect you two anymore... Maybe, we can only look forward to another supreme mage meeting you two one day."


    "what happened¡­"


    Before Thor could speak, the space gate passed through him and Loki, sending the two of them directly to the Avengers base on Earth.


    Or¡­


    This should be the underground base of the neutral Avengers.


    The Avengers of the whole earth are completely divided into three factions.


    Uehara Naraku and Scarlet Witch Wanda are of course the official Avengers; the rest of Captain America Steve Rogers and others are rebels; Iron Man Tony Stark, War Machine James Rhodes and Hulk Dr. Bruce Banner It''s a centrist.


    When Sol and Loki were still in a daze, they opened their eyes and saw Tony Stark, Bruce Banner and others who were full of surprises. They warmly welcomed the two guests from Asgard who came from afar , welcome them to join the neutral faction dedicated to peace...


    It''s outrageous.


    certainly.


    There are even more outrageous things on the side of the New York Temple.


    Just as the Ancient One sent Sol and the Loki brothers away, a black space wormhole appeared, and two figures quietly appeared beside her.


    The young man was still in the black leather jacket, and it was Uehara Naraku who had just finished the battle; as for the other person who was wearing the auspicious cloud black robe, his face was full of illusion and emptiness, and the energy aura emanating from his body could not help but Let Gu Yi feel a little lost...


    This¡­


    This is Dormammu, right?


    "introduce."


    Naraku Uehara pointed at Domamu who looked like an illusory human body beside him, looked at Gu Yi who was a little lost, spread his hands helplessly and said: "Okay, maybe there is no need to introduce, anyway, the two of you will be Akatsuki''s colleagues in the future..."


    "Humph¡­"


    Dormammu snorted coldly to express his dissatisfaction.


    After being a little dazed, Mage Gu Yi soon regained her sobriety, with a smile on the corner of her mouth: "It seems that our future life will be very interesting..."


    "okokokok¡­"


    Uehara Naraku nodded not sincerely, and said slowly: "I hope the two of you can let go of the past grievances and work together, otherwise it will be very difficult for me..."


    "yes."


    Master Gu Yi smiled and agreed.


    Dormammu''s illusory spirit body was silent for a while before slowly nodding, because its dark dimension had been absorbed by Uehara Naraku''s black hole universe, and this master of darkness was the one who really couldn''t get rid of Uehara Naraku''s control.


    However, this matter is not without benefits for Domamu, because it has also become the number two person in Uehara Naraku''s black hole universe, and can even use some of the capabilities of the black hole universe under the authorization of Uehara Naraku...


    simply put.


    Dormammu became a real management dog.


    From now on, as long as Uehara Naraku is not offended, Dormammu can walk sideways in this world. Of course, he can actually walk sideways in the past...


    Now with the addition of Dormammu and Ancient One, the Akatsuki organization seems to be able to take some more aggressive measures. It can completely force Thanos to take the only two Infinity Stones left in the universe as soon as possible.


    "Okay, let''s go to the new base..."


    Uehara Naraku raised his finger and began to sense the location of the space laboratory where the Akatsuki organization is currently located. It was the hometown of Captain Marvel that he had arranged for Uchiha Madara and others to take advantage of the war.


    "Wait a mininute."


    Master Gu Yi interrupted Uehara Naraku''s words, and said softly: "I still need to arrange some things. I must find a successor to take on the inheritance of Kama Taj and the supreme mage..."


    Although she chose to seek refuge with Uehara Naraku, she could not ignore the entire Karma Taj, not to mention that she had already chosen the successor of the supreme mage.


    This statement sounds a little unfaithful.


    But Uehara Naraku didn''t care about this little thing, he had already met the future supreme mage Dr. Strange during the New York War.


    "Useless inheritance."


    Dormammu couldn''t help but sneered. According to the grievances between this guy and the Supreme Mage, it is estimated that he will never abandon his discrimination against magicians.


    "Don''t say that, Dormammu..."


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, looked at Gu Yi and said, "I really hope to see Kama Taj become our subordinate organization to provide us with a steady stream of talents, just like Hydra and the Avengers. Your Excellency Gu Yi can also help me take care of Yin and Wanda on Earth..."


    "yes."


    The ancient master lowered his head slightly.


    "All right."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, turned around and took Domamu into a dark wormhole: "The earth is in your hands, just so I went to meet another new member of the organization, a member who wants to take my place ..."


    Yes.


    A member who wants to take Uehara Naraku''s place.


    A woman who is obviously a little ignorant of the heights of the sky and the earth.

 Chapter 797

    in space.


    Akatsuki''s new experimental base.


    Since the Akatsuki organization occupied this experimental base full of technological wind, many members of Akatsuki have been transferred to accept the technology of these new worlds.


    In addition, in order to protect this new base, the top combat forces of the Akatsuki organization are also stationed here, mainly because this group of guys are not familiar with the new world, and they are still taking over all of the experimental base from the Skrulls. Action matters.


    As a result, at this time, the surprise captain Carol Danvers came to this base, seeking to join the Akatsuki organization, and wanted to replace Naraku Uehara.


    Everyone in the Akatsuki organization was stunned!


    Where did this guy come from!


    "Naraku Uehara is not qualified to be a representative of the earth."


    Carol Danvers looked at the people in the Akatsuki organization. She could feel the powerful aura of these guys, and she still kept calm and explained her reasons: "I heard that Akatsuki is a peaceful organization. Naraku Uehara became After he became a member of Akatsuki, he carried out a reign of terror on the earth in the name of Akatsuki, and his actions should have damaged Akatsuki''s reputation..."


    "Oh?"


    Uchiha Madara sat on the main seat, and couldn''t help but put his head on his hands, with a playful smile on his face: "Speaking of which, that brat is indeed not a good person, and I agree with your opinion..."


    Ok¡­


    Although Naraku Uehara is really not a good thing, there must be some kind of problem with the IQ of the Ms. Captain Marvel in front of her.


    In fact...


    Captain Marvel didn''t even know that compared to Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Madara, who is now sitting on the main seat, has actually lower moral quality.


    certainly.


    In terms of treating Uehara Naraku, Uchiha Madara and Captain Marvel are consistent.


    In other words, except for those original members, the views of most people in the entire Akatsuki organization are consistent with those of Captain Marvel.


    Uchiha Madara, Senju Hashirama, One Piece King Gol D. Roger, Whitebeard Edward Newgate, Captain Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni, King of the Void Circle, Aizen Soyousuke, all of these have been in their own The all-powerful figures in the world are looking at Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers, with complicated emotions at this moment, as if they saw themselves in the past...


    Ok¡­


    Another victim appeared.


    "Little guy, in fact, many people hate Naraku Uehara''s style."


    Yamamoto Motoyakusai Shigekuni squinted his eyes, followed Captain Marvel''s words to belittle Uehara Naraku, then suddenly changed the subject and shook his head dullly: "But...it''s a pity...we can''t fire him now gone."


    "why!"


    "Gu la la la..."


    The tall, white-bearded Edward Newgate laughed loudly, raised his head and took a sip of wine, and said loudly, "Who made that brat get the help of two big men!"


    Aizen Soyousuke spread out his palms, and added softly: "If you could have come earlier, maybe we would have known Uehara Naraku''s nature, and we could have wiped out the scourge of the world in advance... It''s a pity, we have nothing to do now. "


    "What big shot?"


    Captain Marvel raised an eyebrow.


    "The leader of Akatsuki''s previous generation, because of the earth, he inexplicably valued Uehara Naraku, and has already announced that Uehara Naraku will succeed Akatsuki''s leader, who knows what is wrong with this leader''s brain, and even let a new person succeed the leader s position¡­"


    Uchiha Madara tilted his head, and continued to add calmly: "And I got news that Uehara Naraku''s succession may be related to another matter. I don''t know when, Akatsuki''s council president is Uehara Naraku''s teacher.


    This also means that Uehara Naraku is Akatsuki''s third-generation leader and there is no way to change it. Little guy, you are still too late. A person who is late must face some established facts. "


    These are all true.


    It''s just that there is some discrepancy in time.


    As for the extent to which the woman Captain Marvel, Carol Danvers, will make up her mind, that''s not their concern...


    as expected.


    After listening to Uchiha Madara''s words, Carol Danvers immediately imagined it. After Uehara Naraku became an intern in Akatsuki''s organization, he hugged his two thighs and climbed along the pole...


    Although she didn''t know what the title of Akatsuki''s chairman of the parliament was, it sounded like the power of the chairman of the parliament, right? Coupled with the support of an Akatsuki leader...


    Maybe Uehara Naraku dared to act recklessly on the earth because he knew that he had two backers behind him, so he was not afraid of Akatsuki''s punishment at all...


    that guy¡­


    It really is a trick!


    No, it should be said that it is indeed Naraku Uehara!


    Carol Danvers remembered that Nick Fury had introduced Uehara Naraku, that guy seemed to be lurking in Hydra when he was on Earth, and became the boss of Hydra; that guy was lurking in SHIELD In, became the Director of S.H.I.E.L.D....


    Now¡­


    This guy is lurking in the Xiao organization again, and he is going to become the leader of the Xiao organization... Wait, maybe things have a turning point!


    "Can I see those two?"


    Carol Danvers'' face instantly became serious, and her mind became calmer than ever before: "Maybe you don''t know Naraku Uehara''s behavior, but I know that he definitely has bad intentions in joining the Akatsuki organization..."


    Carol Danvers quickly starts telling Naraku Uehara''s story: "I have a friend on Earth who is the director of S.H.I.E.L.D., the agency charged with protecting Earth.


    In the past, Uehara Naraku was his subordinate, who had been lurking in SHIELD as a spy, provoking the high-level struggle of SHIELD, seducing the enemy to destroy the backbone of SHIELD, thus making himself the only one that the poor director could do. The trusted person further mastered the intelligence and news channels, and finally took the position of the chief of the bureau. I suspect that Naraku Uehara did the same in the Akatsuki organization. He must have an unspeakable conspiracy..."


    "..."


    All the people present fell into silence.


    To be honest, they are actually more familiar with Naraku Uehara''s style than Carol Danvers. Where did that bastard not do it?


    There are many such victims in the Akatsuki organization...


    Happily, his method works quite well...


    "that guy¡­"


    Uchiha Madara remembered the past and couldn''t help gritting his teeth.


    "But...it''s too late."


    Yamamoto Genryasai Shigekuni lowered his eyes and sighed softly: "After all, it is too late, even if we know about his plot, we are already powerless to change the status quo... We cannot question the decision of those two big men. "


    "Can I go see them?"


    Carol Danvers seemed to see hope.


    As long as she can meet those two big shots, she might be able to convince them!


    That guy Nick Fury is right, as long as she can enter the Akatsuki organization, she may be able to solve Uehara Naraku from the Akatsuki organization!


    "Sorry, that doesn''t satisfy you,"


    Aizen Soyousuke said quietly: "Even if we are not easy to want to see the leader of the previous generation and the chairman of the council..."


    After finishing speaking, Aizen Soyousuke slightly raised his eyes and looked at Carol Danvers: "The only thing we can do now is to absorb you into Akatsuki, and we may be able to support you in the fight against Uehara Naraku... "


    "...that''s enough."


    Carol Danvers took a deep breath.


    It is a surprise to her that Xiao''s high-level group is willing to support her, at least she has found a solution to Uehara Naraku!


    The split within Xiao''s organization is an opportunity!


    Aizen Soyousuke waved and called one of his subordinates: "Ulquiorra, prepare Akatsuki''s uniform for our new members..."


    "Thank you."


    Carol Danvers looked at Aizen with a friendly face, and couldn''t help being grateful, and she suddenly thought of her Skrull friends: "By the way, I still have some friends who stayed here before. base¡­"


    "You mean the Skrulls?"


    Aizen Soyousuke frowned, and suddenly raised his palm to stop his subordinates, his eyes gradually became sharper: "What is your relationship with these Skrulls?"


    "We''re friends¡­"


    Carol Danvers suddenly felt bad.


    as expected.


    The faces of everyone present changed, and everyone''s eyes became dangerous at the same time. Among them, Uchiha Madara, the leader, was even more blunt: "So, have you participated in the plan of the Scruis to invade other planets?"


    Aizen Soyousuke''s eyes showed a sharp edge: "The group of eccentrics who can change their appearance instilled in their children the idea of ??interstellar invasion war, and want to use their talents to invade other planets. This is an extremely dangerous race... If you''re friends with them..."


    "Wait, they''re just refugees..."


    Carol Danvers spread his palms and explained: "The Skrulls are refugees who were expelled from their homes by the Cree..."


    "It seems that you have a good relationship with them..."


    With Uchiha Madara getting up, members of the Akatsuki organization in the entire base stood up one after another, and everyone was slowly gathering their strength...


    Just as the entire base was suddenly on edge, a space wormhole appeared in the spaceship cabin, and Uehara Naraku walked in with Domamu.


    The entire base instantly became more tense!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about the tense atmosphere at all, and waved his hands slowly: "I heard it all just now, don''t worry, Ms. Carol Danvers should have nothing to do with the Skrulls, she is just out of boring sympathy Being implicated..."


    After finishing speaking, Uehara Naraku glanced at everyone present one by one, and suddenly chuckled: "Why? What are you dissatisfied with? I am the successor personally appointed by the leader of the previous generation. Is my guarantee still valid? Isn''t it enough?"


    "¡­Humph!"


    Uchiha Madara snorted coldly, turned and left first.


    The others looked at each other and left the hall.


    Only Carol Danvers looked at Naraku Uehara with a complicated face. She really didn''t expect Naraku Uehara to come forward to defend her. This woman was only thinking about Naraku Uehara''s conspiracy, and she completely forgot about her in a blink of an eye. The original intention was to save the Skrulls...


    Uehara Naraku walked up to Carol Danvers, put his hand on her shoulder, lowered his head and smiled in the woman''s ear, "If you want to fight me just by joining Akatsuki, it would be a little bit It''s so naive, almost all the people here are uncles who are not easy to provoke, I''m still a kind person, these guys are actually much more dangerous than me..."


    "What do you want to say?"


    Carol Danvers glared.


    "Nothing, I appreciate your courage."


    Uehara Naraku patted her on the shoulder and said slowly: "If you really want to join Akatsuki, then be prepared to be embarrassed by me, I will throw you to the most dangerous place..."


    Carol Danvers slapped Uehara Naraku''s palm away, and stared at him not to be outdone: "You think I will be afraid! Sooner or later... I will let everyone recognize your true colors!"


    She swears she can do it!


    If she can gain a foothold in the Akatsuki organization, and Nick Fury secretly assists her to gain a firm foothold in the Akatsuki organization, she will definitely be able to defeat Naraku Uehara from the inside!


    This is also the strategy that Nick Fury has been thinking about. If they can''t solve the problem of Naraku Uehara in terms of hard power, they must find a way to use external forces...


    no doubt.


    There is no more suitable force than the Akatsuki organization.


    "What a naive person... Director Fury sent you here?"


    Naraku Uehara sighed, and suddenly kicked Captain Marvel''s lower abdomen, kicking her to the side of the bulkhead!


    "Then you stay here, if you can survive..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face became indifferent, and he stared coldly at Carol Danvers lying on the ground: "Now, intern Carol Danvers, I will give you the first task... go to Get rid of Thanos, go kill that guy to prove yourself!"

 Chapter 798

    "It''s not fair."


    Carol Danvers bit her lip in defense.


    As a soldier who was once active in the Cree army, Carol Danvers knew very well what Thanos meant in the universe...


    That is the overlord of the universe that the Cree dare not provoke!


    The leader of an organization actually assigns the task of destroying Thanos to her qualified new recruits? Didn''t this make it clear to her that she wanted to find fault on purpose?


    "There''s nothing fair or unfair about it."


    Uehara Naraku squatted in front of Carol Danvers, reached out and pinched her chin: "This kind of task is very common in the Akatsuki organization, if you can''t do it, then get out of Akatsuki, just then I can send People hunted down you traitor..."


    "..."


    What a fucking scum!


    Carol Danvers was so angry that she was furious, and even her anger couldn''t be suppressed and directly scolded Uehara Naraku: "You are such a scum..."


    "Thank you for the compliment."


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile. At this moment, he didn''t seem to care about Carol Danvers'' abuse at him, because it was the weak cry of the weak.


    Next second!


    Naraku Uehara suddenly pressed Carol Danvers'' head against the wall, grabbed her hair, and whispered to her ear: "I forgive your impoliteness, but you Need to complete another mission, Nick Fury gathered a lot of people to assassinate me, to help me cut off his head..."


    "Fury is not a threat to you!"


    Carol Danvers tried to retort with a roll of her eyes.


    For a powerhouse of their level, it is impossible for Nick Fury and the Avengers to threaten them, and Naraku Uehara is avenging his private revenge again!


    and¡­


    This guy clearly knows that she and Fury are friends!


    In other words, Nick Fury is one of the few friends she has on Earth. This bastard really wants to kill people!


    "I hate that black bald guy."


    Uehara Naraku let go of his hand indifferently, and even helped to rub Carol Danvers'' hair and help her arrange her hairstyle: "This world is always unreasonable, not to mention that the Akatsuki organization is not a reasonable one at all." organize¡­"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the angry Carol Danvers, and continued slowly: "I know you are friends... But it''s a pity that Fury just uses you as a weapon..."


    "Furry is not this kind of person..."


    "Unfortunately, I know him better than you do."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm let go of Captain Marvel''s hair, and he snapped his fingers at the people behind him: "Dormam, open the door for our Ms. Danvers, let her get out of here and think about what she is doing The traitor should obediently carry out my mission..."


    "¡­Humph!"


    Dormammu let out a muffled snort, releasing a majestic dark energy, and raised his hand to open a pitch-black space crack.


    Under Dormammu''s control, Carol Danvers'' body floated up involuntarily, and slowly flew into the space crack...


    Uehara Naraku looked at the Captain Marvel who was thrown out of the base, his expression was a little dark, and he said in a cold voice: "By the way, by the way, this is Akatsuki''s new intern Dormammu. Its task Like you, you are also attacking the Thanos Legion..."


    "..."


    Carol Danvers looked surprised.


    It''s a pity that she didn''t have a chance to say anything, and she was already thrown out of Akatsuki''s base. After she left, the cracks in the dark space closed quietly.


    Carol Danvers appeared in space with a confused face. She could barely recognize that this place was in the solar system, and she could also contact the people of Nick Fury.


    Now she needs to seek advice from Nick Fury and others. After thinking for a while, Carol Danvers briefly gathered what happened in Akatsuki''s base.


    Except that Naraku Uehara asked her to hide the fact that she killed Nick Fury, because Carol was a little worried about scaring them, and told Nick Fury, Steve Rogers and others without any concealment, and asked for their opinions. .


    The most important of these is naturally the task of letting her attack Thanos.


    This group of avengers still didn''t understand what Thanos meant, and a group of people immediately began to think hard about the real intention of Uehara Naraku''s psychopath...


    "What the hell is he trying to do?"


    "He just wanted me dead."


    Carol Danvers briefly introduced the identity of Thanos: "Thanos is the most powerful person in the universe. Although I don''t think his power will be very strong, his identity is very troublesome. Once provoked Getting to Thanos means trouble..."


    "Then... attack Thanos in Akatsuki''s name?"


    Nick Fury gave his own suggestion after deliberation, and then warned: "But... you must protect yourself, Danvers, this task does not seem to have a time limit?"


    "Ok¡­"


    "This is a loophole..."


    Just as Carol Danvers, the spy who sneaked into Akatsuki''s organization, was discussing with his foreign aid how to fish in troubled waters, Naraku Uehara called combat members at Akatsuki''s base.


    In fact...


    Carol Danvers is thinking too much...


    Naraku Uehara just wanted to treat her as a white worker, and just used the waste of Captain Marvel as a force to attack the Thanos Legion.


    "Let us stay here long enough to get rusty?"


    Madara Uchiha sat on a water pipe with his legs crossed, grinning and sneering, "Are you finally willing to let us go out?"


    "certainly."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, opened an illusory star map, and said softly: "Then please prepare, starting tomorrow, we will start a war against the most powerful force in this world..."


    "Let me first introduce the opponent we are going to face!"


    Uehara Naraku raised his hand and opened a photo of Thanos, chuckled lightly and said, "This is a very interesting person, he has the same lofty ideals as us..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Uchiha Madara, and he seemed to be a little mocking: "Perhaps his ideals are more noble than some of our narrow-minded people here. His life''s efforts are just In order for the universe to develop harmoniously..."


    "You brat..."


    Uchiha Madara laughed back angrily.


    Senju Zhuma hurriedly spoke to appease his old friend: "Okay, Madara, first listen to what Uehara has to say..."


    "Humph!"


    Seeing the old friend speak, Uchiha Madara folded his arms and closed his mouth nonchalantly: "Hurry up and finish talking, and then tell us which guys to kill!"


    "Do not worry."


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand with a smile, and continued: "Thanos is very important to me, I don''t want to kill him just like that, he is my prey... So I hope everyone will not kill my prey, so as not to let the I am not happy."


    As for Uehara Naraku being unhappy...


    It is estimated that except for that heartless guy named Didara, how could the rest of the Akatsuki organization be happy...


    "Now tell me about my plan!"


    Uehara Naraku raised his hand and opened the photos, and continued to introduce: "I need to destroy Thanos''s legion, completely take away everything from him, and force him to help me get the remaining two infinite rough stones in the universe. , so remember what I said..."


    "Hmph, this plan is not bad."


    Uchiha Madara rarely praised Uehara Naraku, and then casually belittled: "At least this time you didn''t replace all his people with yours..."


    "..."


    Naraku Uehara was silent for a while, then suddenly raised his head to look at Madara Uchiha: "You reminded me, you are right, I even forgot to plant a spy beside Thanos..."


    "..."


    Uchiha Madara''s eyes twitched.


    This bastard... can he still do it?


    It''s rare for him to take the initiative to approve the plan of this guy Uehara Naraku!


    "Okay, we''ll talk about the spies later."


    Uehara Naraku skipped the topic of spies, and talked about the business: "Let''s talk about the army under Thanos first! Thanos holds the largest army in the world in his hands, and the four guys with some strength help He is in charge of these legions, what we have to do is to destroy his legions and push him into a desperate situation step by step..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s expression became serious: "I hope you can remember that destroying them is not the goal, but driving Thanos standing behind them into a desperate situation is the goal, because this is about me. The next step of the plan¡­¡±


    "Currently, Thanos'' subordinates have been helping him carry out the population eradication plan on various overpopulated planets in the universe, and at the same time helping him find the whereabouts of the Infinity Stone. They are currently scattered, so I also plan to disperse our forces..."


    "The First Legion is in charge of Uchiha Madara and Senju Hashirama. I will ask Mr. Orochimaru to supplement the Xujue army. You are mainly responsible for attacking and encircling General Death Blade..."


    An ugly-looking person appeared on the virtual screen.


    General Deathblade, this guy looks a bit like a weasel, and he doesn''t even have the air of a strong man, which makes people feel uninterested.


    Uchiha Madara''s face was full of disdain: "Does this kind of person need me and Hashirama to take action? Or give me the guy named Thanos just now..."


    "Mr. Madara, don''t disturb my plan."


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes fell on Uchiha Madara, and after telling Uchiha Madara to shut up, he chuckled and continued: "So Mr. Madara should restrain himself a little bit, so as not to make Thanos too desperate to dormant... If you do If not, I can help you."


    to be honest¡­


    If Uchiha Madara is not restrained enough, it is estimated that the entire universe can see the Buddha of Susanoo, and the century landscape of two people chasing and cutting the star battleship group...


    If Uchiha Madara is not enough to restrain himself, let Uehara Naraku help Uchiha Madara to restrain himself... This kind of thing is definitely not what Uchiha Madara wants to see.


    "Hmph, I''ll be sensible."


    Uchiha Madara snorted coldly and agreed.


    "very good."


    Uehara Naraku nodded in satisfaction, raised his hand and pulled out the second photo: "The Second Legion, led by Mr. Gore D. Roger and Mr. Edward Newgate, attacked and encircled the black dwarf. It is said that his defense is quite strong ..."


    "Gu la la la la, then leave it to the old man!"


    Edward Newgate laughed a few times, looked at Uehara Naraku: "It seems to be a powerful opponent, do I need the old man and Roger to restrain themselves?"


    "random."


    Uehara Naraku spread his hands indifferently: "I believe that the two of you should also have a sense of proportion, well, let''s talk about the next one."


    Uehara Naraku reopened a photo, and a more wretched-looking figure appeared on the virtual screen: "The Third Army, led by Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni and Aizen Soyousuke, is attacking and encircling Ebony Throat. This is a very interesting guy..."


    "yes?"


    Lanran casually raised her eyes, and supported the broken hair on her forehead with her fingers, looking extremely elegant: "Does it make you feel interesting too?"


    "Ok."


    Uehara Naraku nodded with a smile, looked at Aizen and said with a smile: "I heard that Ebony Throat is a very good talker, and he has wisdom that ordinary people can''t match."


    "Is that so?"


    Lan Ran frowned slightly, and nodded slowly: "That seems to be quite an interesting person, do you need me to bring him back?"


    "That would be the best."


    Uehara Naraku seemed to be very interested in Ebony Maw when he spoke, and his next sentence immediately revealed his purpose: "I want to see if we can make him a spy for us to plant beside Thanos. I don''t know if this guy will Won''t you betray Thanos?"


    "..."


    Aizen Soyousuke was strangely silent.


    Apparently, this made Aizen think of some unhappy things, because in the entire Dirt Legion, only he was the one who was hurt the most by Uehara Naraku''s spy operation...


    "Go on, Fourth Legion..."


    Naraku Uehara pulled out a photo of a female demon, and looked at Domamu who was wearing the Xiangyun black robe at the end: "The dark night Proxima Centauri is handed over to you, Domamu."


    "I see."


    Dormammu''s illusory spirit nodded dully.


    Although Dormammu doesn''t look very conspicuous, this rookie who has just joined Akatsuki is Uehara Naraku''s strongest subordinate...


    after all¡­


    Dormammu is equivalent to the will of a world... Others are not even considered children of the world, they are almost people who resist the will of the world.


    Uehara Naraku assigned all the offensive tasks, and his eyes fell on a man with long black hair: "Mr. Orochimaru, then I will leave it to you to provide troops for everyone. Can the Xujue army survive in space... "


    "Ho ho ho ho...no problem."


    Orochimaru licked his lips, and nodded slowly: "If necessary, we can also create another dirty army..."


    "There''s no need for that, it''s just some bugs..."


    Uehara Naraku clapped his hands, cleared the virtual screen in front of him, and said softly: "Okay, then I will wait for the news of your triumph... In the future, I will travel in the universe, and I hope to hear someone spreading the news from Akatsuki during the trip. Perhaps this is the most satisfying thing for me as a leader.¡±


    "Hmph, that''s a lot to ask for..."


    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help snorting again.


    Maybe it''s because of the lack of care, or maybe it''s because of his inherently arrogant personality, Uchiha Madara is probably the person who is the least afraid of Uehara Naraku in the entire Akatsuki organization''s dirty soil army.


    This guy probably won''t change...


    Uehara Naraku still didn''t care, instead he smiled and asked: "If the requirements are not high, it might be a little too contemptuous of you?"


    "Too much nonsense..."


    Uchiha Madara still wanted to talk back.


    Senju Zhuma watched Uehara Naraku''s forehead jump, and patted Madara''s shoulder helplessly, finally calming Uchiha Madara down.


    "All right."


    Naraku Uehara did not continue to pursue further, looked at the people present and continued: "Go, everyone! Put on your auspicious cloud black robe, and use our Akatsuki method..."


    "Say hello to the world!"

 Chapter 799

    There are many civilizations in the universe.


    Not all civilizations in this world live on azure planets, and some prematurely developed planets have already been exhausted due to overpopulation.


    Like now.


    A huge planet in the Milky Way has abundant resources unmatched by other civilizations, but it simply cannot support tens of billions of people.


    Even the planet''s skies have turned brown.


    And at this time...


    The No. 1 meddling Thanos Legion in the universe will come to help them balance the population, so that the civilization on this planet can develop in a more orderly manner.


    Of course, the way they balance the population is pretty brutal.


    kill.


    equal kill.


    A battleship from the Thanos Legion will land on this planet, and then gather the humans in each city and randomly kill half of them.


    to be honest¡­


    There''s really nothing technical about this balance.


    Now this planet with a diameter of more than 20,000 kilometers has encountered the invasion of the Dark Night Proxima Centauri Legion, the only female warrior under Thanos'' command.


    She led countless monsters, flooded cities on this planet, and randomly killed some humans in the cities.


    Because she''s not Thanos.


    So she is not very precise when killing people.


    "How many more cities?"


    An Ye Proxima reached out and patted the air between her nostrils, wanting to pat away the bloody smell that had been lingering around her all the time. Behind her was a mountain of corpses and a sea of ??blood.


    A Chitauri with the appearance of a captain held the virtual screen, pulled out red dots, and reported softly: "There are still seven hundred cities with a population of more than one million..."


    "Scatter your forces."


    Dark Ye Proxima Centauri frowned, and gave his subordinates a cold look: "Let them go faster, I don''t want to stay here for too long..."


    "Yes, my lord..."


    The Chitauri captain bowed his head in humility.


    Just when he was about to issue an order to his subordinates, a shadow suddenly approached slowly, and a huge space crack appeared in the sky at some point!


    "That is¡­"


    Dark Ye Proxima suddenly looked up!


    Streams of dark energy burst out from the space cracks in the sky!


    The moment these dark energies hit the ground, they turned into hideous and ugly beasts, rushing towards the Thanos army like a demon with all four corners on the ground!


    In a blink of an eye!


    This inexplicable raid caused heavy losses to the Legion!


    "defense!"


    Yelling, Proxima Centauri drew out her saber, facing a monster charging towards her against the trend, and beheaded that dark monster with a sharp blow!


    Accompanied by the roar of Proxima Centauri in the dark night, the sound of counterattacks from energy guns was quickly heard on the entire battlefield, and there were defeated dark energy monsters or torn body parts everywhere!


    Fortunately, the army led by Proxima Proxima Dark Night has a large number of people. After the initial surprise attack, they quickly wiped out all the dark monsters that landed.


    only¡­


    After these monsters are dying...


    However, the dark energy on their bodies quickly gathered towards the sky, and an imaginary huge head appeared in the air, and its size was almost the same size as this planet in a blink of an eye!


    This huge head lowered its head slowly, and its giant eyes looked down at the ant-like Proxima Centauri Legion, which made people feel a little heartbroken!


    Dark Ye Proxima tightly grasped his saber, looked up at the giant eye, and roared loudly through gritted teeth: "This is Lord Thanos'' territory, we are Lord Thanos'' subordinates, which Celestial Race are you?" a member of?"


    Such terrifying size and energy...


    Only the Celestials who are like monsters in the universe!


    "Xiao...Dormammu..."


    The dark head stared at Proxima Centauri, and the dull and heavy voice echoed throughout the planet: "Go and tell Thanos...let him wait to die..."


    "Your Excellency Dormammu..."


    Anye Proxima wanted to say something more, but a burst of dark energy locked her throat suddenly, and one after another black spears pierced her body!


    The only female general under Thanos...


    Forcibly nailed to the ground by Dormammu!


    As for the other Chitauri or monster legions, they were all wiped out by the dark energy emitted by Dormammu!


    "Save your life and tell Thanos..."


    Dormammu''s head became lower and lower, and his huge eyes were getting closer and closer to Proxima Centauri: "If you still want to live, then let Thanos find the infinite stone in the universe and give it to Akatsuki, we will forgive him s life¡­"


    The voice fell.


    Dormammu''s phantom head dissipated immediately.


    "Cough...cough cough..."


    After Dormammu disappeared, Proxima Centauri struggled to pull out the dark spears from his body, and coughed up a few mouthfuls of blood.


    Regardless of her injuries, the devil girl immediately turned on the communicator and contacted Thanos to inform them that they might be about to start a war with a force named Akatsuki.


    only¡­


    For some reason, Thanos'' starship didn''t receive her signal, as if her master was very busy.


    Dark Ye Proxima thought for a while, and began to contact her husband, General Deathblade, but the long signal silence made Dark Ye Proxima a little flustered...


    no!


    problem occurs!


    They must be found quickly!


    Because at any time, it is impossible for General Deathblade to ignore her message, and her husband may have also been attacked!


    Proxima Centauri quickly sent a signal to the starship staying on this planet, asking the starship to take her back to Thanos'' main ship immediately!


    After returning to the starship.


    Dark Ye Proxima knew what happened from her subordinates, and she did guess right, General Deathblade was indeed attacked.


    No.


    It should be said that the entire Thanos army was attacked.


    Whether it was Ebony Maw, General Deathblade or Black Dwarf, they were all attacked by Akatsuki, and the attacks they encountered were even more terrifying than hers!


    Compared with what happened to other people, the Dormammu encountered by Proxima Dark Night just killed some of her subordinates, which can be called gentle...


    in space.


    A circular starship came to a standstill.


    A group of densely packed ferocious monsters stopped in front of the starship, and each monster opened its mouth wildly, condensing red false flashes one by one!


    It was this group of monsters that forced the starship to stop.


    If it was just the blockade of this group of monsters, they might still be able to break through the encirclement with their strong ships and guns, but now there are two more people who shouldn''t appear in their starship.


    "Good morning, everyone."


    A tall man walked towards the cockpit step by step, his voice was unexpectedly gentle: "I hope we can bring you a good mood on the last day of your life..."


    "..."


    This guy can really talk!


    The commander of this starship is Ebony Maw under the command of Thanos. He stared at the tall man walking in the cockpit, and then slowly moved his eyes to look at the bearded old man floating behind the man. .


    two¡­


    Looks like someone who is not easy to provoke!


    It was Aizen Soyousuke and Yamamoto Shigekuni who came to deal with Ebony Throat!


    "Kill them."


    Ebony Maw suddenly raised his sharp fingers and pointed at the two uninvited guests who had sneaked into the starship. The seats in the starship were stirred and smashed by his mental power in an instant, turning into steel needles and floating around. He stabbed straight at the two attacking people!


    The soldiers in the entire cockpit hastily picked up their weapons and rushed up to meet the person, but before they could get close, they were turned into ashes by the scorching flames from Shigekuni Yamamoto''s knife!


    "People often lose their minds in fear..."


    Aizen Soyousuke''s own spiritual pressure trembled slightly, and a gust of breeze blew away the ashes, and he stopped the flying steel needle with his backhand!


    Lan Ran spread out his palm calmly, letting the steel needle in front of him fall to the ground, his eyes raised to look at Ebony Throat, and a mocking smile flashed across his lips: "It''s really unimaginable that you can still keep calm ..."


    Ebony Throat''s eyes were extremely cold, and there was no panic on his ugly and old cheeks. He stared fixedly at Lan Ran, and asked in a hoarse voice: "You dare to attack this warship, do you know who your enemy is? "


    "You said the wrong thing."


    Aizen Soyousuke raised his fingers, and a Reiatsu turned into a sharp hurricane, directly cutting off Ebony Maw''s left hand, and blood splashed in the cockpit instantly!


    Severe pain swept through Ebony Throat''s brain!


    The pain of losing his arm made his mental power instantly unbalanced!


    Aizen Soyousuke has long been accustomed to his cruel methods, he calmly picked up the broken hair on his forehead with his fingers, and said softly like a whisper: "Now what you should ask is where did we come from... "


    "..."


    Ebony Throat''s heart tightened!


    The arrogance of this man made him feel very familiar, and Ebony Maw suddenly remembered the time when he faced those low civilizations...


    That''s right, it''s this kind of lofty attitude...


    dismissive.


    Invincible.


    The palm of Ebony Throat held his severed arm, and used his mental power to stop the bleeding. He moaned in pain, calmly trying to maintain his pride: "Then please tell me, where did you come from?" Come¡­"


    "wrong again."


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head helplessly, as if he saw some ignorant child, his fingers suddenly moved again!


    Click!


    A spiritual pressure flew along the fingertips!


    Ebony Throat felt a burst of mental power that was many times stronger than him crushing him. He could only hastily raised his only right hand and turned it into a spiritual shield!


    Unfortunately¡­


    Their strength gap is too big...


    In the blink of an eye, Ebony Maw''s spiritual power shield was shattered by the spiritual pressure, and the spiritual pressure turned into a giant hammer and hit his knees, smashing his knees to pieces!


    Ebony Maw knelt on the ground in embarrassment!


    blah blah blah blah...


    The sound of the clogs stepping on the steel plate was particularly dull.


    "Be polite when asking people."


    Aizen Soyousuke walked step by step to the side of Ebony Throat, looked down at the ugly man kneeling in front of him, and continued gently: "If you want to get something from others, you can be more polite. Easy to achieve your goal..."


    "..."


    This kind of politeness is too terrible!


    The severe pain made Ebony Throat''s face contort!


    "Huh, I see..."


    Ebony Throat gritted his teeth, and slowly raised his head to look at Aizen Soyousuke, a flash of anger flashed in his eyes, and he suppressed it immediately!


    Ebony Throat is the best forbearer in the entire Thanos Legion, his voice became more and more hoarse: "Now can you tell me who you are? Why did you attack our starship? It''s because we slaughtered Your hometown?"


    "Maybe you think too hard of yourself."


    Aizen Soyousuke looked down at Ebony Throat, his expression still calm: "We are only here to clean up some insignificant bugs, so as to scare the sparrow sitting on the throne..."


    "..."


    These words really startled Ebony Maw, the purpose of these two guys was not him, but Thanos standing behind him!


    To make an example to the monkeys...


    Or to put it another way, to startle the snake...


    This is a group of guys who want to provoke the Thanos Legion! Why do these guys who desperately want to challenge the status of Thanos keep appearing recently...


    "It looks like you have other ideas..."


    Aizen Soyousuke stretched out his palm and hung it above Ebony Throat''s head, a light flashed in his eyes, and the aura slowly gathered in his palm...


    "That''s enough, Sosuke."


    Shigekuni Yamamoto''s old voice appeared in the cabin. The old man closed his eyes and said calmly, "This person is still useful to him..."


    this he...


    Naturally, it refers to Uehara Naraku standing behind them.


    "What does that matter?"


    Aizen Soyousuke didn''t care about Shigekuni Yamamoto''s dissuasion at all, and said with a chuckle, "Whether we bring back his body or soul, it seems to make no difference to a creator..."


    In comparison, the two of them should actually be more accustomed to taking away the soul of Ebony Maw, after all, this is their old profession of death...


    Shigekuni Yamamoto shook his head silently.


    Aizen Soyousuke smiled, the Reiatsu in his palm turned into a black soft sharp blade, piercing Ebony Maw''s body from the top of his head in an instant!


    When Ebony Maw''s body fell to the ground in a daze, his body had already become an empty shell, and that spiritual pressure turned into a heavy shackle, imprisoning Ebony Maw''s soul!


    "this is¡­"


    The soul of Ebony Throat looked at everything around him, and his eyes involuntarily fell on the two places with the strongest soul power, which frightened him completely!


    Only the undead...


    Only then can you see the horror of Aizen Soyousuke and Yamamoto Shigekuni!


    The aura emanating from these two guys is simply enough to annihilate anyone''s thinking. It is so terrifying that no creature dares to breathe loudly in front of them. How could there be such a person in the world!


    "Let''s go."


    Aizen Soyousuke smiled and raised his hand to open a rift in space.


    Just as the two left here with the soul of Ebony Throat, the Xujue army hovering in the space spit out ghost flashes one after another towards the starship, smashing the starship into pieces!


    After they cleaned everything here, they quietly flashed into space cracks one after another, as if nothing had happened in this space area...


    There is very little movement here.


    In comparison, the movement on the other side was a bit louder.


    Go to Edward Newgate, the white beard who is in charge of attacking the black dwarf, and smash the indestructible body of the black dwarf from the inside with one punch!


    "Gu la la la... I accidentally beat someone to death..."


    Edward Newgate put on his robe, laughed nonchalantly, and looked at his old friend: "Roger, there shouldn''t be any problems, right?"


    "Hi, don''t worry..."


    Gol D. Roger glanced at the frightened soldiers of the Thanos Legion, and waved his hands to signal them to leave: "Hey, let''s go! Go and take a word to Thanos and ask him if he is afraid!"


    Roger watched a group of soldiers scrambling to board the escape ship, and turned his head to look at his old friend: "As long as Thanos is afraid, our mission will be completed... Anyway, it must not be us who accidentally hit too hard hahahahahaha !"


    There are so many guys with brain problems in the Akatsuki organization, and the two of them are actually not conspicuous at all... Maybe compared to Uchiha Madara''s group, the actions of the two of them are still moderate?


    Anyway...


    Anyone who has met Uchiha Madara...


    If you want to survive, it basically depends on luck.

 Chapter 800

    Akatsuki members know their fellows well.


    Any enemy who wants to survive the hands of Uchiha Madara, they really can only pray that their tone is good enough, because space happens to be Uchiha Madara''s home field...


    "Hahahahahaha..."


    Accompanied by a burst of arrogant laughter that could not be transmitted, a figure in red armor flickered like a ghost in a group of space flying fighters, and kicked a fighter that was close to him to pieces!


    He waved a knife light in his hand!


    Every time the knife cuts through the vacuum, a fighter plane is cut to pieces by him!


    The alloy space fighters manufactured by these advanced civilizations in the universe are as fragile as bubbles under the attack of Uchiha Madara!


    Just as a group of Chitauri space fighters were quickly reorganizing their formation, missiles were ejected from the fighters, shooting towards that arrogant figure!


    The violent explosion set off a large piece of flames!


    But in this group of red flames, a blue ray appeared, and this blue ray suddenly flashed extremely bright in the space!


    A tall Susano flew proudly into the space, holding a huge Susanoo sword in its hand, and swiped out with a slash!


    The vast blue slash swept everything!


    In the blink of an eye, the space fighter group that had just gathered together was detonated by a blow, and the neat battle group was swept away, and some scattered fighters in the fringes had to fly away separately to regroup...


    fortunately.


    The pilots of this group of fighters have no emotions.


    If the pilots of this group of small fighters were not Chitauri, but ordinary humans with normal thinking and fear, at this moment facing an enemy like Madara Uchiha might have already collapsed...


    "Hmph, as naive as that brat Uehara..."


    Uchiha Madara sneered at the group of flying fighters fleeing in all directions, his body gradually floated out of Susanoo, and his hands suddenly closed!


    "Earth Explosion Star!"


    The next moment, Uchiha Madara''s palm spread out suddenly!


    Black balls flew out of his palm towards the enemy!


    Each black ball quickly emitted a terrifying gravitational force, and before the space fighters had time to escape its gravitational range, they were quickly absorbed and gathered around the black balls, turning into huge spheres!


    These spheres float silently in space, and their dead silence also means that the battle between Uchiha Madara and the Chitauri fighter group is over...


    No¡­


    This should be called a one-sided massacre.


    At least General Deathblade, who was sitting in the interstellar spaceship, was heartbroken when he saw this scene. He didn''t expect that the fighter group he sent out to encircle and suppress would be wiped out so quickly and easily...


    "My lord, the other person is also very dangerous..."


    An assistant in charge of assisting General Deathblade pointed to the other side of the virtual screen, where a thousand-handed Buddha statue was suspended over a thousand meters high, and thousands of palms were constantly grabbing the surrounding space fighters that attacked it!


    It''s just that compared to Uchiha Madara, this thousand-armed Buddha statue is obviously not flexible enough. There will always be space fighters escaping its grasp, and it can even launch laser and missile counterattacks.


    The Chitauri fighter planes have been scattered all over the place, covering their attacks to avoid being caught by the Thousand-Handed Buddha statue, and they even destroyed a lot of wooden palms...


    despite this¡­


    General Deathblade and his soldiers already know that facing this kind of opponent who is not in the same dimension, their defeat is only a matter of time...


    No¡­


    There was no fighting at all.


    Some are still just massacres.


    "Continue to unleash the Chitauri fighters!"


    General Deathblade quickly tapped the screen with his fingers, and said loudly: "Release all the fighters in the cabin immediately, and let them entangle the enemy!"


    After General Deathblade gave the order, he looked at the pilot who was in charge of controlling the weapon system of the spacecraft: "Are the naval guns ready? After a salvo of artillery fire, we will immediately evacuate here and rush to the nearest space jump point ..."


    "Yes, my lord!"


    At such a critical moment, as long as the commander is not dizzy, it is enough for these small soldiers to carry out the order seriously.


    "grown ups!"


    A soldier in charge of manipulating the artillery system interrupted everyone with a loud voice. His trembling fingers pointed in the direction of the screen, which showed exactly what happened in space.


    A series of purple thunderbolts are flying in the sky!


    Uchiha Madara''s figure was suspended in the air, and his hands controlled dense purple lightning bolts, flying towards the direction of the guns outside the spaceship like a huge fishing net!


    "Immortal Law - Yin Dun Thunder Sect!"


    The thunder and lightning destroyed the artillery group of the entire spaceship in a blink of an eye!


    This huge spaceship sailing in space set off a large sea of ??flames almost instantly, and the soldiers in the spaceship hurriedly acted to fight the fire and try to save their spaceship!


    Don''t say it''s a counterattack before retreating now, it would be nice if they could repair the spaceship that was attacked by lightning and escape...


    And the culprit who destroyed their spaceship is looking at his companion with a look of disgust at this moment controlling the huge wooden Buddha statue to clean up the Chitauri fighter plane...


    "What a hassle..."


    Uchiha Madara looked at the Buddha statue in the distance and snorted coldly, his body and the blue Susano floating in the space almost floated at the same time, turning into a stream of light and flying over!


    "Hashirama!"


    Uchiha Madara roared at the Buddha statue!


    It''s a pity that the vacuum environment of space is silent, and his voice can''t fall into the ears of his companions, which still doesn''t delay his companions from noticing the arrival of his Chakra.


    "Motor!"


    Senshou Bashima raised his head suspiciously and looked at the flying blue light!


    These two friends who have been together for thousands of years completed a silent communication in space, and they understood each other''s meaning when their eyes crossed...


    The next moment, that blue light landed on the Thousand-Handed Buddha Statue!


    Uchiha Madara''s palms closed at the moment they landed on the top of the Buddha statue, Senju Hashirama''s palms joined together at the same time, and the chakras of the two exploded at the same time!


    "Prestige..."


    "Thousands of hands!"


    A series of azure blue rays of light fell on the Buddha statue...


    The brilliant blue light turned into pieces of armor, which were attached to the body of the real thousand-handed Buddha statue in an instant, putting a solid defensive armor on this huge wooden Buddha statue!


    Chitauri fighters fired wildly!


    Whether it''s laser weapons or missiles falling on the armor of Suzuwei''s suit, they can only splash a little bit of blue light, and they can''t shake the brand new blue giant Buddha at all!


    A blue crystal condensed on the top of the giant Buddha''s head, enveloping the two people who manipulated it, protecting them from any attack.


    "You''re too slow..."


    Madara Uchiha looked at Senju Hashirama beside him, with some dissatisfaction in his eyes, and he snorted coldly: "It''s just a bunch of rubble, there''s no need to waste time here..."


    "Hahahahaha... These weapons are very novel..."


    "Others have pretty much solved it..."


    Uchiha Madara''s palms closed again, and the powerful domineering mixed with Chakra and Reiatsu instantly stirred up an air current, shaking his long hair and standing upside down: "I don''t want Aizen Soyousuke and that group of waste to be in front of me. Presumptuous in front of you!"


    "..."


    Qianshou Zhujian seemed to be a little helpless and gave a dry laugh.


    Just the next second...


    Senshou Zhuma''s aura suddenly exploded!


    "Goudama of Yasaka!"


    The Thousand-Handed Buddha Statue in its full awe-inspiring state suddenly stretched out its palms, and spirally flying blue hook jade appeared in the thousands of Buddha hands!


    These hook jade flew out quickly!


    Each Gouyu hit a fighter plane under the rapid flight, and suddenly there were clusters of gorgeous fireworks in this space!


    One move...


    The space fighters that originally besieged the Thousand-Handed Buddha Statue were wiped out!


    "Hmph, vulnerable..."


    Uchiha Madara snorted.


    This guy has no sense of bullying children.


    Senshou Zhujian rubbed his forehead, and said in a low voice: "It''s almost enough to do this, there''s no need to go too far..."


    "You are still so soft-hearted..."


    Uchiha Madara glanced at his companion dissatisfied.


    It was only because of the obstruction by the Thousand Hands Pillar that this ninja Shura did not go any further, and the eyes of reincarnation trembled in his eyes: "Tomb of the Wheel, Hell, Boundless!"


    A group of invisible Uchiha Madara shadow clones flew out!


    Senshou Bashima glanced at his companion, scratched the back of his head: "Madara, you really don''t want to kill all the people here..."


    "It is enough to leave a reporter."


    Uchiha Madara held his arm indifferently.


    on the spaceship.


    A group of invisible shadows descended.


    The screams echoed in the cabin one after another!


    The people on the spaceship didn''t even notice the enemy''s traces, and they were directly killed by this group of shadows. Only the solitary General Deathblade was left holding his alloy spear and looking around anxiously.


    Boom!


    General Deathblade was kicked against the wall!


    Just as he was waving the spear in his hand indiscriminately, the spear was snatched away by an invisible shadow, and then the spear somehow nailed him to the bulkhead!


    The number one general under Thanos held the long spear pierced on his body tightly, his eyes looked around the air around him: "Who the hell are you guys!"


    "Humph¡­"


    Finally someone answered his inquiry, and Madara Uchiha''s haughty voice echoed throughout the spaceship: "Go and tell your master, Akatsuki, war is on against you!"

 Chapter 801

    Milky Way, Vormir Star.


    This planet is where the Soul Gem is hidden.


    When Uehara Naraku came to this planet, he still didn''t forget to watch Uchiha Madara and Senju Zhuma''s massacre of the Death Blade General''s fleet: "Uchiha Madara...how does it feel like this guy is becoming more and more powerful? stronger..."


    This is not Uehara''s illusion.


    If people like Uchiha Madara can be given a chance to break through the shackles, his growth and strengthening speed will be frighteningly fast, mainly because Uchiha Madara''s heart is a bit too strong...


    But soon Uehara Naraku was not in the mood to pay attention to the battle on Uchiha Madara''s side, because the reception envoy of Vormir star flew towards him precariously...


    Red Skull.


    John Schmidt.


    An old-timer of Earth Hydra.


    In the decisive battle at the end of World War II, after the Red Skull was sent to Vormir by the Rubik''s Cube, he was cursed by the Soul Gem and became the messenger of the Soul Gem, which also allowed him to gain super knowledge and broad insights.


    "Who are you?"


    The Red Skull''s eyes fell on Naraku Uehara, the uninvited guest. A pair of eyes embedded in the eye sockets stared at him firmly, and he continued after a long time: "The soul gem can''t even see through your existence..."


    As the envoy of the soul gem, the Red Skull can determine the source of anyone''s soul life experience, but he can''t tell the life experience of Uehara Naraku!


    This is a bit troublesome...


    Because once you can''t see his source, you can''t see through his purpose.


    "Didn''t expect to be here with you, John Schmidt..."


    Uehara Naraku interrupted the Red Skull, he looked at the Red Skull and said in a deep voice: "For seniors, please allow me to introduce myself!"


    "I''m Naraku Uehara!"


    "The current supreme commander of Hydra!"


    "This is also the position of His Excellency Schmidt seventy years ago..."


    "I never thought that one day I would see the belief of our hydra, and His Excellency John Schmidt appeared in front of us..."


    "..."


    Red Skull fell silent for a moment.


    The Red Skull was a little shocked. This young man, whom he couldn''t even see through, was actually his junior?


    certainly¡­


    Those bullshit Hydra beliefs, the Red Skull must not believe in the slightest bit, because he knows the virtues of Hydra people...


    However, talking nonsense in such a serious manner, pretending to be nice because he wants to kill him faintly, this brat is really not a good thing...


    should¡­


    It''s their Hydra people, that''s right.


    Of course, it doesn''t matter if it''s not theirs, because the duty of the Red Skull is not to choose an owner for the soul gem, or to pick up anyone who might take the soul gem...


    Only in this way can he unravel the curse.


    "John Schmidt..."


    Just hearing his own name, Red Skull still couldn''t help looking at Uehara Naraku with a confused look in his eyes and said slowly: "Seventy years, I haven''t heard this name in seventy years, this time is shorter than my command Hydra will last longer..."


    Too much time has passed.


    The Red Skull, who used to be the commander of Hydra, even didn''t want to recall that period of high-spirited and powerful years.


    However, this passage sounds to Uehara Naraku...


    Obviously, the old guy Red Skull doesn''t really want to admit it...


    After Naraku Uehara noticed what the Red Skull meant, he couldn''t help frowning, and stretched it out instantly, with an admiration on his face: "But Mr. Schmidt, seventy years have passed, but we have always remembered it... "


    "That memory is too far away."


    The Red Skull shook his head slowly, and his words were even more inscrutable: "Although my desire for Hydra is still there, I am already detached..."


    Yes.


    The Red Skull''s lust is still there.


    It''s just that the curse of the Soul Gem keeps the Red Skull from leaving here.


    The current Red Skull can only stay on this planet as a dead soul, until someone takes away the soul gem, that is the time for him to truly detach himself!


    Of course, this kind of thing can''t be said to Uehara Naraku... Who knows what the current supreme commander''s attitude is towards him, an old man?


    among other things...


    Acting is still online.


    Who the hell would believe that a leader who brought Hydra to the brink of destruction would still be remembered by someone, it would be good if he didn''t poke his spine and scold him!


    When thinking of this, Red Skull''s eyeballs rolled, and he continued calmly: "I never thought that one day I would be able to see my descendants come to fetch soul gems on this planet full of dead souls. I thought you guys had already forgotten my existence, it was my fault at the beginning..."


    "Now, Senior has seen it."


    Naraku Uehara spread his palms and said seriously: "Hydra will not forget its predecessors. All our goals are to let Hydra rule the world. Although Mr. Schmidt stands in the wrong direction, we still do not will forget your struggle..."


    Naraku Uehara raised his head and stared at the Red Skull, his eyes gradually became a little fanatical: "Your Excellency Schmidt, what you didn''t do, we did, we have ruled the entire earth, and even the entire Nine Worlds Kingdom, ruling the entire solar system...


    Now as long as we get the soul gem, we can use it as power to attack other planets, and let Hydera''s name resound throughout the universe! "


    "..."


    Red Skull''s eyes drifted a little.


    Oh shit¡­


    This little thing is really working hard!


    Just hearing the news about Hydra, Red Skull''s dead and calm soul suddenly trembled. After so many years, how did Hydra develop to this point?


    what''s the situation?


    How did Hydra become so powerful?


    Could it be that it was his leader''s problem back then?


    Or did they win the war in the end?


    For so many years, the Red Skull has been staying on Vormir. After gaining a lot of knowledge about the universe, he no longer cares about Hydra''s family background...


    but¡­


    Uehara Naraku, the little guy said this...


    Red Skull looked calmly at Uehara Naraku who was performing fanatically, and said calmly: "That is to say, do you need the power of the soul gem?"


    "Yes, very much needed!"


    Uehara Naraku nodded quickly, as if he had heard the news of the soul gem, he suddenly became excited: "Now our strength is not enough to deal with several interstellar civilizations in the universe, the fastest way is to get the infinite rough stone A way to increase strength!"


    "You''re on the right track."


    There was a hint of relief in the eyes of the Red Skull.


    Because only after jumping out of the earth, the Red Skull realized what the infinite rough stone meant. This is the fastest way to make the earth bend and overtake other interstellar civilizations...


    Hydra...


    still something...


    I really didn''t expect that the organization he ruled in the past still exists, and can even develop to the point where it is now...


    The Red Skull faintly feels that the choice of fate is on his side again, as long as he can get rid of the curse of the soul gem and leave Vormir...


    As long as he leaves here with this junior named Uehara Naraku and returns to Hydra, as long as he regains the power of Hydra, as long as he becomes the leader of Hydra again...


    Now the only problem...


    Probably the trouble of taking the soul gem away.


    Generally speaking, Hydra is basically a bunch of cold-blooded guys, is there really someone important to them? Anyway, Red Skull feels that those scientists are important to him...


    Don''t look at this little guy named Uehara Naraku who is very talkative, but the Red Skull knows that this little bastard has been talking nicely to him because he, a senior, has clues to the soul gem...


    "If you want to get, you have to give."


    The Red Skull slowly floated up. He stared at Naraku Uehara and said in a deep voice: "You have to come here by yourself, it is impossible to get the soul gem..."


    "why?"


    "Because it requires someone to pay for it."


    The Red Skull looked at Uehara Naraku''s surprised expression, and continued in a deep voice: "The soul gem has a high status among the infinite rough stones. It has its own unique wisdom. It wants the owner to understand its power, so it will ask for it. offering sacrifices..."


    When talking about this, the Red Skull''s eyes gradually became more solemn, and he continued word by word: "...sacrifice the most important person, if you want to get the original stone, you must sacrifice your most beloved person in exchange for it. its favor."


    "..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly fell silent.


    The Red Skull thought he had sensed Naraku Uehara''s weakness, but Naraku Uehara suddenly interjected and said, "Your Excellency Schmidt, is it alright to sacrifice your senior?"


    "Ok?"


    Red Skull has not yet understood Naraku Uehara''s brain circuit.


    "Vientiane Tianyin!"


    When Red Skull was still wondering, Uehara Naraku suddenly stretched out his palm, and the strange attraction suddenly grabbed Red Skull in his palm!


    "Mr. Schmidt..."


    Naraku Uehara locked the Red Skull''s throat tightly with his palm, and said with a serious face: "Originally, I came here alone, but now... isn''t there two of us on this planet?"


    "..."


    Oh shit!


    Red Skull instantly understood what Uehara Naraku meant!


    This is a fucking psycho!


    Or is it fate that the leaders of Hydra must all be lunatics? How could there be such a strange thing in the world...the messenger who would want to sacrifice the soul gem!


    "It''s different..."


    The Red Skull shook his head, and retorted in a dull voice: "For the soul gem, I am its emissary and its existence, which is equivalent to offering your treasure to you in exchange for your treasure. favor, would you be willing?"


    "How do you know if you don''t try?"


    Naraku Uehara raised his eyebrows, and continued indifferently: "Anyway, for me, it''s just a sacrifice of my senior. If I kill you here, it will also prevent you from competing with me for the power of Hydra..."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm slammed the Red Skull''s throat, and continued softly: "What''s more, His Excellency Schmidt followed the Third Reich and almost brought us Hydra into the abyss... Now sacrifice for the revival of Hydra, just Think of it as atonement for your past!"


    "..."


    This little bastard!


    Red Skull couldn''t help cursing in his heart.


    This little bastard showed his true colors after playing in front of him for less than ten minutes. Once he knew the whereabouts of the soul gem, he became so greedy and shameless...


    Sure enough, there is nothing good about their Hydra!


    ten minutes later.


    On the Alpine Altar of Vormir Star.


    Naraku Uehara stood up holding the Red Skull by the neck. He looked at the bottomless abyss, let go and threw the senior he had just met from the altar!


    "There''s no way this is going to work!"


    The Red Skull quickly floated up again, and roared at Uehara Naraku: "The wisdom of the Soul Gem can''t tolerate your tricks..."


    "How do you know if you don''t try?"


    Naraku Uehara picked up his neck again, and threw the Red Skull down forcefully. His palm overflowed with soul energy, and quickly condensed a pitch-black spear!


    Uehara Naraku grabbed the spear and threw it towards the Red Skull!


    The former leader of Hydra was pierced by a spear, and was directly nailed to the center of the underground altar by the spear!


    "I said, it''s impossible!"


    The Red Skull lay on the ground of the altar and roared angrily. He desperately tried to float his body, but found that his soul couldn''t get rid of the spear at all!


    "madness!"


    "Stop wishful thinking!"


    "Stupid and ignorant!"


    "It''s impossible for you bastard to get the soul gem!"


    "..."


    The Red Skull''s yelling and cursing kept coming from the ground.


    It seems that the Red Skull, the Hydra senior who has cultivated himself on Vormir for more than 70 years, is still not at home, and he is still angry at what this junior Uehara Naraku has done.


    certainly¡­


    No matter who encounters this kind of thing, it is estimated that no matter how well-trained they are, they are unlikely to be able to hold back their temper. This kind of unexpected disaster is really too annoying...


    "Is this kind of sacrifice not feasible?"


    Uehara Naraku frowned in displeasure.


    After a long time, there was still no movement on Vormir, only the hoarse screams of the Red Skull echoed around the altar, which made people feel a little desolate.


    this man...


    How can you scold like that...


    Naraku Uehara didn''t bother to pay attention to him, so he flew to the top of the altar, sat in the sky and thought for a while, and decided to choose the easiest way...


    "Now!"


    "Bring the soul of Ebony Maw to Vormir!"

 Chapter 802

    Vormir is a bit noisy.


    The Red Skull''s cry was too disturbing.


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help digging out his ears. He was still waiting for his subordinates to bring the soul of Ebony Maw to Vormir. Fortunately, his subordinates were reliable and didn''t make him wait for too long.


    Aizen Soyousuke and Yamamoto Shigekuni, the two strongest gods of death, soon came to Vormir with the soul of Ebony Throat, and Uchiha Madara and others also came to Vormir to watch the excitement.


    well known.


    For so many years, with the strength of the organization, the guys in Akatsuki''s favorite thing now is to watch the excitement. Everyone can''t help but want to see what the hell is the Ebony Throat that was sifted by Uehara Naraku and became a chess piece.


    Obviously.


    Everyone was disappointed.


    "ugly."


    "Weak."


    "I can''t see his value at all."


    "It doesn''t make any sense at all."


    "..."


    Ebony Maw''s soul trembled a little.


    Wherever he looked, every soul made him involuntarily feel fear. The souls of this group of people are really strong, stronger than his master Thanos...


    that person¡­


    Is he the leader of Akatsuki?


    "Don''t look down on people..."


    Naraku Uehara landed on the altar from a high place, and stood beside the soul of Ebony Maw. He looked at the capable man of Thanos and said with a chuckle: "Everyone has his use, and your strength is not good enough. How about it, don''t I keep you all the time?"


    "..."


    Everyone''s heart suddenly choked.


    Until Uchiha Madara glanced at Uehara Naraku unhappily, and snorted coldly: "You really can''t speak..."


    "Isn''t it to blame you?"


    Uehara Naraku chuckled, grabbed the soul of Ebony Throat with one hand, looked at him and continued with a smile: "It''s not that you guys scare our future capable officers, look at the little things that are almost terrified ..."


    "..."


    Ebonmaw''s spirit cannot move.


    This young man in black who was talking to him with a smile made Wu Mu faintly feel that he was more terrifying than Aizen Soyousuke who killed him!


    "I thought you would help me bring back a living person..."


    Uehara Naraku turned his head and glanced at Aizen, then at Ebony Maw''s soul, and continued softly: "It doesn''t matter, now let a soul report the news of the soul gem to Thanos, maybe it will be more reliable. But it would be too shabby to go back like this..."


    When he said this, a cold light flashed in Uehara Naraku''s eyes, and a powerful spiritual energy instantly entered the soul of Ebony Throat!


    "Ah ah ah ah ah ah ah¡­"


    These spiritual energy washed Ebony Maw''s soul like a blazing flame, making him unable to endure the pain of forcibly changing the structure of his soul!


    This is an old method in the world of the god of death. Almost everyone present knows how to transform the soul. For example, Aizen Soyousuke is one of the best...


    Just as Naraku Uehara was transforming the soul of Ebony Maw, the entire Vormir planet experienced a strange movement, and it returned to silence...


    "Aren''t you going to show up like this?"


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the churning clouds and mist on Vormir Star, shook his head helplessly, and stretched out his hand to put down Ebony Maw''s soul. He lowered his head and stared at Ebony Maw''s almost solidified soul body, and said in a cold voice: "Go, tell Thanos, Vormir star hides the soul gem!"


    "you¡­"


    Ebony Throat gritted its teeth and looked at a group of guys in Xiangyun black robes.


    "You can go and tell him."


    Uehara Naraku''s palm was flowing, and the infinite rough stones revolved around his palm, which looked extraordinarily moving on this dead planet.


    The Time Gem given to him by Master Ancient One...


    The Reality Gem given to him by Master Ancient One...


    The Mind Stone stolen from Loki...


    The Space Gem taken from Odin...


    Every gemstone is the treasure of this world, and the radiance makes people involuntarily want to immerse themselves in it...


    "Raw stone..."


    Ebony Maw''s eyes slowly widened.


    This think tank who has followed Thanos for many years has never thought that most of the infinite rough stones that they have been thinking about have already fallen into the hands of Akatsuki''s leader!


    "I have four infinity stones in my hand."


    Uehara Naraku put away these rough stones, looked at the soul of Ebony Maw and continued: "There is still a soul gem here, now you can choose to tell Thanos openly, or choose to trick him here, you can go back on the way Think slowly..."


    "..."


    Ebony Throat lowered his head slowly, a stern light flashed in his eyes: "It is impossible for me to betray my lord... Your ideal is..."


    "I see."


    Naraku Uehara nodded and interrupted him, and said softly: "It''s okay, I''m just asking casually, because no matter what your choice is, it is impossible to hinder my predetermined result, so be it!"


    Uehara Naraku raised his hand abruptly, and continued calmly: "Then give me some practical advice! Your only chance of winning lies in the missing power gem. Unfortunately, I already know its meaning." Location¡­"


    "..."


    Before the soul of Ebony Throat had time to say anything, Naraku Uehara threw him out of Vormir in an instant!


    Naraku Uehara shook his head and sighed, opening a black hole in space: "Let''s go, there''s no need to stay here anymore, I''m not interested in watching human tragedies..."


    "Are you really not interested?"


    Uchiha Madara looked at Uehara in surprise.


    Hasn''t this guy always been the maker of human tragedies? No matter which world, what could be more tragic than meeting Naraku Uehara?


    Qianshou Zhujian quickly grabbed his friend, and hastily changed the subject: "Now, where are we going?"


    "Let me see..."


    Uehara Naraku rubbed his temples, and suddenly a magical thought flashed across: "How about going to the hometown of Thanos? Just use that place as a place for a showdown..."


    "..."


    The corners of everyone''s eyes couldn''t help twitching.


    The character of this guy...


    It''s as bad as ever!


    "and¡­"


    Uehara Naraku held up his palm, and a beautiful-looking planet emerged from the black hole, shrunk and appeared in his palm.


    This is the planet where he fought Odin.


    This planet should have been favored by Thanos for a long time.


    "How about the planet as a reward for the winner?"


    Uehara Naraku raised his eyebrows and asked his subordinates for their opinions: "It is estimated that this is a planet that Thanos has taken a fancy to a long time ago. I guess Thanos should hope to retire on this planet..."


    "At that time, I will put this planet in the same orbit as his home planet Titan, and I will tell him that if Thanos wins, he can retire in place, and even look at himself every day hometown..."

 Chapter 803

    "Dormammu."


    Naraku Uehara looked at Domamu who was standing at the end of the team, and controlled the shrunken planet to slowly float in its direction: "Go and help me set up the battlefield!"


    Everyone present is not weak.


    It''s just that they can''t easily control a planet, and only Domamu, the master of the dark dimension, can do it.


    "Aren''t you going with us?"


    Dormammu raised his hand and took the miniature of the planet.


    "I can''t go yet."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, glanced at the Red Skull who was still screaming at the bottom of the altar, raised his hand and turned his spiritual spear into nothing, and a burst of gravity pulled the Red Skull up!


    "If I go, who will guide Thanos?"


    Uehara Naraku looked at the red skull in front of him with a smile, and said softly: "Do you have to rely on this waste that brought Hydra into hell?"


    "asshole¡­"


    "Don''t worry, I won''t kill you, senior."


    A series of spiritual pressures appeared in Uehara Naraku''s palm and turned into a barrier, and the barrier spread out instantly, trapping the Red Skull like a cage!


    Naraku Uehara reached out and patted the barrier cage, and continued with a smile: "As a negative example of Hydra, I will put you on display in our various bases..."


    "Bastard, you bastard kid..."


    There is no need to describe too much, Red Skull can imagine the scenes that can make his life worse than death, a group of Hydra cannon fodder soldiers pointing at him, this is to put him in Hydra forever Wall of Shame...


    "Tsk, it''s really bad..."


    Uchiha Madara couldn''t help shaking his head.


    "Already friendly."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palms, a pitch-black cloak quietly appeared on his body, and a cloud of spiritual pressure rose under his feet: "You go, I will be the messenger of the soul gem here, waiting Our Mr. Thanos..."


    "..."


    Everyone felt a little heartbroken for no reason.


    Uchiha Madara glanced at Uehara Naraku before leaving, and said meaningfully: "I hope that guy won''t be deceived badly..."


    "how could be?"


    Naraku Uehara smiled even better, and said sincerely: "At least I appreciate his fairness...no distinction between rich and poor, old or young, male or female...this is much better than those guys who always want to eliminate inferior people gone."


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni stopped in front of the black hole, and suddenly said: "Captain Uehara, there are actually many human natures in the world that cannot be estimated by gods. That guy named Ebony Maw seems to be very loyal to Thanos. You If you let him go back..."


    This is a reminder from an old man.


    Uehara Naraku waved his hand indifferently, and continued with a chuckle: "I appreciate his loyalty, so I told him in his soul that as a reward for him, before his soul dissipates, he can fight against Mie Ba said five sentences, but in fact he can only say three..."


    "..."


    Then what a devil you are!


    Yamamoto Motoyanagi Shigekuni sighed and chose to leave with everyone.


    temple.


    Thanos territory.


    Thanos doesn''t know that he has a fan waiting for him.


    This muscular purple giant is sitting on a tall throne, and he is still watching the video of his subordinates being destroyed by the attack of the Akatsuki organization.


    Thanos, the most powerful man in the universe.


    Thanos'' eyes were so calm that it was almost indifferent, no matter what he faced, he always seemed to have this expression, as if he didn''t care about everything.


    Because after Thanos thought he understood the true meaning of the future of the universe, he never showed any special interest in anything, whether it was war or peace.


    Even if his subordinates were killed or injured.


    The first attack of the Akatsuki organization caused the Thanos Legion to suffer huge losses.


    Among them, Black Dwarf died in battle, General Deathblade was seriously injured, and Ebony Maw''s whereabouts are unknown. Only Proxima Centauri, who was lucky enough to be spared by Dormammu, can still serve Thanos.


    "grown ups¡­"


    Proxima Centauri bowed his head humbly, and explained cautiously: "Now all civilizations are spreading the news that we have been attacked by Akatsuki..."


    This news dealt a big blow to Thanos'' reputation.


    No one has dared to challenge them like this for many years, especially this time the enemy is stronger than any enemy they have ever seen.


    "I see."


    Thanos'' expression remained calm.


    Even though he had just read the message sent back by the black dwarf before his death in battle, and even saw the scene where the black dwarf was punched and exploded, he was still not moved.


    Next, is the encounter with Ebony Maw.


    The next one is the encounter of General Deathblade.


    Proxima Dark Night accompanied Thanos to watch these videos, and she couldn''t help feeling a little lucky in her heart, because seeing the enemies her colleagues and husband encountered, she had to lament that the Dormammu she met was really kind enough ¡­


    only¡­


    Thanos remained calm.


    Because he doesn''t know Uchiha Madara and others. As for their power to easily destroy a fleet, many people can do this kind of power. For example, Thanos knows the brain of a god named Igo, and he can do it easily this kind of...


    It''s just that when Thanos was watching the video of the last Dormammu''s attack, his expression like an iceberg finally fluctuated, and his eyes suddenly tightened!


    "Dormammu..."


    "Yes, my lord, it claims to be Dormammu..."


    Dark Ye Proxima gritted his teeth, and knelt down on one knee in the direction of the throne: "Sorry, my lord, I''m not its match..."


    "this is not your fault."


    Thanos shook his head calmly, and he didn''t mean to blame his subordinates at all. He knew the secrets of the universe very well, and Dormammu was not something ordinary people could handle.


    That is the master of the dark dimension!


    Possesses a strength comparable to Odin, the god-king of Asgard!


    Thanos glanced at Proxima Centauri, who was kneeling on the ground on one knee, and said softly, "No need to apologize, my child, you are very lucky to be able to escape from its grasp..."


    After finishing speaking, Thanos looked down at the empty Infinity Gauntlet in his hand: "It seems that we need to speed up, Ronan has already discovered the whereabouts of the Cosmic Spirit Orb..."


    "I''ll get it back for you."


    Dark Ye Proxima Centauri quickly made his request.


    "No, I already have a suitable candidate."


    Thanos slowly shook his head, looked in the other direction of the temple area, where there were two women fighting, he said softly: "Let Gamora or Xingyun go..."


    The two women fighting are Thanos'' daughters.


    No, it should be said that they are the adopted daughters adopted by Thanos. Among them, his eldest daughter Gamora is the most important one, because Gamora has a very rational mind.


    As for the younger daughter Nebula...


    The character is really irritable and irritable.


    Thanos hopes that after he completes his ideal retirement, Gamora will lead the Thanos army and inherit his balance theory.


    certainly.


    This ideal currently seems a bit far away.


    "grown ups¡­"


    A gloomy voice suddenly appeared around them, and a strange figure quietly floated in front of Thanos and Proxima Centauri. It was the dead soul of Ebony Maw...


    "Ebony Throat..."


    Dark Ye Proxima stared at his companion in astonishment.


    Ebony Maw didn''t continue to pay attention to Proxima Centauri, but humbly knelt in front of Thanos, and said in a deep voice: "My lord, the soul gem is on Vormir, but... a liar!"


    A touch of madness flashed across Ebony Throat''s face!


    The think tank of Thanos'' men, who has always been known for his elegance, is full of madness and resentment at this moment, as if he has encountered some vengeful enemy!


    Ebony Maw struggled desperately and rushed towards Thanos, his fingers tightly covering his throat, as if he wanted to say something...


    However¡­


    But after all, I can no longer speak...


    The only thing Ebony Throat can do is to kneel down to Thanos again like a pilgrimage, offering his dying loyalty to Thanos...


    Thanos looked at his subordinates, and slowly stretched out his fingers, wanting to touch the soul of Ebony Maw, but in the end it turned out to be forever...


    Boom!


    Ebony Maw''s soul suddenly turned into a puff of smoke and dissipated, as if his soul had struggled to get here and could only support him to say a few words...


    "He is dead."


    Thanos slowly withdrew his fingers, the sadness in his eyes was fleeting, and his face became firm again: "But his sacrifice is not worthless, at least it brought me a precious News, no one has ever seen the most mysterious soul gem with his own eyes, and he didn''t expect him to know the whereabouts of the soul gem..."


    "But my lord..."


    Dark Ye Proxima slowly lowered his head, as if he wanted to question: "Ebony Maw seems to have something to say before it disappears..."


    Anyone can tell from Ebonmaw''s last words... There must be danger on Vormir!


    "Go prepare the spaceship."


    Thanos calmly stood up from the throne, and continued softly: "There is no need to worry, at least any danger is worth it compared to the mysterious soul gem..."

 Chapter 804

    Vormir star.


    A spaceship hovered above.


    The hidden place of the Soul Gem has once again welcomed a new guest.


    The space transmission gravitational channel on the spacecraft quietly fell, and a tall and strong figure appeared on the ground of Vormir star, it was Thanos who came to get the soul gem.


    "Thanos, son of the Titans..."


    An ethereal voice echoed in the air.


    A cloud of mist quietly rose from the ground, hovered, hovered, and landed in front of Thanos. A young man in a black leather jacket quietly appeared here in a cloud of mist.


    "Who are you?"


    Thanos slowly clenched his fist.


    The young man in black didn''t answer Thanos'' question, but just looked at the situation around Thanos, and said softly: "Huh? Mr. Thanos, are you the only one here?"


    "What''s the meaning¡­"


    "It looks like Ebony Maw didn''t bring you the most important news..."


    The black-clothed young man stopped in front of Thanos with scattered clouds and mist, and slowly spread his palm: "Let me introduce myself, I am Uehara Naraku, the envoy of the Soul Gem..."


    Before Naraku Uehara could finish his words, a vast amount of soul power suddenly erupted on the ground of Vormir Star, and clouds of mist surged from the ground...


    It''s just that these earth-shattering clouds and mists just appeared, and they were suppressed by Naraku Uehara spread out his hands lightly.


    Uehara Naraku glanced at the ground with some displeasure, and said softly: "It seems that the Soul Gem has been hidden for too long, longing for a master..."


    "Then the messenger of the soul gem..."


    Thanos stared at the black-clothed youth in front of him, and said in a deep voice, "Can you tell me now, where is the soul gem?"


    "Come with me."


    Naraku Uehara shook off the black leather jacket on his body chicly, and said softly: "I hope you can strengthen your will after hearing the story I told..."


    "..."


    Thanos had no words.


    The tall titan climbed up step by step with the young man in black riding the clouds, and they walked all the way to the highest altar on Vormir.


    There were turbulent winds and clouds along the way.


    The soul energy of Star Vormir continued to explode.


    Hurricane after hurricane hit the entire planet.


    It''s just that all the surging soul energy was suppressed by Uehara Naraku, and let Thanos see the power of Uehara Naraku. Such a powerful person should not lie to him...


    "If you want to gain, you will lose."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand to disperse the turbulent clouds. When he spoke, he looked like an expert in the world. His voice was not high, but he could always convey it to the bottom of people''s hearts: "Now what you have to face It is the most mysterious gem in the universe..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku slowly turned his head to look at Thanos: "Are you really sure that you are ready to accept this power?"


    "I''ve always been sure."


    Thanos slowly stretched out his palm, showing his Infinity Gauntlet: "I have been preparing to accept everything today, no matter what existence is known or unknown in the universe, it is impossible to change a man. the will of..."


    "Then keep following me..."


    Uehara Naraku raised his palm, brought up clouds of mist, and slowly led Thanos to the direction of the altar: "I hope you really won''t regret it."


    The two continued to climb upwards.


    Thanos stepped on the stone steps step by step, following Uehara Naraku, his firm footsteps heralded his heart, Thanos firmly believed that his will was stronger than anyone else.


    Thanos glanced at Uehara Naraku who was floating in the clouds, and suddenly asked, "Has Ebony Maw come here?"


    "The...loyal man..."


    Uehara Naraku frowned slightly, as if he didn''t care about this person at all, he continued softly: "That person''s life has come to an end, but he still wants to take the gem for his master beyond his control, but Apparently he''s just doing futile work..."


    Uehara Naraku''s face showed a touch of exclamation: "I admire his loyalty very much, so I gave him a part of the soul energy. Although he can''t leave Vormir, he can still keep his soul alive..."


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku''s tone became a little quiet: "It''s a pity that he thought he had the hope of immortality, so he escaped from Vormir Star..."


    "..."


    After hearing this, Thanos couldn''t help being silent.


    The overlord of the universe already knew what his subordinates were thinking, and also knew why Ebony Maw would end its fate. Thanos softly defended his subordinates: "He brought me news about the soul gem..."


    "Did he tell you?"


    Uehara Naraku turned around and asked, "The soul gem is not as accessible as the stone steps below our stage. Why has no one seen the most mysterious gem in the universe?"


    Thanos shook his head slowly, and said in a deep voice: "The strength of Ebony Maw can only support him to say a word. He used his last moment to give me the most precious news..."


    "Ok."


    Naraku Uehara spread his hands indifferently, and sighed softly, "It''s really an enviable loyalty..."


    Other people''s subordinates...have grown a heart.


    My subordinates... have grown rebellious.


    After Uehara Naraku sighed, he finally stopped at the highest altar on Vormir and said softly, "We are here."


    "Where is the soul gem?"


    Thanos finally couldn''t help frowning.


    "omnipresent."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his arms, gestured to open the mouth and said: "Everything in the entire Vormir star is it, and it is not it, it is hidden here..."


    "The soul gem is the most mysterious gem in the universe. It has its own unique rules. It needs to let those who want to use it understand the value of power. Anyone who wants to get it will have to pay a huge price..."


    "One..."


    "A price that is absolutely difficult for ordinary people to pay."


    Uehara Naraku looked at Thanos who was a little confused, and he explained softly: "This price... is where your love gathers...


    Only dedicating the person you love most to the Soul Stone will gain its favor, because it means that the power in your hands has been bought at a terrible price...


    So you don''t use it lightly. "


    "..."


    Thanos fell silent again.


    The tall man entered into a long thought.


    Uehara Naraku stared at Thanos, and said slowly: "If you don''t have a so-called beloved, you will be doomed to miss the soul gem... If you have a beloved, are you really willing to give her up in exchange for the soul gem? ?¡±


    "..."


    Thanos is still silent.


    Uehara Naraku looked at Thanos who was still silent, and continued: "Thanos, the most powerful person in the universe, a person who stands on a high place is doomed to be lonely, it seems that there is no particularly important person in your heart..."


    "¡­No."


    Thanos slowly raised his head.


    The cosmic overlord''s face was a little complicated, his eyes fixed on Uehara Naraku, and his voice was a little heavy: "I''ll be back soon..."


    "..."


    There was a little doubt in Uehara Naraku''s eyes.


    Thanos didn''t explain to Uehara Naraku, he just slowly stepped down the stone steps again and returned to his spaceship.


    When Thanos returns to the altar...


    Next to Thanos was a green-skinned woman. This woman''s face was so devastated that she seemed to have lost her mind, because Thanos told her everything about Vormir.


    Uehara Naraku looked at the dazed woman, and then at Thanos: "Gamora, this is your daughter, it looks like you are ready..."


    "..."


    Thanos slowly stretched out his palm to hold Gamora''s hand, and walked to the edge of the altar step by step, his voice became firmer than ever.


    "I have no choice."


    "No¡­"


    Gamora tore Thanos'' wrist violently, and struggled violently: "How can a person like you have love...you are the butcher of this world..."


    "Gamora..."


    Thanos stubbornly dragged his daughter forward, a line of tears slowly left on his face, but his footsteps remained firm.


    "Little girl, your father really loves you."


    Uehara Naraku looked at this scene, and said quietly: "It''s best to be careful when you speak, don''t hurt an old father''s heart too much..."


    "How could he..."


    Gamora is still struggling!


    However, she couldn''t struggle for too long after all, and was finally dragged by Thanos to the edge of the altar, and was thrown straight into the ground of the altar!


    Boom...


    The sound of Gamora''s body falling to the ground was a bit dull.


    Thanos seemed to be unable to bear his sins, and slowly closed his eyes, his face could not hide the grief of losing his daughter.


    Just at this time¡­


    The moment the sacrifice fell to the ground...


    The soul energy of the entire Vormir star gathered under the altar, and immediately the huge soul energy shot straight into the sky, activating the entire dead Vormir star!


    Uehara Naraku looked at this earth-shattering scene calmly, his eyes moved slowly, and finally stayed on Thanos.


    Thanos slowly stretched out his palm, and an orange light appeared in his palm, flickering in his palm, looking extraordinarily weird...


    soul gem.


    The most mysterious soul gem in the universe.


    Just when Thanos was full of mixed feelings, he slowly picked up the soul gem and was about to put it in his infinite gauntlet, a claw stretched out towards him...


    "Vientiane Tianyin!"


    Accompanied by a light shout came!


    There was an attraction in Naraku Uehara''s palm, and he directly pulled Thanos'' tall body and flew upside down to his side!


    Thanos was startled, and he suddenly realized something, waved his fist and smashed it at Uehara Naraku by gravity!


    However¡­


    Uehara Naraku just raised his palm slightly, and a light blue space energy surrounded Thanos, making him unable to move at all...


    "who are you?"


    Thanos tried his best to twist his wrist. He looked at the space energy that imprisoned him, and he couldn''t help but feel a little uneasy: "This is... the power of the space gem! Who are you...!"


    "me?"


    Naraku Uehara walked to Thanos'' side step by step, stretched out his fingers, and pinched the soul gem in Thanos'' hand.


    This scene¡­


    Let Thanos look full of anger!


    This is the soul gem he got at the expense of his daughter Gamora, and it was snatched away by Naraku Uehara!


    "That''smine!"


    Thanos gritted his teeth.


    "Anyone will do."


    Naraku Uehara spread out his palm indifferently, with a nonchalant expression: "I don''t care who gets it, anyway, as long as it is in my hands in the end, it''s enough..."


    "You are not a messenger at all..."


    The anger in Thanos'' eyes was almost uncontrollable!


    No matter who it is, it is estimated that it is impossible to calm down, because he has just sacrificed his beloved, and lost the soul gem brought to him by the sacrifice of his beloved in the blink of an eye...


    If you can''t get the gem back...


    Thanos even felt that his heart might be broken!


    Uehara Naraku nodded, and said slowly: "There is indeed a soul gem receiving messenger on Vormir, and I also learned how to get the soul gem from him, but the price is too heavy..."


    Speaking of this, Uehara Naraku looked at Thanos and said softly: "So I need a man with a strong will and an extreme desire for gems, let him help me get the soul gems..."


    "No one is willing to give up their beloved. This requires extremely firm willpower and unimaginable courage. There are too few such men in this universe..."


    "only you¡­"


    "Thanos..."


    "You are the person I know most likely to get the soul gem."


    "Of course, I believe that you must have your own love in your heart."


    Uehara Naraku stretched out his palm with space energy, suppressed Thanos and knelt in front of him on one knee, before he reached out and stroked Thanos'' head: "I understand your thoughts very well, we are the same people. "


    "You bastard..."


    Thanos stared at Naraku Uehara, and grinned inexplicably: "So you used the soul of Ebony Maw to lure me to Vormir, and tricked me into sacrificing my daughter to get the soul gem..."


    "yes¡­"


    Uehara Naraku played with the soul gem in his hand, put it into his black hole, and then continued: "Don''t be angry about these things now, because your anger is still behind..."


    "..."


    Thanos choked a little.


    Where the hell did this talent come from!


    When Thanos was struggling and trying to quarrel, he saw a familiar soul floating out of Uehara Naraku''s palm, that was the soul of his daughter Gamora!


    "The soul gem is really tasteless..."


    Naraku Uehara couldn''t help feeling disgusted on his face.


    Because for him, the soul gem is indeed a tasteless one. In his black hole universe, there is already a complete soul world because of the world of death, and the soul gem is also a soul world.


    The Soul Gem only slightly complements his black hole universe.


    Perhaps the only thing Uehara Naraku can do is to use the method of the god of death to pull out the dead soul from the soul gem, but what is the use of this?


    What''s the use of it other than pissing people off?


    Uehara Naraku shook his head helplessly, raised his hand and pulled up the corpse of the underground altar, and said with a long sigh: "Since I took away the soul gem, it really doesn''t make sense for you to sacrifice your daughter... The natural art of reincarnation!"


    Gamora''s body glowed with white light...


    Gamora''s soul flew into the white light in Naraku Uehara''s hand!


    Thanos watched in disbelief as his daughter''s body stood up again, and watched in disbelief as his most beloved daughter came back to life again: "... Gamora?"


    resurrection!


    The universe is so big, full of wonders!


    This man actually has the means of resurrection!


    "..."


    Gamora looked up and saw Thanos who was kneeling here on one knee, the woman''s face instantly became vicious and angry: "You..."


    Boom...


    Gamora fell to the ground again...


    "Tsk, what an irritable daughter..."


    Naraku Uehara, who was standing beside him, knocked Gamora unconscious with a punch, looked down at Thanos and said, "It seems that you really love your daughter..."


    A black hole door opened behind Uehara Naraku, he slowly picked up Gamora''s body, and said softly: "Then, if you want your daughter to return to you, you can redeem it with a power gem." go back to her..."


    "..."


    Thanos'' eyes tightened!


    Damn, this guy actually used her daughter to blackmail him!


    How can there be such a person with a strange brain circuit in the world, how can he want to threaten a determined overlord with emotion...


    "You don''t want her, do you?"


    Uehara Naraku picked up Gamora''s clothes, held Gamora in front of Thanos, and said calmly: "You have already experienced the feeling of sacrificing her with your own hands...now you want to experience it again...losing her feel?"


    "..."


    Thanos'' heart trembled suddenly.


    At this moment, he finally recalled the pain in his heart when he sacrificed Gamora, and he didn''t want to experience the feeling of loss again...


    but¡­


    The Infinity Stones relate to his highest ideals.


    "I will think about it."


    Thanos did not give a definite reply, he looked at Uehara Naraku, he knew that this was an opponent who was also collecting infinite gems: "Tell me... who are you?"


    "Do not you know me?"


    Naraku Uehara shook his head helplessly and sighed, grabbed Gamora''s body and walked towards the door of the black hole, his back slowly changed.


    The leather coat on Uehara Naraku''s body slowly changed, and a black robe of auspicious clouds slowly appeared and draped over his body.


    this is¡­


    Akatsuki''s uniform.


    Even if Thanos didn''t pay much attention to the Akatsuki organization before, but recently his subordinates were massacred by the Akatsuki organization, he couldn''t help but pay attention to this force that attacked him...


    did not expect¡­


    This is a member of Akatsuki...


    Uehara Naraku stood in front of the gate of the black hole, his gaze was looking directly at Thanos, and he said softly: "Then let me re-introduce..."


    "I am the leader of Akatsuki, Naraku Uehara."

 Chapter 805

    so similar.


    It''s really too similar.


    Naraku Uehara stood beside the door of the black hole in a black robe of auspicious clouds, and the black hole with a halo of light became his background color, making him look like a king in the dark.


    Even though Naraku Uehara is still holding Gamora in his hands, it doesn''t hinder his temperament at all, so anyone who sees this moment will definitely know...


    This is a complete villain.


    Especially since this person is still the leader of Akatsuki.


    Thanos raised his head and watched Naraku Uehara leading Gamora into the gate of the black hole. He felt that he would never forget this scene today and this powerless moment in his life!


    This man took his soul gem...


    This man also stole his daughter Gamora...


    Of course, the most important thing for Thanos is... Naraku Uehara also has another Infinity Gem Space Gem on his body, perhaps there should be more than one in terms of Uehara''s identity.


    With Uehara Naraku''s departure, the space energy on Thanos'' body dissipated. He stood up slowly, staring at the dead Vormir star in thought.


    Akatsuki''s leader...


    This identity is not simple.


    Even Dormammu of the Dark Dimension is a member of Akatsuki.


    Xiao organization.


    Thanos feels that he has not encountered such a terrifying enemy for many years. This is a powerful opponent far beyond those he has encountered in the past.


    Proxima Centauri on the spaceship noticed that his master and Gamora had not returned for a long time. When he came to look for Thanos, he saw Thanos standing on the altar meditating.


    "grown ups¡­"


    "..."


    Thanos slowly turned his head, looked at Proxima Centauri who had come to look for him, and breathed a sigh of relief: "The business here is over, let''s go..."


    "Aren''t we taking Gamora?"


    Dark Ye Proxima Centauri asked cautiously.


    "She was taken away."


    When Thanos said this, he couldn''t help clenching his fist: "Let''s go, now it''s time to find the universe spirit ball..."


    For Gamora who was taken away...


    For the other gems in Naraku Uehara''s hands!


    Thanos'' fist made a bone-like sound, which gradually calmed down his mood: "I have found the whereabouts of the Space Gem and the Soul Gem, and I need to get the Power Gem in the Cosmic Spirit Orb..."


    Only the power gem that can get any physical attack in the universe can compete with the leader of Akatsuki who holds the space gem and the soul gem!


    "Congratulations, my lord..."


    Dark Ye Proxima knelt on one knee beside Thanos, and said in a hoarse voice: "The Accuser Ronan just contacted us, and Ronan has already grasped the location of the Cosmic Spirit Orb, but his condition is to ask us to help He destroyed the Nova Corps on Chadar..."


    "Tell that brat, we agreed."


    Thanos'' mood finally improved a bit, and he continued in a deep voice: "Let Ronan block the news, as long as he sends the cosmic spirit ball, I will personally help him destroy Star Chadar."


    "grown ups¡­"


    Anye Proxima Centauri was a little taken aback.


    Because there should be no need for Thanos to dispatch himself for such a trivial matter, right?


    Thanos did not explain to Proxima Centauri, because now the power gem in the cosmic spirit ball is the only known infinity gem. He personally dispatched to ensure that the power gem will not fall into the hands of others...


    after all¡­


    The Akatsuki organization is just around the corner!


    Facts have proved that Thanos himself was correct.


    After Ronan, the accuser of the Kri civilization, got the Cosmic Spirit Orb, he saw that the power gem was hidden in the Cosmic Spirit Orb, and he wanted to go back on betraying their cooperation!


    This is simply courting death!


    Even if Ronan holds the power gem, he is definitely not Thanos'' opponent. He is like a jumping clown, and his neck was twisted and broken by Thanos himself!


    Dark Asterisk.


    This is Ronan''s car.


    After Thanos stepped on the spaceship, he brazenly killed Ronan and got the purple power gem. He held the gem tightly in his palm, and slowly felt the energy of the gem entering his body. There was a tinge of contented calm.


    At this moment, Xing Yun walked up to Thanos, and reported in a deep voice: "Father, something unknown is flying towards the Dark Star..."


    "Ok?"


    Thanos slowly opened his eyes, and looked through the glass of the spaceship at a bright light flying towards the Dark Star in space.


    That is¡­


    Pure and powerful energy!


    Boom!


    That ray of light suddenly hit the Dark Asterisk!


    A woman overflowing with energy penetrated the wall of the Dark Star and landed on this spaceship that had just experienced a massacre. She looked at a group of enemies who surrounded her, and her voice was a little untimely and crisp.


    "Where is Thanos?"


    "who are you?"


    Proxima An Ye, who had just finished slaughtering Ronan''s subordinates, clenched her spear tightly, and she looked at this terrifying woman with vigilant eyes.


    "Akatsuki''s intern, Carol Danvers."


    After the surprise captain Carol Danvers introduced himself, he spread his palms and said: "Our boss asked me to kill him. This is my entry task. I have a reason to do so, so...can you help me? Call out Thanos?"


    "..."


    A group of people looked at each other in blank dismay.


    Dark Asterisk main cabin.


    Thanos slowly fiddled with the power gem he had just obtained, his eyes became a little heavy: "Xiao''s person... came just in time..."


    Sure enough, he did not guess!


    The people from the Akatsuki organization are also staring at the power gem!


    If he hadn''t personally dispatched here to get the power gem, perhaps this gem has already been taken away by the people of the Akatsuki organization!


    certainly¡­


    Thanos would never have thought of...


    If he hadn''t personally dispatched it, it would be impossible for Captain Marvel to chase here...


    Now that Thanos holds the power gem in his hand, his heart is much more at ease, no matter what the enemy is, it is impossible for him to be the opponent of the power gem!


    Thanos exuded powerful purple energy, bit by bit eroding the spaceship of the Dark Star, he glanced at Captain Marvel who was overflowing with energy on the screen, and ordered his subordinates: "Stand back, let that Akatsuki intern Born to meet me."


    Even though that was just an intern...


    But the energy on her body is frighteningly strong!


    This woman named Carol Danvers, just because of her energy, can be used as any weapon!


    Thanos is very clear.


    Except for herself, no one on this spaceship is her opponent.


    "It''s just in time..."


    Thanos clenched the power gem in his hand, not afraid of the invasion of this infinite gem on his body: "I will use you to experiment with the power gem..."


    "thanks."


    Captain Marvel, who knew nothing, even thanked him.


    Then¡­


    Carol Danvers was beaten badly.


    Thanos, who holds the power gem in his hand, can destroy the world in a fight.


    Carol Danvers, who only relies on superpowers, is no match for Thanos at all. Whether it is from combat experience or other aspects, he is completely blown away by Thanos...


    The always arrogant Captain Marvel has finally had enough...


    Thanos'' left hand tightly pinched Carol Danvers'' neck, his right hand condensed a mass of purple energy, and he punched her lower abdomen!


    Severe pain swept through Captain Marvel''s body!


    At this moment, the pain made her unable to raise her strength at all!


    "Lock her up."


    Thanos let go and left the rag-like Captain Marvel. After a fierce battle, his mood was still calm: "I want to use her to exchange Gamora from the Akatsuki organization..."


    "not enough."


    A dull and terrifying voice suddenly appeared on the spaceship.


    Accompanied by the appearance of this terrifying sound, a dark space crack appeared quietly, and a huge giant eye suddenly flashed through the crack!


    "Dormammu!"


    Thanos immediately recognized who it was!


    Dormammu, the overlord of the dark dimension, has joined the Akatsuki organization. Did this guy also come to him to snatch the power gem?


    "Don''t be nervous... Thanos."


    Dormammu''s giant eyes slowly swept over Carol Danvers who was lying on the ground, and his voice was still dull: "I''m just here to convey the will of that adult, if you want to save your daughter again, then take Come to your hometown with the waste and power gems of our organization..."


    "Come to Titan..."


    "We''re right here..."


    "Waiting for your arrival."

 Chapter 806

    Generally speaking.


    There can only be one planet spinning in a planetary orbit.


    A strange scene appeared in a space area in the universe. Two planets appeared on a planetary orbit. The two planets may attract and collide with each other at any time.


    One of them is the dilapidated and barren Titan star, and the other is a prosperous new planet. They seem to be forced to maintain their balance by brute force.


    But on the desolate star of Titan, there appeared a tall Throne of Reaching the Heaven, its power pierced into the sky, it was very eye-catching even in space!


    When Thanos'' spaceship came here, he saw this interstellar spectacle. He almost thought that he came to the wrong place. His hometown, Titan, had no neighbors, nor a huge throne...


    However, star charts do not lie.


    Was this done by those guys organized by Akatsuki?


    Just when Thanos on the spaceship couldn''t help being a little shocked by the big hand of the Akatsuki organization, he suddenly noticed that the planet that appeared near the Titan star looked familiar...


    this planet...


    as if he had been to...


    Kind of like the one he had his eyes on...


    It seems to be the one that will live in seclusion when I retire in the future...


    Looking at the photos taken on the spacecraft, Thanos couldn''t help feeling that the two planets are so similar, the plants on them are exactly the same as the special plants of Titan...


    etc¡­


    Thanos'' mood suddenly sank.


    It is impossible for the Akatsuki organization to move an unnamed planet here for no reason, right?


    Just at this time, a strong gravitational force suddenly pulled the spaceship down and landed, and most of the people on the spaceship fell to the ground involuntarily, trembling all over their bodies!


    "Please don''t be nervous."


    A leisurely voice echoed on the spaceship, calming everyone''s panic like gentle spring water: "It''s just guiding you to land, I don''t want this dilapidated planet to set off a sandstorm..."


    Under the action of this gravitational force, the spacecraft slowly stopped at a position tens of meters above the ground, and everyone in the cabin slowly calmed down.


    The transmission channel of the spaceship fell.


    Thanos picked up his double-edged slasher and landed on the ground of Titan first, followed by Proxima Centauri and General Deathblade, followed by the surprise captain Carol Danvers.


    They saw the enemy that awaited them.


    Uehara Naraku sat on the Heavenly Throne of the Titan Star wearing a black robe of auspicious clouds, with his palms propping his cheeks, and an untimely gentle smile on his lips.


    And beside the throne.


    Seven rugged figures guarded the surroundings.


    It was the senior cadres of the Akatsuki organization such as Uchiha Madara and Domamu, and Gamora stood beside them with his hands tied upside down, his face dead silent.


    Naraku Uehara stared at Thanos, and the smile on the corner of his mouth became softer: "Welcome home, Your Excellency Thanos."


    "..."


    Thanos frowned slightly, he raised his head to look at his dilapidated and desolate hometown, then slowly turned his head to look at Uehara Naraku, and said in a deep voice: "You want to use my hometown as a place to bury me ?"


    "Let''s put it this way..."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palms, and he explained with a light smile: "Whether you are buried in your hometown, or you achieve supremacy in your hometown, it should be considered lucky in life, right?"


    Uehara Naraku''s palm flickered with a glimmer of light, and five infinity gems floated up and down in his palm, he said softly: "Look, plus the power gem you just got, all the infinity gems in the universe are here... "


    Naraku Uehara looked up at Thanos with a solemn face, and continued with a smile: "As long as you defeat me, you will get everything you want..."


    "..."


    Thanos'' palm squeezed the handle of his knife tightly.


    Even he never thought that Uehara Naraku and Akatsuki got five infinite gems, which means that the battle that started on Titan will determine the fate of the entire universe!


    As long as he can win...


    The ideal of balance that he has fought for all his life will be realized!


    certainly¡­


    If he fails...


    "I''m curious, what do you want to do..."


    Thanos stuck his double-edged sword on the ground with one hand, reached out to caress his infinity gauntlet, and stared at Uehara Naraku: "If you get all the infinity gems, what would you want to do to this world..."


    "There''s no need to worry about that."


    Uehara Naraku slowly put away all the gems, and said indifferently: "For me, what I want to do can be done without them... Infinity gems are just my favorite collections. They have quite a high collection. value."


    Obviously.


    The two of them couldn''t talk at all.


    Originally, Thanos thought that Uehara Naraku might also be a guy with ideals, but he didn''t expect that this guy just regarded the infinity gem that he had been chasing all his life as a collectible...


    Who does this guy think he is?


    How can you be like that useless waste collector in the void!


    "Alright, let''s exchange hostages first!"


    Naraku Uehara opened his palm suddenly and pulled Gamora to his side. He looked at Thanos and said, "Although you haven''t handed over your power to me, you''ve already finished bringing it to Titan Star." mission, then return your daughter to you!"


    The next moment, a repulsive force pushed out violently!


    Gamora''s body involuntarily flew upside down!


    Thanos quickly stretched out his wrist, hugged Gamora who was flying by the waist, turned around and put her on the ground, he stretched out his hand and slowly stroked Gamora''s hair, without hiding his pity in his eyes and guilt.


    "It''s all right... my child..."


    "let me go!"


    Gamora bared his teeth and roared at Thanos!


    This daughter who was sacrificed by Thanos on Vormir obviously hasn''t forgotten the resentment towards Thanos in her heart, but Gamora has more fear in her heart!


    Because other people in the universe don''t know Thanos'' thoughts, but her daughter knows very well that if Thanos wins, half of the people in the entire universe will be wiped out!


    Although Gamora thinks that the probability of Thanos winning is not high...


    Thanos didn''t care about Gamora''s arrogance at all, and pushed her to the side of General Deathblade: "Go stay with them, leave with them, this is not a battle you can participate in..."


    "what are you going to do!"


    Gamora suppressed her voice, gritted her teeth and said: "Although you are a bastard, you are still my father. Let me tell you this guy, you can''t be the opponent of that guy named Uehara Naraku, you will die here !"


    she is here...


    I saw with my own eyes Naraku Uehara''s creation out of nothing!


    What''s more, she also saw Uehara Naraku''s suppression of Thanos on Vormir Star, and she could clearly see the gap between the two, otherwise, Thanos would not have allowed Uehara Naraku to take her away...


    Just when Thanos''s face flashed a flash of relief, and when he wanted to say something, Uehara Naraku interrupted him: "Hey, can the conversation between your father and daughter be delayed for a while?"


    Uehara Naraku''s eyes shifted to the somewhat embarrassed Captain Marvel, and he said loudly: "Before that, can you return the waste interns of our organization?"


    "Hehe...Of course you can."


    Dark Ye Proxima sneered, stretched out his hand and pushed Captain Marvel forward a few times, then pulled out his spear and stuck it in Captain Marvel''s leg!


    Even she didn''t think it was enough to relieve her hatred!


    The spear in the palm pierced several holes one after another!


    "Ah ah ah ah ah¡­"


    Captain Marvel''s painful roar echoed on the planet, because her injuries were too serious, she could only struggle and crawl on the ground to avoid the ravages of the enemy!


    If it were anyone, they would probably be angry at this tragic situation, but the other people present didn''t care, because they had seen even more miserable battlefields. Only Gamora couldn''t see it, and opened his mouth to stop the dark night Proxima Centauri.


    "Don''t do that, they didn''t make things difficult for me..."


    "Humph¡­"


    Dark Ye Proxima snorted coldly, watched Captain Marvel crawling on the ground dripping with blood, then retracted his spear with a sneer, looked at Gamora and said: "Your heart is soft, it''s because you don''t know, this woman horror!"


    "Tsk, you''re really careful..."


    Uehara Naraku sighed.


    Naraku Uehara suddenly raised his fingertips, and slowly pointed to Proxima Centauri: "Although I hate Carol, she is my subordinate now... It seems that I should let people in this world know that Akatsuki''s interns also It''s not something that other people can bully unscrupulously!"


    next moment¡­


    A golden light suddenly shot out!


    Thanos waved his double-edged sword to stop the golden light, and said in a deep voice, "Your Excellency Naraku Uehara, I apologize for what my subordinates did..."


    "It''s not necessary, I''m not a stingy guy..."


    Uehara Naraku slowly shook his head and retracted his attack, but before his voice fell, his body suddenly disappeared on the throne, and appeared next to Proxima Centauri!


    Naraku Uehara held Proxima Centauri''s neck tightly with his palm, and said with a smile: "If everything can be solved by just apologizing, then what do we need to do to maintain the order of the universe?"


    Click!


    Without even waiting for Thanos to react, Uehara Naraku''s palm twisted slightly, breaking Proxima Centauri''s neck!


    "You bastard¡­"


    General Death Blade stabbed Uehara Naraku with a long spear. An Ye Proxima was his wife, and she was killed by Uehara Naraku in such a grandiose manner!


    "stop!"


    Thanos stopped General Deathblade with a loud voice, and said coldly: "Let Your Excellency Uehara Naraku bring back his subordinates, it is our fault first..."


    "Then thank you..."


    Uehara Naraku pulled Captain Marvel to his feet with one hand, and a green light appeared in his palm and landed on Captain Marvel.


    With the fall of the green light, the wound on Carol Danvers slowly healed, and she glanced at Naraku Uehara with complicated eyes.


    "thanks."


    Carol Danvers has mixed feelings.


    The bastard Uehara Naraku is not useless, at least he knows how to save Akatsuki''s companions instead of letting Thanos kill him...


    Obviously this guy knew there was animosity between them.


    "It''s too early to say thank you."


    Naraku Uehara raised her head to signal her to stand up: "Intern Carol Danvers, you are the only one in the Akatsuki organization who failed..."


    "Thanos has a terrifying gem in his hand..."


    "That''s not a reason."


    Naraku Uehara interrupted Carol Danvers, and said softly: "Stand aside now, our account will be settled after this war is over..."


    "yes¡­"


    Carol Danvers'' body was flooded with energy, her fists were tightly clenched by her legs, and she finally lowered her head slowly and stepped aside.


    "Now let''s talk about what''s going on between us!"


    Thanos picked up his saber and walked towards Uehara Naraku step by step: "Akatsuki''s members attacked and killed my subordinates. Your Excellency used me to get the soul gem. Now should you give me an explanation..."


    "This is a bit too much..."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head and argued, "Your Excellency Thanos sent his subordinate Chitauri Legion to collude with Loki to invade the earth. We should also settle this account..."


    "Are you from Earth?"


    Thanos'' footsteps paused, and then he walked over without hesitation: "It seems that we both want to settle accounts with each other, and also want to get the gems in each other''s hands..."


    "almost¡­"


    A ball of black Reiatsu emerged from the palm of Uehara Naraku. The Reiatsu expanded instantly and then condensed into a katana sword. Holding the katana sword in his hand, he walked up to Thanos step by step...


    "Then there is no need to say more!"


    Thanos waved the saber in his hand, and slashed at Uehara Naraku!

 Chapter 807

    A sandstorm suddenly rises!


    Accompanied by the double-edged battle in Thanos'' hands, Uehara Naraku waved the katana in his hand with one hand, and straddled lightly in front of him!


    this moment¡­


    Uehara looks extremely chic!


    Even compared to the tall Thanos, Uehara Naraku''s stature seems to be just an inconspicuous little man, but the huge difference in size does not delay the result of the collision!


    clang clang!


    Thanos slashed at Naraku Uehara''s sword with his saber in his hand. He only felt his palm go numb, but with all his strength, Naraku Uehara blocked it with one hand!


    "Very terrifying power..."


    Naraku Uehara slowly raised the samurai sword in his hand, trying to suppress Thanos in turn, and his voice when he praised Thanos was also unusually calm!


    "This sentence should be replaced by me!"


    Thanos took a deep breath, and the strength on his arm was pressed again, but no matter how much he increased his strength, he couldn''t change the fact that he was reversed by Uehara Naraku!


    but¡­


    This is not impossible!


    Thanos looked down at Naraku Uehara, who had a calm face, and the purple energy of a power gem quietly overflowed from his infinity gauntlet, blessing it on the double-edged sword!


    Boom!


    The huge blasting sound is deafening!


    Uehara Naraku was slashed and flew out!


    This blow was blessed with a power gem, which caught Naraku Uehara off guard. His body flew upside down for dozens of meters before he stabilized his figure!


    After Thanos felt that the power gem''s attack worked, he didn''t hesitate any longer. The purple power gem on the Infinity Gauntlet shone with a light, and a purple torrent surged out of his fist and slammed straight into Uehara Naraku!


    This is the strongest attack in the universe!


    Uehara Naraku''s figure retreated violently!


    When Thanos saw Naraku Uehara retreating, his fists were even more merciless, and the power gems on the gloves glowed brightly again. With the torrent of purple power sweeping everything around, the sound of explosions echoed on Titan Star one after another. superior!


    "Thanos is not so easy to deal with..."


    Marvel captain Carol Danvers watched Naraku Uehara being suppressed by Thanos, and couldn''t help but said, "Even Uehara..."


    "Hmph, don''t underestimate that guy."


    Uchiha Madara glanced at Captain Marvel, snorted coldly and said: "Look at it, little thing, this battle is not that simple..."


    Before Uchiha Madara''s voice fell completely, the battle situation of the entire Titan Star had changed again. Everyone looked at the center of the battlefield and couldn''t help but widen their eyes!


    In their sights...


    It took only a few seconds for Uehara Naraku''s figure to retreat from violent retreat to rapid advance. The man waved his fist and slammed it heavily on the purple torrent of the power gem!


    The entire Titan star was silent for a moment!


    Immediately, boundless dust was set off on the entire planet, huge gaps were opened on the ground, and the sandstorm quickly flooded other people on the planet!


    Uchiha Madara also had to turn on Susano, and the people around him could still stand and watch the battle. As for Gamora and General Deathblade, they had already been blown away...


    Thanos looked at Naraku Uehara, who punched and shattered the attack, with a face full of disbelief. He looked down at the power gem on his glove, and clenched his fist again!


    Even if the enemy is so strong...


    It is impossible for him to back down any longer!


    "Is it just this level? It''s a bit disappointing..."


    Uehara Naraku suddenly clasped his palm, and endless energy surged out from his body, turning into black chains from his palm and grabbing Thanos!


    Boom!


    The power gem on Thanos'' gauntlet flickered again!


    Groups of purple energy quickly spread all over his body!


    Whenever a black chain grabs his body, the purple energy quickly climbs up and destroys that black chain, but the black chains seem to be endless!


    In a blink of an eye...


    Thanos is already surrounded by dense chains!


    "Ah ah ah ah ah ah ah¡­"


    Thanos screamed violently and raised his fist, the purple energy around him continued to travel up and down his body, instantly crushing all the energy chains in one fell swoop!


    Thanos with the power gem...


    Show off your invincibility at this moment!


    Uehara Naraku didn''t care about this at all, but slowly manipulated the energy to gather again, turning into a huge palm in the sky!


    The giant hand in the sky falls...


    With a slap, Thanos who was still screaming fell to the ground!


    No matter what counterattack Thanos made with the power gem, they were all overwhelmed by Uehara Naraku''s overwhelming energy attack, and the battle between the two completely changed!


    Thanos manipulated the Infinity Gauntlet, ignited all the ruins of the Titan star, submerged Naraku Uehara''s body, and all the explosions were turned into fly ash by the energy overflowing from Uehara''s body!


    Uchiha Madara looked at this scene, couldn''t help but looked at each other, and turned to the people around him: "This guy Uehara...is he teasing him?"


    "perhaps¡­"


    Senju Zhuma slowly nodded.


    Aizen Soyousuke shook his head, and explained softly: "Maybe it''s just to let him fully understand the gap..."


    Obviously.


    Thanos can also see the situation clearly.


    With a sudden force from his fingers, he snapped off the power gem on the Infinity Gauntlet!


    Thanos'' Infinity Gauntlet can make it easier for him to manipulate gems, which also means that the Infinity Gauntlet will limit the power of Infinity Gems!


    Thanos'' right hand holds the gem tightly, and he doesn''t care that his arm and body are eroded by the power of the infinite gem, and maybe his titan body doesn''t need to care about this erosion either!


    "That''s it¡­"


    Uehara Naraku looked at Thanos with a slightly painful face, and continued with a smile: "If you can''t work hard for your ideal, everything can be easily obtained, this ideal is too cheap..."


    "What do you know¡­"


    Thanos looked at Uehara Naraku with a ferocious face.


    "I understand you better than anyone."


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palm and said softly: "As a person who also likes fairness and balance, maybe I do understand your ideal better than anyone else...


    I''ve heard your idea, to wipe out half of the human race in this universe has nothing to do with poverty and wealth, men, women, old and young, strong and weak, this is fairness in the true sense...


    Compared with the never-ending massacre, letting them be turned into flying ash under the snap of an infinite stone seems to be called a kind of kindness. "


    When talking about this, Uehara Naraku changed the subject and suddenly said: "However, this kind of thinking is a bit petty, why don''t I come up with a better idea..."


    "what?"


    Thanos'' eyes were slightly puzzled.


    Naraku Uehara looked into his eyes, a strange smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, and a thick black fog slowly opened behind his back: "Let me eat this universe... let them survive in my universe ...my universe is huge..."


    Uehara Naraku raised his finger, pointed to a planet visible to the naked eye in the sky, and smiled: "If you are willing to give up resistance and hand over the power gem, I can give you that planet as a place to retire..."


    "..."


    Thanos'' eyes tightened instantly!


    The face of the cosmic overlord suddenly changed. He didn''t care about the power gem tightly held in his palm at all, as if he wanted to hold this gem into his body!


    This guy named Uehara Naraku... has such an ambition... This guy wants to devour everything in this universe just like Dormammu!


    wrong¡­


    should say¡­


    Now that Dormammu has been revealed as a member of Akatsuki, this also means that Dormammu who has been invading this world is the vanguard he sent!


    "This can''t be done..."


    Thanos shook his head, and said in a deep voice: "What this universe needs is never a god who is above everything, but a person who can balance everything..."


    Creatures like gods did exist in the universe.


    Thanos also once killed those gods who wanted to be superior!


    Speaking of this, Thanos seems to have been able to completely withstand the erosion of the power gem, and bright purple lines appeared on his arms!


    "Not to mention that planet..."


    When Thanos thought of this, his face was a little bit bad: "If I remember correctly, that is the planet I stopped on. I originally thought about solving everything and living in seclusion on that planet to watch the scenery of the universe..."


    "I know you''ve taken a fancy to him."


    Uehara Naraku nodded slowly, and continued with a chuckle: "I guessed what you were thinking, so I brought it here...it will also be your reward..."


    "Of course...if you can win..."


    "..."


    Thanos stopped answering, and jumped up with one foot on the ground. The purple light hovered over his arm, and smashed down heavily on Naraku Uehara''s body!


    "If you lose..."


    Naraku Uehara jumped up to meet the figure of Thanos, his fists were clenched suddenly and he slammed into Thanos, his voice echoed throughout the Titan Star!


    "Then get ready to accept the fate I impose on you!"


    Titan''s huge fist and Uehara Naraku''s fist collided instantly!


    The majestic energy surged in waves one after another, sweeping everything around, even Thanos and Uehara Naraku were constantly forced by this collision energy explosion!


    click...


    The crisp sound of bone cracking sounded...


    A look of pain flashed across Thanos'' face!


    The corner of Uehara Naraku''s mouth put on a smile again. At this moment, it seems that there is no need to deduce the outcome of this blow collision!


    Along with the fracture of Thanos'' fist bones, small wounds appeared on his arms and body instantly, and blood instantly covered his arms and even his whole body!


    this moment¡­


    Even Thanos could no longer resist the erosion of the power gem, his fist retreated involuntarily, and his palm trembled slightly, shaking off the power gem in his hand!


    Naraku Uehara flipped his wrist and took the gem that could destroy Titan, then turned around and kicked Thanos away!


    One hit!


    The victory and defeat have been divided!


    It''s just that Uehara Naraku''s large auspicious cloud black robe fluttered slightly at a position where no one else could see, and his sleeves quickly covered his palms...


    This also covered up the cracked tiger''s mouth on his palm...


    After all, colliding with the most powerful power gem in this universe is indeed not an easy thing for Uehara Naraku...


    Of course, this collision also allowed Uehara Naraku to deeply appreciate how terrifying the ultimate power of a universe is!


    Seems like that''s the case...


    It''s just that Thanos is not so good.


    Now Thanos has completely fallen to the ground.


    There are wounds all over Thanos'' body, and he barely maintains his sobriety by virtue of his strong physique. The pain of failure makes him look a little lonely...


    "grown ups¡­"


    General Deathblade hurried forward to check Thanos'' injuries. Gamora''s eyes were a little complicated, and he followed General Deathblade''s footsteps after all.


    Just as they were hugging Thanos, a bank card that looked strange to them suddenly fell off and fell on Thanos'' body...


    Uehara Naraku slowly withdrew her palm, and said frivolously: "Okay, take this money and go to the earth to see a doctor!"


    "You bastard!"


    General Deathblade wants to grab his spear!


    This guy is too insulting! Did he think this fight was a street gang fight? They even use the earth''s money for medical expenses!


    "stop¡­"


    Thanos stopped his subordinates. He lay on the ground looking at Uehara Naraku, shook his head slightly and said, "We have already lost...but..."


    "If you lose, find a place to live well..."


    Naraku Uehara waved his hand, looked at Thanos and said, "Your structure is still too small after all. When I saw you were about to retreat to the planet where you live in seclusion, I knew you would lose. A person who wants to change the world Shouldn''t be too naive..."


    "if¡­"


    Uehara Naraku spread out his palms, and the black mist spread from behind him and turned into a huge black hole door: "If a man standing at the top of the world wants to retire, he should treat the whole world as his nursing home ..."


    The door of the black hole expanded rapidly!


    Under everyone''s gaze, the black hole behind Uehara Naraku slowly split apart and turned into small black holes, flying towards all parts of the universe!


    The winner will collect his spoils.


    Regarding Uehara Naraku''s act of stealing this cosmic planet, the failed Thanos could do nothing, so he could only take General Death Blade and Kamo** on the spaceship and leave here.


    Just before leaving.


    Thanos took a deep look at Uehara Naraku, and it was obvious that the cosmic overlord did not intend to give up his ideas.


    "Hey, don''t you kill him?"


    Uchiha Madara jumped to Uehara Naraku''s side.


    Senshou Bashima followed closely behind, shook his head and sighed: "The man named Thanos showed me the shadow of Madara''s past, with a strong heart and tenacious will..."


    to be honest¡­


    People like Thanos will continue to become stronger.


    Once Thanos is accidentally exposed to the power of other worlds, who knows how powerful that guy will be?


    "There''s no need for that, I''m a mastermind behind the scenes."


    Uehara Naraku shook his head, slowly opened his palm and then slowly clenched it, and suddenly smiled: "For a man behind the scenes, the most feared thing is never the self-righteous people like Thanos and Uchiha Madara, the most afraid It should be the kind of hot-blooded guy..."


    (end of text)